Catalogue of scientific papers, 1800-1900. Subject index ..

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at|http : //books . google . com/|

^^RA?^'^^

(

I CATALOGUE

I >

OP

SCIENTIFIC PAPERS
1800-1900

SUBJECT INDEX

VOLUME III

PHYSICS

PART I

/

V

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS

l^onlion: FETTER LANE, E.G.

C. F. CLAY, Manager.

^

V

etbaSmttfy: 100. PRINCES 8TRBBT

iSrrlin A. A8HEB AND CO.

Eeip}tg: F. A. BBOCKHAUS

iMto Vnfc- O. P. PUTNAM'S SONS

Sombgg inH ealrotU: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.

All righU reserved

EOYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

CATALOGUE

OF

SCIENTIFIC PAPERS

1800-1900

SUBJECT INDEX
VOLUME III

PHYSICS

PART I
GENERALITIES, HEAT, LIGHT, SOUND

CAMBRIDGE :
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS

1912

ARRANGED FOR A COMMITTEE OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY
UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF

HERBERT M^EOD, LL.D., P.R.8.

DIRECTOR OF THE CATALOGUE

with the assiBtance of

ALICE EVERETT, M.A., R HARGREAVES, M.A.,
AND W. MARSHALL WATTS, D.Sc.

y ^ ^ «^ '►z.^****^ ' L ^0C* — ^ .^ .' r r-

/O -^-f

PREFACE

TN the Preface to the Volume forming the Subject Index to the papers on

Pure Mathematics for the nineteenth century, published in 1908, an outline
of the history of the Royal Society's Catalogue of Scientific Papers is given ;
it is not necessary to repeat that account.

Volume II of the Subject Index, dealing with the papers on Mechanics,
was published in 1909.

The present volume deals with the papers on Physics, as classified in the
schedule of the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. As it was
found that the number of entries in this subject was too large for a single
volume, the Committee decided that it should be published in two Parts, the
first volume containing the entries classed under Generalities, Heat, Light and
Sound, and the second those on Electricity and Magnetism. Part I contains
33344 entries referring to the papers contained in 1261 serial publications.

This order differs from that of the International Catalogue, in which
Sound follows Electricity and Magnetism ; the Registration Numbers are
here retained, but the numbers 8990 to 9520, dealing with Sound, are inter-
polated between 4470 and 4900.

The Index titles were prepared in the same manner as those for Volumes
I and II. Papers published from 1884 to 1900 inclusive were consulted by
Referees familiar with the subjects, so that the Index titles were made from
the contents of the papers and not merely from the headings. For the years
from 1800 to 1883, it had been intended that the Index entries should be
made firom the titles in the published twelve volumes of the Catalogue
arranged according to Authors' names; but it has been found necessary in
a large number of cases to refer to the original papers, as the headings of the
papers were not sufficiently definite to enable the Referees to classify the
contents.

With the object of expediting the publication of the Physics volume,
three of the Referees who assisted in the preparation of the Index titles
were invited to help in sorting the slips for the Press. Mr R Hargreaves

5^985

PrefiEu^

undertook the section on Heat, Dr W. Marshall Watts that on Light and
Miss Alice Everett that on Sound.

The subjects are arranged under the registration numbers adopted in
the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature ; a copy of Schedule C
(Physics) of that Catalogue, as revised in 1905, is prefixed to the Index, with
indication of the pages on which the titles for the different sections occur.
It has occasionally been found convenient, in order to save repetition in
printing, to group entries under a sub-heading which is not contained in the
International Catalogue Schedule. Where this has been done the sub-heading
is printed in italics. In some of these cases the words of the sub-heading
are understood to exist before the entries following them, and consequently
these entries commence with small letters. These minor classifications, being
often made mechanically on the basis of the explicit mention of the sub-
heading, are not to be taken as exhaustive; cognate entries may be found
elsewhere under the same main heading. The unit of classification is thus
the complete numbered heading.

At the end of the volume will be found an alphabetical index to the
subdivisions under which the subject titles have been arranged; this will
much facilitate reference. The index also contains references to important
subjects included within some of the subdivisions but without separate
headings.

The entries in the Index are arranged so that reference can be made,
if necessary, to the complete titles in the Catalogue of Scientific Papers.
Generally the author's name together with the date will indicate the volume
in which the title of the paper may be found in full. But these clues are
insufficient when the paper is anonymous, or occurs in Volume XII or in the
additions to Volume VI. They are also at fault for titles marked with an
asterisk showing that they belong to previous volumes; in these cases the
number of the volume is given in the Index entry in small Roman numerals
within brackets. The references have been made as short as possible ; thus
the number of only the initial page of each paper has been given ; but the
length of the paper may be found by reference to the Catalogue of Authors.

When an error has been found in an author's name in the Catalogue,
it is corrected in the Index and a reference made to the error.

The Index contains references to some papers, of dates earlier than 1884,
which were omitted in previous volumes of the Catalogue ; these are indicated

vi

Prefitce

by an asterisk placed before the date. The full titles of these papers will be
given in the continuation of the Catalogue of Authors.

When an author's personal name does not appear in the original heading
of a paper, no attempt has been made to find the name for the Index ; but
this will be done for the Catalogue of Authors.

Entries on the same subject are arranged, so far as possible, in order
of date irrespective of the authors' names, with the endeavour to present
the subject in the historical form. This grouping of the entries, involving
modifications of titles prepared by diflFerent Referees, or by the same Referee
at different times, has been one of the most difficult problems in the prepara-
tion of the Index.

The abbreviations used in the Royal Society Catalogue for the names
of the serials have been further shortened for the Index. As the abbrevia-
tions are not uniform in all the volumes, it will be found that the same
journal may be indicated by several different abbreviations ; but in each case
the one selected is that which was used in the volume in which the title of
the paper occurs.

In the case of serials commencing since 1883, the abbreviations adopted
in the International Catalogue have been used as a guide.

The list of serials will, as in the case of Pure Mathematics, be a valuable
feature of the Index. It contains the names of 1261 serials from which the
entries in the Index have been taken. Each title is preceded by the abbrevia-
tion which represents the serial in the Index ; the date of commencement of
the serial is given, and if it is extinct the date of the last volume is added*
There are appended symbols representing the names of thirty British
Libraries in some of which the serials may be found ; where the set is
incomplete the symbol is followed by i. The information from which this
list has been compiled was obtained, in the first instance, from published
catalogues ; subsequently the list was submitted to the custodians of many
of the libraries, who kindly marked many serials which had not been found
in the catalogues used. The thanks of the Committee for this valuable
assistance are due to Mr F. Jenkinson of the Cambridge University Library,
the late Mr E. W. B. Nicholson and Mr F. Madan of the Bodleian Library,
the Librarian of the Radcliffe Library, the Librarian of the Cambridge
Philosophical Society, Mr F. W. Clifford of the Chemical Society, to Mr R.
Lloyd Praeger for obtaining information from the five Libraries in Dublin,

vu

Preface

Mr J. Hardy of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Mr C. V. Crook of the
Qeological Museum, Mr Rupert Jones of the Qeological Society, Mr J. Knight
of the Royal Philosophical Society, Glasgow, Mr F. C. Nicholson of the
University, Glasgow, Dr J. H. T. Tudsbery of the Institution of Civil
Engineers, Dr B. Daydon Jackson, and Mr A. W. Eappel of the Linnean
Society, the Librarian of the London Mathematical Society, Mr J. W.
Enapman of the Pharmaceutical Society, Mr £. W. Hulme of the Patent
Office Library, Mr W. H. Wesley of the Royal Astronomical Society,
Mr F. Allen of the Royal Geographical Society, Mr R W. Chambers of
University College, London, Mr L. W. Fulcher of the Science Library,
Science Museum, South Kensington, Dr W. N. Shaw, F.RS., Director
of the Meteorological Office, and Mr V. G. Plarr, Librarian of the Royal
College of Surgeons.

Although much care has been expended in making this list as accurate
as possible, it is probable that some errors will still be found, and the Director
will be thankful to any one who will send corrections : portions of the list
will be required for the subsequent volumes of the Index.

The following Referees have assisted at various times in the preparation
of the Subject Index in Physics: Miss Alice Everett, Miss Buma Pool,
Mr R. J. Dallas, Mr W. A. Davis, Mr R. Hargreaves, Dr R. A. Lehfeldt,
Mr W. Lowson, Mr H. E. Schmitz, Mr J. H. Shaxby and Dr W. Marshall
Watts. The Committee is indebted to them for much valuable help.

Dr W. Marshall Watts has given special assistance and supervision in
the preparation of the Index titles. To him, and to Miss Bremner and the
other members of the Catalogue Staff of the Royal Society, thanks are due
for careful and conscientious work.

The Committee is indebted to the authorities of the British Museum,
of the Natural History Museum, of the Royal College of Surgeons, of the
Patent Office and of the Meteorological Office for facilities given to the type
writers and revisers of the Catalogue staff in copying titles of papers from
the books in the libraries, and also to the Cambridge University Library,
the Chemical Society, the Geological Society, the Linnean Society, the
Royal Astronomical Society, the Royal Geographical Society and the Alpine
Club for the loan of books for the preparation of the Catalogue.

Besides these Libraries others have been consulted and the Committee

gratefully acknowledges the assistance that has been received.

...
vui

Preface

The Committee desires to renew the record of its gratitude to the late
Dr Ludwig Mond, F.RS., for his generosity in providing funds for carrying
on the work of the Catalogue, in which he took so keen an interest. Without
his help it would hardly have been possible to proceed with the Catalogue in
its present complete form; by his decease the members of the Committee
have been deprived of a stimulating colleague who had been active in the
planning of the work almost from the beginning.

The final section of the Catalogue of Scientific Papers arranged according
to Authors* names, that for the period 1884 to 1900, is in active pre-
paration. The material has now been all collected and it is hoped that
the printing may soon be commenced.

The Syndics of the Cambridge University Press have undertaken the
complete risk of printing and publishing, as regards both the Catalogue of
Scientific Papers and the Subject Index. It will be the care of the Com-
mittee, and it is hoped of the Scientific world generally, to use their best
endeavours that this public-spirited action shall not result in financial loss.

The thanks of the Committee are due to the officials of the Cambridge
Press for their unfailing courtesy in the discharge of a complex task.

October^ 1912.

tiU^

CONTENTS

PAGE

List of Serials ... ... ... ... zi

Schedule op Classification ... ... xc

Subject Index ... ... ... ... 1-550

Index to Headings ... ... ... end

ix a 5-

SUBJECT INDEX OF PHYSICS

LIST OF SERIAL PUBLICATIONS

WITH THE ABBREVIATIONS OF THEIR TITLES USED IN THE INDEX, AND
LIBRARIES WHERE THE SERIALS CAN BE CONSULTED.

The date following the title of a serial indioates the year of pnblioation of the first volome ;
if a second date is given it marks the termination of the serial.

The letters following the dates indicate libraries where the serials are to be found: if the
aerial is incomplete, the symbol of the library is followed by i.

B.M. British Museum.

Camb.P.S. Cambridge Philosophical Library.

Camb.U. Cambridge University Libraiy.

Chem.S. Chemical Society.

Dub.N.L.I. NationalLibrary of Ireland, Dublin.

Dub.R.C.S. Royal College of Science, Dublin.

Dub.R J).S. Royal Dublin Society.

I>ub.R.I.A. Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

Dub.T.C. Trinity College, Dublin.

Edinb.R.S. Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Edinb.U. Edinburgh University.

GteoLM. (^logical Survey Museum, Jer-

myn St.
Qeol.S. Geological Society.
Glasg.P.S. Royal Philosophical Society of

Glasgow.
Glasg.U. Glasgow University.
I.CE. Institution of Civil Engineers,

London.

Linn.S. Linnean Society.
Math.S. Mathematical Society.
M.O. Meteorological Office, South

Kensington.

Natural History Museum.

Bodleian, Oxford. * - *
Oxon.B.(R.) Deposited in RadclifFe.
Oxon.R. Radcliffe, Oxford.

Pharmaceutical Society, London.

Patent Office, London.

Royal Astronomical Society.

Royal College of Surgeons.
R.Geogr.S. Royal Geographical Society.
R.S. Royal Society.

S.K. Science Museum Library, South

Kensington.
U.C.L. University College, London. _ ^-

N.H.M.
Oxon.B.

Pharm.S.
P.O.
B.A.S.
R.C.Surg.

, Annales Agronomiques. . . . Paris.

1861; 1876— B.M.; Chem.S.t.; Linn.S.; Oxon.B.; P.O.i.; R.S.i.

Archiv der Medizin, Chinirgie, und Pharmaoie. Aarau.

1816—17. R.S.

Mittheilungen der Aargauischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft.

Aarau.
1878— N.H.M. ; R.S.; S.K.

O Annales de Chimie [et de Physique], ou Recueil de M^moires con-

oemant la Chimie et les Arts qui en dependent. Paris.
1789— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.D.S.i. ; Dub.T.C.t. ;
Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.f.(R.) ;
Pharm.S.; P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S. ; S.K.; U.C.L.

O. AnaL Annales de Chimie Analytique appliqu^e k I'Industrie, k rAgricul-

ture, k la Pharmacie et k la Biologie. Paris.
1896— Chem.S.t.; P.O.
. OaBfl.Zi«op. H. Acta... Nova Acta physico-medica AcademisB Csbs. Leopoldino-CarolinsB

Natur» Curiosorum. Erlangen, Bonn, Breslau.
1758— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.R.S.i.;
Edinb.U.; Geol.S.i. ; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.i. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.R.;
Pharm.S.i.; R.A.S.i.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.i.
See Ac Wt. O. H. Acta and Gmm, It9op, Ac W. Acta.

Atti e Rendiconti dell' Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Arti dei

Zelanti e PP. dello Studio di Acireale. Acireale.
1890— Camb.P.S.t.; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.*.; R.S.i.

XI

List of Serial Publications

Oond. Pon. OliaiiMi.

A. Oons. Arts •t M^

• • • 1 1

Am O. Flmi.

AetaMtb

Act. 8. Belv. . ,
A. das Se.

A. d«r Bydroff.

A.diO

A. di Fm. • C. .

A.d'OeiiL

br.

A«r. J.

A«r. 8. Bp. ....
A.O^B.ClT

A. Oin. Be. Fb.
A«. 8. J

A. Hydros

A. Bys. FbL....

u

>■ •••
Alb. Z. T

See Ac. Caes. Leop. IT. Acta and Caea. Leop. Ac. ST. Acta.

Annales des Conducteurs des Fonts et Chauss6es; Becueil de

Memoires, etc., concemant le Service de Conducteurs des Fonts

et Chauss^es. Faris.
1857— I.CE.t.; F.O.

Annales du Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers. Faris.
1861— B.M.; Camb.U. ; Glasg.F.S.i. ; I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; F.O.;

R.S.; S.K.t.
See Par. A. Cons.

Annalen der Chemie und Fharmacie. Lemgo, Leipzig, Heidelberg.
1832— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.i.; Dub.B.C.S.i.;

Edinb.B.S.t. ; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.F.S. ; Glasg.U.i. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i.; F.O.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See Xdcb. A.

Acta Mathematica. Stockholm.
1882— B.M. ; Camb.F.S. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.S. ;

Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Actes de la Socic^t^ Helv^tique des Sciences Naturelles. Lausanne, etc.
1825— B.M.i.; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; S.K,
See At. 8. Blvet., 8cli. Os. Vh. and Bth. Wf. Cta. Vb.
Annaes das Sciencias, etc. por huma Sociedade de Fortuguezes

residentes em Faris. Faris.
1818—27. B.M.; Camb.U.t.
See Par. A. das 8c.
Annalen der Hydrograpbie und Maritimen Meteorologie. Heraus-

gegeben von der Deutschen Seewarte in Hamburg. Berlin.
1875— [Cofitinuation of: Hydrograpbische Mittheilungen, 1878 —

74.] B.M.; M.O.; F.O.t.; B.Geogr.S.
Annali di Chimica. Milano.
1845 — 97*. [Continued as: Annali di Farmacoterapia e Chimica,

1898—] B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.i.; Fharm.S.t.; F.O.t.
See PolU A.

Annali di Farmacoterapia e Chimica. Milano, Bologna, etc.
1898— [ContiniuUion of: Annali di Chimica, 1845—97.] B.M.;

Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Glasg.F.S.i.; F.O.
Annales d'Oculistique. Charleroi, Bruxelles, Faris.
1838— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.
L'A^ronaute. Bulletin Mensuel Ulustr^ de la Navigation A6rienne.

Faris
1868—' B.M.i.; F.O.; S.K.
The Aeronautical Journal. London.
1H97— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; LCE.*.; F.O.; B.S. ; S.K.
Annual Beports of the Aeronautical Society of Great Britain. London.
1866-93. I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; F.O.
Annales du G^nie Civil ; BecueU de M6moires sur les Math^matiques

pares et appliques; TAstronomio, la Chimie, la Fhysique, etc.

Faris.
1862-80. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.i.; I.CE. ; F.O.
Annales gcin^rales des Sciences Physiques. Bruxelles.
1819—21. Camb.U.; Glaag.U.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.
Journal of the Boyal Agricultural Society of England. London.
1840— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;

Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B.; F.O.;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
Annales Hydrographiques. Becueil d'Avis, Instructions, Docu-
ments, et Memoires relatifs ii THydrographie et k la Navigation.

Paris.
1849— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.i.; M.O.i.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.t.;

B.S.i.
Annales d'Hvgiene publique [et de Mc^decine legale]. Paris.

1829— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.F.S.i.;
Glasg.U./. ; Oxon.B.; F.O.i. ; B.C.Surg.

Memoires de rAcadcmie des Sciences, Agriculture, Arts et Belles-

1819— i3.M.;"Dub.B.I.A.; N.H.M.i.; Oxon.B.i.; B.S.i.
Transactions of the Albany Institute. Albany.

1830— B.M.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.i.

Xll

List of Serial Publications

ALll.Mt.StBi Allgemeine Deutsche Naturhistorische Zeitong. Dresden, Leipzig,

Hamburg.
1846—47; 1855—57. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; R.S.; S.K.i.

AlUar BU. 8. ibn. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d 'Emulation du D^partement de PAllier:

Sciences, Arts, et Belles-Lettres. Moulins.
1846—64. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.; R.S.

Annalen der Landwirthschaft in den K. Preuss. Staaten; herausg.

vom Prasidium des £. Landes-Oecon.-Gollegiums. Berlin.
1843—71. [Continued as: Landwirthschaftliche Jahrbiioher,
1872—.] P.O.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Cambridge,

Boston.
1785— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.i. ; Dub.R.I.A.t.;
Dub.T.G.t.; Edinb.R.S.; Geol.S.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.R.; P.O.t.; R.A.S.; R.Geogr.S.i.; R.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.
See Boat. Am. Ac BSm.

Ae. P. Proceedings of the American Academy of Artsand Sciences. Boston.

1846— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.R.D.S.
Edinb.R.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.
Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; P.O.; R.A.S.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.
S.K.; U.C.L.i.

AB.P. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of

Science. Washington, Salem.
1848— B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.i.;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
Oxon.R.i.; P.O.; R.A.S.i.; R.C.Surg.i.; R.Geogr.S.i.; R.S.; S.K.

O The American Chemist, a monthly Journal of theoretical Chemistry.

New York.
1871—77. Chem.S.i.; N.H.M. ; P.O.; Pharm.S.i.; S.K.i.

C. ^. American Chemical Journal. Baltimore.

1879— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.;
Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.i.; P.O.;
R.D. ; S.K.

Wetgr, Annales de Micrographie, sp^ialement consacr^es k la Bact^riologie,

aux Protophytes et aux Protozoaires. Paris.
1888—98. Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.

0.8.^. The Journal of the American Chemical Society. New York,

Easton, Pa.
1879— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.U.i.;
N.H.M.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
Bns. 4fc BaUroad J, American Engineer and Railroad Journal. New York.

1893 — [Continuation of: The Railroad and Engineering Journal
1887-92.] B.M.; LCE.; P.O.

Amlei O. Toac Giomale Toscano di Scienze Mediche, Fisiche, e Naturali; Amici,

Bufalini, etc. Pisa.
1840—43. B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.
.... /M^moires de P Academic des Sciences, Agriculture, Commerce,
.... < Belles-Lettres, et Arts du d^partement de la Sofnme. Amiens.
....11835— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.i. ; N.H.M.i. ; Oxon.B. i. ;
... \ R.S.i.

B. T. Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers.

Philadelphia, Easton, New York.
1871— Geol.S.; I.CE.; P.O.; S.K.

Annales des Mines, ou Recueil des M^moires sur I'exploitation des

Mines, et sur les Sciences et les Arts qui s'y rapportent. Paris.
1817 — [Continuation of: Journal des Mines, etc., 1794 — 1815.]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.R.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.i.;
Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(B.);
P.O.; R.S.; S.K.

X. T. [Reports and Transactions] of the American Institute of the City of

New York. Albany.
1841— B.M.i.; LCE.i; P.O.i.; R.S.i.

I. J. Kd. Be. American Journal of the Medical Sciences. Philadelphia.

1827— B.M. ; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.R. ;
R.C.Surg.; U.C.L.i.

9. Xth. American Journal of Mathematics. Baltimore.

1878— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I. ; Dab.B.I.A. ;

• • •

Xlll

List of Serial Publications

Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.i.; Nfath.S.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.

J. Ot. The American Journal of Otology. New York.

187d— 82. Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.

J. FliiB. American Journal of Pharmacy; published by the Philadelphia

College of Pharmacy. Philadelphia.
1836 — [Continuation of: Journal of the Philadelphia College of
Pharmacy, 1830—35.] Chem.S.i.; Pharm.S.; P.O.i.; B.C.Surg.t.

J. VsjehoL The American Journal of Psychology. Baltimore, Worcester, Mass.

1888— B.M.; Edinb.U.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; U.C.L.i.

J. Bo. The American Journal of Science and Arts; SiUiman. New Haven.

1818— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t. ;

Dub.B.C.S.t. ; Dub.T.C.i. ; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M. ;

Oeol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Olasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Qeogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.E.

See millnmn J.

Xor. J. The American Monthly Microscopical Journal. New York.

1880— Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.

Mcr. 8. F Proceedings of the American Microscopical Society. Washington,

Ithaca, N.Y.
1892 — 94. [Continuation of: Proceedings of the American Society
of Microscopists, 1878 — ^91.] [Continued as : Transactions of the
American Microscopical Society, 1895 — .] Linn.S.; N.H.M.

IBor. 8. T. Transactions of the American Microscopical Society. Lincoln,

Buffalo.
1896 — [Continuation of : Proceedings, etc., 1892 — ^94.] Glasg.U.t.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.

Kd. Fh. B«8. The American Medical and Philosophical Begister or Annals of

Medicine, Natural History, Agriculture and the Arts. New York.
1810—14. B.M.; Edinb.U.i.; Geol.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.

. Met. J. American Meteorological Journal. Detroit.

1884—96. B.M.i.; M.O.

The American Naturalist. An illustrated magazine of Natural

ntliat I History. Philadelphia, Boston.

11868— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.t.;
( Geol.M.i.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.

. Opli. 0. T Transactions of the American Ophthalmological Society. New York,

Boston, Hartford.
1865— Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.
Vlim. Aa.P. Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association. Phila-
delphia.
1863— Pharm.S.

P1&. 8. P. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia.

1840— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.
B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; LCE.t.; Linn.S.;
Math.S.t.; M.O.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.;B.A.S.;
B.Geogr S. ; B.S.; S.K. ; U.C.L.

Fli. 8. T Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia.

1771— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.t.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.;
B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.i.
£fee Flillad. T.

PoL J. The American Polytechnic Journal . Washington.

1853—64. B.M.; P.O.

8. OB. T. Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers. New York.

1871— LCE.; P.O.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.i.

8. Kor. P. Proceedings of the American Society of Microscopists. Indianapolis,

etc.
1878 — 91. [Continued as: Proceedings of the American Microscopical
Society, 1892—94.] Linn.S.; N.H.M.

JlK Jaarboek van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen gevestigd

te Amsterdam. Amsterdam.
1857— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.i.;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.;
B.S.; U.C.L.i.
See Amst. Jb.

xiv

List of Serial Publications

p. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetensohappen te Amsterdam. Pro-
ceedings of the Section of Sciences. Amsterdam.

1899— Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S.; Olasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.(}eogr.S.;
B.S. j S.K.

Vli. Yerhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van W^tenschappen.

Amsterdam.

1854— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.I.A.t. ; Edinb.
B.S. ; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Olasg.U.t. ; Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.;
B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.E.t. ; U.C.L.t.

Vs. Yerslagen der Zittingen van de Wis- en Natuurkundige Af deeling der

Koninklijke Akademie van Wetensohappen. 1893, 1894. [Con-
tinuatum of: Yerslagen en Mededeelingen, 1853 — 92.]

Yerslagen van de Zittingen der Wis- en Natuurkundige Afdeeling
van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetensohappen. 1895, 1896.

Koninkli j ke Akademie van Wetensohappen te Amsterdam . Yerslagen
van de Gewone Yergaderingen der Wis- en Natuurkundige
Afdeeling. Amsterdam.

1897— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.
Vs. K. Yerslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Weten-
sohappen. Afdeeling Natuurkunde. Amsterdam.

1853 — 92. [Continued at: Yerslagen der Zittingen, etc., 1893—.]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.;
Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.;
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

See Amst. Vs. Ak.
Wet. F. Processen-Yerbaal van de Gewone Yergaderingen der Koninklijke Aka-
demie van Wetensohappen. Afdeeling Natuurkunde. Amsterdam.

1865—84. Dub.B.D.S.; Linn.S.t.; B.A.S.; B.S.
X. Het Instituut. Amsterdam.

1841—46. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.*.; S.K.

jte! Ai.*::::::;::::::::} see Ammt. a^l. jh.

Nieuwe Yerhandelingen der eerste Klasse van het Koninklijk Neder-
landsche Instituut van Wetensohappen, Letterkunde, en Schoone
Kunsten te Amsterdam. Amsterdam.

1827—52. [Continuation of: Yerhandelingen, etc. , 1812—25.] B.M. ;
Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
B.S.; S.K.

Tijdschrift voor Natuurkundige Wetensohappen en Kunsten.
Amsterdam.

1810—11. Camb.P.S.; B.S.
'•, Wt. Wat. Tijdschrift voor de Wis- en Natuurkundige Wetensohappen, Letter-
kunde, en Schoone Kunsten te Amsterdam. Amsterdam.

1847—52. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.;
Oxon.B.; B.S.

Yerhandelingen der Eerste Klasse van het Koninklijk Nederlandsche
Instituut van Wetensohappen, Letterkunde, en Schoone Kunsten

Ite Amsterdam. Amsterdam.
1812 — 25. [Continued as: Nieuwe Yerhandelingen, etc., 1827 — 52.]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.
See Asnmt, Ak. Vs. TKL

Annali di Matematica pura ed applicata. . . ; Tortolini. Boma, Milano.
1858— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinh.U.;

Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.S.; U.CL. -'-

See TortoUni A. ^

Annals of Mathematics. University of Yirginia. Charlottes*, ile, Ya.
1884— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S.t.;

Oxon.B. ; S.K.t.
The Analyst, including the Proceedings of the Society of Public

Analysts. London.
1877— B.M. ; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.t.;

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.S.t.; U.C.L.t.
M^moires de TAcad^mie des Sciences et Belles-Lettres d' Angers.
Angers.

XV

f

List of Serial Publications

1890 — 95. [Continuation of: M^moires de la Sooi^t^ Acad6miqae de
Maine et Loire, 1857—83.] Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.

Angnrn 8. flc BIL Bulletin de la Sooi^t^ d*Etudes Scientifiques d' Angers. Angers.

1872— B.M. ; N.H.M.

A. HB. Annals of Natural History, or Magazine of Zoology, Botany, and

Geology. London.
1838 — 40. [Continuation of: Magazine of Zoology and Botany,
1837 — 38.] [Continued as : Annals and Magazine of Natural History,
1841—] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.G.S.;
Dub.B.D.S. ; Dub.B.I.A. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.8. ; Edinb.U.t. ;
Geol.M. ; Geol.S.t. ; Glasg.U. ; Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ;
Ozon.B ; P.O.*.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

Aahalt Vli. nt. Vt. Yerhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereins fur Anhalt in Dessau.

Dessau.
1840—70.

K4t.Fr. Annuaire M^t^orologique de la France. Paris.

1849—52. [Continued as: Annuaire de la Soci^t6 M^t^orologi-
que de France, 1853—] B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Glasg.U.*.;
M.O.; B.S.
See Tr. An. M4t.

A. S. acd. Annales de la Soci^t^ de M^decine d'Anvers. Anvers.

1841—56. Glasg.P.S.i.; B.S.

J. Pbm. Journal de Pharmacie. Publi6 par la Soci6t6 de Pharmaoie

d'Anvers. Anvers.
1845— B.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.

I. J. The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and

Ireland. London.
1872— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Edmb.B.S.;
Edinb.U. ; Glasg.U. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ; B.C.Surg. ;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

kQM. Annales des Ponts et Chauss^s. M6moires et documents relatifs

4 PArt des Constructions et au Service de Tlng^nieur. Paris.
1831— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.;

I.CE.; P.O.; B.S.i.
See Par. A. Fon. OhanM.

JL Fb. Annalen der Phyeik ; Drude. Leipzig.

1900 — [Continuation of: Annalen der Physik und Ghemie,
1824—99.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Pharm.S.;
P.O.; B.S.; S.K. ; U.C.L.

A. Fa. C Annalen der Physik und Chemie ; Poggendorff , Wiedemann. Leipzig.

1824—99. [Continuation of : Annalen der Physik; Gilbert, 1799—
1824.] [Continued as : Annalen der Physik ; Drude, 1900 — ]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C.
Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(B.); Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t. ; B.S.
S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See Foffff. A.

A. Fb. O. 8«ibL Beiblatter zu den Annalen .... Leipzig.

1877— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K. ; U.C.L.

Kor Archives d' Anatomic Microscopique. Paris.

1897— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.

FL Archiv fiir Anatomic, Physiologic, und Wissenschaftliche Medicin ;

Miiller, Beichert, Du Bois-Beymond. Berlin.
1834 — 76. [Continuation of: Archiv fur Anatomic und Physiologic,
1826— 32.] [ Continued as : Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologie,
1877—] B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U,;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K. ; U.C.L.
See MiiUer Arch, and Baleliert Ardi.
FL {An»Ab,)... Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologie. Anatomische Abtheilung.

Archiv fiir Anatomic und Entwickelungsgeschichte. Leipzig.
1877 — [Continuation of: Archiv fiir Anatomic, Physiologie, und
Wissenschaftliche Medicin, 1834—76.] Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.i. ; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.;
S.K. ; U.C.L.

xvi

List of Serial Pablications

FL {PI, Ab.) ... Archly fiir Anatomie and Physiologie. Phjsiologisohe Abtheilung.

Archiv fiir Physiologie. Leipzig.
1877 — [Continuation of: Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie, and
Wissenschaftliche Medicin, 1834^76.] Camb.P.S. ; Gamb.U. ;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.t.; B.C.Sarg.; B.S.; S.E.; U.G.L.
,... Archiv fUr Aagenheilkunde. Wiesbaden.

1879 — [Continuation of: Archiv fiir Aagen- and Ohrenheilkunde,
1869—78.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Avtfh. dm I'AlAotr. Archives de TElectricit^ ; A. de la Bive. Oendve.

1841—45. B.M.; Camb.U.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.

d« n. Archives de Physiologie normale et pathologiqae. Paris.

1868—98. [Continuation of: Joamal de la Physiologie, 1858—65.]
[Continued as : Journal de Physiologie et de Pathofogie G<§n^rale,
1899—] B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Ozon.B. ;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.

t. Opih. Archiv fiir Ophthalmologie. Berlin, Leipzig.

1864— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Sarg.;
B.S.t.
.... Archives G^n^rales de M6decine. Paris.

1823— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.;
Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.
.... Archiv fur Hygiene. Miinchen, Leipzig.

1883— Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.;
Ozon.B. ; P.O.t.; B.C.Surg.
.... Archives de Mddecine Ezp^rimentale et d' Anatomie Pathologiqae.
Paris.
1889— Camb.U.t.; Edinb.U.; Gla8g.U.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Sarg.; B.S.
.... Archives de M^ecine Navale. Paris.

1864— B.M.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Sarg.
... Archives de M^ecine et de Pharmacie Milltaires. Paris.

1883— [Continuation of: Becueil de M^moires de M^decine, de
Chirurgie, et de Pharmacie Militaires, 1815—82.] B.M.;
B.C.Surg.t.
.... Archiv fiir mikroskopische Anatomie. Bonn.

1865— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.B.D.S. ; Edinb.U. ;
Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.;
U.C.L.

.... Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. Kristiania.

1876— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.;
Math.S.t. ; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t. ; B.S.
.... Archiv der Mathematik und Physik ; Grunert. Greifswald, Leipzig.
1841— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.C.S.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.U.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.S.; U.C.L.i.
See Omnert Areli.
.... Archives N^rlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles. La Haye,
Harlem.

1866— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.
Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.
Glasg.U.t. ; Linn.S. ; Math.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; P.O.
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

.... Archiv fiir Ohrenheilkunde. Wiirzburg.
1864— B.C.Surg.

Azeli. Opb. Archives of Ophthalmology. New York.

1879 — [Continuation of : Archives of Ophthalmology and Otology,
1869—78.] B.M.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.

Arch. Opb* <H. Archives of Ophthalmology and Otology. New Tork.

1869—78. [Continued as : Archives of Ophthalmology, 1879 — , and
Archives of Otology, 1879—] B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg. ^^^

Ot. Archives of Otology. New York. ■^^^'^

1879 — [Continuation of: Archives of Ophthalmology and Otology,
1869—78.] B.M.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.

Archiv des Apothekervereins im ndrdlichen Teutschiand. Archiv

der Pharmacie. Schmalkalden, Lemgo, Hannover, etc.
1822— Chem.S.t.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.

Archives of Science and Transactions of the Orleans County

Society of Natural Sciences. Newport, U.S.

xvii

List of Serial Pablicatioiis

I

1870—74. B.M.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;

B.S.
Biblioth^ue Universelle. Archives des Sciences Physiques et

NatureUes. Geneve.
1846— [Continuation of: Bibliothdque Universelle des Sciences,

etc., 1816—46.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dab.N.L.Lt. ;

Dub.B.D.S.i.; Dub.B.l.A.t. ; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.;

I.GE.i.; M.O.f.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.;

B.S. ; S.K.
See Bb. Vn. Arch.

Archives de Zoologie Ezp^rimentale et G^n^rale. Psjris.
1872— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I. ; Dub.B.D.S. ; Edinb.B.S.;

Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.;

Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
M^moires de Physique et de Chimie de la Socidt^ d'Arcueil. Paris.
1807—17. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.
Anales de la Sociedad Cientlfica Argentina. Buenos Aires.
1876— B.M.t.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.
Naturkundig Tijdschrift, inhoudende Phijsica, Chemie, Fharmaoie,

Natuurlijke Historic en Literatuur. Amhem.
1843—60. N.H.M.
M^moires de la Soci6t6 Boyale d' Arras, pour PEncouragement des

Sciences, etc. Arras.
1817— Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.t.
L* Astronomic. Bevue d'Astronomie populaire, de M^t^rologie et de

Physique du Globe. Paris.
1882—94. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.BTS^ B.A.S.; B.S.t. ;

S.K.
Astronomy and Astrophysics. Northfleld, Minn.
1892—94. [Continuation of: The Sidereal Messenger, 1888—91.]

[Continued as: The Astrophysioal Journal, 1895 — ] B.M. ;

Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t. ; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.
Annali delle Scienze del Begno Lombardo-Veneto. Padova, Venesia.
1831—45. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.t.; Oxon.B.
Annales des Sciences NatureUes, comprenant la Physiologic animale

et veg^tale, I'Anatomie compar^e des deux r^gnes, la Zoologie, la

Botanique, la Min^ralogie et la Geologic. Paris.
1824— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C;

Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.Aff.; Oxon.B.;

Pharm.S.t.; P.O.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.8.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Association FrauQaise pour PAvancement des Sciences. Compte

Bendu. Paris, etc.
1872— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.;

B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; S.K.
Abstracts of the Proceedings of the Ashmolean Society. Oxford.
1844—81. Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.
Transactions of the Ashmolean Society. Oxford.
1834—76. Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.

B.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
The Astronomical Journal. Boston.
1851—61 ; 1888— B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.;

B.A.S. ; B.S.t.; S.K.
See Oonld As. J.

Astronomische Nachrichten ; Schumacher. Altona.
1823— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t. ; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t.;
Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
The Astrophysioal Journal. Chicago.

1895 — [Continuation of: Astronomy and Astrophysics, 1892 — 94.]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.D.S.; Glasg.U.;
Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Asiatick Besearches; or Transactions of the Society, instituted in
Bengal, for inquiring into the History and Antiquities, Arts,
Sciences, and Literature of Asia. Calcutta.
1788—1836. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S*;

xviii

\
I

lost of Serial Publications

•.ILBTot..

•.PacFb..

A.T^

At«l.Xt.

AthknmB Obs. Mat.

fle.Xt.

A.BlT«t.

S.

S. Aff.

Angtih, irt. 1^. B.

Glasg.U.i. ; I.GE.i. ; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B. ; Oxon.B. ;
B.A.S.; B.G.Sarg.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Memoirs of the [Boyal] Astronomical Society of London. London.

1822— B.M.; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Ghem.S.i.; Dub.B.LA.;
Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.S. ; Edinb.U. ; Oeol.S. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ;
Glasg.U. ; LCE.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.i.; B.A.S.; B.GkK>gr.
S.i.; B.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.

Monthly Notices of the [Boyal] Astronomical Society of London.

London.
1827— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.;

Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.;

Oxon.B. t.; Oxon.B. t. ; P.O.t. ; B.A.S. ; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S. ;

S.K.i.; U.C.L.
Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. San

Francisco.
1889— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; B.A.S.; B.S.t.
The Assurance Magazine and Journal of the Institute of Actuaries.

London.
1830 — 67. [Continued as: Journal of the Institute of Actuaries,

1869—] B.M. ; Camb.U.t. ; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Geol.S.i. ; B.A.S.i. ;

B.S.t.; U.C.L.i.
Annales T^l^aphiques, publics sous le patronage du Directeur

G6n6ral des Lignes T^l^graphiques. Paris.
1855— B.M.i.; Camb.U.i.; I.CE.i.; P.O.
L' Ateneo Italiano. Parigi.
1853—54. B.M.; Glasjg.P.S.i.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Annales de PObservatoire National d'Athdnes. Ath^nes.
1896— Edinb.B.S.; M.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.
Biunione degli Scienziati Italiani. Atti. Pisa, etc.
1839—75. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Atti della Societa Elvetica delle Scienze Naturali. Lugano.
1833, 1860. N.H.M.; S.K.

See Act. 8. Belv., Sell. Os. Vb., and Sell. Iff: Os. Vb.
M^moires de la Soci^t^ [Acad^mique] d'Agriculture, des Sciences,

et des Lettres du d^partement de I'Aube. Troyes.

1823— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.T.C.i.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.

Bericht des Naturhistorischen [Naturwissenschaftlichen] Vereins in

Augsburg. Augsburg.
1848— Dub.B.LA.i; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.i.
Das Ausland. Miinchen, Stuttgart.

1828—93. B.M.; Camb.U.i.; N.H.M.i.; Oxon.B.i.; B.Geogr.S.t.
Beport of the Meeting of the Australasian Association for the

Advancement of Science. Sydney.
1888— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.LA.;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.i.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.;

Linn. S.i. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.; B.A.S. ;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S. ; S.K.
Annales Scientifiques, Litt^raires, et Industrielles de PAuvergne,

publi^es par 1' Academic des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et Arts de

Clermont-Ferrand. Clermont-Ferrand.
1828 — 58. [Continued as: M^moires de 1* Academic, etc., 1859 — ]

B.M. ; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

.b. Wf, Os. B Bericht des Naturf orschenden Gesellschaf t zu Bamberg. Bamberg.

1852— N.H.M.

BL Boletin de la Beal Academia de Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona.

Barcelona.
1840—42; 1892— N.H.M.

ICm. Memorias de la Beal Academia de Ciencias Naturales y Artes de

Barcelona. Barcelona.
1876— N.H.M.

;p. Beport of the Meeting of the British Association for the

Advancement of Science. London.
1831— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Dub.B.LA.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U,; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; LCE.; Linn.S.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.;
Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; B.A.S. ; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.;
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

XIX

> •••• <

List of Serial Publications

Barrow Natoralists' Field Club and Literary and Scientifio

Association. Annual Report and Proceedings. Barrow.
1877— B.M.; Camb.U. ; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.i.

Bericht fiber die Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Oesellsohaft

in Basel. Basel.
1835-52. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.T.C; Oeol.S.t.; Linn.S. ;
N.H.M.; B.S.

Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. Basel.

1857— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.t.;
Dub.B.LA.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S. ; Geol.S.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

Yerhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap der Kunsten en

Wetenschappen. Batavia.
1778— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.^.*.; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
Linn.S. i.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr. S.t.; B.S.

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-XndiS. Batavia.

1850— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ;
B.A.S.t.; B.S.i.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.t.
0. J. Journal of the Bath and West of England Society for the Encourage-
ment of Agriculture, Arte, Manufactures and Commerce. Bath.
1853— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Geol.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;
S.E.

Zeitschrift fiir Physik, Mathematik, und verwandte Wissenschaften ;

Baumgartner und von Ettingshausen. Wien.
1826—42. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Oxon.B.».(B.); B.S.i.; U.C.L.t.

M^moires de la Soci^t^ d' Agriculture, Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres

deBayeux. Bayeux.
1842— B.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.

Bb. Brit. Biblioth^ue Britannique, ou Becueil extrait des Ouvrages Anglais

p^odiques et autres : partie des Sciences et Arts. Geneve.
1796—1815. B.M.; Edinb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.

Bb. Zt. Biblioteca Italiana, ossia Giomale di Letteratura, Scienze, etc.

Milano.
1816—56. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Oxon.B.

Bb. BItli. Bibliotheca Mathematica. Stockholm, Leipzig.

1887— B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.S. ;
S.K.t. ; U.C.L.

Bb. XfUm Biblioth^ue Universelle des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et Arts, faisant

suite k la Biblioth^que Britannique r6dig^ k Gendve. Partie des
Sciences. G^n^ve.
1816 — 45. [Contintied a» : Archives des Sciences Physiques et
Naturelles, 1846—] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.E.

Bb. Vn. ArOh. Biblioth^ue Universelle. Archives des Sciences Physiques et

Naturelles. Geneve.
1846 — [Continuation of: Biblioth^que Universelle des Sciences,
etc., 1816 — 15.] B.M. ; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t. ; Dub.N.L.l.t. ;
Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.;
l.CE.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.;
B.S.; S.E.
See Arob. So. 7s. ITt.

B«lflurtHB. S.7 /Beport and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History and Philo-

BolflMt HB. B. Bp. * 7. I sophical Society. Belfast.

<1852— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.N.L.L; DabJELD.8.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.8.<.; N.H.M.; P.O.t.;
I B.A.S.

;, As. 0. J. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Odeattft.

1832— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dii^B.D.8.; Diib.B.I.A.;
Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Glaig.U.i.; LCB.i.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; 8.K.; U.C.L.
See Bsntf. J. As. 8.

8. P. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bingsl. Oaleotla.

1865— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; I>ab.T.C.; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Edinb.U.i.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.<.; I.GE.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.SU.; R.8.; S.K.; U.C.L.

C J. As.8. See "Bmim. Am, B. J,

Jb. Berg- und HiittenmlinniBches Jahiteoh dsr k.k. Schemnitzer-

XX

List of Serial Publications

Btff.

Bb,

A.T«L.

ChmiHiamt.

VOL. III.

fiergakademie und der k.k. Montan-Lehranstalten zu Leoben

und Pribram. Wien.
1861— B.M.f.; Geol.S.t.; I.CE.t.; P.O.i.; S.K.
See Jb. B«rs-Bm.y &«ob«ii B«rs-Biii. Jh». and "Wimn B«rs-

Bm. Jb.
Berg- and Htittenmannische Zeitang; mit besonderer Beriicksioh-

tigung der Mineralogie und Oeologie; Hartmann. Nordhausen,

Leipzig,
1842— B.M.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; S.K.

(Abhandlongen der Kdniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin. Berlin.
1804— B.M.; Gamb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U. ; Oeol.M.i.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U. ; Linn.S.t. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B; Oxon.B. ; P.O.t. ; B.A.S.t. ; B.G.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t. ;

B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
Monatsberichte der E. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu

Berlin. Berlin.
1856—81. [Cantinuatiofiof: Berichte, etc., 1836— 55.] [Continued

as: Sitzungsberichte, etc., 1882 — ] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.;

Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S.;

Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.;

B.8.; S.K.; U.C.L.
See B«rL Mb.
Sitzungsberichte der K. Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften

zu Berlin. Berlin.
1882— [Continuation of: Monatsberichte, etc., 1856—81.] B.M. ;

Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub,a.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;

Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.;

Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.^; B.S.; S.K.;

U.C.L.
Annalen der Telegraphic. Berlin.
1872. Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.
Bericht iiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhand-

lungen der E. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

Berlin.
1836—55. [Continued a$: Monatsberichte, etc., 1856— 81.] B.M.;

Dub.B.LA.t. ; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.;

B.S. ; S.E.
Berichte der Deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft. Berlin.
1868— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.L; Glasg.

P.S.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.

Surg.t.; B.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.t.
See B. O. Cta. B.

Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin. Berlin.
1873— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Dub.T.C;

Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.E.
Arbeiten aus dem Eaiserlichen Gesundheitsamte. Berlin.
1886— [Continuation of: Mittheilungen, 1881—84.] Camb.U. ;

Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.;

B.S.
Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, fur

die neuesten Entdeckungen in der gesammten Naturkunde.

Berlin.
1807—18. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.
Neue Schriften der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu

Berlin. Berlin.
1795—1803. B.M. ; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.;

S.E.

See B«rL Ak. lib.

'M^moires de 1' Academic Boyale des Sciences de Berlin. Berlin.
1770—1804. B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.

B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.;

S.E.; U.C.L.

xxi b

List of Serial Pablications

Mittheilungen aus den Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft Natar-

forschender Freande zu Berlin. Berlin.
1836—39. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; B.S.
Mt^TTmBbm Sitzongs-Berichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu

Berlin. Berlin.
1860- B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.; S.E.t.

B«rt. FoL Cta. Vh. Verhandlungen der Poly technischen Gesellschaft. Berlin .

1851— [Continuation of: Berichte, etc., 1839—51.] B.S.t.

PAL Cta. Vort. Yortrage in der Polytechnischen Gesellschaft zu Berlin. Berlin.

1864—55. Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.

Verhandlungen der Phjsikalischen Gesellschaft in Berlin. Berlin.
1882 — 98. [Continued as: Verhandlungen der Deutschen Phjsik-
alischen Gesellschaft, 1899 — ] Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Glasg.U.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Wissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Physlkalisch-Teohnisohen

Beiohsanstalt. Berlin.
1894— Camb.P.S ; Gamb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.;

P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Beobachtungs-Eiigebnisse der Konigliohen Stemwarte zu Berlin.

Berlin.
1881— B.A.S.; B.S.
B«rLT«Ll^. X. Zeitschrift des Deutsch-Oesterreichischen Telegraphen-Verelns.

Herausg. in dessen Auftrage von der E. Preuss. Telegraphen-

Direction. Berlin.
1864—69. I.CE.; P.O.
See B«vl. S. T«L and T«L Vie. Z.

Vlft. WUL 0«. Verhandlungen der Berliner Medicinisohen Gesellschaft. Berlin.

1865— B.C.Surg.t.

B. IML See B«xL T«L Vr, Z. and T«L Vr, Z.

■Kt. Mittheilungen der Naturf orschenden Gesellschaft in Bern . Bern.

1843— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t. ; Dub.B.I.A.t. ; Edinb.

B.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.E.
MimUaem 8. So. BU. Bulletin de la Soci6t6 d'^tude des Sciences Naturelles de Briers.

B4ziers.
1876— N.H.M.; B.S.t.

Proceedings of the Birmingham Philosophical Society. Birmingham.
1876— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Dub.T.C.t.;

Edinb.B.S.;Edinb.U.t.;Geol.M.;Glasg.P.S.;Glasg.U.;Linn.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.;

U.C.L.t.

CRk Biologisches Centralblatt. Erlangen, Leipzig.

1881— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.t.;

Glasg.U. ; Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ; B.C.Surg. ;

B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Bulletin Astronomique public sous les Auspices de PObservatoire de

PfliFis Pfljris

1884— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; S.E.
81L nun. Bulletin de Pharmacie ; Parmentier, etc. Paris.

1809—14. [Continued as : Journal de Pharmacie, 1816 — 41.] B.M.;

Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.
Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. London, Paris,

Berlin.
1888 — [Continuation of: Bulletin Scientifique... du Nord et des

pays voisins, 1869 — 87.] Camb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Linn.S. ;

N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.
Bulletin des Sciences Math^matiques. Paris.

1885 — [ContiJiuation of: Bulletin des Sciences Math^matiques et
Astronomiques, 1870—84.] Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.E.;
U.C.L.

Bulletin des Sciences Math^matiques et Astronomiques. Paris.
1870 — 84. [Continued as: Bulletin des Sciences Math^matiques,
1885^] B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.;
Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.t.

BIL So. Mofd. Bulletin Scientifique, Historique et Litt^raire du D^partement da

Nord et des pays voisins. Lille.

xxii

List of Serial Publications

IMthm Qm.

8.BId.

1869—87. [Continued <u: Bulletin Boientifique de la France et de
la Belgique, 1888—] Camb.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.

V. It. Bnllettino del Valcanismo Italiano. Boma.

1874—97. Camb.U.; Geol.M.; Gla8g.P.S.»,

Jb. / Astronomisches Jahrbuch, nebst einer Sammlong der neuesten in

8od« Jb. die astronomischen Wissenschaften einschlagenden Abhand-

longen, Beobachtungen, and Naohrichten; Bode. Berlin.
1776—1829. Dub.T.C.t.; Glasg.U.; B.A.S.; B.S.i.

<Hl Ab. Abhandlungen der K. Bdhmischen Ciesellschaft der Wissenschaften.

Prag.
1785—1892. B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.
B.S.t. ; Linn.S.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ; B.C.Surg.t. ;
B.S.t.; S.K.t.
See Pns Ab.
,... Jahresbericht der Kdnigl. Bdhm. Gesellsohaft der Wissenschaften.
Praff.
1876— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;
B.S.

(Memorie della Accademia delle Scienze dell' Istituto di Bologna.
Bologna.
1850— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
Z. It. Memorie dell* Istituto Nazionale Italiano: Classe di Fisioa e di

Matematica. Bologna.
1806—13. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.
Memorie della Society Medica di Bologna. Bologna.
1807. Olasg.P.S.u
Nuovi Annali delle Scienze naturali ; Alessandrini, Bertolini,

Gherardi, e Banzani. Bologna.
1838-54. Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.;

B.S.
See ir. A. 8o. ITt.
Novi Commentarii Academiss Scientiarum Instituti Bononiensis.

BononisB.
1834—49. Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.
Opuscoli Scientifici. Bologna.
1817—23. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.t.;

S.K.
Nuova oollezione d* Opuscoli Scientifici. Bologna.
1824—25. Camb.U.
Bendiconto delle Sessioni dell' Accademia delle Scienze dell' Istituto

di Bologna. Bologna.
1851— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.t.; U.C.L.t.
Bulletin de I'Acad^mie d'Hippone. B6ne.
1865— Camb.U.; N.H.M.t.
Correspondenzblatt des Naturhistorischen Vereins fiir Bheinland

und Westphalen. Bonn.
1844— Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Glasg.P.S.t,; Linn.S ; N.H.M.
Yerhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereins der Preussischen

Bheinlande, Westfalens und des Beg.-Bezirks Osnabriick. Bonn.
1844— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t. ; Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.

B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.t.;

B.S.t. ; S.K.
See Bonn Vli. HB. 'Vx. and Rheinl. IXTestplial. Vh.

fSitzungsberichte der Niederrheinischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und
Heilkunde zu Bonn. Bonn.
,1854— B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.
I B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.; S.K.
See IfclMHnl. W«stphaL 8b.

yrr, See Bonn. JnSL ITr. Vli. and BlielnL ^ir^stpbal. Vb.

Becueil des Actes de I'Acad^mie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et Arts

de Bordeaux. Bordeaux.
1839— B.M.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.t.;

B.S.t.
See Boxd«ans Aet. *

xxiii b 2

OoL

Blp.BIL

MB. ITr. Oor.-BL

Hlodr. Cta. 8b.
8b. Viodr. Os.

t*««««*«i

List of Serial Publications

Sc 84. Fbl. ( Stances publiques de TAeadtoie Boyale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres,
84. FUL ... < et Arts de Bordeaux. Bordeaux,
f 1819— 37. N.H.M.

See

Bordaavuc J. BBd. Journal de M^deoine de Bordeaux. Bordeaux.

1843?— 61. R.C.Surg.t.

Bordeaiuc Km. 8. 8e. ... TM^moires de la Soci^t^ des Sciences Physiques et Katurelles de
Bord«aiuc Km. 8. 80. Fb. Bordeaux. Bordeaux.

1855— Gamb.P.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Oeol.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.; Math.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.;
S.K.
See Bordeaux 8. 8e. BKm.

Obo. A. Annales de TObservatoire de Bordeaux. Paris, Bordeaux .

1886— Dub.B.D.S.; R.A.S.; B.S.

8. Im, Aet Actes de la Soci^t^ Linn6enne de Bordeaux. Bordeaux.

1830 — [Continuation- of: Bulletin d*Histoire Naturelle de la

Soci^t^, etc., 1826—29.1 B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.!.; Dub.

B.I.A.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M. ; B.S.i.;

U.C.L.i.

Bordeaux 8. Md. Km.... M^moires et Bulletins de la Soci^t^ Medico-Chirurgicale des Hdpitaux

et Hospices de Bordeaux. Paris, Bordeaux.
1866—71.
M^moires et Bulletins de la Soci^t^ de Medecine et de Ghirurgie de

Bordeaux. Paris, Bordeaux.
1872— Dub.B.D.S.; B.S.
8. 8e. Km. ... S^^e Bordeaux Km. 8. 8c.

.ux 8. 80. FV. Procfes-Verbaux des Stances de la Soci6t6 des Sciences Physiques

et Naturelles de Bordeaux. Paris, Bordeaux. .
1894— Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.D.S.».; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S.; N.H.M.;

B.A.S.; B.S.
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Cambridge,

Boston.
1785— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.!.;
Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.i.

See Am. Ac BSm.

Boat. 8. Kd. 80. J. , Journal of the Boston Society of Medical Sciences. Boston.

1897— Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.

Bost. 8. HBL F. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Boston.

1841— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Brain Brain: a Journal of Neurology. London, New York.

1878— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
B.C.Surg.; U.C.L.

Br. Archt. Z. Fp. Papers read at the Boyal Institute of British Architects. London.

1864—78. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See Br. Arcbt. Tp,

Br. Arebt. Z. T Transactions of the Institute of British Architects of London.

London.
1836—42; 1879—92. B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.;

Edinb.U.t.; LCE.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.
See Br. Aroht. T.

J. Joumid of the Boyal Institute of British Architects. London.

1885— Camb.U.t.; Edmb.U.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;
U.C.L.

21* '/^'^*\ } See Br. Archt. X. Fp.

Fp. (*T.) )

T S«e Br. Archt. Z. T.

w. ITr. Ht. Jbr. Jahresbericht des Vereins fiir Naturwissenschaft zu Braunschweig.

Braunschweig, Altenburg.

1879— Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S.; J^.H.M.; B.S.
Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Yereine

zu Bremen. Bremen.
1868— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.

xxiv

List of Serial Publications

SehL Ob. Jbor.

SeliLCta.#bfl.

8. Ae. BIL

BrishtoB HB. S. Xp..

8rli«ol«t.8.P.

S.F.

■••■•••••••<

BrewB-S^vazd J. PL

Oob£.F.

Brftun Jlu liw. fl«et.

Bsttnn WoUba

8U.

0«at. AnnlT.

• • • •

iCommentarj della Aocademia di Soienze, Lettere, Agricultura ed
Arti del Dipartimento del Mella. Bresoia.
1808—11.
Commentarj dell* Ateneo di Brescia. Brescia.
1812— B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.i.; Oxon.B.i.; R.S.i.
'Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische

Caltur. Breslau.
1850 — [Continuation of : Uebersioht der Arbeiten, etc., 1824 — 49.]

Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.t.;

R.S. \ S.K.
Uebersicht der Arbeiten nnd Veranderungen der Schlesischen

Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur. Breslau.
1824 — 49. [Continued a« ; Jahresbericht, etc., 1850—] B.M.; Geol.

S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.
Bulletin de la Soci6t(6 Acad^mique de Brest. Brest.
1858— B.M.; Camb.U.*.; S.K.t.
Brighton and Sussex Natural History and Philosophical Society.

Annual Report. Brighton.
1855— Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; R.S.i.
Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists' Society. Bristol.
1866— B.M.t.; Gamb.U.t.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

R.C.Surg.t.; R.S.t.; U.C.L.t.
Proceedings of the [British] Meteorological Society. London.
1861 — 71. [Continued a» : Quarterly Journal of the [Royal] Meteo-
rological Society, 1872—] Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Edinb.R.S.;

Glasg.P.S.t.; M.O.; Oxon.B.; R.A.S.; R.S.; S.K.
Zeitschrift ffir Natur- und Heilkunde ; Brosche,<Carus, Ghoulant, etc.

Dresden.
1820—30. Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; U.C.L.t.
Journal de la Physiologic de PHomme et des Animaux; Brown-

S^quard. Paris.
1858—65. [Continued an: Archives de Physiologic, etc., 1868—98.]

B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.t.
Proceedings of the British Pharmaceutical Conference. London.
1864—69. [Continued as: Transactions, etc., 1870—] B.M.;

Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oson.B.; Pharm.S.; R.S.
Giomale di Fisica, Chimica, e Storia Naturale; Brugnatelli, etc.

Pavia.
1808—27. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;

R.C.Surg.; R.S.
Jahresheft der Naturwissenschaftlichen Section der K. K. Mahrisch-

Schlesischen Gesellschaft fur Ackerbau, Natur- und Landes-

Kunde. Briinn.
1858. S.K.
Mittheilungen der kaiserlich-koniglichen Mahrish- Schlesischen

Gesellschaft zur Befdrderung des Ackerbaues, der Natur- und

Landeskunde in Briinn. Briinn.
1821-91. B.M.; R.S.t.; S.K.t.
Notizen-Blatt der Historisch-statistischen -Section der K. K. Mahrisch-

Schlesischen Gesellschaft zur Befdrderung des Ackerbaues, der

Natur- und Landes-Kunde in Briinn. Briinn.
1855— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; S.K.
Astronomical Notices; Briinnow. Ann Arbor, Mich.
1858—62. R.A.S.; R.S.t.

Verhandlungen des Naturforschenden Vereins zu Briinn. Briinn.
1863— Camb.U.t.; Dub.R.LA.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; R.S.
Bulletins de P Academic Royale des Sciences, etc., de Belgique.

Bruxelles.
1834— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.R.LA.

Edinb.R.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.

Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; P.O.^R.A.S.; R.C.Surg.

R.Geogr.S.t.; R.S.; S.K.t.
See Bmz. BU. Ac
Centidme Anniversaire de Fondation (1772 — 1872) de I'Acad^mie

Royale de Belgique. Bruxelles.
1872. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.LA.; Edinb.R.S.; Geibl.S.;

XXV

List of Serial PablicatioiiB

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.A.S.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

BIL Bulletin de TAoad^mie Boyale de MMeoine de Belgique k Braxelles,

Bruxelles.
1841— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C.i.; Glaag.P.S.t. ;
Oxon.B.(B.); B.C.Surg.i.; B.S.

JU« M6moires de I'Acaddmie Boyale de M^ecine de Belgique: M6moireB

(ICm. Bar. Atr.)... des Ck>ncour8 et des Savants Etrangers. Bruxelles.

1847— B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg P.S.i.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.C.Surg.; B.S.

(M^moires de P Academic Boyale des Sciences, des Lettres et des
Beaux-Arts de Belgique. Bruxelles.
1820— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C.
< Edinb.B.S.i.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.
Oxon.B.(B.); P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.
S.K.t.
See Bnuc Mm. Ao. 80.

r. FbL Annales des Travaux Publics de Belgique. Bruxelles.

1843— B.M.; I CE.i.; P.O.; S.K.t.

Annales des Universit^s de Belgique. Bruxelles.

1842—63. Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.i.

811. Ae. See Bmz. Ac BIL

BIL Fht. Bui letin Beige de la Photographic. Bruxelles.

1862—81. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.

c. J, 8. Aff. Journal de la Soci^t^ Centrale d' Agriculture de Belgique. Bruxelles.

1854— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.
See Bmac. Ae. Km.

iM^moires Couronn^ et M^molres des Savants Etrangers, publ. par
l*Acad. Boy. des Sciences, etc. de Belgique. 4to. Bruxelles.
1818— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.i.;
Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.JB.); P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.i.

Ooor. 8^ M^moires Couronn^s et autres Mdmoires, publ. par PAcad. Boy. des

Sciences, etc. de Belgique. 8vo. Bruxelles.
1840— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.
8. BliT- As. BU. ... Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Beige d* Astronomic. Comptes Bendus des

S^nces mensuelles de la Soci^t6 et Bevue des Sciences d'Obser-
vation, Astronomic, M^t^rologie, G^od^sie et Physique du Globe.
Bruxelles.
1896— B.A.S.

8. Bl8> OL BU. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Beige de G^logie, de Paltontologie et

d'Hydrologie. Bruxelles.
1887— B.M.; GeoLM.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.;
U.C.L.
8. Bl8> Kor. A. ... Annales de la Soci^t^ Beige de Microscopic. Bruxelles.

1875— Camb.P.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.i.
8. Blfl^ Her. BIL... Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Beige de Microscopic. Bruxelles, Paris.

1875— Camb.P.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; P.O.i.

8. Be A. Annales de la Soci^t^ Scientifique de Bruxelles. Bruxelles.

1877— B.M.; Dub.N.L.Li.; Edinb.B.S.; I.CE.i.; N.H.M.

Bt. Cb. Botanisches Centralblatt. Cassel.

1880— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Bt. Om. The Botanical Gazette. Crawfordsville.

1875— Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Pharm.S.i.;
S.K.t.; U.CL.i.

Bt. Wot. Botaniska Notiser. Lund.

1839— B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.

PL Beitrage zur Anatomie und Physiologic; Eckhard. Giessen.

1858—88. Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; U.CL.i.
Beitrage zur Geophysik. Stuttgart, Leipzig.
1887— Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; M.O.; Oxon.B.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Bt. Bt8* Botanische Zeitung. Berlin, Leipzig.

1843— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.i.; Gla8g.P.S.i. ;
Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.; U.CL.i.

xxvi

List of Serial Publications

I ... Analele Academiei Romane. Bucuresoi.

1880— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; MO.t.; N.H.M.t.

■■ Be. BL Buletinul Societ&tii de Sciin^ Fizice (Fizica, Ghimia ai Mineralogia)

din Bucure8ci-!Rom&nia.
[1892]- [1896].
Buletinul Societa^ii de Sciin{e din Bucuresoi-Bom&nia. Buooresoi.

(Bulletin de la Soci6t6 des Sciences Bacarest-Roumanie.)
[1897]- GlasK.P.S.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; R.S.i.; U.C.L.f.

Tudomanyt&r Kdzre bocsatja k Magyar Tud66 Tdrsae^g. [Bepertoiy

of Science.] Bad4n.
1833—48. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; R.S.t.

. ■•

OL Peri6dico mensual de Ciencias matem&ticas y fisicas. Cadiz.

1848. B.M.; B.S.

IM^moires de PAcad^mie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de
Caen. Caen.
1811- B.M.t.;Camb.U.t.;Dub.T.C.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.i.; R.S.t.;
S.K.t.

8. L M6nioire8 de la Soci^t^ Linn^ne du Calvados [de Normandie] . Caen.

1824— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Geol.M. ; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.;
N.H.M.; R.S.t.; U.C.L.t.

Omuk 8. Zh BIL Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Linn^enne de Normandie. Caen.

1855— B.M.; Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

R.S.t.; U.C.L.t.
iS^e Wonn. 8. Xh BIL

Prteis des Travaux de la Soci^t^ d*Agriculture, etc. de Caen. Caen.
1811-^8. B.M.; Camb.U.t.
Nova Acta physico-medica AcademisB Cass. Leopoldino-Carolins

Natures Curiosorum. Erlangen, Bonn, Breslau.
1758— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.R.S.t.;
Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.;
Pharm.S.t.; R.A.S.t.; R.C.Surg.; R.8.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
See Ac Oks. &«op. W. Aeta and Ae. nt. O. W. Aeta.

Oalo. J. HB. The Calcutta Journal of Natural History. Calcutta.

1841—48. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; P.O.; R.S.; S.K.

QJ. Quarterly Journal of the Medico-Physical Society. Calcutta.

ia57. Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Ae.P. Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences. San

Francisco.

1854— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.R.LA.; Edinb.R.S.t.; Geol.S.t.;
Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.t.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.t.;
S.K.t.
Oambb and IHild. mi. J. The Cambridge and Dublin Mathematical Journal ; Thomson and

Ferrers. Cambridge.
1846—54. B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.R.S.;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.S.; U.C.L.

Oambb (M.) ami. ac. The Mathematical Monthly; Runkle. Cambridge (Massachusetts).

1859—61. B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; R.A.S.t.; R.S.; U.C.L.
See Oamb. (V.8.) BCtli. M.

Omiah, MXkk. J. The Cambridge Mathematical Journal . London .

1839—45. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U.;
Glasg.U.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.i.; R.S.; U.C.L.

Oamb. Vli. 8. P. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge.

1866— B.M.t; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.R.D.S.;
Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
I.CE.; Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.
R.t.; P.O.; R.A.S.t.; R.C.Surg.t.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Oamb. Ph. 8. T. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge.

1822— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.;
Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; LCE.t.;
Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; P.O.;
R.A.S.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Oamb. (V.8b) Blth. BL ... .S^« Oamb. (M.) SKth. SL

OaBtH Oronaea Cronaca: Giomale di Scienze, Lettere, Arti, Economia, Industria;

Cantii. Milano.
1866—58. Glasg.P.S.t.; R.S.

• •

XXVll

List of Serial Publications

Oavd. Ht. 8. T. Cardiff Naturalists' Society. Reports and Transactions. Cardiff.

1868— B.M.t.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.R.D.S.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.t.;
( Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.t.

OarlBpin. Bepertorium fiir physikalische Technik, fiir mathematische and

astronomische Instrumentenkunde ; Carl. Miinchen.
1865—82. [Continued as : Bepertorium der Physik ; Exner, 1888^91.]
B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; I.CE.t.; M.O.; Oxon^B.; P.O.;
B.S.; O.JEL*
OavlHnil&a Vli. Ww. JFr. . . . Verhandiungen des Naturwissenschaf tlichen Vereins. Carlsrohe.

1864— B.M.i.; Dub.B.I.A.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.
See Mtafimrah.^ ITt. V)e, Vh.

dasopis Casopis pro Pestov&ni Mathematiky a Fysiky. Prag.

1872— B.M.
Oatania Aio, Oio«ii. At. . . . Atti dell' Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali in Catania. Catania.

1825— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Geol.S.i.;

Linn.S.i.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; B.S.; S.K.i.
See Oatania At. Ae. Oioan.
Oatania Ao. Oioaii. BIL... Bullettino mensile della Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali in

Catania. Catania.
1888— Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Oatania At. Ae. CHoan. ... See Oatania Ac Oioan. At.

Oattanao Bbw Tarm. Biblioteca di Farmacia, Chimica, etc. ; Cattaneo. Milan.

1834—45. [Continuation o/: Giomale, etc., 1824-33.] B.M.

Oattanao CI. Farm. Giomale di Farmacia, etc.; Cattaneo. Milan.

1824—33. [Continued a$: Biblioteca, etc., 1834-45.] B.M.

Ob. MA. Wa. Cen tralblatt f tir die Medicinischen Wissensohc^tea . Berlin.

1863— B.M. ; Camb.U.i.; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Glasg.U.i.;
Ozon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.; U.C.L.i.

Oil. Kn. Centralblatt fiir Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaeontologie. Stuttgart.

1900— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; OxonJR.; B.S.; S.K.

Ob. VL Centralblatt fiir Physiologie. Leipzig, Wien.

1887— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.i. ; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.;
Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; U.C.L.i.

0. OB. Chemisches Central-Blatt. Leipzig.

1856— Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.i.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; Pharm.S.i.;
P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
OB. LP. Minutes of Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers, con-
taining Abstracts of the Papers and of the Discussions. London.
1837— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.;
Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Ozon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.
See Z. OB. P.

OB. Z. T. Transactions of the Institution of Civil Engineers. London.

1836—42. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.C.S.;
Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.;
Ozon.B.; Ozon.B.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.; B*S.; U.C.L.i.

Off. Int. OliroB. Congrds International de Chronom^trie. Comptes Bendus des

Travaux, Proems- Verbauz, Bapports et M6moires. Paris.
1889, 1900. Camb.U.; B.S.i.; S.K.

Os. Int. Byff . O. B. Congr^s International d 'Hygiene et de Demographic. Comptes-

Bendus [Arbeiten, Transactions, Actas]. Paris, etc.
1878— Glasg.P.S.i.; LCE.i.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.i.; B.C.Surg.i.

Off. Znt. Md. O. B. I Comptes-Bendus [Atti, Verhandiungen, Transactions] du Congr^s

Off. Md. Znt. At. J International de M^ecine. Paris, etc.

11867— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.
[See Znt. BUL Off. T. and Znt. Md. Og. Vli.

O. Q/m Chemical Gazette. London.

1842—59. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.U.i.;
I.CE.t.; N.H.M. ; Ozon.B.; Ozon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.i.; S.K.;
U.C.L.
Ohamb^nr Km. Ae. BaT. M^moires de la Soci6t6 Acad^mique de Savoie. Chamb^ry.

1825— Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; B.S.i.
See BaT. Ae. Km.

Ohaslaatom Kd. J. Charleston Medical Journal and Beview; GaiUard, de Saussure, etc.

Charleston.

xxviii

•

list of Serial FnblicationB

1848 — 60. [Continitation of: The Soathem Journal of Medicine,

etc., 1846—47.] B.M.
OluuftMtOB Soatli. J. Kd. The Southern Journal of Medicine, etc. ; Smith and Sinkler.

Charleston.
1846 — 47. [Continued at: Charleston Medical Journal and Review,

1848-60.] B.M.
The Chemist. London.
1840—68. B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.U.t.;

I.CE.i.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.t.
Bericht der Naturwiss. Gtesellsoh. zu Chemnitz. Chemnitz.
1859— Edinb.R.S.t.; N.H.M.; R.S.t.

M^moires de la Soci^t^ Acad^mique de Cherbourg. Cherbourg.
1833— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.R.S.i.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.t.
/M^moires de la Soci^t^ Imp^riale des Sciences Naturelles de Cher-

... J bourg. Cherbourg.
... n

1852— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.t.;
V I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; R.A.S.t.; R.S.; S.K.
Actes de la Soci6t4§ Scientifique du Chili (Sociedad cientifioa de

Chile). Santiago.
1892— B.M.; Dub.R.D.S.t.; Dub.R.I.A.t.; Edinb.R.S.t.; Geol.S.;
Linn.S. t.; N.H.M.; R.S.t.

Ghvtotlaiiia F Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania. Christiania.

1859— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.;
Geol.S.i.; Olasg.P.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.Oeogr.S.t.; R.S.;
U.C.L.t.
OlivtetiAiila Skr. {Mth,- Skrifter udgivne af Yidenskabsselskabet i Christiania. Mathe-

Nt. Kl.) I matisk-Naturvidenskabelig Klasse. Christiania.

1894— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.R.I.A.t.; Edinb.R.S.; Glasg.P.S.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.; U.C.L.t.

OUl ct T«rr« Ciel et Terre . Revue populaire d 'Astronomic , de M^t^rologie et de

Physique du Globe. Bruxelles.
1881— B.M.; Edinb.R.S.t.; M.O.; R.A.S.

OtBieiii. B, MH, J, The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Cincinnati.
1878— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Edinb.R.S. ; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.; R.S.

OtvlBC- Der Civilingenieur : Zeitschrift fiir das Ingenieurwesen. Freiberg,

Leipzig.
1854—96. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.R.LA.t.; I.CB.; P.O.
OlMniiontBKin.Ae.fle.... M^moires de 1* Academic des Sciences, Belles Lettres, et Arts de

Clermont-Ferrand. Clermont-Ferrand.

1859 — [Continuation of: Annales Scientifiques, etc., 1828 — 58.]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; R.S.t.

O. V. The Chemical News and Journal of Physical Science. London.

1860— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.R.C.S.t.;
Dub.R.D.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.t.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; R.C.Surg.;
R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Z. F. Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto. Toronto.

1879—90; 1897— [Conttm<ation o/; The Canadian Journal, 1853 —

78.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.R.D.S.; Dub.RJ.A.; Edinb.R.S.t.;

Edinb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; R.A.S.t.; R.Geogr.S.t.; R.S.; S.K.t.

Z. T Transactions of the Canadian Institute. Toronto.

1889— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.R.D.S.; Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.;

Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; P.O.;

R.A.S.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.

J. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. Toronto.

1853—78. [Cofitinued as: Proceedings of the Canadian Institute,

1879—] B.M.i.; Dub.R.LA.; Edinb.R.S.; Geol.S.; I.CE.;

N.H.M.; P.O.; R.A.S.i.; R.C.Surg.t.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.; S.K.t.
The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and Proceedings of the

Natural History Society of Montreal. Montreal.
1857_83. [Continued as : The Canadian Record of Science, 1884—]

B.M. ; Camb.U.i.; Edinb.U.i. ; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.U.t. ; Linn.S.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.; Oxon.R.; P.O.; R.S.; U.C.L.t.
The Canadian Record of Science, including the Proceedings of the

xxix

List of Serial Publications

«

Natural History Society of Montreal, and replacing the Canadian
Naturalist. Montreal.
1884— [Continuation of: The Canadian Naturalist, 1857—88.]
B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.i.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.f.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.i.

On. S. 0. F. * T. Proceedings and Transactions of the Boyal Society of Canada.

Montreal.
1888— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.t.;
Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.t.; Qeol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Olasg.U.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.Oeogr.
S.f.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

OolmteaX. O Institute, jomal scientifico e litterario ; Forjaz. Coimbra.

1853— B.M.; B.Geogr.S.i.
Oolmar 8. B. Ht. BIL ... Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d*Histoire Naturelle de Colmar. Colmar.

1860—85. N.H.M.

OOlo. Be. 8. F. Proceedings of the Colorado Scientific Society. Denver.

1883— Camb.P.S.t.; Chem.S.i.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.;
N.H.M. ; P.O.

Oon. 6mu Temps Connaissance des Temps, k Pusage des Astronomes et des Navigatears.

Paris.
1679— B.M.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.; Oxon.B.;
B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.
OonegL Bentfla Vit.BiiUL. Annali della B. Scuola di Viticoltura e di Enologia in Conegliano.

Conegliano.
1892 — 93. [Continuation of: Nuova Bassegna di Viticoltura ed
Enologia della B. Scuola di Conegliano, 1887—91.] [Continued a»:
ha. Bevista. Periodico della B. Scuola di Viticoltura e di Enologia
di Conegliano, 1895 — ] Kew Gardens.t.
OonegL Senola Vlt. Bn. La Bevista. Periodico della B. Scuola di Viticoltura e di Enologia di

Conegliano. Conegliano.
1895 — [Continuation of: Annali della B. Scuola di Viticoltura e di
Enologia in Conegliano, 1892—93.] Kew Gardens.

T Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.

New Haven.
1866— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.
Memoirs of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. New

Haven.
1810—16. Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.t.; B.S.

OomwrnU CIL B.T Transactions of the Boyal Geological Society of Cornwall. Penzance.

1818— B.M.t. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Geol.M. ;
Geol.S. ; Glasg.U.t. ; I.CE.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t. ; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.i.

Oomwall FoL S. Xp. /Beports and Transactions of the Boyal Polytechnic Society of

OomwrnUFoLflbT I Cornwall. Falmouth.

1833— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.M.t.;
Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t. ; Linn.S.; M.O.t. ;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Cosmos. Bevue Encyclop^ique Hebdomadaire des Progr^s des

Sciences; Moigno. Paris.
1852—70. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; LCE.t. ;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.
See Kolffao Ooamos.

O. B. Comptes Bendus hebdomadaires des Stances de PAcad^mie des

Sciences. Paris.
1835— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U. ; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.;
Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.CSurg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.;
U.C.L.

Be. BIL Bulletin International de P Academic des Sciences de Craoovie.

Cracovie.
1889— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.;
GeoLS.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.;
B.S.; U.C.L.t.

XXX

List of Serial Pablications

O.A. Chemische Annalen fur die Freonde der Natorlehre; Grell.

Helmstadt.
1784—1804. B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ; N.H.M. ;
P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.

J. Journal fiir die reine und angewandte Mathematik; Crelle. Berlin.

1825— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.T.C; Edinb.R.S. ;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; l.CE.t.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.(B.J; B.S.;
S.K.t.; U.C.L.
See OrtXlm J. BKth.

OnU* J. Bank. Journal f Ur die Baukunst ; Crelle. Berlin.

1829—61. B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.U.; P.O.

OMU* J. Ktli. See Cbrall* J.

Gfoydon Mor. OL P. * T. Proceedings and Transactions of the Croydon Hioroscopical and

Natural History Club. Croydon.
1878— [Continvation of: Report, etc., 1871—78.] Camb.U.;
Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S t.'; Linn S.; N.H.M.; P.O.; U.C.L.t.

O. fl. J. The [Quarterly] Journal of the Chemical Society of London.

London.
1849 — [ConUmiatUm of: Memoirs and Proceedings, etc., 1841 — 48.]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.C.S.; Dub.RD.S.;
Dub.R.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.R.S.; Geol.M.i.; Geol.S.; Glasg.
P.S.; I.CE.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.t.; Pharm.S.; P.O.;
R.C.SUIK.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Om UmWKaBL Memoirs and Proceedings of the Chemical Society of London.

London.
1841-48. [Continued as: The Quarterly Journal, 1849—] B.M.;
Camb.P.S.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.C.S.; Dub.R.D.S. ; Dub.R.I.A.;
Dub.T.C.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(R.);
Pharm.S.; P.O.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

O.S.F. Proceedings of the Chemical Society. London.

1886— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t. ; Chem.S.; Dub.R.D.S.;
Dub.R.I.A. ; Edinb.R.S. ; Edinb.U.t. ; Geol.M.t. ; Glasg.U. ;
N.H.M.t.; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Ouf pu Bt. JFml Revue Universelle des Mines, de la M^tallurgie, etc.; de Cuyper.

Paris, Li^ge.
1867— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.LA.i.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

l.CE.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; S.K.
See Bt. irn. Iffif.

O. Sts. Chemiker-Zeitung. Central-Organ fiir Chemiker, Apotheker, Tech-

niker, Ingenieure, Fabrikanten. Cdthen.
1877— Chem.S.t.; P.O.t.; S.K.t.

Central-Zeitung fiir Optik und Mechanik. Leipzig.

1880— Edinb.U.t.; P.O.t.; R.S.t.

Zeitschrift des Deutschen [und des Oesterreichisohen] Alpenyereins.

Mttnchen.
1870— B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; R.Geogr.S.

,,,.. Schrif ten der Naturf orschenden Gesellschaf t in Danzig. Danzig.

1863- [Continuation of: Neueste Schriften, etc., 1820—62.]
Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.R.D.S.t.; Dub.R.LA.t.; Edinb.
R.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.t.; R.S.; S.K.t.

Wotbb Notizblatt des Vereins fiir Erdkunde und verwandte Wissenschaf ten

zu Darmstadt und des Mittelrheinischen Geologischen Vereins.
Darmstadt.
1866— B.M.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.t.; R.Geogr.S.;

Xk.S.t.; O.A..

8b Borda BIL Bulletin de la Soci6t6 de Borda k Dax. Dax.

1876— N.H.M. ; U.C.L.t.

Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaf t. Berlin.

1883— B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Pharm.S.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

B. O. Cta. B. Berichte der Deutschen Chemischen Gtesellschaft. Berlin.

1868— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.L;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.;
R.C.Surg.t.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See BmA. B.
Bslft ikcm BOL A. Annales de I'Eoole Polytechnique de Delft. Leide.

XX xi

List of Serial Publications

1885—97. Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Chem^.i.; .Dab.B.D.S.; Dub.
B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.E.
DMiiaoB Vn. 80. Lb. BU. Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison UniTersity.

Granville, Ohio.
1885— B.M. ; Gamb.P.S.; Dub.B.I.A. ^ Edmb.B.S. ^ N.H.M. ;
P.O.; S.K.f.

Der Natarf orsoher . Halle.

1774—1804. B.M. ; Gamb.U.; Geol.S.f. ; Glaag.P.S.t. ; Linn.S. ;
N.H.M.; B.S.i.; S.K.

The Analyst : a monthly Journal of Pure and Applied Siathematios.

Des Moines, Iowa.
1874—83. Gamb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; B.S.

Beports and Transactions of the Devonshire Association for

the Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art. Plymouth,
London.
1862— Gamb.U.t.; Geol.M.; GeoLS.; I.GE.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

D. Q/L Qm, S. Zeitschrif t der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaf t. Berlin.

1849— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Dub.T.O.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;
Glasg.U.f.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.

D. Os. Oataa. Kt. Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaf t fiir Natur- und Ydlker-

kunde Ostasiens. Yokohama.
1873— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.; S.E.

StJoB Ae. Mm. ( M^moires de 1' Academic des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-lettres de

IHJon Ae. 80. Km. I Dijon. Dijon.

IHJOB Mm. Ae. i 1769^ B.M.t.; Gamb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.G.t.;

Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.; B.G.Surg.i.;
[ B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.

DtJon 84. Ae. Stances publiques de P Academic des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-lettres

de Dijon. Dijon. •

1810—29. B.M.t.; N.H.M.

Polytechnisches Journal ; Dingier. Stuttgart.

1820— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.G.S.t.;
Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Glasg.U.t. ; I.GE.t.;
P.O. ; B.S.t.; S.K.

Jahresbericht der Gommission zur Wissenschaf tlichen Untersuchung

der Deutschen Meere in Kiel. Berlin.
1871 — 93. [CotUinued a* : WissenschaftlicheMeeresuntersuchungen,
etc., 1896—] Gamb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; GlasgJP.S.t. ; Linn.S.;
M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.E.

Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen MalakozQologischen Gtesellschaft.

Frankfurt am Main. ^

1869— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.

Vt. Jte. Jahresbericht der deutschen Mathematiker-Vereinigung. Berlin,

Leipzig.

1890— Gamb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.;
B.S.

D.JKB Bericht iiber die Versammlung der Deutschen Naturforscher und

Aerzte.
1822—83. Irregular, «ee Tageblatt. Gamb.U.t.; Geol.S.t.;N.H.M.t.;

Oxon.B.t.; B.G.Surg.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
See D. ftt. Von. B.

D. HC F«staelir. Festschrift fiir die 59. Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher and

Aerzte. Berlin.
1886. Dub.B.I.A.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; S.K.

D. Wf. TbL Tageblatt der. . . Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte.

1836—89. Irregular, neeB. and Vh. Gamb.U.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.; B.G.Surg.t.

D. Mt, "Vh. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaf t Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte.

Leipzig.
1890— [Caniimtationof: Bericht, Tagebl. etc., 1822-89.] Gamb.U.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.G.Surg.

D. V£ VmuB «Sff D. Vf.B.

Bb. Vd. Btlrte. 8kr. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabemes Selskabs Skrivter. Kidbenhavn.

1801—18. B.M.; Gamb.P.S.t.; Gamb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; B.S.
See Slob. Dn. Vd. 8«ldL.

• •

xxxu

List of Serial Publications

Archiv ftir die Hollandischen Beitrage zur Ijatur- and Heilkunde;

Donders. Utrecht.
1858 — 64. [Continued a$: Nederlandscb .Arcbief voojr Genees- eo
Natnurkunde, 1865—70.] B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; B.C.Sorg.;
B.S.
Wdl. Oast. OogL Jaarlijksch Verslag betrekkelijk de Verpleglng en 't Onderwijs in

bet Nederlandscb Gastbuis voor Ooglijders; Donders. Utrecbt.
1860 — 85. [Continue as: Nederlandscb Gastbuis voor Beboeftige
en Minvermogende Ooglijders te Utrecbt. Verslag, 1885 — ]
Glaag.P.S.i.; B.S.

Bovpat fth, Sitznngsbericbte der Naturf orscber-Gesellscbaf t zu Dorpat . Dorpat.

1853— Dub.B.I.A.i.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.*.; S.K.i.

Docvat Belir. Scbriften berausgegeben von der Naturforscber-Gesellscbaft bei der

Universitat Dorpat. Dorpat.
1884— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.

9caem9tTOmT. Proceedings of tbe Dorset Natural History and Antiquarian Field

Club. Sberbome.
1877— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.

Bonai Km. A. Aff. M^moires de la Soci^t^ d*Agriculture, de Sciences et d'Arts [da

Ddpartement du Nord] seant k Douai. Douai.
1826—89. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.

BonlM 8. Mm. M^moires et Comptes Bendus de la Socidt6 [Libre] d'J&mulation

du Doubs. Besanyon.
1841— B.M.; N.H.M.t.

Verbandlungen der Deutscben Pbysikaliscben Gesellscbaf t. Leipzig.

1899 — [Continuation of: Verbandlungen der Pbysikaliscben G^eseU-

scbaft in Berlin, 1882—98.] Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.;

Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(B.); P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.;

S.K.; U.C.L.t.

E. ParotOkoL Ausz^ge aus den Protokollen der Gesellscbaft far Natur- and

Heilkunde in Dresden. Dresden. . .

1832—34. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.

Jte. Jabresbericbt des Vereins fdr Erdkunde zu Dresden. Dresden.

1865— B.M.;Geol.S.t.;Glasg.P.S.t.;N.H.M.;Ozon.B.;B.Geogr.S.;
B.S.t.; S.K.
Mtsolir. ... Festscbrift der Naturwissenscbaftlicben Gesellscbaft Isis in Dresden.
Dr^ulen
1885. B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; S.K.

laAmBb, Sitzungsbericbte der Naturwissenscbaftlicben Gesellscbaft Isis in

Dresden Dresden
* 1861— Camb.U.t.; Dub.T.C; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; S.K.
See Dr*ad«n Wlb, Zsls.
Jbar. irt. B«i]k. Jabresbericbte [Sitzungsbericbte] der Gesellscbaft fiir Natur- und

Heilkunde. Dresden.

1858— Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
See Dread^n 81>. Ht. Ballk.

&iidw.V.*St. ... Die landwirtbscbaftlicben Versucbs-Stationen. Organ fiir wissen-

scbaftlicbe Forscbungen auf dem Gebiete der Landwirtbscbaft,
Dresden, Cbemnitz.

1859— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Cbem.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.;
B.S.t.

See ZAdw. V.-Bt.

SbaZala S^e Drasdan Zais 8b.

Sb.irt. Ballk.... 50e Braadan Jbr. irt. Ballk.

IMbL J. Md. C. fla. Dublin Journal of Medical and Cbemical Science. Dublin.

1832—45. [Continued as: Tbe Dublin [Quarterly] Journal of
Medical Science, 1846 — ] B.M. ; Camb.U.t. ; Dub.N.L.I.t. ;
Dub.B.D.S.t. ; Dub.T.C.t.; Pbarm.S.t.; B.C.Surg.

IHiliL J. Kd. 8a. /Tbe Dublin [Quarterly] Journal of Medical Science. Dublin.

IhDdd. QJ. ISd. 8a. 1 1846 — [Continuation of: Dublin Journal of Medical and Cbemical

< Science, 1832—45.] B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.;
V Oxon.B.(B.); Pbarm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.Suig.; U.C.L.t.

8. J. Journal of tbe Boyal Dublin Society. Dublin.

1856—78. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Cbem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.;
Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.;

xxxiii

last of Serial Publicatioiis

DabL S. J.

ItattL 8. Be. F.

DnbL 8. 80. T.

Itavliam Vn. Fli. 8. P. ...

BastbouriM HB.

(AT.)

8. Pp.

\^ •/ "••"

Bastbonms HB.

n. *• ...

Bdlnb. rC. T.

Bdinb. 4IL 8. T. .

Bdinb. J. BKd. 8e.

•

Bdlnb. J. Ht. Off.
Bdinb. J. 8c. ....

80.

Bdlnb. X. J. Xd. 8e.

Bdlnb.

W«ni.8.

Bdlnb. Xth. 8. P.

Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.
Transactions and Journal of the Dublin Society. Dublin.
1799—1810. B.M.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Oeol.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.; S.K.
See BnbL 8. T.

The Scientific Proceedings of the Boyal Dublin Society. Dublin.
1877— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.

B.G.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dnb.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;

Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.i.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.;

B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
The Scientific Transactions of the Boyal Dublin Society. Dublin.
1877— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.

B.C.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.;

Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.; M.O.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ; Pharm.S. ; P.O. ; B.A.S. ; B.C.Surg. ;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See DubL 8. J.
Proceedings of the University of Durham Philoeophical Society.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
1900— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; S.K.t.
Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift fur dfifentliche Gesundheitspflege.

Braunschweig.
1869— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; U.C.L.t.
Deutsche Zeitschrift f Ur Thiermedicin und vergleiohende Pathologic.

Leipzig.
1875— Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.

! Papers (Transactions) of the Eastbourne Natural History Society
with Annual Beport. Eastbourne.
1869— Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.

L*£clairage ^lectrique. Paris.

1894— B.M.; Glasg.U.t.; ICE.; P.O.

Transactions of the Edinburgh Naturalists* Field Club. Edinburgh.

1881— Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.

Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological Society. Edinburgh.

1868— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t. ;

Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; N.H.M.; P.a; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.;

U.C.L.
Edinburgh Journal of Medical Science. Edinburgh.
1826—27. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.t.;

Glasg.U.; B.C.Surg.
The Edinburgh Journal of Natural and Geographical Science.

Edinburgh.
1830—31. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S. ; S.K.
The Edinburgh Journal of Science, exhibiting a view of the progress

of discovery in Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, Mineralogy,

Geology, Botany, etc. ; David Brewster. Edinburgh.
1824—1832. [Ganiinued in: The London and Edinburgh Philo-
sophical Magazine, etc., 1832^] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.

M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.

S.K.
London and Edinburgh Monthly Journal of Medical Science.

London, Edinburgh.
1841 — 55. [Continued at: Edinburgh Medical Journal, 1855 — ]

B.M.; Glasg.P.S.*.; Pharm.S.t.; B.C.Surg.
Memoirs of the Wemerian Natural History Society. Edinburgh.
1808-39. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.t.;

B.S. ; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See Bdlnb. 'Weam. 8. Km.
Proceedings of the Edinburgh Mathematical Society. London,

Edinburgh.

xxxiv

List of Serial Publications

■dtnb. W. PH. J.

Bdinb. Pli. J.

■dlalKF.

1883— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edlnb.U.;

Glasg.U.; Math.S.; B.S.t.
The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, exhibiting a view of the

progressive Improvements, etc. in the Sciences, etc.; Robert

Jameson. Edinburgh.
1826 — 64. [Continuation of: The Edinburgh Philosophical Journal,

1819-26.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.;

Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.;

B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S; S.K.
The Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, exhibiting a view of the

Progress of Discovery in Natural Philosophy, etc. ; David Brewster

and Bobert Jameson. Edinburgh.
1819—26. [Continued a$ : The Edinburgh New Philosophical

Journal, 1826—64.] B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.

Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.

I.CE.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Gxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.

B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

Proceedings of the Boyal Physical Society of Edinburgh . Edinburgh .

1854— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S.i . ; Dub.B.I.A. ;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

(Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh.
1845— B.M.f.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.
Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.
I.CE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.
Pharm.S.t.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.
U.C.L.

Transactions of the Boyal Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh.

1788— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.
B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.;
Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.;
Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.;
U.C.L.
See Bdinb. T. B. 8.

P. ( Transactions of the Boyal Scottish Society of. Arts . Edinburgh .

T 1841— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; LCE.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
See Bdinb. T. Be. B. Arts and Be. B. Arts T.

BdSnbwT. B. B. 6>^ Bdinb. B. B. T.

Bdinb. T. Be. B. Arts See Bdinb. Be. B. Arts P. and Be. B. Arts T.

Bdinb. P. B. B.
R.B.P.

Bdinb. B. B. T..

Bdinb. Be. B.

Bleetr. B. P..
Bleetr. B.T.,

Bf. Os. Xbr.

See Bdinb.

The Educational Times, and Journal of the College of Preceptors.

London.
1847— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.L; Glasg.U.t.;

Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
The Electrician. London.
1862— B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.Lt.; Dub.

B.C.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

I.CE.i.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.S.t.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
The Electrical Beview. London.
1892 — [Continuation of: The Telegraphic Journal and Electrical

Beview, 1872—91.] B.M ; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.P S.; Glasg.U.; LCE.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
The Transactions and Ftoceedings of the London Electrical Society.

London.
1837 - 40. [Continuedas: Proceedings, 1841—43.] B.M.; Camb.U.t.;

Glasg.P.S.t.; I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
Elektrotechnische Zeitschrift. Berlin, Miinchen.
1880— B.M.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; P.O.; S.K.t.
Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden.

Emden.
1837— Dub.B.I.A.; B.S.
The Entomological Magazine. London.
1833—38. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.
Transactions of the Society of Engineers. London.

XXXV

List of Serial Publications

ISeO— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.G.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; R.S.i.; U.C.L.

L'Enseignement Math^matique. Bevue Litemationale. Paris.

1899— Math.S.; S.K.

Brdm. J. Tx, O Journal for praktische Chemie ; Erdman, etc. Leipzig.

1834 — [Continuation of: Journal fUr technische und dkonomische
Chemie, 1828—33.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.;
Dub.B.C.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U,;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See J. Pr. O.

Wnlfn, J. T«oli. O Journal fiir technische und okonomische Chemie ; Erdman. Leipzig.

1828 — 33. [Continued as: Journal fiir praktische Chemie, 1834 — ]
B.M.; Chem.S.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

Ihm Jahrbucher der kdniglichen Akademie gemeinniitziger Wissen-

schaften zu Erfurt. Erfurt.
1860— B.M.; N.H.M.

U Ab. Abhandlungen der Physikalisch-Medicinischen Societat in Erlangen.

Frankfurt-am-liain.
1810—12. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.
_ S. 8b. ... /Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-Medicinischen Societat zu Er-

Brians. Vt. Fa. BKd. 8. ... I langen. Erlangen.

J1864— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
( Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.

Zeitschrif t fiir Chemie und Pharmacie etc. ; Erlenmeyer. Erlangen,

Heidelberg.
1860—64. [Continued as: Zeitschrif t fiir Chemie, 1865— 71.] B.M.;
Camb.U.; Chem.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.t.; S.K.t.

Archiv fiir wissenschaitliche Kunde von Bussland; Erman. Berlin.

1841—67. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.t.;
S.K.

Bulletin of the Essex Institute. Salem (Mass.).

1869— [CorUiniiatumo/: Proceedings, etc., 1848— 68.] Camb.P.S.;
Edinb.B.S.t. ; Geol.S.t. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Linn.S.t. ; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.t.; P.O.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Salem (Mass.).

1848—68. [CoiitttiiM'das; Bulletin, etc., 1869— ] B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.;
Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn. S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.;
S.K.

The Essex Naturalist; being the Journal of the Essex Field Club.

Buckhurst Hill.
1887 — [Continuation of: Transactions of the Essex Field Club,
1880—86.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.;
GeoI.S. : Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.;
U.C.L.

(Becueil de la Soci6t^ d' Agriculture, Sciences, Arts, et Belles-Lettres

du d^partement de TEure. Evreux.

1830—39. B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

A'Magyar Tud6s Tiirsas&g' Evkonyvei. Pest.

1833—46.

A* Magyar Tudom4nyos Akademia ^vkonyvei. Bud&.
1860—89. B.M. ; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.

See Mas. Tnd. Ak. ^vk.

Bepertorium der Physik; Exner. Miinchen, Leipzig.

1883—91 . [Continuation of: Bepertorium fiir physikalische Teohnik,
etc.; Carl, 1865—82.] B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Edinb.U.;
LCE.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

LBIL.

Z.F.

irtllat.

8.Aff.

rad.Z.

Ob. Centralblatt fiir Naturwissenschaf ten und Anthropologic ; Fechner.

Leipzig.
1853—54. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.

B. T Transactions of the Federated Institution of Mining Engineers.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
1889 — 98. [Continued as: Transactions of the Institution of Mining
Engineers, 1898—] Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; S.K.

XX XVI

list of Serial Publications

FAraaaae BIL Be. Mtli. ... Bulletin des Sciences Math^matiqnes, Astronomiques, Physiques et

Chimiques; de F^russac. Paris.
1824—31. B.M.; Edinb.U.i.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.i.; Oxon.R.; P.O.;

R.C.Surg.; U.C.L.
. Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles et de Geologic; de F^russac. Paris.
1824—31. B.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.
Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d'£tudes Scientifiques du Finistdre. Morlaiz.
1879— N.H.M.
Atti della R. Accademia economico-agraria dei G^rgofili. Firenze.

1817 — [Continuation of: Atti della (Real) Societa Economica di
Firenze ossia de' Georgofili, 1791—1812.] B.M.; Camb.U.;
Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.R.S.i.; Oxon.B.

See TlX9DMm At. Ac Oeogg.

Annali del R. Museo di Fisica e Storia Naturale. Firenze.

1866. Glasg.P.S.i.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; R.A.S.; R.S.; S.K.

Annali del Museo Iznperiale di Fisica e Storia Naturale di Firenze.

Firenze. *

1808—10. B.M.; Camb.U.i.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.A.S.;

R.S.t.; S.K.
See Fir«nse Ae. Oeogg. At.
X. Z. Fb. Pubblicazioni del R. Istituto di Studi Superiori Pratici e di Per-

fezionamento in Firenze. Sezione di Scienze Fisiche e Natural!.

Firenze.
1877— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; R.S.
8. Q^org, At. ... Atti della (Real) Society Economica di Firenze ossia de* Georgofili.

Firenze.
1791-1812. [Continued ait: Atti della R. Accademia economico-
agraria dei Georgofili, 1817—] B.M.; Camb.U.
, Flora, Oder Allgemeine Botanische Zeitung; berausgegeben yon der

Kdnigl. Bayer. Botanischen Gesellschaft. Regensburg.

1818— Camb.U.t.; Dub.R.D.S.; Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.i.; Glaag.
P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; R.S.i.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

rttLSdSL Foldtani Kdzlony. Havi foly6irat kiadja a Magyarboni Fdldtani

Tarsulat. (Geologische Mittheilungen.) Zeitschrift der Ungar-
ischen G«ologischen Gesellschaft. Budapest.
1872— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; R.S.i.; S.K.i.
.. Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der Agrikultur-Physik. Heidelberg.
1878—98. Chem.S.; P.O.
Allgemeine Bauzeitung; Forster. Wien.
1836— B.M.; Camb.U.; I.CE.i.; P.O.

V^rmnkllB Z. J. Journal of the Franklin Institute of the State of Pennsylvania.

Philadelphia.
1828— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.R.I.A.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.
S.i.; I.CE.; M.O.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; R.A.S.i.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.;
U.C.L.i.

Tx, An. M4t. Annuaire M^t^rologique de la France. Paris.

1849 — 52. [Continued as: Annuaire de la Soci^t^ M^t^rologique de
France, 1853—] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Glasg.U.i.; M.O.; R.S.
See An. M«t. Fr.

Tx. Off. Bo. Sessions des Congr^s Scientifiques de France.

1833—79. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; R.C.Surg.i.
Frollms Jb. B«g- Bm. Jahrbuch fiir den Berg- und Hiittenmann. Herausg. von der

Konigl. Berg-Akademie zu Freiberg. Freiberg.
1837 — 72. [Continued a$: Jahrbuch fiir das Berg- und Hiittenwesen,

1873—] B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; P.O.i.; R.S.i.; S.K.i.
Berichte ttber die Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft

zu Freiburg i. B. Freiburg i. B.
ia55— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.R.I.A.; Linn. S.i. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.i.; R.S.; S.K.
Zeitschrift fiir Analytische Chemie ; Fresenius. Wiesbaden.
1862— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S. ; Dub.N.L.I. ; Edinb.U.i.;
Glasg.P.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.;
S.K.
nrki^ a. M.rv. ITr. JInr.... (Jahresbericht des Physikalischen Vereins zu Frankfurt am Main.

ITr. { Frankfurt am Main.

(1838— B.M.i.; Glasg.U.i.; M.O.i.; P.O.i.; R.S.i.; S.K.i.

VOL. III. xxxvii c

List of Serial Publications

"Vt, Jb. Jahrbuch zar Yerbreitung Naturwisseaschaftlioher Eexmtaisse,

veranstaltet vom Physik&Iischen Vereine zu Frankfurt. Frank-
furt.
1831. Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.

TrotimpJKotm Notizen aus dem Qebiete der Natur- und Heilkunde; Froriep.

Erfurt, Weimar.
1821—62. B.M.t.; Camb.U.i.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.

Tx, S. Aff. BU. Bulletin des S^nces de la Soci6t^ (Centrale) d' Agriculture de France.

Paris.
1837- P.O.t.

^.8. As. Mm. M^moires d' Agriculture, d'Economie rurale et domestique publics

par la Soci^t^ d'Agriculture. Paris.
1801— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Oxon.B.

Tx, 8. Bt. BIL Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Botanique de France. Paris.

1864— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.i.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Dub.T.C.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Phann.S.t.;
S.K.
See Par. BIL 8. Bt.

Fr. 8. MAt. An. Annuaire de la Soci^t^ M6t^rologique de France. Paris.

1853 — [Continuation of: Annuaire M^t^orologique de la France,
1849—52.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.t.; Glasg.U.t.; M.O.

Fr. 8. ai^t. W. M4t. Nouvelles Met^orologiques publics sous lea auspices de la Sooi^t^

Met^rologique de France. Paris.
1868—76. B.M.t.; M.O.; B.S.i.

Tx, 8. Mb. BIL Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Min^ralogique de France. Meulan, Paris.

1878— B.M.; Dub.T.C; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
B.S.; S.K.

Tx, 8. Z. BIL Bulletin de la Socidt^ Zoologique de France. Paris.

1876— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.; S.K.

, Fortschritte der Medicin. Berlin.

1883— Camb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.

Jahrbuch (iber die Fortschritte der Mathematik. Berlin.

1868— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.C.S.; Edinb.U. ;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; U.C.L.

Die Fortschritte der Physik. Berlin.

1845— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.i.; Dub.B.I.A.i.;
Edinb.B.S.i.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.i.; Oxon.B.(B.); P.O.;
B.A.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Fseiir. Bdnt8#nstr. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Bontgenstrahlen. Hamburg.

1897— Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.

, Annales Academies Gandavensis. Gandavi (Ghent) .

1819—31. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

Giomale Arcadioo di Scienze, etc. Boma.

1819—71. B.M.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.

Oard Ap«r^ Tx, Notice [ou Aper^u analytique] des Travaux de P Academic Boyale du

Gard. Nimes.
1807—? B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.
See Oard Hot. T^. Ac

Oard. Ohron. The Gardener's Chronicle. London.

1841- Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I i.; Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.U.i.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; S.K.i.

;S?rr-^-^t Seea,r.^,^Tr.

EsmaltMtm Besultate aus den Beobachtungen des Magnetischen Yereins;

Gauss und Weber. Gottingen, Leipzig.
1837—42. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; B.S.

J. Journal f iir die Chemie und Physik ; Gehlen. Berlin.

1806-10. B.M. ; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.; B.S.

Ctao. BIL Z. Ht. Bulletin de I'lnstitut National G^nevois. Geneve.

1853- B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.i.;

B.S.
See Cl«ii. Z. 1ft. BIL

xxxviii

List of Serial Publications

OtT. Le Genie Civil. Bevue G^n^rale des Industries Franpaises et lltran-

gdres, etc. Paris.
1880— B.M.; I.CE.; P.O.; S.K,

I.Vt.BlL 5ee Cton. BU. Z. irt.

Z. Vt. IKm. M^moires de 1 * Institut National O^nevois. Gendve.

1854— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; N.H.M.i.; Oxon.B.; B.8.;
S.K.i.

8. Fa. M^moires de la Sooi^t^ de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de

Gendve. Gtondve.
1821— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.I.A.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.
See Clen. 0. Ps. Km.
ImlAgwem... Memorie dell' Istituto Ligure. Gtenova.
1806. B.M.; Camb.U.; B.S.

B. Kd. Memorie deUa Society Medioa di Emulazione dl Genova. Genova.

1802—04. B.C.Surg.

B. Us. At. Atti della Society Ligustica di Scienze Naturali e Geografiche.

Genova.
1890— B.M.; N.H.M.; B.S.

8.Vii.Bbn. See Omn. mm, B, T%.

Annales de Math^matiques, pures et appliquees; Gergonne. Ntmes,

Paris.
1810—31. B.M.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.(B.);
B.A.S.t.; B.S.; U.C.L.

J The Geographical Journal. Including the Proceedings of the Boyal

Geographical Society. London.
1893— [ContinuatUm of: Proceedings, etc., 1857—92.] B.M.t.;
Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S. ; Dub.B.I.A. ; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S. ; Edinb.U. ; Geol.M. ; Geol.S. ; Glasg.U. ; I.CE. ;
Linn.S.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.;
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

Jbb Geographisches Jahrbuch. GK>tha.

1866— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.i.; M.O.i.; N.H.M.i.; Oxon.B.;
Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; S.K.

S. J. Journal of the Boyal Geographical Society of London. London.

1832—80. B.M.; Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.;
I.CE. ; Linn.S. ; M.O. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ; P.O. ;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Q^ A. P. Proceedings of the Boyal Geographical Society of London. London.

1857—92. [Continued as: The' Geographical Journal, 1893 — ]
Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.
Oxon.B.; P.O.i.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; 8.K.; U.C.L.i.
Berichte der Oberhessischen Gtosellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde.

Giessen.
1847— B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.D.S.i.; Dub.B.LA.i.; Edinb.
B.S.i.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Linn.S.i.;N.H.M.; P.O.i.; B.Geogr.
S.i.; B.S.i.; S.K.
Annalen der Physik ; Gilbert. Halle und Leipzig.
1799—1824. [Continued as : Annalen der Physik und Chemie, 1824—]
Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(B.);
P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.
GilPs Technological [and Microscopic] Bepository. London.
1827—30. [Continuation of: The Technical Bepository, 1822—27.]
B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; LCE.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.
The Technical Bepository; Gill. London.
1822—27. [Continued as: Gill's Technological [and Microscopic]
Bepository, 1827—30.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.;
I.CE.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

OlAoc. I. Biiff. T. Transactions of the Institution of Engineers [and Shipbuiders] in

Scotland. Glasgow.
1857— Camb.U.i.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; P.O.; U.C.L.i.
See aiasff. T. Z. Bns*
J Glasgow Medical Journal. Glasgow.

xxxix c 2

» • t

List of Serial Publications

1828—32; 1854— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.U.f. ;
Qlasg.U. ; Oxon.B.t. ; Ozon.B.t. ; Pharm.S.t. ; B.G.Surg. ;
U.C.L.t.

Olaaff. Fli. S. F. /Proceedings of the [Boyal] Philosophical Society of Glasgow. Glasgow.

aiAHT- P- n&. B. 1841— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;

< Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.i.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.f.;
I B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

aiasff- T* Z- Biiff See Olasff- Z. Ens. T.

01— nlng» Sc Gleanings in Science. Calcutta.

1829-31. B.M. ; Edinb.B.S.t. ; I.CE. ; M.O.t. ; N.H.M. ; S.K. ;
U.C.L.t.

OLMff. The Geological Magazine or Monthly Journal of Geology. London.

1864— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.C.S.; Geol.M.;
Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.t.; B.Geogr.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

OL 8. F. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London. London.

1826—45. [Continued in: The Quarterly Journal, etc., 1845—]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Dub.B.LA.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.;
I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.C.Suxg.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
OL S. 9J. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London . London.

1845— B.Nl.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.L;
Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Glasg.U.; LCE. ;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

CI1.0T. Km. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and of the

Museum of Economic Geology in London. London.

1846— Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;
Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

See Km. OL St.

CI.Kt. Giomale di Matematiche ad uso degli Studenti delle University

Italiane; Battaglini. Napoli.
1863— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.CS.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Math.S.t.;
Oxon.B.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.

OteL Ab. Abhandlungen der Naturf orschenden Gesellschaf t zu Gdrli tz . Gorlitz .

1827— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; N.H.M.;
B.S.; S.K.

OdtlMb. BadL Gdtheborgs Kongl . Vetenskaps och Vitterhets Samhalles Handlingar .

Gdtheborg.
1850— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.
B.S.t.; N.H.M. ; B.S.t.

CRklMli. W. BadL Nya Handlingar af Kongl. Wettenskaps och Witterhets Samhallet i

Gdtheborg. Gdtheborg.
1808—22. Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.

Odtt. Ab. Abhandlungen der k . Gesellschaf t der Wissenschaften . Go ttingen .

1838— [Conttniiattono/.Commentationes, etc., 1778—1837.] B.M.;
Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.CSurg.t.; B.S.; U.CL.i.

Odtt. Om. Commentationes Societatis BegisB Scientiarum Gottingensis. Got-

tingsB.
1778—1808. B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.i.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.

U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.CSurg.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Commentationes recentiores Societatis, etc. GottingsB.
1808—37. [CotUinued as: Abhandlungen, etc., 1838—] B.M.;
Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
B.A.S.i.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.

Odtt. H!r. Nachrichten von der k. Gesellschaf t der Wissenschaften und der

Georg-Augusts-Universitat zu Gottingen. Gottingen.
1845— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.;
Dub.T.Ct.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.CSurg.t.; B.S.

Odtt. Bind. V^. iStudien des Gdttingischen Vercins Bergmannischer Freunde ;

Odn. V^. Btnd. ^ Haussmann. Gdttingen.

(1824—58. Geol.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.

xl

List of Serial Fablications

Aa.J. The Astronomical Journal ; GK>iild. Cambridge, Mass.

1851—61. B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; Ozon.B.t. ;

B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.
See Aa. J.
r. Mittheilangen des Natarwissenschaftlichen Yereins filr Steiermark.
Gratz.

1863— B.M.; Gamb.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.;
Linn.8.1.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.

See BtcUrm. Mt.

kiifeb H£ Oo. Jte. Jahres-Berioht der Naturforschenden Gesellscbaft Graubiinden's.

Chur.
1854— B.llt.; Camb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.
X. Jntt, Ta. ... Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Instituut van Ingeniears. 's Graven-

hage.
1870— [Continuation of: Yerhandelingen, etc., 1848—69.] B.M.;
I.CE.t.; P.O.
ChraTMili. X. Xnc* Vli- •• Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut van Ingenieurs.

's Gravenhage.
1848—69. [Continued at: Tijdschrift, etc. 1870— ] B.M.; I.CE.t.;
P.O.

X. VL Vs. Untersuchungen aus dem Institute f iir Physiologie und Histologic in

Graz. Leipzig.
1870—73. B.M.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; R.S.t.
»bto Ao. IMpli. BU. Bulletin de TAoad^mie Delphinale, ou Sooi^t^ des Sciences et Arts

de Grenoble. Grenoble.
1846— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.
Neue Analekten fur Erd- und Himmelskunde. Gruithuisen.

Miinchen.
1832-36. B.M.; B.A.S.; B.S.
Archiv der Mathematik und Physik; Grunert. Greifswald,

Leipzig.
1841— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.C.S.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.U.; Math.S.i.; Oxon.B.(R.); B.S.; U.C.L.t.
See Areli. Xtl&. rs.

M«t. Opt. Beitrage zur Meteorologisohen Optik, etc.; Grunert. Leipzig.

1848—50. B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; M.O.; R.A.S.

d. T«lz. J. So. Jomal de Sciencias Mathematicas e Astronomicas, publicado pelo

Dr Francisco Gomes Teixeira. Coimbra.
1878— Math.S.; B.S.t.

•ny's Boq^ 1^ Guy's Hospital Ileports. London.

Ig36— Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; OxonJB.(B.);
B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.

C Zt. Gazzetta Chimica Italiana. Palermo.

1871— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.; P.O.;
B.S.t.; S.K.

Archives du Mus^ Teyler. Haarlem.

1866— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.;

Glasg.P.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.
See BmrL Aroli. Ma. T«yL

(Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de [Bataafsche] HoUandsche
Maatsohappij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem. Haarlem.
1799— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.t.
Anales de la Beal Academia de Ciencias Medicas, Fisicas y Naturales
de la Habana. Be vista Cientifica. Habana.

1864— N.H.M.
. Naturwissenschaf tliche Abhandlungen ; Haidinger. Wien.

1847—51. Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.i.; (Geol.S.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Berichte iiber die Mittheilungen von Freunden der Naturwissen-
schaf ten in Wien; Haidinger. Wien.

1847—51. Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.

!M6moires et Publications de la Soci^t^ des Sciences, des Arts et des
Lettres du Hainaut. Mons.
1839— B.M.; Dub.T.C.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.

xli

List of Serial Publications

Balto Ab. Wf . Oo.

Ban* m Cta. r wtatfhr.

Balto Bbi, Ml Cta.

SaltoZ.

Ba]toZ.irir.

BamlK srt. inr. All..

BIJ. Bijdragen tot de Natuorkandige Wetensohappen ; Hall, eto.

Amsterdam.
1826—32. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.
Abhandlungen der Naturforsohenden Oesellsohaft zu Halle. Halle.
1853— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Glaag.P.S.t. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; S.K.
See BalU IK Gta. Ab.

JahreBbericht der Naturforschenden Oesellschaft za Halle. Halle.
1823—25. Glaag.P.S.t.; R.S.
Jahresbericht des NaturwissenBohaftlichen Vereins f iir Sachsen and

Thiiringen in Halle. Berlin.
1848 — 52. [Continued as: Zeitsohrift ffir die gesammten Nator-

wissensohaften, 1853—] Edinb.B.S. ; Geol.S.t. ; Glaag.P.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.

Ball* IVL Chk Ab. £f«« Ball« Ab. ir£ Os.

Ball* Bi; Cta. B. Bericht liber die Sitzungen der Naturforsohenden Geaellschaft zu

Halle. Halle.
1853—92. B.M. ; Camb.U.t. ; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Glaag.P.S.t.; B.C.

Surg.t.; B.S.t.
See Ball« 8b. Tit. Os.

Festschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft .zn Halle. Halle.

1879. Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.

See Balto B£ Os. B.

Zeitsohrift ftir die gesammten Naturwissensohaften ; heraasgegeben

von dem Naturwissensohaftlichen Yereine ffir Sachsen und

Thiiringen in Halle; Giebel. Berlin.
1853 — [Continuation of : Jahresbericht des Natorwissenschaftlichen

Vereins, 1848—52.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dnb.B.D.S.i.;

Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.
^Su Z. Bw.

kb. Mtli. Chk Mt. Mitteilungen der Mathematischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg. Leipzig.

1889— Math.S.

Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Natarwissenschaften, heraosg.

vom Naturwisaensch. Verein von Hamburg-Altona. Hamburg.
1846— Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;

B.S.; S.K.
Verhandlungen des Naturwissensohaftlichen Vereins von Hamburg-
Altona. Hamburg.
1877—81; 1894— Dub.B.I.A.t.; Linn.S.t.; N-H.M.; B.S.
Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen AnstaJten.

Hamburg.
1884— Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S^ N.H^M.; S.K.
Hanndverische Annalen fiir die gesammte Heilkunde. Hannover.
1836—46. B.M.; Glasfl.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.
Zeitschrift des Architekten- und Ingenieur- Vereins zu Hannover.

Hannover.

1855— Camb.U.t.; I.CE.; P.O.
See BaarL MDi. TmfL Aroh.

Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College. Cam-
bridge, Mass.

1856— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Glasg.U.t.;
M.O.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t,

Hedwigia: Notizblatt fiir kryptogamische Studien, nebst Bepertorium

ftir kryptog. Literatur. Dresden.
1852— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.I.; Glaag.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

Linn.S.; N.H.M.
/Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-Medicinischen Vereins zuHeidel-
j berg. Heidelberg.
^1857— Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Geol.S.; Linn.S.t.;

I N.H.M.t.; B.S.t.

Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennios. Helsingfors.
1842— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t. ; B.S.;
S.K.
dfr. Ofversigt af Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens . Fdrhandlingar. Hel-
singfors.

xlii

Jb...

BanB. Artilit.-V)r. Z.
BanB. Z. Ajrelit.-V^.

T«tL

Oba.

BddL Bt. MUL Vb.
BetdL Vb. Bt. MUL

List of Serial Publications

1853— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.i.; Dob.R.D.S.; Dub.R.I.A.;

Edinb.R.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.A.S.;

B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.
Zeitsohrift fiir rationelie Medicin; Henle und Pfeafer. Zurich,

Heidelberg, Leipzig.
1844—69. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Oxon.B.;

B.C.Surg.; B.8.; U.C.L.
Bulletin des Neuesten und Wissenswiirdigsten aus der Naturwissen-

schaft, etc.; Hermbstiidt. Berlin.
1809 — 13. [Continued as: Museum des Neuesten, etc., 1814 — 18.]

B.M.; Camb.U.; B.S.
ibstidt Bb. Museum des Neuesten und Wissenswdrdigsten aus dem Gebiete der

Naturwissenschaft, der Eunste, der Fabriken, der Manufakturen,

der technischen G«werbe, der Landwirthschaft, der Produkten-

waaren und Handelskunde, und der burgerlichen Haushaltung,

etc.; Hermbstadt. Berlin.
1814 — 18. [Continuation of: Bulletin des Neuesten, etc., 1809 — 13.]

B.M.; Camb.U.; B.S.
Yerhandlungen und Mittheilungen des Siebenburgischen Vereins

fiir Naturwissenschaften. Hermannstadt.
1850^ B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.E.
S. T Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field

Club. London, Watford, Hertford.
1880 — [Continuation of: Transactions of the Watford Natural

History Society and Hertfordshire Field Club, 1875—79.] B.M.;

Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Oeol.M.; Qeol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; U.C.L.
' Afhandlingar i Fysik, Kemi, och Mineralogie ; Hisinger ooh

Berzelius. Stockholm.
,1806—18. Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.
Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiedenis en Physiologic; Hoeven

en Vriese. Amsterdam.
1834-45. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.

HoUandisches Magazin der Naturkunde. Frankfurt-am-Main.
1802—05. Glasg.P.S.i.; B.S.
BuJUmnd J. Arsn. Journal der practischen Arzneykunde [und Wundarzneykunst] ;

Hufeland, etc. Jena.
1795—1844. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; B.C.Surg.
BuBib. Humboldt. Monatsschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften.

Stuttgart.
1882—90. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; P.O.; S.K.

I.OB.F. Minutes of Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers, con-
taining Abstracts of the Papers and of the Discussions. London.
1837— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.;
Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.
See OB. Z. F.

Z. Asypt. BU. Bulletin de PInstitut Egyptien. Le Caire.

1859— Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.i.; N.H.M.; B.Geogr.S.i.; U.C.L.i.

Z^kat. S. Our. 8IL Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Ouralienne d' Amateurs des Sciences Naturelles.

Ekaterinburg.
1874— Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.i.

Z. XtoeC B. J. Journal of the Institution of Electrical Engineers, late the Society

of Telegraph Engineers and Electricians. London.
1890 — [Continuation of: Journal of the Society of Telegraph
Engineers and Electricians, 1872 — 89.] B.M. ; Camb.P.S.i.;
Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.;
Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

IL CM. St. Mm. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Calcutta.

1869— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.C.S.;
Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.;
LCE.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.
n Cimento, Bivista di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti. Torino.
1852—^. B.M.

xliii

List of Serial Publications

n TMnpo

X.

XnttfLOlM.

XIFolit. II Politeonioo; Bepertorio mensile di Studj applioati alia Prosperity

e Goltura eooiale.
1839—44; 1860-65.
n Politeonioo; Bepertorio di Studj letterarj, soientifici e tecnici.

Milano.
1866— B.M.i.; I.CE.t.; P.O.
II Progresso delle Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti. Napoli.
First series undated ; Second series 1882 — 64. Camb.U.; Oxon.B.
n Tempo, Qiomale Italiano di Medicina, etc. Firenze.
1858—60. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.
F. y Institution of Meohanical Engineers. Proceedings. Birmingham,

London.
1847— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Glasg.P.S.;

Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.8.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.
See BOB. Z. P.
Z. BEn. B. T Transactions of the Institution of Mining Engineers. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne.
1898 — [Cmitinuation of: Transactions of the Federated Institution

of Mining Engineers, 1889—98.] Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.;

Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; S.K.
Der Ingenieur; Zeitschrift fiir das gesammte Ingenieurwesen ;

Bomemann. Freiberg.

1848—50. B.M.; I.CE.; P.O.
Nuova Collezione di Opuscoli e Notizie di Scienze ; Inghirami. Fiesole.
1820—23. B.M.

Zeitschrift des Ferdinandeums fiir Tirol und Vorarlberg. Innsbruck.
1862— B.M.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlich-Medizinischen Yereins in Inns-
bruck. Innsbruck.
1870— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.t. ; Linn.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.
The Intellectual Observer ; a Beview of Natural History, Microscopic

Besearch, and Becreative Science. London.
1862—68. [Continuation of: Becreative Science, 1859—62.] [Con-

tinned as: The Student and Intellectual Observer, 1868 — 71.]

B.M.; Camb.U.; Geol.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.;

Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.t.; S.K.
' Comptes-Bendus [Atti, Yerhandlungen, Transactions] du Congr^s

International de M^decine. Paris, etc.
1867— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S. i.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.
See Off. Znt. Xd. O. B. and Off. Md. Int. At.
Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences. Des Moines.
1875— B.M.i.; Edinb.B.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.S.t.;

U.C.L.i.
Proceedings of the Boyal Irish Academy. (Science.) Dublin.
1836— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I. ;

Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.;

M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.;

B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
Transactions of the Boyal Irish Academy. Science. Dublin.
1787— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.;

Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.LA. ; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.;

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t*.; LCE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; M.O.t.;

N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.i. ; Oxon.B. ; P.Q.i. ; B.A.S. ; B.C.Surg. ;

B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Xr. OL S. J. Journal of the Boyal Geological Society of Ireland. London , Dublin,

Edinburgh.
1864—87. [ Continuation of: Journal of the Geological Society of

Dublin. 1833—64.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.B.D.S.;

Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Glasg.P.S.t,;

Glasg.U.t.; LCE.t. ; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.;

B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.
The Irish Naturalist: A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural

History. Dublin, Belfast, London.
1892— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.C.S.;

Dub.T.C; Geol.M.i.; Geol.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; S.K.

xliv

ZBt.Md.08.T.
ZBti Md. Off. Vll.

Xowa Ao. Se. F.

Xr. Ac F.

Zr. Ao. T.

Xr. Vttist.

List of Serial Publications

Bulletin de la Soei^t^ de Statistique, des Soienoes Naturelles, et des

Arts Industriels du d^partement de PIsdre. Grenoble.
1838— B.M.t.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; B.S.t.

I. A 8. 1. J. The Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute. London.

1872— Camb.U. ; Chem.S.i. ; Dub.B.D.S. ; Dub.B.I.A. ; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.U.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ; ^Glasg.U.t.;
I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Z. 8oil<rmy Tr. Institut Solvay. Travaux de Laboratoire. Bruxelles.

1896— Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.

Zt.8.0L8IL Bollettino della Society Geologioa Italiana. Borne.

1882— B.M.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.^ N.H.M.; Oxon.B.

It. S. Mtot. An. Annuario Meteorologico Italiano pubblioato per oura del Comitate

direttivo della Society Meteorologica Italiana. Torino, Boma,
Firenze.
1885—92 B.M.; M.O.

Jmm.Z.J. Journal of the Institute of Jamaica. Kingston, Jamaica.

1891— B.M.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.

J. JkaaL O. The Journal of Analytical [and Applied] Chemistry. Easton, Pa.

1887—93. Chem.S.; P.O.t.

J. An. VL The Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, normal and pathological.

London, Cambridge, Edinburgh.
1867— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Jap. Am, 0. T Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan. Yokohama.

1872— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Edinb.B.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B.;
P.O.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.

Jmp. Iliiliin. S. T Transactions of the Seismological Society of Japan. Yokohama.

1880 — 92. [Continued a$ : Seismological Journal of Japan, 1893 — 95.]
Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.;
N.H.M.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.t.; U.C.L.t.

Berg- und Hiittenmannisches Jahrbuch der k.k. Schemnitzer-

Bergakademie und der k.k. Montan-Lehranstalten zu Leoben und
Pribram. Wien.
1851— B.M.t.; Geol.S.t.; I.CE.t.; P.O.t.; S.K.
See Bars- Sm. Jb., Leoben B«r8- Bm> Jl>>, and W1«b B«r8-
Bm. Jb.

Jahrbuch f iir das Berg- und Hiittenwesen im Kdnigreiche Saohsen.

Freiberg.

1873 — [Continuation of : Jahrbuch fiir den Berg- und Hiittenmann,
1837—72.] B.M.; Geol.S.; LCE.; N.H.M.t.; P.O.; S.K.

Jbk MUnw. V«d. Xnd. Jaarboek van het Mijnwezen in Nederlandsch Oost-IndiS. Amsterdam.

1872— B.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; P.O.; S.K.t.
J. Bt. The Journal of Botany, British and Foreign. London.

1863— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t. ; Dub.B.C.S. ; Glasg.U.;
Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Pharm.S. ; P.O.t. ; B.C.Surg.t. ;
B.S.t.; S.K.t.

J. O. MM. Journal de Chimie M^cale, de Pharmacie, et de Toxicologic.

Paris.
1825—76. B.M.; Camb U.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
Oxon.B. (B.);Pharm.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.

J.d«PB. Journal de Physique, de Chimie, et d*Histoire Naturelle; de

Lam^therie, etc. Paris.
1794—1823. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.t.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

J. 6m PSi Journal de Physique Th^rique et Appliqu^e ; d' Almeida. Paris.

1872— Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Glasg.U.t.; LCE.t.;
Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

Jmuu Sb. Sitzungsberichte der Jenaischen G^sellschaft fiir Medicin und

Naturwissenschaft. Jena.
1877—86. Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.

J«aa. S. Jenaische Zeitschrift ftir Naturwissenschsift, herausg. von der

Medicinisch - Naturwissenschaf tlichen Gesellschaft zu Jena.
Jena.

1864- B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t.;

xlv

List of Serial Publications

Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S. ; Edinb.U.t.; Olasg.U.t. ; Linn.S. ;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; 8.K.; U.C.L.

JteB-Kont.A. Jem-Eontoret*s Annaler. En Tidskrift fdr Svenska Bergshand-

teringen. Stockholm.
1817— B.M.; I.CE.t.; P.O.; R.S.i.; S.K.

J.CI4b.CM,t« Journal da O^nie Civil des Sciences et des Arts. Paris.

1828—48. B.M.i.; Camb.U.; P.O.

J. B. Va. Olr. The Johns Hopkins University Circulars. Baltimore.

1879— Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.N.L.I.t. ; Dub.B.I.A.». ;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Qlasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.i.; Math.S.t.;
N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; R.A.S.t.; R.Geogr.S.f.; R.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.i.

J. X. Arfililp. Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia. Singapore.

1847—58. B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Qlasg.P.S.t.;
N.H.M.; P.O.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.; S.K.t.

J. XAdw. Journal fiir Landwirthsohaf t. Celle, Grdttingen, Berlin.

1863— B.M.i.; P.O.i.

J. Mcrgr. Journal de Miorographie. Paris.

1877—92. Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; OxonJt.; P.O.f.

J. X6r. Be. Quarterly Journal of MicroscopiciJ Science ; Lankester and Busk .

London.
1863— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem^i.; Dub.N.L.I.
Dub.R.C.S. ; Edinb.R.S. ; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.
Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. t.; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.
P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
See BKer. J. and Q J. Mer. Be.

J. M/UL Ohir. Fbin. Journal de M^ecine, Chirurgie, Pharmaoie, etc. Paris.

1801—17. [Continued as: Nouveau Journal de Mddecine, etc.
1818—22.] Edinb.U.t.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.

J. BUnMi Journal des Mines, ou Recueil de M^moires sur Pexploitation des

Mines, et sur les Sciences et les Arts qui s*y rapportent. Paris.
1794—1816. [Continued as: Annales des Mines, 1817—] B.M.;
Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.R.S.; Geol.S.; I.CE.; Linn.S.i.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(R.); R.S.i.; S.K.

J. nun. Journal de Pharmacie et des Sciences acoessoires. Paris.

1816 — 41. [Continuation of: Bulletin de Pharmacie, 1809 — 14.]
[Continued as: Journal de Pharmacie et de Chimie, 1842 — ]
Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.;
Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.; U.C.L.i.

J. n. Ptlu Oin. Journal de Physiologic et de Pathologic G^n^rale. Paris.

1899 — [Continuation of: Archives de Physiologic, etc., 1868 —
98.] B.M.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; OxonJl.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.;
U.C.L.

J. Fr. O Journal fur praktische Chemie; Erdman, etc. Leipzig.

1834 — [Continuation of: Journal fiir technische und dkonomische
Chemie, 1828—33.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.;
Dub.R.C.S.i.; Dub.R.D.S.i.; Edinb.R.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; R.C.Surg.i.; R.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See Brdm. J. Fr. O.

J. Fa. O. The Journal of Physical Chemistry. Ithaca, N.Y.

1896— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.R.S.;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.R.; P.O.; R.S.i.; S.K.

J. BaT. Journal des Savants. Paris.

1816— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.i.;
Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; P.O.i.; R.S.

J. Be. The Journal of Science and Annals of Astronomy, Biology, Geology,

Industrial Arts, Manufactures and Technology. London.
1879 — 86. [Contimmtion of: The Quarterly Journal of Science,
1864—78.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.Li.; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.;
Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; R.A.S.i.; R.C.Surg.i.; R.S.; S.K.

J. T4L Journal TM^graphique public par le Bureau International des

Administrations T^l^graphiques. Berne.
1869— P.O.

"Eaokm Ae. Be. T Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science. Topeka, Kansas.

xlvi

List of Serial Publications

1872— Gftmb.P.S.t. ; Dub.R.I.A. ; Edmb.B.S.f. ; Oeol.S.t. ;
Glaag.P.S.i. ; Linn.S.i; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; R.S.t.; U.C.L.t.

Q The Kansas University Quarterly. Laurence, Kansas.

1893— B.M.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Oeol.

S.t.; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Nfath.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Yerhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Karlsruhe.

Karlsruhe.
1864— B.M.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.
See Oaxlmi]i« Vb. Ww. V^.
TiinilmB, Jb. ... Jahrbuch des Naturhistorisohen Landesmuseums von Kfimten.

Klagenfurt.
1862— Camb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.
Archiv fiir Mineralogie, G^ognosie, Bergbau, und Hiittenkunde;

Karsten. Berlin.
1829—66. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.: N.H.M.; P.O.;

B.S.
Archiv fiir Bergbau und Hiittenwesen ; Karsten. Berlin, Breslau.
1818—31. N.H.M.; P.O.; B.8.; S.K.
Vjr. Wt. Ab. VL B. Abhandlungen u. Bericht...de8 Vereins fiir Naturkunde zu Kaseel*

Kassel.
1894—98. [Cmtinuatumqf: Bericht, etc., 1837-94.] Edinb.B.S.t.;
Glasg-P.S.t.; N.H.M.

V^. Wt. B Bericht des Yereines fiir Naturkunde zu Kassel. Kassel.

1837—94. {Continued a»: Abhandlungen u. Bericht, etc. 1894—98.]
Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.
il Vt, Wt. Fastsotar. Festschrift des Vereins ftir Naturkunde zu Oassel zur Feier seines

fiinfzigjahrigen Bestehens. Oassel.
1886. N.H.M.

O Archiv fiir Ohemie und Meteorologie ; Kastner. Numberg.

1830—36. Edinb.B.S.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.S.

Archiv fiir die gesammte Naturlehre ; Kastner. Niimberg.

1824—36. B.M.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.; S.K.

Scientific Memoirs published by the Imperial University of Kazan.

[In Bussian.] Kazan.
1834— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.;

Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.i.; B.S.t.
See Kasan Vb. Mm.
■. JKX, (P$,'Mth.) F. Proceedings of the Physico-Mathematical Section of the Naturalists'

Society of the Imperial University of Kazan. [In Bussian.] Kazan.
1883—90. [Continued as: Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Physico-Math6-
matique de Kasan, 1891 — ] B.S.

S. Wt. T Transactions of the Naturalists' Society of the Imperial University

of Kazan. [In Bussian.] Kazan.
1871— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
S. Pa.-aitli. BIL ... Bulletin de la Soci6t^ Physico-Mathdmatique de Kasan. [In Bussian.]

Kasan.
1891 — [Continuation of: Proceedings of the Physico-Mathematioal
Section of the Naturalists' Society of the Imperial University of
Kazan, 1883—90.] Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; B.S.t.

Vb. Xm. See Waman Mm. Un.

Communications and Proceedings of the Mathematical Society of

the Imperial University of Kharkov. [In Bussian.] Kharkov.
1879— B.S.t.

Schriften der Universitat zu Kiel. Kiel.

1856—80. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; N.H.M.t.;
Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S. ; B.S.; S.K.t.

8b irt. Mm. Memoirs of the Kiev Naturalists' Society. [In Bussian.] Kiev.

1870— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.

VS^ Bt. F. aidd. Meddelelser fra den Botaniske Forening i Kjjtfbenhavn. Kj£rbenhavn.

1882—91. Linn.S.
IQ^ Oaxtsb. Lb. BUd. ... Meddelelser fra Carlsberg Laboratoriet. Kjitfbenhavn.

1876— B.M.; Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.S.
Xl6b.Dii.Vd. 8«lak. Afli. fDet Kongelige Danske Videnskabemes Selskabs naturvidenskabelige

•IQ^ Dn. Vd. Milk Am.

og mathematiske Afhandlinger. Kidbenhavn.
1824—46. B.M.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.;
N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.

xlvii

List of Serial Publications

WkSb. Da. Vd. StUk. Skr.
W^6h, Bn. Vd. S«Uk. 8kr.

m^. Dn. Vd. ^•lik. Skr.

Kldb.8lar.

U^Skr

Xidto.Ov.

U^Ov

DdlKOv.

T^brs. :fats.

WHnlgrtii Ww. Vntorh.

' Det Eongelige Danske Videnskabemes Selskabs Skrivter. Eiobenhavn.
1801—18. B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Gamb.U.; £dinb.B.S.; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.; R.S.
See Dn. Vd. 8«Uk. Slur.
Det Kongelige Danske Yidenakabemes Selakabs Skrifter. Natur-

videnskabelig og Mathematisk Afdeling. Ej^benhavn.
1849— B.M. ; Camb.U.t. ; Edinb.R.S. ; Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; B.A.S. ;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.
Oversigt over det Eongelige Danske Yidenakabemes Selskabs For-

handlinger. Ejobenhavn.
1806— Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.t.; Ghem.S.t. ; Dub.B.D.S.i. ; Dab.
1 B.l.A.t.; Dub.T.C.i.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.

S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.t.;
V B.8.; S.E.i.; U.C.L.i.
Ertesitd a **Eoloz8vari Orvo8-Term68zettadom4nyi T&rsalat" -nak

az...orvo8i, term^szettudom4nyi szaktU^seirdl.... [Proceedings

of the medical and natural history sections of the Elaosenborg

Medical and Natural History Society.] Eolozsv&r [Elausenburg].
1876—79. N.H.M.

Ednigsberger Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltungen. Ednigsberg.
1842—46. Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.
Schriften der koniglichen Physikalisch-Oekonomisohen Gtesellsohaft

zu Eonigsberg. Ednigsberg.
1860— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M.; P.O.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.E.
(Lw.) Eosmos. Czasopismo polskiego Towarzystwa przyrodnikdw imienia

Eopemika. [Cosmos. The Journal of the Polish Society of

Naturalists founded in honour of Copernicus.] Lwow.
1876— B.M.; N.H.M.
PamiQtnik Akademii UmieJQtno^i w Erakowie. Wydzia4' Mate-

matyczno-Przyrodniczy. [Memoirs of the Academy of Science in

Cracow. Section of Mathematics and Natural Science.] Erak6w.
1874— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.
Bozprawy — Wydziatu Matematyczno - Przyrodniczego Akademii

UmieJQtno^i. [Proceedings of the Section of Mathematics and

Natural Science of the Academy of Science.] Erak6w.
1874— B.M. ; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

N.H.M.
Bocznik Towarzystwa Naukowego z Uniwersytetem Erakowskim

Poladzonego. Erakowie. [Annals of the Scientific Society of the
1 Polish University of Erakow. Erakow.]
1 1817— 72. B.M.; Glasg.U.t.

(Mt.-Prz.)

{Mt.-Prz.)
(Mt.'Prz.)
* 8p

Bocmn. Vni'

]«amont Jb. SUmw.

Annalen fiir Meteorologie, Erdmagnetismus, und verwandte Gegen-

stande; Lament. Miinchen.
1842—44. Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; M.O.; B.S.; S.E.
Jahrbuch der E. Stemwarte bei Miinchen ; Lament. Mtinchen.
.. 1838—41. B.M.; Camb.U.; B.A.S.; B.S.

S. T /Proceedings and Papers of the Lancashire and Cheshire Historic

T. BIst. 8. Society. Liverpool.

/1849 — 54. [Continued at: Transactions, etc., 1855 — ] B.M. ;
I Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
V. Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B. t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.

8. Vd. Bulletin des Stances de la Soci^t^ Yaudoise des Sciences Naturelles.

Lausanne.
1842— Dub.B.D.S.t. ; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.;

Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B. t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S. ; S.E.t.
See ZAUfl. m, Vd. BU.
.. Comptes Bendus de la Soci^t^ Suisse. Lausanne.
1861. Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Lausitzische [und neue Lausitzische] Monatsschrift. Organ der

Oberlausitzischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Gdrlitz.
1800—08. B.M.
.. See Zaiu. BIL 8. Vd.

The Laboratory, a Weekly Becord of Scientific Besearoh.

London.
1867. B.M.; Chem.S.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.S.

xlviii

Lans. O. X. 8. 8iiis««.

lAiia. 8. Vd. BU.
Z.1>.

List of Serial Publications

&«ie. Sta T The Transactions of the Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society.

Leicester.
1835— Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Oeol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.i.;
M.O.i.; N.H.M.t. ; Oxon.B.; P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.

&0Jd. Jkm Jke. Annales AcademisB Lagduno-BatavsB. Leijden.

1815—75. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.
Saig.t.; B.S.i.; U.C.L.i.

la^ip. Ab. Jablon. Cta. Abhandlungen bei Begriindung der k. Sachsisohen Gresellschaft der

Wissenschaften am Tage der zweihundertjahrigen Oeburtsfeier
Leibnizens; herausg. v. d. Jablonowski'schen Gesellschaft za
Leipzig. Leipzig.
1846. Camb.U.; Dub.R.LA.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.S.;
S.K.

Itmip. AlK Mttu F», Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-Physischen Classe der Kdniglich

Sachsischen (Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Leipzig.
1852— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.U. ; Math.S.i. ; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; R.A.S.; B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See Xi«tp. Kth. Pb. Ah.

, Arbei ten aus der Physiologisohen Anstalt zu Leipzig. Leipzig.

1866—76. Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.

Yiertel j ahrsschrif t der Astronomisohen Gesellschaft. Leipzig.

1866— B.M.; Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.;
Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.
B Berichte liber die Verhandlungen (Math.-Phys. Classe) der Kdnig-
lich Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig.
Leipzig.

1846— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.U.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.;
S.K.i.; U.C.L.t.

See L^lp. Mth. Fb. B.
Jablon. riBl—iilii'. Preisschriften gekront und herausgegeben von der Fiirstlich Jab-
lonowski'schen Gresellschaft zu Leipzig. Leipzig.

1847— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.i. ; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B:S.f.; U.C.L.i.

Mm. ra. Ah, See Xi«ip. Ab. Xtb. Vs.

lKt]i.Fa.B. 5«eX.elp.B.

lf!£ €ta. 8b^ Sitzungsberichte der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Leipzig.

Leipzig.
1875— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.;
S.K.

Bl«etr. S. V. Proceedings of the London Electrical Society. London.

1841 — 43. [Continuation of: Transactions and Proceedings,
1837—40.] B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S. ; Geol.S. ; Glasg.P.S.i. ;
LCE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
Jli. ... Berg- und Hiittenmannisches Jahrbuch der k.k. Sohemnitzer-
Bergakademie und der k. k. Montan-Lehranstalten zu Leoben
und Pribram. Wien.
1851— B.M.i.; Geol.S.i.; LCE.i.; P.O.i.; S.K.
See B«r8- Hm. Jb., Jb. Bws- Bm., and UVlen B«r8- Bm. Jb.
n,BroiinW. Jb. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologic und Petre-

faktenkunde ; Leonhard und Bronn. Stuttgart.
1833—62. [Continuation of: Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, etc., 1830 —
32.] [Continued as: Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologic
und Palaontologie, 1863—] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.i.;
Dub.B.D.S.i.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.i.; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.i.

Jkm 8. Ac- ( Annales de la Soci^t^ d' Agriculture, Sciences, etc. , du Puy. Le Puy.

8. As. A. (1826- Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.

Les Mondes, Bevue hebdomadaire des Sciences et de leurs

Applications aux Arts et k I'lndustrie; TAbb^ F. Moigno.
Paris.
1863—84. B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.N.L.I.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; I.CE.i.;
M.O.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.i.; S.K.i.

L'Institut; Journal des Academies et Soci6t6s Scientifiques de la

France et de I'Etranger. Paris.
1833—76. B.M.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.i.;

xlix

List of Serial Publications

XdokObikOt.

za«b. A.

Xd48« JL Ao.

Xd^ Zib. rs«d. Tr..

Zd«8«llin.l

Zd4s« 0. OL
f.wi^ BSni.....

UUmB^VbL

XdlleS.
XdlleTr.

zaiteTr.
TilnilOTim Z....
Unima

LiOIIT. J.

UonY. J. Mtb.

Usto. Ae. 0e.

Usb.Aet. ...

XJtfb. A.
zaab. J. Se.

Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); P.O.t,; B.C.Surg.t.; R.S.t.;

S.K.».
Contributions from the Lick Observatory. Sacramento.
1889—95. B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.; B.A.S.
Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie; Liebig« etc. Lemgo, Leipzig,

Heidelberg.
1832— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.i.; Dab.B.G.S.t.;

Edinb.B.S.i. ; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S. ; Glasg.U.t. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See A. O. Finn.

Annales Academic Leodiensis. Li^ge.

1817—27. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.S.
University de Li^ge. Institut de Physiologic. Travauz du Laboratoire

de L6on Fredericq. Paris, Li^e.
1886— Edinb.B.i.; Glasg.P.S.».; B.S.
M^moires de la Soci^t6 [Boyale] des Sciences, de PAgrioulture, et

des Arts k Li^ge. Li^ge.
1843— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.;

Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; P.O.;

B.S. ; S.K.
See Xd48« 8. Be. Mm.

Annales de la Soci^t^ G^ologique de Belgique. Li^.
1874— Camb.P.S. ; Geol.M. ; Geol.S.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M. ; B.S. ;

S.K.t.
See U«s« Mm. B. 0e.

M6moires de la Soci^t^ [Boyale] des Sciences, etc. k Lille. Lille.
1827—96. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;

B.S.t.
S^M Xdlle 8. Mm.

S^nces PubUques de la Soci^t^ des Amateurs. Lille.
1806—19. [Contintted as: Becueil des Travaux, etc., 1819—27.]

B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.
See IAUI& Mbn.
Becueil des Travaux de la Soci^t6 d'Amateurs des Sciences, de

PAgriculture, et des Arts k Lille. Lille.
1819—27. [Continuation of: Stances Publiques, etc., 1806—19.]

B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.S.
Travaux et M^moires de PUniversit^ de Lille. Lille.
1889— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.LA.; N.H.M.;

B.S.; S.K.t*
Zeitschrif t f iir Astronomic und verwandte Wissenschaften ; Lindenau.

Tubingen.
1816—18. B.M.; Camb.U.; B.A.S.; B.S.
Linmsa; ein Journal ftir die Botanlk in ihrem ganzen Umfange.

Berlin.
1826—82. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S. ;

N.H.M.; B.S.
Journal de Math^matiques pures et appliqu^es, fond^ par Joseph

Llouville. Paris.
1836— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.i.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Historia e Memoriae da Academia Beal das Sciencias de Lisboa.

Lisboa.
1797— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

B.A.S.; B.CSurg.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.i.; S.K.i.
See Zdsb. Sbn. Ae. Be.

Actas das SessSes da Academia Beal das Sciencias de Lisboa. Lisboa.
1849—61. B.M.; Dub.B.LA.; Dub.T.C; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.;

B.S.
Annaes maritimos e ooloniaes. Lisboa.
1840—45. N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.
Jomal de Sciencias mathematicas, physicas e naturaes. Publicado

sob OS auspicios da Academia B. das Sciencias de Lisboa.

Lisboa.
1868— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.i.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.;

Linn.S.; Math.S.i. ; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S. ; B.Geogr.S. ;

B.S.; U.C.L.i.

1

List of Serial Publications

Xdslk abn. Ac Be. See lAtlb, £Lc Be

l»m aid. Pa. J. The Medical and Physical Journal. Londpn.

1799—1833. B.M.: Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Oxon.B. ;
Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; B.C.Surg.
&. Mill. S. F. Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society. London.

1865— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.B.LA. ; Dub.T.C. ;
Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.i.; Oxon.B.;
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

&ii4w. Jh, Landwirthschaf tliche Jahrbiicher . Berlin.

1872 — [Continuation of: Annalen der Landwirthsohaft, 1843 — 71.]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.i.; Gla8g.P.S.i.; Linn.S.t.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

.0t. Die landwirthschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen. Organ fiir wisaen-

schaftliche Forschungen auf dem Oebiete der Landwirthschaft.
Dresden, Chenmitz.
1869— B.M.i.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; P.0.<.;

B.S.t.
See J^rmrndBU. XAdw. V.-Bt.

Od. B. T Transactions of the Odontological Society. London.

1856— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Oxon.B.;
Pharm.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.

Lotos. Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaf ten. Prag.

1851—95. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; N.H.M.

Annales AcademisB Lovaniensis. Bruxelles, Louvain.

1821—27. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Oxon.B.; B.S.

, Leopoldina: amtliches Organ der Kaiserlichen Leopoldino-

Carolinischen Deutschen Akademie der Naturforsoher. Dres-
den, Halle.
1859— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Linn.S.;
M.O.i.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.

Pol3rtechnio Magazine and Journal of Science, Literature and the

Fine Arts. London.
1844. [Continued as ; The London Polytechnic Beview and Maga-
zine, 1845.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.

&pooL 8L B. P. * T Proceedings and Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society,

Liverpool.
1890— [Continuation of: Proceedings, 1887—89.] Camb.U.i. ;
Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; S.K.

&PO0L Lt. Fli. B. F. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool.

London, Liverpool.
1844— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.;
P.O.i.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

LpooL Xd. Oliir. J. Liverpool Medico-Chirurgi^ Journal. Liverpool.

1857—59. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Oxon.B.; B.CSurg.

&. Fa. B. F. Proceedings of the Physical Society of London. London.

1874— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.CS.; Dub.
B.D.S. ; Dub.B.LA. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.S.t'. ; Geol.S.i. ;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.A.S.; B.CSurg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

bneea At. Ae. AttideliaB. AccademiaLucchesedi Scienze,Lettereed Arti. Lucca.

1821— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.Ci.; Oxon.B.i.

&I1II1. ikimet, La Lumidre Electrique. Journal universel d'Electricit^. Paris.

1879—94. B.M.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.; P.O.; S.K.i.

build. Aeta Vb. Acta Universitatis Lundensis. Lunds Universitets Irs-skrift.

Afdelningen fdr Mathematik och Naturvetenskap. Lund.
1864— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.i.;
Geol.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.i,
See Lund. Vn. Acta. ,

Itvad Fltira. BJlUik. Arab. Physiographiska Sallskapets Arsberattelse. Lund.

1828—24. B.S.i.
bond Fliya. fHIIrt' Ts.... Physiografiska Sallskapets Tidskrift. Lund.

1837—88. Camb.U.; N.H.M.; B.S.

bund. mi. Acta See iMund. Jkcta, Vn.

Jahreshef te des Naturwissenschaf tlichen Vereins fur das Furstenthum

Liineberg. Liineberg.

1866— N.H.M.

li

II11Z.Z.F1I.

ItXLX, Fb. I..

List of Serial Publications

Publications de Tlnstitut Boyal Grand-Ducal de Luxembourg.

Section des Sciences Naturelles et Math^matiques : oi-devant

"Soci6t6 des Sciences Naturelles.*' Luxembourg.
1870— Dub.R.D.S. ; Dub.R.LA. ; Edinb.R.S.i.; N.H.M. ;

R.S.t.
Soci^t^ des Sciences Naturelles du Grand-Duoh6 de Luxembourg.

Luxembourg.
1853—69. Dub.B.I.A.; B.S.
M^moires de I'Acad^ie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de

Lyon. Classe des Sciences. Lyon, Paris.
1846— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

B.S.t.; S.K.t.
See l»yom BKm. Ae.

Lyon A. 8. & Annales de la Soci^t^ Linn^ne de Lyon. Lyon.

1836— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Linn.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.».(B.); B.S.».; S.K.t.

l»uxm 8. Be.
Lux. 8. Sent.

Lyon Ae.

Lyon Ae. Mm. (Be.)

Lyon Ae. fle.

J:^S:i::-»;.::::::;::t ««'"»*«•

XiyonS. As. A. Annales des Sciences physiques et naturelles, d 'Agriculture et

d'lndustrie, publics par la Soci6t6 d' Agriculture, etc.
1888—67.
Annales de la Soci^t^ d'Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et Arts

Utiles de Lyon. Lyon.
1868— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.S.; S.K.t.
Lyon B. Be. ISd. Mm. ... M6moires et Comptes-Bendus de la Sooi^t^ des Sciences M^cales

de Lyon. Lyon, Paris.
1862— Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.

tdjcn TTtk. A. Annales de PUniversitd de Lyon. Paris, Lyon.

1891— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.t.; B.S.t.

Annales de P Academic de M&con, Soci^t^ des Arts, Sciences, Belles-
Lettres et d'Agriculture. M&con.
1861— B.M.; B.S.t.

Bl4eon B. A«. O. B. (Compte Bendu des Travaux de la Soci^t^ (d'Agriculture,) des

BC4oon B. O. &. ... < Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de M&con. MAoon.

11807—62. B.M t.; B.S.t.

Btedsms Bns. Bp. Beports, etc. on various professional subjects connected with the

duties of the Corps of Engineers of the Madras Presidency;
Capt. J. T. Smith, F.B.S. Madras.
1839-46. I.CE.; P.O.; B.S.

Madras J. The Madras Journal of Literature and Science. Madras.

1833— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t. ; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t. ; B.S.t.;
S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.

Madrid Ae. OL Sbn. Memorias de la Beal Academia de Ciencias. Madrid.

1850— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.LA.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
See Madrid Mm.

Madrid A. B. ITt. Anales de Historia Natural. Madrid.

1799—1804. B.M.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Madrid Mm. &><; Madrid Ae. OL Sbn.

BKadrid Bt Bevista de los Progresos de las Ciencias exactas, fisicas, y naturales.

Madrid.
1850—86. B.M.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.t.

Madrid B. B. irt. A. Anales de la Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural. Madrid.

1872— Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Mas. AlL. ]6ts. Magyar Akademiai Ertesitd. [Beport of the Hungarian Academy.]

Pest.
1840—69. B.M.
(Mth.Term,) Magyar Akademiai Ertesitd. A mathematikai ^ term^szettudo-

m4nyi osztalyok kdzldnye. [Beport of the Hungarian Academy.
Communications of the Mathematical and Natural Science
sections.] Pest.
1860—65. B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.

Hi

List of Serial Publications

Mt. V)t. Jte. n. Jahresbericht and Abhandlongen des Nstorwissensohaftliohen

b Vereins za Magdeburg. Magdeburg.

1869— B.M.; B.S.t.

J.dtVL Journal de Physiologie, exp^rimentale et pathologique ; Magendie.

Paris.
1821—31. Gamb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.t.;
R.C.8urg.; R.S.; U.C.L.
A3L.ittlLm{Mth,) Ertekez^sek a Mathematikai Oszt^ly kor^b61. Kiadja a Magyar

TudominyoB Akad^mia. [Memoirs on Mathematical subjects.
Published by the Hungarian Academy of Science.] Pest.
1867—94. B.M.; Edinb.R.S.i.; Geol.S.t.; R.S.; S.K.i.
Tad. Ak. ^tk. Ertekez^sek a Term^8zettudom4nyok kdr^b61. Kiadja a Magyar

{Termt.) Tudomanyos Akad^mia. [Memoirs on Natural Science subjeets.

Published by the Hungarian Academy of Science.] Pest.
1867—94. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; R.S.; S.K.i.

B. Tnd. AlL. ]6ts. A Magyar Tudominyos Akad^mia ErtesltSje. [Report of the

Hungarian Academy of Science.] Pest.
1867— B.M.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.i.; S.K.t.

A' Magyar Tud6s T&rsas&g' Evkdnyvei. Pest.

1883—46.

A' Magyar Tud6manyos Akademia Evkdnyvei. Bad4.

1860—89. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

B.A.S.t.; B.Oeogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
See ilTk.

A.ria.0. Annali di Fisica, Chimica, e Matematiche, col Bullettino dell'

Industria meccanica e chimica; Majoochi. Milano.
1841—60. B.M.; B.S.

Malpighia. Bassegna mensuale di Botanica. Messina, Gtoova.

1886— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.

CM. S. T Transactions of the Manchester Geological Society. London.

1841— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;
I.CE.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Maneh. I^t. Fli. S-abn.... Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester.

London, Manchester.
1785 — 1887. [Continued at : Memoirs and Proceedings, etc. , 1888—]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; I.GE.; Linn.S.; Math.S.t.;
M.O.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ; Pharm.S.t. ; P.O. ;
B.A.S.t.; B.G.Surg.i.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.G.L.t.
See BTanoti. Sbn. Tli. 8. and ICaneli. 8. Xm.
JbX, Vh, 9L Mm. Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-

A F. sophical Society. Manchester.

1888 — [Continuation of: Memoirs, etc., 1785—1887, and Pro-
ceedings, etc., 1857—87.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.
Dub.B.LA.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.GE.; Linn.S.
Math.S.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.
B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

&t. Vh. S. F. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester.

Manchester.
1857 — 87. [Continued as: Memoirs and Proceedings, etc., 1888 — ]
B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.
Dub.T.C.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.GE.
Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.
B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See Iffanoh. Fb. 8. F. and Maneli. 8. F.

r. 8. Sp. Manchester Microscopical Society. Annual Beport. Manchester.

1880—84. [Conttntieda«: Transactions, etc., 1884—] Edinb.B.S.t.;
Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.t.; P.O.; S.K.t.

r. 8. T Manchester Microscopical Society. Transactions and Annual

Beport. Manchester.
1884— [Continuation of: Beports, 1880— 84.] B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; S.K.t.

J, i- — y See BTanoti. lit. Flu 8.

Maneh. Fh. 8. F See Manch, :Lt. Fli. 8, F.

IBaneii. 8. Xm. See Bffanoh. Ibt. Fh. 8.

VOL. III. liii

List of Serial Publications

lKuMii.S.V. Se« Bbmeli. I.t. Ph. S. V.

Schriften der OeseUschaft zur Befordening der gesammten Natur-

wissenschaften zu Marburg. Marburg.
1823— B.M.».; Camb.U,; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.S.t.; S.K.t.
S. ^m. . . . M^moires de la Soci^te d'Emulation de la Proveooe. Marseille.
1861-66. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.

Am Annales de la Faculty des Sciences de Marseille. Marseille, Ffeiris.

1891— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S,; Glasg.P.S.;
Linn.S.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.S.

Xarylaiid .Ae. T Transactions of the Maryland Academy of Sciences and Letters.

Baltimore.
1837. Glasg.P.S.i.; R.S.

Xarylmad OL Bw. Maryland Geological Survey. Baltimore.

1897— Camb.P.S.; Edinb.R.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.;
N.H.M.; P.O.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.; U.C.L.
.... Mathesis. Becueil Math^matique.... Gand, Paris.

1881— B.M.; Camb.U.
.... Maandblad voor Natuurwetenschappen , uitgegeven door de Sectie voor
Natuurwetenschappen van bet Genootschap ter Bevordering van
Natuur-, Genees- en Heelkunde. Amsterdfun.
1871— N.H.M.

J- Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science; Lankester and Busk.

London.
1863— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.N.L.I.
Dub.R.C.S.; Edlnb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.
Glasg.U. ; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i. ; Oxon.B.; Phiuin.S.
P.O.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
See J. BKcr. Be. and QJ. BBter. 8e.

Bm J. Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society. London.

1878 — [Continuation of: The Monthly Microscopical Journal,
1869—77.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.N Ji.I.;
Dub.B J.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.;
Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; R.C.Surg.;
R.S.i.; S.K.; U.C.L.

0. T. Transactions of the Microscopical Society of London. London.

1844 — 68. [Continued as: The Monthly Microscopical Journal,
1869— 77.J B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Edinb.R.S.i.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; Pharm.S.i.; P.O.;
R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Md. Olilr. B, F. Proceedings of the Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society of London.

London.
1857— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S. ; Glasg.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.i.;
Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i.; B.C.Surg.; R.S.; U.C.L.

Md.cnilr. T. Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, published by the [Royal] Medical

and Chirurgical Society of London. London.
1809— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Edinb.U.i.;
Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i.; B.C.
Surg.; R.S.; U.C.L.

O. Vs. Medicinisch-chemische Untersuchungen : aus dem Laboratorium f^

angewandte Chemie zu Tiibingen ; Hoppe-Seyler. Berlin.
1866—71. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.; B.C.Sun.; B.S.

Jb. Medizinische Jahrbticher. Herausg. von der E. K. Gtesellschaft der

Aerzte in Wien. Wien.
1861 — [Continuation of: Zeitschrift der K. E. Gesellschaft, etc.,
1844—60.] Camb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Pharm.S.i.; B.C.Surg.
.... Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologic ; Meckel. Leipzig.

1826 — 32. [Continued as: Archiv fur Anatomic, Physiologie,
und Wissenschaftliche Medicin, 1834 — 76.] B.M. ; Camb.U. ;
Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.;
B.S.; U.C.L.i.
. . . Archiv des Yereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg.
Neubrandenburg.
1847— Camb.U.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.i.
5«« K«kL Arch.

Mtodiay I. Buff. .'Professional Papers on Indian Engineering; Major J. G. Medley.

M«dl«y Trctm V^ Z. aaff. < Roorkee.

(1864—86. LCE.; P.O.i.; R.S.i.

liv

List of Serial Publications

BbtasA A. IKd. Olilr.

8. Ac

.-•tX-S.

X. P. Institation of Mechanical Engineers. Proceedings. Birmingham,

London.
1847— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Glasg.P.S.;

Qlasg.U.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; R.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.
See Z. aCB. P.
Annalen der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fur die

gesammten Naturwissensohaf ten ; Meisner. Bern.
1824^25. B.M.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Natorwissenschaftlicher Anzeiger der allgemeinen Schweizerischen

Gesellschaft f iir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften ; Meisner.

Aaraa, Bern.
1818—23. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
See KMkl. mr. Ht. Aroh.

The Messenger of Mathematics. Cambridge, London.
1862— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.i.; Dub.B.G.S.t.;

Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.t.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Annali Medico-Chirargici ; Nfetax4. Boma.
1839—46. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.

rM^moires de la Soci^t^ Acad^mique de Maine et Loire. Angers,
1 1857 — 83. [Continued at: M^moires de 1* Academic des Sciences et

Belles-Lettres d'Angers, 1890—95.] B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M. ;

B.S.t.

QJ. Quarterly Journal of the [Boyal] Meteorological Society. London.

1873 — [Continuation of: Proceedings of the British Meteorological

Society, 1861—71.] Camb.U.; Dub.R.LA.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.

B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.t.; M.O.; Oxon.B.;

P.O.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S,

Meteorologische Zeitschrift. Berlin.

1884— Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; M.O.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K«
M^moires de 1* Academic (Boyale, Imp^rialei de Metz. Metz.
1821— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.;

S.K.

(Boletin del Instituto Nacional [de la Sociedad Mexicana] de Geografia
y Estadistica de la BepubUca Mexicana. Mexico.
1850—66. B.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.
Boletin de la Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de la Bepublioa
Mexicana. Mexico.
1869— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.

Ministerio de Fomento de la Bepdblica Mexicana. Boletin mensual
del Observatorio Meteoroldgioo-Magn^tico central de Mexico.
Mexico.
1888— Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; M.O.

\

a«.BL

ObikBL

'»•

«.<'AlBat«

9»

Memorias de la Sociedad Cientifica ** Antonio Alzate." Mexico.
1887— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.;

Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.; M.O.; N.H.M.t.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.;

B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
, The Magazine of Natural History, and Journal of Zoology, Botany,

Mineralogy, Geology, and Meteorology. London.
1829 — 40. [Continued as: Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

1841—] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.C.S.;

Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.;

Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.
Magazin for Naturvidenskabeme ; Lundh, etc. Christiania.
1823—36. [Candnuedox: NytMagazin.etc., 1838— ] B.M.; N.H.M.t.;

B.S.
. Magazin fiir die neuesten Erfahrungen, Entdeckungen und Berichti-

gungen im Gebiete der Pharmacle, etc. Karlsruhe, Heidelberg.
1823 — 24. [Continued as: Magazin fiir Pharmacie und die dahin

einschlagenden Wissenschaften, 1824 — 31.] Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.

Surg.; B.S.
O. Monatshefte fiir Chemie und verwandte Theile anderer Wissen-
schaften. Gesammelte Abhandlungen aus den Sitzungsberichten

der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien.
1880— Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Pharm.S.;

P.O.

Iv

d2

List of Serial Publications

Monatshefte fiir Mathematik und Physik. Wien.

1890— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.

lUdL Htlist. The Midland Naturalist. London, Birmingham.

1878—98. Camb.U.; Geol.M.; Qeol.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; P.O.;
S.E.

KIL At. At«n. Atti dell* Ateneo, gi4 Accademia fiBico-medioo-statistica di Milano.

Milano.
1859—67. Glasg.P.S.i.

MSL Jkt, Omgikiolm, Atti della Fondazione Soientifica Cagnola dalla sua Istitazione in

poi. Milano.
1856— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.t.; R.S.i.; S.K.i.

At.Z.&om1>. Atti dell' I. B. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Aril.

Milano.
1858 — 64. [Continuation of: Giomale, etc., 1841—56.] [Continued
Of.' Bendiconti, etc., 1864 — ] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.

At. S. It. Atti della Society Italiana di Scienze Natural!. Milano.

1855— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.t.; B.S.; S.K.I.
See MIL B. Zt. At.

BflBun. TEffemeridi Astronomiche di Milano. Con Appendioe di Osservazioni

Bfftm. As. < e Memorie Astronomiche. Milano.

11806— Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; R.A.S.t.

O. LLomlK Giomale delP I. B. Istituto Lombajrdo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arfci

e Biblioteca Italiana ; compilata da varj dotti nazionali e stranieri.
Milano.
1841—^6. [Continued as: Atti, etc., 1858-64.] B.M.; Geol.S.t.;

LCE.; N.U.M.; Ozon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.
See SKU. Z. Ziomb. «.

O. 8. Zne. Giomale della Society d' Incorragiamento delle Scienze, etc. stabilitil

in Milano. Milano.
1808—65. B.M.; Camb.U.

lUL Z. ZiOmli. « See BEU. «. Z. Ziomb.

BKIL Z. Lomb. abn. Memorie dell' I. B. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, etc. Milano.

1843— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.; LCE.t.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
B.A.S.t.; B.C.Suig.t.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See BUL Mm. Z. Z.om1>.

BKIL Z. Lomb. Xd. Beale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Bendiconti. Milano.

1864— [Continuation: o/ Atti, etc., 1858—64.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.;
Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.;
Glasg.U.i.; LCE.t.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

aUL Mm. Z. ZiOmb. See BUL Z. Ziomb. BKm.

BKtL BIm. Z. Ibomb. V^b. Memorie delP I. B. Istituto del regno Lombardo- Veneto. Milano.

1819—38. B.M.; Camb.U.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.t.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

BUL 8. Zt. At. See BUL At. 0. Zt.

BUnn. Ao. Sc BU Bulletin of the Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences. Minneapolis,

Minn.
1874— B.M.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; S.K.i.

BUqiMl BIL Bulletin des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles en N^erlande ; Miquel ,

Mulder, Wenckebach. Leyden, Botterdam.
1838—40. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.
BUtan Arb. flCnxlili&d. Oa. Arbeiten der Eurlandischen Gesellschaft fiir Literatur und Kunst.

Mitau.
1847—51. B.M.; Camb.U.

J The Monthly Microscopical Journal. London.

1869 — 77. [Continuatum of: Transactions of the Microscopical
Society of London, 1844—68.] [Continued a$: Journal of tlie
Boyal Microscopicskl Society, 1878 — ] B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.
B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.

Im. Memorie di Fisica sperimentale. Modena.

1887—38. Glasg.P.S.i.

OL 0T. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and of the

Museum of Economic Geology in London. London.
1846— Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Ivi

of

Pablications

^ Am OUb.

tp.

tp.

ktpw S. baas. Off. BU.

ft. It.
•.Wt. At.

(IM)

Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Ozon.B,;

P.O.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
See OL Bt, Km.
Becueil de M^moires de M^decine, de Chirargie, et de Pharmacie

Militaires, r6dig6 sons le sarveillanoe da Conseil de Sant^.

Paris.
1815 — 82. [Continued a$ : Arohives de M^eoine et de Phannaoiflt

MUitaires, 1888—] B.M.; Qlasff.U.t.; B.G.Sorg.
The Mineralogical Magasine and Journal of the Mineralogical

Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Truro, London.
1876— B.M.; Camb.U.; Ghem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.;

Glaig.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(R.); P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
Annales Cliniques de la Soci^t^ Mddioale Pratique de Montpellier.

Montpellier.
1818—30. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; B.G.Surg.
Acad^mie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier. M^moires de la

Section des Sciences. Montpellier.
1847— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.;

Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; U.G.L.t.
Beoueil des Bulletins publics par la Sooi^t^ Libre des Sciences, etc.

de MontpeUier. Montpellier.
1803—14. B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.i.

Soci^t^ Languedocienne de Geographic. Bulletin. Montpellier.
1878— B.M.; B.Geogr.S.
Memorie della Regia Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Art! di

Modena. Modena.
1838— B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.i.; Dub.T.G.f.; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S.i.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; S.K.t.; U.G.L.t.
See mod. Km. Ae. Se.

t. Annuario della Society dei Naturalisti in Modena. Modena.

1866—82. [Continued as: Atti della Society, etc., 1883— ] Camb.U.;

Dub.B.I.A.i.; Edinb.B.S.*.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.
See Xod. S. irt. An.

So. S«« Kod. Ae. Be. Km.

S. /Memorie di Matematica e di Fisioa della Society Italiana delle

S. Zt. I Scienze. Modena.

J1782— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.t.;

Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.G.Surg.i.; B.S.;

S.K.t.; U.G.L.t.
I See Kod. 8. Zt. Km., Bm. S. Zt. Km., and Verona Km. 8. Zt.
Belazione delle Adunanze della B. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere

ed Arti di Modena. Modena.
1842—43. Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.

See SKod. Km. 8., Bm. 0. Zt. Km., and V«rona SKm. 8. Zt.
See Xod. An. 8. Ht.

Atti della Society dei Naturalisti di Modena. Modena.
1883— [Continuation of: Annuario, etc., 1866 — 82.] Camb.U.;

Dub.B.I.A.t.; N.H.M.
Atti della Society dei Naturalisti di Modena. Bendiconti delle

Adimanze. Modena.
1882—86. B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
Cosmos. Bevue Encyolop6dique Hebdomadaire des Progr^s des

Sciences; Moigno. Paris.
1862—70. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; I.CE.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.
;9«f Coonoa.
Vs. Untersuchtmgen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere;

Moleschott. Frankfurt-am-Main, Giessen.
1857— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.

Surg.; B.S.i.
Bullettino Meteorologioo delP Ossenratorio del B. CoUegio Carlo

Alberto in Moncalieri. Torino.
1866— Glasg.P.S.i.; M.O.; B.A.S.t.
See &•• Xondos.

Le Moniteur Soientifique ; Quesneville. Paris.
1857— B.M.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.C.S.t. ; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.;

P.O.; B.A.S.<.

Ivii

8. Ht. At. (Rd.) ...

List of Serial Publications

OBI* 8a PHa BUL

KOM. 8. irt. BIL
Moae. 8. Ht.

Moflc 8. Ht. nr.

Vn.

JIftfc.) ...

MLBlaneOba.

(P«..

IKoflo. BIL 8. Ht. Bulletin de la Soci6t^ Imp^riale des Natoralistes. Moscou.

1829— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Ohem.S.t.; Dab.B.D.S.
Dab.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Qeol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.

Oxon.B.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.S.

S.E.

See SKOM. 8. irt. BIL
Commentationes Sooietatis Phyaico-Medictt apud Umversitatem

Mosquensem Institatae. MosqusB.
1808—21. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.i.; S.K.t.
Noaveauz M^moires de la Soci6t6 Imp^riale des Natoralistefl de

Moscon. Mosoou.
1829— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.i.; Linn.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Ozon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.i.
See BIo«e. 8. 1ft. IT. BKm.

Annales de PObservatoire de Moscou; Bredichin. Mosoou.
1874— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; B.A.S.; B.S.
See Mom. BIL 8. ITt.
M^moires de la Soci^t^ Imp^riale des Naturalistes de Mosooa.

Moscou.
1806—23. B.M. ; Camb.P.S.i. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A. ; Geol.S. ;

Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.; S.E.t.
See Moae. IT. Mm.
Moae. 8. 8e. BIL Bulletin of the Imperial Society of Lovers of Natural Soienoe,

Anthropology and Ethnography, in connection with the Imperial

University of Moscow. [In Bussian.] Moscow.
1865— B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; N.H.M.t.; B.C.Sui^.t.
Scientific Memoirs of the Imperial University of Moscow. [In

Bussian.] Moscow.
1833—36. B.M.t.; N.H.M.t.
Scientific Memoirs of the Imperial University of Moscow. Physioo-

Mathematical Section. [In Bussian.] Moscow.
1880—96. Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
Annales de PObservatoire M^ttorologique [Physique et Glaoiaire] da

Mont Blanc. Paris.
1893— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; M.O.; Oxon.B.;

B.S.; S.K.
Mathematische Annalen ; Clebsch. Leipzig.
1869— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.CS.i.;

Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.;

B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Berichte aus Ungam.

Berlin.
1882— Camb.P.S.; Chem.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.; B.A.S.t.;

B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.
Biathematikai ^s term^szettudom&nyi Ertesito. Kiadja a Magyar

Tudom&nyos Akad^mia. [Mathematical and Natural Science

Beport, published by the Hungarian Academy of Science.]

Budapest.
U883— B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Mathematisk Tidsskrift. Ej^benhavn.
1859—64. [Cana'nufd a«: Tidsskrift for Mathematik, 1865— ] B.M.;

Camb.U.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.
Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Altenburg.
1837— Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.
Natuur- en Scheikundig Archief ; Mulder, Wenckebach. Botterdam,

Lei j den.
1833—38. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.S.
'Bulletin de la Soci6t^ Industrielle de Mulhouse. Mulhouse.
1828— B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.C.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.;

Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.
Archiv fiir Anatomic, Physiologic, und wissenschaftliche Medicin ;

Miiller, Beichert, Du Bois-Beymond. Berlin.
1834 — 76. [Continuatiion of: Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologic,

1826->32.1 [Continued as: Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologic,

1877—] B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glaag.U.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
See Areh. Aa. PL and

Mill. T
Mtll.T

Ata..
t. Ata.

Mt.Oatld.

Mnldar Areb.

Mnlhonae BIL

Mnllionae BIL 8. Zn.
Mnlhonaa 8. Xn. BIL
MttllarAreli.

Iviii

List of Serial Publications

Uiiiiftli Abb ^Abhandlongen der mathematisch-physikalisohen ClASse der Kdnigl*

Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschajften. Miinohen.
1829— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S.t. ; Dub.T.C. ;
Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.;
Oxon.B.; Ozon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.G.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.;
^ O.K.

Ak. Sb. Sitzongsberichte der Kdnigl. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissen-

schaften za Munohen. Miinchen.
1860—70. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.i.;
Dub.B.LA.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; £dinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; I.CE.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.Geogr.S.;
B.S.; S.K.
Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch-Physikaliflchen Classe der K. B.

Akademie der Wissensohaften za Mtinchen. Mttnchen.
1871— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; Ozon.B.; Ozon.B.;
P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
Su Kiiiieli. Bb.

Wl, Ak. Bulletin der k. Akademie der Wissensohaften. Munchen.

1843—53. B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; LCE.i.; Ozon.B.t.; B.A.S.;
B.Geogr.S.t. ; B.S.

]>. Denkschrif ten der K5nigl. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissensohaften

zu Munchen. Munchen, Salzbaoh.
1808—24. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.;
Ozon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.
CtalelirtoAs. ... Gklehrte Anzeigen; herauagegeben von Mitgliedem der Kdnigl.

Baierischen Akademie der Wissensohaften. Munchen.
1835—60. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Iinn.S.t.;
N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
WiliMnli. Cta. Mlpli. PL Sb. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft fiir Morphologic und Physiologie

in Munchen. Miinchen.
1885— Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Lmn.S.; N.H.M.
Abhandlungen der naturwissenschafUich-teohnischen Commission

bei der Kdnigl. Baierischen Akademie. Mtochen.
1857—58. Camb.U.; B.S.

Kflmeli. Sb. See BKiinGli. Ak. Sb.

Aroiit. Zeitschrift des Bayerischen Architeoten- nnd Ingenieor-VereinB,

Miinchen.
1869—77. P.O.

J. O. Neues allgemeines Journal der Chemie. Berlin.

1803—06. [Continuation of: Allgemeines Journal, etc., 1798— 1802.]
[Continu^ at: Journal fiir die Chemie und Physi^, 1806 — 10.]
B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M. ; Ozon.B.; B.S.

Nouvelles Annales de Math^matiques. Paris.

1842— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.t.;
Ozon.B.(B.); B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
.AcgfanUis Academic de Stanislas. M^moires de la Soci6t6 [Boyale] des

Sciences, etc. Nancy.
1852^ [Continuation of: Mdmoires de la Sooi^t^, etc., 1888 — 61.]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Ozon.B.; B.S.t.; S.K.

8. Be. M^moires de la Soci^t^ [Boyale] des Sciences, Lettres et Arts de

Nancy. Nancy.

1833 — 51. [Continuation of: Pr^is analytique des Travauz de la
Socidt^, etc., 1802 — 32.] [Continued a*: Asaddmie de Stanislas.
Mdmoires, etc., 1852 — ] B.M.; Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.t.; Ozon.B.;
B.S.t.; S.K.

Haaey fl. Be. BIL Bulletin de la Soci^td des Sciences de Nancy. Nancy, Paris.

1873— B.M.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.

Tr. B. Be. Precis analytique des Travauz de la Sooi4t6 pEtoyale] des Scienoes,

Arts et Agriculture de Nancy. Nanc^.
1802—32. [Continued as : Mdmoires de la Socidtd, etc., 1883—51.]
B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Ozon.B.; B.S.t.

A. 8. Ae. Annales de la Socidtd Acaddmique de Nantes et du Ddpartement de

la Loire Infdrieure. Nantes.
1830— Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Ozon.B.

lix

List of Serial Publications

V. AatoL fle. Nuova Antologia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Firenze, Boma.

1866— B.M.; Dub.N.L.I.f.; N.H.M.

Wap. Ao. Asp. A. Annali dell* Acoademia degli Aspirant! Naturalisti. Napoli.

1843—47; 1861-69; 1887. Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.; R.S.t.

Atti della Beale Accademia delle Scienze e Belle Lettere; Sezione

della Sooietd B. Barbonloa. Napoli.
1819—51. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Oeol.S.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.
Atti della B. Aooademia delle Scienze Fisiohe e Matematiohe.

Napoli.
1863—82; 1888— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A. ; Edinb.B.S. ;
Geol.S.t.; Olasg.U.t.; Linn.S.i.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.;
Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.i.
See Wap. At. Ae.

, Atti deir Accademia Pontaniana di Napoli . Napoli.

1832— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dab.B.D.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.i.;
U.C.L.t.

, Memorie della B. Accademia delle Scienze, etc. Napoli.

1862—57. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.±t.S.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.

SS:tti^«i'::::::::::::l seen^.^c^x.

Vap. At. Z. Xne. Atti del Beal Istitato d' Inoorraggiamento alle Scienze Natnrali di

Napoli. Napoli.
1811— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; l.CE.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.; S.E.t.
See Vap. Z. Zne. At.

Vap. WUm Ae. Aip. Bullettino dell* Accademia degli Aspiranti Naturalisti. Napoli.

1842; 1861—64. Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.

Wap. Z. Zbo. At. See ITap. At. Z. Zne.

Map. Ma. Museo di Letteratura e Filosofia; Oatti. Napoli.

1842—62. B.M.; Oxon.B.

, Bendioonto delle adunanze e de* lavori della Beale Accademia delle

Scienze [Fis. e Mat.] di Napoli. Napoli.
1842—57. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.t.

Bendiconto dell* Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche.

Napoli.
1862— Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.;
Math.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.

Wap. 8. Ht. BIL BoUettino della Society di Naturalisti in Napoli. Napoli.

1887— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Nieuw Archief voor Wiskunde. Amsterdam.

1875— Camb.P.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Math.S.

Nuovi Annali delle Scienze naturali; Alessandrini, Bertolini,

Gherardi e Banzani. Bologna.
1838—54. Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.;

B.S.
See Bolosna W. A.

[Jahrbiicher des Vereins fur Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau.

Wiesbaden.

1844— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.; S.K.
ranaha J. dn OalYan. ... Journal du Galvanisme, de Vaccine, etc. ; Nauche. Paris.

1803. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.

J. Neues bergmannisches Journal ; Kohlen und Hoffmann. Freiberg.

1795—1816. B.M.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.t.
S. BIL... Bulletin of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick. St John.
1882— Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.

n Nuovo Cimento, Giomale di Fisica, Chimica e Storia Naturale.

Pisa.
1855— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S.t. ; Edinb.B.S.t. ;
l.CE.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.t.; B.S.

VdL Avail, irtk. Nederlandsch Archief voor Genees- en Natuurkunde. Utrecht.

1865 — 70. [Continuation of: Archiv fibr die Hollandisohen Bcdtrage
zur Natur- und Heilkonde, 1858—64.] B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
B.S.t.

Ix

V^. Jb.

'

Lirt of Serial Publications

FdL Qmaitm OogL Vs. Nederlandfloh Oasthuis voor Behoeftige en Minyermogende Ooglijden

te Utrecht. Verslag. Utrecht.
1885 — [Continuation of: JaarlijkBch Verslag betrekkelijk de
Verplegmg en *t Onderwijs in het Nederlandsoh GaBthols voor
Oo^jders; Donders, 1860—85.] B.S.

rdL XSmldk. Areh. Nederlajidsoh Eruidkundig Arohief. [Verslagen en Mededeelingen

der Nederlandsche Botanische Vereeniging.] Leijden, Amsterdam,
Leenwarden, Nijmegen.
1846— B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.

^dL ZiUMtt Nederlandaoh Lancet. TijdBchrif t aan de praktiaohe Ohinirgie , etc.

Utrecht.
1838—56. B.M.; Glasff.P.S.i.; B.C.Sorg.t.
^ddfltenr.atoWMfb-V^.Vh. Verhandlangen des Niederdsterreiohiaohen Gewerb-Vereina. Wien.

1840— B.M.t.; P.O.; S.K.t.

'«ir. Vn. Btnd. University Studies. Published by the University of Nebraska.

Lincoln, Nebraska.
1888— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.;
Oxon.B.; B.S.

'. Mug, X. Xn. B. T Transactions of the North of England Institute of Mining Engineers.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
1852— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.OE.;
Ozon.B.t.; P.O.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

•nelLBIL /Bulletin de la Soci^td des Sciences Naturelles de Neuch&tel.

•acb. S. Be. BIL J Neuch&tel.

1844— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t. ;
M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
'mwcmamm O, Bm T, Newcastle-upon-Tyne Chemical Society. Transactions. Newcastle-
upon-Tyne.
1868—83. B.M.; Chem.S.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.S.

The Natural History Beview and Quarterly Journal of Science.

London, Dublin.
1854—60. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Glasg.P.S.;

Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
The Natural History Beview; a Quarterly Journal of Biological

Science. London.
1861—65. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.
^ Annales de rObservatoire de Nice. Paris.

1887— B.M. ; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Glasg.U.t.; B.A.S. ;
B.S.; S.K.

J. Journal of Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, and the Arts ; Nicholson.

London.
1797—1813. [Continued in: The Philosophical Magasine, 1814—]

B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.

B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.;

S.K.; U.C.L.
Bll. Bulletin de la Soci6t6 d'Etude des Sciences Naturelles de Nlmes.

Nimes.
1873— N.H.M.t.
Neues Jahrbuch ftir Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaontologie.

Stuttgart.
1863 — [Continuation of: Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geo-

gnosie, C^logie und Petrefaktenkunde, 1833—62.] B.M. ;

Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t. ; Dub.B.D.S.t. ; Geol.M. ;

Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.t.
Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskabeme. Christiania.

1888 — [Continuation of : Magazin for Naturvidenskabeme, 1823 — 36.]
Camb.U.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.

Nordisches Archiv ftir Naturkunde und Arzneiwissenschalt. Kopen-

hagen, Frankfurt an der Oder.
1799—1801. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.

Ta, Bll. Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Linn^nne de Normandie . Caen.

1855^ B.M.; Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

B.S.t.; U.C.L.t.
SeeOa«n 0.^ Bll.

Ixi

List of Serial Publications

V. R«. 8. irt. BBb. M6moires de la Sooi^t^ des Natoralistes de la Nonvelle-Bassie. [In

Russian.] Odessa.
1872— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; £dinb.B.S.f.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.;

N.H.M.; B.S.t.
ir. Xa. S. nt. BKm. (Mtk.) Memoirs of the Mathematical Section of the New Russian Society

of Naturalists. [In Russian.] Odessa.

1878— Dub.R.I.A.; Math.S.t.; R.S.t.

W. Beotia X. BcF. *T.... Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of

Natural Science. Halifax, Nova Scotia.
1863— Gamb.P.S.f.; Ghem.S.t.; Edinb.R.S.i.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.
U.».; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.;
R.Gteogr.S.t.; R.S.t.; U.C.L.t.

H. 8. mr. B. 8. J. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales.

Sydney.
* 1876— [Continuation of: Transactions, etc., 1867—76.] B.M.;
Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ; Ghem.S.t. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.R.S.t. ;
Geol.M.i.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg. U.t.; I.CE.; Linn.S.t.;
M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.t.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.t.; R.A.S.;
R.G.Surg.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.; S.E.

W. 8. mr. R. 8. T. Transactions of the Royal Society of New South Wales. Sydney.

1867 — 76. [Continued as: Journal and Proceedings, etc., 1876 — ]
B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.t.; Dub.R.D.S.; Dub.R.I.A.;
Dub.T.C.; Edinb.R.S.t.; Geol.M.t. ; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
Glasg.U.t'.; I.GE.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.;
P.O.; R.A.S.; R.Geogr.S.t.; R.S.; S.K.t.

, Nature : a weekly illustrated Journal of Science. London.

1870— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.
R.C.S. ; Dub.R.D.S. ; Dub.R.I.A. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.R.S. ;
Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.;
Linn.S. ; M.O. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R. ; Pharm.S. ; P.O.; R.A.S. ;
R.G.Surg.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

La Naturaleza. Peri6dico cientifico de la Sociedad Mexicana de

Historia Natural. Mexico.
1870— B.M.t.; Edinb.R.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.t.

Nyt Tidsskrif t for Fysik og Eemi. Kjcfbenhavn.

1896 — 98. [Continuation of: Tidsskrift for Physik og Chemi,
1862—94.] B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Nyt Tidsskrift for Mathematik. Kj/e^benhavn.

1890— [Continuation of: Tidsskrift for Mathematik, 1866—89.]
B.M.; Math.S.t.

Wiirnb. Ab. Abhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Niimberg.

Niimberg.
1862— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.I.A.; N.H.M.; R.S.t.; S.K.

Mr, Avolit. T Transactions of the Institution of Naval Architects. London .

1860— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.I.A.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.;
P.O.; R.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.

[t. Mittheilungen aus dem Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereine von Neu-

Vorpommem und Riigen. Berlin.
1869— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Dub.R.I.A.; N.H.M.; R.C.
Surg.t.; S.K.
Naval Science: a Quarterly Magazine for promoting the improve-
ment of Naval Architecture, Marine Engineering, Steam
Navigation and Seamanship. London.
1872—76. B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; M.O.t.; Oxon.
B.t. ; P.O.; S.K.

L. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, late Lyceum of

Natural History. New York.

1879 — [Continuation of: Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History,
1824—77.] B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Geol.S.;
Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.t.; P.O.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

JLe. T Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, late Lyceum of

Natural History. New York.
1881—98. B.M. ; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.R.t.;
P.O.t.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. New

York.
1824 — 77. [Continued as: Annals of the New York Academy of

Ixii

List of Serial Publications

Sciences, 1879^] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.f.;
Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.S.;
S.K.
See V. It, Xtyeeiun A.
Xth. 8.B11.... Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society. New York.

1895 — [Continuation of: Bulletin of the New York Mathematical

Society, 1892—94.] B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C. ;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.; Olasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.;

Ozon.B.; B.S.t.

Ktli.8.T.* ... Transactions of the American Mathematical Society. Lancaster,

Pa. and New York.
1900— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.
... See W. T. A. I»yemtun^ m

r. Iiyocmn F. Proceedings of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New

York. New York.
1870—74. B.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.;
S.K.t.

J. The New York MedicalJoumal. New York.

1806— Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.
... Medical Bepository of New York. New York.

1798—1812. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.; U.C.L.t.
... University of the State of New York. Bulletin of the New York
State Museum. Albany.
1887— Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Glasg.
P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.t.

T. IKtIi. S. 81L Bulletin of the New York Mathematical Society. New York.

1892 — 94. [Continued aa: Bulletin of the American Mathematical
Society, 1895—] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.
X. OOL Mft. QfL 0T. Bp. Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand. Beports

of Geological Explorations. Wellington.
1870 — 73. [Continu£d a» : New Zealand. Papers and Beports
relating to Minerals and Mining, 1894—] B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.t.; LCE.t. ; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M. ; P.O.t. ;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; U.C.L.t.

X- X. T Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute.

Wellington.
1868— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S. ; Edinb.U. ; Geol.M.t. ; Geol.S. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ;
Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
B. Ppw * Mp, (Mn.) ... New Zealand. Papers and Beports relating to Minerals and Mining.

Wellington.
1894 — [Contintiotion of: Colonial Museum and G^logical Survey
of New Zealand. Beports of Geological Explorations, 1870 — 98.]
Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.t.

... The Observatory. A monthly Beview of Astronomy. London.

1878— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.A.S.; S.K.

... Oesterreichische Wochenschrift fur Wissenschaft, Kunst, and

offentliches Leben. Beilage zur K. Wiener Zeitung. Wien.
1803—64. Glasg.P.S.t.
Oesterreichische Zeitschrift fiir Berg- und Hiittenwesen; von

Hingenau. Wien.
1853— B.M.; I.CE.; P.O.; S.K.
... Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit des Ofifenbacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde.

Offenbach a. M.
1860— Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
Beobachtungen angestellt am Astoophysicalischen [und Meteoro-

logischen] Observatorium in 0-Gyalla in Ungam. Halle,

Budapest.

1879— M.O.t.; B.A.S.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
,.. Isis, Oder Encyclopadische Zeitung; Oken. Jena.

1817—48. B.M.t. ; Camb.U. ; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.t. ;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.C.Suig.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.

Ixiii

List of Serial Publications

Opll. Bb.

OrT.*T«niit. itm..

ChBodtl A. Vn. Annali Universali di Medioina; Omodei, Calderini. MUano.

1617—88. B.M.i.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Sorg.

Ophthalmologische Bibliothek. Braunschweig.

1802—05. Glasg.P.S.t.; B.G.Sorg.t.

Opuscoli matematioi e fisioi di diyeni Autori. Milano.

1832—34. B.S.

Bll. Bulletin des Sciences Physiques, M^dicales et d' Agriculture

d'Orl^ans. Orleans.

1810—13. B.M.; Oxon.B.
brstod Ts Tidsskrif t for Naturvidenskabeme ; Orsted. ^j5benhayn.

1822—28. B.M.; Camb.U.: N.HJil.; R.S.

Orvos-Term^zettudominyi Ertesitd a Kolozsv&ri Grvos-Term^szettu-
dom&nyi T&rsulat ^ az Erd^lyi Muzeum-Egylet Term^szettu-

dom4nyi Szako8zt4l74nak [Medical and Natural History

Proceedings of the Sections of the Klausenburg Medical and
Natural History Society and of the Natural History Section of the
Museum Association of Transylvania.] Kolozsvir [Klausenburg].

1879— N.H.M.; R.S.i.

Jahresberioht des Naturwissensohaftlichen Vereins zu Osnabriick.
Osnabriick.

1870— Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Atti e Memorie della B. Aocademia di Scienze, Letters ed Arti in

Padova. Nuova serie. Padova.
1885 — [Continuation of: Nuovi Saggi dell' Accademia, etc. 1817 — 88. ]

Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.
Memorie dell' Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti di Padova.

Padova.
1809. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.E.
Nuovi Saggi dell' Accademia di Scienze, Lettere, ed Arti di Padova.

Padova.
1817 — 83. [Continued as: Atti e Memorie della B. Accademia, etc.

1885—] B.M.f.; Carab.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.

R.S.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
Bivista Periodica dei Lavori della I. B. Accademia di Scienze,

Lettere ed Arti di Padova. Padova.
1851—65. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Atti della Society Veneto-Trentina di Scienze Naturali residente in

Padova. Padova.
1872— Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
Bullettino della Society Veneto-Trentina di Scienze Naturali.

Padova.
1879— B.M.; N.H.M.

' Atti dell' Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti di Palermo. Palermo.
1845— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.l.A.; Dub.T.C.; Glasg.U.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.
Bendiconti del Circolo Matematico di Palermo. Palermo.
1887— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.l.A.; Dub.T.C.;

Math.S.; B.S.
EfFemeridi Scientifiche e Letterarie per la Sicilia; coi Lavori del

B. Istituto d' Incorraggiamento per la Sicilia. Palermo.
1832—40. Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
Giomale del B. Istituto d' Incorragiamento di Agricoltura, Arti, etc.

in Sicilia. Parte 3. Scienze Fisico-Matematiche e Naturali.

Palermo.
1863. Glasg.P.S.t.
Giomale di Scienze naturali ed economiche, pubblicato per cura del

Consiglio di Perfezionamento annesso al B. Istituto Tecnioo di

Palermo. Palermo.
1865— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; B.S.
Memorie della Societii degli Spettroscopisti Italiani, raocolte e

pubblicate per cura del Prof. F. Tacchini. Palermo.
1872— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.
See Sp«t. Zt. Km.
Baccolta di Lettere, etc. intomo alia Fisica ed alle Mathematiohe ;

Palomba. Boma.
1845—48. B.M.t.

Ixiv

Padora 0. Se. BU.

Patormo Oir. Mt. Bd.

Faleraae a. Z. ZBo.

Palenno O. fle. BTL.

Sp«t.Zt.

Palomba Bae.

List of Serial Publications

Beitrage zur Naturkande aus den Ostseeprovinzen Busslands;

Pander. Dorpat.
1820. Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Annales du Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers. Paris.

1861— B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; I.CE.t.; Ozon.B.; P.O.; B.S.;

S.E.t.
See A. Oons. Arts at M4t.

M^moires de P Academic des Sciences de PInstitut de France.

Paris.
1816— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.D.S.i.; Dub.T.C.i.
Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Snrg.; B.S.; S.K.
U.C.L.
See Far. BKm. Ao. Se.

Annaes das Sciencias, etc. por huma Sooiedade de Portaguezes

residentes em Paris. Paris.
1818—27. B.M.; Camb.U. t.
See A. das Be.

ikcm Wonn. Annales scientifiqnes de 1 * Ecole Normale Sap^rieure. Paris.

1864— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dab.B.C.S.t.;
Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Ozon.B.; B.S.;
S.K.
See Far. ^o. Worm. A.

Annales de PObeervatoire de Paris. M^moires. Paris.

1855— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.N.L.I. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.S. ;

Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.
See Far. OIm. A.

Annales des Ponts et Chaoss^es. M^moires et documents relatifs

k TArt des Constructions et au Service de Plng^nieur. Paris.
1831— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

I.CE.; P.O.; B.S.t.
See A. Fon. Ohaass.

Bulletin de la Sooi^t^ Botanique de France. Paris.

1854— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Dub.T.C.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Pharm.
S.t.; S.K.
See Ft. S. Bt. BU.

r. BU. a. O. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Chimique de Paris. Paris.

1858— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.C.S.t.;
Dub.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.
S.t.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
See Far. A. O. BIL

Far. BU. 0. Baeoitr. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d'Encouragement pour PIndustrie Nationale.

Paris.
1802— Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.
P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.t.

Far. BU. S. Og. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ de Geographic. Paris.

1822— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.'t. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.
See Far. Off. 8. BU. and Far. 8. Hkg. BU.

Bulletin des Sciences de la Soci^t^ Philomathique de Paris. Paris.

1791— 18a5; 1814—24; 1864— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C.t.;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.t.;
B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; U.C.L.
See Far. 8. Fblm. BU.

Annualre public par le Bureau des Longitudes. Paris.

1799— B.M. ; Camb.U.t.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.t.; B.A.S.t.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.

OL Alp. Fr. An. Annuaire du Club Alpin Fran^ais. Paris.

1875— B.M.; Geol.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.

..Ac Worm. A. 5m Far. A. Ac irorm.

r. AcFoLOor. Correspondance sur P Ecole Poljtechnique, 4 Pusage des EUves de

cette Ecole; Hachette. Paris.
1808—16. B.M.t.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; U.C.L.

r. Ac FoL X Journal de P^cole Polytechnique. Paris.

1795— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C;
Edinb.B.S. ; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; Linn.

Ixv

List of Serial Pablications

S.f.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.;

U.C.L.i.
See Far. J. flc PoL

Par. Os. 8. BIL iSee Par. BU. 8. Off. and Par. 0. as. BU.

Par. Ingm OIt. IKm. M^moires et Gomptes Bendos des Travauz de la Sooi6t6 des Ing^nieurs

Civils. Paris.

1848— B.M.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; P.O.
See Par. BKm. Xn^. OIt.

Par. J. ile. PoL ^e^ Par. ^e. PoL J.

Par. ]Lli. BL Tr. Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes. Laboratoire d'Histologie da

College de France. Travauz. Paris.
1877— B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.
Parma O. 8. BKd. Ohlr. ... Giomale della Society Medioo-Chirurgica di Parma. Parma.

1806—13. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.

Ae. 80. iSe« Par. Ae. 80. BKm.

dal'Z. M^moires de la Classe des Sciences math^matiques et physiques

de PInstitut. Paris.
1798—1815. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.A.S.i.; B.C.Surg.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Par. Km. Xkig. OIt. See Tmx, Jng, Oiw, WSm,

8aT. Atr. M6moires pr^sent^s k PInstitut des Sciences, Lettres et Arts par

divers Savans, et lus dans ses Assemblies : Sciences Math^matiques
et Physiques. Paris.
1806—11. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Glasg.U.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.;
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
M6moires pr^sent^s par divers Savans k PAcad6mie des Sciences de

PInstitut de France. Paris.
1827— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Geol.S.i.;
Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.

8. &. M^moires de la Soci^t^ Linn^nne de Paris. Paris.

1822—27. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.t.; B.S.t.

8. 8aT. M^moires des Soci^t^s Savantes et Litt^raires de la B^publique

Fran^aise. Becueillis et r6dig^s par les Citoyens Prony, etc.
Paris.
1801—02. B.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

B. Ht. BIL Bulletin du Museum d*Histoire Naturelle. Paris.

1895— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S. ; Glasg.P.S.t.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.K.
Par. Bis. B. Ht. Oont. ... Centenaire de la Fondation du Museum d'Hlstoire Naturelle. Paris.

1893. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Par. ICa. B. Ht. Xb&. ... M^moires du Museum d*Histoire Naturelle. Paris.

1815—32. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K,;
U.C.L.
Ht. H. Areli. Nouvelles Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris.

1865— [Continuationof: Archives, etc., 1839 — 61.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.;
Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.
P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.C.
Surg.; B.S.; S.K.t.

VirlL'x f- See Tmr, JL, Ohm,

{Mm,) }

Par. Poidsotaiaa. PV. ... Comity International des Poids et Mesures. Proc^-Yerbaux des

Stances Paris.
1875— Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Glasg.U.t.; M.O.t.;

Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.
Travaux et M^moires du Bureau International des Poids et Mesures.

Paris.
1881— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Comptes Bendus des Stances et M^moires de la Soci^t^ de Biologic.

Paris.

1849— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.;
Dub.B.LA.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.

Ixvi

. *^VAlAWI)«aBWi ^Wm

List of Serial PnblicationB

r. 8. BL (VtfL JaMl.)... Cinquantenaire de la Sooidt^ de Biologie, Yolume Jubilaire. Pans.

1899. Edinb.B.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.

Vmr. 8. O. BU. See Far. BIL 8. C.

Tmx. 8. Oblr. BIL ct Mm. Bulletins et M^moires de la Soci^t^ de Ohimrgie de Paris. Paris.

1875 — [Continuation of: Bulletins, 1851 — 74, and M^moires,
1847—74.] Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.C.Surg.

Far. 84. ]6o. Worm. Stances des Ecoles Normales. Paris.

1800—01. B.S.; U.C.L.

Far. BL 8. Fa. Sluices de la Sooi^t^ FranQaise de Physique. Paris.

1873— B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
See Far. 8. Fa. 8«.

Far. 8b Off. BU. See Far. BU. 8. Off. ami Far. Off. 8. BU.

r. 8.00.0. B. Gompte Bendu des Stances de la Sooi^t^ de G^ographie et de la

Commission Centrale. Paris.
1882— B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.t.;
U.C.L.t.

r. 8. OL BU. Bulletin de la Sooi^t^ G6ologique de France. Paris.

1830— B.M. ; Camb.U.t. ; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M. ; Geol.S. ;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.E.t.;
U.C.L.t.
r. 8. Md. Am. Mm, ... M^moires de la Sooi^t^ M^icale d'Emulation. Paris.

1797—1826. B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.;
B.C.Surg.

r. 8. MCtb. BU. Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Math^matique de France. Paris.

1873— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S. ;
Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.

r. 8b Flilm. BU. 5ee Far. BU. 8. Flilm.

r. 8. Flilm. Km. Oant. M^moires publics par la Soci6t^ Philomathique k Poooasion du

Centenaire de sa Fondation. Paris.
1888. B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.S.

r. 8. Fblm. W. BU. Kouveau Bulletin des Sciences de la Soci^t^ Philomathique de Paris.

Paris.
1807—1813; 1825—26; 1832—33. B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C;

N.H.M.; P.O.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Extraits des Proods-Verbaux des Stances de la Soci^t^ Philomathique.

Paris.
1836—63. N.H.M.; B.S.

8.FB.84. S^ee Far. 84. 8. Fa.

r. T. WaQlL Ao. Fam. ... Pami^tnik Towarzystwa Nauk Soiiriych w Paiyzu. Paris.

1871—82. B.M.; N.H.M.
Notices des Travaux de la Soci^t^ des Amateurs des Sciences

physiques et naturelles de Paris. Paris.
1807—08.
Soci^t^ Agricole, Soientifique, et Litt^raire des Pyr^nees-Orientales.

[M^moires.] Perpignan.
1863. Glasg.P.S.t.

Mittheilimgen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt iiber
wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesajnmtgebiete der
Geographic; Petermann. Gotha.
1855— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.
P.S.t. ; Glasg.U.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B. ;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Mittheilungen [Praotische und kritische Mittheilungen] aus dem
Gebiete der Medicin, Chirurgie, und Pharmacie; Pfaff. Kiel,
Altona.
1832_41. Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.

FAv8« Artih. FL Archiv f tir die gesanmite Physiologic des Menschen und der Thiere ;

Pfltiger. Bonn.
1868— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.;
Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.
FIdlad. Ae. Ht. 8e. J. ... Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Philadelphia.
1817— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.t.;
Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
See FhUad. J. Ac. Ht. 8g.

Ixvii

••.••••

List of Serial Publications

nuiad. JLou Wt. Be. F. ... Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Philadelphia.
1841— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.{.;
£dinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Ozon.B.;
P.O.t.; B.A.S.i.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.

VhUad. OcHJL Ttaa, J. Journal of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. Philadelphia.

1830 — 35. [Continued as: American Journal of Pharmacy, 1836—]

Glasg.P.S.; Pharm.S.; B.C.Surg.
See Vhilad. J. OolL Fhin.
Pliilad. J. Ae. irt. Be. ... <Se« PblUd. Ac. Hi. 8c J.

FbUad. J. 06U. Vbin. See Fbllad. Ooll. Vbin. J.

Fhilad. au. Pa. J The Philadelphia Medical and Physical Journal. Philadelphia.

1804—08. B.M.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.

Phllad. T Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia.

1771— B.M.f.;. Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.i.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.;
B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
See Am. Fb. B. T.

VhiL Tirana. Philosophical Transactions of the Boyal Society of London. London.

1665— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.C.S.;
Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.
S.t.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.;
M.O.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t. ; P.O.;
B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Pharmaceutisches Central-Blatt. Leipzig.

1830 — 49. [Continued as: Chemisch-pharmaceutisches Central-
Blatt, 1850—55.] B.M.; Chem.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Pharm.S.t.;
P.O.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.

, The Philosophical Magazine, or Annals of Chemistry, Mathematics,

Astronomy, Natural History and General Science. London.
1827 — 32. [Continuation of: The Philosophical Magazine... ;
Tilloch, 1798—1826.]
The London, Edinburgh [and Dublin] Philosophical Magazine and

Journal of Science. London.
1832— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.
B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
Glasg.U.; I.CE. ; Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.; IBt.C.Surg.; B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.

FhiB. J. The Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions. London.

1841— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.T.C.t.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.(B.);
Pharm.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.

Fhin. S. BnaaL Pharmaoeutische Zei tschrif t f iir Bussland . St Petersburg.

1862— B.M.; P.O.
See Busd. Fhin. Z.

Fliot.J. The Photographic Journal, including the Transactions of the

Photographic Society of Great Britain. London.
1877 — [Continuation of: The Journal of the Photographic Society
of London, 1854—76.] B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C.t.;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.;
P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Fh. Btod. Philosophische Studien herausgegeben von Wilhelm Wundt.

Leipzig.
1883— Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; B.S.;
U.C.L.

Fbt. Aroli Photographisches Archiv; Journal des allg. Deutschen Photo-

graphen-Vereins. Elberfeld.
1860—97. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.

Flit. Mb. Photographische Monatshef te. Braunschweig.

1862—64. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Fl&t. B. J. Journal of the Photographic Society of London. London.

1853—76. [Continued as: The Photographic Journal, 1877—]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Ixviii

of Serial Publications

Annali delle UniveraiU Toscane. (Parte 2da.) SoienEe Cosmo-

lofl^cliG Pisft
1846^ Camb.U.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.; S.E.i.
Md. Oliir. ... Miscellanea medioo-ohirurglco-farmaceutiohe raocolte in Pisa. ^sa.

1843—44. 01a8g.P.S.i.; Oxon.B.

Nuovo GKomale ob' Letterati. Pisa.

1822—39. B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.
Ffaa 8. To«e. At. {Mm,),., Atti della Society Tosoana di Scienze Naturali residente in Pisa.

Memorie. Pisa.
1876— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dnb.B.I.A.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.
FlMi B. Toao. Jk!L (PV,).., Atti della Society Toscana di Scienze Natorali residente in Pisa.

Processi Verbali. Pisa.
1876— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.T.C; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.
n«lfllaAt.Ae. Atti della B. Accademia Pistojese di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti:

Nfemorie di Matematica e Fisica, per V anno 1816. Pistoja.
1816. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

Plisto. Xa. Le Physiologiste Busse. Moscou.

1898— Olasg.P.S.i.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.
Ptym. X. T Annual Beports and Transactions of the Plymonth Institution and

Devon and Cornwall Natural History Society. Plymouth.
1866— Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; £dinb.B.S.i.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Annalen der Physik und Chemie; Poggendorff, Wiedemann.

Leipzig.
1824—99. [Continuation of: Annalen der Physik; Gilbert, 1799^

1824.] [Continued as: Annalen der Physik; Drude, 1900—]

B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Olasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; LCE.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.(B.); Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.;B.S.;S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See A. Fa. O.

U Poligrafo: Giomale di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti; Orti.. Vezona.
1830—46. B.M.; Oxon.B.

IPoOiA. Annali di Chimica; Polli. Milano.

1846—97. [Continued as: Annali di Farmacoterapia e Chimica,
. 1898—] B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Chem.S.t.; Pharm.S.i.; P.O.i.
See A. di O.
Jahresberioht der Pollichia, eines Naturwissensohaftliohen Vereins

der Bheinpfalz. Durkheim a. d. Haardt.
1843— Camb.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.
Polyteohnische Mittheilungen, unter Mitwirkung von Professoren

hoherer technischer Lehranstalten. Tubingen.
1844—46. B.M.; B.S.
Popular Astronomy. Northfield, Minnesota.
1894— B.M.; Olasg.U.; B.A.S.; S.E.

The Popular Science Beview: a Quarterly Miscellany of enter-
taining and instructive articles on Scientific Subjects ; Samuelson.

London.
1861—81. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U.i.;

Geol.M.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; LCE.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.i.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.; S.K.
T»a¥. 0L Oom. Comnmnicapoes da CommissiKo dos Trabalhos Geologicos de Portugal.

Lisboa.
1883 — 92. [ConHnued €Lt : CommunicaQdesdaDirec^So, etc.,1896^]

B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Olasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.i.; B.S.
Prace Matematyczno-Fizyczne. Warsaw.
1888— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.i.; Math.S.;

B.S.i.
The Practitioner. London, Paris, New York, Melbourne.
1868— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.i.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i.;

B.C.Surg.
Abhandlungen der k. Bdhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.

Prag.
1786—1892. B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A.i.; Edinb.

B.S.i.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Qxon.B.; B.CSurg.i.;

B.S.i.; S.E.i.
See

VOL. III. Ixix e

List of Serial Publications

Arms d»rti< Ak. Fr. Jos. Pam4tn(k na oslavu padesitilet^no panovnlck^ho jabilea jeho

Vam. veliSenstva cisaife a kr&le Frantiska Josefa I. Yydala 6esk&

Akademie Cisa^e FrantiAka Josefa pro VMy, Slovesnost a Umeni.
[Memoirs in honour of the jubilee of his Imperial and Boyal
Nfajesty Franz Joseph I. Edited by the Imperial Bohemian
Franz-Joseph Academy of Sciences, Literature and Art.] Praze
(Prag).
1898. Gamb.P.S.; N.H.M.
Trmg dMk^ Ak. Fr. Jos. Bozprawy Oesk^ Akademie Cisafe FrantiSka Josefa pro Yidj,
Ss> Slovesnost a Um&ii. [Memoirs of tibe Imperial Bohemian Franz-
Joseph Academy of Sciences, Literature and Art.] Prag.
1891— B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.i.; U.C.L.t.
Tmg Fr. Jos. Ae. 8c. BU. Academic des Sciences de I'Empereur Francois Joseph I {deskk

{Mth, Nt,) Akademie Cisafe Frantiska Josefa I). Bulletin Internationa].

B^um^ des Travaux pr^nt^s. Sciences Math^matiques et
Naturelles. Prag.
1897— Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.t.

Fras flb. Sitzungsberichte der k. Bdhmischen Gesellsohaf t der Wissenschaften

in Prag. Prag.
1869— Gamb.P.S.; Oamb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.
B.S.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Frac ^mdhTm Vierteljahrschrlft fdr die praktische Heilkunde; herausg. von der

Medicinischen Facultat in Prag. Prag.
1844—79. [Continued at: Zeitschrift fur Heilkunde, 1880— ] B.M.;
Camb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.

Verhandlungen des Yereins f iir Naturkunde zu Presburg. Presburg.

1856— B.M.; Camb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;
B.S.t.

Presse Scientifique des Deux Mondes. Paris.

1860—66. B.M.; B.S.t.

PhysikalskeMeddelelser; Amdtsen. Christiania.

1858.

The Physical Beview. New York, London, Berlin.

1894— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.C.S.; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.

PhysiluJische Zeitschrift. Leipzig.

1899— Camb.P.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Obs. Pb. Publicationen des Astrophysikalisohen Obseiratoriums zu Potsdam.

Potsdam. . .

1878— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S. •

, Publications de PObservatoire Central Nicolas. St.-P6tersbourg.

1893^ [Continuatian of: Observations de Poulkova, 1869^91.]
Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.I.A. ; Edinb.B.S.t. ; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.A.S. ;
B.S.t.

QJ.IIer. fle. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science; Lankestef and Busk.

Iiondon.
1853— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.

Dub.B.C.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.

Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.

P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
See J. Xer. So. and Xer. J.

QJ. Mth. The Quarterly Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics. London.

1865— B.M-; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.T.C. ;

Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; I.CB.t.; Math.

S.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Qj. Be. The Journal of Science and the Axts; edited at the Boyal Institution

of Great Britain. London.
1816—19.

Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature and Arts. London.
1819—30. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Chem.S. ; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;

Glasg.U.t. ; I.CE. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; B.C.Snrg.;

B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Qj. 0e. TheQuarterlyJoumalof Science [and Annals of Mining...]. London.

1864—78. [Continued as: The Journal of Science, etc., 1879—85.]

B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Bdinb.B.8.;

Ixx

List of Serial Publications

Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.i.; M.O.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; R.A.S.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.

QoiMnflL B. 8. P. The Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Queensland. Brisbane.

1884— B.M. ; Camb.P.S. ; Dub.B.I.A. ; Edinb.R.S. ; Geol.S. ;
Glaag.P.S.i. ; I.CE.i. ; Linn.S.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; P.O.i.;
B.G.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.

QiMk. Xer. OL J. Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. London.

1868— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.(R.); P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

QatMlAt Cor. BItli. Correspondance Math^matique et Physique; publi6e par BiM.

Gamier et Quetelet. Gand, Bruxelles.
1826—39. B.M.; Camb.U.; B.A.S.i.; R.S.; U.C.L.

XallToad * Bus. J. The Railroad and Engineering Journal. New York.

1887 — 92. [Continuation of: Van Nostrand's Engineering Magazine,
1869 — 85.] [Continued at: American Engineer and Riulroad
Journal, 1893—] B.M.; I.CE.; P.O.

An. Os* Annuario geografico Italiano ; Ranuzzi. Bologna.

1844—45. B.M.; Camb.U.; R.Geogr.S.

QfL Xt. Rassegna delle Scienze Geologiche in Italia. Roma.

1892. B.M.».; Camb.U.; Geol.M.t.; N.H.M.t.; R.S.t.; U.C.L.
Reoherches Chronom^triques ; public sous la direction da Ministre

de la Marine. Paris.
1854— R.S.f.
Kosmos : Zeitschrift f iir angewandte Naturwissensohaften ; Reclam*

Leipzig.
1857—60. B.M.; R.A.S.t.

(Xoflooa) Recueil math^matique. Public par la Soci6t^ Math6matique de

Moscou. [In Russian.] Moscou.
1866— R.S.

Tr. O. F.-Baa Recueil des Travaux Chimiques des Pays-Bas [et de la Belgique].

Leide.
1882— Camb.P.S.; Chem.S.; P.O.; S.K.
, Archiv fur Anatomic, Physiologic, und Wissenschaftliche Medioin;
Miiller, Reichert, Da Bois-Reymond. Berlin.
1834 — 76. [Continuation of: Archiv fiir Anatomie and Physiologie,
1826—32.] [Continued <u: Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie,
1877—] B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.t. ; Glasg.U. ;
N.H.M.; Ox<m.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.
See JLtohm An. PL and afttller Aroh.
Annales de PAcad^mie de Reims. Reims.

1842-43. [Continuedag: Stances etc., 1844— ] B.M. ; Glasg.P.S.t.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.S.

84. Ac Stances et Travaux de 1* Academic de Reims. Reims.

1844— [ConHnuation of: Annales, etc., 1842—48.] B.M.i.;
N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.

B4p. O. ApvL Repertoire de Chimie appliqu6. Paris.

1859-63. Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; Pharm.S.t.;
R.S.

Papers on subjects connected with the duties of the Corps of Royal

Engineers. London.

1843— Camb.U.; Geol.M.t.; I.CE.; P.O.t.; S.E.i.
r«atplud. 8b. ... Sitzungsberichte der Niederrheinischen Gesellschaft fdr Natur- and

Heilkunde zu Bonn. Bonn.
1854— B.M.i.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.R.D.S.t.; Dub.R.I.A.t.; Edinb.

R.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; R.S.t.; S.K.
See Bonn lfl«dr. Cta. 8b.
Verhandlansen des Naturhistorischen Vereins der Preussisohen

Rheinlanae, Westfalens and des Reg.-Bezirks Osnabrilck. Bonn.

1844— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.t.; Dub.R.I.A.t.; Edinb.R.S.t.;
Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; R.C.Sarg.i.; R.S.t.; S.K.

See Bonn HB. Vt. Vb. and Bonn Vb. HB. TTr.

MIL Vr* Arbeiten des Naturf orsohenden Vereins in Riga. Rudolstadt.

1848. Camb. U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.fl.M.; R.S.

BL Correspondenzblatt des Naturforscher- Vereins zu Riga. Riga.

1846— B.M.; Dub.R.LA.t.; N.H.M.; R.S.t.
X, J*. Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. London.

Ixxi e 2

List of Serial Publications

XioObikST.

At. W. Une..

BlLlbt.

sr. Une. At.

molH J.

1802—03; 1880^31. Gamb.U.t.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.

B.S.t.; Gteol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.i.;

N.H.M.i.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.i.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Siixg,;

B.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.
Bevista do Observatorio. PublicaQio Mensal do Imperial Observatorio

do Bio de Janeiro. Bio de Janeiro.
1886—91. I>ab.B.D.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.i.; M.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.
X.F. Notice of the Proceedings at the meetings of the members of the

Boyal Institution, with Abstracts of £e Discourses delivered at

the Evening Meetings. London.
1851— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Chem.S. ; Dub.B.I.A. ; Dub.T.C. ;

Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.i.;

Linn.S. ; M.O. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S. ; P.O.; B.A.S. ;

B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.
Atti dell' Accademia Pontificia de* Nuovi Lincei. Boma.
1847— B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.t.;

N.H.M.; Ozon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.GeQgr.S.t.; B.S.
^See mm. H. xaao. At.

Atti della Beale Accademia dei Lincei. Boma.
1870—83. B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.t.; Ghem.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.;

Dub.B.I.A.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; MaUi.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.G.L.i.
See Bm. B. Ae« Une. At.
Bullettino Meteorologioo dell* Osservatorio del Gollegio Bomano.

Boma.
1862 — 78. [Contintied at : Pontificia University Gregoriana, 1879 — }

Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; M.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; U.G.L.t.
Gorrispondenza Scientifica in Boma per Tavanzamento deUe

Scienze, etc. Boma.
1848—69.
See Bm. 8e. Gor.
See Bm. At.

Memorie della Pontificia Accademia dei Nuovi Lincei. Boma.
1887— Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; EdinbJt.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.
See Bm. At. B. Ae.
Atti della B. Accademia dei Lincei. Memorie della Glasse di Sciense

fisiche, matematiche e natural!. Boma.
1877— B.M.t.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U. ; Ghem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.t. ;

Edinb.B.S. ; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Ghisg.U. ; I.GE.t. ;

Linn.S.; Math.S.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t. ;

B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.E.; U.G.L.
Atti della B. Accademia dei Lincei. Bendiconti. Boma.
1885— [Conttntiatumo/: Transunti, 1877— 84.] B.M. ; Gamb.P.S.;

Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Dub.T.G.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.;

I.GE.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B. A. S.;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.G.L.

Ae.Une.T. Atti della B. Accademia dei Lincei. Transunti. Boma*

1877—84. [Canttnii^a<: Bendiconti. 1885— ] B.M. ; Gamb.P.S.;

Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.

S.t.; Glasg.U.; I.GE.t.; Linn.S.; Math.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.G.L.
See Bm. Oor. Se.
Memorie di Matematica e di Fisica della Society Italiana deUe

Scienze. Napoli, Boma.
1782— B.M.t.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t.;

Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.G.Suig.t.; B.S.;

S.K.t.; U.G.L.t.
See Kod. Bbn. 8., Mod. 0. Zt. Bbn., and Verona Bbn. «. Zt.
Pubblicazioni della Specola Vaticana. Boma, Torino.
1891— Glasg.U.t.; M.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.
Annali dell* Ufficio Gentrale di Meteorologia Italiana [Uffioio

Gentrale Meteorologico e Geodinamico Italiano]. Boma.
1880^ M.O.; B.A.S.t.
Journal de TAnatomie et de la Physiologic normales et pathologiques

de 1* Homme et des Animaux; Bobin. Paris.
1864— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.t. ; Gamb.U.; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.U.t.;

N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.G.Suig.; B.S.; S.K.; U.G.L.t.

Ixxii

Bm.8.Zt.

Bm- Spee. Vat. Fli. .
Vft Oentr. Met.

last of Serial Publications

(W. T.) Aa. Proceedings of the Rochester Academy of Sciences. Bochester, N.T.

I. P. 1890— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.;

U.C.L.i.
v. lV1uid«rlloii Arohi V fur Physiologische Heilkonde ; Boser , Wonderlich , Griesinger .

Stuttgart.

1842—59. [Continiied (M : AichivderHeilkunde, 1860^78.] B.M.;
Gamb.U.; Olasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.i.; B.G.Surg.; B.S.; U.G.L.

Nieuwe VerhandeUngen van het Bataafsch Genootschap der Proef on-

dervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Botterdam. Botterdam.
1800— B.M.f.; Gamb.U.t.; Ghem.S.i.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.i.;
Glasg.U.t.; I.GE.t.; Oxon.B.; B.G.Surg.t.; B.S.

, Precis analytique des Travaux de 1' Academic des Sciences, Belles-

Lettres, et Arts de Bouen. Bouen.
1804— B.M. ; Gamb.U.; Dub.B.I.A. ; Dub.T.G. ; N.H.M.i. ;

Oxon.B.; B.S.i.
See XovMn Tr. Ae.

BO. Bm ikakm Bulletins [des travaux] de la Sooi^t6 Libre d'Emulation de Bouen.

Bouen.
1837— B.M.; Oxon.B.

BeaMi S. fla BU. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ des Amis des Sciences Naturelles de Bouen.

Bouen.
1875— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.

XoiMnTr. Ae. £»ee Xouan Ao. Tr.

Z. WUit. A. Annales de Plnstitut M^t^rologique de Boumanie. Buoarest, Paris.

1886— B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.; M.O.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.t.
O. Bepertorium der Analjtischen Ghemie fiir Handel, Gewerbe und

6£fentliche Gesundsheitspflege. Hamburg, Leipzig.
1881 — 87. [Contintied as : Zeitschrift fiir die Ghemische Industrie,
1887.] Ghem.S.; P.O.

Bepertorium der literarischen Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der reinen

und angewandten Mathematik. Leipzig.
1877—79. Gamb.U.; B.S.

Bepertorium fiir die Pharmacie ; Gehlen. NtLmberg.

1815—51. B.M.; Gamb.U.; Edinb.U.; Kmrm.S.; B.O.Surg.; B.S.

Bepertorium der Physik. Enthaltend eine vollstandige Zusammen-

stellung der neuem Fortschritte dieser Wissenschaft. Berlin.
1837—49. Ghem.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; P.O.; B;S:; "S.K.; U.G.L.

O. Tm, Si J. Journal of the Bussian Ghemical Society and of the Physical Society

of the Imperial University of St. Petersburg. [In Bussian.]

St. Petersburg.

1873—78. [Continuation of: Journal of the Bussian Ghemical
Society, 1869—72.] [Continued as: Joumad of tiie Bussian
Physico-Ghemical Society, etc., 1879 — ] Gamb.P.S.t.; Ghem.S.;
Edinb.B.S.i.; N.H.M.

0. S. J. Journal of the Bussian Ghemical Society. [In Bussian.] St. Peters-
burg.

1869 — 72. [Continued as: Journal of the Bussian Ghemical Society
and of the Physical Society of the Imperial University of St. Peters-
burg, 1873—78.] Gamb.P.S.i.; Ghem.S.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Glasg.
P.S.i.; N.H.M.

1. F. Abstracts of the papers printed in the Philosophical Transactions

of the Boyal Society of London from 1800 to 1848. London.

1832—43.

Abstracts of the papers communicated to the Boyal Society of

London from 1843 to 1854. London; 1851-54.
Proceedings of the Boyal Society of London. London.
1856— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.i. ;

Dub.B.G.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.G.; Edinb.B.S.;

Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.GE.;

Linn.S.i. ; Math.S.i. ; M.O. ; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.; Oxon.B. ;

Pharm.S.i.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.G.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.;

U.G.L.
J. Journal of the Bussian Physico-Ghemical Society of the Imperial

University of St Petersburg. [In Bussian.] St Petersburg.
1879 — [Continuation of: Journal of the Bussian Ghemical Society,

etc., 1869—78.] Gamb.P.S.i.; Ghem.S.; Edinb.B.S.i.; N.H.M.
Yearbook of the Boyal Society of London. (Biography 1900.)

Ixxiii

List of Serial Publications

8. Sp. Reports of the Bugbj School Natural History Society. Bogby.

1867— Geol.S.i.; M.O.; N.H.M.; R.A.S.; S.K.t.

B Pharmaceutische Zeitschrif t f iir Bussland. St. Petersburg.

1862— B.M.; P.O.
See Finn. Z. BqML

St. AztL Bevue d*Artillerie. Paris, Nancy.

, 1872— B.M.; LCE.; P.O.

&▼• BrasiL Bevista Brazileira, Jomal de Scienoias, Ijettras e Artes; Oliveira.

Bio de Janeiro.
1867—61. B.M.; N.H.M.; B.S.i.

B.T. Bt. Bevue de Botanique. Bulletin Mensuel de la Soci6t^ Fran^aise de

Botanique. Courrensan, Toulouse.
1882—96. Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; Pharm.S.t.

Bt. Oooxs 80. Bevue des Gours Soientifiques de la France et de P^tranger; Eog.

Tung et Em. Alglave. Paris.
1863—70. [Continued (u: Bevue Scientifique, etc., 1871— ] B.M.;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.G.Surg.;
B.S.f S.K.

Bt. Mn. Bt. Bevue O^nerale de Botanique. Paris.

1889— B.M.; Camb.U.; Olasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
S.K.; U.C.L.
Bt. Off . It. Bivista Oeografica Italiana. Boma.

1893— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.
Bt. It. 80. irt. 8iMia Bivista Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Siena.

1889— [Continuation of: Bollettino del Natnralista, 1881—88.]
Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.

! Bevue maritime et coloniale. Paris.
1861— B.M.; I.GE.i.; M.O.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.G60gr.S.f.

Or. Bivista di Mineralogia e Gristallografia Italiana. Padova.

1887— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; S.K.

Bivista di Matematica. Torino.

1891 — 96. [Continued cu: Bevue de Math^matiques, 1896—]
Gamb.U.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

Bevue de Math6matiques. Turin.

1896 — [Continuation of: Bivista di Matematica, 1891 — 95.]
Gamb.U.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

Bt. QiMst. 8e. Bevue des Questions Scientifiques, publi^e par la Sooi6t6 Scientifique

de BruxeUes. Louvain, Paris.
1877— B.M.; N.H.M.; S.K.t.

Bt. 8e. Bevue scientifique et industrielle ; Quesneville. Paris.

1840—62. B.M.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.t.; Oxon.B.i.; S.K.

Bt. 80. La Bevue Scientifique de la France et de TEtranger. Paris.

1871 — [Continuation of: Bevue des Gours Scientifiques, etc.,
1863—70.] B.M.; Gamb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.i.; B.G.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.

Bt. 8e.-ZBd. Bivista Scientifico-Industriale delle principiJi scoperte ed invenzioni

fatte nelle scienze e nelle Industrie. Firenze.
1869— P.O.

Bt. 8p«r. FMnlatr. Bivista Sperimentale di Freniatria e di Medioina legale. Beggio*

Emilia.
1876— B.G.Surg.

Bt. Trim. Morgr- Bevista Trimestral Microgr&fica. Organo del Laboratorio Histol6gioo

de la Facultad de Medicina de Madrid. Madrid.
1896— B.S.

Bt. VB. BUiMS Bevue Universelle des Mines, de la M^tallurgie, etc.; de Guyper.

Paris, Li^ge.
1867— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.;

I.GE.i.; N.H.M.; P.O.; S.K.
See Cuypw Bt. Vn.

.0. aita.8. J. The Journal of the Ghemical and Metallurgical Society of South

Africa. Johannesburg.
1898— Gamb.P.S.; Ghem.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; P.O.; S.K.i.
. O. MtL 8. F. The Proceedings of the Ghemical and Metallurgical Society of South

Africa. Johannesburg, Edinburgh, New York.

1894— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; P.O.;
S.K.

Ixxiv

List of Serial Publications

The Transactions of the Soath African Philosophical Society. Gape
Town.

1878— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.i.; Chem.S.; Edinb.B.S.;
Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ;
Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.8.; S.E.

QJ. The South African Quarterly Journal; edited at the African Insti*

tution. Gape Town.
1830—35. B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.Geogr.S.t.
ktlaso dm Olilto Vn. A. Anales de la Universidad de Ghile. Santiago de Ghile.

1843— B.M.t.; Dub.T.G.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.t.;
B.Geogr.S.t.

■arflM A. BIL Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d*Agriculture, etc., de la Sarthe. Le Mans.

1833- B.S.t.

Transactions and Proceedings and Beport of the Boyal Society of
South Australia. Adelaide.

1879— Gamb.P.S.t.; Gamb.U.t.; Ghem.S.t.; Dub.B.l.A.t.; Edinb.
B.S.; Geol.S.; LGE.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.A.S.;
B.G.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.

(M^moires de la Soci^t^ Acad6mique de Savoie. Ghamb6ry.

{ 1826— Gamb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.G.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.t.

\see

Vt.BlL Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d*Histoire Naturelle de Savoie. Ghamb^xy.

1860—63; 1887— Geol.S.t.; N.H.M.

Science Abstracts. Physics and Electrical Elngineering. London.

1898— Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.P.S.; l.GE. ; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t. ; B.S. ; S.K. ;

U.G.L.

€l0> KS- The Scottish Geographical Magazine. Edinburgh .

1886— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Dub.T.G.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; LGE.t.; M.O.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; U.G.L.
Neue Zeitschrift filr speculative Physik ; Schelling. Tubingen.
1802. [CarUinuationof: Zeitschrift, 1800— 01.] B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

B.S.
Zeitschrift fur speculative Physik ; Schelling. Jena, Leipzig.
1800—01. [CotUtnuedof: Neue Zeitschrift, 1802.] B.M.; Gamb.U.;

Oxon.B.; B.S.

J. O. Allgemeines Journal der Ghemie ; Scherer. Leipzig.

1798—1802. [Continued as: Neues Allgemeines Journal etc.,

1803—06.] B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.
V. D Neue Denkschriften der aUgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft

fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften. NeuchAtel, Zurich, etc.
1837— B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.l.A.t.;

Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.G.Surg.t.;

B.S.; S.K.
See Ziir. IT. D. Bob. Oa.
Verhandlungen der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten

Naturwissenschaften. Aarau, etc.
1823— B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.;

N.H.M.; B.G.Surg.t.; B.S.; S.K.
See Aet. 8. SelT., At. 8. BiTat. and Sell. Kt, Cta. Vli.
Schriften des Naturwissenschaftlichen Yereins fiir Schleswig-

Holstein. Kiel.
1873— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.

B. Zeitschrift fiir Mathematik und Physik ; Schlomilch . Leipzig.

1866— B.M.; Gamb.U.; Dub.N.L.Li.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.;

Dub.T.G.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.S.;

S.K.; U.G.L.t.
See Z. Mth. Tm,

Q. V. T. The School of Mines Quarterly. New York.

1879— B.M.t.; Glasg.P.S.; LGE t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; S.K.t.

SelL Mi, Os. Vli. See Act. 8. EMIT., At. 8. BlT«t. and Bth. Oa. Vh.

Schweizerische polytechnische Zeitschrift; Bolley. Winterthur.

1866—70. B.M.; l.GE.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.t.

Berigten en Verhandelingen over eenige onderwerpen des Zeevaarts ;

Schrdder. Amsterdam.
1823—26. BJ^.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Ixxv

last of Serial Publications

liiflitiinacihT Jkm. Ab. AstronomiBohe Abhandlungen ; Schumacher. Altona.

1823—25. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; B.A.S.; B.S.

9h. Jahrbuch (astronomisches) ; Schumacher. Stuttgart, Tiibingen.

1836—44. Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.; B.S.i.;
U.C.L.

B. Denkschriften der Schwabisohen Gesellsohaft der.. Aente und

Naturforscher. Tilbingen.
1805. N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.

J. Journal f iir Chemie und Physik ; Schweigger . N&mbeig.

1811—33. B.M.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.; S.K.
Science. Cambridge, liiass., and New Tork.

1883— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.f.; I>ub.B.C.S.».; Edinb.
B.S.; Edinb.U.f.; Oeol.S.t.; aiaflg.P.S.t.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.t.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.Oeogr.S.; S.K.

■.CLXII.J. The Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry. Manchester,

London.
1882— Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.L; Dub.B.C.S.; I>ub.B.D.S.;
Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.i.; Geol.M.t.; Qlasg.U.t.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.t.;
Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

a. F. Jli T. Proceedings and Transactions of the Scottish Microscopical Society.

Edinburgh.
1889— Camb.P.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edmb.U.; Olasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.;

B.S.t.

8. J. Journal of the Scottish Meteorological Society. Edinburgh,

London.

1864— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t. ;
Glasg.P.S.; Qlasg.U.t.; M.O.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.«.;
B.S.t.; S.K.t.

fle. flb arts T Transactions of the Boyal Scottish Society of Arts. Edinburgh.

1841— B.M.t.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
See Bdlnli. 8e. 8. arts P. and Bdl&li. T. Be. a Artik
a Dyers OoL J. The Journal of the Society of Dyers and Colourists. Bradford , Torks .

1884— Chem.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.; S.K.
... M^moires de la Soci^td des Sciences Naturelles de Seine et Oise.

Versailles.
1835— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.; S.K.

J. Japb Seismological Journal of Japan. Tokohama.

1893 — ^95. [Continuation of: Transactions of the Seismological
Society of Japan, 1880—92.] B.M. ; Camb.U.t.; Dnb.B.LA. ;
Geol.M.; Geol.S.; LCE.; B.A.S.t.; B.Oeogr.S.; B.S.
... Bericht iiber die Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft
in Frankfurt am Main. Frankfurt a. M.
1868— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.
r.a. Anales del Instituto y Observatorio de Marina de San Fernando.
San Fernando.
1883— Camb.P.S.t.; M.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.t.
... The Sidereal Messenger. Northfield, Minn.

1883—91. [Continued at: Astronomy and Astrophysics, 1892 — 94.]
B.M.; B.A.S.; S.K.t.
... Atti delP Accademia delle Scienze di Siena detta de' Fisio-critioi.
Siena.
1761— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t. ; Dub.T.C.t.; N.H.M.t.;
Oxon.B.; B.C.Suig.t.; B.S.t.

iiMwi J. The American Journal of Science and Arts; SiUiman. New Haven.

1818— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t.;
Dub.B.C.S.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.;
Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.
See Am. J. Be.

HfLF /Fdrhandlingar vid det af Skandinaviska Naturforsluure och Llikare

irt.li^r. hlllna Mote Gdtheborg, etc.

irt.lKM.F. ' Forhandlingeme ved de Skandinaviske NaturforBkere6...Mi0de....

Gdtheborg, etc.
U839— B.M.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.t.

Ixxvi

••• <

List of Serial Publications

muMhm.1,

OoL

■.F.

flp«t.Xt.

Of. Smithsonian Contribntions to Knowledge. Washington.

1848— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Ghem.S.; Dab.T.C; Edinb.
B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.t.; Oeol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.i.;
I.CE.; Linn.S.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.i.;
B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.E.; U.C.L.t.

Annals of the Astrophysioal Observatoiy of the Smithsonian Instita-

tion. Washington.
1900— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U. ; Chem.S.; Edinb.B.S. ;

Glasg.P.S.i.; I.CE.; M.O.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Washington.

1862— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.
B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.;
I.CE.; Linn.S.; M.O.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.i.;
B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

Annual Beport of the Board of Begents of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution. Washington.

1846— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.;
Geol.M.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.i.; Math.S.t.;
M.O.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; Pharm.S.t.; P.O.i.;
B.A.S.i.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.i.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

Somersetshire Archadologioal and Natural EUstory Society's Pro-
ceedings. Taunton.

1849— B.M. ; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A. ; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.;
Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B. i.; B.S.i.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

Lo Sperimentale. Giomale oritico di Medioina e Chirurgia. Firenze.

1858—79.

Lo Sperimentale. Giomale Italiano di Scienze Mediche. Firenze,

Siena.
1879— Edinb.U.i.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.
Memorie della Societd degli Spettroscopisti Italiani, raocolte e

pubblicate per cura del Prof. P. Tacchini. Palermo.
1872— B.M.i.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.i.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.
See FalMrmo Bbii. Spot. Zt.
Commentarii di Medicina ; Spongia. Padova.
1836-37. Glasg.P.S.i.
Bericht des Geognostisch-Montanistischen Yereines fiir Steiermark.

Gratz.
ia52— 63. Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.; S.K.
Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftliohen Vereins fiir Steiermark.

Gratz.

1863— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.;
Linn.S.i.; M.O.i.; N.H.M.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.

See Orats SKt. WW. V^. 8tei«nii.

) Bulletin de la Society de I'Industrie min6rale. St. Etienne.
J1865— LCE.; P.O.i.; S.K.i.
Entomologische Zeitung; herausg. v. d. Entomologischen Yereine

zu Stettin. Stettin.
1840— B.M.; Camb.U.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.

Bericht Uber die Thatigkeit der St. Gallischen Naturwissenschaft-
liohen Gesellschaft. St. Gallen.
I860— N.H.M.; B.S.i.

The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. St. Louis.

1856— B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.;

Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.i.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

BBdL f Kongliga Svenska Yetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar . Stockholm.

BBdL 1 1739— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.;

I Edinb.B.S.i.; Geol.S.i.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.i.;
{ N.H.M.; B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.

IBihang till Kongl. Svenska Yetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar.
Stockholm.
1872— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
Geologiska Fdreningens i Stockholm Fdrhandlingar. Stockholm.
1872— B.M.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; U.C.L.i.
6f^. Ofversigt af Kongl. Yetenskaps-Akademiens Fdrhandlingar. Stock-
holm.

Ixxvii

iht, Bn. S. In.

D. Xtff.

0C &oala Ac T.

BndLBli.

moekb. OL r dr. F .

List of Serial Fablications

1844— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.; Chem.S.i.; 0ab.B.I.A.;

Edinb.B.S.f. ; Geol.S. ; Olasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Liim.S.i.;

N.H.M.; Ozon.B.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.
Btofikli. Vt. Ak. Xi«fti. ... Lefnadsteckningar dfver Kongl. Svenska Yetenskaps Akademien...

ledamdter. Stockholm.
1869— Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edmb.B.S.; G«ol.S.; Glaeg.P.B.;

Linn.S.t.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.
St. T4it, Aie. acm. M6moire8 de PAcad^mie Imp!^riale des Soienoes de St. P^tersbomg.

St. P^tersbourg.
1803— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dnb.B.D.S.;

Dub.B.I.A. ; Dub.T.C. ; Edinb.B.S. ; Edinb.U. ; Geol.M.i. ;

Geol.S. t.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B. ; P.O.t. ; B.C.Surg.t. ; B.Geogr.S.i. ; B.S. ; S.K.t. ;

U.C.L.i.
See Bt. F^ Ae. Be. Bbn. and Bt. V4t. Mm.
8t.F^ Ae. Be. BU. Bulletin Scientifique public par l'Acad6mie Imp^riale des Soienoes

de St. P^tersbourg. St. Pdtersbourg.
1836—42.
Bulletin de la Classe Physico-math^matique de PAcad^mie Imp^riale

des Sciences de St. P^tersbourg. St. P^tersbourg, Leipzig.
1843—69.
Bulletin de PAcad^mie des Sciences de St. P^tersbouig. St. P^ters-

bourg.
1860— B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A. ;

Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.i.;

B.S.; S.K.
See Bt. F^ BIL Ae. Be.

Bt. Pit. Ae. Be. mm. See Bt. Fit. Ae. Bbn. and Bt. F^t. Bbn.

Bt. Fet. Ae. Be. Bbn. (Rs») Memoirs of the Imperial Academy of Soienoe. [In Bussian.]

St. Petersburg. [Not the same as Bt. Fit. Ae. Bbn.]
1862—94. B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.
Bt. Fet. Ae. Be. ir. Aeta. . . Nova Acta Academiea Scientiarum Imperialis PetropolitansB. Petropoli.

1783-1802. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.i.; B.C.Suig.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Bt; F^ BIL Ae. Be. ) r,

Bt. Fit. Oom. OL BU. ... Bulletins du Comite Gtologique. St. P^tersbourg.

1883— Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.t'.;
B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.
Bt. Fet. Md. H^aelir. St. Petersburger Medicinisohe Wochensohrift. St. Petersburg.

1876— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.i.; B.C.Surg.

Bt! Fit! £&! Ae^ iie | 'S^^* ■*• ^P**- A«- ■■«•«'"*■*•'**• •^«- ■«•

Bt. Fit. Bbn. BaT. ^tr. . . . Memoires pr^sent^s k P Academic Imp^riale des Sciences de St. Piters-

bourg par divers Savans. St. P^tersbourg.
1831—59. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

Bt. Fet. BCb. Qm, Vh. Verhandlungen der Bussisch-Eaiserlichen Mineralogisohen G^esell-

schaft zu St. Petersburg. St. Petersburg.
1842— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Geol.M.i.;
Geol.S.; N.H.M.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.i.; U.C.L.i.

Bt. Qnent. A. Annales Agricoles du d^partement de P Aisne, publi^es par la Sociiti

des Sciences, Arts, Belles-Lettres et Agrioulture de St. Quentin.
St. Quentin.
1831—42.
Annales Scientifiques, Agricoles et Industrielles du dipartement de

PAisne (Soci^t^ Acad^mique de Saint Quentin). St. Quentin.
1844—55? B.M.; Oxon.B.i.; B.S.i.

Bt. Qoent. Bbn. Memoires de la Soci^t^ des Sciences, Arts, Belles-Lettres et Agrioulture

de la ville de St. Quentin. St. Quentin.
1831— B.M.; B.S.i.

Btraeb. J. B. Be Journal de la Soci^ti des Sciences, Agrioulture et Arts, du d^parte-

ment du Bas-Bhin. Strasbourg.
1824—28. [Continuation of: Memoires, etc., 1811—23.] B.M.;

Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.
See Btraab. B. Be. J.

Ixxviii

List of Serial Publications

St. Tltom. Soq^. Xp..

S. B. Ht. ... [M^moires de la Soci^t^ des Sciences Natorelles de Strasbourg*

B. Be Strasbourg.

Btrmtfb. B. B. Vt. Mm. ... ' 1830—70. B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Geol.S.i.;

\ N.H.M.; R.S.; S.K.i.

Btrmifti. B. Be. BU. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ des Sciences Naturelles de Strasbourg.

Strasbourg.
1868—70. B.M.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.t.

BtraMk B.mc9. See Btmmh, J. B. Be.

•timeli. B. Be. Bbn. M^moires de la Soci^t^ des Sciences, Agriculture et Arts de

Strasbourg. Strasbourg.
1811—23. [Continued as: Journal, etc., 1824—28.] Camb.U.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.

Bt. Bp. Ac- It. Le Stazioni Sperimentali Agrarie Italiane. Torino, Boma, Firenze,

Asti, Modena.
1872— B.M.t.; Chem.S.t.; B.S.t.
•• St. Thomas's Hospital Beports. London.

1836; 1870— Camb.U.; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Glasg.U.t.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.; U.C.L.t.
The Student and Intellectual Observer of Science, Literature, and

Art. London.
1868—71. [CorUimtation of: The Intellectual Observer, 1862—68.]
B.M.; Camb.U.; Oeol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.A.S.; S.K.
.. Annals of Electricity, Magnetism, and Chemistry; and Guardian of
Experimental Science ; Sturgeon. London.
1836—43. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.U.t.;
I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.
... Proceedings and Transactions of the South Wales Institute of
Engineers. Merthyr Tydfil, Swansea, Cardiff.
1867— B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.; P.O.;
S.K.; U.C.L.t.
,.. The Annual Beport of the Council of the Boyal Institution of South
Wales, with Appendix of Original Papers on Scientific Subjects.
Swansea.
1839— B.M.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; B.S.t.
Symons*s Monthly Meteorological Magazine. London.
1866-- Camb.U.; LCE.; M.O.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.

\ Z. B. F.

LSp.,

B. K. Wot. /Monthly Notices of Papers and Proceedings of the Boyal Society

B.F. of Tasmania. Hobart.

1863— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edmb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.;

Linn.S.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Gkeogr.S.t.;
I B.S.; S.K.t.
Scientific Memoirs, selected from the Transactions of Foreign

Academies and Learned Societies and from Foreign Journals;

Taylor. London.
1837—^2. B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.;

Glasg.U.; I.CE.; Linn.S.t.; M.O.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.(B.);

P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

8. J. Journal of the Society of Telegraph Engineers. London.

1872—89. [Continued as: Journal of the Institution of Electrical

Engineers, 1890—] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.T.C.t.;

LCE.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

J. The Telegraphic Journal and Electrical B>eview. London.

1872—91. [Continued as: The Electrical Beview, 1892—] B.M.;

Edinb.U.i.; Glasg.P.S.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.;

S.K.
Zeitschrift des Deutsch-Oesterreichischen Telegraphen-Vereins.

Herausg. in dessen Auftrage von der E. Preuss. Telegraphen-

Direction. Berlin.
1854-69. LCE.; P.O.
See BerL TeL Vt. Z. and BerL Z. TeL
Term6szettudomanyi Kdzldny. Havi foly6irat kdz^rdektf ismeretek

terjeszt^s^re. ^adja a K. M. Term^szettudom&nyi T&rsulat.

Budapest.
1869— B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.; N.H.M.

Ixxix

it.S8sL

list of Serial Publications

Terrestrial Magnetism [and Atmospheric Eleotrioitj]. An Inter-
national Quarterly Journal. Chicago, Cincinnati, Baltimore.
1896— Camb.U.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Transactions of the Texas Academy of Science. Austin.

1892^ Camb.P.S.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S.
Annals of Philosophy; or, Magazine of Chemistry, Mineralogy,

Mechanics, NatunJ History, Agriculture, and the Ajia ; Thomson.

London.
1813—26. [Continued in: The Philosophical Magazine, 1827—]

B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.;

Glasg.U. ; I.CE.t.; Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; Ozon.B.; Oxon.B.;

Pharm.S.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Becords of General Science; B. D. and Thos. Thomson. London.

1835—36. B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Glasg.P.S.i. ; Glasg.U. ; N.H.M. ;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; U.C.L.i.
The Philosophical Magazine, comprehending the various branches

of Science, the Liberal and Fine Arts, Geology, Agriculture,

Manufactures, and Commerce. London.
1798—1826. [Continued <u : The Philosophical Magazine, or Annals

of Chemistry, etc., 1827— ] 6.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.

S.i.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.i.;

I.CE.; Linn.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S. t.; P.O.;

B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Timehri: the Journal of the Boyal Agricultural and Commercial

Society of British Guiana. Demerara.
1882— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Geol.S.t.; I.CE.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.t.; Pharm.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.i.
Tlndal Vh. S««w«B«n ... Verhandelingen en Berigten betrekellelijk het Zeewezen en de

Zeewartkunde ; Tindal en Swart. Amsterdam.
1862—70. B.M.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.*.; B.S.t.
TOk. OolL Be J. The Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.

Tokio, Japan.
1887 — [Continuation of: Memoirs of the Science Department,

University of Tokio, Japan, 1879—86.] B.M.; Camb.P.S.;

Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t.; Geol.

M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.;

Math.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.;

S.K.; U.C.L.

Tok. OL S. OL Ms. The Geological Magazine. Geological Society of TokyS. Tokyd.

1894 — 98. [Continued as : The Journal of the Geological Society of

T6ky6, 1898—1 Geol.M.t.; N.H.M.

T6k.OLS.J. The Journal of the Geological Society of Tokyo. T5kyo.

1898 — [Continuation of: The Geological Magazine, 1894 — 98.]

Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.
Tok. VB. acm. Memoirs of the Science Department, University of Tokio, Japan.

Tokio, Japan.
1877 — 86. [Continued as: The Journal of the College of Science,

Imperial University, Japan, 1887—] Camb.P.S. ; Camb.U. ;

Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S. ; Dub.B.I.A. ; Edinb.B.S.i. ; Geol.S.;

Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;

B.A.S.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

Memorie della B. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Torino.

1818 — [Continuation of: M^moires de PAcadSmie Boyale des

Sciences de Turin, 1784—1816.] B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.;

Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See Tor. Ao. So. BUn. and Tor. Km. Ao.

Atti della B. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Torino.

1866— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.;

Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

P.O.i.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K; U.C.L.i.
See Tor. At. Ae. 0o. *
[In the references to this serial two sets of paging are sometimes

given; the first refers to the volumes containing the Classe di

Scienze Fisiche, Mathematiche e Naturali only, the second to the

Ixxx

List of Serial Publications

volumes containing all the sections. When only one paging is

given, it refers to the fuller series.]
See Tor. Ao. Km. and Tor. Bbii. Ac.
See Tor. Ao. So. At.
Notizia storica dei lavori fatti dalla Glasse di Scienze Fisiche e

Matematiche della B. Accademia delle Scienze. Torino.
1864^65. [Continued as: Atti della B. Accademia, etc., 1865—]

Geol.S.; Linn.S.; B.A.S.; B.S.
See Tor. Ae. Bbii. and Tor. Ae. 8c. Bbii.
Annali di Scienze Matematiche e Fisiche ; Tortolini. Boma.
1860—57.

Annali di Matematica pura ed applicata. . . ; Tortolini. Boma, Milano.
1858— B.M. ; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.U. ;

Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.S.; U.C.L.
SeeA.mt.
Bulletin de TAcad^mie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres de

Toulouse. Toulouse.
1898—99. Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; N.H.M.; B.S.
Memoires de PAcad^mie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres

de Toulouse. Toulouse.
1782— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.t. ; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.i.; B.C.Surg.i.; B.S.; S.K.t.
See Totil. Km. Ac
Annales de la Faculty des Sciences de Toulouse pour les Sciences

Math^matiques et les Sciences Physiques. Paris.
1887— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Math.S.; Oxon.B.;

B.S.*

See Tonl. Ac Be

irt.Bll. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d'Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse. Toulouse.

1867— Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.
Tools. 0c BU. Bulletin de la Soci^t^ des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de

Toulouse. Toulouse.
1872— B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.
Bollettino della SocietiL Adiiatica di Scienze Naturali in Trieste.

Trieste.
1875— N.H.M.; B.S.
9, nun. ... Journal der Pharmacie fiir Aerzte und Apotheker. Leipzig.

1794—1816. [Continued as : Neues Journal, etc., 1817— 33.] B.M.;

Dub.T.C.i.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.
M. J. nun. Neues Journal der Pharmacie fiir Aerzte, Apotheker, und Chemisten ;

Trommsdorff. Leipzig.
1817—33. [Cofitinuattojio/; Journal, etc., 1794— 1816.] B.C.Surg.;

B.S.
Tidskrift fdr Matematik och Fysik, tillegnad den Svenska Elementar-

Undervisningen. Upsala.
1868—74. B.M.; B.S.i.
Tidsskrift for Mathematik. Kjebenhavn.
1865—89. [Continuation of: Mathematisk Tidsskrift, 1859—64.]

[Continued as: Nyt Tidsskrift for Mathematik, 1890—] B.M.;

Camb.U.; Math.S.i.; Oxon.B.; S.K.t.
O. Tidsskrift for Physik og Chemi samt disse Videnskabers Avendelse.

Kjobenhavn.
1862^94. [Continued as: Nyt Tidsskrift for Fysik og Kemi,

1896—98.] B.M.; N.H.M.
Ttibinger Blatter fiir Naturwissenschaften und Arzneikunde.

Tubingen.
1815—17. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.t.
Memoires de 1' Academic Boyale des Sciences de Turin. Turin.
1784 — 1816. [Continued as: Memorie della B. Accademia delle

Scienze di Torino, 1818—] B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.;

Ghisg.U.t.; Linn.S.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

>. Jbb Abhandlungen aus dem dritten Bande der Jahrbiioher des Ungar-

ischen Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins zu Pest, in Deutscher
Uebersetzung red. von J. Szab6. Pest.
1858. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Ixxxi

List of Serial Publications

Vb. 8«nr. X. J.

VB.

9 ^ m ••••■••••••■••••■

jiptLUUL,r,

Vps. M.
Ttpm. 8.

Aeta 8. 0a
BaM. Acta

[V.8.] Olitof Wig. Off.
»P-

V. 8. Opast 0«od. 8t. BIL

V. 8. Opast 8v. Sp.

v,m.9pu

v. 8. FUOi Oom. Xp.

V. 8. OL 8v. BU.,

V. 8. OL 8v. Bp.

v. 8. my. Vaatli. Bt. ...

V. 8.

P.

V.8. 8«e.

sf.

V. 8. 81s. 8Wf. Tp..

Journal of the Boyal United Service Institution. London.
1868— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.N.L.I.t. ; Edinb.U. ; I.CB. ;
^ Oxon.B.i.; P.O.; R.Oeogr.S.; R.S.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

Upsala Universitetets Arsskrift. Upsala.

1861— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.;

Linn.S.t.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.; B.S.
Upsala Lakareforenings Fdrhandlingar. Upsala.
1866— B.M.t.; Pharm.S.i.; B.C.Surg.i.

INova Acta Begifs Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Upsalis.
1773— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
Linn.S.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Oxon.B.; B.A.S.t.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.i.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Annual Beport of the Chief Signal Officer [of the Army] to the

Secretary of War. Washington.
1871—90. [Continued as: U.S. Department of Agriculture.

Weather Bureau. Beport of the Chief of the Weather Bureau,

1891—] Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A. ; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.t.;

Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; M.O.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.t.;

S.K.t.
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. Bulletin. Washington.
1888— B.M.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;

I.CE.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.
Beports of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the

Progress of the Survey from year to year. Washington.
1861— Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.;

M.O.t.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.t.
Yearbook of the United States Department of Agriculture.

Washington.
1894^ \jContinuation of: Beport of the Commissioner [Secretary]

of Agriculture, 1862—93.] B.M. ; Camb.P.S.t. ; Camb.U.t. ;

Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.U.; M.O.t.; Oxon.

B.t.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.i,; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Beport of the

Commissioner. Washington.
1873— B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

Glasg.U.t. ; I.CE.t. ; Linn.S.t. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B. ;

P.O.t.; B.S.; S.K.
Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey. Washington.
1883— Camb.P.S.; Chem.S.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb Jl.S.;

Edinb.U.t.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.
Annual Beport of the United States Geological Survey to the

Secretary of the Interior. Washington.

1880— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.;
GeoLM.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; LCE.t.; Linn.S.t.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.;
U.C.L.

United States of America: Department of Agriculture. Monthly
Weather Beview and Annual Summary. Washington, D.C.

1873— B.M.t.; Edinb.B.S.t.; I.CE.t.; M.O.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.t.;
B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.

Department of the Interior.... Proceedings of the United States
National Museum. Washington.

1879— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.t.; Geol.S.;
Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
B.Geogr.S.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.; U.C.L.i.

Beport of the Secretary of Agriculture. Washington.

18^ — 93. [Continuation of: Beport of the Commissioner of Agri-
culture, 1862—88.] [Continued as: Yearbook of the United
States Department of Agriculture, 1894 — ] B.M.; Camb.P.S.t.;
Camb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.B.I.A.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.;
I.CE.t.; M.O.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.;
U.C.L.t.

United States of America: War Department. Professional Papers
of the Signal Service. Washington.

1881— B.M.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S. ; Glasg.P.S.t.; M.O. ;
B.A.S.t.; B.S.

Ixxxii

List of Serial Pablications

V.8. WMitli. Bur. BU.

V.S. WMitli. Bvr. Bpb

Vtr. 8olMlk.Om.

• a^A V*

U.S. Department of Agrioolture. Weather Bureau. Bolletin.

Washington.
1892— Dub.B.I.A.; Edmb.B.S.t.; I.CE.i.; M.O.; Oxon.B.t.;

P.O.i.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.i.
U.S. Department of Agriculture. Weather Bureau. Beport of the

Chief of the Weather Bureau. Washington.
1891 — [Continuation of: Annual Beport of the Chief Signal

Officer, 1871—90.] Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.;

M.O.; Oxon.B.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.
Annales Aoademis Bheno-Trajectin». Trajecti ad Bhenum

(Utrecht).
1815^87. B.M.; Camb.U.i.; Glasg.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.t.; S.K.t.
Aanteekeningen van het Verhandelde in de Sectie-Vergaderingen

van het Provinciaal Utrechtsch Qenootschap van Kunsten en

Wetenschappen. Utrecht.
1846— Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.; B.S.
SeeJJtx, Trr. <ta. Amnt.
I [Soheikundige] Onderzoekingen, gedaan in het [Physiologisch]
i Laboratorium der Utreohtsche Hoogeschool. Botterdam, Utrecht.
U842— 66; 1867— Glasg.P.S.i.; B.S.i.
See Vtr. Aant. Trr. On.

(ATiii.)

Va Mmu Mm S. Vpa

V(

{M^moires de la Soci^t^ d'Agriculture, des Sciences et des Arts de
I'arrondissement de Valenciennes. Valenciennes.
1833—53. B.M.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.t.
8. Ht. Tr. (C. R.t Bl.) Travaux de la Soci^t^ des Naturalistes de Varsovie. Comptes Bendus

de la Section biologique. [In Bussian.] Varsovie.
1889— Glasg.P.S.i.; N.H.M.
0. Wt. Tr. (C. R., Travaux de la Soci^t^ des Naturalistes de Varsovie. Comptes
Pa, C.) Bendus de la Section de physique etdechimie. Varsovie. [In

Bussian.]
1889— Math.S.; N.H.M.
Travaux de la Soci^t^ des Naturalistes de Varsovie. M^moires.

[In Bussian.] Varsovie.
1891—96. Math.S.; N.H.M.
M^moires de PAcad6mie de Vaucluse. Avignon.
1882— N.H.M.
Papers and Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Van Diemen's Land.

Hobart Town.
1851—59. B.M.t.; Camb.P.S.t.; Dub.B.D.S.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.;

I.CE.t.; N.H.M.t.; B.A.S.t.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.K.
Atti delle Adunanze dell' I. B. Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettero

ed Arti Venezia
1841— B.M.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.; Edinb.B.S.^.; I.CE.t.;

Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.t.
See ir«n. X. At.

Atti dell' Ateneo Veneto. Venezia.
1864 — 77. [Continuation of: Eseroitazioni Scientifiche e Letterarie

dell* Ateneo di Venezia, 1837—60.] [Continued om: L' Ateneo

Veneto, 1878—] Dub.B.D.S.; B.S.
L' Ateneo Veneto: Bivista mensile di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti.

Venezia.
1878— [Continuation of: Atti dell' Ateneo Veneto, 1864—77.]

Dub.B.D.S.t.; B.S.t.
Esercitazioni Scientifiche e Letterarie dell' Ateneo di Venezia.

Venezia
1837—60. [C(mtinued as: Atti dell' Ateneo Veneto, 1864—77.]

B.M.t.; Dub.T.C.t.; Oxon.B.t.; B.S.t.

X.At. 5««V«ii.At.

Memorie del Beale Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettero ed Arti.

Venezia.
1843— B.M. ; Camb.U. ; Dub.B.LA.t. ; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.t.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.S.; S.K.
Memorie dell' Accademia d'Agricoltura, etc., di Verona, Verona.
1807— B.M.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Oxon.B.t.

Ixxxiii

Lt. Aton.

List of Serial Pablications

▼MTona Bbn. 8. Xt.
▼«rona 8. Xt.

Viet. X. J.

Viet. B. 8. F.

V!let.B.S.T.

Viet. T. Pit. 8.

Vlet.T.B.8.

J. 0.

Voist

mmmnt,

VTwOi. Mat. Ae.

reale Q. pp.

• *

r. BBS. J:...

(Memorie di Matematica e di Fisica della Society Italiana delle
Scienze. Modena, Verona.
1782— B.M.t.; Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.».;
Glasg.U.t.; Linn.S.t.; Oxon.B.i.; B.A.S.t.; B.C.Sarg.t.; B.S.;
S.K.f.; U.C.L.t.
See BKod. BKm. 8., IBod. 8. Xt. BKm. tmd Bm. 8. Xt. Mm.
Journal of the Transactions of the Viotoria Institute, or Philosophical

Society of Great Britain. London.
1867— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dnb.T.C; Geol.M.i.; Geol.S.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.t.; S.K.
Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Victoria. Melbourne.
1889 — [Continuation of: Transactions and Proceedings, etc.,

1861—88.] B.M.; Gamb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.;

B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Transactions and Proceedings of the Boyal Society of Victoria.

Melbourne.
1861—88. [Divided into: Transactions, 1888~, and Proceedings,

1889—] B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.; Dub.BJ.A.;

Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.t.; I.CE.t.;

Linn.S. ; N.H.M. ; Oxon.B. ; Oxon.B.t. ; P.O. ; B.A.S. ;

B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.
See Viet. T. B. 8.

Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Viotoria. Melbourne.
1855. [Continued as : Transactions of the Philosophical Institute,

etc., 1855—60.] B.M.; Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;

B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.
See Viet. B. 8. T.
Archiv fiir Pathologisohe Anatomic und Physiologie and ffir

Klinische Medicin; Virchow und Beinhardt.. Berlin.
1847— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.;

Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Suig.; B.S.; U.C.L.
Journal de Chimie, pour servir de complement anx Annales de

Chimie et autres ouvrages p^odiques fran9ais de cette science ;

Van Mons. Bruxelles.
1792—1804. Glasg.P.S.i.; B.S.t. . .

Van Nostrand's Engineering Magazine. New York.
1869 — 85. [Continued cu: The Bailroad and Engineering Journal,

1887—92.] B.M.; I.CE.i.; P.O.; B.S.i.
Magazin fiir den neuesten Zustand der Naturkunden, mit Biicksicht

auf die dazu gehorigen Hiilfswissenschaften ; Voigt. Jena,

Weimar.
1797—1806. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; B.S.

The Electrical Magazine ; Walker. London, Paris.

1845—46. B.M.; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.i.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;

B.S.
Astronomical Papers prepared for the use of the American Ephemeris

and Nautical Almanac. Washington.
1882— B.M.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.P.S.i.; Glasg.U.i.;

Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; B.S.
Publications of the Washburn Observatory of the University of

Wisconsin. Madison,
1882— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.; Glasg.U.t.;

B.A.S.; B.S.
Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences. Washington.
1866— B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.i.; Dub.B.I.A.; Edinb.B.S.;

Glasg.U.i.; Math.S.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.;

S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington. . . Washington.
1874— 6.M.; Camb.P.S.; Edinb.B.S.; GeQLS.;Glasg.U.i.; Linn.S.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.A.S.; B.S.; S.K.i.
Quarterly Papers on Engineering ; Weale. London.
1843—49. B.M.; I.CE.; Oxon.B.; P.O. .
The West of England Journal of Science and Literature. Bristol.

Luxiv

List of Serial Publications

1885^36. B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.B.S.; I.CE.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

P.O.; S.K.
Jahres-Bericht des Westfalischen Provinzialvereins fur Wissenschaft

und Kunst. Miinster.
1873— N.H.M.
IVtet. 0«. A. Annalen der Wetterauischen Gesellschaft ftir die gesammte Nator-

kunde. Hanau, Frankfurt-am-Main.
1809—12. [Continued as: Neue Annalen, etc., 1819.] B.M.;

Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.; R.S.
ll7«t.Oa. Jtar. Bericht der Wetterauischen Gesellschaft ftlr die gesammte Natur-

kunde zu Hanau. Hanau.
1843— Dub.B.I.A.t.; Geol.S.t.; B.S.t.
See ll7«t. Os. Ut, B.
IVct. Oa. M. A. Neue Annalen der Wetterauischen Qesellschaft fiir die gesammte

Naturkunde. Hanau, Frankfurt-am-Main.
1819. [Continuation of: Annalen, etc., 1809—12.] B.M.; Gamb.XJ.;

Glasg.P.S.f.; N.H.M.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.

"Vr^t. Cta. Wt. B. See 'Wmt, am. Jbr,

Das Wetter. Meteorologische Monatsschrift fiir Gebildete aller

Stande. Magdeburg, Braunschweig, Berlin.
1885— B.M.; M.O.
Wiadomo^i Matematyczne. Warsaw.
1897— Camb.P.S.; Math.S.
D Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Wien.

1850— B.M.; Camb.P.S.i. ; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Edinb.U.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.t.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.fR); P.O.*.; B.A.S.; B.C.Surg.i.;
B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.

See WlMi ]>.

8b. Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Classe

der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien.
1848— B.M.; Camb.P.S.*.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.t.; Geol.S.; Glasg.U.; I.CE.t.; Linn.S.;
N.H.M. ; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.i. ; P.O.i. ; B.A.S.t. ;
B.C.Surg.t.; B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.i.
See Wien 8B.

Almanach der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien.

ia51— B.M.; Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.LA.i.; Edinb.B.S.i.;
Glasg.U.i.; Oxon.B.; P.O.i.; B.A.S.i.; B.S.i.; S.K.i.; U.C.L.i.

Anzeiger der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften: Math.-

Naturwiss. Classe. Wien.
1864 — Camb.U.; Geol.S.i.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Pharm.
S.i.; B.S.i.

Jb. Berg- und Hiittenmannisches Jahrbuch der k. k. Schemnitzer-

Bergakademie und der k. k. Montan-Lehranstalten zu Leoben
und Pribram. Wien.

1851— B.M.i.; Geol.S.i.; LCE.i.; P.O.i.; S.K.
See Bers-Bm. Jb., Jb Bars -Bin., and Zi«ob«i B«rff-Bin. Jb.

B See 'Wleniik.B.

[t. Mittheilungen der k. k. Geographischen Gesellschaft. Wien.

1857— B.M. ; Dub.B.LA.i.; Dub.T.C.i. ; M.O.i.; N.H.M.;

Oxon.B.; B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.i.
See mrien Mt. Off. Cta.

Wl«n OL Jb.
Wl«n Jb. OL

Jahrbuch der k.k. Geologischen Beichsanstalt. Wien.
1850— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.I.A.; Dub.T.C; Edinb.B.S.;
Geol.M.; Geol.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; P.O.;
B.Geogr.S.i.; B.S.; U.C.L.i.

^inai Jb. FoL X. Jahrbuch des k. k. Polytechnischen Instituts in Wien ; Prechtl. Wien.

1819—39. B.M.; Camb.U.; Oxon.B.; P.O.
"WlMi Jbr. ObT-Bilieb. Jahresbericht der dfFentlichen Ober-Bealschule in der innere Stadt.

Xna. Btadt. Wien.

1859—63.

Md. Wselir. Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift. Wien.

1861— B.M.; Camb.U.i.; B.C.Surg.i.

Wimt, Z. Zeitschrift der Oesterreichischen Gesellschaft fiir Meteorologie.

Wien.

VOL. III. IXXXV /

List of Serial Publications

1866—85. [Continued in: Meteorologisohe Zeitsohrift, 1886—]
Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Edinb.R.S.; M.O.; P.O.; R.Geogr.S.; R.S.
See Wton Z. X«t.

*W!ten act. Off. Os. Se« Wian Off. Ofl. ait.

^rton Fl&t. Oor. Photographische Correspondenz . Organ der Photograph. Gesellsch .

in Wien. Wien.

1865— P.O.

^SS: •.:•.::::::::::::::: I «-»»«*».«.

iSchriften des Yereina zor Yerbreitong Naturwissenschaftlioher
Eenntnisse in Wien. Wien.
1860— B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.t.; P.O.; R.S.i.
ZeitBchrift der E. K. Gesellschaft der Aerzte zu Wien. Wien.
1844—60. [Continued as: Medizinische Jahrbdcher, 1861—]
Glasg.P.S.i.; R.C.Sorg.

Wi«nS.MM. See'WiMimUt Z.

Wild Bpm. aset. Repertorium fur Meteorologie, herausg. von der kaiserlichen Akad.

der Wissenschaf ten; Wild. St. Petersbarg.
1870—94. B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Edinb.R.S.; Glaag.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.;
I.CE.i.; M.O.; R.S.

Act Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and

Letters. Madison.
1872— B.M. ; Camb.P.S.; Dub.R.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.; G«ol.S.i.;
N.H.M.; Oxon.R.t.; P.O.t.; R.S.; S.K.t.; U.C.Ii.*.

Vn. BIL (£>c.) Bulletin of the University of Wisconsin. Science Series. Madison.

1894— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.I.A.; Edinb.R.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.;
P.O.
. T Transactions of the Woolhope Naturalists' Field Club. Hereford.

1866— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.T.C.i.; Geol.M.t.; Geol.S.i.; Linn.
S.t.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; U.C.L.t.

Woolw. F. Minutes of Proceedings of the Royal Artillery Institution. Woolwich.

1858— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; I.CE.; P.O.; R.Geogr.S.t.

Wtbrfbi Jh. Jahreshefte des Yereins fur vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirttem-

berg. Stuttgart.
1845— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.t. ; Dub.T.C.t.; Geol.S.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; R.S.; S.E.

WUrsb. Bt. I. Aril. Arbeiten des Botanischen Instituts in Wurzburg. Leipzig.

1871—88. B.M. ; Camb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M. ;
Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.
Wtlrsb. Jb. Vhm aKd. Cta. Jahrbiicher der Philoeophisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft zu Wiirz-

burg. Wurzburg.
1828. Dub.R.I.A.; R.S.; U.C.L.

Wiirzburger Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift; herausgegeben von

der Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft. Wiirzburg.
1860 — 67. [Continuation of: Yerhandlungen der Physikalisch-
Medicinischen Gesellschaft, 1850 — 60.] Camb.U.; Geol.S.i.;
Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; S.E.

811. Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft zu

Wurzburg. Wiirzburg.
1859—62; 1881— Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.R.I.A.;
Linn. S.t.; Oxon.R.t.; R.C.Surg.t.; R.S.
WUrslk Pb. aid. JTh. / Yerhandlungen der Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft. Wurz-
burg.
1850—60. 1868 — [Continued a« : Wiirzburger Medicinische Zeit-
schrift, and Wiirzburger Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift,
1860—67.] B.M.i.; Camb.P.S.i.; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.i.; Dub.
R.LA.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.E.t.;
U.C.L.i.
Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West

Riding of Yorkshire. Leeds.
1839— B.M.t.; Camb.U.t.; Dub.R.D.S.; Edinb.R.S.i.; Geol.M.;

Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.i.; Oxon.R.; P.O.i.; R.S.i.; U.C.L.i.
See Totkm. OL 8. F.

Tin Xiloar auuminash ... Yn Lioar Manninagh. The Journal of the Isle of Man Natural

History and Antiquarian Society. Douglas.
1894— Geol.M.; Geol.S.i.; N.H.M.

Ixxxvi

mr. Toi^s. OL 8. F.
mr. Toxlu. F. OL 8.

List of Serial Publications

Yoi4uuOL B.F. See "W, Taa^km. Ql, S. P.

I*

Correspondanoe Astronomique, C^^ographique, Hydrographiqne et

Statistique; von Zaoh. Gdnes.
1818—26. B.M.; R.A.S.; R.S.
.. Monatliche Correspondenz zur Befdrdening der Erd- and Himmels-

Kunde; von Zaoh. Qotha.
1800—13. Oxon.B.; B.A.S.; R.S.; U.C.L.
Zeitsohrift fiir allgemeine Erdkunde. Berlin.
1853—65. [Continued om : Zeitsohrift der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde

zu Berlin, 1866—] B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.R.D.S.; Dub.R.I.A.;

Dub.T.C; Geol.S.t.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.i.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;

B.Geogr.S.; B.S.; S.K.

Aii8«w. C. Zeitsohrift ftir Angewandte Ghemie. Berlin .

1888 — [Continuation of: Zeitsohrift ftir die Chemisohe Industrie,

1887.] B.M. ; Chem.S. ; Edinb.U. ; Glasg.P.S. ; Glasg.U. ;

Oxon.B.t. ; P.O.

Aii8«w. Mkr. Zeitsohrift fiir Angewandte Mikroskopie. Berlin, Leipzig, Weimar.

1896— Glasg.P.S.t.; N.H.M.; P.O.

Anorff. C Zeitsohrift fiir Anorganisohe Chemie. Hamburg, Leipzig.

1892- Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.C.S.; Edinb.U.;

Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; Pharm.S.; P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.
.. Annali di Fisioa; Zantedeschi. Padova.

1849—50. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.; R.S.
.. Zoologisoher Anzeiger; Cams. Leipzig.

1878— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.R.S.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

Glasg.U.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.;

U.C.L.t.
Zeitsohrift fiir Bauwesen; herausg. unter Mitwirkung der konigl.

teohnisohen Bau-Deputation and des Architeoten-Vereins zu

Berlin. Berlin.
1851— B.M.; Camb.U.t.; I.CE.; P.O.; S.K.t.
Zeitsohrift fiir das Berg-, Hutten-, und Salinenwesen in dem

Preussischen Staate. Berlin.
1854— B.M.; LCE.; P.O.; S.K.
,.. Zeitsohrift fiir Biologie. Miinchen.

1865— B.M. ; Camb.U.t.; Chem.S.t. ; Edinb.U. t. ; Glasg.U.t. ;

Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; U.C.L.

C Zeitsohrift fiir Chemie. Leipzig.

1865 — 71. [Continuation of: Zeitsohrift fiir Chemie and Pharmaoie,

1860—64.] B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.R.D.TS.; Glasg.P.S.t.;

N.H.M.; Oxon.R.t.; P.O.; R.S.t.; S.K.

O. In. Zeitsohrift fiir die Chemisohe Industrie. Berlin.

1887. [Continuation of: Repertorium der Analytisohen Chemie,

1881 — 87.] [Continued as: Zeitsohrift fiir Angewandte Chemie,

1888—] B.M.; Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.
,.. Nieuwe Verhandelingen van het Zeeuwsoh Genootsohap der Weten-

sohappen. Middelburg.
1807—35. B.M.; Camb.U.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; R.S.
Zeitsohrift ftir Elektrochemie. Halle a. S.
1895 — [Continuation of: Zeitsohrift fiir Elektroteohnik und Elek-

troohemie, 1894 — 95.] Camb.P.S.t.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Glasg.

P.S.t.; Glasg.U.t.; Oxon.R.t.; P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.
,.. Zeitsohrift fiir Elektroteohnik und Elektroohemie. Halle a. S.
1894 — 95. [Continued as: Zeitsohrift fiir 'Elektrochemie, 1895—]

Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.; S.K.; U.C.L.
.. Zeitsohrift fiir Ethnologie. Berlin.

1869— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.; Dub.R.D.S.; Dub.R.I.A.;

Edinb.U.; N.H.M.t.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.R.; R.C.Surg.; U.C.L.
,.. Zeitsohrift fiir Hygiene [und Infeotionskrankheiten]. Leipzig.

1886— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.i.; I.CE.t.;

Oxon.R.; P.O.t.; R.C.Surg.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.
Zeitsohrift fiir Instrumentenkunde. Organ fur Mittheilungen

aus dem gesanmiten Gebiete der wissenschaftlichen Teohnik.

Berlin.
1881— B.M.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Edinb.U.; Oxon.R.; P.O.;

R.A.S.; R.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Ixxxvii /2

List of Serial Pablications

ilYm. Ziva : dSasopis prirodnioky. Praze (Prag).

1863—68. B.M.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.

X. Br. Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie und Mineralogie. Leipzig.

1877— B.M.; Camb.U. ; Chem.S. ; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Edinb.B.S. ;
Edinb.U.t.; Geol.M.; Geol.S.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; P.O.; B.S.;
S.K.

Zeitschrift fiir Mathematik und Physik; Sohldmilch. Leipzig.

1866— B.M.; Camb.U.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.t.;
Dub.T.G.i.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.t.; Math.S.t.; Oxon.B.(B.); B.S.;
S.K.; U.C.L.t.
See Bchlftmllcli Z.

Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften; herausgegeben

Yon dem Naturwissenschaftliohen Vereine fur Sachsen und
Thiiringen in Halle; Giebel. Berlin.
1863 — [ Continuation of: Jahresbericht des Naturwissenschaf tlichen
Vereins, 1848—62.] B.M.; Gamb.U.t.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Dub.B.D.
S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.; Dub.T.G.i.; Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.; B.S.; S.E.
SeeMaUli SS.

Z. Obrli. Zeitschrift fiir Ohrenheilkunde. Wiesbaden .

1879 — [Continuation of: Archiv fiir Augen- und Ohrenheilkunde,
1869—78.] B.M.; Camb.U.; B.C.Surg.t.

Z. PL C Zeitschrift fUr Physiologische Ghemie. Strassburg.

1877— Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.;
Oxon.B.; Pharm.S.; P.O.t.; B.C.Surg.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Z. Ps. O Zeitschrift fiir Physikalische Ghemie, Stdchiometrie und Yer-

WEkndtschaftlehre. Leipzig.
1887— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Chem.S.; Dub.N.L.I.t.;
Dub.B.C.S.t.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.t.; P.O.t.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.

Z.PsyeliOL Zeitschrift fiir Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane.

Hamburg, Leipzig.
1890— B.M.; Camb.U.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.U.; Oxon.B.; Oxon.B.;
B.C.Surg.; B.S.; U.C.L.

Ziir. BKaelir. Monatsschrif t des Wissenschaf tlichen Vereins in Ziirich ; Hitzig, etc.

Ziirich.
1866—69. B.M.; Camb.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.S.

Zlkr. IKt. Mittheilungen der Naturf orschenden Gesellschaf t in Ziirich . Ziirich .

1847—66. Chem.S.t.;Dub.B.LA.; Edinb.B.S.t.; Linn.S.; N.H.M.;
B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.; B.S.; S.E.

Ztbr. H. D. Bell. as. Neue Denkschriften der allgemeinen Schweizerischen G^sellschaft

fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Neuch&tel, Zurich, etc.
1837— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Camb.U.; Dub.B.D.S.t.; Dub.B.LA.t.;
Edinb.B.S.; Geol.S.t.; Linn.S.t.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.; B.C.Surg.t.;
B.S.; S.K.
See Bell. Os. IT. D.

Z^. HfL Oa. njbL An die Ziircherische Jugend. . .von der Naturforschenden Gesellsohaft.

Ziirich.
1799 — 1870. [Continued as : Neujahrsblatt herausgegeben von der
Naturforschenden Gesellsohaft in Ziirich, 1871 — ] Camb.P.S.;
Gamb.U.t.; N.H.M.; B.S.

Ziir. Fa. Os. Jlnr. Jahresbericht der Physikalisohen Gesellsohaft in Ziirich. Uster-

Ziirich.
1887— B.S.

Ziir. Ifjaehr. Vierteljahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellsohaft in Ziirich.

Ziirich.
1866— B.M.; Camb.P.S.; Gamb.U.t.; Chem.S.t.; Dub.B.I.A.;
Edinb.B.S.; Linn.S.t.; Math.S.t.; N.H.M.; B.A.S.; B.Geogr.S.t.;
B.S.; S.K.

Z. mr. D. ZnoklB. Zeitschrift des Vereins der Deutschen Zucker-Industrie. Berlin.

1898 — [Continuation of: Zeitschrift des Vereins fiir die Btiben-
zucker-Industrie, 1861?— 97.] Chem.S.; Glasg.P.S.t.; P.O.

Zeitschrift des Vereins fiir die Biibenzucker-Industrie des Deutschen

Beichs. Berlin.
1861? — 97. [Continued as: Zeitschrift des Vereins der Deutschen
Zucker-Industrie, 1898—] Chem.S.t.; P.O.t.

Ixxxviii

List of Serial Publications

Zwiek. Vie. Wt. Jbr. Jahresbericht des Vereins fiir Naturkunde zu Zwickau. Zwickau.

1874—^ N.H.M.; B.S.t.

Zwoll« ▼oomltsans De Vooruitgang ; Tijdschrift voor Wetenschap, etc. ZwoUe.

1851-^3. B.M.; Glasg.P.S.t.

Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Mikroskopie und fiir Mikro-

skopisohe Teohnik. Braunschweig, Leipzig.
1884— B.M.; Edinb.U.; Glasg.P.S.t.; Glasg.U.; N.H.M.; Oxon.B.;
P.O.; B.C.Surg.; B.S.; S.K.; U.C.L.t.

Zeitschrift fiir Zuckerindustrie. Prag.

1872—74. Chem.S.; P.O.

Zeitschrift fiir Zuckerindustrie in Bdhmen. Prag.

1876— Chem.S.; P.O.t.

Ixxxix

PHYSICS
SCHEDULE OF CLASSIFICATION

ADAPTED FROM SCHEDULE 0 OF THE INTERNATIONAL
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC LITERATURR

0000
0010

0020

0030

0032
0040

0050

0050

0062
0070
0090

PAGE

Philosophy 1-4

History. Biography 4-28

Historjr 4-13

Divining Rod 5

Biosraphy ... ... 13-28

Periodicals, Reports of Institu-
tions, Societies, Congresses,

6 uC •«. ... ... ... Tu\3

General Treatises, Text Books,
Dictionaries,CoUected Works,

Tables 29-30

Tables 30

Bibliographies 30

Addresses, Lectures, etc. of a
general character ... 30-33
British Association Ad-
dresses 31

Pedagogy. Lecture Apparatus

and Experiments ... 33-35
Institutions, Museums, Col-
lections 35-36

Economics 36-37

Nomenclature 37

Methods of Research, Instru-
ments and Apparatus 38-^9

PAGE

GENERAL MOLEOULAB PHYSIOS.

0100 General 39-40

0150 Estimates and Calculations of

Molecular Magnitudes 40-41

0200 The Molecular Theory of Gases
and Liquids (General Mathe-
matical Theories) ... 41-51
Kinetic Theory of Oases 43-45
Partition of Energy 46-47
Radiometer ... 48-49

Virial 50-51

0250 Absorption and Adsorption of
Gasea {For Moser's Images,
Thermography, see 4225.) 51-52
0300 Capillarity. (iSeeo^ Chemistry
7165. For Spheroidal State
see 1840.) 52-66

Brownian Movement

or

Fedesis

53-54

Bubbles

... 54

CapiUary Constants
Cohesion

... 55
56-57

Drops

57-58

Heat developed on Moisten-
ing Solids, Fouillefsp)ie-
nomenon,^, ... ... 58

Liquid Films 59

Liquids Free from
Action of Gravity ... 59
Motion of Solids and

Liquids on Liquids 60-61

Camphor on Water 60-61

Surface Tension ... 62-64

Theory cf CapillaHty 64-65

0310 Osmosis. Osmotic Pressure.

{See also Chemistry 7155.) 66-68

Dialysis 66

Endosmosis and Exosmosis,,. 66
Osmotic Pressure ... 67-68

0320 DifiPusion of Gases, Liquids, and
Solids. Efiiision. Tran-
spiration. {See also Chem-
istry 7155.) ... 68-72

Diffusion 68-69

Diffusion of Gases ... 69-70

Diffusion of Liquids 70-72

Diffusion of Solids ... 72

Effusion 72

Transpiration 72

Oases 72

Liquids 72

0325 Viscosity of Fluids (Internal
Friction). {See also Chem-
istry 7170.) 73-75

Measurement of Viscosity 73

Viscosimsters 73

Viscosity of Oases. . . 73-74

Viscosity of Specified

Oases 74

Viscosity of Liquids 74-75

Viscosity of Specified
Liquids 75

xc

Schedule of ClaBsification

PAOB

0340 Colloidal Substances ... 76

0400 Molecular Theories of Crys-
- tald aud other Solids. {See
also Elasticity, Mechanics
3210 and Mineralogy 140.) 76-79

Ultiiiiate Physical Theories.

0500 Theories of the Constitution
of Matter. (See Vortex-
Motion, Mechanics 2450,
and Physical Chemistry,

Chemistry 7000.) 79-82

Action cU a Distance ... 79

Atoms 79-80

Matter 80-81

Vortex Theories ... 81-82

0600 Theories of the Ether. (See

also Astronomy 1830.) 82-84

The Ether 82-84

0700 Dynamical Theories of Gravi-
tation. (See also Astro-
nomy 1050.) 84-86

Gravitation 85-86

Measurement of DTuamical and Me-
chanical Quantities. Elasticity.

0800 General 86

0605 Theory of Measurement (com-
hination of observa-
tions). Harmonic Ana-
lysis. Units and Dimen-
sions. Standards of

Measurement 86-94

For Theory of Measurement
(Combination of obser-
vations) ue Mathe-
matics 1630

Harmonic Analysis ... 86-87
Units and Dimensions ... 87-88
Standards of Measurement 88-94

Length 89-92

M^re 90-91

Mass 92-93

Volume 93

Weights and Measures,., 93-94
0607 Measurements of Ciu^atures,
Lengths (Mechanical
and Optical), Areas,
Volumes, Angles ... 94-100

Curvatures 94

Lengths 94-98

Areas [and cross sections\
(See also Mathematics
0080, Instruments.) 98-99

Volumes 99

Angles 99-100

0609 Measurement of Time (me-
chanical and electrical) ;
Chronometers. {See also
Astronomy 2100.) 100-109

PAOB

Chronographs. (See also

Mechanics 1650.) 101

Chronometers ... 101-103

Chronoscopes ... 103-104

aocks ... ... 104-107

Compensation Pendu-
lum 104-105

Electric Clocks ... 105
0610 Measurement of Mass and
Density. Balance. (See
also Chemistry 7115.) 109-119

Mass 109-110

Density 110-117

Defisittf of Ocues ... 110

Density of Liquids 111-113

Hydrometers... 111-113

Density of Solids 1 14-115

Density of Solids and

Liquids 115

Vapour Densities 1 15-1 1 7

Balance 117-119

0620 Measurement of Velocity,
Acceleration, Energy of
Visible Motion ... 119-122
Measurement of Velocity 119-121
Rotation Velocity ... 120
Ship^ Velocity... 120-121
Measurement of Accelera-
tion 121-122

Measurement of Energy of

Visible Motion 122

0825 Measurement of Force ; Pen-
dulum, Spring-balance,
Torsion- balance. (See also
Astronomy 5100, G^logy

07.) 122-129

Dynamometers ... 122-123

Seismic Apparatus 124-128

Microseismometry ... 125
Pendulums ... 125-126

Seismographs 126-127

Seismometers.,, ... 127

Seismoscopes 128

0635 Measurement of Fluid Pres-
sure and Fluid Velocity.
(See also Mechanics 2830
and Meteorology 0310,
0312, 0314) ... 129-133

Manometers. (See also

1450.) ... 129-130

Pressure ... 131-132

Velocity ... 132-133

0840 Elastic Deformation of Solids.
Compressibility and Ri^d-
itv. Elongation, Torsion,
Flexure, Young's Modu-
lus. (See Mechanics 3200

to 3280.) 133-142

Experimental determin-
ation of elastic con-
stants. (See also

xci

Schedule of CUuBifioation

Mechanics 3600, 3
3660.)

an

^

1210

PreaMire

Cmrfiing.) ...

134

154-

OIOM

lea

134-136

136

135-136

1230

164-
157-

Iron and Steal ...

MecUo/Ttmperal

irt 136
136-136

tart 1

Sled '.'.'. '.'.'.

136

MeUdt. {5«0 alto Iron

1

and Steel.) ...

137-138
137

1240

Tkrtadt ana J"il)rei . . .
Tortion. (Su aUo Mo-
chaoica

144-146
Density. (See alao Chem-
istry 7116.) ... 144-146
For 0 ravitation lee MechaD ica
0180.

HEAT.
0000 General 146

Sources of Heat and Cold.

1000 General 147

Seat developed on mout-
ening tolidi, PouHlefi

1010
1012

High

Thennomatrir.

1200 General 152-164

Mtatwemmt of Temptra-

12SS Radiation

Optical

Opticf

1260 Gompariso

Scales. Keduction to Tber-

2400, etc.) ... 162-164

Comparison of Tfaermo-
metcra 16S-163

Belstions Involvliig Expansion and

Specific Solid* ...
1420 Permanent Deformation and
Thermal Hysteresis.
Annealing ,„ 168-170

Recaletoeiice 169

RuperetDmn 169

1430 Expansion of Liquids: Pres-
sure - Volume - Tempera-
ture Relations ... 170-174
170-172
171
171-172

Liquid*, Tfmptratura 173

Schednle of Classification

PAOB

1450 Ezpansiou of Gases and
Unsaturated Vapours :
Pressure - Volume - Tem-
perature Relations. (See
aUo Chemistry 7160.) 174-180
Boyle^s (or Mariotte's) Law 174-176
Change of TempercUure
aeoompanying Change of

Volume 176

Characteristic Equation 176-176
Compreseibility of Oases ... 176

Specified QoMs 176

Expansion of Gases 177-178

Specified Oases 178

Manometers, (See also
0836.) 179

Oalorimetry and Specific Heat.

1600 General Units of Heat 180-181

Units of Heat ... 180-181

1610 Calorimetric Methods 181-182

CcUorimeters ... 181-182

1620 Specific Heats of Solids and

Liquids. (See also

Chemistry 7220.) 182-186

Mecuurement 182

Specific Heats of Liquids 183-184

Specified Liquids 183-184

Specific Heats of Solids 184-186

Specified Solids... 184-186

1640 Specinc Heats of Gases and

Vapours. (See also

Chemistry 7220.) 186-187

Ratio of Specific ff eats ... 186

Mecuurement % 186

Specific Heats of Gases 186-187

Specified Oases 187

Specific Heats of Vapours 187
Specified Vapours ... 187
1660 Chemical Constitution and
Specific Heat (Dulong
and Petit Law, etc.).
(See also Chemistry

7220.) 187-188

Atomic ffeat ... 187-188

Dulong and Petit law ... 188

1670 Heats of Fusion ... 188-189

Specified Substances 188-189

1680 Heats of Vaporisation 1 89-1 90

Specified Substances 189-190

1690 Heats of Dissolution. (See

also Chemistry 7230.) 190

1695 Heats of Transformation ... 190

Recalescence 190

Phenomena of Ohange of State.

1800 General 190-191

Heat developed on moisten-
ing solidsy Pouillefs Phe-
nomenon 191

PAOB

1810 Fusion and Solidification
(General). (See also
Chemistry 7206.) 191-196

Freezing 192

Freezing Point 192

Ice 193-194

Melting Points ... 194-196

Volume change on Fusion

or Solidification 195-196

Specified Substances 196-196
1840 Saturated Vapours. Pres-
sure ; Boiling - Points.
Evaporation. (See also
Chemistry 7210; Meteor-
ology 1060.) ... 196-206

Boiling- Points 196

Evaporation ... 197-199

Measurement 198

Pressure ... ... 200-201

Measurement 200

Specified Vapours ... 201
Water Vapour ... 201

Pressure Temperature Re-
lation for Saturated
Vapours ... 201-202

Water Vapour ... 202

Spheroidal State ... 202-203

Steam ... ... ... 204

Vapours 204-206

1850 Vapour Densities. (See also
0810 and Chemistry

7116.) 206-206

Measurement 206

Specified Substances ... 206

1860 EbuUition 206-207

Steam ... ... ... 207

1870 Liquefaction of Gases and

Gaseous Mixtures 207-209

Specified Oases 209

1880 Continuity of State. Critical
State, Critical Point, etc.
Characteristic Equa-
tions. (See also Chem-
istry 7000, 7212.) 209-213
Characteristic Equations 209-210
Continuity of State ... 210

Critical constants 210

Critical Point * ... 210-211

Critical State 211

Critical Temperatures 211-212
1885 Corresponding States ... 213
Law of Corresponding

States 213

1887 Eouilibrium in Coexistent
Phases. Phase Rule (Gene-
ral). 213-214

1890 Hygroscopy and H vgrometry.
(See also Meteorology
0270, 1000-1060.) 214-217

Hygrometry ... 214-216

Hygrometers ... 21 6-2 1 6

xciu

Schedule of Classification

PAGE

1900 Vaporisation of Solids. Sub-
limation 217

1920 Solutions and Liquid Mix-
tures : Melting-Point,
Boiling- Point, Vapour
Pressure, etc. ... 217-220

Freezing Paint of Solutions

and Liqydd Mixtures 217-219

Determination 218

Specified Substances 218-219
Vapour Pressure of Liquid

Mixtures 219

Vapour Pressure of Solu-
tions 219-220

1925 Solutions: Other Thermal
Properties (Latent Heat).

(See 1690.) 220

1930 Dissociation. Allotropic

Transformations ... 220

1940 Retardation Phenomena
(Superfusion, Super-
heating, Supersatura-

tion) 221-223

Superfusion 221

Specified Substances ... 221

Superheating 221

Supersaturation ... 221-223

Supersaturated Solu-
tions ... 221-223
Specified Substances 222-223

Thermal Oondnction and Convection.

2000 General. {See also Chem-
istry 7240.) ... 223-224

Conduction 223

2010 Mathematical Analysis and

Anplications (Fourier). 224-2^6
Isothermal Surf aces ... 225
Solutions for Special

Figures 226

2020 Solids, Conductance of 226-230

Supposed Production of

neat in Solid Bodies by

Sudden Cooling ... 227

Specific Solids ... 227-230

2030 Liquids, Conductance of 230-231

Conduction in Liquids 230-231

Specified Liquids ... 231

2035 Oases, Conductance of ... 231

Conduction in Oases ... 231

Specified Oases 231

2040 Conved^ion. Laws of Cool-
ing. (See 4210.) 232-234
Convection ... 232-233

Dust Figures 232

Cooling ' 233-234

Thermodynamics.

2400 General (Virial «0e 0200.) 234-238
Heat, Nature of ,„ 235-237

Mechanical or Dynam-
ical Theory ... 235-236

2405

PAGE

2410

2415

2425
2435
2445
2455
2457

2465

2472
2475
2490

2495

2990

3000
3010

The First Law. Conserva-
tion of Energy. Different
Forms of Eneigy 238-239

Conservation of Energy 238

Mechanical Equivalent of

Heat 239-242

Determination of Mechan-
ical Equivalent . . . 240-241
The Second Law. Camot
Cycles. Entropy and
Available Energy. Irre-
versible Phenomena.
Free Energy and Ther-
modynamic Potentials 242-246
The Second Law. . . 244-245
Absolute Temperature and

its Determination ... 246
Special Thermodynamic Re-
lations 246-249

Thermodynamic Surfaces,

Models, etc. 249

Thermodynamics of Single

Substances ... 249-250

Thermodynamics of Solu-
tions and Mixtures 250-252

Mixtures 251

Specified Mixtures ... 251

Solutions 251-252

Thermodynamics of Systems
with External and Capil-
lary Forces

Thermodynamics of Chemi-
cal Processes

Thermodynamics of Electro-
chemical Processes
Theory olT Heat Engines.
(See also Mechanics

0430.)

Boilers

Engines

das Engines ...
Hot Air Engines
Steam Engines,.,
Marine Engines
Indicators
Locomotives

Motors

Safety- Valves
Steam

Turbines

Refrigerators. (Seealso 1012.) 272-273

LIGHT AND INVISIBLE
BADLA.TION.

General. (See also 3400,

6600.) 273-274

Undidatory Theory 273-274

(Geometrical Optics.

General 274-275

Photometry. Units of Li^ht.
Brightness. Optical

252

252

252

253-272

253-255

256-264

257

258

258-264

261-262

265-266

266-268

268

269

270-271

272

xciv

Schedule of Classification

PAGE

Pyrometry. (See also

1265, 4200, 4202, 6080.) 275-285

Brightness ... 275-279

JUuminating Potoer 275-276

Illumination, (See also

Coast Lighting, 3090.) 276-278

Oas Lighting 276-277

Intensity 278

Photometry ... 279-284

Mectric Light Photometry 280
Photometers ... 281-283

Bunsen's Photometer 281-282
Spectrophotometry 283-284

Units of Light . . . 284-285

3020 Reflection and Refraction.
Refractometers. (See also
3800 ; Chemistry 7310.)
Refractive Indices 285-292

Catoptrics and Dioptrics 285

Prism 286-287

Reflection 287

Reflection and Refraction 287-288
Refraction ... 288-289

Refractive Indices 289-291

Determination of Refrac-
tive Indices ... 289-290
Refractive Indices of

Various Substances 290-291

Refractometers 291

3030 Spectrometry. Dispersion.
(See also 3800; Chem-
istry 7310.) ... 292-295

Dispersion 292-293

Refraction and Dispersion 294
Refractive Indices ... 294

Spectrometry 295

Spectrometers 295

Spectrum 295

3040 Rays, General Theory of 295-298

Caustics 296-297

3050 Optical systems. Cardinal
Points. Theory of Im-
ages 298-300

Cardinal Points 298

Optical Systems 299

Theory of Images ... 300

3060 Mirrors and Lenses. (See

also Astronomy 2040.) 300-306

Lenses 301-303

Systems of Lenses 302-303

Objectives 303

Mirrors 303-305

Magic Mirrors 304

3070 Aberrations, Spherical and
Chromatic. Distortion,
etc. Achromatism 306-308

Aberration 306

Achromatism ... 306-307

3060 Telescopes. Field-glasses.
(See also Astronomy
2040-2600.) ... 308-311

PAOB

Telescopes ... 308-311

Achromatic Telescopes 308

QaliMs Telescope ... 309
Objectives ... 309-310

Reflecting Telescopes 310

Refracting Telescopes ... 310

Field Glasses 311

3082 Microscopes. (See also Z6b0 ;
General Biology 0110;
Anatomy 0140.) 311^28

Accessories, 311-315

Camera Lucida 311-312

Illuminators, (See also

Illumination. ) 312-31 4
Illuminators: CondensersZl3Sl4
Illuminators: Lamps ... 314
Micrometers and Micro-
metry 314

Fine Adjustment 316

Illumination, (See also
Illuminators under Ac-
cessories.) ... 316-317

Magnify ing Power ... 318

Microscopes of various

Kinds 318-322

Binocular Microscopes,,, 319
Dissecting Microscopes 319-320
Portable Microscopes ... 321
Projection Microscopes,,, 321

Objectives 323-326

Aperture ... 323-324

Immersion Objectives ... 325

Stages 326-327

Mechanical Stages 326-327

Stands 327

Testing 327-328

Nobert's TesU ... 327-328

Test ObjecU 328

3084 Eye-pieces. (See also As-

tronomy 2120.) ... 329-330

3085 Photographic Lenses and

Systems ... 330-335
Photographic Lenses 331-332
Photomicro^aphy. (See
also Biology 0400, and
Anatomy 0145.) 332-335
Apparatus ... .333-334
3090 Optical Apparatus not sche-
duled elsewhere. Stereo-
scope 335-342

Camera Lucida ... 335-336

Coast Lighting ... 336-337

Illuminating Apparatus

for Lighthouses. (See

also eOQO,) ... 336-337

Lighthouses 337

Optical Telegraphy 338-339

rojection Apparatus 339-340
Stereoscope. (<yeea/«o4440.) 340^-341
Telemeters. (See also
Geography 87.) 341-342

xcv

Schednle of Classification

PAGE

3100 Transmission through Hete-
rogeneous Media. (See
also 3210.) 342

Spectrum Analsrsis, Apparatus for.

3150 General 342-344

Spectroscopes ... 343-344
Direct Vision Spectro-
scopes 343

3155 Prisms 344-345

3160 Gratings. (See also 3630.),,. 345

Concave Oratings 345

3105 Special Spectroscopic Appa-
ratus 345-346

Spectroscopes 346

Optics of the Atmosphere.

3200 General 346-347

Mirage 346-347

3210 Atmospheric Refraction.
Scintillation. (See also
3100; Astronomy 0210,
5400; Meteorology 0520.) 347-349
Atmospheric Refraction 347-349
Astronomical Refraction 347-348
Terrestrial Befractum 348-349

Scintillation 349

Stellar Scintillation ... 349
3220 Rainbows, Halos, etc. Co-
lours of Clouds. (See
also 3640.) (For obser-
vations see Meteorology
0540-0570.) ... 349-351

Halos 349-350

Rainbows 350-351

3230 Colour and Polarisation of the
Sky. (See also 3640,
4010, Meteorology 0510,

0520.) 351-352

Colour 351

Polarisation 352

3240 Atmospheric Absorption.
(See also 3850 ; Astronomy

5400.) 352-353

3260 Energy of Sun-light. (See
also Astronomy 4200 ;
Meteorology 0930.) ... 353

Velocity, Wave-Length, etc., of
Badiation.

3400 General (See also 2990.) 353-355
Lipht 354-355

3405 Radiation-pressure. Mechan-
ical Equivalent of Light.
(^M 4210, 4215.) ... 355

3410 Velocity of Light, Measure-
ments of 355-356

3420 Aberration and Moving Me-
dia. Doppler's Principle.
(See also ^630 \ Astronomy
3310.) : 356-358

3600
3610

PAGE

Aberration ... 356-357

Doppler's Principle ... 357
Movmg Media ... 357-358

3430 Wave-Length of Rays in the
Luminous Spectrum,
Measiurement of. (See
also 3030.) ... 358-359

Wave- Lengths ... 358-359

3435 Wave-Length of Infra-Red

Rays, Measurement of 359-360
3440 Wave-Length of Ultra- Violet

Rays, Measurement of 360

Interference and DifChustion.

General 360-361

Interference. Interferential
Refractometers. Colours
of Thin Sheets. (For In-
vestigation of Radiation
in a Magnetic Field by
Interference, see 6660;
for Nobili's Rings see

6242.) 361-367

Colour Photography, (See

also 4225.) 361

Lippnuinn*s Interference

Method 361

Colowrs 361-362

Interference ... 362-365
Achromatism in Interfer-
ence 362

Bands 363

Interferential Refractome-

vcrs ... ... ... «Soo

Newton's Rings ... 366-367

Talboes Bands 367

Diffraction 367-370

Spectra formed by Diffrac-
tion and by Gratings ... 371
Diffraction Spectra ... 371
Gratings. (See also 3160.) 371
Diffraction by Small Par-
ticles. Theory of Rain-
bow, Optical Resonance,
eta (See also 3220 ; Me-
teorology 0550.) ... 371-372
Definition of Optical Instru-
ments, General Theory.
(See also 3080, 3082.) 372-373
Microscopic Vision ,.. 373

3620
3630

3640

3650

Reflection, Befraction and Absorption
of Radiation. (See also 3020, 3030.)

3800 General 373-374

3810 Reflecting and Al^orbing
Powers of Materials.
Irregular Reflection 374-375

Beflection 374-375

3820 Dynamical Theory of Reflec-
tion and Refraction
in Transparent Media.

xcvi

Schedule of Classification

PAGE

Polarisation by Reflec-
tion. {See also 4010.) 375-379
DispernofL (iS^o^o 3030.) 375-376

Reflection 376-377

Crystalline ReJUction ... 377
Reflection and Reft-action 377-378

Refraction 378

Warn Theory 379

3822 Refraction : Influence of Tem-
perature, Density and
Change of State 379-380

Refractive Indices ... 380

3824 Total Reflection. {See also

Mineralocr 420.) ... 380-381

3830 Crystalline Media, Refraction

in. {See also Mineralogy

420.) ... .f. 381-387

Biaxial Crustals ... 381-382

Double Refraction 383-385

Iceland Spar 385

Refractive Indices 386-387

3835 Strained Media, Refraction in 387-388

/>(wWtf Refraction 387-388

3840 Metallic Reflection ... 388-389

Elliptic Polarisation by

Metallic Reflection, {See

also4O0b,) 388

3850 Selective Reflection and
Absorption, including
Objective Colours. Di-
chroism. Anomalous
Dispersion. (^e^ also
3240, 4200; Chemistry

7320.) 389-400

Anomalous Dispersion 389-390

Colours 391-393

Of Waters ... 392-393

Dichroism 393

Fraunhofrr Lines ... 393

Selective Absorption 394-399

By Crystals 395

Spectra 396-399

By Waters 399

Transparent^ 400

3855 Heat Ra^s, Reflection, Re-
fraction and Absorption

of 400-404

Absorption 401

Diathermancy ... 401-402

Spectra 403-404

3860 Chemical Constitution, Rela-
tion of Refraction, Dis-
persion and Absorption

to. Optical Qlass

404-408

Absorption Spectra

• • • ^kvtc

Optical Glass

405

Refraction

405-407

Equivalents
Molecular Refraction

406

406

Refraction and Disper-

•

sion ... ...

407

PAGE

Refractive Indices 407

Refractive Power ,.. 407-408

3875 Reflection, Refraction and
Absorption of £lectric
Radiation ... 408-409

Absorption ... 408-409

Reflection 409

Refraction 409

Polarisation. {See also Mineralogy
400-440.)

4000 Qeneral. Instruments and

Methods ... 409-415

Instruments and Methods 4 10-41 3

Polarinieters ... 410-411

Polariscope 411

Pri«tns 411-412

Polarising Prisms 411-412
Saccharometers ... 41 2-4 1 3

Optical Properties of Par-
ticular Substances ... 413

Polarised Light 414

Vibration Plane of Polar-
ised Liaht . . . 414-41 5
4005 Elliptic ana Circular Polari-
sation. General 415-416
Circular Polarisation ... 415
Elliptic Polarisation 415-416
Elliptical Polarisation
by Reflection at Trans-
parent Media ... 416
4010 Production of Polarised Ra-

diation 416-418

Polarisation of Heat 416-417

Polarisation by Particular

Substances 417

Polarisation by Reflection 417-418
4020 Measurement of Polarised

Radiation 418

4030 Rings, Brushes and Colours

of Crystals, etc. 418-421

Crystals 418-420

Biaxial Crystals ... 419

Uniaxial Crystals ... 420
4040 Rotatory Polarisation and
Dispersion, Structural
and Magnetic. General
{See also 6650, 6655;
Chemistry 7315.) 421-423

Rotatory Dispersion ... 421
Rotatory Polarisation 421-423

Quartz 422

4050 Rotatory Powers of Sub-

stances ... 423-425

Sugar 424-425

The Emission and Analysis of Radia-
tion, Phosphorescence, Radioac-
tivity, Spectra, etc.

4200 General. {See also 3010,

3850.) 425-428

xcvu

Schedule of Classification

PAGE

JllumincUing Povoer 425-426

Photophone {Radiophone) 426-427

Radiation 427-428

Heat, {For Reflection,
Refraction and Ab-
sorption of Heat Rays

Bee 3865.) 427

Heat and Light 427-428

4202 Sources : Lamps, Arcs,
Vacuum Tubes. {See
also 3010, 6080.) 428-430

Incandescent Lighting ... 429

Lamps 429

Vacuum Tubes 430

4205 Spectra. Distribution of

Spectral Lines... 430-439

Spectra of Elements 431-432

Spectra of Oa^es 432

Spectra of Metals . . . 432-433

Spectra of Particular Sub-
stances, {See also
Chemistry 7320.) 433-438

Carbon 434

Hydrogen . . . 435-436
Spectra] Lines, Distribu-
tion 438-439

Spectrum Analysis ... 439

4206 Influence of Pressure, Tem-

perature, etc. on Spectra 440-441
InfltLenjce of Density ... 440
Influence of Pressure ... 440
Influence of Temperature 440-441
Structure of Spectral Lines 441

Influence of Magnetic Field on

Spectra. (/See a^ 6660.) 441-442
Zeeman Effect ... 441-442

Intensity and Distribution
of Energy. Temperature
and RfSiation. Tem-
perature Law of Radia-
tion. Radiation of Black
Bodies. {See also Me-
teorology 0965, 0970.) 442-446

Emission 442

Emissive Power 442

Energy 443

/distribution in Spectrum 443

Radiation 443-445

Heat 444

Law 444-445

Theory of Exchanges . . . 445
Radiation of Black Bodies 445

Spectra 446

Temperature 446

Temperature and Radia-
tion ... ... ... 446

4215 Radiation- Pressure. {See also

3405.) 446

4220 Chemical Luminescence. {See

also 6S40.) ... 447-448

Ignis fatuus 447

4207
4206

4210

PAGE

4225 Photochemistry and Photo-
graphy 448-465

Actinometry ... 448-449

Sensitometry 449

Applications of Photo-

^aphy ... 449-450

Lightning, Photography
of ... ... ... 450

Spectrum Photography 450

Colour Photography. {See
also Chemistry 7350,

7400.) 461-452

Lippmann*s Interference

Method ... 451-452

Emulsion 452-453

Exposure 453

Moser^i Images, Thermo-
graphy 454

Negatives 454

Orthochromalic Photo-
graphy 454-455

Photochemistry ... 455-457

Specified Substances 456-457

Photographic Agents 457-459

Developers ... 457-468

Sensittsers ... 458-459

Photographic Images ... 459

Photographic Processes 460-464

CoUodton 460

Daguerreotype ... 460-461

Photography on Paper 462

Printing Processes 462-463

Photography 464

Plates 464-465

4230 Phosphorescence produced
by Impact of Radiation,
Heat, Electric Discharge,
etc. Fluorescence. {See
also 6840 ; Chemistry
7305.) 465-471

Fluorescence ... 466-467

Stokes^ s Law 467

Particular Substances . . . 467

Fluorescence and Phos-
phorescence 468

Phosphorescence ... 468-471

Phosphorescent Spectra 469

Proauction of Phosphor-
escence ... 469-470
Particular Substances 470-471
4240 Rdnt^en and allied Radia-
tions {See also 6840,

6845, 6850.) ...

471-480

Rontgen Rays
Diffraction
Emission

471-480
473
474

Experiments
Photography ...
Tiibes

475
476-477
479-480

Rimtgen Rays and Cathode

Rays 480

XCVUl

Schedule of ClasBiAcation

Physlologicftl Optica. (Sm alto

Phjsiologj.)

UOO

Oeneral 482-485

Optical Illmum, . . . 483-484

„ y^ion 484-*85

4410

of the Eye. (See aUo

Phyaiologj 3711.) 485-186

Construction 486

Dioptrics 48B-48C

4420

Movemeotd of the Eye. Ac-

aUo

a.) 486-487

486

486-i87

4430

J their

Sight,

Irradia-

tion, etc ... 487-490

487-488

488

Short Sight ... 488-489

SpeetacU, 489

Le7u«t 489

490-493
490

Diatuice 401

Haitnitude 491

'int/n 492-493

Subjective
Colours. Colour Bliod-
neas. (See alto Physio-
logy3736.) ... 493-600

Colour Viaioi

494

495-497

Colouri 49B

I'riman/ Coloari ... 496

Upeelrul Colour$ 496-497

Experi-

ntenU 497

499-600

500-501

in the Eye 501-503

Haidijtqst't Bnaket ... 502

4470

with

503-W4

LND HAO-

tee Part II.

AND SOUND.

8990

Oenoral 606

KinsDuticB of Vlbratloiu ud Wan-

9000

General 505-606

9010

Analysis and Synthwia of

Periodic Motions 606-607

Luiajoui't Figwei 506-507

506-507

9020

taining, Ob-

serving and Measuring

Vibrations. (ForBadic:

phone «« 4200.) 607-609

Vibrations 508-609

Heated MetaU. VUtra-

tioH*: Trevdyan't Ap-

9030

M..r""" ""

609

iwmm^ ... 609

90«

of

a/» 9220.) 609-610

609-610

1 ... 610
510

Vibrations.
9100 QeoeraL (See a^ Mechanics

3220.) 510-512

3/iuical Sand 611

Production of Sound ... 611

Vibrati.mB 611-512

9105 Mechanical Action of Vibra-
tions (Acoustic Attrac-
tion.) 612-613

Acoustic Attraction 612-513

9110 Vibrations of Utringa and

Bods. Curved Hods 513-816

Strings 613-516

Wint 514-616

Roda 515

Curved Hoda ... 616-516

Tuainff-Forti (S^ alio

9460.) 516-616

9120 Vibrations of Membranes
and Plates. Curved
PUtes. Bells ... 516-619

Membranes ... 516-617

Plates 517-618

Schedole of Classification

AeovUie Figum ... 617

Curved Plates

S18

Bella

618-519

9130

Vibrations of Qasee

in Tubes

and other

Cavities.

619-622
520
&20-4S1
520-621
521-522
621-622
Tubal 522

9135

5S8

SM"

julisnonaDce. Resooatora. Ob-

ation-

Phy.

622-524

Resonance...

.•- . 622-623

:..- 623

of Sonod.

*S.

9200 General 624-627

Kinetic Theory 525

Propagation of Sound in
Partimlar Media ... 5S6
9210 Velocity of Sound ... 527-530

Dop^e Prineiple 527-628

EsiperimenU 528

Theory 529

VelocUy of Sound in Air

in fabet ... 629-630

Ytlocity of Sound in

Various Media ... 630

9220 Reflection and Refraction of

Sound. (Steoiw 9040.) 530-531
Reflection ... 530-631

Refraction 531

9230 Interference and Diffraction

of Sound. Beats 631-633

Interference

Beats

Diffraction

9340 iound-Waves

and Heat-

Hathodfl of Amilrsls and Meaanre-
ment.

9300 Qeneral &34

9310 Methods of lUuatrating and

•ZI* 634-636
636
9320 the Velocity

Amplitude, Enernr, and
Frequency of Sound-

Wavw 635-537

Amplitude 536

636

636-537

636

537

of

Vdocity

637

Sound

537-538

9400 General 638

Munc 538

9410 Musical Inatrumeuts 638-640

MechaTiitm for playing
Muticid InitmmeiUt and
for reeording Motion of

KeyA 539

PipeK. {See aUo &\Z0.) ... 639
>«20 The Voice. Speaking

Machines ... 540-542

" \ Speaking Machines 540-541

Phonograph ... 540-541

\The Voice 541-642

-™ , \yoweU 541-642

9430 Limits of Audition as De-

?'"i*ient on Intensity and
Itch.' t.fi^ „;„ flBoO;

9«0 '"-^

9450

543

9460

Harm

Physi.
Mutical

Quality
Absolute

544
544-646

■■■ 545-646

■■■■- ... 545
646-646

^^■eeal»o

9470

Scales

Eoaliiat

Y

646-648
548-B47
546-547

FhTsiological Acorutlcs. '/gee alto
Physiology 2753, 4141, SBOO^^^qq^j

9500 OeneroL (£«e o/io 9430., .

9510 and ActioL, ^
the Vocal Organs. ( g^
9420.) • _ _

9520 Arrangement and Actio „ ^f

the Ear 54

AwUtion

INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC PAPERS FOR
THE NINETEENTH CENTURY.

PHYSICS.

0000 Philosophy.

Fuiimeri, A. [1B45] Yen. Mm. I. 3 (1847) &-.
(Fosinieri.) ConH, C. [1845] Yen. Mm. I. 8

(1847) 25-.
Zambra, B. Cantti Cronaca 1 (1855) 854-.
MaeViear, J. Q. B. A. Bp. (1859) ^{pU 2)

69—.
Birkenmajer^ L. (xn) Koemos (Lw.) 3 (1878)

18-, 62-, 113-, 166-, 266-, 487-.
Esthetics, experimental. Fechner, G. T. Leip.

Ab. Mth. Ps. 9 (1871) 553-.
— and phyaios, inter-relationshipe. Soret, J, L,

Sob. Nf. 08. Yh. (1885-86) 1-.
ADalysis and mathematical physios, relations.

Pirineari, H. Acta Mtb. 21 (1897) 831-.
Analytic methods, synopsis. Sambuc^ — .

[1880] Axch. Md. Nv. 85 (1881)^417-.
Atomifltics. Hoh, ^. D. Nf. Tbl. («1872)

118.
— . Vdlkmann, P. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 196-.
— . BoUzmann, L. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897)

790-.
— y indispensable in the natural sciences.

BoUsmamn, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896)

(Ab. 2a) 907-.
Axioms and basis of physical science. Volk-

maim, — . Kdnigsb. Sobr. 35 (1895) [18]-.
— , physical. Outhrie, F, Nt. 10 (1874)

805-.
Cansal research, method in. Pre$Um, S. T.

Ph. Mg. 9 (1880) 856-.
Caosafcion in nature, law ; and limits of scientific

knowledge. Bathe, C, G, [1887] Mt. Ostld.

4 (1888) 106-.
Caose and effect, are they successive or simol-

taneons? Whewell, W. Gamb. Ph. S. T. 7

(1842) 819-.
Caosee, efficient, are also final causes. Tretchow,

N. Mg. Ntrd. 6 (1825) 1-.
Chemical theories, infiuenoe of physics. Freund,

M. [1809] Frkf. a. M. Ps. Yr. Jbr. (1899-

1900) 119-.
ChemiBtry and natural sciences, relation of

I&ysies. Beequerd, A. C. Bb. Un. 9 (1837)

145-.

YOL. III.

Chemistry and physics. KoMtneTt JT. W, G.

Yoigt Mg. 9 (1805) 358-.
, limits. Enklaar, J, E. [1890] Brux.

S. Big. Mcr. A. 15 (1891) 59-.
Coefficient of proportionality in elementary

physics. Neiaev, N. Kazan 8. Ps.-Mth.

BU. 2 (1893) 42-.
Communistic tendency of the physical world.

Szily^K. [1871] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Evk.

13 (1876) {No. 7) 47-.
Comparison, principle of, in physics. Maeh,E.

D. Nf. Yh. (1894) {Th, 1) 44-.
Concepts of physics, present fundamental.

Pwib, F. J, Smiths. Bp. (1879)485-.
Continuity, law. Herapath, J, Thomson A.

Ph. 11 (1818) 208-.
— , — , and a seeming exception. Lovering,

J. Am. Ac. P. 2 (1848-^2) 120-.
Cosmogonic theory. Vacuum inpleno, Dupon-

eheh A. Mntp. S. Lang. Qg. Bll. 19 (1896)

142-, 837-, 455- ; 20 (1897) 204-, 363-, 477- ;

21 (1898) 227-, 869-.
Cosmos, philosophy of . Schwarz, H, Steierm.

Mt. (1879) Ixv-.
Discontinuity, case. Stuart, L. C, Amst. Ak. Ys.

M. 9 (1876) 238- ; Arch. Nterl. 11 (1876) 476-.
Division of ftfiysics. BauUnfeld-Lindermih, H.

von, Biga Cor.-Bl. 34 (1891) 40-.
Doctrines of modem physics. Oirault, C, F,

(xn) Caen Ac. Mm. a876) 43-.
Electricity, light and caJoric. Anon, (yi 860)

Nicholson J. 2 (1799) 396-.
Electrogene of Schmidt. Sternberg, K, (Qraf)

von. TUloch Ph. Mg. 24 (1806) 250-.
Energies, experimental properties of different.

Vasehy, A, Eclair. Elect. 13 (1897) 5-.
Energy, objectivity. Muirhead, H, Glasg. Ph.

8. P. 11 (1879) 408-.
— , sources and transformations. Badoureau,A.

Bv. Sc. 36 (1885) 169-. ,

— , theory. Heller, A. Mag. Tud. Ak. £tk.

(Mth,) 15 (1894) No, 5, 14 pp. ; Mth. Nt. B.

Ung. 12 (1895) 375.
Evolution of physical sciences, r61e of hypo-
thesis. Been, P. de. Brux. Ac. BU. (1900)

1094-.

1

0000 Philosophy

Experimental and mathematical physios. Janets

P. Rv. So. 39 (1887) 33-.
— , relationship. Poincari^ fl, Rv.

So. 14 (1900) 705-.

— a posteriori method, applioation. Chevreul^
M. E. G. R. 69 (1869) 845-.

— , applications to physical and poli-
tical science. Chevretd, M, E. C. R. 71
(1870) 493-.

, Newton's, and Leibnitz's a priori

method. Chevreul, M. E. C. R. 96 (1883)
1621-.

— method and physical theories. Matteucci^ C.
n Polit. 14 (1862) 5-.

— physics. Duhem, P. Rv. Quest. Sc. 36
(1894) 179-.

Experiments, physical. Strehlke, F, Gmnert

Arch. 3 (1843) 220-.
Force, manifestations. M^Cann^ (Hev.) J.

[1872] (x) Vict. I. J. 7 (1874) 96-.

— and matter. Wislizenusy A, St. Louis Ac.
T. 2 (1868) 299-.

. BoUandy G. J. P. J. Batav. Ntk.

Ts. 47 (1887) 283-.

— — — , pnysioal significance of terms.
RuUmann, R, [1871] Chemnitz B. (*1871-
72) 14-.

— , modem views. Htm, G. A, Rv. So. 36
(1885) 129- ; 37 (1886) 252-.

— in nature. Carpenter^ W, B. Rv. Sc. 18
(1880) 994-.

— , origin and propagation. SSguin, — (ain^).

Moigno Cosmos 13 (1858) 465-.
Forces. CosU, L. M, P. J. 06n. Civ. 6 (1830)

467-; 8(1830)200-.
— . Lyman, T. Silliman J. 29 (1860) 185-.
— , chemical and physical, indefinite quantita-
tive relations. WUde, H. liianch. Lt. Ph.

S. Mm. & P. 10 (1896) 61-.
— , correlation. (Physical and vital forces.)

Newport, G. A. NH. 6 (1850) 370-.
— ,— . Bizio.B, Ven. At. (1856-57) 54a-, 623-.
— , — . Napoli, R. Moigno Cosmos 11 (1857)

301-, 324-.
— , — . Siguin, — (aifi^. Moigno Cosmos 11

(1857) 411-.
— , — MaUer, {Dr.) J. Freiburg B. 1 (1858)

483-.
^, — . Napoli, R. Moigno Cosmos 14 (1859)

233—.
— , — . Codazza, G. Mil. At. I. Lomb. 3

(1862) 178-.
— , — . Brame, C. As. Fr. C. R. 6 (1877)

325-.
— , — . Sambuct — . [1878] Arch. Md. Nv.

31 (1879) 5-.
— , — . Brame, C. Les Mondes 2 (1882) 507-,

579-.
— , — and association with matter. Edwards,

J. B. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 13 (1859^ 152-.
— , — , direct. (Mechanical and chemical

forces.) Sorby, H, C. Tel. J. 2 (^1864) 122-.

— of inanimate nature. Mayer, J, R, Lieb.
A. 42 (1842) 233-.

—, natural. Anon, (vi 186) Bb. It. 83 (1836)

460-.
— , — .* Kastntr, K. W. G. D. Nf. Vsm. B.

(1840) 58-.

Philosophy 0000

Forces, natural. Baumgartner, A. von. Wien

SB. 27 (1857) 191-.
— , — , interaction. Helmholtz, H. Ph. Mg.

11 (1856) 489-.
— , — , law (Newton and Boscovich). Cipol-

Utti, D. (xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 4 (1872) 139-,

174-, 252-, 344-.
— , — , origin. Poche, — . As. Fr. C. R. (1890)

{Pt. 1) 150-.
— . — , relation between. Clatisius, R. Lum.

Elect. 16 (1885) 253-.
— , — , . Marroquln, M, M, M^x. S.

"Alzate" Mm. 13 (1900) 39-.
— , — , and use by man. Clauaius, R, Rv.

Sc. 38 (1886) 129-.
— , perturbation. Warner, J, D, Am. As.

P. 20 (1871) 159-.
— , physical, nature. Vachell, C, T, Card.

Nt. S. T. 5 (1873) 61-.
— , — , synthesis. Leray, (Vabb^ A . LesMondes

41 (1876) 256-, 333-, 637- ; 42 (1877) 145-.
— , system of, in the physical world. La-
grange, C. Bnix. Ac. Mm. 48 (1892) {No. 2)

728 pp.
Fourth dimension, new way of regarding

phenomena. Saussure, R. de. Rv. Sc. 47

(1891) 585-.
General physics. Dove, H. W. (vi Adds.)

Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 22 (1861) 380-.
Greatest and least, theoiy. Petzval, J. Haid-

inger Ab. 2 (1848) 111-.
Heat, origin. WiUiamson, H. [1770] Am.

Ph. S. T. 1 (1771) {App.) 27-.
Hypotheses, inexpediency of erroneous. Brooke,

C. Ph. Mg. 39 (1870) 464-.
— , origin, application, etc. Couttolenc, — .

[1887] Amiens Ac. Mm. 34 (1888) 218-.
—,—,—,— (Couttolenc). PeuUv€,—. [1887]

Amiens Ac. Mm. 34 (1888) 249-.

— of physics, chemistry and physiology.
Winterl, J. J. Gehlen J. 6 (1808) 1-, 201-.

, value. Duhem, P. Rv. Quest. Sc.

31 (1892) 139-.
, — (Duhem). Vicaire, E. Rv. Quest.

Sc. 33 (1893) 451-.
Identity, an, and its significance in physics.

Sluginov, N. P. (xn) Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 15

(P«., Pt. 1) (1883) 75- ; 15 (P«.. Pt. 2) (1883)

48.
Imponderable elements, mutations. Dyer, J,

C. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 7 (1868) 165-.

— fluids, properties attributed to. BHlavitis, G.
Ven. I. At. 1 (1875) 495-.

— matter, considered as an element. Dyer,
J. C. Manch. Ph. S. P. 1 (1857-60) 91-.

— substance in natural science a chimsBra.
SpiUer, P. (vm) Amhem Ntk. 14 (1860)
97-, 129-, 193-.

Imponderables. Ponti, A. (xn) Brescia At.

Cm. (1862-64) 70-.
— . (Theories of the nature of physical agents.)

Docq, A, J, Rot. N. Vh. 12 (2* «t.) (1865)

179 pp.
— , energies. Riggt (Rev.) A. (xi) C. N.

28 (1873) 5-, 15-, 28-, 54-, 67-, 78-, 92-,

104-, 119-, 139-, 153-, 176-, 190-, 199-,

223-, 236-, 273-, 284-, 309-, 319- ; 29

(1874) 3-.

0000 FhiloBophy

Imponderables, so-called, theozy. Henry, J,

Am. As. P. (1851) {pt. 2) 84-.
— , — , — , dynamic orbital. Porto, I, D

Polit. 19 (1871) 56-.
Inductive philosophy, evidence. Harcourt, W,

V. Ph. llg. 29 (1846) 36-.

— process, modified forms in different sciences.
Glover, R, M, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 23 (1837)
115-.

Infinity, physical and metaphysical. HwU, E,

B. Am. As. P. (1857) 35-.
Interference of electromagnetic waves, and

Him's theory. Schwoerer, i, Bv. Sc. 46

(1890) 73-.
Kinetic and energetic treatment of physical

problems, contrast. Classen, J, [1895]

Hamb. Nt. Vr. Vh. 3 (1896) 1-.
Laws, physical, foundation. Strehl, K, Gztg.

Opt. 10 (1889) 1-.

— of physical world, fundamental. Commines
de MarsiUy, {U gin.) L.J,A,de. (xn) Bftne
Ac. Hip. Bll. 2 (1866) 1-.

, simplicif^ and generality. De

charme, C. J. (zn) M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm

18 (1865) 5-.
Leibnitz's monad theory, development previous

to 1695. Stiver, D. Ph. Stud. 3 (1886) 216-

420-.
Light, chemical nature. lUsis, — . Bll. Phm

1 (1809) 384-.
— , neat and fire, philosophy. Huttan, J.

Edinb. B. S. T. 4 (1798) {Hist.) 7-.

— and sound. Oirard de Caudemherg, —
Dijon Ac. Mm. (1830) (livr. 2) 16-.

Masses and vectoriiu masses in theory of action

at a distance. Vascky, A. Eclair. Elect. 13

(1897) 306-.
Mathematics, influence on physics. Schuster,

A. Nt. 25 (1882) 397-.
— , role in physics. Bloch-Lyon, E. Bv. Sc.

10 (1898) 68^.
Bfechanics, principles, application in physics.

Bjerknes, V. Arch. Mth. Ntvd. 15 (1892)

331-.
— , reduction of physics to. Landur, N. Presse

Sc. 3 (1861) 15-, 274-.
Metaphysics and physics. Cassani, P., dt

Fambn, P. [1879] Ven. I. At. 6 (1880) 55-,

957-.
. Duhem, P. Bv. Quest. Sc. 34 (1893)

56-.
Bfiscellaneous notes. Strehlke, F. Halle Jbr.

NW. Vr. 5 (1852) 96-.
Molecular force of bodies. Brame, C, Les

Blondes 5 (1883) 558-.

— forces of matter, influence of mind. Nevins,
J. B. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 23 (1869) 9-.

— — , theory. BanecUari, A. M. Moigno
Cosmos 8 (1856) 501-.

, — . Challis, J. Ph. Mg. 19 (1860)

88-.
Motor power, natural, origin and classification.

Henry, J. [1844] Am. Ph. S. P. 4 (♦1847)

127-.
Natural philosophy. Qrsted, H. C. Schweigger

J. 36 (= J&. 6) (1822) 458-.
, new principles. Longo, A, G. Arcad.

58 (1833) 151-.

Philosophy 0000

Natural philosophy, pure, attempt at. Stein-
hUuser, J. G. Voigt Mg. 10 (1805) 109-.

, — , — to apply principles to intellectual

world. Steinhiiuser, J, G. Voigt Mg. 10
(1805) 393-, 400-.

— science, relation to philosophy. Hoppe, R.
HaUe Z. Nw. 6 (1872) 172-.

Nature, theory. Cooper, P. Sturgeon A.

Electr. 1 (1836-37) 444-; 2 (1838) 360-,

444- ; 3 (1839) 297-, 393-, 499-, 529-.
Objective existence of processes in inanimate

nature. Boltzmann, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 106

(1897) (Ah. 2a) 83-.
Periodicity, determination. Bessel, F, W, As.

Nr. 6 (1828) 333-.
Phenomena, different kinds. Saigey, J. F.

F^russac BU. Sc. Nt. 8 (1827) 287.
— , material, principles of absolute theory.

Gosiewski, W. Par. T. Nauk ^. Pam. 10

(•1878) Art. 4, 6 pp.; Fschr. Mth. (♦1878)

39.
— , physical, application of general forms of

reasoning to. Pionchon, — . Bordeaux S.

Sc. Mm. 2 (1891) xxxviii.
— , — basis. Bates, H. H. Smiths. Misc.

Col. 33 (1888) Art. 2, 40-. (Wash. Ph. S.

Bll. 7 (1885).)
— , — , coordination. Bellavitis, G, Ven. At.

(1851) 173- ; (1855-56) 107-, 221-, 325-.
— , — , critical points in. Decharme, C. Lum.

Elect. 35 (1890) 51-, 121-, 172-, 223-, 263-,

320-, 46ft-.
»-, — , explanation. Lallemant, — . Bouen

Tr. Ac. (1855-56) 115-.
— , visible. Maurice, G, Qcen. Mm. S. Ps. 3

(1825) 81-.
Physics of 19th century, leading ideas. Heller,

A. [1888] Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Termt.) 18
(1889) No. 3, 33 pp.; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 6
(1889) 200-.

Polarity in the categories. Seckendorf, {Presi-
dent) — . Gorl. Ab. 5 {Heft 2) (1850) 26-.

Psychological elements of physico-mathematical
sciences. Smimov, A. [1895] Kazan Un.
Mm. (1896) (Pt. 3) 113-, (Pt. 4) 211-, (Pt. 5)
147-.

— mechanics in light of vibration theory.
Mewes, R. Dingier 315 (1900) 592-.

Pyrogen, the electric fluid. Lake, J, J. L.
Pol. Mg. 2 (1846) 4-, 93-, 259-.

Quantitative and qualitative in nature. Amer-
ling, K. (xn) Lotos 15 (1865) 57-, 73-;
16 (1866) 72-, 104-, 163-.

Science, is it disciplined knowledge? (Objec-
tion to MaxwelPs theory.) Varley, S. A.
Tel. J. 28 (1891) 4-, 44-.

— in general, relation of physical sciences to.
Helmholtz, H. Smiths. Bp. (1871) 217-.

Space, philosophy of. ScMesinger, J. [1892]

Mt. Ostld. 5 (1892) 419- ; 6 (1894) 51-.
— , , and Schlesinger's experiment. Rothe,

C. G. [1893-96] Mt. Ostld. 6 (1894) 120- ;

7 (1896) 97-.
— , , (Bothe). Schlesinger, J.

Mt. OsUd. 7 (1896) 81-.
Symmetry, laws, physical significance. Maeh,

E. (xn) Lotos 21 (1871) 139-.

3 a2

0010 History

Theoretical physics. ChdllU, J. Ph. Mg. 21

(1861) 604-.

, methods. BoUzmann, L. L. Ps. S. P.

12 (1894) 836- ; Ph. Mg. 86 (1898) 87-.
, — , modem development. Boltzmanrii L,

[1899] D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 8 (1900) (Hrft 1)

71-.
— ^, principles. ChdUiSf J. Ph. Mg. 28

(1862) 813-.

Thermodynamics, electro-dynamics and astro-
physics, a group of related facts in. SchiUx^

J, R. [1896] D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 4 (1897)

166-.
Thermology, similitude in. Haton de la Qou-

pillih-e^J.N. (xn) Brux. S. Sc. A. 8 (1879)

{Pt. 2) 207-.
Thinking and being, relation. Volkmatmt P,

Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) {Ab. 2a) 1103-.
Unitary principle in the 3 natural kingdoms.

Jessen, C. Berl. Nf. Fr. Sb. (1888) 185-.
Unity of cause of all natural phenomena.

StHnfeld, P. Uk&t, 8. Our. BU. 9 {No, 1)

(1885) 17 pp.
natural forces. Guyot, J, Presse Sc. 8

(1861) 646-.
phenomena. DeUa Cata^ L, Bologna

Ac. Sc. Mm. 8 (1868) 251-.
physical forces. Chevrier, — . Rv. Cours

So. 6 (1869) 684-.
Universe, effect of change in dimensions.

Preston, S, T. Nt. 48 (1898) 617-.

0010 History. Biography.

HISTORY.

Accumulators, progress. Ouerout, A, Lum.

Elect. 6 (*1882) 584-.
Alhazen (Ibn-el-Haitam) , 962-1038, dissertation

on light. Wiedemann^ E. E. G. A. Ps. C.

20 (1883) 887-.
— ( — ) and his works. Schnaase, L.

[1890] Danzig Schr. 7 (1888-91) {He/t 3)

140-.
America, U.S., development of science. VioUe,

J. A. Ck>ns. Arts et M^t. 6 (1894) 253-.
American physicists, notable contributions

during three-quarters of a century. Menden-

hall, T. C. Franklin I. J. 149 (1900) 47-.
Apparatus for acoustics, optics ana astronomy*

Doppler*s recent researches. Bolzano, B,

Pogg. A. 72 (1847) 530-.
— , original. Gerland, E. Lpldina. 25 (1889)

162-.
— , — ; and scientific mss. of Cassel libraiy.

Gerland, E. Lpldina. 18 (1882) 43-, 67-,

82-, 96, 114-, 186-.
— , certain scientific. Berthelot, — . G. R. Ill

(1890) 935- ; A. C. 23 (1891) 475-.
Arabs, physical knowledge. Wiedemann, E, E,

6. A. Ps. C. 159 (1876) 656- ; 1 (1877) 480;

4 (1878) 820; 7 (1879) 679-; 14 (1881) 868;

17 (1882) 850-, 1043-.
Areometer, antiquity. Bourgougnon, A, Rv.

Sc. 49 (1892) 379-.
Aristotle and discovery of weight of air. Bod-
well, O. F. C. N. 19 (1869) 123-, 209-.

History 0010

Aristotle and discovery of weight of air. Hamy,

{VabhS) A, C. N. 19 (1869) 189.
Aristotle's discoveries in sound. Young, {Dr.)

T. Bb. Brit. 18 (1801) 354-.

— physics. Deicke, J. C. Halle Z. Nw. 29
(1867) 376-.

. Elmendarf, J. J, Wise. Ac. T. 8 (1892)

169-.
Atmosphere, historical and pedagogic notes.

Lubimow, N, Fschr. Ps. (1893) {Ab. 1)

379.
Atmospheric pressure, discoverer. Oovi, G.

Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 2 (1866-67) 562-.
AtomisticB, development. Hoh, T, (xn) Bamb.

Nf. Os. B. (12) (1882) {No. 5) 30 pp.
— , history. Knibbs, G, H, Aust. As. Rp.

(1900) 18-.
— , kinetic, decay in 17th centuiy. Lcus-

wiu, C. T. r. K. A. Ps. C. 153 (1874)

373-.
Attraction, etc., historical note on various

phenomena due to unsuspected currents of

air. PouUUt, C. S. M. C. R. 29 (1849)

245-.
Bacon's key to nature. Nichol, — . [1894]

R. 1. P. 14 (1896) 189-.
Balzac, scientinc ideas. Coriveaud, A. Rv.

Sc. 37 (1886) 188.
Bernoulli, Daniel, life and works. Burckhardt,

F. [1884] Basel Vh. 7 (1885) {Anh.) 6-.
— , — , theory of gases. Berthold, G. {of Bona-

dorf). A. Ps. C. 159 (1876) 659-.
Bohemia, physics, 1848-98. StudniSka, F. J.

Prag 6eBk6 Ak. Fr. Jos. Pam. (1898) (11 a)

24-.
* * Book of fires ' ' of Marcus Graecus. Poiston, A .

Rv. Sc. 47 (1891) 457-.
. Berthelot, — . Rv. Sc. 47

(1891) 613-.
Bodkovid, R. J., life and influence. Seydler, A .

&u3opis 16 (1887) 267-.
Boyle, Robert, life and writings. Davies, E.

Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 41 (1887) 109-.
Brisson, Mathurin Jacques. Delambre, J. B.

J. Par. Mm. de PI. (1806) Sem. 2 {Hist.)

189-.
Bunsen and the Heidelberg Laboratory, remi-
niscences. Bolton, H. C. Science 10 (1899)

865-.
Burattini, Tito Livio, 17th century, life and

works. Favero, A. Ven. I. Atoi. 25 (1894-

96) No. 8, 140 pp.; Ven. I. At. (1895-96)

110- ; (1899-1900) {Pt. 2) 855-.
Burning-mirrors, history. Wiedemann, E. A.

Ps. G. 39 (1890) 110-.
**Calamita*' (magnet), origin of Italian word.

Govt, G. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 5 (1889)

{Sem. 1) 394-.

— ( — ), . Corradi, A. Mil. I.

Lomb. Mm. 17 (1896) 59-.

** Capillarity,'* curious passages from forgotten
book ('* Philosophia magnetica" of Nicolas
Cabeus, 1629). Thirion, J. Rv. Quest. Sc.
84 (1893) 563-.

Camot's principle, history and criticism.
Mack, E. Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) {Ab. 2d)
1589-.

0010 History

Gortesian phTsios, renaissance. Bertrand^ J.

J. Say. (1869) 581-, 662-; (1870) 225-,

445-.
Caustics, historical accoont. Gander^ J. G,

Qaetelet Cor. Mth. 1 (1825) 29-.
Cavendish, Henry. Cuvier, G, Par. Mm. de

PI. (1811) cxxvi-.
— , — , unpublished electrical papers. Max-

weU, J. C. [1877] Camb. Ph. S. P. 3 (1880)

86-.
Chance in scientific discovery. Decharme^ C,

Lum. Elect. 45 (1892) 439-, 490-, 592-.
Chase, Pliny Earle, list of papers communicated

to Amer. Phil. Soo. (1858-80). Chase, P.

E. [18801 Am. Ph. 8. P. 19 (1882) 184-.
Chemistry, physical, progress in 1887. OstwoUd,

W. Humb. 7 (1888) 209-.
— , — , recent years. OstwiUd, — . D.

Nf. Vh. (1891) {Th. 2J 61-.
— and physics in 1830. Keutneff K, W. G.

Kastner Arch. C. 3 (1831) 110-.
, development of fundamental laws.

Mewes, R. Cztg. Opt. 17 (1896) 135-.
Chorography of Joachim Bheticus. Hipler, F.

Z. Mth. Ps. 21 (1876) {H.4t. Ab.) 125-.
Cisternal du Fay, Charles Francois, 1698-

1739. Becquera, H. Par. Ms. H. Nt. Cent.

(1893) 163-.
Colour photography. Hatzfeld, A, Bv. Sc.

47 (1891) 609-.
Compass, invention in Europe. SchUek, A.

Cztg. Opt. 15 (1894) 3-, 13-, 49-, 64-.
— , mariner's, is it a Chinese invention ? Anon,

Nt. 44 (1891) 308-.
— , — , history. BerteUi, T. Bm. N. Line.

Mm. 9 (1893) {Pt. 1) 77-, {Pt. 2) 131- ; 16

(1899)51-; 17(1900)1-.
Coulomb, Charles Augustin. Delanibre, J, B.

J, Par. Mm. de I'l. (1806) 8em. 2 (Hist.)

206-.
— , — — , physical work. Houston, E, J,

Franklin I. J. 136 (1893) 455-.
Davis, Phineas, life and work. Jordan, J. C.

Am. Eng. & BaUroad J. 67 (1893) 599-.
Davy, Humphry, Galvani prize awarded to,

1807. GUbert, L. W. GUbert A. 28 (1808)

148-.
— , — , , — . Gay-LusBcte, L, J.

Oilbert A. 28 (1808) 309-.
Deecartes, philosophical method. Jacobi, C.

G, J. [1846] Liouv. J. Mth. 12 (1847)

97-.
Discoveries of the century, great physical.

Montigny, C, Bruz. Ac. Bll. 4 (1882)

661-.
— , inventors of certain (reflection of cold, com-
pression of water, telescope, etc.) . Englefield,

H, C. Nicholson J. 10 (1805) 1-.
— , priority of certain. BMani, A. (vi Adds,)

Majocohi A. Fis. C. 10 (1843) 274- ; 17 (1845)

161-.
— , recent scientific. Thomsen, J, Sk. Nf . F.

(1898) 66-.
Dissociation pressure previous to Sainte-Claire

Deville. Duhepi, P. J. Ps. C. 3 (1899)

364-.

Divining Rod. Hisfbry 0010

DIVINING ROD,

Phillips, W, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 13 (1802) 309-.
(Pendulums of different substances vibrating

over various bodies.) Amoretti, C, [1806]

Mod. Mm. S. It. 13 (1807) 223-.
Campetti, F. Gehlen J. 4 (1807) 98-, 126.
(*'Balancier,** so-called, of Campetti.) Ritter,

J. W. Gehlen J. 4 (1807) 114-.
(Pyrites-pendulums, etc.) Gilbtri, L. W, Gil-
bert A. 26 (1807) 369-, 381-.
(Experiments.) Ritter, J. W. Gilbert A. 26

(1807) 429-.
{—, Bitter's.) GUbert, L. W, Gilbert A. 26

(1807) 439-.
Gilbert, L. W. Gilbert A. 27 (1807) 2-.
(Oscillations of iron pyrites suspended over

metal plates, explanation.) Pfaff, C. H,

Gilbert A. 27 (1807) 41-.
(Bhabdomancy, history.) Gilbert, L. W, Gil-
bert A. 27 (1807) 158-.
(Munich pendulum experiments. ) Zimmermann,

C. GUbert A. 27 (1807) 337-.
(Pendulum, so-called, movements.) Renard,

— . Gilbert A. 39 (1811) 101-.
(Animal electrometry, finding water, lodes,

etc.) Amoretti, C. Mod. Mm. S. It. 16

(1813) 52-, 212- ; 17 (1815) 81-, 101-, 132-.
Einsberg, F, Aarau Arch. Md. 1 (1816) 56- ;

3 (1817) 247-.
Gilbert, L, W, Gilbert A. 60 (1819) 318-.
Emerson, (Rev,) R, Silliman J. 3 (1821)

102-.
SiUiman, B. Silliman J. 11 (1826) 201-.
(Analogies of magnetic phenomena.) Wirth, P,

Eastner Arch. Ntl. 12 (1827) 467- ; 13 (1828)

167-.
( .) (Wirth.) August, E, F, Pogg.

A. 14 (1828) 429-.
Osiander, J, G. Hann. A. 2 (1842) 121-.
(And table-turning.) Chevreul, M. E, J. Sav.

(1853) 597-, 669- 768-; (1854) 36-, 172-,

216-, 286-, 427-.
(Use.) Blanchard, F. Presse Sc. 2 (1861)

173-.
Tilrrsehmiedt, A, Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 24 (1863)

139-.
(History.) White, H. Stud. 5 (1871) 20-.

Diwisch, Procopius, 1696-1765, real inventor

of lightning conductor. Anon. Tel. J. 17

(1885) 390-.
Dobfensky, Jakob, of Nigroponte, 1620-97,

book by. StudnHka, F, J, Prag Sb. (1875)

149-.
Double refraction and polarisation, history.

Brewster, {Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J. 1 (1819)

289- ; 2 (1820) 167- ; 3 (1820) 148-, 277- ;

4 (1821) 124- ; Edinb. J. Sc. 1 (1824) 90-.
Dumas, Jean Baptiste Andr^, influence ana

work. Lepsius, B. Senckb. Nf. Gs. B.

(1884) 78-.
D^amo, historical sketch. Rittershaus, — .

Civing. 39 (1893) 349-.
— , history. Wilde, H. Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

Mm. <t P. 8 (1894) 93-.

0010 Hiltory

Early history. Schweigger, J, S, C, Schweigger

J. 31 {=Jh. 1) (1821) 228-.
Earth's oondaotivity, Steinheil's disoovery. H,

Elekttech. Z. 9 (1888) 279-.
Electric batteries, primary, 25 years* progress,

1872-97. QaUhouse, T. E, Elect. Bv. 41

(1897) 688-.

— current, 1799-1899. Fleming, J. A, Elect.
48 (1899) 764r-.

— currents, continuous, with open circuit, dis-
covery. Magrini, L. Bill. At. I. Lomb. 1
(1858) 250-.

— : — , — , , — (Magrini). Mattetu:ei,

C. N. Cim. 9 (1859) 71-.
, history of discovery of laws. Du Moncel,

T. Lum. Elect. 9 (•1888) 417-, 481-.

— discharges, first observations. RoBenherger,
F. Z. Mth. Ps. 42 (1897) (Suppl.) 89-.

— discoveries, historical sketch. Delarive, A,
Bb. Un. 52 (1888) 225-, 404- ; 58 (1888) 70-,
170-, 816-.

— energy, modem views. Schmidt, K. E, F.
Z. Nw. 68 (1895) 115-.

— frictional and induction machines, ancient
and modem. PeUat, H. Bv. Sc. 87 (1886)
858-.

— industries, work of French engineers.
Dufitont, — . Bv. Sc. 11 (1899) 281-.

— light, historical notes. BolUm, {Col, Sir) F.
[1886] Tel. E. J. 15 (1887) 891-.

— lighting. Oeraldy, F, Lum. Elect. 1
(•1879) 5-.

, first steps. Gueroutf A. Lum. £Uect.

11 (1884) 162-, 202-.

— luminosity in vacuum, old experiments.
Del Ltmgo, C, Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 196-.

— machines, first development. Rosehberger,
F. D. Nf. Vh. (1896) {Th. 2, H&lfte 1) 66-;
Z. Mth. Ps. 42 (1897) (Suppl) 69-.

— — of last century. PeUimer, O, Lum.
Elect. 22 (1886) 68-, 106-.

— motor, Bessolo's, and Siemens's open-ring
electromagnetic motor. Oeraldy, F. Lum.
filect. 10 (•1888) 462-.

, first. Kern, 0. Lum. Elect. 9 (•1888)

40-.

— motors, history. Soulages, C. C, Lum.
Elect. 16 (1885) 172-.

— telegraph, achievements of Wheatstone.
Preeee, W. H. [1880] B. L P. 9 (1882) 297-.

— — and Bishop Watson. Hamel, J,
Elect. 1 (1862) 28-.

, history. Salvd, F. [1795-1804] (m)

Barcel. Ac. Mm. 1 (1878) 1-, 28-, 41- ; Lum.
]i:ieci 11 (1884) 248-, 286-, 816-.

, — . Amyot, — . C. B. 7 (1888) 80-.

, — . Wartmann, E4 Arch, de Pl^ectr.

8 (1848) 469-.
, — . Adley, C. C. (vi Adds,) CE. I. P.

11 (1851-52) 299-.

— — , — . [ZeUtche non] Zitz$che, E.
Schl&milch Z. 5 (I860) 89-, 895- ; 6 (1861)
878-; Z. Mth. Ps. 10 (1865) 194-, 282-,
887-; 12 (1867) 892-; 18 (1868) 1-, 850-,
451- ; 15 (1870) 66-, 186-.

, — . Oueroutt A, Lum. filect. 8 (•1888)

257-, 294-, 882-, 858-, 898-, 428-, 469-.

History 0010

Electric telegraph, history to 1887. Fahie, J. J.

Elect. 12 (1884) 17-, 41-, 59, 88, 106-,

180-, 165-, 188-, 201-, 259-, 297-, 499-,

526, 598-, 611.
, — . BHght, (Sir) C. [1887] Tel. E. J.

16 (1888) 7-.
, — . Anon, Tel. J. 21 (1887) 105-,

189-, 161-, 190-.
in India, early history. Luke, P, V,

[1891] L Elect. E. J. 20 (1892) 102-.
, invention. Qovi, G. Tor. At. Ac. Sc.

8 (1867-68) 425-.
, — by Salv&. Janer, F. [1888] (xn)

Barcel. Ac. Mm. 1 (1878) 58-.

— — , Joseph Henry's connection with.
Taylor, W. B. Smiths. Bp. (1878) 262-.

— — , recent progress. T., E. de, Lum.
Elect. 6 (^1882) 449-, 470-, 498-, 619-,
544-, 568-, 592-; 7 (^1882) 62-, 90-, 107-,
129-, 152-, 182-, 204-, 280-, 252-, 278-.

, submarine, and Professor Morse. Anon,

Tel. J. 1 (^1864) 265-.

— — , — , retrospect of 60 years. Ayrton,
W. E, Elect. 88 (1897) 545-.

— — and telephone, inventors. Gray, T.
Smiths. Bp. (1892) 689-.

— traction, Alexander Bessolo, real inventor.
Tanner, A. M, Tel. J. 28 (1891) 779, 814- ;
29 (1891) 588.

Electricity. C. (vi Adds,) Tilloch Ph. Mg.

58 (1821) 187-.
— . (Inaugural address.) Atkine, (Rev,) E,

[1888] (xn) Leic. S. T. (1888-84) 68.
— , applications since 1881. Badoureau, A,

Bv. Sc. 10 (1898) 769-.
— , — during century. Preece, W, H, [1898]

I. Elect. E. J. 22 (1894) 86-.
— , — , Emperor's prize for. Durruu, J. B,

A. T^l. 7 (1864) 718-.
— , — , historical note. Maison, — . (vi

Adds,) Aube Mm. S. Ag. 28 (1859) 288-.
— , — , progress in. Thompson, S, P. [1899]

I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900) 14-.
— , — , . Heavieide, A, W, I. Elect.

E. J. 29 (1900) 900-.
— , applied, date of some modem discoveries.

Zantedeschi, F. Yen. At. 14 (1868-69) 351-.

— by contact of metals, Bennet before 1789,
Cavallo before 1795. Nicholson, W. Nichol-
son J. 1 (1802) 184-.

-», development of science. Adams, W, G,

Tel. E. J. 18 (1884) 4-.
— , . Gray, T. [1897] Science 7

(1898) 861-, 402-.

— in England, 1848. Delarive, A, Arch, de
PElectr. 8 (1848) 888-.

— , exhibition, Munich, historical apparatus.
Guerout, A, Lum. Elect. 9 (•1888) 898-.

— , galvanism, magnetism and the t^egraph,
history. MotUlay, P. F, Lum. Elect. 40
(1891) 58-, 174-, 470-, 620- ; 48 (1892)
221-, 518-, 618- ; 48 (1898) 220-, 820-,
422-, 522-, 565-, 609- ; 49 (1898) 71-, 866-,
419-.

— , knowledge of ancients. Falconer, W,
[1788] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 8 (1790) 278-.

— , . Baronio, G, Mil. G. S. Inc. 4

(1808) 160-, 400- ; 5 (1809) 859-.

0010 HistoTy

Eleetricity, knowledge of anoiente of Italy.

BauiUet, A. F. A. T^l. 6 (1863) 47-.
— , magnetism and heat, mathematical theories,

recent progress. WheweU, W, B. A. Bp.

(1835) 1-.
— , lightning, historical. (T. H. Martin's

book, 1866.) ^ofiJi;, Ad. J. Sav. (1866)

613-.

— and potential theory, historical notes.
Hoppe, E. [1884] Hamb. Mth. Os. Mt. 1
(1889) 97-.

— , present knowledge. Delarive, A. Arch, de

PElectr. 1 (1841) 1-.
— , . ThrelfaU, R. Aust. As. Bp. (1890)

27-.
— , production by evaporation, and of evapora-
tion by electricity, historical sketch . Sturgeon,

W. Stoigeon A. Electr. 8 (1842) 177-, 353-.
— -progress in 1880. Iht iloncel, T. Lum.

Elect. 3 (^1881) 3-, 33-.
— , 1881. Du Moncel, T. Lum. Elect.

6 (•1882) 2-, 25-.
— , 1882. Du Moncel, T. Lum. Elect.

8 (•1883) 1-, 33-.
— , 1883. Du Moncd, T. Lum. Elect.

11 (1884) 4-, 101-.
— , 1883-84. Stephan, —. Elekttech.

Z. 5 (1884) 425-.
— , 1888. Meylan, E. Lum. Elect. 31

(1889) 7-, 51-.
— , 1890. Ledeboer, P. H, Lum. Elect.

39 (1891) 7-.
— , 1891. Ledeboer, P. H. Lum. Elect.

43 (1892) 7-.
— , 1892. Ledeboer, P. H. Lum. Elect.

47 (1893) 7-. ,

— , 1893. Ledeboer, P. H. Lum. Elect.

51 (1894) 7-.
~, 1896. Raveau, C. Eclair. Elect. 10

(1897) 5-.
— , . PeUiitier, G, Eclair. Elect. 10

(1897) 49-.
— , . Hets, A. Eclair. Elect. 10

(1897) 97-.
— , 1887-97. Thonuon, E, Smiths. Bp.

(1897) 125-.

— , 1897. Baveauj C, Eclair. Elect. 14

(1898) 5-. ^ ^

— , . Reyv<Ut J. Eclair. Elect. 14

(1898) 49-.

— , — . Houston, E. J. Franklin I. J. 148

(1899) 346-.

— , — . TieUe, O. Ven. Aten. 2 (1899) 108-.
— , — in 1899. Raveau, C, l^clair. Elect.

22 (1900) 21-.
— , — since 1743, with especial reference to

Amer. Phil. Soc. Barker, G, F. Am. Ph.

8. P. [32] (1894) 104-.
— , — , recent. Everett, J. D. [1896] Belfast

NH. S. Bp. A P. (1896-97) 17-.
— , — , — . (Inaugural address.) Mance, {Sir)

H. [1897] L Elect. E. J. 26 (1898) 8-.
— . statical, first steps. PelUssier, G. Lum.

Elect. 20 (1886) 65-, 159-, 305-, 342-, 398-.

— before Volta. Fodar, E, de. Cztg. Opt.
21 (1900) 5-, 15-, 25-, 34-, 44-.

Electrochemical industries, progress. Swan,
J. W. [1896] L Elect. E. J. 27 (1899) 8-.

History 0010

Electrochemical researches, Brande's. Krau»,
F,, & ReitUnger, E. Wien SB. 46 (Ab. 2)
(1863) 367-.

EUectrochemistry, landmarks in history. Gee,
W, W, H, Elect. 31 (1893) 500-, 519-, 549-.

Electrodvnamic theories and analogies. (Presi-
dential address.) Bragg, W. H. Aust. As.
Bp. (1892) 31-.

Electrolytic conduction, authorship of theory.
Claunui, — . B. A. Bp. (1888) 346-.

Electromagnetic engines for propelling ma-
chinery, historical sketch. Sturgeon, W.
Sturgeon A. Electr. 3 (183&-39) 429-.

— telegraph, discoveiy by Schilling. Hamel,
J. (VI Adds.) D. Nf. Vsm. B. 33 (1857)
60-.

— — , history. Clement-Mullet, J. J. (vi
Adds.) Aube Mm. S. Ag. 15 (1849-50) 407-.

Electromagnetism, discoveries, principal,

history. Zantedeschi, F. Poligrafo 1 (1834)

18-.
— , discovery. Zantedeschi, F. Brescia Cm.

(1832) 31- ; Bm. Cor. Sc. 5 (1859) 245-.
— , — . Tommasi, D. Les Mondes 5 (1883)

326-.
— , — : Oersted's and Bomagnosi's claims.

Lutteman, H. Tel. J. 17 (1885) 512-.
— , — : — — Schweigger's claims. Anon.

(n 87) Z. Mth. Ps. 18 (1873) 609-.
— , — : . Klein, C. F. A. Ps. C,

157 (1876) 647-.

— and electric conduction, discovery. Toepler,
A. Dresden Isis Festschr. (1885) 169-.

— , history. Anon, (vi 1183) Thomson A.

Ph. 2 (1821) 195-, 274-; 3 (1822) 107-.
— , — . Zantedeschi, F. Brescia Cm. (1840)

142-.
— , — . ZeUsche, E. Z. Mth. Ps. 15 (1870)

66-, 136-.
— , — . Ebtvlis, (Baron) R. Mth. Nt. B. Ung.

8 (1891) 460-.
— , present condition. Anon, (vi 155) Bb.

It. 58 (1830) 193-.
— , progress. Negro, S. dal. Poligrafo 1

(1834) 216-.
Electrometers, history. PeUissier, G. Lum.

Elect. 33 (1889) 16-, 73-, 111-, 178-.
Electro-optics, recent discoveries. Fossati, E.

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 20 (1888) 125-.
Electro-physiological current, claim of Italians

to discovery, and recent discoveries of Du

Bois-Beymond. Marchiandi, P. Bm. Cor.

Sc. 2 (1853) 109-.
Electrotechnics, histoiy of development.

Rittershaus, T. Civing. 30 (1884) 225-.

— in Italy, progress. Colombo, G. N. Antol.
Sc. 172 (1900) 288-.

— , progress. Wietlisbach, V. Humb. 4

(1885) 195-, 443-; 5 (1886) 133-, 425-; 6

(1887) 147-, 389- ; 7 (1888) 147- ; 8 (1889)

189-.
Electrotyping, discovery. Stoss, W, Cztg.

Opt. 10 (1889) 16-, 28-.
Elemental physics, recent discoveries. Dyer,

J, C. [1863] (vn) Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P.

3 (1864) 207-.
Energy conservation, history of principle.

Berthold, G. A. Ps. C. 157 (1876) 342-.

0010 History

Eolipile, date. Folgheraiter, G, Bm. B. Ao.

Lino. Bd. 5 (1896) {Sent. 1) S92-.
Errors in physics, oertain. ThivilUy — de.

Orleans BU. 6 (1818) 108-.
Eoler's oontributions to astronomy and physios.

Hagenbach'Buchoff, E. Basel Yh. 7 (1885)

{Anh.) 72-.
Experimental physios, 25 years* progress, 1872-

97. Appleyard, R. Eleot. Bv. 41 (1897)

672-.
Fahrenheit, Daniel Gabriel, and his work (1686

-1736). Member, A. [1890] Danzig Sohr.

7 (1888-91) {Heft 3) 108-.

Faraday, Michael. Rayleigh, {Lard). [1891]

B. I. P. 13 (1893) 462-.

— , — , oriticiJ examination of researches.

Saigey, J. F. Mon. So. 9 (1867) 1025-.
— , — , as discoverer. Tyndall, J. [1868] B.

I. P. 5 (1869) 199-.
— , — , discoveries. Marbach, H, Bresl. Sohl.

Gs. Ubs. (1847) 27-.
—, — , — . Bertrand, J, J. Sav. (1869) 5-.
^, — , and Maxwell, work of, tendency of

modem electrical research. Ptiptn, M, I.

Science 2 (1895) 861-.
Fire-syringe, mvention. Oovi, O, Bm. B. Ac.

Line. At. 3 (1876) {PU. 2) 41-.
Fizeau, work on propagation of light. T., L.

Bv. Quest So. 42 (1897) 209- ; 43 (1898) 36-.
Fizeaa's scientific work. Camu, A. Par. Bur.

Long. An. (1898) G. 40 pp.
Flag signalling. Spratt, J. Nicholson J. 25

(1810) 325-.
Foaeaolt, Jean Bernard L6on, work of his last

years. Sainte Claire-DeviUef H, C. B. 66

(1868) 33&-.
Foorier, Jean Baptiste Joseph. Arago, D, F, J.

Par. Mm. de VI, 14 (1838) Ixix- ; A. G. 67

(1838) 337-; Smiths. Bp. (1871) 137-.
Freezing mixtures, historical account. Lipp-

mann, E, 0. von, Z. Angew. G. (1898) 739-.
Friese's *'Anweisung zur Physica" (1715).

Franke, H, Mt. Ostid. 5 (1892J 119-.
Fusinieri's theories, recent work by others.

Bassani, C, (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 7 (1875J 170-.
Galileo the discoverer of sound-figures.

Strefdke, F, Pogg. A. 43 (1838) 521-.
Chilvani, Luigi. Ltnj, — . [1899] Liineb.

Nt. Vr. Jh. 15 (1901) xiv-.
— , MSB. Oherardi, S. Bologna Ao. Sc. Mm.

8 (1868) 3- ; 9 (1869) 147- ; 10 (1870) 463-.
Galvanic electric telegraph, S. T. von Sdm-

mering's discovery of the first. S'&mmering,

(Dr) W. (VI Add$,) Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr.

(1857-58) 23-.
Galvanism. Salvd, F. [1800] (xn) Baroel.

Ac. Mm. 1 (1878) 13-.
— , first discovery. Agardh, C, A. (vi Addt,)

Lund Phys. Sallsk. Irsb. (1823) 84.
— , history. Bostoek, J, Nicholson J. 2 (1802)

296-; 3 (1802) 8-.
— , — . Disormeif C. B,, dt HcichetU, — . A.

C. 44 (1802) 267-.

— , origin, progress and present state. Donovan,
M, TiUoch Ph. Mg. 45 (1815) 222-, 308-.

^, progress, 1837-47. BeeU, W, Bpm. Ps. 8
(1849) 1-.

0010 History

(Galvanism and other scientific pursuits, state in
Germany. M„Q, NicholsonJ. 4 (1801)511-.

Galvanometer, history. Petruievskij, T. T.
Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 22 (Ps.) (1890) 144-.

Gas-lighting, discovery by Glayton before 1664.
Webster, J, Nicholson J. 16 (1807) 83-.

Gauss, contributions to physics. Seydler, A.

Casopis 6 CIS??) 191-.

— and investigation of terrestrial magnetism.
ScheHng, E, G6tt. Ab. 34 (1887) (Mth.)
79 pp.

Geissler and his tubes. Scheck, — . [1890]

Kassel Vr. Nt. B. 36 & 37 (1891) 47-.
Germany, recent experiments in. Fortkomme,

— . Madrid Bv. 12 (1862) 149-.
Giambattista della Porta, 1538-1615, work.

Beck, T, Giving. 38 (1892) 189-.
Gilbert, William, of Golchester, life and works.

Thompson, S. P. Essex Ntlist. 5 (1891) 50-.
Greeks and experiment in physics. MiUler, J.

Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 23 (1897) 33-.
Guericke, Otto von. Hochheim, — . D. Nf.

Tbl. (1884) 30-.
— , — — , oiscoveries. Blath, — . Magdeb.

Nt. Vr. Jbr. u. Ab. (1896-98) 49-.
— , , and the forces of nature. Zerener,

H, Bv. Sc. 2 (1882) 592-.
— , , work in electricity. Oerlcmd, A,W,E.

(xn) Elekttech. Z. 4 (1883) 249-, 281-.
Heat, Baconian philosophy. Akin, C, K,

J. Sc. 2 (1880) 686-.
— , dynamical tneory, Poncelet's claims. Sotel,

Q. Bv. Sc. 44 (1889) 379-.
— , , S^guin*s claims. A,,R. Bv. Sc. 44

(1889) 244-.
— , specific, origin of measurement of CJC^,

Maneuvrier, G. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1895) 233-.
Helmholtz and modem science in Germany.

K»nig, G. Mag. Tud. Ak. il^ts. 6 (1895)

356-.
Helmholtz's " Gonservation of Energy,'*

jubilee. Warburg, E, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1897) 151-.

— last works. Gruzincev, A, P, Kharkov
Mth. S. Gom. 5 (1896?) 16-.

Hero of Alexandria, influence on 17th century.

Schmidt, W. Z. Mth. Ps. 42 (1897) (Suppl.)

195-.
, Vitruvius*s and the Bomans' debt to.

Schmidt, W. Bb. Mth. 1 (1900) 297-.
, work. Beck, T. Giving. 32 (1886) 401-.

— — — , — on the level hitherto unpub-
lished translated from the Greek. Venturi,
G. Bologna Mm. I. It. 1 (1813) {pte, 2)
{MoraU) 231-.

Hertz, Heinrich, and his discoveries. Evers,
— . [1894] Danzig Schr. 9 (1895-98) {Heft

1) XXV-.

—, — , work. Lodge, O. B. I. P. 14 (1896)

321-.
Huygens, Ghristian. Bosscha, J, Bv. Sc. 4

(1895) 609- ; Aich. N^ri. 29 (1896) 352-;

Giel et Terre 17 (1896-97) 173-, 202-, 289-.
— , — , correspondence published by Ghasles.

Harting, P. G. B. 65 (1867) 987-.
— , — , . Harting, P., Kaiser, F,,

dt Bosscha, J. Arch. Mth. Ps. 49 (1869) 81-.

8

0010 History

Huygens, Christian, oorrespondence and works.
Bierem de Haan, D. As. Fr. G. B. (1889)
(Pt. 2) 233- ; (1892) {Pt. 2) 169-.

— , Constantijn, and Descartes, oorrespond-
ence. Korteweg, D. J, Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 4
(1888) 253-.

Incandescent lamps, origin. Changy, C, de.
Lam. Elect. 6 (*1882) 580-.

— flighting, history. CUmenceau^ P. Lum.
Elect. 14 (1884) 121-.

Induction coil, history. Du MonceL^ T, Lum.

6lect. 7 (♦1882) 623-.
Italian physics, 16th and 17th centuries.

Boncompagni, B, G. Arcad. 109 (1846) 3-.
. 1858. ZarUedesehi, F. II Tempo 3

(1859) 34-, 112-, 260-, 463-; 4 (1860) 62-,

184-.
Joule, James Presoott, memoir. Reynolds^ O.

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. a^ P. 6 (1892)

196 pp.
Joule's scientific work. Dewar^ J. [1890]

B. I. P. 13 (1893) 1-.

— work in development of modem science.
MarHnotH, G, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 22 (1890) 93-.

Jxmgius, Joachim, and revival of atomistic
theories in 17th century. WohlwiU,E. Hamb.
Nt. Vr. Ab. 10 (1887) No. 2, 66 pp.

Kelvin, Lord, researches. G., G. F. F. Elect.
37 (1896) 233-.

Lagrajige, letters, published by Boncompagni.
Govt, G. Nap. Bd. 19 (1880) 78-.

Lamps in 18th century, history. Arum. Cztg.
Opt. 9 (1888) 28-, 60-, 64-.

Iieibnitz and Huygens, oorrespondence with
Papin. Frege, G. Jena. Sb. (1881) 29-.

Leibnitz's connection with physics and me-
chanics. Gerland, E. Bb. Mth. 1 (1900)
421-.

Lenses and mirrors, ancient knowledge of pro-
perties. Hanks, H. G. As. S. Pac. Pb. 3
(1891) 133-.

, . Holden, E. S. As. S.

Pac. Pb. 3 (1891) 136-.

, . Stringham, I. As. S.

Pac. Pb. 3 (1891) 136-.

, . Dreyer, J. L. E. As.

S. Pac. Pb. 3 (1891) 240.

— ~~ — , — . Sehiaparelli, J. V.

As. S. Pac. Pb. 3 (1891) 240-.

Leonardo da Vinci, 1452-1519. Nticharzenski,

F. Bv. 8c. 36 (1885) 208-, 242-^

. Henry, C. Bv. Sc. 36 (1885) 350-.

. Beck, T. Giving. 34 (1888) 25-;

39 (1893) 587-; 42 (1896) 401-.

. SMlles, G. Bv. Sc. 48 (1891) 237-.

. Ferenczy, M. Gztg. Opt. 16 (1895)

97-, 109-.
and function of the eye. Elsasser, W.

Z. Mth. Ps. 45 (1900) (HAt. Ah.) 1-.

— — — — invention of camera obscura.
MUntz, E. Bv. Sc. 10 (1898) 545-.

Light. SneUm, H. Ndl. Gast. Oogl. Vs. 28-

32 (1887-91) No. 120, 9 pp.
— , gradation, Bouguer on. Bottondey, J.

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 23 (1884) 46-.
— , heat and colour, ancient and modem

theories. Allen, S. M. [1873] (ix) Essex

I. BU. 5 (1874) 17-.

History 0010

Light, recent discoveries. Biot, J. B. J. de

Ps. 76 (1813) 129-.
— , velocity, historical sketch. Delaunay, C. E.

Par. Bur. Long. An. ('1865) 393-.
Lighthouse progress, 1887 to 1897. Kenward, J.

Nt. 56 (1897) 282-.
Linear expansion, Lavoisier and Laplace's

apparatus for measuring. Grimaux, E,

G. B. 114 (1892) 208-.
Locomotive, modem. Hirsch, J. [1896] A.

Gons. Arts et M^t. 9 (1897) 208-.
Lorenz's ' * (Euvres scientifiques. ' ' Volentiner,

H. Kj^. Ov. (1896) 440- ; (1898) 277-.
Magnetic attraction and repulsion and electric

attraction, observations and theories of

ancients. Martin, T. H. Bm. At. N. Line.

18 (1865) 17-. 97-.

— curves, historical researches. Wartmann,

E. Laus. BU. S. Vd. 1 (1842-45) 45-.

— field, early conception. Houston, E. J»
Franklin I. J. 133 (1892) 208-.

— force, historical notes. Berghaus, A. Gztg.
Opt. 15 (1894) 1-.

— lines of force and Ampere's hypothesis.
Anon. Gztg. Opt. 4 (•1883) 152-.

— properties, first discoveries. Volpicelli, P.
Bm. At. N. Line. 19 (1866) 205-.

Magnetism, historical notes. Anon, (xi 73)

Smiths. Bp. (1863) 286-.
— , . Smith, W. Elect. 16 (1886) 128-,

148-, 176-, 197-.
— , recent discoveries. Erdmann, O. L. Erdm.

J. Pr. G. 49 (1850) 1-.
Magneto-electric ana dynamo-ele9tric machines,

history. Guerout, A. Lum. Elect. 7 (•1882)

5-.
Marat as physicist. B., A. Bv. Sc. 11 (1899)

719-.
Marci, Joannes Marcus (Jan Marck). Ldska,

W. Z. Mth. Ps. 35 (1890) (H.-lt. Ah.\ 1-.
— , ( ), life and works. St%tanwka,

F. J. Bdhm. Gs. Ws. Jbr. (1890) xxxii pp.
Marconi receiver, history. Tolmnei^ G. Bv.

Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 232-.
Matter, histoiy of knowledge of. Chevreul,

M. E. G. B. 85 (1877) 733-, 769-, 826-,

875-, 920- ; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 39 (1877)

321-.
MedisBval physics. Curtze, M. Bb. Mth. 1

(1900) 51-.
Methods and conquests of physics. BatteUi, A.

Bv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898) 1-.
Micheli du Grest, Jean Barth^lemy, 1690-

1766, work in thermometry. Grt^, J, H.

Bem Mt. (1890) xv-.
Microphone, Mousson's work, jR/(/!t, J. Bem

Mt. (1891) xi-.
Microscope, American, early. Seaman, W, H.

Am. Mer. S. P. 14 (1892) 156-.
— , Amici's, 1841. Amid, G. B. Mcr. S. J.

(1900) 627-.
— , binocular, 17th century. West, C, E. Am.

S. Mcr. P. 12 (1890) 57-.
— , Brewster's. Nelson, E. M. [1897] Mcr.

S. J. (1898) 123-.

— of Gharies I. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1889) 440-.
— , de Ghaulnes's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1889)

118-.

0010 History

Microscope, de Ghaulnes's. Anon. Mor. S. J.

(1889) 442-.

— , compendious pocket, Adams's. Anon,

Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 632-.
— , compound, Oampani's. Anon, Mcr. S. J.

(1888) 109-.
— , — , development. Nelson, E, M, Mcr.

S. J. (1888) lae-.
— , — , Galileo's. Govt, Q, Nap. Ac. At. 2

(1888) i^^o. 1, 33 pp.
— , — , invention. MayaU, J, Ijun.) [1888]

Mcr. S. J. (1889) 163-.
— , — , — . SaccardOf P, A, Malpighia 6

(1891) 40-.
— , Cuff's, 1766. Ndion, E, M, Mcr. S. J.

(1898) 676-.

— of Gulpeper type, about 1800. Henrieit J. F, ,
dt Mellor, C, C, Am. S. Mcr. P. 10 (1888)
140-.

— , discoverer. Harting, P,, db Matthet, C. J,

Amst. Vs. Ak. 1 (1863) 64-.
— , discovery. Rezzi, L, M, Rm. At. 6 (1861

-62) 98-.

— of Eustachio Divini, 1671. Saceardo, P. A,
Ven. I. At. (1890-91) 817-.

— , French, old. NeUon, E, M, Mcr. S. J.

(1898) 674-.

— , history. Wietner, J, Wien Schr. Vr. Nw.

Eennt. 4 (1863-64) 163-.
— , — . Nelson, E, M. [1886] Quek. Mcr.

01. J. 2 (1886) 222-.
— , — . West, C, E. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1886)

161-.
— , — . Mayall, J, (jun.) Mcr. S. J. (1887)

633-.
— , — . Martini, T. Rv. Sc.-Ind. 23 (1891)

160-.
— , — , early. Aldous, T. D, [1892] Croydon

Mcr. CI. P. A T. 4 (1900) 1-.
— , Italian, old. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1889) 696.
—, Joblot's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1888) 640.
— , Lindsay's simple. Anon, Mcr. S. J.

(1887) 293-.
—, Martin's, 1760. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1899) 213-.
— , Musschenbroek's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. 6

(1886) 1049-.

— with nose-piece, old. Anon, Mcr. S. J.

(1890) 88-.

— , patents connected with, 1666-1800. Brown,

W, H, Mcr. S. J. (1896) 267-.
— , Pldssl, old. Nelson, E. M. Mcr. S. J.

(1900) 269.
— , Powell, old. Nelson, E, M, Mcr. S. J.

(1896) 707-.
— , Powell's iron, 1838-40. Nelson, E. M,

Mcr. S. J. (1899) 209-, 336-.

— presented by Linnsus to Bernard Jussieu in
1738. Henrici, J. F, Am. S. Mcr. P. (1887)
214-.

— , Ross, early form, 1842-43. Anon. Mcr. S.
J. (1899) 214-.

— and telescope, histoiy. Houzeau, J, C,
Brux. S. Big. Mcr. Bll. 13 (1886) 90-.

— , universal, Russwurm's. Anon. Mcr. S. J.

(1899) 629-.

— of Zeiss, and 300 years' history. Martenson,
J. [1889] Phm. Z. Russl. 29 (1890) 146-,
161-, 177-, 193-, 224.

0010

Microscopes, early, application of microscopy.
Lamb, J. M, Am. S. Mcr. P. 13 (1891) 13-.
— , Galileo's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1888) 639-.
— , hand-, 8 small. Nelson, E. M, Mcr. S. J.

(1899) 643-.

— , Leeuwenhoek's. Anon, Micr. S. J. 6

(1886) 1047-.
— , 2 old. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1898) 473-.
— , (.^4ftms, 1771 ; Martin, 1776). Anon.

Mcr. S. J. (1899) 324-.

— of Powell, Ross and Smith. Nelson, E. M.
Mcr. S. J. (1900) 282-, 426-, 660-.

— , Schott's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1887) 148-.
— , — . Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1887) 804-.
Microscopical Club, Quekett, histoiy. Cooke,

M. C, [1899] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 7 (1900)

229-.
Mirrors, glass, ancient. Berthelot, — . A. C.

16 (1898) 433-.
Music, Aristides on. Vincent, A, J. H. Rm.

At. 18 (1866) 366-.
Musical scale and harmony. PillaiU, L. Rv.

Sc. 36 (1886) 6-.
Natural science, present position. Windisch-

mann, K, J, Schelling N. Z. Spec. Ps. 1

(1802) {St. 1) 78-.
Nautical instruments in use at time of great

discoveries. SchiUk,A. Cztg. Opt. 14 (1893)

133-.
Newton, Sir Isaac, Brewster's Life of. Biot,

J. B. J. Sav. (1832) 193-, 263-; (1866)

689-, 662-.
— , , and his correspondence with Cotes.

Biot, J. B. J. Sav. (1862) 133-, 217-, 269-.
Newton's •*Principia." HeUer, A. Termt.

E6zl. 19 (1887) 49-.
. Volkmann, P, Eonigsb. Schr. 39

(1898) 1-.
, 2nd edition, Cotes's preface, 1713.

Plana, O, Tor. Mm. Ac. 19 (1861) Ixiv-.
, Hegel's criticism. Whewell, W, Camb.

Ph. S. T. 8 (1849) 696-.
, MS. of Newton's on. Gregory, J. C.

[1829] Edinb. R. S. T. 12 (1834) 66-.
Objective, achromatic, Beeldsnyder's. Anon.

Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 1060.
Ohm, Georg Simon, centenary. Herz, C.

Lum. ]^lect. 33 (1889) 61-.
—, theories. MUhll, K, von der. [1892] Basel

Vh. 10 (1896) 37-.
— , treatise on galvanic current. HeUer, A,

Mth. Termt Ets. 11 (1893) 214- ; Mth. Nt.

B. Ung. 11 (1894) 397.
Optic and catoptric anamorphoses, history.

Ruoss, H. Z. Mth. Ps. 39 (1894) {H.-lt.

Ab.) 1-.
Optical curiosities of literature. Brakey, S. L,

M. Mcr. J. 7 (1872) 222-.

— projection. Pretty, W. H, Elect. 38 (1897)
630-, 680-, 679-.

— researches, Goethe's. Kdnig, W. Ps. Z. 1

(1900) 464-, 467-.

Optics of ancients. Venturi, 0. Bologna Mm.

I. It. 1 (1813) (pu. 2) (MoraU) 166-.
, of Young and of Fresnel. Duhem, P.

Brux. S. Sc. A. 19 (1896) (Pt, 2) 27- ; 20

(1896) {Pt. 2) 27-.

10

0010 History

Optics, book on, "Oonlns artifioiaUs," 1702.

Afum. Mor. S. J. (1898) 381-.
— , Enclid'B. Heiberg, J. L. Kj£fb. Ov. (1896)

117-.
— , Fresnel's work. Camu^ A. Par. Bur.

Long. An. (1896) B. 85 pp.
— , fimdamental propositions, notes, chiefly

historical. BayUigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 21

(1886) 466-.
— , historical note. Brewster, (Sir) D. C. B.

51 (1860) 425-, 467.
— , : polarisation. Biot, J. B, [1842]

C. B. 15 (1842) 962-; A. G. 59 (I860) S26-.
— , history and ueoiy. Venturis G, Brogna-

telli G. 8 (1815) 45-, 147-.
^, present state. Lloyd, H. B. A. Bp. (1834)

29^.

— of Ptolemy. Egger,—, C. B. 71 (1870) 465-.
(4 books). Egger, — . C. B. 73

(1871) 159-.

. Nardueci, H. Bb. Mth. (1888) 97-.

, Euclid, Alhazen (Ibn-el-Haitam) and

Vitellio. Delamhre, J. B, J. Bb. Brit. 48

(1811) 195-.
, — , — ( ) (Delambre).

MoUweide, C, GUbert A. 40 (1812) 460-.
— , recent progress. Brewster, \Sir) D, B. A.

Bp. (1831-32) 308-.
Origin of modem physics. NavtUe, E, Bv.

So. 8 (1875) 1077-.
physics. Terquem, A, [1883] Bv. Sc.

6 (1883) 801- ; 7 (1884) 10-.
Pftpin, D^nis. Heydenreich, E, Z. Mth. Ps.

43 (1898) [H.-lt, Ah,) 130-.
— , — , documents relating to his visit to Venice.

Daubree, G. A, 0. B. 94 (1882) 53-.
Pascal and discovery of gravitation. Hankel,

H, Z. Mth. Ps. 14 (1869) 165-.
— , documents attributed to. Blanchardf E,

C. B. 65 (1867) 329-.
Period circa 1430 a.d. , historical note. Beck, T.

Giving. 38 (1892) 617-.
Photography, evolution. Londe, A. As. Fr.

C. B. (1889) {Pt. 1) 146-.
— , invention. ChevreuL, M. E, J. Sav. (1873)

65-, 277-.
— , progress, 1839-89. Scknauss, J, Lpldina.

25 (1889) 149-.
— , — , 1891-92. Sehnausst J. Lpldina. 29

(1893) 72-.
Physical research, leading ideas in 19th century.

HeUer, A. Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888) 257-.

— science at close of 18th century. Thomsen,
J. Kj/tfb. Ov. (1894) 3S-.

— — , development. * Terquem, — . [1883]
Lille S. Wool. 14 (•1885) 391-.

— sciences, improvements in 1813. Thomson,
T. Thomson A. Ph. 3 (1814) 1-.

, — . Thomson, T. Thomson A. Ph. 5

(1815) 1-.
, — in 1815. Thomson^ T. Thomson A.

Ph. 7 (1816) 1-.
, 1816. Thomson, T. Thomson A.

Ph. 9 (1817) 1-.
, 1817-18. Thomson, T. Thomson

A. Ph. 12 (1818) 1-.
, 1819. Thomson, T. Thomson A.

Ph. 16 (1620) 1-, 80-.

History 0010

Physical sciences, improvements and applica-
tion. Lyle, — . Aust. As. Bp. (1891) 22-.

, progress, reports. Tyndall, J. Ph. Mg.

3 (1852) 81-.

Physico-cnemical experiments and observations,
priority claim. Bellani, A, (vi Adds,) Ma-
jocchi A. Fis. C. 8 (1842) 255- ; 9 (1843) 76-.

Physico-mathematical sciences, progress, report.
Fourier, J, B, J. J. de Ps. 96 (1822) 145-,
289-.

Physics in 14th century. Curtze, M, Bb. Mth.
10 (1896) 43-.

•^ at close of 18th century. Kdnig, W, Frkf . a.
M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1899-1900) 127-.

— in 19th century, history. HeUer, A, Mth.

Termt. £ts. 7 (1889) 292-; Mth. Nt. B. Ung.

7 (1890) 359-.
— , progress, 1859-69. Albrich, C, Hermstdt.

Vh. 20 (1869) 88-, 99-.
— , — . Krebs, C. Humb. 4 (1885) 28-, 320- ;

5 (1886) 20-, 293-.
— , — . Beis, P, Humb. 6 (1887) 183-, 221-,

424- ; 7 (1888) 265-, 464-.
— , — . Fuehs, K, von, Humb. 9 (1890) 230-,

416-.
— , — , recent. MilUer, (Dr,) J. Smiths. Bp.

(1866) 357- ; (1867) 367- ; (1858) 333-.
— , — , — . (Presidential address.) Bayleigh,

(Lord). B. A. Bp. (1884) 1-.
— , — , — . Fabian, 0. Kosmos (Lw.) 15

(1890) 1-.
—,—, record, 1884-86. Barker, G,F. Smiths.

Bp. (1884) 433-; (1885) 577-; (1887)

827-.
— , — due to savants of Burgundy. Brunhes, J,

Dijon Ac. Sc. Mm. 2 (1891) 273-.
Pitch, determination, historic account. Schu-

bnng, — . Z. Nw. 58 (1885) 292-.
Pliicker, works. Bertrand, J. J. Sav. (1867)

269-.
Polygraphic discoveries, history. Perger, A,

von. Wien SB. 28 (1858) 289-.
Problems of a history of physics. Heller, A.

Z. Mth. Ps. 44 (1899) (Suppl.) 175-.
Badlant energy, history. Langley, S, P, Am.

As. P. (1888) 1-.
, — . Bayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 27

(1889) 265-.

— heat, Prevost*8 researches. La Bive, L, de.
[1890] Gen. S. Ps. Mm. SuppU (1891) No, 2,
28 pp.

Bainbow, reproduction of 16th century work by

Benedict Spinoza. Bier ens de Haan, D, N.

Arch. Wisk. 11 (1884) 61-.
Beoalescence, historical note. Barrett, W, F,

Nt. 60 (1899) 173.
_, . Roberts-Austen, W. C. Nt. 60

(1899) 173-.
Beflexion and refraction of light, Cauchy*s

theory. Walker, J, L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

146- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 151-.
Befraction, lateral, historic note. Gilnther, S.

Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 6 (1874) 138-.
Betrospect, historical. Berghaus, A, Cztg.

Opt. 14 (1893) 253-, 266-.
Bey, Jean, ** Essays," 1630. HaUopeau, L. A,s

db Poisson, A, Bv. Sc. 46 (1890) 332-.

11

0010 History

Bitter, J. W., founder of scientific electro-
chemistry. Ostwaldt W, Eclair. Elect. 1
(1894) 450-.

Bomieu, J. B., 1723-66, scientific works.
Roche, E. A. [1877-78] Mntp. Ac. Mm. 9
(1876-79) 255-.

Bnmford, Sir Benjamin Thompson, Count of,
scientific discoveries. WiUiamSj W. M,
[1871] B. I. P. 6 (1872) 227-.

Science, borderland oi. Heller, A. Humb.
4 (1885) 9-.

— , developments since 1743. Fraley, F. Am.
Ph. S. P. [32] (1894) 17-.

— of philosophers and art of thaumaturgists of
antiquity. Rochcu d^Aiglun, A. de, (xn)
Is^re S. BU. 11 (1882) 91-.

Scientific fancies of 17th century. Rochas,

A. de. Bv. Sc. 47 (1891) 239-.

— notes. Russell, H. C, [1875] N. S. W.

B. S. T. & P. 9 (1876) 135^.

Sguario, Eusebio, Italian precursor of Franklin.

Govt, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889)

{Sem, 1) 138-.
Shutter signalling before days of electricity.

Groi;«, T. B, Dorset FC. P. 11 (1890)

135-.
Sirens, history. Rausch, — . Oiessen Oberh.

Gs. B. 29 (1893) 138.
Spectacles, histoiy. Pansier, — . Yauc. Ac.

Mm. 19 (1900) 227-, 277-.
— , telescope and microscope, history. Lands-
berg, C. Cztg. Opt. 11 |l890) 265-, 277-.
Spectroscopy. ZarUedescht, F, Bm. Bll. Met.

2 (^863) 59- ; Yen. At. 10 (1864-65) 1286-.
Spectrum analysis. Forthomme, — . (vn)

Nancy Mm. Ac. Stanislas (1863) liv-.
. Brewster, (Sir) D. C. B. 62 (1866)

17-.
. Talbot, W. U, F. [1871] Edinb. B.

S. P. 7 (1872) 461-.

. Stokes, G. G. Nt. 13 (1876) 188-.

. CrouUebois, M. [1878] (xn) Doubs

S. Mm. 3 (1879) 269-.
. Stewart, P. [1879] Nt. 21 (1880)

35-.

— observed by Newton. Kahlbaum, G. W, A.
Basel Yh. 8 (1890) 884-.

— , pure, formation by Newton. Griffith, G.

B. A. Bp. (1885) 940-.
— , — , Newton*s use of slit and lens in

forming. Johnson, A, [1891] On. B. S. P.

& T. 9 (1892) (Sect. 3) 49-.
Steam engine, atmospheric, of 1786. K,

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 33 (1885) 296-.

— — constructed in 1763 by J. Polaunov.
Wqjekoff, N. N, [1883] Fschr. Ps. (^1884)
(Ab. 2) 318.

. Lermantov, V. Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 263-; J. de Ps.

4 (1885) 594-.
' — — , Him*s. Orosseteste, W, Mulhouse

S. In. Bll. 60 (1890) 255-.
, history. Andre, «/". B. Bv. Quest. Sc.

10 (•1881) 186-, 43^.
, — . Dwelshauvers-Dery, V, Bv. Un.

Mines 7 (1889) 113-, 225-.
and navi^tion, early history. Carter,

W, A, [1890] Sc. S. Arts T. 13 (1894) 15-.

0010

steam navigation, first century of. Raineri, 8,

Yen. Aten. 1 (1889) 41-.
Stereoscopic picture executed in 16th century

by Jacopo Chimenti. Brewster, (Sir) D.

[1862] (VI Adds.) Pht. S. J. 8 (1864) 9-.
Strehlke, Priedrich. Momber, A. [1897]

Danzig Schr. 9 (1895-98) {Hefte 3 & 4)

xxxxviii-.
Svritzerland, history of mathematics and physics.

Wolf, R. Bern Mt. (1847) 68-.
Teaching, physical, 17th and 18th centuries.

Cranz, H. Wiirtb. Jh. 40 (1884) 32-.
Technics, progress. Schwartze,\T. Humb. 4

(1885) 250-, 48^- ; 5 (1886) 182-.
Telegraphic Journal and Electrical Beview,

1831-72. Mordey, W, M. Elect. Bv. 41

(1897) 687-.
Telephone, Gushman the inventor. Barney,

W. C. Tel. J. 23 (1888) 358-.
— , a German invention. Hartmann, E. Frkf .

a. M. Ps. Yr. Jbr. (1897-98) 79-.
— , history. Richard, G. Lum. Elect. 21

(1886) 304-.

— , invention. Dm Moncel, T, Lum. Elect. 6
(•1882) 97- ; 10 (^1883) 385-, 545-.

— of Philipp Beis and its history. Hartmann,
E. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Yr. Jbr. (1897-98) 59-.

— suggested in 1854. Clark, L. Elect. 25
(1890) 755.

Telephonic systems in towns, history. Belngou ,

V. A. T61. 15 (1888) 38-.
Telephony, progress. Du Moncel, T, Lum.

Elect. 5 (•1881) 165-, 184-.
Telescope, achromatic, 1758-61. Nelson, E. M,

Bifcr. S. J. (1899) 340-.
— , — , invention. Rochon, A. Gilbert A. 4

(1800) 300-.
— , — , inventor. Ranyard, — . [1881] Ciel

et Terre 2 (^1882) 272-.
— , invention. 0., E. Nicholson J. 10 (1805)

145-.
— , — of Lower Germany. Linde, — von der,

Cztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 181-.

— lens made by Torricelli. Govi, G. Nap.
Bd. 25 (1886) 163-.

Telescopes, contributions to history. Schroeder,

H. Cztg. Opt. 20 (1899) 143-, 161- , 171-,

182-, 193-, 201-, 212-, 223-, 232-; 21 (1900)

11-, 22-, 31-, 41-, 51-, 64-, 71-, 81-, 91-,

101-, 122-, 142-, 151-, 172-, 181-, 191-,

201-, 211-, 221-, 231-.
— , Huygens's. Jadanza, N. Tor. Ac. Sc.

Mm. 46 (1896) 253-.
Theoretical physics, development of modem

methods. BolUmann, L. D. Nf. Yh. (1899)

{Th, 1) 99-.
, recent progress. Davies, J. E, Wise.

Ac. T. 3 (1876) 205- ; 4 (1879) 241-.
Theories, physical, 1837-97. Anon. Elect.

39 (1897) 274-.
— , — , evolution, since 17th century. Duhem,

P. Bv. Quest. Sc. 40 (1896) 463-.
— , — , present state. Umov, N. A, [1900]

Bee. Mth. (Moscou) 21 (1901) 551-.
Thermometer, alcohol, nrst used in Paris.

Maze, (Vabb^ — . C. B. 121 (1895) 230-.
— , centigrade mercurial, invention. Foumet,

J. Lyon S. Ag. A. 8 (1845) 245-.

12

0010 Biograpliy

Thermometer, centigrade, not the thermometer

of Gelsias. Maze, (VabbS) — >. As. Fr. C. B.

(1897) (Pt. 1) 270.
Thermometers in 1628. Henrys C. Bv. Sc.

33 (1884) 595-.
— , historical account. SmoUk, A, Ziva 8

(I860) 134-.
— , . WoMwiU, E. [186^1] A. Ps. C.

124 (1865) 163-.
— , — — . Burckhardtt F. A. Ps. C. 133

(1868) 680-.
Thermosoope, history. Schmidt^ W, Z. Mth.

Ps. 42 (1897) {Suppl.) 161-.
Thermotics, history, oadi Gamot's place in.

TkurMton, R. H. [1880] N. Y. Ac. A. 2

(1882) 19-.
Torrioeui's experiment. Thurotf C. J. de Ps.

1 (1872) 17X-.
Vacuom, absolute, first production. WilUner^

A. A. Ps. G. 183 (1868) 509-.
Yandermonde, Gharles Auguste. Ladphie, B.

Q, A (le eomte) de. Par. Mm. de VI, 1

(1798) {Hut.) xix-.
ViigU as a physicist. M., H. G. [1900] Nt.

63 (1900-01) 205.
Yolta, Alessandro. Arago, D, F. J, Par. Mm.

de ri. 12 (1833) {HUt.) 57-.
— , unpublished letter of. Martini, T. Bv.

Sc..Ind. 26 (1894) 152-.
Volta's discoveries. Martiniy T. Yen. I. At.

(189&-99) {Pt. 1) 113-.
and works. Pianciani, G. B, G. Arcad.

41 (1829) 28-, 187-, 289-.

— experiments. GonfigUachi, P. Gilbert A. 51
(1815) 341-.

— — , fundamental. (hUhbert8<m,J, Nicholson
J. 2 (1802) 281-.

— law of tension, history. Hoppe,E. Elekttech.
Z. 9 (1888) 36-.

— published writings, bibliography. Fostati, F,
Mil. I. Lomb. Mm. 18 (1896-1900) 181-.

X rays in 1708 (alleged). Marangoni, C. Bv.

Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 258-.
Zeeman effect. Preston, T. [1899] Nt. 61

PL899-1900) 11-.

BIOGBAPHY.

Abria, Jir€mie Joseph BencAt, Bordeaux Ac.

Act. 55 (1893) 203- ; Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 3

(1893) 301-.
Adams, {Col.) Julius Walker, Am. Eng. A

Baikoad J. 74 (1900) 30.
Adler, Franz. Wien Pht. Gor. 30 (1893)

551-.
Agell y Torrents, Juan. Barcel. Ac. Bl. 1

(1892-1900) 283-.
Aiiy , {Sir) George BiddeU. Am. J. Sc. 43 (1892)

248; A. Ps. G. {Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh., 1892) 45

(1892) 601- ; As. J. 11 (1892) 96, 168 ; As.

Nr. 129 (1892) 33-; As. S. M. Not. 52 (1892)

2ia-; G. B. 114 (1892) 91- ; 115 (1892) 1117-;

Elect. 28 (1892) 249- ; Eng. S. T. (1892) 244- ;

L CE. P. 108 (1892) 391- ; Lpldina. 28 (1892)

54; Manch.Lt.Ph.S.Mm.<!kP.5(1892)185-;

Moncalieri Oss. Bll. 12 (1892) 29 ; N. S. W.

B. S. J. 26 (1892) 2-; Nt. 45 (1892) 232-;
Obs. 15 (1892) 74-; B. S. P. 51 (1892) i-;

Biognraphy 0010

Science 19 (1892) 64- ; Am. Ac. P. 27 (1893)

446- ; Edinb. B. S. P. 19 (1893) i- ; Gen. S.

Ps. Mm. 31 (1890-93) cxxxvi-; Kazan S. Ps.-

Mth. Bll. 2 (1893) (Prot.) 24- ; Met. S. QJ.

19 (1893) 97 ; Milnch. Ak. Sb. 22 (1893) 202- ;

Termt. Edzl. 25 (1893) 630-.
Akin {formerly Eohn), Karl. Lpldina. 29

(1893) 207.
Albers, Georg. Wien Pht. Gor. 32 (1895)

271.
Albert, Eugen. Wien Pht. Gor. 26 (1889) 554.
Albert, Josef. Wien Pht. Gor. 23 (1886) 852- ;

24 (1887) 246-.
Allen, Horatio. Bailroad A Eng. J. 64 (1890)

82-, 113-, 174-.
Almeida, Joseph Charles d\ J. de Ps. 9 (1880)

425-.
Amici, Giovanni Ba^tista. Firenze Ac. Geoig.

At. 11 (1864) 44-.
Ampere, AndrS Marie. Smiths. Bp. (1872)

111-; Amiens Ac. Mm. 7 (1881) 261- ; A.

T^l. 16 (1889) 84-.
Anderson, {Sir) James, Lum. iSlect. 48 (1893)

396
Anderson, (5tr) WUliam. Eng. S. T. (1898)

240; I. ME. P. (1898) 696-; I. A S. I. J.

(1898) (No. 2) 324-; I. GE. P. 135 (1899)

320- ; I. Elect. E. J. 28 (1899) [665]; Nt. 59

(1898-99) 154.
Andr^, Jacques. M&con Ac. A. 6 (1888) 420-.

Andieoli, J6mile M. H. Elect. Bv. 46 (1900)

422.
Andrews, Thomas. G. S. J. 49 (1886) 342-;

Lpldina. 22 (1886) 165- ; L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886)

(Ann. Meet. 1886) 8- ; Nt. 33 (1886) 157- ;

Termt. Edzl. 18 (1886) 513; B. S. P. 41

(1887) xi-.

Angerer, Victor. Wien Pht. Gor. 31 (1894) 242-.

Angstrdm, Anders Jonas. B. S. P. 25 (1877)
xvui-; Stockh. Yt. Ak. Lefn. 2 (1878-85)
103-.

Antoine, Franz. Lpldina. 22 (1886) 112 ; Wien
Pht. Gor. 23 (1886) 249.

Apjohn, James. C. N. 53 (1886) 296 ; G. S. J.
61 (1887) 469-; B. S. P. 41 (1887) i-.

Arago, Dominique Francois Jean. Mon. Sc. 27
(1885) 403- ; Bv. Sc. 35 (1885) 257-; 51
(1893) 753-, 755-; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 44

(1888) Ixxix-.

Arbter, Emil {Bitter) von. Wien Pht. Gor. 33

(1896) 29.
Archereau, H«nrt. Elect. 30 (1893) 479 ; Lum.

iUect. 47 (1893) 337 ; Bv. Sc. 3 (1895) 718-.
Arlincourt, {le comte) Ludovic d\ A. T^. 11

(1884) 182.
Armellini, Tito. Bm. N. Line. At. 35 (1882)

130-.
Armstrong, (Col.) Robert Young. L. Ps. S. P.

13 (1895) (Ann. Meet. 1895) 13 ; B. S. P. 57

(1895) xxii-.
Armstrong, WiUiam George Armstrong (Lord),

Eng. S. T. (1900) 26&- ; Glasg. I. Eng. T

44 (1901) 337-.
Amheim, Friedrich. St. Pet. Md. Wschr. 18

(1893) 85-.
Atkinson, Edmund. Nt. 62 (1900) 34 ; L. Ps.

S. P. 17 (1901) (Ann. Meet. 1901) 10-.

13

0010 Biography

Audouard, itienne Prosper. Brest S. Ao. BU.

20 (1895) 476-.
AvenaiiuB, Michail Petrovid, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J.

27 (P«.) (1895) 221- ; St. P^t. Ao. So. BU. S

(1895) xlv-.
Ayogadro, Amedeo, Am. G. J. 11 (1889) 289 ;

C. Ztg. 18 (1889) 263.
Babbini, (ahat£) Giovanni, Firenze Ac. Georg.

At. 2 (1819) 383-.
Babinet, Jacques, By. Ck)ar8 So. 3 (1872)

409- ; By. Sc.-Ind. 4 (1872) 294-.
Baoaloglu, Emmanuel, [Bacarest S. So. Bl. 2

(1893)] 101- ; [3 (1894) (Supl.)} 51- ; 4 (1895)

\SupL) 97-.
Baden-lSitohard, Heinrich, Wien Pht. Cor.

21 (1884) 153.
Bamberg, Carl. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 253.
Banderali, David, O^n. Civ. 16 (1889-90)

479 ; I. ME. P. (1890) 171 ; Bailroad & Eng.

J. 64 (1890) 281. ,
Barbier, E. Lam Eleot. 24 (1887) 492.
Bardi, (conte) Girolamo de, Firenze Ao.

Geoig. At. 7 (1830) 234-.
Barentin, Wilhelm, Lpldina. 22 (1886) 113.
Barnard, Frederick Augustus Porter. Am. Ao.

P. 24 (1889) 441- ; M^x. Obs. Bl. 2 (1889) 404.
Barnes, David Leonard. Am. Eng. & Bailroad

J. 71 (1897) 32 ; I. CE. P. 128 (1897) 358-.
Bartlett, William Holmes Chambers. Am. Ao.

P. 30 (1895) 570-.
Bartol, Barnabas H. Franklin 1. J. 125 (1888)

499-.
Bartoli, Adolfo, Catania Ao. Gioen. Bll. 44-45

(1896) 23<; Moncalieri Oss. Bll. 16 (1896)
88-; N. Cim. 4 (1896) 211- ; Bv. So.-Ind.

28 (1896) 102-, 128- ; Spot. It. Mm. 25
(1896) 214-.

Basso, Giuseppe, Spot. It. Mm. 24 (1895)
121- ; Tor. Ao. So. At. 31 (1895) 3-.

Batohelder, John Montgomery, Am. Ao. P. 28
(1893) 305-.

Bateman-Champain, (Col, Sir) John. Eleot.

18 (1887) 283.
Baudnmont, Alexandre Edouard. Bordeaux

Ac. Act. 42 (1880) 729- ; 45 (1883) 557-.
Bauemfeind, Carl Maximilian von. Lpldina.

30 (1894) 161; 31 (1895) 62-, 78-, 94-;

Fdrster Al. Baaztg. 60 (1895) 31- ; Munch.

Ak. Sb. 25 (1896) 161-.
Baumgartner, Andreas von. Arch. Mth. Ps.

45 (1866) 1- ; Wien Ahn. 16 (1866) 124-.
Baumhauer, Eduard Heinrich von. Arch. N^erl.

19 (1884) 4 pp. ; Lpldina. 21 (1885) 57- ; Bv.
So. 35 (1885) 190 ; Amst. Ak. Jb. (1887) 1-.

Bausohinger, Johann. Elektteoh. Z. 14 (1893)

715; Lpldina. 29 (1893) 209; Miinch. Ak.

Sb. 24 (1895) 114-.
Beokwith, John Henry, 1. ME. P. (1898)

701- ; I. A S. I. J. (1898) {No. 2) 325.
Beoquerel, Alexandre Edmond. A. Cons. Arts

et M6t. 3 (1891) 101- ; 4 (1892) 113- ; C. B.

113 (1891) 882-; Eleot. 27 (1891) 73-;

Lpldina. 27 (1891) 109; Lum. Elect. 40

(1891) 395- ; Par. S. Ps. S6, (1891) 158- ;
Bv. So. 47 (1891) 635 ; 49 (1892) 363-, 676-;
Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 352-; B. S. P. 51

(1892) xxi-; Termt. Edzl. 24 (1892) 640;
Ts. Ps. C. 81 (1892) 64.

Biography 0010

• Beoquerel, Antoine Cisar, Am. J. Phm. 43
(1871) 288; Fr. S. Ag. Mm. (1877) 33-; Fr.
S. Ag. Bll. 38 (1878) 37-; Bv. So. 49 (1892)
673-.

Bedford, William. Phot. J. 17 (1893) 125-.

Beetz, Friedrich WUhelm Hubert von, Berl.
Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 29-; C. Ztg. 10 (1886)
137 ; Lpldina. 22 (1886) 57 ; 24 (1888) 154-,
182- ; MOnch.Ak.Sb. 16(1887)10-; Termt.
Edzl. 19 (1887) 501.

Bellavitis, Giusto. Bll. So. Mth. As. 4 (1880)
343- ; Bm. B. Ac. Lino. T. 5 (1881) 15- ; Z.
Mth. Ps. 26 (1881) {H,-lt. Ab,) 163- ; Ven.
I. At. 8 (1882) 395- ; Nap. Ao. Pont. At. 15
(1883) (Pt, 1) 5- ; Bm. S. It. Mm. 6 ^887)
Ixxiii-.

Belli, Giuseppe. MU. L Lomb. Bd. 11 (1878)
794-.

Beltrami, Eugemo, A. Mt. 4 (1900) 151- ;
Bologna Bd. 4 (1900) 91- ; C. B. 130 (1900)
677- ; 131 (1900) 1037- ; Ens. Mth. 2 (1900)
173- ; G. Mt. 38 (1900) 365- ; Mil. I. Lomb
Bd. 33 (1900) 241- ; Nap. Bd. 39 (1900) 74-
N. Cim. 11 (1900) 160- ; Nt. 61 (1899-1900
568-; Palermo Cir. Mt. Bd. 14 (1900) 275-
Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 9 (1900) {Sem. 1) 139-
Tor. Ao. So. At. 35 (1900) 356- or 641-
Ven. I. At. (1899-1900) {Pt. 1) 72- ; Wiad
Mt. 4 (1900) 266- ; Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. Bll
10 (1901) {Prot.) 32-; Miinoh. Ak. Sb. 30
(1901) 345-.

Belz, Jules Edmond. A. T^. [19] (1892)
90-.

Berkeley, Herbert Bowyer, Phot. J. 15 (1891)
90-.

Bernard, Filix. Bordeaux Mm. S. So. 4
{cah. 1) (1866) 15-.

Bertrand, Joseph Louis Francois. C, B. 130
(1900) 961- ; 131 (1900) 1033- ; G. Mt. 38
(1900) 171- ; J. Sav. (1900) 257-, 312- ;
Lpldina. 36 (1900) 129- ; Nt. 61 (1899-1900)
614- ; Science 11 (1900) 637; St. m. Ao. So.
Bll. 12 (1900) xxxiv; Wiad. Mt. 4 (1900)
267-.

Betti, Enrico. Nap. Bd. 31 (1892) 143- ; N. Cim.
32 (1892) 5- ; Palermo Cir. Mt. Bd. 6 (1892)
245-; Bv. Mt. 2 (1892) 151-; Bv. Sc-Ind.
[24 (1892)] 211- ; A. Mt. 20 (1892-93) 256 ;
Yen. I. At. (1892-93) 609-.

Bevan, Morgan Mark. I. Eleot. E . J. 29 (1900)
948.

Beyersdorff, Ferdinand Adolf. Wien Pht. Cor.
27 (1890) 188.

Biervliet, Albert Marie Joseph van, Brux. S.
So. A. 15 (1891) {Pt. 1) 86.

Blake, Eli W. Ps. Bv. 3 (1896) 226-.

Blavier, Edouard Ernest. A. T41. 13 (1886)
566-; 14 (1887) 5-, 369-; 16 (1889) 97-,
193- ; A. Mines 11 (1887) 240- ; J. T^l. 11

(1887) 17 ; Lum. Elect. 23 (1887) 644-.
Bleasdale, (Rev.) John Ignatius, Viot. B. S.

T. 21 (1885) 148.
Bolton, (Col. Sir) Francis John. Nt. 35 (1887)
255 ; Tel. J. 20 (1887) 37 ; I. CE. P. 93

(1888) 497-.
Boltshauser, Giovanm Adamo. Sav. Ao. Mm.

6 (1897) Ixxxiii-.

14

0010

Bonoompo^, {prineipe) BaldatMre. Bm. N.

Lino. At. 47 (1894J 161- ; Bv. Quest. So.

36 (1894) 263-; Bv. So.-Ind. 26 (1894)

116; Z. Mth. Ps. 89 (1894) {H.4t. Ab.) 201-;

Yen. I. At. (1894-95) 509-.
Bonnet, Pierre Oirian, 0. B. 115 (1892) 1115- ;

117 (1893) 1014- ; Lpldina. 28 (1892) 157.
Bontemps, Charles. A. T^. 11 (1884) 183-.
Bosch, Otto van. Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895)

212-.
Bosscha, Hugo Cotutant^fn* 's Gravenh. I.

Ing. Ts. (189a-99) {Verg.) 21-.
Boorcort, Bodolphe. Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 70

(1900) 325-.
BoordeUes, Lion. A. Pon. Ghauss. (1899)

(rrtm. 3) VI-, (Trim. 4) xra-; G6n. Civ.

35 (1899) 413.
Bourdon, Eugene. Les Mondes 9 (1884) 250- ;

Bv. So. 34 (1884) 542-.
Boussao, Joeeph'Auguste Charles. A. T41. 20

(1893) 94-.
Brauer, Georg. Bs. P8.-C. S. J. 14 (Ps.) (1882)

[Pt. 1] 267-.
Bravais, Auguste. Par. Ao. So. Mm. 35 (1866)

xxm-; Smiths. Bp. (1869) 145-.
Breda, Jacob G^jsbertut Samuel van. Amst.

Jb. Ak. (1867) 22-.
Br^et, Antoine. Bv. So. 4 (1882) 129-.
Br^guet, Louie Francois Climent. Termt.

Kdzl. 16 (1884) 507; C. B. 103 (1886) 5-,

226 ; Lum. ]6l6ot. 21 (1886) 137- ; Bv. Mar.

et Col. 90 (1886) 521-.
Breton, Philippe. Is^re S. BU. 27 (1892) 391-.
Brett, Jacob. Eleot. 38 (1897) 368; Elect. Bv.

40 (1897) 75 ; Elektteoh. Z. 18 (1897) 50 ;

J. Tdl. 21 (1897) 66-.
Brett, John WatHne. Tel. J. 1 (1864) 6.
Brevoort, Henry Lefferts. Am. Eng. & Bail-

zoad J. 69 (1895) 379.
Brewster, [Sir) David. Am. J. Phm. 40 (1868)

287- ; B. S. P. 17 (1869) Ixix- ; Am. Ac. P.

8 (1873) 38-.
Bright, (Sir) Charles Tilston. Elect. 21 (1888)

13-; Gg. S. P. 10 (1^) 387; I. CE. P. 93

S888) 479- ; Lum. Elect. 28 (1888) 396 ;
el. J. 22 (1888) 508- ; As. S. M. Not. 49

(1889) 157- ; Gl. S. QJ. 45 (1889) (P.) 39.
Brisse, Charles Michel. J. de Ps. 7 (1898)

[637]; Nt. 59 (1898-99) 80; N. Y. Am. Mth.

S. Bll. 5 (1899) 211-.
Brix, PMlipp WUhelm. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899)

125- ; Elektteoh. Z. 20 (1899) 268.
Brooh, Ole Jacob. Christiania F. (1889) (Ov.)

13-; Nt. 39 (1889) 375; Par. Poids et Mes.

PV. (1889) 3-; Par. S. Gg. C. B. (1889) 81-;

Par. S. Pb. S^. (1889) 37- ; Bv. So. 43 (1889)

218.
Brooke, Charles. B. S. P. 30 (1880) i- ; Mcr.

S. J. (1895) 17-.
Brooke, (Sir) WiUiam O'Shaughnessy. B. S.

P. 46 (1890) xvm-.
Brooks, David. Elektteoh. Z. 12 (1891) 377 ;

Fianklin I. J. 132 (1891) 75-.
Browne, Walter Raleigh. I. ME. P. (1884)

472; L CE. P. 79 (1885) 362-; L. Ps. S. P.

6 (1885) (^nn. Meet. 1885) 9-.
Baooola, Oabriele. Bv. Sper. Freniatr. 11

(1885) i-; Sperim. 55 (1885) 344.

Biograpliy 0010

Buckney, Thomas. I. Eleot. E. J. 29 (1900)
948; I. ME. P. (1900) 326.

Buff, Heinrich. Berl. B. 14 (1881) 2867-.

Bunsen, Robert Wilhelm Eberhard. A. di Fm.
e C. (1899) 479-; Am. C. J. 22 (1899) 411- ;
Am. J. So. 8 (1899) 318; Anai. 24 (1899)
226-; Asps. J. 10 (1899) 301- ; Berl. B. 32
(1899) 2535-; C. N. 80 (1899) 94-; C. B.
129 (1899) 1061; C. Ztg. 23 (1899) 675;
Dingier 313 (1899) 159- ; Elektteoh. Z. 20
(1899) 626 ; Frkf . a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1898-
99) 43-; Lpldina. 35 (1899) 158; Mon. So.
13 (1899) 770; Nt. 60 (1899) 424-; Ps. Bv.
9 (1899) 31(^; Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 8 (1899)
(Sem. 2) 329-; Bv. So.-Ind. 31 (1899) 184;
S. Afr. C. Mtl. S. J. 2 (1899) 178- ; S. Afr.
C. MU. S. P. 2 (1897-99) 832-; Science 10

(1899) 447-; Smiths. Bp. (1899) 605- ; Wien.
Md. Wschr. 49 (1899) 1596 ; Wien Pht. Cor.
36 (1899) 550- ; Z. Angew. C. (1899) 822,
1241; (1900) 884-; Am. C. S. J. 22 (1900)
(P.) 89- ; CJ. S. J. 77 (1900) iPt. 1) 613- ;
Gl. Mg. 7 (1900) 431 ; Gl. S. QJ. 56 (1900)
(P.) U; L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) (Ann. Meet.
1900) 12-; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. &V.4A

(1900) xxxn-; B. S. Yearbook (1900) 19&-;
Termt. Kdzl. 32 (1900) 690- ; Wien Aim. 50
(1900) 286-; Z. Anorg. C. 23 (1900) 393-;
Z. Elektoh. (1899-1900) 205- ; Miinoh. Ak.
Sb. 30 (1901) 359-; B. L P. 16 (1902) 437-.

Burton, WiUiam Kinninmond. I. CE. P. 139
(1900) 373-; Phot. J. 24 (1900) 39.

Buys-Ballot, Christopher Hendrik Dirk. Am.
Met. J. 6 (1889-90) 583; Berl. Ps. Gs.
Vh. (1890) 19-; Brux. Ao. Bll. 19 (1890)
180- ; Humb. 9 (1890) 104 ; Lpldina. 26 (1890)
58; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 3 (1890)
167- ; Moncalieri Oss. Bll. 10 (1890) 34; Nt.
41 (1890) 371 ; Ciel et Terre 11 (1890-91) 21 ;
Met. S. QJ. 17 (1891) 61-; Met. Z. 8 (1891)
1-; Sym. Met. Mg. 26 (1891) 8; Termt. K6zl.
23 (1891) 630-; Ts. Ps. C. 30 (1891) 63-;
Brux. S. As. Bll. 3 (1898) 204- ; Amst. Ak.
Jb. (1899) 59-.

Byigi, Jost. Cztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 121-,

Cabanellas, Gustave Eugene. Lum. Elect. 30
a888) 98; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1888) {Pt. 2)

Caligny, Anatole Franks HUe {marquis) de.

C. B. 114 (1892) 797-; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 31

(1890-93) CXXXIX-.
Campbell, George. Eng. S. T. (1889) 219.
Cantoni, Giovanni. N. Cim. 6 (1897) 426-;

Nap. Bd. 37 (1898) 46-; Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

32 (1899) 67-.
Cantzler, Gustav Hermann. St. Pet. Md.

Wschr. 21 (1896) 68.
Carl, Phxlipp Fram Heinrich. Elektteoh. Z.

12 (1891) 97-; Exner Bpm. 27 (1891) 65-;

Lpldina. 27 (1891) 4&-; Termt. Kdzl. 24

(1892) 641.
Carlsund, Otto Edvard. Stookh. Vt. Ak. Lefn.

3 (1886-94) 161-.
Carpenter, William Lant. C. S. J. 69 (1891)

461- ; Eleot. 26 (1891) 266; L. Ps. S. P. 11

(1892) {Ann. Meet. 1891) 9; Nt. 43 (1891)

230; S. C. In. J. 10 (1891) 33.
Carr^, Edmand. Elektteoh. Z. 15 (1894) 370.

15

0010 Biograpliy

Carstadt, Friedrich. Bresl. Schl. Gb. Jbr.

(1891) (Nek,) 4.
Gasati, Victor. Wien Pht. Cor. SI (1894) 861-.
Caselli, (abate) Oiovanni. Firenze Ao. G^rg.

At. 14^1891) ZLVi-; Lpldina. 27 (1891) 204;

Lum. Elect. 42 (1891) 196; Bv. Sc.-Ind. 23

(1891) 251- ; Tennt. Edzl. 24 (1892) 641;

Tb. Pb. G. 31 (1892) 128.
Gauchy, {le baron) Augustin Louis, J. Sav.

(1869) 205- ; Bv. So. 9 (1898) 97-.
Ceoohi, (padre) Filippo, Moncalieri Obb. BU.

7 (1887) 81-; Bm. N. Lino. At. 40 (1887)
168- ; By.So.-Ind.l9(1887)133-;yen.Aten.
1 (1888) 3-.

Cecil, (Lord) SackviUe Arthur. L. Ps. S. P.

16 (1899) (Ann. Meet. 1898) 6-; I. Elect. E.

J. 28 (1899) [665}-.
Cell^rier, Charlee. Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 31 (1890-

93) xvra-.
Challis, James. As. S. M. Not. 43 (1883) 160- ;

Obs. 6 (1883) 23.
Chamontov, Nikolqj Nikolaevid. Bs. Ps.-C. S.

J. 25 {Ps.) (1893) 196-.
ChamooBset, (le chanoine) Francois Marie. Sav.

Ac. Mm. (1891) 111-.
Chapman, Daniel Currier. Wash. Ph. S. Bll.

13 (1900) 381-.
Chase, Pliny Earle. Am. Ph. S. P. 19 J1882)

184- ; 24 (1887) 287-; Franklin 1. J. 124

(1887) 229-.
Chasles.JIftc^Z. Bologna Bd. (1881) 37- ; Khar-
kov Mth. S. Com. (1881) 23-; Eosmos (Lw.) 6

(1881) 555-; B. S. P. 32 (1881) i-; Bv. Quest.

So. 9 (1881) 517- ; Bv. So. 50 (1892) 801-.
Christie, Samuel Hunter. B. S. P. 15 (1867) xi-.
Churchod, Louis, Lmn. Elect. 34 (1889) 296.
Clark, Daniel Kinnear. Am. Eng. & Bailroad

J. 70 (1896) 44-; I. CE. P. 124 (1896) 409- ;

I. ME. P. (1896) 92-.
Clark, Joseph Warner. L. Pb. S. P. 7 (1886)

(Ann, Mut, 1886) 10-.
Clark, Josiah Latimer, Elect. Bv. 43 (1898)

663-; Elekttech. Z. 19 (1898) 777-; J. T61.

22 (1898) 278; Lpldina. 34 (1898) 170; Science

8 (1898) 704- ; As. S. M. Not. 59 (1899) 219- ;
Elect. 42 (1899) 33; I. GE. P. 137 (1899)
418- ; I. Elect. E. J. 27 (1899) 646-, 649-;
28 (1899) 667-; L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) (Ann.
Meet. 1899) 9-; Nt. 59 (1898-99) 38.

Claadet, Antoine Francois Jean. B. S. P. 17
(1869) Ixxxv-.

Claasius, Rudolph Julius Emmanuel. A. T^l.
15 (1888) 478; C. Ztg. 12 (1888) 1141; Elect
21(1888)562; Hmnb. 7 (1888) 403 ; Lpldina.
24 (1888) 170; Lam. Elect. 29 (1888) 496-;
Nt. 38 (1888) 438-; Bv. Sc. 42 (1888) 424-;
Bv. Sc.-Ind. 20 (1888) 259-; Am. Ac. P. 24
(1889) 458-; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1889) 1-;
Glasg. I. Eng. T. 32 (1889) 319- ; Gott. Ab.
35 (1889) (Mth.) 39 pp. ; I. CE. P. 96 (1889)
307- ; L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) (Ann. Meet,
1889) 10-; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 2
(1889) 259-; Phm. J. 19 (1889) 243; Termt.
K5zl. 21 (1889) 600; Tor. Ao. Sc. At. 24
(1889) 3-; Wien Aim. 39 (1889) 203- ; Miinch.
Ak. Sb. 19 (1890) 113- ; Bv. Quest. Sc. 27

0 419-; B. S. P. 48 (1891) i-; Zur.
r. 41 (1896) (Festsehr.y Th. 1) 93-.

Biography 0010

Clerc, Auguste. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1888)

(Pt, 2) 530.
Colladon, Jean Daniel. C. B. 117 (1893) 263- ;

G^n. Civ. 23 (1893) 194; J. TA, 17 (1893)

182- ; Lum. iilect. 49 (1893) 142- ; Nt. 48

(1893) 396- ; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1893) (Pt, 2)

443-; Sch. Nf. Gs. Yh. (1893) 183- ; Met. S.

QJ. 20 (1894) 106- ; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 32

(1894-97) (Pt, 1) xvra-.
Collette, Johannes Martinus, Elekttech. Z. 21

(1900) 104; 'B Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1899-

1900) (Verg,) 61-.
CoUey, A>bert Andreemc, Kazan S. Ps.-Mth.

Bll. 1 (1891) (Prot,) 61-; Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 23

(Ps,) (1891) 443-.
Commines de Biarsilly, (le gin,) Louis Joseph

AugusU de, Bdne Ac. Hip. Bll. 24 (1891)

(C. R, 1890) 1-.
Conroy, (Sir) John. Nt. 63 (1900-01) 186.
Cook, Edward Rider, S. C. In. J. 17 (1898) 828.
Cooper, Matthew, I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900) 948-.
Copeland, Charles W, Am. Eng. & Bailroad J.

69 (1895) 140.
Gordier, Pierre Louis Antoine, A. Mines 8

(1895) 599-.
Com^lis, Louis. Anvers J. Phm. 43 (1887) 444-.
Cornelius, Karl Sebastian, Lpldina. 32 (1896)

188.
Gomut, Ernest. G6n. Civ. 20 (1891-92) 203.
Cowles, Eugene H. Elect. 29 (1892) 61;

Franklin I. J. 133 (1892) 404-.
Cowper, Edward Alfred, Elect. 31 (1898) 67;

I. CE. P. 114 (1893) 369-; I. ME. P. (1893)

203- ; L A S. I. J. (1898) (No, 1) 172- ; Nv.

Archt. T. 84 (1893) 241- ; S. C. In. J. 12

(1893) 509.
Craoknell, Edward Charles. I. CE. P. 113

(1898) 848- ; N. S. W. B. S. J. 27 (1898) 3.
Crampton, Thomas Russell, I. CE. P. 94 (1888)

295-; I. ME. P. (1888) 487-; I. & S. L J.

(1888) (No, 1) 210- ; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1888) (Pt. 1) 668-; Bailroad & Eng. J. 62

(1888) 285.
Curbillon, Claudius. Angers S. Sc. Bll. (1899)

262-.
Curioni, Oiovanni. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 19 (1887) 89-.
Cushman, Holbrook, Science 2 (1895) 757-.
Gz6gler, Alajos, Termt. Edzl. 26 (1894) 638.
Daalen, Ootfried Coenraad Ernst van. 's

Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1889-90) (Verg,) 4.
Dagron, Prudent Rene Patrice, A6r. (1900) 152-.
Daguin, Pierre Adolphe, Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm.

7 (Sem, 2) (1885) 48-.
Dale, (Rev,) T. Pelham. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894)

(Arm, Mut, 1893) 8.
Dalton, John. Arch. Phm. 90 (1844) 321- ;

S. Dyers Col. J. 16 (1900) 74-, 104-.
Dancer, John Benjamin. As. S. M. Not. 48

(1888) 161 ; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 1

(1888) 149-.
Davies, John Eugene. Am. Mcr. S. T. 21 (1900)

249-.
Davy, Edward, Vict. B. S. T. 21 (1885) 150-.
Decaux, Charles Auguste, G^n. Civ. 34 (1898-

99)61.
Delabar, Gangolf. Soh. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1883-84)

148-.

16

0010 Biography

Delarive [De la Bive], Auguate Arthur. Qeu,

S. Ps. Mm. 23 (1874) 465-; Edinb. R. S. P.

8 (1876) 31»-; Rv. Sc. 8 (1875) 648-; R. S.

P. 24 (1876) mvU-; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 60

(1877) 6-.
De Ia Rae, TTarrm. Am. J. Phm. 61 (1889)

319; Berl. B. 22 (1889) 1169- ; G. Ztg. 13

(1889) 545 ; Elect. 22 (1889) 709- ; Lpldina.

25 (1889) 113; Lam. Elect. 32 (1889) 241- ;

Nt. 40 (1889) 26-; Obs. 12 (1889) 244-;

Phm. J. 19 (1889) 879; S. C. In. J. 8 (1889)

269; As. S. M. Not. 50 (1890) 166- ; C. S. J.

67 (1890) 441- ; L. Ps. 8. P. 10 (1890) {Ann.

Meet. 1890) 13-; Met. S. QJ. 16 (1890) 99;

Ts. Ps. C. 29 (1890) 61.
Delezenne, Charles. Lille S. Mm. 3 (1867)

493-.
Delia Casa, Lorenzo. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 1

(1871) 245-.
Delsaolx, {le rev. p^re) Joseph. Brox. S. Sc.

A. 16 (1891) (Pt. 1) 86-; Rv. Quest. So. 29

(1891) 586-.
Denier, Heinrich. Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892)

214-.
Dent, Montagu Charles. I. Elect. E. J. 29

(1900) 949.
Desains, Quentin Paul. C. R. 100 (1886)

1267-.
Despeyrons, Theodore. Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm. 7

{Sem. 2) (1885) 100-.
Despretz, Cesar. R. S. P. 13 (1864) yiii-.
Dificher, Heinrich. J. T^l. 16 (1892) 291.
Donkin, WiUiam Frederick. Gg. S. P. 10 (1888)

716- ; G. S. J. 55 (1889) 292-; Phot. J. 13

(1889) 44r-.
Donnj, Francois Marie Louis. Brux. Ac. Bll.

82 (1896) 496-.
Doubrava, Sufan. Elekttech. Z. 18 (1897) 491.
Douglass, (Sir) James Nicholas. Eng. S. T.

(1898) 238; I. GE. P. 134 (1898) 403- ; I.
ME. P. (1898) 631- ; Nt. 68 (1898) 177;
I. Elect. E. J. 28 (1899) 672-.

Doyle, James Drummond, I. Elect. E. J. 29

(1900) 949-.
Draper, Henry. Am. J. Sc. 26 (1883) 89-;

Obe. 6 (1883) 23-; Science 1 (1883) 29-.
Draper, John William. Am. J. Sc. 23 (1882)

163- ; L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1884) {Ann. Meet.

1882) 8-.
Dresing, Peter Christian. I. Elect. E. J. 28

(1899) 672-.
Drobisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Leip. Mth. Ps. B.

48 (1896) 697-.
Droop, Henry Riehnumd. L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885)

{Ann. Meet. 1885) 8-.
Dmmmond, Richard Oliver Gardner. I. GE.

P. 134 (1898) 414- ; I. ME. P. (1898) 633;

I. Elect. E. J. 28 (1899) 673.
Du Bois-Reymond, EmU. C. Ztg. 20 (1896)

1035; Am. NtUst. 31 (1897) 268-; Arch. An.

PI. {PI. Ab.) (1897) vn-; Berl. Ps. Gs, Vh.

{1B9T) 6-; Bl. Gb. 17 (1897) 81-; Elect. 38

(1897) 31&-; Elekttech. Z. 18 (1897) 10-;

Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 32 (1894-97) Pt. 2, Izi-;

Lpldina. 33 (1897) 50-; Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

Mm. A P. 41 (1897) xlviii-; Nt. 56 (1896-97)

230- ; Rv. Sc. 7 (1897) 386-; Rv. Sper.

Freniatr. 23 (1897) 266; Science 5 (1897)

VOL. III. 17

Biography 0010

217- ; St. P^t. Ac. So. Bll. 6 (1897) v-;

Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1897) {Bl.) No. 3, 2-;

Wien Ahn. 47 (1897) 3ia-; Berl. Ak. Ab.

(1898) 24 pp. ; Liineb. Nt. Vr. Jh. 14 (1898)

xxxi-; Miinch. Ak. Sb. 27 (1898) 423-.
Ducot^, Jules. A. T61. 11 (1884) 638-.
Dofoor, Louis. Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 31 (1890-93)

czi^; Laos. S. Yd. BU. 29 (1893) 211- ; Met.

Z. 10 (1893) 432.
Dufourcet, Eugene. Daz S. Borda Bll. (1900)

37-.
Duhamel, Jean Marie Constant. Ts. Mth. 2

(1872) 143-.
Dumas, Jean Baptiste AndrS. A. di G. 78

(1884) 269-; Am. Ac. P. 19 (1884) 546-;
Am. J. Sc. 28 (1884) 289-; Anvers J. Phm.
40 (1884) 160-; A. T^l. 11 (1884) 181- ;
Berl. B. 17 (1884) 947-, {Ref.) 629-; G. N.
49 (1884) 193; G. R. 98 (1884) 93^-; 100

(1885) 477-; G. Ztg. 8 (1884) 539, 569-;
Frkf. a M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1883-84) 30-; Gin.
Giv. 4 (1883-84) 397-; 5 (1884) 409-, 434-;
J. Phm. 9 (1884) 369- ; Les Mondes 7 (1884)
607- ; Lpldina. 20 (1884) 114; N. Antol. Sc.
74 (1884) 772 ; Nt. 30 (1884) 16- ; Par. S. G.
Bll. 42 (1884) 130-, 549-; 45 (1886) i-, 1-;
Phm. J. 14 (1884) 847-; Rm. R. Ac. Line.
T. 8 (1884) 251- ; R. S. P. 37 (1884) x-;
Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1883-84) 154- ; Science 3
(1884) 750- ; Tel. J. 14 (1884) 369; Ts. Ps.
C. 23 (1884) 218- ; Wien Ahn. 34 (1884)
200- ; Bordeaux S. L. Act. 39 (1886) xm-;
G. S. J. 47 (1885) 310- ; Rv. Bt. 3 (1884-86)
288; Termt. Kdzl. 17 (1885) 499; Miinch.
Ak. Sb. 15 (1886) 136- ; Rv. So. 44 (1889)
673-.

Du Moncel, {le comte) Thiodose Achille Louis.
' A. T61. 11 (1884) 83-; G. R. 98 (1884) 453-;

100 (1885) 481; Elect. 12 (1884) 373; Les

Mondes 7 (1884) 366-; Lum. Elect. 11 (1884)

341, 381- ; Nt. 29 (1884) 412- ; Tel. J. 14

(1884) 155-.
Duprez, Frangois. Brux. Ac. Bll. 7 (1884)

708-.
DutiUeul, Jules. Lille S. Mm. 14 (1885) 379-.
Dyer, Ezra. Am. Oph. S. T. (1887) 407-.
Edlund, Enc. Elect. 21 (1888) 696-; Lpldina.

24 (1888) 169- ; Lum. Elect. 29 (1888) 632-;

Helsingf. Ofv. 31 (1889) 247-; Stockh. Vt.

Ak. Lefn. 3 (1886-94) 281-.
Eickemeyer, Rudolf. Elekttech. Z. 16 (1895)

117-.
Einsle, Anton. Wien Pht. Gor. 34 (1897) 571-.
Eisenlohr, Wilhelm. Leip. As. Gs. Yjschr.

7 (1872) 263-; Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13

(1900) (Ab.) 458-.
Elliot, (Str) George. Elekttech. Z. 16 (1894)

28; I. GE. P. 116 (1894) 356-; I. A S. L J.

(1894) (No. 1) 390-.
Ellis, Alexander John. L. Mth. S. P. 21 (1891)

467-; Nt. 43 (1891) 20; R. S. P. 49 (1891) i-.
Elsas, Adolf. Lpldina. 31 (1895) 109-.
Emery, Charles Edward. Am. Eng. A Rail-
road J. 72 (1898) 234 ; I. GE. P. 133 (1898)

396-; Am. S. GE. T. 42 (1899) 668-; Am.

I. Mn. E. T. 29 (1900) xxviu-.
Enys, John Samuel. Gomwall Gl. S. T. 9

(1878) {Rp. 69) 9-.

0010 Biography

Epstein, Ludicig. I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900)

950-.
Ericsson, (Copt.) John. M&x, Obs. Bl. 2 (1889)

894-; Nt. 89 (1889) 466, 517; Bailroad A

Eng. J. 63 (1889) 151- ; Science 13 (1889)

189- ; Stockh. Vt. Ak. Lefn. 3 (1886-94)

355-.
Erkel, F. van, 's Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1899-

1900) (Verg.) 62.
Enler, Leonhard. Basel Yh. 7 (1885) (Anh,)

39-; Barcel. Ac. Mm. 1 (1892-1900) 241-.
Eval*d, Thedor Thedarovich, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

11 (P».) (1879) [Pt. 1] 117-.

Evans, {Capt. Sir) Frederick John Owen, As.

S. M. Not. 46 (1886) 183- ; Elect. 16 (1886)

127- ; Gg. S. P. 8 (1886) 112- ; Lpldina. 22

(1886) 57 ; Nt. 33 (1886) 246- ; B. S. P. 40

(1886) i-.
Palke, Jacob von. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897)

372.
Fambri, Paulo. N. Antol. Sc. 153 (1897) 131- ;

Ven. I. At. (1897-98) 319-.
Faraday, Michael. Am. J. Phm. 39 (1867)

576-; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 30 (1867) 131- ; Ph.

Mg. 34 (1867) 409- ; Smiths. Bp. (1867) 227-;

Am. J. Sc. 45 (1868) 145- ; Miinch. Sb. (1868)

(1) 439-; N. Cim. 28 (1868) 79-; Bee. Mth.

(Moscou) 3 (1868) (Pt. 2) 17-; Par. BU. S. C.

12 (1869) 172- ; B. I. P. 5 (1869) 199- ; B. S.
P. 17 (1869) i-; Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Term.)

1 (1870) (No. 10) 16 pp. ; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm.

36 (1870) VU-; Md. Chir. S. P. 6 (1872) 53-;
Am. Ac. P. 8 (1873) 31-; Elect. 19 (1887)
140-.

Farmer, Moses Oerrish. Am. Ac. P. 29 (1894)

415-.
Fasoldt, Chas. Mcr. S. J. (1889) 829-.
Fawcett, Henry. J. T61. 8 (1884) 236-.
Fechner, Gustav Theodor. Lpldina. 23 (1887)

217- ; Lum. i^lect. 26 (1887) 492; Humb. 7

(1888) 84; Ph. Stud. 4 (1888) 471- ; Wien

Aim. 38 (1888) 196-.
Feilitzsch, F. K. 0. (Frhr.) von. Termt. Kozl.

18 (1886) 516.

Fein, Wilhelm EmU. Dingier 310 (1898) 40;

Elekttech. Z. 19 (1898) 716.
Ferraris, Galileo. Elect. 38 (1897) 497 ; Elekt-
tech. Z. 18 (1897) 99; Lpldina. 33 (1897) 54;

N. Cim. 5 (189'rt 231- ; Par. Poids et Mes.

PV. (1897) 6-; Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 505- ; Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 1) 189- ; Bv.

Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 102- ; Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm.

47 (189*0 143- ; Ven. I. At. (1896-97) 239-;

Termt. Kozl. 30 (1898) 648.
Fidd, Cyrus W. J. T61. 16 (1892) 221 ; Lum.

Elect. 45 (1892) 196.
Fievez, Charles. Ciel et Terre 10 (1889-90)

565-; Nt. 41 (1890) 400; Obs. 13 (1890)

124- ; Bio Obs. Bv. (1890) 41 ; Spet. It. Mm.

19 (1891) 17-.

Fizeau, Armand Hippolyte Louis. Am. J. Sc.

2 (1896) 398 ; Asps. J. 4 (1896) 367- ; Elect.

37 (1896) 699- ; Lpldina. 32 (1896) 182 ; Nt.
54 (1896) 523-; N. Ts. Fs. K. 1 (1896) 439-.

Flachat, Euglne. Bv. Sc. 9 (1898) 801- ;

Science 8 (1898) 14-.
Fliedner, Conrad. Wet. Gs. Nt. B. (1885-87)

XXX1-.

Biography 0010

Fodor, Johann. Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 294-.
Forbes, James David. Edinb. Gl. S. T. 1 (1870)

238-; B. S. P. 19 (1871) i-; Edinb. B. S. P.

7 (1872) 11-.
Forquenot, — . G^n. Civ. 8 (1885-86) 13-.
Foucault, Jean Bernard lAon. Bv. Cours Sc.

6 (1869) 484-; B. S. P. 17 (1869) Ixxxiii-;
Bv. Quest. Sc. 5 (1879) 108-, 516- ; Bv. Sc.
3 (1882) 161-.

Fox, Robert Were. Cornwall Gl. S. T. 9 (1878)

{Rp. 64) xi-.
Foy, Alphanse. A. T61. 15 (1888) 5-.
Frankland, (Sir) Edward. Am. C. J. 22 (1899)

410- ; Anal. 24 (1899) 225-; Beri. B. 32

(1899) 2540- ; 33 (1900) 3847-; C. N. 79
1899) 81-; C. B. 129 (1899) 1060- ; C. Ztg.

23 (1899) 697; Lpldina. 35 (1899) 179; Mon.

Sc. 13 (1899) 771- ; Nt. 60 (1899) 372; S.

Afr. C. Mtl. S. J. 2 (1899) 181- ; S. Afr. C.

MU. S. P. 2 (1897-99) 836; S. C. In. J. 18

(1899) 735; Z. Angew. C. (1899) 822-;

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 44 (1900)

xxxviii-; Md.-Chir. T. 83 (1900) cxix; Wien

Aim. 50 (1900) 289-; Miinch. Ak. Sb. 30

(1901) 373-.
Fraunhofer, Joseph von. Cztg. Opt. 8 (1887)

73-; Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 114-.
Freeman, (Rev.) Alexander. Obs. 20 (1897)

293; As. S. M. Not. 58 (1898) 136- ; L. Ps.

S. P. 16 (1899) (Ann. Meet. 1898) 8.
Fresnel, Jean ^ti^u^^tn. C. B. 99 (1884) 451- ;

Habana Ac. A. 21 (1884) 53-; Les Mondes 9

(1884) 90-.
Frew, John. I. & S. I. J. (1899) (No. 2) 293-.
Frid, Jan. As. Nr. 143 (1897) (BeU. zu

No. 3415) 2 pp.; Z. Zuckin. Bohm. 21

(1896-97) 396-.
Fnck, George. Am. Eng. & Bailroad J. 67

(1893) 101-.

Fripp, Henry Edward. Bristol Nt. S. P. 7

(1894) 1-.

Fristoe, Edward T. Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 12

(1895) 460-.

Froment, Paul GtLstave. A. Cons. Arts et M^t.

7 (1895) 125-.

GaifiFe, Adolphc. Lum. Elect. 24 (1887) 138-.
GaiUard, Francois Alexandre Nareisse. A. T^l.

[19] (1892) 85-.
Gallenkamp, W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1890) 71-.
Galton, (Sir) Douglas Strutt. Am. Eng. &

Bailroad J. 73 (1899) 136 ; Elect. 42 (1899)

725-; I. CE. P. 137 (1899) 413- ; I. Elect.

E. J. 28 (1899) 674-; I. ME. P. (1899) 129- ;

I. & S. L J. (1899) (No. 1) 262; Nt. 59

(1898-99) 512- ; Science 9 (1899) 421; Gl.

Mg. 7 (1900) 429-; Met. S. QJ. 26 (1900)

215-.
Gassiot, John Peter. C. S. J. 33 (1878) 227-.
Gaugain, Jean MothSe. A. T61. 7 (1880)

409-, 513- ; 8 (1881) 67-; Caen Ac. Mm.

(1881) 3-.

Gaulard, Lucien. Lum. i^lect. 30 (1888) 497-;

BaUroad & Eng. J. 63 (1889) 48.
Gauss, Johann Friedrich Karl. B. S. P. 7

(1856) 589-; 6asopis 6 (1877) 145- ; Nt. 15
(1877) 533-; 28 (1883) 272-; Termt. Kozl.
16 (1884) 496-; Science 9 (1899) 697-.

18

0010 Biography

Oazzeri, Oiugeppe. Firenze Ao. Oeorg. At. 26

(1848) 28-; Pisa S. Toso. At. (Mm.) 8 (1887)

77-.
O&r&ldy, Frank. Elektteoh. Z. 14 (1893) 304;

Lam. Elect. 48 (1898) 201-.
Gheimrdl, Silvestro. Tor. Ao. So. At. 15 (1879)

369- ; Rm. B. Ac. Lino. T. 4 (1880) 16-.
Gidel, — A. T^l. 20 (1893) 378.
Gilbert, LouU Philippe. Braz. S. So. A. 16

(1892) {Pt. 1) 102- ; Mathesis 12 (1892) 57;

Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 4 (1892) 138- ; By. Quest.

Sc. 31 (1892) 620- ; 38 (1893) 591-.
Gintl, Julius WUham. Wien Aim. 34 (1884)

196-.
Giiard, PhiHppe de. Bv. So. 40 (1887) 257-.
Giraad-Teolon, Marc Antoine Louis Felix.

Arch. G^n. Md. 160 (1887) 505- ; Lpldina.

23 (1887) 162; A. d'Ooul. 99 (1888) 9-;

Par. S. Chir. Bll. et Mm. 15 (1889) 15-.
Gisbome, — . Lam. illeot. 45 (1892) 634.
Glan, Paul. Berl. Ps. Gs. Yh. (1898) 121- ;

Lpldina. 34 (1898) 141-.
Gi>schl, Alexander. Wien Pht. Ck>r. 37 (1900)

598-.
Qoetz, Oearge W. Am. I. Mn. £. T. 27 (1898)

436-.
Goodwin, H. Stanley. Am. Eng. & Bailroad

J. 67 (1893) 101.
Goodwin, John MarsUm. Bailroad & Eng. J.

65 (1891) 574.
Gordon, James Edward Henry. Elect. 30 (1893)

417- ; Elect. Bv. 32 (1893) 159- ; I. CE. P.

113 (1893) 346-; Lum. ilect. 47 (1893) 439-.
Gottschalk, Philippe Alexandre. G^n. Civ. 32

(1897-98) 306; I. ME. P. (1898) 312- ; I. <k

S. I. J. (1898J {No. 2) 328- ; Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1898) (Pt. 1} 355-.
Goain, Ernest. Gen. Civ. 6 (1884-85) 370;

Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1885) {Ft. 1) 569-.
Ck>vi, Gilberto. Firenze Ac. Georg. At. 12

(1889) ZXXIX-; Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (1889)

10-; Bv. Sc.-Ind. 21 (1889) 176; Tor. Ac.

Sc. At. 25 (1890) 10-.
Gralath, Daniel. Danzig Schr. 6 (1884-87)

IHe/t 4) 192-.
Grawinkei, Carl. Elektteoh. Z. 15 (1894) 461.
Gregory, Walter George. L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1892)

{Ann. Meet. 1892) 11.
Griffith, Ezra HoUU. Am. Mcr. S. P. 15 (1893)

247-.
Grinwis, Comelis Hubertus Carolus. Amst.

Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 326.
Grove, {Sir) William Robert. Am. J. Sc. 2

(1896) 314; Elect. 37 (1896) 483-; Elect.

Bv. 39 (1896) 181; Lpldina. 32 (1896) 137- ;

Nt. 54 (1896) 393- ; I. CE. P. 127 (1897) 358-.
Granert, Johann August. Arch. Mth. Ps. 55

(1873) 1-; Wien Ahn. (1873) 145-.
Gnbkin, Ivan Sergeevie. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll. 78

{No. 2) (1893) 64-.
Goerout, Auguste. Lam. i^lect. 19 (1886) 433.
Goibal, TheophiU. G^n. Civ. 13 (1888) 366;

Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1888) {Ft. 2) 531- ; Bv.

Un. Mines 4 (1888) i- ; Hain. S. Mm. 2 (1890)

xix-; Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 1 (1892) 79-.
Gaidl, Filippo. Bm. N. Lino. At. 53 (1900)

50-.

Biography 0010

Gailleaume, F. C. Lum, ]&leot. 26 (1887)

595.
Gusinde, Oswald. Elektteoh. Z. 17 (1896)

792.
Guthrie, Francis. J. Bt. 37 (1899) 528; Nt.

61 (1899-1900) 84.
Guthrie, Frederick. Gl. S. QJ. 43 (1887) (P.)

48 ; L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) [Ann. Meet. 1887)

9-; Nt. 35 (1887) 8-; Termt. Kozl. 19

(1887) 505.
Gyld^n, Johann August Hugo. C. B. 123

(1896) 771- ; Lpldina. 32 (1896) 189; Obs.
19 (1896) 446; St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 5 (1896)
Ixvii-; Acta Mth. 20 (1897) 397-; As. Nr.
143 (1897) 49-; As. S. M. Not. 57 (1897)
222-; Bll. As. 14 (1897) 289-; Ciel et Terre
17 (1896-97) 568-; Helsingf. Acta 23 (1897)
No. 9, 29 pp.; Leip. As. Gs. Vjschr. 32

(1897) 8-; Nt. 55 (1896-97) 38, 158- ; Wiad.
Mt. 1 (1897) 31-; Munch. Ak. Sb. 27 (1898)
409-.

Hachette, Jean Nicolas Pierre. Fr. S. Ag. Mm.

(1834) 143-.
Hansch, Hermann. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1896)

77-.
Haidinger, Wilhelm Karl von. Ausl. 44 (1871)

449-; Bonn Cor.-Bl. NH. Vr. (1871) 15-;

Bv. Cours Sc. 1 (1871) 410- ; Wien Aim.

(1871) 159- ; Wien Jb. Gl. 21 (1871) 31-; B.

S. P. 20(1872) XXV- ; Mag. Tud. Ak. tvk. 13

(1876) (No. 10) 15-.
Hajech, Camillo. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 17 (1884)

56-.
Hake, Rudolph. Elektteoh. Z. 18 (1897) 281.
Hallaschka, Franz Cassian. Briinn Mt. 65

(1885) (BeiL) 33.
Hallauer, Octave Reni. Mulhouse S. In. Bll.

54 (1884) 139- ; Science 4 (1884) 306-.
Halske, Johann Georg. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1890) 39-.
Hamilton, (Sir) William Rowan. Am. J. Sc.

42 (1866) 293-; As. S. M. Not. 26 (1866)

109- ; Ir. Ac. P. 9 (1867) 307-.
Hampson, Robert Stewart. I. Elect. E. J. 28

(1899) 675-.
Hankel, Wilhelm Gottlieb. Elektteoh. Z. 20

(1899) 181; Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 51 (1899)

Ixvii-; Lpldina. 35 (1899) 58-; Ps. Bv. 9

(1899) 58 ; Miinch. Ak. Sb. 30 (1901) 348-.
Harris, (Sir) William Snow. B. S. P. 16 (1868)

• • •

XVU1-.

Harting, PieUr. Lpldina. 21 (1885) 215 ; Amst .

Ak. Jb. (1888) 1-.
Hartnack, Edmund. Termt. Edzl. 24 (1892)

642; Ts. Ps. C. 31 (1892) 64.
Hasler, Gustav. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1900)

xlviii-.
Haughton, (Rev,) Samuel. Gl. Mg. 4 (1897)

573-; I. ME. P. (1897) 514- ; Mn. Mg. 11

(1897) 346-; Gl. S. QJ. 54 (1898) Ixvi-; Ir.

NUist. 7 (1898) 1-; Nt. 57 (1897-98) 65-; B.

S. P. 62 (1898) xxix-.
Hausmann, Johannes. Elektteoh. Z. 21 (1900)

1004.
Hawksley, Thomas. I. & S. I. J. (1893) (No. 2)

290; Nt. 48 (1893) 522; I. CE. P. 117 (1894)

364r-; Met. S. QJ. 20 (1894) 111-; B. S. P.

55 (1894) xvi-.

19 b2

0010 Biography

Hoarder, Jonathan Nash, Devon. As. T. 9

(1877) 65-; Plym. I. T. 6 {Pt, 1) (1877)

160-.
Held, Hermann, Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891)

214-.
HeUer, Agost. Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 18 (1903)

473-.
Helmholtz, Hermann Ludwig Ferdinand von,

A. d'Ooul. 112 (1894) 225-; Arch. f. Oph. 40
(1894) (Ah. 4) [v]-; Arch. Oph. 23 (1894)
514- ; Arch. Ot. 23 (1894) 382; Berl. B. 27
(1894) 2643-; Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1894)
Ullg. B,) 32-; [Buoarest S. So. Bl. 3 (1894)]
260-; C. N. 70 (1894) 146; C. B. 119 (1894)
1044- ; C. Z\%. 18 (1894) 1395; Gztg. Opt.
15 (1894) 205- ; Dabl. J. Md. So. 98 (1894)
459-; Elect. Bv. 35 (1894) 319- ; Elektteoh.
Z. 15 (1894) 613- ; J. T^l. 18 (1894) 358;
Lpldina. 30 (1894) 163; Mon. Sc. 8 (1894)
782, 801- ; Kt. 50 (1894) 479-; Bv. Sc. 2

(1894) 379, 429- ; 8 (1897) 321-, 360- ; Bv.
So.-Ind. 26 (1894) 160; Bv. Sper. Freniatr.
20 (1894) 671- ; Smiths. Bp. (1894) 709- ;

(1895) 787-; St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 1 (1894)
iProt.) 51-; Wien Md. Wschr. 44 (1894)
1645-; 46 (1896) 1-, 44-, 98-; Z. Instk. 14
(1894) 341- ; Z. Nw. 67 (1894) 321- ; Am.
Ac. P. 30 (1895) 592-; Ciel et Terre 15
(1894-95) 422; CreUe J. Mth. 114 (1895)
353 ; Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1894-95) 24-;
Fschr. Md. 13 (1895) 123-, 163- ; I. CE. P.
119 (1895) 361- ; Kdnigsb. Schr. 35 (1895)
63-, [38]; L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) (Ann,
Meet. 1895) 9-; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. &
P. 9 (1895) 230- ; Md.-Chir. T. 78 (1895)
cvi ; Phm. J. 25 (1895) 222 ; Ps. Bv. 2J1895)
222- ; Senokb. Nf . Os. B. (1895) v- ; Termt.
Kdzl. 27 (1895) 18- ; Wien Aim. 45 (1895)
283-; Z.Ohrh.26(1895)252-; Zilr. Nf. Gs.
Njbl. (1895) 36 pp.; Berl. Ak. Ab. (1896)
50 pp. ; G. S. J. 69 (1896) 885-; Miinch. Ak.
Sb. 25 (1896) 185- ; B. I. P. 14 (1896) 481- ;

B. S. P. 59 (1896) xvii- ; Science 3 (1896)
189- ; Wiirtb. Jh. 52 (1896) ci-; Gen. S. Ps.
Mm. 32 (1894-97) {Pt, 1) Ixxvi-; Heidi. Nt.
Md. Vh. 5 (1897) 315- ; N. Antol. Sc. 171
(1900) 710- ; Practit. 64 (1900) 664-.

Hemenway, Frank F, Am. Eng. & Bailroad

J. 72 (1898) 384.
Henry, Joseph. Am. J. Sc. 15 (1878) 462-;

Smiths. Bp. (1878) 143- ; Wash. Ph. S. Bll.

2 (1875-80) 203- ; Smiths. Misc. Col. 20

(1881) Art. 2, 203- ; 21 (1881) Art, 3, 514 pp. ;

30 (1887) x + 523 and vi + 559 pp. ; Elect. 28

(1892) 327-, 348-, 407-, 661- ; Elect. Bv. 46

(1900) 77-, 88-.
Hermann, Rudolph, Mosc. S. Nt. Bll. 54

(1879, Pt, 2) (1880) 159- ; St. Pet. Mn. Gs.

Vh. 16 (1881) 1-.
Herschel, {Sir) John Frederick William. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 31 (1871) 478- ; Smiths. Bp. (1871)

109-; Am. Ph. S. P. 12 (1872) 217- ; As. S.

M. Not. 32 (1872) 122- ; Edinb. B. S. P. 7

(1872) 543-; B. S. P. 20 (1872) xvii-; Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 3 (1872) 40-; Am. Ac. P. 8 (1873)

461- : Wien Aim. (1873) 147- ; Mag. Tud.

Ak. Etk. {Mth,) 3 (1875) {No. 3) 14 pp.; Wien

Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 7-.

Biography 0010

Hertz, Heinrich Rudolph. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Yr.
Jbr. (1892-93) 56- ; Z. Nw. 66 (1893) 370- ;
Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1894) 9-; C. Ztg. 18
(1894) 21 ; Elect. 32 (1894) 273 ; 33 (1894)
272-, 299, 332-, 415- ; Elekttech. Z. 15
(1894) 28; Lpldina. 30 (1894) 54-; Lum.
Elect. 51 (1894) 150, 241- ; Manch. Lt. Ph.
S. Mm. (fe P. 8 (1894) 214^ ; N. Cim. 35
(1894) 5- ; Nt. 49 (1893-94) 265- ; Ps. Bv. 1
(1894) 383-; Bv. Sc. 1 (1894) 123- ; Bv. Sc.-
Ind. 26 (1894) 32; Smiths. Bp. (1894) 719- ;
Termt. Kdzl. 26 (1894) {Suppl.) 49- ; Ts. Ps.
C. 33 (1894) 129- ; Wien Aim. 44 (1894) 263-;
Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 26 (1895) 15-; Munch.
Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 146- ; Karlsruhe Nt. Vr.
Vh. 11 (1896) {Ab,) 355- ; B. I. P. 14 (1896)
321- ; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 32 (1894-97) Pt. 1,
Ixix-; Danzig Schr. 9 (1895-98) (Heft 1)

XXV- .

Hess, Johann Jakob. Ziir. Vjschr. 41 (1896)

(Festschr., Th. 1) 124-.
Hessel, Johann Friedrich Christian, N. Jb.

Mn. (1896) {Bd. 2) 107-.
Hick, John, I. CE. P. 117 (1894) 379-; I.

ME. P. (1894) 161- ; I. & S. I. J. (1894)

{No. 1) 391.
Higginson, Alfred. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 39

(1885) xl-.
Hilger, Adam, Asps. J. 6 (1897) 139- ; Nt. 56

(1897) 34 ; As. S. M. Not. 58 (1898) 138.
Hipp, Matthdus. Elekttech. Z. 14 (1893) 323-,

715 ; Neuch. S. So. Bll. 24 (1896)212-.
Him, Gustav Adolph. Bdne Ac. Hip. Bll. 24

(1891) (C, R. 1890) iii- ; Brux. Ac. Bll. 19

(1890) 175- ; 20 (1890) 132- ; C. B. 110 (1890)

115- ; Lpldina. 26 (1890) 56; Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. Mm. d P. 3 (1890) 159- ; Nt. 41 (1890)

323-; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1890) {Pt, 1)

109- ; Bio Obs. Bv. (1890) 41- ; Bv. Sc. 45

(1890) 193- ; Bv. Sc.-lnd. 22 (1890) 60 ; A.

Cons. Arts et M^t. 3 (1891) 276-; Termt.

Kdzl. 23 (1891) 633; Ts. Ps. C. 30 (1891)

63.
Hirst, Thomas Archer. Lpldina. 28 (1892) 59;

Nt. 45 (1892) 399- ; As. S. M. Not. 53 (1893)

218- ; L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) (Ann, Meet.

1893) 9; B. S. P. 52 (1893) xii-.
Hopfner, C. Z. Nw. 73 (1900) 367-.
Hoffmann, Josef. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897)

320.
Hofstede, J. P. Elekttech. Z. 14 (1893) 204.
Hoh, Theodor. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1888) 61- ;

Bamb. Nf. Gs. B. 15 (1890) iii-.
Holloway, Josephus FTavius. Am. Eng. &

Baikoad J. 70 (1896) 264; Am. I. Mn. E. T.

26 (1897) 827-.
Homolatsch, Josef. Wien Pht. Cor. 25| (1888)

217-.
Hopkinson, John. Elect. 41 (1898) 622-;

Elect. Bv. 43 (1898) 338- ; Elekttech. Z. 19

(1898) 617 ; I. ME. P. (1898) 534- ; J. T^l.
22 (1898) 278-; L. Mth. S. P. 29 (1898)
727-; Nt. 58 (1898) 419- ; I. CE. P. 135

(1899) 338-; 1. Elect. E. J. 27 (1899) 647- ;
28 (1899) 676- ; L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) (Ann,
Meet. 1899) 9 ; B. S. P. 64 (1899) xvii-.

Hoppe, Ernst Reinhold Eduard, D. Ps. Gs.
Vh. (1900) 183- ; Lpldma. 36 (1900) 132.

20

0010 Biography

Homer, Joharm Caspar. Ziir. Yjsohr. 41

(1896) {Festsehr., Th. 1) 79-.
Homer, Joharm Jakob, Ziir. Vjschr. 41 (1896)

{FettMchr., Th. 1.) 227-.
Homig, Emil. Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 57-.
Howant, James Liviey. L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901)

{Atm, Meet. 1980) 13-; Ph. Mg. 49 (1900)

160.
Hubbftrd, Oardiner Oreene. Science 6 (1897)

974- ; Og. J. 11 (1898) 186.
Hnet, Adrien. *s Grayenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1898-

99) (Verg,) 162-.
Hughes, David Edward, Elect. 44 (1900) 457- ;

Elect. Bv. 46 (1900) 185- ; Elekttech. Z. 21

(1900) 120; I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900) 950- ;

J. Td. 24 (1900) 63- ; Lpldina. 36 (1900) 49 ;

L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) (Ann. Meet. 1900)

12 ; Nt. 61 (1899-1900) 325-.
Hnmblot, Pierre C6saire. A. T^l. 12 (1885)

573-.
Hunt, J. Gibbons. Am. Mcr. S. P. 14 (1892)

166-.
Hunt, Bobert. Nt. 37 (1888) 14 ; Phot. J. 12

(1888) 77-; Yorks. Gl. S. P. 10 (1889) 243-;

B. S. P. 47 (1890) i-.
TAnson, James. I. & S. I. J. (1898) {No. 1)

317; Nt. 57 (1897-98) 666.
Iselin, J. F. L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885) (Ann. Meet.

1885) 11-.
JablochkofF, Paid. Elect. 32 (1894) 663-; J.

T^l. 18 (1894) 171 ; Lorn, ilect. 52 (1894)

95-.
Jackson, George. Mcr. S. J. (1895) 16.
Jacob! , Moritz Hermann von. St. P6t. Ac. Sc.

BU. 21 (1876) 261- ; St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm.

(Rs.) 28 (1876) 61-.
Jamin, Jules Cilestin. A^. (1886) 43-; C. B.

102 (1886) 339-; G^n. Civ. 8 (1885-86) 255;

Lpldina. 22 (1886) 58; Lum. Elect. 19 (1886)

375- ; N. Gim. 19 (1886) 96 ; Nt. 33 (1886)

374, 493-; By. Sc.-Ind. 18 (1886) 94-; Tel.

J. 18 (1886) 177 ; Ts. Ps. C. 27 (1888) 286.

Jedlik, Anyos Istvdn. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 516- ;

Termt. K5zl. 28/1896) 637-; 29 (1897) 387-;

1^. Tad. Ak. Ets. 8 (1897) 273- ; Mth. Nt.

B. Ung. 15 (1899) 401-.
Jellett, (Rev.) John Hewitt. Nt. 37 (1888)

396-.
Jenkin, Henry Charles Fleeming. A. T61. 12

(1885) 286- ; Elect. 15 (1885) 97 ; I. CE. P.

82 (1885) 365- ; I. ME. P. /l885) 458- ; J.

T^. 9 (1885) 137- ; Lam. Elect. 16 (1885)

629 ; Nt. 32 (1885) 153- ; Tel. E. J. 14 (1885)

345-; Tel. J. 16 (1885) 554-; B. S. P. 39 (1886)

i-; Edinb. B. S. P. 14 (1888) 117 (bis)-.
Joluuines, Bemhard. Wien Pht. Cor. 36

(1899) 295-.
Johnson, Charles Roberts. Am. Eng. A Bail-
road J. 67 (1893) 499-.
Jolly, PhUipp Johann (hutav von. Lpldina.

20(1884)224; Met. Z. 2 (1885) 276- ; Mtoch.

Ak. Sb. 15 (1886) 119-.
Jones, Thomas P. Franklin I. J. 130 (1890)

1-.
Jones, {Capt.) William Richard. Bailroad A

Eng. J. 63 (1889) 531- ; I. <fe S. I. J. (1890)

{No. 1) 179-.

Biography 0010

Jordan, Samson. Eng. S. T. (1900) 267-; I.
& S. I. J. (1900) (No. 1) 253-; Nt. 61 (1899-
1900) 644- ; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1900) (Pt.
1, A) 237-; By. Un. Mines 49 (1900) 285-.

Jordan, Thomas Brown. Cornwall Pol. S. Bp.

(1890) 18-.

Joale, James Prescott. C. Ztg. 13 (1889)

1409; Educ. Times 42 (1889) 472; Elect. 23

(1889) 600- ; Lpldina. 25 (1889) 216- ; Lam.

Elect. 34 (1889) 195- ; Magdeb. Nt. Yr. Jbr.

a. Ab. (1889) 75; M^x. Obs. Bl. 2 (1889) 408 ;

Nt. 40 (1889) 613- ; Tel. J. 25 (1889) 457- ;

Am. Ac. P. 25 (1890) 346-; C. S. J. 57 (1890)

449-; Glasg. I. Eng. T. 33 (1890) 210- ; L.

Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) (Ann. Meet. 1890) 10- ;

Termt. Kdzl. 22 (1890) 81- ; Tor. Ac. Sc. At.

25 (1890) 36- ; Ts. Ps. C. 29 (1890) 29-.
Joasselin, Paul Louis. Par. Ing. CIy. Mm.

(1893) (Pt. 2) 416-; Gdn.Civ. 24 (1893-94) 63.
JoYanovits, Anastas. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

730-.
Kambly, Ludwig. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1887)

403-.
Kargl, Franz. Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 553-.
Earsten, Gustav. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 147- ;

Lpldina. 36 (1900) 49-.
Eastner, Karl Wilhelm Gottlob. Arch. Phm.

146 (1858) 321- ; 151 (1860) 93-.
EaYcn, August von. Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 37

(1891) 445-.

KeUand, Philip. B. S. P. 29 (1879) yh-;
Edinb. B. S. P. 10 (1880) 321-.

Khnball, Alonzo Smith. Am. Ac. P. 33 (1898)
524-; Science 7 (1898)^54-.

King, Frank. I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900) 955-.

Kirchhoff, Gustav Robert. A. cU C. 6 (1887)
380 ; Am. J. Sc. 34 (1887) 496 ; Berl. B. 20
(1887) 2771- ; Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1887)
172-; C. Ztg. 11 (1887) 1315; Cztg. Opt. 8
(1887) 265-; Elekttech. Z. 8 (1887) 457-;
Lpldina. 23 (1887) 216; Lam. Elect. 26

(1887) 194- ; Monoalieri Oss. Bll. 7 (1887)
192; Nt. 36 (1887) 606- ; Obs. 10 (1887)
396; Oestr. Z. Brgw. 35 (1887) (Beil.) 100;
Wien Md. Wschr. 37 (1887) 1416; Wien Pht.
Cor. 24 (1887) 476-; Am. Ac. P. 23 (1888)
370- ; As. Nr. 118 (1888) 47-; A. T^l. 16

(1888) 96; Hamb. 7 (1888) 38; L. Ps. S. P.
9 (1888) (Ann, Meet. 1888) 12-; Phm. J. 18
(1888) 376 ; Termt. Eozl. 20 (1888) (SuppL)
23-; Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 23 (1887-88) 2-; Ts.
Ps. C. 27 (1888) 372- ; Wien Aim. 33 (1888)
193- ; Gdtt. Ab. 35 (1889) (Mth.) 10 pp. ;
Miinch. Ak. Sb. 18 (1889) 181- ; Smiths.
Bp. (1889) 527- ; B. S. P. 46 (1890) yi-.

Kirk, Alexander Carnegie. I. ME. F. (1892)

405- ; Glasg. I. Eng. T. 36 (1893) 320- ; I.

CE. P. Ill (1893) 380- ; Ny. Archt. T. 34

(1893) 238-.
Kleiber, loHf AndreevH. As. Nr. 129 (1892)

151- ; Bs. PS.-C. S. J. 24 (Ps.) (1892) 64-;

As. S. M. Not. 53 (1893) 219-.
Enoblaach, Carl Hermann. C. Ztg. 19 (1895)

1247; D. Nf. Vh. (1895) (Th. 1) 25; Lpldina.

31 (1895) 116-.
Koch, Carl. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897) 80-.
Koch, Karl Ferdinand. Erfart Ak. Jb. 17

(1892) 135-.

21

0010 Biography

Koechlin, imUe, Mulhouse S. In. BU. 64

(1884) 100-.
Kolbe, Josef. Elektteoh. Z. 21 (1900) 1004.
EoUer, Karl, Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890)

41-.
Kopp, Charles Chiillaume. Neuch. S. Sc. Bll.

20 (1892) 146-.
Kovalevskij, Sofja VasUjevna, Bll. So. Mth.

15 (1891) 212- ; Christiania F. (1891) (Ov.)

8- ; Crelle J. Mth. 108 (1891) 88 ; Lpldina.

27 (1891) 69- ; Nt. 43 (1891) 375- ; Paienno

Cir. Mt. Bd. 6 (1891) 121- ; Bv. Mt. 1 (1891)

21- ; Bv. Quest. So. 29 (1891) 695- ; A. Mt.

19 (1891-92) 201- ; As. & Asps. 11 (1892)

281- ; Aota Mth. 16 (1892-93) 385-; Beo.

Mth. (Mosoou) 16 (1893) 1-.
Eraevifi, Konstantin Dmitrievi6, Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 24 (P«.) (1892) 66-.
Kramer, Oscar. Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892)

264-.
Kroh, Carl, Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 46.
Kruesi, John. I. Eleot. £. J. 28 (1899)

678-.
Kundt, August Adolf Eduard Eberhard, Berl.

B. 27 (1894) 1374- ; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1894)

61-; Elektteoh. Z. 15 (1894) 307- 409- ;

Lpldina. 30 (1894) 156- ; Moso. S. So. Bll.

91 (No, 1) (1894) 35- ; Nt. 60 (1894) 152- ;

St. P6t. Ao. So. Bll. 1 (1894) (Prot,) 27- ;

Ts. Ps. C. 33 (1894) 128; Z. Nw. 67 (1894)

84-; Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. BU. 4 (1895) (Prot,)

97- ; Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <fr P. 9 (1895)

212- ; Ps. Bv. 2 (1896) 68-; Vars. S. Nt.

Tr. (1894-96) (C. -B., Ps. C) 127- ; Erlang.

Ps. Md. S. Sb. 27 (1896) 54-; Miinoh. Ak.

Sb. 26 (1896) 177- ; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 32

(1894-97) Pt, 1, Ixxiii-.
Laooine, ^mUe Henri {Effendi). J. T^l. 23

(1899) 66 ; Lyon S. Ag. A. 7 (1901) 33-.
Ladd, WUliam. Eleot. 14 (1886) 496 ; As. S.

M. Not. 46 (1886) 191-.
Lafoye, Frangois Louis Leonard de, Caen Ao.

Mm. (1891) {Pt, 2) 96-.
Lagarde, Henrt, Doubs S. Mm. 5 (1891) xv-,

403-.
Lagarde, Joseph, A. T61. 24 (1898) 91-.
Lallemand, Alexandre, Lpldina. 22 (1886)

112.
Lamartine, Louis Francois de, M&con Ao. A.

11 fl895) 198—
Lam^, Gairiel, A. Mines 1 (1872) 271- ; Bv.

So. 14 (1878) 720-.
Lander, James Nelson. Am. Eng. & Bailrood

J. 68 (1894) 472.
Landratn, Ffiedrich Wilhelm Eduard. Elekt-
teoh. Z. 19 (1898) 629.
Landsberg, Carl, Cztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 97.
Laplaoe, Pierre Simon {le marquis) de. Hall Bij .

2 (1826) 284- ; Par. Mm. Ao. So. 10 (1831)

(H,) 81- ; Pop. As. 3 (1896) 1-.
Lapdin, VasUij IvanovU. N. Bs. S. Nt. Mm.

13 (No, 2) (1888) 2 pp.
Lartigue, Henry. A. T61. 11 (1884) 461-.
Laurens, CamiUe, Q4n. Civ. 18 (1890-91) 194-.
Lavalley, Alexandre TModore, Q4n. Civ. 21

(1892) 219 ; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1892) (Pt. 2)
1002- ; I. CE. P. Ill (1893) 383-; I. ME. P.

(1893) 93-.

Biography 0010

Lea, Matthew Carey. Am. J. So. 3 (1897)

428 ; Nt. 56 (1897) 35 ; Soienoe 6 (1897) 767;

Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897) 320; Franklin I. J.

146 (1898) 143-.
Lebouoher, Jacques Arstne, Caen Ao. Mm.

(1891) (Pt, 2) 100-.
Le Conte, John, Am. J. So. 41 (1891) 525-;

Am. Ntlist. 25 (1891) 412 ; As. S. Pac. Pb.

3 (1891) 254- ; Soienoe 17 (1891) 257 ; Calif.

Ao. P. 3 (1893) 361-.
Lemonnier, Louis Guillaume, Par. Mm. de

PI. 3 [H,) (1800) 101-.
Lemonnier, Paul Hippolyte. Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1894) (Pt. 2) 886-.
Liagre, Jean Baptiste Joseph. Brux. Ao Bll.

21 (1891) 77-; Ciel et Terre 11 (1890-91)
541- ; Doubs S. Mm. 6 (1892) vii-.

Liesegang, Paul Ed. Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896)

602-.
LiouvUle, Joseph. Edinb. B. S. P. 14 (1888)

83 (bis)-.
Lister, Joseph Jaxikson. M. Mcr. J. 3 (1870)

134-.
Lloyd, Humphrey. B. S. P. 31 (1881) xxi-.
Lo Cioero, Giuseppe. Palermo Ao. At. 1 (1891)

22 pp.

Loewenherz, Leopold. Elektteoh. Z. 13 (1892)
621 ; Lpldina. 28 (1892) 208- ; Z. Instk. 13
(1893) 177-.

Loiseau, Constant. A. d'Ooul. 104 (1890) 273 ;
105(1891)71-.

Lommel, Eugen Cornelius Joseph von, C. Ztg.

23 (1899) 539 ; Elektteoh. Z. 20 (1899) 468 ;
Lpldma. 36 (1899) 160- ; D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 8
(1900) (Heft 1) 47- ; Termt. K6zl. 32 (1900)
694 ; Mtinoh. Ak. Sb. 30 (1901) 324-.

Lomonosov, Michail Vasi^evii. St. Pet. Ao.

So. Mm. (Rs.) 8 ('1866) (Aj^. No. 7) 119 pp.
Longo, Agatino, Catania Ao. Gioen. Bll. 9

(1889) 9-.
Loomis, Elias. Lpldina. 25 (1889) 214 ; Met.

Z. 6 (1889) 466-; M^x. Obs. Bl. 2 (1889)

406- ; Monoalieri Oss. Bll. 9 (1889) 164; Nt.

40 (1889) 401 ; Obs. 12 (1889) 358 ; BaUroad

A Eng. J. 63 (1889) 435 ; Wetter 6 (1889)

217 ; Am. Ao. P. 25 (1890) 324- ; Am. J. So.

39 (1890) 427-; Am. Met. J. 6 (1889-90)

272- ; 7 (1890-91) 97- ; Ciel et Terre 10

(1889-90) 341 ; Met. S. QJ. 16 (1890) 101 ;

Sid. Mess. 9 (1890) 241- ; Smiths. Bp.J1890)

741- ; Sym. Met. Mg. 24 (1890) 122 ; Termt.

E5zl. 22 (1890) 640.
Lorenz, Ludvig Valentin, Ts. Ps. C. 30 (1891)

286-.
Loring, Edward Oreely (jun.). Am. Oph. S.

T. (1888) 16- ; Arch. Oph. 17 (1888) 264 ;

N. Y. Md. J. 47 (1888) 467.
Losohmidt, Josef. Wien Aim. 46 (1896) 258- ;

Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 169-, 180-, 254-, 264-.
Lossier, Louis. Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 32 (1894-97)

Pt. 1, iii-.
Love, Paul Henry. G^n. Civ. 18 (1890-91)

311; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1891) (Pt. 1)

163-.
Lovering, Joseph. Am. J. So. 43 (1892) 167;

Lpldina. 28 (1892) 102; Am. Ao. P. 27

(1893) 372-.
Luca, Ferdinando de. H Polit. 18 (1870) 612-.

22

0010 Biography

Lnckhaidt, FriU. Wien Pht. C!or. 82 (1891^

69-.
Luggin, Hans. Z. Elektch. (1899-1900) 373.
LuTini, Oiowmni, Acireale Ac. At. 3 (1891)

YU ; MoncaUeri Oss. BU. 12 (1892) 46 ; Bv.

Sc-Ind. [24 (1892)] 52.
McQueen, Walter, Am. Eng. & Bailroad J. 67

(1893) 354.
Magnus, HHnrieh Guatav. Mon. Sc. 12 (1870)

657-; Smiths. Bp. (1870) 223-; Arch. Phm.

197 (1871) 83- ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 40 (1871)

61-; Berl. Ab. (1871) 1-; B. S. P. 20 (1872)

xxvii-.
Ifagrini, LtUgi. BfU. I. Lomb. Bd. 2 (1869)

89—.
Mahlknecht, Carl, Wien Phi Ck>r. 30 (1893)

552.
Biaier, Juliu8. Elektteoh. Z. 16 (1895) 781.
MaicYskij, Nikolaj Vladimirovii. Bs. Ps.-G.

S. J. 24 (P«.) (1892) 98-.

Malus, J^tienne LouU. Par, Mm. de VI. (1812)

(H.) xxvii-.
Mangin, (U col.) Alphonse. G^n. Giy. 8

(1885-86) 47.
Marianini, SUfano. Yen. At. 12 (1866-67)

459- ; Mod. Mm. S. It. 1 (pU. 1) (1867) 33-;

Smiths. Bp. (1869) 179-.
Mari^-Davy, Edme Hippolyte. G6n. Civ. 23

(1893) 194; MoncaUeri Oss. BU. 13 (1893)

145; Nt. 48 (1898) 851; Bv. So.-Ind. 25

(1893) 164 ; Met. S. QJ. 20 (1894) 109.
Bfarin, AlexU, Bucaiest S. Sc. Bl. 4 (1895)

98-.
Mariot, Emanuel, Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891)

396—
Marsati AnUnne Hippolyte. A. T^l. 15 (1888)

479-.
Biarsh, Frederick Samuel. Fed. I. Mn. E. T.

5 (1893) 481-.

Martin, Edward H. Am. Eng. & BaUroad J.

67 (1898) 101.
Marum, Martinus van. Haarl. Ms. Teyl. Arch.

6 (1900) 853-.

Massmann, Ernst August . Elektteoh. Z. 12

(1891) 821.
Mathias, Ferdinand, G^n. Civ. 17 (1890)

384-.
Mathieu, Emile Leonard. Lpldina. 26 (1890)

215 ; Nancy S. Sc. BU. (1891) 1-; N. Y. Mth.

S. BU. 1 (1892) 156-, 2d6.
Matteucci, Carlo, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 32 (1868)

212- ; H PoUt. 6 (1868) {Let. sc) 75-, 225-;

N. Cim. 28 (1868) 384-; Wien Z. Met. 3

(1868) 593- ; Mod. Mm. S. It. 2 (1869-76)

Ixv-.
Matthes, Carel Johannes. Amst. Ak. Jb. (1882)

liaurat, Jules, Par. S. Ps. S4. (1898) 19*-, 22*-.
MaxweU, James Clerk. Edinb. B. S. P. 10

(1880) 331- ; Kosmos (Lw.). 6 (1881) 129- ;

B. S. P. 33 (1882) i-.
MayaU, John, Mcr. S. J. (1891) 673-.
Mayer, Alfred Marshall. Am. J. Sc. 4 (1897)

161- ; Nt. 56 (1897) 347 ; Ps. Bv. 5 (1897)

118- ; Science 6 (1897) 261-.
Mayer, Robert. Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11

(1896) (Sd.) 68- ; Z. Nw. 70 (1897) 1-.

Biography 0010

Meardi, Paolo. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 18 (1886) 96.
MeeB, Rudolf Adriaan. Amst. Ak. Jb. (1888)

61-.
Melingo, Achilles (Edler von Saginth). Wien

Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 559-.
Melsens, Louis Henri FredSric. A. di C. 3

(1886) 374 ; A. T61. 13 (1886) 304 ; Bruz.

Ac. BU. 11 (1886) 333-; Elect. 16 (1886)

511 ; Lpldina. 22 (1886) 113 ; Lum. Elect.

20 (1886) 330- ; Ts. Ps. C. 25 (1886) 351- ;

CieletTerre7 (1886-87) 117- ; Gen. S. Ps.

Mm. 29 (1884-87) xuv [bU).
Menabrea, {conte) Luigi Federico, Qen. S.

Ps. Mm. 32 (1894-97) Pt. 2, lix-.
Meritens, — de, Nt. 59 (1898-99) 59-.
Merrifield, Charles Watkins. L. Ps. S. P. 5

(1884) {Ann, Meet. 1884) 13- ; Nt. 29 (1884)

270 ; Nv. Archt. T. 25 (1884) 309- ; B. S. P.

36 (1884) i-.
Meyer, Bernard. A. T61. 11 (1884) 289-.
Micle, Sufan, Bucarest S. Sc. Bl. 4 (1895)

MUler, WiUiam Hallowes, N. Jb. Mn. (1881)

^.31(1
ii- ; Am. J. Sc. 21 (1881) 379-.

{Bd, 1) 1- [at end of Vol.]; B. S. P. 31 (1881)

Minotto, Giovanni, Yen. At. 14 (1868-69)

1610-.
MdUinger, Otto. Sch. Nf. Gs. Yh. (1886-87)

162-.
Moigno, {V<ibbi) Frangois NapoUon Marie. A.

Td. 11 (1884) 289 ; G^n. Civ. 5 (1884) 218 ;

LesMondes 8(1884) 443-; Nt. 30 (1884) 291- ;

Termt. Edzl. 17 (1885) 502.
MoU, August {sen.), Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886)

196-.
Monckhoven, D. van. Ciel et Terre 8 (1883)

384.
Monge, Gaspard. Par. Mm. de PI. 24 (1854)

(if.) 1- ; Bv. Sc. 1 (1894) 779-.
Montgolfier, Joseph Michel. Par. Mm. de PI.

(1810) {H.) xxvii-.
Montigny, Charles Marie VaUntin, As. Nr.

124 (1890) 255-; Brux. Ac. BU. 19 (1890)

308- ; Obs. 13 (1890) 158- ; Ciel et Terre 11

(1890-91) 65-.
Moore, AUen Y, Am. S. Mcr. P. (1887) 327-.
Morse, Samuel Finley Breeze, Am. Ac. P. 8

(1873) 478-.
Mossotti, Ottaviano Fabrizio, As. S. M. Not.

24 (1864) 87-.
Mousson, Joseph Rudolph Albert, Lpldina. 26

(1890) 216 ; Sch. Nf. Gs. Yh. (1889-90) 238-;

D. Ml. Gs. Nb. 23 (1891) 1- ; Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 27 (1892) 433-; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 31

(1890-93) xlv-; ZOr. Yjschr. 41 (1896)

(Festschr., Th. 1) 84-.
Mudd, Thomas. I. CE. P. 134 (1898) 405- ; I.

ME. P. (1898) 588-; I. A S. I. J. (1898)

{No. 1) 318.
MiUler, Johann Jacob, Zva, Yjschr. 20 (1875)

161-, 187-.
Muirhead, John, Elect. 15 (1885) 393.
Napoli, Daniel, Lum. Elect. 36 (1890)

496.
Napoli, David, A^r. (1890) 168- ; G^n. Civ.

17 (1890) 111.
Narr, Friedrich Gustav. Lpldina. 29 (1893)

205.

23

0010 Biography

Nasmyth, James. Nt. 42 (1890) 64 ; Bailroad

(fe Eng. J. 64 (1890) 281- ; Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

Mm. (fe P. 5 (1892) 183-.
Neeff, Christian Ernst. Frkf. a. M. Pb. Yr.

Jbr. (1881-82) 20-.
Nemnann, Franz Ernst. C. B. 120 (1895)

1189- ; D. Nf. Vh. (1895) (Th. 1) 27- (Th. 2,

HaifU 1) 5-; Elekttech. Z. 16 (1895) 353;

GdU. Nr. (1895) 248-; Nt. 52 (1895) 176;

St. P^t. Ac. So. BU. 3_(1895) ix-; Lpldina.

32 (1896) 51-, 63-; Wien Aim. 46 (1896)

271- ; D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 4 (1897) 54-; Miinch.

Ak. Sb. 26 (1897) 338-; B. S. P. 60 (1897)

viii-; Danzig Schr. 9 (1895-98) (Heft 2)

i-.
Newall, Bobert Stirling. I. ME. P. (1889)

336-; Nt. 40 (1889) 59-; As. S. M. Not. 50

(1890) 165- ; B. S. P. 46 (1890) xxziii-.
Nigg, Alois. Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 143-.
Nobert, Friedrieh Adolph. N.-Vorp. Mt. 15

(1884) 38-.
Nobili, Leopoldo. Moso. Un. Mm. 12 (1836)

209-.
Ndrremberg, Johann Gottlieb Christian. Frei-
burg B. 6 (1873) {Heft 2) 105-.
Obaoh, Eugen Friedrieh August. I. Eleot. E.
. J. 28 (1899) 679-; Nt. 59 (1898-99) 254.
Orated, Hans Christian. J. Phm. 5 (1867) 265-,

414- ; Smiths. Bp. (1868) 166-.
Ofteidinger, Fdix Ludwig. Bb. Mth. (1896)

50-; Lpldina. 32 (1896) 103.
Ohm, George Simon. Nt. 39 (1889) 368-;

Smiths. Bp. (1891) 247-.
Oken, Larenz. D. Nf. Tbl. (1879) 45-, 106-.
Ordinaire de Laoolonge, Louis Wilhem Phili-

bert Philippe Paul. Bordeaux S. So. Mm. 2

(1886) xix {bis)-.

Ortelli, Erminio. By. So.-Ind. [24 (1892)1

100.
Ortton, John. Am. Eng. A Bailroad J. 67

(1893) 149.
Osann, Gottfried WUhelm. Wiirzb. Nw. Z. 6

(1866-67) (SB. 3) xlv-.
Oszterhuebier, Franz von. Wien Pht. Cor. 28

(1891) 352.

Paoinotti, Louis. Lum. Elect. 35 (1890)

196.
Page, Charles Grafton. Am. J. So. 48 (1869)

Palagi, Alessandro. Bologna Bd. (1888-^)

50-.
Palmieri, Liit>'. Lpldina. 32 (1896) 147; Mon-

calieri Oss. BU. 16 (1896) 105- ; Nap. Ac.

Pont. At. 26 (1896) (Necrol. No. 5) 15 pp. ;

Nap. I. Inc. At. 9 (1896) 12- ; Nap. Bd. 35

(1896) 236-; Bv. Gg. It. 3 (1896) 571- ; Ciel

et Terre 17 (1896-9^ 519- ; Senckb. Nf. Os.

B. (1897) viii-; Gg. Jb. 20 (1898) 477.
Pascal, Roch Georges, Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1887) {Pt. 2) 318.

Passalski, P. Fschr. Mth. (1900) 30.
Pazienti, Antonio. Yen. I. At. (1891-92) xlv-;

(1894-95) 1125-.
Peck, Louis W. Am. J. So. 7 (1899) 248.
Peck, WiVLiam Guy. BaUroad A Eng. J. 66

a892) 146; Sch. Mines Q. N. T. 13 (1892)

P^let, Eugene. Doubs S. M. 2 (1888) 125-.

Biography 0010

Peltier, Athanase. Smiths. Bp. (1867) 158-.
Perrot, Adolphe. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1886-87)

167- ; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 30 a888-90) xiv-.
Pestalozzi, Hans Jakob. Ziir. Vjschr. 41 (1896)

(Festschr., Th. 1) 123-.
Petit, AlexU ThSrUe. Doubs S. Mm. 5 (1881)

267-.
Petzval, Josef. Mh. Mth. Ps. 2 (1891) 480;

Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 472-, 497-, 546- ;

Termt. K6zl. 24 (1892) 647-; Wien Aim. 42

(1892) 182-.
Pfaff, Christoph Heinrich. Arch. Phm. 155

(1861) 90-, 102-, 356-.
Phelps, George M. Elekttech. Z. 16 (1895)

294.
Pierre, Joachim Isidore. A. Agn. 7 (1881)

592-; Caen Ac. Mm. (1891) {Pt. 2) 102- ;

Caen S. L. Bll. 7 (1893) 51-.
Pisati, Giuseppe. Tor. Ac. So. At. 27 (1892)

156-.
Pisko, Fram Josef. Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888)

358-; Termt. Kdzl. 21 (1889) 606.
Plana, Giovanni. As. S. M. Not. 24 (1864)

89-; Edinb. B. S. P. 5 (1866) 293; Bll. So.

Mth. As. 5 (1873) 65-; Far. Ac. Sc. Mm. 38

(1873) ovii-.
Plants, Gaston. A. T^l. 16 (1889) 288; Elect.

23 (1889) 89; Lum. Elect. 32 (1889) 446;

Tel. J. 24 (1889) 650- ; Termt. K6zl. 22

(1890) 642; Ts. Ps. C. 29 (1890) 62.
Plateau, Joseph Antoine Ferdinand, L. Ps. S.

P. 5 (1884) {Ann. Meet. 1884) 12-; Bv.

Quest. So. 15 (1884) 114-, 518- ; 16 (1884)

383-; Termt. Kdzl. 16 (1884) 513; Ciel et

Terre 8 (1887-88) 222-.
Pliicker, Julius. B. S. P. 17 (1869) Ixxxi-;

BU. So. Mth. As. 3 (1872) 59-; 5 (1873)

313- ; G6tt. Ab. 16 (1872) 40 pp.; G. Mt.

11 (1873) 153-.
Poche, Richard (Frhr,) von. Wien Pht. Cor.

31 (1894) 154.
Poggendorff, Johann Christian. A. Ps. C. 160

(1877) vii-; Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 58 (1877)

218-
Pohl, Joseph. Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

269-.
Poloni, Giuseppe. Bv. So.-Ind. 19 (1887) 37-.
Pope, Franklin Leonard. Am. Eng. & BaU-
road J. 69 (1895) 503; Elekttech. Z. 16

(1895) 692.
Pratt, Nathaniel W, Am. Eng. & Bailroad J.

70 (1896) 61.
Preece, George E. Elect. Bv. 36 (1895) 166-.
Preston, Thomas. Nt. (1899-1900) 474-; Ps.

Bv. 11 (1900) 188.
Price, {Rev.) Bartholomew. As. S. M. Not. 59

(1899) 228-; L. Mth. S. P. 30 (1899) 332-;

L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) (Ann. Meet. 1899)

10-; Nt. 59 (1898-99) 229-; Science 9 (1899)

188; B. S. Yearbook (1900) 185-.
Priestley, Joseph. Par. Mm. de PI. 6 (1806)

{H.) 29-; Minn. Ac. So. BU. 2 (1880-82)

228-.
Pring, James Hurly, Som. S. P. 35 (1890)

{Pt, 2) 140-.
Provenzali, Francesco Saverio. Bv. So.-Ind.

26 (1894) 140.
Qaet, Antotne, Les Mondes 9 (1884) 582-.

24

0010 Biography

Qnetelet, Lambert Adclphe Jacque$. Amst. Ak.
Wet. P. (1878-74) (No, 9) 1-; Arch. So. Ps.
Nt. 49 (1874) 350- ; BU. So. Nord 6 (1874)
62-; Brux. Ac. BU. 37 (1874) 245-; 38

(1874) 816- ; Bv. So.-Ind. 6 (1874) 38-; As.
S. M. Not. 35 (1875) 176- ; Edmb. B. S. P.
8 (1875) 474-; Mag. Tad. Ak. Ets. (No, 16)

(1875) 241- ; B. S. P. 23 (1875) xi-.
Babending, Emil, Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886)

196.

Bankine, WiUiam John Macquam. Nv. Archt.
T. 14 (1873) 235-; B. S. P. 21 (1873) i-;
Bv. Coura Sc. 4 (1873) 951- ; Bv. Sc.-Ind. 5
(1873) 11 ; Am. Ac. P. 9 (1874) 276- ; Edinb.
B. S. P. 8 (1876) 296-.

Banyard, Arthur Cowper [non Baynard, cut in
Index of Mathematics] . Asps. J. (1895) 168- ;
As. S. M. Not. 55 (1895) 198- ; Giel et Terre
15 (1894-95) 521 ; L. Mth. S. P. 26 (1895)
554-; Lpldina. 31 (1895) 56; L. Ps. S. P.

13 (1895) (Ann. Meet, 1895) 14-; Nt. 51
(1894-95) 179 ; Obs. 18 (1895) 48-.

Banzoni, Emerich. Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898)

227-.
Baatenfeld-Lindenrah, Heinrich Berens von,

Biga Cor.-Bl. 40 (1898) 39-.
Baymond, Georges Marie, Sav. Ac. Mm. (1891)

19-.
Baymtud, Frangois Emmanael Jules. A. T^l.

14 (1887) 554-; Ohn. Civ. 12 (1887-88) 205;

J. T^l. 12 (1888) 18- ; Lam. ]&Iect. 27 (1888)

144-.
Beade, Joseph Bancroft, M. Mcr. J. 5 (1871)

92-; Mcr. S.J. (1895) 18.
Beckenzaan, Anthony. Elect. Bv. 33 (1893)

532-; Elektteoh. Z. 14 (1893) 674; Lam.

Elect. 50 (1893) 400; Elect. 32 (1894) 66.
Begnaalt, Henri Victor. C. B. 86 (1878) 131- ;

Nt. 17 (1878) 263-; C. S. J. 33 (1878) 235-;

Alb. I. T. 9 (1879) 270- ; A. Mines 19 (1881)

212- ; Bv. Sc. 1 (1881) 354-; Mon. Sc. 27

(1885) 227-.
BeiB, PhUipp, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1884-

85)32-.
Benda, (Vabh€) — . Sav. Ac. Mm. (1891) 31-.
Bespighi, Lorenzo, As. Nr. 123 (1890) 287-;

As. S. M. Not. 50 (1890) 178- ; Nt. 41 (1890)

254; Obs. 13 (1890) 95; Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 6 (1890) (Sem, 1) 106- ; Bv. Sc.-Ind. 22

(1890) 60; Spet. It. Mm. 18 (1890) 199- ;
Bm. N. Line. Mm. 7 (1891) 153- ; Gen. S.
Ps. Mm. 31 (1890-93) xxi-.

Beosch, Friedrich Eduard von, Lpldina. 27

(1891) 157; Wiirtb. Jh. 48 (1892) xcix-.
Bentlinger, Carl, Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888)

355-. ^
Beynier, EmiU. Elekttech. Z. 12 (1891) 71;

Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1891) (Pt, 1) 305-.
Bidolfi, {jnarcheu) Cosimo. Firenze Ac. Georg.

At. 13 (1866) 27-.
Biemann, Georg Friedrich Bemhard. Gott. Nr.

(1867) 305- ; Beo. Mth. (Moscoa) 3 (1868)

{Pt. 2) 153- ; B. S. P. 16 (1868) Ixix-.
Biess, Peter Theophil. Termt. K5zl. 16 (1884)

514 ; Miinch. Ak. Sb. 14 (1885) 241-.
Binman, Ludvig. Stockh. Gl. For. F. 12

(1890) 650-.

Biography 0010

Bitchie, Edward Samuel. Am. Ac. P. 31 (1896)

359-.
Bitter, Johann WUhelm. Elekttech. Z. 15 (1894)

569-.
Bochon, Alexis Marie de. Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 2

(1817) (H.) 73-.
Bodger, James Wyllie. Nt. 56 (1897) 129; C.

S. J. 73 (1898) (Pt, 2) 1047- ; L. Ps. S. P. 16

(1899) (Ann, Meet. 1898) 8-.
Bdber, August, Berl. Ps. Gs. Yh. (1891) 47-.
Bogers, Bohert Empie, Franklin I. J. 118 (1884)

387-; Am. Ph. S. P. 23 (1886) 104-.
Bogers, William Augustus, Am. J. Sc. 5 (1898)

322; As. Nr. 146 (1898) 343-; Asps. J. 7

(1898) 390- ; Obs. 21 (1898) 285; Ps. Bv. 6

(1898) 315- ; Science 7 (1898) 447-; Am.

Mcr. S. T. 20 (1899) 25-.
Bogers, William Barton, Am. J. Sc. 24 (1882)

78-; Am. Ph. S. P. 23 (1886) 104-.
B<^t, Peter Mark, B. S. P. 18 (1870) xxviU-.
Bosenberger, Johann Karl Ferdinand, Elekt-
tech. Z. 20 (1899) 690; Lpldina. 35 (1899)

182; Bb. Mth. 1 (1900) 217-.
Bossetti, Francesco. Lpldina. 21 (1885) 211 ;

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 337-; Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 20 (1885) 1030- ; Ven. I. At.

(1884-85) 1011- ; (1885-86) 5-.
Bothen, Timotheus. Elekttech. Z. 18 (1897)

109; J. T6L 21 (189*0 25.
Bovida, Augusto. N. Cim. 10 (1899) 468.
Boyer, Ernest. Bordeaax S. Sc. Mm. 2 (1886)

liii-.
Biihlmann, Christian Moritz. Elekttech. Z.

17 (1896) 94; Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 42 (1896)

142-.
Banolfsson, N. N. Ts. Fs. E. 3 (1898) 236.
Butherfard, Lewis Morris. Am. J. Sc. 44

(1892) 82; As. & Asps. 11 (1892) 689-; Nt.
46 (1892) 207- ; BaUroad & Eng. J. 66 (1892)
337; As. J. 12 (1893)^32; As. S. M, Not. 53

(1893) 229-; Ciel et Terre 13 (1892-93) 266-.
Sabine, Robert Henry, J. T^l. 8 (1884) 236;

L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885) (Ann, Meet. 1885)

10-.
Sadebeck, Benjamin Adolph Moritz. Bresl.

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1885) 432-; Lpldina. 23

(1887) 150-.
Saint-Martin, Michel. Sav. Ac. Mm. (1891)

46-.
Saint- Venant, AdhSmar Jean Claude Barr6 de.

A. Pon. Chauss. 12 (1886) 557-; Brux. S.
Sc. A. 10 (1886) (Pt. 1) 77-; C. B. 102
(1886) 141- ; Lille S. Mm. 15 (1888) 147-.

San Booerto, (cante) Paolo Bcdlada di. Bm.

B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 1) 243-;
Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 24 (1B89) 235-.

Sarpi, Paolo, N. Antol. Sc. 137 (1894) 46-.
Sawyer, John Robert. Phot. J. 14 (1890) 105.
Schaffer, Hermann, Z. Nw. 72 (1899) 393-.
Schaffer, Karl Julius Traugott Hermann.

Lpldina. 36 (1900) 78-.
Schaeflfer, Xavier. A. T^l. 17 (1890) 479-.
Schafhaatl, Karl Franz Emil von. C, Ztg. 14

(1890) 328; Humb. 9 (1890) 141; Lpldina.

26 (1890) 59; Nt. 41 (1890) 448; Oestr. Z.

Brgw. 38 (1890) (BHl.) 40; Ts. Ps. C. 29

(1890) 224; Mdnch. Ak. Sb. 20 (1891) 397-;

Termt. Kdzl. 23 (1891) 636.

25

0010 Biogrraphy

Schellen, Heinnch. Lpldina. 20 (1884) 168.
Schierer, Karl Jakob. Wien Pnt. Cor. 35

(1898) 273-.
Schlapp, Otto, Erfart Ak. Jb. 19 (1893) xlii-.
Schleassner, CarL Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

68-.
Schmidt, Constantin ChrUtian Hartmarm,

Bresl. Sohl. Gs. Jbr. (1889) 275-.
Schneller, Johann Jtdius Moritz, Danzig Schr.

9 (1895-98) (Hefte 9 & 4) 134-.
Schuckert, Johann Sigmund. Elect. Bv. 37

(1895) 440- ; Elekttech. Z. 16 (1895) 635-;

Rv. Bc.-Ind. 27 (1895) 260.
Scholt^n, Nathanael Gerhard af, Helsingf.

Acta 6 (1861) 19 pp.
Schulze, Adolf Paul, Mcr. S. J. (1891) 273.
Schulze-Berge, Franz. Berl. Ps. Gb. Vh. (1894)

53-.
Schwartz, LSonard, Mulhoose S. In. Bll. 56

(1886) 277-.
Schwendler, Carl Louis, L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884)

{Afin. Meet. 1882) 10-.
Scranton, William H, Am. I. Mn. E. T. 18

(1890) 213-.
Segnitz, August Edmund, N.-Yorp. Mt. 2 (1870)

10-; 3(1871)11-.
Ser, Louis, G6n. Civ. 12 (1887-88) 219- ; Par.

Ing. Civ. Mm. (1888) (Pt. 1) 152-.
Serpieri, {padre) Alessandro, Moncalieri Oss.

Bll. 5 (1885) 116; Rv. Sc.-Ind. 17 (1885)

75—.
Seydler, August. As. Nr. 128 (1891) 15-;

Lpldina. 27 (1891) 156; fiasopis 21 (1892)
193-, 203-.

Shallenberger, Oliver Blackburn. 1. Elect.
E. J. 28 (1899) 681-.

Sibley, Hiram. Railroad & Eng. J. 62 (1888)
381.

Siemens, Ernst Werner von. A. T61. [19] (1892)
562- ; C. Ztg. 16 (1892) 1879 ; Elect. Rv. 31
(1892) 697-; I. ME. P. (1892) 570- ; J. T61.
16 (1892) 316- ; Lpldina. 28 (1892) 211; Lum.
Elect. 46 (1892) 595-; Rv. Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)]
241- ; Z. Nw. 65 (1892) 379-; Am. Eng. <k
RaUroad J. 67 (1893) 50 ; Berl. Ak. Ab. (1893)
21 pp. ; D. Nf. Vh. (1893) {Th. 1) 27-; Elect.
30 (1893) 159, 591 ; Elekttech. Z. 14 (1893)
45- ; Erlang, Ps. Md. S. Sb. 25 (1893) 68- ;
Gg. Jb. 16 (1893) 495; I. CE. P. 112 (1893)
339-; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <k P. 7 (1893)
244-; Nt. 47 (1892-93) 153- ; Termt. Kozl.
25 (1893) 140- ; Ts. Ps. C. 32 (1893) 95-.

Siemens, (Sir) WiUiam [Karl Wilhelm], C.
Ztg. 7 (Sem. 2) (1883) 1527- ; Am. I. Mn.E.
T. 12 (1884) 645-; C. S. J. 45 (1884) 624-;
Cztg. Opt. 5 (1884) 1; Elect. 12 (1884) 37-;
I. CE. P. 77 (1884) 352-; I. ME. P. (1884)
69- ; L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) (Ann. Meet. 1884)
9- ; Met. S. QJ. 10 (1884) 102- ; Nt. 29 (1884)
97-; Nv. Archt. T. 25 (1884) 311- ; Phm. J.
14 (1884) 404- ; R. S. P. 37 (1884) i- ; Rv.
Quest. Sc. 15 (1884) 353-; Rv. Sc.-Ind. 16
(1884) 37- ; Science 3 (1884) 34- ; Tel. E. J.
13 (1884) 442-; Termt. Kdzl. 16 (1884) 515-.

Silbermann, Jean Thiibaut, J. Phm. 2 (1865)
394- ; Colmar S. H. Nt. Bll. 6 A 7 (1867)
41—.

Biography 0010

Sludsklj, Thedor Alekseevii, St. P^t. Com. Gl.
Bll. 16 (1897) 2 pp. ; Mosc. S. Nt. BU. 11

(1898) (Prot,) 73-; Rec. Mth. (Moscou) 20

(1899) 337-.

Sluginov, Nikolaj Petrovic, Rs. Ps.-C. S. J.

29 (Ps.) (1897) 163- ; Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. Bll.

7 (1898) (Prot.) 79-.
Smee, Alfred. C. S. J. (1877) (1) 509- ; Gard.

Chron. 7 (1877) 108-.
Smith, Archibald. R. S. P. 22 (1874) i-;

Edinb. R. S. P. 8 (1875) 282-.
Smith, Benjamin, I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900)

956-.
Smith, Robertson. Nt. 49 (1893-94) 557.
Smith, Willoughhy. Elect. 27 (1891) 330.
Snell, Karl. Lpldina. 22 (1886) 171.
Snell, William Henry. Elect. 24 (1890) 473- ;

L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1892) (Ann. Meet. 1891)

8-.
Sohncke, Leanhard. Lpldina. 33 (1897) 162;

Met. Z. 15 (1898) 81-; Termt. Kozl. 30

(1898) 655; Munch. Ak. Sb. 28 (1899) 440- ;

Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) (Sb.) 112-.
Sondhauss, Karl Friedrich Julius, Bresl.

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1886) 324 ; Lpldina. 22 (1886)

215.
Soret, Jacques Louis. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 23

(1890) 467-; 24 (1890) 305- ; C. R. 110

(1890) 1045-, 1156; Sch.Nf. Gs. Vh. (1889-

90) 251- ; Ts. Ps. C. 30 (1891) 64; Gen. S.

Ps. Mm. 31 (1890-93) xxviii-.
SpeUier, Louu H, Franklin L J. 132 (1891)

363-.
Spencer, Charles A, Am. Mcr. J. 2 (1881)

193- ; 3 (1882) 174- ; Am. S. Mcr. P. (1882)

49-.
Spencer, Herbert R, Am. Mcr. S. T. 21 (1900)

252-.
Spottiswoode, WiUiam, Nt. 27 (1883) 597-;

Obs. 6 (1883) 231- ; Science 2 (1883) 27-;

As. S. M. Not. 44 (1884) 150- ; C. S. J. 45

(1884) 628-; L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) (Ann,

Meet, 1884) 8-; Peterm. Mt. 30 (1884) 105;

R. S. P. 38 (1885) xxxiv-; L. Mth. S. P. 31

(1900) 283-.

Square, William. Plym. I. T. 12 (1898) 214.
Stallo, John Bernard. Science 11 (1900) 238.
Stampfer, Simon. Wien Aim. 15 (1865) 189- ;

Arch. Mth. Ps. 45 (1866) {Lt. B.) clxxix.
Stanecki, Tomasz. Kosmos (Lw.) 16 (1891)

25-.
Staschek, Ignaz Florus. BrOnn Mt. 65 (1885)

(Beil.) 73.
Steams, Joseph Barker. J. T61. 19 (1895) 215.
Stefan, Josef. Elekttech. Z. 14 (1893) 31;

Lpldina. 29 (1893) 53-; Wien Aim. 43 (1893)

252- ; Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 21 (1894) x-.
Stein, Sigmund Tlieodor. Lpldina. 27 (1891)

159; Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 543-.
Steinhauser, Anton. Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898)

383-.
Steinheil, Adolf. Leip, As. Gs. Vjschr. 28

(1893) 248-; Lpldina. 29 (1893) 208; Wien

Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 561- ; As. Nr. 134 (1894)

135- ; Munch. Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 120-.
^teinheil, Carl August von. Arch. Mth. Ps.

52 (1871) (Lt, B.) ocvn; Wien Ahn. (1871)

205-.

26

0010 Biography

Stenger, Franz. Elekttech. Z. 14 (1893) 323;

Lpldina. 29 (1898) 111.
Stephan, Heinrich von, Elekttech. Z. 18 (1897)

217, 245-, 893.
Sterk, Augustus Elink, *s Gravenh. I. Ing.

Ts. (1898-99) {Verg.) 75.
Stern, Mariz Abraham. Zui. Yjschr. 89 (1894)

131- ; Milnch. Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 142; D.

Mth. Vr. Jbr. 4 (1897) 34-.
Stewart, Balfour. Tel. J. 21 (1887) 637; Am.

Ac. P. 23 (1888) 375-; As. S. M. Not. 48

(1888) 166- ; Elect. 20 (1888) 159- ; Humb.

7 (1888) 85; L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) {Ann.

Meet. 1888) 9-; Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. A

P. 1 (1888) 253- ; Met. S. QJ. 14 (1888) 142- ;

Nt. 37 (1888) 202- ; Railroad A Eng. J. 62

(1888) 94-; Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888) 473;

Vict. B. S. T. 24 (1888) 181- ; R. S. P. 46

(1890) ix-.
Stoczek, Jdxsef. Termt. Kdzl. 23 (1891)

638-.
StolStov, Aleksandr GrigorjevH. Elect. 37

(1896) 314; J. T^l. 20 (1896) 164; Bs.

P8.-C. S. J. 29 {Ps.) (1897) 25-; Mosc. S.

So. BU. 93 {No. 2) (1898) 30-.
Stone, WUliam Henry. Elect. 27 (1891) 299.
Stratingh, Sibrandus. Arch. Phm. 86 (1843)

331-.
Strehlke, Friedrich Samuel. Danzig Schr. 6

{Heft 4) (1887) 173-.
Streintz, Heinrich. Lpldina. 28 (1892) 210;

Steierm. Mt. (1892) 283-.
Sturgeon, WiUiam. Elect. 18 (1884) 186- ; 35

(1895) 632-.
Svanberg, Adolf Ferdinand. Stookh. Vt. Ak.

Lefn. 1 (1869-73) 111-.
Sztoczek, Jdzsef. Mag. Tad. Ak. Ets. 3 (1892)

621- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 10 (1893) 417-.
Tatham, WiUiam Penn. Franklin I. J. 149

(1900) 218-.
Taylor, John Traill. Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895)

626-; Phot. J. 20 (1896) 52-.
Taylor, William Bower. Smiths. Bp. (1896)

645-; Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 13 (1900) 418-.
Teirich, Ferdinand. Elekttech. Z. 20 (1899)

181.
Tejada, Manuel Ruiz de. M^x. S. "Alzate*'

Mm. 2 (1888) 289-.
Temant, Aldde Ludovic. Elect. 14 (1885)

158.
Terquem, Alfred. Bll. Sc. Nord 18 (1887)

548-; C. B. 105 (1887) 196- ; Metz Ac. Mm.

69(1892)9; 72(1893)57-.
Thiry, Rudolf. Z. Ohrh. 23 (1892) 179-.
Thomson, James. Elect. Bv. 30 (1892) 604;

Olasg. I. Eng. T. 85 (1892) 309- ; Nt. 46

(1892) 129- ; Glasg. Ph. S. P. 24 (1893)

220- ; B. S. P. 53 (1893) i-.
Tissandier, Gaston. Mr. (1899) 197-, 244-;

Aer. J. 3 (1899) 91 ; Nt. 60 (1899) 511 ; Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 31 (1899) 200.
Tolles, Robert B. Am. Mcr. J. 5 (1884) 10-;

16 (1895) 352-; Am. S. Mcr. P. (1884) 41-.
Tomlinson, Charles. Gl. Mg. 4 (1897) 191- ;

Nt. 55 (1896-97) 371.
Tosi, Franco. Elekttech. Z. 19 (1898) 858.
Trapp, Ouido. Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1889)

347-.

Biography 0010

Tresca, Henri idouard. As. Fr. C. B. (1885)

{Pt. 1) 28; A. T61. 12 (1885) 284-; C. B.

100 (1885) 1610- ; G6n. Civ. 7 (1885) 158;

I. ME. P. (1885) 459-; Lpldina. 21 (1885)

116; Nt. 32 (1885) 181; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1885) {Pt. 2) 130- ; Bv. Un. Mines 18 (1885)

240; L CE. P. 83 (1886) 425-; A. Cons.

Arts et M^t. 7 (1895) 103-.
Tr^ve, (lecommandant) AugusteHubert Stanislas.

Lum. Elect. 18 (1885) 468; Bv. Mar. et Col.

88 (1886) 156-.
Treviranus, Litdwig Georg. Brem. Ab. 15 (1901)

25-.
Tricht, {le riv. plre) Victor Joseph van. Ciel

et Terre 18 (1897-98) 260- ; Bv. Quest. Sc.

43 (1898) 67-. .
Triebel, J. Elekttech. Z. 16 (1895) 59.
Trotter, {Rev.) CoiUts. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888)

{Ann. Meet. 1888) 14-; Nt. 37 (1888) 153-.
Trouillet, {le capit.) Louis. Doabs S. Mm. 1

(1887) 13-.
Turazza, Domenico. Bv. Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)] 32;

Ven. I. At. (1891-92) 1 vi-; (1898-99) {Pt. I) 69-.
Tyndall, John. C. N. 68 (1893) 280; 70 (1894)

17-; C. Ztg. 17 (1893) 1825; Elect. Bv. 33

(1893) 610- ; Elekttech. Z. 14 (1893) 729;

Frkl. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1892-93) 56-;

Fschr. Md. 11 (1893) 1000; Lpldina. 29

(1893) 210- ; 30 (1894) 94-, 114-, 130- ;
Lum. Elect. 50 (1893) 539-; C. S. J. 65

(1894) 389-; Educ. Times 47 (1894) 27-;
Elect. 32 (1894) 141- ; Gl. S. QJ. 50 (1894)
(P.) 41-; Graub. Nf. Gs. Jbr. 37 (1894)
279-; I. CE. P. 116 (1894) 340- ; Ir. Ntlist.
8 (1894) 48; L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) {Ann.
Meet. 1894) 10-; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. &
P. 8 (1894) 213- ; Md.-Chir. T. 77 (1894)
31-; Nt. 49 (1893-94) 128- ; Ps. Bv. 1 (1894)
302- ; B. S. P. 55 (1894) xviii-; Bv. Quest.
Sc. 35 (1894) 480- ; Bv. Sc. 1 (1894) 9^;
Bv. Sc.-Ind. 26 (1894) 16; Ts. Ps. C. 33
(1894) 29-; Munch. Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 143- ;
B. I. P. 14 (1896) 161-, 216- ; Gen. S. Ps.
Mm. 32 (1894-97) Pt. 1, xxviii- ; Gg. Jb. 19
(1897) 391-.

Ulrich, Emil. Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895) 578.
Usov, Stepan Aleksandrovic. Bs. rs.-C. S. J.

22 {Ps.) (1890) 268-.
Varley, Cromwell Fleetwood. I. CE. P. 77

(1884) 373-; L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) {Ann.

Meet. 1884) 11-.
Vautier, Paul Simile. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1889) {Pt. 1) 48-.
Verdet, tmiU. Par. fee. Norm. A. 3 (1866) 348-.
V6rit6, Auguste Lucien. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1887) {Pt. 2) 165-.
Vincent, Alexandre Joseph Hidtdphe. Lille S.

Mm. 6 (1869) 561-.
Vinchent, Julien. A. T^l. 13 (1886) 566; Brux.

A. Tr. Pbl. 45 (1887) 409-.
Vladimirskil, Aleksyei Sergyeevich. Mosc. S.

Sc. BU. 41 {No. 1) (1881) m-.
Vogel, Carl. Elekttech. Z. 21 (1900) 1024.
Vogel, Hermann Wilhelm. C. Ztg. 22 (1898)

1077; Lpldina. 34 (1898) 174- ; Berl. B. 32

(1899) 1-; D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 60-; Nt.

59 (1898-99) 204- ; Phot. J. 23 (1899) 113- ;

Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 6a-.

27

0010 Biography

Voigt, Thomas Heinrich, Wien Pht. Ck)r. 33

(1896) 400-.
yolpiceili, Paolo. Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 3

(1879) 160-.
Vylder, Gustav de. Wien Pht. Cor. 83 (1896)

28.
Wagner, Johann PhUipp, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr.

Jbr. (1878-79) 32-.
Walenn, William Henry. C. S. J. 71 (1897)

(Pt. 2) 1206; L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1897) {Ann.

{Meet. 1897} 7.
Wall, Edward Barry. Am. Eng. A Railroad

J. 68 (1894) 231-.
Wallmark, Lars Johan. Stookh. Yt. Ak. Lefn.

1 (1869-73) 21-.
Waltenhofen, Adalbert von» Bdhm. Gs. Ws.

Jbr. (1879) LXVI-.
Ward, iViUiam Sykes. Yorks. Gl. S. P. 9

(1886-87) 316; 10 (1889) 241- ; C. S. J. 63

(1888) 618.
Wartmann, J^lie Francois. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

16 (1886) 488-; Lpldina. 22 (1886) 220;

Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1886-86) 156- ; Gen. S.

Ps. Mm. 29 (1884-87) xxxvra (W«)- ; Miinch.

Ak. Sb. 17 (1888) 83-.
Weber, WUhelm Eduard. A. T^l. 18 (1891)

476-; C. B. 113 (1891) 106- ; Cztg. Opt. 12

(1891) 167- ; Elect. 27 (1891) 246-; Elekttech.
Z. 12 (1891) 369, 404; Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr.
Jbr. (1890-91) 48-; Lpldina. 27 (1891) 110;
28 (1892) 147-, 169-, 186-, 201- ; Lum.
Elect. 41 (1891) 46-; Nt. 44 (1891) 229-,
272; Tel. J. 29 (1891) 37-; Ciel et Terre 12
^891-92) 260- ; Gdtt. Ab. 38 (1892) 44 pp.;
Kassel Vr. Nt. B. 88 (1892) 7-; Leip. Nf.
Gs. Sb. 17 A 18 (1892) 94-; L. Ps. S. P. 11

(1892) {Ann. Meet. 1892) 9-; Termt. K6zL
24 (1892) 660; Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 27 (1892) 4-;
Ts. Ps. G. 31 (1892) 128; Wien Akn. 42
(1892) 194- ; Am. Ac. P. 27 (1893) 449-;
Miinch. Ak. Sb. 22 (1893) 199- ; Danzig
Schr. 8 (1892-94) (Heft 1) 146-.

Weinberg, Jakov Igna^evid. Mosc. S. Nt. Bll.

10 (1897) (Prot.) 4-.
Weiss, Theodor. Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 32 (1886)

876-.
Wellington, Arthur MeUen. Am. Eng. & Bail-
road J. 69 (1896) 283; I. GE. P. 122 (1896)

389—
Wells, {Lt.'Col.) Henry Lake. Gg. J. 12 (1898)

630- ; I. Elect. E. J. 28 (1899) 682-.
Weselsky, Philipp. G. Ztg. 18 (1889) 1633- ;

Am. J. Phm. 62 (1890) 111-; Ts. Ps. C. 29

(1890) 63 ; Wien Pht. Oor. 27 (1890) 42-.
Wesel^, Johann Franz X, Briinn. Mt. 66 (1886)

{Beil.) 90.
Wheatstone, {Sir) Charles. B. S. P. 24 (1876)

xvi-.
Whewell, William. Ausl. 39 (1866) 304- ;

Gg. S. J. 36 (1866) cxxn-; As. S. M. Not.

27 (1867) 110-; B. S. P. 16 (1868) li-.
Whiting, Harold. Am. Ac. P. 31 (1896) 366-.
Widter, Anton. Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887)

179-.
Wiedemann, Gustav Heinrich. C. B. 128 (1899)

769-; 129 (1899) 1062- ; D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899)

166- ; Elect. 42 (1899) 799-; Elekttech. Z.

20 (1899) 264, 329-; Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 61

Biography 0010

(1899) Lxxm-; Lpldina. 36 (1899) 79; Ps.
Bv. 9 (1899) 67-; Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8
(1899) {Sem, 1) 367 ; St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 10

(1899) XXXVI- ; Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1899) (C. JR.,
Ps. C.) No. 2, 2 pp. ; Z. Elektch. (1898-99)
649-; L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) {Ann. Meet.
1900) 10- ; Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. A P. 43

(1900) XXXVI- ; B. S. Yearbook (1900) 194- ;
Termt. Kdzl. 32 (1900) 697; Gen. S. Ps. Mm.
33 (1898-1901) Pt. 2, xxxui-; Munch. Ak.
Sb. 30 (1901) 368-.

Wiener, Ludwig Christian. Lpldina. 32 (1896)

136-, 166-, 166- ; D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 6 (1899)

{Heft 1) 46-.
Wietlisbach, Johann Victor. Elekttech. Z. 18

(1897) 763 ; J. T^l. 21 (1897) 381-.
Willans, John WiUiam. I. A S. I. J. (1896)

{No. 2) 364.
Willans, Peter William. Elect. 29 (1892) 91 ;

I. ME. P. (1892) 224-; Lnm. Elect. 44 (1892)

660; I. CE. P. Ill (1893) 396-; L. Ps. S. P.

12 (1894) {Ann. Meet. 1893) &-.
Willigen, Volkert Simon Maarten van der.

Leip. As. Gs. Vjschr. 14 (1879) 98-.
Wilson. {Rev.) John. Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900)

i-.
Wimpfifen, {Graf) Victor. Wien Pht. Cor. 34

(1897) 319.
Winter, George Kift. I. CE. P. 133 (1898)

412- ; I. Elect. E. J. 28 (1899) 683-.
Wr6blewski, Zygmunt Florenty. C. N. 67 (1888)

201- ; C. Ztg. 12 (1888) 663; Nt. 38 (1888)

698; Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 20 {Ps.) (1888) 216- ;

Wien Ahn. 88 (1888) 190- ; Termt. Kdzl. 21

(1889) 609; Ts. Ps. C. 28 (1889) 160; Gen.

S. Ps. Mm. 30 (188ft-90) Ivii-.
Wiinsche, Emil. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

480—.
Wyles, Frederick. I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900)

967
Wylie', Robert. I. A S. I. J. (1886) 804.
Toung, Thomas. Par. Mm. de VI. 13 (1836)

{H.) 67-; Edinb. N. Ph. J. 19 (1836)

39-; Smiths. Bp. (1869) 111-; B. I. P. 11

(1887) 663- ; 16 (1902) 204-.
Zanon, Giovanni. Bv. Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)]

228, 241; Ven. Aten. 2 (1892) 368-.
Zech, Paul Heinrich. Lpldina. 29 (1893) 66.
Zeiss, Carl Friedrich. Cztg. Opt. 10 (1889)

86-; Termt. Kdzl. 21 (1889) 609- ; Z. Instk.

9 (1889) 86-.
Zenker, Wilhelm. Lpldina. 86 (1899) 196;

Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 729.
Zentmayer, Joseph. Franklin I. J. 126 (1888)

483-; Am. Mcr. S. P. 14 (1892) 161- ; Am.

Ph. S. P. 81 (1898) 36S-; Mcr. S. J. (1893)

793-.
Zetzsche, Karl Eduard. Dresden Isis Sb. (1894)

17-; Elekttech. Z. 16^(1894) 297-; J. T61.

18 (1894) 171 ; Lam. Elect 62 (1894) 346- ;

Mt. Ostld. 6 (1894) 199- ; Giving. 41 (1896)

186-.
Zdllner, Johann Karl Friedrich. C.-Ztg. 6

{Sem. 1) (1882) 381.

28

0020 Periodicals, etc.

0020 Periodicals, Beports of Insti-
tutions, Societies, Congresses, etc.

Brussels Academy, report on work in physios

and meteorology. Duprez^ F. J, Brux. Ac.

Gent. Anniv. 2 (1872) 88 pp.
Bureau International des Poids et Mesures,

reports. Benoit, J. R, Par. Poids et Mes.

PV. (1890) 2-; (1891) 19-; (1892) 26-;

(1894) 45-, 90-; (1896) 8-, 31-; (1897) 14-;

(1899)12-; (1900)3-.
Edinburgh University, physical laboratory,

notes. Tait, P. G. [1870] Edinb. B. S.

P. 7 (1872) 206-.
Electrical Congress, International, Frankfort,

report. Jacquin^ C, Lum. Elect. 46 (1892)

667-.

— congresses of Paris. Preece^ W, H. Tel,
E. J. 13 (1884) 361-.

— Engineers, Institution of, visit to Switzer-
land, 1899. ThrdfaU, R. Kt. 60 (1899)
678-.

, , , — . Inst, Elect, Eng.,

Swi$$ Vint Comm, I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900)
195-, 243-.

— instruments of International Exhibition,
1862, report. Jenkin, F. Tel. J. 1 (•1864)
18-, 26-, 41-, 62-, 66-. 76-, 87-, 100-, 113^,
126-, 138-, 162-, 162-, 171-, 186-, 197-,
207-, 222-, 233-, 244-, 266-, 268-, 278-,
292-.

— units. International Conference, conclu-
sions. Helmholtz, — von, Berl. Ps. Qs. Yh.
(1884) 26-.

,—, report. Violle,J, A. T^l. 23 (1896-

97)46-.
Electricity at Antwerp Exhibition. Ca^l, E,

A. T61. 12 (1886) 289-.

— — Edinburgh International Exhibition.
WalnuUy, JR. M, [1890] I. Elect. E. J. 19
(1891) 602-.

— Exhibition, Paris, 1881, experiments, re-
port. AUard, E,, dt others, A. C. 29 (1883)
6-.

— — at Puis Observatory. Juppont, — .
G^n. Civ. 6 (1884-86) 336, 361-, 366-,
383-, 398-, 416- ; 7 (1886) 26-, 41-, 69-,
73-, 88-, 107-, 122-.

— . La Tauannej Q, de. A. T^l.

12 (1886) 102-.
— , International Exhibition. Soulages, C. C,

Lum. Elect. 4 (*1881) 213-.
«_^ , Munich, 1882. Du Moncel, T.

Lum. ileoi, 9 (*]>883) 293-.
— , , Vienna. WaUentinj J. G. Humb.

3 (1884) 41-.
— , technical application (Exhibition of 1889).

ChaUm, P. F. Bv. Un. Mines 12 (1890)

239-.

Instruments at the Exhibition, London, 1862.

Dave, H, W. (vi Adds.) Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh.

24 (1863) 216-.
Steam engines at Chicago Exhibition. Frey-

tag, F, Dingier 290 (1893) 121-, 146-, 241-,

266-; 291 (1894) 63-, 146-, 311.

(General Treatises, etc. 0030

Technical Conference, Paris, July 1889. 12., L.
A. Tel. 16(1889)649-.

Telegraphic Conference, International, Berlin.
Amm. A. T^l. 12 (1885) 614-.

U. S. Geol. Surv. (Physical Laboratory), ad-
ministrative report. Barus^ C, U. S. Gl.
Sv. Bp. (♦1882-83) 62-.

, Division of Chemistry and Physics,

reports 1883-93. Clarke, F. W. U. S. Gl.
Sv. Bp. (1883-84) 69-; (1884-86) 86-; (1885-
86) 127- ; (1886-87) 189- ; (1887-88) 141- ;
(1888-89) [Pt. 1) 177- ; (1889-90) (Pt. I)
125- ; (1890-91) {Pt. 1) 127- ; (1891-92)
(Pt. 1) 169- ; (1892-93) {Pt. 1) 267-; (1893-
94) 196- ; U. S. Gl. Sv. Bll. No. 27 (1886)
80 pp. ; No. 42 (1887) 162 pp. ; No. 66 (1889)
96 pp. ; No. 60 (1890) 174 pp. ; No. 64 (1890)
60 pp. ; No. 78 (1891) 131 pp. ; No. 90 (1892)
77 pp. ; No, 113 (1893) 116 pp.

ValorouSt physical investigations of P. H.
Carpenter. Carpenter, W. B. B. S. P. 25
(1877) 230-.

0030 General Treatises, Tezt-
Books, Dictionaries, Collected
Works, Tables.

Acoustics. Chladni, E. F. F. J. de Ps. 70

(1810) 301-.
Electrical system of bodies (J. W. Bitter).

Pfaf, C. H. Gilbert A. 28 (1808) 223-.
Electricity and Magnetism (Maxwell). Ber-

trand, J. J. Sav. (1873) 461-.
Electrostatics and maignetism (papers by Sir

W. Thomson). Bertrand, J. J. Sav. (1873)

461-.
''Foundation of all Philosophy'* (Newton).

ChallU, J. Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 280-.
Fresnel, complete works. Bertrand, <7. J.

Sav. (1867) 37-, 86-.
General phynics. Knochenhauer, K. W. Bpm.

Ps. 7 (1846) 121-.
Kinetics, modern, and dynamics of the future.

Him, O.A. C. B. 103 (1886) 614-.
Light (Herschel). Marx, C. M. Schweigger

J. 67 (=Jh. 27) (1829) 144-.
— (Becquerel). Delarive, A. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 33 (1868) 267-.
— , mathematical theory, Cauchy's works.

Moigno, F. Bv. Sc. 2 (1844) 6-, 161-.
Mechanics and physics, introduction to.

Lepriol, C, J, Bouen Tr. Ac. (1811)

13-.
Natural philosophy (Sir W. Thomson). Ber-
trand, J. J. Sav. (1868) 541-.
Optics, Venturi*8, summary. Brandes, H. W.

GUbert A. 62 (1816) 398-.
Physics, Biot's treatise. Biot, J. B. Bb. Un.

2 (1816) 81-.
Telephony. PiSrard, A. Bv. Un. Mines 23

(1893) 1-, 299-; 24 (1893) 78-, 202-, 311- ;

26 (1894) 196-.
Text-book, plan. Rodig, — . Gilbert A. 7

(1801) 383-.

29

0030 Tables

BibliographieSy Addresses, etc. 0040

TABLES.

Acoustic logarithms. Delezenne, C, [1857]
(xn) LiUe S. Mm. 4 (1858) 3-.

Air column, 100 ft. high, weight at different
pressures and temperatures for N. lat. 40°.
Dunwoody, H. H. C, [U. S.] Chief Sig. Off.
A. Rp. (*1876) 364-.

Barometric and other observations in con-
nexion with the standard kilogram. Marek,
W. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (♦1881)
D. xvn-; 2 (♦1883) D. xi-; 3 (1884) D.

XXI-.

Correction for variations in insulation of sub-
marine cable at different temperatures.

Lagarde, — . A. T61. [19] (1892) 450-.
Deduction of increase rates from tables.

Everett, J, D. Nt. 60 (1899) 271.
. Runge, C. Nt. 60 (1899)

366-.
Dew-point observations, Pike's Peak, test of

Begnault's formula and results, 1878. Abbe,

C. [U. S.] Chief Sig. Off. A. Rp. (^1880)

862-.
Electricity, conductors. Geipel, W, Elect. 12

(1884) 623.
Oases and vapours according to composition,

volatility and density. Poggendorff^ J. C

Pogg. A. 49 (1840) 417-, 601-.
Heat, expansion by, solids and liquids. Clarke^

F. W. [1876] Smiths. Misc. Col. 14 (1878)

Art. 6, 67 pp.
Hygrometric tables, (dew-point and relative

humidity). Ahbe, C, [U. S.] Chief Sig. Off.

A. Rp. (♦1881) 1138-.
Logarithmic charts, scale lines on. Boyst C, V.

Nt. 52 (1895) 272-.
Metals, resistances. Scott^ K. Elect. Rv. 43

(1898) 71-. 107-, 187-.
Object glass components, radii of curvature.

Forti, A. N. Cim. 10 (1869) 249-.
Polarisation of light refracted through 4 parallel

plates, degree. Adamst W. O, As. S. M.

Not. 31 (1871) 162-.
Psychrometric tables (vapour tension, dew-point

and relative humidity) for whirled psychro-

meter. Ferrel, W. [U. S.] Chief Sig. Off.

A. Rp. (1886) 233-.
Reduction of weighings to a vacuum, Munich.

Schr'&n, H, L. F. (xn) Arch. Phm. Ill

(1860) 257-.
Smithsonian meteorological and physical tables.

Guyot, A, [1869-84] Smiths. Misc. Col. 1

(1862) Art. 3. 634 pp.; 28 (1887) xxv +

747 pp.
— physical tables. Gray^ T. Smiths. Misc.

Qol. 36 (1897) AH, 3, xxxiv + 301pp.
Stereometric weighing. Neovius^A, Helsingf.

Acta 19 (1893) No. 16, 28 pp.
Wave-lengtn tables of spectra of elements and

compounds. Brit. Ass., Comm, B. A. Rp.

(1890) 224-; (1891) 161- ; (1892) 193- ;

(1893) 387-; (18W) 248-; (1896) 273-;

(1896) 273-; (1897) 76-; (1898) 313- ; (1899)

257- ; (1900) 193-.
Wave-lengths, standard, new table. Rowlandt

H. A. As. & Asps. 12 (1893) 321-.

0032 Bibliographies.

Electrolysis and its applications (1784-1880).

Webb, W. W. N. Y. Ac. A. 2 (1882)

313-.
Gas cells and e. m.f. of gases. Bose, E. Z.

Ps. C. 34 (1900) 730-.
Gases, occlusion and diffusion. Bose, E. Z.

Ps. C. 34 (1900) 710-.
Heat conduction. Gibson, G. A. Edinb. Mth.

S. P. 7 (1889) 6-.
Light, chemical influence. Tuckermanj A.

Smiths. Misc. Col. 34 (1893) ^r(. 9, 22 pp.
Physics, 1884-86. Barker, G. F. Smiths. Rp.

(1884) 487-; (1885) 632-; (1887) 384-.
Rdntgen rays, in France. DoUinger, F. Fschr.

Rdntgenstr. 1 (1897-98) 146- ; 2 (1898-99)

36-, 70-; 3 (1899-1900) 111-, 147-.
Spectroscopy. Brit. Ass., Comm. B. A. Rp.

(1881)328-; (1884)296-; (1889)344-; (1894)

161- ; (1898) 439-.
— . Tuckerman, A. Smiths. Misc. Col. 32

(1888) Art. 2, x-f 423 pp.
Thermodynamics. Tuckermxin, A. [1890]

Smiths. Misc. Col. 34 (1893) Art. 7,

239 pp.
Viscosity of liquids, 1800-89. Gee, W. W. H.

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <& P. 3 (1890)

123-.
Vision, chief subjective phenomena, analytic

bibliography (1880-82). PlaUau, J. Brux.

Ac. Mm. 46 (1884) (No. 4) 20 pp.

0040 Addresses, Lectures, etc., of
a general character.

Address, 21 December, 1896. Comu, A. C. R.

123 (1896) 1099-.
— , presidential. Cocchi, — . It. S. Gl. Bll. 6

(1887) 424-.
Air, adventures of a particle. Mensbrugghe, G.

van der. Brux. Ac. Bll. 30 (1896) 701-.
— , compressed, for motive power. Saunders,

W. L. Franklin I. J. 133 (1892) 370-.
— , liquefaction ; primary batteries and artificial

light. Coleman, J. J. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 16

(1886) 232-.
American Association. (The mathematical and

philosophical state of the physical sciences.)

hovering, J. Am. As. P. (1874) {Pt. 1)

, Mechan. Sci. Sect. (Mission of science.)

Thurston, R. H. Am. As. P. (1884)
227-.

, Phys. Sect. (A plea for pure science.)

Rowland, H. A. Am. As. P. (1883)
106-.

, . (Experimental research.) Thom-
son, E. Am. As. P. (1899) 76-.

Astronomy and physics, relations to develop-
ment of mechanic arts. Abbe, C. Franklin
I. J. 148 (1899) 81-.

Atoms, mechanics. Buchntr, G, Cztg. Opt.
12 (1891) 41-, 64-, 78-, 8a-.

30

0040 British Association Addresses Addresses, Lectures, etc. 0040

Eleotrio industries, mechanioal engineering in.
Perry, J, Elect. 28 (1889) 603-.

— installation, subterranean cables. Siemens,
W. von. Elekttech. Z. 10 (1889)177-.

— light. Preece, W. H, [1879] Un. Serv. I.
J. 23 (1880) 88-.

— processes in telephonic circuits and ap-
paratus. Franhe, A, Elekttech. Z. 12 (1891)
447-. 468-.

— research, cosmological and technical value.
Foerster, W. Elekttech. Z. 10 (1889) 285>.

— transmission of power. AyrUm, W. E, Nt.
38 (1888) 508-, 633-.

Electricity. (Presidential address, Soci^t^ Hel-
Y^tique, Qeneva.) Delarive, A, Bb. Un. 68
(1846) 320-.

— (contact effect, motors, etc.). (Presidential
address.) Brown, J, [1900J Belfast NH. S.
Rp. & P. (1900-01) 17-.

~, applications. Eraser, W, J. Sc. 21 (1884)

327-, 399-, 466-.
— , — . (Address.) Colson, A. [1898] Leic.

S. T. 6 (1901) 93-.
— , distribution. RUMmann, R, Elekttech. Z.

9 (1888) 309-.
— , future. HiUairet, — . As. Fr. C. R. (1892)

{Pt. 1) 17-.

— in medicine and surgery. GSrard, E, Bv.
Un. Mines 32 (1896) 263-.

— , modem. (Address.) Maseart, — . As.
Fr. C. R. (1894) {Pt. 1) 64-.

— , past, present and future. Pope, R. W,
Franklin I. J. 131 (1891) 21-, 88-.

— , •* wave-currents." Heinke, C Elekttech.
Z. 20 (1899) 610-, 627-.

Electrochemical research, position. Fr'dlich,
— . Elekttech. Z. 6 (1884) 466-.

Electrochemistry, scientinc of the present and
technical of the future. Ostwcdd, — . Elekt-
tech. Z. 16 (1894) 329-.

Electromagnet. Fr'dlich, 0. Elekttech. Z. 16
(1894) 39-.

Electromagnetic theories of physical pheno-
mena. Lorentz, H, A, Ps. Z. 1 (1900)
498-, 614-.

Electrotechnics, employment of complex magni-
tudes. Steinmetz, C. P. Elekttech. Z. 14
(1893) 697-, 631-, 641-, 663-.

Energy. Onnen, H. Batav. Ntk. Ts. 41 (1882)
218-.

Exactitude in experimental sciences, methods,
instruments, etc. Decharme, C, Amiens Ac.
Mm. 39 (1892) 123- ; 40 (1893) 86- ; 41 (1894)

Force. Tyndall, J. R. I. P. 3 (ia58-62) 627-.

Glasgow Philosophical Society, '* Graham
Lecture." (Graham's researches on mole-
cular movement.) Roherts-Atuten, W, C.
Glasg. Ph. S. P. 11 (1879) 346-.

Gravity and its usual applications. Ferron, E,
[1877] Lux. I. Pb. 17 (1879) 116-.

Heat, water and air, connection and relations
between, in the actions of nature. Markie-
wicz, R. Krk. Roczn. Uniwers. 16 (1833)
279-.

Inst. Elect. Engin. Inaugural address. (The
applications of science.) Fitzgerald, G. F.
I. Elect. E. J. 29 (1900) 394-.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION ADDRESSES.

Siemens, {Sir) C. W, B. A. Rp. (1882) 1-.
Math, and Phys. Sect. Spotttswoode, W. B.

A. Rp. 36 (1866) (Sect.) 1-.

. Tyndall, J, B. A. Rp. 38 (1868)

{Sect.) 1-.
. Sylvester^ J. J. B. A. Rp. 39

(1869) (Sect,) 1-.

. Maxwell, J. C. B. A. Rp. 40

(1870) {Sect.) 1-.

. Tait, P. G. B. A. Rp. 41 (1871)

{Sect.) 1-.
. DeLa Rue, W, B. A. Rp. 42

(1872) {Sect,) 1-.

. Smith, R. J, S, B. A. Rp. 43

(1873) {Sect.) 1-.

. (Relation of mathematics and

physics to other sciences.) Jellett, {Rev.) J. H.

B. A. Rp. (1874) {Sect.) 1-.

. (Mutual relations of mathematics

and physios.) Foster, G. C. B. A. Rp. (1877)

{Sect.) 1-.
. Stoney, G. J. B. A. Rp. (1879)

243-.
. Adams, W. G. B. A. Rp. (1880)

447-.
. (Sources of energy in nature.)

Thomson, {Sir) W. B. A. Rp. (1881) 613-.

— — — — . Rayleigh (Lord). B. A. Rp.
(1882) 437-.

. (Steps towards a kinetic theory

of matter.) Thomson, {Sir) W. B. A. Rp.
(1884) 613-.

. (Physics and psychology.) Lodge,

0. J. B. A. Rp. (1891) 647-.

— — — — . (Review of optical theories.)
Glazebrook, R. T. B. A. Rp. (1893)
671-.

. (Theories of the SBther.) Hicks,

W. M. B. A. Rp. (1896) 696-.

. Poynting, J. H. B. A. Rp. (1899)

616-.

. (Physics of the asther.) Larmor,

J. B. A. Rp. (1900) 613-.

Meohan. Sci. Sect. (Theory of steam engine.
Available soiirces of energy. Newer applica-
tions of electricity.) Armstrong, W. G.
Armstrong {Lord\. B. A. Rp. (1881) 767-.

. (Practical applications of electricity.)

Preece, W. H. B. A. Rp. (1888) 781-.

Combustion, and production of mechanical,
thermal and electrical power. Le Chatelier,
H. Rv. Sc. 9 (1898) 226-.

Congrte International de Chronom^trie, in-
augural address, 28 July, 1900. Caspari, — .
Cg. Int. Chron. (1900) 1-.

Economic nature of physical research. Mach,
E. Wien Ahn. (1882) 293-.

Electric cUstribution of time. Brown, A. D.
Franklin I. J. 126 (1888) 462-; 126 (1888)
14-.

— Exhibition and pure research . Snyder, M, B.
FrankUn I. J. 122 (1886) 401-.

31

0040 Addresses, Lectures, etc., of a general character 0040

Jaite apparatus and stenotelegraphy. Jaite, — . Photography, colour. Ahneyj W, de W, Nt.

Elekttech. Z. 14 (1898) 126-. 56 (1897) 186.

Light and colour, Bakerian lecture. Youngs — , the making of. Himes, C, F, Franklin I.

{Dr,) T. [1801] Phil. Trans. (1802) 12-. J. 148 (1899) 401-.

— , effect on physical life. Address, 1866. — , recent scientific applications. Manctnt, E.

Brewster, (Sir) D, Edinb. R. S. P. 6 (1869) N. Antol. Sc. 76 (1884) 261-.

2-. — , review of progress. Wood^ (Sir) H. T.

— as form of energy and its photographic Nt. 50 (1894) 577-.

application. Spencer, jR. Barrow FG. Bp. Physical change, nature and kinds of forces

6 (1891) 80-. causing. Markiewicz, R, Erk. Boczn.

— and heat. Inaugural address, 1872. Eadt, Uniwers. 6 (1821) 74-.

J. B, St. Louis Ac. T. 8 (1878) Iv-. — considerations. BUttner, J, O. (vi Adds.)
other high frequency phenomena. Tesla, Mitau Arb. Eurland. Os. 8 (1850) 1-.

N. Franklin I. J. 186 (1898) 1-, 81-, 161-, — science for artists. Lockyer, J. N, Nt. 44

259-, 851-, 401-. (1891) 175-, 227-.

— , influence of wave theory. Bede lecture, 1899. — studies, use and progress. Markiewicz, R.

Comu, A, Gamb. Ph. S. T. 18 (1900) xvn-. Erk. Boczn. Uniwers. 12 (1827) 848-.

Liquids, phenomena connected with motion of. Physics, lectures. Barruel, E, Par. 6c. Pol.

Tyndall, J. B. I. P. 1 (1851-54) 446-. J. 1* cah, (1794-95) 120- ; 2» cah. (1795)

Machine technique, connection with science 128- ; 8« ca/i. (1796)887-; 4* cafc. (1796) 623-.

and life. Kammerer, O. [1899] Ps. Z. 1 _, _. HaUy, R. J, Par. 8^. Ec. Norm. 1

(1900) 186-. (1800) 82-, 188-, 808-, 394-; (pte. 2) 23-,

Mathematical physics, lectures. Zannotti, M. 65_, 134-, 238-, 885-, 374-, 433-, 470- ; 2

G. Mt. 7 (1869) 160-, 851- ; 8 (1870) 60-. (1800) 129-, 318- ; {pU, 2) 4-; 3 (1800) 39-,

Matter. (Lecture.) Outerbridge, A, E, (jun,) 3io_; (App.) 1-; 4 (1800) 71-, 271- ; 5 (1800)

[1884] Franklin I. J. 120 (1885) 178-. 173-. 219-, 32^- ; 6 (1800) 74-.

— , nature. Homstein, F. F. [1889] Eassel ^, methods and conquests. BatuUi, A. Bv.

Vr. Nt. B. 88 (1892) {Ab,) 29-. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898) 1-.

Microsc. Glub, Quekett, presidential address. — in recent progress of science. Camu, A,

(Microscopic work and conjectural science.) As. Fr. G. B. (1890) {Pt. 1) 128-.

BeaU,L.S. Quek. Mcr. Gl. J. 2 (1871) 221-. Physiology and physics, relation. Knes,J.von.

— Soc., address. Reade, J, B, M. Mcr. J. 8 [1891] Freiburg B. 6 (1892) 1-.

(1870) 113-. Practical science, recent achievements. Presi-

, presidential address. (Microscopy and dential address. Roberts, J, P. S. [1896]

bacteriology.) Duncan, P. M, Mcr. S. J. Brighton NH. S. Bp. (1897) 5-.

4 (1884) 178-. Badiant matter. Flemming, G, [1888] Mt.

— —,——. (Microscopes and stands.) Ostld. 5 (1892) 9-.

Michael, A, L. Mcr. 8. J. (1897) 97-. Belativity in science. Kuerr, E. B. [1897]

— —, — —. (Achromatic doublets and Kan. Ac. So. T. 16 (1899) 34-.
triplets.) Nehon, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1898) Betrospect of year 1896. (X rays; helium;
^*9-' , railways, etc.) Armstrong, O, F. Sc. S.

, . pispersion.) NeUon, E. M. Arts T. 14 (1898) 185-.

Mcr. S. J. (1899) 121-. Solar physics. Stokes, Q. G. Nt. 24 (1881)

"l^:; "^ wX\T5??^'^ 2^e[*on, £. Jf. 593-, 613-.

XT a '^'i *i 'a /A . J J Spectroscope, simple, and its teachings.

N. S. Wales Boy. Soc. (Anmversary address, Lockyer, N. Nt. 59 (1898-99) 371-, 391-.

}?Ina\ 1 ^^"^^^' ^' ^- ^' ^' ^' ^- °' ^' ^^ Spectroscopic apparatus. Lecture, 1847. Reg-

_^_Z_1'_ I ) Threlfall R N S ^^^' ^' ^^^'^^ Science 5 (1897) 409-.

"ixr "D fl T 00 noQM 1 J * ' • • Spectrum analysis, lecture. Wheeler, A. [IQdl]

^W. B. S. J^29 a896) 1-^^.^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Groydon Mcr Gl. P AT. 8 (1892) clxx

W. B. S. J. 83 (1899) 1-. ".filSf ' oif°* o^ Lockyer, {Str) N. Nt. 60
, Engin. Sect. (Annual address, (18^9) 368-, 392-.

1896.) Warren, W. H, N. S. W. B. S. J. Technical science, present tasks. Martens, A.

30 (1897) i-. Cztg. Opt. 4 (♦1883) 73-.
, , ( , 1899.) Selfe, N, Technology, physical sciences which form

N. S. W. B. S. J. 38 (1899) i (bis)-, basis of. Wilson, G. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 5

Optics, physical. Bakerian Lecture. Young, (1857) 64-.

(Dr.) r. [1808] Phil. Trans. (1804) 1-. Telegr. Engin. Soc. , inaugural address. Thorn-

Paris, physical congress. Golicyn, {Prince) B, son, (Sir) W. {Lord Kelvin), Tel. E. J. 3

B. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 13 (1900) xxvi-. (1874) 1-.

— , . Ryka6ev, M, A. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. , presidential address. (Electricity,

Bll. 13 (1900) Ixi-. nature.) Preece, W. H, Tel. E. J. 9 (1880) 3-.

Phonograph records, analysis. McKendrick, — — — , — — . (Electrical science and

J, G, Nt. 56 (1897) 209-. practice.) Foster, G, C. Tel. E. J. 10

Photographic record work. [Discussion.] Himes, (1881) 4-.

C. F., dt others. Franklin I. J. 149 (1900) , . Smith, WUUmghby. Tel. E.

206-. J. 12 (1883) 5-.

32

0050

Pedagogy. Lecture Apparatus and Experiments

0050

Theoretioal physics, methods. Boltzmantit L,
L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 386- ; Ph. Mg. 36
(1893) 37-.

Theories, aims and necessities, modem, of
physics. (Address, Phys. Soc. Amer., 1899.)
Itowland, H. A. Science 10 (1899> 825-.

Washington Phil. Soc., presidential address,
1882. (Physics and occult qualities.) Taylor,
W, B. Wash. Ph. S. BU. 6 (1883) 126-.

0050 Pedagogy. Lecture
Apparatus and Experiments.

Alternating current problems, elementary

treatment. Rhode*, W. G, Elect. Bv. 45

(1899) 463-.
— and phase currents, apparatus. Weiler, W,

Elekttech. Z. 13 (1892) 138-.
Apparatus. Plettner, F. Carl Bpm. 10 (1874)

224-, 391- ; 11 (1876) 94-, 253-.
— , easily constructed. Weber, L. Carl Bpm.

15 (1879) 50-.
— , improvements. Muncke, G. W, Gilbert

A. 68 (1821) 60-.
— , — . Ffeiffer, P, Orv.-Termt. Ets. (Termt,

Szak) (1893) 19-, 84-.
Balance, demonstration-. Rueprecht, A, (xn)

Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 99-.
— , voltaic, experiment. Gore, G, C. N. 58

(1888) 64.
Barometer, demonstration-. SchtUze,E. Humb.

4 (1885) 453-.
Bifilar suspension, demonstration apparatus.

Oberheek, A, N.-Vorp. Mt. 19 (1888) 84-.
Boyle-Mariotte law, demonstration apparatus.

SzSkely, K. Termt. Kdzl. 31 (1899) (Suppl,)

145-.
Boyle's law apparatus. Humphreys, W. J, Ps.

Bv. 10 (1900) 123-.
. Rogers, F. J. Ps. Bv. 11 (1900)

112-.
, verification. Williams, N, U. Ps. Bv.

11 (1900) 255-.
Capillarity, experiments. Kurz, A, Exner

Bpm. 19 (1883) 337-, 822.
Camot's cycle in thermodynamics, defect in

usual proofs. MacGregor, J, G. [1889] N.

Sootia I. Sc. P. A T. 7 (1890) 227-.
Caustics, demonstration. Wood, R. W, Am.

J. Sc. 50 (1895) 301-.
Current, magnetic induction, and motion,

relations between. Rimington, E, C, Elect.

Bv. 33 (1893) 32-.
Diffraction bands, method of illustrating for-
mation. Moreiand, S. T, Am. J. Sc. 29

(1885) 5-.
Dc^pler effect, demonstration. Wood, R, W,

Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 504.
Dynamo, hand-, experiments. Beaulieu-

Mareonnay, — von, Humb. 5 (1886) 23-,

344.
Dynamos, alternating, new experimental. Anon,

Elekttech. Z. 13 (1892) 432-.
Elastic deformation of wire, apparatus for

demonstration and measurement. Oberbeck,

A. N.-Vorp. Mt. 19 (1888) 86-.

vou III. 33

Electric lighting, general description. Clare-
mont, E, A. Br. Aroht. J. 2 (1895) 258-.

— operations, method of explaining. Smith,
John (of Sydney), [1877] N. S. W. B. S. J.
11 (1878) 157-.

Electricity, experiments. Foster, G. C. Ph.

Mg. 38 (1869) 229-.
— , teaching, suggested alterations. Hopkinson,

J, [1896] I. Elect. E. J. 25 (1897) 6-.
— , technical course. Bahia, M. B. Arg. S.

Ci. A. 35 (1893) 129-, 217-.
— , — instruction in England. Tunzelmann,

G, W, de, Lum. 6lect. 30 (1888) 201-, 307-,

357-, 406-, 459-, 514-, 608-.
— , theorems demonstrated in inexact manner

in text books. Machai, Y. C. B. 95 (1882)

210-.
— , voltaic, measuring instruments. Holtz, — .

N.-Vorp. Mt. 22 (1891) xx.
— , — , projection of experiments. Bleekrode,

L, J. de Ps. 2 (1883) 277-.
Electrodynamic apparatus. Niemdller, — .

Osnab. Jbr. (1889-90) 8-.
Electromagnetic apparatus. Semmola,E. Nap.

I. Inc. At. 11 (1898) No, 12, 3 pp.

— inclinatorium. Schumann, — . Humb. 5
(1886) 382.

Electrostatics, teaching in schools. Morrison,

J. T, Edinb. Mth. S. P. 8 (1890) 89-.
Electrotechnics, progress. Hertz, — •'. [1886}

Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) {Sb,) 123-.
— , teaching. Ayrton, W. E. [1892] 1. Elect.

E. J. 21 (1893) 5-.
Elementary physics, method of teaching. Joly^

J. [1893] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 8 (1893-98) 215-.

— principles. Ausfeldt, — . Voigt Mg. 5-
(1803) 50-.

— science, especially '* natural philosophy***
(physics), teaching. WormeU, R, Educ
Times 39 (1886) 113-.

Energy, science of, in secondary education.
Le ChaUlier, — . Bv. Sc. 1 (1894) 641-.

— , significance for physical instruction.
Januschke, H, D. Nf. Vh. (1894) (Th. 2,
HdlfU 1) 301-.

Evaporation, rapid, experiment. Brugnatelli,.
T. MU. I. Lomb. Bd 10 (1877) 823-.

Expansion of air at constant pressure, appara-
tus for determination of coefficient. Adorns^
C, F. Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 178-.

— — iron and copper, unequal, apparatus,
showing. Gripon, E. J. de Ps. 1 (1872)^
334-.

water, anomalous, apparatus showing.

Foye, J. C. Nt. 49 (1893-94) 531.
Experimental science, exercises illustrative of

course of instruction. Armstrong, H. E. B.

A. Bp. (1890) 299-.
Experiments. BeeU, W, Carl Bpm. 2 (1867)

298-.
— . Mach, E, Carl Bpm. 6 (1870) 8-.
— , 3. Schweder, G, Biga Cor.-Bl. 38 (1895)

56-.

— and apparatus to illustrate various principles.
Marangoni, C, (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 11 (1879)
57-, 67-, 74-, 101-, 147-, 230-, 431- ; 12
(1880) 29- 87-, 110, 321- ; 13 (1881) 9-;
14 (1882) 37-.

0050

Pedagogy. Lecture Apparatus and Experiments 0050

Expenments and apparatas, new. Rebenstorfft
H. A. Dresden IsiB Sb. (1899) 10.

— , classification. Foumter-d^Albe, E, E,
Elect. 36 (1896) 721-.

— : composition of vibrations ; di£Fu8ion ; analysis
of polarised light. Bdntgen^ W. C. A. Ps.

C. 40 (1890) 109-.

— , elementary. Boienberg, V. L, Bs. Ps.-G.
8. J. 19 (Ps.) (1887) 7-; J. de Ps. 7 (1888)
271-.

— : longitudinal wave propagation ; vowel
qualities; rectangular vibrations, compo-
sition. Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 9 (1880)
75.

Falling bodies, and deposition of smoke,
apparatus. Meyer, O, E. Bresl. Schl. Gs.
Jbr. (1893) [Ah. 2a) 22.

Freezing-point depression, experiment to de-
monstrate Baoult's law. Ciamician, G. Berl.

B. 22 (1889) 31-.

Graphical illustration, tri-axial diagrams and

pyramids for. Hovoe, H. M. [1898] Am.

I. Mn. E. T. 28 (1899) 346-, 894-.
— representation in physics. Lloyd, H. B.

A. Bp. (1843) (j9(. 2) 4.
HistorioiEd element in teaching. Hofu, K, D.

Nf. Vh. (1894) (Th. 2, HdlfU 1) 309-.
Hydropyrometer. Beaulieu-Marconnay, K.

{Frhr,) von. Humb. 5 (1886) 383.
Inauction motor, kinetoscopic representation of

revolving field. Wiemer, A, E. Sc. Abs. 1

(1898) 518.
Light and sound, new experiments and modes

of illustrating laws. Lovering, J. Am. Ac.

P. 3 (1852-^7) 169-.
— , white, recombination from colours of

spectrum. Stroumbo, —. C. B. 103 (1886)

737-.
Lines of force, Faraday, use in teaching

electricity. Schmidt, K. E, F, Z. Nw. 66

(1893) 301-.
-, use in teaching physics. Ebert, H.

D. Nf. Vh. (1897) (Th. 2, Hdlfte I) 29.
Liquid films, experiment. Weinmann, J. Basel

Vh. 9 (1893) 243-.

Liquids of different densities, apparatus for
forming layers. Hcmdl, A, Z. Instk. 4
(1884) 59-.

Magnetic deflection of Becquerel rays, experi-
ment. Rubens, H,, dt Aschkinass, E. D.
Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 13-.

Magnetism, experiment. Stroumbo, S, Les
Mondes 41 (1876) 206-.

— , experimental introduction to study. Knott,

C. G. Edinb. Mth. S. P. 10 (1892) 50-.
Magnets, experiments. Krebs, G. Carl Bpm.

17 (1881) 659-.
Mathematical physics, outline of programme.

Berthot, P, Brux. Mm. Cour. 8°, 58 (1898-

99) No, 3, 75 pp.
BfaUiematics in teaching of physics, importance.

CaUecchi, T. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 30 (1898) 65-.
Microscope, improved lantern. Leach's. Anon.

Mor. S. J. (1889) 803-.
-., new exhibition-. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900)

714-.
— , panoramic arrangement for. Anderson,

R. J. Mor. S. J. (1889) 799-.

Microscope, '* school.** Anon, Mcr. S. J.
(1899) 649.

— technique, plea for systematic instruction.
Cox, J. D, Am. Mcr. S. P. 15 (1893) 1-.

Mirrors and lenses, method of demonstrating

theory. Mensbrugghe, G, van der, Brux. S.

Sc. A. 16 (1892) (Pt, 1) 62-.
Motion, simple harmonic, apparatus for ex-
hibiting. Bergmann, J, N.-Vorp. Mt. 18

(1887) 1-.
— , , laboratory experiment. Reed, J, O.

Ps. Bv. 2 (1895) 56-.
Musical scale from point of view of teaching of

physics. Mathias, — . Toul. Ac. Sc. BU. 1

(1898) 254-.
Natural science, necessity for generalisation of

principles. Zambra,B, Ven. At. 2 (1851) 55-.
Optical notes. Lang, V, von. [1880] Wien

Ak. Sb. 82 (1881) {Ab, 2) 171-.
Optics, experiments. Knoblauch, H. Pogg.

A. 107 (1859) 323-.
— , part of a course. Duhem, P, Brux. S. Sc.

A. 18 (1894) (Pt. 2) 95- ; 19 (1895) (Pt, 2)

27- ; 20 (1896) (Pt. 2) 27-.
— , projection of principal phenomena. Du-

moncel, T, [A. L.] Caen Mm. Ac. (1856)

157-.
Peltier's phenomena, apparatus to show.
, Holtz, — . [1890] N.'Vorp. Mt. 22 (1891)

XX.

Pendulum, compound, apparatus for demon-
strating laws. Oberbeck, A. N.-Vorp. Mt.
19 (1888) 74-.

— , Foucamt, and water hammer, 2 errors in
physical text books. Ludwig, — . Humb.
8 (1889) 69-.

Physical laboratory, ideal , for a college. Lodge,
0. Elect. 26 (1891) 32-, 66-.

in modem education. Rowland, H. A,

Educ. Times 43 (1890) 382-.

— science, suggestions for course of elementary
instruction. Armstrong, H. E. B. A. Bp.
(1889) 229-.

, teaching in schools. Barclay, A. J, G.

Edinb. Mth. S. P. 4 (1886] 21-.
, — , right ana wrong methods.

AngeU, J. Educ. Times 41 (1888) 467-.
Physics and chemistry, position as branches of

education. WUbrand, F, Humb. 8 (1889)

369-.
— , courses of instruction at Copenhagen Poly-
technic Institute. Prytx, K. Ts. Ps. C. 32

(1893) 33-, 65-.
— , programme. Serrano y Fatigati, E, Ph.

Mg. 1 (1876] 455-.
— , proposals for instruction. Kukn, M, Carl

Bpm. 17 (1881) 630-.
— , teaching. Hassenfratz, J. H. Par. Ec. Pol.

J. 6« cah. (1799) 372-.
— , — in the "Istituti Tecnici.'* Semmola, E.

Nap. I. Inc. At. 5 (1892) No, 7, 4 pp.
— , — — schools (report of B. A. Committee).

Foster, G. C. B. A. Bp. (1874) 71-.
— , . Croft, W. B, Educ. Times 46

(1893) 428-.
Polarisation of light, apparatus for explaining.

Uaci de Lepinay, J. Par. S. Ps. S4, (1888)

327-.

34

0050 Pedagogy

Polarisation model, oomposition of 2 oircolar
movements, apparatus. Schalkf W. C. L.
van. Mbl. Nt. (1887) 18- ; Fschr. Ps. (1887)
(Ab. 2) 4.

Polarisea light produced by reflection and re-
fraction, experiment. Kreht, G. Humb. 4
(1886) 37-.

Polyphase experiments, demonstration appara-
tus for. Weinhold, A, Elekttech. Z. 13
(18d2) 800-.

Ptaotical physics, new apparatus for. Qtuneke,
G. D. Nf. Vh. (1890) (Th. 2) 68.

Problems for schools, Knes. Kume^L, Grunert
Arch. 4 (1844) 160-.

Badiation, effect of temperature on, laboratory
experiment. Simon, P. J. de Ps. 7 (1888)
79-.

Beflection and refraction, apparatus. FUcht-
batter, G. Carl Bpm. 10 (1874) 409- ; 17
(1881) 192-.

, — . Stevens, Le C. [1887] N. Y.

Ac. T. 7 (1887-88) 72-.

Refraction, double, projection of experiments.
Stroumbo, D. S, C. R. 101 (1885) 605-.

— of light, model to illustrate. Meyer, O. E,
Bresl. Schl. Os. Jbr. (1886) 123-.

Refractive index, measurement, experiment.

Kurz, A. Carl Rpm. 18 (1882) 190-.
Refractometer, educational, Zeiss^s. Anon.

Mcr. S. J. (1900) 636-.
Rotation apparatus. Gieseler, — . Bonn

Niedr. Os. Sb. (1891) 82-.
Science teaching in schools. Warmell, R.

Educ. Times 31 (•1878) 169-.
Sodium lines, reversal, experiment. Tumlirz,

0. Exner Bpm. 23 (1887) 404-.
Sound, apparatus for lectures. Maschke, H.

A. Ps. C. 13 (1881) 204-.

— curves, opticcd projection. Stevens, W, Le

C. Am. J. Sc. 29 (1886) 234-.

— , hydrostatics and mechanics, apparatus and
experiments. SchvUer,A. Termt. Edzl. 23
(1891) (SuppL) 40-, 91-, 174- ; Mth. Nt. B.
Ung. 12 (1896) 339-.

Specific heats of gases, the two. Kurz, A,

D. Nf. Vh. (1893) (Th, 2, HdlfU 1) 219-.
Spectra, meteJlio, exhibition. Edelmann, T.

A. Ps. C. 149 (1873) 119-.

Spectrum, solar, exhibition. Kesaler, F, Berl.

B. 9 (1876) 577-.

Surface tension, experiment. Carnegie, D,

[1896] Nt. 63 (1896-96) 162.
, — showing variation. Lami, P. N.

Gim. 8 (1896) 288.
Technical Colleges in America (United States).

EngeU, H. Civing. 40 (1894) 13-.
and general education. Haushofer, K,

Civing. 37 (1891J 121-.

— education. EglesUm, T. Am. I. Mn. E. T.
16 (1888) 623-.

— excursions in connection with schools.
SchwaUbe, — . D. Nf. Vh. (1890) (Th. 2)
666-.

— teaching in Chili. Noguts, A . F. Santiago
de Chile Un. A. 85 (1893) 277-, 345-,
51&-.

Telephone, demonstration-. Miittrich, — .
Homb. 6 (1886) 303-.

35

Institutions, Musemns 0060

Thermometer, delicate. Young, S, C. N. 56
(1887) 261-.

— for demonstrations. Beetz, W, Pogg. A.
Ill (1860) 122-.

Thermoscope, aneroid-, demonstration appara-
tus. Karsten, G. [1889] Schl. -Hoist. Nt.

Vr. Schr. 8 (1891) 17-.
— , differential, use. Meyer, 0. E, Bresl.

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1897) (Ab. 2a) 26.
Vibration of cord maintained by tuning fork.

Zech, P. Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 366-.
Vibrations, transverse, of cords, instrument for

demonstrating. Moler, G. S, Am. J. Sc.

36 (1888) 337-.
Wave apparatus. Woodward, C. J. L. Ps. S.

P. 2 (1879) 21- ; Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 229-.
, experiment. Stoddard, J. T, Am. J.

Sc. 39 (1890) 218-.
— , longitudinal, propagation, elementary

treatment. Macgregor, J. G. [1888] N.

Scotia I. Sc. P. & T. 7 (1890) 89-.

— motion, apparatus for illustrating. Zech, P.
Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 366-.

, demonstration. Baker, W, C Ps. Bv.

10 (1900) 175-.
Waves, experiment. Toepler, A. A. Ps. C. 28

(1886) 447-.

0060 Institutions, Museums,
Collections.

Bavaria, Benediktbeuern, Optical Institute.

Zschokke, H. Gilbert A. 69 (1818) 196-.
Berlin, Charlottenburg, Beichsanstalt. Knopf,

0. Humb. 7 (1888) 28-.
— , — , — . Galton, (Sir) D. B. A. Rp. (1895)

606-.
—,—,—. Mason, F, H. U. S. Mly. Weath.

Bv. 26 (1897) 354-.
— , — , — . Carhart, H. S. Smiths. Rp.

(1900) 403-.
— , photo-chemical laboratory. Eder, J. M.

Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 143-.
Copenhagen Polytechnic Institute, electric

laboratory. PryU, K. N. Ts. Fs. K. 3 (1898)

134-.
— Scientific Society, Physics, 1827-28.

Orsted, H. C. Schweigger J. 52 (=Jb. 22)

(1828) 1-.
Cornell University, new laboratory for physics

and chemistry. Newbury, S. B. Science 1

(♦1883) 538-.
Cracow University, Physical Institute. Klecki,

L. Wiad. Mt. 2 (1898) 41-.
Europe, electrical laboratories, report on.

Pierron, —. Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 65 (1896)

171-.
Franklin Institute, work during 75 years.

Thurston, R. H. Franklin I. J. 149 (1900)

81-.
Geneva, Pictet's laboratory. Pictet, R. Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1891) 62-.
German Technical Museums. Granger, F.

Br. Archt. T. 6 (1890) 187-.
Glasgow University, Lord Kelvin's laboratory.

Gray, A. Nt. 66 (1896-97) 486-.

C2

0060 Institutionsy Mnseums

Hftnover, Electrotechnical Institute of the
Boyal Technical School. Kohlrauseh, W,
Elekttech. Z. 7 (1886) 390-.

Harvard, Jefferson physical laboratory. Trow-
bridge, J. Science 5 (1885) 229-.

Italian Society of Spectroscopists. Faye, H,
A, J&. C. R. 74 (1872) 918-, 1240-.

Italy, Mount Vesuvius Observatory. MarcilUie,
P. Lum. :^leot. 17 (1885) 385-.

Kenwood Physical Observatory. HcUe, O, E,
As. S. Pac. Pb. 8 (1891) 80-.

Lemberg University, Physical Institute.
Zakrzewski, I. Wiad. Mt. 8 (1899) 155-.

Lidge, Montefiore Electro-technical Institute.
DuchS, Q. Lum. Elect. 18 (1884) 207-.

London, Boyal Institution, old and new
laboratories. Spottiswoodtj W. B. I. P. 7
(1878) 1-.

— , University College, new science labora-
tories. Smith, r. R.y BearCy T.H,, Fleming,
J, A., dt Foster, G, C. Br. Archt. J. 1 (1894)
281-, 859-, 408.

Manchester, Owens College, physical labora-
tory. Anon. Nt. 62 (1900) 250-.

Marburg University, Math.-phys. Institute.
Oerling, C. L. Grunert Arch. 2 (1842)
212-.

Massachusetts, Williams College, Thompson
physical laboratoiy. Lefavour, H. Ps. Bv.
1 (1894) 451-.

National physical laboratory, establishment.
(Beport.) Brit, Asb, Comm. B. A. Bp.
(1896) 82-.

Oxford, laboratory of St John's College.
Bosanquet, R. H, M. Ph. Mg. 10 (1880)
217- ; 12(1881)178-.

Paris, Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers,, elec-
tricity at. LausBedat^ (col.) A. Lum. £llect.
44 (1892) 51-.

— , Ecole Sup^rieure de 'T^^graphie. Giraldy,
F. Lum. 6lect. 2 (•1880) 168-.

~, Laboratoire Central d*illectricit^. Ouil-

laume, C, i. Lum. Elect. 27 (1888) 408-.
—, . NerviUe, F. G. de. A. T4\.

15 (1888) 206- ; 17 (1890) 885-.
—, . Foru, — . 06n. Civ. 17 (1890)

161-.
Physical laboratories. StoV^tov, A. G. Mosc.

S. Sc. BU. 41 (No. 2) (1884) 82-.
Physico-chemical Institutes of Pianciani.

VolpiceUi, P. G. Arcad. 55 (1882) 282 ; 56

(1882) 257; 61 (1888) 257-; 67 (1886) 26-.
Pyrenees, Pic du Midi de Bigorre, proposed

physicfkl observatory. Sainte-Claire Deville,

C. J. C. B. 82 (1876) 18ft-.
Bussia, Physical Ooservatory. Kupffer, A. T.

Bb. Un. Arch. 15 (1850) 18-.
Sorbonne physical laooratory. Ledeboer, P. H.

Lum. Elect. 15 (1885) 16-, 66-, 195-, 264-,

860-, 408-.
Sydney University, new physical laboratory.

Threlfall, R. Aust. As. Bp. (1888) 95-.
Technical colleges, fittings, ventilation, heat-
ing, <fec. Robins, E. C. [1888] Br. Archt.

T. (•1884) ^.
— institutes, account. Ellinger, H, 0. G.

Ts. Ps. C. 80 (1891) 225-.

Economics 0062

Toronto Magnetic Observatory. Stupart, R. F.

Elect. 41 (1898) 59-.
Warsaw Museum of Industry and Agriculture,

physical laboratory. Bogtuki, J, J. Prace

Mt.-Fiz. 1 (1888) 119-.

0062 Economics.

Architecture, light and heat in relation to.

Menzel, C. A. Dingier 58 (1885) 177-.
Chemistry and physics, applications to in-
dustries (Paris Exhibition, 1855). Filhol,i.

Toul. Mm. Ac. 1 (1857) 58-.
Cold cellars, utilisation in certain industries.

BUmdeau, C. Mon. Sc. 20 (1878) 955-.
— , industrial applications. Fischer, H. Civing.

88 (1892) 813-.
Copper statue, 9 metres high, made electro-

lytically. Bouilhet, H., db Christofle, — .

[1870] St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 15 (1871) 819-.
Drawings, reproduction, chronological account

of various methods. Rouget de Lisle, — .

Par. Bll. S. Encour. 43 (1844) 420-.
Electric coal-mining plant, Pennsylvania.

Gresley, W. S. I. CE. P. 131 (1898) 100-.

— current, heat produced by, applications.
H., D. Sav. S. H. Nt. Bll. 1 (1887) 17-.

— energy, price. Grassi, G. Nap. I. Inc. At.
11 (1898) No. 5, 6 pp.

— industries, work of French engineers.
Dumont, — . Bv. Sc. 11 (1899) 231-.

— liffht. Secchi, A. N. Cim. 4 (1856) 321-.

— lighting of mines. Bdddinghaus, J.
Elekttech. Z. & (1884) 103-.

— loom. Hipp, M. Bern Mt (1856) 89-.

— mountain-railways. MidebxeUe, P. As.
Fr. C. B. (1900) (Pt. 2) 297-.

— railways in England. Shoolbred, J. N, As.
Fr. C. B. (1894) (Pt. 2) 299-.

— traction. MonmerquS, A. As. Fr. C. B.
(1900) (Pt. 2) 386-.

Electricity, applications. Kuhn, C. Dingier

186 (1855) 1-, 81-. 161-.
— , — . Dumas, J. B. Par. Bll. S. Encour. 57

(1858) 285-.
— , — . (Inaugural lecture.) Perot, A. Mars.

Fac. Sc. A. 4 (1895) Fasc. 2, 10 pp.
— , — to arts and manufactures. Despret, V.

Brux. A. Un.^ (1856-57) 621-.
— , — , recent * advances. Gavey, J. Card.

Nt. S. T. 21 (1890) 97-.
— , — , — industrial. Janet, P. As. Fr. C. B.

(1898) (Pt. 1) 418-.
— , International Exhibition. English Post

Office exhibit. Preece, W. H. Lum. Elect.

5 (•1881) 36-.
^, . Separators for ores, etc. DuMoncel,

T. Lum. Elect. 5 (^1881) 197-.
— , progress, applications, etc. Delarive, A.

L»I. 14 (1846) 25-, 49-, 57-.
Electromagnetic loom. Maumeni, E, J. C. B.

88 (1854) 42.
Electrotherapeutics, progress. (L'H6pital de

la Salp^tri^re, Paris.) Dieudonni, E. Lum.

i^lect. 29 (1888) 551-.
Energy distnbution by compressed air. Milane,

F. Nap. I. Inc. At. 2 (1889) No. 5, 13 pp.

36

0070 Nomenclature

Energy, aooroes. WMtmeU, C, T, Card. Nt.

S. T. 16 (1885) 58-.
Fuel, eoonomio use on scientific principles.

Precha, J, J. HaarL Ntk. Vh. Mtsoh. 3

(1806) 1-.
Heat, loss by fomace-gases. Langhans, — .

Z. Yr. Biibenzaokin. 39 (1889) 785-.
— , — in sugar factories. Claasten, H. Z.

Yr. Bubenzuckin. 48 (1893) 374-; 44 (1894)

(Th. 2) 80-.
High vacua, air pumps. Swinbumet <^* G. N.

62 (1890) 183-.
Illumination, comparison of various kinds in

ordinary use. Preutt^ J. Gilbert A. 76

(1824) 113-.
— , economic aspect. Offret, J. Douai Mm.

S Ag. 10 (1871) 129-.

— by essential oils of coal, slate, etc. Buison-
DumaurieTf — , d^ Bouerit — . C. R. 16
(1843) 1164-.

latty acids. Cambacirh, — . Dingier

95 (1845) 33-.
— , new system. Oattdin, A, C. B. 22 (1846)

170-.

— by resinous tree products. QmUemare^ A,
C. R. 83 (1876) 600-.

Lamp, new, description.* Rumford^ B. (Count).

[1806] Par. Mm. de PI. (1807) (Sent, 1)

223-.
Platinum. AndreoH, E, Lum. l^lect. 42 (1891)

162-.
Silvering fluids. Wadsworth, F. L. 0. Z.

Instk. 15 (1895) 22-.
Sinking of shafts, congelation process. Le-

breton, F. A. Mines 8 (1885) 111-.
Siren and acoustic fly-wheel to indicate

pressure of steam or compressed air.

DoppUr, C. Wien SB. (1851| 206-.
Telegraphic office, new central, of Lyons.

Maureau, — . A. T61. 21 (1894) 289-.
Theatre construction from optical point of

view. SatLsmre, R, de. Bv. Sc. 52 (1893)

353-, 393-.
— , correct form. Blasema, P. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem. 1) 271-.

0070 Nomenclature.

Calorimetry, nomenclature and notation.
Buchanan, J. Y. Nt. 58 (1898) 30.

Capacity for heat of unit volume. Griffiths^
E. H. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95) 11-.

Critical pressure, suggested definition. Jude,
R. H. Nt. 60 (1899) 412-.

Diffusivity. Thomson, (Sir) W. Par. S. Ps.
S^. (1888) 236-.

Electrical apparatus, proposed standard dia-
grams. JanUeson, A. Elect. Bv. 42 (1898)
871-.

— definitions, nomenclature and notation.
JamieBon, A. Tel. E. J. 14 (1885) 297-.

, notation and symbols, unity. Hospi-

taUer, ± [1884] Tel. E. J. 14 (1885)
167-.

— and mechanical units, nomenclature.
Stroud, W, B. A. Bp. (1891) 577.

Nomenclature 0070

Electrical nomenclature. Clark, L. Elect. 15

(1885) 60-.
. Fleming, J. A., dt other i. Elect. 25

(1890) 444-, et ieq.
— terminology. Amadtuzi, L. Bv. Sc.-Ind.

31 (1899) 233-.
, reforms. Hotpitalier, E. Lum. Elect

3 (•1881) 11-.
Energy, systematic classification of various

forms. Lodge, 0. J. Ph. Mg. 8 (1879)

277-.
Fixing meaning of certain physical expressions.

Boltzmann, L. D. Nf. Vh. (1898) (Th 2,

Hdl/U 1) 67-.
** Force", misuse of word in attraction, elec-
tricity, and magnetism. Stoney, G. J. B.

A. Bp (1894) 586-.
Ideas, words and symbols. Heaviside, 0,

Elect. 15 (1885] 311-.
' * Inductance ' ' ana ' * hindrance ' ' . Heaviside, O.

Elect. 28 (1892) 235.
Magnetic resistance, etc. Heaviside, 0. Elect.

19 (1887) 143-, 182-.
Magnetics and nomenclature. Evershed, S.

Elect. 26 (1891) 554.
Mathematical and physical quantities, uniform

notation for. Winkler, E., db Keck, — .

Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 30 (1884) 285-.
"Potential*', Green's use of word. Becker,

G. F. Am. J. Sc. 46 (1893) 151.
Prefixes, new, proposed for physical unit magni-
tudes. Htnufton, E. J., db Kennelly, A. E.

Elect. 32 (1894) 667.
Prisms, nomenclature. Jackson, E. Int. Md.

Cg. T. (1887) (Vol. 3) 785-.
— , — . Landolt, — . Int. Md. Cg. Vh. (1890i

(Bd. 4, Ab. 10) 49-.
Badiant energy, nomenclature. Newcomb, S.

[1893] Nt. 49 (1893-94) 100.
, — . Fitzgerald, G. F, [1893] Nt. 49

(1893-94) 149.
Besistance, use of term. Bosanquet, R. H. M.

L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 201- ; Ph. Mg. 25 (1888)

419-.
Besonance, name for. Lodge, 0. J. Nt. 44

(1891) 248-.
Bise and progress of nomenclature. Heaviside,

O. Elect. 16 (1886) 227-, 271.
Self-induction, names of unit. Lodge, O. J, Nt.

40 (1889) 11.
Symbols and abbreviations. Guillaume, C. i.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 22 (1889) 438-.
— for physical quantities. Jamieson, — . Elect.

Bv. 35 (1894) 345.
. Macfarlane, A. Elect. Bv. 35

(1894) 547-.
Systematic nomenclature. Fitzgerald, G. F.,
d: Trouton, F. T. [1893] Nt. 49 (1893-94)

148-.
"Tension" and "intensity," electric, use of
terms. Harris, (Sir) W. S. (vn) Ph. Mg. 26
(1863) 504-.

and "quantity". Aryton, W. E.

Tel. J. 1 (1872-73) 107-.

37

0090 Methods of Besearch, Instnunents and Apparatus 0090

0090 Methods of Sesearch, In-
struments and Apparatus.

Acoustic laboratory and research, suggestions

for. Boionquet, jR. H. M, Ph. Mg. 8 (1879)

290-.
Aluminium akid aluminium bronze for instru-
ments. Bellieni, —. C. B. 50 (I860) 315-.
— bronze for alcoholometers. Fritzsche^ C. J., cC'

JacM, — . St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 7(1864) 370-.
Amperemeter and other instruments. Kleiner ^

A. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 10 (1900) 445-.
Barometric tap. RomiUy, F, de. Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1888) 351-.
Ck>ld silvering of glass. LumUre, A.t dt

Lumitre, L. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1894) 264-.
(yonstant pressure, apparatus for maintaining.

Handl, A, [1878] Wien Ak. Sb. 78 (1879)

(Ab. 2\ 896-.
Electric neating in physical laboratory practice.

NichoU, E. L. Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 144-.
Electricity as laboratory servant. Cole, A. D.

Denison Un. Sc. Lb. Bll. 8 (Pt. 2) (1894)

27-.
— , statical, apparatus for study. BoudrSauXt

— . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 122-.
Electrodes in glass vessels, new form. Heer-

wagen, F. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 287.
Electrolysers with stationary and circulating

electrolytes for laboratory use. Wehrlin, H,

Z. Elektch. (1896-97) 450-.
EUipsometer, new form. Jannettaz, — . C. B.

115 (1892) 1021-.
Exactitude in experimental sciences, methods,

instruments, etc. Decharme, C, Amiens

Ac. Mm. 39 (1892) 123- ; 40 (1893) 85- ; 41

(1894) 41-.
Floats to indicate density of strata in hetero-
geneous liquids. i2a&tn, P. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1887) 239-.
Free-piston-pump and mercurial compresser.

Montrichard, {le marquU) — de. C. B. 67

(1868) 1218- ; Les Mondes 18 (1868) 165-.
Gflksometry, graduation of tubes used in.

Berthelot, M. C. B. 105 (1887) 591-.
Glass and porcelain, method of uniting metals

to. CaUUtet,—. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1890) 242-.
Heat, new apparatus for study of. Paqiulin^

—. Par. S. Ps. SL (1892) 163-.
Hertz's experiments. Biemackij W. Prace

Mt.-Fiz. 7 (1896) 144-.
Iceland spar, cutting. Giordano ^ O. Nap. Bd.

3 (1864) 305-.
Indirect methods in physics. Deeharme, C,

Lum. Elect. 37 (1890) 801-, 367-, 528-,

575-, 667-.
Instruments, etc., Paris, notes. Benzenherg,

J. F. Gilbert A. 18 (1804) 372-.
Integrating machine. Boys, C. V. L. Ps. S.

P. 4 (1881) 199- ; Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 342-.
Lard and rosin mixture, lubricant for air

pump pistons. OlfMted, D. Am. As. P.

(1850) 33-.
Level of liquid surface, measurement with

submerged point, he Chatelier, H. C. B.

87 (1878) 1024-.

Light, experiments and apparatus. Meldep

F. E. (xn) Z. Instk. 3 (1883) 388-.
Mathematical and physi(^ instruments, old,

description. Casati, G. Brescia At. Cm.

(1886) 8-.
Mercurial aspirator. Lallemand, A, [1868]

Mntp. Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 7 (1867-71) 299-.
Mercury, distillation in veicuo, apparatus for.

Nehel, B. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 175-.
— , , . Dumtan,W.R.,db Dymandy

T, S, L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 348-; Ph. Mg.

29 (1890) 367-.
— , , purification by. Clark, J. W. Ph.

Mg. 17 (1884) 24-.
— , , . Kanten, B. Z. Instk. 8

(1888) 135-.
— , , still for. Smith, F. J. Ph. Mg.

29 (1890) 501-.
— , dropping glass. Heerwagen, F. Z. Instk.

9 (1889) 28-.

— pipette. Dvofhk, V. Z. Instk. 11 (1891)
338.

— pump, new form. Berlemoftty G., dt
Jouard, — . C. B. 131 (1900) 110- ; Par. S.
Ps. S6. (1900) 194-.

— pumps, 2 new forms. Chabaud, V. Par.
S. Ps. S6. (1897) 149-.

— , pure, preparation. Bohn, C. Z. Instk. 7

(1887)389-; 8(1888)76.
Micrometer wires, metallic. Ward, R. H. Am.

S. Mcr. P. (1886) 89-.
Monochromatic violet screens. Gifford, J, W.

[1894] Mcr. S. J. (1895) 145-.
Parallelometer. Brashear, J, A, Am. As. P.

(1886) 121.
Philosophical instruments constructed in India.

Campbell, John. Beng. As. S. J. 11 (1842)

293-.
Plotting curves by aid of photography. Gerard,

E. Ph. Mg. 29 (1890) 180-.
Prisms, testing. Burnett, S. M. Int. Md. Cg.

Vh. (1890) (Bd. 4, Ab. 10) 52-.
Quartz and other fibres. Boys, C. V. L. Ps.

S. P. 9 (1888) 8-; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887)

489—

— fibres. Boys, C. V. B. I. P. 12 (1889)
547- ; Nt. 42 (1890) 604- ; Elect. 38 (1897)
205-.

, attachment. Boys, C. V. L. Ps. S.

P. 13 (1895) 68-; Ph. Mg. 37 (1894)

463-.
, their uses in laboratories. Anon. Gztg.

Opt. 13 (1892) 165-.

— stoppers for high pressure. Regnard, P.
Par. S. Bl. Mm. 38 (1886) (C. R.) 9.

, mounting. Regnard, P. Par.

S. Bl. Mm. 39 (1887) (C. R.) 124-.
Bock crystal for balance beams, thermometers

and divided circles. Stein, S. Berl. B. 9

(1876) 1824-.

and natural or artificial obsidian, small

mirrors of. Stein, S. Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb.

(1877) 179-.

stopcock. Stein, S. Bonn Niedr. Gs.

Sb. (1876) 113-.
Bdntgen rays, technique. Albers-Schihiberg,

— . Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 8 (1899-1900) 30-,

122.

• •

• • • '

• •

38

0100

General Molecular Physics, (kneral

0100

Siphon applied to efflax of gases. Martini, T.

(xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 13 (1881) 225-.
— (Bfartini). Marangoni, C.

(xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 13 (1881) 227.
Solder, hard, for brass. Schtoirkus, R. Z.

Insik. 14 (1894) 225-.
Standard dimensions for instraments. Bra-

thear, J, A. Am. As. P. (1887) 61-.
Standards for apparatus, Smitnsonian. Lang-
ley, S. P. Nt. 45 (1892) 197.
Steam gauge, new. Bremer, — . Utr. Fry,

Gn. Aant. (1886) 7-.
Tapsand stopcocks, glass. Kahlbaum, G. W.A,

Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 21-.
Thermohypsometer, nse in chemical and

physical inyestigations. PoM, J. J, Wien

SB. 26 (1857) 229-.
Threads, very fine, properties and uses. Boy$,

C. V. L. Ps. S. P. 9(1888) 8-; Ph. Mg. 23

(1887) 489-.
Yacaom joints and taps. ShensUme, W, A,

Elect. 25 (1890) 58^-.
-— , Torricellian, use. Loesche, (Dr.) — .

Dresden Sb. Isis (1868) 47-.
Vibration of earth, protection of apparatus

from. Broca, A. As. Fr. C. B. (1897)

IPt. 2) 260-.
Vibrationless support. Julius, W. H, [1895-97]

Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 31-; A. Ps. C. 56

(1895) 151- ; Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 267-; J. de

Ps. 6 (1897) 18-.

GENERAL MOLEGULAK
PHYSICS.

0100 General.

WiUschel, B. von. Schldmilch Z. 3 (1858) 29-.
NarUm, W, A, Am. J. Sc. 38 (1864) 61-,

207- ; 39 (1865) 237-; 40 (1865) 61-; 41

(1866) 61-. 196-.
Wtttwer, W, C. Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 177- ;

13 (1868) 211- ; 15 (1870) 92-.
Bo$9eha, J. Les Mondes 26 (1871) 337-.
Zenger, K. V, Prag Sb. (1881) 408-.
Action, physical and chemical, uniform

dynamic method of treating. Lindemann,

F. Konigsb. Schr. 29 (1889) (Ab.) 31-.
Analytic researches on various subjects.

Fonkina, O, Verona S. It. Mm. 3 (1786)

498-.
Atoms, magnitudes smaller than. Zeeman, P.

Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 562-, 575-.
Attraction, molecular, and chemical energy.

Dupr€,A„d^Duprif,P. C. B. 66 (1868) 141-.
— and repulsion in electricity, magnetism and

gravitation. Pold, G, F, Bresl. Schl. Gs.

Obs. (1843) 85-.
*— — — without electricity, phenomena.

Dettaignes, J. P. J. de Ps. 83 (1816) 5-.
— , — , Dessaignes's. Buhland,

R. L. Schweigger J. 20 (1817) 82-.
. laws. Jeffreys, J. Beng. J. As. 8.

2 (1833) 441-, 506-.
, molecular, as effects of rotation of

atoms. Hdu$8ler,A, Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

179-, 909-.

Ck>rpuscles in physical phenomena, part played
by. Thomson, J. J, Nt. 62 (1900) 31-.

Corpuscular forces, action. Anon, (vi 1062)
QJ. Sc. (1827) (Pt. 2) 448-.

Cosmical forces, theory based on movements of
ponderable matter only ; non-existence of
imponderable matter. Monoyer, F. Lyon
S. Sc. Md. Mm. 21 (1882) 59-.

— and molecular physics. Norton, W. A,
Am. J. Sc. 3 (1872) 327-, 440- ; 4 (1872)
8-.

, principles. Norton, W. A. Am.

J. So. 49 (1870) 24-.

— physics. Fritz, H. (xn) Ziir. Nf. Gs. Njbl.
(1875) 28 pp.

, new theories. Tomaszewski, F, Eosmos

(Lw.) 9 (1884) 283-.
, significance of experiments on currents.

Gunther, S, Humb. 6 (1887) 289-, 829-.
Dilatancy of media composed of rigid particles

in contact. Reynolds, 0. Ph. Mg. 20 (1885)

469-.
— , a property of granular material. Reynolds,

0. [1886] B. I. P. 11 (1887) 354-.
Electrodynamic theory of universe, Zenger's.

Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 32 (1896)

717-.
Electromagnetic fluid system, hypotheses of

physics and celestial mechanics aocordins

to. Scarpellini, C. Bm. Cor. Sc. 5 (1859)

253-.
Energetics. Gruner, P. Bern Mt. (1897)

97-.
— . Nfatter and energy, new views. Gruner,

P. Bern Mt. (1897) 25-.
— , principles. Glennie, J. S. S, Ph. Mg. 21

(1861) 274-, 350-; 22 (1861) 62-.
Energies, luminous, chemical and cosmical.

Chase, P. E. [1880] Am. Ph. S. P. 19

(1882) 21-.
Energy. Zakrzewski, J. Kosmos (Lw.) 20

(1895) 13-.
— , dissipation of, relation to cosmic evolu-
tion. Walling, H. F. Am. As. P. 22 (1878)

46-.

— as a fundamental idea. Carter, E, T.
Elect. Bv. 32 (1893) 646-.

— , pressure, etc., equations. Herran, A,

As. Fr. C. B. (1899) {Pt. 1) 232-.
Fluid condition, nature. Braun, F. D. Nf.

Vh. (1896) (Th, 2, HdlfU 1) 62.
Forces, mutual. Berthot, P. Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1885) (Pt. 2) 588-.
Glass, permeability to gases. Bartoli, A. Gz.

C. It. 14 (1885) 544-.
Gravitation, electrical theory. Franklin, W, 8,

Science 12 (1900) 887-.

— and inertia. Fessenden, R. A. Science 12
(1900) 325-.

— , nature and velocity, determination. Fes-
senden, R. A. Science 12 (1900) 740-.

— , Newton's law, and the law of attraction.
Anderssohti, A. {sen.) Mt. Ostld. 5 (1892)
71-.

Gravity and cohesion. Thomson, {Sir) W. Edinb.
B. S. P. 4 (1862) 604-.

Inertia as possible manifestation of the ether.
Barus, C. Science 8 (1898) 681-.

39

<D100

Oeneral Holeenlar Physics

0150

Inverse square, law, extension to molecolar
physics. Benon des CMnes^ — . (xn) M&oon
S. C. B. (1826) 94-.

liow temperature effects. Pictet, R. Sch. Nf .
Gs. Vh. (1892) 46-. 64-.

— temperatures, influence on chemical,
physical and biological processes. Pictett R.
D. N£. Vh. (1893) (Th. 2, HfOfte 1) 66-.

Matter, constitution. Heen^ P. de. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 24 (1892) 670-.
Mechanical theory of physics. Olenniet J. S. S,

B. A. Bp. (1869) (t>t. 2) 68- ; Ph. Mg. 21

(1861) 41-.
Medium of constant elasticity, mutual action

of bodies surrounded by. Umov, N. A.

[1878] (xn) Bee. Mth. (Moscou) 9 (1878-

81) UH. 1) 7S-.
Molecular action. Seguin^ — (a\n£), C. B.

29 (1849) 426-.
, conditions. Ransome^ A. Ph. Mg. 88

(1867) 860-.
, effective, force. NtrrUm, W. A, [1878]

Am. J. Sc. 17 (1879) 346-, 433-.
, theory. Mossotti, 0. F, Taylor Sc.

Mm. 1 (1837) 448-.
, — . Coiyper, P. (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 10

(1837) 866-.
, — (Mossotti's). Exley.T, Ph. Mg. 11

(1837) 496-.
, — ( — ). Fusinierit A. A. Sc. Lomb.

Ven. 7 (1837) 169-.
, — (--)• E., R. L. Ph. Mg. 19 (1841)

884-.
, — (—). KeUand.P, (yi Adds.) Ph.

Mg. 20 (1842) 8-.
, — , according to Newton's law. Kelland,

P. Ph. Mg. 21 (1842) 124-, 202-, 263-,

844-, 422-; 22 (1848) 116-, 194-.
, — , . EamshaWf S. (vi

Adds.) Ph. Mg. 21 (1842) 340-, 437-.

— cohesion and distances. West^ G. G. B.
78 (1874) 1279-.

— force, laws. Sutherland, W. [1892] L. Ps.
S. P. 12 (1894) 30- ; Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 211-.

— forces and elasticity of molecules. Galitzitif
B. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 3 (1896) 1-.

— mechanics, problems. Pwla^ O. Mod.
Mm. S. It. 21 (1836) 166-.

— motion. Schacht, O. F, [1868] Phm. J. 18
(1869) 376-.

— physics, fundamental principles. Norton,
W. A. Am. J. So. 46 (1868) 167-.

, . Bayma, J. Ph. Mg. 37 (1869)

182-, 276-, 348-, 431-.
, recent work. Fessenden, R. A. Franklin

I. J. 142 (1896} 187-.
Movements in the universe, course. MUUer,

J. J. Ziir. Vjschr. 20 (1876) 312-.
Natural bodies in spcuse, new orientation.

Zaliwski, —. C. B. 72 (1871) 447-, 606-,

631-.

— mechanism, elements. Oenhart, — . (vi
Adds.) At. S. Elvet. (1833) 36-.

Nature, fundamental laws. Fabian, 0. (xn)
Kosmos (Lw.) 4 (1879) 161-, 269-, 377-.

Phenomena, physical basis. Bates, H. H.
Smiths. Misc. Col. 33 (1888) Art. 2, 40-.
(Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 7 (1886).)

Phenomena, physical and chemical, theory.

Saussure, R. de. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 26 (1891)

106-, 170-.
— , — , unification. Rdntgen, — . Cztg. Opt.

8 (1887) 61-, 62-, 77-.
Porosity of bodies, recognisable with the micro-
scope. Keher, F, (vi Adds.) D. Nf. Yam. B.

88 (1867) 207-.
Pressure, influence on various physical pheno-
mena. RUntgen, W. C. A. Ps. C. 46 (1892)

98-.
Problems of physical chemistry. Ostwald, W.

Humb. 6 (1887] 249-.
Properties of booies, general. BeUaviHs, G.

Tortolini A. 1 (1860) 464-.
, physical and chemical, mechanical

interpretation. Ledieu, A. C. H. C. B. 78

(1874) 1346-, 1398-.
— , — , relations between. Fritz, H.

Ziir. Vjschr. 33 (1888) 66- ; 86 (1891) 47-.
Bepulsive force in physics. Faye, H, A, E.

C. B. 64 (1862) 626-.
Botatory motion, theory, application to the

imponderables. Seeehi, A. Bm. At. 11

(1867-^8) 186-.
Solution, physical or chemical nature.

Atkinson, R. W. Card. Nt. S. T. 20 (1889)

114-.
Wave theory of gaseous media. Bdcklund,

A. V. Mth. A. 34 (1889) 871-.

0150 Estimates and Calculations
of Molecular Magnitudes.

Atoms, chemical, approximate mass. Stoney,

G. J. B. A. Bp. (1886) 987-.
— , volume. Le Royer, A. J. de Ps. 92

(1821) 408-.
— , — . . Thomson, (Sir) W. [1883] B. I. P.

10 (1884) 185-.
— , — and density, and cathode and Bdntgen

rays. Guglielmo, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

8 (1899) (Sm. 1) 378-.
— , volumes, relative. W&chter, F. Wien

Ak. Sb. 77 (1878) (Ab. 2) 729-.
Liquid films, electrical resistance, with re-
vision of Newton's table of colours. Reinold,

A.W.,db RUcker, A. W. [1881] Phil. Trans.

172 (1882) 447-.
: , limiting thickness. Reinold, A. W,,

db Riicker, A. W. [1883] PhU. Trans. 174

(1884) 646-.
and molecular magnitudes. Reinold, A,

W., dk Rilcker, A. W. Nt. 28 (1888) 889-.
, thickness of black spot. Johonnott, E. S.

(jun.) Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 601-.
Low temperature effects. Pictet, R. Sch.

Nf. Gs. Vh. (1892^ 46-, 64-.
Molecular action in liquidis, determination of

radius. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. BU. 23

(1892) 236-.
— attraction. Estocquois, T. Fr. Cg. Sc. 17

(1860) 403-.

. Brown, F. D, Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 268-.

. Bickerton, — . Aust. As. Bp. (1891)

117.

40

0150

Estimates of Moleonlax Magnitades

0200

Molecular attraction, fonnula for law. WadUt
J. D. van der. Amat. Ak. Vs. [2] (1894) 20-.

— force of adhesion, radios of action. MilUet'
Erzbach, W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1885) 8-,
29- ; Exner Bpm. 21 (1885) 542-.

— forces and elasticity of molecules. GcUitzin,

B. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 3 (1895) 1-.
, radius of action. Drude^ P. A. Ps. C.

43 (1891) 158-.

, . RiUktr, A. W. A. Ps. C.

44 (1891) 778-.

, . MUUer-Erzhach, W, A. Ps.

C. 67 (1899) 899- ; Wien Ak. Sb. 109 (1900)
(Ah, 2a) 9-.

, , and thickness of transition

layers. C^vncke, G. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 414-.

— — in simple substances, thermodynamic
investigation. Weinberg^ J. Mosc. S. Nt.
Bll. 5 (1892) 277-; 7 (1894) 106- ; 9 (1896)
149-.

— phenomena, application of mechanical
equivalent of heat. Weinberg^ J, A. Ps.

C. ErgHnz. 6 (1874) 586-; 7 (1876) 312-.
Molecule, mean free path. Hodge* , N. D, C.

Am. J. Sc. 19 (1880) 22^.

Molecules of air, ma^itude. Loschmidt, J.
[1865] Wien Sb. 52 (1866) (Ah. 2) 395-.

— , determination of absolute weight, and de-
scription of new calorimeter. Gerstmann^ H.

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 194-.

— , distance apart in water. Herwig^ H, A.

Ps. C. 4 (1878) 465-.
— , gaseous, magnitude. DorUf E. A. Ps. C.

13 (1881) 378-.
— , — , nature. Boltzmann, L. [1876] Wien

Ak. Sb. 74 (1877) (Ah. 2) 553-.
— , magnitude. Hoaget^ N, D, C. Am. J. Sc.

18 (1879) 135-.
— , — . Heen, P, J. F. de, (xn) Brux S.

Sc. A. 4 (1880) (Pt, 1) 84- ; 5 (1881) (Pt. 1)

84-.
— , — . RHnold, A, W. B. A. Bp. (1885)

986-.
— , — . Jager, G. Mh. Mth. Ps. 3 (1892)

235-; Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ah, 2a)

54-.
— , — , absolute. LeptiuSy B. Frkf . a. M. Ps.

Vr. Jbr. (1890-91) 27-.
— , — calculated from conductivity of saline

solutions. JHgeff G. Wien Ak. Sb. 96

(1888) (Ah. 2) 614- ; Mh. C. (1887) 498-.
— , — , comparative. NorUm^ W. A. Am. As.

P. (1880) 222-.
— , — , and electromotive forces of thin

metallic layers. Oherheck^ A. A. Ps. 0. 31

(1887) 837-.
— , — , — latent heat of evaporation. HouUe-

vigue, L. J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 159-.
— , — , method of determining (by refraction

equivalents). Exner, F. Exner Bpm. 21

(1885) d4»-; Wien Ak. Sb. 91 (1885) (^6. 2)

850-; Mh. C. (1885) 249-.
— , — , . Jiiger, G. Wien Ak. Sb.

100 (1891) (Ah. 2a) 1238-.
— , — , and their relative distances. ClauHtu,

jR. Lam. itUect. 17 (1885) 241-.
— , moments of inertia. Hinriehtt G. 0. B.

76 (1873) 1592-.

Molecules, number in 1 milligram. Lorenz, L.

Kjob. Ov. (1870) 40-.
— , unit volume. Dupri, A. C. B. 62

(1866) 39-.
— , secondary, radius. LangloU, M. As. Fr.

C. B. (1887) (Pt. 2) 331-.
Oil film, limiting thickness. Sohncke, L.

Mdnch. Ak. Sb. 20 (1891) 93-.
— films, thickness. Riintgen, W. C. A. Ps.

0. 41 (1890) 321-.
Volume of body and volume occupied by its

molecules, relation. Volpicellit P. C. B. 66

(1868) 912-.

0200 The Molecular Theory of
Gktses and Liquids (General
Mathematical Theories).

Handh A. Wien Ak. Sb. 56 (1867) (Ah. 2)

569-; 65 (1872) (^6.2)377-; 66 (1872) (^6.

2) 136- ; 70 (1874) (Ah. 2) 505- ; 72 (1876)

(Ah. 2) 102-.
Action, molecular, of liquids. Mack, E. Wien

SB. 46 (Ah. 2) (1863) 125-.
— , reciprocal, of 2 molecules. Boiutineiqt J.

C. B. 65 (1867) 44-.
Actions, molecular, in gases. Serrano y

Fatigati, E. Madrid S. H. Nt. A. (Act.)

8 (1879) 42-.
Aggi^gation, fourth state. FaHan, 0. (xn) Erk.

Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. A Sp. 8 (1881) 231-,

LVI-; Kosmos (Lw.) 9 (1884) 82-.
Atomic and molecular motions. Langlois, M.

C. B. 99 (1884) 780-.
, new theory. Langlois, M. As.

Pr. C. B. (1884) (Pt. 2) 126-.

— motion. Laurent, P. A. C. B. 21 (1845)
438-.

. LangloU, M. Les Mondes 5 (1883)

294-, 466-; 6 (1883) 189-, 423-; As. Fr.

C. B. (1887) (Pt. 2) 235-; (1888) (Pt. 2)

159-, 197-
in gases. Fabian, O. (xn) Kosmos (Lw.)

6 (1881) 2-.

— motions which probably originate radia-
tions. Eddy, H. T. Science 2 ('1883)
76-, 123-.

— vibration, internal molecular energy. Eddy,
H. T. Science 1 (•1883) 421.

Atoms and gas theory. Grosse, W. Gztg. Opt.

12 (1891) 85-.
— , number in gas molecules, etc. BoUzmann,

L. Wien Sb. 56 (1867) (Ah. 2) 682-.
— , reciprocal attraction, and motion in gas

molecules. Natanson, E., dt Natanson, W.

(xn) Krk. Ak. (Ut.^Prz.) Pam. 8 (1883)

43-.
Attraction amongst gas molecules, law.

Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 22 (1886) 81-.
— , molecular. Girard, P. S. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 2 (1811) 213-.
— , — , between chemically inert gases; dis-
sociation. Garreau, L. Lille S. Mm. 15

(1888) 153-.

41

0200

Kolecnlar Theories of Oases and Liquids

0200

Attraction, moleoolar, law. Bohl^ P. A. Pb.

C. 36 (1889) 334-.
— , — , nature. Bardskii, M. (xn) Rs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 16 (P«., Pt. 1) (1883) 208-, 223-.
— , — , —. Sokolov, A. P. Rs. Pb.-C. S. J.

16 (P«.) (1884) 248-.
— , — , — . Bardsk^j, M, Rs. Ps.-O. S. J.

16 (P«.) (1884) 497-.
— , — , in slightly compressed gases. Reinganumj

M, Arch. N^erl. 6 (1900) 674-.

— of spheres and repulsion of elastic fluids.
La Place, P. S. {marquis) de. A. C. 18 (1821)
181-.

unlike molecules. Sutherland, W, Ph.

Mg. 38 (1894) 1-, 188-.
Avogadro's law, assumptions required to prove.

BolUmann, L. Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 306- ;

Wien Ak. Sb. 94 (1887) (Ah. 2) 613-.
, . Tail, — . Ph. Mg. 23

(1887) 433-.
, elementary proof. Kreb$, G. A. Ps. C.

22 (1884) 296-.
, and molecules. Herran, — . As. Fr. C.

R. (1900) {Pt. 1) 163-.
Comfuexity of gaseous molecules. Brillouin, M.

C. R. 112 (1891) 676-.
Compressibility of gases, theoretical law.

Heen, P. de, Brux. Ac. Bll. 14 (1887)

46-.
Constants, molecular (path density and path

mass). Guthrie, Fred. Ph. Mg. 16 (1883)

321-.
— , — (liquid slabs). Guthrie, Fred, L. Ps.

S. P. 6 (1884) 337-; Ph. Mg. 16 (1883)

825-.
Constitution of gases. Joule, J, P. B. A. Rp.

(1848) {pt. 2) 21-; Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 9

(1851) 107- ; Ph. Mg. 14 (1867) 211-.
, internal. Hansemann, G. A. Ps. C.

144 (1872) 82-.
, mechanical. Prevost, P. A. C. 38

(1828) 41-.
, — . Dirk$m,E.H. Berl. Ab. (1830)

1-.
, molecular. JochvMinn, E. Pogg. A.

108 (1869) 163-.
, — . Jimenez Rueda, C. Fschr. Mth.

(1893-94) 1546-.
, physical. Bitter, t. [1846] Gen.

Mm. S. Ps. 11 (1846) 99-.
liquids, and so-OBklled molecular motions.

Wiener, C. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 79-.
, physical. Cantoni, G. Rm. R Ac.

Line. Rd. 4 (1888) {Sem. 2) 246- ; 6 (1889)

(Sem. 2) 177-.
mixed gases, Dalton's theory, gas in

water. Gilbert, L. W. Gilbert A. 21 (1806)

377-.
— , molecular, dynamical evidence. Maxwell,

J. C. C. 8. J. 13 (1876) 493-.
— . -, . • Nichols, R. C. Nt. 11 (1876)

486-.
— , — ; and new theory of perfect gases.

Boussinesq, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 18 (1873) 306-.

— of water, molecular. Royer, (Mme.) C.
As. Fr. C. R. (1889) {Pt. 2) 287-.

, — . Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 60

Currents, continued, in fluids. Rainey, G.

St. Thom. Hosp. Rp. 1 (1870) 89- ; 2 (1871)

67-; 3 (1873) 199-.
Density of liquids and saturated vapours as

function of temperature. Lungo, C. del.

Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 7 (1898) (Sem. 1)

363-.
Diffusion of ions into gases. Townsend, J, S^

[1899] Phil. Trans. (A) 193 (1900) 129-.
produced by radio-active suDstancea

and point discharges. Townsend, J, S. [1900}

Phil. Trans. (A) 195 (1901) 269-.
— and the kinetic theory. Loschmidt, J.

Wien Ak. Sb. 61 (1870) (Ab. 2) 367-; 62:

(1870) {Ab. 2) 468-.

(Loschmidt). Maxwell, J, C.

Nt. 8 (1873) 298-.
Dilute solutions, molecular theory. Larentz^

H. A. Arch. N6erl. 26 (1892) 107-.
Dissipation function, and kinetic energy of

heat motion. Naianson, W. [1894] Krk.

Ak. {Mt.'Prz.) Rz. 7 (1896) 273-; Ph. Mg.

39 (1896) 601-.
, kinetic interpretation. Natanson, W,

[1893] C. R. 117 (1893) 639-; Krk. Ak.

{Mt.'Prz.) Rz. 9 (1896) 171- ; Crc. Ac. Sc.

Bll. (1893) 348-.
Dissociation of gases and deviation from Boyle-
Charles law, caJculation. Boltzmann, L.

Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1896) {Ab. 2a) 696-.
Doppler's principle applied to luminous gas

molecules. Ebert, H. A. Ps. C. 36 (1889)

466- ; Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 21 (1890) 7-.
Dynamical theory of gases. Maxwell, J. C.

B. A. Rp. (1859) {pt. 2) 9 ; Ph. Mg. 19 (1860)

19-.

. ClauHus, R. Ph. Mg. 19 (1860) 434-.

. MaxweU, J. C. Ph. Mg. 20

(1860) 21-.
. Newcomb, S. Am. Ac. P. 5

(1860-62) 112-.
. MaxweU, J. C. [1866] Phil. Trans.

167 (1867) 49-.
. Lang, V. von. Wien Sb. 64

(1871) {Ab. 2) 485-; 66 (1872) {Ab. 2) 415-.
. VioUe, J. J. de Ps. 6 (1877) 73-,

176-.
. Stanhewitsch, B. W. A. Ps. 0.

29 (1886) 163-.
, elementary proof of fundamental

equation. PfaundXer, L. Wien Sb. 63 (1871)

{Ab. 2) 169-.
, Maxwell's, evaluation of integrals

(

law of force

-5)-

Czermdk, P. Wien

(1900) 460-.

Ak. Sb. 89 (1884) {Ab. 2) 723-.
— — — — , — , further approximations.

Benndorf, H. Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1896)

{Ab. 2a) 646-.
Dynamics, molecular, of Rases, water, ioe and

rock crystal. Kelvin, {Lord). B. A. Rp.

(1896) 721-.
Energies, translational and vibrational, of

vibrators. Kelvin, {Lord). Nt. 62 (1896) 583.
Energy, internal, in gases at constant tempera-
ture. Moutier, J. (x) Pbr. S. Phlm. Bll. 10

(1873) 18-.

42

0200

Molecnlar Theories of Gases and Liquids

0200

Energy, kinetic, of mass of air. Donnini, P.

N. Cim. 13 CISSS) 229-.
— , — molecular, measorement on absolute scale.

Liveing, O. D. Camb. Ph. S. P. 5 (1886) 316-.
— , mechanical, of molecules of gases. Gore^ G.

Ph. Mg 37 (1894) 340, 508.
— , molecular, of giues. Comeliug^ H. Z. Ps.

C. 11 (1893) 403-.
— , — , . Lodge, 0. J, Ph. Mg. 37 (1894)

419-, 607.

— of moving gas. Kurz, A. A. Ps. C. 141
(1870) 159-.

Equation, characteristic, of van der Waals.

Kraevii, K. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (P«.) (1887)

1- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 271.
— , — , . WaalSy J, D. van der,

Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 150- ; Fschr. Ps.

(1896) {Ah. 2) 199-.
— , — , — . Boltzmann, L. Amst.

Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 477-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899)

39S-.
— , — , (Boltzmann). WaaU, J, D.

van der. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 537- ; Amst.

Ak. P. 1 (1899) 468-.
— , isothermal , dynamical illustration . Natan-

son, L. Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 301-.
— , — , of van der Waals. Korteweg, D. J,

Nt. 46 (1892) 152-, 277.

— for metals analogous to that for gases.
Boggio-Leray E, Rm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2
(1893) {Sem, 1) 569-.

— of van der Wakls, constant h. Guye, P. A.
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 23 (1890) 197-.

, . Boltzmann , — , db Mache,

— . Camb. Ph. S. T. 18 (1900) 91-.

Equilibrium of fluids, theory of molecular action
applied to. Plana, G. [1861] Tor. Mm. Ac.
14 (1854) 1-.

— — gas under gravitation. Petrini, H,
Stockh. dfv. (1892) 669-; Fschr. Mth. (1892)
1117-.

perfect gas. Gromeka, I. S, Kazan S.

Nt. (Ps.-Mth.) P. 6 (1887) 66-.
Expansion of liquids, on molecular theory.

Hem, P. de. Brux. Ac. BU. 18 (1889) 208-.
Flow of gases, maximum expansion velocity.

Him, G.A. A. C. 7 (1886) 289-.
, . Hugoniot, — . C. E. 102

(1886) 1645- ; A. C. 9 (1886) 375-.
, (Hugoniot). Htm, G. A,

C. B. 103 (1886) 109-.
, (Him). Parenty, — . C.

B. 103 (1886) 125-.
, . Hugoniot, — . J. de Ps. 6

(1887) 79-.

, (Him). Sandrucci, A . Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893) {Sem. 2) 209-.
Fluidity, general theory. Onnes, H, Kamer-

lingh. Amst. Ak. Vh. 21 (1881) {No. 4)

24 + 14 + 9 pp.; Aroh. Nterl. 30 (1897) 101-.
— , physical explanation. Boussinetq, J. C.

B. 112 (1891) 1099-.
— , thermodynamieal theory. Stan kievntsch, B,

Fschr. Ps. (1891) {Ah. 2} 253-.
Forces between gas molecules. Jfiger, G.

Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) (Ah. 2a) 1620-.
— in liquids. Kirehhoff, G. Berl. Mb. (1869)

881-.

Forces, molecular. Fucks, K. Exner Bpm. 27

(1891) 721-.
— , — , action. Miiller-Erzhach, W. Wien

Ak. Sb. 109 (1900) {Ah. 2a) 9-.
— , ~, in fluid motion. KUitz, — . C. B. 63

(1866) 988-.
— , — , law. Boltzmann, L. Wien Sb. 66

(1872) {Ah. 2) 218-.
— , — , — . Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 24 (1887)

113-, 168- ; 27 (1889) 305- ; L. Ps. S. P. 12

(1894)30-; Ph. Mg. 35 (1893) 211- ; 36(1893)

150- ; 39 (1896) 1-.
— , — , — . Petnni, H. A. Ps. 3 (1900) 749-.
— , — , radius of, and boiling point. Hall, T. P.

Science 21 (1893) 145.

— on molecules in unlimited liquid medium.
v., L. (xn) Ts. Mth. 3 (1867) 113-.

Gaseous state, dimensional properties of matter

in. Reynolds, O. [1879] Phil. Trans. 170

(1880) 727-.
, (Reynolds). Fitzgerald,

G. F. Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 103-.
, (Fitzgerald) . Reynolds, 0.

Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 335-.

— — , laws, dynamical deduction. Ferrini,
R. E. D. T. (xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 8 (1876)
89-.

, matter in, and dilute solutions, analogy

between. Nasini, R. Oz. C. It. 20 (1891)
190-.

— substances, theorem. GosiewsH, W. Par.

T. Nauk Sc. Pam. R (•1876) Art. 1, 7 pp. ;

Bll. Sc. Mth. As. 1 ('1877) (Pt. 2) 223.
Heat, communication, surface forces caused by.

Reynolds, 0. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 389-.
— , — between sur^use and gas, force caused by.

Reynolds, O. [1876] Phil. Trans. 166 (1877)

725-.

— of dilution, mechanical explanation. Turn-
lirz, 0. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ah. 2a)
323-.

— , gases and gravitation, laws and phenomena.

Herapath, J. Thomson A. Ph. 1 (1821) 273-,

340-, 401-.
— , , (Herapath). Tredgold,

T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 58 (1821) 130-, 260-.

— and sound, dynamics of system of particles
as bearing on. Kelland, P. [1836] Camb.
Ph. S. T. 6 (1838) 235-.

Impact of compressible bodies and theory of
pressure. Moon, R. R. S. P. 16 (1868)
411-.

Impacts of molecules, laws. CelUrier, — .
Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1891) 109-.

— , number. Waals, J. D. van der.

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 10 (1876) 321- ; Arch.
N6erl. 12 (1877) 201-.

Irreversible processes, certain supposed. Bur-
bury, S. H. Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 475-.

Kinetic Theory of Gases.

Rohida, K. Z. Mth. Ps. 9 (1864) 218-.
Loschmidt, J. Wien Sb. 64 (1866) {Ah. 2)

646-.
Meyer, 0. E. D. Nf. Tbl. (^1874) 173-.
SaalschiUz, L. [1878] Ednigsb. Schr. 19 (1879)

(Sh.) 45-.

43

0200

Kinetic Theory of Oases

0200

Ledieu, A. C, H, C. R. 94 (1882) 691-.
Eddy, H, T. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 28 (1883)

123-, 254-.
Brovm, C. Nt. 32 (1885) 533.
LivHng, G. D. Nt. 32 (1886) 533-.
Pirogav, N. N, Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 17 (P».)

(1885) 114-, 281- ; Fschr. Ps. (1886) (Ah, 2)

237-.
Stankevii, B, V. Mosc. Un. Mm. (Ps.-Mth.) 6

(1885) 79-.
Ostwald, W, Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 81-, 342.
Richarz, F. Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 338-.
Meyer, 0. E. Z. Ps. 0. 2 (1888) 340-.
Weilenmann, A, Zva. Yjschr. 35 (1890) 306-.
Leray, {Vahhe) — . Par. S. Ps. Sd. (1891) 168-.
Preston, S. T, Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 441-.
Delaunay, N. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 24 (P«.) (1892)

9- ; J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 438-. •
FerriiU, JR. Lpldina. 28 (1892) 153-, 176-,

194-.
PoincarS, H. C. R. 116 (1893) 1165-.
Petrini, H. Stockh. Ofv. (1894) 263-.
Blatema, — . Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 4 (1895)

(Sem. 1) 315-.
Stoney, G, J. [1895] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 8 (1893-

98) 351-.
Lungo, C. del. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 5 (1896)

{Sem. 1) 467-.
Boltzmann, L. [1897] D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 6

(1899) (Heft I) 130-.
Runolfssan, N. N. Ts. Fs. K. 2 (1897) 346-,

411-.
Lebedinskij, V. K. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 30 (Ps.)

(1898) 43-; J. de Ps. 7 (1898) 675.
agreement with thennod^oamics. Sandrucci,

A, Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 3 (1887) (Sem. 1)
205-.

application to argon. Basevi, C. E. Nt. 52
(1895) 221-.

— of Boltzmann*s theorem. Jeans, J, H.
[1900] Phil. Trans. (A) 196 (1901) 397-.

— to gravitation. Preston, S. T. Ph. Mg. 5
(1878) 117-.

— — study of the atmosphere. Grassi, G.
Nap. Rd. 24 (1885) 145-.

and atmosphere of the moon. Bryan, G. H.

B. A. Rp. (1893) 682-.

— atmosphere's limit. Ferrini, R, Mil.
I. Lomb. Rd. 18 (1886) 319-.

temperature equilibrium. Schmidt, A.

Btr. Geops. 4 (1900) 1-.

— atmospheres upon planets and satellites.
Stoney, G. J. [1897] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 6
(1898) 305-.

based on attractive forces only. Boltzmann, L,

Wien Ak. Sb. 89 (1884) (Ab 2) 714-.
Boltzmann's. Culverwell, E. P. Ph. Mg. 30

(1890) 95-.
ana Camot's principle, Maxwell's demons.

Lippmann, G. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)

381.

— chemical notation. Waterston, J. J, (vni)
Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 248-, 516-.

correction of Clausius's equation, 2^ mv'^ - f PV,
Kool, C. J. Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 28 (1892) 271- ;
30 (1894) 209-.

dense gases. Burbury, S. H. [1895] Phil.
Trans. (A) 187 (1897) 1-.

determinantal invariant. Bryan, G, H, L.

Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 481- ; Ph. Mg 39 (1895)

531-.
difficulties connected with. Bryan, G. H, B.

A. Rp. (1896) 721.
and dimensions of electric quantities. Juppont,

— . Toul. Ac. Sc. Bll. 2 (1899) 98-.
dissociation of gases. Natanson, L. A. Ps. C.

38 (1889) 288-.
distribution of gas in electrical field. Walker,

G. W. L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) 171- ; Ph.

Mg. 49 (1900) 529-.
**ergal" and its application to. Claueius, R.

Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1874) 183-.
escape of gases from atmospheres. Stoney, G . J.

[1900] R. S. P. 67 (1901) 286-.
planets. Cook, S. R. Am. As. P.

(1899) 120-.
foundations. Tait, P. G. [1885] Ph. Mg. 21

(1886) 343-.

— (Tait). Burbury, S, H. Ph. Mg. 21 (1886)
481-.

— . Tait, P. G. [1886-67] Edinb. R. S. T.
33 (1888) 65-, 251-.

— (numerical notes). Tait, P. G. [1887]
Edinb. R. S. P. 14 (1888) 46-.

— (Tait). Burbury, S. H. Ph. Mg. 24 (1887)
471-.

— (Burbury). Tait, P. G. Ph. Mg. 25 (1888)
38-.

— (Tait). Burbury, S. H. Ph. Mg. 25 (1888)
129-.

— (Tait*s problem). Natanson, W. Prace
Mt.-Fiz. 1 (1888) 46-.

— . Tait, P. G. [1889-91] Edinb. R. S. T.

35 (1890) 1029- ; 36 (1892) 257-.
— . Bryan, G. H. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95)

31.
— . Culverwell, E. P. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-

95) 78-.
— . Burbury, S. H. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95)

127.
— . Bryan, G. H. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95)

152.
— . Larmor, J. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95)

152-
- . Burbury, S. H. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-96)

176-.
— . Bryan, G. H. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95)

176.
-. Fitzgerald, G. F. Nt. 51 (1894-95)

221—.
— . WaUon, H. W, Nt. 51 (1894-95) 222.
— . Schuster, A. Nt. 51 (1894-95) 293.
— . Bryan, G. H. Nt. 61 (1894-96) 319-.
— . Boltzmann, L. Nt. 61 (1894-95) 413-,

581.
— . CulverweU, E. P. Nt. 51 (1894-96)

581.
— . Bryan, G, H. Nt. 52 (1895) 244.
— . Burbury, S. H. Nt. 62 (1895) 316-.
fundamental equation. Sluginov, N. P. Kazan

S. Nt. (Ps -Mth.) P. 6 (1887) 171.

— hypotheses. Gy5z8, Z A. Ps. 2 (1900)
404-.

— — . Burbury, S. H. A. Ps. 3 (1900)
366-.

. Gybzd, Z. A. Ps. 3 (1900) 761-.

44

0200 Kinetic Theory of Qases 0200

and hydrodynamios. BolUnuumt L, B. A. propagation of soond on. Watson^ (Rev,) H, W,

Bp. (1894) 579. [1884] Birm. Ph. S. P. 4 (1883-^) 242-.

imperfect gases. NaUuuon, W, Eo8mo8(Lw.) . iftm, 6. A. Bmx. Ac. BU. 11

13 (1888) 68-, 160- ; A. Ps. G. 33 (1888) (1886) 131 (bis)-.

683-. . Krmeman^ J, N, Haarl. Ms.

. Pirogov, N. N. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 21 Teyl. Arch. 5 (1898) 207-.

(Ps,) (1889) 46-; Fsohr. Ps. (1889) (Ah, 2) , and movements of gases. LorenUy

209. H. A, Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 16 (1880) 360- ;

inexactitude of a principle in. Sandrucci, A, Arch. Nderl. 16 (1881) 1-.

Bm. B. Ac. Lmc. Bd. 4 (1888) (Sent. 2) 461-. proposition. Watson, H, W, Nt. 46 (1892) 29-.

internal work of expanding gas (Joule's experi- questions in. (Avogadro's law. Viscosity.

ment). Natanson, L. C. B. 107 (1888) 164-. Maxwell's law. Thermal equilibrium.)
( ) p^atanson). Him, G, A. Boltzmann, L, Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1888) (Ab.

C. B. 107 (1888) 16^-. "2) 891-.
( ). Natansofif L, A. Ps. . ( . — . . .) (Boltzmann.)

C. 37 (1889) 341-. Tait, P. G, Edinb. B. S. P. 16 (1889) 140-.
( ). HazeritH.A, Science relation of the newly discovered elements.

16(1890)304. Ramsay, W. [1899] Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm.
( ). Natansan, W, Praoe & P. 43 (1900) No, 4, 19 pp.

Mt.-Fiz. 2 (1890) 76-. relations between efflux velocity, specific heat
( ). Hasen,H, A, Science and molecular velocity. Naehs, F, G, A.

19 (1892) 106. Ps. C. Beibl. 7 (1883) 18-.

. X, Science 19 (1892) 136-. , . Franchis, —

laws. Rogovskil, E. A, [1882] (xn) Bs. Ps.- de, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1886) 331-,

C. S. J. 16 (Ps., Pt. 1) (1884) 26-, 186- ; 371-.

Fschr. Ps. (1884) (Ah, 3) 192-. resistance of air. Tdpler, E. Exner Bpm. 23

and laws of resistance. Suslov, G. Bs. Ps.-G. (1887)162-.

S.J. 18 (P«.) (1886)79-; Fschr. Ps. (1886) and some results. Ramsay, W, [1898] Ciel

(Ah, 2) 262-. et Terre 19 (1898-99) 613-, 671-, 619.
an objection. Poincare, H, C, B. 116 (1893)

1017-. Kinetics of conduction of heat in fluids. Jdger,

objections. Him, G, A, A. C. 7 (1886) G. Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1893) (^46. 2a) 483-.

289-. — — evaporation. V(yigt,W, Gdtt. Nr. (1896)

— , Him's. Clausius, R. Brux. Ac. Bll. 11 341- ; (1897)261-.

(1886) 173 (6m)-. — and fluorescence. Voigt, W, Gdtt. Nr.

-, — . Sandrucci, A, N. Cim. 20 (1886) (1896) 184-.

193-. — of ideal fluids. Voigt, W, G6tt. Nr. (1897)

physics of media composed of free and perfectly 19-.

elastic molecules. Waterston, J, J. B. S. liquids. Traube, J. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897)

P. 6 (1846) 604 ; B. A. Bp. (1861) (pt. 2) 6. 391-.
. [With intro- . JHeterici, C, A. Ps. C. 66 (1898)

duction by Lord Bayleigh.] Waterston, J, J, 826-.

[1846] Phil. Trans. (A) 183 (1893) 1-. . Jager, G, A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 894-.

polyatomic gases. Pirogov, N, N, Bs. Ps.-C. — . Voigt, W, A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)

S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886) (SuppL) 70 pp. ; Fschr. 139-.

Ps. (1886) (Ab. 2) 238-. . Jdger, G. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)

(Pirogov). Stankevid, B, V, Bs. Ps.-C. 616-.

8. J. 19 (Ps,) (1887) 32-. (Jager). Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 69 (1899)

(Stankevifi). Pirogov, N, N. Bs. Ps.-C. 324-.

S. J. 19 (Ps,) (1887) 133-. , application of Clausius's equation

. Rieharz, F. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1891) 2|mt;2=|PFandvirial. Kool,C.J. Laus.

73- ; A. Ps. C. 48 (1893) 467-. S. Vd. BU. 28 (1892) 87-.
. Stankevii, B, V. Fschr. Ps. (1892) and solids. Wittwer,^, D. Nf. Tbl.

(.16.2)224-. (♦1879)180.

. Boltzmann, L. B. A. Bp. (1894) 102-. , and liquefaction and vaporisa-

. StaigmUller, H, A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) tion. Eddy, H. T, Franklin I. J. 86 (1883)

666-. 8-.
, and Dulong and Petit's law. Rieharz ^ structure of bodies. Stankevii,B. N.Bs.

F, A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 702-. S. Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 8 (1888) i-, 1- ; Fschr.

problems. Burbwry, S. H. Ph. Mg. 30(1890) Ps. (1888) (^6. 2) 234-.

298-.

propagation of sound on. Hoorweg, J, L. Arch.

N^l. 11 (1876) 131-. Mass, volume and time, initial and inseparable,
. Preston, S. T, Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) application to gases. Herran, A. As. Fr.

441- ; 4 (1877) 77 ; Nt. 18 (1878) 253-. C. B. (1900) (Pt. 1) 149-.
. Mees, R. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. Mean distance of gas molecules. Korteweg,

16 (1880) 394- ; A. Ps. C. Beibl. 6 (1881) 2). J. [1876] Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 10 (1876)

244-. 349-; Arch. N6erl. 12 (1877) 241-.

45

0200 QaS'Theory

Mean free path of gas molecules. Claimua^ R,

Pogg. A. 105 (1858) 239- ; A. Ps. C. 10 (1880)

92-.
. Koci, C. J. Laas. S. Vd.

Bll. 28 (1892) 211- ; 35 (1899) 383-.
. Jaeger, O, Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 34 (1895) 376-.
, e£Fect of molecular volume.

J&ger, Q. Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) {Ah. 2a)

97-.
and impacts in group of equal spheres.

rait, — . Edinb. R. S. P. 15 (1889) 225-.
Mechanics of gases. Schmidt^O. [18591 Wien

SB. 39 (1860) 41-.
Mixed gases, law. Leduc, A. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1898) II*-.
, — . Sacerdote, P. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1899)

77-.
, number and mean distance of impacts.

WciaUt J. D. van der. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 10

(1876) 337- ; Arch. N^erl. 12 (1877) 217-.
.theory. Qough.J, [1803-04] Nicholson

J. 9 (1804) 52- ; Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 1 (1805)

296-, 405-.
, — (Gough). Dalton, J, Manch. Ph.

S. Mm. 1 (1805) 425-.
, viscosity. Sutherland, W, Ph. Mg. 40

(1895) 421-.

Mixture of 2 gases, isothermals; and exten-
sion of Maxwell's theorem. Duhem, P,

Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 3 (1899) 331-.
substances, molecular theory. Wools,

J. D, van der, Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 6 (1889)

163- ; Arch. N^erl. 24 (1891) 1-.
Motion of gas issuing from vessel, and pressure

exerted by gas on sides of vessel. Mossotti,

O.F. [1814] Mod. S. It. Mm. 17 (1815) 16-.
liquids. Touche, — . C. R. 67 (1868)

1219-.
— — minute particles, in air and liquids.

Nageli, K. W. von. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 9 (1879)

389-.
— , molecular. Botcman, W., & Todd, — .

Froriep Not. 27 (1843) 225-.
— , — . Maxwell, J. C. B. A. Rp. 43 (1873)

(Sect,) 29-.
— ,— (MaxweU). Guthne.Fred. Nt. 10(1874)

123.
— , — , of dissolved substances. Lorentz, — .

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 6 (1889) 337-.
— , — , in gases. Duhamel, J, M. C, Par. S.

Phlm. PV. (1846) 100-.
— , — , . Clausius, R. Wien SB. 46

(Ab. 2) (1863)^ 402-.
— . — , . Putchl, K, Wien SB. 48 (Ah.

2) (1863) 35-.
— , — , . GraaH, O. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd.

6 (1873) 404-.
-— , — , . SlotU, K. F. Helsingf. Ofv. 38

(1896) 64-; Pschr. Ps. (1896) (Ah. 2) 226-.
— , — , , effect of density. Clausius, R.

Z. Mth. Ps. 9 (1864) 375-.
— , — , , general equations, and application

to sound propagation. Duhamel, J. M. C.

C. R. 55 (1862) 223-.
— , — , , integration, etc., of equations.

BolUmann, L. [1876] Wien Ak. Sb. 74

(1877) (Ah. 2) 503-.

Partition of Energy 0200

Motion, molecular, in hydrodynamics. Troy,

D. S. Science 18 (1891) 202-.

— , — , — liquids. Wiener, L. C. [1871] (xn)

Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 6 (1873) 213-.
— , — , new instance. Zenner, D. C. N. 8

(1863) 164-.
— , — , some properties. Ora^si, O, Mil. I.

Lomb. Rd. 8 (1875) 210-.
— , stationary, in Infinite system of molecules.

Burbury, S. H. L. Mth. S. P. 29 (1898)

225-.
— , — , of system of equal elastic spheres.

Burbury, S. H. [1896J B. A. Rp. (1896)

716- ; L. Mth. S. P. 28 (1897) 331-.
^ of systems of molecules. Cauchy, A. L.

C. R. 24 (1847) 348-.

PARTITION OF ENERGY.

Bryan, G. H. B. A. Rp. (1900) 634-.
Boltzmann's minimum theorem. Culverwell,

E. P. Nt. 50 (1894) 617.

. Burbury, S. H. [1894] Nt. 51

(1894-95) 78.
. Watson, H. W. [1894] Nt. 51

(1894-95) 105.
. CulverweU, E. P. Nt. 51 (1894-95)

105, 246.
. Burbury, S. H. Nt. 51 (1894-95)

320 ; 52 (1895) 104-.
. Culverwell, E. P. Nt. 52 (1895)

149.

— — — . BolUmann, L. Nt. 52 (1895)
221.

, assumption in. Bryan, G. H. Nt.

52 (1895) 29-.
, extension. Burbury, S. H. L. Mth.

S. P. 26 (1895) 431-.

— theorem (equilibrium of kinetic energy of
system of particles). Bolttmann, L. Wien
Sb. 58 (1868) (Ab. 2) 517-.

. Maxwell, J. C. [1878] Camb. Ph. S.

T. 12 (1879) 547-.

. Hicks, W. M. B. A. Rp. (1885) 905.

. Pirogov, N. N. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 22

(Ps.) (1890) 44-; Exner Rpm. 27 (1891)

515-.

— — (Maxwell's investigation). Rayleigh,
(Lord). Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 356-.

(equality of mean kinetic energy for each

degree of freedom). Burbury, S. H. L.

Mth. S. P. 27 (1896) 214-.
Cases in which kinetic energy is not integrating

divisor of energy absorbed. Boltzmann, L.

Wien Ak. Sb. 92 (1886) (Ah. 2) 853-.
Chase-Maxwell ratio. Chase, P. E. Am. Ph.

S. P. 22 (1885) 375-.
Distribution of molecular velocities in gases.

CelUrier, C. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 6 (1881)

337-.
amongst molecules of fluid, law.

Buchanan, J. Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 165-.
rotatory energy among gas molecules.

Stankevid, B. V. Rec. Mth. (Moscou) 13

(1886) 129-.
— , stable, of dynamic conditions among gas

molecules. Flarinsky, G. [1893] Fschr. Mth.

(1893-94) 1817.

46'

0200 Partition of Energy

Distribation of velocities among gas molecules,

law. Hodget.N.D.C. Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 258.
in system of moving molecules, law.

Leahy, A, H, Camb. Ph. S. P. 7 (1892) 322-.
Equilibrium of kinetic energy. Boltzmann, L,

Miinoh. Ak. Sb. 22 (1898) 829-.
in a gas. LorenU, H. A, Wien

Ak. Sb. 95 (1887) {Ah. 2) 115-.
, law. Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg.

49 (1900) 98-.
, — . Burbury, S. H. Ph. Mg. 49

(1900) 22&- ; 50 (1900) 584-.
, as regards translation and rotation,

in molecules of gas. BolUmann, L. Berl.

Ak. Sb. (1888) 1395-.

— — mean kinetic energy in perfect gas.
Eddy, H. T. Am. As. P. (1889) 129.

Maxwell-Boltzmann law. WtUscn, H, W. Nt.

45 (1892) 512-.

. Burmide, W. Nt. 45 (1892) 583.

. Burhury, S. H. Nt. 45 (1892). 538-.

. Kelvin, {Lord). [1900] B. I. P. 16

(1902) 863-.

— — , test case disproving. Kelvin, {Lord).
B. S. P. 51 (1892) 397-.

, , Lord Kelvin's. CulverweU, E. P.

Nt. 46 (1892) 76.
^~ — , test cases. Thomson, {Sir) W. {Lord

Kelvin.) [1891] B. S. P. 50 (1892) 79-.
Maxwell's demons. Whiting, H. Science 6

(1885) 83.

— distribution in gases, rate of approach to.
Natamon, L. A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 970-.

— law. Meyer, O. E. A. Ps. C. 7 (1879)
317- ; 10 (1880) 29^.

— — (Meyer). Boltzmann, L. A. Ps. C. 11
(1880) 529-.

. ^Partition among colliding spheres.)

Tait, P. Q. Edinb. B. S. P. 13 (1886) 587-.
. ( .) Burmide, W. [1887]

Edinb. B. S. T. 83 (1888) 501-.

. ?/atafW(m,fr. PraceMt.-Fiz. 1(1888)26-.

. Pirogov, N. N. Bs. P8.-C. S. J. 21

(P«.) (1889) 76-.
. Watson, H. W., dk Burhury, S. H.

Nt. 46 (1892) 100-.
. Bertrand, J. C. B. 122 (1896) 963-,

1083-.
(Bertrand). Boltzmann, L. C. B. 122

(1896) 1178.
(Boltzmann). Bertrand, J. C. B. 122

(1896) 1174.
(Bertrand). Boltzmann, L. C. B. 122

(1896)1814.
(Boltzmann). Bertrand, J. C. B. 122

(1896) 1314-.

of distribution of velocities for gas mole-
cules. SehiUz, J. JR. Gdtt. Nr. (1895) 30-.

^ , proof. Boltzmann,

L. Mflnch. Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 207-.

, — . Planck, M.

Mdnoh. Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 391-.

, — . Boltzmann, L,

[1895] Munch. Ak. Sb. 25 (1896) 25-; A.
Pb. C. 55 (1895) 228-.

in group of equal colliding

spheres. Tait, P. O. Edinb. B. S. P. 21

(1897) 128-.

Qas'Tbeory 0200

Maxwell's law, simple test case. Bryan, O. H,

Camb. Ph. S. P. 8 (1895) 250-.
, simplified proof. Bumside, — . Edinb.

B. S. P. 15 (1889) 106-.
and spectra of gases. Fitzgerald, G. F.

B. S. P. 57 (1895) 812-.
, thermoaynamic interpretation. Natan-

son, W. Prace Mt.-Fiz. 5 (1894) 118-.
— , a theorem of. Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S.

P. 18 (1886) 21-.
Motion and energy, diffusion. Brillouin, M.

A. C. 20 (1900) 440-.
Thermal equilibrium, effect of collisions of

particles. Natanson, W. Kosmos (Lw.) 14

(1889) 47-.
among polyatomic molecules, new proof

of 2 laws. Boltzmann, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 95

(1887) {Ab. 2) 153-.

Pressure of gas, critical account of theories.

Gosiewski, W. Par. T. Nauk Sc. Pam. 5
(•1874) Art. 2, 15 pp.

, effect of molecular volume. Jdger, G.

Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) {Ab. 2a) 15-.

— — — , formula. Boltzmann, L. Arch.
N6eri. 6 (1900) 76-.

, — , numerical verification. Lagrange,

C. Brux. Ac. BU. 16 (1888) 171 -.
and impact of molecules. Korteweg,

D. J. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 10 (1876) 363-;
Arch. N^eri. 12 (1877) 254-.

, influence of space occupied by mole-
cules. Korteweg, D. J. [1880] A. Ps. C. 12
(1881) 136-.

— , hydrostatic, and molecular motion of
gravitation. Grassi, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.
8 (1875) 452-.

— and impact of gas molecules upon surface,
determination. Hansemann, G. A. Ps. C.
144 (1872) 82-.

— — — — — — — •~, — (Hansemann).

SeUmeier, W. A. Ps. C. 145 0)972) 162-.

— — — — — — , — . Hansemann, G.

A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 620-.

— , influence in theory of gases. Moutier, J,
[1877] Par. S. Phlm. BU. 2 (1878) 70-.

— of saturated vapour. Warburg, E. A. Ps.
C. 28 (1886) 394-.

Probabilities of molecular configurations.

Natanson, L. Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 51-.
Probability theory, applications to physical

phenomena. Bryan, G. H. Am. J. Mth. 19

(1897) 288-.
Problems, physical, methods of solution.

Schiller, N. N. Fschr. Ps. (1894) {Ab. 2) 489-.
Properties of gases, physical. Bauschinger, J.

[1865] Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 208-.
Property of gas composed of ellipsoidal mole-
cules. Delaunay, N. B. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 24

{Ps.) (1892) 18.
Badiant energy , motion of bodies due to. Smith,

A. M. [1875] Vict. B. S. T. 12 (1876) 69-.

— matter. Crookes, W. Am. J. Sc. 18 (1879)
241- ; B. S. P. 30 (1880) 469-; C. B. 91
(1880) 108-.

— — , Crookes's experiments. Serpieri, A.
(xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 12 (1880) 213-. 800-.

47

0200 Radiometer actions

BadiatiDg and absorbing bodies, motions.
Zminer, J. C, F. A. Ps. C. 160 (1877) 164-,
296-, 469-.

— molecule, and Crookes's tube, analogy.
Heen, P. de. Brux. Ao. Bll. (1900) 149-.

Badiation, attraction and repulsion accom-
panying. Crookes, W. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874)

81-; L. Ps. S. P. 1 (1876) 85-.
— , Grookes's experiments. Riihlmarm, R.

Chemnitz B. (*1878-80) 67-.
— , — stress. Moss, R. J., di SUmey, O, J.

B. S. P. 26 (1877) 568-.
— , , apparatus employed in researches on.

Moss, R. J, B. A. Bp. (1878) 489.
— , — — at atmospheric pressure. Stoney,

G. J, [1877] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 1 (1878) 6S-.
— , in gases. SUmey,Q.J. [1878] Dubl.

S. Sc. T. 1 (1877-83) 39-.
^ , , and support of spheroidal drops.

Fitzgerald y G, F.,Stoney, G.J., d^Moss, R. J.

B. A. Bp. (1878) 441-.
— , , mechanical theory. Fitzgerald , G. F.

[1878] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 1 (1883) 67-.
— , , — — (Fitzgerald). Reynolds, 0.

Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 179-.
— , — tube, action on radiometer. Fontana, A . ,

dt Umani, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1896)

(Sem. 1) 170-.
•^, , circulation of residual gaseous matter.

Swinton, A. A, C. [1898] L. Ps. 8. P. 16

(1899) 148-, 156- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 387-,

393-.
— , , ponderomotive force. Myikin, N, P.

Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1899) (C. B., Ps. C.) No. 1,

2-.
— , force causing motion in body exposed to.

Schuster, A. [187^] Phil. Trans. 166 (1877)

716-.
— , mechanical action. Cooley, Le R. C.

[1876] Alb. I. T. 9 (1879) 1-.
— , , historical note. Bizio, G. Ven. I.

At. 2 (1876) 857-.

— and molecular attraction, relation between.
WaaU,J.D.vander{Jun.). [1900] Amst. Ak.
Vs. 9 (1901) 46-; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 27-.

— , repulsion accompanying. Crookes, W.

[1873-78] (el) Phil. Trans. 164 (1874) 501- ;

165 (1875) 519- ; 166 (1876) 325-; 169 (1878)

243- ; 170 (1879) 87-.
— , , experimental researches. Crookes, W.

Nt. 19 (1879) 511-, 533-.
— , , influence of residual gas. Crookes,

W. [1876] B. S. P. 25 (1877) 136-.
— , . Otheoscope. Crookes, W. [1877]

B. S. P. 26 (1878) 176- ; C. B. 84 (1877) 1081-,

1166-.

RADIOMETER.

Crookes, W. B. S. P. 23 (1875) 377-.
Poggendorff, J. C. A. Ps. C. 166 (1875) 488-.
Tupper, J. L. [1875] Bugby NH. S. Bp. (1876)

20-.
Berthold, G. (of Rorudorf). A. Ps. C. 168

(1876) 483-.
Finkener, R. A. Ps. C. 158 (1876) 672-.
Schuster, A. A. Ps. C. 159 (1876) 651-.
Bertin, A. A. C. 8 (1876) 278-, 431- ; 10 (1877)

396-.

Radiometer 0200

DeUaulx, J. Les Mondes 40 (1876) 462, 510-,

724- • 42 (1877) 64—.
FonvieUe, W. de. C. B. 82 (1876) 1250-.
Ducretet, E. C. B. 83 (1876) 53-.
Gaife, A. C. B. 83 (1876) 272.
FonvielU, W. de. C. B. 83 (1876) 385-.
Crookes, W. C. B. 83 (1876) 572-.
Frankland, E. Nt. 14 (1876) 556.
Volpieelli, P. [1876] Nt. 16 (1877) 101.
Key, {Rev.) H. C. Woolh. FC. T. (•1874-76)

176-.
Lippmann, G. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1876J 175-.
NewaU, H. F. [1876] Bugby NH. S. Bp.

(1877) 16-.
Rossetti, F. N. Cim. 16 (1876) 157-, 206-.
SaUt, G. As. Fr. C. B. (1876) 252-.
Secchi, {ilpadre) A. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 8 (1876)

193—.
Stoney', G. J. Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 177-, 305-.
Cooke, J. P. Am. J. Sc. 14 (1877) 231-.
Grove, (Sir) W. JR. Nt. 16 (1877) 436.
Hankel, W. G. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 29 (1877)

67-.
Marcon, P. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 9 (1877) 78-.
Mohr, C. F. Z. Mth. Ps. 22 (1877) 45-.
PvXuj, J. [1877] Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878)

(Ah. 2) 226-.
RUcke, C. V. E. G6tt. Nr. (1877) 500-.
Fridrich, F. Trieste Bll. 3 (1878) 198-.
Stone, W. H. Pop. Sc. Bv. 17 (1878) 164-.
Puluj, J. [1879] Wien Ak. Sb. 80 (1880)

(Ab. 2) 132-.
Seifert, J. Wien Pht. Cor. 16 (1879) 60-.
Grdnberg, T. Biga Cor.-Bl. 23 (1880) 166-.
PHngsheim, E. [1882] A. Ps. C. 18 (1883) 1-.
Mayette, J. [1889] Lyon S. Ag. A. 2 (1890)

XXV111-.

Rosenbach, —. Bresl. Schl. Os. Jbr. (1893)

(Ab. 2a) 27-, 41-.
absorption-. There, J. (xn) Dax S. Borda

Bll. 2 (1877) 296-; 7 (1882) 57-.

— (Thore). Dufourcet, E. (xn) Dax 8.
Borda Bll. 6 (1881) 205-.

cause of motion. [Marco, F. non] Felice, M.

[1876] Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 1 (1877) 16-.
. Govt, G. C. B. 82 (1876) 1410- ;

83 (1876) 49-.

. Salet, G. C. B. 83 (1876) 274-.

. Bertin, A., d Garbe, P. C. B. 84

(1877) 30- ; A. C. 11 (1877) 45-.
(Bertin and Garoe). Ledieu, A. C. H.

C. B. 88 (1879) 1298-.
. Troy, D. S. Science 16 (1890)

234-.
and its cosmic revelations. Williams, W. M.

J. Sc. 6 (1876) 617-.
Crookes's balance, experiments. Salet, G.

C. B. 82 (1876) 150O-.
and Crookes's experiments. Abt, A. (xn)

Orv.-Term. fits. 6 (1880) (Term. Szak) 65-.
effect of heat. Hajech, C. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

10 (1877) 767-.
residual gas. Crookes, W. B. A. Bp.

(1876) (Sect.) 30-.
rotating electrostatic field. Arnb, R.

Nt. 50 (1894) 166.

— — sound waves. Jeannd, J. C. B. 83
(1876) 445-.

48

0200

Radiometer

0200

effect of sparks. Ahtt A. (xn) Orv. Term.

Ets. 6 (1881) (Term. 8zak) 221-.
electrical theory. Ferrifd^ JR. Mil. I. Lomb.

Rd. 9 a876) 794-.
. Hun, P. de. Bmx. Ac. Bll. 32 (1896)

76-.
electricity the cause of inverse motion.

DeUavlx, J, Nt. 14 (1876) 449-.
motion. DeUauLx, J, Nt. 14

(1876) 288-.
experiments. BdUger, R, C. Berl. B. 9 (1876)

798-.
—. Crookes, W. [1876] R. 8. P. 25 (1877)

304-.
— . Kruss, A, H, A. Ps. C. 159 (1876) 332-.
— . Ledieu, A. C. H. C. R. 82 (1876) 1372-,

1476-.
— . FonvieUe, W, de. C. R. 83 (1876) 970-.
— . Right, A. N. Cim. 16 (1876) 228-.
— . Rostetti, F. Ven. I. At. 2 (1875-76) 869-.
— . Stroumbo, S. Les Mondes 41 (1876) 208-.
— . Weinhold, A. F. Carl Rpm. 12 (1876)

107-, 220-.
— . Crookes, W. Nt. 15 (1877) 224-, 299-.
— . Neesen, F. A. Ps. C. 160 (1877) 143-.
— . Giordano, O. Nap. Rd. 17 (1878) 17.
— . Luca, 8. de. Nap. Rd. 17 (1878) 18-.
— . Schoultz, E. von. G6teb. Hndl. 16 (1878)

10 pp.
— . Ferrini, R. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 14 (1881)

101-.
— . Lancetta, P. Rv. Sc.-Ind. 20 (1888) 240-.
— . Bennett, A. R. [1890] I. Elect. E. J. 19

(1891) 607-.
— . Tucheehmid, A. Aaran Mt. 7 (1895) 62-.
explanation. Ziegler, O, (xn) Ausl. 50 (1877)

615—.

— by theory of emission. FonvieUe, W. de.
C. R. 83 (1876) 52-, 148-.

forms. Alvergfn%at, {Frbret). C. R. 83 (1876)

273-, 323.
— . Zmner, J. C. F. A. Ps. C. 160 (1877)

469-.

— (explanation of ZdUner's). Puluj, J. Wien
Ak. Sb. 81 (1880) {Ah. 2) 1092- ; 82 (1881)
(Ab. 2) 263-.

— . Baur, C. A. Ps. C. 19 (1883) 12-.
— . Evans, O. W, Science 2 (*1883) 215.
— . Seguy, G. C. R. 120 (1895) 725.
gaseoas movements in. Salet, G. C. R. 83

(1876) 968-.
heat and not light the motive power. Cunning-
Urn, H. A. Pop. Sc. Rv. 15 (1876) 128-.
magnetic phenomena observed. Basso, G. Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 12 (1876) 502-.
and mechanical action of light. Carhonnelle,

(U riv. ptre) L, dt Ghysens, 6. [1876] (xn)

Bmx. S. So. A. 1 (1877) {Pt. 2) 59-.
. Ledieu, A. C. H. C. R. 82

(1876) 1241-, 1293-.
— . Montani, P. Rm. R. Ac.

Line. At. 3 (1876) (Pt. 2) 597-.
movement of ^ass case. Crookes, W. R. S.

P. 24 (1876) 409-.
movements. Stokes, G. G. [1877] R. S. P.

26 (1878) 546-.
nature of force involved. Rood, 0. N. Am.

J. Sc. 12 (1876) 405-.

observations. Wartmann, 6. F. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 55 (1876) 813-.
— . Canestnni, E. Padova S. Sc. At. 9 (1885)

186-.
polarisation stress. Stoney, G. J. B. A. Rp.

(1879) 256.
pressure in. Donle, W. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)

306- .

. * Riecke, E. G6tt. Nr. (1899) 166-.

pyro-electricity the cause of action. FonvieUe,

W. de. C. R. 84 (1877) 122-.
and telephone and otneoscope, theory. ChaUis,

J. Ph. Mg. 5 (1878) 462-.
theories. Lippmann, G. J. de Ps. 5 (1876)

220-, 366- ; Rv. Sc. 11 (1876) 392-.
theory. ChaUU, J. [1875] Ph. Mg. 1 (1876)

395-.
^. Clausius, R. Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1875)

309-.
— . Crookes, W. J. Sc. 5 (1875) 337-; 6

(1876) 228-.
— . Challis, J. Ph. Mg. 2 (1876) 374-.
— . Crookes, W. C. R. 83 (1876) 1176-, 1232-,

1289- ; 84 (1877J 388-.
— . ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) 278-, 395-.
— . Mees, R. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 13 (1878)

265-; Arch. N^ri. 14 (1879) 97-.
use as photometer. Pedler, A. Beng. As.

S. P. (1876| 187-.
(athermanous), use as photometer. Coulon, i2»

Lum. :^leot. 4 (*1881) 344-.

Radiometry , phenomena in liquids. Bergner^ A,

[1877] A. Ps. C. 3 (1878) 317-.
Repulsion, dust. Fitzgerald, G. F. Dubl. S.

Sc. P. 4 (1885) 338.
— , gaseous. Herapath, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

60 (1822) 18- ; 62 (1823) 61-, 136-.

— of heated bodies. Fresnel, A. J. A. C. 29
(1825) 57-, 107-.

— — — — . PoweU, B. Thomson Re. 1
(1835) 250-.

— — — — . Fusinieri, A. A. Sc. Lomb..
Ven. 7 (1837) 38-.

— between heated surfaces. PoweU, B. B. A..
Rp. (1834) 549- ; Ph. Mg. 12 (1838) 317-.

— — — — and certain pulverulent bodies..
Addams,R. (yi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 6 (1835)416-.

Repulsive power of heat. Powell, B. PhiL

Trans. (1834) 485-.
sun's rays. Kirict^, H. de. C. R^

63 (1861) 1256-.
, maximum. Him, G. A. C. R^

82 (1876) 1472-.

, — (Him). Ledieu, A. C. H..

C. R. 83 (1876) 119-, 384-.
, ^ (Ledieu). Him, G.A. C. R..

83 (1876) 264-.

Resistance in gases. Kleiber, I. A. Rs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886) 52-; Fschr. Ps. (1886)

(Ab. 2) 252.
Rotation, molecular, of gases. Hinricfis, G.

C. R. 76 (1873) 1357-.
Solids, application of principles of mechanical

theory of gases. Mousson, A. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 2 (1879) 505-.

VOL. III.

49

0800 Qas Theory

Solids and gases or vapours, moleoolar action

between. Rave, A. (xn) Baroel. Ac. Mm, 1

(1878) 331-.
Space, relative oooapation of, by gases.

Schmidt, G. A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 612-.
Spectra, line-, of elements. JtUitu, V.A.

Amst. Ak. Vh. 26 (1888) 125 pp. ; Delft Kc.

Pol. A. 6 (1889) 1-.
Spectrum analysis, application to molecular

mechanics. Jarusen, J. B. A. Bp. (1888)

647-.
Steam funnel of locomotives. Oregorio, A. de.

Palermo Ac. At. 3 (1896) {Sc. Nt.) 108-.
Stresses in rarefied gases arising from in-
equalities of temperature. Maxwell, J. C.

[1878] PhU. Trans. 170 (1880) 231-.
Sunbeams and atoms. Ball, (Sir) R. Smiths.

Bp. (1893) 121-.
Sur^ice tension, density and heating, molecular

theory. Fuchs, K, Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

298-.
Theory of gases. Prevott, P. Bb. Un. 9 (1818)

192-.
. La Place, P. S, (marquis) de, A. C.

18 (1821) 273- ; Con. des Temps (1826) 219-,

302-, 886-.

. Kr9nig,A. Pogg. A. 99 (1856) 316-.

. SUfan, J. Wien SB. 47 (Ab. 2)

(1863) 81-.

. Moutier, J, C. B. 66 (1868) 344-.

. Wittwer, W. C. Z. Mth. Ps. 14

(1869) 81- ; 17 (1872) 13-.
. Piuchl, K. [1874] Wien Ak. Sb.

70 (1875) (Ab. 2) 413-.
(perfect gases). Walter, A. D. Nf. B.

(*1877) 105-.

. Bouty, E. Bv. Sc. 18 (1880) 967-.

, dynamical problems illustrating.

Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 424-.
, Liouville*s law and the corresponding

law in. Wind, C. H. Wien Ak. Sb. 106

(1897) (Ab. 2a) 21-.
— , statistical dynamics illustrated by

meteor swarms and optical rays. Larmor, J.

B. A. Bp. (1900) 632-.
liquids. Konovalov, D. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

18 (C.) (1886) 395-; Z. Ps. C. 1 (1887) 39-;

2 (1888) 1-.
. Stankevii, B. V. [1889] Vars. S.

Nt. Tr. (1889-90) (C. jR., Ps. C.) No. 4, 3-,

No. 5. 1-, No. 6, 11-.
(incompletely miscible). Fuchs, K,

Exner Bpm. 26 (1890) 664-.
. jager, Q. Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892)

(Ab. 2a) 920-.
with simple molecules. Bakker, O,

J. de Ps. 6 (1897j 577- ; 7 (1898) 511-.
Thermal condition of gases. PuscfU, K. Wien

SB. 46 (Ab. 2) (18621 867-.
— transpiration and radiometer motion.

Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 42 (1896) 373-, 476-.
. Reynolds, 0. Ph. Mg. 43

(1897) 142-.
. Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg.

44 (1897) 52-.
Thermodynamic potential, kinetic interpreta-
tion. Wools, J. D, van der. Amst. Ax. Vs.

8 (1896 206- ; Arch. Nderl. 30 (1897) 137-.

VMal 0200

•

Thermodynamic surface of water. Gold-
hammer, D. A. Mosc. Un. Mm. (Ps.-Mth.)

6 (1885) 1-.
Thermodynamics, second law, demonstration

from mechanical principles. Michelson, V.A.

Bee. Mth. (Moscou) 13 (1886) 229-.
— , , and kinetic theory of gases. Bur-
bury, S. H. Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 61-.
Transformation of state of oodies, new theory.

Moulin, H. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1896) 46-,

268-.
Transition layer between liquid and vapour.

Waals, J. D. van der. [1888] Amst. Ak. Vs.

M. 5 (1889) 171- ; Fschr. Ps. (1888) (Ab. 2)

331-.
Vacuum, nature of so-called. Preston, S. T.

Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 110-.
— , . Staney,G.J. Ph. Mg. 4 (1877)

222-.
Velocities of gases. Mott, A. J. [1881] Lpool.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 36 (1882) 81-.
Velocity of gases, limiting. Pirogov, N. N.

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886)93-, 295-;

Fschr. Ps. (1886) (Ab. 2) 238-.
, — (Pirogov). Stankevvb, B. V, Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 19 [Ps.) (1887) 32-.
, — ]StanKevi£). Pirogov, N. N. Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (Ps.) (1887) 133-.

— — — , molecular. Brusotti, F, Mil. I.
Lomb. Bd. 5 (1872) 754-.

, — . FtoZi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. T.

8 (1884) 22-, 62-.
, — , and velocity of sound. Brusotti, F.

Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 10 (1877) 209-.
liquids, molecular. Guglielmo, G, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 2) 254-.
— , mean, of molecules of imperfect gases.

Blaserna, P. C. B. 69 (1869) 134-.
— , molecular. Wfichter, F. Lieb. A. 191

(1878) 309- ; 192 (1878) 256.
— , — . JHger, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 99 (1891)

(Ab. 2a) 860-.
— , — , and temperature. Juppont, — . Toul.

Ac. Sc. BU. 1 (1898) 117-.

— of reacting gas molecules. Cantor, M.
A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 482-.

— , total molecular, of body, results of calcula-
tion. SandrucH, A. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 18 (1886)
217-, 267-.

VJRIAL.

ClauHus, R. Bonn Sb. Niedr. Gs. (1870)

114- ; C. B. 70 (1870) 1314-.
Cerruti, V, Nap. Bd. 16 (•1876) 164- ; As.

Fr. C. B. 6 (1876) 122-.
Pirogov, N. N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 20 (Ps.)

(1888) 1-; 21 (P«.) (1889) 219- ; 23 (Ps.)

(1891) 127- ; Fschr. Ps. (1889) (Ab. 2) 207- ;

(1891) (Ab. 2) 248 ; Z. Mth. Ps. 37 (1892) 267-.
application to xinetic theory of gases. Lorentz,

H.A. A. Ps. C. 12 (1881) 127-, 660-.
. Eddy, H. T. Franklin

I. J. 86 (1883) 339-, 409-.
. Sonin, N. J. [1889]

Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1889-90) (C. jR., Ps. C.)

No. 7, 1-; Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ab. 2) 247-.
case. Clausius, R. C. B. 78 (1874) 1731-.

50

0250 Absorption and Adsorption of Oases 0250

of ClauBiiis. CambeBeufit A. [1869] filntp. Absorption of gases in liquids at different tern-

Mm. Ac. Sect. 8c. 7 (1867-71) 418-. peratures. Bohr, C. A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 644-.

. Lucas, F. C. R. 79 (1874) 103-. , and temperature. MiUUr-Erzbaeh, W.

. Basevi, C. E, Nt. 62 (1896) 41S-. Exner Rpm. 22 (1886) 638-.

. Gray, A. Nt. 62 (1896) 668. water .vapour by solids. Ihmari, T, A.

. Burlmry, S. H. Nt. 62 (1896) 668 Ps. C. 81 (1887) 1006-.

. BayneM, R. E. Nt. 62 (1896) 669. solutions. Ouglidmo, G. Tor.

, and new theorem. Yvon-Villarceau, A. Ac. Sc. At. 17 (1881) 64-.

C. B. 76 (1872) 282-, 877-, 990-. Adhesion of air, to water vapour in particular.

equation. Clautuu, R, C. R. 76(1872) 912-. VoU, W, L, Pogg. A. 17 (1829) 89-.

dif* . „ . ,^ , gases to substances. Tiller, A, Biga

"" 4»»-^=mr«+(Xr+ry + Zz). Mantel, Cor. -Bl. 16 (1866) 42-.

W. N. Arch. Wisk. 18 (1891) 127-. ~;r^~~aT,.l^^. ^' ^^'^' ^'»***'*^*^' ^'

-. complete. Onnwu, C. H. C, Amst. Ak. ^p' B. 64 (1867) 74-.

Vs. M. 1 (1886) 19-; Arch. N6erl. 19 (1884) Adsorbed air layer on glass sur&^, thickness.

^2 ^ ' Schumann, O. A. Ps. C. 27 (1886) 91-.

-for'^s and vapours. Tail, P. Q. Nt. 46 ^^^T**^^" ^'^ases by powdered glass. MM-

(1892)199-. /^^^^?- -^t^u;.-^ ' *i"' iLrm

-, van' der WaaU's treatment of Laplace's -v!!ILT''i? a P« %' J^^

pr^^urein. RaylHgh, ILard). Nt. 44(1891) ^^^J^ ^^ ^^A.^^.^ ^Al>VlT; ^er

__ !_• _ Tnit P a wt Rpm. 25 (1889) 666- ; D. Nf . Vh. (1894) {Th.

44 (1891) 646^ ' 2, mifte 1) 70-; Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1896)

-» • RaylHgh,(Lord). (^^'^\?^ . , . ^....,

Nt 44 (1891) 697 ^ ^ \ / Condensation of air on glass surfaces. DihhiU,

-.----!- ^ . Tail, p. G. Nt. H,C.(Tn) Mbl. Nt 7 (18^) 91-.

44(1891)627-. "(^^hZ"'" ^^ ' A. Ps. C. 19

equations and Clausius. Kool, C. J, Iaus. ^iooo;ow-.

8. Vd. Bll. 28 (1892) 87-. " ^ '^^^'i^'S'^^n 'S.^SSJ'^Sf^- ^"""^^^

forms, various. Claimii*,i?. A.Ps.C.(c7tt6«MHf.) -"* ^- A. Ps. C. 20 (1883) 545-.

(1874) 411-. • ^^y*^* ^- A. Ps. C. 21

and internal pressure in fluids. Amagat,E.H, (1884)495-. » nr * t> n

C. B. 120 (1896) 489-, 680. ~'c^i7^^^ Tak * ^^^^f ^- **"- A. Ps. C.

of system of hard colliding bodies. Rayleigh, ^^ 1^^^) ^^^- „ rr k jy n

(Lard). Nt. 46 (1892) 80-. ""h^/i'^VqqIL ' Krause,H, A. Ps. C.

theorem, analogue to. RayUigh,(L(yrd). Ph. 36(1889)928-.

Mg. 60 (190^210-. ;; z:^^ il^^TV^rt

in thermocLyn^cs. JffrtcA^Z, A. S. Nt. 18 ^J®" of grease. Kay set, H. A. Ps. C. 28

(1878) 89-, 142. (1884)416-. . , ,. .^ , ^

^ ' compressed carbon dioxide on glass under

action of light. PfaundUr, L. A. Ps. C.

Volatile bodie8,motion of particles. BodoweiTfW, 24(1885)498-. ^,. • «

£. J. (xn) Kosmos ^w.) 6 (1881) 49; 7 Tp^T « hIt^I '"filr'* ^''*'*

(1882) 177-. A. I's. C. 8 (1879) 1-; «>71-.

* ' . Bottomley, J, T. B. S. P.

88 (1885) 158-.
smooth bodies. Magnus, G. Berl.

0250 Absorption and Adsorption ^- (^®^^) ^'^,?t- « . ^ . ^ r •

■^ ^ solids. Bertram, A., db Janun, — .

of Gases. c. b. 86 (I853) 994-.

,, . , . Weber, F. Halle Z. Nw. 40

{Far Moser'tf Images, (1872) 189-.

Thermotrraphy. see 4225.) ^^^ ^®** thereby disengaged.

^ '^ ^* Favre, P. A. C. B. 89 (1864) 729-.

Absorbent powers of earths. Leslie, John, surfaces. Kayser, H, Berl. Ps.

Nicholson J. 4 (1801) 196-. Gs. Vh. (1886) 44-.

Abforption of air by bodies. Rhuland, — . and vapours on solids. Quincke, G,

J. de Ps. 84 (1817) 88-. Pogg. A. 108 (1859) 826-.
gaaes by oaoutohonc. HUfner, G, k, vapours on solids. Magnus, G, A. Ps.

Ps. C. 34 (1888) 1-. C. 121 (1864) 174-.
. Kayser, H. A. Ps. C. 48 Gases contained in steel. Anon, Oestr. Z.

(1891) 544-. Bigw. 32 (1884) 887-, 409-. 424-.
charcoal. Hasselt, A . van, (xn) — , permanent, nxed by moist glass surfaces.

Mbl. Nt 6 (1876) 111-. Mehlhom, F. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898) 128-.
. 5iiii(^, R, A. B. S. P. 28 Occlusion of gases by coke. Storer, F. H,, dt

(1879) 822-. Lewis, D, S, Am. C. J. 4 (1882-88) 409-.
— glass. Gdspdr, J, Orv.-Termt. metallic oxides. Richards, T, W,,

Ets. (Termt, Szak) (1886) 61-. dt Rogers, E. F, Am. Ac. P. 28 (1898) 200-.

51 d2 .

0250 Occlusion of Oases

Ooolusion of gases by metals. Odlingy W,

[1867] R. I. P. 5 (1869) 169-.
. Bote, E. Z, Ps. C. 84 (1900)

701-.
platinum black. Mond^ X., Ram'

say, TT., dt Shieldt, J. Phil. Trans. (A) 190

(1898) 129-.
hydrogen by iron. Bellati, M., d Lu$-

tana, S. Ven. I. At. (1888-89) 1321-.
metals. Graham, T. R. S. P. 16

(1868) 423- ; C. R. 66 (1868) 1014-.
meteoric iron. Vranam, T, R. S. P.

16 (1867) 602- ; C. R. 64 (1867) 1067-.
— — — — nickel, resistance of nickel.

Bellati, M., db Lussana, S. Ven. I. At.

(1887-88) 1667-.
and oxygen by palladiom. Mond, L.,

Ramsay, W., dt Shields, J, Phil. Trans. (A)

191 (1898) 105-.
' platinum black. Mond, L,,

Ramsay, W., dt Shields, J. Phil. Trans. (A)

186 (1896) 667-.
— , phenomena. Schutzenberger, P, C. R. 98

(1884) 1620-.

0300 Capillarity. (See also
Chemistry 7165.)

(For Spheroidal State see 1840.)

Leslie, John, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 14 (1802) 193-.
Milan, — . J. de Ps. 64 (1802) 128-.

Orsted, H. C. Kidb. Ov. (1819-20) 12-.
Poisson, S. D. Magendie J. de PI. 6 (1826)

861-.
Emmett, J, B. Ph. Mg. 1 (1827) 116-, 832-.
Magnus, G. Pogg. A. 10 (1827) 163-.
Strong, T. Silliman J. 18 (1830) 70-.
Clausen, T. Gruithuisen N. Analekt. 1 (1834)

(Heft 2) 6-.
Cooper, P. Thomson Ro. 4 (1836) 344-.

Orsted, H. C. Kidb. Ov. (1840) 22-; Erdm.

J. Pr. C. 23 (1841) 472-.
Simon, — . C. R. 12 (1841) 892-; A. C. 32

(1861) 6-.

Orsted, H. C. A. C. 4 (1842) 379-.

Mossotti, O. F. (VI Adds,) II Cim. 4 (1846)

439-.
Henry, J. Am. Ph. S. P. 4 (1847) 176-.
Desains, E, [1862-66] C. R. 34 (1862)766-;

A. C. 61 (1867) 386-.
Wertheim, O. [1864] A. C. 63 (1861) 129-.
Desains, E. C. R. 43 (1866) 1077-.
Zantedeschi, F. Ven. At. (1866-66) 811-.
Wertheim, Q. C. R. 44 (1867) 1022-.
Osann, G. [1868] Wiirzb. Vh. 9 (1869) 44-.

BHe, A. Brux. Mm. Coxxt, 4o, 30 (1861) 198 pp.
Bash/orth, F, B. A. Rp. (1862) (pt. 2) 2-.

Bide, t, [1862] (vn) Brux. Mm. Cour. 49, 32

(1866) 17 pp. ; 33 (1867) 37 + 28 pp.
Potter, R, Camb. Ph. S. P. 1 (1866) 21-.

Roger, 6. C. R. 62 (1866) 184-, 848- ; 74 (1872)

1610- ; 76 (1873) 816-.
Tait, P. O. Edinb. R. S. P. 6 (1866) 693-.

Capillarity 0300

Menshrugghe, G, van der. Les Mondes 21

(1869) 302-.
Duelaux, E, J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 360-.
Scholz, R. A. Ps. C. 148 (1873) 62-.
Tait, P. G. [1873-76] (n) Edinb. R. S. P. 8

(1876) 208-, 486.
Spnng, W. Brux. Ac. BU. 41 (1876) 914-.
Coutance, A, G, A. (xn) Brest S. Ac. Bll. 6

(1880) 81-.
Edtvds, {bdrd) L. (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Ets. 16

e>. 2) (1882) 48.
, J, T. Ph. Mg. 16 (1883) 191-.
Worthington, A, M. [1886] Birm. Ph. S. P. 6

(1886-87) 83-.
Thomson, (Sir) W. [1886] R. I. P. 11 (1887)

483-.
Nasse, O, Meokl. Yr. Nt. Arch. (1889)

xvi-.
Gossart, t, C. R. 113 (1891) 637-.
Briggs, J, E, [1896] Jam. I. J. 2 (1899)

212-.
Menshrugghe, G, van der, [1900] So. Abs. 4

(1901) 366.
Absorption of gases, capillary. Bunsen, JR. W.

A. Ps. G. 24 (1886) 321- ; 26 (1886) 680.
Action of liquid on solid at short distance.

Cintolesi, F, (xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 7 (1876)

219-.
Adhesion. Schwabe, H, Anhalt Vh. Nt. Yr.

8 (1849) 10.
— , apparent. Stefan, J, Wien Ak. Sb. 69

(1874) (Ab. 2) 713-.

— experiments. Ruhland, R, L, Schweigger
J. 11 (1814) 146-.

, use of lamp-black in. Geubel, H, K, (xn)

Arch. Phm. 121 (1862) 111-.
^» liquid. Link, H. F. GUbert A. 24 (1806)

121- ; 26 (1807) 146-.
— , — . Tomlinson, C. Ph. Mg. 33 (1867)

401-.

— between liquid and damp paper. Dapples, C.
Laus. S. Yd. BU. 16 (1878) (PV,) 91-.

— of liquids to mercury. Gore, G. Ph. Mg.
26 (1863) 142-.

solids. Bugge, T, Dn. Yd. Selsk.

Skr. 2 (1801-02) {h€eft 2) 67-.
. Luvini, G, Tor. At. Ac. Sc.

6 (1869-70) 869-.
— — , apparatus for determining.

Krebs, G, A. Ps. C. 136 (1868) 144-.
molecules of water amongst themselves.

Rumford, B. [Count), Bb. Brit, 33 (1806)

Air pressure in barometer-vacuum, Arago's

method of determining, and influence of

capillarity on measurement of pressure and

temperature. Pemet, J. Berl, Ps. Os. Vh.

(1886) 108-.
Annulus, liquid, spontaneous segmentation.

Worthington, A. M, [1879] R. S. P. 80

(1880) 49-.
Archimedes* principle, capillary modifioation.

Mathieu, E, J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 86-.
and capillary phenomena. MouUer, J,

Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 11 (1874) 47.
Ascent between concentric cylindrical tubes.

Verschaffelt, J, Amst. Ak. Ys. 6 (1897) 176- ;

J. de Ps. 9 (1900) 64.

52

0800 Capillarity

Brownlan Movement or Pedesis 0300

Ascent of ether, influence of temperature from

its critical point to the boiling point of ethy-
lene. Vriet^ E, C. de, Amst. Ak. Vs. [1]

(1893) 156- ; Arch. N6erl. 28 (1895) 210-.
liquefied gases. Verachaffeltt */. Amst.

Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 74- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 444-.
liquid carbon dioxide near critical point.

Vertehaffelt, J. Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 94- ;

J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 445-.
liquids near critical point. Eldiky A . van,

[1897] Amst. Ak. Vs. 6 (1898) 18-, 74- ; J.

de Ps. 7 (1898) 159-.
in narrow spaces. Decharme, C, J,

(xn) M..et.L. S. Ac. Mm. 32 (1875) 1-;

(ix) C. R. 80 (1875) 1261-.
tubes. Decharme, C. J. [1872-73]

(xn) M..et-L. 8. Ac. Mm. 28 (1873) 12^;

M C. R. 74 (1872) 936- ; 77 (1873) 591-.
. RoUi, A, (XL) N. Cim, 7*8

(1872) 181-.
. Mathieu, E, J. de Ps. 3 (1884)

82-.
and porous bodies. Decharme^

C. J. [1873] (xn) M.-et-L. 8. Ac. Mm. 30

(1874) 7-; (vn) C. R. 77 (1873) 998-,

1157-.
salt solutions in tubes. GoUUteint M, J,

Rs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 20 (C.) (1888) 408- ; G. 8. J.

56 (Ah$.) (1889) 205- ; Z. Ps. C. 5 (1890)

233-.

— — solutions In tubes. Goldstein^ Af., d^
Danukij, A. Rs. Ps.-G. 8. J. 16 (C.) (1884)
642-; C. 8. J. 48 (1885) 115-.

^ relation to their concentration.

Kazankin, N. Rs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 23 (Pa.) (1891)

122- ; J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 133.
water and alconol, experiments. Noackt

K. Giessen Oberh. Gs. B. 19 (1880) 118-.
— depression of mercury in tubes.

mde, i. [1852] Brux. Mm. Cour. 4°, 25

(1851-53) 25 pp.
in long and short tubes. Hdllstr'dm,

G. G, Gilbert A. 14 (1803) 425-.
between 2 parallel plates. Desains,

E. C. R. 45 (1857) 225-.
parallel plates, agreement of theory

and experiment. Quel, —, C. R. 98 (1884)

87-.
Attraction, apparent, between wetted solids.

Girard, P. S, A. C. 29 (1825) 260-.
— , molecular, in capillary spaces. Becquerel,

A,C, C. R. 76 (1873) 1037-.
— , — , of liquids upon one another. Volkmann,

P. A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 321-.
— , — , and motion of liquids. Belli, G, Bru-

gnatelli G. 2 (1819) 232-.

— between 2 parallel plates. Preobraienskij,
P. V, [1894] Rec. Mth. (Moscou) 17 (1895)
494-; Fschr. Ps. (1895) (Ah. 1) 434.

— and repulsion. Percival, T. [1784] Manch.
Ph. 8. Mm. 2 (1789) 429-.

. WaU, M, [1785] Manch. Ph. 8.

Blm. 2 (1789) 455-.
. [Bennet, A. non] Percival, T. [1786]

Bdanch. Ph. 8. Mm. 3 (1790) 11&-.
^ , apparent, between bodies floating on

or immersed in liquids. Monge^G. Nicholson

J. 8 (1800) 269-.

Attraction and repulsion of 2 bodies dipping in
liquid. OberbecX A, Halle Nf. Gs. B. (1880)
17-.

— of surfaces. Carradori, G. [1808] Mod.
Mm. 8. It. 12 (1805) (pU. 2) 89- ; 15 (1811)
126*.

or adhesion. CartadoH, G. (vi Add».)

A. C. 35 (1800) 87- ; (i) Mod. Mm. 8. It. 11

(1804) 75-.
not to be confounded with adhesion of

capillary tubes. CarrndoH, G, Brugnatelli

G. 3 (1810) 373-.
, may it be considered a repulsion?

Carradori, G. Brugnatelli G. 8 (1815)

116-.
Attractions and repulsions. Kurz, A. Exner

Rpm. 21 (1885) 518- ; 27 (1891) 60-.
, apparent, between suspended particles.

Fuchs, C. Exner Rpm. 25 (1889) 735-.
, problem. Marangoni, C. Rm. R.

Ac. Line. Rd. 4 (1888) {Sem, 1) 339-.
Boundary layer between 2 liquids, molecular

theory. FucJu, K. Exner Rpm. 24 (1888)

614-.
, motion of suspended particles

in. Fuehi, K. Exner Rpm. 26 (1890) 42-.

— layers, thickness. Vincent, G, Par. 8. Ps.
8^. (1900) 15- ; A. C. 19 (1900) 421-.

Bounding surface of liquid, form. Laroque, F.
Toul. Mm. Ac. 2 (1870) 377-.

BROWNIAN MOVEMENT OR PEDESIS.

Brown, Rbt, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 5 (1828) 358-.
BrewHer, (Sir) D. [1828] Edinb. J. 8c. 10

(1829) 215-.
Brown, Rbt. Edinb. J. 8o. 1 (1829) 314-.
Muncke, G. W. Pogg. A. 17 (1829) 159-.
Marx, C. M. 8chweigger J. 61 ( = J5. 1) (1831)

121-.
Exner, S. V^ien 8b. 56 (1867) {Ab. 2) 116-.
Dancer, J. B. Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. P. 7 (1868)

162-.
Budde, E. Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. 27 (1870)

10&-.
Jevons, W. S. Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. P. 9 (1870)

78-.
Stodder, C. M. Mcr. J. 5 (1871) 81-.
Jevom, W. S. J. 8c. 8 (1878) 167-.
Ca»»e, — . [1880] Brux. 8. Big. Mcr. Bll. 6

(♦1882) xxxvi-.
Raimay, W. (xn) Bristol Nt. 8. P. 3 (1882)

299-.
Gouy, — . J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 561-.
Cantoni, G. MU. I. Lomb. Rd. 22 (1889) 152-;

Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 5 (1889) (Sem. l) 137-.
Malt^zos, C. A. C. 1 (1894) 559- ; G. R. 121

(1895)303-.
Quincke, G. D. Nf. Vh. (1898) (Th. 2, Hdlfte

1)26-.
Exner, F. M. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 843-.
and affinity Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd.

1 (1868) 56-; N. Gim. 27 (♦1868) 156-.
caused by diffusion. Katz, J. Z. Ws. Mkr. 16

(1899) 431-.
causes. Ord, W. M. Mcr. 8. J. 2 (1879) 656-.
— . Gouy, — . G. R. 109 (1889) 102-.

53

0300 Bubbles

explanation. Hartley, W. N. M. Mor. J. 18

(1877) 8-.
in mineraU. BakeweU, R. Kg. NH. 2 (1829)

1-.
of pollen granules. Unger, F. Flora 15 (1882)

713— ""

— soap. Jevons, W, S. J. So. 8 (1878) 614-.

— tarry substances precipitated from alcoholic
solutions. Weber, E. H, Leip. B. (1854)
57-.

thermodynamic origin. DeUaulx,J, M. Mcr.
J. 18 (1877) 1-.

BUBBLES.

Outhrie, Fred. B. S. P. 14 (1866) 22-.
Marangoni, C, db SUfaneUi, P. (x) N. Cim.

7*8 (1872) 301- ; 9 (1878) 286-.
air-pressure m interior. K&nig, Ar, [1883]

(xn) Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 2 (1884) 52-.
ascent in vertical tube. TrouUm, F, T. B. A.

Bp. (1892) 645.
attraction and repulsion by heat. Hartley,

W. N. [1877] B. S. P. 26 (1878) 137-.
in cylindrical tubes filled with liquids. Melde,

F. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 155-.

— — , experiments. Melde, F,

[1869] Marb. Schr. 9 (1872) 167-, 275-.

, method of observing. Melde,

F. A. Ps. C. 124 (1866) 87-.
and foam, formation, protoplasmic phenomena.

Quincke, G. [1889] A. Ps. G. 63 (1894) 693-.
formation, particular mode. Minary, — , c^

Sire, — . C. B. 65 (1862J 616-.
gas and air, formation, ana forces connected

therewith. Schr'dder, H. [1868] A. Ps. 0.

137 (1869) 76- ; {Erg, Bd.) 6 (1871) 87-.
on liquid surfaces, nature and formation.

Virey, J, J, Bll. Phm. 6 (1814) 399-.
in liquids. Laroque, F. C. B. 66 (1867) 796- ;

Toul. Mm. Ac. 2 (1870) 267-.
, form and motion. Thiremin, F. Crelle .

J. 5 (1829) 93-, 374-.
, . PUgani, O. M, Crelle J. 11

(1884) 384-.
minute. vibration. Hartley, W.N. [1877] B.

S. P. 26 (1878) 160-.
motion in levels and in liquid enclosed in

minerals. Meruhrugghe, O. van der. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 44 (1877) 356-.
sensitive level. Wagner, A. [1867] St.

P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 12 (1868) 231-.
resistance in capillary tubes. Toscanit C. N.

Cim. 16 (1862) 325-.
soap- (note on an inequality). Tait, P. G. [1868]

Edinb. B. 8. P. 6 (1869) 29^-.
— . Darge, O. A. Ps. 1 (1900) 1-.
— , experiments. Henry, J. Silliman J. 48

(1845) 215-.
— , — . Broughton, J. Intell. Obs. 8 (1866)

358-.
— , — . Boys, C. V. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888)

189- ; Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 409-.
— , formation. Quincke, G. B. A. Bp. (1894)

475-.
— , nature. Willigen, V, S. M. van der. Utr.

Aant. Prv. Gn. (1856-67) 7- ; Pogg. A. 102

(1857) 629-.

54

Capillarity 0300

soap-, particular kind. PlaUau, F. Brux. Bll.

Ac. 13 (1862) 286-.
— , pressure. Benndorf, H. Wien Ak. Sb. 104

(1895) (Ah. 2a) 796-.
— , properties. Broughton, J. Ph. Big. 31

(1866) 228-.
— , theory of bursting. Menshrugghe, — van

der. Brux. 8. So. A. 21 (1897) {Pt. 1) 25-.
— , and thin films, and repulsive force of atten-
uated matter. Fueinieri, A. A. Sc. Lomb.

Ven. 13 (1844) 213-.
— , use of resinous soap. Ixam, — . C. B. 116

(1892) 878-.
of spirit level, effect of vibration. Mallock, A

Nt. 60 (1899) 616-.
in water. TyndaU,J, B. A. Bp. (1851) (p«. 2>

, formation by rain. Tomlingon, C. Sym.

Met. Mg. 19 (1884) 109-.

'* Capillarity,'* curious passages from forgotten
book (**Philosophia Magnetica" of Nioolaa
Cabeus, 1629). Thirion, J. Bv. Quest. So.
34 (1898) 663-.

Capillarity and dififusion. Gregorio, A. de,
Palermo Ac. At. 3 (1895) (Sc. Nt.) 27(l4?r)-.

— — dyeing solutions, absorption axialysis.
Nasse, 0. [1889] Z. Ws. Mkr. 7 (1890) 350-.

— , is it an electrical phenomenon? Draper,,
J. W. Ph. Mg. 26 (1845) 185-.

— and electricity. Lippmann, G, A. Ps. C*
149 (1873) 546- ; C. B. 76 (1873) 1407-.

endosmosis. Bhde, ]&. [1861] Brux.

Mm. Cour. 4"", 81 (1863) 21 pp.

— of fused sulphur. Pisati, G. Palermo G.
Sc. Nt. 12 (1877) (Pt. 1) 33-.

— , identification witn chemical force. Draper ^
J. W. Am. J. Md. Sc. 21 (1837) 289-.

— and latent heat. Water$ton, J. J. Ph.
Mg. 15 (1868) 1-.

— in microscopically narrow tubes. Lehrruinn,
0. Z. Kr. 12 (1887) 404-.

— of mixed liquids. Gerstmann, — . D. Nf.
Tbl. (1886) 409-.

— -^ salt solutions. Buligintky, A. A. Ps.
C. 134 (1868) 440-.

Capillary action of fluids, difficulties in investi-
gation. Aletes (Pseud.), (vi Adds,) Nichol-
son J. 18 (1807) 1-, 260-.

, peculiar forms. Tate, T. Ph. Mg. 21

(1861) 264-.

under reduced air pressure. Ndgeli, C.

MUnch. Sb. (1866) (I.) 353-, 473-.

on Jamin's chain. Steinbrinekp

C. D. Bt. Gs. B. 12 (1894) 120- .

— affinities. Chevreul, M. E. C. B. 68 (1866)
61- ; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 36 (1870) 8- ; C. B.
83 (1876) 682-.

— analysis. GoppelsrHder, — . Humb. 8 (1889)
113.

of alcohols, etc. Gossart, A. C. B. 113

(1891) 637-; 116 (1893) 797-.

— attraction as an aiiditive property in organic
liquids. lkeda,K. Tok. Coll. So. J. 3 (1890)
241-.

and molecular forces. ChaXUs, J. Ph.

Mg. 8 (1886) 89-.

0800 Cmpillary Constants

Capillary attraction, nature. Draper, J. W,
Franklin I. J. U (1834) 147-.

— balance. Lang, V. von, [1882] Wien Ak.
Sb. 86 (1888) (Ah. 2) 1060-.

CAPILLARY CONSTANTS.

L'HermiU, — J. Phm. 27 (1841) 105-.
PineherU, 8. N. Cim. 14 (1876) 17-.
Trat^, J. J. Pr. C. 34 (1886) 292-, 615-.
Cantor, M. A. Ps. C. 47 (1892) 899-.
(Cantor.) Lohmtein, T. A. Ps. C. 48 (1893)

207-.
of alcohol. WUh^lmy,L. Pogg. A. 119 (1863)

177-.

— ammonium and lithium chloride solutions.
Cane$tHni, E. Bv. Sc.-lnd. [24 (1892)]
33-.

— aqueous and alcoholic solutions. Trauhe, J.
J. Pr. C. 81 (1886) 177-.

solutions. KazanHn, N. Bs. Ps.-C. S.

J. 23 (P$.) (1891) 468- ; J. de Ps. 1 (1892)

406.
at boiling point. Sehiff, R. Berl. B. 16 (1882)

2966-; Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm. 18 (1883)

449-.
1. Wiedemann, E. Lieb. A. 225 (1884)

263-.
(SchifF). Volkmann,P. Lieb. A. 228

(1886) 96-.
(Yolkmann). Schif, R. Lieb. A.

229 (1886) 199-.
calculation from measurements of drops of

medium size. Lohnstein, T. A. Ps. C.

64 (1896) 713-.
and cohesion, empirical formulas. Bartoli, A.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 8 (1884) 340-, 369-.
of liquids. Quincke, O. A. Ps. C. 61

(1897) 267-.
— - contact angle determined by measurement of

drops. Katterin, N. P. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 26

{Pt.) (1893) 203- ; Fschr. Ps. (1893) (Ah. 1)

ill-.
determination. Quincke, Q. A. Ps. C. 27 (1886)

219-.

— (Quincke). Volkmann, P. A. Ps. C. 28
(1886) 13^.

— . Sieg, E. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 117-.

— by frozen drops. GradenwiU, A. A. Ps. G.
67 (1899) 467-.

— , Oay-Lussac's method. PiUikov, N. Bs.

P8..C. S. J. 20 {Pa.) (1888) 83- ; J. de Ps. 8

(1889) 638-.
-^ by neight of drops. HeydweiUer, A. A.

Ps. C. 66 (1898) 311-.
— , J&ger*s method. BHuchanov^ A, Kazan

8. P8..Mth. BU. 7 (1898) 203-.
of haloids, determination. Tru8evUi,A. [1889]

Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1889-90) (C. R,, P». C.) No.

6.6-.

— homologous series, influence of tempera-
ture; surface tension of undercooled liquids.
Hock, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ah. 2a)
1616-.

influence of temperature. Timberg, G. A. Ps.

C. 80 (1887) 646-.
— , theoretical deductions. JHger, O.

Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) (Ah. 2a) 246-.

Capillarity 0300

of liquefied gases, determination by ripple

method. Grunmach, L. Berl. Ak. Sb.

(1900) 829-.
^ liquids wetting vessel, influence of curvature.

Volkmann, P. A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 177- ; 63

(1894) 664-.

— melted bodies. Quincke, G. A. Ps. C. 136
(1868) 621-.

chemical substances. Quincke, G. A.

Ps. C. 138 (1869) 141-.
metals. Stedentopf, H. A. Ps. C. 61

(1897) 236-.

— mercury. Quincke, G. Pogg. A. 106 (1868)
1-.

. Lippmann, G. Par. S.Ps. S4. (1886)174.

— — , influence of temperature. Jdger, G.
Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) (Ah. 2a) 964-.

— non-aqueous solutions. Jdger, G. Wien
Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) (Ah. 2a) 168-.

— organic substances in aqueous solution.
Trauhe, J. [1890] Lieb. A. 266 (1891) 27-.

— salt solutions. Chervet, A. C. B. 101
(1886) 236-.

. Kcuankin, N. P. Kazan S. Ps.-

Mth. BU. 1 (1891) (Prot.) 66.

— salts at their melting point. Traube, J.
Beri. B. 24 (1891) 3074-.

— soapy water and other liquids. Kurz, A.
Ezner Bpm. 20 (1884) 469-.

— soUds. Quincke, G. [1868] Berl. Mb. (1869)
132-.

variation. Marangoni, C. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 2 (1886) (Sem. 2) 224-; J. de Ps. 2

(1893) 68-.
of water, influence of temperature. Timberg, G.

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 16 (Afd. 1) (1891)

No. 11, 39 pp.
at various temperatures. Canestrini, E.

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 23 (1891) 66-, 79-, 94-, 141-.
a, direct deduction as a surface tension.

HuUhof, H. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 432-,

666; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 389-.

Capillary curve. Lehot, C. J. Bb. Brit. 68
(1816) 78-.

— equivalents of elements and constants of
organic substances. Sehiff, R. Bm. B. Ac.
Lino. Mm. 19 (1884) 388-.

— force, distensive, and its e£fects. Marangoni,
C. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1889) (Sem. d)
268-.

, instability of cylinder of viscous liquid

under. Rayletgh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 34 (1892)
146-, 177-.

, oscillations of liquid spheroid under.

Julius, V. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. Md. 6 (1889)
139- ; Arch. N^ri. 23 (1889) 72-.

— functions, deduction. Fuche, K. Wien Ak.
Sb. 98 ri890) (Ah. 2a) 1362-.

— multiplier. WorthingUm, A. M. L. Ps. S.
P. 6 (1886) 361- ; Ph. Mg. 19 (1886) 43-.

— phenomena, application of thermodynamics.

Duhem, P. Par. 6c. Norm. A. 2 (1886) 207-.
, Van der Waals*s equation. Janet, P.

J. de Ps. 6 (1886) 328-.
of chloroform and other liquids. Swan^ TF,

Ph. Mg. 33 (1848) 36-.

55

D300 Capillarity

Oapillaiy phenomena of chloroform, solphide

of carbon and other liqoids. Wilson, O.

[1848] C. S. J. 1 (1849) 174-.
at common soruioe of 2 liqoids. Quineke,

O. [1869] A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 1-.
, explanation, new. Tardy de la Brouyt — .

Bb. Brit. 37 (1808) 1-.
in narrow glass tabes. MMe, F. A.

Ps. C. 32 (1887) 659-.

— phenomenon. Campanile, F. N. Cim. 3
(1896) 336-.

, curious. mU, S, A. Nt. 36 (1887) 125.

observed by Dr. Toung. MoisoUi, 0. F.

Bb. It. 98 (1840) 365-.

— properties of solutions. Ooldttein, M. J,
€. Ztg. 14 (1890) 126.

— surfaces. Felict, R, N. Cim. 23-24 (•1865-
66) 151-.

. PineherU, S. N. Cim. 12 (1874) 19-.

. PoUmi, Q. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 12

(1879) 891-.
. Brunei t — . Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 3

(1893) xlii-.
Carbon and water figures. Petrie, W, M. F.

Nt. 21 (1880) 225-.
Chemical reactions, dead space in. Fucht, K,

Exner Bpm. 25 (1889) 255-.
Chemically clean surfaces, effects. Tomlinson,

C. Ph. Mg. 36 (1868) 241- ; C. S. J. 7

(1869) 125-.

COHESION.

Moseley, H. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 54 (1819) 81-.
^hUlips, R. Chemist 4 (1843) 205-.
Dana, J. D. Silliman J. 4 (1847) 364-.
Siguin, — (ainS). C. B. 37 (1853) 703-.
West, G. Par. S. C. BU. 21 (1874) 483-.
and cohesion figures. Aekroyd, W, C. N. 54

(1886)58-.
cohesion figures of liquids. TomUnton, C.

Ph. Mg. 22 (1861) 249-; 23 (1862) 186- ; 27

(1864) 425-; 28 (1864) 354-; Phm. J. 5

(1864) 495-.
. WHght, T, S. [1864] Edinb.

Sc. S. Arts P. 7 (1868) 7-.
(Tomlinson). Skey, W. [1878]

N. Z. I. T. 11 (1879) 490-.
, new kind. Bezold, W. van. Miinch.

Ak. Sb. 14 (1885) 355-.
A consequence of the Newtonian attraction.

Siguin, — (a%n4). Moigno Cosmos 20 (1862)

117-.
of copper, iron, nickel and cobalt. Herzfeld, R»

A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 450-.
law. Benzenberg, J. F. Gilbert A. 16 (1804)

76-.
laws and nature. Feteenden, R, A. C. N. 66

(1892) 206-, 217- ; 68 (1893) 204-.
of liquids. Coulomb, C. A. Par. Mm. de PI.

3 (1800) 246-.
. Young, (Dr.) T. [1804] PhU. Trans.

(1805) 74-.
— — . Frankenheim, M. L. Pogg. A. 37

(1836) 409-.

. Kopp, H. Lieb. A. 35 (1840) 280-.

. Mottotti, 0. F. (n Addt.) H Cim. 4

(1846) 439-.

Cohesion 0300

of liquids. Brunner vonWaUenwyU,C. [1847]
Sch. Os. N. D. 10 (1849) 45 pp.

. Hunt, E. B. Am. As. P. (1853) 8-.

(some organic). Menddejeff, D. C. B.

50 (1860) 52-.

. Wiedemann, E. E. G. A. Ps. C. 17

(1882) 987-.
. HelmhoUz, H. von. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1887) 16-.
, and adhesion to solids. Danny, F.

[1843] Brux. Mm. Cour. 4^ 17 (1843-44)

24 pp.

— — , Coulomb's method of determining.
Maritz, A. [1845] St. P^t. Ac. So. BU. 5

(1847) 343-.

, determination. Hannay, J, B. [1877]

Edinb. B. S. T. 28 (1879) 697-.

— — , experiments. Schwedof, T. Par. S.
. Ps. S4. (1889) 134-, 186-.

, inflaence of magnetism. Brunner von

WattmwyU, C. Bern Mt. (1849) 106-.

, internal. Reynolds, O. Biajich. Lt. Ph.

S. P. 17 (1878) 159-.

, laws. TaU, T. Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 335-.

— — , and molecular cohesion in chemical
reactions of bodies. Mendelejeff", D, C. B.

51 (1860) 97-.

solids. Frankenheim, M. L. Oken

Isis (1834) 587-.
, theory. Whiting, H. Am. Ac. P.

19 (1884) 353-.

— — , superficial, theory.. Grameka, I. S.
[1878] (xn) Bee. Mth. (Moscou) 9 (187a-81)
{Pt. 1) 435-.

, and temperature. Brunner von Watten-

wyll, C. Berl. B. (1846) 181-.
, . Frankenheim, M, L. Pogg. A.

72 (1847) 177-.
, . KasUrin, N. P. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

25 (Ps.) (1893) 51-; J. de Ps. 3 (1894)
234-.

modifications. Addison, W. B. S. P. 5 (1845)

560.
nature and chemical importance. Mahr, C. F.

Lieb. A. 196 (1879) 183-.
and relationship to magnetism. Ritter, J, W,

Gilbert A. 4 (1800) 1-.
of salt solutions. Schidze, F. D. Nf. Tbl.

(•1872) 122-.
. Quincke, G. H. [1876] A. Ps. C.

160 (1877) 337-, 560-.
. Volkmann, P. A. Ps. C. 17 (1882)

353-; 53 (1894) 664-.

— semi-liquid body. Bawen, H. C. Sch.
Mines Q. N. Y. 10 (1888) 297-.

in snow crystal. Dana, J. D. Silliman J. 5

(1848) 100-.

and submersion figures. Tomlinson, C. C. N.
55 (1887) 1-.

— surface tension of solidifying gold. Heyd-
weiUer, A. A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 694-.

theory. Schmidt, G. G. Miinoh. D. (1808)

279-.
of water. Carradori, G. Brugnatelli G. 1

(1808) 467-.

— — , experiments. Rvmford, B, (Count).
[1806] Par. Mm. de PI. (1807) (Sem. 2) 97-.

,_. Bellavitu,G. Ven. At. 6 (1847) 86-.

56

0300 Capillarily

of water at varioos temperatures. Lowe, W, B.
Biigby NH. S. Bp. (1873) 15-.

— zinc chloride sotations. Sreznevskii, B, I,
(xn) Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. IS IPs.) (1881) [{Pt. 1)]
i42-; (n) A. Ps. C. Beibl. 6 (1882) 277-.

Condensation of liquids on solids. Wiedemann,

E. E. O, A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 988-.
^ — water vapour in capillary spaces. Mens-

brugghe, O, van der, Bruz. Ac. Bll. 19

(1890) 101-.
porous bodies. Knop, W, (vin)

C. CB. 7 (1862) 545-.
— , especially soil. Knop, W,

Dresden Lndw. Y.-St. 6 (1864) 281-.
€!ondensation-producing atmospheric dust,

absorption by solid nuclei and surfaces, and

diffusion velocity of supposedly non-ionised

dust. Barui, C. Science 11 (1900) 201-.
Condensed water on glass, amount and cause.

Warburg, E,, <t Ihmori, T. A. Ps. 0. 27

(1886)481-.
Constitution of liquids, dependence of capillarity

on. Wilhelmy, L. [1863] (vra) A. Ps. C.

121 (1864) 44- ; 122 (1864) 1-.
, experiments. Merubrugghe, O. van

der. Brux. S. Sc. A. 20 (1896) {Pt. 1) 22-,

65-.
and solids, important analogy. Ment-

^^rugghe, O. van der, Brux. S. Sc. A. 19

(1895) {Pt. I) 8-.

— and molecular weight, capillary phenomena
in relation to. Traube, J. Berl. B. 17
(1884) 2294-.

Contact angle. Mensbrugghe, — van der.

Brux. S. Sc. A. 21 (1897) {Pt. 1) 85-.
between liquid and solia wall. Moutier, J.

C. R. 70 (1870) 612-.
of liquid which does not wet glass.

MaltSzos, C. C. R. 114 (1892) 977-.
liquids with other liquids. Fucht, K.

A. Ps. C. 29 (1886) 140-.
and solids. Magie, W. F. Ph.

Mg. 26 (1888) 162-.
, molecular theory. Fuchs, K. Exner

Rpm. 26 (1890) 419-.
, and spreading of liquids over solids.

Quincke, O. H. A. Ps. C. 2 (1877) 145-.

— of liquids with other liquids, movements
produced by. Drapamaud, J. P. R, A. C.
47 (1803) 303-.

— — — of very different surface tension,
phenomena observed. Mensbrugghe, O. van
der. Brux. Ac. Bll. 33 (1872) 223-.

2 liquids, theory of phenomena observed.

Moutier, J. Par. 6c. Norm. A. 3 (1874) 69-.

— movements, and explanation. Prevost, B.,
<t Prevost, P. Gen. Mm. S. Ps. 3 (1826)
{pU. 2) 97-.

myelin forms. Lehmann, 0. A. Ps.

C. 56 (1895) 771-.

— surface of liquid and solid, effects of mdle-
colar forces. Mentbrugghe, O. van der.
Brux. Ac. Bll. 13 (1887) 11-.

— — , properties. Mentbrugghe, O.

van der. Brux. Ac. BU. 40 (1875) 341- ; 16
(1888) 695-; 17 (1889) 518-.

Drops 0300

Contact surface of 2 liquids having mutual

attraction. Mentbrugghe, O. van der. C. R.

Ill (1890) 169- ; Brux. Ac. Bl!. 20 (1890)

32-, 253-; 21 (1891) 420-.
Curvature, influence. lUtal, H. N. A. Mth.

12 (1873) 78-.
Density variations near surface of Uquid.

Monti, V. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 31 (1895) 150-

or 194-.

DROPS.

Quthrie, Fred. R. S. P. 13 (1864) 444-.

of alcohol, movementon sideof glass. Oottart, E.

Rv. Sc. 49 (1892) 513-.
breaking up of liquid streams into, theory.

Fucht, K. Exner Rpm. 27 (1891) 109-.
equilibrium between 2 horizontal plates.

Bottcha, J. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 9 (1876)

259-; Arch. N6erl. 11 (1876) 467-.
experiments. Gand, &. Les Mondes 24 (1871)

674-.
falling, oscillations. Lenard, P. A. Ps. C.

30 (1887) 209-. . ,

— , shape at moment of detachment. Mathieu, E.

J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 203-.
floating on surface of water. Reynoldt, 0.

[1881] Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 21 (1882) 1-.
formation. Seezen, E. L. Riga Cor.-Bl. 17

(1868) 37-.
— . Duelaux,E. C. R. 70 (1870) 933-.
— . Bo88cha,J. [1871] (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet.

P. (1871-72) (No. 5) 2-.
— . K'nnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1892-93) 26.

— and efflux in electric and magnetic fields.
Umov, N. A. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll. 92 {No. 2)
(1896) 1- ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 2 (1896) 524-.

*halbbegrenzte.' Lehmann, 0. A. Ps. C. 43

(1891) 516-.
instrument for counting. Lebaigue, E.J. Phm.

7 (1868) 246-.
instruments for counting, and conditions of

flow of liquid by. Lebaigue, E. J. Phm. 7

(1868) 81-.
on liquid surfaces. Bizio, B. Brugnatelli G.

1 (1818) 279-.

. cima, A. N. Cim. 3 (1856) 386-.

(Cima). Buio, B. N. Cim. 4 (1856)

105-.
. Cintoleti, F. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 60

(1877) 369-.
of mercury, chemotropic behaviour. Bernstein,

J. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 80 (1900) 628-.
, resistance in capillaiy tubes. Totcani, C.

N. Cim. 18 (1863) 226-.

— molten metals, certain regularities in weight.
Thadd€eff, K. Berl. B. 28 (1895) 195-.

, . Traube, J. Berl. B.

28 (1895) 419.

— oil, motion in alkaline solution. Trouton,
F. T. Nt. 48 (1893) 629.

pendent. Worthington, A. M. R. S. P. 32

(1881) 362-; L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885) 355-;

Ph. Mg. 19 (1885) 46-.
rising in mass of denser liquid, deformation.

Rital, H.A. C. R. 96 (1883) 822-.
size under different circumstances. Tate, T.

Ph. ^fe. 27 (1864) 176-.

57

0300 Drops

size, dependence on external influenoes.

Traube, /. Berl. B. 19 (1886) 1679-.
— ; and other investigations in capillarity.

Bayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 821-.
— , variations with interval between fall.

Binnie, W, B. A. Bp. (1890) 731.
on solid bodies, particularly on cylinders.

LoiswiU, C. T. V. K. A. Ps. C. Ergdnz. 6

(1874) 441-.

— surface of ether, phenomena. Sire, O,
C. B. 87 (1868) 857-.

of water, fall. Lullin, T. [1894] Arch. So.
Ps. Nt. 33 (1895) 252-.

— — , travels and metamorphoses. Ment-
hrugghe^ O. van der. Brux. Ac. Bll. 50
(1880) 423-.

weight, effect of rate of formation. Hannay,
J. B, Edinb. B. S. P. 20 (1895) 437-.

— , various liquids. Boynumd^ — . Humb. 8
(1884) 343.

Dust*figure8 and mercury-figures. Marx, C. M.

Schweigger J. 54 (= J5. 24) (1828) 212-.
Electricity, application to study of spontaneous

motion of liquids. Decharme, C. Lum.

Elect. 19 (1886) 289-, 341-, 395-, 449-.
Equilibrium and motion of liquid under mutual

action of molecules. Sltidskil, T. A. (xn)

Bee. Mth. (Moscou) [1] (1866) (Suppl.) 20 pp.
Evaporation and capillarity, relation between

theories. Stefan, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 94

(1887) (Ab. 2) 4-.

— from curved surface. Winkelmann, A, A.
Ps. C. 35 (1888) 401-.

— of liquids, and theories of capillarity. Mens-
hrugghe, G. van der, C. B. 121 (1895)
461-.

Evolution of gases or vapours, r61e of capillarity.

Almeida, J. C. d\ C. B. 68 (1869) 442-,

533-.
Expansion and capillary temperature co-
efficients. Kablukov, I, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

19 (C.) (1887) 178- ; 0. Ztg. 11 (1887) 477.
Experimental physical communications. Seyf-

fer, O. E. J. Wiirtb. Jh. 6 (1850) 198-.
Experiments. Link, H. F. Pogg. A. 29

(1833) 404- ; 31 (1834) 593-.
— . Avogadro, A, Tor. Mm. Ac. (1838) 191-.
— . Detains, E. A. C. 63 (1861) 447-.
— . Minary, — . [1865] (xn) Doubs S. Mm.

1 (1866) 32-.
— . Lacouture, H, Les Mondes 11 (1866) 78-.
— . DeUuil, — . Les Mondes 12 (1866) 302-.
— . Obermayer, A, von, Wien So. 59 (1869)

{Ab. 2) 207-.
— . Lippmann, G, J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 396-.
— . Gemez, D. [1873] P&r. S6. S. Ps. 1

(1873-74) 57-.
— . VioUe, J, J. de Ps. 4 (1875) 313-.
— . Romilly, F, de. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1877)

5-.
— . Bmtgen, W, C. A. Ps. C. 3 (1878) 321-.
— , curious. Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 17 (1889) 357-; 18 (1889) 64-.

— with wire rings. Mensbrugghe, G, van der,
Brux. Ac. Bll. 8 (1884) 179-.

FUtration. Lezi, R, C, B. 116 (1893) 1440-.

Heat of Moistening 0300

Filtration of water through stone, new method.

WUU, J, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6 (1829)

169-.
Fissures, etc., effect. DlShereiner, J. W, A.

C. 24 (1823) 332-.
Float for experiments in capillarity. Mens-

brugghe, G, van der, db Leconte, F. Brux.

S. Sc. A. 16 (1892) {Pt, 1) 67-.
Floating body, influence of capillarity. Duhem,.

P. Par. 6c. Nonn. A. 12 (1896) 211-.

— of metals and glass on water and other
liquids. Mayer, A. M, Science 4 (1896)
298-.

needles on water. Pichard,A, Bb. Un.

25 (1824) 273-.
, explanation. Maittre, X. de.

Bb. Un. 36 (1841) 192-.
small bocties in fluids lighter than them-

selves. Schaik, W, C, L, van, Bibl. Ni.

(1887) 107- ; (1888) 29-; Fschr. Ps. (1888)

(Ab, 1) 378-.
Flow of gas along a thread. Gal, J. J. de Ps»

5 (1896) 79-.
Formula of Laplace, elementary proof. Lipp-

mann, G, J. de Ps. 4 (1876) 332-.
— , proof. Deguin, —, [1838] Toul. Mm. Ac,

5 (1839) 143-.
— , — . LSvy, L, N. A. Mth. 8 (1889) 111-.
Globular form of liquids and gases. Meunier^ S,

C. B. 67 (1863) 401-.

— state of bodies. Bizio, G, Ven. At. 6
(1847) 438-.

Globules, liquid, conditions of equilibrium.

MalUzos, C. C. B. 116 (1892) 717-.
— , — , and formation. Maltizot, C.

C. B. 116 (1892) 796-.

HEAT DEVELOPED ON MOISTENING
SOLIDS, POUILLETS PHENOMENON,

PouiUet, C. S. M. A. C. 20 (1822) 141-.
Fibrous substances. Cobbett, L. Camb. Ph.

S. P. 10 (1900) 372-.
Porous solios, heat developed by permeation of

Uquids into. Cantoni, G, Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 3 (1866) 135-.
Powders. Meistner, F. A. Ps. C. 29 (1886)

114-.
— . Martini, T, Ven. I. At. (1896-97) 502-.
— . Lagergren, S, [1898] Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

Bh. 24 (Afd. 2) (1899) No, 6, 14 pp.
— . Martini, T, Ven. I. At (1897-98) 927-.
— . Ereolini, G, N. Cim. 9 (1899) 110-.

— (Ereolini). Martini, T, N. Cim. 9 (1899)

— (Martini). Ereolini, G. N. Cim. 9 (1899)
446—.

— (Ereolini). Martini, T. N. Cim. 10 (1899)
42.

— . Martini, T. Ven. I. At. (1899-1900)

{Pt. 2) 615-.
— . Bellati, M, Ven. I. At. (1899-1900)

(Pt. 2) 931-.

Height to which liquids may be heaped above
edge of vessel. MendenhaU, T, C. Am. J.
Sc. 6 (1873) 129-.

58

0800

Liquid Films and Surfaces

0300

Hydrometers, influence of capillarity. Lang-
berg, C. (vm) Ps. Mdd. (1858) 1-.
— . . Jacohi, H, [1871] St. P6t.

Ac. Sc. Mm. (Bm.) 20 (*1872) (App. No. 4)

97 pp. ; St P6t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 17 (1872) {No, Sfj

70 pp.
— , . Duelaux, jS. J. de Ps. 1 (1872)

197-.
— . . Coulter, — . J. Phm. 28 (1876)

176-.
— , . Menibrugghe, O, van der. Bras.

Ac. BU. 16 (1888) 81-.
— , and pressure of air. Stamkart,

F. J. Amst. Vs. Ak. 1 (1866) (Ntk,) 820- ;

Arch. N6erl. 1 (1666) 355-.
Hydrostatic pressure, negative. Meruhrugghe,

Q. pander. Brux.Ac.B11.25(1898)865-,483-.
Internal pressure in liquids. Tait, — . Edinb.

R. S. P. 15 (1889) 426-.
and gases. PuMcKLy C. Wien Ak.

Sb. 100 (1891) (Ab. 2a) 994-.
Isothermal distillation, pressure differences

produced by. Reinganum, M. A. Ps. C. 59

(1896) 764-.

Jets, capillary phenomena. Rayleigh, (Lord).

R. 8. P. 29 (1879) 71-.
— of liquid, photography. Cohen, E. Rv. Sc.

44 (1889) 252-.
water, colliding. NewaU, JR. F. Ph.

Bfg. 20 (1885) 31-.
— , influence of electric field. Mens-

brugghe, — van der. Brux. 8. Sc. A. 21

(1897) (Pt. 1) 127-.

, instantaneous photographs. Rayleigh,

(Lord). B. A. Rp. (1890) 762.

LIQUID FILMS.

Sandhauss, K. F. J. A. Ps. C. 157 (1876)

78—.
Itacher, A. W. [1885] R. I. P. 11 (1887)

248-.
action of certain vapours on. TomUnton, C.

Ph. Mg. 22 (1861) 111-,
influence of electric current on thinning.

Remold, A. W., db R&eker, A. W. L. Ps. S.

P. 6 (1885) 357-; Ph. Mg. 19 (1885) 94-.
lectors experiment. Weinmann, J. Basel Vh.

9 (1893) 243-.

Liquide Free from Action of Oravity.

Plateau, J. A. F. Brux. Ac. Sc. Mm. 16

(1843) 84 pp. ; 23 (1849) 150 pp. ; Pogg. A.

80 (1850) 566- ; Brux. Ac. 8c. Mm. 80 (1857)

56 pp.; 81 (1859) 52 pp.; 83 (1861) 46 + 63

pp.; C. R. 58 (1861) 461- ; Brux. Ac. Sc.

B^. 86 (1867) 66 pp. ; 87 (1869) 102 + 56 + 52

+ 68+21 pp.
Mouiier, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU. 12 (1875) 90-.
Plateau, J.A.F. Brux. Ac. BU. 2 (1881) 8-;

6 (1883) 704-.
limiting rotation surfaces. Terquem, A. C. R.

92 (1881) 407-.
Flateao's experiments. Beer, A. Pogg. A.

100 (1857) 459- ; 102 (1857) 320.
. Schwdbe, H. Anhalt Vh. Nt. Vr. 18

(1859) 10-.

Plateau's experiments (new phenomena).

Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb. R. 8. T. 24

(1867) 505-.
(liquid for). BUtger, B. A. Ps. C. 140

(1870) 660.
. Anders, T. Riga Cor.-Bl. 83 (1890)

7-.

— — . Lindemann, — . Kdnigsb. Schr. 30
(1890) (Sb.) 16-.

— films (permanent). Thompson, 8. P. [1877]
L. Ps. 8. P. 2 (1879) 209- ; Ph. !^. 5 (1878)
269-.

— systems. Terquem, A. Par. 8. Ps. 86.
(1878) 115- ; C. R. 86 (1878) 1057-.

motion, equUibrium and forms. Brewster,

(Sir) D. [1868] Edinb. R. 8. T. 25 (1869)

ill-,
in motion, general property. Mensbrugghe, G.

van der. Brux. Ac. BU. 1 (1881) 286-.
motions. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb. R. 8. T.

24 (1867) 653-.
permanent, method of obtaining. Malagoli, B.

N. Cim. 11 (1900) 851-.
stability. Lamarle, E. [1864] Brux. Ac. Sc.

Mm. 35 (1865) 104 pp. ; 36 (1867) 165 pp.
— . Fuchs,K. Exner Rpm. 27 (1891) 715-.
on surface of solids. Quincke, O. A. G. 28

(1873) 286-.
tension. Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. Ac.

BU. 22 (1866)308-; 23(1867)448-; C.R.64

(1867) 281 ; 65 (1867) 41-.
— . LUdtge, JR. A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 620-.

— (Ltidtge). Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux.
Ac. BU. 80 (1870) 322-.

— . Sondhauss, K. F. J. A. Ps. C. Ergdnz. 8

(1878) 266-.
thermal effect of drawing out. Thomson, (Sir)

W. [1858] R. 8. P. 9 (1857-59) 265-.
thickness and electrical resistance. Beinold,

A.W.,^ Backer, A. W. [1893] PhU. Trans.

(A) 184 (1894) 505-.
—, limiting. BHnold, A.W., dt Bticker, A.W.

[1883] Phil. Trans. 174 (1884) 645-.
— , — . Fischer, K. T. [1896] A. Ps. C. 68

(1899) 414-.
on wetted solids. Clark, J. W. Nt. 27 (1888)

370-.

Liquid surfaces. Hagen, G. H. L. Berl. Ab.

(1845) (Mth.) 41-; (1846) 1-.
1 coloured rings on, curious production.

Plateau, J. A. F. Moigno Cosmos 3 (1853)

191-.
, contractile force. Dupr€, A. G. R. 64

(1867) 593-.
, (Dupr6). Lamarle, E. G. R. 64

(1867) 739-.
, (Lamarle). Dupri, A. G. R. 64

(1867) 902-.
, . Massieu, F. (x) Fr. Cg. 8c. 38

(1872) (2) 3-.

— — , curved, equilibrium of vapour at.
Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 42 (1871)
448-.

— — , figures produced by second Uquid.
Destrem, J. A., dt Fr6bault, A. (xn) Toul.
8. Sc. BU. 8 (1875-76) 148-.

59

0300 Liquid Surfaces

Capillary Motions 0300

Liquid surfaces, free, physical properties. Mixture of 2 liquid masses. Kai$er^ E. A. Ps.

Merubrugghe, G. van der. Brux. Ac. Bll. C. 58 (1894) 667-.

17 (1889) 151-. Molecular actions of liquids in capillary tubes.
, fundamental theorem. Dupri^A. C.B. Caligny, A. de. Par. S, Phbn. PY. (1841)

64 (1867) 741-. 26-.
.impact with. Worthington.A. M. B. S. —forces. Quincke, O.H. [1878] (xi) Wilrzb.

P. 33 (1882) 347-; 34 (1883) 217-. Ps. Md. Vh. 6 (1874) (56.) viii-.
, , photographic study. Worthington, .action. Mossotti, 0. F. N. A. Sc. Nt.

A. 3f., dt CoU, R. S, [1896-99] Phil. 4(1840)390-.

Trans. (A) 189 (1897)137-; (A) 194 (1900)175-. , distance at which they are efifective.

, instability of equilibrium. Mengbrugghe, Quincke, G. A. Ps. C. 137 (1869) 402-.

G. van der, Brux. Ac. Bll. 11 (1886) 341- ; of liquids, curious effects. Mensbrugghe,

12 (1886) 623-, [898]. G. van der, Brux. Ac. Bll. 18 (1864) 161-.
in motion, curious phenomena observed , physics. Weinberg, B, P. Bs. Ps.-C.

at. Mensbruggke, G. van der. Brux. Ac. S. J. 32 (Ps,) (1900) Od; Fschr. Ps. (1900)

Bll. 48 (1879) 846-. (Ab. 1) 276.
^, phenomena established in. Mensbruggke, — pressure. Bakker, G. Z. Ps. C. 12 (1893)

G. van der, Brux. Ac. Bll. 30 (1895) 488-. 280-.
, plane, normal pressure at. Kool, C. J. Motion of liquids in capillary spaces. Duclaux,

Laus. 8. Vd. Bll. 29 (1893) xiu-. . ^. A. C. 25 (1872) 433- ; C. B. 74 (1872)
, potential energy. Mensbruggke, G. van 368-.

der, CuyperBv. Un. 14 (1883) 308-. , peculiar. Cauchy, A, L, Par. io,

, , applications. Mensbruggke, G, pd. J. (19« eak.) (1823) 204-.

van der, Brux. Ac. Bll. 46 (1878) 635- ;

47 (1879) 32&-.
, , variations (application of thermo- MOTION OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS

dynamics). Mensbruggke, G, van der. Brux. ON LIQUIDS,

Ac. Bll. 41 (1876) 769-; 42 (1876) 21-; 49

(1880) 620-. Lekot, C. J. Bb. Brit. 59 (1815) 377-.
, , — . Mensbruggke, G, van der. Carradan, G, Brugnatelli G. 9 (1816) 124- ;

[1878] Brux. Ac. Mm. 43 (1882) (No. 4) 10 (1817) 274-.

39 pp. V / \ / Qim^ron, L, Bb. Un. 26 (1824) 190-.
, properties. BUmdlot, R. Nancy S. Sc. Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 4 (1880) 245-.

Bll. (1884) 25-. Le Conte, J. Am. J. Sc. 27 (1884) 307-.
, _. Barcroft, J. [1895] Belfast NH. Benzoic acid on water. Tomlinsan, C, C. N.

S. Bp. & P. (1895-96) 24-. 10 (1864) 25.
of revolution, critical mean curvature. Camphor. Levat, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1891)

Rllcker, A. W. B. A. Bp. (1886) 518- ; (^«- 2) 331-.

L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 108- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) — ^^ o'^er bodies. Sckweigger-Seidel, F. W.

35-. -o \ ; Schweigger J. 44 (= J6. 14| (1825) 285-.
Meniscus, barometric, variations. Ragona- • Feckner, G. T, Kastner Arch.

Scinfi, D. Palomba Bac. 2 (1846) 43-, 49-. Ntl. 9 (1826) 408-.

— of liquids, vertical action. Mensbruggke, on water. Prevost, B, A. C. 21

G, van der, Brux. Ac. Bll. 8 (1884) 326-. (1797) 254-; 22 (1797) 111-; 24 (1797)

mercury surface. Danger, F, P, A. C. 31~«

24 (1848) 501- ; C. B. 27 (1848) 381-. (Prevost). CarradoH, G.

Mercury, ascent in capillary tubes. Bellani, A. ^- C. 37 (1800) 38-.

BrugnateUi G. 3 (1810) 291-. (— )• ^iot, J. B. Par. S.

— , — on iron wires. Kemp, K, T, Edinb. N. P^lm. Bll. 3 (1801) 42-.

Ph. J. 6 (1829) 340-. and mercury. Boisgiraud, —,

— covered with sulphuric acid, movement. *^ *Ioly, — • C. B. 12 (1841) 690-.

Prandi, P. (vra) Bologna Opusc. Sc. N. • Fusinieri,A.(nAdds,)

Col. (1824) 117-. Majocchi A. Fis. C. 3 (1841) 157-.

— , depression, capUlary. Young, (Dr.) T, liquids on water. Tamlinson, C. Ph.

[Signed S,B,Ij,] [1820] QJ.Sc. 11(1821)83-. Mg. 46 (1873) 376-.

— , — , — . Ivory, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 57

(1821) 267-. Campkor on Water.

— , — , — (Ivory). Young, (Dr.) T, [Signed

S. B. L.] TUloch Ph. Mff. 57 (1821) 376-. VentuH, G, [1797] Par. Mm. Sav. fitr. 1
— , — , — . Ivory, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 57 (1806) 125-.

(1821) 421-. CarradoH, G. BrugnateUi G. 1 (1808) 97-.

— , — , —. Ekelund, A. W. Lund Phys. Barlocci, S. G. Arcad. 2 (1819) 226-.

Sallsk. Ts. 1 (1837) 125-. B.,F, (vi Adds.) Thomson A. Ph. 8 (1824)
— , — , — . Goutkowski, C, dt Mendelejeff, D, 75-.

A. Ps. C. Beibl. 1 (1877) 455-. MatUucci, C, A. Sc. Lomb. Ven. 3 (1833)
— , superficial properties, mfluence of chemical 1^4-.

agents. Lippmann, G. Par. S. Ps. S4. Dutrocket, H. C. B. 12 (1841) 2-, 29-, 126-,

(1878) 60-. 598-.

60

0300

Actions of Surface Layers

0300

(Dutroohet.) Biot.J.B. C. B. 12 (1841) 621-,

667-.
FusinUri, A. A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 11 (1841) 6-.
mseha, A. (vm) Riga Cor.-Bl. 3 (1849) 20-,

33-.
TamUtuan, C. C. N. 8 (1863) 28, 87-, 123- ;

InteU. Ol>8. 4 (1864) 17- ; Ph. Mg. 38 (1869)

409- ; C. N. 36 (1877) 215-.
Skey, W. [1878-80] N. Z. I. T. 11 (1879) 473-;

12 (1880) 403-.
Casamaior, P. Am. C. S. J. 7 (1885) 13-.
Hart, T, C. N. 51 (1885) 277-.
Tamlinton, C. C. N. 52 (1885) 50.
BayleigK (Lard). R. S. P. 47 (1890) 364-.
action of oils. TonUnuofiy C. Ph. Mg, 26

(1863) 187- ; R. S. P. 48 (1891) 258.
motion connected with electricity. Virey, J, J.

J. Phm. 5 (1819) 237-.
. Catamajor, P. C. N. 36 (1877)

191-, 285-.

Creosote on water. TonUinson, C. Ph. Mg.

22 (1861) 111-.
Eugenic acid on water. TofTiZtfuon, C Ph.

Mg. 27 (1864) 528-.
Floating bodies, apparent attractions and re-
pulsions. Le Conte, (Prof.) J. Am. J. Sc.

24 (1882) 416-.
, , elementary theoiy. Mau-

brugghCf G. van der, Brox. Ac. Blf. 5 (1883)

482-.
, when vapours of volatile

liquids are allowed to fall on liquid surfaces.

Dutrochet, H, C. R. 14 (1842) 1028- ; 15

(1842) 25-.
, attractive power on water. Carradori,

G. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 11 (1801) 27-.
, horizontal motion under capillary forces.

WwthingUm, A, M, Ph. Mg. 15 (1883) 198-.
, small, experiment of Mariotte's. Bouty,

E. J. de Ps. 2 (1873) 263-.
— needles, attraction. CamiUif S. G. Aroad.

87 (1828) 159-.
Liquids on water. TomZtnMm, C. [1869] Ph.

Mg. 89 (1870) 32-.
Organic acids, crystals. Schefczik, A, Wien

Jb. Gl. 6 (1855) 263-. >
Phosphorus on mercury. Carradori^ 0. Bru-

gnateUi G. 3 (1810) 261-.
Powders on water. MarangorU, C, Rm. R.

Ac. Line. Rd. 4 (1888) (Sem. 1) 520-.
Salts on water, gyratory movements. Leseanir,

H. Par. S. C. BU. 24 (1875) 270-.
Solids, gyratory movements. Weber , R. Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 12 (1884) 510-.
Substance which moves on water like camphor.

Morren, C, F, A. Quetelet Ck)r. Mth. 10

(1838) 339-.
Wicks, small lighted, on oU. Wilson, P. [1795]

Edinb. R. S. T. 4 (1798) 163-.

Motions, rotatory, in mixture of alcohol and

laurel oil. Hancock, T. Edinb. J. Sc. 3

(1830) 51-.
— , — , — mixtures of water and volatile liquids.

Honing, P. Amst. Vs. Ak. 3 (1855) 445-;

Pogg. A. 97 (1856) 50-.

Motions, spontaneous, of certain bodies in
proximity or contact. Prevoat, B, A. C. 40
(1801) 1-.

— , — , (Prevost). Carta-

dan, G. A. C. 48 (1803) 197-.

— on surface of alcoholio liquors, certain
curious. Thomson, Jos, B. A. Rp. (1855)
{vt. 2) 16-.

Oil to cidm seas, successful use. Marshall, W,
P. Midi. Ntlist. 11 (1888) 170-, 207-.

— , calming water and making surface trans-
parent by. Beek, A. van. A. C. 4 (1842)
257-.

— drops on water. ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg. 8
(1836) 288-.

— films, thin, on water, properties. Oberbeck,
A. A. Ps. C. 49 (1893) 366-.

— on water, molecular forces illustrated by.
Oberbeck, —. N.- Vorp. Mt. 24 (1892)
xxiv-.

waves, and wave motion. Rosenbach, — .

Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1894) (Ab. 2a)

59-.
Oily surface layer of rivers, action. Forel, F. A .

Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 34 (1898) xvui-.
Pores of membranes, size. Guerout, A. G. R«

75 (1872) 1809-.
specified diameter, method of obtaining.

Barus, C. Ps. Rv. 6 (1898) 52-.
Porous mass, experiments on absorption.

Magrini, L. Mil. 1. Lomb. Rd. 1 (1864)

221-.

— substances, absorption of liquids by, laws.
Tate, T. Ph. Mg. 20 (1860) 364-, 500- ; 21
(1861) 57-, 115-.

, permeation of liquids into. Cantani, G.

N. Cim. 19 (*1863) 269-.
Pulverisation of liquids. Sender, G. Rv. Sc.

13 (1877) 379-.
Rain, formation. Mache, H. Wien Ak. Sb.

109 (1900) (Ab. 2a) 793-.
Repulsion of water from feathers and leaves.

BuUt, G. R. S. P. 8 (1856-^57) 520-.
Repulsions, apparent, of certain liquids. Carra-

doH, G. A. C. 51 (1804) 217-.
Repulsive force of attenuated matter. Fusinieri,

A . Brugnatelli G. 6 (1823) 34- ; A. So. Lomb.

Yen. 13 (1844) (Avp.) 39 pp.
Resistance to introduction of liquid into narrow

vessel. Duprez, F. J. (a) Brux. Ac. BU.

16 (1863) 11-.
Ripples, interference. Matthiessen, L. A. Ps.

C. 32 (1887) 626-.
— , photography. Vincent, J. H. L. Ps. S.

P. 15 (1897) 91-; Ph. Mg. 43 (1897) 411- ;

[45 (1898) 197 Erratumy, 45 (1898) 191- ;

46 (1898) 290- ; 48 (1899) 338-.

— ana their relation to current velocity. Hirst,
T. A. Ph. Mg. 21 (1861) 1-, 188-.

— in viscous Uquid. Tait, — . Edinb. R. S.
P. 17 (1891) 110-.

— and waves. Thomson, (Sir) W. Nt. 5 (1872)

^ — —. Langtan, J. Nt. 5 (1872) 241-.
Sea froth. Gladstone, J. H. [1881] Nt. 25

(1882) 33.
Skin of liquids. Draper, C. H. Brighton NH.

S. Rp. (1899) 31-.

61

0300 Actions of Surface Layers

Soap film, permanent, and thin plates. Reade,
J. Ph. Mg. 17 (1841) 32-.

— films, black. RUcker, A. W, Nt. 16 (1877)
S81-.

, thickness. RwM>\d^ A, TT., dt RUcker,

A. W. [1877] R. S. P. 26 (1878) 334-.

Solid layers, thin, properties. Quincke, G.
[1888] A. Ps. G. 35 (1888) 561- ; Heidi. Nt.
Md. Vh. 4 (1892) 258-.

— particles in liquids, forces between. BHss,
W.J. A. Ps. Rv. 2 (1895) 241-, 373-.

Solutions, thermokinetio properties. NaUm-

tan, W. [1898-99] Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz.

15 (1899) 377-; Ore. Ac. So. Bll. (1898) 295-;

(1899) 349-.
Spneroidal condition of liquids at common

temperatures. TomZtnfOfi, C. Ph. Mg. 26

(1868) 487-.

Spiders' webs. StreMke, F. Pogg. A. 40 (1837)

146-.
Splash of a drop and allied phenomena.

WorthingUm, A. M. [1894] B. I. P. 14

(1896) 289-.
Splashes, apparatus for observing. Worthing-

ton.A.M. [1882] (xn) Bristol Nt. S. P. 4
. (1885) 11-.
Spreading of drops. Eccher, A. de. (n) N.

Cim. 5 & 6 (1871) 93-.
. Cintolesi, F. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 9

(1876) 187- ; 10 (1877) 30-.
, experiments. Cintolesi,F. (xn) Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 9 (1877) 285-, 309-, 341-.
on smooUi surfaces. CintoUH, F. (xn)

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 9 (1877) 261-.
surface of another liquid. Pisatit G.

MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 1 (1868) 893-.
. Marangoni, C. (x)

N. Cim. 8 (1870) 105-.
liquids. Du BoU-Reymond, P. [1869]

A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 262-.
. Stark, J. [1898] Miinch. Ak. Sb.

28 (1899) 91-.
on liquids. DuBoit-Reynumd,P. Pogg.

A. 104 (1858) 193-.
. LUdtge, R. A. Ps. C. 137

(1869) 362-.

, periodic. Quincke, O. Berl. Ak. Sb.

(1888) 791- ; A. Ps. C. 35 (1888) 580-.
, — , and influence on protoplasm motion.

Quincke, G. [1888] Heidi. Nt. Md. Vh. 4

(1892) 269-.
solutions of aniline colours on water.

Obermayer, A. van. A. Ps. C. 151 (1874)

130-.
Superposed liquids in capillary tube, problem.

Men$})rugghe,G. van der. 11S75] Brux. Mm.

Cour. 4», 41 (1878) (No. 1) 44 pp.
Surface energy of liquids. Menebrugghe^ G. van

der. Bv. Un. Mines 17 (1885) 163-.
as means of determining molecular com-
plexity. Ramsay, W. Bv. Sc. 2 (1894)

1-.
, molecular, variation with temperature.

Rafntay,W.,dShield$,J. [1893] Phil. Trans.

(A) 184 (1894) 647-.

— — , — , energy, molecular (Bamsay

and Shields). Mathiae, — . Toul. Ac. Sc.
Bll. 2 (1899) 291-.

Surface Tension 0300

Surface forces in liquids. Warthington, A . M.

B. S. P. 36 (1884) 351- ; Ph. A^. 18 (1884)

384-.
, movements due to. Fueke, K. Exner

Bpm. 26 (1890) 444-.
, theory. Rayleigh, (Lard). Ph. Mg. 30

(1890) 285-, 456- ; 38 (1892) 209-, 468-.
— layers, conducting, and their vapour

pressure. Braun, F. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898)

365-.

SURFACE TENSION.

Prevost, B. A. C. 21 (1797) 254- ; 22 (1797)

111-.
(Prevost.) Carradari, G. A. C. 37 (1800) 88-.
MensbTugghe,G.vander. [1869-73] Brux. Mm.

Cour. 4», 34 (1870) 67 pp. ; 37 (1873) (No. 4)

32 pp.
Duclaux, i. A. C. 21 (1870) 378-.
Moutier, J. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 98- ; 2 (1878)

27—.
Kraevich, K. D. (xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 7 (Ps.)

(1875) [(Pt. 1)] 129-.
Fitzgerald, G. F. B. A. Bp. (1878) 436.
Klupdty, J. Mth. Termt. £ts. 3 (1885) 94- ;

Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 6 (1886-87) 101-.
Provenzali, F. S. Bm. N. Line. At. 39 (1886)

143-.
(Leray.) Mentbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. S.

Sc. A. 17 (1893) (Pt. 1) 91-.
(Mensbrugghe.) Leray, (le riv. fire) — .

Brux. S. Sc. A. 18 (1894) (Pt. 1) 99-.
(Leray.) Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. S.

Sc. A. 19 (1895) (Pt. 1) 60-.
(Mensbrugghe.) Leray, (le riv. p^re) — .

Brux. S. Sc. A. 19 (1895) (Pt. 1) 117-.
(Leray.) Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. S.

Sc. A. 19 (1895) (Pt. 1) 120-.
Foley, A. L. Ps. Bv. 3 (1896) 381-.
Mellberg, E. J. Helsingf. Acta 22 (1897) No.

6, 38 pp.
action of liquid of small, on gas dissolved in

liquid of high surface tension. Gemez, D.

C. B. 76 (1873) 89-.
of alcohols and fatty acids. Duclaux, E. A. C.

13 (1878) 76- ; C. B. 85 (1877) 1068-.

— aqueous solutions. Farch, C. A. Ps. C. 68
(1899) 801-.

^ of alkaline chlorides. Linebarger, C E,

Am. C. S. J. 21 (1899) 411-.
calculation by meansof flatdrops. Warthington,

A.M. L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 145- ; Ph. Mg.

20 (1885) 51-.
and capillajry action. Reynolds, O. B. A. Bp.

(1881) 524-.
at common surface of liquids and gases, in-
fluence of pressure. Kundt, A. Berl. Ak.

Mb. (1880) 812-.
and compressibility of liquids. Rdntgen, W. C. ,

d Schneider, J. A. Ps. C. 29 (1886) 16&-.
, connection. Devaux, — . [1892]

Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 4 (1894) ii-.

— contact electrification, connection. Gexe-
chus [Hesehus], N. A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 81
(Ps.) (1899) 126- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1899) (Ab. 2)
473-.

62

0300 Suriace Tension

And contaminated water sorfaces. PoekeU^
A, Nt. 48 (1891) 487-; 46 (1892) 418- ; 48
(1893) 152-.

— critical temperature, connection . Edtvdi, L.
Mth. Termt. ^ts. 8 (1885) 54-.

— denaity of aqaeous and alcoholic solutions of
carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide. Bellatif
M., dt Lussana, S. Yen. 1. At. (1888-89)
1169-.

— solutions, relation to state of ionisa-

tion. Archibald, E. H. [1897] N. Scotia
I. So. V.AT.d (1898) 835-.

and conductivity of solutions of potassium

chloride and sulphate. Barnes, J, [1899]
N. Scotia I. Sc. P. A T. 10 (1903) 49-.

— dielectric constants of mixtures. Oezeehus
[He»ehu8], N. A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 32 (Pi.)
(1900) 97-; Fsohr. Ps. (1900) (Ab. 2) 405.

— electric potential, dimensions. Oezeehiu
[HeiekM], N. A, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 32 (Ps.)
(1900) 115- ; Fschr. Ps. (1900) {Ab. 2) 361.

of emulsions. Budde, E, A. Ps. C. (Berl, Ps,
0$, Vh. 1892) 46 (1892) 173-.

— ether and alcohol. Bamsay, W, B. A. Bp.
(1891) 565-.

at high temperatures. Kasterin^ N. P.

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 24 (Ps.) (1892) 196- ; J. de

Ps. 2 (1898) 529-.
And evaporation, common cause. Mensbrugghe,

G, van der, C. B. 115 (1892) 1059- ; Brux.

Ac. BU. 24 (1892) 543- ; 25 (1893) 233- ; 26

(1893) 37- ; Brux. S. Sc. A. 17 (1893) (Pi. 1)

53- ; 18 (1894) IPt, 1) 49-.

— — and ebullition, mechanical theory.
Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. Ac. BU. 9
(1885) 346- ; 10 (1885) 405-.

experiments. Norris.R. B. S. P. 12 (1862-68)

251-.
— . BUmdlot, R. As. Fr. G. B. (1886) (Pt. 1)

101.
— . WaUh, A. R. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 5 (1886-87)
. 484-.
— . Schoentjes, H, Brux. Ac. Bll. 15 (1888)

216-, 712-.
—. Fridlander, E. D. Nt. 45 (1892) 463-.

— NichoU, E, Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 299-.
— . Stromei, E. N. Cim. 3 (1896) 348-.
— . Baker, T. J. Nt. 62 (1900) 196-.
— . Bourget, H. Nt. 62 (1900) 269.

— , application of photograpnj. Rayleigh,
(Lord). [18911 B. I. P. 13 (1898) 261-.

— on surface-films. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph.
Mg, 83 (1892) 868-.

and frictional coefficient of liquid air. Forseh,

C. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 177.
of gold« Quineke, O. A. Ps. G. 64 (1898) 618-.
influence on chemical combination. Fuchs, K.

Bxner Bpm. 25 ri889) 529-.
equilibrium of floating bodies. Lohnstein,

T. A. Ps. C. 44 (1891) 52-.

— of gas dissolved in liquid. Wroblewski, 8»
van. C. B. 95 (1882) 284-.

and internal pressure. Chervet, A. J. de Ps.

7 (1888) 485-.
of liquid films. Terqvem, A. J. de Ps. 7 (1878)

40&-.
, and reflection of light. Lehmann, O.

Z. Kr. 12 (1887) 899-.

Suriace Tension 0300

of liquid films, and thickness, relation. Reinold,

A.W.,dtRilcker,A.W. [1886] PhU. Trans.

177 (1887) 627-.
, value at different heights. Maran-

goni, C. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889)

(Sem. 1) 515-.
metals. Oauy, — . G. B. 114 (1892)

^(Gouy). PeUat,H. G. B. 114 (1892)

464-.
between 2 liquids. Pockelsy A, A. Ps. G. 67

(1899) 668-.
of liquids in contact with carbonic acid.

Wroblewski, S. von. G. B. 95 (1882) 842-.
under electrostatic induction. Bamett,

S. J. Ps. Bv. 6 (1898) 257-.
and mathematical theory of capillarity. Del-

saulx, {le riv. ptre) J. Brux. S. So. A. 10

(1886) (Pt. 2) 43-.
measurement. Mensbrugghe, G. van der. J.

de Ps. 8 (1879) 52-.
— . Magie, W. F. A. Ps. G. 25 (1885) 421- ;

Am. J. Sc. 31 (1886) 189- ; Am. As. P. (1887)

79—.
— . Sentis, H. J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 571-.
— . Hall, T. P. Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 385-.
— . Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 3 (1897) 253-.
— . Stevens, J. S. Am. J. Sc. 10 (1900) 245-.
— , apparatus. Linebarger, C. E. Am. J. Sc.

2 (1896) 108-.

— by drops. Perrot, F. L., dt Guye, P. A.
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 8 (1899) 590-.

ripples. Smith, C. M. Edinb. B. S. P.

17 (1891) 115-.
. Dorsey, N. E. Ps. Bv. 5 (1897)

170-, 213-.
. Grunmach, L. [1898] D. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1899) 13-.

— at various temperatures. Gossart, E. A.
G. 19 (1890) 173- ; 4 (1895) 391-.

of mercury. Sentis, H. J. de Ps. 9 (1890)

384-.
. Meyer, G. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898)

66-.

. StdckU, J. A. Ps. G. 66 (1898) 499-.

against gases. Meyer, G. A. Ps. G. 66

(1898) 523-.

— mixtures. Linebarger, C. E. Am. J. So. 2
(1896) 226-.

. Trouton, —. Nt. 62 (1900) 562.

and molecular volume, connection. EOtv&s, L.

[1885] Mth. Termt. Ets. 4 (1886) 84-; Mth.

Nt. B. Ung. 4 (1885-86) 33-.

— muscular contraction. Fitzgerald, G, F.
[1878] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 1 (1888) 95-.

normal component. Leray, (le riv. plre) — .
Brux. S. Sc. A. 21 (1897) (Pt. 1) 78-.

, optical proof. Wallbott, H. A. Ps. G.

68 (1899) 496-.

oscillations of homogeneous fluid msiss due to.
Giesen, A. Z. Mth. Ps. 24 (1879) 280-.

and Ostwald*s system of units. Schreber, K.
Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 75-, 165-.

phenomena in water and other liquids. Gos-
sart, i. Bv. Sc. 38 (1886) 620-.

in physiological phenomena. Leblanc, M,
Lum. &lect. 19 (1886) 441-, 497-.

63

0800 Surface Tension

of recently formed liquid surfaces. Rayleigh,
{Lard). B. S. P. 47 (1890) 281-.

relation to theories of Laplace and Gauss.
Mensbrugghet G. vcm der. As. Fr. C. B.
(1874) 287-.

of saline solutions. RotheTf 0. A. Ps. G. 21
(1884) 57e-.

. SentU.H. C. B. 118 (1894) 1182-.

, efifeot of temperature and concentra-
tion. Och84, W. Exner Bpm. 26 (1890)
641-.

— solid-liquid surfaces, efifect of temperature.
Fitzgerald, Q. F, Nt. 49 (1893-94) 293.

— solutions. JdgeTy G. Wien Ak. Sb. 100

(1891) (Ab, 2a) 493-.

— — . Monti, V. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 29 (1894)
762-.

of chlorides, bromides, iodides. VaUon,

C.A. C. B. 69 (1869) 1140-.
, and molecular force. Sutherland, W.

Ph. Mg. 40 (1896) 477-.

— spherical drop. Fucha, K, Wien Ak. Sb.
98 (1889) (Ah. 2a) 740-.

statical electricity, does it exert an influence
on? Me7i8brugght,G.vander, [l%14i\ Brux.
Mm. Cour. 4', 40 (1876) (No. 2) 28 pp.

and stretching of liquids. Worthington, A. M.
B. A. Bp. (1888) 683-.

— surface viscosity. O., W. P. Nt. 42 (1890)
646.

theory. Mensbrugghe, O. van der. As. Fr. G.

B. (1886) (Pt. 2) 263-.
— , defence. Marangoni, C. N. Gim. 3 (1878)

60-, 97-, 193-.
variation with temperature. Heen, P. de.

Brux. Ac. Bll. 6 (1883) 606-.
. Selby,A.L. [1891] L. Ps. S. P. 11

(1892) 119- ; Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 430-.
. PeUat, H. G. B. 118 (1894)

1193-.
. Monti, V. N. Gim. 6 (1897) 6-,

186-.

variation of area. Marangoni, C. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1889) (Sem. 1) 26-.

— — — — — , experimental verification.
Marangoni, C. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6
(1889) (Sem. 1) 362-.

variations, new apparatus. Leconte, F, Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 23 ri890) 419-.
of water below 0°G. Humphreys, W. J., d

MoMer, J. F. Ps. Bv. 2 (1896) 387-.
from 0° to 40° G. Volkmann, P. A. Ps.

G. 66 (1896) 467- ; 62 (1897) 607-.
above 100° G. Knipp, C. T. Ps. Bv. 11

(1900) 129-.
, and air in soil. Puchner, H, Forsch.

Ag.-Ps. 19 (1896) 1-.
— alcohol and mixtures, temperature

variation, critical temperatures. Sohet, A.

Lidge S. Sc. Mm. 20 (1898) No. 1, 66 pp.
, in various glasses. Volkmann, P. A.

Ps. G. 63 (1894) 633- ; 62 (1897) 607-.
, influence of electricity. Nichols, E. L, ,

d Clark, J. A. Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 376-.
, — — impurities. Rayleigh, (Lord).

[1890] B. L P. 13 (1893) 86-.

— — , investigated by method of ripples.
Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 30 (1890) 386-.

64

Capillarity, Theory 0300

of water and mercury, influenoe of eleotrifica-

tion. MerrUt, E., db Bamett, S. J. Ps. Z.

1 (1900) 249-.
, measurement by capillary tubes.

Quincke, G. [1894] A. Ps. G. 62 (1894) 1-;

Heidi. Nt. Md. Vh. 6 (1897) 228-.
, (Quincke) . LohnMtein,

T. A. Ps. G. 63 (1894) 1062-.
— — in narrow capillaries. Volkmann, P.

A. Ps. G. 66 (1898) 194-.

, variation with temperature. Weinberg,

B. P. Bs. PS.-G. S. J. 24 (P$.) (1892) 44-;
J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 378- ; Z. Ps. G. 10 (1892)
34-.

, . Lohnstein, T. Z. Ps. G. 10

(1892) 604-.

Surface viscosity of films of solution of sapo-

nine. Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. Ac.

BU. 29 (1870) 368-.
water. BayUigh, (Lord). B. S. P.

48 (1891) 127-.
Temperature, influenoe on capillarity. Fran-

kenheim, M. L. Erdm. J. Pr. G. 23 (1841)

401-.
— , — . Buys-Ballot, C. H. D. Pogg.

A. 71 (1847) 177-.
— , (Buys-Ballot). Merian, R. Pogg.

A. 73 (1848) 486-.
— , . Frankenheim, M. L. Pogg. A.

76 (1848) 229- ; 77 (1849) 446-.
— , (Frankenheim). Buff, W. Pogg.

A. 78 (1849) 678-.
— , . Wolf, C. A. G. 49 (1867)

230-.
— , . Drion, C. A. G. 66 (1869)

221-.
— , (angle). Traube, J. J. Pr. G. 31

(1886) 614-.
— at which liquids cease to moisten vessels

which contain them. Wolf, C. G. B. 42

(1866) 968-.
Textile bands, effects of atmospheric changes.

Woodbury, C. J. H. Franklin I. J. 78 (1879)

62-.
Theorem of Laplace. Canestrini, E. Bv.

Sc.-lnd. 23 (1891) 126-.

THEORY OF CAPILLARITY.

La Place, P. S. (marquis) de. Par. ic. Pol.

Gor. 1 (1804-08) 246- ; J. de Ps. 62 (1806)

120- ; 63 (1806) 248-, 413- ; 66 (1807) 88-.
Brandes, H. W. Gilbert A. 33 (1809) 38-.
Knight, T. Nicholson J. 27 (1810) 126-.
La Place, P. S. (marquis) de. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. (1819) 122-.
Buquoy, G. von. Oken Isis (1824) 1068-.
Ivory, J. Ph. Mg. 3 (1828) 1-.
Sang, E. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 8 (1830) 280-.
Poisson, S. D. A. G. 46 (1831) 61-.
Parrot, G. F. Pogg. A. 27 (1833) 234-.
ChaUis, J. B. A. Bp. (1834) 263- ; Ph. Mg. 8

(1836) 89-.
Mainardi, G. [1836] Mod. S. It. BCm. 21 (1837)

301-.

0300

Theory of CapiUarity

0300

MiU, J. Pogg. A. 45 (1888) 287-, 501-.
BMeUi, E. G. Aroad. 113 (1847) 3-.
Bertrand, J. Lioav. J. Mth. 13 (1848) 185-.
Davidof, A. von. Mosc. Bll. S. Nt. 28 (1855)

354-.
VaUon] C.A. G. B. 45 (1857) 10-.
Gilbert, — . C. B. 45 (1857) 771-.
Valtan, C. A. C. B. 46 (1858) 95-.
Nageli, C. Mtinoh. Sb. (1866) (I.) 597-.
JBrttt, E. N. Cim. 25 (•1867) 81-, 225-.
Mousson, A. Ztir. Vjschr. 15 (1870) 305-.
Sang, E, [1870] Edinb. B. S. P. 7 (1872)

160-.
Stahl, J. A. Pb. G. 139 (1870) 239-.
Bo$$cha, J. [1871] (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P.

(1871-72, No. 3) 5-.
Moutier, J. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 291- ; Par. 8.

Phlm. Bll. 1 (1877) 45-.
Heringa. P. M. N. Arch. Wisk. 4 (•1878) 1- ;

Arch. N^rl. 13 (1878) 1- ; 15 (1880) 124-.
ReinhoU, A. Arch. Mth. Ps. 63 (1879) 110-.
Roger, i. G. B. 90 (1880) 90&-.
Padova, E. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892)

(Sent. 1) 331-.
LangloU, M. G. B. 123 (1896) 35-.
Rozing, B. L. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 30 (Ps.) (1898)

209-.
Bakker, G. Z. Ps. G. 33 (1900) 477-.
dynamical. Bakker, G. J. de Ps. 8 (1899)

545-; 9 (1900) 394-.
and experiments of Professor Dewar. Mens-

brugghe, G. van der. Brax. S. Sc. A. 24

(1900) {Pt. 1) 58-.
Gauss's. Lippmann, G. J. de Ps. 6 (1877)

108-.
— , and spreading of one liquid over another.

Mensbrugghe, G. van der. Brux. Ac. Bll. 39

(1875J 375-.
and hyorostatics. Grurintzew, A. P. Fsohr.

Mth. (1899) 734-.
kinetic. DeUaulx, ile riv. p^re) J. Brux. S.

So. A. 12 (1888) {Pt. 2) 105-.
lAplace's. Pe$tuH, G. Mod. S. It. Mm. 14

(1809) 87-.

— (simplification). Krie$, F. Gehlen J. 9

(1810) 104-.
— . Kmght, T. Nicholson J. 28 (1811) 155-.
— . Brunaeei, V. Brugnatelli G. 9 (1816) 7-,

127-, 163-, 241-, 843-.

— (Brunaoci). Pe^t, A. T. A. G. 4 (1817) 54-.
— . Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 16 (1883)

809-.
—. Worthington, A. M. Ph. Mg. 16 (1883)

88^.
— . Mentbmgghe, G. van der, J. de Ps. 8

(1889) 83-.
mathematical. Petit, A. T. Par. £c. Pol. J.

16* cah. (1813) 1-.
— . Rudberg, F. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. (1819)

158- ; (1822) 25-.
— . Rieal, H. A. Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1881)

841-.
and measurement of molecules. Boltzmann, L.

Wien Ak. 8b. 75 (1877) (Ab. 2) 801-.

— molecular action. Val8on,C.A. [1864-70]
(zn) Isto 8. Bll. 7 (Livr. 3 dr 4) (1867)
258-, 468; (vm) A. G. 20 (1870) 361- ;
C. B. 70 (1870) 1040-.

VOL. III. 65

Poisson's. Link, H. F. Pogg. A. 25 (1832)

270- ; 27 (1833) 193-.
and principle of virtual velocity. Boltzmann, L.

A. Ps. G. 141 (1870) 582-.
principles, genend. Membrugghe, G. van der,

Brux. S. Sc. A. 20 (1896) (Pt. 1) 101- ; 22

(1898) (Pt. 1) 18-.
from standpoint of molecular theories of present

day. Julius, V. A. Amst. Ak. Vh. 24 (1886)
63 pp. ; Fschr. Mth. 17 (1888) 979-.
thermodynamic. Wools, J. D. von der. Amst.
Ak. Vh. (Sect. 1) 1 (1893) No. 8, 56 pp. ;
Arch. N^erl. 28 (1895) 121-.

— (van der Waals's). Sutherland, W. Z. Ps.
G. 17 (1895) 536-.

— ( ). Bokker, G. Z. Ps. G. 28

(1899) 708- ; 34 (1900) 168-.
— . (Molecular potential function of van der

Waals.) Bakker, G. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900)
223-; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 163-.
— . (Potential function

0(r) = and 0(r) = ^^— '

and potential function of van der Waals.)
Bokker, G. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 308- ;
Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 247-.
Toung-Laplace. JFeinstein, B. A. Ps. G. 27
(1886) 544-.

Vapour and clouds, especially of solutions,
HelmholU, R. von. A. Ps. G. 27 (1886) 508-.

— films, crystalline behaviour. Pfaf, J. W.^
Miinch. Ab. (1829-30) 75-.

— pressure over curved surfaces. Fitzgerald ^
G. F. [1879] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 2 (1880)
243-; Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 382-.

. GaliUine, B. A. Ps. G. 35

(1888) 200-.
, equilibrium inside foam. Fitzgerald,

G. F. Nt. 49 (1893-94) 316.
, theory. Jfiger, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 99

(1891) (Ab. 2a) 679-.
Vena contraeta in liquids, structure. Proven-

zoli, F. S, Bm. N. Line. At. 40 (1887) 51-.
Watch glass, movement on wet inclined ^ass-
plate. ComiUi, S. G. Arcad. 37 (1828>

159-.
Water, capillarity, experiments. Poloni, G^

Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 12 (1879) 615-.
— , free surface, rdle in economy of nature^

Mensbrugghe, G. van der. As. Fr. G. B.

(1879) 553-.
— , ground-, theoretical investigation of motion..

Slichter, C. S. U. S. Gl. Sv. Bp. (1897-98>

(Pt. 2) 295-.

— layers, capillary, containing carbon dioxide^
decomposition of glass by. Bunsen, R, A.
Ps. G. 29 (1886) 161-.

— and mercury surfaces, pure, methods of
producing. RMtgen, W. C, A. Ps. G. 46

(1892) 162-.

— in soils, capillary conduction. Wollny, E,
Forsch. Ag.-Ps. 7 (1884) 269-; 8 (1885) 206--

, — movement and retention. Briggs^

L. J. U. S. Dpt. Ag. Yearb. (1898) 399-.

Wave, capillary. Langton, J. Cn. J. 2 (1857)
96-; Nt. 5 (1872) 241-.

0310 Dialysis

Osmosis. Osmotic Pressure

0310

Waves on surface of mercury. Faye, H. A. A,
C. B. 58 (1864) 565-.

— , velocity of propagation, influence of capil-
larity. Koldiek, F. A. Ps. C. 5 (1878)
425-; 6 (1879) 616.

Wetting surfaces of various bodies, experiments.
Degen, A, F. E, Pogg. A. 88 (1886) 449-.

0310 Osmosis. Osmotic Pressure.
iSee oho Chemistry 7155.)

DIALYSIS.
Graham, T, C. B. 58 (1861)

PhU.

275-;

Trans. (1861) 183-.
Ouignet, E. Par. S. C. Bll. (1862) 99-.
Favrot, C. (vi Adds,) N. Cim. 18 (1868) 151-.

Jahn, J, N. Jiva (1868) 56-.

(Graham's experiments.) Anon, {a 82) Hel-

singf . Ofv. 5 (1868) 249-.
Dubrunfaut, — . C. B. 68 (1866) 888-.
Graham, T. C. B. 68 (1866) 987-.
Dubrunfaut, — . C. B. 68 (1866) 994-.
and absorption of gases by colloid septa.

Graham, T. Phil. Trans. 166 (1866) 899-.
of arable soil. Petermann, A, Brux. Ac. Bll.

8 (1882) 74-.
gelatin jelly as a dialyser. Woodcock, R. C,

C. N. 45 (1882) 79-.
laws, experimental demonstration. Puiggari,

M. (xn) Arg. S. Ci. A. 4 (1877) 179-.

Diffusion in agar jelly. Voigtl&nder, F, Z.
Ps. C. 8 (1889) 816-.

ENDOSMOSIS AND EXOSMOSIS.

cause. Dutrochet, H. A. C. 85 (1827) 898-.
— . Power, J. B. A. Bp. (1888) 891-.
and dialysis, electro-capillary phenomena.
Becquerel, A, C, C. B. 66 (1868) 766-.

Endosmosii,

Dutrochet, H, A. C. 87 (1828) 191-.
(Dutrochet.) Ratpail, F. V. F^russac Bll.

Sc. Nt. 14 (1828) 864-.
Dutrochet, H. C. B. 1 (1886) 244-, 420-.
€ima,A,,dtMatteucci,-'. A. C. 18 (1845) 68-.
Buchheim, — . Boser u. Wunderlich Arch. 12

(1853) 217-.
L'Hermite, — . C. B. 89 (1854) 1177- ; A. C.

43 (1855) 420-.
Dubrunfaut, — . C. B. 68 (1866) 888-.
Graham, T. C. B. 68 (1866) 937-.
Dubrunfaut, — . C. B. 68 (1866) 994-.
Gayan, U, [1880] Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 4

(1882) xvii-.
of acids. Dutrochet, H. [1885] Par. Mm. Ac.

Sc. 15 (1838) 281-.
comparative power in some organic liquids.

Dutrochet, H. A. C. 51 (1832) 159-.
endosmotic equivalent. Fick, A, Pogg. A.

92 (1854) 883-.
. Hoffmann, C, E, E. (vi Adds,) Btr.

An. PI. 2 (1860) 59-.

endosmotic equivalent and the endosmotic

theory. Ludwig, C. Henle u. Pfeafer Z.

8 (1849) 1-.
experiments. Draper, J, W, Franklin I. J.

17 (1886) 177- ; 18 (1886) 27-.
— . Jolly, P. Henle u. Pfeufer Z. 7 (1849)

88-.
explanation. Barreswil, L. C. A. J. Phm.

19 (1851) 126.
forces which produce. Rosenstiehl, A, C. B.

70 (1870) 617-.
and formation of cells. TrauJbe, M. [1866]

Arch. An. PI. (1867) 87-, 129-.
of gases. Jamin, J. C. B. 48 (1856) 284-.

. Matteueci, C. N. Cim. 17 (1863) 5-.

r. SainU-Claire Deville, H. N. Cim. 17

(1863) 16-.
history. Parrot, G. F. Pogg. A. 70 (1847)

171-.
phenomena independent of electricity. Proven-

zali, F. S. Bm. At. N. Line. 24 (1871) 359-.
and its physical cause. Dutrochet, H. A. C.

49 (1832) 411-.
production of high hydrostatic pressure by.

PMer, W. Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1875)

276-.
of sodium sulphate. Schmidt, W, Pogg. A.

102 (1857) 122-.
theory. Uazer, J, Boser u. Wunderlich Arch.

15 (1856) 194-.
— , molecular. Fuchs, K. Exner Bpm. 26

(1890) 358-.

exosmosis, experiments. Jeffreys, J, (nAdds.)

Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 10-.
experimental mvestigation. Ritchie, W. B.

S. P. 3 (1831) 61.
explanation ; theory of residuo-capillary attrac-
tion. Power, J. [1834] Camb. Ph. S. T.

5 (1835) 205-.
of gases, relation to function of respiration.

Faust, E. D. Am. J. Md. Sc. 7 (1830) 28-.
influence of pressure. Becquerel, A, C. C. B.

75 (1872) 60-; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 88 (1873)

327-.

Evaporation of alcohol and fresh plant juices
in animal bladders. Schweins^g, H. (?)
(VI Adds.) Mg. Phm. 21 (1828) 22-.

water from dilute alcohol through blad-
der. Sommerring, S. T. van. [1809-20]
Miinch. D. (1811-12) 278-; (1818-20) 245-;
(1823-24) 101-.

(von Sdmmerring).

Geiger, P. L. (vi Adds.) Mg. Phm. 10
(1825) 43-.

Molecular mechanics, principles and applica-
tions, and endosmosis. Fusinieri, A. A. Sc.
Lomb. Yen. 8 (1838) 26-, 88-, 148-, 261-.

— — , — , defence. Fusinieri, A, A. So.
Lomb. Yen. 9 (1841) 289-; 12 (1842) {App.)
88 + 27 + 13 pp.

Osmosis of alcohol through gutta-percha.
Gu4hhard, A. As. Fr. C. B. 8 (1879) 410-.

— and its applications. Dubrttnfaut, — . C.
B. 41 (1865) 834-.

— applied to oenology. Carpent, A. [1878]
(xn) St. Sp. Ag. It. 2 (1874) 14»-.

66

0310 Osmosis. Osmotic Pressure

Osmosis as basis of persistent suspension.
Skey, W, [1878] N. Z. I. T. 11 (1879) 48&-.

— through bladder. [Witting , E, noTi]B&xterf
— . GUbert A. 74 (1828) 424-.

— of gases. Kii^hovik^t V, A, Bs. Ps.-G.
8. J. 29 (C.) (1897) 627-.

— , influence of flow of liquid, porosity of
membrane, etc., on phenomena. Wibel, F,
Hamb. Nt. Vr. Ab. 7 (Ah. 2) (1883) 67-.

— , pressure. JWco, v. Bv. Sc.-lnd.

28 a891) 186-, 268-.

— of liquids through animal membranes.
Flutin, G. C. K. 131 (1900) 1308-.

caoutchouc membrane. Fltuin, G.

C. B. 126 (1898) 1497-.

— in plant and animal cells. Struve, H.
[1876-76] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 21 (1876)
243- ; 22 (1877) 633-.

ceUs. Traube,M. D. Nf. Tbl. (^1874)

191-.
. RHnke, J. Bt. Ztg. 33 (1876)

426-.
. Traube, M, Bt. Ztg. 36 (1878)

241-, 657-, 673-, 689-.
— through precipitated membranes. Tammanfit

G. A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 299-.

— of salts and constitution of solutions.
Enklaar, J. E. Arch. N^rl. 17 (1882) 232-.

— , theory. Liebig, J. von. Lieb. A. 121

(1862) 7a-.
— , — . Nagy, I. [1886] Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk.

(Termt.) 16 (1886) No. 14, 1- ; Mth. Nt. B.

Ung. 3 (1884-86) 66-.
— , — and uses. Dubrunfaut, — . Les Mondes

14 (1867) 660-.
Osmotic action in plants. Rodewald^ H, D.

Bt. Gs. B. 10 (1892) 83-.

— equilibrium. Gouy^ — , dt Chaperon, G.
A. G. 13 (1888) 120-.

. PoMOt, — . Par. S. Pa. S6. (1896)

121-.
and gravity. Gouy, — , db Chaperon^ O.

J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 44-.

— experiments witn living membranes. Vries,
H. de. Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 416-.

— force. Graham, T. Phil. Trans. (1864)
177-.

of dilute solutions. Frie«, H. de. G. B.

97 (1883) 1083-.

— investigations. Baranetzky, J. A. Ps. G.
147 (1872) 196-.

. Pfeffer, W. A. Ps. G. Beibl. 2 (1878)

182-.

— phenomena in filtration. JAvu^ J. V. (xn)
Z. Zuckin. 2 (1873) 467-.

OSMOTIG PBESSUBE.

Planek, M. Z. Ps. G. 6 (1890) 187-.
Badger, J. W. [1892] Nt. 47 (1892-93) 103-.
Pickering, S. [1892] Nt. 47 (1892-93) 176-.
Naeeari, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893)

[Sem. 1) 237-.
Magnanini, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893)

(Sem. 1) 416-.
Naeeari, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893)

(Sem. 2) 186-.
Hoff, J. H. van't. Bv. Sc. 1 (1894) 677-.

Osmotic Pressnre 0310

Poynting, J. H. Ph. Mg. 42 (1896) 289-.
Whetham, W. C. D. Nt. 64 (1896) 671-.
Poynting, J. H. [1896] Nt. 66 (1896-97) 33.
SpeyerB, C. L. Am. G. S. J. 20 (1898) 679-.
of flJbuminous liquids, determination by lower-
ing of freezing point. Hamburger, H. J.

Bee. Tr. G. P.-Bas 13 (1894) 67-.
and analogy between solutions and gases.

Hoff, J. H. van't. Z. Ps. G. 1 (1887) 481-.
of blood. Eijkman, C. Yirch. Arch. 143

(1896) 448-.
causes, and simplicity of laws of dilute solutions.

Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 44 (1897) 493-.
in cells of leaves. Dixon, H. H. [1896] Ir.Ac.

P. 4 (1896-98) 61-.
plants, determination of atomic weight

by. Schreber, K. [1894] N.-Vorp. Mt. 26

(1896) 161-.

of concentrated solutions. Eioan, T. Z. Ps.
G. 31 (1899) 22-.

and contraction coefficient of saline solutions.
Monti, V. Bv. Sc.-lnd. 26 (1893) 122-.

dependence on affinity between solvent and
solute. Jakovkin, A. A. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 29
(C.) (1897) 649-.

of dexU'ine and gum, molecular masses deter-
mined by. Linebarger, C. E. Am. J. Sc. 43
(1892) 426-.

— dilute solutions (sugar) . Ponsot, A. G. B.
126 (1897) 867-; Par. S. G. Bll. 19 (1898) 9-.

. Ponsot, A. G. B. 128 (1899) 1447-.

and dissociation and electrolysis. Bettel, W,

S. Afr. G. Mtl. S. J. 2 (1899) 64-.
. Oettingen, A. von. S. Afr. G.

Mtl. S. P. 2 (1897-99) 643-, 656-.
^- electrolytic aissociation. Armstrong, H. E.

[1896] Nt. 56 (1896-97) 78-.

. Traube, J. Berl. B. 31 (1898) 154-.

estimation of alterations during electrolysis.

Mott,—. [1895] Z. Elektch. (1895-96) 86-.
experiment. Nemst, W. Z. Ps. G. 6 (1890) 37-.

— (Nemst), and definition of osmotic pressure.
Brovm, C. Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900) 439-.

and freezing point. Arrhenius, S. A. Ps. G.

61 (1894) 493-.

and electric conductivity. Reicher,

L. T. Mbl. Nt. (1888) 108-.
of solutions. Dieterici, C. A. Ps. G.

62 (1894) 263-.

— heat of solution, theory. Dieterici, C. A.
Ps, G. 45 (1892) 207-, 589-.

influence of acids and alkalis on determination
by means of red blood corpuscles. Ham-
burger, H. J. Bee. Tr. G. P.-Bas 11 (1892)
61-.

— — molecular association of liquids on.
Crompton, H. G. S. P. 13 (1898) 226-.

isotonic coefficients of salts. Vries, H. de, Z.

Ps. G. 3 (1889) 103-.
measurement. Tammann, G. Z. Ps. G. 9

(1892) 97-.
— . Naccari, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6

(1897) (Sem. 1) 32-.

of mixed solutions. Jakovkin, A. A. Bs. Ps.-
G. 8. J. 32 (C.) (1900) 721- ; G. S. J. 80
(1901) (Abs.,Pt. 2) Q7^.

in mixtures of 2 solvents. Nemst, W. Z. Ps.
G. 11 (1893) 1-.

67

£2

0310 Osmotic Pressure

molecular weight determinations from. Laden-

bwg. A, Berl. B. 22 (1889) 1225-.
nature. Meyer, L. Z. Ps. C. 5 (1890) 29-.
— . Hoff, J. H. vanH, Z. Ps. C. 5 (1890)

174-.
— . Nannij R. Rm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6

(1890) (Sem. 1) 175-.

— . Magnaninij O. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2

(1893) {Sem. 2) 268-.

_, kinetic. Bredig, Q. Z. Ps. C. 4 (1889)

AAA

and partial pressure of mixed liquids. Gugliel-

mo, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892)

(Sem. 1) 294-.
produced by seeds absorbing water. Gr^hant, N.

Par. S. Bl. Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.) 850- ; 41

(1889) (C. R.) 280-.
relation to van*t HofiF's law. Goodtoin, H. M.,

dt Burgesi, G. K. Ps. Bv. 7 (1898) 171-.
of salts in solution. Adie, R. H. C. S. J. 59

(1891) 344-.

ana semipermeable films. Gibbs, J. W. Kt.

55 (1896-97) 461-.
membrane. Kelvin, (Lord). Edinb. B.

S. P. 21 (1897) 323-.
of solutions of limited concentration. Etoan, T.

[1893-94] Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <S^ P. 8

(1894) 130- ; Z. Ps. C. 14 (1894) 409-.

and surface tension, relation between. Ar-

rhenhu, S. Z. Ps. C. 3 (1889) 115-.
of solutions, relation between. Moore,

B. Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 279-.
theory. Gruzincev, A. P. [1894] Kharkov

Mth. S. Com. 4 (1895) 165- ; Fschr. Ps. (1894)

(Ab. 1) 555.
— . Larmor, J. Camb. Ph. 8. P. 9 (1898)

240-.
— . Schreber, K. D. Nf. Vh. (1898) (Th. 2,

HdlfU 1) 68-.

— of Yan*t Hoff. Carnegie, D. J. C. N. 63
(1891) 167-.

, and kinetic gas theory. BoUz-

mann, L. Z. Ps. C. 6 (1890) 474- ; 7 (1891)

88-.
, proof. Rayleigh, (Lord). Nt. 55

(1896-97) 253-.
, — (Bayleigh). Domuin, F. G,

[1897] Nt. 57 (1897-98) 53-.
— , and hypothesis of electrolytic dissociation.

Crompton, H. C. S. J. 71 (1897) (Pt. 2)

925-.
— , molecular. Fuche, K. Ezner Bpm. 27

(1891) 176-.
-^, and nature of solutions. Pickering, S. U.

L. Ps. 8. P. 10 (1890) 354-; Ph. Mg. 29

(1890) 490-.
and thermodynamics of solutions. Schiller,

N. N. Bs. Ps-C. 8. J. 30 (Pt.) (1898) 159- ;

A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 291-.

— vapour pressure. Noyet,A.A.,dtAbhot,C.G.
[1896] Z. Ps. C. 23 (1897) 56-.

, relation between. Noyes, A. A. Z.

Ps. C. 35 (1900) 707-.
of solutions. Raoult, F. M. C. B.

105 (1887) 857-.

— variance. Trevor, J. E. J. Ps. C. 1 (1896-
97)849-.

Biffiudon 0320

Osmotic properties of cell, effect of different

groups. Overton, E. Zflr. Vjachr. 41 (1896)

(Festtekr., Th. 2) 383-.
Permeability of membranes, and applicability to

dialysis. Zott, A. A. Ps. C. 27 (1886) 829-.
precipitated membranes, rajimiaiifi, G.

05tt. Nr. (1891) 213-.

— — — — (Tammann). Meerburg, J, H,
Z. Ps. C. 11 (1893) 446-.

red corpuscles, and isotonic ooeffioients.

Hamburger, H. J. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 7

(1890) 15-.
tiles. Raddi, A. Bv. So.Ind. 26 (1894)

169-, 179-.
Porous bodies, passage of alcoholic liquors

through. Gal, H. C. B. 95 (1882) 844-;

96 (1883) 338-.

— plate, mixing of liquids through. Jeriehau,
E. B. Pogg. A. 34 (1835) 613-.

8emipermeable memoranes and diffusion.

Walden, P. Z. Ps. C. 10 (1892) 699-.
, nature. Mijert, J. Bee. Tr. G. P.-Bas

17 (1898) 177-.
, preparation. Kanovalov, D. P. Bs. Ps.-

C. 8. J. 31 (C.) (1899) 153- ; C. Ztg. 23

(1899) 336.
Septum permeable to water but not to air.

Thomson, (Sir) W. B. A. Bp. (1880) 488-.
Solutions, tneory. Andrews, L, W. [1894]

Iowa Ac. 8c. P. 2 (1895) 13-.

0320 DifFoBion of Gases, Liqnids,
and Solids. EfEtision. Trans-
piration. {See also Chemistry
7155.)

Apparatus employed by Graham in his re-
searches. RoberU-Atuten, W, C. Nt. 14
(1876) 511-.

DIFFUSION.

FUk,A. Pogg. A. 94 (1855) 59-.

Guillaume, —. Neuch. BU. 4 (1856-58) 235-.

Hoffmann, H. Pogg. A. 117 (1862) 263-.

Jahn, J. N. 2iva (1863) 56-.

Dubrunfaut, — . C. B. 63 (1866) 838-; 66

(1868) 354-.
Luynet, V. de. J. Phm. 9 (1869) 189-, 191-.
JottZtn, L. C. B. 90 (1880) 741- ; A. C. 22

(1881)898-.
JHxon, W. A. G. N. 60 (1889) 164.
Anderttohn, A. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1890)

(Ab. 2) 61-.
coefficient, variation with temperature. Heen,

— de. Brux. 8. 8c. A. 8 (1884) (Pt. 1) 69.
coefficients, determination. Gribqjidov, S,

Bs. Ps.C. 8. J. 25 (Pt.) (1893) 36-; J. de

Ps. 3 (1894) 233.
in cylinder under action of gravity. Dee

Coudret, T. A, Ps. C. 55 (1895) 218-.
equation, integration. Boltgmann, L. Mflnch.

Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 211-.
equations, Kirchhoff*s, reduction. Farkae, G.

Mth. Termt. its. 16 (1898) 201- ; Mth. Nt.

B. Ung. 16 (1899) 97-.

68

0320 Difhuion of Oases

and evaporation. Odling^ W, B. I. P. 7
(1878) 156-.

experiments. Beyerinck^ M, W. Z. Ps. G. 3
(1889) 110-.

graphio recorder. Reffnardt P* Par. S. Bl.
Mm. 41 (1889) (C. R.) 14-.

and the kinetic tneory. Maxwell, J, C. Nt.
8 (1873) 39&>.

phenomena. Hoppe-Seyler, F, [1866] Md. C.
Us. 1 (1866-71) 1-.

— . Wmer, F. D. C. Os. B. 4 (1871) 10-.

— , evaporation and solution. Stefan, J, Wien
Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) {Ab. 2a) 1418-.

phenomenon. Lemsen, E, Erdm. J. Pr. C.
85 (1862) 416-.

prodaoed by temperatore differences, demonstra-
tion. Ahegg, JR. Z. Ps. C. 26 (1898) 161-.

static, of gases and liquids in relation to assimi-
lation of carbon and translocation in plants.
Brown, H, T, d Etambe, F. Phil. Trans.
(B) 193 (1900) 223-.

iheoiy. Dupri, A., dt DuprS, P. C. B. 62
(1866) 1072-.

— . Nemst, W. Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 613-.

— . Bo^e, E, Z. Ps. 0. 29 (1899) 658-.

— . Wiedeburg, 0. Z. Ps. C. 30 (1899) 686-.

DIFFUSION OF GASES.

Dalkm, J, [1803] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 1

(1805) 259-.
Onion, W. Chemist 5 (1844) 112-.
Thowuan, T. S. Ph. Mg. 25 (1844) 51-; 27

(1845) 34&-; (vi Adds,) 25 (1844) 282-.
Broek, J, H. van den, Utr. Scheik. Oz. 5

(1851) 489-.
Lang, V, von, Wien Sb. 63 (1871) {Ah. 2)

604-.
Wr6hlew8ki,Z, (xn) Kosmos (Lw.) 3 (1878) 8-.
Moutier, J, Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 5 (1881) 136-.
BolUmann, L. [1882-83] Wien Ak. Sb. 86

(1883) {Ab, 2) 63-; 88 (1884) {Ab, 2) 835-.
WaiU, K, A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 201-, 351-.
Oro98, Q. [1889] A. Ps. C. 40 (1890) 424-.
Toepler, M, A. Ps. C. 58 (1896) 599-.
BHUauin, M, [1899-1900] A. C. 18 (1899)

433-; Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 380-.
Air and carbon dioxide, variability of coefficient

of diffusion between. Hau$maninger, V,

Wien Ak. Sb. 86 (1883) (Ab, 2) 1073-.
— , diffusion through water. Barus, C, Am.

J. Sc 9 (1900) 397-.
— , moist and dry, diffusion between. Dufour,

L, C. B. 78 (1874) 961- ; Laus. S. Vd. Bll.

13 (1874-75) 16^, 608-.
— • — , . Reusch, F. E, von. A,

Ps. G. 152 (1874) 365-.
— , , (Dufour). Kundt, A. A.

Ps. 0. 2 (1877) 17-.
— , passage of one kind into another through

interposing substances. Priestley, J. Am.

Ph. 8. T. 6 (1802) 14-.
— , — through porous bodies with very small

pressure differences. Christiani, A. Arch.

An. PI. (PI. Ab,) (1882) 112-.
Apparatus for demonstratiion. Dvordk, V. Nt.

48 (1898) 79.
. McLeod,H. Nt. 48 (1893 104.

Difhsion of Oases 0320

Atmolysis. Tegetmeier, W. B. Intell. Obs. 4
a864) 414-.

Atmolytic action of membrane of hen*s eggs.
Rodendorf, A. A. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 31 (C.)
(1899) 482-; G. Ztg. 23 (1899) 658-.

— flow of gases. Christiansen, C, A. Ps. G.
41 (1890) 565-.

Buildmg materials, porosity. Mdrcker, M.

A. Lndw. 58 (1871) 65-.

, -.. Lang, C. Z. Bl. 11 (1875) 313-.

Gaoutchouc, permeability to gases. Peyron, — .

G. B. 13 (1841) 820-.
— , porosity, dialysis of gas. Payen, A, G. B.

63 (1866) 533-.
Garbon dioxide, diffusion through liquids.

Stefan, J, Wien Ak. Sb. 77 (1878) (Ab, 2)

371-.

— — , — — porous walls. Permeability of
building materials for gases. Maercker, M, H.
(xn) Lndw. Jb. 6 (1877) (Suppl, 1) 1-.

Garbonic oxide, passage through cast iron

stoves. Coidier, — . J. Phm. 8 (1868) 246-.
Gement pores, laws of flow of gases through,

uses in conduction of coal gas Viard, — .

[1851] A. G. 43 (1855) 314-, 482-.
Goefficients, dependence on temperature.

Obermayer, A, von, Wien Ak. Sb. 81 (1880)

(Ab. 2) 1102-.
— , gases in water. HUfner, G, A. Ps. G. 60

(1897) 134-.

Golloidal membranes, passage of gases through.

BarthiUmy, A. G. B. 77 (1873) 427-.
Gonstants, gases in liquids, dependence on

viscosity of liquid. WrtSblewski, S, von.

[1878] A. Ps. G. 7 (1879) 11-.
Dialysis and absorption of gases by colloid

septa. Graham, T, Phil. Trans. 156 (1866)

399-.
Diffusion through absorbing substances.

Wrdblewski, S, von. A. Ps. G. 158 (1876)

539-.
. Karlovszky, G. Termt. Kdzl.

18 (1886) 369-, 40^.
caoutchouc. Aronstein, L,, db Sirks, — .

Z. G. 2 (1866) 260-.
. Kayser, H. A. Ps. G. 43 (1891)

544-.
. Arsonval, — d*. G. B. 128 (1899)

1545-.
gelatin. Hagenbaeh, A, A. Ps. G. 65

(1898) 673-.

— — homogeneous solids. Sainte-Claire
DevilU, IH. non] C. J. G. B. 59 (1864) 102-.

— — hydrophane of Gzemowitza. HUfner,
C. G, A. Ps. G. 16 (1882) 253-.

— — liquid films. Pranghe, J, A. Ps. G.
Beibl. 2 (1878) 202-.

— in liquid, viscous and solid substances, laws,
Wrdblewski, Z, (xn) Kosmos (Lw.) 3 (1878)
95-, 151-, 199-, 247-; (xi) A. Ps. G. 2
(1877) 481-.

^ and occlusion of gases. Carteighe,M. Phm.
J. 3 (1873) 870-.

— through porous bodies. Matteucci, C. C.
B. 57 (1863) 251-.

— without porous partition. Losehmidt, J.
Wien Sb. 61 (1870) (Ab. 2 )367-; 62 (1870)
(Ab. 2) 468-.

69

0320 Difftision of Gases

Di£faBion through porous partition. Hanu-
mann, G. A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 545-.

, theory. Kirchhoff^ O. A. Ps. C.

21 (1884) 563-.

— and pressure of gases. Bloxam, J. C« Br.
Met. S. P. 2 (1865) 871-.

— , — question whether glass is impenetrable
for gases. Quincke, G. R, A. Ps. G. 180
(1877) 118-.

separation of gases. Chraham^ T, QJ.

So. (1829) {Pt, 2) 74-.

— through walls of soap bubbles. Miiller,
F, C. G. Berl. B. 7 (1874) 1401-. 1762-;
Osnab. Jbr. 2 (1875) 19-.

water and agar jelly. HUfner, O, Z.

Ps. C. 27 (1898) 227-.
Dynamical theory. Stefan, J. Wien Sb. 65

(1872) lAb. 2) 323-.
Effect on temperature. Dufour, L. [1873]

(iz) Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 12 (1874) 349-.
Experiment, lecture-. Winkelmann, A, A. Ps.

C. 27 (1886) 479-.
— , — . BilU, H, Z. Ps. C. 9 (1892) 152-.
— , — . Kirkland, J. B, Aust. As. Rp. (1892)

265-.
— , — . Cundall, J, T, [1898] C. S. P. 14

(1899) 40-, XXXV.
Experiments. Benigar, J. Wien Sb. 62 (1870)

{Ab. 2) 687-.
— . Obermayer^ A. von, Wien Ak. Sb. 85

(1882) {Ab. 2) 147-, 748-; 87 (1883) (Ab. 2)

188- ; 96 (1888) {Ab, 2) 546-.
Graham's aiscoveries. Odling, W, [1867]

R. I. P. 5 (1869) 12-.
Hydrogen, passage through iron. Bellati, 3f.,

dt Lussana, S. Yen. I. At. (1889-90) 1173- ;

(1890-91) 987-.
— , palladium septum. Ramsay , W. L.

Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 172- ; Ph. Mg. 38 (1894)

206-.
— , solid bodies. Lauyet, P. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 15 (1848) {pU. 2) 297-.
Law. Graham, T. [1831] Edinb. B. S. T. 12

(1834) 222-.
— . Howorth, H, H. [1874] Manch. Lt. Ph.

S. P. 14 (1875) 51-.
— , Graham's. Thomson, T. S. Ph. Mg. 4

(1834) 321-.
— , — . Boussinesq, J, C. R. 67 (1868) 319-.
— , — , consequences. Poggendorff, J, C.

Pogg. A. 28 (1833) 347-.
Method of investigation, new. Lang, V, von,

Wien Sb. 61 (1870) {Ab. 2) 288-.
Migration and siphoning of gases. Bellamy, F,

C. R. 83 (1876) 669-.
Mixed gases. Wretsehko, A, Wien Sb. 62

(1870) {Ab. 2) 575-.
, molecular motion. Thomsen, J. D. C.

Gs. B. 4 (1871) 595-.
Molecular mobility of gases. Graham, T. Phil.

Trans. (1863) 385-; C. R. 57 (1863) 181-.
Movement engendered by diffusion. Sainte^

Claire Deville, E, H, C. R. 90 (1880)

18-.
Movements of gases under influence of gravity.

Wanklyn, J, A. Ph. Mg. 22 (1861) 211-.
Penetration of gases. Mitchell, J, K, Am. J.

Md. Sc. 13 (1833) 100-.

Difftision of Oases and Liquids 0320

Penetration into red-hot earthenware pipes.

Lauwerenburgh, A,, Deimann, — , l^oostwyk^

— van, dt Vrolik, — . Scherer J. C. 4 (1800)

1-.
Penetrativeness of gases and liquids. MiUheUp

J, K. Am. J. Md. So. 7 (1830) 36-.
Perfectly elastic gases of constant temperature^

diffusion in space. Meis»el,E, [1872] Aroh.

Mth. Ps. 55 (1873) 225-.
Physics of smell. (Presidential address, Math.

and Phys. Sect.) Ayrton, W. E, B. A. Rp.

(1898) 767-.
Platinum, hot, diffusion of hydrogen through.

Sainte-Claire Deville, H., dt Trooit, L. C.

R. 56 (1863) 977-.
— , permeation by gases. RandaU, W. W,

Am. C. J. 19 (1897) 682-.
Poroscope. Christiani, A, (xn) Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. 1 (1882) 10-.
Rapid diffusion, case. Pettenkofer, M. von.

Miinch. Sb. (1872) 263-.
Separation of gases by diffusion, theoretical

considerations. Rayleigh, {Lord), Ph. Mg.

42 (1896) 493-.
Thermodiffusion, gaseous. Merget, A, C. R.

78 (1874) 884-.
_, _ (Merget). Kundt, A, A. Ps. C. 2 (1877)

17-.
— , — , in cast-iron. Merget, A. As. Fr. C. R.

(1877) 311-.
— , — , experiments. Merget, A, [1879] Bor-
deaux S. Sc. Mm. 3 (1880) xxviii-.
— , — , of moist pulverulent fx>dies. Merget, A.

As. Fr. C. R. (1875) 354-.
— , — , new observation. Merget A. [1877]

Lyon S. Ag. A. 10 (1878) xl-.
Vapour, mercury. Merget, A, [1879] Bor-
deaux S. Sc. Mm. 3 (1880) xix-.
Yapours, diffusion Uirough porous cells.

Puluj, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 75 (1877) (Ab. 2>

401-, 639-.
— and gases. Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. C. 22

(1884) 1-, 152-.
Walls of vessels, influence on movement and

composition of gases which penetrate them.

Sainte-Claire DeviUe, H. C, R. 52 (1861)

524-.
Water vapour in atmosphere. Jungk, C. O.

A. Ps. C. 130 (1867) 1-.
. Boltthauser, G, A, Catania At.

Ac. Gioen. 5 (1871) 157-.
, diffusion coefficient in air, hydrogen and

carbon dioxide. Chuglielmo, G, Tor. Ac. Sc.

At. 18 (1882) 93-.
, imperviousness of valves of air-pump to.

Laepeyres, E. A, H. A. Ps. C. 2 (1877)

478-.
Work produced by diffusion, apparatus to

illustrate. Woodward, C. J. L. Ps. S. P.

5 (1884) 317- ; Ph. Mg. 16 (1883) 375-.

DIFFUSION OF LIQUIDS.

Graham, T. [1849] Phil. Trans. vl850) 1-,

805- ; (1851) 483-.
BeiUtein, F. Lieb. A. 99 (1856) 165-.
(BeUstein.) Fick, A. Lieb. A. 102 (1857)

97-.

70

0320

Difltision of Liquids

0320

Voit, E. A. Ps. C. 180 (1867) 227-, 893-.
May, J, Carl Rpm. 11 (1875) 185-.
JohannUjanz, A, [1876] A. Ps. C. 2 (1877)

24—,
Stefan, J. [1878-79] Wien Ak. 8b. 78 (1879)

{Ah. 2) 957-; 79 (1879) (Ah, 2) 161-.
Weber, H. F. Zm, Vjaohr. 23 (1878) 826-.
Long, J. H. [1879] Ph. Mg. 9 (1880) 818-,

413-.
Coleman, J. J, Glasg. Ph. S. P. 18 (1887)

196- ; Ph. Mg. 28 (1887) 1-.
Gabriel, S. C. Ztg. 11 (1887) 476.
Wiedeburg, O. A. Ps. C. 41 (1890) 675-.
AlbamlnoQS liquids in contact with distilled

water. CommaiUe, A. Mm. Md. Mil. 27

(1871) 467-.
Apparatus. Coleman, J. J, Edinb. B. S. P.

14 (1888) 874-; 15 (1889) 249-.
Application to analysis. Graham, T, C. B.

53 (1861) 275-; Phil. Trans. (1861) 183-.

— of photometry. Wrdblewttki, Z. (xn) Krk.
Ak. (Mi.^Prt,) Bz. & Sp. 8 (1881) 154-,
xxxiz-; (n) A. Ps. C. 18 (1881) 606-.

Coefficient of sodium chloride. Marini, L.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem, 2)

135-.
Coefficients, determination. NiemdUer, F, A.

Ps. C 47 (1892) 694-.
— , solvents other than water, temperature

variation. Heen, P. de, Brux. Ac. Bll. 19

(1890) 197-.
Constants, estimation for salt solution into

pure solvents. Simmler, R. T., dt Wild, H,

Pogg. A. 100 (1857) 217-, 660.
Diffusion through cracks in glass. Fischer,

N. W. Pogg. A. 10 (1827) 481-.

— in cylindrical vessels. Ueez, R, Z. Mth.
Ps. 10 (1865) 858-.

— equilibrium of salt solution not at uniform
temperature. Horttmann, A, [1879] Heidi.
Nt. Md. Vh. 2 (1880) 818-.

— figures. Martini, T. [1877-89] Nt. 17
(1878) 87-; (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 10 (1878) 24-;
(x) N. Cim. 9 (1881) 156- ; Ven. I. At.
(1888-89) 828-.

— of liquids and absorption by solids. Cantoni,
G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 1 (1864) 183-.

— through membranes. Schumacher, W,
Pogg. A. 110 (1860) 387-.

— and osmosis. Krysingki, S. Jena. Sb,
(1884) 22-.

— through porous diaphragms. Brilcke, E,
Pogg. A. 58 (1848) 77-.

Electric phenomena. Gerich, A, (xn) N. Bs.

S. Nt. Mm. 8 {No, 1) (1882) 35 pp.
Experiment, lecture-. Vries, H. de, [1884]

MbL Nt (1882-84) 118- ; Arch. N^ri. 20

(1886) 86-.
— , remarkable. Biimstein, R, Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1888) 9-.
Fresh water, diffusion into sea water. Thoulet, J,

C. B. 112 (1891) 1068-.
Law. Vernon, H, M. C. N. 62 (1890)

275-.
— , and new diffusiometers. XJmov, N, Bs.

Pb.4?. S. J. 23 (P$,) (1891) 835-.
Ifercniy, passage through lead. Henry, J.

[1889] Am. Ph. S. P. 1 (1840) 82-.

Metals and alloys, solution and diffusion in
mercury. Humphrey », W. J, C. S. J. 69
(1896) 1679-.

— in mercury, diffusion constants. Meyer, G,
A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 225- ; 64 (1898) 752-.

, — and solution. Humphrey », W. J,

C. S. J. 69 (1896) 243-.
, — (Humphreys). Roberts-

Autten, — . C. S. P. 12 (1897) 219-.
Microhydrophorus (instrument for transfusion

experiments, etc.). Gregorio, A. de, [1892]
• Palermo Ac. At. 8 (1895) (Sc, Nt.) 48 (ter)-.
Molecular diffusion. Chevrier, G. (xn) Metz

Ac. Mm. 49 {Pt. 2) (1869) 207-.

— force, influence. Wrdblewski, Z, [1881]
(xn) Krk. Ak. {Mt.-Prz.) Bz. & Sp. 9 (1882)
245-, xvii-.

Movement engendered by diffusion. SainXe-
Claire DevUU, E, H, C. B. 90 (1880)
18-.

Organic and inorganic compounds. Schefer,
J, D, R. [1881-83] Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 17

(1882) 312- ; 19 (1884) 89-; Arch. N^eri. 18

(1883) 325-.

Penetrativeness of gases and liquids. MitcheU,
J. K. Am. J. NId. Sc. 7 (1830) 36-.

Salts, acid solutions of mixtures of, experi-
ments. HinUregger, F. Berl. B. 12 (1879)
1619-.

— , diffusion during evaporation of solutions.
Fusinieri, A. A. Sc. Lomb. Ven. 6 (1886)
241-.

— in solution. Lang, J. H. [1879] A. Ps. C.
9 (1880) 613-.

. Sehuhmeiater, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 79

(1879) {Ab. 2) 603-.
. Enklaar, J. E, Utr. Prv. Gn.

Aant. (1881) 32-.
, coefficient of diffusion, temperature

variation. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 8

(1884) 219-.

— — — , diffusion, regularity. Sachsee, R.
C. CB. 5 (1874) 287-.

, — , simultaneous. Marignac,J, C, G.

de, C. B. 78 (1874) 1523- ; Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 60 (1874) 89-.
, — in water. Beez, — . Schldmilch

Z. 4 (1859) 212- ; 7 (1862) 327-.
Solutions, aqueous. Scheffer, J, D. R, Z. Ps.

C. 2 (1888) 390-.
— , — . Arrhenius, S, Sk. Nf. F. (1892)

358-.
— , dilute, effect of initial concentration.

Kawalki, W. A. Ps. C. 59 (1896) 637-.

— of unequal temperature. Ludwig, C, Wien
SB. 20 (ia56) 539.

— , viscous. Eckhard, C, (vi Adds,) Btr.

An. PI. 3 (1863) 51-.
Substances in solution. Abegg, R, Stockh.

Ofv. (1892) 517-.
. Arrhenius, S, [1892] Stockh. Ak.

Hndl. Bh. 18 {Afd. 1) (1893) No, 8, 52 pp. ;

Z. Ps. C. 10 (1892) 51-.
. Wiedeburg, 0, Z. Ps. C. 10 (1892)

509-.
. Pickenng, 8. U. Ph. Mg. 35 (1898)

127-.

71

0320

Effusion and Transpiration

Liquids 0820

Snbstanoes in solution, apparatus for measuring
diffusion. Griffiths, A, L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899)
44a- ; Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 630-.

Wateri diffusion through indiarubber. Lundie,
a. A. Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900) 258-.

DIFFUSION OF SOLIDS.

Cohan, A. C. B. 94 (1882) 26-.
Carbon. FioUe, J. G. B. 94 (1882) 28-.
Gold, in solid lead. BoherU Austen, (Sir) W.

[1900] B. S. P. 67 (1901) 101-.
Impalpable powder, into solid body. Marsden,

R, S. Edinb. B. S. P. 10 (1880) 712-.
Metals, inter-diffusion. Des Coudres, T, D.

Nf. Vh. (1890) {Th, 2) 64-.
— , solid and fluid. Roberts-Austen, W. C.

PhU. Trans. (A) 187 (1897) 883-.
— , — , — fluids, properties common to.

RoherU' Austen, W. C. [1886] B. I. P. 11

(1887) 396-.
Solids, inter-diffusion. Colson, A, C. R. 93

(1881) 1074-.
Sulphides, diffusion through steel. Campbell,

E. D. Am. C. J. 18 (1896) 707-.

EFFUSION.

of gases. Graham, T, B. A. Bp. (1846) (pt. 2)

28 ; Phil. Trans. (1846) 673- ; (1849) 349-.
. Neyreneuf, V. C. B. 90 (1880) 1487- ;

92 (1881) 713-.
. Mitinskij, A. I, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 30

{Ps.) (1898) 206- ; J. de Ps. 9 (1900) 67.
, laws. Sandrucci, A. Bm. B. Ao. Lino.

Bd. 2 (1893) {Sem. 2) 209-.
, lecture experiment. Freer, P, C, Z.

Ps. C. 9 (1892) 669-.

— — (air) at different pressures through
different orifices and tubes. Magrini, L.
MU. At. I. Lomb. 1 1(1868) 333-.

through small orinoe at different tempe-
ratures. Timofejew, W. Z. Ps. C. 6 (1890)
686-.

in thin wall. Segnitz, E. Pogg.

A. Ill (1860) 474-.

— hydrogen. Osann, G, Erdm. J. Pr. C. 18
(1839) 486-.

velocities of efflux, specific heats and mean
squares of velocity for gases, relations.
Franchis, G. de, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1
(1886) 208-, 884.

TBANSPIBATION.

GASES.

Faraday, M. A. C. 6 (1817) 298- ; QJ. So. 7

(1819) 106-.
Graham, T. B. A. Bp. (1846) {pt, 2) 28;

Phil. Trans. (1846) 673- ; (1849) 349-.
Air, effect of temperature. G\ithrie, Francis,

L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879) 246-; Ph. Mg. 6

(1878) 433-.

— at different pressures, flow through granular
materials. Tufts, F. L. [1900] N. Y. Ao.
A. 13 (1900-01) 608-.

Air, velocity. Zwaardemaker, H, [1900] Cb.

PI. 14 (1901) 386-.
Dimensional properties of matter in gaseous

state. Reynolds, O. [1879] Phil. Trans.

170 (1880) 727-.
Thermal transpiration. Reynolds, O. B. 8. P.

30 (1880) 300-.
Vapours. Meyer, L. Berl. B. 11 (1878) 20S-;

A. Ps. C. 7 (1879) 497-.
— . Meyer, L., db Schumann, 0. Berl. B. 14

(1881) 693-; A. Ps. C. 13 (1881) 1-.
— . Steudd, V. A. Ps. G. io (1882) 360-.
— . Meyer, L. A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 394-.

LIQVIDS.

Girard,P,S. Par. Mm. de PI. (1813-15) 249-;

Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 1 (1816) 187-, 260-.
Lehot, C. J, Gilbert A. 66 (1820) 64-.
PoiseuilU, J. L. M. Par. 8. Phhn. PV. (1838)

1-; G. B. 11 (1840) 961-, 1041-; 12 (1841)

112- ; Par. Mm. Sav. Etr. 9 (1846) 433-.
(Poiseuille.) Regnault, V. G. B. 16 (1842)

1167-
Poiseuille, J. L. M. G. B. 24 (1847) 1074- ;

A. G. 21 (1847) 76-.
Mathieu, 6. G. B. 67 (1863) 320-.
(Poiseuille.) Boussinesq, J. G. B. 65 (1867)

46-.
Tait, P. G. [1873] (xi) Edinb. B. 8. P. 8

(1876) 208-.
Gueraut, A. G. B. 78 (1874) 361- ; 81 (1875)

1026- ; 83 (1876) 1291-.
Nagy,L Reg^xzy-. [1883] (xn) Mag. Tud.

Ak. Etk. (Term.) 13 (1884) (No. 7) 1-; Mth.

Nt. B. Ung. 1 (1882-83) 232-.
CoUon, A, G. B. 113 (1891) 740-.
Ghemical composition, transpiration in relation

to. Graham, T. G. B. 63 (1861) 774- ; Phil.

Trans. (1861) 373-.
Effect of temperature. Guerout, A. G. B. 79

(1874) 1201-.
Evaporation and transpiration, influence of

electricity. Wirtz, W, A. Ps. G. 87 (1889)

616-.
Mercury. Warburg, E. A. Ps. G. 140 (1870)

367-.
— . ViUari, E. Bologna Ao. Sc. Mm. 6 (1875)

487-.
Microrheometer, apparatus for measuring rate

of transpiration. Hannay, J. B, [1878]

PhU. Trans. 170 (1879) 275-.
— , Hannay's, viscosity of water determined by.

Bamett, R. E, B. S. P. 66 (1894) 25^.
Passage through filters, capillary tubes, etc.

Brunhes, J. [1879] TouJ. Ao. So. Mm. 8

(1881) (App,) 161 pp.
Poiseuille's law, deviations from. Wetzstein, G.

A. Ps. G. 68 (1899) 441-.
, lecture demonstration. RUntgen, TT. C.

A. l>s. G. 20 (1883) 268-.
Salt solutions. SchuUe, F, G. GB. 3 (1872)

706-.
. Hiibener, T. A. Ps. G. 160 (1873)

248-.
Use of transpiration in scienoe and technology.

Loewenthal, J, Fresenios Z. 10 (1871) 298-;

11 (1872) 43-.

72

0325 Visoosity of FlnidB

0325 ViBcodty of Fluids (Internal
Friction). iSee oho Chemistry
7170.)

LwndquUt, C. O. Ups. Irsk. (1875) (Mth.)

(No, 8) 26 pp.
Wtjkander, E. A. [1878] A. Pb. C. Beibl. 8

(1879) 8-.
SlotU, K. F, Helsingf. 5fv. 82 (1890) 116-.
MUUel, K, A. Ps. C. 48 (1891) 15-; 44 (1891)

787.
Brodmann, C. A. Ps. 0. 45 (1892) 159-.

SlotU, K, F. Helsingf. Ofv. 87 (1895) 11-.
Change of order of visooeity on passing from

fluid to solid. Baru», C. Ph. Mg. 29 (1890)

837-.
Damping of oscillations by air. Sang, E.

Edinb. B. S. P. 16 (1890) 181-.

— — — in measuring instruments, by air.
Tnpler, A, A. Ps. C. 149 (1878) 416-.

— — — of solids in fluids. KlemeriHit I.
[1881] Wien Ak. Sb. 84 (1882) (Ab. 2)
146-.

Fluids in corresponding states. Haas, M. de.

Amst. Ak. Vs. [2] (1894) 126- ; 8 (1895)

62-.
Measure, absolute, for viscosity. Ohermayer,

A, von, Carl Bpm. 15 (1879) 682-.

MEASUREMENT OF VISCOSITY,

MarguUs, M. Wien Ak. Sb. 88 (1881) {Ab. 2)

588-.
Redwood, B. S. C. In. J. 5 (1886) 121- ; 6

(1887) 412.
MiiU, E. J, S. C. In. J. 5 (1886) 148-.
Af«Gitt, A. [1894] Cn. Be. Sc. 6 (1896) 158-.
Oiiye, P. A,, dt Friderieh, L, Par. S. C. Bll.

19 (1898) 164-.
correction for ends of tubes. Couette, M. J. de

Ps. 9 (1890) 560-.
improvements. Kisiling, R, Z. Angew. C.

(1896) 601-.
and influence of magnetisation and electrifica-
tion. K&nig, W, A. Ps. C. 25 (1885) 618-.
method. Meuer, 0, E. A. Ps. C. 43 (1891) 1-;

44 (1891) 787.
— , efflux. Hagenbaeh, E. Basel Vh. 2 (1860)

682-.
— , Maxwell's. Schmidt, T. S, A. Ps. C. 16

(1882) 63a .

— of oscillating discs. Qroismann, L, [1880]
A. Pb. C. 16 (1882) 619-.

— — oscillations. Meyer, 0. E, [1887]
Munch. Ak. Sb. 17 (1888) 843-; Bresl. Schl.
Os. Jbr. (1887) 173-.

ViMcoHmeters,

Babcoek, 8. M. [1886] J. Anal. C. 1 (1887)

151-.
Engler, C. Z. Angew. C. (1892) 725-.
Lunge's. Seheurer, F. Mulhouse S. In. Bll.

66 (1896) 57-.
lor oils. W., V. ' Bv. So.-Ind. 18 (1886) 210-.

Viscosity of Oases 0325

for oils. Engler, C, dt KUnkler, A. Dingier
276 (1890) 42-; 279 (1891) 115-.

. Zukovskij, N, E, Mosc. S. Sc. Bll. 78

{No. 1) (1891) 25-; Fschr. Ps. (1891) (Ab. 1)
262.

(lubricating). KUnkler, A. Dingier 290

(1893) 281-.

simple. Wendriner, M, Z. Angew. C. (1894)
545-.

~. KUsling, R. Z. Angew. C. (1894) 642.

standards. Engler, C. Dingier 286 (1892) 210-.

for sugar manufacture. Dupont, F, Z. Vr.
Biibenzuckin. 47 (1897) {Th. ^ 926-.

torsion-. Doolittle, 0. S. Am. £ng. & Bail-
road J. 67 (1898) 583-.

Oil and air, friction between. MarkovtU, S,

Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) {Ab, 2a) 785-.
Pendulums, motion, effect of viscosity. Stokee^

O. Q, [1850] Camb. Ph. S. T. 9 (1856) [8]-.
Physico-chemical investigation, new metnod.

Hannay, J. B. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 11 (1879)

484-.
Beeistance and viscosity. Rennie, G, Phil.

Trans. (1831) 423-.
Theory. Meyer, 0. E. Crelle J. Mth. 78

(1874) 130- ; 80 (1875) 815-.
Variation with chemical composition. Handl,

A„dt'PHhram,R, [1878-81] Wien Ak. Sb.

78 (1879) (^6. 2) 113- ; 80 (1880) {Ab. 2) 17-;

84 (1882) (Ab. 2) 717-.
density. Warburg, E., (C Babo, C. H, L.

von, A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 390-.
temperature. Barus, C. Am. J. Sc. 44

(1892) 255.
and chemical composition. GraeU,

— . D. Nf. Tbl. (1887) 83.

— — — , empirical formulfB. Duff, A. W,
Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 404-*

, Bosencranz's observations. Meyer,

0. E. A. Ps. C. 2 (1877) 387-.

velocity. ilie,B, J. de Ps. 1 (1882) 224-.

VISCOSITY OF GASES,

Faraday, M. A. C. 5 (1817) 298-.

Meyer, 0. E. A. Ps. C. 125 (1865) 177-, 401-,

564-; 127 (1866) 253-, 853-; 148 (1873) 1-,

203-.
Meyer, O.E.,dt SpHngmUM, F. [1872] A. Ps.

C. 148 (1873) 52&-.
Friction at a distance. Govi, G, Tor. At. Ac.

Sc. 5 (1869-70) 199-.
— , ethereal. Stewart, B, B. A. Bp. 43 (1878)

(Sect,) 32-.
— , — . Hicki, W. M. Camb. Ph. S. P. 2

(1876) 422-.
Frictional or viscous resistance in the ether.

Rowland t H.A,, Gilbert, N.E.,db McJunekin,

P. a J. H. Un. Cir. [19 (1899-1900)] 60.
Oases at high exhaustions. Crookes, W. [1881]

PhU. Trans. 172 (1882) 387-*
, decrement of arc of oscillating

plate. Stokes, G, G. [1881] Phil. Trans.

172 (1882) 435-.

— — — temperatures. Barns, C. Am. J.
Sc. 35 (1888) 407- ; A. Ps. C. 86 (1889) 858-.

73

0325 Viscosity of Specified Oases

Heating of rotating disc in vacuo. Stewart, B.,

db Tait, P. G. B. S. P. 14 (1865) 90, 889-;

16 (1867) 290- ; 21 (1878) 809-.
(Stewart and Tait). Meyer ,

O. E. A. Ps. C. 185 (1868) 285-; 186 (1869)

880-.
(Meyer). Stewart , P., dt

Tait, P, G, (n) A. Pb. C. 186 (1869) 165-.
Molecular force, and viscosity of gases. Suther-
land, W. Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 607-.
Theory. Boltzmann, L, Wien Ak. Sb. 81

(1880) {Ab. 2) 117- ; 84 (1882) (Ah. 2) 40-,

1280-.
Variation with molecalar volume. J&ger, G,

Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ah. 2a) 447-; 109

(1900) (Ah. 2a) 74-.
teonperature. Ohermayer, A. von. Wien

Ak. Sb. 78 (1876) (Ah. 2) 488-.
. Wiedemann, E, E. G. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 66 (1876) 277-.
(gases and vapours). Schumann, 0.

A. Ps. C. 28 (1884) 353-.
. Breitenhach, P. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899)

803—.
L. Rayleigh, (Lord). [1900] R. S. P.

67 (1901) 137-.
Very rarefied gas, apparatus for demonstrating

friction in. Kundt, A. A. Ps. C. 158 (1876)

568-, 660.

«

Viscosity of Specified Gases.

Air. Schneeheli, H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 14

(1885) 197-.
— , expmments. Murray, J. E. [1890] Glasg.

Ph. S. P. 22 (1891) 199-.

— and other gases. Maxwell, J, C. Phil.
Trans. 156 (1866) 249-.

— ; measurement. Tomlinson,H. [1886] Phil.

Trans. 177 (1887) 767-, 795-.
— ; — . Stokes, G. G. [1886] Phil. Trans,

177 (1887) 786-.
— ; — . (Pendulums, effect of rotation of ball

on logarithmic decrement.) Stokes, G. G.

[1886] Phil. Trans. 177 (1887) 789-.
— ; — . Fabry, C, db Perot, A. C. R. 124

(1897) 281- ; A. C. 13 (1898) 275-.
— ; — , Maxwell's method. Meyer, 0. E.

A. Ps. C. 143 (1871) 14-.
— ; — by oscillations. Braun, W., <t Kurt, A.

Carl Rpm. 18 (1882) 569-; 19 (1883) 848-.
— ; . Meyer, 0, E. Carl Rpm. 18

(1882) 697-.

— ; . Kurz, A . Exner Rpm. 19 (1888)

605-.

— , passage through porous bodies with very

small pressure differences. Christiani, A.

Arch. An. PI. (PI. Ah.) (1882) 112-.
— , variation with temperature. Ohermayer, A,

von. Wien Ak. Sb. 71 (1875) (^6. 2) 281-.
— , . Holman, S. W. [1876-86] Am.

Ac. P. 12 (1877) 41-; 21 (1886) 1-.
— , . Keen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 16

(1888) 195-.
Argon and helium. Rayleigh, (Lord). Nt. 52

(1895) 583 ; R. S. P. 59 (1896) 198-.
— , variation with temperature. Rayleigh,

(Lord). R. S. P. 66 (1900) 68-.

Viscosity of Liquids 0325

Hydrogen, variation with moisture. RayleigK

(Lord). R. S. P. 62 (1898) 112-.
Mercury vapour. Noyes, A. A., dt Goodwin^

H. M. [1896] Am. Ac. P. 32 (1897) 225-.
, variation wiUi temperature. Koch, S.

A. Ps. C. 19 (1888) 857-.
Steam at high temperatures. Cantone, M^

Rm. R. Ac. Line. Mm. 19 (1884) 258-.

VISCOSITY OF LIQUIDS.

Been, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 45 (1878) 798-.
Marangani, C. (xn) Rv. So.-Ind. 11 (1879>

144-, 188-.
Pagliani, S., (& BatuUi, A. Tor. Ac. Sc. At.

20 (1885) 607-, 845-.
Pagliani, S., dt Oddone, E. Tor. Ao. Sc. At.

22 (1886-87) 314-.
Graetz, L. A. Ps. G. 84 (1888) 25-.
Perry, J. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 286-; Ph.

Mg. 35 (1898) 441-.
Jones, 0. G. L. Ps. S. P. 18 (1895) 49-; Ph.

Mg. 87 (1894) 451-.
Petroff, N. St. P6t. Ao. So. BU. 5 (1896)

865-.
Bibliography, 1800-1889. Gee, W. W. H.

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. S (1890)

128-.
Definition. Hagenbach-Bischof, E. Arch. So.

Ps. Nt. 34 (1895) 877-.
Elastic after-effect and viscosity. Roiti, A.

N. Cim. 3 (1878) 5-.
Electrolytes, solutions. Euler, H, Z. Ps. C.

25 (1898) 586-.
Elements. Pacher, G. Yen. I. At. (1897-98)

516-.
Figures of viscosity. Issel, A. Bmx. S. Big.

Gl. Bll. (1889) (Mim.) 450-.
Fluidity measurer, theory. Heyer, — . [1898]

St. Gal. B. (1898-94) 98-.
Kinetic theory. Jfiger, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 102

(1898) (Ah. 2a) 258-.
Liquid mixtures. Lineharger, C. E. Am. J.

Sc. 2 (1896) 831-.
. Thorpe, T.E.,db Rodger, J. W. C. S.

J. 71 (1897) (Pt. 1) 860-.
and solutions. Lees, C. H. [1900] L.

Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) 460-.
, viscosity, temperature and concentration.

Noack, K. A. Ps. C. 27 (1886) 289-.
Liquids above their boiling points. HeydweiUer^

A. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1896) (Ah. 2a) 1-;

A. Ps. C. 59 (1896} 198-.

— in an electric field. Pacher, G., db Finazzi,
L. Ven. I. At. (1899-1900) (Pt. 2) 889-.

— at same temperature and some at different
temperatures, measurement of viscosity. Ure,
A. B. A. Rp. (1839) (Pt. 2) 22-.

Measurement. Couette, M. G. R. 107 (1888)

888-; A. C. 21 (1890) 488-.
^, experimental. Vautier, T. A. G. 16 (1888)

289-.
— , instruments. McGill, A. Gn. R. S. P. A

T. 1 (1895) (Sect. 8) 97-.

— by rate of flow from capillary tube. Wilber-
force, L. R. Ph. Mg. 81 (1891) 407-.

torsional vibrations. Kdnig, W. A. Ps.

G. 82 (1887) 198-.

74

0325 Viscosity of Liquids Viscosity of Sped ffed Liquids 0325

Navier's eqaations, verification. Cauette, — .

Par. 8. Pb. S^. (1889) 60-, 108-. VUcoHty of Specified Liquid*.
Organic liquids and their aqueous solutions,

specific viscosity. Traubtt J. Berl. B. 19 Acetic acid, pure, and in solution. Noaek, K,

(1886) 871-. A. Ps. C. 28 (1886) 666-.

Bate of flow from capillary tube, influence of Benzene and ethyl ether above their boiling

electricity. Langer, C. Exner Bpm. 25 point. Heydweillert A. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895)

(1889) 461-. 561-.

— — — of viscous liquids, application of Bromine, variation with temperature. KanUfL.
graphic methods. Vautier, T. A. C. 15 Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) (^6. 2a) 431-.
(1888) 433-. Chromates, solutions. Slotte, K. F. A. Ps, C.

Rigidity. Schwedoff, T. [1889-1900] Par. 8. 14 (1881) 13-.

Pb. 86. (1889) 122- ; 8c. Abs. 4 (1901) 853. Gelatin solution, viscosity and electrolytic

— and viscosity. Schwedoff^ T, Par. 8. Ps. resistance. Griffiths, A. Manch. Lt. Ph.
86. (1889) 134-, 186-. 8. Mm. <fe P. 41 (1897) ix-.

8alt solutions. BrUckner, H. A. Ps. C. 42 Glycerin. Schdttner, F. Wien Ak. Sb. 77

(1891) 287-. (1878) {Ab. 2) 682-.
. Moore, B. E. Ps. Rv. 3 (1896) 321-. — , a periodic damping applied to viscosity

— — . Ma$90ulier, P. G. R. 130 (1900) measurement. Riecke, E. A. Ps. C. 51
773-. (1894) 156-.

and their mixtures. KaniU, A. Z. Ps. — solutions. SchaU, C, dt Rijn, W, van, Z.

G. 22 (1897) 336-. Ps. G. 23 (1897) 329-.
, mixtures, relation to state of ionisation. Mercury. Umani, A, N. Gim. 3 (1896)

Bamet, J. [1899] N. Scotia I. 8c. P. A T. 151-.

10 (1903) 113-. — and amalgams, viscosity and electrical con-
Solutions. D*Arey, R, F. Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) ductivity. Schweidler, E. (Ritter) vmi.

221-. Wien Ak. 8b. 104 (1895) {Ah. 2a) 273-.

— . Jager, G. Wien Ak. 8b. 103 (1894) [Ab. 2a) — , variation with temperature. Koch, S. A.

251- ; Mh. C. (1894) 254-. Ps. C. 14 (1881) 1-.

— , anhydrous. Smoluchowski, M. von. Wien Methyl chloride between boiling point and

Ak. 8b. 102 (1893) (Ab. 2a) 1136-. critical point. Haat, M. de. Amst. Ak. Ys.

— , aqueous. Reyher, R. Z. Ps. G. 2 (1888) [2] (1894) 123-.

744-. Oils, variation with temperature. Garvanoff,

— , — dUute. Arrhenius, S. Z. Ps. G. 1 (1887) J. G. Wien Ak. 8b. 103 (1894) (Ab. 2a)

286-. 873-.

— , — , at temperature of maximum density. Saponine solution, superficial viscosity of films.

Packer, G., dt Fintuzi, L, Yen. I. At. Membrugghe, G. van der. Brux. Ac. BU.

(1899-1900) (Pi. 2) 1033-. 29 (1870) 368-.

— , viscosity, and variation of viscosity of water Sulphur, fused. Pitati, G. Palermo G. Sc.

with temperature. SlotU, K. F. A. Ps. C. Nt. 12 (1877) (Pi. 1) 3*-.

20 (1888) 257-. Water. Geoffroy, L. C. R. 88 (1879) 573-.

Supercooled liquids. Tammann, G. Z. Ps. 0. — Mallock, A. R. 8. P. 45 (1889) 126-.

28 (1899) 17-. — . Pacher, G. Yen. I. At. (1898-99) (Pt. 2)

Superficial viscosity. Marangoni, C. (x) N. 785-.

Cim. 5A6 (1871) 239-. — , discharge from pipes, infiuence of tempera-
. Luvini, G. (xn) Rv. 8c.-lnd. 4 (1872) ture. Baumgartner, G. A. Ps. G. 158

262-. (1874) 44-.
(Marangoni). Plateau, J. A.F. Brux. — , , (Baumgartner). Meyer,

Ac. Bll. 34 (1872) 404- ; 48 (1879) 106-. 0. E. A. Ps. C. 153 (1874) 619-.

Yariation with chemical composition. Thorpe, — , — at different temperatures. Mair, J. G.

T.E.,dbRodger,J.W. [1894-96] Phil.Trans. I. GE. P. 84 (1886) 424-.

(A) 185 (1895) 397-; (A) 189 (1897) 71-. — , ''drag'' upon water at low velocities.
. Thorpe, T. E. [1898] R. I. P. Haughton, S. B. A. Rp. (1879) 275-.

15 (1899) 641-. — , , and of air upon air.

density. Warburg, E., d^ Sachs, J. A. Haughton, S., dt Reynolds, J. E. [1880]

Ps. C. 22 (1884) 518-. Ir. Ac. P. 3 (1883) 277-.
pressure. RiMgen, W. C. A. Ps. G. 22 — , measurement of viscosity by efflux method.

(1884) 510-. Knihbs, G. H N. 8. W. R. 8. J. 29 (1895)
. Cohen, R. A. Ps. G. 45 (1892) 77-; 30 (1897) 186-.

666-. — , — — — — Hannay's microrheometer.
temperature. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bamett, R. E. R. 8. P. 56 (1894) 259-.

Bll. 7 (1884) 248- ; 11 (1886) 29-. — , variation with temperature. Gerstner, F. J.
vapour pressure. Heen, P. de. Brux. von. Gilbert A. 5 (1800) 160-.

Ac. fill. 10 (1885) 251-.
Very viscous liquids. SchHttner, F. Wien Ak.

8b. 79 (1879) (Ab. 2) 477-.
. Brodmann, C. A. Ps. G. 48 (1898)

188-.

75

0840 Colloidal Substances

0340 Colloidal Substances.

Absorption and colloids. Bemmelerit J. M. van.

Z. Anorg. G. 13 (1897) 233-; 18 (1898) 14-,

98-.
— . Isothermals of colloidal iron oxide.

Bemmelen, J. M, van, Z. Anorg. C. 20

(1899) 185-.
Colloid films, spiral cracks formed daring

drying. Rkumbler, L. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 41-.

— metallic solations, nature. Stoeckl, if., (t
Vanino, L. Z. Ps. G. 30 (1899) 98-.

, — (Stoeckl A Yanino). ZHgmondy^ R,

Z. Pb. G. 33 (1900) 63-.

— — — , — - (Zsigmondy). Stoeckl, K,, dt
Vanino, L. Z. Ps. C. 34 (1900) 378-.

— solutions. Bredig, G., dt Coehn^ A, Z. Ps.

C. 32 (1900) 129-.

, coagulation. Stark, J, A. Ps. C. 68

(1899) 618-.

, — , speed. Linebarger, C, E. Am. C.

S. J. 20 (1898) 375-.
, freezing. I^ubawin, N, Berl. B. 22

(1889) IRef.) 727-.

— — , gold. Zsigmondy, — . Z. Elektch.
(1897-98) 646-.

, nature. Barus, C, a^ Schneider, E. A.

Z. Ps. C. 8 (1891) 278-.
, — . Linebarger, C, E, Am. J. So. 43

(1892) 21&-.
, physical behaviour. Ltideking, C, A.

Ps. G. 35 (1888) 552-.
, silver. Capranica, S,, dt CarboneUi, E,

Geneva S. Lig. At. 5 (1894) 279-.
, stabiUty. Hardy, W. B. Z. Ps. G. 33

(1900) 385-.
, theory. Krafft, F. Berl. B. 29 (1896)

1334-.
Colloidal state of metals. Lottermoser, A,

D. Nf. Vh. (1899) (Th, 2, Hdlfte 1) 122-.
Colloids. Wieaemann, E. Berl, Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1884) 44-.
— , constitution. Bourgeois, A., d' Schiltzen-

berger, P. C. R. 82 (1876) 262-.
— , influence on forms of inorganic matter.

Ord, W, M, St. Thom. Hosp. Rp. 2 (1871) 1-.
— , , and molecular coalescence.

Ord, W. M. QJ. Mcr. Sc. 12 (1872) 219-.
— , nature, and circumstances of formation and

transformation. Bemjnelen, J. M. van. Reo.

Tr. G. P.-Bas 7 (1888) 37-, 118.

— and oils, mechanical properties. De-Metc
[/)<? Metz^ , G. G. N. Rs. S. Nt. Mm. {Mth.)
9 (1889) 139-.

— , phenomena of drying. Gladstone, J. H.,

db Hibbert, W. B. A. Rp. (1899) 709.
— , physical condition. Paulx, W., dt Bona, P.

Wien Az. 37 (1900) 282-.
Deposition of clays. Hunt, T, S. Bost. S.

NH. P. 16 (1874) 302-.
pulverulent bodies in liquids. Sclieerer,

T. Pogg. A. 82 (1851) 419-.
Flocoulation of particles. Hilgard, E. W.

Am. J. Sc. 17 (1879) 205-.
turbid media. Spring, W. Brux. Ac. Bll.

(1900) 483-.

Molecular Theories of Crystals 0400

Muddy waters, clarification. Darcet, F, A.

Hyg. Pbl. 4 (1830) 375-.
, clarifying action of alum. Jennet, C,

C. R. 61 (1865) 598-; Mon. So. 7 (1865) 1007-.
Precipitation, false. Stark, J. A. Ps. C. 68

(1899) 117-.
— of mud by very dilute saline solutions.

SchlaHng, T. G. R. 70 (1870) 1345-.
Sedimentary phenomena, and their connection

with allied physical conditions. Schulze, F,

A. Ps. G. 129 (1866) 366-.
Segregation phenomena in turbid liquids on

standing. GuSbhard, A. Par. S. Ps^ S6.

(1897) 107-.
Subsidence of particles in liquids. Brewer,

W. H. [1883] Wash. Nat. Ac. Mm. 2

(•1884) 165-.
. Baru$, C. V. S. Gl. Sv. BIL

No. 36 (1886) 51 pp. ; No. 60 (1890) 139-.
suspended clay caused by lime, salts, etc.

Sachsse, R,, dt Becker, A. Lndw. V.-St. 43

(1894J 15-.
Suspended matter in solution and sediments,

investigations. BodUinder, G. N. Jb. Mn.

(1893) [Bd 2) 147-.
Suspension and sedimentation of clays. Brewer,

W. H. Am. J. Sc. 29 (1885) 1-.
Suspensions, clearing by passage of electric

current. BodUinder, G. D. Nf. Vh. (1893)

(Th. 2, HnifU 1) 179-.

0400 Molecular Theories of Crystals
and other Solids. iSee cUso Elas-
ticity, Mechanics 3210 and
Mineralogy 140.)

Buys-Ballot, C. H. D. Amst. Vs. Ak. 6 (1857) 77-.
Guldberg, C. M. [1867-68] Christiania F. 10

(1867) 140-, 159- ; 11 (1868) 15- ; 14 (1871)

480-.
Aggregation, material, influence on manifesta-
tions of force. TyndaU, J. [1853] B. I.

P. 1 (1851-54) 254-.
— , state of, change. Wittwer, W. C. Z. Mth.

Ps. 23 (1878) 286-.
— , — — , effect of heat. De La Rue, W.

[1841] C. S. Mm. 1 (1841-43) (P.) 18-.
— , states of. Frankenheim, M. L. Pogg. A.

39 (1836) 376-.
— , , theory. Ritter, A. A. Ps. C. 2

(1877) 273-.
Aragonite and limestone, and their molecules.

La MHherie, J. C. de. J. de Ps. 63 (1806) 70-.
Atomic arrangement and conducting power

of bodies, connection. Pollock, T. [1838]

(VI Adds.) Electr. S. P. (1837-40) 145-.
Atoms, equilibrium, and elasticity of solids in

Boscovich's theory. Thomson, (Sir) W.

C. B. 109 (1889) 337-.
Attraction and heat, theory. Heine, H. E.

CreUe J. 29 (1845) 185-.
— , molecular. Lacroix, S. F. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 1 (1797) 173-.
— , — . Belli, G. Bmgnatelli Q. 7 (1814)

110-, 169-.

76

0400

Molecular Theories of Crystals and other Solids

0400

Attraction, molecular. Bouchif A. M.-et-L.

Mm. S. Ac. 6 (1869) 229- ; 8 (1860) 189- ;

10 (1861) 181-.
— , ^. Qeigd, R, WOrzb. Pb. Md. Sb. (1891)

68-.
— , — , effect of heat. Dim, 0. [1845] (vn)

Mod. Mm. Ac. Sc. 2 (1858) 888-.
— , — , law. Bellit G. A. Sc. Lomb. Ven.

2 (1832) 289-, 813-.
— , ', in relation to temperature of bodies.

Uvy, M. G. B. 87 (1878) 488-.
— , nature. FeuilUt, — . Fr. Cg. Sc. 16

(1849) 97-.
— , — . Noget, — . Fr. Cg. Sc. 16 (1849)

lOO-.
— , Newtonian, and cohesion. OUleSf — • Z.

Mth. Ps. 18 (1873) 123-.
— , — , — forces of repulsion. GiUes, — . Z.

Mth. Ps. 18 (1873) 601-.
— , — , — inertia. GiUes, —, Z. Mth. Ps. 18

(1873) 517-.

— and repulsion, alternate spheres of Newton,
BoBcovich, etc., and cnemical afiinity.
Exley, T, B. A. Bp. (1844) {pt. 2) 39-.

— , at small distances, of isotropic and crystal-
line bodies. Mackenzie, A. S. J. H. Un.
Cir. [13 (1893-94)] 76-; Ps. Bv. 2 (1895)
321-.

, etc. , law. Dupri, A,,db Dupri, P,

C. B. 62 (1866) 791-.

Constitution of bodies, molecular, influence of
mechanical force. Szahd, J, Haidinger
B. 7 (1851) 164-.

solids : form of particles. Baudrimont, A .

Bordeaux Mm. S. Sc. 3 {cah, 1) (1864) 39-.

— — — and liquids, important analogy.
Mensbrugghet G, van der, Bruz. S. Sc. A.
19 (1895) {Pt. 1) 8-.

-, molecular. Seeber^ — . Gilbert A.

76 (1824) 229-, 349-.
, — . GirdlesUme, A. G. Ph. Mg.

29 (1865) 10&-.
, — . Lehmann, O. [1890] Karlsruhe

Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896) {Sb,) 122-.
, — . VeUa, F. 8. Bm. N. Line. Mm.

17 (1900) 307-.
surface layer of solids. Mentbrugghe, G.

van der, Bruz. Ac. Bll. 27 (1894) 877-.
surfaces of solids, molecular. Bizio, B.

Yen. At. 3 (1844) 266-.
Corpuscular dynamics. Baudrimont, A. Bor-
deaux Mm. S. Sc. 9 (1873) 431-.
Crushing, phenomena. Girard, P, S, J.

Mines 27 (1810) 480-.
Crystal molecule, nature investigated by means

of light. Matkelyne, N, S, [1859] B. I.

P. 3 (185&-62} 95-.
CiTstaUine alkali sulphates, deformation by

heat. Tttlton, A, E, Phil. Trans. (A) 192

(1899) 455-.

— bodies, equilibrium and motion. Poiason,
8. D, C, B. 9 (1839) 517- ; Par. Mm. Ac.
Sc. 18 (1842) 3-.

— — , molecular constitution and atomic
motions. Cauehy, A, L. G. B. 9 (1839)
558-.

— form, signiflcance. Mortell, W. F. C,
Fimnklin I. J. 150 (1900) 441-.

Crystalline formations, direction and mole-
cular arrangements, effect of magnetism.
Hunt, R. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 1-.

-~ forms, causes, and grouping of atoms.
Gavdin, A, C. B. 25 (1847) 664-; Par. S.
Phlm. PV. (1847) 49-; C. B. 32 (1851) 619-,
755-; Par S. Phhn. PV. (1851) 19-; C. B.
34 (1852) 168- ; 45 (1857) 920-.

— ana organic forces, connection. Baxter, H. F.
Edinb. N. Ph. J. 15 (1862) 194-.

— particles, certain molecular actions. Waller,
A. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 94-.

Crystallisation. Reynard, — . Fr. Cg. Sc. 37

(1870) 197-.
— , etc., influence of magnetism and electric

currents. Htmt, R. Gl. Sv. Mm. 1 (1846)

433-.
— , light phenomena. Anon, (ti 185) Bb. It.

83 (1836) 139-.
— , theory. Preehtl, J. J. Gehlen J. 7 (1808)

456-.
Crystalloelectricity, theory, and universal at-
traction. Schweigger, J, S, C, Schweigger

J. 39(=Jb. 9) (1823)231-.
Crystals, elasticity, according to Boscovich.

Kelvin, {Lord). B. S. P. 64 (1894) 69-.
— , generation by molecular polyhedra. Gaudin,

A. C. B. 46 (1867) 1087-.
— , molecular arrangement. Tait, P. G,

Edinb. B. S. P. 4 (1862) 636-.
— , — tactics. Thomson, (Sir) W, C. B. 109

(1889) 333-.
— , structure, reciprocal relation of theories.

Schoenjlies, A, Gott. Nr. (1890) 239-.
— , — , recent advances in theory. Miers, H, A .

Nt. 39 (1889J 277-.
Curve formed by slightly adhering particles on

curved surface. Rittert, E, Z. Mth. Ps. 19

(1874) 180-.
Density of bodies, molecular. Malavati, L,

Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 1 (1883) 321-.
molecules. Sluginov, N, P, Kazan S.

Nt. (Pt,'Mth,) P. 6 (1887) 127-.
Dilatancy of media composed of rigid particles

in contact. Reynolds, 0. Ph. Mg. 20 (1885)

469-.
— , a property of granular material. Reynolds, O,

[1886] B. I. P. 11 (1887) 354-.
Elastic impact of 2 atoms deduced from

mechanical principles. LUbeck, G. Z. Mth.

Ps. 22 (1877) 126-.
and internal friction. Kom, A, Miinch.

Ak. Sb. 29 (1900) 223-.
Elasticity constants as functions of molecular

weights and specific heat. Foerster, O. Z,

Mth. Ps. 41 (1896) 268-.

— of solids, molecular theory. Michaelis, 6. J,
A. Ps. C. 42 (1891) 674-.

Elements, table of fundamental angles. Zenger,

C, W, Brux. Ac. Bll. 7 (1859) 608-.
Friction of polished solids, molecular theory.

BriOoain, M, C. B. 128 (1899) 354-.
Glacier grain. Hagenbach-Bischoff, E, [1882]

Basel Vh. 7 (1885) 192-.
. Forel, F, A, [1884] Laus. S. Vd. Bll.

20 (1886) ix-.
. Emden, R. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1887-88)

63-.

77

0400

Holecnlar Theories of Crystals and other Solids

0400

Olaoier grain, formation. Emden, R. Arch.

So. Ps. Nl. 22 (1889) 365-.
, — . MouMon, A, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 22

(1889) 867-.
, — . Hagenhaeh'BUchof^ — . Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 22 (1889) 86&-.
, origin of crystals. Hagenbach-BUchofft E,

Basel Vh. 8 (1890) 821-.
Homogeneous structures and the symmetrical

partitioning of them : application to crystals.

Barlow, W, [1895] Mn. Mg. 11 (1897) 119-.
Inorganic bodies, molecular actions. Oaudin , A .

A. C. 52 (1833) 113-.
Intermolecmar work. BoiUau, P, G. B. 85

(1877) 1135-, 1199- ; 86 (1878) 378-.
Isotropic systems of matei;ial points. Cauehy,

A. L, G. B. 29 (1849) 761- ; Par. Mm. Ac.
Sc. 22 (1850) 615-.

Kinetic theory of solids. SlotU, K, F. Fschr.

Ps. (1899) (Ah, 2) 266-.
, with experimental introduction.

Sutherland, }\\ Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 31-,

215-, 524-.
: polarised fluorescence. Sohncke^L.

[1896] MOnch. Ak. 8b. 26 (1897) 75-.
specific heats of solids. Eddy, H. T.

Science 2 (*1883) 424-, 850.
Liquid atmospheres round solid molecules.

Qirard, P. S. Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 4 (1819-20) 1-.
Material contact, possibility. T., W. B,

Science 3 (1884) 401.
Mechanics of solids, application of empirical

formula for mutual forces. Berthot, P, G.

B. 100 (1885) 1070-.

Metallic elements, physical state. Joubin, P.
G. B. 112 (1891) 93-.

— plates, deformation on polishing. Muraoka,
H, [1886] Tok. GoU. Sc. J. 1 (1887) 69-.

Metals, compressibility, density and atomic

weight, relationship. Boggio-Lera, E. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1890) {Sem. 1) 165-.
— , effect of continued percussion on relative

position of particles. Hayet, A. A, [1856]

Am. Ac. P. 3 (1852-57) 322-.
— , internal friction in certain. Camus, A,

Lidge S. Sc. Mm. 20 (1898) No, 7, 26 pp.
— , molecular changes in. Spangenberg, — .

D. Nf. B. (♦1877) 119-.
— , — motion and pressure in. Slotte, K. F.

Helsingf. Ofv. 35 (1893) 16-; 37 (1895) 178- ;

38 (1896) 64- ; Fschr. Ps. (1896) (Ah, 2) 226-.
— , wear as affected by chemical and physical

properties. Dudley, C. B, [1890] Ani. I.

Mn. £. T. 19 (1891) 892-.
Molecular constants: metallic diffusion. Guih-

m, Fred. L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 337-; Ph.

Mg. 16 (1883) 325-.
^ contact, experiments. Stevens, J, S, Ps.

Bv. 8 (1899) 49-.

— equilibrium. CanevcLzzi, S. Bologna Ac.
Sc. Mm. 9 (1878) 493-.

— forces. Bahinet, J. G. B. 63 (1866) 903-.
. Miller, A. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 15 (1886) 9-.

— functions. Kom, A, Miinch. Ak. Sb. 27
(1898) 181-.

— impressions by light and electricity. Grove,
W. R. B. I. P. 2 (1854-58) 458-.

Molecular mechanics. Cauchy, A, L. C. B.

28 (1849) 2-r.
. Bayma, J, B. S. P. 13 (1864) 126-.

— — , apparatus for demonstrating various
phenomena. Govt, G, Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 5
(1869-70) 193-.

, experiment. Bandsept, A. LesMondes

-5 (1883) 626-.
, fundamental hypothesis. GoHewiki, W,

Par. T. Nauk So. Pam. 7 (•1876) Art. 1, 8 pp. ;
Z. Mth. Ps. 21 (1876) 116-.

, Walter's investigations. Korteweg^ D. J.

[1874] Z. Mth. Ps. 22 (1877) (H.-lt, ^6.) 93-.

— morphology, mathematical principles.
Gaudin, A, G. B. 54 (1862) 861- ; 55 (1862)
692- ; 57 (1863) 42-.

— motions, anisotropic small, illustrated by
spheroids. Laurent, P, A. G. B. 18 (1844)
771- ; 19(1844)482-.

and electricity. Guyot, J. Presse Sc.

3 (1861) 246-.

— — producing changes in form of solids.
Hausmann, J. F. L. [1855] G6tt. Ab. 6
(1853-5o) 139- ; 7 (1856-57) 3-.

of solids. Belli, G, Brugnatelli O. 9

(1826) 167-, 322-.
. Paoli, D. G. Arcad. 29 (1826)

3-, 145-.
. Bellani, A. PoUgrafo 10 (1832)

161-.

— theory, and the Newtonian laws of attrac-
tion. S4guin, — (aini). G. B. 27 (1848)
314- ; 28 (1849) 97-; 29 (1849) 425-; 34
(1852) 85-.

— unrest in solids. Roherti-Auttent (Sir) W,
Glasg. Ph. S. P. 31 (1900) 152-.

— volume of solids. WiUon, E, B. S. P. 32
(1881) 457-.

Molecule, ultimate, variability. Norton, W, A.

[1878] Am. J. Sc. 17 (1879) 183-.
Molecules, relations and size. Bizio, B. Yen.

Mm. I. 1 (1843) 295-.
— , (Bizio). BeUavitu, G. Ven. At.

2 (1843) 112-.
— , . Bizio, B, [1847] Ven. Mm. I.

4 (1852) 435-.

— , repulsive forces. Laurent, P, A, G. B. 18

(1844) 865-.
— , rotation, theory. Micha^lis, G. J, Arch.

N6erl. 20 (1886) 20-.
— , system, motion. Cav^hy, A, L. G. B.

27 (1848) 93-.
— , — of mutually attracted or repelled, stresses

in. Cauchy,A,L, C. B. 9 (1839) 588-.
^, systems of mutually attracted or repelled,

small motions. Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 8

(1839) 505-, 589-, 659-, 719-, 767-.
— , 2 systems of mutually penetrating, small

motions. Cauchy, A, L, G. B. 8 (1839)

597-, 779-, 81 1-.
Non-crystalline substances, structure. Wulff',

L, Z. Kr. 18 (1891) 174-.
Physical constants, law connecting. Whiting,

H, Science 3 (1884) 373.
Polishing friable bodies, molecular processes

in. Miethe, A. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr.

(10) (1897) 156-.

78

0500 Theories of the Constatntion of Matter

Atoms 0500

Polyhedrio concamerations, vibration. Perryt
G. C. R. 76 (1878J 721-.

Porosity of bodies* oalcolations based on New-
ton's hypothesis. VolpiceUi, P, Bm. At. 1
(1847—48) 147—.

Solid state. MaiUier,J, G. B. 71 (1870) 984-;

A. c. 24 (1871) see-.

Structure of solids. Brame,C. C.B. 85(1852)

666-.
Surface tension and crystalline form. Bril-

louin, M. A. G. 6 (1895) 540-.
Symmetry, limit of law, and forces deter-
mining actual forms of inorganic bodies.

Arum, (VI 852) Edinb. N. Ph. J. 14 (1888)

182-.
Tiscous effect of mechanically applied strains,

interpreted by Maxwell's theory. BanUf C.

Ph Mg. 27 (1889) 155-.
— solids, molecular theoiy. Trotter^ (Rev,) C.

Camb. Ph. S. P. 5 (1886) 276-.

ULTIMATE PHYSICAL THEORIES.

0500 Theories of the Constitution
of Matter. {See Vori^ez-Mo-
tion, Mechanios 2450, and
Physical Chemistry, Chemistry
7000.)

Prevott, P. Bb. Un. 2 (1816) 288-.
Sloggett, H. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 443-.
VaUnut, H. Brux. Ac. Bll. 19 (1865) 72-.
Hoffmann, J, C. K. Dresden Sb. Isis (1869)

39-, 41-.
Pell, M. B. N. S. W. R. S. T. 5 (1871) {Art. 5)

25 pp.
Burton, C. V, [1891] L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1892)

275-; Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 191-.
Been, P. de, Bmx. Ac. Bll. 24 (1892) 670-.

ACTION AT A DISTANCE.

MaxweU, J. C. B. I. P. 7 (1873) 44-.
Umow, N.A. Z. Mth. Ps. 19 (1874) 97-.
Detprezy L. Les Mondes 44 (1877) 366-.
Edtvdi, (bdr^ L. (zn) Mag. Tad. Ak. Evk.

16 {No. 1) (1877) 57-.
Browne, W. R. [1880] L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881)

71-; Ph. Mg. 10(1880) 437-; 11 (1881) 129-,

379-.
Preston, S. T, Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 38-,

218-.
Cantani, O. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 (1887)

{Sem. 2) 118- ; 6 (1890) {Sem. 2) 379-.
Lwigo, C. del. Yen. I. At. (1895-96) 997-.
Drude, P. A. Ps. C 62 (1897) i-, 693.
Boxing, B. L. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 30 (P«.) (1898)

100-.
calculation method appropriate to discontinuous

bodies obeying. Commines de Martilly, {le

gin.) L.J. A. de. As. Fr. C. B. (1879) 261-.
explanation of material phenomena. Comminei

de MarnUy, (U gin.) L. J. A. de. [1885]

B5ne Ac. Hip. Bll. 21 (1886) 25-.

and gravitation, etc., explanation. Picart, A.

C. B. 83 (1876) 1042-.
in hydrodynamics. Bjerknes, V. [1900] Sc.

Abs. 4 (1901) 353-.
and through medium. Volkmann, P. Konigsb.

Schr. 27 (1887) (Ab.) 95-.

— vibration. Edtvoa, (hdr(!) L. (xn) Mag.
Tud. Ak. Ets. 5 (No. 12) (1871) 207-.

ATOMS.

Treschtyw, N. Mg. Ntvd. 7 (1826) 216-.
atomism and dynamism. Broglte, (Vahbi) —

de. Bv. Quest. Sc. 10 (*1881) 353-; 11

(•1882) 169-.
attraction. Broum, F. D. Nt. 26 (1882)

332-.
— . Geronzi, T. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 23 (1891)

261-.
constitution. Saint-Venant, A. J.C. Barri de.

(xn) Brux. S. Sc. A. 2 (1878) (Pt. 2) 417-,

\Suppl.) 1-.
— , and action of matter on matter. Duport,

— . Par. S. Mth. Bll. 24 (1896) 102-.
motion. Hoppe, R. Pogg. A. 104 (1858)

279-.
(Hoppe). Eismlohr, F. Pogg. A. 104

(1858) 653-.
elasticil^. Phipion, T. L. Cosmos 5 (1867)

44-.
electric and magnetic forces. Richarz, F.

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 24 (1895) 3-.
ellipsoidal screw-motion. Sasae, E. Dingier

216 (1875) 181-.
equilibrium. Buys-Ballot, C. H. D. Amst.

Vs. Ak. 5 (1857) 77-.

— in chemical compounds. Buys-BaUot,
C. H. D. Utr. Prv. Gn. Aant. (1880)
6-.

— , and elasticity of solids in Boscovich'.s

theory. Thomson, (Sir) W. C. B. 109 (1889)

337-.
genesis and nature. Duponchel, A. Bv. Sc. 2

(1894) 105-, 140-.
hypothesis. Deacon, H. J. Sc. 4 (1874)

180-.
— . Mannequin, A. Lyon Un. A. 7 (1895)

419 pp.
internal forces and rotation, relation to heat and

■ light. Colnet d*Huart, — . Habana Ac. A.

3 (•1866) 323, 361-.
mechanics. Lw^as, F. C. B. 67 (1868) 163-,

688-, 990-, 1025-, 1222- ; Liouv. J. Mth. 15

(1870) 137- ; C. B. 68 (1869) 1313- ; 70 (1870)

443-.
— . Buchner, G. Cztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 41-,

54-, 78-, 88-.
and molecules, properties. Golicyn, (Prince)

B. [1895] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 4 (1896)

293—.
motion. Walling, H. F. Am. As. P. 17 (1868)

238-.

— of translation and rotation. Colnet d*Huart,
— de. Lux. S. Sc. Mm. 10 (1869) 1-.

mutual action of two. Duport, H. Par. S.

Mth. Bll. 25 (1897) 186-.
philosophy. Luckcock, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

53 (1819) 133-.

79

0^00 Atoms

system, physical parameters and principal axes
at any point of. Luca$, F, G. B. 70 (1870)
60d-.

theory. Duport, H. Par. S. Mth. Bll. 26
(1898) 159-.

— , adaptation of philosophy of Kewton, Leib-
nitz and BoscoYich. MucViear, J. O, [1857]
Glasg. Ph. S. P. 4 (1860) 52-.

— , application of geometrical properties of
gravitational acceleration. Gefuler^ F, W, K.
Grunert Arch. 80 (1858) 1-.

— , — — gravitation law. Fechner^ G. T.
Kastner Arch. Ntl. 15 (1828) 257-.

— , new. Exley, T. B. 8. P. 4 (1841) 325-.

Bosoovich's theory. Thornton^ (Sir) W. B. A.

Bp. (1889) 494-.
Dynamical principles, application to physical

phenomena. Thcmson^ J. J, [1885-87]

PhU. Trans. 176 (1886) 307- ; (A) 178 (1888)

471-.
English physical school, theories. Duhem, P,

Bv. Quest. Sc. 34 (1893) 345-.
Equilibrium of aggregation of spherules. Wal-

tan, W. [1867] QJ. Mth. 9 (1868) 76-.

— and motion of chemically homogeneous
bodies. Koo$en, J. H. Pogg. A. 101 (1857)
401-.

Forces, cosmic and molecular. Chase, P. £.
Am. Ph. S. P. 12 (1872) 392-.

— determining various states of bodies.
Schmidten, H, G, von. Gergonne A. Mth. 13
(1822-23) 121-.

— , the 4, in nature. WheweU, G, J. Sc. 2
(1880) 639-.

Luminous gas, constitution, view suggested by
Lorentz's theory of dispersion. Thomson,
J, J. Arch. N6erl. 5 (1900) 642-.

MATTEB.

constitution, atomic. Hamel, (Vabb^) T, E,

On. B. S. P. <ft T. 2 (1885) (Sect. 3) 91-.
— , corpuscular hypothesis. Henry, J. Am.

Ph. 8. P. 4 (1847) 287-.
— , and forces of molecules. Laming, R.

B. A. Bp. (1846) (pt, 2) 35.
— , — kathode ray. Thomson, J. J. [1900]

Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 756-.
— , molecular. Stoney, G. J. Ir. Ac. P. 7

(1858) 37-.
— , — . Ldboulaye, C. (vm) Par. A. Cons.

4 (1863) 64-, 232-.
— , — . Love, G. H. Par, Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1883) (1) 338-.
— , — . Thomson, (Sir) W. Edinb. B. S. P.

16 (1890) 693-.

— and properties. Varenne, E, Bv. Sc. 37
(1886) 457-.

is it continuous or discontinuous ? [Barri de]
Saint' Venant, — . Par. 8. Phlm. PV. (1844)
3-.

divisibility. S. QJ. Sc. 11 (1821) 306-.

~. Adams, E. Silliman J. 28 (1835) 163-.

~, infinite. WoUaston, W. H. Phil. Trans.
(1822) 89-.

Matter 0500

divisibility, infinite. Clark, 8. Silliman J. »

(1825) 356-.
— , — . Jf. (Yi Adds.) Silliman J. 10 (1826)

99—.
— , — , remarks on Wollaston's argument.

Whewell, W. B. A. Bp. (1889) (jpl. 2) 26.
— , — , . Wilson, G. [1845] Edinb.

B. S. T. 16 (1849) 79-.
dynamics. Kauffmaxm, — von. D. Nf . Ysm. B.

(1846) 209-.
and energy, laws, as results from principle of

volume, time, and conservation of mass.

Herran, A. As. Fr. C. B. (1899) {Pt. 1) 288-.
forms and forces, synthetic^ view. Guyot, J,

Presse Sc. 3 (1861) 130-.
impenetrability. Jralling, H. F, Am. As. P.

19 (1870) 144-.
^~ and inertia, physical laws as results of.

Bouchepom, — . C. B. 29 (1849) 107-.
indestructibility. ChaUu, J. [1877] Vict. I.

J. 12 (1879) 1-.
kinetic theory, Democritus and Lucretius,

priority. Lindsay, T. M., dt Smith, W. PL.

B. A. Bp. 41 (1871) (Sect.) 30.
, recent researches. SmduchowsH, M.

Wiad. Mt. 4 (1900) 237-.

— — , steps towaros. Thomwn, (Sir) W.
B. A. Bp. (1884) 613-.

mathematical laws. Commines de Marsilly, —
de. C. B. 67 (1868) 999-.

— studies. Pudenz, L. Z. Mth. Ps. 13 (1868)
187-.

modem theory. Lodge, O. J, Lpool. Lt. Ph.

S. P. 54 (1900) 91-.
motion the natural state of. Flamand, — .

Silliman J. 16 (1829) 151-.
nature, etc. S d. (vi Adds.) Halle Z.

Nw. 16 (1860) 243-.
— , and electnc conduction. Faraday, M.

Ph. Mg. 24 (1844) 136-.
— , (FaracUiy). Hare, R. Ph. Mg.

26 (1845) 602-.
orgamsation. Morris, C. J. Sc. 3 (1881) 185-.
— , orchemism. Dolbear,A.E. [1891] Bost.

S. NH. P. 25 (1892) 183-.
oscillatory theory, and theoiy of centres of

force. Ledieu, A. Bv. Quest. Sc. 12 (*1882)

156-.
ponderable, action on ether. Jablonski, E.

Liouv. J. Mth. 10 (1884) 147-, 329-.

— and imponderable. Moigno, F, N. M.
Les Mondes 5 (1883) 271-.

— — — , continuous vibratory motion.
MagHni, L. Smiths. Bp. (1868) 281-.

^, physics. Avogadro, A. G. Axcsd. 79

(1839) 104-.
— , — (Avogadro). Maggi, P. G. Verona Mm.

Ac. Aff. 23 (1849) 7-.
potentiJ. Schuster, A. Nt. 58 (1898) 367,

618-.
problem. Heller, A. Mth. Termt. Ets. 8

(1890) 142- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 8 (1891)

247-.
properties (inertia, gravitation, elasticity), re-
ferred to common law. MacVicar, J. G.

Edinb. B. S. P. 4 (1862) 146-.
reduction of effectiveness ^ntwerthung).

Pfaundler, L. Wien Aim. 88 (1888) 229-.

80

0500

Theories of the Constitution of Matter

0500

and Boience. Qoldbeck, J. C, Oken Ids (1825)

186-.
smallest and simplest forms. Dyer, J, C.

Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. P. 6 (1867) 152-.
space theory. Clifford, W. K. [1869] Gamb.

Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 167-.
theory. EUU, R. L [1848] Camb. Ph. S. T.

8 (1849) 600-.

— HeurUl, E. A, Fr. Cg. So. 82 (1865)
258-.

— deduced from the dynamic conception of.
Pavlov, — . (zn) Mosc. Un. Mm. 7 (1885)
191-.

unity of, new theoiy. Lamy, A. Les Mondes

26 (1871) 160-.
, ana Pront's law. Plaats, — van der,

Utr. Prv. Gn. Aant. (1894) 57-.
and void space and nihility. Hare, R. Am.

As. P. (1848) 76-.

Mechanical explanation of natural phenomena.
Mie, G, Karlsmhe Nt. Yr. Yh. 18 (1900) (Ah.)
402-.

— theories of physical phenomena. Michelton,
V. A. Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 23 (P<.) (1891) 415- ;
J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 404.

— theory of electricity and chemical action.
WhitweU, A. Elect. Bv. 40 (1897) 84-, 68-,
97-.

Modem physics, method and theories. Witz , A .

By. Quest. So. 30 (1891) 39-.
MolecaljBir action as function of distance. Chrot,

A. G^n. Civ. 15 (1889) 293-.

— — , homogeneous; 3 states of matter;
porosity, density and volume of bodies.
VolpieeUi, P. Bm. At. 1 (1847-48) 129-.

, theory. MoBsoUi, O. F. Taylor Sc. Mm.

1 (1837) 448-.
, — . Cooper, P. (VI Adds.) Ph. Mg. 10

(1837) 855-.
, — (Mossotti's). Exley, T. Ph. Mg. 11

(1887) 496-.
, — ( — ). FuMinieri, A. A. Sc. Lomb.

Ven. 7 (1887) 159-.
, — (— ). E., R, L. Ph. Mg. 19 (1841)

384—.
, *— (— ). KeUand, P. (vi Adds.) Ph.

Mg. 20 (1842) 8-.
, — , aeoording to Newton's law. KeUand,

P. Ph. Mg. 21 (1842) 124-, 202-, 263-, 344-,

422-; 22 ^848) 11&-, 194-.
, — , . Eam$haw,S, (yi AddeJ)

Ph. Mg. 21 (1842) 340-, 437-.

— actions explained by universal gravitation.
Comminei de MareiUy, (le gin.) L. J, A, de.
As. Fr. C. B. (1885) (Pt. 2) 1-.

— equilibrium. KeUand, P. [1838] Camb.
Ph. 8. T. 7 (1842) 25-.

— motion. Thirion, J, Bv. Quest. Sc. 7
(•IMO) 5-.

, cause. CroU, J. Ph. Mg. 44 (1872)

, irreversible. CulverweU, E, P. B. A.

Bp. (1890) 744.

— theories. 8€guin, — (aini). C. B. 27 (1848)
814- ; 28 (1849) 97-; 29 (1849) 425-; 34
(1852) 85-.

VOL. III. 81

Molecular theories, S^guln's. [Moigno, F,
non] Siguin, — (ofn^. Moigno Cosmos 1

(1852) 692-.

— — , — . Moigno, F. Moigno Cosmos 2

(1853) 371-, 625-.

— theoiy. Handl, A. Wien Sb. 56 (1867)
[Ab. 2) 569^.

^ — and electricity. Lorenz, L. A. Ps. C.

140 (1870) 644-.
, new, outlines. Simony, 0. Z. Mth.

Ps. 18 (1873) 463-; 19 (1874) 299-.

— vibrations. Doppler, C. Bdhm. Gs. Ab. 4
(1845-46) 621-.

. Baudrimont, A. Fr. Cg. Sc. 28 (1861)

512-.
. Girdwood, O. P. [1894] Cn. B. S. P.

A T. 12 (1895) (Sect. 3) 3-.
, internal. Briot, C. Liouv. J. Mth. 13

(1868) 304-.
, law connecting periods. Schutter, A,

[1896] Nt. 55 (1896-97) 200-, 223.

— — , — — — . Herschel, A, S. Nt. 55
(1896-97) 271.

Molecularium, Berliner's. Anon. Tel. J. 22

(1888) 255-.
Molecules. MaxweU, J. C. Ph. Mg. 46 (1873)

453-.
— , motions of and within. Batio of specific

heats in gases. Stoney, O. J, B. S. P. 58

(1896) 177-.
— , mutual actions between. Berthot, P. C. B.

98 (1884) 1570-.
— , (Berthot). Saint-Venant, — de.

C. B. 99 (1884) 5-.
— , . Berthot, P. C. B. 100 (1885)

1070-.
— , reflection and refraction of system. Cauchy,

A.L. C. B. 8 (1839) 985- ; 9 (1839) 1-, 59-,

91-.
— , ultimates, atoms and waves. Ponton, if.

QJ. Sc. 1 (1871) 170-, 349-, 461-.
Potential energy hypothesis, apparent elasticity,

experiments. BeUt A. O, Science 11 (1888)

196.
Badio-dynamics. CJiOU, P. E, Franklin I. J.

82 (1881) 57-, 123-, 274^; C. N. 44 (1881)

265 ; Franklin I. J. 83 (1882) 433-.
Bigidity imparted by rapid motion. Prevost, P,

Bb. Un. 30 (1825) 32-.
Solids and fluids, internal structure. Tro-

janow8ki,J.[19Sl] (xn) Erk. Ak. (Ife.-Prji.)

Bz. A Sp. 9 (1882) 275-, xxi- ; 10 (1888) v.
liquids, molecular condition. Emmett,

J. B. Ph. Mg. 1 (1827) 411-.
Texture in media ; non-existence of density in

the ether. Stoney, O. J. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6

(1888-90) 392-.
Transformation of state of bodies, new theory.
• Moulin, H. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1896) 45-, 268-.
^transparent media, constitution. Baudrimontt

A. Bordeaux Mm. S. Sc. 2 (1861-63) 203-.

VORTEX THEORIES.

Vortex atom theoiy. Croll, J, Am. J. Sc. 26

(1883) 47&-.
, currents of gas in. Fitzgerald, G. F.

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885) 339-.

0600 Theories of the Ether

Vortex atom theoiy, physical aspects. Preston,
S. T. Nt. 22 (1880) 50-.

— atoms. Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 34
(1867) 15-.

, Thomson's. Sludskiif F, A, Moso. S.

Nt. BU. 53 (1878) (PU 2) 272-.
and oltramondane corpuscles. Forbes, G.

B. A. Bp. (1878) 498-.

— motion of atoms, chemico-physical theory,
CzymiahsH,E. [1883] (zn) Krk. Ak. (itft.-
Prz.) Bz. A Sp. 11 (1884) 218-, lzyi-.

— — — — , mecnanico-chemical theory.
Czymianski, E. (xn) Krk. Ak. {Mt,-Prz,)
Bz. & Sp. 2 (1875) 156-, cvi-.

, recent English researches. Love, A,E.H,

Mth. A. 30 (1887) 326-.

— ring theory of gases, distribation of energy.
Thomson, J. J. B. S. P. 39 (1886) 23-.

— rings, properties. Marangoni, — . Bv. Sc-
Ind. 32 (1900) 211.

, — (Marangoni). Vicentini, — . Bv. Sc.-

Ind. 32 (1900) 211-.
Vortices, molecular, hypothesis, and applica-
tion to theory of heat. Bankine, W, J, Af.

Edinb. B. S. P. 2 (1844-50) 275-; B. A. Bp.

(1851) (pt. 2) 3-; Edinb. B. S. T. 20 (1853)

425-; Ph. Mg. 10 (1855) 354-, 411- ; 27

(1864) 313.
— , • — , — , applied to gases and vapours.

Rankim, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 2 (1851) 509-.
— , — , theoiy, applied to action of magnetism

on polarised light. Maxwell, J, C. Ph. Mg.

23 (1862) 85-.
— , — , — , electric currents. Maxwell,

J. C. Ph. Mg. 21 (1861) 281-, 338-.
— , — , — , magnetic phenomena. McuC"

weU, J. C. Ph. Mg. 21 (1861) 161-.
— , — , — , (Msawell). ChaUis, J.

Ph. Mg. 21 (1861) 250-.
— , — , — , statical electricity. MaxweU,

J, C. Ph. Mg. 23 (1862) 12-.
— , — , thermal energy. Rankine, W, J. 3f.

Edinb. B. S. T. 25 (1869) 557-.

0600 Theories of the Ether. {See
also Astronomy 1830.)

Fitzgerald, G, F. B. A. Bp. (1888) 557-.
Hicks, W. M. B. A. Bp. (1895) 595-.
Wiechert, E. Ednigsb. Schr. 35 (1895) [4]-.
Action at a distance, and waves. Comu, A,

Par. Bur. Long. An. a896) A. 26 pp.
Actions, central, general laws relating to effect

of media. Le Roux, F. P. G. B. 119 (1894)

211-.
Atomic hypothesis, a certain. Pearson, K.

[1885-88] Gamb. Ph. S. T. 14 (1889) 71- :

L. Mth. S. P. 20 (1889) 38-.
Cerebral radiation. Houston, E, J, Franklin

I. J. 133 (1892) 488-.
Curved spaces. Maxwell's theory in. Padova, E,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889) ISem, 1) 875-.
Dilatancy, a property of granular material.

Reynolds, O. [1886] B. I. P. 11 (1887) 354-.
Dispersion in celestial spaces. Tikhoff, G, A,

Spet. It. Mm. 27 (1899) 41-.

The Ether 0600

Elastic medium, isotropic, plane waves of 3rd

order in. Pearson, K, Gamb. Ph. S. P. 5

(1886) 296-.
method of treating electrostatic theoremjB.

Bragg, W, H. Aust. As. Bp. (1891) 57-;

Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 18-.
Electric, magnetic and luminous phenomena,

new interpretation. Padova, E, N. Cim.

29 (1891) 225-.

— phenomena, mechanical processes under-
lying. Grllnwald, A, K, Bdhm. Os. Ws.
Jbr. (1894) 68 pp.

Electricity and magnetism, kinetic hypothesis.
Svitovidov, S, N. Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 22 (Ps.)
(1890) 106- ; Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ah. 2) 408-.

Electromagnetic basis for mechanics, possi-
bility. Wien, W. Arch. K^l. 5 (1900)
96-.

— field, forces, stresses and fluxes of energy in.
Heaviside, O. [1891] Phil. Trans. (A) 183
(1893) 423-.

Electrostatic force, velocity of propagation.
Kelvin, {Lordi. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 316.

, . Leahy, A. H. Nt. 53 (1895-

96)364.

, . Kelvin, {Lord). Nt. 53 (1895^

96)364-.

, . Gibbs, J. W. Nt. 63 (1895-

96) 509.

Eneiqgy movements in medium between elec-
trified or gravitating particles. AUen, H, N",
L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1^ 392-; Ph. Mg. 39
(1895) 357-.

THE ETHEB«

Tadini,—. Bb. It. 65 (1832) 75-.
Brooke, C. B. A. Bp. 40 (1870) (Sect.) 36-.
Nipher, F. E. Am. As. P. (1891) 127-.
action at a distance in. Helm, G. A. Ps. C.

14 (1881) 149-.
density. Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 7 (1879) 655-.

— (Glan). Wiedemann, E. E. G. A. Ps. C.
17 (1882) 986-.

— and elasticity, and nature of electricity and
magnetism. Fessenden, R. A, Am. As. P.
(1899) 115- ; Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 1-, 83-.

— , — heat of bodies. Pvichl, K. Wien Ak.

Sb. 69 (1874) (Ab. 2) 324-.
polarity. Chase, P. E, Am. Ph. S. P.

12 (1872) 407-.
— , — size of Maxwell's molecular vortices.

Graetz, L. A. Ps. C. 25 (1885) 165- ; Exner

Bpm. 21 (1885) 530-.
of Descartes and Newton. Breton, P. (xn)

Is^re S. Bll. 4 (1875) 8-, 177-.
duties for electricity and magnetism. KeHvin,

(L<yrd). Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 305-.
dynamics. KeraMy, A.E.,dt Fessenden, R. A .

Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 459-.
electrical conductivity. Trowbridge, J. Ph.

Mg. 43 (1897) 378-.
and electricity. Stoletow, A, Lum. Elect. 35

(1890) 517-, 556-.
and matter. Gray, J. TeL J. 28 (1891)

208-, 261-.
ponderable matter. Thomson, (Sir) W.

[1889] L Elect. E. J. 18 (1890) 4*.

82

0600 The Ether

ethei-atmosphere of moleonles. Wittwer, C,

D. Nf. B. (•1883) e5-.
existence. Bourdin, J, Lmn. Elect. 16 (1885)

41»-.
facts and fancies about. Brackett.A.W. [1898]

Eastboome NH. 8. T. 3 (1894-1902) 181-.
function. CcuaUmga, D^ A, As. Fr. G. B«

(1891) [Pt. 1) 179.
and its functions. Lodge, O. J. Nt. 27 (1883)

304-, 328-.
. Preston, S. T. Nt. 27 (1883) 579.

— gravitation. DtiboUt E, A. G^n. Civ. 3
(1864) 233-, 305-.

. FitUay, C. Habana Ac. A. 9 (*1872)

406- ; 11 (n874) 429-, 469-.
. Bad, W. W. R. Mess. Mth. 21 (1892)

20-.
gyrostatic, adynamic constitution for. Thomson,

(Sir) W. G. B. 109 (1889) 453-.
Herscnel and Maxwell on. Chase, P, E,

Franklin I. J. 122 (1886) 129- ; Ph. Mg. 22

^886) 25&-.
in interior of matter. Codaxza, O. At. Sc. It.

(1844)85-.
jelly theory, application of compressibility of

colloids. Barus, C. Am. J. Sc. 6 (1898)

285-.
laws of equilibrium. LamS, O, Par. Ec. Pol.

J. 23* cah. (1834) 191-.
luminiferous. Deacon, H. J. Sc. 4 (1874) 180-.
— . Wood,DeV, Ph. Mg. 20 (1885) 389-.
^, Clark, J. M. [1889] Cn. I. T. 2 (1892)

93—
— . Stokes, (Sir) Q. G. [1893] Vict. I. J. 28

(1896) 89^.
— , constitution. Eamshaw,S. [1839] Gamb.

Ph. 8. T. 7 (1842) 97-.
— ,— . Stokes, G.G. Ph. Mg. 32 (1848) 343-.
— , — on the vortex atom theory. Hicks, W. M,

B. A. Bp. (1885) 930-.

— and electrical, identity. WUd, H. Bern
Mt. (1864) 194-.

— , existence. Cook, E. H, Ph. Mg. 7 (1879)

225-; 11 (1881) 477-.
^, hypotheses. Fixeau, H. L. G. B. 33

(1851) 849-; A. G. 57 (1859) 385-.
— , theory. Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 26

(1888) 414-, 500-.
— , — , Sir W. Thomson's. Glazebrook, R. T.

Ph. Mg. 26 (1888) 521-.
— , — , . SeMUer, N. N. Bee. Mth.

(MoBOOu) 19 (1897) 94-.
— , trajectory of molecule. Meier, F, Lidge

Bim. S. Sc. 13 (1858) 271-.
— , vortex theory, propagation of laminar

motions. Thomson, (Sir) W. B. A. Bp.

(1887) 480-.
and matter. Hammiersehmied, J. (x) Wien

Vr. Nw. Kennt. Sohr. 11 (1871) 405-.
. MouUon, J. F. [1877] B. I. P. 8

(1879) 835-.

— — , absence of mechanical connection.
Lodge, O. Phil. Trans. (A) 189 (1897) 149-.

, cozmeotion. Lodge, O. Nt. 48 (1893)

627.
mechanics. Farkas, G. [1900] Mth. Tennt.
Eta. 19 (1901) 99-; Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900)
60-.

The Ether 0600

mechanism for constitution of. Thomson,

(Sir) W. Edinb. B. S. P. 17 (1891) 127-.
molecular inductions due to longitudinal waves.

Codazza, G. Mil. G. I. Lomb. 4 (1852) 199-.
molecules in electric conductors, number and

weight. Herwig, H. A. Ps. G. 150 (1873)

381-.
— , and material molecules, relations. Wittwer,

C. D. Nf. B. ('1883) 66-.
moUon. Klinkerfues, W. Oott. Nr. (1870)

226-.

— (Elinkerfues's experiment). Haga, H,
Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900) 583-.

— near Earth, and aberration problems.
Lodge, 0. J. [1893] Phil. Trans. (A) 184
(1894) 727-; Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 549-.

motions, possible. Mie, O, A. Ps. G. 68

(1899) 129-.
— , — . Wien, W. [1900] Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 148-.
— , — (Wien). Mie, G. [1900] Ps. Z. 2

(1901) 181-.
nature. Brooke, C. Ph. Mg. 32 (1866) 531-.
in nature, r61e. Burdin, ~. G. B. 75 (1872)

1602-.
non-existence of density in. Stoney, G. J,

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6 (1880-90) 392-.
and origin of matter, hypotnesis. Martha-

Beker, F. G. B. 79 (1874) 897-.
physics. Larmor, J. B. A. Bp. (1900) 613-.
is it ponderable ? Grolous, J, Par. S. Phim.

BU. 12 (1875) 56-.
potential, deduction of Green's expression.

Volkmann, P. A. Ps. G. 35 (1888) 354-.
pressure. Lam^, G. G. B. 14 (1842) 35-.
production of longitudinal waves in. Kelvin,

(Lord). B. 8. P. 59 (1896) 270-.
propagation of disturbances in. Weinberg, B. P.

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 30 (Ps,) (1898) 142- ; J. de

Ps. 9 (1900) 54-.

— — electricity through. Preston, S. T,
Elect. 27 (1891) 519-, 652-.

properties, methoa of establishing. Kretz, X.

G. B. 79 (1874) 287-.
— , models illustrating. Fitzgerald, G, F,

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1886) 407- ; L. Ps. 8. P.

7 (1886) 74-; Ph. Mg..l9 (1885) 438-.

real, as one of the great principles of physical
nature. Martin, E. G. B. 66 (1863) 1211-.

resisting, barometer indications. Chase, P, E.
Am. J. So. 38 (1864) 153-.

rotational, in its application to electromagnet-
ism. Heaviside, O. Elect. 26 (1891) 360-.

and solar spectrum, and radiation and waves.
Broca, A. Bv. Sc. 6 (1896) 1-.

as source of motion. Preston, S, T, Elect. 26
(1891)754-; 27(1891)14.

specific heat. FiUgerald, G. F. Dubl. 8. Sc.
P. 4 (1886) 477-.

spheres, a vera causa of physical phenomena.
Eamshaw, S, B. A. Bp. (1879) 248-.

squirts. Pearson, K, Am. J. Mth. 13 (1891)
309-.

universal, theory. Marsili, L. Mil. At. 8. It.

8 (1865) 494-.

vibrations. Laurent, P. A. G. B. 21 (1845)

529-.
— . Chase, P. E. Am. Ph. 8. P. 12 (1872)

411-.

83

f2

0600 Theories of the Ether Dynamical Theories of Gravitation 0700

vibrations, elliptic longitudinal. Ketteler, E,

[1877] A. Pb. C. 3 (1878) 83-, 284-.
— , resistance of molecules to. Bouaintiq^ J.

C. R. 117 (1893) 138-.
— , theory, and chemical action of light.

FuHnieri, A, A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 11 (1841)

142-.
viscosity, experiments. Lodge^ — . Nt. 44

(1891) 454.
waves, and their action. Preston^ S, T. Elect.

28 (1892) 399-.
— , possibility of electric forces causing. Fitz-
gerald, G. F. [1879-82] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 1

(1883) 133-, 173-, 325-.
whirib and projections (Savart's figures). Heen,

P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. (1899) 589-; Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 9 (1900) 147-.

Force, vehicle of. MorrU, C. J. Sc. 2 (1880)

607-.
Heat, conic theory. Harhord, J. B, Ph. Mg.

34 (1867) 106-, 186-.
Law of Fresnel. Jablonski, E, Liouv. J. Mth.

2 (1886) 441-.
Luminiferous and electric medium, dynamical

theory. Larmor,J. [1893-94] Phil. Trans.

(A) 185 (1895) 719-.

— — — — , — — . (Electrons, theory.)
Larmar, J. [1895] Phil. Trans. (A) 186
(1896) 695-.

— •— , (Larmor). Poineari, H,

Eclair. Elect. 3 (1895) 5-, 289-; 5 (1895) 5-,

385-.
— — , . (Belations with material

media.) Larmor, J, [1897] Phil. Trans.

(A) 190 (1898) 205-.
, . (Electrodynamic equations

of moving material medium, and electro-

striction.) Larmor, J. B. S. P. 63 (1898)

365-.
Magnetic action on light, theory. Larmor, J,

B. A. Bp. (1893) 335-.
, — (Larmor). Basset, A, B, Nt.

52 (1895) 618.

— medium in interspaces of matter. Codazza , G,
[18551 MU. G. I. Lomb. 8 (1856) 247-.

Material medium pervading space, existence.

Stewart, B. B. I. P. 4 (1866) 558-.
Matter of space. MorrU, C, Nt. 27 (1883)

349-; 28 (1883) 148-.
Motion, communication in rationally distributed

medium. MarsiUy, {leg£n,) L,J,A, de C, de.

As. Fr. C. B. (1880) 140-.

— in infinite elastic solid, produced by body
moving through same space. Kelvin, (Lord),
[1900] Edinb. B. S. P. 23 (1902) 218-.

— of sphere in infinite elastic medium, and
reaction of medium on sphere, theory.
BHllouin, — . A. C. 2 (1894) 117-.

Pressure of light energy, Maxwell-Bartoli's.
Lebedev, P. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 32 {Ps.) (1900)
211- ; Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 485.

Principles of mechanics ; constitution of bodies ;
theory of perfect gases. Botusinesq, J,
[1872] Bintp. Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 8 (1872-75)
109- ; Liouv. J. Mth. 18 (1873) 305-.

Properties of a medium, influence of obstacles

arranged in rectangular order on. Bayleigh,

{Lordj, Ph. Mg, 34 (1892) 481-.
Bay vibrations. Faraday, M, Ph. Big. 28

(1846) 345-.
, and atoms. Whdpley, J. D. SilUman

J. 48 (1845) 352-; 2 (1846) 401-.
Synthesis of the heavens and the earth.

Moigno, F, N, M. G. B. 96 (1883) 1166-.
Thermodynamics, cosmical. Chase, P. E,

[1874] Am. Ph. S. P. 14 (1876) 141-.
Undulations, primitive, velocity. Chase, P, E,

Am. As. P. 23 (1874) (Pt. 1) 99-.
Universal change, finality, question regarding

one of the physical premises upon which it

is based. Preston, S, T. Ph. Big. 10

(1880) 338-.

Universe, possibility of explaining past changes
by causes at present in operation. Preston,
S. T. J. Sc. 8 (1878) 360-.

0700 Dynamioal Theories of
Gravitation.

iSee also Astronomy 1050.)

Longo, A, (vi Adds,) Palermo Effem. 5

(1833) 19-.
Challu, J, Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 442-.
Hoefer, L, Cosmos 24 (1864) 67-.
Leeoq de Boisbaudran, — . 0. B. 69 (1869)

703-.
Vaschy, ~. J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 165-.
Joly, J, Nt. 51 (1894-95) 57-, 127, 228.
Worthington, A, M, [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95)

79.
Lodge, 0, J. [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95) 154.
Attraction, material, and gravify in particular,

nature. Rohida, K. [1870] (xn) E&mten

Landms. Jb. 10 (1871) 172-.
— , Newtonian, flux of mechanical energy for

motion of bodies under. VoUerra, V. Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 34 (1898) 238- or 366-, 601- or

805- ; N. Gim. 10 (1899) 337-.
— , — , and natural phenomena. S4guin, —

(oin^. Moigno Cosmos 18 (1861) 681-.
— , — , new method of symbolising. HamUUmf

(Sir) W. R, It, Ac. P. 3 (1847) 344-.
— , theory , by Maxwell's method. Gosiewski, W,

Prace Mt.-Fiz. 8 (189*0 178- ; Fsohr. Ps.

(1898) {Ah, 1) 388-.
— , universal. Laborde, — . Les Mondes 55

(1881) 356-.

— , — law. Smythies, J, K, B. S. P. 5

(1849) 831-.
— , — , and magnetism. Maggi, P. G. Verona

Mm. Ac. Ag. 25 (1851) 131-.
— , — , . SludsiU, T, A, (xn) Bee.

Mth. (Moscou) 3 (1868) (Pt, 2) 123-.
Attractive force, origin. Chase, P. E, [1874]

Am. Ph. S. P. 14 (1876) 111-.
— and repulsive forces, and action through a

medium. Tannery, P. J. de Ps. 6 (1877)

242-.
, generation by fluid pressures.

Tannery, P. Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 2 (1878)

95-.

84

0700 Gravitation

Displacemento in homogeneoas mediam dne to

small expansions or contractions. Bouisinesq ,

J, G. B. 94 (1882) 1648-.
Electromagnetic theory of the heavenly motions.

Behr, H. van, [1846] (vi Adds,) Ednigsb.

Nw. Unterh. 1 (1847) 213-.
Falling motion, origin. Morris^ C, J. Sc. 2

(1880) 367-.

GRAVITATION.

Anon, (yi 1166) Sturgeon A. Electr. 9 (1842)

317-.
Buff, H. ZwoUe Voomitgang 1 (1851) 131-.
WaUing, H, F. Am. J. Sc. 40 (1865) 254-.
Mackereth, T. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 20 (1881)

77-.
Fabiant O. (xn) Kosmos (Lw.) 7 (1882) 56-.
JaroUmek, A, [1883] Wien Ak. Sb. 88 (1884)

(Ah, 2) 897-.
LorerUz, H. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 603- ;

Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 559-.
as absorption. Uenkrane, C. Z. Mth. Ps. 37

(1892) [Suppl.) 161-.
application of theory of images. LipschitZf R,

[1861] Grelle J. 61 (1863) 22-.
attempts to explain. Lindeldf,L,L, Helsingf.

Ofv. 12 (1870) 37-.
. Tannery, P. Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm.

5 (1890) 101-.
cause (pamphlet by Vince). Young, (Dr,) T.

[StpruMi DytiMeus,] Nicholson J. 19 (1808)

304- ; 20 (1808) 276-.

— (Dytiscus). Vinee, S, Nicholson J. 19
(1806) 344-.

— . Wakdin, T. B, [1880] N. Z. I. T. 13

(1881) 122-.

— of laws. Avenariui, M. P. [1880] (xn)
Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 6 (2) (1881) 63-.

— , and pendulum experiments. Thompson, J, B,

C. N. 60 (1889) 295-.
— , — universal attraction. Keller, E., dt

Keller, F, A, E, C. B. 56 (1863) 530-.
and cohesion. Thomson, (Sir) W, Edinb. B.

8. P. 4 (1862) 604-.

— conservation of energy. Brileke, E. Wien
SB. 25 a857) 19-.

. Young, (Rev,) O. P, Cn. J. 14

(1875) 589-.
dynamical explanation. Preston, S. T, Wien

Ak. Sb. 87 (1883) (Ab, 2) 795-.
. Rysdnek,A. £xnerBpm.24(1888)90-.

— theories, comparative review. Preston, S, T.
Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 145-.

within Earth. Nystrom, J, W, Franklin I. J.

22 (1851) 205-.
elasticity tneoiy. BeUrami, E, Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 17 (1884) 581-.
eleotrioaJ theoiy. Leray, (Vabb^ — . Les

Mondes 22 (1870) 760-.
. Franklin, W. S. Science 12 (1900)

887-.
and electricity, possible relation. Faraday, M,
[1850] Phil. Trans. (1851) 1-.

— the ether. Dubois, E, A. G^n. Civ. 3
(1864) 233-, 305-.

,, . FMay, C. Habana Ac. A. 9 (*1872)

406- ; 11 (*1874) 429-, 469-.

aravitation 0700

Euler's theory. Isenkrahe, C, [1880] Z.

Mth. Ps. 26 (1881) (H,'lt, Ah,) 1-.
experiments. Wakeltn, T. [1884] N. Z. I. T.

17 (1885) 407-.
fallacy as to theory. Alvord, B, [1882]

Smiths. Misc. Col. 25 (1883) Art. 2, 85-.

(Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 5 (1883).)
and heat. Oreguss, G, [1870] (xn) Mag.

Tud. Ak. 6tk. (Term,) 2 (1872) (No, 5) 14 pp.
, alleged connection. Schuller,A, [1876]

(xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Term.) 6 (1876)

(No. 4) 8 pp.
Huygen8*8 hypothesis. Anon, (vi 230) Bb.

Un. 24 (1823J 3-.
hydrodynamical theory, model for. Kom, A.

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 27 (1898) 197-.
hypotheses. Croll, J, Ph. Mg. 34 (1867) 449-.
and inertia. Fessenden, R. A. Science 12

(1900) 325-.
kinetic theories. Taylor, W. B. Smiths. Bp.

(1876) 205-.

— theorv, bearing on phenomena of cohesion
and chemical action. Preston, 8. T, Ph.
Mg. 5 (1878) 297-.

according to laws of thermodynamics. Anders-

sohn. A, Z. Nw. 10 (1874) 242-.
Le Sage theoiy (ultramundane corpuscles).

Thomson, (Sir) W, [1871] Edinb. B. S. P.

7 (1872) 577-.

. Croll, J, Ph. Mg. 5 (1878) 45-.

, dynamical conditions applicable to.

Preston, S. T, Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 206-, 364-.
, objection. Farr, C, C, [1897] N. Z.

I. T. 30 (1898) 118-.
Le Sage-Thomson theory, difiBculties in. Oliver,

J, E, Am. As. P. (1892) 88-.
and light. W...o, Baumgartner Z. 5 (1837)

471-.
, cosmical relations. Chase, P. E, [1869]

Am. Ph. S. P. 11 (1871) 103-.
, relative velocities. Chase, P. E. Am.

Ph. S. P. 13 (1873) 148-.
mechanical theory. Kiaer, H. J. Ghristiania

F. (1892) No. 12, 30 pp. ; Fsohr. Ps. (1892)

(Ah. 1) 209.
. Casalonga, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1900)

(Pt, 1) 138-.
, importance of experiments. Preston,

S, T. Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 391-.
mechanism. Odstriil, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 89

(1884) (Ah, 2) 485-.
molecular attraction or chemical affinity referred

to. Lihes, A. J. de Ps. 54 (1802) 391-,

443-.
and molecular attraction, identity. Nohili, L,

Brugnatelli O. 10 (1817) 259-.
energy of matter. Sutherland, A. [1877 ]

Vict. B. S. T. 14 (1878) 84-.

— nature of the ether, hypothesis. BaU,
W, W, R, Mess. Mth. 21 (1892) 20-.

nature and velocity, determination. Fessenden,

R. A. Science 12 (1900) 740-.
new theoiy. heray, {pahhi) — . G. B. 69 (1869)

615-.
Newton's law, and the law of attraction.

Anderssohn, A. (sen.) Mt. Ostld. 5 (1892)

71-.

85

0800

Measurement of Dynamical Qnantities

0805

■ t

.1

physical theories. JEfaZZ, T. P. Iowa Ao. So.

P. 3 (1896) 47-.
present position of our knowledge. Mouison,

A, Ziir. Vjschr. 14 (1869) 167-.
propagation with reference to time and space.

Gerher, P. Z. Mth. Ps. 43 (1898) 93-.
Biemann's theory. Helm, O, Z. Mth. Ps. 23

(1878) 261-.
and rotation, mntual effects. HSussler, J, W,

Ezner Bpm. 22 (1886) 501-.
, (Haussler). Lampe, E. Exner

Bpm. 23 (1887) 571-.
, . Hdtusler, J. W. Exner Bpm.

23 (1887) 719-.
, (Lampe). Hdussler^ J. W, Exner

Bpm. 24 (1888) 60-.
, (Haussler). Favero, G, B. Bm.

B. Ao. Line. Bd. 4 (1888) {Sem, 1) 310-.
, (Haussler). Lampe, E. Exner

Bpm. 24 (1888) 324-.
as secondary electric effect, theory. Festenden,

jR. A. [1900] So. Abs. 4 (1901) 8-.
terrestrial. Fontana, G. [1798] Mod. S. It.

Mm. 8 (1799) 124-.
transformation. Croll, J. Ph. Mg. 2 (1876)

241-.
velocity of propagation. Hepperger, J. van,

Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (Ab. 2a) 337-.

. PresUm, S. T. Nt. 48 (1893) 103.

, determination by Doppler's principle.

Mewet, R. Dingier 315 (1900) 637-.

Gravitational permeability. Austin, L.W.^dt

Thwing, C. B. Ps. Bv. 5 (1897) 294-.
Molecular physics, problem, contribution of

astronomy to solution. Pictet, R. A. G.

25 (1882) 546-.
Newton and action at a distance. Kincan,

C. de, Bv. Quest. Sc. 33 (1893) 169-.
PotentifiJ energy. Proveiuali, F, 8. Bm. N.

Line. Mm. 4 (1888) 3-.
Quartz crystals, directive action. Poynting,

J. H,,dt Gray, P. L. [1898] Phil. Trans.

(A) 192 (1899) 245-.
Bepulsion. Heath, D, D. Nt. 30 (1884) 490.
Solar and planetaiy systems, electrical nypo-

thesis for. Delta, Elect. Bv. 42 (1898) 72-,

138-, 283-, 460-, 491- ; 43 (1898) 655.

MEASUREMENT OF DYNAMICAL
AND MECHANICAL QUANTI-
TIES. ELASTICITY.

0800 General.

Accurate straight edges, manufacture. Wads-
worth, F, L, O. Franklin I. J. 138 (1894)
1-.

Art of measuring. Siemens, (Sir) C, W. V.
Nost. Eng. Mg. 15 (1876) 159-.

Degree of accuracy of measures. MaccUuso, D.
Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 17 (1883) 173-.

Errors in reading graduations. Dorst, F, J,
Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 383-.

Extremely small distances,appreciation. Stoney,
G, J. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 7 (1891-92) 530-.

Force (energy) and matter, persistence. Dreher,

E, Emden Nf . Gs. Jbr. (1891-92) 37-.
Indicators and registering instruments, condi-
tions necessary for. BUmdel, A. C. B. 116

(1893) 748-.
BCarks on glass, method of making clear.

Martens, F, F. A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 206-.
Measurements of precision, relation to condition

of man. MendenhaU, T. C, J. H. Un. Cir.

13 (1893-94) 42-.
Measuring instruments at the Philadelphia

Electrical Exhibition. GuSrout, A, Lum.

Elect. 16 (1885) 7-.
Metrological instruments. Lehmann, C, F, Z.

Ethnl. 28 (1696) (438)-, (572).
^~ research, present state. Lehmann, C, F.

Z. Ethnl. 26 (1894) (188)-.

— studies. Wild, H, [I.] St. P^t. Ac. Sc.
Mm. 18 (1872) {No, 8) 26 pp.; 23 (1877)
(No. 8) 22 pp.

in British Museum. Lehmann, C, F. Z,

Ethnl. 23 (1891) (515)-.
Metrology. Chisholm,H.W. Nt. 8 (1873) 268-.
— , chapter in. Grafstrom, E, Am. Eng. &

BaUroad J. 72 (1898) 289-.
— .progressof science in. Harkness,W, Smiths.

Misc. Col. 33 (1888) Art. 4, xxxix (&m)-.

(Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 10 (1888).)
Microscope in workshop. Rogers, W,A, Mcr.

S. J. 6 (1886) 679-.

— — — (testing planeness of surfaces).
Rogers, W. A, Am. Mcr. S. P. 14 (1892) 128-.

Modem measurements, refinement. Brashear,
J. A. Sid. Mess. 9 (1890) 204-.

Pressure, influence of small differences on re-
sults of accurate measurements and weigh-
ings. Marek,W.J, Carl Bpm. 17 (1881) 593-.

Value of physical constants for Bucarest.
Negreanu, D. Bucarest Ac. Bom. A. 19
{Pt. admin,) (1897) 390- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1898)
425.

Whitworth's planes, standard measures, and
guns. TyndaU, J. B. I. P. 7 (1875) 624-.

0805 Theory of Measurement
(combination of observations).
Harmonic Analysis. Units
and Dimensions. Standards oi
Measurement.

THEOBY OF MEASUBEMENT (COMBINA-
TION OF OBSEBVATIONS).

{See Mathematics 1630.)

HABMONIC ANALYSIS.

Perry, J. Elect. 28 (1892) 362.

Houston, E. J., db KenneUy, A.E, Sc. Abs. 1

(1898) 471.
Graphic method. Hess, A, Eclair. Elect. 5

(1895) 20-.
Harmonic analyser. Thomson, {Sir) W, B.

S. P. 27 (1878) 371-.

86

0806

Units and Dimensions

0805

Harmonio analyser, new. Henrici, 0. Gdtt.

Nr. (1894) 80-; L. Ps. S. P. 18 (1896) 77-;

Ph. Mg. 88 (1894) 110-.
, reading amplitude and epoch directly.

Sharp, A. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1896) 89- ; Ph.

Mg. 38 (1894) 121-.
, simple form. Yule, G, U. L. Ps. S. P.

13 aB96) 40a- ; Ph. Mg. 39 a896) 367-.

— analysers, new. Hess, A. Eclair. Elect. 4
(1896) 386-.

New method. Sharp, A, L. Ps. S. P. 13

(1896) 699.
Polar-planimeter method. Finsterwalder, S.

Z. Mth. Ps. 43 (1898) 8&-.
Wave motion. L%ndd6f,L.L, [1878] Helsingf.

Ofv. 16 (1874) 86-.

UNITS AND DIMENSIONS.

BahXa, M. B. Arg. S. Ci. A. 29 (1890) 97-,
269-; 30 (1890) 21-, 81-, 161-, 241-.

Absolute ana gravitation systems. Slate, F,
Nt. 44 (1891) 446.

— units. Bohn, C. [1882] A. Ps. C. 18
(1883) 846-; 20 (1883) 690-.

(Bohn). V<akmann, P. A. Ps. C. 19

(1888) 246-; 21 (1884) 61&-.
. Moan, W, B. A. Bp. (1891) 680; Tel,

J. 28 (1891) 649-.
. Kis^akovtkij, V, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 26

{Pi.) (1893) 81-; J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 237.
and measurement in mechanics. Kiel, — .

Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1896) 80-.
, reduction to fundamental units of time

and length. Sahtdka, J. Elekttech. Z. 11

(1890) 46^.

, system. SundeU,A.F. [1881] Helsingf.

Acta 12 (1883) 361-.

,— . Volkmann,P. A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 481-.

, — . Lehmarm, O, Karlsruhe Nt. Vr.

Vh. 13 (1900) (Ab.) 366-.

, — , and dimensions of physical quanti-
ties. Krebs, — . Cztg. Opt. 10 (1889) 7-.

, — -, — electrical units. Giraldy, F,

Lum. Elect. 6 (^1881) 181-, 216-.

, systems. Szarvady, O. Lum. Elect.

14 (1884) 821-, 876-, 418-.

, — . Boulanger, J. Lum. Elect. 16

(1886) 3-.
, — Winter, W. Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

471-.
Algebraic symbols in applied mathematics.

Lodge, O. J. Nt. 43 (1891) 613.
. Macaiday, W. H, Nt. 43

(1891) 668.

C. G. 8. and centimeter dyne second system
of units, and a gravitational experiment.
Feuenden, JR. A. Science 22 (1893) 339-.

system. (Correction of statements in

Everett's book.) Tittmann, 0. H. Nt. 46

(1892) 581.

(Tittmann). Everett, J, D, Nt.

46 (1892) 681-.
, fundamental units. Stok, — van

der. Batav. Ntk. Ts. 47 (1887) 688-.
, metre in. Torre, M, Bv. Sc.-

Ind. 22 (1890) 262-.

C. G. S. system, metric units of force, energy
and power, larger than units of. Thomson,
(Prof,) Jas. B. A. Bp. (1876) (Sect.) 32-.

units. Preece, W. H. Elect. 21

(1888) 701-.

Constants and units, report. GmUaume, C, E.

B. A. Bp. (1892) 166-.
— , universal natural. Thiesen, M, D. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1900) 116-.
Dimensional equations and change of units.

Shaw, W. N. Camb. Ph. S. P. 6 (1886) 137-.
, homogeneity in. Clavenad, C. C. B.

116 (1892) 470-.
-^ — , (Clavenad). Va^ehy, — . C. B.

116 (1892) 697-.

— — , and nomenclature. Thomson, (Prof,)
Jos, B. A. Bp. (1878) 461-.

, use. Peddie, W, Edinb. Mth. S. P. 9

(1891)30-; 11(1893)7.
Dimensions method, application to proof of

physical theorems. Neesen, F. A. Ps. C.

7 (1879) 329-.
— r of physical quantities. Winter, W. Exner

Bpm. 21 (1886) 776-.
. Baverot, E. Lum. Elect. 23

(1887) 101- ; 36 (1890) 601-.
, relation to directions in space.

Williams, W. L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1892) 367-;

Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 234-.
, suppressed. Bucker,A.W. [1888]

L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 37-; Ph. Mg. 27

(1889) 104-.

, systems of, and laws of action.

Bovida, A, Lum. ]^lect. 62 (1894) 601-.
, theory. Pietzker, F. D. Nf. Vh.

(1898) {Th. 2. Hdlfte 1) 30-.

— , theory. Sluginov, N, P, (xn) Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 16 (Ps., Pt. 1) (1884) 49-, 238-; Fschr.

Ps. (1884) [Ab. 1) 28 — .
— , — . Abraham, H. J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 61ft-.
— , — . Schreber, A. J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 613-.

— of /t and ic. Fessenden, B. A. Am. As. P.

(1899) 116- ; Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 1-, 83-.
(Fessenden). P.,W.A. Elect.

Bv. 46 (1900) 898-.
Dynamical units (B. A. rep., 1873). Everett,

J. D. B. A. Bp. 48 (1873) 222-.

. Smith, B.H. Nt. 36 (1887) 68.

, absolute, system. Boviaa, A. Bv. Sc.-

Ind. [24 (1892)] 163-.
Electrical units and definitions. Basso, G,

It. S. Met. An. 6 (1890) 131-.
Elements of physical work: — vis viva, force,

etc. Nystrom, J. W. Franklin I. J. 48

(1864) 326-.
Energetics. Ostwald, W. Leip. Mth. Ps. B.

43 (1891) 271- ; 44 (1892) 211-.
Fundamental units. MendenhdU, T, C. Am.

S. CE. T. 30 (1893) 120-.
in absolute systems, change. MaUigoli,

JR. iiclair. felect. 11 (1897) 686-.
, — . Brylinski, E. Eclair.

ilect. 12 (1897) 60-.
Gaussian units. Abria, O. [1882] Bordeaux

S. Sc. Mm. 6 (1883) 16-.
(Germany, system of units for. Anon, (vi 626)

Hann. Z. Aroht. Vr. 6 (1860) 481-.

87

0805 Units and Dimensions

Homogeneity of fonnolsB. Ledieu, A. C, H.
G. B. 96 (1883) 1692-.

— and physical equations. Clavenad, — . G^n.
Civ. 23 (1893) 176-.

— in physical lormalsB. Bertrand, J. G. B.
86 (1878) 916-.

— , reciprocity. Ledieu, A, C. H, C. B. 96

(1883) 1834-.
M. E. S. system of units. Bogers^ F. J, Ps.

Bv. 11 (1900) 115-.
Magnetic, gravitational and luminous force.

Chate, P. E. [1876] Am. Ph. 8. P. 14

(1876) 607-.

— quantities, dimensions. Hospitalier^ E.
[1887] Eldct. 20 (1888) 163-.

Mass and force units. Newcomb, S, Science

2 (^1883) 493-.
Micrometrio unit (micron p). Comet j — .

[1880] Brux. S. Big. Mor. BU. 6 (*1882)

cxxvi-.
Natural system of units. Hauff, J. K. F. Bode

As. Jb. (1813) 228-.
Nature, units of. SUmey, G. J. [1881] Dubl.

S. Sc. P. 3 (1883) 51-.
Notation for units. Didion, I. Metz Mm.

Ac. 17 (1835-36) 227-.
. Macfarlanet — . Cn. I. P. 3 (1886)

81-.
Ostwald's system of units, and surface tension.

Schreher, K. Ps. Z. 1 J1900) 75-, 165-.
Physical quantities, mamematical classifica-
tion. Maxwell, J. C. L. Mth. S. P. 3

(1869-71) 224-.
Beduction of units to a single dimension.

Budde, E. A. Ps. C. 20 (1883) 161-.
Units. Qiraldy, F. hum. Elect. 3 ('1881)

89
— . ' Guillaume, C. E. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4

(1901) 475-.
— , systems. PioncJum, J. Bordeaux S. Sc.

Mm. 2 (1891) 1-.
— , theory. Ledieu, A.C.H, G. B. 95 (1882)

1328- ; 96 (1883) 986-.
— r, — . Szarvady, G, hum. 6lect. 23 (1887)

401-.
Value of physical constants in different systems.

Malagoli, R, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 29 (1897) 269-.
The watt and horse-power. Preece, W. H.

Elect. 13 (1884) 473.
Weight, mass, and dynamical units. Haytoard,

R. B. Nt. 35 (1887) 604-.
— f force, units. OreenhUl, A, Q. Nt.

35 (1887) 486-.
— t , — . Oeoghegan, E, Nt. 35 (1887)

534; 36(1887)4.

— . , — . Lodge, A. Nt. 35 (1887)

557.

— . , — . EUioU,A. C. Nt. 35 (1887)

605-.

— . , — . Lock, J. B. Nt. 36 (1887)

174. '

— » , — . Macfarlane, A, Nt. 36

(1687) 174-.

— t , — . Greenhill, A. G. Nt. 36

(1887) 196-.

Standards of Measurement 0805

STANDABDS OF MEASUBEMENT.

Littman, E, Stockh. Ak. Hndl. (1844) 17-.
Chisholm, H. W. Nt. 8 (1873) 268-.
Jackson, L. d'A. J. Sc. 21 (1884) 789-.
Babylonian measure and weight and their varia-
tions. Lehmann, C, F. Z. Ethnl. 21 (1889)

(245)-, (642)-.
Bntish standards. Lucas, JR. B. [1885] S.

Aust. B. S. T. 9 (1887) 18-.
Burmese measure and weight. NodHng, F.

Z. Ethnl. 28 (1896) (40)-.
Comparison of standards of Franoe, Bussia and

Great Britain. (With tables.) Mendelieff,

D. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (1897) 165-.
Cube, cylinder and sphere. Sir G. S. Evelyn's,

remeasurement. Kater, H. Phil. Trans.

(1821) 316-.
Cubic inch and ** loth " ; cubic centimetre and

gramme. Bauer, K. L, A. Ps. C. 133

(1868) 189-.
Decimal measures. NeUson, W. (vi Add9.)

Glasg. T. I. Eng. 1 (1857-58) 41-.

— metric system for Bussia. Petruievsh^,
r. r. Bs, Ps.-C. S. J. 25 (Ps.) (1893) 91- ;
J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 237-.

— and metric systems. Penrose, F. C. [1863]
Br. Archt. I. Pp. (1864) 43-.

— system. Walmsley, R. Af. Sc. S. Arts T.
13 (1894) 445-.

of 17th century. Gore, J. H. Am. J.

Sc. 41 (1891) 22-.
with 1/16-inch as basis. Holland, J. S.

(VI Adds.) Glasg. T. I. Eng. 1 (1857-58)

39-.
, link of Gunter's chain as unit. Lyman,

B. S. Am. As. P. 15 (1866) 100-.
of weights, measures and coins, uniform.

Broum, S. [1858] Assur. Mg. 8 (*1860) 156-,

263-.
Egyptian measures, ancient. Girard, P, 8.

(VI Adds.) Con. des Temps 14, (1806)

420-.
, — , recent discoveries. Anon, (vi 152)

Bb. It. 53 (1829) 200-.
Fundamental standards of length and mass.

Mendenhall, T. C. U. S. Coast Geod. Sv.

Bll. No. 26 (1893) 1-.
Great Pyramid, metrology. Smyth, C. P.

Edinb. B. S. T. 23 (1864) 667-; 24 (1867)

385-.
, — . Wackerbarth, A. D. [1868] Edinb.

B. S. P. 6 (1869) 235-.
, _. Simpson, (Sir) J. Y. [1868] Edinb.

B. S. P. 6 (1869) 243-.

, — (Wackerbarth and Simpson). Smyth,

C. P. [1868] Edinb. B. S. P. 6 (1869)
316-.

, — . Smyth, C. P. QJ. Sc. 1 (1871)

16-, 177-.
, — . Barnard, F. A. P. Soh. Mines Q.

N. Y. 5 (1884) 97-, 193-, 289-.
, — . Totten, (Lt.) C. A. L. V. Nost.

Eng. Mg. 31 (1884) 226-.
Metre and kilogramme. Wrede, F, J. [1872]

Stockh. Bh. Ak. Hndl. 1 (1872-73) No. 3,

40 pp.

88

0805

Standards of Meararement

Length 0805

Bfetre and kilogramine des Arohives, copies.

StdnheU, C A. von. Miinch. Gel^rte Az.

8 (18S9) 389- ; Wien D. 27 (1867) (1*« Ah.)

151-.
and standards of Conservatoire

des Arts et Metiers, comparison. Marin,

A. J, Par. A. Cions. 5 (1864) 6-.
, comparison, new method. Lummer,

O. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 6 (6m)-.
, mean temperatore for. Maut, U,

A. Ck)ns. Arts et M^t. 10 (*1878) 145-.
and second. Zanotti Bianco ^ 0. N.

Antol. Sc. 136 (1894) 476-.
, standard. Stamkart^ F, J. Amst.

Ak. Vs. M. 17 (1882) 74-.
, — . (Report.) Amsterdam Konink-

lyke Akademie, Commistie. Amst. Ak. Ys. M.

3 (1887) 280-.
^ , — . Donderst F. C, Amst. Ak. Vs.

M. 3 (1887) 291-.
, — (Bonders). Bostcha, J. Amst.

Ak. Vs. M. 3 (1887) 426-.
, — (Bosscha). Danders f F, C. Amst.

Ak. Vs. M. 4 (1888) 169-.
, — . Oudemanst J. A. C, Amst. Ak.

Vs. M. 4 (1888) 448-.

, — . Stamkart, F. J. Amst. Ak. Vs.

. M. 4 (1888) 458-.
, — , copies. Stamkart, F. J, Amst.

Ak. Vs. M. 16 (1881) 359-.
Metric and British units. Ooodwyn, H.

Nicholson J. 4 (1801) 163-.
, conversion, tables for. Stoney,

Metric system, Berchthold's. MdUinger, 0,

Sch. Gs. Vh. (1848) 74-.
, Chili. Cerveroy J., et aUi, Santiago de

ChiU Un. A. 26 (^1865) 719-.

— — » Egyptian, relation to Babylonian.
Lehmann, C. F. Z. Bthnl. 21 (1889)
(630)- ; 22 (1890) (86)-.

— — , extension. BeUet, D. Rv. So. 51
(1893) 667-.

and the Government. MenderihaU, T. C.

Am. Eng. & Railroad J. 72 (1898) 294.
, historical notice. Morint A, J, Par.

A. Cons. 9 (1873) 573-.
in Liguria. MuUedo^ — . Geneva B4m.

I. Ligare 1 (1806) 139-.

— — — meteorology. Hazen, H, A, Nt. 58
(1895-96) 198-.

and its new basis. Lannoy^ — de, Rv.

Quest. So. 45 (1899) 156-.
, objections urged against. Sgiitre, W, 8.

S. C. In. J. 19 (1900) 107-.

— — , proposed international standard for
screw threads. Anon. Am. Eng. & Railroad
J. 70 (1896) 59-.

, prototypes. Panticovllant, O. le D. de.

C. R. 69 (1869) 728-.
, — (de Pont^coulant). Faye, H, A. JS.

C. R. 69 (1869) 737-.
Natural measures, pendulum, arc of meridian,

wave lengths of light. WiUigen^ V. 8. M.

van der. [1870] Amst. Vs. Ak. 5 (1871)

(Ntk.) 17-, 46-; Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl. 3

(1874) 142-.

G. J. [1889] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6 (1888-90) , — , , . Stamkart,

355-.

English units, conversion, tables for.

Frazer, P. {jun.) Am. Ph. S. P. 17 (1878)
536-.

— standards, general. Jacobi, H. C. R. 69
(1869) 854-.

, new. Hermann, F. Bern Mt. (1870)

243-.
, — , comparison. Marek, W. Z. Instk.

11 (1891) 296-.
, — prototypes, and their equations.

BewAt, J. JR. [1889] Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.

Mm. 7 (1890) 132 pp.

— system. Anon, (vi 308) Con. des Temps
(1801) 455-.

. Brown, S. Assur. Mg. 11 (♦1864) 263-.

. Abt, A, (xn) Eolozsv&r Orv.-Term.

T&rs. Ets. [1] (1876) {Term. EstSl.) [1]-.
. Brit. Ass. Comm. B. A. Rp. (1884)

27—
.' Wemetein, — . D. Nf . Vh. (1893) (Th.

2, HalfU 1) 27-.

. Basse, W. Am. Eng. & Railroad J.

- 70 (1896) 137.
. Brook-Fox, F. G. Nt. 53 (1895-96)

222.
-r- — .' Strachey, R. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 270.
. Dixon, W. F. Am. Eng. & Railroad J.

72 (1898) 368.
. Dawson, J. E. [1899-1900] I. Mn. E.

T. 17 (1900) 326-; 18 (1900) 408- ; 20 (1902)

505-.
, Babylonian. Lehmann, C. F. Berl. Ps.

Gs. Vh. (1889) 81-.

F. J., dt Stuart, L. C. [1870] Harl. Arch.

Ms. Teyl. 3 (1874) 167-.
Ratio of certain measures. Prany, (baron) R.

de. [18163 Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 2 (1817) 409-,

435-.
Russian yard and pound, comparison with

English prototypes. MendeUev, D. Rs.

Ps..C. S. J. 29 (Ps.) (1897) (App.) 93-.
Swedish units of length, volume and weight,

history. Wallmark, L. J. Stockh. Ofv.

11 (1854) 86-.
Swiss standards, reform. Wild, H. [1868]

Ztlr. N. D. Sch. Gs. 23 (1869) (Mm. 3)

170 pp.
Systems of measurement. Bertrand, — . Les

Mondes 8 (1884) 50-, 104-, 131-.
United States prototype standards. MendenhaU,

T. C. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 18 (1890) 716-.

STANDARDS OP MEASUREMENT:
LENGTH.

Rodenbach, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 29 (1870) 559-.

6ubr, E. Casopis 3 ('1874) 228-; 4 (♦1875)

21-, 57-, 134-, 167-, 209- ; Fschr. Mth.

(♦1874) 749.
Rogers, W. A. (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 1 (1878-79)

97-; («) Am. Ac. P. 15 (1880) 273-; 18

(1883) 287-.
Gieseler, E. A. Franklin I. J. 126 (1888) 115-.
Clark, E. P. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 14 (1893)

112-, 192-.

89

0805 Length

Standards of Measurement

Metre 0805

Alloys suitable for standards and instruments

of precision. OuiUaumet C E, Par. Poids

et Mes. Py. (1897) 98-.
Ancient and modem measures. Bertird^ M,

Lucca At. Ac. 6 (1830) 265-.
prehistoric measures. Qreg^R^P. [1885-

86] Cn. Be. Sc. 1 (1885) 211- ; 2 (1887) 48-.

— standards rediscovered. Wolf, C. J. E.
C. R. 95 (1882) 977-.

, value. Oerspach, — . C. R. 106 (1888)

1256-.
Babylonian measure. Bdckh, [A.] Berl. B.

(1864) 76-.
* ' Brassa, ' ' ancient measure of Toulouse. Vitry,

U, Toul. Mm. Ac. 3 (1847) 336-.
British modular standard. Hertchel, (Sir)

J, F. W. Franklin I. J. 40 (1860) 47-.
—standards. Kater.H. Phil. Trans. (1821) 75-.
Comparison of Austrian, Italian and French

standards. Schiaparelli, G, F« Mil. I.

Lomb. Rd. 1 (1864) 312- ; MU. EfiFem.

(1866) 3-.
standards of different countries. (Pre-
face by Col. Sir Henry James.) Clarke,

A. R. Phil. Trans. 167 (1867) 161- ; 163

(1873) 445-.
in summer and winter. Oudemans,

J.A.C. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 6 (1889) 299-.
Conservation of standards. Hirsch, Ad., d^

Tresca, H. A. Cons. Arts et M6t. 10 (*1873)

148-.
Construction and comparison of standards.

Rogers, W, A. (xn) Am. S. Mcr. P. (1882)

231- ; (1883) 240-.
Danish standard. Schunuicher, H. C, QJ. Sc.

11 (1821) 184-.
Egyptian cubit and the nilometer. Girard^

P. S. Par. Mm. de r I. 5 (1804) {Sc. Mor.) 63-.
, septenary. Girard, P. S. [1827] Par.

Mm. Ac. Sc. 9 (1830) 691-.

— and Qreek measures. James, (Sir) H, Phil.
Trans. 163 (1873) 445-.

— measure, ancient. Balbo, P. G. Arcad.
20 (1823) 3-.

Electrotypy, copies of standards by. Jacobi, H.

St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 17 (1872) 309-.
Errors due to thickness of bar. Kater, H,

PhU. Trans. (1830) 359-.
Farsakh, Persian. Houtum-Schindler, (Gen,)

A, Gg. S. P. 10 (1888) 584-.
Foot, Piedmont. Litta, A, Ranuzzi An. Gg.

(1845) 84-.
Form of standards. Stas, — . Par. Poids et

Mes. PV. (•1875-76) 97-.
Gauge dimensions, standards of length applied

to. Bond, G. M, Franklin I. J. 117 (1884)

368-.
Gneco-Roman measure derived from Baby-
lonian ell. Ddrpfeld, W. Z. Ethnl. 22

(1890) 99-.
Inch, British, ancient standard. Taylor, J.

Franklin I. J. 42 (1861) 298-.
— , — , as standard of Ohio mound builders.

Skinner, J. R. [1885] Cincin. S. NH. J.

9 (1887) 51 (bU)-, 142-, 231-.
Invariable standard, 17th century attempts to

derive. Grant, JR. As. S. M. Not. 15 (1854-

56) 36-.

Iron and zinc standards, changes in. Baeyer,
J. J. Berl. Mb. (1867) 1-.

"Li," evaluation from Chinese map of For-
mosa. Jomard, E. F, Par. S. Gg. Bll. 18
(1859) 5-.

Metals suitable for standards. GtUllaume, C. E,
Par. Poids et Mes. PY. (1892) 149- ; J. de
Ps. 3 (1894) 218-.

Metre,

HaUy, R. J. Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 1 (1791) 73-.
0., (Prof.). (VI Adds.) Bb. Brit. 19 (1802)

294-.
Beigel, G. W. S. Zaoh M. Cor. 8 (1803) 101-.
Camerer, — . Zach M. Cor. 9 (1804) 220-.
des Archives, copy. SteinheU, C A. von.

Munch. Ab. 4 (1844-46) 245-.
, equations of new copies. Bosscha, J,

Arch. N^rl. 26 (1892) 165-.
, examination. Govi, G, A. Cons. Arts

et M^t. 10 (•1873) 122-.
, grooves in end-bars. Kruspir, I. [1878]

(xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. itk. (Mth.) 2 (1875) {No.

6) 9 pp.
and imperial yard. Rogers, W, A, Am.

As. P. (1886) 111-.
— international metre. Bosscha, — •

C. R. 113 (1891) 344-.
comparison with ancient cubit found at Mem-
phis. Bidone, G., d' Plana, G. (vn) Tor.

Mm. Ac. 30 (1826) (2« pt.) 169-.
— — demitoise of Vienna* Prony, R, de»

Con. des Temps (1837) 2S-.
English foot. Prony, R. de. Bb. Brit.

20 (1802) 105- ; A. C. 5 (1817) 166-.

. Biot, J, B. A. C. 7 (1817) 13-.

standard. Pictet, M. A. B. I. J. 1

(1802) 122-.
. Kater, H. Phil. Trans. (1818)

110-.
toise of Beccaria. Carlini, F. (vi Adds.)

Zaoh Cor. 8 (1823) 147-.
Vienna fathom. Stampfer, S, Wien

Jb. Pol. I. 20 (1839) 145-.
yard. Rogers, W, A, Am. As. P. (1884)

117-.
. Comstoek, C. B. Wash. Nat. Ac.

Mm. 3 (Pt. 2) (1886) 101-.
. Tittmann, 0. H. U. S. Coast

Geod. Sv. Bll. No. 9 (1889) 45-.
. Rogers, W. A, Ps. Rv. 1 (1894)

19-.
; old French foot, comparison with

English foot. Hersehel, J, Nt. 30 (1884)

312.
definition. Lemaire-TesU, C. As. (1884) 305-.
exact determination. Lindenau, B, von, Lin-

denau Z. 1 (1816) 424-.
experimental determination by light-waves.

MicheUon, A. A. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm.

11 (1895) 237 pp.
history. Chevreul, M, E, C. R. 69 (1869)

847-.
International Convention (Paris, 1872). Brock,

0. J. N. Mg. Ntvd. 20 (1874) 276-.
(1873-74). Brock, O. J. N. Mg. Ntvd.

24 (1879) 98-.

90

0806 Metre

Standards of Measurement

Length 0805

International Ck>nvention. PiUaZf A, By. Sc.

44 (1889) 648-, 748-.
(Pans, 1889). Wild, H, I., d: Backlund,

0. A. [1889] St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm. (Rs.)

61 (1890) 99-; St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 33 (1890)

283-.
, 25th anniversaiT. Meyer, E, Bresl,

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1900) {Ab. 2a) 33-.
and Diplomatic Conference. Bossclui, J.

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 10 (1876) 273-.
(1875), effect. fTiW, H. I. [1879] St.

Fit, Ac. Sc. Bll. 26 (1880) 97-.
international, and doable toise at Polkowa,

comparison. Sokoloff, A. St. P^t. Ac. Sc.

BU. 1 (1894) 87-.

— prototype. Foerster, — . C. B. 113 (1891)
413-.

— standard, provisional, report and observa-
tions. Comu, A., dt BeiuM, J, R. Par.
Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 10 (1894) 35 + zlvi pp.

Paris prototype. Knup^r, I, (xn) Mag.

Tud. Ak. Etk. {Mth.) [1] {No. 7) (1871)

18 pp.
standard. Anon, (vi 309) Con. des Temps

(1810) 485-.
— , comparison with toise of Peru. Wolf, C.

C. B. 106 (1888) 977-.
— , copies. Bosseha, — . C. B. 114 (1892)

950-.
— , form and support. IbaHez, (g^n.) — .

A. Cons. Arts et M4t. 10 (*1873) 61-.
— , for Sweden. Jdderin, E., db Lindeberg, K,

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 27 (1895-96) No. 6, 84 pp.
standards. Benoit, J. R,, <fb Guillaume, C, E.

Par. Poids et Nfes. Tr. Mm. 11 (1895)

16+lxzxiii pp.
— , comparison. Tresca, H. Par. A. Cons.

7 (1867) 21-.
— , — . knuper, — . A. Cons. Arts et M6t.

10 (•1878) 177-.
— , determinations, new. BenoU, J. R,, db

GuUlaume, C. E. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.

Mm. 11 (1895) 81 + lvi pp.
— , form. Tretca, H. C. B. 75 (1872) 1223- ;

A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 10 (*1873) 191-.

— . history. Wolf, C, J. jS. C. B. 94 (1882)

1503-.
— , material for construction. Sainte-Claire

DeviUe, H, A. Cons. Arts et Mdt. 10 (*1878)

41-.
— , provisional, metrologio qualities. Broch,

0. J,, Foerster, W,, db Stas, J. S. Par.

Poids et Mes. PV. (*1880) 15-.

— of U. S. Coast and Geod. Survey, and U. S.
Lake Survey. Schott, C. A., db Tittmann,
O. H, U. S. Coast Oeod. Sv. Bll. No, 17
(1889) 165-.

Metres, platinum, belonging to de Prony.

TTe9ea, H, A C. B. 96 (1883) 667-.
Metrical ^stem of length, ancient. Vamhagen,

F,A,de, Bv. BrazU. 2 (1859) 293-.
Biicrometry standard, ** A" centimetre of U.S.

Bureau of Weights and Measures. Hilgard,

J. E, (xn) Am. S. Mcr. P. (1888) 181-.
, • Rogers,

W. A, (xn) Am. S. Mcr. P. (1888) 184-.

Micrometry standard centimetres, description.

EwelL, M. D. Am. S. Mcr. P. 12 (1890) 84-.
, glass and speculum metal. EweU,

M. D. Am. S. Mcr. P. 13 (1891) 71-.
, report. Rogers, W, A, Am. S. Mcr.

P. 13 (1891) 207-.
Mile, English, origin. Faye, H, A. JS, C. B.

92 (1881) 975-.
— , — , relation to size of Earth and to ancient

metrics. Clark, J, M, Y. Nost. Eng. Mg.

28 (1883) 388-.
— , old English. Petrie, W. M. F, [1888]

Edinb. B. S. P. 12 (1884) 254-.
Mural standards. YaUs, J. B. A. Bp. 85

(1865) (Sect,) 159-.
National standard, new, construction. Airy,

G, B. Phil. Trans. (1857) 621-.
Natural standard. Hotueau, J. C, [1880]

Ciel et Terre 1 (^1881) 49-.
Pace as unit. Legrot, (coptt.) V, (xn) Lille

S. Mm. 2 (1876) 129-.
Platinum-iridium, physical properties. Morin,

{ff4n.) A. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (•1877)

43-.
, platinum and iridium standards. Broch,

O, J,, Sainte-Claire DeviUe, H,, db SUu, J, 8.

Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (•1878) 125-.
for standards. Broch, 0, J., Sainte-
Claire DeviUe, H,, db Stas, J, S. Par. Poids

et Mes. PV. (^1877) 12-.
standards. Broch, O, J,, Sainte-Claire

DeviUe, H,, dt Stas, J, S, Par. Poids et Bles.

PV. (•1879) 153-.

. Stas, J. S, A. C. 22 (1881) 120-.

. Bosscha, J, Delft 6c. Pol. A,

1 (1885) 65-; 2 (1886) 1-, 116-.
Prussian standard, and copies. Bessel, F. W,

As. Nr. 17 (1840) 193-.
Beconstitution of a standard from memory.

Colardeau, E. J. de Ps. 7 (1898) 521-, 686.
Scale, Shuckburgh, and Eater pendulum.

Tittmann, O, H, Nt. 41 (1890) 538.
— , standard, Aberdeen, comparison with

standard scale of Boyal Astronomical Society.

Baily, F. B. A. Bp. (1835) 91-.
— , — , of Boyal Astronomical Society. Baily,

F. As. S. Mm. 9 (1836) 35-.
Standards constructed by the Soci^t^ Genevoise.

Rogers, W, A, Am. Ac. P. 20 (1885) 879-.
— and their sub-division. Bond, G, M*

Franklin L J. 117 (1884) 281-, 357-.
Toise, BessePs, copies. Baeyer, J, J, As.

Nr. 38 (1864) 273-.
— , evaluation. Lindhagen, D. G. [1862] (vm)

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 4 (1864) No, 4, 10 pp.
•* — du P6rou,*' BessePs, copy in glass. Stein-

heil, C, A. von, [1869] Wien D. 30 (1870)

(1*« Ab.) 21-.
Unit of length. Yates, J, Franklin I. J. 42

(1861) 348-.
. Edwardes, D, M. Mcr. J. 14 (1875)

49-.
, astronomical. Paucker, M, G, von,

[1861] St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 10 (1852)

209-.
, geographical. Guggenberger, J, M,

Wien Mt. Gg. Gs. 3 (1859) 31-.

91

0805

Standards of Measnreinent : Mass

0805

Unit of length, method of deducing from
earth's corvatare. Boaz, J. Tilloch Ph.
Mg. 61 (1823) 266-.

of standard scale by Sir George Shuck-

bnrgh. Walker, (Gen.) J. T, R. S. P. 47
(1890) 186-.

Units of length and area, ancient. Ideler, C, L.
Berl. Ab. (1825) (Ph.) 169- ; (1826) (Ph.) 1-;
(1827) ^h.) 111-.

, English and metric, method of express-
ing on same scale. BalUm, G. JP., <J^ Rogers,
W. A. [1881] Am. As. P. 80 (1882) 116-.

Vienna and Polkowa standards, comparison.
Struve, F. G. W. von. Wien SB. 44 (1861)
(^6. 2) 7-.

Yajd, imperial standard, Boyal Society copy.
Kater, H. Phil. Trans. (1831) 345-.

— , Neapolitan standard, compared with
standard yard of Boyal Astronomical Society.
Simms, W. H. As. S. Nfm. 11 (1840) 285-.

Yards, standard, verified by English com-
mission, list. ChUholm, H. W. A. Cons.
Arts et M6t. 10 (^1873) 163-.

STANDARDS OF MEASUREMENT:

MASS.

WaUmark, L. J. Sk. Nf. F. 6 (1861) 101-.
Babylonian standard of weight, common, con-
stitution and age. Lehmann, C, F. Z. Ethnl.

25 (1893) (25)-.
, explanation relative to question.

Lehmann, C. F. Z. Ethnl. 24 (1892) (420)-.
Hanover, 500 gramme standard, tests. Rilhl-

mann, — . Hann. Z. Archt. Vr. 4 (1858)

810-.
Kilogramme des Archives and new standard,

comparison. Broch, O. J, Par. Poids et

Mes. Tr. Mm. 4 (1885) 1-.
standards, comparison. Broch,

0. J. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (*1882) 24-.

— — — — platinum copy, comparison.
Schumacher, H. C. Schumacher Jb. (1836)

■ 237-.
— , comparison with Dutch and English weights.

Moll, G. As. Nr. 9 (1831) 71-; Hall Bij.

6 (1831) 119-.
— , Norwegian weights. Broch, 0, J.

N. Mg. Ntvd. 20 (1873) 125-.
-^, Swedish and Finnish pound. Neovius,

E. Helsingf. Ofv. 14 (1872) 83-.

— , pound. Edlimi, E, Stockh. Ak.

Hndl. 7 (1867-68) {No. 10) 31 pp.

— and its aefinition. Weinstein, B, Berl. Ps.
Gs. Vh. (1891) 107-.

— , divisional weights, standardising. Marek,
W. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (♦1881)
D. 28-; 2 (•1883) D. 16-; 3 (1884) D. 90-.

— , national prototypes, comparison with inter-
national prototype. Thiesen, M, Par. Poids
et Mes. Tr. Mm. 9 (1898) 21 -;- lxvu pp.

— , , — , and tables of observations by

Thiesen and Ereichgauer. Thiesen, M. Par.
Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 8 (1893) 71 + ccclxv pp.

— , prototypes, compensation of comparisons.
Thiesen, M. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 9
(1898) 48 pp.

Kilogramme, prototypes, volume. Thiesen, M.

Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 9 (1898) 51 +

ccxxvn pp.
— , rock-crystal, and Bavarian pound. Stein-

heil, C. A. von. Mflnch. Ab. 4 (1844-46)

163-.
— , standard, comparisons of international

types. Marek, W. J. Par. Poids et Mes.

Tr. Mm. 1 (^1881) D. 51-; 2 (•ISSS) D. 63-;

3 (1884) D. 107-, D. Lxra-.
— , — , copies. Stamkart, F. J. Amst. Ak.

Vs. M. 16 (1881) 350-.
— , — , determination. Oudemans, J". A, C.

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 3 (1887) 141- ; 4 (1888) 97-.
— , — , — , and tests of auxiliaxy instruments.

Marek, W, J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm.

1 (♦1881) D. 1-, D. I-; 2 (♦1883) D. 1-, D.

I-; 3 (1884) D. 1-, D. I-.
— , — , material and shape. Sainte-Claire

DeviUe, H. A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 10 (*1873)

— , — , for Sweden. Ekstrand, A. G„ db Ang-
strom, K. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 27 (1895-96)
No, 5, 34 pp.

— , standards, alloy used for. VioUe, J. 0. B.
108 (1889) 894-.

— , troy ounce, and avoirdupois pound, English
standards. Broch, 0. J. Par. Poids et Mes.
Tr. Mm. 4 (1885) 1-, I-.

— , volume and weight. Broch, O. J. N. Bfg.
Ntvd. 22 (1877) 399-.

Kilogranmies, Norwegian and Swedish. Broch,

O. J. Stockh. Ofv. 30 (1873) {No. 7) 17-.
Mina (manah, mna), Babylonian stuidaid of

weight; heavy, about 780, light, about

390 grammes, history. Lekmann, C. F.

Z. Ethnl. 24 (1892) 216-.
Pound, ancient Roman. Gydry, S. [1863]

(xn) Mag. Ak. l^ts. {Mth. Term.) 5 (1865)

129-.
— , late imperial standard (troy), comparison

with platma copy. Schumacher, H. C. Phil.

Trans. (1836) 457-.
— , new imperial standard (avoirdupois), and

Kilogramme des Archives. MUler, JF, H.

PhU. Trans. (1856) 753-.
— , Swedish, of water at maximum density,

volume. Rudberg, F. L'l. 2 (1884) 89-.
Unit of weight of metric system, Lavoisier's

share in determining. Wolf, C. C. B. 102

(1886) 1279-.
Weights, ancient Roman. CommaHle, A. J.

Phm. 45 (1864) 113-.
— , British, French and Dutch compared.

MoU, G. R. I. J. 2 (1831) 64-.
— , Dutch and French compared. C, Ch. Par.

S. Phlm. Bll. 3 (1803) 107.
— , French, conversion into English. Farey, J.

Nicholson J. 22 (1809) 337-.
— , new French, ratio to those of German

chemists. Guyton de MorveaUf L. B. A. C.

32 (1799) 225-.
— , prehistoric. Lindemann, F. MQnch. Ak.

Sb. 29 (1900) 71-.
— , Russian, value of kilogramme, etc., in.

Kupffer, -A. T. (vm) St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll.

7 (1840) 349-.

92

0805 Standards of Measarement: Volume. Weights aad Measures 0805

Weights, standard, comparison. Heller, A,
(xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Ets. 6 {No. 9) (1872)

14e-.
— , — , of England and India. Arum, (yi 113)

Beng. J. As. S. 1 (1882) 44^.
— , — , and their verification. TennarU, J, F,

Beng. As. S. J. 49 (1880) {Pt. 2) 41-.

STANDABDS OF MEASUBEAIENT :
VOLUME.

Greek and Boman measures of capacity.

Oauldrie-BoiUeau, ~. A. C. 25 (1872)

172-.
Half hectolitre volume standard. Moore, B. P.

N. Arch. Wisk. 6 (•1880) 144-.
Litre, definition. Broeh^ O. J, Par. Poids et

Mes. PV. (•1880) 29-.

— and kilogramme, definition. Gould, B. A.
Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (^1880) 62-.

— , standard, possible influence of material

of measuring vessel. Dakm^ G, (zn)

Arch. Phm. 217 (1880) 173-.
— , value. Emmene, S. H, Science 21 (1893)

141-, 234.
— , — Mendenhall, T. C. Science 21 (1893)

219-.
Paris, measures of capacity before 1797. Coque-

hen, C. Nicholson J. 1 (1797) 193-.

— pint, metric value. Camue, A. G. Par.
Mm. de PI. 5 (1804) {HuL) 29-.

STANDABDS OF MEASUBEMENT:
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

(Turin Academy.) Balbo, P. [1816] Tor. Mm.

Ac. 25 (1820) 419.
Tredgold, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 64 (1824) 30^.
EVUe, B. Philad. Coll. Phm. J. 2 (1831) 111-,

188-.
LamorU, J. Lamont Jb. Stemw. Mtlnch. (1839)

188—
Levi, L. Assur. Mg. 10 (•1863) 337-.
CuUey, J. L. Y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 33 (1885)

496-.
Act of Parliament (abolition of troy weight).

C, A. K. Eduo. Times 32 (•1879) 307.
of Anspach and Nuremberg. Eytelwein, J. A.

Zaoh M. Cor. 9 (1804) 313-, 365-.

" 1. W, ~ '

1 (1800) 610-.

Bavarian. Beigel, G. W. S. Zach M. Cor.

British. FranMeur, L. B, Par. S. Phlm. Bll«

(1825) 129-.
— . Walker, S. C. Franklin I. J. 13 (1834)

94-.
— . Napier, J. R. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 8 (1873)

288-.
Chinese. Zaeh, F. X. von, Lindenau Z.

2 (1816) 351-.
and coinage, report. Amer. Ass. Comm. Am.

As. P. 24 (1875) 19-; 25 (1876) 17-.
— coins and numbers. Attfidd, J, Phm. J.

8 (1867) 223-.
Commission, 3rd report. Kater, H. QJ. Sc.

11 (1821) 378-.
— , — — , observations on. Keith, G. S.

Edinb. Ph. J. 6 (1822) 41-.

comparison, methods. Lamansk^, S, I. Bs.

Ps..C. S. J. 29 {Ps,) (1897) (App,) 118-.
confusion in. CouHns, J, J. Science 20 (1892)

298.

. Mason, W, P, Science 20 (1892) 358.

. MendenhaU, T, C. Science 21 (1893)

79-.
French. Prieur, C, A, A. C. 20 (1797) 191-.
— , comparison. Vega, G, Zach M. Cor. 1

(1800) 460-.
— , English, Bhenish and Weimar, comparison.

K&mer, F. Trommsdorflf N. J. Phm. 7

(1823) {St, 1) 236-; {St. 2) 91-.
German. SchejffUr, H. Grunert Arch. 12

(1849) 1- (Suppl),
— . Dtenger, J, Grunert Arch. 12 (1849) 43-

{Suppl,),
— . Gerling, C, L. [Ascribed to Dienger, in

C. S. P. Vol. II,] Grunert Arch. 13 (1849)

51- {Suppl,),
International Bureau. Brock, 0, J, N. Mg.

Ntvd. 31 (1890) 69-.

— — , history. Ris, F. Bern Mt. (1890)
27-.

: , institution of, and International Con-
vention of 20 May, 1875. Govt, G, Par.
Poids et Mes. PV. (•1878) 237-.

— — , report. Mulhacen, (marqtUs) — de,
[1889] Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 7 (1890)
13 pp.

, — . Benolt, J, R, Par. Poids et Mes.

PV.(1890)2-; (1891) 19-; (1892) 26-; (1894)
45-, 90-; (1895) 8-, 31-; (1897) 14-; (1899)
12-; (1900) 3-.

— Committee, 1891. WUd, H, [1891] St.
P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 34 (1892) 519-.

— system. Hanssen, C, J. 0, N. 63 (1891)
215-.

. Anon, Dingier 309 (1898) 135-.

of Lucca. Cordero San Qutntino, G, [1820]

Lucca At. Ac. 1 (1821) 1-.
material for standard. Mohr, C, F, lieb. A.

194(1878)40-.
Mexican. Bustamante, B, (vn) M^. Bl. Gg«

3 (1852) 45-.

— . Chiem, R, E, [1886] Am. I. Mn. E. T.

15 (1887) 122-, 588.
of New York State. Renwick, J. QJ. Sc. 1

(1827) 101-.
. Sabin£, {Sir) E, QJ. Sc. 1 (1827)

382-.
nomenclature. LebUmd, A. S. Par. Mm. S.

Sav. 1 (1801) 43-.
Norway, natural system for. Hansteen, C,

Mg. Ntvd. 2 (1823) 161-.
octonary numeration applied to a system.

Taylor, A. B, Am. Ph. S. P. 24 (1887)

296-.
Pennsylvanian. Bache, A, D. (vn) Franklin

I. J. 14 (1834) 6-.
of Pompeii. Luca, S, de. Nap. Bd. 5 (1866)

67-.

— Porto Bico. Anon, U. S. Mly. Weath. Bv.
26 (1898) 567.

Portuguese. Anon, (vi 933) Par. A. das Sc.

4 {pU, 2) (1819) 25-.

— . Mendo Trigozo, S, F, Par. A. das So. 7
{pU. 2) (1820) 20-.

93

0805 Weights and Measures Measurements of Cnrvatures, Lengths 0807

Portugaese compared with French. Anon,
[1815] (vi 934) Par. A. das Sc. 5 (pU. 2)
(1819) si-.

proposed alteration. GuttendgCt W. Tilloch
Ph. Mg. 60 (1822) 241-.

— new regulation. fF., jR. Tilloch Ph. Mg.
46 (1815) lis-.

Prussian compared with English. Eytelwein,

J. A. Berl. Ab. (1827) 1-.
and French. Jjosch, W, Pogg.

A. (1853) {Erg.) 821-.
— , and comparison with French. Eytdwein,

J. A. Berl. Ab. (1825) 1-.
of rock crystal. Buf, H. Berl. B. 11 (1878)

1076-.
Bossian. Kupffer, A. T, D. Nf. Vsm. B.

(1842) 82-.
— . Erman, A, Erman Arch. Bs. 8 (1850)

512-, 539-.

— Chamber of, geographical position. Blum-
bach, F. Bs. P8.-C. 8. J. 29 (Ps.) (1897)
(App,) 108-.

of St. Oall Canton. Bertteh, H. [1871] (ix)
St. Gal. B. (1872) 452-; (1873) 228~.

— SaToy. Raymond^ G, M. Cnamb^ry Mm.
Ac. Sav. 9 (1839) 1-.

Scandinavian system in the middle ages.

Holmbae, — Christiania F. (1861) 96-.
sent to United States by France, verincation.

Silhermann, J. T. [1852] C. B. 36 (1853)

29^; Par. Bll. S. Encour. 52 (1853) 461-,

511-.
standard. (Shuckbureh, Phil. Trans., 1798.)

Fletcher, J, Nicholson J. 4 (1803) 35-.
— . Beaufoy, M. Thomson A. Ph. 8 (1816)

211-.
— , new. Cooke, J. [1791] Am. Ph. S. T. 3

(1793) 328-.
-— , — , for United Kingdom. Kater, U,

[1825] Phil. Trans. (1826) (pt. 2) 1-.
standards, history, etc. Wolf, C, J. E,

C. B. 92 (1881) 1202- ; 93 (1881) 297-;

A. C. 25 (1882) 5-; Par. S. Ps. S4. (1882) 27-.
•^ in Holland from time of Snellius to

present. PlaaU, J, D, van der, Mbl. Nt.

(1895-96) 15-, 40-; (1898) 134- ; Fsohr. Ps.

(1898) (Ab. 1) 17-.

— for Modena. Biot, J. B, C. B. 32
(1851) 605-.

Soabian. Bikrkhofer, A. Schwab. Gs. D.

(1805) 316-.
Swedish. Edlund, E., Selander, — , dt Wrede,

— . Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 1 (1855-56) 485-;

3 (1859-60) No. 5, 13 pp.
a system. Carruthers, J, N. Z. 1. T. 10

(1877) 155-.
^stems. Barnard, F, A. P. Soh. Mines Q,

N. y. 9 (1888) 193-, 291-.
tables. Mitcheson, J. Educ. Times 40 (1887)

352.
of Tyrol. Botileuthner, W. Innsb. Ferd. Z. 44

(1900) 1-.
omformity. Brongniart, Al. Par. S. Phlm.

BU. 1 (1791) 36-.
— . Brit. An, Comm. B. A. Bp. 34 (1864)

102- ; 35 (1865) 375-; 36 (1866) 352-; 37

(1867) 468- ; 38 (1868) 484-; 39 (1869) 308- ;

40 (1870) 232- ; 41 (1871) 198- ; 42 (1872) 25-.

aniformity. Davidov, A. Y. (xn) Bee. Mth.

(Moscou) 4 (1869-70) {Pt. 2) 97-.
verification. Tittmann, O. H. U. S. Coast

Geod. Sv. Bll. No. 15 (1889) 157-.
of Wiirtemberg. Wurm, J. F. Schw&b. Gs.

D. 1 (1805) 471-.

0807 Measurements of Cnrvatures,
Lengths (mechanical and opti-
cal), Areas, Volumes, Angles.

CUBVATUBES.

Changes of corvatnre, recognition by means of

flexible lath. Pickering, S. U. Ph. Mg. 33

(1892) 486-.
Spnerometer. Mayer , A, M, Am. J. Sc. 32

(1886) 61-.
— , accurate form. Weber, B. Neuoh. S. Sc.

Bll. 24 (1896) 54-.

— and comparator, Abbe's. Pidfrich, C, Z.
Instk. 12 (1892] 307-.

, magnifying apparatus for. Deprez,

M. J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 52-.

— for lenses. Czapski, S. Z. Instk. 7 (1887)
297-.

— , liquid. Guglielmo, O. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.
Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem. 2) 336-.

— with microscope. Breithaupt, F. W, dt
Sohn. Carl Bpm. 15 (1879) 462-.

~, new. NeUon, E. M. [1892] Quek. Mcr.

CI. J. 5 (1894) 225 ; Mcr. S. J. (1892) 670-.
— , sensitive, non-central screw. Common, A. A.

Nt. 48 (1893) 396.

— of simple construction. Guglielmo, O.
Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893) {Sem. 1) 167-.

— , use. Martin, Ad. C. B. 91 (1880) 221-.
Spherometric and cylindrometric apparatus.
Laurent^ L. J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 361-.

LENGTHS.

Michaelii, 0. E. [1883] Am. S. C£. T. 13

(*1884) 1-.
Accuracy of measurements. Lorber, F. Wien

Berg-Hm. Jb. 24 (1876) 222-; 25 (1877)

61-; 26 (1878) 221-.
Accurate measurement. Rogers, W. A, Am.

S. Mcr. P. (1885) 151-.
Angles and lengths, photographic registration of

readings. Loh»e,0. Cztg. Opt. 11(1890) 49-.
Apparatus. Abbe, — . D. Nf. Vh. (1890)

{Th. 2) 88-.
~. GuUlemot, C. As. Fr. C. B. (1890) {Pt. 2)

273-.
Barometer tubes, inner diameter. Jordan, — .

Cztg. Opt. 9 (1888) 91.
Base-Une apparatus, Bnmner's, thermal ex-
periment on platinum-iridium and brass bars

of. Fischer, A. As. Nr. 103 (1882) 33-.

Defforges, {comm.) — . Par. S. Ps. S4. (1891)
130-.

— measurement and apparatus. Westphal, A.
Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 257-, 333-, 373-, 420- ;
8 (1888) 189-, 225-, 887-.

94

0807

Measarement of Lengths

0807

Bending of measnring rods, Neumann's method
of avoiding errors from. WUd, H. St. P6t,
Ac. Sc. BlI. 18 (1873) 66&-.

Cathetometer. Breithaupt^ F, W, Carl Bpm.
11 (1876) 175-.

— (Breithaupt's). Oerland, E. A, Ps. C. 4
(1878) 299-.

— . Loewenherz, £•., dt CzaptH^ S, Z. Instk.

6 (1886) 257-.
~. Heptte$, S. C, [Bnoarest S. Sc. Bl. 1

(1892)] 64-, 13a-.
— , catadioptric. PeUelt,J, FdrsterAl. Bauztg.

9 (1844) 276-.
— , exact, of simple construction. RotariOf F.

N. Cim. 3 (1896) 114-.
— , — , . Wadnoorth, F. L, 0. Am.

J. Sc. 1 (1896) 41-.

— or horizontal microscope of Leitz. Anon,
Mcr. S. J. (1900) 108-.

— , improvements. Breithaupt, F. W, dt Sohn,

Carl Bpm. 16 (1879) 326-.
— , longitudinal, with glass scale. Fuett, jR.

Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 163-.
— , microscope-. Boyt, C, V, [1889] Mcr.

S. J. (1890) 238-.
^, new. MtUer, F. (zn) Z. Instk. 3 (1883)

409-.
— , — . Tkury, — . [1892] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

29 (1893) 103.
— , — , Dumoulin-Froment's. Terquem, A,

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1883) 178- ; Lille S. Mm. 14

(1886) 37-, 422-.
Cathetometers and other instruments, applica-

tion of thin gilt layers. Govt, O. Par. S.

Ps. S6. (1876) 147-.
Centimetre ** A.*' EweU, M. D. Am. S. Mcr.

P. (1886) 76-.
, correction of scale. EweUlM, D. Am.

S. Mcr. P. 11 a889) 64-.
, method for securing copies. Rogers,

W. A. Am. S. Mcr. P. 11 (1889) 109-.

— scales, comparison. Ewell, M. D. Am. S.
Mcr. P. (1887) 299-.

Centimetres, standard, glass and speculum

metal. EweU, M. D. Am. S. Mcr. P. 13

(1891) 71-.
Chain test range at Melbourne Observatory.

EUery, R. L. J. Vict. B. S. P. 6 (1894) 233-.
Comparator. Braun, F, A. Ps. G. 41 (1890)

627-.
— , BessePs, and Steinheil's mirror apparatus.

SteinheU, C. A. von. Miinch. Sb. (1868) (2)

493-.
~, Brunner's, metric rulers and scales tested

by. Broeh, O, J, Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.

Bim. 7 (1890) B. 1-, 16. I-, B. I-.
^, geodesic. Hirsch, A, Par. Poids et Mes.

PV. ClSSl) 27-.
— , — . Hirsch, A,, db Ibanez, (gin.) — . Par.

Poids et Mes. PV. (*1882) 2a-.
— , Sohwerdt's, modified application. Krusp6r,

I. [1868] (zn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Mth.)

[1] (No. 4) (1869) 16 pp.
— , simple. ReUz, F. H. Z. Instk. 6 (1886)

424-.

— for toise and metre, and for determining
expansion of bars. Steinheil, C. A. vofh
Miinch. Sb. (1870) (1) 1-.

Comparator, vertical. Hepites, S. C. Boum.

I. M^t. A. 6 (1892) A. 66-.
Comparators. Fizeau, H, A. Cons. Arts et

M6t. 10 (*1873) 86-.
— . Krusper, I. [1873] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak.

Etk. {Mth.) 2 (1876) (No. 2) 19 pp.
— . Wild, —. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (•1876-

76) 73-.
— . Rogers, W. A, (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 1 (1878-

79) 208-. ^

— , 2, description and investigation of accuracy.

Stampfer, S. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 18 (1834)

149-.
Comparison of measures and determination of

their errors. Martins, A. Carl Bpm. 6

(1870) 66-.
by '* Normal- Aichungs-Kommission."

Pensky, B. Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 313-, 363-.
, simple method for exact. Stamkart,

F.J. [1839] (vm) Arch. N6erl. 6 (1870) 16-.
Curve measurer. Hammer, ' — . Z. Instk. 9

(1889) 130-.

. Demmel, K. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 360-.

. (Curvimeter.) Hammer, E. Z. Instk,

16 (1896) 278-.

Curves, seu-registering instrument for. (Peri-
meter.) Blix, M. O. [1881] (xn) Ups. Lak.
F. 17 (1882) 107-; Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 140-.

Dilatometer, Abbe's. Fuehs, — . Humb. 9

(1890) 96.

Distance measurer for carriages. Edgeworth, W.
Edinb. J. Sc. 3 (1826) 93-.

— at sea, estimation from objects of known
height. C. Madras J. 2 (1836) 338-; 3 (1836)
67-, 141-.

Distances, evaluation, law. Lehot, C. J, Fdrus-

sac BU. Sc. Mth. 6 (1826) 17-.
Dividing engine, Sommer & Bunge's. Scheel,

K. Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 321-.
End-measures (mesures h bouts), automatic

registering apparatus for comparison. Hart-

mann, L. C. B. 120 (1896) 1024-.
( ), (Hartmann).

Camu, — . C. B. 120 (1896) 1027-.

— — , best form for ends. Miller, W, H.
[1870] (vra) Camb. Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 182.

— — , compiEkrison with mesures h traits.
Miller, W. H. [1872] (vm) Camb. Ph. S. P.
2 (1876) 261-.

— — and a new principle of comparison.
SteinheU, C. A. von. Miinch. Sb. 1 (1863)
329-.

Expansion and length determinations, appa-
ratus for. Pemet, J. Arch. N^rl. 6 (1900)
396-.

Expansions and comparison of metre rulers and
scales. BenoU, J. R. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.
Mm. 2 (•1883) C. 1-, C. I-; 3 (1884) C. 1-,
C. I-; J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 263-, 461-.

— , Fizeau's apparatus for measuring. BemAt,
J. R. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (•1881)
C. 1-.

— , — method of measuring. BenoU, J. R.
Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 6 (1888) 193 pp.

Extensometer, new form. Garratt, II. A, I.
CE. P. 128 (1897) 321-.

Gauge, cover-glass, Beck's. Anon. Mcr. S. J.
(1900) 616.

95i

0807

Measurement of Lengths

0807

Qaage, new (calibre k beo logarithmiqae).
Eijkt J, A, van. Utr. Aant. Prv. On.
(1853-54) 53-.

Gauges, metal, with micrometer-screw, ap-
plication to measurement of thicknesses of
paper. Karmar$eh, K, Dingier 135 (1855)
178-.

— for thickness of sheet metals, and new
system founded on decimal subdivision of
standard inch. Holtzapffel, C, Franklin I.
J. 14 (1847) lift-, 204-/

Geodetic Association, measurements made by.
Baeyer, {pSn.) — . A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 10
(•1878) 159-.

Gn^luations, new method of tracing and ob-
serving. MicheUofit A. A, Par. Poids et
Mes. PV. (1899) 181-.

Hodometer, ancient. Bahhini, G. Firenze A.
Ms. Imp. 2 (1810) (pte. 2) 13-.

— for carriages. Edgeworth, R. L, Nichol-
son J. 15 (1806) 81-; GUbert A. 33 (1809) 483-.

**Ilahy Guz*' of Emperor Akbar, measure-
ment. Cracroft, W. Beng. J. As. S. 3
. (1834) 360-.
Influence of length of measuring rod. Lorher,

F, Wien Berg-Hm. Jb. 34 (1886) 365-.
Instruments for fine measurements. Kar-

marsch, K, Wien Jb. Pol. 1. 18 (1834) 28-.
Interference fringes, measurement of small
thicknesses by. Fabry ^ C, ^ Perots A,

G. B. 123 (1896) 802-, 990- ; A. 0. 12 (1897)
459-.

— phenomena, application in metrology.
BencM, R, Par. S. Ps. S6. (1897) 95-.

Leptometer, instrument for small measure-
ments. Sandherger, G, Nass. Jb. 10 (1855)

83-.
Mechanical testing, measurement in. Unwin,

W. C, L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 179- ; Ph. Mg.

23 (188*0 282-.
Merometer for reading small fractions on

divided scale. Porro, I. 0. B. 39 (1854)

244-.
Metre, auxiliary, determination. Benolt, J. R,,

d OuiUaume^ C E, Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.

Mm. 11 (1895) 87-.
— , standard, effect of friction in hindering

expansion. 3faiM, H, A. Cons. Arts et

M^t. 10 (•1873) 181-.
— , — , prototypes, instruments and measure-
ments, description. BenoU, J. R., dt Ouil-

lauTMf C. E. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm.

10 (1894) 44-hccclxvi pp.
— , standards, comparison in air at different

temperatures. Pemet, J. Par. Poids et

Mes. Tr. Mm. 4 (1885) 170-i-xxxn-Kciv pp»
Micrometer, Airy's double image, conditions of

use. Oudemantf J. A. C. Amst* Ak. Vs.

M. 5 (1889) 149- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1889) {Ab. 1)

29.
— , dioptric. Werner, W. (xn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 137-.
— , electric. Shaw, P. E. [1900] L. Ps. S.

P. 17 (1901) 431- ; Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 537-.
— I eye-piece-, Bogers*s. Ward, R, H, Mcr.

S. J. (1889) 443-.
— , filar, improved. BuUoeh, — . Mcr. S. J.

(1891) 106-.

Micrometer, form. Oovi, O. G. B. 87 (1878)
557-.

— for measuring slender strings. LUdicke,
M. A. F. GUbert A. 1 (1799) 137-.

— ruling machine. Smith, D. W, Mcr. S. J.
(1897) 43a-.

, Nobert*s. Mayall, J. {jun.) Mcr.

S. J. 5 (1885) 377-, 580.

— rulings and test plates, Grayson's. Nelson,
E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1898) 690-.

— , screw-. Darling, S. Mcr. S. J. (1887) 652-.
— , — . Knarre, V, As. Nr. 125 (1890) 321-.

— screws. Reichel, C, (xn) Z. Instk. 1
(1881) 14-, 51-, 73-.

, construction of accurate. Schroeder, H.

Z. Instk. 13 (1893) 217-.
, — , apparatus. Bamberg, C. (xn) Z.

Instk. 3 (1883) 238-.
, — , — . Wanschaff, J. (xn) Z. Instk. 3

(1883) 350-.

, — , — (Bamberg and Wanschaff). Le-

man, A. (xn) Z. Instk. 3 (1883) 427-.

— ^, — , — . Werther, J. Z. Instk. 14 (1894)
381-, 426-.

, — of long. Wanschaff, J. Z. Instk. 4

(1884) 166-.

, progressive errors. Broch, 0, J. Par.

Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 5 (1886) 82 pp.
, testing. Koch, K, R. [1882] A. Ps. C.

18 (1883) 511- ; Freiburg B. 8 (•1885) 123-.
— , single-lens, description. WolUuUm, W, H.

Phil. Trans. (1813) 119-.
— , stage-, new. Nelson, E, M» Mcr. S. J.

(1890) 508-.

— wire gauge. Smith, J, C, [1895] Sc. S.
Arts T. 14 (1898) 2&-.

Micrometer-microscopes, Nobert's. Anon, Mcr.

S. J. (1890) 86-.
Micrometer -point. Finger's reduction - tables.

Hagen, H, A. Stett. £. Ztg. 20 (1859) 284-.
Micrometers, filar. Rogers, W. A, Am. Mcr.

S. P. 14 (1892) 132.
— , glass versus metal. Ewell, M. D. Mcr.

S. J. (1889) 445-.
— , machines for making. Peuvion, — . Lille

Mm. S. (1847) 5-.
— , registering arrangement for. Vogel, H. C.

(xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 391-.
Miorometric measurements. Ewell, M, D.

Mcr. S. J. (1889) 447.
. Rogers, W. A. Am. Mcr. S. P. 15

(1893) 31-.
*- — , comparative. Hamilton, J, A. [1805]

Ir. Ac. T. 10 (1806) 109-.

— — , errors due to imperfect focussing.
Bosscha, J. Delft £c. Pol. A. 2 (1886) 89-.

, graphical representation. Knorre, V,

(xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 213-.

— — , probable error. Morley, E, W, (xn)
Am. Mcr. J. 1 (1878-79) 93-.

Micrometry, amplification in. Ewell, M, D,
Mcr. S. J. (1890) 521.

— with the microscope. Love, E. G, [1895]
Mcr. S. J. (1896) 245-.

Microscope, reading (Geneva Co.'s). Anon,

Mcr. S. J. (1887) 643.
•^, — (Cambridge Scientific Instrument Co. 's).

Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1887) 648.

96

0807

MeasQTement of Lengths

0807

MioroBoopio objects, method of meaBoring.

Castracane degli AnUlmineUit F. Bm. At.

N. Lino. 22 (1869) 73-.
MicroBoopical purposes, new measuring appa-
ratus for. Lindau, O. [1889] Mcr. S. J.

(1891) 252-.
Moisture, influence on length of wood. Hilde-

brand, R, A. Ps. G. 34 (1888) 361-.
Optical lever. Cornu, A, As. Fr. G. B. 3

(1874) 262-.
Planimeter, measurement of lengths by. Hen-

sen, V. [1893] Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 10

(1895) 10&-.
Radiation of heat between metals, effect.

Bogeri, W. A. Am. S. Mcr. P. 10 (1888)
33-.

Scale, determination of division errors. Han-
sen, P. A. Leip. Mth. Ps. Ab. 10 (1874)
525-.

— , . Jacoby, H. Am, J. Sc. 1

(1896) 333-.

— divider. (Lengths and angles.) Cole, A,
D. Denison Un. Sc. Lb. BlI. 5 (1890) 20.

— in 1000 divisions. Knar, J, Baumgartner
Z. 7 (1830) 58-.

Scales, inch- and metre-, arrangement for

dividing. Bosanquet, JR. H, M. Ph. Mg. 15

(1883) 217-.
— , metallic, comparison when their tempera-
ture varies. Prony, R. de, Bb. Brit. 19

(1802) 316-.
— , paper, variability. Wiebe, H. F, Z. Instk.

5 (1885) 304-.
• — and rules, subdivisions, standardising.

Brock, O. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 5

(1886) 82 pp.
Screw gauge. Homblower, J. C, Nicholson

J. 6 (1803) 247-.
. Brit. Ass. Comm. B. A. Rp. (1882)

311-; (1884) 287-; (1896)527-; (1899)464-;

(1900) 436-.

— — . (Enlarged shadow photographs of
screws.) Watkin, {Col.) W. B. A. Bp.
(1896) 532-.

. (Gauges for workshop use.) Stroh, A.

B. A. Bp. (1896) 534-.

— — . (Working dimensions in millimetres
and thousandths of an inch.) Foster, A. Le
Neve. B. A. Bp. (1896) 536-.

— — . (Tests of B. A. screws by Herv6
diameters.) Price, W. A. B. A. Bp. (1896)
537.

. (Screws by Pratt and Whitney Gom-

pany.) Watkin, (Col.) W. B. A.Bp. (1899)

466.
. ( .) Chaney, H. J,

B. A. Bp. (1899) 468-.
. (Screw threads.) Gorham, J. M., db

Price, W.A. B. A. Bp. (1900) 444-.

— gauges, uniform. Richard, G. A. T^l. 20
(1893) 473-.

— , incn leading, cutting millimetre thread
with. Boys, C. V. Nt. 43 (1891) 439-.

— pitches, measurement. Pregil, — . Dingier
272 (1889) 171-.

, practical solution of problem. Rogers,

W. A. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 31 (1884)
343-.

VOL. III. 97

Screw pitches,* standard, in fine mechanics.

Loewenherz, —. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 301-.
, universal system. Iterson, J,A.R, van.

's Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1896-97) (Vh.) 2.
, . Franco, I. *s Gravexm. I. Ing.

Ts. (1896-97) (K/i.) 3-.
, . Stork, C. F, *s Gravenh. I. Ing.

Ts. (1896-97) (Vh.) 9.
Small differences in length, etc. , determination.

Stamkart, F. J. Amst. Ts. Ws. Nt. Wet. 4

(1851) 21-.

— elongations, acoustic method. Cardani, P.
Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 1)
892-.

, electrical methods. Ercolini, G. N.

Gim. 10 (1899) 241-.

— lengths. Waldo, L. Am. Ac. P. 13 (1878)
352-.

, optical method. Govi,G. [1872] Tor.

At. Ac. Sc. 8 (1872-73) 83-.

— thicknesses. Meslin, G. Mntp. Ac. Mm. 2
(1900) 429-.

, by electric current. Giordano, G. [1868]

(vn) Nap. At. I. Inc. 12 (1864) 15-.
Spherometer, absolute measurements of length

by. Macs de Lipinay, J. J. de Ps. 7 (1888)

53-.
— , accurate measurement of thickness hj.

Koch, K. R. A. Ps. G. 3 (1878) 611-.
— , electric, for thickness. Giordano, G. G. B.

57 (1863) 609- ; (YiAdds.) N. Gim. 18(1863)

128-.
Standard bar of Federal Bureau, expansion.

Wild, H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 41 (1871) 373-.

— — , 10-feet iron, of Indian survey, co-
efficient of expansion. Prinsep, J. Beng. J.
As. S. 2 (183^ 130-.

— — , invariability in transit. Ricci, {le
gin.) — . A. Gons. Arts et M6t. 10 (*1873) 92-.

, 6-metre, and rate of expansion by heat.

Hilgard, J. E. (vi Adds.) U.S. Goast Bv.
Bp. (1862) 24&-.

, platinum-iridium, of International Geo-
desic Association. Matthey, G. G. B. 88
(1876) 1090-.

, , (Matthey). Satnte-

Claire Deville, H. G. B. 83 (1876) 1091-.

, , (— ). Tresca, H. E.

G. B. 83 (1876) 1093-.

, , . Mcueart, JS. i. N.,

dt SainU-Claire DeviUe, H. Par. iUs. Norm.
A. 8 (1879) 9-; 9 (1880) 9-; G. B. 88 (1879)
210- ; 89 (1879) 558-.

— bars, comparison in liquids. Krutpir, I.
[1873] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. ±i\. {Mth.) 2
(1875) (No. 3) 9 pp.

, diffusion of heat in. Woodward, R, S.

A. Mth. 4 (1888) 101-.
, metals suitable for. GuiUaume, C. A.

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1893) 253-.
, metre, comparison. Pemet, J. Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 3^.
Standards, precautions in comparing. Rogers,

W. A. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1886) 67-.
Steel ribands, accurate measurement by.

Knibbs, G. H. N. S. W. B. S. J. 19 (1886)

29-.

0807

Heasoremeiit of Lengths, Areas

0807

Steel tapes, long, use in U.S. Coast and Geodetic

Survey. Woodward, R. S. Am. S. GE. T.

80 (1898) 81-, 688-.
Temperature correotion of measurements.

Stadthagen, H. Z. Instk. 15 (1895) 280-.
— , measuring instrument inaependent of.

QuiUemot, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1891) (Pt. 2)

192-.

— variations, measure of length unaltered by.
SolHhH. G. B. 69 (1869) 954.

under presumably the same condition,

importance in length standardisation. Blair,
H. W. Science 1 (♦1883) 289-.

Thermometers, comparison, in length standard-
isation. (Presidential address, Aug. 1887.)
Eogers, W, A. Am. 8. Mcr. P. (1887) 5-.

Thickness, etc., application of rotating disk or
wheel to measurement. Avwler-Laffon, J.
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 28 (1892) 862-.

— of cotton yams, by microscope. Turner, E.
H. Manch. Mcr. S. T. (1889) 40-.

— measuring instrument, precise. HaZle, O.
Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 296-.

wedge. Schdnemarm, P, A. Ps. C. 146

(1872) 612-.

— of quarts plate, optical constants for green
mercury light. Mac^ de LSpinay, J, J. de
Ps. 9 (1900) 644-.

silvered glass, apparatus for measuring.

Orsted, H, C, Kidb. Ov. (1844) 142-.
, pachymeter for measuring. Ben&it,

P. M, N. Pogg. A. 2 (1824) 90-.
Thin plates, measurement. Sharp, C, H. A.

Ps. 8 (1900) 210-.
Variation of length of bars under action of their

own weight. SUhermann, J. T, G. B. 88

(1854) 825-.
Vernier, application. Oliveira,C,B.de. [1854]

Bv. Brazil. 1 (1857-58) 29-.

— for line or curve with unequal divisions.
Artwr, J, F. Par. BU. S. Encour. 50 (1851)
676-.

— microscope. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900)
509-.

Wave-length of light as standard. Govi, O,

[1871] Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 7 (1871-72] 115-.
. MicheUon,A, A,,dMorley,

E. W. Am. J. Sc. 88 (1889) 181-.
sodium light as standard. Michelson,

A. A,, dt MorUy, E, W, Am. J. Sc. 84

(1887) 427-.

— lengths, angular, length and spectrometric
measurements. Michelion, A, A, Am. J.
So. 89 (1890) 115- ; Nt. 49 (1898-94) 56-.

and interferential methods in metrology.

MieheUan, A. A. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1898) 155-.
, measurement by. Mac6 de Lipinay, J,

G. B. 100 (1885) 1877- ; J. de Ps. 5 (1886)

405- ; A. G. 10 (1887) 68-.
, . Shaw, Jr. N. Gamb. Ph. S. P.

6 (1889) 100.
, . Mad de L4pinay, J. Par. S.

Ps. S6. (1898) 114- ; A. G. 5 (1895) 210-.
, . Perot, A,,d; Fabry, C. G. B.

126 (1898) 1779- ; A. G. 16 (1899) 289-.
, — of cube in terms of. Fabry, C, MacS

de Lipinay, J,, db Perot, A, CI. B. 128

(1899) 1817-.

Wave lengths, value of standard metre in

terms of. MieheUon, A, A, G. B. 116

(1898) 790-.
Wire gauge, standard. EgleBton, T., Metealf,

W., db Weeks, Job, D. [1877] Am. I. Mn. E.

T. 6 (*1879) 500-.
, — , new British. Anon. Franklin I. J.

118 (1884) 95-.

— gauges. Trotter, A, P. Elect. 24 (1890)
8-.

ABE AS [and cross sectums].

(See also Mathematics 0080,
Instrnments.)

Areas, instrument for. (Tachymeter.) Cairo,
O, G. B. 8 (1886) 140, 200. 245-, 884.

— , . (— .) Bertini, M. [1840] Lucca

At. Ac. 11 (1842) 197-.

— , method of finding. Wiener, A.E, Dingier
811 (1899) 181-.

— , sources of error in measurement. Louis,

0. T. Franklin I. J. 135 (1898) 88-.
Gross section of solid body, determination. Zetz-

sche, E, Schldmilch Z. 4 (1859) 841-.

wire, calculation in determination of

electric resistances. Isaachsen, D. Arch.
Mth. Ntvd. 12 (1888) 118-.

— sections and closed plane polygons. Piton-
Bressant, L. A. Pon. Ghauss. 4 (1892)
498-.

, determination of surfaces. Siegler, — .

A. Pon. Ghauss. 1 (1881) 98-.

, railway, graphic determination of areas.

Dubret, —. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 28 (1888)
1-.

Gurve and area integrating machine. (Paninte-
grimeter.) Kohlmorgen, O. Z. Instk. 16
(1896) 888-.

Integrator, J. Amsler's, uses in naval archi-
tecture. AmsUr, A. Nv. Aroht. T. 25

(1884) 189-.

Integrators, mechanical. Hele Shaw, H, S.

1. GE. P. 82 (1886) 75-.

Planimeter (pediometer). Schiereck, P. F.

Dingier 82 (1841) 251-.
— . Ingram, E, L. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 6

(1885) 847-.

— , Amsler's. Schmidt, G. Dingier 221 (1876)

87-; 222(1876)584-.
', combined. Kloht, F. Z. Instk. 5 (1885)

— , history. Wolf, JR. Ziir. Vjschr. 87 (1892)

111-; 38(1893)8-.
— , Petersen's. Lamotte, — . Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1896) 82-.
^, polar. Lieblein, J. Orunert Arch. 88

(1862) 146-.
— , — . Kajaba, J, [1882] Wien Ak. Sb. 86

(1883) {Ab. 2) 635-.
— , — . Hammer, E. Z. Instk. 15 (1895)

90-.
— , — . Bohn, C. Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 64.
— , — , Hamann's. Hammer, E. Z. Instk. 16

(1896) 361- ; 17 (1897) 96.
— , — , new control arm for. Hammer, E, Z.

Instk. 17 (1897) 115-.

98

0807

Heasnrement of Volumes, Angles

0807

Planimeter, polar, precision. LoTber,F, (zn)

Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 327-, 845-, 425-.
-^, sphere, new. HeU Shaw, H, S, B. A.

Bp. (1888) 584-.
Planimeters, constraotion. Amtler-LcLffon^ J,

Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 11-.
Quadrature, graphic method. CoUignont E,

A. Pon. Chanss. 18 (1887) 9-.

VOLUMES.

Air and other substances, new instrument

(phyBometer)f or determining variable volume.

Harting, P. Amst. Vs. Ak. 6 (1872) 288-;

Arch. N^erl. 7 (1872) 289-.
Balloon, symmetrically elongated, surface and

volume. Aim4, E. A6r. (1889) 54-.
Barrels, gauging. Rocay E, [1893] O^n. Civ.

24 (1893-94) 23-.
— , — . Maitre, J. G6n. Civ. 28 (1895-96)

380-.
— , — , nomographic method. Pesci, O. G^n.

Civ. 36 (1899) 41-.
Calibrating instrument, description. Parrot^

G. F. OUbert A. 41 (1812) 62-.
Calibration, errors. Handle A, Carl Bpm. 17

(1881) 295-.
Cask, gauging. Winter, F. de, Bruz. A. Tr.

Pbl. 5 (1900) 988-.
Cylinder. Roich, J, W, N. Arch. Wisk. 7

(•1881) 117-.
Cylinders, approximate, instrument for

volumes. Neuhdfer, C. Cstg. Opt. 21

(1900) 1.
— , scale for gauging capacity. Airy^ O. B,

Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 246-.
Cylindrical vessel, calibration. Kurz, A.

Ezner Bpm. 20 (1884) 529-.
Oas volumes, formuls for correction. Zenneek,

L. H. Wiirzb. Jb. Ph. Md. Gs. 1 (1828)

159-.
Graduated glass vessels, verification. Cata-

major, P. C. N. 88 (1878) 157-, 171-.
Interstitial space in mass of particles, crushed

stone, etc. Paret, T, D. Franklin I. J. 140

(1895) 117-.
Metallic spheres, volume and density. Ooyder,

G. Ijun.) [1886] S. Aust. B. S. T. 9 (1887)

15-.
Metric system^ application to cooperage.

(Beport by £. Mathieu.) Foumerie, — .

C. B. 35 (1852) 201-.
Pipes, formula for volume. Uhr, O, of. Jem-

Kont. A. 10 (1826) 14-.
Ponds, cubic content. Lempe, — . N. Bergm.

J. 2 (1799) 382-.

— , . Rdting, G. E. Ing. 1 (1848) 74-.

Beliability of measuring vessels. Weinstein, — .

D. Nf. Vh. (1893) (Th. 2, HiUfU 1) 26-.
Sections of tubes of small bore, calibration.

Pensky, B, D. Nf. Vh. (1891) {Th. 2)

563-.
Ships, tonnage. Kramp, C, Strasb. S. Sc.

Nfan. 1 (1811) 301-.
— , — . Henderson, A, (vi Adds.) CE. I. P.

13 (1863-54) 1-; (ra) B. A. Bp. (1857)

62-.
— , — . Avout, — d\ C. B. 77 (1878) 872-.

Ships, tonnage, English roles. Dekke, A.

Nv. Archt. T. 9 (1868) 84-.
— , — , investigations with reference to laws

for measurement. Read, 8, Nv. Archt. T. 1

(1860) 121-.
— , — law as established in Merchant Shipping

Act of 1854. Mooreom, G. Nv. Archt. T. 1

(1860) 128-.
Solids, apparatus for. Ouglidmo, O. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 8 (1894) {Sem. 2) 299- ; Bv.

Sc^Ind. 27 (1895) 7-.
— , instrument for. Smith, P. Birm. Ph. S.

P. 2 (1881) 850-.
Stereometer, description. Ventrees, J. A.

Edinb. J. Sc. 7 (1827) 148-.

— , — . Jelinek, V. Casopis 15 (1886) 119- ;

Fschr. Ps. (1885) (Ah. 1) 52.
Stereometers, new forms. Gu, W. W. H„ db

Harden, A. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <t P. 4

(1891) 801-.
Stones, heap, ratio of empty space to apparent

volume, calculation. Vinot, G. G^n. Civ.

9 (1886) 183-.

— (road metal), measurement of heaps.
DeUa'ox, C. A. Cond. Pon. Chauss. 28
(1884) {Pt. 1) 184-.

Thermometer and other tubes, calibration.

Broch, 0. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 5

(1886) 82 pp.
Timber, measurement. Farey, J, Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 19 (1804) 218-.
— , — . Gutteridge, W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 60

(1822) 418-.
— , — . Wieeman, W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 61

(1823) 204-.

ANGLES.

Rochm, A. J. de Ps. 74 (1812) 821-.
Angular deviations, geneialisation of Poggen-

dorfF's method for. PiUaehikof, N, J. de

Ps. 8 (1889) 880-.
Circle division, history. Gelcich, E. Z. Instk.

6 (1886) 158-.
with 2 and 4 microscopes. Sckreiher, 0.

Z. Instk. 6 (1896) 1-, 47-, 98-.
Decimal division of quadrant. Abbadie, A*d\
C. B. 71 (1870) 885-; Nt. 29 (1884) 28-.

— system for angles. Mialovich, K. Wien
Berg-Hm. Jb. 89 (1891) 828-.

. Ducrue, — . D. Nf. Vh. (1899)

(Th. 2, HdlfU 1) 288-.

and time. Rey-Pailhade, J, de,

Bv. Sc. 4 (1895) 88-, 815- ; 6 (1896) 559-;

7 (1897) 15-; 12 (1899) 691-.
. SarrauUm, H. de, Bv. So.

4 (1895) 205- ; 6 (1896) 170-.
. Moeh, G. Bv. Sc. 5 (1896)

521-.
. E.,A. Bv. Sc. 6 (1896)

380.
. CoriMi, A. Eclair. Elect.

11 (1897) 385-.
. Poincari, H. Eclair. Elect.

11 (1897) 529-.
. Rocea, J. Bv. Sc. 7 (1897)

602-.

99 g2

0807 Measurement of Angles

Decimal system for angles and time. Dufour, C.

Laos. S. Yd. Bll. 84 (1898) 367>.
. Mehmke, R. [1899] D. Mth.

Vr. Jbr. 8 (1900) (Heft 1) 189-.
. Bauschinger, J, [1899]

D. Mth. Vr. Jbr. 8 (1900) (Heft 1) 159-.
. SchiUke, A, [1899] D.

Mth. Vr. Jbr. 8 (1900) (Heft 1) 164- ; D. Nf.

Vh. (1899) (r*. 2, HiilfU 1) 282-.
. Mendizdhal Tamborrel, J,

de. M^z. S. **Alzate" Bim. 18 (1900) {Mth.

SuppL) 12 pp.
, with tables for reduction.

QoedseeU, — . Bnix. S. Sc. A. 23 (1899)

IPt. 2) 268-.
Differences, small angular, measurement.

Langner, H. Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 299-.
DiYidingengine(vonBeichenbach'8). Liebherrj

J. Gilbert A. 67 (1821) 109- ; 69 (1821) 320-.

— — . BMcha^bach, G. R, von, Gilbert A. 68
(1821) 88-.

. Wegener^ T, (xn) Z. Instk. 3 (1883)

117-.

— — , automatic. SaegmliUer, G. N. Z.
Instk. 14 (1894) 84-.

, Girgensohn's. Leiu, E. [1844] St.

P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 8 (1845) 52-.
, Bamsden's. WoUcmUm, W, H, QJ. Sc.

12 (1822) 381-.

— engines. Kuntz^ — . A. G^n. Civ. 7 (1868)
816-.

, Bamsden and early. Watkitu, J, E.

Smiths. Bp. (1890) 721-.
Division of angles, apparatus for. Rozi, — .

Gg. Int. Chron. (1900) 212-.
Glass circle for angles. Rutherfurd, L. M,

Am. J. Sc. 12 (1876) 112-.
Goniograph, double reflecting. GeUickt E.

Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 98-.
Goniometer, ciystal, new. Czapski^ S, Z.

Instk. 18 (1898) 1-, 242-.
— , — , — adjustment for. Schneider ^ E, Z.

Instk. 4 (1884) 242-.
— , new form. O^Reilly, J. P. [1872] Ir. Ac.

P. 1 (1873-74) 294^.
— , renection-. Rudherg, F, Stockh. Ak.

Hndl. (1826) 218- ; Eastner Arch. Ntl. 10

(182*^ 461-.
— , — . B&rseh, (Dr.) [A.'i A. Ps. C. 129

(1866) 884-.
— , — . Lang, V. von. [1875] Wien Ak. D.

86 (1876) (Ab. 1) 41-.
Instrument, new. (Pantogon.) Domke,J. Z.

Instk. 20 (1900) 860-.
Instruments for graduation. Troughton, E,

Phil. Trans. (1809) 105-.
(Troughton). Cavendish, H. Phil.

Trans. (1809) 221-.
Interferometer applied to small angles. Wads-
worth, F, L. 0, Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 480-.
Lorgnette goniomitrique. Soret, J. L. [1888]

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 21 (1889) 21-.
Mirror method, magnification of measurement

by. Lermantoff, W. J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 84-.
— reading, correction. Schuster, A, Ps. Z.

1 (1900) 225-.
, polyoptric. Julius, W. H. Amst. Ak.

Vs. 6 (1898) 481- ; Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 205-.

Measurement of Time 0809

Mirror and scale, measurement by. Kohlrauseh,

F. A. Ps. C. 81 (1887) 95-.
Prisms, achromatic, doubly refracting, adapted

for measurement of uigles. Rochon, A,

J. de Ps. 58 (1801) 169-.
Beflecting measuring instruments. Amici,

O, B. [1886] Mod. Mm. S. It. 21 (1887)

142-.
. Cubr, E. 6asopU 2 (•1878) 288- ;

Fschr. Mth. (•1878) 658.
Beflection methods for angles of altitude.

Koristka, K, Grunert Arch. 27 (1856)

275-.
Bepetition, measurement of angles by. Four-

cade, H, O. S. Afr. Ph. S. T. 8 (1896)

63-.
Bight angles, accuracy of instruments for

production. Lorber, F, Z. Instk. 8 (1888)

381-, 412-.
Botating divisions, method of reading. Brod-

hun, E, Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 10-.
notations, small, optical measurement. Ray-

leigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 20 (1885) 360-.
— , — , . Wadsworth, F. L, O. Ph. Mg.

44 (1897) 83-.
Solid angles, instrument for. Weber, L. Z.

Instk. 4 (1884) 343-, 417-.
Tachymeter, Ghamot*s. Anon, A. Cond.

Pon. Chauss. 33 (1889) 521-.
— , Maury's. Anon, A. Cond. Pon. Chauss.

42 (1898) 854-.
— , Sanguet's. Anon, A. Cond. Pon. Chauss.

42 (1898) 769-.
Telescope for horizontal and vertical angles.

San-Roberto, P, di. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm.

2 (1878) 502-.
— , measurements by, influence of want of

sphericity of obj ective. Kriiss ,H, Z . Instk.

12 (1892) 199-.
Theodolite, eccentric. VinUm, F, L. [1871]

Am. I. Mn. E. T. 1 (^1871-73) 68-.
— , mining, new. Fri6, Jos., db Fri6, Jan,

Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 221-, 805-.
— with new micrometer. Heyde, G, Z.

Instk. 8 (1888) 171-.
Theodolites, illumination. Fennel, A, Z.

Instk. 8 (1888) 286-.
— , influence of eye-piece on errors. Tinter,
W. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 241-.

0809 Measurement of Time
(mechanical and electrical) ;
Chronometers.

{See abo Astronomy 2100.)

Absolute measurement by means of gravita-
tional attraction. Lippmann, G, C. B. 128
(1899) 1137-.

— unit of time determined by electrical stand-
ards. Lippmann, G, C. B. 104 (1887)
1070-.

Chronodeik, for finding time within a second.
Chandler, S, C, (jun,) Obs. 4 (^1881)
14-.

100

0809 Chronographs

Chronometers 0809

CHRONOGRAPHS.

{See aieo Mechanics 1650.)

Schmidt, C. W, Gg. Int. Chron. (1900)

lis-.

and application to gun ballistios. Watkin,
(CoL) H, [1896] R. I. P. 15 (1899) 176-.

ballistic, Flamache c<miiparaleur-riffuiaUuT for.
Flamache, V, Lorn, l^lect. 17 (1885) 588-.

with centrifugal pendolom. Reheur-Pfuehwitz ,

E. von. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 171-.
chronographio pendolam, Gaspersen's. Co-
chard, (coptt.) L. Bv. Artl. 20 (1882) 535-.

and chronoscopes, control hammer for. KUlpe,

O., dt Kirschmann, A. Ph. Stud. 8 (1893)

145-.
— — , — — — (Eiilpe and Kirschmann).

Wundt, W. Ph. Stud. 8 (1893) 653-.
, electric. DumoTieel, T. \_A, L."] Gherb.

Mm. S. Sc. 1 (1852) 222-.
, variable error, and controlling apparatus.

CatteU, McK. Ph. Stud. 9 (1894) 307-.
, , (Gattell). Wundt, W.

Ph. Stud. 9 (1894) 311-.
with controlling apparatus. Lange, L, Ph.

Stud. 4 (1888) 457-.
Duboecq and Mercadier. Mercadier, E. Lum.

Elect. 4 (*1881) 404-.
electric. Locke, J. Silliman J. 8 (1849)

231-.
— . Gibbi, W. Am. As. P. (1854) 103-.
— . Deprez, M. G. R. 78 (1874) 1427-, 1562- ;

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1874) 93-.
— , elimination of residual magnetism. Smith,

{Rev,) F, J, Ph. Mff. 30 (189m 160-.
— , new form. Smith, (Rev.) F. /. Ph. Mg. 29

(1890) 377-.
measuring Tvirnr o' ^ second. Schmidt, W.

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 272-.
new. Dodge, R. Z. Psychol. 10 (1896) 414-.
phonograph used as. Nansouty, M. de, G^n.

Giv. 19 (1891) 343-.
photo-, polarising. Cr chore. A, C, dt Squier,

G. 0. [1895-96] Ps. Bv. 3 (1896) 63-;

J. de Ps. 6 (1896) 83 ; 6 (1897) 37-.
— , — . Bacl^, L. G^n. Giv. 29 (1896) 247-.

267- ; 31 (1897) 136-.
regulator for. Anon. Elekttech. Z. 11 (1890)

88-.
simple. Cole, A. D. Denison Un. Sc. Lb.

Bll. 5 (1890) 19-.
— . Sanford, E, C. Am. J. Psychol. 5

(1893) 385-.

spark, Siemens and Halske. Frdlich, 0, (zn)

Elekttech. Z. 1 (1880) 346-, 405-.
special. Lea, H., dk Bragge, R. B. A. Bp.

(1894) 757-.

traces, instrument for measuring. Smith, (Rev.)

F. J. Ph. Mg. 32(1891) 126-.

with tuning-fork. Webb, W. L. Franklin I.
J. 134 (1892) 219-.

use of microphone to register swings of pendu-
lum on. Folic, F. Brux. Ac. Bll. 13 (1887)
198-.

Watkin. Ayrtan, W. E. Tel. E. J. 9 (1880)
121-.

GHBONOMETEBS.

Arago, D. F. J. (vi Add$.) Par. Bur. Long.

An. (1824) 155-.
Frodtham, W, J,, dt ParHnion, — . Silliman

J. 29 (1836) 297-.
Rouyaux, J. A. Bv. Bfar. et Gol.51 (1876) 457-.
Peteri,C.F.W. [1877] As. Nr. 91 (1878) 155-.

adjustment for position. Phillips, j6. G. B.

58 (1864)^287-, 363-.
balance. EUis, R. L. Gamb. Mth. J. 4 (1845)

133-.
— , angular velocity. Antoine, E. Gg. Int.

Ghron. (1900) 208-.
— , best form. Phillips, — . Gg. Int. Ghron.

(1889) 13-.
— , ** compound bars." Berthoud, A. L. Gg.

Int. Ghron. (1900) 187-.
— , isochronism. Young, C Nicholson J. 12

(1805) 56-.
— , laws of rapid amplitude variation. BrU-

louin, M. Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900) 164-.

— spring and best escapement. Rozi, — . Gg.
Int. Ghron. (1889) 18-.

, conical spiral , and other spirals. Phillips ,

i. Par. fio. Pol. J. Cah, 49 (1881) 1-.
, gUt. Dent, E. J. B. A.Bp. (1841) (pt.

2)41.
, glass. Dent, E. J. B. A. Bp. (1833)

(pt. 2) 421 ; 4 (1835) {pt. 2) 595.
, _. Arnold, J. R., dt Dent, E. Silli-
man J. 32 (1837) 330-.
, isochronism in connection with adjust-
ments, laws. Frodsham, C. (vi Adds.)

GE. I. P. 6 (1847) 224-.
, spherical spiral. PhiUips, E. C. B.

88 (1879) 1147-, 1234-.
, spiral. Phillips, t. Par. Mhl Sav. Etr.

18 (1868) 129-.
, _, new. Phillips, ± G. B. 78 (1874)

667- ; 86 (1878) 26-.
, — , non-symmetry of terminal curves.

Roti, C. G. B. 73 (1871) 1207-.
, — , regulating. Phillips, i. Liouv. J.

Mth. 5 (1860) 313-.
, — , terminal curves. GuiUaume, C, E.

Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900) 195-.
, — , theorem. Phillips, i. G. B. 73

(1871) 1131- ; 74 (1872) 581-.
, — , with theoretical terminal curves, in

1877 competition. PhiUips, A 0. B. 86
(1878) 1479-.
, — , ,7 years observations,

Neuch&tel. PhiUips, i. G. B. 73 (1871)
1069-.

— springs, spiral, isochronism. Catpari, E.
G. B. 81 (1875) 1122- ; 83 (1876) 47- ; Par. S.
Ps. Si. (1876) 22- ; Gg. Int. Ghron. (1889)
89- ; (1900) 217-.

— uncompensated. Delamarche, — , dt Ploix,
— . G. B. 48 (1859) 241-.

banking of balance. Hardy, W. Tillooh Ph.

Mg. 21 (1805) 181-.
and clocks. BianeH, G. Tortolini A. 5 (1854)

18- ; 6 (1855) 40-.

101

0809 Chronometers

and docks, action of air on regulator. JUr-

gensm, U. Kidb. Dn. Yd. Selsk. Afh. 3

(1828) 891-.
, improvements. BUtenhouie^ D. [1794]

Am. Pli. S. T. 4 (1799) 2fr-.
, rates. BiddU, E. [1828] As. S. Mm.

8 (1829) 215-.
, ~. Paget, L. [1859] Rch. Chron.

Cah. 6 (1861) 289-.
, — (Pagel). Ploix.C. Boh. Chron. Ca^.

6 (1862) 875-.

— — , — , variation (Lieassou). Laugier,
P. A. E. C. B. 36 (1853) 894-.

— — , — , — . Lieut$aUj A, Bch. Chron. Cah. 4
(1860) 216-.

, rating. T. (vi Adds,) TiUoch Ph.

Mg. 88 (1809) 402-.
comparison of times with time at a station.

FaUaws, F, QJ. Sc. 17 (1824) 815-.
compensation. Yvon'ViUareeau,A,J,F. Par.

A. Obs. 7 (1868) 1-.
— . Eoz€, C. C. B. 90 (1880) 807-, 858-.
— . CdUritr, G, Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 29

(1884-87) No. 6, 45 pp.
— . PhiUips, ^. Cg. Int. Chron. (1889) 62- ;

C. B. 109 (1889) 489-.

— balance. Hardy, W. Nicholson J. 16
(1807) 120-.

, effect of elasticity. Phillips, E. C. B.

67 (1868) 508-.
, regulation. Sang, E. [1888] Sc. S.

Arts T. 12 (1891) 183-.
, WinnerPs. Caspari, E. C. B. 82

(1876) 894-.
construction and regulation. Boz€, C. Cg.

Int. Chron. (1889) 105-.
determination of constants. Pugibet, (le It.)

H. Bv. Mar. et Col. 181 (1896) 477-.
diurnal variations. Bouquet de la Orye, — .

Cg. Int. Chron. (1889) 25-.
electric. Orc^figny, H. de. Lum. ^ect. 46

(1892) 66-, 821-, 572-, 618-.
electrolytic. Parragh, O, Termt. Edzl. 20

(1888) {Svppl.) 189- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 6

(1889) 415-.

errors, and new compensation balance. Dent,

E. J. SUliman J. 45 (1843) 83-.
without fusee. Saunier, — • Cg. Int. Chron.

(1889) 27-.
improvements. Mathew, D. D. Nicholson J.

20 (1808) 224-.
— . Yvon- ViUarceau, A.J.F. C. B. 82 (1876)

581-, 580-.
indicating y^W-second. Schmidt, W, Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1890) 243-.
influence of atmospheric moisture. Tennant,

(Maj.-Gen.) J. F. As. S. M. Not. 44 (1884)

22-, 73.
. Peters, C. F, W, A. der Hydrog.

15 (1887) 505-.
pressure. Harvey, G. Phil. Trans.

(1824) 372-.
. Yvon- ViUarceau, A.J.F. C. B.

82 (1876) 697-.
. HUfiker, J. As. Nr. 120 (1889)

109- ; 122 (1889) 348- ; Neuch. S. Sc. Bll.

17 (1889) ^.

Chronometers 0809

influence of Earth's magnetic field. Comu, A.
C. B. 131 (1900) 859-.

— — induced magnetism of iron shell.
Harvey, G. [1824] QJ. Sc. 18 (1825) 84-.

— — magnetism. Lecount,P, Edinb. Ph. J.
6 (1822i 288-.

. Harvey, G. [1823-24] Edinb. Ph.

J. 10 (1824) 1-, 342- ; QJ. Sc. 17 (1824) 197-.
. Piddington, H, Beng. J. As. S. 20

(1851) 61-.
. Boeddicker,0. [1882] Dubl. S. Sc.

T. 8 (♦1888-87) 1-.
. Le Goarant de Tromdin, {le It.)

G. Bv. Mar. et Col. 88 (1886) 5-.

— — — of balance. Scoresby, (Bev.) W.
[1822] Edmb. B. S. T. (1823) 858-.

ships. Ddamarche, — , <t Pldx,

—. C. B. 48 (1859) 462-; Boh. Chron.

Cah. 6 (1862) 889-.
mode of suspension. Thomson, (Sir) W.

Qlasg. T. I. Eng. 10 (1867) 139-.
proximity of masses of uron. Barlow, P.

Phil. Trans. (1821) 861-.
shocks on balance. Antoine, — • Cg.

Int. Chron. (1889) 10-.
magnetic intensity, case. Harvey, G, [1823]

Edinb. B. S. T. 10 (1826) 117-.
main springs, experimental researches. Besal,

H. A. Mines 12 (1867) 93-.
, simplified formulie relating to. BeseU,

H. A. Mines 13 (1868) 301-.
marine, conditions for competitions. BoUet

de risle, — . Cg. Int. Chron. (1889) 187-.
— , decimally graduated. Guyon, E, Cg. Int.

Chron. (1900) 116-.
— , Dutch navy. Kaiser, P. J. Cg. Int.

Chron. (1889) 146-.
— , with electrical record. Hirsch, A. Neuch.

Bll. 7 {pt. 2) (1866) 431-.
— , French navy, history and report. Ballet de

VIsle, — . Bv. Mar. et Col. 99 (1888) 824-,

480-.
— , Grandjean's. Hirsch, A. Neuch. Bll. 6

(1861-63) 387-.
— , history and development. Gardner, H. D.

[1890] Un. Serv. I. J. 84 (1890-91) 813-.
— , influence of atmospheric moisture. Anon.

A. der Hydrog. 17 (1889) 107-.

— , iron. Fisher, G. Phil. Trans. (1820)

196-.
— , observations during voyage of *' La Caprici-

euse." Mauehez, E. Bch. Chron. (1855)

1-.
— , voyages of the ''Isis" and **Iphi-

g^nie." Martin, (It.) A. Bv. Mar. et Col.

45 (1875) 885-.
^, protection. Belli, G. N. Cim. 5 (1857)

459-.
— , use. Firminger, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 42

(1813) 241-.
— , — . Givry, — . [1840] Bch. Chron. Cah.

2 (1859) 73-.
— , — (de Magnac). Yvon-ViUarceau, A. C.

B. 75 (1872) 897-.

— , — . Magnac, — de. C. B. 77 (1873)

609-.
— , and their variation. Magnac, A. de, Cg.

Int. Chron. (1889) 155-.

102

0809 Chronometers

marine, and their variation. Mouehes, E,

Gg. Int. Ghron. (1889) 160-.
— , various. Urban, L. As. Nr. 58 (1880)

241-.
— , and watches, influence of temperature.

Birkenmajetf L, Krk. Ak. (Jft.-Prz.) Bz.

10 (1896) 357-; Grc. Ac. So. BIL (1896)
78-.

nickel steels, application. OuUlaume, C» i.

Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900) 90-.
pivots, purifying olive oil for. Walker^ Ez,

Tilloch Ph. Mg. 36 (1810) 372-.
rate, microphonic registration. Berget, A.

G. B. 129 (1899) 712-.

— in rarefied air. JUrgeruen, U. Eidb. Dn.
Yd. Selsk. Afh. 4 (1829) xxiv-.

rates, comparative. Bond, W, C, (vi Addi,)

Bost. Mm. Am. Ac. 1 (1833) 84-.
— , comparison. Epp$,J. [1832] As. S. Mm.

6 (1883) 119-.
— , determination of constants in formulao for,

by methods of Gauchy and Tobie Mayer.

QoedaeeU, — . Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900) 73-.
— , predetermination. BUtgen, — . A. der

Hydrog. 16 (1887) 31-.
— , sea. Toynbee, H. As. S. M. Not. 9

(1848-49) 172-.
— , — and land. Mudge, W. Edinb. Ph. J. 5

(1821) 378-.
— , . Frodsham, W. J., dt Parkinson,

— . SiUiman J. 26 (1834) 121-.
rating. Epps, J, As. S. M. Not. 2 (1831-33)

124-.
— . Daussy, P. [1835-40] Bch. Ghron. Cah.

2 (1859) 43- ; Gon. des Temps (1843) 69-.

— Hartnup, J. As. 8. M. Not. 23 (1863)
170- ; Nt. 8 (1873) 394-.

— . Magnac, H. J, A, de, G. B. 81 (1875)

715-.
— . Faye, H. A, i, G. B. 88 (1879) 1143-,

1291-.

— by signals. Wauehope, R, Edinb. N. Ph.
J. 8 (1830) 160-, 289-.

regfulation, and synchronising clocks. Comu,
A, Gg. Int. Ghron. (1889) 176-.

— in vertical position. Favre-Heinrich, M,
Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900) 60-.

scientific value and price. Kaiser, — . Gg.

Int. Ghron. (1900) 66-.
for small time intervals. Negro, S, dal. Pa-

dova N. Sag. 1 (1817) 127-.
. Breguet, A. L, Edinb. Ph. J. 1

(1819) 323-.
. Barri, — . Lille Tr. (1819-22)

(Barry's). DelisU, — . Lille Tr.

(1819-22) 34-.

. Bellavitis, G. Ven. At. 5 (1846)

282-.

temperature coeflQcients. (Ghronometer testing
conference.) Stechert, C. A. der Hydrog.
24 (1896) 34&-; 25 (1897) 330-.

. ( .) Heuer, K,, dk Reimehe,

{KapU) G. A. der Hydrog. 26 (1898) 262-.

, calculation. Stechert, C A. der Hy-
drog. 23 (1895) 388-.

, variation. B'drgen, — . A. der Hydrog.

11 (•1883) 401-.

CbronosGOpes 0809

temperature compensation. PhiUipt, J^. G. B.

90 (1880) 483-, 561-, 649-.
, effect of form of balance. Phillips, E,

G. B. 66 (1868) 526-.

— correction and temperature coefficients.
Anon. A. der Hydrog. 19 (1891) 27-.

, use. Eteiibeck, (Kapt.) N. von. A. der

Hydrog. 17 (1889) 149-.

— corrections. Nevins, A. E. [1874-76] As.
S. M. Not. 35 (1875) 79-; Lpool. Lt. Ph. S.
P. 30 (1876) 227-.

. Hartnup, J. Kb. S. M. Not. 35 (1875)

314-.

— infiuence. (Memoirs, 1831, '32, '42, '44.)
Comulier,—de. Bch. Ghron. Cah. 2(1859)
87- ; Cah. 3 (1859) 109-.

. B&rgen, — . A. der Hydrog. 6 (•1878)

489-.
testing. Hartnup, J. Lane. T. Hist. S. 9

(1857) 11- ; B. S. P. 14 (1865) 548-.
— . Vanssay, P. de. Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900)

5-.
— , Greenwich, 1823. HutUm, G. F. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 61 (1828) 177-.
— , — and elsewhere. Cajpari, — . Gg. Int.

Ghron. (1889) 23-.
— , Kiel Observatory. Peters, C, F. W, A. der

Hydrog. 3 (•1875] 343-.
tests of various kinds, recent. Gelcieh, E. Z.

Instk. 13 (1893) 343-.
variation. Haley, J. Nicholson J. 8 (1804)

46-.
— , and amplitude of vibration. Nyren, — .

Gg. Int. Ghron. (1889) 153-.
regulation. Caspari, E, Gg. Int. Ghron.

(1889) 67-.
ana watches, effects of dynamos, etc. Le

Goarant de Tromelin, G. Lum. £lect. 3
(•1881) 312-, 326-, 867.

Ghronophotography. Dememj, G. A. Gons.

Arts et M^t. 4 (1892) 131-.
— . Marey, —. A. Gons. Arts et M^t. 1 (1899)

283-.

CHR0N0SC0PE8.

Benzenberg, J. F. Yoigt Mg. 12 (1806) 181-.
electrochemical. Hessler, F. (vi Adds.) D.

Nf. Vsm. B. 34 (1858) 156-.
experiments. Hirsch, A. (vi Adds.) Soh. Os.

Vh. 46 (1862) 215-.
gravitational, correction for resistance of air.

Leroux, F. P. A. G. 12 (1867) 396-, 404-.
Hipp's (for rate of faJl and speed of bullets).

Oelsehldger, — . Dingier 114 (^1849) 255-.
— , determination of constants. Decher, G,

Dingier 125 (1852) 12-.
improvement. GUxsmer, M. C. B. 43 (1856)

814-.
method of marking by electric spark. Leroux,

F. P. G. B. 55 (1862) 889-.
pendulum-, accessory apparatus. Noyes, W,

[1890] Am. J. Psychol. 8 (1891) 367-.
— , and accessory apparatus. Scripture, E, W,

B. A. Bp. (189*^ 824.

103

0809 Clocks

simple. Sanford, E. C. [1890] Am. J.

Psychol. 8 (1891) 174-.
Vernier. Sanfard, E. C. Am. J. Psychol. 9

(1897-98) 191-.
vibration-. MiOUr, Hub. Soh. Nf. Qs, Vh. 62

(1868) 27-.
— . MUUer, Joh. A. Ps. C. 189 (1870) 604-.
— , electric. BeeU, W. A. Ps. C. 185 (1868)

126-.
— , and experiments. MUUer, Joh, [1868] A.

Ps. C. 186 (1869) 151-.

Clock- and instroment-makers, oil used by,
improyed preparation. IfoZZ, G. Hall Bij.
1 (1826) 1-.

— making. Bousiel, M, Amiens Mm. Ac.
So. (1841) 127-.

, application of mechanics. Retdlt H,

A. Mines 10 (1866) 428-; 11 (1867) 207- ; 15
(1869) 211- ; 18 (1870) 817-.

— — , toothed wheels. luly^ (^^of,) — .
Neuoh. BU. 9 (1878) 881-.

Clock-work for continuous aniform motion.

JacoH, M, H. [1846] St. P^t. Ac. So. Bll.

6 (1848) 104-.
. Wagner, J, C. R. 29 (1849)

701.
, electric. Zetzsche, — . Elekttech. Z. 5

(1884) 126-.

— — at Exhibition of 1889, machinery in
manufacture. Oamier, P. Cg. Int. Chron.
(1889) 88-.

— — . Units of chronometry. Ouillaume,

C. i. Cg. Int. Chron. (1900) 179-.

. , report of Commission. Fad-

degan, ~. Cg. Int. Chron. (1900) 184-.

CLOCKS.

BmeL, F. W. B. A. Bp. (1842) {pt. 2) 1-; As.

Nr. 20 (1848) 187-.
Fl^iter, W. As. Nr. 91 (1878)387-, 868-, 869-.
in air-tight case. F&rtter, W. Carl Bpm. 8

(1867) 271-.
alteration of arcs by hygrometrical changes of

the air ; and a compensating pendulum of

deal. Squire, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 65 (1825)

88-.
astronomical. Cesarie, O.A. de. Mil. Effem.

As. (1814) 74-.
^. Hirech, A. Neuch. Bll. 6 (1859-61) 461-.
— . Newcomb, S. Sid. Mess. 8 (1884) 206-.
— , equalisation of arcs. JUrgensen, U. Eidb.

Dn. Yd. Selsk. Afh. 1 (1824) 209-.
— , Innsbruck. Ctermak, P. Innsb. Nt. Md.

B. 24 (1899) 198-.

— , new. Boy$, C. V. [1877] As. S. M. Not.

88 (1878) 74-.
", with pendulum goyemor. Thomson, {Sir)

W. R. S. P. 17 (1869) 468-.
— , regulation. HaiMietn, C. N. Mg. Ntyd. 6

(1861) 80-.
and atmospheric pressure. Bessel, F. W. As.

Nr. 2 (1824) 49-.
. Eobinaon, T, R. As. S. Mm. 6

(1888) 126-.
. F&reier, W. Berl. Mb. (1867) 289-.

Compensation Pendulum 0809

and atmospheric pressure. Hipp, M. [1877]

Neuoh. S. Sc. Bll. 11 (1879) 162-, 169-.
atmospheric pressure compensation. CarUni,

F. Brugnatelli G. 8 (1825) 388-.
. Bobinwn, T. R. B. A. Rp. (1843)

{pt. 2) 17-, 102.
. KrUger,A. As. Nr. 62 (1864)279-;

68 (1867) 827-.
. Airy, (Sir) G. B. Ph. Mg. 41 (1871)

482.
. Denitm, E, B. As. S. M. Not. 83

(1878) 122-, 294-.
(Denison*s). Robinson, T. R. As. S.

M. Not. 88 (1878) 296-.

. Redier, A. C R. 88 (1876) 1174-.

. Gulbransen, P. F. Belfast NH. S.

Rp. & P. (1890-91) 87-.
error. Webster, R. As. S. M. Not. 88

(1878) 296-.
Breguet's. Arago, D. F, J. (vi Adds,) Par.

Bur. Long. An. (1824) 152-.
at Buda-Pest Polytechnic. Krusp4r, I. [1885]

Mth. Termt. :^ts. 4 (1886) 19- ; Mth. Nt. B.

Ung. 4 (1885-86) 18-.
chronometric alarum. Bianchedi, G. (xn)

Rv. Sc.-Ind. 6 (1874) 92-.
church-, illumination. Bryson, R. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 33 (1842) 293-.
comparison, electric. Ceraski, W, Mosc. Obs.

A. 3 {Pt. 2) (1896) 123-.

Compensation PendiUum,

Crosthwaite, J. [1787] Ir. Ac. T. 2 (1788)

7-.
Dbhler, J, F, A. GUbert A. 7 (1801) 318-.
Bemenberg, J, F. Voigt Mg. 4 (1802) 697-.
Kater, H. Nicholson J. 20 (1808) 214-.
Ward, H. Nicholson J. 21 (1808) 53-.
B,, R, Nicholson J. 83 (1812) 217-.
Reid, A. A. C. 85 (1813J 183-.
ErmeHns, J. G, lieijd. A. Ac. (1818-19)

22 pp.
HiU, C. J. D, (VI Adds.) Lund Phys. Sallsk.

Arsb. (1823) 77-.
Berlinger, I. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 6 (1826) 14-.
Herapath, W. TUloch Ph. Mg. 66 (1826)

374-.
Zecchini'LeoneUi, — . Wien Jb. Pol. I. 6

(1825) 53-.
Kraijenhoff, H, E, Hall Bij, 7 (1832) 361-.
Forman, W. Dingier 65 (1885) 381-.
Jmes, W. G, SiUiman J. 38 (1840) 274-.
MHkU, H. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 41 (1846) 386-.
Laugier, P. A. E, C. R. 25 (1847) 415-.
Smith, J. L. C. R. 83 (1876) 202 ; Am. J. Sc.

12 (1876) 106-.
Weber, R, Neuch. S. Sc. BU. 15 (1886) 169-.
Nippoldt, W,A, Z, Instk. 16 (1896) 44-.
Butenschon, G, Cztg. Opt. 18 (1897) 61.
Faddegon, J. M, Cg. Int. Chron. (1900)

18-.
application of property of circle in construction.

Giulio, C. I, [1848] Tor. Mm. Ac. 11 (1851)

187-.
Baily's. Bryson, R. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 88

(1846) 220-.

104

0809 Compensation Pendulum

oompotind, of steel and zino. Lowe^ E. J.

Manch. Ph. S. P. 1 (1867-60) 2ia-.
Graham's. Dienger^ J. Grunert Aroh. 9

(1847) 338-.
gridiron. Benxenberg^ J, F, Gilbert A. 14

(1803) 315-.
— , of lead and iron. Benzenhergt J. F, Voigt

Mg. 4 (1802) 787-.
— , new. NichoUon, W. Nicholson J. 8 (1800)

206-.
height of mercury. Lorenzoni^ O, Spet. It.

Mm. 8 (1879) (App,) 1-.
mathematical roles for oonstmotion. SteveUy,

J. B. A. Bp. (1836) {pt. 2) 7-.
mercury. Blacker, T. [18061 ^o^® ^* ^^'

(1810) 221-.

— (Lowe's). Firminger, T, Tilloch Ph. Mg.
54 (1819) 102-.

— . BaHy, F, As. S. Mm. 1 (1822) 381-.
— . Encke, J, F, As. Nr. 10 (1833) 119-.
-. B'dhm, J. Q. Wien SB. 26 (1857) 345-.
— . BaUUs, M, Termt. Edzl. 25 (1893)

[Suppl,) 47-.
— . Biefier, S. Z. Instk. 13 (1893) 88-.

— and gridiron, comparison. Kessels, — . As.
Nr. 27 (1848) 181-.

of 2 pieces. Sang, E. [1867] Edinb. B. S. P.

6 (1869) 67-.
simplest. Huth, O, Bode As. Jb. (1803| 213-.
for temperature. Nicholson, W. Nicholson J.

1 (1797) 56-.

— — and atmospheric pressure. Sang, E.
[1870] Edinb. T. Sc. S. Arts 8 (1872) 168-.

. Oudemans, J. A, C, As. Nr.

100 (1881) 17-.
. Nippoldt, W, A. Z. Instk. 9

(1889) 197-.
zino and steel verttu mercurial. Bitckney, T.

As. S. M. Not. 46 (1886) 462-.

construction. Bloxam, J, M. [1853] As. S.

Mm. 22 (1854) 103- ; 27 (1859) 61-.
contact, new. Braun, K. (xn) Mth. Term.

iiB. 1 (1883) 151- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 1

(1882-83) 119-.
contact-maker, electric. Orubh, H, [1878]

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 2 (1880) 115-.
continuous motion, regulators for. Leroux,

F. P. Par. A. Cons. 7 (1867) 595-.
control, electric. Hartnup, J. B. A. Bp.

(1857) (pt. 2) 13, 180-.
— , — . Walker, C. V. As. S. M. Not. 21

(1861) 72-, 160-.
— , — . Hefner-Alteneck, F. von, Nt. 48

(1893) 44&-.
— , — , of turret clocks. Kesel, O, Cztg. Opt.

13 (1892) 249-.
controlled electrically. Henrich, F. Humb.

3 (1884) 331-.
for Copenhagen University. JUrgensen, U, As.

Nr. 3 (1825) 1-.
correction by means of telephone. Norden-

tki»ld, N. K, Stockh. 6fv. 40 (1883) No. 4,
49-.
with dead-beat escapement and deal pendulum,
semi-arcs of vibration. Squire, T. Ph. Mg.

2 (1827) 34-.

Electric Clocks 0809

diminution of friction. Matsey, E. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 18 (1804) 305-.
Dondi's, Padua. Gloria, A. Padova Ac. At.

e Mm. 1 (1885) 233-.

Electric Clocks.

Sharpe, B. Ir. Ac. P. 3 (1847) 105-.

Jaspar, J. Brux. Ac. Bll. 20 (1853) {pte. 3) 281-.

Jacobi, M. H. [1856] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 15

(1857) 25-.
Barnard, F.A.P. Am. As. P. (1858) 17-.
Hirseh, A. Neuch. Bll. 5 (1859-61) 591-.
Cauderay, H. Laus. Bll. S. Vd. 8 (1864-65)

246.
Thomson, (Sir) W. [1866] Glasg. Ph. S. P. 6

(1868) 61-.
Arzherger, F. Briinn Vh. 8 (1869) (Ah.) 91-;

9 (1870) (Ah.) 33-.
BtUkevich, F. S. [1870] (xn) Mosc. S. Sc. Bll.

39 [No. 2] (1880) 11-.
Brunn, J. A. Ps. C. 157 (1876) 411-.
Dumoulin-Froment, P. A. T61. 3 (1876) 346-.
Gardner, H. D. Nt. 20 (1879) 346-.
Waiiot, — . [1881] Rv. Sc. 2 (1882) 417-.
Arzherger, F. (xn) Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 51-.
MagnevUU, — de. Lum. l^lect. 10 (*1883) 244-.
Hirseh, A. Neuch. S. Sc. Bll. 14 (1884) 1-.
Mauritius, — . Exner Bpm. 20 (1884) 815-.

Sartiaux, E. Lum. i^lect. 11 (1884) 91-.
Tiede, — . Elekttech. Z. 5 (1884) 251-.
Bothen, —. Bern Mt. (1886) x-.
Favarger, A . G6n. Civ. 12 (1887-88) 330-, 338-.
Hirseh, A. Neuch. S. So. Bll. 19 (1891) 8-.
Braun, L. [1894] G^n. Civ. 26 (1894-95) 3-.
Hope-Jones, F. [1899] I. Elect. £. J. 29 (1900)

119— 286—
SeUaroli, .1. ' Bv. Sc.-Ind. 32 (1900) 206.
of Berlin. Kramer, A. Dingier 121 (1851) 111-,
calendar-. Kleiszner, B. [1889] Termt. Edzl.

22 (1890) 48- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 8 (1891) 456.
— , Kleiszner's. Zetzsche, E. Lum. Elect. 31

(1889) 419-.
continuous motion, conical pendulum. Thury,

B. Cg. Int. Chron. (1900) 146-.
at Paris Exhibition, 1881. Du Moncel, T.

Lum. tllect. 4 (*1881) 337-.
— Philadelphia Exhibition. Napoli, D. Lum.

ilect. 16 (1885) 314-.
Bebi5ek*s. Waltenhofen, A, von. [1879] Prag

Ab. 10 (1881) (Mth.) (No. 2) 6 pp.
recording-. Fuchs, K. Elekttech. Z. 8 (1887)

342-.
regulation. Cauderay, H. [1873] (ix) Laus.

S. Vd. Bll. 12 (1874) 436-.
regulator. Tobler, A. [1868] Laus. Bll. S.

Vd. 10 (1868-70) 37-.
— . Anon. Tel. J. 15 (1884) 243-.
self-regulating by the sun. Dumoneel, T.

[A. L.] C. B. 42 (1866) 696-.
signalling. Elsdsser, W. Elekttech. Z. 18

(1897) 652.
temperature compensation. Bonalds, (Sir) F,

Tilloch Ph. Mg. 46 (1815) 203-.
and time-telegraphs. Spellter, L. H, Franklin

I. J. 84 (1882) 111-.

105

s(i«n)i».

^. H. MB. Aawi. Tk. S OSIT)
ST-; E^mb. Fh. J. « (Itti) IST-; 7 (UU)

IT. r. E. L P. 1 (I8$l-M)

«f «». Bmmig, W. Kidwlno
397-; 21 (UCH) SI-.

flgnib. Pcnodk, fl. IF.

■MlnielioB* Airfft G» M.
^Vmfi Cmk. Ph. 8. T. 7 (1B42) 217-.

J. 14

^ Cg. iBtw amB. (1900) 47'.
kiHoffie, ttt CourtaL Homzemm, J, C. [19BS]

CUk H Tern 6 (IMS-aQ 1-. 72.
iMpiiiiiiiniiiii, Siamffer, S. Wicn Jb. PoL

1 20 (li»0| 78-.
— • CUuuem. T. [1844] Si. P^. Ae. Be. BIL

f (IMI) 14^.
--. Bri<. .Am. CoMai. B. A. Bp. (1880) 5^-.
farfhifBre o€ Attnetioo between weighti and

vninlnm Bad, T. Ktehobon J. 33 (1812)

jr.,JEr. Nieholson J. 34

(1813) 146-.
frfetaon. 8am^, E. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 19

(183$) 129-.
Itmi-colmr ftUoetaon. Gaillot, A. BIL

As. 1 (1884) 217- ; C. B. 98 (1884) 893-.
miigDel. Harvey, G, Edhib. J. Sc. 6

(1827)288-.
mflgDe^ aelion. ^Olf, IT. Ph. Mg. 25

(180^ 325-.

— — tempcfrntnre. Boneell, J, W. Nichobon
J. 10 (1806) 70-.

. BHoteM, C. MU. Effem. Ab. (1812)

114-.
irvQgolftritjdnetoeleetiiiieatioD. Baumgartner,

A, von, Baamgartner Z. 1 (1828) 299-.
tooehnmoos. iZ^, T. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 45

(1815)484-.
Jftpftoeee, Science and Art Miueimi, Dablin.

Bambaut, A. A. [1889] Dabl. S. Sc. P. 6

(1888-90) 832-.
pendolam. Walker, Ez. TiUoeh Ph. Mg. 36

(1810) 81-.
—. Barnard, F. A. P. Am. As. P. (1858)

17-.
^-, adTAOtsges of small arc. Sang, E, Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 15 (1838) 137-.
— , amplitade. Walker, Ez. Nicholson J. 2

(1802) 78-, 273-.
— , centrifugal. Anon, in 829) Hermbstadt

Bll. 9 (1811) 350-.
— , — '. Clauten, T. Crelle J. 5 (1829)

314-.
— , circalar error. Mohr, C, F, Dingier 81

(1841) 38-.

— clock, conversion of motion into equable
motion of rotation. Jones, B. L, As. S. M.
Not. 12 (1851-52) 150-.

, Galileo's. Schaik, W, C. L. van. Z.

Instk. 7 (1887) 350-, 428.

— — , Harris*!, erected in 1641 ; and rate of 2
clocks. BM, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 45 (1815)
178-.

ITel/. E. Zftr.

(1887)9-.

^.eooieaL Fmtmmlt, L. C. B. S (1847) l^*--
~, eleeteieally maiirtaifiwi Fenf* C. C B.

1300900) 1248-; C%. Ink Chiai. (19001 68-;

As. Fr. C. B. (1900) (PI. 9} 487-.
— , . Cfcmpifhe IWy, 6. [1900] Se.

Aba. 4 (1901) 9S»-.
— , improvanent. Vtmeuil, — ^. Dqon 84.

Ac (1823) 50-.
~. ifloefanoism. S^ifoidt^ W, A. D. XL Th.

(1896) (Tk. 2, HSlfte 1) 39-.
— ,leng(bBniDg,witl»oiitstoppiiigeloek. Ijomry,

r. J. [1874] Calif. Ac P. 5 (187S) 426.
— , moiioo of sopport earned by. Dtforfez, Qe

ctmm.) ~. Cg. Int. Chran. (18891 191-.

— lodsofdeaL Walker,Ez. 111kMJiPh.Mg.
83 (1809) 30- ; 34 (18(M9 ^-

wood. BaOy, F, Tllloeh Ph. Mg.

65 (1825) 41-.

— so^ensioD. SpeUier, L. H. Franklin L
J. 80 (1880) 47-.

— , testmg motion. Kaeeomdt, S. (^ As.

Nr. 81 (1873) 319-.
— , tabular. Trorngkiait, E. Nicholson J. 9

(1804) 22£^.
— , ^, Troo^ton's. SehMdUer, W. [1807]

Bode As. Jb. (1810) 184-.
— til ramo, use of corrections from are. Walker,

Ez. Nicholson J. 3 (1802) 35-.
— , variation in vibiation. Walker, Ez. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 40 (1812) 293-.

— of wood. Beaufoy, M. Thomson A. Ph.
15 (1820) 176- ; 3 (1822) 406- ; U (1826)
161-.

. Braddock, J. Madras J. 7 (1838)

108-.
pendolam 's first application to. Veladnd, G.

MU. Mm. I. Lomb. 5 (1856) 219-.
. AlhtH, E. N. Cim. 8 (1858)

4AO_

and pendalams, histoiy. Fouati, E. Bt. Sc-
Ind. 23 (1891) 10-, 28-.

pendalams, invariable. BosweU, J. W. Nichol-
son J. 10 (1805) 70-.

— , — (Boswell). G., J. Nicholson J. 15
(1806) 84-.

perpetaal, working by the tide. Poultier, L.
Cg. Int. Chron. (1900) 193-.

protection from variations of temperatare and

pressare. Faye, H. A. i. C. B. 25 (1847)

375-.
rate adjastment. EUis, W. Obs. 20 (1897)

411-.
— , in partial vacaam. Carrington, B. C.

[1872] As. S. M. Not. 33 (1878) 51-.
— , (Carrington). Bobimon, T. B.

As. S. M. Not. 83 (1873) 121-.
regulation. Ball, B. S. [1877] Ir. Ac. P. 3

(1883) 66-.
— , electric. Bitchie, F. J. [1878] Sc. S.

Arte T. 10 (1883) 30-.
^,— . Aron,—. Elekttech. Z. 7 (1886) 353-.

106

0809 Clocks

regulation, eleotrio. Comu, A. J. de Ps. 8

(1889) 101-.
— , — . Wolf, — . Cg. Int. Chron. (1889) 188-.
— , — . Arum, A. T^. 16 J1889) 848-.

— , — , Paris. Tresca, H. E. C. R. 90 (1880)
660-.

— by telephone. Rothen, ^. J. Td. 18 (1889)
93-.

weights on pendulum, problem. Itelyt

J. P. [1878] (x) Neuch. S. Sc. Bll. 10

(1876) 20-.

regulator. Destigny, — . Bouen Tr. Ac. (1825)

181-.
of Boyal Society, Edinburgh. Bobisan, (Sir) J,

Edinb. B. S. T. 11 (1831) 345-.
in sealed case, at constant pressure. Bigourdan,

G. Cg. Int. Chron. (1900) 162-.
sidereal, Greenwich. Ellu, W. Nt. 11 (*1875)

431-.

— and mean time. Dupuis, N. F, (xn) Cn.
B. S. P. A T. 1 (1883) {Sect. 3) 75-.

. Le Roy, A, As. Fr. C. B. (1894)

(Pt, 2) 330- ; Bv. Sc. 3 (1895) 348-.
sounder for marking seconds. Knipp^ C. T.

Am. J. Sc. 5 (1898) 283-.
standard, of an electric system. Henrich, F,

Humb. 3 (1884) 372-.
— , *'make-and-break" apparatus for, and Jiir-

genssen's clock construction. Konkoly, M,

(xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Mth.) 8 (1881)

(No. 8) 11 pp.
stopping, due to oscillation of weight. Howard,

W. SUliman J. 8 (1824) 277-.
Strasburg Cathedral. Fargeaud, A. Fr. Cg.

Sc. (1842) (pU. 2) 113-.

. Raasche,G. BigaCor.-B1.38(1895)67-.

striking by electricity. Bianchedi, O. By. So.-

Ind. 16 (1884) 291-.

— part rc^gulated by pendulum. M<u$ey, E.
Nicholson J. 8 (1804) 162-.

sympathetic action of pendulums. SmdUey,
G. B. N. S. W. B. S. T. 1 (1867) 7*-.

— influence. EUi$, W. As. S. M. Not. 38
(1873) 480-.

synchronisation. Comu, A, C. B. 105 (1887)
1106- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1888) 65-, 264-.

synchronism between, by electric control.
Comu, A. [1889] Dingier 276 (1890) 32-.

and other time-measuring apparatus. Gardner,
H. D. Nt. 14 (1876) 529-, 55-1-, 573- ; 15

(1877) 9-.

, mechanical production . Bodanet,

A. H. Cg. Int. Chron. (1889) 59-.

— time-signals, electric. West, J. H. Elekt-
tech. Z. 17 (1896) 2-.

with torsion pendulum. DougUu, W, H, B. A.

Bp. (1888) 823.
turret-, construction. Grubb, H, Dubh S.

Sc. P. 4 (1885) 447-.
— , remontoirs. Denison, E, B. Camb. Ph.

S. T. 8 (1849) 639-.
uniform pressure-, new. Bucknty, T, As. S.

M. Not. 40 (1880) 315-.
with variable period, stroboscopic observation.

BrUUmin, M. J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 394-.
Wadham*s galvanic remontoir-. Lockey, F,

Walker Electr. Mg. 1 (1845) 361-.

Mdararement of

0809

and watches, construction. Reid, T. Nichol-
son J. 11 (1805) 1-.
,~(Beid). if., 12. (yi Add$.) Nicholson

J. 15 (1806) 159-.
, maintaining power. Nicholaon, W,

Nicholson J. 1 (1797) 429-; 2 (1799) 49-.
— — , pendulums and balances of, disturbance ;

theory of escapements. Airy^ G. B. [1826]

Camb. Ph. S. T. 3 (1830) 105-.
, , influence of gravity. X,

Nicholson J. 22 (1809) 134-.
, repeating. EUioi, J. M. Nicholson J.

7 (1804) 157-.
, 50 years' progress. Gardner, H. D, Nt.

86 (1887) 392-, 484-.
water-dock and gong in India. Schlagintweit,

H. von. Munch. Sb. (1871) 128-.
winding by barometric changes, suggestion.

Whlsa, C. A. [1849] Helsingf. Acta 3 (1852)

371-.
and writing-telegraphy, etc., application of

electric current. Gliuener, M. (vi Adds.)

D. Nf . Vsm. B. 33 (1857) 173-.

Coincidences, method. Biehat, E, J. de Ps. 8
(1874) 369-.

— , — . CoUet, J. [1891] Isdre S. BU. 27
(1892) 1-.

— , — . Perreau, E. J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 212-.

Compensation of clocks, watches and chrono-
meters. Menon, — . Les Mondes 13 (1867)
654-.

Dial of Achaz (Horologium Aehaz), Sachie,
J. F. Am. Ph. S. P. 34 (1895) 21-.

— for mean and solar time. Go$8elin, (col.) — •
Metz Mm. Ac. 21 (1839-40) 396-.

— , universal. Bdhm, J. G. Prag Sb. (1862)

57-.
— , wooden suspension, used in Alps and Pyre-
nees. Stanley, O. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 11

(1831) 281-.
Dialling. Lalande, J. le F, de. Par. Ec. Pol.

J. 11« cah. (1801) 261-.
— . Goiselin, (col.) — . Metz Mm. Ac. 18

(1836-37) 109-.
Electricity, use. Fdrster, W. (xn) Elekttech.

Z. 1 (1880) 229-.
Electromagnetic time indicator. Sturrock, W.

[1892] Sc. S. Arts T. 13 (1894) 163-.
Escapement. Crosthwaite, J. [1787] Ir. Ac.

T. 2 (1788) 7-.

— for astronomical clock, Capt. H. Eater's.
Kater, E. PhU. Trans. (1840) 335-.

— , chronometer-, applied to clocks. Riefier, S.

Dmgler 276 (1890) 356-.
— , dock-, with constant impulse. AinmiUer,

H. Dingier 260 (1886) 212-.
— , — , doEid beat (Graham's). Bennett, J.

Nicholson J. 15 (1806) 133-.
— , — , . Vulliamy, B. L. QJ. So. 14

(1823) 334-; 16 (1823) 1-.
— , — , new. WhUelaw, D. Edinb. Ph. J. 8

(1823) 27-.
— , — , — . Airy, G. B. As. S. M. Not. 5

(1839-43) 221-.
— , — , — . Bond, R, F. (ix) Briinnow As.

Not. (No. 21) (1860) 161-.

107

0809 Escapements

Escapement, eleotromagnetio, Tiede's. F&rster,

W, Carl Bpm. 3 (1867) 271-.
— , free, with doable wheel. Jilrgenteitt U.

As. Nr. 1 (1823) 209-, 233-.
— , — , and free pendulum. Appelt D, Z.

Instk. 12 (1892) 19-, 165.
— , — , (Appel). Weatphal, A. Z.

Instk. 12 (1892) 164-.

— with free pendulum. Witherspoon, A.
Edinb. N. Ph. J. 20 (1836) 303-.

. Riefler, S. As. Nr. 134 (1894)

217- ; Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 34&-.
— , free, with reduced friction. JUrgen$en^ U.

[1822] As. Nr. 1 (1823) 155-.
— , gravity-, clocks with. Cinquemani, O.

Bm. N. Line. Mm. 3 (1888) 91-.
— , — , detached. Young, C, A. Spet. It.

Mm. 6 (1877) (App.) 73-.

— of Hipp chronograph, and measurement
of small intervals of time. Briggs, R,
Franklin I. J. 73 (1877) 89-.

— , new pendulum-. Leman, — . As. & Asps.
12 (1893) 882-.

— for standard clock. A^el, D. Z. Instk. 7
(1887) 29-.

Escapements. Reid, T. Nicholson J. 6 (1802)

65-.
-. Veladini, G, Mil. G. I. Lomb. 7 (1846)

127-.
— , chronometer-. Rodanet, A, H. Cg. Int.

Chron. (1900)34-.
— , — , classification. DitUheimt P. Gg. Int.

Chron. (1900) 40-.
— , dock-. Wagner, J, Par. Bll. S. Encour.

46 (1847) 3-.
— , — . Deniaon, E, B, [1848] Camb. Ph. S.

T. 8 (1849) 633-.
— , — . FulUm, J. Silliman J. 11 (1851) 406-.
— , — . Bloxam, J, M. [1853] As. S. Mm. 22

(1854) 103- ; 27 (1859) 61-.
— , compensations, etc., of clocks and chrono-
meters, modem. Antaine, E. Cg. Int.

Chron. (1889) 43-.
Globe time-piece. Allison, B. Philad. T. 5

(1802) 82-.
History of time-measurement. Golfarelli, I,

Firenze Ac. Georg. At. 21 (1898) 287-.
Horoscope, Eble's, theory (movaole simdial).

Radau, R, Les Mondes 8 (1865) 588-.
Metronomes, construction. Bruno, F, F, de,

Moigno Cosmos 7 (1855) 363-.
Pendulum, electric motor. Higgt, R, W. H. P.

[1876] Nt. 15 (1877) 98.
— , — precision-, NeuchAtel Observatory.

Favarger, A. Lum. isiect. 20 (1886) 206-.
— , — regulator for. Bourboute, — . C. B. 83

(1876) 482-.
— , free, as time standard. MendenhaU, T, C,

Am. J. Sc. 43 (1892) 85-.
— , Helmholtz, modification. Kleiner, A, Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 8 (1899) 375-.
Phenomena of the time-infinitesimal. NichoU,

E. L. Am. As. P. (1893) 57-.
Phonic wheel for regulating synchronism of

motion. La Cour, P. C. B. 87 (1878)

499-; (xn) Sk. Nt. Mdt. F. (1880) 133 -; Tel.

J. 21 (1887) 331-, 359-, 529.

Measurement of Time 0809

Physical experiments, time measurements in.

Aldini, O. Bologna Mm. I. It. 1 (pte. 2)

(1806) 487-.
Botation time, absolute measurement. Prytz,K.

A. Ps. C. 43 (1891) 638-.

— — of axis and vibration time of tunhig
fork, ratio. PryU, K. A. Ps. C. 48 (1891)
652-.

— — , and periodic time of tuning fork,
measurement. Jones, J, V, L. Ps. S. P.
10 (1890) 97-; Ph. Mg. 27 (1889) 849-.

Small intervals, measurement. PouUlei,C. S, M.

C. B. 19 (1844) 1384-.
, — . Tygna, E, Bio Obs. Bv. (1886)

105-.
, — , apparatus. Aldini, Q, Bb. Un. 51

(1832) 77-.
, — , — . Hankd, W. G. Leip. B. 18

(1866) 46-.
, — , — . Oieteler, E, Bonn Niedr. Gs.

Sb. (1875) 304-.

— — , — ; duration of electroscopic double
refraction and magnetic rotation. Abraham,
H., dt Lemoine, J, Par. S. Ps. S4. (1899)
155- ; A. C. 20 (1900) 264-.

, — , electrical. Sabine, R. Ph. Mg. 1

(1876) 837-.
, — , photographic. Stein, S. T. Wien

Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 183-, 277-.
, — , — . Mareschal, O. (Hn, Civ. 20

(1891-92) 152-.
, — , — . Lavergne, O. G6n. Civ. 21

(1892) 381-.
Sundial, azimuthal. Decante, — . Bv. Mar.

et Col. 46 (1875) 222-.
— , cylindrical, MAcon. Mayette, — . M&oon

Ac. A. 5 (1885) 401-.
— , horizontal. Donovan, If. Ir. Ac. P. 7

(1858) 111-.
— , — elliptic, Dijon, 1827. Ferret, A. N. A.

Mth. 15 (1856) 399-.
— , , — , — . DuTnay, — . [1899] Dijon

Ac. Sc. Mm. 7 (1901) xix-.
— , new. Decohome, — . C. B. 113 (1891)

481.
— , portable. Viala, E, Mntp. Ac. Sc. Mm. 5

(1861-63) 155-.
— , — (Sonnenring), Karsten, G, [1893] Sohl.-

Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 10 (1895) 66-.
— , universal. Sharp's. Robinson, T, R. B. A.

Bp. (1849) {pt. 2) 34.
Sundials. Littrow, J. J. pon. Baumgartner

Z. 9 (1831) 148-.
— , adjustment. Patterson, R, [1817] Am.

Ph. S. T. 1 (1818) 333-.
— , construction. Francaur, L, B. Gergonne

A. Mth. 8 (1817-18) 233-; 9 (1818-19)

91-.
— , — , graphical. Kahrer, G, Wien Jbr.

Ober-Bealsch. Inn. Stadt 5 (1863) 1-.
— , — , new method. Servier, — . Bv. Sc.

49 (1892) 366-.
— , globes for. Avit, — . Le Puy A. S. Ag.

(1827) 189-.
Telechronometer. Ungerer, — . Cg. Int. Chron.

(1889) 189-.
Telephonic time -transmitter. Harrington,

M. W, Science 1 (*1883) 802-.

108

0810

Heasarement of Mass

0810

Temperature and time, measurement, analogy.
Macgregor, J. O. [1887] N. Sootia I. Sc.
P. A T. 7 (1890) 20-.

Time determination in study of relative gravi-
tation. Saija, Q. Spet. It. Mm. 28 (1900)
65-.

— regulation, with alternating currents. Boh-
meyer, C, Elekttech. Z. 8 (1887) 508-.

— signals, correction of errors in aistribution.
Gru66, (Sir) H. [1898] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 9
(1899-1902) 37-.

, electric. Carhart, H, S. Science 8

(1884) 401.

, — , method of making. MeU, P. H,

ijun.) Science 2 (*1883) 823.

, — , . M. Science 3 (1884) 69.

, — telegraphy. Hirach, A, Neuch. Bll.

6 (1861-63) 373-.

Watch with ball bearings for balance, trials.
MaiUard'Salin, — . Cg. Int. Chron. (1900)
63-.

— , rocking, rates of, and gravitational pendu-
lum. Barua, C. Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 595-.

Watches, compensation curb. ScottyJ, Nichol-
son J. 11 (1805) 19-.

— , . Hardy, W. Nicholson J. 20 (1808)

138-.

— , magnetised. Letins, W. T. Franklin I.
J. 143 (1897) 60-.

— , mainspring, theory. Youngs Alex. Franklin
I. J. 24 (1852) 344-.

— , Paillara palladium alloys in. HoutUm, E. J.
Am. Ph. S. P. 25 (1888) 129-.

— , Paillard's non-magnetic balance and hair-
spring. Hotuton, E. J, Franklin I. J. 125
(1888) 238-.

— and other time-pieces, influence of mag-
netism. Varley, S. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 1
(1798) 16-.

— , trains. Pearaon, W. Nicholson J. 5 (1802)
46-.

0810 Measurement of Mass and
Density. Balance.

{See also Chemistry 7115.)

BIASS.

Franeke, A. Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 20 (1874)

5S9-.
Air, weight of litre. Broch, 0. J. Par. Poids

et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881) A. 4^.
— , — ^ — , and density of gases. Leduc, A,

C. R. 117 0893) 1072-.
— , Ulegnault) ; water, density at 4° C.

and at 0° C. Kohlrausch, R. Pogg. A. 98

(1856) 178-.
— , millilitre. Marek^ W. J. Par. Poids

et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881) D. 26-.
Carbon dioxide in air of weighing room.

Dobrochotov, A. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 29 (P«.)

(1897) {App,) 85-.
Ck>m8, system of adjusting to standard in

weight. Smith, J, T. Madras £ng. Bp. 2

(1846) 205-.

Electricity, application to weighing. Decharmct

C. Lum. :^lect. 19 (1886) 15-.
— , free, influence on exact weighing. Ekmarit

F. L, Stockh. Ofv. 17 (1860) 279-.
Gas weighed by Aristotle. Erman, P. Gilbert

A. 16 (1804) 385-.
Gafles, weights, new method of determining.

Potter, J, [1827] Manch. Ph. S. Bim. 5

(1831) 195-.
liloBran]

Kilogramme, comparison of types, weighing

observations. Broch, 0. J. Par. Poids et

Mes. Tr. Mm. 4 (1885) i-.
— , standard III, volume. Broch, O, J. Par.

Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 4 (1885) 23-.
— , — , weighings. Dunuu, J. B», et alii.

Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 4 (1885) 1-.
Metallic globules, minute, method of finding

weight without balance. Byrne, O. [yi Adds,)

Chemist 5 (1844) 241-.
Pendulum, weighing by means of. Fuche, K,

Exner Bpm. 26 (1890) 634-.
Water, cubic decimetre, mass. Fabry, C,

Mac€ de Lipinay, J., dt Pirot, A, C. B.

129 (1899) 709-.
— , , weight. WUd, H, A. Cons. Arts

et M^t. 10 (*1873) 106-.
— , , — . MendeUeff, D. B. S. P. 59

(1896) 143-.
— , , — . Chappuia, — . Par. Poids et

Mes. PV. (1897) 125-.
— , , — . Ouillaume, C. E. Par. Poids

et Mes. Py. (1899) 143-.
— , — foot, weiight. HaUy, R, J, Par. S.

Phlm. BIL 1 (1791) 39-.
— , — inch, weight. Kupffer, A, T, Erdm.

J. Pr. C. 22 (1841) 62-.
— , distilled, cuoic decimetre, mass at maxi-
mum density. Maci de Lipinay, J. C. B.

120 (1895) 770- ; 122 (1896) 595-; Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1896) 191- ; A. C. 11 (1897) 102-.
— , — , — — , weight at maximum density.

Wild, H, [1870] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 15

(1871) 58-.
— , — , — inch, weight. Chaney, H. J, [1892]

Phil. Trans. (A) 183 (1893) 331-.
— , — , , — ; and specific gravity of air.

Rice, E, W, M. Thomson A. Ph. 13 (1819)

339- ; 14 (1819) 73-.
— , true weight. Studer, J. Q. Gilbert A. 13

(1803) 122-.
— , weight, experiment. Svamherg, J, Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. (1825) 1-; QJ. So. 22 (1827) 152-.
Weighing, accurate. Schuater, A, Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. Mm. AF,1 (1893) 74-.
— , — . Mendeleev, D, Be. Ps.-C. S. J. 29

(Pa,) (1897) {App.) 1-; J. de Ps. 6 (1897)

613-.
— in air, correction. Fontana, A. N. Cim. 8

(1896) 324-.
— , art of. Hanateen, C, N. Mg. Ntvd. 6

(1851) 1-.
— , correction for buoyancy of air when volume

is unknown. Cooke, J, P. Am. Ac. P. 18
(1883) 65-.
— , corrections. RUhlmann, R, Carl Bpm. 4

(1868) 177-.
— , ^, Bauer, K. L, Carl Bpm. 4 (1868)

823-; 5 (1869) 332-.

109

0610 Meararement of Mass and Density

Density of Oases 0810

Weighing, oorreeiioni (Baiiar). B&hlmann, R,

Carl Bpm. 6 (1809) S20-.
— , direct datermliiAtioii of weight of displAoed

air. Bieharx, V. Beii. Ps. Oe. Vh. (1886)

88 (M«)-.
— , liiniM of aocnracT in ordinary. Folkard,

C. W. C. M. 29 (1874) 20.

— , theory, formal«, oonetante and tables.

Martk, W. J. Par. Poide et Mes. Tr. Mm. 8

(1884) D. 68-.
— in water, methods and results. Marek,

W. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881)

D. 48-; 2 (*1888) D. 68-; 8 (1884) D. 75-.
Weighings, redaction. Seidel, L., d: Steinheil,

— . Mtinoh. Gelehrte Az. 26 (1848) 801-.
— , — to vaoanm. SchottUinder, P. Z. Ps. C.

16 (1896) 468-.
— , — . Salcmon, F, Z. Angew. C.

(1896) 629-.
WeighU, aoooraoy. DibbiU, H, C. (xn) Mbl.

Nt. 9 (1879) 120-.
— , best series. KrUnig, A, A. Ps. C. 122

(1864) 698-.
•^, correction-. Verheek, A. T,H, Arch. Mth.

Ps. 62 (1878) 888-.
— , new, aescription. Prieur, C. A, A. C. 20

(1797) 274-.
— , proposed new form. Siguier ^ A,^ db Dela-

moHrUire, — . C. R. 44 (1867) 681-.
— , small, estimation. MeMayer, A. Silliman

J. 26 (1868) 89-.
— , variation oy minute amounts. Broun, J. A,

[1867] Edinb. B. S. P. 6 (1869) 167-.

DBNSITT.

LitiUtan, N. L. Md. Ps. J. 40 (1818) 269-.
Sehiff, H. Lieb. A. 107 (1868) 69-.
Tilden, W. A. 0. N. 88 (1878) 800-.
KnhM, O. Carl Bpm. 17_(1881) 661-.
Ltrmantav, V. V. Be. Ps.-C. S. J. 17 (Pf.)

(1886) 66-; J. de Ps. 6 (1886) 91.
Soiloi, W. J. Nt. 48 (1891) 404-.
Ntfi^lU, B. de. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Yr. Jbr.

(1891-92) 41.
Ualloek, W. [It

476.

[1900] N. T. Ac. A. 18 (1900-01)

Absolute density. Sluginov, N. P. Bs. Ps.-C.

8. J. 19 {Pi.) (1887) 86-.
Air, influence on density determinations and

accuracy of weighings. Dtmiehel, A. A.

0. Anal. 8 (1898) 800-.
DensiUee should be compared with that of

water at maximum density. Coxe, J. B,

Thomson A. Ph. 7 (1816) 284.
Density and specific gravity. Lamyy A, Lille

Mm. 8. (1868) 9-.
Errors in aetermination. Bom^ O, Pogg. A.

78 (1848) 1-.
Practical rules for exact determination.

KohlTQUich, B, Marb. 8ohr. 8 (1867) 1-.

DENSITY OF GASES,

Thmuon, T. Thomson A. Ph. 1 (1813) 177-.
(^y-LuMoc, L. J, A. C. 1 (1816) 218-.
BtTMelius, J. J., d Dulong, P. L, A. C. 16
(1820) 888-.

Thamion,T. Thomson A. Ph. 16 (1890) 382-;

16 (1820) 161-, 241-.
Hare, B. Silliman J. 16 (1829) 298-.
BsgnauU, V. C. B. 20 (1846) 976-.
Wagner, A. (Chem.) Cari Bpm. 12 (1876)

60-.
Chancel, G. C. B. 94 (1882) 626-.
Goldsehmidt, H., dt Meyer, V, Berl. B. 15

(1882) 187-.
Agamennone, O. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1

(1886) 106-.
Lux, F, Fresenius Z. 26 (1886) 3-.
Bayleigh, (Lord), B. S. P. 43 (1888) 866-;

60 (1892) 448-; 63 (1893) 134-.
Cooke, J. P. Am. Ac. P. 24 (1889) 202-.
Joly, J. Dubl. 8. 8c. P. 6 (1888-90) 634-.
Geronzi, B.-T. Bv. 8c..Ind. 28 (1891) 228-.
Moissan, H,, dt Gautier, H, G. B. 116 (1892)

82- ; A. G. 6 (1896) 668-.
Meslant, M. C. B. 117 (1893) 386-.
Fre$eniu8, W. [1900] Nass. Vr. Jb. 64 (1901)

XLn-.
Air. Agamennone, G, Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd.

1(1885) 111-.
— , densimeter for. [Barilli, G.] FUopanti, Q.

Bologna Bd. (1867) 83-.
Apparatus. SchUteing, 7. (fiU) G. B. 126

(1898) 220-, 476-.

— for rapid determination. Meslane, — . Par.
8. Phhn. BU. 4 (1892) {C.B., No. 20) 2.

Barothermometer. SdUmon, F. Z. Angew.

G. (1892) 45-.
Bunsen's method, improvement. MendenhaU,

T. C. Am. As. P. (1876) (Pt. 1) 112-.
Gorrection for moisture. Apjohn, Jas. B. A.

Bp. (1831-32) 570-.
Dasymeter and air-pyrometer of 8iegert and

Dflrr. H. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 41 (1893) 291-.

— for furnace gases. Hauff, — . Z. Vr.
Bflbenzuckin. 43 (1893) 399-.

Gas and vapour densities. Begnault, V, A.

G. 63 (1861) 45-.
. Bunsen, B. W. A. G. Phm. 141

(1867) 273-.
. Mohr, C. F. Bonn 8b. Niedr.

Gs. (1869) 73-.
, manometrio estimation. Miiller,

F. C. G. Z. Angew. G. (1890) 518-.
Gas-barosoope. BodUinder, G. Berl. B. 27

(1894) 2263-; Z. Angew. G. (1894) 426-.
Gbkses at high temperatures. Crafu, J. M,

G. B. 90 (1880) 309-.

Immersed solids, measurement by. Fitzgerald,

G. F. Dubl. 8. So. P. 4 (1885) 481-.
Influence of deformation of bulb. Agamemume,

G. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1889) (Sem, 1)

80-.
Manometrio method. Becknagel, G. A. Ps.

G. 2 (1877) 291-.
Permanent gases. Meyer, V. Berl. B. 13

(1880) 2019-.
Pitch of pipes, measurements by. Jahoda, B.

Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) {Ab. 2a) 803-.
Pressure of column of gas, apparatus for

density of gases by measurement of. Edel-

mann, M. T. Garl Bpm. 17 (1881) 261-.
Simple gases. Zenneck, L. H. Baumgartner

Z. 3 (1835) 145-.

110

0810 Density of Liquids

DENSITY OF LIQUIDS.

Bamtden, J. A. G. 13 (1792) 243-.

Strecker, Alex, (ym) Bpm. Phm. 25 (1827)

422-.
Fownet, G, Phm. J. 2 (1843) 652-.
ReuchaueTt C, [G.], dt Vogel, A, MUnoh.

Gelehrte Az. 44 (1857) 436-.
Tate, T. Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 254-.
Sigl, J. Bpm. Phm. 6 (1869) 234-.
Sprengel, H. A. Pb. C. 150 (1873) 459-.
Wright, C. E. A, 8. C. In. J. 11 (1892) 297-.
Zaloziecki, R. Z. Angew. G. (1896) 552-.
Alcoholic solutions, Tralles's investigations.

Windisch, K. Berl. Gsndhamt. Arb. 9 (1894)

1-.
Alcoholometer, Atkins's. Fletcher, J, Nichol-
son J. 2 (1802) 276-.
Alcoholometers. Knoblauch, H. Bfalle Sb.

Nf. Gs. (1859) 8-.
— . JocoW, H, St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 7 (1864)

320-.
— . MUlUr, J. A. Par. S. G. Bll. 7 (1892)

492-.
— , Atkins's system. Jaeohi, H, St. P^t. Ac.

Sc. Bll. 7 (1864) 43a-.
— , tables for. Trallet, J. G, Gilbert A. 38

(1811) 349-.
Apparatus. Amat, L. Par. S. G. Bll. 45

(1886) 482-.
— . Weber, L. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1888) 83-.

— for liquids at temperatures other tiian
atmospheric. Hannay, J, B, G. S. J. 12
(1874) 203-.

— , new. ZambeUi, L. [1888] Ven. I. At.

(1888-89) 147-.
— , — . Salomon, W. N. Jb. Mn. (1891)

(Bd. 2) 214-.
— , — . Lefebvre, M, Brux. S. Sc. A. 20

(1896) (Pt. 1) 108-.

Areometrio glasses, Wackenroder's, experiments
with. Schr»n, H. L. F, (xn) Arch. Phm.
79 (1842) 269- ; 81 (1842) 124-.

— stanclara, necessity of common. Rubrom,
M, Baumgartner Z. 7 (1840) 21-.

BareoBCope for beet juice. FriJb,J, Z. Zuckin.

Bdhm. 17 (1892-93) 98-.
Blood, new method for. Haycraft, J. B,

[1891] Edinb. K S. P. 18 (1892) 251-.
Closed space, liquid in. Stamkart, F, J.

Amst. Vs. Ak. 5 (1871) (Ntk,) 175- ; Aich.

N6erl. 6 (1871) 217-.
Densimeter, form. Chhtoni, C, Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 12 (1879) 318-.
— , Geissler's. Lefebvre, M. Gztg. Opt. 18

(1897) 174-.

— of liquid colmnns. Bertin, A. Erlenmeyer
Z. 5 (1862) 33-; Strasb. S. H. Nt. Mm. 5
{Livre 2 <& 3) (1862) 22 (&t<)-.

. Thury, — . [1892] Arch. Sc.

Pb. Nt. 29 (1893) 102-.
— , pneumatic. Michaelis, H, (xn) Z. Instk.

3 (1883) 268-.
Densiscope, differential. Zantedetehi, F, Wien

SB. 19 (1856) 237-.
Density bottle. Campanile, F. N. Gim. 5

(1897) 183-.

11

Hydrometers 0810

Density bottle for liquids spontaneously in-
flammable in contact with air. Tribe, A.
Ph. Mg. 46 (1878) 308-.

— ^^ — tropical climates. Warden, C, J, H.
G. N. 60 (1889) 236-.

Determination of densities to 4 and 5 figures.

Waekenroder, H, W. F, (xn) Arch. Phm.

124 (1853) 129-, 257-.
Differential method of determination. Dittmar,

W. G. N. 44 (1881) 51.
Dilute aqueous solutions. Kohlrausch, F,, db

HaUwachs, W, Gdtt. Nr. (1893) 350- ; A.

Ps. G. 53 (1894) 14-, 1092.

— solutions. Kohlratuch, F. A. Ps. G. 56
(1896) 185-, 788.

Efflux, density determined by rate of. Mohr,

C. F, Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 156-.
Glass beads, graduation, for densities of fluids.

Ferguson, W. Dubl. J. Md. G. Sc. 2 (1833)

11-.
Height of fluid columns, measurement by,

Bohn, C. Exner Bpm. 22 (1886) 402-.

Hydrometers,

Speer, W. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 14 (1802) 151-,

229-.
Barr4, J. A. J. de Ps. 57 (1803) 433-.
Hare, R, Silliman J. 11 (1826) 115-.
Marozeau, ~. J. Phm. 16 (1830) 482-.
Roeter, G. Sperim. 26 (1870) 59-.
Hinch, B, (xri) Arch. Phm, 209 (1876) 107-.
(Werner.) Hirsch, B, (xn) Arch. Phm. 211

(1877) 16-.
Caaamajor, P. G. N. 37 (1878) 241-, 267-;

38 (1878) 3-.
Plato, — . D. Nf. Vh. (1893) (TK 2, HdlfU 1)

23-.
accuracy. Demichel, A. Mnlhouse S. In. BIL

70 (1900) 277-.
accurate, for any temperature. O* Toole,

{Rev.) H, Dubl. S. Sc. P. 8 (1893-98) 753-.
for alcohol and brandy, propoaJ by Gommis-

sion. Stamp/er, S, Wien SB. (1849) {Ab. 2)

304-.
and alcoholometers, modification. WHdenttein,

R. Fresenius Z. 1 (1862) 162-.
barometric. PiUet, J. As. Fr. G. B. (1885)

(Pt. 2) 246-.
Baum^'s. Bordier, M. Bll. Phm. 4 (1812)

151-.
— . Neumann, A. Baumgartner Z. 3 (1835)

372-.
— . Pemberton, H. Am. J. Phm. 18 (1852) 1-.
^. Baudin, — . G. B. 68 (1869) 932-.
— . CouUer,—. Mm. Md. MU. 23 (1869) 368-.
— . Chandler, C. F. Wash. Nat. Ac. Mm. 3

{Pt. 1) (1885) 63-.
— , for calculating quantity of sugar in solu-
tions. Treviranue, L. G. Dingier 70 (1838)

36-; 74(1839)421-.
— , comparison of scale with density. Wigner,

G. W, Anal. 5 (1880) 138-.
— , verification. Almeida, J. C. d*, Berthelot,

— , dt CotUier, — . J. Phm. 18 (1873) 257- ;

G. B. 77 {IST6) 970-.
Beck's. ZennecK, L. H. Baumgartner Z. 2

(1833) 244-.

1

0810 Hydrometers

Beck's, use instead of hydrostatic balance for

liquids, theory to be applied in. Trautwein,

J,B. Lieb. A. 25 (1838) 837-.
comparison of densities by various. Oerlaeht

Q. T. Dingier 198 (1870) 313-.
constant volume. Ruau, L, C. B. 45 (1857)

442-.
construction and uses, with tables. San Mar-

ttno, G. B, da. Verona Mm. S. It. 7 (1794)

79-.
and their correction. Weiruteirij B. Z. Ps. G.

7 (1891) 71-.
correction and forms. Ouglidmot G, Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 8 (1899) {Sem. 2) 341- ; 9 (1900)

{Sem. 1) 9-.
— for temperature variation. Casamajar, P.

Mon. Sc. 19 (1877) 862-.
of corvette '* Witijaz,'' investigations with.

Makarav, S, 0. Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 23 (Ps.)

(1891) 324-; J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 400-.
for densities to -0001. Planidvd, J. N, Baum-

gartner Z. 2 (1833) 41-.
which slightly exceed that of water.

FeUenberg, L. R. von, [1858] Bern Mt.

(1859) 1-.
Derham's. Anon. Nt. 37 (1888) 497-.
Dicas's Liverpool. Pile, W. H, Am. Phm.

As. P. 9 (I860) 216-.
differential. Fucha, P. Z. Angew. C. (1898)

505-.
— , of Fuchs. Domke, — . Z. Angew. C.

(1899^ 370-.
Fahrenneit's, modification. Niemann, J. H,

Lieb. A. 2 (1832) 357-.
— , — ; and new form of balance. Ouglielmo,

Q. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) {Sem. 1)

77-; Bv. Sc.-Ind. 27 (1895) 205-; 28 (1896)

70-.
form {drijfbalans). Harting, P. Utr. Aant.

Prv. Gn. (1849) 6-.
glass, simple method of graduating. Moore, C,

Thomson A. Ph. 11 (1826) 261-.
graduation, new method. Pouillet, C S, M.

J. Phm. 36 (1859) 40- ; C. B. 56 (1863) 88&-.
Imperial Normal-Standard Commission on.

Kaiserl. Normal-Aichtmgs-Commisnon, Z.

Angew. C. (1890) 382-.
improvements. Aminif L. A. von. Qilbert

A. 1 (1799) 412-.
— . Mei8$ner, P. T. Trommsdorff J. Phm. 22

(1813) 3-.
inaccuracy. Rotter, G. Sperim. 25 (1870)

265-.
influence of capillarity. Langherg, C. (vm)

Ps. Mdd. (1858) 1- ; (m) Pogg. A. 106 (1859)

299-.
-. Jacobi, H. [1871] St. Pet. Ac. Sc.

Mm. (R8.) 20 (•1872) {App. No. 4) 97 pp.;

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 17(1872) (No. 5) 70 pp.
. Duclaux, E. J. de Ps. 1 (1872)

197-.
. Coulier, — . J. Phm. 23 (1876)

175-.
— . Mentbrugghe, G. van der. Bruz.

Ac. Bll. 16 (1888) 31-.
and pressure of air. Stamkart, F. J.

Amst. Vs. Ak. 1 (1866) (Ntk.) 320- ; Arch.

N^rl. 1 (1866) 355-.

Hydrometers 0810

influence of dirt on surface. Marangoni, C
(xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 12 (1880) 55-.

international. Spence, F. 6. N. 55 (1887)
240-.

invisible. Parragh, G. Termt. K5b1. 21
(1889) 121 ; Fschr. Ps. (1889) (Ah. 1) 889.

manufacture. K&mer, F. Erdm. J. Tech. C.

5 (1829) 331-.

modification. Foord, G. [1871] Vict. B. S.

T. 10 (1874) 113-.
modulus. Waller, E., dt Hathaway, N. Sch.

Mines Q. N. T. 6 (1885) 153-.
new. Richter, J. B. Berl. Gs. Nt. Fr. N.

Schr. 3 (1801) 329-.
— . Lavigne, —. Mntp. Bee. Bll. 4 (1811)

199-.
— . Alexander, — . Pogg. A. 70 (1847) 137-.
— . Sedlaczek, J. A. Ps. C. 158 (1876) 650-.
— . Dahm, G. Dingier 228 (1878) 235-.
— . Handl, A. Wien Ak. Sb. 92 (1886) (Ab.

2) 433- ; 101 (1892) (Ab. 2a) 896-.
— . Ldtka, W. Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 176.

— (modification of Liiska's). Aubel, E, van.
Par. S. Ps. S4. (1893) 235-.

— . Lezi, R. Bv. Sc. 52 (1893) 220-.

— . Lohnstein, T. Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 164-.

— . Vandevyver, L. N, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 34

(1895) 409-.
— . Sandrucci, A. N. Cim. 6 (1897) 25-.
normal. Baumhauer, E. H, von. Pogg. A.

113 (1861) 639- ; Arch. N^rl. 1 (1866) 338-.
origin. SalverU, E. A. C. 27 (1798) 113-.
reading. Marangoni, C. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 1) 657-.
scale. WiU, G. As. Fr. C. B. (1884) (Pt. 2)

132-.
— , arbitrary. Piccini, A, (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind.

6 (1874) 249-.

— of equal divisions. Gerlach, G. T, Fre-
senius Z. 5 (1866) 185-.

with 2 scales. Planidvd, J, N. Baumgartner

Z. 2 (1833) 38-..
scales. Ranter, G. Z. Angew. C. (1897)

215-.
— , adoption of uniform and invariable. Witx,

G. As. Fr. C. B. (1883) 355-.
— , comparison. Midler, (Dr.) J. Lieb. A. 31

(1839) 81-.
— , — . Gerlach, G. T. Fresenius Z. 4 (1866)

— , construction and testing. SchrSn, H. L. F.
(xn) Arch. Phm. 83 (1843) 1-.

— for densities of liquids and volume of the
kilogramme. Jeannel, J. Bordeaux J. Md.
4 (1859) 31-.

— , graduation, new mode. Ricard, — . Caen

Tr. (1811) 124-.
— , — , . Smith, D.B. [1825] Philad.

CoU. Phm. J. 2 (1831) 9-.
— , — and testing. Neumann, A. Baum-
gartner Z. 5 (1837) 76-.
for sea water. Schiick, A. Z. Nw. 68 (1895)

437-.
. ThotUet, J. Bv. Mar. et Col. 124

(1895) 696-.
, table for reduction of observations.

Tittmann, O. H. U. S. Coast Geod. Sv. Bll.

No. 18 (1890) 175-.

112

0810 Hydrometers

siphon-, to find temperatore of water at

maximum density. MHkUt H, Tillooh

Ph. Mg. 68 (1826) 166-.
— , improved. MeihU, H, Ph. Mg. 4 (1828)

25&-.
siphon Qsed as. Meikle, H. Edinb. N. Ph.

J. 2 (1827) 366-.
soarces of error in using. Fock^ A, Z. Ps. C.

2 (1888) 206-.
standard. Q'dckel, H, Z. Angew. C. (1899)

712-.
and stereometers. Hachette, J. N, P, A. C.

24 (1797) 833-.
with temperature correction scale. Fuehs, P.

Z. Angew. C. (1899) 16-.
total immersion (Pisati system). Reggiani^ N,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1890) (Sem. 1)

99-.
. Warrington, A. W, B. A. Bp. (1898)

791 ; Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 498-.
, variable inclination and reflection hydro-
meters. GuglielmOt O. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 9 (1900) (Sem, 1) 33-. 71-.
Twaddle's. Dingier, E. M. Dingier 67 (1838)

147-.
universal. Lanier, — , BU. Phm. 4 (1812)

307-.
use. Maly, F. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 61-.
for variable volume and constant weight.

Libert, — . Finist. S. Sc. Bll. 6 (Fasc. 2)

(1884) 60-.

Hydrometric measurements in glass vessels,

temperature correction tables. Fucht, P.

Z. Angew. C. (1898) 746-, 909-.
Hydrometry. Hassenfratz, J. H, A. C. 26

(1798) 3-, 132-, 188- ; 27 (1798) 118- ; 28

(1798) 3-; 33 (1799) 3-.

— (Hassenfratz). Schmidt, O. O. Gilbert A.
4 (1800) 194-.

— . Descroizillet, —. [1804] A. C. 68 (1806)

237—.
— . Bellani, A. Mil. G. S. Inc. 1 (1808) 229^.
— . Delezenne, — . Lille Tr. (1819^22)

48-.
— . NohiU, A. [1829] Nap. At. I. Inc. 6

(1884) 79-.
— . O&ckel, H, Z. Ancew. C. (1898) 867-.

— and the centigrade hydrometer. Franeanir,
L, B, C. B. 14 (1842) 828- ; Par. Bll. 8.
Encour. 41 (1842) 181-.

— , formulflB of Tadmi and Eytelwein. Fran-

chini, P. (vn) Bb. It. 6 (1842) 73-.
— , graphic representation in. Meinecke,

J. L, G, (vra) Bpm. Phm. 6 (1819)

176-.
— , sliding rod in. Haret R. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

67 (1826) 266-.
Instrument for density determinations. Ham,

F. C. Gz. 2 (1844) 126.
Liquid and gaseous carbon dioxide. Heen, P. de.

Brux. Ac. Bll. 31 (1896) 379-.

— metals, density and thermal expansion of
certain. Vicentini, G., (& Omodei, D. [1887]
Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 23 (1887-88) 38-.

— methane, oxygen and nitrogen. Olszewski,
K, Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 14 (1886) 181-,
197- ; A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 68-.

Density of Liqiiids 0810

Liquids and bodies lighter than water. Hoekin,
C„ dt Matthies$en, A. Lb. 1 (1867) 189-.

— at their boiling points. Sehiff, R. Berl. B.
14 (1881) 2761-.

higher temperatures. Schiff, R, Berl.

B. 18 (1886) 1638-.

Litrameter. Hate, R, In Adds.) Ph. Big. 4

(1828) 187-.
Manometer, densities by. Schiff, H, Lieb. A.

121 (1862) 82-.
Mercury, density at 0^ C. Volkmann, P. A.

Ps. C. 13 (1881) 209-.
— , — in relation to barometric pressure.

Marek, W, J, Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Bfm.

2 (•1888) D. 18-.
Method, new. CagnasH, M. (xn) Bv. Sc.-

Ind. 11 (1879) 169-.
— , — . Sommerkom, H. Berl. B. 13 (1880)

143-.
— , — . Sandrucci, A, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 19 (1887)

66-.
Oils. Dudley, C. P., dt Pecue, F, N. Am.

Eng. A Bailroad J. 69 (1896) 449-.
Pyknometer. Boot, J. C. G. Ztg.20(1896)616.
— , glass, with constant volume and precision

adjustment. Fuchs, P. Z. Angew. 0. (1898)

369-.
— , improved. VoelUr, F. Z. Angew. C.

(1891) 401.
— , — . Squihh, E. R. Am. C. S. J. 19 (1897)

111-.

— for light liquids. G'dckel, H, Z. Angew.

C. (1899) 1194-.

— measurements, temperature correction
tables. Fuchs, P. Z. Angew. G. (1899) 26-.

— , small variation in. Wiedemann, E, E, G.

A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 988-.

— , SprengePs, modification. Minozzi,A, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8 (1899) {Sem. 1) 460-.

— , Wiedemann's, modification. Schulze, R,

A. Ps. 0. 28 (1886) 144.
Befraction of lignt, instrument for measuring

by. Mcjon, G, Genova Mm. 8. Md. 1

(1802) 49-.
Salinometer for measuring density of brine in

marine steam boilers. Russell, J. S. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 34 (1843) 278-.
Sea water. Buchanan, J. Y. B. S. P. 23

(1876) 301-.
. Makarov, S. O. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 23

{Ps.) (1891) 80- ; Nt. 44 (1891) 369.
. Anderson, W. S. Sc. Gg. Mg. 10

(1894) 674-, 646.
Variation of density produced by surface pres-
sure in a liquid. Monti, V, Tor. Ae. Sc.

At. 31 (1896) 160- or 194-.
Viscous and frothy liquids. Genieser, A, Z.

Angew. C. (1890) 44-.

— substances. BrUhl, J. W. Berl. B. 24
(1891) 182-, 2466-.

. SchHbler, C. Berl. B. 24 (1891] 367-.

Volumenometer, double, for liquias. iiaran-

goni, C. N. Cim. 20 (1886) 112- ; 6 (1897)

407-.
Water. Stampfer, S. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 16

(1830) 1-.
— , pure, volume and density. Broch, 0. J.

Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881) A. 69-.

VOL. III.

113

0810

Density of Soiids

0810

DENSITY OF SOLIDS.

TVottM, J, G. GUberi A. 27 (1807) 261-.
BoM^A. Ao. Cm. Leop. N. Acta 9 (1818) 325-.
0$atm, G. Pogg. A. 73 (1848) 605-.
Laroque, F, Tool. Mm. Ao. 6 (1850) 152-.
ilcmMmdt, A. Pogg. A. 99 (1856) 689-.
DoMe, J.J„<t HtUehe$on, J, B. Glaag. Ph.

8. P. 15 (1884) 82-.
KUmMiSek. O. Arch. Phm. 226 (1888) 166- ;

G. Ztg. 14 (1890) 233-.
Leiek^ W. N.-Yorp. Mi. 27 (1896) 96-.
Ntfyrwosnh D. Baoaiest Ac. Bom. A. 22 {Pt.

admm.) (1900) 72-.
Abaolate and specific weight of bodies in liquid.

Mokr, C. F. Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 420-.
precipitates in liquids. Fleck,

H. Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 160-.
(Fleck's method).

Makr, C. F. Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 655-.
. JToJW, E, Schlomilch

Z. 7 (1862) 456-.
Adhesion, detenninations affected by. Tufmer-

wuam^J. Tnnnmsdorff N. J. Phm. 26 (1833)

{St. 2) 98-.
AUoys. MaUkiesMen, A' C. S. J. 5 (1867) 201-.
Anpantos. EekfOdt, J, R., dt Dubois, W. E.

Silliman J. 22 (1856) 294-.
-.. FulUm, H. B. S. C. In. J. 11 (1892) 30^.
— , portable. Richard$, J, W. Beig-Ehn.

Ztg. 58 (1899) 327-.
— for rapid determination. Brawn, M. W,

N. Eng. L Mn. £. T. 36 (1887) 95-.
Amhian determinations. Wiedemann, E. E, G.

A. Ps. C. 20 (1883) 539-.
AitBometer, new (yolomenometer). Say, H.

A. C. 23 (1797) 1-.
— , Bar's. Amim, L, A. wm. Gilbert A. 2

(1799) 288-.
— , — , improvement. MiUer, W, H. Ph.

Mg. 5 (1834) 208.
Barl^ and Scotch bigg, new instroment for.

KntK G. 5. Edinb. Ph. J. 5 (1821) 178-.
Cement. Piena, C. Bmz. A. Tr. Pbl. 3 (1898)

Comotion. Oeatm, G. Kastner Arch. C. 2

(1830) 58-, 271-.
— , error in certain. Maeh, B, Carl i^m. 7

(1871)877.
drstals. Berkdeif, {Bmrl of). B. A. Bp.

(1896) 887-.
Deoomposable bodies. CkriUomamoe, A. C.

Berl. B. 10 (1877) 782-.
Densily bottle^ measoranent hj. Jenx$ek, G.

Pogg. A. 99 (1856) 151-.
for powders. Lomu, H, S. C. In. J. 18

(1894)822-.
Flotation, determination of densities by.

SekafgoUck, F. vom. Pogg. A. 116 (1862)

27»-.
Gold coinage. Brodk, O. J. N. Mg. Ntrd. 21

a876)86S~.
— in flold^sihw alloys. LomU,H. [1893] Am.

L Mh. E. T. 22 (1894) 117-. 724-, 775.
GraTimeler, new, for wei^t and density al

solids. BwtaaMMit, J. M. Edinb. J. Sc

10 (1829) 907-.

Hydrometer, differential, for powders. Fuehe,

P, Z. Angew. C. (1898) 623-.
— , Nicholson's, improved. Brifandon, —

Lyon A. S. L. (1836) 15 pp.

— for solids. Baumgartner, A. von. Baom
gvtner Z. 1 (1826) 5-.

. Buignet,—. J. de Ps. 9 (1880) 98-

. Munroe, C. E. Smiths. Misc. CoL

33 (1888) Art. 1, 26-. (Wash. Ph. S. BU. 6

(1884).)
, new form. Failyer, G. H. Kan,

Ac. So. T. 11 (1889) 104.
Ice. 08ann,G. Kastner Arch. C. 1 (1830) 95-
— , 0°to-20°C. Brunner von Wattenwyll, C

A. G. 14 (18^ 369-.
— . Dufour, L. Bb. Un. Aich. 8 (1860) 89-

14 (1862) 5-.
— . NichoU, E. L. Ps. Bv. 8 (1899) 21-.
Insoluble substances. Symone, W. H. Phm

J. 19 (1889) 205-.
Instrument for densities. Dunmngton, F. P

C. N. 41 (1880) 154-.
and weights. Fox, R. W, Cornwall

Pol. S. Bp. (1847) 19-.
, without weights or calculation. Adie,

A. Edinb. Mm. Wem. S. 3 (1817-20) 495-.
— , new, for solids, by measuring water dis-
place. Baddeley, (Lt.) — . Silliman J. 18

(1830) 263-.
Masonry. Reuu, G. As. Fr. C. B. (1897)

{Pt. 1) 184-.
BAethod, new. LSvy, A. Quetelet Cor. Mth.

6 (1830) 208-.
— , — . Per$oz, J. Par. A. Cons. 5 (1864)

532-; C. B. 60 (1865) 405.
— , — . Sonstadt, E. C. N. 29 (1874) 127-.
—, rapid. Lezi, R. Gto. Civ. 4 (188^-84)

181.
Minerals. F., O. Berg-Hm. Ztg. 48 (1889)

35-, 50-.
— , apparatus for minute fragments. La

Touehe, T. D. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 199.
— , , new. Piiom, F. C. B. 86 (1878)

850-.
Minute solids, density and mass. Gnglieimo, G .

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 9 (1900) {Sem. 2) 261-.
Grganic solids. Sekrdder, H. Berl. B. 12

(1879) 561-, 1611- ; 13 (1880) 1070-.
PwoQS and friable substances. Poriie, [P.]

(xn) Finist. S. Sc. BU. 4 {Faee. 2) (1882)

45-; J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 222-.

— substances. Reuoit, N. A. Faehr. Ps.
(1889) {Ab. 1) 66.

— ^, determination of density by enclosing in
wax. Atekauer, J. F. Baumgartner Z. 4
(1837) 176-.

Poesible errcvs in determination. Pierrt^ F.

(xn) Lotos 16 (1866) 22-.
Powders. RMdorf,F. Beri. B. 12 (1879) 249-.
.. Smeeth, W. F. [1888] Dnbl. S. Sc P. 6

(1888-90) 61-.
— . LenobU, E. A. C. AnaL 8 (1896) 861- ;

4 (1899) 44-.
— . Vandevyver, — . A. C. AnaL 4 (1899) 2-.
~, apparatus for. LeaUe,J. QJ. Sc. 21 (1826)

874-.
— , . Broner, G. /. W. Bee. Tr. C. P.-

Bas 17 (1898) 268-, 404-.

lU

0810 Density of Solids and Liquids

Vapour Densities 0810

Powders, heavy, small qoantities. Joly, J, Densimeter for solids and liquids. CaurUmne,

Dabl. S. So. P. 5 (1886-87) 41-. H. J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 315-.

Pyknometer. Berkeley, (Earl of). [1895] , new. Pdquet, E, Par. S.

Mn. Mg. 11 (1897) 64-. G. BU. 24 (1875) 51-.

— , modification. Ointl, W, F. Fresenius Z. , — . Machado, V. Lisb. J. Sc.

8 (1869) 122-. Mth. 6 (1878) 285-.

— , — . Kahlbaum, O, W, A. A. Ps. C. 19 Formula for density. Almeida^ C, A, M. de.

(1888) 378-.
— , physico-chemical. Arpago, R. Bv. Sc.-

Ind. 25 (1893) 126-.
Pyknoscope. Zenneck, L. H, Eastner Arch.

Ntl. 14 (1828) 81-.
Salts soluble in water. Andreae^ J. L, J. Pr.

G. 30 (1884) 312-.
. Retgers, J. W. Z. Ps. G. 3

(1889) 289- ; 4 (1889) 189- ; 11 (1893) 328-.
Seeds. Wolffemtein, O, (zn) J. Lndw. 23

(1875) 401-.
Soluble substances. Del Lvpo, M. (xn) Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 13 (1881) 161-.
, new method for. Zeknder, L. A. Ps.

G. 29 (1886) 249-.
SprengePs apparatus, modification. SolUu, — .

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6 (1886-87) 623-.
Spring balance, densities by. CreighUm, H.

QJ. Sc. 13 (1822) 257-.
Substances with large pores. GuyUm de Mor-

veau, L. B. A. G. 60 (1806) 121-.
Volumenometer. See Ai^meter (Say).
Volumenometer. Kopp.H, A. Q. 6 (1842) 380-.
— . Raikow, P, G. Ztg. 12 (1888) 525.
— . Murakdzy, K, [1890] F61. K6zl. 21

(1891) 117- 148-.
— , modified, application. Kdlecnruzky, S,

[1890] F61. K6zl. 21 (1891) 109-, 142-.
— , new. Tschaplowitz [Chaploviti], F, Fre-
senius Z. 18 (1879) 440-.
— , — . Paalzaw, C. A. A. Ps. G. 13 (1881)

332- ; 14 (1881) 176.
— , — . Murakdzy, K. Termt. Kdzl. 25 (1893)

{Suppl.) 33-.
— , — . Myers, J. E. [1893] L. Ps. 8. P.

12 (1894) 372- ; Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 195-.
— , —. Oherbeck, A. A. Ps. G. 67 (1899) 209-.

— for powders. Schumann, C, G. Ztg. 8 (1884)
1778-.

— , simple form. Linebarger, C. E. Am. G.
S. J. 21 (1899) 435-.

— and weighing apparatus, description.

Angttr&m, K. Stockh. Ofv. (1895) 643-;

Fschr. Ps. (1895) (Ah, 1) 24-.
Volumenometers, new. Baumhauer, E, H, von.

Arch. N^rl. 3 (1868) 385-.
Wood. Anon, (vi 1239) TUloch Ph. Mg.

57 (1821) 366-.
Yttrium, zirconium and erbium. Meyer, 8,

Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ah. 2a) 767- ; Mh.

G. (1899) 793-.

DENSITY OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS.

Hare, R, SUliman J. 11 (1826) 121-.
Apparatus. Nicol, W. W. J. G. N. 47 (1883)

85-.
—. Raikaw, P., dk Prodanow, N, G. Ztg. 10

(1886) 1556.
Areopyknometer with arbitrary scale. Piccini,

A. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 11 (1879) 14-.

[1879] Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 7 (1880) 20-.
Oravimeter for solids and liquids. Guyton de

Morveau, L. B, Nicholson J. 1 (1797) 110-.
Hydrometer for solids and liquids. Atkins, O.

Tilloch Ph. Mg. 31 (1808) 254-.
. Biervliet, — van, Brux. S.

Sc. A. 14 (1890) (Pt. 1) 60-.
Hydrostatic weighings. Lummer, O. Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 65 (6i#)-.
, capillary influence. Mad de Lipinay, J.

J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 266-.
, difficulty. Mad de Lipinay, J. J. de

Ps. 5 (1886) 416-.
Ice and sea-water, density and volumes. Ashe,

W. A. Science 10 (1887) 24.
Instrument, new. Nicholson, W. [1785]

Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 2 (1789) 386-.
Method of determination. Gentili, — . J.

Phm. 5 (1867) 401-.
Pendulum, application. Serra-Carpi, G. 0. B.

64 (1867) 659-.
Pyknometer for volume and density of solids

and liquids. Bensemann, R. Bpm. Anal. G.

7 (1887) 19-.
Volumenometer for solids and liquids. Kopp,

H. Lieb. A. 35 (1840) 17-.

VAPOUR DENSITIES.

Couerhe, J. P. Bordeaux Act. (1840) 5-.

SainU-Claire Deville, [J$.] H. G. B. 56 (1863)

729-.
Pfaundler, L. Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 1 (1870) 40-.
CrouUebois, M. C. B. 78 (1874) 496-.
(GrouUebois.) SainU-Claire Deville, E, H.

G. B. 78 (1874) 534-.
(Saint-Glaire Deville.) CrouUebois, M. C. B.

78 (1874) 805-.
Brahl, J. W, Berl. B. 9 (1876) 1368-.
HautefeuiUe, — , <it Troost, — . G. B. 83 (1876)

220-.
Ciamician, G. L., dt Goldschmiedt, G. Wien

Ak. Sb. 75 (1877) (Ab. 2) 431-.
Meyer, V. Berl. B. 10 (1877) 206a-; 11 (1878)

1867-.
SainU-Claire DeviUe, E. H, G. B. 84 (1877)

1256-.
(Sainte-Glaire Deville.) Wurtz, C. A, 0. B.

84 (1877) 1347-.
Hofmann, A. W, Berl. B. 11 (1878) 1684-.
Troost, L. J, G. B. 86 (1878) 331-, 1394-.
Piccard, J, Berl. B. 13 (1880) 1079-.
Dewar, J., d Scott, A. B. A. Bp. (1881) 597.
Meyer, V. Berl. B. 15 (1882) 2775-.
Pawlewski, B. (xn) Eosmos (Lw.) 8 (1883)

93-; (X) Berl. B. 16 (1883) 1293-.
Meyer, V. Berl. B. 19 (1886) 1861-.
Nilson,L.F,,dbPettersson,0. A. G. 9 (1886) 554-.
SchaU, C. Berl. B. 20 (1887) 1435-, 1759- ;

21 (1888) 100-.
Bott,W. G. S. P. 4 (1888) 110.

116

h2

0810

Vapour Densities

0810

Itichard9, T. W. 0. N. 69 (1889) 87-.
Krause, A., d: Meyer, V. Z. Ps. C. 6 (1890)

6-.
SckaU, C, Berl. B. 38 (1890) 919-, 1701-.
Lunge, G., dt Neuberg, 0. Berl. B. 24 (1891)

729-.
SchaU, C. J. Pr. C. 60 (1894) 87-.
Winkler, L, W. C. Ztg. 23 (1899) 627.
acoastic method. QoULeehmidt, H. Berl. B.

13 (1880) 768-.
apparatus. QrahowM, A. A. C. Phm. 138

(1866) 174-.

— (in barometric vacuum). Hofmann, A. W,
D. C. Gs. B. 1 (1868) 198- ; 9 (1876)^1304-.

— . Bolt, W,, dt Macnair, D. S. Berl. B.

20 (1887) 916-, 1617.

— . Dyton, G. C. N. 66 (1887) 88.

— . Macnair, D. S. C. N. 66 (1887) 289.

— . Marker, J. A. C. N. 62 (1890) 180.

— for determination by Gay-Lussac's method.
Warren, C. M. [1866] Am. Ac. P. 7 (1868)
99-.

— , Grabowski's, modification. PfaundUr, L.

D. C. Gb. B. 6 (1872) 676-.
— , Hofmann'B, modification. Wichelhatu, H,

D. G. Gs. B. 3 (1870) 166-.
— , — , — . Engler, C. Berl. B. 9 (1876)

1419-.
— , — , — . Muir, M, Af. P., cC* Suguira, S,

C. B. J. (1877) (2) 140-.
— , — , trough for. Eaaterfield, T. H, C, N.

60 (1889) 260-.
in barometric vacuum. BrUM, J, W. Berl.

B. 12 (1879) 197-.
Dulong's method. Dumae, J, B. C. B. 78

(1874) 636-.
Dumas's method, improved modification.

Habemumn, J. [1876] Wien Ak. Sb. 74

(1877) (Ab. 2) 423-.
by gaseous displacement under varying pressure.

Meunier, J. C. B. 98 (1884) 1268-.
in glass vessels at boiling-point of selenium.

Trooit, L. J, C. B. 96 (1882) 30-.
at high temperatures. M^er, v,, db Beckling-

haxuen, M, von, Berl. B. 30 (1897) 1926-.
, of substances which attack mercury.

Pfaundler, L. Berl. B. 12 (1879) 166-.
history. Hofmann, A. W. Berl. B. 10 (1877)

962-.
— . Brown, J. T. B. A. Rp. (1879) 304-.
Hofmann*s method. Oabba, L, Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 2 (1869) 60-.

u TUden, W. A. C. N. 37 (1878) 219.

influence of shape of bulb. Biltz, H. Berl. B.

21 (1988) 27.72-.

Qf inorganic substances. Meyer, C, d' Meyer,
V- Berl. B. 12 (1879) 609-, 1282-.

^ at very high temperatures. Meyer, C ,

d Meyer, V. Berl. B. 12 (1879) 1112-.

at low temperatures, V. Meyer's method, modi-
fication. Perrenoud, P. Lieb. A. 187 (1877)
77-.

V. Meyer's method. Smith, Watson, C. N.
39 (1879) 66-.

. Willianu, C. G. C. N. 39 (1879)

110.

. Meyer, L. Berl. B. 13 (1880)

991-.

y. Meyer's method. Ekstrand, A, O., d Pet-

teriton, O. Berl. B. 13 (1880) 1186-.
modified. Gudeman, E. Am. G. S.

J. 12 (1890) 899.
-> for use under reduced pressoze.

RUhards, T. W. C. N. 69 (1889) 89-.
— , possible cause of error in. Piceard^ J.

[1891] Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 27 (1892) 266-.
. simplified. Schwarz, H. Berl. B. 16

(1883) 1061-.
(Schwarz). Meyer, V. Berl. B.

17 (1884) 1334-.
Naumann's method. Horstmann, A, Berl.B.

11 (1878) 204-.
of organic substances with high boiling points.

Trooit, L. J. C. B. 89 (1879) 361-.
Pettersson and Ekstrand's metnod, modifica-
tion. SchaU, C. Berl. B. 18 (1886) 2068-.
under reduced pressure. Malfatti, H., d

Schoop, P. Z. Ps. C. 1 (1887) 169-.

. Meyer, V. D. Nf . Tbl. (1889) 220.

. SchaU, C, Berl. B. 22 (1889) 140-;

23 (1890) 919- ; 26 (1892) 1489- ; J. Pr. C.

46 (1892) 134- ; 62 (1900| 636-.
, apparatus for. Eynman, J. F, Beri.

B. 22 (1889) 2764-.

, V. Meyer's method. Hoff, J. H.

van't,dRomeny,J. (xn) Mbl. Nt. 8 (1878)

136-.
eaturated. Dupr6, A. C. R. 64 (1862) 972-.
— , of liquids at difierent temperatures. Pirot,

A. Nancy S. Sc. BU. (1886) (Faec, 20)
xxxvn-.

sources of error. Alexeew, W. Berl. B. 18
(1886) 2898-.

— — — in application of law of mixtures.
HautefeuilU, — , d Trooet, — . C. R. 83
(1876) 975-.

stctfun, influence of hygroscopic character of
glass on determination. Qrimaldi, 0,, d
MacaluBo, D. Rm. R. Ac. Lino. T. 6 (1882)
264-.

— at all temperatures, apparatus for. Fair-
bairn, W. Manch. Ph. S. P. 1 (1867-60) 70-.

of substances boiling above 440° and of those
attacking mercury or Wood's metal. Meyer,

C, d Meyer, V. Berl. B. 11 (1878) 2263-.
below their boiling points. Demuth, R,,

d Meyer, V. Berl B. 23 (1890) 311-.
vrith high boiling points. Meyer, V.

Berl. B. 9 (1876) 1216-.
. Klobukow, N. von, A. Ps.

0. 22 (1884) 493-.
, , under reduced pressure.

La CosU, W, Berl. B. 18 (1886) 2122-.
, -— . SchaU, C. Berl.

B. 20 (1887) 1827-, 2127-.

low boiling points. Klobukow, N, von,

A. Ps. C. 22 (1884) 466-.
and temperature of experiment, simultaneous

determination. Nilson, L. F., d Petterewn,

0. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 11 (1887) No, 6,

16 pp.
in vapour of phosphorus pentasulphide. Knecht,

W. [1879J Lieb. A. 202 (1880) 31-.
of vapours which attack porcelain at red heat.
. ZiibUn, H„ d Meyer, V. Berl. B. 12 (1879)

2204-.

116

0810 Balance

of volatile liquids, at temperatdres Mow boil-
ing point. Playfaift L., <t Wankl\fn^ J. A,
Edinb. B. S. T. 22 (1861) 441-.

— water. Ward, F. O. C. N. 16 (1867) 15-,
38-, 50-.

at white heat, of elements and oomponnds.
BUU, H., <t Meyer, V. G6tt. Nr. ^889) 847-.

BALANCE.

TrdUes, J. G. GUbert A. 29 (1808) 442-;

30 (1808) 884-.
PeaU, F, Franklin I. J. 14 (1847) 59-.
WhUa, C. A. [1849] Helsingf. Acta 8 (1852)

413-.
Carl, P, Carl Bpm. 1 (1866) 7-.
aocurate and convenient, new plan. LUdicke,

M.A.F. Gilbert A. 1 (1799) 128-.
large. Mendelsohn, N, Gilbert A. 29

(1808) 153-.
adjusting, for customs house officers and in-.

specters. Hartig, T, Dresden Sb. Ids (1871)

239-.
adjustment device for. Green, F. T, Am. C.

S. J. 16 (1894) 699.

— of knife edges. Gauss, C. F, As. Nr. 14
(1837) 241-.

— , machine for. Hasemann, H, Z. Instk.

14 (1894) 50-.
aerometric, for density of air. Potter, R. Ph.

Mg. 37 (1850) 81-.
aerostatic, for density of gases. Lommel, E,

A. Ps. C. 27 (1886) 144.
analytical, dampmg arrangement. Arzherger,

F. Lieb. A. 178 (1875) 382-.

— , . GHger, — . * C. Ztg. 15 (1891) 476.

— , improvements. Westphtd, G, Fresenius

Z. 7 (1868) 294-.
apparatus for interchange of pans. Classen, — .

Z. Instk. 15 (1895) 101-.
applications of principle. Strait, H. Silli-

man J. 27 (1835) 92-.
assay. Botelho de Lacerda, C. Lisb. Nim.

Ac. Sc. 3 (1814) (pu, 2) 179-.
— , auxiliary. Law, R. C. S. J. 69 (1896)

526-.
— , improved. Makins, G. H, C. S. J. 6 (1854)

36-.
— , improvements. Narci, C. P. T. J. Mines

7 (1797-98) 455-.
— , recent. Austin, L. S. [1897] Colo. So. S.

P. 6 (1897-1900) 34-.
automatic. Weber, L. [1893] Schl.-Holst.

Nt. Vr. Schr. 10 (1895) 309.

— exchange of pans. Stadthagen, H, Z.
Instk. 20 (1900) 206-.

axis correction, etc. Brauer, E, A. (xn) Z.

Instk. 2 (1882) 385-.
beam, best form. Kemot, W, C. [1880-94]

Vict. R. S. T. 17 (1881) 19-; Vict. B. S. P.

7 (1895) 141-.
— , improved. Arzherger, J, Gilbert A. 46

(1814) 294-.
— , influence of bending. Pierre, V. Prag

Sb. (1862) 13-.
— , short (Schickert's). Hartig, T, Dresden

Sb. Isis (1871) 56-.
— , — . SartoHus, F. C. Ztg. 9 (1885) 1299.

Balance 0810

beams of aluminium. Freriehs, F, T, Lieb.

A. 178 (1875) 365-.
— , Emery's support. Sehwirkus, G. Z. Instk.

4 (1884) 261-.

— of steel, influence of magnetism. Studer,
J. G. GUbert A. 13 (1803) 122-.

chemical. Dittmar, W. (xn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 313- ; 2 (1882) 68-.
— . Hase, R. Z. Angew. C. (1898) 786-.
— , effect of flexibiaty. Proctor, B. 8. [1876]

Newcastle C. 8. T. 3 (1877) 183-.
— , new; theory of construction of balances.

Cooke, I, B, Phm. J. 1 (1860) 860-.
construction. Kater, H. [18^1] QJ. Sc. 12

(1822) 40-.
— , new methods. Weber, W. E. Gdtt. Cm.

8 (1832-37) {Ps.) 81-.

curve of accuracy. GaUois, F. L. von. Pogg.

A. 116 (1862) 339-.
dead-beat. Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 8

(1875) 490-.
deuoate, construction. CampbeU, Jhn. Calc.

J. NH. 2 (1842) 842-.
— , suggestions on use. Rayleigh, (Lord). B.

A. Bp. (1883) 401-.
for delicate weighing. Braddock, J. liadras

J. 2 (1835) 86-.
demonstration-. Anon. C. Ztg. 11 (1887)

1396.
for density determinations. RoncaUi, An. (xn)

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 6 (1874) 67-.
Barnard, F. A. P. Wash. Nat. Ac.

Ifm. 4 {PL 1) (1888) 203-.
, new. There, J. Dax S. Borda Bll.

(1887) 131-.
of gases. Lux, F. Fresenius Z. 26

(1887) 38-.
, Lux's. Anon. 0. N. 58 (1888)

4-.
, new. Lux, F. Fresenius Z. 29

(1890) 13-.
, solids and liquids. Maehado, V,

[1881] Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 8 (1882) 97-.
liquids. Westphal, G. Fresenius Z.

9 (1870) 233-.

minerals and other solids heavier than

water. Paruh, R. Am. J. Sc. 10 (1875)

352-.
with double suspension. Douelet, — . A.

Mines 9 (1836) 127-.
dynamical. Buquoy, G. von. Oken Isis (1824)

938-.
for elementary use. Linebarger, C. E. Am.

C. S. J. 21 (1899) 81-.
estimation of small excesses of weight by, from

time of vibration and angular deflection.

P&ynting, J. H. [1878] Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

Mm. 7 (1882) 23-.
flsh-rod. Riddell, J. L. Silliman J. 26 (1858)

71.
hydrostatic. Fahbroni, G. Siena At. Ac. 9

(1808) 188-.
— . BarrS, J. A. Orleans Bll. 4 (1812)

278-.

— (Barr^). Ampere, A. M. Par. Bll. S.
Encour. 13 (1818) 77-.

— . Desbordeaux, A. Caen Mm. Ac. (1849)
420-.

117

0810 Balance

hydzostatio. Buchanan, J. Y. D. C. Gs. B.

4 (1871) 88S-.
— , accurate form. Joly, J, [1886] Dabl.

S. Sc. P. 6 (1886-87) 347-.
— , and adjoncte. Sartorius, F. Z. Instk. 18

(1893) 388-.
— , for densities of liquids. Autenrieth, O.

Dingier 159 (1861) 109-.
— , experimental veoifioation of principle of.

Pd^t, ± J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 340-.
— , extremely cheap and delicate. Ritchie, W.

Edinb. J. So. 5 (1826) 118-.
— , modifications. Sartoriut, F, C. Ztg. 9

(1885) 1374-.
— , new. Oerland, B, W. S. C. In. J. 17

(1898) 13.
—, use. Him, Q. A, A. G^n. Civ. 2 (1863)

[pU, 2) 113-, 153-.
Euhlmann's. Gerland, B. W. S. G. In. J.

14 (1895) 551-.
— technical. Gerland, B, W. S. C. In. J.

12 (1893) 995-.
limit of accuracy at present attainable. Seidel,

L, Miinch. Sb. (1867) (2) 231-.
magnetic, for weights. Fox, R, W. Sturgeon

A. Electr. 1 (1836-37) 494-.
mercury. Homer, J, K, Gilbert A. 68 (1821)

101-.
for metallurgical purposes. Rinman, C. (sen.)

Jem-Kont. A. 3 (1819) 106-.
method of using with great delicacy. Poynting,

J. H. [1878] R. S. P. 28 (1879) 2-.
modification. Mohr, C. F, Pogg. A. 25 (1832)

266-.
Mohr*s, densities determined by. Demichel,

— . A. C. Anal. 5 (1900) 287-.
— , modification. Ouglielmo, O. Bv. Sc.-Ind.

26 (1894) 177-.

Balance 0810

new form, and its adjustment. QirgenMohn^ T.
St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 5 (1839) 177-.

— forms, Nemetz's. Pen»ky, B, Z. Instk. 12
(1892)221-; 14(1894)325.

oscillation. Stamiart, F. J, Amst. Vh. 1

(1849) 63-.
— . MendelSeff, D. B. S. P. 63 (1898) 454-.
-^ and equilibrium. Thiesm, M, Par. Poids

et Mes. Tr. Bim. 5 (1886) 40+xzm pp.

— period, means for reducing. Verbeek, A,
Dingier 304 (1897) 156-.

, theory. Ancn, Dingier 307 (1898)

225-, 249-.
platform. Hoffmann, C. Pogg. A. 64 (1845)

317-.
— . Endlweber, J. Carl Bpm. 15 (1879) 607-.

of precision. Sacri, A. Brux. Ac. Bll. 12

(1845) 17.
. Arzherger, F. Brfinn Vh. 14 (1875)

(Ab.) 157-.
. Redan, L. As. Fr. C. B. (1878)

315-.
. SerHn, V. C. B. 112 (1891) 1299,

1480.
. Leick, — . N.-Vorp. Mt. 26 (1895)

XVI.

— — , adjustments and suspensions. Sauier,
A, Gztg. Opt. 15 (1894) 232-.

— — , Bunge's, theory. Bunge, P. Cztg.
Opt. 5 (1884) 220-, 229-.

, construction and adjustment. Sckultze,

P. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 97-.

— — , — — verification, Brauer's methods.
Lermantov, V. V, (xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 9
{Ps,) (1877) [{Pt. I)] 326-.

— — , direct reading, aperiodic. Curie, P.
C. B. 108 (1889) 663-; Par. S. Ps. S6.
(1889) 218-.

— , — , and apparatus for volume of solids. , — — , — , Curie's. Ledeboer, P. H.

Ouglielmo, O. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 Lum. illect. 36 (1890) 161-.

(1894) {Sem. 2) 299-.
must-, Oechsle, reliability. Weigelt, C, H,

C. CB. 2 (1871) 604-.
new. Montu, — . Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 1 (1797)

108-.
— . TraUes, J. G. [1805] Berl. Ab. (1804-11)

{Mth.) 65-.
— . Joule, J. P. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 5

(1866) 145, 165.
— . Mendel^eff, D. I. Les Mondes 36 (1875)

335-.

— (MendelejefF's). SaUeron, J, C. B. 80
(1875) 37&-.

— . JSger, H. Carl Bpm. 13 (1877) 288-.
— . Krusp^r, J. [1878] (xn) Mag. Tud.

Ak. ±\k. (Mth.) 6 (1879) (No, 6) 20 pp. ; (x)
A. Ps. C. Beibl. 4 (1880) 638-.
— . PeUat, — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1889) 93.

— (pondSrateur), Serrin, V. Par. S. Ps. S6.
(1890) 106.

— arrangements for. Bunge, P. Z. Instk. 14
(1894) 131-.

— form. Bunge, P. Carl Bpm. 3 (1867)
269-.

(Boberval). Picart, A. C. B. 96 (1883)

1782- ; 97 (1883) 8fr-, 252.
. PhiUipi, H. J. C. N. 72 (1895) 16.

~~ — , new arrestment. Lannoy, S, de» Z.

Instk. 17 (1897) 261-.
, — construction. Krutpir, I. [1886]

Mth. Termt. 6ts. 5 (1887) 70-; Mth. Nt. B.
Ung. 5 (1886-87) 1-.

— — , optical apparatus for rapid weighing.
Collot, A, C. B. 112 (1891) 99-.

, reading arrangement. Spoerhaee, W,

Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 167-.

— recent construction, description. Bunge, P.
Carl Bpm. 16 (1880) 372-.

reflection-. Wartmann, A, [1841] Gen. Blm.

S. Ps. 11 (1846) 115-.
— . Qrassi, G. N. Cim. 11 (1874) 195-,

217-.
registering. Sprung, A. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1887) 13 (bis)-; Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 17-.
Boman (or steel-yard). Ferroni, P. Mod. S.

It. Mm. 17 (1816) 417-.

— ( — — — ), ancient. Commaille, A, J.
Phm. 44 (1863) 490-.

— ( ■), improvements by Paul. Pictet,

M,A, J. Mines 8 (1797-98) 671-.

— ( — — — ), micrometric. Boureart, R,
[1888] Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 59 (1889) 31-.

— ( ) , modification. HassenfraU , J, H.

J. Mines 8 (1798) 683-.

118

0810 Balance

Boman (or steel-yard), new, report to Bureau
Consultatif de» Poids et Metures. Oattey, — .
J. Mines 8 (1797-98) 691 -.

— ( ) and ordinary, levers used in oon-

stmotion and verification. Defnanot, — .
Auvergne A. So. 26 (1863) 273-.

— ( ), theory. Piekel, I. Miinoh. D.

(1814-15) 83-.

scientific, oonstmction and use. Sehvnrkiu, O.
Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 41-, 83-, 412-.

sensitive and convenient, serving also as mag-
netometer. LampaditUf W. A, Schweigger
J. 10 (1814) 171-.

simple. Black, Jog. [1790] Thomson A. Ph.
10 (1825) 52-.

— substitution-. Lohnsteint T. C. Ztg. 20
(1896) 572-.

soaroes of error. Hennigj R, Z. Instk. 5

(1885) 161-.
spiral. CroM, C, F, C. N. 44 (1881) 101-.
support. Prony, R. de, A. C. 36 (1800) 50-.
tangential, direct reading of densities by.

Zenger, C. W, [1871] Prag Ab. 5 (1872)

51 pp.
temperature change in sensitiveness. Middel,

T. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 115-.
theory. Rheinauer,J. A. Ps. C. 133 (1868) 179-.

— (Rheinauer). MUller, J. A. Ps. C. 133
(•1868) 682-.

— (Miiller). Rheinaver, J, A. Ps. C. 135
(1868) 33^.

— . Sludskil, T. A. (xn) Bee. Mth. (Mosoou)

4 (1869-70) (PU 2) 111-.
— . AldU, W. S. [1876] Newcastle C. S. T.

3 (1877) 15I-, 161-.
— . Moors, B. P. N.Arch.Wisk. 12 (1886)216-.

— and use. Schdnemann, T, Grunert Arch.
24 (1855) 264-.

vacuum, Bunge*s. Marek, W, Par. Poids et

Mes. PV. (•1881) 45-.
— , new. Kruspir, S. Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 81-.
verification and correction. UHomme, — de,

he Puy 8. Ag. A. (1828) 174-.
vibrationless support. Marek, W, Z. Instk.

9 (1889) 175-.
and weighing. Zech, P. Carl Bpm. 5 (1869)

102-.
, theory. Thiesen, M, F, (xn) Z. Instk.

2 (1882) 358-; 3 (1883) 81-.
and weights. Schwirktu, G. (xn) Z.

Instk. 1 (1881) 84-, 124; 2 (1882) 310-.
and weights, etc. Stas, — . Par. Poids et

Mes. PV. (♦1875-76) 87-.

Balances and weights, report on those used by

the Commission. Chisholm, H. W. A.

Cons. Arts et M6t. 10 (^1873) 111-.
Coins, machine for weighing. Seguier, A, C.

B. 31 (1850) 188-.
Gold bullion assay, new method of weighing

for. Foord, G. [1875] Vict. B. S. T. 12

(1876) 93-.
Grain, instrument for measuring. (Chondro-

meter.) Ovenden, — , dt Payne, — .

Nicholson J. 34 (1813) 198-.
Scale, assorter's, and weighing machine, of

Madras mint. Smith, J. T. Madras Eng.

Bp. 2 (1846) 169-.

Measurement of Velocity 0820

Soale-beam, oonstrnotion. Dearborn, B, Bost.

Mm. Am. Ac. 3 (1809) 40-.
Steel-yard, Aristotle's. CappeUet J. P. van,

Amst. Ts. Nt. Wet. (1810-11) 305-.
Weigh-bridge. Rose, W. N. Amst. Ts. Ws.

Nt. Wet. 1 (1848) 172-.
, Guillaumin's. Pr. Dingier 269 (1888)

49&-.
, new. Steinheil, C. A. von, Wien SB.

(1850) {Ah. 2) 398-.
, tneory. Endlweber, J. Exner Bpm. 21

(1885) 637-.

— — , — and construction. Mohr, C. F,
Dingier 78 (1840) 195-.

Weighing, approximate, apparatus. Ha^e, R,
Cztg. Opt. 19 (1898) 191.

— machine, compound ipasade), theory.
Moore, B, P. N. Arch. Wisk. 3 (•1877)
33-, 97-.

, Quintenz. £.... Crelle J. 1 (1826)

157-.

— — , — (or decimal). RUhlmann, — .
Dingier 132 (1854) 255-.

, __. Rittershaus, T, Civing. 21 (1876)

46-.
, theory and description. Schdnemann, T.

Wien D. 8 (1854) (Ah, 2) 1-.

— machines. Kent, W. Franklin I. J. 126
(1888) 169-.

, sensibility. Sch»nemann, T, [1852]

Wien D. 5 (1863) 157-.
, — (Schdnemann). Ettingshaueen, A . von.

Wien Sb. 8 (1852) 442-.

— and reooroing machine, electrical. Me-
Garvey, E. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 6.

0820 Measurement of Velocity^
Acceleration, Energy of Visible
Motion.

MEASUBEMENT OP VELOCITY.

Aerostat, apparatus for. Leloup, J. A^r. (1896)

123-.
Apparent motions of objects. Van Dyck, F. C.

(xn) Am. Mcr. J. 3 (1882) 72-.
Cycles. Guenn, V. Bv. Sc. 42 (1888) 112-.
Difficulties in calculation. Dennjf, W, Glasg.

I. Eng. T. 18 (1875) 193-.
Electric sparks, photography by, application.

HermiU, G. C. B. 106 (1888) 661-.
Engineering purposes, measurement for. [Hele]

Shaw, H. S, I. CE. P. 69 (1882) 364-.
Explosive waves, chronographio measurements

of velocity. Smith, F. J. B. S. P. 46 (1889)

451-.
Indicating and recording apparatus, theory.

HeUShaw,H,S. [1884] Bristol Nt. S. P. 4

(1885) 130-.
Indicator of velocity and distance, by resistance

of air. (Velodometer.) La Valette, H. de.

G6n. Civ. 27 (1895) 11-.
Intermittent light, use in measuring rapid

motions. HermiU, G. C. B. 103 (1886) 412-.
Xinemometer. Jodsquemier, R. Bv. Mar. et

Col. 58 (1878) 265-; 94 (1887) 861-.

119

0880 RaimHon Velocity

Pendulum, applioation. Bouehepam, — . C. B.

86 (1853) 881-.
■ — movements, velocity recorder in. Lecafjne,

J., db Leearme, L, C. B. 124 (1897) 356.
Photographic analysis of movements. Matey ^

—. J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 199-.

— methods. Heun, K, Z. Mth. Ps. 44 (1899)
18-.

Pomping-engine velocity diagrams. Baird^ D.
Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 9 (1895) 138-.

Bapid movements, especially periodic, observa-
tion. PlaUau, J. A. F. Brox. Ac. BU. 6
(1883) 484-.

Becorder, new, and application to anemometry.
Or^th$, J. A. N. S. W. B. S. J. 28 (1894)
281-.

ROTATION VELOCITY.

Dolbear, A, E, Am. J. So. 3 (1872) 24&-.
SchuUer, A, A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 497-.
Clarke, O, S., d McLeod, H. B. S. P. 26

(1878) 157-.

Jone$, J. V. Card. Nt. S. T. 20 (1889) 30.
by centrifugal speed gauge. Prytz, K, Z.

Instk. 11 (1891) 889-.
counter, differential, mechanism and use.

Valessie, — . 0. B. 86 (1878) 1116-.
— , — , Valessie's (report). Dupuy de Ldme, — .

C. B. 86 (1878) 1364-.
— , — , — . Jourden, L. [1881] Bv. Mar. et

Gol. 74 (1882) 55-.
— , for motors. O^rard, A, Bruz. Ac. Bll. 47

(1879) 47-.

of disks, etc. Werner, — , Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh.

22 (1861) 127-.
indicator. Bemardi, E, Yen. 1. At. 6 (1880)

778-.
— . Lambinet, — . Bv. Mar. et Col. 81 (1884)

879-.
— . Samean, (le U.) O. Bv. Mar. et Col. 116

(1893) 39-.
— . Anuler, A. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 32 (1894)

291- .
— . TStot, V. Bv. Bfar. et Col. 128 (1896) 434-.
— , electric. Anon, Tel. J. 15 (1884) 469.
— , — . Dary, G, 8c. Abs. 1 (1898) 673.
— , — . Browne, W. H. {Jun,) Sc. Abs. 2

(1899) 432.
— , electromagnetic. Claude, O. Sc. Abs. 1

(1898) 97-.
— , magnetic. Deprex, M, Lum. Elect. 3

(♦1881) 407-.
— , pneumatic. Rung, (Capt.) G. Z. Instk. 6

(1886) 201-.

— for snips* screw propellers. CampheU, (Sir)
A., db Goolden, W. T, L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885)
147- ; Ph. Mg. 18 (1884) 57-.

. Drouet, (le It.) G, Bv. Mar.

et Col. 118 (1893) 458-.
indicators. Richard, G, Lum. Elect. 15 (1885)

258-, 295-; 34 (1889) 101-.
— , new. Richard, — . Cg. Int. Chron. (1889)

205-.
means of producing constant. Webster, A, G.

Am. J. Sc. 8 (1897) 879-.
periods. Pry te, iT. [1890] Kjffb. Dn. Yd. Selsk.

Skr. 7 (1890-94) 85-.

SMps' Velocity 0880

spiral goniometry in relation to. Barue, C.

. Am. J. Sc. 48 (1894) 1-.

stroboscopic measurements. EtHngahmuen, A,

von. Carl Bpm. 12 (1876) 1-.
tachometer. Doakin, B, Tillooh Ph. Big. 38

(1811) 42-.
— . Thomae, A. As. Fr. C. B. (1874) 164-.

— . Sartiaux, E. Lum. iilect. 18 (1884)

340-.
— . Kdi, A. Oestr. Z. Bigw. 41 (1898) 471-.
— (YedovelU's). ThuilUer, O. Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1899) 50*.
— , differential. Fuchs, K. Elektteoh. Z. 9
. (1888) 300-.
— , electric. Picou, R. V. Lum. Elect. 29

(1888) 41&-.
— , — hand. Feeeenden^ R, A. Sc. Abe. 3

(1900) 170-.
', registering. Anon. Elekttech. Z. 7 (1886)

126-.
testing and study. Gdpel, F. Z. Instk. 16 (1896)

3a-.
and torsion, telephonic indicator. Reeio, C.

C. B. 94 (1882) 854-; Lum. l^lect. 6 (*1882)

399-.
variable, new system for imparting and record-
ing. Beaumont, M. W, Elect. 17 (1886)

364-.
variations, in motors. LSautS, H, G^. Civ.

12 (1887-88) 163.
— , . Bourcart, R. Mulhouse S. In.

Bll. 63 (1898) 418-.
— , small. Anthony, W. A. Am. As. P. (1886)

118-.

Bunning, instrument recording velocity. Marey,
E. J. C. B. 104 (1887) 1582-.

Seismic movement, velocity, and acceleration
of wave-particle, determination, Indian
observations, 1897, and formulas. Oldham,
R. D. I. Gl. Sv. Mm. 29 (1899) 844-.

SHIPS' VELOCITY.

Hamill, H. Nicholson J. 14 (1806) 848-.
Mayette, J. M&con Ac. A. 6 (1888) 341-.
currents, etc., instrument for. Napier, J. R.

Glasg. Ph. S. P. 3 (1848-53) 350-.
indicator. Rutsell, J. S. B. A. Bp. (1842)

ipt. 2) 109.
instrument for. Hopkinson, F. [1788-90]

Am. Ph. S. T. 2 (1786) 159- ; 3 (1798) 289-.
. Cooke, J. Nicholson J. 5 (1802) 48-,

265-.
. Bumey, J. Nicholson J. 24 (1809)

57-.
, and governor of engines. Lambinet, E,

Bv. Mar. et Col. 95 (1887) 177-.
, by log-line. Newman, J. QJ. So. 2

(1817) 90-.
instruments for. Brit. Ait. Comm. B. A. Bp.

(1879) 210-.
. Gelcich, E. Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 281-,

274.
. Pressure-log experiments. Froude, W.

B. A. Bp. (1874) 255-.
log. Gould, C. GUbert A. 8 (1801) 474-.

120

0820 Ships' Velocity

log. Gelcich, E, Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 394-.
— . BatOe, {le It.) A. By. Max, et Col. 112
(1892) 374-; 120 (1894) 116-.

— and anemometer and warning compass.
FUuriaU, G. Rv. Mar. et Col. 71 (1881) 488-.

— , correction of errors. Keller ^ F. A, E,
(yi Add$,) A. Hydrog. 14 (1858) 887-.

—, electric. Hubbard, S. Science 8 (1886) 258-.

— , — . Fleuriais, G. Rv. Mar. et Col. 100
(1889) 329-.

— , — . Le Goarant de TTomeHn, {le It.) G.
Rv. Mar. et Col. 110 (1891) 302-.

— , — , automatic. Rieart Giralt, J, [1893]
Barcel. Ac. Bl. 1 (1892-1900) 122-.

— , — , on principle of Robinson cup anemo-
meter. Fleuriait, G, Rv. Mar. et Col. 63
(1879) 465-; C. R. 96 (1883) 1633-.

— , — , . Le Goarant de

Tramelin, G. C. R. 96 (1883) 1441-.

— , — , . SoulageMf C. C.

Lum. Elect. 14 (1884) 165-, 260-.

— , hydrostatic. Berthon, E. L, R. S. P. 5
(1850) 919.

logs, electric. Richard, G, Lum. Elect. 21
(1886) 396-.

— , pressure-. Napier, J. R. [1872] Glasg.
Ph. S. P. 8 (1873) 146-.

and velocity or wind. Paris, {le It.) A. Rv.
Mar. et Col. 87 (1885) 5- ; 88 (1886) 78-.

Steam-engine, piston, instrument for. Tre-

gaskis, R. Cornwall Pol. S. T. (1842) 11&-.
Tables of velocities in metres per second.

Jackson, J. Mntp. S. Lang. Gg. Bll. 11

(1888) 461-.
Trains. F^vre, — . Par. A. Pon. Chauss. 12

(1836) 345-.
— . Haedenkampf H, Grunert Arch. 6 (1845)

172- .
— . Steimr, F, Rv. Sc.-Ind. 16 (1884) 320-.
~. Hosier, G. Bern Mt. (1889) vi-.
— , registering apparatus. Desdimits, — . A.

Pon. Chauss. (1900) {Trim, 2) 168-.
— , , electric. Waldorp, H, Lum. Elect.

8 (♦1883) 84-.
— , , — . Frischen, C. Elekttech. Z. 7

(1886) 159-.
— , tachometer for. Deneil, — . A. Mines 2

(1852) 217-.
Tuning-forks, tests of variation by. G'dpel, F,

[1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 318-.

MEASUREMENT OF ACCELERATION.

Acceleration, geometrical treatment. Dobbs,
W. J. Mth. Gz. 1 (1900) 201-.

— and pressure meter. Hrabowski, K, A. Ps.
C. 56 (1895) 768-.

Atwood's machine. Praag, L. S. van, Leijd.

A. Ac. (1817-18) 24 pp.
, and apparatus for pendulum experiments.

Fischer, E. G, GUbert A. 14 (1803) 1-.

— — , application. Pfaundler, — . Innsb.
Nt. Md. B. 14 (1884) xxm.

and clock, new. Baker, W. C, Ps. Rv.

11 (1900) 105-.
'— — , determination of friction resistances in.

Bender, C, A. Ps. C. 149 (1873) 122-.

Measurement of Acceleration 0820

Atwood's machine, elasticity of ootd in.

Bouniakowsky, V, [1831] St P6t. Ac. Sc.

Mm. 2 (1833) 179-.
, atting for. BiquiS, A. J. de Ps. 2

(1883) 323-.
, nlstorical note. Metx, G. G, de. Rs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 28 {Ps,) (1896) 33-; J. de Ps.

6 (1897) 604.
, influence of wheel. KUlp, L, Arch.

Mth. Ps. 54 (1872) 206-.

— — , measurement of gravity by. Metz,
G. G. de. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 27 {Ps,) (1896)
37-; Fsohr. Ps. (1896) (^6. 1) 255.

, . Malagoli, R. Rv. Sc. Ind.

29 (1897) 275-; Spet. It. Mm. 28 (1900)
174-, 199-.

— — , modification. Dupri, — . Pogg. A.
58 (1843) 466-.

, — . Poggend&rff, J. C. Berl. B. (1853)

627-.

,— . MonU,P, N. Cim. 11 (1860) 233-.

,— (Poggendorflf's). Barentin,W, [1873]

Pogg. A. {JubelM.) (1874) 213-.
, — (— ). Bauer, K, L, A. Ps. C. 17

(1882) 1037-.

— — , new. Mdnnich, P, Exner Rpm. 21
(1885) 31-.

, oscillations of weights. Tait, P, G,

[1881] Edinb. R. S. P. 11 (1882) 173-.
, self-registering. Sehreber, K. N.-Vorp.

Mt. 27 (1896) 99-; Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 204-.
, utility. Knappert, L, Leijd. A. Ac.

(1817-18) 9 pp.
Fail of featJier and coin, vacuum apparatus for

demonstrating equal time of. Lang, — von.

Wien Az. 24 (1887) 256-.

— — heavy and light bodies, apparatus for
demonstrating equal time of. Cecchi, {padre)
F, (xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 4 (1872) 58-.

Falling bodies in air, paradox. Schneebeli, H,

A. Ps. C. 153 (1874) 466-.
apparatus. Bourbouze, — . C. R.54(1862)

52-.
. Lippich, F. [1865] Wien Sb. 52

(1866) {Ab. 2) 549-.
. Edelmann, T. Carl Rpm. 7 (1871)

811-.

. Lebaurg, E, J. de Ps. 7 (1878) 44-.

. Engelbert [nS Desbois], {le frlre).

Les Mondes 50 (1879) 554-.

. Pdquet, k. J. de Ps. 2 (1888) 226-.

. Krass,M. Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 347.

. Randall, H. M., db Markey, W. A,

Pb. Rv. 4 (1897) 64-.
, electric. Waldner, H. A. Ps. C.

154 (1875) 597-.
, experiments. Haswell, C, H, Franklin

I. J. 24 (1852) 421-.
, formula for space described by. Sejce,

S.A. N. Mg. Ntvd. 15 (1868) 180-.
, Galileo's experiments. Thurot, C, J.

de Ps. 3 (1874) 160-.
, — idea. Mansion^ — . Brux. S. So. A.

18 (1894) {Pt, 1) 92-.

,law. Ausfeldt,—. Voigt Mg. 4 (1802) 97-.

, — , graphical demonstration. MUUer,

Hub. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. 52 (1868) 29-.

121

0825 Measurement of Force

Falling bodies, motion, with reference to
change of gravity. Grtmert, J, A. Pogg.
A. 10 (1827) 467-.

— — » Traversi's theories. Marini, A. P.
Brescia Cm. (1816-17) 95-.

— — , velocity, use of weighing-machine in
determining. SehSnemannf T. Berl. Mb.
(1857) 159-.

Ghravity machine with one loose and two fixed
polleys. Kotch.F. Arch. Mth. Ps. 17 (1900)
118-.

MEASUREMENT OF ENERGT OF
VISIBLE MOTION.

E., J. P. FranWin I. J. 4 (1829) 212-.
Chronographs and apparatus for determining

laws of motion. Didion, I. Fr. Cg. Sc.

(1837) 549-.
Energy of bodies moving with different ve-
locities. Treadwell, D, Bost. Mm. Am.

Ac. 8 (1863) 362-.
— , measure of work in theory of. Moon^ R,

Ph. Mg. 47 (1874) 291-.
— transmission, comparison of methods.

Lauriol, J, G4n. Civ. 9 (1886) 313-, 343-.
Kinetoscope, use in mechanics of slow motions.

SliehUr, C. S. Science 11 (1900) 535-.
Solids, motion. DelangeSt P. Verona S. It.

Mm. 3 (1786) 1-.
Watt's indicator, mathematical theory. Le-

comu, L. 0. B. 118 (1894) 1034-.

0825 Measurement of Force:
Pendulum, Spring-balance,
Torsion- balance.

(See also Astronomy 5100,
Geology 07.)

Ewart, P. [1808] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 2

(1813) 105-.
(Ewart.) Hodgkin$<m, E, [1844] Manch. Ph.

S. Mm. 7 (1846) 137-.
Coste, —. Les Mondes 22 (1870) 379-.
Breton, P. Les Mondes 22 (1870) 615-.
Moore, R. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 16 (1877) 335-.
Absolute units of force. JohnsoHy W, W. N.Y.

Mth. S. Bll. 3 (1894) 197-.
Attractive and repulsive forces. Zdllner, F,

Leip. B. 21 (1869) 281-.
Barometric vacuum, suggested use as spring of

constant strength (Gagniard de Latour). Co-

ligny, A. de, C. B. 59 (1864) 1103- ; 62

(1866) 800-.
Bi- and tri-filar balances for absolute measure-
ment. Jaumann, G, Wien Ak. Sb. 97

(1889) {Ah. 2a) 64-.
Centrifugal forces. Zamboni, O. [1841] Yen.

Mm. I. 1 (1843) 413-.
Cotton-spinner, dynamic work. Meugy, A,

A. Mines 14 (1848) 139-.
Dynagraph, Dudley's, uses. Dudley, P. H,

[1879] Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 3 (1880) 29-.

Dynamometers 0825

DYNAMOMETERS.

Regnier, E, Par. ic. Pol. J. edh. 5 (1798)

160- ; Par. BU. S. Enoour. 16 (1817) 138-.
Gordon, L. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 1 (1841-44) 41-.
Sehinz, E, Dingier 110 (1848) 242-.

Richard, G. Lum. i^leot. 6 (*1882) 659-; 7
(♦1882) 18-, 29-, 78-, 100-, 174-; 8 (♦1883)
297-; 16 (1885) 366-; 27 (1888) 651- ; 82

(1889) 260- ; 41 (1891) 209-.

Kapp, G. Elect. 12 (1884) 13-, 33-, 79-, 108-,

151-, 224-, 345-, 538-; 13 (1884) a-. 79-,

201-.
Jamieson, — , dt others. Elect. 12 (1884) 189-,

et seq,
Bourcart, R, Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 61 (1891)

282-.
combined absorption and transmission. FUUher,

J, J. Am. As. P. (1898) 244-.
and comparison of ships in matter of resist-
ance. Ledieu, A. C. B. 100 (1885) 837-.
(Ledieu). Taurines, A,

C. B. 102 (1886) 1057-.
(Taurines). Ledieu, A,

C. B. 102 (1886) 1091-.
coupling. Perry, J., db Ayrton, W. E, B. A.

Bp. (1881) 553.
Desdouits's. Dvhost,F, Lum. Elect. 12 (1884)

131-.
direct reading, Trouv^. Trouvi, O, 0, B«

110 (1890) 1326-.
, — . Anon. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 23 (1891)

34-.
dynamometric journal-bearing. Rittinger, P,

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 4 (1856) 393-.
for effort of traction or force of animate motors.

Monn, A, Par. Bll. S. Encour. 36 (1887)

161-.
or work developed by animate or inani-
mate motors. Morin,A. Fr. Cg. Sc. (1887)

583-.
electric recording. Resio, C, C. B. 96 (1883)

1361- ; Lum. 6lect. 9 (•1883) 81-.
and ergometers. Richelmy, P. Tor. At. Ac.

Sc. 5 (1869-70) 17-.
Fischinger's. Busehkiel, C. Elekttech. Z. 8

(1887) 386-.
friction-. Barrois, T. Lille Mm. S. (1827-28)

114-.
— . Thomson, J. (vi Adds,) B. A. Bp. (1855)

(pt. 2) 209-.
— . Mayer, J, R. von. D. Nf . Tbl. (^1869) 63-.

— . Guigon, — . [1882] I. 6gypt. Bll. 8

(♦1883) 14-.
— . Menges, C. L. R, E, 's Gravenh. I. Ing.

Ts. (1886-87) (Verg.) 81-.
— . Beaumont, W, W. I. CE. P. 95 (1889) 1-.

— . Rigaut, A, Lum. i^lect. 36 (1890) 610-.
— . Goss, W, F. M. Elect. Bv. 37 (1895)

98-, 125-, 158-.
— , and belt-. Froude, W, (vi iidd<.) ME.

I. P. (1858) 92-.
— , direct reading. Jimels, C. G^n. Civ. 17

(1890) 375-.

— , Prony's (for revolving shaft). Prony, R. de.
A. C. 19 (1821) 165-.

122

0825 Dynamometers

friction-, Prony* 8. SairU-LSger, — de, A. Mines

12 (1837) 67-.
— , — (Saint-L^r). PoneeUt, J. V, C. R.

4 (1837) 678-.
— , — . PanceUt, J. V. 0. R. 4 (iaS7) 885-.
— , — . Passat,—. Ft. Cg. So. 8 (1840) 31-.
— , — . Morris, E, Franklin I. J. 6 (1848)

225-.
— , — . Pigeon, G, Lyon Ac. Sc. Mm. 2

(1847) 607-.
— , — . Grandvoinnet, J. A. G6n. Civ. 2

(1863) 170-.
— , — . Tresca, H. C. R. 58 (1864) 273-.
— , — . KreU, — . C. R. 68 (1864) 459-; Par.

6c. Norm. A. 2 (1873) 55-.
— , — , arranged for evalaation of torque.

HiUairet, — . C. R. 109 (1889) 798-.
— , — , modifications. Gamier, F. A. Mines

12 (1837) 247-.
— , — , reversed. Wellner, G. Dingier 223

(1877) 130-.
— , — and Welter's combined. Haekette, J.

N. P. J. G6n. Civ. 11 (1846) 153-.
— , RafFard. Soubeyran, A. [1885] G^n. Civ.

8 (1885-86) 68-.
— , — . Ventre, — [1886] I. Egypt. BU. 7

(1887) 60-.
— , run by circulation of water. Riccd, A . (xn)

Rv. Sc.-Ind. 12 (1880) 443-.
— , self-regulating. Carpentier, J. C. R. 89

(1879) 950-.
— , for small motors. MarSchal, C, Eclair.

Elect. 11 (1897) 210-.
— , Thiabaud. Bemardi, E. Ven. I. At.

(1884-85) 1355-.
of '* Hirondelle.*' Albert, {Prince de Monaco),

Par. S. Gg. C. R. (1889) 98-.
improved. Tatham, W. P. Franklin I. J. 82

(1881) 321- ; 84 (1882) 401-.
integrating. Richard, G. Lum. Elect. 16

(1885) 366-.
— . Raffard, — . Par. S. Ps. 86. (1887) 178-.
— , of Meeze and Vemon-Boys. Richard, G.

Lum. :6lect. 14 (1884) 11-.
at International Exhibition. Guerout,A. Lum.

6lect. 4 (♦1881) 290-, 307-, 341-, 366-, 373-.

Morin's. Tripied, C. Lum. Elect. 1 (*1879)

85-.
new. Cagniard-Latour,C. C. R. 4 (1837) 899-.
— . Froude, W, Bath S. J. 5 (1857) 216-.

— . Richard, G, Lum. felect. 8 (*1883) 297-.
Newcastle. Amos, C. E. Ag. S. J. 1 (1865)

204-.
optical. Latchinoff, M. Lum. Elect. 3 (♦1881)

447-.
Poncelet*s, profile of springs. L4auti, H,

Liouv. J. Mth. 9 (1883) 245-.
for power of screws of ships. Froude, W, I.

ME. P. (1877) 237-.
rotation, Fremont. Desquiens, F, Gen. Civ.

21 (1892) 260-.
— , Richard. Gouilly, A. G6n. Civ. 20 (1891-

92) 395-.
at Royal Technological Institute, Stockholm.

Nystrom, J. W. Franklin I. J. 49 (1865) 392-.
Ruggles's. Eliot, C. W. [1866] Am. Ac. P. 7

(1868) 65-.

Dynamometers, etc 0826

for small motors. Hoskin, J. Franklin I. J.
181 (1891) 489-.

— steam engines (Macnaught). Combes^ C
A. Mines 16 (1839) 519^.

suitable for physiological inquiries. Henry, C,

C. R. 121 (1895) 716-.
Tatham. Tatham, W, P, Franklin I. J.

120 (1885) 449-; 122 (1886) 377-.
transmission. Ayrton, W, E., db Perry, J,

Lum. felect. 3 (♦1881) 405-.
— . Thomson, E. Franklin I. J. 81 (1881)

117-.
— . Curie, P. C. R. 103 (1886) 46-.

— . Gidgon, E. [1888] I. ilgypt. Bll. 9 (1889)
174-.

— (Guigon). Ventre, — . [1888] I. Egypt. Bll.
9 (1889) 185-.

—. Robinson, S. W, Elect. Rv. 38 (1896)

625-, 656-.
— , autographic. Kent, W, [1879] Am. I. Mn.

E. T. 8 (^1880) 177-.

— , with direct reading and photographic

record. Mascart, — . C. R. 110 (1890)

605-.
— , electric. Kuzlminsk\j, P. D, Rs. Ps.-G.

S. J. 28 (Ps,) (1896) 226-.
— , new. DejMrez, M, Lum. Elect. 13 (1884)

481-.
— , — . Meylan, E. Lum. Elect. 27 (1888)

424-.
— , — . Dalby, W. E. I. CE. P. 132 (1898)

47-.
— , permanent. Smith, C. A, [1884] Am. S.

CE. T. 15 (1886) 357-.
for use with driving-bands. Hefner-Alteneck,

F. von. (xn) Elekttech. Z. 2 (1881)
229-.

with vernier. Kleritj, L. Berg-Hm. Ztg. 29
(1870) 3-. 16-.

Dynamometric experiments (Ransonnet*s).

Keraudren, — . J. Mdd. Chir. Phm. Sf4

(1812) 41-.
. DoUfus, G. (vn) Mon. Sc. 3 (1861)

29-.

— methods on railways. Desdouits, — . A.
Mines 8 (1885) 481-.

— testing of agricultural implements. Grand-
voinnet, J. A. (xn) A. Agn. 2 (1876)
446-.

Ergograph, new. Binet, A., dt Vaschide, N.
C. R. 125 (1897) 1161-.

Ergometers. Hefner-Alteneck, — von. Elekt-
tech. Z. 8 (1887) 514- ; 9 (1888) 16.

Explosive pressures, use of springs in measur-
ing. VieiUe, P. C. R. 115 (1892) 1268-.

Explosives, force. VieilU, P. As. Fr. C. R.
(1890) (Pt. 1) 53-.

Gas-motors, atmospheric, power measurement.
Teichmann, K. Dingier 220 (1876) 116-.

Horse-power. Gregory, O. Nicholson J. 11
(1806) 145-.

— — . Aubuisson de Voisins, J, F, d\ A.
Mines 7 (1830) 145-.

. Reuleaux, F. Giving. 3 (1857) 112-.

. Ouaglio, J. Nddsterr. Ghewerb.-Vr. Vh.

(1862) 161-.

123

0826 Measnrement of Force, etc.

Seismic Appmrntau 0825

Hof6e-power, experiments. Minard^ C. J. Pendaloms, oomparison of nearly equal times
Par. A. Pon. Ghauss. 4 (18S2) 12ft-. of 2. Bigaurdan, G. G. B. 124 (1897) 270-.
' , measure of force by. Homblower, J.C, — , , eleotrioal method.

Nicholson J. 11 (1805) 95-.
, ratio of indicatod to efifective, Denny's

M.M. trials. Froude, W, Nv. Archt. T. 17

(1876} 167-.
Hydraulic brakes for guns, indicator-curve.

VaUier, — . G. R. 129 (1899) 705-.
Integrator, mechanical, for work done by a

foioe. FuchM, K, Mth. Termt. Ets. 13

(1895) 289-; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 18 (1897)
144-..

Locomotives, compound, tractive force. MeUiUt

C, J. Am. Eng. & Bailroad J. 74 (1900)

152, 204.
~, tractive force. CoU, F. J, Am. Eng. &

Bailroad J. 74 (1900) S07~.
Machines, power. Marchal, 0. A. G^. Giv.

5 (1866i 544-.
— , — . Jacquemier, R, Bv. Mar. et Gol. 81

(1884) 6S5-.

— with revolving shafts, tangential force.
Haehette, J. N, P. J. Mines 31 (1812) 213-.

Mechanical power. Homblower ^ J. C. Nichol-
son J. 11 (1805) 264-.

(Homolower). Gregory ^ O, Nicholson

J. 12 (1805) 7-.

. Blake, E. W. Silliman J. 30 (1836)

859-.

Motive forces, estimation. Piola, G. Mil. G.
I. Lomb. 7 (1846) 118-.

Motors in arsenals. Morin, A, A. Mines 3
(1833J 93-, 259-.

— , work. Kohlrauteh, W, Elekttech. Z. 9

(1888) 389-.

Optical interference balance for small forces.
BaiXU, J, B., db F€ry, C, As. Fr. G. B.

(1889) {Ft. 1) 253.

Oscillograph, aouble, and its employment in

study of rolling and pitching. Bertin, L. E.

[1889] Jap. Seism. S. T. 15 (1890) 1-.
Pandynamometer. Him, G. A, A. Mines 11

(1867) 167- ; G. B. 66 (1868) 695-; 76

(1873) 1056-.
Pendulum, conical. Geelmuyden, H. Arch.

Mth. Ntvd. 5 (1881) 307-.
— , — , motion. TUserand, F. F. Bll. Sc.

Mth. As. 5 (1881) {Pt. 1) 448-.
— , effect of slipping of knife edge. Defforges,

(le comm,) — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1893) 40-.
— , measurement of small forces by. Briot, C, ,

(£ Jamin, — . G. B. 61 (1865) 1050-.

— oscillations, method of mechanically timing.
Deprez, M. G. B. 102 (1886) 1523-.

— , period, by coincidences with known pendu-
lum. Vogel, H. C. Garl Bpm. 17 (1881)
337-.

— , physical, new form. Stevens, J, S. Am.
J. 8c. 5 (1898) 14.

— record, contour of railway determined by.
DetdouiU, — . A. Mines 15 (1899) 465-.

— support, new. Haid, M, Z. Instk. 16

(1896) 193-.

— with several threads, application to gravity,
electrometer and galvanometer measure-
ments. Guglielmo, G, Bm. B. Ac. Line.
Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem. 2) 163-.

Lippmann, G. G. B. 124 (1897) 125-.
— , effect of internal friction of fluids on
motion. Stokes, G. G, [1850] Gamb. Ph.
S. T. 9 (1856) [8]-.

SEISMIC APPARATUS.

Brit. Ass. Coram. B. A. Bp. (*1841) 46-.
Milne, D. B. A. Bp. (1842) 92-; (1844) 85-.
MaUet, R. B. A. Bp. (1861) 207-.
Milne, J. (xn) Jap. Seism. S. T. 3 (1881)

12-; 4 (1882)85-.
Bnt. Ass. Comm. {Milne, J.) B. A. Bp. (1885)

362-; (1892) 93-; (1893) 214-.
Brit. Ass. Comm, {Datnson, C.) B. A. Bp.

(1893) 287- ; (1894) 145-.
Brit. Ass. Comm. {Milne, J.) B. A. Bp. (1895)

81-,113-.
Guzzanti, C. Gatania Ac. Gioen. Bll. 44-45

(1896) 15.
Brit. Ass. Comm. (Milne, J.) B. A. Bp.

(1896) 180- ; (1897) 129- ; (1898) 179-.
Guxrgi, C. de. Moncalieri Oss. BU. 18 (1898)

73-.
Alarum, by Shozan Sakuma. Yamaziiki, N»

[1893] Tok. Gl. 8. Gl. Mg. 1 (1894) [149]-.
Buildings, movement produced in tnem by

earthquakes. Milne, J. [1887] Jap. Seism.

8. T. 12 (1888) 67-.
Glock, seismic. Brassart, E. Bv. So.-Ind.

16 (1884) 1-.
— , — . Baratta, M. Bll. V. It. 17 (1890) 16-.
— , seismograph, speed governor for. Swing,

J. A. Nt. 23 (1881) 473 ; (xn) Jap. Seism.

8. T. 5 (1883) 92-.
Effects of atmospheric perturbation. Agamen-

none, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 9 (1900)

{Sem. 2) 308-.
traffic and wind. T<icchini, P. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1890) {Sem. 2) 12-.
Indications. Denza, F. Bm. N. Line. At. 45

(1892) 13-.

— during earthquake of Jan. 22nd, 1892, com-
pared with those during explosion of powder
magazine of Monteverde. Bertelli, T. Mon-
calieri Oss. Bll. 12 (1892) 79-.

March 22nd, 1894, Japan. Grah-

lovitz, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8 (1894)
{Sem. 2) 61-.

Indicators, modifications, and new self-re-
cording apparatus. Rossi, M. S. de. Bll.
V. It. 14 (1887) 41-.

Instruments by Brassart Bros. Brassart, E.
Moncalieri Oss. BU. 3 (*1883) 150-.

. Rossi, M. S. de. Bll. V. It. 13

(1886) 77-.

— used in Italy. Davison, C. B. A. Bp. (1896)
220-.

Japan. Milne, J. , dt Gray, T. Ph.

Mg. 12 (1881) 356-.
. Rossi, M. S. de. Bll. V. It. 13

(1886) 45-.
— , self -registering, objects, construction and

use. MalUt, R. [1846] Ir. Ac. T. 21

(1848) 107-.

124

0825 Mlcroseismometry

InstramentB for study of earth waves. Vi-
centini, G, Ven. I. At. (1896-97) 207-.

— — large earth waves. Cancani^ A.

Rm. B. Ao.'Lino. Bd. 8 (1894) {Sem, 1)
651-.

— of the Vatican Observatoiy. BerteUi, T.
Bm. N. Lino. At. 49 (1896) 135- ; Bm. Spec.
Vat. Pb. 5 (1898) 161-.

Microphone, seismic, De Bossi*s. Cantoni, O.
Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 11 (1878) 880-.

— in seismology. Mocenige^ (conte) O,, dt
RosH, M. S. de. (xn) Bll. V. It. 6 (1878)
63-.

. Cancanit A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd.

3 (1894) {Sem. 1) 328-.
. Girardy L, Brux. S. As. Big. Bll.

3 (1898) 246-.

Micro$eitmometry,

BerUUi, T. Bm. Bll. Met. 11 (1872) 113-.
-Bom, M. S. de. Bm. N. Line. At. 28 (1876)

168-, 485- ; 29 (1876) 67-.
BerteUi, T. C. B. 102 (1886) 1385- ; Bm. N.

Line. Mm. 1 (1887) 265- ; 2 (1887) 233-.
History. Favaro.A. [1883] Ven. L At. (•1883-

84) 91-.
Instrument, new. Mugrut, G. (xn) Bv. Sc.-

Ind. 11 (1879) 205-, 313-.
Microseismograph. i2os«t, M. S. de. Bm.

N. Line. At. 29 (1876) 420.
— . Lutigo, C. del. Bv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898)

73-.

— (vertical component). Vicentinit G., dt
Packer, G. Ven. I. At. (1898) 66-.

— of 2 components. Landi, U. Bv. Sc. [Ind.]
30 (1898) 92-.

, and other self -registering instru-
ments. Vicentini, G., at Packer, G. Ven.
L At. (1895-96) 385-.

— — — — , for study of slow earth-move-
ments. Gneaotto, T. Ven. I. At. (1898)
289-.

— , continuous registering. Vicentinit G.

[1895] Padova S. So. Bll. 6 (1895-99)

21-.
— , use. Vicentini, G. Padova Ac. At. e Mm.

12 (1896) 89-.
Microseismographs, Padua University. Packer,

G. Ven. I. At. (1896-97) 1110-.
Microseismometrograph. Agamenrume, G. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 9 (1900) {Sem. 2) 31-.
MicroseismoBcope, electrical form. Calzeeehi-

Onesti, T. N. Cim. 19 (1886) 24-.
Pendulums, effect of wind. Melzi, C. Bm.

N. Line. At. 28 (1875) 356-.
— , . Egidt, G. Moncalieri Oss. Bll.

8 (1888) 116- ; 9 (1889) 121-, 143- ; Bm. N.

Line. At. 42 (1889) 22-.
— , . hosH, M. S. de, Bm. N. Line.

At. 43 (1890) 116-.
— , . Egidi, G. Bm. N. Lino. At.

43 (1890) 210-.
— , isolated, and the wind. Melzi, C. Bm.

N. Line. Blm. 5 (1889) 23- ; Moncalieri Oss.

Bll. 10(1890) 2-, 17-, 37-.
Self-recording apparatus. Mugna, G. Bll. V.

It. 17 (1890) 18-.

Pendulums 0826

Self-recording telephone. Baratta, M, Bll. V.

It. 17 (1890) 24-.
Tromometer. BerteUi, T. M. [1888-93] Bm.

N. Line. At. 42 (1889) 37- ; Moncalieri Oss.

BU. 13 (1893) 2-.
— , economic. Egidi, G. Bm. N. Lino. At.

89 (1886) 171-, 177.
•>— , effect of wind. Taeekini, P. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 7 (1891) {Sem. 1) 133 -.
— , Perry. Perry, J. B. A. Bp. (1896) 218-.

— with photographic registration. Taeekini,
P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1890) {Sem. 1)
432-.

. Agamennone, G. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 1) 28-.
— , prismatic. Bertelli, T. [1874] Moncalieri

Oss. BU. 9 (♦1875) 145-.
— , value of indications. RobH, M. S. de.

[1888] Bll. V. It. 15-16 (1888-89) 65-.
— , . Bertelli, T. [1888] BU. V. It.

15-16 (1888-89) 65-.
Tromometers, new observations confirming

utility. MeUi, C. Bm. N. Line. At. 47

(1894) 96-.
— , synchronous, of Berne and Basel, results.

Forster, E. M. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 16 (1886)

186-.
Tromoscope, new. Traverso, N." Genova S.

Lig. At. 9 (1898) 127-.

Movements of Earth's crust, apparatus for

studying. Wolf, C. J. A. C. B. 97 (1883)
228-.

Pendulume,

bifilar. Darwin, H. Seism. J. Jap. 19 (1894) 61-.
— ,forearth-tUts. Davi9(m,C. Nt. 50 (1894) 246-.
— , Boyal Observatory, Edinburgh. Copeland,

R. B. A. Bp. (1894) 158-.
— , , — . (Earth's surface movements.)

Heatk, T. Nt. 52 (1895) 228.
compound, and jointed rods. CelUrier, — .

Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1891) 271-.
duplex, with single bob. Ewing, J, A. (xn)

Jap. Seism. S. T. 6 (1883) 1»-.
elastic. GuzzarUi, C, Catania Ac. Gioen. At.

10 (1897) Mem. 6, 5 pp.
horizontal. Z&Uner, F. Leip. B. 21 (1869)

281- ; 34 (1872) 188-.
». Milne, J. Seism. J. Jap. 19 (1894) 55-.
— . Heeker, — . Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 2-.

— (and its appUoation). Heeker, — . D. Nf.
Vh. (1897) {Th. 2, HdlfU 1) 117-.

— , apparatus for photograpnicaUy recording
motion. Rebeur-Pasckwitz, E, von. Seism.
J. Jap. 19 (1894) 35-.

— and bifilar, history. Davison, C. B. A.
Bp. (1896) 184-.

— , experiments. Heeker, O. Z. Instk. 19

(1899) 261-.
— , for mechanical registration of seismic or

other earth-movements. Omori, F. Tok.
Coll. Sc. J. 11 (1898-99) 121-.

— (ZdUner's), observations. Reheur-Paschwitz,
E. von. [1886-89] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh.
10 (1888) {Sh.) 126, {Ab.) 167- ; As. Nr. 120
(1889) 273-.

125

0825 Pendulums

horizontal, obeervationB (Wilhelmshavexi, Pots-
dam and Teneri£fe). Rebeur-Paachwitz, E.
von. As. Nr. 180 (1892) 198-.

— , — ( — , , von Bebeur-Paschwitz's).

MUne, J, Seism. J. Jap. 17 (1893) 113-.

— , — (Strassbnrg and Nicolaiev, 1892). Reheur-
Patchwitz, E. van. As. Nr. 182 (1898) 118-.

— , — . Rebeur-Pcuekwitz, E, von. B. A. Bp,

(1893) 809-.

— , — (Nioolaiey). Kortazzi, 8. B. A. Bp.

(1894) 155-.

— , — (Japan and I. of Wight) . MUne, J. [1895]

Nt. 53 (1895-96) 180-.
— , — (Strassborg, 1892-94). Rebeur-Pcueh-

witz, E. von. Btr. Geops. 2 (1895) 211-.
— , — . Turner, H. H. B. A. Bp. (1896)

216-.
— , — (Strassbnrg, 1895). Ehlert, R. Btr.

Geops. 3 (1898) 131-.
—.—(Trieste, Aug. 1898— Feb. 1899). Matelle,

E. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (^6. 1) 357-.
— , — (San Fernando, 1898-99). San Fernando

Obs. S. Fernando Obs. Mar. A. {Secc. 2)

(1899) 2 pp.

— , — (Strassburg, 1895-96). EMert, R.

Btr. Geops. 4 (1900) 68-.
— , — (Nicolajew, 1897-99). Kortazzi, J. Btr.

Geops. 4 (1900) 383-.
— , — . Leutz, H. Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13

(1900) (Ab.) 388-.

— (ZoUner's), photographic registration of

changes of horizontal plane by. Rebeur-

Pazchwitz, E. von. As. Nr. 118 (1888) 9-.
— , suspension. Ewing, J. A, [1882] (xn)

Jap. Seism. S. T. 5 (1883) 91-.
— , tiieoiy. Heeker, 0. Btr. Geops. 4 (1900)

59-.
— triple, von Bebeur's. Ehlert, R. Btr. Geops.

3 (1898) 481- ; Brux. S. Big. As. BU. 3 (1898)

209- ; 4 (1899) 11-.
, von Kebeur-Ehlert's. Bo»ch,F.J. Gztg.

Opt. 20 (1899) 141-.
— , use. Agamennonef O. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 9 (1900) {Sem. 1) 107-.
method of compensating, to make astatic.

Gray, T. (xn) Jap. Seism. S. T. 8 (1881)

145-.
new. Agameimone, O, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

1 (1892) {Sem. 2) 803-.
protographic. BertelUt 7. Moncalieri Oss.

BU. 16 (1896) 69-.

Begistration of distant earth movements. Re-

beur-PazchwitZf E, von, Peterm. Mt. 39

(1898) 201-.
— , double, system. Agamennone, G, Bm. B.

Ac. Lino. Bd. 8 (1899) (Sem. 1) 202-, 618.
— , duration. Oddone, E. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem. 1) 425-.
Bheotome, new electric, for seismic indicators.

Baratta, M. Moncalieri Oss. Bll. 10 (1890)

161-.
Bods, vibrating and oscillating. Egidi, G.

Bm. N. Line. Mm. 2 (1887) 33- ; 3 (1888)

178-.
Seismodynamogiaph. GoUt, I. Bm. N. Line.

At. 38 (1885) 128- ; Bm. N. Lino. Mm. 2

(1887) 221-.

Seismognphs 0825

Seiemographe,

Rossi, M. S. de. (xn) Bll. V. It. 1 (1874)

141- ; 2 (1875) 57- ; 4 (1877) 5- ; 5 (1878)

16, 99-; 10 (1883) 188- ; (xi) Bm. N. Lino.

At. 30 (1877) 826-.
Gain, I. (xn) Bll. V. It. 6 (1879) 125-.
Gray, T. Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 199-.
Stevenson, C. A. [1882] Sc. S. Arts T. 10

(1883) 546-.
West, C. D. (xn) Jap. Seism. S. T. 6 (1888)

22-.
Kleemann, R. Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 118-.
BuU, F. [1885] N. Z. I. T. 18 (1886) 69-.
Egidi, G. Bm. N. Line. At. 40 (1887) 56-.
Flamache, A. Brux. S. Big. Gl. Bll. 4 (1890)

(PV.) 37-.
Frdnkel, — . Giving. 36 (1890) 879-.
analysing, Gecchi's. Giovannozzi, G. Bm. N.

Line. Mm. 3 (1888) 165-.
— , — . MarciOac, P. Lum. Elect. 27 (1888)

572-.
Angot, improvement, and shocks at Grenoble.

Kilian, W. Isdre S. Bll. 28 (1895) 129-.
astatic horizontal lever. Ewing, J. A. B. S.

P. 31 (1881) 440-.
ball and cup. Alexander, T. (xn) Jap. Seism.

S. T. 6 (1883) 30-.
bracket machine, record. Alexander, T. (xn)

Jap. Seism. S. T. 6 (1883) 13-.
Cecchi (Manilla Observatory). Faura, F, Jap,

Seism. S. T. 8 (1885) 90-.
— . Roberto, G. Moncalieri Oss. Bll. 7 (1887)

181-.
of 3 components, £wing*s, and duplex-pendu-
lum. Perrine, C. D. As. S. Pac. Pb. 10

(1898) 72-.
compound, description. Carew, W. A. [1893]

N. Z. I. T. 26 (1894) 461-.
with conical pendulum. Chrablovitz, G. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891) (Sem. 1) 264-.
Cordenons's new. Cordenims, F. Bll. Y. It.

12 (1885) 84-, 86-.
cumulative. Gregorio, A. de, Palermo Ac.

At. 3 (1895) (Sc. Nt.) 95-.
electrical. Cecchi, F. [1875-76] Moncalieri

Oss. Bll. 10 (*1876) 129- ; Bm. N. Lino. At.

29 (1876) 421-.
— . Frdhlich, C. Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

79-.
— , Frdhlich's. Sack, J. Elekttech. Z. 8

(1887) 502-.
electromagnetic. PoZtntm, L, Smiths. Bp.

(1870) 425-.
Gray-Milne. Gray, T. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 14

(1883) 221- ; Gl. S. QJ. 39 (1883) 218-.
, instructions for setting up. Gray, T.

Jap. Seism. S. T. 12 (1888) 49-.
, and other instruments in seismologioal

laboratory of Imperial College of Engineering,

Tokyo. Milne, J. [1887] Jap. Seism. S. T.

12 (1888) 33-.
history. Gelcich, E. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 422-.
horizontal. Frdnkel, W. Giving. 40 (1894)

223-.
— and vertical. Frdnkel, W. Giving. 40 (1894)

677-.

126

0825 Seismographs

improved. Gray, T. Ph. Mg. 28 (1887)

358-.
— . Cotpper, E, A. B. A. Bp. (1888)

818-
— . Gray, T. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 19 (1888)

330-.
for large motions. Gray, T. (xn) Jap. Seism*

S. T. 3 (1881) 148-.
Marvin. Marvin, C. F, U. S. Mly. Weath.

Rv. 23 (1895) 260-.
in Mauritias, Itoyal Alfred Observatory, six

months' work. ClaxUm, T, F. Obs. 22

(1899) 263-, 330-.
Milne's. Moffett, C. M^x. Obs. BL (1889)

— , records by. Abbe, C. U. S. Mly. Weath.

Rv. 27 (1899) 214-.
modem, results obtained. Caneani, A. Bm.

R. Ac. Lino. Bd. 9 (1900) (5m. 2) 94-.
for observatories. Ewing, J, A, Nt. 34 (1886)

343-.
at Observatory of Carson City. Friend, C. W,

U. S. Mly. Weath. Bv. 28 (1900) 245.

— — — Mineo. Guzzanti, C. Moncalieri
Oss. BU. 14 (1894) 117-.

pendulum-. Lang, H. O. D. Gl. Gs. Z. 31
(1879) 776-.

— (new form). Ewing,J. A, (xn) Jap. Seism.
S. T. 1 (1880) (PU 1) 38-.

— , inventor. Terrenzi, G, Bv. Sc.-lnd. 19

(1887) 62-.
portable. Palmieri, L. [1874] (xn) Nap. Ac.

Pont. At. 12 (1878) 128-.
recording vertical motion, diagrams. Omari, F,

[1891] Jap. Seism. S. T. 16 (1892) 68-.
rectangular. Gruey, L. J, Bll. As. 8 (1891)

10-. 72.
register, double velocity. Agamennone, G,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1889) {8em. I)

788-.
— , . Baratta, M, Moncalieri Oss. Bll.

11 (1891) 73-.
— , . Agamennone, G. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 1 (1892) (Sem, 2) 247-.
— , , action (Marches, Sept. 21st, 1897).

Tacchini, P. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1897)

(Sem, 2) 243-.
— , electric photographic. PfatmdUr, L. Wien

Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) (Ab, 2a) 661-.
to register horizontal oscillations of earth in

earth movements. ThSvenet, — . As. Fr.

C. B. (1896) (Pt. 2) 238-.
vertical motion. Gray, T, (xn) Jap.

Seism. S. T. 3 (1881) 137- ; (x) Ph. Mg. 12

J 1881) 209-.
!-recording, Br^guet's. Abbadia, M, A, d'.
BU. V. It. 14 (188^ 38-.

— — , of Geneva Observatory. Thury, M*
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 16 (1886) 196-.

and theory of earthquakes. Pugrim, L. [1895]

Wiirtb. Jh. 62 (1896) xli-.
with vertical pendulum. Viola, C, Bm. B.

Ac. Lind. Bd. 9 (1900) (Sem, 1) 317-.

Seismological notes. Werner, W, Z. Instk.
5 (1886) 217-, 308-.

Seismometers 0825

Seiemometert,

Portlock, J. E. B. A. Bp. (1864) 370-.
KreU, C, Wien Sb. 16 (1865) 370-.
CavaUeH, G, M. MU. At. I. Lomb. 1 (1868)

84-.
MdOet, R, B. A. Bp. (1868) 72-.
BerteUi,T, [1871] (xn) Bv. Sc.-lnd. 3 (1872)

86-.
lAuatdx, A. C. P. F, von. Bonn Niedr. Gs.

Sb. (1874) 99-.
Wagener, G. [1878] (xn) D. Gs. Ostas. Mt.

2 (1876-80) 216-.
WUhmann, A, Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 202-.
Dijk, P. van, Batav. Ntk. Ts. 46 (1886) 415-.
Ehlert, JR. Btr. Geops. 3 (1898) 360-.
Palatin, G, Termt. Kdzl. 31 (1899) (Suppl.)

148-.
astatic suspension, certain methods. EtHng,

J. A. (xn) Jap. Seism. S. T. 6 (1883) 26-.
duplex pendulum. Ewing, J, A, [1882] (xn)

Jap. Seism. S. T. 6 (1883) 89-.
na wing's). Sekiya,K, [18Q^^ Jap. Seism.

S. T. 8 (1886) 83-.
. Ewing, J, A, Nt. 38 (1888) 30.

electrical. Kern, O, Lum. illeot. 13 (1884)

182-.
Hipp chronometer as. Hirsch, A, Neuch. S.

Sc. Bll. 20 (1892) 176.
for the mantel-piece. Milne, J, [1891] Jap.

Seism. S. T. 16 (1892) 47-.
mercury. Lasatdx, — von, Bonn Niedr. Gs.

Sb. (1884) 96-.
^. Lepnus, R, D. Gl. Gs. Z. 86 (1884) 29-.
— . Kalecsinszky, S, [1891] Fdl. Kdzl. 22

(1892) 877-, 416-.
observations. Schmidt, A, Wiirtb. Jh. 48

(1892) xciii-.
Pagani's (1886). BerteUi, T. Bll. V. It. 16-16

(1888-89) 80.
pendulum-, modem forms. Milne^ J. [1887-88]

Jap. Seism. S. T. 12 (1888) 21-; Nt. 37

(1888) 670-.
photograms, Liverpool Observatory. Phummer^

W, E. B. A. Bp. (1898) 272-.
and torsion pendulum seismograph. Gray, T.

(xn) Jap. Seism. S. T. 1 (1880) (Pi. 1) 44-.
for vertical motion. Ewing, J, A, (xn) Jap.

Seism. S. T. 8 (1881) 140-.

Seismometrograph. BerteUi^ T. Moncalieri

Obs. Bll. 6 (*1871) 99-.
— of Catania Observatory. Riecb, A. [1896]

Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 10 (1897) Mem, 6,

16 pp.
— , continuous registering. Cancani, A, Bm.

B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 8 (1899) (Sem. 1) 46-, 447-.
— , photographic. Agamennone, G. Bm. B.

Ac. Lmo. Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 1) 264-.
Seismometrographs, astaticity of stationary

masses or neutral point. GrabloviU, G.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891) (Sem. 1)

887-.
— , possible sensitiveness. TaceHni, P. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd 7 (1891) (Sem, 1) 16-.
Seismometry. Ewing, J. A. (xn) T5k. Un.

Mm. 9 (1888) xn-f 92 pp.

127

0825 Seismoscopes

Seismometry (methods and results). Etnng,

J, A. Nt. 80 (1884) 149^, 174-.
— . Johmton'LavU.H.J. Nt. 80 (1884) 608-.
— . Etoing, J. A. [1884] Nt. 81 (1885) 4-.
— . JohruUm-Lavit, H, J. [1884] Nt. 81

(1885) 58-.
— . (Movements of the ground, and proposed

observations on Ben Nevis.) Swing, J. A,

B. A. Bp. (1885) 920-.
— . Ewing, J. A. [1888] B. I. P. 12 (1889)

861-.
— as applied to railway trains. Milnet J.

[1889] Jap. Seism. B. T. 15 (1890) 28-.
— , 5 mile water level in. Mayet, P. Seism.

J. Jap. 18 (1898) 115-.
— -, ne^ected principle that may be employed

in. Perry, J., dt AyrUm, W, E. Jap. As.

S. T. 6 (1877) (Pt. 1) 181-.
— , steady points for. Gray, T. (xii) Jap.

Seism. 8. T. 8 (1881) 1-, 9-.
Seismomicrophone with photographic regis-
tration. Baratta,M. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 22 (1890)

218-.

Seitmoscopes,

MalUt, B, B. A. Bp. (1851) 272-.

[Spia sismica.) Mensini,J. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind.

7 (1875) 117-.
( — ortotismica, for vertical earthquakes.)

Metuini,J. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 7 (1876) 166-.
Bertelli, T. Bm. N. Line. At. 84 (1881) 67-.
Anon. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 21 (1889) 221-.
BcvieH, F, Bm. N. Line. At. 46 (1898) 45-.
Agamennone, G, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8

(1899) (Sem. 1) 41-.
bifilar. Egidi, G. Bll. V. It. 14 (1887) 86-.
Brassart apparatus with disc. Brassart, E,

BU. V. It. 12 (1886) 108-.
electric. GrabUwitz, G, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 25

(1898) 198-.
— . Agamennone, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

9 (1900) {8m. 1) 204-.
improved form. Herschel, A. S. N. Eng. I.
. Mn. £. T. 87 (1888) 101-.
magnetograph as. Mendenhall, T. C. Am.

As. P. (1890) 89.
mercury, Cavalli (1784). Baratta, M, [1896]

Pisa S. Tosc. At. {PV.) 10 (1895-97) 191-.
— , contributions to history. Baratta, M.

Pisa S. Tosc. At. {PV.) 10 (1895-97) 248- ;

11 (1897-98) 84-.
and seismological investigations. MendenhaU,

T. C. Am. J. Sc. 85 (1888) 97-.

Trifilar gravimeter. Schmidt, A. Btr.
Geope. 4 (1900) 109- .

Tromoseismometer. Bertelli, T. Bm. N.
Line. At. 27 (1874) 194-.

Vibrations, seismic, and seismometric indica-
tions. Bertelli, T. Bm. N. Line. At. 42
(1889) 95- ; Bm. N. Line. Mm. 6 (1890) 67-.

Spring balance. Oeri, — . Sch. Os. Vh.

(1841) 212-.
^ — for accurate weighing. Jolly, P. Munch.

Sb. (1864) (1) 162-.

Measurement of Force 0825

Spring balance, improved, for Prony bralEes.

Wettler, A. Elekttech. Z. 19 (1898) 658-.
, new. Steinheil, C. A, von, Mdnch.

Gelehrte Az. 8 (1889) 817-.
, — form. Linebarger, C. E, P§. Bv.

11 (1900) 110-.

Springs, use in apparatus for delicate measure*

ments. Witz, — . Bruz. S. Sc. A. 21 (1897)

{Pt. 1) 1»-.
Steam-engine, measurement of useful force in,

without brake. Mahi$tre, — . C. B. 46

(1858) 89-.
Suspension, bifilar, measurement by. St&helin,

C. Sch. Gs. N. D. 18 (1858) vi-f 204 pp.
-^, ~ , mechanical temperature compensation.

Lixnar, J. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 18-, 76.
— , trifilar, use in physical appajutus. Thomp-

iOUt S. P. B. A. Bp. (1897) 588.
— , unifilar, value of torsional couple. Limb,

C. C. B. 114 (1892) 1057-.
Thermodynamometer, description and theory.

Berruti, G. Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 7 (1871-72)

486-.
Torsion balance, American. Dittmar, W. Z.

Instk. 10 (1890) 488-.
, Ck>ulomb's. Muncke, G. W. Pogg. A.

17 (1829) 159- ; 18 (1880) 289-; 29 (1888)
881-.

• , — , modification. Gieseler, — . Bonn

Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1891) 88.
• , counteracting change of level in. Kent,

W. Am. As. P. (1886) 116.
, effect of bodies at various temperatures

near arm. Lenz, E. Pogg. A. 25 (1882)

241-.
^- — , mirror for use with. Kent,W. Am. As.

P. (1886) 116-.
, new. Springer, A, Am. I. Mn. E. T.

12 (1884) 569-.

, — experiments. Reich, F. Leip. Ab.

Mth. Ps. 1 (1852) 888-.
, oscillations, theory. Brandei, U. W,

Voigt Mg. 12 (1806) 800-.

— — , resistance of air. Bailie ^ J. B., d
Camu, A. C. B. 86 (1878) 571-.

, terms proportional to square of displace-
ment in. Bailie, J.B., dt Coma, A. C. B.
86 (1878) 1001-.

, unifilar. Tammen, H. G, Carl Bpm.

18 ri882) 848-.

— balances. Springer, A. B. A. Bp. (1887)
686.

— — , and elasticity of glass threads. Bitehie,
W. PhU. Trans. (1880) 215-.

, . Goode, W. H, Franklin

I. J. 24 (1889) 867-.

— of fine threads. Bouatse, H. A. C. 11
(1897) 483-.

— method of determining small weights.
Loewenherz, L. (xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881)
184-.

Torsional moments, method of determining.

Negbaur, W, A. Ps. C. 41 (1890) 681-.
Trains, energy stored in, at different velocities.

Dudley, P. H. Am. Eng. & Bailroad J. 78

(1899) 366.
— , tractive force, resistance, and acceleration.

Mallock, A. B. A. Bp. (1900) 877-.

128

0835 Fluid Pressure and Velocity

W»tt and the measorement of power. Preeee,

W. H, Elect. 88 (1897) 611-.
Work done by men. Fidd, Ja$. CE. I. T. 2

(1838) 211-.
under various oonditions. Coulomb,

C. A. Par. Mm. de PI. 2 (1799) 380-.
— of man using crank. Heehtt D. F, N.

Bergm. J. 4 (1804) 185-.

0835 Measurement of Fluid
Pressure and Fluid Velocity.
(See also Mechanics 2830 and
Meteorology 0310, 0312, 0314.)

Action of powder in gun, theoretical determina-
tion. Wrede, F. J. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 10
(1871) No. 1, 42 pp.

Air meter, integrating. Morin, A. G. B. 54
(1862) 232-.

— — for measuring draught for furnaces.
KaUstenius, O. S. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. (1820)
260-; Karsten Arch. Bergbau 5 (1822)
345-.

velocity of air in flues and chim-
neys. Fletcher, A. E, B. A. Bp. 37 (1867)
{Sect.) 33-; 39 (1869) (Sect.) 48-; Lpool.
Lt. Ph. 8. P. 24 (1870) 31-.

mines, etc. ConAeSt C. A. Mines 13

(1838) 103-.

Barometer, mathematical theory of oscilla-
tions. LiaU, E. Gherb. Mm. S. Ac. (1852)
97-.

— , mercury, new forms. Guglielmo, O. Bm.
B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 1) 474-.

Gompressibility of gases. Akin, C. K. Ph.
Mg. 25 (1863) 289-.

Compression of gases. Detpretz, C, A. G. 34
(1827) 335-.

liquids. Degpretz, C. G. B. 21 (1845)

216-.

Dubuat's paradox on solid in moving fluid and

vice versa, Zukov$k\jf N. E. Mosc. S. Sc.

Bll. 73 {No. 1) (1891) 21-; Pschr. Ps. (1891)

(Ab. 1) 253-.
Efflux of air, experiments. Wilder H, Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. Mm. 10 (1887) 182-.
Elastic after-effect in spring barometer. Rein-
hertz, C. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 153-, 189-.
Expansive power of compressed air compared

with that of powder gas. Borkerutein, F.

Mg. Ntvd. 8 (1828) 121-.
Flow of fluid down inclined plane. Seddon, J. A .

[1888] St. Louis Ac. T. 5 (1892) xxvii-.
gases. Reynolds, O. [1885] Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. Mm. 10 (1887) 164-.
, constant. Hugoniot, H, G. B. 102

(1886) 1545- ; A. G. 9 (1886) 375-.
Gas governor, needle. Peebles, D, B. [1879]

Sc. S. Arts T. 10 (1883) 303-.

— meter, wet. Ullherr, J. C. Dingier 165
(1862) 259-; 166 (1862) 112-.

— — , — , at constant level. Moors, B, P.
Delft £c. Pol. A. 4 (1888) 168- ; 5 (1889)
139-.

Manometers 0885

(Hs meters. Elmer, R, W. (vi Adds.) Berl.

Pol. Gs. Vh. 17 (1866) 61-.
, apparatus for gauging. Rutdmann, — .

Dingier 155 (1860) 337-.
, improved method of maintaining just

water level. Sanders, O. Dnbl. B. S. J. 1

(1856-57) 32-.

— — , improvements. Abria, — . Bordeaux
Act. (1850) 509-.

— , regulation of pressure. CavaiUe-Coll, A,

G. B. 56 (1868) 339-.
Gasometer with uniform pressure. Steevens, J.

Tilloch Ph. Big. 24 (1806) 163- ; 27 (1807)

34-.
Impact of water on plane surface, Weisbaoh's

theory. Smith, W. C, dt Sheble, F.

Franklin I. J. 124 (1887) 257-.
Instrument to measure force of blast in bellows,

etc. Banks, — . [1800] Manch. S. Mm. 5

(1802) 398-.
— , and e^riments on

flow of air from vessels. Gilbert, L. W.

GUbert A. 22 (1806) 286-.

MANOMETERS.

{See aUo 1450.)

Retiberg, E. F. Gilbert A. 42 (1812) 99-.
RusseU, H. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 68 (1824) 92-.
Ziegler-PeUis, J. Act. S. Helv. (1858) 12S-.
SUva-Pinto, M. V. da. Lisb. J. So. Mth. 3

(1871) 239-.
Yagn [Jagn], N. [1876] (xn) Mosc. S. Sc.

Bll. 39 [No. 2] (1880) 181-.
Krasvich, K. D. (xn) Bs. G. Ps. S. J. 9 {Ps.)

(1877) [{Pt. 1)] 252-.
BrUtol, W. H. Am. As. P. (1888) 89-.
Villard, — . G. B. 116 (1898) 1124-.
balance. Schreiber, K. A. P. (xn) Z.

Instk. 1 (1881) 257-, 288-, 333-.
bell. Bateau,—. As. Fr. G. B. (1892) (Pt. 1)

160.
for blast-engines. Nordenski^ld, N. [1887]

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 3 (1838) 265-.
Bourdon. Samuelson, A. Giving. 7 (1861)

455-.
— . WorthingUm, A. M. Nt. 41 (1890) 296.
— . GreenhiU, A. G. Nt. 41 (1890) 517-.
— . Worthington, A. M. Nt. 42 (1890) 125-.
— . RayUigh,ilA)rd). Nt. 42 (1890) 197.
— , formulae. lUsal, H. A. Mines 11 (1867)

381-.
— , Tait, and Amagat gauges, comparison.

Barus, C. Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 400-.
compensation, for air pressure. Prytz, K,

Ts. Ps. G. 24 (1885) 129-, 224 ; Fschr. Ps.

(1885) {Ab. 1) 391-.
compressed air. Machado, V, [1882] Lisb.

J. Sc. Mth. 9 (1883) 110-.

— — . Lutsana, S. N. Gim. 12 (1900)
237-.

, general formulae, and for stereometer.

Volpicelli, P. Tortolini A. 8 (1857) 169-.
, graduation. Garnault, E. (vn) A.

G^n. Giv. 2 (1863) (pt. 2) 377-.
oonstruction ana use. Lemkes, C. i2. L. [1894]

Glasg. I. Eng. T. 38 (1895) 15-.

VOL. III.

129

0835

Manometers

0885

orosher-, law of resistance of cylinder. Vieille,

P. G. B. 114 (1892) 1408-.
— , measurement of pressure by. Kellner, W.j

dt Deenng, W. H. R. S. P. 57 (1896) 404-.
— , of explosives by. SarraUf — , dt

VieiUe, — . 0. B. 102 (1886) 1064-.
data for use with. Anuigat, E, H. G. B. 99

(1884) 1017-, 1153-.
difFerential. IT&nig, A. G. Ztg. 13 (1889)

1159 ; Dingier 275 (1890) 518-.

— (K5nig). Kdi, A, Oestr. Z. Brgw. 38

(1890) 308-.

— (— ). Broum, M, W, [1892] N. Eng. I.
Mn. E. T. 41 (1893) 180- ; 42 (1893) 50.

— mercury. Bavenek^ H, A. 's Gravenh.
I. Ing. Ts. (1884r-86) (Vh.) 1-.

— piston, for very high pressures. Amagat^
E. H. G. B. 103 (1886) 429-.

Edson self-recording. Franklin Inst, Comm.

Franklin I. J. 137 (1894) 241-.
electric. Deprez, M. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1879)

20-.
— , for small variations of pressure. Richard,

G., (JB Richard, L. C. B. 112 (1891) 1359-.
Kundt's. Dvordk, F. Wien Sb. 68 (1873)

(Ah, 2) 7-.
2-hquid amplifying. Grenier, W, Laus. S.

Vd. Bll. 13 (1874-75) 652-.

— difFerential. Achard, A. Arch. So. Ps.
Nt. 49 (1874) 344-.

McLeod gauge and air pumps. Berlin, A. A.

G. 19 (1880) 231-.
metallic, theory. Marangoni, C, (xn) Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 12 (1880) 326-.
mioromanometer. Smits, A. Amst. Ak. Vs.

4 (1896) 145-, 198 ; 5 (1897) 292- ; Arch.

N^rl. 1 (1898) 97-.
mirror. Parragh, Q. Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888)

{Suppl,) 78- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 6 (1889)

408-.
— . Kont,G. Mth. Termt. 6t8. 12 (1894) 277-.
new method of reading. Marek, W, J, Garl

Bpm. 16 (1880) 585-.
open (Bichard). Combes, C. A. Mines 7

(1845) 481-.
— . Hemptinne, A. D. de, Brux. Ac. Bll. 12

(1845) 541-.
— , on Eiffel Tower. Cailletet, L. G. B. 112

(1891) 764-.

— , . Nansouty, M, de, G^n. Giv. 18

(1890-91) 385-.
— , for high pressures. Cailletet, L. G. B. 84

(1877) 8^-.
— , — low pressures. Marnier, A. Dingier

255 (1885) 471-.
for high pressures. Seaward, S» Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 63 (1824) 36-.
. Cailletet, L. G. B. 83 (1876) 1211- ;

Les Mondes 42 (1877) 50-, 239-, 450-.

. Maris, G. I. ME. P. (1880) 455-.

. Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 10

(1880) 572-.

. Thiesen, M. F, (xn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 114-.

— — — . Nansauty, M, de. G6n. Giv. 9
(1886) 19-.

— low pressures of gas. McLeod, H. L Ps.
8. P. 1 (1876) 30- ; Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 110-.

Bateau's, with magnified scale. Hauer, J, von*

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 41 (1893) 5-.
self-recording. Giltay,J, W. [1882] 'sGiayenh.

I. Ing. Ts. (1883) 95-.
, for guns. ViHUe, P. G. B. 112 (1891)

1052-.
, for high pressures. Minotti, N. G, Venv

At. 5 (1846) 311-.
, . Parenty,H. G. B. 102 (1886)

811- ; Dingier 264 (1887) 74-.
sensitive. VUlard, — . G. B. 116 (1898)

1187-.
— . Charpentier, P. G. B. 120 (1895)

439-.
of simple construction. Gtiglielmo, G. Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 25 (1893) 175-.
spring, apparatus for testing. Giltay, J, W.

Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 395-.
standard. Kamerlifigh Onnes, H, Amst. Ak.

Vs. 8 (1900) 45-; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900)

29-.
— , mercury meniscus, correction. Sehalkwijk,

J. C. [1900-01] Amst. Ak. Vs 9 (1901)

462-, 512- ; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 421-,

481-.
— open, of reduced height. Kamerlingh

Onnes, H. [1898] Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899)

176-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 218-.
telegraphic. Armellini, T. Bm. N. Lino. At.

28 (1875) 229-.
uniformly sensitive. Moutier, J, Par. S.

Phlm. BU. 1 (1877) 171-.
for highest vacua. Sut?terland, W, Ph. Mg.

43 (1897) 83-.
vapour-tension. Perrier, L. G. B. 91 (1880)

538-.
water. Forbes, J, D, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 19

(1835) 36-.
— , and anemometer. SiUiman, J. M. [1888]

Am. I. Mn. E. T. 17 (1889) 66-.
WoUaston's. Napier, J, JR. Glasg. T. I. Eng.

12 (1869) 119-.

Manometry, influence of weight on. Kapustin,

T. Bs. Ps.-G S. J. 26 {Ps,) (1894) 807- ;

J. de Ps. 4 (1895) 585-.
Manostat. SmxU, A, [1897] Amst. Ak. Vs.

6 (1898) 321- ; Z. Ps. G. 33 (1900) 89-.
Measurement of air enclosed in barometer.

Schreiber, P. Exner Bpm. 22 (1886) 162-.
— in mines. Dickinson, J, [1875]

Manch. Gl. S. T. 14 (1878) 31-.
draught and analysis of gas, apparatus.

Kasalovsky, J. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 26 (1878)

407-.
in chimneys. Schwartz, L. Erdm.

J. Tech. G. 2 (1828) 345-.
very high vacua. Rood, 0. N. Am. J.

Sc. 22 [1881) 90-.
— — velocity by gauging tube. Bazin, H.

A. Pon. Ghauss. 14 (1887) 195-.
vis viva of fluid in pipe. Masoni, U.

Nap. I. Inc. At. 11 (1898) No. 2, 4 pp.
Motion of steam in tubes. Auscher, — . A.

Mines 7 (1895) 325-.
Pascal's principle, experimental demonstration.

Pisati, G. N. Gim. 27 (*1868) 351-.

130

0885

Fluid Pressure

0885

Piezometers osed in hydranlio inveBtigations,

experiments. Millt,H,F. [1878] Am. Ao.

P. 14 (1879) 26-.
Pitot*8 tabe. Rateau, — . A. Mines 18 (1898)

881-.
, modifications. Darey^ H, Dijon Mm«

Ac. 6 (1857) {pU. 2) 159-.
Pneumatic analogae of potentiometer. Shaw,

W.N. B. A. Rp. (1898) 778-.
Wheat8tone*s bridge. Shaw, W. N.

R. S. P. 47 (1890) 462-.

— brakes. Huberti, A. Ry. Un. Mines 1
(1888) 1-.

— — , qaick working. Kapteyn, A, P.
'sGravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1888-89) {Vh,) 103-,
122-.

Powder gases, movement in bore of gon.
Piobert, — . C. R. 49 (1869) 757-, 829-,
909-, 953-.

i

PRESSURE.

Sevan, B, Ph. Mg. 6 (1829) 284-.

Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU. 11 (1874) 48-.

Merubrugghe, O. van der, Bmx. S. Sc. A. 18

(1894) (Ft, 1) 16-.
of air, application in water installations.

Herhold, — . Hann. Aioht.-Yr. Z. 31 (1885)

509-.
, balance. PerrigatUt, — . Les Mondes

38 (1875) 355-.
in air-pipes. Pagliani, S,, dt Moruani, E.

Nap. I. Inc. At. 5 (1892) No, 3, 24 pp.
changes, measurement apparatus. Wolff, L. C.

Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 50-.
— t — by mirror method. Rdntgen, W, C. A.

Ps. G. 51 (1894) 414.
and density, relations, deduced from principle

of energy. Herran, A. As. Fr. G. R. (1898)

{Pt, 1) 133-.
difference between hydrostatic and hydraulic.

WallenHn, J. G. A. Ps. G. 4 (1878) 294-.
Yon Drieberg's views. KenHng, R, [1845]

(vm) Riga Cor.-Bl. 1 (1846) 81-.
effective, in hydraulic presses, arrangement of

levers for measurement. KUpping, H. Garl

Rpm. 17 (1881) 662-.
exerted by flow of liquid. Bemardi, E. Yen.

I. At. (1887-88) 1309-.
of explosives. VieiUe, P. As. Fr. G. R. (1890)

{Pt. 1) 53-.

— fluid jet on wedge. Kotelnikov, A, P.
Kazan S. Nt. IPs.-Mth.) P. 8 (1890) 4-;
Fschr. Ps. (1889) (Ah. 1) 858-.

— fluids in motion. Bonnyautle, C. [1840]
Am. Ph. S. T. 7 (1841) 113-.

— — — — , instrument for measuring.
Caligny, A, de. Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1840)
106-.

— gas, measurement under different condi-
tions. Prytt, K. Ts. Ps. G. 30 (1891)
289—.

, regulation. Obach, E. Tel. E. J. 14

(1885) 339-.

— — , regulator. Murrill, P, Mcr. S. J.
(1898) 480-.

, regulators. Peebles, D, B, [1876] Sc.

S. Arts T. 9 (1878) 351-.

of gas, theories, critical account. Gotiewtki, W,

Par. T. Nauk 6c. Pam. 5 (*1874) Art. 2,

15 pp.
gaseous, small. Brueh, C. F, Ph. Mg. 44

(1897) 415-.
high. CaiUeUt, L. A. G. 19 (1880) 386-.
— . Marie, G. A. Mines 19 (1881) 104-.
— . Barus, C. Am. Ac. P. 26 (1890) 93-.
— . Jacobtu, D. S. Am. As. P. (1893) 123-.
— . LUeU, E. Stockh. dfv. (1898) 697-.
— . Palmer, A. de F. Am. J. So. 6 (1898)

451-.
— , apparatus for production. Stratum, S. W,

Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 160.
indicator for pneumatic brake. Kapteyn, A. P.

[1886] 's Oravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1886-87)

{Vh.) 102-.
Westinghouse brake. Kapteyn, A, P.

Rv. Un. Mines 19 (1886) 86-.
internal. Steinhauter, A. Garl Rpm. 13 (1877)

286-.
— , in moving liquid. Bouennesq, J. Liouv.

J. Mth. 9 (1883) 425-.
kinetic, in homogeneous and incompressible

fluid. Gotiewtki, W. Krk. Ak. {Mt.'Prz.)

Pam. 17 (1890) 128- ; Gic. Ac. Sc. Bll.

(1889) No. 9, XIX-.
lateral, apparatus for demonstrating. Carl, P.

Garl Rpm. 11 (1875) 68-.
laws, apparatus for demonstrating. Strehl, K,

Gztg. Opt. 18 (1897) 181-.
in light fluids. Julius, V. A. Mbl. Nt. (1887)

. PlaaU, J. D. van der. Mbl. Nt.

(1888) 23-.
methods of measuring. Rcjat, F. de P. (xn)

Barcel. Ac. Mm. 1 (1878) 237-.
. Guglielmo, G. Rm. R. Ac. Line.

Rd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 2) 8-.
on part of surface of fluid. Schiller, N. Mosc.

S. Sc. Bll. 91 {No. 1) (1894) 31-.
— plate and wedge by Kirohhoff's method.

Rethy, M. (xn) Orv.-Term. £ts. 4 (1879)

{Term. Szak) 105-.
potential. Lyapunov, A. M. (zn) Rs. Ps.-

G. S. J. 13 (Pt.) (1881) UPt. l[] 351-.
problem. MalfatH, G. F. Mod. S. It. Bfm.

12 (1805) 100-.
produced by change of velocity in water pipes.

Frizell, J. P. Am. S. GE. T. 39 (1898) 1-.
explosive gaseous mixtures. Petavel, J. E.

B. A. Rp. (1900) 655-.
powder gases, acoelerograph of Deprez

for measuring. Sebert, H. Par. S. Ps. H6.

(1879) 107-.
regulation in gasometers. Ndggerath, E, J.

Giving. 2 (1856) 67-.
in running water. SchSnemann, T. Berl. Mb.

(1861) 1136-.
small. Fitzgerald, G. F., dt Joly, J. [1888]

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6 (1888-90) 128-.
sounding apparatus for ships. Anon. Rv.

Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)] 220-.
statical and dynamical, of water. Bainbridge,

E. N. Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 21 (1872) 49-.
of stream of air on flat plate. WiUitt {Prof,)

R. [1828] Gamb. Ph. S. T. 8 (1880) 129-.

131

l2

0835 Flnid Pressure Fluid Velocity 0835

of stream, infinite, on wedge-shaped wall. Theory of efflax of elastic floids. HugcmAot^ — .

BohuiUv, D. K, (zn) Bs. P8.-G. 8. J. 18 Par. S. Ps. S^. (1887) 7-.

(P«.) (1881) [Pt, 1} 63- ; (a) A. Ps. G. Beibl. Vaoaum produced by air current. Oirouard,

6(1882)168-. (Dr.)—. Les Mondes 6 (1864) 518-.
at right angles to direction of current.

Ludwigt C, <t Stefan^ J. Wien SB. 82 VELOCITY

(1858) 25-.

— streams. Cattaneo, G. [1822] Padova N. Vautier, T, C. R. 108 (1886) 872-.

Sag. 2 (1825) 224-. of air. SerreU, E. ASr. S. Bp. 17 (1882)

on surface of immersed body. Bazzaboni, C. 5-.

[1862] (zi) Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 5 (1868) 8-. currents, underground. Fuchi, P. Z.

, plane or curved. MartynowsH, A. Berg- H.- Salw. 47 (1899) (Ab.) 227-; 48

Par. T. Nauk Sc. Pam. 8 (*1878) 215- ; 4 (1900) (Ab.) 12-.

(*1874) Art. 1, 78 pp. — — , oistnbution over section of tube.
, — , theory. Steen, A. [1872] Kj6b. Recknagel, G. D. Nf. Vh. (1899) {Th. 2,

Skr. 9 (1878) 589- (Bes. 558-). Hdlfte 1) 76-.

and temperature measurements, capillary cor- in pipes. Donkin, B, I. C£. P. Ill

reotions. Pemet, J. Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 377-. (1893) 845-.

theory. Coumot, A. A. {yi Add$A Ferussac rushing into vacuum. Wilde^H. VLbjix^,

Bll. Sc. Mth. 9 (1828) 10-. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. 10 (1887) 146-.

— . Moont B. Ph. Mg. 36 (1868) 27-, 116-. in spout. Hana/ppe^ S. Bv. Un. Mines

true theory as applied to elastic fluids. Moon, 40 (1897) 114-.

B. (vm) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 70-. — currents, adaptation of Bobinson's anemo-
variation in fluid in motion. Lagerl^elm, P. meter to measurement. Bazzabord, C.

Sk. Nf. F. 8 (1842) 819-. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 8 (1887) 597-.

on wall (passage m Fischer's Physics). Volpi- of air or water carrying mineral grains

ceUi, P. G. Aroad. 49 (1881) 108-. in suspension. Thotdet, J, G. B. 97 (1883)
( ) (Volpicelli). Oddi, G. 1513- ; A. Mines 5 (1884) 507-.

G. Aroad. 50 (1831) 62-. — — , Amsler's hydrometric apparatus,

of water at different depths. Borel, F. Neuch. Zdziarski, A, Am. Eng. & Bailroad J. 67

Bll. 7 (pt. 2) (1866) 155-. (1893) 239-.

— -^ against foundations. Brmnecke, L. Z. , and direction, instrument for measuring,

Bauw. 86 (1886) 101-, iv. Leupold*s electric. Weber, L. Elektteoh.

on walls of pipes. Turazza, D. Guyper Z. 7 (1886) 803-.

Bv. Un. 29 (1871) 405-. , , instruments for recording. Jonez,

J. B. B. S. P. 24 (1876) 821-.

— — , — — , observations at single point.

E$tignard, X. Bv. Mar. 88 (1878) 224-.

Beaction of liquid jet. Webb, J. B. Franklin , . reiristerinff apparatus for. Weber,

I. J. 124 (1887) 144-, 468-; 125 (1888) 81-. l. [1896] Schl-HolstrNt. Vr. Sohr. 11

— produced by efflux of fluids in vessels con- (1898) 61.

taining them. Brunacci, V. Brugnatelli , experiments. Fouombroni, V, Siena At.

O. 7 (1814) 89-; Mil. Mm. I. Lomb. Ven. 3 Ac. 9 (1808) 261-.

(1816-17) 257-. , hydrometric pendulum for measuring.

Besistance to air currents in mines. Elwen, BonaH, T. Mod. Mm. S. It. 8 (1799) 485-.

T. L. [1889] N. Eng. L Mn. E. T. 88 (1891) , . Venturoli, G. [ia>9-14]

^06-. Mod. S. It. Mm. 14 (1809) 158- ; Bologna
. Murgue, D. [1893-94] Opusc. Sc. 1 (1817) 81-.

Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 6 (1894) 185-, 418- ; 7 , . Gentner, F. J. van. [1819]

(1894) 211-. B5hm. Gs. Ab. 6 (1820) 92 pp.

— formula for river flow. Seddon, J, -i. St. ^ instrument for measuring. Begnier, E.

Louis Ac. T. 5 (1892) Ivi. Nicholson J. 29 (1811) 68-.

Bheometer, application to Drummond's light , . [Barilli, G.] FUopanH, Q. B.

and to the analysis of gas-burners. Lemoine, n. a. Sc. Nt. 5 (1841) 165-.

i. As. Fr. G. B. 2 (1878) 153-. , . Steams, F. P. Am. S. GB.

Bhysimeter. FUteher, A. E, B. A. Bp. 41 T. 12 (1883) 301-.

(1871) (Sect.) 234-. , , azta ritrometrica. B<nuUi, T.

Siuety valve, Dulac*s, experiments. Walckenaer, Verona Mm. S. It. 2 (1784) 676-; Mod. Mm.

C. A. Mines 16 (1889) 124-. S. It. 8 (1799) 435- ; MU. Mm. I. Lomb. Yen.

— valves. Libert, J. Bv. Un. Mines 20 (1892) 3 (1816-17) 85-.

269-. , , . Venturoli, G. Bologna

Suction by blowing. Schinz, E. Bern Mt. Opusc. Sc. 1 (1817) 141-.

(1869) 104-. , , . PoletH, G. Bologna

— phenomenon. CcUigny, A. de. Par. S. Phlm. Opusc. Sc. 2 (1818) 394-.

PV. (1843) 30-. , . electric. Fucks, K. Elekttech.

Sympiezometers, Adie's, and Gummins's, obser- Z. 8 (1887) 74-, 150.

vations with. Swart, J. Tindal Vh. Zee- , , — . Weber, L. Elekttech. Z.

wezen 8 (1843) 613-. 8 (1887) 149-.

132

0835 Moid Velocity

of ouirentB, instroment for measuring, new.
Bazzaboni, C. Bologna Ac. So. Mm. 10
(1879) 185-.

— — , — , recording. Bazzaboni, C.

Bm. At. B. Ac. 26 (1878) 512-.

, , testing. Oordon, R. I. ME.

P. (1884) 190-.
, , Wolfcmann's. Eytdwein, J. Am

Berl. Ab. (1816-17) 23-.
, , — . BaumgarXtn, — . Par. A.

Pon. Chauss. 14 (1847) 826-.

, , — . U^iv^XU, — . Par. A.

Pon. Chauss. 19 (1860) 216-.
, , — . TrtviramMMy L, O, Fdrster

Al. Bauztg. 26 (1861) 125-.
, , — . CtUmann, K, Zur. Vjschr.

13 (1868) 392-.
, , — . Kvatsay, E. von. [1876]

A. Pon. Chauss. 13 (1877) 236-.
, , — . BateaUf — . A. Mines 18

(1898) 331-.
, , — , formula of velocity. Sasse^

— . Z. Bauw. 24 (1874) 77-; 26 (1876)

483-.

— — , vertical parabola in measurements.
84u$e, — . (xi) Hann. Archt-Vr. Z. 19
(1873) 191-.

measurement at sea. Schiick^ A, Z. Instk. 5
(1885) 385-.

of ocean currents. Fazci^ A, Bv. Mar. 27
(1869) 761- ; 28 (1870) 162-.

at great depths. Suchier^ E, Hann.

Archt.-Vr. Z. 31 (1885) 373-.

and pressure in current. Mictulotti, J. [1805]
Turin Mm. Ac. (1805-08) 181-.

of rivers, and Harlacher*s hydrometrio ap-
paratus and methods. Bingel^ A, Civing.
31 (1885) 357-.

— — , instrument for measuring, electric.
Harlacher, A. B. [1883] Tel. E. J. 18
(♦1884) 148-.

, new method of measuring. PoUtti, O,

Mod. Mm. S. It. 19 (1821} (Mi.) 330-.

— streams. Focaxicit F. Mod. S. It. Mm. 18
(1807) 390-.

. Delprat, J. P. Amst. N. Vh. 10 (1844)

157- ; Amst. Vh. 3 (1850) 55-.

— — at various depths, apparatus for
measuring. Bitter, C, As. Fr. C. B. (1889)
{Pt. 2) 379-.

— — — — — , investigated by Briinings'
measurements. Hagen, G. H. L, Berl. Ak.
Ab. (1883) {Mth., Ab. 1) 79 pp.

, instrument for measuring. MiUler, W,

Dingier 304 (1897) 8-.

subaqueous, graphic representation (Hum-
phreys and Abbot). Fambri, P., dt Bevy,
J. J. Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 2 (1878) 149-.

of water in torrents and under glaciers, experi-
ments. VaUot, (Mme.) G., dt Vallot, J.
Mt. Blanc Obs. A 4 (1900) 19-.

Elastic Deformation 0840

0840 Elastic Deformation of
Solids. Compressibility and
Rigpidity. Elongation, Torsion,
Flexnre, Yonng's Modnlus.

(See Mechanics:

3200
3210

3220

3230
3240
3245
3250
3260

3270
3280

Elasticity, general.

Strain and stress. Stress-strain
relations. Strain-energy. JEolo-
tropy. Crystals.

Equations of elastic deformation
and motion. General solutions.
Special eolations. Vibrations.

Torsion and flexure of prisms.

Elastic rods and wires ; springs.

Elastic firameworks.

Elastic plates and shells.

Impact and rebound. Travelling
loads.

Stability of elastic systems.

Principles of construction, includ-
ing approximate formulsB for re-
sistance of materials.)

Water measurer, theory. Saviniire, i. G6n.
Civ. 9 (1886) 214-.

Experimental determination of
elastic constants.

(See aUo Mechanics 3600, 3630, 3650.)

CAOUTCHOUC.

Qough.J. [1808] Manoh. Ph. S. Mm. 1 (1805)

288-.
oontraotion by heat. Oezekhut [Hezehut], N. A.

(xn) Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 15 (P«., Pt. 1) (1888)

lOa-; J. de Ps. 8 (1884) 459-.
elasticity. ViUan, E. (v) N. Gim. 1 (1869)

332-, 361-.
— and thermal expansion. OraetZt L. A. Ps.

C. 28 (1886) 354-.
physical properties. Lundal, A.E. A. Ps. C.

66 (1898) 741-.
Poisson's ratio for. Bantgen, W. C, A. Ps.

C. 159 (1876) 601-.
. BeUati, M., dt N<iecari, A. Yen. I.

At. 8 (1877) 679-.

. Amagat,E.H. C. B. 99 (1884) 180-.

and after-effect. Pulfrichf C. A. Ps. C.

28 (1886) 87-.
stress • strain relations. ThurttoUt B. JET.

Science 6 (1897) 758-; 7 (1898) 522-.
. BroomaU, C. M. Science 8 (1898)

678-.
temperature, effect on elasticity. SehmuUwitzeh,

J. [1869] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 14 (1870)

517-.

133

0840 Elastic Moduli

temperature, effect on elasticity. Exner, F.

[1873] (n) Wien Ak. Sb. 69 (1874) (Ah. 2)

102-.
— . . Tait, P. G, [1879] Edinb. R.

S. P. 10 (1880) 52-, 90-.
— , . Ruitner, J. A. Ps. C. 43 (1891)

683-.
— * , analogy between oaoatohonc and

gelatine. BjerkiUt P. von. A. Ps. G. 43

(1891) 817-.

— and loading, effects. SchmulewiUcht J,
Zur. Vjschr. 11 (1866) 201-.

— — tension, effects. Thonuu, P. Les
Mondes 19 a869) 575-.

, — (Thomas). Govt, O, Les Mondes

19 (1869) 640-.

, — (Qovi). Thomas, P. Les Mondes

20 (1869) 8*.

, — . Madan,H,0. Nt. 32 (1885) 625.

tension, effect. Puichl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 97

(1889) {Ab, 2a) 660-.
— , — . CanUme, M, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 31

(1898) 1521-.
torsion. Cantoned M., dt CorUinOt G, Mil.

I. Lomb. Bd. 32 (1899) 189-.
volcanised india-mboer. MaUoekf A. B. S.

P. 46 (1890) 233-.
, variation with tension. MacGregor,

J. G. [1899] N. Scotia I. So. P. & T. 10

(1903) xxviii-.
, . Hebh, T. G. [1900] N.

Scotia I. Sc. P. & T. 10 (1903) 273-.

Cat-gat, strength and elasticity. Karmarsch,
K. Dingier 81 (1841) 427-.

COMPRESSIBILITY.

(Su also Mechanics 3600 Boilding Ma-
terials and Resistance to Crashing.)

cubical, of some solids. Wertheim, G. C. B.

51 (1860) 969-.
and ^asticity of water. Araldi, M. Bologna

Mm. I. It. 2 (1808) 327-.

experiments. Ortied, H. C. Ei5b. Dn. Yd.

Selsk. Afh. 2 (1826)289-; Eidb. Ov. (1825-26)

15; (1826-27)12-.
of glass and metals np to high pressures.

Amagat, E. H. C. B. 108 (1889) 727-.
at high pressure of various bodies. Lenz, E.,

dt Parrot, — . [1832] St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 2

(1833) 595-.
of liquids, influence of temperature. Heen,

P. de. Bruz. Ac. BU. 9 (1885) 550-.

— — , measurement, eliminating volume-
change of containing vessel. Bogutki, J. J.
Kosmos (Lw.) 13 (1888) 243- ; Z. Ps. C. 2
(1888) 120-.

— mercury, and elasticity of solids. Amagat,
E. H. J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 197-, 359-; A.
C. 22 (1891) 95-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1891) 102-.

— mud, amount of water removable by com-
pression. Ducloutt J. Arg. S. Ci. A. 37
(1894) 30-.

Ohm 0840

Contraction of elastic solids, ooeflloient. Grof ,

— . C. B. 102 (1886) 418-.
Deformation of elastic bodies, woik done in.

Steiner, F. Dingier 251 (1884) 289-.
Dynamical coefficients of steel, iron, brass, oak

and teak. HaughUm, 8. [1862] Ir. Ac. P.

8 (1864) 86-.
Ebonite, constants of elasticity, density, etc.

CampaniU, F. Nap. Bd. 83 (1894) 63-.
Fatigue of elasticity. PeddU, W, [1900]

Edmb. B. S. P. 23 (1902) 90.
Flexure, resistance to. Buff, H. (vn) Fogg.

A. {Jubelbd.) (1874) 349-.

— , . Holzmmier, F. G. Z. Nw. 8 (1878)

59-.
_, . Curioni, G. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 17

(1881) 256-.
— , . JTdl, A. Oeetr. Z. Bzgw. 86 (1888)

466-.
— , . Amsler-Laffon, J. Jero-Kont. A.

52 (1898) 1-.

— tests. Wehb, J. B. Am. As. P. (1893)
139-.

Gelatine, Poisson's ratio in. Maurer, B, A.
Ps. C. 28 (1886) 628-.

— solutions, elasticity. Fraa$, E. A. Pb. C.

53 (1894) 1074-.

GLASS.

compressibility. Buchanan, J. Y. Edinb. B.
S. T. 29 (1880) 589-.

— and crushing. Tait, P. G. [1881] Edinb.

B. S. P. 11 (1882) 204-.

— , deformation of tubes by high pressure.

Amayat, E. H. C. B. 90 (1880) 868-.
— , — — vessels under internal piresBoxe.

Agamennone, G., dt BonetH, F. Bm. B. Ao.

Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 665-, 699-.

— and tensile strength. Fairhaim, W,,
dt TaU, T. Phil. Trans. (1859) 218-.

Young's modulus. Amagat, E, H. 0.

B. 108 (1889) 228-.

elastic constants and moduli. S&aubd, R,

A. Ps. C. 68 (1899) 369-.
elasticity and cohesion. Chevandier, E,,

dt WerthHm, G. C. B. 20 (1845) 1687- ; A.

C. 19 (1847) 129-.

hardness. Auerbach, F. A. Ps. C. 68

(1894) 1000-.
strength at high temperatures. KowaUH,

J. von. A. Ps. C. 39 (1890) 155-.
, influence of composition. HenHvoMx^

J. Bv. Sc. 46 (1890) 776-.
, . Winkdmann, A.,db SehoU,

O. [1893] A. Ps. C. 51 (1894) 697-.
flexural rigidity. Connert, F. Giving. 34

(1888) 1-, 109-, 621-.
Poisson's ratio for. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 15

(1882) 497-.
rigidity. KowaUki, J. Prace Mt.-Fis. 1

(1888) 91-; A. Ps. C 36 (1889) 307-.
— , experiments. Everett, J. D. Phil. Trans.

156 (1866) 185-.
— , — . Brodmann, C. CNitt. Nr. (1894)

44-.
tempered and untempered, elastic propertieB.

Lvdwig, W. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 124-.

134

0840 Ice. Iron and Steel

torsion-modalas, determination. Franklin^

W, S., db Spinney, L. B. Pb. Rv. 4 (1897)

498-.
variation with temperature. Amagat, E, H.

C. B. 110 (1890) 1246-.
. Winkelmann, A, A. Ps. C. 61

(1897) 106-.
and pressure. Beggianiy N. Rm. R.

Ac. Line. Rd. 1 (1892) {Sem. 1) 298-.

Gatta percha belting, tensile strength. FeUt-
mantel, C. Ing. 2 (1860) 107-.

Homan body, elasticity and cohesion of
principal tissues. Wertheim, G. G. R. 23
(1846) 1151- ; A. C. 21 (1847) 886-.

ICE,

Trowbridge, J., db MeRae, A, L. Am. J. Sc.

29 (188^ 349-.
compressibility. Bianeoni, O. G, Bologna

Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1876) 626-.
crushing, resistance to. Dieaen, G. van,

Amst. Vs. Ak. 5 (1871) (Nik.) 326-.
— , . Lohman, E. J, de 8. Amst. Vs.

Ak. 6 (1871) (Ntk.) 328-.
elasticity. Sevan, B, Phil. Trans. (1826)

304-.

— and ductility. Fabian, O, Carl Rpm. 13
(1877) 447-.

— modulus. Reusch, F, E. v<m, A. Ps. C. 9
(1880) 329-.

— and plasticity. Bianconi, 0.0, J. de Ps.
6 (1876) 317-.

— , plasticity and after-strain. Koch, K, R,

Freiburg B. 8 (1886) 314-.
flexibility. Bianconi, G, O. Bologna Ac. Sc.

Mm. 1 (1871) 166- ; G. R. 82 (1876) 1193-.
resistance and strength. Forel, F, A, Rv. Sc.

61 (1893) 379.
sustaining power. Vedel, P, Franklin I. J.

140 (1896) 365-, 437-.
thermal conductivity, expansion and hardness.

Andrews, T, R. S. P. 40 (1886) 644-.

IRON AND STEEL,

Styffe, K, Jem-Kont. A. 21 (1866) 11-;

Dingier 186 (1867) 205-, 282-.
AppUby, P. V, I. CE. P. 74 (1883) 268-.
Mayer, D, A. Pon. Chauss. 12 (1886) 726-.
Contamin, —, Par. Ing. Giv. Mm. (1891) {Pt.

2) 275-.
Anomalous elastic properties. Kreuzpointner,

P. Franklin I. J. 149 (1900) 321- ; 150

(1900) 329-, 460-.
Austrian varieties. Kupffer, A, T, Oestr. Z.

Bi^. 11 (1863) 209-.
Coefficients of specific effort, determination by

Wdhler's experiments. Clericetti, C. Guyper

Rv. Un. 11 (1882) 596- ; Mil. I. Lomb. Rd.

16 (1883) 501-.

Effects of Temperature,

on after-strain and longitudinal modulus.
Miller, A, Miinch. Ak. Sb. 12 (1882) 877-.

Effects of Temperature, iron 0840

anomalous expansion on repeated heating and

cooling. Svedditu, O, E, Jem-Kont. A.

61 (1897) 202- ; Ph. Ms. 46 (1898) 173-.
cold. Jotde, J, P, Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 10

(1871) 91-.
— . Rudeloff^ ^' Dingier 299 (1896) 18^.
— , action on iron. Brockbank, W, Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 10 (1871) 77-.
— , . Spence, P, Blanch. Lt. Ph. S.

P. 10 (1871) 94-. 110-.
— , . Johnson, W, H, Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. P. 10 (1871) 97-.
— , (Spence). Bojoendell, J, Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 10 (1871) 124-.
— , (wrought). Carpenter, R, C, Am.

As. P. (1897) 181-.
— , great. Oautier, F, G^n.Civ. 1 (*1880-81)

481-.
— , — , action on oast iron and steel. KUpcke,

— , dt Hartig, — . Giving. 38 (1892) 207-.
— , — , soft Thomas iron. Vdvra, A,

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 40 (1892) 139-.
— , — , structunJ iron. Steiner, F. S.

G. In. J. 10 (1891) 1008-.
— , sudden, action on nearly pure iron.

Sauveur, A, S. G. In. J. 16 (1897) 1017.
heat, blue, injurious effect Strcmeyer, C, E.

L CE. P. 84 (1886) 114-.
high temperatures, action on wrought iron and

steel. Roelker, C, R, Franklin I. J. 82

(1881J 241-.
, physical changes due to. Wrightson, T.

I. A S. L J. (1879) 418- ; (1880) 11-.
iron. Anon, Am. Eng. A Railroad J. 67

(1893) 173-.
— , changes produced by thermal treatment.

Ball, E. J, I, A S. L J. (1890) (No. 1) 85- ;

(1891) (No, 1) 103-.
— , heated. Johnson, W. R, Silliman J. 1

(1846) 299-.
— , — (wire). Daglish, J, N. Eng. L Mn. E.

T. 8 (1869-60) 181-.
— , — . KoUmann, J. (Ing,) Oestr. Z. Brgw.

28 (1880) 611-, 623-, 631-, 647-.
— , — . Martens, — . [1890] I. CE. P. 104

(1891) 209-.
— > — » permanent and temporary changes in.

Tomlinson, H, L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 171- ;

Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 246-.
on tenacity. Anon, Jem-Kont. A. 46 (1891)

la-.

Iron,

Hausmann, J. F, L. Pogg. A. 61 (1840) 441-.
Oaly-Achi, — . C. R. 129 (1899) 1230-.
bar-iron, elasticity and strength. Hausmann,

J. F, L. Gdtt. Stud. Vr. 4 (1841) 286-.
, Swedish and English, Lagerhjelm's ex-
periments. Delprat, I, P, *s Gravenh. I.

Ing. Ts. (1875) 36-.
bridge iron, Russian, for suspension-bridges,
• tenacity. LamS, G. A. Mines 10 (1826)

311-.
, tests. Hermany, C, [1873] Am. S.

CE. T. 2 (1874) 223-.
car-wheel metal, chilled, transverse strength.

Whitney, A. W. Franklin L J. 143 (1897)

267-.

135

0840 Iron

Blastic Moduli

Steel 0840

oast. Oirard, P. S. A. G. 21 (1822) 851-.
— . Hodgkifuon, E, B. A. Bp. (1837) 887-.
—. Fairbaim, W. B. A. Bp. (1887) 877-;
(1842) 88-.

— (Tredgold's principles, test). Bramah^ F,
I. GE. T. 2 (1888) 118-.

— . Fairbaim, W, Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 6

(1842) 171-, 524-.
— , chemical composition and physical proper-
ties. WtUier, W. R, [1895-98] Am. I.

Mn. E. T. 25 (1896) 84-, 964-; 26 (1897)

997- ; 27 (1898) 1005-.
— , cylinders, testing. Anon. [1899] Dingier

815 (1900) 405-.
— , effects of treatment, tests. Fotrbatm, W,

Manch. Ph. 8. P. 1. (1857-60) 141-.
— , elasticity, hyperbolic law. Cox, H, B. A.

Bp. (1850) (pt. 2) 172-.
— , — , moatuns. BaumgarteUf — . Par. A.

Pon. Ghanss. 9 (1855) 225-.
— , expansion, experiments. Oirard, P, S,

[1829] Par. Mm. Ac. Re. 10 (1831) 405-.
— , physical properties, tests. Markhamy C.

I. A 8. I. J. (1881) 84-.
— , , — . West, r. D, I. A 8. I. J.

(1895) (No. 2) 249-.
French varieties. Deheppe, — . J. Mines 10

(1801) 937-.
longitudinal elasticity at various temperatures.

ThamoM.P.A. A. Ps. 1 (1900) 232-.
pig iron, resistance to flexure. Todd, C. W.

Yorks. P. Gl. 8. 1 (1839-42) 19^-.
, . Stephentoriy R, Dingier 117

(1850) 287-.
, 8kebo experiments. Uhr, C. D. of.

Jem.Kont. A. 8 (1824) 297-; 9 (1825)

121-.

— — of unusual strength. Dewey, F. P.
[1888] Am. I. Mn. E. T. 17 (1889) 460-.

plates. Didron, F„ Westman, E,, dtAngitrom,

C. A. Bv. Un. Mines 16 (1884) 176-.
— , coefficients in bending formulaB. Clereq,

O, A. de. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 12 (1853-54)

128-.
— , properties and resistance to projectiles at

high velocities. Fairbaim, W, B. I. P. 3

(1858-62) 491-.
— , resistance to statical pressure. Fairhaim,

W. B. A. Bp. (1861) 280-.
rails. Luau, O. Haim. Archt.-Vr. Z. 46

(1900) 217-.
tenacity. Seguin, -^ (oin^. A. G. 25 (1824)

109-.

— at various temperatures. Pisati, G.,
c^ Saporito-Rieca, O, (xi) Mod. 8. It. Mm.
2 (1869-76) 321-.

— . Aseoli, M. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 1 (1892) {Sem. 1) 388-.

wrought, coefficients T^ and T^ of elasticity
and rupture, relation to volume, treat-
ment, and axial direction of crystals.
MaUet, R. (vz Adds.) GE. I. P. 18 (1858-
59) 296-.

Mechanical properties, etc. Adamson, D. I.

A 8. I. J. (1878) 883- ; (1879) 30-.
Bailway bars, tests. Mussy, — . C^n. Giv.

20 (1891-92) 259-, 295-, 390-.

Steel.

Fairhttim, (Sir) W. B. A. Bp. 37 (1867) 161- ;

39 (1869) 96-.
HoJXey, A. L. [1873] Am. I. Mn. E. T. 2

(•1873-74) 116-.
Mereadier, E. G. B. 107 (1888) 27-, 82-.
Bessemer steel, elongation experiments. KeiU,

W. Guyper Bv. Un. 7 (1880) 515-.
, tests. Ruth, M. van. 's Gravenh. I.

Ing. Ts. (1885-86) {Vh.) 181-.
for boiler- and ship-plate, physical and chemical

tests, n.8.A. Salom, P. G. [1884] Am. I.

Mn. E. T. 12 (1884) 661- ; 13 (1885)

141-.

— guns, experiments at Le Greusot. BobiUier,
F. Bv. Arti. 4 (1874) 305-, 417-.

hard, Poisson's ratio for bars. Kirchhoff, G.

Pogg. A. 108 (1859) 369-.
— , . Okatow, M. Pogg. A. 119

(1863) 11-.

— and soft, elasticity and strength. Tredgold,
T, PhU. Trans. (1824) 354-.

mild, physical tests and properties. Richards,

E. I. & 8. I. J. (1882) 11-.
modulus of elasticity. lUsdl, H. A. Mines 18

(1868) 103-.
. Mercadier, E. G. B. 105 (1887)

215-, 273-.
nickel steel. Wiggin, H. A. I. A 8. I. J.

(1895) {No. 2) 164-.

— — , and application to chronometry.

GuiUaume, C. t. Gg. Int. Ghron. (1900)

90-.
, constants and modulus. Mercadier, E.

C. B. 113 (1891) 33-.
, elasticity, etc. Guillaume, C. E. G. B.

124 (1897) 752-; Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1897)

120-.
, physical properties. Campbell, H. H.

Am. 8. GE. T. 34 (1895) 285-.
, . Warren, W. H.,<Jt Barraclough,

8. H. N. 8. W. B. 8. J. 32 (1898) 150-.
, tests. Brmcne, D. H. [1899] Am. I.

Mn. E. T. 29 (1900) 569-.
properties, chemical and physical. Osmond, — ,

dt Werth, — . A. Mines 8 (1885) 5-.

— and tests. Anon. Elect. Bv. 47 (1900)
400, 440, 496, 566-, 645.

resilience. Lewis, W. Y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 82

(1885) 380-.
special steels, properties and manufacture.

Babu, L. St. ii. BU. 8. In. Mn. 14 (1900)

(Cg. Int. Mines) 1533-.
structural steel. Dorsey, E. B. Am. 8. GE.

T. 13 (1884) 41-.
. Ricketts, P. C. [1886] Am. 8. GE.

T. 16 (1887) 138-.
, elasticity and strength. Christie, J.

Am. 8. GE. T. 13 (1884) 253-.

— — , impact tests. RttsseU, 8, B. Am. 8.
GE. T. 43 (1900) 1-.

Wrought iron and steel. Kirkaldy, D. (vx
Adds.) Glasg. T. I. Eng. 6 (1862-63) 27-.

136

0840 Metais. Alloys

Ivory, elasticity, and velocity of sound. Ciccone,
L., dt CampaniU, F. Nap. Bd. 30 (1891)
187- .

Leather belting, tests. Webber, S. Tel. J. 27
(1890) 266-.

, — . Benjamin, C, H. Elect. Rv. 38

(1896) 526-.
Marble, elasticity under deformation. Oamba,

P. N. Cim. 8 (1898) 273-.
— , — after heating, temporary and permanent

increase. OatnJba, P. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 8 (1899) (Sem. 1) 264-.
— , — , variations when impregnated with oil,

etc. Gamba, P. N. Cim. 9 (1899) 117-.

METALS,

(See also Iron and Steel.)

Karsten, C. J. B, Earsten Arch. Bergbau 10

(1826) 3-.
Wertheim, G. C. B. 16 (1842) 110-, 115-.
Kupffer,A, T. [1848] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 7

(1853) 233-.
Napiersky, A. W. Pogg. A. (1853) {Ergdm,)

351-.
Kupfer, A. T. Erman Arch. Bs. 19 (1860)

629-.
(Kupfifer.) ZoppHtz, K. A. Ps. C. 129 (1866)

219-.
Voigt, W. Gdtt. Ab. 38 (1892) (Mth,) 85 pp.
Cantone, M. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895)

(Sem. 2) 31-.
Slotte, K. F. Helsingf. Acta 26 (1900) No. 6,

33 pp.

AUayt.

Alloys Besearch Committee Beports. Roberts-

Austen, (Sir) W. G. I. ME. P. (1891) 543- ;

(1893)102-; (1895)238-; (1897)31-; (1899)

35-.
aluminium, physical and mechanical proper-
ties. Bagger, J. H. J. S. C. In. J. 13

(1894) 4-.
zinc and alnminium-tin-oopper, strength.

Carpenter, R. C. Am. As. P. (1897) 181.
bearing metal. Dudley, C. B. Franklin I. J.

133 (1892) 81-. 161-.
brass, elasticity. Clarke, A. R. Ph. Mg. 2

(1876) 131-.
bronze, mechanical properties of different

kinds. Tresca, H. C. B. 76 (1873) 1232-.
copper and zinc, elasticity. Olearski, K. Erk.

AJc. (Mt.'Prz.) Bz. 20 (1890) 18- ; Crc. Ac.

Sc. BU. (1889J No. 2, xxvn-.
— — — , mechanical properties and micro-
scopic structure. Charpy, G, (Hxl Civ. 28

(1895-96) 309-.
— , zinc and tin. Jobbins, W. E.H. Franklin

L J. 117 (1884) 88-, 184-, 260-.
— , , tenacity, torsion-modulus, etc.

Thurston, R. H. Am. S. CE. T. 10 (1881)

1-, 309-.
manganese bronze, effect of heat on mechanical

properties. Rudeloff, M. [1893] S. C. In.

J. 14 (1895) 660-.
mechanical properties, tests. Gautier, F,

[1884] G^n. Civ. 6 (1884-85) 41-.

Chemical Influence 0840

Aluminium, comparison with other metals.

Keep, W. J. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 18 (1890)

798-.
— , modulus of elasticity, determination.

Mwin, A.,db Tresca, — . A. Mines 18 (1860)

63-.
— , , — . Tresca, H. (vm) Par. A.

Cons. 1 (1861) 386- ; 4 (1863) 418-.
— , properties. Hall, C. M. Tel. J. 28 (1891)

746-.
— , — , mechanical and other. Hunt, A. E.,

Langley, J, W„ dt Hall, C. M. Am. I.

Mn. E. T. 18 (1890) 528-, 913.
Cannon, metals for, properties. Fairhaim, W,

B. A. Bp. (1855) 100-.

— , — — , — . JltTCrea, (Maj.) — . (vni)

Woolw. P. 2 (1861) 81-.
Compressibility, density and atomic weight,

relationship. Boggio-Lera, E. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 6 (1890) {Sem. 1) 165-.
Copper, densil^ after hammering and anneal-
ing. O'Nem, C. [1861] Manch. Ph. S.

Mm. 1 (1862) 243-.
— , elastic constants. Voigt, W. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1883) 961-.
— , elasticity and tensile strength. Guidi, C.

Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 35 (1900) 223- or 379-.

— plates, tensile strength, variations.
Wahlherg, A. [1898] Jem-Kont. A. 53
(1899) 290-.

— , strength, tests. Martens, A. I. ME. P.

(1895) 658-.
— , tensile and compressive properties, effect of

temperature. Warren, W. H., db Barra-

cUmgh, S. H. N. S. W. B. S. J. 31 (1897)

281-.

Effects of Chemical Composition on Physical

Properties.

iron, cast, presence of aluminium. Keep,

W. J., Mabery, C. F., dt Vorce, L. D, Am.

As. P. (1888) 135-.
— , — , phosphorus. West, T. D. Mon.

Sc. 12 (1898) 412-.
— , — , silicon. Turner, T. C. S. J. 47

(1885) 577-, 902- ; 49 (1886) 180-.
— , presence of foreign substances. Karsten,

C. J. B. Berl. Ab. (1826) 29-.

— and steel, presence of aluminium. Keep,
W. J. Am. L Mn. E. T. 18 (1890) 835-.

, silicon. Turner, T. C. S. J.

51 (1887) 129- ; 53 (1888) 844-.
manganese, effect. Hadfield, R. A. I. CE.

P. 93 (1888) 1-.
steel. Dudley, C. B. [1877-81] FrankUn

I. J. 76 (1878) 361- ; 81 (1881) 177-, 241-.
— . Gautier, F. CWn. Civ. 2 (♦1881-82)

148-.
— . Webster, W, R. [1892-98] Am. I. Mn. E.

T. 21 (1893) 766-, 999-; 23 (1894) 118- ;

I. A S. I. J. (1894) (No. 1) 328- ; Am. I.

Mn. E. T. 28 (1899) 518-, 876-.
— , Bessemer-, tires. Arnold, J. 0, L CE.

P. 95 (1889) 115-.
— , presence of aluminium. Geyerstam, C, af,

Jem-Kont. A. 48 (1894) 362- ; Dingier 292

(1894) 143-.

137

0840 BiasHc Moduli

steel, presenoe of carbon in different proportions.

VUkers, T. E. Franklin I. J. 48 (1862)

306-.
— , — — — — (Bessemer process).

Bautehinger, J. Miinoh. Z. Archt. 5 (1878)

81-.
— , copper, inflaence on tensile strength.

BaU, E, J , dt Wingham, A. L <fe S. I. J.

(1889) [No. 1) 128-.
— , silicon. WaMberg, A, Jem-Kont.

A. 56 (1900) 39-.
— , stmctural, inflaence on tensile strength.

Cunningham, A. C. Am. 8. CE. T. 88 (1897)

78- ; 40 (1898) 449-.

Effects of TempenUure.

Kohlrauseh, F. G6tt. Nr. (1870) 267-.
PMoti, G. Gz. C. It. 6 (1876) 28-, 67-, 176- ;

7 (1877) 61-, 178-.
Miller, A. Mtinch. Ak. Sb. 19 (1890) 88-.
Cantone, M, N. Cim. 4 (1896) 270-, 864-.
Sehaefer, C. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 122-.
low temperatures. Wertheiniy G. A. C. 15

(1845) 114-.
on mechanical properties. Le Chatelier, A.

G. B. 109 (1889) 24-, 58-; G6n. Civ. 19

(1891) 59-, 78-, 107-.

— tenacity of brass and alaminium. Pisati,
G., dt Scichilonef S, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm.
1 (1877) 18a-.

— — — copper and steel. Pitati, G.,
dt Saporito-Ricca, O. Bm. B. Ac. Line.
Mm. 1 (1877) 179-.

— tensile strength. Rudeloff, M, S. C. In.
J. 18 (1894) 520-.

Elasticity, atomic weight and temperatare of
fusion, relations. Sayno,A. Mil. L Lomb.
Bd. 25 (1892) 637-.

— and viscosity. Thomson, (Sir) W. B. 8. P.
14 (1865) 289-.

Flexural elasticity of zinc, copper, tin and

their alloys. Kiewiet, J, A. Ps. C. 29

(1886) 617-.
Gk>ld, modulus of elasticity. Bevan, B, (vi

Adds.) Ph. Mg. 2 (1888) 445-; 8 (1883)

20-.
Iron, copper and brass. Kohlrausch, F., dt

LoomU, F. E. A. Ps. C. 141 (1870) 481-.
Law of Wertheim. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 49

(1893) 896-, 760.
Lead, best kind (Pattinson's process or zinc

process). Junge, A. Jb. Berg- Hw. (1895)

1-.
Magnetisation, effects on elasticity and internal

friction. Tomlinson, H. [1886] Phil.

Trans. (A) 179 (1889) 1-.
— , , relation to loading. Tangl, K.

Mth. Termt. fets. 18 (1900) 181- ; Mth. Nt.
B. Ung. 18 (1903) 35-.

— and electricity, effects. Wertheim, G.

Arch, de PElectr. 4 (1844) 487-.
, — on modulus. Mebius, C. A . 8tockh.

Ofv. (1887) 681- ; Ph. Mg. 27 (1889) 207.
Nickel, gold, platinum and aluminium.

Meyer, G. S. A. Ps. C. 59 (1896) 66&-.

Influence ot Tempermture 0840

Nickel, modulus of elasticity. CuMtone, M.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1889) [8em. 2)

79-.
Platinum, modulus, temperature variations.

Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. 0. 63 (1897) 117-.
Poisson*8 ratio. Stromeyer, C. E, B. S. P.

55 (1894) 878-.
as function of temperatures. Boek, A,

A. Ps. G. 52 (1894) 609-.

Quasi isotropic metals, constants of some.

Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 48 (1898) 674-.
8t. Petersburg experiments, applioation of

theory of vibration of rods. Okatow, If.

[1867] A. Ps. C. 186 (1868) 260-.
8ilioon bronze, properties. Vivarez, — . Par.

8. Ps. 8^. (1884) 14.
Tenacity and elastic limit found by galvano-
meter method. Isherg, P. J. 8tockh. Ofv.

(1888) 899-; Fschr. Ps. (1888) {Ab. 1)

869-.

— — fusibility, relation. Johnson, W. R.
Philad. Ac. Nt. 8c. J. 7 (1884-87) 200-.

resistance to torsion, relation. Thurston,

R. H. Am. 8. CE. T. 7 (1878) 169-.
Tests in France, Eurone and U.8.A., methods,

regulations and results. Tresca, H. A. Cons.

Arts et M6t. 11 (^1879) 66-.
Velocity of sound in metals, and longitudinal

and torsional moduli. Tomlinson, H. [1887]

B. 8. P. 43 (1888) 88-.

METHODS AND APPARATUS.

Acoustic method for determination of elasticity

moduli. Bell, A. Camb. and Dubl. Mth. J.

8 (1848) 68-.
and small elongations.

Cardani, P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1889)

(Sm. 1) 892-.

— researches on elasticity of soft bodies.
Smoluchowski, M. von, Wien Ak. 8b. 108

(1894) {Ab. 2a) 739-.

Alloys of 3 metals, representation of properties

by trilinear coordinates. Thurston, R. H,

Am. As. P. (1877) 114-.
Antheximeter (for measuring Young's modulus,

etc.). Petit, ^, Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1891)

{Pt. 1) 293-.
Autographic apparatus for stress-strain. War-
ren, — . N. 8. W. B. 8. J. 22 (1889) 253-.
— testing machines. Unwin, W. C.

B. A. Bp. (1885) 1199-.
, test-recording. Wicksteed,J.H. I. ME.

P. (1886) 27-.
Buildmg materials, testing. Henry, J. Am.

As. P. (1855) 102-.
, — . Durand-Claye, L. A. Pon. Chauss.

16 (1888) 173-.
, — . Kayser, P. Giving. 88 (1892)

436-.
, — , apparatus for. Curioni, G. Tor.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 32 (1880) 387-.

— — , — , . Nivet, — . As. Fr. C. B.

(1895) (Pt. 2) 286-.

, — , methods and results. Oottschaldt, A .

Giving. 30 (1884) 487- ; 85 (1889) 447- ; 88
(1892)367-; 42(1896)887-.

138

0840

Methods and Apparatus

0840

Building materials, testing, methods and
results. Kayser, P. Giving. 80 (1884)
495-.

— stones, American, testing. Smocks J, C,
N. T. Ms. Bll. 2 (1889-90) 353-.

, — , — . WUber, F. A. N. Y. Ms. Bll.

2 (1889-90) 356-.
, testing. Oarrisofit F, L. Am. S. CE.

T. 32 (1894) 87-.

— — , — , methods and apparatus. Merrill,
G. P., dt Mathews, E. B. Maryland Gl. Sv.
2 (1898) 45-.

Calibration of instruments used in engineering

laboratories. Brit. Au. Comm, (Unwin, W.

C.) B. A. Bp. (1895) 497-; (1896) 538-;

(1897) 424-.
Cements, micrometer for measuring change of

volume in. MichaelUf W. A. Cond. Pon.

Chauss. 40 (1896) 273-.
Chain-cables, testing. Piiget, F, A. Franklin

I. J. 48 (1864) 86-, 145-, 217-.
Clays and shales, properties, and tests of bricks,

tiles, etc., methods and results. Rxe$, H,

[1900] N. Y. Ms. BU. 7 (1901) 489-.
Compressibility, isentropio and isothermal,

of liquids and solids, new apparatus for.

Guglielmo, O. Bm.B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892)

{Sem. 1) 149-.

— of liquids, elimination of deformation of
vessel. Boguski, J, J, Kosmos (Lw.) 13
(1888) 243-; Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 120-.

Deformations, measurement, apparatus for.
Le Chaulier, L. A. Pon. Chauss. 19 (1890)
855-.

Diagrams, accuracy and interpretation.
Fischer, H. Dingier 251 (1884) 337-,
385-.

Dynamometers for testing stability of struc-
tures and elasticity of materials. Ferria, 0.
G. Tor. Ac. So. Mm. 37 (1886) 207-.

— — — strength of fibres. Bourcart, JR.
Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 59 (1889) 621-.

Elastic forces, measurement. Fofttaneau, E,
C. B. 97 (1883) 1402-.

— properties of bodies, study by combined use
of statical and dynamical methods. Cantane,
M. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) {Sem. 1)
488-.

Elasticity of solids, measurement according to
their different dimensions. Weber, W. E.
Pogg. A. 28 (1833) 324-.

— and strength of materials, determination,
application of electricity. Codazza, G. U
Polit. 1 (1866) (Tech.) 206-.

Extensibility of elastic solids, measurement,

instrument for. Forbes, J. D. Edinb. B.

8. P. 2 (1851) 172- ; Ph. Mg. 35 (1849)

92-.
Extensometer, reflecting, description and

theory. Knibbs, G. H. N. 8. W. B. 8. J.

31 (1897) 94-.
Fleximeter and its applications. Guidi, C.

[1899] Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 35 (1900) 101- w

175-.

— — — — alone or with extensometer.
Frdnkel, W. Giving. 30 (1884) 465-, 575.

Flexure, resistance to, determination. Wiebe,
F. K. H. Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 18 (1857) 184-.

Gases, elasticity, new method of investigation.

Kraevich, K. D. (xn) Bs. P8.-C. 8. J. 14

{Ps.] (1882) [{Pt. 1)] 395-.
Hydraulic materials, testing methods. Le

Chatelier, H. [1893] A. Mines 4 (1893)

252-, 367-; Am. I. Mn. E. T. 22 (1894) 3-,

775.
Hydrostatic pressure, tests by. Wiegand, 8. L.

Franklin I. J. 118 (1884) 116-.
Iron, apparatus for direct measurement of

expansion and oontraction. Dupuy, C, A.

Pon. Chauss. 14 (1877) 381-.

— bridges, experimental investigation, me-
thods. Habut, — . A. Pon. Chauss. 12

(1896) 374-.

— — , stresses in, instrument for testing.
BaUke, M. Dingier 293 (1894) 175-.

— and steel, apparatus for various tests.
Warren, W. H. Aust. As. Bp. (1891)
433-.

— — — , strain measurements by thermo-
electric couple. Turner, — . G^n. Civ. 32
(1897-98) 413-.

, testing, commercial methods. Kreuz-

pointner, P. Franklin I. J. 145 (1898) 401-.

— — — , — and standards in America.
Colby, A. L. I. <fe 8. I. J. (1900) {No. 2)
215-.

Mechanical testing of materials. Peet, W. G.

I. ME. P. (1898) 670-.
Metals, flexure, recorder. Fremont, C, C. B.

124 (1897) 398-.
— , portable recorder for tests. Henning, G. C.

I. A 8. 1. J. (1897) {No. 2) 155-.
— , schiseophone, testing apparatus for struc-
ture of metallic masses. Place, {le capit.)

— de. C. B. 115 (1892) 582-.
— , test pieces for ours and plates, adoption

of standard forms. Hackney, W. I. CE. P.

76 (1884) 70-.
— , , calculations of elongation. Rekceb,

D. Bv. Sc. 51 (1893) 476-.
— , testing. Lavergne, G. Bv. 8o. 52 (1893)

46-.
— • — , apparatus. Fremont, C. Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1898) {Pt. 3) 506-.
— , — , — , methods, etc. Zemov, D. Moso.

Un. Mm. {Ps.-Mth.) 10 (1893) 20 pp.
— , — , methods. Frimont, C. C. B. 126

(1897) 492-; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1897)
{Pt. 2) 671-, 689-.

New method. Cantone, M. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 4 (1888) (Sem. 1) 220-, 292-.
Optical study of elasticity of solids. Cotnu, A.

[1869-79] C. B. 69 (1869) 333- ; B. I. P. 9

(1882) 191-.
(Comu*8 method). Wxdf, G.

Fschr. Ps. (1894) (Ab. 2) 86-.
, methods. Comu, A. Arch.

N^rl. 5 J1900) 322-, 679.
flexure, apparatus for. Lawy, M.,

(& Tresca, H. 6. C. B. 95 (1882) 1114-.
of soft bodies. Segel, M. S. [1899]

Kazan 8. Ps.-Mth. BU. 9 (1900) (Prot.) 39-;

Pb. Z. 1 (1900) 126-.
Physical tests, improvements in methods.

Abbott, A. V. Am. L Mn. E. T. 12 (1884)

607-.

139

I

t

J

0840 Testing Machiaes

Boad metal, methods for testing. Reid, H, F.

MaryUnd Gl. Sv. 3 (1899) 316-.
Standardising of tests. Hartig,—, Giving. 83

(1887) 895-.
. Durant, L, Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1891) (Pt, 1) 219- .
. Warrm, W, H. N. S. W. B. S. J.

31 (1897J xiu (Wf)-.
Steam boilers, standard method of testing.

Amer. Soe. Meeh. Eng. Comm. Y. Nost.

Eng. Mg. 32 (1885) 211-, 308-.
Steel, structoral, method of testing. Html,

A, E. Am. S. GE. T. 80 (1898) 181-,

666-.
Strains, indicator for ase at sea. Stromeyer,

C. E. Nv. Aroht. T. 27 (1886) 83-.

— and internal stress, determination by
polarisoope. Alexander, P. Glasg. Ph. S.
P. 28 (1887) 242-.

— , measurement, taseometer for. Steiner, F.

Dingier 226 (1877) 283-.
— , sinall, measurement. Swing , J. A, B. S.

P. 58 (1895) 123-.
\ — t — » — t apparatus. Ewing, J, A, Nt. 50
^ . (1894) 408.

— , — , — , — . Warren, W. H, N. S. W. B.

S. J. 31 (1897) 89-.
— , — , — , — for bars subjected to twist. Coker,

E. G. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 520-.
Tensile tests, apparatus. O'NeiU, C. [1863]

Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 2 (1865) 889-.
, — , self-recording. Leaner, O. Dingier

270 (1888) 165-.
, — , . TeUner, H. Giving. 37

(1891) 503-.
, — , . Chiidi, C, Tor. Ac. So. At.

84 (1898) 39-.
, factors influencing results. Qoedieke, E.

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 31 (1883) 557-, 575-.

— — of metals and fibres, smicrologometer
for. Lydiatt, E. Nicholson J. 32 (1812)
81-.

— — — silks, instrument for. BolU, G.
Trieste Bll. 7 (1882) 248-.

wool, instrument for. Karmanck, K,

Wien Jb. Pol. I. 4 (1823) 847-.

Testing Machines,

ConH, P. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 7 (1876)

223-.
for chain cables and timber. Dunn, T. (vi

Adds.) GE. I. P. 16 (1856-57) 301-.
Emery's. Toume, H. R. I. ME. P. (1888)

206-.
for equal alternate stresses. Warren, W, H.

N. S. W. B. S. J. 32 (1898) cxxix-.
history, construction and use. Ahhott, A, V,

y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 80 (1884) 204-, 825-,

382-, 477-.
horizontal lever. Adamson, D. I. <j^ S. I. J.

(1888) {No. 2) 12-.
hydraulic. Tuit, J. E. Br. Archt. J. 3 (1896)

852-.
for impact tests. RusseU, S. B. Am. S. GE.

T. 89 (1898) 237-.

BlMstic Moduli, aeneni 0840

improvements. A hboU, A . V. Science 8 (1884)

81^, 814.
for metals. Thareau, G. [1887] Q^. Civ. 12

(1887-88) 5-, 21-.
, hydiraulic system for tensile and other

tests. F&ru, — . Gdn. Civ. 19 (1891) 25-.
, Kennedy's. Combe, J. [1890] Gto.Civ.

18 (1890-91) 81-.
six hundred ton machine at Athens, Pa.

Macdonald, C. Am. S. GE. T. 16 (1887)

1-.
springs, standardising of loading. PftM, E.

Giving. 35 (1889) 871-.
— , use in rigidity experiments. Straek, — .

[1886] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Yh. 10 (1888)

(Sb.) 104-.
Taylor's, for vegetable fibres, threads and

twine. Taylor, T. U. S. Sec. Ag. Bp. (1891)

414-.
Thomasset's. Oautier, F. I. & S. I. J. (1889)

(No. 1) 184-.
U. S. A. machine at Watertown arsenal.

HoUey, A. L. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 7 (^1879)

256-.

Timber, strength, microscopic investigation.
Day, F. M. Am. Ph. S. P. 21 (1884) 338-.

— , uniform system of testing, need. Can^-
beU, F. A. [1886] Vict. B. S. T. 28 (18OT)
244-.

Wires, apparatus for measurement and demon-
stration of deformation. Oberbeck, A. N.-
Vorp. Mt. 19 (1888) 86-.

— , extension, apparatus for measurement.
SearU, O. F. C. Camb. Ph. S. P. 10 (1900)
318-.

— under stress, temperature changes in, test-
ing apparatus. Wassmuth, A. Wien Ak. Sb.
97 (1889) (Ab. 2a) 52-.

— , telegraph-, mecnanical testing. CtUley, R.
S. (IX) Tel. E. J. 2 (1878) 211-.

— , — , , apparatus for. RHothen, T. J. T61.

4 (1878-^) 697-.

Minerals, dense, constants of some. Voigt, W.,
db Drude, P. Gdtt. Nr. (1889) 51&- ; (1890)
542-.

— , — , . Drude, P., d; Voigt, W.

A. Ps. G. 42 (1891) 587-.

MODULI OF ELASTICITY.

adiabatic elastic constants. Voigt, W. Gdtt.

Nr. (1888) 859-.
determination by flexure of bars. Koch, K. R.

A. Ps. C. 5 (1878) 251-.
. Pscheidl, W. Wien Ak. Sb.

79 (1879) (Ab. 2) 114-; 86 (1883) (Ab. 2)

115-.
— , new method. Kihiig, A. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1885) 69-.
— , 's Gravesande's method. Oberbeck, A. A.

Ps. G. 37 (1889) 526.
— , . Stradling, G. A. Ps. G. 41 (1890)

330-.
-- for small loads. Weston, C. P. Ps. Bv. 8

(1899) 297-.

140

0840 Elastic Moduli, Qenenl

Thnads and Fibres 0840

determination for small quantities of material, Poisson's ratio at various temperatures. Dah-

and some high moduli. Auerlxieh^ F. A. Ps.

C. 58 (1896) 381-.
— by tension experiments. Brix^ A. F. W,

Grunert Ansh. 4 (1844) 289-.
theory of balance spring. PhillipB, £,

C. B. 56 (1863) 296-; 58 (1864) 449-; A.

Mines 15 (1869) 65-.
vibrations. Kurz, A. Exner Bpm. 19

(1883) 246-.
ana elastic limit, determination. PhUlipt, i,

C. R. 88 (1879) 815-.
Hooke's law, apparent exceptions to. BrtUoutn,

M, A. C. 13 (1898) 231-.
and moduli of resistance. Winkler , E, Giving.

9 (1863) 405-.
new constant, definition and determination,

and correction of modulus. Tammen, H. O,

(xn) Zwick. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (1880J 21-.
primary and secondary longitudinal moduli

and thermal constants of latter. MiUer^ A,

Munch. Ak. Ab. 15 (1886) 705-.
of rod as function of strain. Hartig^E, Giving.

39 (1893) 113-.
temperature, effect on modulus. Mayer ^ A. M,

[1894] Am. J. Sc. 1 (1896) 81-, 250.
— , , particularly of metals. Kwpffer^

A. T. [1852-56] St. P6t. Ac. 8c. Mm. 8

(1857) 397-; St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 14 (1856)

273-, 289-.

lander, G. R. Stookh. 5fv. (1886) 213- ;

Fschr. Ps. (1886) (^6. 1)470-.
Besilienoe. Tredgold, T, Tillooh Ph. Big. 51

(1818) 276-.
Bigidity. Gerstner, F, A» von. Pogg. A. 26

(1832) 269-.
— . GoUner, H. Dingier 273 (1889) 205-.
— , torsion and flexure, experiments. Everett ,

J, D. Phil. Trans. 157 (^1867) 189- ; 158

(1868) 368-; B. A. Bp. 38(1868) (Sect.)%,
Slates, flexural strength. HanUeh, — . Brux.

S. Big. Gl. Bll. (1897) (PV.) 48.
— , , determination. Gamba, P. N. Gim.

10 (1899) 168-.
Solids, elastic constants. Saint-Venant, A, J.

C. Barri de. G. B. 86 (1878) 781-.
— , . Amagat, E, H. G. B. 108 (1889)

1199-.
— , elasticity and strength. Weiebaeht J.

Giving. 9 (1863) 283-.
— , isotropic, effect of heat on modulus. Bar-

ehardt, C. W, Berl. Mb. (1878) 9-.
— , — , relations between elastic constants.

Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 38 (1889) 578-.
Stress and strain, influence on properties of

matter. Tomlineon, H. B. S. P. 88 (1885)

488-.
, (Tomlinson). MiUer,

A. A. Ps. G. 25 (1885) 450-.

and of thermal capacity, and other physical , . TonUinMon.H. [1886]

constants, relations. Tomlinson, H. B. S. phu. Trans. 177 (1887) 801-.

P. 38 (1885) 488-. ^ '

thermal and elastic phenomena, relations.

Afat, E. Mil. I. fiomb. Bd. 24 (1891) THREADS AND FIBRES.

1050-.
, — . Alibrandi, P. G. Mt. 38

(1900) 77-.
— expansion and extensibility of wires and

caoutchouc, relations. Kurz^A. Exner Bpm.

22 (1886) 547-; 27 (1891) 631-.
, temperature and torsion modulus, rela-
tions. Sayno,A. MU. I. Lomb.Bd. 24(1891)

293-, 574-.
and vibrations as function of molecular weights

and specific heat. Foerater, 0. Z. Mth. Ps.

41 (1896) 258-.
Toung*s, determination, principles. Miller, A.

Munch. Ak. Ab. 16 (1888) 569-.
— , influence of magnetisation. Tangl, K.

[1900] Mth. Termt. ^ts. 18 (1900) 49-;
Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 18 (1903) 7-.

— , , heat and electric current. Noyen,

M. C. Ps. Bv. 3 (1896) 432-.

Poisson's ratio. Poitson, S. D. A. G. 86 (1827)
384-.

. ' Schneebeli, H. Ziir. Vjschr. 14 (1869)

375-.

. Mallock,A. B. S. P. 29 (1879) 157-.

. Kayser, E. [1887] Danzig Schr. 7

(1888-91) (Heft 1) xiii-.

and Lamp's formulsB, experimental veri-
fication. Amagat, E. H. G. B. 106 (1888)
479-.

— -— for prisms. Bauschinger, J, Giving. 25
(1879) 81-.

Glass, spun, tenacity. Gibeon, E., <t Gregory,
R.A. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 191- ; Ph. Mg.
23 (1887) 851-.

— threads, elasticity, and torsion-balances.
Ritchie, W. PhU. Trans. (1880) 215-.

, flexural rigidity. Hartig, — . Giving.

88 (1892) 265-.
Quartz threads, absolute rigidity coeflicient.

Bamett, S. J. Ps. Bv. 6 (1898) 114-.
, elastic constants. Tkrel/aU, R. Anst.

As. Bp. (1890) 868-; Ph. Mg. 80 (1890)

99-.
,' (Threlfall). BoyB, C. V. Ph. Mg.

80 (1890) 116-.
SUk fibres, elasticity. Qwj^, E. St. Sp. Ag.

It. 15 (1888) 789-.
, — . Kurz, A. Exner Bpm. 27 (1891)

409-.
and threads, properties, relation. Qu^jat,

E. St. Sp. Ag. It. 15 (1888) 788-.

— threads, elasticity. Weber, W. E. [1885]
G5tt. Gm. 8 (1882-87) (P#.) 45-; Pogg. A.
34 (1835) 247-.

Spider lines, elasticity. Gray, J. H. Ph. Mg.

37 (1894) 491-.
Very fine threads, properties and uses. Boy9,

C. V. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 8-; Ph. Big. 23

(1887) 489-.
Wool, physical properties. Chludzineky, W.

Lndw. V.-St. 33 (1887) 11-.

141

0840 Torsion Elastic Moduli Wires 0840

Wires, speoifio resistanoe, dependenoe on ten-

TORSION, ' flion. Benton, J. R, A. Ps. 3 (1900) 471-.

(Su auo Mechanics 3220 Vibrations, ~A^T a ^'(f^w^^^^^ ^"^^ -

and 3630.) ' '

Segniu, E, [1851] CreUe J. 43 (1852) 340-. TrUngular rods, experiments. Bomemann,

Warburg, E, [1879] Freiburg B. 7 (1880) ^ i •'^- . ^^V^«' ^ (^^^) l^^-

444-. * ' Volume in elastic bodies, variation. CeAro,

Wiedemann, O. H. A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 486-- £*« ^™- ^' ^°- ^^^^' ^- ^ P889) (Sm. 2)

7 (1879) 496. 259-.

Baumeitter,M. [1882] A. Ps.C. 18(1883) 67^-. WIRES
Bouasse, H. Toul. Fao. Sc. A. 12 (1898) A,

29 pp. {See aUo Torsion, and Mechanics 3240.

SehuU,B, Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 45 (1899) 201-. ^ ,

569-. Garcenot, E. St. Et. BU. S. In. Mn. 9 (1880)

Fibrous bands, torsional elasticity. Hartig, G. ^^^ 5 ^^ (1®82) 8^-.

Giving. 36 (1890) 359-. Mereadier, — . Par. Ec. Pol. J. 58 (1888) 165- ;

Influence of after-strain and permanent set on ^' ^- ^^ (1889) 344-.

measurements. Negbaur, W. A. Ps. C. 44 Sf?^^' ^' ^' ^' ^^' M«- ^^ (1^60) 193-.

(1891) 759-. WtmpeHs, H. E. Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 41ft-.

traction. Cantone, M. , c^ Michelucci, E. g^^anised iron and steel, torsion and flexure.

Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 2) . ^^^y E. Dingier 253 (1884) 454-.

191-. iron (of suspension bridges), elasticity and

Iron and steel, experiments with. PSrard, L, cohesion. Brix, A, F, W. Dingier 66

Brux. Ac. BU. 42 (1876) 894-; Cuyper Rv. i^^'^) 334-.

Un. 6 (1879) 198-, 397-, 407- ; 7 (1880) —; elasticity and strength. Giulio,C.I. Tor.

486-. ' Mm. Ac. 3 (1841) 275-.

.torsional constants. Peddie^W. [19001 —»„ German and Swedish. Kdi, A. Oestr.

Edinb. R. S. P. 23 (1902) 16. Z. Brgw. 36 (1888) 478-, 493-.

Method of investigation. Melde, F. E. (xn) " under strain, effect of raising to red heat.

Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 76-. Tomlinson, H, L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 71- ;

Blodulus. Bevan, B. [1828] Phil. Trans. ^J^' ^8- ^4 (1887) 256-.

(1829) 127-. — (8o't) under stress. Ewing, J, A. R. S. P.

— , determination for rotating shafts, applica- , ^ (1880) 510-.

tion of telephone to. Reno, C. C. R. 90 'or ropes, modulus. Kdi, A, Oestr. Z. Bnrw.

(1880) 604-. 38 (1885) 353-, 373-. *

— K , indicator for. Resio, C. Lum. ^^^ experiments on elasticity. BHt. Ais.

Elect. 20 (1886) 433-. Comm. B. A. Rp. (1879) 33- ; (1880) 61-.

— , or spiral springs, ergometer for. ~"_"ri • ^ottomley, J. T. B. A. Rp. (1886)

JervU'Smith, F.J. Ph. Mg. 45 (1898) 183- ; ^°V*

46 (1898) 348, stretched, lateral contraction. Gntz, H., d

— , , (Jervis-Smith). ^y^» £ Exner Rpm. 22 (1886) 9-, 274-.

Lanza, G. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 260. ^^^' ? 23 (1887) 521-.

— , — by self-recording apparatus. Thur$ton, ^^^^^' GouneUe, E. A. T^. 1 (1858) 57-.

R. H. (xi) Franklin I. J. 65 (1873) 254-. thermal expansion and contraction under ten-

— of homogeneous isotropic solid at given ®*^°- ^«^P«. S- Giving. 25 (1879) 619-.

temperature. Sayno, A, Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. "~ ~, • Bottomley, J. T. Ph. Mg.

24 (1891) 190-. 24 (1887) 314-. ^^

Timber, experiments with. Bouniceau, — . ~~J~ under tension. Bottomley, J. T. L. Ps.

Par. A. Pon. Chauss. 1 (1861) 101-. °' ^' ^^ (1890) 184- ; Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 94-.

Vibrations, period, measurement. Wood,R.W, "~J~ , • Olearski, K. Krk. Ak. (Mt,-

A. Ps. C. 56 (1895) 171-. f^'-) »z- 1 (1891) 166- ; Crc. Ac. So. Bll.

— , sources of error in experiments. Tomlin- (1890) 139-.

son, H, L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 90-; Ph. Mg. —variations of elasticity and internal viscosity.

22 (1886) 414-. ^ Gray, A,, Blyth, V, J,, dt Dunlop, J. S,

Wires, modulus, and definition of "softness." ^ L^^^l ^- S. P. 67 (1901) 180-.

Bouasse, H. C. R. 126 (1898) 466-; A. C Young's modulus and change of length by

14 (1898) 98-. magnetisation, interference method. Shake-

— , — of oscillating wire. Berson, G., dt 'P^^* ^- ^- ^^' Mg- 47 (1899) 539-.

Bouasse, H. C. R. 119 (1894) 48-. ^ ,— f^r piano wire, influence of heat and

— , permanent torsion, change due to change of electric current. Noyes, M. C. Ps. Rv. 2

temperature. Bosanquet, R. H. M. L. Ps. (1895) 277-.

8. P. 9 (1888) 49-; Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) '

^®^' ^ ,. „ Wood, different kinds. Hoh,T. (xn) Bamb.

^*"' Zimansky, E, A. Ps. C. 54 (1895) 139-.

142

0842

Compressibility of Liquids Measurement 0842

0842 Compressibility of Liquids.

CoUadon, D., dt Sturm, C. [1827] Par. Mm.

Sav. 6tr. 5 (1838) 267-.
(Colladon <fe Sturm.) BarZocct, S, G. Arcad.

36 (1827) 308-.
Orsted, H. C, Kiob. Ov. (1827-28) 14- ; Pogg.

A. 12 (1828) 158-.
Aim^, O, G. B. 16 (1843) 1165- ; A. G. 8

(1843) 257-.
Despretz, C. C. R. 21 (1845) 216-.
Gragn, C. G. R. 27 (1848) 153-.
Soret, J. L. Bb. Un. Arch. 16 (1851) 290-.
Chase, P. E. Gamb. (U.S.) Mth. M. 2 (1860) 25-.
Jamin, — , Amaury, — , dt Descamps, C. G. R.

66 (1868) 1104-.
(Method of Jamin, Amaury and Descamps.)

Dupre, A. G. R. 67 (1868) 392-.
Amaury, — , dt Descamps, — . G. R. 68 (1869)

1564-.
Descamps, C. Ry. Gours Sc. 3 (1872) 21-.
Amagat, E, H. G. R. 85 (1877) 27-, 139- ;

A. G. 11 (1877) 520-.
Avenanus, M. St. P^t. Ao. So. Bll. 24 (1878)

525—
Quincke, G. H. A. Pa. G. 19 (1883) 401-.
Pagliani, S,, dt Palazzo, L. Rm. R. Ao. Lino.

Mm. 19 (1884) 273-.
Pagliani, S., dt Viceniini, G, N. Gim. 16

(1884) 27-, 161-.

Guillaume, C. t, G. R. 103 (1886) 1183-.
Langlois, M, As. Fr. G. R. (1887) (Pt. 2) 334-.
Puschl, C, Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1888) (Ah, 2)

1028-.
Barus, C. U. S. Gl. Sv. BM No. 92 (1892) 96 pp.
Tail, — . Edinb. R. S. P. 20 (1895) 245-.
Gompressibility at high pressares. Cailletet,

L. G. R. 75 (1872) 77-.
. Tail, P. O. [1883] Edinb. R.

S. P. 12 (1884) 223-.
temperatures. Orsted, H. C. [1826]

Edinb. J. So. 6 (1827) 201-.
— and molecular pressure of liquids. Tait^

P. G. Edinb. R. S. P. 20 (1895) 63-, 141-.
surface tension of liquids. Devaux, — .

[1892] Bordeaux S. So. Mm. 4 (1894) ii-.

Gompression, thermal effects (water). Orsted,

H. C, Kidb. Dn. Yd. Selsk. Afh. 12 (1846)

cxiv-.
— , . Joule, J. P. [1858] Phil. Trans.

(1859) 133-.
_, . Puschl, P. C. Wien Az. 25 (1889)

123-.
— , (water). Galopin, P. G. R. 114

(1892) 1525-.

— , (— ). Tail, — . Edinb. R. S. P. 19

(1893) 133-.

— , (solutions). Tammann, G. Z. Ps.

G. 13 (1894) 174-.
Equation of van der Waals, application. Tail,

— . Edmb. R. S. P. 20 (1895) 285-.
Influence of temperature. Heen, P. de. Bruz.

Ac. Bll. 9 (1885) 550-.

MEASUREMENT OF COMPRESSI-
BILITY.

Amagat, E. H. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 16 (1886)

181-.
Tait, — . Edinb. R. S. P. 13 (1886) 2-.
apparatus (for water, piezometer). Perkins, J.

PhU. Trans. (1820) 324-.

— ( ]. Orsted, H. C. Kidb. Ov. (1821-

22) 6-; Schweigger J. 86 (=<76. 6) (1822)
332—

— . Pfaff, C. H. Gilbert A. 72 (1822) 161-.

— (for water, Orsted). Hachette, J. N. P.
Par. S. Phlm. BU. (1823) 46-.

— ( ). Orsted, H. C. (vi Adds.) Mg.

Phm. 2 (1823) 139-.

— ( , Orsted). Magrini, L. Mil. At.

Aten. 2 (16) (1860-61) 58-.

— (piezometer). Mees, R. A. Amst. Ak. Vs.
M. 19 (1884) 137-.

— . Skinner, S. [1891] L. Ps. S. P. 11

(1892) 147- ; Ph Mg. 32 (1891) 79-.

— (isentropic and isothermal compressibility
of liquids and solids). Chuglielmo, G. Rm.
R. Ac. Lino. Rd. 1 (1892) {Sem. 1) 149-.

— (piezometer to compress and extend liquids).
Pizzarello, A. N. Gim. 8 (1898) 266-.

and dilatation. Amagat, E. H. G. R. Ill

(1890) 871-.
eliminating volume-change of containing

vessel. Guillaume, C, £. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 17 (1887) 177- .
. Boguski, J. J. Kosmos

(Lw.) 13 (1888) 243- ; Z. Ps. G. 2 (1888)

120-.
influence of heat of compression. Rdntgen,

W. C. A. Ps. C. 45 (1892) 560-.
Jamin's method, using Regnault*s manometer.

Mees, R. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 14 (1879)

108- ; 15 (1880) 218-.

VARIOUS LIQUIDS.

Ammonium chloride solutions. Braun, F>

A. Ps. G. 31 (1887) 331-.
Aqueous chloride solutions. Schumann, M.

A. Ps. G. 81 (1887) 14-.
Ethyl alcohol, volume-extensibility. Worth-

ingtan, A. M. [1892] PhU. Trans. (A) 183

(1893) 355-.

Hydrocarbons. Elenev, A. S. (xn) Rs. G.

Ps. S. J. 5 {Pt. 1) (1873) 109-.
~. Bartoli, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 28 (1895)

1141-.

— and alcohols, compressibility, tension co-
efficients and specific heats. Pagliani, S,
Rm. R. Ac. Lino. Rd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 1)
885-.

Mercury. Langlois, M. G. R. 103 (1886)

1009-.
— , compressibility, and elasticity of glass.

Amagat, E. H. G. R. 108 (1889) 228-.

Laws. Amagat, E. H. C. R. 115 (1892) 638-. — , — , solids. Amagat, E. H. J. de

— . Tumlirz, 0. Wien Ak. Sb. 109 (1900) Ps. 8 (1889) 197-, 359-; A. G. 22 (1891)95-;

(Ah. 2a) 837-. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 102-.

143

0842 liqaidfly Compressibility

Mercoiy, and glass.* Metz^ G, de, [1890] N.

Bs. S. Kt. Mm, {Mth.) 13 (1891) 109- ; A.

Ps. G. 47 (1892) 706-.
Oils and colloids. Mettf O, O, de. Bs. Ps.-G.

S. J. 22 (Ps.) (1890) 126- ; A. Ps. G. 41

(1890) 668-.
Organic liquids. Rdntgerit W. C. A. Ps. G.

44 (1891) 1-.
Potassium and calcium chlorides, solutions.

Dreeker, J. A. Ps. G. 34 (1888) 952-.
Saline solutions. Schneider, J. Giessen

Oberh. Gs. B. 25 (1887) 1-.

. GUbaidt, H, G. B. 114 (1892) 209-.

— — , dilute, and solid sodium chloride.

RiJntgen, W, C, dt Schneider, J. A. Ps. G.

31 (1887) 1000-.
Solutions. Oilbatdtt H, Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 11

(1897) B, 63 pp.
— , compressibility, relation to that of con-
stituents. Braun, F. A. Ps. G. 32 (1887)

504-.
Sugar solutions. Tait, — . Edinb. B. S. P. 22

(1900) 359-.
Sylvin, rock salt, and potassium chloride

solutions. ROntgen, W, C, ds Schneider, J.

A. Ps. G. 34 (1888) 531-.

Water,

6r9ted, H. C. Kidb. Ov. (1817-18) 11-;

Sohweigger J. 21 (1817) 348-.
Perkins, J, Phil. Trans. (1820) 324-.
(Perkins.) Deuchar, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 58

(1821) 201-.
(— .) Roget, P, M, Thomson A. Ph. 1 (1821)

185.
(— and Orsted.) Barlocci, S. G. Arcad. 20

(1823) 338-.
CUment, — . Par. S. Phhn. BU. (1823) 28-.

6r$Ud, H. C, A. G. 38 (1828) 326-; Kidb.
Ov. (1832-33) 16- ; Pogg. A. 31 (1834) 361- ;

B. A. Bp. (1883) 353-.

Bankine, W, J, M. Edinb. B. S. P. 8 (1857)

58-.
Anderesohn, A. D. Nf. Tbl. ('1868) 95-.
Tait, P. Q. [1882] Edinb. B. S. P. 12 (1884)

45-.
Pagliani, S., <& Vicentini, G. (xn) By. Sc.-

Ind. 15 (1883) 282 ; N. Gim. 16 (1884) 27-,

161-.
Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 12 (1884) 757-.
Langlois, M. G. B. 102 (1886) 1451-.
Amagat, E. H, C, B. 104 (1887) 1159-.
R^intgen, W. C, dt Schneider, J, A. Ps. G. 33

(1888) 644-.
Amagat, E. H, G. B. 116 (1893) 41- ; Par. S.

Ps. S6. (1893) 145-.
and alcoholic mixtures. Pagliani, S, Rm. B.

Ac. Line. Rd. 6 (1889) (Sem. 1) 777-, 937.
compressibility and elasticity. Araldi, M.

Bologna Mm. I. It. 2 (1808) 327-.
— , practical applications. Forbes, J, D.

Edinb. N. Ph. J. 19 (1835) 36-.

— ; and thermoelectricity. Orsted, H. C,

Par. S. Phbn. Bll. (1823) 45-.
compression bathometer. Regnard, P, Par.

S. Bl. Mm. 46 (1893) (C. R.) 6-.

Values of Densities 0845

compression, progressive. PerHns, J, Phil.

Trans. (1826) 541-.
— , theoretical rule. Mac Kain, D. Glaqg. P.

Ph. S. 1 (1841-44) 249-.
elasticity. Btuse, F, G, van, Gilbert A. 20

(1805) 504-.
— , mechanical effects. Menshrugghe^ G, van

der. By. Quest. Sc. 45 (1899) 580-.
and ether. Amagat, E. H, G. B. 108 (1886)

429-.

— ethyl alcohol mixtures. Pagliani, 8,, dt
Palazzo, L, Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 19 (MSSS)
1017-.

at high temperature. Bams, C. Am. J. Sc.

41 (1891) 110-.
incompressibility. Anderssohn, A. D. NL

Tbl. (♦1868) 95-.
and paratoluiaine. Htdett, G, A, Z. Ps. G.

33 (1900) 237-.

— salt solutions. Tait, — . Edinb. B. S. P.
15 (1889) 84.

at different temperatures. Rankine, W, J. M,
Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 548-.

0845 Numerical Values of Me-
chanical Quantities (Density,
Oravitation^ etc.).

DENSITY.

(See aUo Chemistry 7115-)

Air. Agamennonet G, Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd.

I (1885) 111-.

— , liquid, and its components. WroblewsH, S.

G. B. 102 (1886) 1010-.
— , — , — other liquefied gases. Ladenburg, A . ,

d^ Kriigel, C. Berl. B. 32 (1899) 46-, 1415-.
Alcohol, pure. Pierre, J, I. G. B. 76 (1878)

386-.
— , table for dilution. Anon, Manoh. Mor.

S. T. ri891) 74.
Alloys, cnange in volume density. Kosmaim,

B. Berg- Hm. Ztg. 54 (1895) 51-.
Animal substances. Kapf, — , dt SchUbler, — .

Erdm. J. Tech. G. 14 (1882) 89-.
Argon and helium, density, refraotivity and

viscosity. Rayleigh, (Lordi. B. S. P. 59

(1896) 198-.
Bismutn, fused. Roberts-Austen, W, C, db

Wnghtson, T. L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 195- ;

Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 295-.
— , — , anomalous densities. Luedeking, C,

St. Louis Ac. T. 5 (1892) 292-.
Brass, zinc, copper and iron, homogeneity.

Hennig, R. A. Ps. G. 27 (1886) 821- ;

28 (1886) 696.
GflBsium. Menke, A, E, Am. G. S. J. 21

(1899) 420-.
Gaicium sulphate. McCaleb, J, F, Am. G. J.

II (1889) 36-.

Carbon dioxide, solid and liquid. Behn, U,

A. Ps. 3 (1900) 733-.
Garbonic oxide, carbonic anhydride and nitrous

oxide. Rayleigh, (Lord) . B. S. P. 62 (1898)

204-.

144

0845

Numerical Values of Densities

0845

Chlorine and hydroohlorio acid, density and
molecular volome. LeduCj A. C. B. 116
(1893) 968—

CJoke. Tilden, W. A, S. C. In. J. 8 (1884)
610-.

Dilute aqueous solutions. Kohlrautch, F., db
HaUwacha, W. Gott. Nr. (1893) 350- ; A.
Ps. G. 53 (1894) 14-, 1092.

£!arth and body consisting of all known
elements, comparison of densities. Bartoli,
A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 596-.

, . Tolomei, O.

[1897] Ven. I. At. (1897-98) 214-.

Ebonite. Campanile, F. Nap. Bd. 33 (1894)
63-.

Ether, aqueous solutions, temperature of maxi-
mum density. Nort.H. Mbl. Nt. (1895-96)
79- ; Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ab, 2) 250.

— , carbon disulphide and alcohol, liquid.
BatuUi, A, [1895] Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 45

(1896) 235-.

— , , — (Battelli). Mathia^, — .

As. Fr. C. B. (1898) {Pt. 2) 172- ; N. Cim. 9

(1899) 327-.
Etnyl alcohol, aqueous solutions. MendeUef,

D. C. S. J. 51 (1887) 778-.
Ferroaluminium. Hogg, T. W. S. C. In. J.

12 (1893) 239-.
Oases at atmospheric pressure, density and

molecular volume. Leduc, A. G. K. 125

(1897) 703-.

— ; and composition of air. LeduCy A. G. B.
126 (1898) 413-.

— ; water. LeduCy A, G. B. 116

(1893) 1248-.
— , influence of moisture. Thomson , T,

Thomson A. Ph. 3 (1822) 302-.
— , . Apjohiiy Jas. Thomson A. Ph.

3 (1822) 385- ; 4 (1822) 195-.
— , . Herapatht J. Thomson A. Ph.

3 (1822) 419-.

— , . Sylvester^ C, Thomson A. Ph.

4 (1822) 29-, 360.

— mixed with vapour. Herapath, J. Thomson

A. Ph. 12 (1826) 97-.

— , principal. RaylHgh, {Lord). B. S. P. 53

(1893) 134-.
Gems. Liversidge^ A. Am. G. S. J. 16 (1894)

205-.
Germanium and titanium, vapour density.

Nilson, L. F., d- Fetter sson^ O. Z. Ps. G. 1

(1887) 27-.
Gold. Hatchett, C, Phil. Trans. (1803) 43-.

— and silver coinage. Broch, O. J, As. Fr.
G. B. 9 (1880)358-.

Human body and sea-water, comparative
gravity. Spencer, K. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 46
(1815) 248-.

Hydrogen. Rainy, H, Thomson A. Ph. 10
(1825) 135-.

— (Bainy). Thomson , T. Thomson A. Ph.
10 (1825) 352-.

— . Rainy, H. Thomson A. Ph. 11 (1826)

187-.
— . Staceicicz, T. Phm. Z. Bussl. 23 (1884)

65-, 95.

— desiccated by liquid air. Rayleigh, (Lord),

B. 8. P. 66 (1900) 334-.

Hydrogen and oxygen. Morley, E, W, [1895]

Smiths. Gt. 29 (1908) Art. n, 117 pp.
. Thomsen, J. Z. Anorg. G. 12

(1896) 1-.
, relative densities. Rayleigh, (Lord),

B. S. P. 43 (1888) 856- ; 50 (1892) 448-.
Iron and antimony alloys, density and specific

heat. Laborde, J. G. B. 128 (1896) 227-.
nickel alloys. HopHmon, J, B. 8. P.

50 (1892) 121-.
Isomorphous mixtures. Retgen, J. W, Z.

Ps. G. 3 (1889) 497-.
Lead. ReUh, F. Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 541-.
— . Streng,A, Berg-Hm. Ztg. 20 (1861) 225-.
Leads. Williams, C, P. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 5

(•1876-77) 615-.
Liquids. Nobile, A. [1829] Nap. At. I. Inc.

5 (1834) 79-.

— of venr high density. Platz, — . [1884]
Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) (fif6.) 42.

Mean density. Ure, Andr, QJ. Sc. 4 (1818)

151-.
Mercury. Stewart, B. [1866] B. 8. P. 16

(1867) 10-.
— , solia. Tardy de la Brossy, — . Bb. Brit.

30 (1805) 275-.
— ,— . BtddU,J. GUbert A. 24 (1806) 885-.
— , — . MaUet, J, W, [1877] B. S. P. 26

(1878) 71-.
-^ and water. GuiUaume, C. i. [1900] Sc.

Abs. 4 (1901) 475-.
Muddy liquids and nebulous gases. Oarcia de

la Cruz, D. K. Bv. Sc. 3 (1895) 272-.
Nitrogen. Ruyleigh, (Lord). Nt. 46 (1892)

512-.
— , anomaly in density. Rayleigh, (Lord).

B. S. P. 55 (1894) 340-.
— , atmospheric, and pure nitrogen and argon.

Ramsay, W. B. S. P. 64 (1899) 181-.

— dioxide. Leduc, A. G. B. 116 (1893) 822-.

Nitrous oxide, ethylene and carbonic anhy-
dride, liquefied, and their saturated vapours.
CaiUeUt, L., dt Mathias, —. G. B. 102
(1886) 1202-.

Oxygen, liquid. Offret, J. A. G. 19 (1880)

271-.
— , — . Wroblewski, S. von. A. Ps. G. 20

(1883) 860-.
— , — , density and coefficient of expansion.

OUzewsH, K. [1883] (xn) £rk. Ak. (Mt.-

Prz.) Bz. & Sp. 11 (1884) li-.

— ana nitrogen and argon; and composition
of air. Leduc, A. G. B. 128 (1896) 805-.

; — composition of air. Leduc, A.

J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 37-.
hydrogen. Leduc, A. G. B. 113

(1891) 186-.
; and composition of air. Leduc,

A. J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 231-.

— — , liquefied. CaUUtet, L., dt

Hautefeuille, P. C. B. 92 (1881) 1086-.

methane, liquefied. Olszewski, K.

Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz. )B,z. 14(1886)181-, 197- ;

A. Ps. G. 31 (1887) 58-.
Phosphorus vapour. Dumas, J. B. A. G. 49

(1832) 210-.
Platinum. Hess, H. St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 1

(1881) 587-.

VOL. III.

145

0845 Values of Densities

PlAtinam, iridium, and platinom-iridiom,
physical properties. Sta$, — . Par. Poids
et Mes. PV. (•1877) 6-.

— metals and alloys, densities and expansions.
Broch, O. J. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (♦1877)
20»-.

Saline solutions. Gerosa, G. G., dt Mai, E.

Bm. B. Ac. lino. Mm. 4 (1887) 134-.
Salts, various. Clarke^ F. W, Am. J. So. 16

(1878) 199- ; Berl. B. 12 (1879) 1398- ; Am.

C. J. 5 (1883-84) 240-.
Selenium. Schaffgottch, F. von, Berl. B.

(1847) 422-; Pogg. A. 90 (1853) 66-.
Soda and potsish, solutions. Pickering , S. U,

Ph. Mff. 37 (1894) 359-.
Sodium cnloride, pure. Unger, U, von, Erdm.

J. Pr. C. 8 (1836) 294-.
Solids, densities, influence of state of division.

Schif, H. G. Ztg. 10 (1886) 430.

— and liquids. Clarke, F. W, [1873] (n)
Smiths. Misc. Col. 12 (1874) Art. 2, 272 pp. ;
32 (1888) Art. 1, xi + 409 pp.

Steam. TrdUes, J. G. Gilbert A. 27 (1807)

400-.
— . Schmedding, G. J. Pogg. A. 27 (1833)

40-.
— . Rankine, W. J. M. Glasg. T. I. Eng. 3

(1859-60) 53-.
— . Schmidt, G. Dingier 160 (1861) 262-.
— . Rankine, W. J. M. [1862] (vm) Edinb.

B. S. T. 23 (1864) 147-.
Steel, effect of tempering. Fromme, C, A.

Ps. C. 8 (1879) 352-.
— , homogeneity. Gruner, P. A. Ps. C. 41

(1890) 334-.
SuDstances in solid state and in aqueous

solution. GroshanSf J. A. Ph. Mg. 18

(1884) 405-.
Sulphur vapour. Biltz, — . Nt. 38 (1888) 229.

. Schall, C. Berl. B. 33 (1900) 484-.

, and progressive dissociation, liiecke, E.

Z. Ps. G. 6 (1890) 430-.
Sulphuric acid, concentrated. Kohlrausch,

W. F, A. Ps. G. 17 (1882) 69-.

— — , dilute, density and composition.
Backer, A. W. Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 304-; 33
(1892) 204-.

solutions. Pickering, S. U, Ph. Mg. 33

(1892) 132-.
Sulphurous anhydride as liquid and saturated

vapour. CaiUetet, L., dbMathiat, E. J. de

Ps. 6 (1887) 414-.
Tellurium. Lenher, V., dt Morgan, J. L. R.

Am. G. S. J. 22 (1900) 28-.
Vapours at high temperatures. Sainte-Claire

Deville, H., dt Troost, L. A. G. 68 (1860)

257-.

. Bott, W, B. A. Bp. (1888) 632-.

. Scott, A. Edinb. B. S. P. 14

(1888) 410-.
— , saturated, and liquefied gases. CaiUetet,

L., db Mathias, E. J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 649-.
Wood, various kinds. Karmarsch, K. Wien

Jb. Pol. I. 18 (1834) 120-.
Woods, principal industrial. Filippo, P. Mil.

S. It. At. 25 (1882) 105-.
Zinc vapour. Men9ching, J., d' Meyer, V,

Gott. Nr. (1887) 7-.

Heat, General 0900

GBAVITATION.

{See Mechanics 0180, pp. 59-66.)

HEAT.

0900 OeneraL

Perego, A. Brescia Gm. (1816-17) 58-.
A.X. (VI Adds.) Silliman J. 10 (182Q 78-.
Dave, H. W. (vi Adds.) Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh.

17 (1856) 264-.
Galonc (ponderabiUty). TiOoch, A. Tillooh

Ph. yi%. 9 (1801) 158-.

— hypothesis. Girard de Caudemberg, —
Bordeaux Ac. Sc. S4. Pbl. (1831) 36.

— , leading doctrines. Ure, Andr. Phil. TnuiB.

(1818) 338-.
— , mode of action. Prevost, P. Bb. Biii

26 (1804) 205-, 309-.

— and molecular mechanics. Girard de Cau-
demberg, — . Dijon Ac. Mm. (1830) 5-,
(livr. 2) 3-.

— , received doctrines. TiUoch, A. [1799]
TiUoch Ph. Mg. 8 (1800) 70-, 119-, 211-.

— of vacuimi. Gay-Lussac, L, J. A. G. 18
(1820) 304-.

Heat, action on bodies, importance of study.

Cantoni, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891)

(Sem. 2) 438-.
— , early history. Rodwell, G. F, C. N. 20

(1869) 184-.
— , experiments, reflexions derived from.

WUmch, {Prof.) — . Gilbert A. 26 (1807)

289—.
—^nature. P.,—. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 12 (1802)

317-.
— , ponderability. Rumford, B. {Count). Phil.

Tians. (1799) 179-.
— , — . Hombres-Firmas, L. A, d\ Gard Not.

Tr. Ac. (1811) 138-.
— , — . Moscati, P. Bb. Brit. 46 (1811)

405-.
— , — . TarbS de St. Hardouin, -^. Beims A.

Ac. 1 (1843) 257-.
^, synthesis. PicUt, R. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 2

(1879) 460-.
— , theory. Ostrogradsky, M, A. [1829] St.

P6t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 1 (1831) 123-, 129-.

— , — . Angstrom, A. J. Sk. Nf. F. 3 (1842)

433-; Pogg. A. 88 (1853) 165-.
— t — t and applications to arts and manu-
factures. MacDonnell, A. [1873] Dubl. S.

J. 6 (1875) 494-.
— , — , Begnault's experiments. Bosscha, J,

Amst. Ak. Vs. [1] (1893) 180-.
Imponderables, theory. Bellaxntis, G. Ven.

I. At. 1 (1874-75) 495-.
— , — (Bellavitis). Rossetti, F. Ven. I. At. 1

(1874-76) 779-.
Physical and chemical phenomena at low

temperatures. Pictet, R. G. B. 114 (1892)

1246-.
Temperature of lava erupted by Etna. Bartoli,

A. Catania Ac. Gioen. BU. 29 (1892) 2-;

Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 29 (1896) 363-.

146

1000

Souroes of Heat

1010

SOURCES OF HEAT AND COLD.

1000 General.

Calorific power of some solid combustibles,
determined by calorimeters of Mahler and
Thompson. Cavazzi^A.^dtBaroni^G. [1895]
Bologna Ac. So. Mm. 6 (1896-97) 217- or
137-.

— value of fuels, steam boiler tests as means
of determining. Bobb, D, W, [1890] N.
Scotia I. Sc. P. & T. 8 (1896) 9-.

Cold. Payer, J. [1876] Wien Vr. Nw. Kennt.

Schr. 16 (1876) 181-.
Combustion, experiments and views. GroUhtu,

T. von. Schweigger J. 9 (1813) 327-.
Fire by compression of air. Accum, F. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 31 (1808) 130^.

— making, methods. 'Hough, W. Smiths.
Rp. (1890) (U. S. Nat. Ms. Rp.) 395-.

Flame contact and heating of water. Fletcher,

T. Nt. 34 (1886) 230-.
Fuel, economic use on scientific principles.

Prechtl.J.J. Haarl. Ntk. Vh. Mtsch. 3 (1806)

1-.
Heat developed by friction. Becquerel, A. C,

C. R. 7 (1838) 363-; Par. Mm. de PI. 17

(1840) 181-.

— — — — . Htm, G. A., db Siguin, — .
Moigno Cosmos 6 (1855) 679-.

— — — — between liquids and solids.
Matchke, O. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 431-.

HEAT DEVELOPED ON MOISTENING
SOLIDS, POUILLETS PHENOMENON.

PouiUet, C. S. M. A. C. 20 (1822) 141-.
Fibrous substances. Cobbett, L. Camb. Ph.

S. P. 10 (1900) 372-.
Porous solids. Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb.

Rd. 3 (1866) 135-.
Powders. Meismer,F. A. Ps. C. 29 (1886) 114-.
— . Martini, T. Yen. I. At. (1896-97) 502-.
— . Lagergren, S. [1898] Stockh. Ak, Hndl.

Bh. 24 (Afd. 2) (1899) No. 5, 14 pp.
— . Martini, T. Yen. I. At. (1897-98) 927-.
— . Ercolini, G. N. Cim. 9 (1899) 110-.

— (Ercolini). Martini, T. N. Cim. 9 (1899)
334-.

— (Martini). Ercolini, G. N. Cim. 9 (1899)
446-.

— ^rcolini). Martini, T. N. Cim. 10
(1899) 42.

— . Martini, T. Yen. I. At. (1899-1900)

(Pt. 2) 615-.
-. Bellati,M. Yen. I. At. (1899-1900) (Pt. 2)

931-.

Heat equivalent of fossil combustibles, industrial
apparatus for. Magnanini, G.,dbZunino, V.
Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 2 (1900) 117-.

— excited by solar rays. Rumford. B. (Count).
[1805] Par. Mm. de PI. 6 (1806) 123- ;
Gilbert A. 20 (1805) 177-.

— , generation. Orsted, H, C.J Schweigger
J. 5 (1812) 401-.

Heat as introduction to study of tempemtore.
Hjauvd, — . Fr. S. M^t. An. 44 (1896)
189-.

— and light, new means of prodncing. SuUi-
van, J. L. Silliman J. 1 (1618) 91-.

, production by compression. Hombrea-

Firmoi, L. A, d\ Gard Not. Tr. Ac. (1811)
176-.

— produced by blast of air from bellows.
Winter, R. Nicholson J. 18 (1806) 72-.

. D.,K.H. (Yi Addt.)

Nicholson J. 13 (1806) 170-.

— — — compression of air. Bellani, A.
Poligrafo 10 (1832) 321-.

with platinum olaok. BeUani, A. Poli-
grafo 10 (1832) 321-.
— , souroes. Knoblauch, H, Pogg. A. 71

(1847) 68-.
— , — , natural and artificial. Daubrie, A.

Par. S. Gl. BU. 4 (1846-47) 1066-.
Ice caverns of Naye, Switzerland, origin of ice.

Dutoit, — , dt Blanc, V, L. Laus. S. Yd. Bll.

32 (1896) XXZ-.
Magnetism, direct production of heat by.

Grove, W. R. R. S. P. 6 (1849) 826-.
Petroleum as source of power. Clark, N. B.

Franklin I. J. 117 (1884) 341-.
Regeneration of heat in gas ovens. Hennecart, -~.

[1883] St. 6t. Bll. S. In. Mn. 18 ('1884) 198-.
Sensible temperature. Prinsep, J. Gleanings

Sc. 2 ri830) 137-.
Ships* boilers, new method of closing in.

Sjiktin, C. J. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 27 (1806)

94-.
Solar heat, applications. Ligin, V. N. Rs. S.

Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 4 (*1883).

— — , mechanical effect on confined air.
Mouchot, — . C. R. 59 (1864) 627.

, use as motive force. Haro, A. Nancy

S. Sc. BU. 3 (10« Ann.) (1877) 91-.

— — , — with plane reflector. GUntner, C.
[1875] Wien Ak. Sb. 72 (1876) (Ab. 2) 718-.

, _ to replace fuel in certain countries.

Mouchot, — . C. R. 67 (1868) 1182-.
Temperature in flames. Mache, H. Wien

Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ab. 2a) 1162-.
Terrestrial heat, cause determining reproduc-
tion. Ponte,S.C. [1880] Catania Ac. Gioen.

At. 16 (1881) 27-.
Trials by nre, etc., apparatus for. Rochas d*Aig-

lun, E. A. A. de. Rv. Sc. 4 (1882) 844-.
Tyndall's ** Lectures on Force and Heat/'

passage in. Heath, D. D. Ph. Mg. 26

(1868) 681-.

1010 Methods of Producing
High Temperatures.

(^See also 6090.)

Debray, H. Presse Sc. 1 (1868) 59-.
Goldtchmidt, H. [1898-99] Z. Angew. C.

(1898) 821- ; Z. Elektch. (1699-1900) 53-.
Lange, E. F. I. & S. I. J. (1900) No. 2)

191-.

U7

k2

1010

Methods of Frodncmg High Temperatures

1010

AluminiTun, oombustion. Goldschtnidtf H, Z.

Elektoh. (1897-98) 494-; Z. Angew. G.

(1900) 919-.
Apparatas for maintaining incandescence of

platinum in water. Po^u^Ztn, — . G. B.

113 (1891) 884-.

— — rendering surgical instniment incan-
descent. Bay, — . G. B. 113 (1891) 298-.

Blast-furnace, tneoiy of use of hot air. VaUritUf
H, Bnix. Ac. Bll. 39 (1876) 370-.

Blow-pipe, new form. Paquelin, — . G. B.
113 (1891) 303-.

Bunsen flajne, constitution. Terqueni, A,
Par. S. Ps. S^. (1880) 189-.

— and monochromatic burners. Terquem, A.
G. B. 90 (1880) 1484-.

Galoriiactor, OugrimofF electric. Montpellier,
J. A, [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 92-.

Gentral heating, Bamberg. Hoh, T, (xn)
Bamb. Nf. Gs. B. (11) (1876) (Pt. 1, No. 2)
16 pp.

Ghimneys, utilisation of heat in. Edelcrantz,
A. N. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 33 (1812] 24-.

Dense atmosphere, production oi hign tempe-
rature in. CaiUeUt, L. G. B. 106 (1888)
333-.

Fireplaces, etc. Fourmy, — . J. de Ps. 84
(1817) 406-.

— , domestic, perfecting. Forestier, C. Toul.
Ac. Sc. Mm. 7 (1875) 233-.

— and field cooking apparatus. Sj'dsUn, C. J,
Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 28 (1807) 235-.

— used in barracks and hospitals, England.
Monn, A. J. G. B. 59 (1864) 921-.

Furnace, construction, use of incombustible

material. Haase, F. H. Dingier 294 (1894)

13-, 232-.
— , dimensions of air passages. Langlade, —

de, A. Mines 8 (1885) 172-.
— , gas, new laboratory. R&ssler, H. Gztg.

Opt. 6 (1885) 53.
— , — , Ponsard's. P^.ru8€, J, S, Par. Ing.

Giv. Mm. (1874) 752-.
— , — , and regenerated heat. Krans, F, A.

G6n. Giv. 3 (1874) 36-, 101-, 162-, 316-, 514-.
— , — , regeneration of heat. BoischevcUier, A.

de. G6n. Giv. 3 (•1882-83) 122-.
— , — , Siemens' s. Damour, E. A. Mines 3

(1893) 84-.
— , — , — regenerative, use of peat in. Mac

DanneU, A. [1874] Dubl. S. J. 6 (1875) 503-.
— , — , temperature. PerUsS, J. S. Cuyper

Bv. Un. 38 (1875) 269-.
— , — , use of peat in, Motala, Sweden. Sebe-

niut, J. L. Jem-Kont. A. 31 (1876) 227-.
Gas and electricity as heating agents. Siemens,

(Sir) C. W. Nt. 23 (1881) 326-, 351-.
— , illuminating, as fuel. Baer, W. Halle Z.

3 (1854) 380-, 471-.

— stoves, improvements. Adams, J. Glasg.
Ph. S. P. 12 (1880) 190-.

— supply for heating and illumination. Sie-
mens, (Sir) C. h . Nt. 24 (1881) 153-.

Goldschmidt's experiments. Zehenter, J.

Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 25 (1900) xn-.
Heat, production and industrial utilisation.

Gautier, F. [1883] G^n. Giv. 4 (♦1883-84)

90-.

Heat, production and industrial utilisation.

Damour, E., dt WaUm^ — . G^. CIt. 81

(1897) 66-, 115-.
— , . Damour^ E. G^n. Civ. 81

(1897) 324-, 405-, 417- ; 32 (1897-98) 4-,

22-, 46-; 33(1898)108-.
— ; utilisation m furnaces. Danumr, E. A.

Gons. Arts et Mdt. 1 (1899) 51-.
Heating apparatus (Pimont). BouUm, A . Bouen

Tr. Ac. (1850-51) 72-.
High temperature furnace. Gantt, H. L.

Franklin I. J. 142 (1896) 458-.
Hygrothermant for heating wine out of contact

with air. Balld, M. Mth. Termt. Ets. 8

(1885) 221- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 3 (1884-85)

255-.
Intense heat from gas. Brewtter, (Sir) D.

[1826] Edinb. J. So. 1 (1829) 104-.
Lenses and mirrors for burning instruments

and lighthouses. Brewster, (Sir) D. [1823-

27] Edinb. Ph. J. 8 (1823) 160- ; Edinb.

B. S. T. 11 (1831) 33-. ^
Producer-gas, formation. Akerman, R. Jem-
Kont. A. 46 (1891) 321- ; Berg-Hm. Jb. 40
(1892) 81-.

Ship stove, improved. Collier, J. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 32 (1808) 119-.
Steam, communication of heat by. PoUs, C

Franklin I. J. 5 (1830) 395-.
— , exhaust, waste heat utilisation. Aikmaon,

J. [1878] Eng. S. T. (1879) 167-.

— heating. A., L. S. M. A. das Sc. 12 (1821)
52-.

, avoidance of loss of steam. Scheeffer, A.

Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 17 (1856) 124-.

of liquids. Gueymard, i. A. Mines 5

(1829] 363-.
Stoves lor rooms, improvement. Chauvin, E.

As. Fr. G. B. 12 (1883) 240-.
Temperature, extremes, mechanical production.

Solvay, E. G. B. 121 (1895) 1141-.
— , — , . CaUletet, — . G. B. 121 (1895)

1143-.
— , — , . Solvay, E. G. B. 122 (1896)

99-.

— limits. Walden,P. Biga Gor.-Bl. 39 (1896)
83-.

— , photographic means of recording. Roberts-
Austen, W. C. Phot. J. 20 (1896) 225-.

— and pressure variables, long range. Barus,

C. Am. As. P. (1897) 65-.

— of rooms. Meidinger, — . [1896] Karlsruhe
Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) (Sb.) 30-.

Thermolamps for houses, manufactories, etc.
Kretschmar, — . Gilbert A. 13 (1803) 498-;
22 (1806) 85-.

— and their first inventor. Gilbert, L. W.
Gilbert A. 22 (1806) 61-.

Warming apparatus. Pictet, M. A. Bb. Un.

6 (1817) 166-.
, theory. Boltshauser, G. A. A. G^n.

Civ. 3 (1864) 514-.

— of buildings, apparatus. Lanietz, — . Metz
Ac. Mm. 65 (1887) 238-.

— — — , comparison of different systems.
Bacon, A. J. Br. Archt. T. (1880-81)
105-.

148

1010 Heating

Warming of buildings, Engliflh methods.
DeeandoUe, A, P. Bb. Un. 40 (1829) 142-.
by motive foroe and electric current.

Lippmann, G. Lum. £lect. 11 (1884) 421-.

— — — — steam. HempHnne, A, D. de,
[1817] Brux. Mm. Cour. 1 (1818) 52 pp.

, U. S. A. BHggt, R. [1882]

I. CE. P. 71 (1883) 95-.

carriages, etc., oy crystallised sodium ace-
tate. Ancelin, A. C. B. 93 (1881) 309-.

conservatories. Moll, G. Hall Bij. 5

(1830) 121-.

. Ainger, A, (xn) Gard. Chron. (1841)

211-, 269-, 307-, 323-, 428-, 484-, 579-,
683-, 843-.

by steam. Bailey, W. (vi Adds,)

Haarl. Ntk. Vh. Mtsch. 13 (1824) 199-.

— by hot air, advantages and disadvantages.
Fodar, J. [1881] (xn) D. Vjschr. Gsndhpfl.
14 (1882) 118-.

, apparatus. Ducrot, — . C. R. 76

(1873) 1637-.
water. Moll, O, Hall Bij. 6 (1831)

354-.
, best temperature and dimensions.

Weist, T, Forster Al. Bauztg. 33-34 (1868-

69) 395-.
pipes. Colding, L. A, Kj6b. Ov.

(1862) 25-.
. Anderion, W. I. CE. P. 48

(1877) 257-.
, theoretical principles. Grcuhof, F.

[1876] (xn) Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 8

(1881) 60.

— of houses, development in future. Meyer,
M, Erdm. J. Tech. C. 16 (1833) 307-.

— — rooms. Arzherger, J. Wien Jb. PoL
I. 17 (1832) 1-.

. Otann, G. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 12

(1837)48-; 16(1839)226-.
with stoves. Blesion, L, Erdm. J.

Tech. C. 18 (1833) 281-.
. Meyer, M. Erdm. J. Pr. 0.

2 (1834) 439-.

— — school buildings, Munich. Forster, J.,
db Voit, E, Z. Bl. 13 (1877) 1-, 305-.

— by steam, best temperature. Weiss, T,
Fdrster Al. Bauztg. 33-34 (1868-69) 410-.

— , use of gas. Eisner, R. W. Dingier 126
(1852) 284-.

— and ventilation, Vincennes Military Hospital.
Grouvelle, P. A. G^n. Civ. 1 (1862) 9-.

Water, heating from surface. Laborde, — .

C. R. 73 (1871) 561-.
— , — by waste steam (Woolf). Nicholson, W.

Nicholson J. 2 (1802) 208-.
Workshops, prevention of excessive heating.

Deny, E, [1884] Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 55

(1885) 5-.

ReMgermtioa 1012

1012 Methods of Producing

Low Temperatures.

(See abo 2495.)

Olszewski, K, C. B. 101 (1885) 238-.
Air cooling in warm climates. Smyth, C, P.
[1849] Edinb. B. S. P. 2 (1851) 235-.

— refrigerating machinery and its applications.
Coleman, J, J, L CE. P. 68 (1882) 146-.

Alcarazzas or Spanish water-cooling vessels.

Lasteyrie, — . J. Mines 6 (1796-97) 791-.
. (hiytcn de Morveau, L. B,

A. C. 25 (1798) 167-.
. Fabhrani, G, J. de Ps. 49

(1799) 228-.
Apparatus. Linde, C. A. Ps. G. 57 (1896)

328-; G6n. Civ. 31 (1897) 35-, 51-; Z.

Elektch. (1897-98) 2-.
— , recording. Oibter, P. C. B. 96 (1883)

1624-.
Artificial cold, production. Pepys, W, H,

TiUoch Ph. Mg. 3 (1799) 76-.
, — . Goppert, H. R, Froriep Not. 25

(1829) 85-.
, — , and applications. Witz, A. [1891]

Bv. Quest. Sc. 31 (1892) 78-.

— — , — — use. Richard, G. A. Gons.
Arts et M6t. 1 (1889) 133-.

— — , use in exploitation of water-bearing
strata. Schmidt, F, St. £t. Bll. S. In. Mn. 9
(1895) 273-.

Boiling oxygen as cooling agent. WroUewsH,
S, von, Wien Az. 21 (1884) 6-; Mh. C.

(1884) 47-.

. Olszewski, K, Wien Aa. 22

(1885) 129- ; Mh. C. (1885) 493-.

Carbon dioxide, solid, physical properties.

Nystrom, J. W: Franklin I. J. 70 (1875)

355-.
, — , properties. Villard, P., <t Jarry, R,

C. B. 120 (1895) 1413- ; Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1895) 177-.
Cold air and freezing apparatus. Perkins, L.

S. C. In. J. 8 (1889) 378-.

— producing machine. Kirk, A, C. [1864]
Glasg. T. L Eng. 8 (1865) 14-.

— — , — . Lebrun, B, Bv. Un. Mines 18
(1892] 324-.

— , proauction, commercial. Armengaud, J, A .

Bv. Sc. 18 (1880) 1028-.
— , — , mechanical. Kirk, A, C, I. CE. P.

37 (1874) 244-.
^, — , — , by expansion of air. Armengaud,

J, A, I. CE. P. 39 (1875) 435-.
— , — by methyl chloride. Vincent, C Par.

S. Ps. Sd. (1878) 20-; J. Phm. 80 (1879)

132-.
— , muriate of lime (calcium chloride).

Walker, Rich, Phil. Trans. (1801) 120-.
Compressed air, application. Schneebeli, H,

[1875] Neuch. S. So. Bll. 10 (1876) 240-.
Continuous process. Cailletet, L. C. B. 97

(1883) 1115-.
Cooling machine for laboratory. TuretHni, H.,

dt Pictet, R. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (♦1875-

76) 128-.

149

1012 Freezing Mixtures

CiTOgen, for obtaining low temperatores by

uquid carbon dioxide. CaiUetett — . Par.

S. Pb. S^. (1891) 142-.
Cryogenio laboratory, Leiden, work at. Kamer'

Ungh Onnes, H. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1895)

164~.

— and thermometrio application of carbon
dioxide snow. Du BaU^ £f., dt WUU^ A, P.
D. Pb. Ob. Yh. (1899) 168-.

Freesing by expansion of air. Oiibert, L, W,
Gilbert A. 18 (1804) 412-.

— machines, new. PieUt, B, Arch. So. Ps.
Kt. 18 (1885) 212-.

, — arraxigements. Pictet, B. Arch. So.

Ps. Nt. 18 (1885) 897-.

FBEEZINQ MIXTUBES.

Budorff, F. A. Ps. C. 122 (1864) 387-.

Berthelot, Af. C. R. 78 (1874) 1178-.

formed by acid and hydratea salt. DitUt A,

C. B. 90 (1880) 1168-.
. Berthelot, 3f. C. R. 90

(1880) 1191-.

— — carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide.
Pietet, B. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 14 (1885) 570-.

2 crystallised salts. Ditte, A, C. B. 90

(1880) 1282-.
ice and salt. MMinger^ H, Halle Z.

Nw. 40 (1872) lOe-.

— — snow and alcohol. Marchand, B, F.
Erdm. J. Pr. G. 25 (1842) 253-.

— — ^- — sulphuric acid. Pfaundler, L.
Wien Sb. 71 (1876) (Ab. 2) 509-.

— with solid carbon dioxide. Cailletet, L.,
dt CoUtrdeau, E. G. B. 106 (1888) 1631-.

historical account. Lippmann^ E, O, von,

Z. Angew. G. (1898) 739-.
strong artificial. Marchand^ B. F, Erdm. J.

Pr. G. 32 (1844) 499.
theory. Potier, A. G. B. 101 (1885) 998.

Refrigeration 1018

Freezing by rapid evaporation. Le$lie, J.

A. G. 78 (1811) 177-.

(Leslie). ClSment^ — , dt Dii-

ormes, —. A. G. 78 (1811) 183-.

— water-logged deposits, Gobert process. Oo'
bert, A. Brux. 8. Big. Gl. BU. (1897) IPV.)
65-.

Hoar frost produced by capillarity and evapo-
ration. Deeharme, C. G. B. 86 (1878)
1004-.

Ice and cold, artificial production. Paulj B. H,
QJ. Sc. 6 (1869) 197-.

— machines. Schmidt, O,, dt Zeuner, O.
Dingier 244 (1882) 89-.

— — . CorsepiuM, — . Giving. 38 (1892)
435-.

, volatile liquids for. Seely, C. A, [1870]

N. Y. Lyceum P. 1 (1870-71) 69-.

Insulation of cold stores. Broum, F, D, [1897]
K. Z. I. T. 80 (1898) 44-.

Liquefied gases and low temperatures. Dessau,

B. [1900] Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 20-, 87-, 60-.
, use as cooling materials. Cailletet, L,

G. B. 94 (1882) 1224- ; A. G. 29 (1883) 158-.

Liquefied gases, use as cooling

WrobUwski, S. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 91 (1885)
{Ab. 2) 667-; Mh. G. (1888) 204-.

— marsh gas, use. CaUleUt, L. G. B.
98 (1884) 1565-.

, — . WroblewsH, 8. 0. B. 99 (1884)

186-.

.— . CaiUeUt,L. Ph. Mg. 19 (1885) 66.

Liquid air. Deioar, J. [1896] B. 1. P. 16

(1899) 188-.
^ — as analytical agent. Dewar, J. [1898]

B. I. P. 16 (1899) 815-.
•^ — and its applications. Bdforti, U. Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 31 (1899) 65-.
, scientific uses. Dewar, J, [1894] B. I.

P. 14 (1896) 398-.

— — , vacuum vessels. Dewar, J. [1898]
B. I. P. 14 (1896) 1-.

— hydrogen, etc., temperatures obtainable by
free evaporation. Wroblewski, S, G. B. 100
(1885) 979-.

Mercury, congelation by ether. Marcet, A.

Nicholson J. 34 (1813) 119-.
Poetsch process (sinking shafts by previously

freezing the ground). Saclier, — . St. £t.

Bll. S. In. Mn. 11 (1897) 647-.
at the Vicq pit. Saclier, — , dt Waymd,

— . St. 6t. Bll. S. In. Mn. 9 (1895) 27-.
Bapid production. Carmichael, H. [1882]

Am. As. P. 31 (1883) 223-.
Befrigerating apparatus. Linde, C, S. C. In.

J. 13 (1894) 602-.

— machines. Planet, E, de, Toul. Ac. So.
Mm. 1 (1879) (Sem. 2) 246-.

. Lightfoot, T. B, I. ME. P. (1886) 201-.

Befrigeration. BickerUm, A, W. [1881] N.
Z. I. T. 14 (1882) 394-.

— of air, processes and applications. Jouglet,
A. Mon. Sc. 15 (1873) 275-.

— , artificial. Gamgee, J. U. S. Fish Gom.
Bp. 5 (1879) 901-.

— and ice-making machines. Selfe, N, N. 8.
W. B. S. J. 80 (1897) xxxii-.

— by liquids at low temperatures. Schloeting,
T. G. B. Ill (1890) 85-.

— , mechanical, bibUography. Bourne, J.
I. GE. P. 37 (1874) 271-.

— for preservation of foods. Tolson, J. [1886]
Queensl. B. S. P. 8 (1887) 49-.

Befrigerator. Osann, O, Wiirzb. Vh. 6 (1865)

410-.
— . Carre, E. G. B. 64 (1867) 897-.

— for brewers* wort. Davison, B. (vi Adds.)
GE. I. P. 1 (1841) 57-.

— with volatile liquids not miscible at low
temperatures. PicUt, B. C. B. 100 (1886)
829-.

Temperature of water in freezing mixture.
Gough, J. Nicholson J. 13 (1806) 189-.

Temperatures under -100°, production and

effects. Pictet, B. Gztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 276-.
Water, artificial freezing. Deeourdemanche,

— . J. Phm. 11 (1825) 584-.
— , freezing by ether. Hare, B. Sturgeon A.

Electr. 5 (1840) 151-.
— , — , new method. Leslie, J. Thomson A. Ph.

9 (1817) 412- ; TiUooh Ph. Mg. 61 (1818) 411-.

150

1014 Methods of Frodndng Constant Temperatures. Thermostats 101^

Water, freezing by sulphurio acid. Hare, R,
Philad. Coll. Phm. J. 6 (1835) 91-.

— , and ether.* Hare, R, [1838-

40] Sturgeon A. Electr. 2 (1838) 400- ;
Am. Ph. S. T. 7 (1841) 215-.

1014 Methods of Producing Con-
stant Temperatures. Thermo-
stats.

FoersUr, W, Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (♦1875-

76) 128- ; (♦1877)245-.
Crew, H, Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 89-.
Oowy, — . C. R. 117 (1893) 96-.
Apparatus. Merryweather, O. Edinb. N. Ph.

J. 14 (1833) 360-.
— . KoMratuch, F, A. Pa. C. 125(1865)626-.
— . Cody, H. P. J. Ps. C. 2 (1898) 242-.

— {calor^hres hfeu continu), Pelet, L. Laus.
8. Vd. Bll. 34 (1898) 243-.

— for maintaining constant temperature above
100°. UUch, K. Z. Vr. Riibenzuckin. 40
(1890) 1039-.

— — obtaining constant temperature water
current. Pulfrich, C, Z. Instk. 18 (1898)
49-.

Automatic maintenance of constant temperature
in chamber. Arsonval, A. d*. C. B. 107
(1888) 194- ; Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.)
630-.

— regulation. Cehyiev, (LU-Oen,) V, L, Bs.
Ps.-C. 8. J. 28 [Ps.) (1896) 66-.

and registration. Parenty, H, » dt Bricard,

R, C. R. 122 (1896) 919-.
Ck)nstant high temperatures in metallic vapour

baths. Barus, C, db Hallock, W, U. 8.

Gl. Sv. Bll. No, 54 (1889) 56-.

— temperature from 100° to 700°. Bodenstein,
M. Z. Ps. C. 30 (1899) 113-.

— — , d'Arsonval's method of maintaining.
Neesen, F. [1882-83] (xn) Berl. Ps. Gs.
Vh. 1 (1882) 39- ; 2 (1884) 29.

inbuUdings. WUd^H. [1885] 8t. P6t.

Ac. Sc. BU. 30 (1886) 363-.
and pressure, maintenance. Brown, F. D,

[1879] L. Ps. 8. P. 3 (1880) 68- ; Ph. Mg. 7

(1879) 411-.
Heat regulation, thermoelectric. Regaud, C,

dt Fouilliand, R, J. PI. Pth. G^n. 2 (1900)

457-.
Hot blast, equalisation of varying temperatures.

Ojert, L. F., dt Harrison, J, H, I. A 8. I.

J. (1900) (No. 1) 154-.
Incubator with electromagnetic arrangement

for constant temperature. Landois, C.C.A. L.

N.-Vorp. Mt. 12 (1880) 81-.
Oil bath, convenient form. Evans, W. P.

[1897] N. Z. I. T. 30 (1898) 495-.
R^ulation of temperature. Prytz, K, K}gfh.

Ov. (1892) 142-; Fschr. Ps. (1892) (Ab. 2)

249.
Regulator (Sir J. HalPs). HaU, B. [1833] Gl.

8. P. 1 (1834) 478-.
*-. Benoit, R. Par. 8. Ps. 84. (1879) 6-.
— . Arsonvai, A. d\ C. R. 92 (1881) 76-.
— . Dupetit, — . [1884] Bordeaux 8. 8c.

Mm. 2 (1886) xxvii-.

Regulator. Soret, C. [1884] Aroh. 8o. Ps.

Nt. 13 (1885) 70-.
— . Danvin, H. Kt. 38 (1886) 596-.
— , electrical. Orassini, R. Rv. Sc.-Ind. 32

(1900) 27-.
— , gas. Sehrwald, E. Z. Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888)

831—
_, __.* Weiss, G. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 49 (1897)

(C. R.) 88.
— , — , and thermostat for incubators. Hey-

denreich, L. Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892) 299-.
— , metastatic. Randolph, N. A. Franklin

I. J. 118 (1884) 178-.
—, new. ivory, F. G. Mcr. 8. J. (1898)

478-.
— , selenium photo-electric. Germain, P. G. R.

91 (1880) 688-.

— and thermograph. Baumhauer, E. H, von.
Arch. N6erl. 19 (1884) 297-.

— for warming by steam. Fischer, Herm.
Dingier 234 (1879) 161-.

— of wide range. GumUeh, E, Z. Instk. 18
(1898) 317-.

Regulators. Brown, J. T. Nt. 26 (1882) 114-.
— . Biervliet, — van. Bruz. 8. 8c. A. 12

(1888) {Pt. 1) 75-.
^. Riehrbeck, H. D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 721-.

THERM08TAT8.

Ure, Andr. R. 8. P. 3 (1831) 67.
Guthrie, Fred. Ph. Mg. 36 (1868) 80-.
(Hipp*8.) Hirsch, A. Carl Rpm. 4 (1868)

200-.
Laspeyres, E. A. H. A. Ps. C. 152 (1874)

182-.
Baur, C. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 44-.
Pemet, J. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 55-.
Arsonval, A. d\ C. R. 107 (1888) 194- ; Par.

8. Bl. Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.) 530-.
(d»Ar8onval*s.) Rohrbeek, H. D. Nf. Tbl.

(1888) 1.
Michel, A. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 44 (1892) (C. R.)

932-.
electric. Dumoncel, T, [A. L.] G. R. 88

(1854) 1027-.
— . KurHnskij, V. P. [1891-98] Kiev 8. Nt.

Mm. 12 (2) (1892) xlvii-; Fsohr. Ps. (1898)

(Ab. 2) 272-.
— . Whitney, W. R. Am. As. P. (1897) 127.
— . Duane, W., dt Lory, C. A. Am. J. 8o.

9 (1900) 179-.
— , for bacteriological incubator. Hanfland, F.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 17 (1900) 440-.
with electric heating to 500°. Rothe, R. Z.

Instk. 19 (1899) 148 -.
regulator. Gouy, — . J. de Ps. 6 (1897)

479-.
existing forms. Hammerl, H. Carl Rpm. 18

(1882) 809-, 885-, 441-.
gas. Edwards, A.M. A. C. 25 (1872) 890-.
without gas. Karawaiew, W, Z. Ws. Mkr*

18 (1896) 172-.
, modification. Karawaiew, W. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 18 (1896) 289-.
gas pressure regulator for. Kmidsen, L.

[1884] Kj0b. Carlsb. Lb. Mdd. 2 (1886) 184-

\R4s. 78-).

151

1200 Thermometry

gas pressare regulator for. MurrUl, R. Mor.

S. J. (1898) 480-.
improyement. BlUtncke, A. A. Pa. G. 25

(1886) 419-.
~. Qolicyn, (Prince) B, B, St. P^t. Ao. So.

BU. 7 (1897) XV-.
for incubation and artificial digestion experi-
ments. Bandolph, N, A, Franklin I. J. 86

(1888) 465-.
mioroeoope work. Koch, A. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 10 (1893) 161-.
self -regulating (without gas or electricity).

LandoU, L. N.-Vorp. Mt. 24 (1892) SO-,
simple. Beichert, E. A. Ps. C. 144 (1872)

467-.
— and sensitive. Andreae, O, [J*.?] L. (xn)

Mbl. Nt. 8 (1878) 98-; (ix) A. Ps. C. 4

(1878) 614-.
— , working by gas pressure. BaumhaueVf

E. H, von. G. B. 99 (1884) 370-.
for temperatures between 50° and 800°.

Mahlke, A. Z. Instk. 13 (1893) 197-.

THERMOMETBT.

1200 General.

Cotte, L. J. de Ps. 68 (1809) 132-, 222-.
Egen, P. N. C, Pogg. A. 11 (1827) 276-, 335-,

517- ; 13 (1828) 33-.
Pemet, J. Garl Bpm. 11 (1875) 257-.
MUU, E, J. Ph. Mg. 6 (1878) 62-.
Crafti, J. M, G. B. 91 (1880) 674-.
MiUi, E, J. Edinb. B. S. T. 29 (1880) 567- ;

Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 142-.
Brottm, F, D. L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 116-;

Ph. Mg. 14 (1882) 57-.
Gerland, E. Eassel Vr. Nt. Festschr. (1886)

62-.
WaUer, B. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 342-.
Buimann, — . [1897] Westf. Vr. Jbr. (1897-

98) 143-.
Cole, A, S,y(Jt Durgan, E. L. Ps. Bv. 4 (1897)

217-.
Chree, C. Nt. 58 (1898) 304- ; Ph. Mg. 45

(1898) 205-, 299-.
Aneroid-thermoscope, lecture demonstration

apparatus. Kar$ten, G. [1889] Schl.-

Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 8 (1891) 17-.
Barometer, formula for use as thermometer.

ViUeneuve, — {comU) de, Fr. Gg. Sc. 33

(1866) 339-.
GapiUary corrections to pressure and tempera-
ture measurements. Pemet, J. Z. Instk.

6 (1886) 377-.
Glass, change in properties. Weber, R, Par.

Bll. S. G. 1 (1864) 305-.
— , "Jena normal." Wiebe, H. F, Z. Instk.

6 (1886) 167-.
— , permeability by gases. Bartoli, A, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. T. 8 (1884) 337-.
— I physical properties. SchoU, O, Z. Instk.

11 (1891) 330-.
Heat, fundamental laws, and true measure of

temperature. Schitko, J. Baumgartner Z.

4 (1828) 436-; 6 (1829) 138-.

Measuremeat of Tempentun 1200

Heat, measurement, new method. JffiUer-

Erzhach, — . Gztg. Opt. 10 (1889) 14-.
High temperatures. Saint-Edme, E. Gosmoe

22 (1863) 754-.
, experiments. PouiUet, C, S, M, G. B.

3 (1836) 782-; Pogg. A. 39 (1836) 544-,

567-.
— — and vaporisation of carbon. Berthdoi^

— . G. B. 115 (1892) 1275-.

MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE.

PoUet, — . Amiens Bfm. Ac. (1848) 89-.
FUvet, E. Guyper Bv. Un. 19 (1866) 806-.
Boischa, J. Les Mondes 21 (1869) 720-, 761-.
Recknagel, Q. A. Ps. G. Ergdm. 6 (1874)

275-.
DragoumUt E. J. Berl. B. 10 (1877) 1648-.
CdUendar, H. L. [1886] Phil. Tians. (A) 178

(1888) 161-.
Weber, C. L. Gztg. Opt. 11 (1890) 88-, 111-.
Accuracy. Ren(m, E. G. B. 109 (1889) 895-.
— . Ouillaume, C, i, G. B. 109 (1889) 963-.
Air temperature. Dvfour, C, Aroh. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 4 (1897) 344-.
Atmosphere in sunshine. Aymonnet, — . G.

B. 87 (1878) 23-.
Gyclically varying temperature. BunUM, H,

F. W. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 579-; Ph. Big.
40 (1895) 282-.

Flame of water-gas. BUus, E. [1892] Nt. 47

(1892-93) 113.
— (Blass). Kumakow, N, Fsohr.

Ps. (1893) (Ab. 2) 309.
High and solar temperatures. Sainte-CUUre

DevilU, H. G. B. 74 (1872) 145-.
. Callendar, H, L, [1899] B. I.

P. 16 (1902) 97-.
— temperatures. Biot, J, B, J. Mines 17

(1804) 203-.
. Pnnsep, J, [1827] Phil. Trans. (1828)

79-.
. Pouillet, C. S. M. Froriep Not. 24

(1829) 39-.
. Erman, A,, dt Herter, P. Pogg. A.

97 (1856) 489-.
. Sainte-Claire DevUle, H., dt Troott, L.

G. B. 66 (1863) 977-.

. Becquerel, E, G. B. 57 (1863) 855-.

(Becquerel). Sainte-Claire DevilU, H,

G. B. 57 (1863) 894-.

. Becquerel, E. G. B. 57 (1868) 925-.

. Berthelot, M, Par. Bll. S. G. 8 (1867)

387-; A. G. 13 (1868) 144-.

. Fischer, F. Dingier 230 (1878) 319-.

. Sainte-Claire Deville, j6, H,,dt Troost,

L. G. B. 90 (1880) 727-, 773-.
. Selivanov, T, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 28

(Pi.) (1891) 152- ; J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 134-.

. BaruB, C. Ph. Big. 34 (1892) 1-.

. Le ChaUlier, H. Bv. Sc. 49 (1892)

162-.
. Roberts-Atuten, W, C. I. GE. P. 110

(1892) 152-.
. Berghaut, A, Gztg. Opt. 14 (1898)

121-.

152

1200 Thermometers

High temperatures. Deny, 6, Molhouse S.

In. BU. 64 (1894) 859-.
. B^guin, L, GWn. Civ. 28 (1895-96)

388-.
. Boudouard, — . Z. Angew. C. (1900)

794.
. OrUnhut, — . [1900] Nass. Vr. Jb. 54

(1901) xi^.
Liquids, oorreotion for, in case of insufficient

immersion. Ferrini, R, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

8 (1875) 141-.

— and solids. Botelho de Lcuitrda, C. Lisb.
Mm. Ac. Sc. 5 (1818) (pU, 2) 28-.

Low temperatures. Povillett C. S, M. C. B.

4 (1837) 513-.

. CaUletet, L., dt Colardeau, E. C. B.

106 (1888) 1489- ; Par. S. Ps. 86. (1888)

295-.
. Guillaumet C. i. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

20 (1888) 396-.
. Holbanit L., dt Wien, W, A. Ps. 0.

59 (1896) 213- ; Berl. Ak. Sb. (1896) 673-.
. Kamerlingh OnneSf H. Amst. Ak. Vs.

5 (1897) 37-. 79- ; J. de Ps. 9 (1900) 128.
. Kamerlingh Onnes, H.y dt Boudin, M,

[1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 224-, 308;

Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 299-, 374.
Solid homogeneous body. Betti, E. Mod.

Mm. S. It. 1 {pte, 2) (1868) 165-.
Sources of error. Schiltt, — . Z. Angew. C.

(1897) 96-.
Temperature determination in a given time,
• of variable source of heat. Indra, A. Wien

Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) {Ab. 2a) 823-.

— and time, measurement, analogy between.
Macgregor, J. G, [1887] N. Scotia I. Sc. P.
A T. 7 (1890) 20-.

Thermometers,

Schultes, J. A. (}ehlen J. 5 (1808) 729-.
BellatU, A. Poligrafo 9 (1832) 169-.
DobrzyHski, F, Kosmos (Lw.) 9 (1884) 712.
MUller-Un, R. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (10)

(1897) 35-.
behaviour in vacuum. Loewy, B, B. S. P.

17 (1869) 319-.
centigrade, fixing boiling point. Ahhadie, A,

T. d\ C. B. 40 (1865) 847-.
— , — . MelandeTf G, Helsingf. 6fv,

33 (1891) 230-.
— , general use. Uhde, A, D. Nf. Vsm. B.

(1841) 151-.
construction. Penalver, J, L, de, Madrid A.

H. Nt. 2 (1800) 143-.
~. Landriani, M, BrugnatelH G. 2 (1819)

292-.
^. Rudherg, F. Stookh. Ak. Hndl. (1834)

354-; Pogg. A. 37 (1836) 376-; 40 (1837)

39-, 562-.
and definition of temperature. Potter, R, Ph.

Mg. 24 (1862) 447-.
D^uc»s. Legrand, — . C. B. 71 (1870) 66.
general, arrangement. Markiewicz, R. Erk.

Boczn. Uniwers. 1 (1817) 123-.
improved. Rutherford, D, [1790] Edinb. B.

S. T. 3 (1794) 247-.

Thermometers 1200

improvemenjts. Bahhini, G, Firenze A. Ms.

Imp. 2 aSlO) {pU. 2) 1-.
index-. GiovamhatUta da S. Martino, Ve-
rona Mm. S. It. 6 (1792) 71-.
for low temperatures. ChappuU, P, Arch.

So. Ps. Nt. 28 (1892) 293-.
new. Lamy, A. C. B. 70 (1870) 893-.
— , or cryometer. PleUcM, A, Pogg. A. 68

(1844) 115-.
— , very sensitive. MieheUon, A, A. Par. S.

Ps. S6. (1882) 66-.
non-equilibratea, rate of change of readings.

Dufour, C. Laus. 8. Vd. BU. 33 (1897) 128-.
precautions in use. Gohin, A. (x) Lyon S.

Ag. A. 6 (1873) xvi-.
precision. Pierre, J. I, Fr. An. M^t. (1849)

198- .
sensibility. Thomsen, J, Ejdb. Ov. (1868) 25-.

— . GuiUaume, C, 6, Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891)

6-.
~. Auzenat, R, Mon. Sc. 14 (1900) 758-.
— in liquids. Hartmarm, J. Z. Instk. 17 (1897)

131-.
and temperature. Witkowaki, A, W, (xn)

Kosmos (Lw.) 8 (1888) 269-, 493-.
theory. Handl, A. Carl Bpm. 17 (1881) 800-.
tubes, graphical calibration. Majorana^ Q.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem, 2)

97-.
verification. Forbes, J. D. Phil. Trans. (1886)

571-.

Pyrometer (new). Daniell, J. F. QJ. So. 11
(1821) 309-.

— ( — ). Neumann, A, Baumgartner Z. 10
(1882) 284-.

— (— ). Lamy, A, C. B. 69 (1869) 347-.
Pyrometric experiments. Hassler, F, R, [1817]

Am. Ph. S. T. 1 (1818) 210-.
(Hassler). Patterson, R. Am. Ph. S.

T. 1 (1818) 227.
Pyrometry. Becquerel, E, (vn) Par. A. Cons.

4 (1863) 597-.
Temperature and absolute zero. Bauer, K. L,

A. Ps. C. 153 (1874) 133-.

— , certain effects. Coathupe, C. T. Ph. Mg.
17 (1840) 130-.

— constants. Subie, S. A. Ps. C. 147 (1872)
452-.

— , equilibrium. Laurent, P, A, Par. £c.
Pol. J. 40« cah. (1863) 75-.

— of medium, calculation. Volpicelli, P, C.

B. 60 (1865) 416- ; Bm. At. N. Line. 18
(1865) 238-.

— reached in converters, etc. Le Chatelier, H,

C. B. 114 (1892) 470-.

— scale on gas thermometer, and molecular
weights. Berthelot, — . Bv. So. 88 (1884)
513-.

Thermometrio admeasurement and capacity.

Ure, Andr, Phil. Trans. (1818) 888-.
Thermometry of the Accademia ael Cimento

(Florence). MoriU, A, [1849] St. P^t. AOc

So. BU. 8 (1850) 19-.

15a

1210

Expansion and Fressnre Thermometry

1210

Thermometry and allied subjects. Oeissler, — ,

rf PlUeker, — . Pogg. A. 86 (1862) 238-.
— — plethysmometry, relations between.

Christtani, A., d Kronecker, H, Aroh. An.

PI. {PI. il6.) (1878) 336-.
—.theorem. Hartmarm^ J. Z. Instk. 17 (1897)

14^; Met.Z. 14(189*^45-.
Transformation of thermal coefficients. OuU-

laume, C. E. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 6

(1888) 25 pp. ; Aroh. Sc. Ps. Nt. 22 (1889)

5—.

Transmission apparatus for thermometrio
readings. Moennicht P. Ezner Bpm. 24
(1888) 696-.

1210 Expansion and Pressure
Thermometry.

Barometric temperature measurement. ToepUtt

A. Dresden Isis Sb. (1894) 33-; A. Ps. C.

66 (1895) 609- ; 67 (1896) 324-.
Coefficients of expansion of gases and their

suitability for use in thermometry. Crafts,

J, M. C. R. 98 (1884) 1259-.
Differential thermoscope, use. Meyer, 0, E,

Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1897) (Ah, 2a) 26.
Expansion of glass, influence on readings.

Fischer, E. G. Berl. Ab. (1816-17) (P«.)

Expansions of air and mercury as given by

Regnault. Matthiessen, L. Z. Mth. Ps. 18

(1873] 323-.
Exposed column correction. Rimhach, E,

Berl. B. 22 (1889) 3072- ; Z. Instk. 10

(1890) 163-, 292-.
. GMiUaume, C. E. 0. B. 112 (1891)

87-; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 17-; Par. S. C.

Bll. 6 (1891) 647-.

. Renou, — . C. B. 112 (1891) 260.

, auxiliary tube for. Mahlke, A, Z.

Instk. 13 (1893) 68-.
, — — — . Guillaumet C. J&, Z.

Instk. 13 (1893) 166-.
Fixed points, determination. Pemet, J., Jaeger,

W,, dt Gumlich, E. Berl. Ps. Beichsanst.

Ab. 1 (1894) 81-.
— — , variation. Crafts, J. M. C. B. 91

(1880) 370-.
Freezing of water on thermometers. Henrici,

F. C. Pogg. A. 47 (1839) 214-.
(Henrici). GinU, W, Baumgartner

Z. 6 (1840) 163-.
Furnace, temperature, determination. Mushet,

D. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 4 (1799) 265-.
Gas-thermometiy. Chappuis, P, L. Ps. S. P.

17 (1901) 355-; Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 433-.
Ibanez method. Maurer, J, Ziir. Vjschr. 29

(1884) 139- ; Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 269-.
Irregular indications in thermometers. Hera-
path, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 63 (1824) 8-.
Kew apparatus for verification of thermometers.

Galton,F. [1877] B. S. P. 26 (1878) 84-.
Mercurial thermometry, absolute. Sworn, 8, A .

[1899] B. 8. P. 66 (1900) 86-.
Pressure coefficient. GuUlaume, — . Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1890) 168.

Pressure coefficients. Chree, C, Ph. Mg. 88

(1894) 371-.
. Pemet, J,, Jaeger, W., dk QwMch, E,

Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 1 (1894) 67-.
, and elasticity of glass. Reggtanit N,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892) (8em. 1) 298-.

— correction. Venable, F, P,, d Oore, J. W.
Science 7 (1886) 144-, 190.

. Sig. Science 7 (1886) 168.

— , influence. Delarive, A,, d Mareet, F,

Bb. Un. 22 (1823) 265-.
— , — . ZaiU^Lescki, F» Yen. Aten. Esennt.

6 (1848) 273-.
— , — . VieerUini, O, (xn) Bv. So.-Ind. 16

(1883) 178-.
— , — . PickeHng, S, U, L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

234-; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 406-.
— , — on vacuous tnermometers. GifUl, W.

Baumgartner Z. 6 (1837) 8-.
— , internal. GuUlaume, C, i, C. B. 108

(1886) 1183-.
Pyrometer, air-, and dasymeter of Siegert and

Dilrr. H, Oestr. Z. Brgw. 41 (189^ 291.
— , — , — manometer. Codcuza, O. Tor. Ai

Ac. Sc. 8 (1872-73) 861-.
— , — , new. Wiborgh, J, Jem-Eont. A. 48

(1888) 97-; I. & S. I. J. (1888) {No. 2)

— , — , — . Jiiptner, H. von. Oestr. Z. Brgw.

42 (1894) 409-.
— , — , Wiborgh's. Sprung, A. Oestr. Z.

Brgw. 37 (1889) 20-.
— , — , — . Jiiptner, H. ron. Oestr. Z. Brgw*

38 (1890) 397-.
— , — , — . Crum, J. [1891] Glasg. L Eng.

T. 35 (1892) 123-.
— , — , — . Trotz, E. [1892] Am. I. Mn.

E. T. 21 (1893) 592-.
— , — , — , improvement. Wiborgh, J» Jem-

Kont. A. 46 (1891) 81-; I. A S. I. J. (1891)

{No. 2) 130-.
— , new. Sehw. Humb. 8 (1884) 382-.
— , platinum. Guy ton de Morveau, L. B. A.

0. 46 (1803) 276-.

— and thermometer. Fischer, F. Dingier 225
(1877) 272-, 463-.

Pyrometry. Guyton de Morveau, L. B. Par.

Mm. de PI. (1808) (Sem. 2) 1-; (1811) 89-.
— , recent advances. Roherts- Austen, W. C,

[1893-94] Am. I. Mn. E. T. 23 (1894) 407- ;

24 (1895) 798-.
Quartz, fused, use in thermometers, etc.

Gautier, A. G. B. 130 (1900) 816.
Bange 100° to 300°. Sherman, 0. T. Am. J.

Sc. 30 (1886) 42-.
Silica, fused, resistance to fracture under

sudden change of temperature. Dufowr, — .

C. B. 130 (1900) 1753-.
— , use in thermometry. Shenstone, W. A.

Nt. 61 (1899-1900) 640.

THERMOMETERS.

Littrow, (7. J. von. Qehlen J. 7 (1808) 887-.

Carl, P. Carl Bpm. 2 (1867) 249-.

Rogers, W. A., dt Woodward, R, 8. Am. As.

P. (1889) 134r-.
air. Gay-Lussac, L. J. A. C. 51 (1682) 485-.

IM

1210 Tbermometen

air. Jolly, P. von, A. Ps. C. Jubelbd. (1874)

— . Wirutanley, D. L. Pb. S. P. 4 (1881)

67-; Ph. Mg. 10 (1880) 380-.
— . PHterston, 0, J. Pr. C. 26 (1882) 102-.
— . Mazzoito, D. N. Cim. 29 (1891) 142-.
— , and air barometer. Steinhauter, A. Exner

Rpm. 23 (1887) 411-.
— , with barometer. MlUUr, F, C, Q. A. Ps.

C. 86 (1889) 763-.
— , calibration of bulb. Cody, W, G. Am. J.

Sc. 2 (1896) 341-.
— , calorimetry with. IxJuHnov, D. A, Rs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 292-.
— , compensated. Callendar, H, L, B. 8. P.

50 (1892) 247-.
— , constant volume. BottomUy, J, T, Edinb.

R. S. P. 15 (1889) 85-.
— , . Murray, J, R, E, Edinb. R. 8. P.

21 (1897) 299-.
— , discussion of properties. Potter, R, Ph.

Mg. 24 (1862) 263-.
— , for high temperatures. Sehneeheli, H,

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 8 (1882) 244-; 9 (1883)

365-.
— , . Wiborgh, J, G. Cztg. Opt. 11

(1890) 14-.
— , at high temperatures. Holborn, L., dt

Day, A. L. Am. J. 8c. 8 (1899) 166- ; 10

(1900) 171-.
— , improvements. Soret, C, db Le Royer, A.

Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt. 22 (1889) 270-.
— , indications of which are independent of

barometric pressure. MicheUon, A. A. Am.

J. Sc. 24 (1882) 92.
— , with metal bulbs, anomalies. Fueis, R,

Z. Instk. 6 (1885) 274-.
— , , — . Knopf, 0. Z. Instk. 6 (1886)

432-.
— , new form. Cantzlaar, J. [1816] Zeew.

Gn. N. Vh. 2 (1818) 17 pp.
— , . Gnmshaw, W, Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1841)

406-.
— . . Holten, C. 8k. Nf. F. 3 (1842)

315—

— , . Tate, T, Ph. Mg. 20 (1860) 298-.

— , . Cooke, J. P. Am. J. 8c. 15 (1878)

391—.
— , . Crafts, J. M. A. C. 14 (1878)

409-.

— , . Witz, A. C. R. 91 (1880) 164-.

— , — self-correcting. MUller, F. C. G. Cztg.

Opt. 17 (1896) 14-.
— , with platinum bulb, and invariable zero.

Marchis, — . Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1896) 66-.
— , reduction of dead space. Gugltelmo, G,

Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 6 (1897) {Sem, 2) 292-.
— , for temperatures above 300° C. Joannis, — .

Bordeaux 8. 8c. Mm. 4 (1888) xxxv-.
— , theory. Meikle, H. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 1

(1826) 332-.
— , use. Knochenhauer, K. W. [1860-61] Wien

SB. 43 (Ab. 2) (1861) 27-; 44 (Ab. 2) (1862)

269-; 46 (Ab. 2) (1862) 229-.
alcohol. Flaugergues, H, J. de Ps. 66 (1808)

295-; 67 (1808) 123-.
— . Hicks, J. J. [1874] Met. 8. QJ. 2 (1876)

9v-.

Tbermometen 1210

alcohol, graduation. Angot, A» J. de Ps* 10

(1891) 399-.
— , hydrogen, and toluene, at low temperatures.

Chappuis, — . Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (1891)

46-.

— and toluene for, comparison. Ben&U, — .
Pftr. Poids et Mes. PV. (1890) 10-.

Challenger, pressure errors. Tait, P. G, [1881]

Nt. 26 (1882) 90-, 127-.
compensation (Schott's). Hoffmann, W, Z.

Instk. 17 (1897) 267-.
'. Mmer, G. Z. Angew. C. (1898) 29.
construction. Pemet, J., Jaeger, W., db

Gumlich, E. Berl. Ps. Reichsanst. Ab. 1

(1894) 12-.
— , theory. Adams, (Rev,) J, Silliman J. 8

(1824) 121-.
correction. Bessel, F. W. Fogg. A. 6 (1826)

287-.
delicate, calorimetrio. Pickering, S. U. L. Ps.

8. P. 8 (1887) 8-; Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 330- ;

L. Ps. 8. P. 8 (1887) 229- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887)

401-.
— , short. Raikaw, P. N. C. Ztg. 19 (1895)

1788.
gas. Coleman, J. J. Glasg. Ph. 8. P. 16

(1885) 220-.

— . Chappuis, P. Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt. 20 (1888)

5-, 153-, 248-.
— . Le Royer, A,, tit Soret, C. Arch. 8o. Ps.

Nt. 20 (1888) 684-.
— , comparison at low temperatures. Olszewski,

K. Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Rz. 14 (1886) 283-;

Fschr. Ps. (1886) {Ab. 2) 278.
— , constant pressure. Thomson, (Sir) W.

Edinb. R. 8. P. 10 (1880) 639-.
— , — volume. Foster, G. C. B. A. Rp.

(1897) 210-.
— , at high temperatures. Holbom, L., d

Day, A. L. Am. J. Sc. 8 (1899) 166- ; 10

(1900) 171-.
— , independent of atmospheric pressure.

CailUUt, L. C. R. 106 (1888) 1066-.
— , as pyrometer for high temperatures*

Regnault, V. A. C. 63 (1861) 39-.
— , very sensitive. Gra^si, G. Nap. Rd. 24

(1886) 16-, 131-.

— , use. Crafts, J. M. C. R. 106 (1888)

1222-.
historical account. Smolik, A. Ziva 8 (1860)

134-.
. WoMwUl, E. [1864] A. Ps. C. 124

(1865) 163-.
. Burckhardt, F. A. Ps. C. 133 (1868)

680-.
hydrogen, limit of range. Wroblewski, S. C.

R. 100 (1886) 979-.
Joule's. Schuster, A. Nt. 47 (1892-93)

364.
— . Young, S. Nt. 47 (1892-93) 889-.
~, zero-point. Young, S. Nt. 47 (1892-93)

317.
Kew standard. Waldo, L. Nt. 24 (1881)

100-.

— -», errors. Waldo, L. Am. J. Sc. 21
(1881) 67-, 226-, 443-.

2 Uquidis for. Lupin, — von. Nt. 48 (1893)
206.

155

1210 Tbermometen

medical, errors. Ferenczv, M, Cstg. Opt. 18

(1892) 117-.
meioaxy. Henrici, F. C. Pogg. A. 60 (1840)

261-.
— . Guillaume, C, E, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 16

(1886)507-; 17(1887)19-.
— , accuracy. Crafts, J. M. C. B. 96 (1882)

910-.
—, accurate. Ptotanta, G. Catania Ac. Gioen.

At. 6 (1898) Mem. 2, 4 pp.
— , calibration. Brit. Abb, Comm. B. A. Bp.

(1882) 146-.
— , changes. Blackadder, H. H, Edinb. J.

Sc. 6 (1826) 47-.
— , construction. Heinrich, P. Schweigger J.

1 a811) 214-.
— , determination of fixed points. Neubert, ^.

Dresden Isis Sb. (1880) 29-.
^1 , and measurement of temperature.

Pemet, J, Wien Met. Z. 14 (1879) 180- ;

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1881) 186-.
— , volume of mercury. Clark, J. W.

L. Ps. 8. P. 7 (1886) 118- ; Ph. Mg. 20

(1886) 48-.
— , (Clark). Clay dm, A. W,

L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 867-; Ph. Mg. 21

(1886) 248-.

— I weight of mercury. Gerosa, O. Bv.

Sclnd. 18 a886) 826-.
— , electric reaaing at a distance. Eschenhagen,

M. Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 898-.
— , eliminating variations of fixed points.

Pemet, J. C. B. 91 (1880) 471-.
— , , with tables. Pemet, J,

Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (•1881) B. 1-,

B. I-.
— , after heating. Wiehe, H, F. Z. Instk. 8

(1888) 878-.
— , high range, use of liquid carbon dioxide to

produce pressure in. Mahlke, A, Z. Instk.

12 (1892) 402-.
— , at hign temperatures. Wiehe, H. F. Z.

Instk. 10 (1890) 207-.
— , influence of glass on readings. Pemet , J.,

Jaeger, W„ d Oumlich, E, Berl. Ps.

Beichsanst. Ab. 1 (1894) 6-.
— , insensitive. Qovi, O, Nap. Bd. 21 (1882)

162-.
— , life history. Sworn, S. A. B. A. Bp.

(1896) 729.
— , new form. Pemet, J. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1887) 87-.

— , oldest. Hellmarm, O. Met. Z. 14 (1897) 81-.
— , reduction formula. August, E. F. Pogg.

A. 18 (1828) 119^.
— , sepajration of column. Gromadzki, A,

Mosc. Obs. A. 8 {Pt, 2) (•1877) 136-.

t,B.W.
78-.

— , use. Dwars,

(xn) Mbl. Nt. 9 (1879)

— , — . CrafU, J. M. [1888] Am. C. J. 6

(♦1888-84) 807-.
metallic. JUrgensen, U. Kidb. Dn. Yd. Selsk.

Afh. 2 (1826) 281-.
— . Jnilig, M. Wien Ak. Sb. 79 (1879)

{Ab, 2) 849-.
— . Drechsler, A, Lpldina. 24 (1888) 98-.
— , Breguet's. Siber, T, Schweigger J. 20

(1817) 466-.

Tbermometen 1210

metallic, Breguet's. Breguet^ L. A. C. 8

(1841) 606-.
— , — and Holzmann's. Neumann^ A. Baum-

gartner Z. 10 (1882) 284-.
— , calculation. Bonnesen, E. Fsohr. Ps.

(1884) (Ab. 2) 826-.
— , first. Gerland, E. Lpldina. 24 (1888)

160-.
— , for high temperatures. Walker, Rich,

TiUoch Ph. Mg. 86 (1810) 119-.
— , Begnier*s. Brisson, B. Par. Mm. de 1*1.

2 (1796) {H.) la-.
— , solution of 2 problems. Argand, — . Ger-

gonne A. Mth. 4 (1818-14) 29-.
— , WinnerPs. Winnerl, — . As. Nr. 7 (1829)

217-.
metastatic. Grellois, E, (xn) Mets Ac. Ifm.

60 (1870) 876-.
— , corrections. Scheurer-Kestner, — . C. B.

121 (1896) 668-.
new, theory. Schreiber, C, A, P. Carl Bpm.

11 (1876) 1-.
petroleum ether. Kohlrausch, F. A. Ps. C.

60 (1897) 468-.

. Mewes,R. Dingier 816 (1900) 786-.

potassium-sodium. BtUy, E. C.C, dt ChorUy,

J. C. Berl. B. 27 (1894) 470-.
pressure. Mitscherlieh, A, D. Nf. TU.

(•1876) 96.
quartz, for high temperatures. Dufour, A,

C. B. 180 (1900) 776-.
sensitive. Joule, J, P. Manch. Ph. S. P. 3

(1862-68) 78-.
spiral, Breguet's. HolU, W. N.-Vorp. Mt. 17

(1886) 63-.
— , Florentine. Schiff, H. C. Ztg. 19 (1896)

2278.
steam-pressure. Thomson, {Sir) W, Edinb.

B. S. P. 10 (1880) 482-, 682-.
sulphuric acid, noteworthy property. Donle,

W. Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 288-.
and temperature. Thirion, J. Bv. Quest. Sc.

81 (1892) 353-.
unimetallic. Tremeschini, — . As. Fr. C. B.

(1878) 493-.
with vapour tension scale. Fuchs, P. Z.

Angew. C. (1898) 869-.
weight-, comparable with mercury thermometer.

Barbier, i. C. B. 99 (1884) 762-.

Thermometrio studies, (htillaume, C. J$.

Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 6 (1886) 92 +

cux pp.
Thermoscope, new. Looser, G, Bonn NH«

Vr. Cor.-Bl. (1894) 11-.
— , wire and optical arrangement. Swan, W,

[1883] Sc. S. Arts T. 11 (•1887) 64-.
Zero, change. Bellani, A. Bb. Un. 21 (1822)

262- ; Brugnatelli G. 6 (1822) 268-.
— , — . Gay-Lussac, L. J. A. C. 21 (1822)

830-.
— , — . Kiimtz, L. F. Schweigger J. 40

(=Jb. 10) (1824) 200-.
— , — . Yelin, J. C. von. Kastner Arch. Ntl.

8 (1824) 109-.
— , — . Arago, D. F. J. A. C. 88 (1827) 423-.

156

1230

Electrical Thermometry

1230

Zero, change. Legrand, J. N, A. G. 68

(1836) 368-; C. R. 4 (1837) 173-.
— , — . DtBpreU, C, C. R. 4 (1887) »26-.

— . GirUl, W, Baumgartner Z. 5 (1837)
117-.

— . Bellani, A. [1839] Mod. Mm. S. It.
22 (1841) 76-.

— . Person, C, C. C. R. 19 (1844) 1314-.

— . Adie, J. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 49 (1860)
122-.

— . Joule, J. P. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 6
(1867) 161-.

— . Zink, — . Wiirtb. Jh. 28 (1872) 124-.

-— . Joule, J. P, Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P.
L2 (1873) 73.

— . Pemet, J, Wien Met. Z. 14 (1879)
206-, 263.

— . Crafts, — . Nass. Vr. Jb. 38 (1886)
169.

— . Heycock, C. T. Camb. Ph. S. P. 7
(1892) 319.

— . Bartoli, A, Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 29
(1896) 247-.

— . Marchis, L. C. R. 123 (1896) 799-;
L24 (1897) 493- ; 125 (1897) 294-, 484-, 472 ;
Z. Ps. C. 29 (1899) 1-.

— , secular. Baudin, L. C, C. R. 116
(1892) 933-.

determination. Giordano, G. Nap. Rd.
1 (1872) 235-.

— . Tellier, C. C. R. 76 (1872) 678-.

— . Craig, B, F. Am. C. 3 (1873) 326.

— . Krehs, G. Carl Rpm. 10 (1874) 207-.

— . Marker, J, A. R. S. P. 60 (1897) 164-.

fall. Crafts, J, M. C. R. 94 (1882) 1298-.

— , course. B'dttcher, A, Z. Instk. 8 (1888)
409-.

~ , effect of composition of glass. Weber, R,
Berl. Ak. Sb. (1883) 1233-.

— , freedom from. Weber, R, D. Nf. Tbl.
(1889) 249-.

rise. Flaugergues, H, Bb. Un. 20 (1822)
17-.

— . CrafU, J. M. C. R. 91 (1880) 291-.

— . Young, S. Nt. 41 (1890) 162.

— . Tomlinson, H. Nt. 41 (1890) 198.

— . Mills, E. J. Nt. 41 (1890) 227.

— . Young, S, Nt. 41 (1890) 271-, 488-.

— . Mills, E, J. Nt. 41 (1890) 637-.

1230 Electrical Thermometry.

Bolometer. Langley, S, P, Am. Ac. P. 16

(1881) 342-.
— . Crova, A. A. C. 29 (1893) 137-.
— , measurements with by zero method.

Crova, A, As. Fr. C. R. (1892) (Pt, 1) 178-.
— , — — — . Wadsworth, F. L, 0.

Asps. J. 5 (1897) 268-.
— , sensitiveness. Guye, C, E. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 24 (1890) 669-.
— , surface-construction. Lummer, 0,, dt

Kurlbaum, F. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 81-.
— , theory. Reid, H. F, Am. J. Sc. 35 (1888)

160-.
— , — . Guye, C, E. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 27

(1892) 26-.

MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE.

by aid of telephone. Lem, R, St. P^t. Ac.

Sc. Bll. 29 (1884) 291-.
resistance method. Siemens, C. W. R. I. P.

6 (1872) 488-.
. Bartoli, A., dt Somigliana, C Mil. I.

Lomb. Rd. 29 (1896) 276-.

— — (high temperatures). Grifiths, E, H.
Nt. 63 (1896-96) 389-.

. Clark, G. M. Elect. 88 (1897) 176-,

241-, 278-. 371-, 747-.

— — . Chrustschow, P., db Sitnikow, A.
Fschr. Ps. (1898) (Ab. 2) 267.

— and thermoelectric method. GuiUaume,

C. i, Lnm. i:iect. 28 (1888) 201-, 812-,
409-. 464-, 666-, 601-.

(high temperatures). Holbom, L.,

dt Wien, W, Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 267-, 296-.

— — — — . BUmdin, J. Lum. Elect. 47
(1893) 21-. 76-, 126-.

Thermoelectric Measurement.

Regnault, V. Bb. Un. Arch. 10 (1849) 266-;

11 (1849) 6-, 266-.
Boutan, A. G. R. 47 (1868) 74-.
(Boutan.) Becquerel, A. C. G. R. 47 (1868)

178-, 717-.
Rossetti, F. N. Gim. 26 .(•1867) 404-.
Arsonval, A. d\ Lum. £lect. 6 (*1881) 40-.
Rosenthal, J. [1894] Erlang. Ps. Md. S.

Sb. 26 (1896) 40-.
Aubel, E. van, dt Paillot, R, Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 83 (1896) 148-.
Fessenden, R, A. Nt. 63 (1896-96) 244-.
Jacobus, D, S. Am. As. P. (1900) 161.
of flames. Waggener, W, J, Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1896) 78- ; A. Ps. G. 68 (1896) 679-.
. Berkenbuseh, F, A. Ps. G. 67 (1899) 649-.

— high temperatures. Becquerel, A. C, A.
G. 31 (1826) 371-.

— — — . Siemens, E. W. von, dt Halske,
J, G. (xn) Elekttech. Z. 2 (1881) 246-.

. Le ChaUlier, H. Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1886) 100- ; G^n. Giv. 10 (1886-87) 291-.
. Barus, C. U. S. Gl. Sv. Bll. No, 64

(1889) 313 pp.

. McCrae,J. A. Ps. G. 66 (1896) 96-.

, calibration. Lindeck, S,, dt Rothe, R.

Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 286-.
, — . Nichols, E. L, Arch. N^erl. 5

(1900) 339-.
, present status of research. Barus, C.

Am. J. Sc. 48 (1894) 332-.
interpolation formuleo. Holman, S, W. Am.

Ac. P. 31 (1896) 193-.
by iron-constantan couple. Aubel, E. van.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 6 (1898) 169-.
of underground and atmospheric temperature.

Becquerel, A, C, C, R. 46 (1868) 1183-.

— — temperature. Becquerel, A, C, dt
Breschet, — . Bb. Un. 7 (1837) 173-.

. Becquerel, E, C, R. 66 (1863) 1067-.

.* Pemet, J. (x) Wild Rpm. Met. 2

(1872) 86-.

157

1830

Electrical Thermometry

1240

Platinum (emperatnree. Dickson^ J, D. H,
Ph. Big. 44 (1897) 445-.

— thermometry. CfaUendart H, L, Ph. Mg.
47 (1899) 191-.

. Chree, C. [1899] R. S. P. 67 (1901)

8-.

PYROMETERS.

HerHuM, W, C. Z. Angew. C. (1895) 431-.
eleotric. Siemmt^ C. FT. I. and S. I. J. 1

(1871) 60-.
— . Ahney, (Lt.) — . Ph. Mg. 44 (1872) 80.
— (Siemens's). Brii.AM, Comm. {Foster, G. (7.)

B. A. Rp. (1874) 242-.
— . Braun, F. Elekttech. Z. 9 (1888) 421-.

— (Braon's). Palaz, A, Lam. Elect. 30
(1888) 65-.

— . Roberts-Austen, W. C, [1893] Elect. 32

(1894) 41-.
— . MontpeUier^J. A. Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 859.
modification of Siemens's. Spohr, J, Dingier

257 (1885) 315-.
platinam. CcUlendar, H, L. I. & S. I. J.

(1892) (No. 1) 164-.
technical. Herous, W, C, Reiser, — , <&

Schmidt, — . Z. Instk. 15 (1895) 373-.
thermoelectric. Le Chatelier, H, Par. S. G.

Bll. 47 (1887) 2.
— . Schoetitjes, H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 5 (1898)

136-.
— , Le Chatelier*s. Rigaut, A. Lam. Elect. 36

(1890) 308-.

— , — . Struthers, J. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 12

(1891) 143- ; 13 (1892) 221-.

— , — . Damour, E. Berg-Hm. Ztg. 51 (1892)

277-, 301-. 310-.
— , — . Herdus, W. C. [1895] Z. Elektch.

(1895-96) 276-.
— , — . Ernst, C. von. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 45

(1897) 300-.
— , — ^ automatic methods of observation.

Roherts-Austen, W. C. I. & S. I. J. (1891)

(No. 1) 90-.
— , — , calibration. Holman, S. W. Am. Ac.

P. 31 (1896) 234-.
— , — , for melting-point of cast iron.

Moldenke, R. Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 282.
— ^ — ^ new form. Jacobus, D. S. Am. As.

P. (1900) 151.
— , recording. Roberts-Aiuten, W. C. I. A S.

I. J. (1893) (No. 1) 112-.
— , — . Stansfield, A. L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899)

103- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 59-.

Thermograph, thermoelectric, and lunar radia-
tion. Hutchins, C. C, db Owen, D. E.
Am. Ac. P. 24 (1889) 125-.

THERMOMETERS.

Ovillaume, C. ^. Par. Poids et Mes. PV.

(1891) 53-.
differential resistance. Mendenhall, T. C.

Am. J. Sc. 30 (1885) 114-.
electric. Solly, E. Ph. Mg. 19 (1841) 391-.
— contact. Grunmach, L. Z. Instk. 9 (1889)

296-.

electric, for low temperatures. WUkow$ki, A,

Erk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 3 (1891) 880-; Gio.

Ac. Sc. Bll. (1891) 188-.

— , . Rr. Dingier 804 (1897) 67-.

— , in medicine. GuSrotU, A, Lum. lisieet. 4

(♦1881) 158-.
— , modification. Mascartt i, J. de Ps. 2

(1873) 313-.
— , registering. Mwin, A.J. C. B. 64 (1867)

327-.
— resistance-. Siemem, C. W. (ti AdjdM\ Ph.

Mg. 21 (1861)73-.

. Shaw, W. N. B. A. Rp. (1888) 690-.

platinum. GHffiths, E. H. [1890] Phil.

Trans. (A) 182 (1892) 43-.
— . Wade, E. B. H. Camb. Ph. S. P. 9

(1898) 526-.

— . Chappuis, — . Par. Poids et Mes. PV.

(1899) 157-.

— , construction. Callendar, H. L. Ph. Bfg.

32 (1891) 104-.
— , direct reading. Clark, O. M, B. A. Rp.

(1894) 758.

— , . Appleyard, R. [1895] L. Ps. S. P.

14 (1896) 74- ; Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 62-.
— , for low temperatures. Griffiths, E. H., d

Clark, G. M. [1892] Camb. Ph, S. P. 8

(1895) 2-.

— , standardising. Callendar, H. L,, dt
GHjfiths, E. U. [1890] Phil. Trans. (A)
182 (1892) 119-.

quick-indicating. Genglaire, E. Lum. Elect.
46 (1892) 372-.

Thermomultiplier. NobUi, L. Bb. Un. 44

(1830) 225-.
Thermophone. Whipple, G. C. Science 2

(1895) 639-.
— . WhippU, G. C.,d: Warren, H. E. [1899]

Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 69.
Thermopile, differential. Beaulieu-Marconnay,

K. (Frhr.) von. Humb. 5 (1886J 224-.
— , new. Rubens, H. Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 65-,

137.
— , — (Rubens). Czermak, P. Z. Instk. 18

(1898) 135-.
Thermoscope, electric. Ascoli, M. Rm. R.

Ac. Line. Rd. 6 (1890) (Sem. 1) 449-.
— , — , differential. Nosworthy, W. F. TeL

J. 11 (1882) 167-.

1240 Temperature Measurement
by Calorimeter, Vapour Den-
sity, Transpiration, Viscosity,
etc.

Air-calorimeter. Gezekhus, N. A. [1882] (xn)

Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 15 (Ps., Pt. 1) (1883) 10-.
Calorimetric methods. Arsofwal,A.d\ Lum.

6lect. 13 (1884) 361 -, 405-, 445-, 493-.
Evaporation of carbon-tetrachloride. MiiUer-

Erzbach, W. D. Nf. Vh. (1894) (Th. 2,

HdlfU 1) 72-.

158

1240 Physical Thermometry

Evaporation as means of measuring temperature.

MiiUer-Erzhaeh, W, Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

575-; Met. Z. 5 (1888) 458-; Z. Instk. 10

(1890) 88-.
Fiumace temperature, determination. Beau-

nier, — , dt Gallois, —. J. Mines 12 (1801)

272-; 16 (1804) 37-. 81-, 193-.
, — . Appolt, — . Berg- Hm. Ztg. 15

(1856) 165-.
Gases, temperature measurements by refrac

tivity. Berthelot, D. Par. Ms. H. Nt. Bll

4 (1898) 301-.
High temperatures, measurement. Wilson

John, ME. I. P. (1852) 53-.
, — (Wilson's method). Koldmannf —

HaUe Z. Nw. 2 (1853) 115-.

,— . Beutel.E. Wien Az. 86 (1899) 261

, — . Berthelot, D. Par. S. C. Bll. 23

(1900) 322-.
— — , — by meldometer. Ramsay^ TT., <t

EumorfopouLos, N. L. Ps. S. P. 14 (1896)

105- ; Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 860-.
, Weinhold's calorimeter. Schneider ^

C, H. Carl Bpm. 11 ^1875) 116-.
Hydropyrometer for metallurgists' use. Andrie^

S, A. Jem-Kont. A. 39 (1884) 173 -; Berg-

Hm. Ztg. 43 (1884) 506-.
Lava from Etna, temperature. Bartoli, A,

Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 3 (1891) 61-; Catania

Ac. Gioen. Bll. 29 (1892) 2-; MU. I. Lomb.

Ed. 29 (1896) 363-.
Modem calorimeters and their use. Struthera^

J. Sch. Mines Q. N.Y. 16 (1895) 201-.
Pyrometer. Mensching^J,^ dt Meyer ^V, Gott.

Nr. (1887) 128-.
— , acoustic. Cagniard-Latour, C, d^ Demon-

f errand, F. C. B. 4 (1837) 28-.
— ,— . Mayer, A, M, Am. J. Sc. 4 (1872) 427-,
— , — . Chautard, J. J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 78-;

C. B. 78 (1874) 128-.
— , — . Sanford, F. Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 140-.

— , calorimetric. Bystr'&m^ O. Stookh. Ofv.

19 (1862) 159-.
— , — . Salleron, J. Les Mondes 37 (1875)

500-.
— , micrometrio. C, H, T. QJ. Sc. 6 (1819)

230-.
— , platinum. Hoadley, J, C, Franklin I. J.

84 (1882) 91-.
— , water. Hoadley, J, C. Franklin I. J.

84 (1882) 169-, 252-.
— , steam. Johnson, W. R. Silliman J. 22

(1832) 96-.
— , water-circulation. Amagat, E, H, C. B.

97 (1883) 1053-.
Pyrometric bricks of clay, effect of prolonged

exposure to heat. Guy ton de Morveau^ L. B.

A. C. 78 (1811) 73-.
— cylinders, Wedgwood's, manufacture. Oa-

zeran, — . A. C. 36 (1800) 100-.
Thermometer, acoustic. Preston^ S. T, Ph.

Mg. 32 (1891) 58-.
— , — . Quincke, O. A. Ps. C. 63 (1897) 66-.
— , — . Anon, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 31 (1899) 30-.
— , — . Anon, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 31 (1899) 68-.
— , aspiration. Fuchs, P. Z. Instk. 18 (1898)

337-.

Special Thermometers 1250

Thermometer, electro-capillary. Debrun, E.

C. B. 89 (1879) 765.
— , float-. Fucht, K. Exner Bpm. 27 (1891)

118-.
Thermophone, for measurement of high tem-
peratures. Wihorgh, J, [1896] Jem-Kont.

A. 51 (1897) 102- ; Berg- Hm. Ztg. 55 (1896)

247-.
— , Wiborgh's. JUptner, H, (Frhr,) von, Oestr.

Z. Brgw. 45 (1897) 99-.
Thermoscope, differential viscosity. Tfumuon,

(Sir) W. Edinb. B. S. P. 10 (1880) 537.
— , new. Bawr, C. (m) Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 1

(1882) 47-.
— , — . Coleman, J, J, Glasg. Ph. S. P. 15

(1884) 94-.
— , — principle. Leroux, F, P. L*I. 29 (1861)

6-.
— , thermomagnetic. Thomson, (Sir) W,

Edinb. B. S. P. 10 (1880) 538-.
Transition temperatures as fixed points in

thermometry. Meyerhoffer, W,, dt Saunders,

A.P, Z. Ps. C. 27 (1898) 867-.
. Richards, T, W,, dt

Churchill, J. B. Z. Ps. C. 28 (1899) 313-.
Viscosity of gases at high temperatures. Bams,

C. Am. J. Sc. 35 (1888) 407-.
Water vapour pressure, measurement by. Shaw,

W, N. [1883] Camb. Ph. S. T. 14 (•1889)

30-.

1250 Special Thermometers (Maxi-
mnm. Minimum, Self-recording,
etc.).

iSee also Meteorology 0250.)

Furnace temperature, autographic record.

Roberts-Austen, — . I. & S. I. J. (1892)

{No, 2) 33-.
Miorothermometer. Laroque, F, C. B. 97

(1883) 1207-.
Pyrometers. Fourmy, — . J. Mines 14 (1803)

423-; 28(1810)427-.
— . Miller, A, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 44 (1848)

126-.
— . Deeharme, C, J. [1877] (xn) M.-et-L. S.

Ac. Mm. 34 (1878) 112-.
— , differential, water circulation. Knab, L.

G^n. Civ. 16 (1889-90) 827-.
— , hot blast, Erupp*s. Bergen, A, von, I. A

S. I. J. (1886) 207-.
— , registering. Daniell, J. F, Phil. Trans.

(1830) 257-; (1881) 443-.
— , — . Bristol, W. H. [1900] So. Abs. 4

(1901) 294.
— , — neat developed in lightning discharge.

Raasche, G, Bisa Cor.-Bl. 38 (1895) 91.
Pyrometry at high temperatures by water

circulation. Lauth, C, dt Vogt, G, [1886]

G6n. Civ. 10 (1886-87) 78-.
Pyroscope of fire-station on St. Peter's tower in

Munich. Steinheil, C, [A.] von, Miinch. Ab.

3 (1837-43) 561-.
Pyroscopes. Ledieu, A.CH, C. B. 94 (1882)

1274-.

159

1250

Special Thermometers

1250

Thermograph, Hough's. Orugan, F, C, [U.S.]
Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (*1877) 510-.

THEBMOMETEBS.

alarm or signalling. Moritit J. C. B. 69 (1864)

1082.
. Palmien,L. (x) Nap. Bd. 12 (1878)

69-.

. BarilU, — . C. B. 118 (1894) 246-.

. Cochins, F. C. Ztg. 19 (1896) 1738.

— — — , to indicate presence of icebergs.
Michel, R. F, C. B. 78 (1874) 1066-.

barosoopic. F. (Hn. Civ. 18 (1890-91) 308-.
black-bulb in vacuo. Busoni, D, (n) Yen.

Aten. At. 3 (1866) 629-.
. Wilson, J. M, Ph. Mg. 31 (1866)

104-, 261-.
(Wilson). Tyndalh J- Ph. Big.

31 (1866) 191-.
. Vernon, Q, V, Manch. Lt. Ph.

S. P. 11 (1872) 129-.
. Hicks, J. J. [1874] Met. S. QJ.

2 (1876) 99-.
. McLeod, H. B. A. Bp. (1889)

606-.
calorimetric, delicate. Pickering, S, U. L. Ps.

S. P. 8 (1887) a-; Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 330- ; L.

Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 229- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 401-.
-:-, Pickering's. Wegscheider, R, Z. Instk. 6

(1886) 266-.
contact. Fourier, J. B. J. A. C. 37 (1828)

291-.
deep sea (Six's). Aboville, — . J. Mines 9

(1798-99) 76-.
. Dietrichson, J, L, W. A. Ps. C. 148

(1873) 298-.

. Jones, J. R. B. S. P. 24 (1876) 321-.

. Chabaud, V, C. B. 114 (1892) 66-.

. Biitrix,E. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 6 (1894)

69-.
, tests. ThouUt, J, Bv. Mar. et Col. 122

(1894) 204-.
, electrical. Siemens, (Sir) C, W, [1882]

B. S. P. 34 (1883) 89-.
, — , Siemens's. Bartlett, J. R. [1882]

Am. As. P. 31 (1883) 221-.
differential (Leslie's). De Butts, E, [1814]

Am. Ph. S. T. 1 (1818) 301-.
— . Howard, W. QJ. Sc. 8 (1820) 219-.
— . Ritchie, W. [1826] PhU. Trans. (1827)

129-.

— (Leslie's). B,, D. Gleanings Sc. 2 (1830)
23-

— . Kemp, K. T. Edinb. J. Nt. Gg. Sc. 1

(1830) 262-.
— . Hall, M. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 66-.
— . Walferdin,H. C. B. 14 (1842) 63-.
— . Dupri, Anat, As. Fr. C. B. 4 (1875) 420-.
— . Du/owr, if. [1879-83] Laus. S. Vd. Bll.

16 (1880) 656-; J. de Ps. 2 (1883) 321-.

— air. Brough, J. C. Phm. J. 10 (1869)
214-.

. Pfaundler, L. [1876] Wien Ak. Sb.

72 (1876) (Ab, 2) 729-.

— mercury. MendeUjeff, D, I. Berl. B. 8
(1876) 539-.

distance-. JVheatstone, (Sir) C, B. A. Bp. 37
(1867) (Sect.) 11-.

distance*. FerHni, R, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 16

(1882) 44-.

— Luvini, O, (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 14 (1882)
177-.

— • Becker, A, Magdeb. Nt. Yr. Jbr. a. Ab.

(1889) 32-.
— . Moennich, P. Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 122-.
— . Puluj,J. Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (il&. 2a)

1602-.
— , for hot chamber. Qrosheinta, H, [1886]

Mulhouse S. In. BU. 67 (1887) 97-.
— , of Morin and Barth^emy. MeyUm, B.

Lum. ±\exit. 32 (1889) 611-.
house-, in form of watch. Steinhauser, A,

Carl Bpm. 12 (1876) 888-.
hypsometric. Walferdin, H. C. B. 17 (1848)

904-.
to indicate mean temperatures. JUrgensen, J.

C. B. 3 (1836) 143-.
for lecture purposes. BickerUm, A.W. N. Z.

I. T. 7 (1874) 162-.
marine. Jamieson, R. Tillooh Ph. Big. 67

(1821) 294-.
maximum. Magnus, G, Pogg. A. 22 (1881)

136-.
— . Walferdin, H. Par. S. Gl. BU. 7 (1836-

36) 193- ; C. B. 40 (1866) 961-.
— . QrUel, C. A. Dingier 166 (1860) 192-.
— . Geissler, H. A. Ps. C. 123 (1864) 667-.

— and minimum. Keith, A, [1796] Edinb.
B. S. T. 4 (1798) 203-.

. Lemaistre, L, F, J. Mmes 7 (1798)

473-.
. Gay-Lussac, L. J. A. C. 8 (1816)

90-.
. Landriani, M, BrugnateUi G. 1

(1818) 413-.
. MacVicar, J, G. C. S. J. 10 (1868)

221- ; 11 (1869) 106.
. Symons, W, C. S. J. 16 (1862)

299—.
. Govi, G. [1864] Tor. Lav. Sc.

Fis. Mt. (1869) 6-.
. Codazza, G, Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 6

(1869-70) 71 1-.
. DenUm, S, G. [1874] Met. S. QJ.

2 (1876) 193-.
. Duclaux, E. J. de Ps. 6 (1876)

13-.
. Kappeller, H, Wien Met. Z. 18

(1883) 226-; Moncalieri Oss. BU. 3 (*1883)

87-.
, coloured liquids for fiUing. Liiders-

dorff, F. Dingier 118 (1860) 360-.
, gas-. Gar, A. (vi Adds.) N. Cim.

18 (1863) 238-.
, Hicks's. Stewart, B. B. S. P. 10

(ia59-60) 312-.
, metallic (Hermann and Pfister's).

Hirsch, A. [1868] Neuch. BU. 8 (1870)

221-.
, — , portable. JUrgensen, L. U. As.

Nr. 14 (1837) 173-.
, registering. HaU, M. QJ. Sc. 4

(1818) 43-.
, — . Delta (A). Edinb. J. Sc. 10

(1829) 169-.

160

1250 Tbermometers Badiation Thermometry, Optical Fyrometry 18S5

maiiinnm and minimum, registering. LaUe-

mand. A, 0. R. 66 (1868)812-.
. — . MacdaugaU, W, 8c. Met. 8. J.

8 (1878) 78-.
, — . TrouUletAle capU,) —. [1886]

Doobs 8. Mm. 10 (18UB^ 64-.
— , — , application of capillary pheno-
mena. Barbier, A, (vi Add$,) Par. A. Obe.

7 (1863) 368-.
, — , Bertoni's. Serpierit A. Rm.

Cor. So. 3 (1865) 14-.
— , — , Marchi*8. Marangoni, C, N.

Gim. 27 (*1868) 818-.
, — , relative merits of types. Draper ^

D. U. 8. Weath. Bur. BU. 11 (1894) 710-.
— , new. Monaco, E, Monoalieri Oss. BU. 13

(1893) 12.
— , registering. King, J, Edinb. J. 8c. 9

(1828) 113-.
— , — (King's). Delta (A). Edinb. J. 8c. 9

(1828) 300-.
— , — . PhiUipt, J, B. A. Rp. (1832) 674-;

(1856) (pi, 2) 41.
— , — , compensation. Scott, W, L, C. N. 1

(I860) 98-.
mercurial, electrically read at a distance.

Brown, H. T. Nt. 23 (1881) 464-.
metastatic maximum, new. Walferdirif H, C.

R. 46 (1858) 737-.
— mercurial, as maximum thermometer. Wai-

ferdin, H. C. R. 88 (1864) 770-.
minimum. Walferdin, H. Par. 8. Gl. Bll. 7

(1835-36) 354-.
— , alcohol. Pastorelli, F, Br. Met. 8. P. 4

(1869) 264-.
— , Rutnerford's, modifications. Walferdin, H.

G. R. 40 (1866) 899-.
— , — , new form. Whipple, O, M, B. A. Bp.

43 (1873) (Sect,) 60.
mining. Birkner, — . Jb.Berg- Hw. (1898)108-.

for physiological purposes. Marey, £. J, G.

R. 92 (1881) 1441-.
platinum, for freesing points of dilute solutions.

Griffithe, E. H. Nt. 62 (1900) 663.
recording. Harriion, M. B. A. Rp. (1848)

{pt. 2) 14-.
— . Moberg, A. [1869] (ym) Helsmgf. Ofy.

5 (1863) 58-.
— . Lewu, J, Am. As. P. (1860) 21-.
— . HamUton,Q. As. 8. M. Not. 26 (1866) 29-.
— . Zeeh, P. Wiirtb. Jh. 26 (1869) 101-.
— . Bauziat, — . (xn) Fr. 8. Ag. Mm. (1876)

(2) 455-.
— . MaUock, A. B. A. Rp. (1882) 477-.
-:. Art\mim,F. Rv. 8c.-Ind. 18 (1886) 201-.
— . Russell, H.C. N.8.W.R. 8.J.22(1889)

836-.
— , horary. Veladini, O. Mil. G. I. Lomb. 3

(1842) 19- ; 2 (I860) 66-.
—.metallic. Maurer,J, (xn) Z. Instk. 3 (1883)

308-.
— , — , maximum and minimum. Burq, F.

[1883] Par.8.Bl.Mm.35(*1884)(C.-R.)446-.
registering air-, construction. Sprung, A. U.8.

Weath. Bur. Bll. 11 (1894) 718-.
— , for hot springs. Ouzzanti, C. Rass. 8o.

GL It. 2 (1892) 308-.

8ike8', improvement. Adie, Bich, Bdinb, N.

Ph. J. 64 (1863) 84-.
unaffected by radiation. Joule, J. P, [1867]

Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. P. 7 (1868) 86-.
with variable mercury filling. OrUUwMcher^ F,

Z. Instic. 16 (1896) 171-, 200-.

Thermometric instrument. BeUani, A. {n

Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis. G. 14 (1844) 62-.
— sunsnine recorder, U.8. Weather Bureau.

Marvin, C. F. U.8. Weath. Bur. Rp. (1898)

17-.
Thermosoope. Runrford, B. {Count) Par. Mm.

de ri. 6 (1806) 71-.

1255 Radiation Thermometry,
Optical Pyrometry, etc.

** Absolute black'* bodies, electricallv heated.

Lummer, O., dt Kurlbaum, F, Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1898) 106-.
Golour, relation to temperature. Deeharm§, C,

(xn) M.^t-L. 8. Ac. Mm. 32 (1876) 102-.
— , . Howe, H. M. Rv. Un. Mines

49 (1900) 200-.
— , (heated steel). White, Jf., rf

Taylor, F, W, [1899] 8c. Abs. 8 (1900)

243.

— thermosoope. Rehenstorff, H, A, Dresden
Isis 8b. (1896) 31-.

Gompensation pyrheliometer, radiation mea-

surement by. Angttr&m, K, A. Ps. G. 67
(1899) 638-.

OPTIGAL PYBOMBTBY.

Crova, A, [1880] Mntp. Ae. Mm. 10 (1884)

167-.
NichoU, E. L. Am. J. 8o. 19 (1880) 4S-.
Crova, A. G. R. 92 (1881) 707-.
Le Chatelier, H. G. R 114 (1892) SI4-; Par.

8. Ps. 8^. (1892) 132-.
(Le Ghatelier.) Beefuerel, H. C. R. 114

(1892) 266-.
(Beequerel.) Le ChaUlier, H. O. B. 114

(1892) 340-.
(Le Ghatelier.) Beequerel, H. O. B. 114

(1892) 390-.
VioUe, J, G. B. 114 (1892) 784-.
Crova, A. G. R. 114 (1892) 941-.
Berthelot, D. Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1896) 186- ; O.

R. 120 (1896) 831- ; 126 (1898) 410-.
Pyrometer. St., H. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 87 (1889)

326.

— (Mesur^ and Nouel's). Ernst, C Oestr.
Z. Brgw. 38 (1890) 638-.

— ( ). Struthers, J. 8oh. Mines Q. N.

Y. 12 (1891) 292-.

— . ThwaiU, B. B, I. A 8. I. J. (1892)

(No. 1) 183-.
Pyrometers. Salomon, — . Z. Angew. G. (1891)

440.
Bed heat and **grey" heat. Lmsmer, O.

Beri. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897} 121-.
Refrangibility of emitted iight» measurement

by. Dewar, J, B. A. Bp. 48 (1878) 461-.

VOL. III.

161

1260

of Thearmometers

1260

Befrangibilitj of emitted light, measurement
by. Crova, A. 0. B. 87 (1878) 979- ; J. de
Pb. 8 (1879) 196- ; C. B. 90 (1880) 262-.

Botatory polarisation, measurement uj (Mesuri
and Nouel*8 method). Ewrard, A, Gto.
Civ. 18 (1888) 48-.

1260 Comparison of Thermo-
meters. Thermometric Scales.
Beduction to Thermodynamic
Scale. iSee also Thermo-
dynamics, 2400, etc.)

Absolute temperature. 8ehreher,K, N.-Yorp.
Mt. 29 (1898) 45-.

— — , dimensions. Burtont C. V, Ph. Mg.
24 (1887) 96-.

— — , — . Abraham^ H, Lum. Elect. 51
(1894) 66-.

and low temperature. Oleue, — . [1899]

Liineb. Nt. Vr. Jh. 15 (1901) xvU-.

— zero of heat. DcUton, J. Nicholson J. 5
(1803) 84-.

. Benzenberg^ J. F. Gilbert A. 61

(1819) 863-.
— . element, — , dt DitartneSt — .

J. de Ps. 89 (1819) 428-.
. VHnherg [WHnberg-\, Y. I. [1868]

(xn) Mosc. 8. Sc. Bll. 8 (No. 8) (1870) 7-.
— . Koppe, C, A. Ps. C. 151 (1874)

642-.
. KUin, J, F. V. Nost. Eng. Mg.

22 (1880) 279-.

— ^ perfect gas-thermometer. Rankinet

W. J. M. Edinb. B. S. T. 20 (1863) 561-.

Calibration. Walferdin, H. G. B. 17 (1843)

1195.
— . KrUger, A. [1872] Helsingf. Of v. 15

(1873) 52-.

— (Kriiger). Argelander, F. W, A. [1873]
Helsingf. Ofv. 16 (1874) 43-.

— . Lermantov, V, V, (m) Bs. C. Ps. 8. J.

10 (Pb.) (1878) [(Pt. 1)] 244-.
— . TMesen, M. Carl Bpm. 15 (1879) 285-,

677-.
— . Broch^ 0, J, Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm.

5 (1886) 82 pp.
— . Offret, A. Fr. S. Mn. Bll. 13 (1890)

406-.
— . Pemtt, J.t Jaeger t TT., d^ GunUich, E.

Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 1 (1894) 39-.
— . HtUett, G. A. Z. Ps. C. 33 (1900) 237-.

— and its errors. Pemet, J,, Jaeger, fF., dt
Gumlich, E. Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 1
(1894) 17-.

— , method, BessePs. RUcker, A,W,,dt Thorpe,

T. E. B. A. Bp. (1881) 540-.
— , — , Hansen's. Brovm, C, O. V. Nost.

Eng. Mg. 29 (1883) 1-.
— , — . Kew. GHffiths, E. H, Nt. 62 (1896)

636.
— , — of least squares applied to. Marek,

W. J. Carl Bpm. 15 (1879) 300-.

Calibration, method of least squares applied

to. tFright, T. W, Des Moines Anal. 10

(1883) 33-.
<— , — , Neumann's. EtuseU, T. Am. J. Sc.

21 (1881) 373-.
— , — , simple. Holman, S. W, Am. Ao. P.

17 (1882) 157-.
— , methods, report. RUeker, A. W. B. A.

Bp. (1882) 145-.

— and standardising. Pickering^ S. U, Ph.
Mg. 21 (1886) 180-.

COMPABISON OF THEBMOMETBBS.

Wation, W. L. Ps. S. P. 15 (1897) 122- ; Ph.

Mg. 44 (1897) 116-.
air, and liquid. Pierre, J. I. C. B. 27 (1848)

213- ; Caen Ac. Mm. (1852) 1-.
alcohol and air. White, A. C. Am. Ac. P.

21 (1886) 45-.
mercury. Flaugergue$, H, Zaoh Cor. 9

(1823) 435-.
Joule's and French standards. 8ehu$Ur, A,

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <fe P. 9 (1895) 87-.
mercury. Dom, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (♦1874)

174.
— . Thieun, M„ Scheel, K„ d SeU, L. Berl.

Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 2 (1895) 1-.

— and air. Regnault, V. A. C. 5 (1842) 83-;
6 (1842) 370-.

(from 0° to 100® C). WatertUm, J. J.

[1852] B. S. P. 6 (1850-54) 225-.
(below 100° C). WatersUm, J. J.

Ph. Mg. 15 (1858) 212-.
. Bo88cha, J, C. B. 69 (1869) 875-;

Arch. N^erl. 4 (1869) 197- ; Amst. Vs. Ak. 4

(1870) (Ntk.) 69-; Arch. N6erl. 4 (1869) 461-.
. Rowland, H. A. [1879] Am. Ac. P.

15 (1880) 75-.
. Grunmaeh, L. D. Nf. Tbl. (•ISSl)

[45h.

— — — (greatest differences). RtueeU, T.
Smiths. Misc. Col. 33 (1888) Art. 4, 25-.
(Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 9 (188T).)

(between 100° and 300°). Wiehe,

H.P., dt Butcher, A. Z. Instk. 10 (1890)
16-, 233-.

— (glass 69'") . Mahlke, A. A. Ps. C.

53 (1894) 965-.

— ( — — , 122'" and resistance) — — .
Oriltzmacher, F. Z. Instk. 15 (1895) 250-.

— ( ) . Lemke, H. Z. Instk. 19

(1899J 33-.

— , of oifferent glass. Pierre, J. I. A. C. 5

(1842) 427-.
— , (between 0° and 100°). Wiebe,

H. F. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 435-.
— , enclosed scale and divideKd stem. Gumlichy

E., dt Scheel, K. Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 353-.

— and gas. Chappuis, P. Piar. Poids et Mes.
Tr. Mm. 6 (1888) 126 + CLZXxyn pp.; Par.
Poids et Mes. PV. (1888) 26-.

— , hiffh range (glass 59'°). Mahlke, A. Z.

Instk. 15 (1896) 171-.
^- and hydrogen. Crafts, J. M, C. B. 95

(1882) 836-.
. Scheel, K. A. Ps. C. 58 (1896)

168-.

162

1260

Thennometrio Scales

1260

meronzy and plalinum (at low temperataros).

QHfith$, E. H. B. A. Bp. (1890) 130-.
. Ewan, r., <^ Gee, W. W. H, Blanch.

Lt. Ph. S. Mm. A P. 4(1891) 857-.
. Waidner, C. W., dt MaUory, F. J.

H. Un. Cir. [16 (1896-97)] 42-; Ph. Mg. 48

(1899) 1-.
platinom and air (at low temperat^re8).

I>ick$<m, J. D. H, Ph. SCg. 45 (1898) 525-.

— — gas. HarkeTt J. A,, db Chappuii, P.
[1899] PhU. Trans. (A) 194 (1900) 37-.

— of different parity. Tory, H. M. L. Ps. S. P.
17 (1901) 341- ; Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 421-.

Bossetti's and mercnry. RossetH, F, As. Fr.

C. R. (1879) 404-.
Bowland^s and Paris standard. Day, W. S,

Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 1-.
below common temperature and for oold

stations. Marvin, C. F, [U. S.] Chief Sig.

Off. A. Bp. (1890) 650-.
temperatures above 50°. Pomplun, W, Z.

Instk. 11 (1891) 1-.

— between 250° and 600°. Mahlke, A. Z.
Instk. 14 (1894) 73-.

Dynamical equivalent of temperature in water.

RanHne, W. J. M. [1850-57] Edinb. B.

S. T. 20 (1853) 191- ; Edinb. B. S. P. 8

(1867) 5-, 287-.
Errors of thermometers. Campbell, W. D, C.

Cn. J. 1 (1856) 138-.
. Rus8eU, H. C. [1876] N. S. W.

B. S. J. 10 (1877) 35-.

. Waldo, F, Science 21 (1893) 99-.

, cause. Provenzali, F, 8. Bm. At.

N. Line. 26 (1873) 26-.
of low range. Pattorelli, F. Met. S.

QJ. 2 (1875) 407-.
Ckraduation. DalUm, J. Nicholson J. 5 (1803)

34-.
— . [Shortrede non] Shortreed, R, Gleanings

Sc. 1 (1831) 87-.
— . Person, C. C. C. B. 17 (1843) 657-.
— . AckUmd, W. [1867] Br. Met. S. P. 4

(1869) 23-.
— . Osborne, J, W. Am. As. P. (1876) 75-.

— for Arctic expedition. Welsh, J, [1852]

B. S. P. 6 (1860-54) 183-.

— of clinical thermometer. Henry, C. As.
Fr. C. B. (1889) (Pt, 1) 254-.

— , Kelvin's absolute method. Rose-Innes, J.

[1897] L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) 26- ; Ph. Mg.

45 (1898) 227-.
Eew corrections, charts. Shaw, W. N. B. A.

Bp. (1888) 590.
Scale of temperature. Walker, Rich. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 33 (1809) 166- ; 35 [l810) 416-.
. Dulong, P, L., db Petit, A, T, A.

C. 7 (1817) 113-, 225-, 337-. .
. H., — . Gleanings Sc. 1 (1829)

271-.

. B.,D, Gleanings Sc. 2 (1830) 23-.

. Volpicelli, P. Bm. At. 1 (1847-48)

91-.
. Walferdin, H. C. B. 41 (1855)

122-.

Scale of temperature. Crova,A, [1872] Mntp.

Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 8 (1872-75)_81-.
. Brooke, F, Am. S. CB. T. 16

(1886) 881-.
. SaUmcn, F. Z. Angew. 0. (1891)

409-.
, absolute and gas. HouUevigue, L,

J. de Ps. 4 (1896) 110-.
— , arguments against new. Anon, 0.

Ztg. 15 (1891) 1157-.
, centigrade. MendeUjeff^ D, J. Berl.

B. 7 (1874) 126-.

— , thermometric (Accademia del Oimento).

Libn, G. A. G. 45 (1880) 364-.
— , — , centigrade. Poggenaorff, J, C. A. Ps.

C. 157 (1876) 352.

— , — , — , in Denmark and Norway. Orsted^

H. C. Sk. Nf . F. 2 (1840) 66-.
— , — , — and Fahrenheit. Abbadiet A, T. d\

C. B. 30 (1850) 570-.
— , — , , reduction. Tiberi, E, Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 30 (1898) 216-.
— , — , Central Physical Observatory. Olasek,

8, [1892] St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm. (Rs.) 71

(ISdB) (App. No. 7) 32 pp.
— , — , Fahrenheit. Qamgee, A, Camb. Ph.

S. P. 7 (1892) 95-.
— , — , — , divisions. S, (vi Adds.) Thomson

A. Ph. 8 (1816) 26-.
— , — , — , «ero. Cayley, G. Ph. Mg, 5 (1829)

88-.
— , — , new. Forbes, O., dt Preece, W. H. B.

A. Bp. (1889) 614-.
— , — , recluction to scale of heat. Flauger-

gues, H. J. de Ps. 82 (1816) 386-; 83 (1816)

209-.
— , — , standard. Tittmann, O. H, Science

12 (1888) 68-.
— , — , unification. QuiUawne, C, E. Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 18 (1887) 341-.
— value of Joule's thermometers. Schuster^ A,

Ph. Mg. 39 (1896) 477-.
Standard thermometers, .comparison. Benoit,

J, R, [1889] Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm.

7 (1890) 132 pp.
, -.. Marek, W. Z. Instk. 10 (1890)

283-.
, —, QuiUaume, C. i. Par. Poids et

Mes. Tr. Mm. 10 (1894) 33 pp.
, construction. Sheepshanks, JR. As. S.

M. Not. 11 (1850-61) 233-.
, — at Kew. Griffiths, E. H. [1895]

Nt. 53 (1895-96) 39-.
, Glaisher's and Eew. Ellis, W. Met.

S. QJ. 3 (1877) 427-.
, graduation at Eew. Welsh, J. B. A.

Bp. (1863) (pt. 2) 34-.
Temperatures, table. Weyde, P. H, van der.

Am. I. T. (1860-61) 657-.
Testing thermometers. Bohnenberger, G. C.

Tubinger Bl. 1 (1815) 147-.
. Gvillaume, C. J^. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1890) 61.
(clinical). Schuster, A, Manch. Lt. Ph.

S. Mm. ck P. 8 (1894) 100-.
. Anon, (? Kohlrausch, — .) Z. Instk.

18 (1898) 76-.

163

l2

1400 Thermometry Thermo-elastic Relmtioas

1400

Testing thennometen of glass. Anon, 0. Ztg.

12 (1888) 1521.
(old glass). Oratxmacher, F, Berl.

Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 3 (1900) 229-.
•^ — below ioe point. Schrewer, P, Z. Instk.

8 (1888) 206-.

and spring barometers. Schreiher, P.

Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 121-.
in temperatures up to 800°. Laewenherz^

— . D. Nf. Vh. (1890) {Th. 2) 90-.
Tests and tables. Pemet, J., Jaeger, W., dt

OunUieh, E. Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 1

(1894) (App.) 8»-.
Thermodynamic correction for air thermo-
meter. Roie-Innei, J, Kt. 58 (1898) 77-.
. Orr,W. McF. [1898] Nt.

59 (1898-99) 126.
Thermometers nsed in determination of

standard kilogram. Marek, W, J, Par.

Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881) D. 4-; 2

(•1883] D. 5-; 3 (1884) D. 6-.
— , verincation. Piteaux, J. [1896] Lyon

8. Ag. A. 4 (1897) Ix-.
— , — at freezing point of mercury. Whipple,

G. W, L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 283-; Ph. Mg.

21 (1886) 27-.
Thermometric corrections. Griltzmacher, F.

A. Ps. C. 68 (1899) 769-.

— fixed points. Bartu, C. Am. Ac. P. 27
(1898) 100^.

. Holman, S, W., Lawrence, R. JR.,

db Barr, L, Am, Ac. P. 31 (1896) 218-.
. Qr\ffitha, E, H. Camb. Ph. S. P.

9 (1898) 224-.

and boiling point of water. Brock,

O. J, Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881)

A. 41-.
, transition points. Richardt, T. W.

Am. J. Sc. 6 (1898) 201-.
, . RichardM, T,W„dt Churchill,

J. G. Am. Ac. P. 84 (1899) 275-.

— standard, practical. CaUendar, H, L, Ph.
Mg. 48 (1899) 519-.

Thermometry, boiling points for. Holman,
8. W., db Glea$on, W. H. Am. Ac. P. 23
(1888) 237-.

— , Mills's researches. RUcker, A. W., d
Thorpe, T. E, Ph. Big. 12 (1881) 1-, 184-.

RELATIONS INY0LYIN6
EXPANSION AND STRESS.

1400 General (iS^ o&o Chemistry

7245.)

Adiabatic elastic constants. Voigt, W. Gdtt.
Nr. (1888) 369-.

Atmosphere, limits. Rudzkii, M. N. Bs. S.
Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 16 (1893) 71-; Pschr. Ps.
(1893) {Ah. 1) 374.

Ayogadro's law for homogeneous liquids.
Traube, J. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 896-.

Ck>hesion, elasticity, expansion and tempera-
ture. Forbes, G, [1876] Edinb. R. S. P. 9
(1878) 141-.

Compressed air. Kraft, J. I. GE. P. 79

(1885) 311*.
Compression , effects on thermal phenomena.

HaU, (Sir) J. Nicholson J. 9 (1804) 98-;

13 (1806) 328-, 381- ; 14 (1807) 13-, 113-,

196-, 302-.
— , thermal effects on solids. Jotde, J. P. B.

S. P. 8 (1856-57) 564-.
Dalton's and Gay-Lussac's laws deduced from

equations of matter and energy. Herran, A.

As. Fr. C. B. (1898) (Pt. 1) 134-.
Density and pressure, relation. ChaXlUt J'

Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 401-.
Equilibrium laws, identity in physical, chemical

and mechanical phenomena. Le ChaUUer,

H. Z. Ps. C. 1 (1887) 565-.

EXPANSION,

of bodies. Sehrdder, H. Pogg. A. 52 (1841)

282—.
.* Volpicelli, P. Bm. At. 4 (1860^1)

216- ; 12 (1858-59) 349-; 18 (1860) 187-,

204-, 357-.
. Barr€ de Saint-Venant, — . L.*L 23

(1855) 440-.
. Laurent, J. A. (J^n. Civ. 4 (1875)

150-.
. Caasani, P. Yen. I. At. (1892-93)

1655-.
, dynamical study. Schwarttte, T, (zn)

Ausl. 54 (1881) 1021-.

,law. Teuan, — de, C. B. 50 (1860) 20-.

, — , universal, relating to. Livy, M.

C. B. 87 (1878) 449-, 676-.
1 — , — , (I^^y)* Boltxtnann, L,

C.B. 87 (1878) 593.
, — I — , (Boltsmann). L4vy, M.

C. B. 87 (1878) 649.
,—,— , (L^vy). Mauimt,F. C.B.

87 (1878) 731-.

1 — , — I (— ). Bolkimann,L, C.B.

87 (1878) 773.
— — , especially liquids. WeUmmann, A.

Zur. Vjschr. 33 (1888) 37-.
and compressibility, relation. GfrimoW, G. P.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1886) {8em. 1) 288-.
mechanism. Saint-Venant, A. J. C. Barri ds.

C. B. 82 (1876) 33-.
and pressure. Saint- Venant, A.J.C. Barri de.

C. B. 87 (1878) 713-.
of solids and liquids. Sankey, W. 8. Edinb.

J. Sc. 1 (1829) 17-.
. Thieun^ M., Scheel, K., dt

Sell, L. Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 2 (1805)

73—.
. Thiesen, M,, Scheel, K., dt

Diesselhorit, H. Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab.

3 (1900) 1-.
and gases, law at high temperatures.

DuUmg, P. L.. dt Petit, A. T. [1815] A.

C. 2 (1816) 240-.
, (Dulong and

Petit). Biot, J. B, Par. S. Phhn, Bll.

(1816) 107-.
^ sulphur (various modifications). Toq^ler, M.

A. Ps. C. 47 (1892) 169-.

164

1410

Expannon of Solids by Heat

1410

Oas laws, extension to homogeneoas liqoids.

Traube, J. A. Ps. G. 61 (1897) 880-.
Heat of compression of solids. Spring^ W.

Par. S. G. BU. 41 (1884) 488-.
and liquids. Burton^ C, I.t dt

ManhaU, W. B. S. P. 50 (1892) 180-.
— , doctrine, partioolarly states of dense and

elastic flnidity in bodies. Astley, J, Nichol-
son J. 5 (1802) 23-.
— and force, action on matter. Dyer^ J, C.

Manch. Ph. S. P. 8 (1862-63) 77-.
Liquid and gaseous states. Andreiti, T. [1886]

Phil. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 45-.
Liquids and gases, theory. Bakker, G. Z. Ps.

G. 12 (1893) 670- ; 14 (1894) 446-; 17 (1895)

678-.
solids at high temperatures. AUken, J.

{of Darroeh). [1880] Nt. 23 (1881) 34-.
Belations between different coefficients. Amagai^

— . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1897) 18»-.
Stretching, thermal effects on solids. JouZe,

J. P. B. 8. P. 8 (1856-67) 355-.
Temperature and calorific phenomena. PieUt,

R. [1879] Laus. S. Yd. BU. 16 (1880)

452-.
— , effect on glass. Amagat, E, H, G. B. 110

(1890) 1246-.
— , mechanical properties of metals. Le

Chatdier, A. (Hn. Giv. 19 (1891) 59-, 73-,

107-.
— , tenacity of iron wire. Dufour, {gin.)

G, H, Bb. Un. 22 (1823) 220-.
— , — — — — metals. Baudrimont, A.

Franklin I. J. 68 (1874) 37-.
Thermo-elastic and thermal properties, rela-
tions. Comii, A. J. de Ps. 2 (1873) 41-.
Volume and specific heat, laws. PhiUipt, S.

E. Nt. 30 (1884) 288-.

Vulcanism. Arrheniust 8, Stockh. 01. F5r«

F. 22 (1900) 395-.

1410 Expansion of Solids
by Heat.

{Far Compressibility of Solids, see
Mechanics^ Elasticity 3200, etc.)

Omert, L. W. GUbert A. 58 (1818) 281-.
Oaim, P, van. Utr. A. Ac. (1826-27) 78 pp.
LeehevaUer, V. Metz Mm. Ac. 10 (1828-29)

166-.
BoberU, R, B. A. Bp. (1850) (pt. 2) 16-.
Pierre, J. I. A. C. 33 (1851) 199-.
Kopp, H. Lieb. A. 81 (1852) 1-.
Pick, A. Pogg. A. 91 (1854) 287-.
Kopp, H. Lieb. A. 93 (1855) 129- ; A. C. 47

(1856) 291-.
CuSfumd.S. [1860] Laus. BU. 8. Yd. 7 (1864)

160-.
Ihipri, A. G. B. 59 (1864) 490-, 768-.
FUeau, H. L. 0. B. 62 (1866) 1101-, 1183-.
Mtmuan, A. Zilr. Vjschr. 11 (1866) I75-.

Fizeau, H. L. G. B. 66 (1868) 1005-,

1072-.
HirscK A, Neuch. BU. 8 (1870) 456-.
Buff, H. A. Ps. G. 145 (1872) 626-.
HafuU, A. Wien Ak. Sb. 70 (1874) {Ab. 2)

505-.
Kurz, A. A. Ps. G. Ergdm, 6 (1874) 314-.
Glaua, P. A. Ps. G. 160 (1877) 497-.
Ruisner, J. Garl Bpm. 18 (1882) 655-.
Pionchan, — . [1889] G. B. 108 (1889) 992-;

Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 5 (1890) xzU-.
Goefficient of dilatation, theoiy. Sa'gno, A,

MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 23 (1890) 787-, 851-.
Gompensation of chronometers. CtUSrwr,

Q. Oen. 8. Ps. Mm. 29 (1884-87) No. 6,

45 pp.

— pendulum. Weber, R. Neuoh. 8. Sc. BU.
15 (1886) 169-.

— in signalling apparatus. Hermand, — • [1888]

(Hn. GiT. 4 (*1883-84) 124-.
Deformation, elastic, of sphere, due to heat.

Almanri, E. Tor. Ac. 8c. At. 82 (1896) 701*

or 963-.

— of thin circular disc for temperature as
continuous function of distance hom centre.
NiemdUer, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 24 (1879) 270-.

Elastic solid, stresses due to unequal tempera-
ture. HopHnson, J. B. A. Bp. 42 (1872)
(Sect,) 51-.

Expansion by cold. Rankine, W. J. M. Ph.
Mg. 8 (1854) 357-.

— at high temperatures. Le ChaUlier, H, G.
B. 107 (1888) 862-.

low temperatures. Mayer, A, M. [1886]

Am. J. Sc. 40 (1890) 323-.
. Zakrzeweki, I. Krk. Ak. (Jf*.-

Prz.) Bz. 20 (1890) 227-; Grc. Ac. Sc. BU.

(1889) No. 10, xix-.
surface of separation of 2 solids. Heen,

P. de. U6ge S. Sc. Mm. 18 (1895) No. 2,

6 pp.
Expansive force of substances. Lagerl^elm, P.

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 48 (1827) 164-.
Glass for apparatus, to stand heating. Winkel-

matm, A„ d SchoU, 0. Z. Instk. 14 (1894)

6-.
Heat resulting from sudden cooling of soUd

body. Mouston, A. Bb. Un. 12 (1837)

418-.
Influence of pressure. Pueehl, K. [1875] Wien

Ak. Sb. 72 (1876) {^b. 2) 245-.
residual viscosity. Day, H, D. Am. J.

Sc. 2 (1896) 342-.
Interference dUatometer, compensated. TtUton,

A. E. PhU. Trans. (A) 191 (1898) 313-.
Invariable pendulum, construction. Koch, K.

R. D. Nf. Yh. (1899) {Th. 2, H&lfU 1)

39-.
Isotropic body, free expansion. Zehfuse, O,

SchldmUch Z. 8 (1863) 127-.
Lengths of bars at temperature of melting ice.

Flint, A. JR., Voigt, W„ Wheder, E. 8., dt

Woodward, R. 8. Am. J. Sc. 25 (1883)

448-.
Blarine chronometers . and watches, influence

of temperature. Birkemiuyer, L. Krk. Ak.

(Mt.'Prz.) Be. 10 (1896) 857-; Gro. Ac. So.

BU. (1896) 78-.

165

1410

Expansion of Solids by Heat

1410

MEASUREMENT.

Tralles, J. O, Berl. Mm. Ao. (1804) Id-.
Mather, W, W. Silliman J. 30 (1886) 824-.
SteinheU, C, A. wm. Mfinch. Bil. Ale. (1848)

225-.
Qrwnert, J, A. Gnmert Aroh. 6 (1845) 448-.
Krut, J. Carl Bpm. 2 (1867) 65-.
MiOXer, Joh. A. Ps. G. 185 (1868) 672-.
SeheUen, H. Carl Bpm. 5 (1869) 826-.
MiaUr, Joh. Freiburg B. 5 (1870) {Heft 1)

81-.
Wild, H. Aroh. So. Ps. Nt. 41 (1871) 873-.
Retueh, F. B. wm, Carl Bpm. 18 (1877) 1-.
Thoulet, J, C. B. 98 (1884) 620-.
ArHmini, F. Bv. So.-Ind. 18 (1886) 118-.
Benoit, R, J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 253-, 451-.
Marley, E. W. Am. As. P. (1891) 187-.
Im Chatelier, — , dt Caupeau, — . Par. S. Ps.

8^. (1898) 8*.
Vandevyver, L, N. Bnix. Ao. BU. 85 (1898)

551-.
Darwin, H. Nt. 60 (1899) 149.
by comparator. Steinheil, C. A, von. Mtlnoh.

Bb. (1870) (I) 1-.
, Lenoir's. Prony, R. de. Bb. Brit. 19

(1802) 801-.
, screw. Pemet, J. Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900)

895-.

— dilatometer, Abbe-Fizeaa. Pulfrich, C. Z.
Instk. 13 (1898) 865-, 401-, 487-.

inflaenoe of change of temperature dae to the
expansion. Miller, A. [1888] Miinoh. Ak.
8b. 18 (1884) 17-; A. Ps. C. 20 (1888) 94-.

by interference. Biervliet, A. van. Bnix. S.
So. A. 12 (1888) {Pt. 2) 215-.

— Newton's rings (thermomiorometer). Jeri-
ehau, E. B. Sk. Nf. F. 2 (1840) 284-; A.
C. 4 (1842) 868-.

— pendalam. Weher, R. C. B. 108 (1886)
558-; Neuoh. S. So. BU. 15 (1886) 177-.

. Ouillaume, C. A. C. B. 108 (1886)

689-; Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 16 (1886) 898-.
. SvHnikov, P. I. Kazan S. Nt. (P#.-

Mth.) P. 7 (1889) 8.
, horizontal, to observe minate changes

in dimensions. Rood, O. N. Am. J. Sc. 9

(1875) 444-.

— photography. Le ChaUlier, — . [1888] S.
C. In. J. 8 (1889) 638.

in relation to standards. BoiMcha, — . A. Cons.

Arts et M^t. 10 (*1873) 76-.
. BenOlt, J. R. Par. Poids et Mes.

Tr. Mm. 2 (•1888) C. 1-, C. i-; 8 (1884)

C. 1-, C. I-.
. Sadeheck, M. Lpldina. 19 (1888)

141-.
. Roger$, W. A. Am. S. Mcr. P.

(1887) 5-.

— terms of wave lengths. Rogers, W. A. Am.
Mcr. S. T. 17 (1895) 805-.

Molecular changes produced by changes of
temperature in soUds. Duhamel, J. M. C,

Par. Mm. Sav. ^tr. 5 (1888) 440-.

Monument (Bunker Hill), effect of heat on
perpendicularity. Honford, E. N. Am. As.
P. (1851) 81-.

Phenomena aooompanying change of volume

in solids. Edlund, E. Stockh. dfy. IB
a861) 119- ; Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 1-.

Beiation between thermal and elastic pheno-
mena. Kupffer, A. T. St. P^t. Ao. So. Bll.
14 (1856) 273-, 289-.

. Mai, E. MU. I. Lomb.

Bd. 24 (1891) 1050-.

expansion and melting point. Frei^

Chen, P., dt PouUen, V. N. Ts. Fs. K. 1
(1896) 45-; C. Ztg. 20 (1896) (12pm.) 125.

— — — — , melting point and elastioity.
Sayno, A. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 24 (1891)
574-.

, temperature, and torsion modulus.

Sayno, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 24 (1891)
293-.

Bocker, Trevelyan, mechanical analysis. fVw-
hu, S. H. Nt. 17 (1878) 242-.

SPECIFIED SOLIDS.

Alloys. Wiedemann, E. E. G. [1877] A. Pe.

C. 8 (1878) 287-.
— . Le ChaUlier, H. 0. B. 128 (1899) 1444-.
— , measurement of expansion. Hoekin, C, dt

Matthiesien, A. Lb. 1 (1867) 89-, 149-.
Aluminium bronze. Fontana, A. Bm. B. Ao.

Line. Bd. 3 (1894) {Sem. 2) 129-.
Alums, measurement of expansion by dilato-

meter. Spring, W. Brux. Ac. Bll. 6 (1883)

685-; Berl. B. 17 (1884) 408-.
Baily's metal, Jessup's steel and Chanoe'a

glass. Rogers, W. A. Am. As. P. (1887)

80-.
Bismuth amalgams, contraction. Vieentini, (}.^

dt Cattaneo, C. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 7

(1891) (Sem. 2| 95-.
Bnck-tower, daily motion caused by solar

heat. Rockwood, C. O. Am. As. P. 20

(1871) 171-.
Brickwork. Hawkes, W. Br. Aroht. I. Pp.

(1861) 121-.
Building materials. Lang, C. [1878] (x) Carl

Bpm. 10 (1874) 63-.
Ceramic pastes and glazes. Le ChateUer, H.

S. C. In. J. 14 (1895) 751.
Cobalt at high temperatures. Quadrio-CurxiOp

A. Catania Ac. Oioen. Bll. 49 (1897) 16-.
Crystalline alkali sulphates. Tutton, A. E.

PhU. Trans. (A) 192 (1899) 456-.
Crystals. Mitscherlieh, E. Berl. Ab. (1835)

201- ; Berl. B. (1837) 69-.
— . Hahn, H. C. (xn) Aich. Phm. 148 (1859)

19-.
— . Mautier, J. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 2 (1878)

78-.
— . BUuius, E. A. Ps. C. 22 (1884) 52S-.
— , form in relation to expansion. MitBcher-

lich, E. Pogg. A. 1 (1824) 125-.
— , glauberite. Brewster, (Str) D. Ph. Mg.

1 (1832) 417-.
— aiid other solids, measurement of expansion.

Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 48 (1891) 881-.

166

1410 Speciffed SoUds 1410

Ciystals, trimetrio, ooeffioients, axial density India-robber, 8tretohed,behaYiour when heated*

and crystalline parameters. Sehrauf, A. Madan, H. O, Nt. 82 (1885) 625.

. A. Ps. C. 28 (1886) 438-. — and wires, expansion and extensibility.

Diabase, contraotion. Bartu, C, Am. J. So. relations. Kurz, A. Exner Bpm. 22 (1886)

42 (1891) 498-. 647-; 27 (1891) 631-.

Diamond. Joly, J. Nt. 49 (1898-94) 480-, Invar. Hirtch, A. Nench. S. Se. BU. 26

630-. (1897) 217-.

— and onprous oxide. Fizeau, H. L, C. B. Iron. HdUstrfim, O. O. Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

60 (1866) 1161-. 26 (1806) 263-; Gilbert A. 36 (1810) 62-.

Ebonite. Kohlrausch, F. A. Ps. C. 149 (1878) — . Zschau, E. F. Dresden Sb. Isis (1866)

677-. 89-.

Glass. Bellani, A, Brescia Cm. (1823) 67-; — , oast. Mushet, D. TiUooh Ph. Mg. 18

Brugnatelli G. 6 (1823) 20-, 217-, 274-. (1804) 1-.

— . CrichUm, J. Thomson A. Ph. 7 (1824) — , — . ^aUet, R. Franklin I. J. 69 (1876)

241-. 166-. ,

— . RegnauU, V, A. C. 4 (1842) 64-. — and steel. Abt, A, (xn) Orv.-Term. Ets.

— . Craftt, J. M. C. B. 91 (1880) 413-. 6 (1880) {Term, Szak) 10&-.

— . Thie$en, M., dt Sehul, K, Z. Instk. 12 at high temperatures. Le Chatelier,

(1892) 29a-; 13(1893)76. H. C. B. 129 (1899) 331-.

— . Baudin, L. C. C. B. 116 (1893) 971-. welding temperatures. WrighUont

— . Winkamann, A., dt SehoU, O, [199B] A. T. [18961 Phil. Trans. (A) 186 (1896) 698-.

Ps. G. 61 (1894) 730-. zinc, determination of expansion. Bdrtehf

—. Granger, A. Mon. So. 12 (1898) 681-. A. As. Nr. 99 (1881) 177-.

— , expansion in relation to cnemical oom- Marble. Dunn, J,, <£ Sang, E. Edinb. N. Ph.

position, arenet, L. C. N. 76 (1897) 101-. J. 11 (1831) 66-.

Gypsum. Beckenkamp, J, A. Ps. C. Beibl. — . Frdhlichy I, A. Ps. 0. 61 (1897) 206-.

(1882) 660-. Masoniy. Bounceau, — . Medley I. Eng. 2

Ice. Struve, F. G. W. von. St. P6t. Ac. So. (1866) 198-,

Mm. 6 (1860) (pte. 1) 297-. Metal spiral. Jacquez, E. A. T^l. 7 (1880)

— . Larsaon, H„ d Petter$$an, O. Stockh. 320-.

Ofv. 86 (1880) No. 3, 66-. Metallic arches. Brezze, J. A. C. L'l. 23

—. Andrews, T. B. S. P. 40 (1886) 644-. (1866) 267-. ^ « , ^ x^ ««

— . Nichols, E. L. Ps. Bv. 8 (1899) 184-. — ^ir«8. Dahlander, G. R. Stockh. Qfv. 28

— , action on pUe bridge. Bice Lake (Canada). „(1871) 703- ; A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 147-.

Clarke, T. C. Cn. J. 3 (1864-55) 249-. Metals. Prtnsep, J. Gleamngs So. 1 (1881)

— , expansion and contraction. DumbU, J. H, 379-; (vi Adds.) Bb. Un. 68 (1836) 160-.

Cn. J. 3 (1868) 414- ; 6 (1860) 418-. — ^^ alloys. MaUhtessen, A. Phil. Trans.

India-rubber. Goulier, C. M. Les Mondes 20 166(1866)861-. ,«««„,.

(1869) 11-. • Htrsch, A, Neuch. S. So. Bll. 16

— . Puschl,'K. Wien Ak. Sb. 71 (1875) (.16. 2) (1888)298-. „ « .

95_. ^ ' ^ ' and salts. Crace-Cdlvert, F. B. A»

— . Lebedev, I. (xn) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 13 (Ps.) RP- i^^f) (P<- 2) 46-.

(1881) [{Pt. 1)] 246-. — ♦ expansion by obscure heat. Rogers, W, A^
— . LumJUuU.E. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 741-. Am. As. P. (1894) 66-. „- /^ i
-. CanUme,M.,dtContino,G. Mil.I.Lomb. -ifS^^i^^PtlSSjr'- Le Chatelter, H. C.J

Bd. 33 (1900) 215-. B. 108 (1889) 1096-. rp -oa)

_ , ^ '... I .. T>. 1.^ n low temperatures. Andrews, T. B. Sy

-, a^lo^ mth gelatm. Bjerkin, P. von. p. 43 (1888) 299-. ^

A. rs. o. 43 (iwi) »17-. , , ,, , —, measurement of expansion. N(ni4?i, il.G^n.

— , contraction. Gezekhus [Hesehus], N. A. rj:.. tA /igftA_87\ aqr^

^^ ^''/%-^\P;.h}Ri?'.-^''^^^^^^ -,-' -1- by interference. Morley, E. W.,

103-; J. de Ps. 3 (•1884) 459-. '^ jj^^,, fer. ^. pg. r^. 41(897) l-)

— , elasticity and expansion. Graetz, L, A. Ps. 106-.

C. 28 (1886) 354-. — ^ quasi-isotropic, expansion and pressure.

— , paraffins, etc. Russner, J. Carl Bpm. 18 Voigt, W. Gdtt. Nr. (1893) 177-.

(1882) 152-. — , in relation to temperature of fusion.
— , stretched, behaviour when heated. Schmule- Umeray, — . C. B. 181 (1900) 1291-.

witseh, J. Ziir. Vjschr. 11 (1866) 201-. — and . other solids, measurement of ex-

— , — , . Govi, G. Tor. At. Ac. So. 2 pansion. Na^myth, J. Edinb. J. So. 6

(1866-67) 225-, 456-; 4 (1868-69) 571-. (1827) 226-; Pogg. A. 9 (1827) 608-.

— , . — , . Schmulewitsch, J. [1869] Minerals, unequal expansion in different direo-

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 14 (1870) 517-. tions. Miller, W. H. B. A. Bp. (1887)

—, — . . Thomas, P. Les Mondes 19 (pt. 2) 43-.

(1869) 575-. Nickel and cobalt. TtUUm, A. E. B. S. P.

— , — , (Thomas). Got;*, G. Les 66 (1900) 306-.

Mondes 19 (1869) 640-. — steels. GuUlaume, C. A C B. 124 (1897)

— , — , (Govi). Thomas, P. Les 176- ; 126 (1897) 286-, 842; Par. S. Ps. 8^

Mondes 20 (1869) 8-. (1897) 120-.

167

1410

Ezpannon of Solidf by Heat

1420

KoBphoros. De FranchU, O., dt PUoti, O.

Oz. C. It. 4 (1874) 497-.
--. Ledue, A. C. B. 118 (1891) 259-.
Platinum and brass. Ti$$oty A. Les Mondes

6 (1864) 817.
— , inoandesoent. NichoU, E, L. Am. As. P.

(1881) 24-.
— , platiniridinm, palladimn, silyer, nickel,

iron, steel and oonstantan at high tempe-
ratures. Holbam, L., dt Day, A. Berl.

Ak. Sb. (1900) 1009-.
Porcelain. Bedford, T. O, B. A. Bp. (1899)

245; L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) 148- ; Ph. Mg.

49 (1900) 90-.
-— , Bayeuz (between 1000° and 1500°). Sainte

Claire'DevUU, JBT., dt TrooU, L, C. B. 59

(1884) 162-.
Pbtterj clay mass. Granger, A. Mon. Sc. 18

(1899) 5-.

Quarts. Le Chatelier, H. 0. B. 108 (1889)

104^.
Book crystal. FUeau, H. L. C. B. 58 (1864)

928-; A. C. 2 (1864) 148-.
Books. Hallock, W. U. S. Gl. Sv. BU. No. 78

(1891) 109-.
Salts. Joule, J. P., dt Playfair, L, [1848]

C. S. J. 1 (1849) 121-.

— containing water of crystallisation. Wiede-
mann, E, E. Q, A. Ps. C. 17 (1882)
561-.

Silica, fused. Le ChaUlier, H. G. B. 180

(1900) 1708-.

Silver chloro-brom-iodides. Rodwell, 0, F,
[18761 B. S. P. 25 (1877) 292-.

— iodide. RodweU, G. F. [1874] B. S. P.
28 (1876) 97-.

• , bromide, and chloride. RodweU, Q, F.

[1876] B. S. P. 25 (1877) 280-.
, — , , and some chloro-brom-iodides

of silver. RodweU, G.F, B. S. P. 31 (1881)

291-.

— iodides and double iodides of silver with
copper and lead. BeUati, M, , dt Romanese, R.
Yen. I. At. 1 (1888) 1048-.

— , measurement of expansion. Hirach, A.,dt

Plantamaur, E. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 88 (1870)

87- ; 40 (1871) 9-.
— , (Hirsch and Plantamour). Wild,

H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 40 (1871) 5-.
Sodium. Luechi, G. de. Yen. I. At. 6 (1879-

80)445-.

— and potassium and their alloy. Hagen, E,
B. [1882] A. Ps. G. 19 (1888) 486-.

Speculum metal for gratings, measurement of

expansion. Rogert, W, A. Am. As. P.

(1884) 116-.
Standard 10 ft. iron bar of Indian survey and

gold, silver and copper. Prinsep, J, Beng.

J. As. S. 2 (1888) 180-.
Steel and argentan, measurement of expansion

by Fiseau's apparatus. Ascoli, M. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Mm. 1 (1894) 150-.
— , Jes8up*s, measurement of expansion.

Morley, E. W,, dt Rogers, W. A. Am. As.

P. (1891) 188- ; Science 2 (1895) 851.
Stone. DeeHgny, — . J. O^n. Giv. 2 (1829)

227-.

Stone. Adie, A. J. B. A. Bp. (1884) 069-;

Edinb. B. S. T. 18 (1886) 854-.
— , expansion and oontraction. BarHeU, W»

H. C. SUliman J. 22 (1882) 186-.
Sulphur. Schrauf, A. A. Ps. C. 27 (188^)

815-.
— , selenium and tellurium. Spring, W, Bmz.

Ac. BU. 2 (1881) 88-.
ThaUium. Steele, W. H. Yiet. B. S. P. 5

(1898) 198-.

— and alloys. Omodei, D. Bv. So.-Ind. 28
(1891) 25-.

Yulcanite. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. So. 41

(1891) 54-.
Walls of houses, action of solar heat. Vogt, A,

Z. Bl. 15 (1879) 605-.
Wires, telegraph, tension at different tempem-

tures. Barbaras, A. A. Td. 14 (1887) 229-.
— * — , — and ** sag " at different tomperatores.

Schenkel, H. Elekttech. Z. 17 (1896) 721-.

— under tension. Wehage, H. Civuig. 25
(1879) 619-.

. BotUmley, J. T. Ph. Mg. 24

(1887) 814- ; L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 184-;

Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 94-.
Wood. Rittenhouu, D. [1796] Am. Ph. S.

T. 4 (1799) 29-.
— . JouU, J. P. [1857] B. S. P. 9 (1857-59) 8.
— . ViUaH, E, N. Gim. 25 (•1867) 899-.
— , expansion and contraction. Braddoek, J.

Madras J. 7 (1888) 108-.
Wooden rods. Stadthagen, H, A. Ps. G. 61

(1897) 208-.
(Stadthagen). HUdebrand, R. A. Ps.

G. 61 (1897) 808.
Zinc bar, variation in length at same tezoypera-

ture. Comstock, (Gen.) C, B. Am. J. So. 22

(1881)26-.

Table of expansions of elements and some
hydrocarbons. Fizeau, H. L. G. B. 68
(1869) 1125-.

solids. Fizeau, H. L. Les Mondes

20 (1869) 137-.

— . MaeGregor, J. G. [1888]

Gn. B. S. P. * T. 6 (1889) {Sect. 8) 8-.

Temperatures of maximum density. Mae-
Gregor, J. G. [1885] N. Scotia I. So. P.
A T. 6 (1886) 226-.

1420 Permanent Deformation and
Thermal Hysteresis. Annealing.

Annealing, effect on ciystalline struoture.

Brooke, C. B. A. Bp. 89 (1869) (Sect.) 21-.
— . patience of copper and silver. Howe,

H. M. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 18 (1885) 648-.
— I — — physical properties of metals.

Le ChaUlier, A. G. B. 110 (1890) 705-.
Caoutchouc and guttapercha, stretchc»d« ab-
normalities. Ruetner, J. Garl Bum. 18

(1882) 20ft-, 251-.
Dimensions of heated solid when cooled to

original temperature. Zantedeseki, F.

Zantedeschi A. Fis. (1849-50) 29-, 22S-.
Glass, aftereffects. Wiehe, H. F. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1884) 848-; (1885) 1021-.

168

1420

Thermal HyttereedB: AiiinMi.iiiig

1420

Glass, after-effects. Weidmatm, O. A. Ps. 0.

29 (1886) 214-.
— , gradual alteration. Pickering, 8. U. Ph.

A^. 29 (1890) 289-.
— , permanent deformation. MarchU, L,

Boideaaz S. Sc. PV. (1896-97) 50-, 187-;

Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 4 (1898) 1-; J. de Ps.

7 (1898) 57a-; 8 (1899) 19S-.
— , , theory. Duhem, P. Bordeaax S.

So. PV. (1896-97) 45-.
— , secular expansion. Volkmann, P, A. Ps.

C. 18 (1881) 209-.

— and steel, strain due to sudden cooling.
Barui, C. dt Strauhal, V. [1886] U. S.
Gl. Sv. BU. No. 42 (1887) 98-.

— , toughened. Curioni, O, Tor. Ac. Sc. At.

10 (1875) 365-.
— , ~. Feilt C, dt Luynes, V, de, C. B. 81

(1875) 841-.

— , — . PocklingUm, H, [1875] Phm. J. 6

(1876) 251-.

— , —. Sehoit, 0. Dingier 216 (1875) 75-.
— , — . ThuTon, C. Gto. Civ. 5 (1884} 24-.
— , — . Siemene^ F. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 88

(1885) 105-.
— , — , resistance to bending. Bastie, A,dela,

C. B. 92 (1881) 194-.
— , ', shock and heat. BtuHe, A.dela,

Brux. BU. Pht. 14 (1875) 118-, 189^.
^, — , strains in. Hoff, J, H. van^t, (xn)

Mbl. Nt. 6 (1876) 145-.
Iron, oast, cooling curves. Keep, W. J. I. A

S. I. J. (1895) (No, 2) 227-.
— > — I permanent expansion by heat. Erman,

A„db Herter, P. Pogg. A. 97 (1856) 489-.
— , changes produced by thermal treatment.

MoHn, A.J. C, B. 59 (1864) 585-.
— . . Ball, E. J. I. & S. I. J.

(1890) {No, 1) 85-; (1891) (No. 1) 108-.

— and steel at a bright red heat, peculiarities
in. NewaU, H. F, Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) 435-.

— — — , molecular changes produced by
heating and cooling. Norrii, R, [1877]

B. S. P. 26 (1878) 127-.

— , physical condition. Hughes, D. E.

I. ME. P. (1884) 36-.
, yield point, effects of straining and

annealing. Unwind W, C. B. S. P. 57

(1895) 178-.

— wire, molecular changes at low red heat.
Barreit, W, F. Ph. Mg. 46 (1873) 472-.

Metals, change of form due to heating and

partial cooling. Clerk, H. B. S. P. 12

(1863) 453-.
— • (note to Clerk's

paper). 8toke$, G, O. (vm) B. S. P. 12

(1863) 471-.
Nickel steels, annealing and permanent set.

GuiUaume, C. E. 0, B. 124 (1897) 1515-.
, irreversible expansion. Guillaume, C. i,

C. B. 126 (1898) 738-.

, properties. OuiUaume, C. i. Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1897) 120-.
Permanent deformations and hysteresis.

Duhem, P. Brux. Mm. Cour. 4<», 54 (1896)

No. 4, 61 pp.

— modifications, general theory. Duhem, P.
Brux. Mm. Cour. 4«, 54 (1896) No. 6, 55 pp.

Permanent modifications of sulphur. Duhem, P.
Brux. Mm. Cour. 4«, 54 (1896) No. 5, 86 pp.

Bailway axles, effect of temperature on
strenjgith. Andrewt, T. I. CE. P. 87 (1886)
840- ; 94 (1888) 180- ; 105 (1891) 161-.

RECALE8CENCE.

8hand,R. Tel. J. 26 (1890) 247.
investigation method. 8mith, F. J. Ph. Mg.

31 (1891) 483-.
iron. Forbes, O, [1874] Edinb. B. S. P. 8

(1875) 363-.
—. TonUituon, H. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888)

107- ; Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 103-.
— . Hopkituon, J. B. S. P. 45 (1889) 455-.
— . Thanuon, E. TeL J. 24 (1889) 471.
— . TereHn, 8. J., <it Razing, B. L. Bb.

Ps.-C. S. J. 26 (Pt.) (1894) 200-.
— and steel, anomalous changes during re-

calescence. 8vedeliu8, O. E. Jem-Kont.

A. 51 (1897) 202- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 173-.
and magnetism. HopHmon, J, B. 8. P. 48

(1891) 442-.
steel. NewaU, H. F. Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 510-.
^. Thonuan, E. Tel. J. 24 (1889) 616-.

RUPERT8 DR0P8.

(** Bologna phial.*') Morozzo, C. L. (conU) de.

[1786] Turin Mm. Ac. 3 (1786-87) 449-.
8nart, J. TiUooh Ph. M[g. 22 (1806) 334-.
Biot, J, B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. (1815) 122-.
Heltoig, C. G. von. GUbert A. 51 (1815) 112-.
Merian, P. Meisner A. 1 (1824) 133-.
(Breaking of vessel filled with water, by

explosion.) Bellani, A. A. Sc. Lomb. Yen.

5 (1835) 298-.
Cagniard-Latour, C. Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1837)

118-.
(Breaking of glass vessels by explosion.)

Mazzoli, A, A. Sc. Lomb. Ven. 7 (1837)

153-.
Vogel, A. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 77 (1859) 480-.
Reusch, E. A. Ps. C. 130 (1867) 494-.
Dufour, L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 34 (1869) 125- ;

C. B. 68 (1869) 398-.
Luynee, V. de. (ii Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 8 (1872)

95-; (vra) C. B. 76 (1878) 346-.
Thanuon, W. Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <fc P. 2

(1889) 42-.

Steel, effect of heat on molecular structure.

Barrett, W. F, B. A. Bp. (1875) (8eet.)

269-.
— , — — thermal and mechanical treatment

on structure. 8auveur, A. I. 4; S. I. J.

(1899) (No. 2) 195-.
— , hardening. Howe, H, M, 1. A S. I. Jf

(1895) {No, 2) 258-.

— , — . Howe, H, M.t dt 8auveur, A. I. & S.

I. J. (1896) (No, 1) 170-, 188-.
^, — (Howe). Osmond, F. I. A S. I. J.

(1896) (No, 1) 180-.

— , — . Howe, H. M. I. A S. I. J. (1897)

(No, 1) 193-.
^, — and tempering. Boberts^Austm, W. C.

[1889] Nt. 41 (1890) 11-, 82-.

169

1430

Expansion of Liquids by Heat

1480

Steel, soft, brittleness produced by annealing.

Stead, J. E. I. A S. I. J. (1898) (No. 2) 187-.
— , tempering, ohange in pnysical properties.

KimbaU, A, S, Am. J. So. 12 (1876) 110-.
— , — , . Rydberg, C. F. [1887]

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 13 {Afd. 1) (1888) No.

6, 26 pp. ; Fsohr. Pa. (1887) (Ah. 1) 465-.
Strain of elastic bodies, and neat. Wittwer,

W. C. Z. Mth. Ps. 14 (1869) 478-.
metal vfires, and heat. Haga, H. [1881]

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 17 (1882) 211- ; Aroh.

N^erl. 17 (1882) 261-.
Stresses dne to unequal heating. Hopkirutorif

J. B. A. Bp. 42 (1872) (Sect.) 51; Mess.

Mth. 8 (1879) 168-.
, and resulting double refraction.

Rayleigh, (Lard). Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900) 32-.
Systems affected by hysteresis, theorem relating

to. Duhem, P. Bordeaux 8. Sc. PV. (1898-

99)68-.
1— depending on one or two variables. Duhem,

P. Brux. Mm. Cour. 4<», 66 (1897-98) No. 6,

198 pp.
Wax, flexure by irregular cooling. B., R.

(VI Add$.) Nicholson J. 4 (1803) 176-.
Zero changes in thermometers, causes.

Crafts, J. M. C. B. 94 (1882) 1298- ; Nass.

Vr. Jb. 38 (1886) 159.
Zinc, sounds obtained by change of tempera-
ture. Strehlke, F. Pogg. A. 43 (1838) 405-.

1430 Expansion of Liquids:
Pressure -Volume -Temperature
Belations.

Adiabatic volume change in solutions.

RogdyM, K., dt Tammann, Q. Z. Ps. G. 20

(1896) 1-.
Areometer and thermometer, comparative

march in same water. Embry, — . Bb.

Brit. 33 (1806) 17-.
Barometric readings, reduction to zero.

Viard, — . Mntp. Mm. Ac. 3 (1856-57) 441-.
Density, boiling point, and coefficient of ex-
pansion, relation between. Longinescu, G. G.

[Bucarest S. Sc. Bl. 6 (1896)] 56-.
— , coefficient of expansion and refractive index

of ethyl ether. Oudemaru, A. C. (juri.)

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 1 (1886) 426-; Delft. Ec.

Pol. A. 3 (1887) 1-.

— and expansion of liquefied gases. Andrieff,
E. d\ A. C. 66 (1859) 317- ; Lieb. A. 110
(1869) 1-.

— of liquids existing only under high pressures.
BlUmcke, A. A. Ps. G. 23 (1884) 404-.

Elasticity and dilatability at high pressures.

Amagat, E. H. A. G. 29 (1893) 505-.
— , effects. MeriMhrugghe, G. van der, Brux.

Ac. Bll. 32 (1896) 270-, 418- ; 36 (1898)

281- ; (1899) 497-.
Expansion coefficients, corrections. Sainte-

CUUre DeviUe, H. C. R. 69 (1869) 1007.

— and contraction, force. Beck, L. C. Silliman
J. 46 (1843) 49-.

— on cooling, theory. Havrex, P. Guyper
Bv. Un. 10 (1861) 368-.

EXPANSION OF LIQUIDS.

DaUon, J. Nicholson J. 6 (1808) 34-.
Gay-Lustac, L. J. A. C. 2 (1816) 180-.
Emmett, J. B. Thomson A. Ph. 8 (1824) 264-.
Muncke, G. W. [1828] St. P^t. B(m. Sav.

l&tr. 1 (1831) 249-.
Zantedeschi, F. Majocchi A. Fis. G. 4 (1841)

282—.
Pierre,' J. I. A. C. 16 (1846) 326-; C. B. 23

(1846) 443-, 694-.
Frankenheim, M. L. Pogg. A. 72 (1847) 422-.
Pierre, J. I. A. C. 20 (1,847) 6-; 81 (1851)

118-.
WatersUm, J. J. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 848-.
AvenaHus, M. P. [1876-77] (xn) Kiev S.

Nt. Mm. 6 (1) (1878) 66-; (ix) St. P6t. Ac.

Sc. Bll. 24 (1878) 626-; Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 16

(Ps.) (1884) 242-; J. de Ps. 4 (1886)

687—.
Mendeliev, D. I. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 (C.)

(1884) 1-; G. S. J. 46 (1884) 12ft-.
(Avenarius.) Mendeleev, D. I. Bs. Ps.-G. S.

J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 282-; Nt. 82 (1886) 87.
(Mendel^v.) Avenaritu, M, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J.

16 (Ps.) (1884) 400- ; J. de Ps. 4 (1886) 687-.
(Avenarius.) Mendeleev, D. I, Bs. Ps.-G. S.

J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 476-; A. G. 2 (1884) 271-.
Pagliani, S. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 20 (1886) 64-.

Zuk, K. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 17 (Ps.) (1886) 18-;

J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 89.
GHmaldi, G. P. Gz. G. It. 17 (1887) 666-.
Puschl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1888) (Ab. 2)

1131-.
Pickering, S. U. Ph. Mg. 30 (1890) 400-.
Heilbom, E. Z. Ps. G. 7 (1891) 367-.
Konovalov, D. P. Rs. Ps.-G. S. J. 23 (C.)

(1891) 699-; G. Ztg. 16 (1892) 80.
application of work done by. Petit, A, T. A.

G. 9 (1818) 196-.
. Sigma [S]. Edinb. J. So. 3

(1825) 101-.
. Tommasi, F. Les Mondes 26

(1871) 575-.
above their boiling points. Drion, C. G. R.

46 (1858) 1235-.
. Mendel^ef, D. Lieb. A. 119

(1861) 1-.
formula for. Rankine, W. J, M. Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 47 (1849) 236-.
mixed liquids. Bartoli, A.,<t Straceiati,

E. N. Gim. 18 (1886) 111-,
law. Biot, J. B. Arcueil Mm. Ps. 3 (1817)

191-.
— . Avogadro,A. Brugnatelli G. 2 (1819) 416-.
— . WatersUm, J. J. Ph. Mg. 21 (1861) 402-.
— . Potter, R. (vra) Ph. Mg. 26 (1868) 347-.
— . Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 4 (1882)

528-; 11 (1886) 646-.
— . Amagat, E. H. G. R. 116 (1892) 919-.
— . Aubel, E. van. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 4

(1897) 201-.
— , Mendelejeff's. Luther, R. Z. Ps. G. 12

(1893) 624-.
— , on molecular theory. Heen, P. de, Brux.

Ac. Bll. 18 (1889) 208-.

170

1430 Measurement

MEASUREMENT.

HdUitrdm, O. G. Gilbert A. 14 (1803) 297-.
BogusH, J. J. Prace Mt-Fie. 1 (1888) 62-.
Barrett, W. F. [1889] Dnbl. S. So. P. 6

(1888-90) 327-.
Berget, A, [Bacarest S. So. Bl. 3 (1894)] 265-.
Ouglielmo, O. Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 8 (1899)

{Sem. 2) 271-, 310-.
change of volume in vessels during. Bogtuki,

J. J. Z. Ps. G. 2 (1888) 482-.
by dilatometer. KnUjUr, O. A. Ps. C 88

(1889) 186-.
(Abbe's). Wiedemann, G, A. Ps. C. 88

(1889) 453-.
Dulong and Petit*s method, improvement.

Govt, G. Nap. Bd. 24 (1885) 89-.
microsoopie. Lekmann, 0, Z. Kr. 12 (1887)

409.
by Mohr's balance. Negreanu, D, Bucarest

Ac. Bom. A. 21 (Pt. admin.) (1899) 78-;

Bucarest S. So. Bl. 9 (1900) 217-.
photographic register. Berget, A. C. B. 128

(1896) 745-.
in sealed tubes. Golicyn, B, B. lifoso. S. Sc.

Bll. 73 (No. 2) (1891) 6; A. Ps. C. 47 (1892)

466-.

at different pressures. Grimaldi, G. P.

Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 18 (1885) 273-; J. de

Ps. 5 (1886) 29- ; 7 (1888) 72-.
(Grimaldi). Heen, P. de. J. de Ps.

7 (1888) 155-.

— great pressures. Amagat, E. H. C. B. 105
(1887) 1120-.

relation to critical temperature. MendeJiev,

D. I. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 IC.) (1884) 452-;

Par. S. C. Bll. 43 (1885) 108-.
— . Bartoli, A., (t Stracci€Uif E,

N. Cim. 16 (1884) 91-.
• internal friction. Heen, P. de. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 7 (1884) 248-.
surface tension. Heen, P. de. Brux.

Ac. BU. 5 (1883) 505-.

SPECIFIED LIQUIDS.

alcohol and carbon disulphide. Muncke, G. W.

[1834] St. P4t. Mm. Sav. Etr. 2 (1885)

483-.
— , ether, benzene, etc., solutions. Tammann,

G., it Hirschberg, W. Z. Ps. C. 13 (1894)

543-.

— and water mixtures. Makins, G. H. C. S.
J. 2 (1850) 224-.

. Hoh, T. (xn) Bamb. Nf. Gs. B.

11 (1876) (PL 1, No. 4) 26 pp.; (x) A. Ps.

C. 158 (1876) 334-.
before solidification. Reeknagel, G,

Carl Bpm. 4 (1868) 119-.
alcoholic solutions of salicylic, anisic and gallic

acids. Folgheraiter, G. Ven. I. At. 6 (1880)

1095-.
alloys in liquid state (tin and lead). Vicentini,

G., (t Omodei, D. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 8

(1887) (Sem. 2) 235-, 294-, 321-.

Specified Liquids 1430

alloys in liquid state. Vieentini, G. , dt Omodei,

D. Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 4 (1888) (Sem. 1)

718-, 805-, {Sem. 2) 19-, 39-, 75-.
amalgams in liquid state. Cattaneo, C. Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 25 (1890) 492-; 26 (1891) 580-.
aqueous solutions. Foreh, C. A. Ps. C. 55

(1895) 100-.
of glycerin. Emo, A. (xn) Bv. So.-Ind.

14 (1882) 357-.
benzene and toluene. Murepanu, M. Bucarest

Ac. Bom. A. 16 {Pt. admin.) (1894) 112-.
bismuth, fused. Vicentini, G. Bm. B. Ao.

Lino. Bd. 6 (1890) (Sem. 2) 147-.
— , — , near melting point. Vicentini, G.

Bm. B. Ao. Line. Bd. 6 (1890) (Sem. 2) 121-.
— , — , . Cattaneo, C. Bm. B. Ac.

Lino. Bd. 7 (1891) (Sem. 1) 88-.
chloroform, etner, amyl hydride^ at different

pressures. iSrimaldi, G. P. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 2 (1886) (Sem. 1) 231-.
diethylamine. OudemanM, A. C. (jun.) [1881]

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 17 (1882) 1-; Arch. N6erl.

16 (1881) 453-.
ether. Oudeman*, A. C. (jun.) Amst. Ak. Vs.

M. 1 (1885) 426- ; Delft ±o. Pol. A. 8 (1887)

— at various pressures. Grimaldi, G. P. Bm.
B. Ac. Line. T. 8 (1884) 292-.

ethyl sulphonate. Carius, L. J. Pr. C. 110

(1870) 279-.
gas solutions. NichoU, E. L., dt Wheeler,

A. W. [1880] Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 118-.
homologous liquids. Mendelejef, D. Lieb. A.

114 (I860) 165-.
mercury. HdlUtr&m, G. G. Gilbert A. 17

(1804) 107- ; 20 (1805) 397-.
— . Avogadro,A. Brugnatelli G. 8 (1820) 24-.
— . CriehUm, J. Thomson A. Ph. 7 (1824)

241-.
— . Weeg, — . Oken Isis (1886) 721-.
— . Regnault, V. C. B. 15 (1842) 891-.

— (Begnault's experiment). Holten, C. Kidb.
Ov. (1850) 37-.

— . MiliUer, H. Pogg. A. 80 (1850) 55-.
— . Bostcha, J. G. B. 69 (1869) 875-.

— ffiosscha). RegnauU, V. C. B. 69 (1869)
o#9— .

— (Begnault). Bosscha, J. Amst. Vs. Ak.
4 (1870) (Ntk.) 38-; Arch. N^rl. 4 (1869)
167- ; C. B. 69 (1869) 1185-.

-^ (correction of Begnault's formula). Govt,
G. Tor. At. Ao. So. 6 (1870-71) 122-.

— (Begnault's experiments). WUUnert F. H.
A. A. A. Ps. C. 158 (1874) 440-.

— ( ). Mendelyeev, D. I. (xn) Bs. C.

Ps. S. J. 7 (Pi.) (1875) [{Pt. 1)] 75-.

— . Broeh, O, J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.
Mm. 2 (*1883) 1-.

— ( - 39** to 0°). Ayrton, W. £., d Perry, J.
L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 86-; Ph. Mg. 22 (1886)
825-.

— . Kurt, A. Exner Bpm. 22 (1886) 244-.
— , Dulong and Petit's method. Lermantov,

V. V. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 {Pi.) (1887)

142.
— , — — — — . Ledue, A. J. de Ps. 10

(1891) 561-.

171

1430

Expansion of Liquids by Heat

1480

meronry in ebonite. Laehinav, D. A, (xn) Bs.

P8.-C. S. J. 14 (Pi.) (1882) [{Pt, 1)] 202-.
— , fonnula. Hem, P, de, finix. Ao. Bll. 17

(1889) 168-.

— and glass. BeUani, A. Brescia Cm. (1823)
67-; BragnateUi G. 6 (1823) 20-, 217-, 274-.

— in Jena ^lass, between 0° and 100°. Pemei,
J,, Jaeger, W,, d Oundich, E, Berl. Ps.
Beichsanst. Ab. 1 (1894) 102-.

— and water. Bouinberg, B. (xn) Bs. 0. Ps.
8. J. 9 (Pb.) (1877) HPt, 1)] 129-.

metals, fused. VicenUni, G. [1886] Tor. Ao.

So. At. 22 (188&-«7) 28-.
— , — . Vieentini, G., d Omodei, D. [1887]

Tor. Ac. So. At. 22 (1886-87) 712- ; 23

(1887-88) 38-.
methyl formate. Koeonogov, I. I. [1889-90]

Kiev 8. Nt. Mm. 11 (1) (1890) xlix-, Ixxv-;

Us. Ps.-C. S. J. 22 (Pi.) (1890) 95; J. de Ps.

10 (1891) 432.
milk. FleiBchmann, W. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 4

(1874) 97-.
oils. Preu$er, F, [1838] J. Phm. 25 (1839) 87-.
— , mineral. Marek, W, J, Carl Bpm. 16

(1880) 119-.

organic compounds, solutions. Turbaba, D,

Fsohr. Ps. (1890) {Ah, 2) 274.
phosphorus. De FranchU, G., dt PiuUi, G.

Gz. C. It. 4 (1874) 497-.
saline solutions. Nicol, W. W. J, Ph. Mg.

23 (1887) 385-.

. iemaj, N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 20 (C.)

(1888) 430-, 486-; 21 (C.) (1889) 73-. 176- ;

C. 8. J. 56 (1889) lAhs.) 204-, 330-, 1101- ;

58 {Ab$,) (1890) 318-.
and liquid sulphur. Despretz, C, C. B.

7 (1838) 588-.
organic liquids. Keen, P, de. [1879]

Brux. Mm. Cour. 8», 31 (1881) (No. 4) 51 pp.
sea water ( + 8° to - 3° B.). Erman, A . Pogg.

A. 12 (1828) 463-.
. Lenz, R, St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 29

(1881) No. 4, 24 pp.

— — near freezing point, and statics of
Polar seas. Zdppritz, K. [1870] A. Ps. C.
5 (Erg. Bd.) (1871) 497-.

sodium and potassium and their alloy in liquid
state. Hagen, E. B. [1882] A. Ps. C. 19
(1883) 436-.

sulphur, fused. Moiteaner, A. [1864] Mntp.

Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 6 (1864-66) 107-.
— , — . Pisati, G. Gz. C. It. 4 (1874) 29-;

Palermo G. Sc. Nt. 12 (1877) (Pt. 1) 33-.
— , — . ScichiUme, S. Gz. C. It. 7 (1877) 501-.
thaUium, liquid. Packer, G. N. Cim. 2 (1895)

143-.
volatile liquids. Drum, C. A. C. 56 (1859) 5-.
water. Hauy, R. J. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 1

(1791) 75-.

— (below 42"^). Dalton, J. [1799] Manch.
Ph. 8. Mm. 5 (1802) 373-.

— . Hope, T. C. [1804] Edinb. B. 8. T. 5
(1805) 379-.

— (0° to 20° C). HdlUtr&m, G. G. GUbert
A. 20 (1805) 384-.

— . Tardy de la Brouy, — . Bb. Brit. 29
(1805) 22-; 31 (1806) 305- ; 41 (1809) 296-.

water. EyUlwein, J. A. Gilbert A. 39 (1811)
221—.

— (32°* to 41° P.). T. (Yi Addi.) TillochPh.
Big. 46 (1815) 417-.

— . Avogadro,A. Brugnatelli G. 1 (1818) 851-.
— . Stampfer, S. Wien Jb. Pol. 1. 16 (1880)

1-.
— . Tredgold, T. CE. I. T. 1 (1886) 141-.
— . Ritter, E. Gen. Mm. 8. Ps. 11 (1846)

413-.
— . Frankenheim, M, L. Pogg. A. 86 (1852)

451-.
— . Alexander, J. H. Silliman J. 16 (1858)

170-.
— . Hagen, G. H. L. Berl. Ab. (1855) (Mth,)

1-.
— . POe, W, H. Am. Phm. As. P. 8 (1869)

874-.

— (30° to 100°). JoUy, P. Mftnoh. Sb. (1864)
(1) 141-.

— (below + 4° B.). Weidntr, (Dr.) — . A. Ps.
0. 129 (1866) 300-.

— . Guldberg, C. M. Christiania F. 12 (1869)

1-.
— . Morton, A. (x) Glasg. I. Bng. T. 16

(1872) 135-.

— (below 4° C). Himent, F. C. B. 77 (1878)
1219-. ,

— . Verest, V. (xn) Orv.-Term. fits. 4 (1879)

(Term. Szak) 85-.
— . Volkmann, P. A. Ps. C. 14 (1881) 260-.

— (0° to 10°). Banetti, F. Bm. B. Ac. Lmo.
T. 8 (1884) 823-.

— (4° to 0°). Naecari, A. Tor. Ac. So. At. 20
(1885) 969-.

—. Kurz, A. Exner Bpm. 25 (1889) 192-.
— . Coppet, L. C, de. [1891] Laos. 8. Yd.

Bll. 27 (1892) 27fr-.
— . Marek, W. A. Ps. C. 44 (1891)' 171-.
— . Mendeleev, D. Bs. Ps..C. 8. J. 28 (P«.)

(1891) 183- ; Ph. Mg. 83 (1892) 99-.

— . Chappuis, P. Par. Poids et Mes. PY.

(1892) 139-.

— . Puschl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892)

(Ab. 2a) 300- ; Mh. C. (1892) 440-.
— . Scheel, K. A. Ps. C. 47 (1892) 440-.
— . Amagat, E. H. C. B. 116 (1898) 41-.
— . SUphane de iMnnay, — . C. B. 120 (1895)

866-.
— . Mendeliev, D. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 29 (Pi.)

(1897) (App.) 133- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 615.
— . Thieten, M. , Scheel, K. , dt DteeULhoret, H.

A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 340-.

— (0° to 40°). Chappuiz, P. A. Ps. C. 63 (1897)
202-.

— , formula. Kurz, A, Exner Bpm. 21 (1885)

515- ; 22 (1886) 16-.
— , — , 0° to 100° C. Ka^, L. Carl Bpm.

18 (1882) 46-.
— , at high temperatures. WaierzUm, J. J,

(vm) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 116-.

— and mercury. MatthUzsen, A. [1866] Phil.
Trans. 156 (1866) 281-.

saline solutions at high temperatures.

Sorby, H. C. Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 81-.
— , tables. Scheel, K. Z. Instk. 17 (1897)

881- ; 18 (1898) 32.

172

1430

Temperature of Maximum Density

1430

Expansive energy of heated water. Bankine^
W, J, M, Ph. Mg. 26 (1663) 388-, 48^-.

— liquids as introduction to terrestrial physios.
De Luc, J. A. A. C. 48 (1803) 138-, 273- ;
49 (1804) 84-, 118-, 225-; 54 (1805) 156-,
229-.

Glaciers, curious phenomenon. Rumford, B,
(Count). [1803] PhU. Trans. (1804) 23-.

De Heen's equations, experimental verification.
OHmaldi, G. P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2
(1886) {Sent, 1) 244- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 72-.

— — for members of homologous series.
Bartoli, J., dt Stracciatit E. N. Cim. 18
(1885) 107-.

Impelling power of moving water, effects of

changes of temperature. Wagner, S, Silli-

man J. 8 (1824) 393-.
Laws of expansion and compressibility of water,

and maximum density of water. Amagatt E.

H. Par. S. Ps. 86. (1893) 145-.
Liquid state, theory. Heen, P. de. A. C. 5

(1885) 83-.
Liquids, thermal behaviour. Bamsay, fT., dt

Young, S. Ph. Mg. 37 (1894) 215-, 503-.
— , . Oalitzine, B. Ph. Mg. 37 (1894)

423.
— , — — . Heen, P. de. Ph. Mg. 37 (1894)

424, 584.
-, . BatteUi, — . Ph. Mg. 38 (1894)

245-.

MAXIMUM DENSITY OF LIQUIDS,
TEMPEBA TUBE.

alcohol and water. Coppett L. de, G. B. 115

(1892) 652-, 1346.
alcoholic mixtures. Boetetti, F, Yen. At. 15

(1869-70) 1297- ; C. B. 70 (1870) 1092-.
aqueous methyl alcohol. Moretto, P. N. Cim.

6 (1897) 198-.
— solutions. Coppet, L. C. de. C. B. 131

(1900) 178.
of ether. Nort, H. Mbl. Nt. (1895-96)

79-; Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ab, 2) 250.
barium chloride solutions. Coppet, L, C, de,

0, R. 125 (1897) 538.
saline solutions (between 100° and 150°). Zeper-

nick, K., dt Tanmann, O. Z. Ps. G. 16 (1895)

659-.
. Coppet, L. C. de. C. B. 128 (1899)

1559-.
and their freezing point. Lussana, <S.,

<t Bozzola, O. Yen. I. At. (1892-93) 785-.
sea water. Erman, A, A. G. 38 (1828) 287-.
. Hope, T, C, [1838] Edinb. B. S. T.

14 (1840) 242-.
sugar solutions. Coppet, L. C, de, A. G. 3

(1894) 268-.
water. Bumford, B. {Count), Gilbert A. 1

(1799) 436-.
— . HdUetrdm, G, G, Gilbert A. 17 (1804)

107-.
— . Bumford, B, (Count), [1805] Par. Mm.

de PI. (1806) (Sem, I) 78-.
— . Tardy de la Broesy, — . Bb, Brit. 32

(1806) 332- ; 34 (1807) 193-.
— . PtcUt,M.A. Bb. Brit. 34 (1807) 118-.

water. Sym, G. O. Thomson A. Ph. 9 (1817)

887-.
— . Criehton, J. Thomson A. Ph. 5 (1828)

401-.
— . H&lUtrdm, G. G, Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

(1828) 193- ; A. G. 28 (1825) 56- ; Stockh.
Ak. Handl. (1824) 1-.
— . MoU, G. Amst. N. Yh. 1 (1827) 241-.
— . Stampfer, S. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 16 (1830)

1-.
— . HalUtr'&m, G. G. Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

(1833) 166- ; Pogg. A. 34 (1835) 220-.
— . Joule, J.P.,db Playfair, L. [1846] Ph.

Mg. 80 (1847) 41-.
— . Exner, F. Wien Sb. 68 (1873) (Ah, 2)

463-.
— . Tait, P. G. [1883] Edinb. B. S. P. 12

(1884> 226-.
— . Vernon, H. M. Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 387-.
— . Coppet, L. C. de. Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 29

(1893) 1-; A. G. 3 (1894) 246-.
— , distilled, and sea water. Weber, L. D.

Meere Jbr. 4, 5 <fe 6 (1878) 1-.
— , influence of pressure. Pueehl, K. [1875]

Wien Ak. Sb. 72 (1876) (Ab. 2) 288-.
— , . WaaU, J. D. van der. Amst.

Ak. Ys. M. 11 (1877) 119- ; Arch. Ntol. 12

(1877) 457-.
— , . Marshall, D. H., Smith, C. M.,

dt Omond, B. T, Edinb. B. S. P. 11 (18^

626-, 809-.
— , — (Marshall, Smith and Omond).

TaU, P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 11 (1882) 813-.
— , . GHmaldi, G. P. Gz. G. It. 15

(1885) 297-.
— , . Amagat, E, H. G. B. 104 (1887)

1159- ; 116 (1893) 946-.
— , mechanical explanation. Piarron de Man-

detir, — . G. B. 77 (1873) 1154-.
— and saline solutions. Boeaetti, F. Yen. At.

12 (1866-67) 78-; 13 (1867-68) 1047-, 1419- ;

17 (1869) 370-.
, influence of pressure. lAumma, S.

N. Gim. 2 (1895) 288-.
sulphuric acid mixtures. Kohlrauech, F,

A. Ps. G. Ergdnz. 8 (1878) 675-.

Molecular volumes and thermal expansion of
liquids at corresponding temperatures. Bar-
toli, A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Mm. 19 (1884)
577-.

Pressure, volume and temperature relations.
GHmaldi, G. P. Z. Ps. G. 1 (1887) 550- ;
2 (1888) 374-.

— , . Barus, C. Am. J. Sc. 88

(1889) 407- ; 39 (1890) 478-.

— , . Amagat, E. H, C B. 118

(1894) 566-.

— , during dissociation. WaaU,

J. D. van der. Amst. Ak. Ys. M. 15 (1880)
199- ; A. Ps. G. Beibl. 4 (1880) 749-.

Yolume of liquids as function of temperature

at high pressures. ZhuklZuk],K.N. [1881-
96] (xn) Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 13 (Ps.) (1881)
289-, 411- ; 16 (Ps.) (1884) 304- ; (xi) A. Ps.
G. Beibl. 6 (1882) 86-; (xn) Kiev S. Nt. Mm.
7 (1884) Ixxxvi-; 16 (1) (1899) xii-.

178

1450 Expansion of Gases

Volume and preBBore relation of solationB.

Tammann, O. Z. Ps. G. 17 (1895) 620-.
temperature of bodies, especially liquids.

WeUenmarm, A. Ziir. Vjschr.^ 88 (1888)

87-.
Water, adiabaties and isothermals. RUcker,

A. W, R. S. P. 22 (1874) 461-.

— , (near TTm.yimnni density point).

PeddU, W. Edinb. B. S. P. 12 (1884) 988-.
— , expansion and contraction. Crane^ W,

Tilloch Ph. Mg. 88 (1811) 54-.
— , pressure coefficient. Amagat^ E. H,

G. B. 116 (1898) 779-.
— , phenomenon depending on different

densities. Surdi, D. (xn) Bv. Sc.-lnd. 7

(1875) 145-.
Weight thermometer, temperature compensa-
tion. Wild, H. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 15

(1871) 189- ; 16 (1871) 132-.
Work of internal expansion in liquid mixtures.

Drecker, J, A. Ps. G. 20 (1888) 870-.

1450 Expansion of Gktses and Un-
saturated Vapours: Pressure-
Volume-Temperature Belations.

iSee also Chemistry 7160.)

Adiabatic relation. Moutiert J. A. G. 7 (1876)

318—
. ' ArUoine, C. G. B. 105 (1887) 1242-.

— — , ether. Ramsay, W,, <Jb Perman, E. P.

B. S. P. 49 (1891) 447.

, — . Perman, E. P., Ramsay, W., dt

Roielnnes, <7. [1896] PhU. Trans. (A) 189
(1897) 167-.

, modification for gaseous jet. Parenty,

H. G. B. 113 (1891) 791-.

ASriforms, law of volume extended to dense
bodies. Macvicar, J, G. Edinb. B. S. T.
23 (1864) 581-.

Air and coal gas, explosion constants of mix-
tures. Witz, A, C. B. 100 (1885) 1131-.

— , composition, conflicting results. Leduc, A.
G. B. Ill (1890) 262-.

— , compressed, efflux. Salcher, P., dt White-
head, J. [1888] Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890)
(Ah. 2a) 267-.

— , — , new phenomena. Armellini, T. Bm.
At. N. Line. 25 (1872) 94-.

— , compression in air-bubble under water.
Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 5 (1866)
563-.

— , condensation and rarefaction, applications.
Frdnkel, W, Dresden Sb. Isis (1868) 42-.

— , heated, slightly compressed, use. Miller,
J, A, (VI Adds.) Am. I. T. (1863-64) 586-.

— , Pascal's experiments on weight. Thurot,

C. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 267-.

— pressure variometer, Hefner-Alteneok.
Weber, L. [1896] Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr.
Schr. 11 (1898) 9.

-^ pump, limit of rarefaction. Deventer, J, G.

van. Batav. Ntk. Ts. 56 (1897) 183-.
, variable pressure under piston. Oolieyn,

(Prince) B. B. St. P6t. Ac. So. BU. 5 (1896)

xi-; 7 (1897)409-.

Boyle'8 Law 1450

Atmosphere, density and pressure. Speer^ T. C.

TiUooh Ph. Mg. 83 (1809) 417-.
— , height. Minary, E. [1889] Doube 8.

Mm. 4 (1890) 221-.
— , volume. HiU, G. W. Des Moines Anal.

4 (1877) 97-.
Avogadro's law. Blatema, P. Qz. G. It. 1

(1871) 64-.

. Leduc, A. G. B. 124 (1897) 285-.

, analogue. Oroshans, J. A. Mon. So.

24 (1882) 1027-.
Balloon problem : expanding gas. Paradox

(Pseud.), Science 19 (1892) 186-.
Barothermoscope and absolute millesimal scale.

Salomon, F. Z. Angew. G. (1894) 687-.

BOYLE'S (OR MARIOTTE*S) LAW.

Amim, L. A. von. Gilbert A. 2 (1799) 288-.
Ampere, A. M. [1814] A. G. 94 (1816) 146-.

Orsted, H. C, <& Suensson, (Capt.) — . Kidb.

.. Ov. (1824-25) 13-.

Orsted, H. C. Schweigger J. 46 (=Jh. 16)

(1825) 352-.
Exley, T. Thomson Be. 4 (1836) 336-.
Regnault, V. Bb. Un. Arch. 2 (1846) 66-.
Hunt, E. B. Silliman J. 9 (1850) 412-.
Wilbraham, H. Gamb. and Dubl. Mth. J. 6

(1851) 167-.
(at pressure below an atmosphere.) Si^estrikn,

P. A. [1873-74] (XI) Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

Bh. 2 (1873-75) No. 1, 54 pp.. No. 10, 21pp.
(Siljestrdm.) Mendelejeff, D. J. Berl. B. 7

(1874) 1339-.

(Mendelejeff.) Siljestr'&m, P. A. Berl. B. 8

(1875) 576-.

(Sujestrom.) Mendelejeff, D. I. Berl. B. 8

(1876) 744-.

OosiewsH, W. Par. T. Nauk 6c. Pam. 9 (•1877)

Art. 4. 4 pp. ; 11 ('1879) Art. 6, 8 pp. ; Z.

Mth. Ps. 22 (1877) 336-.
Mendelejeff, D. I. Nt. 15 (1877) 466-, 498-.
apparatus. Volpieelli, P. Bm. At. 10 (1866-

57) 181-. 393-. 430- ; 11 (1857-68) 66-,

133-, 206- ; 12 (1858-59)" 28-, 76-, 27ft-.
— . Hagen, E. B. (xn) Z. Instk. 2 (1882)

252-.
— . Thomas, B. F. Am. As. P. (1883) 186-.
— . Piarron de Mond4sir, — . Par. Ing. Giv,

Mm. (1887) (Pt. 1) 267-.
— . Rheam, W. Nt. 49 (1893-94) 433.
deduced from theoretical principles. Mayer,

J. T. [1824] G6tt. Gm. 6 (1828-27) 8-.
and definition of density. Uylenbroek, P. J,

Amst. 1. (1841) 114-.
deviations. Kolk, H. W. S. van der. Pogg.

A. 116 (1862) 429-.
— . Amagat, E. H. G. B. 68 (1869) 1170- ;

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 35 (1869) 169-.
— . Budde, E. J. Pr. G. 9 (1874) 30-.
— . Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps. G. 6 (1878)

92-.
— at low pressures (oxygen). Bohr, C. [1885]

Ejf^b. Dn. Yd. Selsk. Skr. 2 (1881-86) 401- ;

A. Ps. G. 27 (1886) 459-.
effect of moisture. Dubrunfaut, — . G. B. 68

(1869) 1262-.

174

1450

Ezpanrion of Gkues by Heat

1450

at high temperature. PuseMt C, Wien Ak. Sb.

97 (1889) {Ah, 2a) 142- ; Bih. G. (1888) 98-.
— low pressure. Fueh$, F. A. Ps. C. 86 (1888)

480- .
L. Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 43 (1897)

11-.
. BatUUi,—. Rv. Sc.-Ind. 82 (1900)

210-.
pressure less than an atmosphere. Ven, E,

van dtr. A. Ps. G. 88 (1889) 302- ; Haarl.

Ms. Teyl. Areh. 3 (1892) 349-, 589-.

Galorifio and expansive properties of elastio
fluids. Reech, F. G. B. 46 (1858) 84-; 56

(1863) 1240- ; 57 (1863) 505-.
Gartesian diver. Bauer, K, L. A. Ps. G.

(Erg. 6) (1874) 332-.

. ReheMtorff, H. Dresden Isis Sb. (1900)

(Ab,) 3-.

CHANGE OF TEMPERATURE ACCOM-
PANYING CHANGE OF VOLUME.

DalUm, J. [1800] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 5

(1802) (Pt. 2) 515-.
Wrede, E. F. GUbert A. 44 (1813) 111-.
Navier, C. L. M. H. Par. S. Phhn. Bll. (1820)

97—
Henry, J. [1826] Alb. I. T. 1 (•1830) (Pt, 2)

36.
Iv(yry, J, Ph. Mg. 1 (1827) 89-, 165-.
(Ivory.) MeikU, H, QJ. Sc. (1828) (Pt. 2)

124-.
(Meikle.) Ivory, J. Ph. Mg. 4 (1828) 321-.
(Ivory and Meikle.) Anon, (vi 1064) QJ. So.

(1829) (Pt. 1) 277-.
Ewart, P. Ph. Mg. 5 (1829) 247-.
JouU, J, P, [1844] Ph. Mg. 26 (1846) 369-.
RanHne, W, J, M. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 51 (1851)

128-.
Assmann, C. Pogg. A. 86 (1852) 1-.
Koosen, J. H. Pogg. A. 89 (1858) 437-.
Cazin, A. A. G. 66 (1862) 206-.
Dupr^, A, A. G. 67 (1863) 369-; G. R. 58

(1864) 639-.
Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 4 (1867) 136-.
Moutier, J, G. R. 68 (1869) 96-; 69 (1869)

1187-.
RegnauU, V. C. R. 69 (1869) 780- ; Par. Ao.

Sc. Mm. 37 (pt. 2) (1870) 679-.
Heath, (Rev,) J. M. Ph. Mg. 39 (1870) 288-.
Regnault, V. A. G. 24 (1871) 342-.
Jamin, J,, dt Richard, — . G. R. 76 (1872)

105-, 453-.
Thurston, R. H, Franklin I. J. 67 (1874) 267-.
Heath, (Rev.) J, M. Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 14-.
Schmidt, G. Dingier 238 (1880) 267-, 361-.
Tait, P. G. [1881] Edinb. R. S. P. 11 (1882)

51-, 2I7-.
Riviere, C. J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 473-.
Natanson, E. Kosmos (Lw.) 12 (1887) 416- ;

A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 502-.
Hazen, H. A. Science 19 (1892) 160-.
Witkowski, A. [1898] Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.)

Rz. 15 (1899) 247-; Crc. Ac. Sc. BU. (1898)

282-.

WaaU, J. D. van der, Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900)
441- ; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 379-.

CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION.

Davy, (Sir) H. R. I. J. 1 (1802) 269-.
Herapath, J. Thomson A. Ph. 8 (1816) 56-.
MeikU,H. QJ. So. 1.(1829)56-.
Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 6 (1853) 161- ; 23 (1862)

52-.
I>uipr€, A. G. R. 59 (1864) 905-.
Heath, J, M. Ph. Mg. 39 (1870) 347-.
Oladbach, P. A. Ps. G. 145 (1872) 318-.
Mendelejeff, D. I. Berl. B. 7 (1874) 1455.
JiTtt^n, M. Garl Rpm. 11 (1875) 327-.
MendeUoeff, D, I, 0, R. 82 (1876) 412-.
Wools, J, D, von der, Amst. Ajl. Ys. M. 15

(1880) 199- ; A. Ps. G. Beibl. 4 (1880) 749-.
BiehHnger, (Dr,) — . Z. Mth. Ps. 26 (1881)

377-.
GouiUy, A. G. R. 93 (1881) 722-, 1134-.
Amagat, E. H. G. R. 94 (1882) 847-; A. G.

28 (1888) 500-.
Thie$en, M. A. Ps. G. 24 (1885) 467-.
Natanson, L. C, R. 109 (1889) 890-.
Antoine, C, C, R. 112 (1891) 284-.
ProeU, R, Dresden Isis Sb. (1891) 29-.
Wemstein, B. A. Ps. G. 64 (1895) 544-.
Wools, J, D, von der. [1896] Amst. Ak. Ys. 6

(1897) 160- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1896) (Ah. 2) 199-.
Thiesen, M, A. Ps. G. 63 (1897) 329-.
Woodward, C. M. St. Louis Ac. T. 9 (1899)

63-.
Ouye, P, A., dt Friderieh, L, Arch. So* Ps.

Nt. 9 (1900) 506-.
carbon dioxide. Clausius, R, [1879] A. Ps.

G. 9 (1880) 337-.

. Sorrou, jJ. G. R. 101 (1885) 1145-.

. Wolckenoer, C, A. Mines 4 (1893)

420-.
, Rankine's form. Turoxza, D. Yen. At*

(1859-60) 63-.
corresponding states. Wools, J. D, van der.

Amst. Ak.Yh. 20(1880) (2^of.6<1^7)32+llpp.;

A. Ps. G. Beibl. 5 (1881) 27-, 250- ; Amst.

Ak. Yh. 21 (1881) No. 5, 10 pp. ; A. Ps. C. 6

(1881) 667-.

. Natanson, L, C, R. 109 (1889) 855-.

form of Glausius. Sarrau, jl. G. R. 101 (1885)

941-.

— . Rieche, E. Gott. Nr. (1894)

285-.

— derived from Joule-Thomson effect. SchiUer,
N. A. Ps. G. 40 (1890) 149-.

— of van der Waals. KraevH, K, Rs. Ps.-G.
S. J. 19 (Ps.) (1887) 1-; J. de Ps. 7 (1888)
271.

. Sonin, N. J. [1889] Yars. S.

Nt. Tr. (1889-90) (C. R., Ps, C.) No, 5, 9-,

No. 6, 1-; Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ab. 2) 247-.
. Kortetoeg, D. J. Nt. 45 (1892)

162-, 277.
. Boltzmann, L. Amst. Ak.

Ys. 7 (1899) 477-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899)
. 398-.

(Boltzmann). Waals, J. D. von

. der. Amst. Ak. Ys. 7 (1899) 537-; Amst.

Ak. P. 1 (1899) 468-.

175

1450 Compressibility of Oases

form of Tan der Waab, corresponding states.
Young, S. [1892-98] L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1992)
233-; 12 (1894) 447-; Ph. Mg. 33 (1892)
153- ; 37 (1894) 1-.

, . Meilin, G, C. R. 116

(1893) 13&-.

— — , modified. Boltzmarm, L,, <Jt

Maehe, — . Wien As, 36 (1899) 87-.
, physical meaning of * b.* Heil-

horn, E. Exner Bpm. 27 (1891) 369-.
hydrogen. Antoine, C. G. B. 110 (1890)

1263-.
isopentane. Yowig, S. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895)

602-.
nitrogen. Sarrau, A G. B. 110 (1890)

880-.
— . Antoine, C. G. B. 110 (1890) 112^.
rarefied gases. Balyt E. C, C,, db Ramsay, W,

L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 187- ; Ph. Mg. 38

(1894) 801-.

various vaponrs. Antoine, C. G. B. 110 (1890)

632-; 114(1892) 1177-.
water vapour. Antoine, C, G. B. 114 (1892)

162-.

. Manaira, A. N. Gim. 1 (1895) 365-.

. Tumlirz, O. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899)

(Ah, 2a) 1058-.

Goefficients of increase of elasticity and volume
in gases, independence. Sluginov, N, P,
Kazan 8. Nt. {P$.-Mth.) P. 5 (1887) 169-.

Gohesion in relation to Gamot's function.
CroU, J. B. A. Bp. (1862) {pt, 2) 21.

COMPRESSIBILITY OF GASES,

Burckkardt, J. K, Zach M. Gor. 9 (1804)

308-.
Ivory, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 66 (1825) 3-.

OrsUd, H, C. [1825] Edinb. J. So. 4 (1826)

224-.
IUgnault,V. G. B. 23 (1846) 787-.
Avogadro, A. [1851] Tor. Mm. Ac. 13 (1853)

171-.
Regnault, V. B. 8. P. 6 (1853) 298-.
AHn, K. [1866] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk.

{Term,) 1 (1870) {No. 6) 7 pp.
Mendelyeev, D, I. (zn) Bs. G. 8. J. 4 (1872)

309-.
Hemilian, W„ dt MendeUjeff, D, Berl. B. 9

(1876) 1341-.
CaiUetet,L. G. B. 88 (1879) 61-.
Moiitier, J. Par. 8. Phlm. BU. 3 (1879)

184-.
Bouty, E. J. de Ps. 9 (1880) 12-.
Roth, F, A. Ps. G. 11 (1880) 1-.
Sarrau, i, G. B. 94 (1882) 689-, 718-, 845-.
Amagat, E, H. A. G. 28 (1888) 456-.
Pxuchl, C, Wien Ak. 8b. 96 (1888) {Ah. 2)

1028-.
Zilov, P, A, [1891] Vara. S. Nt. Tr. (1891-

92) (C. R„ Ps, C.) No, 6, 10-; Fsohr. Ps.

(1891) (Ah, 2) 248-.
about atmospheric pressure. Leduc, A, C. B*

128 (1896) 743-.
. Leduc, A,, d Sacerdote, P. G. B«

125 (1897) 297-.

Specified Oases 1450

about atmospheric pressure. Leduc, A, C. B.

125 (1897) 646-, 838.
and expansion. Amagat, E, G. B. 71 (187(9

67-; 78(1871)188-.
, new method. Amagat, E, H. G. B.

Ill (1890) 871-.
during explosions. VieUlet — . Par. 8. Ps.

8^. (1891) 73-.
at high pressure. CaiUeUt,L. G.B.70(1870)

1131-.
. Amagat, E. H, G. B. 87 (1878)

482-; 88 (1879) 336-; 89 (1879) 487-; A. 0.

19 (1880) 845- ; G. B. 107 (1888) 522-.
temperatures. Blasema, P, G. B. 69

(1869) 182-.

— low pressure. MendelQeff, D, I,, HemiUan,
W,, db BogusH, J. G. Berl. B. 9 (187Q
1812.

relation to mechanical theoiy of heat. Dupri,

A. A. G. 1 (1864) 168-.

and vapours. Antoine, — . G. B. 102 (1886)
868-.

Specified Gases,

air. Antoine, C, G. B. 108 (1889) 141-.

— and carbon dioxide. Blasemaf P. [1865]
Palermo G. 8c. Nt. 1 (1866) 51-.

. Amagat, E. H. A. G. 28 (1888)

464-.

— — — — , under low pressure, at hifi^
temperature. Amagat^ E, H. G. B. 98
(1881) 806-.

mixtures. Lola, U. 0, B. Ill

(1890) 819-.

— as gaseous mixture. Amagat^ E. H, C. B.
127 (1898) 88-.

— , up to high pressures. Antoine, C, G. B.

110 (1890) 385-.
— , hydrogen and carbon dioxide at low

pressure. Amagat, E, H. A. G. 28 (1883)

480-.

— and hydrogen at high temperatures. Amag€U,
E. H, G. B. 75 (1872) 479-; A. G. 28 (1878)
274—.

mixtures. Lata, U. G. B. 112 (1891)

426-.
carbon dioxide. Antoine, C. G. B. 108 (1889)

896-.
cyanogen. Chappuis, J., dt Rivitre, C, C.

B. 104 (1887) 1488-.

ethylene. Waah, J. D. van der, Amst. Ak.

Vs. M. 15 (1880) 426- ; A. Ps. C. Beibl. 4

(1880) 704.
hydrogen. Wrohlewski, S, von. Wien Ak. Sb.

97 (1889) {Ah. 2a) 1321- ; Bih. G. (1888)

1067-.
nitrogen. Amagat, E. H, G. B. 95 (1882)

688-.
— . Sarran, — . Bordeaux 8. 8c. PV. (1897-

98) 158-.
— , up to high pressures. Antoine, C, G. B.

110 (1890) 181-.
oxygen. Amagat, E, H. G. B. 91 (1880)

812-.

— at low pressures. Campetti, A, Tor. Ao.
8c. At. 81 (1895) 52-.

176

1450 ' Expansion of Oases and Unsaturated Vaponrs 1450

Compression apparatus. Fonteea Benevidet, EUasticitj of gases. Fontanat F, Verona S.

F. da, Lisb. J. So. Mth. 8 (1871) 236-. It. Mm. 1 (1782) 83-.

. Chiidi, F. Rm. N. Line. At. 89 (1886) PfdUips, R, (vi Adds.) Ph. Big.

258-. 24 (1844) 864.
. Hartwich.A, Kdnigsb. Schr. 32 (1891) . Regnault, V. Pogg. A. 67 (1846)

(S6.) 61-. 684-.

— of mixed gases from electrolysis of water in (rarefied). Amagat, E, H, G. B.

closed vessel. Bouvet, A. Les Mondes 44 96 (1882) 281-.

(1877) 296-; C. R. 86 (1877) 681-. . Pusehl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892)

(Concentration of gases. Kr'drUg, A. A. Ps. C. [Ah. 2a) 641- ; Mh. G. (1892) 636-.

128 (1864) 299-. and vapoors. Holtzmann, C. H. A.

Constant *' a '* of diameters, calculation. Taylor Sc. Mm. 4 (1846) 189-.

Mathias, E. G. B. 128 (1899) 1389-. vapours. Bankine, W, J. M, Ph. Big.

— R in theory of gases. Sandrucei, A, O. 29 (1866) 283-.

Mt. 26 (1887) 78-. Equilibrium of column of air, and atmospheric

Dalton*s law. Chiglielmo, G., dt Mtuina, V. temperature gradient. RoberttotitD, Glasg.

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 19 (1887) 186-. Ph. S. P. 81 (1900) 146-.
. Galitzine, B. A. Ps. G. 41 (1890)

688-, 770-.

"(WJIitl!''''' -»^"^^'^'' ^ ^- ^^' ^- *^ EXPANSION OF GASES.

Densities, molecular volumes, compressibility

and expansion of gases at different tempera- Quyton de Morveau, L, B, A. G. 1 (1789)

tures. Leduc, A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1897) 266-.

162-. Dalton, J. [1801] Bianoh. Ph. S. Mm. 6

Density of gases, correction of Begnault's (1802) 686-.

values, drafts, J. M. G. B. 106 (1888) (Dalton.) Gilbert, L. W. GUbert A. 14 (1808)

1662-. 266-; 16 (1808) 26-.
easily liquefiable. LeduCy A, G. B. (— .) Parrot, G. F, Gilbert A. 17 (1804) 82-;

126 (1897) 671-. 26 (1807) 434-.

Elasticity of air. Rodig, — . Voigt Big. 4 Paoli, D. Brugnatelli G. 4 (1811) 187-.

(1802) 700-. Biggs, M. Thomson A. Ph. 6 (1823) 416-.
. Stewart, B. Phil. Trans. (1868) Davy, {Sir) H, Phil. Trans. (1828) 204-.

426-. Biggs, M. Thomson A. Ph. 7 (1824) 138-.
at low pressure. Mendel^eff, D. L, Belarive, A, Bb. Un. 86 (1841) 409-.

dt KirpiUchoff, M, St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 19 Magnus, G. Berl. Ab. (1841) 69-.

(1874) 469-. Regnault, V. G. R. 18 (1841) 1077-.
. Amagat, E. H, G. B. 82 Majocchi, G, A. (vi Adds,) Majocchi A. Fis.

(1876) 914-. G. 7 (1842) 268-.
carbon dioxide. RanHne, W, J, M. Ph. Regnault, V. A. G. 4 (1842) 6- ; 6 (1842) 62-;

Mg. 16 (1868) 308-. G. B. 14 (1842) 204-, 696-.

— and density of rarefied gas by velocity of Petrie, W, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 61 (1861)
sound. Kraevic, K, Bs. P8.-G. S. J. 16 120-.

{Ps,) (1884) 307- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 28 (1864) 271-.

201-. Cazin, A, G. B. 69 (1869) 400-; A. G. 20
(Kraevi«). (1870) 261-.

Stoletov, A. G. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 16 (Ps.) Dubrunfaut, — . G. B. 70 (1870) 764-.

(1884) 407- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 208. Amagat, E, H. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 40 (1871)
(StolStov). 820-.

Kraevic, K, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 17 (Ps,) (1886) Crova, A, [1872] Mntp. Bim. Ac. Sect. Sc. S

26- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 201-. (1872-76) 81-.
(Kraevid). Amagat, E. H. A. G. 29 (1878) 246-.

StoUtov, A. G, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 17 (Ps,) Jolly, P. von, A. Ps. G. Jubelbd. (1874)

(1886) 62-; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 208. 82-.
. Kraevic, K. Carhart, H, S. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 12 (1876)

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 17 (Ps.) (1886) 836-; A. Ps. 207-.

G. Beibl. 11 (1887) 16-. Robinson, S, W, V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 18 (1876)
(Kraevid). 486-.

Stoletov, A. G, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 18 (Ps,) Mendelejeff, D. I., dt Kajander, N. Berl. B.

(1886) 66-; A. Ps. G. Beibl. 11 (1887) 9 (1876) 1811.

18-. Lucas, F, G. B. 103 (1886)1261-.
(Stolfitov). Puschl, P. C, [1888-89] Wien Az. 26 (1889)

KraevU, K. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 18 (Ps,) (1886) 48-; Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (Ab, 2a) 767-,

129- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 201-. 1387-.
dilatability of gases at high pressures. Amagat, E. H, G. B. 116 (1892) 771-.

Amagat, E, H. A. G. 29 (1893) 68-. Leduc, A, G. B. 126 (189*^ 768-, 888.

— of gaseous mixtures. Lola, U, Toul. Fac. Morley, E,W,, d MiUer, D, C, Am. As. P.
Sc. A. 6 (1891) G, 96 pp. (1897) 128.

VOL. III. 177 M

1450

Expansion of Oases and Unsaturated Vaponrs

1450

Berthelot, D. G. B. 128 (1899) 498-.

moist. Amagat, E. H. C. B. 74 (1872)

1299-.
and vapours. Gay-LussaCf L, J, A. C. 43

(1802) 137-.
— — (correction of Gay-Lussac's results).

Gilbert, X. W, GUbert A. 12 (1803) 896-.
, law. Prony, R, de. Par. Eo. Pol. J.

2« cah. (1796) 24-.

SPECIFIED GASES.

air. Flaugergues, H, J. de Ps. 77 (1818)

273-.
— . Gay-Lu»»aCy L, J.y d: Welter, J, J. A.

C. 19 (1821) 436-.

— MeikU, H, Ph. Mg. 11 (1832) 248-.
— . Prout, W, B. A. Bp. (1831-32) 666-.

— . Rvdberg, F, Stockh. Ak. Hndl. (1837)

140-.
— . Regnault, V. C. B. 16 (1842) 391-.
— . MendeUjeff, B, I. C. B. 81 (1876) 1094-,

1182- ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 65 (1876) 233-;

(xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 8 {Ps.) (1876) [{Pt, 1)1

19-, 96-.
— . Mendel^eff, D, J., <£: Kajander, N. C. B.

82 (1876) 460-.
— . Padau, R. Mon. So. 18 (1876) 643-.
— . Usov, S. A. (xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 8 (Ps,)

(1876) l(Pt. 1)] 207-.
— . Lemhardt, — . [1889] Exner Bpm. 27

(1891) 263-.
— . Nyr^n, M. Pulk. Obs. Pb. 2 (1896) (8).
— , and compressibility. Witkowski, A. Krk.

Ak. {Mt.'Prz.) Bz. 3 (1891) 343-; 12 (1896)

128- ; Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 288- ; 42 (1896) 1-.
— , Daiton's determination. Joule, J. P.

[1868] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 16 (1860)

143-.
— , dry. Rudberg, F. Pogg. A. 41 (1837) 271- ;

44 (1838) 119-.
— , — . Strehlke, F, Pogg. A. 42 (1837) 176.
— , — (Strehlke). Rudberg, F. Pogg. A. 43

(1838) 687-.
— , — . Rudberg, F. Lieb. A. 28 (1838) 143-.
— , — and moist. Daltorit J. Manch. Ph. S.

Mm. 1 (1806) 426-.

— at high temperatures. Magnus, G. Pogg.
A. 67 (1842) 177-.

low temperatures and varying pressures.

Regnault, V. A. C. 26 (1849) 267-.

— and mercury. Magnus, G. C. B. 16 (1842)
389-.

— , moist. Gough, J, Nicholson J. 23 (1809)

182-.
argon and helium. Kuenen, J. P.,d; Randall,

W. W. B. S. P. 69 (1896) 60-.
hydrogen at low pressures. Melander, G.

A. Ps. C. 47 (1892) 136- ; Helsingf . Acta 19

(1893) No. 1, 40 pp.
temperatures and varying pressures.

Regnault, V. A. C. 26 (1849) 257-.
oxygen at low pressures. Melander, G. Hel-
singf. Acta 20 (1896) No. 9, 17 pp.
sulphur dioxide, and compressibility. Leduc, A .

C. B. 117 (1893) 219-.

Explosion pressures, measoiement by * croshers.'
Sarrau, — , <t ViHUe, — . C. B. 104 (1887)
1769-.

Flow of gases, adiabatic lines. Langlcis, M,
G. B. 101 (1886) 998-.

Gas analysis, method of dispensing with tem-
perature and presstire measurements. Oibbs,
W. Am. J. So. 49 (1870) 376-.

— and vapour pressures. Feilitztch, F. C. 0.
von. Carl Bpm. 2 (1867) 24-.

Gaseous and liquid states. Andrews, T, [1886]
PhU. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 46-.

— pressure, law. Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 36 (1868)
27- 116-.

, — (Moon). Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. BCg.

44 (1872) 64-.
, — (Bayleigh). Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 44

(1872) 101-.

, — (Moon). Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg.

44 (1872) 219- ; 46 (1873) 438-.
, — (Bayleigh). Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 45

(1873) 100-.

Gases. Kolk, H. W. S. van der. A. Pb. G.

126 (1865) 333-.
— , benaviour towards laws of Mariotte and

Gay-Lussac. Puschl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 96

(1888J {Ab. 2) 64-; Mh. C. (1887) 827-.
— , conaensation on surfaces, and its relation

to pressure and temperature. Kay9er, H.

A. Ps. C. 12 (1881) 626-; 14 (1881) 450- ;

15 (1882) 624-.

— under high pressure at different tempera-
tures. Andrews, T. As. Fr. G. B. 4 (1875)
383- ; G. B. 81 (1876) 277-.

, effect of temperature on compres-
sibility. Amagat, E. H. G. B. 90 (1880)
996- ; A. G. 22 (1881) 863-.

, expansion and compreflsibility.

Amagat, E. H. G. B. 91 (1880) 428-.

— , 4th law of the relations oi pressure, density
and temperature. Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 6
(1863) 161- ; 23 (1862) 52-.

Hydrogen, behaviour with reference to Mariotte*s
law. Puschl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1888)
(Ab. 2) 313- ; Mh. G. (1887) 374-.

Internal pressure in gases. Amagat, E. H.
G. B. 118 (1894) 326-, 666-.

Isometrics, use in representing connexion be-
tween gaseous and liquid states of matter.
WroblewsH, S. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 94 (1887)
{Ab. 2) 267- ; Mh. G. (1886) 383-.

Isothermals. Violi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line.
Bd. 4 (1888) (Sem. 1) 286-, 316-, 462-,
513-.

— , carbon dioxide. Amagat, E. H. G. B.
113 (1891) 446-.

— , ana methyl chloride mixture. Kuenen ,

J. P. Z. Ps. G. 11 (1893) 38-.

— , ether. Rose-Innes, J. [1897] L. Ps. 8.
P. 16 (1899) 11-; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 102-.

— , ethyl oxide. Tait, — . Edinb. B. 8. P.
18 (1892) 255-.

— , isopentane. Rose-Innes, J. L. Ps.
S. P. 16 (1897) 126- ; Ph. Mg. 44 (1897)
76-.

— , precise. Schalkwijk, J. C. [1900-01]
Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 462-, 612- ; Amst.
Ak. P. 3 (1901) 421-, 481-.

178

1450 Manometers Expansion ofGases and TJnsatarated Vapours 1450

Laws of Boyle, Ghay-Lussao and Joule, relation.

Stuart, L. C. Pogg. A. 119 (1868) 327-.
, , — . Bakker, O, Z. Pb.

C. 14 (1894) 671- ; 17 (1896) 171-.
, , — . BayneSt R. E, Z.

Ps. G. 18 (1895) 385-; 21 (1896) 556.
, , — (Baynes). Bakker^ O,

Z. Ps. C. 20 (1896) 461- ; 22 (1897) 548-.
Liquefied gases, use as mechanical agents.

Davy, (Sir) H. PhU. Trans. (1828) 199-.

MANOMETERS.

{See aUo 0835.)

Lussdna, 8, N. Cim. 12 (1900) 287-.

data for use with. Amagat, E, H. G. B. 99

(1884) 1017-, 1163-.
differential. KMig, A, G. Ztg. 18 (1889)

1169; Dingier 275 (1890) 518-.
— , Kdnig's. Kdi, A. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 88

(1890) 308-.

method of reading. Marek, W, J. Garl Bpm.

16 (1880) 585-.
mirror. Parragh, G. Termt. K6zl. 20 (1888)

(Suppl) 78-; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 6 (1889)

408-.
— . Kant, G. Mth. Termt. Ets. 12 (1894)

277-.
new form. VUlard, — . G. B. 116 (1893)

1124-.
registering, for guns. Vieille, P, G. B. 112

(1891) 1052-.

sensitive. Villard, — . G. B. 116 (1893)

1187-.
— . Charpmtier, P. G. B. 120 (1896) 439-.
— and simple. GuglidmOt G. Bv. So.-Ind.

25 (1893) 175-.
vapour-pressure. Perrier, L. G. B. 91 (1880)

53S-.

Mechanical action at high pressure and tem-
perature. Daubrie, G. A, G. B. 84 (1877)

413-, 626-; 89 (1879) 326-; Bv. Artl. 15

(1879) 36-.
Mixed gases. Ivory, J, Ph. Mg. 20 (1842)

81-.
, compressibility. Berthelot, D., d^ Sacer-

doU, P. G. B. 128 (1899) 820-.
, — , calculated from elements. Berthe-

lot, D. G. B. 128 (1899) 1229-.
, — and pressure. Berthdot, D. G. B.

128 (1899) 1169-.
, pressure. Leduc, A. G. B. 126 (1898)

218-.
, — . Sacerdote, P, G. B. 126 (1898)

338-.
, — . Berthelot, D. G. B. 126 (1898)

1703-.
, — . WaaU, — van der. G. B. 126

(1898) 1866-.
, — . Berthelot, D, G. B. 126 (1898)

1857-.

, — . Leduc, A. G. B. 126 (1898) 1869.

, — . Sacerdote, P. Par. S. Ps. 84. (1899)

77-.
, — . Berthelot, D. Par. 8. Ps. 84. (1899)

102-.

Oxygen , compressed , employment. Bloehmann,
—. Kdnigsb. 8chr. 32 (1891) (56.) 5&-.

— and hydrogen, limiting density under very
great pressure. Amagat, E, H, G. B. lOO
(1885) 683-.

— at low pressures. ThrelfaU, R., dt Martin,

F. N. 8. W. B. 8. J. 31 (1897) 79-.

— , saturation pressure at low temperatures.

Estreicher, T. [1896] Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.)

Bz. 10 (1896) 140- ; Gro. Ac. 8o. BU. (1895)

203-.
Pentane, normal, thermal properties. Rose-

Innei, J., dt Young, S. [1898-99] L. Ps. 8.

P. 16 (1899) 322-, 494-; Ph. Mg. 47 (1899)

368-; 48(1899)213-.
Perfect gas, definition and properties. Meilin,

G, J. de Ps. 4 (1886) 132-.

, laws. Bakker, G. J. de Ps. 7 (1898)

152- ; 8 (1899) 214-.
Pressure coefficient. Moutier,J. [1878] Par.

8. Phlm. Bll. 3 (1879) 6-.
. Amagat, E. H. G. B. 94 (1882) 847- ;

A. G. 28 (1883) 600- ; G. B. 115 (1892)
1041-, 1238-.

and expansion. SundeU,A.F, Helsingf.

Ofv. 41 (1900) 106-.
of air. Hoffmann, W, A. Ps. G.

66 (1898) 224-.
of hydrogen between 0° and 100°. Kam-

merlingh Onnes, U., dt Boudin, M. [1900]

Z. Instk. 21 (1901) 121.
Batio of elasticities of air. Thompion, S, P.

B. A. Bp. (1887) 681.

Bepulsive energy. PhilUp$, Reub, Ghemist 8

(1842) 108-.
8team, elastic force at various temperatures.

Ivory, J, Ph. Mg. 1 (1827) 1-.
— , elasticity at high temperatures. DtiUmg,

P. L, [1829] A. G. 48 (1830) 74-.
— , expansion. McElroy, S, Franklin L J.

42 (1861) 229-.
— , — and flow. Carvallo, J. G. B. 62 (1861)

683-, 801-.
— , expansive foroe. Kdmtz, L. F, 8chweig-

ger J. 42{=Jb, 12) (1824) 386-.
— , . Heppel,J.M. {vi Adda.) GE. L

P. 6 (1847) 816-.
— , at different temperatures. Taylor, P.

Tilloch Ph. Mg. 60 (1822) 462-.
— , high-pressure, temperatures and pressures.

Peacock, R, A. Franklin I. J. 50 (1866)

157-.
— , peroussive action. Parkee, J, GE. 1. T. 3

(1842) 409-.

— pressure and heat of vapour. Lubbock, J.
W. Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 434«, 610-, 662-; 17
(1840) 272-, 467-, 488-.

— , — at high temperatures. Peacock, R. A.

Franklin 1. J. 48 (1864) 120-, 318-.
— , superheated, applicability for engines.

Reitchle, —. Dingier 293 (1894) 267-, 289-.
— , — , expansion. Cazin, A., d Him, G. A.

G. B. 63 (1866) 1144- ; A. G. 10 (1867)

349-.
Temperature variations due to air currents or

to their absorption by powders. Volpieelli,

P. Bm. At. B. Ac. 24 (1870-71) 288-,

289-.

179

m2

1600 Expansion of Gktses, etc.

Thermodynamioal relations. Ramsay ^ W.^ db

Young, S, L. Ps. 8. P. 7 (1886) 289-» 807-,

827-; 8 (1887) 56-; Ph. ^^. 20 (1886) 616- ;

21 (1886) 3S-, 185- ; 22 (1886) 82-.
(Bamsay and Young). Ayrton, W, E.,

db Perry, J. L. Ps. 8. P. 7 (1886) 368-;

Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 255-.
Transformation of state of bodies, new theory.

Moulin, H. Par. S. Ps. 8^. (1896) 45-, 268-.
Vapour, isopentane, specific volume at low

pressures. Young, S,, <t Thomas, O. L,

L. Ps. 8. P. 13 (1896) 658-.
Vapours, application of physical theory of

gases to. FranccBur, L, B, Par. 8. Phlm.

Bll. (1823) 17-.
— , Boyle*s and Gay-Lussac's laws. WUUner,

A. Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1868) 72-.
— , . Herwig, H. A. Ps. C. 137

(1869) 19^, 592- ; 141 (1870) 83-.
— , change of volume with pressure. Baecelli,

L. Brugnatelli G. 6 (1812) 5-.
— , compressibility and expansion coefficients.

Hautefeuille, P., d- Troost, L. C. R. 83

(1876) 333-.
— , isobars. Battelli, A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 2 (1893) {Sem, 1) 171-.
— , molecular volume, applications. Leduc,

A. J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 685-.
— , superheated, behaviour. Wiillner, A.

Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1868) 88-.
— , — , expansion. Hertng, H. A. Ps. C.

147 (1872) 161-.
Volumes, corrections for coefficients. Orihant,

N,, d Mer, i, J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 222-.

— , pressure and temperature. Bischof,

O. Schweigger J. 19 (1817) 166-.

— of gases, change on mixture. Braun, F.
A. Ps. G. 34 (1888) 943-.

— , measurement in opaque vessel by displace-
ment of liquid. Zenneck, L. H. Baum-
gartner Z. 6 (1837) 30-.

-r, reduction. Zahel, 0. Fresenius Z. 6
(1866) 157-.

— , — to N. T. P. without use of barometer.
Koninck, L. L, de. Mon. 8c. 9 (1895) 259-.

— , — , tables for. Lwoff, A. Z. Angew. C.

(1893) 443-.

— and weights. SUmey, O, J, [1880-89]
Dubl. 8. 8c. P. 2 (1880) 484; 6 (188&-90)
387-.

Weights of gases, influence on properties. Ka-
pustin, T, J. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 26 (Ps.)

(1894) 307- ; 27 (Ps,) (1895) 103- ; J. de Ps.
4 (1895) 586- ; Fschr. Mth. (1896) 1064-.

GALORIMETBT AND SPECIFIC

HEAT.

1600 General. Units of Heat.

Absolute quantity of heat contained in given
body, determination. Mayer, J. T. [1828]
Odtt. Cm. 7 (1828-31) 3-.

— specific heat. Moutier, J, Par. 8. Phlm.
Bll. 12 (1875) 15-.

Actual heat contained in body. San-Roberto,
P. di. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 8 (1876) 876-.

Calorimetry, General 1600

Animal calorimetry. Arsonval, A, d*. Bob.
J. An. 22 (1886) 113-.

. DesplaU,V. Bob. J. An. 22 (1886J 213-.

. Richet, C. Rv. Sc. 88 (1886) 161-.

. Butte, — , db Deharbe, — . Pwr. 8.

Bl. Mm. 46 (1894) (C. R.) 649-, 684-.

. LaulaniS, F, Par. 8. Bl. Bfm. 48 (1896)

(C. R,) 6-.

Bnck factory chimneys. Denyanov,M, Fsohr.
Mth. (1890) 1171-.

Caloric, latent heat and specific heal. Tree-
chow, N. Mg. Ntvd. 8 (1828) 215-.

Calorific constants. HaUstSn^ K, [1869]
Helsingf . Acta 9 (1871) 286-.

Calorimetric problems. Berthdot^ M. C. B.
77 (1873) 971-.

— studies. Dieterici, C. A. Ps. C. 42 (1891)
513-.

Calorimetry, nomenclature and notation. Bu-
chanan, J. Y, Nt. 68 (1898) 30.

Capacity for heat and latent heat, mathematical
theory. Herapath, J. Thomson A. Ph. 2

(1821) 50-, 89-, 201-, 256-, 363-, 434- ; 8

(1822) 16-.

Cooling of bodies on Etna, aotinometric
measurement. Bartoli, A,, db StracciaUf E,
[1890] Catania Ac. Gioen. Bll. 16 (1891) 2-;
Kv. Sc.-Ind. 25 (1893J 81-.

Evaporative power of fuel, estimation. Rankine,
W. J, M. [1866-67] Olasg. Ph. 8. P. 6
a868) 123- ; Les Mondes 16 (1867) 627-,

Heat, measurement. West, G. C. B. 78 (1874)

426-.
— , — by evaporation. MiUler-Ersbaeh, W.

Brem. Ab. 11 (1890) 221-.
— , quantities in mixtures of metals. Rudberg,

F. Pogg. A. 71 (1847) 460-.
Human calorimetry. Leftvre, J. Par. 8. Bl.

Mm. 50 (1898) (C. R,) 1-.
Mechanical effects produced in bodies by heat.

Risal, H. C. B. 51 (1860) 449-.
Specific heat. Luckcock, J. Tillooh Ph. Mg.

63 (1819) 44-.
. Avogadro, A. [1822] Mod. Mm. 8.

It. 19 (1823) 83-.

. JouU, J. P. Ph. Mg. 25 (1844) 884-.

. Woestyn, A, C. A. C. 28 (1848) 296-.

. Canestrini, E, [1884] Padova 8. So.

At. 9 (1885) 5-.
and affinity. Avogadro, A, [1828-25]

Tor. Mm. Ac. 28 (1824) 1-; 29 (1825) 79-;

Brugnatelli G. 8 (1825) 432-.
Steam, condensation by currents of air. Popper,

J, Dingier 268 (1888) 161-.
Thermal and other physical properties of bodies,

correlations. Cantoni, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

T. 4 (1880) 74-.

UNITS OF HEAT.

Berthelot, M. J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 169-.
Joly, J. Nt. 52 (1895) 4.
Griffiths, E, H, Nt. 52 (1896) 80.
Pickering, S, Nt. 52 (1896) 80.
Joly, J, Nt. 52 (1895) 80.
GHffiths, E, H, Nt. 62 (1896) 686; Ph. Big.
40 (1896) 431-.

180

1610 Calorimetric Methods

(Choice.) Bartoli, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 29

(1896) 99-.
Warburg, E. D. Nf. Vh. (1899) (Th, 2. HSlfU

1) 62-; Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 171-.
Calory, detennination of value. Favre, P. A.

A. C. 1 (1874) 438-.
— , Begnaolt's, and specific volames of steam.

Starkweather, O. P. Am. J. Sc. 7 (1899)

18-.

Volume, pressure, temperature and specific
heat, relations. Mam, P. T. B. A. Bp.
(1886) lOO-; (1888) 465-.

1610 Calorimetric Methods.

Absolute method. Petter»i(m, O. Nt. 30 (1884)

320-.
Accuracy in method of mixtures, precautions

for. Wadtworth, F, L, 0. Am. J. Sc. 4

(1897) 266-.
Aniline, employment in calorimetric measure-
ments. Bartoli, A» Mil. L Lomb. Bd. 28

(1895) 1032-.
Bomb, calorimetric, use. Berthelot, — . C. B.

115 (1892) 201-.
— , — , — to find calorific value of coal.

Scheurer-Kestner, — . C. B. 112 (1891)

233-.
Calculated calorific intensity and evaporative

power of coal, determination, and New

Zealand coals. Hector, {Sir) J. N. Z.

Col. Ms. Gl. Sv. Bp. 20 (1890) xzn-.

CALORIMETERS,

air- (variation of Favre and Silbermann's).
Oezekhtu [Hesehus], N, A, (xn) Bs. Ps.-C.
S. J. 15 IPs., Pt. 1) (1883) iO-; Fschr. Ps.

(1885) (Ah. 2) 466.

5, J.
(C. R.) 415-.

— . Lefivre, J. Par. S. Bl. Mm. 60 (1898)

— (Lefdvre). Anonval, — d\ Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 60 (1898) (C. R.) 444-.
— , differential. Preobrazhemkil, V, V. (zn)

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 {Pi., Pt. I) (1883) 67-;

J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 455.
combustion. Favre, P. A. C. B. 66 (1868)

788-.
description and use. Montgolfier, J. M. J.

Mines 19 (1806) 67-.
Dulong's. Cabart, — . C. B. 7 (1838) 872-.
electric. Ridti, A. Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 37

(1886) 367-.
— , compared with Biess thermometer. Rbiti,

A. Ven. I. At. (1884-86) 2107-.
evaporation- and condensation-. Neeun, F.

Berl. Ps. Os. Vh. (1887) 87-; (1888) 73-.
glacial acetic acid. Marker, J. A,, db Iiartog,

P. J. B. A. Bp. (1892) 662.
ioe-. VolpiceUi, P. G. Arcad. 60 (1833) 60-.
— . Brown, A. C, [1870] Edinb. B. S. P. 7

(1872) 321-.
— . Buruen, R. W, A. Ps. C. 141 (1870) 1-.
—. Bohn, C. A. Ps. C. 142 (1871) 61&-.

Calorimeten 1610

ice-, Bunsen's. Wartha, V. (zn) Mag. Tud.

Ak. its. 9 (No. 5) (1876) 52-.
— , — . Reichert, E. Carl Bpm. 12 (1876)

77-.
— , — . Stewart, B. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 18

(1879) 66-.

— , — .. BlUmcke, A. A. Ps. C. 26 (1885)

159-.
— , — , addition to. Boyt, C. V. Ph. Mg. 24

(1887) 214-.
— , — , modified. Gee, W. W., dt Stroud, W.

L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 62-; Ph. Mg. 10

(1880) 171-.

— , — , — . Stewart, B., dt Stroud, W, L. Ps.

S. P. 4 (1881) 342-; Ph. Mg. 12 (1881)

172-.
— , — , — . Barrett, W. F. [1885] Dubl. S.

Sc. P. 5 (1886-87) 13-.
— , historical note. Andrews, (Prof.) T. A.

Ps. C. 142 (1871) 320-.
— , (Andrews). Bunsen, R. W. A. Ps.

C. 142 (1871) 616-.
— , return of mercury-thread. Neesen, F. [1883]

(zn) Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 2 (1884) 29-.
for lecture purposes. Baker, T. J. B. A. Bp.

(1886) 525-.
Lewis Thompson's. Scheurer-Kestner, — .

Mulhouse S. In. Bll. 58 (1888) 606-.

. H. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 37 (1889) 212.

mercury-. Favre, P. A. J. de Ps. 1 (1872)

332- ; Par. Bll. 8. C. 18 (1872) 60-, 386- ;

19 (1873) 441-.
— (Favre). Berthelot, M. Par. Bll. S. C. 18

(1872) 67-, 388-.
— . Favre, P. A. A. C. 1 (1874) 438-.
for method of cooling. VioUe, J. C. B. 94

(1882) 1510-.
microcaJorimeter. CybuUki, N. Crc. Ac. Sc.

Bll. (1890) 294-; (1894) 92-.
mixing-. Pickering, S. U. Ph. Mg. 29 (1890)

247-.
miztures, method. Waterman, F. A. Ph. Mg.

40 (1896) 413-.
new. Hannay, J, B. [1878] Manch. Lt. Ph.

S. Mm. 6 (1879) 242-.
— . Barrett, W. F. B. A. Bp. (1885) 938.
~. Peabody, C. H. Franklin I. J. 126 (1888)

134-.
— . Oerstmann, H. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899)

194-.
registering (applicable to man). Arsonval,

A. d*. C. B. 100 (1885) 1400-; Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 37 (1885) (C. R.) 50-, 55-.
— , automatic (applicable to living beings).

Arsonval, A. d\ C. B. 102 (1886) 799-.
respiration-. Atwater, W. 0., dt Rosa, E. B.

Am. As. P. (1897) 127- ; Ps. Bv. 9 (1899)

129-, 214-.
for specific heats of liquids and solids. Rum-
ford, B. (Count). [1813] A. C. 1 (*1884) 284-.
steam-. Bunsen, R. A. Ps. C. 3i (1887) 1-.
— . Joly, J. B. S. P. 47 (1890) 218-.
— . Neesen, F. A. Ps. C. 89 (1890) 131-.
— . Goodman, J. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)

81-.
— , and specific heats by comparative method.

SchUkarew, A. A. Ps. C. 69 (1896) 229-.

181

1610 Calorimetry

ific Heats 1620

steam-, ** throttling." Fullan, M, T. [1897]

So. Abs. 1 (1898) 202-.
for testing fuel on small scale. Donkin^ B,

Uun,), dt HoUiday, J. I. CE. P. 102 (1890)

292-.

Calorimetric corrections. BotUouch, R. Bor-
deaux S. Sc. Py. (1897-98) 182-.

— measurements. Bartolit A,, dt Stracciatif
E. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 541-,
673-.

of solar radiation. BartoUt A, N. Cim.

85 (1894) 289-.
, temperature corrections. Pfaundler^ L.

A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 237-.

— method (reclamation of priority for Jamin).
AHn, (Dr.) C. K. C. B. 70 (1870) 1403-.

— researches. Bunten^ R. W, Ph. Mg. 41
(1871) 892-.

— thermometers. Berthelot^ M, J. de Ps. 2
(1878) 18-.

Calorimetry at constant temperature. ArsonvcUt

A. d\ C. B. 106 (1888) 1225-.
— , experimental error. Pickering^ S, U. L.

Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 1- ; Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 324-.

— of iron at high temperatures. Pumchim, — .
C. B. 102 (1886) 1454- ; A. C. 11 (1887)
33-.

metals at high temperatures. Pio/nchon,

— . G. B. 102 (1886) 675-; 108 (1886)

1122- ; A. C. 11 (1887) 33-.
Condensation method. Joly^ J. B. S. P. 41

(1887) 352-.
Cooling method. RegnauLt, V. A. G. 9 (1848)

322-.
. Bwrtoli, A, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 28

(1895) 787-.
Correction for cooling. Berthelot^ M, J. de

Ps. 2 (1873) 345-; lO. (1881) 79-.

— — — . Bartoli, A,, dt Stracdati, E.
Catania Ac. Gioen. BU. 36-28 (1892) 4.

radiation. Holman, 8, W, Am. Ac. P.

31 (1896) 245-.
Differential method. Joly, J. Nt. 30 (1884)

361.
Electric current, use. Jamin, J. C. B. 70

(1870) 657-.
Electrooalorimetry. Stroud, W,, dt^ Oee,

W. W. if. Elect. 21 (1888) 705-.
—. Everihed, S., dt others. Elect. 21 (18B8)

773 et seq. ; 22 (1889) 24.
Heat of combustion. Stohmann, F,, dt Rechen-

berg, C. von, Lndw. Jb. 13 (1884) 513-.
— , quantity, sensitive and convenient method

of measuring. Ltutana, 8, Bv. Sc. [Ind.l

30 (1898) 176-.
Saturated liquids, complete study. Mathiat, E,

Toul. Fao. So. A. 10 (1896) E, 52 pp.
Specific heat. Canettrini, E. [1884] Padova

S. So. At. 9 (1885) 5-.
Thermoohemical work at high temperature,

apparatus. JoannU, — . Bordeaux S. Sc.

Mm. 4 (1888) xxiv-.
Thermosoope, double, for thermal experiments.

Looier, — . Frkf . a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1893-94)

Water, anomalies. Guillaume, C. i. Par.
S. Ps. S^. (1898) 66*-.

Water equivalent of thermometers used in
specific heat determinations. Soxzam, A:.
N. Cim. 5 (1897) 135-.

1620 Specific Heats of Solids
and Liquids.

(See also Chemistry 7220.)

Avogadro, A. A. C. 55 (1833) 80-; 57 (1834)

113-.
Delanve, A, C. B. 10 (1840) 828-.
CerruH, V, Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 1 (1877) 136-.
MorUot, — . C. B. 90 (1880) 814-.
Bokn, C. Z. Mth. Ps. 28 (1883) 83-.
Demonstration of inequalities. Liochinov, D. A .

(xn) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 12 (Pi,) (1880) [(Pt, 1)1

131-.
Function h, Nikolaev, V. V, (xn) Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 14 (Pi.) (1882) [(Pt. 1)] 61-.

MEASUREMENT.

JouU, J. P. [1845] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 7

(1846) 559-.
Thaidet, M. J. 0., dt Lagarde, H. (xn) Fr.

S. Mn. BU. 5 (1882) 179-.
MorUot, —. C. B. 97 (1883) 1426-.
Louguinine, W. Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 129-, 192.
cooling method. Neeien, — . D. Nf. Tbl.

(«1880) 135-.
electric method. Joule, J, P. [1847] Manch.

Ph. S. Mm. 8 (1848) 375-.

. HunUy, G. N. Nt. 36 (1887) 438-.

. Stroud, W. Nt. 36 (1887) 483.

. Pfaundler,L. Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891)

(Ab, 2a) 352-.
. Schlamp, A . Oiessen Oberh. Gs. B. 31

(1896) 100-.
experimental fact. Vargiu, 0. 1. Les Mondes

10 (1866) 267-.
at high temperatures. Ehrhardt, 0. A. Ps. C.

24 (1885) 215-.
. Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 26 (1888)

298-.
Kopp's method. WiUlner, A. Bonn SB.

Niedr. Os. (1867) 28-.
by method of known chemical action. Brutotti,

F, Bm. At. B. Ac. 25 (1872) 350-.
— mixture. Bohn, C. A. Ps. C. 122 (1864)
. 289-.

:r . Poynting, J, H. [1883] Birm. Ph. S.

^ P. 4 (1885) 47-.
—\—. Gezechut [Hesehutl, N. Bs. Ps.-C. S.

JL 19 (Pi.) (1887) 432-; J. de Ps. 7 (1888)

4*9-.

Specific heat and characteristic function for any
PhiUipt, ±. C. B. 86 (1878) 1290-,

135^1-.
\ (Phillips). L€vy, M.

C. A. 86 (1878) 1391-.
liear critical point, influence of pressure.

HeenlP. de, Brux. Ac. Bll. 27 (1894) 232-.
an^' density in same series. Moutier, J.

Par. Sl Phlm. Bll. 7 (1888) 80-.

182

\

1620

Specific Heats of Liquids

1620

Speoifio heat and elasticity. Canton*, O, Mil.
I. Lomb. Bd. 2 (1869) 201-, 231-, 334-.

— — — — and other physical constants.
Tomlinson, H, B. S. P. 38 (1885) 488-.

energy of body. ClauHuSt R. C. R.

87 (1878) 718-.
expansion. Tredgold, T. Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 52 (1818) 251-.

. PhiUips.E. C. R. 71 (1870) 333-.

latent heat, and heat of spontaneous

expansion. Fusinieri, A, Brognatelli G. 6

(1823) 131-.
moleoolar pressure. Baru$t C. Am.

Ac. P. 26 (1891) 313-.
state of aggregation, kinetic theory.

Walter, A. [1881] A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 500-.
volume, laws. PhiUiptf S, E, Nt.

30 (1884) 288-.

SPECIFIC HEATS OF LIQUIDS.

Qroshans, J. A. Arch. N^erl. 5 (1870) 1-, 193-.
Baumgartner, G. Carl Bpm. 17 (1881) 586-.
Nadeidin, A, I. Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 7 (1884)

xdx-; Be. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 {Ps.) (1884) 222-;

Exner Bpm. 20 (1884) 446-.
belonging to homologous series. Schiff, R,

Oz. C. It. 16 (1886) 454-.
calculation. Pagliatn, 8. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 20

(1885) 54-.
— . LangloU, M, C. B. 104 (1887) 420-.
and cohesion and density. Bartolif A. N.

Cim. 6 (1879) 141-.

— internal forces. PuscM, C. Wien Ak. Sb.
98 (1890) {Ah. 2a) 173-.

in water. Puachl, C Wien Ak. Sb.

97 (1889) [Ah. 2a) 1118-.
measurement. Wartmanut ^. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 38 (1870) 62-.
— . Chrimaldit O. P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7

(1891) {Sem. 2) 5&-.
— . Bartoli, A.^dt Stracciati, E. Catania Ac.

Gioen. BU. 23-24 (1892) 10-.
— . Liteh, R. L. Ps. Bv. 6 (1897) 182-.
—. Rounhain, W. Vict. B. S. P. 10 (1898)

97-.
— . Negreano, D. C. B. 128 (1899) 875-.
— , Andrew's method, errors. Gumlxch, £.,

db WUbe, H. F. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 530-.
— , improved. Pfaundler, L. A. Ps. C.

67 (1899) 439-.

— near critical temperature. Heen, P, de,
Brux. Ac. BU. 15 (1888) 522-.

sohitions. Math%a»,E. C. B. 107 (1888) 524- ;

J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 204-, 619.
— . Tammann, O. Z. Ps. C. 18 (1895) 625-.
— . Konovalov, D. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 30 (C.)

(1898) 353- ; Par. S. C. BU. 22 (1899) 3-.

— (Konovalov). Biron, E. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 30
(C.) (1898) 355-; Par. S. C. BU. 22 (1899) 3.

— not electrolytes. Magie, W. F. Ps. Bv. 9

(1899) 65-.

— , ana thermal effect in their formation.

Alektyev, V. T. [1883] (x) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16

{Pt. 1) (1884) 109- ; Berl. B. 17 (1884) {Ref.)

193-.
— , variation with strength. Mathi€u, E. Par.

S. Ps. S6. (1888) 354^.

variation with temperature. Heen, P. de, db
Deruyts, F, Brux. Ac. BU. 15 (1888) 168-.

SPECIFIED LIQUIDS.

ammonia, anhydrous. Elleau, L. A,, dt

Ennu, W. D. Franklin I. J. 145 (1898)

189-, 280-.
— , liquefied. Strombeck, E. von. Franklin I.

J. 130 (1890) 467-.
— , — . LudeHng, C, dt Starr, J. E. Am. J.

Sc. 45 (1893) 200-.
anUine, variation with temperature. Or^ffiths,

E. H. [1894] L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 234- ;

Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 47-, 143-.
— , . Bartoli, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

28 (1895) 1032-.
—, "volume heat." GrijfflthM, E. H. Camb.

Ph. S. P. 8 (1895) 303-.
benzene. Demerliae, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1894)

{Pt. 2) 326-.
blood. Hillerson, S., dt Stein-Bermtein, D.

[1898] PUste. Bs. 1 (1898-99) 43-.
— . Bordier, H. C. B. 130 (1900) 799-; J.

PI. Pth. G^n. 2 (1900) 381-.
brines of different specific gravity. Strombeck,

H. von. Franklin I. J. 134 (1892) 154-.
carbon compounds. Schiff, R. Z. Ps. C. 1

(1887) 376-.
hydrocarbons (C-EL^^^). Bartoli, A., dt

Stracciati, E. mui. Lomb. Bd. 29 (1896)

157-.
— . Pagliani, S. N. Cim. 4 (1896) 146-.

— and alcohols. Pagliani, S. Bm* B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 5 (1889) (Sm. 1) 885-.

lava. Bartoli, A. Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 3
(1891) 61-; MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 29 (1896)
363-.

mercury. Hedeliu»,E.,dt Better 8$on,0. Stookh.

Ofv. 35 (1878) No. 2, 35- ; A. Ps. C. Beibl. 2
(1878) 898-.
— . LangloU, M. C. B. 103 (1886) 1009-.

— (0° to 30°). Bartoli, A., dt Stracciati, E.
Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 28 (1895) 469-.

— , variation with temperature. Winkelmann,

A. A. A. Ps. C. 159 (1876) 152-.
— , . Pettereton, O, Stockh. Ofv. 35

(1878) No. 9, 3-; A. Ps. C. BeibL 3 (1879)

739-.
— , . Naccari, A. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 23

(1887-88) 594-.
— , . Mathaler,J. A. Ps. C. 36 (1889)

897-.
— , . HHlbom, E. Z. Ps. C. 7 (1891)

85-.
— , . Bartoli, A., dt Stracciati, E.

Catania Ac. Gioen. BU. 26-28 (1892) 11.
mUk. FleUchmann, W. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 4

(1874) 97-.
oU of turpentine, isomers. Regnault, V, A. C.

9 (1843) 322-.
organic liquids. Sehiff, R. Gz. C. It. 17 (1887)

286-.
potassium and calcium chlorides, solutions.

Drecker, J. A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 952-.
saiine solutions. Perwn, C. C, C. B. 31 (1850)

56&-; A. C. 33 (1851) 437-, 448-.

183

1620 Liquids

Specific Heats

Solids 1620

saline solutions. Gray^ T. Edinb. B. S. P.

10 (1880) 689-.
soda solutions, strong. BlUmcke, A, A. Ps. C.

25 (1885) 417-.
sulphur dioxide, liquid. MathioAt E, G. B.

119 (1894) 404-.
sulphuric acid solutions. Cattaneo, C. N.

Cim. 26 (1889) 50-.
water (near 4°C.). Him, G, A, C. B. 70

(1870) 692-.

— (0° to 100° C). Jamin, J., d' Amaury, — .
C. B. 70 (1870) 661-.

— (near 4°C.). Him, O, A. C. B. 70 (1870)
881-.

— . WilUner, F, H. A. A. A. Ps. C. 1 (1877)

592-; 10(1880)284-.
— . Henrich9en, S. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879) 83-.
—. Neeten, F. A. Ps. C. 18 (1883) 369-.
— . Velten, A. W, A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 31-.
— . Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 26 (1888) 298-.
— . Bartoli, A., db Stracciatit E, Catania

Ac. Gioen. BU. 7 (1889) 3-.
— . Ekholm, N, Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 15

(Afd. 1) (1890) No. 6, 35 pp.

— (below 0°G.). Martinetti, M, Tor. Ac. So.
At 25 (1890) 827-.

— . Bartcii, A,, dt Stracciati, E, Catania
Ac. Gioen. Bll. 18-19 (1891) 25-.

— (0° to 40° C). Joharuon, A. M. Stockh.

Ofv. (1891) 325-; Fschr. Ps. (1891) {Ah, 2)
365-.

— (0° to 32°). Bartoli, A,, dt Stracciati, E.
Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 4 (1892) Mem, 7,
96 pp.

— ( ) (Bartoli and Stracciati). Lungo,

C. del. Catania Ac. Gioen. At. 6 (1893)
Mem, 1, 3 pp.

— (0° to 31^. Bartoli, A„ db Stracciati, E,
MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 26 (1893) 517-.

— . PeUineUi, P, [1898] J. de Ps. 8 (1899)
490.

— (0° to 100° C). Callendar, H,L,,db Barnes,
H, T. Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 202-.

— and alcohol mixtures. Jamin, J. , db Amaury,
— . C. B. 70 (1870) 1237-.

— — — — , variation with temperature.
Biamcke, A, A. Ps. C. 25 (1885) 154-.

— at constant volume. Bartoli, A., db Strac-
ciati, E, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 27 (1894)
524-.

— near maximum density. Pfaundler, L,, dt
Platter, H, D. Nf. Festschr. (♦1869) 67-;
Wien Sb. 62 (1870) (Ah, 2) 379-.

. Oerosa, G. G, Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Mm. 10 (1881) 75-.

— and methyl alcohol mixtures. Lecher, E.
[1877] Wien Sb. 76 (1878) (Ah, 2) 937-.

— , salt and fresh. La Chabeaussihre, — .

Mntp. Bee. Bll. 2 (1805) 286-.
— , sea. Thoulet, — , dt Chevallier, — . C. B.

108 (1889) 794-.
— , — and lake. Somigliana, C, Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 30 (1897) 154-.
— , supercooled. Cardani, P., db Tomanni, F.

N. Cim. 21 (1887) 185-.
— , — . Bartoli, A., db Stracciati, E, N. Cim«

31 (1892) 138-.

water, in terms of international electric units.

Schuster, A,, dt Gannon, W, [1894] Phil.

Trans. (A) 186 (1896) 415-.
— , uncertainty. Weber, W, E. Pogg. A. 18

(1830) 608-.
— , variation. Callendar, H. L., dt Barnes,

H, T, B. A. Bp. (1899) 624-.
— , — with temperature. Rankine, W, J, M,

[1851] Edinb. B. S. T. 20 (1853) 441-.
— , — — ~ . Bosscha, J, (vn) Pogg. A.

(Jvbdhd,) (1874) 549-.
— , . Rowland, H, A. [1879] Am.

Ac. P. 15 (1880) 75-.
— , Dieterid, C. A. Ps. C. 57

(1896) 333-.
— , , Pemet, J, Zur. Vjsohr. 41

(1896) {Festschr., Th. 2) 121-.

SPECIFIC HEATS OF SOLIDS.

Kurt, A. [1875] A. Ps. C. Ergdnz, 7 (1876)

334-.
kinetic theory. Eddy, H, T. Science 2 (*1883)

424-, 850.
measurement. Johnson, W, R. Franklin I. J.

14 (1834) 306-.
— . Amsler,J, [1850] ZOr. Mt. 2 (1850^2)

241-.

— at high temperatures. Pionehon, — . A. C.
11 (1887) 33-.

— , Begnault's method, criticism. Pape, C,

A. Ps. C. 123 (1864) 277-.

— in small quantities. Thoulet, J., dt Lagardie,
H. C. B. 94 (1882) 1512-.

variation with temperature. ZakrzewsH, I,
Krk. Ak. {Mt,-Prz.) Bz. 3 (1891) 327-; Crc.
Ac. Sc. Bll. (1891) 146-.

SPECIFIED SOLIDS.

alloys. Aubel, E, van. J. de Ps. 9 (1900)

493-.
— , anomalous. Person, C. C, C. B. 25 (1847)

444-.
^, fusible. Schiiz, L, A. Ps. C. 46 (1892)

177-.
— , iron-antimony. Laborde, J, C. B. 123

(1896) 227-.
aluminium. Pionehon, J, C. B. 115 (1892)

162-. 270.
antimony and compounds. Pebal, L., db John,

H. A. Ps. C. 27 (1886) 584-; 28 (1886)

696.
basalt. Roberts-Austen, W. C, dt RUcker, A.

W. B. A. Bp. (1891) 610-.
binary mixtures. Battelli, A., dt Martinetti,

M, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 621-.
boracite, variation with temperature. Kroeker,

K, Gdtt. Nr. (1892) 122-.
building materials. HuUhijison, J, [1842] (vi

Adds.) C. S. P. (1843)24-.
caoutchouc. Gu, W. W. H., dt Terry, H. L.

B. A. Bp. (1889) 516- ; Manch. Lt. Ph. S.
Mm. &F. 4 (1891) 38-.

carbon. Le ChaUlier, H. C. B. 116 (1893)

1051-.
— . VioUe, J. C. B. 120 (1895) 868-.

184

1630

Specifie Heats of Solids

1640

carbon, boron and silicon. Weber, H, F,
A. Ps. C. 164 (1875) 867-, 553-.

— in different forms. Ddarive, A., dt Marcety
F. A. G. 2 (1841) 121-.

diamonds. CarbaneUi, C, E, Geneva S. Lig.

At. 2 (1891) 354-.
ebonite, cork and palm wood. Zinger^ A,^ dt

Sceglajev, L Ks. Ps.-C. S. J. 27 (P«.) (1895)

30- ; J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 467-.
glasses. Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. C. 49 (1898)

401-.
— . Zubov, P. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 28 {Ps,) (1896)

22- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 603.

ice. Detains, 6, G. B. 20 (1845) 1845- ; A.

C. 14 (1845) 306-.
— . Person, C. C. G. R. 20 (1845) 1457-.
— . He$s, H. [1848] St, P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 9

(1851) 81-.
— . LangUAs, M. G. B. 102 (1886) 1451-.
iron (magnetised). Wassmuih, A, Wien Ak.

Sb. 85 (1882) (Ah, 2) 997-.

— at hign temperatures. Hartley, W, N, 1.
A S. I. J. (1897) (No. 1) 304-.

manganese steel. MUeheU, A, C. Edinb. B.

8. T. 35 (1890) 947-.
marble. Peirce, B. O,, db WiUton, R. W. Nt.

61 (1899-1900) 367.
mellite. Bartoli, A,,dt Straeciati, E. N. Gim.

15 (1884) 5-.
metals. Potter, R. Edinb. J. Sc. 5 (1831)

75-.

— (Potter). Johnston, J. F, W, Edinb. J.
Sc. 5 (1831) 26&-.

— (Johnston). Potter, R, [1831] Edinb. J.
Sc. 6 (1832) 163-.

— . Potter, R, Edinb. J. Sc. 6 (1832) 166-.
— . VioUe, J. G. B. 85 (1877) 543-; 87 (1878)

981- ; 89 (1879) 702- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1878)

69-; 9 (1880) 81-.

— (15® to 320°). NaecaH, A. [1887] Tor.
Ac. Sc. At. 23 (1887-88) 107-.

— . Le Verrier. —. G. B. 114 (1892) 907-.
— . Waterman, F, A, Ps. Rv. 4 (1897)

161-.
— . Jaeger, W., dt Dietselhorst, if. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1899) 719- ; Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 3

(1900) 269-.
— , graphite and alloys, at low temperatores.

Bekn, U. A. Ps. 1 (1900) 257-.
^ of high fusing point. Maehe, H, Wien

Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) (Ah. 2a) 590-.

— at high temperatures. Pionchon, — . G. B.
103 (1886) 1122-.

low temperatures. Behn, U. A. Ps. G.

66 (1898) 237-.
. Trowbridge, C. C, Science 8

(1898) 6-.
—, 9uaM isotropic. Voigt,W. Gdtt. Nr. (1893)

211-.

— and other solids. Weber, W, E, Pogg. A.
20 (1830) 178-.

— , specific heat and internal work. Joubin, P,

J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 554-.
— , magnetism, relations. Hermann^

R. Mosc. S. Nt. Bll. 7 (1834) 815-.
minerals. Joly, J. B. S. P. 41 (1887) 250-.
— . Sella, A. Odtt. Nr. (1891) 311-.

organic solids. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll.

5 (1883) 757-.
platinum. VioUe, J. L. G. [1877] (zn) Is^re

S. Bll. 8 (1879) 20-, 107-.
— . Hoadley, J. C. Franklin I. J. 84 (1882)

91-.
— , silver, tin, lead and copper. Bartoli, A., dt

Stracciati, E. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 28 (1895)

524-.
quartz, variation with temperature. Pionchon,

— . G. B. 106 (1888) 1344-.
rocks of the Gampagna. Morano, F. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1898) (Sem. 2) 61-, 357.
~, igneous. Barus, C. Ph. Mg. 35 (1893) 296-.

— and minerals, Sicilian. Bartoli, A. N. Gim.
30 (1891) 231-.

salts soluble in water. Rudberg, F, Pogg. A.

35 (1835) 474-.
slags. Howe, H, M. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 18

(1890) 724-.
soil constituents, experimental determination.

Ulrich, R. Forsch. Ag.-Ps. 17 (1894) 1-.
uranium. BUimeke, A. A. Ps. G. 24 (1885)

263-.
vulcanite. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 41 (1891)

54-.

Thermal capacity. Donnini, P. N. Gim. 15

(1876) 214-.
True thermal capacity. Gdransson, B. Lund

Acta Un. 7 (1870) (Mth.) No. 4, 22 pp.
and disgregation of a body. Clatuitu,

R. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 24 (1865) 117-.

— — — — — — (Glausius). San

Roberto, P. di. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 25 (1866) 84-.

. Budde, E. A. Ps.

G. 141 (1870) 426-.
heat-content. Robin, Q. [1879]

Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 4 (1880) 8-.
Variation with temperature. WoMsmuiht A.

Mh. Mth. Ps. 1 (1890) 473-.
. Sohncke, L. MOnch. Ak. Sb. 27

ri898) 337-.
Volatile bodies, relation between latent heat,

specific heat and specific volume. Trouton,

F. T. Nt. 27 (1883) 292.
Water, total heat, recalculated from experi-
ments of Begnault and Bowland. Shaw, W.

N. B. A. Bp. (1896) 162-.

1640 Specific Heats of Gases
and Vapours.

(See also Chemistry 7220.)

Heat of permanent gases. Plana, O. [1842]

Tor. Mm. Ac. 5 (1843) 283-.
Hydrostat, use. Him, O. A. A. Q^n. Giv. 2

(1863) (pU. 2) 113-, 153-.
Kinetic theory of polyatomic gases. Richarz,

F. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1891) 73-; A. Ps. G.

48 (1893) 467-.
Mixture of liquid and vapour, specific heat at

constant volume. Olearski, K. [1892] Krk.

Ak. (Mt.'PrM.) Bz. 6 (1893) 112- ; Grc. Ac.

So. BU. (1892) 297-.

185

1640

Specific Heats of Gaees ; Ratio of Specific Heats

1640

RATIO OF SPECIFIC HEATS.

Greguss, G. (xn) Mag. Ak. its. (Mth. Term.)

6 (1865) 63-.

MUller, J. J. A. Ps. C. 164 (1876) 113-.
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 2 (1878)

81-.
MaUer, P. A. [1882] A. Ps. C. 18 (1888) 94-.
BurUm, C. V. Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) 166-.
Bogaevtkij, L. G. Rs. P8..C. 8. J. 29 {Ps.)

(1897) 97-; Fschr. Ps. (1897) {Ab. 2) 332.
BolUmann, L. C. B. 127 (1898) 1009-.
air. MeikU, H. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 2 (1827)

328-.
— . Bo$e-Inne8, J. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 286-.
— , and Poisson's law. Kutz, A. Carl Bpm.

16 (1880) 719-.
argon. CarbonelUf C. E. Genova 8. Lig. At.

7 (1896) 32-.

calculation. Moon, W. Ph. Mg. 18 (1884)

372—.
— jpioon). Lodge, 0. J. Ph. Mg. 18 (1884)

— . Sluginov, N. P. Kazan S. Nt. (Ps.-Mtk,)

P. 5 (1887) 170-.
— , Clement and D^sormes's experiment. Bauer,

K. L. Carl Bpm. 16 (1880) 43-.
— » — — — — , history. Maneuvrier, Q.

Par. S. Ps. 8^. (1896) 233-.
— » methoa. Swyngedauw, R, J. de

Ps. 6 (1897) 129-.
carbon dioxide. Amagatt E. H. C. B. 121

(1896) 863-, 968.
compound gases. Capstick, J. W. [1896] Phil.

Trans. (A) 186 (1896) 667-.

Mea*UTeTM:nX.

Jamin, J., dt Richard, — . C. B. 71 (1870)

336-.
Amagat, E. H. C. B. 77 (1873) 1326-.
Moutier, J. Par. 8. Phhn. Bll. 4 (1880) 170-.
Paquet, E. J. de Ps. 4 (1886) 30-.
Amagat, — . J. de Ps. 4 (1886) 174-.
Lummer, O., c^ Pringtheim, E. Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1887) 136- ; B. A. Bp. (1894) 666-.
Pnngsheim, E. D. Nf. Vh. (1894) {Th. 2,

Hdlfte 1) 86-.
Sack, P. Oflfenb. Vr. Nt. B. 33-36 (1895) 71-.
Maneuvrier, O. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1896) 243-.
Maneuvrier, G., d^ Foumier, J. C. B. 123

(1896) 228-.
Leduc, A. C. B. 126 (1897) 1089-, 1138.
acetylene. Maneuvrier, G., db Foumier, J. C.

B. 124 (1897) 183-.
air. Weishach, J, Civing. 6 (1869) 46-.
— . Maneuvrier, G. C. B. 120 (1896) 1398- ;

A. C. 6 (1896) 321- ; Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1896)

260-.
— , oxygen, carbon-dioxide and hydrogen.

Lummer, O., d: Pringsheim, E, [1898]

A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 666-; Smiths. Ct. 29

(1903) Art. VI, 29 pp.
by expansion hygrometer. Cozza, R. Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 10 (1900) 132-.
Kohlrausch's experiment. Boltzmann, L. A.

Ps. C. 141 (1870) 473-.

monatomic gases. Yvon-ViUarceau, A. J, F.

C. B. 82 (1876) 1127-, 1175-.
superheated steam. Cohen, R. A. Ps. C. 37

(1889) 628-.
and phosphorus. Lucchi, G. de. Yen.

I. At. 7 (1880-81) 1306-.
by velocity of souna. Kayter, H. A. Ps. C.

2 (1877) 218-.

relation to physical properties. VioU, A. Bm.

B. Ac. Lmc. T. 7 (1883) 112-.
variation with temperature. Leduc, A. C. B.

127 (1898) 669-.
and pressure. Amaga:t, E. H. C. B.

122 (1896) 66-; Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1896) 24-.

8mall oscillations of gases, influence of tempera-
ture. Gromeka, J. Fschr. Mth. (1888) 1098.

SPECIFIC HEATS OF GASES.

Hayeraft, W. T. [1823] Edinb. B. 8. T. 10

(1826) 196-.
Detarive, A., <fb Marcet, F. A. C. 36 (1827)

5-.
Dulong, P. L. [1828] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 10

(1831) 147-.
Delarive, A., dt Marcet, F. A. C. 41 (1829)

78-.
Apjohn, Jas. B. A. Bp. (1836) (pt. 2) 30-.
Delarive, A., d; Marcet, F. [1836] A. C. 75

(1840) 113-.
A-^ohn, Jas. [1837-38] Ir. Ac. T. 18 (1838)

1-; Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1841) 206-.
Regnault, G. Moigno Cosmos 2 (1863) 639-.
Schmidt, G. Dingier 200 (1871) 19-.
Berthelot, M. Bv. Sc. 17 (1879) 6-.
Margules, M. Wien Az. 26 (1889) 136-.
Lussana, S. N. Cim. 36 (1894) 6-, 70-, 130- ;

1 (1896) 327-; 3 (1896) 92-; Yen. I. At.

(1896-97) 1018- ; N. Cim. 6 (1897) 81-; 7

(1898) 365-.

Petnni, H. Z. Ps. C. 16 (1896) 97-.

Leduc, A. C. B. 127 (1898) 860- ; A. C. 17

(1899) 484-.

at constant volume. Cazin, A. Les Mondes

20 (1869) 672-.

. Moutier, J. C. B. 71 (1870) 807-.

. Joly, J. B. 8. P. 46 (1889) 33-.

. Bickerton, — . Aust. As. Bp. (1891)

117.
— , measurement. Chraf, J. H. Bern

Mt. (1880) 71-.
, — , new method. Akin, (I>r.) C. K.

Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 341-.
, variation. WiiUner, F.H. A. A. A.

Ps. C. 4 (1878) 321-.
error in Apjohn's formula. Hudson, H. Ph.

Mg. 8 (1836) 21-.
at high temperatures. Berthelot, M., dt VieiUe,

— . C. B. 98 (1884) 770-.
, MaUard, E., dt Le ChateUer, H.

Par. 8. Ps. 8^. ri888) 308-.
. Stimpfi, G. Dingier 290 (1893)

213-, 236-.
. Fliegner, A. Zva. Vjschr. 44 (1899)

192-.

186

1640 Specific Heat of Oases and Vaponrs.

Atomic Meat 1660

laws. Amagat, E. H. C. B. 180 (1900) 1443-.
xneaBorementt new method. Wiedemann^ E.

E, G, Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 61 (1874) 78-;

66 (1876) 278; A. Ps. C. 167 (1876) 1-.
and properties of isothermals. Amagat, E, H.

C. B. 122 (1896) 120-.
— refractive power of gases, relation. A vogadro^

A. [1817-26] Mod. Bim. S. It. 18 (1818)

164- ; Tor. Mm. Ac. 33 (1829) 49-.
variation. Prevott, P, Gen. Mm. S. Ps. 4

(1828) 266-, 479-.
— . Wtnkelmann, A. A, A. Ps. C. 169 (1876)

177-.
— . WiUwer, W. C. Z. Mth. Ps. 24 (1879)

193-.
— . Linde.C. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 27 (1898) 486-.
— . Sohneke, L. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 111-.

SPECIFIED GASES.

air. Thomtorit (Sir) W, Camb. and Dabl.

Mth. J. 8 (1863) 260-.
— . KuTz, A. A. Ps. C. 161 (1874) 173-.
— . Coiolonga, D. A, Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1878) 109-.
— . Kurz, A, £xner Bpm. 20 (1884) 161-.
— , carbon dioxide and hydrogen at constant

volome. Joly, J. [1890] Phil. Trans. (A)

182 (1892) 73-.

— at constant pressure. Joule ^ J. P. Ph.
Mg. 6 (1863) 143-.

. Ledue, A. C. B. 126 (1898)

I860-.
volume. Kohlrauachy F. A. Ps. C.

136 (1869) 618-.
. WitU, L. A. Ps. C. 138 (1869)

166- ; 140 (1870) 667-; 141 (1870) 317-.
(Eohlrausch). Kurz^ A. A. Ps.

C. 138 (1869) 336-.

— and steam. Rankine, W, J, M. [1860-67]
Edinb. B. S. T. 20 (1863) 191- ; Edinb. B.
S. P. 3 (1867) 6-, 287-.

carbon dioxide, compressed. Margules, M,

Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (^16. 2a) 1386-.
at constant volume. Joly, J, [1894]

PhU. Trans. (A) 186 (1896) 943-.
— , as function of temperatoze.

Joly, J. [1894] Phil. Trans. (A) 186 (1896)

961-.
, variation at high temperatures. Vdliritu,

H. Brux. Ac. Bll. 48 (1879) 601-.
chlorine. JCundt, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (♦1879) 184.

SPECIFIC HEATS OP VAPOUBS.

Lubbock, J. W. Ph. Mg. 81 (1847) 90-; 9

(1866) 26-.
(saturated.) Moutier.J. J. de Ps. 2 (1873) 178-.
(—0 MuUer, J, J. A. Ps. C. (Jubelhd,) (1874)

(-^ Pointer, P. P. Franklin I. J. 69 (1876)

(variation.) Wiedemann, E. E. G, A. Ps. C.

2 (1877) 196-.
PeUat, fl. J. de Ps. 7 (1878) 117-.
(saturated.) Wools, J. D, von der. Amst. Ak.

Vb. M. 12 (1878) 169- ; A. Ps. C. Beibl. 2

(1878) 828-.

(saturated.) Bouty, E, J. de Ps. 4 (1886) 28-.
Morera, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891)

iSem. 2) 119-.
(saturated.) Mathias,E. C. B. 119 (1894) 849- ;

Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 12 (1898) E, 17 pp.

SPECIFIED VAPOURS,

acetic acid and nitrogen tetroxide. ThrelfaUf

R. Ph. Mg. 28 (1887) 223-.
ether. Tturuta, K, Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 28&-.
mercury. Kundt, A., d: Warburg, E, [1876]

A. Ps. C. 167 (1876) 363-.
— . Naumann, A. Berl. B. 8 ^1876) 1068-.

— (Naumann). Kundt, A., d Worburg, E,
Berl. B. 8 (1875) 16I4-.

steam. SUfon, J. Pogg. A. 110 (1860) 693-.
— . Gray, J. M, F. L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1884)

87-; Ph. Mg. 13 (1882) 337-.
— . Antoine, C. C. B. 109 (1889) 366-.
— . TunUirz, 0. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899)

{Ab, 2a) 1396-.
— , applied to steam engine theory. Frank, A.

Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 87 (1891) 337-.

— at constant pressure. Tumlirz, O, Wien
Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) (Ab, 2a) 664-.

— , superheated. Eunng, J, A,, d DunkerUy,

S. B. A. Bp. (1897) 664-.
water vapour and carbon dioxide at high

temperatures. Berthelot, M,, dt VietUe, — .

C. B. 98 (1884) 862-.

Steam in gas generators. Schoeffd, R, Berg-

Hm. Ztg. 43 (1884) 206.
— , use, thermochemistry. Sehmidt^

A, Berg. Hm. Ztg. 43 (1884) 26-.
Temperature, law. MeikU, H, Thomson A.

Ph. 12 (1826) 866-.
Vapours, total heat. Antoine^ C. A. C. 2G

(1892) 426-.

1660 Chemical Constitution and
Specific Heat (Dulong and
Petit Law, etc.).
(See abo Chemistry 7220.)

ATOMIC HEAT.

Hermann, R, Mosc. S. Nt. N. Mm. 8 (1834)

136-.
Schmidt, G, [1866] Wien Sb. 62 (1866) (Ab. 2)

417-.
Aluimov, I, P, [1872] (xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J.

6 (Pt. 1) (1873) 63-.

Rabuteau, —, Par. S. Bl. Mm. 84 (*1882)

(C. R.) 376-.
Additivity. Meyer, S, Wien Ak. Sb. 109

(1900) (Ab, 2a) 406-.
Atomic heat of gases, expansion and mechanical

equivalent. Violi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. T.

7 (1883) 243-.

and kinetic theory of gases. Donnini, P.

N. Cim. 6 (1879) 97-.
Calculation on mechanical theory of heat.

Sandrucci, A. Bv. So-.Ind. 18 (1886) 129-.

187

1660 Atomic Heat

DULONG AND PETIT LAW.

PoUer, R. Edinb. J. Sc. 5 (1831) 75-.
&Ufan, J. Wien SB. 86 (1859) 85-.
MmUier, J. [1876] Par. S. PhUn. BU. 1 (1877)

WiUotte, H. C. B. 89 (1879) 540-, 568-.
Moutier, J, Bv. So. 18 (1880) 1174- ; Par.

to, Pol. J. Cah, 53 (1883) 31-.
Bydberg, V. R. Sk. Nf. F. (1892) 364-.
Richarz, F. A. Ps. C. 48 (1893) 708- ; 67

(1899) 702-.
exceptions. Carlxmellit C. E. Gtonova S. Lig.

At. 3 (1892) 3-.
and mechanical theory. Marine F, Wiirzb.

Ps. Md. Sb. (1890) 91-, 97-.
probable extension. Cantom^ G. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 2 (1886) {Sem. 2) 3-.
theoretical deduction. StaigmUUer, H. A.

Ps. C. 65 (1898) 670-.
variation. Him, G. A. C. B. 76 (1873) 191-.
and Woestyn's law, mechanical interpretation.

Ledieu, A. C. H, C. B. 78 (1874) 30-.

Nanmann's theory. Budde, E. Bonn SB.
Niedr. Gs. 27 (1870) 101- ; D. C. Gs. B. 3
(1870) 726-.

Atomic volame, constant, consequences of hy-
pothesis. BuyS'BaUot, C. H, D. Utr. Prv.
Gn. Aant. (1881) 6-.

Composition of vapours, calculation from their
coeflScients of expansion and latent heats of
liquefaction. Langlois, M. C. B. 102 C1886)
1231-.

Molecular heat of bodies. CanUmi, G. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1886) {Sem. 2) 43-.
dissociable gaseous compounds. Pon-

sot, — . G. B. 131 (1900) 990-.
gases. Le ChaUlier, H, C. B. 104

(1887) 1780-.
polyatomic gases. FlUgner^ A, Ztlr.

Vjschr. 45 (1900) 137-.
Specific heat of compound gases. Avogadrot

A. Bb. It. 4 (1816) 478-; 5 (1817) 73-; Bb.

Un. 29 (1840) 142-.
and density. Sluginov, N. P, Bs. Ps.-

0. S. J. 19 (P«.) (1887) 17-.

, laws, buj^i. A, C. B. 58 (1864) 163-.

of metals. Waterman, F. A. Ps. Bv. 4

(1897) 161-.
Thermal capacity of gases, and their composi-
tion. MolUt, J. J. de Ps. 90 (1820) 113-.
, law. Sluguinov, N. P, J. de Ps.

9 (1880) 48-.
, molecular velocity and melting point of

an element. Sandrucci, A. N. Cim. 19

(1886) 64-.

1670 Heats of Fusion.

DespreU, C. C. B. 11 (1840) 806- ; Pogg. A.

52 (1841) 177-.
Pertan, C. C. C. B. 23 (1846) 162-, 336-; A.

C. 21 (1847) 295-; 24 (1848) 129- ; 27 (1849)
250-.

Heats of Fusion 1670

(Person.) Ddarive, A. Bb. Un. Aroh. 9

(1848) 5-.
Perton, C, C. C. B. 29 (1849) 300- ; Pogg. A.

74 (1849) 409-, 509- ; 76 (1849) 426-, 686-.
Morru, C. J. Sc. 3 (1881) 584-, 640-.
Change of state, theory of disappeannce of

heat. Irvine, W. Nicholson J. 6 (1808)

25-.
, variation in heat. MouHer, J, [1877]

Par. S. Phlm. BU. 2 (1878) 68-.
Heat of fusion and pressure. Tammairm, O.

A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 871-.

thermal capacity. Pickering, S. U.

B. S. P. 49 (1891) 11-.

Latent heat, anomalous result of liberation.

Erman, P. Berl. Ab. (1825) 107-.
and coefficient of elasticity. Per$on, C.

C. C. B. 27 (1848) 258-; A. C. 24 (1848)
265-.

— — of freezing, and means of utilising.
Leeoq, H, Auvergne A. Sc. 24 ^851) 482-.

— — — liquids and vapours. Dyer, J. C.
Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 7 (1868) 198-.

and sensible heat. Vermehr, J. L. H, C

Leijd. A. Ac. (1830-31) 42 pp.

— — of water below 0°, with remarks on
formation of ice in sea. Pettereeon, 0.
Stockh. Ofv. 35 (1878) No. 2, 53-; A. Ps.
C. Beibl. 2 (1878) 399-.

SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES.

Aluminium. Pionchtm, J. C. B. 115 (1892)

162-, 270.
Benzene. Demerliae, — . As. Fr. C. B.

(1894) (PL 2) 325-.
Binary alloys of lead, tin, bismuth and zinc.

Mazzotto, D. Mil. I. Lomb. Mm. 16 (1891)

— mixtures. BcUteUi, A., dt MartinetH, M.
Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 621-.

Formic and acetic acids, crystallisation. Pet-

terssan, O. Stockh. Ofv. 35 (1878) No. 9,
17-.
Ice. Desain8t P,, db La Provottaye, F. de.
C. B. 16 (1843) 837-; Pogg. A. 59 (1843)
163- ; 62(1844)30-.

— . Wartmann, t. [1844] Laus. BU. S. Yd.

1 (1842-45) 287-.
— . He9$, H. [1848] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 9

(1851) 81-.
— . Perion, C. C. C. B. 30 (1850) 526-; A.

C. 30 (1850) 73-.

— . Angatr&m, A. J. Pogg. A. 90 (1853)

509-.
— . Jamin, J. C. B. 70 (1870) 715-.
— . Langloiz, M. C. B. i02 (1886) 1451-.
— . Zakrzewski, I. [1892] Krk. Ak. (Ift.-

Prz.) Bz. 4 (1893) 247-; A. Ps. C. 47 (1892)

155-.
— , experiments of Laplace and Lavoisier.

Benou, E. C. B. 70 (1870) 929-, 1043.
— , (Benou). Jamin, J. C. B.

70 (1870) 969-.
Lead and tin and aUoys. Rudberg, F. Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. (1829) 157- ; Pogg. A. 18 aoSO)

240- ; 19(1830)125-.

188

1680

Heats of Vaporisation

1680

Mereuiy. Person, C, C. C. B. 26 (1847) 334- ;

A. C. 24 (1848) 257-.
— . Langlois, M, G. B. 103 (1886) 1009-.
Pig-iron and other mefcalB. Minaryt — , dt

IUmI, — . A. Mines 19 (1861) 401-.
Platinum. ViolU, J. L. G. [1877] (xn) Is^

8. BU. 8 (1879) 20-. 107-.
Wax, metals, etc. Irvine, W. Nicholson J. 9

(1804) 46-.

1680 Heats of Vaporisation.

DespreU, C. A. C. 24 (1823) 323-.
Perion, C. C. C. B. 17 (1843) 495-.
Andrews, T, [1847] C. S. J. 1 (1849) 27-.
Legrand, J. N. G. B. 42 (1866) 213-.
Groshana, J. A . Arch. N4erl. 5 (1870) 1-, 193-.
Mautier, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU. 1 (1877) 17-;

4 (1880) 247-.
PuseM, K. [1880] Wien Ak. Sb. 82 (1881)

(Ah, 2) 1102-.
M<yrru, C. J. Sc. 3 (1881) 584-, 640-.
Walter, A, [1881] A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 500-.
Bouty^ E. J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 26-.
Fuehs, K, Exner Bpm. 26 (1890) 345-.
Jager, G, Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) (Ah. 2a)

1122-.
Bakker, Q. Z. Ps. G. 10 (1892) 558-.
Tsuruta, K, J. de Ps. 2 (1893) 272-.
Pagliani, S. N. Gim. 2 (1895) 312-.
Louguinine, W. A. G. 7 (1896) 251-.
MUner, 8. R, Ph. Big. 43 (1897) 291-, 464.
Thiesen, M. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 80-.
Grothans, J, A. A. Ps. G. 64 (1898) 778-.
Louguinine, W. A. G. 13 (1898) 289-.
Galoric, quantity necessary to produce equal

volumes of vapours. Apjohn, J<u. Jr. Ac.

P. 6 (1853) 272-.
Ghange of state, theory of disappearance of heat.

Irvine, W. Nicholson J. 6 (1803) 25-.
, variation in heat. Moutier, J, [1877]

Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 2 (1878) 68-.
Heat of gases and vapours. Poisson, S, D.

A. G. 23 (1823) 337-.
vaporisation, and expansion. Groshans,

J. A. A. Ps. G. 64 (1898) 789-.
, influence of electrification. Fontaine,

i. J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 16-.
and internal condition. Piuchl, K.

Wien Ak. Sb. 75 (1877) (Ah, 2) 745-.
specific heat ; and alcoholic engines.

MeilOe, H, TUloch Ph. Mg. 68 (1826) 34-.
theory of elastic fluids. PouiUet,

C. S. M. G. B. 24 (1847) 915-.
vapour density found by vapour

calorimeter. Allen, H, N, [1890] Nebr.

Un. Stud. 1 (1888-92) 195-.
pressures. Rodzevic, N. M,

Bs. P8..G. S. J. 30 (Ps,) (1898) 183-; J. de

Ps. 9 (1900) 55-.
Latent and specific heat of water-vapour as

means of heating. Taddei, G. (xn) Firenze

Ac. Georg. At. 11 (1833) 65-.
Law. Perstm, C. C. G. B. 23 (1846) 624-.
— . Le ChaUlier, fl. Par. S. G. Bll. 47

(1887) 4, 289.
— . Tumlirz, 0, Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892)

(Ah. 2a) 184-.

Law, Van der Waals's. Darzens, G. G. B.

124 (1897) 610-.
Measurement. TrouUm, F. Nt. 30 (1884)

187.
— . Pagliani, S. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3

(1894) (Sem. 1) 249-.
— . Louguinine, — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1899)

66*-.

— at 0° G. by Bunsen's ice calorimeter.

Sveneton, A. Stockh. Ofv. (1896) 687-;
Fschr. Ps. (1896) (Ah. 2) 398.

— by calorimetry. Mathtas, E. G. B. 106
(1888) 1146-.

steam calorimeter. Wirtz, K. A. Ps.

G. 40 (1890) 438-.
Belation to other magnitudes. Kraevie, K. D.

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 21 (Pt.) (1889) 137- ; J. de

Ps. 9 (1890) 635.
physical properties. Auhel, E. van.

J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 70-.

— — pressure. Clatisius, R. Pogg. A. 82
(1861) 274-.

temperature. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 8 (1884) 210-.

— — — and pressure. Ure, Andr. Phil.
Trans. (1818) 338-.

(Ure). Tredgold, T. TiUoch

Ph. Mg. 66 (1826) 277.
-^ — . Lineharger, C. E. Am. J.

Sc. 49 (1896) 380-.
thermal capacity of liquids. Nadezdin,

A. J. [1886] Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8 (1) (1886)

ii-.

SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES.

Air and carbon dioxide. Bekn, U, A. Ps. 1

(1900) 270-.
Ammonia, liquefied. Strombeek, H. von.

Franklin I. J. 130 (1890) 467-; 131 (1891)

470-.
Benzene. Griffitkz, E,H.,d MarshaU, (Mies)

D. [1895] L. Ps. S. P. 14 (1896) 16-; Ph.

Mg. 41 (1896) 1-.
Garbon dioxide near critical temperature.

Mathias, E. C. B. 109 (1889) 470-.
Hydrochloric acid. Tturuta, K. Ph. Mg. 36

(1893) 436-.
Liquefied gases. Mathias, E. A. G. 21 (1890)

69-; Par. S. Ps. 86. (1890) 122-.

. Bakker, G. J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 131-.

Liquids at boiling points. MarthaU (Miu) D.,

<& Ramsay, W. [1896] L. Ps. S. P. 14

(1896) 67-; Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 38-.
Mercury. LangUns, M. G. B. 103 (1886)

1009-.
Organic compounds. John, H. Z. Ps. G. 11

(1893) 787-.
Yolatile bodies, relation between latent heat,

specific heat and specific volume. Trouton,

F. T. Nt. 27 (1883) 292.

— liquids. Chappuis, J. G. B. 104 (1887)
897-; 106 (1888) 1007- ; A. G. 16 (1888)
498-.

Water. Pamhour, F. M. G. de. Pogg. A. 69

(1843) 587-.
— . Murphy, J. J. (xn) Belfast NH. S. P.

(1876-76) 42-.

189

1690 Heats of Transformation

Water (at 0°). Dieteriei.C, A. Pa. C. 37 (1889)

494-.
— . Ekholm, N, Stockh. Ak. HndL Bh. 15

(4/a. 1) (1890) No. 6. 85 pp.
— . Hartog, P. J,, dt Barker, J. A, [1898]

Nt. 49 (1893-94) 5.
— . QriJSith», JB. H. [1895] PhU. Trans. (A)

186 (1896) 261-.
— . Nipher,F,E. St. Louis Ac. T. 6 (1896) xvi.
— . Barker, J, A, Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm.

& P. 10 (1896) 38-.
— from saturated salt solutions. Trouton, F,

T. [1899] Ir. Ac. T. 31 11896-1901) 345-.
Zino and cadmium. Sutherland, W, Ph. Mg.

46 (1898) 345-.

1690 Heats of Dissolution.
iSee also Chemistry 7230.)

Ammonia, heat of absorption by water. Strom-
heck, B. von. Franklin I. J. 131 (1891) 71-.

Heat of dissolution of gases in liquids. Picker-
ing, S. U. Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 35-.

solution, especially of (MSO4 , 8/3 HsO.

Bolsboer, B. B, [1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9
(1901) 399-; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 467-.

1695 Heats of Transformation.

Moutier, J. C. R. 76 (1873) 365-.
Alloys^heat of combination of metals in forma-
tion. Oalt, A. B. A. Bp. (1898) 787-.
— , . Brit. Ass. Comm.

B. A. Bp. (1899) 246-.
— , thermal changes in formation. Mazzotto,

D. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 18 (1885) 165-.
Ammonium nitrate. Bellati, M.^ dt Romanese,

R. Ven. I. At. (1885-86) 1395-.
Coagulation of milk. Beminzone^ M. R.

Geneva S. Lig. At. 11 (1900) 277-.
Iron and steel at a bright red heat, peculiarities.

Newall, B. F. Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) 435-.
^- — — , critical points. (Latent heat of

hardening.) Osnumd, F. I. & S. I. J.

(1890) (No. 1) 38-.
^- wire, molecular changes at low red heat.

Barrett, W. F. Ph. Mg. 46 (1873) 472-.
Metals, change of condition at high tempera-
tures. Pionchon, —. A. C. 11 (1887) 33-.
Potassium nitrate. Bellati, M., dt Romanese,

R. Ven. I. At. (1884-85) 653-.
, temperature of transformation in presence

of other nitrates. Bellati, M., db Lussana, S.

Ven. I. At. (1890-91) 995-.

RECALESCENCE.

Shand, R. Tel. J. 26 (1890) 247.
investigation methods. Smith, F. J, Ph. Mg.

31 (1891) 433-.
iron. Forbes, G. [1874] Edinb. B. S. P. 8

(1875) 363-.
— . Tondinson, B. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 107- ;

Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 103-.
— . BopMnson, J. B. S. P. 45 (1889) 455-.

Change of State 1800

iron. Thomson, E. Tel. J. 24 (1889) 471.
— . TereHn, S, J., db Razing, B. L. Ba. Ps.-

C. S. J. 26 (Ps.) (1894) 200-.
— and steel, anomalous changes during re-

calescence. Svedelius, G. E. Jem-Kont.

A. 51 (1897) 202- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 173-.
and magnetism. Bopkinson, J. B. S. P. 48

(1891) 442-.
steeL Newall, B.F. Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 510-.
— . Thomson, E. Tel. J. 24 (1889) 616-.

Silver and copper sulphides and selenides.

Bellati, M., db Lussana, S. Ven. L At.

(1888-89) 1051-.
— iodide, dimorphism. Mallard, E., db Le

Chatelier, — . Par. S. Ps. 06. (1885) 18-.

PHENOMENA OF CHANGE OF

STATE.

1800 General.

WilU, T. Phm. J. 5 (1875) 990-.
Berthelot, M. Bv. Sc. 17 (1879) 6-.
Absorption of gases, resulting change in density

o

and volume of liquid. Angstr'&m,K. Stoekh.

Ofv. (1887) 415-.
Artificial ram. Errera, L. [1996] del et

Terre 17 (1896-97) 353-.
Bodies in gaseous and cloudy states. Ladame,

B. [1859] Neuch. Bll. 5 (1859-61) 155-.
Calorimetric study of a salt. Monnet, £.

Bordeaux S. Sc. PV. (1896-97) 15-; Bor-
deaux S. Sc. Mm. 3 (1899) 41-.

Carbon dioxide, solid, experiment. Prytz, K.
Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 308.

Change of state as affecting communication of
heat. GiU, J. Ph. Mg. 32 (1866) 420-.

, effect of pressure. Ponsot, A. C. B.

123 (1896) 595-.

— and free energy. Moutier, J. Par.

Ec. Pol. J. 57 (1887) 99-.

Condensers, theory. Dwelshauvers-Dery, V.
Bv. Un. Mines 5 (1889) 225-.

Density of saturated vapour and laws of solidi-
fication and evaporation of solvent. RaouU,
E. M. Z. Ps. C. 13 (1894) 187-.

Disintegration of electrically heated platinum
and palladium wire. Stewart, W. A. Ps.

C. 66 (1898) 88-.

wires, and metallic vapours formed.

Toepler, M. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 873-.
glowing metals. Berliner, A. A. Ps.

C. 33 (1888) 289-.
platinum. Kayser, B, A. Ps. C. 34

(1888) 607-.
Evaporation , melting and sublimation . Plcmek,

M. A. Ps. C. 15 a882J 446-.
Forms taken by boaies auring dissolution in

fiuids. Bartoli, A., db Papasogli, E. G.

[1885] Pisa S. Tosc. At. (Mm.) 7 (1886) 134-.
Freezing as an aid to sinking foundations.

Reichenbach, 0. B. A. Bp. (1886) 799-.
. shafts. LebreUm, F, A.

Mines 8 (1885) 111-.

190

1800 Change of State

Gases and vapours. TilTnan, H. J. Lidge

A. Ac. (1822-23) 61 pp.
. Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 23 (1831)

290-.

HEAT DEVELOPED ON MOISTENING
SOLIDS, POUILLETS PHENOMENON,

PouiUet, C. S, M. A. C. 20 (1822) 141-.
FibroQB sabstances. Cobhett, L. Camb. Ph.

S. P. 10 (1900) 372-.
Porous solids. Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

3 (1866) 135-.
Powders. MeUmer,F, A. Ps. 0.29(1886)114-.
— . Martini, T. Ven. I. At. (1896-97) 602-.
— . Lagergren, S. [1898] Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

Bh. 24 {Afd. 2) (1899) No. 6, 14 pp.
— . Martini, T. Ven. I. At. (1897-98) 927-.
— . Ercolini, G. N. Cim. 9 (1899) 110-.

— (Ercolini). Martini, T. N. Cim. 9 (1899)
334—.

— (Martini). Ercolini, G, N. Cim. 9 (1899)
446-.

— (Ercolini). Martini, T. N. Cim. 10 (1899)
42.

— . Martini, T, Ven. I. At. (1899-1900)

(Pt, 2) 615-.
— . Bellati, M. Ven. I. At. (1899-1900)

(Pt. 2) 931-.

Heat required to raise elementary bodies from

absolute zero to state of fusion. Schenk, R.

B. A. Bp. 42 (1872) (Sect.) 82-.
Ice divide, movement during melting of inland

ice. Schi^tz, O. E. N. Mg. Ntvd. 34 (1895)

102-.
— formation, mathematical theory. Stefan,

J. Mh. Mth. Ps. 1 (1890) 1-.
Liquid and gaseous states. Golicyn, B.

Fschr. Ps. (1889) {Ab. 2) 209.
. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. BU. 27

(1894) 885-.
Matter, condition under extreme heat or cold.

Anon. (VI 180) Bb. It. 80 (1835) 285-.
— , forces determining condition. Eyk, S, S.

van der. Holland. Mg. 1 (1803) 241-.
— ,3states. Volpicelli,P. Bm. At. 1 (1847-48)

129-.
— , different states. Boga£V8kij, L. St. P6t.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 5 (1897) No. 13, 104 pp.
Orthobaric curves for homogeneous fluids, con-
cordance. Natan$on,W, Krk. Ak. (if t.-Prz.)

Bz. 3 (1891) 390-.
Physico-chemical matters. Bdlani, A. (vi

Add$.) Majocchi A. Fis. C. 1 (1841) 269-.
Priority of some observations and experiments.

Bdlani, A. (vi Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis. C.

18 (1845) 49-.
Solidification and evaporation of liquids in

form of drops. Sluginov, N. P. (xn) Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 12 (Ps.) (1880) [(Pt. 1)] 172-.
Solution of solids m gases. Villard, P. C. B.

120 (1895) 182-.
. Arctowski, H. Z. Anorg. C.

12 (1896) 413-.
and liquids in gases. Villard, P. Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1896) 234-.

Fusion and Solidification 1810

Thermal and anti-thermal lines. Oumoff, — .

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1896) 212.
Transition cell, new land. Cohen, E, Mbl.

Nt. (1898) 17-.
, — way of using. Cohen, E., dt Bredig,

G. [1894] Mbl. Nt. (1894-95) 31-.
— temperatures in electromagnetic field. Du

Bois, H. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898) 148-.
Vacua, high, application of liquid hydrogen

to production. Dewar, J. [1898] B. S. P.

64 (1899) 231—.
Vapours, theory.' RSsal, H. C. B. 78 (1871)

825-.
Vulcanism. Arrhenius, S, Stockh. Gl. Fdr.

F. 22 (1900) 395-.
Water, explosion. Smyth, C. P, [1873] Manoh.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 13 (1878-74) 41-.
— , fundamental properties as solid, liquid and

gas. Kramer, A. de. 11 Polit. 1 (1839) 297-.

1810 Fusion and Solidification

(General).

iSee also Chemistry 7205.)

Poynting, J. H. Birm. Ph. S. P. 2 (1881) 354-.
Adhesion at melting point. Wald, E, Z. Ps.

C. 7 (1891) 514-.
Alloys, fusibility. Le Chatelier, — . Par. S.

Ps. S4. (1894) 266.
— , fusion. Person, C. C. C. B. 23 (1846)

926-.
— , lead tin, fusion. Wiesengrund, B. A. Ps.

C. 52 (1894) 777-.
Amalgams, liquefaction. Mazzotto, D. Ven.

I. At. (1892-93) 1527-.
— , solidification. Mazzotto, D. Ven. I. At.

(1892-93) 1311-.
Bismuth, behaviour on solidification. Marx,

CM. Schweigger J. 58 (= Jb. 28) (1880)

454-.
— , fused, anomalous density. LUdeking, C.

A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 21-.
Bubble formation in frozen liquids. Karsten,

O. [1898] Sohl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 10

(1895) 309-.
Colloidal reversible systems, gelation. Hardy,

W. B. B. S. P. 66 (1900) 95-.
Electric currents, fusion of metals by. Joule,

J. P. [1856] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 14 (1857)

49-.
Energy- and volume-surfaces of crystal in solid

and liquid state. TammMin, G. Z. Ps. C.

21 (1896) 17-; Doipat Sb. 12 (1901) 270- ; A.

Ps. 1 (1900) 275-; Arch. Nterl. 5 (1900)

108-.
Extrusion of freezing water from earth. Thom-
son, (Prof.) James. B. A. Bp. 41 (1871)

(Sect.) 34.
Fire clays, fusibility. Hofman,H.O. [1895-98]

Am. I. Mn. E. T. 25 (1896) 3- ; 28 (1899)

435-.
, — . Hofman, H. 0., db Stoughton, B.

[1898] Am. I. Mn. E. T. 28 (1899) 440-.
— — , refractoriness. Hofman, H. O,, dt

Demond, C. D. [1894] Am. I. Mn. E. T.

24 (1895) 42-, 846-.

191

1810

FreeElag

1810

FREEZING.

Despreiz, C. C. B. 5 (1837) 19-.

of alcohol. Walker, Rich. Tillooh Ph. Big.

42 (1813) 117-.

artificial. Fourcroy, A, F, de, <Jt Vauquelin,

— . A. C. 29 (1798) 281-.
and boiling. Dufour, C. Moigno Cosmos 18

(1861) 650-.
of water. Majocehi, 0, A, (vi Addt,)

liajocchi A. Fis. C. 1 (1841) 272-.
simoltaneoasly. Quick, R. W,

Ps. By. 9 (1899) 121-.
in vacuo, Bohnenberger, G. C.

Tiibinger Bl. 1 (1815) 113-.
cavem at Orenburg, phenomena. Hope, T. C.

L1843] Edinb. B. 8. P. 1 (1845) 429-.
of colloids. Ambronn, H, Leip. Mth. Ps. B.

43 (1891) 28-.

and cooling of liquids. Perkins, J. Lieb. A.
22 (1837) 214-.

— crystallisation, phenomena. Bellani, A,
Brugnatelli G. 10 (1827) 190-, 253-.

experiments on sea- water and magnetic fluid.

Sanctis, B.de. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 60 (1822)199-.
and ice crystals. GaUi, I. Bm. N. Line. Mm.

11 (1895) 25-.
Leslie's process. CUmeni, — , d Diiormes,

— . A. C. 78 (1811J 183-.
machine, with Pictet's fluid. Helmholtz, H,

van. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 97-, 112-.
— , (Helmholtz). Pictet, R. Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 105 (W»)-.
— , — sulphurous acid. Pictet, R. Mon. Sc.

18 (1876) 744-.
and melting. Aitken, J. (of Darroch). [1875]

So. S. Arts T. 9 (1878) 240-.
of water. Mousson, A. Pogg. A. 105

(1858) 161-.

— — — — , causes. Dyer, J. C. [1861]
Blanch. Ph. S. P. 2 (1860-62] 43-.

in small vessel, ana geode of ice

filled with liquid. Dauger, — , <& Viquemel,
— . Fr. S. M^t. An. 11 ri863) Pt. 2. 160-.

of mercury. Anon, (vi 939) Par. £c. Pol. J.
(1« cah.) (1795) 123-.

. Waha,M.de. Lux. L Pb. 17 (1879) 191-.

, by natural cold. Hall, E. Silliman J.

31 (1837) 161-.

— metals, B^aumur's experiments. Langmire,
J. B. Thomson A. Ph. 5 (1823) 343.

and purification of water. Bizio, G, A. Sc.

Lomb. Yen. 12 (1842) 33-.
of rivers. Arago, D. F. J. Par. Bur, Long.

An. (1828) 174-.
of water. Heller, T.E. Gilbert A. 1 (1799) 474-.

. Dispan, P. Nicholson J. 15 (1806) 251-.

. Kries, F. Pogg. A. 52 (1841) 636-.

. Bou8nngault,J.B. C. B. 73 (1871) 77-.

(aerated). Maw, G. Nt. 35 (1887) 325-.

Bordas, F. C. B. 130 (1900) 805-.

— — , abnormal, and corresponding vapour
pressures. Marvin, C. F. [U. S. Chief
Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1891)] 380-.

and bismuth. Trtbe, A. C. S. J. 6

(1868) 71-.
covered with oil. De la Beche, {Sir)

H. T. Gilbert A. 71 (1822) 435-.

of water, expansion before. Bellani, A . Brug-

nateUi G. 1 (1808) 305-, 410-.
, expansive force. WiUiarm, (Ma^or) E.

[1786] Edinb. B. S. T. 2 (1790) 23-.
, . Awm. (VI 1066) QJ. Sc. 1

(1830) 194-.
, microscopic study. Link, H. F, Pogg.

A. 64 (1845) 479-.

— — , phenomena. Bizio, B. Yen. At. 6
(1860-61) 605-.

, — . Forel, F. A. [1891] Laus. S. Yd.

BU. 27 (1892) xiii-.
in pipes. Kemna, A . Brux. S. Big. Gl.

BU. (1893) (PV.) 55-.
under salt water. Wheildon, fT.

W. Am. As. P. 19 (1870) 147-.
, pure and salt. Dufour, L. Laas. Bll.

S. Yd. 4 (1854-55) 298-.
, — , or saturated with gas, rupture of

containing vessels. BartheUmy, A. A. C.

23 (1871) 89-.
on thermometers. Henrici, F. C. Pogg.

A. 47 (1839) 214-.

in vacuo. Schrdtter, A. Wien SB. 10

(1853) 527-.
, new method. Smith, James L.

Charleston South. J. Md. 1 (1846) 149-.

FREEZING POINT.

and boiling point. Groshans, J. A, Pogg. A.

78 (1849) 112- ; 79 (1850) 290-.
determination. Griffiths, E. H. [1890] Phil.

Trans. (A) 182 (1892) 43-.
— . Ponsot, A. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1897) 26-.
of some gases and liquids. Olszewski, K,

[1883] (xn) Krk. Ak. {Mt.Prz.) Bz. A Sp.

11 (1884) Lxvn-.

— liquids, specially sulphur. Gemez, D. C.

B. 82 (1876) 1151-.

— mercury. Stewart, B. Phil. Trans. (1863)
425-.

— silver. Heycock, C. T., dt Neville, F. H.
Nt. 52 (1895] 596-.

— tin, and boiling point of mercury. CrichUm,
Jos. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 15 (1803) 147-.

variation with pressure. Clausius, R. Pogg.

A. 81 (1850) 168-.
of water in capillary tubes. Sorby, H. C.

Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 105-.
, lowering by pressure. Detoar, J. B. S.

P. 30 (1880) 533-.

Frost, effects on lake of Joux. Blanehet, R.

[1854] Laus. Bll. S. Yd. 4 (1854-55) 224-.
proof water-pipes. Boys, G. V, [1881] L.

P8.S.P.5(1884)40-;Ph.Mg. 13(1882)244-.
— , rupture of lead pipes by. Coxe, J, R.

Thomson A. Ph. 7 (1816) 234.
Frozen wells. Macomber, D. O. Silliman J.

36 (1839) 184-.
of Oswego. Brocklesby, J, Am. As. P.

(1855) 175-.
Fusion. Poynting, J. H. L. Ps. S. P. 4

(1881) 271- ; Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 32-, 232.
— and solidification, duration. Sluginow, N.

P. Fschr. Ps. (1894) {Ab. 2) 296.
^, theory. BrUlouin,M. A. C. 13 (1898) 264-.

192

1810 ice

Glacier grains. Duley, R, M, Ph. Mg. 89
(1896)' 453-.

— ioe, formation from snow. Ladamet H.
Neuch. BU. 1 (1844-46) 267-.

— theory, and water and ioe pressure. Darme-
berg, R. Zwick. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (1898) 1-.

Glacier-like movement in snow particles. Aahet

W, A. Science 10 (1887) 180.
Hydrogen, solidification. Dewar, J, G. B.

129 (1899) 461-.

ICE.

alleged heating. CamelUy, T. [1880] Nt. 22
(1880) 434- ; R. S. P. 31 (1881) 284-. .

. Le ConU, (Prof.) J. Nt. 22 (1880)

608-.

. Meyer, L. Berl. B. 13 (1880) 1^1-;

14 (1881) 718-.

(Meyer). PetUrston, 0. Berl. B. 18

(1880) 2141-.

. CoUey, A. (xn) Mosc. S. Sc. BU. 41

(No. 1) (1881) 60-.
. StolyetoVf A, G. (xn) Mosc. S. Sc.

BU. 41 (No. 1) (1881) 61.

. Lodge, O. J. Nt. 23 (1881) 264-, 604-.

. CamdUy, T. Nt. 23 (1881) 341-.

. Hersehel, A. S. Nt. 23 (1881) 388-.

. Hannay, J. B, Nt. 23 (1881) 605-.

— — . Bruiel de la Rivibre, C. J, E,, d
Hatselt, A. van. Nt. 24 (1881) 4-.

. McLeod, H. Nt. 24 (1881) 2&-.

. Pettersson, 0. Stockh. Of v. 38 (1881)

No. 6, 23- ; Nt. 24 (1881) 167-.
. WHnhold, A. F. Carl Rpm. 17 (1881)

604-.
. WaUner, F. H. A. A. A. Ps. C. 13

(1881) 105-.

on bog lakes of Ireland, outlines of trees.

Chichester, — . Nicholson J. 34 (1813) 343-.
over corpse, peculiar appearance. Nicholson,

W. Nicholson J. 34 (1813) 301-.
, . Harrupj R. Nicholson J. 36

(1813) 81-.
, . Cayley, G. Nicholson J. 36

(1818) 167-.
crystalhsation. Marx, C. M. Schweigger J.

64( = J5. 24) (1828)426-.
— , and formation of bubbles in. Barthilemy,

A. C. R. 67 (1868) 798-.
density. Nichols, E. L. Ps. Rv. 8 (1899) 21-.
effect of pressure. Wood, R. W. (jun.) Am.

J. Be. 41 (1891) 30-.
expansion, bursting of hollow vessels by.

Chancel, Q.,dbMartins,C. [1869-70] Mntp.

Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 7 (1867-71) 407- ; C. R.

70 (1870) 1149-, 1251-.
filaments. Mddola, R. Nt. 21 (1880) 302.
— . Schwalhe, B. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886)

26-.
formation. Birkholz, D. A, M, Schweigger

J. 12 (1814) 400-.
— . Boui, A. Wien SB. 44 (1861) 203-.
— . Berger, J. (xn) Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr,

(1867-68) 30-.
— . Backhouse, T. W. Nt. 39 (1889) 487.
— . Karsten, G. [1893] Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr.

Sohr. 10 (1896) 64-.

Ice 1810

formation of air-bubbles in. Carpenter, W. L,
(xn) Bristol Nt. S. P. 2 (1867) 41-.

— , artificial. Aht, A. (xri) Kolozsv&r Orv.-
Term. T&rs. 6ts. [1] (1876) (Term. EsUl.)

[11]-.

— on fresh- water lakes, and origin of fissures.

Deicke, J. C. [1862] (vn) A. Ps. C. 121
(1864) 166-.

— in GrAce-Dieu cavern. Cadet de Gassicourt,
• C.L. A. C. 46 (1802) 160-.

— on rivers. Fuchs,A. Presburg Vh. 1 (1866)
(Sb.) 29-.

stUl water. SiUiman, B. SiUiman J. 3

(1821) 179-.

— and thawing, relation to temperature.
BrUnings, C. L. Amst. Vh. 2 (1816) 27-,
38-.

— , theory (Arctic Ocean). Stefan, J, Wien

Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (Ah. 2a) 966-.
ground-. PicUt, M. A. Bbv Un. 7 (1818)

304-.
— . Eisdale, — . Edinb. N. Ph. J. 17 (1884)

167-.
— . Aycke, J. C. Pogg. A. 39 (1886) 122-.
— . Adie, Rich. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 42 (1847)

243-.
— . Schwabe, H. Anhalt Vh. Nt. Vr. 6

(1847) 7-.
— . Dewey, C. SUliman J. 10 (1860) 277-.
— . Adie, Rich. 0. S. J. 16 (1862) 88-.
— . Keefer, T. C. On. J. 7 (1862) 173-.
— . Macdougall, A. Nt. 21 (1880) 612.
— . Barnes, H. T. On. R. S. P. & T. 6

(1899) (Sect. 3) 17-.
— , formation. Bulk, F, P. Froriep Not. 49

(1836) 341-.
— , — . Mohr, C. F. Pogg. A. 48 (1888) 627-.
— , — . Engelhardt, F. Mulhouse BU. S. In.

16 (1842) 63-.
— , — . Maschke, O. Pogg. A. 96 (1866) 226-.
— , — . Engelhardt, F. C. R. 61 (I860) 23-.
— , — in fresh and salt water. Edlund, E^

Stockh. Ofv. 19 (1862) 867-.
— , rivers. APKeever, T. Thomson A.

Ph. 3 (1822) 187-.
— , . Merian, P. Meisner A. 2 (1824>

6a-.

— , . Raucourt, — . J. G^n. Civ. 8^

(1830) 248-.
— , . Arago, D. F. J, Par. Bur-
Long. An. (1838) 244-.
— , . Farquharson, J. PhU. Trans..

(1836) 329- ; (1841) 37-.
— , . Adie, Rich. Ph. Mg. 6 (1868))

840- ; C. S. J. 14 (1862) 111-,
interior melting. Thomson, (Sir) W. [18681

R. S. P. 9 (1867-69) 141-.
irregular fusibUity. Faraday, M. PhU. Trans.

(1868) 228-.
land-, Greenland, motion. DrygcUski, E. von.

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898) 62-.
— , thawing. Schi^tz, O. E. N. Ts. Fs. K.

1 (1896) 241-.
machinery for making. Pieper, C, Eng. S.

T. (1882) 139-.
machines, and ice-making. Hartley, W, N^

Pop. Sc. Rv. 16 (1877) 270-.

▼OL. III.

193

N

1810 Ice

xnanafaoture. Fischer, F. Dingier 224 (1877)

165-.
melting, caase of holes in sheets. Fergtuont J,

Ph. Mg. 16 (1889) 305-.

— in contact with gases. Prytz, K, Kji)b.
Ov. (1898) 161-, 274.

near melting point. Forhet, J, D. C. B. 47

(1858) 867-.
melting point curve. Tammaim, G. [1899]

Dorpat Sb. 12 (1901) 295-.

— and softening. Meidinger, — . [1885] Karls-
ruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) (Sb.) 64-, 66.

peculiar. Clere, J, F. A. Mines 7 (1822)

15-.
properties. Helmholtz, H. Heidi. Vh. Nt.

Md. 8 (1865) 194-.
river-, floating power. Kinggmill, T, W, Nt.

86 (1887) 581.
— , thickness, etc. BrUningt, C. L, Amst.

Vh. 2 (1816) 189-.
sea water, formation. Edlund, E. Stookh.

Ofv. 20 (1863) 349-; 22 (1865) 207-.
, — and dissipation. Ashe, W, A. Science

10 (1887) 95-.
, . Boat, F. Science 10 (1887)

118-.
of skating-rink. RUter, G. Neuch. S. Sc. Bll.

12 (1880) 80-.
as solid body. Struvet F. G.W. von, St. P6t.

Ac. Sc. Bll. 4 (1845) 169-.
^structure. Bigelow, A, Silliman J. 32 (1861)

205-.
.sudden disappearance (Lake Champlain) . Olm-
sted, D, Am. As. P. (1850) 141-.
^mperature of interior of melting block.

Francis, J, B. B. A. Bp. (1884) 657-.
vesicular, stratification by pressure. Thomson,

(Sir) W, [1858] B. S. P. 9 (1857-59) 209-.

Iron, cast, flotation on molten. Overzier, L.

A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 651-.
--, — , . Centner, — . Nt. 15 (1877)

529-.

— castings, why accurate copies of mould.
MaUet, R, V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 11 (1874)
498-.

, expansion and shrinkage. West, T, D.

[1896] Am. I. Mn. E. T. 26 (1897) 165-.
— , foundry-, fusibility. West, T, D. Sc. Abs.

1 (1898) 253.

— and steel, properties at welding tempera-
tures. Wrightson, 7. [1895] Phil. Trans.
(A) 186 (1896) 593-.

Lead projectiles, supposed melting. Vieth, O.

V. A. OUbert A. 19 (1805) 244-.
— , solidifying, fracture of thermometer in.

Marx, €. M. Schweigger J. 59 (=J&. 29)

(1830) 484-.
Liquid state, conditions. CameUey, T. Nt.

22 (1880) 434-.
Melting. Egyed, M. (zn) Kolozsv^r Orv.-

Term. T4rs. Ets. [1] (1876) (Term. Szak)

[25J-.

Melting Points 1810

MELTING POINTS.

Fleury, G. C. B. 69 (1869) 545-.

MUUer, Joh. Freiburg B. 6 (1873) (Heft 2)

110^.
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 13 (1876)

11-.
Sluginov, N. P. Kazan S. Nt. (Ps.-Mth.) P.

8 (1890) 347-; Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ab. 2)

822
Le Chatelier, H. C. B. 121 (1895) 323-.
of aUoys. Zilof, P. J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 525-.

— aluminium-antimony alloy. Aubel, E. van.
J. de Ps. 7 (1898) 223-.

— bodies in contact. Lehmann, O. A. Ps. C.
24 (1885) 1-.

determination. Himly, C. F. A. [1876] A.
Ps. C. 160 (1877) 102-.

— (at various pressures). Damien, B. C. C.

B. 108 (1889) 1159-.

— . Christomanos, A. C. Berl. B. 23 (1890)

1093-.
— . Vandevyver, L, N. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 6

(1898) 129-.
of elements, relation to atomic weights. Chapel ,

~. C. B. 99 (1884) 338.

— — , — — expansion. Freuchen, P., dt
Poulsen, V. N. Ts. Fs. K. 1 (1896) 45-;

C. Ztg. 20 (1896) (Rpm.) 125.

— gold and silver. Callendar, H. L. Ph.
Mg. 33 (1892J 220-.

. Berthdot, D. C. B. 126 (1898)

473-.

under great pressure. Mack, E. 0. B. 127
(1898) 361-.

of metals, relation to atomic weight and pres-
sure. Sayno, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 25
(1892) 637-.

, expansion. Heen, P. de, Brux.

Ac. Bll. 41 (1876) 1019- ; 4 (1882) 38.

— — , . LSmeray, — . C. B. 131

(1900) 1291-.

— — , — — latent heat. Richards, J. W.
Franklin I. J. 143 (1897) 379-.

— mixtures. Kastner, K. W, G. Kastner
Arch. C. 1 (1830) 101-.

— organic substances, determination. Landolt,
H, Z. Ps. C. 4 (1889) 349-.

— refractory metals. VioUe, J. C. B. 85
(1877) 543-; 87 (1878) 981- ; 89 (1879)
702-.

relation to expansion and pressure. Sayno, A,
Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 24 (1891) 574-.

solubiHty. ^tard, A. C. B. 108 (1889)

176-.
of salts. McCrae, J. A. Ps. C. 55 (1895)

95-.
variation with pressure. Bunsen, R. W. [1850]

A. C. 35 (1852) 383-.
': Schafgotsch, F. row. Pogg. A. 102

(1857) 293-.

. BatteUi, A. Ven. L At. (1884-85)

. 1781-.

. Damien, B, C. C. B. 112 (1891)

785-.
. Barus, C. U. S. Ol. Sv. Bll.

No. 103 (1893) 57 pp.

194

1810

yariation with pressure. PouMotf A, G. B. 119

(1894) 791-.
. Heydweiller^ A. Bresl. Sohl. Gs.

Jbr. (1897) (Ah. 2a) 53.
. Vemerliac, R, J. de Ps. 7 (1898)

691-.
, bensene. Demerliac, R. C. R. 122

(1896) 1117- ; 124 (1897) 75-.
, ioe. Beck, L. C, Silliman J. 45

(1843) 49-.
, — . Thomson, {Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 37

(1850) 123-.
, — . Ooossens, B, J. Arch. N^l. 20

(1886) 449-.
, igneoas rook. Barui, C, Am. J. So.

43 (1892) 5&- ; U. S. Gl. Sv. BU. No. 96 (1892)

100 pp.; Ph. Mg. 35 (1893) 296-.
, paraffin, eto. Peddie, W. Edlnb.

R. S. P. 13 (1886) 155-.

Metals, eleotrio fusion. Batsani, C, Bv. So.-

Ind. 27 (1896J 1-.
Minerals, fusibility. Spezia, G. Tor. Ac. So.

At. 22 (1886-87) 419-.
Biiztures of 2 non-metallio substances, fusion.

Battelli, A., <t Martinetti, M, Tor. Ao. So.

At 20 (1885) 1058-.
Molecules, rearrangement after solidification.

WarnngUm.R, (yi Add».) Ph. Mg. 20 (1842)

537-.
Physical observations. Kries, F. Schweigger

J. 11 (1814) 26-.
Platinum, fusion, and congelation of mercury.

Mareet, A. Bb. Brit. 59 (1815) 274-.
Begelation. Faraday, M, B. S. P. 10 (1859-

60) 440-.
— . Brayley,E,W, B. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 450-.

— (Faraday's experiments). Thomson, (Sir)
W. [1861] B. S. P. 11 (1860-62) 198-.

— . OiU, J. [1865] Ph. Mg. 31 (L866) 119-.
— . Helmholtz, H. Aroh. So. Ps. Nt. 26

(1866) 241-.
— . La Harpe, J. de. [1866] Laus. Bll. S.

Vd. 9 (1866-68) 85-.
— . Bottomley, J. T. Nt. 5 (1872) 185.

— of ice-crystals. Hagenbach^ E. D. Nf.
Tbl. (1888) 2.

— and reorystallisation, semi-fluid condition of
aggregation. Pfaundler, L, Wien Ak. Sb.
73 (1876) (Ab. 2) 249^.

— of snow-granules. TyndaU, J. Ph. Mg*
23 (1862) 312-.

— , theory. PfaundUr, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 59

(1869) {Ah. 2) 201-.
— , — . Le Chatelier, H. C. B. 114 (1892) 62-.
Sinking of foundations, congelation process.

Reiehanbaeh, B. B. A. Bp. (1886) 799-.
shafts, congelation process. Lehreton, F.

A. Mines 8 (1885) 111-.
Skating and S. Thomson's thermodynamic re-
lation. Joly,J. Nt. 59 (1898-99) 485-.
Snow and ice under pressure below 32^ F.

Hungerford, E. Am. J. So. 23 (1882) 434-.
— , plastic. Williams, E. H. {jun,) Science

5 (1885) 189.
— , rapid melting round plants. MeUoni, M.

C. B. 6 (1838) 801-.

FoBion and Solidification Volume Cbaage 1810

Snowflakes, artificial production. Dogiel, J.

[1874] St. P^t. Ac. So. Bll. 20 (1875)

837-.
Solid state, limits. Tammann, O, Dorpat

Sb. 11 (1896) 275-; A. Ps. G. 62 (1897)

280- ; 66 (1898) 473-.
, — (Tammann). HeydweiUer, A. A.

Ps. G. 66 (1898) 1194-.
, — . Tammann, O. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)

553-, 629-; A. Ps. 2 (1900) 1-, 424 ; 3 (1900)

161-.

— water. Guthrie, Fred. [1877] B. I. P. 8
(1879) 302-.

Solidification. Dufour, L. Bb. Gn. Arch. 11
(1861) 22-; G. B. 52 (1861) 878-.

— of some liquids, temperature, and influence
of cooling on rate of reaction. Aleksiev, P.
P. [1885] Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8 (1) (1886)
li-.

certain oiganic substances. Bruner, L.

G. B. 120 (1895) 914-.

— by pressure. Hennessy, H. B. A. Bp.
(1857) {pt. 2) 25.

. Amagat, E. H. C. B. 105 (1887)

165-.

— produced by heat. Schweigger, J. G. C.
Kastner Arch. Ntl. 5 (1825) 112-.

Statical change from solid to liquid, liquid
crystals. HuUtt, G. A. Z. Ps. G. 28 (1899)
629-.

Steel, mild, fusion in interior of ingot. CarvUa,
F. J. R. I. & S. I. J. (1891) {No. 2) 67-.

Trituration of 2 solids, singular production of
cold by. Orioli, F. (vni) Bologna Opuso.
So. N. Gol. (1824) 104.

VOLUME CHANGE ON FUSION OR
SOLIDIFICATION.

Erman, A. Pogg. A. 9 (1827) 557-.
Marx, C. M. Schweigger J. 60 (=/&. 30)
(1830) 1-, 127- ; Erdm. J. Pr. G. 22 (1841)

Bischof, G. Leonhard u. Bionn N. Jb. (1843)

Bmk,F. L'l. 23 (1855) 292.

Kopp, H. Lieb. A. 93 (1855) 129- ; A. G. 47

(1856) 291-.
(alleged expansion.) Mallet, JR. B. S. P. 22

(1874) 866-; 23 (1875) 209-.
Muirhead, H. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 12 (1880)

121-.
Love, J. B. A. Bp. (1881) 564-.
Schif, R. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Mm. 18 (1888)

587-.
Battelli, A., dt Palazzo, L, Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Mm. 1 (1885) 283-.

Specified Stthstances.

benzene and naphthalene. Demerliae, R. As.

Ft. C. B. (1896) {Pt. 2) 431-.
elements. Toepler, M. A. Ps. G. 53 (1894)

348-.
formic and acetic acids. Pettersson, O. Stockh.

Ofv 36 (1879) No. 3, 53-.
granite and allied rocks. Reid^ J. [1885]
Edinb. Gl. S. T. 5 (1888) 199^. .

195

n2

1840 Saturated Vapours

igneous rock. Barus, C. Ph. Mg. 85 (1893)

17S-.
iron. WrighUon, T, B. A. Bp. (1879) 506-.
— . Howe, H. M, [1885] Am. I. Mn. E. T.

14 (1886) 400-.
— , oast. Mu8h£t, D. Tillooh Ph. Mg. 18

(1804) 1-.
•^, — . Anderion, i2., <Jt Hannay, J, B, [1879]

Edinb. B. S. P. 10 (1880) 859-.
mercury. Erman^ A, Erman Arch. Bs. 1

(1841) 821'.
metals. WhiOey, J., dt Muirhead, H. [1878]

Glasg. Ph. S. P. 11 (1879) 145-.
— . Nie$, -P., dh Winkelmann, A. [1880-88]

Munch. Ak. Sb. 11 (1881) 63-; A. Ps. C. 18

(1888) 864-.
— . VicenHni, G. [1886] Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 22

(1886-87) 28-.
— . VicentirUt G., d^ Omodei, D, Tor. Ac.

Sc. At. 22 (1886-87) 712-.
— and alloys. Wiedemann^ E. E. G. A. Ps.

C. 20 (1883) 228-.
organic compounds. HeydweiUer, A, A. Ps.

C. 61 (1897) 627-.
rocks and minerals. Joly, J. [1897] Dubl.

8. Sc. T. 6 (1898) 283-.
rubidium. Eckardt, M, A. Ps. 1 (1900) 790-.
thallium. Packer, G. N. Cim. 2 (1895) 148-.
water. Dickson, S, TUloch Ph. Mg. 7 (1800)

69-.
— . Rentier, C, F, Crell C. A. 2 (1808) 854-.
— . Beliani, A. Brugnatelli G. 1 (1808) 805-,

410-.
— . Duvemoy, G. Pogg. A. 117 (1862) 454-.

1840 Saturated Vapours. Pres-
sure; Boiling-Foints. Evapora-
tion.

(See ako Chemistry 7210 ;
Meteorology 1050.)

Adiabatic atmosphere, heat required for con-
version to existing state. U. S, Weather
Bureau. U. S. Weath. Bur. Bp. (1898-99)
(2) 750-.

AeoUpile, date. Folgheraiter, G. Bm. B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem. 1) 892-.

Air pump, conversion of water into ice by.
GroUkus, T, von, Schweigger J. 29 (1820)
75-.

, drying and freezing. Naime, E. Edinb.

Ph. J. 8 (1820) 56-.

BOILXNG-POINTS.

Fleury, O. J. Phm. 10 (1869) 244-.
Le Chatelier, H. C. B. 121 (1895) 823-.
and critical temperature. Bartoli, A, N. Cim.

16 (1884) 74- ; 20 (1886) 189-.
curves a function of chemical nature of bodies.

WUdermann, M, Berl. B. 28 (1890) 1254-,

1468-, 2146-.
determination. Handl, A,, db PHbram, JR.

[1877] Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878) (Ah. 2) 7-.

Points 1840

determination by platinum thermometer. Grif-
fiths, E.H. [1890] PhU. Trans. (A) 182 (1892)
43-.

of different liquids imder equal pressures.
Young, S. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 142- ;
Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 510-.

— ether. Bostock, J. Thomson A. Ph. 9
(1825) 196-.

fixity. Muncke, G. W. Gilbert A. 57 (1817)

203-.
high temperature, pressure-variation. Barus,

C. Ph. Mg. 29 (18^) ^^^''
highest. Puschl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1888)

(Ab, 2) 65-; Mh. C. (1887) 888-.
of homologous series. Bartoli, A.^dt Straceiati ,

E. N. Cim. 18 (1885) 107-.
, Kopp's law. Winkelmann, A, A. A.

Ps. C. 1 (1877) 430- ; Lieb. A. 204 (1880) 251-.

— hydrogen under reduced pressure. Dewar,
J. B. S. P. 64 (1899) 227-.

— liquid under any pressure, calculation.
Hinrichs, G. Z. Ps. C. 8 (1891) 840-.

— mercury, oil, etc. Heinrich, P. Schweigger
J. 1 (1811) 214-.

— organic liquids, tables for reduction to
normal pressure. Fuchs, P. Z. Angew. C.
(1898) 869-.

— ozone, and freezing point of ethylene,
measurement. Olszewski, K. Wien Ak.
Sb. 95 (\9SlUAb. 2) 258-; Mh. G. (1887) 69-.

— sulphur, determination by platinum re-
sistance thermometer. CaUendar, H. L.,
dt Griffiths, E, H. [1890] PhU. Trans. (A)
182 (1892) 119-.

variation. Bostock, J. QJ. Sc. 19 (1825) 148.
of water at different altitudes. Izam, — . C.

B. 20 (1845) 169-.

. Wisse,S. A. C. 28 (1850) 118-.

Madrid. Rico y Sinobas, M, Madrid

Bv. 7 (1857) 361-.
, and thermometric fixed points. Broch,

0. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1 (*1881)

A. 41-.

— zinc. Violle, J. C. B. 94 (1882) 720-.

— — and cadmium. Berthdot, D. C. B.
131 (1900) 880-.

Breath figure of spider's web. Latter, O. H.

[1898] Nt. 59 (1898-99) 55.
— , visibility. Du Bois-Reymond, E, Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 30-.
Bubbles, movement in levels and in liquid

enclosures in minerals. Mensbrugghe, G.

van der. Brux. Ac. BU. 44 (1877) 356-.
Change of state, vapour to liquid. BeUi, G.

BrugnateUi G. 9 (1816) 206-.
Clouds, constitution. Mensbrugghe, G. van der.

Brux. S. Sc. A. 18 (1894) {Pt. 1) 102-.

— and fogs, formation. Mensbrugghe, G. van
der, [1892] Ciel et Terre 13 (1892-98) 38-.

— , formation in charged gases. Toumsend,
J. S. Camb. Ph. S. P. 9 (1898) 244-.

— , — with ozone. Toumsend, J. S. [1899]
Camb. Ph. S. P. 10 (1900) 52-.

— in moist air, production by ultra-violet light.
Wilson, C. r. R. Camb. Ph. S. P. 9 (1898)
892-.

196

1840 Saturated Vapours

Cloads, phydoal state of water in. Beaon, L,

Bv. Sc. 4 (1895) 46-.
— , re-formation, influence of dissolved snb-

stances and of electrification. Wilson^ H, A,

Ph. Mg. 45 (1898) 454-.
Condensation, doady, and atmospheric dust,

relation. Aitkerit J, U. S. Weath. Bar.

Bll. 11 (1894) 734-.
— , — , coloared, as depending on temperatores

and dust-contents of air. Banu, C, [1893-

95] U. S. Weath. Bur. BU. 12 (1895) 104 pp. ;

Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 19-.
— , — , phenomena. Aitken^ J. B. S. P. 51

(1892) 408-.
— , comparatiye eflSoiency of + and - charged

ions as nuclei. WiUon, C. T. R, [1899]

PhU. Trans. (A) 193 (1900) 289-.
— , effect of nuclei. Tatty — . Edinh. B. S.

P. 13 (1886) 78-.

— of liquid on wet substance. SchUiermaehtr,

A. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879) 52-.

— — mercury at New Almaden, theory.
ChHMty, S. B. [1885] Am. I. Mn. E. T.
14 (1886) 206-.

— — mixture of air and steam upon cold
surfaces. Reynolds, 0. B. S. P. 21 (1873)
275-.

— in steam pipes, prevention of heat loss.
Russner, «/. Dingier 310 (1898) 4-.

— at surface. Anon, (vi 315) Cuyper Bv.
Un. 11 (1862) 572-.

— of vapours. Cantor, M. A. Ps. G. 56 (1895)
492-.

and cooling of liquids. X. Brux. J.

S. Ag. 7 (1860) 150-.

— — — auring expansion or compression.
Duprg, A, G. B. 56 (1863) 960-.

. dlausius, R. G. B. 56

(1863) 1115-.
, and their saturation, temperatures.

Duhem, P. C. B. 102 (1886) 1548-.
water vapour in dust-free gases. Wilson,

C. T. R. Phil. Trans. (A) 189 (1897)

265-:

— — — — during expansion. Sbrana, 8.
Bv. Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)] 214-.

Gondensers, counter-current. Schwager, J, Z.

Yr. Biibenzuckin. 42 (1892) 396-.
Gryophorus. WoUaston, W, H. [1812] Phil.

Trans. (1813) 71-.

— (Wollaston's). Silliman, B. Silliman J. 7
(1824) 140-.

— , sulpnurous acid. Thomson, {Sir) W, Edinb.

B. S. P. 10 (1880) 442-.

Distillation, fractional. Thorpe, T. E, G. S.

J. 35 (1879) 544-.
— , mercury in barometer. Hallock, W, Science

11 (1888) 314.
— , vacuo, Dunstan, W. R,,d; Dymond,

T, S. L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 348- ; Ph. Mg.

29 (1890) 367-.
— , metals at low pressures. Kahlbaum, G. W,

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 30 (1893) 359-.
Ether, peculiar behaviour of vapour in presence

of air. WUUner, A. Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs.

(1868) 4-.

Evaporation 1840

EVAPOBATION.

Wutar, C. [1796] Am. Ph. S. T. 4 (1799)

72-.
Dalum, J. [1801] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 5

(1802) 535-.
Carradon, O. A. G. 42 (1802) 65-.
(Dalton.) Gilbert, L. W. Gilbert A. 15 (1803)

144-.
Gay-Lussac, L, J. Arcueil Mm. Ps. 1 (1807)

204-.
CotU, L. J. de Ps. 68 (1809) 434-; 70 (1810)

206-.
Wright, E. Gonn. Mm. Ac. 1 (1810) 69-.
BeUani, A. Brugnatelli O. 9 (1816) 102-,

188-, 250-, 417- ; 10 (1817) 348-, 422-; 3

(1820) 16&-.
DanieU, J, F. QJ. Sc. 17 (1824) 46-.
Bostock, J. QJ. Sc. 18 (1825) 312-.
Johnson, W. R. Silliman J. 21 (1832) 304-.
Rudberg, F, Pogg. A. 34 (1835) 257-.
Prechtl, J. J, Pogg. A. 35 (1835) 198-.
Espy, J. P. Franklin I. J. 22 (1838) 74-.
Lubbock, J. W. Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 434-, 510-,

562-; 17 (1840) 272-, 467-, 488-.
QLiubbock.) Ivory, J. Ph. Mg. 20 (1842) 46-.
Hunt, E. B. Am. As. P. (1853) 8-.
Marcet, F, Bb. Un. Arch. 22 (1853) 305- ; G.

B. 36 (1853) 339-.
Babington, B. G. [1859] B. S. P. 10 (1859-60)

127-.
Ruinet, — . Par. A. Pon. Ghauss. 20 (1860)

160—
Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 1 (1864) 183-.
SUfan, J, Wien Sb. 68 (1873) {Ab, 2) 385-.
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 13 (1876) 49-.
Baumgartner, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 75 (1877)

(Ab. 2) 313-.
Cantoni, G. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 10 (1877)

842—
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU. 1 (1877)

170-.
Bartoli, A. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 10 (1878) 14-.
Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 12 (1879)

941-.
Sreznevskii, B, I. (xn) Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 14

(Ps.) (1882) [{Pt. 1)] 420-, 483-; 15 (P«.,

Pt. 1) (1883) 1-.
Lang, C. Glasg. I. Eng. T. 32 (1889) 279-.
Russell, T. U. S. Bily. Weath. Bv. 18 (1890)

290.
and absorption, laws. TaU, T, Ph. Mg. 23

(1862) 126-, 283-; 25 (1863) 331-.
in air in movement. Houdaille, F, As. Fr.

G. B. (1886) {Pt. 2) 319-.
amount as measure of mean temperature.

MUller-Erzbach, W. Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

575-.
apparatus, calculation of heating surfaces.

Claassen, H, Z. Vr. Biibenzuckin. 48 (1898)

[Th, 2) 370-.
by aspiration. Buff, H. Lieb. A. 18 (1836) 1-.
— atmospheric heat. Tellier, — . As. Fr. G.

B. (1887) {Pt. 2) 889-.
in boilers. SwarU, — de. G. B. 115 (1892)

334—.
. ' Hervitr, — . G. B. 116 (1893) 688-.

197

1840

Evaporation

1840

of brine by Picoard's apparatus. Bateau^ A.

A. Mines 14 (1888) 877-.
and capillarity, freezing of water by. Decharme^

C, Les Mondes 87 (1875) 898-.
from capillary tubes. Magnus, G, Pogg. A. 26

(1882) 463-.
causes which modify. LavcU, E. [1879]

Bordeaux S. So. Mm. 8 (1880) 1-.
by cold. Mitehill, S. L. GUbert A. 11 (1802)

474-.
hi cold air. Wi$tar,C. [1787] Am.Ph.S. T.8

(1798) 125-.
by compressed air. Simhtey A. 0. Aost. As.

Rp. (1890) 738.
and condensation. Taitt — . Edinb. B. S. P.

18 (1886) 91-.
, forces caused by. Reynolds, O. B. S.

P. 22 (1874) 401-.
•^ — , (Beynolds). Crookes, W, C.

N. 80 (1874) 24-.
cooling due to. Configliachi, P. Brugnatelli G.

4 (1811) 208-, 287-.
. Mareet, A. Phil. Trans. (1818)

252-.
. Dove, H, W, Pogg. A. 19 (1880)

856-.
. Bischof, Q. Pogg. A. 87 (1886)

259-.
in current of air. Montgolfier, J, M, A. G. 76

(1810) 34-.
decreasmg in geometrical progression. Havrez ,

P. A. G^n. Civ. 8 (1874) 520-, 545-.
dendritic patterns caused by. Bryan, G. H.

Nt. 58 (1898) 174.
. RaUin, C, A, Nt. 58 (1898)

224.
dependence on form and size of containing

vessel. Kleiber, I. A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 20

(Ps.) (1888) 62-.

— — surface exposed. Beisehauer, C. [G.]
Poffg. A. 114 (1861) 177-.

and diffusion. OdUng, W. B. I. P. 7 (1878)

155-.
, influence of temperature. Winkelmann,

A. A. Ps. C. 86 (1889) 98-.

— dissociation. Ramsay, W., dt Young, 8.
[1887] Bristol Nt. S. P. 5 (1888) 298-.

, change of state at all temperatures.

Ramsay, W., db Young, S. L. Ps. S. P. 8

(1887) 194- ; Ph. Mg. 28 (1887) 485-; L. Ps.

8. P. 9 (1888) 88-; Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) 196-.
diurnal period. Ragona, D. Moncalieri Oss.

BU. 5 (1885) 201- ; 6 (1886) 121-.
and electricity, connexion. Rowell, G, A.

(VI Adds.) Ph. Mg. 20 (1842) 45-.
energy. Ule, W. Met. Z. 8 (1891) 91-.
expansion during. Sollas, W. J. Nt. 21

(1880) 492-.
under external force. Kistjakovskij, V, Bs.

Ps.-C. 8. J. 29 {Ps.) a897) 273-; Fschr.

Mth. (1897) 815; Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 80 (Ps.)

(1898) 139-.
force required for. Magnus, G. Pogg. A. 61

(1844) 24a-.
of fresh and salt water. PeUetreau, — . As.

Fr. C. B. (1888) (Pt. 2) 175-.
without fusion. Meyer, L. Beri. B. 13 (1880)

1881- ; 14(1881)718-.

under high gas pressure. SckiUer, N. Bs.

Ps.-C. 8. J. 29 (Ps.) (1897) 7-; J. de Ps. 6

(1897) 610- ; A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 755-.
incipient. Woodhouse, J. T. Edinb. Ph. J. 86

a844) 888-.
influence of electricity. VolpiceUi, P. Bm.

At. B. Ac. 25 (1872) 68-.
. ReitUnger,—. D. Nf. Tbl. (•1875)

. Maseart, E. E. N. C. B. 86 (1878)

575-.

. Wirtz,W. A. Ps. C. 87 (1889) 516-.

high temperature. Longehamp, — . Bv.

8c. 15 (1847) 92-.
pressure. Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. C. 88

(1888)445-.
. HaU, E. H. J. Ps. C. 8 (1899)

452-.
Bontgen rays. Pasquini, E, N. Cim. 11

(1900) 183-.
sunlight. Heller, T. E. Gilbert A. 4

(1800) 210-.
sur&ce tension. Miles, M. Am. As. P.

(1893) 347-.
weight of vapour, etc. Blasius, E. A.

Ps. C. 40 (1890) 691-.
internal. PeUoggio, P. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 1

(1868) 718-.
of lake. Hajech, C. Bfil. I. Lomb. Bd. 8

(1870)^785-.
laws. HoudaiUe, ^. C. B. 100 (1885) 170- ;

As. Fr. C. B. (1885) {Pt. 2) 289-.
^. SchaU, C, db Kossakowsky, L. Z. Ps. C.

8 (1891) 158-, 241-.
in limitea atmosphere. Lami, P. N. Cim. 5

(1897) 27-.
from limited to unlimited atmosphere. Lesage,

P. As. Fr. C. B. (1893) (Pt. 2) 327-.
limits. Bellani, A. Poligrafo 10 (1832) 161-.

Measurement.

Kume, M. F. Wien Met. Z. 15 (1880) 21- ; 16

(1881) 30-.
FortUoni, C. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 14 (1881)

356-.
Carl, P. Cari Bpm. 18 (1882) 630-.
GaUi, D. /. Bm. N. Line. At. 40 (1887) 84.
Geleich. E. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 47-.
Emmerling, A. [1893] Sohl. -Hoist. Nt. Vr.

8chr. 10 (1895) 114.
Gain, I. Bm. N. Line. At. 52 (1899) 157- ;

Bm. N. Line. Mm. 17 (1900) 165-.
by atmometer. Miihry, A. Pogg. A. 113

(1861) 305-.
. Le Blanc, (le It.) C. M. Bv. Mar. et

Col. 132 (1897) 830-.

and melting, cooling due to. Cantoni, G. Mil.

L Lomb. Bd. 13 (1880) 242-.
of mercury in barometer by sun's rays. Messier,

C [1797] Par. Mm. de VI. 2 (179&-99) 478-.
Montgolfier's process. CUment, — , cf D€sormes,

— . A. C. 76 (1810) 34-.
. Saint- Amand, — . Nicholson J. 29

(1811) 138-.
. Schweigger, J. S. C. Schweigger J. 2

(1811) 8-.

198

1840

Saturated Vapours

1840

natural. FitzGerald, D. Am. S. CE. T. 15

(1886) 581-.
from open, circolar basin. Pallich^ J. von,

Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) {Ab. 2a) 384-.
rate. Trabert, W, Met. Z. 13 (1896) 261-.

— in boilerg. HaUm de la Goupilli^re, J. N.
C. R. 112 (1891) 977", 1036-.

— below boiling point. Heen, P. de. Bnix.
Ac. BU. 21 (1891) 11-, 214-, 798-.

— in dosed space. Lesage, P, As. Fr. C. B.
(1895) (Pt. 2) 381-.

— , inflaenoe of radiant heat. HoudaiUe^ — .

As. Fr. C. R. (1889) (Pt. 2) 363-.
— , temperature. Bawngartner^ G. Wien

Ak. Sb. 75 (1877) (Ah. 2) 679-.

— and molecular weight, relation between.
SchaU, J. F. C. Berl. B. 16 (1883) 3011-;
17 (1884) 1044-.

and solution, comparative study. Heerif P. de.

Brux. Ac. BU. 23 (1892) 136-.
of spirit of different degrees of strength.

Ritchie, W, Thomson A. Ph. 16 (1820) 215-.

— substance in different states. Moutier, J.
C. R. 76 (1873) 1077- ; A. C. 1 (1874) 343-.

and surface tension, common cause. Mens-
brugghe, G. van der. C. R. 115 (1892)
1059- ; Brux. Ac. Bll. 24 (1892) 543-; 25
(1893) 233- ; 26 (1893) 37- ; Brux. 8. So.
A. 17 (1893) (Pt. 1) 53- ; 18 (1894) (Pt. 1)
49-.

— — — and ebullition, mechanical theory.
Mensbrugghe, G. van der, Brux. Ac. BU. 9
(1885) 346-; 10 (1885) 405-.

tests on land boUers. Thomson, G, C, [1894]

Glasg. I. Eng. T. 38 (1895) 95-.
theory. Herapath, J, Thomson A. Ph. 7

(1824) 349-.
— . Tredgold, T, TUloch Ph. Mg. 67 (1826)

45-.
— . Poggendorff, J. C, Pogg. A. 35 (1835)

202-.
— . Parat, D. R. S. P. 4 (1843) 473.

— of surface conditions. Fuchs, K, Exner
Rpm. 24 (1888) 141-.

in tubes, influence of velocity. HaUiday, G,

Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 30, 267-.
utUisation of heat of vapour. CUment, — , dt

DSgormes, — . J. Mines 30 (1811) 151-.
in vacuo, Marum, M, van, GUbert A. 1 (1799)

145-.
. Flaugergues, H. J. de Ps. 75 (1812)

250-.

— vessels of copper, iron and lead. Napier ^
J. R, Glasg. Ph. 8. P. 3 (1848-53) 291-.

of water. Hudson, H, 8ym. Met. Mg. 6 (1871)

166-.
. Sonklar von Innstaedten, C, A, Innsb.

Nt. Md. B. 4 (1874) 164-.
. Violi, A, MU. I. Lomb. Rd. 14 (1881)

576-.
, and absorption of water vapour by solu-
tions. Guglielmo, G, Tor. Ac. 8c. At. 17

(1881) 54-.
affected by neighbourhood of aqueous

solutions. Beyerinck, M, W, Z. Ps. C. 9

(1892) 264-.
: . Lehmann, 0, Z. Ps.

C. 9 (1892) 671-.

of water, causes. Dyer, J, C [1861] Manch.

Ph. 8. P. 2 (1860-62) 43-.
at high temperatures. Klaproth, M, H,

Soherer J. C. 7 (1801) 646-.
— — by hot air. CUment, — . A. C. 79

(1811) 84-.
in open air. Masure, F, A. Agn. 11

(1885) 289-, 345-.

Expansion of air saturated with steam. Hagens,

H, Giving. 21 (1875) 175-.
elastic fluids, law. Prony, R, de. Par,

ic. Pol. J. 2« Cah, (1795) 24-.

— — gas in contact with liquid (letter to
DanieU). Gay-Lussac, L, J, QJ. 8c. 20
(1826) 294-.

saturated with vapour. Moutier, J,

Par. 8, Phhn. BU. 4 (1880) 90-.
isolated steam and total heat of steam.

Siemens, C. W, FrankUn I. J. 24 (1852)

361-.
Gases, properties, and distinction from vapours.

Reypens, J, H. Louvain A. Ac. 4 (1822)

80 pp.
Heating of water, Williams's theory. Meidinger,

H. Dingier 161 (1861) 1-.
HypsoiQotry, barometric. Gilbert, G. K, [1877]

Smiths. Misc. Col. 20 (1881) Art, 2, 131-.

(Wash. Ph. 8. BU. 2 (1880).)
Iceland spar, motions of Uquid in cavities.

Sang, E, [1873] Edinb. R. 8. P. 8 (1875)

87-.
, (Sang). Tait, P. O.

[1874] Edinb. R. 8. P. 8 (1875) 247-.
, (— ). Swan, W. [1874]

Edinb. R. 8. P. 8 (1875) 249-.
Isopentane, physical constants. Young, S,, d

Thomas, G, L, L. Ps. 8. P. 13 (1895) 666-.
Liquefaction of steam in cylinder of engine

working expansively. Rankine, W, J, M,

Glasg. T. I. Eng. 5 (1861-62) 61-.
Liquids, heating by vapour. Giordano, G,

Nap. Rd. 9 (1870) 59-.
— , nature, shown oy stable and dissociable

bodies. Ramsay, W., db Young, S, [1886]

L. Ps. 8. P. 8 (1887) 127- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887)

129-.
Manometer for vapours, mercurial. Zavaglia,

S, (xn) Rv. Sclnd. 5 (1873) 189-.
Manometrio thermometer for boUers. Clement,

— . (YiAdds,) Majocchi A. Fis. C. 13 (1844)

53-.
Maximum electricity and density of steam.

Morton, A, [1896] Glasg. I. Eng. T. 40

(1897) 11-.

— tension of vapours of some liquids, and their
coefficients of expansion. Naccari, P,, d
Pagliani, S, Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 16 (1880)
407-.

Molecular force, radius and boUing point.
Hall, T, P, Science 21 (1893) 145.

— weight, determination by alteration of
freezing and boiUng points. Raoult, — .
Rv. Sc. 2 (1894) 321-.

199

1840

Saturated Vapours

1840

PBESSUBE.

Mayer, J. T. [1809] O&tt. Cm. 1 (1808-11)

40 pp.
DeapreU, C. A. G. 16 (1821) 105-.
Preehtl, J. J. Baumgartner Z. 1 (1826)

88a-.
Tregaskis, R. Edinb. J. So. 10 (1829) 282.
Anon, (VI 977) Phm. Cb. 5 (1884) 65-.
Soret, J. L. Bb. Un. Arch. 18 (1850) 100- ;

14 (1850) 26-.
Regnatdt, V, B. S. P. 6 (1858) 298-.
RanHne, W, J. M. (yi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 10

(1855) 255-, 334-.
Regnault, V. G. B. 50 (1860) 1063-.
Bloxam, J. C. [1864] Br. Met. S. P. 2 (1865)

41-.
Fabian, O. Garl Bpm. 12 (1876) 397-.
Mimdenr, P. de, G. B. 90 (1880) 1158-, 1423-.
Kraevich, K, D. (xn) Be. Pa.-C. S. J. 14 (P».)

(1882) [(Pt. 1)] 141-.
Sarrau, E, G. B. 101 (1885) 994-.
Duhem, P, G. B. 103 (1886) 1008-.
Antoine, C. A. G. 22 (1891) 281-.
Colot, E, G. B. 114 (1892) 653-.
and boiling and freezing points, relations.

KSnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1894-95) 28-.
of condensed gases. Bunsen, R, W. Pogg.

A. 46 (1839) 97-.
curve. Thiesen, M. J. Ps. G. 1 (1896-97)

583.
curves, comparison. Mondetir, P. de, C, B.

90 (1880) 360-, 528-.
and density. Muncke, G. W, Schweigger J.

22 (1818) 1-.
. Grotrian^ 0., dt WUUnsr, A, A. Ps. G.

11 (1880) 545-.
formala and law of rectilinear diameter.

Bakker, G. Z. Ps. G. 18 (1895) 645-.
at high temperatures. Nadeidin, A, I. [1885]

Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8 (1) (1886) Ixxxu-.
of homologous series. Winkelmann, A, A, A.

Ps. G. 1 (1877) 430- ; Lieb. A. 204 (1880)

251-.
inequality for emission from different states of

a substance. MouHer, J, Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 2 (1878) 247-.
influence of change of state. Ramsay, W.,

d Young, S, [1884] Phil. Tians. 176

(1885) 461-.
electrification. Blondlot, R. J. de Ps.

3 (1884) 442-.
relative volume of liquid and vapour.

Young, S, L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 271- ;

Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 569-.

MEASUREMENT.

BeUi, G. Brescia Gm. (1833) 55-.
Moser, J. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1878) 868-.
Naunumn, A, Berl. B. 11 (1878) 33-.
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU. 4 (1880) 86-.
Lehmann, O, [1881] (xn) Z. Instk. 2 (1882)

77-.
Ramsay, W„ db Young, S. C, S. J. 47 (1885)

42-.
KaMbaum, G,W,A. Basel Vh. 9 (1893) 573- ;

D. Nf. Vh. (1894) (Th, 2, HdlfU 1) 75-; Z.

Ps. G. 13 (1894) 14-; 26 (1898) 577-.
Kelvin, (Lard), Nt. 55 (1896-97) 295-.
GaU, R. Z. Ps. G. 33 (1900) 178-.
accuracy of balance method. MUUer-Ergbaeh,

W. A. Ps. G. 25 (1886) 357-.
acoustic method. Doppler, C, Wien SB.

(1849) (Ab, 2) 156-.
dynamic. Tammann, G, A. Ps. G. 33 (1888)

322-.

— and static. Kahlbaum, G. W, A. Berl. B.
18 (1886) 3146-.

(Kahlbaum). Ramsay , W., db Young,

S, Berl. B. 19 (1886) 69-.
. Kahlbaum, G. W. A, Aich. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 24 (1890) 351-.
graphical method. Rankine, fT. J, M, Giving.

12 (1866) 223-.
by manometer. Kelvin, {Lord), Edinb. B. S.

P. 21 (1897) 429-.
microscopical, in very small vessels. Lehmann,

0. Z. Kr. 12 (1887) 406-.
by rate of evaporation. MUller-Erzbach, W,

A. Ps. G. 31 (1887) 1040-.
(Muller-Erzbach). SehuUe, JR.

A. Ps. G. 32 (1887) 329-.
. MiUler-Erzhaeh, W. A. Ps. G.

34 (1888) 1047- ; D. Nf. Vh. (1890) {Th. 2)

18-; Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 88-.

relation to internal friction. Heen, P. de.

Brux. Ac. Bll. 10 (1885) 251-.
strength of electric field. Sokolov, A. P.

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 26 {Ps,) (1894) 311-; Pschr.

Ps. (1894) {Ab. 2) 330.
over solids and liquids. Fischer, W, A. Ps.

G. 28 (1886) 400-.
of solids and liquids, transition between.

Ramsay, W., dt Young, S. L. Ps. S. P. 8

(1887) 119- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 61-, 138.

— substance in solid and liquid states. Ponsot,
A. G. B. 119(1894)791-.

, apparatus for showing

that they are not same. Gemez, — . Par.
S. Ps. S^. (1888) 189-.

traces of impurity. Tammann, O. A. — at same temperature.

Ps. G. 32 (1887) 683-.
internal, and fundamental equation. Sandrucci,

A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 (1887) {Sem, 1)

489-.
isobars. Battelli, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2

(1893) {Sem, 1) 171-.
isothermals. Schiller, N. A. Ps. G. 53 (1894)

396-.
and latent heat, laws. Clausius, R, Pogg. A.

82 (1851) 274-.

Ramsay, W., db Young, S. B. A. Bp. (1884)

622-.
in terms of critical constants. Guye, P. A,

[1892] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 29 (1893) 96-.
theoretical determination. Rudanowsky, A. P.

Fschr. Ps. (1890) {Ab. 2) 244-.
in vacuo and in gases. Regnault, V, C, B.

39 (1854) 301-. 345-, 397-.
variation near critical point. Raveau, — . Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1893) 57-.

200

1840 Pressure of Vapours

imd voloine. Clautiui, JR. A. Ps. C. 14 (1881)
279^, 692- ; C. R. 93 (1881) 619-.

. Lungot C. dd, am, B. Ao. Line. Bd.

7 (1891) (Sem, 1) 141-.,

SPECIFIED VAPOURS.

acetic acid. Moutier.J, [1880] Par. S.Phlm.

Bll. 5 (1881) 31-.
amyl alcohol. Qraasi, G. Nap. Bd. 26 (1887)

148-.
argon. Eamsay, W., dt Young ^ S, [1895] Phil.

Trans. (A) 186 (1896) 267-.
benzene. Ferche, J, A. Ps. C. 44 (1891)

266-.
carbon dioxide. BUuema^ P. Bm. B. Ao.

Line. Bd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 2) 366-.
chloral. Enga^ jR., dt Moitessier^ A. C. B.

90 (1880) 97-.
<3janogen. ChappuU^ J., dt RivHret C, C. B.

104 (1887) 1604- ; A. C. 14 (1888) 286-.
ether. Gay-Lutsac, L. J. Gilbert A. 29 (1808)

113-.
— , table for. ZeuneTf G, Ziir. Vjsohr. 8

(1863) 160-.
ice and water. Boldrinit C. (vi Adds.) Bm.

Cot. Sc. 4 (1866) 239-.
mercury. Avogadro, A. [1831] Tor. Mm.

Ac. 36 (1833) 216-.
— . Benedix, A. Fogg. A. 92 (1864) 632-.
— . Regnault, C. C. B. 73 (1871) 1462-.
— . Hageriy E. B. A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 610-.
— . Hertz, H. R. A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 193-.
— . Rayleigh, (Lord). B. A. Bp. (1882) 441.
— . McLeod, H. B. A. Bp. (1883) 443-.
— . Ranuay, W., dt Young, S. C. S. J. 49

(1886) 37-.
— . Morley, E. W. Am. As. P. (1890) 91-.
— (0° to 100°). Pfaundler, L. A. Ps. C. 63

(1897) 36-.
T-. Cailletet, L., Colardeau, — , dt Riviire,

-. C. B. 130 (1900) 1686-.
— , and its diffusibUity. Biot, — . Nf&oon Ac.

A. 12 (1896) 108-.
— , effect on barometer. Shortrede, R. As. S.

M. Not. 26 (1866) 307.
— , measurement by rate of evaporation. MiUUr-

Erzbach, W. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 127-.
organic liquids. Wiillner, A. Bonn SB. Niedr.

Os. (1866) 66-.
oxygen. Estreicher, T. [1896] Krk. Ak. (Mt.-

Prz.) Bz. 10 (1896) 140- ; Ph. Mg. 40 (1896)

464-.
sulphuric acid. Perkins, C. A. Am. J. So.

40 (1890) 301-.

Water Vapour.

Arzherger, J. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 1 (1819)

144-.
Avogadro, A. Brugnatelli G. 2 (1819) 187-.
Creighton, W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 63 (1819)

266-.
AuguAi, E. F. Pogg. A. 13 (1828) 122-.
(at high temperatures.) Arago, D. F. J., dt

DuUmg, — . Par. Bll. S. Encour. 29 (1830)

296-.

Water Vapour 1840

(at high temperatures.) OSrard, — . Edinb.

J. Sc. 3 (1830) 90-.
( .) Anon, (vi 693) G. Arcad. 46

(1830) 1-.
( .) Dulong, P. L. (vi Adds.) Par.

Mm. Ao. So. 11 (1832) 897-.
Egen, P. N. C. Pogg. A. 27 (1833) 9-.
Biot, J. B. C. B. 12 (1841) 160-.
(-6^-6 to 104^-6 C.) Magnus, G. BerL B.

(1843) 282-.

Apjohn, Jas. Jr. Ac. P. 2 (1844) 104-.
Magnus, G. Pogg. A. 61 (1844) 226-.
Majocchi, G. A, (vi Adds.) Majocohi A. Fis.

C. 16 (1844) 226-.
Regnault, V. A. 0. 11 (1844) 273- ; G. B. 18

(1844) 637-.

(at low temperatures.) Muncke, G. W. Pogg.

A. 67 (1846) 376-.
(about zero.) Kirehhoff, G. Pogg. A. 108

(1868) 206-.
(at zero.) Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 12

(1876) dS-.
Brock, 0. J. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 1

(•1881) A. 17-.
(up to 200 atmospheres.) Antoine, C. C. B.

113 (1891) 328-.
Hinriehs, G. Z. Ps. C. 8 (1891) 680-.
(-60°to+20°C.) JuWin. J. [1891] Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. Bh. 17 {Afd. 1) (1892) No. 1,

72 pp. ; Fschr. Ps. (1891) (Ah. 2) 361-.
Antoine, —. G. B. 116 (1893) 870-.
(82** to 100°.) Wiebe, H. F. Z. Instk. 18

(1893) 329-.
(below zero.) Thiesen, M. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899)

690-.
(-12° to +26°.) Thiesen, if., dt Scheel, K.

Berl. Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 3 (1900) 71-.
in presence of hygroscopic substances. MHUer-

Erzbach, W. Carl Bpm. 17 (1881| 662-.
Begnault's experiment, temperature determina-
tions in. Bosscha, J. Amst. Vs. Ak. 6 (1871)

(Ntk.) 332-; Arch. N6erl. 7 (1872) 117-.
, uncertainty below 100°. Wild,H. [1893]

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 36 (1894) 1-.
— table, corrections. Moritz,A. [1864-69] St.

P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 13 (1866) 41-; 14 (1870)

80-.
table for. Zeuner, G. Sch. Pol. Z. 8 (1863)

1-.

Fliegner, A. Giving. 20 (1874) 441-.

each T+y° from 93° to 101° G. Crahay,

J. G. Brux. Ac. Bll. 16 (1848) (pte. 2)

363-.

PRESSURE TEMPERATURE RELATION
FOR SATURATED VAPOURS.

Tregaskis, R. Edinb. J. Sc. 10 (1829) 72-.
Bary, E. G. B. 20 (1846) 1674-.
Russell, J. S. Edinb. B. S. P. 1 (1846) 227-.
[Shtyrtrede non] Shortreed, R. B. S. P. 6 (1848)

738-.
Waterston, J. J. B. A. Bp. (1863) {pt. 2) 11-.
Rankine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 8 (1864) 680-.
Coste, L. M. P. G. B. 43 (1866) 90-.
Groshans, J. A. Pogg. A. 104 (1868) 661-.
Buff, H. Lieb. A. 2 (1863) (Suppl. Bd.) 187-.
Nlkolcu, L. (xn) Kazan Un. Mm. 4 (1868) 497-.

201

1840 Pressure Temperature Relations

Spheraidai State 1840

Herrmann, E. Wien Sb. 64 (1871) (Ah. 2)

623-.
Mauieu, F. G. B. 75 (1872) 872-.
St. Loup, L. A. C. 27 (1872) 211-.
Winkelmann, A. A, Miinch. Ak. Sb. 9 (1879)

371- ; A. Ps. C. 9 (1880) 208-. 358-.
PicUt, R. C. R. 90 (1880) 1070-.
Heen, P. de. Bruz. Ac. BU. 11 (1886) 165

(his)-.

Koldcek, F. A. Ps. G. 29 (1886) 347-.
Unwin, W. C. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 22-; Ph.

Mg. 21 (1886) 299-.
Antoine, C. G. B. 107 (1888) 681-, 778-,

886-.
Bartoliy A,, dt Straeciati, E, [1889] Gatania

Ac. Oioen. At. 2 (1890) 1-.
Saloff, N. de, G. B. 109 (1889) 663-.
Heen, P. de. Brax. Ac. Bll. 19 (1890) 394-.
Laar, J. J. van. Z. Ps. G. 11 (1893) 433-.
Kraevii,K.D. Ph. Mg. 37 (1894) 38-.
(Kraevie.) FitzGeraU, G. F. Ph. Mg. 37

(1894) 89.
Dannan, F. G. Nt. 52 (1895) 619.
Bakker, G. [1895] Nt. 53 (1895-96) 79.
Bogaevskij, L. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 29 (Ps.) (1897)

87-; Fsohr. Ps. (1897) {Ab. 2) 176.
Sehlemailer, W. Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1897)

(Ah. 2a) 9-.
Moulin, [H.] Par. S. Ps. S^. (1900) 160-.
Biot's law, and law of corresponding boiling

points. Mewes, R. Dingier 315 (1900)

424-.
Dalton's law. Laval, E. Bordeaux S. Sc.

Mm. 5 (1883) 107-.
, modification. Heen, P. de. Bnix. Ac.

BU. 9 (1885) 281-.

Determination of -^. Perot, A. G. B. 104

(1887) 1366-.
Deviation from laws of elastic fluids. Water-

sum, J. J. Ph. Mg. 14 (1857) 279-.
Dupr^ and Rankine's formula. Juliushurger,

P. A. Ps. 3 (1900) 618-.
Esters. Nadezdin, A. Exner Bpm. 23 (1887)

759-.
Begnanlt's law. Dupr^, A. G. B. 58 (1864)

806-.

Water Vapour.

Dalton, J. [1801] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 5 (1802)

535-.
(Dalton*8 experiments.) Soldner, J. Gilbert

A. 17 (1804) 44-; 25 (1807) 411-.
Roche, — . QJ. Sc. 2 (1829) 168-.
Biot, J. B. L'l. 1 (1833) 223-.
(Dulong's formula.) Spassky, M. Pogg. A.

30 (1833) 331-.
Farey, J. GE I. T. 1 (1836) 85-.
Wehster, T. GE. I. T. 1 (1836) 219-.
Mossotti, O. F. Mod. S. It. Mm. 21 (1837) 335-.
Wrede, F. J. Sk. Nf . F. 2 (1840) 242- ; Pogg.

A. 53 (1841) 225-.
Strehlke, F. Pogg. A. 58 (1843) 334-.
Holtzmann, C. H. A. Pogg. A. 67 (1846)

382-.
Alexander, J. H. Silliman J. 6 (1848) 210-,

817-.

RanHne, W. J. M. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 47 (1849)

28-.
Curr, J. B. S. P. 5 (1850) 941-, 960.
Kessler, F. Danzig ^ohr. 6 (Heft 4) (1862)

34 pp.
(Alexander's formula.) Potter, R. Ph. Mg.

29 (1865) 98-.
Edmonds, T. R. Ph. Mg. 29 (1865) 169-.
Cazin, A., dt Him, G, A. (u) Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 4 (1867) 19-.
Duperray, J. G. G. B. 72 (1871) 723-.
Morton, A. (x) Glasg. I. Eng. T. 14 (1871)

203-.
Bertrand, J. G. B. 105 (1887) 389-.
Kraevic, K. D. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 20 (Ps.) (1888)

39.
Colard, O. Bv. Un. Mines 27 (1894) 106.
Manaira, A. N. Gim. 1 (1895) 365-.
Tumlirz, O. Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) (Ah. 2a}

1059- .
Gnusin, D. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll. 96 (No. 1) (1899>

10-; Fschr. Ps. (1899) (Ab. 2) 376-.

Pumping hot water. Coles, H. J. I. GE. P*

75 (1884) 211-.
Saturation, theory of law. Planck, M, A. Ps»

G. 13 (1881) 535-.

SPHEROIDAL STATE.

Klaproth, M. H. Scherer J. G. 7 (1801) 646-.
Ddbereiner, J. W. A. G^n. Sc. Ps. 4 (1820>

263 ; Schweigger J. 29 (1820) 43-.
Muncke, G. W. Pogg. A. 13 (1828) 235-.
Fischer, N. W. Pogg. A. 19 (1830) 614- ; 21

(1831) 163-.
Muncke, G. W. Pogg. A. 22 (1831) 208-.
Buff, H. Pogg. A. 25 (1832) 591-.
Baudrimont, A. A. G. 61 (1836) 319- ; G. B.

1 (1836) 290-.
Laurent, A. G. B. 3 (1836) 149- ; A. G. 62

(1836) 327-.
Boutigny, P. H. Eure Bee. S. Ag. 10 (1839>

362-; G. B. 10(1840)397-.
Desmarest, J. L. J. Phm. 26 (1840) 746-.
Emsmann, H. Pogg. A. 2 (1840) 444-.
Boutigny, P. H. Eure Bee. S. Ag. 1 (1841>

167-.
Marchand, R. F. Erdm. J. Pr. G. 23 (1841>

137-.
Person', C. C. G. B. 15 (1842) 492-.
Boutigny, P. H. A. G. 9 (1843) 350- ; 11(1844)

16-.
(Boutigny.) Belli, G. Mil. I. Lomb. G. 5

(1843) 162-.
(Matter, fourth state, Boutigny *8 work.)

Bresson, — . (vn) Bouen Bll. S. Em. (1843)

116-.
Cima, A. Pisa Misc. Md. Ghir. (1843) (pte. 2)

248-.
BeUi, G. Mil. I. Lomb. G. 5 (1844) 399-.
Fusinieri, A. A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 13 (1844)

205-.
Armstrong, W. G. Ph. Mg. 27 (1846) 267-.
(Boutigny.) Bellani, A. (ti Adds.) Majoochi

A. Fis. G. 20 (1845) 49-.
Kersting, R. [1845] (vm) Biga Gor.-Bl. 1

(1846) 147-.

202

1840 Spheroidal State Spheroidal State 1840

MoHU, A. Pogg. A. 72 (1847) 112. in boilers. Witz, A. C. B. 115 (1892) 38.

Bautan, A, Boaen Tr. Ac. (1848) 82. , explosions. Campi, {eanU) G. (xn)

Ugal, J. C. B. 30 (1850) 182-, 451-. Firenze Ac. Georg. At. 24 (1846) 335-.

Boutigny, P. H. C. B. 31 (1860) 279-. , — . Provemali, F. S. Bm. N. Line.

Laroque, F. Tool. Ifm. Ac. 6 (1850) 147-. At. 36 (1883) 175-.

Palnutedt, C, Stockh. Ofv. 7 (1850) 281-. » prevention. TaddH, G. (xn) Firenze

Perwii, C. C. C. B. 31 (1850) 899-. ^o- Georg. At. 24 (1846) 339-.

Schnausi, J. Pogg. A. 79 (1850) 482-. ^^^ ot travelling motion. Stoney, Q. J. B.

Zantede$chi, F. Zantedeschi A. Fis. (1849-50) ^- ^^P- (1^8) ^2.

37-. drops on heated liquid. Chomel, — . G. B. 19

ffiontigny.) Buff.H. Lieb. A. 77 (1851) 1-. (1844)581-.

Kerekhojr, P. J, van. Pogg. A. 84 (1851) — of melted slag floating on water. Faraday,

136-. ^ ' M. QJ. Sc. 1 (1828) 221-.

Laroque, F, Toul. Mm. Ac. 1 (1851) 167-. electric investigation. Gezekhus [Hesehui], N.

NHschel, A. (vm) Biga Cor.-Bl. 4 (1851) 145-, ^- («i) ^^' C Pa. S. J. 8 (P«.) (1876) [Pt.

161-. ^ ' <* \ / . 1]311-, 856-; (x) A. Ps. C. Beibl. 1 (1877)

Poleck, T. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Ubs. (1852) 27-. *^^- *, ^. , u^- - ur ^

(Boutigny»8.) Brame, C. L»I. 21 (1858) 281. ~~ *°^ ®r®' P~P®^«» °' **^*«« *°- ^^'^-

Chureh, A. H. Ph. Mg. 7 (1854) 275-. ^**'». ^- La^s. BU. S. Vd. 2 (1846-48) 341-.

Boutigny, P. H. J. Phm. 29 (1856) 355-. electrification on leaving. Ryke, P. L, Pogg.

Delprat, F. A. T. [1857] Utr. Aant. Prv. On. A- ^ (1856) 500-.

(1857-58) 23-. evaporation. Person , C. C. Bonen Tr. Ac.

Osann, G. Wtirzb. Vh. 9 (1859) 52-. (1^43) 115-.

Boutigny, P. H, C. B. 50 (1860) 675-. — • l^iddell, J. L. Silliman J. 26 (1858) 71.

Meunier, S. Presse Sc. 2 (1860) 68-. freezing of water in red hot vessels. West, W.

Artur, J. F, C. B. 53 (1861) 371-. [l®^] W. Yorks. P. Ol. 8. 2 (1842-48) 285-.

Boutigny, P. H. C. B. 53 (1861) 1062-. ^e»* acquired by water in red hot vessel.

Luca, S, de. Pisa A. Un. Tosc. Sc. Cosm. 5 Leehevalier, V. J. Phm. 16 (1830) 666-.

(1858-61) 141-. lft^8- Boutigny, P. H, C. B. 90 (1880) 1074-.

Berger, — . Pogg. A. 119 (1863) 594-. mathematical theory. Gossart, E. C. B.

DenuUn, S, C. B. 56 (1863) 1103-. ^^ (1887) 518-.

Ndsehel, A. Biga Cor.-Bl. 15 (1866) 73-. mechanical theory. Fave, L. C. B. 84 (1877)

Budde, E, [1869] Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. 26 ^<>^-

(1869) 35-; A. Ps. C. 142 (1871) 168-. momentary incombustibility of living organic

CoUey, R. A. Ps. C. 143 (1871) 126-. tiasue. Boutigny, P. H. C. B. 28 (1849)

(Budde.) Berger, (Dr.) --. A. Ps. C. 147 «»3-; A. C. 27 (1849) 54-; C. B. 29 (1849)

(1872) 472-. *71-; J. Phm. 16 (1849) 24-, 424-.

(Colley.) Berger, (Dr.) — . A. Ps. C. 147 (Boutigny). Bellani, A.

(1872) 474-. * ^ ' ' Polli A. 9 (1849) 169-. 222-, 276-; MU. G.

Barren, W. F. [1877] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 1 I- 1^™^- ^ (1850) 3-. „ „ , ^

(1878) 83-. • BotUtgny, P. H. A. C.

Moss, R. J. [1877] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 1 (1878) 28 (1850) 158-.

87_. (Bellani). PoUi, G, Polli

Gam««. fF. Nt. 17 (1878) 466. ^- 1^ (1850) 48-.

D'yakonov, D. I. (xn) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 14 5 plunging hand into boihng

(Ps.) (1982) [Pt. 1] 542-. <*"^- Davenport, R. Thomson A. Ph. 9

Luvini, G. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 19 (•1883) 579-. (^^^"^ ^^^-' . .

Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 220 __; lL^, 's. de. N. Cun. 11 (1860) 60- ; C.

Scheek, — . Kassel Vr. Nt. B. 36 & 37 (1891) b. 51 (1860) 141-.

, 51-. ^. Missaghi, G. N. Cim. 11 (1860) 175-.

(at 30° C.) Ehrenfeld, C. H. Science 21 __. BouHgny, P. H. J. Phm. 39 (1861) 273-.

(1893) 199-. _. Luca, S. de. C. B. 58 (1861) 101- ; N.

Pflaum, H. Biga Cor.-Bl. 37 (1894) 105-. Cim. 13 (1861) 154- ; Nap. Bd. 1 (1862) 70-;

MaUizos, C. Ath^nes Obs. Nat. A. 1 (1896) C. B. 55 (1862) 245-.

231-. — . BeU,L. Science 4 (1884) 5.

Stark, J. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 306-. — . Finoechi, E. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 20 (1888) 79-.

application to analysis of stains from Marsh's in vacuo. Laroque, F. Toul. Mm. Ac. 1

apparatus. Boutigny, P. H. C. B. 21 (1845) (1851) 395-.

1068-. . Luvini, J. C. B. 98 (1884) 1536-.

in boilers. Boutigny, P. H. B. A. Bp. (1845)

{pt. 2) 27-.

. Normandy, A. Ph. Mg. 7 (1854) 283-. State of matter characterised by independence

. Witz, A. C. B. 114 (1892) 411-. ofpressure and specific volume. Hem,P.de,

. SwarU, — de. C. B. 114 (1892) 1419-. Brux. Ac. Bll. 24 (1892) 267-.

203

1840

Saturated Vapours

1840

STEAM,

Moutier, J. [1876] Par. S. Phlm. BU. 1

(1877) 7-.
cloudy condensation. Aitketit J. Nt. 49 (1893-

94) 840-.

. Barut, C, Nt. 49 (1893-94) 863-.

. BidweU^S. Nt. 49 (1893-94) 388.

condensation. CaUendar, H. L,, dt NicoUon,

J. T, B. A. Bp. (1897) 418-.

— in engines. DOafond, F. G. B. 100 (1885)
237-.

. Arum. Elect. 29 (1892) 593-.

. Donkin, B. {jun.) Am. Eng. A

Bailroad J. 67 (1893) 287.
expansion. Kocht L. Franklin I. J. 40 (1860)

378-.
— , adiabatic. CharpenHert P. C. B. 98

(1884) 85-, 425-.
— , law. TaU, T. CE. I. P. 6 (1847) 343-.
experiments. ScrymgeouTt J» Dingier 73

(1839) 321-.
flow, formula. Parenty, H, C. B. 116 (1893)

1120-.
— , and of mixture of steam and water. Otuxit

P. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 21 (1888) 725-.
formation at high temperatures. Sehafh&utl

[PellUovl C, E. Dingier 71 (1839) 351- ;

73 (1839) 81-.
heating of bodies by contact with. Af * Caualand ,

R. Philad. Md. Ps. J. 1 (1805) 110-.
liquids by. Oilbert, L, W, Oilbert A.

16 (1804) 503-.
humidity, measurement. HirUfO.A, Giving.

15 (1869) 493-.
— ,— . Ouzzi.P. Franklin I. J. 74 (1877) 355-.
— , — . Knight, J. B. Franklin I. J. 74 (1877)

358-.
— , — , apparatus. Bateau, — . A. Mines 11

(1897) 495-.
—,—,—. Ooodman,^. Nt. 62 (1900) 610.
jets, form, pressure and temperature. Parenty,

H, G. B. 118 (1894) 183-.
— , rate of condensation. Palmer, A. de F.

(jun.) Am. J. Sc. 2 (1896) 247-.
mixture of saturated and surcharged, experi-
ments with. lahencood, B, F, FranklUi I.

J. 27 (1864) 267-.
output and coal consumption. Fueher, F,

Dingier 250 (1883) 72-.
physical constants. Schmidt, O. [1867] Prag

Ab. 1 (1868) 50 pp.
production in relation to heating surface.

Havrez, P. Guyper Bv. Un. 11 (1862) 39-.
properties, mechanical. ReMol^ H. A. Mines

8 (1866) 475-.
— , new. Lowe, J. Franklin I. J. 66 (1873)

250-.

— and use. Burg, A, von. (ix) WienVr. Nw.
Eennt. Schr. 12 (1872) 279-.

Begnault's experiments, rationalisation. Gray,

J. Maefarlane. I. ME. P. (1889) 399-.
relation between density and pressure. Ciccone,

L. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 13 (1881) 170-.
saturated, determination of temperature. Bu-

chanan, J, Y. [1898] Sc. Met. S. J. 11

(1900) 42-.

saturated, dryness. Reynolds, O. Manoh. Lt.

Ph. S. Mm. A P. 41 (189*0 ^f>, 8, 14 pp.
— , mechanical properties. Antoine, C, G. B.

80 (1875) 435-.
scalding e£fect at 100°. Kaeuffer, P. A. G^n.

Giv. 6 (1867) 273-.
surface condensation. Joute, J, P. [1860]

Phil. Trans. (1861) 133-.
total heat. Joule, J. P. [1859] Manoh. Ph.

S. Mm. 1 (1862) 99-.
as vehicle for conveying heat from one place to

another. Rumford, B. (Count). B. I. J. 1

(1802) 34-.
volume and pressure. Pambour, F. M. O. de.

G. B. 6 (1838) 373-.
(Pambour). Biot, J. B. G. B. 6

(1838) 389-, 509.
. Pambour, F. M. G. de. G. B. 6

(1838) 508- ; 12 (1841) 655-, 766-.

Temperature produced by vapour, and teoopera-
ture of vapour. Faraday, M. A. G. 20
(1822) 320-.

Toricellian vacuum. Moser, J, [1876] A. Ps.
G. 160 (1877) 138-.

— — over fatty oil. HUdebrandt, G. F,
Schweigger J. 1 (1811) 41-.

— water. Hildebrandt, G. F, Oehlen

J. 9 (1810) 541-.

VAPOUBS.

Rankine, W. J. M. [1865] Edinb. B. S. P. 5

(1866) 449-.
adiabatic relation. Reeal, H. C. B. 75 (1872)

1475.
behaviour. Puschl, K. [1874-91] Wien Ak.

Sb. 70 (1875) (Ab. 2) 571- ; 100 (1891) (Ab.

2a) 843-.
calorimetric study. Mathias, E. Toul. Fao.

Sc. A. 10 (1896) E, 62 pp.
expansion. Tregaskit, R. Edinb. J. Sc. 10

(1829) 68-.
— . ClauHut, R. Pogg. A. 82 (1851) 263-.
~. Cazin, A. G. B. 62 (1866) 5&-.
— . Rankine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 31 (1866)

197-.

— and compression. Zeuner, G. Zdr. Vjschr.
8 (1863) 68-.

. Cazin, A. G. B. 66 (1868) 1152- ;

A. G. 14 (1868) 374-.

— curves. Fliegner,A. Ztir. Vjschr. 29 (1884)
22ft-.

in liquids. Cantoni, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 8

(1876) 174- ; Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 3 (1879)

223-.
maximum elasticity and density. Morton, A,

[1876] Glasg. Ph. S. P. 10 (1877) 236-.
mechanical properties. Antoine, C. G. B. 81

(1876) 574.
and mixtures of vapours. PlUcker, J. Pogg.

A. 92 (1864) 193-.
nature, apparatus to illustrate. Gutkovtkij,

N. K. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 16 (Pi.) (1884)

567-.
pressure-regulator for. Areonval, A.d\ C. B.

91 (1880) 1063-.

204

1860

Vaponr Densities

1850

propertiee. Lardner, D. B. S. P. 8 (1882)

16»-.
— , apparatas for ahewing. Forueca Benevide$t

F. da. Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 2 (1870) 189- ; A.

C. 20 (1870) 204-.
— , — . Bleekrode, L. A. Pa. C. 162

(1874) 684-.
temperatures at low pressure. KaMbaum, O,

W, A. Basel Yh. 8 (1890) 388-.
theory. BellarU, A. Bmgnatelli O. 2 (1809)

418-, 601-.
— . Dauriac, M, N. A. Mth. 8 (1844)

127-.
— . Zeunery Q, Pogg. A. 110 (1860) 871-.
thermal properties. Mathias, E, C. B. 126

(1898) 1095- ; Toul. Fao. Sc. A. 12 (1898) £,

17 pp.
, alcohol. BatteUi, A. [1898] Tor. Ac.

Sc. Mm. 44 (1894) 57-.
, carbon disuiphide. Battelli^ A. Tor.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 42 (1892) 119-.
, and water. Battelli, A, Tor.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 41 (1891) 25-.
, ether. Banuay, WT., dt Young, S. [1886]

Phil; Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 57-.
, — . BatteUit A. Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm,

40 (1890) 21-.
, methyl alcohol. Banuay ^ W., db Youngs

S, [1887] Phil. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 818-.
, propyl alcohol. Banuay, Jv,, dt Young,

S, [188a-89] PhU. Trans. (A) 180 (1890)

187-.
, water vapour. BatUlli, A, [1892] Tor.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 48 (1893) 68-.
vesicular nature. L.englet, L, C. B. 48 (1859)

1048-.
, experiment relating to. Plateau, J.A.F.

Brux. Ac. BU. 82 (1871) 251-.
volume, specific heat, etc. Antoine, C. C. B.

108 (1886) 1242-.

Volatile compound liquids, properties and use

in refrigeration. Pictet, B. [1885] Laus.

S. Yd. Bll. 21 (1886) xix.
Water, boiling and distillation, influence of

draught of air. UowiU, F, G. Schweigger

J. 41 ( = JZ». 11) (1824) 298-.
— , state in atmosphere. Gough, J. [1808]

Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 1 (1805) 296-.

— from steam, measurement. FerrarU, G,
Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 17 (1881) 185-.

— and steam, properties. Banuay, W,, dt
Young, S. [1891] PhU. Trans. (A) 188
(1898) 107-.

1850 Vaponr Densities.
(See aho 0810 and Chemistry 7115.)

Herwig, H, Bonn. SB. Niedr. Gs. (1869)
172-.

Antoine, C. C. B. 107 (1888) 1148-.

Apparent and real vapour densities of com-
pounds. Wanklyn, J. A., dt Bobinson, J,
(vm) Ph. Mff. 26 (1863) 545-.

Calculation, tables for. Brown, J, T, C. S.
J. 4 (1866) 72- ; 8 (1870) 828-.

Densities of liquefied gases and saturated

vapours. CaUletet, L,, dt Mathias, — . G.

B. 102 (1886) 1202- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1886)

171-.
liquids and their saturated vapours at

point of transition. Watertton, J, J, B. A.

Bp. (1858) {pt. 2) 11.
General law. Waterston, J. J. [1851] Phil.

Trans. (1852) 88-.
Gradient of density. Waterston, J. J, B. A.

Bp. (1852) {pt. 2) 2.

MEASUBEMENT.

CrouUeboii, if. G. B. 78 (1874) 496-.
(Groullebois.) Sainte-Claire DeviUe, J&. U.

G. B. 78 (1874) 584-.
(Sainte-Glaiie Deville.) CrouUebou, M, G. B.

78 (1874) 805-.
NiUon, L. F., db Petterston, 0. Stookh. Ak.

Hndl. Bh. 11 (1887) No. 6, 16 pp.
Agamemume, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5

(1889) (Sem. 1) 80-.
Golicyn, B. B. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll. 78 {No. 2)

(1891) 5-; Fschr. Mth. (1891) 1188- ; A. Ps.

G. 47 (1892) 466'.
Bauer, G. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 184-.
in barometric vacuum. Hofmann, A. W. D.

G. Gs. B. 1 (1868) 198-.
, Hofmann*s method. Gabba, L. Mil.

I. Lomb. Bd. 2 (1869) 50-.
. . Tilden, W. A. G. N. 87

(1878) 219.
, . Bell, C. A., dt Teed, F. L,

G. S. J. 87 (1880) 576-.
near critical point. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 81 (1896) 147-.
high boiling substances. Klobukow, N, von.

A. Ps. G. 22 (1884) 493-.
by level-manometer. Toepler, M. A. Ps. G.

57 (1896) 811-.
liquefied gases and their saturated vapours.

Amagat, A. H. G. B. 114 (1892) 1098-, 1822-.
liquids and saturated vapours. Hiraeh, B.

{Frhr.) von. A. Ps. G. 69 (1899) 456-, 887.
low boiling substances. Klobukow, N. von. A.

Ps. G. 22 (1884) 465-.
under reduced pressure. SehaU, C. Berl. B.

22 (1889) 140- ; 28 (1890) 919- ; 25 (1892)

1489- ; J. Pr. G. 45 (1892) 184- ; 62 (1900) 586-.
and velocity of sound. Jaeger, W. A. Ps.

G. 86 (1889) 165-.

Solvents, density, in relation to solidifying and
boiling points. Baoult, F. M. G. B. 117
(1898) 838-.

Specific volume of liquids and vapours. Grot-
ham, J. A. A. Ps. G. 61 (1897) 780-.

— — and pressure of saturated vapours.
Lungo, C. del. A. Ps. G. 42 (1891) 844-.

. Moulin, H. C. B. 180

(1900) 1454-.

of saturated vapours, measurements. Perot,

A. A. G. 18 (1888) 145- ; 7 (1896) 574.

, relation to that of their liquids

and to temperature. JUger, G. Wien Ak.
Sb. 99 (1891) {Ab. 2a) 1028-.

205

1860 EbnUition

SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES.

Ammoniom sulphide. SaUt, G. C. B. 86

(1878) 1080-.
Carbon dioxide, density corves. Amagat, E,

H. C. B. 131 (1900) 91-.
Ethyl oxide. Bamtay, W., dt Young, S. [1886]

Phil. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 57-.
Methyl alcohol. RaiMay, W., db Young, S,

[1887] Phil. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 313-.
Propyl alcohol. Rarnsay, W., dt Young, S,

[1888-89] Phil. Trans. (A) 180 (1890) 137-.
Steam, density, latent heat and elasticity.

Southern, J. [1814] Ph. Mg. 30 (1847) 113-.
~, influence of hygroscopic character of glass

on determination of density. GrimcUdi, G.,

dt Maealuso, D, Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 6

(1882) 264-.
— , saturated. Edmonds, T. R. Ph. Mg. 30

(1866) 1-.
— , — . HiU, J. W. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 18

(1878) 558-.
— , — , calculation of density. Clausius, JR.

A. Ps. G. 124 (1865) 345-.
— , — at 0°C., specific volume. Duterici, C.

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1889) 46- ; A. Ps. C. 38

(1889) 1-, 676.
Sulphur dioxide as liquid and as saturated

vapour. CailUtet, L., at Mathiat, E, C. B.

104 (1887) 1563- ; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1887)

162-.
(Cailletet and Mathias).

Bertrand, — . C. B. 104 (1887) 1568-.
Water, carbon disulphide and ether, specific

volumes. Perot, A. Franklin 1. J. 133

(1892) 55-, 93-.

— and steam, some properties. Bamtay, W,,
dt Youtig, S. [1891] PhU. Trans. (A) 183

(1893) 107-.

1860 EbnUition.

Bellani,A, Brugnatelli 0.2(1809)413-, 501- ;

8 (1810) 26-.
Prevott, B. Bb. Un. 6 (1817) 15-.
Dufour, C. Moigno Cosmos 18 (1861) 650-.
Dufmir, L. Bb. Un. Arch. 12 (1861) 210- ;

C. B. 52 (1861) 986-; 53 (1861) 846-.
Pleu, F. Wien Sb. 54 (1866) (Ah. 2) 75-.
Tfmlmeon, C. Ph. Mg. 37 (1869) 161-.
Gemez, D, A. C. 4 (1875) 335-.
Tomlinson, C. Ph. Mg. 49 (1875) 432-; 50

(1875) 85-.
Egyed, M, (xn) Kolozsv&r Orv.-Term. T&rs.

6t8. [1] (1876) (Term. Szak) [25]-.
Gra99i, G. Mil. 1. Lomb. Bd. 13 (1880) 247-;

Nap. I. Inc. At. 1 (1882) No, 5, 5 pp.
acceleration by electricity. Cintoleiti, F. (xn)

Bv. Sc.-lnd. 7 (1875) 312-.
and adhesion to containing vessel. Louyet, P,

Brux. Ac. BU. 15 (1848) {jpU. 2) 27-.
assisted by solid nuclei. Tomlinaon, C, B. S.

P. 17 (1869J 240-.
in capillary tubes. Vergnano,A, {^) Bv. So.-

Ind. 15 (1883) 121-.
and condensation. Aitken, J. (of Darroch),

[1875] be. S. Arts T. 9 (1878) 240-.

Ebullition 1860

at high temperature, relation to pressure.

Barus, C. U. S. Gl. Sv. Bll. No. 103 (1898)

57 pp.
mechanical cause. [Marco, F. non] Felice, M.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 43 (1872) 279-.
of mercury in vacuum. Taupenot, — . A. C.

49 (1857) 91-.
molecular vibrations and ether waves in. Favi,

L. C. B. 86 (1878) 524-.
part played by gases in. Gemex, D. [1878]

Par. 84. S. Ps. 1 (1873-74] 8-.
percussive, PeUoggio, P. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

4 (1867) 100-.
of rotating liquid. MoutBon, A. A. Ps. G. 129

(1866) 168-.
— superposed liquid layers. Gemez, D. C.

B. 86 (1878) 472-.

theory. Precha, J. J. Pogg. A. 35 (1886)

in vessel contained in water bath. Tomlinzon,

C. B. S. P. 37 (1884) 113-.

of water. Majoceht, G. A. (vi Adde.) Majoc-

chi A. Fis. C. 1 (1841) 272-.
. Dufour, L. [1864] Laus. BU. S. Vd.

8 (1864-65) 176-, 266-.

. Wittwer, — . D. Nf . B. (♦ 1877) 119.

containing water not boiling. Zantedes-

chi, F. Zantedesohi A. Fis. (1849-^) S3-.
, effects of adhesion. Buff, H. Lieb. A.

2 (1832) 220-.
, and explosion of boilers. Dufour, L,

G. B. 68 (1864) 1020-, 1054- ; Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 21 (1864) 201-.
in narrow tubes at high temperatures.

PfafT, I.B.A. F. Mtlnch. Ak. Sb. 7 (1877)

216-.
work. Gerher,P. Ac. Nt. G. N. Acta 52 (1888)

101-.

Boilers, evaporation in. BriUi^, H. Q4n.

Giv. 31 (1897) 260-, 277-, 293-.
— , marine. Ctuuseloup-Laubat, L. cie. Par.

Ing. Giv. Mm. (1897) (Pt. 1) 437-.
— , — , distribution of evaporation. Stromeyer,

C. E. Nv. Archt. T. 31 (1890) 145-.
Bubbles of gas, formation in liquids. TomUn-

eon, C. Ph. Mg. 38 (1869) 204-.
, . Waha, M. de. Lux. I. Pb.

17 (1879) 191-.
Gapillary phenomena. Monnory, — . As. Fr.

G. B. (1891) (Pt. 2) 29&-.
EbullioBcope. Wa4ige, P. Fresenius Z. 18

(1879) 417-.

— for wine analysis. Pcuserini, N. Firenze
Ac. Georg. At. 21 (1898) 149-.

Ebullioscopic and cryoscopic researches, Ba-
oult's theory. BatteUi, A., dt Stefanini, A.
N. Gim. 9 (1899) 5-.

Evaporation at temperatures above boiling
point. Gemez, D. G. B. 78 (1874) 1848-.

— of water from, and at 212° F. Buel, R. H.
y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 32 (1886) 106-.

Explosion experiment, Faraday's. Krehs, G.

A. Ps. G. (Ergdnz.) 6 (1874) 170-.
Explosive force of heated liquids. Rankine,

W. J. M. Guyper Bv. Un. 81 (1872) 66-.
Gteysers of Iceland. Bunsen, R. W, Pogg. A.

72 (1847) 169-.

206

1860 Qenetwtion ot Steam

Oeyaers, theory (Bnnsen's). MiMer, IDr,) J,

Pogg. A. 79 (1850) 350-.
— , — . K&nig, W. Frkl. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1892^93) 29.
Milk, boiled. Morren, C.F.A. Quetelet Cor.

Mth. 4 (1828) 332-.
Oils that do not evaporate. Carradori, O,

J. de Pb. 54 (1802) 193-.
. Bellani, A . Brugnatelli O. 2

(1809) 413-, 601- ; 3 (1810) 26-.
— — — (Bellani). Carradari^ O,

Bragnatelli O. 3 (1810) 380-.
Papin's digester, arrangements. MeUetUt L.

H. F. Brux. Ac. BU. 23 (1856) [pU, 2)

STEAM.

drying, effect of fluid friction. Thomson, W.

(VI Add»,\ Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 474.
— , method. Raffard, — . As. Pr. C. R.

(1890) (Pt, 1) 146.
generation. Perkina, J. R. S. P. 8 (1832) 123.

— in contact with metals at high temperatures.
Johnson, W. R. Silliman J. 19 (1831) 292-;
20 (1831) 30a-; 21 (1832) 71-.

— , modem systems. Suckling, N, J. Eng.
S. T. (1874) 39-.

— by salt water. Huntington, J. B. (vi Adds.)
CE. I. P. 12 (1852-53) 506-.

— and use. Kramer, A. de. II Polit. 1 (1839)
105-. '

— , vessels for. Kramer, A. de. II Polit. 2

(1839) 9-.
invisible with smoke. Gilbert [Oiddy], D.

Nicholson J. 12 (1805) 1-.
superheated. Childs, -— . L. Od. S. T. 2

(1861) 181-.
— . Nursey, P. F. Eng. S. T. (1861) 36-.
— . Romain, E. Cuyper Rv. Un. 13 (1863)

386-
— . Qrashof, F. [1871] (xn) Karlsruhe Nt.

Vr. Vh. 6 (1873) 19-.
— . CrouUebois, M, C. R. 81 (1875) 592-.
— . Thareau, O. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1892)

{Pt. 1) 274-.
— , application. Hayeraft, W. T. Franklin

I. J. 8 (1831) 264-.
— , — . BHe, E. Dingier 155 (1860) 89-.
— , — . Ryder, J. M. Dingier 158 (1860) 97-.
— , — . Ramdohr, L. Dingier 232 (1879)67-.
— , density and expansion. Fairhaim, W., d

TaU, T. Phil. Trans. (I860) 185- ; (1862)

591—.
— , internal pressure and energy. Schmidt, O.

[1882] Wien. Ak. Sb. 86 (1883) {Ah. 2)

511—.

— and mixed, behaviour. Zeuner, O. Civing.
13 (1867) 343-.

— , theory. Weyrauch, J. J. [1876] Rpm.

Mth. 1 (1877) 140-.
— , thermodynamical properties. Orindley, J,

H. [1900] Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <fr P. 45

(1901) No. 3, 11 pp.

Volatile liquids, permanence in manometric
tubes. Pacinotti, A. (x) N. Cim. 5 <fr 6 (1871)
382-.

LiqnefiMtion of Ga4Ei68 1870

Water, behaviour m vacuo. August, E, F.
Pogg. A. 52 (1841) 184-.

— hammer. Seoppewer, O. Pogg. A. 115
(1862) 654-.

. Sehabus, J. A. Ps. C. 122 (1864) 175-.

. Puko,F.J. A. Pb. C. 123 (1864) 162-.

— — , method of making. Parmenttert F.
J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 393-.

— , simmering. Nicholson, W. Nicholson J.

11 (1805) 216-.
— , — . Muncke, G. W. GUbert A. 23 (1806)

465-.

1870 LiqnefiBtction of Gases and
Gaseous Mixtures.

Faraday, M. PhU. Trans. (1823) 189-.
(historical.) Faraday, M. QJ. Sc. 16 (1823)

229-.
Orsted, H. C. Orsted Ts. 3 (1824) 173-.
(historical.) Faraday, M. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836)

521-.
Natterer, J. Pogg. A. 62 (1844) 132- ; Lieb.

A. 54 (1845) 254.
(and solidification.) Faraday, M. Phil. Trans.

(1845) 155-.
Faraday, M. R. S. P. 5 (1845) 547 ; A. C. 13

(1845) 120-.
Natterer, J. Wien SB. 5 (1850) (Ab. 2) 351- ;

7 (1851) 557-; 12 (1854) 199-.
Drion, C, dt Loir, A. (vi Adds.) Par. S. C.

BU. (1860) 184-.
KrMig, A. A. Ps. C. 123 (1864) 299-.
(Krdnig.) Robida, K. Z. Mth. Ps. 10 (1865)

227-.
(historical.) Terquem, A. J. de Ps. 4 (1875)

17-.
BHUouin, M. Par. S. Ps. 86. (1877) 14S-.
CaiUeUt, L. C. R. 85 (1877) 1270-.
Albreeht, — . [1878] Riga Gor.-Bl. 28 (*1880)

55-.
CaiUeUt, L. C. R. 86 (1878) 97- ; A. C. 15

(1878) 132-.
Dewar, J. [1878] R. I. P. 8 (1879) 657-.
Donny, F. Brux. Ac. BU. 45 (1878) 85-.
Draux, L. A. G^n. Civ. 7 (1878) 119-.
Coleman, J. J. Olasg. Ph. S. P. 11 (1879) 899-.
Herbst, E. Z. Nw. 4 (1879) 854-.
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 4 (1880) 93-.
CaiUetet, L. A. C. 29 (1883) 153-.
Jamin, J. C. C. R. 97 (1883) 10-.
Poleck, T. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1883) 170-.
CaUletet, L. C. R. 99 (1884) 213-.
Ladenburg, A. Schl..Holst. Nt. Vr. Sohr. 7

(Heft 1) (1888) 28-.
OUzewsH, K. Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 188-.
Dewar, J. Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 298-.
Lapponi, G. Rm. N. Line. At. 50 (1897) 141-.
Linde, ~. [1897] Z. Elektch. (1897-98) 2-.
Mancini, E. N. Antol. Sc. 161 (1898) 686-.
Caubet, F. Bordeaux S. Sc. PV. (1898-991 60-.
Hammerl, H. Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 24 (1899)

XXIV-.

Adiabatics of a system of Uquid and gas.
Raveau, C. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1892) 266-.

207

1870

liquefitotion of Oases and Oaseons Mixtures

1870

Apparatus for liquefaction of permanent gases,

and tiieir absorption spectra. OUzewskit K,

Gro. Ac. Sc. BIT. (1889) No. 1, zxviii.
Atmosphere, removal of aqaeoas vapour from.

Coleman, J. J. C. N. 43 (1881) 176-.
Attempt to liquefy hydrogen and oxygen.

Maugham, W, B. A. Bp. (1838) {pL 2) 73.
the six nonconoensable gases. An-

drewi, T. B. A. Bp. (1861) (pt. 2) 76; Lieb.

A. 123 (1862) 270-.
Carbon dioxide, liquid, and condensation of

gases. Gy'dry, I, Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888)

{Suppl.) 63-.
, gaseous, density. Heen, P. de,

Brux. Ac. Bll. 31 (1896) 379-.
, solid. GaU, — . Par. S. Ps. Sd.

(1889) 80.

and nitrous oxide, solidification by Nat-

terer. PleUchl, A, Erdm. J. Pr. C. 31
(1844) 376-.

snow. Villard, P., dt Jarry, R, C. B.

120 (1895) 1413- ; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1895) 177-.

, solid, production. Ducretet, — . G. B.

99 (1884) 235-.

, — , — , new apparatus for. Cailletet, L.

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1884) 268-.

and other volatile substances, preparation

of liquid and solid. PUischl, A, Wien Z.
Gs. Aerzte 2 (1845) 194-.

Gooling of current of gas by sudden change of
pressure. WaaU, J, D. van der, Amst. Ak.
Vs. 8 (1900) 441- ; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900)
379-.

Gryogenic Laboratory, Leyden, methods and ap-
paratus. Kamerlingh Onnes, H, Amst. Ak.
Vs. 8 (1900) 125-, 256, 480- ; Amst. Ak. P.
2 (1900) 129-, 437-.

Dalton*s law of pressure for mixed gases, devia-
tion from. Marguletf M, Wien Ak. Sb. 98

(1890) {Ah. 2a) 883-.

Liquefaction by expansion. Moutier,J, [1877]

Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 2 (1878) 48-.
Liquefiable gases, elastic force. MeUons, H,

L. F, Brux. Ac. BU. 29 (1870) 702-.
Liquefied gases. Dewar, J. [1884] B. I. P.

11 (1887) 148-.
— — , accidents with. Lavergne, 0, 06n.

Giv. 28 (1895-96] 263-.
and dirigible oalloons. Errera, L, [1898]

Giel et Terre 19 (1898-99) 229-.
low temperatures. Desiau, B, [1900]

Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 20-, 37-, 60-.
, safety cylinder for. Foumier, J. G. B,

124 (1897) 353-.
, — stop-cock for cylinders. Ducretett E, ,

dt L^eune, L. G. B. 123 (1896) 810-.
and their saturated vapours, densities.

CaUUtet, L., dt Mathias, E. Par. S. Ps. 86.

(1886) 171-.
, — , determination. Amagat,

E, H. G. B. 114 (1892) 1093-, 1322- ; Par.

8. Ps. 86. (1892) 242.
Liquid air. Dewar, J. [1896] B. I. P. 15

(1899) 133-.
. Arwnvai, A, d\ G. B. 126 (1898)

1683-.
. Tucker, S. A. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y.

19 (1898) 344-.

Liquid air. WUkowski, A, Kosmos (Lw.) 25
(1900) 568-.

— — , applications. Anon. Gztg. Opt. 19

(1898) 195-.

, — . Bel/orH, U, Bv. 8c.-Ind. 31 (1899)

65-.

, — . Linde, C. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 173-.

, — and production. Dommer, F, Bv.

8c. 11 (1899) 385-.
, — : . Anon. [1899] 8c. Abs. 3

(1900) 107.
, behaviour. Wrohlewski, 8. Wien Ak.

Sb. 92 (1886) (Ah. 2) 639- ; Mh. G. (1885) 621-.
•^ — , cnange on evaporation. Gruzinov, A,

A. Bs. Ps.-G. 8. J. 32 {P».) (1900) 107- ; G.

8. J. 78 (1900) {Ah$., Pt. 2) 720.
, preparation and properties. Lefivre, J.

Q6n. Giv. 33 (1898) 235-.
as source of power. Ahhe, C. U. 8.

Mly. Weath. Bv. 27 (1899) 110-.

— — , Tripler*s apparatus. Tripler, C. E.
8c. Abs. 1 (1898) 484.

, use as explosive. Lanen, A. [1900]

L Mn. E. T. 19 (1901) 164-.
, vacuum vessels. Dewar, J. [1893] B.

I. P. 14 (1896) 1-.

— hydrogen, critical and boiling point tem-

giratures. Olszewski, K. Krk. Ak. (Aft. -Pri.)
z. 9 (1895) 404- ; Ph. Mg. 40 (1895) 202-.
, preparation of high vacua by. Dewar, J.

A. G 17 (1899) 12-.

— nitrogen and carbon monoxide, freezing
points. OUzewski,K. G. B. 100 (1885) 350- .

Blued gases, compression. CaiUeUt, L. C.

B. 90 (1880) 210-.

, liquefaction. Cailletet, L,, dt Haute-

feuiUe, P. G. B. 92 (1881) 901-.
, — . Kuenen, J. P. Amst. Ak. Vs. 3

(1895) 90-; Arch. N6erl. 1 (1898) 331-.
, — . Caubet, F. Bordeaux 8. Sc. PV.

(1897-98) 256-; G. B. 130 (1900) 167-. 82S-;

131 (1900) 108-, 1200-.
, — and critical phenomena (ethane and

nitrous oxide). Kuenen, J. P. L. Ps. 8. P.

13 (1895) 523-; Ph. Mg. 40 (1895) 173-.
, . Kuenen, J. P. L. Ps. 8.

P. 15 (1897) 235-; Ph. Mg. 44 (1897) 174- ;

Z. Ps. G. 24 (1897) 667-.
, retrograde condensation. Kuenen,

J. P. Amst. Ak. Vs. [1] (1893) 15-.
, (Kuenen*s experiments).

Kamerlingh Onnes, H., dt Reinganum, M.

[1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 213-, 807- ;

Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 289-, 374.
Mixture of carbon dioxide and hydrogen, retro-
grade condensation. Verschaffelt, J. Amst.

Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 281-, 389-; Amst. Ak. P. 1

(1899) 288-, 323-.

Nitrous oxide, liquefaction and solidification.

Natterer, J. Fogg. A. 62 (1844) 132-.
Oxygen, extraction from air. Claude, G. G.

B. 131 (1900) 447-.
— , liquid, density. Pictet, R. G. B. 85

(1878) 37-.
— f — . — (probable). Olearski, K. [1883] (xn>

Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. A 8p. 11 (1884) 188-.
— , — , pressure at different temperatures.

OUtewsH, K. G. B. 100 (1885) 350-.

208

1870 Specified Oases

Physical and chemical phenomena at low tem-
peratnres. SluginoVf N, P. Kazan S. Ps.-
Mth. Bll. 8 (1893) (ProL) 23-.

Seleniaretted hydrogen, physical properties at
low tempeiatare and under pressure. Ols-
zewski, K. Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 20 (1890)
282-; Crc. Ac. So. BU. (1890) 67-.

Solidification of gases. Mareska, J. Brux.
Ac. Bll. 10 (1843) 75-.

nitrogen and temperature obtained by

means of boiling oxygen. WrdbUwski, S,
von. C. B. 97 (1883) 1553-.

SPECIFIED GASES.

Acetylene. CaiUeUt, L. C. B. 85 (1877)

861—
Air. Koch, — . Wiirtb. Jh. 55 (1899) Ixvii-.
^. Camelutti, — . Bv. Sc.-Ind. 82 (1900)

31-.
— and hydrogen, liquefaction and solidification.

Hartley, W. N. Pop. Sc. Bv. 17 (1878)

165-.
— , liquefaction by expansion. Claude, G. C.

B. 181 (1900) 600-.
— , Linde's method. EtHng, J, A. So.

Abs. 1 (1898) 396-.
— , — and oxygen making, theory of Linde's

method. Larenz,H. Giving. 41 (1895) 633-.
— , — by self-intensive refrigeration. Hamp-

son, W, Nt. 65 (1896-97) 485.
— , liquefied, temperature under very small

pressures. Olszewski, K, C. B. 99 (1884)

184-.
— , separation into constituents on liquefaction,

WrdhlewsH, S, C. B. 101 (1886) 635-.
Ammonia. Joarmis, — . [1889] Bordeaux S.

Sc. Mm. 6 (1890) xxviii-.
Argon, liquefactionandsoUdification. Olszewski,

K, [1896] Phil. Trans. (A) 186 (1896)

263-.
Carbon dioxide. Ridolfi, C, Brugnatelli O.

6 (1823) 455-.

. ThiUmer, — . L'l. 2 (1834) 197-.

, liquefaction and solidification. Mitchell,

J. K. Franklin I. J. 22 (1838) 289-.

— — , liquid, for production of pressure.
Lekmann, 0. Z. Kr. 12 (1887) 409-.

— monoxide, liquefaction under very small
pressures. Olszewski, K. C. B. 99 (1884)
706-.

and oxygen. Cailletet,L. C. B.86(1877)

1218-.
Hydrogen. PicUt, R, C. B. 86 (1878) 106-.
— . Olszewski, K. C. B. 98 (1884) 913-.
— . Wrdblewski, S, Berl. Ak. Sb. (1884) 61.
— . Travers, M. W, [1900] L. Ps. S. P. 17

(1901) 661-.

— antimonide, liquefaction and solidification.
Olszewski, K, Krk. Ak. {Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 15
(1887) 211-.

— and helium. Dewar, J. C. B. 126 (1898)
1408-, 1638.

— , liquefaction, possibility. Wrdblewski, S.

C. B. 98 (1884) 304-.
— , _, — . Olszewski, K. C. B. 98 (1884)

365-.

Continuity of State 1880

Hydrogen, liquefaction and solidification,
Pictet's experiments. Krzyianowski, K,
[1889] Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 20 (1890)
1- ; Crc. Ac. So. Bll. (1889) No. 1, xxviii-.

— , — , thermodynamic uniformity and use of
vacuum vessels. Kamerlingh Onnes, — .
Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 236-, 271-.

Nitrogen dioxide. CaiUetet, L. C. B. 86
(1877) 1016-.

and methane, liquefaction and solidi-
fication. OUzewski, K. C. B. 100 (1886)
940-.

— and ethylene, liquefaction under very small
pressures. OUzewski, K. C. B. 99 (1884)
133-.

Oxygen. PicUt, R. 0. B. 85 (1877) 1214-,
1220-.

— and hydrogen. Pietet, R. Arch. Sc. Ps.
Nt. 61 (1878) 16-.

— , liquefaction by ethylene. Cailletet, L,

C. B. 100 (1886) 1033- ; Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1885) 71-.
^- and nitrogen. Olszewski, K., d Wrohlewski,

S. von. C. B. 96 (1883| 1140-, 1226-.
and carbonic oxide. Olszewski, K,, dt

Wrohlewski, S. von. A. Ps. C. 20 (1888)

243-.
Ozone. Chappuis, J., dt Hautefeuille, P.

C. B. 91 (1880) 622-, 816- ; 94 (1882)

1249-.
Propylene, trimethylene and allylene. Mol-

Banovskij, N. V. [1888] Kiev S. Nt. Mm.

10 (1889) xci-.

1880 Continuity of State. Criti-
cal State, Critical Point, etc.
Characteristic Equations.

iSee also Chemistry 7000, 7212.)

CHABACTEBISTIC EQUATIONS.

Wools, J. D. van der. [1896] Amst. Ak. Vs.

5 (1897) 160- ; Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ah. 2)

199—
BertheLt, D. Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900) 417-,

679.
constant * h' of van der Waals. Quye, P, J.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 28 (1890) 197-.
van der Waals's law, significance.

Boltzmann, — , dt Mache, — . Camb. Ph. S.

T. 18 (1900) 91-.
covolume in. Berthelot, D. C. B. 130 (1900)

115-.
of gases in relation to solutions. Jdger, G.

Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) {Ab. 2a)563-.
internal pressure term in van der Waals's and

Clausius's formulae. Berthelot, D. C. B.

130 (1900) 69-.
and law of corresponding states. Raveau, C.

Par. S. Ps. S4. (1896) 274-.
new. Amagat, E. H. C. B. 128 (1899)

638-.
— , saturation case. Amagat, E, H. C. B.

128 (1899) 649-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1899)

61-.

VOL. III.

209

1880 Continiiity of State

theories of yan der Waals. Ovye, P. A. Arch.

Sc. Pb. Nt. 22 (1889) 540-.
of Tan der Waals. KraeviS, K. Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 19 (Ps,) (1887) 1- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1888)

271.
(isothermal). Korteweg^ D. J.

Nt. 45 (1892) 152-, 277.
. Boltzmann, L, Amst. Ak. Vs.

7 (1899) 477-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 898-.
(Boltsmami). Wools , J. D. von

der. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 587- ; Amst.

Ak. P. 1 (1899) 468-.

CONTINUITY OF STATE.

limit of liquid state. Haimay, J. B, B. S.

P. 31 (1881) 520- ; 83 (1882) 294- ; Nt. 26

(1882) 370
liquid and gaseous. Andrews, T. Phil. Trans.

159 (1869) 575-.
. Thomson, (Prof,) Jomes. [1871] B.

S. P. 20 (1872) 1-.
. Waals, J, D, van der. [1873] (xi)

A. Ps. C. Beibl. 1 (1877) 10-.
. Andrews, T. B. 8. P. 23 (1875)

514-.
. Bouty, E. J. de Ps. 6 (1877)

368-.
. Walter, A. D. Nf. B. (•1877)

106-.
. Hannay, J. B. C. B. 92 (1881)

1336-.
. Ramsay, W., d Young, S, B. S.

P. 42 (1887) 3-.
(Clausius's formula for change). Fitz-

Gerald, G. F. B. S. P. 42 (1887) 216-.
'. Nadeidin, A. £zner Bpm. 23

(1887) 617-, 686-.
— — — (transition at all temperatures).

Ramsay, W„ dt Young, S. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

194> ; Ph. Mg. 28 (1887) 435- ; L. Ps. S. P.

9 (1888) 33- ; Ph. kg. 24 (1887) 196-.
. Ramsay, W,, dt Young, S, Ph.

Mg. 23 (1887) 547-.
. Duhem, P. Lille Tr. Mm. 1 (1889-

91) M^m. 5, 105 pp.
. Ramsay, W. [1891] B. I. P. 13

(1893) 365-.

. Sarrau, E, Bv. Sc. 48 (1891) 97-.

, in isothermal transformation. Preston,

T. Dubl. S. Sc. T. 6 (1898) 119-.
and solid. Thomson, (Prof.) James,

[1871-73] B. A. Bp. 41 (1871) (Sect,) 31- ;

42 (1872) (Sect.) 24- ; B. S. P. 22 (1873-74)

27-.
solid. Barus, C. Am. J. So. 42 (1891)

125-.
. Heydweiller, A. A. Ps. G. 64

(1898) 725-.

Critical coefficient and constitution at critical
point. Guye,P.A. Par. S. Ps. ^3^. (1890) 39-.

formula . Na/.ini, R. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1898) {Sem. 2) 127-.
— constant and molecular refraction, relation.
Guye, P. A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1890) 17-.

Critical Constants 1880

CRITICAL CONSTANTS.

of carbon dioxide. Amagat, E. H. C. B. 114

(1892) 109^, 1322-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1892) 242.
2 classes of curves oonneoting. Mathias, E.

C. B. 130 (1900) 174&-; Par. S. Ps. 8^.

(1900) 165-.
determination. Cailletet, L., dt Colardeau,

E. C. B. 112 (1891) 563-.
— . Mathias, E. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)

378-.
of gases. Ledue, A., dt Sacerdote, P. C. B.

125 (1897) 397-.

— hydrochloric acid and methyl chloride
vapours. Vincent, C, dt Chappuis, J. C.
B. 100 (1885) 1216-.

— nitrogen. Olszewski, K. C. B. 98 (1884)
913-.

— vapours. Vincent, C, dt Chappuis, J. C.
B. 101 (1885) 427-.

Critical data of liquids. Heilbom, E. Z. Ps.

C. 7 (1891) 601-.
and chemical constitution. HeU-

bom, E. Z. Ps. C. 6 (1890j 578-.
Pennsylvanian paraffins. Bartoli, A.,

dt Stracciati, E. N. Cim. 16 (1884) 104-.
Critical density, determination. Mathias, E.

C. B. 115 (1892) 35-.

— — , — . Young, S., dt Thomas, O. L.
L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 134- ; Ph. Mg. 34
(1892J 507-.

, law of Cailletet and Mathias. Young,

S. L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) 480- ; Ph. Mg.
50 (1900) 291-.

, supEK)6ed existence. Heen, P. de. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 33 (1897) 119-.

— — and theory of corresponding states.
Mathias, E. Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 6 (1892) M,
34 pp.

— isothermal line and densities of saturated
vapour and liquid in isopentane and carbon
dioxide. Verschafelt, J.E. Amst. Ak. Vs.
8 (1900) 651- ; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 588-.

— phenomena. Zambiasi, O. Bm. B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 1) 21-.

, influence of curvature in surface at high

temperatures. Waals, J. D, van der. Amst.

Ak. Vs. 3 (1895) 133-.
, gravity. Kuenen, J. P. Amst.

Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 41- ; Arch. N^ri. 1 (1898)

342-.

CBITICAL POINT.

Cagniord'Latour, (le baron) C. A. C. 21

(1822) 127- ; 22 (1823) 410- ; 23 (1823)

267-.
Ramsay, W. [1880] B. S. P. 31 (1881)

194-.
Nadezhdin, A. I. (xn) Bs. P8.-C. S. J. 14

(Ps.) (1882) [(Pt. 1)] 157-, 536- ; 15 (Ps., Pt.

1) (1883) 25- ; (x) A. Ps. C. Beibl. 7 (1883)

678-.
Jamin, J. C. C. B. 96 (1883) 1448-.
(priority claim.) Ramsay, W. C. B. 97 (1883)

448-.

210

/

1880 Critical Point

adiabatio expansion near. Natanson, W, Erk.

Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 8 (1895) 220- ; Cro. Ao.

Sc. BU. (1895) 180-.
adiabaticB of system of liqaid and gas. Raveau,

C. Par. S. Ps. 84. (1892) 2e6-.
anomalies. Kuenen, J. P. Amst. Ak. Vs.

[2] (1894) 85-; Arch. N^erl. 1 (1898)

274-.
— , experiments. Kuenen, J, P. Amst. Ak.

Vs. 3 (1895) 19-, 67- ; Arch. N^rl. 1 (1898)

279-.
behaviour near. Golicifn, B, A. Ps. C. 50

(1893) 521-.

— at. G(my, — . C. B. 116 (1898) 1289-.
capillarity near (carbon dioxide). VerschaffeU,

J. Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 94- ; J. de Ps.

6 (1897) 446-.
. Eldik, A. van. [1897] Amst. Ak.

Vs. 6 (1898) 18-, 74- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1898)

159-.
. Bakker, O. Z. Ps. C. 85 (1900)

698-.
of carbon dioxide. GameU, W. Nt. 16 (1877)

23.
condensation at. Fuchs, K. Exner Bpm. 26

(1890) 497-.
determination. Guldberg, C. M, Christiania

F. (1882) iVo. 20, 10 pp.

— . Pellat.H. J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 225-.

— ,Cailletet and Colardeaa's method. Grimaldi,

G. P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892)
(Sem. 1) 79-.

— , criterion. DtcXuan, J. D. H, Ph. Mg. 10
(1880) 40-.

— of density near. Heen, P. de. Brox. Ao.
BU. 31 (1896) 147-.

volumes of liquids and vapours above.

Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 27 (1894)

580-.
effect of weight on fluids at. Gouy, — . C.

B. 116 (1892) 720-.
electric conductivity at. Bartoli, A. Bm. B.

Ac. Lmc. Bd. 2 (1886) (Sem. 2) 129-.
errors for pure substances and mixtures.

Hirsch, R. von. A. Ps. 1 (1900) 655-.
of ethyl ether, refractivity near. Golicyn, P.,

dt Wilip, J. St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 11 (1900)

117-.
lecture experiment. Barus, C. Am. J. So. 2

(1896) 1-.
meniscus formation, influence of time. Heen,

P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 25 (1893) 14-.
of mixed gases. AntdeU, G. [1882] B. S.

P. 34 (1883) 113-.

— some organic compounds. AltschtU, M. Z.
Ps. C. 11 (1893) 577-.

phenomena. ZambiaH, G. Bm. B. Ao. Lino.

Bd. 1 (1892) (Sem. 2) 423-.
physical state near. CaiUetet, L., (t Coh'Tdeau^

E. G. B. 108 (1889) 1280-.
properties of liquids near. Golicyn^ B. B.

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 10 (1899) xxxiv-.
pure gases near. ViUardt P. Par. S.

Ps. S4. (1894) 244-.
(VUlard). Weiendanek, K. A.

Ps. C. 55 (1896) 677-.
state of matter ne^. CaiUetet, L. , <^ ColardeaUf

E. A. C. 18 (1889) 269-.

Critical State 1880

state of matter near. Lepntu, B. Frkf . a. M.

Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1890-91) 27.
at. Battelli, A. Ven. I. At. (1891-

92) 1615- ; (1892-93) 685-.
— — — near. Dwelshauvers-Dery, F, F.

Brux. Ac. Bji. 80 (1895) 670-.
and vapour pressure of water. CaiUetet, L,

df Colardeau, E. C. B. 112 (1891) 1170- ;

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 172-.
variation in vapour pressure near. Paveott,

— . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1893) 57-.

Critical pressure, calculation. Dutoit, P., dt
Friderich, L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 5 (1898)
574—.

of ice. BuOerow, A. St. P6t. Ac. Sc.

BU. 27 (1881) 273-.
for solicls, so-caUed. Richter, — van.

Bresl. SchL Gs. Jbr. (1885) 132-.
— solution point, influence of pressure. Lee,

N. J. van der. Z. Ps. C. 33 (1900) 622-.

CBITICAL STATE.

Ramsay, W. B. S. P. 30 (1880) 823-.
Stolyetov, A. G. (xn) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 14

(P$.) (1882) [(Pt. 1)] 167- ; (xi) J. de Ps. 1

(1882)543-.
(Stolyetov.) Zaionehevskii, V. (xn) Bs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 14 (P«.) (1882) [(Pt. 1)] 386-.
StoUtov, A. G. MoBC. S. So. BU. 78 (No. 1)

(1892) 1-; Fschr. Ps. (1892) (Ah. 2) 190- ;

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 25 (P».) (1893) 303- ; 26

(P«.) (1894) 26- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 571- ; 4

(1895)679.
BatUUi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1898)

(Sem. 1) 171-.
Ramsay, W. Z. Ps. C. 14 (1894) 486-.
Wesendmck, K. Z. Ps. C. 16 (1894) 262-.
Zambiasi, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895)

(Sem. 2) 127-.
DUteriei, C. A, Ps. C. 69 (1899) 685-; Pa. Z.

1 (1900) 73-.
aooidental character. Heen, P. de. Bmz. Ac.

BU. 27 (1894) 848-.
oarb<ni dioxide, coloured by iodine. VUlard^

P. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894) 242-.
condensation in mixtures near. Hartman, C.

M. A. [1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 60- :

Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 66-.
theory. ReU, P. Humb. 7 (1888) 869-, 409-.

CRITICAL TEMPERATURES.

Moutier, J. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 2 (1878) 75-.
Pawlewski, B. Berl. B. 15 (1882) 460-.
Nadeidin, A. I. [1885] Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8

(1) (1886) 1.
Prytx, K. Ts. Ps. C. 26 (1887) 33-.
Golicyn, B. B. Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 22 (Ps.) (1890)

265-; Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ah. 2) 248-; J. de

Ps. 1 (1892) 474-.
Ladenburg, — . Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1890)

(Al. P.) 20-.
Bulatov, A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 31 (Ps.) (1899)

69-.
behaviour near. Clark, J. W. [1880] L. Ps.

3. P. 4 (1881) 41- ; Ph. Mg. 10 (1880) 145-.

211

02

1880 Critical Temperatures

and boiling point. Bartoli, A, N* Cim. 16

(1884) 74-; 20 (1886) 189-.
, hydrogen. Oltxewskij K, Erk. Ak.

{Mt.-Prz.) Rz. 9 (1895) 404- ; Ph. Mg. 40

(1896) 202-.
causes underlying. Avenarius, M, [1876] St.

P6t. Ac. So. BU. 22 (1877} 878-.
ohange of state near. Cailletet, L,,dk HauU'

feuUU.P. C. R. 92 (1881) 840-.
and ohange of state. WcUterhSfer, 0. Humb.

5 (1886) 404-.
of compound esters. Pawlewskit B, (zn)

Kosmos (Lw.) 7 (1882) 1-. 180-, 303- ; (x)

Berl. B. 16 (1882) 2460- ; 16 (1883) 2633-.
(Pawlewski). Nadeidirif A, Rs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 16 IPs.) (1884) 74-.
as criterion oi chemical purity. Altschult M,

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1896) 1-.
. PicUt, R. C. R. 120 (1896)

43-.
determination. Oolicyn^ B. B, Mosc. S. So.

BU. 73 (No. 2) (1891) 6-; Fschr. Mth.

(1891) 1188-.
— . ChappuU, J, C. R. 118 (1894) 976-.

— in opaque tubes. Nade£dvn^ A. J. [1886]
Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8 (1) (1886) xvii- ; St. P6t.
Ac. Sc. Bll. 30 (1886) 327-.

— of volume of liquid at. Zuk, K. N. [1886]
Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8 (1) (1886) xviU-.

of hydrogen. Naiansonf W. Krk. Ak. (Mt.-
Prz.) Rz. 7 (1896) 374-; Ore. Ac. Sc. Bll.
(1896) 93-.

— liquia, influence of pressure of gas. Schiller ,
N. N, [1894] Kiev S. Kt. Mm. 16 (1)
(1896) lix-.

— mixtures. Straus^ O. E, (xn) Rs. Ps.-C.
S. J. 12 (Ps.) (1880) [(Pt. 1)] 207-.

physical state at. Ouye^ P. A. G. R. 110

(1890) 141-.

and pressure. Engel, R. Rv. Sc. 3 (1882) 691-.

. Vincent ^ C, dt ChappviSf J. 0. R.

103 (1886) 379- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1886) 6&-.

of oxygen. Wrdhlewski, Z. [1883] (xn)

Krk. Ak. (UU-Prz.) Rz. A Sp. 11 (1884)
un- ; (xi) C. R. 97 (1883) 309-.

— — and volume, carbon disulphide and
water. BatUXLx, A. Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 41

(1891) 26-.

: of water. Straus, 0. E, (xn.) Rs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 14 (Ps.) (1882) (Pt. 1) 610-.
pressure of water vapour at. Cailletet, L. , dt

Colardeau, E. G. R. 112 (1891) 1170- ; Par.

S. Ps. S4. (1891) 172-.
reappearance of liquid at. Dwelshauvers-Dery,

E. r. Brux. Ac. Bll. 31 (1896) 277-.
solutions of solids. PicUt, R. G. R. 120

(1896) 64-.
and surface tension. Edtv'ds, L, Mth. Termt.

£ts. 3 (1886) 64-.
thermal and calorific constants at. L<iar, J, J,

van. Z. Ps. G. 11 (1893) 721-.
and thermal expansion of liquid, relations.

Bartoliy A., dt Straccia^if E. N. Gim. 16

(1884) 91-.
, — (Bartoli and Stracciati).

Thorpe, T. E., dt RUcker, A. W. L. Ps. S.

P. 8 (1887) 34- ; Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 431-.

Continnity of State 1880

and thermal expansion of liquid, relations
(Thorpe and Riicker). Bartoli, A., dt Strac-
ciati, E. Ph. Mg. 22 (1886) 633-.

variability. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 24

(1892) 96-.

variation of temperature of transformation
around. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 26

(1893) 696-.

Gritical volume, determination. Young, S.
L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 137- ; Ph. Mg. 34

(1892) 603-.

, — . LoMr, J. J. van. Z. Ps. G. 11

(1893) 661-.

Density of sulphur dioxide as liquid and as
saturated vapour. Cailletet, L., dt Mathias,
E. C. R. 104 (1887) 1663- ; Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1887) 162-.

Determination of densities of liquefied gases

and their saturated vapours. Amagat, — .

G. R. 114 (1892) 1093-, 1322- ; Par. S. Ps.

S6. (1892) 230-, 242.
Different states of matter. Bogaevskij, L. St.

pa. Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1897) No. 13, 104 pp.
Fluid, limiting steam -liquid temperature.

Thomson, (Sir) W. B. A. Rp. (1880)

496-.
Gaseous and liquid states, properties. Groshans,

J. A. [1864-78] Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 23

(1866) 73-; A. Ps. G. 6 (1879) 119-.

— state. Andrews, T. Phil. Trans. 166 (1876)
421-.

Isometrics of liquid matter. Barus, C. Ph.
Mg. 30 (1890) 338-.

Isothermals for dissociated mixtures. Ikeda,
K. Z. Ps. G. 33 (1900) 287-.

— , empirical and theoretical, of mixtures.
Bltimcke, A. Z. Ps. G. 6 (1890) 163-, 407-.

— , , , variation with temperature.

BlUmcke, A. Z. Ps. G. 8 (1891) 664-; 9
(1892) 78-.

Liquefied gases. Dewar, J, [1884] R. I. P.
11 (1887) 148-.

Natterer*8 tubes, effects of mirage and differ-
ences of density. VUlard, P. G. R. 121
(1896) 116- ; Par. S. Ps. SL (1896) 73-.

— — , phenomena. Oouy, — . C. R. 121
(1896) 201-.

, properties. Raveau, — . Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1892) 213-.
Physical and chemical phenomena at low

temperatures. Sluginov, N. P. Kazan S.

Ps.-Mth. Bll. 3 (1898) (Prot.) 23-.
Ratio of heat of internal vaporisation to

difference of densities. Mathicu, — . Par.

S. Ps. 86. (1900) 34*-.
State of matter characterised by independence

of pressure and specific volume. Heen, P. de.

Brux. Ac. Bll. 24 (1892) 267-.
Surface between liquid and vapour, influence of

external pressure. Schiller , N. N. Rs. Ps.-

G. S. J. 30 (Ps.) (1898) 79-.
Thermal properties of ethyl oxide. Ramsay,

W., dt Young, S. [1886] Phil. Trans. (A)

178 (1888) 67-.
methyl alcohol. Ramsay, W., dt

Young, S. [1887] Phil. Trans. (A) 178

(1888) 313-.

212

1885 Corresponding States Equilibrium in Coexistent Phases 1887

Thermal properties of propyl alcohol. Ranuayi
W., dt Young, 8. [1888-89] Phil. Trans.
(A) 180 (1890) 137-.

Transformation of state of bodies, new theory.
Moulin, H. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1896) 46-, 26S-.

Tabes of Gagniard de la Tour. Biemackif W.
Wiad. Mt. 2 (1898) 126-.

Van der Waals's surface for mixtures, plait-
points. Kuenen, J. P, Amst. Ak. Vs. [2]
(1894) 28-; Arch. Nderl. 1 (1898) 270-.

1885 Corresponding States.

Meyer [rUe Bjerrum], K, [1899] Kjub. Dn.

Yd. Selsk. Skr. 9 (1898-1901) 155- ; Z. Ps.

0. 82 (1900) 1-.
Coefficients of expansion and compression in

corresponding states. WaaU, J. D, van der,

Amst. Ak. Yh. 20 (1880) {No$. 6 & 7)

32 + 11 pp.; A. Ps. C. Beibl. 5 (1881) 27-,

250-.
Corresponding pressures, diameter of densities

at. Mathias, E. J. de Ps. 2 (1898) 224-.

— temperatures. Grosfums, J, A. Cosmos 3
(1866J 285-, 310-.

(Groshans's rule). Bartoli, A»^dt Strac-

ciatt, E. N. Cim. 18 ^885) 193-.

. DUhHng, U, A. Ps. Cf. 52 (1894) 556-.

with equal vapour pressures. Orothana,

J. A. A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 169- ; 61 (1897)

142-.
Isothermal compressibility of liquids and gases,

and corresponding states. BriUouint M, J.

de Ps. 2 (1893) 118-.

LAW OF CORRESPONDING STATES.

WaaU, J. D. van der. Amst. Ak. Yh. 21 (1881)

{No, 5) 10 pp. ; A. Ps. C. Beibl. 5 (1881) 567-.
Bakker, G. Z. Ps. C. 21 (1896) 127-, 507-.
WaaUy J, D. van der {jun.). [1896] Amst.

Ak. Ys. 5 (1897) 248-; Fschr. Ps. (1896)

{Ab. 2) 200-.
Moulin, — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1899) 16»-.
Berthelot, D. C. R. 131 (1900) 17&-.
application to dissolved substances. WaaU^

J, D. van der, Amst. Ak. Ys. M. 9 (1892)

846-; Fschr. Ps. (1892) (Ab. 1) 377-.
and characteristic equation of fluids. RaveaUt

C. Par. S. Ps. 86. (1896) 274-.
corresponding boiling points. DUhring, U,

A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 163-.
(Diihring). Winkelmann, A, A, A.

Ps. C. 11 (1880) 534-.
, priority claim. Diihring, U, 0. R.

91 (1880) 980- ; Z. Ps. C. 13 (1894) 492-.
and critical phenomena. ZambicUi, G. Rm.

R. Ac. Line. Rd. 3 (1894) (Sem, 2) 184-.

— law of rectilinear diameter. Mathias, E,
J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 407- ; Li^ S. Sc. Mm. 2
(1900)^0. 1,28 pp.

for mixtures of carbon dioxide and hydrogen.

Verschafelt, J. E, Arch. N6erl. 5 ^900) 644-.
liquids. Kowalskiy J, Par. 8. Ps.

86. (1893) 259-.
relations expressing. Amagat, E, H. C. R.

124 (1897) 647-.

vapours not obeying. Leduc, A, C. R. 128

(1899) 1314-.
of van der Waals. Mathias, E, G. R. 112

(1891) 85-, 404 ; Toul. Fac. 8c. A. 5 (1891)

P, 24 pp.
. Young, S. [1892-93] L. Ps. 8.

P. 11 (1892) 233-; Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 153- ;

L. Ps. 8. P. 12 (1894) 447-; Ph. Mg. 37

(1894) 1-.
. Amagat, E, H. C. R. 123 (1896)

30-, 83-.
. Raveau, C, C, R. 123 (1896)

100-. '

Law of thermodynamic unity. KowdUki, J,
, Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1893) 261-.

1887 Eqnilibrinm in Coexistent
Phases. Phase Knle (General).

Adiabatic changes of state of crystals in solid
and liquid states. Tammann, G, [1899-1900]
Dorpat 8b. 12 (1901) 270- ; A. Ps. 1 (1900)
275-.

liquid and its saturated vapour.

PhUlips, £. C. R. 70 (1870) 548-.
Coexistent phases, pressure. Waals, J, D, van

der. Arch. N6erl. 26 (1893) 91-.
, vapour pressure. Cantor, M, A. Ps.

C. 67 (1899) 683-.
Equilibrium of 2 bodies, quadruple points.

Roozeboom, H. W, B, Reo. Tr. C. P.-Bas

5 (1886) 393-.
— , chemical, in dilute solution and in gaseous

state. Hoff, J, H, vanH, [1886] Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. 21 (1884-87) No. 17, 58 pp.

— of complex solid in presence of gas and
liquid. Waals, J. D. van der, Amst. Ak.
Ys. 5 (1897) 482-; Arch. N6erl. 1 (1898| 78-.

crystalline and vapour phase. Roozeooom,

' H, W, B. Arch. N6erl. 5 (1900) 360-.

— — fluid and solid in contact, change of
melting point by pressure. Riecke, E, G5tt.
Nr. (1894) 278-.

— — gaseous solutions and solid hydrates,
Waals, J, D, van der. Amst. Ak. Ys. M. 1
(1885) 377-; Rec. Tr. C. P.-Bas 4 (1885)
135-.

(van der Waals). Rooze-

boom, H, W. B, Reo. Tr. C. P.-Bas 5 (1886)
335-.

— — gases. Marek, W. J. Carl Rpm. 18
(1882) 544-.

— laws, identity in chemical, physical and
mechanical phenomena. Le Chatelier, H.
Rv. 8o. 40 (1887) 646-.

— and movement oi mixed fluids. Duhem, P,
LUle Tr. Mm. 3 (1893) M€m. 11, 136 pp.

— of saturated vapour and its liquid. SchUler,
N. Mosc. 8. Sc. BU. 91 (No. 2) (1895) 7-;
Fschr. Mth. (1895) 1048-.

' solid and liquia compounds of water with

salts. Roozeboom, H. W, B, Arch. Nterl.
23 (1889) 199-.

solids, liquids and vapours. Waals, J. D,

van der. Amst. Ak. Ys. M. 7 (1890) 4.

213

1890

Hygroscopy and Hygromtitry

1890

Equilibrium in ternary systems with 2 liquid

phases. Schreinemakerg, F, Amst. Ak. Vs.

6 (1898) 65- ; Arch. N6erl. 1 (1898) 411- ;

2 (1899) 21-, 144- ; 8 (1900) 1-, 278-.
Modmcations in specific volome of saturated

vapour and of liquid due to changes of

temperature, relation. WcumU, J, D. van der.

Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900) 407-.
** Phase doctrine,** application to iron and steel.

Roozehoom, H. W, B. I. A S. I. J. (1900)

{No. 2) 311-.

— rule, demonstration. Saurd, P. J. Ps. C.
8 (1899) 69-.

Stability of irreversible hydrosols. Hardy,
. W. B. R. S. P. 66 (1900) 110-.
Triple point, property. Moutier, J, Par. S.
Phlm. Bll. 8 (1879) 233-.

— points of bromine and iodine. Tsuruta, K.
Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 417-.

1890

Hygroscopy and Hygro-
metry.

also Meteorology 0270,
1000-1060.)

Air, relations to heat, cold, and moisture.

Leslie, J, TiUoch Ph. Mg. 41 (1813) 446-.
Aspirator, ether. Dwpont, M. [1881] Par. S.

Phbn. BU. 6 (1882) 74-.
•^.siphon. Dupont^M. [1881] Par. S. Phlm.

BU. 6 (1882) 21-.
Atmidometer. Bellani, A. Brugnatelli G. 9

(1816) 102-, 188-, 250-, 417- ; 10 (1817)

848-, 422-; 3 (1820) 166-.
— . Reischauery C, [G.], dt Vogel, A. Milnch.

Oelehrte Az. 42 (1856) lBU.)No. 1, 15-.
Atmometer. Andertofiy A. £idlnb. Ph. J. 2

(1820) 64-.
*< Chameleon " barometer, value as hygrometer.

SmUh, A, P, Nt. 11 (1875) 807, 365.
Condensation of vapour on cold surface. Dal-

mahoy, J. [1851] Edinb. a S. T. 20 (1853)

299-.
RhAne glacier. Dufour, C. As.

Pr. C. R. 7 (1878) 285-.
Desiccator, mean temperature, calculation.

OratH, G. Nap. I. Inc. At. 6 (1887) No. 3,

15 pp.
Dew formation, observations. Alvord, H. E.

Am. As. P. (1886) 113-.
Dew point found from cold produced by evapora-
tion. MeikUyH. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 16 (1834)

98-; 18 (1835) 319-.
observations. Pike's Peak, test of Beg-

nault's formula and tables. Abbe, C. [U. S.]

Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (*1880) 852-.
and peychrometer indications, relation.

Hazen, H. A. [U. S.] Chief Sig. Off. A.

Bp. (1890) 658-.
psychrometrio tables. Marvin, C. F,

[U. S. Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1891)] 851-.
Evaporation and precipitation in atmosphere.

Parrot, O. F. Gilbert A. 10 (1802) 166-.
(Parrot). Bdekmatm, C. W.

GUbert A. 11 (1802) 66-.

Evaporation and precipitation in atmosphere
(Parrot). Wrede, E. F. GUbert A. 12 (1803)
319-.

Humidity, determination. SohXberg, K. H,

Stockh. Ofv. (1890) 49-; Fschr. Ps. (1890)

{Ah. 2) 345-.
— , — by psycbrometer and hair-hygrometer.

Koppe, C. Wien Met. Z. 13 (1878) 49-.
— , mpectroscope. Cory, F. W. [1887]

Met. S. QJ. 14 (1888) 85-.
— , . Arendt, T. Met. Z. 13 (1896)

376-.
— , . JeweU, L. E. Asps. J. 4 (1896)

324-.

— at high temperatures, calculation from
observatipns of wet and dry bulb thermo-
meters. Strachan, R. Nt. 35 (1887) 7.

— — low temperatures. Marvin, C. F.
[U. S.] Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1890) 650-;
(1891) 351-.

— , psychrometrio method, and tables for direct
deduction. Hazen, H. A. U. S. Weath.
Bur. Bp. (1897-98) 327-.

— , relative. Weihrauch, K. Mosc. S. Nt. BU.
59 (1884) 1-, 304-.

— of soil. King, — . A. Agn. 22 (1896)
161-.

Hydroscope of Sinesio. Angelelli, M. [1842]

(VI Adds.) N. A. Sc. Nt. 1 (1844) 5-.
Hydroscopic researches of Aob^ ParameUe.

MaiUet, — . (vm) Beims S6. Ac. 5 (1847)

265-.
Hygrometric calculations, sUde rule for. Welsh,

J. B. A. Bp. (1851) {pt. 2) 42-.

— method, new. Dddrive, A. Bb. Un. 28
(1825) 28&-.

— , — . Emmerich, R. [1891] Milnch. Gs.

Mph. PI. Sb. 7 (1892) 143-.

— methods, experimental investigation. Vogel,
A. Milnch. Ab. 8 (1860) 295-.

— principles. Ide, J. J, A. Mosc. Cm. S. Ps.
Md. 1 (1808) 105-.

— properties of insoluble compounds. G rijiths ,
T. QJ. Sc. 19 (1825) 92-.

wool. Maum^ene, E. J. (vm) Beims

S^. Ac. 11 (1850) 80-.

— state of air as affecting temperature of
bodies. Papasogli, — . Arch. Phm. 224
(1886) 559.

, determination. Suerman, A.C. G.

Leijd. A. Ac. (1829-30) 123 pp.

— — — — , diagrammatic representation.
Passaro, E. Nap. I. Inc. At. 3 (1890) No. 5,
12 pp.

— tables, construction. Pichoi, A. C. B. 46
(1858] 1052-.

for dew-point and relative humidity.

Abbe, C. [U. S.] Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp.
(•1881) 1138-.

— use of sulphuric acid. Delarive, A. Arch.
Sc. Ps. Nt. 44 (1872) 79-.

HYGBOMETBY.

LUdicke, M. A. F. GUbert A. 1 (1799) 282-;

2 a799) 70- ; 5 (1800) 79-.
Armm, L. A. von. GUbert A. 4 (1800) 308-.

214

1890 Hygrometen

AubuUwn de Voitins, J, F, d\ J. Mines 27

(1810) 411-.
(Dalton^B.) Erman, P. GUbert A. 40 (1812)

389—
MelUmi, M. [1829] A. G. 48 (1830) 3&-.
Prinsep, J. Gleanings Sc. 1 (1829) 45-, 189-.
KdnUz, L. F, Qnetelet Cor. Mth. 10 (1838)

360-.
CoUon, J, H, Brux. A. Un. (1843) 76-.
Scherpemiel'Thim, J, H. von, Brax. A. Un. 2

(1843) 171-.
Regnault, V, C. R. 20 (1845) 1127-, 1220-.
(Begnaolt.) Mqjoeehit G, A, (yi Adds,) Ma-

jocchi A. Fis. C. 22 (1846) 29-, 233-; 23

(1846) 33-, 274-.
Lefebvre, G, A. C. 25 (1849) 111-.
Regnault, V, C, B. 35 (1852) 930- ; A. C. 87

(1853) 257-.
Avi'Lidlement, G, M, F, (xn) Arg. S. Ci. A.

4 (1877) 252-.
Crova, A, [1883] Mntp. Ac. Mm. 10 (1884)

411-.
Jamin, J, C. B. 98 (1884) 1561-.
application of cold of evaporation to. August,

E. F. Pogg. A. 5 (1825) 69-, 335-.
August's formula. Kupffer, A, T, St. P^t.

Ac. Sc. BU. 6 (1840) 337-.
and barometiy. [Shortrede non] Shortreed, R,

B. S. P. 5 (1845) 548-.

experiments. Leslie, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 42
(1813) 44-.

HYGROMETERS.

Leslie, J, Nicholson J. 3 (1800) 461- ; A. C.

35 (1800) 3-,
Voigt, F. W. Gilbert A. 3 (1800) 126-.
Berzelius, J, J, Hisinger Afh. Fys. 2 (1807)

85-; Tilloch Ph. Mg. 33 (1809) 39-.
Adie, Alex, [1819] Edinb. Mm. Wem. S. 3

(1817-20) 488-.
LivingsUme, J. Edinb. Ph. J. 1 (1819) 116-.
Janes, T, [1825] PhU. Trans. (1826) (pt, 2)

53-.
(Jones.) DanieU,J,F. QJ. Sc. 21 (1826) 320-.
Bawngartner, A, van, Baumgaitner Z. 5

(1829) 293-.
Anon, (VI 353) Edinb. N. Ph. J. 15 (1833)

273- ; 17 (1834) 330-.
Mason, J, A, Thomson Be. 4 (1836) 23-, 96-.
Majocchi, G. A, (vi. Adds,) Majocchi A. Fis.

C. 1 (1841) 30-.

(modified thermometer.) NoUet, F. J. C.

M^. 8 (1842) 185-.
Majocchi, G, A. (n Adds,) Majocchi A. Fis.

C. 14 (1844) 57-, 143-.
BeUi, G, A. C. 15 (1845) 506-.
Majocchi, G. A. A. C. 19 (1847) 77-.
Batchelder, J. M, Franklin I. J. 18 (1849) 444-.
Whitehause, W, B. S. P. 20 (1872) 180-.
WoVpert, A, Carl Bpm. 9 (1873) 160-.
Edelmann, M. T, [1878] A. Ps. C. 6 (1879)

455-.
mnes, G, [1879] Met. S. QJ. 6 (1880) 39-.
Siok^ J, P, van der, Batavia Ntk. Ts. 88

(1879) 200-.
Hertz, H, R. (xn) Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 1 (1882)

18-.

Hygrometers 1890

Baurhouze, — . J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 425-.
Tait, — . Edinb. B. S. P. 13 (1886) 116-.
PizzareUo, A. [1888] Moncalleri Oss. Bll. 9

(1889) 131-.

Agamennone, G,, dk Bonetti, F, Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 1 (1892) {Sem. 2) 216- ; 3 (1894)

(Sem, 2) 23-.
Anan, Cztg. Opt. 16 (1895) 111-, 123-.
Pettinelli, P. Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 93-.
absorption-. Hasselt, A. van, (xn) Bfbl. Nt.

9 (1879) 71-, 101- ; Forsch. Ag.-Ps. 3 (1880)

204-.
— . Matem.A, [1879-80] A. Ps. C. 9 (1880)

147- ; 10 (1880) 149-.
— . VoUer, C, A, Hamb. Nw. Vr. Vh. 4

(1880) 100- .
— . Weber, R, Nench. S. Sc. Bll. 27 (1899)

54-.
— , calibration. Crova, A, [1883-84] Mntp.
. Ac. Mm. 10 (1884) 548-.
— , Biidorfif's, modification. Neesen, F, A. Ps.

C. 11 (1880) 526-.
Arundo phra^poites. Adie, Alex, Edinb. Ph.

J. 1 (1819) 32-.
balance-. Snellen, M, [with note by Baum-

hauer, E, H, von]. Arch. N^erl. 9 (1874)

477-.
bifilar. Klinkerfues, E. F. W, Dingier 226

(1877) 100-.

— (of Klinkerfues). MiUtrieh, A. Wien Met.

Z. 15 (1880) 170-.
DanielPs. Brouwer, S, Hall Bij. 6 (1831)

272-.
— , modification. Pfeiffer, (Dr,) L, Z, Bl. 9

(1873) 243-.
dew-point. Foggo, J. Edinb. J. Sc. 4 (1826)

127 ; 7 (1827) 36-.
— . SanMar, K, van. Wien SB. 22 (1856)

271-.
— . Baurhouze, — . C. B. 100 (1885) 1538-.
— . Sire, G, [1885] C. B. 101 (1885) 638 ;

Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 14 (1885) 220- ; Doubs S.

Mm. .10 (1886) 164-.
— . Dufaur, H. [1888-89] Laus. S. Vd. Bll.

24 (1889) 88-; J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 74-.
— . Gilbault, H, C, B. 114 (1892) 67.
— , with tables. Yvan, P. J. de Phm. 28

(1878) 103-.

— , and wet bulb thermometer. Espy, J, P,

FrankUn I. J. 13 (1834) 81-.
direct, modification. Chistoni, C, [1883]

Spet. It. Mm. 12 (1884) 81-.
Edelmann. Cancani, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 1 (1885) 475-.
electric. Blake, L, I, Kan. Ac. Sc. T. 12

(1890) 67.

empirical calibration. Sire, G. C. K, 101

(1885) 312.
ether. Adie, John, Edinb. J. Sc. 1 (1829)

60-.
by evaporation. Ivory, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

60 (1822) 81-.
and evaporation. Meikle, H, Edinb. N. Ph.

J. 2 (1827) 22-.
expansion-. Cozza, R, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 10

(1900) 132-.
gelatin. Nodon, A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1886)

148-.

215

1890 Hygrometers

hair-. BaUrut, J. Edinb. J. So. 1 (1824)

309- ; Pogg. A. 2 (1824) 77-.
— . Pictet, M, A. Bb. Un. 27 (1824) 120-.
— . Pnnsep, J. QJ. Sc. 22 (1827) 28-.
— . Hermann, F. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. 63 (1869)

76-.
— . Sire, Q, [1872] (xn) Doubs S. Mm. 7

(1873) 101-.
— . Koppe, C. Dingier 226 (1877) 297-.
— . Meyn, R, Carl Rpm. 14 (1878) 51-.
— , maximum and minimum, de Saussure's

registering. Landriani, M, Brugnatelli G.

8 (1820) 110-.

— I , . Char[r]iire, A.,d^ Midre,

— . Lyon S. Ag. A. 4 (1860) 184-.
— , with spring. Rtinhot, P, (xn) Bs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 12 (Pj.) (1880) [(Pt, 1)] 243-, 247.
— , use. Tr<nvbrtdge, C, C. Science 4 (1896)

62-.
history. Symons^G.J, Met. S.QJ. 7 (1881)161-.
and hygrometrio methods. T$ehaplountz [Chap-

lavitsl F. Lndw. V.-St. 27 (1882) 66-.
Leslie's. WcUton, H. H. B. A. Bp. (1834)

669.

— and hair-. LUdicke, M, A, F, Gilbert A.
10 (1802) 110-.

— , de Saussure's and de Luc*s, comparison.

Bdckmann, C. W. Gilbert A. 16 (1803) 356-.
Majocchi's. RegnauU, V. A. G. 19 (1847) 82-.
portable. Hayei, A. A. Silliman J. 17 (1830)

361-.
registering. Baumhatier, E, H. von, Pogg.

A. 93 (1854) 343-.
— . Vivian, E. (vm) Devon. As. T. (pt, 2)

(1863) 60.
— . Nod<m, A, C. B. 102 (1886) 1371-.
— , maximum and minimum. Donovan, M.

Jr. Ac. P. 1 (1874) 476-, 666-; 2 (1877) 166-.
Begnault's. Donovan, M. [1869] Ir. Ac. P.

10 (1870) 469-.
de Saussure's. Pictet, M. A, Bb. Un. 27

(1824) 22-.
— , improvement. Cagnazzi, L, de S, Nap.

At. Ac. 1 (1819) 43-.
sensitive. Kater, H, As. Besearches 9 (1807)

24-, 394-.
— . Holtz, W, N.-Vorp. Mt. 17 (1886) 63-.
silk-. Parrot, G. F. (vra) Pander Btr. Ntk.

1 (1820) 75-.
slow-acting. Franklin, B, Am. Ph. S. T. 2

(1786) 61-.
vegetable. Soares-Barbosa, A. Lisb. Mm. Ac.

Sc. 1 (1797) 262-.
wet bulb. Marriott, W, [1876] Met. S. QJ.

3 (1877) 283-.
, formula for dew-point. Apjohn, Jos,

Ph. Mg. 6 (1835) 182- ; 7 (1836) 266-, 470- ;

9 (1836) 187-.

— — , hygrometrio scale. P., — . Gleanings
Sc. 1 (1829) 77-.

, portable form. Pa$serini, N. Firenze

Ac. Georg. At. 22 (1899) 41-.
, theory. Apjohn, Ja$. [1834] Ir. Ac.

T. 17 (1837) 276-, 283-.

— and dry bulb. Kdmtz, L. F, Pisa Misc.
Md. Chir. 2 (1843) 207-.

. Marriott, W, [1874] Met. S.

QJ. 2 (1876) 271-.

Hygrometry 1890

wet and dry bulb. MiUer, S, H. [1876] Met.

S. QJ. 3 (1877) 150-.
, experimental investigation. Maci

de Upinay, J. J. de Ps. 10 (1881) 17-.
, formula. Apjohn, Jos, B. A. Rp.

(1843) Ipt. 2) 36-.
, psychrometric tables for. Coffin,

J. H, [1856] Smiths. Misc. Col. 1 (1862)

20 pp.
— •« , reliability. Hazen, H, A . Science

1 (^1883) 602-.

Hygroscope. Benout, — . QJ. Sc. 1 (1830)

196-.
— , fir branch. Doumet, N. Par. BIL S. Bt.

13 (1866) xliv-.
— , metal spiral. Mithoff, 0, Cztg. Opt. 6

(1884) 137-.

Hygroscopic motions of plants (anisotropy).
Vertchaffelt, J. [1891] Mbl. Nt. (1891-92)
13-.

— properties of Canadian fossil fuels. Hoff-
mann, G. C. [1889] Cn. B. S. P. A T. 7
(1890) (Sect. 3) 41-.

cat-gut and hempen cord. Corti, B.

Mod. Mm. S. It. 11 (1804) 642-.
mica. Riess, P. Pogg. A. 67 (1846)

354:-.

— — — textile fabrics. SchUxsing, T. {fiU).
C. B. 116 (1893) 80a-.

tissues. Quekett, E, J. [1840] Mcr.

S. T. 1 (1844) 23-.

Moist bulb problem. [Shortrede non] Shorts
reed, R. B. S. P. 6 (1848) 740-.

Psychrometer, aspiration-. Aitmann, R. Z.
Instk. 12 (1892) 1-.

— , — . EUinger, H. 0. G. N. Ts. Fs. K. 2
(1897) 63-.

— , dry and wet bulb, and an improved chemical
hygrometer. Pembrey, M, S. Ph. Mg. 35
(1893) 62&-.

— , Loew*s. Scheurer, A,,& Wild, E, Mul-
house S. In. Bll. 68 (1898) 266-.

— , portable. Pasaerini, N, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 32
(1900) 43-.

Psychrometers, theory. Pemter, J. M. [1883]
Exner Bpm. 20 (*1884) 164-.

Psychrometric tables and formula (vapour ten-
sion, dew-point and relative humidity), for
whirled psychrometer. Ferrel, W, [U. S.]
Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1886) 233-.

Saturation deficit. Weihrauch, K, Met. Z. 2

(1885) 260-.

. Meyer, H. Met. Z. 4 (1887) 113-, [56].

Temperature of vapour, Dal ton's law. Buquoy,

G. von, Oken Isis (1824) 751-.
Vapour in atmosphere , determination. Ekelund ,

A. W. Sk. Nf. F. 1 (1839) 119-.

— pressure in arable land. Hervi-Mangon,
C. F. Cosmos 6 (1870) 75-.

atmosphere. Apjohn, Jos, , (t Lloyd, H,

Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1841) 433-.
. Renoux, P. C. B. 47 (1868)

364-.
, Dalton's theory. Lamont, J. Ph.

Mg. 24 (1862) 350-.

216

1900 Sublimation

Solutions and Liquid Mixtures 1920

Vapour pressure in atmosphere, maximum,
Pierre, V. Wien SB. (1849) 267-, (Ab, 2) 30-.

, method of measuring. Pierre, V.

Wien SB. (1850) (Ab. 2) 63-.

— pressures, Begnault's, tests, and extension to
lower temperatures. Hazen, H. A. [U. S.]
Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1890) 658-i

, — , — , . Marvin, C, F,

[U. S. Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1891)] 361-.

1900 Vaporisation of Solids.
Sublimation.

Camphor, motion towards light. Tomlimon,

C, Ph. Mg. 24 (1862) 368-.
— , Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 26

(1863) 342-.
Carbon dioxide snow, thermometric and cryo-

Boiling of mixtures of 2 liquids, and '* bumping "
of such mixtures. Ma^tu, G, Pogg. A.
38 (1836) 481-.

— point curves. Speyen, C, L, Am. J. So.
9 (1900) 341-.

— — of solutions, measurement. Raoult,
F. M, Isdre S. BU. 27 (1892) 633-.

— salt solutions, temperature of vapour from.
Rudberg, F. Lieb. A. 16 (1836) 143-.

, . WUllner, A, Pogg. A.

110 (1860) 387-.
, . Gill, J. Ph. Mg. 32

(1866) 481-.
, . MlUler, F. C, G,

Berl. B. 9 (1876) 1629-.
. . WiiUner, F, H. A. A.

Berl. B. 10 (1877) 266-.
, . PfaundUr, L, Berl.

B. 10 (1877) 463-.
genic application. Dm Bots, H., c0 Willi, . Mailer, F.C.G, Berl.

A. P. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 168-.
Solids and vapours. Bancroft, W. D. Ps. Bv.

3 (1896) 401-.
Vaporisation of fire-proof substances. Hermb-

st&dt, S. F. Berl. Ab. (1814-16) {Ps.) 63-.
ice.

211-.
and snow. Carradori, G. Brugna-

telli G. 6 (1812) 203-.
iron at orainary temperature. PeUat,

H, C. B. 126 (1898) 1338.
— , limits. Faraday, M, Phil. Trans. (1826)

484- ; B. I. P. 1 (1831) 70-.
— of metals by electricity. Hopkins, (Rev,)

G. H. Nt. 10 (1874) 190-.
at ordinajry temperature. Pellat, H,

C. B. 123 (1896) 104-.
solids. Baumgartner, G. Carl Bpm. 13

(1877) 626-.
Vapour pressure of solids and liquids, transition

between. Ramsay, W., db Young, S, L. Ps.

S. P. 8 (1887) 119- ; Ph. Mg. 23 (1887) 61-,

138.
Volatilisation of solids, influence of pressure.

Ramsay, W,, d: Young, S. [1883] PhiL

Trans. 176 (1886) 37-.
Water vapour, sudden change to ice. Bu^ge,

— . (VI Adds.) N. Al. J. C. 2 (1804) 701 -.

1920 Solutions and Liquid Mix-
tures : Melting-Point, Boiling-
Point, Vapour Pressure, eto.

Acetic acid and water, distillation. Aignan,

— , <& Chabot, P. [1893] Bordeaux S. Sc.

Mm. 4 (1894) xv-.
Alcohol and carbon dioxide mixtures, density.

BUimcke, A. A. Ps. C. 30 (1887) 243-.
Alloys, eutectic, constitution. Charpy, G,

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1897) 87-.
— , fusibility. Le Chatelier, — . Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1894) 266.
American petroleum and Bussian kerosene,

fractional distillation. Wanklyn, J. A., db

Cooper, W. J. Ph. Mg. 40 (1896) 226-.
Aqueous solutions, temperature of vapour from.

Zantedeschi, F. Aten. It. 3 (1864) 14-.

B. 10 (1877) 1327-.
, . KahXbaum, G. W. A,

Basel Vh. 8 (1890) 418-.

, . Sakurai, J. [1893] T6k,

_ - , ' . Ck)ll. Sc. J. 6 (1894) 1-.
SchUbler, G. Wtirtb. Ab. 1 (1826) , J /and from mixed Uquids.

Magnus, G. Berl. Mb. (1861) 167-.
Bubble formation in frozen liquids. Karsten,

G. [1893] Sohl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 10

(1896) 309-.
Carbon disulphide and carbon tetrachloride,

distillation of mixtures. Brown, F, D. C.
. S. J. 39 (1881) 304-.
Change of volume due to solution of salts in

water. HeHtsch, A, A. Ps. C. 36 (1889)

116-.
Constitution of cryohydrates. Ponsot, A . Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1894) 278-.
Corresponding states of saXt solutions. Bender,

C. A. Ps. C. 22 (1884) 179- ; 31 (1887) 872-.
Eutectic mixtures. Guthrie, Fred, L. Ps. S.

P. 6 (1886) 124- ; Ph. Mg. 17 (1884) 462-.
Evaporation of solutions. Laval, E, Bor-
deaux S. Sc. Mm. 2 (1886) 37-.
, saline. Pfaundler, L. D. Nf. Tbl.

(•1876) 208.
,— . Moutier,J. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 6

(1881) 146-.
, — . Marguerite-DeHacharlonny, P,

As. Fr. C. B. (1887) {Pt, 1) 198.
, — , ana water. Lesage, P. As. Fr.

C. B. (1892) (Pt, 2) 238-; C. B. 116 (1892)

473.

FREEZING POINT OF SOLUTIONS AND
LIQUID MIXTURES,

RUdorff, F. Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 63-; 116
(1862) 66-.

Guldberg, C, M. C. B. 70 (1870) 1349-.

Raoult, F. M. C, B. 98 (1884) 1047- ; J. de
Ps. 3 (1884) 16-; 6 (1886) 64-; Bv. Sc. 37
(1886) 673-.

Ponsot, A. Par. S. C. BU. 17 (1897) 678.

Apparatus, use for molecular weight deter-
mination. Nemst, W, Z. Ps. C. 6 (1890)
673-.

217

1920

Freezing Paint of Solutions and Liquid Mixtures

1920

Binary mixtures. Ddhrm, A. [1894] A. Ps.

C. 64 (1895) 486-; 00 (1897) 119-.
Colloidal solations. Liuhavin^ N. N, Bs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 21 (C.) (1889) 897- ; C. S. J. 58 (1890)

{Ab$.) 685-.
Depression by dissolved gases. PrytZt K. J.

de Ps. 2 (1893) 853- ; 8 (1894) 584.

Determination,

Bijlert, A. van. Z. Ps. G. 8 (1891) 843-.
Loomiiy E. H. A. Ps. G. 51 (1894) 500-.
(Loomis.) KoMrausch, F, A. Ps. G. 51 (1894)

524-.
Janes, H, C. A. Ps. G. 53 (1894) 392-.
Ponaot, A. C. R. 118 (1894) 977-.
Loomis, E. H. A. Ps. G. 57 (1896) 521-.
Eaoult, F, 3f. G. R. 124 (1897) 851-.
Ponsot, A, G. R. 124 (1897) 1227- ; Par. S. C.

BU. 17 (1897) 741- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1897)

26-.
(Raoolt.) BatteUi, A., d; Stefanini, A, N.

Gim. 9 (1899) 5-.
(— .) Ponsoty A, Par. 8. G. BU. 21 (1899)

(Ponsot.) Raoult, — . Par. 8. G. Bll. 21

(1899) 610-.
Pmsot, A. Par. 8. G. Bll. 21 (1899) 764-.
(source of error.) RatmU, F. M. Is^re 8. Bll.

30 (1899) 19-.
(precision cryoscopy.) Baoultt F, M, Is^re 8.

BIL 30 (1899) 337-.
Chrtiiiov, P. G. R. 131 (1900) 883-.
apparatus. Baotdt^ — . Isdre 8. Bll. 25 (1887)

363.
of dilute solutions. Arrhenius, 8. 8tockh.

Ak. Hndl. Bh. 14 (Afd, 1) (1889) No. 9,

23 pp.
. Ledue, A. G. R. 120 (1895) 436-;

Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1895) 86-.
exceptions to Raoult's law. Hoff, J. H. van^t.

Par. 8. G. Bll. 5 (1891) 932.
influence of temperature of freezing mixture.

Raoult, F. M. G. R. 122 (1896) 1315-.
platinum thermometer method. Chrui6ov, P, ,

<Jt Sitnikov, A, Fsohr. Ps. (1898) (Ah. 2) 290.
progress. Raoult, F. M. Is^re 8. Bll. 25

(1887) 245-.
test of ionisation coefficients of solutions of

sodium and potassium sulphates. Archibald,

E. H. [1899] N. 8cotia L 8c. P. A T. 10

(1903) 33-.
and theory of solutions. Abegg, R. A. Ps. G.

64 (1898) 486-.
(Abegg). Dieterici, C. A. Ps. G.

64 (1898) 80&-.
use for determining constitution. Bilz, W.

N.-Vorp. Mt. 31 (1900) xv-.

Dilute solutions. Loomis, E. H. Ps. Rv. 1

(1894) 199-, 274-, 381 ; 3 (1896) 270-, 293-.
. Nemst, W., dt Abegg, R. Ph. Mg. 41

(1896) 196-.
. Ponsot, — . J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 337- ;

A. G. 10 (1897) 79-.

. Loomis, E.H. Ps. Rv. 4 (1897) 273-.

, and vapour pressure. Ponsot, A. G.

R. 120 (1895) 434-, 520.

Electrolytes. MaeOregor, J. O. Gn. R. 8. P.

AT. 6 (1900) {Sect. 3) 3-.
— , diagram of depressions. MacGregor, J.

0. [1900] N. 8cotia I. 8c. P. A T. 10 (1903)
211-.

— , mixtures. Barnes, J. [1900] N. 8cotia

1. Sc. P.- A T. 10 (1903) 139-.

Molecular depression. Ponsot, A. G. R. 122
(18961 668-.

— — by chlorides in solution. Engel, — .
Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1893) 245-.

— weight determination by lowering freezing
point. Raoult, — . Rv. 8c. 2 (1894) 321-.

Non-electrolytes. Loomis, E. H. Ps. Rv. 9

(1899) 257-.
Non-metallic mixtures. Palazzo, L.,dt Battelli,

A. Tor. Ac. 8c. At. 19 (*1888) 674-.

Specified Stibstances.

acid solvents. Raoult, F. M. G. R. 96 (1883)

1653-.
alcoholic liquors. Raoult, F. M. G. R. 90

(1880) 865-.
alkaline solvents. RamUt, F. M. C. R. 97

(1883) 941-.
benzene, molecular depression by alcohols.

Paterrib, E. Berl. B. 22 (1889) 1430-.
— , iodoform. Paterhb, E. Berl. B.

22 (1889) 465-.
brines. Buchanan, J. Y. Edinb. R. 8. P. 14

(1888) 129-.
cane-sugar solutions and ethyl alcohol, cryo-

scopic relations. Jones, H. C, Ph. Mg. 40

(1895) 383-.
formic acid mixtures with water. Novdk, V.

Ph. Mg. 44 (1897) 9-.
gaseous solutions. Barthilemy, A. G. R. 70

(1870) 146-.
hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, solutions.

Barnes, J. Gn. R. 8. P. A T. 6 (1900)

(Sect. 3) 37-.
mixtures of alcohol and water. Pictet, R. G.

R. 119 (1894) 678-.
— , alcoholic, and their maximum density.

Rossetti, F. Ven. At. 15 (1869-70) 1297-.
sea water. Ashe, W. A. 8cience 9 (1887) 592.

— — , and melting point of sea water ice.
Ashe, W. A. 8cience 10 (1887) 36.

silver copper alloys (curves). Heycock, C. T.,
dt Neville, F. H. PhU. Trans. (A) 189

J 1897) 25-.
ium chloride solutions. Pickering, S. U.
Ph. Mg. 37 (1894) 162-.
. Ponsot, A. G. R. 120 (1895) 317-.

— — — , determination of freezing point.
Ponsot, A. G. R. 123 (1896) 189-.

. . Raoult, F. M. G. R.

123 (1896) 475-, 631-.
, (Raoult). Ponsot, A.

G. R. 123 (1896) 557-.
sulphuric acid, dilute. Hillmayr, W. Wien

Ak. 8b. 106 (1897) (Ab. 2a) 5-; Mh. G. 18

(1897) 27-.
of various strengths. Pictet, R, G. R.

119 (1894) 642-.
tin alloys. Heycock, C. T., dk Neville, F. H.

Gamb. Ph. 8. P. 6 (1889) 366-.

218

1920 Solutions and Mixtures Vapour Pressure of Mixtures 1920

water, oily and otherwise. Jhrfour^ H, Laus. Solution of solids, rate. CarhoneUi, C. E,

S. Vd. Bll. 36 (1899) xxiii-. Genova S. Lig. At. 8 (1892) 266-.

wine and dilute alcohol. Bcuttingault^ J. B. Solvent, rapid evaporation, particles of dissolved

Erdm. J. Pr. C. 47 (1849) 181-. substance carried into atmosphere by. Mar-

gueriU'DelacharUmny, P. d R. 103 (1886)

1128-.

Freezing of aqueous solutions. Dufour, L, Steam and brines, boiling mixtures. Buchanan,

Laus. BU. S. Vd. 6 (1860) 474-. J, Y. [1898] Edinb. R. S. T. 39 (1900) 629-.
solutions at constant temperature. Col-
son, A. C. R. 120 (1896) 991-. VAPOUR PRESSURE OF LIQUID
Isothermals of carbon dioxide and sulphur di- MIXTURES

oxide mixtures. BlUmeke, A, A. Ps. C. 36

(1889) 911-. WUUner, A. A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 363-.

Lard and rosin mixture, melting point. Olm- Konovalov, D. P. [1881-83] A. Ps. C. 14

8ted, D. Am. As. P. (1860) 33-. (1881) 34-, 219- ; (xn) Rs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 16

Liquid mixtures, composition of vapour. (Pt. 1) (1884) 11-.

Winkelmann, A, A. Ps. C. 39 (1890) 1-. J'dnston, P. Lund. Un. Acta 24 (1887-88)
, properties. LehfMt, R. A. [1898] L. (Mth,) No. n, 16 pp.; 26 (1888-89) {Mth.)

Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) 83-, 289-; Ph. Mg. 46 No. n, 18 pp.; Fschr. Ps. (1887) {Ab, 2)

(1898) 42-; 47 (1899) 284-. 373-; (1888) (Ab. 2) 341.

Liquids, temperature variation on mixing. MUUer-ETzbaeh, W. ExnerRpm.24(1888)676-.

Bu$8y, A. A. B., db Buignet, H. C. R. 69 Kahlbaum, Q.W.A. Basel Vh. 9 (1893) 673-.

(1864) 673-, 786-. MUXer, W. L., dt Rosebrugh, T. R. [1897] Cn.

— , (Bussy and Buignet). Favre, P. J. p. 1 (1898) 87-.

A. C. R. 69 (1864) 783-. DolezaUk, F. Z. Ps. C. 26 (1898) 321-.

— , . Jamin, J. C. R. 70 (1870) Binary mixtures. Magnus, O. Pogg. A. 93

1309- ; 71 (1870) 23-. (1864) 679-.

— , , also contraction. Klebnikof, . Duclaux, 2f. A. C. 14 (1878) 306- ;

P. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 6 (1863) 446-. C. R. 86 (1878) 692-.

Micromanometer, investigations with. Smits, — — . Taylor, A. E. J. Ps. G. 4 (1900)

A. Amst. Ak. Vs. 6 (1897) 292-; Arch. 290-, 366-, 676-.

N6erl. 1 (1898) 97-. . ZawidxH, J. von. Z. Ps. C. 36 (1900)

Mixtures, thermal study. Favre, P. A. C. 129-.

R. 73 (1871) 717-. — and ternary mixtures. Schreinemakers, F,

— , thermochemistrv. Favre, P. A. (vn) A. H, Z. Ps. C. 36 (1900) 469- ; Amst. Ak.

MarseUle Mm. S. Em. 1 (1861) 117-. Vs. 8 (1900) 704- ; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 1-.

Molecular equilibrium in mixed liquids. Du- Garbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide. BlUmcke,

claux, jS. J. de Ps. 6 (1876) 13-. A. A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 10-.

Mutual solubility of salts. Le Chatdier, H, (BliUncke). PicUt, R. A. Ps.

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1894) 268-. C. 34 (1888) 734-.

Orthobaric curves for homogeneous fluids, con- Maximum pressures. Isambert, — . C. R. 98

cordance. Natan8on,W. Krk. Ak.^flf t.-Prz.) (1884)1327-.

Rz. 3 (1891) 390- ; Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 162. Mutually soluble mixtures. Ostwald, W. A.

Osmotic equilibrium. Ponsot, — . Par. S. Ps. G. 63 (1897) 336-.

Ps. S^. (1896) 121-. Ternary mixtures. Ostwald, TV. Leip. Mth.

— pressure and freezing point. Arrhenius, 8. Ps. Ab. 26 (1899) 411-.

A. Ps. G. 61 (1894) 493-. . Schreinemakers, F.A.H. Arch. N^ri.

— -^ — and electric conductivity. 6 (1900) 214-.

Reicher, L. T. Mbl. Nt. (1888) 108-. Volatile liquids. Linebarger, C. E, Am. G.
of solutions. Dieterici, C, A. S. J. 17 (1896) 616-, 690-.

Ps. G. 62 (1894) 263-. Water, ice and freezing saline solution, relation

Partial and osmotic pressure of mixture of between vapour pressures. Ponsot, A, G.

volatile liquids. Ouglielmo, G. Rm. R. Ac. R. 119 (1894) 731-.

Line. Rd. 1 (1892) {Sem. I) 242-. — and sulphuric acid. Kirchhoff, O. Pogg. A.

Raoult's law of lowering of vapour pressure, 104 (1868) 612-.

theoretical explanation. Donnan, F, O. ^ (Kirchhoff). WUllner, A. Pogg.

Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 411-. A. 106 (1868) 478-.
Salt solutions and attached water. Guthrie,

Fred. L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1886) 169- ; Ph. Mg. VAPOUR PRESSURE OF SOLUTIONS.

18 (1884) 22-, 106-.
raised to boiling point by steam at 100<>. Baho, C. H. L. von. [1863-67] Freiburg B.

Spence, P. B. A. Rp. 39 (1869) {Sect.) 76-. 1 (1868) 18-, 277-.
. MUUer, F. C. O. WiiUner, A. Pogg. A. 103 (1868) 629-; 106

Berl. B. 9 (1876) 1629-. (1868) 86-.
. WUllner, F. (WtiUner.) Kirchhoff, G. Pogg. A. 106 (1869)

H.A.A. Berl. B. 10 (1877) 266-. 322-.
. Buchanan, J. (Kirchhoff.) WiiUner, A. Pogg. A. 106 (1869)

Y. [1898] So. Met S. J. 11 (1900) 42-. 632-.

219

Dissociation, etc. 1930

1925 Solutions: Other Thermal
Properties (Latent Heat). (Ses
1690.)

Colloids, heat evolved in swelling and solution.

Wiedemann, £., <£ LVdeking, C, A. Ps. G.

25 (1885) 145-.
Heat of dilation and specific heat of salt sola*

tions. Arans, L, A. Ps. C. 25 (1885) 408-.
Heats of solation, determination. Neumayr,

E, [1877] Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 8 (1879)
" {He/t 1) 12-.
and of mixtures. Tumlirz, 0. Wien

Ak. Sb. 104 (1895) {Ah. 2a) 245-.
osmotic pressure, theory. Dieter -

id, C. A. Ps. C. 45 (1892) 207-, 589-.
of salts. ScholZt R, A. Ps. C. 45

(1892) 193-.
. Tundirz, 0. Wien Ak. Sb.

.?^^l^^^f^^•«?/,'^'.^^'^ - -^-'l^^-.'twce of temperature.

Molecular heat. Wiedemann, E, E, G, A.

Ps. C. 18 (1883) 608-.
Salt solutions, formulae. Duhem, P. G. B.

104 (1887) 683-; Par. to. Norm. A. 4 (1887)
381-.
, thermal properties. Favre, P. A. C.

B. 77 (1873) 101-.
, . Illingworth, B., dt Howard, A.

L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885) 212- ; Ph. Mg. 18
(1884) 123-.

, .• Saporta, A, de. As. Fr. C. B.

(1897) (P<. 2) 252-.

, . Monnet, E, Bordeaux S. So.

Mm. 3 (1899) 41-.

Specific heat. Puschl, K. Wien Ak. Sb. 109
(1900) (Ab. 2a) 981- ; Mh. C. (1901) 77-.

of solutions, and thermal effects at forma-
tion. AUksyeev, V, T. [1883] (xn) Bs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 16 {PL 1) (1884) 109- ; Berl. B. 17
(1884) {Ref.) 193-.

Theory. Kazankin, N, P. Kazan S. Ps.-Mth.
Bll. 2 (1893) {Prot.) 13-.

1930 Dissociation. Allotropic
Transformations.

Gases, dissociated (ions), chemical action and

relation to condensation. Richarz, — . Bonn

Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1889) 51-.
— , dissociation. ThrelfaU, R, N. S. W. B.

S. J. 20 (1887) 218-.
— , — . Jdger, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891)

(^6. 2a) 1182- ; 104 (1895) {Ab. 2a) 671-.
— , perfect, dissociation in mixture. Duhem,

P. Lille Tr. Mm. 2 (1891-92) Mem. 8, 215

pp.
Hydrates, dissociation tension. Andreae, J. L.

Bot. N. Vh. 3 (1890) {St, 3) No. 2, 45 pp.
— of inorganic salts, aissociation. Frowein,

P. C. F. Z. Ps. C. 1 (1887) 5-.
Silver iodide, dimorphism. Mallard, E., it

Le Chatelier, — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1885) 18-.

1920 Vapour Pressure of Solutions

Pauchon, E. 0. B. 89 (1879) 752-.
Tammann, G. A. Ps. G. 24 (1885) 523-.
Emden, R. A. Ps. C. 81 (1887) 145-.
Tammann, G. St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 35 (1887)

No. 9, 172 pp. ; A. Ps. G. 86 (1889) 692-.
(Tammann.) Emden, R. A. Ps. G. 38 (1889)

447-.
Miiller'-Erzbach, W. Z. Ps. G. 4 (1889) 1-.
Ostwald, W. Humb. 8 (1889) 1-.
Ramlt, F. M, J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 5-.
Charpy, G. G. B. Ill (1890) 102-.
Ewan, r., (& Ormandy, W. R. G. S. J. 61

(1892) 769-.
Dietenci, C. A. Ps. C. 50 (1893) 47-.
Marchis, L. J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 193-, 257-.
(tonometry.) Raault, F. M. [1895] Is^re S.

BU. 29 (1897) 139-.
Wade, E. B. H. B. S. P. 62 nL898) 376-.
Dietenci, C. A. Ps. G. 67 il899) 859-.
alcoholic. Kablukov, I. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 23

(C.) (1891) 388-; G. S. J. 64 (1893) {Ab$., Pt.

2) 154-^
dilute.
^. Smits, A. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 714- ;

Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 635-.
ethereal. Raotdt, F. M. As. Fr. G. B. (1888)

(Pt. 2) 206-.
ethyl ether. Jacobten, I. P. N. Ts. Fs. E. 3

(1898) 288-; Fschr. Ps. (1898) (Ab. 2) 316.
formic acid. Raoult, F. M. G. B. 122 (1896)

1175-.
and freezing point, relation between. Koldcek,

F. [1881] A. Ps. G. 15 (1882) 38-.
hydrates transparent on losing water. Tam-
mann, G. A. Ps. G. 63 (1897) 16-.
(lydrocarbons and mixtures of benzene and

toluene. Mangold, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 102

(1893) {Ab. 2a) 1071-.
lowering, effect on molecular state of solvent.

Waali, J. D. van der. Amst. Ak. Vs. 5

(1897) 342-; Fschr. Ps. (1897) {Ab. 2) 318-.
mathematical theory. Ponsot, A. G. B. 123

(1896) 648-.
maximum, and temperature. Julius, V. A.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 295-; Arch. Ktol.

1 (1898) 393-.
and osmotic pressure. Raoult, F. M, C. B.

105 (1887) 857-.
potassium hydrate solutions, table. Errera, G.

Gz. G. It. 18 (1888) 225-.
salt hydrates. WilUner, A. Pogg. A. 110

(1860| 564-.
, dissociating. MilUer-Erzba/ih, W. A.

Ps. C. 23 (1884) 607- ; 27 (1886) 623-; Wien

Ak. Sb. 107 (1898) {Ab. 2a) 14-.
sulphur. Con^)es, — . As. Fr. G. B. (1895)

{Pt. 1) 237.

— and phosphorus, in carbon disulphide.
Guglielmo, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892)
{Sem. 2) 210-.

sulphuric acid. Tate, T. (vm) Ph. Mg. 26

(1863) 502-.
volatile substances. Lehfeldt, R. A. L. Ps. S.

P. 16 (1899) 490- ; Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 215-.
water in its compounds, also volume. MiUler-

Erzbach, W. Exner Bpm, 23 (1887) 510-.

— from salt solutions. Nieol, W. W. J. Ph.
Mg. 22 (1886) 502-.

220

1940 Snperftision

1940 Setardation Phenomena
(Snperfiision, Superheating, Sn-
persaturation).

**Firele88*^ steam-engine with soda boiler.

Bauer, A. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 33 (1885) 81-,

61-, 73-, 108-, 141-, 162-, 174-, 181-,

206-, 21d-, 232-, 24d-, 266-.
Betardation of boiling and of congelation of

liquids. Artur, J, F. C. B. 67 (1868) 9^.

SUPEBFUSION.

Desairu, E. L*L 26 (1867) 267-; C. B. 64

(1862) 871- ; A. G. 64 (1862) 419-.
Gemez, D. C. B. 63 (1866) 217-.
Moutier, J, Par. S. Phlm. BU. 13 (1876) l^.
Tundirz, 0. Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) (^16. 2a)

1197- ; 103 (1894) (Ab. 2a) 266-.
Bachmetjev, A Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 32 (P«.)

(1900J 218- ; Fschr. Ps. (1900) {Ah. 2) 261-.
Silver thaw. Groves, T, B, Met. S. QJ. 16

(1889) 263.
Superfused substances, solidification. Mores-

chini, R, Bm. B. Ac. Lmc. Bd. 9 (1900)

(Sem. 1) 18-.
, — , rate. Gemez, D. Par. Ec. Norm.

A. 1 (1884) 239-.

, — , — . Tammann, G, Bs. P8.-C. S. J.

29 (C.) (1897) 426-; Z. Ps. C. 23 (1897)

326-.
, — , — . WiUon, H. A, [1898] Camb.

Ph. S. P. 10 (1900) 25-.
, — , — , and viscosity. WUson, H. A,

Ph. Mg. 60 (1900) 238-.

— — , solubility. Bruner, L. C. B, 121
(1896) 69-.

, specific heat. Bruner, L, C. B. 120

(1896) 912-.
, , calorimeter for. Massol, G. C.

B. 130 (1900) 1126-.

Superfusion and supersaturation. Gemez, D.
[1873] Par. S6. S. Ps. 1 (1873-74) 88-.

— — — . Bruner, L. Eosmos (Lw.) 21
(1896) 96-.

SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES.

Metals and alloys. Roberts-AusUn, W. C, B.

S. P. 63 (1898) 447-.
Nitrotoluene, floating drops. Baehme^ev, P.

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 10 (1900) No. 7, 63 pp.
Phosphorus, fluidity at common temperatures.

Faraday, M. QJ. Sc. 2 (1827) 469-.
— , superfusion and solidification. Gemez, D.

C. B. 96 (1882) 1278-.

Sulphur, fluidity at common temperatures.

Faraday, M. QJ. Sc. 21 (1826) 392;

(1827) iPt. 2) 469-.
— , superfused, solidification, and new variety

of sulphur. Gemez, — . Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1884) 14-.
— , superfusion and solidification. Gemez,

2). C. B. 97 (1883) 1298-, 1366-, 1433-,

1477-.

Sapersaturation 1940

Superfused salts, specific heat. Bruner, L.

C. B. 121 (1896) 60-.

Water. Curtis, A. H. Ph. Mg. 32 (1866)
422—

— Krehs, G. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 494-.

— . Bordier, — . Bordeaux S. »3. Mm. 6

(1890) Ixxxix-.
— . Pasty, J. C. B. 122 (1896) 1409.
~. Anon. Sym. Met. Mg. 32 (1898) 1-.
— , crystals formed by release of pressure.

Amagat, E, H. C. B. 117 (1893) 607-.
— , refractive index in state of superfusion.

Damien, B. C. J. de Ps. 10 (1881) 198-.

— and salt solutions in motion. Monti, V.
Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 27 (1892) 94-.

SUPBBHEATING.

Neyreneuf, — . Caen Ac Mm. (1893) {Pt. I) 3-.

crystalline, velocity of transformation of octa-
hedral and prismatic sulphur. Gemez, — .
Par. S. Ps. S6. (1884) 79-.

of liquids, efflux unaer strong pressure. Nicoli,
N. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm. 2 (1896) 108-.

, mechanical stimulus to boiling. Gemez ,

D. G. B. 86 (1878) 1649-.

— — , and supersaturation of vapours. Nichols,

E. L, [1884] Kan. Ac. Sc. T. 9 (1886) 91-.

— solutions, ebullition. Waither-Meunier, H.
[1883] Mulhouse S. In. BU. 66 (*1886)
113-.

, evaporation. Gemez, D. A. C. 7 (1876)

113-.
in steam boUers. Fayol, H. St. £t. Bll. S.

In. Mn. 13 (1884) 621-.
and supersaturation, measurement. Parenty,

H, C. B. 116 (1893) 867-.
of water. Donny, F. (vi Adds.) Majoochi A.

Fis. C. 22 (1846) 264-.
. Dufour, L. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. 48

(1864) 47-.

SUPEBSATUBATION.

Lecoq de Boisbaudran, — . G. B. 113 (1891)

832—.
Martini, T. Ven. I. At. (1892-93) 761-.
of air with water vapour. SchvUheiss, — .

[1896] Karlsruhe Nt. Yr. Vh. 13 (1900) (Sb.)

29.
dependence on crystalline form. Nicol, K. W%

J. Edinb. B. S. P. 21 (1897) 473-.
of liquids by their own vapour, objections.

Sanna-Solaro, — . Les Mondes 26 (1871)

663- ; 29 (1872) 461-.
, — (Sanna-Solaro). Tomlin-

son, C. Les Mondes 27 (1872) 360-.

— vapours, heat developed on partial liquefac-
tion. Olearski, K., dt Silberstein, L. [1897]
Krk. Ak. {Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 13 (1898) 306- ;
Grc. Ac. Sc. BU. (1897) 213.

SUPERSATURATED SOLUTIONS.

Loewel, H. G. B. 30 (1860) 163- ; 32 (1861)
907- ; 34 (1862) 642-; 36 (1862) 219- ; 40
(1866) 481-, 1169- ; 43 (1866) 709- ; 44 (1867)
813- ; 49 (1867) 32-.

221

1940 Supersaturated Solutions 1940

Gemez, D. C. R. 60 (1866) 1027- ; 61 (1866) orystaUisation. Qemez, D. C. R. 60 (1866)

71-, 289-, 847-. 838-; Par. Ec. Norm. A. 3 (1866) 167- ; C.

Jeaimeh J. ' C. R. 61 (1866) 412-; A. C. 6 R. 61 (1866) 289-.

(1866) 166-. , — . ViolUtU, C. C. R. 76 (18731 713-.
Viollette, C, [1866] (xn) Par. Ec. Norm. A. — . Gemez, D. [1876-76] Par. Eo. Norm. A.

3 (1866) 206-. 6 (1876) 9-; 7 (1878) 9-.

Jeannely J. C. R. 62 (1866) 37-. — . Thornton, J, M. [1886] R. I. P. 11

Lecoq de Boisbaudran, — . A. C. 9 (1866) (1887) 608-.

173- ; G. R. 63 (1866) 96-. density, speoifio heat and heat of dilution.

Schiff, H. N. Cim. 21 A 22 (•1866-66) 36- ; Bindel, K. A. Ps. C. 40 (1890) 370-.

A. Pb. C. 129 (1866) 292-. and dissociation of dissolved salts. Shcher-
(Schiff.) Lindig, F. [1866] A. Ps. C. 180 bachev, A. A, [1873] (xn) Rs. C. Ps. S. J.

(1867) 144-. 6 IPt. 1) (1874) 60- ; (xi) St. P6t. Ac. So.
Lecoq de Boisbaudran, — . G. R. 64 (1867) BlI. 19 (1874) 42-.

1249-; 66 (1867) 111-; Par. Bll. S. G. 8 e£feot on crystals already formed. GemeZt D.

(1867) 3-, 66- ; 9 (1868) 191-. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 1 (1877) 166-.

TonUinsony C. Phil. Trans. 168 (1868) 669-. formation of hydrates. Gemez, D. G. R. 84

Lecoq de BoUbaudran, — . A. G. 18 (1869) (1877) 1389-.

240-; G. R. 68 (1869) 1329- ; Par. Bll. S. G. function of nuclei. Tomlinson, C. B. A. Rp.

12 (1869) 33-. 38 (1868) (Sect.) 46- ; G. N. 22 (1870) 97-,

MarguentU, F, G. R. 68 (1869) 1329. 109-, 266-.

Tomlinson, C. [1870] Phil. Trans. 161 (1871) sides of vessel. Tomliruon, C. R. S. P.

61-. 27 (1878) 189-.

Coppet, L. C. de. G. R. 73 (1871) 1324-. nuclear action of crystal of same salt. Tom-

Livertidge, A, R. S. P. 20 (1872) 497-. limon, C. G. N. 22 (1870) 280-.

TonUinson, C. R. S. P. 21 (1873) 208-. and nuclei. Liversidge, A, G. N. 22 (1870)

Lecoq de BoUbaudran, P. E. G. R. 79 (1874) 90-, 97.

802-. oil as nucleus, and solid nuclei. Skey^ W. N.

Gemez, D. G. R. 79 (1874) 912-. Z. I. T. 12 (1880) 407-.

(Gemez.) Lecoq de Boisbaudrant P. E. G. phenomena, methods of utilising. Jeannelf J.

R. 79 (1874) 1074-. G. R. 63 (1866) 606-.

Pelloggio, P. Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 8 (1876) preparation. Coppet, L. C. de, [1869] Laus.

607-. BU. S. Vd. 10 (1868-70) 146-.

Grenfell, J. G, [1870-77] R. S. P. 26 (1877) — . Potylicun, A. L. Rs. Ps.-G. S. J. 26

124- ; Nt. 16 (1877) 188; (xn) Bristol Nt. (C.) (1893) 73-; Berl. B. 26 (1893) (Ref,)

S. P. 2 (1879) 130-. 367-.

(Grenfell.) Tomlinton, C. [1877-78] R. S. P. and saturated solutions. Handl, A, Wien Sb.

26 (1878) 628-; 27 (1878) 121-. 66 (1872) (Ab, 2) 136-.

(Tomiinson.) Grenfell, J, G, G. N. 89 (1879) — solution. Duhrunfaut, — . G. R. 68 (1869)

16-, 141-. 916-, 1218-.

TomlinsoHf C, Nt. 20 (1879) 349-. — surface tension of liquids, relation. Tom-

Nicol, W, W, J, Ph. Mg. 20 (1886) 296-. liruon, C, <£ Menabrugghe, G. van der, G. R.

Tomiinson, C. Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 417-. 76 (1872) 264; R. S. P. 20 (1872) 342-.

Nicol, W, W, J, G. S. J. 61 (1887) 389-. , supposed relation (Tomiinson

Potylicyn, A, [1889-92] Rs. Ps.-G. S. J. 21 and van der Mensbrugghe). Gemez, D.

(C.) (1889) 268-; G. S. J. 68 (1890) (Abt.) G. R. 76 (1872) 1706- ; 76 (1873) 666-.

333-; Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1892-93) (C. -R., , (Gemez). Mensbrugghe,

Ps, C) No. 3, 1-. G. van der. G. R. 76 (1873) 46-.

action of isomorphs. Lecoq de Boisbaudrdn, , — — (Tomiinson and van

P, E, G. R. 80 (1876) 888-. der Mensbrugghe). VioUette, C, G. R. 76

^~ — low temperatures. Tomiinson, C. Ph. (1873) 171-.

Mg. 40 (1870) 296-. , (Gemez and van der

, solids, benrici, F, C, [1870] Freiburg Mensbrugghe). Cqppet, L. C. de. G. R.

B. 6 (1873) (Heft 1) 22-. 76 (1873) 434-.

. Tomiinson, C, R. S. P. 29 (1879) theory. Schif, H. Lieb. A. Ill (1869) 68-.

24-. — . Jeannel, J, Bordeaux Mm. S. Sc. 4 (cah,

application of principle of unequal molecular 2) (1866) 8-.

conditions. Pfaundler, L, Wien Ak. Sb.

73 (1876) (Ab, 2) 674-.

behaviour when exposed to open air. Tomlin- Specified Stibstances,

son, C, R. S. P. 20 (1872) 41-. ,. ,^^ „,. .^„«

cause of solidification. Lieben, A. Wien SB. <»lS^^ »J^^PJi*^A ^ %^^fKS.»/ ' ''i; ^4.^^^2

12 (1854) 771-, 1087-. C. S. J. 26 (C.) (1893) 201-; Berl. B. 26
: _/ Baumhauer, H. J. Pr. G. 104 (1893) (12«/.) 672.

(1868) 449- — '^^ ^^^^ lactates. Coppet, L, C. de. [1869]

and chemical 'constitution. Coppet, L, C. de. La^B- Bll. S. Vd. 10 (1868-70) 493-.

[1870-71] Laus. BU. S. Vd. 10 (1868-70) gases. Gemez, D. [1874-76] Par. Ec. Norm.

636-; 11 (1873) 7-. A. 4 (1876) 311- ; G. R. 80 (1876) 44-.

222

2000

Thennal Conduction and Convection

2000

gases, action of nuclei. Tonilinson, C. Ph.

Mg. 43 (1872) 206-.
— , solid bodies. Tomliniont C Ph. Mg.

45 (1873) 276- ; 49 (1875) 302-.
— , distinction between physical and chemical

phenomena. Berthelot, — . G. B. 131

(1900) 637-.
oxygen. Seyler, C, A. C. N. 67 (1893) 67.
sodium chloride. Terreil, A, Par. S. C. BU.

(1860)283-.
. Coppet, L. C, de. C. B. 74 (1872)

328-.

— perchlorate. Potylicyn, A, L, Bs. Ps.-C.
S. J. 21 (C.) (1889) 258- ; C. S. J. 58 (1890)
(Abs.) 333-.

— sulphate. Martini, T, Ven. I. At. (1891-
92) 683-.

, action of low temperature. Tomlirwmj

C. B. S. P. 20 (1872) 109-.
, (Tomlinson). Coppet, L. C.

de. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 45 (1872) 173- .
, nuclei. Tomlinson, C, B. 8. P.

29 (1879) 326-.
, supposed nuclear action of weak solution.

Tomlinson, C. C. N. 21 (1870) 52-.
, temperature of spontaneous crystallisa-
tion. Coppet, L. C. de. Par. Bll. S. C. 17

(1872) 146-.
, theory of solidification by contact with

air. Goskynski, —, C. B. 82 (1851) 717-.
sugar in alcohol. Margueritte, F, C. B. 68

(1869) 1110-.

THERMAL CONDUCTION AND
CONVECTION.

2000 General
(See also Chemistry 7240.)

Air and water, thermal relations. MiU, H, R,

B. A. Bp. (1893) 706.

Bismuth in magnetic field, rotation of iso-
thermal lines. Righi, A, Bm. B. Ac. Lino.
Bd. 3 (1887) (Sem. 2) 6-; Bm. B. Ac. Line.
Mm. 4 (1887) 483-.

Caloric, property of rising attributed to.
Hombres'Firmas, L. A. d\ Gard Aper^u
Tr. (1822) 97-.

CONDUCTION.

Biot, J. B. J. Mines 17 (1804) 203-.

SUfan, J. Wien SB. 47 {Ah. 2) (1868)

326-.
Potier, A. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 145-, 217-.
Grassi, O. Nap. I. Inc. At. 1 (1882) No. 5,

5 pp. ; Nap. Bd. 22 (1883) 121-.
Puschl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 103 (1894) {Ab. 2a)

989—.
Lauric'ella, G. Tor. Ac. So. At. 88 (1897) 72»-

or 969-.
Bdckmann's researches. Brandes, H. W,

Gilbert A. 47 (1814) 209-.
comparison with tnat of electricity. Decharme,

C. Lum. £lect. 18 (1884) 241-.

and diffusion, application of curved rays.

Wiener, O. A. Ps. C. 49 (1898) 105-.
experiments. Hagemann, O. A, I. CE. P. 77

(1884) 311-.
history of theory. Riggenbaeh, A, Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 12 (1884) 207-.
influence of direction. Sanctis, B. de. J. de

Ps. 72 (1811) 127-.
by various means. Rumford, B. (Count),

GUbert A. 5 (1800) 288-.

Conductivity, effect -of pressure. Lees, C. H.
Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 48 (1900) No. 8,
6 pp.

— and emissivity, determination. Eumorfo-
poulos, N. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 327-; Ph.
Mg. 89 (1895) 280-.

— , experiments. Wachsmuth, R. A. Ps. C.
48 (1893) 158-.

— and motion of ions. Bredig, G, Stockh.

Ofv. (1895) 665-.

thermoelectricity, theory. Wiedeburg, 0.

A. Ps. 1 (1900) 75&-.

— of tissues. Charrin, — , A GmUemonat, — •
J. PI. Pth. G6n. 1 (1899) 825-.

Dry vacuum, adiathermancy. Arsonval, A. d\

Par. S. Bl. Mm. 40 (1888) (C. Rj) 136-.
Earth temperature measurements (SLdnigsberg),

theoretical calculation. Schmidt, A. Ednigsb.

Schr. 32 (1891) {Ab.) 97-.
Equilibrium of temperature of bodies in contact.

PameU, E. A. [1842] (vi Adds.) C. S. P.

(1843) 82.
Gases, temperature, effect of contact with

bodies of different temperature. Koosen,

J. H. Pogg. A. 89 (1853) 4S7-.
Gravitating masses, action of heat. Crookes,

W. [1878] (ix) PhU. Trans. 164 (1874) 501-.
Heat, flow, photographic impressions due to.

Guebhard, A. C. B. 125 (1897) 814-.
— , passage from colder to hotter body, im-
possibility. CelUrier, C. Gen. S. Ps. Mm.

Suppl. (1891) No. 5, 15 pp.
— , — between metals and liquids in contact.

Stanton, T. E. [1897] Phil. Trans. (A) 190

(1898) 67-.
Hydrogen, cooling effects in cases of voltaic

ignition. Stevensm, W. F. B. S. P. 5

(1849) 789.
Insulation, effectiveness of arrangements for.

Hempel, W. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899) 187-.

— against radiant heat, experiments. Scheiner,
J. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 271-.

— for steam boilers and pipes, comparison of
substances. CoUins, W. H. B. A. Bp.
(1891) 780-.

pipes. Russner, J. Dingier 810

(1898) 4-.
Plates, measurement of thickness by thermal

method. Lebasteur, — . C. B. 99 (1884)

966-.
Sodium pellet, spherical form assumed on

water. Pflaum, H. Biga Cor.-Bl. 89 (1896)

106-.
Sparked air, thermiJ properties. PeUineUi, P,

N. Cim. 10 (1899) 117-.

223

8010

Mathematical Analysis of Thermal Condaction

2010

Sarfaoe oondensers and steam boilers, effioienoy.
StanUmt T. E. So. Abs. 3 (1900) 497.

— heating, calorific transition resistance be-
tween metal and boiling water. Holbom,
L., db DUtenberger, W. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4
(1901) 296.

, new law. Ruhlandt R, L, Schweigger

J. 7 (1818) 432-; 18 (1816) 157-.
Temperature variation of 2 neighbouring bodies.

MorUot, — . Bv. Sc. 4 (1882) 499-.

2010 Mathematical Analysis and
Applications (Fourier).

Kelland, P. B. A. Bp. (1840) (pt. 2) 15-;

(1841) 1-.
Thomson, (fifir) W. Camb. Mth. J. 4 (1845) 67-.
MoUUon, W. L Mess. Mth. 10 (1881) 170-.
Analytical researches on Thoulet*s method.

Lagarde, H. A. C. 26 (1882) 552-.

— theory. Biot, J. B, Far. S. Phhn. Bll. 3
(1804) 215-.

. Fourier, J, B. J. [1807-28] Par. S.

Phlm. N. Bll. 1 (1807) 112- ; Par. Mm. Ac.
So. 4 (1824) 185- ; 5 (1826) 153- ; 8 (1829)
581-.

— — . L^eune'Dirichlet, Q, Crelle J. 5
(1829) 287-.

— — . LiouviUe, J, [1830] Gergonne A.
Mth. 21 (1830-31) 133-.

. PoU$on, S. D. CreUe J. 12 (1834)

268-; A. C. 59 (1835) 71-.
. Colnet d*Huart, — de, [1866] Lux.

S. Sc. Mm. 9 (1867) 48-.
. PoincarS, H. C. B. 104 (1887) 1753- ;

107 (1888) 967-.
SommerfM,A. Mth. A. 45 (1894) 263-.

— — , Fourier's. Eesal, H, A. Liouv. J.
Mth. 8 (1882) 79-.

, problem. SUkloff, W. C. B. 126 (1898)

1022-.
, problems. Rudzkij, Af. N. Bs. S. Nt.

Mm. (Mth.) 11 (1890) 123- ; Fschr. Ps. (1890)

[Ah. 2) 378-.
Atmospheric temperature from cooling ther-
mometer. Du/our, C. [1864] C. B. 59

(1864) 1007- ; Laus. BU. S. Yd. 8 (1864-65)

215-.
Attraction and heat. Heine, H, E, Crelle J.

29 (1845) 185-.
(Heine). Jcuiobi, C, G. J, Crelle J.

42 (1851) 35-.

. AtMler,J, Crelle J. 42 (1851] 316-.

,2 general theorems. Chtisles, M, C.

B. 8 (1839) 209-.
Conduction in bars. Forbes, J. D. [1862]

Edinb. B. S. T. 23 (1864) 133-.
crystallised homogeneous media. Morin,

P. C. B. 66 (1868) 1332-.
crystals. Duhamel, J, M. C. C. B. 25

(1847) 870- ; Par. Ec. Pol. J. 32* cah. (1848)

155-.

. Duhamel, A. C. B. 27 (1848) 129-.

. Stokes, O, G, Camb. and Dubl.

Mth. J. 6 (1851) 215-.
Earth. Brioschi, F, Mil. G. I. Lomb.

1 (1847) 295-.

Conduction in Earth's crust. Schubert, J,
Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 442-.

— and electrostatic influences of galvanic
current, analogy. Rees, R, van, Amst.
Vs. Ak. 15 (1863) 428-.

— in flowing liquid. Sebuev, G. N, Kazan
S. Ps.-Mth. Bll. 2 (1893) 64-, 173- ; Fschr.
Mth. (1892) 908.

fluids, compressible or incompressible.

Neumann, C. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 46 (1894) 1-.
generalathermanous medium. Boussinesq,

J. C. B. 69 (1869) 329-.
liquids, historical treatment. Chree, C,

Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) 1-.
moist earth. SundeU, A, F. Helsingf.

5fv. 40 (1898) 152-.

— from point in homogeneous dissymmetric
medium, spirals. Boussinesq, «7. C. B. 66
(1868) 1194-.

— — — , isothermals and lines of flow in.
Boussinesq, J, Liouv. J. Mth. 14 (1869) 265-.

— and polarisation stress in gases. Stoney, G.
J. B. A. Bp. (1879) 256-.

— , resistance. Ranktne, W, J. M. Ph. Mg.
23 (1862] 336.

— in solias, laws. Amsler, J, Crelle J. 42
(1852) 327-.

, theory. Hamack, A, Dresden Isis

Festschr. (1885) 147- ; Z. Mth. Ps. 32 (1887)

91-.
uniaxial crystals. Lang, V, von. Wien

Sb. 54 (1866) {Ab, 2) 163-.
Conductivity, thermal. Tait, P. G. [1878]

Edinb. B. S. T. 28 (1879) 717-.
— , — , and plane heat waves. Tait, P. G.

[1881] Edinb. B. S. P. 11 (1882) 126-.
Conjugate points. Young, J, R. Ph. Mg. 27

(1845)91-.
(Young). Warner, H. S. Ph. Mg. 29

(1846) 83-.
Cooling, law, and conduction. Lees, C. H,

Ph. Mff. 28 (1889) 429-.

— of wall by radiation. Boussifiesq, J. C. B.
130 (1900) 1731-.

Dynamical equivalence of problems of stationary

temperatures, torsion and flow in pipes.

Boussinesq, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 6 (1880) 177-.
Earth, theory of secular cooling. Rudzkij,

M, P. N. Bs. S. Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 14 (1892)

83- ; 15 (1893) 1-.
Earth's crust, cooling. Boussinesq, J. C. B.

130 (1900) 1652-.

— heat as influenced by conduction and
pressure. Irving, (Rev.) A, B. A. Bp.
(1886) 657-.

Equation of conduction. Ostrogradsky, M, A.

[1836] St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 1 (1836) 25-;

St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 3 (Sc. Mth. Ps.,pU. 1)

(1838) 353-.
. Boulanger, A, Par. S. Mth, Bll.

25 (1897) 11-.

— — — , Bolotropic. Duhamel, J. M. C,

Par. i,c. Pol. J. 21« cah, (1832) 356-.

— — — , Appell's theorem, generalisation.
Kobald, E. Wien Az. 31 (1894) 22-.

, change of coordinates. Bertrand, J,

Liouv. J. Mth. 14 (1849) 1-.

224

2010 Conduction of Heat

Equation of oonduotion, curvilinear coordi-
nates. ThonuoUf {Sir) W. Camb. Mth. J.

4 (1845) 33-.
'. , 1 dimension. Appelly P, Lioav. J.

Mth. 8 (1892) 187-.
— , 2 dimensions. Lacour, E, Tool.

Fac. Sc. A. 9 (1895) B, 19 pp.
, heterogeneous bar, oonveigence of

series in analysis. LiouviUe^ J. C. B. 8

(1836) 622-, 653-.
, — body. LiouviUe^ J. Liouv. J.

Mth. 13 (1848) 72.
, integration. Le Roy^ E, G. B. 125

(1897) 75e-; Par. Ec. Norm. A. 14 (1897)

379-; 15 (1898J 9-.
, methoa of images. Bryan, O. H.

L. Mth. S. P. 22 (1891) 424-.
, property. BriUf J. Mess. Mth. 21

(1892) 137-.
, synthetical solution. Hobson, E, W,

L. Mth. 8. P. 19 (1889) 279-.
Equations, fundamental. Gilbert, L, P. (ix)

Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 3 (1866) 19-.
— , linear differential, theory of phenomena

depending on. Menabrea, L. F. [1855]

Tortolini A. 6 (1855) 363-; Tor. Mm. Ac. 16

(1857) 373-.
Ezpetiments. Christiansen, C. Ejdb. Ov.

(1881) 35- ; A. Ps. C. 14 (1881) 23-.

— (Christiansen). Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps.
C. 20 (1883) 350-.

Fluid, homogeneous mass in rotation, law of

deformation by cooling. Romieux, A, C.

B. 108 (1889) 337-.
Flux of heat in non-isotropic solids, Duhamel's

and Lamp's expressions for. Carvallo, — .

Par. S. Mth. BU. 15 (1887) 167-.
Fourier's Heat. Gregory, D. F. Camb. Mth.

J. 1 (1839) 104-.
, passage in. Thomson, (Sir) W, (vi Adds.)

Camb. Mth. J. 3 (1843) 25-.

— and Poisson's theory. Hergesdl, W, [1881]
A. Ps. C. 15 (1882) 19-.

— problem. Le Roy, j6. C. B. 120 (1895)
179-, 599-.

— theorem of diffusion, applications. Thomson,
{Sir) W. B. A. Bp. (1888) 571-.

Glacial epoch, residual effect upon underground

temperature. Fisher, (Rev.) O. Ph. Mg. 48

(1899) 134-.
Heat distribution in black sphere exposed to

radiation on one side. Chvolson, 0. St.

P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 38 (1892) No. 6, 69 pp.
homogeneous ring of uniform thickness.

Poisson, 8. D. Con. des Temps (1826)

248-.
solid bodies. Poisson, S. D. Par. S.

Phhn. BU. (1815) 85-;J1816) 11-; (1820)

92-; (1821) 177- ; Par. Ec. Pol. J. 19* cah.

(1823) 1-, 145-, 249-.

— equilibrium of closed radiating surface.

Picard, i. C. B. 130 (1900) 1499-.

— — , mathematical theory. Newcomb, S.
Camb. (M.) Mth. M. 2 (1860) 346-.

— produced by action of water on feldspathic
rocks (kaolinisation). Barus, C. [1884]
Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 6 (1885) 1-.

Isothermal Surfaces 2010

Heating of bodies, problem. Appelroth, G. G,
Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 21 (Ps.) (1889) 31-; J. dePs.
9 (1890) 62.

— and cooling problems, reduction to contact
cases. Boussinesq, J. C. B. 130 (1900)
1579-.

— of sphere by radiation. Boussinesq, J. C.
B. 131 (1900) 81-.

wall of indefinite thickness by radiation.

Boussinesq, J. C. B. 131 (1900) 9-.
Isothermal Unes, statical proolem, geometrical

solution. Picart, A. Par. ic. Norm. A. 8

(1866) 309-.
, theorem. Cauchy, A, L. Schweigger

J. 64 (= J5. 4) (1832) 42-.

ISOTHERMAL SURFACES.

Lami, G. C. B. 17 (1848) 1222-.
Brassinne, E. Toul. Mm. Ac. 1 (1844) 215-.
Bertrand, J. C. B. 21 (1845) 570-.
Despeyrous, C. Crelle J. 31 (1846) 136-.
Haton de la Goupilliire, J. N. Par. Ec. Pol.

J. 38* cah. (1861) 15-.
flsolotropic. huhamel, J. M, C Liouv. J.

Mth. 4 (1839) 63-.
orthogonal. Bertrand, J. [1843-45] Par.

±Q. Pol. J. 29* cah. (1843) 167- ; C. B. 17

(1843) 80-; Par. Mm. Sav. Etr. 10 (1848)

539-.
— . LamS, G. Liouv. J. Mth. 8 (1843) 397-.
— . Bertrand, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 9 (1844) 117-.

— . Bonnet, 0. Par. 6c. Pol. J. 30» cah.

(1845) 141- ; C. B. 29 (1849) 506- ; Liouv. J.

Mth. 14 (1849) 401-.
quadric. Lavii, G. Liouv. J. Mth. 4 (1839)

100-.
refraction with change of conductivity. Richarz »

— . [1900] N.-Vorp. Mt. 32 (1901) xix-.
of revolution. Bobuilev, D. K. (xn) Bs. C.

Ps. S. J. 7 (Ps.) (1875) [Pt. 1] 48-.
statical. LanU, G. A. C. 53 (1833) 190- ;

Liouv. J. Mth. 2 (1837) 147- ; Par. N6n. Sav.

6tr. 5 (1838) 174-.

Mechanical analogues of conduction. Bryan,
G. H., d: BolUmann, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 103
(1894) (Ab. 2a) 1125-.

Motion of heat and electricity in bars and
stratified media. Rithy, M. (xn) Koloz8v4r

Orv.-Term. T4rs. fits. [2] (1877) (Term.

Szak) 13-.
(uniform) and mathematical theory of

electricity. Thomson, (Sir) W. Camb.

Mth. J. 3 (1843) 71-; Ph. Mff. 7 (1854) 502-.
in solid Dodies in medium of varying

temperature. Duhamel, J. M, C. [1829]

Par. fie. Pol. J. 22« cah. (1833) 20-, 67-.
system of points. Duhamel, J. M. C.

C. B. 43 (1856) 1-.
Problem suggested by Kohlrausch. Voigt, W,

G6tt. Nr. (1899) 228-.
Problems. Beltrami, E. Bologna Ac. Sc.

Mm. 8 (1887) 291-.
— . SUfan, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (Ab.

2a) 473-.

VOL^ III.

225

2010 Solutions in Heat Conduction Heat Conductance of Solids 2080

Problems. ChvoUon, O. A. Ps. 0. 51 (1894)

405-.
Progress of heat when communicated to spherical

bodies from their centres. Playfair^ J. [1809]

Edinb. B. S. T. 6 (1812) 353-.
Propagation, law. Peiree, B. 0, Am. Ac. P.

12 (1877) 143-.
— , — . LefavouTf E, B., dk Pnrce^ B, 0.

[1877] Am. Ac. P. 18 (1878) 128-.

— of magnetirai and heat, anialogy. Decharmet
C. Lum. Elect. 89 (1891) 51-.

Badiation problem. Hdbton^ E. W, Camb.
Ph. S. P. 6 (1889) 184-.

SOLUTIONS FOR SPECIAL FIOURES.

Bar, heterogeneoos. Steklov, V. C. B. 126

(1898) 215-.
— , rectangular. Woodward, R, S. A. Mth. 4

(1888) 101-.
Cylinder. Lam^, O. Liouv. J. Mth. 1 (1836)

77-.
— . Cauchy, A. L, C. B. 16 (1843) 517-.
— . Wantzeh L, Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1843) 68-.
— . Kobald.E, Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1893) (^16.

2a) 1361-.

— bounded by 2 circles or lenmiscate. McUhieu,

i. Liouv. J. Mth. 14 (1869) 65-; G. B. 68

(1869) 590-.
Ellipsoid. LamS, O. Liouv. J. Mth. 4 (1839)

126-, 351- ; C. B. 8 (1839) 236-.
— . LiouviUe^J. Liouv. J. Mth. 10 (1846) 222-.
— . Somigliana, C, A. Mt. 24 (1896) 59-.

— of revolution. Niven, C. [1879] Phil.
Trans. 171 (1881) 117-.

Line. Thornton, (Sir) W. Gamb. Mth. J. 3
(1843) 170-, 206-.

— . Bryan, O. H. Camb. Ph. S. P. 7 (1892)
246-.

Parallelepiped, rectangular. Appelroth, G. G.
Mosc. S. 8c. Bll. 73 (No. 1) (1891) 5-; Fschr.
Ps. ri891) (Ab, 2) 383.

Plane figures (by elliptic functions). GreenhiU,
A, G. QJ. Mth. 17 (1881) 284-.

Plate. Betti, E. A. Mt. 1 (1B67-68) 373-.

^. Jannettaz, i. C. B. 99 (1884) 1019-.

— , rectangular. Puner, F. Mess. Mth. 6
(1877) 137-.

Polyhedra. Lam4, G. Par. £c. Pol. J.
22* cah. (1833) 194- ; Par. Mm. Sav. l^tr. 5
(1838) 418-.

Pnsm, thin. Pagani, G. M, Quetelet Cor.
Mth. 3 (1827) 237-.

Quadric solids. Borgnet, — • Bouen Ac. Tr.
(1840) 136-.

Spnere composed of 2 heterogeneous concen-
tric parts. Pagani, G. M. Quetelet Cor.
Mth. 4 (1828) 384-.

— , flow of heat in, and determination of con-
ductivity. Linde, J, Exner Bpm. 27 (1891)
391-, 646.

Spherical mass of air confined by walls at con-
stant temperature. Bayleigh, (Lord), Ph.
Mg. 47 (1899) 314-.

Surface of tetrahedron with equal opposite

edges. Cotton, i. Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 2
(1900) 305-.

Stationary temperatures. LaurieeUa, G.

Palermo Cir. Mt. Bd. 11 (1897) 189-.
, problem. Steklov, V, C. B. 131 (1900)

608-.
Stefan's calorimeter, theory. Kutta, W. A.

Ps. C. 54 (1895) 104-.
Temperature distribution in bar, variable.

Chvolson, O. Exner Bpm. 26 (1890) 150-.
wire traversed by current. Linde, J.

Exner Bpm. 27 (1891) 401-, 646.
^- steady current. Czermak, P.

Wien Ak. Sb. 103 (1894) (Ab. 2a) 1107-.

— equalisation between 2 neterogeneous bodies
in contact. Weber, H. Qdtt. Nr. (1893)
722-.

— equilibrium and laws of conductivity.
Bonnet, 0. C. B. 27 (1848) 49-.

— in medium traversed by a source of heat.
Bouannesq, J. G. B. 110 (1890) 1242-.

Theory. Libn, G. Crelle J. 7 (1831) 116-.

— (Libri). LiouviUe, J, Liouv. J. Mth. 3
(1838) 350-.

— . AppeU, — . C. B. 110 (1890) 1061-.

— . Beltrami, E. Bologna Bd. (1892-93)

61-.
— , expansions occurring in. Poincari, H.

C. B. 118 (1894) 383-.

— in general case. Mori$ot, — . G. B: 104
(1887) 1836-.

— , new ellipsoid in. BousHnesq, J. C. B.

65 (1867) 104-.
Underground temperature. Thomson, (Sir) W,

Ph. Mg. 5 (1878) 370-.
Vibrations of heated metals in contact with

cold body. DavU, A. S. Ph. Mg. 45 (1873)

296-.
Wave of conducted heat, method of tracing.

Mayer, A, M. Am. J. Sc. 4 (1872) 37-.

2020 Solids, Conductance of.

Rumford, B. (Count). Par. Mm. de 1*1.6 (1806)

106-.
[Despretz, C. non] Dupretz, — . Par. S. Phlm.

BU. (1821) 113-.
Bdekmann, C. W. Bot. N. Vh. 6 (1827) 1-.
Langberg, C, Pogg. A. 66 (1845) 1-.
Deapretz, C. Moigno Cosmos 1 (1852) 706-.
Hopkins, W. B. A. Bp. (1857) (pt. 2) 70.

Angstr&m, A. J. Ups. N. Acta S. Sc. 3 (1861)

51-.
Neumann, F. E. A. G. 66 (1862) 183-.
Morisot, — . G. B. 90 (1880) 814-.
Weber, R. H. Neuch. S. Sc. Bll. 12 (1880)

394-.
iEolotropic conductance. Giordano, G. Nap.

Bd. 8 (1869) 75-.
, axee of conductivity and elasticity, and

cleavage. Jannettaz, J$. Par. S. Gl. Bll. 5

(1877) 410- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1877) 72-;

As. Fr. G. B. (1877) 540- ; Par. S. Ol. Bll.

9 (1881) 196-.
Application to terrestrial temperature. Hopkins,

W. PhU. Trans. (1857) 805-.
Bad conductors. Qrenier, W. Laus. S. Yd.

Bll. 19 (1888) 45-.

226

3020

Heat Condaetanee of Solids

2020

Bad conduotors. Weber, R. Arch. So. Pb. Nt.

14 (1885) 225.

. Meyer, H. GOtt. Nr. (1888J 41-.

. Lees, C. H. Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm.

A P. 4 (1891) 17-.

. Venske, O, Gdtt. Nr. (1891) 121-.

. Grassi, G. Nap. I. Inc. At. 5 (1892)

No, 2, 35 pp.
. Jamieson, A. I. GE. P. 121 (1895)

291-
. ' Weber, R. Neach. S. So. BU. 23 (1895)

17-.
. Oddone, E, Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 6

(1897) (Sem. 1) 286-.
. BlytK V. J. Glaag. Ph. S. P. 81

(1900) 139<.
. Lamb, C, G.,dt Wilson, W. G. B. S.

P. 65 (1900) 283-.
Conductanoe of colours. Berthold, A, A, Oken

Isis (1836) 564-.

— for neat and electricity, experiment to show
identity. Hockm, C. Ph. Mg. 35 (1868)
299-.

— , internal and external. ChvoUon, 0, Bs.
Ps.-C. S. J. 20 (P».) (1888) 227-; J. de Pb.
8 (1889) 542.

— near melting point. Barm, C. Am. J. So.
44 (1892) 1- ; Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 431-.

— in solid and liquid states. Sluginav, N.
Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 23 (P«.) (1891) 456- ; J. de
Ps. 1 (1892) 405-.

. Aubel, E. van, [1899]

Brux. S. So. A. 24 (1900) (Pt. 1) 63-.

Conduction. Anon, (yi 214) Bb. Un. 3 (1816)
77.

— . £my, — . J. de Ps. 92 (1821) 158-.

— . Despretz, C. G. B. 35 (1852) 540-.

— . Kristensen, K. S. Ts. Ps. G. 31 (1892)
97-.

— in cylinder. Lundquist, C. G. Stockh.
Ofv. 32 (1876) No, I, 39-.

— experiments. Petnuhevskil, T. T. (xn)
Bs. Ps.G. S. J. 14 {Ps.) (1882) [(P«. 1)]
154- .

— , short bibliography. (Hbson, G. A. Edinb*

Mth. S. P. 7 (1889) 5-.
Determination. Bache, A. D. (vn) Amer.

Ph. S. P. 3 (1843) 132-.

— . Ingstr'&m, A. J. Stockh. Ofv. 18 (1861)

3- ; Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 513- ; A. Ps. C. 1^

(1864) 628-.
— . Forbes, O. Edinb. B. S. P. 8 (1873)

62-.
— . Lagarde, H, G. B. 94 (1882) 1048-.
— . Marisot, — . G. B. 97 (1883) 1426-.
— . BaUo,M. Dingier 260 (1886) 275-.
— . Lees, C. H. B. A. Bp. (1892) 647-.
— . Schulze, F. A. A. Ps. G. 66 (1898)

207-.

— , Angstrdm's method. Tait, P. G. Edinb.

B. S. P. 8 (1873) 55-.
— , and Neumann's compared. HagstrSm,

K. L. Stockh. Ofv. (1891) 45-, 289-, 381- ;
Fschr. Ps. (1891) (Ab, 2) 381-.
Determination, isotherm method. Voigt, W.
Gott. Nr. (1897) 184- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1898)
85-.

Determination, new method. Petrushevskii, T.

T. (xn) Bs. G. Ps. S. J. 6 (Ps.) (1874) HPt.

1)] 56-.
— , optical method. Berget, A, G. B. 114

(1892) 1350-.
Effect of mechanical agents. Senarmont, H,

de. A. G. 23 (1848) 257- ; G. B. 26 (1848)

501-.
Expansion of bar heated at one end. Mousson,

A. Zdr. Vjsohr. 11 (1866) 175-.
Isothermal curves, apparatus for showing.

Starkl, G. Z. Er. 20 (1892) 216-.
Bod, varying temperature distribution. Chvol-

son, 0. Kazan S. Nt. (Ps.-Mth.) P. 8 (1890)

222-.
Botational coefficients. Soret, C. Arch. So.

Ps. Nt. 29 (1893) 355- ; 32 (1894) 631-.

SUPPOSED PRODUCTION OF HEAT IN
SOLID BODIES BY SUDDEN COOLING.

Crahay, J. G. Quetelet Gor. Mth. 6 (1830)

324-.
Fischer, N. W. Pogg. A. 19 (1830) 518.
Fusinieri, A, A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 2 (1832)

141-.
Mousson, A, Bb. Un. 12 (1837) 418-.
Schrdder, H. Bb. Un. 19 (1839) 162- ; Pogg.

A. 46 (1839) 135-.
Bottger, R. Pogg. A. 50 (1840) 60-; Bb. Un.

33 (1841) 204.
Bourget, H. Nt. 58 (1898) 200.
BartUU, A. T. Nt. 58 (1898) 411-.
Bourget, H, Nt. 58 (1898) 521.
SUnu, J. S. Nt. 58 (1898) 596-.
Kinsley, C. [1898] Nt. 59 (1898-99) 174.
Lagrange, E. Brux. Ac. BU. (1899) 315-.

Surface conductance. M*Farlane, D. [1871]

B. A. Bp. 41 (1871) {Sect.) 44 ; B. S. P. 20

(1872) 90-.
Temperature, permanent, and emiasivity of

conductors carrying electric current. Bot-

tomley, J. T. B. S. P. 37 (1884) 177-.
Thin bodies. Fourier, J. B.J. A. G. 37 (1828)

291-.
Transmission from one moving liquid to

another through solid layer. Orassi, G.

MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 13 (1880) 47-.
solid to another. Despretz, C. G. B.

7 (1838) 833-.
Underground temperature in St. Gothard

tunnel. Stapff, F. [1883] N. Eng. I. Mn.

E. T. 88 (•1884) 19-.
Variation with temperature. Chvolson, O.

St. P^t. Ac. So. Mm. 37 (1890) No. 12,

38 pp.
Lees, C. H. [1897] Phil. Trans.

(A) 191 (1898) 399-.

SPECIFIED SOLIDS.

Alloys, thermal and electric oonduotanoe.

Wiedemann, G. Pogg. A. 108 (1859) 89^-.
— , . Aubel, E. van, dt PaUlot, R.

J. de Ps. 4 (1895) 522-.

227 p2

2020

Heat Conductance in Specified Soiids

2020

Alaminiiim. Mitchell, A. C. Edinb. B. S. P.

17 (1891) 800-.
Amalgams. Crace-CcUvert, F, lianoh. Ph.

S. P. 2 (1860-62) 165-.
Asbestos, use as steam-engine packing. Day,

St. J. V. [1871] (n) Glasg. I. Bng. T. 16

(1872) 3(h-.
Bismotn in magnetic field. Ettingshauten, A,

van. Wien Az. 24 (1887) 238 (&U)-.
. Leduc, A. C. R. 104 (1887)

1788- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 378-.
. Right J A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 8 (1887) (Sem. 1) 481-, (Sem. 2) 6- ; C.

B. 105 (1887) 168- ; Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm.
4 (1887) 488-.

. Ettingshausen, A. von. A. Ps.

C. 83 (1888) 129-.

— — . LeduCt A. Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1888) 209-.
Boiler plate, thermal condition. Bryant, E. M,

I. CE. P. 182 (1898) 274-.
and thickness of walls. Kramer, A, de,

D Polit. 2 (1839) 108-.

— plates, conduction in. Dunton, A. J,
[1894] Bv. Mar. et Col. 138 (1897) 872-.

— surfaces, conduction in. Benetti, J, bologna
Ac. Sc. Mm. 7 (1897) 123-.

— walls, conduction through. Herrmann, E,
Dingier 308 (1898) 229-, 245-.

Building materials. Hutchinson, J. [1842]
(vi Add$.) C. S. P. (1848) 24-.

— — . Lang, C. Carl Bpm. 10 (1874)
228-.

, Swedish. AndrSe,8.A. [1882] Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. Bh. 7 (1883) No. 8, 26 pp.
Carbon, thermal and electric conductance.

Cellier, L. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 611-.
Cements, etc. Lees, C. H., dt Chorlton, J. D.

Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 495-.
Charcoal. QuyUm de Morveau, L, B. A. C.

26 (1798) 225-.
Copper. Quick, R. W„ dt Lanphear, B. S.

Am. As. P. (1894) 114-.
—. Child, C.D.,d! Quick, R. W. Ps. Bv. 2

(1895) 412- ; 8 (1896) 1-.

— and iron. Angstr&m, A. J. Stockh. Ofv.
19 (1862) 21- ; Pogg. A. 118 (1868) 428-.

and platinum. Fischer, N. Jr. Pogg.

A. 52 (1841) 632-.

— sulphate, conduction in. Pape, C. A. Ps.
C. 1 (1877) 126-.

— tin alloys, induction-balance effect, analogy
with. RoherU-Austen, W. C. L. Ps. S. P.
8 (1880) 15ft- ; Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 561-.

Cotton, wool, etc. Coleman, J. J. Glasg. Ph.

S. P. 15 (1884) 90-.
— , — and silk. Sehuhmeister, J. [1877]

Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878) {Ab. 2) 283-.
Crystals. Senarmont, H. de. A. C. 21 (1847)

457- ; C. B. 25 (1847) 459-, 707- ; A. C. 22

(1848) 179-.

— (Senarmont). Biot, J. B. C. B. 25 (1847)
829—

— . Jamuttaz, i. Par. S. Gl. Bil. 1 (1873)

117-.
— . Lodge, 0. J. Ph. Mg. 5 (1878) 110- ;

L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879) 201-.

Crystals. S<yret, C. C. B. 114 (1892) 535-;
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 27 (1892) 873-.

— and bad conductors. Lees, C. H. [1892]
PhU. Trans. (A) 188 (1898) 481-.

— , conditions satisfied by coefficients. KowalsH,
J. Prace Mt.-Fiz. 2 (1890) 100- ; Fschr.
Ps. (1890) {Ab. 2) 380-.

— , conduction in. Jannettcus, i. A. C. 29

(1873) 5-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1876) 53-; C. B.

114 (1892) 1352-.

— , . Voigt, W. G5tt. Nr. (1896) 236-.

— , isothermals. RXntgen, W. C. A. Ps. C.

151 (1874) 603- ; 152 (1874) 367 ; (xn) Z.

Kr. 3 (1879)^17-.
Dielectrics. Knott, C. Q., dt Smith, C. M,

Edinb. B. S. P. 8 (1875) 623-.
Ebonite. Stefan, J. [1876] Wien Ak. Sb.

74 (1877) {Ab. 2) 438-.

— and glass. Dina, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.
32 (1899) 205-.

Fabrics for clothing. Senbier, J. [1804]

Turin Mm. Ac. (1804-05) 51-.
uniforms. Bordier, ff ., dt Kolb, P, As.

Fr. C. B. (1898) {Pt. 2) 183-.
Fire brick. Pennock, J. D. [1896] Am. I.

Mn. E. T. 26 (1897) 263-.
Flints. Herschel, A. S. Nt. 41 (1890) 175-.
Glaciers, phenomena. Herschel, {Sir) J. F. W,

Gl. S. P. 3 (1842) 699-.
Glass and sand. Penrose, C. B. [1880] Am.

Ac. P. 16 (1881) 47-.
Glasses. Focke, T. M. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899)

132-.
— . Winkdmann, A. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899)

160- 794-.
Gneiss.* Weber, R. H. Ziir. Vjschr. 23 (1878)

209-.
Gypsum, axes of elasticity and conductivity.

Jannettaz, i. C. B. 75 (1872) 940-, 1082- ;

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1876) 121-.
Ice. Schuma4iher, C. A. von. Sk. Nf. F. 5

(1847) 244-.
— . Delarive, L. Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 17 (1864)

266-.
— . Forbes, G. Edinb. B. S. P. 8 (1878) 62-.
— . Pfaf, I. B. A. F. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb.

6 (1874) 155-.
— . Coppinger, R. W. B. S. P. 27 (1878)

188-.
—. Andrews, T. B. S. P. 40 (1886) 544-.
— . MiUhdl, A. C. Edinb. B. S. P. 18 (1886)

592-.
— . Straneo, P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6

(189*^ {Sem. 2) 262-, 299-.
Iron. Pazienti, A. Yen. At. 10 (1864-65)

458-.
— . Tait, P. O. B. A. Bp. 39 (1869) 175-.
— . Hansetnann, 0., dt Kirchhoff, O. A. Ps.

C. 9 (1880) 1-.
— . HaU, E. H. Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 277-.

— bar, rate of conduction in. Decharme, C. J.
[1876] (xn) M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 34 (1878)
1-, 126; (nt) C. B. 82 (1876) 731-, 815-.

— , cast. Osmond, I. T. Ps. Bv. 2 (1895)

211-.
— , — . Hall, E. H., dt Ayres, C. H, Am.

Ac. P. 34 (1899) 281-.

228

2020 Heat Conductance in Specified Solids 2020

Iron, cast, and nickel, oast. Hall^ E. H, Am. Metals. PoUmi, O. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 15

Ac. P. 27 (1898) 262-. (1882) 386-.

— , conductance as function of magnetisation. — . Chvolsatit 0. D, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (P«.)

Schweitzer, A. Zur. Ps. Gs. Jbr. (1899 & (1887) 489-.

1900) 18. — . Berget, A. C. R. 107 (1888) 227-.

— and copper. Stewart, R. W. [1898] Phil. ». Oezechiu [Heiehus], N, Bs. Ps.-C. S.
Trans. (A) 184 (1894) 569-. J. 24 (Ps.) (1892) 158- ; J. de Ps. 2 (1898)

and German silver. Mitchell, A. C. 528.

Edinb. B. S. T. 33 (1888) 585-. — . Chray, J. H. [1894] PhlL Trans. (A) 186
German silver. Weber, Hein, A. Ps. (1896) 165-.

C. 146 (1872) 257-. — . Edeer, E. Nt. 60 (1899) 244-.

— , influence of magnetism on conductance. — and alloys. Johmon, R,, dt Crace-Calvert,

Maggi, P. O. Bb. Un. Arch. 14 (1850) F. C. B. 47 (1858) 1069- ; PhU. Trans.

182-. (1858} 849-.

— , . BeUati, M,, db Naccari, A, — , conduction in. Oore, G. Ph. Mg. 6 (1858)

[1876] Ven. I. At. 8 (1877) 88-. 882-.

— , . Penrose, C, B,, dk Trow- — , . Wiedemann, G, Pogg. A. 95 (1855)

bridge, J. Am. Ac. P. 18 (1888) 210-. 887-.

— , . Battelli, A, Tor. Ac. So. — , . Olivier, J. (xn) Yauc. Ac. Mm.

At. 21 (1885) 799-. 1 (1882) 156-.

— , . Foseati, E, Bv. Sc.-Ind. — and earthy substances. Despretz, 0. A. G.

21 (1889) 6-, 17-, 42-. 86 (1827) 422-.

— , . Korda, D, [1899] , C. B. — , e£Fect of temperature on conductance. Lenz,

128 (1899) 418-, 575 ; Mth. Termt. Ets. 17 R. [1869-70] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 14 (1870)

(1899) 169- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 17 (1901) 54-; St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm. (Re.) 16 (*1870)

818-. {App. No. 2) 68 pp.

— , magnetic. Holmgren, K. A, Stockh. Ofv. — , especially platinum. Fischer, N,W. Pogg.

19 (1862) 168-. A. 19 (1880) 507-.

— and steel, influence of magnetism on con- — , thennal conductance, variation with tempe-
ductance. T&ndinson, H, B. S. P. 27 rature. Lodge, O, J. Ph. Mg. 7 (1879)
(1878) 109-. 198-, 251- ; 8 (1879) 510- ; L. Ps. S. P. 8

, thermal and electric conductance. (1880) 2^, 141-.

Schulze, F. A, A. Ps. 0. 68 (1897) 28-. — , — and electric conductance. Hansemann,

— , thermal and electric conductance. Hall, G., db Kirchhoff, G. A. Ps. C. 18 (1881)

E. H [1900] Am. Ac. P. 86 (1901) 119-. 406-.

— , wrought. F(yrbes, J, D. [1865] Edinb. — , . Lorenz,L. [1881] EjfTb. Dn.

B. S. T. 24 (1867) 78-. Vd. Selsk. Skr. 2 (•1881-86) 85-; A. Ps. C.
Isomorphous booies, conduction in. Godard,L. 18 (1881) 422-, 582-.

C. B. 102 (1886) 1283-. — , . Berget, A. J. de Ps. 9 (1890)

Lead, bismuth and Wood's alloy. Kranauer, 185-.

H. Zur. Vjschr. 25 (1880) 257-. — , Straneo, P. Bm. B. Ac.

Magnesium carbonate as non-conductor. Lutt- Line. Bd. 7 (1898) {Sem, 1) 197-» 810-.

gen, E. Am. I. Mn. E. T. 15 (1887) 614-. — , . Aubel, E. van. D. Ps. Gs.

Marble and slate, conductance, temperature Vh. (1900) 8-.

variation. Peirce, B, 0„ db WilUon, R,W. — , (van Aubel). J&ger, W., db

Am. J. Sc. 50 (1895) 485-. Diesselhorst, H, D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 89-.

Marbles. Peirce, B. 0., db Willson, R. W, , — , (Jager and Diesselhorst). Aubel,

[1900] Am. Ac. P. 86 (1901) 11-. E. van. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 77-.

Mercury and other metals. Berget, A. Par. — , . Riecke, E. A. Ps. 2 (1900)

S. Ps. S^. (1888) 335-. 835-; G6tt. Nr. (1900) 260-.

Metal bar. Dumas, W. A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) — , , GrUneisen, E. A. Ps. 8

272-, 393-. (1900) 48-.
, conduction in. Kleiner, A, Arch. Sc. — , on electron theory. Reinganum,

Ps. Nt. 28 (1892) 358-. M. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 898-.

— — , — — , lecture apparatus. Canipbell, G. _, , heat capacity and thermo-

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm. 13 (1882) 124-. electric power. Jaeger, W., db Diesselhorst,

""/JSJSf'..?^^*' ^' ^^' ^' ^™^- •^- ^® ^' Berl. Ak. Sb. (1899) 719- ; Beri. Ps.

(1886) 654-. ^ ^ « ^ „^«^. Beichsanst. Ab. 3 (1900) 269-.

1^-^ic\min^^ ^^^^ ^^'^ conductence, measurement.

— . Franz', k, d Wiedemann, G. H. Pogg. Jannettaz, i. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1885) 6.

A. 89 (1853) 497-. — , fibrous. Jannettaz, E. Par. S. Gl. Bll.

— . Mousson, A, Sch. Gs. Vh. 50 (1866) 6 (1878) 208-.

55-. — and rocks. Thoulet, J. A. G. 20 (1880)

— . BHt. Ass. Comm. B. A. Bp. 89 (1869) 862-; C. B. 94 (1882) 1047- ; A. G. 26 (1882)

175-. ^ 261-.

— . Deny, E. [1881] (xn) Metz Ac. Mm. Nickel. BaiUie, T. C. Edinb. B. S. T.

68 (1885) 379-. 89 (1900) 861-.

229

2020 Specified Saiids

Kon-iBotropio bodies, conduction in, lecture

experiment. Sella, A. N. Cim. 10 (1899)

186-.
Organic substances, conduction in. Oreisi,

C. B. A. Ps. C. 189 (1870) 174-.
Phosphor-copper and arsen-copper, thermal and

electric conductivity. Rietzscht A. A. Ps.

3 (1900) 408-.
Plates, conduction in, from hot gases to water.

HaUiday, O. [1898] Glasg. I. Eng. T.

42 (1899) 41-.

— with variously arranged surfaces, conduction
in. Walker, W. G. Elect. 86 (1895) 788-.

Porous moist substances. AndrSe, S. A.

[1890] Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 16 {Afd. 1}

(1891) No. 7, 7 pp.; Fschr.Ps. (1890) {Ah. 2)

881
Bocks*. Hericha, A. S. B. A. Bp. 48 (1878)

{Sect.) 40.

— (St. Gothard). Weber, R. H. Neuoh. 8.
Sc. Bll. 12 (1880) 687-.

— . Prestwieh, J, [1886] B. 8. P. 41 (1887)

1-.
— . Stadler, Q. Ziir. Vjschr. 84 (1889) 12-.
— , conductance, temperature variation.

Forbes, J. D, B. A. Bp. (1840) 484-.
— , — , . Kelvin, (Lord), db Murray, J.

R. E. B. 8. P. 68 (1896) 162-.

— , — , . Weber, R. Nt. 62 (1896) 468-.

— , — , . Peirce, B.O,,<lt WilUon, R. W.

[1896] Nt. 68 (1895-96) 4.

— (Gampagna), external and internal conduct-
ance. Morano, F, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.
7 (1898) (5m. 2) 61-, 88-, 867.

— and solias in general. Jarmettaz, E. G.
B. 78 (1874) 1202-.

8altB. Lees, C. H. Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. Mm.

& P. 42 (1898) No. 5, 4 pp.
Selenium, action of light. BeUati, M., d

Lussana, S, Ven. I. At. (1886-87) 1117-.

Snow. Hjelt$tr&m, S. A. Stockh. Ofv. (1889)

669-; J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 142-.
SoUs. Forbes, J. D. Edinb. B. 8. P. 1 (1846)

848-.
Steam-pipes, non-conducting coverings for.

Ordway, J. M. Franklin I. J. 86 (1888) 411-.
Steel, manganese-. Mitchell, A. C. Edinb.

B. S. T. 86 (1890) 947-.
— , mUd. HaU, E. H. Am. Ac. P. 81 (1896)

271-.
— , — and hard. Kofdrausch, F. Wilrzb. Ps.

Md. Sb. (1887) 120-.

— plates, conduction in. BUchynden, A. Nv.
Aroht. T. 86 (1894) 70-.

Stones. Perry, J,, dt Ayrkm, W, E. Ph. Mg.

6 (1878) 241-.
— . Peirce, B. O., S WiUson, R. W. Am. Ac.

P. 84 (1899) 1-.
Tourmaline. Senarmont, H. de, A. G. 28

(1860) 279.
— . Stenger, F. A. Ps. G. 22 (1884) 622-.
Tube plates, conduction through. Durston,

A. J. Nv. Archt. T. 84 (1898) 180-.
Vulcanite. Peirce, B. 0. Am. Ac. P. 86

(1900) 78-; Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 16-.
Walls, conduction in. Ferrini, R. Mil. I.

Lomb. Bd. 81 (1898) 479-.

Heat Conductance of Liquids 2080

Walls, conduction of solar heat in. ProvenuM,
F. S, Bm. N. Line. At. 84 (1881) 148-.

— of cylinders of steam-engines, conduction in.
Henrotte, J,, db Yssel de Sehepper, J, H. A.
Bv. Un. Mines 6 (1889) 40-, 129-.

safes, resistance to passage of heat. Ruff,

F. Dingier 800 (1896) 178-.
— , . Russner, — . Dingier

801 (1896) 96-.
Wire heated equally at ends, steady state*

Heam, G. W. Ph. Mg. 29 (1846) 22-.
Wood. Hoh, T. (xn) Bamb. Nf. Gs. B. (11)

(1876) {Pt. 1, No. 8) 17 pp.
— , SBoIotropic conductance. DecandoUe, Am,

dt Dela Rive, A. Qen. Mm. 8. Ps. 4 (1828)

70-.
— , . TyndaU, J. B. A. Bp. (1852)

(pt, 2) 20.

— and stone. Less, E. [1877] A. Ps. C.
{Erg&nz.) 8 (1878) 617-.

2030 Liquids, Conductance of.

Dalton,J. [1799] Manch. Ph. 8. Bfm. 6 (1802)

878-.
Nicholson, W. Nicholson J. 6 (1802) 197-.
Murray, (Dr.) J. Nicholson J. 1 (1802) 165-,

241-.
TraiU, T. S. Nicholson J. 12 (1806) 188-.
Bdckmann, C. W. Bot. N. Vh. 6 (1827) 1-.
DespreU, C, G. B. 8 (1889) 879-.
Guthrie, Fred. [1868] Phil. Trans. 169 (1869)

687-.
Pacdzow, A. A. Ps. G. 184 (1868) 618-.
Despretz, C. G. B. 72 (1871) 484-.
Winkdmann, A. A. A. Ps. G. 168 (1874) 481-.
Beetz, W. Munch. Ak. 8b. 9 (1879) 86-.
Baumgartner, G. Garl Bpm. 17 (1881) 686-.
Graetz, L. [1882-86] A. Ps. G. 18 (1883)

79-; 26 (1886) 887-.
Weber, H. F. Berl. Ak. 8b. (1886) 809-.
Apparatus. Evans, W. P. [1898] N. Z. L T.

81 (1899) 666-.
Gonductance in solid and liquid states. Slu-

gtnov, N. Bs. Pb.-G. 8. J. 23 (Ps.) (1891)

466-; J. de Ps. 1 p892) 406-.

CONDUCTION IN LIQUIDS.

Thomson, T, Nicholson J. 4 (1801) 629-.
Rumford, B. (Count). Nicholson J. 14 (1806)

363-.
Prevost, P. J. de Ps. 72 (1811) 168-.
Fourier, J. B, J. [1820] Par. Mm. Ac. 8c.

12 (1833) 607-.
Despretz, C. G. B. 7 (1888) 933-; 8 (1839)

888-; A. G. 71 (1839) 206-.
GuthrU, Fred. Ph. Mg. 36 (1868) 283-.
Paalzow, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (♦1868) 170-.
Weber, H. F. Ziir. Vjschr. 24 (1879) 252-,

866-,
(Weber.) Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps. C.

10 (1880) 668-.

(Winkehnann.) Weber, H. F. A. Ps. G.

11 (1880) 847-.

(Weber.) Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps. G.

11 (1880) 784-.
Chree, C. B. 8. P. 48 (1888) 80-.

230

2035

Kristrnten, K. S. Tb. Pb. 0. 81 (1892) 97-.
with oonveotion. Oberheek, A. A. Pb. C.

7 (1879) 271-.
in motion. Duhamel, J, M. C. C. B. 47 (1858)
.&-, 129-. 176-.

. Sebuev, G. Kasan S. Ps.-Mth. Bll.

1 (1891) 22-.

Heat Condnctance of Gktses 2035

Sufan, J. [1872-76] Wien Sb. 65 (1872)

Mixtures and their oonstituentB. Lees^ C. H.
[1895-99] B. A. Bp. (1895) 628; L. Pb. S. P.

17 (1901) 7»-; Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 286-.
Temperature variation. Lees, C, H. [1897]

PhU. TranB. (A) 191 (1898) 899-.

SPECIFIED LIQUIDS.

Mercury. Gripon, A. [1866] C. B. 63 (1866)
51- ; (zn) Lille S. Mm. 3 (1867) 179-.

— Hertng, H. [1873-80] A. Pb. C. 151
(1874) 177- ; 10 (1880) 662-.

— (Herwig). Weber, H. F. A. Ps. C. 11
(1880) 345-.

— . Berget, A. C. B. 105 (1887) 224-; 106
(1888) 1152- ; 107 (1888) 171- ; Par. S. Pb.
S^. (1888) 335-.

— and amalgams. Johnson, R, dt Crace-
Calvert, F. Phil. Trans. (1859) 831-.

Organic liqaids. Heen, P, de. Bruz. Ac. Bll.

18 (1889) 192-.
Saline solutions. J&ger, G. Wien Ak. Sb.

99 (189^) (Ah. 2a) 245-.

f,J. r.
172 (1881) 587-.

Water. BoUomUy^

[1879] PhU. Trans.

— . MUner, S. R., db Chattoek, A. P. [1898]
Ph. Ma, 48 (1899) 46-.

— and alcohol mixtures. Henneberg, H. A.
Ps. 0. 86 (1889) 146-.

— , conductance, and conduction in system of
cylinders. Lorberg, H, A. Ps. G. 14 (1881)
291-, 426-.

— heated at the top in stone boiler. Horn-
blower, J. C. Nicholson J. 8 (1804) 169-.

— as non-conductor. Mather, W.W, Silliman
J. 18 (1828) 868-.

— , warming in tubes. Forehheimer, P, Hann.
Archt.-yr. Z. 34 (1888) 175- ; 35 (1889) 609-.

2035 Gases, Condnctance of.

Mohr, C. F, Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1869) 196 ;

Z. Mth. Ps. 15 (1870) 269-.
(Mohr.) Claunus, R, D. G. Os. B. 4 (1871)

269-.
Bonkar, E. Brux. Ac. BU. 8 (1884) 204-.
Smoluchowski, M. Prace Mt.-Fiz. 10 (1899-

1900) 83-.
Apparatus. Kundt,A. A. Ps. G. 2 (1877) 384-.
— . Wood, B. W. Ps. Bv. 6 (1898) 165-.
Conductance at low temperatures. EckerUin,

P. A. A. Ps. 3 (1900) 120-.

CONDUCTION IN GASES.

Fourier, J. B. J. [1820] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc.

12 (1833) 607-.
Magnus, G. Berl. Mb. (1860) 485-.
Clausius, B. Pogg. A. 115 (1862) 1-.

(Ab. 2) 45-; 72 (1876) (^6. 2) 69-.
Boltzmann, L. [1875] Wien Ak. Sb. 72 (Ab.

2) (1876) 458-.
Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps. G. 156 (1875) 497 ;

157 (1876) 497-.
Schleiermacher, A. A. Ps. G. 84 (1888) 628-.
Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. G. 44 (1891) 177-,

429-.
Graetx, L. A. Ps. G. 45 (1892) 298-.
(Graetz. ) Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. G. 46 (1892)

323—
Weber,' L. [1894] Schl..Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr.

10 (1895) 313.
effect of density. Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps.

G. 11 (1880) 474-.
— — temperature. Winkelmann, A. A, A.

Ps. C. 19 (1888) 649-; 29 (1886) 68-.
. Eichhwn, W. A. Ps. G. 40 (1890)

697-.
at high temperatures. Winkelmann, A, D.

Nf. Tbl. (^1879) 181.
rarefied. Smoluehowski, M. (Bitter) von Smolan.

A. Ps. G. 64 (1898) 101- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898)

192-.
— . Gehrcke, E. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 102-.
— , and friction. Ktindi, A., dt Warburg, E.

A. Ps. G. 155 (1875) 887-, 525-; 156 (1875)

177-.
and vapours. Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps. G.

159 (1876) 177-.

Miztuies. Plank, J. [1875] Wien Ak. Sb.

72 (1876) (Ab. 2) 269-.
Temperature variation. Graetz, L. A. Ps. G.

14 (1881) 232-.
(Graetz). Winkelmann, A. A. A. Ps. G.

14 (1881) 534-.
(Winkehnann). Graetz, L. A. Ps. G.

14 (1881) 541-.
Vapours, temperature and pressure variations.

Magnanini, G., dk Zunino, V. Mod. Ac. Sc.

Mm. 2 (1900) 87-.

SPECIFIED GASES.

Air (rarefied). Crookes, W. [1880] B. S. P.

81 (1881) 289-.
— . Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. G. 48 (1893)

180-.
— . MUUer, E. A. Ps. G. 60 (1897) 82-.
— and hydrogen. Buff, H. A. Ps. G. 158

(1876) 177- ; Berl. Ak. Mb. (1876) 89 ; Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 57 (1876) 293-.
, temperature coefficient. Winkelmann,

A. A. A. Ps. G. 1 (1877) 63-.
— , temperature variation. Mailer, E, [1900]

Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 161-.
— , use as bad conductor. Bodde, B, Hermb-

stadt Bll. 9 (1811) 161-.
Mercury vapour. Schleiermacher, A, A. Ps.

G. 86 (1889) 846-.
Nitrogen, nitric oxide, ammonia and illumina-
ting gas. Plank, J. [1876J Wien Ak. Sb.

74 (1877) (Ab. 2) 215-.

231

2040 Heat Convection

2040 Convection. Laws of
Cooling. iSee 4210.)

CONVECTION.

Rumford, B. (Count), Nicholson J. 1 (1797)

289-» 341-, 563-; GUbert A. 1 (1799) 214-,

323-; 2(1799)249-.
(Romford.) DeLuc,0,A. {yi Adds.) Gilbert

A. 1 (1799) 464-.
(— .) Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 3 (1801)

36-.
(— .) Parrot, G, F. Gilbert A. 17 (1804) 267-,

369-; 22 (1806) 148-.
Air currents, ascending and descending, tem-
perature differences. Richarz, F, D. Nf.

Vh. (1900) {Th. 2, HdlfU 1) 21-.
in mines, resistance to. Elwen, T, L,

[1889] N. £ng. I. Mn. £. T. 38 (1891)

205-.
, . Murgue, D, [1893-94]

Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 6 (1894) 135-, 418-;

7 (1894) 211-.
, . Elwen, r. L. [1895]

N. Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 45 (1896) 62-.
— and other gases, flow. Goraon, F. W, [1885]

Am. I. Mn. E. T. 14 (1886) 146-.
— , hot, ascent through tubes. Anon, (vi 1063)

QJ. Sc. (1829) (Pt. 1) 179.
— , — , flow in pipes. Schreiber, F, Earsten

Arch. 12 (1839) 121-.
Cellular vortices in liquid. Binard, H, Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1900) 213-.
Chimney draught. Avit, — . Le Puy A. S.

Ag. (1828) 215-.
. Foster, C, F, L, FSrster Al. Bauztg.

22 (1867) 88-.
, supposed effect of sunlight. KoMrauichf

F. Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Sb. (1881) 161-.
, thermodynamics. Frcuier, B, W, Am.

I. Mn. E. T. 10 (•1882) 249-.
Chimneys, factory. Cordier, E, St. £t. Bll.

5. In. Mn. 2 (1888) 636-.

Circulation in atmosphere, dynamics. Bjerknes,
V, [1899] Met. Z. 17 (1900) 97-, 146-.

— — hot water pipes, theory. Riccb^ A,
Palermo G. Sc. Nt. 17 (1886) 9-.

^~ — tubular boilers. BriUi^, H, G^n. Civ.
32 (1897-98) 75-, 95-, 114-, 264-, 282, 297-,
313- ; 34 (1898-99) 134-, 147-, 166-, 181- ,
195- ; 35 (1899) 342-, 367-, 378-, 388-,
405-.

vertical glass tubes. Dutrochet, H. A.

C. 48 (1831) 268-.

Convection by air currents. Mitchell, A. C,
[1899] Edinb. B. S. T. 40 (1906) 39-.

— in air, fundamental formula. K&uffer, P.
Carl Bpm. 18 (1882J 200-.

— and conduction in flowing liquids. Sebuev,

6. Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. BU. 1 (1891) 22-.

— currents. Richarz, F,, dt Lonnes, C, Z.
Ps. C. 20 (1896) 146-.

in air and liquids. Czermak, P. A. Ps.

C. 50 (1893) 329-.
liquid. Parrot, G. F, Gilbert A.

19 (1805) 463-.

Dust Figures 2040

Convection currents in liquid. Oberbeck, A,

A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 489-.
; steaay motion ; vortices. Binard,

H. C. B. 130 (1900) 1004-, 1065- ; Par. S.

Ps. S6. (1900) 202-.
melted wax. TomZtfuon, C, B. A.

Bp. 36 (1866) (Sect,) 44-.

— — , supposea. Thomson, T, Nicholson J.

I (1802) 81-.

— -, diffusive. Griffiths, A, L. Ps. S. P.

16 (1899) 230- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 463-.
— , — , source of energy. Griffiths, A, L. Ps.

S. P. 16 (1899) 435-; Ph. Mg. 47 (1899)
622-.

— in gas. Lorentz, H. A, Amst. Ak. Vs. M.

17 (1882) 179- ; Arch. N^rl. 17 (1882) 193-.

— scope and calorimeter. Bennett, A, R,
Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 41 (1897)
xxvii-.

— thermoscope. Cooley, Le R, C. Franklin
I. J. 66 (1873) 343-; 67 (1874) 408- ; 70
(1875) 134- ; 74 (1877) 326-.

Draught controller. Gauthier, G. A. Mines

II (1847) 117-.

DUST FIGURES.

Dust photographs. Thiselton-Dyer, W, T, Nt.

47 (1892-93) 341-.

. AlUn, F. J, Nt 47 (1892-93) 342.

: and breath figures. Croft, W, B, Nt.

47 (1892-93) 364.

— ana smoke, electrical deposition. Lodge, O.
[1886] B. I. P. 11 (1887) 520- ; S. C. In. J.
6 (1886) 672-.

Dusty air near strongly illuminated bodies.

Lodge, O, J„ dk Clark, J, W, L. Ps. S. P.

6 (1885) 1-; Ph. Mg. 17 (1884) 214-.
Soot-figures on ceilings. Poulton, E, B, Nt.

47 (1892-93) 608.
Lodge, 0. Nt. 47 (1892-93)

608.

. Irving, A, Nt. 48 (1893) 29.

. MiU, H, R, Nt. 48 (1893) 29.

. Cunningham, A, Nt. 48 (1893)

29.
. Poulton, E. B, Nt. 48 (1893)

29.
. Clark, J, E, Nt. 48 (1893) 77.

Heating surface in ventilating flues. Trow-
bridge, W, P. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 3 ('1882)
171-.

Ice divide, movement during melting of inland
ice. Schi4tz, 0. E. N. Mg. Ntvd. 34 (1895)
102-.

Badiation from heated wire in dusty air,
formation of dark plane. Rayleigh, (Lord),
[1882] B. S. P. 34 (1883) 414-.

Bayleigh's dark plane. Lodge, 0, J, Nt.
28 (1883) 297-.

Stream-lines in fluids. Bezold, W, von. Miinch.
Ak. Sb. 14 (1886) 611-.

Temperature of room indicated by thermo-
meters at different heights. Murray, J,
Tilloch Ph. Mg. 59 (1822) 51-.

Ventilation by heat, problem. Buchan, W, P.
[1890] Glasg. Ph. S. P. 22 (1891) 31-.

232

2040 Cooling

Ventilation by heated chimneys and fans,
relative economy. Trowbridge t W, P. Sch.
Mines Q. N. Y. 7 (1888) 847-.

— and heating of boiloings, thermal tests.
MorrUon, C. B. Am. As. P. (1899) 179-.

— — — systems. Haase, F. H. Dingier
277 (1890) 697-; 278 (1890) 351- ; 279
(1891) 38-, 91-, 108-, 126-, 225-, 312;
280 (1891) 175-, 268- ; 282 (1891) 31-, 57-,
237-, 304; 284 (1892) 63-, 109-, 134-, 182-,
206-.

— , hygienic. Bithop, J. Le M. [1895] Br.
Aroht. J. 3 (1896) 36-.

— and illuminants. Lewes, V, B, Br. Aroht.
T. 4 (1888) 77-.

— , methods. Ferrini, T, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

18 (1885) 873-.
— , mines. Brabant, F. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 42

(1885) 1-, 205.
— , — . LartnoyeuXf — . Bruz. A. Tr. Pbl. 46

(1889) 279-.
— , — . Hamse, R, Giving. 40 (1894) 565- ;

41 (1895) 19-.

— in Busslan climate. Lenzy E. St. Pet. Ac.
Sc. Mm. (Rs,) 3 (*1863) {App. No. 3) 39 pp.

— tables. Pearce, F, H, N. Eng. I. Mn.
£. T. 33 (1884) 93-.

— , theory. Shaw, W, N. B. A. Bp. (1890)

730-.
— , tunnels, Saccardo's system. Bassani, C.

Bv. Sc. Jnd. 23 (1891) 263-.
— , — , — — . dhampy, L. A. Mines 17

(1900) 167-.

COOLING.

action of air currents. Oberbeek, A. A. Ps.

C. 56 (1895) 397-.
Bdntgen rays. Pettinelli, P. N. Cim. 8

(1898) 299-.

, question. Amerio, A. N. Cim. 10

(1899) 366-.

with aUowanoe for heat due to contraction.

Uvjf, M, C. B. 83 (1876) 136-.
body in gas. Prevost, P, Gen. Mm. S. Ps.

4 (1828) 265-.

,rate. Prevo$t,P. A. C. 40 (1829) 332-^

and conduction in gases. Narr, F, [1870]

A. Ps. C. 142 (1871) 123-.
cylindrical bar, motion of points. Duhameli

J. M. C. C. B. 39 (1854) 1185- ; Par. 6c.

Pol. J. 36« cah, (1856) 1-.
efifect of dimensions. Bottomley, J. T, B. A.

Bp. (1884) 623-.
by gases. Detains^ P., d' La Provostaye,

F. de. C. B. 22 (1846) 77-.
heterogeneous solid rod. Steklav.V.A, Kharkov

Mth. S. Com. 5 (1896?) 136- ; Fschr. Ps.

ri897) (^6. 2) 348.
Kelvin's equation. Heelis^ J. Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. P. 18 (1879) 83-.
law. Quel, — . C. B. 16 (1843) 1435-.
— . Wilhelmy, L, Pogg. A. 84 (1861) 119-.
— . Rivih-e, C. 'C. B. 95 (1882) 462-.
— , and conduction. Leea, C, H. Ph. Mg. 28

(1889) 429-.
— , Dulong and Petit*s. M*Farlane, D. B. S.

P. 23 (1875) 465-.

Cooling 2040

liquid globe, solidification, dapeyron, £., dt

Lam€, G. [1830] A. C. 47 (1881) 250-.
liquids, application to psychrometers. Can-

Umi, P. (xn) Bv. So.-Ind. 8 (1876) 327-.
method in calorimetry. Bartoli, A, Mil. I.

Lomb. Bd. 28 (1896) 787-.
nocturnal. Ferrel, W, Science 7 (1886) 32^.
— , actinometric measurements on Etna. Bar-

toli,A,,<tStracciati,E. [1890-93] Catania

Ac. Gioen. BU. 16 (1891) 2- ; Bv. Sc.-Ind.

26 (1893) 81-.
powdered metals. Cantoni, P. Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 10 (1877) 807- ; 11 (1878) 168-.
power of gases. Andrews, T, Ir. Ac. P. 1

(1841) 465-.
sonds in liquids. Dahlander, O. JR. Stockh.

Ofv. 33 (1876) No, 9, 29-.
sphere, constant surface temperature. Wood-

ward, R. S, A. Mth. 3 (1887) 75-.
— , contraction. Woodward, R. 8, A. Mth.

3 (1887) 129-.
— , law. Plana, G. [1863] (vm) Tor. Mm.

Ac. 23 (1866) 1-.
thermometer, influence of motion of air. Rau-

tenfeld'Lindenruh, H, von, Biga Cor.-Bl.

35 (1892) 41-.

— in liquid, and external heat-conductivity.
Rogovskij, E. A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 25 (Ps,)
(1893) 201- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 567.

through walls of buildings. LermanUw, V, V.

Bs. Ps.C. S. J. 32 {Ps.) (1900) 62-.
water of hot springs in underground canals.

Sztoczek, J, Mth. Termt. £ts. 5 (1887) 211-,

255.
wires in air and in vacuum. BottonUey, J, T,

B. A. Bp. (1885) 904.

Emissivity and conductivity, determination.

Eummfopoulos, N. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895)

327-; Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 280-.

, — . Ascoli, M. N. Cim. 7 (1898)

— , influence of size. Porter, A, W, L. Ps.

S. P. 13 (1895)343-; Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 268-.

— of solids. JFeber, H, F, Berl. Ak. Sb.
(1888) 933-.

— and temperature of electric conductors.
Perinyi, S. Mth. Termt. l&ts. 2 (1884) 378- ;
Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 2 (*1883-84) 424-.

— of wire carrying current. Cardani, P.
N. Cun. 27 (1890) 245-; 28 (1890) 10-; 30
(1891) 33-.

. Sala, M. N. Cim. 4 (1896)

81-; 6(1897)333-.
Gas column, thermal equilibrium under

gravity. Guthrie, Francis. Nt. 8 (1873) 486.
Heat, diffusion. VioUe, J. J. de Ps. 4 (1875)

97-.
—, — by gases. Feddersen, B. W. [1872]
A. Ps. C. 148 (1873) 302-.

— distribution in heated rooms. Meidinger, H,
Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) {Ab.) 503-.

— , emission from heated surfaces. Fischer,

Herm. Dingier 228 (1878) 1-.
— , — — hot- water pipes. Colding, L. A.

Kj6b. Dn. Vd. Selsk. Skr. 7 (1868) 75-.

— exchanges, Newton's law. Biot, J. B.
Par. S. Phhn. BU. (1816) 21-.

233

2400

Thermodjrnamics. General

2400

Heat, quantity conveyed by unequally heated

liquid. Oberheck, A. A. Pb. G. 11 (1880)

1088-.
Heating of wire in different gaees by means of

current. Belloc, — . As. Fr. G. B. (1894)

{Pt. 1) 118.
Liquids moving over heated surfaces. Sebuev,

G. N. Kazan S. Nt. (Ps.-Mth,) P. 8 (1890)

162- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1890) {Ab. 1) 830.
Mines, loss of temperature in upcast shafts.

Lcngridge, J, A. N. Eng. I. Mn. E. T.

4 (1855-66) 147-.
Spcurked air, thermal properties. PettinelU, P,

N. Cim. 10 (1899) 117-.
Statics of air and of fire, principles. Clavelin,

— . A. G. 83 (1799) 172-.
Stationary condition of temperature. MUhU,

K. von der. Mth. A. 2 (1870) 643-.
Steam-jacket, maximum efficiency. Thurston^

R. H. Franklin I. J. 131 (1891) 276-.
Warm water boilers, calculations for. Hieke,

E. Dingier 287 (1893) 271-.
Water, warming in tubes. Forchheimer, P.

Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 34 (1888) 177- ; 35

(1889) 609-.

THEBM0DTNAMIG8.

2400 General. (Virial see 0200.)

Thcnum, (Sir) W, C. R. 69 (1864) 706-.
Him, G, A, A. C. 10 (1867) 32-; 11 (1867)

Heath, J. M. Ph. Mg. 39 (1870) 421-.
Pcuimti, A. (x) Yen. I. Mm. 15 (1870) 195- ;

(vra) 16 (1871) 9-.
Rankine, W. J. M. Ph. Big. 40 (1870) 103-,

291—.
PhiUips, i. Par. &c. Norm. A. 2 (1873) 1-.
StoUard, J. S. Mess. Mth. 5 (1876) 19-.
Pazienti, A, Yen. I. Mm. 20 (1876) 249-;

21 (1879) 651- ; 22 (1882) 155-.
Eddy, H r. Y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 20 (1879)

236-, 337-, 361-, 461- ; 21 (1879) 1-.
Pazienti, A. Yen. I. Mm. 21 (1879) 33-.
Detpeyrims, C. Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm. 2 (1880)

(Pt. 2) 167-.
OouiUy, A. Par. Ing. Giv. Mm. (1882) (2)

440—.
Reynolds, 0. [1883] Nt. 29 (*1884) 112-.
Pazienti, A. Yen. I. Mm. 23 (1887) 5-, 115-,

131-, 147 .
PoinearS, H, Nt. 46 (1892) 414-, 485.
Natanson, W, Wiad. Mt. 1 (1897) 27-.
Wesendonek, K. A. Ps. G. 67 (1899) 444-;

69 (1899) 809-.
(Wesendonek.) Planck, M. A. Ps. 1 (1900)

621-.
Wetendcnck, K, ron. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 746-.
Application to elastic bodies. CelUrier, G,

Par. S. Mth. BU. 21 (1893) 26- ; Arch. 8c.

Ps. Nt. 31 (1894) 407-.
volcanic eruptions. Riccb, A. Gatania

Ac. Gioen. At. 5 (1892) Mem, 10, 4 pp.
Caloric. EweU, T. N. Y. Md. Bep. 8 (1806)

287-.

Caloric, attempt to explain phenomena. L.,

0. C. (VI Adds,) Nicholson J. 31 (1812)

95-.
^, nature. Configliachi, P. Brugnatelli G.

6 (1812) 59-.
Calorific vibrations of homogeneous solids.

Lucas, F, C.fi. 82 (1876) 311-, 406- ;

Par. Mm. Sav. Etr. 27 (1883) No, 3, 16 pp.
Changes of state in system in motion. Natan-

son, W, [1898] Krk. Ak. {}lt,'Prz,) Bz. 15

(1899) 220- ; Z. Ps. C. 26 (1898) 285-.
Chemical notation and thermodynamics.

WaUrsUm, J, J. (vm) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863)

248-, 615-.
Consequences. Vial, E, Bv. Cours Sc. 1

(1871) 479.
Disputed laws. Olearski, K, Eosmos (Lw.)

16 (1891) 249-.
Energetics. Rankine, W, J, M, Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 2 (1856) 120-.
— . Ostwald, W. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 43 (1891)

271- ; 44(1892)211-.
— . Helm, G. A. Ps. G. 57 (1896) 646-.
— . Ostwald, W, A. Ps. G. 68 (1896) 164-.
— . Boltzmann, L. A. Ps. G. 68 (1896) 595-.
— , fundamental principles, and application to

chemical phenomena. Le ChaJtelier, H, Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1894) 13-.
— , history. Rankine, W. J. M, Ph. Mg. 28

(1864) 404.
— , laws. Ostwald, W, B. A. Bp. (1892) 661-.
— , — Gross, T. Berl. Ps. Gs. Yh. (1893)

12-.
— , modem. Planek, M, A. Ps. G. 67 (1896)

72-.
— , 3rd principle. Le Chatelier, H. G. B.

116 (1893) 1604-.
__, . Meyerhoffer, W. G. B. 117 (1893)

363-.
— , — — (Meyerhoffer). Le Chatelier, H,

C. B. 117 (1893) 513-.
Energy. Bali, R. S, [1871] (ix) Dubl. S.

J. 6 (1875) 187-.
— . Clark, J. M. [1883] Cn. I. P. 2 (*1884)

3^.
— , expansion. Riecke, E. Gdtt. Nr. (1894) 1-.
— , transmission. Birkeland, K. Ts. Ps. G.

33 (1894) 363- ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 83 (1896)

297-.
— , utilisation, possible economies. Kennedy,

A.B,W. [1893] B. I. P. 14 (1896) 82-.
— , variations. Vaschy, — . G. B. 124 (1897)

284-.
Equations of condition of bodies. Guldberg,

C. M, [1868] Sk. Nf. F. 10 (1869) 265-.
Evolution, physical principle. Wiedeburg, O,

A. Ps. G. 63 (1897) 154-.
Experimental considerations. Quiruel, A,

Par. Ing. Giv. Mm. (1882) (1) 449-.

— study. BriiU, A. Par. Ing. Giv. Mm.
(1882) (1) 687-.

Fluid state, theory. StankevU, B. Fschr. Ps.

(1891) {Ab. 2) 263-.
Force, interval between action and effect.

Decharme, C, Lum. Elect. 34 (1889) 66-,

123-, 162-.

— and matter. BeUavitis, G, Yen. Mm. I. 8
(1869) 101-.

234

2400 Nature of Heat

Mecbanlcai or Dynamical Theory 8400

Force and motion. Q€r<mdo^ L, de. Lnm.

l&leot. 4 (*1881) 267-, 283-, 852.
Fondamental equations. Morera^ G. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891) ISem. 2) 64-.
Hammer-hardening. Ihikem^ P, Bordeaux S.

Sc. PV. (1898-99) 149-.

HEAT, NATURE OF.

Rumford, B, {CaurU). Gilbert A. 8 (1800) 809- ;

4 (1800) 85-, 222-, 830- ; 9 (1801) 61-; Par.

Mm. de PI. 6 (1806) 79-, 97-.
absolute. Fiicher-OoaUr, C. von, Bern Mt

(1851) 128-.
acoommation by friction. X, Tillooh Ph.

Mg. 48 (1816) 29-.
actinic theory. Ptuehl, K. Wien Ak. Sb. 77

(1878) [Ah. 2) 471-.
and chemical equivalence. Putchl, C.

Wien Ak. Sb. 103 (1894) (Ah. 2a) 809-.
cause. TiUman, S. D. Am. I. T. (1862-68)

456-.
dynamical effects. Reeehf F. Liouv. J. Mth.

18 (1858) 357-.
elementary considerations. CaadUmga^ D. A.

As. Fr. G. B. (1890) (Pt. 1) 151-.
equilibrium. BoUzmann, L. Wien Sb. 63

(1871) {Ah. 2) 679-.
— between gas molecules (polyatomic). Boliz-

numn, L. Wien Sb. 63 (1871) {Ab. 2) 397-.
. B<>ltzmatm,L. Wien Sb. 66 (1872)

[Ab. 2) 275-.
experiment, new. Rumford, B. (Count). Par.

Mm. de PI. 6 (1806) 88-.
experimental investigation. Rumford, B.

(Count). Nicholson J. 12 (1805) 65-, 164-.
fundamental laws. Mourett O. C. B. 118

(1894) 461-.
Ivory's law. Meikle, H. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 8

(1827) 149-.
material theory. Henry, W, [1801] Manch.

Ph. S. Um. 5 (1802) 603-.

. Hare, R. Silliman J. 4 (1822) 142-.

mathematical theory. Buquoy, O. von. Oken

Isis (1824) 828-; (1825) 159-, 808-, 400-.

. Challu, J. Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 202-.

. Colnet d*Huart, — de. Lux. S. So.

Mm. 7 (1864) 1- ; 8 (1865) 1-.
mechanical action. Rankine, W, J. M. Edinb.

B. S. T. 20 (1853) 565-.
. Barnard, F.A.P. SUUman J. 18 (1854)

800-.
(r^um^). Reech, F. Liouv. J. Mth. 1

(1856) 58-.

Mechanical or Dynamical Theory.
Mayer, J. T. [1801] Gdtt. Cm. 15 (1800-08)

Rankine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 2 (1861) 61-.
Thomion, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 4 (1852) 8-, 105-,

168-, 424-; 9 (1855) 523-; 11 (1866) 214-,

281-, 379-, 433-.
Rankine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 6 (1863) 437-,

483-.
Jiees, R. van. Utr. Aant. Prv. Gn. (1858)

(Jan.) 7-.

Turazza, D. [1858] Ven. Mm. I. 8 (1859) 1-.
Dronke, A. Pogg. A. Ill (1860) 348-.
Mann, F. Schldmilch Z. A (1861) 72-.
MarU'Davy, — . G. B. 53 (1861) 904-.
Rital, H. A. Mines 20 (1861) 323-.
Turazza, D. Yen. Mm. I. 10 (1861) 335-.
Combes, C. Par. Bll. S. Encour. 62 (1863)

13-. 69-, 827-, 691-, 660-.
Dr<mke, A. Pogg. A. 119 (1863) 388-, 583-.
Dupri, A. Les Mondes 3 (1863) 337-, 481-,

689—.
Him, Q. A. Moigno Cosmos 22 (1863) 283-,

784-.
Reech, F. Les Mondes 3 (1863) 713-.
Schmidt, O. Giving. 9 (1863) 437-.
TundaU,J. (vm) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 65-.
QUI, J. (vn) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 109- ; 27

(1864) 84-, 477-; 28 (1864) 367-; 35 (1868)

439-; 36 (1868) 1-.
JouU, J. P. (vm) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 145-.
Baumgartner, A. von. Wien Aim. 14 (l864) 7-.
Cazin, A. Seine-et-Oise Mm. 8 (1864) 11-.
Dupr€, A. A. G. 2 (1864) 186- ; 3 (1864) 76-;

4 (1865) 65-, 20^.
FerHni, R. MU. At. S. It. 6 (1864) 241-.
Laboulaye, C. Par. A. Cons. 5 (1864) 289-.
RanHne, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 194-.
Dupri, A. A. C. 4 (1866) 426- ; 6 (1866) 438-;

6 (1865) 274-; 7 (1866) 189-, 236-. 406- ;

9 (1866) 328- ; G. B. 61 (1865) 582-.
Dupr€, P. G. B. 61 (1866) 682-.
Cazin, A. Les Mondes 12 (1866) 873-, 473-,

710- ; 13 (1867) 202-, 511-.
Dupri, A., db Dupri, P. G. B. 63 (1866)

268-.
Dupri, A. A. C. 11 (1867) 194- ; G. B. 63

(1866) 952-.
Thimuon, (Sir) W. Edinb. B. S. P. 5 (1866)

510-.
Comber, C. P. M. St. Et. Bll. S. In. Mn. 12

(186^-67) 578-.

Dvfwtir, i. Nantes A. S. Ac. 88 (1867) 209-.
Moutier,J. G. B. 64 (1867) 663-.
Cazin, A. Smiths. Bp. (1868) 281-.
Dupri, A. A. G. 14 (1868) 64-.
Eibel, J. Z. Mth. Ps. 13 (1868) 491-.
Moutier,J. A. C. 14 (1868) 247-.

Dahlander, O. R. Stockh. Ofv. 27 (1870) 467-,

941-.
ClauHtu, R. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 48 (1872) 321- ;

Ph. Mg. 43 (1872) 106-.
Vecchio, A. G. Mt. 10 (1872) 172-.
Norton, W. A. Am. J. Sc. 5 (1873) 186-.
Livy, M. G. B. 84 (1877) 442-.
MaHotU, L. A. G^n. Civ. 6 (1877) 276-, 343-,

484-, 543-.
Sniechowski, J, Par. T. Nauk &c. Pam.

9 ('1877) Art. 8, 147 pp.
Hiraud, A. [1879] Arch. Md. Nv. 33 (1880)

81-.
FauveUe, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1887) (Pt. 1)

199-.
Murffue, D. St. it. Bll. S. In. Mn. 1 (1887)

863—.
Petnni, H. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 19 (Afd.

1) (1894) No. 1,40 pp.; Fschr. Mth. (1893-

94) 1777-.

235

2400

Mechanical or Dynamical Theory of Heat

2400

Mewes, R, Dingier 316 (1900) 847-.
applicability of idnetio eneigy. FHUch^ H,

A. Ps. C. 153 (1874) 30&-.
(Fritsch). Fabian, H, W, A. Pb.

C. 156 (1875) 326-.
application to hydraolio compressor. Cazin, A .

Les Mondes 3 (1803) 721-.
volatile liquids. Pictet, R. Arch. So.

Ps. Nt. 55 (1876) 66-; 0. B. 82 (1876)

260-.
claims of S^in. A., R. Bv. Sc. 44 (1889)

244-.
Poncelet. Sorel, G. By. Sc. 44 (1889)

379-.
consequences. Favi, L. C. B. 83 (1876)

625-.
— . Sluffuinov, N. P. Carl Bpm. 16 (1880)

512-.
— and inconsequences. Mayer, J, R. (zn)

Ausl. 42 (1869) 1061-.
dynamic significance of qoantities. Szily, K,

Ph. Bfg. 2 (1876) 254-.
equations, fundamental. ClauHtu, R, Les

Mondes 6 (1864) 687-.
—, general form. SzUy^K, [1866] (zn) Mag.

Tud. Ak. iltk. (Mth.) [1] (No. 1) (1867)

20 pp.
— , geometrical significance. Dahlander, O, R.

Stockh. Ofv. 31 (1874) No. 6, 3-.
fundamental principle. CtauHtu, R, Pogg.

A. 120 (1863) 426-.
. DuprS, A. C. B. 60 (1865) 718-,

1156-.
(Dupr^). ClauHus, R. C. B. 60 (1865)

1025- ; 61 (1865) 621-.
(Clausius). Dupri, A. C. B. 61 (1865)

738.
history. Joule, J. P. Ph. Mg. 24 (1862)

121-.
— . Bohn, C. [1864] A. C. 4 (1865) 274-.
— . JouU, J. P. Ph. %. 28 (1864) 150-.
— . Cherhidiez, — . Bern Mt. (1871) 291-.
— . Mohr, C, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 18 (1873) 415-.
— . Oehler, E. A. Ps. C. 9 (1880) 612.
illustration. Cooke, J, P. [1865] Am. Ac.

P. 6 (1866) 495-.
and internal work. Dafdander, G, R. Stockh.

6fv. 39 (1882) No, 4, 25- ; A. Ps. C. Beibl.

7 (1883) 447-.

Mayer's work. TyndaU, J. Ph. Mg. 24
(1862) 173-.

objections. GroU, J. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864)

196-.
— . Cook, H. W. B. A. Bp. 40 (1870) {Sect.)

38-.
origin. Sacchetti, G. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm.

8 (1868) 149-.

paradox. Ritter, A. A. Ps. C. 160 (1877)

454-; 2 (1877) 616-.
and its philosophical consequences. Him,

G. A. (zn) Cohnar S. H. Nt. BU. 4 (1864)

3-.
problems. BolUmarm, L, [1877-78] Wien

Ak. Sb. 76 (1877) {Ab, 2) 62-; 78 (1879)

(Ah. 2) 7-.
in relation to molecular vibrations and ether

waves. Fav^, L, C. B. 86 (1878) 92-.

in relation to universal attraction and constitu-
tion of matter. Brun, C, Bv. Mar. et Col.
113 (1892) 89-, 161-, 353-; 114 (1892) 8&-;
115 (1892) 205-, 506- ; 116 (1893) 391-,
520- ; 125 (1895) 468-; 126 (189^ 82-.

of solar heat. Eimis, J, Philad. Ac. Nt. Sc.
P. (1867) 226-.

theorem. Kirchhoff, G. Pogg. A. 103 (1855)
177-.

— . Horstmann, A, [1870] Heidi. Vh. Nt.
Md. 5 (1871) 166-.

a violation. Schmidt, G. Dingier 232 (1879)
374-.

mechanical transmission from one volume of

air to another. Montgrand, — de. C. B.

105 (1887) 1008-.
and motion. Seguin, — (aini), Edinb. Ph. J.

10 (1824) 280- ; Edinb. J. Sc. 3 (1825) 276-.
. Troy, D. S. Science 19 (1892) 132-,

147-.
as motion. Hare,R. Silliman J. 4 (1822) 142-.

. Olmsted, D, Silliman J. 12 (1827) 359-.

. Hare,R. Franklin I. J. 23 (1839)147-.

. Joule,J.P. C. B. 25 (1847) 80^.

. S6guin, — (aifU). C. B. 25 (1847) 420-.

. Clausius, R, Pogg. A. 100 (1857) 353-.

— — . Witzschel, B. von. Scfaidmilch Z.
2 (1867) 170-.

. Skguin, — (oin^. Moigno Cosmos 12

(1858) 371- ; 17 (I860) 603-.
. BaXUtin, K. [1867] Helsingsf . Acta

10 (1871) 149-.
. RodweU, G. F. C. N. 20 (1869) 13-,

25-, 63-, 63-.
• Moberg, A. Helsingsf. Ofv. 13 (1871)

133—
. ' Wittwer, W. C. Z. Mth. Ps. 18 (1873)

141-.
motive power. Clapeyron, E. Par. fie. Pol.

J. 23* cah. (1834) 163-.
(Clapeyron). Reech, F. C. B. 33 (1851)

567-.
. Holtzmaniit C. H. A. Pogg. A. 82

(1861) 445-.
(Holtzmann). Clausixu, R, Pogg. A.

83 (1851) 118-.
nature. Hall, M. Nicholson J. 29 (1811)

216-, 267-.
~. Mohr, C. F. Baumgartner Z. 5 (1837)

419— 433—.
— . Fuchs,A. PresburgVh.2(1867)(S6.)3-.
— . Decker, G. Dingier 148 (1858) 1-, 81-,

161-. 241-.
— . Mohr, C. F. Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1867)

69-.

— and origin. Martens, M. Bruz. Ac. Bll.
21 (1864) 149-.

. Zantedeschi, F. Aten. It. 3 (1854)

6-.
phenomena, causes. Barton, J. Ph. Mg.

10 (1837) 342-.
philosophical considerations. RSsal, H. A.

[18701 (zn) Doubs S. Mm. 6 (1872) 112-.
physical theory. Fourier, J, B. J, A. C.

6 (1817) 25S!-.
produced by friction. Haldat du Lys, C, N*

A. de, J. de Ps. 65 (1807) 213-.

236

2400

Dynmmlcat Nature ot Heat

8400

produced by friction. Graham, T. Thomson

A. Ph. 12 (1826) 260-.
. Cookcy J. P. Am. J. Sc. 41 (1866)

116-.
, cause. Watson, J, T. Silliman J.

8 (1824) 276-.
—r , deductions. MlUler, N. J. (n Adds)

Schelling N. Z. Spec. Ps. 1 (1802) (fift. 8) 1-.
— — — , experiments. Morosi, G, [1816]

MU. Mm. I. Lomb. Ven. 8 (1816-17) 187-.
, origin. Rumford, B. {Cowit). Scherer

J. C. 1 (1798) 9-.
theories, yarions. Prouhet, E. Les Mondes

4 (1864) 762-.
theory. Fow€, J, Par. S. Md. £m. Mm.

6 (1802) 418-.
--. BaMfini, G. Firenze A. Ms. Imp. 1 (1808)

25 pp.
— . Fourier, J. B. J. A. C. 8 (1816) 850-.
— . DuUmg, P. L,, dt Petit, A. T. A. C.

10 (1819) 395-.
— . Bischoff, r. L. W. D. Nf. Vsm. B.

(1837) 27-.
— . Risal, H. A. C: B. 84 (1877) 975-;

92 (1881) 157-.
— , historical study. Laboulaye, C, (vin)

Par. A. Cons. 1 (1861) 55-.
— , newer developments. Planek, M, D. Nf.

Vh. (1891) {Th, 2) 65-.
— , unaulatory. Mann, F. Sohlomilch Z.

2 (1857) 280- ; 3 (1858) 57-.
— , vibratory. Moutter, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU.

2 (1878) 99-.

Heating of gas by compression according to
kinetic theory. Voigt, W. Gdtt. Nr. (1885)
228-.

History. Tail, P. G, Ph. Mg. 28 (1864) 288-.

— and applications. Mansel, R. Glasg. L
Eng. T. 25 (1882) 85-.

Hypothesis of molecular motions. Rankine,

W. J, Jf. Ph. Mg. 41 (1871) 62-.
Increase of temperature produced in water by

agitation. Reade, J. Nicholson J. 20 (1808)

113-.
Integral of vis viva. Duhem, P. Liouv. J.

Mth. 4 (1898) 5-.
Internal latent heat.' Avenarius, M. [1873]

Mosc. BU. S. Nt. 46 {pt. 2) (1874) 117-.

— motions of solids. PacU, D. Brugnatelli
G. 2 (1819) 59-, 109- ; 3 (1820) 209- ;
5 (1822) 17-; G. Aroad. 4 (1819) 106-.

— pressure and virial of internal forces in
fluids. Aynagat, E, H. Par. S. Ps. 84.
(1895) 62-.

— work, equivalent of temperature, and
molecular meaning of specific heat. Subie,
S. Wieh SB. 48 {Ab. 2) (1863) 62-.

Kinetic energy of heat-motion, and dissipation
function. Natanson, W, [1894] Erk. Ak.
mt.'Pri) Bz. 7 (1895) 273-; Ph. Mg. 39
(1895) 501- ; Z. Ps. C. 16 (1895) 289-.

Kistjakovskij's results. Schiller, N. N. Bs.
Ps..C. 8. J. 30 {Ps.) (1898) 175-.

Lagrange's equations and thermodynamics.
Farkas, G. Orv.-Termt. Ets. ITemU. Szak)
(1890) 289-.

Bfaterial systems. Sarrau, i. J. de Ps.

2 (1873) 3ia-.
Mathematics, application to physics. Heringa^

P. M. N. Arch. Wisk. 7 (♦1881) 1-.
— and energetics. Boltzmann, L, A. Ps. C.

57 (1896) 39-.
Biaxwell*s law, thermodynamical interpretation.

Natanson, W, Prace Mt.-Fiz. 5 (1894) 118- ;

Z. Ps. C. 14 (1894) 151-.
Mechanical hypotheses, use in'science, especially

in theory of heat. JRanMne, W. J. M, [1862]

Glasg. Ph. S. P. 5 (1864) 126-.
Modem kinetics and dynamics of the future.

Rim, G. A. Brux. Ac. Mm. 46 (1886)

{No, 7) 82 pp.
olecular

Molecular motion and pressure in metals.

Slotte, K, F, Helsingf . Ofv. 35 (1893) 16- ;
37 (1895) 178- ; 38 (1896) 64-; Fschr. Ps.
(1896) (Ah, 2) 226-.

of solids. Paoli, D. G. Arcad. 29

(1826) 3-, 145-.

— pressure, thermodynamical consideration.
Bakker, G. Z. Ps. G. 13 (1894) 145-.

Monocyclic systems, statics. Helmholtz, H,
von. Beri. Ak. Sb. (1884) 159-, 311-, 755-;
OreUe J. Mth. 97 (1884) 111-, 317-.

, — . Suslov, G. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll.

92 {No. I) (1896) 24 (&m)-.

— — , — , generalised laws. Helmholtz, H.
von. Beri. Ak. Sb. (1884) 1197-.

, — , new proof of Helznholtz's theorem.

Boltzmann, L. G5tt. Nr. (1886) 209-.
Motivity and energy as basis of thermodynamics.

Kelvin, {Lord), Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900)
• 126-.
Multiple compression. KdS, A. Oestr. Z.

Brgw. 41 (1893) 327-, 339-.
Osmotic pressure, so-called. Meyer, L. A.

Ps. C. 46 (1892) 167-.
Permanent change and thermodynamics.

Duhem, P. Z. Ps. C. 22 (1897) 545-;

23 (1897) 193-, 497-; 24 (1897) 666; 28

(1899) 577-; 33 (1900) 641- ; 34 (1900) 312-,

683-.
Principles. Walter, A, D. Nf. B. (♦1877) 104-.
— . Pirogov, N. N, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 22 {Ps.)

(1890) 173- ; Fschr. Ps. (1890) {Ab. 1) 231-.
— . GosiewsH,W, Wiad. Mt. 2 (1898) 7-, 123-.
— , attempted mechanical explanation. Poin-

care, H, G. B. 108 (1889) 550-.
— , commentary. Duhem, P. Liouv. J. Mth.

8 (1892) 269-; 9 (1893) 293-; 10 (1894)

207-.
— , demonstration. Ledieu, A. G. B. 77

(1873) 94-, 163-, 260-, 325-, 414-, 455-, 517-.
Probability and kinetic theory of heat. Dei-

savlx, {le riv. jpdre) J. Bv. Quest. Sc.

28 (1890) 484-.
Proposition. HopHnson, J. Mess. Mth. 5

(1871) 162-.
Statistical mechanics, fundamental formula.

Gibbs, J. W. Am. As. P. (1884) 57-.
Sun, thermodynamics. Rudzki,M.P. Ph. Mg.

87 (1894) 304-.
Technical thermodynamics, contribution.

Hilbers, J. Dingier 313 (1899) 168- ; 314

(1899) 92-, 184; 315 (1900) 64-.

237

2400 Dynamics of Heat

Technical thennodynamios, oontribotioD (HtL-

bers). Vo»$, H. Dingier 314 (1899) 184.
Temperature differences produced by motion

in liquid. CanUmit G. llil. I. Lomb. Bd.

1 (1864) 145-.
— , laws. Meikle, H, Thomson A. Ph.

12 (1826) 366-.

— and quantity of heat of bodies. Puichl, K.
Wien Sb. 62 (1870) {Ab. 2) 171-.

— represented by wave-length of calorific
OBciUations. PieUt, R. C. B. 88 (1879)
855-.

Thermal ooeflScients. Trevor, J, E, J. Ps. 0.
3 (1899) 523-.

— and dynamic coeflScients. Trevor, J, E.
J. Ps. G. 3 (1899) 573-.

Thermodynamic acceleration and retardation
of streams. Rankine, W, J, M. Ph. Mg.
40 (1870) 288-.

— concordance, law. Natanson, W, Kosmoe
(Lw.) 17 (1892) 131- ; Z. Ps. C. 9 (1892) 26-.

— deductions. Pazienti, A. [1866-73] Yen.
Mm. I. 13 (1866) 129- ; 14 (1868) 169- ;
(x) 18 (1874) 163-.

— observations. Natanson, W, A. Ps. C.
42 (1891) 178-.

— phenomena, mechanical image. Chaperon,
~. C. B. 109 (1889) 852-.

— study of general properties of matter. Lucas,
F, G. B. 104 (1887) 1083-.

— uniformity. Kamerlingh Ormet, — . Amst.
Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 236-, 271-.

Thermodymunics of living beings. Him, G,
A, Bv. 8c. 39 (1887) 673-, 714-, 779-.

luminescence, neiendonek, K, A. Ps.

C. 62 (1897) 706-.

. Wiedemann, E. A. Ps. C. 66

(1898) 1180-.

Thermomechanical phenomena. Vuhamd, J.

M. C. [1835] Par. t^a. Pol. J. cah. 25

(1837) 1-.
Thermostatics. Groloue, J. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 12 (1875) 62-; As. Fr. C. B. 5 (1876)

75-.
Transformation of heat-diagrams. Morin, P.

0. B. 61 (1865) 477-.

— — material body. Ootiewiki, W. Krk.
Ak. (Jf(..Prx.) Bz. 7 (1895) 118- ; Cro. Ac.
Sc. BU. (1893) 311-.

— temperatures, influence of pressure. Lim-
9ana, S, N. Gim. 1 (1895) 97-.

Transmutation of matter, new suggestion.
Harper, H. W. Texas Ac. Sc. T. 2 INo. 2)

(1899) 84-.

Universe and natural laws. PeUat, H. Arch.

N^rl. 5 (1900) 43-.
Vibratoiy condition of bodies as basis of theory

of heat. Ledieu, A. C. H, C. B. 81 (1875)

130-.
Wind-waves. Emden, R, A. Ps. C. 62 (1897)

374-.
Work of Willard Oibbs. Duhem, P. Bll. Sc.

Mth. 11 (1887) 122-.

Consenration of Energy 2405

2405 The First Law. Conserva-
tion of Energy. Different
Forms of Energy.

Coal, electricity direoUy from. Bucherer, A,
H. Fnmklin 1. J. 139 (1895) 37&-.

— , substitution of other sources of eneigy for.
Cohn,P. Kdnigsb. Schr. 36 (1895) [17]-.

CONSBBVATION OF ENEBOY.

HelmholU, H. [1847] Taylor So. Mm. (Nt.

Ph.) (1853) 114-.
(Helmholtz.) Claurius,R. Pogg. A« 89 (1858)

568-; 91 (1854) 601-.
(Clausius.) HelmholU, H. Pogg. A. 91 (1854)

241-.
Faraday, M. [1857] B. I. P. 2 (1864-^

352—
RanHtie, W. J. M, Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 260-,

347-.
Henry, J. Silliman J. 30 (1860) 32-.
BlaserTia, P. (vi Adds.) Palermo G. I. Inc.

(1863) {pU. 3) 121-.
Akin, C. K. Ph. Mg. 29 (1865) 205-.
Brooke, C. Nt. 6 (1872) 122-.
CoUey, R. (zn) Kazan Un. BIm. (1880) {Pt.

2) 1-.
Provenzali, F. S. Bm. N. Line. At. 33 (1880)

124-.
Terquem, A, Bv. Sc. 18 (1880) 679-.
Metz, — . [1884] Offenb. Vr. Nt. B. 24 ct 25

(1885) 55-.
and action at a distance. Lodge, O. J. Ph.

Mg. 11 (1881) 36-, 220, 529-.
— aerodynamic equations. Koldcek, F. A.

Ps. C. 41 (1890) 151-.
history. Colding, L. A. [1863] (vn) Ph.

Mg. 27 (1864) 56-.
— . Bohn, C. Ph. Mg. 28 (1864) 311- ;

29 (1865) 215-.
in human body. Atvater, W, 0„ dt Roea, E,

B. B. A. Bp. (1897) 583; (1898) 778.
illustration. Trowbridge, J. [1879] Am. Ac.

P. 15 (1880) 235.
and increase of entropy. OoeiewMki, W. Praoe

Mt..Fiz. 10 (1899-1900) 2&-.
jubilee of Helmholtz *s essay. Warburg, E.

Berl. Ps. Os. Vh. (1897) 151-.
in oiganic nature. HelmholU, H, [1861] B.

I. P. 3 (1858-62) 347-.
and transformation. Atkine, (Rev,) E, (xn)

Leic. S. T. (1881-82) 32-.

Eneigy. Gin, G. Z. Angew. C. (1899) 657-.
— , chemical and electric, relation. Farkae, G.

Orv.-Termt. :^ts. {Termt, Szak) (1888) 88-;
Z. Ps. G. 2 (1888) 148-.

— * * content ' ' in chemistry and physics. Meyer-
hoffer, W, Z. Ps. G. 7 (189^ 544-.

(Meyerhoffer). Wold, F.

Z. Ps. G. 8 (1891) 272-.

— distribution, law. Burbury, 8, H. Ph.
Ifg. 37 (1894) 143-.

238

3405

Energy, history. Tail, P.O. [1864] Ph.Mg.

29 (1866) 55-.
— , identity. Lodge, 0. Nt. 47 (1892-98)

293.
~, Booroes. WhitmeU, C. T. Card. Nt. S. T.

16 (1885) 58-.
— , storage. AyrUm, W. E. Nt. 25 (1882)

495-.
— , theory, present position. Wierif W. D. Nf.

Vh. (1890) (Th. 2) 45-.
— , transformation. Peddie, W. Edinb. B. S.

P. 19 (1898) 353-.
— , — into mascolar work. Richet, C. Bt.

So. 41 (1888) 561-.
Experimental properties of different energies.

Vaschy, A. ii^clair. illect. 13 (1897) 5-.
First law. TiuHn, V. A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

25 (Ps.) (1893) 112-.
. iopiuzaTuki, T. Wiad. Mt. 3 (1899)

42-; Fschr. Ps. (1898) (Ah. 2) 195-.

— — , lecture apparatus. Bartoli, A. N.
Cim. 15 (1884) 18-.

Force, changes and unity. Pirard, L. Cuyper

Bv. Un. 21 (1867) 219-.
Forces, correlation. Secchi, A. O. Aroad.

9 (1858) 3-.
— , — , vital agency with reference to. Seller,

W. [1864] Edinb. B. S. P. 5 (1866) 209-.
— , transformation. Crava, A, J. de Ps. 4

(1875) 357-.
Heat, abstraction by mechanical energy.

Rowhotham, J. [1882] Franklin I. J. 85

(1883) 95-.
— , chemical and electrical actions, relations.

Butoni, D. Yen. Aten. 2 (1865) 531-.

— conduction and work, Kohlrausch, F.
G5tt. Nr. (1874) 82-.

— , conversion into mechanical effect. Siemens,
C. W. CE. I. P. 12 (1852-53) 571-.

— , energy. Popov, A. S, Bs. Ps.-

G. S. J. 26 (Ps.) (1894) 331- ; J. de Ps. 4
(1895) 587-.

— , work and electricity. Leblanc, Af.

Lum. :^lect. 3 (*1881) 199-, 213-, 230-.

— , at normal temperature. Aitken, J.

{of Darroch). Nt. 17 (1878) 260.

— and electricity, conversion of mechanical
energy into. Eccher, A. de. (ix) N. Cim.
5 A 6 (1871) 99-.

— generated by subsidence of ground. HaUm
de la GoupUlUre, J. N. A. Mines 17 (1880)
322-.

— , solar, conversion into mechanical energy,

new mode. Merget, A. [1873] (x) Lyon

S. Ag. A. 6 (1874) 849-.
— , — , utilisation. Clau$$en, — . [1897]

Mneb. Nt. Vr. Jh. 14 (1898) xxxix-.
— , theory. HeinU, W. Halle Z. Nw. 1

(1853) 417-.
— , — . Harrison, A. A. [1856] (vn) Camb.

Ph. S. P. 1 (1866) 169-.
^, -—. Him, G. A. Les Mondes 4 (1864)

353-.
— , — , new. Joule, J. P. Manch. Ph. S.

Mm. 7 (1846) 111-.
— , — , — theorem. Kirchhoff, O. Heidi.

Vh. Nt. Md. (1859-60) 16-.

of Energy

2410

Heat vibrations, nature. Croll, J. Ph. Mg. 27
(1864][ 346-.

Mechanical antecedents of motion, heat and
light. Thomson, (Sir) W. B. A. Bp. (1854)
(pi. 2) 59- ; 0. B. 40 (1855) 1197-.

— energy, restoration from unequally heated
space. Thommm, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 5 (1853)
102-.

— equivalent, gravitation force and expansive
force. Rhodes, J. [1883] Manch. Lt. Ph.
S. P. 23 (*1884) 4.

— power, conversion into heat. Van-Buren,
J. D. Franklin I. J. 51 (1866) 32a-.

— work and its transformations. Dupre, A*
C. B. 50 (1860) 588- ; 52 (1861) 1185- ; 54
(1862) 907- ; A. C. 1 (1864) 175-.

Motion, conversion into heat. Mohr, C. F,

Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1870) 59-.
— , in rotating bodies. Riatti, V.

MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 1 (1868) 578-.
— , (Biatti). Cantoni,Q. Mil.

I. Lomb. Bd. 1 (1868) 586-.
Motive power, origin and transformations.

Thomson, (Sir) W. [1856] B. I. P. 2

(1854-58) 199-.
Pneumatic tube, despatch, wastefulness*

Moon, W. Tel. J. 18 (1886) 180-.
Shooting stars, cause of incandescence.

Riatti, V. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 2 a869) 43-.
Thermodynamics of gases, laws of Joule and

Mariotte and Gay-Lussac. Andrade, J,

C. B. 118 (1894) 64-, 220.

— — — , -~ — — — — in real gases.
Andrade, J. C. B. 118 (1894) 244-.

— , principles. Heath, J. M. Ph. Bfg. 40

(1870) 2ia-, 429-.
Transformations and equilibrium. Oouy, — .

C. B. 108 (1889) 507-, 794.

Duhem,P. C. B. 108 (1889) 666-.

Vis viva, conversion into heat. Bizio, B.

Cantii Cronaca 4 (1858) 601-, 668-.
, . VolpiceUi, P. Bm. At. B.

Ac. 24 (1870-71) 136- ; C. B. 73 (1871)

492-.
, and reciprocally. Mayer, J. H,

0. B. 27 (1848) 385-.
equation in thermodynamics, and relation

of Uiermodynamios to classic mechanics.

Duhem, P. [1897] Bordeaux S. So. PV.

(1897-98) 23-.
Work in animal economy, thermal relations*

Chauveau, A. 0. B. 128 (1899) 388-, 479-.
— , expression for an elementary trans«

formation. Moutier,J. C. B. 80 (1875) 40-.

2410 Mechanical Equivalent of

Heat.

Joule, J. P. [1845-49] B. A. Bp. (1845)

Ipt. 2) 31 ; Ph. Mg. 27 (1845) 205- ; B. A.

Bp. (1848) (pt. 2) 21- ; C. B. 28 (1849) 132- ;

Phil. Trans. (1850) 61-.
Kupffer, A. T. [1851] St. P^t. Ac. So. BU. 10

(1852) 193-.
Mayer, J. R. [1851] Ph. Mg. 25 (1868) 498-.
Person, C. C. C. B. 39 (1854) 1131-.

239

2410

Mechanical Equivalent of Heat

2410

JouU, J. P. C. B. 40 (1855) 810-.
Laboulaye, C. L*I. 23 (1855) 160-.
Baumgartner, A, von, Wien Aim. (1857) 9-.
Favre, P. A. C. R. 46 (1858) 837-.
Estocquois, T. G. B. 46 (1858) 461-.
Him, O, A, Bb. Un. Arab. 6 (1859) 146-.
DupreU, —. 0. B. 51 (1860) 496 ; L'l. 28

(1860) 358-.
Belanger, J. B. Par. Ing. Oiv. Mm. (1862)

509-.
Casa, L. deUa. Bologna Mm. Ac. 1 (1862) 479-.
Dupri, A. Les Mondes 6 (1864) 315-.
Laboulaye, C, c^ Tresca, H. C. B. 58 (1864)

. 358- ; Par. Mm. Sav. i!tr. 18 (1868) 488-.
Burdin, — . C. B. 58 (1864) 885-.
Kurz, A, Z. Mth. Ps. 10 (1865) 428-.
(Laboulaye and Treaca.) Morin, A. J. O.B.

60 (1865) 326-.
PazUrUi, A. Ven. Mm. I. 12 (1864) 173- ;

13 (1866) 507-.
Brasack, F, HaUe Z. Nw. 30 (1867) 418-.
Mayr, J. R. v<m. D. Nf. Tbl. (^1869) 40-.
ViolU, J. C. B. 70 (1870) 1283- ; A. C. 21

(1870) 64- ; C. B. 71 (1870) 270-.
Carstddt, ». Bresl. Jbr. Schl. Gs. 49 (1871)

32-.
Provemali, F. S. Bm. At. N. Line. 25 (1872)

420-.
ViaUe, J. Franklin I. J. 69 (1875) 357-.
PazierUi, A. Yen. I. Mm. 19 (1876) 111-.
MariotU, L. A. G^. Civ. 6 (1877) 276-, 343-,

484- 543-.
Dormini, P. ' N. Cim. 5 (1879) 97-.
Rowland, H, A, [1879-80] Am. Ac. P. 15

(1880) 75- ; 16 (1881) 38-.
Haga, H. [1881] Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 17 (1882)

211- ; Aiob. N^rl. 17 (1882) 261-.
Cantofit, G., dt Oerota, G, Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Mm. 12 (1882) 437-; N. Cim. 13 (•1883) 60-.
SchwarUe, T, Humb. 3 (1884) 380-.
KrUtensen, K. S, Ts. Ps. C. 27 (1888) 321-.
Wood, De V. BaUroad A Eng. J. 62 (1888) 55.
DweUhauvers-Dery, V, Bv. Un. Mines 34

(1896) 141- ; 36 (1896) 129-.
Reynolds, 0., dt Moorby, W, H, [1897] Phil.

Trans. (A) 190 (1898) 301-.
Animal motors and theory of heat. (Mechanical

equivalents of animals on various rations.)

LezS, R. A. Agn. 16 (1890) 30-.
Apparent discrepancy in certain gases.
• Baumgartner, A. von. Wien SB. 38 (1859)

379-.
Application to calenders. KrUg, 0. (vm)

Cuyper Bv. Un. 8 (1860) 115-.
Artillery, application of mechanical theory.

Brettet, M. de. [Martin de Brettet, — .]

Les Mondes 3 (1863) 717-.
— and steam engines, comparison of dynamic

efficiency. Martin de Brettes, — . C. B.

58 (1864) 465-.
Atomic heats, calculation on mechanical

theory. Sandrucci, A. Bv. Sc.-lnd. 18

(1886) 129-.
Balloon problem; expanding gas. Paradox.

[P$eud.] Science 19 (1892) 136-.
Comparison of values. Chase, P. E. [1870]

Am. Ph. S. P. 11 (1871) 313.

Comparison of values. Casalonga, — . As. Fr.

C. B. (1900) (Pt. 1) 140-.
Cooling of gases on expansion. Hazen, H. A.

Science 19 (1892) 106.
. X. Science 19 (1892) 135-.

DETERMINATION OF MECHANICAL
EQUIVALENT.

Laboulaye, C. C. B. 46 (1858) 773-.
Weisbaeh, J. Giving. 5 (1859) 46-.
Dahlander, G. R. [1864] Stockh. dfv. 21

(1865) 169- ; A. C. 4 (1865) 474-.
Richter, V. von. (xn) Bs. C. S. J. 3 (1871)

309-.
Serrano y Fatigati, H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 48

(1873) 252-.
Puluj, J. [1875] Wien Ak. Sb. 71 (1876)

(^6. 2) 677- ; 72 (1876) {Ab. 2) 53-.
(First report.) Brit. Ass. Comm. B. A. Bp.

(1876) 275.
JouU, J. P. [1878] PhU. Trans. 169 (1879)

365-.
WaUenhofen, A. von. [1879] Wien Ak. Sb.

80 (1880) (Ab. 2) 137-.
Bartoli, A. Rm, B. Ac. Line. Mm. 8 (1880)

67-.
Fletcher, L.B. [1881] (xn) J. H. Un. Cir. [1]

(1882) 128.
Dieterici, C. D. Nf . Tbl. (1887) 236- ; A. Ps.

C. 33 (1888) 417-.
Perot, A. A. C. 13 (1888)^145-.
Arsonval, — d\ Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 51-.
Deprez, M. C. B. 112 (1891) 1403-.

Slotte, K. F. Helsingf. Ofv. 33 (1891) 162-.
Christiansen, C. A. Ps. C. 48 (1893) 374-.
GHffiths, E. H. Nt. 47 (1892-93) 537 ; PhU.
Trans. (A) 184 (1894) 361- ; B. S. P. 55

(1894) 23-.

Ayrton, W. E., dt Haycraft, H. C. [1894]
L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 295- ; Ph. Mg. 39

(1895) 160-.

Weber, L. D. Nf. Vh. (1896) {Th. 2, HHlfU 1)

38-.
Pemet, J. Ztir. Vjschr. 41 (1896) {Festschr.,

Th. 2) 121-.
Perot, A. A. C. 7 (1896) 574.
BaiUe, J. B., dt F6ry, C. C. B. 126 (1898)

1494-.
(Becalculation of Griffiths's value.) Wolff,

F. A. ijun.) J. H. Un. Cir. [17 (1897-98)]

54-.
CasdUmga, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1899) (Pt. 1)

225-.
Barnes, H. T. [1900] B. S. P. 67 (1901)

238-.
by dropping mercury. Bartoli, — . Catania

Ac. Gioen. Bll. 26-28 (1892) 10.
electrical method. Quintus-Icilius, G. von.

C. B. 45 (1867) 420-.
. Bosscha, J. Amst. Vs. Ak. 9 (1859)

59- ; Pogg. A. 108 (1859) 162-.
. Joule, J. P. B. A. Bp. 37 (1867)

512-.
. Webster, A. G, Am. Ac. P. 20 (1885)

490-.

240

8410

Mechanical Equivalent of Heat

2410

electrical method. Artonval, — d\ Elect. 27

(1891) 688-.
. Blondin, J, Lmn. Elect. 49 (1898)

201-.
by friction of fluids. Joule, J. P. Ph. Mg.

81 (1847) 178-.

— Joule's method. MiculeBcu, C, C. B. 112
(1891) 1308- ; A. G. 27 (1892) 202-.

— means of radiation. Sakulkat J, A. Ps.
C. 41 (189(9 748-.

Dimensions and meaning of *' J." Lodge, A.

Nt. 37 (1888) 320, 365.
Discussion of Mariotte's objections. CoMolonga,

D,A. A. G6n. Civ. 7 (1878) 81-.
(Casalonga). Mariotte, L, A. G^n*

Civ. 7 (1878) 634-.
values. Rowland, H. A, Yen. I. At. 7

(1880-81) (App, [1882]) 117 pp.
. GHJith$,E.H. Nt. 66 (1897) 268- ;

R. S. P. 61 (1897) 479-.
Dynamometer, friction-, description. Mayer,

J. R. von, D. Nf. Tbl. (♦1869) 63-.
Electricity, thermal equivalent. Kiechl, F,

[1869] Wien Sb. 60 (1870) {Ab. 2) 121-.
Electromagnetism, steam and horses,

mechanical power. Joule, J, P. ^ Scoreaby,

W. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 448-.
— , , , Joule and Scoresby's experi-
ments. HighUm, H. C. N. 23 (1871) 41-.
Experiments on large scale. Cowper, E. A.,

dt Anderson, W. B. A. Bp. (1887) 662-.
Explosion of charge of cannon oy a shot

entering its muzzle. Vo88, L. von, Hermb-

Btadt BU. 10 (1812) 126-.
Fire syringe. Le Bouvier-Detmor tiers, U. R, T.

J. de Ps. 67 (1808) 126- ; 68 (1809) 396-.
. Gambera, P. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 27 (1896)

61-.

— — , invention. Govt, O, Bm. B. Ac.
Line. At. 3 (1876) (Pt. 2) 41-; C. B. 88
(1876) 641-.

Force of steam, variation with generating heat.

Sharpe, J. Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 2 (1813) 1-.
Friction of soft iron against cold steel, amount

required to melt the latter. Hedrick, B. 8.

Am. As. P. (1876) {Pt. 1) 40-.
Heat and chemical forces, mechanical effect.

RanHne, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 6 (1863) 6-.
— , — — , Bankine's hypothesis.

Cazin, A. Les Mondes 11 (1866) 714-.

— — constitution of elastic fluids. c7oti2e,
J, P. [1848-67] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 9
(1861) 107- ; Ph. Mg. 14 (1867) 211-.

— developed by friction in air. Joule, J, P,
B. A. Bp. (1869) {jpt. 2) 12-.

— , dynamical theory, deductions from Joule's
** Equivalent of a thermal unit,'* and
Begnault's ** Observations on Steam."
Thomson, (Sir) W, [1861] Edinb. B. S.
T. 20 (1863) 261-.

— , — — . Mechanical energy of fluid in
different states of temperature and density.
Thomson, (Sir) W, [1861] Edinb. B. S. T.
20 (1863) 476-.

^-, effect on gases. Bourget, J. Clermont
Mm. Ac. Sc. 1 (1869) 216-.

Heat, electrical equivalent. Oarbe, P. J. de
Ps. 3 (1884) 196-.

— as equivalent of work. Hoppe, R, Pogg.

A. 97 (1866) 80-.

. Rankine, W, J. M. Ph.

Mg. 12 (1866) 103-.

— of impact and deformation due to forging

with rounded hammers. Tresca, H. ]&, C.

B. 97 (1883) 616-.

, distribution. Tresea, H. E, C. B.

78 (1874) 1607- ; 97 (1883) 222-.

— and mechanical action, mterchangeability.
Heath, J. M. Ph. Mg. 40 (1870) 61-.

— , mechanical action, and specino heats of

air. Thomson, (Sir) W, Camb* and Dubl.

Mth. J. 8 (1863) 260-.
— , — equivalence. Highton, H, Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. P. 10 (1871) 147-.
— , (Highton). Hopkinson, J. Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 10 (1871) 160-.
— , ^ theory. Seydiitz, — von, Pogg. A.-

99 (1866) 662-.
— , — equivalent, and density of saturated

vapours. Perot, A. C. B. 102 (188^ 1869-.
— , , — ether. Burdin, — . Cf. B. 67

(1868) 1117-.
— , , invariability. Highton, H, C. Nr

23 (1871) 62.
— , — — , and molecular force. VMberg

[Weinberg], Y. I. (xn) Mosc. S. Sc. Bll.

8 (No. 3) (1870) 44-.
^, , weight. Klingel, — . A. Ps.

C. 158 (1876) 160-.

— , , and specific heats of air. Casalonga,

D. A, Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1878) 109-.

— , , — — gases. Leduc, A, C. B.

127 (1898) 860- ; A. C. 17 (1899) 484-.
— , — — , — temperature of atmosphere.

Donnini, P. (n) N. Cim. 7 & 8 (1872) 66-,

104-.
— , — power. Fink,^. [1864] (vi Adds.)

Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 17 (1866) 64-.
— , — theory. Clark, D. K. Franklin I. J.

40 (1860) 163- ; Cuyper Bv. Un. 9 (1861)

206-.
— , — — , application to steam engine.

Claunus, R, Pogg. A. 97 (1866) 441-, 613-.
— , , (Clausius). Joule, J. P.

Ph. Mg. 12 (1866) 886-.
— , , equations. Clautius, R. C. B. 67

(1863) 389-.
— , , history. Bourget, J. Presse Sc. 8

(1861) 768-.
— , , — . Clausius, R. A. Ps. C. 146

(1872) 132-.
— , , — (Clausius). Tait, P, Q. A. Ps.

C. 146 (1872) 496.
__, , -_ (Tait). Clausius, R, A. Ps. C.

146 (1872) 308- ; 2 (1877) 130-.
— , , and permanent gases. Claiuius, R,

Pogg. A. 98 (1866) 173- ; 106 (1868) 239-.

— and mechanical work, equivalence. Soret,
J, L. Bb. Un. Arch. 26 (1864) 33-.

^ ., , identity. JouU, J, P. C, B. 26

(1847) 309-.
, — . Siguin, — (ain€), C. B. 26

(1847) 420-.

VOL. III.

241

2410

Mechanical Equivalent of Heat

2415

Heat produced by ohange of yolome of metals,
and meohanical equivalent, determination.

Edlund, E. Stockh. Of v. 22 (1865) 29&-;

A. Ps. G. 126 (1865) 539-.

' compression of gas and mechanical

equivalent, relation. Thomson^ (Sir) W, [1851]
Edinb. B. S. T. 20 (1858) 289-.

— — — vibration. Laborde, — . Les
Mondes 48 (1877) 53-.

— , quantity aeveloped by violent agitation of

water. Rennie, G. B. A. Bp. (1856) (pt, 2)

165- ; (1857) [pt, 2) 190-.
— , theory (Seydlitz and Glausius). Hoppe, R.

Fogg. A. 101 (1857) 143-.
Heating o^ projectiles by friction of air.

PieUt, M. A. Bb. Brit. 23 (1808) 331-.
Ignition by compression of air. Ertnan, P,

GUbert A. 18 (1804) 240-.
. De LuCt J, A. Nicholson J.

21 (1808) 234-.
Joule's equivalent, computation. ThunUmt

R. H, Franklin I. J. 133 (1892) 289-.
, cosmical determination. Chate^ P. E,

[1880] Am. Ph. S. P. 19 (1882) 20-.
^— experiment. Hazen, H. A, Science 16

(1890) 304.

— unit verified. Etpy, J, P. Edinb. N.
Ph. J. 10 (1859) 252-.

— work in the development of modem science.
Martinotti, G. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 22 (1890) 93-.

Liquids, compression, thermal phenomena.

Favre, P. A,, dt Laurent, J, A. C. 1 (1874)

433-.
— , temperature variations produced by

motion. Cantani, G, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

1 (1864) 145-.
Locomotives, mechanical effect. Pambour,

F, M. G. de. Par. A. Pon. Ghauss. 3 (1842)
237-.

— , . Ferron, E, Lux. I. Pb. 16 (1877)

1-.
— , useful efifect. Fiirto, — . Par. A. Pon.

Ghauss. 16 (1838) 83-.

Bowland*s value, recalculation. Waidner, C.

W., <& Mallary, F. J. H. Un. Cir. [17

(1897-98)] 55-; Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 1-.
, — , reduction to Paris hydrogen scale.

Day, W. S, J. H. Un. Gir. [16 (1896-97)]

44- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898)1-.
Shot melting by impact. Hagenbach,E, A. Ps.

G. 140 (1870) 486- ; 143 (1871) 153-.
. BodymH, J. A. Ps. G. 141

(1870) 594- ; 145 (1872) 622-.
Specific heat of water in terms of electrical
units. CaXUndar, U, L., dt Barnes, H, T.

B. A. Bp. (1897) 552-.

Steam engine, efficiency. Dorman, — . S. W.

L E. P. 2 (1861) 103-.
, — , measurement. MoteUy, H. Gom-

waU Pol. S. T. (1839) 104-.
^ — , theory in relation to dynamic theory of

heat. Codazza, G, Mil. Mm. I. Lomb. 8

(1862) 3-.
— , mechanical power. Dufour, (gin,) G, H,

Bb. Un. 34 (1827) 129-.
— , . Fourier, A, Karsten Arch. Berg-

bau 18 (1829) 122-.

Steam, mechanical power. Flauti, M. B.

Dingier 39 (1831) 367-.
— , quantity of work. Navier, C, L. M, H,

J. GWn. Giv. 7 (1830) 423-.
Waste-stebm, application of mechanical theory

of heat to study. Vidal, V, Par. Mm. Ing.

Giv. (1864) 180-.
Waterfalls, heat produced by. Keller, F,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 671-, 884.
— , thermodynamics. Mayer, A, M, Am. As.

P. 18 (1869) 64-.
Work from cnemical actions, economical pro-
duction. Joule, J, P, Manch. Ph. S. Mm.

10 (1852) 173-.
— , conversion into heat. TMe, — . Giving.

39 (1898) 581-.
T- necessary for rarefaction of air in receiver.

Dienger, J. Grunert Arch. 11 (1848) 450-.

— and its relation to gaseous compression and
expansion. Hazen, H, A, Science 19 (1892)
150-.

— spent in compressing gas. San Roberto,
P. di. Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 1 (1866) 283-.

2415 The Second Law. Garnot
Cycles. Entropy and Available
Energy. Irreversible Pheno-
mena. Free Energy and
Thermodynamic Potentials.

Animal motion and theory of heat. Him,

G. A. Moigno Gosmos 21 (1862| 256-.
Availability of normal temperature neat-energy.

Preston, S, T. Nt. 18 (1878) 92-.
Available energy. Gouy, — . J. de Ps. 8

(1889) 501-.
, loss. Walden, P, Biga Gor.-Bl. 42

(1899) 181-.
Gamot-Glausius law, simplified derivation.

Farkas, G. Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 12 (1895)

282-.
principle. Planck, M, A. Ps. G. 46

(1892) 162-.
Gamot's cycle, defect in usual proofs.

MacGregar, J. G. [1889] N. Scotia I. Sc.

P. & T. 7 (1890) 227-.

— function. Bertrand, J. G. B. 105 (1887)
477-.

and absolute temperature. Lippmann, G.

G. B. 95 (1882) 1058-.

— principle and animal and vegetable life.
Parker, J. Gamb. Pb. S. P. 8 (1895)
6-.

— ^, application to endot'hermic reactions.
Pellat, H. Par. 8. Phlm. BU. 12 (1888)
98-.

, applications. Moutier, J. (x) Par. S.

Phhn. BU. 10 (1873) 73-.

— — , conclusions from. SreznevskiX, B, I,
(xn) Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 15 {Pt., Pt. 1) (1883)
39- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 456-. \

— — and oycle, Casaionga, D. j^i. As, Fr.
C. B. (1891) {Pt, 1) 178.

242

2415

Second Law of Thermodynamics

2415

Camot*B principle, demonstrations. BerHn, A,

A. C. 28 il873) 39»-.
and oiamagnetism. Lodge, 0. J. Ph.

Mg. 30 (1890) 201-.
. , experimental verification by himself.

Lippmarm, G. J. de Ps. 9 (188m 337~.

— ^y extension. Parker, J. Ph. Mg. 25

(1888) 6ia-.

, — to electric phenomena. Lippmann,

G. C. B. 82 (1876) 1425-.
, history and criticism. Mach, E, Wien

Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) (Ab. 2a) 1589-.
, restriction (endless availability) . Burton,

C. V, Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 185-.
Diffusion of gas through porons substance,

temperature variations in. Du/our, L.
. [1872-73] Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. 66 (1872) 83-;

Laus. S. Yd. BU. 12 (1874) 849-.

— in relation to work. Fitx Gerald, G. F.
[1898] Nt. 69 (1898-99) 36-.

Diffusive convection, source of energy in.

Griffi,th», A. L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) 436-;

Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 622-.
Dynamical principle of Hamilton. Szily, C,

[1872] A. Ps. C. 149 (1873) 74-.
Djiiamics and theory oi heat. Zermelo, E,

A. Ps. C. 67 (1896) 486-.
— — — (Zermelo). Boltzmann, L.

A. Ps. C. 67 (1896J 77*-.
— (Boltzmann). Zermelo, E,

A. Ps. C. 69 (1896) 798-.

— — — — — (Zermelo). Boltzmann, L,

A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 392-.

Elastic fluid motion. Betti, E. N. Cim. 14
(•1883) 43-.

Electric and thermal phenomena, analogy be-
tween. FiizGerald, G, F. Dubl. S. Sc. P.
4 (1886) 439-.

Energy accelerations, a study in energy parti-
tion and irreversibility. Bryan, G. H.
Arch. N^erl. 6 (1900) 279-.

— , concentration, and diamagnetisation.
Parker, J. Ph. Mg. 27 (1889) 403- ; 30 (1890)
124-.

— , ** degradation.'* Madan, H. G, Nt. 39

(1889) 249.

— , dissipation. Tait, P. G. [1868] Edinb.

B. S. P. 6 (1869) 309-.

— , — . Rayleigh, {Lord). B. I. P. 7 (1876)

386-.
— , — . Tait, P. G. Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 344-.
— , — (Tait). Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 7

(1879) 346-.
— , — . Burbury, S. H. Ph. Mg. 13 (1882)

417-.
— , — . Natanson, W, Eosmos (Lw.) 16

(1891) 80-.
— , — , kinetic theory. Thomson, {Sir) W.

[1874] Edinb. B. S. P. 8 (1876) 326-.

— and entropy, applications to theories of air
and steam. Djfer, H, [1884] Glasg. I.
Eng. T. 28 (1886) 86-.

^~ , determination. Clausius, R, [1866]

Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 31-.
~, free. RosSn, A. Stockh. dfv. (1890)

666-.
— , ~. Golicyn, B, St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 1

(1894) 887- ; Fschr. Mth. (1898-94) 1809.

Energy, mechanical, a universal tendency in
nature to dissipation of. Thomson, (Sir) W,
[1862] Edinb. B. S. P. 3 (1867) 189-.

— , — , of the universe, re-ooncentration.

. BanHne, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 4 (1862) 868-.

— , possible economies in utilisation. iLennedy,

. A.B.W. [1898] B. I. P. 14 (1896) 82-.

— , variation in isothermal transformations.
PeUat, H, C. B. 126 (1897) 699-.

Entropy. Lucas, F. C. B. 104 (1887) 669-.

r— and available energy. Wiedeburg, O. Z.
Ps. C. 29 (1899) 27-.

— . — free energy. Moutier, J, Bv. Sc. 87
(1886) 201-.

-.- function, different forms. Durand, W. F.
Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 348-.

— of gas. Lorentz, H, A, [1896] Amst. Ak.
Vs. 6 (1897) 262- ; Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ab. 2)
228-.

— and heat capacity. Trevor, J. E, J. Ps.
O. 4 (1900) 629-.

— , law. Gross, T. A. Ps. C. {Berl. Ps, Gs.

Vh. 1892) 46 (1892) 889-, 617- ; 48 (1898J

778-.
'— meters. Love, E. F. J. Vict. B. S. P. 10

(1898) 91-.
— , molecular. Darzens, G. C. B. 128 (1896)

940-.

— of Newtonian system in stable motion.
Betti, E. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1888)
{Sem. 2) 113-, 196-.

— as physical quantity. Webb, J, B, Am.
As. P. (1886) 106-.

— , principle of increase. Planck, M. A, Ps.
C. 80 (18817) 662- ; 31 (1887) 189- ; 82 (1887)
462- ; 44 (1891) 886-.

— of radiation. Wools, J. D. van der (jun.).
Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 838-, 602-, 629-;
Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 808-, 418-.

— , theory. Trevor, J. E. J. Ps. C. 4 (1900)
614-.

Equation 1-^=0, direct proof for closed re-
versible circuit. Ledieu, A. C. H. G. B.
78 (1874) 221-, 309-.

— , mechanical, corresponding

w/f=..

ClauHus, R. G. B. 78 (1874) 461-.
— , — , — — — = — (Glausius). Ledieu,

A.C.H. C. B. 78 (1874) 637-.
— of state, general form. Kobald, E. Wien

Ak. Sb. 99 (1891) {Ab. 2a) 817-.
Equilibrium, oiisplacement. Duhem, P. Toul.

Fac. Sc. A. 4 (1890) N, 9 pp.; Par. Ec.

Norm. A. 9 (1892) 876-.
Equivalence, theorem (embracing that of

Clausius). Bauschinger, J. Z. Mth. PS. 10

(1866) 109-.
-^ of transformations and internal work.

Clausius, R. Ziir. Vjschr. 7 (1862) 48-.
Free propagation of radiation, reversibility.

Wools, J. D. van der {jun.). Arch. N^rl.

6 (1900) 687-.
Functions, fundamental. Trevor, J. E, J. Ps.

G. 4 (1900) 670-.
Gibbs's paradox. Wiedeburg, 0. A. Ps. G.

63 (1894) 684-.

243

q2

8415

Second Law of Thermodyiuunios

2415

Heat, motive power, a general law, Clatuiui,

R. C. B. 61 (1865) 621-.
— , , and derived laws. Clautiutf R.

Fogg. A. 79 (1850) 868-, 500-.
— ,intenial. lf(mtt«r,J. [1881] Par.S.Phlm.

BU. 6 (1882) 76-.
— , mechanical law applicable to. ClauHu$t R.

Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1870) 114-.
— , f —, Mohr, C, F. Bonn SB.

Niedr. Gs. (1870) 119-.
— , *- theory. Dronke, A, Bonn Yh. NH«

Vr. 24 (1867) 1-.
— , . Neumann, C. Leip. Mth. Pp. B.

48 (1891) 75-.
— motion of matter at normal temperature,

conversion into work. Pre$Umf S, T, Nt.

17 (1878) 202-.
— , theory. WUtwer, — . D. Nf. Vh. (1894)

{Th. 2, Hia/te 1) 82-.

fdQ

Integral I -^ • Bauschinger, J. Z. Mth. Ps.

11 (im) 152- ; 12 (1867) 180-.
Integrating divisors, and temperature. Budde,
E, A. Ps. C. 45 (1892) 751- ; 46 (1892) 680.

— factors of mechanical theory of heat.
Fliegner, A. Ztir. Yjschr. 40 (1895) 278-.

Irreversible changes of state. Moutier, J,
Bv. Sc. 19 (1880) 821- ; Par. S. Phlm. Bll.
5 (1881) 154-.

— <^cles and Clausius's theorem. Carvallo,
E. J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 161-.

— phenomena. Wiedeburg, 0. A. Ps. C. 61
(1897)706-.

. Wastmuth.A. A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 522-.

— — , laws. Natanton, W, Erk. Ak. (3ft.-
Prz.) Bz. 10 (1896) 809- ; Cro. Ac. Sc. Bll.
(1896) 117-.

— — , — of resistance. Wiedeburg, 0. A.
Ps. C. 62 (1897) 652-.

, specific heat. Wiedeburg, 0. A.

Ps. G. 64 (1898) 519-.

— radiation phenomena. Planck, M, Berl.
Ak. Sb. (1897) 57-.

(Planck). Boltzmann, L, Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1897) 660-.
(Boltzmann). Planck, M» Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1897) 715-.
(Planck). Boltzmann, L, Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1897) 1016-.
. Planck, M. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1897)

1122-.
(Planck). Boltzmann, L. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1898) 182-.
Planck, M. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1898)

449-; (1899) 440- ; A. Ps. 1 (1900) 69-.

— and reversible processes. Clatuitu, R.
Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 455-.

— transformations. Moutier, J, Par. S.
Phlm. Bll. 1 (1877) 39-.

, isothermal. Robin, O, [1879] Par. S.

Phlm. BU. 4 (1880) 24-.

— — , theorems of Bobin and of Moutier.
Saurel, P. J. Ps. C. 3 (1899) 54&-.

Joule and Kelvin's experiment. Leduc, A,

C. B. 128 (1899) 88-.
, discussion. Berthelot, D. C. B.

130 (1900) 1379-.

Joule-Thomson e£Fect and thermodynamic scale

of temperature. Love, E, F, J. L. Ps. S.

P. 16 (1899) 454- ; Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 106-.
Kinetic molecular energy, measurement on an

absolute scale. Livemg, Q. D. Gamb. Ph.

S. P. 5 (1886) 816-.
Laws of distribution of energy and their

limitations. Bryan, O, H. B. A. Bp. (1894)

64-.
Lippmarm's cycle, energy relations. Schreber,

K. N.-Vorp. Mt. 81(1900) 93-.
Maxwell's demons. Wniting, H, Science 6

(1885) 83.

— law, extension proposed by VySnegradskij.
Sokolov, A. P. MoBC. S. Nt. Bll. 60 (1884)
245-.

Motivity, thermodynamic. Thonuon, {Sir) W.
[1876] Edinb. B. S. T. 28 (1879) 741-.

Beversible processes and equilibrium of applied
forces. Schiller, N, ^. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 27
(P<.) (1895) 197- ; Fschr. Mth. (1895) 1089-.

— transformations. Oouy, — . G. B. 108
(1889) 341-.

THE SEGOND LAW.

ClauHus, R. Pogg. A. 93 (1854) 481-.
Achard, A. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 22 (1865) 214-.
Clausius, R, G. B. 60 (1865) 1025-.
RanHne, W. J. M, Ph. Mg. 30 (1865) 241- ;

A. C. 12 (1867) 258-.
Clautius, R, Ph. Mg. 35 (1868) 405-.
Lotchmidt, J. Wien Sb. 59 (1869) {Ab, 2)

395-.
Most, R. A. Ps. G. 136 (1869) 140-.
(Most.) Boltzmann, L, A. Ps. G. 137 (1869)

495.
(Boltzmann.) Most, R. A. Ps. G. 138 (1869)

566-.
(Most.) BolUmann, L. A. Ps. G. 140 (1870)

635-.
Mack, E. (xn) Lotos 21 (1871) 17-.
Bdpaire, T, Brux. Ac. Bll. 34 (1872) 509-.
Kurz, A. Garl Bpm. 8 (1872) 161-.
NichoU, R. C. Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 369-.
Wood, De V. Franklin I. J. 85 (1883) 347-.
Eddy, H. T. Franklin L J. 85 (1883) 440.
Webb, J. B. Am. As. P. (1886) 143-.
Boltzmann, L, Wien Aim. 36 (1886) 225-.
Pirogov, N. N. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886)

307- ; Fschr. Ps. (1886) (Ab. 2) 238-.
PicUt, R. D. Nf. Tbl. (1887) 231-.
Wald, F. Z. Ps. G. 1 (1887) 408- ; 2 (1888)

523-.
Wood, De V. Franklin I. J. 123 (1887) 128-,

196-, 298-.
Farkas, G. Orv.-Termt. Ets. (Termt, Szak)

(1888) 241-, 279-.
Natanson, W. Kosmos ^w.) 13 (1888) 256-.
Wiedemann, E, A. Ps. G. 38 (1889) 485-.
Brit, Ass. Comm. (Bryan, O. H.) B. A. Bp.

(1891) 85-.
Burbury, S. H. [1893] Nt. 49 (1893-94) 150-.
Bryan, G. H. [1893] Nt. 49 (1893-94) 197-.
Tiurin, V. A. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 25 (Ps.) (1893)

112-.
Burbury, S. H. Nt. 49 (1893-94) 246-; Ph.

Mg. 37 (1894) 574-.

244

2415

Second Law of Thermodynamics

2415

Casalonga, D, A. As. Fr. G. B. (1894) (Pt. 1)

120-.
Putting, — . [1894] Westf. Vr. Jbr. (1894-95)

237—.
Vliet, P. P, van der. Bs. Ps.-O. S. J. 26 (P«.)

(1894) 78-.
Lodge, 0. <7. Elect. 85 (1895) 80-.
CascUanga, D, A. As. Fr. C. B. (1898) {PL 1)

114.
SehUler, N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 30 (P«.) (1898)

31-; J. deP8.7 (1898)674.
alleged exception. Gibo$, J. W. Science 1

(•1883) 160.
confinnation. Him, G. A. Moigno Cosmos

22 (1863) 413-.
critical exposition. Wand, T. Carl Bpm. 4

(1868) 281-, 369-.
deaoced from eqailibrinm of vis viva. Boltz-

mann, L. Wien Sb. 63 (1871) {Ab, 2) 712-.
first. Szily, K. [1875] A. Ps. C.

(Ergdnz,) 7 (1876) 154-.
demonstration from mechanical principles.

MicheUon, V. A. Bee. Mth. (Moscoa) 13

(1886) 22^.
deviation from first law. Eddy, — . D. Nf.

Tbl. (♦1879) 175-.
and diffusion. BolUnumn, L. [1878] Wien

Ak. Sb. 78 (1879) (Ab. 2) 733-.

. Clausiut, B. A. Ps. C. 4 (1878) 341-.

of matter. Preston, S. T. [1877] Nt.

17 (1878) 31-.
extension. Achard, G. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 32

(1868) 89-.
foondation. SchiUer, N, N, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

32 {Ps.) (1900) 37-; Fschr. Ps. (1900) {Ab. 2)

181.
and Hamilton's principle. SzUy, C. A. Ps.

C. 145 (1872) 295-.
. Clausius, R. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872)

586-.
. MiUler, J. J. A. Ps. C. 152 (1874)

105-.
interpretation, and definition of temperature.

Mallard, E. C. B. 75 (1872) 1479-.
and kinetic theory of gases. Burbury, S. H.

Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 61-.
(Maxwell's demons). [1900]

Lippmann, G. Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 381.
mechanical analogies. BoUzmann, L. Crelle

J. Mth. 100 (1887) 201-.

— demonstration. Crotti, F, Mil. I. Lomb.
Bd. 12 (1879) 333-.

— formule. Clausius, R. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1884)
663-.

— interpretation. BoUzmann, L. Wien Sb.
53 (1866) {Ab. 2) 195-.

and motor without fuel. Mehner, H, Franklin

I. J. 134 (1892) 89-.
need for reform. Casalonga, — . As. Fr. C.

B. (1893) {Pt. 1) 206-.
and principle of least action, priority claim.

BoUzmann, L. A. Ps. C. 143 (1871)

211-.

, (BoUzmann). datmus,

., R. A. Ps. C. 144 (1872) 265-.

— probability (thermal equilibrium). BoUz-
. marm, L. [1877] Wien Ak. Sb. 76 {Ab. 2)

(1878) 373-.

and radiant heat. Eddy, H.T. [1002-8^] Am.

P^. S. P. 20 (1883) 334-; Science 1 (*18d3)

248; 2 (•1883) 793-; 3 (1884) 88, 171-; 4

(1884) 3-.
. BarU>U,A. N. Cim.l5 (1884) 193-;

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 16 (1884) 224-.
-: . Wood, De V. Science 3 (1884) 32.

— — — . FitzGerald, G. F. Science 3
(1884) 88, 586; Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885)
57-.

— radiation, relations. BoUzmann, L. A. Ps.
C. 22 (1884) 31-, 616.

,— . Wien,W. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1893) 55-.

referred to general mechanical principles.

Claunus,R. Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1870) 167-.
and Tesla's experiments. Hutin, M., db

Leblanc, M. Lum. i^lect. 43 (1892) 451-.

— theory of radiation. Lorentz, H. A. [1900]
Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 418- ; Amst. Ak.
P. 3 (1901) 436-.

Stationary motion, theory. Oppenheim, £•.

A. Ps. C. 15 (1882) 495-.
Temperature entropy diagrams. BurstaU^ H.

F. W. B. A. Bp. (1894) 758.
— equilibrium, and continuance of life. Preston,

S. T. Nt. 19 (1879) 460-, 555 ; 20 (1879) 28.
, — recurring changes in the universe.

Preston, S. T. Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 152- ;

Wien Ak. Sb. 87 (1883) (Ab. 2) 806-.
— , relation of intrinsic energy and state of

aggregation to. Grassi, G. Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 10 (1877) 811-.
Theorem of Clausius. Btickingham, E. Ps.

Bv. 4 (1897) 39-.
Thermal equilibrium, laws. BoUzmann, L.

[1881] Wien Ak. Sb. 84 (1882) (Ab. 2) 136-.
Thermodvnamic equivalence, verification for

bimetallic conductor. Straneo, P. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 8 (1899) (Sem. 1) 196-.

— function, Bankine's. Webb, J. B. Am. As.
P. (1886) 107-.

— and metamorphic functions, disgregation and
real specific heat. Rankine, W. J. M. Ph.
Mg. 30 (1865) 407-.

— potential. SchiUer, N. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll.
91 {No. 1) (1894) 22-; Fschr. Ps. (1894)
{Ab. 2) 199-.

r , analogue. Clausius, R. 0. B. 70 (1870)

1314-.

— — , applications. Voigt, W. G^tt. Nr.
(1895) 134-.

, derivatives with regard to T and p for

composite components. La/ir, J. J. van.

Aroh. N^rl. 5 (1900) 484-.
1 general expression. Oumoff, N. Mosc.

S. Nt. Bll. 8 (1895) 138-.
•— — and hydrostatic pressure. Duhem, P.

Par. 6c. Norm. A. 10 (1893) 183-.
-— — , kinetic interpretation. Waals, J. D.

van der. Amst. Ak. Vs. 3 ( 1895) 205- ;

Aroh. N6erl. 30 (1897) 137-.
and primary cells. Duhem, P. C. B.

99 (1884) 1113-.

— potentials. Natanson, W. [1892] Krk.
Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 4 (1893) 137- ; Z. Pg. 0.
10 (1892) 733-.

245

2425 Absolute Temperature

Thermodynamio potentials. Beltrami, E.

Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 4 (1895) {Sem. 1)

47a-.
, thermokinetio properties. NcUansont W.

[1897] Erk. Ak. (MU-Prz,) Bz. 14 (1899)

67-; Z. Ps. C. 24 (1897) 802-.
Thermodynamics and permanent deformations.

BHXUmin, M. C. B. 106 (1888) 416-, 482-,

SS7-, 589-; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 827-; 8 (1889)

169-.
— , recent progress. KowaUki, J. Prace Mt.-

Fiz. 3 (1892) 143-.
Transformation of energy, general law. Ran-

kine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 6 (1853) 106-.
forces. BUchner, — . [1892] [Pollich.

(47-53) (188a-95)] 104-.
** Unique case," principle of. Ottwaldy W,

Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 45 (1893) 599-; 46 (1894)

276-; 47 (1895) 37.
, (Ostwald). Lie, S. Leip. Mth.

Ps. B. 46 (1894) 135-.
Universal change, finality, question regarding

one of the physical premisses upon which it

is based. Preston, S. T. Ph. Mg. 10 (1880)

338-.
Universe, probable end. Kirwan, C. de, Bv.

Quest. Sc. 34 (1893) 5-.
Vortex-theory in thermodynamics. Jougnet,

— . C. B. 131 (1900) 1190-.
Weyher*s phenomena, theory. Gosieirski, W.

Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 19 (1889) 193- ;

Crc. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1889) {No. 5) xxix-.
Work, quantity attainable by the reversible

cycle of permanent gases. Oettingen, A, J.

van, A. Ps. C. (Ergdnz,) 5 (1871) 540-.

2425 Absolute Temperature and
its Determination.

Highton, H, C. N. 23 (1871) 17ft-.
Sehreber, K, A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 163-.
Auerbach, F, A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 754-.
(Auerbach.) Sehreber, K. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898)

648-.
Wiedeburg, 0. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 921-.
Sehreber, K, A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 1186-.
Absolute method of graduatmg a thermometer,

Kelvin's. Rose-Innes, J. L. Ps. S. P.

16 (1899) 26-; Ph. Mg. 45 (1898) 227-.

— scale of temperature, numerical evalua-
tion. Leh/eldt, R, A. Ph. Mg. 45 (1698)
363-.

— thermometric scale founded on Gamot's
theory of heat. Thomson, (Sir) W, [1848]
(vra) Camb. Ph. S. P. 1 (1866) 66-.

Analytical expression. Lippmann, G, J. de

Ps. 3 (1884) 277-.
Determination. Lorenz, L, Ejdb. Ov. (1872)

1-; A. Ps. C. 147 (1872) 429-.
— . BolUmann, L. Mtinch. Ak. Sb. 23 (1894)

321-.

— and definition. Lippmann, O, J. de Ps.
3 (1884) 53-.

Dimensions. Abraham, H. C. B. 116 (1893)
1123-.

Thermodynamic Relations 2435

Fluid friction. Thomson, (Sir) W, Ph. Mg. 1

(•1851) 474.
(Thomson). Clausius, JR. Ph. Big.

2 (1851) 139-.
Heat, mechanical action, especially in gases

and vapours. Rankine, W. J. M. [1850]

Edinb. B. S. T. 20 (1853) 147-.
— , — theory, use of absolute temperature.

Dupri, A. C. B. 60 (1865) 1024-.
Intrinsic energy and absolute temperature.

Grassi, G. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 8 (1875) 599-.
Steam, behavioxur on expansion unaer different

circumstances. Clausius, R, Pogg. A. 82

(1851) 263-.
— , property connected with theory of steam

engine. Thomson, (Sir) W, Ph. Mg. 37

(1850) 386-.
Thermal effects of air rushing through small

apertures. Joule, J. P., i Thomson, W,

Ph. Mg. 4 (1852) 481 -.
elastic fluids. Joule, J.P.,db Thomson,

W. B. A. Bp. (1861) (Pt. 2) 83-.
— fluids in motion. Joule, J. P., dt

Thomson, W, PhU. Trans. (1853) 357-;

(1854) 321- ; B. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 502;

Phil. Trans. (1862) 579-.
; temperature effects on solids

exposed. Joule, J, P., dt Thomson, W. B.

S. P. 8 (1856-57) 41-, 178-, 556-; PhU.

Trans. (1860) 325-.

2435 Special Thermodynamic
Relations.

Freeman, A, [1872] Mess. Mth. 2 (1873)

131-.
Ramsay, W., <& Young, S, L. Ps. S. P.

7 (1886) 289-, 307-, 327-; Ph. Mg. 20 (1885)
515- ; 21 (188^ 33-, 135-.

(Bamsay ana Toung.) Ayrton, W,E,,dt Perry,
J. L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 368-; Ph. Mg.
21 (1886) 255-.

Ram*ay, W„ dt Young, S, L. Ps. 8. P.

8 (1887) 56-; Ph. Mg. 22 (1886) 32-.
Adiabatic atmosphere, heat required for con-
version into existing state. U. S, Weather
Bureau, U. S. Weath. Bur. Bp. (1898-99)
(2) 750-.

— changes of state. Ritter, A, A. Ps. G.
37 (1889) 44-, 633-; 40 (1890) 356-.

— — — — of crystal, solid and liquid.
Tammann, G, [1899-1900] Dorpat Sb. 12
(1901) 270- ; A. Ps. 1 (1900) 275-.

— temperature and pressure in gases.

Antoine, C. C. B. 106 (1888) 57-, 116-.

— coefficient of elasticity. Moulier, J, J. de
Ps. 1 (1872) 222-.

— compression of air. Avogadro, A, [1828]
Tor. Mm. Ac. 33 (1829) 237-.

— condensation. Heath, J. M. Ph. Mg.
41 (1871) 127-.

— expansion of gas, internal work. Moutier,
J. C. B. 74 (1872) 1095-.

— vapours. Duhem, P, J. de Ps.

1 (1892) 470-.

246

2435

Special Thermodynamic Selations

2435

Adiabatics. HdUsten, K. Helsingf. Acta
10 (1876) 451-.

— and isotnermals, relation of speoifio heat in.

DaMander, Q. R. Stockh. Ofy. 31 (1874)

No. 7, 3-.
-^ — temperature. Oettingen, A, J, von. A.

Ps. C. (Ergdnz.) 7 (1876) 83-.
(von Oettingen). CZatintw, R. Ji.

Ps. C. 169 (1876) 327-.
Amagat's researches, deductions from. Ptuchl,

C. Wien Ak. Sb. 103 (1894) Uh. 2a) 343-.
Antitherms of perfect gases. iTmov, N. N.

Bs. S. Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 16 (1893) 87-; Fschr.

Ps. (1898) {Ab. 2j 246.
Calorimetrio ooemcients, relation between.

Gilbert, P. Brux. 8. Sc. A. 12 (1888)

{Pt. 2) 91-.
Change of temperature accompanying change

of pressure in fluids. Thomson, (Sir) W.

B. 8. P. 8 (1866-67) 666-.
volume in gases. Navietf C

L. M. H. Par. 8. Phhn. BU. (1820) 97-.
mass of air. Dupri^A,

A. C. 67 (1863) 869-.
traction and compression of solids.

Cazin, A, Les Mondes 9 (1866) 613-.
— due to torsion in wires. Wassmuth, A ,

Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) {Ab. 2a) 1393-.
Characteristic equation and energy equation.

Wiedeburg, 0. A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 66-.
of gases, forms consistent with experi-
ments of Thomson and Joule. Schiller, N.

N. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 22 (Ps.) (1890) 110-;

J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 426-.
in relation to solutions. JSger, O.

Wien Ak. 8b. 101 (1892) (Ab, 2a) 663-.
, temperature function. Jdger, G.

Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) (Ab. 2a) 1676-.
, theory. Jdger, G. Wien Ak. Sb.

106 (1896) (^6. 2a) 791-.
Glausius's equation. Duhem, P. Liouv. J.

Mth. 6 (1899) 176-.

— formula. Frowein, P. C. F. N. Arch.
Wisk. 6 ('1879) 191-.

Constant-volume gas thermometer, theory.

Bose-Innes, J. Ph. Mg. 60 (1900) 261-.
Cooling by expansion of gases. Gay-Lussac,

L. J. A. C. 9 (1818) 306-

Efflux of gases from long tubes. BaiUe, J. B,

J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 29-.
Elastic bodies, application of thermodynamics.

courier, G. [1894] Qen. 8. Ps. Mm.

32 (1894-97) No. 6, 69 pp.

— deformations «nd theory of heat. Schiller,
N. N. [1879] (xn) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 11
(Ps.) (1879) [(Pt. 1)] 66-; (xi) A. Ps. C.
Beibl. 4 (1880) 423-.

Elongation of wires, thermodynamics. Olearski,
K. Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 1 (1891) 166- ;
Crc. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1890) 139-.

Equilibrium, conditions. Wajdls, — van der.
Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 6 (1889) 19»-.

Expansion of gas under atmospheric pressure,
heat consumed in internal work. Moutier,
J. C. B. 68 (1869) 96-.

saturated water- vapour, mechanical effect.

Dahlander, G. R. [1866] Stockh. Ofv.

22 (1866) 197- ; A. C. 16 (1869) 134-.
vapours without external work. Him,

G. A. C. B. 84 (1877) 692-, 632-, 680-.
Flow of gases. Reynolds, 0, [1886] Manoh.

Lt. Ph. 8. Mm. 10 (1887) 164-.
. Haton de la Goupilli^re, J. N, C.

B. 103 (1886) 661-, 709-, 786-.
. Hugoniot, — . C. B. 103 (1886)

922-.

— — — (Hugoniot). Him, G. A. C. B.
103 (1886) 1232- ; 104 (1887) 102.

(Him). Hug(miot, — . C. B. 103

(1886) 1263- ; 104 (1887) 46-.

— and impact of gases, experimental and
analytical researches. Him, G. A, Brux.
Ac. Mm. 46 (1886) (No. 8) 217 pp.

— of vapour, law. Itankine, W. J. M, [18691
Les Mondes 22 (1870) 90-, 391- ; 23 (1870)
168-.

Fluid friction. Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 1
(♦1861) 474.

— — (Thomson). Clausius, R, Ph. Mg.
2 (1861) 139-.

Function a in van der WaaJs* equation . Bakker,
G. Z. Ps. C. 14 (1894) 664-.

Fundamental equations of fluids. Rudanowsky,
A. P. Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ab. 2) 242-.

in theory of heat. Reech, F. C. B.

69 (1869) 913-.
Moutter, J. Par. 8. Phlm. , convenient form. Clausius,

BU 12 (1876) 41-.

— — — — permanent gases. Armengaud,
J. A. C. B. 76 (1873) 626-.

— of gas by rarefaction. Cantoni, G, Mil. I.
Lomb. Bd. 4 (1867) 136-.

— by tension. CroU,J. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 380-.
Corresponding states and law of rectilinear

diameter. Mathias, E. J. de Ps. 8 (1899)

407- ; Li^ge 8. Sc. Mm. 2 (1900) No. 1, 28 pp.
I>npr6*s formula. GrimaMi, G, P. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1886) (Sem. 1) 23a-.
and de Heen's demonstration. Sandrucei,

A. Bv. 8c.-Ind. 19 (1887) 3-.
Efflux of gases. Fliegner, A. Ziir. Vjschr. 42

(1897) 317-.
, laws deduced from thermodynamic

principles. Serpieri, A. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

1 (1868) 606-.

R. A. Ps. C. 126 (1866) 363-.
— formulas for changes of volume and state.

Viry, C. C. B. 91 (1880) 106- ; (xn) M&con

Ac. A. 4 (1883) 363-.
Gases following Joule's law. Carri, F. J. de

Ps. 7 (1898) 718-.
— , heating by compression. Haaen, H. A.

Nt. 46 (1892) 66.
.— , and cooling on expansion. Mohr,

C. F. Bonn Sb. Niedr. Os. (1871) 66-.
— , internal energy, variation with pressure.

Lemoine, J. J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 99-.
—, — work. Cazin, A. C. B. 66 (1868) 483- ;

A. C. 19 (1870) 6-.
— , . Bouty, E. J. de Ps. 8 (1889)

20-.
— , meaning of constant Jw/T. Boggio-Lera, E»

N. Cim. 6 (1897) 293-.

247

2435

Special Thermodynamic Belations

2435

Gases, meaning of oonstant pvjT. Jaubin, P,

N. Cim. 6 (1897) 53-.
— , (Boggio-Lera). Lungo, C. del.

N. Cim. 6 (1897) 55-.
— , (Del Lungo). Boggio-Lera, E,

N. Cim. 6 (1897) 210-.
— , (Boggio-Lera). Lungo, C, del,

N. Cim. 6 (1897) 273-.
— , . BogguhLeraj E, N. Cim.

6 (1897) 831-.
—, perfect, the 2 specific heats. Lucas, F,

C. R. 104 (1887) 49-.
Heat communicatea to gas, dynamical effects.

Bourget, J, A. C. 56 (1859) 257-.
— , mechanical action, especially in gases and

vapours. Sankine,W.J.M, [1850] Edinb.

R. 8. T. 20 (1853) 147-.
— , — theory, new theorems. Puschl, K,

Wien Ak. Sb. 73 (1876) (Ab. 2) 51-, 345-.
— , theory. PoUet, — . Amiens Mm. Ac.

(1839) 189-.
— , — . Lang, V, van. Wien Ak. Sb. 99 (1891)

{Ab. 2a) 899-.
— , — , application to pressure of gases. Reye,

T. Fogg. A. 116 (1862) 424-.
— of vaporisation. Pa^liani, S. N. Cim.

2 (1895) 312-.
Him*s law. Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. Bll.

12 (1875) 23 (&»)-.
Isothermal and adiabatic compression of gas.

ZahradnHek, K. Mh. Mth. Ps. 4 (1893)

167-.

Specific heat corresponding to any thermo-
dynamic transformation. BrilUmin, M.
. J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 148-.

— — of gases, ratio deduced from theory.
Mohr, C. F, A. Ps. C. 143 (1871) 477-.

and internal work, ^ubic, S. Wien As.

1 (1864) 22-, 134-.
Steam, behaviour on expansion under different

circumstances. Clausius, R. Pogg. A.

82 (1851) 263-.
— , proper^ connected with theory of steam

engine. Thomson, [Sir) W, Ph. Big.

37 (1850) 386-.
Theorem comprising the 2 laws, application.

Livy, M, C. R. 84 (1877) 491-.
, — (L^vy). Weber, H. F. C.

R. 87 (1878) 517-.
, — (Weber). L^vy, M. C. R.

87 (1878) 554-.
Thermal cnanges in solids and liquids due to

sudden changes of pressure. Creelman, H.

G., db Crocket, J. Edinb. R. S. P. 13 (1886)

311-.

— effects of air rushing through small aper-
tures. Joule, J. P., <ib Thomson, W, Ph.
Mg. 4 (1852) 481-.

— — — elastic fluids. Joule, J. P., db
Thomson, W, B. A. Rp. (1861) (Pt. 2) 83-.

fluids in motion. Joule, J. P., <t

Thomson, W. PhU. Trans. (1853) 357-;
(1854) 321- ; R. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 502;
Phil. Trans. (1862) 579-.

transformations of real gases. Ledvc, ^ temperature effects on solids

A. C. R. 125 (1897) 1089-, 1138.

— transformations of electric energy, change
of energy in. PeUat, H. J. de Ps. 7 (1898)
18-.

Laws of Joule and Gay-Lussac. Pellat, H.

J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 100-.
Liquid and vapour, can they have a common

equation? Buchwaldt,F, [1896] Kjab.Dn.

Vd. Selsk. Skr. 8 (1895-98) 103- (lUs. 167-).
— , mixture, specific heat at constant

volume. Olearski, K. [1892] Krk. Ak.

(Mt.-Prz.) Rz. 6 (1893) 112- ; Crc. Ac. Sc.

BU. (1892) 297-.
Liquids, verification of de Heen's equations

for. Grimaldi, O, P. Rm. R. Ac. Line.

Rd. 2 (1886) (Sem. 1) 244-.
— , volume thermodynamics. Barus, C. U. S.

Gl. Sv. Bll. No. 96 (1892) 100 pp.
Maxwell's theorem. Saurel, P. J. Ps. C.

3 (1899) 214-.
Molecular velocity, absolute calorific capacity

and melting point, relations. Sandrucci, A.

N. Cim. 19 (1886) 64-.

— — , — — — — specific heat, relations.
Sandrucci, A. N. Cun. 21 (1887) 121-.

Physical properties of bodies, relations. Fritz,
H. Ziir. Vjschr. 33 (1888) 56- ; 36 (1891) 47-.

Pois8on*s ratio and internal work in dilata-
tion of solid bodies. Boggio-Lera, E, Rm.
R. Ac. Line. Rd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 2) 43-.

Saturated vapours, some expansion curves.
Flugner, A. Zur. Vjschr. 29 (1884) 226-.

Skating, Jas. Thomson's thermodynamic rela-
tion. Joly, J. [1886] Dubl. S. Sc. P.
5 (1886-87) 453-.

exposed. Joule, J. P., dt Thomson, W. R.
S. P. 8 (1856-57) 41-, 178-, 556-; Phil.
Trans. (1860) 325-.
Thermodynamical formula. MoUo,A. G. Mt.
23 (188i5) 76-.

— — , internal work in solids and liquids.
Sandrucci, A. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd.
2 (1893) {Sem. 2) 253-.

— formulsB, elementary proof. Ostwaid, W.
D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 248-.

— proof of van der Waals's equation. Bakker,
G. Z. Ps. C. 14 (1894) 456-.

— properties of gases ana vapours. Callendar,
H. L. [1900] R. S. P. 67 (1901) 266-.

solids. JouU, J. P. [1858] Phil.

Trans. (1859) 91-.

substances whose intrinsic equation

is a linear function of pressure and tempera-
ture. FitzGerald, G, F. R. S. P. 42 (1887) 50-.

— relations, antithetically developed. Oettingen,
A. von. St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 32 (1885)
No. 17, 70 pp.

, deduction. Peddie, W. Edinb. Mth.

S. P. 10 (1892) 41-.

in vapours. Pagliani, S. Rm. R. Ac.

Line. Rd. 3 (1894) {Sem. 1) 69-.

— theory of waves of finite longitudinal dis-
turbance. Rankine, W. J. M. [1869] Phil.
Trans. 160 (1870) 277-.

Thermodynamics, doubtful demonstration.

Ceshro, E. G. Mt. 24 (1886) 158-.
— , error as regards work and corresponding

heat. Casahnga, D. A. As. Fr. G. R.

(1892) {Pt. 1) 172.

248

2445 Theniiod]rnamic Sorfitoes

Thermodynamics, general equations. Duhenit P.
Par. Ec. Norm. A. 8 (1891) 231-.

— of thermoelements. Liehenow, C. A. Ps.
C. 68 (1899) 316-.

(Liebenow). Voigt^ W. A. Ps. C.

69 (1899) 706-.

— — — (Voigt). Liebenow, C. A. Ps.

2 (1900) 636-.

— — — (Liebenow). Voigt , W, A. Ps.

3 (1900) 155-.

Thermomagnetio motors. Stefan, J, [1888]

A. Ps. C. 38 (1889) 427-.
Traction of prisms, thermal phenomena. San

Roberto, P. di. Tor. At. Ac. 8c. 3 (1867-68)

201-.
Vapour pressure, dissociation and entn^,

kinetic theory. Boltzmann, L. D. Nf. Yn.

(1898) {Th, 2, HiUfU 1) 74.
in electric field. Soholov, A, J. de Ps.

4 (1895) 53-.

2445 Thermodynamic Snrfaces,
Models, etc.

Camot engine, mechanical model. Shedd,
'J. C. Ps. Rv. 8 (1899) 174 -.
Fusion, peculiarities in curve of. WaaU, J, D,

van der. Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897] 385-.
Gibbe's surfaces, reduced. Kamerlingh Onnei,

H. Arch. N6erl. 5 (1900) 665-.

— thermodynamic model. Boynton, W, P.
Ps. Rv. 10 (1900) 228-; 11 (1900) 291-.

Graphical construction of entropy temperature
diagram. Eddy, H. T. Am. As. P. (1899)
93-.

— methods in thermodynamics of fluids. C^bi,
J. W. Conn. Ac. T. 2 (1871-73) 309-.

— representation of changes of state.
Dahlander, G. R. Z. Mth. Ps. 21 (1876)
287-.

equilibrium by ^ function. Wools,

J. D. van der, Amst. Ak. Vs. 6 (1898)
209- ; Arch. N6erl. 2 (1899) 68-.

in systems of one to four bodies.

Roozeboom, U. W, B. [1894] Amst. Ak.
Vs. 3 (1895) 45-; Arch. N4erl. 29 (1896) 69-.

isothermal surfaces of mixtures of

more than 2 substances. BlUmcke, A. Z.
Ps. C. 9 (1892) 722-.

— — — physical and chemical changes.
Mouret, O, J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 253-.

properties. Peddie, W. Edinb.

Mth. S. P. 2 (1884) 33-.
thermodynamic properties. (Hbbs,

J. W. Conn. Ac. T. 2 (1871-73) 382-.
— quantities. Dahlander, G. R.

J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 323-.

— thermodynamics. Sautture, R, de. Arch.
So. Ps. Nt. 31 (1894) 421-.

Graphics of thermodynamic function. Fox,

W, Fradklin I. J. 145 (1898) 214-.
law. Thurston^ R, H, Franklin

I. J. 141 (1896) 27-.
Isentropio curve for perfect gas drawn on

thermodynamic surface. Nipher, F. E.

Am. J. So. 24 (1882) 138-.

Single Substances 2455

Isodynamic line of gases. MoiUier, J. [1877]

Par. S. Phlm. BU 2 (1878) 17-.
Isothermal surfaces of salt solutions. BlUmcke,

A, Z. Ps. C. 11 (1893) 145-.
Singularities of physical science. Carmichael,

R, (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 5 (1853) 522-.
Temperature surface of carbon dioxide.

RUter, A. A. Ps. C. 4 (1878) 550-.
moist air. Ritter, A, A. Ps. C. 4

(1878) 432-.
water, 2 models. Ritter, A. A. Ps.

C. 3 (1878) 614.
vapour. Ritter, A, A. Ps. C. 3

(1878)447-.
Thermoidynamic surfaces, geometry. Korteweg,

D.J. Aroh. N6erl. 24 (1891) 295-.
, position in solid and liquid state.

Tammann, O, Z. Ps. C. 21 a896) 17-.
Volume and energy surfaces of crystal, solid

and liquid. Tammann, G. Z. Ps. C. 21

(1896) 17-; Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900) 108-.

2455 Thermodynamics of Single

Substances.

Air, cooling by irreversible expansion.
WitkowsH, A. [1898] Krk. Ak. {Mt.-Prz,)
Rz. 15 (1899) 247-; Cro. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1898)
282-.

— , spontaneous reheating of jet. Petrie, W.
Edinb. N. Ph. J. 51 (1851) 125-.

•<— , thermal effects of compression. Qorrie, J,
Silliman J. 10 (1850) 39-, 214-.

— , . Smyth, C. P. [1851] Edinb.

R. S. P. 3 (1857) 28-.

— , and expansion. Verdier, — .

Fr. Cg. Sc. 1 (1839) 67-.

__, . Smyth, C. P. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 51 (1851) 114-.

Alcohol, ether and water vapours. Volkmann,

. P. Eonigsb. Schr. 38 (1897) [42].

Benzene. TtunUa, K, Ps. Rv. 10 (1900) 116-.

Caoutchouc, elasticity in relation to latent heat.
Page, C. G. Silliman J. 4 (1847) 341-.

— , heat due to tension. ViUari, E, Mil. I.
Lomb. Rd. 2 (1869) 767-.

Carbon dioxide, changes of condition of aggre-
gation. Wittwer,—, D. Nf. Tbl. (1885) 175.

— , transformation of energy into other avail-
able forms. Reed, C. J. Franklin I. J.
142 (1896) 1-.

Characteristic equation of fluids and law of
corresponding states. Raveau, C. Par. S.
Ps. S6. (1896) 274-.

for substances with extended and com-
posite molecules. Waals, J, D, van der,
Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 160- ; Amst. Ak. P. 1
(1899) 138-.

— . Laar, J. J, van.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 350- ; Amst. Ak. P. 1
(1899) 273-; Haarl. Nis. Teyl. Arch. 6 (1900)
237-, 284.

— functions of different liquids. Massieu, F,
C. R. 69 (1869) 858-, 1057-.

(Massieu's). Le Chatelier, H.

C. R. 106 (1888) 1843-.

249

2455 Single Sabstanoes

Characteristio fanotions of dififerent liquids,

and theory of vapours. Mtuiieu, F, Par.

Mm. Say. Etr. 22 (1876) No. 2, 92 pp.
Compressed gas, efflux into atmosphere.

Huganiot, — . C. B. 103 (1886) 1002-.
Ether, gas and liquid, adiabatio curves at high

temperature. Banuay, — . Nt. 42 (1890)

678.
Gaseous masses in motion, work performed

by. BoUzmann, L, [1869] A. Ps. G. 140

(1870) 264-.
Oaises, constants. Subtc, S, A. Ps. C. 146

(1872) 302-.
Hydrated glass, thermal properties. BariLs, C,

[1898] Am. J. Sc. 7 (1899) 1-.
Ice, change of freezing point and vapour

pressure. HelmholU, R. von. A. Ps. C. 30

(1887) 401-, 704.
— , — — — — — — — (Helmholtz).

Koldiek, F. A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 62ft-.
— , (KoUcek). Helmholtz f

R. vop. A. Ps. C. 31 ri887) 1036-.
Iron in magnetic field, neat of combination.

Janet, P. J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 312-.
Liquid and vapour, adiabatics of system.

Baveauy C. Par. S. Ps. 86. (1892) 266-.
Liquids, general theory. Onnes^ H. K. Amst.

Ak. Vh. 21 (1881) (No. 4) 14 + 9 pp. ; A. Ps.

C. Beibl. 6 (1881) 718-.

— and their satuzated vapours. Waterttont
J, J. [1867] Ph. Mg. 36 (1868) 81-.

Molecular theory. Ouldberg, C. M. G. B. 66

(1867) 941- ; 66 (1868) 39-, 96-.
Natterer's tubes, property of. Raveau, — .

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1892) 213-.
Steam, application of ether-pressure theory to.

Gray, J. MacFarlane. Nv. Archt. T. 30 (1889)

306- ; L ME. P. (1889) 379-.
— , available energy, calculation (simple rules).

Rankine, W. J. M. A. G6n. Giv. 6 (1866) 86-.
— , , formula. Bateau^ — . G. B. 123

(1896) 808- ; A. Mmes 11 (1897) 242-.
— , condensation, erroneous principle in theory.

Zanan, G. A. Ven. I. At. (1899-1900) (Pt.

2) 831-.
— , — during expansion. Shrana, S. Bv.

Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)] 214-.

— consumption in engine, theory. Rateau, — .
A. Mmes 11 (1897) 242-.

— and hoar-frost lines. Baynea, R. E, Ph.
Mg. 3 (1877) 612-.

— , physics. Prosser, T. Franklin I. J. 18

(1849) 134-, 229-.
— , properties. Zeuner, G. Giving. 6 (1869)

167-, 223-, 260-.
— , rationalisation of Begnault's experiments.

Gray, J. MacFarlane. I. ME. P. (1889) 399-.
— , superheated, thermodynamical properties.

GHndXey, J. H. PhU. Trans. (A) 194 (1900)

^-, table of mechanical power. CUment-

Desormes, — . Par. 8. Phlm. N. BU. (1826)

60-.
— , — — — — (G16ment-Desormes).

Hachette, J. N. P. Par. Bll. 8. Enoour. 26

(1826) 219-.
— , thermodynamic relations. Starkweather,

G. P. Am. J. 8c., 7 (1899) 129-.

Solutions and Mixtures 2457

Transformation of state of bodies, new theory.

Moulin, H. Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1896) 46-,

268-.
Vapours emitted at same temperature by

liquid water and by ice. MotUier, J, Pur.

8. Phhn. Bll. 13 (1876) 60-.
Water, heat evolved in compression. Deepretz,

C. QJ. Sc. 2 (1827) 201.
— t properties, and second law of thermo-
dynamics. Pu9chl, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 89

(1884) (Ab. 2) 631-.

2457 Thermodjrnamics of Solutions
and Mixtures.

Ghange of state in composite system, Gibbs's

theory. Riecke, E. Gdtt. Nr. (1890) 223-.
, qualitative law. Braun, F. A. Ps.

G. 33 (1888) 337-.
Dalton's law. Golieyn, B. Gdtt. Nr. (1890)

22-.

.* Shaw, W. N. B. A. Bp. (1898) 801-.

Density of saturated vapours and the

mechanical equivalent of heat. Perot, A,

G. B. 102 (1886) 1369-.
Dissociating gaseous compounds, thermal

capacity. Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 6 (1886)

301-.
Distillation illustrated by kerosene. Wanklyn,

J. A., d Cooper, W. J. Ph. Mg. 37 (1894)

496-.
— of liquid air, and composition of gaseous and

liquid phases. BaXy, E, C. C. L. Ps. 8. P.

17 (1901) 157- ; Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 617-.
— , separation of 3 liquids. BarreU, F. R.,

Thomas, G. L., d' Young, S. [1893] L. Ps.

8. P. 12 (1894) 422-; Ph. Mg. 37 (1894) 8-.
— , theorems. Duhem, P. Bordeaux S. 8c.

PV. (1896-97) 112-.
Equilibrium in composite system. Riecke, E.

G6tt. Nr. (1890) 342-.
— , ternary system. Schreinemakers, F, A. H.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 6 (1898) 313- ; 7 (1899) 261- ;

Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 191-.
— , unstable chemical. Duhem, P. Bordeaux

8. 8c. Mm. 2 (1896) 1-; Bordeaux 8. 8c.

PV. (1896-97) 76-.
Hygrometric bodies, thermodynamic treatment.

Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 6 (1886) 103-.
Law of thermodynamic unity. Kowalski,

J. de. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1893) 261-.
Liquids, mutual solubility, vapour pressure

and critical points. Kuenen, J, P., dt

Robson, W. G. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 180-.
Molecular force, law. Sutherland, W. Ph.

Mg. 24 (1887) 113-, 168- ; 27 (1889) 306- ;

Aust. As. Bp. (1888) 39-; (1890) 368-.
Osmotic pressure. Bucherer, A. H. A. Ps. G.

64 (1898) 649-.
Pressure and solubility, coimeotion. Stackelberg,

E. (Baron). St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll 4 (1896)

196-.
volume, variation in mixing. Wools,

J. D. vander. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 239-,

270-, 297, 469-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899)

179-, 232-, 390-.

250

2457

ThermodynamicB of Mixtures

2467

MiXTUKES.

of anomalous substanceB, plaitpoint corve.

WaaU, J, D. van der, Amst. Ak. Vs. 7

(1899) 464- ; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 38&-.
binary. Duhem, P. Lille Tr. Mm. 3 (1898)

M6m. 13, 138 pp.
— , molecular theory. WaaU, J. D. van der.

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 6 (1889) 163- ; Axch.

N^rl. 24 (1891) 1-.
— , plaitpoint curve. TFooZj, J, D. van der.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 20- ; Aroh. N^erl.

30 (1897) 266-.
condensation and critical phenomena. Kuenen,

J. P. L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1897) 235-; Ph. Mg.

44 (1897) 174- ; Z. Ps. C. 24 (1897) 667-.

— near critical state. Hartman, C. M. A.
[1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 60- ; Amst.
Ak. P. 3 (1901) 66-.

critical (plaitpoint) phenomena. Waalt, J. D.
van der, Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 82-;
Arch. N^rl. 30 (1897) 278-.

— temperature of complete mixture. Lee, N.
J. van der. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 208- ;
Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 158-.

freezing, thermodymmics. Potier, ^. C. B.

101 (1885) 998-; J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 53-.
— , — . Parker, J. Ph. Mg. 25 {1888) 406-.
gaseous, equilibrium. Planck, M. A. Ps. G.

19 (1883) 358-.
of 2 gases, condensation. Kuenen, J, P.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 3 (1895) 90-; Arch. N^rl. 1

(1898) 331-.
, — . Caubet, F. [1898] Bordeaux S.

Sc. PV. (1898-99) 60-.

— — — , isotherms. Cavbet, F. [1898]
Bordeaux S. Sc. PV. (1898-99) 1&-.

— gases, work gained. BaylAgh, (Lord).
Ph. Mg. 49 (1875) 311-.

heat of mixture and change of volume of

liquids. Guthrie, Fred. L. Ps. S. P. 6

(1885) 249-; Ph. Mg. 18 (1884) 495-.
of compressed gases. Margules, M.

Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (Ah. 2a) 1399 -.
liquids. Linebarger, C. E. Ps.

Bv. 3 (1896) 418-.
non-metals. BcUteUi, A. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 646-.
heterogeneous substances, equilibrium. Oibhs,

J. W. [1876-78] Conn. Ac. T. 3 (1878)

108-, 343-.
, — . Maxwell, J. C. Camb. Ph. S. P.

2 (1876) 427-.
— , thermodynamic potential. Riecke, E.

G6tt. Nr. (1894) 117-.
liquid, composition of vapour. Margulee, M,

Wien Ak. Sb. 104 (1895) {Ah. 2a) 1243-.
— , properties. Lehfeldt, R. A. Ph. Mg. 40

(1895) 397-.
of 2 liquids, thermal phenomena. Moutier, J.

Pftr. iko. Pol. J. 54 (1884) 143-.
plaitpoint curve of, approximate formula for

form. Wools, J. D. van der. Amst. Ak.

Vs. 6 (1898) 279- ; Arch. N^erl. 2 (1899) 79-.
pressure-curves for co-existing phases. WaaU,

J. D. van der. [1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901)

166- ; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 163-.

ternary, thermodynamic correspondence.

KowaUki, J. [1893] Erk. Ak. (MU-Prz.)

Bz. 8 (1895) 8-; Cro. Ac. Sc. BU. (1893)

294-.
Van der Waals's surface (plaitpoints). Kuenen,

J. P. Arch. N^rl. 1 (1898) 270-.

— — — ^-surface. Hartman, C. M. A,
Arch. Nterl. 5 (1900) 636-.

— — — — . Vertchaffelt, J, E. Arch.
Nterl. 6 (1900) 644-.

— — — — , transverse plait. Kamerlingh
Onnes, H. [1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901)
199-, 307 ; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901) 276-, 374.

, near plai^int (Euenen's

experiments). Kamerlingh Chmee, H., db
Reinganum, M. [1900] Amst. Ak. Vs. 9
(1901) 213-, 307- ; Amst. Ak. P. 3 (1901)
289-, 374.

of volatile substances. Duhem, P. Par. £c.
Norm. A. 6 (1889) 153-.

— , vapours emitted. Duhenit P. C. B.

102 (1886) 1449- ; Par. ±c. Norm. A. 4

(1887) 9-.

SPECIFIED MIXTURES.

acetone and ether, composition in coexisting
phases and refiactivity. Cunaus, E. H. J.
Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 191-, 502; Amst.
Ak. P. 2 (1900) 101-, 408.

carbon dioxide and air, liquefaction. Duhem,
P. J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 158-.

hydrogen, change of pressure by sub-
stitution of components. Verschaffdt, J.
Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 394-; Amst. Ak. P.
1 (1899) 328-.

, isothermal lines near plaitpoint.

Verschaffelt, J. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899)
281-, 389-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 28&-,
323-.

— — — methyl chloride, characteristic
equation. Kuenen, J. P. Z. Ps. 0. 11
(1893) 38-; Arch. Nterl. 26 (1893) 354-.

-^ , coexisting phases. Hartman,

C. M. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 106- ;

Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 83-.
nitrogen, tnenmtl properties. Teuruta,

K, Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 438-.
sulphur oioxiae, thermal properties.

PicUt, R. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 14 (1886) 570-.
ethane and hydrogen chloride, isothermals.

Quint, N. (Gzn.) Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900)

57-; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900) 40-.
nitrous oxide, condensation and critical

phenomena. Kuenen, J. P. L. Ps. S.

P. 13 (1895) 523-; Ph. Mg. 40 (1895)

173-.
hydrochloric acid and methyl ether. Kuenen,

J. P. Arch. N6erl. 5 (1900) 306-.

SOLUTIONS.

action of gravity. Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 7

(1888) 391-.

application of thermodynamic potential.
Dcjes, P. H. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 6 (1889)
226-; Fschr. Ps. (1888) [Ah. 2) 222; (1889)
(Ah. 1) 197-.

251

2465 Thermodynamics of Physical and Chemical Processes 2475

Equilibrium, thermal, of system of bodies,
with reference, to gravity. Losehmidt, J,
Wien Ak. Sb. 73 (1876) {Ab. 2) 128-, 366-;
76 (1877) {Ab, 2) 287-; 76 (1878) {Ab. 2) 209-.

Irreversible cycles with natural forces. Pictet,
R, Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 4 (1897) 445-.

Mixture of 2 fluids, influence of gravity.
Fuchs, K, Exner Rpm. 26 (1890) 507-.

Second law applied to systems with external
forces. Pirogov, N, N. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19
{Ps.) (1887) 100-, 167-.

variations in potential energy of

liquid surfaces. Membrugghe^ O. van der,
Brux. Ac. BU. 49 (1880) 620-.

concentrated, change of free energy on mixing.

NernBt, W. Gott. Nr. (1892) 428-.
dilute, chemical equilibrium. PUmck^ M, A.

Ps. C. 34 (1888) 139-.
— , molecular theory. Lorentz^ H. A. Arch'.

N^rl. 25 (1892) 107-.
— , osmotic pressure. Bouty^ E. J. de Ps. 4

(1896) 154-.
— , thermodynamic potential. Riecke, E.

G6tt. Nr. (1890) 437- ; A. Ps. C. 42 (1891)

488-.
ethereal, osmotic pressure. Goodtrtn, H.M,^dt

Burgess, Q, K. Am. As. P. (1898) 124-.
general theorems. Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 3

(1894) 49-.
heat of evaporation. TunUirz, 0. Wien Ak.

Sb. 104 (1895) {Ab,2a) 827-.
osmotic height, vapour pressure and freezing

point. Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 6 (1887)

134-.
-^ pressure and thermodynamics. Schiller,

N. N. Rs. Ps..C. S. J. 30 {Ps.) (1898) 159- ;

A. Ps. 0. 67 (1899) 291-.
, vapour pressure and freezing point.

Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 397-.
properties. Duhem, P. J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 5-.
— , physical. Duhem, P. Lille Tr. Mm. 3

(1893) Mim. 12, 138 pp.
salt, application of Gamot*s theorem.

Sreznevskil, B, I. (xii) Rs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 15

{Ps., Pt. 1) (1883) 39-; J. de Ps. 3 (1884)

456-.
— , formula. Duhem, P. C. R. 104 (1887)

683- ; Par. £c. Norm. A. 4 (1887) 381-.
— , and heat engines. Rayleigh, {Lord), Nt.

45 (1892) 438, 510.
•^, specific heat. Duhem, P. C. R. 104

(1887) 780-.
— , thermopotential. Umov, N, Rs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 21 {Ps,) (1889) 103- ; J. de Ps.9 (1890)

534-.
theory. Quillaume, C. J$. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

23 (1890) 410-.
— . Natanson, W, Z. Ps. C. 10 (1892) 748-.
— . Jaumann, O. Wien Ak. Sb. 109 (1900)

{Ab. 2a) 512-.

— of iron and steel. Jomstorff, H. J, van,
[1898] Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 372-.

— and thermal pressure. Lewis, G, N, [1900]
Am. Ac. P. 36 (1901) 143-.

-^, — thermodynamic laws. Natansorit W.

Z. Ps. C. 9 (1892) 26-.
thermodynamic relations. Schiller, N, Arch.

Nterl. 5 (1900) 118-.

2465 Thermodynamics of Systems
with External and Capillary
Forces.

Closed reversible isothermal cycles equilibrated

by weight. Ponsot, A. C. B. 120 (1895)

993-.
Equilibrium, thermal, of gases under external

forces. Boltzmann, L. [1875] Wien Ak.

Sb. 72 {Ab. 2) (1876) 427-.

2472 Thermodynamics of Chemical

Processes.

Helmholtz, H. L. F. von. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1882)

22-, 825- ; (1883) 647-.
Gross, T. Exner Bpm. 27 (1891) 451-.
Chemical phenomena, application of second

law. Horstmann, A. D. C. Gs. B. 4 (1871)

847-.
Herschel-Stephenson postulate. Chase, P. E,

Am. Ph. S. P. 12 (1872) 395-.
Thermal chemistry. Witz, A. Bv. Quest. Sc.

4 (♦1878) 403-.
Thermochemical moduli. Ponsot, A. C. B.

131 (1900) 673-, 922.

— principles, critical study. Sabatier, P,
Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm. 10 (1888) 289-.

Thermodynamic equation of physico-chemical
equilibrium. Letds, G. N. Am. Ac. P. 35
(1900) 1-.

— equations important in chemistry.
Deventer, C. M. van. Mbl. Nt. (1888) 15-;
Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 92-.

Viscosity, friction and unstable chemical
equilibrium, thermodynamical theory.
Duhem, P. Bordeaux S. So. Mm. 2 (1896)
1-.

2475 Thermodynamics of Electro-
chemical Processes.

Chemical processes, electromotive efficiency.
Niemdller, F. C. Cb. 14 (1883) 218-, 233-.

Electrical actions, thermodynamics. Gouy, — .
C. B. 107 (1888) 329-.

Electrochemical actions and Camot*s prin-
ciple. Chaperon, G. C. B. 92 (1881) 786-.

Electrolytes, heat of dissolution and ionisation.
Noyes, A. A. Z. Ps. C. 28 (1899) 431-.

— , thermodynamics. Bucherer, A. H. A.
Ps. 3 (1900) 204-.

Molecular and electrolytic processes, thermo-
dynamics. Gross, T. Exner Bpm. 26 (1890)
473-.

Normal elements, thermodynamics. Cohen,
E. Z. Ps. C. 34 (1900) 62-, 612-.

252

2490 Theory of Heat Engines

2490 Theory of Heat Engines.
{See also Mechanics 0430.)

Acetylene, motive force. Ravelt — . S. C.

In. J. 15 (1896) 890-.
Admission and escape valves, independent.

Polonceau, E, A. Mines 4 (1898) 625-.

— filling, best nonnal. Kdi^ A, Wien Beig-
Hm. Jb. 28 (1880) 265-, 805-.

— , lower Umit. iMsoZ, H. A, C. B. 82 (1876)

647-.
Aerial navigation without balloon. Devhze^

— . Les Mondes 16 (1868) 621-, 692.

— — by steamers. Pdschct T, Franklin I. J.
25 (1853) 176-.

Air compression with roray cooling, theory.

Lorenz, H. Giving. 86 (1890) 109-.
Atmospheric pressure as source of mechanical

power. Anon, (zi 26) Franklin I. J. 49

(1865) 200- ; 50 (1865) 28-, 279.
Automobile, efficiency. Amoux^ R, As. Fr.

C. R. (1900) (Pt. 1) 184.
—, theory. Deprez.M. 06n. Civ. 80 (1896-97)

251-, 262-, 276-.
Balloon, steam. Gijfard, H. C. B. 71 (1870)

683-.

BOILERS.

Hartop, H. [1839] W. Yorks. P. Gl. S. 1

(1839-42) 13-.
Parkes, J. (vi Adds.) CE. I. P. 1 (1839) 54-.
Havrez, P. Cuyper Bv. Un. 37 (1875) 465-;

38 (1875) 1-, 288-.
accident. Favre, L. Neuch. S. Sc. Bll. 26

(1898) 230-.
alfikrm for interior flues. Bache, A. D. (vn)

Franklin I. J. 10 (1832) 217-.
circulation principle. Perkinz, J. Dingier

60 (1836) 241-.

— of water in. Briggif R. Franklin I. J. 72
(1876) 86-.

constant level of water in. DooHttUt J.

Silliman J. 13 (1828) 64-.
construction. CappeUettOf A. Yen. Mm. I.

9 (1860) 1-.
— , modem practice. Smart, D. S. I. CE. P.

80 (1885) 100-.
cylindiical, strength. Johnzon, W. R. Frank-
lin I. J. 10 (1832) 149-.
— , — . Latrohe, B. U. Franklin I. J. 5

(1843) 396-.
— , vaporisation of water in. Guchez, F.

[1880] Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 39 (1882) 61-.
cylindro-spherical, strength of plate and rivets.

MahUtrCy 6. A. [1860] (xn) Lille S. Mm.

7 (1861) 91-, xxxiv-.
damage along circular rivettings. Frimonty C.

A. Cond. Pon. Chauss. 42 (1898) 669-.
deterioration, causes. Jourdairiy M. Mon. Sc.

19 (1877) 461-.
— , — . Lodin, — . C. B. 91 (1880) 217-.
dimensions. Haaaenfratz , J, H. Par. Ec.

Pol. J. 6« cah. (1797-98) 364-.
— . Kramer, A. de. II Polit. 2 (1839) 193-.

Boilers 2490

dimensions. Murray, A. Franklin I. J. 10

(1845) 172-.
for drying rooms of paper-mills. Leichten^

Schneider, F. Dijon Mm. Ac. (1840) zlvi-.
economical working in collieries. Armstrong,

W. IjunA, dt Bird, W. J. [1890] N. Bng.

I. Bfo. Ef. T. 89 (1892) 60-.
economy of fuel. Rumford, B. (Count). [1806]

Nicholson J. 17 (1807) 5-.
. HaU, T. Gill Tech. Bep. 3 (1823)

364-.
effective heating surface. Freytag, F. Dingier

315 (1900) 232-.
effects of surface condensers. Jack, J, Frank<^

lin I. J. 47 (1864) 169-.
. Miller, W. V. Nost. Eng. Mg.

14 (1876) 142-.
efficiency of various coals. Scheeffer, A.

Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 22 (1856) 89-.

— and conditions of TnATiTni^Tn economy.
Thurston, R. H. Franklin I. J. 84 (1882)
13-,

— — evaporative power of fuel. RanHne,
W. J. M. Glasg. T. I. Eng. 2 (1858-59)
125-.

— , graphics. Thurston, R, H. Franklin I.

J. 138 (1894) 161-.
— , variable. Gashe, F. G. Sc. Abe. 1 (1898)

514.
erosion of plates. Atkinson, J. [1859] Manch.

Ph. S. P. 1 (1857-60J 101-.
evaporation of water m>m. Parkes, J. CE,

I. T. 2 (1838) 161- ; 3 (1842) 1-.
evaporative performance. Clark, D, K, I.

CE. P. 46 (1876) 242-.

— power. WiUtams, C. W, Sturgeon A,
Electr. 8 (1842) 58-, 161-.

, anthracite coal. Kent, W. V. Nost.

Eng. Mg. 31 (1884) 106-.

experiments. Bumat, A„ dt Dubied, — •
Civing. 6 (1860) 475-.

— . Bumat, i. Civing. 9 (1863) 471-.
feeding apparatus. Alban, E. Dingier 29

(1828) 321-.
, automatic. Hall, T. Gill Tech. Bep.

3 (1823) 364-.

, — . Cleuet, — . A. Mines 2 (1862) 415-.

, —. Yagn [Jagn], N. [1875] (xn) Mosc.

S. Sc. BU. 39 [No. 2] (1880) 168-.

— — , — , alarum and water indicator. Williams,
0. Cornwall Pol. S. T. (1840) 56-.

— with nearly boiling water. Hase, W. J.
Mines 12 (1801-02) 174-.

— pump. Boisse, A, A. M. A. Mines 2
(1842) 321-.

— , water-meter for. Schneider, C. H. Civing.

21 (1875) 361-.
feed- water, action of fatty vapour on. Bim-

baum, K. Dingier 213 (187^ 488-.
— , escape. Isherwood, B, F, Franklin I. J. 67

(1874) 175-.
— , purification. Stingl, J. Dingier 215 (1875)

115-.
— , — . DerschaUj (baron) — de. Par. Ing^.

Civ. Mm. (1882) (2) 115-.
— , — . Fischer, F. Dingier 247 (1883) 454-.
fire-tube. Wehage,H. Dingier 242 (1881) 236-.

253

2490 BoUen

firing. FUchery F. Dingier 245 (1882) 357-,

897-, 437-.
r— , mechanical. Pearse, J. W, Eng. S. T.

(1877) 81-.

— , new formulaa. Schmidt ^ G. Dingier 206

(1872) 114-.
— , powdered coal for. Donkin, B, Fed. I.

Mn. E. T. 11 (1896) 321- ; 12 (1897) 207-.
form. Weiss, T. Giving. 6 (1860) 27-.

— of flues. Ndggerath, E. J. Giving. 6 (1860j
71-.

and fuel. Sdtoyn, (Adm,) J. H. [1877] Un.

Serv. I. J. 21 (1878) 116-.
gas-firing. KasaXovsky, J, Oestr. Z. Brgw. 26

(1878) 463-, 470-.

gange-glasses. Sckubertt — . Dingier 75

(1840) 1-.
heated oy waste flanse of 2 puddling furnaces.

Vuillemin, L. A. Mines 2 (1842) 679-.
heating. Smits, E, Bruz. A. Tr. Pbl. 7 (1848)

387-.

— experiments. Metigy, A. A. Mines 10
(1856) 353-.

. Fucker, F. Dingier 232 (1879) 237-,

336-.

— surface, efifects produced by lengthening.
Wainwright, J. T. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 17
(1877) 342-.

, extent and action. Reynolds, O. [1874]

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 14 (1875) 7-.

high and low pressure. Quinhy, A. B, Silli-
man J. 9 (1825) 313- ; Oill Tech. Bep. 8
(1826) 348-.

— pressure. Jordan, T. B, Gomwall Pol.
S. Bp. 35 (1867) 32-.

. Delevaque, C, A. GWn. Giv. 7 (1878)

229-, 357-, 484-.
, apparatus to show water level in. Hoyau,

— . Par. Bll. S. Encour. 81 (1832) 266-.
, construction. Flannery, J. F, I. GE.

P. 54 (1878) 123-.
, use of iron and steel. Eyth, 3f., dt

Greig, D, I. ME. P. (1879) 268-.
horse-power. Le Van, W, B. V. Nost. Eng.

Mg. 11 (1874) 69-.
incrustation. Maier, P. J, Batav. Ntk. Ts. 28

(1865) 446-.
^ and corrosion. Rowan, F, J, B. A. Bp

(1876) (Sect,) 229-.
— , loss of heat from. Thomson, W, B. A

Bp. (1880J 549.
infiuence of draught on combustion. Com

mier, — . Par. Bll. S. Encour. 61 (1862)

290-.
internal firing, strength. Piepers, W, A, M,

's Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1882) 48-.
iron, protection by strips of zmc. Jacob, —

Karsten Arch. 21 (1847) 200-.
Lancashire, etc., strength of flues. Martin, W

[1882] Eng. S. T. (1883) 157-.
land, comparative experiments on modes of

setting. Isherwood, B, F. Franklin I. J

28 (1854) 193-, 259-.
legislation and technology concerning. Planet,

E,de, Toul. Mm. Ac. 6 (1862) 299-.
locomotive-. Ramshottom, — . Fruiklin I. J.

21 (1851) 6-.
— . Sewell, J, CE. I. P. 12 (1852-53) 432-.

Boilers 2490

locomotive-. Gaudry, J. Par. Ing. Giv. Mm.

(1855) 148-.
~. Oollner, H, Dingier 268 (1888) 1-, 108-,

391-, 448-, 494-, 539-.
— , combustion in. Shepherd, J, W» Am. As.

P. (1899) 177-.
— , comparative evaporation of fire-box and

tubes. Pambour, F. M, G. de. G. B. 10

(1840) 32-.
— , evaporation in. Henry, A, A. Mines 6

(1894) 119-.
— , evaporative power. Longridge, J. A, I.

GE. P. 52 (1878) 101-.
— , principles. Clark, D. K. Franklin I. J.

25 (1853) 361-.
— , best proportion between heating-surface of

fire-box and of tubes, experiments. Panibour,

F. M. G. de. G. B. 10 (1840) 111-.
— , wearing of tubes by coke and coaL Strick,

^. Hann. Z. Archt.-Vr. 6 (1860) 215-.
as magazines of energy. Thurston, R. H,

Franklin I. J. 118 (1884) 427-; 119 (1885)

30-.
marine. Audenet, — . Les Mondes 33 (1874)

48-, 76a-.
— . Fassel, J. [1897] Bv. Mar. et Gol. 138

(1898) 299-.
— , advantages of using fresh water in. 8., W.

Franklin I. J. 21 (1851) 88-.
— , construction. TriUiams, C. W, Nv. Archt.

T. 3 (1862) 110-.
— , — and efficiency. McGregor, J. [1879]

Glasg. I. Eng. T. 23 (1880) 99-. •
— , effects of salt water in. H,, R. D,

Franklin I. J. 7 (1831) 289-.
— , loss of heat in blowing off salt water.

DingUr, 0, Dingier 161 (1861) 32^.
— , new form. Shaw, J. {of Newcastle), N.

Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 26 (1877) 93-.
— , return tubular, for high pressures. Couper,

S. Glasg. I. Eng. T. 36 (1893) 107-.
Marozeau's and Bumat*s experiments. Weiss,

T. Giving. 10 (1864) 337-.
new system. Plumier, C, Bv. Un. Mines 18

(1886) 27-.
over-heating. Hirsch, J, A. Gons. Arts et

M6t. 1 (1889) 61-.
performance. Huet, A, 's Gravenh. I. Ing.

Ts. (1887-88) (Verg.) 134-, 144- ; (1888-89)

(Verg,) 74-,

— . Bosscha, H. C, *s Gravenh. I. Ing, Ts.

(1892-93) {Vh,) 169-.
— . Huet, A, [1895-96] *s Gravenh. I. Ing.

Ts. (1895-96) {Verg.) 162-, (Vh,) 49-;

(1896-97) {Verg,) 36-.
— . Sterk, A,E. 's Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1895-

96) {Vh,) 101- ; (1896-97) {Verg.) 30-, {Vh.)

57-.
— . Haitink, B. J, H, 's Graveph. I. Ing.

Ts. (1896-97) (Vh.) 101-.
Perkinses. Bache, A, D, Franklin I. J. 15

(1835) 379-.
plate, experiments in temperature during work-
ing. PhiUips, E. [1849] A. Mines 17

(1850) 131-.
preservation. Aynsley, {Adm,) C, Af. [1880]

Un. Serv. I. J. 24 (1881) 259-.

254

2490 BoHers

proper form for steam engines. NtchoUoUf W.

Nicholson J. 8 (1800) 86-.
radiation from. Uherwood, B, F, Franklin

I. J. 76 (1878) 153-.
rate of evaporation from. Oraham^ J, [1857]

Manch. Ph. 8. Mm. 15 (1860) 8-.
smoke-prevention. Wooacock^ W. Dingier

135 (1855) 161-.
and steam-pipes, non-oondaoting coverings for.

Bird, W, J. N. Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 31 (1882)

77-; 32(1883)35-.
steam and sediment in. Bald, R. Edinb. Ph.

J. 2 (1820) 340-.
steel, experiments. Boyd, W. I. ME. P.

(1878) 217-.
strength. BakeweU, T. W, Franklin I. J. 4

(1829) 135- ; 5 (1843) 63-; 6 (1843) 100-,

209- ; 7(1844)56-.
— . E, » — . Franklin I. J. 6 (1843) 54-, 279.
— . Bre8g€,J, A, C. L»I. 25 (1857) 70.
— . Cappelletto, A, Yen. Mm. I. 7 (1857)

145-.
— . DweUhauvers, V. Cuvper Bv. Un. 9 (1861)

274-.

— of interior smoke-flues. Lave, O, H. Par.
Ing. Civ. Mm. (1859) 471-.

— , mode of testing. Joule, J, P. [1859] Manch.
Ph. S. Mm. 1 (1862) 97-.

— of plane walls. Lavoitme, E, (z) A. Pon.
Ghaoss. 3 (1872) 276-.

testing. Amer, Soc. Mech, Engin, Comm,

V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 32 (1885) 211-, 308-.
— . Beare, T. H. [1890] So. S. Arts T. 13 (1894)

thickness and curvature. LamS, O. C. B.

30 (1850) 157-.
tubes, destruction, probable cause. Kidder,

J. H. [1873] (x) V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 10 (1874)

71-.
tubular. Serve, J. C. B. 100 (1886) 1530-.
— . Leonard, S, H. Bailroad & Eng. J. 64

(1890) 319-, 346-.

use of corrosive waters. Le Chatelier, — .

A. Mines 20 (1841) 575-.
salt water. Ortolan, [JJ] A. A. G6n.

Civ. 2 (1863) 218-.
ventilators to produce draught. Zeuner,

O. Civing. 4 ri858) 127-.
utilisation of anthracite coal-waste in furnaces.

Wootten, J, E. [1876] Am. Ph. 8. P. 16

(1877) 214-.
waste of heat. CataUmga, D. A . As. Fr. C. B.

(1891) (Pt. 1) 177-.

water flow. Sauvage, E, A. Mines 2 (1892)
192-.

— level, indication. DaiUot, — . Sturgeon A.
Electr. 7 (1841) 42&-.

— meter for. Boisse, A. A. M. A. Mines
18 (1840) 489-.

— tube-. Krauss, P. Dingier 285 (1892) 248-.
. Anderson, J, T. N. Aust. Ab. Bp.

(1893) 603-.
. Darty, — . [1893] Bv. Mar. et Col.

123 (1894) 76-.
. Stirling, A. Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 9

(1895) 2-, 461- ; 10 (1896) 119-.
. Watkinson, W. H. Glasg. I. Eng. T.

38 (1895) 133-.

Theory of Heat Engines 2490

water tube-. Malfatti, V, Bv. Mar. et Col.

138 (1898) 335-.
. . Bobinton, M, [1899] Nt. 61 (1899-

1900) 21.

— — , of Armand-S^guier. Dulong, P. L,
A. C. 48 (1831) 372-.

y— — , classification. Sanguin, F. Bv. Mar.
et Col. 130 (1896) 452-; 131 (1896) 54-;
137 (1898J 47-.

— — , results of experiments. F[«t/»?], R.
[1897] Bv. Mar. et Col. 137 (1898) 364-.

— — , Stirling. Cowan, J. [IMO] Sc. 8.
Arts T. 15 (1903) 121-.

wear. Fischer, F. Dingier 230 (1878)38-, 134-.

— and tear due to expansion- and contraction-
strains. Jefferson, J, C. [1892] Fed. I.
Mn. E. T. 4 (1893) 276-.

Combustion under natural and artificial

draught. Howden, J. V. Nost. Eng. Big.

31 (1884) 248-.
Compound principle. Putin, A. Par. Ing.

Civ. Mm. (1889) {Pt, 1) 796-.
in transmission of power by compressed

air. EUiott, A. C. B. A. Bp. (1891) 765-.
Compressed air and steam, losses in pipes.

Ledaux, — . A. Mines 2 (1892) 541-.
Compression in dead space. Hwert, H. Bv.

Un. Mmes 41 (1898) 71-.
^ , economy due to. Dwelshauvers-

Dery, V. Bv. Un. Mines 40 (1897) 141- ;

44 (1898) 47-.
Condensation. CoustS, E. C. B. 66 (1868)

1324- ; A. Mines 14 (1868) 123-.
— . La Croix, E, A. G4n. Civ. 16 (1869 )223-.
— . HoTsin-Dion, P. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1887) (Pt. 2) 406-.

— . Cample, C. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1894)
(Pt. 2) 561-.

— during admission to cylinder. English, T.
I. ME. P. (1892) 198-.

— , contrary stream. Weiss, F, J, Dingier
273 (1889) 497-.

— by currents of air. Popper, J. Dingier 268

(1888) 161-.

— , cylinder. Slade, F, J. Franklin I. J. 50

(1865) 361-.
— , — . Ledoux, C. A. Mines 11 (1877) 486-.
— , — . Gatdy, C, L.^ db KleUseh, A. P.

Franklin I. J. 120 (1885) 275-, 326-, 393-.
— , — . Thurston, R, H. Am. As. P. (1885)

167-.
— , — . Auria, L. d\ Franklin I. J. 121

(1886) 373-.
— , — . Freytag, F, Dingier 312 (1899) 161-.
— , — , iron, etc. DonHn, B. I. CE. P. 115

(1894) 263-.
— , — , thermo-electric investigation. HaU,

E. H. Baihroad & Eng. J. 66 (1892) 67-.

— and expansion in single and compound
cylinders. Marks, W. D, Franklin I. J. 121
(1886) 126-.

— , **hot water" system. Prosser, T, Frank-
lin I. J. 31 (1856) 343-.

— , initial, method of, and heat-wastes in steam
engine cylinders. Thurston, R, H, Nv.
Aroht. T. 36 (1895) 248-.

255

2490

Theory of Heat

68

S480

Condensation, loss by. Marks, W, D. Frank*
lin I. J. 117 (1884) 1-.

— and re-evaiK>ration in oylinder. Illeck, J.
Giving. 22 (1876) 371-.

. DofiAtn, B. [1888-89] Mnl-

honse S. In. BU. 59 (1889) 128-, 458-.
— jacketed cylinder. Engluh, T*

I. MB. P. (1889) 841-.
marine engine cylinders, loss by.

Peek, E. C, Glasg. I. Eng. T. 88 (1890)

159-.

— surface. Dingier, O., db Pfeiffer, F,
Franklin I. J. 51 (1866) 60-.

. EnglUh, T. I. ME. P. (1894) 140-.

— , temperature of most effective. RuueU,

J. S. B. A. Bp. (1840) (pt. 2) 186-.
— , uselessness. Schmiat, G., dt Isherwood,

B. F, Dingier 244 (1882) 257-.
Condenser, air. Deiquiens, F, G4n. Civ. 28

(1898) 39-.
— , Morton's ejector-. Rankine, W. J. M.

[1868] Glasg. T. I. Eng. 12 (1869) 73-.
— , regenerative, for high-pressure and low-
pressure steam-engines. Siement, C, W,

MB. I. P. (1851) (JttZy) 20-.
— , self-cooling. Wilkinson, T, L. [1899]

Colo. Sc. 8. P. 6 (1897-1900) 200-.
— , surface. Audenet, — . Bv. Mar. et Col. 41

(1874) 509-.
— , — , conical. Henderson, J, [1870] (x) Glasg.

I. Eng. T. 14 (1871) 139-.
— , — , corrosion of tubes bv impure water.

Henderson, J, A. [1873] (x) Y. Nost. Eng.

Mg. 10 (1874) 125-.
— , theory. Dtoelshauvers-Dery, V. Bv. Un,

Mines 5 (1889) 225-.
— , — . Samer, F, de, G^n. Civ. 18 (1890-91)

152-.
Cushioning in engines. Morion, G, L. Y.

Nost. Eng. Mg. 32 (1885) 459-.
Cut-off, cheapest point. Marks, W, D.

Franklin I. J. 79 (1880) 380- ; 117 (1884)

81-, 401-.
— , — — . Wood, de V, Franklin I. J.

117 (1884) 321-.
*Cyclogram,' sequence of pressures in multi-
cylinder engines. Edwards, F, Nv. Archt.

T. 34 (1893) 224-.
Cylinder clearances and initial condensation.

Longridge, M. Am. Eng. & Bailroad J.

68 (1894) 503-,

— heat losses. Donkin, B. I. ME. P. (1893)
480-.

— proportions for compound and triple expansion
engines. BaU, B. C. Sc. Abs. 3 ^1900) 970-.

of locomotives. Master Mecnanics* Ass.

Comm. Bailroad & Eng. J. 61 (1887) 413-.

. Ames, J. H. Bailroad & Eng.

J. 61 (1887) 448.

— — , problem. Forney, M, N, Am. Eng.
& BaUroad J. 67 (1893) 410-.

— temperature, hot v, cold walls. Donkin, B,
B. A. Bp. (1894) 755-.

— walls, conduction. Henrotte, J., dt Yssel de
Schepper, J, H. A. Bv. Un. Mines 6 (1889)
40-, 129-.

Dead points, properties. Saurel, P, Bordeaux
8. 8c. PY. (1898-99) 147-.

* * Differential ' ' system of steam-power. Prouer,
T. Franklin I. J. 31 (1856) 843-; 86 (1868)

Distance and velocity with given ooal saraly.

Toumier, {le It.) E. Bv. Mar. et OoL

119 (1893) 449-; 120 (1894) 890-.
Donkin **revealer." DweUhauvers-Dery, F.

Mulhouse 8. In. Bll. 60 (1890) 289-.
Draught, forced. FothergiU, J. if. B. A. Bp.

(1886) 805- ; Nv. Archt. T. 29 (1888) 265-.
— , — , in ships. Chasseloup-Laubat, L, de.

Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1898) {Pt. I) 679-.

— increased by use of waste steam. PeUeian,
P. C. B. 10 (1840) 499-.

— , induced, and hot air. EUis, J, D. Nv.
Aroht. T. 35 (1894) 42-.

— by steam-jet. Zeuner, O. Cuyper Bv. Un.
19 (1866) 328-.

. PSrard, L. Cuyper Bv. Un.

27 (1870) 603-.
Economy of fuel and heat of feed water.

Normand, J, A. Nv. Archt. T. 36 (1895)

34-.
Electricity and heat as moving powers. Petrie,

W. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 50 (1851) 66-.

ENGINE8.

Gamier, J, G. [1819] Brux. Mm. Ac. So.

1 (1820) 103-.
air-. Jotde, J. P. [1851] Phil. Trans. (1852)

65-.
— . Thonuon, {Sir) W. Phil. Trans. (185^

78-.
— , means of realising advantages. Bankine,

W, J. M, [1854] Edinb. N. Ph. J. (1855)

1-.
— , Niepce's, successive explosions. BerthoUett

C. L,, dt Camot, — . Par. Mm. de PI.

(1807) 146-.
— , theory. Tresca, — . C. B. 36 (1858)

610-.
— , — . Leclert, E, A. G^n. Civ. 17 (1870-

71) 769-.
— , — of system. Bankine, W. J, M, Les

Mondes 15 (1867) 583-; 16 (1868) 285-.
ammonia-. Frot, — . Par. Mm. Ing. Civ.

(1868) 170-.
— . Menetrier, — . Perpignan 8. Ag. Pyr.

Orient. 18 (1870) 428-.
— , theory. Magovem, E. E, Am. 8. CE.

T. 19 (1888) 127-.
atmospheric. Caligny, A, de. Liouv. J. Mth.

12 (1847) 73-; C. B. 26 (1848) 420-.
attributed to Hero, Philo and Archimedes.

Carra de Vaux, — . Bb. Mth. 1 (1900) 28-.
** automatic,'* economics. Thurston, B, H.

Franklin I. J. 134 (1892) 259-.
carboleum-. Beins, H. C. N. 29 (1874)

267-.
carbon disulphide. Trowbridge, W, P. Sch.

Mines Q. N. Y. 7 (1886) 210-.
Chandor's. Jacobi, M. H., dt Zinine, — .

[1862] St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 5 (1863) 313-.
compound explosion. Malcolm, C, P. [1900]

Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 322.
Corliss, at Creusot works. Ddafond, F, A.

Mines 6 (1884) 197-.

256

2490 Oas Bagines

ether-, description and theory. Natuauty^

M. de. [1892] GMn. Civ. 22 (1892-98)

78-.
— -, . Marehena, E. de. [1892] GWn.

Civ. 22 (1892-98) 74-.
explosive. Morey, 8. Silliman J. 11 (1826)

104-.

GAS ENGINES.

CrUtoforu, L. de. Mil. O. I. Lomb. 2 (1842)

22-.
GSrondeau, H. (vn) Cayper Bv. Un. 8 (1860)

14^; 14 (1863) 468-; (n) 18 (1868) 459-.
Degrand, — . Presse So. 1 (1861) 118-.
Pintui, J. A. Lndw. 87 (1861) 840-.
Teehermak, G. [1861] Wien Scbr. Vr. Nw.

Kennt. 2 (1861-62) 25-.
Betocchi, A. Bm. At. N. Lino. 21 (1868)

287-.
Gandon, C. [1881] Eng. S. T. (1882) 27-.
Hirgch, J. A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 2 (1890)

336-.
Laffargue, J. A. Cond. Pon. Chauss. 88 (1894)

632-.
Dowion, J. E. I. Mn. E. T. 15 (1898)326-.
Atkinson's. Franklin InBt. Comm. JPranklin

I. J. 127 (1889) 409-.
atmospheric. Bemardi^ E. Yen. I. At.

4 (1878) 1123-.

— , power measurement. Teichmannf K,

Dingier 220 (1876) 116-.
blast furnace gas, power generation by. Anon.

Elect. Rv. 47 (1900) 503-, 679-, 977-, 1016-.
cheap gas for. Dowton, J. E. B. A. Bp.

(1881) 776-.
design, new principle. Sargent, C. E. [1900]

Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 427-.
dimensions. Bdnki, D. Civing. 27 (1881)

146-.
distribution of energy by gas. Lane, D. Elect.

27 (1891) 628-.
economic use. AyrUm, W. E. Lum. Elect.

5 (♦1881) 91-, 109-, 122-.

explosion-. Witz, A. C. B. 97 (1883) 623-;

A. C. 30 (1883) 289-.
— . MarchU, L. C. B. 180 (1900) 706-,

1246-.
— , cooling. Grouvelle, — , dt Arquenibourg,

— . [1900] Sc. Abs. 1 (1901) 634-.
— , cycle. WiU, A. C. B. 96 (1883) 1310- ;

130 (1900) 1118-.
— , generator gas. Hagemann, G. A. Dingier

227 (1878) 417-.
gas-expansion-, theory. Htm, G. A, Moigno

Cosmos 17 (1860) 617-.
heat efficiency as modified by time of ignition.

Kerr, C. V. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 320-.
history. Witz, A. Bv. Quest. Sc. 13 (*1883)

161-.
Hugon*s and theory of heat. Cazin, A, Les

Mondes 3 (1863) 306-.
hydrogen-. Cecil, W. [1820] Camb. Ph. 8.

T. 1 (1822) 217-.
indicator diagram. Ayrton, W. E.,(t Perry, J.

L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885) 149- ; Ph. Mg. 18 (1884)

69-.
large. Meyer, E. A. Cond. Pon. Chauss.

44 (1900) 453-, 461-.

Osia Engines 2490

Lenoir's. Eyih, M. Giving. 7 (1861)

197—.
— . Tretea,—. A. Mines 19 (1861) 433-.
— , efficiency. Ciuin, A. Cosmos 22 (1863)

203-.
modem, pzaotioe. Griffin, 8, Eng. S. T.

J 1889) 169-.
I oil engines. WUkinian, T. L. [1898]

Colo. Sc. S. P. 6 (1897-1900) 124-.
, Smith's system. Anon, [1899] So.

Abs. 3 (1900) 115.
Otto, experiments. Brooke, M„ dt Steward,

J. E. y. Nost. Eng. Jdg. 30 (1884) 89-.
—, test. KidweU, E., db KOler, E. R.

Franklin I. J. 129 (1890) 11&-.
and petrol engines. Lambotte, C. Bv. Un.

Mmes 30 (1895) 128-.
power generation by. Stewart, R. T. Am.

Eng. A Baihx)ad J. 71 (1897) 157-.
recent developments. Clerk, D. I. CE. P.

124 (1896) 96-.

. Ruud, E. Sc. Abe. 2 (1899) 564-, v.

and specific heats of gases. Meyer, E. D. Nf .

Vh. (1899) (Th. 2, Hd^U 1) 79-.
supposed stratification of gas mixture. Ber-

nardi, E. Yen. I. At. (1884-85) 279-.
theory. Rankine, W. J. M, Cuyper Bv. Un.

21 (1867) 63-.
— . ZienOnneH, S. Civing. 14 (1868)

147-.
— . Clerk, D. I. CE. P. 69 (1882) 220-.
valve-setting, influence. Dunlop, J. [1899]

Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 268-.
Westinghouse, tests. Roherteon, C. H. Sc.

Abs. 3 (1900) 334-.

hauling. Hrabdk, J. Leoben Berg- Hm. Jb.

16 (1867) 179-.
heat (not steam). Hirteh, J. A. Cons. Arts

et M^t. 1 (1889) 97-.
— ( ). Hubert, H. Bv. Un. Mines

18 (1891) 229-; 17 (1892) 241- ; 18 (1892)

165—.
— , best cycle. Lorenz, E. Civing. 89 (1898)

137-.
— , diagrams. ThunUm, R. H. Science

12 (1900) 402.
— .efficiency. Bourget, J. [1872] (u) Par.

Eo. Norm. A. 6 (1876) 111-.
— , experimental study. Unwin, W. C. I.

CE. P. 122 (1895) 154-.
~, form. DeUol, — . C. B. 123 (1896)

1256-.
— , — (Delsol). PeOat, H. C. B. 124 (1897)

73-.
— , history. Gerland, E. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879)

357-.
— , limit of efficiency. Klein, J. F. Franklin

I. J. 77 (1879) 145-, 217-.
— , — — — (Klein). Thurston, R. H.

Franklin I. J. 77 (1879) 289-.
— , mean e£Fective temperature a unit of

comparison for. Lucke, C. E. Sch. Mines

Q. N. Y. 21 (1900) 382-.
— , new. Sibenaler, N, Bv. Quest. Sc.

43 (1898) 180-.
— , nickel. Smith, F. J. Nt. 46 (1892)

294.

VOL. III.

267

B

2490 Hot Air Engines

heat, nickel. Crogt, W, B, N(. 45 (1892) 892.
— , — . Smith, F' J. Nt. 45 (1892) 464.
— , open cylinder, cycle. Ledieu, A, C, H.
0. B. 80 P875) 1040-.

HOT AIR ENGINES,

Cayley, O. Nicholson J. 18 (1807) 260-.

Lemoine, E. C. B. 86 (1858) 263-.

Manby, C. (vi Addt.) CE. I. P. 12 (1852-58)

658-.
Redtetibacher, F. Am. Pol. J. 2 (1858) 104-.
Beech, F. C. B. 36 (1853) 526-; Par. BU. S.

Encour. 52 (1853) 204-.
Ewbank, T. Franklin I. J. 28 (1854) 17&-,

282-, 830-.
(Ewbank.) Bloodgood, J. H, Franklin I. J.

28 (1854) 349-.
Menabrea, L. F. Tor. Mm. Ac. 19 (1861)

xcii-.
Pintui, J. A. Lndw. 37 (1861) 340-.
Tschermak, G, [1861] Wien Schr. Vr. Nw.

Eennt. 2 (1861-62) 25-.

Nouk,B. 2iva (1862) 85-.

Cuche, — . (vi Addi.) St. Qnent. Mm.

4 (1868) 162-.
Betio, C. [1864] Tor. Lav. Sc. Fis. Mt.

(1869) 8-.
Bourget, J,, dt Burdin, — . C. B. 60 (1865)

710-.
Betocchi, A, Bm. At. N. Line. 21 (1868)

287-.
Orashqf, F. [1868] (zn) Earlsnihe Nt. Vr.

Vh. 8 (1869) 82-.
Bickertan, A. W. B. A. Bp. 40 (1870) [Sect.)

208-.
Brown's. Tredgold, T. Edinb. Ph. J.

12 (1825) 868-.
— . Slaby^A, Dingier 282 (1879) 200-.
Ericsson's. Oauldrie-Boileau, — . A. Mines

2 (1852) 453-.
-.. Combes, C. A. Mines 8 (1858) 775-;

4 (1858) 451-.
_. LUngnol, — . Bb. Un. Aroh. 24 (1858)

209-.
— . NorUm, W. A. Silliman J. 15 (1858)

893-.
— . Barnard, F. A. P. Silliman J. 16 (1858)

232-.
^. Poppe, A. Dingier 127 (1858) 401-.
— . Tresca, — . A. Mines 19 (1861) 418-.
expenditure of heat. Barnard, F, A. P.

Silliman J. 16 (1858) 218-, 293, 351-, 481- ;

18 (1854) 160-.
fly-wheels for. B&ntgen, R, Dingier 188

(1867) 85-.
Lanbroy and Schwarzkopf's, theory. Schmidt,

Q. Dingier 160 (1861) 401-.
Mouline's. Cazin, A. Les Mondes 5 (1864)

18-.
new. Bourget, J., dt Burdin, — . C. B.

56 (1868) 611-.
principle. Leilie, J. (vi Adds.) CE. I. P.

12 (1852-58) 568-.
temperature relations. Pictet, R. Aroh. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 84 (1895) 878-.
theory. Navier, C. L. M. H. A. C. 17 (1821)

857-.

Steam Engines 2490

theory. Bourget, J,, dt Burdin, — . C. B. 46

(1857) 742-, 1069-.
— . Bourget, J. Moigno Cosmos 12 (1868)

881-.
— . Cazin, A. Les Mondes 6 (1864) 220- ;

Par. A. Cons. 6 (1864) 615-.
— . Bourget, J, Liouv. J. Mth. 16 (1871)

81-.
— . Hirsch, J. A. Pon. Chauss. 7 (1874)

409-.
— .• Engel,J. Dingier 269 (1888) 511-, 658-,

697-.
and use in mines. Siebdrat, 0. Jb. Berg-

Hm. (1865) 161-.

hot and cold air, construction. Zeuner, O. A,

Civing. 29 (1888) 557-.
hydraulic revolving. Rigg^ A, B. A. Bp.

(1887) 871-.
light, weight. Landur, N. Piesse Sc. 2 (1868)

679-.
mining, use of high pressure boilers. Althant,

E. Z. Berg-H.-Salw. 22 (1874) lAb,) 297-;

23 (1875) {Ab.) 45-, 276-.
mixed explosion. Basin, A. Les Mondes

5 (1883) 512-.
new, for sewing-machine. Bemardi, E, Yen.

I. At. 1 (1883) 1251-.
— , worked by expansion of water. Pa$tu, — .

A. C. 9 (1818) 91-.
oil-. Richmond, G, Sch. Mines Q. N. T.

18 (1897) 135-.
— , B4nki. Meyer, E, [1900] Sc. Abs.

4 (1901) 253-.
— , Priestman. Wain, W. H. Fed. I. Bin.

E. T. 3 (1892) 258-.
— , rocket. Armstrong, T. H, [1896] Fed. I.

Mn. E. T. 10 (1896) 473-; 11 (1896) 170-.
petroleum-, Marcus. Kareis, J, Elekttech. Z.

9 (1888) 32-.
with rotatoiy slide valve. Coi^nhal, — . St.

i%, Bll. S. In. Mn. 5 (1891) 118-.
screw, balancing horizontal direct-acting.
Stimers, A. C. Franklin I. J. 89 (I860)
296-.

STEAM ENGINES.

Cooke, J, [1789] Jr. Ac. T. 8 (1790) 118-.
(Botterdam, improvement.) Chapman, W.

Bot. N. Vh. 1 (1800) 154-.
(— , — .) Brouwer, R. L. Bot. N. Vh.

1 (1800) 179-.
Graaf, C. J, van de, [Steenstra, P., Wal, J.

van der, dt Blasntre, J, J.] Bot. N. Vh.

1 (1800) 217-.
(Botterdam.) [Klinkenberg, D,, dt] Blasnire,

J. J, Bot. N. Vh. 1 (1800) 248-.
Damen, C. H,, dt Swinden, — van, Bot. N.

Vh. 1 (1800) 272-.
Bicker, L. Bot. N. Vh. 1 (1800) 297-.
Cagniard-Latour, C. J. Mines 26 (1809) 465-.
Pirier, — . Par. Bll. S. Encour. 9 (1810)

168-.
Lean, T., dt Lean, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg.

46 (1815) 116-, 46^.
Bouvier, A. R, A. C. 3 (1816) 177-.
Combes, C. A. Mines 9 (1824) 441-.
Jacobi, M. U, Crelle J. Bank. 6 (1838) 88-.

258

2490 Steam Engines

Kdehlm, ± Molhonse BU. S. In. 9 (1836)

79—.
Mmn, A. G. B. 4 (1837) 982-.
Parkes, J. (vi Adds,) CB. L P. 1 (1839) 64-.
Marin, A, C. B. 17 (1843) 867-.
Reech, F. C. B. 36 (1863) 626-; Par. BU. S.

Encoar. 62 (1863) 204-.
Steichen, — . Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 17 (1858-69)

281-.
Codazza, O, II PoUt. 11 (1861) 129-.
C<mbe$, C. P. M. C. B. 68 (1869) 1166

[1065]-.
Donwnt, P. [1871] (xn) Bv. So.-Ind. 3

(1872) 187-, 217-.
WatU, J. Fed. L Mn. E. T. 3 (1892) 622-.
MiehaileMcu, S, C. [Bucarest S. So. BL

6 (1897)] 486-; [7 (1898)] 17-.
aero-, theory. HmderaoHt J, A, [1872] (z)

Franklin I. J. 68 (1874) 17-, 103-, 185-.
and air engines, section of pipes. Sehindler, E,

Fdrster AL Baoztg. 42 (1877) 60-.
alternating. Ward, M. Silliman J. 4 (1822)

90-.
application of thermodynamics. Him, G, A,

[1887] Mulhouse S. In. BU. 68 (1888) 77-.
Avery's. Smith, J. T, Madras Eng. Bp.

1 (1839) 95-.
beamless. Droz, ~. OUbert A. 16 (1804) 36&-.
beams, cast-iron. Anderton, W., d Easton, — .

I. ME. P. (1882) 631-.
— , construction. Homblower,J,C. Nicholson

J. 2 (1802) 68-.
BerUn. Bromel, — . OUbert A. 67 (1821) 49-.
binary. Dutrenibley, — . A. Mines 4 (1863)

281-.
and boUer experiments, Glasgow. Tait, W,

FrankUn I. J. 42 (1861) 276-.
without boUers. Scott, A. [1829] Edinb. J.

Sc. 2 (1830) 21-.
calculations relating to. B., E. Guyper Bv.

Un. 3 (1858) 498-; 4 (1868-59) 98-, 209-.
oalorimetnc investigation. Schmidt, G.

Dingier 239 (1881) 329-; 244 (1882) 1-;

246 (1882) 105-, 167-.
. Zeuner,O.A. Giving. 27 (1881) 385-;

28 (1882) 353-.
. Doerfel, R, Dingier 249 (1883) 97-,

189-.
. HdUautr, 0. Mulhouse S. In BU. 68

(•1883) 154-.
, HaUauer*s. Doerfd, R, Dingier 261

(1884) 513-, 560.
a century's progress. Thurtton, R, H. Smiths.

Bp. (1899) 591-.
at Ghicago Exhibition. Freytag, F, Dingier

290 (1893) 121-, 146-, 241-, 265-; 291

(1894) 53-, 145-, 311.
circular motion. Duister, J, J. Bot. N. Yh.

3 (1803) 285-.
cold, theory. Zeufier, Q, A, Giving. 27 (1881)

449-.
Golumbian high-pressure. Evam, O, OiU

Tech. Bep. 4 (1823) 249-.
comparative analysis. HaUauer, 0. Par. Ing.

Giv. Mm. (1884) (Pt, 1) 487-.
compound. Reed, E. J. Nv. Sc. 2 (1873) 199-.
— . TumhuU,J. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 10 (1874)

145-.

Steam Engines 2490

compound. Prior, M, [1876] Glasg. I. Eng.

T. 20 (1877) 57-.
— . Spence,J.C. Nv. Archt. T. 19 (1878) 206-.
~. Kdi, A. Wien Berg- Hm. Jb. 28 (1880)

265-, 305-.
— . Schmidt, G. Dingier 241 (1881) 325-.

— Richardson, J. B. A. Bp. (1886) 807.

— , and their boUers. Buel, R, H. V. Nost.

Eng. Mg. 30 (1884) 428-, 441-.
— , (^orimetric investigation. SchrHer, M.

Giving. 27 (1881) 13-, 139-.
— , development. Emery, C. E. Bailroad

A Enff. J. 61 (1887) 320-.
— , double-cylinder. Robinton, S, W, V. Nost.

Eng. Mg. 29 (1883) 329-, 353-.
— , economy. Weighton, R. L, [1883] Glasg.

I. Eng. T. 27 (•1884)^71-.
— , — . Marks, W. D. Franklin I. J. 117

(1884) 36-, 295-.
— , experiments. Isherwood, B. F. Franklin

I. J. 120 (1885) 253-.
— , high pressure. iCdl, A, Oestr. Z. Brgw.

36 (1888) 132-, 145-, 173-, 190-, 206-.

— marine. Rigg, A. Nv. Aroht. T. 11 (1870)
136-.

(warships). Reed, E, J,, dt WocUey, J,

Nv. Sc. 3 (1874) 168-.
. B<nav%n,J, Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 41 (1884)

(screw-steamers). Hoyaux, C. Bv. Un.

Mines 21 (1887) 119-.

— and ordinary. Casalonga, — . As. Fr.
G. B. (1890) {Pt, 1) 157-.

simple, comparative merit. Rennie, G. B.

[1875] Un. Serv. I. J. 19 (1876) 199-.

— system in England. Richard, G. A. Gons.
Arts et Met. 4 (1892) 212-.

—, theory. Pole, W. [1863] GE. I. P.

23 (1863-64) 97-.
— , — . Eickenrod, J. Giving. 25 (1879) 71-.
— , — , and limitations. Thurston, R. H.

FrankUn I. J. 128 (1889) 463-; 129 (1890)

69-. 122-.
— , thermal analysis. Thurston, R. H,

Fianklin I. J. 136 (1893) 241-.
— , triple, theory. Lorenz, H, Giving. 36

(1890) 331-.

— winding-. BramweU, H. [1896] Fed. I.
Mn. E. T» 12 (1897) 282-; 13 (1898) 1-.

compression curve. Hoadley, J. C. Franklin

I. J. 75 (1878) 1-.
— , effect on cycle. Grassi, G. Nap. I. Inc. At.

9 (1896) No. 7, 14 pp.
condensing, especially Gomish and Sims's

engines, minimum consumption of steam

and fuel. SteinU,N, Dingier 114 (1849) 1-.
— , improvements. Cormack, D. A, [1886]

Sc. S. Arts T. 11 (1887) 222-.
construction. Bruschetti, (?. BrugnatelU G.

8 (1825) 131-.

— (graphic methods). Bomemann, K, R,
Giving. 3 (1857) 1-.

— . Jenny, C, (vi Adds,) Berg- Hm. Jb.

8 (1859) 172-.
— . Haton de la GoupiUiire, J. N, A. Mines

16 (1879) 6-.
consumption of steam and fuel. Parkes, J,

(VI Adds.) GE. I. P. 1 (1840) 6-.

259

r2

2490 Steam Engines

oontinnoas expansion. 5atftue2, J. Franklin

I. J. 24 (1852) 125-.
Corliss, steam diagram. lAauU^ H. Par. 8.

Phlm. Mm. Cent. (1888) 48-.
Cornish. Hentooodt W. J, Edinb. J. So.

8 (1828) 160; 10 (1829) 84-; Ph. Mg. 7

(1830) 828-; 10 (1881) 97-; Edinb. J. So.

6 (1882) 246-; Ph. Mg. 8 (1886) 20-.
— . C<mbe8, C. C. B. 16 (1848) 649-.
— , amomit of air entering fire-plaoes. Hitntt

B. Cornwall Pol. S. T. (1842) 111-; (1848)

50-.
^, duty. Taylor, Joh. [1831] A. Mines 2

(1832) 51-.
— , — . Enyt, J. S, CE. I. T. 3 (1842) 449-.
— , — . Morshead, W. [1863] (yi Adds.)

CE. I. P. 23 (1863-64) 45-.
— , effective power. Wickitead, T, CE. I. T.

1 (1836) 117- ; 2 (1838) 61-.

— pumping-. Fairbaim, W. [1840] Manch.
Ol. S. T. (1841) 179-, 231.

. . PoU^W. Weale Q. Pp. 6 (1849) 72 pp.

— — , compound. Davey, H, [1900] I. Mn.
E. T. 19 (1901) 153-.

, duty. PoU, W. [1863] CE. I. P.

23 (1863-64) 85-.
, — . TreitraU, N. [1896-97] Fed. I.

Mn. E. T. 12 (1897) 548-; 13 (1898) 139-.

— — , single, action of steam in. Park$»^ J.
[18401 CE. I. T. 8 (1842) 257-.

, relations of power and effect. Oreaves, C.

{yi Adds.) ME. I. P. (1862) 147-.
, trial of constant indicator on. Maseley, H.

(VI Adds.) CE. I. P. 2 (1842) 102-.
, userul effect. Simpson, J. B, [1870]

Par. A. Cons. 9 (1873) 493-.
cut-off and length of connecting rod, influence
. on working. Stromeyer, C E. Nv. Archt.

T. 22 (1881) 174-.
cylinder, heat absorbed by material. Htm,

G. A. C. R. 105 (1887) 716-.

— walls, influence on behaviour of steam.
Eseher, B. Civing. 22 ^876) 33-.

^, . Biehn, W, Civing.

23 (1877) 75-.

— — , thermal action on form of indicator
diagram and consumption of steam. Weiss,
T. Hann. Archt.-Vr. Z. 20 (1874) 25-.

dangers. Barrois, T, Lille Mm, S. (1827-

28)98-.
developments. Engel, J, A, F. Dingier

299 (1896) 241-, 265-.
diagrams and theory. Sinigaglia, F. Nap.

I. Inc. At. 8 (1890) No. 3, 17 pp.
disk-. Hemuxel, E, de. A. Mines 2 (1842)

325-.
double cylinder expansive-. Pole,W. (viAdds.)

ME. I. P. (1862) 242-.
-1 versus multi-cylinder. Bockwood, O, I.

Railroad A Eng. J. 65 (1891) 561-.
. Green, S, M., dt Bockwood, G. I.

Railroad & Eng. J. 66 (1892) 318-.
duty. Choffel, — . Mulhouse Bll. S. In. 9

(1836) 249-.
— . CasaUmga, D. A. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1891) {Pt. 1) 260-.
— , comparative measurement. HeLchetUt J.

N. P. Par. Bll. S. Encour. 17 (1818) 169-.

Steam Engines 2490

duty, design for increasing. Lefer, E, Par,

Ing. Civ. Mm. (1891) (Pt. 2) 55-.
— , formulaB for. Pfimy, B, de. A. Bfines

8 (1830) 69-, 127-.

— and horse-power. Enys, J. 8. Cornwall
Pol. S. T. (1837) 70-.

-^, theoretical. Cfray, J. McicFarlane. Nv.

Archt. T. 26 (1885) 154-.
economy. Apjonn, J, (vn) C. Gz. 10 (1852)

896-.
— . J>avey,H. I. CE. P. 122 (1895) 1-.
— , conditions. Jouffray, C. Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1891) {Pt. 2) 94-.
— , — of maximum. Thurston, B. H.

Franklin I. J. 83 (1882) 321-, 401-.
— , new departure in. Jamieson, A. Glasg.

I. Eng. T. 38 (1895) 291- ; 89 (1896) 15-.

— and power. Bankine, W. J. M. [1851]
Edinb. R. S. T. 20 (1853) 195-.

efficiency. Gilbert, D. Phil. Trans. (1827) 25-.
— . Maitre, J. A. G6n. Civ. 4 (1875) 560-.
— . GUiu, — . Lflneb. Nt. Vr. Jh. 14 (1898)

xlv-.
•<— calculated from full power eteam trials.

Liversidge, J. G. Nv. Archt. T. 38 (1892)

281-.
— , graphics. Thurston, B, H. Franklin I.

J. 138 (1894) 81-.
«^, influence of distribution. Deprez, M.

Cuyper Rv. Un. 36 (1874) 185-.
— , maximum. Charpentier, P. C. R. 96

(1883) 782-.

— , — calorific, conditions. Ledieu, A. C. H,

C. R. 80 (187iq 1278-.
— , measures. Charpentier, P. C. R. 98

(1884) 1262-.

— , moae of increasing. Josse, E. Z. Vr. D.

Zuckin. 50 (1900) {Th. 2) 969-.
-», real, especially for locomotives. Nodal, — .

A. Mines 3 (1893) 675-.
— , standard. Thurston, B. H. Franklin I. J.

142 (1896) 442-; 143 (1897) 37-.
— , thermal. Sankey, H. B. I. CE. P.

125 (1896) 182-.
— , — , standard. Inst, Civ, Engin. Oomm.

I. CE. P. 134 (1898) 278-.
for electric traction. Hague, C. A. [1899]

Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 108.
English, discussion. Alban, E. Dingier 29

(1828) 81-.
equalisation of rate of working. Franke, J. N.

Krk. Ak. {Mt.Prz.) Pam. 11 (1885) 117-.
expansion in, grade. Auria, L. d*. Franklin

I. J. 118 (1884) 1-.

— of steam in. Lawrie, J. G. (vi Adds.)
Olasg. T. I. Eng. 1 (1857-58) 105-.

— valves. Chelius, F. Dingier 158 (1860)
87-.

expcmsive, economy of heat. Bankine, W. J.

M. [1851] Edinb. R. S. T. 20 (1853} 205-.
», pressure-variations. Combes, C. Far. S.

Phlm. PV. (1843) 16-.
experimental and analytical researches.

Leloutre, G. Par. . Ing. Civ. Mm. (1878)

708-, 730-.

— thermodynamic study. Ledieu, A. C. H,
C. R. 87 (1878) 903-, 952-; 88 (1879) 1003- ;
93 (1881) 25.

260

2490 Steam Bagines

experiments. Woolft A. Nicholson J. 13

(1805) 294-, 316-.
—. PoU, W. B. A. Rp. (1843) 104-'; (1844)

90-.
^ under varied oondilions. Donkirit ^. I.

MB. P. (1896) 90-.
fireless. Buquoy, O. von. Oken Isis (1824)

762-.
— , with soida boiler. Bauer, A. Oestr. Z.

Bngw. 33 (1885) 81-. 61-, 73-, 108-, 141-,

152-, 174-, 181-, 20S-. 219-, 232-, 249-,

285-.
^-, work of steam in. XJleru, L. Cayper By.

Un. 40 (1876) 1-.
force transmission, general solution. Jacobtu,

D. S. Am. As. P. (1888) 154- ; A. Mth. 5

(1889-90) 69-.
friction of. ThursUm.R.H. Am. As. P. (1886)

185-.
and gas and petrol engines, present condition

of manufacture. Sauvage, E, A. Mines

17 (1890) 403- ; 18 (1890) 475-; 20 (1891)

409-.
with great velocity of suction. Reuiinger, J. F,

*3 Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1871-72) 37-. 127-.
at Gros-Caillou, Paris (report). Prony, R, de,

A. Mines 12 (1826) 3-.
heat distribution. Englith, T. I. ME. P.

(1887) 478-, 503-.

— expenditure. Donkin, B, (jun,) I. CE. P.
98(1889)260-.

. DweUhauverS'Dery, V. I. CE. P. 98

(1889) 254-.
heating. Cordier, L. C. R. 4 (1887) 383-.
high and low pressure. Stewart, W. Bordeaux

Ac. Sc. S6. Pbl. (1829) 28-.

— pressure. Alhan, E. Dingier 32 (1829) 1-,
86-; 39 (1831) 241-, 329-.

, defence. Alhan, E, Dingier 28 (1828)

81-.
•— — , safety-, and generators. Perkins, J,

A. G. 36 (*1827) 435- ; SiUiman J. 13

(•1828) 40-.
, true mode of computing power. Potts,

C, Franklin I. J. 5 (1830) 111-.
Him's experimental theory. Dwelshauvers-

Dery, V. [1888] Mulhouse S. In. BU.

69 (1889) 85-.
history, etc. Nicholson, W* Nicholson J.

1 (1797) 419- ; Gilbert A. 16 (1804) 129- ;

Nicholson J. 2 (1799) 228-; Gilbert A.

16 (1804) 336-.
— . BaiUet, — . J. Mines 33 (1813) 321-.
— . Arago, D, F, J. Par. Bur. Long. An.

(1829) 143-.
— . Hachette, J. N. P. J. G6n. Civ. 7 (1830)

194-.
— . Arago, D. F. J, Par. Bur. Long. An.

(1837) 221-.
— , early. Ainger, Arthur. QJ. So. (1829)

(Pt. 1) 322-.
'—, in Holland. Rossyn, T. F. (vi Adds.) Rot.

N. Vh. 1 (1800) 1-.

— and theory. Bazaine, P. D. [1830] St.
P^t. Mm. Sav. Etr. 2 (1835) 213-.

— before Watt. D ck. Forster Al. Bauxtg.

20(1866)137-,

Steam Bagtaes. Marine 2490

horizontal cylinder. Id Creudot. Manlts, — .

A. Mines 17 (1840) 99-.
T^ double cylinder, for extraction of coal.

Quillacq, L. A. A. Mmes 16 (1859) 669-.
horse power. Heath, L. O. (vi Adds.) CE.

L P. 10 (1850^1) 300-.
-^ , determination. Anon. [1804] (vz 681)

GUbert A. 65 (1817) 278-.
T^ .— , — . Baumal, — . St. Quent. Mm.

(1834-36) 53-.
improvements. Wool/, A. Nicholson J. 6

(1803) 218- ; TUloch Ph. Mg. 17 (1803) 40-;

Nicholson J. 8 (1804) 262-; Tilloch Ph. Mg.

23 (1805) 123- ; 26 (1806) 316-.

— (Woolf's). Anon, (vi 683) Gilbwt A. 66
(1817) 294-.

— . Henschel, C. A. GUbert A. 61 (1819) 405-.
— . Watt, J. Edinb. Ph. J. 2 (1820) 1-.
^. Gilbert, D. Phil. Trans. (1830) 121-.
r-. Proell, R. Civing. 37 (1891) 57-, 81-.

— in America. Latrohe, B. H. [1803] Am.
Ph. S. T. 6 (1809) 89-.

industrial applications. Pictet, M. A. Bb. Un.
9 (1818) 52-.

influence of masses with reciprocating motion.
Sinigaglia, F. Nap. I. Inc. At. 8 (1890)
No. 4, 13 pp.

introduction into France. Castiaux, A. Va-
lenciennes Mm. 2 (1836) 218-.

mventor. Naires, R. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 67
(1821) 426-.

jackets. Combes, C. C. R. 17 (1843) 1166-.

— . Him, Q. A., dt Siguin, — . Moigno
Cosmos 6 (1855) 679-.

— . Risal,H.A. C. R. 82 (1876) 637-.

— (R^). Ledieu, A. C. H. C. R. 82 (1876)
699-.

— , action. HaUauer, 0. [1873] (x) Civing.

20 (1874) 227-. 256-; Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1884) (Pt. 1) 487-.
— , — . hleck, J. Civing. 23 (1877) 81-.

— in multiple expansion engines. Witx, A.

0. R. 116 (1893) 370-.

.^, value. Inst. Mech. Eng. Research Comm.

1. ME. P. (1889) 703- ; (1892) 418- ; (1894)
535-; (1896) 466-.

—, — . Kennedy, A. B. W. I. MB. P. (1889)

738-.
laws and data. RegnatUt, V. Par. Mm. Ac.

8c. 21 (1847) 1-.
Lejeune and Billard's. Drapiet, A. A. G^n.
. Sc. Ps. 6 (1820) 160-.
limitations. Marks, W. D. Franklin L J.

80 (1880) 73-.
loss of steam. Eschfir, R. Civing. 27 (1881)

619-.
machines suggested to replace. Cristoforis,

L. de. MiL Mm. I. Lomb. 8 (1862) 23-.
Maaoury d'Ectot's. Girard, P. S. Par. Mm.

Ac. Sc. 7 (1827) 419-.

Marine Engines.

Bouvier, A. R. [1816] Ghergonne A. Mth.

7 (1816-17) 129-.
Schmidt, M. W. Civing. 2 (1856) 93-.
Btinnin^, T. W. N. Eng. L Mn. B. T. 24

(1876) 106-.

261

2490 Steam Engines. Marine

development. Manhall, F, C, Nv. Aioht. T.

29 (1888) 26-.
— . SeaUm, A. E, [1890] Am. I. Bin. E. T.

19 (1891) 855-.
effioienoy. Querela, M. Ven. At. 1 (1871-72)

677-, 729-, 909-, 1685-.
expansive working of steam. AUen, E,

Franklin I. J. 31 (1856) S84-, 897-.
friction of. Merrick, J, V. Fruiklin I. 3,

28 (1852) 132-.
horse power. Dyer, H, [1888] Olasg. I.

Eng. T. 32 (1889) 1-.
measnre of work. CoUadon, D. C. B. 15

(1842) 890-.
— (Ck>lladon). CoriolU, O. Bb. Un.

48 (1843) 183-.
. CoUadan, D. C. B. 19 (1844)

1029-.
relation between size, speed and power.

Sennett, A. R. [1882] Un. Serv. I. J.

26 (1883) 830-.
single and double cylinder compared. Carl-

8und, (Kapt,) O. E, (xn) Sk. Nt. Mdt. F.

(1880) 403-.
steam pressure losses. Stromeyer, C, E, Nv.

Archt. T. 35 (1894) 407-.
triple expansion. Wyllie, R. I. ME. P.

(1886) 473-.
(English). Hoyaux, C. Bv. Un. Mines

4 (1888) 288-.
. Freytag, — . Dingier 276 (1890) 14-,

144.
use of salt water. Cameron, P, [1852] Glasg.

Ph. S. P. 8 (1848-58) 246-.
utilisation of fuel. Roque, — . Bv. Mar. et

Ool. 68 (1881) 437-; 69 (1881) 21&-.
warship. Bigrd, T. Bv. Mar. et Col. 45

(1875) 89-.
water-cock. Waddeli, R. Dingier 132 (1854)

as monocyclic system. Fischer, V. Dingier

315 (1900) 485-.
multiple oylmder, loss of power. Benton, J. E,

Am. As. P. (1892) 133-.
, pressure fall. Kdi, A, Oestr. Z. Brgw.

88 (1890) 201-.

— expansion-. Kdi, A, Oestr. Z. Brgw. 38
(1890) 13-, 29-, 42-.

, efficiency. Mallet, A. Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1895) {Pt. 1) 132-.
-^ — , maximum economy. ThurtUm, R. H,

[1893] Franklin I. J. 137 (1894) 247-.
, relative efficiencies. MeUanby, A. L,

Cn. B. S. P. (& T.. 2 (1896) {Sect, 3)

127-.
new, based on mechanical equivalent of heat.

Siguin, — (atn^. C. B. 40 (1855) 5-.

— system of expansion for. Pkillipi, j&,
L'l. 28 (1860) 196..

— , working continually with same steam.

SSguin, — {aiti6). C. B. 44 (1857) 6-, 416.
non-condensing, out-put as function of speed

and pressure. Nipher, F, E, St. Louis Ao.

T. 5 (1892) 434-.
— , simple, compound and triple, economy

trials. Willam, P. W. I. CE. P. 98 (1888)

128- ; 96(1889)230-.

Steam Engines 2490

perfect, question of practicability. Thurston,

R. H. Franklin I. J. 74 (1877) 252-, 816-,

889-.
Perkins's. [Anon, non] Perkins, J. Edinb.

Ph. J. 9 (1823) 172-.
— . Schmidt, G. G. GUbert A. 75 (1828)

843—
— . Prechtl, J. J. GUbert A. 76 (1824)

217-.
without piston or valves. Galy-Cazalat, A,

C. B. 35 (1852) 882-.
pistons. Alban, E. Dingier 82 (1829) 153-.
«— , rational profile of segments. Risal, H. A,

A. Mines 5 (1874) 38-.
Polzunov's (1768). Wqjekoff, N. N. [1883]

Fschr. Ps. (*1884) (Ab. 2) 318.

— ( — ). Lermantov, F. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

16 (Ps.) (1884) 263-; J. de Ps. 4 (1885)
594-.

power. Donnini, P. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 5 (1873)

29-.
practice in U. S. A., 1884. Hoadley, J. C.

Am. As. P. (1884) 289-.
pressure in cylinder. Poncelet, J, V. C. B.

17 (1843) 1094-.

— of steam. Anon, (vi 1068) Quetelet Cor.
Mth. 3 (1827) 198-.

prevention of noise in letting o£F steam. Anger-
stein, H. Dingier 158 (1860) 171.
Proell-CorUss. KUhne, H. [1897] Glasg. I.

Eng. T. 41 (1898) 13-.
•♦pulmonary." Siguin, — (olnfl. C. B. 40

(1855) 5- ; Moigno Cosmos 13 (1858) 109-,

224-.
pumping-. Alban, E. Dingier 40 (1831) 1-.
—. Gonot, J. Hain. Mm. S. 7 (1846-47)

156-.
— ,duty. Baird,D. [1896] Fed. I. Mn. E. T.

11 (1896) 94-, 235-; 12 (1897) 55-.
— , expansion-gear. Trasenster, L. Brux. A.

Tr. Pbl. 7 (1848) 5-.
— , Girard's. Siguier, A. P. G. B. 64 (1867)

900-.
—,Llanbradach colliery. Galloway, W. [1896]

Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 12 (1897) 294-.
QuSruePs system. Quiruel, A. Par. Ing. Civ.

Mm. (1885) (Pt. 2) 464-. ,
rapid. Richard, G. Lum. Elect. 11 (1884)

386-, 426-, 465-, 563- ; 12 (1884) 17-. 51-,

97_, 174-, 221-, 254-, 303- ; 17 (1886) 65-,

162- ; 19 (1886) 539- ; 20 (1886) 7-, 642- ;

31 (1889) 251-, 358-, 407-, 456- ; 32 (1889)

23-.
regenerative. Siemens, C. W, [1856] B. I.

P. 2 (1864-58) 227-.
regulation for various purposes. Trinks, W.

Dingier 315 (1900) 773-, 797-, 809-.
von Beichenbach*B improvements. Schweigger,

J. S. C. Schweigger J. 18 (1816) 269-.
relation between diagram and weight of feed-
water. Quiruel, A. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1881) (1) 525-.
resistance, influence of velocity of piston.

Schmidt, G. Dingier 237 (1880) 267-.
rotary. CUgg, S. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 84 (1809)

401-.
— . Morey, S. Silliman J. 1 (1818) 167-.

262

2490 Steam Engines

rotary (Morey). DooliUle, I. Silliman J. 2

(1820) 101-.
— . SuUivan, J. L. SiUiman J. 2 (1820)

106- ; 5 (1822) 144-.
— . Rider, J. QJ. So. 16 (1828) 266-.
— . WhiU.J. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 1 (1826) 266-.
— . Peequeur, — . Par. Bll. S. knooor. 27

(1828) 4-.
— . BakeweU, T. W. Franklin I. J. 8 (1829)

179-.
— . Volpieelli,P. G. Aroad. 74 (1838) 42.
— . Galy-Cazalat, A. C. K. 8 (1839) 1020-.
— . M*Qaxdey, J. W. B. A. Rp. (1849) (p%, 2)

118-
->. VolpieeUi, P. Bm. At. 6 (1852-58) 638.
— . Dotf, P., dt Dou, A. G^n. Civ. 7 (1885)

873-.
— . Minary, E. [1889] Donbs S. Mm. 4

(1890) 131-.
— , fallacies. RutseU, J. 8. [1837] Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 24 (1838) 35-.
— , Jorgensen's. Hannover, H, J. Dingier

271 (1889) 150-.
— , pumping-. Hiricart de Thury, L. E, F,

J. Mines 13 (1802-03) 175-.
— , working expansively, history. Taylor^ J,

Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 136-.
Savery's. Chamjnonniire, — , dt CoUadon^ — .

A. C. 59 (1835) 24-.
Single aotixig expansive, economy and power.

RanHne, W. J. M, [1851] Edinb. K S. T.

20 (1853) 195-.
, theorem of Bankine. Trowbridge,

W,P. Franklin I. J. 84 (1882) 81-.
, piston for. DweUhmLverit V. Cuyper

Bv. Un. 8 (1860) 380- .
slide-bars, theory. Kir$eh, B. Giving. 22

(1876) 321-.
statiomury and marine, advantages of high

pressure steam. Bodmer, J, O. (vi Adds,)

CE. I. P. 4 (1845) 372-.
— , test. Buel, R. H. [1873] (ix) Franklin

I. J. 67 (1874) 17-.
— , useless space. Eyth, M, Giving. 6 (1860)

390-.
steiun distribution. Rueff, L. A. G^n. Giv. 4

(1865) 168-, 224-.
. DweUhauveti'Dery, V, Guyper Bv.

Un. 23-24 (1868) 329-; 25-26 (1869) 168-.

. Sekowski, — . G. B. 80 (1875) 1444-.

. Claeyt, I. Bv. Un. Mines 22 (1887)

254-.
apparatus. Deprez, M. G. B. 65 (1867)

68-; 68(1869)600-.
, classification of various kinds. Doerfel,

R. Dingier 233 (1879) 177-.
, Oohwadt's. Harmer, — . Dingier 222

(1876) 20-.
, slide-valve. Colombot O. Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 9 (1876) 589-.
— generation by combustion under pressure.

Hureau de VtUeneuve, A. (x) As. Fr. G. B.

(1872) 232-.
son-. Ericeion,J. Nt. 38 (1888) 319-.
superheated steam. Cazin, A, Les Mondes 16

(1868) 757-.
m. Rayleigh, (Lord). Nt. 45 (1892)

375-.

Steam Engines 2490

superheated steam in. Gray, J, MacFarlane.

Nt. 45 (1892) 413-.

. CottenU, J. H. Nt. 45 (1892) 414.

. Oamage,J. Nt. 45 (1892) 438-.

. Oray^J.M. Nt. 45 (1892) 486.

. Herre,0, Dingier 812 (1899) 3-, 17-,

33-, 51-, 67-. 81-, 99-, 113-, 131-, 147-.

. Sehou, P. [1899] So. Abs. 3 (1900) 898-.

in. Jedliika,J. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 48 (1900)

644-, 656-, 674-.
, experiments on applicability. ReiechU,

~. Dingier 293 (1894) 267-, 289-.
, Schmidt's. Kdi, A, Oestr. Z. Brgw.

43 (1895} 242-, 262-.
*— — , ana steamjaoket, theory. Leloutre, O.

Fto. Ing. Giv. Mm. (1892) (Pt. 2) 843-.
, trials. Ripper, W, I. GE. P. 128 (1887)

60-.
— water. Hirteh, -». A. Pon. Ghauss. 8

(1884) 198-.
tables for calculating efficiency, etc. Claudet,

— . [1854] Dingier 185 (1855) 8-.
temperature cycle. Bamee, A. Am. As. P.

(1900) 142-.
testing, and measurement of heat used. Mair,

J. G. I. GB. P. 70 (1882) 313-.
~, methods. Hunt, G. P., dt Shed, T.

Franklin I. J. 68 (1874) 387-; 69 (1875)

28-.
tests. Pedbody, C. H, Am. As. P. (1884) 267-.
theory. CUment, — , dt Detormes, — . Par. S.

Phlm. BU. (1819) 115-.
— . Panibour, F. M. G. de. G. B. 4 (1887)

503-, 936-; 5 (1837) 28-, 617-. 680-.
— . Barre de Saint-Venant, — . G. B. 6 (1838)

45-, 201-.
— . Pambour, F. If. G. de. Par. A. Pon.

Ghauss. 15 (1838) 129- ; G.B. 6 (1888) 112- ;

7 (1838) 892-, 1119-.
— . Lubbock, J. W. Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 484-,

510-, 562-; 17 (1840) 272-, 467-, 488-.
~. Pambour, F. M. G. de. G. B. 10 (1840)

472-; 14 (1842) 718- ; 15 (1842) 1208- ; 16

(1843) 83-, 200-, 655-; 17 (1843) 896-, 971-,
1053-, 1103-.

^. Poneelet, J. V. Majocchl A. Fis. G. 15

(1844) 47-.

— . Pambour, F. M. G. de. G. B. 21 (1845)

58-; Grelle J. Bank. 28 (1846) 201-, 820- ;

24 (1847) 34-, 150-, 283- ; 25 (1847) 95-,

277-; 26 (1848) 97-; 27 (1849) 1-, 108-.
~. CreUe, A. L. Berl. B. (1847) 90-; (1848)

171- ; Grelle J. Bank. 27 (1849) 275-.
— . Turazsa, D. Yen. Mm. I. 7 (1857) 169-.
— . B., E. Guyper Bv. Un. 3 (1858) 498-; 4

(1858) 98-, 209-.
— . mde, E. Guyper Bv. Un. 12 (1862) 187- ;

13 (1863) 94- ; 14 (1863) 225-.
— . Grashof,lProf.)-^. A. G^n. Giv. 4 (1865)

86—
— . kaedicke, H. Dingier 196 (1870) 877- ;

198 (1870) 1-.
— . DweUhauveri'Dery, V, Guyper Bv. Un.

32 (1872) 1—.
^. Schnddt,'G. Dingier 227 (1878) 821-.
— . ThunUm, R. H. B. A. Bp. (1884) 569-.
—. Catalonga, D. A. As. Fr. U. B. (1891)

{Pt. 1) 177- ; Pur. S. Ps. S^. (1892) 284-.

263

2490 Steam Bngfinea

iheoiy. Zeuner, Q. Civing. 42 (1896) 665-.
— . Ducheme, G. Bv. Un. Mines 46 (1899)

181-.
— , mathematioal. Steichen, — . Li^ Mm.

S. So. 4 (1848-49) 408-.
-r-, —. Nodal, J. A. Mines 12 (1897) 297-;

14 (1898) 861-.
T-, practical. Dwehhauven-Dery, V. Cuyper

Bv. Un. 8 (1880) 873- ; 12 (1882) 186-.
— , present state. Dyer, H. [1886] Glasg.

I. Eng. T. 29 (1886) 47-.
— , . Barradough, 8. H. N. S. W. B. S.

J. 80 (1897) cxzzi-.
— , thermodynamic. Rankinet W, J. M.

[1869] Phil. Tians. (1869) 177-, 743- ; B. S.

P. 10 (1869-60) 188.
in torpedoes. Normand, A, Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1890) (Pt. 2) 864-.
total expansion-. FiroMd, E. G6n. Civ. 8

(1886-86) 197- ; 9 (1886) 289-.
Tower spherical. Heenan, R. H. I. ME. P.

(1886) 96-.

trials. DyeTy H. Glasg. I. Eng. T. 82 (1889)

177-.
— . WiUani,P,W. I. CE. P. 114 (1898) 2-.
— , with and withoat jackets. Anon. [1900]

Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 190.
triple cylinder. Dupuy de L6me, — . C. B.

66 (1867) 98-.

— expansion-. Ziese, JR. A. [1886] Dingier
264 (1887) 628-.

, miproved. Hender$on, W. M, Franklin

I. J. 124 (1887) 842-.
, theory. Firaud, E. G^n. Civ. 11

(1887) 19-.

, and trials of engines. Reynoldt, O. I.

CE. P. 99 (1890) 162-.

— and quadruple expansion-, relative efficiency.
Mellanby, A. L. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)
261.

useful effect, determination. Wiebe, F, C. H,

Z. Bauw. 27 (1877) 869-. 601-.
useless space. Combes, C. C. B. 24 (1847)

866-.
variable expansion-, Corliss. R^tal, H. A. A.

Pon. Chauss. 12 (1876) 177-.
, Meyer's. Fuhst, H. Dingier 151 (1859)

88-, 161-, 241-.
, Sulzer's. lUsal, H. A. A. Mines 9

(1876) 221-.
variations of pressure, etc. Navier, C,M,L,H.,

<*PoM«on, — . L'l. 2 (1884) 99-.
Watt's, comparison of effect with that of

Woolf 's second patent engine. Anon, (vi 582)

Gilbert A. 56 (1817) 288-.
Woolf's. MahUtre, O. A. [1856-67] (xn)

Thermal Engines 2490

Woolf 's, power. Donmini, P. (xp) Bv. Sc.-Ind.

6 (1878) 29-.
— , lelative volume of large and small cylinder.

Wei$8, T. Civing. 12 (1866) 468-.
work. Fiteher, — . Hann. Z. Aroht. Vr. 7

(1861) 406-.
— , influence of speed of piston. PoZtrtnm, — .

C. B. 25 (1847) 462-.
— of steam. Mahktre, — ^ Lille Ifm. S.

(1865) 221- ; C. B. 41 (1855) 812-.
. Kduffer,P. Dingier 228 (1878) 97-,

486-.
working at full pressure. Dixon, {Bev,) R. V.

Jr. Ac. P. 4 (1860) 128-.

tests, results of independent. Mair, J. G. I.

CE. P. 79 (1886) 828-.
theory, and mechanical effects of heat. Reech,

F. Bv. Mar. 24 (1868) 790- ; 26 (1869) 855-,

866-; 26 (1869) 818-, 690-.
thermal and electrical phenomena. WiU^A,

Bv. Quest. Sc. 8 (*1878) 208-.
thermic, imperfect cycles. Duperron, O. Gto.

Civ. 37 (1900) 55-, 79-.

— , (Duperron). Desehamps, J". Q^n.

. Civ. 87 (1900) 457.

— , (Deschamps). Duperron, O, Gto.

Civ. 87 (1900) 457.
— , and theory of heat. Htm, G, A, G. B.

82 (1876) 52-.
thermodynamic. Rankine, W, J, M, Phil.

Trans. (1854) 116-.
— . TeUier, C. As. Fr. C. B. (1887) {Pt. 2)

114—.
— , expansion of oils. Tonmuui, F. Pftr. S.

Ps. S6. (1876) 65-.
trials, *«City of Fall Biver." Sagtu, J. E., db

Adger, J. B. Franklin I. J. 118 (1884) 62-,

102-, 197-.
triple thermic, with steam and carbon disnl-

phide. HasweU, C. H. Am. S. CE. T. 17

(1887) 193-.
vapour, efficiency of fluid in. GanU, H. L,, db

Maury, D. H. (jfun.) Y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 81

(1884) 413-.
water pressure, compressed air, hot air, and

steam engines. Sekowski, A, Par. T. Nauk

6c. Pam. 7 (♦1875) Art. 4, 16 pp.
winding-. Grant, A. M. [1894] Fed. I. Mn.

E. T. 8 (1895) 890- ; 9 (1895) 141-, 466-;

10 (1896) 126.
— , application of condensers. Freakley, W.

[1899] I. Mn. E. T. 17 (1900) 242-, 697-.
— , automatic variable expansion-gear. Wight,

W. D. [1896] Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 12 (1897)

279-; 13(1898)121.

Lille S. Mm. 8 (1867) 268- ; 4 (1858) _, colliery, compounding of. Freakley, W.

277-.

~. Eichenrodt, J. Civing. 19 (1878) 481-.
— . Schmidt, G. Dingier 209 (1873) 97-.
— , dimensions of cylinder. Werner, — .

[1857] Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 19 (1858) 161-.
— , effect of dead space in. Hallauer, O.

[1874] Cuyper Bv. Un. 87 (1875) 628-.
— , efficiency. Haehette, J. N. P. A. C. 4

(1817) 206-.
— , expansion in. Fievet, A, [1857] (xn)

Lille S. Mm. 4 (1858) 247-.

I. Mn. E. T. 16 (1899) 427-; 17 (1900)

600-.
— , expansion in. Ledoux, C. A. Mines 16

(1879) 321-.
— , Woodworth gear for. Woodworth, B., dt

Cowlishaw, W. G. [1895] Fed. I. Bin. E.

T. 10 (1896) 470-.
— , . CowlUhaw, W, G. Fed. I. Mn.

E. T. 11 (1896) 111-.

264

indicators 2490

Heat, internal, of earth, as source of motive
power. Chreaves, O. [1865] Manoh. Lt.
Ph. S. P. 5 (1866) 1-.

— , mechanical use. West, G. C. B. 78 (1874)
185a-.

— , motive power. Camot, S, [1824] (vn)

Par. io. Norm. A. 1 (1872) 393-.
— , — — , Camot's theory and Begnault's
. results for steam. Thonuon, {Sir) W,

Edinb. B. S. T. 16 (1849) 541-.

— sources apart from fuel. Montureux^
(comU) A. de, MAcon S. Ag. G. B. (1841)
214-.

Heating of air, experiments with reference to
locomotives. Carcanagues, — . A. Mines 9
(1896) 529-.

— by parallel current and counter current,
comparison. Hacue, F. H, Dingier 293
(1894) 1-, 153-.

— , systems. MaevtHj, Z. [1900] Dorpat

Sb. 12 (1901) (Beil,) 20 pp.
Hot air apparatus. Orunert E, L, Cuyper
Bv. Un. 33 (1873) 209-.

• furnace. Ouzzi, P. Bv. Un. Mines 17

(1885) 655-.

as motive power. Prechtl, J, J. Wien

Jb. Pol. I. 1 (1819) 134-.

. Burdin, — C. B. 2 (1836)

412- ; 5 (1837) 629-.

» — , effect of obliquities. Antpach, L, . MinotH, N. G, A. Sc. Lomb.

Bv. Un. Mines 30 (1896) 109-. Ven. 14 (1845) 154-.

, theory. Proell, R. Giving. 32 (1886) . Vaux, A. de. Brux. Ac. Bll.

321-. 19 (1852) (pte. 3) 296-.

— , mixed. Schmidt, G, Dingier 212 (1874) . Cayley, (Sir) G. (vi Addt.)

93-. CE. I. P. 12 (1852-53) 332-.

— , ratio at maximum efficiency. Thurston, . Liais, E, G. B. 36 (1853)

R. JET. Franklin I. J. 81 (1881) 321-. 260- ; Gherb. Mm. S. Sc. 2 (1864) 113-.

Explosives for working machines. Razouvaieff, . Barnard, F, A. P. Silliman

— . Mon. Sc. 28 (1886) 883-. j. 17 (1854) 153-.

Fire, management, with reference to boiler , Burdin, — . G. B. 59 (1864)

construction. Rumford, B. (Count). Nichol- 846-; 65 (1867) 392-.

son J. 3 (1800) 161-. — springs, vapour, application to working of

2490 Thermal Engines

Evaporation, internal and external work.

Beaumont, W. W, B. A. Bp. (1891) 777-.
BSxhaust openings, comparison of actual and

eflfective area. Slade, F. J. Franklin I. J.

52 (1866) 18-.

— steam apparatus, Picoard's. Arhesser,
M. von. Wien Berg- Hm. Jb. 29 (1881)
354-.

process, Bittinger-Picoard. Kchaid, E.

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 27 (1879) 439-, 454-; 29

(1881) 311-, 326-.
Expansion curves, approximate method of

drawing. Wilcox, C. S. Y. Nost. Eng. Mg.

21 (1879) 72-.
, ideal and real. Weiss, T. (xi) Hann.

Archt.-Vr. Z. 19 (1873) 469-.

— in direct-acting pumping engines. Davey,
H. B. A. Bp. (1880} 697-.

— , double and triple, theory. Bartl, J.

Giving. 38 (1892) 457-.
— , economical, absolute limit to. Thurston,

JR. H. Franklin I. J. 84 (1882) 161-.
— , — rates. Rankine, W. J. M. Nv. Aroht.

T. 7 (1866) 144-.

— gear as applied to colliery engines. Deacon,
M. Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 7 (1894) 672-; 8 (1895)
373-; 9 (1895) 113-, 190-.

, Delville. Anspach, L. Bv. Un. Mines

25 (1894) 347-; 40 (1897) 274-.

Freakley steam-carriage. Freakley, W. [1897]
Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 14 (1898) 218-.

Gases, thermodynamic efficiency. Bourget, J.
G. B. 74 (1872) 1230-.

Qauge, floating, alarm. Combes, C A. Mines
1 (1842) 42&-.

Oazoline cycles. Lantier, F. A6r. (1895) 5-.

Governors, theory. MariS, G. A. Mines 12
(1887) 193- ; 10 (1896) 391-, 497-.

Guns as thermodynamic machines. Longridgtt
J. A. I. GE. P. 80 (1886) 236-.

Hand-lever assisted by steiBun, for reversing
winding engines, etc. St^vart, A. [1876]
N. Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 26 (1877) 147-.

Heat of atmosphere, work from. Bemardi, E»
(n) Ven. I. At. 2 (1873) 1379- ; (xn) Bv.
Sc.-Ind. 6 (1873) 297-.

— , conversion into work in modem heat
engines. Meyer, E. [1898] D. Mth. Yr.
Jbr. 7 (1899) (Heft 1) 119-.

— , difference between quantity in fuel and
quantity utilised by steam engine. Bain-
bridge, E. B. A. Bp. (1879) 523-.

— exchange between steam and metal in one-
cylinder engines. CavaUi, E. Bm. B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 2) 357-.

engines. Camilli, S. G. Aroad. 40 (1828)

149-.
— water under pressure for launches. Joubert,

(U It.) G. H. J. Bv. Mar. et Gol. 146 (1900)

223-, 504-.
Indicated pressure, mean, determination. Mbg. ,

F. Dingier 315 (1900) 572-.

INDICATORS.

H.,H. QJ. Sc. 13 (1822) 91-.

Enys, J. S., Hodgktnsan, — , dt Moseley, — .

B. A. Bp. a841) 307-.
Richard, G. Lum. Elect. 14 (1884) 286-. 327-,

365-, 406-.
Amice, — . Elect. 14 (1885) 6-. 27-, 46-, 86-,

146- ; 15 (1885) 9-, 307- ; 16 (1886) 11-, 26-,

47-, 67-, 108-, 126-, 226-, 272-; 17 (1886)

12-, 66-, 129- ; 18 (1887) 324-.

Richard, G. Lum. &leot. 27 (1888) 301- ; 48

(1892) 306-.
Haage, C. Z. Yr. Biibenzuckin. 41 (1891) 819-.
as applied to modem steam machinery. Wallace,

W. C. [1887] Glasg. I. Eng. T. 31 (1888)

17-.

265

2490 Indicators

ourves. Heinriehi, G. Dingier 222 (1876)

290-.
— , eoonomio questions. Baills, (capit,) J,

Bv. Mar. et Col. 119 (1898) 5-; 121 (1894)

449-; 122 (1894) 508- ; 124 (1895) 857-;

125 (1895) 79-, 216- ; 128 (1896) 15-; 132

(1897) 5-; 135 (1897) 5-, 257-; 138 (1898)

433-; 143 (1899) 273-, 513-.
diagrams, compoond engine. Dijxhoom, J, C.

[1885] 's Gravenh. I. Ing. Ts. (1885-86)

(Vh.) 124-.
— , oompating and comparing. Babcoek, O. H,

Franklin I. J. 58 (1869) 193-.
— , locomotives. Deprez, M, Par. S. Ps. Si.

(1878) 128-.

— , mean pressnre. Doerfd^ R. Dingier 233

(1879) 433-.

— to register waste. Tofwmier^ ttt,) F, Rv.
Biar. et Col. 136 (1898) 5-.

— , theory. Lilder$, J. Civing. 27 (1881)

225-.
— , U.S. war steamer Spitfire. Isherwood, B, F,

Franklin I. J. 21 (1851) 91-.
dynamometrio. Deprez, M. C. B. 73 (1871)

654- ; As. Fr. C. B. 5 (1876) 200- ; C. B. 90

(1880) 861-.

electric. Deprezt M. Lam. Elect. 4 (*1881)

12-.
experiments. BHghtmore, A. W, I. CE. P.

83 (1886) 20-, 103-.
— . K%r$cK —• I. CE. P. 86 (1886) 341-.
high speeds. Perry, J. L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1892)

151- ; Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 63-.
horse-power, new form. Smithy F. J. Ph.

Mg. 15 (1883) 434-.
lengths of cards. Orimshawt R, Franklin I.

J. 118 (1884) 296-.
new. Sweetj «/. E. [1878] Am. I. Bin. E. T.

7 (^1879) 16-.
power-. Ripper, W. [1900] I. Mn. E. T. 18

(1900) 402- ; 20 (1902) 181-.
Bichard*s, improvement. Duvergier, A» As.

Fr. C. B. 6 (1877) 219-.
theory, and errors in indicator diagrams. Rey-
nolds, O. I. CE. P. 83 (1886) 1-.
nse. Bornemann, K. JR. Ing. 2 (1850) 385-.
Watt's. DweUhauveri'Dery, V, Cuyper Bv.

Un. 23-24 (1868) 329- ; 25-26 (1869) 168-.
^, improvement. Mallet, A, C. B. 82 (1876)

1331-.

— totalising. Sairtt-Loup, L. (xn) Strasb. S.
Sc. BU. 2 (1869) 30-, 38-.

Injector, Gififard*s, theory. CarvdUo, J, C.

B. 49 (1859) 938-.
—,—,—. Elliott, A, C. Edinb. Mth. S. P.

8 (1890) 69-.
— , — , thermodynamic theory. Haereru, E.

Bv. Un. Mines 22 (1887) 231-.
— , theory. Reinhardt, P. Dingier 158 (1860)

162-.
Kinetic problems arising in technology. Heun,

K. [1900] D. Mth. Yr. Jbr. 9 (1901) (£e/t 2)

vi + 123pp.
Life-saving engineering appliances. Valves for

steam. Macfarlane, A. T. [1897] So. S.

Arts T. 14 (1898) 265-.

Locomotives 2490

Liquid carbon dioxide as motive power. PrecMt

J.J, Wien Jb. Pol. L 9 (L826) 106-.
for motors. LuhmoMn, E.

Dmgler 303 (1897) 177-.
Locomobiles, account of trials. Sehotte, F.

Civing. 30 (1884) 237-, 289-.
— , . Eyth, M. Civing. 30 (1884)

244-.
— , — ^ . Schneider, C. Civing. 30 (1884)

292—
— , — ' . BunU, H. Civing. 30 (1884)

295-.
— , . Brauer,E.A. Civing. 80 (1884)

317-.

LOCOMOTIVES.

Baader, J. von. Dingier 46 (1832) 20- ; 48

(1833) 1-, 168-.
Qaly-Cazalat, A. C. B. 8 (1839) 874-.
(report.) DieU, C. Bordeaux Act. (1841)

285-.
Barlow, P. CE. I. T. 3 (1842) 183-.
action of blast pipe. Longridge, J. A. I. CE.

P. 52 (1878) 129-.
with conically divergent funnel.

Zeuner, G, Civing. 17 (1871) 1-.
adhesion. Fortin- Herrmann's locomotive d

patins. Tresca, H. i. C. B. 80 (1875)

1198-.
— , total, and with converging axles. Maeeieu,

F. A. Mines 10 (1876) 213-.
— , — , . Rarchaert, — . A. Mines 10

(1876) 413-.

air-. Kdi, A. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 43 (1895) 100-.
back pressure {contre-vapeur) for braking.

Ricour, A. A. Mines 10 (1866) 141-.
(_) . Combes, C. P. M. C. B. 68

(1869) 1495-.
/_) . Morin, A. J. C. B. 69

(1869) 28-.
(— ) (Morin). Ricour, A. C. B. 69

(1869) 173-.

(_) . Le Chatelier, L. C. B. 69

(1869) 281-.
( — ) , and application of mechanical

theory. Combes, C, P. 3f . Civing. 16 (1870)

69-, 167-.
broad gauge and narrow gauge. Pambour,

F. M. G. de. C. B. 9 (1839) 706-.
of Chemin de Fer de PEst. VuiUemin, L, A.

Mines 14 (1858) 285-, 287-.
du Nord. Combes, C. P. M. C. B.

58 (1864) 261-.
chimneys. Geoffroy, O., db Nozo, A. Par.

Ing. Civ. Mm. (1863) 446-.
ooal-buming. Lloyd, W. (nAdds.) CE. I. P.

23 (1863-64) 376-.
and feedwater heating. Clark, D, K.

(VI Adds.) CE. I. P. 19 (1859-60) 546-.
compound. Mallet, A. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1877) 852- ; C. B. 85 (1877) 542-.

— (in India). Sandiford, C. I. ME. P. (1886)

355-, 363-.
^. Lapage, R. H. I. ME. P. (1889) S5~.
— . L., N. J. Nt. 42 (1890) 61-.
— . Poloneeau,E. L CE. P. 99 (1890) 292-.

266

2490

Locomotivea

2490

oompound. DuBoutquet, — . Railroad (fcEng.

J. 66 (1892) 351-.
— , English and French. Boui-Marten, C.

Eng. S. T. (1900) 175-.
— , foor-cylinder. I)u Btnuquet^ — . Bailroad

A Eng. J. 63 (1889) 127-.
— , Nfallet*B system. Maffei^ J, A, Am. Eng.

A Railroad J. 67 (1893) 225-.
— , tests. Smartt R, A. Am. Eng. A Rail-
road J. 72 (1898) 163-, 210.
— , — . Herr, E. M, Am. Eng. A Railroad

J. 72 (1898} 210.
— , theory and working. Nadal, — . A. Mines

6 (1894) 6-.
compressed air and electrolytic hydrogen.

Ouidi, F. Rm. N. Line. At. 42 (1889) 126-.
constniotion and working. Bergeron^ — . As.

Fr. C. R. 1 (1872) 202-.
counter-weight on wheels. Couches C. A.

Mines 3 (1853) 427-.
Crampton's. Couche, C. A. Mines 19 (1851)

707-.
CugnoVs. Mortn, Arthur. C. R. 82 (1851)

524-.
disturbing forces, internal. Mahin$on^ A, W,

\}m2](Yi Adds,) CE. I. P. 22 (1862-68) 65-.
, — . RutMeU, J, S. [1862] CE. I. P. 22

(1862-63) 107-.
dynamical questions. BakeweUfT.W, Franklin

I. J. 12 (1846) 238-.
Engerth (goods engines). Couehe, C. A. Biines

6 (1854) 343- ; 16 (1859) 141-.
expansive working. Volelcmar, W. Giving. 5

(1869) 179-.
experiments. Whistler^ O. W. Franklin I. J.

1 (1841) 82-.
explosions. Walckenaert C A. Mines 12

(1887) 361-.
feeid-water, Chemin de Fer de I'Est. Dieudcnni,

— . A. Mines 4 (1863) 441-.
— , warm, advantage. Deprez, M. As. Fr. C.

R. (1892) (P«. 1) 164-.
Fell, on Rimutakai incline, New Zealand.

Alford, B. T. [1882] Eng. S. T. (1883)

121-.
fireless. Buel, B. H. Y. Nost. Eng. Mg. 10

(1874) 362-.
— . Franeq, L. As. Fr. C. R. 7 (1878) 199- ;

8 (1879) 342-.
— , Honigmann's. Beeg, — . Z. Nw. 57 (1884)

68-.
— , — . Oroihof, — . [1884] Karlsruhe Nt.

Vr. Vh^ 10 (1888) ^5.)_21-.
365-.

— , — . Biedler, A,

Un. Mines 15 (1884)

— , principal systems. LavoiniUt E, A. Pon.

Chauss. 16 (1878) 261-.
^, theory. Piarron de Mondisir, E. 8, A.

Pon. Chauss. 10 (1875) 352-.
firing, experiments. PitUmit J. C. vcn,

Steierm. Ogn. Mont. Vr. B. 2 (1853) 49-.
forms. Woods, E, CE. I. T. 2 (1838) 137-.
formulas of motion. Kleitz, — . Par. A. Pon.

Chauss. 15 (1848) 318-.
Francq and Mesnard. Ca$alonga, D. A, As.

Fr. C. R. (1892)(P«. 1) 163-.
frictional losses. Wagner, F. C, Am. As. P.

(1900) 140-.

fuel, coal. ChobrzinMkif — , dt Commines de

MarHUy, — . A. Mines 9 (1856) 53-; 10

(1856) 343-; (vi Adds.) A. Mines 14 (1858)

477-.
— , — (Welsh). Couehe, C. A. Mines 15

(1859) 575-.
— , — and coke. Commines de MarsiUy, — de,

C. R. 60 (1865) 216-.
— , — , and smoke -consuming sjrstem, Ten-

brmck. Couehe, C. A. Mines 1 (1862)

1-.
— , coke, etc. Couehe, C, A. Mines 19 (1851)

425-.

— consumption. Marie, O, I. ME. P. (1884)
82-.

— , mineral oil. DieudonnS, C, dt Sainte-

Claire DeviUe, H, C. R. 69 (1869) 933-.
hammer-blow. Booth, W, H, Franklin I. J.

123 (1887) 42-.
heating surface and exhaustion. Friedrieh,

A. M, Civing. 36 (1890) 591-.
high speed. Desmousseaux de GivrS, F, X, E,

Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1878) 158-.
hot air. Burdin, — . [1863] (vn) C. R. 58

(1864) 32-.
improvements. Crista/oris, L. de. Mil. G. I.

Iiomb. 2 (1842) 44-.
— . Couehe, C. A. Mines 1 (1852) 353-.
— . Bicour, T, A. Pon. Chauss. 7 (1884)

345-.
— , and net cost of traction. Bieour, T, A.

Pon. Chauss. 10 (1885) 510-.
inclined railways. Deschwanden, J. W, von.

Sch. Os. N. D. 9 (1847) 48 pp.
of London-Birmingham railway. Bury, E,

[1840] I. CE. T. 3 (1842) 305-.
mean e£Fective pressure. Cole, F. J. Am. Eng.

A Raihroad J. 74 (1900) 176-, 309.
mountain-. Lebleu, — . A. Mines 18 (1860)

599-.
— , Sdmmering. Engerth, W. Par. Bll. S.

Enoour. 55 (1856) 231-.
performance. Mohr, — . Civing. 37 (1891)

427-.
— , formulas for. Kaven, A. von. Hann.

Archt.-Vr. Z. 33 (1887) 333-.
power of vaporisation and traction. McUhieu,

H. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1849) 121-.
prevention of escape of burning fragments.

Couehe, C. A. Mines 13 (1858) 1-.
repairing. Larpent, — . A. Mines 2 (1852)

243-.
resistance. VuiUemin, L., [(hiihhard. A.,

dt Dieudonni, C] Par. Mm. Ing. Civ. (1867)

701-.
— . Frank, A. L CE. P. 72 (1883) 366-.

— of air, reduction. Qreehi, C, Rv. So. Ind.
29 (1897) 153-, 185-.

— to motion and distribution of steam in.
Flachat, E., dt PetUt, J. C. R. 9 (1839)
697-.

— of railway gradients. Fairhaim, W. [1850]
Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 9 (1851) 149-.

load-. McLaren, J. Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 11

(1896) 279-.
safety-valves. Courtin, A. [1874] Cuyper

Rv. Un. 37 (1875) 846-.
Bozew-. Qrasei, — II Polit. 9 (1860) 198-.

267

8490 Locomotives

smoke-boxes, tomperatore. - WeUtt R. Bailroad

A Eng. J. 04 (1890) 848-.
smoke-oonsoming apparatus. Nohlemaire, — .

A. Mines 15 (1859) 411-.
spring for, new. Delay, — . G. B. 45 (1857)

752-.
steam discharge. Frankt A . Hann. Aroht.-Vr.

Z. 82 (1886) 493-.

— and eleotric, comparative tests. Anon, Am.
S. CE. T. 23 (1890) 193-, 211-.

steam-jacketing and compounding in Bussia.

Borodin, A. I. ME. P. (1886) 297-, 363-;

Far. Inff. Civ. Mm. (1886) {Pt. 2) 261-.
steep gradients. DrytdaU, C. R. (yi Adds,)

CE. I. P. 15 (1855-.56) 349-.

— — . Zurcher, F. Presse So. 1 (1861)
253-.

— — with sharp curves. Hall, J, G, V.
Kost. Eng. Mg. 11 (1874) 310-, 401-.

with toothed wheels. ValUt, F, (xi) Par. S.

Phlm. BU. 4 (1867) 60-.
train mass and steam consumption. Maison,

F". A. Mines 16 (1899) 499-.
useful effect. Virla, — . Par. A. Pon. Chauss.

16 (1838) 83-.
variaole expansion. Combea, C, A. Mines 7

(1845) 187-.
, Edchlin's system. BiUy, E. de. A.

Mines 7 (1845) 261-.
water consumption. Vicaire, E, C. B. 124

(1897) 23-.

— mixed with steam, quantity. Pambour,
F. M. G. de, C. B. 9 (1839) 481-.

Mechanical effects of confined air heated by

sun's rays. Mouchot, — . G. B. 59 (1864)

527.
Mono-railway at Brussels Exhibition. Bellet, D.

Bv. Sc. 8 (1897) 239-.
Motion by steam. Kastner, K, W, G. Eastner

Arch. Nil. 27 (1835) 337-.
Motive power, smidl. Shaw, H. S, Hele, I.

CE. P. 62 (1880) 290-.

MOTORS.

air-water. Pictet, R. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 5

(1898) 350-, 444-, 550- ; 6 (1898) 16-, 555-;

7 (1899) 43-, 139-, 240-.
alcohol. Ringelmann, M. C. B. 125 (1897)

566-.
combustion-. Witz, A. C. B. 126 (1898)

957-.
Diesel. Hauer, J, V. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 41

(1893) 383-.
— . Diesel, R, [1897] Sc. Abs. 1 (1898)

512-.
— . Meier, E. D. Franklin I. J. 146 (1898)

241-.
— . Lambotte, C. Bv. Un. Mines 48 (1899)

243-.
— . Zimmermann, A, [1899] Danzig Schr.

10 (1899-1902) (HefU 2 A 3j xiv-.
— , and thermic motors generally. Bdnki, D,

G^n. Civ. 35 (1899) 258-.
hot air, for flying machines. Paraire, J. A^r.

(1891) 99-.

Thermal Motors 2490

hot air and petrol. Vermand, P. J. k&r, (1892)

* 231-.

light, Herreshoff's. Bennett, T. J. Air. 18

(•1880) 27-.
— , — . LenieoUais, L. A6r. 18 (•1880)

51-.
and motor cars. Mandni, E. N. Antol. Sc.

159 (1898) 609-.
naphtha, knob, L. A^r. (1891) 267-.
petrol. Bochet, L. A. Mines 17 (1900) 5-.
—, hot water coil for. Turner, D. [1900] Sc.

S. Arts T. 15 (1903) 118-.
— , Niel system. Delannoy, F. O^n. Civ. 28

(1893) 332-.
steam rotary. Johert, C. A^r. 12 (^1879)
. 151-.
traction-, maximum force available. Petot, A,

G. B. 128 (1899) 1283-.

Naphtha oil, combustion in Bussian warships.

Vassilieff, (It.) — . Bv. Mar. et Gol. 133

(1897) 385-.
Natural forces, utilisation. Karsten, O. Schl.-

Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 9 (1892) 297-.
Papin*s digester, safety-piston for. Edelcrantz,

A. N. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 17 (1803) 162-.
Petrol fuel. Anon. A. Cond. Pon. Chauss. 40

(1896) 592-.
Piston without packing. Nicholson, W. Nichol-
son J. 2 (1799) 364-.
. Browne, P. A. [1816] Am. Ph. S.

T. 1 (1818) 313-.

— packing. Blass, E. Hann. Z. Archt. Vr. 4
(1858) 45a-.

— — , felt for. LiUcke, — . Dingier 65 (1837)
221-.

— speed, influence on frictional and air re-
sistances of unloaded steam-engine. Isher-
wood, B. F. Franklin I. J. 79 (1880)
361-.

Plug of cock held in position by pressure of

steam, force required to move. Mahistre, — .

C. B. 46 (1858) 978-.
Port valves of internal heat engines, efficiency.

Meier, H. D. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)

84.
Power apparatus, Bemhard's. Petersen, E.

Dingier 43 (1832) 412-.
Pressure and impulse in engines. Richards, J.

Am. Eng. & Bailroad J. 69 (1895) 117-.

— limits in engines working at expansion of
maximum effect. Mahistre, G. A, C. B.
45 (1867) 539-; B. S. P. 9 (1857-69) 110- ;
(xn) Lille S. Mm. 4 (1858) 285-.

— of steam, table. Alexander, J. H. Silliman
J. 7 (1849) 361-.

— tables for steam boilers. Fineuse, — .
Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 43 (1886) 365- ; 47 (1890)
385-.

Bailwav, trial-, Elberfeld. Egen, P. N. C.

. Dingier 64 (1837) 82-.

Barefied air, production, transmission and

use. Hanarte, G. Bv. Un. Mines 20 (1886)

109-.
Beceiver drop in multiple expansion engines.

WeighUm, R. L. Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 264.

268

2490 Safety 'Vaives

Beceiver, engine-, dynamicftl formula. Bakh^
maninov, /. I, (zn) Bee. Mth. (Moscoa) 6
(1872-73) {Pt. 1) 266-.

Begenerator. Le$eure, E, A. Mines 2 (1872)
8S7-.

— (Leseure). Bochkoltz.A, A. Mines 4 (1878)
^-.

— (Boohkoltz). Le$euret E, A. Mines 4
(1878) 18-.

— , Ericsson's. QaLy-CazaUU, A, C. B. 86

(1853) 298-.
Begulation of engines, graphic stndy. Oouilly,

A, G^n. Civ. 22 (1892-93) 328-.
of high speed. ProeUi R* Dresden

Isis Sb. (1886) 62-.
Begulator. Proelly W. Dingier 316 (1900)

729-.
Beheaters in multiple cylinder engines.

ThurtUm, R. H. Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 971.
Beheating of compressed air. Walker^ W. O,

B. A. Bp. (1900) 883.

Beversing-gear, Deprez» theoiy. Sirk, V. H.

Dingier 221 (1876) 97-.
Safety apparatus. Bache^ A, D, Silliman J.

20 (1831) 317-.

. Siguier, A. C. B. 6 (1837) 374-.

. Galy-Cazalat, A. C. B. 6 (1837)

476-.

. Sarel, — . C. B. 16 (1843) 1077-.

. Larieux, T, A. Mines 1 (1862) 113-.

-^ — . DelasaUe, A. A. Mines 16 (1869) 131-.

SAFETY-VALVES.

Edelerantz.A.N, [1804] GUbert A. 22 (1806)

124-.
BarroU, T. [1827] Lille Mm. S. (1827-28)

92-.
Gamier, F. A. Mines 8 (1830) 161-.
Bemardi, E. [1886] Yen. I. At. (1886-86)

91-.
Denyj E. Metz Ac. Mm. 67 (1889) 169-.
clogging. Hoffmann J L, Fdrster Al. Bauztg*

10 (1846) 239-.
dangers (report on memoir of Cl^ment>

Desormes). Navier, C, L. M. H. A. C. 36

(1827) 69-.
dimensions. Tretnery, J, L. A. Mines 20

(1841) 343-.
— . Armengaud, C, Dingier 129 (1863) 401- ;

Giving. 1 (1864) 66-, 197-.
— . Hawden, J. (z) Glasg. I. Eng. T. 16

(1872) 146-.
diroct-acting spring, mechanical proportions.

Adams, T. Glasg. I. Eng. T. 17 (1874)

121-.
Dulac's. Walckenaer, C. A. Mines 16 (1889)

124-.
efficacy. Burg, A. Wien SB. 46 {Ah. 2)

(1862) 286- ; 80 (1880) {Ab. 2) 872-.
with escape lever. Lemonnier, — , dt Vallie, — .

A. Mines 1 (1862) 337-.
loading with spring. Kapteyn, A. P. Cuyper

Bv. Un. 37 (1876) 401-.
. Boos, J, D. C. Af. de. 's Gravenh.

I. Ing. Ts. (1876) 37-.
. Kapteyn,A.P. [1876] 's Gravenh.

I. Ing. Ts. (1877) 87-.

Thermal Engines 2490

mercurial. WiUiams, 0. Cornwall Pol. S. T.

(1840) 64-.
minimum diameter. Thonard, E, J, L. [1870]

Cuyper Bv. Un. 30 (1871) 31-.

SerpoUet's generator for instantaneous firo-

duction of steam. Le$ourd, G, Par. S. Ps;

S^. (1888) 366-.
Slide valve. Hauer, J, von. Berg- Hm. Jb. 21

(1878) 362-.
Guagram. Zeuner, G. Giving. 3 (1867)

166-.
(Zeuner's). Fuh$t, H. Dingier 160

(1868) 241-.
. Me$ta, J. A. G6n. Civ. 16 (1869)

103-.
. Wiebe, F. K. H. Z. Bauw. 20

(1870) 46-, 337-; 21 (1871) 203-, 836-.
(Zeuner*s). Brandt, A. Dingier 239

(1881) 249-.
. ThaUmayer, V. Dingier 267 (1888)

loa-.

distribution. Batuchinger, J. Giving.

10 (1864) 296-.
. Banneux, P. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 88

(1881) 249-, 416-.
, principles, tappet-motion. Eyth, M,

Giving. 4 (1868) 167-.
, simple. Sirk, V. H. Dingier 220

(1876) 289-.
, — . ThaUmayer, V. Dingier 222

(1876) 289-.
, with 4 valves. L€auU, H. C. B.

106 (1888) 336-.

— — , improved, for condensing engines.
MaxUm, J. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 36 (1843)
361-.

, kinematics. Aston, A. Franklin I. J.

48 (1864) 236-.
, new, reversing motion. Legrand, L.

Bv. Un. Mines 16 (1891) 168-.
, regulation. Clapeyron, JB. C. B. 14

(1842) 632-.
. — . Ledieu, A. C. H. C. B. 82 (1876)

132-, 192-.
, theory and practice. Adams, T. Glasg.

T. I. Eng. 10 (1867) 166-.
Bolar heat, industrial application. Mouchot, A.

C. B. 81 (1876) 671- ; 86 (1878) 1019- ; 87

(1878) 481- ; 90 (1880) 1212-.
as motive force. Ericsson, J. Lund. Acta

Un. (Sectdar/est) 6 (1868) 4 pp.
. Bergh, G. A. A. Ps. C. 149

(1873) 691-.
, utilisation. Pifre, A. A. G^n. Civ. 7

(1878) 797-; C.B. 91 (1880) 388-; Par. Ing.

Civ. Mm. (1880) (1) 271-.
, — . PoilUm, L. M, Les Mondes 1 (1881)

181-.

, —. Pifre, A. Bv. Sc. 6 (1883) 16-.

-^ , — . Claussen, — . [1897] Liineb. Nt.

Vr. Jh. 14 (1898) xxxix-.

— magnetic engine. HuhbeU, W, W. Franklin
I. J. 20 (1860) 126-, 193-.

— pump. Marlier, P. Par. Mm. Ing. Civ.
(1870) 634-.

269^

2490 Steam

STEAM.

verius animal motive power. Sarucn, A. Rv.

So. 87 (1886) 787-.
application as mechanical power, history,

Bouget de LUle, — . Par. Bll. S. Encoar. 46

{1847) 617-.
behaviour in cylinder of steam engine, and

curves of efficiency. ThuriUnij R. H,

Franklin I. J. 83 (1882) 81-.
cylinders during ezpejision. Clark, D. K.

I. CE. P. 72 (1883) 275-.

— — steam-engines. Wiehe, F. C, H. Z.
Bauw. 24 (1874) 7-. 167-.

carriages. Baillet, — . Par. S. Phlm. Bll.

(1825) 19-.
— . Keene, — . Bordeaux Ac. Sc. S^. Pbl.

(1835) 57.
— , Bolide's. Tretca, H. E. C. R. 81 (1875)

762-.
— , mechanics. Wiesbachf J, Giving. 2 (1856)

1-.
— , principles. Sharpies, J, Am. Md. Ph.

Reg. 1 (1810) 421-.

— on railways. Pamhour, F. M, O, de. Grelle
J. Bank. 10 (1836) 27-, 183-, 256-, 363- ; 11
(1837) 25-, 105-.

combined. Wethered, J. CE. I. P. 19 (1859-

60) 462-.
compression, economical. Webb, J. B, Am.

As. P. (1893) 119-.

— in useless space of machines. Tratemter, L,
Cuyper Rv. Un. 36 (1874) 389-.

condensation. Proster, T. Franklin V. J. 37
(1859) 217-, 289-, 361- ; 38 (1859) 73-,
217-.

— in cylinder, law. Callendar, H, L,, dt
NicoUon, J. r. I. CE. P. 131 (1898) 147-.

consumption, influence of barometric pressure.
KlimerU, L, Dingier 314 (1899) 129-.

— in reversible engines. Kraft, J, Cuyper
Rv. Un. 6 (1879) 451-.

cylinders, clearance and compression. Qray^

J. MacFarlane, Nv. Archt. T. 15 (1874)

182-.
— , construction. Greene, D. M. Franklin I.

J. 51 (1866) 223-.
— , horizontal, equalising wear in. Schi^

heyder, W, Eng. S. T. (1878) 45-.
— , initial condensation. Marks, W. D.

Franklin I. J. 117 (1884) 173-, 250-.
distribution. Zeuner, G, Cuyper Rv. Un. 9

(1861) 118-.

— by circular eccentric. Leman, A . Bruz. A.
Tr. Pbl. 19 (1860-61) 41-.

— , and efficiency. Codazza, G. Mil. Mm. 1.
Lomb. 7 (1859) 79-.

— without eccentric. If., G. G6n. Civ. 9
(1886) 166-.

— in locomotives. Zeuner, G, Civing. 3
(1857) 10-.

, Hawthorn's system. Colombani, F,

n Polit. 5 (1842) 42-, 148-.
oscillating engines. RSsal, H. A. Mines

17 (1860) 267-.

— by single slide-valve. Zambelli, A,, dt
Busani, D, [1871] Yen. Aten. 8 (1873)
25-.

Steam 2490

distribution, studied by dianematmometer.

CavaUero^ A. Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 2 (1866-67)

608-.
dryness, determination. Brit, Ass. Comm.

B. A. Rp. (1894) 392-.

— , — . Unwin, W. C. I. ME. P. (1895) 81-.
— , — . Fraru^, N. Rv. Un. Mines 48 (1899)

153-.
dynamic action in locomotive. ConH, C.

[1846] Yen. Mm. I. 4 (1852) 183-.
economy in use. Greene, D. M. Franklin I.

J. 47 (1864) 318-.
, with different measures of expansion.

Stimers, A. C. Franklin I. J. 41 (1861)

254-.
efflux and influx. Bausehinger, J. Schldmilch

Z. 8 (1863) 429-.
employment, la Oironde. Manis, — . Bordeaux

Act. Ac. Sc. (1847) 289-.
expansion, practical, law. Ledieu, A. C. H,

C. R. 80 (1875) 1199- ; 81 (1875) 928-.
— , variable. Combes, C. Par. A. Pon. Chauss.

8 (1844) 178-.
— , — . Eyth, M. Civing. 5 (1859) 211-.
expansive, application. Enys, J. S. Cornwall

Pol. S. T. (1836) 70-.

— force. Baxaine, P. D. [1833] St. P6t.

Mm. Sav. i!tr. 2 (1835) 269-.

— working. BemouUi, G. Dingier 47 (1888)
401-.

. Farcot, ~. A. Mines 7 (1845) 889-.

. Hazard, E. FrankUn I. J. 12 (1846)

190-
. * Prosser, T. FrankUn I. J. 12 (1846)

338—.
.* Fairbaim, W. [1849] Dingier 116

(1850) 1-.
. Clark, D.K. Franklin I. J. 25 (1858)

1-, 73-.
. Browrdee, — . (vi Adds.) Glasg. T. I.

Eng. 5 (1861-62) 106-.

. Mouche, L. Rv. Mar. 21 (1867) 274-.

^— — in Cornish pumping engines. Henwood,

W. J. CE. I. T. 2 (1838) 49-.
force. Schitko, J. Baumgartner Z. 6 (1829)

257-.
formulas for steam apparatus. Berthelemot,

— . (vn) A. Cond. Pon. Chauss. 2 (1858)

29-.
gauge. Bicker, L., dt Rouppe, H. W. Rot. N.

Yh. 1 (1800) 549-; OUbert A. 10 (1802)

257-.
— . EddcranU, A. N. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 30

(1809) 128-.
— . Zenger, C. W. Ph. Mg. 42 (1871) 844-.

— for high-pressure boilers. Piclet, E.
Sturgeon A. Electr. 5 (1840) 810.

— , hyperbolic. Delaveleye, M. A. [1843]

Dingier 93 (1844) 171-.
— , maximum. Coucke, C. A. Mines 14 (1858)

617-.
generators. Siguier, A. C. R. 8 (1839) 691-.

— , action of fatty matters. Pereyra, G. A.
Mines 14 (1878) 88-.

— for fixed engines. Massart, H. Rv. Un.
Mines 17 (1885) 317-, 537-; 18 (1885)
80-.

270

2490 Steam

generators, new. Boutigny, P. H. Par. BU.

S. Encoar. 51 (1852) 722-.
— . — Quzzi, P. Rv. Un. Mines 17 (1885)

656-.
— , safety apparatos. Watteyne, K., dt Demeure,

A. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 48 (1891) 75-.
— , theory. Codazza, G, N. Cim. 13 (1861)

393-; 14 (1861) 203-, 336-.
— , use of water of coal-pits in. Stoelet, V,

Cuyper Rv. Un. 19 (1866) 482-.
hammers. Sehliphake, W. Dingier 145 (1857)

326-.
— . Clarinval, E. A. Mines 17 (1860) 87-.
— , American, effects. RSnUf H. A. Mines 1

(1872) 72- ; C. R. 74 (1872) 369-.
— , Daelen, useful effect. Knop, H, (vm)

Cuyper Rv. Un. 9 (1861) 127-.

— in iron working. MoriUt A. C. R. 21 (1845)
1264-.

— , Turck's. Leseuret — . A. Mines 8 (1855)

533-.
heat capacity applied to steam engine theory.

Frank, A. Hann. Aroht.-Vr. Z. 37 (1891)

337-.
high pressure, advantages. Prideaux, J,

Thomson A. Ph. 10 (1825) 432-.
— • — , — in compound engines. Lencavchez, A .

Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1890) {Pt. 2) 300-.

— — > application to quadruple engines.
Adamson, D. I. and S. I. J. (1875) 360-.

, economy. Le Van, W, B. Franklin L

J. 119 (1885) 396-.
, ana engine efficiency. Beaumont^ W, W.

Eng. S. T. (1888) 221-.
, as substitute for dangerous explosives in

coal-mining. Schaw, {Moj.-Gen,) H. [1898]

I. Mn. £. T. 16 (1899) 331-.
loop. Kerr, W, C. Franklin I. J. 132 (1891)

241-.
as means of using power from heat. Latorie,

J. G. Cuyper Rv. Un. 10 (1861) 296-.
mechanical efficiency, influence of friction.

RanHne, W. J. M, Franklin I. J. 52 (1866)

388-.

— and heating powers. LevalloU, J. A.
Mines 4 (1843) 181-.

motion in tubes. Atueher, — . A. Mines 7

(1895) 325-.
as motive power. Palmer, G, H, CE. I. T. 2

(1838) 33-.
. Schaar, M. Brux. A. Un. 1 (1842)

1-.
. Colding, L, A, Sk. Nf. F. 6 (1851)

76-; Ejdb. Dn. Vd. Selsk. Skr. 3 (1853)

1-.

. Ravioli, C, G. Arcad. 142 (1856) 6-.

. Lencauchez, A. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1898) (Pt. 1) 1035-.
non-saturated, in steam-engines. Laurens, C,

d Thamoi, — . L»I. 1 (1833) 7-.
packings, friction. Benjamin, G, H. [1899]

Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 264-.
percussive action. Taurinus, F. A, Dingier

85 (1842} 161-.
pipes, condensation. Bird, W, J, [1879] N.

Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 29 (1880) 7-.
— , resistance. Milton, J. T, Nv. Archt. T.

36 (1895) 191-.

Steam 2490

pipes, section. Mahittre, G» A, [1858] (xn)
Lille S. Mm. 5 (1859) 51-, xxi.

piston. Bargum, L, Hann. Z. Archt. Vr. 2
(1856) 478-.

ploughs. ThaUmayer, V. Dingier 267 (1888)
21-, 56-.

power meter. AafUon, T., dt Storey, — • B.

A. Rp. 40 (1870) 151-.

— , problems. Tate, T, Franklin I. J. 9

(1845) 149-.
— , processes in development of. Itherwood,

B. F, Franklin I. J. 130 (1890) 301-,
34&-.

pressure and density, especially in high pressure
engines. PoU, W. CE. I. P. 2 (1843) 209- ;
6 (1847) 350-.

— regulator. RoUand, E. C. R. 62 (1866)

, Giroud's. Lemoine, E, As. Fr. C. R.

(1874) 120-.
pressures at high temperatures. Bicker, L,, d

Rouppe, H. W, Rot. N. Vh. 1 (1800) 549- ;

Gilbert A. 10 (1802) 257-.
— , mercury manometer for. Hoyau, — . Par.

BU. S. Encour. 31 (1832) 266-.
production and employment. Ijeficauchez, A,,

d Durant, L. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm. (1890)

{Pt. 1) 720-.
properties and practical application, tables.

Enys, J. S. Cornwall Pol. S. T. (1835)

44—.
separation, mechanical, of water suspended in.

Maldant, E. C. Par. Ing. Civ. Bim. (1874)

126-.
separator, Bumham's. Freytag, F. Dingier

288 (1893) 36-.
as source of motive power. Lencauchez, A,

St. it. BU. S. In. Mn. 12 (1883) 91-.
thermodynamics. CeUSrier, G, Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 6 (1881) 126-.
traps. Bach, C. Dingier 243 (1882) 442-.
tubular transmission. Bonnotte, — . St. fit.

BU. S. In. Mn. 14 (1885) 327-.
utiUsation by steps. Gueyaon, (eapit.) — de.

Rv. Mar. et Col. 146 (1900) 212-.
velocity in long pipes. Naeee, R., Ehrhardt,

L., dt Gutermuth, F. [1887] Rv. Un. Bfines

12 (1890) 89-.
waste in engine pipes. Mahistre, G, A, [1858]

(xn) LiUe S. ftbn. 5 (1859) 257-.
work in engines. Mahittre, [G. A,] C. R. 44

0857) 1267- ; (xn) LUle S. Mm. 4 (1858)

Steamship (Alban), construction. Alban, E,

Dingier 109 (1848) 1-, 242-, 321-, 401-.
Steamships. Cialdi, A. G. Arcad. 105 (1845)

23-; 106 (1846) 1-; 107 (1846) 3-; 108

(1846) 3-.
— , calculation of power required for propulsion.

Athertan, C. (vi Adde.) CE. I. P. 23 (1863-

64)350-.
— , efficiency. Manzel, R. Glasg. I. Eng. T.

22 (1879) 129-.
Step-grate, Langen's. Him, G, A. A. Mines

2 (1862) 411-.

271

2490 Turbines

ThiotUe yalve, aotion; influence of useless

space. Zeuner, O. A. Giving. 21 (1875)

1-.
Tractive force, and coal and water consumption

on railways. LUierutem, A, JR. van, Hann.

Archt..yr. Z. 45 (1899) 507-.
Train resistance and coal consumption.

LUierutem, A. von. Giving. 81 (1885)

179-.
Transmission of heat from surface condensation

through metal cylinders. English, T., <t

Donkin, B. I. ME. P. (1896) 501-.

— — power by compressed air. Kennedy,
A, B. W. B. A. Rp. (1889] 448-.

electricity, water and gas. Segundo,

E. C. de, Eng. S. T. (1894) 143-.
steam. Liddell, — , dt Merivdle,

J, H. N. Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 35 (1886) 159-.
. . Merivale, J. H. [1886] N.

Eng. I. Mn. E. T. 36 (1887) 13-.
Trials of cruiser Diadem. Durstonj {Sir) J.

Nv. Archt. T. 40 (1898) 1-.
cruisers Powerful and Terrible. Durston,

A. J. Nv. Archt. T. 38 (1897) 153-.

— and experiments made in H.M.S. Argonaut.
DursUm, {Sir) J. Nv. Archt. T. 41 (1899)
1-.

TURBINES.

combustion-, for marine use. Meglio, A, del.

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 32 (1900) 62-.
steam. Stein/eld, P. K. [1891] I^kat.S.Our.

Bll. 13 (1891-94) 105-.
— . Edgewnbe, K. Elect. Bv. 35 (1894) 372-,

395- 453- 465-.
— . Kennedy, R. Elect. Bv. 44 (1899) 237-,

397-, 672-.
— . Parsons, (Hon.) C. A. [1899] Nt. 61

(1899-1900) 21.
— . Thurston, R. H. Science 11 (1900)

972-.
— , and applications to mining. Bailie, J, D

[1897] Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 13 (1898) 621- ;

14 (1898) 214- ; 15 (1898) 178-, 275-.
— , and dynamos. T., O. A. T^l. 15 (1888)

— , high speed navigation. Parsons, {Hon.)

C. A. [1900] B. I. P. 16 (1902) 235-.
— , Laval. Sosnowski, K, Elekttech. Z. 15

(1894) 442-; G^n. Giv. 24 (1893-94) 314- ;

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894) 147-.
— , — . H., C. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 44 (1896)

107-.
— , —. SUvart, A. Bv. Un. Mines 33 (1896)

141-.
— , — . Anon. A. Gond. Pon. Ghauss. 40

(1896) 104-.
— , —. MUller, W. Dingier 313 (1899) 145-.
— , Paloux. CoMsi, E. hjkx. (1899) 61-.
working with gas or oil. Meglio, A. del. Bv.

Sc.-lnd. 32 (1900) 30-.

Underground steam appliances. Martin, R.

I. Mn. E. T. 15 (1898) 262-; 16 (1899) 58.
Valve, back pressure, equilibrium line for

broad-seated valves. Robinson, S. W. [1882]

V. NoBt. Eng. Mg. 29 (1883) 34-.

2495

Valve diagram, Meyer*s. Pilch, A. Giving. 31

(1885) 175-.
— gear, Fidler's, description. K r. Dingier

262 (1886) 439-.
Valves, reciprocating motion connected with

that of beam. Verdam, O. J. Quetelet Gor.

Mth. 4 (1828) 253-.
Vaporisation of engine working at expansion of
. maximum effect. Mahistre, — . G. B. 45

(1857) 418-. .

Ventilators, theory. Mortier, P. St. Et. Bll.

S. In. Mn. 5 (1891) 935-.
Volatile liquids in lieu of water for purposes of

propulsion. Yarrow, A. F. Nv. Archt. T.

29 (1888) 248-.
Warships, new. Ziese, JR. Dingier 276 (1890)

513-, 557-.
Water, choice and use for steam engines.

Fineuse, — . Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 43 (1885) 181-.
— , effect in cylinders. Anspach, L. Bv. Un.

Mines 17 (1892) 1- ; 18 (1892) 229-.
— , steam pipes. Walckenaer, C. A.

Mines 15 (1899) 127-.
— , feed- and circulating, measurement by
. chemical means. Stromeyer, C. E. Nv.

Archt. T. 37 (1896) 226-.
— , , at sea, and power of steamships.

Sinclair, N. Glasg. I. Eng. T. 40 (1897)

177-.
— , forms taken in cylinders of steam engines.

DonHn, B. {jun.) Bv. Un. Mines 21 (1893)

276-.
— , fresh, for marine boilers (Ericsson's ap-
paratus). Haswell, C. H. Franklin 1. J. 15

(1848) 128-.
»-, — , . Domatien, A. Presse So. 2

(1863) 151-.
Water-gauge. Dagand,—. A. Nfines 14 (1858)

282-.
— with automatic cock. Reuleaux, F. Giving.

3 (1857) 148-.
Water-heater at Gadzow colliery. Thomson,

W. S. I. Mn. E. T. 16 (1898) 130-. 258-;

16 (1899) 55-.
Water-jet condensers, theory and application.

K&rting, E. Z. Vr. Bfibenzuckin. 43 (1893)

115-.
Water-level, just, in gas-meters and steam-
boilers, improved method of maintaining.

Sanders, Q. [1856] Dubl. B. S. J. 1 (1856-

57) 32-.
Water-wheels and steam engines compared.

Nancarrow, ^. Am. Ph. S. T. 4 (1799) 348-.
Wheel for regulating admission of steam.

Mahutre,Q.A. [1857] (xn) LiUe S. Mm.

5(1859)5-.
Work of gases. Lefer, E. Par. Ing. Giv. Mm.

(1888) {Pt. 1) 76-.

2495 Sefrigerators.
iSee also 1012.)

Artificial cold, thermodynamics. Prytz, K.

Ts. Ps. C. 25 (1886) 33-.
Gooling methods oy expansion of air. Mewes,

R. Dingier 315 (1900) 408-.

272

2990 Light and Invisible Badiation

Electrical equipment of refrigeratiiig plant.

Anon. Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 486.
Low temperatures, method for production.

BUus, E. Nt. 52 (1895) 415.
. . Dixon, E. T, Nt. 62 (1895)

547.
Mechanical refrigeration, theory and practice.

Murray, T, R. [1897] Glasg. I. Eng. T.

41 (1898) 165-.
Refrigeration machine as heater. Richmond,

G. Franklin I. J. 122 (1886) 113-.
, theory. Terquem, A, C. R. 84 (1877)

602-, 648-.

,— . Ledoux,C, A. Mines 14 (1878)121-.

, — -. PicUt, R. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.

(1880) (2) 71-.

LIGHT AND INVISIBLE
RADIATION.

2990 General.
(See also 3400, 6600.)

Light. Anon, (vi 630) Hermbstadt Bll. 12

(1812) 256-.
— . Ure, Andr, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 57 (1821)

409- ; 58 (1821) 13-.
— . Sprengel, C. Erdm. J. Tech. C. 9 (1830)

172-.
— . Rieci, A, Metax4 A. Md. Ghir. 12 (1845)

282-.
— . Proctor, B. S. Mcr. J. 3 (1863) 151-.
— , development. Pallet, — . Amiens Mm.

Ac. (1847) 37-.
— , dynamics. Hamilton, (Sir) W. R, Ir. Ac.

P. 1 (1841) 245. 267-.
— , electricity in movement probable cause.

Anon, (VI 1094) Rv. Sc. 3 (1844) 314-.
— , experiments. Bitter, J, W, J. de Ps. 57

(1803) 409-.

— and heat, chemical actions. Harrup, R,
Nicholson J. 5 (1802) 245-.

and electricity, analogy. Ooodman, J,

B. A. Rp. (1844) (pt, 2) 11-.

— — — — — and magnetism, analogy.
Conjigliachi, P. Brugnatelli G. 6 (1813)
284-, 341-.

— — — — , identity, researches.

Goodman, J, [1846-51] Manch. Ph. S.
Bim. 8 (1848) 276- ; 9 (1851) 80- ; 10 (1852)
155- ; R. S. P. 6 (1851) 92-.

, similarities and difiFerences. Knod,

E, von. Wet. Gs. A. 1 (1809) 145-.

and sound, identity of agents pro-
ducing. Love, G. H. Par. Ing. Civ. Mm.
(1860) 138-, 144-, 253-.

— , modifications. Parrot, G. F, Voigt Mg. 1
(1798) (Hft. 2) I37-.

— , molecules, forms, influence in optical

phenomena. Malus, ^. L. Strasb. S. Sc.
Sfon. 1 (1811) 281-.
— , — , — , phenomena depending on. Malu$,

i. L. Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 1 (1808) 341-,
353-.

U adulatory Theory 2990

Light, nature. Heron, R, Tilloch Ph. Mg.

8 (1800) 161-.
— , — . GensavD, L. von. Berl. Gs. Nt. Fr.

Mg. 2 (1808) 243-.
— , — . Talbot, W, H. F. Ph. Mg. 7 (1885)

113- ; (VI Adds.) Bb. Un. 60 (1835) 19-,

337-.
— , — , hypotheses. Crane, W, Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 46 (1815) 195-.
— , — , — . Gardoqui, J, de. Cadiz Period.

M. Ci. 1 (1848) 16-.
— , — , Newton*s views. K&mtz, L, F,

Schweiffger J. 45 (=J&. 15) (1825) 176-.
— , new phenomenon. Parcieux, — de. Par.

S. Phlm. BU. 1 (1791) 58.
— , origin and properties. Becker, F. J. von.

Helsingf. Ofv. 12 (1870) 17^.
— , properties, 2jantede6chi's work. Wartvuinn,

t. [1847] Laus. Bll. S. Vd. 2 (1846-48)

220-.
— and sound, analogy. Barrett, W. F. QJ.

Sc. 7 (1870) 1-.
— , theory. Anon, (vi 1254) Trommsdorff

J. Phm. 3 (1796) {St. 2) 186-.
— , — . Amim, L. A. von. Gilbert A. 5 (1800)

465-.
— , — , attractional. Regnir, L. Zach M. Cor.

6 (1802) 348-.
— , — , corpuscular. Bowdoin, J. Am. Ac.

Mm. 1 (1785) 195-.
— , — , — , and spectrum, phosphorescence and

fluorescence. Ctuidrado, G. A. Habana Ac.

A. 33 (1896) 253-.
— , — , emission-, proof of falsity. Feussner, W.

A. Ps. C. 160 (1877) 317-.

Optical notes. Talbot, W. H. F. (vi Addt.)

Ph. Mg. 4 (1834) 112-, 289-.
Physical notes. Gruzincev, A. P. Kharkov

Mth. S. Com. (1885) 59-.

UNDULATORY THEORY.

Prevost, P. Bb. Brit. 54 (1813) 203-.
Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. (1814) 170-.

Orsted, H. C, Kiob. Ov. (1815-16) 12-.
Poisson, S. D. A. C. 22 (1828) 270-.
(Poisson.) Fresnel, A, J, A. G. 23 (1823) 32-,

113-.
Bailly, C. Par. Mm. S. L. 3 (1825) 262-*.
Cauchy, A, L, [1830] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 10

(1831) 293-.
Markiewicz, R. Erk. Roczn. Uniwers. 14

(1831) 293-.
PoweU, B. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 18 (1835) 275-.
(Cauchy.) Powell, B. Ph. Mg. 6 (1835) 16-,

107-, 189-, 262-.
Cauchy, A. L, C. R. 2 (1836) 207-, 341-, 364-.
Tovey, J. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 270-, 500- ; 9

(1836) 420-.
Pohl, G. F. Bresl. Schl. Gs. tJbs. (1838) 31-.
Powell, B. B. A. Rp. (1838) (pt, 2) 6-.
Cauchy, A. L. C. R. 8 (1839) 582-.
Smith, Arch, [Signed G. A. S. and A. S.l

Camb. Mth. J. 1 (1839) 3-, 77-.
PoweU, B. Ashmol. S. P. No. 17 (1840) 82-;

B. A. Rp. (1841) {pt. 2) 25; Ph. Mg. 18
(1841) 161- ; 19 (1841) 372-.

VOL. III.

273

8

2990 Vnduiatory Theory

Schmid, E. E. Fogg. A. 56 (1842) 393-, 541-.
Brock, 0. J. Rpm. Pb. 6 (1844) 88-.
Laurent, P, A, C. B. 20 (1846) 560-, 1076-,

1593-.
Moigno, F, Rv. Sc. 4 (1845) 177-.
Brock, 0. J. Rpm. Ps. 7 (1846) 1-.
Chains, J, [1846] Camb. Ph. S. T. 8 (1849)

363-.
Stokes, G. O. B. A. Bp. (1848) {pt. 2) 5.
Bankine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 6 (1853) 403-.
Ckallis, J, Ph. Mg. 24 (1862) 462-.
Lorem, L. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 111-; A. Ps.

C. 121 (1864) 679-.
BousHnesq, J. G. B. 61 (1865) 19-.
Ckallis, J. Ph. Mg. 29 (1866) 329-.
Boussinesq, J. C. B. 65 (1867) 235- ; Lioav J.

Mth. 13 (1868) 313-, 425-.
Hudson, H, B. A. Bp. 40 (1870) {Sect.) 39.
IBarrS de] Saint Venant, — . A. C. 25 (1872)

835-.
Boussinesq, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 18 (1873) 361-.
(Caachy, * *£xerciceB d' Analyse, ' * etc.) Matkieu,

i. L. Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1881) 201-.
Moutier, J. Par. S. Phhn. BU. 5 (1881) 133-.
Thomson, (Sir) W. Franklin I. J. 118 (1884)

821-.
application to acoustics, optics and astronomy.

Doppler, C. Bdhm. Gs. Ab. 4 (1845-46)

497-.

— of geometrical propositions. Maccullagk, J.
[1833] Ir. Ac. T. 17 (1837) 241-.

defence; and method of finding specific gravity
of light from analogy. Winter, R. Nichol-
son J. 19 (1808) 143-.

and emission theory. Arago, D. F. J. C. B.
7 (1838) 954-.

. Ladame, H. Neuch. Bll. 2 (1846-

47) 117-.

. Arago, D. F. J. C. B. 30 (1850)

489-.

equations, differential. Ettingshausen, A. von.
C. B. 24 (1847) 801- ; Wien SB. (1848) 62-.

— of motion of light waves, terms proportional
to displacements of the ether in. Boussinesq,
J. C. B. 117 (1893) 80-.

small motions in compressed isotropic

medium. Boussinesq, J, C. B. 65 (1867)

167-.
form, general, of waves. PlUcker, J. Grelle J.

19 (1839) 1-, 91-.
generators of wave-surface, physical property.

Walton, W. Camb. and Dubl. Mth. J. 8

(1853) 33-.
impossibility of propagation of longitudinal

waves in the ether. Pellat, H, C. B. 86

(1878) 1126-.
law of permanence of vibration period. Petzval,

J. Wien SB. 8 (1852) 134-, 567-; 9 (1852)

699-.
(Petzval). Ettingskausen,

A. von. Wien SB. 9 (1852) 27-.
motion of luminous source as test. Preston,

S. T. [1878] Nt. 19 (1879) 178-.
Newton's objections. Fresnel, A. J. Bb. Un.

22 (1823) 73-.
propagation of light in vacuo. Hamilton, (Sir)

W. R. B. A. Bp. (1838) {pt. 2) 2-.

Geometrical Optics 3000

relation between velocity and wave-length of
light. Tot-ey, J. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 7-.

transverse vibrations of light, method of ex-
planation. Preston, S. T. Nt. 21 (1880)
256-, 369-; 22 (1880) 363.

vibration and the theory of light. Hamilton,
{Sir) W. R. Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1841) 341-.

vibrations parallel and normal to light waves.
Zantedescki, F. Zantedeschi A. Fis. (1849-
50) 231-.

waves in compressed isotropic media. Bous-
sinesq, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 13 (1868) 209-.

•^, direct employment in optical calculations.
Potier, A. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 377-.

— of light and heat. Daguin, P. A, Tool.
Mm. Ac. 4 (1860) 213-.

GEOMETRICAL OPTICS.

3000 General.

Malus, i. L. [1807] Par. 6c. Pol. J. 14« cah,
J1808) 1-, 84-; Par. Mm. Sav. fetr. 2 (1811)

Prevost, P. Bb. Brit. 53 (1813) 18-.

Sturm, J. C. F. Liouv. J. Mth. 3 (1838) 856-.

Langberg, C. N. Mg. Ntvd. 3 (1843) 402-.

Decker, G. SchlSmUch Z. 2 (1857) 126-.

LivUtal, A. C. B. 63 (1866) 458-; Par. ifeo.
Norm. A. 4 (1867) 195- ; J. de Ps. 1 (1872)
209-, 247-.

Warren, J. QJ. Mth. 12 (1873) 371-.

Pendlebury, R. Mess. Mth. 9 (1880) 2^-.

Pina Vidal, A. A. de. Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 10
(1885) 229-.

Mannkeim, A, Liouv. J. Mth. 2 (1886) 5-.

Tkampson, S. P. L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 193- ;
Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 232-.

(Thompson.) Tkeuerer,J.A. £asopis20 (1891)
251- ; Fschr. Mth. (1891) 1097.

Meisel, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 44 (1899) 298-.

Apparatus, historical account. Wood, G. S.
Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 26 (1872) 49-.

Artificial light of the future, necessary con-
ditions. Palaz, A. Bv. Sc. 48 (1891) 79-.

Experiments. Plateau, J. A. F. Quetelet
Cor. Mth. 6 (1830) 121-.

— . Riccb, A. Spet. It. Mm. 6 (1877) 85-.

Instruments, construction. Dove, H. W.
(VI Adds.) Beri. Pol. Gs. Vort. (1855) 212-.

Limits of geometrical optics. Abbe, E. Jena.
Sb. (1880) 71-.

Loci, geometrical, 3, connection and general-
isation. Issaly, {Vabbe) — . Bordeaux S.
Sc. Mm. 5 (1890) 163-.

Phenomena, singular. Cassani, P. (xn) Bv.
Sc.-Ind. 12 (1880) 478-.

Phenomenon. Pickault, J. Les Mondes 31
(1873) 69-.

— . S., F. J. Science 3 (1884) 275, 475.

— , projection-. Hastings, C. S. Science 3
ri884) 501-.

Poles, optical, of an ellipsoid, method of deter-
mination. Sulzer, D. E. C. B. 110 (1890)
568-.

274

3010 Brightness

Principle, and its application. Billet^ [F,]

Dijon Ac. Mm. 2 (1852-53) (pU. 2) 129-.
Radius vector and tangent, angle between,

geometrical problems and applications to

optics. Piani, D. [1850] Bologna Mm.

Ac. Sc. 4 (1853) 309-.
Relation to other parts of mathematics and

physics. Maxwell, J, C, [1874] Camb.

Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 338-.
Shadow of flame produced by itself. Lommel,

E. Munch. Ak. Sb. 20 (1891) 5-.
in sunlight. Breton , Ph. Les Mondes

23 (1870) 10-.
Shadows, luminous effect observed with arc

lamps in winter. Melander, O. Helsingf.

Ofv. 35 (1893) 93-.
— without penumbra. WilcockStA, Am. Ph.

S. P. 17 (1878) 705.
Spherical trigonometry in optics. Kudelka, J,

Arch. Mth. Ps. 53 (1871) 61-.
Theorems, 2 well known, elementary proof.

Matthiessen, H. F. L. Z. Mth. Ps. 19 (1874)

176-.
Theoretical optics. Radicket O. Rpm. Ps. 8

(1839) 142-.

Illuminating Power 3010

ILLUMINATING POWER.

3010 Photometry. Units of Light.
Brightness. Optical Fyrometry.

(See also 1255^ 4200, 4202, 6080.)

BRIGHTNESS.

Albedo of white cardboard, determination

not dependent on Lambert's calculation.

KononovU, A. N. Re. S. Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 2

(•1879).
Analyser, penombral. M(ici de Uptnay, J.

J. de Ps. 9 (1900) 585-.
Black and white. Nichols, E.L. [1886] Kan.

Ac. Sc. T. 10 (1887) 37-.
Colour brightness. Gruher, E. Ph. Stud. 9

(1894) 429-.
Decrease of light in interior of room. Detlefsen,

E. [1884] Wiirzb. Bt. I. Arb. 3 (1888) 88-.
Diffusion of light. LaUemand, A. C. R. 79

(1874) 693-.
. Sumpner, W. E. [1892-93] L. Ps.

S. P. 12 (1894) 10- ; Ph. Mg. 35 (1893) 81- ;

Elect. 30 (1893) 381-, 411-, 439-.
, even, globes for. FrSdureau, — . C.

R. 115 (1892) 1064-.
within translucent bodies, photometric

researches. ChvoUon, O. [1886] St. P^t.

Ac. Sc. Bll. 31 (1887) 213-.
— , tables for computing. Becker, G. F. Am.

J. Sc. 3 (1897) 280-.
Distribution of light in electric lighting.

CUmenceau, P. Lum. illect. 11 (1884) 149-,

244-.
on surface. Breton, Ph.

Mth. 17 (1852) 79-.

of candles of different dimensions. Walker,
El. Nicholson J. 6 (1803) 90-.

and lamps. Nicholson, W. Nicholson

J. 1 (1797) 67-.

— — , method of increasing. Walker, Ez.
Nicholson J. 3 (1802) 272-.

, in proportion to consumption of material.

Walker, Ez. Nicholson J. 4 (1803) 40-.
, relation to size of flame. Glan, P. A.

Ps. C. 51 (1894) 584-.

— carburetted water-gas. BiUeter, 0. Neuch.
S. Sc. Bll. 15 (1886) 217-.

— electric searcn-lignts. Tchikoleff, W., db

TuHn, W. Eclair. iSlect. 1 (1894) 1-, 63-,
104-, 161-, 577- ; 2 (1895) 8-, 49-.

— enclosed arc lamps. Warner, E, P. Sc.
Abs. 3 (1900) 451.

— fire-fly, cheapest form of light. Langley,
S.P.,dt Very, F. W. Am. J. Sc. 40 (1890)
97-.

— flames. Siemens, E. W. von. Berl. Ak.
Sb. (1882) 961-.

(Siemens). Hittorf, W. A. Ps. C. 19

(1883) 73-.
. Dohrzyhski, F. Kosmos (Lw.) 9 (1884)

81-.
. Landsherg, C. Cztg. Opt. 5 (1884)

145-, 157-.
. Franchis, G, de, Rm. R. Ac. Lino. Rd.

2 (1886) {Sem. 1) 488-, 609-.
^ gas. Elster, S. (yi Adds.) Berl. Pol. Os.

Vh. 21 (1860) 249-.
. Sugg, W. T. 1. CE. P. 44 (1876)

151-.

. Edler, — . N.-Vorp. Mt. 24 (1892) x-.

: amount of light obtained from givea

quantities of coal. Farmer, W. [1876] Am.

C. 7 (1877) 64-.
: best means of developing light from

coal gas of different qualities. Wallace, W.

B. A. Rp. (1878) 108-.
, candles and lamps compared with electric

and lime lights. Elster, S. Carl Rpm. 4

(1868) 171-.
at different distances from manufactory.

Fyfe, A. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 36 (1844) 223-.
, increase by benzene vapour. Raspe, F,

Russl. Phm. Z. 1 (1862-63) 93-.
, influence of compression. Love, E. G.

S. C. In. J. 15 (1896) 339-.
, indiarubber tubes. ZtUkowsky, K.

D. C. Gs. B. 5 (1872) 769-.
jets with flat flames. Aignan, A., dt

Chabot, P. Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 2 (1891)

xxiv-.
: oil- and coal-gas compared. Ricardo,

— . Thomson A. Ph. 1 (1821) 209-, 333-.
: . Fyfe, A. Edinb. Ph.

J. 11 (1824) 171-.
Liouv. J. : . ChrUtUon, R., db

Turner, — . TiUoch Ph. Mg. 66 (1826) 206-.
: , and construction of gas

burners. Christison, R,, dt Turner, — .

Edinb. Ph. J. 13 (1825) 1-.

275 8 2

3010 Illuminating Power

of gas, and its parity. Harcourt^ A, O, V,
y. Nost. Eng. N^. 16 (1876) 861-.

— — reduced by presence of atmospheric air.
SUliman, B. {j^n,), dt WurU, H. Am. J.
So. 48 (1869) 40-.

carbon dioxide. Stimpiont

F,E. Franklin I. J. 61 (1871) 64-.

— — , regulation of jet. Aignan, A,t dt
Chabot, P, [1891] Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 3
(1898) iv~.

and heating power, comparative, of different
kinds of coal-gas burners. Fyfe^ A, [1840]
Edinb. T. Sc. S. Arts 1 (1841) 493-.

of illuminants used in mines. Stokea^ A, H.
[1895] Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 10 (1896) 135-,
438-, 499- ; 11 (1896) 155-.

influence of colour of artificial light. Schu-
mann, 0. Humb. 5 (1886) 32a-.

of lamps (Locatelli' s) . Grar, N, Valenciennes
Mm. S. Ag. 1 (1833) 176-.

. Heeren, F,, dt Karmarach, — . Dingier

69 (1838) 286-.

— — and candles, condition of increase.
Breton, P, Les Mondes 22 (1870) 747-.

— mixture of acetylene and hydrogen, photo-
metry of flame. Hartman, L. W. Ps. Bv.
9 (1899) 176- ; Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 385-.

alcohol and coal tar oil. Lamp<idiu$,

W, A. Erdm. J. Tech. C. 16 (1833) 368-.

— oils (vegetable, animal and mineral) and
coal-gas. Macadam, S. [1871] Edinb. T.
Sc. S. Arts 8 (1872) 325-.

, effect of refining. Kauer, — . Lieb.

A. 28 (1838) 125-.

— petroleum (high-boiling). Heumann, K.
Dingier 224 (1877) 408-, 525-.

(Bussian). Btel, J. Dingier 252 (1884)

119-.

. Th»mer, W. C. Ztg. 8 (1884) 876-.

. SckmeUk, L, Dingier 255 (1885) 39-,

79-.
\ ZalosiecH, R. Dingier 260 (1886)

127-.
(flat flames). Mayer, A, M, Am. J. Sc.

41 (1891) 52-.
, estimation of gas value. Helfera, F, Z.

Angew. G. (1896) 650-.
, and heating value. BdrwcUdt —, [1863]

hn Adds.) Berl. Pol. Qs. Yh. 25 (1864)

68—.
, influence of composition. Alftan, E.

S. G. In. J. 6 (1887) 650.
, resinous constituents. Charitichkow,

K, W. [1895] S. G. In. J. 15 (1896) 24-.

— products of Gerstewitz paraffin factory.
Zincken, [C. F, non] J. C. L. Halle Z. Nw.
22 (1863) 341-.

— ships* hghts. Napier, J, R. Glasg. T. I.
Eng. 12 (1869) 13-.

— spirit glow lamp compared with other sources
of illumination. Fischer, F, Z. Angew. G.
(1896) 433-.

— various substances. Hassenfratz, J, H,
A. G. 24 (1797) 78-.

. Roudolf, W. Dingier 125 (1852)

829—
'-, Heim, C. Hann. Aroht.-Vr. Z. 83

(1887) 388-.

Illumination. Qas Lighting 3010

ILLUMINATION^

{8u aUo Coast Lighting, 3090.)

ancient and modem. Lunger O. Zflr. Nf.

Os. Njbl. (1900) 20 pp.
apparent, of curvea surface. Mandl, J, Wien

Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) {Ah, 2a) 807-.
application of photometry. Vitry, U, Toul.

Mm. Ac. 6 (1850) 255-.
by arc lamps, principles. Carter, F, W,

Elect. Bv. 45 (1899) 994-, 1034-.
of given areas, heights for maximum. Anis-

nmoff, W. BU. Sc. Mth. 23 (1899) 264-.
arrangements. Benteli, A. Bern Mt. (1874)

{Ab,) 80-.

— for surfaces whose sections perpendicular to
one axis are similar ellipses. Niemt$chik, JR.
Wien Sb. 57 (1868) (Ab, 2) 678-.

with similar system of parallel sections.

Bazala, J. Arch. Mth. Ps. 1 (1884) 266- ;

11 (1892) 113- ; 12 (1894) vn.
artificial, of same character as daylight, pro-
duction. Dufton, A., dt Gardner, W, M,

B. A. Bp. (1900) 631-.
— , progress. Kunitzki, — von, [1899] Westf.

Vr. Jbr. (1899-1900) 104-.
— , waste of energy in, and development.

Blis$, D. M, [1894] N. Scotia I. Sc. P. A

T. 8 (1895) Ivu-.
by Bude light. Ure, Andr, Edinb. N. Ph. J.

33 (1842) 91-.
of circular area. Hoffmann, —, Elekttechn.

Z. 2 (1881) 104-.

— classroom, position, shape and size of
windows, mathematical calculation. Moritx ,
— . Z. Hyg. 22 (1896) 201-.

— — , space angle (w, sin a) as measure.
GiUert, E, Z. Hyg. 12 (1892) 82-.

, ( — ) — — — . Erismann, F,

Arch. Hyg. 17 (1893) 205-.

— conicoids by parallel beams. Koutny, E,
Briinn Vh. 5 (1866) {Ab.) 49-.

and distribution of light. Epttein, J, Frkf.

a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1895-96) 45.
distribution and measurement. Trotter, A. P.

I. GE. P. 110 (1892) 69-.
by electricity and gas. Segundo, E, C. de.

Elect. Bv. 46 (1900) 595-, 637-, 670-.

Gas Lighting,

Lampadius, W. A, Schweigger J. 15 (1815)

142-.
Brandt, W. T, QJ. Sc. 1 (1816) 71-.
(Accum*s treatise.) Biot, J, B. J. Sav. (1817)

12-.
Prechtl, J. J, [1817] Gilbert A. 58 (1818)

111-.
CUment, — . J. de Ps. 90 (1820) 150-.
Jarman, T. Silliman J. 3 (1821) 170-.
BiondeUi, B. Poligrafo 15 (1833) 97-, 22&-.
Jacquemyns, J. Quetelet Gor. Mth. 9 (1887)

118-.
Peebles, D.B. [1879] Sc. S. Arts T. 10 (1883)

803-.
Siemens, {Sir) C. W. Nt. 24 (1881) 153-.

276

3010 Qas Lighting

acetylene. Blockmanrif JR. Kdnigsb. Schr. 88

(1897) [26]-.
— and caloiom carbide. Erdmann, H. Z.

Nw. 68 (1896) 267-; 72 (1899) 87-.
electric arc, comparison. Wedding, W,

Elect. 35 (1896) 777-.
burners for. Iiobi9<m, (Sir) J, [1839] Edinb.

T. Sc. S. Arts 1 (1841) 438-.
. Audauin, P., dt Birard, P. A. C. 65

(1862) 423-.
, testing. RUckeisen, P. , <t BOehner, P. T.

Dingier 136 (1855) 369-.
in factories. Cokn, F, Bresl. Schl. Qs, IJbs.

(1852) 180-.
with hydrogen and carbnretted hydrogen.

Bromeit, T, Dingier 154 (1859) 83-.
improyement. Hudson^ W. B. QJ. So. 10

(1821) 464-.
incandescent, Welsbach system. Oranger, A. O.

Franklin I. J. 125 (1888) 879-.
invention. Morten, C. F, A, Brox. Ac. Bll.

2 (1836) 162-.
of lighthouses, improved forms of lamps.

Wigham, J. R, [1891] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 7

(1891-92) 147-.
in liondon. Schweigger, J. S, C Schweigger

J. 17 (1816) 376-.
new method. Mansfield, C,B, {yi Adds.) CE.

I. P. 8 (1849) 207-.
relation between volume consumed and light

produced. Stimpton, F, E, Am. As. P. 19

(1870) 118-.
of streets. Aecum, F, Thomson A. Ph. 6

(1815) 16-.

. MillingUm, J, QJ. So. 5 (1818) 177-.

, Narbonne. Pavesi, A. rolli A. 26

(1858) 178-.
, thermo-lamp for. Lampaditu, W, A,

Schweigger J. 8 (1813) 88-.
in works at Freioerg. Lampadius, W. A.

Erdm. J. Tech. G. 4 (1829) 128-.

incandescent. Denayrouze, L. By. Sc. 11

(1899) 769-.
indoors, by daylight, mathematical determina-
tion. Mehmke,R. Z. Mth. Ps. 43 (1898) 41-.
intensity. Zilov, P. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 (P».)

(1884) 168- ; Fschr. Ps. (1884) (Ah. 2) 43.
— , determination, graphical method. Hoest,

L. [1898] Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 346-.
— , geometrical construction for finding. Lee$,

C. H. Ph. Mg. 40 (1895) 463-.
by lamps and candles, cost. Ure, Andr.

Dingier 74 (1839) 202-.
and light. Gundkich, E, (xn) Am. S. Mbr.

P. (1882) 79-.
light obstruction, measurement. Chreenleaf,

J, L. [1885] Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 7 (1886)

85-.
by lime light, apparatus. Drummond, T,

Edinb. J. Sc. 5 (1826) 319-.
, — (Drummond). Schweigger, J, S. C,

Schweigger J.4S(=Jh. 18) (1826) 431-.
— — — , application to public and private

lightmg. Gaudin, A, C. R. 6 (1838) 861-.
, of lighthouses in Black Sea. Barlow,

W,H. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 238-.

Ulumination 3010

lime as means of. Fomi, G. Gattaneo Bb.

Farm. 6 (1836) 362-.
lines of equal illumination. Bordoni, A, Bru-

gnateUi G. 6 (1828) 196-, 259-.
. SehWrnilch, 0. Schldmilch Z. 8

(1858) 821-.
. Bajsala, J. Areh. Mth. Ps. 5

(1887) 118-.
. Waeltch, E, Wien Ak. Sb. 101

(1892) (Ab. 2a) 79-.
, on algebraic ruled surface. Burali-

Farti, C. Palermo Gir. Mt. Bd. 4 (1890)

57-.
liquid hydrocarbons for. Mansfield, C. B. (vi

Adds,) GE. I. P. 8 (1849) 207-.
maximum or minimum points. Breton, P.

Les Mondes 6 (1864) 270-.
— , due to 1 or 2 point-sources. Weinberg, J,

Mosc. Bll. S. Nt. 88 (pt. 2) (1865) 435-.
measurement. Maseart, — . [1888] Tel. E.

J. 17 (1889) 642.
— . Preeee, W, H. Elect. 28 (1889) 478.
— , as distinct from photometry. NerviUe, —

de. Elect. 25 (1890) 402-.
with mineral oils. Booth, J. C, db Garrett,

T. H. Franklin I. J. 43 (1862) 378-.
of mines. Lemielle, T. Brux. Mm. Gour. 8°

1 (1840) 387-.
by petroleum. Wehrle, A, Wien Jb.

Pol. I. 5 (1824) 1-.
phosphorescent sulphides. Montigtvy,

C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 49 (1880) 320-.
by mixture of alcohol and turpentin . LanceUotH,

F, [1843] Nap. At. I. Inc. 7 (1847) 135-.
new system for steam boats to prevent running

foul. Charpy, — . Bv. Max, et Gol. 82

(1884) 126-.
from non-spherical surfaces in different

positions. KrUss, H. Gztg. Opt. 8 (1887)

85-.
phenomena. Lallemand, A, G. B. 77 (1878)

1216-.
and photometry. Epstein, J. Frkf. a. M.

Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1894-95) 37.
of plane sur&bce. Gutllaume, C, £, Lum;

£lect. 26 (1887) 101-.
— portable dioramas. Tait, G, Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 38 (1845) 214-.
problem of the 2 lights. Parker, W, H, Gamb.

(M.) Mth. M. 3 (1860) 34-.
. Godfray, H, Gamb. (M.)

Mth. M. 3 (1860) 38-.
with spirit, experiments. Majocehi, G, A,

(VI Adds,) Majocehi A. Fis. G. 6 (1842)

815-.
of streets, mathematical theory. Kdpcke, — .

Giving. 33 (1887) 69-.
of surface of ellipse by 2 sources of light at

foci, point of maximum illumination.

QuUlet, — . N. A. Mth. 4 (1845) 89-.
ellipsoid by luminous point. Kiel,

A, Arch. Mth. Ps. 67 (1882) 181-.
surfaces of equal illumination. Hoppe, R.

[1867] Ups. N. Acta S. Sc. 6 (1868) 4 pp.
of theatres. Ainger, Alf. B. I. J. 2 (1881)

45-, 214.
theory. Ebert, H, D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 200.

277

3010 Intensity

theory. Meitel, F. Exner Bpm. 26 (1890)

68-.
->. MancitU, E. N. Antol. Sc. 147 (1896)

138-.
of towns. Darcdt — . A. Pon. Chauss. 15

(1878) 449-.

— transparent and opaque bodies. LaUemand,
A, C. R. 78 (1874) 1272- ; A. C. 8 (1876)
93-.

use of mirrors and lenses. KaUenherg^ 0,
Cztg. Opt. 17 pL896) 91-. Ill-, 128-.

Images, brightness, determination. Hoimnnski,

A. Praoe Mt.-Fiz. 1 (1888) 69-.
— , — , general laws. Everett, J. D. Ph. Mg.

25 (1888) 216-.

INTENSITY.

and consumption of ordinary sources of light.

jffeiwi, — . [1888] Tel. E. J. 17 (1889)

246-.
of daylight, compared with artificial light.

Lundherg, I, [1876] (xn) Ups. Lak. F. 12

(1877) 262-.

— - in dwelling rooms, measurement.
Boubnof, S. Arch. Hyg. 17 (1893) 49-.

, measurement. Oezechus [Hesehuti] , N,

Rs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 29 (P«.) (1897) 118- ; J. de

Ps. 7 (1898) 672.
, — . Vogel, H. W, A. Ps. C. 61 (1897)

408-.
, — , application to physiological researches

on plaints. Kreusler, O, A. E. W. U, (xn)

Lndw. Jb. 7 (1878) 565-.
, — , simple method. Wright, JR. J, R.

S. P. 16 (1868) 525-.
definition m theories of light and sound.

Moon, R, Ph. Mg. 44 (1872) 304- ; 45

(1873) 38-, 361-.
of diffused daylight. Weber, L. A. Ps. C. 26

(1885) 374- ; Met. Z. 2 (1886) 163-, 219-, 451-.
solar light. Provenzalt, F, S, Rm. N.

Lino. At. 46 (1892) 29-.

— light. Giulto, C. I. [1862] Tor. Mm. Ac.
13 (1853) 359-.

. Hudson, H. Ph. Mg. 45 (1873) 160,

369-. ,
. Moutier, J, Par. Ec. Pol. J. 69 (1889)

77-.

— — on curved surfaces. Kammerer, F,
Wien SB. 46 {Ab. 2) (1863) 406-.

^ — , formulae for calculating. MaccuUeigh, J.

C. R. 8 (1839) 961-.
, (Maccullagh). Cauchy, A, L,

C. R. 8 (1839) 964-.
of high refrangibility, measured by ex-
pansion of chlorine. Richardson, A, L. Ps.

S. P. 11 (1892) 185- ; Ph. Mg. 32 (1891)

277-.
different kinds. Rutter, J. 0. N.

Dingier 63 (1834) 181-.
, law of inverse squares. Carstddt, {Dr.) — .

A. Ps. C. 160 (1873) 551-.

— — , measurement. Pielet, E. Erdm. J.
Tech. C. 1 (1828) 166-.

, — . Crookes, W. [1868] R. S. P. 17

(1869) 358-.

688 3010

of light, measurement. Bosanquet, JR. H. M.
Ph. Mg. 45 (1873) 215-.

— — passed through absorbing media.
BotUmley, J, [1881-82] Blanch. Lt. Ph. S.
BIm. 8 (1884) 1-, 198-, 202-.

— — , relation to quantity of gas burnt.
Farmer's theorem. SiUiman, B, {jun.) Am.
As. P. 18 (1869) 149-.

— ^—, — — — — — — , — — . Stimpionf

F. E. Am. As. P. 19 (1870) 118- ; Am. J.
Sc. 50 (1870) 372-.

, , (Stimpson).

SiUiman, B, {jun.) Am. J. Sc. 50 (1870)

377-.
sources (artificial). Weber, L, Elekttech.

Z. 6 (1885) 65-.
». Dieudonni, E. Lum. Elect. 26

(1887) 219-.
. Wedding, W. Elekttech. Z. 16

(1895) 554-.

. BUmdel, A., d: Rey, J. C. R. 126

(1898) 404-.
. Jenho, P. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898)

1182-.
— , direct measurement. Blondel, A.

C. R. 120 (1896) 660- ; Eclair. Elect. 2

(1896) 385-; 3 (1895) 67-, 406-, 538-, 588-;
8 (1896) 49-.

, Talbot's law, proof. Brodhun, E., dt

Lummer, 0. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1890) 92-.
, transformation of variations. Dtusaud,

— . C. R. 127 (1898) 417-.
lines of central illumination, construction.

Hoza, F. Arch. Mth. Ps. 55 (1873) 319-.
, differential equation. Hoza, F.

Arch. Mth. Ps. 54 (1872) 164-.

— on ellipsoid, construction by spherical scale.
Koutny, E, Arch. Mth. Ps. 46 (1866) 49-.

— of equal. Bumiesier, L, Z. Mth. Ps. 13
(1868) 227- ; 14 (1869) 310-.

nyperbolic paraboloid for parallel illu-
mination. Hoza, F. Arch. Mth. Ps. 54
(1872) 167-.

parallel illumination, differential equa-
tion. Hoza, F. Arch. Mth. Ps. 64 (1872) 165-.

of luminous phenomena. Reichenbach, C
(Frhr,) von. Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 459-.

— sun, moon, sky, and artificial lights.
Thomson, (Sir) W. [1882] Glasg. Ph. S.
P. 14 (1883) 80-.

Lamprotometer. Poggendorf, J, C. Pogg. A.
29 (1833) 484-.

Luminosity problem, spherical nebula of con-
centric shells. Tait, P. G. QJ. Mth. 8
(1860) 364-.

Luminous objects, brightness. Schult4n, N. G.
af iJil.), Helsingf. Acta 1 (1840) 606-.

Measurement of brightness. Wiener, — .
[1892] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896)
(Sb.) 184-.

— in optical instruments. Abbe, (Dr.) E,
Jena. Z. 6 (1871) 263-.

Photoelectric comparison of intensity of light.
EUter, J., db Geitel, H. A. Ps. C. 48 (1893)
626-.

— measurement of starlight. Minchin, G, M,
Kt. 52 (1896) 246-.

278

3010 Brightness

Photographic study of souroes of light. Crova,

A. G. B. 116 (1893) 1343-.
— value of moonlight and starlight. Abney^

W, de W, R. S. P. 69 (1896) 814-.
Pigments, brightness, by oolique vision. Whit-
man, F. P. Science 9 (1899) 734-.
Relation between brightness of an object and

that of its image. Emtage, W. T. A, Ph.

Mg. 41 (1896) 504-.
Sky, unclouded, brightness ; and illumination

by sun, sky and reflection. Wiener, C,

[1900] Ac. Nt. C. N. Acta 73 (1907) 1-.
Surface brightness, photographic measurement.

Hartmann, J. Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 97-.
— , Laplace's shadow-. Wittstein, A, Arch.

Mth. Ps. 70 (1884) 239-, vm.
Variations produced by deposit of moisture.

Menahrugghe, — van der. Brux. S. Sc. A. 16

(1892J (Pt, 1) 20-.
White light produced by means of ordinary

artificial light. Tait, G. Edinb. N. Ph. J.

42 (1847) 172-.
Whiteness of bodies, tests for. Weber, L.

Cztg. Opt. 5 (1884) 53-.

PHOTOMETRY.

Leslie, <7. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 42 (1813) 4i-.
Prevost, P. Bb. Brit. 64 (1813) 203-.
ColUuUm, D. LiUe Tr. (1825) 20-.
Anon, (VI 299) Cattaneo G. Farm. 18 (1833)

303-.
TcHhot, W, H. F. Ph. Mg. 5 (1834) 321-.
Arago, D. F. J. Bb. Un. 59 (1846) 396-;

C. R. 30 (1850) 306-, 366-. 426-, 617-.
ZdUner, F. Pogg. A. 100 (1857) 381-, 474-,

661- ; 109 (1860) 244-; Basel Vh. 2 (I860)

287-.
Pohl, i. J, Dingier 161 (1861) 460-.
WUd, H. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 192-.
Foster, W. C. N. 24 (1871) 124-.
Provemali, F. S. Rm. At. N. Line. 24 (1871)

138—
Bohn, C. [1872] Pogg. A. {Ergdnz.) 6 (1874)

386-.
Wolf, C. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 81-.
Cornu, A, Par. S. Ps. S^. (1881) 50-; Lum.

Elect. 6 (1881) 221-, 232-.
KetUler, E„ db Pulfrich, C. [1881] A. Ps.

C. 15 (1882) 337-.
Crova, A, Rv. Sc. 3 (1882) 226-, 752-.
Weber, L. Cztg. Opt. 4 (^1883) 181-, 194-.
mUer, W. Elekttech. Z. 5 (1884) 370-,

405-.
(Moller.) Weber, L. Elekttech. Z. 6 (1885)

24-.
Karsten, G. [1886] Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr.

7 (Heft 1) (1888) 29-.
Mascart, — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1886) 147-.
Anon. Z. C. In. 1 (1887) 217-, 246-.
Lummer, 0., <& Brodhun, E. Z. Instk. 9 (1889)

41-, 461- ; 10 (1890) 119- ; 12 (1892) 41-,

132- ; 16(1896)299-.
Lummer, 0. D. Nf. Vh. (1890) (Th. 2) 92-.
Methven, J. Cztg. Opt. 11 (1890) 134-.
Thompson, S, P. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 361- ;

Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 120-.

Photometry 3010

analytical. Bow, JR. H, [1866] Edinb. Sc.
S. Arts T. 8 (1872) 28-.

— and geometrical methods. Wesely, J. Z.
Mth. Ps. 16 (1871) 324-.

— , of luminous bodies. Trannin, H. C. R.

77 (1873) 1495-.
apparatus (in Paris). Krist, J. Carl Rpm.

3 (1867) 18-.
— . Weber, L. A. Ps. C. 20 a883) 326-.
application of coloured media, theory. KrUss,

H, Cztg. Opt. 6 (1885) 196-, 244-.
diverging lenses. Voller, C.A. [1882]

Hamb. Nt. Vr. Ab. 7 (Ab. 2) (1883) 40-.
Dove's prism. Grosse, W. Cztg. Opt. 8

(1887) 157-.
irradiation. Lissagaray, H, Mon. Sc.

10 (1868) 299-.
the potential. Houllevigue, L. J. de

Ps. 10 (1891) 126-.

— — ten-candle lamps. Hareourt, A. V.
B. A. Rp. (1894) 682-.

of artificial means of illumination. Porter,
C.H.,dk SiUiman, B. Silliman J. 23 (1867)
316-.

— bright lights. Hammerl,H. (xn) Elekttech.
Z. 4 (1883) 262-.

sources of colour. Crova, A. C. R. 99

(1884) 1067-.
and brightness of solar disc. Fontana, 0.

Verona S. It. Mm. 1 (1782) 111-,
of coloured flames. Gouy, A. C. R. 83 (1876)

269-; 85 (1877) 70-; A. C. 18 (1879) 6-;

J. de Ps. 9 (1880) 19>.
light. CavaUen, G. M. Mil. G. I.

Lomb. 9 (1866) 83-.
. Vierordt, K. A. Ps. C. 137 (1869)

200-.
. Grdnherg, T. [1881] Riga Cor.-BI.

26 (1882) 40-.
. Whitman, F, P. [1896] Ps. Rv. 8

(1896) 241-.
rays, and measurement of chemical in-
tensity of daylight and coloured lights.

Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1891)

36-.
sources of light. Zahn, W, von, [1874]

Leip. Nf. Gs. Sb. 1 a876) 26-.
. Bood, 0, N, [1877] Am. J.

Sc. 16 (1878) 81-.
. Crova, A, C. R. 93 (1881)

612-.

— — — — — . Nicati, W,, dt Maei de
Lipinay, J, As. Fr. C. R. (1882) 223-.

. Maci de Lipinay, J. C. R.

97 (1883) 1428-.
. Weber, L. Elekttech. Z. 6

(1884) 166-.

— colours. Charpentier, A, C, R. 88 (1879)
299-.

(in the spectrum). Abney, (Capt,) W. de

W., dt Festing, (Maj.-Gen.) E, B, [1886]

PhU. Trans. 177 (1887) 423-.
(reflected). Abney, {Capt,) W, de W.,

d Festing, {Maj.-Gen.) E, B. [1888] Phil.

Trans. (A) 179 (1889) 547-.
. Abney, (Capt.) W, de W. C. S. P. 7

(1891) 160-.

279

3010 Blectrtc Light Photometry

of colours. Ahney, {Capt.) W. de TT., dt

Festing, (Maj.-Qen,) E. R. Phil. Trans.

(A) 183 (1898) 531-.
. Lovihond, J. W, Mcr. S. J. (1898)

276-.

. Mayer, A.M. Am. J. So. 46 (1898) 1-.

by oomparison, instniment. Pottert R, Ph.

Mg. 1 (1832) 174-.
in oonneotion with physical optics. Potter, R,

Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 16-.
correction of f ormom for absorption. Bottomley ,

J. [1881] Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. (1884)

6-.
of carved light-snrfaces. Saltzmarmt FT. Elekt-

tech. Z. 8 (1887) 480-.

— diffose roflection. Lommel, E, [1887]
Miinch. Ak. Sb. 17 (1888) 95-.

. Suliger, H. [1888] Miinch. Ak.

Sb. 18 (1889) 201-.
, Lambert's law. Seeliger, H, Leip.

As. Os. Yjschr. 20 (1885) 267-.

ELECTRIC LIGHT PHOTOMETRY.

Mcuton, A. A. G. 14 (1845) 129- ; C. B. 18

(1844) 289- ; 19 (1844) 825- ; A. C. 80 (1850)

5-; C. R. 80 P850) 627-; 81 (1850) 887-;

82 (1851) 127- ; A. C. 81 (1851) 295-; 45

(1855) 885-.
FUeau, H,L,,db FoucatUt, L, G. B. 18 (1844)

746-.
G^raldy, F. Lum. i^lect. 1 (*1879) 64-.
Sabim, R. B. A. Bp. (1882) 667-.
Qenung, N. H, Elect. By. 81 (1892) 722-.
arc, continuous current, as standard light.

BUmdel, A. [1898] Elect. 82 (1894) 117-,

145-, 169-.
— , enclosed alternating. Mathews, C. P.,

Tfumptan, W. H., db HObish, J, E. [1898]

Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 422.

— and glow lamps. Voit, E., dt Kriitt, — .
Lum. ilect. 7 (*1882) 402-.

. KrUs$, H, Elekttech. Z. 8 (1887)

856-.
(Krtlss). Heim, C. Elekttech. Z.

8 (1887) 414.

— lamps. Vogel, F. Elekttech. Z. 8 (1887)
81.

. Mathews, C. P. So. Abs. 3 (1900) 928-.

with various currents. Lucas, F. G. B.

100 (1885) 1454-.
— J— , secondary standard. OuUbert, F. Lum.

Elect. 47 (1893) 573-.
candle power. Higgs, JR. W. H, P. I. GE. P.

68 (1882) 117-.
(mean horizontal). Matthews, C. P.

Ps. Kv. 6 (1898) 55-.
and gas light photometry, colour. Meyer, 0,

E, A. Ps. G. Beibl. 4 (1880) 130-.
incandescent lamps. Abney, {Capt.) W. de W,,

db Festing, {Maj.-Gen.] E, R. R. S. P. 43

(1888) 247-.
. Crova, A. As. Pr. G. B. (1889) (Pt, 2)

836-.
. LieberUhal, E. Z. Instk. 19 (1899)

193-. 225-.
. Rowland, A. J. Franklin I. J. 148

(1899) 876-.

Photometry 8010

incandescent lamps and Auer's gas lamps.

Aht, A. Orv.-Termt. Ets. [TernU. Szak)

(1894) 294-, 347-.
their efficiency. Thomson, {Sir) W.,

dt Bottomley, J, T. B. A. Bp. (1881) 559-.

— — — electrical measurements. Preece,
W. H. B. A. Bp. (1884) 654-.

. Strecker, — . Elekttech. Z.

8 (1887) 76-.
hydrocarbon flames, colour. Heise, R.

Berl. Gsndhamt. Arb. 17 (1900) 207-.
, stand for. Sharp, C. H, Ps. By. 11

(1900) 181-.

— — , technical photometry. Strecker, — .
Elekttech. Z. 7 (1886) 146-.

magneto-electric light. Abney, (Copt.) TT. de

W, B. S. P. 27 (1878) 157-.
mode of obtaining uniform illumination.

MaXlock, A. Nt. 20 (1879) 814.
petroleum as intermediate staiidard. KriUs, H.

Gztg. Opt. 6 (1885) 19^.
projectors. F6ry, C. Lum. Elect. 50 (1898)

551-.
very strong lights. Exner, F, Gztg. Opt. 7

(1886) 266-.

. KrUss, H, Gztg. Opt. 8 (1887) 5-.

tests. Wagner, F, C, Am. As. P. (L885)

161-.

estimation of results. Krilss, H. [1888]

Hamb. Mth. Gs. Mt. 1 (*1889) 78-.
of Fraunhofer's lines. Vierordt, K, von, A.

Ps. G. 13 (1881) 888-.
gradation-method. Lehmann, A. [1886] Kjifb.

Dn. Yd. Selsk. Skr. 4 (1886-88) 233-.
heterochromic. Weber, L, Gztg. Opt. 6 (1885)

245-.
history. Powell, B. Thomson A. Ph. 11

(1826) 371-.
'. Boutan, A. Bouen Tr. Ac. (1851-52)

101-.
of illuminating globes. Williamson, R. B., dt

Klinck, J. H Franklin 1. J. 149 (1900)

66-.

— images in prism. Grosse, W. Gztg. Opt. 9
(1888) 61-.

improvements. Kriiss, H. [1884] Hamb.

Mth. Gs. Mt. 1 (1889) 105-.
of incandescent gas mantles. Medley, E. A.

Elect. Rv. 41 (1897) 824-.
investigations on absorption of light in iso-
tropic and anisotropic media. Pulfrich, C.

A. Ps. G. 14 (1881) 177-.
^ of Geissler's tubes. Simonsen, E. A. Schl.-

Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 8 (1891) 277-.
tourmaline plates. Sehwebel, P. if. (xn)

Z. Kr. 7 (1883) 153-.
laboratory at South Foreland. KrUss, H.

Gztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 193-.
and law of attraction. Bezold, W. von. A. Ps.

G. 141 (1870) 91-.
law, fundamental, application. KrUss, H. Gztg.

Opt. 7 (1886) 218-.
and luminosity. Haycraft, J. B. B. S. P.

61 (1897) 49-.

— measurement of absorption, method and
apparatus. Grosse, W. G. Ztg. 12 (1888)
1553-.

280

3010 Photometers

measurement of duration and fluctuations in
brightness. Judin, — . [1900] Pliste. Bs.
2 (1900-02) 70-.

— — high temperatures. Wanner^ H, Ps.
Z. 1 (1900) 226-.

— with 2 normal flames, inaccuracy.
Coglievina, D. Z. 0. In. 1 (1887) 326-.

method. MtiUendarff, A, Lux. Pb. I. 12

(1872) 116-.
— . Orsoni, F. Bm. At. B. Ac. 25 (1872)

482-.

— (Lalanne's). Salanson, A. As. Fr. C. B.
(1880) 225-.

— . Charpentier, A. (n) Nancy S. Sc. BU. 6

(16* Arm. 1883) (1884) xxvi-.
— . Henry, C. As. Fr. C. B. (1895) (Pt. I)

227-.

— of comparing surfaces. Petruievik^j^ T,
Fschr. Ps. (1894) (Ah. 2) 66-.

— for diffuse daylight, ure, Andr. B. A.
Bp. (1839) {pt. 2) 7-.

methods. Oatdit, JR. [1872] Laus. BU. S.

Vd. 11 (1873) 327-.
— . BUmdel, A. C. B. 120 (1895) 311-.
— . Broca, A. Eclair. iSlect. 6 (1896) 148-.
observations. Lampadius, W.'A, Schweigger

J. 10 (1814) 124- ; 11 (1814) 361-.
— . SchafhSutly C. E, Miinch. Gelehrte Ass.

17 (1843) 164-.

— during eclipse, Aug. 19, 1887. Weber, L.
Met. Z. 5 (1888) 21-.

of phosphorescent zinc sulphide. Henry, C.

G. B. 115 (1892) 505-.
photographic. Crova,A, As. Fr. G. B. (1892)

(Pt. 1) 171.
— , of the ultra-violet. Simon, H, T, A. Ps.

G. 59 (1896) 91-.

PHOTOMETERS.

Leslie, John. Nicholson J. 3 (1800) 461-.
Nieod-Delom, J. 8. Bb. Un. 1 (1816) 255-.
Homer, J. K. Bb. Un. 6 (1817) 162-.
Landriani, M. Brugnatelli G. 1 (1818) 413-.
Ritchie, W. [1824] PhU. Tians. (1825) 141-.
Leslie, John. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 4 (1828) 170-.
Nicod-Delom, J. 8. Bb. Un. 55 (1834) 55-.
0$ann, G. Pogg. A. 33 (1834) 405-.
Babinet, J. B. A. Bp. (1854) {pt. 2) 2.
Bernard, F. B. A. Bp. (1854) {pt. 2) 4-.
Frinani, P. Mil. Mm. I. Lomb. 7 (1859) 389-.
Dove, H. W. Berl. Mb. (1861) 483-.
Hirsch, A. [1862] Neuch. BU. 6 (1861-63)

94-.
Rood, O. N. (vra) Am. J. Sc. 36 (1863) 60-.
Stevenson, T. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 17 (1863)

208—.
Bennington, C. H. Ph. Mg. 34 (1867) 475-;

35 (1868) 78.
Hagenbach, E. Sch. Gs. Vh. 51 (1867) 66.
Wesely, J. Z. Mth. Ps. 16 (1871) 324-.
Bruhns, C. C. Leip. As. Gs. Vjschr. 10 (1875)

235-.
Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 1 (1877) 351-.
Reynolds, 0. Phil. Trans. 166 (1877) 725-.
Napoli, D. Par. S. Ps. 86. (1880) 53-.
Canroy, (Sir) J. Ph. Mg. 15 (1883) 423-; L.

Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 253-.

Buasen's Photometer 3010

Simmov, L. N. G. B. 97 (1883) 1055-.
K»nig, A. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 9-.
Grosse, W. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 129- ; 8 (1888)

95-, 129-.
Grashof, — . [1889] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh.

11 (1896) (Sb.) 44-.
Palaz, A. Lum. isiect. 31 (1889) 220-; 85

(1890) 520-, 574-, 611-.

Lehmann, E. W. A. Ps. G. 49 (1893) 672-.
Mesnard, E. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1893) 172-.
TrotUr, A. P. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 354-;

Ph. Mg. 86 (1893) 82-.
Murani, O. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 27 (1894) 816-.
Spurge, J. B. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 522.
OfitfiiiM, — . G. B. 127 (1898) 668-.
Martens, F. F. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 278-.
accurate and universaUy applicaole, requisites

for. Krecke, F. W. C. Bot. N. Vh. 12 (1-^

Stuk) (1851) 5-.
analysing. Govi, G. G. B. 50 (1860) 156- ;

N. Gim. 11 (1860) 38-.
in astronomy. Sachsen- Altenburg, {Print)

Ernst von. [1894] Mt. Ostld. 8 (1898) 15-.
audible. Giltay, J. W. [1881] Nt. 25 (1882)

125.
automatic, by revolutions of radiometer.

Olivier, L. G. B. 106 (1888) 840-.
bi-refringent prism. Abria, — . Bordeaux

Act. (1843) 853-.
on Bouguer's principles. Ritchie, W. Edinb.

B. S. T. 10 (1826) 443-.

Bunsen^s Photometer.

Langberg, C. N. Mg. Ntvd. 9 (1857) 97-.
Bohn, C. Lieb. A. Ill (1859) 885-.
Hajech, C. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 4 (1867) 77-.
Riidorff, F. A. Ps. G. Jubelbd. (1874) 284-.
Krass, A. H. Hamb. Nt. Vr. Vh. 5 (1881)

71-; Hamb. Nt. Vr. Ab. 8 (1884) No. 4,

8 pp.
PaUu, A. Lum. Elect. 81 (1889) 267-.
Baulouch, R. G. B. Ill (1890) 642-.
accuracy for measurements of photographic

density, and sector photometer. Abney,

(Capt.) W. de W. 8. G. In. J. 9 (1890) 722-.
, (Abney). Hurter,

F., dt DriffUld, V. C. 8. G. In. J. 9 (1890)

725.
, (Hurter & Driffield).

Abney, {Capt.) W. de W. 8. G. In. J. 10

(1891) 18-.

, (Abney). Hurter,

F., dt DH field. V. C. 8. C. In. J. 10 (1891)

20-, 98-.
improvements. Gezechus [Hesehus'], N. A.

Bs. Ps.-G. 8. J. 20 (Ps.) (1888) 107- ; J. de

Ps. 8 (1889) 539.
— . Nebel, B. Exner Bpm. 24 (1888) 724-.
modification. TUpler, A. J. I. A. Ps. G. 8

(1879) 640-.
observation. Erhard, T. Elekttech. Z. 10

(1889) 377-.
and sector photometer. Hurter, F. 8. G. In.

J. 10 (1891) 318.
with 3 spots and inclined or rotating screen.

Gezechus [Hesehus], N. A. Bs. Ps.-G. 8. J.

24 {Ps.) (1892) 165- ; J. de Ps. 2 (1898) 504-.

281

3010

Photometers

3010

theory. Weheff L. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr.

(1887) 108-.
— . LewU, D. M. Nt. 40 (1889) 174.

and colorimeter. Gro$ie^ W. D. Nf. Tbl.

(1888) 6-.
compensation-. KrUts, H. Gztg. Opt. 6 (1885)

219-.

— (Kriiss). Strecker, K. Cztg. Opt. 8 (1887)
222-.

— . Grosse, W, Elekttech. Z. 9 (1888| 151-.

— (Eriiss), improved. LdHnoVf D, Rs. Ps.-
C. 8. J. 20 (Ps,) (1888) 247-; J. de Ps.

8 (1889) 543-.

complementary. BrUcke^ E, Z. Instk. 10

(1890) 11-.
for control of gas-lighting. Pappe.A, ^Addt,)

Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1857-58) 74-.
cosine-, Amoax. Dieudonni, E. Lum. &lect.

23 (1887) 555-.
Decoudun, graduation. Weber , L. Bresl.

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1888) 28-.
depending on phosphorescence of zinc sulphide.

Henry, C. C. R. 128 (1899) 941-.
differential. Zenger, C. W. [1870] Prag Ab.

4 (1871) 21 pp.
for diffused light. Weber, L. Bresl. Schl. Gs.

Jbr. (1884) 241-.

. Simonoff, — . Nt. 48 (1893) 12-.

diffusion-. Crova, A. G. K. 99 (1884) 1115- ;

A. C. 6 (1885) 342-.
— . Joly,J. Ph. Mg. 26(1888)26-.
direct reading. Varley, F. H, B. A. Rp.

(1890) 759-.
dispersion-. Perry, J., dtAyrtoUt W, E, [18791

L. Ps. S. P. 3 (1880) 184- ; Ph. Mg. 9 (1880)

117-.
— , simplified. Perry, J,, dt AyrUm, W, E,

L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 109- ; Ph. Mg. 14 (1882)

45-.
double image, method for dispensing with use

of polarised light. Comv, A, G. R. 103

(1886) 1227-.

— photometric telescope for polarised light.
Oodard, L, Par. S. Ps. S4. (1886) 83-.

electric. Egorov, N, G. (xn) Rs. G. Ps. S. J.

9 (P«.) (1877) [Pt. 1] 33-, 78-, 143-.

for electric light. Wybauw, — . Dingier 258

(1885) 69-.
electric microphotometer. Machado, V, Lisb.

J. Sc. Mth. 7 (1880) 255-.
" flicker." Pood, O. N. Am. J. Sc. 46 (1893)

173-.
— . Whitman, F. P. [1895] Ps. Rv. 3 (1896)

241-.
— . Tufts, F. L. [1897] N. Y. Ac. T. 16

(1898) 190-.
— . Pood, 0. N, Science 7 (1898) 767-.
— . Whitman, F, P. Science 8 (1898) 11-.
— . Rood, 0. N. Am. J. Sc. 8 (1899) 194- ;

Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 269-.
holophotometer, Vernon Harcourt's. Anon,

Tel. J. 23 (1888) 39-.
influence of length on results. KrUss, H.

Gztg. Opt. 8 (1887) 28-.
— . Coglievina, D. Gztg. Opt.

8 (1887) 97-.

interference-. Fucha, F. A. Ps. G. 11 (1880)

465-.
iodide of nitrogen. Lion, — . Nt. 42 (1890)

511.
Leslie's. Ritchie, W, Edinb. J. So. 2 (1825)

321- ; 3 (1825) 104-.
for light reflected by metallic surfaces. Rood,

O. N. Am. J. So. 49 (1870) 145-.
Lummer and Brodhun*s (replacement of grease

spot). Lummer, 0., dt Brodkun, E. Z.

Instk. 9 (1889) 23-.
(Swan's) . Knott, C. Q, [1899] Edinb.

R. S. P. 23 (1902) 12-.
(Knott). Lummer, 0., dt Brodkun, E,

Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 541-. ,

magnetic. Coulon, R, Lum. Elect. 5 (*1881)

66-, 234-, 297-.
Mascart's. Lieudonni, E, Lum. Elect. 28

J 1888) 114-.
k-glass, new mounting. Weber, L. [1890]

Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 8 (1891) 187-.
mirrors, loss of light. Uppenbom, F. Elekt-
tech. Z. 11 (1890) 138-.
mixture-. KrUss, H. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 347-.
Nicod-Delom's. Raymond, O, M, Bo. Un.

2 (1816) 240-.
and optical chamber for demonstration. Kolbe,

B. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 77-.
orthophote. Brown, J. T, B. A. Rp. (1890)

778.
paper-, Ritchie's. Bow, JR. H. [1865] Edinb.

Sc. S. Arts T. 8 (1872) 28-.
for photographers. Dumont, — . Nancy S.

Sc. Bll. (1885) xvii.
and photometry. Palaz, A, Lum. Elect.

35 (1890) 416-.
— polarimeter. Wild, H, Pogg. A. 99 (1856)

235-; Bern Mt. (1859) 24-; Soh. Gs. Vh.

46 (1862) 107-.
polarisation-, achromatisation. Czapiki, S. Z.

Instk. 12 (1892) 161-.
— , for measuring contrast-intensity of Rdntgen

rays. Boas, H. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 242-.
— , — technical purposes, examination of

Wenham gas lamps. Wild, H. [1887] St.

Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm. (Rt.) 63 (1890) (App. No.

1) 31 pp. ; St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 82 (1888)

193-.
— , — — — , simplification. WUd, H,

[1888] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 33 (1890) 5-.
— , — white light. Martens, F, F. D. Pa.

Gs. Vh. (1899) 204- ; Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 299-.
portable. Salomons, (Sir) D. [1893] I. Elect.

E. J. 22 (1894) 197-.
— , improved. Preeee, W. H,,dt Trotter, A. P.

Elect. 35 (1895) 671-.
Potter's. Poggendorff, J, C. Pogg. A. 29

(1833) 484-.
Preeee and Trotter's. Anon. Gztg. Opt. 19

(1898) 236.
pupil-. Gorham, J, R. S. P. 37 (1884) 425-.
for purposes of school hygiene. Petrusevsk^j,

T. Rs. Ps.-G. S. J. 16 {Ps.) (1884) 295-,

565-; Fschr. Ps. (1884) {Ab. 2) 120-.
radial, and the proposed standaids of light.

Dibdin, W, J. S. G. In. J. 3 (1884) 277- ;

4 (1885) 250-.
reflecting. Kurz,A. Sch. Pol. Z. 6 (1861) 66-.

282

3010 Photometers

registering, for measuring light in lake and

ocean depths. Regnard, — . Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.) 626-.
••relief-." Yvan, P. C. R. 76 (1872) 1102- ;

J. Phm. 28 (1878) 102-.
sector-. Ferry, E. S. Am. As. P. (1898) 77;

Ps. Rv. 1 (1894) 338-. ,

seleniom-. Boistd, E. Lorn. Klect. 7 (*1882)

88-, 120.
settings, device for recording. Matthewi, C. P.

Ps. Rv. 7 (1898) 239-.
Simonov's. Nangoutyt M, de. Q4n. Civ.

6 (1884-85) 266-.
sine-, Hawker's. Hawker , T, H. S. Elect.

13 (1884) 253-.
and solar light. Ponton, M. [1856] Edinb.

R. S. T. 21 (1857) 363-.
of solid paraffin or otner translucent substance.

Joly, J, [1884] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885)

345-.
tangent-. Bothe, F. A. Ps. G. 128 (1866) 628-.
universal. SchafhHutl, C, E. CE. I. P.

1 (1841) 101- ; Miinch. Ab. 7 (1855) 465-.
Weber's. Redwood, B, S. G. In. J. 4 (1885)

446-,
— . SchUnk, C. Gztg. Opt. 8 (1887) 207-.
— . Frisch, Q, Gztg. Opt. 10 (1889) 241-,

253-, 265-.
wedge-. Harrington, M. W, Science 1 (*1883)

450-.
— . Gothard, E, von. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 347-.
— , compound. Spitta, E. J, R. S. P. 47

(1890) 15-.
— and diaphragm-. Sabine, R, Ph. Mg. 15

(1883) 22-.
WUd's. M'dOer, W, A. Ps. G. 24 (1885) 446-.

and photoptometry. Henry, C, Lum. £lect.

47 (1893) 201-, 564-.
physiological method. Nicati, — . Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 46 (1894) (C. JR.) 301-.
practical. Palax, A, Lum. Elect. 33 (1889)

407-.
— . Richarde, R. C. Tel. J. 28 (1891) 14ft-,

400-, 423- ; 29 (1891) 269-, 298-, 331-, 855-,

389-, 416-, 445-.
— , by papers sensitive to light. CrzeUitzer, A .

Arch. Hyg. 38 (1900) 317-.
principle. Talbot, H. F, Ph. Mg. 5 (1834)

327-.

— (Talbot). Plateau, J. A, F. Brux. Ac. BU.
2 (1835) 52-.

principles. Kril$8, A, H. Hamb. Nt. Vr. Ab.

7 (Ab. 2) (1883) 25-.
problem. Enneper, A. G6tt. Nr. (1866) 270-.
— . Coglievina, D. Garl Rpm. 18 (1882) 340-.
— , solution. Stxtart, L, C, Liouv. J. Mth.

13 (1848) 257-.
— , — . Dianu, F. N. Les Mondes 5 (1864)

632-.
problems. Beer, A. Pogg. A. 88 (1853) 114-.

and pupillometry. Henry, C. Lum. Elect.

52 (1894) 451-, 510-, 614- ; l&clair. ij^lect.
1 (1894) 337-, 529-, 673-.

— the radiometer. Droux, L. A. G^n. Giv.
6 (1877) 859-.

Spectrophotometry 3010

reflection in. Ulbrieht, R, Elekttech. Z. 21

(1900) 595-.
report to International Electricity Gongress.

VioUe, J. Elect. 45 (1900) 85S-.
by rotating disk method. Lehmann, A. Ts.

Ps. G. 26 (1887) 2-; Ph. Stud. 4 (1888) 281-.
scale of prepared surfaces. Petruievik^j, T,

Fschr. Ps. (1894) {Ab. 2) 66-.
of simple radiations. Crova, A.,d Lagarde, H,

G. R. 93 (1881) 959-; J. de Ps. 1 (1882)

162-.

— skylight. Wild, H.I. [1875-77] St. P6t.
Ac. Sc. BU. 21 (1876) 312- ; 23 (1877) 290-.

— different sources of light. Bailie, J, B,, db
F€ry, C. Lum. Elect. 41 (1891) 153-.

SPECTROPHOTOME TR Y.

comparison of artificial illuminants. Nichols,

E.L.,db Franklin, W. S. [1888] Am. J. So.

38 (1889) 100-.
Auer incandescent gas light with electric

glow and arc lamps and sunlight. Miltzel,

K, Elekttech. Z. 15 (1894) 476-.
of electric light. Gaud, F. C. R. 129 (1899)

759-.
methods. Arsonval, A. d\ Par. S. Bl. Mm.

41 (1889) (C. -R.) 352-.
physiological applications. Iximbling, E.

Arch, de PI. 2 (1888) 1-, 384-.
of radiation from molten metals. Violle, J.

C. R. 105 (1887) 163-.

spectra, distribution of intensity in. Draper,

J. W. Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 75-.
— , — — prismatic and diffraction-.

J>raper, J. W. Nt. 20 (1879) 801.
spectrophotometer. Hilfner, C, O. J. Pr. G.

16 (1877) 290- ; Dingier 228 (1878) 288-.
— . Zahn, W. von, Lelp. Mf. Os. Sb. 5

(1878) 1-.
— . Fucha, F. (xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 826-,

349-.
— . Crova, A, [1883-84] (ix) Mntp. Ac.

Mm. 10 (1B84) 525-.
^. Glazebrook, JR. T. Gamb. Ph. S. P.

4 (1883) 804-.
— . Wild, H. I. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 28

(1883) 39^.
— . KMig, A. Beri. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 50-;

(1886) 49.
— . Arsonval, A. d\ Par. S. Bl. Mm. 40

(1888) (C. JR.) 800- ; 41 (1889) (C. R.) 851-.
— . Hiifner, G. Z. Ps. G. 3 (1889) 562-.
— . Arsonval, A. d\ Par. S. Ps. S^. (1890)

109-.
— . K-^nig, A. A. Ps. G. 53 (1894) 785-.
— . NichoU, E. L. Ps. Rv. 2 (1895) 138-.
— . Martens, F. F. Z. Angew. Mkr. 5 (1900)

338-.

— for detecting telluric lines in solar spectrum.

Melander, G. Helsingf. Ofv. 39 (1897)
247-.
— , Kdnig's, new construction. Martens, F. F.

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 280-.

— with Lummer-Brodhun prism. Krilss, H,
Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 12-.

283

3010 Photometry

spectrophotometer, new. Lummer, 0, A. Pb.

C. (Berl. Ps. 0$. Vh. 1892) 46 (1892) 387-.
— , and optical method of calibration. Brace,

D. B. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 420-.

— , variation of constant. Otto, J, O.

Ghristiania F. (1888) No, 8, 5 pp.
spectrophotometers. Crova, A, J. de Ps.

8 (1879) 86-; C. R. 92 (1881) 86-.
— , improvements. Zenker, Jr. Z. Instk.

4 (1884) 88-.
spectrmn, photometric comparison of different

parts. T^ramUn, H. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1876)

107-.

— , . Nieati, W., dt Maci de

Lipinay, J. A. G. 24 (1881) 289- ; 80 (1888)
146- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1883) 11-.

suggested remedy for source of error. Wright,

L, T. S. C. In. J. 16 (1896) 668.
system proposed by Gesa-Bianchi. Magrini,

L, Mil. G. I. Lomb. 8 (1866) 419-.
theory. Zminer, F. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 46-.
and undulatory theory of light. Wheeler, J. H.

Ph. Nfff. 6 (1884) 489-.
— visual sensations, theoiy and experiments.

Broca, A, Par. S. Ps. 86. (1894) 81-.

Photoptometer. Henry, C. Par. S. Bl. Mm.

44 (1892) (C, B.) 986-.
Pyrometry and photometiy with reference to

actinometry. Chittoni, C, Mod. S. Nt.

At. 1 (1900) 66-.
Shadows, 2, produced by single luminous

source. Matcari, A. Spet. It. Mm. 18

(1890) 106-.
Smoke density, observation and measurement.

mile. B, Giving. 40 (1894) 827-.
Sunlight colours. Abney, {Capt.) W. de W,

[1887] B. I. P. 12 (1889) 61-.

UNITS OF LIGHT.

Heeren, F. Dingier 160 (1861) 267-.
SchwendUr, L, Beng. As. S. J. 48 (1879)

(Pt, 2) 88-.
(Schwendler.) GSraldy, F, Lum. Elect.

2 (•1880) 189-.
Ridout, R, H. [1880] Birm. Ph. S. P.

2 (1881) 160-.
0€raldy, F. Lum. Elect. 6 (♦1882) 280-.
KrUet, H. Gztg. Opt. 4 (•1883) 161-, 169-.
Preece, W, H. [1888-84] K. S. P. 36 (^1884)

270-; Lum. Elect. 12 (1884) 49-.
Siemens, W, Elekttech. Z. 6 (1884) 244-.
Warren, T, T. P. B. Elect. 13 (1884) 104-.
Kriitt, H. Gztg. Opt. 6 (1885) 92-, 102-,

116-.
Siemens, W. [1886] Phot. J. 10 (1886) 89-.
Trowbridge, J. Am. Ac. P. 20 (1886) 494-.
ViolU, J. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1886) 64.
Dibdin, W, J. S. C. In. J. 7 (1888) 367-.
Palaz, A, Lum. Elect. 27 (1888) 161-, 216-,

406-, 468-, 6ia-; 81 (1889) 109-.
BunU, — . [1889] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11

(1896) {8h,) 68-.

Units of Light 8010

BUyndel, A. Lum. iSllect. 68 (1894) 7-, 100;

Eclair. :6lect. 8 (1896) 841-.
KrUss, H. S. G. In. J. 16 (1896) 680.
Sharp, C, H. Science 4 (1896) 347.
Weber, L. Elekttech. Z. 18 (1897) 91-.
F€ry, C. G. R. 126 (1898) 1192-.
Grafton, W. S. G. In. J. 17 (1898) 881.
Quillaume, C. J$. [1900] Sc. Abe. 4 (1901)

476-.
Absolute unit. VioUe.J, Par. S. Pa. 84.

(1884) 141- ; Lum. Elect. 14 (1884) 475-,

614-.
Acetylene light, measurement. Erdmann, — .

Z. Angew. G. (1899) 1178.

— photometric standard. VioUe, J, C. B.
122 (1896) 79-.

. Priaubert, E. Angers 8. Sc. BU.

(1900) 89-.
Amyl acetate lamp. Hefner-AUeneck, F. von,
S. G. In. J. 7 (1888) 202.

. Anon. Gztg. Opt. 9 (1888) 109-.

. Bothamley, C. H. Phot. J. 18 (1894)

281-.
(Hefner-Alteneck), and absolute unit

of light. Reis, — . Humb. 7 (1888) 183-.
( — ), constancy. Anon. Z. Instk. 18

(1893) 267-.
(— ), flame-gauge. Martens, F. F.

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 108-.
, luminosity. Liebenthal,E, Elekttech.

Z. 9 (1888) 478-.
(Hefner-Alteneck) and pentane lamp,

influence of composition of surrounding air.

Liebenthal, E, Z. Instk. 16 (1896) 167-.
, photometry with. Vouer, A, Elekt-
tech. Z. 12 (1891) 122-, 198-.
, (Voller). Hefner-Alteneck, F.

von, Elekttech. Z. 12 (1891) 177-, 194-.
Bolometric measurements, hummer^ O., dt

Kurlbaum, F. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1894) 229-.
. Sharp, C. H,, db TumbuU, W. R. Ps.

Rv. 2 (1896) 1-.
Garoel lamp and spermaceti candle. Vladi-

mir8kil,A.S, [1871] (xn) Mosc. S. So. BIL

89 [No. 2] (1880) 86-.
Gonstant units. Uppenhom, F. Gztg. Opt. 9

(1888) 121-, 186-.
Gonstruction of unit. Siemens, W. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1884) 601-.
Experiments. Petavel, J. E. B. S. P. 65

(1900) 469-.
Hefner-Alteneck unit. Hefner-Alteneck, F. von.

Elekttech. Z. 6 (1884) 20-.
, new standard-lamp reproducing. Blandel,

A. As. Fr. G. R. (1898) [Pt. 2) 228-.

— — , photometric investigations. Lieben-
thal, E. Elekttech. Z. 9 (1888) 96-.

Method of determination. Pickering, W. H.

Science 6 (1886) 188.
Methven standard with blackened chimney.

Fessenden, R. A. Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 508.
Pentane 10-candle lamp as standard of light.

Harcaurt, A. G, V. B. A. Rp. (1898)

846-.

— standard, comparison of Haroourt*s and
Methven 's photometric standards. Rawson,
W. S. Elect. 17 (1886) 479-.

284

3020

Reflection and Befraction

3020

Pentane standard lamp giving a constant light.

Harcourt, A, G.V. B. A. Rp. (1883) 426-.
, Harcourt's. Arum. Tel. J. 22 (1888)

35a-.
, light unit. Harcourtt A. O, V, C. N.

36 (1877) 103- ; B. A. Rp. (1887) 617-.
, photometry. Harcourt, A, G. V. B. A.

Rp. (1885) 916-.
Phosphorescence of zinc sulphide. Henrys C,

C. R. 115 (1892) 602-.
Standard candle. Anon, (vi 868) Nicholson J.

6 (1803) 219-.
, raoiation. Hutchins, C. C. Am. J. Sc.

39 (1890) 392-.
, sperm. Young, W. C. S. C. In. J. 10

(1891) 186-.
, use in photometry. Sharp, C. H, Ps.

Rv. 3 (1896) 468-.
Swinburne-Thompson unit. Thompson, S, P.

Elect. 31 (1893) 592.
Unit for photometric purposes. Nippoldt, W. A,

Z. Nw. 11 (1875) 417-.
Units of light and brightness. Weber, L. Elect.

25 (1890) 404.

— — — , — electric light measurements.
Hefner-Alteneck, F. von. (xn) Elekttech. Z.
4 (1883) 445-.

— , magnetic and photometric. Hanappe, S.
Rv. Un. Mines 36 (1896) 245-.

— and photometric quantities. Weber, L.
Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1889) 110-.

photometry. Rothen, — . J. T61. 9

(1885) 125-.
Use of coal-gas. BrarUy, E. C. R. 104 (1887)

847-.

— — rapidly moving sensitive surfaces in
measurement of solar light. Abney, (Capt.)
W. de W. Phot. J. 17 (1893) 235-.

Violle standard. Cross, C. R. Am. Ac. P. 22

(1887) 220-.

. Palaz, A. Lum. Elect. 34 (1889) 51-.

, comparison with Garcel lamp. Violle, J.

A. C. 3 (1884) 373-; C. R. 98 (1884) 1032- ;

Rv. Sc. 34 (1884) 146-.

— — , platinum unit of the Phys.-Techn.
Reichsanstalt. Kurlbaum, F., dt Lummer, O.
Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1895) 56-.

, Siemens's platinum normal lamp, experi-
ments. Liebenthal,E. Elekttech. Z. 9 (1888)
445-.

White light, conunittee on standards. Brit.
Ass. Comm. {Forbes, G.) B. A. Rp. (1885)
61- ; (1888) 39-.

3020 Beflection and Befraction.
Refractometers. (See also Z800;
Chemistry 7310.) Refractive
Indices.

Asterism, artificial production. Grilel, C, A.

Pogg. A. 120 (1863) 511.
Aureole round Lead of shadow thrown on

water. Pr€aubert, E. Angers S. Sc. BU. 13

(1884) 99-.

CATOPTRICS AND DIOPTRICS.

Catoptrics. MUnchow, K. D. von, Ac. Ces.

Leop. N. Acta 14 (1828) 619-.
— , theorem. Dieu, T. N. A. Mth. 9 (1850)

409-.
— , true. Wemeburg, J. F. C. Ac. C»s. Leop.

N. Acta 14 (1828) 573-.
Dioptrics. Sorlin, A. N. J. Strasb. J. S. So.

4 (1827) 224-.
--. Seidel, L. Munch. BU. Ak. (1853) 107-.
— . Bravais, A. Liouv. J. Mth. 1 (1856)

— . ifo^n, H. Christiania F. (1859) 163-.
— . Hansen, P. A. Leip. Mth. Ps. Ab. 10
(1874) 693-.

— (Hansen). KrUss,A.H. As. Nr. 86 (1876)
137-.

— . Zenger, K. V. C. R. 93 (1881) 398-;

Les Mondes 56 (1881) 44-; Prag Sb. (1881)

479-.
— , apparatus for demonstrating law of sines.

Caruso, R. (vi Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis. G.

22 (1846) 255-.
— , expression of fundamental proposition.

Minding, E. F. A. [1845] St. P6t. Ac. Sc.

BU. 5 (1847) 113-.
— , fundamental formulee developed for practi-
cal use. Moser, K. Prag Sb. (1881) 141-.
— , — law. Most, R. A. Ps. C. {Erg&m.) 8

(1878) 299-.
Fundamental formulsB. Grunert,J, A, Grunert

Arch. 2 (1842) 145-.

— problem. Grunert, J. A. Grunert Arch. 4
(1844) 175-.

Means of overcoming difficulties of study.
Schellbach, C. H. Pogg. A. 76 (1849) 606-.

Curved light-rays. Geigel, R, Wiirzb. Ps. Md.

Sb. (1893) 99-.
Curves, refracting, with 2 conjugate foci.

Quetelet, L. A. J. Quetelet Cor. Mth. 5

(1829) 109-.
Electric phenomenon and optical phenomenon,

analogy between. Tolomei, G. Rv. Sc.-Ind.

[24 (1892)] 17-.
Glass, Jena. Swift, J. Mor. S. J. (1888)

486.
— , — , list of varieties. Caplatzi, A. Mcr. S.

J. (1890) 398-.
Images, 2, of body in water. Hiillstr4hn, G. G.

GUbert A. 6 (1800) 431- ; 12 (1803) 621-.

— of stick in water, form. Gergonne, J. D.
Gergonne A. Mth. 11 (1820-21) 229-.

Lens, determination of focus. Lommel, E. Z.

Instk. 5 (1885) 124-, 200.
Luminous point, image in refractive media.

6echovi6, K. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886)
150- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 221.
in transparent medium, apparent posi-
tion. Bauer, K. L. A. Ps. C. 153 (1874)
572-; 154 (1875) 461-.

— points. Voigt, W. CreUe J. Mth. 89 (1880)
288—

(Voigt). Kirchhoff,G. [1880] CreUe J.

Mth. 90 (1881) 34-.

285

3020 Prism

Luminous points and curves of uniform illumi-
nation, construction. Quetelet, L, A. J.

Quetelet Cor. Mth. 2 (1826) 15-.
, loci. Roever, W. H, St. Louis Ac. T.

10 (1900) Ixii-.
, problem. PeU, C. Wien Sb. 64 (1871)

(Ah. 2) 730-.
of reflecting curves. Quetelet^ L, A, J.

Quetelet Cor. Mth. 3 (1827) 221-.
system of curves varying according to

certain law. QueUlety L, A. J, Quetelet

Cor. Mth. 4 (1828) 118-.
plane lines, locus. Pagani^ G.

M. Quetelet Cor. Mth. 4 (1828) 127-.
Magnification of bodies immersed in water.

Forel, F. A, [1886] Laus. 8. Vd. Bll. 22

(1887) 81-.
Mirrors produced by disintegration of a cathode.

Wiener, O. A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 673-.
Phenomena of '* Silver spnng," Marion Co.,

Florida. Le Conte, (Prof.) J. Am. As. P.

(1860) 33-.
Plane, optical, construction. Foucavlt, [J. B.]

L. C. R. 69 (1869) 1101-.
— , — , — (Foucault). Martin, A, C. B. 69

(1869) 1102-.

PRISM,

Badau, R, Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 452-.
absolute minimum of optical deviation. Larmor,

J. Camb. Ph. S. P. 9 (1898) 108-.
achromatic. Lommel, E. C. J. A. Ps. C. 156

(1876) 678-.
angles, measurement. Hansen, P. A, As. Nr.

4 (1826) 373-.
— , —. Place, F, A. Ps. C. 121 (1864)

624~.
concentric refraction of light through. Bur-

mester, L, Z. Mth. Ps. 40 (1895) 65-.
. WiUing, — . Z. Mth. Ps. 40

(1895) 353-.
determination of refractive index and small

angle. Lepriol, C, J. Bouen Tr. Ac. (1812)

57-.
deviation and dispersion. Hepperger, J. von,

Wien Ak. Sb. 92 (1886) (Ab, 2) 261-.
equiangular. Purvet, J» A, I, CE. P. 128

(1897) 309-.
focal lines. Shaw, W. N, Nt. 31 (1885) 185-.
focus, determination. SvihUkov, P. J. Kazan

S. Nt. (P8,-Mth,) P. 6 (1888> 8-.
geometrical representation of rays refracted

through, in principal plane. Loudon, J,

[1889] Cn. B. S. P. A T. 7 (1890) (Sect, 3)

7-.
for internal reflection. GoedseeU, P. J, E,

Brux. S. Sc. A. 24 (1900) (Pt, 2) 13-.
maximum deviation. Anderson, A, Camb. Ph.

S. P. 9 (1898) 195-.
— and minimum deviation. Ferrini, R. E, D. T,

(xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 11 (1879) 493-.
. GriTnaldi, O, (xn) Bv. Sc.-lnd.

12 (1880) 224-.
. Biazolini, O. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind.

15 (1883) 302-.
, proof of conditions. Banfi, E,

(xn) Bv. Sc-Ind. 14 (1882) 214-.

Prism 3020

minimum deviation. Bary, E. A. C. 47 (1831)

88-.

. Tychsen, C. Mth. Ts. 3 (1861) 66-.

. Bauer, K, L, A. Ps. C. 132 (1867)

658- ; Carl Bpm. 3 (1867) 28-, 377-.
. Clark, P. M. Mess. Mth. 4 (1868)

167-.

. Radau, R. Carl Bpm. 4 (1868) 114-.

. Airy, 0. [1869] Mess. Mth. 5 (1871)

88—
! Most, R. A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 505- ;

141 (1870) 601-.

. Kurz, A, A. Ps. C. 140 (1870) 658-.

. Fabian, 0. Carl Bpm. 9 (1873) 84-.

. Lommel, E, C, J, A. Ps. C. 156 (1875)

578-.

. Berg,F.W, A. Ps. C. 158(1876) 651 -.

. Lommel, E, C, J, [1876] Erlwag. Ps.

Md. S. Sb. 9 (1877) 14-.
. Gezekhus [Hesehus], N, A. (xn) Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 12 (Pa,) (1880) [Pt. 1] 226-;

(x) A. Ps. C. 6 (1882) 227-.
. Schellhaeh, C. H, A. Ps. C. 14 (1881)

367.

. Kessler, F. A. Ps. C. 15 (1882) 333-.

. Kraevich, K, D. [1883] (xn) Bs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 8-; Fschr. Ps. (•1884)

(Ab, 2) 43-.
. Zilav, P. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 16 (Ps.)

(1884) 168- ; Fschr. Ps. (1884) (Ab, 2) 43.
(Kraevich). Volkov, M. Bs. Ps-C. S.

J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 174.

— — . Rosenberg, V, Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 16
(Ps,) (1884) 267-; Fschr. Ps. (1884) (Ab. 2)
42.

(Volkov). Kraevich, K, Bs. P8.-C. 8. J.

16 (Ps.) (1884) 269-.

. PilHkfyv, N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 (Ps.)

(1884) 639-; Fschr. Ps. (1884) {Ab. 2) 44.

. Vanni, G. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 16 (1884)

47-.

. Vliet, P. P. van der, Bs. P8..C. 8. J.

17 (Ps,) (1885) 399-.

. Lermantov, V. V. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 18

(Ps.) (1886) 12-; J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 589-.

— — . Gruzincev, A. P. Kharkov Mth. S.
Com. (1887) 53-.

. Hess, W. A. Ps. C. 36 (1889) 264-.

. Koppe, M, Cztg. Opt. 11 (1890)

30-.
. Nipher, F. E. [1895] St. Louis Ac.

T. 7 (1894-9'3^ 133-.
, elementary proofs. Kirkby, J. H, Nt.

44 (1891) 294.
, proof of symmetrical position. KahL, E.

Z. Mth. Ps. 12 (1867) 176-.

— dispersion. Thollon, L. C, B. 89 (1879)
93-.

peculiarity of light-rays refracted through.

Matzka, W, Arch. Mth. Ps. 47 (1867) 74-.
projection of focus. Crova, A, J. de Ps. 1

(1882) 84-.
quartz, good and bad. Salm-Horstmar, W, F.

Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 636-.
reflection in. Bahnson, — . Cztg. Opt. 8 (1887)

218-, 231-, 253-, 269-, 277-.
reflection-, incorrectly shaped. Wittstein, A,

Carl Bpm. 16 (1880) 705-.

286

3020 Beflection

reflection-, universal. Jadanza^ N. Tor. Ao.

Sc. At. 26 (1891) 649-.
refraction. Oleichm, A. Z. Mth. Pb. 34 (1889)

161-.
— . Gramont, A. de, C. B. 130 (1900) 408-,

536.
— . Vassura, G, Bv. So.-Ind. 32 (1900)

57-.
— , apparatus to illustrate deviation. Marcucei,

S. Bv. Sc.Ind. 27 (1896) 101-.

— of beam of light. Kurz^ A, Exner Bpm.
19 (1883) 657-.

— under any law. Comu, A. Par. £c. Norm.
A. 1 (1872) 231- ; 3 (1874) 1-.

— of monochromatic light. Almeida ^ C,A,M,
de. Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 8 (1881) 80-.

. Heppergety J, von, Wien Ak. Sb.

91 (1885) (Ah, 2) 640-.
narrow pencil. Zech, P. H. von, Z. Mth.

Ps. 24 (1879) 168-.
right-angled, experiments. RSntgerif W, C.

Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Sb. (1894) 53-.
rock salt, index, constancy. Langley, S, P.

Smiths. I. Asps. Obs. A. 1 (1900) 219-.
water. Secchi, A, Spet. It. Mm. 6 (1877)

62.
WoUaston's reflecting, new property. Bauem-

feind, C. M, A. Ps. C. 134 (1868) 169-.

Prismatic cells, vegetable, path of light. Juno-
wicz, R, [1877] Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878)
(Ah, 1) 336-.

— lighting for dark interiors. Oreene^ W. H,
FrankUn I. J. 160 (1900) 97-.

Beflected and refracted light, intensity,Cauchy'8
method of determination. Ettingshaiuenf A,
van, Fogg, A. 50 (1840) 409-.

BEFLECTION.

Goodwin, H, Camb. and Dubl. Mth. J. 2 (1847)

286-.
Ditscheiner, L, Wien Sb. 68 (1868) (Ab, 2)

661-.
near critioal angle. Cojfin, J. G, [1900] Sc.

Abs. 4 (1901) 286.
curious consequence of laws. Plateau, J,A,F,

Brux. Ac. BU. 9 (1842) {pU. 2) 10- ; 10 (1843)

97-.
and curved light rays. KMig, W, Frkf . a. M.

Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1893-94) 24-.
FresnePs formula, applications. Pickering, E,

C. [1873] Am.Ac.P. 8(1873)331; 9(1874)

1-.

— memoir, supposed lost. Biot, J. B, G. B.
22 (1846) 406-.

and inflection and colours of light. Brougham
and Vaux, H, (Lard), Phil. Trans. (1796)
227-.

internal, of flint glass. Potter, R, Ph. Mg. 1
(1832) 66-.

— prismatic. Dodd, G, Thomson Be. 4 (1836)
362-.

in jet of water. Colladan, D, G. B. 16 (1842)

800-.
. Lavaud de Lestrade, — . Les

Mondes 47 (1878) 683-.

Seflection and Refraction 3020

in jet of water. Bechmann, — . G. B. 108

(1889) 664.
new property of light. Forman, W, Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 56 (1820) 183-.
peculiar cases. Schaw, (Maj.-Gen.) — . [1894]

N. Z. I. T. 27 (1896) 536-.
from plane curves. Gergonne, J, D. Quetelet

Gor. Mth. 1 (1826) 268-.

— — surfaces. Aht, A, Orv.-Termt. £ts.
{Termt. Szak) (1886) 147-.

problem. Fischer, L. Gamb. Mth. J. 4 (1846)

286-.
at spherical surface. Clehsch, A, [1861] Grelle

J. 61 (1863) 196-.
. Bigler,U, Arch. Mth. Ps. 10 (1891)

113-.
from striated reflectors. Williams, G. 0.

Science 3 (1884) 616-.

— surface of agitated liquid. Lecomu, L, G.
B. 96 (1883) 1724- ; (xn) Caen Ac. Mm.
(1883) 3-.

2nd degree. PlUcker, J. Grelle J.

36 (1847) 100-.
with negative curvature. Smimov, N, A.

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 32 (Ps,) (1900) 134-.
of water. Piccara, J, Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 21 (1889) 481-.
. Riceh,A, Bv. Sc.Ind. 21 (1889)

167-.
, change of images. Dufour, C,

[1874] Laus. S. Vd. BU. 13 (1874-76) 303-.
, wave influence. Soret, C. Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 4 (1897) 630- ; Soh. Nf. Gs. Yh.

(1897) 68.

symmetrical linear figures produced along river
bank. Storer, F. H, Science 2 (*1883)
36-.

theory. Pinto, L, Nap. Ac. Pont. At. 28

(1898) No, 11, 24 pp.

from thin cylinders tangential to a surface, and

application to lighting of hair. Delarive, L,

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 67 (1876) 219-.
total. Maccullagh, J, [1846] Ir. Ac. P. 3

(1846-47) 49-.
— . Jamin, J, G. B. 31 (1860) 1-; Taylor

Sc. Mm. 6 (1852) 66-.
— , experiment. Boys, C, V, L. Ps. S. P. 3

(1880) 17-; Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 108.
— , and insensible refraction which accompanies

it, theory. Maccullagh, J, B. A. Bp. (1843)

(pt, 2) 4-.

— internal. Kdnig, W, [1899] Frkf. a. M.
Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1899-1900) 72-.

— , phenomena. Pvljrich, C. Bonn Niedr.

Gs. Sb. (1887) 216-.
— , simple method for Newton's experiment.

McNair, F, W, Science 6 (1897) 620-.
from transparent surfaces. Huggins, W, QJ.

Mcr. Sc. 6 (1866) 167-.

BEFLEGTION AND BEFBAGTION.

Exley, T, W. Eng. J. 1 (1836) 141-, 197-.
apparatus for demonstrating laws. Stevens,

Le Cante, [1887] N. Y. Ac. T. 7 (1887-88)

72-.
at circle. Grunert, J, A. Grunert Arch. 6

(1844) 1-.

287

3080 Reflection and Befraction

at curves and surfaces. Morawetz^ J. Z.

Mth. Ps. 27 (1882) 810-.
harmonic relationsnips. Albrich^ C, Arch.

Mth. Ps. 53 (1871) 191-.
of infinitely thin systems of rays at surface of

sphere. Lippich, F. [1877] Wien Ak. D.

38 (1878) (Ab, 2) 163-.
by intensely opaque matter. Rayleigh^ (Lord).

Ph. Mg. 43 (1872) 321-.
new experiments. Seeheck, T. J, Schweigger

J. 7 (1813) 259-, 382-.

— formulflB. EUingshauBerit A. von, Wien
SB. 18 (1855) 369-.

nearly normal. Schultin, N, Q. of {Jil,), [1838]
St. P4t. Mm. Sav. Etr. 4 (1845) 381-.

in sphere. Ruber, — . Z. Mth. Ps. 10 (1865)
123-.

— — , minimum deviation for combined.
Ke88ler, F. [1881] A. Ps. C. 15 (1882) 330-.

at spherical surfaces. Reiuchf E, [186iS] A.

Ps. C. 130 (186*;^ 497-.
stris, simple method of observing. Dvofdh, V,

[1879] A. Ps. C. 9 (1880) 502-.
at surface of uncrystalline body. MUhllt K,

von der. Mth. A. 5 (1872) 471-.
theory. Lorentz, H, A. [1875] Z. Mth.Ps.

22 (1877) 1-, 205- ; 23 (1878) 197-.
— . Sluginov, N, Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 23 (Pa.)

(1891) 427-; J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 404.

BEFRACTION.

Beadt, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 58 (1821) 249-; 59

(1822) 200-.
(Beade.) Stark, C. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 60 (1822)

5-.
Olixtener, M. Li^e Mm. S. Sc. 2 (1845-46)

477-.
James, (Sir) H. B. A. Bp. (1858) {pt. 2) 38.
Pichot, J. C. B. 48 (1859) 1118-.
Bauer, K, L. Carl Bpm. 3 (1867) 34-.
Grtuincev, A, P. Kharkov Mth. S. Com. 1

(1889) 139-.
of benzene. Bemackij, V, [1891-92] Vars.

S. Nt. Tr. (Mm.) 2 (1892) No. 5, 68 pp. ;

Fschr. Ps. (1891) (^46. 2) 53; Vars. S. Nt.

Tr. (1892-93) (C. B„ Ps, C.) No, 1, 15-.

— bodies. Lorenz, L. [1869-75] Kj6b. Dn.
Vd. Selsk. Skr. 8 (1870) 203- ; 10 (1875)
483-.

by bodies in different states. Delarive, A.

QJ. Sc. 1 (1829) 395, 407, 411-.
of carbon dioxide and cyanogen. Chappuis, J, ,

d; BivUre, C, C. B. 103 (1886) 37-.
at concentric spherical surfaces. Seidel, L,

Miinch. Sb. (186^ (2) 263-.
constants. Lorenz, L. A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 70-.
— . Damien, B, C, (xn) BU. Sc. Nord. 15

(1883) 65-.
of flint-glass. Merz, S. Dingier 188 (1868)

483-.

— fluorine. GladsUme, Q, Ph. Mg. 20 (1885)
481-.

formula. Babinet, J, C. B. 53 a861) 597-.
by glass plate. Hay, O, N. i. Md. J. 4

(1867) 199-.
Ibn al Haitam*s apparatus for measuring.

Wiedemann, E, A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 541-.

Refraction 3020

in isotropic media. Pichot, J. [1859] (vm)

Seine-et-Oise Bim. 6 (1861) 71-.
lateral. Pfqff, F. Miinch. Sb. (1872) 147-.
— , historic note. GUnther, 8. Erlang. Pb.

Md. S. Sb. 6 (1874) 138-.
law. Pagani, O, M. CreUe J. 11 (1834) 851-.
— . Legrand, J, N. C. B. 39 (1854) 68S-.
— . Eisenlohr, F, Z. Mth. Ps. 12 (1867) 438.
— , illustrated mechanically. Afocfc, E, Carl

Bpm. 7 (1871) 375-.
— , interesting change in expression. Matxka,

W, Grunert Arch. 34 (1860) 316-.
— , simple result for prism. StempnUwsky, 8.

Fschr. Ps. (1889) (Ab. 2) 38-.
** least time.** Kessler, F. [1881] A. Ps. G.

15 (1882) 334-.
in liquid oxygen. Olszewski, K,, dt WitkowsH,

A, Krk. Ak. lMt,-Prz.) Bz. 6 (1893) 127-;
Crc. Ac. Sc. BU. (1892) 340-.

Malus's theorem. Enneper, A, Schldmiloh

Z. 8 (1863) 61-.
and equations of surfaces defined by it.

Bdthig, O, CreUe J. Mth. 84 (1878) 281- ;

88 (1880) 22-.
media of high refractivity for mounting mioro-

scopic objects. Nelson, E, M. Mcr. S. J.

(1898) 386-.
and minimum deviation. Bauer, K, L, A.

Ps. C. 131 (1867) 472-.
of minute bodies. Bryson, A. Sturgeon A.

Electr. 6 (1841) 62-.
models to iUustrate. Meyer, 0, E. Bresl.

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1885) 123-.
of objects under liquias. Marek, W, Wien

Az. 24 (1887) 254-.
water. Bermann, O, Schldmilch Z.

8 (1863) 204-.
in parallel-faced plate. Bauer, K, L. A. Ps*

C. 163 (1874) 572-.
and polarisation, mechanical device for solving

problems. Thorp, T, Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

Mm. & P. 42 (1898) ii-.
of porous substances. Frankenheim, M, L,

Oken Isis (1834) 599-.
problem. Hochheim, A, Arch. Mth. Ps. 62

(1871) 458-.
problems. Nipher, F, E. [1881] St. Louis Ao.

T. 4 (1886) 325-.
reflection and decomposition of light at sepa-
rating surfaces of media of same and different

refractive powers. Brewster, {Sir) D, Phil.

Trans. (1829) 187-.
remarkable case. ■ Bravais, A. L'l. 21 (1853)

193.
of salts (various). Herschel, (Sir) J, F, W,

Edinb. Ph. J. 2 (1820) 184.
separation of light and heat. Englefield, H, C.

B. I. J. 1 (1802) 202-.

through spaces less dense than surroundings.

Giordano, G. Nap. Bd. 10 (1871) 177-.
at spherical surfaces. Hansen, P, A, [1871]

Leip. Ab. Mth. Ps. 10 (1873) 63-.
. Kessler, F, A. Ps. C. 16 (1882)

362-.

— — — , geometrical methods in theory.
Loudon, J, Ph. Mg. 18 (1884) 485-.

— surface of snow. Whitney, A, W. Am. J.
Sc. 45 (1893) 389-.

288

3080

Befraction. Determination ot Retractive Indices

3020

of water, etc. Arago^ D. F» J. 0, B. 81

(1850) 149-.
. WiUigen, V. 8. M. van der, [1867]

Harl. Azoh. Ms. Teyl. 1 (1868) 282-.

BEFBACTIYE INDICES.

SainU'Claire DeviUe, H, A. 0. 5 (1842) 129- ;

C. B. 14 (1842) 888-.
Jamin, J. C. B. 45 (1857) 892-.
Zenger, C. W. Bnix. Ao. BU. 8 (1859) 191.
BailU, J. B. Par. A. Ck>nB. 7 (1867) 184-.
WiJUgen, V, S. M. van der. [1870] (zi) Haarl.

Mb. Teyl. Aroh. 8 (1874) 67-.
and constants, dielectric, relation between.

Drude, P. Gdtt. Nr. (1898) 82-.

DETERMINATION OF REFRACTIVE

INDICES.

SabUr, Q. [1848] St. P^t. Ac. Sc Bll. 8

(1845) 282-.
Bernard, F. B. A. Bp. (1854) (pt. 2) 2-; C.

B. 89 (1854) 27-; 41 (1855) 580-.
Piehot,J. G. B. 48 (1859) 120-.
Zinken genannt Sommer, H, Pogg. A. 107

(1859) 47-.
Meyeritein, M. Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 140-.
Qihbt, O. W. Am. Ao. P. 10 (1875) 401-.
Waha, M. de. Lnz. I. Pb. 16 (1877) 148-.
W^ner, A. (zn) Koloz8v4r Orv.-Term. Tdrs.

Ete. [8] (1879) (Term. Stak) 87-.
Lammd,E. Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 124-, 200.
J^orl, E. Be. Ps.^. S. J. 20 {Ft.) (1888) 280-;

Fschr. Ps. (1888) {Ab. 2) 47.
Walter, B. Hamb. Ws. Anst. Jb. 9 (Pt. 1)

(1891) 255-.
Aubert, A. B. Am. Mcr. J. 18 (1892) 225-.
RawUfu, B. L. Am. &for. J. 18 (1897) 155-.
Tolomei, Q. Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 279-.
Weits, Q. J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 68&-.
of absorbing media. Voigt, W. Odtt. Nr.

(1884) 288-.

— ammonium sulphate. Eroffjeff, M, Wien
Sb. 55 (1867) (Ab. 2) 548-.

by angle of polarisation. Pfaf, (Dr.) F. A.

Ps. G. 127 (1866) 150-.
(Pfaff). Des Cloizeaux, A. A. Ps.

G. 129 (1866) 479-.
of anisotropic microscopic objects. Ambrona,

H. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 45 (1898) 816-.
1^ anto-collimation. FSry, C. 0. B. 119

(1894) 402- ; As. Fr. G. B. (1895) (Pt. 2) 487-.
of crystals, by prism. Viola, C. Z. Instk. 19

(1899) 276-.
^ flnids, Brewster's method. Zehender, W.

Arch. f. Oph. 8 (1857) (Ab. 1) 99-.

— gases. Bioi, J. B.,db Arago, — . Par. Bfm.
de PI. 7 (1806) 801-.

ffiiotand Arago). QUbert, L. W. Gilbert

A. 26 (1807) 86-.

. Jamtn, J. A. G. 49 (1857) 280-.

Qiqnefieii). Zahn, W. vcn. Leip. Nf.

Gs. Sb. 5 (1878) 84-.
(— ). Dechant, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 90

(1885) Ub. 2) 589-; Mh. G. (1884) 615-.
, inflaence of temperature ana pressure.

MaMcart, E. E. N. G. B. 78 (1874) 617- ;
Par. £c. Norm. A. 6 (1877) 9-.

of glass, etc. Knuper, 8. von. Ung. NW. Yr.

Jb. (1858) 106-.
plates. Wiedemann, E. E. G, Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 51 (1874) 840-.

— glowing platinam. Zeeman, P. Amst. Ak.
Vs. 4 (1896) 116-.

at high temperatures, by total reflectometer.

BrUhl, J. W. Berl. B. 24 (1891) 286-.
of immersion fluids. Smith, H. jL. Am. S.

Mcr. P. (1885) 88-.

— liquids. Forthomme, C. A. G. 60 (1860)
807-.

• Montigny, C. Bruz. Ac. Bll. 18 (1864)

10-.
. CrouUeboU,M. A. G. 22 (1871) 189-.

— — . Terquem, A., dt Trannin, H. 0. B. 78
(1874) 1848- ; J. de Ps. 4 (1875) 282-.

. Waha, M. de. J. de Ps. 6 (1877)

186-.
. MaeideLepinay,J. J. de Ps. 9 (1880)

200-.

— — (coloured). ChritUaneen, C. KjOb. Oy.
(188^ 217- ; A. Ps. G. 19 (1888) 257-.

(heterogeneous). LitUewood, T. H. L.

Ps. S. P. 18 (1895) 74-; Ph. Mg. 87 (1894)
467-.

— — , by Billet's liquid compensator. CrouUe-
boii, M. A. G. 22 (1871) 509-.

, — fluid lensea PU^chikov, N. D. (zn)

Bs. Ps..G. S. J. 18 (Pi.) ^881) [(Pt. 1)]

898-.
and glass plates. Wiedemtonn, E. E. Q.

A. Ps. G. 158 (1876) 875-.
, simple method. Bodynaki, J. Garl

Bpm. 18 (1882) 502-.
, by telescope and scale method. Rum$,

H. A. Ps. G. 48 (1898) 581-.

— •*, use of hollow prisms. PaHzek, A. P.,

db SuUy, O. Prag 6eAA Ak. Fr. Joe. Bs.

(Tfida 2) 8 (1894) Art. I, 80 pp.
without measurement of angles. Zenger, C. V.

G. B. 99 (1884) 877-.
and measurement of curvature. Boy«, C. V.

Ph. Mg. 14 (1882) 80-.
hj microscope. Kayier, E. [1888] Dansig

Schr. 7 (1888-9^ [Hrft 2) zi-.
, of glass. Royeton-Pigott, Q. W. QJ.

Mcr. Sc. 12 (1872)278-.
, — liquios. barting, P. J. Mcr. So. 6

(1858) 107-.
, . Sorby, H. C. G. S. J. 88

(1878) 487-.

, . Thomp»on,Q. Nt. 84 (1886) 157.

, and transparent plates. Beittn, A.

A. G. 26 (1849) 288-; G. B. 28 (1849) 447-.
of microscopic objects. Itrael, O. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 16 (1899) 849-.

— minerals, by total reflection. Thoulet, M.
J. 0. (zn) Fr. S. Mn. BU. 6 (1888) 184-.

— mized alcohols. BUuema, P. Qz. G. It.
2 (1872) 69-.

— mounting media, method. NeUon, E. M.
Mcr. S. J. (1892) 141- ; (1894) 656-.

— opaque bodies. Maltu, J^. L. [1807] Par.
Mm. Say. ttr. 2 (1811) 509-.

— parallel faced bodies. CrouUeboU, M. G.

B. 68 (1869) 1209-.

VOL. III.

289

8020

IfetnKtive Indices of VatloaM Substances

8020

by photogmphy. Lvtntdre, A,^ d Lumiire, L,

C. B. 124 (1897) 1488-.
«— Poggendonl's method. Biervlietf — van,

Brox. 8. So. A. 12 (1888) (Pt. 1) 74-.
of prism. OeronMi, B, T. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 28

(1891) 221-.
by prism and by total reflection. Ihrfei, H.

Far. 8. Ps. 8^. (1891) 212-.
of qoarts. EmUhaeht E. Pogg. A. 98 (1856)

541-.
rapid. CommoUo, E, Bv. So.-Ind. 82 (1900)

49-.
by sextant. 8wan^ W. [1848] Edinb. N. Ph.

J. 86 (1844) 102-.
of small orystals. Sorby, H. C. Mn. Big. 1

(1877) 97-.

— solids. Feu$$ner, K, N. Jb. Bfn. (1888)
(Bd. 2) 89-.

— strong solution of oyanin. Lcmg^ V. wm.
[1881] Wien Ak. 8b. 84 (1882) {Ab. 2) 361-.

(Lang). Puifrich, C. A. Pb.

C. 16 (1882) 886-.

— sogar solations. Obermaifer, A . van, Wien
8b. 61 (1870) {Ab, 2j 797-.

by total reflection. KohlrauBch, F- [1877-78]

W&rzb. Ps. Md. Vh. 12 (1878) 108- ; A. Ps.

C. 4 (1878) 1-.
. Qukneke, G. H, Halle Nf. Gs.

Festschr. (1879) 821-.
• Meyer, O. B. Bresl. 8ohl. Gte. Jbr.

(1889) 111.
WoUaston's method, modiflcation. Kohlraueeh,

F. A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 608-.

REFRACTIVE INDICES OF
VARIOUS SUBSTANCES,

acids. WUUgen, V. S. M, van der, Harl.

Arch. Bfs. Teyl. 2 (1869) 28a-.
air. ChapfuU, J,, dt lUviire, C, G. B. 102

(1886) 1461-.
alcohol and aniline. Johet, W, A. Ps. G. 20

(1888)47-. .
glycerin solutions. WiUigen, V. S. M.

van der. Harl. Aroh. Bfs. Teyl. 2 (1869) 199-.
alcoholic solution of fuchsincr ChrUtianeen, C,

A. Ps. G. 141 (1870) 479-.
alums (for yarious wave-lengths). Soret, C.

G. B. 99 (1884) 867-, 1000; 101 (1885) 156-.
aniline red. CkrUtianien,C, Kj/tfb. Ov. (1871)

5-.
aqueous solutions. Damien, B, C G. B. 91

(1880) 828-.
argon and helium. Rayleigh, (Lord), Nt. 52

(1895) 688; B. 8. P. 59 (1896) 198-.
benxene. WiUigen, V. S, M. van der, Harl.

Aich. Bis. Teyl. 2 (1869) 218-.

— Voitokov, I. A, Vars. 8. Nt. Tr. (1891-
92) (C. R,, Ps, C) No. 8. 18-.

— . Bemac*v. V. [1891-92] Vars. 8. Nt. Tr.

{Mm] 2 (1892) No. 5, 58 pp. ; Fsohr. Ps.

(1891) {Ab. 2) 58 ; Vars. 8. Nt. Tr. (1892-98)

(C. -R., Pt. C.) No. 1, 16-.
bismuth nitrate solution. DiUcheiner, L.

Wien 8b. 49 (1864) {Ab. 2) 826-.
bodies (gaseous at oramaiy temperatures only.

Lerouxr F. P. A. G. 61 (1861) 886-.
bromine. RivHre, C. G. B. 181 (1900) 671-.

cadmium salt-solutions. Muynck, R, de, A^

Ps. G. 53 (1894) 559-.
calcium chloride solutions. Bremer ^ O. J, W,

Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900) 202-.
compound ethers. Lmg^ J. H. Am. J. So.

21 (1881) 279-.
cyanogen. Chappuie, J,, dt Rivitret C C. B.

104 (1887) 1438-.
for D Ime of dry air from astronomical observa-
tions. Cometock, G. C. Washburn Obs. Pb.

9 (1896) 202.
ebomte. Perry, /., dt Ayrton, W. E. L. Ft.

8. P. 4 (1881) 846-; Ph. Big 12 (1881) 196-.
ethyl ether. Oudemane, A. C. {jyn.) Amst.

Ak. Vs. Bi. 1 (1885) 426-; Delft Eo. Pol. A.

8 (1887) 1-.
near critical point. GoUcyn, iPriinee) B.,

dt WilAp, J. 8t. P^t. Ac. 8c. BlI. 11 (1900)

117-.
fluorite,.in infra-red. Paeehen, F. A. Ps. O.

56 (1895) 762-.
fused salts. Arons, L. A. Ps. C. 68 (189Q

95-.
gases (liquefied). BUekrode, L, A. Pa. C. 8

(1879) 400- ; B. 8. P. 87 (1884) 889-.
— . Riviire, C, dt Chappuit, J, Par. 8. Ps.

84. (1886) 188.
-.Oiquefied). Chi^?puu,J, G. B. 114 (1889)

286-.
^, Arago's interference apparatus. Conm^ A,

{a) Par. 8. Phhn. BU. 4 (1867) 2-.

— under high pressure. CkappuUt J.* dt
RivUre, C. G. B. 96 (1888) 699-; Par. 8.
Ps. 84. (1888) 198-.

— and vapours. Maecart, E. £• N, 0. B.
86 (1878) 821-.

glass, influence of temperature. PviUfrick^ C.
A. Ps. G. 46 (1892) 609-.

— and quarts. Quincke, O, H. Edinb. B. 8.
P. 9 (1878) 567-.

glycerin solutions. Strohmer, F, Wien As.

20 (1888) 287-.
hydrophane saturated with liquids. SUg'

Iqjev, J. A. Ps. G. 64 (1898) 826-; 66

(1898) 746.
ice. Meyer, G. A. Ps. G. 81 (1887) 821-.
Iceland spar. Ihrfet, ^. Par. 8. Ps. 84.

(1894) 95-.
liquid nitrogen and air. Liveing, G. D., dt

Dewar, J. Ph. B^. 86 (1898) 828-.

— oxygen, nitrous oxid^ and ethylene. lAveing,
G. D., dt Dewar, J. Ph. Mg. 84 (1892) 206-.

liquids. Beequerel, E,, dt Cahours, A. O. B.

11 (1840) 867-.
— . Damien, B. C. Par. I^. Norm. A. 10

(1881) 288-.

— (relations between compressibility and re-
fmctive indices). Quincke, G. A. Ps. G. 44
(1891) 774-.

— of feeble dispersion. WilUgen, V. 8. Mm
van der, [1867] Harl. Aroh. Bis. Teyl. 1
(1868) 161-.

— , indices greater than 1*8. Bertrand, i„

Ft. 8. Bin. BU. 11 (1888) 81.
metal chlorides in solution. WiUigen, V, 8. M,

van der. Harl. Arch. Bis. Teyl. 2 (1869)

222-.
metals. Quincke, G. Pogg. A. 120 (1868) 699-.

290

9020 Retractive Indices of Subatmrncea

inetals. Kundt, —, [1888] Oen. S. Pb. Ifm.

80 (1888-90) IxxUi-.
^. AuM, E. van. Brax. 8. So. A. 24

(1900) (Pt. 1) 64-.
mioa and pennine. Haidinger, W. Wien Sb.

14 (1854) 830-.
mineral waters. RiegUr, E, Bacarest 8. 80.

Bl. 9 (1900) 251-.
native barium, Btrontiom and lead siil|Ddiate8,

effect of heat, ^rznint, A, (xi^ Z. Kr.

1 (1877) 186-.
optical glass of several kinds. Mateart^ Js.

A. a 14 (1868) 144-.

phoephoros dissolved in carbon disolphide.

WhitmOl, C. T. Nt. 11 (1875) 807.
potassium nitrate and sodium ciiloride eola-
tions. Schmidt, W, Pogg. A. 107 (1859)

589-.
quarts (various kinds). Pn^el, F. Par. 8.

Ps. 8^. (1890) 198.
— . Mad de Lepmay, J, Biars. Fao. 8c. A.

5 (1896) Fate. 2, 14 pp.
— , eifect of calcination. Brun, A. Aroh. 8c.

Ps. m. 2 ^896) 657-.
rock-forming minerals (for sodium li^t).

Ztmdnyi, K. [1898] Ma«. Tud. Ak. Etk.

(TemU.) 28 (1894) No. 2, 72 pp. ; Mth. Nt.

B. Ung. 11 (1894) 189-.

lock salt. LangUy, 8. P. Am. J. 8c. 80 (1885)

477-.
, sylvin and fluorite (for very longwave-
lengths). Ruberu, H., S Snow, B. W. A.

Ps. C. 46 (1892) 529-.
saline solutions. Beer, A., dt Kremen, P.

Pogg. A. 101 (1857) 188-.

. Bary,P. C. R. 114 (1892) 827-.

sea water. Scret, J.L., dt Sarann, E. Aroh.

80. Ps. Nt. 21 (1889) 509-.
. Manley, J. J. [1900] Edinb. B. 8. P.

28 (1902) 85-.
sodium salt solutions. WiUigen, V. S. M. van

der. [1870] (zx) Haarl. Ms. Teyl. Aroh. 8

(1874) 15-.
several substances. PoweU, B, B. A. Bp.

Sefractometers 3020

BEFBACT0BfETEB8«

(1850) (pt. 2) 14-.
, table. E

Breweter, {Sir) D. QJ. 80. 22

(1827) 855-.

, — . Her$ehel, (Sir) J. F. W. Edinb. J.

. 80.10(1829)296-.

substitution products of carbonic ether.
< Wiedemann, E. J. Pr. C. 114 (1878) 458-.
water (distilled). WiUigen, V. S, M. van der.

A. Ps. C. 122 (1864) 191- ; Amst. Vs. Ak.

16 (1864) 882-.
—. CroulUbois, M. C. B. 70 (1870) 847-, 1022,
— (Croullebois). Jamin, J. G. B. 70 (1870)

966-.
^. BriUd, J. W, Berl. B. 24 (1891) 644-.
—. Walter, B. A. Ps. C. 46 (1892) 423-.
^, carbon disulphide, monobromonaphthalene,

terebenthene, alcohol, quartz, fluorite, beryl.

Du/et, H. Fr. S. Mn. BU. 8 (1885) 171-.
<^ vapour. Jamin, J. A. G. 52 (1858) 171-.
white light refracted without sensible dis-
persion. Montigny, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 19

(1865) 177-

Bayetan-Pigatt, G. W. M. Mor. J. 5 (1871)

65-.
Abbe, E. Jena. 8b. (1879) 85-.
PttVrich, C. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 47-.
Firy, C. C. B. 118 (1891) 1028- ; As. Fr. G.

B. (1892) (Pt. 2) 245-.
Pul/neh, C. Z. Ps. G. 18 (1895) 294-; J. de

Ps. 5 (1896) 78-.
Abbe's. Appel,J. Ts. Ps. G. 27 (1888) 164-.
— . Czapiki, S. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 246-,

260-.
— . Feuuner, W. Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 87-.
— , new arrangements. Pulfrich, C. Z. Instk.

18 (1898) 107-.
for analysis of oils and butter. Amagat, E. H. ,

dt Jean, F, 0. B. 109 (1889) 616-.
Bertrand's. Haueeer, W. G^n. Giv. 9 (1886)

for butter experiments. Poleck, — . BresL

8chl. Gs. Jbr. (LBHUAb, 2a) 111-,
differential. Trannin,H. As. Fr. G. B. (1885)

{Pt. 1) 105-.
— . Doumer, E. J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 191-.
^(Zeiss*s). Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 722-.
— , for liquids. HaUwaehe, W. A. Ps. G. 50

(1898) 577-.
educational (Zeiss's). Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900)

686-.
form. Rayttan-PigoU, Q. W. M. Mor. J. 16

(1876) 294-.
— , new. . HaUwaeha, W. Dresden Isis 8b.

(1898) (Ab,) 49-.
with heating arrangement. Leiee, C. Z. Instk.

19 (1899) 65-.
immersion- (Zeiss's). Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900)

721-.
lens-, for liquids. Pilcikov, N. Par. 8. Ps.

8^. (1889) 61-.
for liquids. Saret, C. Aroh. 8c. Ps. Nt. 19

(1888) 264-.

Sondin,-^. Nt. 44 (1891) 478.

or gases (Dupr^'s). PeUin, P. Par. 8.

Ps. 8^. (1889) 85-.
new. Viola, C. Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 276-.
for solids. Saret, C. C. B. 95 (1882) 517- ;

Aroh. So. Ps. Nt. 9 (1888) 5-.
total reflection. Kohlra%ueh, F. A. Ps. G. 16

(1882) 609-.
. Pulfrich, C. A. Ps, G. 80 (1887) 198-,

487-; 31 (1887) 724-; Z. Insik. 7 (1887)

16-, 55-, 392- ; A. Ps. G. 36 (1889) 561-.
for use with the microscope. Starke, H. D.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 117-.
using Newton's rings. Roytton-Pigott, O, W.

B. 8. P. 24 (1876) 893-.
with variable refracting angle. Pulfrich, C.

Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 335-.
for Wollaston's method. Liebitch, T. Z.

Instk. 4 (1884) 185- ; 5 (1885) 18-.
Wollaston's, improvements. Cooper, J. T. G.

8. Mm. 1 (1841-43) 234-.

291

t2

3080

Spectrometry. Diapersioii

8030

Salt invisible in its mother liqaor. TomUruon,

C. Ph. Mg. 40 (1870) 828-.
Shadows under water, effectsdiieto. HutcMiuon,

H. N, [1875] Bngby NH. S. fip. (1876) 22-.
Sphere, homogeneous, course of light-rays in.

Lippieh, F. Wien Ak. Sb. 79 (1879) (Ah. 2)

516-.
— , optical proper^. Hermann, L, Zur.

Vjschr. 19 (1874) 418-, 428.
Stro^hoid^ application in geometrical optics.

Loria, G. N. A. Mth. 16 (1897) 262-.
Surface images. Mannoury, O. N. Arch.

Wisk. 4 (1899) 112-.
Surfaces of 2nd degree, mechanical method of

producing. Plilcker, J, Crelle J. 84 (1847)

857-.
— , optical, production. Br<uhear, J, A, Am.

As. P. (1884) 255-.
— , tests for planeness and parallelism. Gt&5«,

W. Am. J. So. 50 (1870) 58-.
Tracing paper for coimng drawings. Lasteyrie,

— . Tilloch Ph. Mg. 47 (1816) 182-.
Transmission of light through bent tubes.

Babintt, J. C. B. 15 (1842) 802.
Transparent bodies, action on differently

coloured rays. Brewiter, (Sir) D. [1815]

Edinb. B. S. T. 8 (1818) 1-.
— plates, interference apparatus for testing

parallelism. CzapsH, S. Z. Instk. 5 (1885)

149-.
Vision through glass plate. Gergonne, J. D.

[1828] Gergonne A. Mth. 14 (1828-24) 1-.
Water, scenic effects due to. Iitman, T. (z)

Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 27 (1878) 215-.
Window-glass, phenomenon witn. Taitt P. G,

Bdinb. B. S. P. 11 (1882) 41&-.

8030 Spectrometry. DispersioiL
(^00 0^0 3800; Chemistry 7310.)

Coloured light for dark rooms, measurement.

Almey, (Capt,) W. de W. Phot. J. 10 (1886)

114-, 18a-.
Colours, experiments. PoumaU, — . Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 12 (1802) 42-, 107-.
— , Newton's seven. MoUweidet C. Gehlen

J. 1 (1806) 651-.
— , physical mvestigations. VentyHf G, Mod.

S. It. Mm. 8 (1799) 699-.
— , prismatic. Tenney, S. [1792] Bost. Mm.

Am. Ac. 2 (1798) 87-.
— , — . MonSf J, B. van, (vi Adds.) V. Mons

J. C. 6 (1804) 106-, 242-.
Dispersiometer, construction. Mousion, A,

Sch. Gs. Yh. 55 (1872) 188-.

DISPEBSION.

Rudherg^F. Pogg. A. 9 (1827) 488-.
Amici, G. B. Pogg. A. 85 (1885) 609-.
Hunt, E, B. Silliman J. 7 (1849) 864-.
Chrutoffd, E, B. Berl. Mb. (1861) 906-.
Briot.C. C. B. 57 (1868) 866-.
Mathieu, J&. C. B. 59 (1864) 885- ; Liouv. J.
Mth. 11 (1866) 49-.

Rieour, T. C. B. 69 (1869) 1281- ; 70 (1870)

115-.
WiUigm, V, 8, M. van der. Harl. Azoh. Ms.

Teyl. 2 (1869) 808-.
(Lommel, Glasebrook and Bfathieu.) Kettder,

E. A. Ps. C. 15 (1882) 618-.

Klercker, C. E. de. [1882-88] Stockh. Ak.
' Hndl. Bh. 7 (1882-88) No, 1, 54 pp. ; C. B.

95 (1882) 588-: Stockh. Ak. Bja£i. Bh. 8

(*1888-84) No. 10, 86 pp.; C. B. 97 (1888)

707-.
of air. Rtmge, C. As. A Asps. 12 (1898) 426-.
, new method of determining. Bydbergf

J. R. Stockh. 6fv. (1898) 698- ; Fsohr. Ps.

(1898) {Ah. 2) 46.
chromatic. Petruieviky, T. Bs. Ps.-C. 8.

J. 28 (Ps.) (1896) 91-; Fschr. Ps. (1886)

{Ah. 2) 88.
— , laws. PofUofi, M. [1859] Ph. Big. 19

(1860) 165-, 268-, 864-.
— , — (Ponton). Stewart, B. Ph. Mg. 20

(1860) 148-.
— , — . Pont<m,M. Ph. Mg. 20 (1860)1 258-.
of colourless transparent media. iVWlner,

F. H. A. A. A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 580-.
determination with very small prisms. Babmet,

J. C. B. 21 (1845) 518-.
and deviation, mode of increasing. Kohlrauach,

F. A. Ps. C. 148 (1871) 147-.
of diamond. Schrauf, A. A. Ps. C. 22 (1884)

42^ ; 26 (1885) 644.
-^ fluorite. Langley, 8, P. Smiths. L Asps.

Obs. A. 1 (1900) 219-.
formulas. PowM, B. Fh. Mg. 9 (1886) lie-.
— . Matcart, E. Par. Ec. Norm. A. 1 (1864)

268-.
— . CarvaUo, E. [1900] So. Abs. 4 (1901)

488.

— with only 2 constants. Lommel, E. C. J.
Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 11 (1879) 191-.

— , experimental proofs. BriUd, J. W, Lieb.

A. 286 (1886) 288-.
of gases. Ketteler, E. Berl. Bfb. (1864) 680-.
. CrouUeboU, M. C. B. 68 (1869) 778-.

. Maseart, A A N. C. B. 78 (1874)

679-.

— glass. Barlow, P. Phil. Trans. (1827)

, simple and accurate method for ratio.

8toke8, G. G. B. S. P. 27 (1878) 485-1
~ glycerin. Luting, J, B. 05tt. Nr. (1808)

208-.

— gypsum. K»nig, W. A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 1)

— Iceland spar. CarvaUo, E. J. de Ps. \9
. (1900) 465-. \
laws. Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 7 (1879) 658-. '
->. MouUm, L. C. B. 88 (1879) 1189-.

— . Heue, 0. A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 871-.

— . Lommel, E. C. J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb.

18 (1881) 24-.
— , of calorific rays, and measurement of their

wave-lengths. Mouton, L. A. C. 18 (1879)

145-.
of liquid oxygen. Oltzewtki, K., <t WitkowtH,

A. Ore. Ac. Sc. BU. (1894) 245-.

— mercuric iodide solution. Liveing, G, D,
[1879] Camb. Ph. S. P. 8 (1880) 258-.

292

3030

Dispersion

8030

method of meftsnring in different parts of Light never decomposed into the prismatic

speotmm. Mamton^ A, Arch. So. Ps. Nt. oolonrs. Readet J, Thomson A. Ph. 3

45 (1872) 18. (1814) 276-.

number of points in spectrom required for — , decomposition. Prieur, C* A* A. 0. 59

exact knowledge. WiUigen, V. S, M. van (1806) 227-.

der, Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl. 1 (1868) 275-. — , experiments. Oourdin, — . [1787] 3Etoaen

phenomena (earthquake waves) analogous to. Tr. Ac. 5 (1781-98) 202.

RtuUH, M. P. [1898] Krk. Ak. {Mt.-Prz,) — , white. Almeida Lima, J. M. d\ Lisb. J.

Bz. 16 (1899) 115- : Crc. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1898) Sc. Mth. 3 (1895) 209-.

166-.
propagation of light-waves with reference to.

Qouy, A. Liouv. J. Mth. 8 (1882) 885-.
of ray of light refoicted at any number of

plane surfaces. Pickering, E. C. Am. Ac.

P. 7 (1868) 478-.

— rock salt. KetUler, E. A. Ps. C. 81 (1887)
822-.

. CarvaUo, E, J. de Ps. 8 (1889)

179-.
. Langley, 8, P, Smiths. I. Asps.

Obs. A. 1 a900) 219-, 258-.

— sylvine, and reflecting power of metals.
Trowbridge, A. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 595-.

theory. Renard, N. A. C. B. 64 (1867) 857-.

— (Briot's). Mee$, R. A, A. Ps. C. 184
(1868) 118-.

— . Shebuev, O. N. (xn) Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 11
(P«.) (1879) [{Pt. 1)] 108-.

— (Shebuev's). Stolyetov, A, O. (xn) Bs.
P8.-C. S. J. 11 (P«.) (1879) [(Pt. in 184.

— .. Lorenz, L. [1888] Kjitfb. Dn. Yd. Selsk.
Skr. 2 (•1881-86) 165- ; A. Ps. C. 20 (1888)

— (Voigt's). Oruzineev, A. P. Kharkov
Mth. S. Com. (1886) 17-.

— , mathematical. Oereken, W, A. Ps. G.

Beibl. 2 (1878) 407-.
of ultra-violet light, ^ftfnott, H. T. A. Ps.

C. 58 (1894) 542-.

Dispersive power of air. MorUigny, C, Brux.

Ac. BU. 24 (1867) 528-.
gases ana vapours. CrouUeboit, M,

G. B. 67 (1868) 692-.
, high, of liquids. G*66«, W, Am. J. Sc.

50 (1870) 50-.
. — , , use in spectroscopy. Zenger,

C. F. C. B. 100 ^885) 781-.
, — , — oil of Cassia, cause. Henchelt

{Sir) J. F. W. Edinb. J. Sc. 10 (1829) 808-.
, measurement. Her$chel, [Str) J. F, W.

[1822] Edinb. B. S. T. 9 (1828) 445-.
of organic liquids. Barhier, P., dt Roux,

L. C. B. 108 (1889) 1249-.
saline solutions. Barbier, P., dt Roux,

L, C. B. 110 (1890) 457-.
— , effect of molecular weight of

salt. Barbier, P., dt Roux, L. C. B. 110

(1890) 527-.
Light. Brougham dt Vaux, H. {Lord). Phil.

Trans. (1797) 852-.
— , composition. Bompass, C. C, Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 50 (1817) 866-.
— , corpuscular theory, spectrum, phosphor-
• escence, fluorescence. Cuadrado, Q, A,

Habana Ac. A. 88 (1896) 258-.

— , — , composed of coloured lights. MHUer,

(Dr,) J. Pogg. A. 58 (1848) 858-.
— , — , composition. C, P. Thomson Be. 2

(1885) 27-, 108-. 172-, 851-.
— , — , nature. HotMton, E, J, Franklin I.

J. 64 (1872) 184-.
— , — , — (Houston). Anthony, W. A,

Franklin I. J. 64 (1872) 408-.
— , — , prismatic. lAldieke, M, A, F, Gilbert

A. 86 (1810) 145-.
— , — , — decomposition. WheaUUme, (Sir)

C. B. A. Bp. (1885) {pU 2) 11-.
— , — , production by recombination of prismatic

colours. Dove, H. W. Berl. Bfb. (1867)

80-.
— , — , recomposition. [1892] Oregorio, A, de.

Palermo Ac. At. 8 (1895) {Sc. Nt.) 98.
— , — , — of component colours. Loudon, J.

Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 170-.
— , — , — by revolving mirror. Lavaud dU

Leetrade, — . Les Mondes 44 (1877) 416-.
— , — , — — spectrum rotation-apparatus.

Duboeeq, J. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1884) 65-.
— , — , synthesis. Roiti, A. (xi) N. Cim. 4

(1870) 886.
— » — , — from spectral colours. Woodward,

C. J. Ph. Mg. 85 (1868) 261.
— , whiteness, cause. BurdUieh, — . Oken

Isis (1847) 859-.
Optical considerations. Venturi, O. Verona

S. It. Mm. 8 (1786) 26&-.
^ constants. Janoveky, J, V. BerL B. 18

(1880) 2272-.

— notes. Lang, V. von. [1880] Wien Ak.
Sb. 82 (1881) {Ab. 2) 171-.

— properties of glass (titano-silicio). HopHnton,

(Dr.) J., dt Stokei, {Sir) Q. Q. B. A. Bp.

(1875) (Sect.) 26-.
tabasneer. BrUeket ^* {Ritter] von.

[1888] Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) {Ab. 1)

69-.
white bodies. Chrutian$en, C. Kjift).

Ov. (1884) 115-.

— researches. lng8trdm,A.J, [1858] Stockh.
Ak. Hndl. (1852) 229-; Ph. Mg. 9 (1855)
827-.

Optics (correction of Brewster's articles).

HdUitrom, O. G. Gilbert A. 54 (1816)

894-.
Prism, decomposition of sun's rays by. TUUeh,

A. Gdrl. Ab. 4 (1844) 51-.
— , experiments. Orotthut, T. von. Gehlen

J. 8 (1809) 254-.
— , — . Kent, S. L. Thomson A. Ph. 6 (1828)

115-.
— , phenyl-thiocarbimide, optical constants.

Madan, H. G. Nt. 88 (1888) 418-.

293

8080 Retnctlon and Dispersion

REFRACTION AND DISPERSION.

Oramoni, A, de. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1900) 68*-.
of flint glass. WUUgen, V. S, M. van der.

[1867] Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl. 1 (1868) 64-.
and vegetable essences. WlUigent

V. 8. M, van der. [1867] Harl. Aroh.

Ms. Teyl. 1 (1868) 201-.
Fraonhofer's apparatus. FUehthauer, G. D.

Nf. Vh. (1898) {Th, 2. HfOfU I) 19-.
of gEises. Perreau, F. A. C. 7 (1896) 289-.

— glasses, quarts and Iceland spar. WWigent
F. 8. M. van der. [186&-70] Harl. Aroh.
Ms. Teyl. 2 (1869) 158-; (a) 8 (1874)
84-.

— liquid oxygen. Liveing, G. D., <^ Dewar, J.
Ph. BCg. 40 (1895) 268-.

— different media, constants. Seidell L., d:
StHnheU, ~. MQnoh. Ab. 5 (1847) 258-.

new formula. Baudrimont, A, Bordeaux Mm.

S. So. 2 (1861-63) 248-.
at plane surfaces and in prisms. Reutch, F. E,

Pogg. A. 117 (1862) 241-.
prism method. Hartmann^ J, G. F, As. Nr.

7 (1829) 265-.
of sodium chlorate crystallised. Dttuaud, F,

C. B. 118 (1891) 291- ; Aroh. Sc. Ps. Nt.

27 (1892) 880-, 521-.

— some substances. Saubert W, Pogg. A.
117 (1862) 577-.

^ ^ — , Vere$i^ V, (xn) Ory.-Term. £ts.

121-.

4 (1879) (Term. Szak)

BefraotiTe and dispersive powers of gases and

vapours. Ketuler, E. Bonn SB. Niedr.

Gs. (1868) 98-.
, high, of fluid. Rohrbaeh, C. A.

Ps. C. 20 (1888) 169-.
— of vanous kinds of glass. Frauiu

hofer, J. Mflnch. D. (1814-15) 193-.
liquids and solids, apparatus for

measuring. Abbe, E. Jena. Z. 8 (1874) 96-.

— — — — — — — vapours. Arago,

D. F. J., dt Petit, —. [1815] A. C. 1 (1816)
1-.

— — ^ ^t prismatic reflection method.
WoUaitan, W. H. PhU. Trans. (1802) 365-.

REFRACTIVE INDICES.

and achromatism. Sowta Pinto, R. JR. de,

Coimbra I. 4 (1856) 167-, 179-, 208.
of carbon disulpnide. Willigen, V. S. M. van

der. [1870] (xi) Haarl. Ms. Teyl. Arch.

8 (1874) 55-.
-— clouded media. Haichek, A. Wien Ak.

Sb. 97 (1889) [Ab. 2a) 958- ; Mh. C. (1888)

900-.
comparison with theory. Powell, B, [1859]

B. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 199-.
for definite rays in various media. PowelX, B.

[1836-39] Ashmol. S. T. 1 (1838) No. 8,

24 pp. ; 2 (1838) No. 3, 20 pp.. No. 4, 8 pp.;

B. A. Bp. (1839) 1-.
and dispersion of idr. Kay$er, H. , db Runge, C.

Berl. Ak. Ab. (1893) (Anh.) No. 1, 32 pp.

Retractive Indices 3080

and dispersion of air, determination. HomuI-

berg, B. Stockh. Ofv. (1892) 441-.

— — — bromine. Rivttre, C. C. B. 181
(1900) 671-.

^. — ... gases and vapours. CrouUeboie^ Jf .

A. C. 20 (1870) 136-.

ioe. Bravai»,A. A. C. 21 (1847) 861-^

liquids, apparatus for determining.

Abbe, (Dr.) E. HaOle Z. Nw. 6 (1872)

182-.
opaque bodies. Wemieke, W. [1868]

A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 182-.

— ^ — sulphunc acid (dilute). WiUigen, V.
S. Jf. van der. Harl. Arch. Ms. TeyL 1
(1868) 74-.

of fluor spar to extreme ultraviolet. Sataain, E.
C. B. 97 (1888) 850-.

— Fraunhofer's lines in series of glasses.
Dutirou, — . A. C. 28 (1850) 176- ; 0. B.
29 (1849) 632-.

for G and H (Powell's measures). BreweUr,

(Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1840) (pt. 2) 5.
of glass. WiUigen, V, S. M. van der. Arch.

Ntel. 6 (1871) 187-.
. HopHnttm, J. [1877] B. S. P. 26

(1878) 290-.
plates, new method of detenniningt And

Jamin's compensator. Quincke, G. A. Ps.

C. 132 (1867) 204-.
greater than for diamond. Breweter, (Sir) D.

PhU. Trans. (1813) 101-.
of Iceland spar, ordinary and extraordinary, to

extreme ultraviolet. Saraein, i. C. B.
95 (1882) 680-.

— immersion fluids, device for. MartinotH, G.
Z. Ws. Mkr. 3 (1886) 820-.

— quartz, ordinary and extraordinary, to

extreme ultraviolet. Saraein, i. C. B.
85 (1877) 1230-; Aroh. Sc. Ps. Nt. 61 (1878)
109-.

in visible spectrum. Ma£€ de Lipinay, J.

J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 190-.

— some substances as functions of wave length
in vacuo. Forti, A. N. Gim. 6 (1857)411-.

theoretical computation. Powell, B. B. A.

Bp. (1841) ipt. 2) 24-.
and wave lengu, relation between. Wiedemann,

E. E. G. A. Ps. C. 5 (1878) 142.
, , numerical. Dale, (Rev.) T. P.

L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 167- ; Ph. Mg. 25 (1888)

825-.

Befntctive power of gases. Arago, D. F. J., dt

Biot, —. Par. Mm. de PI. (1806) 301-.
liquids. Fabbrani, G. [1796] (xn)

Firenze S. Georg. At. 4 (1801) 844-.
at different temperatures. Ketteler,

E. A. Ps. C. 83 (1888) 853-, 506- ; 35 (1888)

662-.

— powers in liquid and gaseous states. Kanon-
nikov, 1. 1. Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 30 (C.) (1898)
965-.

Befrangibility of light, change by internal
dispersion. Rees, R. van. Utr. Aant. Prv.
Gn. (1853) (AprU) 12-.

—>- , Newton's first demonstration. Oken,

L. Gehlen J. 8 (1809) 269-.

294

8030 Spectrometers. Spectrum. Bays, Oeneral Theory of 8040

Befrangibiliiy ol light, aneqnal. Blair, B*

[1791] Bdinb. B. S. T. 8 (1794) 8-.
— — nltraTiolet rays with different qoarti

piisms. Salm-Horitmar, W. F. Pogg. A.

109 (1860) 158-.
Solar light, analysis, new. Brewiter, (Sir) D.

[1881] Edinb. B. S. T. 12 (1884J 128-.
, nature. Stag, J. S. [1890] Bros. Ao.

Mm. 49 (1890-98) (No, 2) 47 pp.

SPECTBOMETBY.

8PECTR0METEBS.

MeyentHn, M. Pogg. A. 98 (1856) 91-.
Abbe's. Afum. Mbr. S. J. (1900) 680-.
accurate determination of refraction and dis-
persion by. MeyerstHot M, D. Nf. B. 40

(1865) 87.
differential. HaUwacJu, W. D. Nf. Vh.

(1896) (Th. 2, RSHfit 1) 54.
diiect-vision. VaXx, B. 0. B. 57 (1868) 6(^,

141-.
** fixator," aoziliaiy apparatus for. Kettder,

E. Carl Bpm. 17 (1881) 645-.
form. Draper, J, W. Am. J. So. 18 (1879) 80-.
Poess's. LH99, C. N. Jb. Mn. (1897) {Bd. 1) 74-.
Heele's. KrUger,F. Cztg. Opt. 20 (1899)181-.
high temperature, Zeiss's. Anon, Mor. S. J.

(1900) 683-.
improved. Freyberg,J, Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 845-.
— . Bapi, A. Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 269-.
interference-, i^^, F. (xn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 826-, 349-.
repetition-, and goniometer. KrUa, H. Z.

Instk. 7 (1887) 215-.
simple. Secchi, (padre) A, N. Cim. 28-24

(•1865-66) 77-.
and universal goniometer adapted to ordinary

wants of laboratory. Livemg, O. D. C«mbl

Ph. S. P. 4 (1888) 843-.
Talue in chemical work. OladsUme, J, H,

[1885] Nt. 88 (1886) 852-.

Speotrometric comparator. Reinke, J. A. Ps.

C. 27 (1886) 444-.
— method, new. Zenger, K, V. Pzag Sb.

(1877) 20-.
Spectrometry of light sources. Crova, A, C.

B. 87 (1878) 822-.

Spectrotelegraph of La Cour. Ulbrieh$, — .
Giving. 85 (1889) 321-.

SPECTRUM.

MouMon, A. Bb. Un. Arch. 10 (1861) 221-.

Merz, 8. Pogg. A. 117 (1862) 654-.

colour photometry. Atmey, (Capt.) — , <it

Fating, (Maj.-Oen.) — . [1886] PhU. Trans.

177 (1887) 423-.
colours. Listing, J. B. D. Nf. B. 40 (1865)

92-; G6tt. Nr. (1866) 171-.
— , elconentary. Brewater, (Sir) D, Edinb. B.

S. T. 12 (1884) 128-.

colours, elementary (Brewster). Melloni, M.

Ph. Mg. 82 (1848) 262-.
— , — (Melloni). * Brewster, (Sir) D. Ph. Mg.

82 (1848) 489-.
— , recombination by reversed prism. Seward,

A. W. 0. N. 44 (1881) 267-.
^-, recomposition. Foueofult, L, Moigno

Cosmos 2 (1858) 282-.
— , — , vibrating mirror for. Luvini, G, N*

Cim. 2 ^877) 89-.
— , — , — prism for. Lavaud de Lestrqde — •

Les Mondes 42 (*1877) 579-.
—, theory. Chams,J. B. A. Bp. (1884) 544-.
experiments: light and heat. Leslie, J.

Thomson A. Ph. 12 (1826) 284-.
Goethe's objections to Newton's theory. Moll-

weide, C. Zach M. Cor. 22 (1810) 91-.
Newton's «* indigo." Rood, O. N, Am. J. So.

19(1880)185-.
part which develops most '* infra-electricity*'*

Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. BU. 88 (1897) 821-.
prismatic. Talbot, W. H. F. (vx Adds.) Ph.

Mg. 9 (1886) 1-.
— , lower limit. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg.

4 (1877) 848-.
— , and musical scales. Huston, D. Thomson

A. Ph. 4 (1814) 254-.
recomposition. Lavaud de Lestrade, — . Lea

Mondes 48 (1877) 828-.
refraction-, without prism. Everett, J, D. B.

A. Bp. 48 ^878) (Sect.) 87-.
visible, extension. Lodge, O.J.,<t Daviet, B.

Nt. 54 (1896) 622.
~, — . Swinton, A. A. C. [1896] Nt. 55

(1896-97) 82-.
— , —. Lodge, O. J., d Davies, B. [1896]

Nt. 55 (1896-97) 38.

Sunbeam and spectroscope. Townsend, H.

[1868] Alb. I. T. 4 (1858-64) 182-.
Sun's image, changes of colour observed in

prism. Brame, C. C. B. 108 (1886) 862,

582.

8040 Bays, General Theory ot

Analytical optics. Schleiermaeher, L. Baum-

gartner Z. 9 ^831) 1-, 161-, 454-; 10 (1882)

171-, 329-.
, use in optical practioe. SehleierwMcher,

L. Pogg. A. 14 (1828) 1-.
Aplanatio lines, etc.' (^uetdet, L. A. J.

Quetelet Cor. Mth. 5 (1829) 190-.
Apparatus, philosophical, new. Snell, E, 8.

Silliman J. 49 (1845) 20-.
Astigmatic pencil, analytical conditions. Hay,

G. Arch. Oph. Ot. 5 (1876) 497-.

— — , theory. Hay, G. Am. Oph. S. T.
(1883) 549-.

— pencils, refraction. Ahrendt, A. Z. Mth.
Ps. 86 (1891) 99-.

«- — , thin, &Eter refraction at a curved surface.

Matthiessen, L. Z. Mth. Ps. 88 (1888) 167-.
Catoptric properties of quadrics. Finsterwalder,

S. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 17 (1888} 88-.

— property of ellipsoid, ataude, O. Mth. A.
27 (1886) 412-.

295

8040 Caustics

CAUSTICS.

Mareika, J. {n Adds.) Gand A. Ao. (1824-

25) 54 pp.
QueUUt, L.A. J. [1825] Qaetelet Cor. Mth.

1 (1825) 14-, 147- ; Braz. Ao. So. Mm.

8 (1826) 89-.
Sturm, J. C. F. Oergonne A. Mth. 15 (1824-

25) 205-.
Mo$eley,H. Ph. Ms. 2 (1827) 288-.
Plana, O. [1830] Qaetelet Oor. Mth. 7 (1832)

13-, 85-.
Terquem, O. N. A. Mth. 4 (1845) 423-.

Taulmer, K. (zn) Mag. Ak. ^ts. (1847) 375-.
CayUy, A. [1856-66] PhU. Trans. 147 (1857)

273-; 157 (1867) 7-.
Comu, A. 0. B. 122 (1896) 1455-.
apparatus for traoing. Dyhowiki, — . Par. S.

Ps. 86. (1885) 195.
applioation of transformation by reoiprooal radii

veotores. Mannheim, A. L'l. 28 (1860)

420-.
onnres and sorfaoes whioh are their own

oaostios, or one of their own fooal sheets.

Tramon, (Prof.) A. Liouv. J. Mth. 6 (1841)

441—.
of oyoloid and logarithmio spiral. Oaust, C. F,

Onmert Arch. 30 (1858) 121-.
at a cylinder. Larmor, «/. B. A. Bp. (1893)

695.
equations. John$on, O. H. S. B. S. P.

3 (1835) 324-.
historical note. Qamier, J. Q. Qaetelet Cor.

Mth. 1 (1825) 29-.
incipient. Holditeh, H. QJ. Mth. 3 (1860)

Oo.

intensity of light near. Airy, O. B» Camb.

Ph. S. T. 6 (1838) 379-; 8 (1849) 595-.
kinematically treated. Keitler, O. Z. Mth.

Ps. 23 (1878) 1-.
plane. Lambert, C. J. [1829] Gergonne A.

Mth. 20 (1829-30) 97-.
— , analytical researches. Oergonne, J. D»

Gergonne A. Mth. 15 (1824-25) 345-.
— f . Sturm, J. C. F. Gergonne A. Mth.

16 (1825-26) 238-.

properties. Transon, (Prof.) A. Par. S.Phlm.
PV. (1841) 23-.

and reciprocal carves and surfaces. Habieh, i.

(z) Par. S. Phbn. BU. 5 (1868) 108-.
l>y reflection. PetU, A. T. [1812] Par. Eo.

Pol. Cor. 2 (1809-13) 354-.
Lindelorf, L. L. B. A. Bp. (1860)

ipt. 2) 14-.
. Re, A. del. Mod. Ac. So. Mm. 10

(1894) 415-.
. CerH, A. BCU. I. Lomb. Bd. 28 (1895)

796—.
— — , application of intrinsic coordinates.

BaUtrand, — . N. A. Mth. 9 (1890) 476-.
at oirole. Samt-Laurent, T. de. [1826]

Gergonne A. Mth. 17 (1826-27) 1-, 128-.
. Cayley, A, Camb. and Dubl.

Mth. J. 2 (1847) 128-.
. Smith, P. Camb. and Dubl.

Mth. J. 2 (1847) 236-.

Caustics 8040

by reflection at circle, n<* caustic. Holditeh,H.
QJ. Mth. 2 (1858) 301-.

— — and evolute, geometrical properties.
Smith, C. A. OJ. Mth. 7 (1866) 242-.

^- — , geometrical construction. PuUer, C.

QJ. Mth. 3 (1860) 312-.
, . Laqui^e, E. M. N. A. Mth.

2 (1883) 74-.
, instrument to ezhibit. Snell, B. 8,

Silliman J. 49 (1845) 24-.

— — of parabola, for parallel incidence.
Laguerre, E. N. A. Mth. 2 (1883) 1^.

plane curres, construction. OriUet,

J. H. Liouv. J. Mth. 11 (1846) 104.

from spherical surface. Holditeh, H.

QJ. Mth. 1 (1857) 93-.

— — of symmetrical curres. WLqimh,
{Lord). Edinb. B. S. P. 17 (1891)
281-.

— refraction. Petit, A. T. [1812] Par. Bo.
Pol. Cor. 2 (1809-13) 356-.

. Plana, Q. [1830] Quetelet Cor. M&.

7 (1832) 13-, 85-.
(Plana). HamiJhm,{Sir)W.R. Qaetelet

Cor. Mth. 8 (1834) 27-.
. HiU,T. Camb. (M.) Mih. M. 2 (1860)

416—.
(multiple). Mlodxievtky, B. K, Moeo.

S. So. BU. 78 (No. 2) (1893) 10-; Fsohr.

Mth. (1893-94) 1155.
at circle. Saint-Laurent, T. de. [1827]

Gergonne A. Mth. 18 (1827-28) 1-.
(proof of 2 theorems of Saint-
Laurent). Gergonne, J. D. [1827] Gergonne

A. Mth. 18 (1827-28) 48-.
for parallel rays. Olaisher, J.W.L.

[1878] Mess. Mth. 8 (1879) 44-.
, property. Cayley, A. Ph. Mig.

6 (1853) 427-.

— •« — parabolic sur&oe. Laguerre^ E.
N. A. Mth. 4 (1885) 5-.

plane surface. SouU, C. N. A. Mth.

6 (1847) 186-.
. MouHer, J. N. A. Mth.

14 a875) 128-.
relatea, geometrical constraction when parallel

rays are incident on plane reflector. Childe,

O. F. QJ. Mth. 7 (1866) 136-.
of right parabolic cylinder. Crockett, C. W.

Asps. J. 7 (1898) 358-.
secondary, (^telet, L. A. J. Quetelet Oor.

Mth. 3 (1827) 228- ; Bruz. Ac. So. Mm.

5 (1829) 5-.
— , properties deduced from stereographio pro-
jection, (^telet, L. A. J, Quetelet Cor.

Mth. 2 (1826) 81-.
of spherical concentric surfaces. Leboueher,

— . Caen Ac. Mm. (1851) 247-; (1852) 44-.
by successive reflection at spherical surfaces.

MiUer, W. H. CreUe J. 13 (1835) 258-.
surfaces. Gergonne, J. D. [1825] Gergonne

A. Mth. 16 (1825-26) 1-.
— , etc. Mannheim, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Mm. 1 (1885) 520-.

— of sphere. Biot, J. B. Par, fo. Pol. J.
28* cah. (1841) 95-.

— , theory. Seidel, L. Mflnch. Gelehrte Ai.
44 (1857) 241-.

296

3040

Says, General Theory of

3040

theory, and applioations (o stereographio pro-

jeotion. QukeUt, L, A. J. [1825] Brox.

Ao. So. Mm. 4 (1827) 81-.
— , geometrio proof of fundamental principle.

Oergorme, J. D. Oergonne A. Mth. 16

(1825-26) 807-.
—.history. Bdtser, J. E. F. [1869] Z. Mth.

Pb. 15 (1870) 170-.

Characteristic function, Hamilton's. MaxweU,
J. C. [1874] L. Mth. S. P. 6 (1874-75) 182-.

— — , — , application to theory of optical
instroment symmetrical about its axis.
MaxweU, J. C. L. Mth. S. P. 6 (1874-75)
117-.

— — , — I examples. Herman, R. A. QJ.
Mth. 27 (189m 191-.

— invariants of asymmetric optical system.
Sampson, R. A, [1897] L. Mth. S. P.
29 (1898) 83-.

. Bromwieh, T. J. PA.

[1899] L. Mth. S. P. 81 (1900) 4-.
Characteristics of asymmetric optical combina-
tion. Larmar, J, L. Mth. S. P. 20 (1889)

181-.
given optical path. Larmor, J. L. Mth.

8. P. 23 (1892) 165-.
Contact transformations, infinitesimal, of

optics. Lie, S. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 48

(1896) 131-.
and optics. Lovett, E, O. Camb. Ph.

S. T. 18 (1900) 256-.
Correspondences, two- two. Thomae, J. Leip.

Mth. Ps. Ab. 21 (1895) 487-.
Cotes's theorem, application. Hereehel, (Sir)

J. F. W. [1812] PhU. Trans. (1813) 8-.
, proof. Barlow, P. Nicholson J. 24

(1809) 278-.
Curve of shadow for surface of revolution.

Neu, — . Par. S. Mth. BU. 14 (1886) 103- ;

15 (1887) 83-.
of vertical rod. CoUignon, £, As. Fr.

C. B. (1888) {Pt. 2) 53-.
Corves satisfying certain condition of maximum

or minimum, properties common to. Vtcaire,

E. Par. Mm. Sav. Etr. 81 (1894) No, 5,

24 pp.
Dioptric instruments, theory. Bauer, K. L.

Carl Bpm. 1 (1866) 219-.
Eikonal. Bruns, H. Leip. Mth. Ps. Ab. 21

a895) 823- ; Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 47 (1895)

Focal lines of cirole, general. Chunert, J. A,

Orunert Aroh. 11 (1848) 196-.
for infinitely thin beam. Czapeki, S,

A. Ps. C. 42 (1891) 882-.
, pair. Hofmann, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 27

(1882) 189-.
of pencil (refracted). MaxweU, J, (7.

L. Mth. 8. P. 4 (1871-78) 837-.
. Matwdetsen, L. Acta Mth. 4

(1884) 177- ; Z. Mth. Ps. (Stippl.) 29 (1884)

86-.
— . Weingarten, J, Crelle J. Mth.

98 (1885) 281-.
^ straight line. Omnert, J. A . Orunert

Aroh. 11 (1848) 25-.

Focal surface of pencil traversing system of

coaxial sphericiu surfaces of glass. Seidel,

L. Berl. Mb. (1862) 695-.
Foci of lenses placed obliquely. Pickering,

E, C, dt WiUiams, C. H. Am. Ac. P. 10

(1875) 300-.
Horopter, form and position. Larmor, J,

Camb. Ph. 8. P. 6 (1889) 60-.
Illumination curves of skew helicoids. Sehmid,

T. Bih. Mth. Ps. 2 (1891) 383-.
Images formed without reflection or refraction.

RayUigh, (Lord), [1880] Ph. Mg. 11 (1881)

214-.
Index- and ray-surfaces, representation. Leiu,

C. Berl. Ak. 8b. (1899) 42-, 178-.
Infinitesimal representations of optics. Haiu-

dorff, F. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 48 (1896) 79-.
Integral invariants of optics. Hadamard, — .

C. B. 126 (1898) 811-.
Light propagation in reflecting and refracting

system of spherical surface. BatUUi, A,

Yen. L At. (1883-84) 1081-.
Lines of force and equipotential surfaces in

optics. Ruoee, H, k. Ps. C. 53 (1894) 77-.
Malus's theorem on course of luminous rays,

extension. lualy, — . N. A. Mth. 10 (1891)

190-.

— wave-surfaces, cubatnre. RuchhlSft, W.
Aroh. Mth. Ps. 3 (1886) 225-.

Malus-Dupin theorem, contributions to. Levi^

Civita, T. Bm. B. Ao. Line. Bd. 9 (1900)

(Sem. 1) 185-, 237-.
Mathematical optics, a view of. HamiUon, (Sir)

W. R. B. A. Bp. (1831-32) 545-; (1838)

360-.
Penumbra, phenomena. Mongex, A, Bb. Un.

23 (1823J 823-.
— ^— . Sagnae, Q. C. B. 123 (1896) 880- ;

Eclair. Elect. 9 (1896) 408- ; Par. 8. Ps. 84.

(1897)9-.
Perspective. Tramon^A. N. A. Mth. 10 (1871)

402-.
Problem. Baehr, G. F. W, As. Fr. C. B. 11

(1882) 14&-.
Problems involving reciprocals, graphical solu-
tion. Grubh, H. DM. 8. 8c. P. 5 (1886-

87) 482-.
Bay surfaces of refraction. Childe, (Rev,) G. F,

QJ. Mth. 13 (1875) 299- ; 14 (1877) 106-,

209-.

— system of 2nd order and 2nd class. Stahl, W.
Crelle J. Mth. 92 (1882) 172-.

8rd order and 2nd class. StaM, W.

Crelle J. Mth. 91 (1881) 1-.

— systems. Sharpe,H.J. [1864] Mess. Mth.
8 (1866) 38-.

. Blaeendorf, M, Crelle J. Mth. 97

. (1884) 172-.

. Cayley, A. Mess. Mth. 17 (1888) 73-.

, general, in different media. Meiht»uer, R.

8chldmllch Z. 8 (1863) 369-.

— — , geometrical properties. Re, A. del.
Palermo Cir. Mt. Bd. 1 (1887) 284-.

normal to surface. OorUm, W. C. L.

Am. J. Mth. 13 (1891) 173-.
, theory. Hamilton, (Sir) W. R. [1824-

82] Ir. Ac. T. 15 (1828) 69- ; 16 (1830) 4-,

(pt. 2) (1881) 85-; 17 (1837) 1-.

297

8050 Optical Syatems. Cardinal Points. Theory of Images 8050

Bay eystems, theoxy. Kummer^ E. E, Gielle

i. 57 (1860) 189-.
, -— of refraction. Oleiehen, A. A. Pa.

C. 85 (1888) 100-.

Bays, orossing. BaUy, W. L. Ps. S. P. 5

(1884) 285-; Ph. Ifg. 16 (1888) 58-.
— , gxoope, general properties. 6ergofmet «^«

D. [1828] Gergonne A. Mth. 14 (1828-24)
129-.

— of light and heat, oonoentration. ClauduM^
jR. [1868] (yn) A. Pb. G. 121 (1864) 1-.

or heat, gronpe, origin, variety and

polarisation. Utaly, IVabbe) — . Bordeaux
8. So. Mm. 5 (1895) 487-.

— — — , — , polarising properties.

iMoZy, {Vabb^ — . Bordeaux 8. So. Mm. 1
(1896) 861- ; 8 (1899) 1-.

— , pencil, path Uirough prism. Oleiehen, A.
Cztg. Opt. 10 (1889) 206-.

— , — , refraction of infinitely thin. Neu-
mann, C. G. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 82 (1880)
42-.

— , pencils, experimental investigation.
QuiMke, O. Beri. Mb. (1862) 498-.

Shadow phenomenon, peculiar. Birkine, 8. de.
Pogg. A. 100 (1857) 98.

— of surface of revolution in parallel light.
KaiOny, E. Wien 8b. 55 (1867) (Ah. 2)
215-.

Shadows, forms* Bordoni, A. Brugnatelli G.
8 (1815) 284-.

— , 2, of same object, one direct, the other by
reflection from water. Pr^aubert, E. [1871]
(xn) Angers 8. Sc. BU. 1 (1872) 19-.

Solar beams, convergenoy to point opposite
sun. BrewiUr, (Sir) D. (vi Addt,) Edinb.
J. Sc. 2 (1825) 186-.

•^ — , divergent and oonvexgent. Necker d€
Sauawre, L. A. Edinb. J. Sc. 6 (1882)
251- ; Ph. Mg. 1 (1882) 829-; A. C. 70
(1889) 118-, 225-; C. B. 8 (1889) 82-.

3050 Optical Systems. Cardinal
Points. Theory of Images.

Apparatus for projecting all rays emitted by
luminous point. Pilven, G, (xn) Brest 8.
Ac. BU. 5 (1869) 182-.

Calculating machine, new
<on, E. M. [1896] Mcr

\x a hj
. 8. J. (1897) 1-.

CARDINAL POINTS.

GauM, C. F, [1840] Gdtt. Ab. 1 (188&-41) 1-.
(Gauss.) Biot.J.B. C. B. 12 (1841) 407-.
(— .) Bravau, A. A. C. 38 (1851) 494-;

Liouv. J. Mth. 1 (1856) 51-.
(^.) Martin, A, [1866] A. C. 10 (1867) 885-.
CasoraU, F. Bill. I. Lomb. Bd. 5 (1872)

179-.
(Qauss.) Sampton, R. A. [1897] L. Mth. 8.

P. 29 (1898) 88-.
of afocal dioptric systems. MaithUum, L.

Cztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 181-.

of coaxial dioptric systems (woric of Gauss and
Listing). Guihhard,A. A. d'OcuL 1 (1879)
195-.

— — . Jadanxa, N. Tor. Ao. So. At.

20 a885) 917-.

— — refracting system. Drew, C. Ezner
Bpm. 25 (1889) 705-.

system of spherical lenses, method of

calculating the 6. MaUhie$$en, H. F. L.
Z. Mth. Ps. 22 (1877) 299-.

correlated to Bravais's points. Lrfebvre, P. C.

B. 128 (1899) 980-, 1820-.

of dioptric-catoptric system, etc. MatthieBtem^

L. Z. Mth. Ps. 82 (1887) 170-.
and foci of lens ^stem. Zineken genannt

Sommer, H. Berl. Ak. lib. (1876) 128-.
. Hoppe, E. A. Ps. C. 160

(1877) 169-.
of optical instruments. GaUop, E. G. Bless.

Mth. 28 (1894) 81-.
— , experimental determination. Gariel,

C. M. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1887) 186-.

system. Comu, A, As. Fr. C. B. 4

(1875) 858.

— system of lenses, construction. Koppe, Jf.
Ansh. Mth. Ps. 66 (1881) 405-.

refracting spherical surfaces. Lip-

pick, F. Steierm. Mt. 2 (Heft 8) (1871) 429-.

. MaUhie$$en, L. Z. Mth.

Ps. 29 (1884) 848-.

, number. Tdpler, A. [1870]

A. Ps. C. 142 (1871) 282-.

— thick lenses. Getichmann, R. Bxner Bpm.
26 (1890) 247-.

Congruences formed by optical axes, and sur-

ffMes of constant total curvature. Coeeerat,

E. Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 8 (1894) C, 8 pp.
Constants of telescope, determination. KeUner^

H. Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 1-, 88-.
Dioptric foci. Wand, T, Carl Bpm. 15 (1879)

516-.
Dioptrics of coaxial spherical surfaces. I^ang,

V. von. Wien Sb. 68 (1871) {Ah. 2) 666-.
— , fundamental formuln. Be$ael, F. W. As.

Nr. 18 (1841) 97-.
~, graphical. KenUr, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 29

(1884) 65-.
-^, — treatment of problems. Kcbald, B»

Mh. Mth. Ps. 2 (1891) 181-.
— , principal theorems. Clausen, T. As. Nr.

18 (1841) 185-.
Double sphere, focus. GUtay, E. Z. Ws. Mkr.

1 (1884) 479-.
Focal lines and caustics, inverse problem.

Straueh, G. W. [1859] Wien D. 20 (1862)

227-.
Isophotal curves on revolution surfaces, singu-
larities. Tetaf, J. Prag Sb. (1888) {Mth.-

Nt.) 865-.
Ophthalmoscopy, mathematics. PhiUpeen, — .

A. d»Ocul. 107 (1892) 177-, 472.
Optical constructions, calculation. Steinheil, A.

Miinoh. Sb. (1867) (2) 284-.

— phenomenon. Her9chd,J. Science 8 (1884)
704.

— problems. Gergonne, J. D. [1825] Ger-
gonne A. Mth. 16 (1825-26) 65-.

298

3050 Optical Systems

OPTICAL STSTEMS.

Mdbiui, A. F. CieUe J. 6 (1880) 215-.
SHdel, L, As. Nr. 87 (1854) 105- ; MOnoh.

Qelehrte As. 40 (1855) (BU.) 183-, 187- ; As.

Nr. 43 (1856) 289-.
Thie9m,M. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1890) 799-.
asymmetrio, oharaoteristic invanants. Brom-

wUh, T, J. FA. [1899] L. Mth. S. P. 81

(1900) 4-.
— , characteristics. Larmor, J, L. Mth. S. P.

20 (1889) 181-.
classification. Strauti, A. Mth. Termt. Eits.

18 (1900) 200- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 18 (1908)

808-.
coaxial. Battelli, A. Tor. Ac. So. At. 19

(•1888) 887-.
— , curvatare of focal surface. Broea, A, As.

Fr. C. B. (1894) {Ft. 2) 819-.
— , dioptric power. Bordier, H. Bordeaax S.

8c. PV. (1897-98) 141-.
— , power. Weiut Q, As. Fr. C. B. (1894)

{Ft. 2) 888-.
— I properties. Bo8$eha,J. [1879] (xn) Ashsi.

Ak. Wet. P. (1879-80) (No. 6) 4-; (n) A. Ps.

G. Beibl. 4 (1880) 457-.
~, — . Kobald, E. Carl Bpm. 15 (1879)

721^.
— , — . Lefebvre, F. J. de Ps. 1 (1892)

841-.
— , theory. Monoyer, F. Par. S. Ps. 86.

(1883) 148- ; C. B. 97 (1883) 88-.
— , — . Schmidt, E. Ts. Ps. C. 81 (1892) 65-;

Fschr. Ps. (1892) (Ab. 2) 38.
— , ^. Ckryital, G. Edhib. Mth. 8. P. 14

(1896; 2-.
composite. Jadanza, N. Tor. Ao. 8c. At. 19

(1888) 99-.
— , 2-lens. Jadanza, N. Tor. Ac. 8c. At. 18

(1882) 601-.
constants necessary to determine. Bouty, B.

J. de Ps. 7 (1878) 831-.
— , principal* Comu, A. Par. 8. Ps. 86,

(1877) 58-.
convergent, determination of elements. SeniU,

H, J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 288-.
— and divergent. Lifpieh^ F. Cstg. Opt. 12

(1891) 169.
, correct differentiation. SehuUer, A.

[1900] Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 17 (1901) 83-.
— , new method of measuring focal length.

Fonnt, G. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1890)

(Sem. 1) 565-.
correction. lAimmer, O. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1895) 24-.
determination of collineation planes. MatthUi'

sen, L. Cztg. Opt. 14 (1898) 1-.

conjugate points. Mie, B. J. de Ps. 9

(1880) 162-.
image plane. Kerher, A. Cztg. Opt. 9

(1888) 205-.
focal length, calculation. Hartmann, J. O. F.

As. Nr. 7 (1829) 277-.
, definition and measurement. Blaketley,

T. H. L. Ps. 8. P. 15 (1897) 178- ; Ph. Mg.

44 (1897) 137-.

Optical Systems 8050

focal length, definition and measurement

ffilakesley). Gray, A. L. Ps. 8. P. 15

(1897) 186- ; Ph. Mg. 44 (1897) 144-.
, determination. MaeGiUavry, T. H.

(zn) Mbl. Nt 5 (1875) 73-.
, — . HoMdberg, B. 8pet. It. Mm. 17

(1889) 182-.
, — . FwUain, O. As. Fr. C. B. (1889)

{Ft. 2) 283-.
focometer, new, for determining optical con-
stants. Mergier, O. A Par. 8. Ps. 8^.

(1887) 198-.
general coeflKcients. Btot, J. B. C. B. 12

(1841) 519-.
— law. Lagrange, J. L. Beri. Urn. Ao. (1808)

8-.
large-aperture, correction. Kerber, A. Gztg.

Opt. 8 (1887) 145-.
magnification. OuSbhard, A. A. d*Ocul. 9

(1883) 197-.
of refracting spherical media, accessory points.

Luting, J. B. (vi Adds.) D. Nf. Vsm. B.

31 (1854) 46-.
and Sanson's images. Broekmann, H. Cztg.

Opt. 8 (1887) 4-.
2, size of images due to. Hock, {Dr.) — . Aroh.

f. Oph. 17 (1871) (Ab. 2) 131-.
special space collineation by dioptric system.

FeUeek, M. Prag 8b. (1886) (MtK-Nt.)

802-.
theory. Biembrugghe, O. van der. Bmz. 8.

8c. A. 16 (1892) {Ft. 2) 207-.
— . Thiesen, M. A. Ps. C. {Berl. Fs. 0». Vh.

1892) 45 (1892) 821-.
of uniform distribution of light. Trotter, A. F.

1. CE. P. 78 (1884) 846-.
-^ wave-normals, property. Oleichen, A. D.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 249-.

Optics in 8 dimensions. Oergorme, J. D.

Qergonne A. Mth. 16 (1825-26) 247-.
— , fundamental propositions, historical notes.

Bayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 466-.
— , geometrical. Routh, E. J. QJ. Mth. 21

(1886)179-.
— , — . Thompton, S. F. L. Ps. 8. P. 10 (1890)

193-; Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 232-.
^, — , elementaxy nom«iolature. Jfocleon, M,

Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 400-.
•^, — , graphical methods. LarmoTf J, Camb.

Ph. 8. P. 8 (1895) 307-.
— , — , simple proofs of theorems. Fenner, F.

Cztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 1-.
— , laws. Terquem, A., db Trannin, H. J. de

Ps. 8 (1874) 217-, 244-.
— , new methods. Hoitings, C. 8. Wash. Nat.

Ac. BIm. 6 (1893) 87-.
Bays, meeting at lens focus. Gilbert, F. C.

B. 63 (1866) 800-.
Befraction of light, geometric theory. Freo-

braienaky, V. V. Mosc. 8. 8c. Bll. 41 (No. 2)

(1884) 72-.
system of normals, concentration. Beeeel,

— . 8t. Pet Ac. 8c. Mm. (Bi.) 8 (*1863)

286-.

299

3050 Theory of Images

stadia, theoiy. Witulow, A, Y. Noai Eng.

Mg. 30 (1884) 813-.
— , — . Baker, 1. O. V. Nost. Eng. Mg. 31

(1884) 15-.
— , — , and optical formula for conjugate

distances. Woodward, R. 8. V. Nost. Eng.

Mg. 80 (1884) 473-.

THEOBT OF DfAGES.

Conseontiye images. Manoyer,F, (xn) Strasb.

S. Sc. BU. 1 ri868) 58-, 65-.
Ck>nBtrnction of images. Govt, G. Bm. B.

Ac. Lino. Bd. 4 (1888) {8em. 1) 655-.
(Govi's method). Poll, A. Bv. So.-

Ind. 21 (1889) 8^.
( ). Andriei, P. Gatg. Opt. 11

(1890) 97-.
. SehiUer^N, Fschr. Ps. (1893) (.16. 2)

23.
Curvature of images, calculation. Zinken

[Zincken7] genannt Sommer, H. A. Ps. C.

122 (1864) 563-.
'* Depth" of images in optical apparatus.

KrUst, A, H. A. Ps. 0. 157 (1876) 476-.
Determination of images. Kr&nig, A. A. Ps.

C. 123 (1864) 655-.
Dioptric miages, application of principle of

collinear relation. MSbius, A, F. Leip. B.

7 (1855) 8-. •
, conditions for obtaining accurate. Stem"

heU, C, A. van, Mflnch. Sb. (1865) (2) 65-.
» , with lenses of large aperture.

Steinheil, C. A, von, db StdnheU, H, A, von,

GOtt. Nr. (1865) 131-, 211-.
, elliptic anamorphosis in. Matthiesten, L.

Z. Mth. Ps. 43 (1898) 305-.
Generic images. OalUm, F. [1879] B. I. P.

9 (1882] 161-.
Images formed by large-aperture systems.

Finstertoalder, S. [1891-92] D. Mth. Vr. Jbr.

1 (1892) 41-; Mtoch. Ak. Ab. 17 (1892) 517-.
system of coaxial spherical surfaces.

Simngh, R. [1900] Amst. Ak. Yh. (Sect, 1)

7 (1901) No. 5, 74 pp.
Method of determining conjugate foci, etc.

Govt, — . Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 5 (1889)

ISem. 1) 103-.
Microscopic image, conditions of truth. Ca$tel-

lamau y de Lleopart, J, M, de. Madrid S.

H. Nt. A. 14 (1885) 258-.
, theoiy. Strehl, K. Ps. Z. 1 (1900)

357-.
Optical instruments. Garid, — . Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 18 (1887) 339-.
, general laws. Maxwell, J. C. QJ. Mth.

2 (1858) 233-.

— — , magnifying and diminishing effects.

Schrdder, H. D. Nf. Vsm. B. (1852) 78-.
, — power. MouHer, J, J. de Ps. 2

(1873) 105-.

, . Oaria, C. M. Bv. Sc. 6 (1883)

789-.

, . Monoyer, F. C. B. 96 (1883)

1785-.

, . ChiuMoli, V, Bv. Sc. 38 (1884)

62.

Mirrors and LenBes 8060

Optical instruments, magnifying power, experi-
mental determination. SehuJSring, G. Halle
Z. Nw. 39 (1872) 62-.

— — , ^ — and field of view. Soma Pinto,
R.R.de. Coimbra L 4 (1856) 72-.

, , measurement. Goi;», G. 0. B.

87 (1878) 726- ; A. C. 15 (1878) 563-.

, , specification. Giravd'Teulou^ — .

Brux. Ac. Md. (Mm. Sav. Etr.) 5 (1860)
283-; Brux. Ac. Md. BU. 5 (1862) 427-.

— — , positions of diaphragms. Breton [de
Champ], P. C. B. 40 (1855) 189-.

, stray light in. Ooring, C. R, QJ. Sc.

17 (1824) 17-, 202-.
, theory. BellavitU, G. TortoUni A. 4

(1853) 260-.
, ^. Mo$»otH, 0. F. Pisa A. Un. Toeo.

Sc. Gosm. 4 (1855) 39- ; 5 (1858-61) 5-, 18S-.
, — (Idossotti). Cattaneo, F, TortoUni

A. 1 (1858) 48-, 120-, 184-.
, — , elementary. MazweU, J, C. [1856]

(vm) Gamb. Ph. S. P. 1 (1866) 173-.
Paths of images by moving lenses. Sluginov,

N, P. Kazan S. Nt. (Ps.-Mth.) P. 7 (1889)

350- ; Fschr. Mth. (1889) 1116.
Pinhole magnification. Oorham, J. J. Mor.

Sc. 2 (1854) 218- ; 3 (1855) 1- ; 4 (1856) 27-.
Virtual images and initial magnifymg power.

Nelson, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1892) 180-.

3060 Mirrors and Lenses.
iSee abo Astronomy, 2040.)

Apparatus for testing lenses, minora, eto.

Laurent, L. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1885) 52-.
Astigmatism in thin lenses and mirrors. Faut-

eereau, G. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1895) 74-.
Goncave lenses and specula of figures of oonio

sections. Potter, R. Edinb. J. Sc. 6 (1833)

228-; Ph. Mg. 1 (1832) 55-.
Gonjugate foci, construction. Lebourg, E, J.

de Ps. 6 (1877) 305-.
Focal lengths, graphical method for finding.

Barton, E. H, Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 59-.

Formula, y=—{x-A^) + h^ Ac, Stepanov, 8,

N. (xn) Bs. G. Ps. S. J. 7 (Pt.) (1875)

[{Pt, 1)] 176-.
Geometrical constructions appUcable to mirrora

and lenses. Liseajoui, J. A, G. B. 79

(1874) 1049-.
Glass surfiuses, grinding and poUshing. Ray*

leigh, {Lard\. Nt. 48 (1893) 526.
, testing by colour. Mylttu, F, Z. Instk.

9 (1889) 50-.
Harmonic properties. Inly, L, Neoch. S.

Sc. BU. 21 (1893) 100-.
Images, form, with large and smaU lenaes

and mirrors. Brewiter, (Sir) D, B. A. Bp.

(1852) {pt, 2) 3-.

— formed by lenses and mirrors, intensity.
Verdet, E. A. G. 31 (1851) 489-; G. B. 83
(1851) 241-.

— , optical, cylinders giving. Exner, 8, Pflfig.

Arch. PI. 38 (1886) 274- ; 39 (1886) 244-.
Lnmersion iUuxninator, catadioptric. St^hen-

eon, J, W, Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 207-.

300

3060 Lenses

LENSES.

Zenimayer, J. Franklin I. J. 71 (1876) 886-,

421-.
^elion, E. M. Mor. 8. J. (1897) 182.
and action of water on glass. Mondy, E, F,

Nt. 62 (1900) 246.
Anikyeev's. Serdobm§Hi, V, E. [1875] (zn)

Moso. S. So. BU. 89 [No. 2] (1880) 160-.
annular, apparatus for cutting. Sang^ E.

Edinb. N. Ph. J. 26 (1838) 249-.
— , use in lighthouses. Wigham, J. B. Dubl.

S. Sc. P. 6 (1888-90) 525-.
astigmatic. Sawter, R. J. [1900] L. Ps. S. P.

17 (1901) 553-.
astigmatism of thin. Fouuereau, G. J. de

Ps. 4 (1895) 260-.
of barium glass. Soim, — . Bordeaux S. Md.

Mm. (1898) 92-; (1899) 256-.
behaviour of fine threads in focus. PrechUt

J. J. Baumgartner Z. 2 (1833) 154-,
bicylindric, errors of images produced by.

KrU8$, A, H. Hamb. Nt. Vr. Vh. 3 (1879)

104-.
binocular and stereoscopic. HdUenhoff, — '.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 10 (1900) 80-.
cemented combination, method for finding

character. NeUon, E. M, [1886] Quek.

Mcr. CI. J. 3 (1889) 18-.
centering. Sehroeder, H. Cztg. Opt. 19 (1898)

161-, 171-. 182-.
— head for. Sehroeder, H. Cztg. Opt. 19

(1898) 211-.
colour of best definition, instrument to find.

Schroeder, H. Cztg. Opt. 20 (1899) 118-,

122.
concave, focal length by means of microscopes.

Pteheidl, W. Wien Ak. Sb. 94 (1887) (Ab.

2)6<^.
concavo-convex, of equal curvature. Berry,

G. A. Edinb. B. S. P. 20 (1895) 192-.
concentric refraction of light tnrough. Bur-

mefter, L, Z. Mth. Ps. 40 (1895) 321-.
conjugate foci and focal length, relation ex-
pressed by new formula. MUUert Jok, A.

Ps. C. Jubdbd. (1874) 460-.
, relation between. MUUeTf Joh. Arch.

Sc. Ps. Nt. 48 (1873) 50.
convergence and divergence, meaning. Pfaund-

ler, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) {Ab. 2a)

477-.
or convergent system, new method of measuring

focal length. Kannt, G. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 6 (1890) (Sem. 1) 565-.
convex, images formed by. Walker, Ez.

Nicholson J. 10 (1805) 276-.
— , small, methoa of finding focal length.

Webb, T. W. As. S. M. Not. 17 (1856-^57)

269-.
— , — , radius of curvature, methods. Kayur,

E. [1890] Danzig Schr. 7 (1888-91) {Hrft

4) XV-.
curvature, determination. Oudematu, J.A.C.

As. Nr. 54 (1860) 262-; Amst. Vs. Ak. 11

(1861) 188-.
curves. 8ou$, — . Bordeaux S. Md. Mm. (1900)

298-.

Lenses 3060

cylindrical. Kiimer, F. Kastner Arch. 0. 6

(1832) 821-.
— , 2 (anamorphote). Zeiss, C. Cztg. Opt. 20

(1899) 94-.
— glasses and astigmatism. Gronay, 8. Cztg.

Opt. 19 (1898) 143-.
— , obliquely crossed. Thompson, 8. P. [1899]

L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) 81-; Ph. Mg. 49 (1900)

31^.
— , theory. Hoorweg, J. L. Arch. f. Oph. 19

(1873) {Ab. 2) 286-.

— , varying. Anderson, T. B. A. Bp. (1886)

520-.
diamond and sapphire. Brewster, {Sir) D.

Edinb. J. Sc. 10 (1829) 827-.
diamonds as. Oberhaeuser, G., dt Trieourt, — .

0. B. 5 (188'n 688-.
dioptric, for lignthouses, progress. Stevenson,

C.A. Nt. 46 (1892) 514-.
dioptrics. MUUer, J. [J.] A. Ps. C. 180

(1867) 100-.
diverging, determination of principal elements.

Mebius, C. A. Stockh. Ofv. (1890) 29-.
divided, applications. Brewster, {Str) D. B.

A. Bp. (1849) {pt. 2) 6.
double convex, chnmiatic fringe of image with«

Poselger, F. T. OUbert A. 87 (181lf 185-.
ellipsoidal, possibility of constructing. Furlong,

T. B. A. Bp. 84 (1864) {Sect.) 5.
equivalent. Lisleferme, H. de. J. de Ps. 8

(1874) 57-.

— . PendUbwry, R. Mess. Mth. 7 (1878) 129-.
of fishes, simple microscope from. Brewster,

{Sir)D. Edinb. J. Sc. 2 (1825) 98-.
f ooal length and cardinal points determination*

Moser,L. Pogg. A. 68 (1844) 89-.
determination. Merz, L. Pogg. A. 64

(1845) 821-.
. Danders, F. C. Amst. Vs. Ak. 15

(1868)402-.
. Oudemans, J. A. C. [1877] Amst.

Ak. Vs. M. 12 (1878) 285-; Arch. N6erl. 18

(1878) 149-.
. Kayser, E. [1887] Danzig Schr. 7

(1888-91) {Hrft 1) XU-.
and definition. Blakesley, T. H. L.

Ps. S. P. 15 (1897) 178- ; Ph. Mg. 44 (1897)

187-.
(Blakesley). Gray, A. L. Ps.

S. P. 15 (1897) 18^; Ph. Mg. 44 ^9^1) 144-.
, Gauss's method. LemcHjt G. V.

Kharkov Mth. S. Com. 8 (1898) 278- ; Fsohr.

Ps. (1898) {Ab. 2) 24.
— , and measurement of curvature of

mirrors. Laurent, L. C. B. 100 (1885) 908-.
foci. BriADn, J. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 28 (1892)

225-.
fooometer. Snellen, H. Donders Ndl. Gast.

Oogl. Vs. 17 (1876) 204-.
— , Abbe's. CsapsH, S. Z. Instk. 12 (1892)

185-.
— , new. Mergier, G. A. As. Fr. C. B. (1886)

{Pt. 1) 100.
— , — . Everett, J. D. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894)

180- ; Ph. Mg. 85 (1898)^338-.
— , — . GwUoz, T. As. Fr. C. B. (1895) {Pt.

2) 410-.

301

8060 LenseB

fonnola. Chiriel, C, M, As. Fr. 0. B. ff

(1876) 140-.
— . Mandl, M. Wien Ak. Sb. 99 (1891) (Ab.

2a) 574-.
■—. PlaaU, J. D. van der. [1895] MU. Nt.

(1895-96) 5-.
— , geometrioal representation. Ocoffne, M, d* .

J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 554-.
— , . FUehtbauer, G, Exner Bpm. 26

(1890) 340-.
— , . Ocagne, M. d\ J. de Ps. 1 (1892)

75-.
— , graphical. Handle A. Exner Bpm. 24

(1888) 197-.
— , new, for thick lenses. Vanni, O, Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1890) {Sem. 1) 510-.
— , simple proof. Kuhn, M, Carl Bpm. 10

(1874) 217-.
formultt and methods, improved. BlaketUy,

T. H, [1899] L. Ps. S. P. 17 (1901) 91-;

Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 447-.
— , new. Qlnehm, A, A. Ps. C. 87 (1889)

646-.
glass, used by ancients for magnifying. An-

geleUi, M, Bologna N. Cm. 10 (1849) 849-.
graphical methods. Oariel, C, M. Par. B.

Ps. 84. (1877) 21-.

. CoU,R.S. Ph. Big. 41 (1896) 21fr-.

ground crystalline, Thomas bi-polar circular

system and the spiral system. Matthu9$en,

L. Arch, f . Oph. 84 (1888) {Ab, 2) 109-.
hand-, testing. Deby, J. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

720.
highly magnifying. Harting, P, Miqael Bll.

(1840) 870-.
holder, new. TFdrd, R, H. Am. S. Mcr. P.

(1884) 162-.
— , — . Malassez, L, Arch. Md. Exp. 1 (1889)

455-.
— , — . Zimmermannt A, Z. Instk. 15 (1895)

822-.
^,Westien'saniyer8al. Brunn^A.von, Arch.

Mkr. An. 24 (1885) 470-.
holders, 2 new. Meyer, O. H. Moleschott

Us. 3 (1857) 280-.
hyper-radial, etc., for lighthouses. Kenward, J,

Birm. Ph. S. P. 6 (1887-89) 218-.
improvements. BaU$trieri, P. Nap. Bd. 5

(1866) xix-.
instrument (iconarithmometer) for study of

images produced by. Monoyer, F, (xn)

Strasb. 8. 8c. BU. 8 (1870) 150-.
lighthouse-, relative powers. Brebner, A. I.

CE. P. Ill (1898) 296-; 122 (1895) 300-.
magnifying, with combined illummator. NeUon,

E. M. Mcr. 8. J. (1895) 232-.
manufacture, for delicate apparatus. Laurent,

L. C. B. 102 (1886) 545-.
measurement. Thompton, 8, P. [1891] Mcr.

8. J. (1892) 109-.
not of glass. Gifford, J. W. B. A. Bp.

(1898) 777.
oblique passage of light through. Hermaifm,

L. A. Ps. C. 153 (1874) 470-.
— — ^ (Hermann). KrIUt, A, H.

A. Ps. C. 157 (1876) 335-.
parabolic, of Bospini. CouteUe, — . A. 0.

(1809) 92-.

Systems of Lenses 8060

path of rays through. Schellbacht K. Cstg.

Opt. 12 (1891) 97-.
plano-cylindricad, increase of refractive power

when rotated. Hay, G. Am. teh. 8. T.

(1876) 319-.
principal optic axis, method of finding. P190,

T.L, Les Mondes 19 (1869) 98-.
projection-, photometric properties. BUmdel,

A. As. Fr. G. B. (1899) {Pi. 21 816-.
reflection of light at surfaces. Krebe, G. A.

Ps. G. 153 (1874) 568-.
refractive index and curvature, simple method.

Tanakadate, A. Tok. GoU. 8c. J. 1 (1887)

333-.
simple, for camera or spectacles. Breton {dg

Champ], Paul. G. B. 42 (1856) 542-, 740-.
— , without errors. Thieeen, M. Berl. Pa. Qs.

Vh. (1895) 83-.

— form, theory. SehuUSn, N. G, of {fX,\.
8tockh. Ak. Hndl. 42 (1821) 265-.

and the simple microscope. SmtAik, J. 2iva

9 (1861) 14-.
simple microscope with multiple illuminator.

BlackhaU, W. Mcr. 8. J. (1890) 880.
, "twin." Afum. Mcr, 8. J. 5 (1885)

862.

— microscopes of glass, new method of
making. Sivright, T. Edinb. Ph. J. 1
(1819) 81-.

spherical. Souza Pinto, R. R, de, G<nmbia

I. 4 (1856) 25-.
— , determination of distances of image and

object with. Bender, C. A. Ps. 0. 157

(1876) 483-.
— , mathematical explanation of phenomena.

Weiee, A . Orunert Arch. 19 (1852) 171-.

— refractors, mode of calculating. Stevenrnm^
C. A. [1892] 8c. 8. Arts T. 18 (1894) 821-.

— , and systems of lenses, apparatus for deter-
mining focal length. Meyerstein, M, A.
Ps. G. 1 (1877) 315-.

— , theory. Landerer, J. Les Mondes 7
(1865) 899-.

— , thick, refraction through. Regnon, (ler^.
pire) T. de. (xn) Brux. 8. 8c. A. 8 (1870)
{Pt. 2) 181-.
— , — or thin. Berlin, A, A. G. 18 (1878)
476-.

SYSTEMS OF LENSES.

Grunert, J. A. Orunert Arch. 6 (1845) 63-,

440-.
Lieting, J. B. D. Nf. B. 40 (1865) 106-.
aplanatism. Abbe, E, Jena. 8b. (1879) 129-.
coaxial, calculation. Berg, F. J. van den*

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 9 (1892) 125- ; Fwhx.

Mth. (1892) 1089.
— , — of rays in, and application to photo-
graphic lenses. Wanach, B, Z. Instk. 90

(1900) 161-.
•^, , — (Wanaoh).

Harting, H. Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 234-.
^— , general equations. Bueno de Meaquita^ J,

[1882] Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 18 (1888) 829- ;

Arch. N^rl. 18 (1888) 57-.
ooincidence of object and image. Ahlbom, H,

[1877] Hamb. Nt. Vr. Vh. 2 (1878) 72-.

302

8060 Objectives

dioptrioB. Schneider, O, Dreflden Sb. IsU

(1870) 246-.
diverging, fooometry. AndenoHf A. Ph. Bfg.

31 (1891) 511-.
fooal length, measorement. Ha$9dberg, B.

Si. P6t. Ao. Se. BU. 32 (1888) 412-.
, — , Hasselberg's method. Ctap$ki, 8,

Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 15-.
fooometrj. Thon^^$m, 8, P, B. 8. P. 49

(1891) 225-.
loons. CavaUeri, G, M, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 8

(1866) 117-.
of large aperture, conditions for obtaining

aocoratecUoptrie images. SteinkeUfCA.von,

dt StemheU, H. A. von, GOtt. Nr. (1866)

131-, 211-.
magnifying power, proper definition. Abbe^ E.

Mat, S. J. 4 (1884) 348-.
, (Abbe). QiUay, E. Mcr. S. J.

6 (1886) 960-.

ObfeeHves,

PeUetan, J. J. Morgr. 11 (1887) 446-, 476-,

646-.
onrvature of rays by. Preobraienakyt P. V,

Moso. S. So. Bll. 83 (No. 2) (1894) 46-.
dooble, oaloolation. Steinheu, R. Z. Instk. 17

(1897) 338-.
— , — Charlier, C. V. L. Z. Instk. 18 (1898)

268-.
endomersion-, calculation. Zenger, K, V,

Prag 8b. (1881) 467-.
experiments to show defects and definition. Ou-

moff, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1898) (Pt. 2) 203-.
focal length, determination. Sang, E, [1881]

Edinb. B. 8. P. 11 (1882) 60-.
, — , Bessel's method. Olaxpiap, 8, P.

Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 17 {Ps.) (1885) 63.
, variation with temperature. Htutingi,

C. 8. As. Nr. 106 (1883) 69-.

— surfaces. Breton [de Champ], Paul, C. B.
42 (1866) 960-.

fbcometer, universal. Wei$$, O, Pftr. 8. Ps.

86. (1896) 35-.
Fraunhofer. Men, 8, van, Mfinch. Ak. 8b.

28 (1899) 76-.
microscope, measurement of msgnifying power.

MarthaU, W, P. Midi. NtUst. 10 (18^226-.
of precision, practical methods in making.

Laurent, L. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1886) 71-.
radius of curvature, measurement. Stampfer,

8. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 13 (1828) 30-.
symmetrical aplanatic. Zenger^ C V, 0. B.

118 (1894) 407-.

— apoohromatic. Zenger, C, V, As. Fr. C.
B. (1893) (Pt. 2) 323-.

— catoptric. Zenger, C, V. G. B. 120 (1896)
609—.

telescope and weak microscope, calculation.

Lemon, A, Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 272-.
, — (Leman). Harting, H, Z.

Instk. 19 (1899) 274-.
triple telescope and microscope, calculation.

Harting, H, Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 230-.
of wide aperture, vision by. Abbe, E, [1882]

BIcr. 8. J. 4 (*1884) 20-.

Mirrors 3060

properties. MUbiut, A. F. Crelle J. 6 (1829)
113- ; N. A. Mth. 4 (1846) 667-.

— illustrated geometrically. Beek, A» Z«
Mth. Ps. 18 (1873) 688-.

quarti-calcite symmetrical doublet. (Hfford,

J. W. B. A. Bp (1900) 680-.
refraction of light througn. Zineken genannt

Sommer, H, OreUe J. Mth. 82 (187*^ 31-.
spherical, path of light through. CharUer,

C. V. L. G. B. 117 (1893) 680- ; Ups. 8. 8c.

N. Acta 16 (1893) No. 8, 20 pp.
theory. Fenner, P. Gstg. Opt. 11 (1890)

181-.
thick, theory. Mo$$oUi, O. F. Tortolini A.

1 (1868) 266-.

tangent gauge. Bureht O. J. Ph« Mg. 48

(1897) 266-.
telemetricalspherometerandfooometer. Stroud,

W. L. Ps. 8. P. 16 (1899) 1-, 206; Ph. Big.

46 (1898) 91-.
testing apparatus. Anon. Gztg. Opt. 90 (1899)

81-.

— glass for. TOpUr, A» [1864] Biga Gor.-
bI 16 (1866) 44-.

— , homofocal chromatic combination for.

Sehroeder, H. Gatg. Opt. 90 (1899) 71-.
theory. Moutier, J. Par. 8. Phlm. Bll. 1

(1877) 136-.
— . Listing, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (*1878) 229-.
thick, homography applied to. Vieaire, Am

N. A. Mth. 16 (1897) 6-.
— , theory. Mentbrugghe, O. van der. Bmx.

8. 8c. A. 16 (1892) {Pt, 2) 207-.
— , — , geometrical methods. Loudon, J. Gn.

I. P. 3 (1886) 7-.
of variable focus, Gusoo's. Oariel, C. If. J.

de Ps. 10 (1881) 76-.
Westien, for optical instruments. Aubert, — •

Meckl. Vr. Nt. Arch. (1890) xiv-.

MIBB0B8.

Alhazen problem. Astolfi, O. hn Addi.) Bm.

Gor. 8c. 6 (1863) 6-.
. Bode, P. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1891-92) 63-.
anamorphotic images. Juel, C N. Ts. Mth.

1 (A) (1890) 21- ; Fschr. Mth. (1890) 1066.
burning. Peyrard, F. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 37

(1811) 133-, 176-.
— . Bangma, O. 8. Amst. Vh. 2 (1816)

46-.
— . Bochoi d*Aiglun, E. A, A. de. Bv. 8c. 6

(1883) 179-.
— , apparatus, Buifon's. Fontana, O, Blod.

8. It. Mm. 8 (1799) 140-.
— , Archimedes's. CappeUe, J. P, van, Haarl.

Vh. 7 (1814) {pt, 2) 70-; Gilbert A. 63 (1816)

242-.
— , — . Seott, J, (of Tain), [1868] Edinb.

B. 8. T. 25 (1869) 123-.
— , and burning glasses. Bochon, A, J. de

Ps. 68 (1804) 321-.
with circular grooves, problem. Goodwin, H.

Gamb. and Dubl. Mth. J. (1846) 96-.
composition of metal for. Sehroeder, H,

Gstg. Opt. 18 (1897) 164-, 172-.

303

3060 Magic Mirrors

concave. CkrUtianten, C, A. Ps. C. 141

(1870) 470-.
r-, constniction of laige. -i***. [1813] (vi

AddB.) Gergonne A. Mth. 4 (181S-14) 180-.
— , foci in system of 2. Ca*9ani^ P, Spot. It.

Mm. 6 (1877) {App.) 24-.
— , image in. BoUe, H. Pogg. A. 117 (1862)

848-.
— , for microscopes. EweUt M. D. Am. Mcr.

8. P. 14 (1892) 48.
conical. Pifre, A. G. B. 91 (1880) 888-.
— (Pifre). Mouehot, A, C. B. 92 (1881)

1285-.
— , anamorphoses. Emimannt H. Pogg. A.

77 (1849) 671- ; 86 (1862) 99-.
— , transformation of plane lines by reflection

at. Terrier, L. [1874] Neuch. S. Sc. BU.

10 (1876) {App.) 8 pp.
convex, and diverging lenses, new method of

determining focos. Monoyer, F. (zn)

Strasb. 8. 8c. Bll. 1 (1868) 26-.
— , focal length determination. Buddent E.

Nt. 62 (1896) 866.
carved. Almeida, C. A. M. de. [1877-78]

Lisb. J. 8c. Mth. 6 (1878) 18(^, 166-.
cylindrical, reflection of light. Sluginov, N. P,

Bs. PS.-0. 8. J. 16 (P«.) (1884) 176- ; Fschr.

Ps. (1884) (Ah. 2) 42.
elliptic quadrant, focal line for ravs from

centre. LehmuB, — . [1847] Crelle J. 44

(1862) 90-.
for galvanometers, simple method of making.

Thwing, C. B. Nt. 68 (1898) 671.
gauge. Becker, J. Franklin I. J. 187 (1894)

42-.
gilding of glass for. Wernicke, W. [1867] A.

Ps. C. 188 (1868) 188-.
glass, error when surfaces are not parallel.

Lemoch, J. Grunert Arch. 26 (1866| 168-.
— , method of grinding. Thornton, E. FraiJdin

I. J. 76 (1878) 117-.
— , secondary images, theoxy. Fischer, E, O.

[1812] (vz Add$) Berl. Ab. (1812-18) (Mth.)

46-.
light condenser, elliptical reflector. Henry,

L. d\ Les Mondes 18 (1867) 607-.
locus of pointe lying on concentric reflecting

dtiells whence rays from fixed point are re-
flected through another fixed pomt. Werner,

W. Arch. Mth. Ps. 66 (1881) 66-.

MAGIC MIRRORS.

Berlin, A. [1880] A. G. 22 (1881) 472-.
Ghinese. Brewiter, (Sir) D. Ph. Big. 1 (1882)

488-.
— . Person, C. C. C. B. 24 (1847) 1110-.
— . Govt, G. [1864-67] Tor. Lav. 8c. Fis.

Mt. (1869) 67- ; Tor. At. Ac. 8c. 2 (1866-67)

867-.
— and Japanese. Berson, — . Toul. Ac. 8c.

Mm. 2 (1890) 428-.
Japanese. Prinsep, J, Beng. J. As. 8. 1

(1832) 242-.
— . AtHnson, R. W. Nt. 16 (1877) 62.
— . Perry, J., dk Ayrton, W, E. [1878] B.

8. P. 28 (1879) 127-.

Mirrors 8060

Japanese. AyrUm, W. E. [1879] B. L P. 9

(1882) 26-.
^. Muraoka, H. A. Ps. G. 22 (1884) 246- ;

26 (1886) 138-.
— . BlaHus,E. A. Ps. G. 27 (1886) 142-.
— . Piers, H. [1888] N. 8cotia I. So. P. St

T. 7 (1890) 118-.
— . Walden, P. Biga Gor.-Bl. 41 (1898) 60.
manufacture. MaiUard, L. G. B. 87 (1868)

178-.
— . Benin, A., d Duboscq, J. A. G. 20 (1880)

143-.
— . Kearton, J. W. L. Ps. 8. P. 18 (1896)

32-; Ph. Mg. 37 (1894) 646-.
metal plates, deformation oy grinding. Muraoka,

H. A. Ps. G. 29 (1886) 471-.
in silvered glass. Laurent, L. C. B. 92 (1881)

412-, 712-, 874-; Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1881)

181- ; (1884) 73-.

metal. Berghaus, A, Gztg. Opt. 12 (1891)

195-.
— , polishing. Schroeder, H. Gztg. Opt. 18

(1897) 142-, 161-.
— , preparation. Quincke^ G. A. Ps. G. 129

(1866) 44-.
— , reflection from. Fischer, E. G. Berl. Ab.

(1814-16) {Mth.\ 1-.
new metal for. Mach, L., dt Schumann, F.

Wien Ak. 8b. 108 (1899) {Ah. 2a) 136-.
and optical illusions. Lucas, F. Les Mondes

16 (1868) 69-.
parabolic. Crockett, C. W. Asps. J. 7 (1898)

362-.
— , best form. Latchinoff, D. Lum. Eieok

4 (•1881) 161-.
— , fluid, ferkins, G. R. Gamb. (M.) Mth.

M. 1 (1869) 79-.
— , Foucault's method of antooollimation ap-
plied to. Martin, A. G. B. 70 (1870) 446-.
— , testing. Martin, A. G. B. 70

(1870) 889-.
— , large, construction. Krecke, F. W. C.

Brux. Ac. BU. 18 (1861) 368-.
— , preparation by centrifugal force, Latchinoff 's

method. GiUrout,A. Lum. £:iect. 4 (*1881)

70-.
— and spherical, reflection from. Beeek-

Calkoen, J. F. van, Amst. Yh. 1 (1812) 1-.
— , test for use in making. Heise, C. G. <3itg.

Opt. 16 (1896) 49.
photo-thermic armillaiy collector, Bales-

trieri's. Michel, R, F, Les Mondes 89

(1876) 630-.
plane. Longineseu, G. G. [Buoarest 8. 8o.

Bl. 3 (1894)] 97, 271 ; 4 (1896) 77-.
— , figures in. SvHnikov, P. J. Kasan 8.

Nt. (Ps.-Mth.) P. 6 (1888) 8-.
— , glass, multiple images. Qergorme, J. D.

Nancy Tr. 8. 8c. (1811-^12) 7-; Qergoxme

A. Mth. 6 (1814-16) 283-.
— f — , . Stratingh, S, E. A. Ps. G. 122

(1864) 462-.
— , — , . Bermann, 0. A. Ps. G. 127

(1866) 460-.
— , 2 inclined. Mack, L, Arch. Mth. Fs. 2

(1886) 1-.

304

3060 Mirrors

plane, inclined, images formed by. Pavlov^

M. L (xn) Bb. Ps..C. S. J. 18 (Pi,) (1881)

[(Pt. 1)] 424-.
— , 2 inclined, multiple images. Bertin, A.

A. G. 29 (1850) 257-.
— , , number of images. OaUenkamp, W.

Pogg. A. 82 (1851) 588-.
— , , . Hartmann, J, Onmert

Arch. 18 (1852) 55-.
— , • , . Pina Vidalf A. A. de.

Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 8 (1871) 232-.

— , , . Klein, H. A. Ps. C. 152

(1874) 50e-.

— , , . Schubert, H, C. H. [1881]

Hamb. Mth. Gs. Mt. 1 (*1889) 18-.
— , , production of images. Lefebvre, E»

J. de Ps. 8 (1879) 129-.
— , , reflection from. RiUert, E, Z. Mth.

Ps. 18 (1873) 339-.
— , , theory. Maurer, H. Arch. Mth.

Ps. 9 (1890) 1-.
— , light, new form. MaUock, A, B. S. P. 64

(1899) 440-.
— , new applications. Beck, A, Z. Instk. 7

(1887) 380-.
— , reflection from. Kdpl, K. [1875] Arch.

Mth. Ps. 60 (1877) 356-.
— , — — . Lev&nen, S. Helsingf. 6fv. 84

(1892) 17- ; Fschr. Ps. (1891) (Ab, 2) 28-.
— , versus right-angled prisms. Huntt O.

Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 709-.
— , . NeUon, E, M. Mcr. S. J. 5

a885) 864.
reflecting surfaces, testing. BarcLcchi, P, Aust.

As. Bp. (1898) 265-.
zeflectc»', aplanatic, and projector. Mangin, A .

As. Fr. C. B. (1880) 373-.
reflectors for electric light. Q€raldy, F. Lum.

6lect. 4 (•1881) 53-.
— , glass for. Bessemer, H, Nt. 17 (1878)

241-.
— , process for curves. Hart, J. Edinb. J.

Sc. 1 (1824) 314-.

— for sextants, etc., advantages of metallic.
Adie, J, [1845] Edinb. B. S. T. 16 (1849)
61-.

— , theory. Pinto, L. Nap. Ac. Pont. At. 28

(1898) No. 11, 24 pp.
revolving, theory. Saint-Loup, L, (xn) Strasb.

8. So. Bll. 1 (1868) 28-, 33-.
— , use in physics. Oettingen, A. von. Cztg.

Opt. 8 (1887) 229-, 268-.
silvered lens-, construction. Nelson, E. M.

[1893] Mcr. S. J. (1894) 254-.
— , multiple images. Moutier, J. Par. S.

Phhn. Bll. 6 (1882) 151-.
silvering of glass. SqfaHk, A. A. Ps. C.

Beibl. 6 (1882) 402-.

. Anon. Mon. So. 9 (1895) 797.

very small, reflection from. Boltzmann, — . D.

Nf. Tbl. ('1875) 209.
spherical. Souza Pinto, B. R. de. Goimbia

I. 3 (1855) 264-.
^ concave. Wolf, B. Grunert Arch. 3 (1843)

444-.
, for illumination. Hoegh, E. von, Cztg.

Opt. 13 (1892) 69-.

Mirrors and Lenses 8060

spherical concave, image produced by. Zacha-
riae, A. W. Gilbert A. 46 (1814) 315-.

, trigonometric expression for reflection.

Zetzsche, K. E. [1864] (xi) Chemnitz B.
1 (1865) 17-.

— convex, and diverging lenses, determination
of principal focus. Valerius, H. Brux. Ac.
Bll. 15 (1863) 47-.

— , extension of Gauss's method. CrouUebois,

M. A. C. 19 (1880) 126-.
— , foci. Gergonne, J. D. [1819] Gtergonne

A. Mth. 10 (1819-20) 97-.
— , — . Bouchi,E. N. A. Mth. 14 (1855) 156-.
— , image of straight line in. Comu, A. (ix)

Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 2 (1865) 65-.
— , images. FUchtbauer, G. Carl Bpm. 17

(1881) 571-.
— , luminous surfaces produced by reflection,

form. Potter, B. Quetelet Cor. Mth. 8 (1834)

89-.
— , mnemonic for various cases. Grebe, E. W.

Grunert Arch. 12 (1849) 423.

— reflectors, determination of reduced scale
distance. Hlasek, S. St. P^. Ac. So. Bll. 9

(1898) 83-.

— , system of 2. Lefebvre, — . N. A. Mth. 18

(1899) 512- ; 19 (1900J 177-.
Stevenson's totally reflecting hemispherical,

formulffi. Swan, W. [1850J Edinb. N. Ph.
J. 51 (1851) 142-.

and telescopic objectives, preparation and test-
ing. Grubb, H. [1886] B. I. P. 11 (1887)
413-.

of tempered steel. Leroux, F. P. A. C. 59
(I860) 458-.

twin, lens-centering apparatus. Schroeder, H,
Cztg. Opt. 19 (1898) 221-.

Optical effects of mirrors and lenses, explana-
tion, simple method. Tait, P. G. [1871]
Edinb. B- S. P. 7 (1872) 412-.

Parallelism. Plath, C. Cztg. Opt. 21 (1900)
61-, 81.

Polyphotal lamp and reflector for canal boats,
etc. Bussell, J. S. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 28
(1840) 193-.

Beflection from spectacle glasses. Szili, A.
Termt. Kdzl. 24 (1892) 385-; Mth. Nt. B.
Ung. 10 (1893) 328-.

— at 2nd suriaces of plates. Brewster, (Sir)
D. Phil. Trans. (1830) 145-.

Bocksalt surfaces for optical use, method of work-
ing. Brashear, J. A. Am. As. P. (1885) 76-.

Spherical mirrors and lenses. Bauer, K. L.
Carl Bpm. 16 (1880) 2^-.

— — — — , apparatus for drawing loci of
images. Bauer, K. L. A. Ps. C. 33 (1888)
218-.

, foci, geometrical considerations.

Charpentier, H. (xn) Sarthe S. Bll. 18

(1858) 436-.
, formation of images. Bauer, K. L.

A. Ps. C. 154 (1875) 464-.
, . Meyer, A. Ts. Mth. 5

(1887) 1- ; Fschr. Mth. (1887) 1108.
Sun's image, form. Katser, J. A. [1881]

St. Gal. B. (1882) 218-.

VOL. III.

305

3070 Aberration

Sorfaoe refleoting rays from point parallel to
plane and through line pexpendioolar to
plane. Fleischer, J. 8. Ts. Mth. 4 (1886)
164- ; Fflohr. Ps. (1886) {Ah. 2) 28.

— , spherical, separating two different refracting
media, corresponding points on the central
and centric planes. Got;*, — . Bm. B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 6 (1889) (Sem, 1) 807-.

Surfaces, convex, indicatTix and mean cnrva-

tore. Faye, H, A. £. C. B. 92 (1881)

1019^.
— , half-round and other curved, cutting.

Robi$(m, {Sir) J. [1842] Edinb. N. Ph. J.

86 (1844) 86-.
— , optical, processes for finding configuration.

Foucaidt, L, As. S. M. Not. 19 (1859)

283-.
— of revolution, application of stereographic

projection to construction of isophotes.

Mwawetz, J. Z. Mth. Ps. 28 (1883) 247-.
Systems of mirrors and lenses. Orunert,

J. A. Arch. Mth. Ps. 47 (1867) 84-.
Telescopic mirrors and lenses, apparatus for

mnding. CecU, W. [1822] Gamb. Ph. S.

T. 2 (1827) 86-.
Theory of mirrors and lenses, demonstration.

Metabrugghe, G, van der, Brux. S. Sc. A.

16 (1892) (Pt. 1) 62-.
, general. Biot, J, B. C. B. 19

(1844) 495-.

Achromatism 3070

of parabolic mirrors. Poor, C. L. Asps. J. 7

(1898) 114-.
positive and negative. Boyston-Pigott, G. W.

M. Mcr. J. 7 (1872) 136-.
residuary, in microscopes and telesoopea,

circular solar spectra applied to test;

and construction of compensating eyepiece.

Boyiton-Pigott, G. W, B. S. P. 21 (1873) 426-.
spherical. Geiaenheimer, L, Z. Mth. Ps. 17

(1872) 387-.

— and chromatic. Hansen, P, A, Leip. Mth.
Ps. Ab. 10 (1874) 693-.

, of eccentric pencils. Boy$ton-Pigott,

G. W, M. Mcr. J. 15 (1876) 128-.

— — — , identity. Royiton-Pigott, G. W.
M. Mcr. J. 14 (1875) 232-, 282-.

, of objectives, determination. Leroy,

C.J, A. C. B. 109 (1889) 857-.
, — telescope objectives. SUinheil, B.

Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 177-.
— , colour for whicn it is corrected. Kerber,

A. Cztg. Opt. 8 (1887) 49.
— , of diamond lens. Pritchard, A, Edinb.

J. Sc. 2 (1830) 317-.
— , investigation by means of interference.

Schrdder, H. Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 50^.
— , lenses without. Graffweg, W. Z. Mth.

Ps. 15 (1870) 311-.
— , of lenses and dioptric systems. Ferrini, B.

Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 13 (1880) 283-, 361-.
— , — — , measurement. Ghijben, J, B.

Amst. Vs. Ak. 6 (1857) 271-.
of spherical mirrors, geometrical study. Lugol,

P. J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 163-.
spherical, position and size of distinct image of

point. Kerber, A. Gztg. Opt 10 (1889)

147-, 157-, 169-, 182-.
— , of system of microscope lenses, approximate

determination. Grubb, T. Ir. Ajy. P. 6

3070 Aberrations, Spherical and
Chromatic. Distortion, etc.
Achromatism.

ABEBBATION. ^^^^^^ ^^

of cemented achromatic lenses. Goddard, J,T, — , — . , simultaneous oonection.

Pht. S. J. 5 (1859) 287-. Kerber, A, Cztg. Opt. 11 (1890) 217-.

chromatic. Kerber, A. Cztg. Opt. 8 (1887) ^, — telescope objectives especially. Hoegh,

97. E, von, Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 117-.
— , of achromatic objectives, determination. — , (Hoegh). Czap$H, 8. Z. Inatk.

WoV, M, A. Ps. C. 33 (1888) 212-. 8 (1888) 203-.

— , secondary, of telescope. Hattingt, C. 8. — , in telescopes of Gregory and

Am. J. Sc. 37 (1889) 291-. r- -r,^

~, — , , Hastings's method. CzapaH, 8.

Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 250-.
— , of telescope ana eye. 8trehl, K. Z. Instk.

17 (1897) 77-, 128.
instrumental. Strehl, K. Z. Instk. 17 (1897)

301-.
of lenses. Walker, Ez. Nicholson J. 11 (1805)

159-.
. Lorentoni, G, As. Nr. 78 (1872) 289-,

349-.
minimum, of single lens for parallel rays.

Bayleigh, {Lord), Camb. Ph. S. P. 3 (1880)

373-.
monochromatic, general theory, and results for

ophthalmology. GtMttrand,A, [1900] Ups.

S. Sc. N. Acta 20 (1904) No. 4, 204 pp.
of objectives, elimination (Euler). Goring,

C. R. Edinb. J. Sc. 5 (1831) 238-.
oblique, of lenses. Bridge, J, Ph. Mg. 9

(1855) 342-.

Naecari, A,, <it BatteUi, A, Tor. Ac. So.

At. 20 (1885) 862-.
— , of wide-angled objectives, improvement of

correction for. Abbe, E, Mcr. S. J. 2 (1879)

812-.
in telescopes. 8trehl, K. Z. Instk. 15 (1895)

362-.
theory. M,, H. (vi Adds,) J. Mcr. Sc. 8

(1860) 21-.

ACHBOMATISM.

Kesaler, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 29 (1884) 1-, 78.
PiUeh, H. Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) {Ab, 2a)

1105-.
8treM, K. Cztg. Opt. 18 (1897) 91-.
Achromatic doublets and triplets. NeUon,

E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1898) 149-.
— lenses, calculation, grinding and centering.

Komer,F. EastnerArch.Ntl. 7 (1826)233-;

11 (1827) 318-.

306

3070 Achromatism

Aohromatio lenses, oonstniction. Valatt — .
Bordeaux Act. Ao. So. (1839) 643-.

, improvements. NichoUon^ W, Nichol-
son J. 2 (1799) 233-.

, large. NichoUon^ W. Nicholson J. 34

(1813) 113-.

— — for microscopes, history. Casati, G.
Brescia At. Cm. (1891} 106-.

, — . Mayallt — . Brescia At. Cm.

(1891) 112-.

— meniscas lens. Ooddard, J, T. Pht. S. J.
4 (1858) 217.

— ODJectives. Godfrey ^ J. Mcr. S. J. (1890)
659-.

— — , calculations. Bohnenherger^ G, C.
Lindenau Z. 1 (1816) 277-, 385-.

, _. Strehl, K. Cztg. Opt. 17 (1896)

23-.
, construction. MUnehow^ K, D. von.

Lindenau Z. 2 (1816) 44^-.
, — . Barlow, P. Edinb. Ph. J. 14

(1826) 1-, 311- ; PhU. Trans. (1827) 231- ;

(1834| 205-.
, double. Gauss, C, F, Lindenau Z. 4

(1817) 846-.
, — . Lubbock, J. W. Ph. Mg. 7 (1835)

161-.
, — . Hastings, C. S. Am. J. Sc. 23

(1882) 167-.
, — , new correction. Potter, R, Camb.

Ph. 8. T. 6 (1838) [pt. 3) 353-.
, effect of temperature. SundeU, A, F,

As. Nr. 103 (1882) 19-.
for microscope. Broca, P. de. As. Fr.

C. R. (1898) (Pt. 2) 208-.
, property. Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 1 (1877) 201-.
for telescopes, essential oil of fennel in

construction. Cavalleri, G, M. (vi Adds,)

Majocchi A. Fis. C. 13 (1844) 144-.
, triple. Hastings, C. S. Am. J. So. 18

(1879) 429-.
, — , calculation. Forti, A. Tortolini

A. 3 (1852) 498-.

— optical apparatus. Krllss, A. H, As. Nr.
90 (1877) 241-, 257-.

— plano-convex lens. Goddard, J, T, Pht.
S. J. 4 (1858) 144-.

— prisms of one substance. Hoek, M. Amst.
Ys. Ak. 2 (1868) (Ntk.) 195-.

— systems of lenses. Charlier, C, V. L.
Stockh. Ofv. (1898) 563-; (1899) 657-.

Achromatics versus apochromatics. Spitta,

E. J. Am. Mcr. J. 20 (1899) 296-.
— , construction of large. Steinheil, C. A.

von. [1835] Miinch. Gelehrte Az. 2 (1836)

347 [337]-.
Aohromatisation. Fischer, G. Cztg. Opt. 4

(♦1883) 220-, 229-, 253-, 265-; 5 (1884)

121-, 134-, 159-.
— . Schrdder, H. Cztg. Opt. 10 (1889) 217-.
— , theories. Coddington, H. (vi Adds.) Ph.

Mg. 10 (1831) 112-.
Achromatism and aplanatism, conditions.

Broca, A. C. B. 114 (1892) 168- , 216-;

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1892) 42-.

— of double objective. Stokes, G. G. B. A.
Rp. (1855) {pt. 2) 14-.

Aberrations 3070

Achromatism of double objective. Kerber, A.
Cztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 157-.

— — heliometer objective at Kdnigsberg.
KrUss, H. Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 74-.

— and indices of refraction. Souza Pinto,
R. R. de. Coimbra I. 4 (1856) 167-, 179-, 203.

— of lenses. Kurz,A. Exner Bpm. 27 (1891)
237-.

— with 2 lenses of same substance. ThoUon,
L. 0. R. 89 (1879) 93-.

— and monochromatic light. Goring, C. R.
Edinb. J. So. 5 (1831) 52-.

— , Newton's experiment against possibility.
Plana, G. [1858] Tor. Mm. Ac. 19 (1861)
1-.

— of optical instruments, history of theory.
Forti, A. (Yi Adds.) N. Cim. 17 (1863) 145-.

— , optioid and photographic. Comu, A. As.
Fr. C. R. 2 (1873| 198- ; 5 (1876) 232-.

— , perfect, possibility of attaining, and dis-
persion. Pickering, E. C. Am. As. P. 19
(1870} 62-. •

— , problem. Porro, I. Mil. L Lomb. Rd.
3 (1866) 42-.

— of telescope objectives of Gauss and
Fraunhofer. Krtiss, H. Z. Instk. 8 (1888)
7-, 53-. 83-.

AiK)chromatic objectives. Gottfriedt, M, Riga

Cor.-Bl. 30 (1887) 19-.
. KorUtka, E. J. Mcrgr. 14 (1890) 154-.

Astigmatic images, locus. Harting, H. Wien
Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ab. 2a) 1387-.

— object, formation of image by lens.
Gartenschldger, L. Exner Rpm. 24 (1888)
537-.

Camera drawings and photomicrographs,
tables for correcting errors. Nelson, E. M.
[1896] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 6 (1897) 289-.

Chromatic correction, influence on luminoBity
and definition of images. Strekl, K. Z.
'Instk. 17 (1897) 50-.

— curves of microscope objeoftiveB. NeUon,
E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1893) 5-.

Colour of best definition in lenses, instrument
to find. Sehrdder, H. Citg. Opt. 20 (1899)
113-» 122.

Corrector lenses. Sehrdder, H. Nt. 54 (1896)
156.

Cubic curve connected with reflection of bright
point in sphere. Nieodemi, R, Nap. Ae.
Pont. At. 17 (1887) 109-.

Defects of heterogeneity in glass, photograph-
ing. Grubb,H. B. A. Rp. (1876) (SMt.) 87-.

Deformation of refracted miages, and a-
planatism of system of lenses. PeaueelUer,
A. Bordeaux 8. Sc. Mm. 5 (1883) 327-.

Dioptric apparatus, conditions for precise finite
image. Seidel, L. von, Miinch. Ak. Sb. 28
(1899) 395-.

— principles of microscope. Macloskie, G.
[1891] Mcr. 8. J. (1892) 135-.

Dioptrics of Hansen's objective. Scheibner, W.
[1876] Leip. Mth. Ps. Ab. 11 (1878) 541-.

Distortion and astigmatism in telescope ob-
jectives. Harting, H. Z. Instk. 19 (1899)
138-.

307

u2

3080 Telescopes

DiBtortion in lenses. Ooddard, J. T. Pht. S.

J. 4 (1858) 249-.
. DaUmeyer, — . Pht. S. J. 6 (1860)

247-.
— , testing for striao, apparatus. Ctapiki, 8.

Z. Instk. 6 (1885) 117-.
Errors of lenses. Brakey, S. L. M. Mor. J.

5 (1871) 187-.

mioroBOopes. Gundlaeh, E. Am. S.

Mor. P. (1886) 157-.
optical instniments, theory. Seidell L,

M&nch. Nt. Teoh. Com. Ab. 1 (1857)

227-.
— , zonal, and wave surfaces. Strehl, K.

Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 266-.
Fluorite, use in optical instruments. Thompwn^

S. P. [1890] Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 120-.
— , — for optical purposes. Abbe, E, Z.

Instk. 10 (1890) 1-.
Luminous bodies, method of obtaining mono-
chromatic images. Jansien, J, B. A. Bp.

39 (1869) {Sect.) 23.
Oblique pencils, calculation involving 4th

power of obliquity. Kerber, A, Gztg. Opt.

7 (1886) 217-.
Badii of curvature of components of objectives,

tables for findmg. Forti, A, N. Cim. 10

(1859) 249-.
Befleotors, theory. Pinto, L. Nap. Ac. Pont.

At. 28 (1898) No, 11, 24 pp.
Befraction-curve. Hochheim.A, Arch.Mth.Ps.

51 (1870) 253-.
Secondary spectra. Rood, O. N. Am. J. Sc.

6 (1873) 172-.

, correction. Schrdder, H. Cztg. Opt.

7 (1886) 205-.

, — oy compensation lenses. Kerber, A,

Cztg. Opt. 14 (1893) 145-.
, diminished, Jena glass with. Fritsch, K.

Cztg. Opt. 8 (1887) 121-.
Simple lens witnout errors. Thiesen, M, Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1895) 83-.
Sun's image reflected from sea, deformation.

Ric<ib, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1888)

(Sem, 2) 460-.
, efFect of refraction. Venturis

A, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889) (Sem, 1)

357-.
, formula for. Cerulli, V.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 1)

770-.

3080 Telescopes. Field-glasses.
(See also Astronomy 2040—
2600.)

TELESCOPES.

Petty, M. Bern Mt. (1856) 137- ; (1862) 83-.
Jadanza, N, Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 23 (1887-88)

570-.
SehrUer, H. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 153-.
Czapski, S, Cztg. Opt. 17 (1896) 1-, 11-, 21-,

81-, 41-, 51-.

Achromatic Telescopes 3080

ACHROMATIC TELESCOPES.

Berumberg, J. F, Gilbert A. 34 (1810) 258-.
(DoUond's, 1758-61.) NOton, E. M. Mor. 8.

J. (1899) 340-.
Cauchoix's ; and d'Artignes's flint-glass.

Gilbert, L. W. GUbert A. 37 (1811) 877-.
construction. Blair, R. Nicholson J. 1 (1797)

1-.
— of perfect. Stokes, Q. O. B. A. Bp. (1874)

(Sect.) 26.
with fluid lens. Blair, A, Edinb. J, Sc 4

(1826) 282-; 7 (1827) 336-.
. Barlow, P. Edinb. J. So. 8 (1828)

93-; Edinb. N. Ph. J. 4 (1828) 323-; PhU.

Trans. (1828) 105-, 318- ; (1829) 83-;

(1831)9-; B. L J. 2(1831) I-; Phil. Trans.

(1833) 1-.
, Barlow's. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb.

J. Sc. 7 (1827) 335-.

,— . Baily,F. As. Nr. 6 (1828) 141-.

, — . PrechU, J. J, Wien Jb. Pol. I.

13 (1828) 125-.
, — . Littrow, J, J, von. [1830] As.

S. Mm. 4 (1831) 481-.
, — . Airy, O. B., Herschd, — , dt

Smyth, — . B. S. P. 3 (1833) 245-.
formuleB. Benzenberg, J. P. Gilbert A, 88

(1811) 442-.
improvements. Oriani, B. Verona S. It. Mm.

3 (1786) 664-.
— . Deyl, J. van, d: Deyl, H. van. Haarl. Vh.

3 (1806) 133-.
with multiple oculars. Biot, J. B. C. B. 13

(1841) 1039- ; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 19 (1845) 3-.

Amici's prism, and curvature of prismatic

images. Larmor, J. Camb. Ph. S. P. 7

(1892) 85-.
anallatic. Goulier, C. M. C. B. 80 (1875)

292-.
— , displacement of lens. Jadanza, N. Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 23 (1887-88) 294-.
— , Porro's. Cavani, F. Bologna Ac. So. Mm.

3 (1892) 371-.
— , theory. Young, A. E. I. CE. P. 189

(1900) 336-.
application of concave lenses. Pilz, 0. Cztg.

Opt. 20 (1899) 41-.
astronomical, formula for field. Meisel, F.

Cztg. Opt. 9 (1888) 133.
— , new (plesiotelesoope). Jadanza, N. Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 18 (1886) 61-.
— , for photography. Common, A. A. Nt. 31

(1885) 38-, 270-.
— , theory of bending applied to design. Yvon-

VUlarceau, A. J. F. C. B. 93 (1881) 14-.

107-.
bending. Yvon-Villarceau, A, J, F. C. B.

93 (1881) 449-, 866-.
— . Updegraff, M. [1896] St. Louis Ac T. 7

(1894-97) 243-.
brightness of images with diflferent eyepieces.

Pohl, J. J. Dingier 191 (1869) 275-.
cathetometer for long distances. Dev€, C.

C. B. 126 (1898) 636-.

308

3080 QalUeo's Telescope Objectives 3080

coUimation, use of meroary reflector in. improvements. Oituherg, A, Par. S. Ps. S^.

Camu, A. C. B. 68 (1869) 720-. (1897) 44».

with coloured glasses. Brewster, {Sir) D. magnifying power, determination. Dufour, C.

Edinb. Ph. J. 6 (1822) 102-. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 30 (1893) 315-.

construction, new. Sirenl, K, Z. Instk. 14 , — (Dufour). Qariel, — . Arch. Sc.

(1894) 206-. Ps. Nt. 30 (1893) 352-.

deformation of images. Oovi, O. Bm. B. Ac. , — by microscope. Ooring, C, R, QJ.

Line. Mm. 18 (1883) 403-. Sc. 17 (1824| 367-.

diffraction phenomena in focal plane. Nagao- , — , simple. Varley, S, TiUochPh. Mg.

Aa. H. Tok. Coll. Sc. J. 9 (1895-98) 321-. 4 (1799) 87-.

a Dutch invention. Linde, — von der. Cztg. , — , — . Jacquin, J, von, Baumgartner

Opt 7 (1886) 181-. Z. 2 (1883) 101-.

error in Edwards's position for eye-stop. and field of view. Luhimoff, N. [1872]

Hamblower, J, C. Nicholson J. 6 (1808) Mosc. BU. S. Nt. 45 Ipt, 2) (1873) 1-.

247-. (Lubimoff). BredUhin, T.

field of view. Cox, J, D. (xn) Am. Mor. J. 8 Mosc. Bll. S. Nt. 45 (pt. 2) (1878) 880- ; 46

(1882) 61-. (i)t.l) (1878) 460-; (xn) Bee. Mth. (Moscou) 6

focal point, intensity. Walker, J. Ph. Mg. (1872-78) (Pt. 1) 803-.

33 (1892) 266-. (Bredichin). Lubimoff, N,

focus. Peaucellier, — . N. A. Mth. 20 (1861) Mosc. Bll. S. Nt. 46 (pt, 1) (1873) 165-.

427-. (Lubimoff). Bredichin, T.

focusing of photographic, method. Metlin, O, Carl Bpm. 10 (1874) 54-.

J. de Ps. 9 (1900) 280-. and brightness. Bohn, C.

Z. Mth. Ps. 29 (1884) 25-, 74-.

GALILEO'S TELESCOPE. ■ » simple determination.

Waltenhofen, A, von, [1871] Prag Ab. 5

Kurz, A. Exner Bpm. 19 (1883) 337-, 822. (1872) 15 pp.

field of view. Bohn, C, Carl Bpm. 9 (1878) , theorem. Bobinton, T, R. [1852] Lr.

97-. Ac. P. 5 (1850-53) 249-.
Lubimoff, N, Les Mondes 31 (1878) , useful. 5treW, if. Cztg. Opt. 18 (1897) 171.

162-. — — and visual angle, instrument for
. Czapski, S, Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 409- ; measuring. Cavalleri, O, M. (vi Addi,)

8 (1888) 102. Majocchi A. Fis. C. 27 (1847) 281-.

— — — . Far has, O, Orv.-Termt. Kts. marine Steinheil, C, A. von. Miinch. Sb. 1

(Termt. Szak) (1887) 273-, 363-. (1863) 468-.

as surveying instrument. Humbert, O, C. B. method of weakening snn*s light at focus.

128 (1899) 819-. Foucault, [J, B,] L. C. B. 63 (1866) 418-.

theory. Bravais, A. A. C. 83 (1851) 494-. micrometer adjustments, illumination. Fdreter,

— . Pscheidl, W, Carl Bpm. 18 (1882) 686-; W, (xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 7-, 119-.

19 (1888) 418-. micrometers for. Cavani, F. Mod. Ac. Sc.

— . QuesneviUe, G, Mon. Sc. 14 (1900) 573-. Mm. 12 (1896) Ixxxv-.

mirror readings, form for. Hartmann, E.
Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Sb. (1881) 45-.

Oauss*s theory. BravaU, A, Liouv. J. Mth. monochromatic, with appUcation to photo-

1 (1856) 51-. metry. Rayleigh, {Lord). L. Ps. S. P. 7

giant. Kaempfer, D, [1894-98] Braunschw. (1886) 90-; Ph. Mg. 19 (1885) 446-.

Vr. Nt.Jbr. (9) (1903)31-; (11) (1899) 137-. non-magnifying. Bohn, K, (xn) Z. Instk.

— , American. Ranyard, A. C, Ciel et Terre 2 (1882) 7-.

14 (1893-94) 557-. notation for lenses. Gariel, 0, M. J. de Ps.

without glass, in antiquity and in middle ages. 7 (1878) 127-.

Gilnther, 8, Bb. Mth. (1894) 15-.

great Paris. Lockyer, N. [1899] Nt. 61 OBJECTIVES.

(1899-1900) 178-.
, results to be expected. Orubb, {Sir) H, Moser, C, Z. Instk. 7 (1887) 225-, 808-.

[1899] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 9 (1899-1902) 55. Fotcler, A, Nt. 45 (1892) 204r-.

history. Schr'dder, H. Cztg. Opt. 20 (1899) with aperture in form of scalene triangle,

143-, 161-, 171-, 182-, 193-, 201-, 212-, appearance of luminous point through.

223-, 232-; 21 (1900) 11-. 22-, 81-, 41-, Miller, W. H. Ph. Mg. 15 (1839) 459-.

51-, 64-, 71-. 81-, 91-, 101-, 122-, 142-, aplanatic, 4 surfaces. WLaren, (Lord).

151-, 172-, 181-, 191-, 201-, 211-, 221-, Edinb. B. S. P. 15 (1889) 355-.

231-. astronomical, calculation. Harting, H. Z.

Huygens's. Jadanza, N. Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. Instk. 19 (1899) 104-.

46 (1896) 253-. auto-collimation. Martin, Ad. C. B. 91 (1880)

— , field of view. Bolt, J. C. [1891] Mbl. Nt. 219-.

(1891-92) 42-. distribution of light in non-central images,

improvements. Marx, C, M, Schweigger J. SteinheU, A. Leip. As. Gs. Yjschr. 24

58 (=</&. 28) (1830)166-; 60(=Jb.30) (1880) (1889) 289, 254-; Miinoh. Ak. Sb. 19 (1890)

60-, 178-. 418-.

309

8080 Rejecting Telescopes

doable achromatio. Harkne$$, W, [1893-1900]
Am. J. So. 9 (1900) 287-.

— oemented, theory. Harting, H. Z. Instk.
18 (1898) 857-.

, — . Hdegh, E, von. Z. Instk. 19 (1899)

87-.
with flint glass lenses. JTopiMttn, P. 7. Moso.

S. So. Bll. 65 {No. 1) (1890) 90-; Fsohr. Ps.

(1890) {Ab. 2) 208.

— improved ooioor oorrection. Wolf, M. Z.
Instk. 19 (1899) 1-.

influence of want of sphericity on angular
measurements. KriUt, H. Z. Instk. 12

(1892) 199-.

large, testing. Grubb, {Sir) H. B. A. Rp.

(1876) {Sect.) 86-.
and mirrors, preparation and testing. Orubb,

{Sir) H. [1886] R. I. P. 11 (1887) 41S-.
new support for. Steifiheil, R. Z. Instk. 14

(1894) 170-.
of seyeittl separated lenses. Ferraris, O. Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 16 (1880) 45-.
for spectroscopic use. Haatingi, C. S. Am. J.

So. 7 (1899) 267-.
theory. Seidel, L. As. Nr. 85 (1858) 801-.
of zenith telescope, combination for. Zahn,

W. von. [1880] Leip. Nf. Gs. Sb. 7 (1881)

24-.

optical axis, determination. Rozi, C. G. B. 104
(1887) 1260-.

— effects of large and small. Andri, C, As.
Fr. 0. R. (1889) {Pt. 1) 254.

— illusion. LiaUferme, H, J. de Ps. 6 (1877)
339-.

— theory. Jadanta, N. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 17
(1881) 714- ; 19 (""1883) 769-.

pancratic. Danders, F. C. Bonders Ndl. Oast.
Oogl. Vs. 18 (1877) 51- ; Arch. N6erl. 13 (1878)
99-; DondersNdl. Oast. Oogl.ys.l8 (1877) 87-.

panorthic, with wide fleld. Zschohke, P. Gsetg.
Opt. 7 (1886) 1-.

possibilities. Biggs, A. B. Tasm. R. S. P.

(1891) 18-.

REFLECTING TELESCOPES.

Brewster, {Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J. 7 (1822)

823-; 8 (1823) 326-.
Barfuss, F. W. As. Nr. 15 (1838) 285-; 18

(1841) 197-.
Cassegrain, with glass mirror, theory. Oroeben,

— van den. Cztg. Opt. 6 (1885) 147-.

— and Oregory, theory. Mac6 de Lipinay, J.
N. A. Mth. 18 (1879) 256-.

collimator for completing adjustments. Staney,
G. J. B. A. Rp. (1856) {pt. 2) 30-.

improved equatorial. Calver, G. Cztg. Opt.
16 (1895) 121-, 133-.

metallic alloys for. Safarik, A. Prag Sb.

(1893) {Mth.-Nt.) No. 34, 14 pp. ; Cztg. Opt.
15 (1894) 207-. 217-, 229-. 241-, 253-, 265-.

and mirrors. Sehrdder,H. Cztg. Opt. 19 (1898)
2-, 13-, 23-, 42-, 52-, 62-, 71-, 83-.

mirrors, construction. Sehrdder, H. Cztg.
Opt. 16 (1895) 37-, 50-; 17 (1896) 101-.

and obtervatory, Bowdon. OkeU, S. Manch.
Lt. Ph. S. Mm. ^k P. 3 (1890) 212-.

Refracting Telescopes 3080

and refracting telescopes. HerscheL, {Sir)

J. F. W. [1825] QJ. So. 20 J1826) 288-.
, large. Lockyer, W. J. 8. [lfi»7] Nt.

57 (1897-98) 200-.
shortening, method. Burckhardt, J. C, [1807]

Con. des Temps (*1809) 401-.
— , — , Burckhardt's, Brewster, {Sir) D.

TiUoch Ph. M[g. 33 (1809) 290-.
specula, annealing. MaeCuUoeh, J. QJ. So.

(1828) {Pt. 1) 255-.
— , casting. Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 36 (1850) 18-.
— , — and working, improvements. Potter, B.

[1830] Edinb. J. Sc. 4 (1831) 13-.
— , composition and flgunng. SoUitt, J. D.

B. A. Rp. ri853) {pt. 2) 10.
— , effects of neat. Fagnoli, G. Bologna Mm.

Ac. Sc. 2(1850)439-.
— , polishing. Mosse, L. Parsons {Earl of).

B. A. Rp. (1884) 637-.
use of metallic mirrors. SchrSder, H. Cztg.

Opt. 18 (1897) 71-, 82-, 92-, 104-, 112-,

124-, 132-.

REFRACTING TELESCOPES.

Brewster, {Sir) D. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 33 (1809)

290-.
CazaUt, — . J. de Ps. 79 (1814) 233-.
Hinks, A. R. Nt. 62 (1900) 565.
erecting or inverting at will. Oppel, J. J. (xn)

Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1863-64) 69-.
history. Voretzsch, M. Mt. Ostld. 4 (1888)

117-.
improved lens for large. Schroder, H. Z.

Instk. 6 (1886) 41-.
Lick Observatory, colour aberrations. Strehl,

K. Cz%. Opt. 17 (1896) 3-, 14.
and micrometric telescope. Chevalier, C.

[1841] As. S. M. Not. 5 (1839-43) 111-.

reticule illumination. Czapski, S. Z. Instk.

5 (1885) 347-.
rock-crystal. Cauehoix, — . Pogg. A. 15

(1829) 244-.
for sextants. Plummer, W. E. [1899] Nt.

61 (1899-1900) 54.
shortened. Jadanza, N. Tor. Ac. Sc. At.

19 (♦1883) 769-.
— . StHnhHl, JR. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 374-,

418-.
— , measurement of distance with. Jadanxa,

N. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 30 (1895) 713-.
shortening, method. Jadanza, N. Tor. Ac.

Sc. At. 21 (1885) 118-.
siderospectrographic. Konkoly, N. von, Cztg.

Opt. 9 (1888) 25-.
spectroscopic. ZdUner, F. Leip. B. 24 (1872)

129-.
for stellar photography. Grubb, {Sir) H, Nt.

40 (1889) 441-, 645-.
telescopic combination for gun sighting.

Schr'dder, H. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 138-.
theory. Piola, G. Mil. Effem. As. (1822) 13-.
— , new. Reade, J. TUloch Ph. Mg. 63

(1824) 20-.
use on oark nights. Bayleigh, (Lord). [1882]

Camb. Ph. S. P. 4 (1883) 197-.

310

3082 Microscopes

use of Porro prisms. BardS, — . Par. S. Pb.

S4. (1898) 68*.
— of right-angled prism. SteinheU, A. Leip.

As. Gs. Vjsohr. 18 (1888) 265-.
with variable magnifioation. FriUeh^K, Cstg.

Opt. 18 (1897) 1-, 11-, 21-, 188-.
. Kaempfer, D, Bramisohw. Vr. Nt.

Jbr. (10) (1897) 229-.
water-, for seeing mountains. Adie^ J. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 49 (I860) 117-.
zenith-, photographic. Marctue, A, Berl.

Stmw. Beob.-Ergebn. No, 7 (1897) 6-.

FIELD-OLASSES.

adjustable to eyes of aneqoal focal lengths.

Malcolm, (Col.) — . L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886)

80- ; Ph. Mg. 19 (1885) 461-.
astronomical, with large objectives. Olivi, R,

Bv. 8c. Ind. 29 (1897) 18^.
capabilities. Thomptotit R. E. [U. S.] Chief

Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1889) (Pt. 1) 4&-.
inventor. Govt, G. G. B. 91 (1880) 547-.
Krauss-Zeiss. Cot^, {Vabbi) — . Brox. 8.

Sc. A. 22 (1898) (Pt, 1) 17-.
marine, Merz's. Perty, M. Bern Mt. (1865)

189—
Zeiss. ' NeUon, E. M. [1894] Mcr. S. J.

(1895) 360-.
— . Hermann, — . Kdnigsb. Schr. 86 (1895)

[4]-.
— . Mack, — . [1895] Wilrtb. Jh. 52 (1896)

Ixxxii-.
— . Schiff, J. Bresl. Schl. Os. Jbr. (1896)

{Ah. 2a) 15-.

3082 Microscopes. iSee also 3650 ;
General Biology 0110; Anat-
omy 0140.)

Koch, — . (VI Addi.) Halle Jbr. Nf. Gs.

(1824-25) 3-.
Jaequin, J, von, Baomgartner Z. 5 (1829)

181-.
Carpenter, T. Gill Tech. Mcr. Bep. 6 (1880)

129-. 194-, 821- ; 7 (1880) 1-.
Barfme, F, W, As. Nr. 20 (1843) 17-, 89-.
QriUl, C, A. Pogg. A. 61 (1844) 220-.
Bar/uu, F. W, Pogg. A. 68 (1846) 88-.
Mercklin, C, E, von, Biga Arb. Nf. Vr. 1

(1848) 83-.
Gaudin, A. G. B. 30 (1850) 141-.
Burnett, W, J. Silliman J. 12 (1851) 56-.
Alquen, F, d\ Bheinl. Westphal. Vh. (1856)

87—.
OiblHma, W. S. J. Mor. Sc. 4 (1856) 299-.
Beinicke, F, Al. D. Nt. Ztg. 2 (1856) 470-.
Thury, [J. M. A.l Bb. Un. Arch. 8 (1860)

283-.
Perty, M, Bern Mt. (1862) 83-.
Porro, I. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 8 (1866) 285-.
D^ppel, L, Arch. Mkr. An. 5 (1869) 281- ; 9

(1878) 801-.
Ahhe, E, M. Blcr. J. 14 (1875) 191-, 245-.
Criep, F. Mcr. S. J. 1 (1878) 121-.

Accessories. Camera Lucida 3082

Anon, Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 281-.

Dippel, L, Homb. 4 (1885) 273-, 306-, 356-.

DaUinger, {Rev,) W. H, Mcr. 8. J. (1887)

185-.
Poll, A, Bv. Sc.-lnd. 20 (1888) 137-, 169-,

190- ; 21 (1889) 217-.
Darwin, C, Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 454-.
Lamb, J, M. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 13 (1891) 13-.
DaUinger, {Rev,) W. H. [1893] Qaek. Mor.

01. J. 5 (1894) 210-.
Nelson, E, M, [1894-96] Qnek. Mor. CI. J. 5

(1894) 848-; 6 (1897) 14-, 191-.
Michael, A, D, Mcr. 8. J. (1897) 97-.
Tatham, J, F. W. [1899-1900] Qnek. Mcr.

CI. J. 7 (1900) 180-, 299-.
NeUon, E, M, Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 153-.

ACCESSORIES.

Edwardt, A. M. Mcr. J. 5 (1857) 110-.
Sarby, H. C, Mcr. 8. J. 1 (1878) 1-.
Malasiez, L. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 41 (1889) (C. R.)

321-.
Anti-vibration tomtray. Bridgman, W, K,

[1876] Qaek. Mor. CI. J. 4 (1874-77)

209-.
Aplanatic searcher. BoywUm-Pigottt O, W,

Phil. Trans. 160 (1870) 591- ; QJ. Mcr. So.

10 (1870) 393-; M. Mcr. J. 11 (1874) 153-.

Camera Lucida,

Nachet, — . J. Mor. Sc. 8 (I860) 156-.
Critp, F. [1878] Mcr. 8. J. 2 (1879) 21-.
Rut$ell, J, C. [1878] Mcr. 8. J. 2 (1879) 25-.
Schrdder, H, Mor. 8. J. 3 (1883) 818-.
Anthony, J. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 697-.
FrancotU, P. [1884] Bmx. 8. Big. Mor. BU.

10 (1885) 77-.
Thoma, R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888) 297-.
Abbe's, improvements. Oiltay, E. (zn) Bt.

Gb. 12 (1882) 419-.
— , — . HeintiuM, H. W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 6
(1889) 36-.

— , — . Anon, Mor. 8. J. (1899) 93.
Ashe's. Seourjield, D, J. Qaek. Mor. CI. J.

7 (1900) 413-.
binocolar. Edwarde, A, M, Am. Mcr. J. 18

(1897) 256-.
of Doyere and Milne-Edwards, improvement.

Malastez, L. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 36 (1884)

(C. -R.) 510-.
Damaige's. Anon, Mcr. 8. J. (1888) 487-.
erecting. NeUon, E, M. [1894] Mor. 8. J.

(1895) 21-.

Hofmann's. Heurek, H. van, [1878] Bros

8. Big. Mor. BU. 5 (* 1879) Ixvi-.
improved. Ive$, F, E, Mcr. 8. J. (1898}

495.
— method of making measorements with.

SendaU, {Sir) W, Mcr. 8. J. (1891) 705-.
and microscope, combination. Weichetri, — .

GUbert A. 41 (1812) 110-.
Nachet's. Anon, Bfor. S. J. 6 (1886) 1057.
— . Awm, Mor. 8. J. (1898) 99-.
theory and improvement. Cfiltay, B, [1883-

84] Ndl. Kraidk. Arch. 4 (*1886) 106- ; Z.

Ws. BCkr. 1 (1884) 1-.

311

3082

Microscope Accessories

3082

use. PetHgreWf J. B. Manoh. Mcr. S. T.

(1888) 80-.

— of mioroecope as. Fayel, — . Par. S. Bl.
Mm. 38 (1886) (C. R.) 405-.

— in miorosoopic drawing. Ooethart, J. W,
C. [1892] Ndl.Kraidk. Arch. 6 (1895)161-;
Z. Ws. Mkr. 10 (1898) 466-.

with variable angle. MalasteZf L. Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 87 (1885) (C. R.) 271- ; Par. Lb. HI.

Tr. (1886-«7) 7-.
Zei8s*B. Syke$, M. L, Manoh. Mor. S. T.

(1889) 106-.

Centering glass, Boss's. Anon. Mcr. S. J.

6 (1886) 681-.
Compressor. HUlop, W. [1856] Mcr. S. T.

6 (1857) 159-.
— . Clark, S. M. SiUiman J. 29 (1860) 448.
— . Monticelli, F. 8. Z. Ws. Mkr. 11 (1894)

454-.
— . Ziegler, H, E. Z. Ws. Mkr. 14 (1897)

145-.
— , reversible, Davis's ebonite. Anon. Mcr.

S. J. (1899) 837-.
— , — , Macer's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1893) 691-.
Cover-glass gauge, Beck's. Anon. Mor. S. J.

(1900) 516.
Cover-glasses, thin. Jackson, O, J. Mcr. Sc.

1 (1853) 141-.
Diaphragms, dispersing. Unna, P. G. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 3 (1886) 230.
— , graduated. Coulier, — . Mm. Md. Mil.

20 (1868) 328-.
— , iris, Zeiss's. Zimmermannf A. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 4 (1887) 343-.
— , Kldnne and Miiller's. Anon, Mcr. S. J.

6 (1886) 680-.

— and mechanical finger. Griffith^ E, H,
Am. S. Mcr. P. (1885) 112-.

— , new ocular. Lighton, W. [1890] Mcr.

S. J. (1891) 255-.
— , substage, Griffith's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 6

(1886) 130.
Diatomescope. Otihome^ (Lord) S. G. Mor.

S. J. 4 (1884) 802-, 961.
— , Osborne's. F., W. [1884] Mcr. 8. J. 5

(1885) 128-.
— , — . Heurck, H. van. [1884] Mcr. 8. J. 5

(1885) 129.
Drawing apparatus. Bemhard, W. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 9 (1892) 439-.

— — . Smith, A. H. Mcr. 8. J. (1892) 277-.
, Abbe's, modification. Bemhard, W.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 8 (1891) 291-.
, construction and new model. Czapski,

S. Z. Ws. Mkr. 11 (1894) 289-.
•— — for low powers. Edinger, L. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 8 (1891) 179-.
. KaUer, 0. Z. Ws. Mkr. 13

(1896) 163-.
, improved form of Edinger's.

NeUon, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1893) 101-.
, micropantograph. Roberts, I. M. Mor.

J. 8 (1872) 1-.
, microscopic geometric. Hilgendorf, F.

M. (xn) Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 459-.
, prism. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1887) 650.

Drawing apparatus, prism. Pifard, H, G.

Mcr. 8. J. (1892) 874-.
, Beichert's. Brauer, F. Z. Ws. Bflor.

8 (1891) 451-.
, Winkel's. HenHng, H. Z. Ws. Mkr.

8 (1891) 295-.

— and dissection of objects, new arrangement
for. Brooke, C. B. A. Bp. (1851) (pt. 2) 7.

— easel. Giesenhagen, — . Z. Ws. Nfkr. 7
(1890) 169-.

— and measuring objects, apparatus. Fiek^
A. Henle u. Pfeufer Z. 8 (1858) 278-.

— , projection and photomicrography, Beichert's

combined apparatus. Anon. Mcr. 8. J.

(1900) 122.
Electric action, improved arrangement for

observation. Str'dbelt, O. (xn) Z. Instk. 2

(1882) 274-.
Eye-shade. Ward, R. H. Am. Mcr. J. 5

(1884) 82-.
— . Hall, L. B. Science 22 (1893) 94-.
Finder. Maltwood, T. Mcr. 8. T. 6 (1858) 59-.
— . Janson, H. U. J. Mcr. Sc. 8 (1860) 199-.
— . PoweU, T. Dubl. QJ. Md. Sc. 38 (1864)

286-.
— . Flesch, M. H. J. Arch. Mkr. An. 30

(1882) 502-.

— (**microstat" or *'microtopogTaph").
Smimow, A. Arch. Mkr. An. 29 (1887)
384-.

— . Valenti, A. Z. Ws. Mkr. 10 (1893) 454-.
— . Stiles, J. H. [1896] Sc. Mcr. 8. P. A T.

2 (1900) 96.
— , geometrical. Vescovi, P. de. Z. Az. 15

(1892) 203-.
— , nose-piece. Janson, H. U. Mcr. J. 8

(1860) 269-.
Finders. Edwards, A. M. Mcr. J. 5 (1857)

200-.
'— and indicators. Amyot, T. E. QJ. Mor.

Sc. 4 (1856) 151-.
— , use. FaJtre-Domergue, P. Toul. 8. H.

Nt. BU. (1884) 148-.

Illuminators,

(See also Ulamination.)

Ahbe, E. Arch. Mkr. An. 9 (1878) 469-; M.

Mcr. J. 13 (1875) 77-.
ChHsty, T. 8. C. In. J. 7 (1888) 719.
Reichert, — . Mcr. 8. J. (1893) 381-.
Abbe's. Dippel, L. Flora 56 (1873) 497-.
— , and apochromatic lenses. Thanhoffer,'L.

Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888) {Suppl.) 174-.
— , improved form. Reichert, C. Cztg. Opt.

18 (1897) 141-.
— , Koristka's modification. Martinotti, G.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 2 (1885) 500-.
— ,' mechanical construction. Behrens, W.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 1 (1884) 409-.
achromatic light-filter for high powers. Eisen,

G. Z. Ws. Mkr. 14 (1897) 444-.
black shadow. Royston-Ptgott, G. W. M.

Mcr. J. 11 (1874) 246-.
cell. Jacobs, F. 0. Mor. 8. J. (1890) 795.
concave mirror. EweU, If. D. Am. Mcr. S;

P. 14 (1892) 48.

812

3082 Illuminators

dark ground. Nachet, — . J. Mcr. Sc. 8

(1860) 207-.

. Ijighton, W, [1878] (xn) Am. Mcr. J.

1 [(1878-79)] 42-.
. Mayer, A. M. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886)

514-.

. Nach£t, — . Mor. S. J. (1887) 468.

direct, Sorby's. Anon. Mor. S. J. 6 (1886)

130-.
glass-rod. Maddox^ — . Mor. S. J. (1890)

101-.
immersion-. MayaUt J, Mcr. S. J. 2 (1879)

27-.
— , catadioptrio. Stephenson y J, W, Mor. S.

J. 5 (1885) 207-.
— , — , Stephenson's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5

(1885) 523
— , catoptric. Stephenson, J. W. Mor. S. J. 2

(1879) 36-.

— paraboloid. Edmunds, J. [1877] Qaek.
Mcr. CI. J. 5 (1878-79) 17-.

~ stage. MayaU, J, Mcr. S. J. 2 (1879)

837-.
iris. Ward, R, H. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1884)

160-.
method of adjusting. Zimmermann, A, Z.

Ws. Mkr. 8 (1891) 464-.
monochromatic. Nelson, E. M, [1891] Mcr.

S.J. (1891)443-; (1892)1-.
— , Zeiss's. Arum. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 515.
paraboloid. Edmunds, J, M. Mcr. J. 18

(1877) 78-.
— . Wenham, F. H. (xn) Am. Mor. J. 1

[(1878-79)] 186- ; 1 (1880) 101-.
— . Moiyre, A, J. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 45*-.
— . Anm, Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 454.
prism, achromatic. Edwards^ A. M, N. Y.

Lyceum P. 1 (1873) 299-.
— , binocular, improved form of Stephenson's.

Ahrens, C. D. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 959.
— , diatom, and true form of diatom markings.

Reade, J, B, M. Mor. J. 2 (1869) 5-.
— , doubly reflecting. Gray, P. Mor. J. 1

(1861) 273-.

— , erecting. Nachet, — . J. Mcr. Sc. 8

(I860) 206-.
— , Naohet's. Shadholt, O. [1850] Mor. S.

T. 8 (1852) 74-.
— , revolver immersion. Edmunds, J, Mor.

S. J. 2 (1879) 32-.
reflex, for high powers. Wenham, F. H, M.

Mcr. J. 7 (1872) 237-.
simple. Edwards, A, M, Mcr. S. J. (1898)

286-.

— (Edwards). Maddox, R, L, Mcr. S. J.
(1893) 423.

superstage. Goodwin, W, [1889] Quek. Mcr.

CI. J. 4 (1892) 70-.
theory. Fripp, H, E. Mcr. S. J. 2 (1879)

503- ; 3(1880)742-.
on total reflection principle. Kochs, W, Aroh.

Mkr. An. 32 (1888) 683-.
for transparent objects. Harting, P. Ndl.

Lancet 6 (1850-51) 457-.
traverse-lens. ToUes, R. B, Mor. S. J. 2

(1879) 388-.
universal reflecting. Bridgman, W, K. [1876]

Quek. Mor. CI. J. 4 (1874-77) 214-.

Illuminators: Condensers 3082

vertical. Stephenson, J. W, Mor. S. J. 2

(1879) 266-.
— . Forgan, W, [1896] Sc. Mor. S. P. A T.

2 (1900) 56-.
— , diaphragm for Beck's. Anon, Mor. S. J. 5

(1885) 522-.
Wenham half-disk. Dayton, R, (xn) Am. S.

Mcr. P. (1882) 161-.

Illuminators: Condensers,

Bausch, E, Mor. S. J. 4 (1884) 623.

WaUich, O, C. [1884] Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

127-.
Neis<m, E. M, Mor. S. J. 5 (1885) 327.
achromatic. Cutties, C, L, Mcr. S. J. (1900)

532.
— , Baker's. Anon, Mor. S. J. (1900) 512-.
—, Beck's. Anon. Mor. S.J. (1899) 338-.
— , and new method of illuminating opaque

objects. RiddeU, J, L, Silliman J. 15

(1853) 69.
annular. Shadholt, G. [1850] Mor. S. T. 8

(1852) 132-.
apochromatic. Mayall, J, (jun,) Mor. S. J.

(1889) 609.
— , Powell and Lealand's. Anon. Mor. S. J.

(1889) 125-.
— , substage, with collar-correction. Nelson,

E. M, Mcr. S. J. (1895) 229-.
Bausch and Lomb's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1887)

648.
bull's eye. Nelson, E. M. Mor. S. J. (1891)

309-.

— — , doublet, new form. Nelson, E, M.
Mcr. S. J. (1896) 365-.

cone and immersion paraboloid. Swift, J.

Mor. S. J. 5 (1885) 126-.
** desideratum." Miles, J. L. W. Manoh.

Mcr. S. T. (1886) 81-.
with 2 diaphragm plates, Beck's. Anon. Mor.

S. J. 4 (1884) 124.
homogeneous objective. Lighton, W. Am.

Mcr. J. 15 (1894) 59-.
improved. Bridgman, W. K. Quek. Mor. CI.

J. 4 (1874-77) 311-.
oil immersion* Beck's new wide-angle. Anon.

Mcr. S. J. (1900) 254.

— — , equalising thickness of slips with.
Nelson, E, M. [1885] Mor. S. J. 6 (1886)
131.

old Gillett, with collar adjustment. Nelson,

E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1899) 679.
Beichert's. Moeller, J, Z. Ws. Mkr. 2 (1885)

339-.
substage. Leach, W, Manch. Mcr. S. T.

(1888) 76-.
— . Maddox, R. L. [1889] Mcr. S. J. (1890)

99-.
— . Nelson, E. M. [1890] Quek. Mor. CI.

J. 4 (1892) 116-.
— . Hyatt, — . Mcr. S. J. (1891) 256-.
and substage, ^ausoh and Lomb's. Anon,

Mor. S. J. (1887) 809.
substage and diaphragm, Cjsapski, S. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 11 (1894) 433-.
— , Kellner eye-pieoe as. Maddox, R, L, Mor.

S. J. 4 (1884) 80 j.-.

313

3082 lliuminators: Lamps

Bubstage, Swift's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900)

718-.
~, Watson's. Anon, Mor. 8. J. (1900) 119-.
WaUioh's. Amm. Mor. 8. J. 4 (1884) 962-.

lUuminatOTB : Lamps.

Droiten, R. Brax. 8. Big. Mor. Bll. 14 (1888)

171-.
aome. Queen. J. W, Mor. 8. J. 6 (1886) 1053-.
aro-, projeotion, Zeiss's. Anon. Mor. 8. J.

(1900) 381-.
Baker's. Amm. Mor. 8. J. 6 (1886) 688.
Book's oomplete. Anon. Mor. 8. J. 4 (1884)

628-.
ohimney for. NeUm. E. M. Mor. 8. J. (1894)

108-.
eleotric. Fle$ch,M. Z. Ws. Mkr. 1 (1884) 561-.
— . Potdun, V. A. [1884] Kj^. Bt. F.

Mdd. 1 (1882-86) 144-.

— (Poulsen's). Afwn. Bt. Not. (1885) 106-.
— . Barnard, J. E. [1899] Mor. 8. J. (1900)

118.
— . Rousselet, C. F. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 741-.

— inoandesoent. Steam, C. H. Mor. 8. J. 8

(1883) 29-.

. StHn, T. Z. Ws. Mkr. 1 (1884) 161-.

(Stein). Heurck, H. van. Z. Ws. Mkr. 1

(1884) 419-.

. Anon. Mor. 8. J. 6 (1886) 1053.

— , Trouv^-Helot. MayaU, J. (jun.) Mor. 8. J.

5 (1885) 1121-.
Goodwin's. Nelson, E.M. Mor. 8. J. (1897) 90.
inoandesoent, Auer. BUrkner, K. Z. Ws. Mkr.

4 (1887) 85-.
— , baming oarburetted air. Regnard, P.

Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 34 (•1882) (C. R.) 177-.
Eoch-Wolz. Schiefferdeeker, P. Z. Ws.Mkr. 7

(1890) 450- ; 8 (1891) 53.
monoohromatio. Brewster, {Sir) D. [1822]

Edinb. B. 8. T. 9 (1823) 433-.
Nelson's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. 4 (1884) 125.
— , improved form. Stoift, J. Mor. 8. J.

(1895) 393.
Nelson-Mayall. MayaU, J. (jun.) Mor. 8. J.

4 (1884) 286-.
iBfleotor. Koch, W., db WoU, M. [1887] Mor.

8. J. (1888) 1025-.
Biihe's. Fricke, A. 0. Ztg. 9 (1885) 1338.
Sohieok's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1888) 490-.
shade. Quimby, B. F, Mor. 8. J. (1887) 463.

Immersion heating apparatus. Julien, A. A*

[1885] Mor. 8. J. (1887) 466.
Inolining a preparation, instrument for. Jagger,

T. A. {jun.) Am. J. 8o. 3 (1897) 129-.
Indioator. Bailey, J. W. SilUman J. 20 (1855)

58-.
— . Schmidt, Ad. Halle Z. Nw. 33 (1869) 465-.
— for small objeots. Balli, jl. Bouen 8. 8o.

BU. (1894) 216-.
Indioators. Pantoesek, J. Z. Ws. Bikr. 5

(1888) 39-.
— , foous-. Qrifiih, E, H. Am. 8. Mor. P. 18

(1891) 47-.
L^s- and slide-holder, Hippisley's. Anon.

Mor. 8. J. 6 (1886) 129-.

Micrometry 8082

LieberktLhn stops. Giles, G. W. M. Mor. 8.

J. 6 (1886) 681.
Measarmg apparatus. Lindau, G, [1889]

Mor. 8. J. (1891) 252-.
for small inequalities. Sandberger, G.

Pogg. A. 85 (1852) 97-.
Mechanioal finger. Smith, H. L. Am. J. 8e.

41 (1866) 331-.
Mioromegasoope. Matthews, J. Quek. Mor.

CI. J. 5 (1878-79) 167-.

Micrometers and Micrometry.

Harting, P. Hoeven en Vriese Ts. 7 (1840)

165-.
Jackson, G. [1847] Mor. 8. T. 2 (1849) 134-.
RoherUan, W. Edinb. M. J. Md. 8o. 12 (1851)

329-.
Jackson, G. J. Mor. So. 4 (1856) 241-.
Petruschefsky, F. Pogg. A. 107 (1859) 633-.
Burch, G. J. [1878] Quek. Mor. CI. J. 5

(1878-79) 45-.
Baumann, T. Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 149-.
Love, E. G. [1895] Mor. 8. J. (1896) 245-.
Berger, H. Z. Ws. Bfkr. 15 (1898) 303-.
adjustment. F9rster, W, (xn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 7-, 119-.
best form. Jackson, G, J. Mor. So. 2 (1854)

129-.
oomparison and regulation. EttingshauHn, A,

von. Baumgartner Z. 5 (1829) 316-.
dynameter-, useful form Acratometer). Roy-

ston-Pigott, G. W. M. Mor. J. 5 (1871) 79-.
measurements. Ewdl, M, D. Mor. 8. J.

(1889) 447.
— , variation due to ourvature of oover-glass.

EweU, M. D. Am. 8. Mor. P. 12 (1890T 79-.
— , foousing. Hirsch, A. Par. Poids

et Mes. PV. (♦1877) 255-.
— , . Bosscha, J. Delft Bo. PoL

A. 2 (1886) 89-.
— , and inclination. Foerster, W.

Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (♦1877) 269-.
— , different illumination. Faeoidl, C,

Mor. 8. J. (1888) 814.
new method. Gibbons, W. S. [1858] Mor. 8.

T. 7 (1859) 31-.
. Matthews, J, Quek. Mor. Gl. J. 1

(1868-69) 231-.
Petruschewsky's. Knorr,E. Pogg. A. Ill (1860)

125-.
sorew, differential. Betg, G. W. Cstg. Opt.

19 (1898) 181-.
— , and glass miorometer eye-pieoe combined.

Koch, A. Z. Ws. Mkr. 6 (1889) 33-.
— , new arrangement. Mohl, H. von. Aroh.

Bfkr. An. 1 (1865) 79-.
—, — model. Schiefferdecker, P. Z.Ws.Bfkr.

3 (1886) 1-.
stage-, atrial. Royston-Pigott, G. W. [1872]

M. Mor. J. 9 (1873) 2-, 51-.
^, Fasoldt. MendenhaU, T. C. (xn) Am.

8. Mor. P. (1882) 201-.
— , 2 new forms. EweU, M. D. Am. 8. Mat

P. 12 (1890) 76-.

314

3082

Microscopes

3088

Moist gas chambers, history. KUhne^ W, J.

Pr. G. 17 (1878) 240, 288.
Nose piece aoapter, Domaige's. Anon. Mcr. S.

J. (1888) 488.
, Jung's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886)

132-.
adapters. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

284.
. Tkury, M. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 446.

— — , centering and focusing. Frazer^ A,
[1886] Sc. S. Arts T. 11 (1887) 345-.

, Fasoldt's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

959.
and objective, standard screw thread for.

Beck, C. Mcr. S. J. (1896) 389-.
, revolving. Hennegvy^ — . Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 37 (1885) (C. R.) 700.
, sliding, improved form. TumbuUt J, M,

[1886] Sc. S. Arts T. 11 (1887) 352-.
Object pusher, simple. Mayer, P. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 17 (1900) 7-.
Objects, apparatus for marking. Schieffer-

decker, P. Z. Ws. Mkr. 3 (1886) 461-.
Oxvhydrogen apparatus. Stratingh, S, Mul-
der Arch. 5 (1837) 161-.
Polarising apparatus. r/iomp«on, S. P. Mcr.

S. J. (1889) 617-.
. Ebner, V. von. Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892)

161-.
, Amici's. Madan, H. O, Mcr. S. J.

6 (1886) 682-.
, distinctness of vision. Brewster, (Sir) D.

Ph. Mg. 32 (1848) 161-.
Prism, analysing, and goniometer, Boecker's

holder for. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 705.
Ruling machine, Nobert*s. MayaU, J. \jun.)

Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 377-, 580.
Scale and pointer. Bridgman, W. K. J.

Mcr. Sc. 5 (1857) 20^-.
Screen. Wray, L. {jun.) Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

956-.
— . Schi^erdecker, P. Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892)

180-.
— , breath. Schiemenz, P. Z. Ws. Bfkr. 6

(1889) 37-.
— , use. Sekmidt, Ad. Hedw. 8 (1869) 180.
Slide, aluminium. HeidenhtUn, M. i. Ws.

Mkr. 13 (1896) 166-.
— , current-. Paraont, P. B. Mcr. S. J. 4

(1884) 121-.

— holder. F(Ufre-Domergue, — . A. Mcrgr. 6
(1894) 84-.

— with movable capillary tube. Chabry, L,
Par. S. Bl. Mm. 38 (1886) (C. R.) 322-.

— , paiabolised gas-. Edmundi, J. Mcr. 8. J.

3 (1880) 585-.
— , short, as safety slide. Shimer, H. [1891]

Mcr. S. J. (1892) 567-.
— , simple means for distinguishing details in.

Boltiua, {le r€v. ptre) — . Bruz. S. Sc. A.

19 (1895) (Pt. 1) 80-.
Slides, canary glass for. BrUeke, E. Wien

SB. 21 (1856) 430-.
— , glass for. Donden, F. C. Ndl. Lancet 5

(1849-50) 309-.

— for opaque objects with removable cover.
Scott, D. B. [1899] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 7
(1900) 167-.

Slides with pillars for micro-chemical reactions.

Nunn,R.J. [1883] Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 12&>.
Spark apparatus, Stokes's. Anon. Mcr. S. J

4 (1884) 964-.

— — , Stokes-Watson electric. Anon. Mcr.
S. J. 5 (1885) 1069-.

Spot-lens mounting. Queen's. Anon. Mcr. S.

J. 4 (1884) 452-.
Substage apparatus. Beck's combined. Anon.

Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 115-.
Turntable, improved. Dunning, C. O. [1880]

Quek. Mcr. GL J. 6 (1879-81) 81-.
Turntables, 3. Griffith, E. H. Am. S. Mcr.

P. (1885) 112-.
Universal accessory, Bausch and Lomb's, to

replace substage. Arum. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

713.

— carrier. BoUiu$, {le riv. v^re) H. Brux.
S. Sc. A. 15 (1891) (PI. 1) 42-; 21 (1897)
{Pt. 2) 87-.

Zeiss's new apparatus. Drotten, R. Brux. S.
Big. Mcr. BU. 21 (1894) 52-.

Achromatic combination for use with blue

light. Stoney,a.J. QJ. Mcr. Sc. 11 (1871)

212-.
Achromatism. Airy, G. B. [1824] Gamb.

Ph. S. T. 2 (1827) 227-.
Adaptations. Rood, O. N. Silliman J. 21

(1856) 106-.
Aplanatic power; and new double-star and

image tests. Royeton-Pigott, G. W. M.

Mcr. J. 4 (1870) 254-.
Binocular vision. Weiiham, F. H. [1853]

Mcr. S. T. 2 (1854) 1-.
. Smith, H. L. Am. J. Sc. 38 (1864)

111-.
. Carpenter, — . Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

486-.
Choice of microscope. MoM, H. von. Bt.

Ztg. 1 (1843) 305-.
. Schleiden, M. J. Froriep Not. 4

(1847) 1-.
— . Nave, J. BrtUm Jh. Nw. Sect.

(1859) (Sb.) XV-.
Areeehoug, J. E. Bt. Not. (1867)

25-.
Coarse adjustment, application of Mayall's

stepped diagonal raokwork. Anon. Mcr. 8.

J. 4 (1884) 958-.
, rackwork. Nelson, E, M. Mcr. S. J.

(1899) 256-.
Colour contrast between object and background,

optically produced. Rheinberg, J. Mcr. S. J.

(1896) 373-.

— effects on boundaries of colourless objects.
Awbronn,H. Leip.Mth.Ps.B. 48 (1896)134-.

— studies. Slack, H. J. Pop. So. Bv. 14
(1875) 126-.

Cover glass thickness, correction. Bausch, E,

Am. S. Mcr. P. 12 (1890) 43-.
, estimation. Royston-PigoU, G. W.

M. Mcr. J. 8 (1872) 269-.
— and tube length, correction. Gage,

S. H. Am. S. Mcr. P. (l887) 168-.
^, — . PoU,A. Bv.Sc.-Ind.

21 (1889) 65-.

315

3082 Fine Adjustment

Dispersion. NeUan, E, M. Mcr. S. J. (1899)

121-.
Elevations and depressions, discrimination.

WOcker, H. Henle u. Pfeofer Z. 7 (1869)

68-.
Evolution of microscope. Smolik^ J, Ziva

9 (1861) 299-.
. Blackham, O. E, (xn) Am. S.

Mor. P. (1882) 25-.
— . Lambi J, M, Am. Mcr. J. 12

(1891) 278-.
. NeUm, E, M, [1897-98] Quek.

Mcr. CI. J. 6 (1897) 849-; 7 (1900) 98-.
, origin and uses. Clinch ^ J, W. [1896]

Yn Lioar Manninagh 3 (1902) 49-.
Field of view, large, to obtain. Fargan, W,

[1900] Sc. Mcr. 8. P. A T. 8 (1904) 82-.

FINE ADJUSTMENT,

Czapski, S. Z. Ws. Mkr. 3 (1886) 207-.

Arum. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 686-.

OHfith, E. H. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 10 (1888)

161-.
(Watson's.) Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1893) 93-.
Marpmann, G. Z. Angew. Mkr. 4 (1899) 86-.
Stnnger, E. B. Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 419-.
cam. Cutter, E. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 1041-.
CampbelPs. NeUon, E, M, Mcr. 8. J. 6

(1886) 324-.

and coarse, Boss's screw and pinion. Anon.

Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 691-.
differential screw, 8chr5der's. Anon. Mcr.

8. J. 6 (1886) 685-.
doable action, Anderson's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J.

6 (1886) 325.
evolution. Nelion, E. M, Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

366-.
hydrostatic. Nelson, E. M. [1884] Quek.

Mcr. Gl. J. 2 (1886) 57-.
** jewelled." MayaU, J. (jun,) Mcr. 8. J.

(1890) 507-.
lever and parallel spring, 8wift's. Anon. Mcr.

8. J. (1887) 808.
for substage. Karop, O. C. Mcr. 8. J. (1892)

421-.
tangent screw, Hilger's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J.

(1887) 461.

Focus, means of changing. Oovi, O. C. B.

84 (1877) 341-.
— , . Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 5 (1885)

1067.
— , . Neuhatiss, R. Mcr. 8. J. (1888)

809.
— , . Lucas, K. Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

139-.
Focusing up or down too much, effect. Mas-

keU, W.M. [1888] Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 134-.
Gavino's modification. Troue$sart, — , db Du-

plouieh, ^. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 48 (1896)

(C. -R.) 1088-.
(Hass, action of bleaching agents. Whelpley,

H. M. Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 314.
.— ) cut lines in, optical appearance. Slack,

H. J. M. Mcr. J. 5 (1871) 213-.
— scales. Nobert, F. A. As. Nr. (1849) {Er-

gUnz. Heft) 93-.

8

Illumination 8082

Hairs, visibUity, etc. Slack, H. J. Mor. S. J.

1 (1878) 318-.
Heat-measurements. Engelmann,T, W. Ndl.

Arch. Ntk. 3 (1868) 606- ; Arch. BCkr. An. 4

(1868) 834-.

ILLUMINATION.

{See also Ulaminators under Accessories.)

Brewster, (Sir) D. [1831-40] Edinb. J. So. 6

(1832) 83- ; B. A. Bp. (1840) {pt. 2) 9-.
Bergin, T. F. Jr. Ac. P. 5 (1853) 313-.
Wenham, F. H. J. Mcr. 8c. 2 (1854) 145-.
Biggins, J. F. [1869] QJ. Mor. 8c. 10 (1870)

160-.
Barker, J, [1870] Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1873-74) 7-.
Nelson, E.M. [1884] Mor. 8. J. 6 (1885) 713-.
Tatham, J. Manch. Mcr. 8. T. (1886) 78-.
by aur-bubbles. Brevoort, H, L. [1885] Mor.

8. J. 6 (1886) 824.
albo-carbon. Malassez, L. Par. Lb. HI. Tr.

(1886-87) 28-.
and aplanatic definition. Royston-Pigott, O. W,

M. Mcr. J. 4 (1870) 296-.
by artificial light. GHffith, J. W. A. NH. 12

(1843) 481.
. Rainey, G. [1863] Mcr. 8. T. 2

(1864) 23-.
. Flesch, M. H. J. Wiirzb. Ps. Md.

8b. (1882) 37-.
and daylight. Nelson, E. M. Mcr.

8. J. 4 (1884) 621-.
— — — , with low powers. Karop, O. C.

[1896] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 6 (1897) 278-.
" canalisation " of electric light. TchikoUf, W.

Lum. :6lect. 3 (•1881) 132-, 161-, 184-.
centering the illuminating beajn. Queen, J, W,

Mcr. 8. J. 5 (1885) 524-.
central versus oblique light. Nelson, E, M.

Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 322-.
colour-. Edwards, A. M. Am. Mcr. J. 16

(1895) 183-.
— . Rheinberg, J. [1896-1900] Quek. Mcr.

CI. J. 6 (1897) 346-, 438; Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

142- ; Am. Mcr. J. 21 (1900) 1-.
-^, for stained preparations. Flesch, M. Z.

Ws. Mkr. 3 (1886) 62.
dark-field. Qebhardt, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 16

(1898) 289-.
by direct light. Holmes, O. W. Am. Ac. P. 2

(1848-52) 326-.
. Selle,—. Fschr. Md. 8 (1890) 776-,

814-.
direction, measurement. Stuart, A. [1870]

8t. P^t. Ac. 8c. BU. 15 (1871) 517-.
by electric light. FUsch, M. Z. Ws. Mkr. 1

(1884) 175-.
under high powers. Smith, Jos. Mcr. 8. J.

3 (1880) 398-.
improvement. Qruhh, T. Ir. Ac. P. 6 (1853)

296— i
by incandescent gas. Arsonval, A, d\ Par.

8. Bl. Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.) 170-.
lime light, portable form. Mcintosh, L, D.

Am. 8. Mcr. P. 13 (1891) 41-.
by monochromatic light. Ooring, C, R. Edinb.

J. 8c. 6 (1831) 62-.

316

3082 Illumination

Microscopes

3082

by monoohromatio light (Qoring). Brtwtier^

(Sir) D, Edinb. J. So. 6 (1831) 143-.
— . Castracam degli Antelminellif F.

Bm. At. 24 (1871) 106-.
. MayaU, — . Mcr. S. J. (1891)

489.
new method . Castracane degli AtUelmindli, F,

QJ. Mor. Sc. 5 (1865) 249^.
oblique. Reade, J. B. Stargeon A. Electr. 4

(1839-40) 407-.
— . Nachet, — . C. B. 24 (1847) 976-.
— . Oherhaetuer, O, C. B. 24 (1847) 1062-.

— . Middeldorpfj A. Bresl. Schl. Os. Ubs.

(1848) 87-.

— Zeus, C. Pogg. A. 103 (1858) 654-.

— . Hislop, W, [1868] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 1

(1868-69) 64-.
— . Woodward^ J. J. (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 1

[(1878-79)] 268-.
— . Oundlach, E. (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 3 (1882)

85-.
— . NeUon, E. M. [1884] Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

129, 131-.
— . ••-F. R. M. S." [1884] Mcr. S. J. 6

(1885) 130-, 132-.
— , lateral displacement with. Heschlf — .

Pogg. A. 105 (1858) 295-.
— , . Place, F. Pogg. A. 106 (1869)

641- ; 107 (1859) 657-.
— , and new sphaero-annalar condenser.

Shadholt, G. [1851] Mcr. S. T. 3 (1852)

154-.
— , theory. Tdpler, A. A. Ps. C. 127 (1866)

666-.
— , for thin sections in polarised light.

Schroeder van der Kolk, J, L, C, Z. Ws.

Mkr. 8 (1891) 466-.
of opaque objects. Swaving, A, C. Haarl.

NU. Vh. Mtsch. 1 IpU. 1) (1799) 41-;

Holland. Mg. 1 (1802) 166-.
. Bles, E. J. [1884] Manoh. Mcr. S.

T. (1884-86) 23-.
. Arum. Mcr. S. J. (1887) 462.

— — — under high powers. Brooke, C,
B. A. Bp. (1861) (pt. 2) 7.

. Wenham.F.H. Mcr. S.T.

4 (1866) 56-.

. Smith, H, L. Am. J. Sc.

40 (1866) 238-.
. Morehouse, Q,W, M. Mcr.

J. 18 (1877) 29-.
, for projection microscope. Frazer,

P. ijun.) Am. Ph. S. P. 18 (1880) 603-.
, or quasi-opaque. Anthony, J. Mcr.

S. J. 6 (1886) 857-.
by polarised light. Talbot, W. H, F. Ph. Mg.

5 (1834) 321-.

. Boeck, C, Sk. Nf . F. 1 (1839) 107- ;

2 (1840) 303-.
. King, J. [1846] Mcr. S. T. 2

(1849) 81-.

. Legg, M. S. [1846] Mor. S. T. 2

(1849) 83-, 122.
. White, M,C. Silliman J. 26 (1868)

391—.
1.. iHppel, L. Z. Ws. Mkr. 1 (1884)

210-.

by polarised light: examination of rook sec-
tions. Quinn, E, P. Manch. Mcr. S. T.

(1887) 60-.

principles, in connection with polarisation.

Bridgman, W. K, [1876] Quek. Mcr. CI. J.

4 (1874-77) 171-.
problems. Schrdder, H. Cztg. Opt. 20 (1899)

11-, 21-, 31-, 42-, 61-, 62.
regulator. Dancer, J. B, [1864] Manoh. Lt.

Ph. S. P. 4 (1866) 34-.
by single coloured light. Kbhler, A. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 16 (1899) 1-.
in solar microscope by Dnunmond light.

Pfaf, C. H. Pogg. A. 40 (1837) 647-.
by striaB method. Tiipler, A. A. Ps. C. 127

(1866) 666-.
, Tdpler's. Seibert, W. K. (xn) Z.

Instk. 2 (1882) 92-.
, — . Wood, R, W. L. Ps. S. P. 17

(1901) 338- ; Ph. Mg. 50 (1900) 347-.
substage. Matthews, J. [1870] Quek. Mor.

CI. J. 2 (1871) 80-.
— . Miles, J, L. W. Manch. Mor. S. T.

(1888) 78-.

transmitted, and diatom-valve. Beck, R,

Intell. Obs. 7 (1865) 93-.
of transparent objects. Rainey, O. J. Mor.

So. 2 (1854) 7-, 65-.
— — — , new principle. Wenham, F. H.

[1850] Mcr. S. T. 3 (1862) 83-.
variation of power in lens systems of large

aperture. Bratuscheck, K. Z. Ws. Mkr. 9

(1892) 145-.
white ground. Bate, {Surg,-Lt.'Col.) — . Mor.

S. J. (1893) 419.

Illusion, optical. Savi, P. Pisa N. G. 3

(1822) 118-.
— , — , slide: cracks in silica films. Slack,

H, J. [1870] M. Mcr. J. 5 (1871) 14-.
Illusions, various. Manoury, C, Caen S. L.

Bll. 1 (1877) 219-.
Illusive appearances. Royston-PigoU, G. W.

M. Mcr. J. 9 (1873) 112-.
of some transparent objects. Beck, R,

QJ. Mcr. So. 4 (1864) 2-.
Importance of microscope in all branches of

natural science. Schleiden, M, J, (xn)

Arch. Phm. 87 (1844) 68-; 88 (1844) 291-.
Improvements. Deyl, J, van, dt Deyl, U,

van. Haarl Vh. 8 (1806) 133-.
— . Goring, C. R, Thomson A. Ph. 13 (1819)

62-; QJ. So. 19 (1825) 132-.
'. Coddington, H. Camb. Ph. S. T. 8 (1830)

421-.
— . Marx, C. M, Schweigger J. 58 (=«/&.

28) (1830) 166- ; 60 (=</&. 30) (1830) 60-,

173-.
— . Thomas, E. Silliman J. 19 (1831) 57-.
— . Listing, J, B. G6tt. Nr. (1869) 1-, lOa-.
— (Listing's). Hagen, H. A, [1869] M. Mor.

J. 3 (1870) 96-.
— . Hitchcock, R. Am. Mor. J. 7 (1886)

190-.
~. NeUon, E, M. Mor. S. J. (1887) 1072-.
— . Delage, Y. Aroh. Z. Exp. 10 (1892) i-.

317

3082 Magnifying Power

Improvements. JBT., L. Mor. S. J. (1892) 859-.
— . CoirZ. — . Arch. An. PL {PI. Ab.) (1896)

668-.
— in technique. Piffard, H, G. Mor. S. J.

(1896) 496.
Interference phenomena in convergent polanaed

light, method. Schroeder van der Kolk,

J. L. C, Z. Ws. Mkr. 8 (1891} 469-.
Linear projection, application. Cuot'tt, C. M.

Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 206-.

MAGNIFYING POWER.

Place, F, Beichert Arch. (1869) 184-.
(Nageli and Schwendener.) Amdtt{Dr.) — . A.

Pb. C. 130 (1867) 169-.
Coitracane degli Antdminellit F. M. Mcr. J. 6

(1871) I73-.
Gundlach, E, Am. Mcr. J. 6 (1884) 206-.
Blackham, G, E. Am. S. Mcr. P. 11 (1889) 22-.
Stevens, W. Le C, Am. J. Sc. 40 (1890) 60-.
calculation. PlcLce, F, A. Pa. G. 127 (1866)

666-.
— . Sous, G. [1878] Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 8

(1880) ix-.
— , theoretical. Amdt, (Dr.) — . A. Ps. C.

127 (1866) 466-; 128 (1866) 682-.
determination. Jacquin, </. von, Banmgartner

Z. 4 (1828) 1-.
— . EUingshausen, A, von. Baumgartner Z.

6 (1829) 816-.
— . WeUe, R. Halle Z. Nw. 89 (1872) 140-.
inerease by use of divergent system . Baltamo, F.

Nap. 8. Nt. Bll. 10 (1897) 20-.
limits. HelmhoUz.H. Berl. lilb. (1878) 626- ;

Microscopes of Various Kinds 3082

Bleasurement in microscopical research. Fran-
cotte, P. Brux. S. Big. Mcr. Bll. 22 (1896)
12^.

. Walter, O. Z. Angew. Mkr. 8

(1898) 7-.

— ; reauctions of fractions of Paris line and
millimeter to micromillimeters. Sehmuiat
— . Z. Angew. Mkr. 8 (1898) 261-, 821-.

— of rulings on glass. Morley, E. W. [1876]
M. Mcr. J. 17 (1877) 187-.

— , universal. Cooke, M. C. [1866] Qaek.
Mcr. Gl. J. 1 (1868-69) 1-.

— by viewing object with one eye and a scale
with the other. Hayden, T. Dubl. QJ. Md.
Sc. 19 (1866) 119-.

Mechanism. Nelson, E. M, Mcr. S. J. (1898)

28ft-.
Medium, high refractive. Smith, H. L. Mcr.

S. J. 6 (1886) 901-.
— , . Thompson,—. [1892] Quek. Mcr.

Gl. J. 6 (1894) 128.

— for mounting objects. Warington,R. [1848]
Mcr. S. T. 2 (1849) 181-.

Microcrystallography. James, F. L. Mor. S.

J. (1887) 1064-.
— . WhiU, T. C. Mcr. S. J. (1898) 270-.
Micro-ruling, examination of slides. Nelson,

E. M. [1894] Mcr. S. J. a896) 184-.

— on glass and steel, instrument for. SUmi-
street, J. F. M. Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 274-.

by Stanistreet. Slack, H. J.

M. Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 161-.

A. Ps. C. IJubelbd.) (1874) 667-.

T. [ir— -

Vh. 4 (1880) 24-.

— . Kr&ss, A. H. [1879] Hamb. Nt. Vr.

— . K»nig, W. Frkl. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1896-96) 82-.
— , calculable. Czapski, S. Z. Ws. Mkr. 8

(1891) 146- ; Bl. Cb. 11 (1891) 609-.
— , relation to molecular magnitudes. Sorby,

H. C. M. Mcr. J. 16 (1876) 106-, 194-.
low, method of producing. Bicknell, E.

[1870] (ix) Bost. S. NH. P. 14 (1872) 44.
megameter for measuring. Govt, G. N. Cim.

17 (1868) 177-.
and minute magnitudes, determination by

miniatures. Royston-Pigott, G. W. M. Mor.

J. 8 (1872) 266-.
— precision of micrometric measurements.

Foerster, W. Par. Poids et Mes. PV. (•1878)

226-.
universal scale. Reinseh, P. F. Fr. S. Bt.

Bll. 86 (1889) ccvii-.

Measurement and counting of objects. Wright,

A. E. Mcr. S. J. (1897) 182-.
defining position of objects. Hodgson,

W. J. Mcr. Sc. 4 (1866) 209-.

— by eyepiece micrometer and by camera
lucida. Jackson, G. Mcr. J. 1 (1841) 11-.

— of height differences and growth of plants.
WUsner, J. Z. Ws. Mkr. 10 (1898) 146-.

— , limits of accuracy. Morley, E. W. [1878]
Am. Ac. P. 14 (1879) 164-.

MICROSCOPES OF VARIOUS KINDS.

achromatic. Thomas, E. Silliman J. 20 (1881)

266-.
— . Oberhaeuser, G., db Tricourt, — . C. B.

9 (1889) 822-.
~. Amid, G. B. [1841-44] Mcr. S. J. (1900)

627-; A. C. 12 (1844) 117-.
— . Brooke, C. B. I. P. 1 (1861-64) 40^-.
— . Carpenter, W. B. (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 8

(1882) 208-.
— , |Selligue*s. Fretnel, A. J. A. Sc. Nt. 8

(1824) 846.
— , Spencer's. Gilman, C. R. Silliman J. 6

(1848) 287-.
~, and tests. Goring, C. R. QJ. So. (1827)

{Pt. 1) 410-.
aluminium. Karop, G. C. Mcr. S. J. (1892)

904-.
American (North). Hagen, H. A. Arch.

Mkr. An. 6 (1870) 206-.
— . Cox, C. F. Mcr. S. J. (1888) 662-.
— . Drescher, W. A. E. Am. S. Mcr. P. 11

(1889) 181-.
— . Bausch, H. Am. S. Mcr. P. 18 (1891)

116-.
— . Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1899) 881-.
— , early. Seaman, W. H. Am. Mcr. S. P. 14

(1892) 166.
— and European. Detmers, H. J. Am. S. Mcr.

P. 10 (1888) 149-.
with amplifiers. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

607.
aplanatic, improved. DoUinger, I. Pogg. A.

17 (1829) 64-.

318

3082 Binocular Microscopes

** Austrian," Beiohert's. Atwn, Mor. S. J.

(1899) 432.
— , —. NeU<m,E.M. Mor. S. J. (1899) 674-.
Babnohin's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1888) 687-,

794.
Baker's D.P.H. No. 1. Arum, Mor. S. J.

(1899) 646-.
'*Baugh,'* Beiohert's. Anon, Mor. S. J.

(1899) 644-.

Binocular Microscope$,

Ridden, J. L, Am. As. P. (1863) 16-.
WheaUUme, (Sir) C. Mor. S. T. 1 (1853) 99-.
Nachet, — . J. Mor. So. 2 (1854) 72-.
North, E. D. Silliman J. 18 (1854) 61-.
Wenham, F. H, J. Mor. So. 1 (1861) 109-.
Goltzsch, H. Carl Bpm. 15 (1879) 653-; 18

(1882) 27-.
Batuch, E. Mor. S. J. 4 (1884) 607-.
NeUan, E, M, [1892-97] Quek. Mor. CI. J. 5

(1894) 45-; Mor. S. J. (1897) 599-.

Bergtr, A. C. B. 129 (1899) 821- ; Fr. S. Z.

BU. 25 (1900) 70-.
of 17th oentuiy. We»t, C. E. Am. S. Mor. P.

12 (1890) 57-.
and aefeotive objeotives. Anon. Mor. S. J.

(1888) 1025.
disseoting. Van Dyck, F. C. [1888] Mor. S.

J. (1889) 275.
— . Measuret, J. W. Mor. S. J. (1897) 599.
erecting. St^henson, J. W. M. Mor. J. 4

(1870) 61-; 7 (1872) 167- ; Mor. S. J. (1887)
802-.

for high powers. Ahrens, C. D. M. Mor. J. 5

(1871) 113-.

horizontal. DrUner, L., db Brau$, H. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 14 (1897) 5-.
images in. NOton, E. M. Mor. S. J. 5 (1885)

1073-.
improved. Claudet, A. B. A. Bp. (1860) (p(.

2) 61-.
~. WmhoM, F. H. Mcr. S. T. 8 (1860)

154-.
large, designed by amateur. NeUon, E. M.

Mor. S. J. (1898) 668-.
orthoBOopio and pseudosoopio effects. Ahhtt E.

Mor. B. J. 1 (1881) 20S-.
portable. RousseUt, C. [1887] Quek. Mor. CI.

J. 3 (1889) 175-.
special form. Aubert, — . Pfliig. Arch. PI. 47

(1890) 341-.
spectrum-. Crooke$, W. B. S. P. 17 (1869)

443-.
and stereoscopic magnifier, Nachet's. Carpenter,

W. B. (tl) Mor. S. T. 15 (1867) 105-.
Wenham's, possibility of adjustment to yariable

tube length. Bitcoe, T. D. Am. Mcr. S. P.

14 (1892) 57-.
— , use with high powers. Qibhetf H. QJ.

Mcr. So. 20 (1880) 318-.

Brewster's. Nelson, E. M. [1897] Mor. S. J.

(1898) 123-.
catadioptric. Amici, O, B. Mod. Mm. S. It.

18 (1818) 107-.

Dissecting Microscopes 3082

catadioptric. TvUey^W. QJ. So. (1828) (Pt. 2)
193-.

— (Amioi's). Cuthhert,J. QJ. So. (1829) (Pt.
1) 270-.

— . Laidlay, J. W. Beng. J. As. S. 3 (1834)
288-.

— . Amici,Q.B. {ri Add%.) Majooohi A. Fis.
C. 8 (1842) 33-.

— . CavaOeri^G.M. Mil. G. I. Lomb. 6 (1845)
506-.

cheap. Frty, H. Arch. Mkr. An. 1 (1865)
443-.

with compound microscope in place of eye-
piece. Lendl, A. [1891] Mth. Termt. ^ts.
10 (1892) 43-; Z. Ws. Mkr. 8 (1891) 281-.

— constant magnifying power. Jadanza, N.
Tor. Ac. So. At. 26 (1891) 539-.

* * continental. ' ' Nelson, E. M. [1893] Mcr. S.

J. (1894) 139-.
— , Bausoh and Lomb's. Dreteher, W. E,

Am. Mor. S. P. 16 (1894) 12-.

—, . Anon. Mor. S. J. (1899) 331.

— , Beck's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1892) 855-.
— , — . Antm. Mor. S. J. (1896) 116-.
Curties's. NeUon, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1891)

847.
demonstration-, Leitz's. Anon, Mcr. S. J.

(1888) 794-.
— , — . Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 248-.
— , Winkel's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 3P8.
dioptric, Amioi's. Jacquin, J. von. Baum-

gartner Z. 7 (1830) 257-.

— aplanatic horizontal. Bracket, A. C. B.
72 (1871) 606.

— , universal. Orti, A, N. A. So. Nt. 3

(1851) 483-.
for direct observation and photography. Leiu,

C. Z. Angew. Mkr. 3 (1898) 39-.
direct vision. Amyot, r. E. Mcr. S. J. 5

(1885) 1056-.

JHesecUng Microscopes.

BrUeke, E. Wien. SB. 7 (1851) 564-.
Barnes, C. R. Bt. Gz. 9 <i^ 10 (1884-85) 427-.
Beck, C. Mor. S. J. (1896) 713-.
adjustable. Bogue, —. [1899] Mcr. S. J.

(1900) 248.
Bausoh and Lomb's. Anon. Mor. S. J. (1899)

79.
folding. Anon. Mor. S. J. (1899)

217.
with BrOoke lens. Anon. Mor. S. J. 5 (1886)

319-.
erect-image, Leitz's. Nelson, E. M. Mcr. S.

J. (1900) 741.
French's. Awm. Mor. S. J. 6 (1886) 126-.
improved '* excelsior." Anon. Mcr. S. J.

(1899) 77, 79.
laige, Leitz's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1889) 275-.
Mayer's. Amm. Mor. S. J. 6 (1886) 607.
pocket-, Sayre's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1899) 334.
and table. Anon. Mor. S. J. (1900) 386-.
Winkel's. Behrens, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 10

(1893) 295-.
Zeiss's. Franeotte, P. Brux. S. Big. Mor.

BU. 12 (1885) 79-.

319

3082

Microscopes of various kiads

3082

Zentmayer's. Anon. Am. Mcr. S. P. 14
(1892) 51-.

doable. Deby, J. Mor. S. J. 5 (1885) 854-.
— . InoBtranzeff, — . Mcr. S. J. 6 (1885)

1058.
— . Gates, E, Am. Mor. J. 19 (1898) 189-.
doublet, microscopic. WoUaston, W, H. [1828]

Phil. Trans. (1829) 9-.
-_, ^ (Wollaston). Goring, C. B. QJ. So.

(1830) {Pt. 1) 248-.
** eclipse," Boss's. Arum. Mcr. S. J. (1894)

507-.
electric. GHrtner, G. Md. Jb. (1884) 217-.
erecting. Ahrens, C. D. Mcr. S. J. (1888)

1020.
~, Ahrens's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

278—
— , — . Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 115.
— , Pfeififer's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1900) 509.
excursion- and pocket-. Amerling, A. (xn)

Lotos 14 (1864) 13-.
exhibition-. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 714-.
with 1*27 in. eyepiece. Baker, C. Mcr. S. J.

(1900) 410.
, Baker's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1900)

510-.
farmer's. Nelson, E. M. Mcr. 8. p^. (1894)

106-.
with 4-footed tripod, Swift's. Dallingei*, — .

Mcr. 8. J. (1894) 285-. ^ v

"Fram." Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 673-.

large. Martiui, C. F. P. von. MOnch. Ge-

lehrte Az. 31 (1850) 53-.
with large field. D^erine, J. Par. 8. Bl. Mm.

47 (1896) (C. R.) 411-, 451.
, Nachet's. Gravis, A. [1884] Brux.

8. Big. Mcr. BU. 10 (1885) 194-.
large, Nelson and Curties's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J.

(1889) 800-.
with large stage. Giacomini, C. [1883] Mcr.

8. J. 5 ('1885) 515-.
, modification of Giacomini's. Korist-

ka, F. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 675-.
Leitz's. Wildeman, t. de. Brux. 8. Big.

Mcr. BU. 22 (1896) 74-.
*• London." Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 715-.
for microchemical analysis, Chamot's. Anon.

[1899] Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 106-.
micrometer-. AlbertoUi,G.(jun.) [1882] Mcr.

8. J. 4 ("1884) 793-.
— , Nobert's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1890) 86-.
micrometric, for horologists, Golfarelli'a.

Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1888) 101-.
micropolariscope (ratio-). Field, J. J. Qnek.

Mcr. CI. J. 1 (1868-69) 215-
— , food examined by. WinUm, A. L. [1899]

Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 118-.
model, Nachet's, and form of objective. Dip-
pel, L. Z. Ws. Mkr. 3 (1886) 457-.
— , Watson's. Dallinger, W. H. Mcr. 8. J.

(1894) 761.
models, new. Dippel, L. Z. Ws. Mkr. 2

(1885) 37-.

Galileo's. Govt, G. Nap. Ac. At. 2 (1888) ^cwith modified Abbe condenser, Beichert*8.

No. 1, 33 pp.
giant, Ahrens's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 273.
with glass plate polariser and Abbe's condenser.

Leiss, C. Z. Angew. Mkr. 3 (1898) 138-.
graphological. Vorce, C. M. Mcr. 8. J.

(1891) 402-.
Griffith's. Anon. Am. Mcr. 8. P. 14 (1892)

53-.
Hartnack's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 347-.
— , for flesh inspection. Anon. Mcr. 8. J.

(1899) 216.
high power and portable solar. Harting, P,

Miquel Bll. (1839) 353-.
horizontal. Barnes, C. B. Bt. Gz. 22 (1896)

55-.
— , Barnes's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 77.
van Heurck's. MayeUl, J. (jun.) Mcr. 8. J.

(1891) 434-.
, Watson ' s * ♦ grand model. ' * A non. Mcr.

8. J. (1895) 97.
interference-. Sirks, J. L. Fschr. Ps. (1893)

(Ab. 2) 85-.
— (8irks). Pringsheim, E. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1898) 152- ; D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 104.
** international," Pillischer's. Anon, Mcr. 8.

J. (1899) 77.
inverted; new eyepiece micrometer, and new

goniometer. Smith, James L. 8illiman J.

14 (1852) 233-.
iron, Powell's (1838-40). Nelson, E. M. Mor.

8. J. (1899) 209-, 836-.
Japanese. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 953-.
Jaubert's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1887) 632-.
laboratory. Stuart, A. [1870] 8t. P^t. Ao.

8o. Bll. 15 (1871) 517-.

^non. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 437-.
mufttiocular. Thury, M. Mcr. 8. J. (1887)

796S
Nachet's - Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1892) 858-.
new. Lobf^E. G. Mcr. 8. J. 1 (1861) 175-.
-. CeseUi,\'^ Les Mondes 17 (1868) 59-.
— . Abbe, — . 'Jena. Sb. (1886) 107-.
— . Heurck, H. vff-n. Mcr. 8. J. (1891) 568-.
-. Lendl, A. 'E,^^^- K6zl. 24 (1892)

(Suppl.) 29-. ' ^

8ir Isaac Newton's, new construction. Plotter,

JR. [1831] Edinb. J. 1*5. 6 (1832) 61-.
for 2 observers. Logan, f- -"• ^m. S. Mcr.

P. (1885) 120-. «*:...

— observing at considerable, , '^j^* ^'''
champs, A. C. B. 130 (190i>^) ll"o-.

old, Adams, 1771, Martin. 1776i- ^"<^ ^cr.

8. J. (1899) 324-. •

— , Cuff, 1765. Nelsan, E. Af.\ Mcr. 8. J.

(1898) 675-.
— , Culpeper, about 1800. Henric^ *^\^\\^

Mellor, C. C. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 10 (1^) 1^^-
— , — . , Powell (1841?) and v¥"^t^

(1862?). Nelson, E. M. [1897] jMcr. 8. J.

(1898) 124-. V

— , Eustachio Divini, 1671. Saccardo,\P' ^'

Yen. I. At. (1890-91) 817-.

— French. Nelson, E. M. Mcr. 8. J. (
674-. ^

— , Martin. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 213-\4
— , — and Gary. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (189B®)

473-. N

— , Pistor and 8chiek'8. Ehrenberg, C. G\.

Pogg. A. 24 (1832) 18a-. ^

320

\

3082 Portable Microscopes

old, Pld88l. NeUtm, E. M. Blor. S. J. (1900)

269.
— , Powell, Boss and Smith. Nelson^ E. M.

Mcr. S. J. (1900) 282-, 425-, 550-.
— , presented by Linnaeas to Bernard Jassiea

in 1738. Henrici, J, F. Am. S. Mcr. P.

(1887) 214-.
— , Boss, 1842-43. Anon. Mor. S. J. (1899)

214-.
for opaque objects. HaUf R, Thomson A. Ph.

14 (1819) 107-.

. Frenumt, C. C. B. 121 (1896) 321-.

, Le Chatelier*s. PeUin, P. As. Fr.

C. B. (1897) {Pt. 1) 197.
, — . Anon. [1898] Mcr. 8. J. (1901)

81-.
, Beichert's. R^td, A. Z. Ws. Mkr.

14 (1897) 1-.
oxyhydrogen-. Gdppert, H.R.^db Purkinje, — .

Froriep Not. 6 (1838) 149-.
— . Hughes, W, C, Mcr. S. J. (1889) 116-.
— , improvements. Mcuon, R. G, [1890]

Mcr. 8. J. (1891) 89-.
— , Swift's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 799-.
pancratic. Fischer, A. Mosc. 8. Nt. Bll. (1841)

125-.
** paragon," Swift- Wale. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. 6

(1886) 1043-.
patent. Fasoldt, C. Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 109-.
periscopic. WoUasUm, W. H. Phil. Trans.

(1812) 370-.

— (Wollaston). Janes, W. Nicholson J. 84

(1813) 100-.

perspective. Burch, G. J. B. 8. P. 42 (1887)

49-.
*' plantation." Baker, C. Mcr. 8. J. (1900)

410.
— , Baker's. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 511-.
polarising. Nodot, — . Par. 8. Ps. 8^.

(1877) 69-.
— . Dufet, H. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1886) 139-.
— , arrangement for investigation of organic

substances. Mohl, H, von, Pogg. A. 108

(1869) 178-.
— , in crystallography. Des Cloizeaux, A, A.

Mines 6 (1864) 667-.
— , improvement. Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A.

Bp. (1840) (pt. 2) 10.
— , Beichert's. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 440.
— , — new. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 432.
polymicroscope. Lenhossik, J. von. Yirch.

Arch. 70 (1877) 268-; Mcr. 8. J. (1888) 104-.

Portable Microscopes.

Amid, G. B. H Tempo 1 (1868) 161-.
Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 437.
Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1885) 700-.
Henneguy, — . Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 39 (1887) (C.

R.) 103.
Sticker, G. Z. Ws. Mkr. 14 (1897) 433-.
aluminium. Swift, J, M. Mcr. 8. J. (1896)

711.

— and brass. Smith, R. Mcr. 8. J. (1895)
711.

Beck's. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 116.
Chevalier's. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 122,
124.

ProJecHon Microscopes 3082

field. Amm. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 379.

hand. Sedlaezek, J. Wien Jb. Oh 7 (1866)

97-.
— . Marpmann, G. Z. Angew. Mkr. 8 (1898)

44-.
— , Nachet's. Amm. Mor. 8. J. (1893) 97.
— , Beichert's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1898) 381.
— , 3 small. NeUon, E. M. Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

643-.
Harris's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884) 611-.
improvements. Warington^ R. Mcr. 8. T. 7

(1869) 68-.
Leitz's. Curties, C. L. Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 678.
— . Amm. Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 108.
Nachet's. FraneoUe, — . Broz. 8. Big. Mcr.

BU. 12 (1885) 60-.
— . HiU, E. E. Mcr. 8. J. (1895) 359-.
Nelson's. Amm. Mor. 8. J. (1887) 1013-.
pocket. Klein, L. Z. Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888) 196-.
— , Adams's compendious. Anon. Bfor. 8. J.

(1899) 632-.
— , Kldnne and Miiller's. Anon. Mor. 8. J.

6 (1885) 309.
— , Watson's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 811.
Swifts. NeUon, E. M. [1895] Mor. S. J.

(1896) 136.
— . Siddons, {Lt.-Col.) H. G. F. Mcr. S. J.

(1896) 486-.
— . Anon. Mer. 8. J. (1900) 879-.
Zentmayer's. NeUon, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1895)

26-.

Projection Microscopes.

Rutot, A. Brux. 8. Big. Mcr. A. 3 (*1877)

17-.
Wright, L. [1884] Mcr. 8. J. 5 (1885) 196-.
Duboscq, T., db Duboscq, A. C. B. 101 (1885)

476-.
Fayel, —. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 38 (1886) (C. R.)

405-.
Quinn, E. P. Manch. Mcr. 8. T. (1887) 26-.
Leach, W. Manch. Mcr. 8. T. (1887) 52-.
Heger, R. Dresden Isis Sb. (1888) 27-.
Hughes, W. C. Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 116-.
Nelson, E. M. Mcr. 8. J. (1891) 439-.
Fumivel, J. A. [1891] Mcr. 8. J. (1892) 105-.
Fletcher, T. [1891] Mcr. S. J. (1892) 106-.
Salomons, {Sir) D. L. Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 424-.
Greenwood, W. Manch. Mor. 8. T. (1894) 9-.
Adams's. MayaU, J. ( jun.) Mcr. 8. J. (1888)

625.
attachment for oblique illumination or opaque

objects. Mcintosh, L. D. Am. 8. Mor. P.

10 (1888) 165-.
Edinger's, Leitz's objectives for. Anon. Mcr.

8. J. (1900) 261-.
and electrical regulator for microscopic objects.

Behrens, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 16J1899) 183-.
improved. Wright, L. Mor. 8. J. (1899) 247-.
Leach's. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. (1889) 803-.
reflector with. Buckton, G. B. [1892] Nt.

47 (1892-93) 64-.
Beichert's. Amm. Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 120-.
— . Amm. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 262-.
— . Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 258-.
Watson's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 1064-.
Zeiss's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 383-.

VOL. III.

321

3082

Microscopes

3082

radial, Swift's. MayaU, J. (jun.) Mor. S. J.

6 (1886) 56&-.
reading- (Qeneya Co.'s). Anon, Mcr. S. J.

(1887) 648.
— (Cambridge Soientifio Instmment Co. 'a).

Anon, Mcr. 8. J. (1887) 643.
— , simplified. Bohn, C. Z. Instk. 4 (1884)

87-.
reflecting. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J.

8 (1828) 326-.
— . OtUhrie, A. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 20 (1836)

326-.
— , Amici*8. Cavalleri, O. M, (ti Adde,)

Majoochi A. Fis. C. 8 (1842) 297-.
— , — , improvements. Oortng^ C. B, QJ.

So. 21 (1826) 34-.
— , Brewster's, compared with Amici's oata-

dioptric engyscope. Goring, C. B, Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 27 (1839) 31-.
— , improvements. Doppler, C. Bdhm. Os.

Ab. 4 (1845-46) 91-.
— , refracting, and single, comparative merits.

Qiynng, C. -R^QJ. Sc. (1828) [Pt. 1) 107-.

r.S.J.
380-.

Beichert's No. VII h. Anon, Mcr.

(1893)

with revolving foot, Mc Laren's. Anon, Mcr.

S. J. 4 (1884) 111-.

stage. Anon, Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 699-.

revolving, with swinging tail-piece, Aylward's.

Anon. Mor. S. J. 4 (1884) 110-.
with screw stage micrometer, Schieck's. Anon,

Mcr. S. J. 5 (188^ 861.
simple, and mechanical stage. Wenham, F, H,

Am. Mcr. J. 17 (1896) 143-.
— , Zeiss's. Schacht, H. Bt. Ztg. 10 (1852)

698—.
with single lens, of diamond. Pritehard, A,

QJ. Sc. (1827) {Pt, 2) 15-.

— — — , or sapphire. Pritchard, A,

Edinb. J. Sc. 10 (1829) 327-.

single, new construction. Brewster, (Sir) D,

Edinb. Ph. J. 3 (1820) 74-.
sliding, Leitz-Nebelthan. Anon. Mcr. S. J.

(1900) 109-.
solar. Deschamps, il. C. B. 130 (1900)

1175-.
— , aplanatic. Carpenter, — . QJ. Sc. (1828)

(Pt. 2)194-.
— , experiment. Watson, Jos. Thomson A.

Ph. 14 (1819) 428-.

— and oxyhydrogen, production of achromatic
light in. Beade, IBev.) J, B. (vi Adds.)
Ph. Mg. 10 (1837) 184-.

** star", Beck's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

512-.
— ., — . Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1891) 806.
stereoscopic. Seibert, W, [1876] Oiessen

Oberh. Gs. B. 16 (1877) 38-.

— dissection. SchuUe, F. E. Berl. Nf. Fr.
Sb. (1887) 146-.

— , Greenough's. Czapski, S. Z. Ws. Mkr. 14

(1897) 289-.
— , — . HarHng, H. Z. Ws. Mkr. 16 (1898)

299-.
— , — , accessories. Oebhardt, W, Z, Ws.

Mkr. 14 (1897) 304-.
student's. NeUofi, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1887)

292-.

student's. Seaman, W. H. Am. S. Mcr. P.

12 (1890) 67-.
— , Baker's. Nelson, E. M. Mor. S. J. (1891)

298.
— , Bausch and Lomb's. Anon. Mcr. S. J.

6 (1886) 1037-.
— , Bulloch's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1887) 140-.
— , instructions for making. Swift, J. Mor.

S. J. (1894) 620-.
— , Swift's improved. Karop, O. C. Mcr. S.

J. (1891) 87-.
— , Watson's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1899) 649.
— , -^ Edinburgh. Nelson, E. M. [1892]

Mcr. S. J. (1893) 95-.
submersion. Dudgeon, B, E. QJ. Mcr. Sc. 11

(1871) 239-.
Swift-Wale. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 119-.
swinging substage, Watson's. Anon, Mcr. S.

J. 5 (1885) 1062-.
table. Gruhh, T. [1858] Dubl. B. S. J. 3

(1860-62) 85-.
triocular, Ahrens's. Anon. Mor. S. J. (1887)

799-.
universal. Zenger, K. V. Prag Sb. (1874)

131-.
— . Braham, P. Mcr. S. J. (1890) 501-.
— , Busswurm's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1899)

529-.
Watson-Draper. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1887)

458-.
Watson-Wale. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

860-.
Winkel's. Listing, J. B. A. Ps. C. 142

(1871) 479-.
Zeiss's X. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 954-.

— Ha. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1888) 63fr-, 794.

— Via. Johne, — . D. Z. Thmd. 20 (1894)
418-.

— , and 300 years history. Martenson,J. [1889]
Phm. Z. Bussl. 29 (1890) 145-, 161-, 177-,
193-, 224.

Microscopic forms, investigation by means of
images they furnish of external objects.
JRood, O. N. Silliman J. 33 (1862) 65-.

— granules, motion. Stodder, C, M. Mor. J.
5 (1871) 81-.

— images with high powers, interpretation.
NeUon, E, M. Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 2 (1886)
255-.

, interpretation. Cox, J. D. Mcr. S. J.

(1891) 657-.
, true and false. Smith, T, F. [1888]

Quek. Mor. CI. J. 3 (1889) 267-.
, unusual. Sohncke, L, Miinch. Ak. Sb.

23 (1894) 223-.

— objects, apparatus for exhibiting. Flint,
J. M, Am. S. Mcr. P. 13 (1891) 54-.

— optics, progress. Duncan, P, M. Mcr. S.
J. 2 (1882) 145-.

— physiology and physics, correlation. Brown-
ing, J. M. Mcr. J. 2 (1869) 15-.

Microspectrometer. Engelmann, T, W, [1888]

Utr. Oz. 11 (1889) 39- ; Z. Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888)

289-.
Mioroepectrophotometer. Engelmann, T, W.

[1883] (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P. (1883-84)

(No. 5) 3-.

322

8082 Objectives

Miorospeotrofloope. Browning^ J, M. Mor. J*

2 (1869) 65-.
— . Merz, 8. Carl Bpm. 6 (1869) 890.
— . Abbe, {Dr.) E. Jena. Z. 6 (1870) 459-.
— . Kraua, G. Erlang. Sb. Ps. Md. S. 8 (1871)

62-.
— . Gayer, E, J. [1872] M. Mor. J. 9 (1878)

1-.
— . Sorfty, Jff. C. M. Mor. J. 18 (1875) 198-.
->, Abbe's. Arum, Mor. S. J. 4 (1884) 957-.
— , improvements. Ward, F. H. Mor. S. J. 1

(1878) S26-.
— , mapping with bright-line miorometer.

Bridge, H. C. M. Mor. J. 6 (1871) 224-.
— , polariBing. BMetty A, (xn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 366-.
— with telesoope, and prism speotrosoope.

Marpmann,G, Z. Angew. Mkr. 5 (1900) 809-.
Miorospectrosoopy. Church, A. H, Intell. Obs.

9 (1866) 291-.
— . Hogg, J. M. Mor. J. 2 (1869) 121-.
MiorostereosGopio yision. Bcuto, C. H, L, von,

[1860] Freiborg B. 2 (1862) 812-.
. Moitessier, A, [1865] Mntp. Mm. Ao.

Sect. So. 6 (1864-66) (PF.) 48-.
. Abbe, E. Carl Bpm. 17 (1881) 197- ;

Mor. S. J. 1 (1881) 680-.
Miorostereosoopy and new stereosoopio en-
larging camera. DrUner, L. Z. Ws. Mkr.

17 (1900) 281-.
Miniatured images. Abbe,E. Mor. S. J. 2 (1882)

693-.
Misinterpretations. MichtiU, J. M. Mor. J.

14 (1875) 52-.
Multiple images formed by eyes of insects.

ErMier, T. D. [1895] Mcr. S. J. (1896)

140.
in mirrors. Stokes, W, B. [1896] Quek.

Mor. CI J. 6 (1897) 822-.
Notations, optical. RaugS, P. J. Morgr. 16

(1892) 125-.

OBJECTIVES,

Johmon, A, S, Silliman J. 13 (1852) 81-.
Blaekham, G. E. Mcr. S. J. 3 (1880) 515-.
Anon. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 316-.
BurrUl, T, J. Am. S. Mcr. P. 12 (1890) 35-.
Caetracane, (CorUe) F, Bm. N. Line. At. 43

(1890) 215-.
achromatic and apochromatio, Leitz's. Anon,

Mor. S. J. (1900) 250-.
— , construction. Marzoli, A. Brescia Cm.

(1806) 145-.
— , for engyscopes. Goring, C, R, Edinb. J.

So. 4 (1831) 244-.
— , history. CauUi, G, Brescia At. Cm. (1891)

106-.
^, — . Mayall, — . Brescia At. Cm. (1891)

112-.
— , nomenclature. Woodward, J, J, Am. J.

So. 3 (1872) 406-.
— , properties. Litter, J, J, Phil. Trans.

(1830) 187-.
actinic and visual foci, difference. Johmon,

G, J. Manch. Mcr. S. T. (1889} 108-.
, — . Turner, E. H. Manch. Mor.

S. T. (1890) 80-.

Aperture 8082

Aperture,

Wenham, F. H. J. Mor. So. 2 (1854) 209- ;

3 (1855) 160-.

SoUitt, J, D. J. Mcr. So. 8 (1855) 239-.
(Wenham.) Bailey, J, W, J. Mcr. So. 4

(1856) 160-.
Cavallen, G. M. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 2 (1865)

5—.
Wenham, F, H. M. Mcr. J. 8 (1872) 231-.
Woodward, J. J, M. Mcr. J. 9 (1873) 268-.
FHpp, H, E. (zn) Bristol Nt. S. P. 1 (1876)

441-.
Wenham, F, H, M. Mcr. J. 15 (1876) 184-.
MayaU, J, Mor. S. J. 2 (1879) 134-.
Cox, J. D, (zn) Am. Mcr. J. 3 (1882) 61-.
Anon. Mor. S. J. 5 (1885) 721-.
Anon. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885) 882-.
angular. Hendry, W. J. Mcr. So. 8 (1860) 61-.
— . ToUea, JR. B. M. Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 36-.
— (Tolles). Wenham, F, H. M. Mor. J. 6

(1871) 84-.
— . ToUei, R. B. M. Mcr. J. 10 (1873) 58-.
— . Wenham, F, H, M. Mcr. J. 11 (1874)

112-.
—. Deby, J, [1881] Brux. S. Big. Mor. Bll.

7 (•1888) xo- or Ixxxix-.
— . Cox, J, D. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1884) 5-.
<^, of immersion objectives. ToUe$, R, B, M.

Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 214- ; 8 (1872) 106-.
— , — , determination. Oundlaeh, E.

(xn) Am. Mcr J. 3 (1882) 176.
— , large. North, E. D. Silliman J. 17 (1854)

221-.
— , — , effect of cover-glass thickness on per-
formance. KuUy, F. J. Mcr. S. J. (1^)

437.
— , — , vision by. AVbe^ E. [1882] Mor. 8. J.

4 (•1884) 20-.

— , measurement. Robinson, T. R, Ir. Ao. P.

6 (1853-54) 38-.
— , — . GiUett, W, S. [1854] B. S. P. 7

(1854-55) 16-.
— , — . Stephenson, J. W. M. Mcr. J. 14

(1875) 3-.
— , — . Hogg, J. M. Mcr. J. 15 (1876) 266-.
— , — . Wenham, F. H. M. Mor. J. 16 (1876)

285-; 18 (1877) 187-, 212- ; 1 (1878) 821- ;

2 (1879) 271.
— , — (Wenham). Keith, R. Mcr. S. J. 2 (1879)

270.
— , — by apertometer. Woodward, J, J, (xn)

Am. Mor. J. 1 [(1878-79)] 272-.

— , . Abbe,E. Mor. S. J. 3 (1880) 20-.

— , , Abbe's. ZeUs, C, [1877] Mor.

S. J. 1 (1878) 19-.
— , , — . Nelson, E, M. Mor. S. J.

(1896) 592-.
_, slit. Tolles, R,B, [1874] M. Mor.

J. 13 (1875) 21-.
— , . Keith, R. M. Mcr. J. 14 (1875)

284-.
— , and optical angle of crystals. Lane, A, C,

Science 20 (1892) 354-.
— , relation to penetrating power and to oblique

light. Grifith, J. W. [1854] B. S. P. 7

(1854-55) 60-.

323

x2

8082 Aperture

Microscopes

Objectives 8082

angular, relation to penetrating power and to

oblique light (Griffith). Alquen, F. d\

J. Mor. So. 3 (1855) 48-.
— , surface markings, etc. Slack, H. J,

M. Mcr. J. 13 (1875) 233-.
— , and universal apertometer. Smithy H. L,

(xn) Am. Mcr. J. 1 [(1878-79)] 194-.
— , (Smith), ifayallf J. (jun.) (xn)

Am. Mcr. J. 1 [(1878-79)] 283-.
— , — working distanoe of objectives, measure-
ment. Blaekham, G, E, Am. S. Mcr. P. 11

(1889) 146-.
oompanson. Rawlingt, R. B, L, Am. Mcr. J.

18 (1897) 3-.
estimation. Ahbe.E. Mcr. S. J. 1 (1881) 388-.
— . HoeHn, C. {jun.) [1882] Mcr. S. J. 4

(♦1884) 387-.
excessive, invisibility of small objects due to.

RoytUm-Pigott, O. W. M. Mcr. J. 13 (1875)

55-.
as factor in microscopic vision, experimental

study. Mercer, A, C, Am. Mcr. S. T. 18

(1896) 821-.
and focal length and working distance. Gund-

lack, E. (xn| Am. Mcr. J. 2 (1881) 82-.
of immersion oDJectives, measurement. Wen-
ham, F, H. M. Mcr. J. 10 (1878) 10-.
large, efficacy. Govi,G. [1865] Tor. Mm. Ac.

28 (1866) 285-.
measurement. Wenham, F. H, J. Mcr. Sc

2 (1854) 134-.
— . RobiMon, T. R. J. Mcr. Sc. 8 (1855)

168-.
and microscopic vision. Critp, F, Mcr. S. J.

1 (1881) 308-.
numerical. Stephenton, J, W. Mcr. S. J. 1

(1878) 51-.
— . MayaU, J. Mor. S. J. 2 (1879) 842-.
— . EweU,M.D. Am. Mcr. S. P. 14 (1892) 44-.

aplanatic, for diverging rays. Goring, C. R»

QJ. Sc. 22 (1827) 265-; (1827) {Pt. 2) 24&-.
— , (Goring). Chevalier, C, Edinb.

J. Sc. 5 (1881) 228-.
— , (Chevalier). Goring, C. R. Edinb.

J. Sc. 5 (1881) 238-.
apochromatic. Gundlach, E, [1887] Mor. S.

J. (1888) 285-.
— . Heurck, H. van. Brux. S. Big. Mcr. A.

23 (1898) 41-.
— , and compensation eye*pieces, Eoristka's.

Poli, A, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 20 (1888) 274-.
— , , Beichert's. Dippel, L, Z. Ws.

Mkr. 5 (1888) 148-.
— , , Zeiss*s. Dippel, L. Z. Ws. Mkr.

8(1886)803-.
— , , — . Czapeki, S, Z. Ws. Mkr. 5

(1888) 150-.
— , early form. Mayall, J, (jun,) Mcr. S.

J. (1890) 420-.
— , fluorite in. Nelson, E, M, [1892] Quek.

Mcr. Gl. J. 5 (1894) 122.
— , without fluorite. JcurdMn, P. E. B. Mor.

S. J. (1898) 395-.
— , new. Cox, J, D. [1890] Mcr. S. J. (1891)

248-.
— , Beichert's. Heurck, H. van. Brux. S.

Big. Mcr. Bll. 14 (1888) 156-.
~, Zeiss's. EweU, M, D, Mcr. S. J. (1887)

462.
— , ^. Heurck, H, van, Brux. S. Big. Mcr.

A. 18 (1890) 128-.
— , — i in., and method of detecting spurious-
diffraction images. Nelson, E. M, [1889}

Quek. Mcr. Gl. J. 4 (1892) 55-.
apparatus for quickly changing. Schoch, G»

Ziir. Yjschr. 13 (1868) 895-.
, Zeiss's. Cxapski, S, Z. Ws. Mkr.

4 (1887) 298-.

— , and apertometers. Kayser, E, [1888] , — . Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1887).

Danzig Schr. 7 (1888-91) {H^t 2) xiii-.
— , formula. Dippel, L, Z. Ws. Mkr. 1

(1884) 23-.
— , metnod of increasing. Piffard, — . Mcr.

S. J. (1894) 518-.
— , in relation to air, water and balsam,
tables. Detmers, H, J, Am. S. Mcr. P.

(1885) 199-.
— , table. Stephenson, J, W, Mor. S. J. 2

(1879) 839-.
and power, relation. Ahhe, E, Mcr. S. J. 2

(1882) 300-, 460- ; 3 (1888) 790-.
, — . Blaekham, G, E, (xn) Am. S. Mcr.

P. (1883) 33-.
reduced. Brakey, S, L, M. Mor. J. 9 (1878)

108-.
in relation to objects in Ganada balsam. Wen-
ham, F, H. J. Mcr. Sc. 8 (1855) 302-.
and resolution, relations. Wright, L, Mcr.

S. J. 4 (1884) 289-.
significant angle. Van Dyck, F, C, (xn) Am.

Mcr. J. 8 (1882) 154-.
small, calculation. Harting, H, Wien Ak.

Sb. 107 (1898) (Ah. 2a) 624-; Z. Instk. 18

(1898) 831-.
theoretical limit. Stokes, G. G. Mcr. S. J.

1 (1878) 139-.

646-.
attachment, Bulloch's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. 4

(1884) 118-.
back of, and condenser. Nelson, E, M, [18881

Mcr. S. J. (1889) 288-.
care and use. Wales, W, Mcr. S. J. 5 (1885)

708-.
centering. Brewster, (Sir) D, B. A. Bp. (1857).

(pt, 2) 4-.
— . Leroy, C. J, A, G. B. 113 (1891) 639-.
collar-adjustment as affected by change of eye-
pieces. Stokes, A, C, [1894] Mcr. S. J.

(1896) 127.
comparative studies. Strehl, K, Z. Ws. Mkr.

17 (1900) 425-.
construction. Wenham, F. H, M. Mcr. J. 1

(1869) 111-, 170-, 225-, 295-, 843-; 2 (1869)
93-.

correction. Wenham, F, H. Quek. Mcr. Gl.

J. 2 (1871) 21-.
— , primitive form. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1899)>

436-.
cover-carrier for. Wales, W, [1886] Mcr. 8. J.

(1887) 296.
fluorspar lenses. Spencer, H. R. Am. S. Mcr.

P. 12 (1890) 248-.
focal length. Cross, C, R. Franklin I. J. 5^

(1870) 401-.

324

3082 immenlaa Objectives

focal length of 8*9 mm. Kerher, A. Cslg.

Opt. 11 (1890) 73-, 86-.
, aooorate photographic method of deter-
mining. Legrot, V. C. B. IdO (1900) 270-.
, determination. FraneoUej P. Bmx.

S. Big. Mcr. Bll. 21 (1894) 20B-.
. — . Franklin, W. S, Pb. Bv. 1 (1894)

142-.
, — , and magnifying power. Royiton^

PigoU, G. W. Qnek. Mcr. CI. J. 8 (1873) 84-.
, — , , optical rule for. Nelson, E.

M. [1895] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 6 (1897) 208-.
, dififerences between nominal and solar.

Boyiton-PigoU, G. W. QJ. Mcr. Sc. 12

(1872) 268-.
and optical centre, determination. Du-

rand, W, F. Am. Mcr. J. 6 (1885) 141-.
foci, and screen distances, determination.

Nelson, E. M. Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 5 (1894)

456-.
formula, new. Wenham, F. H. [1872] B. S.

P. 21 (1873) 111-.
Hartnack's new. Vogel, H. W, Mcr. S. J.

(1888) 646.
high power. Beale, L. S. B. S. P. 14 (1865)

35-.
, Ara^hnoidiscus as test. Smith, T. F,

[1888] Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 3 (1889) 247-.

Immersion Objectives.

RoysUm-Pigott, G. W. M. Mcr. J. 5 (1871)

65-; QJ. Mcr. So. 12 (1872) 111-.
Dippel, L. Z. Ws. Mkr. 1 (1884) 485-.
Gundlach, E. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1885) 51-.
advantages; and use of deviation-tables.

Royston-Pigott, G. W. M. Mcr. J. 4 (1870)

20-, 134-.
fluids for. Stokes, A, C, [1891] Mcr. S. J. (1892)

261-.

— — , refractive index. Martinotti, G, Z.
Ws. Mkr. 3 (1886) 320-.

homogeneous. Stephenson, J, W. Mcr. S. J.

2 (1879) 266-.
— , correction. Dippel, L, (xn) Z. Instk.

2 (1882) 269-; Z. Ws. Mkr. 1 (1884) 29-.
— , and fluids of same refractive index. Heurck,

H, van. [1881] Brux. S. Big. Mcr. Bll.

8 (•1883) xxii-.
— , Hartnack's. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1898)

851.
— , origin. Abbe, E. Mcr. S. J. 1 (1881)

131-.
— , question of adjustability. BUickham, G. E,

(xn) Am. S. Mcr. P. (1881) 61-.
— , semi-apochromatic, Eoristka's. Amann, J.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 11 (1894) 145-.
— , Stephenson's. Abbe, E. Jena. Sb. (1879) 8-.
large aperture. Woodward, J. J, M. Mcr. J.

10 (1873) 210-.
. KHth, R. M. Mcr. J. 12 (1874)

124-.

— — . Stephenson, J, W, Mcr. S. J. 1 (1878)
51-.

monobromonaphthalene. Jackson, H, Mcr.

S. J. (1889) 119.
— . CzapsH, 8. [1889] Mcr. S. J. (1890)

11-.

Oblectlves 3082

monobromonaphthalene, water, and oil. Pif-

fard, H. G. Mcr. S. J. (1894) 286-.
-r-, — , . DaUinger, W. H. Mcr. 8. J.

(1894) 413-.
oil. Heurck, H, van, Brux. S. Big. Mcr.

Bll. 4 (♦1878) CXCV-.
— , of Zeiss, compared with Spencer's objectives.

SmUh, H. L. [1878] (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 1

[(1878-79)] 28-.
and test-objects. MayaU, J. [1868] M. Mor.

J. 1 (1869) 90-.
theory. Brakey, (Rev.) S. L, M. Mcr. J. 11

(1874) 221-, 249-.
ToUes's ^. Bicknell, E. M. Mcr. J. 7 (1872)

70-.

— ^ and Powell and Lealand's ^, Bicknell, E,
M. Mcr. J. 8 (1872) 13-.

— — , resolution of AmphipUura pellueida.
Woodward, J. J. M. Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 150- ;
7 (1872) 165-.

, (Woodward). BickneU, E.

M. Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 225-.

imperfections and tests. RoysUm-PigoU, G. W,

QJ. Mcr. Sc. 10 (1870) 10-.
improvements. Spencer, C. A. Silliman J.

13 (1852) 290-.
— . Gundlach, E. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1884) 148-.
with long focus, giving straight images.

Malassez, L. Arch. Md. Exp. 1 (1889) 449-.
low power. Bockett, J. [1867] Quek. Bfor.

CI. J. 1 (1868-69) 16-.
magnifying power. BvUoch, W. H. Am. S.

Mcr. P. (1884) 183-.
(of 1 m.). M., W. Am. Mcr. J. 6 (1885)

203-.
. Tolman, H. L. Am. Mcr. J. 13 (1892)

93-.
, measurement. Marshall, W. P. Midi.

NtUst. 10 (1887) 226-.
, — . Nelson, E. M. Mor. S. J. (1887)

1032-.
, standard of comparison. Ingpen, J. E,

[1872] M. Mcr. J. 8 (1872) 253-; Quek.

Mcr. Cl. J. 3 (1873) 97-.
method of marking. Krauss, W, C, Am.

Mcr. S. T. 17 (1895) 359-.
microspectral, with normal spectrum. Engel-

mann, T. W. Arch. An. PI. {PL Ab.) (1900)

{Suppl.) 888.
modem. Orford, H. [1895] Mcr. S. J. (1896)

241.
new kinds of glass for. Francotte, M. P.

Brux. S. Big. Mcr. BU. 12 (1885) 100-.
nomenclature. Ward, R. H. M. Mcr. J. 8

(1872) 15-.
— . FifuUey, G. M. Mcr. J. 8 (1872) 264-.
penetration. Davis, G, E. Manch. Mcr. S.

Bp. (•1888-84) 16-.
Powell and Lealand's ^. Chalon, J. [1885]

Brux. S. Big. Mcr. Bll. 11 (1886) 196-.
and their power. Bicknell, E. M. Mor. J. 7

(1872) 68-.
refractive powers. ToUes, R, B, M. Mcr. J.

7 (1872) 115-.
resolution of An^hipleura peUudda. Wood'

ward, J. J. M. Mor. J. 6 (1871) 150- ;

7 (1872) 165-.

325

8082 Hicrosoopes

aemi-apoohromatio. Neltont E. M. [188^-97]

Mcr. S. J. (1890) 92-; (1897) 849.
shade for. 8ckiiHirU,Y. C. Ztg. 12 (1888) 893.
testing. Wehh, W. [1872] Quek. Mor. CI.

J. 8 (1878) 118-.
— . RaysUm-Pigott, O, W, M. Mor. J. 18

(1875) 147- ; Mor. S. J. 8 (1880) 916-.
— . NeUon, E. M. Mor. S. J. (1888) 816-.
— . MayaU, J. IJun.) Mor. S. J. (1890)

642-.
— . Nehon, E, M. Mor. S. J. (1896) 681.
—.Abbe's method. Fripp.H.E. [1877] (zn)

Bristol Nt. S. P. 2 (1879) 8-.
ToUes'si. ToUes.R.B. M. Mor. J. 12 (1874)

18-, 62-.
. Keith, R. Mor. S. J. 1 (1878) 142- ;

2 (1879) 269.

— ^. Cutter, E. Am. Mor. J. 16 (1896)
226-.

universal sorew for. Bausch, E. Am. S. Mor.

P. (1884) 168-.
Zeiss's. DippehL. Flora 66 (1873) 497-.

— ^. HickU, W, J, M. Mcr. J. 16 (1876)
186-.

— . GHffin, F. W. M. Mcr. J. 16 (1876)

242-.
-. ^. MayaU, J. (jun,) Mcr. S. J. (1890)

882-.

Oblique vision under highest powers. Wenham,

F. H. M. Mor. J. 13 (1876) 166-.
, Wenham*s method, and Mar-
shall's zoophyte trough. Ingpen, J, E,

[1892] Quek. Mor. CI. J. 6 (1894) 223-.
Optical powers. RylandSf T, O, J. Mcr. So. 7

(1869) 27-.
Patents, 1666-1800. Brown, W. H. Mcr. S.

J. (1896) 267-.
Penetrating power. Nelson, E, M, Mor. S. J.

(1892) 331-.
Personal equation. Ingpen, J, E, [1874]

Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 4 (1874-77) 17-.
Philosophising in microscopy. Jerwood, J.

Devon. As. T. 8 (1869) 136-.
Prismatic observation of objects. Huggim,

W, (x) Mcr. 8. T. 13 (1866) 86-.
Process in teolmical microscopy. Oolgi, C.

Mil. L Lomb. Bd. 12 (1879) 206-.
Projecting micrometrio scale on microscopic

specimen, method. Wright, A. E. Mor.

S. J. (1897) 246-.
Beceipts for microscopiste. Dehy, J, [1880]

Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 6 (1879-81) 166-, 213.
** Bun" of microscope. F&rster,W, Leip. As.

Os. Vjschr. 18 (1888) 228-.
Salt crystals, preservation as permanent objects.

WaHngUm, R. [1844] C. S. Mm. 2 (1843-

46) 71-.
Silica films, beaded. Slack, H. J. M. Mor.

J. 11 (1874) 237-.
Silicate cotton, Krupp's, microscopic aspects.

Slack, H. J. M. Mcr. J. 17 (1877) 236-.
Silicon fluoride (? silica), ciystals. Anon,

Mor. S. J. (1887) 677-.
Size of objects, determination. Mohl, H. von,

Linnea 16 (1842) 489^.

Stages. Mechmnlcmi Stages 3082

STAGES.

aoeessoiy. Anon, Mor. S. J. 6 (1886) 105S-.
automatic mica, Edmonds's. Anon. Mor. S.

J. (1888) 111-,
capable of being heated. Schlarewtki, A.

Arch. Mkr. An. 4 (1868) 342-.
combined focusing and safety-, for high powers.

Vorce, C. M. Am. S. Mor. P. (iaB6) 116-.
connected clips for. BoUius, {le r6v. phre) — .

Bruz. S. So. A. 17 (1893) (Pt, 1) 26-.
differential. HUdebrand, H. E. Z. Ws. Mkr.

11 (1894) 304-.

— warm. Bird, C. H. Q. QJ. Mcr. So. 16
(1876) 372-.

electrically heated. Curties, C. L. Mcr. S.

J. (1899) 364-.

. Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1899) 438-.

goniometer-, ELartnack's. Anon. Mcr. S. J.

4 (1884) 960-.
— , Swift's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 960.
hand. HUdebrand, H. E. Z. Ws. Mkr.

(1886) 386-.
hot. Macfadyen,A. [1899] Mcr. S. J. (1900)

110-.

— or cold. Symone, W. H. [1881] Mor. S. J.
2 (1882) 21-.

improved, Bausch and Lomb's. Anon. Mcr.

8. J. (1899) 79-.
indicator-. Johnson, A. S, Silliman J. 21

(1866) 386-.
with iris diaphragm, Meyer's. Behrem, W.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 12 (1896) 292-.
lever movement. White, A. [1848] Mor. S.

T. 1 (1844) 166-.

Mechanical Stages.

Cramer, C. Z. Ws. Mkr. 8 (1886) 6-.
NeUon, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1888) 477-.
Bernard, H. [1891] Mcr. S. J. (1892) 166, 267-.
DaUinger, — . Mcr. S. J. (1894) 637-.
NeUon, E. M. Mcr. 8. J. (1897) 186-.
Baker's attachable. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1900)

612.
Bausch and Lomb's. Anon, Mcr. 8. J. (1887)

660-.
attachable. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

334-.
Bruno's. Brauns, R, Z. Ws. Mkr. 14 (1897)

11-.
cam, Swift's. Awm, Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886)

1062-.
Kldnne and Miiller's. Behrens, W. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 2 (1886) 602-.
Mayall's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 122.
Nachet's. Anon, Mcr. 8. J. (1893) 97-.
Beichert's. Fleischl, E. von. Z. Ws. Mkr.

2 (1886) 289-; 4 (1887) 26-.
— . Zimmermann, A. Z. Ws. Mkr. 12 (1896)

433-.
removable. Curties, C, L. Mcr. 8. J. (1898)

263.
with vertical pinions. Bulloch, W, H, Mor.

8. J. (1890) 796-.
Winkel's. Behrens, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892)

433-.

326

3082 Stands

Winkel'8, for circular stages. Behrenit W.

Z. Wa. Mkr. 10 (1898) 297-.
for Zeiss stands. Cxapiki, 8. Z. Ws. Mkr.

11 (1894) S01-.
Zeiss's. Meatures, — . Mbr. S. J. (1894) 768.
— . Arum. Mcr. S. J. (1896) 97-.

polarising. Smith, Jamei. J. Mcr. Sc. 8

(1860) 203-.
revolvixig. Taylor^ T. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 18

(1891) I8»-.
— , mirror, etc., combined, itemod. A, Z.

Ws. Mkr. 4 (1887) 41-.
secondary. HUlop, W. Mcr. 8. T. 6 (1868)

94-.
selenite analysing. HUlop, W, Qnek. Mcr.

Gl. J. 1 (1868-69) 225-.
stage-plate, glass, with rectangular movements.

Cunningham, K. if. Am. Mcr. J. 19 (1898)

83-, 280.
— , ^fillar's moltiple. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 4

(1884) 120.
— , 8tewart*s safety*. Anon, Mcr. 8. J. 4

(1884) 120-.
snbstage. NeUon, E. M. [1890] Mcr. 8. J.

(1891) 267.
— , Bansch and Lomb*s complete. Anon, Mcr.

8. J. (1899) 219-.
— , duplex. Bauteh, E, [1900] Mcr.

8. J. (1901) 83-.

— fittings, standard sizes. NeUon, E. M.
[1899] Mcr. 8. J. (1900) 141.

— , necessity. MayaU, J, (j^n,) Mcr. 8. J.

(1888) 1024-.
table*. Anon, Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 866.
warm. Bartley, E. H. (xn) Am. Mcr. J. 1

(1880) 181-.
— . Mala»$ez, L, Par. Lb. HI. Tr. (1886-87)

21-.

— and cold. Dewitz, H. Arch. Bfkr. An. 80
(1887) 666-.

. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1887) 299-.

STANDS.

BurrUl, T. J. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 11 (1889)

63-.
Coutantt R. B. Mcr. 8. J. (1894) 736-.
Bauich, E. [1898] Mcr. 8. J. (1899) 81-.
with concentric movements. Cox, J, D. (xn)

Am. 8. Mcr. P. (1888) 147-.
continental form, development. DaUinger, — .

Mcr. 8. J. (1893) 673-.
, — . Nias, J. B. Mcr. 8. J. (1898)

696-.
dissecting-, and lens-carrier. Siddons, (Lt,-

Col.) H. G. F. Mcr. 8. J. (1896) 679-.
— , Mteyer's improved. Anon. Mcr. 8. J.

(1899) 218-.
graphological, small. Ewell, M. D. Am. 8.

Mcr. P. 13 (1891) 69-.
Ounther's. Benda, C. [1899] Arch. An. PI.

(PL Ab.) (1900) 179-.
Leitz's. NeUon, E. M. [1893] Quek. Mcr.

CI. J. 6 (1894) 309-.
and optical apparatus. 7Marpmann, O. Z.

Angew. Mkr. 2 (1897) 290-, 821-, 851-.

Testing. Nabert's Tests 3082

Beiohert's model large No. la. Dippel, L,

Z. Ws. Mkr. 6 (1888) 146-.
^, with new stage and iris-diaphragm. Anon.

Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886) 807-.
— non-inclinable. Anon, Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

217 647-.
U-shaped. BeaU, W. J. [1899] Mcr. 8. J.

(1900) 114-.
and tubes, etc. HUdebrand, H. E. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 12 (1896J 146-.
Zeiss's. Cxaptki, S. Z. Ws. Mkr. 4 (1887)

289-.
— . Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1896) 226-.
Zeiss-Babuchin. Czapski, S. Z. Ws. Mkr.

4 (1887) 290-.
Zentmayer's American - Continental Anon.

Am. Mcr. 8. P. 14 (1892) 48-.

Tercentenary of microscope. Maneini, E.

N. Antol. 8c. 114 (1890) 606-.
. Rutherford, W. [1890] 8c. Mbr.

8. P. A T. 1 (1896) 1V-.

TESTING.

Pohl, J. J. Wien 8B. 11 (1868) 604-.
Amici's test. Karop, O. C. [1896] Quek.

Mcr. CI. J. 6 (1897) 79-.
Colour test. RoysUm-Pigott, G. W. M. Mcr.

J. 10 (1878) 61-.
Efficiency and testing. RAnickt, F. Al. D.

Nt. Ztg. 8 (1867) 416-.
. Nohert, F. A. N.-Vorp. Mt. 18

(1882) 92-.

NdberVt TezU.

PoM, J. J. Wien SB. 40 (1860) 68-.
Stodder, C. [1867] Am. Nt. 2 (1869) 93-.
(8todder.) SuUivant, W. S. Am. J. 8c. 46

(1868) 847-.
Woodward, J. J. M. Mbr. J. 6 (1871) 26-.
Webb, W. Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 8 (1878) 165,

198
Woodward, J. J. Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 8 (1878)

198- .
19th band. Woodward, J. J. QJ. Mcr. 8c. 8

(1868) 226-.
. Barnard, F. A, P. M. Mcr. J. 6

(1871) 194-.

(Barnard). Woodward, J. J. M. Mcr.

J. 7 (1872) 10-.
— — . Barnard, F. A. P. M. Mbr. J. 7

(1872) 119-.

, and its observers. Stodder, C. M. Mcr.

J. 5 (1871) 118- ; 6 (1871) 201-.
, resolution. Stodder, C. M. Mbr. J. 8

(1870) 257-.
, — . Woodward, J. J. M. Mcr. J. 8

(1872) 227-.
definition. Woodward, J. J, M. Mbr. J. 4

(1870) 118-.
and diatoms in measuring power. Caetraeane

degli AnUltMneUi, F. Bm. At. 22 (1869)

111-. 170-.
. RoytUm-Pigott, G. W. M.

Mcr. J. 8 (1870) 805-.

327

8082 Test Ob/ects

and MAUer's diatom ^ype slide and modern
miorosoopes. Abbott , F. Tasm. B. S. M.
Not. (1869) 85-.

resolution. Ctutracane degli AnielmintUi^ F,
Bm. At. 25 (1872) 268-.

Perfection and testing. Nobert, F. A. Pogg.
A. 67 (1846) 178-.

Teit Objectt,

Pritchard, A. Ph. Mg. 2 (1883) 385-.
Brooke, C. [1854] B. S. P. 7 (1854-55) 139-.
Bailey, J. W. Silliman J. 19 (1855) 28-.
Woodward, J. J. Brox. S. Big. Mcr. BU. 8

(•1877) ooin-.
NeUon, E, M. [1888] Mor. S. J. 4 (•1884)

189-.
AmphipleurapeUiusida. Woodward, J. J, Am.

Nt. 6 (1872) 198-.

— — . Marpmann, G, Z. Angew. Mkr. 8
(1898) 175-.

^ — , resolution. Woodward, J. J. M. Mcr.

J. 6 (1871) 150- ; 7 (1872) 165-.
, — . Qifford, J. W. Mcr. 8. J. (1892)

178-.
, — by central light. Detmers, H, J,

[1888] Mcr. S. J. 4 ('1884) 148.
, . Moore, A, Y. [1888]

Mcr. S. J. 4 (•1884) 148.
, . Deck, L. Am. S. Mcr. P.

12 (1890) 170-.

— — , — , and a violet copper-iodine light
filter. Zettnow, — . [1898] Quek. Mcr. CI.
J. 5 (1894) 286-.

and SurireUa gemma. Woodward, J. J.

Am. J. Sc. 1 (1871) 845-.
diatoms, resolution of lines. Nelson, E, M,

Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 864-.
— , . Forgan, W, [1893] Sc. Mcr. 8.

P. A T. 1 (1896) 109-.
— , etc., structure. Wenham, F. H, M. Mcr.

J. 2 (1869) 25-, 158-.
Navicuia Spencerii, Bailey, J, W. 8illiman

J. 7 (1849) 265-.
(BaUey). De La Rue, W, [1849]

Silliman J. 9 (1850) 23-.
(De la Bue); and 2 new test objects.

Bailey, J. W. Silliman J. 11 (1851) 82-.
Pleurosigma anguUUum, dotted appearance.

Dancer, J. B, Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 691-.
and Lendl's microscope. Apdtky, S.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 8 (1891) 488-.

— — , ultimate structure of valve. Smith,
T. F, [1898] Mcr. 8. J. (1894) 141-.

— — , etc. viewed without central dioptric.
Stephenton, J. W, Mcr. 8. J. 1 (1878) 186-.

— formotum, markings. Nelson, E. M, Mcr.

S. J. (1890) 261.
Podura scale, markings. Royston-Pigott,

Q, W. M. Mcr. J. 8 (1870) 13-.

— — under ordinary and extraordinary resolving
powers. Royston-Pigott, O. W, M. Mcr. J.
7 (1872) 170-.

, structure. Reade, J. B. M. Mcr. J. 2

(1869) 79-.
, — . Wenham, F. H. M. Mcr. J. 6

(1871) 6-.

MicrosoopeB 3088

true form. Hasert, B. (vi Adds,) D. Nf.
Vsm. B. 84 (1858) 212-.

Test plate, Abbe*s. Zeiss, C. [1882] Quek.

Mcr. Gl. J. 1 (1862-84) 154-.
, MdUer's, measurements. Smith, J. E.

M. Mcr. J. 18 (1875) 240-.
, — , — . Morley, E, W. M. Mcr. J. 15

(1876) 228-.

— plates (Fasoldt's). Ward, R, H. Am. S.
Mcr. P. (1887) 818-.

(— ). Dudley, R. fl. Mor. 8. J. (1888)

299-.
(Ward). Fasoldt, C. Mcr. 8. J. (1888)

817.

— slides. Heurck, H. van. Z. Angew. Mkr. 4
(1899) 1-.

Theory. Abbe, (Dr.) E, Arch. Mkr. An. 9

(1878) 418-.
— . Strehl, K. [1898-1900] Z. Instk. 18

(1898) 801-, 856; 19 (1899) 825-; Brlang.

Ps. Md. 8. Sb. 82 (1901) 1-.

— and practice. Davis, G. E. Manch. Mcr.
8. Bp. (•1883-84) 60-.

. Hitchcock, R. Am. As. P. (1884)

566-.
. QiUy, H. Nlm. 8. Sc. Bll. (1895)

zxxii-.
— . Marsson, T. Z. Angew. Mkr. 1

(1896) 38-, 65-.

— , progress. Poli, A. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 19 (1887)

89-, 109-, 187-.
— , simplified. Pelletan, J. J. Mcrgr. 10

(1886) 279-.
Tremor, prevention. Ross, A, Mcr. J. 1

(1841) 23-.
Tube length, optical. Crisp, F. Nfcr. 8. J. 3

(1883) 816-.
, — , determination. Ashe, A. [1892-98]

Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 5 (1894) 152-, 289-.
and resolving power. Jameson, H. G.

Mcr. S. J. (1892) 272-.
, standard. Gage, S. H,, Mercer, A, C,

dt Barr, C. E. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 12 (1890) 250-.

, — . Beck, C. Mcr. 8. J. (1893) 814.

Upper work, new. Berger, M. Z. Instk. 18

(1898) 129-.
Use. Audouin, J. V. A. Sc. Nt. 3 (1824) 854^

— in agriculture. Cobb, N, A. Mcr. 8. J.

(1897) 483-.

— for drawing. Alton, E. d\ D. Nf. B.
(1847) 176-.

— of high powers. PeragaUo, H. A. Mcrgr. 4
(1891-92) 585-.

— in horizontal position. Slack, H. J. Mcr.
8. J. 4 (1884) 455.

— of low powers, with deep eyepieces. SUuk,
H.J. Intell. Obs. 4 (1868) 169.

— for photography. Neyreneuf, V. C. B. 84

(1877) 344-; Caen 8. L. BU. 1 (1877) 131- ;
J. de Ps. 6 (1877) 124-.

— — physical and chemical investigations.
Lehmann, O. Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 825-.

— , practical. Hepworth, J. J. Mcr. Sc. 4
(1856) 109- ; 5 (1857) 1-.

— in workshop. Rogers, W. A. Mcr. 8. J. 6
(1886) 679-.

328

3084 Eye-pieces

3084 Eye-pieces. i8ee abo Astro-
nomy, 2120.)

aohromatic. Brewster^ (Sir) D, Nioholaon J.

14 (1806) 388-.
— . EUit, JR. L. Camb. Mth. J. 1 (1889)

269-.
— , 2-len8 (of (Galileo). Forti, A, (yi Add8,)

Firenze At. Ao. Oeorg. 1 (1854) 488-.
—, 4-lens. Sang, E. Edinb. B. S. P. 14

(1888) 158-.
— , single. Reade, J. B, B. S. P. 4 (1840)

195.
— , for telescopes. QUhert, L, W. Gilbert A.

34 (1810) 292-.
astigmatic. Gundlaeh, E. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886)

313, 509-.
— . StockweU, J, K. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 318-.
binocular. TolUs, B. B, Am. J. Sc. 39 (1866)

212-.
— , for high powers. Smith, H. L. Am. J. Sc.

45 (1868) 42-.

Eye-pieces 3084

iliterohangeable diaphragms. MaJUutez, L.

Arch. An. Mcr. 8 (1900) 436-.
magnifying power. Abbei — . Mcr. S. J. 4

0.884) 804.
micrometer-. SdeU, H. A. C. 18 (1869)385-.
— . Dfakanov, D. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 18 (Ps.)

(1886) 120- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 220.
— . KryriAski, S. Virch. Arch. Ill (1888)

878-.
— . Ward, B, H. J. Mcrgr. 13 (1889) 209-.
— . Hartwich, C. Z. Ws. Mkr. 17 (1900)

156-.
— compensation-. ZeU$, — . Mcr. S. J. (1888)

797-.
— , filar. Bogert, W, A, Am. Mcr. S. P. 14

(1892) 132.
— , for fixed stages. Hattmch, (7. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 17 (1900) 432-.
— , — microscopes. Fitcher, A. Mosc. S.

Nt. BU. 3 (1837) 21-.
— , . Coulier, — . Brown-S^quard J. PL

2 (1859) 670-.
— , . EwM, M. D. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886)

816.

— , stereoscopic, Tolles*s. Smith, H, L, M. — , — — . Jones, E. J, Am. Mcr. J. 11

Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 45-.
cross wires. Schrdder, H. Gztg. Opt. 18

(1897) 4-. 14-.
, quartz fibres for. Bleekrode, L. Nt

50 (1894) 174.
, . Wadswarth, F. L. 0. [1897]

Mcr. S. J. (1898) 232-.
, in telescope. Stevens, J, S. Nt. 59

(1898-99) 255-.
, , history. Hammer, E, Cztg. Opt.

17 (1896) 221-.
, , problem. Littrow, J. J. von.

Oken Isis (1831) 1067-.
, , — , Littrow's. Muncke, O. W,

Baumgartner Z. 2 (1833) 53-; 3 (1835) 49-.
, , self-luminous. Bohn, K, (xn)

Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 12-.
diagonal. Forbes, G, B. A. Bp. (1878) 449.
drawing, Leitz's. Schiemenz, P. Z. Ws. Mkr.

12 (1895) 289-.
Ehrlich*s. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 250.
erecting, new. Jadama, N. Tor. Ac. Sc. At.

22 (1886-87) 447-.
fluorescent, modified form of Soret's. Dewar, J,,

dt Liveing, G. D. Camb. Ph. S. P. 4 (1888)

842-.
— , new. Martens, F. F. Z. Instk. 18 (1898)

252-.
focal length, apparatus to determine. Brauer,

G. (xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 7 {Ps.) (1875) [Pt.

1]55-.
**holoscopic," Watson and Son's. Anon,

Mcr. S. J. (1899) 651.
Huygens*s. Luting, J. B. Gdtt. Nr. (1871)

89—
— . Hunter, J. [1896] Sc. Mcr. S. P. <!^ T. 2

(1900) 61-.
— , achromatism. H'degh, E. von. Cztg. Opt.

7 (1886) 37-, 84.
— , and applications. Schrdder, H. Cztg.

Opt. 19 (1898) 91-, 101-, 113.
Bamsden's, achromatism. Mittenzwey, M.

Cztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 61.

(1890) 3-.
— , maae by photography. Levison, W. G.

N. Y. Ac. A. 11 (1898) 405-.
— , standard. Findley, G. M. Mcr. J. 8

(1872) 264-.
— , WinkePs. Behrens, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 2

(1885) 41-.
— , Zeiss's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 118.
for microphotography. Neuhauss, R. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 5 (1888) 328-.

— microscope. Goodwin, W. [1889-90] Quek.
Mcr. CI. J. 4 (1892) 71- ; Mcr. S. J. (1890)
417.

. Azoulay, — , db Nageotte, — . Par. S.

Bl. Mm. 49 (1897) {C. JR.) 641-.

, with normal reflection. Comu, A. As.

Pr. C. B. (1893) {Pt. 1) 205.

, — widened field of vision and iris dia-
phragm. CzapsH, S, Z. Ws. Mkr. 12
(1895) 437-.

with moveable indicator, Kuznitzky's. Wilde-
man, i. de. Brux. S. Big. Mcr. BU. 22
(1897) 12-.

multiple, Griffith's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4
(1884) 443-.

nadiral, interference fringes in. Hurion, A,
J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 414-.

new. Krilss, A. H. A. Ps. C. 153 (1874)
601-.

— . Nelson, E. M. [1887] Quek. Mcr. CI. J.
8 (1889) 178- ; Mcr. S. J. (1887) 928.

— soUd. Reade, J. B. B. A. Bp. (1850) {pt.
2) 15-.

nomenclature. Ward, B. H. M. Mcr. J. 8
(1872) 15-.

— and sizes. Ward, B.H.,d others. Am. S.
Mcr. P. (1884) 22a-.

orthoscopic. Bdbenhwst, L. Bt. Ztg. 8 (1850)

526-; 9 (1851) 529-.
polarising. CavaUeri, G. M. Mil. At. I.

Lomb. 1 (1858) 288- ; Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 6

(1878) 477-.

329

3085

Photographic Lenses and Systems

3065

polariBing, Abbe's. Anon. Mor. S. J. 4 (1884)

462.
— , GftTalleri's. Ceechi, (padre) F. (zn) By.

So..Ind. 5 (1873) 188-.
— , ooone of light in. Sang, E, Edinb. B. S.

P. 18 (1892) 828-.
— , . Tait, — . Edinb. B. S. P. 18

(1892) 337-.
— , improved, and new projection eye-pieoe.

Stringer, E. B. Mor. S. J. (1900) 537-.
with rdlecting and polarising attachments.

Fuehs, F. (zn) Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 305-.
revolving, Leits's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1900)

249-.
simple lenses as. Breton [de Clump], Patd.

C. B. 50 (1860) 422-.

starlit transit. Royston-Pigott, G, W. As. S.

M. Not. 36 (1876) 250-.
stereoscopic. Ahbe, E. Carl Bpm. 17 (1881)

197-.
and substage fittings, standard sizes. NeUon,

E, M, [1899] Mor. S. J. (1900) 141.
telescopic, measuring the power of. Adanuon,

D. B. [1887] S. Aust. B. S. T. 11 (1889)
112-.

— , variable magnification. Ooring, C, R.

Edinb. N. Ph. J. 25 (1838) 259-.
terrestrial, formolas. Gomulla, 7. N. Cim.

18 (1863) 306-.
theory. Moutier, J. Par. S. Phlm. BU. 1

(1877) 172-.

3085 Photographic Lenses and

Systems.

Camera. VoigtUinder, P. W. F. [1841] Dingier
83 (1842J 187-.

— (Voigtlander*s). BHndl, J. Dingier 86
(1842) 128-.

— . Pretsch, P. [1858] Pht. S. J. 5 (1859)

39-, 61-.
— , "autograph," Wahnsley's. Fox, C. E,

Mor. S. J. (1896) 354.
— , binocular. Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp.

(1849) (pt. 2) 6; Edinb. T. Sc. S. Arts 3

(1851) 259-.
— , improvements. Brewtter, (Sir) D. B. A.

Bp. (1849) Ipt. 2) 5.
— , — suggested by Brewster. Emerson, E.

Silliman J. 32 (1861) 227-.

— lucida applied to photography. Carlini, F.
Presse Sc. 1 (1863) 350-.

— , photoelectno, Jaspar's. Crahay, J, G,
(VI Adds,) Bm. Cor. Sc. 3 (1855) 63-.

— , relief of image on ground glass of. Claudet,
A. B. S. P. 8 (1856-57) 569-.

— , solar, for enlarging. Claudet, A. B. A.
Bp. (I860) (pt. 2) 62-.

— for travelling. Hannot, A. Brux. Bll. Pht.
20 (1881) 25-.

— , vertical, invention. Goode, G. B. Science

3 (1884) 67^.
— , — , — . Gage, S, H. Science 4 (1884) 5.
— , X-ray photography by. Nipher, F. E,

Science 3 (1896) 783.

Concave mirror, use for photography. Smith,

F. J. [1892] Nt. 47 (1892-93) 10.
Definition, photographic. MaUoek, A. Nt. 44

(1891) 552-.
Enlargement. Walton, J§. A. Cons. Arts et

M^t. 1 (1899) 422-.
— , apparatus. Monkhoven, IDr,) — van. Lea

Mondes 5 (1864) 125-.
Ezposers, determination of speed. Pickering,

W. H. Science 4 (1884) 454 ; Am. Ao. P.

20 (1885) 478-.
— , pinciples of construction. Pickering,

W. H. Am. Ac. P. 20 (1885) 483-.
Focus of chemical, luminous and calorific rays^

difference. Borlinetto, L. , at Zantedeschi, — .

Wien SB. 21 (1856) 521-.

— equaliser, self-acting. Claudet, A. F. J.
B. S. P. 15 (1867) 456-.

— , photogenic, for daguerreotype. CavaUeri,

G. M. (vn) Bb. It. 13 (1846) 229-.
Focusing. Pickering, W. H. Science 1

(♦1883) 160-.
Image, curvature due to primary and secondary
foci of oblique pencils of light. Bow, R. H.
[1863] (VI Adds.) Pht. S. J. 8 (1864) 304-»
312-.

— formation by objectives, conditions. Rohr,
M. von. Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 271- ; 18 (1898) 4-.

— illumination in landscape photography,
method of equalising. Slight, G. H. [1867]
Edinb. Sc. S. Arts T. 7 (1868} 313-.

Images, form, with large ana small lenses.

Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1852) (pt. 2) 3-.
— , properties. Vogel, H. A. Ps. C. 140 (1870)

451-.
— , reflected, in optical combinations. DaU-

meyer, T. R. Phot. J. 14 (1890) 155-.
Instantaneous perigraph. Mangin, (col.) A.

As. Fr. C. B. (1878) 339-.
Intensification of photographic pictures, optical

device for. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Big. 44

(1897) 282-.
Oblique pencils. Goddard, J. T. Pht. S. J. 7

(1862) 349-; 8 (1864) 12-, 50-, 209-, 302,

310-, 420-.
Opera glasses, photographic. Ferrand, H.

[1897] Isdre S. BU. 30 (1899) 129-.
Optics, photographic. Brewster, (Sir) D.

[1857] Pht. S. J. 4 (1858) 83-.
— , — . Petzval, J. Wien SB. 24 (1857) 50-,

92-, 129- ; 26 (1857) 38-.
— , — (Petzval). Pretsch, P. [1857] Pht. S.

J. 4 (1858) 102-.
— , — . Symonds, P. Pht. Arch. 1 (I860)

198-, 216-, 238-.
— ., — . Claudet, A. F.J. Ph. Mg. 32 (1866)

212-.
— , — . Hannot, A. Brux. Bll. Pht. 19 (1880)

46-, 120-, 129-.
— , —. Caplatzi, A. Mcr. S. J. (1891) 818-.
— , — . hummer, O. Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 208-,

22^,264-.
— , — . Miethe, A. D. Nf. Vh. (1897) (Th. 2,

HdlfU 1) 132-.
— , — . Schiffner,F. Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

550-.
Perspective photograph, visual point Streintt,

H. Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 559-.

330

3085

Photographic Lenses

3085

Perspective, photographic. StrHnis, H, Wien

Pht. Cor. 29 (1892)477-, 548-.
— , — . MUthe, A, Wien Pht. CJor. 81 (1894)

169-.
— , — , apparently incorrect. Rotkwell, J.

[1860] Pht. S. J. 7 a862) 24-.
Photogxiunmeter. HUblt A. {Frhr.) von. Wien

Pht. Cot. 29 (1892) 269-.
Photogrammetnc instniments, new. DoleMaifE,

Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900) 81-.

— methods (with ordinary apparatus). Sehiff-
net, F. Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 262-.

— reconstmctions. Doleial, E. Wien Pht.
Cor. 35 (1898) 345-, 408-.

— studies. Schiffner, F, Wien Pht. Cor. 27

(1890) 814- ; 28 (1891) 165-.
Photognunmetry. Pixzighelli^ — . Wien Pht.

Cor. 23 (1886) 119-, 199-, 251-, 404-.
— . Hafferl, F. [1888] Wien Pht. Cor. 26

(1889) 95-.
— . Harris, C. H. Aust. As. Rp. (1893)

595-.
~, geometrical theory. Finsterwalder, S. D.

Mth. Vr. Jbr. 6 (1899) {Heft 2) 1-.

PHOTOGRAPHIC LENSES.

Zettnmc, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 161-.
SporHnskij, K, M. Vars. S. Nt. Tr. (1893-94)

(C. R., Ps, C.) Nos. 4*5, 10-.
Miethe, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 452-.
achromatic, calculation of numerical elements.

Teynard, F. C. R. 64 (1867) 1013-.
— , determination. Forti, A, N.Cim. 14 (1861)

377-.
anastigmatic. Goerz, C. P. Phot. J. 17 (1893)

253-.
— , astigmatism remaining in some. Ho^gh,

E. von, [1893] Phot J. 18 (1894) 34-, 92.
— , Ooerz's doable, compared with Zeiss's.

Miethe, — , Neuhatus, — , dt StoUe, — •

Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 457-.
— , Yoigtlander's triple. Kctempfer, — . Wien

Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 173-.
— , . Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor. 35

(1898) 594.
— , Zei8s*s. Eder, J, M, Wien Pht. Cor. 28

(1891) 267-.

— , — . Rudolph, P, Wien Pht. Cor. 30

(1893) 512-.
antiplanatic, Steinheil's new rapid. Eder,

J. Af. Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 168-.
aplanatic, with adjustable distance of lenses,

Steinheil's. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor.

22 (1885) 277-.
— , baryta-, Waechter's. Eder, J. M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 592-.
— , and pantoscope, Hartnack's new. Eder,

J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 461-.
— , wide-angle, application of prism. Hiunik,

J. Wien Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 13-.
catadioptric, for celestial pnotography. Zenger,

C. K. As. Fr. C. R. (1889) (PU 2) 378-;

C. R. 109 (1889) 474-.
choroscope, Goerz's. Eder, J, M, Wien Pht.

Cor. 28 (1891) 223-.
««oollinear**, Yoigtlander's. Kaempfer, D.

Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 455-.

"eollinear,'* Yoigtlander's. Eder,J.M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 32 (1895) 6-.
— , — . Hdegh, E. von. Wien Pht. Cor. 32

(1895) 103-.
— , — (Hdegh). Kaempfer, D., dt Seheffler, H.

Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895) 158- .
combination. CundeU, O. S. (yx Adda.) Ph.

Mg. 25 (1844) 173-.
concentric Schrdder, — . Phot. J. 16 (1892)

276-.
conjugate distances, simple method of obtain-
ing. Lambert, {Rev.) F. C. Phot. J. 24

(1900) 307-.
construction. Hunt, R. [1853] Pht. S. J. 1

(1854) 14-.
— . Aldu,H.L. Phot. J. 24 (1900) 291-.
—. optical principles. Oruhb^T. [1857] Pht.

S. J. 4 (1858) 108-, 172-.
daguerreotype, chemical and visual foci.

Lerebours, — . C. R. 23 (1846) 634.
— , . Lerebours, — , dt Secretan, — .

C. R. 38 (1854) 789-.
distance beyond which all objects will be in

focus with given lens. S€Uomont, (Sir) D.

Phot. J. 14 (1890) 47-.
without distortion. Sutton, T. B. A. Rp.

(1859) (pt. 2) 63-.
double, new. Luting, J. B. Gdtt. Nr. (1865)

348-.
equations, new form. Jankd, P. von. Wien

Pht. Cor. 32 (1895) 488-.
errors to be corrected. Nelton, E. M. Mcr. S.

J. (1898) 401-.
euryscopic, perspective in photographs. Oet-

tingen, A. von. Dorpat Sb. 8 (1889) 194-.
— , Yoigtlander's. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 23 (1886) 12-.
— , — . Angerer, F., et alii. Wien Pht. Cor.

23 (1886) 359-.
— , — . Eder, J. M. Wien Pht Cor. 26

(1889) 8-; 27 (1890) 558-.
evolution. DaUmeyer, T. R., dt others.

Phot. J. 19 (1895) 221-.
focal length, determination. Porro, I. C. R.

33 (1851) 50-.
, — . Schmidt, C. von. Wien Pht. Cor.

25 (1888) 12-.
, — . Qerivn, A. L. Rs. Ps.-C. 8. J.

25 (Ps.) (1893) 347 ; J. de Ps. 8 (1894) 573.
, — from polar distance. MUUer, O.

Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 533-.
focometer, use of DaJlmeyer's. Bolas, T.

[1899] Phot. J. 24 (1900) 107-.
— , Mergier's. Amet, — . As. Fr. C. R.

(1892) (Pt. 1) 174-.
focometry of positive or negative systems.

DaUmeyer, T. R. [1898] Phot J. 23 (1899)

70-.
focus, depth. Salomons, (Sir) D. Phot. J. 12

(1888) 160-.

— , — . Cheyney, W. A. Franklin I. J. 128

(1889) 356-; 129 (1890) 470-.

— , — and diffusion. DaUmeyer, T. R. Phot.

J. 12 (1888) 86-.
— , variable, Frangais's. Eder, J. M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 55!^-.
Fritsch's. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht Cor. 26

(1889) 11-.

331

3085 Photographic LenBes

Fritsoh's long fooQB. Eder.J.M, Wien Pht.

Cor. 30 (1893) 284-.
globe, nature and advantages. SeUerSt C. Silli-

man J. 35 (1863) 319-.
— , trial. Hilgard, J. E. (vi Add$.) U. S.

Coast Sv. Bp. (1833) 206-.
Ooerz's. Eder, J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 28

(1891) 5-, 7^.
illumination in, de la Croud's remedy for

inequality. Dallmeyerf T, R. Phot. J. 19

(1895) 184-.
focal plane. Bohr, M. von, Z. Instk.

18 (1898) 171-, 197-.
microscope objectives. Nelson, E, M. Mcr. S.

J. (1895) 498.
new form proposed by Steinheil. Porto, I.

Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 3 (1866) 99-.
optical centre. Streintz, H, Wien Pht. Cor.

29 (1892) 553-.
'*ortho8tigmat.'' Anon, Nt. 62 (1900) 188.
— , SteinheiPs. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor.

34 (1897) 400-.
panoramic, theory. Sutton, T. Pht. S. J. 6

(1860) 187-.
paraplanatic, Goerz*s rapid. Eder, J. M,

Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 169-.
for photographic and stereoscopic portraiture.

Brewster, (Sir) D. Pht. S. J. 7 (1862) 130-.
plano-convex. Suttm, T. Pht. S. J. 4 (1858)

252-.
portrait, Petzval's first. Eder, J, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 274-.
— , Voigtlander's. Uarting, H, Wien Pht.

Cor. 37 (1900) 279-.
power. Amann, J, Laus. S. Yd. BU. 35 (1899)

zix-.
— , graphic method of representing. Jankd,

P. von. Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896) 524-.
for reproduction of maps, etc. Hannot, A,

Bruz. Bll. Pht. 18 (1879) 164-.
simplified type. TayUxr, H, D. [1894] Phot.

J. 19 (1895) 64-.
single, corrected for architecture. Taylor,

J, T. Phot. J. 12 (1888) 98-.
spectacle lenses as. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 30 (1893) 386-.
spherical aberration, possible introduction.

DaUmeyer, T. R. Phot. J. 13 (1889) 108-.
standards of Phot. Soc., Dallmeyer's proposed

alteration. Cadett, J. Phot. J. 11 (1887)

116-.
for stellar photography. Pickering, E. C, Nt.

36 (1887) 562 ; 37 (1888) 558-.

. Grvbh, H. Nt. 37 (1888) 439.

, with reduced secondary spectrum.

Hartmg, H. Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 269-.
stigmatic, and astigmatic corrector. DcM-

meyer, T. R, Phot. J. 21 (1897) 167-.
— , — astigmatism. Aldis, H. L. Phot. J.

20 (1896) 117-.
stops, iris diaphragms. Boas, H, Z. Instk.

15 (1895) 443-.
and stops and perspective. Batigh, J, H, A,

Phot. J. 24 (1900) 326-.
stops, standard. Addenbrooke, — . Phot. J. 8

(1884) 52-.
— • system of measuring. Rudolph, P. [1893]

Phot. J. 18 (1894) 79-.

Pbotomicrognphy 3085

telephotographic. Saehse, J. F, Franklin I.

J. 136 (1893) 214-.
— . Longinescu, G. O. Bucarest S. Sc. Bl. 4

(1895) 116-.
— . Zschokke, W. Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896)

160-.
— , Dallmeyer's new. Brown, J. Glasg. Ph.

S. P. 23 (1892) 225-.
— , Fritsch's. Eder, J, M. Wien Pht. Cor.

29 (1892) 332-.
— , history and theory. Jadanxa, N, [1899]

Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 49 (1900) 153-.
— , Miethe's. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor.

28 (1891) 561- ; 29 (1892) 123-.
telescope objectives for astronomical photo-

graphy. Zschokke, P, Wien Pht. Cor. 35

(1898) 585-.
. Steinhea,R, Wien Pht. Cor.

36 (1899) 16-.
testing. DartDin, {Maj.) L. [1892] B. S. P.

52 (1893) 403- ; Phot. J. 17 (1893) 65-.
— . MUthe,A, [1893] Phot. J. 18 (1894) 76-.
— . Zschokke, W, Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896)

477- ; 36 (1899) 131-.

— by adjustable lens. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht.
Cor. 28 (1891) 361.

— and choice. Steinheil, A, Carl Bpm. 5
(1869) 193-.

— , Budolph*s method. Baugh, J. H. A, Phot.

J. 20 (1896) 141-.
tube with iris diaphragm, and combination set

of lenses. Addenbrooke, O. L. Phot. J. 12

(1888) 122-.
** universal.'* Coupi, (VahM) — . Brux. S. Sc.

A. 20 (1896) {Pt, 1) 74-.
view. Sutton, T, Pht. S. J. 5 (1859) 169-.
— , compound. Qruhh, T. [1858] Dubl. B. S.

J. 2 (1858-59) 27-.
— , DaUmeyer' B new rectilinear. Eder, J, M.

Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 189-.
— , single, form and application. DaUmeyer,

T. R. Phot. J. 13 (1889) 95-.
— , and telescope. Petzval, J. Wien SB. 31

(1858) 213-.
Yoigtlander's, Steinheil's and Zeiss's. Eder,

J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897) 133-.
Zeiss's. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor. 27

(1890) 355-.
— , Goerz's and Steinheil's. Eder, J. M.

Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 114-.

PHOTOMICROGRAPHY.

(See also Biology 0400 and Anatomy,

0145.)

Carpenter, W. B. B. A. Bp. (1847) (pt. 2)

48.
Thomson, W. T, C. B. A. Bp. (1850) {pt. 2)

126-.
Kingsley, W. T. [1852-54] (vra) Camb. Ph. S.

P. 1 (1866) 117- ; (m) Pht. S. J. 1 (1854)

93-.
PoU, J. J., db WeseUky, P. Wien SB. 23

(1857) 317-.
Shadbolt, O. [1857] Pht. S. J. 4 (1858) 78-.
MUUer, (Dr.) J. Freiburg B. 1 (1858) 508-.
Rood, O. N. Silliman J. 32 (1861) 186-.

332

3085 Pbotomicrognpby

Vogel, H. Pogg. A. 117 (1862) 629-.
Maddox, R, L. Mor. J. 8 (1863) 9-.
MottesHeTt A. [1865] Mntp. Mm. Ac. Sect.

So. 6 (1864-66) {PV.) 88-.
Arriaga, J. J, [1869] (xn) Ntleza. 1 (1870)

27-.
Erkmann, L. [1871] Fresenias Z. 11 (1872)

37.
Sanders, A. M. Mor. J. 10 (1873) 250-.
Gayer, E, J, M. Mor. J. 16(1876) 258-.
Fayel, — . C. R. 84 (1877) 343-.
Evans, F,H.,db Smith, G. Mor. S. J. 6 (1886)

557-.
Smith, G. [1886] Phot. J. 11 (1887) 22-.
Evans, F. H. [1886] Phot. J. 11 (1887) 25-.
Marktanner-Tumeretseher, G. Wien Pht. Cor.

24 (1887) 237-.
Rafter, G. W. Am. 8. Mor. P. (1887) 268-.
Kibbler, —. Mor. 8. J. (1888) 629-.
TrambusH, A, Z. Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888) 335-.
Sudduth, W. X, Mor. 8. J. (1889) 698-.
Heurek, H. van. Mor. 8. J. (1890) 104-.
Piersol, G. A. Mor. 8. J. (1890) 516-.
Mayall, J. (jun.) Mor. 8. J. (1891) 107-, 151-.
Comber, T, Mor. 8. J. (1891) 407-.
Mercer, A, C, Mor. 8. J. (1892) 805-.
Molndr, N, Termt. KOzl. 24 (1892) (Suppl.)

169-.
Ducheene, L, A. Ck)n8. Arts et Met. 5 (1893)

61-.
Marktanner-Tumeretseher, G. Z. Ws. Mkr.

10 (1893) 83-.
Naumann, ^. [1893] Leip. Nf. Gs. 8b. 19-21

(1896) 67.

Turner, E. H, Manch. Mor. 8. T. (1895)

80-
Walmsley, W. H. Am. Mor. 8. T. 17 (1895)

340-.
Walkhoff, O, Braonsohw. Yr. Nt. Jbr. (10)

(1897) 98-.

MonpUlard, F, A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 1 (1899)

363-.
Spitta, — . [1899] Mor. 8. J. (1900) 141-.
Norman, A, Mor. 8. J. (1900) 388-.
of Amphipleura pellucida, Bousfield, E, C,

Mor. 8. J. (1887) 357-.

Apparatus,

Pumphrey, W. Midi. NtlUt. 8 (1885) 113-.
ViaUanes, H. Par. 8. Bl. Mm. 37 (1885)

(C. R.) 404-.
Tursini, — . Mor. 8. J. 6 (1886) 1060.
Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1887) 473-.
ChurchUl, {Lord) E. Mor. 8. J. (1888)

1061-.
CzapsH, S. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 301-.
Ragazzoni, A. Bresoia At. Cm. (1889) 16-.
Muras, T. H. Mor. 8. J. (1892) 426-.
Lavdowsky, M. Z. Ws. Mkx. 11 (1894) 313-.
Czaplewski, E. Z. Ws. Mkr. 13 (1896) 147-.
Giles, G. M. Mor. 8. J. (1897) 164-.
Golden, M. J. Mor. 8. J. (1897) 682.
Bitting, A. W. [1897] Mcr. 8. J. (1899)

440-.
Barnard, J. E. [1899] Mcr. 8. J. (1900)

121-.
Measures, J. W. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 267-.

Apparatus 3085

for astronomical photography. Mercer, A, C.

Am. Mor. 8. T. 18 (1896) 182-.
Baker's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1891) 525-.
camera. Highley, S. C. N. 8 (1863) 116-.
— . Neyreneuf, V. Caen 8. L. Bll. 1 (1877)

142-.
— . Mercer, F. W. Mcr. 8. J. 4 (1884)

626-.
— . Ndwn, E. M. Mcr. 8. J. (1887) 1025-.
— . GHjffith, E. H, Mcr. 8. J. (1888) 1081.
— . Kibbler, A, Mor. 8. J. (1889) 127-.
— . WaimsUy, W. H. Am. 8. Mcr. P. 12

(1890) 69-.
— . Hardy, J. D. [1893] Quek, Mor. CI. J.

5 (1894) 306-.
— . Leiss, C. Z. Angew. Mkr. 1 (1896)

225-.

— and condensing system. Stringer, E, B.
[1897] Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 174-.

— , Stringer's. Comber, T. [1897]

Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 140.
, — . Nelson, E. M. [1897] Mcr.

8. J. (1898) 140.
— , micro-stereoscopic, improved. Baker, J. G.

FrankUn I. J. 148 (1899) 145-.
— , miniature, Robinson's. Roux, — . Mcr. 8.

J. 5 (1885) 528-.
— , Nachet's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1893) 98-.
— , Nelson's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1887)

661-.
—, Neohaus's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1888)

293-.

— for opaque objects. Buttencorth, J. Mor.
8. J. (1896) 596-, 704.

— , Stegemann's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1888)

116-.
— , vertical, Beck's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1895)

236-.
— , — and horizontal combined, Zeiss's.

Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 351-.
», ^, Pringle's. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. (1898)

695.
ohromo-copper light-filter. Zeltnow, E, Mcr.

8. J. (1889) 700.
cobalt blue glass. WaUaee, J. [1899] Mor.

8. J. (1900) 265.
colour screens. Hubbard, J. G, Bost. 8. Md.

8c. J. 3 (1899) 297-.
. Wright, J. H. Bost. 8. Md. 8o. J. 3

(1899) 302-.
complete. Oppio, L. doll*. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Rd. 5 (1896) {Sem. 2) 179-.
— . Gaylord, H. R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 16 (1899)

289-.
focusing screen. Nelson, E. M. Mor. 8. J.

(1887) 1028.

. Smith, G. [1887] Mcr. 8. J. (1888) 119.

heliostat. Woodward, J. J. M. Mor. J. 1 (1869)

2^.
— . Stratum, S. W., dt BurriU, T. J. Am.

8. Mcr. P. (1885) 103-.
— . Deck, L. S. Am. 8. Mor. P. 13 (1891)

49-.
for instantaneous photomiorography. Mark-
• tanner-Tumeretscher, G. Wien Pht. Cor.

25 (1888) 467-.
. CwHes, C. L. Mor. 8. J. (1894)

516-.

338

8085

Pbotomlcrognpby

8085

for instantaneoiis photomiorography. ScoU^

A, C. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 720-.
, NaoheV8. Anon. Mor. S. J. 6 (1886)

842-.
isoohiomatic platas. Smith, T. F. [1892]

Quek. Mor. CI. J. 5 (1894) 183-.
lens, Cooke. Jourdain, P. E, B. Mor. S. J.

(1898) 397-.

— , plaiiar, for low powers. Jawrdain, P. E. B,

Mor. S. J. (1898) 399-.
— , Zeiss, for low powers. Measures, — . [1897]

Mor. S. J. (1898) 189.
lenses and eye-pieoes. Gage, S. H, Am. Mor.

S. P. 16 (1893) 25-.
— , suggested improvement in oorrection. Ptf-

fard, H, G. Mor. 8. J. (1893) 786-.
low power, Beiohert's. Anon, Mor. 8. J.

(1899) 658-.

Mawson and 8wan's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1889)

128.
and methods. Capranica, S. Z. Ws. Mkr.

6 (1889) 1-.
miorosGope. Brewster^ {Sir) D, (vi Adds.)

Pht. 8. J. 8 (1864) 439-.
— . Bourmans, — . Les Mondes 20 (1869)

115-.
— . Curtiet, C. L. Mor. 8. J. (1894] 417.
~. Lemardeley, — . Mor. 8. J. (1894) 518.
~. Measures, — . Mor. 8. J. (1899) 674.
— , Baker's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1894) 517.
— , Naohet's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. 6 (1886)

840-.
Naohet's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1892) 870-.
— . Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1893) 103.
for photomiorography with strong objeotives.

Israel, O. Yiroh. Aroh. 106 (1886) 502-.
Pringle's. MayaU, J. U^n.) Mor. 8. J. (1890)

543-.
small, Beiohert's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900)

122-.
stand, Zeiss's. Anon. Mor. 8. J. (1900) 381.
for systematio photomiorography. Shearer,

J. B. Am. Mor. 8. T. 18 (1896) 117-.

— use at night. Edmonds, J. Midi. Ntlist.
11 (1888) 23.

Winkel's. Gaylord, H. R^ Z. Ws. Mkr. 14
(1897) 313-.

applioation of acetylene gas. WaXmsley, W. H.
Am. Mor. 8. T. 18 (1896) 136-.

— — artificial illumination. ShadboU, G.
J. Mor. 8o. 1 (1853) 165-.

— — divergent light. F., S. Bv. Trim.
Morgr. 2 (1897) 177-.

electric arc. Barnard, J. E. Mor. 8.

J. (1897) 600.
. Barnard, J.E.,<t Carver, T.A.B.

[1897] Mor. 8. J. (1898) 170-.
— light. Heurck, H. van. Brux. 8.

Big. Mor. Bll. 8 (*1883) lix- or Ixii-; 15

(1889) 24-.
gaslight. Sternberg, {Mc^.) G. M. J. H.

Un. Cir. [9 (1889-90)] 72- ; Am. Mor. 8. P.

14 (1892) 85-.

— — incandescent lamps. Stein, T. Lum,
Elect. 14 (1884) 127-.

lime light. Woodward, J. J. Am. J.

So. 50 (1870) 366-.

apj^oation of magnesiom light. Boux,E. Z.

Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888) 497-.
. Neuiuiuss, R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 8

(1891) 181-.

. Rohmann, F., db Galewsky, E.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892) 71.
. Neuhauss, R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 9

(1892) 72-.

and electric light. Woodward, J. J.

Am. J. 8o. 49 (1870) 294-.
monochromatic light (yellow). Smith,

T. F. Mor. 8. J. (1893) 276-, 285-.
. Pretzl, A. L. [1897] Mor. 8. J.

(1898) 127-.

— — — — , influence of absorption pan.
NeuhauBs, R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 7 (1890) 20-.

• orthochromatism. Eder, J. M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 7-.
. MorynUard, — . [1893] Mor. 8. J.

(1894) 113-.
8iemen8*s regenerator burner. Eder, J. M.

Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 488.
chronophotography. Weiss, G. Par. 8. Bl.

Mm. 48 (1896) (C. R.) 645-.
and coinoidenoe of chemical and visual foci.

Wenham, F. H. Mor. 8. T. 3 (1855) 1-.
of orystals of snow and ice. Neuhauss, R.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892) 324-.
and drawing for scientific purposes. MaalBe,

C. U. Z. Ws. Mkr. 12 (1895) 449-.
fixation by means of oxyhydrogsn miorosoope.

Gebauer, —. [1839] Flora 23 (1840) 193-,

199-.
of fiagellsB of bacteria. Zettnow, E. Z. Ws.

Mkr. 9 (1892) 74-.
focusing. EUts, J. Mor. 8. J. (1887) 1028.
— . Lignier, 0. Caen 8. L. Bll. 5 (1891) 46-.
— . Francotte, P. Mor. 8. J. (1892) 270.
high power. Woodward, J. J. Am. J. 8o. 42

(1866) 189-.
. Barnard, J. E., dk Carver, T. A. B.

Nt. 57 (1897-98) 448-.

— — , actinic and visual foci. Cox, J. D.
Am. 8. Mor. P. (1885) 29-.

, best technique. Rafter, G. W. Am. 8.

Mor. P. 11 (1889) 112-.
, by lamplight. Cox, J. D. Am. 8. Mcr.

P. (1884) 99-.
, . Detmers, H. J. Am. 8. Mcr. P.

10 (1888) 143-.
illumination. Kdhler, A. Z. Ws. Mkr. 10

(1893) 433-.

— . Hunter,J. So. Mcr. 8. P. AT. 1(1895) 229-.
instantaneous. Holman, D. S. Mor. 8. J.

6 (1886) 333.
— . Stenglein, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888)

192-.
— . Marktanner-Tumeretscher, G. Mcr. 8. J.

(1894) 110-.

— . Stnnger, E. B. Mcr. 8. J. (1898) 282.
and iso-photography and megaphotography.

Hunt, A. R. Nt. 62 (1900) 79-.
of large sections. Nieser, O. Z. Ws. Mkr. 11

(1894) 27.

. Forgan, W. Sc. Mcr. 8. P. A T. 1

(1895) 221-.

— metals, Queen's. Anon. [1898] Mcr. 8.
J. (1901) 207-.

884

3085 Fhotographio Lenses and Systems

Camera Lucida 3090

methods. Hayes, R. A, [1888] Ir. Ao. P.

4 (*1884-88) 59-.
— . MoeUer, H. Z. Ws. Mkr. 6 (1888) 1«^-.
— . Neuhams, R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 5 (1888) 484-.
— . Pifard, — . Mor. S. J. (1892) 868-.
and miorostmctare of iron. Kvpelwieser, F.

Oestr. Z. Brgw. 37 (1889) 299-, 809-.
in natural colours. Neahau»$, R, Z. Ws.

Mkr. 11 (1894) 829-.
— , Ives's process. Turner^ — , Mor.

S. J. (1899) 676.
of opaque objects. Carlier, E, W.^db Mann^ G.

[1898] So. Mcr. S. P. <j^ T. 1 (1895) 115-.
. WcUnuley, W. H, Am. Mcr. S. T.

20 (1899) 189-.
petroleum, gas and Auer's lamp compared.

Neuhauss, R. Z. Ws. Mkr. 10 (1898) 87-.
phenomenon interpreted by Abbe diffraction

theory. NeUon, E. M, [1888] Quek. Mcr.

01. J. 3 (1889) 273-.
photographic printing in. LandoU, H,, db

ThUlen, W, Arch. Mkr. An. 7 (1871) 269-.
of Pleurongma angtdatum. Heurek^ H, van,

Mcr. S. J. (1890) 261.

— — formosum. Smithy T. F» Mcr, S. J,
(1888) 1068- ; (1889) 166.

— Podura scales. Woodward, J, J. M. Mcr.
J. 5 (1871) 149-, 245-.

. Vereker, (Hon.) J. G. P. [1891]

Mor. S. J. (1892) 425-.
. Wright, H. Q, A. Mcr. S. J. (1892)

906-.
. Smith, T, F. [1892] Mor. S. J.

(1893) 105-.
practical, with ordinary objectives. Bray,

T. J, Am. Mcr. S. T. 18 (1896) 107-.
projection of photographs. Draper, J. C. Am.

J. Sc. 15 (1878) 259-.
reduction of silver salts in photography. Oi-

rard, J. C. R. 83 (1876) 680-.
of retinal image in insect eye. Eder, J. M,

Z. Ws. Mkr. 8 (1891) 198-.

— spermatozoa from Triton. DowdesweU, — .
Mcr. S. J. (1888) 1065-.

stereoscopic. Oebhardt, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 13

(1896) 419-.
by sunlight. Woodward, J, J, Am. J. So.

2 (1871) 258-.
with Tolles's ^" objective. Cutter, E. Am.

J. Sc. 18 (1879) 93-.
use of eye-piece. Mercer, A, C. Am. S. Mor.

P. 12 (1890) 50-.
(Mercer). Cox, J. D. Am. S. Mcr.

P. 12 (1890) 54-.
. Mercer, A. C Am. S. Mcr. P. 12

(1890) 247.
of writing. Woodward, J, J. [1873] Quek.

Mcr. CI. J. 3 (1872-74) 228-.
with Zeiss apocmromatics. MayaU, J. (jun,)

Mcr. S. J. (1890) 830-.

Phototheodolite. Stolze, —. D. Nf. Tbl.

(1886) 187.
— . PoUack, V, Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892)

55-.
— , Bridges-Lee. Dolezal, E. Wien Pht.

Cor. 35 (1898) 73-.

Phototheodolite, Booha's. DoleMal, E. Wien

Pht. Cor. 34 (1897) 178-.
Physios in photography. Abney, (Capt,) W, de W.

Nt. 18 (1878) 489-, 528-, 543-.
Pinhole photography. Eder, J. M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 550-.
. Bazilevikij, V. I. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 21

(Pj.) (1889) 260-; J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 539.
. Rayieigh, (Lord), B. A. Bp. (1889)

493-; Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 87-.
. Colson, R, A. Cons. Arts et Mdt. 4

(1892) 173-.
Polarisation of light applied to photography.

Acres, B. Phot. J. 18 (1894) 203-.
Beflections combined with refractions. Dail'

meyer, T, R. Phot. J. 16 (1892) 103-.
Ship's movements, photographic registration.

Ach, N. Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 309-.
Telephotography. Steinheil, A. Wien Pht.

Cor. 29 (1892) 61-.
— . Spitaler, R. Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892)

173-.
— . Cruder, —. Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895)

189-.
— and photography from balloons. Meyer-
Heine, — . A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 1 (1899)

193-.
Telescopic photography. McKay, A, [1890]

N. Z. I. T. 23 (1891) 461-.
Zone plate photography. Wood, R, W, Phot.

J. 24 (1900) 248-.

3090 Optical Apparatus not
scheduled elsewhere. Stereo-
scope.

Anaglyptoscope. Oppel, J. J, Pogg. A. 99

(1856) 466-.
Anorthosoope. Plateau, J, A, F. Brux. Ao.

Bll. 3 (1836) 7-.
— . Carpenter, W, B. Stud. 2 (1869) 110-.
Anorthoecopio figures. ZiiUner, F. Pogg. A.

117 (1862) 477-.
. Weber, F. Z. Mth. Ps. 12 (1867)

133-.
Auzanograph. HUgendorf, F. Berl. Nf. Fr.

8b. (188*^ 39-.

CAMERA LUCIDA.

WoUasUm, W, H, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 27 (1807)
343-.

Sheldrake, T. Nicholson J. 23 (1809) 372-.

BaU, R. B, Nicholson J. 24 (1809) 146-.

Amici,Q,B. Bologna Opuso. Sc. 3 (1819) 25-.

Vecchi, S. N. Cim. 28 (*1868) 210-.

Govi, G. Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 8 (1872-73) 253-.

Pellerin, — . C. B. 86 (1878) 764-.

Nachet, — (jun.). Par. S. Ps. S^. (1882) 101-.

Govt, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889)
{Sem. 1) 3-.

applicable to delineation of flowers. Robiton,
{Sir) J. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 30 (1841) 402-.

versus camera obsoura. Sheldrake, T, Nichol-
son J. 25 (1810) 173-.

335

3090

lUumlaatiag Apptumtus for Llgbtboases

3090

versus camera obflcora. Piffard, H. O. Mor.

S. J. (1892) 422-.
oombinations. Homer, W, G, Thomson A.

Ph. 6 (1815) 281-.
ooDBtniction. Minotti, N. G. Majooohi A.

FiB. C. 1 (1850) 211-.
dioptric. LeyteTj E, vcn, Pogg. A. 56 (1842)

407-.
Gk)vi'8, use in oollimation and refraotometiy.

Lafay, A. G. B. 130 (1900) 1122-.
modified. LUdicke, M, A. F. Gilbert A. 42

(1812) 888-.
prism, new property. Bauemfeind, C, M,

Mtinch. Sb. (1868) (1) 491-.
steel. Chladni, E. F. F, GUbert A. 61 (1819)

98-.
use of gilt glass. Qovi, G. C. B. 79 (1874)

378-.
silvered glass. Terquem, A. Ph. Mg.

3 (1877) 541-.
. Douglas, J, C. Beng. As. 8. P.

(1880) 73-.
. Forgan, W, [1894] Sc. Mcr. S.

P. & T. 1 (1896) 12^.
Wollaston's, applied to telescope. Zantedeschi,

F. Ven. At. 15 (1869-70) 1065-.

Camera obsoura, erecting prism for. Cheva-
lier, C. G. B. 13 (1841) 233-.

— ^ and microscope, periscopic. WoUaston,
W. H. Phil. Trans. (1812) 370-.

— — — — , — (Wollaston). Jones, W,
Nicholson J. 34 (1813) 10O-.

Ghromoscope. LUaicke, M. A, F. Gilbert A.

36 (1810) 127-.
— , experiments on passage of light through

angmar openings. LUdicke, M, A, F.

GUbert A. 52 (1816) 416-.

COAST LIGHTING,

Loo, D. J. S. van, Batav. Ntk. Ts. 30 (1868)

149-.
Apparent lights on pierheads of harbours and

rocks. Stevenson, T, Edinb. T. Sc. S. Arts

4 (1856) 276-.

Beacons and buoy lamps, means of causing

flashes. Wigham, J. R, [1899] Dubl. S.

Sc. P. 9 (1899-1902) 76-.
— , illumination by electricity. Stevenson, T,

(C, E,) [1867] Edinb. Sc. S. Arts T. 7

(1868) 806-.
Electric lighting, coast of France. Boulart, L,

Bv. Sc. 1 (1881) 226-.
, . GuSrout, A, Lum. Elect.

5 (•1881) 25-.

Illuminating Apparatus for Lighthouses,
(See aUo 6080.)

Drummond, T, Phil. Trans. (1830) 383-.
Barlow, W, H. PhU. Trans. (1837) 211-.
Stevenson, T, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 1 (1866) 273-;

13 (1861) 273-.
Masselin,A, {nAdds,) BfE. I. P. (1862) 48-.
Stevenson, T. (C. £.) [1867] Edinb. Sc. S.

Arts T. 7 (1868) 540-.

Eraser, A, Medley I. Eng. 5 (1868) 2-.
Swan, W, Edinb. T. Sc. 8. Arts 7 (1868) 473-,

607-.
Stevenson, T, (C, E,) [1871-75] B. A. Bp.

(1871) (Sect.) 37-; Nt. 12 (1875) 833- ; Sc.

S. Arts T. 9 (1878) 321-.
Lepaute, H. {fils). As. Fr. G. B. (1877) 223-.
Stevenem, T, (C. E,) [1879] Nt. 21 (1880)

166-.
Harcourt, A. V. Nt. 35 (1887) 41-, 60-.
Sch&pfleuthner, — . Dingier 277 (1890) 297-.
Kenward, J. Science 21 (1893) 216-.
Sibiire, — . A. Pon. Ghauss. 8 (1894) 190- ;

(1897) (Tnm, 4) 116-.
Purves, J. A. Nt. 61 (1899-1900) 393-.
annular lenses. Wigham, J, R. Dubl. 8. Sc.

P. 6 (1888-90) 525-.
combination of mirrors used to augment illumi-
nating power, Madras. Smith, John T,

Madras J. 9 (l839) 273.

— — polyzonal lenses with plain mirrors.
Brewster, (Sir) D, [1827] Edinb. B. 8. T.
11 (1831) 33-.

dioptric. Fresnel, A, J, Par. 8. Phlm. Bll.
(1822) 123-.

— (Fresnel's). Lovering, J., db Peiree, — .
Franklin I. J. 18 (1849) 249-.

— . Brebner, A. (Jun.) I. GB. P. 70 (1882)
386-.

— for catoptric. Melloni, M. (vi Adds.)
Majocchi A. Fis. G. 24 (1846) 321- ; 25
(1847) 105-, 214-, 318- ; 26 (1847) 101-,
216-, 324-; 27 (1847) 100-.

— and catoptric. Grunert, J. A. Grunert
Arch. 19 (1852) 241-.

— — — and catadioptric. Hamilton, W,
Franklin I. J. 18 (1849) 67-, 161-, 240-,
335-.

— , for electric light. Chance, J. T. 1. GE.

P. 57 (1879) 168-.
— , improvements. Douglass, W. T,,d; Purves,

J. A. I. GE. P. 137 (1899) 131-.
— , Kirkaldy Harbour. Sang, E. Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 25 (1838) 249-.
— , progress. Stevenson, C. A. Nt. 46 (1892)

514-.
^, spherical refractor for. Stevenson, C. A.

[1888] Sc. 8. Arts T. 12 (1891) 219-.
for dipping lights. Brehner, A. I. GE. P. 78

(1884) 361-.
double holophote. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb.

B. 8. T. 24 (1867) 635-.
eclipsing, Belfast Lough. Bottomley, W. B.

A. Bp. (1874) {Sect.) 220-.
electric. Secchi, A. N. Gim. 3 (1856) 394.
— . Faraday, M. [1860] B. I. P. 3 (185^-

62) 220-.
— . Reynaud, L. A. T^l. 6 (1868) 369-.
— . Douglass, (Sir) J, N. I. GE. P. 67 (1879)

77-.
— . Petit, P. L. N. L. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 37

(1880) 261-.

— (for lighthouses and ships). Common, A. A.
Nt. 31 (1886) 125-.

— . Adams, W. G. Elect. 16 (1886) 57-, 76-,

97-, 115-, 136-.
^. HopHnson, J. Elect. 17 (1886) 518-.
~. Blandel, A. Elect. 31 (1893) 478-.

336

3090 Ligttbouaes

electric, Isle of May. SUvenMcnt D. A, I. MB.

P. (1887) 847-.
— , La Hdve. Quinttte de Roehemont, — . A.

Pon. Ghausa. 19 (1870) 809-.
— , Maoqaarie and Tino. Hopkimon, J, I. GE.

P. 87 (1886) 248-.
— , objections. AUard^ B, A. Pon. Chaoss.

8 (1882) 48»-.
— , Penmaroh-Eckmuhl. JDii Riehe PreUer, O.

Sc. Abe. 1 (1898) 678-.
fixed, new system. Smith, (Col.)John T. Madras

Eng. Bp. 1 (1839) 41-; B. E. Pp. 5 (1842)

66-.

— and oocolting. Kenward, J, [1890] Birm,
Ph. S. P. 7 (1889-91) 288-.

gas for. Wigham^J.R. [1872] (xi) Dubl.
S. J. 6 (1875) 192-.

— lamp, double quadriform. Barrett, W, F.
[1886] Dubl. 8. Sc. P. 6 (1886-87) 74-.

— lamps, improved forms. Wigham, J, R.
[1891] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 7 (1891-92) 147-.

holophotal system. Stevenson, T, Edinb. T.

So. S. Arts 4 (1856) 1-.
hyper-radial and other lenses. Kenward, J.

Birm. Ph. S. P. 6 (1887-89) 213-.
improvements. Roberts, R, [1859] Manch.

Ph. S. Mm. 15 (1860) 166-.
— . Anon, [1895] Nt. 53 (1895-96) 66-.
Kitson light. Wigham, J. R, [1900] Dubl.

S. Sc. P. 9 (1899-1902) 471-.
lamps, continuous, method of increasing power.

Wigham, J, R. [1894] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 8

(1893-98) 347-.
lenses, relative powers. Brebner, A. I. GE.

P. Ill (1893)296-; 122 (1895) 300-.
magneto-electric. GlcuUtone, J. H. QJ. Sc.

1 (1864) 70-.
oU for. Macadam, S, [1878] Sc. S. Arts T.

10 (1883) 56-.
refraction protractor, and application to de-
signing of prisms. Balfour, J, M, [1857]

(vi Adds,) Edinb. T. Sc. S. Arts 5 (1861) 95-.
refractors. Stevenson, C A, I. GE. P. 117

(1894) 341 -.
revolving light in harbour of Porto d'Anzio.

LmotU, L. G. Arcad. 28 (1824) 32-.

— lights, masking for any bearing. Stevenson,
T. (C. E.) Nt.-23 (1881) 660-.

semi-horizon, eclipsing. Smith, (CoL) John T.

GE. I. T. 2 (1838) 193- ; B. E. Pp. 5 (1842)

41-.
— , — and fixed. Thomson, J, T, J. I. Arohip.

6 (18521 94-.
semi-revolving. Thomson, J. T, Edinb. T.

Sc. S. Arts 4 (1856) 806-.
sideral lamp. Ldwen&m, P. de, (vi Adds,)

Kiob. Ov. (1822-23) 2-.
. Gaudin, A. C. B. 22 (1846) 170-.

Lighthouses,

Arago, D, F. J. A. G. 37 (1828) 392-; Par.

Bur. Long. An. (1831) 172-.
Hess, A, Grelle J. Bauk. 29 (1850) 70-, 93-,

191-, 349-; 30 (1851) 56-.
Cowper, — . [1851] B. I. P. 1 (1851-54) 24-.
Veit-Meyer, — . [1854] Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 16

(1855) 18-.

Optical Apparatus 8090

Pwrves, J. A. [1899] Glasg. I. Eng. T. 48

(1900) 19-.
and beacons and buoys, etc. Sautter, L. Bv.

Mar. et Gol. 70 (1881) 299-, 561- ; 71 (1881)

502-.
Bell Bock. Stevenson, R, Edinb. Ph. J. 12

(1825) 18-.
deep-sea. Anderson, C, [1883] Eng. S. T.

(1884) 46-.
Denmark. Lihoeniim, P, de. Kidb. Dn. Yd.

Selsk. Skr. 1 (1800) (Heft 2) 179- ; 4(1805-06)

(Heft 2) 41-, 119- ; Kidb. Dn. Yd. Seisk.

Mh. 1 (1824) 81-; 2 (1826) 1-.
— and Norway. Anon, (vi 1126) Schroder

B. Zeev. 3 (1823) 54-.
Eddystone. Douglass, W, T, [1888] I. GE. P.

75 (•1884) 20-.
floating and fixed. Stevenson, D, Franklin L

J. 31 (1856) 221-.
— , new. Fryer, A. [1860] Manch. Ph. S.

Mm. 1 (1862) 168-.
— , '*Wandelaar," and fog signal apparatus.

Boulvin, J. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 41 (1884) 415-.
formulee and tables for calculating range of

light. Gylden, H. Stookh. Ofv. 29 (No. 1)

(1872) 71-.
at nigh elevations, vertical distribution of light.

Stevenson, T, (C. E,) [1878] Nt. 19 (1879) 19-.
Horsburgh. Thomson, J, T, J. I. Aicnip. 6

(1852) 376-.
intensity and distance of projection of light.

Allard, E. A. Pon. Ghauss. 12 (1876) 6-.
iron, history and construction. Merrick, J. V.

Franklin L J. 31 (1856) 145-.
Italian, ancient and modem. Cialdi, A. Bm.

N. Line. At. 30 (1877) 808-.
North British. Stevenson, R, Edinb. N. Ph.

J. 15 (1833) 108-.
visibility of lights in rapid motion. Stevenson,

A. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 82 (1842) 270-.

Golorimetric double pipette, Hoppe-Seyler's.

Albrecht, E, Z. Ins^. 12 (1892) 417-.
Golour, form and motion, reproauction. Cros^

C, C, B. 82 (1876) 1515 ; 88 (1876) 291-.
Goncentrator, pyramidal, for solar rays. De-

laurier,± [1882] Les Mondes 4 (1888) 268-.
Gyclostat for observation of rapidly rotating

bodies. Thury, — . Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 15

(1886) 141-.
Diacatoptron. Oibhes, G, 8, Tillooh Ph. Mg.

39 (1812) 127-.
Dicatopter, von Hagenow's patent. Emsmann,

H, Pogg. A. 88 (1863) 242-.
Dipleidoscope and passage-prisms. KUhn, O,

Gztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 169-.
— , theory. Grunert, J, A. Grunert Arch. 5

(1844) 343-.
Displacements, small, experimental arrange-
ment for measuring. Righi, A. Bologna

Bd. 1 (1897) 185-.
Drawing objects natural size, apparatus for.

Bausch, H. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 734-.
Eilementary optics, apparatus for demonstration

of laws. Gariel, C. M, As. Fr. G. B. 8

(1874) 244-; 8 (1879) 423-.

VOL. III.

337

3090 Optioal Apparatus

Firing ftrrangement, optioal, for covered bat-
teries. Frayiseix, B,de. C. B. 90 (1880) 1850-.
Flexure, new optioal apparatus for studying.

Lcncy, M., A Tre$ca, H. A, G. B. 95 (1882)

1114-.
Fooometer. Snellen^ H, Donders Ndl. Oast.

Oogl. Vs. 17 (1876) 204-.
—, Abbe's. Czapski.S. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 185-.
— , new. Mergier, G. A, As. Fr. C. B. (1886)

(PU 1) 100; Par. S. Ps. 86. (1887) 193-.
— , — . Everett^ J, D. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894)

180- ; Ph. Mg. 35 (1893) 333-.
— , —. Quilloz, T. As. Fr. C. B. (1895)

{Pt. 2) 410-.
— , universal. Weiss^ G. Par. S. Ps. S6,

(1895) 35-.
Fountain, luminous. Trouv4, G, C. B. 113

(1891) 596-; 115 (1892) 424-.
Gauss plate, most favourable position. Walter,

B. A. Ps. C. 52 (1894| 762-.
Glass cell with parallel sides. Clowes, F,

Ph. Big. 48 (1874) 61-.
— , varnish to facilitate writing on. Terquem, A .

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1876) 114-.
Heliastron or solar-compass. Watt, M, Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 4 (1828) 16-.
loonographio apparatus. Vanghetti, G, Z.

Ws. Mkr. 10 (1893) 457.
Image-finder, automatic. Bodkin, (Rev.) R. C,

[1894] Dubl. 8. 8c. P. 8 (1893-98) 281-.
Internal reflection in glass rod used for illumina-
tion of cavities. RobUon, (Sir) J, B. A. Bp.

(1842) (pt. 2) 27.
Ealeidopolariscope. Petrina, F, A. Pogg. A.

49 <1840) 236-.
Kaleidoscope. Bradley, R. TiUoch Ph. Mg.

51 (1818) 376-.
— , Brewtter, (Sir) D. Bb. Un. 8 (1818) 155-.
— . Gilbert, L, W. GUbert A. 59 (1818) 341-.
— . Playfair, J. QJ. 8c. 5 (1818) 324-.
— . Roget,P,M. ThomsonA.Ph.ll(1818)375-.
— . Vallot, J, N, Dijon 86. Ac. (1818) 106-.
— . Wurter, F. GUbert A. 59 (1818) 368-.
— . Mack, K. Ezner Bpm. 21 (1885) 567-.

— and its application to the arts. Luca, P.
A.de, IlProgres8ol4(1836) 82-; Nap. Bd.
1 (1842) 66 (166)-.

—, problem. Weiss, A. Pogg. A. 84 (1851)145-.

Ealoscope. Heys, W. H. [1861] Manch. Ph.
8. Mm. 1 (1862) 234-.

Kinematograph, electric. NichoU, W. Belfast
NH. 8. Bp. A P. (1896-97) 62-.

Kinematography, Marey's apparatus. Her-
mann, — . Kdnigsb. 8chr. 36 (1895) [15].

Lactoscope. Siguier, A. C. B. 17 (1843) 585-.

Laryngoscope, history. Blumgrund, E. Gztg.
Opt. 20 (1899) 32-.

Magnification of dioptric apparatus, instrument
for experimental demonstration of theory.

Mergier, i. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1886) 60-.

— — optical instruments, apparatus for
measuring. Govi, G. [1863] (vn) Tor.
Mm. Ac. 23 (1866) 455-.

, . Oberbeck, A, N.-Vorp.

Mt. 19 (1888) 71-.
Magnifying apparatus. Sehilbersxky, K, (jun,)

Termt. Kdzl. 22 (1890) (Suppl.) 47-.

Optical Telegnpby 3090

Measuring instruments with movable mirror
showing image of fixed scale in teleaoope,
determination of angle of rotation. Steg-
mann, F. Grunert Arch. 25 (1866) 376-.

Micrometers, methods of cutting rook-crystal
for. Wollastm, W, H. Phil. Trans. (1820)
126-.

— , prismatic. Amid, G, B. Zaoh Cor. 8
(1823) 67-.

Micrometric measurement by optioal images.
Abbe, E, [1878] Jena. 8b. (1879) xi-.

Mirror method, modification of Poggendorff' 8.
Du Bois, H. E. J. G. A. Ps. C. 38 (1889) 494-.

— reading, apparatus for illuminating scales.
Kamerlingh Onnes, — . Amst. Ak. Vs. 4
(1896) 311- ; Arch. N6erl. 1 (1898) 405-.

Mirror-lineal. Reusch, F. E. von, Carl Bpm.

16 (1880) 255-.
Momentary attitudes, rapid view instrument for.

Galton, F. Nt. 26 (1882) 249-.
Monochromatoscope. Thierry, M, de, C. B.

118 (1894) 636-.
Monostereoscope. Boblin, A. Brux. Ac. Bll.

5 (1858) 304-.
— , Boblin*s. ScarpeUini, C. Bm. CJor. So. 5

(1859) 137.
Multireflector for use with galvanometers, etc.

Ayrton, W, E,, dk Perry, J. Lum. !^lect.
5 (*1881) 38-.
Optical experiment (wheels rotating in opposite
directions). Arago, F, Bv. Mar. et Col. 46
(1876) 444-.

— instrument, new (combining compound
microscope, camera lucida, etc.). Waddell,
A. Edmb. Ph. J. 5 (1821) 143-.

— model illustrating character of vibrations in
crystal cut parallel to axis, when plane-
polarised light is incident upon it. RUcker,
A, W. L. Ps. 8. P. 10 (1890) 11-.

— surfaces, working. Gautier, P, J. de Ps.
8 (1899) 477-.

OPTICAL TELEGRAPHY.

Anon. [1788] (vi 11) Am. Ph. 8. T. 4

(1799) 162-.
Cooke, J. [1794] Ir. Ac. T. 6 (1797) 77-.
Edgeworth, R. L, [1795-96] Ir. Ac. T. 6

(1797) 95-, 313-.
(Br6guet and B6tancourt.) {Lagrange^ J. L.,

et alii non] Lagrange, J. L., db Legendre, — .

Par. Mm. de PI. 3 (1800-01) 22-.
Carney, J. A. Mntp. Bee. Bll. 2 (1805) 289-.
Lamanon, P. J. de Ps. 65 (1807) 5-.
PasUy, (Sir) C. W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 29 (1807)

205— 292—
Le Hardy, C. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 33 (1809) 343-.
Edgeworth, R. L. Nicholson J. 26 (1810) 181-.
Parrot, G. F. [1834] 8t P6t. Ac. 8c. Mm. 3

(1838) 239-.
Laussedat, A. As. Fr. C. B. (1874) 1267-.
Uard, A. A. T61. 2 (1875) 379-.

Mercadier, E. Lum. 6lect. 2 (♦1880) 146-,
502- ; A. T61. 7 (1880) 5-, 118-, 544-; 8
(1881) 44-, 167-.

Nansouty, M. de. G6n. Civ. 7 (1885) 116-,
133-, 150-.

338

3090 Optical Apparatus

Bouchard, E. A. T^l. 14 (1887) 342-.

Dieudanni, E. Lam. i^leot. 26 (1887) 423-.
automatic receiver. Dueretet, £. Cf. B. 106
(1887) 664-.

— transmission and reception of messages by.
Martin de Btettes, J. B. C. B. 96 (1882) 26-.

best source of light. EUie, R, Bordeaox S.

Sc. PV. (1894-95) 75-.
in France (semaphores and lamps). Lamhel, —

iiomUde), Par.Bll.S.Encoar.44(1846)228-.
heliograph. AndetioriyT, B. A. Bp. (1880)461-.
— . Blakesley, T. H. [1887] Un. Senr. I. J.

31 (1887-88) 693-.

— for U.S. military service. Orugan, F, C,
rU.S.] Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (1882) (Pt. 1) 96-.

heliographic. Leseurre, J, A. T61. 1 (1866)

113-, 137-.
heliostat, hand-. OalUm, F, [1868]. Qg. S.

P. 4 (1860) 14-.
in Holland. Staring, W, C. A, 's Gravenh.

I. Ing. Ts. (1890-91) {Vh,) 279-.
intermittent signals, method of producing.

Crova, A, C. B. 91 (1880) 1061-.
, methods of producing. Mercadier, E,

C. B. 91 (1880) 982-; 92 (1881) 131-.
between London and Dublin. naU, (Sir) J,

TUloch Ph. Mg. 34 (1809) 124-.
magnesium flash signals, negnard, P, Par,

8. Bl. Mm. 41 (1889) (C. R.) 297-.
between Mauritius and B^union. Adam, L, P.

■ C. B. 95 (1882) 585-.
(Adam's system). Faye, H.A, 6,

C. B. 96 (1883) 1763-.

. Brtdet,—. C. B. 99 (1884) 426-.

nocturnal, French marine. Miriten$, A. de.

A. Tdl. 12 (1886) 152-.
telelogue. Gaumet, F. Par. S. Gg. G. B*

(•1882) 132-.

Optigraph. Jonet, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 28

(1807) 66-.
Pantoscope. Johnson, J. R. Manch. Lt. Ph,

S. P. 6 (1866) 135-.
— , Morochovc*8. Timiriazev, K. [1892] Mosc.

S. So. BU. 78 (No. 2) (1893) 4-.
Perspective drawing, apparatus. Hansen, W,

Dingier 130 (1853) 1-.
Phakinescope for producing moving pictures.

Abadie'Dutemps, E. Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm. 8

(1896) 556-.
Phakometer, oscillatory. Divi, C. C. B. 128

(1899) 1561-.
Phantasmagoria, improvement. Ritchie, W,

Edinb. J. Sc. 4 (1826) 37.
Phantasmascope. Walker, Ez. Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 27 (1807) 97-.
Phenakistoscope. Plateau, J. A. F. A. C. 68

(1833) 304-.
— . Holten, C. Sk. Nf. F. 8 (1860) 665-.
Photochromoscope (heliochromoscope). Ives,

F. E, [1892] FrankUn I. J. 135 (1893) 36-.

— (Ives's). Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 30
(1893) 572-.

— . Ives, F, E. [1896] Sc. S. Arts T. 14
(1898) 136-.

— (Ives's). Heinemann, O. D. Nf. Vh. (1898)
{Th. 2, Hdl/te 1) 173-.

Projection Apparatus 3090

Photochromoscope Qves's). Hagenbach, A,
Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1899) 14-.

— (— ). Petruschky, — . [1899] Dansig Bohr.
10 (1899-1902) (HefU 2 A S) zz-.

— (— ). LakowtU, C. [1899] Danzig Sohr. 10
(1899-1902) (HrfU 2 A 3) xzvUi.

Photoelectric apparatus maintaining light at

same point. Jaspar, J. Bruz. Ac. BU. 20

(1853) 478-.
Plane, parallel, perpendicular and oblique

surfaces, optical apparatus to control.

Laurent, L. C. B. 96 (1883) 1036-.

— — plates, manufacture. Pistor, C. H,
GUbert A. 49 (1815) 161-.

, testing. Kundt, A. Pogg, A. 120

(1863) 4fr-.
, — apparatus. Oertling, A, Pogg.

A. 59 (1843) 284-.
, . HaUe, G. D. Nf. Vh. (1897)

(r^. 2, HdlfU 1} 127-.
Prism adjustment, Wollaston's method. PuU

/rich, C. A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 734-.
, (Pulfrich). Hecht, B. A. Ps. 0.

32 (1887) 275-.
— , reversion-, as terrestrial ocular and for

measuring angles. Dove, H, W, Pogg. A.

83 (1851) 189-.
— , — , theory. Wanach, B, Z. Instk. 19

(1899) 161-, 224.
Pnsms, applications. Hodgson, W. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 52 (1852) 137-.
— , — . Bohn, C. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 369-.
— , crossed. Bohn, C, Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 62-.
— , — , of Starke and Eammerer. Lorher, F,

Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 283-.
— ,Luzfer. Anon. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 32 (1900) 160-.
— , — . Anon. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 32 (1900) 196-.
— , — , illuminative power. Anon. kv. So.-

Ind. 32 (1900) 257-.
— , right-angled, precision apparatus for

measuring. Halle, G. D. Nf. Vh. (1897)

{Th. 2, Hdlfte 1) 125-.

PROJECTION APPARATUS.

UchaHus, F. Wien SB. (1863) 482-.
Mach, E. Carl Bpm. 7 (1871) 261-.
Vogel, H. D. C. Gs. B. 6 (1873) 1346-.
Laurent, L. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1877) 80-.
Arsonval, A. d\ Par. S. Bl. Mm. 37 (1886)

(C.R.) 212.
Salomons, (Sir) D. [1892] B. I. P. 13 (1893) 634-.
M'dhlenbruck, H. Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 33 (1897) zziv-.
Behrens, W. Z. Ws. Mkr. 15 (1898) 7-.
Measures, J. W. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 267-.
Vhthoff, — . Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1900) (Ah.

la) 118-.
absorption of heat. Zoth, O. Z. Ws. Mkr. 10

(1893) 162-.
acetylene lamp, Gossart's. Rocourt, — de.

Toul. S. H. Nt. Bll. (1897) 244-.
, portable. Jehl, V. Toul. S. H. Nt. Bll.

(1897) 243-.
arc lamp. RilLhbmnn,R. Elekttech. Z. 6 (1886)

300-.
suitable for Duboscq lantern. Thompson,

S. P. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 184- ; Ph. Mfe.

23 (1887) 833-.

339

y2

8090 Projection Appantua

are light, adaptation to projection. Laudy, L.
H. N. Y. Ac. T. 10 (1890-91) 108-.

— — , tefleoting and direot acting polariBoope
for. Knipe, O. Science 22 (1893) 272.

combination. Hughes, W. C, Mcr. S. J.

(1889) 117-.
condensers. Henry, L. d\ (zn) Lille S. Mm.

5 (1868) 5-.
construction and nses. Anon. Elect. 80 (1898)

718-. 789-.
diorama, portable. Tait, G, Bdinb. N. Ph.

J. 82 (1842) 142-.
electric couple for. Cole, A, D, Denison Un.

Sc. Lb. Bll. 5 (1890) 20-.
ether-oxygen. PeUin, P. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1891) 171.
— , new form. Prowse, G. R. [1891] Cn. B.

S. P. & T. 9 (1892) {Sect. 8) 6&-.
explosion of Bourdon manometer. Lcxaze-

Duthiers, —. C. B. 126 (1897) 12-.
for horizontally placed bodies. Duboscq, J,

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1876) 6-.
incandescent light (Welsbach) with oxygen

supply attachment. Penman, W, [1895]

8c. S. Arts T. 14 (1898) 43-.

— lighting by primary batteries. Dresser,
A. R. Phot. J. 10 (1886) 91-.

megascope, Charles's. Hombres-Firmas, L.

A. d\ Gard Not. Tr. Ac. (1807) 143-.
— , new form. Knight, J, B. rranklin I.

J. 73 (1877) 335-.
for monochromatic and mixed light. Ahney,

{Capt.) W. de W, L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886)
. 181- ; Ph. Mg. 20 (1886) 172-.
Newtonian. Anon. Mcr. ». J. (1898) 678-.
photometric properties of lenses. Blondel, A.

As. Fr. G. B. (1899) (Pt. 2) 316-.
with polarised light. Laurent, L. C. B.

85 (1877) 1162-.
polarising, modification of SoleiPs. Lovering, J.

Am. As. P. (1863) 24-.
for projecting spectra. PeUin, — . Par. S. Ps.

8^. (1888) 306.
rectifymg apparatus, Duboscq's. Bertin, A.

Par. B. Ps. S6. (1879) 73-.
slides, coloured projections of uncoloured.

Vidal, L. Par. S. Ps. 8^. (1892) 214-.
~, colouring. Scott, J. A. [1894] Dubl. 8.

Sc. P. 8 (1893-98) 263-.
— , preparation (Woodbury process). Smith,

G. [1886] Phot. J. 11 (1887) 22-.
— , — . Stanley, W. Manch. Mcr. 8. T. (1886)

67-.
stereoscopic. MoHsiard, — . C. B. 120 (1896)

1108-.
— . Bryan, G. H. Nt. 67 (1897-98) 611.
— , d* Almeida's. Morauf, E, Wien Pht, Cor.

28 (1891) 163-.
turntable. MiiUer, F. Z. Ws. Mkr. 17 (1900)

162-.
with variable magnification. Crova, A. J. de

Ps. 10 (1881) 168-.

Projection of images formed between 2 plane

mirrors. Bibart, &. J. de Ps. 9 (1880) 11-.
— and increase of light. Lester, — . Tilloch
Ph. Mg. 62 (1818) 68-.

Optical Apparatus 8090

Pseudoscope, new form. Wood, R. W. Scienoe

10 (1899) 648-.
— , single picture. Salomons, (Sir) D. Nt. 67

(1897-98) 317-.
Ballway signals. Stevenson, A. Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 30 (1841) 347-.

. Treutler, G. A. Dingier 99 (1846) 84-.

Beflecting instruments. Dantas Pereira, J, M.

Lisb. Mm. Ac. 8c. 2 (1799) 169-.
, apparent motion of image when turned

round optic axis. Dubois, E. Les Mondes

10 (*1866) 306-.

— — , correction of errors of eccentricity.
HiUeret, G. By. Mar. et Col. 87 (1886)
237-. 482-.

for measuring small angles, magnifica-

tion. Lermantov, V. V. Bs. P8.-C. 8. J.
22 (Ps.) (1890) 261- ; Fschr. Ps. (1890)
(Ab. 2) 206.

, theory. (jMJbr \C%MbeT\, E. Casopis 2

(*1873) 283- ; BU. Sc. Mth. As. 8 (1876) 124-.

Befraotoscope, crystal. Pulfrich, C A. Ps.
C. 30 (1887) 317-.

Botary motion, optical method of investi-
gating. Clarke, {Lt.) G. S. [1877] Camb.
Ph. 8. P. 3 (1880) 90-.

Search lights with parabolic glass-mirrors.
Anon. Elekttech. Z. 11 (1890) 371-.

Sextant. Hermans, H, Brux. A. Tr. Phi. 1
(1896) 41-.

— for accurate observations. Schwerer, (U.) A.
Bv. Mar. et Col. 106 (1890) 80-.

— , adjustment of mirror. Braun, C. Z. Instk.

8 (1888) 238-.
— , errors when mirrors are not perpendicular

to graduated arc. Lemoch, I. Grunert

Arch. 26 (1866) 167-.
— , — and use. Kayser, E. [1892] Danzig

Schr. 8 (1892-94) (Heft 1) 166-.
— , lighting arrangement for vernier, for night

observations. Besson, — . Bv. Max. et Col.

87 (1886) 602-.
^- for nignt observations, binocular. Cuver-

vilU, C. de. Bv. Mar. et Col. 83 (1884) 171-.
— , modification. Blanchin, — . Bv.

Mar. et Col. 80 (1884) 731.
** Simmetrizzatore " as universal kaleidoscope

and as educational instrument. Luca, P. A*

de. Nap. Bd. 3 (1844) 161-.
Spherometers, prismatic. Meyeretein, M. A.

Ps. C. 126 (1866) 689-; D. Nf. B. 40 (1866)

104.
Stepped lens, theory. Matthiesien, L. Cztg.

Opt 7 (1886) 109-.
Stei^meter. Marie, T., d Ribaut, H. C. B.

128 (1899) 1008-.
Stereomonoscope, by which single picture pro-
duces stereoscopic e£fect. Claudet,A. [1868]

B. 8. P. 9 (1857-69) 194-.

STEBEOSCOPE.
(See aUo 4440.)

Faye, H. A. i. C. B. 43 (1866) 673-.
Almeida, J. C. d\ C. B. 47 (1858) 61-.
Pick, H. Wien Schr. Vr. Nw. Kennt. 2
(1861-62) 297-.

340

3090 Stereoscope '

Stroh, A. B. S. P. 40 (1886) 317- ; 41 (1887)

274.
Righi] A. Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 5 (1889)

{Sem, 1) 862-.
ana its applications. Himes, C, F. Franklin

I. J. 123 (1887) 398-, 425-.

— binocular vision. WheatiUme^ (Sir) C,
B. A. Bp. (1838) {pt. 2) 16-.

. TyndaU, J. [1856] Pht. S. J. 3

(1867) 96-, 116-, 167-.
. Newton, J, Lane. T. Hist. S. 9

(1857) 272-.

. Clapar^de, E, Bb. Un. Aroh. 3

(1858) 138-.

. Donkin, W. F. Phot. J. 12 (1888)

45-.
. Blath, L. Magdeb. Nt. Vr. Jbr.

u. Ab. (1894-96) 69-.
diaphragmatic. VolpiceUi, P. Bm. At. 7

(1853-54) 219-, 275-; N. Cim. 12 (1860)

181-.
improvements. Qrubb, {Sir) H. [1879] Dubl.

8. Sc. P. 2 (1880) 179-.
for large pictures, 2 new forms. Elliott J.

(VI Adds,) Ph. Mg. 13 (1857) 104-.
lenses and spectacles. Berger, E, D. Ps.

Gs. Vh. (1900) 160-.
lenticular, improvement. Emerson^ E. Silli-

man J. 32 (1861) 403-.
mathematics. StHnhauser, A. Carl Bpm. 13

(1877) 433-.
modification. Oppel, J. J. (vi Adds.) Frkf.

Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1855-56) 37-; (iv) (1858-59)

22-.
with movable pictures. Halske, O, G. Pogg.

A. 100 (1857) 657-.
photographs giving exact perspective. Cozes,

— . Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1885) 115-.

— of moving point. Marey, — • Par. 8. Ps.
86. (1885) 67-.

pictures witn one camera. Dickson, R, [1855]

Pht. 8. J. 2 (1856) 170-.
— , Ghimenti. Reade, J. B. [1862] Pht.

8. J. 8 (1864) 29^.
as platoscope. Oppd, J. J, Frkf. Jbr. Ps.

Vr. (1868-59) 64-.
prismatic and reflecting. Dove, H, W. Pogg.

A. 83 (1851) 183-.
reversible. Stevens, W. Le C. N. Y. Ac. T.

1 (1881-82) 118- ; Am. J. 8c. 23 (1882)

226-.

— and adjustable. Stevens, W, Le C. Ph.
Mg. 13 (1882) 322-.

with rotating prisms. Schweder, G, Biga

Cor.-Bl. 40 (1898) 96-, 97-.
theory. Stevens, W. Le C, Franklin I. J. 84

(1882) 279-.
— . Righi, A. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 2

(1891) 261-.
— . Marie, T,, dt Ribaut, H. C. B. 127

(1898) 321-.
use of camera lucida as. Wilde, E, Pogg. A.

85 (1862) 63-.
Wheat8tone*8 catoptric and Brewster's dioptric.

Massimo, M, (vm) Bm. At. 4 (1850-51)

140 .

Telemeters 3090

Strobosoopio discs, phenakistoscope, phanta-
soope. Poggendorff, J. C Pogg* A. 32
(1834) 636-.

— phenomena. Fischer, O. Ph. Stud. 3
(1886) 128-.

. Marbe, K. Ph. Stud. 14 (1898)

376-.

. DUrr, E, Ph. Stud. 15 (1900) 501-.

Teinoscope for altering lineal proportions of

objects. Brewster, {Sir) D, Edinb. Ph. J.

6 (1822) 334-.

TELEMETERS.

{See also Geography 87.)

FaUon, L, A. von. Zach M. Cor. 6 (1802)

246-.
Doppler, C. Bdhm. Gs. Ab. 3 (1843-44)

769-.
Laurent, P. Nancy Mm. 8. So. (1845) 58-.
Liagre, J. Bruz. Ac. BU. 20 (1853) 324-;

21 (1854) {pU. 2) 162-.
Rottermund, — . Par. S. Gl. BU. 11 (1853-

54) 230-.
Albertotti, G. Tor. Ac. So. At. 17 (1881)

749-.
Audouard, — . Brest 8. Ac. Bll. 13 (1888)

173-.
Barr, A., dt Stroud, W. B. A. Bp. (1890)

499-.
Drude,' P. Z. Instk. 10 (1890) 323-.
Barr, A,, dt Stroud, W, I. ME. P. (1896)

33-.
Hensoldt, M, Gztg. Opt. 20 (1899) 191- ; 21

(1900) 21-, 91.
Sprenger, E, Gztg. Opt. 20 (1899) 231 -; 21

(1900) 41, 112.
Adie's. AdU, P. [1880] Un. Serv. I. J. 24

(1881) 230-.
Cerebotani's. B^sch, A. Z. Instk. 6 (1886)

77-, 125-.
depression-. Audouard, P. Bv. Mar. et Col.

100 (1889) 5-; Brest 8. Ac. Bll. 16 (1891)

159- ; 17 (1892) 419-.
— . Bourgeois, A, [1891] Brest 8. Ac. Bll.

19 (1894) 237-.
history. Hammer, E, Z. Instk. 12 (1892)

165- ; 17 (1897) 278-.
Jaeger's. Schneider, E, Carl Bpm. 14 (1878)

487-.
for measuring distance and altitudes. Kiril-

lU, — de, Bv. Mar. et Col. 129 (1896)

216-.
variation of distance between 2 ships.

Jones, T. TUloch Ph. Mg. 22 (1805) 319-.
meUiod of utilising indications. Audoiuird,

P. Bv. Mar. et Col. 118 (1893) 311-.
Porro*s. Hensoldt, M. Z. Instk. 5 (1885)

413-.
reflecting, ¥rith constant parallax. Breton, H.

[1873] (xn) Isdre 8. BU. 5 (1876) 266-.
Bomershausen's. Wiegand, A. Grunert Arch.

13 (1849) 162—.
stereocoUimator. Place, — de, C. B. 116

(1893) 373.

— (de Place's). Amoux, R. C. B. 116 (1893)
508.

341

3100 Heterogeneons

stereoscopic, Zeiss's. PiUfrich, C. [1899] Ps.

Z. 1 (1900) 98-.
— , — . Frank, K. Cztg. Opt 21 (1900) 18-.
theory. Lorber, F. Z. Ins^. 7 (1887) 89-.
— . GoedseeU, — . Brax. S. Sc. A. 21 (1897)

(Pt. 1) 110-.

TelemetricaJ spherometer and fooometer.

Stroud, W. [1897] L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899)

1-, 206; Ph. Mg. 45 (1898) 91-.
Telestereosoope. Helmhoitz, H. Pogg. A. 101

(1857) 494-; 102 (1857) 167-.
Testing cannon, optical method. Jobin, — .

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1897) 9»-.
Total reflection method, application to micro-
metric measurement of dispersion. Pulfrichf

C. Z. Instk. 18 (1893) 267-.
— I small and imperfect ciystal

faces. Ptdfrich,C, Z. Instk. 19 (1899) 4-, 79-.
, (Pulfrich).

LeU$, C, Z. Instk« 19 (1899) 77-.
Typoscope. Emtmarm, H, rogg, A. 115

(1862) 157-.
UniversiEJ optical apparatus. Rosenberg, F. L,

Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 18 {Ps.) (1886) 168- ; Z.

Instk. 7 (1887) 323-.
Vertical vibration, arrangement for avoiding.

JiUius, W, H. [1897] Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 86-.
Zoetrope and its antecedents. Carpenter, W,

B, Stud. 1 (1868) 427- ; 2 (1869) 24-.

3100 Transmission throngh
Heterogeneous Media.

{See also 3210.)

Gorvature of path of ray, free paths. Everett,

J. D. B. A. Bp. a889) 498-.
Curvilinear rays, application to diffusion and

conduction. Wiener, 0. A. Ps. G. 49

(1893) 105-.
, Maxwell's problem. Matthiessen, L.

Exner Bpm. 24 (1888) 401-.
Heterogeneous cylinders, law of refraction.

Sckwarz, A. Exner Bpm. 21 (1885) 702-.

— glass, effects. Laurent, L. Par. S. Ps.
86. (1886) 114-.

— lenses, formula. Exner, K, A. Ps. G. 28
(1886) 111-; 29 (1886) 484-.

— liquid, refractive index. LitUewood, T. H,
L. Ps. 8. P. 13 (1895) 74-; Ph. Mg. 37 (1894)
467-.

-» medium, isotropic, principle of least time.
Boussinesq, J, G. B. 129 (1899) 905-.

— — , — , propagation of parallel limited
beam. Boussinesq, J. G. B. 129 (1899) 859-.

, — , wave-propagation. Boussinesq, J,

G. B. 129 (1899) 794-.

, transparent, movement of light in.

Qergonne, J, D. Gergonne A. Mth. 19
(1828-29) 257-.

, wave-propagation. BreUm, P. [1869]

(xn) iB^re 8. Bll. 2 (1870) 83-.

Light penetration in Lake of Geneva and Medi-
terranean. Forel, F, A, 8ch. Nf. Gs. Vh.
(1884-85) 55.

Spectrum Apparatus 3150

SPEGTBUM ANALYSIS, APPARATUS

FOR.

3150 General

Gylindrical lenses in spectroscopy. Seh&nn, L,

[1871] A. Ps. G. 144 (1872) 334-.
Fluor-spar, use in optical instruments. Thomp-
son, S, P. [1890] Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 120-.
Graduated arc in spectrum analysis, and dis-
tortion of spectrum. Wilson, J. M, Ph.

Mg. 22 (1861) 364-.
Liquids of great dispersive power, use. Zenger,

C. V, G. B. 100 (1885) 731-.
Luminous radiations, analysis. Thiricn, J,

Bv. Quest. 8c. 43 (1898) 524-; 44 (1898) 140-,

488-.
Optical notes. Talbot, W. H, F. (vi Adds.)

Ph. Mg. 4 (1834) 112-, 289-.
Beflectors in spectroscopy. Fleck, H. J. Pr.

G. Ill (1871) 352-.
8pectra, bands in, measurement of position.

Sorby, H. C, M. Mcr. J. 14 (1875) 269-.
— , compared, elimination of errors of adjust-
ment for. Stokes, {Sir) G. O, B. 8. P. 31

(1881) 470-.
— , graphic method of drawing. Dodgson, W,

[1876] Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. Mm. 6 (1879) 20-.
^- of metals, new method for mapping. Crew,

H,, dt TatnaU, R, As. A Asps. 13 (1894)

741-.
, projection. Cooke, J. P. Am. J.

8c. 40 (1865) 243-.
— , — , modification of electric lamp.

Bickerton, A. W. N. Z. L T. 7 (1874) 403.
, — , objective. Edelmann, T, D. Nf.

Tbl. (♦1872) 114.
, — , and reversal. Boudriaux, — .

Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1874) 101-.
— , methods of observing and mapping. Watts,

W, M. B. A. Bp. (1881) 317-.
— , prismatic and diffraction-, projection of

Fraunhofer lines. Draper, J, C. Am. J.

8c. 9 (1875) 22-.
— , — , method of measuring. Edser, E., db

Butler, C, P, L. Ps. 8. P. 16 (1899) 207- ;

Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 207-.
— , production and observation. Prytz, K.

Ts. Ps. C. 29 (1890) 245-.
— by projection. Janssen, J. Bm. At. 16

(1862-63) 482-.
— , projection, apparatus for. PeUin, — . Par.

8. Ps. 86. (1888) 305.
— , — , best arrangement for. Maxwell, J. C.

[1868] Edinb. B. 8. P. 6 (1869) 238-.
— , — , objective. Bode, P. Frkf. a. M. Ps.

Vr. Jbr. (1891-92) 29-.
— , spark-, of solutions, discharger for. D^rtfiM,

L. M. Am. G. 8. J. 20 (1898) 1-.
Spectrograph with concave mirror. Ebert, H.

Erlang. Ps. Md. 8. 8b. 21 (1890) 1-.
liquid prism. Lohse, O, Z. Instk. 6

(1885) 11-.
Spectrographs, construction and adjustment.

Hartmann, J, Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 17-, 47-.
— ,2forms. Ebert, H, A. Ps. G. 38 (1889) 489-.

342

3160

Spectroscopes

3150

Spectrographs, quartz, new. LeUs^ C. Z.

Instk. 17 (1897) 821-, 357-.
— , — , and new auxiliary apparatus. Lei$s, C,

Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 825-.
Speotrophotographs, stars, sun and gases.

Gothard, J, [1891] Mag. Tud. Ak. ]6tk.

(Termt.) 21 (1892) No. 2, 81 pp. ; Mth. Nt. B.

Ung. 9 (1892) 67-.

SPECTROSCOPES,

Regnault, V. [1847] Science 5 ('1897) 409-.
Janssen, J, Km. At. 16 (1862-63) 78-.
Littrow, 0. von. Wien SB. 47 (Ah. 2) (1868)

26-.
Rexroth, H. Fresenius Z. 3 (1864) 448-.
Bdneh, {I>r,) [A.] A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 884-.
Voit, C. Carl Rpm. 1 (1866) 65-.
Poleck, T. [1868] Bresl. Jbr. Schl. Gs. 46

(1869) 28-.

Christiansen, C. A. Ps. C. 141 (1870) 470-.
Young, C. A. Franklin I. J. 60 (1870) 881-.
Stoney, O. J. [1871] Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1878-74)

208-.
Zenger, C. W. Ph. Mg. 46 (1878) 439-.
Vogel, H. W. D. N£. B. ('1877) 183.
LivHng, 0. D. [1879] Camb. Ph. S. P. 8

(1880) 260-.
Scheiner, J. Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 865- ; 14 (1894)

316-.
Puifrich, C. Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 854-.
(Littrow's, improved form.) WadstDorth, F.

L. 0. Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 137-.
and applications. CasaresOii,J.[ldQ5] Baroel.

Ac. Mm. 2 (1892-1900) 177-.
automatic. Browning, «/. As. S. M. Not. 80

(1870) 198-.

— (Browning's). Proctor, R, A. As. S. M.
Not. 80 (1870) 215-.

— . Orubb, H. [1870] As. S. M. Not. 81

(•1871) 86-.
— . KrUss, H. [1884-90] Hamb. Mth. Gs.

Mt. 1 (1889) 112; Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 181-,

232-; 10 (1890) 97-; Hamb. Mth. Gs. Mt. 2

(1890) (FesUehr., Tl. 2) 168-.
— , curve traversed by prism. Proctor, R, A,

As. S. M. Not. 31 (1871) 245-.
— , double. Proctor, R. A. As. S. M. Not. 31

(1871) 205-.

— , with fixed telescope. KrUss, H. Z. Instk.

8 (1888) 388-.
— , micrometer. BaUy, W. Ph. Mg. 1 (1876)

814-.

— motion for. Baily, W. Ph. Mg. 4 (1877)
100-.

— , with second battery of prisms. Proctor,

R. A. As. S. M. Not. 81 (1871) 47-.
binocular, etc. Stoney, O. J. B. A. Bp. (1879)

292.
— . PeUin, — . As. Fr. C. R. (1889) (Pt. 1)

258-.
— , for faint spectra. Burton, C. E, [1874]

Ir. Ac. P. 2 (1877) 42-.
oollimating eyepiece in. Dewar, J., dk Liveing,

G. D. Camb. Ph. S. P. 4 (1883) 336-.
collimator, adjustment. Schuster, A, L. Ps.

S. P. 8 (1880) 14-; Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 95-.
— , — . Lippmann, G, G. B. 129 (1899) 569^.

comparable scales for spectra. WHnhold, A.

A. Ps. C. 138 (1869) 417-.
comparison-, for laboratory use. Pulfrich, C.

Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 381-.

— of results, possibility. Gottschalk, F. A.
Ps. G. 121 (1864) 64-.

construction. Rutiurfurd, L, M. Am. J. Sc.
89 (1865) 129-.

— (Butherfurd). Ditscheiner, L. Wien Sb.
52 (1866) {Ab. 2) 568-.

without deviation, with 1 or 2 prisms, con-
struction. Radau, R. Carl Bpm. 2 (1867)
241-.

diffraction-. Vogel, H. C. (xn) Z. Instk. 1
(1881) 20-, 47-.

— . OUen, H. Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 280-.

— , method of observing faint lines. Hartley,
W. N. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1886) 206.

Direct Vision Spectroscopes,

Tait, P. G. [1871] Edinb. R. S. P. 7 (1872)

410-.
Riccb, A. Spet. It. Mm. 5 (1876) 117-.
Thollon, L. C. B. 86 (1878) 829-, 595-; Par.

S. Ps. S6. (1878) 52-.
Dewar, J., dt Liveing, G. D. B. S. P. 28

(1879) 482-.
Riccb, A. Nap. I. Inc. At. 16 (1879) 248-;

Spet. It. Mm. 8 (1879) 21-.
Zenger, K. V. Spet. It. Mm. 10 (1881) 286-.

Biese, E, Helsingf. Ofv. 24 (188^ 80-.
Liveing, G. D., <& Dewar, J. B. S. P. 41

(1887) 449-.
(Curties's.) Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1899) 837.
calcite. Zenger, K. V. 0. B. 98 (1881) 720-.
double internal reflection. Herschel, A. 8.

Intell. Obs. 7 (1865) 444-.
high dispersion. ThoUon, L. Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1879) 27-.
with liquid prisms. Zenger, K. V. C. B. 92

(1881) 1508- ; (xn) Z. Instk. I (1881) 268-.
powerful. Zenger, K. F. C. B. 96 (1888)

1039-.

— (Zenger's). Goodnow, H. R. Science 1
(♦1888) 601.

with one prism. Browning, J, B. A. Bp. 84

(1864) (Sect.) 9.
. Emsmann, H. A. Ps. C. 150 (1878)

686-.
without prism or grating. Govt, O. Nap. Bd.

24 (1885) 18^.

— slit or collimator. Zenger, K. F. Z. Instk.
6 (1886) 59-.

with electric illumination. Gothard, J. \E,

von.'\ Cztg. Opt. 6 (1885) 1-.
fixed arm. Wadsworth, F. L. O. Ph. Mg. 88

(1894) 337-.
with fixed deviation. Goltzsch, H. Carl Bpm.

18 (1882) 188-.
. Broca, A., dt PeUin, P. As. Fr.

C. B. (1898) {Pt. 1) 117.
. PeUin, P., dt Broca, A. Par. S. Ps.

86. (1899) 24-.
half-prism, theory. Christie, W. H, M, B. S.

P. 26 (1877) ft-.

343

3150 Spectroscopes

of high dispersion. Comu, A, Par. 8. Ps. S^.

(1882) 165-.

imperfections and their remedies. PonUmt M.

QJ. Sc. 2 (1872) 47-.
improved. Cooke, J. P. (jun,) C. N. 8

(1863) 8.

— . SteinheU, C, A, van. Miinoh. Sb. 1 (1863)

47-.
— . Orubh, T, R. 8. P. 22 (1874) 808-.
— . Madan, H. G. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 116.

— (Grubb). Stokes, (Sir) G, G. R. 8. P. 22
(1874) 309-.

with inclined slit, image rectified by right-
angled prism. Garbe, P. Par. 8. Ps. 86.

(1883) 59-.

, . ThoUon, L. C. R.

96 (1883) 642-.
, (Thollon). Garbe, P.

0. R. 96 (1883) 836-.
increasing dispersion in. Chtglielmo, G, Rm.

R. Ac. Line. Rd. 6 (1890) (5m. 2) 195-.
as instruments of precision. Oppio, L, daU\

Ven. I. At. 1 (1883) 963-.
intensity of lignt. Lippich, F, A. Ps. 0.

Beibl. 5 (1881) 585-.

Ladd's. Mascart, i, [1873] Par. 86. 8. Ps.

1 (1873-74) 93-.
without lens. Braham, P. B. A. Rp. (1889)

544.
micrometer eyepiece for. Rood, 0. N. Carl

Rpm. 10 (1874) 67-.

— for spectroscopic analysis. Watts, W. M.
L. Ps. 8. P. 1 (1876) 160- ; Ph. Mg. 50 (1876)
81-.

and microspectroscope with telescope. Marp-

mann, G. Z. Angew. Mkr. 5 (1900) 309-.
objective. Merz, S. Carl Rpm. 6 (1870) 164-.
optical investigations with special reference to.

Bayleigh, {Lard). Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 261-,

403-, 477- ; 9 (1880) 40-.
optics. Seabroke, G, M. Nt. 10 (1874) 467-.
passage of light through. Hoorweg, J. L.

Utr. Prv. Gn. Aant. (1874) 20-; A. Ps. C.

154 (1875) 423-.
pocket-. SimnUer, R. T, Bern Mt. (1863) 62-.
— , measuring scales. Herschel^A. 8. Nt. 18

(1878) 300-.

with 11 prisms. Gassiot, J. P. R. 8. P. 13

(1864) 183-.

— 9 prisms, achromatic telescopes, etc. Gassiot,
J. P. [1863] (vn) Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 143-.

prisms, train of. Cooke, J. P. Am. J. 8c. 40

(1865) 305-.

reflection-. Lippich, F. Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 1-.
registering. Huggins, W, R. 8. P. 9 (1871)

817-.
with rotating grating. Lehmann, H. Z. Instk.

20 (1900) 193-.
scales. Chapman, E. J. (zn) Cn. R. 8. P. A

T. 1 (1883) {Sect. 3) 55-.
simple. Osann, G. Wurzb. Nw. Z. 4 (1863)

1-.
— . Kessler, F. A. Ps. C. 151 (1874) 607-.

— form for lectures. Cushman, H. 8cience 3
(1896) 46-.

simplification. Hilfner, C. G, Carl Rpm. 15

(1879) 116-.

Prisms 3155

slit. Wadtworth, F. L, O. Am. J. So. 48

(1894) 19-.
— , adjustable, simple form. TUley, 8. C.

B. A. Rp. (1874) {Sect.) 27.

— , symmetrical, Vierordt's. LeUe, C. Z.

Instk. 18 (1898) 116-.
spectroscopic combination, new. Fievez, C,

Leip. As. Os. Yjschr. 16 (1881) 311-.
theory. Ditscheiner, L. A. Ps. C. 129 (1866)

336-.
for ultra-violet. Comu, A, Par. 8. Ps. 86.

(1879) 39-.
uniformity in spectroscopic measurements.

Steinheil, C. A. van. A. Ps. C. 122 (1864)

167-.

8pectrum analysis, main points. Ameberg, A,
Ts. Ps. C. 24 (1885) 321-, 353- ; 27 (1888) 65-.

— , bands in , measuring and recording. Palmer,
T. M. Mcr. J. 16 (1876) 277-.

— camera, applications. Crookes, W. Pht.
8. J. 2 (1856) 292-.

— , conditions for length. Dolbear, A. E.

Am. Ac. P. 21 (1886) 361-.
— , curvature of lines. Ditscheiner, L. Wien

8b. 51 (1865) (Ah. 2) 368-.
— , dispersion-, curvature of lines. Christie,
. W. H. M. As. 8. M. Not. 34 (1874) 263-.
— , lines. RachinskH, K. A. (zn) Rec. Mth.

(Moscou) 2 (1867) (Pt. 1) 317-.
— , — , feeble, arrangement for measuring.

Vogd, H. C. (xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 20-, 47-.
— , longitudinal rays. Bahinet, J. (vi Adds.)

C. R. 35 (1852) 413-.

— , . Porro, I. C. R. 35 (1852) 479-.

— , Newton's method of observation. Kahl-

haum, G. W. A. Basel Vh. 8 (1890) 884-.
— , photographing whole length at onoe.

Liveing, G. D. Camb. Ph. 8. P. 9 (1898)

141-.

— photography, simple apparatus. Vogel,
H. W. A. Ps. C. 154 (1875) 306-.

— , solar, dark lines, apparatus for observing.

Dujardin, F. C. R. 8 (1839) 253-.
— , — , fixed lines. Cooper, J. T. R. I. J. 2

(1831) 289-.
— , — , longitudinal lines. Ragona-Scinh, D.

Palomba Rac. 3 (1847) 289-; Pogg. A. 84

(1851) 590-.

3155 Prisms.

Prism combinations with coincident direct and

emergent rays. Herschel, {Sir) J, F. W,

Les Mondes 3 (1863) 403-.
— , defect of image of interference bands when

seen through. Straubel, R. A. Ps. C. 66

(1898) 346-.
— , direct vision. Fuchs, F. (zn) Z. Instk. 1

(1881) 326-, 349-.
— , . Braun, K. (zn) Mth. Term. l^ts.

1 (1883) 219- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 1 (1882-83)

197-.
— , , of high dispersion. ThoUon, L.

C. R. 88 (1879) 80-.
— , liquid, for spectroscope. Wernicke, K, W.

(zn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 353-.

344

3160 Ghratmgs. Concave

Special Spectroscopic Apparatus 3165

Prism of variable angle. Mdandit.O, Helsingf.

6fv. 40 (1898) 82-.
Prisms, aberrations, effect. Crwa, A, [1882]

Mntp. Ao. Mm. 10 (1884) W^.
— , carbon disulphide. Marlow, O, C. N. 13

(1866) 28.
—I , use. Barker, Q. F,, db lyra'per^ H,

Am. J. So. 29 (1885) 269-.
— . , — . Smyth, C, P,, db Henehelt A, S,

B. A. Bp. (1885) 942-.
— , , — . Hasulberg, B. A. Ps. 0. 27

(1886) 415-.

— , dispersion-parallelepiped, constmction and

applications. Zenger, K, V. Ptag Sb.

(1881) 41ft-; As. Fr. C. B. a883) 298-.
— , error of train. Zech, P. Carl Bpm. 2 (1867)

106-.
— of flint glass and carbon disulphide for

spectral analysis. Rood, 0. N. Silliman

J. 35 (1863) 356-.
-», liquid, for spectroscopes, etc. new form.

Hardie, W, M. [1886] Sc. S. Arts T. 11

(1887) 35a-.

— , liquids for. Hartley, W. N. Nt. 44 (1891)

273.
— , reflecting, with constant deviation. Bauem-

feind, C. M. MOnch. Sb. (1865) (2) 344-;

(1868) (1) 495-.
— , refraction-, new shape. Comu, F, Laos.

S. Vd. Bll. 33 (1897) xxxiv-.

3160 Gratings.
(See also 3630.)

Quincke, G, A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 1-.
Blake, J. M, Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 33-.
Thorp, r. Manch. Mcr. S. T. (1894) 26-.
coefficient of expansion, determination by means

of spectrum. Mendenhall, T. C. Am. J.

Sc. 21 (1881) 230-.

CONCAVE ORATINOS.

Rowland, H. A, Ph. Mg. 13 (1882) 469-; Am.

J. Sc. 26 (1883) 87-.
diffraction spectra with, experimental arrange-
ment. Rixzo, G. B. Tor. Ac. Sc. Ati 34

(1898) 794- or 1062-.
Bowland*s. Glazebrook, R. T. L. Ps. S. P.

5 (1884) 243-; Ph. Mg. 15 (1883) 414- ; 16

(1883) 377-.
— . Mascart, £. j4. N, J. de Ps. 2 (1883)

5-.
— . Waierhouse, {Lt.-Col.) J, Beng. As. S.

P. (1889) 3-.
— , absolute measurements of rulings at 62^ F.

Rogers, W, A, Am. S. Mcr. P. (1885) 151-.
— , astigmatism. Sirks, J, L, Amst. Ak.

Vh. {Sect. 1) 2 (1894) No, 6, 7 pp.
^, asymmetry in. Rydberg, J. R. Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. Bh. 18 (Afd. 1) (1893) No, 9, 12 pp.
— , comparison of 2. Bru^re, {Miss) A. H,

Ps. Bv. 3 (1896) 301-.
— , mode of erection. Haga, H, A. Ps. C. 57

(1896) 389-.

Bowland's, spectrum photography with.

Waterhouse, (Lt.-Col.) J. Spet. It. Mm. 18

(1890) 14-.
spectra. BaUy, W. L. Ps. S.P. 5 (1884) 181- ;

Ph. Mg. 15 (1883) 183-.
in stellar photography. Poor^ C, L,, it

Mitchell, S, A. J. H. Un. Cir. [17 (1897-

98)] 61-.
theorem. Baily, W. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

53-; Ph. Mg. 22 (1886) 47-.
theory. Sokolov, A, P. (xn) Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

15 (P«., PI. 1) (1883) 293-.
— . MitcheU, S, A. J. H. Un. Cir. [17 (1897-

98)1 56-.
— , adjustments and use. Ame$, J. S. J. H.

Un. Cir. 8 (1888-89) 69-.

echelon film. Butler, C. P. Nt. 61 (1899-

1900) 275.
films, with application to colour photography.

Thorp, 7. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. &V.4A

(1900) No. 12, 8 pp.
large, machine for ruling. Mallock, A, B. A.

Bp. (1882) 46^.
manufacture and theory. Rayleigh, {Lord),

Ph. Mg. 47 (1874) 81-. 193- ; 11 (1881) 196-.
. Rowland, H. A. Ph. Mg. 13 (1882)

469-.
on metal, photography. Learn, — . C. B. 116

(1893) 794-.
photographic reproduction. Rayleigh, {Lord),

B. S. P. 20 (1872) 414- ; B. A. Bp. 42 (1872)

{Sect.) 39-.

. Izam,^. C. B. 116 (1893) 506-.

. Rayleigh, {Lord), Nt. 54 (1896) 332-.

plane, formulie. Branly, E, J. de Ps. 5

(1886) 73-.
as ruled at Johns Hopkins University. Anon.

J. H. Un. Cir. 8 (1888-89) 79.
use. Rowland, H. A. J. H. Un. Cir. 8 (1888-

89)73-.

3165 Special Spectroscopic
Apparatus.

Blood, apparatus for spectroscopic analysis.
H€nocque, A, Par. S. Bl. Mm. 38 (1886)
{C.R.) 445- ; Par. S. Ps. H6, (1887) 83-.

— , etc., spectrocolorimeter for. Artonval, —
d\ Par. S. Ps. S6. (1890) 109.

— , spectroscopes for detection of {hima-
tpectroscopes). Thierry, M, de, C, B. 100
(1885) 1244- ; 120 (1895) 775-.

Bolometer, iron-wire, for investigation of heat-
spectra. Edelmann, M, T, Elekttech. Z.
15 (1894) 81-.

Bolometric arrangements. Absorption of long
wave radiation by carbon dioxide. KurU
haum, F, A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 417-.

— investigations in grating spectra. Paschenf
F. A. Ps. C. 48 (1893) 272-.

Double prism arrangement for viewing sun by
light of any desired wave-length. Harkneu,
— . Smiths. Misc. Col. 33 (1888) Art. 4,
13 {bit}-, (Wash. Ph. S. BU. 10 (1888).)

345

8165 Spectroscopes

Gases and vapoars of son, comparison of ap-
paratus and melhods employed in stady.
Deslandres, H. Spet. It. Mm. 23 (1895)
141 {bi$y.

Interference, spectral, lecture experiments.
Lommel, E. van, Miinch. Ak. 8b. 23 (1894)
183-.

— , spectroscopy by. Perot, A., dt Fabry, C.
0. B. 126 (1898) 34-, 331-, 407-.

— in spectroscopy, theory, and applications of
new method. Fabry, C., dt Perot, A, A. C.
16 (1899) 115-.

Interferometer, spectral. Zenker, W. Z. Instk.

7 (1887) 1-.
Luminous and chromatic intensities of spectral

colours and their mixtures, apparatus for

studying. Parinaud, ^. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1884) 206-.
Monochromatic light of desired waTe-length,

instrument for. Tutton, A, E. Z. Kr. 24

(1895) 455-.

— — , spectral apparatus for producing.
WUlfing, E. A. N. Jb. Mn. {BeU^-Bd.) 12
(1899) 343-.

Photogiaphy of short wave-lengths. Schumann,
V. Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1893) {Ab. 2a) 415-,
625-.

Polyoptometer. Porro, I. C. R. 35 (1852) 433.

Spectral apparatus, rotating, for solar observa-
tions. Lohse, 0. (xn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881)
22-.

— illuminator. Leroux, F. P. C. B. 76

(1873) 998-.

SPECTROSCOPES,

comparison-, for colour technique. PtUfrich,

C, Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 299-.
crystal. Zenger, K, V. D. Nf. Tbl. (1888)

19-.
with divided grating. Lockyer, J, N. B. S.

P. 39 (1886) 416-.
echelon. Mann, C. R, Science 8 (1898) 208-.
— . MicheUon, A. A. Asps. J. 8 (1898) 37-.

— (Michelson's). Butler, C. P. Nt. 59 (1898-
99) 607-.

— . MicfuUon, A. A. Am. Ac. P. 35 (1900)

109-.
— , behaviour of chief lines in mercury spectrum

under influence of magnetic field. Blytks-

wood, (Lard), dt Marchant, E. W. Ph. Mg.

49 (1900) 384-, 503.
for examination of absorption in considerable

thickness of liquids. Thierry, M. de. C, B.

101 (1885) 811-.
greiBkt thicknesses of liquids. Thierry,

M. de, C. B. 120 (1895) 775-.
with fluorescent eye-piece. Saret, J,, L. As.

Fr. C. B. 2 (1873) 197- ; A. Ps. C. {Jubelbd,)

(1874) 407- ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 57 (1876) 319-.
for measuring extinction coefficients. Schott-

lander, P. Z. Instk. 9 (1889) 98-.
with phosphorescent eye-piece. Lammel, E.

C. J. [1883] Miinch. Ak. Sb. 13 (1884)

408-.
to rationalise spectra. Gramant, A. de, C. B.

128 (1899) 1564-.
reversion-. ZdUner, F, Leip. B. 21 (1869) 70-.

Optics of the Atmosphere. Minge 3200

reversion-, Zdllner's. Faye, H, A. i. C. B.

69 (1869) 689-.
rigid, observation of lines of spectrum with

varying terrestrial gravity. Oaitiot, J. P.

B. S. P. 14 (1865) 320-; 16 (1868) 6-.
rotatory polarisation-, with great dispersion.

Tait, P, O, Nt. 22 (1880) 360-.
use of birefringent eye-piece in. Cnils, L.

C. B. 96 (1883) 1293-.

for watching progress of operations in Bessemer
converter, etc. Zenger, K. V, C. B. 101
(1885) 1005.

OPTICS OF THE ATMOSPHERE.

3200 General

BaHnet, J, C. B. 4 (1837) 638-.

ival 'd, T. T, [1873] (xn) Bs. 0. Ps. S. J. 6

(Pt.) (1874) [Pt. 1] 22-.
Barber, S. J. Sc. 4 (1874) 34-.
Abendroth, W, Dresden Erdk. Jbr. 15 (1878)

(S6.) 40-.
R&oelXi, C. Bv. Sc.-Ind. [24 (1892)] 71-.
Air-mirror, Grey's, and related phenomena.

Schrank, F. van P, van, Miinch. D. (1808)

299-.
Appearances of sun near horizon. Ma^gi, P, G.

Ven. At. 3 (1852) 186-.
Atmospheric reflection. Streintz, H. Wien

Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 225-.
Clouds, artificial, effect on sunlight. Kieuling,

J, Gdtt. Nr. (1884) 226- ; Hamb. Nt. Vr. Ab.

8(1884) No, 5, 8 pp. ; Met. Z. 1 (1884) 83, 117-.

— after sunset, luminous phenomenon by
total reflection. Salm Harstmar, W. F,
Pogg. A. 104 (1858) 647-.

Colour phenomena from solar eclipse observa-
tions, U.S.A., July 29, 1878. Abbe,C. [U.S.]
Chief Sig. Off. A. Bp. (♦1880) 834-.

Darkness in caverns. Ualderan y Arana, S,
Madrid S. H. Nt. A. 7 (1878) (Act.) 56-.

(Tyndall*s optical vacuum and propa-
gation of light, experiments). Calderan y
Arana, S, [1886] Par. S. Gl. BU. 15 (1887)
36-.

Diffused light at Havana, chemical action.
Poey, A. Fr. S. M6t. An. 11 ('1863) Pt. 2,
90-.

Luminous intensity of sun and sky, relation
between. Majorana, Q, Bm. B. Ac. Lino.
Bd. 9 (1900) {Sem. 2) 87-.

— matter in atmosphere. Waldner, H, Nt.
5 (1872) 304-.

MIRAGE,

Everett, J. D, Ph. Mg. 45 (1873) 161-, 248-.
Tait, P, G. Edinb. B. S. T. 30 (1883) 651- ;

Nt. 28 (1883) 84-.
Mace de lApinay, J,, db Perot, A. A. C. 27

(1892) 94-.
MacMahan, (Maj.) P, A, Nt. 59 (1898-89)

259-.
caustic. Maei de Lipimay, — . As. Fr. C. B.

(1891) (Pt. 1) 167.

346

3210 Atmospheric Refraction

on city pavements. Wood, R. W, Nt. 68

(1898) 596.
and its interference phenomena, artificial pro-
duction. Mdci de LSpinay, J., dt Perot , A.

C. B. 108 (1889) 1043-.
on Stamberg Lake. Lingg, F. Ac. Nt. C.

N. Acta 55 (1891) 1-.
theory. Gergorme, J. D, [1829] Gergonne

A. Mth. 20 (1829-30) 1-.
— . Grunert, J, A, Gnmert Met. Opt. 1

(1848) 267-.
— , Biot's. MacS de lApinay, J, J. de Ps.

2 (1893) 320-.
— of elevation or depression of objects on

horizon. Oruber, T, Gilbert A. 3 (1800)

439-.
and tornadoes, artificial, experiments. Wood,

R. W, Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 849-.

Optical illusions in high altitudes. Bdhm, A.

D. Alpvr. Z. 13 (1882) 161-.
. Heyn, R. [1896] Dresden

Erdk. Jbr. 26 (1898) 3-.
— phenomena in Alps. Folie, F, Bmz.

Ac. BU. 24 (1892) 263-.
. Heger, R. Dresden Isis Sb.

(1898) 23-.
at summit of Ganigou. Ratheau, A,

Perpignan Mm. S. Ag. Pyr. Orient. 13 (1863)

172-.
Sunlight and skylight at high altitudes.

Abney, (Capt.) W. de W. B. A. Bp. (1882)

459.
Sunrise shadows of Adam's Peak, Ceylon.

Abercromby,{Hon.)R. B. A. Bp. (1886) 528.

3210 Atmospheric Befraction.
Scintillation.

(See also 3100; Astronomy 0210,
5400; Meteorology 0520.)

ATMOSPHEBIG BEFBACTION.

Groombridge, S. Phil. Trans. (1810) 190- ;

(1814) 337-.
Young, (Dr.) T, [1819] QJ. So. 11 (1821)

353-.
Ivory, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 57 (1821) 321-,

404- ; 58 (1821) 161-.
(Ivory.) Young, (Dr,) T. QJ. Sc. 12 (1822)

390—
Transcm, (Prof.) A. Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1841)

21-.
Murphy, R, Ph. Mg. 20 (1842) 310-.
Baeyer, J, J. As. Nr. 41 (1855) 305- ; St.

P^t. Ac. Mm. 3 (1861) 82 pp.
Kummer, E, E, [1860] Berl. Mb. (1860)

40&-; CreUe J. 61 (1863) 263-.
Seeliger, H. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 21 (1892) 239-.
Ekama, H, [1893] Mbl. Nt. (1893-94) le-;

J. de Ps. 2 (1893) 74-.
Wiener, —. [1893] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11

(1896) (Sb.) 220-.
Gleichen,A. [1899] D. Ps. Qs. Vh. (1900) 24-.

Astronomical Refraction 3210

apparent changes of place, colour, size and

figure of heavenly bodies. Jordan, G. W,

QJ. Sc. 10 (1821) 9-.
— magnitude of objects caused by. Mile, J.

J. de Ps. 95 (1822) 321-.
appearance of terrestrial objects due to.

Mayer, J. T. [1810] Gdtt Cm. 1 (1808-

11) 48 pp.

ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION.

KlUgel, G. S. [1801] Bode As. Jb. (1804)

198-.
DdamJbre, J. B. J. Con. des Temps (1818)

382-.
Ivory, J. Phil. Trans. (1823) 409- ; Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 63 (1824) 418-.
Atkinson, H. [1825] As. S. Mm. 2 (1826)

137—.
Ivory, J. As. Nr. 12 (1836) 110-.
Biot,J.B. [1836] C.B. 3(1836)237-; Con.

des Temps (1839) 3-.
Beted, F. W. C. B. 15 (1842) 181-.
Dieu, T. Liouv. J. Mth. 14 (1849) 372-.

Faye, H. A. E. C. B. 39 (1864) 381-.
(Faye.) Biot, J. B. C. B. 39 (1854) 445-,
617-, 667-, 708-, 817-, 933-.

(Biot.) Faye, H. A. E. C. B. 39 (1854) 481-.
(Faye.) Laugier, P. A. E. C. B. 39 (1854)

621-.
Oiaugier.) Faye,H.A.ii, C. B. 39 (1854) 586-.
(Summary of previous articles.) Biot, J. B.

C. B. 40 (1855) 597-.
Heegmann, A. [1856] (zn) Lille S. Mm. 8

(1857) 177-.
Forbes, G. B. A. Bp. 42 (1872) (Sect.) 36.
Makarevitsch, J. C. B. 86 (1878) 821-.
and aberration, theories. Bonnet, 0. N. A.

Mth. 6 (1887) 335-, 554-.
calculation, extension of inverse series for, and

direct solution. Young, (Dr.) T. QJ. Sc.

16 (1823) 139-.
formula, Mayer's. Ivory, J, Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 68 (1821) 341-.
formuls, fundamental. Birkeunuyer, L. Prace

Mt.-Fiz. 4 (1893) 44-; Fschr. Ps. (1893)

(Ab. 2) 46.
as function of meteorological elements. Ker-

ber, A. [1882] As. Nr. 104 (1883) 337-.
hypoUiesis of constant decrease in tempera-
ture. FabriHus, W. As. Nr. 93 (1878) 17-.
and influence of moisture. Ddamlnre, J. B. J.

Par. Mm. de PI. (1807) Sem. 2 (H.) 1-.
influence of slope of strata. Glasenapp, S.

von. C. B. 91 (1880) 967-.
for objects near horizon. Brinkley, J. Ir.

Ac. T. 13 (1818) 16&-.
table, Laplace's, constitution of atmosphere on

which it is founded. Lubbock, (Sir) J. W,

As. S. M. Not. 15 (1854-55) 159-.
tables, formation. Brinkley, J. [1814] Ir.

Ac. T. 12 (1815) 77-.
— , reliabiUty. Btot, J. B. C. B. 40 (1855)

83-, 145-, 386-, 498-, 597-.
theory. Svanberg, J, Ups. N. Acta S. Sc. 9

(1827) 89-.
— . Bar/uss, F. W. As. Nr. 16 (1887) 137-.

347

8210 Atmospherio Befiraotion

theory. Ivory, J. Phil. Trans. (1888)

169-.
— . Lubbock, J, W. [1855] As. S. Mm. 24

(1856) 103-.
— . Badau, B., Par. Obs. A. 16 (1882)

B. 1-.
— . BfWM, H, Leip. As. Gs. Vjsohr. 18

(1883) 249-; Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 43 (1891)

164-.
— . Hausdf/rffy F. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 43

(1891) 481- ; 45 (1893) 120-, 758-.
— , Bessel's. Gyldin, J, A. H, As. Nr. 100

(1881) 53-.
— , Cassini's. Doma, A. Tor. Ac. So. Mm.

35 (1884) 129-.
— , ana density of atmospheric strata. Plana,

G. [1822] Tor. Mm. Ac. 27 (1823) 143-.
— , (Plana). [Young, (Dr.) f.

non] Anon, (vi 1054) QJ. So. 15 (1823)

362-.
—, undulatory. Harzer, P, [1882] As. Nr.

104 (1888) 65-.
in torrid zone, elevations less than 10°. Hum-
boldt, F, H, A. von. Par. S. Phlm. N.

Bll. 1 (1807) 162- ; GUbert A. 31 (1809)

337-.

— tropics. Oltmann, J, Zach M. Cor. 16
(1807) 541-.

calculation of effect. Challis, J, As. S. M.

Not. 24 (1864) 49-.
and dispersion, effects. Montigny, C, [1853]

Bruz. Mm. Oour. 4», 26 (1854-55| 70 pp.
dispersive power. Stampfer, S. men D. 2

(1851) 101-.
doable images caused by. WoVUuton, W, H.

Phil. Trans. (1800) 239-.
extraordinary. Crutckthank, J, Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 7 (1829) 254-.
fluctuations near Earth's surface, effects, and

dip of horizon. Atkinson, H, [1830] As.

S. Mm. 4 (1831) 517-.
historical sketch. Young, IDr,) T, QJ. Sc. 18

(1826) 347-.

— — (Young). Ivory, J, Tilloch Ph.
Mg. 65 (182^ 32-.

image of sun over sea. CenUli, V. Spet.

It. Mm. 18 (1890) 57-.
images, formation over surface of lakes, etc.

VentuH, A, Spet. It. Mm. 18 (1890) 23-,

104-.

— inverted in air, impossibility. Sang,
E, [1888] Edinb. R. S. P. 12 (1884)
129-.

— over water. Riccb, A, Spet. It. Mm. 18
(1890) 45-.

of inclined and level rays. Thomson, {Prof,)

James. B. A. Bp. 42 (1872) (Sect.) 41-.
influence of humidity and heat. Biot, J, B,

Par. Mm. de 11. (1807) {pte. 2) 39-.
lateral. Luvini, O, Bv. Sc.-Ind. 17 (1885)

361-.
of light and sound. Schuster, A. [1875] Nt

13 (1876) 67.
at low altitudes and temperatures. Ivory, J.

TiUoch Ph. Mg. 68 (1826) 177-.
mean, table. Robinson, T. R. [1841] Ir. Ac.

T. 19 (1843) 177-.

Terrestrial Refraction 8210

mean, table, Bobinson's. HamUton^ (Sit) W.

R, Ir. Ac. P. 2 (1844) 400-.
measurement with meteorological instromentB.

Biot, J, B, C. B. 7 (1838) 848-.
observations from Glaisher's balloon. San

Roberto, P. di. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 401-.
path of rays in anisotropic non-oi^Btalline

media. Matthiessen, L, Ezner Bpm. 25

(1889) 663-.
phenomena. Barber, S, QJ. Sc. 7 (1870)

229—.

— at sunset. Giordano, G. Nap. Bd. 10 (1871)
230-.

phenomenon. Heim, J. L. Gilbert A. 5 (1800)

370-.

— in Switzerland. Talbot, W, H. F, Ph.

Mg. 2 (1883) 452.
and physical constitution of atmosphere.

BauemfHnd, C, M, As. Nr. 62 (1864) 209- ;

67 (1866) 33-.
proposed observations in Pyrenees. Schroder,

F, As. Fr. C. B. (1892) (PM) 175.
resembling Earth's, finite and exact expression

for. Young, (Dr.) T, PhU. Trans. (1824)

159-.
on sea shore. Audouard, — . Brest S. Ac.

BU. 13 (1888) 209-.

TERRESTRIAL REFRACTION.

AtHnson, H. As. S. M. Not. 1 (1827-80)

192-.
Baeyer] J, J. As. Nr. 17 (1840) 205-.
Deruler, H, H, As. Nr. 19 (1842) 347-.
Bedford, G. A. Franklin I. J. 18 (1847)

279-.
Grunert, J. A, Grunert Arch. 21 (1858)

195-.
Babinet, J. C. B. 58 (1861) 394-. 417-,

529-.
BauemfHnd, C. M, Munch. Sb. (1866) (1)

813—
Gama,'v, M6x. S. ««Alzate" Mm. 4 (1890)

331-.
coefficient, Rome, 1895. Reina, V,, db Cicco-

netti, G. Bm. S. It. Mm. 10 (1896) 124-.
and dip of horizon. Gilbert, L. W. Gilbert A.

3 (1800) 281-.
horizon observations in Bed Sea (southern

half). Koss, K. [1898] Wien Ak. D. 69

(1901) 1-.
at Verudella. Koss, K,, db Thun-Hohen-

stein, E, [Graf). [1900] Wien Ak. D. 70

(1901) 847-.
horizontal, in atmosphere of uniform tem-
perature. Ivory, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 59

(1822) 90-.
— , effects. BUsch, — . (vi Adds.) Gilbert A.

3 (1800) 290-.
— , — on terrestrial objects. Huddart, J.

Nicholson J. 1 (1797) 145- ; GUbert A. 8

(1800) 257-.
—."looming." Rittenhouse, D. [1788] Am.

Ph. S. T. 3 (1793) 62-.
— , — , etc. Boscovich, R. G. Gilbert A. 8

(1800) 302-.
— , — . Young, {Dr,) T, [Signed Emeritus,]

Nicholson J. 17 (1807) 158-.

348

3210 Scintillation

measurement. Biot, J. B. G. B. 10 (1840)
8-.

— , and diflerenoefi of height from Z. D. ob-
servations. Btot, /. B. G. B. 7 (1888)
M3-; Gon. des Temps (1842) 8-; (1848)
67-.

and mirage. Gergonne, J, D, Gard Not. Tr.
Ac. (1808) 129-.

theory. Lindhagen, D. G. Stookh. Ak. Hndl.
1 (1855-56) 395-.

— . Jordan, W. As. Nr. 88 (1876) 99-.

— . FearfOey, C. Ghristiania F. (1884) No. 6,

21 pp.

— . SoUr, E. Palermo Ac. At. 2 (1898) (<Sfe..

Nt.) 64 pp.
— , geometric. Kerber, A, A. Ps. G. 15 (1882)

140-, 808-.
zenith to horizon. LiaU, E, Brax. Ac. Bll.

22 (1866) 214-.

13 (1896)

SainbowB, HaloB, etc 3220

inflnence of aurora. Montigny, C. Brux. Ao.

BU. 46 (1878) 17-; 4 (1882) 808-.
direction of ^Rdnd. Exner, K, Met. Z.

13 (1896) 401-.

— (Ezner). Trahert, W. Met. Z.
404.
— (Trabert). Exner^ K, Met.

Z. 13 (1896) 467.
question if same to observers at different

places. Montigny, C. Bruz. Ac. Bll. 17

fl864) 443-.
red stars, colour changes. Montigny, C, Bruz.

Ac. Bll. 45 (1878) 391-.
theory. Jamin, J. G. B. 67 (1868) 938-.
— . Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 36 (1893)

129-.
and theory of phenakistoscope. Holten, C.

Sk. Nf. F. 8 (1860) 565-.

SGINTILLATION.

Scintillating lights. AUard, K, G. B. 81

(1876) 1096- ; Par. Mm. Sav. Etr. 25 (1877)

No. 2, 48 pp.
Scintillation of reflected light. ChevretUf M.

E. G. B. 67 (1868) 973-.
Scintillometer. Exner, C. Wien Ak. Sb. 97

(1889) {Ah. 2a) 706-.
— , Arago*B. Babinet, J. G. B. 33 (1851)

689-.
— , new. Montigny, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 17

(1864) 260-.

STELLAR SCINTILLATION.

NichoUon, W. Nicholson J. 34 (1813) 113-.
Scintilla. [Pteud.] (vi Adds.) Sillixnan J. 5

(1822) 166-.
BlackwaU, J. [1827] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 5

(1831) 143-.
Langberg, C. N. Mg. Ntvd. 1 (1838) 390-.
Capocci, E. Nap. Bd. 1 (1842) 126-.
Denzler, H. H. Ziir. Mt. 2 (1850-52) 620-.
Dufaur, C. Laus. Bll. S. Yd. 3 (1849-53)

234-.
D<mati, G. B. N. Gim. 2 (1855) 336-.
Mo88otti, 0. F. N. Gim. 2 (1855) 344-.
Secchi, A. N. Gim. 6 (1857) 31-.
Schubnng, G. HaUe Z. Nw. 25 (1865) 307-.
Retpighi, L. Bm. At. N. Line. 21 (1868) 251- ;

22 (1869) 86-.
Wolf, C. G. B. 66 (1868) 792-, 1051.
(Bespighi's theory.) Tarry, H. G.B.70(1870)

1034-.
Respighi, L. As. Fr. G. B. 1 (1872) 148-.
Henry, C. L. Fr. Gg. Sc. 44 (1878) (2)

263-.
KiHeuff, H. de. (xn) Finist. S. Sc. BU. 2

(Fasc. 1) (1880) 13-.
Exner, K. [1881-87] Wien Ak. Sb. 84 (1882)

(Ah. 2) 1038- ; Exner Bpm. 23 (1887)

371-, 426-.
AndrUs, P. Wetter 8 (1891) 31-.
Dufour, C. Bv. Mar. et Col. 123 (1894) 161-.
cause. Montigny, C. Brux. Mm. Gour. 4**, 28

(1866) 64 pp.

3220 Rainbows, HaloSy etc.
Colours of Clouds. (See also 3640.)

(For observations see Meteorology,
0540-0570.)

Golours of cloudy condensation. Baru$, C.

Am. Met. J. 9 (1892-93) 48&-; Am. J. Sc.

46 (1893) 160- ; Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 19- ; U.

S. Weath. Bur. Bll. 12 (1896) 104 pp.
Dew bow seen on surface of mud. Eankine,

W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 23 (1862) 246.
Dewdrop, colours, with simple method of ob-
serving them. Seoresby, {Rev.) W. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 31 (1841) 60-.
— , — , (Scoresby). Forbes,

J. D. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 32 (1842) 391-.
— , prismatic colours. Scoresby, {Rev.) W.

Edinb. N. Ph. J. 60 (1861) 4&-.
Divergence of light by water-drop. Roth, F.

Met. Z. 2 (1886) 62-, 162.
Fog-bows, theory. McConnel, J. C. Ph. Mig.

29 (1890) 463-.

HALOS.

and anthelia. Burton, P. [1880] Jr. Ac. P.

3 (1883) 408-.
arcs,luminou8, in clear sky. HdUstrtim, G. G,

GUbert A. 18 (1804) 74-.
cause. Necker de Saussure, L. A. Edinb. J.

Sc. 6 (1832) 261-.
coloured solar. Frankland, E. Nt. 13 (1876)

404.
or coroniB. Mayer, J. T. [1803] G5tt. Gm.

16 (1804-08) 8-.
and coronas, formation. Lovering, J. Am.

As. P. 19 (1870) 64-.
coronsB, etc., theoiy. Jordan, G. W, Gilbert

A. 18 (1804) 27-.
diffraction-colours. Dove, H. W. Pogg. A.

26 (1832) 310-.
intensity of light. Ekama, H. Exner Bpm.

20 (1884) 797-.
and parhelia, artificial production. Comu, A .

G. B. 108 (1889) 429-.

349

8220 Bainbows, Halos, etc.

and parhelia, etc., attempt to classify. FoT$ter,
T. Tillooh Ph. Big. 38 (1811) 259- ; Nichoi-
son J. 36 (1813) 67-.

— — , — , theory. Fraimhofer, J. Sohn-
maoher As. Ab. 3 (1825) 31-.

, theory. Galle, J. G. Pogg. A. 49 (1840)

1-. 241-.
, — . CherHU, A. K. [1891] Sym. Met.

Mg. 26 (1892) 49-, 69-.
_, _. Backhouse, T. W. [1891] Sym.

Met. Mg. 26 (1892) 86.
. — (Backhouse). CherriU, A. K. [1891]

Sym. Met. Mg. 26 (1892) 101-.

— rings round luminous Dodies, explanation;
and some optical phenomena. Moaer, L.
Pogg. A. 16 (1829) 67-.

theory. Levering, J. Am. Ac. P. 8 (1873) 215-.
— . CelUrier, C. Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 29 (1884-

87) No. 9, 73 pp.
— . Ekama, H. Mbl. Nt. (1897) 172-.
— . Nell, C. A. C. Mbl. Nt. (1898) 87-.
in the zenith and of 90°. Barber, S. J. Sc.

8 (1878) 140-.

Iridescence of clouds, cause. Stoney, G. J,

Dubl. S. Sc. T. 3 (1883-87) 637-.
Iridescent clouds. Mohn, H. Christiania F.

(1893) No. 10, 39 pp.
— phenomena oh Lake Windermere. Miller,

J. F. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 55 (1853) 83-.
Parhelia. TraiU, W. A. B. A. Bp. 41 (1871)

(Sect.) 56.
— . Schuiter, A. Nt. 13 (1876) 393-.
— , theory. CherriiX, A. K. (n) Eastbourne

NH. S. Pp. (1873) (Feb.) 3 pp.

BAINBOWS.

Eachette, J. N. P. Par. :fec. Pol. Cor. 1 (1804-

08) 399-.
Jemstr'&m, A. M, Helsingf. Of v. 18 (1876) 9&-.
(Beproduction of 16th century work by Benedict

Spinoza.) Bier ens de Haan, D, N. Arch.

Wisk. 11 (1884) 61-.
Tyndall, J. [1884] Ph. Mg. 17 (1884) 61-;

B. I. P. 10 (1884) 455-; Ciel et Terre 5

(1885) 145-.
Mateart, — . A. C. 26 (1892) 501-.
Schweder, O. Biga Cor.-Bl. 37 (1894) 101-.
Czermak, P. Met. Z. 12 (1895) 308-.
achromatism of interferences. Mascart, — .

[1892] Par. S. Ps. S6. (1893) 18-.
air-bubble ** rainbow." Ptufrieh, — . Humb.

7 (1888) 476.
appe^tus to facilitate explanation. Roger , A,

As. Pr. C. B. (1886) (Pt. 2) 339-.
illustrate tneory. Mareucci, S. N. Cim.

6 (1897) 325-.
caused by reflection from water. Snell, E. S.

SUliman J. 18 (1854) 18-.
, and elliptically generated rain-
bows. Schaw, (Maj.-Oen.) — . N. Z. I. T.

25 (1893) 450-.
colours, and white rainbow. PenUer, J. M.

Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1897) (Ab. 2a) 135-.
and coloured globules. GiUi^ron, — . [1842]

Laus. BU. S. Yd. 1 (1842-45) 13&-.

Sambows 8220

distance. Cox, H. Mess. Mth. 11 (1882) 53-.
formed by liquids with different refractive

indices. Hammerl, H. [1882] Wien Ak.

Sb. 68 (1883) {Ab. 2) 206-.
forms and colours, theory. Carua, C. O. (yi

Addi.) Lpldina. 4 (1863) 12-.
fourfold. SchtdU, O. Pogg. A. 4 (1825) 111-,
and glories. TyndaU, J. Ph. Mg. 17 (1884)

244.
measurements. GaUe, J, G. Pogg. A. 63

(1844) 342-.
new explanation. BaiUard, F. C. B.44(1857)

1142-.
observed on Lake of Geneva. Penard, — .

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 6 (1898) 534.
of opposite curvature. Faraguet, C, C. B. 86

(1878) 980-.
phenomena accompanying. Thompson, S. P.

Ph. Mg. 6 (1878) 272-.
phenomenon. Mant, R. [1827] Ir. Ac. T. 15

(1828) 175-.
polarisation of light. Dechant, J. A. Ps. C.

160 (1877) 123-.
primary and secondary, darkness between.

Ainger, Alf. B. I. J. 1 (1831) 281.
, radii and distance. Potter, R. Ph.

Mg. 13 (1838) 9-.
spray-, naidinger, W. von. Wien Sb. 60

(1870) (Ab. 2) 429-.
at sunrise. Ritter, J. Mekl. Arch. 13 (1859)

180-.
supernumerary bows. Brandes, H, W. Gilbert

A. 19 (1805) 464-.
. Muncke, G. W. GUbert A. 23 (1806)

405-.

— — (Venturi's theory). Brandes, H. W.
GUbert A. 52 (1816) 385-.

. MiOer, W. H. Camb. Ph. S. T. 7

(1842) 277-.
. Burton, P. [1878] Ir. Ac. P. 3 (1883)

186-.
. Montigny, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 48 (1879)

343-.
. Boitel, — . C. B. 106 (1888) 1522-,

1757.

— — . Mascart, E. C. B. 106 (1888)
1575-.

(Miller). Larmor, J. Camb. Ph. S. P.

6 (1889) 281-.
, appearance. Mossotti, O. F. (vi Adds,)

n Cim. 4 (1846) 97-.
caused by mterference. Pratt, (Arehd.)

J. H. Ph. Mg. 5 (1853) 78-.
and caustic fringes. Maci de L^pinay,

J. Mars. Fac. Sc. A. 8 (1898) 187-.
and supernumerary bows observed at Havana.

Poey, A. C. B. 57 (1863) 109-.
on surface of water. Platz, — . [1887] Karls-
ruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) (Sb.) 155-.
theory. Brandes, H. W. GUbert A. 62 (1819)

113-.
^. Potter, R. [1835] Camb. Ph. S. T. 6

(1838) 141-.
— . Airy, G. B. [1836-48] Camb. Ph. S. T.

6 (1838) 379- ; 8 (1849) 595-.
— . Grunert, J, A. Grunert Met. Opt. 1

(1848) 1-.
— . Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 9 (1855) 321-.

350

3230

Colour and Polarisation of the Sky

3830

theory. Boitel, — . J. de Ps. 8 (1889) 276-.
— , Ajjy's (oonstant a'). Ekama, a, J. de Pb. 9

(1890) 97-.
— , — . Wirtinger, W. Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 28

(1897) 7-.
— , elementary. Lommel, E. C J. A. Ps. G.

156 (1876) 578-.
— , experimental illostration. Pulfrieht C.

Bonn. Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1887) 158- ; D. Nf. Tbl.

(1887) 238 ; A. Ps. G. 33 (1888) 194-.

— , and Hnygens's principle. MascaTt^ E, i, N,

G. B. 108 (1889) 16-.
triple. Ciccolini, L. Zach M. Gor. 20 (1809)

501-.
white. BirkenmajeTf L. (xn) Eosmos (Lw.)

2 (1877) 412-.
— . Tyndall, J. Ph. Mg. 17 (1884) 148-.
— . Maacart, — . G. B. 115 (1892) 429-,

453-.
— , new theory. Moigno, F, [1852] Moigno

Gosmos 2 (1852-53) 106-.

Bings, Bishop's, theory. Pemter, J. M. Met.

Z. 6 (1889f 401-.
— , lunar. Berwick, O. [1879] Nt. 21 (1880)

33, 155.
— , uncoloured, seen daring aeronautic ascents.

FonvieUe, W. de, G. B. 74 (1872) 71.
Shadow on mist of mountain not visible to

observer. Jouglard, S, Par. Gl. Alp. Fr.

An. 16 (1890) 461-.
— pictures during eclipse and on clouds.

WhiU, T. [1889] N. Z. I. T. 22 (1890) 108-.

3230 Colour and Polarisation
of the Sky.

{See also 3640, 4010, Meteorology
0510, 0520.)

GOLOUB.

Bayleigh, (Lard). [1870] Ph. Mg. 41 (1871)

107— 274—.
Crosby] W. 6. Am. Ac. P. 10 (1875) 425-.
Pickering, W, H. Science 6 (1885) 316.
Wyss, G. H. van, Ziir. Vjschr. 33 (1888) 279-.
Actinic rays and sky-light. Tyndall, J. B. I.

P. 5 (1869) 429-.
Atmospnere and deep waters, colour. Maiitret

X. de, Bb. Un. 51 (1832) 259-.
steam jet, colours. Clausivts, R, Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 54 (1853) 166-.
— , transparency and colour. Jackson, J, R,

Bb. Un. 49 (1832) 163-.
Blackness. Saigey, J. F, Mon. Sc. 13 (1871)

259-.
Blue colour. HaUaweU, B, Silliman J. 15

(1829) 360.

. TyndaU, J. B. S. P. 17 (1869) 223-.

. Saret, J, L. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 37

(1870) 180- ; 39 (1870) 352-.

. Collas, C, Les Mondes 29 (1872) 617-.

. WartUngUm, A, M. Ph. Mg. 6 (1878)

267-.
. Pemter, J. Jf . Wetter 7 (1890) 49-.

Blue colour. Spring, W, Bruz. Ac. Bll. 36

(1898) 504- ; Ciel et Terre 19 (1898-99) 587-.
. Pemter, J. M. Wien Az. 36 (1899)

163-.
(Pemter). Spring, W. [1899]^ Brux.

Ac. Bll. (1899) 441-, 884; Giel et Terre 20

(1899-1900) 177-, 305-.
(Spring). Pemter, J. M, [1899] Giel

et Terre 20 (1899-1900) 301-.
, instrument to measure intensity (cyano-

meter). Saussure, H. B, de. Turin Mm.

Ac. 4 (1788-89) 409-.
, origin, and transmission of light through

an atmosphere containing small particles in

suspension. Rayleigh, (Lard), Ph. Mg. 47

(1899) 376-.

reflected by water or air. Hagenbach, E.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 37 (1870) 176-.
and transparency of atmosphere. Hagen-

bach, E. Sch. Gs. Vh. 52 (1868) 56-.
Gause of colour. Budde, E. A. Ps. G. 150

(1873) 576-.
. Clausius, R. A. Ps. G. 152 (1874)

474-.
Gyanometric observations of de Saussure.

Prevost, P, J. de Ps. 57 (1803) 372-.
Explanation, new. Nichols, E, L. Ph. Mg.

8 (1879) 425-.
First purple light, theory. Pemter, J, M,

Met. Z. 7 (1890) 41-.
Light diffused by tne sky, analysis. Crova, A,

A. G. 20 (1890) 480- ; As. Fr. G. B. (1890)
iPt. 2) 245-; G. B. 112 (1891) 1176- ; As.
Fr. G. B. (1891) (Pt, 2) 295-; A. G. 25 (1892)
534-; Met. Z. 9 (1B92) 63-.

Photographic experiments. Whitman, F, P,

Am. As. P. (1888) 83-.
Physical science for artists. Lockyer, J, N,

Nt. 18 (1878) 29-, 58-, 87-. 12^, 154-, 223-.
Spectrophotometrio analysis. Nichols, E, L.

Am. As. P. (1885) 78-.
Steam, colour under certain circumstances.

Forbes, J, D, Ph. Mg. 14 (1839) 121-.
Sunlight colours. Langley, S, P. Nt. 36

(1887) 76.
Sunrise and sunset colours. Chomel, — . G.

B. 25 (1847) 395-.

phenomena. Battelli, A, N. Gim.

29 (1891) 97-; 30 (1891) 283.

Sunset colours and Erakatoa eruption. Symons,
Q. J. Sym. Met. Mg. 18 (1883) 161-, 187-.

. AUken, J, Edmb. B. S. P.

12 (1884) 448-, 647-.

. Flammarion, C. As. (1884)

19-, 58-.

. Meidinger, — . [1884] Karls-
ruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) (Sb,) 24-.

— — , theory. Lommel, E, A. Ps. G. 131
(1867) 105-.

Sunsets, red, explanation. Marangani, C, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. T. 8 (1884) 268-.
Twilight glow, optical phenomena. Marehand,

E, G. B. 97 (1883) 1514-.

— tints, theory. Lommel, E, von, Miinch.
Ak. Ab. 19 (1899) 44^, 735-.

Unusual colorations, historical account.
Kiessling, J. Hamb. Nt. Vr. Ab. 10 (1887)
No, 3, 19 pp.

351

3240

Atmotpheric AbBorption

8S40

POLABISATION.

Brewiter, (Sir) D. [1868] Edinb. B. S. T. 28

(1864) 211-.
Rubenion, R. [1864] Ups. N. Acta 8. So. 6

(1866) 1-, i-.

Brewiter, {Sir) D. [1866] Edinb. B. 8. T. 24

(1867) 247-.

Tyndall, J. B. 8. P. 17 (1869) 228-.
RayleigK (Lord). [1870] Ph. Kg. 41 (1871)

107— » 274—.
LaUemand, A. C. B. 75 (1872) 707-.
Botanquet, R. H, M, Ph. Mg. 50 (1875) 497-.
Swet, J, L. Sch. Nf . Gs. Vh. 60 (1876-77) 54-.
Bmch, F. Met. Z. 8 (1886) 582-.
Soret, J, L, A. G. 14 (1888) 608-.
Basso, O, It. S. Met. An. 4 (1889) 288-.
MeConnel, J. C. Ph. Mg. 27 (1889) 81-.
Hurian, A. G. B. 116 (1898) 795-.
by air mixed with aqueoas vapour. Haidinger,

W. von. Ph. Mg. 88 (1869) 54-.
of different colours. Piltschikoff, N, G. B.

115 (1892) 555-.
experiments. Ro8ehba4:h, — . Bresl. Schl. Gs.

Jbr. (1898) (Ab, 2a) 17-.
^. Hintze, — . Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1898)

{Ab. 2a) 19-.
floating matter and light. Tyndall, J, Nt. 1

a870) 499-.
influence of Earth's magnetism. Becquerel, H.

G. B. 86 (1878) 1075- ; 87 (1878) 1085 ; 89

(1879) 88a-; A. G. 19 (1880) 90-; G. B. 98

(1881) 481- ; A. G. 27 (1882) 812-.
of light reflected by air. Delezenne, — . Lille

Tr. (1828-24) 84-.
. Qtutdet, L.A.J. Qnetelet

Gor. Mth. 1 (1825) 275-.
or water. Ha^enbach, E. [1870-

71] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 87 (1870) 176- ; Basel

Vh. 5 (1878) 608-.
^ . Soret, J. L. Arch. So.

Ps. Nt. 87 (1870) 180- ; 89 (1870) 852-.

— moonlight. PUUchikof, N. G. B. 114
(1892) 468-.

and sunlight. Zantedeschi, F. Bm. Bll.

Met. 4 (1865) 51-.
neutral point, Brewster's. Soret, J. L., dt

Soret, C. [1888] G. B. 107 (1888) 621- ;

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 21 (1889) 28-.

— points, Brewster's, Arago's and Babinet's,
comparative visibility. Chase, P. E. Ph. Mg.
82 (1866) 156-.

observations with the new polarimeter of

Bubenson. ThaUn, T. R. Stockh. Ofv. 19

(1862) 29-.
observed under tropical sky of Havana. Poey,

A. G. B. 60 (1865) 781-.
polar clock. WheaUUme, (Sir) C. B. A. Bp.

(1848) (pt. 2) 10-.

3240 Atmospheric Absorption.
iSee also 3850; Astronomy 5400.)

Langley, S. P. Am. J. Sc. 28 (1884) 168-.
Absorption by atmospheric carbon dioxide and

water vapour. Angstrdm, K. A. Ps. 8
(1900) 720-.

Absorption of calorifio rays by Earth's atmo-
sphere. MdUmi, M. G. B. 10 (1840) 18..

— — heat by layers of air of different thick-
ness. Magnus, O. Berl. Mb. (1862) 569-.

moist air. Magnus, O. Berl. ICb.

(1862) 572-.

solar radiation by atmosphere, empirical

formula for. Bartoli, A,, S Straeeiati, E.
N. Gim. 81 (1892) 198-.

clouds. BartoU, A.^db StTocdaH^

E. lifil. I. Lomb. Bd. 27 (1894) 592-.

Atmospheric absorption and electric light.
Adams, W. Q. Elect. 15 (1885) 862-, 881-.

, estimation. Comu, A. G. B. 95 (1882)

801-.

of heat>rays, according to experiments

made at Amsterdam. Stamkart,F,J. Amst.
N. Vh. 18 (1848) 27-.

, Himalayas. Schuster, A. Nt. 18 (1876)

898-.

in infra-red. Abney, {Capt,) W.deW.^db

Festing, (Col.) — . B. S. P. 85 (1888) 80-.

of light. Hausdorff, F. Leip. Mth. Ps.

B. 47 (1895) 401-.

. Riccb, A. Gatania Ac. Gioen.

Bll. 58-54 (1898) 2-.
photograpnic rays. Sehaeberle, J. M.

Lick Obs. Gt. 8 (1898) 89 pp.
— ultra-violet radiation. Comu, A,

C. B. 88 (1879) 1285- ; 90 (1880) 940- ; As.
Fr. G. B. (1884) {Pt. 2) 108-.

Balloon ascents, spectroscopic observations.

FonvielU, W. de. C. B. 79 (1874) 816-.
Galorific effects of sun at extremities of Eaxth*s

atmosphere. Saigey, J. F. Mon. Sc. 18

(1871) 257-.
Ghiaroscuro and optical phenomenon. Maggi,

P. Q. Verona Mm. Ac. Ag. 20 (1842) 58-.
Gonstituent of atmosphere absorbing radiant

heat. HiU, S. A. B. S. P. 88 (1882) 216-,

485-.
Extinction of light in atmosphere. Jacob,

W. S. Edinb. B. S. P. 2 (1851) 271-.
(Jacob). Meech, L, W. Am.

As. P. (1858) 42-.
. Sediger, H. Munch. Ak. Sb.

21 (1892) 247-.
, influence of selective absorption.

Hepperger, J. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896)

(Ab. 2a) 178-.
Lighthouses and search lights, failure of electric

arcs in fog. PatU, H. M. Science 5 (1885)

150-.
Badiant and absorptive properties of vapour in

atmosphere, Tyndall's deductions. Riusell,

R. B. A. Bp. (*1867) (Sect.) 11.
Badiation through Eartn's atmosphere. Tyn-

daU, J. Ph. Mg. 25 (1868) 200-.
Bed glass, effect in rendermg objects more

visible through mist. Luvini, J. L'l. 17

(1849) 8.
Solar light, change in passing through atmo-
sphere. Has8enfratz,J.H. A. G. 66(1808)54-.
, (Hassenfratz). HaUy,

R. J. J. de Ps. 66 (1808) 856-.
, chemical intensity at different altitudes

of sun. Baxendell, J., d Roscoe, U. E.

[1866] B. S. P. 15 (1867) 20-.

352

8260 Energy of Sun-light Velocity, Wave-Length, etc. 3400

Solar light, ohemical intensity at different Aotinometry, ohemieal, at different heights and

altitudes of sun (Baxendell and BoBooe). temperatures. VaUot, J,, d VaUot^ (Mme,)

Clautiu9, R, Ph. Mg. 82 (1866) 41-. Q. Mt. Blano Obs. A. 3 (1898) 81-.

— ^, curious effect. Pereival, J. O, Silliman — , Langley's measurement. Maurvr^ J, Z.
J. 12 (1827) 164-. Instk. 6 (1B86) 237-.

, diminution of intensity in atmosphere. — , slow, process. Dovmes, A. C. N. 42 (1880)

Forbes, J. D. Edinb. R. S. P. 1 (1845) 56-. 178.

— — , transmission through £artn*s atmo- — , use of ice calorimeter. MicheUon, V. A,
sphere. Ahney, {Capt.) W, de W. [1888-92] Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 26 (P«.) (1894) 1-; J. de
PhU. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 251- ; 184 (1894) 1-. Ps. 4 (1895) 578-.

— radiation, influence of water in atmosphere. Atmospheric pressure, influence on chemical
Abney, (Capt.) W,deW,,<!tFe9tingt (Col,) — . action of direct sunlight. Andresen, M,

B. S. P. 35 (1883) 328-. Mt. Blanc Obs. A. 4 (1900) 1-.
Spectrum analysis and rain-band. JameMon, Solar energy, conservation. Siemens, (Sir)

H. Q. [1888] Eastbourne KH. S. T. 2 C. W. Franklin I. J. 84 (1882) 57-.

(1886-94) 62-. , — (Siemens). Archibald, E. D. Nt.

— of atmosphere and that of water vapour. 25 (1882) 504.

Janssen, J. B. A. Bp. 36 (1866) (Sect.) 11. , — (Archibald, Aiorris, Hunt and Fits

Transparency of atmosphere and flames. Qerald). Siemens, {Sir) C, W. Nt. 25 (1882)

AUard, E.C. B. 81 (1876) 1096- ; Par. 504-, 603; 26(1882)80.

Mm. Sav. Etr. 26 (1877) No. 2, 48 pp. , — (Siemens). Morris, C. Nt. 25 (1882)

(Allard). Becquerel, A, C, 601-.

C. B. 82 (1876) 1300-. , — (— ). Hunt, T. S. Nt. 25 (1882) 602-.

, instrument to measure (diaphano- — — , — (— ). FitzOeraid, G, F. Nt. 26

meter). Saussure, H, B. Turin Mm. Ac. 4 (1882) 80.

(1788-89) 425-. , — 6- ). Faye, H, A. ±. C. B. 96

and law of extinction of solar rays in (1882) 612-.

passing through it. Forbes, J, D. Phil. , — (Faye). Siemens, (Sir) C W, C. B.

Trans. (1842) 226-. 95 (1882) 769-.
, photometer for. Delarive, A, C. B. , — (Siemens). Him, O. A. C. B. 96

64 (1867) 1221-. (1882) 812-.
, probabilities applied to variations in. , — (Him), Siemens, (Sir) C. W. C. B.

Seidel, L, Miinch. Sb. 2 (1863) 320-. 95 (1882) 1037-.
and visionof distant objects. Meidinger, , — . Faye, H. A. j6, C. B. 95 (1882)

H. KarlsruheNt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1891) (Ab.) 360-. 1110-.

, — (Siemens). Him, O, A, 0. B. 96

nnnn -ci i» o i» -l^ (1882)1196-.

32o0 fjnergy or Son-llgnt. . — . TammaH, D. Lcs Mondes 3 (1882)

(See ako Astronomy 4200; Meteor- J^'_ (regenerative theory). Cook, E, H.

oloerv 0930.) p^- Mg. 15 (i883) 400-.

^'^ , — (Cook). Siemens, (Sir) C. W, Ph.

Actinometric measurements of solar heat on Mg. 16 (1883) 62-.

Alps. Rizzo, G, B, Spet. It. Mm. 26 — — , — (Faye and Him). Siemens, (Sir)

(1898) 79- ; N. Cim. 7 (1898) 120- ; Spet. C W, C. B. 96 (1883) 43-.

It. Mm. 27 (1899) 10-. — physics, questions. Siemens, (Sir) C. W.
Mt. Whitney. Langley, S. P. [1883] B. I. P. 10 (1884) 815-.

U. S. Sig. Serv. Pp. No, 15 (1884J 242 pp. Sun, does Earth receive any direct heat from?

— observations, accuracy obtainable in. Howorth, if. H. Blanch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 13
Saveljev, R. N. Bs. Ps-C. S. J. 26 (Ps.) (1874) 131-.

(1893)1-; A. 0.28(1893) 394-; 29 (1893)260-. Sun's temperature. Le ChateUer, H. C. B.

, (Saveljev). Wild, H. A. C. 114 (1892) 737-, 864.

29 (1893) 283-.

""/iTqqTiIT "■ ^"^* ^^^^'''^' ^- ^' ^- ^^ VELOCITY, WAVE-LENGTH, ETC.,

J1893)_141.._ ^^^^^^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ QP RADIATION.

(1896) 424-. o>iAA n i
on Mt. Blanc, 1887. Vallot, J, Mt. ^^^ UOlieral.

Blanc Obs. A. 2 (1896) 77-. , ,. ' (See also 2990.)

— — — dunng partial solar ecupse. ^

Vallot, J., d' Vallot, (Mme.) G, Mt. Blanc Displacements, continuous, of particles of

Obs. A. 2 (1896) 71-. medium, formulsB connected with. Tait,

Actinometry. Raduu, R. Mon. Sc. 19 (1877) P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 4 (1862) 617-.

624-, 563-. Fourier's double integrals, application to optical

— . Frdlich, 0. [1883-87] Elekttech. Z. 6 problems. Godfrey, C. [1899] Phil. Trans.

(1884) 3- ; A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 1- ; Wien Met. (A) 196 (1901) 329-.

Z. 19 (1884) 209- ; Met. Z. 1 (1884) 247-; Heat, light and colours. Blaekbume, W.

A. Ps. C. 30 (1887) 582-. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 6 (1^) 334-.

TOL. III. 353 z

3400

Velocity, Wave-Leng^li, etc. of Badiatioii

8400

Heat, light and eleotrioity, wave theories.
Hudson, H. Ph. Mg. 44 (1872) 210-.

— and light, new theory. Franklin, B. [1788]
Am. Ph. S. T. 8 (1793) 5-.

, propagation, theory. Cavchy, A. L.

C. B. 9 (1839) 283-.
— , light and sound compared. Clauntu, R.

Zui. Msohr. 2 (1857) 73-.

— and light, vibration theory. Amptre, A, M,
A. C. 58 (1835) 432-.

— — — waves, action on movable bodies.
Pu$cU, K. Wien SB. 15 (1855) 279-.

— , andolatory theory. Forhei, J, D. Ph. Mg.

8 (1836) 246-.

— , . BaHnet, J. C. B. 7 (1838) 781-.

— , . Pawellj B. B. A. Bp. (1840) {pt, 2)

14-.
^, . Mann, F, Schldmilch Z. 2 (1857)

280- ; 3 (1858) 57-; (vi Add$,) Sch. Gs. Vh.

42 (1857) 157-.
— , . Bahinet, J, C. B. 63 (1866) 581-,

662-.

LIGHT.

action. Ka»tner, K. W. G. D. Nf. Vsm. B.

(1842) 25-.
apparently monochromatic, analysis by New-
ton's rings. CarvaUo, E, G. B. 130 (1900)

496-.
attraction and repulsion. Recamier, — . C. B.

31 (1850) 851-.
and elasticity, theory. Barr€ de Saint- Venant,

— . L*I. 24 (1856) 32-.
ethereal hypothesis. SamueUorif J, QJ. Sc. 6

(1869) 1-.
mathematical development of laws. Buquoy,

G. van. Oken Isis (1824) 72a-.
monochromatic, as damped vibrations. Rovida,

A. Bv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898) 225-.
motion in transparent media. La Place, P, S.

{marquU)d€. [1808] Par. Mm. de I'l. (1809)

propagation. MuUer, J. J. [1871] A. Ps. C.

145 (1872) 86-.
— . Gauy, A, C. B. 91 (1880) 877-.
— , and chemical composition, relations between.

Schrauf, A. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 359-; 119

(1863) 461-, 553-.
— , — density and composition of the medium,

relation between. Larentz, H, A, Amst.

Ak. Yh. 18 (1879) 112 pp. ; A. Ps. C. 9

(1880) 641-.
— , dependence on density. Schrauf, A. Pogg.

A. 116 (1862) 192-.

— in isopnanous media. Cauchy, A, L, G. B.
30 (1850) 33-.

isotropic media. Rubenton, R, Stockh.

Ofv. (1884) No. 10, 3-; Fschr. Ps. (1885)

{Ab. 2) 7-.
— , lateral, or parageny. Babinet, J. Gosmos

25 (1864) 393-, 421-.
— , law. Poynting, J. H., dt Love, E. F. J.

[1886-88] Birm. Ph. S. P. 5 (1885-87) 354-;

6 (1887-89) 168.

— in media at rest and in motion, new theory.
Sagnac, G. G. B. 129 (1899) 756-, 818- ;
Par. S. Ps. S4. (1^99) 162-.

propagation in water and transparent bodies.

Mautre, X. de. Bb. Un. 57 (1834) 200-.
property of repulsive forces acting apon.

Malus, 6. L. Aroueil Mm. Ps. 2 (1809) 254-.
radiation, theory. Kirchhoff, G. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1882) 641-.
recent views. WitkowiH, A» Kosmos (Lw.)

12 (1887} 71-.
solar, mecnanical energy of cubic mile; and

possible density of luminiferous medium.

Thomson, (Sir) W. [1854] G. B. 39 (1854)

529-; Edinb. B. S. T. 21 (1857) 57-.
— , number of primitive calorific rays. Young,

M. [1798] Ir. Ac. T. 7 (1800) 119-.
2 theories, new critical point of conflict.

Breton, P. [1872] (zn) Isdre S. BU. 4

(1875) 236-, 237-.
unpolansed, instrument for exhibiting mode

of vibration. Snell, E. S. Am. As. P. (1860)

277-.
velocity and aberration, historical note. Liagre,

J. Brux. Ac. BU. 13 (1862) 10-.
— , regarded as velocity of matter. Preston,

S. T. Elect. 27 (1891) 576-.
— , and size of molecules of medium, relation

between. Joubin, P. G. B. 115 (1892)

1061-, 1346.
vibrations of common light. Tait, P. G.

Edinb. B. S. P. 11 (1882) 418-.
— , law observed in. Biot, J. B. Aroueil Mm.

Ps. 3 (1817) 132-.
— , regularity. Gouy, — . G. B. 120 (1895)

915-.
wave propagation, anomalous. Zeeman, P.

Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 542-.

— surface. CeUirier, C. (vn) Gen. S. Ps.
Mm. 23 (1874) 161-.

— theory, kinematic equivalence. CrouUebois,
M. G. B. 93 (1881) 53-.

wave-length, supposed dependence on intensity.
Lippich,F. [1875] Wien Ak. Sb. 72 (1876)
(Ab. 2) 355-.

of different wave-lengths, velocity in vacuo.
Dicombe, L. 0. B. 128 (1899) 172-.

waves, attraction, proofs of phenomenon dis-
covered by Guthrie and Schellbach. Nieuw-
enkwQzen Kruseman, J. Utr. Prv. Gn.
Aant. (1875) 36-.

— , 3 kinds, corresponding to simple movements
of the ether. Caucky,A.L. G.B.27(1848)
621-.

— , motion, Wheatstone's apparatus to illus-
trate. Secchi, A. Bm. Cor. Sc. 2 (1853)
183-.

— , passage through focus. Joubin, P. G. B.
115 (1892) 932-.

— , spherical and cylindrical. JuUtu, V. A.
Arch. Nderi. 28 (1895) 226-.

white, form of vibrations in. CarvaUo, E.
G. B. 130 (1900) 79-, 130-; J. de Ps. 9
(1900) 138-.

— , . Gouy, — . C. B. 130 (1900)

241-.

— , . CarvaUo, E. 0. B. 130

(1900) 401-.

— , ; Fourier's series. Gouy, — .

G. B. 130 (1900) 560-.

354

3406

white, measurement of large path differenoes.

Jaubin, P. C( B. 116 (189^ 68S-.
— , (Jonbin). Comu, A. C. R.

116 (1893) 711.
— , Joubin, P. C. B. 116

(1898) 872.

-Fresrare Velocity of Light, MeasurementB 8410

Mechanical equivalent of light. Giraldy, F.

Lum. ^leot. 6 (*1882) 18-.
(Thomsen's experiments). TumUrz,

0. Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (Ab, 2a) 1627- ;

96 (1890) {Ab. 2a) 826-, 1121-.
. Baveruhear, A, F. Elect. Rv.

36 (1895) 470.
Radiation pressure of light. Lebedev^ P,

Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 35 (1899) xxzv.
. Goldhammer, D. [1900] Easan

S. Ps.-Mth. Bll. 10 (1901) 231- ; Arch. N6erl.

5 (1900) 467-.
, MazweU-Bartoli's. Lebedev^ P.

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 32 (P«.) (1900) 211- ; Sc.

Abe. 4 (1901) 485.
, ana motion of the ether. Lodges 0»

Ph. Big. 46 (1898) 414-.
— — , showing apparent failure of electro-
magnetic equations. Bayleigh, (Lard), Ph.

Mg. 45 (1898) 522-.

Optics, part of a course. Duhem^ P, Brux.

S. Sc. A. 18 (1894) {Pt. 2) 95-; 19 (1895)

[Pt. 2) 27- ; 20 (1896) (Pt. i) 27-.
Prismatic spectrum, prolongation. Omuiii, G.

W. Wurab. Nw. Z. 5 (1864) 121-.
Badiations, solar, why most refrangible do not

produce light. KttsUr^ O. Arch. f. Oph. 1

(1854) 466-.
Botating bodies, optical phenomena. Kurz, A .

A. Ps. C. (Erg&nz.) 5 (1871) 653-.
Transparency of the ether. Brace, De W. B,

[1888] Nebr. Un. Stud. 1 (1888-92) 1-.
Vibration, influence of motion of source on

intensity of vibrations emitted. Mee», B, A.

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 9 (1876) 243-; Arch. N^l.

12 (1877) 1-.

— intensi^ of wavelets diverging from every
point of plane wave. Smith, Arch, [Signed
H. r.] Gamb. Mth. J. 3 (1841) 46-.

Vibrations of the ether in media isophanous
with reference to given direction. Cauchy,
A, L. G. B. 30 (1850) 93-.

medium or system of 2 media.

Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 7 (1838) 751-.

Vibratory movements of system of molecules,
perturbations produced by another system*
Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 30 (1850) 17-.

Wave motion. Breton, Ph. Les liiondee 18
(1868) 341-.

— propagation (theorem of Gergonne).
lAvUua, A. J. de Ps. 2 (1873) 207-.

in elastic medium. Smith, Arch. [Signed

A. S.] Gamb. Mth. J. 1 (1839) 97-.

— — , FresnePs laws, deduction from me-
chanical theory. Haughton, S. Ir. Ac. P.
4 (1850) 455-.

, new theorem. Stoney, O, J. Ph. Mg.

43 (1897) 273-.
Waves, experiments. Weber, E. H.,db Weber,

W. Eastner Arch. Ntl. 7 (1826) 45-.
— , pluie, in elastic media. HaughUmt S.

[1849] Ir. Ac. T. 22 (1855) 97-.
— , — ; 2 kinds in isotropic system of material

points. Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 10 (1840)

905-.
— , — , propagation in system of molecules.

Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 7 (1838) 865-.

3405 Badiation-pressnre. Me-
chanical Equivalent of Light.

{See 4210, 4215.)

Mechanical equivalent of light. Thomeen, J.

[1863] (vm) A. Ps. G. 126 (1865) 348-;

Sk. Nf. F. 9 (1865) 341-.
. Farmer, M. Q. [1865] Am. J.

Sc. 41 (1866) 214.

Nt. Vr. 1 (1840-42)

3410 Velocity of Light,
Measurements of.

Arago, D.F.J. [1810] G. B. 36 (1853) 88-.
Parrot, Q. F. GUbert A. 51 (1815) 292-.
Fechner, G. T. Kastner Arch. Ntl. 12 (1827)

22-.
Attrofumicus [Pseud.]. Madras J. 2 (1835)

290-.
(Bevolving mirror method.) Arago, D. F. J.

G. B. 7J[1838) 954-.
Bichter, E. Anhalt Vh.

18-.

Fizeau, H. L. G. B. 29 (1849) 90-.
(Bevolving mirror method.) Arago, D. F. J.

C. B. 30 (1850) 489-.
Bourdat, — . Grenoble Ac. Delph. Bll. 8 (1850)

45-.
(Bevolving mirror method.) FoucatUi, L. 0.

B. 30 (1850) 551-.
( .) ireguet, L., dt Fizeau, H, G. B.

30 (1850) 562-, 771-.
Lechat, ~. (vm) Beims 84. Ac. 12 (1850)

182-.
ScarpeUini, C. Bm. Gor. Sc. 2 (1853) 126-.
(Bevolving mirror method.) FoucaiUt, L. A.

G. 41 (1854) 129-.

FrU,A. iiva (1859) 56-.

(Bevolving mirror method.) FoueauU, L. G.

B. 55 (1862) 501-, 792-.
( , Foucault's.) Emery, L. [1863]

Laus. Bll. S. Vd. 7 (1864) 389-.
( , — .) Moberg, A. [1863] (vm)

Helsingf. Ofv. 6 (1864) 2-.
Pick, H. [1863] (vm) Wien Schr. 3 (1864)

449-. •

Delaunay, C. E. Smiths. Bp. (1864) 135-.
Comu, A. G. B. 73 (1871) 857-.
Laborde, — . Les Mondes 29 (1872) 363-.
(Toothed- wheel method.) Comu, A. G. B.

76 (1873) 338-.
Burgue, — . G. B. 78 (1874} 1115.
Comu, A. G. B. 79 (1874) 1361- ; Pto. Ec.

Pol. J. cah. 44 (1874) 133- ; Par. Obs. A. 13

(1876) A. 1-.

355

z2

8410 Velocity of Light, MeasurementB

(Error in Coma's determination.) Helmert, F.

R. As. Nr. 87 (1876) 123-.
MUhdion, ^. ^. . Nt. 18 (1878) 195; Am. As.

P. (1878) 71- ; (1879) 124-.
Comu, A. C. B. 91 (1880) 1019-.
(Ck)ma.) Gouy, A, C. B. 92 (1881) 84-.
Comu, A. C. B. 92 (1861) 58-.
Bayleigh, (Lord). Nt. 24 (1881) 382-; 25

(1882) 52.
Qouy, A. G. B. 94 (1882) 1296-.
MieheUon, A. A, Wash. As. Pp. for Ephem.

& Nant. Aim. 1 (*1882) 109-.
(Bevolving mirror method, Foucaolt's, im-
provements in apparatus.) Wolf, C, G. B.

100 (1885) 308-.
( , — , theory.) Qouy, —, C. B. 101

(1885) 502-.

Aberration 3420

Velocity in salts. Piotrow$ki, O, (zn) Krk.
Ak. (lft..Pr£.) Pam. 1 (1874) 152-.

— from stellar observations. Charlier, C. F.

X. Stockh. Ofv. (1889) 523-.

— of smi's calorific rays. Anon, (vi 1210)
Tilloch Ph. 1^. 19 (1804) 309-.

— in transparent media. Tralle$, J, G, [1820]
Bed. Ab. (1820-21) 133-.

. Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 3 (1833)

333-.
water, change produced by heat. R&hl-

numn, R. A. Ps. C. 132 (1867) 1-, 177-.
at various temperatures. Jamint J.

C. B. 43 (1856) 1191-.

— of white and coloured light. Forbes , (7., <^
Young, J, [1881] Phil. Trans. 173 (1883)
231-.

( , — .) Schuster, A. Nt. 33 (1886) in air, water, and carbon

439-.
( , — .) Oibbi, J. W. Nt. 33 (1886)

582.
Oouy, — . A. G. 16 (1889) 262-.
Jaumann, O. Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) (Ab,

2a) 1239-.
(1880-82.) Newconib, S. Wash. As. Pp. for

Ephem. & Naut. Ahn. 2 (1891) 107-.
RUtenpart, -— . [1894] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh.

11 (1896) {Sb.) 265-.
KaUer, — . Nass. Vr. Jb. 51 (1898) xxxn.
Comu^A. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 360-.
Perrotin, — . C. B. 131 (1900) 731-.
Finite velocity, Boemer*s discovery. Wernicke,

A. Z. Mth. Ps. 25 (1880) (H.-Zt. Ab,) 1-.
Historical note. Erler, W, Pogg. A. 88

(1853) 538-.

. Newcomb, S, Nt. 34 (1886) 29-.

Velocity in air and water. Breguet, L., dt

Fueau, H. C. B. 30 (1850) 562-, 771-.
. Foucault, L, A. G. 41 (1854)

129-.
carbon disulphide. Oouy, — . C. B.

103 (1886) 244-.
, of red and blue light. MieheUon,

A. A, B. A. Bp. (1884) 654.
crystals. KoMrausch, W, F. [1878-79]

A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 8ft-; 7 (1879) 427-.

— — elements, and their crystalline form.
Zenger, C. W, G. B. 75 (1872) 670-.

glass, effects of heat, ^zeau, H, L,

G. B. 54 (1862) 1237- ; A. G. 66 (1862)
429-.

— , and Kirkwood's analogy. Chaee, P, E,
Am. Ph. S. P. 18 (1880) 425-.

— in magnetic field. Morley, E, W., dt Eddy,
H, T. Am. As. P. (1890) 81-.

— — different media. Abria, — . Moigno
Gosmos 17 (1860) 261-.

metals. Griinberg, T, Biga Gor.-Bl. 33

(1890) 5-.
quartz. Lang, V, von. [1869] Wien

Ak. Sb. 60 (1870) [Ab. 2) 767-.
plates. HaUock, W, A. Ps. G. 12

(1881) 147-.

— of radiant heat. Wrede, F. J, Pogg. A. 53
(1841) 602-.

— in rarefied gases during electric discharge.
Edi^er, E., db Starling, S. G, B. A. Bp.
(1895) 635-.

disulphide. MieheUon, A. A. Wash. As.
Pp. for Ephem. A Naut. Ahn. 2 (1891)
231-.
Wave velocity in dielectrics. Trouton, F. T,
Elect. 25 (1890) 556-.

3420 Aberration and Moving
Media. Doppler's Principle.

{See cUao 6630; Astronomy 3310.)

ABEBBATION.

Fremtl, A, J. A. G. 9 (1818) 57-, 286.

Babinet, J, G. B. 9 (1839) 774-.

Stoke$, G, G, Ph. Mg. 27 (1845) 9-; 29 (1846)

62-.
ChallU, J, Ph. Mg. 27 (1845) 321-.
(GhaUis.) Stoket, G, G. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846)

15-, 835-.
(Fresnel's theory.) Stokes, G. G, Ph. Mg. 28

(1846) 76-.
(Stokes.) ChaUU, J, Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 90-.
ChallU, J. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 176-, 393-.
PaweU, B, [184^-47] Ashmol. S. P. 2 (1843-

52) 186- ; Ph. Mg. 29 (1846) 425-; (vi Adds.)

30 (1847) 93-.
Beer, A, Pogg. A. 93 (1854) 218-.
ChallU, J. Ph. Mg. 9 (1855) 430-.
(Theory.) Eisenlohr, F. Heidi. Vh. Nt. Md.

3 (1865) 190-.
WiUigen, V. S, M, van der, Harl. Arch. Ms.

Teyl. 1 (1868) 364-.
Besant, W. H, QJ. Mth. 11 (1871) 38-.
(Theory.) ChallU, J. Ph. Mg. 43 (1872)

289-.
Despeyrous, C, Toul. Mm. Ac. 4 (1872) 232-.
Schouten, G, N. Arch. Wisk. 1 (•1876) 199-.
Maseart, — . G. B. 113 (1891) 571-.
Aberration as affected by Earth drawing the

ether along with it. H'dffler, F, Ziir. Ps.

Gs. Jbr. (1896) 15-.

— and astronomical refraction, theories.
Bonnet, O. N. A. Mth. 6 (1887) 335-,
554-.

— — constitution of luminiferous ether.
Stokes, G, G. Ph. Mg. 29 (1846) 6-.

356

3420 Aberration. Doppler's Principle Moving Media 3420

Aberration and Doppler's principle. Gilbert, Voigt, W. Gdtt. Nr. (1887) 41-.

P. Bv. Quest. So. 30 (1891) 225-, 558-. Dufwir, C. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 24 (1890) 242-.

Cause. Forstner, — von. Grelle J. 20 (1840) Application to lominons gas molecules. P/aund-

101-. Ur, L. [1877] Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878) {Ab, 2)

— . Doppler, C. B6hm. Gs. Ab. 8 (1843-44) 852-.

747-. . Ebert, H. [1889] A. Ps. C.

— . ChaUis, J, Ph. Mg. 3 (1852) 53-. 86 (1889) 466- ; Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 21

Course of ray of light from a star to Earth. (1890) 7-.

ChallU, J. Ph. Mg. 32 (1848) 168-. radiation energy. Guillaume, C, £.

Motion of bodies, influence on velocity of light Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894) 161-.

in their interior. Fizeau, H. L. C. B. 33 Doppler's theory. Hoorweg, J, L. Arch.

(1851) 349- ; A. C. 57 (1859) 385-. N6erl. 9 (1874) 1-.
Earth, influence on diffraction. WiUigerit (Hoorweg). -Rtn*, H, J, (xn) Mbl. Nt.

V. S. M, van der, [1870] (xi) Haarl. Ms. 4 (1874) 93-.

Teyl. Arch. 3 (1874) 72-. (Bink). Hoorweg, J. L. (xn) Mbl. Nt.

, light phenomena. Fremel, A. J, 4 (1874) 114-.

A. C. 9 (1818) 57-, 286. . Zenker, W. As. Nr. 85 (1875) 151-.

, . Babinet, J. C. B. 55 Doppler-Fizeau method. Moessard, — . C. B.

(1862) 561-. 114 (1892) 1471-.

, . Lorentz, H. A. Amst. , exact formula. La Fretnaye, H, de. C.

Ak. Vs. M. 2 (1886) 297- ; Arch. N^rl. 21 B. 115 (1892) 1289^ ; 116 (1893) 75, 160.

(1887) 103-. — principle, experimental yerification. Bilo-

— — — , propagation in doubly pi^ky, A. Spet. It. Mm. 23 (1895) 122-.

refracting media. Lorentz, H. A, Amst. Motion of source of light, influence. Fizeau,-

Ak. Vs. [1] (1893) 149- ; Fschr. Ps. (1893) H, L. [1848] Par. S. Phhn. PV. (1848)

{Ab. 2) 8-. 81-; (vn) A. C. 19 (1870) 211-.

the ether near Earth. Lodge, 0. [1892- , — on spectra. Jb%zeau, H, L.

931 B. I. P. 13 (1893) 565- ; PhU. Trans. C. B. 69 (1869) 743 ; 70 (1870) 1062-.

(A) 184 (1894) 727-; Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) , . Heger, R, Dresden

549-. Sb. Isis (1871) 162-.

— , influence on refraction. Prevott, P. Qen. Befraction when prism and source of light are

Mm. S. Ps. 1 (1821) 25-. moving. Willigen, V. S, M. van der. Amst.

— of light as affected by refracting and reflecting Vs. Ak. 7 (1873) 257- ; Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl.
substances which are also in motion. Robi- 8 (1874) 305-.

son, J. [1788] Edinb. B. S. T. 2 (1790) 83-. Spectroscope, new application. Seeehi, A.

Motions, astronomical, influence on optical Les Mondes 16 (1868) 501-.

phenomena. Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 144

(1872) 109-, 287-, 363-, 550- ; 146 (1872) MOVING MEDIA.

406- ; 147 (1872) 404-, 478-; 148 (1873)

435-. Double refraction of light in moving liquids.

Phenomena in case of telescope full of water. Kundt, A. A. Ps. C. 13 (1881) 110-.

PeUat, H. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1895) 14-. Drift, consequences of FresnePs law. Potter,

Stokes's theory. Lorentz, H. A. Amst. Ak. A. J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 201-.

Vs. [1] (1893) 97-. Ether, behaviour towards movement of Earth.
, on supposition of variable density of Des Coudret, T. A. Ps. 0. 38 (1889) 71-.

the ether. LoretUz, H, A. Amst. Ak. Vs. — , — in moving media. Beer, A. Pogg. A. 94

7 (1899) 523-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) (1855)428-.

443-. — and Earth, relative motion.' MicheUon,

Undulatory theory of light, proof from aberra- A. A. Am. J. Sc. 22 (1881) 120- ; C. B. 94

tion. Riecke, — . Grunert Arch. 18 (1852) (1882) 520-.

33-. , . MicheUon, A. A., dt Morley,

E. W. Am. J. So. 34 (1887) 333-.

DOPPLEB'S PBINCIPLE. , . Lorentz, H. A. Amst. Ak.

Vs. [1] (1893) 74-.
(Coloured light of double stars.) Doppler, C. . MicheUon, A. A. Am. J. Sc.

B6hm. Gs. Ab. 2 (1841-42) 465-. 3 nggy) 475«.

(Deviation of rays of light and sound by rota- , : does the Earth carry the ether

tion of medium of propagation.) DoppUr, C. with it? Lorentz, H. A. Ampt. Ak. Vs. 6

[1843] Bdhm. Gs, Ab. 3 (1843-44) 417-. (1898) 266- ; Psohr. Ps. (1897) (Ab. 2) 5-.

(Influence of motion of medium of propagation ^ ^ Michelson and Morley experi-

on ether-, air- or water-waves.) DoppUr, C. ment. Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 45 (1898)

Bohm Gs. Ab. 5 (1847) 293-. 23-. -01/

( on intensity of sounds.) DoppUr, C ' ^ , (Sutherland).

Wien SB. (1851) {Ab. 2) 162-. I^^e, 0. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 343-.

LundquUt. G. Ts. Mt. Fys. 4 (1871) 160-. , , (Lodge). SutherUmd,

Mascart, A. Par. to. Norm. A. 1 (1872) 157-. W. Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 252.

Bichat, E. Nancy S. Sc. BU. 4 (11* Ann.) , , , criticism. Suther-

(1878) 5-. Uind, W. [1900] Nt. 63 (1900-01) 205.

357

3420 Moving Media

Ether, motion, and Earth's atmosphere. FiU

Gerald, O. F, Soience 13 (1889) 890.
— , — , experiment. Luvtnt, O, Tor. Ac. So.

At. 10 (1874-75) 517-.
—,—,—. MU,G. D. Nf. Vh. (1900) (Tfc. 2,

HiUfte 1) 26-.
— , — , and pressure of radiation. Lodge, 0,

Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 414-.
— , permeability of matter for. Zehnder, L.

A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 65-.

— and ponderaole oodies, relative motion.
Kdvin, (Lard), [1900] R. I. P. 16 (1902)
368-.

— sorroonding moving body, condition.
Franklin, W. S,, db Nichols, E. L. Ps.
Bv. 1 (1894) 426-.

Light in moving media, oaloolation.

Bausnnesq, J. 0. B. 76 (1873) 1293-.
— , theory for moving media. Voigt, W.

Gdtt. Nr. (1887) 177-.

— waves, action of moving matter on. Potier,
A. J. de Ps. 5 (1876) 105-.

, . Foussereau, G, J. de

Ps. 1 (1892) 144- ; C. B. 120 (1895) 85- ; Par.

S. Ps. 86. (1895) 26-.
Propagation of light in moving media. Velt-

mann, W. As. Nr. 76 (1870) 129- ; A. Ps.

C. 150 (1873) 497-.
. Puschl, K, Wien 8b. 68

(1873) (^6. 2) 446-.

— and media at rest, new

theory. Sagnae, G. C. B. 129 (1899) 756-.
818- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1899) 162-.

Beflection of light, inflaence of rapid motion of
mirror. Fiieau, —. C. B. 104 (1887) 935-.

— and refraction in moving media, limiting
conditions. KetteUr, B. Berl. Ak. Mb.

(1874) 32-.

Befracting media, motion, influence on direc-
tion of lominous rays. Respighi, L. [1861]
Bologna Mm. Ac. Sc. 2 (1862) 279-.

Befraction, inflnence of motion. Klinkerfuet,
W. As. Nr. 65 (1865) 17- ; GOtt. Nr. (1865)
157-, 210, 376-; (1866) 33-; As. Nr. 66
(1866) 337-.

Botation of plane of polarisation of light by
moving m^lia. Thornton, J. J, Camb. Ph.
S. P. 5 (1886) 250-.

Velocity of light, inflaence of velocity of
medium. Michehon, A, A., db Morley,
E. W. Am. J. So. 31 (1886) 377-.

, , Michelson and Morley

experiments. Comu, A, C. B. 102 (1886)
1207-.

in moving media. Hoek, M, Amst.

Vs. Ak. 2 (1868) (mk^ 18^ ; Arch. N^erl. 3
(1868) 180- ; Amst. Vs. Ak. 3 (1869) (mk.)
306- ; Arch. N^rl. 4 (1869) 443-.

. BouMinesq, J. C. B. 74

(1872) 1573-.

near rapidly moving matter, experi-
ment. Lodge, 0. J, B. A. Bp. (1891)
560-.

and the solar system. Hoffler, F, D.

Nf. Vh. (1896) (Th, 2, HdlfU 1) 37-.

Wave-length, Measurement 3430

3430 Wave-Length of Bays in
the Lnminous Spectrom, Mea-
surement of.

(See also 3030.)

Stokes, G. G. B. A. Bp. (1849) {pt, 2) 11.

Angstrdm, A, J. [1863] (vn) A. Ps. C. 123
(1864) 489-.

Mascart, i, G. B. 58 (1864) 1111- ; Par. £c.

Norm. A. 4 (1867) 7-; A. G. 13 (1868)

186-.
Leitch, W, [1870] Edinb. B. S. P. 7 (1872)

179-.
Fievez, C. [1880] Giel et Terre 1 (^1881)

265-.
Gerland, E. [1886] Eassel Vr. Nt. B. 34 A

35 (1889) lu-.
Runolfsson, N, N. Ts. Fs. K. 2 (1897) 114-.
Gamut of light. Chase, P, E. Franklin I. J.

74 (1877) 148.
Gkimuts of light and sound. Chase, P. E. Am.

Ph. 8. P. 13 (1873) 149-.
Scale of wave-numbers, advantage of referring

lines in spectrum to. Stoney, G, J. B. A.

Bp. 41 (1871) {Sect,) 42-.
, catalogues of spectral rays arranged

on. Stoney, G. J. B. A. Bp. 42 (1872)

53-.
Solar rays, chemical action, measurement of

vibrations in. Hunt, R. [1853] Pht. S. J. 1

(1854) 81-.

— — , oscillation-frequencies, catalogue.
Stoney, G. J. B. A. Bp. (1878) 37-.

— spectrum, constitution and origin of group B.
Th4^lon,L, J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 421-.

, fixed lines. Gladstone, J, H. B. A. Bp.

(1858) {pt. 2) 17.
, radiation, waves, ether. Broca, A. Bv.

Sc. 6 (1896) 1-.

— — , scale of Sdrohhoff's. Hartmann, J.
Berl. Ak. Sb. (1898) 742-.

Spectral lines, reversible, and analogy between
their laws of distribution and intensity and
those of hydrogen. Comu, A, J. de Ps. 5
(1886) 93-.

Telluric lines, Angstr6m*s group a. Comu, A,
Par. S. Ps. S^. (1884) 41-.

Vibration producing primitive colours. Forster,
T, Silliman J. 10 (1826) 188.

WAVE-LENGTHS,

absolute. Bell, L, Am. J. Sc. 33 (1887) 167- ;

B. A. Bp. (1887) 584-; Am. J. Sc. 35 (1888)

265-, 347-.
of blue indium line. MiUler, Joh, A. Ps. C.

124 (1865) 637-.
. MendenhaU, T. C. Am. As. P.

(1877) 125-.
— brignt lines of spectrum. Miiller, Joh.

[1863] (vm) Freiburg B. 3 (1865) 29-.
by comparison. Gibbs, W. Km.. J. Sc. 45

(1868) 298-.

358

3430 MeaBurement of Wave-Length

hj diffraction and interference. Veress, V, (xn)

Orv.-Term. fits. 6 (1881) (Term, Szak) 215-.
of electric radiation by grating. Bote, J. C.
R. S. P. 60 (1897) 167-.

— enhanced lines, table. Lockyery (Sir) N.
R. 8. P. 65 (1900) 462-.

— Fraunhofer lines. Kirehhoffy O. Berl. Mb.
(1859) 662-; Erdm. J. Pr. C. 80 (1860) 480-.

. Ditscheiner, L. Wien Sb. 50 (1866)

(Ab, 2) 296-; 52 (1866) (Ab. 2) 28^; 68

(1871) (Ab. 2) 565-.
. Kurlbaum, F, A. Ps. C. 33 (1888)

159-, 381-.
FresnePs measurements. Merczyng, H. A.

Ps. C. 22 (1884) 129-.
by interference bands in grating spectrum.

Weinberg, M. Exner Rpm. 19 (1883) 148-.
interference method of measuring small

changes. Ebert, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (1887) 82-.
, spectral. MacS de LSpinay, J. J. de

Ps. 4 (1886) 261-.
of A line. Mascart, — . G. R. 56 (1863) 138-.

— D2 line (absolute measurement). Mad de
Upinay, J. C. R. 102 (1886) 1153- ; J. de
Ps. 5 (1886) 411- ; A. C. 10 (1887) 170-.

— D3 (helium) line. Palmer ^ A, De F. (jun.)
Am. J. Sc. 50 (1896) 357-.

measurement by. MacS de LSpinay, J. G. R.
100 (1885) 1377- ; J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 406- ;

A. G. 10 (1887) 68-; Par. S. Ps. 84. (1893)
114- ; A. G. 5 (1895) 210-.

— of, applied to metit>logy. MicheUon, A. A,
[1890-93] Am. J. Sc. 39 (1890) 116- ; Nt.

49 (1893-94) 66-.
cube in terms of. Fabry, C, Mae€ de

L^pinay, J., dt Perot, A. G. R. 128 (1899)
1317-.

— for spectroscopy. Perot, A., dt Fabry, C.
G. R. 130 (1900) 492-.

of mercury raoiations. Fabry, C, db Perot, A,
G. R. 126 (1898) 1706-.

method, new. SUfan, J. Wien Sb. 63 (1866)
(Ab. 2) 521-.

and metre, progress of experiments for com-
paring. Peirce, C. S. Am. J. So. 18
(1877) 61.

and oscillation-frequencies of coloured rays.
Drobiach, M. W. Leip. B. (1862) 67-.

of principal lines in spectrum of gallium.
Hartley, W, N., dt Bamage, H, [1898]
Dubl. 8. Sc. T. 7 (1902) 1-.

by prismatic scale. Hertchel, A. 8. [1873]
Newcastle G. S. T. 2 (1871-74) 131-.

radiations of nearly equal wave-lengths, separa-
tion. Hamy, M. G. R. 126 (1897) 1092-.

of red lines in spectrum of potassium. Dee-
landres, H. G. R. 106 (1888) 739.

reduction of Kirchho£F*s results to. Hcuselberg,

B, [1878] St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 26 (1879) 131-.
by refractive indices. Oibbt, W. Am. J. Sc.

50 (1870) 46-.
of sodium as standard of length, interference

method. Michelson, A. A,, dt Morley, E, W,
Am. J. Sc. 34 (1887) 427-.

— solar lines observed by Eirchhoff, computa-
tion. Airy, (Sir) G. B. [1867-71] PhU.
Trans. 168 (1868) 29-; 162 (1872) 89-.

in Infra-Sed 3485

of solar spectrum. Bernard, F. G. R. 69 (1864)

32.
. WiUigen, V. S, M. van der. Arch.

N^erl. 2 (1867) 116- ; Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl.

1 (1868) 1-, 67-, 280-.
, interference method. Bernard, F.

G. R. 68 (1864) 1163-.

— — — , . Perot, A„ dt Fabry, C.

G. R. 131 (1900) 700-.

, relative. Rowland, H. A, Ph. Mg.

23 (1887) 257-.
spectrometric measurement. Egyed, M. (xn)

Kolozsv4r Orv.-Term. T4r8. its. [3] (1879)

[Term. Szak) 1-.
as standard of length. Govt, G, [1871] Tor.

At. Ac. Sc. 7 (1871-72) 116-.
. Michelson, A. A., dt Morley,

E. W. Am. J. Sc. 38 (1889) 181-.
standard metre in terms of. Michelson, A, A.

G. R. 116 (1893) 790- ; Par. Poids et Mes. Tr.

Mm. 11 (1895) 237 pp.

— metres. Benoit, J. R,, dt Chiillaume, C. 6,
Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 11 (1896) 16 +
Ixxxiii pp. , 31 + Ivi pp.

— , table. Rowland, H, A, J. H. Un. Gir. 8

(1888-89) 69, 78.
tables. Brit. Ass, Camm. B. A. Rp. (1884)

351- ; (1886) 288-; (1886) 167- ; (1890) 224-;

(1891)161-; (1892)193-; (1893)387-; (1894)

248-; (189^273-; (1896)273-; (1897)76-;

(1898) 313- ; (1899) 267-; (with index) (1900)

by Talbot*8 bands. Maci de L4pinay, — . G.
R. 100 (1885) 1377-.

3435 Wave-Lengrth of Infra-Bed
Bays, Measurement o£

Fizeau, H. L. Par. 8. Phlm. PV. (1847) 108-.
MouUm, L, Par. S. Ps. 8^. (1879) 199- ; G. R.

88 (1879) 1078- ; A. G. 18 (1879) 146-.
NichoU, E, L. [1886] Kan. Ac. So. T. 10

(1887) 111-.
Schmidt, K. Ednigsb. Sohr. 30 (1890) (8h,) 9.
Langley, S. P. B. A. Rp. (1894) 466-.
Carvdllo, E. A. G. 4 (1896) 6-.
Alkalis, emission spectra. Snow, B, W. A. Ps.

G. 47 (1892) 20&-.
— , (Snow). Kayser, H,, db Runge, C, A.

Ps. G. 48 (1893) 160-.
— , (Kayser and Runge). Snow, B. W,

[1893] Ps. Rv. 1 (1894) 221-.
Bolometer, application. Geersdaele, J. van.

Rv. Quest. Sc. 40 (1896) 26-.
— , iron-wire. Edelmann, M. T, Elekttech.

Z. 16 (1894) 81-.
Bolometnc study. Julius, W. H. Arch. N^erl.

22 (1888) 310-.
Flames. Magnus, G. Berl. Mb. (1865) 118-.
Fluorine. Carvailo, E. G. R. 116 (1893)

1189- ; 117 (1893) 306-, 846-.
Metallic vapours, emission spectra. Beeqtierel,

H. C. R. 97 (1883) 71-; 99 (1884) 374-.
Metals. Lewis, E, P., dt Ferry, E. S, J.- H.

Un. Gir. [13 (1893-94)] 74-.
Mouton's method, improvements. CarvaUo,

E. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1893) 60-.

359

3440 HeaBOFement of Wave-Length Interference and Diffraction 8600

Phosphorophotogiaphy. Lommd, E» MQnoh.
Ak. Sb. 18 (1889) 397-.

— of grating spectram. Lommelt E, Mtbioh.
Ak. Sb. 20 (1891) 88-.

Photography (less refrangible portions of solar
spectrum). Vogd, H. W. A. Ps. C. 180
(1877) 292-.

— . PickeHng, W. H, Am. As. P. (1884) 111.

— (less refrangible portions of solar spectram).
Burbank,J,C.B. Am. Ac. P. 23 (1888) 301-.

— (red end of solar spectram). Waterhousey
(Lt.-CoL) J. Beng. As. 8. P. (1889) 154-.

— . Angstrom, K. Ups. S. So. N. Acta 17

(1898) No. 2, 4 pp.
— . Meyer, G. [1900] Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 6-.
Bays of great wave-length. Rvbens, H. D.

Nf. Vh. (1896) (ZTi. 2, HSlfU 1) 54-.
. JRu6«M, H., d Nichols, E. F,

Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 814-.
, properties. Rubens, H,, dt Nichols,

E. F. A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 418-.

— at low temperature. Curie, P., dt Desains,
P, C. B. 90 (1880) 1506-.

— , method of rendering visible. Holthof, F,

Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1884-85) 18-.
— , . Lommel, E. Humb. 3 (1884)

5-; Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 17 (1885) 38-.
Book-salt. Langley, S. P. Smiths. I. Asps.

Obs. A. 1 (19()0) 253-.
Sun. Langley, S. P. [1883] Wash. Nat. Ac.

Mm. 2 (1884) 149-.
— , from X7150 to XIO.OOO. Abney, {CaptJ

W, de W. [1885] Phil. Trans. 177 (1887)

457-.
— . Langley, S, P. Am. As. P. (1885) 55-.

— and lime-light. Lamansky, S. Berl. Mb.
(1871) 632-; A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 200-.

Wave-lengths, hitherto unrecognised. Langley,
8. P. Am. J. So. 32 (1886) 83- ; C. B. 102
(1886) 162-.

3440 Wave -Length of Ultra-
violet Bays, Measurement of

Esselbach, E, Fogg. A. 98 (1856) 513-.

Mascart, i. Par. fee. Norm. A. 1 (1864) 219- ;

C. B. 58 (1864) 1111- ; 69 (1869) 337-.
Applicability of normal spectra of certain

elements. Eder, J, M., db Valenta, E.

Wien Ak. D. 68 (1900) 531-.
spark spectra of metals. Eder, J, M.

Wien Ak. D. 60 (1893) 13-.
Cobalt and nickel. Liveing, G, D., dt Dewar,

J. PhU. Trans. (A) 179 (1889) 231-.
Elements, lines of high refrangibility in spectra.

Hartley, W. N., dt Adeney, W, E, [1883]

Phil. Trans. 175 (•1885) 63-.
Emission spectra. Exner, F,, dt Haschek, E.

Wien Ak. Sb. 104 (1895) {Ab. 2a) 909- ; 105

(1896) (Ab. 2a) 889-, 503-, 707-, 989-; 106

(1897) (Ab. 2a) 36-, 54-, 337-, 494-, 1127- ;

107 (1898) (Ab, 2a) 182-, 792-, 813-, 1335- ;

108 (1899) (Ab. 2a) 825-, 1071-, 1123- ; 109
(1900) (Ab, 2a) 103-.

of rays more refrangible than H. Hart-
ley, W. N. B. A. Bp. (1880) 298-.

Metallic spectra in ultra-violet. Trowbridge,

J., dt Sabine, W. C. Am. Ao. P. 28 (1888)

288-.
Photography. Comu, A, As. Fr. C. B. 1

(1872) 300-.
— . Lockyer, J, N. [1873] (x) Nt. 10 (1874)

109-, 254-.

— (spectra of gases). Monckhoven, D. va$^
Brux. Ac. BU. 43 (1877) 187-.

— (instruments and processes). Hartley, W.
N, [1881] Dubl. S. So. P. 3 (1888) 98-.

— (vacuum). Schujnann, V. C. N. 64 (1891)
275.

— . Hitchcockf R, Science 19 (1892) 118-.
~. Schumann, V, Science 20 (1892) 21^-.

— (by sensitised plate). Schumann, V. Wien
Az. 29 (1892) 230-.

— . Schumann, V, Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1898)
{Ab. 2a) 415-, 625-; Wien Az. 32 (1895)

' 28-, 121- ; Z. Nw. 69 (1896) 240- ; Wien Aa.
37 (1900) 71-.

Bays, metnod of rendering visible. Holthof,
F. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1884-86) 18-.

— , most refrangible, acting on silver iodide.
Eisenlohr, W. Fogg. A. 99 (1856) 159-.

Spark spectra of metallic elements and oom-
pounds. Brit. Ass. Comrn. (Hartley, W. N^
B. A. Bp. (1882) 143- ; (1883) 127-.

INTERFERENCE AND DIFFRAC-
TION.

3600 General.

Diffraction and interference of light. Gevbel,

H. K. (xn) Arch. Phm. 121 (1852) 113-.
radiant heat. Zantedeschi, F.

Zantedeschi A. Fis. (1849-50) 5-.
Disturbance by element of plane wave of sound

or light. Basset, A. B. L. Mth. S. P. 22

(1891) 317-.
Huygens's principle (simple demonstration).

Mach, E. A. Ps. C. 134 (1868) 310-.
. Beltrami, E. Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 22

(1889) 428-.
. Volterra, V. N. Cim. 31 (1892) 244-;

32 (1892) 59-; 33 (1893) 32-, 71-. ,
. Farkas, G. Mth. Termt. Ets. 15

(1897) 283-.
, analytical expression. Beltrami, E.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892) {Sem. 1) 99-.
, — — . Gutzmer, A. Grelle J. Mth.

114 (1895) 333-.
, . Morera, G. N. Cim. 2 (1895)

17-.
, application to spherical wave of light.

Gwyther, R. F. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. &

P. 1 (1888) 61-.
and Eirchhoff*s theorem. Beltrami, E.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem. 2) 29-.
. Brunhes, B. Lille Tr. Mm.

4 (1894-95) Mem. 16, 44 pp.
in physical optics. Potter, R. Ph.

Mg. 17 (1840) 243-.
(Potter). Tovey, J. Ph. Mg.

17 (^1840) 431-.

360

3610 Colour Pbotograpby

Hnygens'B principle in physical optics (Tovey).

Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 18 (1841) 11-.
— theory of light. Lagrange, J, L. A. C.

21 (1822) 229>.
Inflection, reflection, and colours of light.

Brougham and Vaux, H. (Lord), Phil.

Trans. (1796) 227-.
— , — , — refraction. Forman, W, Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 55 (1820) 417-.
Opals, spectral phenomena. Crooketj W, B.

S. P. 17 (1869) 448-; QJ. Sc. 6 (1869)

481-.
Optical studies by method of stri». T&pler,

A. A. Ps. C. 131 (1867) 83-, 180- ; 134

(1868) 194-.

3610 Interference. Interferential
Beiractometers. Colours of

Thin Sheets. {For Investigation
of Radiation in a Magnetic Field
by Interference, see 6660; for
Nobili's Rings see 6242.)

COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY,

(See also 4225.)

Diffraction process. Wood, R. W, Ph. Mg.
47 (1899) 368-; Science 9 (1899) 859-;
Phot. J. 24 (1900) 256-.

Lippmann*8 Interference Method.

Lippjnann, Q, [1891] C. R. 112 (1891) 274-;

A. Cons. Arts et M6t. 4 (1892) 161-.
Becquerel, E. C. R. 112 (1891) 275-.
Berget, A. Rv. Sc. 48 (1891) 33-.
Ives, F. E, Franklin I. J. 132 (1891) 141-.
Labatut, — . [1891] C. R. 118 (1891) 12fr-;

Isdre S. BU. 27 (1892) 357-.
Mancini, E. N. Antol. So. 115 (1891) 759-.
Marangoni, C, Rv. Sc.-Ind. 23 (1891) 195-.
Thwing, C. B. Am. J. So. 42 (1891) 388-.
Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1891) 33-.
Korda, D. Termt. K6zl. 24 (1892) 190-.
Krone, H. A. Ps. C. 46 (1892) 426-.
Lippmann, G. C. R. 114 (1892) 961- ; Rv.

Sc. 50 (1892) 33-; C. R. 115 (1892) 575.
Krone, H. Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 226-.
Mareschal, G. G6n. Civ. 23 (1893) 125-.
Sire, — . [1893] Doubs S. Mm. 8 (1894)

xn-.
Lippmann, G. C. R. 118 (1894) 92-.
LumUre, A., dk LumUre, L. [1894] Lyon S.

Ag. A. 2 (1895) xl-; Lyon Ac. Mm. 3 (1895)

137-.
L4ger, A. [1894] Lyon Ac. Mm. 3 (1895)

211-.
Valenta, E, D. Nf. Vh. (1894) (Th, 2, HdlfU

1)78-.
Bonacini, C. Spet. It. Mm. 23 (1895) 146

(6w)-.
Lumitre, A,, db Lumihre, L, [1895] C. R.

120 (1895) 875-; Lyon 8. Ag. A. 3 (1896)

xlvi-.

interference Colours 8610

Lippmann, G. [1896] R. I. P. 15 (1899) 151- ;

R. S. P. 60 (1897) 10-.
SchUtt, F. A. Ps. C. 57 (1896) 533-.
Giesel, F, Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (10)

(1897) 9-.
Lippmann, G. [1897] Phot. J. 22 (1898) 121-.
Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 176-.
Wiener, 0. A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 488-.
LUppg-Cramer, — . Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

552-.
Buss, 0. Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900) 677-, 761.
and BeoquerePs. Meldola, R. Nt. 54 (1896) 28.

. Bothamley, C, H. Nt. 54 (1896) 77.

. Abney, {Capt.) W. de W. Nt. 54 (1896)

125.
light obliquely incident. Kelvin, (Lord). Nt.

54 (1896) 12-.
and Lumidre's. Wameke, L. [1893] Phot.

J. 18 (1894) 52-.
. Ives, F. E. Franklin I. J. 137 (1894)

16-.
and Valenta's. Ives, F, E. [1893]

Phot. J. 18 (1894) 124-.
Zenker's films in. Neuhauss, R, A. Ps. C.

65 (1898) 164- ; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898)

COLOURS.

accidental, produced by action of certain solu-
tions on mercury. Tomlinson, C. Thomson
Re. 1 (1835) 439-.

of bodies, cause. Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phlm.
BU. (1815) 168-.

— cloudy condensation. Barus, C. Am. J.
Sc. 45J1893) 150- ; Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 19-;
U. S. Weath. Bur. Bll. 12 (1895) 104 pp.

^- cooled glasses without polarisation-appa-
ratus. RoUmann,W. Pogg. A. 94 (1866) 473-.

— double surfaces. Babinet, J. C. R. 7
(1838) 694r-.

— films produced by electro-chemical agency
and by heat. Warington, R, Ph. Mg. 16
(1840) 52-.

intensity, determination. Dove, H, W. Berl.

Mb. (1862) 362-.
iodine coloured rings, preservation. Amoldi,

L. G. Arcad. 101 (1844) 3-.
on metal surfaces by heat. Liechtenstein, —

von. D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 718-.

— — . Loeweniierz, — . Cztg. Opt.

11 (1890) 207-.

of metals (electro-chemical coloration). Watt,
A. Tel. J. 21 (1887) 179-.

— mixed plates. Young, (Dr.) T. Phil. Trans.
(1802) 387-.

. Brewster, (Sir) D. [1837] Phil.

Trans. (1838) 73-.
physical investigations. Venturi, G. Mod. S.

It. Mm. 8 (1799) 699-.
prismatic, of thin films. Prieur, C. A. A.

C. 61 (1807) 154-.
produced between 2 glass prisms. Wilde, E.

Pogg. A. 83 (1851) 541-.

— by inclined thick plates. Nicholson, W.
Nicholson J. 2 (1799) 312-.

. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb. R.

S. T. 7 (1815) 435-; Par. S. Phlm. Bll.
(1815) 44.

361

3610 Interference Colours

produced by inclined thick plates (Brewster).

Biot, J. B, Par. S. Phlm. Bll. (1815) 44-.
liquid films. Brewster t {Sir) D. Edinb.

B. S. T. 24 (1867) 653-.
vibrating. Taylor, 8. B. S. P.

27 (1878) 71-; Nt. 17 (1878) 426-.

— between pieces of plate glass. Ponton, M.
Edinb. B. S. P. 1 (1845) 31-.

— by plane mirrors. Quetelet, L. A. J,
Qnetelet Cor. Mth. 5 (1829) 394- ; 6 (1880)
69-.

production, and artificial dichroism. Dove,

H, W. Berl. Mb. (1860) 104-.
of radiant heat. Knohlaxich, H. A. Ps. C.

131 (1867) 1-.

— soap bubbles. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb.
B. S. T. 24 (1867) 491-.

, Plateau's liquid for study of. Ter-

quern, A. J. de Ps. 2 (1873) 409-.
, thin glass, etc., true cause. Lon-

champ, — de, [1786] Bouen Tr. Ac. 6

(1781-93) 225-.
^ thick plates. Stokes, G. G. [1851] Camb.

Ph. S. T. 9 (1856) [147]-.
(crystalline). Dove, H, W. Berl.

Mb. (1871) 155-.

— thin plates (apparatus for exhibiting).
Young, {Dr,) T. B. I. J. 1 (1802) 241-.

. Knox, J. Phil. Trans. (1815) 161-.

. Arago, D. F. J. Arcueil Mm. Ps.

3 (1817) 323-.
. Fusinierif A, Brugnatelli G. 2

(1819) 319-.

. Biot, J. B, A. C. 17 (1821) 225-.

(Biot). Arago, D. F. J. A. C. 17

(1821) 258-.
(— )• Fresn£l, A. J. A. C. 17 (1821)

393-.
. Brewster, {Sir) D. [1832] Edinb. B.

S. T. 12 (1834) 191-.
(theory). Airy, O. B. Pogg. A. 41

(1837) 512-.

— — — (illustrated by permanent soap-
bubble). Reade, J, B. (vi Adds.) Ph.
Mg. 11 (1837) 375-.

(theory).. Wilde, E. Pogg. A. 82

(1851) 18-, 18a-.
(order). RoUett, A. Wien Ak. Sb.

75 (1877) {Ab, 3) 173-.
. RayUigh, {Lord). [1887] Edinb.

B. 8. T. 33 (1888) 157- ; Ph. Mg. 24 (1887)

145-.
and absorption of light, connection.

Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil. Trans. (1837)

245-.

— — — , effect of *• irichromatine.*' Bel-
forti, U. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 31 (1899) 54.

Crystallographic projection, optical bench for.
Grattarola, G. Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 1-.

Electric light shining on trees, optical pheno-
mena caused by. Abbe, C. V. S. Mly.
Weath. Bv. 26 (1898) 569-.

— resistance of thin liquid films, with a re-
vision of Newton's table of colours. Reinold,
A.W., db RUcker, A, W. Phil. Trans. 172
(1882) 447-.

Achromatism in Interference 3610

Fizeau and Foucault on the *' oanneloxes."
Nodot, — . Par. S. Ps. 86. (1875) 69-.

— — — method, 2 applications. Mouton,
L. C. B. 88 (1879) 967-.

Fiseau's apparatus for measuring expansions.
Benoit, J. R. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm.
1 (•1881) C. 1-.

— method, expansions measured by. BenoU,
J. R. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 6 (1888)
193 pp.

, . Benoit, J. R., dt GuiUaume,

C. ^. Par. Poids et Mes. Tr. Mm. 10 (1894)
44+ccclxvi pp.

— phenomenon, apparatus for showing. Pul-
fnch, C. Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 239-.

Fresnel's biprism (modification). Billet, F»

J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 178-.
. Meslin, G. C. B. 120 (1895) 261-.

— screens considered as convergent systems.
F^ry, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1896) {Pt. 2) 189-.

INTEBFEBENCE.

ACHROMATISM IN INTERFERENCE.

Jamin, J. G. B. 67 (1868) 894-.
Comu, A. G. B. 93 (1881) 809-.
Hurion, A. G. B. 94 (1882) 1345- ; 95 (1882)

75-.
Mascart, ±. ^. N. G. B. 108 (1889) 591-.
Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 77-.

189—
Mascart, — . [1892] Par. 8. Ps. 84. (1893)

18-.
(seini-circular fringes.) Meslin, G. C. B.

116 (1893) 250-, 379-, 570- ; A. G. 3 (1894)

563-.
Meslin, G. G. B. 117 (1893) 225- ; Mntp. Ac.

Mm. 1 (1894) 409- ; A. G. 3 (1894) 362-.
(Meslin.) Comu, — . G. B. 117 (1893) 228-,

302.
K^Mig, W. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 1-.
by Billet's half lenses. Mac€ de LSpinay, J.,

dt Perot, A. As. Fr. G. B. (1890) {Pt. 2)

256-.
and chromatism. MacS de LSpinay, J. G. B.

118 (1894) 585-, 856-; J. de Ps. 3 (1894)

241-.
by convergent polarised light. Mascart, — .

Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1890) 56-.

apparatus. Ohm, G. S. Pogg. A. 49 (1840)

98-.
— . Jamin, J. G. B. 42 (1856) 482-.

— . Mascart, i. i. N. J. de Ps. 3 (1874)

310-.
— . Meslin, — . [1894] Mntp. Ac. Mm. 2

(1900) n.

— for demonstration. Snell, E. S. 8illiman
J. 49 (1845) 2&-.

— , improvements. Mach, L. Wien Ak. 8b.
107 (1898) (Ab. 2a) 851-.

— to measure path differences. Comu, A.
(K) Par. 8. Phkn. BU. 2 (1865) 64-.

arrangement, simple. Rayleigh, {Lord), B.
A. Bp. (1893) 703-.

362

3610

latertenace Bands

3610

balance, optical, for measurement of small
forces. BaiUe, J. B., tit Firy^ C, As. Fr.
C. B. (1889) (Pt, 1) 253.

BANDS,

applications. Rayleigh, {Lard). [1893] B. I.
P. 14 (1896) 72-.

— to investigation of elasticity of soft bodies.
Segeh M. S. [1899] Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 126- ;
Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. BU. 9 (1900) {Prot.) 39-.

of approximately homogeneous light. Ray-
leigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 407-.

— 2 cloaded plates. Exner, K, [1875] Wien
Ak. Sb. 72 (1876) {Ab, 2) 675-.

— crystalline plates, localisation. M<icS de
Upinay, J, J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 204-.

in Daguerre plates. Wiener, O, A. Ps. C. 68

(1899) 145-.
doubling in ordinary light. Boulouchy — .

[1893] Bordeaux S. So. Mm. 4 (1894) xlvi-.
fictitious displacement. StokeSt O, O. B. A.

Bp. (1850) (pt, 2) 20.
in focus of telescope, visibility. Michelson, A,

A. Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 256-.
of FresnePs mirrors. Ma$cari, E. G. B. 105

(1887) 967-.

, breadth. Branly, E, J. de Ps. 7

(1888) 69-.

, localisation. Fabry, C. C. B. 110

(1890) 455-, 544.
HerschePs. Maei de Lijpinay, J, J. de Ps. 3

(1894) 163-.
of high order, determination of order. Fabry,

C, <& Perot, A, C. B. 126 (1898) 1561-,
1624-.

with large sources of light. Ma^ de Lipinay,

J, C. B. 109 (1889) 137-.
measurement of expansion by. Biervliet, A,

van. Brux. S. Sc. A. 12 (1888) (Pt. 2) 215-.
small thicknesses by. Fabry, C, tit

Perot, A. C. B. 123 (1896) 802-, 990- ;

A. C. 12 (1897) 459-.
method, new, of obtaining. WUberforee, L, R.

Camb. Ph. S. T. 14 (1889) 170-.
Michelson's simple method for. Edser, E.

Nt. 48 (1893) 372-.
of mixed plates. Fabry, C, J. de Ps. 8 (1899)

595-.
new. Gouy, A. G. B. 90 (1880) 307-.
within Nicol prism. Thompson, S, P. [1877]

L. Ps. 8. P. 2 (1879) 185-.
by oblique reflection. Bell, A. Gamb. Mth.

J. 2 (1841) 241-.
periodic differences in intensity due to limited

source. Fabry, C. G. B. Ill (1890) 600-,

788-.
polarisation. Kayser, E. [1889] Danzig

Schr. 7 (1888-91) {Heft 3) xi-.
Quetelet's. Whewell,W. Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 336-.
— . Exner, K. Wien Ak. Sb. 71 (1875) {Ab.

2) 417-.

— or Whewell's. Mouason, A, Sch. Gs. N.

D. 13 (1853) 45 pp.

rectilinear, observed with the glasses com-
monly used for Newton's rings. WiUigen,
V. S. M. van der. Utr. Aant. Prv. Gn.
(1863) 14-.

from source of light of 2 colours. CanUme,

M. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1888) {Sem,

1) 815-.
in spectrum (prismatic and grating). Strfan,

J, [1864] Wien Ak. Sb. 50 (1865) {Ab. 2)

138-.
( ). Weinberg, M. Garl Bpm.

18 (1882) 600-.

. Aront, L. A. Ps. G. 24 (1885) 669-.

. Brwihes, B. J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 508-.

of quartz threads. JtUiua, V. A. Arch.

N4erl. 29 (1896) 454-.
, theory. Stokes, G. O. [1848-49] Phil.

Trans. (1848) 227-; B. S. P. 5 (1843-50)

794-.
, — . Bernard, F. Les Mondes 5 (1864)

181-.
—_-— of white light. Abt, A. (xn) Orv.-Term.

Ets. 8 (1883) {Term. Szak) 165-, 181 ; Mth.

Nt. B. Ung. 1 (1882-83) 352-.
subjective, in objective spectrum. Lommel,

E. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 18 (1889) 319-.

due to 2 thick plates. Schmidt, E, A. Ps. G.

46 (1892) 1-.
of thin isotropic plates, localisation. Maci de

Lipinay, J. G. B. 109 (1889) 893-; J. de

Ps. 9 (1890) 121-, 180-.
in thin plates of quartz and Iceland spar.

Freyss, — , dt ScMagdenhauffen, — . G. B.

46 (1858) 1136- ; Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 15-.
visibility when faint. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph.

Mg. 27 (1889) 484-.
— , general theory. Mad de Lipinay, J., dt

Fabry, C. G. B. 110 (1890) 895-; J. de Ps.

10 (1891) 6-.

— and orientation. Fabry, C. Mars. Fao. So.

A. 1 (1892) 63-.

— , special cases. Macf de Lipinay, J,, dt
Fabry, C, G. B. 110 (1890) 997-.

cause of luminous aureoles seen during balloon

ascents. FonvieUe, W. de. G. B. 73 (1871)

1485-.
beats. Versehaffelt, J. Brux. Ac.

BU. 27 (1894) 242-.
by circular double refraction. Lommel, E.

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 18 (1889) 325-.

— collodion films. Gripon, £. As. Fr. G. B.
4 (1875) 366-; Par. S. Ps. S4. (1875) 66-; G.

B. 82 (1876) 1048-.

compensator, increased sensitiveness. Billet,

F. G. B. 67 (1868) 1000-.
compensators, use. Comu, A. (xn) Fr. S.

Mn. BU. 6 (1883) 135.
and consonance and absorption in sound and

light, pendulum experiments. Isenkrahe, C.

Garl Bpm. 16 (1880) 99-, 516-.
curves, newly observed, theory and form.

Lummer, 0. A. Ps. G. 24 (1885) 417- ;

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1885) 2-.
and diffraction phenomena, apparatus for

observing and photographing. Croft, W» B.

B. A. Bp. (1893) 685-.
dUatometer. Pulfrich, C. Z. Instk. 18 (1898)

261-.
— , compensated. Tutton, A. E. PhU. Trans.

(A) 191 (1898) 313-.

363

3610

Interference

3610

dyeing wlthoat ooloor by. Lippertt — . Z. Nw.

72 (1899) 867.
experiment with quartz prism. DiUcheinert

L, Wien Sb. 53 (1866) {Ah. 2) 288>.
experiments, admissible width of slit in.

Walker, J. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 472-.
— , orientation of slit in. Walker, J. Ph. Mg.

46 (1898) 663-.
films formed on water. Carrlre, ^. G. B. 42

(1866) 689-.
Fresnel*8 experiment. Potter, R, Ph. Mg. 16

(1840) 880-.
. Powell, B, B. A. Bp. (1840) (pt. 2)

— phenomena. Weber, H, F, Ziir. Vjschr.
24 (1879) 33-.

. Struve, H. A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 49-.

half lenses for. BiUet, [F.] A. C. 64 (1862)
386-.

— wave-length, retardation at reflection.
Babinet, J. C. B. 8 (1839) 708-.

of heat, and "fountain ball." Henry, J,

[1846] Am. Ph. S. P. 4 (•1847) 286.
rays. Matteucci, C, A. So. Lomb. Ven.

2 (1832) 76-.
(obscure). Matteucci, C. Bb. Un. 67

(1834) 74-.
— . Fizeau, H, L., dt Foucault, L,

[1847] C. B. 26 (1847) 447-; (ix) A. C.

16 (1878) 363-.

. Seebeck, A, Leip. B. 2 (1848) 182-.

. Knoblaueh, H, Berl. Mb. (1869)

665-.
through 2 holes. Joubin, P. J. de Ps. 9

(1890) 186-.
with large path difference. MilUer, J. J,

Leip. B. 23 (1871) 19-.
. F<mcault, L, A. C. 16 (1879)

286-.
, lamp for. Hamy, M, C. B.

124 (1897) 749-.
, method of obtaining. Gouy, — .

C. B. 120 (1896) 1039-.
of light. Arago, D. F, J. Par. Bur. Long.

An. a831) 163-.
(homogeneous). Potter, R, B. A. Bp.

(1831-32) 653-; Ph. Mg. 2 (1833) 81-.
(Potter). Airy, O. B. Ph. Mg. 2 (1833)

161—.
(— ). HamUton, (Sir) W. R, Ph. Mg. 2

(1833) 191-.
(Airy and Hamilton). Potter, R. Ph.

Mg. 2 (1833) 276-.
(Potter). HanUlUm, (Sir) W. R. Ph.

Mg. 2 (1833) 371.
. Arago, D. F. J. C. B. 10 (1840)

813-.
. Zantedeschi, F. Wien SB. 16 (1866)

140-.
• Meslin, — . Mntp. Ac. Mm. 2 (1900)

vn.
, absolute intensity. Kelland, P, [1842]

Edinb. B. S. T. 15 (1844) 315-.
in diffraction. Lommel, E, C, J. Erlang.

Ps. Md. S. Sb. 7 (1876) 106- ; 8 (1876) 1-,

66-, 121-.

— — . experiments. Baumgartner, A. von,
Baumgartner Z. 7 (1830) 399-.

of light, experiments. Powell, B, Ph. Big. 11

(1832) 1-;. 1(1832)^433-.
, — . Talbot, W, H. F. (Tm) Ph. Mg.

10 (1837) 364.
, — . Poppe, A. Pogg. A. 96 (1856)

481-.
, — . Righi, A. Bologna Ac. So. Mm. 8

(1877) 71-.
, — . Lommel, E, C. J. Carl Bpm. 16

(1880) 466-.
, — . Micheltan, A, A, Am. J. So. 89

(1890) 216-.
, different methods of causing. Quincke,

O, A. Ps. C. 132 (1867) 29-.
, new apparent polarity. Brewster, {Sir)

D. B. A. Bp. (1837) {pt. 2) 12-; Pogg. A.

46 (1839) 481-.
, . Powell, B. B. A. Bp. (1839)

{pt. 2) 1-; Ph. Mg. 17 (1840) 81-.
, . Airy, O, B. B. A. Bp. (1840)

{pt. 2) 3-; PhU. Trans. (1840) 226-; (1841)

1-.
, . Brewster, {Sir) D. B. A. Bp.

(1846) {pt. 2) 7-.
, . Powell, B. B. A. Bp. (1846)

{pt. 2) 4.
, — cases. Lloyd, H. [1834] Ir. Ac. T.

17 (1837) 171-.
, . Powell, B. B. A. Bp. (1889)

{pt. 2) 1 ; Phil. Trans. (1848) 214-.
, phenomenon, undescribed. Potter, R.

B. A. Bp. (1833) 378-.

— — , theory, fundamental experiments.
Haldat du Lys, C. N. A. de. Nancy Mm.
S. Sc. (1837) 76-.

, total intensity. Stokes, O. G, Edinb.

B. S. T. 20 (1863) 317-.
limit to, when light is radiated from moving

molecules. Rayleighf {Lord). Ph. Mg. 27

(1889) 298-.
lines in mica. Haidinger, W. Wien SB.

(1849) 123- ; 14 (1864) 296-.
measurements of change of length of wires.

Shakespear, G. A. Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 639-.
method of measuring expansion of metekls.

Morley, E. W.,db Rogers, W. A. Ps. Bv. 4

(1897) 1-, 106-.

— for refractive indices. CrouUebois, M. C.
B. 68 (1869) 64-.

methods in astronomy. Michelson, A. A.
[1890-91] Ph. Mg. 30 (1890) 1-; Nt. 46
(1892) 160-.

— of measuring wave-lengths by comparison of
thickness. Perot, A., dt Fabry, C. C. B.
126 (1898) 1779- ; A. C. 16 (1899) 289-.

— in metrology. Michelson, A, A, Par. S.
Ps. BL (1893) 166-.

. Betwlt, R. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1897)

96-.
micrometer, new, description. Petruschefsky,

F. Pogg. A. 107 (1869) 633-.
microscope. Sirks, J. L. Fschr. Ps. (1893)

{Ab. 2) 85-.

— (Sirks's). Pringsheim, E. Berl. Ps. Gs.
Vh. (1898) 152- ; D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 104.

with moderate path difference. Meslin, G.

G. B. 119 (1894) 214- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1894)
489-.

364

3610

Interference

3610

of 2 pencils of light crossing at very small
angle. Arago, D. F. J. A. C. 1 (1816)
832-.

phenomena. Poggendorfft J, C. Pogg. A. 42
(1837) 516.

— . Schuster, A, Ph. Mg. 37 (1894) SOd-.

— with Amphipleura pelludda. NeUon, E, M,
Mcr. S. J. (1888) 302-.

— , application of spectroscope to observation
of. Ma$cart, A J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 17-,
177-.

— , complementary, in reflected light. Lummer,
O. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1900) 504-.

— due to dusty mirror. SektUU^ M, A. Ps. G.
154 (1875) 308-.

— of electric waves in electrolytes. [1893]
Yule, G. U. R. S. P. 54 (1894) 96-.

wires. Barton, E.H. [1893-95]

B. S. P. 54 (1894) 85-; B. A. Bp. (1893)
692-; A. Ps. C. 53 (1894) 613- ; B. 8. P. 57
(1895) 68-.

— , influence of brightness in spectral lines on.

Ebert, H. A. Ps. C. 43 (1891) 790-.
— , (Ebert). Arrhenius,

S. A. Ps. C. 44 (1891) 383-.

— of liquids. Poppe, A, D. Nf. Ysm. B. (1852)
81-.

— , new. Lummer, O, A. Ps. C. 23 (1884)

513-.
— , — . Huffeh N. G. van, [1893] Mbl. Nt.

(1893-94) 19-.

— in new form of refractometer. MicheUon,
A. A. Am. J. Sc. 23 (1882) 395-.

— by parallel gratings. Crova, A. [1871-73]
0. B. 72 (1871) 855-; 74 (1872) 932-; Mntp.
Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 8 (1872-75) 177-.

— due to 2 parallel plates. BIomus, E. A. Ps.

C. 45 (1892| 316-.

parallel plates (glass), and methods of

testing the plane-parallelism of the plates*
Lummer, O. A. Ps. C. 23 (1884) 49-; Berl.
Ps. Gs. Vh. (1885) 53-.

— in passage of sunbeam through small opening
fill^ with water or oil. Poppe, A . (vi Adds,)
Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1853-54) 36-.

— of quartz threads. Moll, D. P. Mbl. Nt.
(1895-96) 61-.

— , remarkable. Sektdi6, M, A. Ps. C. 149

(1873) 126-.
— , — (Sekulic). Feussner, W. A. Ps. C.

149 (1873) 561-.

— by scattered light. SchUtJii, L, Bern Mt.
(1848) 177-.

— , theory. Mascart, E, C. B. 73 (1871)

375-; A. C. 23 (1871) 116-.
— , — . Khvol*8on [Chwolsoh], 0. D, (xn)

Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 5 {Pt. 1) (1873) 286-; (ix)

A. Ps. C. 157 (1876) 469-.

— of thick plates. Zech, P. Pogg. A. Ill
(1860) 149-.

. Joubin, P. J. de Ps. 5 (1886)

1^.

— in uniaxial crystals (polarisation). Ohnif
G. S. Pogg. A. 90 (1853) 327-.

— on viewing one coarse grating through
another, and projection of one piece of
wire gauze by a parallel piece. Barus, C.
Science 12 (1900) 617-.

phenomena in water-waves, instrument for ob-
serving. Poppe,A, Pogg. A. 79(1850)437-;

88 (1853^ 223-.
of polarised light. Mossotti, O. F. (vi Adds.)

II Cim. 4 (1846) 97-.
. Verdet, E. A. C. 31 (1851) 377-;

C. B. 32 (1851) 46-.
rays. Matcart, E. J. de Ps. 2 (1873)

153-.
prismatic. Powell, B. [1848] Ashmol. S. P.

2 (1854) No. 25, 202-.
of 2 rays with great path difference. Fizeau,

H, L., d; Foucault, L. C. B. 21 (1845) 1155- ;

A. G. 26 (1849) 138-.
, and chromatic polari-
sation of thick plates. Fizeau, H, L., dt

Foucault, L. A. G. 30 (1850) 146-.
rings produced by glass nlms. Righi, A.

Bologna Bd. (1893-94) 87-.
— , selenium. Longden, A, C, Am. J. So. 10

(1900) 55-.
spectral, lecture experiments. Lommel, E, von,

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 23 (1894) 133-.
spectroscopy. Ebert, M, A. Ps. G. 34 (1888)

39-.
— . MicheUon,A.A. Ph. Sfg. 31 (1891) 338-;

34 (1892) 280-.
— . Perot, A,, tit Fabry, C. G. B. 126 (1898)

34-, 331-, 407- ; A. G. 16 (1899) 115-.
Stefan's secondary rings produced by. Maxih,

E. Wien Sb. 67 (1873) {Ab. 2) 371-.
undulatory theory. Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 24

(1844) 81-.
of 2 wave systems, lecture demonstration.

Roiti, A. N. Gim. 2 (1877) 205-.
wave, theory. Slugimm, N, P. Kazan S.

Ps.-Mth. BU. 1 (1891) {Prot.) 55-.
of white light with large path difference.

Stefan, J. Wien Sb. 50 (1865) (Ab. 2)

481-.

INTEBFEBENTIAL BEFBAGTOMETEBS.

Bobylew, D. Garl Bpm. 11 (1875) 213-.
Zehnder, L. Z. Instk. 11 (1891) 275-.
(modification by Ludwig Mach.) Mach, E.

Wien Az. 28 (1891) 223-.
Mach, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 101 (1892) (Ab. 2a)

5-; Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 89-.
(Ludwig Mach*s experiments.) Mach, E.

Wien Az. 30 (1893) 199-.
Mach, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1893) (Ab. 2a)

1035- ; Z. Instk. 14 (1894) 279-.
for electric waves. WtMeburg, O. A, Ps. G.

59 (1896) 497-.
and refraction and dispersion of certain salts in

solution. Borgesius, A. H. [1894] Amst.

Ak. Vs. 3 (1895) 99-; A. Ps. G. 54 (1895)

221-.
— — — — — — — — — (Borgesius).

HaUwachs, W. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 282-.
wave-length measurement by. MicheUon, A. A.

[1893] Nt. 49 (1893-94) 56-.

Interferometer applied to measurement of small
angles. Wadtworth, F. L. 0. Ps. Bv. 4
(1897) 480-.

365

3610 Interferential Befractometere

Interferometer, Miohelson's, carves. Shedd,

J. C, Pb. By. 11 (1900) 304-.
— , spectral. Zenker, W. Z. Instk. 7 ^887) 1-.
Iridescence of decomposed glass. Bizio, B.

BrognateUi O. 10 (1827) 391-, 438-.
. Brewster, (Sir) D. [1863] Edinb.

B. S. T. 23 (1864) 198-.
potassium chlorate. Madan, H. G, Nt.

32 (1885) 102.

. Stokes, Q. G. Nt. 32 (1885) 224.

Iridescent colours. Hodgkinson, A. Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. Mm. AF. 6 (1892) 149-.
Light, combination of heterogeneous rays.

Kerber, A. Cztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 121-, 133-,

145-, 158-.
— , decomposition by reflection at surface of

film of oil. Brewster, {Sir) D. QJ. Sc. 2

(1817) 211.

— ray, return on its path. Stroumbo, S. Les
Mondes 55 (1881) 804-.

— rars reflected and refracted by thin plates,
and coloured rings. Cauchy, A, L, G. B.
28 (1849) 333-.

— vibrations, resolution and composition
according to Fresnel. Poggendorff, J, C
Pogg. A. 23 ri831) 271-.

Mother of pearl, colours. Brewster, {Sir) D.

PhU. Trans. (1814) 397-.
, — . Herschel, {Sir) J. F. W. Edinb.

Ph. J. 2 (1820) 114-.

, — . Benham, C. E. Nt. 52 (1895) 619-.

, — . Bather, F, A. [1896] Nt. 53

(1895-96) 6-, 174.
, — . Schwarz, E. H. L. [1895] Nt.

53 (1895-96) 174.
surface, oaa|B taken from. Hahn,

H. C. (xn) Arch. Phm. 148 (1859) 25-.
Newton's oands. Boudriaux, — . J. ae Ps. 3

(1874) 350-.

— dust-rings. Lommel, E, C J. A. Ps. G. 8

(1879) 193- ; 18 (1883) 613-.
. Exner, K, A. Ps. G. 9 (1880) 239-;

11 (1880) 218- ; 17 (1882) 149-.

(Lommel). Exner, K. A. Ps. G. 20

(1883) 63-.

NEWTON'S RINGS.

Herschel, {Sir) W. PhU. Trans. (1807) 180- ;

(1809) 259-; (1810) 149-.
PofMon, S, D. A. C. 22 (1823) 337-.
Fretnel, A. J. A. G. 23 (1823) 129-.
Haldat du Lys, C, N. A, de. Nancy Mm. S.

Sc. (1837) 89-.
K&mu; L, F, L'l. 5 (1837) 367-.
La Provostaye, F, de, dt Desains, P. A. G. 27

(1849) 423- ; G. B. 28 (1849) 253-.
(La Provostaye and Desains.) Cauchy, A. L.

G. B. 30 (1850) 498-.
Desains, P. G. B. 78 (1874) 219- ; J. de Ps. 3

(1874) 105-.
Sonncke, L., <& Wangerin, A. Berl. Ak. Mb.

(1880) 910- ; A. Ps. G. 12 (1881) 1-, 201- ;
20 (1883) 177-, 391-.

Smith, B. A, [1890] Nt. 43 (1891) 55-.
and anomalous propagation of lignt waves.

Fabry, C. [1892] G. B. 115 (1892) 1063- ;

J. de Ps. 2 (1893) 22-.

Newton* 8 Rings 3610

apparatus. Sohncke, L. A. Ps. 0. 18 (1881)
139- ; (zn) Z. Instk. 1 (1881) 55-.

— observed through film of mica, optical
effects. ToMiawa, K, [1892] l^dk. Coll.
Sc. J. 5 (1893) 193-.

applications, new, in experimental physics.

GxUbhard, A. Laus. S. Yd. BU. 18 (1882)

235-.
black spot. T,, W, B. Science 3 (1884) 401.
central spot, blackness. Stokes, G, G, Camb.

and Dubl. Mth. J. 4 (1849) 1-.
beyond the critical angle. Stokes, G. G,

[1848] Gamb. Ph. S. T. 8 (1849) 642-.
with centre black or white, new apparatus for

production. Soleil, — . G. B. 18 (1844)

417-.
centrifugal force applied to produce. Eisenlokr,

[W. non] F, D. Nf. Vsm. B. (1852) 86-.
in cloudy media. Stark, J, A. Ps. G. 62 (1897)

368-.
coloured bands in. R,,A. {yi Adds.) Ph. Mg.

7 (1885) 363-, 474.
disappearance in passing angle of total internal

rejection. Stokes, G. G. B. A. Bp. (1850)

{pt, 2) 19.
electro-chemical and thermal, comparison.

Decharme, C. G. B. 99 (1884) 416- ; Lum.

l^ect. 13 (1884) 441-, 484-.
error in measuring. WtUf, J. V. Bs. Ps.-G.

S. J. 24 {Ps.) (1892) 161- ; J. de Ps. 2 (1893)

528-.
Fizeau*s experiments. Foster, G. C Nt. 2

(1870) 105.
form. Flux, A. W. Ph. Mg. 29 (1890) 217-.

— (Flux). WangeHn, A, A. Ps. G. 40 (l690)
738-.

formed between glass and metallic surfaces.

Quincke, G. [1870] A. Ps. G. 142 (1871)

380-.
2 glasses, objective or plane. Mayer,

J. T. [1820] G5tt. Gm. 5 (1819-22) 3-.

— by plane soap films. Madan, H, G, Nt.
35 (1887) 583.

— — reflection in thick plates. PouiUet,
C. S. M. Par. S. Phhn. BU. (1816) 25-.

— between 2 transparent substances of different
refractive powers. Airy, G. B, [1832] Gamb.
Ph. S. T. 4 (1833) 409-.

gyreidometer for measuring. Wilde, E, Pogg.

A. 81 (1850) 264-.
gyreidoscope for investigating. Jerichau, E. B,

Sk. Nf. F. 2 (1840) 234-; A. G. 4 (1842) 363-.
Herschel's essay on. Anon, (vi 1216) Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 34 (1809) 359-.
intense. Carrhre, — . G. B. 41 (1855) 1046- ;

42 (1856) 669-.
and interference phenomena of thin films.

Femsner, W. A. Ps. G. 14 (1881) 545-.
method, simple, of exhibiting. Ritchie, W.

Ph. Mg. 10 (1837) 183-.

— of viewing. Porter, T. C. Nt. 46 (1892)
80-; L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) 169- ; Ph. Mg.
46 (1898) 245-.

modification, remarkable. Airy, G. B. Gamb.

Ph. S. T. 4 (1833) 279-.
in motion. Righi, A, Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm.

5 (1883) 127-.

366

3610 Interference

obseryed through a prism. Place, F, Pogg. A.

114 (1861) 504-.
order of colours. BrUcke, E, Pogg. A. 74

(1849) 682-.
. BoOett, A, Wien Ak. Sb. 77 (1878)

(Ah. 3) 177-.
permanent thin plates with. KohLrameh, F,

A. Ps. C. 51 (1894) 351-.
and other phenomena. BUuiiLB, E, A. Ps. C.

45 (1892) 385-.
secondary fringes in. Stefan, J. [1864-65]

Wien Sb. 50 (1865) {Ab. 2) 135-, 394-.
. WiUigen, V, S, M. van der, Amst.

Vs. Ak. 17 (1865) (Ntk.) 144-.

. BouUmck, R, J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 28-.

on surface of menmry. Ouibhard, A, C. B.

89 (1879) 987-.
theory. Wangerin, (Dr.) A. A. Ps. C. 131

(1867)497-.
— , mathematical. Maecart, E. E. N. C. B.

112 (1891) 407- ; A. G. 24 (1891) 373-.
— , received, untenableness. Wilde, E. Pogg,

A. 80 (1850) 407-.
and total reflection from metals. Quincke^ G.

A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 177-.
in transmitted light. OunUick, E. A. Ps. C.

26 (1885) 337-; 34 (1888) 827-; Berl. Ps.

Gs. Th. (1888) 33-.
visibility. Meslin, G. J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 382^

Non-interference, causes. LiaU, E. Cherb.
Mm. S. Sc. 1 (1852) 175-.

Optical ** chessboard " pattern. Haidinger, W.
Wien SB. (1851) (Ah. 2) 389-.

(Stokes). Haidinger, W. Wien SB.

12 (1854) 670-.

. Stohee, G. G. Wien SB. 12 (1854)

671-.

— science, facts relating to. Talbot, W, H. F,
Ph. Mg. 9 (1836) 401-.

Optics, expenment in. H., P. J. QJ. Mth.
4 (1861) 181-.

— , physical, new experiment. Eamehaw, S,
Ph. Mg. 22 (1843) 92-.

Polariser, rotation, change of wave length ob-
tained by; phenomenon of beats produced
by luminous vibrations. Rigki, A. Bologna
Ac. Sc. Mm. 4 (1882) 247-.

Spectra produced by scratching glass. Love,
E. F. J. Nt. 32 (1885) 270-.

Stationary light waves, and vibration direc-
tion of polarised light. Wiener, 0. [18891
D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 209; A. C. 23 (1891)
387-.

, Wiener's experiment. Larmor, J.

[1894] L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 275-; Ph.
Nfg. 39 (1895) 97-.

, . Lippmann, — . Par, S. Ps.

S^. (1894) 283-.

, . Izam, — . C. B. 121 (1895)

884-, 968.

TALBOTS BANDS.

Bichat, E. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 26 (1891) fr-.
apparent polarity of light in. WaUer, B,
A. Ps. C. 39 (1890) 97-, 320.

Diffraction 3620

through crystalline plates. Ditscheiner, L.

Wien Sb. 57 (1868) (Ah. 2) 709- ; 63 (1871)

(Ah. 2) 529-.
for measuring optical constants. Eeeelhaeh, E.

Pogg. A. 98 (1856) 527-.
refractive indices of liquids. Hurion, A.

C. B. 92 (1881) 452-; J. de Ps. 10 (1881)

154-.
new optical constant. Gihhs, 0. W, Am. Ac.

P. 10 (1875) 401-.
theory (Airy 's, experimental proof) . Dvofdk, V.

A. Ps. C. 147 (1872) 604-.
— . Dvofdk, V. Wien Sb. 67 (1873) (Ah. 2)

89-.
— . Struve, H. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 31

(1883) No. 1, 13 pp.
— . Carimey, —. J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 60-.

3620 Diffraction.

Flaugergues, H. J. de Ps. 74 (1812) 125- ; 75
a813) 16-; 76 (1813) 142- ; 89 (1819)

(Parrot's theory.) Brandee, H. W. Gilbert A.

47 (1814) 209-.
Fremel,A.J. [1815-19] A. C. 1 (1816) 239-;

11 (1819) 246-, 337-; Par. Mm. Ao. Sc. 5
(1821-22) 339-.

Parrot, G. F. OUbert A. 51 (1815) 24&-.
Biot, J. B., dt PouiUet, — -. Par. S. Phhn. Bll.

(1816) 60-.
(Parrot's theory.) Brandee, H. W. Gilbert A.

54 (1816) 317-.
Barton, J. B. S. P. 3 (1831) 72-; Ph. Mg. 2

(1833) 263-; 3 (1833) 172-.
(Barton.) PoweU, B. Ph. Mg. 2 (1833) 424-;

3 (1833) 412-.
Abria, —. Liouv. J. Mth. 4 (1839) 248-.
CdUrier, C. Bb. Un. 24 (1839) 368-.
Cauchy, A. L. C. B. 15 (1842) 554-, 573-.
Quet, — . C. B. 41 (1855) 330-.
Zurria, G. Catania At. Ac. Gioen. 12 (1856)

189-
Bridge', J. Ph. Mg. 16 (1858) 321-.
Bacaioglo, E. Les Mondes 3 (1863) 273-.
Gilbert, P. Brux. Mm. Cour. 4o, 31 (1863) 1-.
Quincke, G. Gdtt. Nr. (1873) 22-.
Croft, W. B. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 36-; Ph.

Mg. 38 (1894) 70-.
Wood, R. W. Ps. Bv. 5 (1897) 1-.
Absorption phenomena accompanying diffrac-
tion. Wien, W. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1885) 817- ;

A. Ps. C. 28 (1886) 117-.
Aperture, annular, diffraction. Airy, G. B.

Ph. Mff. 18 (1841) 1-.
^, circular, in conducting screen, passage of

electric waves through, and incidence of

aerial and electric waves on small ellipsoidal

obstacles. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 44

(1897) 28-.
— , — , diffraction by. Deliaux, (le p^re) J,

(xn) Brux. S. Sc. A. 7 (1883) (Pt. 1) 63-,

(Pt. 2) 249-.
— , — , intensity relationships of diffraction

phenomena. Steiner, L, Mth. Termt. l&ts.

12 (1894) 44-; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 11 (1894)
362-.

367

3620

Diffiraction of Light

3620

Aperture as a factor in miorosoopio vision,
experimental study. Mercer, A. C. Am.
Mcr. S. T. 18 (1896) S21-.

— or screen, circular, theory of phenomena.
Lommel, E. [1884] Miinch. Ak. Ab. 15

S886) 229-; Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 17
885) 5-.
Apertures on curved surfaces, phenomena.
Nagaoka, H. Tok. Coll. Sc. J. 4 (1891)
301-.
, — . CineUi, M, N. Cim. 1

(1895) 141-.

— in plane screens, passage of waves through,
and allied problems. Rayleigk, {Lord). Ph.
Mg. 48 (1897) 259-.

— , small, diffraction through. ConweU, C, C.

Silliman J. 20 (1881) S50-.
— , — , . Schofka, F. 0. Baumgartner

Z. 7 (1840) 108 [118]-.
— , — , . BacalogU), E, [1861] Grunert

Arch. 40 (1863) 426-.
— , — , — — . Deltaux, {le pire) J, (xn)

Brux. S. Sc. A. 6 (1882) (Pt, 2) 1-.
Apparatus. Baccelli, L. [1844] Mod. Mm.

S. It. 28 (1846) 256-.
Asterism and Brewster's light figures. Kobell,

F, van. Miinch. Sb. 1 (1862) 199-.
. Marhaeh, H. Bresl. Schl. Gs.

Jbr. (1863) 25-.
Bands m prismatic spectrum, effect of diffrac-
tion. Osann, G. W. Wiirzb. Nw. Z. 6

(1866-67) 1-.

— produced by edges of thin plates. Brewster,
(Sir) D. B. A. Rp. (1847) [pt. 2) 88.

— of a rod, application of Comu*s graphical
method. Mtui de Upinay, J. J. de Ps. 3
(1884) 11-.

— at shadow edge, graphical method for.
Poynting, J. H. [1890] Birm. Ph. S. P.
7 (1889-91) 210-.

Cause of diffraction of light. Haldat du Lys^

C. N. A. de. Nancy Tr. S. Sc. (1824-28)

140-.
Caustic surfaces, character, physical. LarmoTt

J. B. A. Rp. (1890) 742.
^ — , laws. Larmofy J, [1891] Camb. Ph.

S. P. 7 (1892) 131-.
Caustics, diffraction bands. Maei de Liptnay^ J.

C. R. 116 (1893) 312-.
Colour without a prism. Nordhof, A. W.

Voigt Mg. 7 (1804) 52-.
. KrUs, F. Voigt Mg. 7 (1804)

529-.
Complex diffraction. Haldat du Ly»t C.N. A.

de. Nancy Mm. S. Sc. (1839) 77-.
Conservation of energy. Fr'dhlich^ J. A. Ps.

C. 3 (1878) 376-; 4 (1878) 319- ; 6 (1879)

414- ; 8 (1879) 670-.
Curve representing diffraction phenomena.

Ce»liro, E. C. R. 110 (1890) 1119-.
Damp air phenomena. Kiessling, — . Gdtt.

Nr. (1884) 122-.
Diffracted light, intensity. Frdhlichf J. A.

Ps. C. 3 (1878) 568-; 15 (1882) 576-; (xn)

Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. {Mth.) 9 {No. 12) (1882)

[Pt. n only] 59 pp.
, maxima. Bacaloglo^ E, Pogg. A. 110

(1860) 477-.

Diffracted light, maxima and minima.

Knochenhauer, K. W. Pogg. A. 41 (1887)

103-.
, opaque objects viewed only by, Oouy, — .

C. R. 117 (1893) 626-.
, polarisation. Stokei, G. G. Ph. Big.

13 (1857) 159-.
, — . FrdMieh, J. [1876] A. Ps. C. 1

(1877) 321-.
, — (Frdhlich). BSthy, M. A. Ps. 0. 11

(1880) 504-.

, _. Gouy,A. C. R. 96 (1883) 697-.

, — (R^thy). Frdfdick, J. Mth. Termt.

^ts. 2 (1884) 211- ; A. Ps. C. 22 (1884)

161-.
, — (FrohUch). Bithy.M. [1884] Mth.

Termt. ±\a. 3 (1885) 38-; A. Ps. C. 24

(1885) 282-.
,_-(_). Glazebrook, R. T, Camb.

Ph. S. P. 5 (1886) 254-.
polarised in perpendicular to plane of

incidence, path dufference and intensities.

DiUehHner, L. Wien Sb. 67 (1873) {Ab. 2)

205-.
reflection at grating,

path difference and intensities. Ditecheiner,

L. [1869] Wien Sb. 60 (1870) (i46. 2)667-.

— rays transmitted or reflected by suruioe of
separation of 2 isophanous media. Cofuchy,
A. L. C. R. 15 (1842) 712-.

— wave, intensity. GUutehrook, B. T. Mess.
Mth. 12 (1883) 171-.

Diffraction **^loign^e." Hurmuzetcu^ — . C.
R. 114 (1892) 465-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1892)
243-.

— of light in vacuo. Magnug, G. Berl. B.
(1847) 79-.

Doubly refracting media, diffraction in. Dit-

scheiner, L. Wien Sb. 54 (1866) {Ab. 2) 523-.
Experiment with electric waves. Lan^^ A.

Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) {Ab. 2a) 786-.
Experiments. Wrede, E. F. Gilbert A. 18

(1804) 428-.
— . Sharpe, S. (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 7 (1830)

281—.
— . Adams, S. Silliman J. 42 (1842) 123-.
— . Brougham dt Vaux, H. {Lord). [1850-53]

Phil. Trans. (1850) 235-; C. R. 30 (1860)

43-; 36 (1853) 691- ; Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 27

{pte, 2) (1860) 123-.

— (Brougham). Powell, B. [1851] B. A* Rp.
(1851) {pt. 2) 11- ; Ph. Mg. 4 (1852) 1-.

— . Brougham dt Vaux, B. {Lord). [1852-53]

R. S. P. 6 (1854) 172-, 312-.
— . Ditscheiner, L. A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 340-.
— . Gouy, — . A. C. 8 (1886) 146-.
— , application of photography. Bridge, J.

(VI Adds.) Ph. Mg. 10 (1855) 251-.
Formulae, calculation. Smith, Arch. [Signed

H. T.] Camb. Mth. J. 2 (1841) 141-.
Fraunhofer's bands, lines of equal intensity

about the point of intersection. Nagaoka, H.

[1896] Tok. Coll. Sc. J. 9 (1895-98) 7-.

— experiments, repetition. Pfaff, J. W. Gil-
bert A. 73 (1823) 268-.

— — , theory of colours observed in. Young,
{Dr.) T. Edinb. J. Sc. 1 (1829) 112-.

368

3620

Diffraction

3620

Fraunhofer's figures, photography. SehHner,
J., dt Hirayama, 8, Berl. Ak. Ab. (1894)
{Ank.) 9 pp.

— phenomena (simple determination). Willi-
net, A. Pogg. A. 109 (18G0) 616-.

— — (elementary demonstration). Lommel,
E, Z. Mth. Ps. 14 (1869) 1-.

— — (certain class). Nagaoka, H. [1895]
Tok. Coll. Sc. J. 9 (1895-98) 1-.

. Strauba, R. A. Ps. C. 56 (1895)

746-.
Gteometrical methods. Comut A, C. B. 78

(1874) 118- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 5-, 44-.
Grooved surfaces, action on light. Brewster^

{Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1838) {pt, 2) 13.
, colours produced by. Brewster , (Sir) D.

Phil. Trans. (1829) 301-.
, polarisation. BrewsteTy {Sir) D. C. B.

30 (1850) 496-.
Heat rays. KnoUaueh, H. Berl. B. (1847)

391- ; Pogg. A. 74 (1849) 9-.
Integrals. MytehUn, N. Fschr. Ps. (1898)

{Ab, 2) 89-.
— , Fre^nePs, geometrical significance. Umov,

N. N. Bs. S. Nt. Mm. {Mth,) 6 (1886) 57-;

Fschr. Ps. (1885) {Ab. 2) 15-; Par. 8. Ps.

84. (1896) 322-.
— , — , theory. Lindetedt, A. A. Ps. C. 17

(1882) 720-.
Intensity of diffraction images. Strehl, K,

Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 165-.
light in shadow of small disk. Goodtrtn,

H, Camb. Mth. J. 4 (1845) 72-.
Laws. Ryke, P. L, Leijd. A. Ac. (1832-33)

55 pp.
— , and new phenomenon. Quet, — . A. C.

46 (1856) 385-.
Ldwe's rings. Haidinger, W, Wien 8B. 9

(1852) 240-.
Luminous effect observed with arc-lamps in

winter. Melander, O. Helsingf. 6fv. 35
(1893) 93-.

— rings round shadows. Powell, B. [1846] o±u-, /i^.jj.,^ »

Ar. a. Mm- ifl /ift47^ .<ioi-. "~."~»_"n ~_t: • ^^**oen, r.

As. 8. Mm. 16 (1847) 301-.
— . Lommelt E, Erlang. 8b. Ps.

Md. 8. 5 (1873) 72-.
. Mallock, A. Nt. 15 (1877) 375.

Optical illusions. Rittenhouee.D, [1780] Am.

Ph. 8. T. 2 (1786) 37-.

. Wind, C. H, Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 112-.

. . Drecker, J, [1900] Ps. Z. 2 (1901)

145-.

— phenomena in the Alps. Talbot, W. H. F,
Ph. Mg. 2 (1833) 452.

. Heger, R. Dresden Isis 8b.

(1898) 23-.
Parallel diffraction, geometrical study. Ver-

achaffelt, J. J. de Ps. 2 (1893) 305-.
Phase, changes produced by diffraction. Mac€

de Lipinay, J. Par. 8. Ps. 84. (1896) 203-.
Phenomena. Araao, D. F. J, A. C. 1 (1816)

199- ; Par. 8. Phlm. BU. (1816) 56-.
— . Mayer, J. T. G5tt. Cm. 4 (1816-18) 49-.
— . Hertcha, {Sir) J. F. W. Pogg. A. 23

(1831) 281-.
— . Brewster, {Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1838) {pt.

2) 12.

— (special class). Knoehenhauer, K. W. Pogg.
A. 43 (1838) 286-.

— . Brougham dk Vaux, H. {Lord). C. B. 34

(1852) 127-.
— . Meyer, M. H. Pogg. A. 98 (1856) 133-,

214-.
— . Quincke, G. A. Ps. C. 132 (1867) 561-.

— (Quincke). Joehmann, E. A. Ps. G. 136
(1869) 561-.

— . Ward, O. B. A. Bp. 42 (1872) {Sect.)

45.
Plane polarised wave of light. Owyther, R. F.

Blanch. Lt. Ph. 8. P. 25 (1886) 78-.
Planet diameters, influence of diffraction on

measurements. Strehl, K. Cztg. Opt. 16

(1895)223.
Polarised light. Lommel, E. Grunert Aroh.

38 (1862) 209-.

. Potier, A. C. B. 64 (1867) 960-.

Quincke, G. A. Ps. C. 149 (1878) 278-.

, determination of plane of vibration by

diffraction. Lorem, L. Pogg. A. Ill (1860)

815-.

C.B.

64 (1867) 161-.
— — , direction of vibrations in connection
with diffraction. Eisenlohr, F, Pogg. A.
104 (1858) 337-.

Micrometric use of diffraction fringes. FHon, ^ ' * n?ia*»»ii#»i,»\

L. N. G. [18981 L. Ps. 8. P. 16 (1899) ""o^.J.. /i T t>i. w- , r;,7:« J^l?f"®"^

[1898] L. Ps. 8. P. 16 (1899)

387- ; Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 441-.
Microscope, compound, diffraction phenomena

exhibited with. Rood, 0. N. Silliman J.

15 (1853) 327-.
^— images, r61e of diffraction phenomena in

formation. Amann, J. [1894^95] Laus. 8.

Vd. BU. 31 (1895) 34-.
Modification, new, of light by reciprocal action

and diffraction. Fraunhofer, J, [1821]

Miinch. D. (1821-22) 1-.
Newton's experiments. Airy, G, B. [1838]

Camb. Ph. 8. T. 5 (1835) 101-.
Object-glass with circular aperture, diffraction.

Airy, G. B. [1834] Camb. Ph. 8. T. 5

(1835) 283-.
triangular aperture, diffraction. Earn-

Shaw, S. [1836] Camb. Ph. 8. T. 6 (1838)

431-.

Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 426-.
effects, imitation by diffraction. RhHn-

berg, J. Quek. Mcr. CI. J. 7 (1900) 407-.
Prismatic decomposition of colours. MHUer^

(Dr.) J. Pogg. A. 69 (1846) 98- ; 71 (1847)

(Milller). Erman, A. Pogg. A. 69

(1846) 417-.
Problems, elementary treatment. Schuster, A.

Ph. Mg. 81 (1891) 77-.
— , exact treatment. Sommerfdd, A. [1895]

D. Mth. Vr. Z\a. 4 (1897) 172-.
Propagation of light, new mode, Bdbinet, J.

C. B. 56 (1863) 411-.
— , rectilinear, insufficiency of proof.

Chvolson, O. D. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 17 {Ps., Pt.

1) (1885) 55- ; Fschr. Ps. (1885) {Ab. 2) 7.
Befracting prism, diffraction, etc. by. Curten,

P. Bot. N. Yh. 4 (1806) 169-.

VOL. Til,

369

AA

8620

SifEiractioii

8620

Befniotionanddi£Fraotion, oonneotion. Cooper t

P, B. S. P. 3 (1834) 281- ; Thomson Bo. 8

(1886) 347-, 419-.
BingB surrounding image of star formed by

object-glass of telescope. Eamshaw^ 8. B.

A. Bp. (1845) Ipt, 2) 10.
Bdntgen rays and Fresnel*s phenomena. KUm-

meU.O. [1896] Halle Nf. Os. Ab. 21 (1896-

98) [61]-.
. Wind, C, H. Amst. Ak. Vs. 6

(1897) 448-; 6 (1898) 79-; 7 (1899) 88-;

Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 65- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1897)

lAh, 2) 77-.
obtained by new form of cathode dis-
charge. Wood, R, W, Science 5 (1897) 585.
Screen with apertures, passage of very divergent

rays through, phenomena. Chauiard, J,

Nancy Mm. Ac. Stanislas (1861) 346-.
— , circular, diffraction by. Hurion, — . J.

de Ps. 9 (1890) 55-.
— t — . — within shadow. Potter, R. Ph.

Mff. 19 (1841) 151-.
— , diffraction before. MaeS de Lipinay, J.

J. de Ps. 1 (1882) 368-.
— , — at edge. TunUirz, 0. A. Ps. G. 12

(1881) 159-.

— with parallel slits, diffraction by. Sagnac, G.
J. de Ps. 7 (1898) 28-.

— , straight-edged, diffraction by. Oouy, — .

C. B. 100 (1885) 977-.
— , — , (Gouy). KMg, — . D. Nf. Tbl.

(1885) 178-.
— , — , . Maey, E. A. Ps. C. 49 (1898)

69-.
— , — , — of plane heterogeneous waves by.

Voigt, W, Gdtt. Nr. (1899) 1-.
— , — , — within shadow. Oouy, — . C. B.

98 (1884) 1573-.
Screens, FresnePs, considered as convergent

system. Firy, — . Aa. Fr. 0. B. (1896)

(Pt. 2) 189-.

— with rectilinear boundary, phenomena.
Lommel, E. Miinch. Ak. Ab. 15 (1886)
529-.

Shadows and diffraction, phenomena. Cauchy,

A. L. C. B. 15 (1842) 605-, 615-, 670-.
Silk handkerchief, diffraction through. Hop-

kineon, F. (vi Adds.) Am. Ph. S. T. 2

(1786) 201.
, — — (Hopkinson). Rittenhouge, D.

Am. Ph. S. T. 2 (1786) 202-.
Slit, narrow, diffraction by. Quet, — . A. G.

49 (1857) 385-.
— , — , . Kayter, E. [1885] Danzig

Schr. 6 (1884-87) (Heft 2) 286-.
— , — , modifications suffered by light in passing

through. Miehelson, A. A. Wash. Ph. S.

BUi 3 (1878-80) 119-.
— , — , rays observed with naked eye through.

Piclet, E. A. G. 54 (1838) 379-.
i Superposition of 2 networks, phenomena pro-
duced by. Right, A. [1886] Ven. I. At.

(1886-87) 141-. .
iSymmetrical non-spherical waves with circular

boundary. Straubel, R, [1893] Miinch. Ak.

Ab. 18 (1895) 111-.

Telescope, focal plane, phenomena. Nagaoka,
H. T5k. GolL Sc. J. 9 (1896-98) 821-.

— objectives and diffraction. Strehl, K. Ottg.
Opt. 16 (1895) 89-.

Telescopes, general diffraction figures in.

Struve, H. St. P6t. Ac. So. Mm. 84 (1886)

No. 5, 15 pp.
Telescopic diffraction far outside the focus.

SchwarzschUd, K. Mfinoh. Ak. Sb. 28 (1899)

271-.
Theory. J(yrdan,Q.W. [1799-1800] Qilbert

A. 18 (1804) 1-.
— . Baumgartner, A. von, Baumgartner Z. 3

(1827) 448-.

— (new). Schwerd, — . Oken Isis (1886)
195-.

— . Wilde, E. Pogg. A. 79 (1850) 75-, 202-.
— . Zehfuu, Q. Orunert Arch. 80 (1858)

92—.
— . bahlander, Q. R. Pogg. A. 110 (1860)

647-.
— . Lommel, E. Grunert Aroh. 86 (1861)

885-.
— . (Application of BessePa functions.) Lom-
mel, E. Z. Mth. Ps. 15 (1870) 141-.
— . Weber. F, D. Nf . Tbl. (•1872) 114. _^
— . R^thy, M. (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk.

(Mth.) 8 (1875) (No. 5) 19 pp. ; (xz) Gdtt Nr.

(1877) 73-.
— . Batso, Q, Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 15 (1879)

571-.
— , dynamical. Stokes, G. G. [1849] Gamb.

Ph. S. T. 9 (1856) 1-.
— , FresnePs. Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 96 (1845)

89- ; 27 (1845) 46-.
— , — . Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 8 (1878) 582- ;

Grelle J. Mth. 89 (1880) 822-.
— , ^, and Babinet's principle, lecture experi-
ment. Comu, A, B. A. Bp. (1894) 480-.
— , — , integration of formuln. EscarVt — .

As. Fr. G. B. 9 (1880) 207-.
— , and geometrical optics. Strehl, K. Z.

Instk. 19 (1899) 364-.
— , mathematical. Sommerfdd, A. Mth. A.

47 (1896) 317-.

— of phenomena observed with lens. Joubert,
J. J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 267-.

— , proposition, new, and application. Frbh-

lich, J, A. Ps. G. 5 (1878) 184-.
Transparent films, phenomena. Quincke. G.

A. Ps. G. 132 (1867) 821-.
Wave and emission theories in diffraction.

Barlocd, S. G. Arcad. 18 (1823) 150-.
Waves. Meslin, — . Mntp. Ac. Mm. 2 (1900)

n-.
Wire cloth, diffraction through. Nicholson. W.

Nicholson J. 1 (1797) 18-.
— , opaque, diffraction of light by. Quel, — .

A. C. 49 (1857) 417-.

370

3630 Diffiraction Spectra

3630 Spectra formed by Diffirac-
tion and by Gratings.

Fraunhofer, J. GUbert A. 74 (1828) 337-.
(Fraanhofer.) Moisotti, 0. F, At. So. It.

(1843) 60&-; Pisa A. Un. Tobo. So. Ck>8m.

1 (1846) 181- ; (vi Adds,) II Oim. 4 (1846)

97-.

DIFFRACTION SPECTRA.

Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 18 (1867) 168-.
Rosick^, W. Wien Ak. Sb. 71 (1876) {Ah. 2)

391—
SpSe, E. Brax. Ao. BU. 12 (1886) 82-, 489^.
Blackburn, W. Manoh. Mor. S. T. (1887)

68-.
bands due to superposition. Brewiter, (Sir)

D. [1864] Edinb. R. S. T. 24 (1867) 221-,
227-.

oomparison with prismatic spectra. Pickering,

E. C. Am. Ac. P. 11 (1876) 278-.
photography. Draper, H. Am. J. Sc. 6 (1873)

401-.
reduction. Rosenberg, E, Franklin I. J. 76

(1878) 96-.
relation to refraction spectra. Ponton, M. J.

Sc. 4 (1874) 27-.
Rutherfurd's, ghosts in. Peirce, C, S, Am.

J. Mth. 2 (1879) 880-.
nltra-violet. Eisenlohr, W. Pogg. A. 98 (1866)

353-.
and wave-lengths. Stuart, J. Nt. 1 (1870)

606.

GRATINGS.
{See also 3160.)

Quincke, Q. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 1-.
Blake, J. M. Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 88-.
MoUo, A. G. Mt. 19 (1881) 181-.
circular (stephanoscope). Dove, H, W. Pogg.

A. 71 (1847) 116.
— , spectra. Soret, J, L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

62 (1876) 320- ; C. R. 80 (1876) 488-.
colour effects produced by. Meslin, O, G. R.

117 (1898) 839-, 482-.
colours. Babinet, J. [1827] A. C. 40 (1829)

166-.
concave, spectra. Baily, W, L. Ps. S. P. 6

(1884) 181- ; Ph. Mg. 16 (1883) 183-.
— , theorem. Baily, W. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

68- ; Ph. Mg. 22 (1886) 47-.
— , theory. Sokolov, A, P. (zn) Rs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 16 (Ps„ Pt. 1) (1883] 293-.
dioptrics. Larmor, J, L. Mth. S. P. 24 (1898)

166-.
focal properties. Comu, A, C. R. 80 (1876)

645- ; As. Fr. C. R. 4 (1876) 876-.
. Merczyng, H. [1881-88] (xn) Krk.

Ak. {Mt.-Prz.) Rz. & Sp. 9 (1882) 267-;

10 (1883) IV- ; (x) C. R. 97 (1888) 670-.
(anomalies). Comu, A, C. R. 116 (1893)

1215-, 1421- ; 117 (1898) 1032-.

Diffiraotion by Fbrtioles 3640

light intercepted by, and interference effects.

Kelland, P. [1840] Camb. Ph. S. T. 7

(1842) 163-.
manufacture and theory. Rayleigk, {Lord).

Ph. Mg. 47 (1874) 81-, 198- ; 11 (1881) 196-.
metal, light reflected at. Frdhlich, J. A. Ps.

C. 18 (1881) 188-.
minimum diffraction by. Egorov, N. Q, (zn)

Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 14 {Ps,) (1882) [Pt. 1] 268-.
parallel, diffraction through. Oarhe, P. J.

de Ps. 9 (1890) 47-.
— , fringes, and constitution of paragenio waves

of diffraction. Meslin, O. C. R. 118 (1894)

868-; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1894) 182- ; A. C.

8(1894)862-.
photography of phenomena obtained by com-
bining. Izam, — . C. R. 116 (1898) 672-.
plane, formulae. Branly, E, J. de Ps. 6 (1886)

78-.
ruled in squares, use in photogravure. Firy,

C. C. R. 120 (1896) 720-.
spectra, bolometric investigations. Paschen,

F. A. Ps. C. 48 (1898) 272-.
— , interference bands. Crova, A. G. R. 116

(1898) 672-.

Interference spectrum, and absorption of the

tithonio rays. Draper, J. W, Ph. Mg. 26

(1846) 466-.
plates. (Glass diffraction gratings.)

Nohert, F, A. R. S. P. 6 (1861) 43- ; Pogg.

A. 86 (1862) 80-, 83-; Moigno Cosmos 3

(1868) 22-.
Micro-sections of wood, diffraction phenomena,

measurement of width of fibre, uouibert, C.

C. R. 116 (1898) 978- ; Rv. G^n. Bt. 6 (1894)

49-.
Normal spectrum, distribution of heat in.

Lundquist, C. Q. Stockh. Ofv. 31 (1874)

No, 10, 19- ; A. Ps. C. 166 (1876) 146-.
Ruling engine for diffraction. Rogers, W, A.

Am. As. P. (1879) 184-.
Rulings, micrometric, and diffraction-. Gray-
son, H, J, Aust. As. Rp. (1900) 188-.
^, Rutherfurd's, width. Peirce, C, 8. Nt.

24 (1881) 262.
Zone plates. Braham, P. B. A. Rp. 49 (1878)

{Sect,) 36.
, phase-reversal, and diffraction telescopes.

Wood, R. W, Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 611-.

3640 Diffiraction by Small Par-
ticles. Theory of Bainbow,
Optical Besonance, etc.

i<See also 3220; Meteorology 0550.)

Colours in artificial mist, and connection with

twilight phenomena. Kiessling, — , D.

Nf. Tbl. (1884) 293-.
clouds. Schlottmann, — . Met. Z. 10

(1898) 166.
— of ooronaB and iridescent clouds. McConnel,

J, C. Ph. Mg, 24 (1887) 422- ; 28 (1889)

272- ; 29 (1890) 167-.

871

AA 2

3640 Diffraction by Particles

CSoloars by diffraotion throagh Lyoopodinm

doBt. Otann, Q. Wiinb. Vh. 9 (1859)

161-.
powders on glass plates. Delezeiuu,

— . Lille Mm. S. (1836-38) 29-.
— in steam. Bock, A, A. Ps. 0. 68 (1899)

674-.
Crepusoolar light and red rays of son, dis-
similarity. Laii, O. Bm. N. Lino. At. 87

(1884) 125-.
Fraonhofer's rings and colour phenomena of

breathed-on plates. Donle, W, A. Ps. C.

84 (1888) 801-.
, Qnetelet's bands and allied phenomena.

Exner, K. [1877] Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878)

(Ab, 2) 522-.
niamination in fog. Eayleigh^ ILordi. L.

Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 87- ; Ph. Mg. 19 (1885)

443-.
Influence of artificial mist on sunlight. Kie$»'

Ung, — . G5tt. Nr. (1884) 226-; Hamb.

Nt. Yr. Ab. 8 (1884) No. 5, 8 pp.; Met. Z. 1

(1884) 83, 117-.
impurities in air on diffraotion. Kieu-

ling, J, Met. Z. 1 (1884) 34.
Iridescent cirrus. LlUka, W. Met. Z. 3 (1886)

276.
Irisoope. Read, J. B. A. Bp. (1840) {pt. 2)

Light, transmitted and diffused, phenomena.

Lea, M, C. Am. J. Sc. 47 (1869) 364-.
through liquid in which a precipitate is

forming. Hurion, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1890)

(Pt. 2) 249-.
Paxtides, fine, method of measuring average

size, and a theoiy of Fresnel's. Roodt O, N.

[1866] Am. J. Sc. 43 (1867) 104-.
— , very small, action on light. Parkef^ J. S,

Nt. 31 (1885) 481-.
— , numerous small, diffraction due to. Exner,

K. Wien Ak. Sb. 90 (1885) (Ah, 2) 827-.
Photographic halo. Comu, A, G. B. 110

a890) 551- ; As. Fr. C. B. (1890) (Pi. 2)

Bings of breathed-on glass plates. Ejsner, K.

Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (Ab. 2a) 1130-.
Scattering of light by finely divided substances.

Chrutiansen, C. A. Ps. C. 23 (1884) 298- ;

24 (1885) 439-.
metallic particles. ThrdfaU, R.

Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 446-.
small particles. Rayleigh, (Lordi,

Ph. Mg. 41 (1871) 447-.
. Kietiling, J. Hamb. Mth.

Os. Mt. 1 (1889) 289-.
. Walker, O. W. QJ. Mth.

30 (1899) 204-.
Soot, optical properties. Rotickp, W. [1878]

Wien Ak. Sb. 78 (1879) (Ab. 2) 417-.
Sphere, motion of light within and without

when illuminated by plane waves. Lorenz,

L. [1890] Kjprb. Dn. Yd. Selsk. Skr. 6

(1890-92) 1-; Fschr. Ps. (1891) (Ab. 2)

Turbid media, intensity of radiation through.
Abney, (Capt.) — , dt Festing, (Mqj.-Oen,) — .
B. S. P. 40 (1886) 378-.

Definition in Instnunents 3650

3650 Definition of Optical In-
struments, General Theory.

(See also 3080, 3082.)

Schroder, H. D. Nf. Tbl. (•1876) (BeU.) 74-.
Abbe diffraction plate. 8mUh, T. F. [1889]

Quek. Mcr. Gl. J. 4 (1892) 5-.
Aperture and definition of optical instrumento,

application of photography to. Rayleigh,

(Lord). [1891] B. I. P. 13 (1893) 261-.
— , relation to determination of minute struc-
ture. Cox, C. F. Mcr. S. J. (1895) 589-.
— and resolution by lenses, relations oetween.

Wnght, L. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 289-.
"Central" light in resolution. Stq^heneon,

J. W. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 37-.
High power definition. RoysUm-Pigott, G. W,

M. Mcr. J. 2 (1869) 295- ; 3 (1870) 192-.
. Wenham, F. H. M. Mcr. J. 3 (1870)

300-.
. Beaumont, E.B., dt RoytUm-PigoU,

— . B. S. P. 21 (1873) 422-.
. RoytUm-PigoU, O. W. B. S. P. 29

(1879) 164- ; 31 (1881) 260-, 605-.
and ite difficulties. Roytton-PigoU,

G. W. QJ. Mcr. Sc. 10 (1870) 16S-.
of minute organic particles. RoytUm-

Pigott, Q. W. M. Mcr. J. 10 (1873) 16-,

107-.
, monochromatic sunlight as aid to.

Woodward, J. J. Am. Nt. 6 (1872) 454-.
Illumination by wide-angled cones of light.

Abbe, E. Mcr. S. J. (1889) 721-.
Images formed without reflection or refraction.

Rayleigh, (Lord). [1880] Ph. Mg. 11 (1881)

214-.
— , microscopic, conditions of truth. CocteZ-

lamau y de Lleopart, J. M. de. Bladrid S.

H. Nt. A. 14 (1885) 258-.
— , — , theory of formation. AUmatm, R.

Arch. An. PI. (An. Ab.) (1880) 111-.
— , — , (Altmann). Abbe, E. Jena.

Sb. (1880) 71-.
— , — , (Abbe). AUmann, R. Arch.

An. PI. (An. Ab.) (1880) 354-; (1882) 52-.
— , — , (— ). FraneotU, P. [1885]

Brux. S. Big. Mcr. Bll. 11 (1886) 108-.
— , optical, distinctness. Holten, C. Sk. Nf.

F. 5 (1847) 240-.
— , — , with special reference to micro-
scope. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. ^

(1896) 167-.
— , true and false, interference phenomena in

relation to. Lowne, B. T. Quek. Mcr. CI.

J. 3 (1889) 360-.
Microscope objective, resolving power and dif-
fraction of finest grating it can resolve, re-
lation between. Leroy, C. J. A. Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1888) 259-.
— , penetrating power. Davie, O. E. Manch.

NIcr. S. Bp. (♦1883-84) 16-.
— , . NeUon, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1892)

331-.
— , power to see parallel lines. Broun, J. A.

B. S. P. 23 (1875) 522-.

372

3650 Microscopic Vision

Microscope, resolving power (determination).

Harting.P. A. NH. 11 (1868) 48S-.
— , — — (limits). Hartingt P, Amst. Vs.

Ak. 11 (1861) 265-; 12 (1861) 96-; Pogg. A.

114 (1861) 82-.
— , . BoysUm-PigoU, G. W. M. Mcr. J.

7 (1872) 69-, 101-.
— , . Tolles, R. B, M. Mor. J. 7 (1872)

186-.
— , (limits). Crijp, F, Mcr. S. J. 6

(1886)968-.
— , ^ — . Hodgkiruon, A. Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

P. 26 (1886) 263-.
— , (method of intensifying). Hintt O. D.

Mcr. S. J. (1887) 1083.
— , ( ). NeUon, E. M. Mor. S.

J. (1887) 1033-..
— , and tube-length. Jameson, H. G.

Mcr. S. J. (1892) 272-.

— and telescope, definition, resolving power
and accuracy, formulaB. Miehelton, A. A.
As. S. Pao. Pb. 2 (1890) 116-.

', theory. Ahhe, E. Arch. Mkr. An. 9 (1873)

413-.
Microscopic optics. Anon. Mcr. S. J. (1889)

283-.

MICROSCOPIC VISION.

Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1860) {pt. 2) 8-.
Meslin, O. J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 609-.
DaUinger, W, H. [1892] Quek. Mor. 01. J. 5

(1894) 31-.
SUmey, O, J. Ph. Mg. 42 (1896) 332-, 423-,

499-.
Nelson, E, M. [1897] Bristol Nt. S. P. 8

(1899)141-.
aperture as a factor in, experimental study.

Mercer, A. C. Am. Mcr. S. T. 18 (1896| 321-.
diffraction theory. White, M, C. Silliman

J. 33 (1862) 377-.
(Abbe's experiments). Stephenson, J, W.

M. Mcr. J. 17 (1877) 82-.
. Crisp, F. [1878] Quek. Mor. 01. J.

6 (1878-79) 79-.
. Nelson, E. M, Mcr. S. J. (1889) 807-.

811.

. Wnght, L. Mor. 8. J. (1889) 811.

. Lowne, — . Mcr. S. J. (1889) 811-.

, bearing of large axial cone on. Nelson,

E. M. [1889] 9uek. Mcr. 01. J. 4 (1892) 9-.
, present position. Nelson, E. M. [1891]

Quek. Mcr. 01. J. 4 (1892) 381-.
••lig"in. Nehon,E.M. Mcr.S. J. (1900)413-.
limits. Harting, P, Utr. Aant. Prv. Gn.

(1847) 46-.
— . Castraeane degli Antelminelli, F, Bm.

N. Line. At. 29 (1876) 387-.

— (physiological). Fripp, H, E. (xn) Bristol
Nt. S. P. 1 (1876) 467-.

— . Royston-Pigott, O. W. M. Mcr. J. 16
(1876) 176-, 236-.

— (ultimate). Fripp, H, E, Mcr. S. J. 1
(1878) 337-.

— . Royston-Pigott, G. W, [1878] Mcr. S. J.
2 (1879) 9- ; Oamb. Ph. 8. P. 3 (1880) 217-.

— (minimum). Burton, C, E, [1879] Ir.
Ac. P. 3 (1883) 248-.

Beflection, etc.. General 3800

limits. Stokes, A, C. Mor. 8. J. (1896) 690.
methods of correcting errors. Royston-Pigott,

G. W. QJ. Mcr. sis. 11 (1871) 1-.
theory. Wright, L. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 480-.

— (Wright). Stoney, O. J. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898)
166-.

visibility of minute objects in various media.

Stephenson, J. W, Mcr. 8. J. 3 (1880) 664-.
points. Frisehauf, J, D. Alpvr. Z. 14

(1883) 98-.

«

Microscopy. Nelson, E, M, [1896] Quek.

Mcr. 01. J. 6 (1897) 14-.
Objectives, defects ana definition, experiments

to show. Umov, — . As. Fr. 0. B. (1898)

{Pt, 2) 203-.
— , definition. Wenham, F, H, M. Mcr. J. 4

(1870) 18-, 124- ; 6 (1871) 16-, 117-, 216-.
— , — . Royston-Pigott, G, W. QJ. Mcr. So.

12 (1872) 260-.
— , — . FHpp, H. E. (x^) Bristol Nt. 8. P.

1 (1876) 441-.
— , — , estimation. Preohraienskij, P. V,

Mosc. 8. 8c. BU. 93 (No. 1) (1897) 1 (Mf)-.
— , diffraction. Rayleigh, (Lord). [1872] As.

8. M. Not. 33 (1873) 69-.
— , — . AndrS, C. 0. B. 82 (1876) 1191-.

— of wide aperture, effect of cover-glass thick-
ness on performance. Keeley, F, J, Mor.
8. J. (1899) 437.

, vision by. Ahbe^ E. [1882] Mor.

8. J. 4 (•1884) 20-.
Optical surfaces, methods of investigating for

errors. Schr'dder, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (•1880)

276-, 302.
, polished, structure. Schrdder, H. , D.

Nf. Tbl. (•1876) (BeU.) 76-.
Prism, minimum resolving power. ThoUon,

L. 0. B. 92 (1881) 128-.
Besolution of difficult objects, method for.

Ward, R. H. Am. Mcr. 8. T. 21 (1900) 111-.
Telescope, diffraction in. Struve, H. St. P^t.

Ac. 8c. Mm. 30 (1882) No. 8, 104 pp. ; A. Ps.

0. 17 (1882) 1008-.
— , focus, diffraction pattern. MaydU, R. H. D.

Oamb. Ph. 8. P. 9 (1898) 269-.
— , resolving power. Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph.

Mg. 10 (1880) 116-.
_, . Shaw, W. N, Oamb. Ph. 8. P. 6

(1889) 98-.
Telescopes and speotrosoopes, resolving power

for lines of finite width. Wadsworth, F. L. O,

Ph. Mg. 43 (1897) 817-.

BEFLEOTION, BEFRAGTION AMD
ABSORPTION OF RADIATION.

(See also 3020, 3030.)

3800 OeneraL

Absorption of light, particular law. Gruzineev,
A.P, Kharkov Mth. 8. Oom. (1886) 67-.

^~ and refraction of light, connection between.
Pusehl, K. Wien 8b. 67 (1873) (Ab, 2) 8-.

373

3810

Seflecting and Absorbing Powers

8810

ChristianBen'B experiment, improved apparains
for. BaylHgk, (Lord^. Ph. M^. 20 (1885)
858-.

— law, optical properties of finely divided
bodies. Blanus, E, Z. Er. 14 (1888) 258-.

Dispersion and doable refraction, compatibility

of laws. CarvaUo, E. C. B. 112 (1891)

521-.
Images reflected from water. Ricdb, A, By.

Sclnd. 21 (1889) 157-.
Invisible or latent colours of bodies. Govt, — .

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1888) {Sem. 1) 572-.
Light reflected from sea-waves. Spooner, J,

Zaoh Cor. 6 (1822) 881- ; 7 (1822) 65-, 140-.

— waves, change of phase in passing through
a fooas. Gouy, —. C. B. 110 (1890) 1251-.

Optical behaviour of bnmt-in gold and platinom
fihns. Breithaupt, G. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)
46-.

— theories. Qlaxebrook, R, T, B. A. Bp.
(1885) 157-, 208-.

(Glazebrook). Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 81

(1887) 141-, 544.
Optically clear liquid, realisation. Spring^ W,

Brux. Ac. BU. (1899) 174-.
Propagation of light in metals. Raveau, C.

Lum. :^lect. 50 (1893) 16-, 60-, 119-, 616-.
Beflection. Fresnel, A. J. [1819] A. 0. 15
(1820) 379-; Par. Mm. Ac. So. 20 (1849)
195-.

— (Fresnel). Biot.J.B. 0. B. 22 (1846) 405-.

— of rainbow in still water. Ihifour.H. [1885]
Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 21 ^886) 191-.

Befraotion at warmed sur^use. QrubeTt T.
OUbert A. 3 (1800) 377-.

Scattering of light by finely divided substances
in liquids. Ckrittiaruen, C. A. Ps. 0. 23
(1884) 298-; 24 (1885) 43^.

Transparency of thin laminn of silver, influ-
ence of temperature on. PetttneUt, P. N.
Gim. 2 (1895) 356-.

3810 Eeflecting and Absorbing
Powers of Materials. Irregu-
lar Ejection.

Diffusion of light. Sumpner, W, E, [1892-93]

L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 10- ; Ph. Mg. 35 (1898)

81-; Elect. 30 (1893) 381-, 411-, 439-.
by solutions. Spring, W, Brux. Ac.

Bll. (1899) 300-.
in translucent bodies. ChvoUon, 0,

[1886-89] St. P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 31 (1887)

213- ; 33(1890)221-.
gky-light in water. Meidinger,—. [1890]

Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896) (5^6.) 82-.
Divisions on glass, method of making bright

on a dark ground. Marteru^ F, F, Z. Instk.

17 (1897) 298- ; 18 (1898) 32.
Electric light in fog. KeUer, H. Humb. 3

(1884) 134-.
Illumination of liquids. Lailemand, A. 0. B.

69 (1869) 282-.
by passage of ray of light. BaUeUi,

A., (t Pandolfi, M. N. Cim. 9 (1899) 821-.

Illumination of transparent bodies. Soret,

J. L. G. B. 69 (1869) 1192- ; 70 (1870) 519;

Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt. 37 (1870) 129-.
. LaUetnand, A. C. B. 69 (1869)

1294- ; A. C. 22 (1871) 200-.
Incombustibility of spider-threads in focus of

burning-glass. Mohr, C. F. Z. Bfth. Ps.

16 (1871) 513-.
Light and heat, modification on passing through

glass. Coathupe, C, T. Ph. Ifg. 16 (1840)

467—.
— , loss by glass shades. Storer, F. H. Silli-

man J. 30 (1860) 420-.
— , . King, W. Silliman J. 31

(1861) 283-.
— , — in passing through glass. Conroy, (Sir)

J. B. A. Bp. (1886) 527.
Lustre of crystalhne surfaces. Haidinger, W.

Pogg. A. 71 (1847) 821-; Haidinger B. 2

(1848-47) 263-.
certain crystals. ReuBch, F. E. Pogg.

A. 116 (1862) 392-; 118 (1863) 256-; 120
(1863) 95-.

Opacity of carbon. Dufour, C. Laus. S. Yd.

BU. 31 (1895) 139-.
powders, etc. Rayleigh, (Lord), [1899]

B. I. P. 16 (1902) 116-.

Opalescence of ancient glass, etc. BeUani, A.

MU. G. 8. Inc. 5 (1809) 127-.
Optical notes. Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 110

(1860) 286-.
Polished crown glass plates at perpendicular

incidence, light transmitted by. Rood, O, N.

Am. J. Sc. 50 (1870) 1-.
Beflecting surfaces, effect of gases and vapours

on properties. Qlan, P, A. Ps. C. 11 (l88(n

449-.

REFLECTION.

and absorption of light in water. MHdinger,

— . [1885] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888)

(Sb.) 83-.
constants. WiUigen, V. S, M. van der. [1868-

68] (vra) Amst. Vs. Ak. 17 (1865) (Ntk.)

304- ; Arch. N^erl. 3 (1868) 97-.

— for indigo and bloodstone. WUligen, V. S, M,
van der, Amst. Vs. Ak. 13 (1862) 43- ; Pogg.

A. 117 (1862) 464-.

from crystallised surfaces, laws. MaeCuUagh,
J. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 103-.

— dull and polisned surfaces. Schrdder, H,
Pogg. A. 78 (1849) 569-.

existence when . the relative refractive index is

unity. RayUigk, (Lordj, B. A. Bp. (1887)

585-.
from glass at different angles, intensity. Glan,

P. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1874) 511- ; A. Ps. G. 50

(1893) 590-.
and other surfaces at nearly perpendicular

incidence, intensity. Rayleigh, (Lord), [1886]

B. 8. P. 41 (1887» 275-.

— Iceland speur, effect of polish. Spurge, C.
[1886] B. 8. P. 42 (1887) 242-.

and inflection of light by incandescent surfaces.

Grove, W, R, Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 177-.
irregular. Godard, L. J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 435-.

374

3810 Reflectioa

irregular. MeMunehmittt J. B, A. Ps. 0. 84

(1888) 867-.
— . HtUchins, C. C. Am. J. So. 6 (1898)

878-.
— , at dull surfaces. Wiener, C. [1892]

Karlsruhe Nt. Yr. Vh. 11 (1896) (Sb.) 176- ;

A. Ps. 0. 47 (1892) 688-.

— , . Wright, H. A. Ps. 1 (1900)

17-.
', law of photometry for, Lambert's. See-

liger, H. Leip. As. Gs. Yjsohr. 20 (1886)

267-.
— , reciprocity. BayUigh, (Lord). Ph.

Mg. 49 (1900) 824-.
— , photometry. Lommel^ E, Mflnoh. Ak. 8b.

17 (1888) 95-.
— ,— . SuUger,H. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 18 (1889)

201-.
light and heat, intensity. Forbe9,J.D, Bdinb.

B. S. P. 1 (1845) 254-.

mirrors, perfect and ixnperfect, shadows on.

Wiener, — . [1887] Rwlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh.

10 (1888) (Sb.) 186.
in photometry. Uttrickt, R. Elekttech. Z.

21 (1900][ 595-.
near polarising angle from clean surfaces of

Uquids. Rayleigh, {Lord). B. A. Bp. (1891)

568-.
of Bdntgen rays from platinum. JSood, O. N.

Science 8 (1896) 468-.
, Bood's demonstration. Mayer,

A. M. Science 8 (1896) 705-.
polished metallic surfaces. Bood,

0. N, Am. J. Sc. 2 (1896) 178-.
from screens of ground glass, silk, etc. Bum-
ford, B. [Count), [1806] Par. Mm. de TI.

(1807) ISem, 1) 228-.
by various substances, estimation. Lee, A. H,

Am. Ac. P. 15 (*1880) 228-.
and transmission of light by certain kinds of

glass. Conroy, {Sir) J. [1888] Phil. Trans.

(A) 180 (1890) 245-.
from unpolished glass and metal surfaces,

scattering of light. Oouy, — . C. B. 98

(1884) 97&-.
— water and mercury at nearly perpendicular

incidence, intensity. Bayleigh, {Lord). Ph.

Mg. 84 (1892) 309-.

Beflectiye power of crown, plate and flint glass.

Potter, B. Edinb. J. So. 4 (1881) 58-, 820-.
glass of antimony. Potter, B, B. A.

Bp. (1888) 877-; Ph. Mg. 4 (1834) 6-.
— — — Iceland spar, in different planes.

Potter, B. L'l. 8 (1835) 826.
Transmission of light through turbid media.

Hurion, A. C. B. 112 (1891) 1431-.
solajr radiation through air charged with

dust from Etna. Bartoli, A. Catania Ac.

Gioen. At. 7 (1894) Mem. 15, 6 pp.

Theory of Dispersioa 8820

3820 Dynamical Theory of Be-
flection and Befiraction in
Transparent Media. Polarisa-
tion by Beflection.

(See also 4010.)

Aberration, longitudinal, of prisms. AVbot, C.

G., dt Fowle, F. E. (jun.) Am. J. Sc. 2

(1896) 255-.
Bounding surfaces of bodies, conditions relating

to. Caueky,A.L. C. B. 10 (1840) 26&-.

DI8PKB8I0N.

{See also 3030.)

Powell, B. B. A. Bp. (1887) {pt. 2) 18-.
CkrUtoffd, E. B. A. Ps. 0. 124 (1865) 58-.
and absorption, theory. 0*Brien, M, Ph. Mg*

25 (1844) 826-, 521-.
, — . Bithy, M. (xn) Orv.-Term. Eta.

5 (1880) {Term. Szak) 188-.
chromatic, in water. Ford, F. A. [1888]

Laus. S. Yd. BU. 24 (1889) xxviU.
elasticity equation, application. Jaerieeh, P,

[1884] Hamb. Mth. Gs. Mt. 1 (1889) 88-.
formulaB for elastic and electric theories of light.

Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 49 (1898) 882-.
— , Eetteler-HelmholtB. Biibens, H. A. Ps.

0. 54 (1895) 476-.
~, — , test. Bubene, H. A. Ps. 0. 58 (1894)

267-.
— , practical use. Ketteler, E. A. Ps. 0. 80

(188*0 299-.
in homogeneous isotropic media. Femm, E.

Lux. I. Pb. 28 (1894) 29-.
influence of material molecules. Ketteler, E,

A. Ps. C. 140 (1870) 1-, 177-.
law. Wilton, E. Ph. Big. 26 (1888) 885-.
— , application to transparent, translucent and

opaque media. Ketteler, E. [1880] A. Ps.

C. 12 (1881) 868-.
mechanical analogies. KetteUr, E. A. Ps. G.

53 (1894) 828-.
plane and circular, in isophanous media, laws.

Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 15 (1842) 107&-.
of quartz. Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884)

438-.
theory. ChaUit, J. Ph. Mg. 8 (1880) 169-.
— . PoweU, B. B. A. Bp. (1884) 549 ; Phil.

Trans. (1835) 2id-; (1886) 17-; Ph. Mg. 8

a886) 112-; PhU. Trans. (1837) 19-; (1888)

67-; Ph. Mg. 14 (1889) 261-.
— . MosBotti, 0. F. Amici G. Tosc. 1 (1840)

837-.
— . Eamehaw, S, Ph. Mg. 20 (1842) 804-.
— . KeUand, P. Ph. Mg. 20 (1842) 378-.
— . ChaUu, J. Ph. Mg. 28 (1864) 489-; 88

(1869) 268-.
— . KetUler, E. A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 199-.
— . Beiff, B. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 82-.
— , Gauchy's. PoweU, B. Ph. Mg. 8 (1886)

24-, 204-, 805-.

376

8820

Dynamical Theory of Reflection and

8820

theory, extension to infm-red. WUUner, A,

[1884] MOnoh. Ak. Sb. 14 (1885) 246-.
— , Helmholtz's, meohanical model to illostrate.

Vineent, J, H. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 557-.
— , hydrodynamic researohes in reference to.

ChaUit.J. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 452-.
— , Ketteler's, and dispersion of fiaorite. Pet-

ichen, F. A. Ps. C. 53 (1894) 812-.
— , and polarisation. Powell^ B, Phil. Trans.

(1838) 25S-; (1840)157-.
— , recent disoossions. PoweU, B, B. A. Bp.

(1849) (pt. 2) 8-.

Elastic bodies, quaternion investigations, ap-
plication to light. Olan, P. A. Ps. G. 57
(1896) 112-, 604- ; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897)
106-, 129- ; (1898)8.

Eqnilibriam of the ether in transparent bodies.
LamS, G, A. C. 55 (1833) 322-.

FresnePs wave, equation. Hamilton, {Sir) W,
R. Ph. Mg. 19 (1841) 381-.

surface. Beer, A. A. 0. 34 (1852) 347-.

, surface of reflected waves correlative

to. Issaly, (Vabbe) — . Bordeaux S. Sc.
Mm. 2 (1891) 339-.

Integration of equations of light in transparent
isotropic mecUa. Carvallo, E, G. B. 119
(1894) 1003-.

Kirchhofl's theorem. Beltrami, E, Bm. B.
Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) (Sem. 2) 51-.

Light propagation in crystalline media. Briot,
C. G. B. 49 (1859) 888-.

. Kovalevikij, S. G. B. 98

(1884) 356-; Stockh. dfv. (1884) No, 2, 119-.
— magnetic crystals, law. Sella, A,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1895) {Sem. 2) 237-,

283-.
media at rest and in motion, new

theory. Sagnac, G. G. B. 129 (1899) 756-,

818- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1899) 162-.
— non-crystalline media. Lloyd, H.

[1836-37] It. Ac. P. 1 (1836-40) 10-, 25-.
— , reflected, intensity. Cauchy,A. L. G. B.

30 (1850) 465-.
— , — ana refracted and difiFracted, formulsB.

Eisenlohr, F. Pogg. A. 104 (1858) 346-.
— , , FresnePs formulsB. Kelland, P,

[1839] Edinb. B. S. T. 14 (1840) 393-.
— , , . PoweU, B, Ph. Mg. 12

(1856) 1-, 104-, 266-.
— , — or refracted, laws. Cauchy, A, L, G. B.

15 (1842) 542-.
— , , theory of phenomena. Cauchy,

A.L. G. B. 15 (1842) 418-.
— , theory. Cauchy, A. L. [1829-36] Par.

Mm. Ac. Sc. 9 (1830) 114- ; G. B. 2 (1836)

182-, 207-, 427-, 455-.
— , — . ChaUis, J. [1848] Gamb. Ph. S. T.

8 (1849) 584-.
— , — . Loreru, L. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 111-.
— , — . Lommd, E. C, J, Erlang. Ps. Md.

S. Sb. 14 (1882) 25-.
__, -_. Voigt, W, A. Ps. G. 20 (1883) 444-.
— , time of passage through prism. Hamilton,

{Sir) W, R. Ph. Mg. 2 (1833) 284-.
Limiting refractive index for infinite wave

length. KetUler.E, A. Ps. G. 46 (1892) 572-.

Motion of the ether in crystals, differential

equations. Cauchy, A.L. G. B. 81 (1850)

338-.
Motions, small, in compressed isotropic medium,

equations. Bouitinuq, J. G. tt. 65 (1867)

167-.
Polarisation of blue light of water. Soret,

J. L. G. B. 68 (1869) 911-.
— , elliptic, by reflection; Gauchy's therar,

revision. KetteUr, E. Bonn NH. Vr. Vh.

32 (1875] 1-, 270-.
Problem of optics, application of modular sys-
tems to. HenUl, K. Grelle J. Mth. 108

(1891) 140-.
Beciprocal action between solar rays and the

various media. Power, J. Phil. Trans.

(1854) 11-.
(Power). Stoke$,G.G.

Ph. Mg. 8 (1854) 42.

BEFLEGTION.

Jamin, J. G. B. 26 (1848) 383-; 27 (1848)

147- .
(Jamin.) Cauchy, A.L. G. B. 29(1849)121-.
Jamin, J. A. G. 29 (1850) 263-^
(theory.) Beer, A. Pogg. A. 92 (1854) 222-.
Wenham, F. H. QJ. Mcr. Sc. 6 (1866) 167-.
Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 42 (1871) 81-.
(theory.) KetteUr, E. Garl Bpm. 16 (1880)

261-.
Gauchy's formulas. Beer, A. Pogg. A. 91

(1854) 467-.
. PeUat, H. G. B. 86 (1878) 132^.

— and Fresnel's formulsB. Beer, A. Pogg.
A. 91 (1854) 115-.

change of phase by. ChaUii, J. Ph. Mg. 18

(1859) 57-.
. Quincke, G. A. Ps. G. 149

(1871) 192-.
. Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 155 (1875)

1-, 258-; 156 (1875) 235-.
. Wernicke, W. Berl. Ak. Bib.

(1875) 673-.
. Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 7 (1879)

640-.
. Volkmann, P. A. Ps. G. 84

(1888) 719-.
. Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 47 (1892)

252-.
, Fresnel's 3-mirror experiment.

Ma%cart, — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1887) 227-,

229-.
; plane of vibration of polarised

light. Wernicke, W. A. Ps. G. 25 (1885)

203-.

— — , at surface of highly absorbing

media. Klaaesen, H. G. Ph. Mg. 44 (1897)
349-.

; thickness of thin films. Wiener, O.

A. Ps. G. 31 (1887) 629-.
, at thin films. Wernicke, W. A.

Ps. G. 52 (1894) 515-.
, (Wernicke). Drude, P.

A. Ps. G. 53 (1894) 841-.

376

3820 Crystalline Reflection

CRYSTALLINE REFLECTION.

Neumann, F. E. Pogg. A. 40 (1887) 497-;

42 (1887) 1-.
Brewster, {Sir) D. Stiugeon A. Eleotr. 9

(1842) 468-.
Camu, A. C. B. 60 (1865) 47-; 62 (1866)

1827-; 68 (1866) 1058- ; A. C. 11 (1867)

283-.
Basso, Q, [1881-85] Tor. Ao. So. Mm. 84

(1883) 187- ; Tor. Ao. So. At. 18(1882) 877-;

N. Cim. 18 (•1888) 89-; 14 (•1888) 5-; Tor.

Ao. So. At. 20 (1885) 587-.
Stokes, Q, O. B. S. P. 88 (1885) 174-.
Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 26 (1888) 256-.
Potier, A, J. de Ps. 10 (1891) 349-.
byoalcite. Drude,P. A. Ps. C. 38 (1889) 265-.
internal. Brunhes, B, G. B. Ill (1890) 170- ;

115 (1892) 502- ; A. G. 80 (1893) 98-, 145-.
— , doable, laws for uniaxial orystals. Abria, O.

G. B. 79 (1874) 1253- ; 80 (1875) 826-; A. C.

5 (1875) 550-.
laws. MacCitUagh, J, (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 10

(1837) 42-.
noteworthy limiting oase. Ketteler, E, A.

Ps. G. 28 (1886) 280-, 696.
paradoxical oase. Carvallo, E, Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1898) 290-.
of polarised light. Basso, O, Tor. Ao. So.

At. 16 (1880) 398-.
by potassium permanganate. Wiedemann, E,

Leip. B. 25 (1878) 867-.
. Conroy, J. Ph. Mg. 6 (1878) 454- ;

L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879) 840-.
^ quartz cut paiallel to optio axis. Ritter, R,

A. Ps. G. 36 (1889) 286-.

reciprocal relationship. Bauo, G. [1892] Tor.

Ac. So. At. 28 (1893) 149-.
at surface of elliptioally polarising media.

Schmidt, K. A. Ps. G. 29 (1886) 451-.
uniaxial crystal Cauchy, A, L, C.

B. 31 (1850) 666-.

— twin plane. Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mig. 26
(1888) 241-.

decomposition by. Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil.
Trans. (1829) 187-.

extraordinary. Curtis, A.H, B. A. Bp. (1874)
(Sect.) 25-; Ph. Mg. 49 (1875) 866-.

FresnePs formulsB, for intensity of light polar-
ised by parallel plates. Fleseh, J, Qninert
Arch. 1 (1841) 400-.

— — , method of testing. Murphy, D. W,
A. Ps. G. 57 (1896) 593-.

of light waves, measurement of loss of phase.

Potier, A. G. B. 108 (1889) 995-.
from liquid surfaces. Jamin, J, A. G. 81

(1851) 165-.
in neighbourhood of polarising angle.

Rayleigh, Ojord), Ph. Mg. 38 (1892) 1-.

— liquids. Jamin, J, G. B. 81 (1850) 696-.

— long narrow surface. Oouy, — . G. B. 124
(1897) 1146.

metallic, Gauchy*s formula for. Beer, A,
Pogg. A. 91 (1854) 561-.

— and total reflection of isotropic media.
KetUler, E, A. Ps. G. 22 (1884) 590-.

and Sefraction 3820

from moving media. Lorentz, H. A, Amst.

Ak. Vs. [1] (1893) 28-.
new phenomenon. Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 31

(1850) 532-.
from plane transparent isotropic bodies.

Larenz, L, Mth. Ts. 2 (1860) 116- ; Ph.

Mg. 21 (1861) 481-.
of plane-nolarised light, graphic representation

of amplitude and phase in. Grailich, W, J,

Wien Sb. 21 (1856) 427-.

(ynj Wieix Sb. 21 (1866) 428-.

— polarised light. Haughton, S. Ph. Nflg. 6
(1853)81-; 8(1864)607-.

. Kurz, A. Pogg. A. 108 (1859)

682-.

. HaughUm, S, Phil. Trans. (1863)

81-.

, modification of Green's formula ap-
plicable to Jamin's experiments. HaughUm,
S. Ir. Ao. P. 6 (1863) 470.

produced by 2nd surface of isophanous trans-
parent body. Cauchy, A. L, G. B. 9 (1839)
764-.

at spherical surface (deduced from equations
of oscillations of elastic medium). Clehsch,
A. [1861] Grelle J. 61 (1863) 196-.

— surface of isotropic bodies. Lundquist, C.
G, [1873] (x) Ups. S. So. K. Acta 9 (1875)
{No. 2) 54 pp.

according to undulatory theory. Challis, J.

Ph. Mg. 11 (1832) 161-.
vitreous. Lafay, A. J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 96-.

BEFLEGTION AND BEFBAGTION.

Cauchy, A. L. F^russao Bll. So. Mth. 14

(1830) 6-; G. B. 7 (1838) 906-, 963-, 985-,

1044- ; 8 (1839) 7-, 89-, 114-, 146-. 189-.

229— 272—
O'Brien, M. [1842] Gamb. Ph. S. T. 8 (1849)

7-.
Cauchy, A, L, [1848-60] Par. Mm. Ac. So. 22

(1850) 17-; G. B. 28 (1849) 67-; 81 (1860)

160-, 226-.
Jamin, J, A. G. 69 (1860) 418-.
Lang, V. von. Wien SB. 44 (1861) {Ab, 2)

147-.
Briot, C. G. B. 68 (1866) 1112- ; Liouv. J.

Mth. 11 (1866) 306-.
Olazebrook, R, T. Gamb. Ph. S. P. 8 (1880)

329-.
R€thy,'M. [1880] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk.

(Mth.) 7 (1881) (No, 16) 20 pp. ; (xi) A. Ps. G.

11 (1880) 121-.
Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 26 (1888) 414-,

600-.
Clavenad, C. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 22 (1889)

249-.
Schott',Q. A. [1894] Phil. Trans. (A) 185 (1896)

828-.
assuming that vibrations of light are in plane

of polarisation. Zcch, P. Pogg. A. 109

(1860) 60-.
Gauchy's theory. WoXker, J. L. Ps. S. P. 8

(1887) 146- ; Ph. Mg. 28 a887) 161-.
change of phase. Quincke, Q. Gdtt. Nr. (1870)

649-; A. Ps. G. 142 (1871) 177-.

377

3820

Dynamical Theory of Beflection and Befraetion

38d0

at oommon sorfaoe of 2 media. Neumann, F. E,

Berl. Ab. (1885) 1-.
. Green, Q. [1837] Gamb.

Ph, S. T. 7 (1842) 1-, 118-.
ciystalline. MaeCuUagh, J. [18S9>41] Ir. Ao.

T. 21 (1848) 17- ; Ir. Ao. P. 2 (1840-44) 96-.
—. Briot, C. C. R. 64 (1867) 956- ; Liouv.

J. AJth. 12 (1867) 189-.
— . Voigt, W. A. Pb. C. 24 (1886) 166-.
— . Basset, A. B. L. Mth. S. P. 20 (1889)

851-.
— , laws. MaeCuUagh, J. [1887] Ir. Ao. T.

18 (1888] 31-.
— , aoooraing to quasi-labile ether theory.

Olazebrook, R, T. Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 110-.
FresnePs mechanical theoij. Sluginov, N.

P. Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. BU. 1 (1891) (Prot,)

46.
Green's theory. MUhU, K, von der, Mth. A.

27 (1886) 506-.
in isotropic media. Leroux, F, P. A. C. 10

(1867) 832-; C..B. 64 (1867) 88-.
. Wehner, F. H. Arch. Mth. Ps. 9

(1890) 837-.
by plate with sorfaoe films. Drude, P. A. Ps.

C. 43 (1891) 126-.
of polarised light. Comu, A. B. A. Bp. 86

(1866) {Sect.) 9-.

. OruzintseVt A, P. (xn) Kharkov

Mth. S. Com. (1880) 81- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1884)
{Ab. 2) 85.

, FresnePs theory. Rossi, 8. Bm. N.

Lino. Mm. 4 (1888) 185-.

— simple motions, new considerations relative
to, Cauchy, A. L, C. B. 10 (1840) 847-.

at surface of magnetic medium. Basset, A, B,

[1890] PhU. Trans. (A) 182 (1892) 371-.
Sir W. Thomson's theory. Oosiewski, W.,

dk Natanson, W. Prace Mt.-Fiz. 3 (1892)

163-.
from transparent, absorbent, isotropic media.

Bouasse, H. A. C. 28 (1893) 145-, 433-.
of transverse spherical waves. Jaeriseh, P.

Crelle J. Mth. 117 (1897) 291-.
vitreous, new relations between. Sagnae, O,

Arch. N^rl. 6 (1900) 377-.
— , of polarised light, FresnePs formulsB.

L^meray, E, M. C. B. 122 (1896) 135 ; J. de

Ps. 5 (1896) 272-.

BEFBACTION.

HSnel, O. Dresden Jbr. Nt. Heilk. (1872-73)

128-.
and absorption in metals. Beer, A. Pogg. A.

92 (1854) 402-.
action between molecules and the ether.

Catton, A, R. [1865] Edinb. P. Ps. S. 3

(1867) 248-.

oause. Parkhwrst, H, M, Sid. Mess. 10 (1891)

16-.
beyond critical angle. Stokes, G, G, B. A. Bp.

(1848) {pt, 2) 5-.
and dispersion. Catton, A, R, Edinb. B. S.

P. 5 (1866) 687-.

— — and anomalous dispersion, dynamical
theory. Kelvin, (Lord). B. A. Bp. (1898)
782-.

double. Bemhardi, J. J. Gehlen J. 4 (1807)

230-.
— . Neumann, F. E. Pogg. A. 25 (1832) 418-.
— . BarrideSaint'VenatU,—. C.B.57(1868)

387-.
— . ChaUu,J. Ph. Mg. 26 (1868) 466-.
— . Glaxebrook, R. T. B. A. Bp. (1885)

929-.
— . SaXles, E, Tonl. Ao. So. Mm. 8 (1886)

130-.
— , according to Fresnel's principles. Meic

CuUagh, J. [1830] Ir. Ao. T. 16 (1881)

(pt. 2) 65-.
— , of calcspar, influence on lig^t refleoted 1^.

Brewster, (Sir) D. [1864] Edinb. B. S. T.

24 (1867) 283-.
— , Cauchy's and Oreen*s explanation. Thom-
son, (Sir) W. Edinb. B. S. P. 15 (1889)

21-.
— elliptic, of quartz. QuesneviUe, G. Mon.

So. 2 (1888) 1288- ; 8 (1889) 765-, 1080-,

1435-.
— , and polarisation laws. Brewster, [Sir) D.

Phil. Trans. (1818) 199-.
— , according to undulatory theory. ChalUs, J.

[1847] Camb. Ph. S. T. 8 (1849) 524-.
dynamical analogy. KetteUr, E. A. Ps. C.

63 (1897) 72-.
explanation on mechanical principles. ITflAtn*

son, C. H, Thomson A. Ph. 4 (1814) 19-.
undulatory theory. Fresnel, A. J. Par.

S. Phlm. BU. (1821) 152-.

•I — 1
formula —j- and critical coefficients. Nasini,

R. Gz. C. It. 28 (1898) {Pt. 2) 576-.
general theory. Ampere, A. M. Par. Mm. de

I'l. (1813-16) 235-.
laws. Kudelka, J. Aroh. Mth. Ps. 50 (1869)

18-, 121-, 241-.
through parallel layers. Bravais, A. A. C. 46

(1856) 492-.
in prisms with several internal reflections.

Reasch, F. E. Pogg. A. 98 (1854) 115-.
of short trains of waves. Dorsey, N. E. J. H.

Un. Cir. [19 (1899-1900)] 61.
various theories. JUrgensen, C. Ki5b. Ov.

(1868) 77-.

Befraotors, theory. Spunar, A. Baumgartner
Z. 8 (1830) 410-.

Silk, optical effects. ChevretU, M. E, C. B.
21 (1845) 1342- ; I^yon S. Ag. A. 10 (1847)
522-.

Simple luminous rays and evanescent rays.
Cauchy, A. L. C. B. 28 (1849) 25-; Par.
Mm. Ac. So. 22 (1850) 29-.

Slits, very narrow, optical properties. Amhronn,
H. A. Ps. C. 48 (1893) 717-.

Thomson's theory of contractile ether, appli-
cation to double refraction, ete. Glazebrook,
R, T. Ph. Mg. 26 (1888) 521-.

Transmission of light and neat in non-crystal-
line media. KeUand, P. Ph. Mg. 10 (1837)
336-.

~ and reflection. ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg. 11
(1882) 161-.

378

3820 Reflection and Befraction Influence of Temperatnre 8822

TransmiBsion of undolatoir motion from one
isotropic medium to another. Maggit O, A,
Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 16 (1883) 269-.

Transparency, one cause. SUmey^ O. J, B.

A. Rp. 41 (1871) (Sect.) 41-.
Transparent media, theory. Voigt^ W, A. Pb.

C. 19 (1883) 873-.

Transverse yiorations of the ether, and disper-
sion of colours. Cauehy, A, L, C. B. 31
(1850) 842-.

Variability of coefficients of elasticity and dis-
persion. Perry, O. C. B. 76 (1873) 601-.

Vibration in isotropic medium, general form.
Mercadier, E. C. B. 116 (1893) 24-.

Vibration-form, change during propagation
through dispersing or absorptive medium.
Voigt, W, G5tt. Nr. (1896) 186- ; A. Ps. C.
68 (1899) 698-.

Vibrations, composition. Jtfoutt«r, J, Par. £c.
Pol. J. 64 {1894) 71-.

— in crystals. Ferron, E, Lux. I. Pb. 20
(1886) I-, 1-, 180.

. Colnet-d'Huart, — de. Lux. I. Pb.

20 (1886) 61-.
. Ferron, E. Lux. I. Pb. 21 (1891)

I-, 1-, I (bis)-.
— , di£ferential equations. BriUj A. [1868]

Mth. A. 1 (1869) 225-.

— and diffraction in isotropic and crystalline
media. Boustinetq, J, Liouv. J. Mth. 13
(1868) 340-.

— of double system of molecules, and of the
ether in crystal. Cauehy, A. L. G. B. 29
(1849) 728-; Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 22 (1850)
599-.

interrupted medium. Kdlandf P. Edinb.

B. 8. T. 16 (1844) 511-

— in isotropic media. Volterra, V. Bm. B.
Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1892) (Sem, 2) 161-, 265-.

WAVE THEORY.

wave surface for refraction of homooentrio
pencil at a plane, construction. Frank, A.
von. Arch. Mth. Ps. 60 (1877) 13-.

— velocities, conjugate, ray velocities and
planes of polarisation, relations. Walton^ W.
QJ. Mth. 5 (1862) 127-.

waves, analytical determination of form. Lin-
dels/, L. L. [1859] (vm) Helsingf. Acta
6 (1861) 25-.

— in compressed Isotropic medium. BotMM-
nesq, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 13 (1868) 209-.

— , decomposition into simple vibrations.
Fabry, C. C. B. 130 (1900) 238-.

— in general homogeneous transparent
medium. BousHnesq, J. Liouv. J. Mth. 17
(1872) 167-.

— , graphical representation. Vert, Q, G. B.

123 (1896) 99-.
— , motion in elastic medium. EarMhaw, S,

Ph. Mg. 20 (1842) 370- ; 21 (1842) 46-.
— , plane, general theory. Beltram, E, Pa-
lermo Gir. Mt. Bd. 5 (1891) 227-.
— , ~t of 3rd order, in isotropic elastic medium.

Pearson, K, Gamb. Ph. 8. P. 6 (1886) 296-.
— , propagation in absorbing isotropic media.

BnUouin, M. G. B. 115 (1892) 808-.
— , crystallised media. (Beport on Blan-

ohet*s memoirs.) Cauehy, A, L, G. B. 14

(1842) 389-.
— , — , free and disturbed, in isotropic medium.

Maggi, O, A. A. Mt. 16 (1888-89) 21-.
— , — , and polarisation in crystallised medium.

(Beport on Blanchet's memoirs.) Sturm,

J. C. F. G. B. 7 (1838) 1143-.
— , — , . Blanchet, P. H. Liouv.

J. Mth. 5 (1840) 1-.
— , reflected and refracted, intensity. Olaze-

brook, R. T. Mess. Mth. 12 (1883) 171-.

— in transparent bodies. O'Brien, M. Gamb.
Ph. 8. T. 7 (1842) 397-; Ph. Mg. 20 (1842)
484-.

Rankine, W. J. M, Ph. Mg. 6 (1853) 403-.
Saint-Venant, — Barre de, A. G. 25 (1872)

336-.
Sarran, A, Jl. G. 28 (1873) 266-.
Thomson, (Sir) W. Franklin I. J. 118 (1884)

321-
Beltrami, E, MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 19 (1886)

424-.
Boussinesq, J. G. B. 117 (1893) 193-.
application of generalised equations of elas-
ticity. Pearson, K. L. Mth. 8. P. 20 (1889)

297-.
and the ether. Baudrimont, A, Bordeaux Mm.

8. 8c. 2 (1861-63) 203-.
influence. (Bede lecture, 1899.) Comu, A.

Gamb. Ph. 8. T. 18 (1900) xvn-.
wave surface. Bertrand, J, G. B. 47 (1858)

817-.
. Cellirier, C. [1873] Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt.

49 (1874) 6-.
. Doyen, B. J. de Ps. 2 (1883) 25-.

3822 Refraction: Influence of
Temperature, Density and
Change of State.

Influence of temperature on dispersion of
Uquids. BaiUe, J. B. G. B. 64 (1867)
1029-.

optical constants of glass. HtuHngs,

C, S. Am. J. 8c. 15 (1878) 269-.
metals. Koenigsberger, J,

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 247-.

of prism on displacement of spectrum

lines. Blasema, P. Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt. 41

(1871) 429-.
on refiaction. Arzrvni, A, A. Ps. G.

Beibl. 1 (1877) 400-.
and dispersion. JkUe, T. P.

[1850] As. 8. M. Not. 11 (1850-51) 47-.

— — in heterogeneous isotropic medium. of crystals and glasses.

Schmidt, A. Z. Mth. Ps. 24 (1879) 60-. Reed, J. O. [1897] A. Ps. G. 65 (1898) 707-.
, kinematic significance. Maggi, G, A, — in solids. Stefan, J, Wien 8b.

Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 16 (1883) 745-. 63 (1871) (Ab. 2) 223-.

379

3822 Retractive indices

Befraotion by vapoors and oorresponding
liquids. PryU, K. [1880] Kj6b. Dn. Vd.
Selsk. Skr. 1 (1880-85) 1-; A. Ps. C. 11
(1880) 104-.

— of water under pressure. Mascart, E. E. N.
C. B. 78 (1874) 801-.

REFRACTIVE INDICES.

of air, variation with temperature. Lang, V,
von. Wien Ak. Sb. 69 (1874) {Ab. 2) 451-.

— carbon disulphide and water, influence of
pressure. R&ntgen, W. C, dk Zehnder^ L.
Giessen Oberh. Gs. B. 26 (1889) 68-.

and density of dilute solutions. HailwcLchs, W,

A. Ps. C. 58 (1894) 1-.
mixed liquids. Weist^ A, J., dk Weiu,

E, Wien SB. 33 (1859) 589-.
density, molecular weight and diathermancy,

connection between. Aymonnet, — . C. B.

113 (1891) 418-.
and density, relation between. WiiUner^ A,

[1867] A. Ps. C. 133 (1868) 1-.

— — of rock salt at various temperatures.
Lagerhorg, (Mile,) N. Stockh. Ak. Hndl.
Bh. 13 (Afd. 1) (1888| No. 10, 12 pp.

of diamona, variation with temperature. SeUa,
A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891) (Sem. 2)
300-.

— dilute solutions. HaUwciehs, W. A. Ps. C.
■ 47(1892)380-.

— fused and superfused liquids. Muynck^
lVabh6) — de. Brux. S. Sc. A. 24 (1900)
(Pt. 1) 92-.

— gases, influence of pressure. Camazzi, P.
N. Cim. 6 (1897) 38^.

, and temperature, determination.

M<ucart, i. i. N. Par. &c. Norm. A. 6
(1877) 9-.

— glass and calcite, variation with temperature.
Vogel, F. A. Ps. C. 25 (1885) 87-.

— ice and undercooled water. Pulfrich, C.

A. Ps. G. 34 (1888) 326-.

influence of temperature. QtadiUme^ J. H.,

d^ DdU, T. P. PhU. Trans. (1858) 887-.
. WiUigen, V. S. M. van der. Harl.

Arch. Ms. Teyl. 1 (1868) 225-.
. Mendenhall, T. C. Am. J. Sc. 11

(1876) 406.
. Dufet, H. As. Fr. C. B. (1884)

(Pt. 2) 113- ; Bv. Sc. 38 (1886) 243-.
of liquened gases. Bleekrode, L. A. Ps. G. 8

(1879) 400-.
. Chappuii.J. a B. 114 (1892) 286-.

— liquids near critical point, determination.
Golicyn, (PHnce) B. St. P6t. Ac. Sc. BU. 3

(1895) 131-.

, influence of pressure. R&ntgen, W. C,

d' Zehnder, L. A. Ps. C. 44 (1891) 24-.
, variation with temperature. CassU^ W.

B. S. P. 49 (1891) 343-.

— metals, variation with temperature. Kundt,
A. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1888) 1387-.

, . PflUger, A. A. Ps. C. 58

(1896) 493-.

, . Pulfrich, C. A. Ps. C. 59

(1896) 671-.

Total Reflection 8824

of some minerals, variation with temperature.
Offret, A. Fr. S. Mn. BU. 13 (1890) 405- ;
14 (1891) 329.

and pressure of water. Zehnder, L. A. Ps. C.
34(1888)91-.

of quartz and calcite, temperature and disper-
sion in. Qiford, J. W. B. A. Bp. (1899)
661-.

, influence of temperature. Dufe^t H.

C. B. 98 (1884) 1265- ; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1884)
150- ; As. Fr. G. B. (1884) (Pt. 2) 118-.

— saline solutions. £e«r. A., dt Kremerit P.
Pogg. A. 101 (1857) 133-.

. Bary.P. G B. 114 (1892) 827-.

— sodium salt solutions. WUligen, V. S. M.
van der. [1870] (xi) Haarl. Ms. Teyl. Aroh.
3 (1874) 15-.

— solids, influence of temperature. MUUer, G.

A, Ps. G. 46 (1892) 260-.

and volume of liquids. Gladstone, J. H., d
Dale, T. P. B. A. Bp. (1859) (pt. 2J 12.

, change produced by hydrostatic

pressure. Quincke, O. H, A. Ps. G. 19
(1883) 401-.

of water between 0° and 10**. Conroy, {Sir) J.

B. S. P. 58 (1895) 228-.

, carbon disulphide, monobromonaphtha-

lene, terebenthene, alcohol, quartz, fluorite,

beryl, variation with temperature. Dufet, H.

Fr. S. Mn. BU. 8 (1885) 171-.
, variation with pressure. JanUn, J. A.

G. 52 (1858) 163-.
, temperature. Croulleboit, M.

G. B. 70 (1870); 847-, 1022.
, (CrouUebois). Comu, A. C.

B. 70 (1870) 989-.
, . AUan, G, E. Glasg. Ph. S.

P. 21 (1890) 126-.

Befractive power, composition and density of
saUne solutions, relations between. Fouqui,
F. G. B. 64 (1867) 121- ; (ix) Par. Obs. A.
9 (1868) 172-.

— — of liquids at different temperatures.
Ketteler, E. D. Nf. Tbl. (1887) 237-; (1888)
4-; A. Ps. C. 33 (1888) 353-, 506- ; 35 (1888)
662-.

mixtures of 2 liquids. Pulfrieh, C.

Z. Ps. C. 4 (1889) 561-.

3824 Total Beflection.
(See also Mineralogy 420.)

MacCuUagh, J. [1845] Ir. Ac. P. 3 (1845-47)

49-.
Quincke, G. [1866] A. Ps. G. 127 (1866) 199-.
Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 879-.
Crystals. Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 28 (1886)

230-, 520-, 696.
— Camerer, R. A. Ps. G. 54 (1895) 84-.
— , doubly refractive. Senarmont,H.de, Liouv.

J. Mth. 1 (1856) 305-.
— , . LUUsch, T. N. Jb. Mn. (1885)

(Bd. 2) 181- ; (1886) (Bd. 2) 47-.

380

8830

Sefraction in Crystalline Media

3880

Ciystals, doubly refraotiye. Norrenherg, J.

A. Ps. C. 84 (1888) 843- ; Bonn NH. Vr. Vh.

45 (1888) 1-.
— , Liebisch*8 theory. Mallard, E. Fr. S.

Mn. BU. 9 (1886) 154- ; J. de Ps. 5 (1886)

889-.
Doubly refractive media. Saret, C, Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 14 (1885) 96-.
Formuls of Fresnel. Janet, P, J. de Ps. 1

(1892) 878-.
and of Cauchy. Beer, A, Pogg. A.

91 (1854) 268-.
Infra-red rays of prismatic spectrum. Beer, A.

Pogg. A. 87 (1852) 118-.
Isotropic and anisotropic media, MaoGuUagh's

theory. Volkmann, P. Q5tt. Nr. (1885)

836-; (1886) 841- ; A. Ps. C. 29 (1886)

268-.
Light penetrating the 2nd medium. Quincke,

Q. Berl. Mb. (1865) 294-; A. Ps. C. 127

(1866) 1-.
. Voigt, W. GStt. Nr. (1898)

294- ; A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 185-.
Metallic and total reflection of isotropic media.

KetUler, E. A. Ps. C. 22 (1884) 690-.
Newton's experiment, simple method for.

McNair, F. W. Science 5 (1897) 620-.
Ordinary media and uniaxial crystals, geo-
metric rule. MacCvUagh,J, [1841] Ir. Ac.

P. 2 (1840-44) 178-.
Passage of light through thin film. Fabry, C.

C. B. 120 (1895) 814-.
Phenomena. Soret, C, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 26

(1891) 541-.
Phenomenon analogous to rainbow. PuZ-

frich, C. A. Ps. C. 83 (1888) 209-.
Befracted wave. Voigt, Jr. A. Ps. G. 68

(1899) 185-.
Befractive index, determination. Kohlrauteh,

F. A. Ps. C. 4 (1878) 1-.
, _. Quincke, G, H. Halle Nf. Gs.

Festschx. (1879) 821-.
, — , of solids. KofUrauich, F. [1877]

Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Vh. 12 (1878) 108-.
, — , Wollaston's instrument. Cooper,

J. T. C. S. Mm. 1 (1841^8) 284-.
, — , , modification. Kohlraueeh, F,

A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 608-.

Theory of Quincke's observations. Voigt, W.
Gott. Nr. (1884) 49-.

— — total reflection and of insensible re-
fraction accompanying it. MacCuUagh, J,

B. A. Bp. (1848) {pt. 2) 4r.

(Ketteler.) Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 28 (1884)

159-.
KovaUvtkij, S. Acta Mth. 6 (1885) 249-.
Absorbing crystals, light motion m, laws.

Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 540-.
, , and total reflection. Ketteler,

E, A. Ps. G. 56 (1895) 56-.
Achromatic doubly refracting prisms. Brewster,

(Sir) D. Thomson A. Ph. 11 (1818) 175-.

— polarisation and differential double re-
fraction. Brace, D. B. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899)
845-.

Alum, ammonia-, properties. Jamin, J. Par.

S. Phhn. PV. (184^ 72.
Alums, properties. lAldeeke, — . Z. Nw. 67

(1894) 264.
Amber, properties. Brewtter, (Sir) D. Edinb.

Ph. J. 2 (1820) 882-.
Ammonium mellitate, properties. Zech, P.

Wiirtb. Jh. 15 (1859) 81-.
Anisotropic prisms,minimum deviation through.

Viola, C, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 9 (1900)

[Sem. 1) 196-.

— structures, crystalline and otherwise, dif-
ference between. Ebner, V. von. Wien Ak.
Sb. 91 (1885) {Ab. 2) 84-; Mh. G. (1885)
48-.

Apophyllite, extraordinary refraction, law.

Herschel, {Sir) J. F. W. [1821] Gamb. Ph.

S. T. 1 (1822) 241-.
— , influence of pressure and temperature on

properties. Klein, C. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1892)
• 217-.
Artificial shell-like substance. Brewster, {Sir)

D., dt Homer, L. Phil. Trans. (1886) 49-.
Axes, optic, of arragonite, angles for various

wave-lengths. Kirehhoff, O. Pogg. A. 108

(1859) 567-.
— , — , experimental determination and calcu-
lation of angles. Heusser, J. C. Pogg. A.

89 (1858) 582-.
— , — , of general wave-surfaces of Gauchy and

Neumann. Pochhammer, L. A. Ps. G. 121

(1864) 289-.
— , — , — gypsum, position and magnitude.

Lang, V. von. [1877] Wien Az. 14 (1877)

194- ; Wien Ak. Sb. 76 (1878) {Ah. 2) 798-.
— , — and magnetic. Beer, A.,db PUieker, — .

Pogg. A. 81 (1850) 115- ; 82 (1851) 42-.
Axis, optic, of crystals and organic substances.

Mains, i. L. Par. Bfm. de PI. (1810) {pU. 2)
142-.
— , ^, direction. Douglas, J. C. Ph. Mg. 86
(1868) 48-.

3830 Crystalline Media, Be-
firaction in.

(See also Mineralogy 420.)

Voigt, W. N. Jb. Mn. (1888) {Bd. 1) 21-.
(Voigt.) Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884) 178-.
(Ketteler.) Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884) 584-.
(Voigt.) Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 22 (1884)
217-.

BIAXIAL CRYSTALS.

CeeHro, G. Brux. Ac. Bll. 22 (1891) 508-.
conjugate planes of polarisation in, property.

Walton, W. QJ. Mth. 4 (1861) 248-.
— ray-velocities, magnituaes. WaXton, W.

QJ. Mth. 25 (1891) 182-.
convergence and divergence of optic axes on

heating. Mitscherlich, E. Pogg. A. 8(1826)

519-.
— — — — . Marx, C. M,

Sohweigger J. 49 (=:Jl). 19) (1827) 184-.

381

3880 Biaxial Crystais

oorves of no colour, theozy. Mad de Lipwiay^

J. J. de Pb. 2 (1883) 162-.
dispersion of opUc axes and axes of elastioify.

MaeCuUagh, J. Ph. Mg. 21 (1842) 298-.
inclination of optic axis to ray axis. Walton,

W. QJ. Mth. 5 (1862) 317.
lateral ray- velocities, n^alton, W, QJ. Mth.

13 (1875) 66-.
MacGullagn's differential equations for, and

their generalisation. KoMd, E. Wien Ak.

Sb. 99 (1891) (Ab. 2a) 826-.
minimnm deviation for prisms. Liebisch, T.

Gdtt. Nr. (1888) 197- ; N. Jb. Mn. (1900)

{Bd, 1) 67-.
obliquity of ray. Walton, W. QJ. Mth. 4

(1861) 1-.
optic axes, determination. Beer, A. Pogg.

A. 91 (1864) 279-.

— theorems. Walton, W. QJ. Mth. 4 (1861)
147-.

propagation of light in, models and diagrams
to Ulustrate. Vincent, J, H. Ph. Mg. 44
(1897) 317-.

ray-directions. Walton, W. QJ. Mth. 23 (1889)

7-.
velocity of normal propagation of plane waves

in. Olazebrook, B, T. [1878] Phil. Trans.

170 (1880) 287-.
vibration-cone and section-cone. Walton, W,

QJ. Mth. 13 (1876) 268-.
wave surface. Cauehy, A.L. C. B. 13 (1841)

819-.

— — , Fresnel's, quaternion equations for.
HamUton, (Sir) W. B. Ir. Ac. P. 7 (1858)
122-, 163-.

, lines of curvature. Zech, P. Crelle J.

54 (1867) 72- ; 56 (1858) 94.
, properties. Zech, P. [1855] Crelle J.

52 (1856) 243-.
, property. Walton, W. QJ. Mth. 22

(1887) 268-.

Birefractometer or eye-piece comparer. Amann,

J. Z. Ws, Mkr. 11 (1894) 440-.
Bone-lamellflB and sugar, properties. Marx,

C. M. Kastner Arch. Ntl. 8 (1826) 385-.
Boracite and other substances, dimorphism.

Mallard, E, Par. S. Ps. S^. (1884) 60-.
Carbon disulphide, barium carbonate and

nitre, properties. Brewtter, (Sir) D. [1814]

Edinb. B. S. T. 7 (1815) 285-.
Chabazite, properties. Johntton, J, F, W, Ph.

Mg. 9 (1836) 166-.
Coincidence of the 2 rays in doubly refractive

medium. Wace, F. C. QJ. Mth. 3 (1860)

47-.
refracted rays in crystalline media. More,

L. T. Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 262-.
Colour phenomena of doubly refracting sub-
stances in polarised light. Kihiig, W. Frkf.

a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1892-93) 27-.
Conical refraction. Hamilton, {Sir) W, B.

[1832] Ir. Ac. T. 17 (1837) 132-.
. Lloyd, H. [1833] Ir. Ac. T. 17 (1837)

145-.
MaeCuUagh, J, (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg.

3 (1833) 114-, 197.

in Crystals 3830

Conical refraction. Beer, A. Pogg. A. 88
(1851) 194- ; A. C. 34 (1852) 114- ; Pogg. A.
85 (1852) 67-.

. Janu»chke,H. Mh. Mth. PiEt. 6 (1894)

129-.

— — , apparatus. Laurent, — . [1873] Par.
84. S. Ps. 1 (1873-74) 84-.

, — (Laurent). Lieeajom, J. [1873]

Par. 84. 8. Ps. 1 (1873-74) 86-.
in biaxial crystals. Potter, B, Ph. Mig.

18 (1841) 343-.
, experiments. Nodot, — . Par. 8. Ps.

84. (1875) 133.
, external, torangement for observation.

LiebUch, T. Q5tt. Nr. (1888) 124-.
.internal. Zech, P. Pogg. A. 104 (1868)

188-.
of straight line. Clifton, B. B. QJ.

Mth. 3 (1860) 360-.
Crystallised bodies, action on homogeneous

light. Her8chel,(Sir)J.F,W. [1819] PhiL

Trans. (1820) 45-.
, light. Brewiter, {Sir) D. [1813]

PhU. Trans. (1813) 101- ; (1814) 187-.

— surfaces, action on light. Brewster, (Sir)

D. Phil. Trans. (1819) 145- ; B. A. Bp.
ri836) {Pt, 2) 13-.

Difference of path in elliptic refraction in quarts.

QuesneviUe, G. C. B. 121 (1895) 1186-.
between the 2 rays emerging from

doubly refracting plate. Caucky, A. L, C.

B. 30 (1850) 97-.

phase produced by crystalline lanmue,

construction of quarter wave and half wave
plates. Bighi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd.
1 (1892) {Sem. 1) 189-.

Dispersion in absorbing crystals. Horn, O,
N. Jb. Mn. {BeiL-BdA 12 (1899) 269-.

— of arragonite. Lang, V. von, Wien Ak. 8b.
83 (1881) {Ab. 2) 671-.

— and axial density of prismatic crystals.
Schrauf, A. A. Ps. C. 28 a886J 483-.

— of colours and behaviour of light in crystals.
Eisenlohr, F. Heidi. Vh. Nt. Md. (1857-
59) 237- ; Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 215-.

— — doubly refracting cirstals, plane of
luminous vibration deduced from. Carvallo,

E. Par. S. Ps. 84. (1890) 76-.

— for infra-red radiations in Iceland spar.
Carvallo, E. C. B. 126 (1898) 950-.

quartz. Carvallo, E, C. B. 126

(1898) 728-.

— of optic axes in certain crystals. Dufel, H,
Par. S. Ps. 84. (1887) 224-.

— and refraction. Goldhammer, D. Bs. Ps.-

C. 8. J. 18 {Ps.) (1886) 239-; J. de Ps.
7 (1888) 226-.

— ^ — in series of isomorphic biaxial
crystals. Perrot,F.L. C.B. Ill (1890) 967-.

of ultra-violet. Borel, G. A. C. B.

120 (1895) 1404- ; Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt. 34
(1895) 134-, 230-.

— term, Briot's, influence on laws of double
refraction. Carvallo, E. Par. £c. Norm.
A. 7 (1890) ISuppl.) 123 pp.

— theory of Cauchy, and its application to
doubly refracting crystals. Badicke,G. Pogg.
A. 45 (1838) 246-, 540-.

382

3830

Double Retnctioa

8830

Dispersion, theory of finite intervals. KeUand,
P, [1886] Camb. Ph. S. T. 6 (1888) 168-.

Double-image micrometers. Roc/um, A, J.
de Ps. 72 (1811) 819-.

Double images, transparency. Le Conte, J.
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 46 (1872) 229-.

DOUBLE REFRACTION.

La Place, P. 8, (marquU) de. Par. S. Phlm.

BU. 1 (1808) 303-.
HachetU, J, N. P. Par. Ec. Pol. Cor. 2 (1809-

18) 281-.
Fretnel, A. J. [1821-24] A. C. 20 (1822)

876- ; 28 (1825) 147-. 268- ; Par. 8. Phlm.

Bll. (1824) 40.
Senamumt, H. de. C. B. 42 (1856) 65-.
Des Cloizeaxix, A. C. B. 48 (1859) 263-.
Eitocquois, T. G. B. 50 (1860) 992-.
Stokes, O. Q. B. A. Bp. (1862) 258-.
Des Cloizeaux, A. Sch. Nf. Gs. Yh. 49 (1865)

64-.
RayUigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 41 (1871) 519-.
and absorption in potassium chromium

oxalate. Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil. Trans.

(1835) 91-.
accidental. Ma4i€ de Lepinay, J, G. B. 84

(1877) 1024- ; 86 (1878) 826-.
— , anomalies in. Ambronn, H. Leip. Mth.

Ps. B. 50 (1898) (Nw.) 1-.
— , in colloids and crystalloids. HiU, B, V.

Am. As. P. (1899) 117-.
— , experimental investigation. Maei de

Lepinay, J. A. G. 19 (1880) 5-.
—, in liquids. Almy,J.E. Ph. Mg. 44 (1897)

499-.
— , — — . HiU, B. V. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899)

485-.
alteration by action of heat in boracite and

potassium sulphate. MaUard, E. J. de Ps.

2 (1883) 201-.
analcime. Brewster, (Sir) D. [1822] Edinb.

B. S. T. 10 (1826) 187-.
anomalous, in regular crystals, cause. Bravns,

R. N. Jb. Mn. (1888) (Bd. n) 102-.
apophyllite. Rudberg, F. Pogg. A. 85 (1885)

522-.
application in astronomical measurements and

observations. Erman, A, As. Nr. 57 (1862)

273—
artificial. Kdnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Yr. Jbr.

(1894-95) 25-.
— , in crystals of regular system. Wertheim, G.

G. K 33 (1851) 576-.
biaxial crystals. Fresnel, A. J, [1822] Par.

Mm. Ac. So. 7 (1827) 45-.

. Beer, A. Grunert Arch. 16 (1851) 228-.

— r~ pPresnel). Senarmont, H. de. Par. J.

Eo. Pol. 85* eah. (1858) 1-.
cases of non-bifurcation. Billet, [F.] C. B. 89

(1854) 738-.

. Bravais,A. L'l. 22 (1854) 418-.

Gauchy's theory. Lang, V. von, Wlen Ak.

Sb. 81 (1880) (Ab. 2) 869-.
circular, contrast in. Croullebois, M. C. B.

93 (1881) 459-.
— , and 8 fringe systems. CroitUebois, M, C.

B. 92 (1881) 519-.

oiroular, law. Comu, A. G. B. 92 (1881)

1865-.
— , synthetic production. Oouy, A, G. B. 92

(1881) 708-.
—, theory. Qowy,A. C.B.90(1880)992-,1121-.
copper sulphate. Prieur, C» A, A. G. 66

(1808) 188-.
crystalline lamina, distribution of light.

Basso, Q. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 21 (1885) 58d-.
, — . Malus's law. Basso, O.

Tor. Ao. Sc. At. 22 (1886-87) 928-.
orystals'with metallic opacity. Senarmont, H.

de. A. G. 20 (1847) 897- ; G. B. 24 (1847)

827-.
1 or 2 optic axes. Rudberg, F. A. G. 48

(1881) 225-.
(Budberg). Brewster,

(Sir) D. Ph. Mg. 1 (1882) 6.
in diamonds. Hodgkinson, A* Manoh. Lt. Ph.

8. Mm. <fe P. 8 (1890) 187-.
and dispersion. Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil. Trans.

(1818) 101-.
. QruzviUsev, A. P. (xn) Kharkov Mth.

S. Com. (1882) 8-; Fsohr. Ps. (*1884) (Ab. 2)

85-.

— — in Iceland spar. Olazebrook, R. T.
[1879] Phil. Trans. 171 (1881) 421-.

quartz. Mad de Lipinay, J. As.

Fr. G. B. (1885) (Pt. 2) 24^-.
elliptic, and 8 fringe systems. CrouUebois, M.

G. B. 92 (1881) 297-.
— , — quadruple refraction in quartz. Quesne-

vUU, G. G. B. 121 (1895) 522-, 580.
— , in quartz. Jamin, J. 0. B. 80 (1850)

99-; A. G. 80 (1850) 55-.
-., . CrouUebois, M. G. B. 72 (1871)

876-, 454-; A. G. 28 (1873) 438-.
— , . Beaulard, F. C. B. 108 (1889)

671- ; 109 (1889) 140- ; 110 (1890) 1068- ;

111 (1890) 178-.
— , theory. Lommel, E. C. J. [1881] Miinoh.

Ak. Sb. 12 (1882) 89-.
experiments. Desains, P. G. B. 54 (1862)

457-.
—. Stroumbo, 8. Les Mondes 41 (1876) 204-.
Fresnel*s construction deduced from Gauchy*s

formulsB. Beer, A. Ph. Mg. 2 (1851) 297-.

— formulas deduced from equations of motion
of elastic bodies. Mossotti, O. F, At. Sc.
It. (1844) 115-.

— — , simple demonstration. Ceshro, O.
Uhge S. Sc. Mm. 20 (1898) No. 2, 8 pp.

— theory. J., C. Ph. Mg. 10 (1837) 24-.
. Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 27 (1845) 558- ; 28

(1846) 134-.

. Smith, Arch. Ph. Mg. 28 (1846) 48.

, analyticMj development. Sylvester, J. J.

Ph. Mg. 11 (1887) 461-. 537-; 12 (1888) 78-,

841-.
, (Sylvester). Tovey, J. Ph. Mg.

12 (1888) 259-.

— wave surface. Geiser, C. F, Soh. Gs. Yh.
54 (1871) 178-.

— , equation to. Smith, Arch, [1885]

Camb. Ph. S. T. 6 (1888) 85-.
, most general equations compatible

with. Levy, M. C. B. 105 (1887) 1044- ;

Liouv. J. Mth. 4 (1888) 257-.

383

3830

Double Retraction

8830

FresnePs wave sorfaoe, new Borfaoes between

sheets of, and isoohromatic cones circom-
scribed about. If«aZy, (Vabhi) — . Bor-
deaox S. So. Mm. 5 (1890) 261-.
— represented by elliptic functions.

Wehefy H. Ziir. Vjsohr. 41 (1896) {Festaehr.,

Th. 2) 82-.
Huygens*s construction for, deduced ezperi>

mentally without usual assumptions. Schiller,

N. N. Fschr. Mth. (1900) 796.
— law, verification. Abria, 0, G. B. 77

(1873) 814- ; A. C. 1 (1874) 289-.
ice. Pulfrich, — . D. Nf. TbI. (1888) 2.
Iceland spar. Kramp, C. Strasb. S. Sc. Mm.

1 (1811) 181-.
. Btot, J. B. [1818] A. C. 94 (1816)

281—.
. ' Brewiter, (Sir) D. [1816] Edinb. B.

S. T. 8 (1818) 166-.
. Hastingt, C. S. Am. J. Sc. 35 (1888)

60-.
, new experiment. BiUett [F.I C. B. 41

(1855) 514- ; A. C. 55 (1859) 250-.
influence of temperature. Pfafft F, A. Ps. G.

123 (1864) 179- .
intensity of polarised rays. Arago, D. i^. J.

Pogg. A. 35 (1835) 444-.
isomorphous bodies. Senarmontt H, de. A. 0.

33 (1851) 391- ; G. B. 33 (1851) 447-.
law, in uniaxial crystals. Aortas 0, Bordeaux

Mm. S. Sc. 9 (1873) xxiv-.
— , use of prism to verify. Stokes, O. G. G. B.

77 (1873) 1150-.
laws. MacCuUagh, J. Ph. Mg. 21 (1842)

407-.
— . Lang, V. von. Wien SB. 43 (1861) (ii6. 2)

627-.
— , experimental verification. Pichot, J. G. B.

52 (1861) 356-.
liquids. Iileischl, E. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 90

(1885) (Ab. 2) 478-.
—, anomaly in. Svedov, T. J. de Ps. 1 (1892)

49-.
measurement in monochromatic light. Dongier,

B. G. B. 122 (1896) 306-, 416.
(Dongier). Friedel, Q. G. B. 122

(1896) 1051-.
(Friedel). Dongier, B. C. B. 122

(1896) 1194-.
metal films formed by disintegration of a

cathode. Kundt, A. A. Ps. G. 27 (1886)

59-.
metals. Granqvitt, O. Stockh. Ofv. (1897)

595-; Fschr. Ps. (1897) {Ab. 2) 80-.
new species. Brewtter, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp.

(1859) {pt. 2) 10-.
oroinary and extraordinary rays, intensities.

Neumann, F. E. Pogg. A. 40 (1837) 497- ;

42 (1837) 1-.
phenomena. KiSnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Yr.

Jbr. (1892-93) 27.
and polarisation. Moon, B, Ph. Mg. 25 (1844)

354-.
— — . Bagona-Seinh, D. Palomba Bac. 2

(1846) 310- ; Majocchi A. Fis. G. 26 (1847)

8-, 245-.
, infiuence of lamellar condition. Biot,

J. B. G. B. 12 (1841) 1121-.

and polarisation, laws. Biot, J. B. Par. Ac
Sc. Mm. 3 (1818) 177- ; Par. S. Phlm. BIL
(1820)12-.

quartz. Torelli de Narci, P. J. Mines 11
(1801-02) 521-.

— . Airy, G. B. [1831] Gamb. Ph. S. T. 4
(1833) 79-. 199-.

— . Mac€ de Lipinay, J, Mars. Fao. So. A.
1 (1892) 5-.

— . Beaxdard, F. Bfars. Fac. So. A. 8 (1898)
jFVmc. 1, 155 pp.

— , barytine and disthene, variation with tem-
perature. Mallard, E., dk Le Chatelier, H,
C. B. 110 (1890) 399- ; Fr. S. Mn. BU. 18

(1890) 123- ; A. G. 6 (189^ 90-.

— , in direction of optic axis, and nature of

unpolarised light. Strfan, J, Wien Sb. 50

(1865) {Ab. 2) 380-.
— , heated. Fizeau, H. L, G. B. 58 (1864)

923-; A. G. 2 (1864) 143-.
— , laws. MacCuUagh, J. [1836] Ir. Ac. T.

17 (1837) 461-.

— under pressure. Monnory, — . G. B. 112

(1891) 428-, 504.

— , rings formed by. Airy, G. B. [1830]

Edinb. J. Sc. 4 (1881) 862-.
— ; Bochon's prism. ToreUi de Narei, P. J.

Mines 14 (1803) 251-.
— , study of dispersion due to. MacS de Lipi-

nay, J. J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 159-.
— , variation with direction of compression.

Dongier, B. G. B. 124 (1897) 26-; A. G. 14

(1898) 448-; 15 (1898) 288.
and rectilinear polarisation. Cauchy, A. L.

[1839] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 18 (1842) 158-.
slight. BravaU, A. G. B. 82 (1851) 112- ;

A. G. 43 (1855) 129-.
sulphur. Sehrauf, A. A. Ps. G. 37 (1889)

127-.
theory, ^leport on Malus's memoir.) La

Place, P. S. (marquis) de. J. Mines 24 (1808)

219-
—. Malus, 1&. L. [1810] Par. Mm. Sav. £tr.

2 (1811) 303-.

— Biot, J. B. Par. Mm. de PI. (1818-15)
221— 228—

— (history). Marx, C. M. Pogg. A. 78 (1849)
272—.

— . Galopin, C. G. B. 57 (1868) 291- ; Bb.

Un. Arch. 18 (1863) 131-.
— . Stefan, J. Wien Sb. 50 (1865) (Ab. 2)

505-.
— . Abria, O. Bordeaux Mm. S. Sc. 5 (1867)

139-.
— . Lang, V. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 73 (1876)

(Ab. 2) 666-.
— . KetUler, E. [1878] Bonn NH. Vr. Vh.

36 (1879) 1-.
— . Lommel, E. C. J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb.

10 (1878) 98-.
— . Goldhammer, G. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 17 (Ps.)

(1885) 331-.
— . Kolddek, F. A. Ps. G. 47 (1892) 258-.
—. KetUler, E. A. Ps. G. 49 (1893) 509-.

— (Ketteler). Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 50 (1898)
377-.

— , LommePs. Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 17 (188^
468-.

384

3830 Refraction in Crystals

theory, MacGallagh*s. Ba$tet, A. B. Nt. 52

(1895) 595.
— , — . Larmor, J, [1895] Nt. 53 (1895-96)

5.
— , — . Basset, A, B, [1895] Nt. 53 (1895-96)

55.
— , mathematical. Senarmonty H, de, Llouv.

J. Mth. 8 (1843) 361-.
— , wave surtace in. Lubbock^ J. W, Ph. Mg.

11 (1837) 417-; 12 (1838) 47-; 15 (1839)

351-.
variations with temperature. Rudherg, F, Ph.

Mff. 1 (1832) 409- ; Pogg. A. 26 (1832) 291-.
wood, for electromagnetic waves. Mazzotto,

D. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) {Sem. 2)

73-.

Doubly refracting crystals, effect of pressure.
Brewster, (Sir) D. [1816] Edinb. B. S. T.
8 (1818) 281-.

, . Pfajf, F, Pogg. A. 107

(1859) 333-; 108 (1859) 598-.

, formula for determining optical con-
stants. Stokes, O, O. Camb. and Dubl.
Mth. J. 1 (1846) 183-.

— — — , isogyric surface, general theory.
Lommel, E, C. J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. So.
14 (1882) 97-.

, path of rays in. Gruzintsev, A. P.

(xn) Kharkov Mth. S. Ck)m. (1879) 32-.

— — — , principal plane, determination.
Abria, 0. Bordeaux Mm. S. Sc. 9 (1873)
499-.

media, Fermat*s law. Pitsch, H, Wien

Ak. Sb. 89 (1884) {Ab, 2) 459-.
, metallic and totad reflection in. Ket-

Uler, E, A. Ps. C. 22 (1884) 204-.
, movement of light in, laws. HoUe-

freund, K, [1883] Ac. Nt. C. N. Acta 46

(♦1884) 1-.
prisms, minimum deviation. Lang, V.

von, Wien SB. 33 (1858) 155-.
, temperature effects and chromatic

deviations. Wellmann, V. Berl. Stmw.

Beob.-Ergebn. No. 6 (1892) 75-.
rhombs, compouna, properties. Potter,

R. (VI Adds,) Ph. Mg. 16 (1858) 419-.
Elastic bodies and light : circular vibrations in

crystals. Olan, P. A. Ps. G. 60 (1897) 563- ;

63 (1897) 230-.

— — — — : quaternion investigations on
crystals. Olan, P. A. Ps. C. 60 (1897)
174- ; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 106-, 129- ;
(1898) 8.

Etner-motion in crystals. Neumann, C. [1868]

Mth. A. 1 (1869) 325-; 2 (1870) 182-.
Extraordinary refraction, law. La Place, P.

S. (marquis) de, J. de Ps. 68 (1809) 107-.
Felspar, properties. Hoffmann, W. Humb. 3

(1884) 409^.
Fresnel-Huygens principle, consequences. Ex-

ner, K. Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) {Ab. 2a)

51-.
Fringes, 3 systems, normal production. Croul-

Ubois, M. C. B. 92 (1881) 1008-.
Olauberite, peculiarity. Brewster, (Sir) D.

[1828] Edinb. B. S. T. 11 (1831) 273-.

Iceland Spar 3830

Gums, pseudo-crystalline properties. Ebner^

V, von, Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (Ab. 2a)

1280-.
Gypsum and quartz, action on light. Biot,

J. B. Par. S. Phhn. BU. (1815) 149-.
Huygens's experiment, demonstration with

lantern. McNair, F. W. Nt. 53 (1895-96)

535.
Ice, optical behaviour when slowly melting.

Schmid, E, E, Pogg. A. 55 (1842J 472-.
— , — properties. Bertin, A. A. C. 69 (1863)

87-; 1 (1864) 240-; Strasb. Mm. S. Sc. 6

(1866-70) (livr. 1) [No. 4] 87-.
— , — structure. Brewster, (Sir) D. QJ, Sc.

4 (1818) 155.
_, . Bertin, A, A. C. 13 (1878) 283-.

ICELAND SPAR.

and beryl with cavities containing fluid, pro-
perties. Brewster, (Sir) D. Ph. Mg. 33

(1848) 489-.

prisms, out with one surface at right

angles to optic axis, properties. Salm-
Horstmar, W. F. Pogg. A. 86 (1852)
145-.

— — and quartz and arragonite prisms,
properties. Salm-Horstmar, W. F. Pogg.

A. 88 (1853) 591-.

coloured border of seoondaxy images. Pfaff^

C. H. Schweigger J. 6 (1812) 177-.
diahelical curves and parahelia in. Plilcker^ J.

Bonn SB. Niedr. Gs. (1865) 10-.
doubly refracted rays, azimuth difference.

Schrauf, A, Z. Kr. 11 (1886) 5-, 674.
effect of pressure. Reusch^ E. Berl. Mb.

(1872] 242-.
extraoroinary refraction, law. Stokes, O. O,

B. S. P. 20 (1872) 443-.

in some specimens. MUnchow, K. D.

von. GUbert A. 44 (1813) 24-.

and glasses and quartz, influence of tempera-
ture on refraction, inuier, O. Ptsd. Asps.
Obs. Pb. 4 (Th. 1) (1885) 149-.

multiple refraction. SchM, E, Wien SB. 8
(1852) 543-.

oblique refraction. WoUaston, W, H, Phil.
Trans. (1802) 381-.

ordinary refraction. Brewster, {Sir) D, B. A.
Bp. (1843) {pt. 2) 7-.

. Swan, W. [1847] Edinb. B. S. T. 16

(1849) 375-.

refracted paths in, demonstration. Forster,
{Prof.) A, Bern Mt. (1870) Iv-.

rings in fibrous specimens. Stoney, G, J. Jr.
Ac. T. 24 (1860) {pt. 1) 31-.

•^ produced oy fine canals. Schmidt, K, E. F.

A. Ps. 0. 33 (1888) 534-.

— in some specimens. Brewster, {Sir) D.

B. A. Bp. (1844) {pt. 2) 9.

and rock-salt, effect of pressure. Reusch, E,
[1867] Edinb. B. 8. P. 6 (1869) 134-.

Internal crystalline reflection. Brunhes, B.

C. B. Ill (1890) 170- ; 115 (1892) 502- ; A.
C. 30 (1893) 98-, 145-.

— — — in crystal with rotatory power.
Brunhes, B, Arch. N^erl. 5 (1900) 1-.

VOL. III.

385

BB

3830 Befractdon in Crystals

Iridescent oiystals (twin strata). Rayleigh,

{Ixyrd). B. I. P. 12 (1889) 447-.
Isomorpnous mixed oiystals, properties. Am-

bronnt H,, dt lit Blanct 3f. Leip. Mth.

Ps. B. 46 (1894) 173- ; Z. Ps. C. 22 (1897)

121-.
Kinetic theory of crystals. Beckenkamp, J.

Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Sb. (1898) 28-.
Light propagation in crystals. HamilUm, {Sir)

W. R. B. A. Bp. (1838) (pt, 2) 6.
. Green, G, [1839] Camb. Ph. S.

T. 7 (1842) 121-.
. Broeh.O.J. Sk. Nf. P. 3 (1842)

283- ; N. Mg. Ntvd. 6 (1848) 49-, 89-, 215-.

. Briot, C. C. R. 49 (1869) 888-.

. Sluhuev, G, N. [1883] (xn)

Kazan S. Nt. {Ps.-Mth,} P. 2 (1884) 1-.
. Kawaevsm, S. C. R. 98 (1884)

356-; Stockh. Ofv. (1884) No. 2, 119-.

. Sebuevy G, N, Kazan S. Nt.

(Pi,-Mth.) P. 3 (1886) 6-.
liines seen through crystalline plate, foci.

Sorby, H. C. [1877] B. S. P. 26 (1878)

884-.
'- , — . Stokes, G. G. [1877] B.

S. P. 26 (1878) 386-.
Liquid crystals. Lehmdnn, 0. A. Ps. G. 40

(1890) 401- ; A. Ps. 2 (1900) 649-.
Liquids, crystalline. Lehmarm, 0. A. Ps. 0.

41 (1890) 626-.
Method for inyestigation of crystals. Sorby,

H. C. Mn. Mg. 1 (1877) 193-.
Optical anomalies. Bratmt, R, Leip. Jablon.

Preisschr. 29 (1891) 370 pp.
, cause. Brauru, R, Bonn NH. Vr. Yh.

44 (188*0 ^^^'

— — of tesseral crystals. Ben-Saude, A,
Portugal Trab. Gl. Com. 1 (♦1883-87) 15-.

Organic silica is non-polarising. Bailey, J, W,

J. Mcr. Sc. 4 (1866) 303-.
Polarisation, effects of pressure in producing.

Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil. Trans. (1816) 60-.

— phenomena due to crystallisation. Biot, J, B,
C. B. 13 (1841) 166-.

Polarised light, parallel, determination of pro-
perties. Kjerulf, T. Christiania F. (1886)
No. 16, 4 pp. ; Z. Kr. 16 (1889) 434.

, spectra by crystals in. Decu, F. [1870]

Edinb. B. S. T. 26 (1872) 177-.

Pressure, influence on properties of ciystals.
PockeU, F. A. Ps. C. 37 (1889) 144-. 269-,
372-.

Proposition in physical optics, demonstration.
Arum. (VI 279) Camb. Mth. J. 4 (1846) 116-.

Quartz, biaxial properties under pressure.
Beaulard, F. C. B. 112 (1891) 1603-.

, change of velocity of light in, by pressure.

Mach, E., db Merten, J. [1876] Wien Ak.
Sb. 72 (1876) {Ah. 2) 316-.

— , laws. MacCtUlagh, J. Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1836-40)

385-.
— , new method of testing plates as to position

of optic axis. Solea,H. C. B. 41 (1866) 669-.
— , optical constants for green mercury light,

application to measurement of thickness.

Maci de Lipinay, J. J. de Ps. 9 (1900)

644-.

Refractive indices 3830

Quartz, polarisation. JanUn, J, Par. S. Phlm.
PV. (1849) 36-.

— prism cut with one face at right angles to
optic axis, property. Salm-Horstmar, W. F.
Pogg. A. 86 (1862) 318-.

— , quadruple refraction near axis. QuemevUU,

G. Mon. Sc. 7 (1893) 621-.
Bays, special, similar to those obtained by

simple or double refraction. Issaly, (Vabhi)

— . Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 3 (1893) 231-.
Beflection and refraction. MacCtUlagh, J, B.

A. Bp. (1836) {pt. 2) 7-.
. Cauchy, A. L. C. B. 81 (1850)

257- 297—.
L. Kirchhoff, G. Berl. Ak. Ab. (1876)

{Ps., Ab. 2) 67-.
by SBolotropic systems. Du Bois, H. E.

J.G. A. Ps. C. 46 (1892) 642-.
Befraction of coloured light. Heusser^ J. C.

Pogg. A. 87 (1852) 454-.
in arragonite and colourless topaz.

Rudberg, F. Pogg. A. 17 (1829) 1-.
quartz and calcspar. Rudberg,

F. Pogg. A. 14 (1828) 46-.

REFRACTIVE INDICES.

of biaxials, determination by total reflection.
Soret, C. [1888] C. B. 107 (1888) 176-,
479-; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 20 (1888) 263-;
Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 30 (1888-90) Ixxi.

— — , — — — — (verification of Soret's
method). Perrot, L. C. B. 108 (1889) 137-.

calamine and hyposulphate of soda. Lang, V.

van. Wien SB. 37 (1859) 379-.
in doubly refracting crystals, determination.

Senamumt, H. de. N. A. Mth. 16 (1857) 273-.
, — from polarising angles. Pfaff, F,

A. Ps. C. 127 (1866) 160-.
fluor spar, to extreme ultra-violet. Sarasin, E.

C. B. 97 (1883) 860-.
gypsum. Dufet, H. J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 292-.
Iceland spar. Dufet, — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894)

95-.
, ordinary and extraordinaxy, to extreme

ultra-violet. Sarasin, jS. C. B. 95 (1882)

680-.
quartz. EsselbacKE. Pogg. A. 98 (1856) 541-.
— . Exner, K. Wien Ak. Sb. 91 (1885) {Ab. 2)

218-.
— . Mac6 de Lipinay, J. Mars. Fac. Sc. A.

5 (1896) Fasc. 2, 14 pp.
— , difference between refractive indices for

the 2 rays. Maci de Lipinay, J. C. B. 101

(1886) 874-.

— and Iceland spar. WiUigen, V. S. M. van
der. [1870] (xi) Haarl. Ms. Teyl. Arch. 3
(1874) 34-.

— , ordinary and extraordinaiy, to extreme

ultra-violet. Sarasin, t. C. B. 85 (1877)
1230- ; Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 61 (1878) 109-.

rock forming minerals. Zimdnyi, K. Fdl.
K6zl. 22 (1892) 382, 419-.

— (for sodium light). Zimdnyi, K.

[1893] Mag. Tud. Ak. 6tk. {Termt.) 23 (1894)
No. 2, 72 pp. ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 11 (1894)
189-.

386

3830 Aefraction in CryBtals

uniaxials. Bauer, Q. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1881)
968-.

Betardation in crystal plate. Voigt, W, A. Ps.

C. 22 (1884) 226-.
. Walker, J, B. S. P. 68 (1898) 79-.

— of wave in crystal. Rtmih, E, J, mfiaa,
Mth. 1 (1872) 147-.

Bock salt, flaor spar and diamond, action on
polarised light. Brewtter, (Sir) D. [1815]
Edinb. B. 8. T. 8 (1818) 157-.

Bule in optics, elementary proof. Ooaart, —
As. Fr. C. B. (1894) (Pt. 1) 119.

Sulphate of nickel. Beuich, F, E, Pogg. A
91 (1854) 317-.

Tabasheer, properties. Brewtter, (Sir) D. Phil
Trans. (1819) 28a-.

Testing cxystals, etc. in polarised light. Kohl
mann, — . (vi Adds,) Halle Jbr. NW. Vr
4 (1851) la-.

Theory, 2 experimental verifications. Ver
schaffdt, J, Brux. Ac. BU. 24 (1892) 619- ;
25 (1893) 16-.

Thin lens of uniaxial crystal, bounded by sur-
faces which are of revolution about its axis,
focal lengths and aberrations. Hamilton,
{Sir) W. B, Ph. Mg. 19 (1841) 289-.

Topaz, artificial, properties. NdggercUh, J. J,
Kastner Arch. Ntl. 2 (1824) 438-.

— with cavities. Brewster, (Sir) D. Ph. Mg.
31 (1847) 101-.

— , structure and colour. Brewster, (Sir) D.

[1822] Camb. Ph. S. T. 2 (1827) 1-.
Transmission of light in crystallised media.

Kelland,P. [1837] Oamb. Ph. S. T. 6 (1838)

323-, 353-.
Triclinic crystals, method of determining

optical constants. Dufet, H, Fr. S. Mn.

Bll. 13 (1890) 341-.
Trimetric crystals, expansion, axial density

and crystalline parameters. Schraiuf, A,

A. Ps. C. 28 (1886) 438-.
Triply refracting crystals, 3rd ray in. Perry,

G. C. B. 76 (1873) 497-.
Uniaxial and biaxial crystals distinguished by

absorption of polarised light. Dove, H, W.

Berl. B.(1853) 228-.

— crystal plates, isochromatics. Friess, J.
A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 90-.

, parallelism to optic axis. Brunhest B,

C. B. 115 (1892) 600-, 696.

— crystals, coincidence of ordinal^ and extra-
ordinary rays. Cavan, C. Arch. Mth. Ps.
41 (1864) 199-.

, dioptrics. Beer, A, Pogg. A. 88 (1853)

252-.
, — and catoptrics. Beer, A. Pogg, A*

89 (1853) 56-.
, direction of vibrations of refracted rays.

Abria, 0. C. B. 77 (1873) 1268-.

— — , positive and negative, distinction, in
circularly and elliptically polarised light.
Dove,H.W. Pogg. A. 40 (1837) 457-, 482-.

— — , prisms. Brendel, M, aetl. Stmw.
Beob.-Ergebn. No. 6 (1892) 37-.

, — , ordinary image by total reflection.

Abria, 0. Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 10 (1875)
443-.

Strained Media 3835

Uniaxial crystals, property of extraordinary

ray. Basso, G. Tor. Ac. So. At. 16 (1880)

208-.
Wave surface. Raveau^ C. 0. B. 112 (1891)

1056-.
from plane central section, oaloulation.

BriU, A. Milnoh. Ak. Sb. 18 (1888) 423-.
in media with 8 principal directions.

Amptre^ A. M. A. C. 39 (1828) 113-.
— — , new optical properties deauced from

geometric study. Mannheim, A, J. de Ps.

5 (1876) 137-.
of quartz, form. McCormel, J. C, [1885]

PhU. Trans. 177 (1887) 299-.
Weierstrass's proposition, generalisation. Sei-

liger, S. K. Bs. S. Nt. Mm. (Mth.) 7 (1886)

145- ; Fschr. Mth. (1886) 258.

3835 Strained Media, Befraction

in.

Brewster, (Sir) D. Par. S. Phhn. Bll. (1815)
44.

(Brewster.) Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phhn. Bll.
(1815) 44-.

Crystals, optical anomalies, imitation in col-
loids. Kloeke, F. [1881-82] N. Jb. Mn.
(1881) (Bd. 2) 249-; Carl Bpm. 17 (1881)
454-; Freiburg B. 8 (•1885) 31-, 37-, 48-.

DOUBLE BEFRACTION.

due to compression (annular). Oramont, A, de,

Fr. S. Mn. BU. 9 (1886) 218-.
. Bouasse, — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1890)

245-.

— — pressure. Brewster, (Sir) D, Phil.
Trans. (1816) 156- ; (1880) 87-.

. Maeh,E. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 313-.

in regular crystals. Pockets, F, A.

Ps. C. 39 (1890) 440-.
ana tension in caoutchouc and jelly.

Bjerken, P. von. A. Ps. C. 48 (1891) 808-.
glass, compressed. Fresnel, A. J. Pax S.

Phhn. BU. (1822) 139-.
— , — or unequaUy heated. Neumann, F, E.

Berl. Ab. (1841) (Ph.) 1-.

— plates rapidly coolea. Czapski, S. A. Ps.
C. 42 (1891) 319-.

, vibrating. Kiinig, W. D. Nf. Vh. (1895)

(Th. 2, HdlfU 1) 54.
— , strained. Mach, E. (xn) Lotos 22 (1872)

17-.
— , — . Kerr, J. Ph. Big. 26 (1888) 321-.
— , ** toughened," properties. Houwink, L.

Amst. Ak. Vh. (Sect. 1) 6 (1899) No. 2, 29 pp.
influence of change of temperature and pressure.

Pfaff, LB. A. F. ErUng. Ps. Md. S. Sb.

10 (1878) 213-.
Uquids in motion. Mach, E, (xn) Lotos 26

(1876) (B.) 49-.
rotating Uqmd liters. De-Metc [De Metx], O.

Bs. Ps..C. S. J. 19 (Ps.) (1887) 20-; A. Ps.

C. 35 (1888) 497-.

— Uquids. Umlauf, K. A. Ps. C. 45 (1892)
804-.

387

bb2

3840 Metallic Keflection 3840

temporarily produced in isotropic bodies ; and Change of phase by metallic and total reflection*

relation between mechanical and optical Quincke, Q, A. Ps. G. 132 (1867) 561-.

elasticity. Wertheim, O. A. C. 40 (1864) (Quincke). Jockmatm,

166-. -B. [1868] A, Ps. C. 136 (1869) 661-.

vibrating bars. Kundt, A. A. Ps. C. 128 reflection at mercury. WaUboU.H.

(1864) 641-. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899) 471-.

viscous fluid in motion. Maxwell, J, C. [1873] silver surface. Edser, E., dt

R. S. P. 22 (1873-74) 46-. Stansfield, H, Nt. 56 (1897) 604-.
, theory, application of laws of Cobalt, optical constants. Drude, P. A. Ps.

internal friction in liquids. Natanton, W. C. 42 (1891) 186-.

Wiad. Mt. 4 (1900) 239^. Colour of gold by transmitted light. Du

— gums. AnUtronn, H, A. Ps. C. 38 (1889) Pasquier, A. Lyon »«m. Ac. Sc. 1 (1846)
169-. 387-; C. B. 21 (1846) 64-.

. Forhe$, D. B. A. Bp. 36

(1866) (Sect.) 30.

Qelatin sheet, optical properties. Berlin, A, Curves produced by reflection from polished

A. C. 16 (1878) 129-. revolving straight wire. Sang, E. [1877]

Qums under stress, optical anomalies. Ebner, Edinb. B. S. T. 28 (1879) 273-.
V. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (Ah. 2a)

^ ^5"' 1. X . 1. J .1 -*. ELLIPTIC POLARISATION BY ME-

^itr^nn/r D*^Bt&!^^1) ^^^"^ BBFLECTIOS. (5« aUo 40050

T— ; • j-^ ^1- r n T> tiA /iQoo\ Biot,J.B. A. C. 94 (1816) 209-.

Liquids, ngidity. CoUn, J. C. B. 116 (1893) Brewster, {Sir\ D. VhH Trans. (1830) 287-.

l^^~' Neumann, F. E. Pogg. A. 26 (1832) 89-.

Jamin, J. C. B. 21 (1846) 430-.
PaweU, B. Phil. Trans. (1846) 269-.

3840 Metallic Eeflection. S^ie%!'W.Tl^Ti4W"^'

^ ^ . ^ ^. -r **.t_ »i^»^<^%«»» dependent on thickness of metal. Quincke, O.

Cauchy, A, L. Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1842) 338-. a. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 207-.

Jamin, J. A. C. 19 (1847) 296-. instrument for measuring. MacCuUagh, J.

Cauchy, A, L. C. B. 26 (1848) 86-. [i888] Ir. Ac. P. 1 ri8&-40) 168-7^

Stokes, G,Q, B. A. Bp. (1860) (pt. 2) 19-. of radiant heat. Knoblauch, C. H. D. Nf.

Mascart^E, C.B. 76 (1873) 866-. b. (•1877) 117; A. Ps. C. 10 (1880) 664-;

Stokes, Q. O. B. A. Bp. (1876) {Sect.) 41-. Halle Nf . Gs. Festschr. (1879) 329- ; A. Ps.

Eiseraohr,F. A. Pf. C. 1 ^877) 199-. c. 19 (1883) 362-; Ac. Nt. C. N. Acta 60

Conroy, (Sir) J. [1878] B. S. P. 28 (1879) (1887) 486-.

^242-. ^ . ^ ^ ^ ,, ^ ,^^ and transmission. MesUn,—. A. C. 20 (1890)

Wernicke, W. A. Ps. C. 3 (1878) 126-. 55.. ^ '

Conroy, {Sir) J. B. S. P. 31 (1881) 486-; 36 of visible and ultra-violet rays (vitreous and

(1883) 26-. metallic reflection). Comu, A. C. B. 108

Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 24 (1886) 496-. (1889) 917-, 1211-.

Hennig, R, Gdtt. Nr. (1887) 366-. ^ '

Poincari, H. C. B. 112 (1891) 466-.

KetUler, E. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 879-. Intensity of light polarised and reflected by

Absorbing isotropic media, especially metals, metallic surfaces. Cauchy, A, L. C. B. 8

theory. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 23 (1884) (1839)668-.

104- ; G6tt. Nr. (1884) 137-. Laws. MacCuUagh, J. [1836] Ir. Ac. P. 1
, , _ (Voigt). WiiUner, A. A. (1836-40) 2-.

Ps. C. 23 (1884) 611-. Metallic films, reflection and refraction by.

Antimony-glance, reflection by. Drude, P. Jochmann, E, A. Ps. C. (Ergiim.) 6 (1871)

A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 489-. 620-.

Application of principle of transparency of — lustre. Orsted, H, C. Ki6b. Ov. (1843)

metals. MeUens, H. L. F. C. B. 63 (1866) 47-; Pogg. A. 60 (1843) 49-.

662-. . BrUcke, E. Wien SB. 43 {Ab, 2)

Cauchy 's formula. Beer, A. Pogg. A. 91 . (1861) 177-.

(1864) 661-. . SpHng,W, Brux. Ac. Bll. 16 (1888) 63-.

— and Voigt' s theories. Drude, P. A. Ps. C. and indirect vision. Kirschmann, A.

36 (1888) 608-. Ph. Stud. 11 (1896) 147-.

Change of phase by metallic reflection. Potier, — reflection and dispersion. Mouton, L. C. B.

A. C. B. 76 (1872) 674-. 86 (1878) 46-.
. Drude, P. A. Ps. C. 60 — refraction and dispersion. Du Bois, H. E, J,

(1893) 696- ; 61 (1894) 77-. G., <^ Rubens, H. Beri. Ak. Sb. (1890) 966-.
. Wernicke, W, A. Ps. C. . Shea, D. A. Ps. C. 47 (1892)

61 (1894) 448-. 177-.
: . Kath, H, A. Ps. C. 62 Non-metallic substances, metallic reflection.

(1897) 328-. Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 6 (1863) 393-.

388

3850

Selective Beflection and Absorption

3850

Polarised heat-rays, reflection. Mouton^ L^
C. R. 84 (1877) 650- ; A. C. 13 (1878) 229-.

— light, reflection. HaugkUm, S. [1862] Phil.
Trans. (1863) 81-.

— ^, — , changes produced by. Senamwnt
H. de. A. C. 73 (1840) 387-.

Polarising angle of metals, method of measur-
ing. Knoblauch,--, D. Nf . Tbl. (1884) 69- ;
A. Ps. C. 24 (1886) 25S-.

Reflective power of metallic surfaces. Conroy,
(Sir) J. R. S. P. 36 (1884) 187- ; 37 (1884)
3^.

, at different incidences. Cauchy,

A.L, C. R. 8 (1839) 663-.

— — — metals and dispersion of sylvine.
Trmcbridge, A. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 696-.

, electro-deposited. Cawper-Coles, S.

Elect. 44 (1900) 267.
plane metallic specula. Potter, R.

Edinb. J. Sc. 3 (1830) 278-.
silvered glass mirrors. Wolf, C. C.

R. 74 (1872) 441-.
(Wolf). DOaunay, C. E.

C. R. 74 (1872) 608-.
and metals. Hagen, E., dt

Rubens, H, Beri. Ps. Cte. Vh. (1898) 143- ;

A. Ps. 1 (1900) 352-.
Selective and metallic reflection. Baaet, A, B.

[1891] L. Mth. S. P. 23 (1892) 4-.

— reflection of metals. Rubens, H. A. Ps. 0.
37 (1889) 249-.

Surface films, reflection from. Drude,P, Odtt.

Nr. (1888) 276-; A. Ps. C. 36 (1889) 632-,

866-.
Theory. Lloyd, H. B. A. Rp. (1843) {pt. 2)

6-.
Total and metallic reflection of isotropic media.

Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 22 (1884) 690-.
Transparency of red-hot iron. Secchi, A, C.

R. 64 (1867) 778-.
Vitreous and metallic reflection. Potier, A.

As. Fr. C. R. 1 (1872) 308-.

3850 Selective Beflection and Ab-
sorption, including Objective
Colours. Dichroism. .Ajioma-
lous Dispersion.

(See also 3240, 4200 ; Chemistry

7320.)

Absorbing isotropic and anisotropic media,
passage of light between. KetteUr, E,
[1878] Bonn NH. Vr. Vh. 36 (1879) 14-.

medium, theory of light in. Voigt, W,

A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 233-.

— media, law of refraction for. Du Bots,
H. E, J. G,, db Rubens, H, A. Ps. C. 47
(1892) 203-.

— power of black surface. Angstrbm, K,

Stockh. Ofv. (1898) 283- ; Fschr. Ps. (1898)
{Ab. 2) 364-.

— — — thin metallic lamina. Block, S,
C. R. 117 (1893) 661-, 714.

Abflorptiometer. Schuster, A, Manch. Lt. Ph.

S. P. 16 (1876) 74-.
Actinic rays, permeability of matter by. Hunt,

R. Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 138-.
Actinometry applied to measure of resistance

of colours to light. Dosne, P. Mulhouse S.

In. Bll. 70 (1900) 207-.
Analysis of solar light, new (Indicating three

primary colours). Brewster, (Sir) D, [1831]

Edinb. R. 8. T. 12 (1834) 123-.
, — (Brewster). Airy, G. B. Ph.

Mg. 30 (1847) 73-.
, — (Airy). Brewster, (Sir) D.

Ph. Mg. 30 (1847) 163-.
, — , Brewster's. Zatnbra, B. Ven.

At. (1868-69) 11-.
, _, _. Bizio, B, Ven. At.

(1868-69) 376-.
, — , — , and synthesis. Powell, B,

[1846] Ashmol. S. P. 2 (1843^2) 171-.

ANOMALOUS DISPERSION.

Powell, B, B. A. Rp. (1847) (pt. 2) 37-.
Kundt, A. A. Ps. C. 142 (1871) 163- ; 143

(1871) 149-, 269- ; 144 (1872) 128-.
Talbot, W. H, F, [1871] Edinb. R. S. P. 7

(1872) 408-.

Tail, P. G. [1871] Edinb. R. S. P. 7 (1872)

410-.
Kundt, A. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 67-, 164-.
Meyer, 0. E. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 80-.
Radau, R, Mon. Sc. 18 (1876) 334-.
Hurion, A, Par. fie. Norm. A. 6 (1877) 367-.
Klercker, C. E. de. [1879] Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

Bh. 6 (1878-80) No. 20, 9 pp. ; C. R. 89

(1879) 734-.
8id)en, G. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879) 137-.
Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 11 (1880) 210-.
Kiessling, K. J. [1883] Hamb. Mth. Gs. Mt. 1

(•1889) 67, 69-.
Klercker, C. E. de. [1887] Stockh. Ak. Hndl.

22 (1886-90) No. 8, 36 pp.
Bloch, S. C. R. 116 (1893) 746-.
K&nig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1893-94)

29-.
PetruievsMij, T. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 28 (Ps.)

(1896) 91-; Fschr. Ps. (1896) (Ab. 2) 38.
absorbing substances. PfiUger, A. A. Ps. G.

68 (1896) 670-.
and absorption in doubly refracting media,

theory. KetUler, E. [1876] A. Ps. G.

(Er^Sru.) 8 (1878) 444-.
, especially of fuchsine, theory. Voigt, W,

GdU. Nr. (1884) 261-.
, relations. Kundt, A. A. Ps. G. (Jubelbd.)

(1874)616-.
acute prisms. Lang, V, von. A. Ps. G. 143

(1871) 262-.
carbon. Wood, R. W. [1900] L. Ps. S. P. 17

(1901J 667-.
coloured glass. Winkelmann, A. A. Ps. G. 40

(1890) 661-.
curve of medium with more than one absorp-
tion band. Ketteler, E. A. Ps. G. 1 (1877)

340-.

389

8850 Anomaloiis Dispersion

oyanine. Lang, V. vcn, [1881] Wien Ak.
Sb. 84 (1882) (Ah. 2) 861-.

— OAXig). Sieben, G. Carl Bpm. 18 (1882)

— . Wood, R. W, Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 880-.
— . Magnutsouy C, E. [1900] Wiso. Un. BU.

{Se.) 2 (1901) 247-.
— , solid, test of Cauohy's formole of metallic

reflection. PfiUgeT, A, A. Ps. C. 65 (1898)

214-.
experiments with aid of interference. Otno-

buchin, O. von, dt Maeh, E. Wien Az. 12

(1875) 61-, 82-.
fast dyes, curves of some. PflUger, A, A. Ps.

C. 56 (1895) 412-.

— — , test of Ketteler-Helmholtz theory.
PflUger, A. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 173-, 225-.

fnohsine. ChrUtiamen, C. A. Ps. C. 146
(1872) 154-.

— solutions. s6egVUuv, J. J. de Ps. 4 (1895)
546-; Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 28 (Ps,) (1896) 43-;
J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 604-.

incandescent metallic vapours. Winkelmann,

A. A. Ps. C. 32 (1887) 439-.
and coloureid glaas. Winkelmann, — .

D. Nf. Tbl. (1887) 83.

— sodium vapour. Kundt, A. A. Ps. G. 10
(1880) 821-.

. Becquerel, H. C. R. 128 (1899)

145-.
in infra-red. Aschkinass, E. A. Ps. 1 (1900)

42-; Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 53-.
iodine vapour. Leroux, F. P. C. R. 55 (1862)

126-.
laws. KetuUr, E. (vm) A. Ps. C. (JvJbdbd,)

(1874) 166-.
mechanical analogue. Olazehrook, R. T. B.

A. Rp. (1893) 688-.
and normal, theory. Lommel, E, C, J. Er-

lang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 10 (1878) 65-.
plates and prisms. Govi, O. Tor. At. Ac. Sc.

7 (1871-72) 362-.
reflection and refraction by bodies having.

Block, R, S, C. R. Ill (1890) 822-.
relation between refractive indices and concen-
tration of solution and temperature. Siehen,

G. Qiessen Oberh. Gs. B. 23 (1884) 140-.
singly and doubly refracting media, theory.

Ketteler, E. Bonn NH. Vr. Vh. 33 (1876)

197-.
and solar phenomena. JtUiut, W. H, Amst.

Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 510- ; Amst. Ak. P. 2 (1900)

675-.
certain substances. Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 40 (1871) 280- ; 44 (1872) 81-.
, explanation. SeUmeier, W. A. Ps. G.

143 (1871) 272-.
theory. Hdmholtz, H. L. F, von, Berl. Ak.

Mb. (1874) 667-.
— . RaylHgh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 48 (1899)

161-.
and total reflection, experiments. Mack, E,,

d Arhes, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 92 (1886) (Ah, 2)

416-.
waves. Gouy, — . G. R. Ill (1890) 33-;

A. G. 24 (1891) 145-.

Selective Befleddon, etc. 3850

Apparatus for examination of light reflected
from different bodies (erythrophytoecope).

. SimmUr, R. T. Pogg. A. 115 (1862) 593-.

Black not a colour. OiOfui.G. [1859] WOnb.
Vh. 10 (1860J 1-.

— lustrous suriaee, production by combination
of colourless tnuispaTent bodies. Dove,H,W.
Berl. Mb. (1863) 897-.

Blue light of grotto of Gapri, cause. Melloni,
M. Nap. Rd. 5 (1846) 868-.

, spectroscopic examination.

Vogel, H. W, A. Ps. G. 156 (1875) 825-.

transmitted by bodies commonly con-
sidered opaque. ZanUdnchi, F. Yen. At.
7 (1848) 71-.

— rays, method of isolating for optical work.
Madan, H. G. Mcr. S. J. 5 (1^ 327-.

Gharcoal and plumbago, transmission of light
by fine plates and particles. Davy, J. [1£^]
Edinb. R. S. T. 15 (1844) 335-.

Ghrome alum solutions, optical colour pro-
perties. Monti, V. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 30
(1896) 704-.

Ghromometry. MUUer, Alex, J. Pr. G. 99
(1866) 337-.

— of surface-colours. MUUer, Alex. J. Pr. G.
104 (1868) 1-.

Ghromosoope. Smith, John, B. A. Rp. (1860)

[pt, 2) 65-.
Gobalt and nickel, chromometric behaviour.

MUUer, A. J. Pr. G. 96 (1865) 344.
Golorimetry of brown extracts. MUUer, Alex.

Fresenius Z. 3 (1864) 407-.
— , complementaiy. MUUer, Alex, J. Pr. G.

95 (1865) 36-.
— , spectral properties of Forel's scale for lake

water. Dufour, H, [1889] Laus. S. Yd.

Bll. 26 (1891) iii.
Colour analysis, absorptive method. Lovibond,

J. W, S. Dyers Gol. J. 10 (1894) 206- ; 11

(1895) 34-, 61-.

— change. Ackroyd, W, G. N. 34 (1876) 75-.
and allied changes. Petrie, W, M. F,

Nt. 13 (1876) 347-, 426.

— — due to oblique vision. Bow, R. H,
[1870] Edinb. R. S. P. 7 (1872) 156-.

by heat. PoUock,T, [1841] L. Electr.

S. P. (1848) 9-, 66-.

— — in potassium chromoxalate solutions.
Hamburger, F. A. Ps. G. 56 (1895) 173-.

— and light, causes. If., E, Gleanings Sc. 1
(1829) 197-.

, theory. Reade, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg.

42 (1813) 418-.
, — . Rose, T, B. A. Rp. (1861) (pt,

2) 32-.
— , theory, and its relation to chemical com-
position. Ackroyd, W, S. Dyers Gol. J. 11

(1895) 166-.
Goloured bodies, action on spectrum. Brewster,

(Sir) D, Ph. Mff. 24 (1862) 441-.
, emission of light. Prevost, B, A. G. 4

(1817) 192-, 436-.
^- — illuminated by light of different colour,

phenomena. Govt, G. C, R. 107 (1888)

609-.

— crystals, phenomena. Ragona-Sdna, D,
Majocchi A. Pis. G. 25 (1847) 225-.

390

3850 Selective Beflection and Absorption

Colours 3850

Coloured gases, effect of light on speotrom
passed through. MiUer, W. H, Ph. Mg.
2 (1833) 381-.

— gelatin for spectrosoope. Lommd, E, Er-
lang. Sb. Ps. Md. S. 3 (1871) 105-.

— glass, modification of light in passing
through. Chevalier, A, C. B. 76 (1873)
177.

used in Palm House at Kew. Hiint, R,

B. A. Bp. (1847) ipt, 2) 51-.

— liquids, action of heat. Hartley^ W. N.
B. I. P. 7 (1876) 468-.

, coloured rings seen on looking through.

L&we, A. Pogg. A. 70 (1847) 403-.
, freezing. Fritsehe, J. St. P6t. Ac. So.

BU. 6 (1863) 385-, 496-.
in a U tube, action on galvanometer.

Pollock, T. [1850] Phm. J. 10 (1851)173-.

— media for dark room. Pickering, W, H,
Spet. It. Mm. 14 (1886) 147-.

, light transmitted by. Hunt, R, Ph.

Mg. 16 (1840) 267-.

— screen for monochromatic light. Oifford,
J, W, [1893] Mcr. S. J. (1894) 164-.

— screens for use with microscope. Nelson, — .
Mcr. S. J. (1894) 138-.

— solutions, light intensity through. Seddon,
J. A, [1888] St. Louis Ac. T. 5 (1892)
zxxi.

, transmission of red ray by. Gladstone,

J. H. B. A. Bp. 34 (1864) {Sect,) 11-.

— surfaces, determination of coefficients of re-
flection of light by. Petruievsky, T. T.
Bs. P8.-G. S. J. 16 {Ps,) (1884) 66&-.

, luminosity and intensi^ of reflected

light. Abney, {Capt,) W. de W. [1888]
L. Ps. 8. P. 10 (1890) 30-; Ph. Mg. 27
(1889) 62-.

— water of grottoes and springs. Vogd, H, W,
A. Ps. C. 54 (1895) 175-.

Colouring of light, gelatin paper as medium
for. Dohell, H, [1854] B. S. P. 7 (1854-
55) 172-.

— matter. M., E. Gleanings Sc. 1 (1829)
159-.

— of substances. Hassenfratz, J, H, A. C.
66 (1808) 162-, 290- ; 67 (1808) 5-, 113-.

(Hassenfratz). Charles, J, A. C, J.

de Ps. 67 (1808) 59-.
, cause. Gemma, G. Poligrafo 8 (1831)

193-.

COLOUBS.

VentuH, G, Mod. S. It. Mm. 8 (1799) 699-.
Moigno, F. Bv. Sc. 5 (1846) 5-.
Kudelka, J, Arch. Mth. Ps. 64 (1872) 385-.
Mascart, i, [1884] B. I. P. 11 (1887) 107-.
Ranzoni, E, Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 403-,

447-.
in astronomy, spectroscopically examined.

Smyth, C, P, [1878] Edinb. B. S. T. 28

(1879) 779-.
blue, of glacier ice. Osann, G, Wiirzb. Yh. 4

(1854) 231-.
of bodies, and their action on galvanometer,

relation. Pollock, T, Walker Electr. Mg.

2 (1846) 417-.

of bodies, effect of solar rays. Wheatcroft, — •

Caen Tr. (1811) 78-.
, theory. Stein, W, J. Pr. C. 112 (1871)

276-.
cause. Bompass, C. C, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 50

(1817) 366-.
— . Canroy, {Sir) J. Midi, Ntlist. 12 (1889)

289.
— . Hodgkinson, A. Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm.

&P,2 (1889) 193-.
— , and theory of light. Smith, John, [1869]

Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 1 (1862) 1-.
— , (Smith). Rood, 0. N. Am,

As. P. (1860) 16-.
— , . Smith, John, Manch. Lt. Ph.

S. P. 7 (1868) 137-.
Chevreul's laws. Crace-Calvert, F. [1867]

B. I. P. 2 (1854-68) 428-.
complementary (solutions of cobalt and nickel).

Maumeni, E, J. C, B. 30 (1850) 209.
— , objective nature. Osann, G, Pogg. A. 27

(1833) 694-.
— , of reflection and transmission. Fusinieri,

A. A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 4 (1834) 134-.
compound, apparatus for synthesis ; theory of

reflection. PeUat, H. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1878) 189-.
and depth. Dieek, JR. Halle Z. Nw. 23 (1864)

830-.
extinction- and colour-effects j^roduced by arti-
ficial lights. Nicklls, J. C. B. 62 (1866)

91-; A. C. 8 (1866) 293-.
of glass, effects of tempering. Leroux, F. P.

A. C. 10 (1867) 345-.

green tint produced by mixing blue and yellow
powders. Rood, O. N, Am. J. Sc. 41 (1866)
369-.

influence of light. Pfaundler, L, Steierm.
Mt. (1893) xlviu-.

invisible or latent, of bodies. Govt, — . Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1888) {Sem. 1) 672-.

of iodine. Wiedemann, E, A. Ps. C. 41 (1890)

299-.
vapour in air and vacuum. Dewar, J.

Camb. Ph. S. P. 10 (1900) 44-.

— liquids, estimation. Redwood, T, B. [1871]
Phm. J. 2 (1872) 342-.

— — , measurement in terms of colours in

polarised beam. Andrieu {de V^tang), L.

C. B. 103 (1886) 281-.

by transmitted light. Tawnsend, R, W.

B. A. Bp. (1852) {pt, 2) 20.
and magnetic properties, connection. Adie,

Rich, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 51 (1861) 44-,

209-.
means of defining and naming. Chevreul,

M. E. Bv. Sc. 13 (1847) 382-; C. B. 32

(1851) 693-; 53 (1861) 301^.
(founded on that of Chevreul).

Eymard, P, (vi Adds,) Lyon S. Ag. A. 6

(1862) 161-.
of metals. Jamin, J. C. B. 26 (1847) 714-;

A. C. 22 (1848) 311-.
(heated). Herschel, A. S. Nt. 12 (1876)

475-.

— mixed plates. Young, {Dr.) T, Phil. Trans.
(1802) 387-.

391

3860 Colonn

of mixed plates. Brewiter, {Sir) D. [1887]

Phil. Trans. (1838) 73-.
' (Tonng's). WUligen V. S, if. van der.

Amst. Vs. Ak. 10 (1860) 374-.
inixtores, oaloolation. Lommel^ E, Mftnoh.

Ak. Ab. 17 (1892) 491-.
— , and miztore of pigments, difference. Dovet

H. W. Berl. Mb. (1863) 490-, 644-.
moleoolar, and colours of metals, especially

gold. SUin, W. J. Pr. C. 114 (1873) 172-.
of natural bodies. Brewiter, (Sir) D, JSdinb.

B. S. T. 12 (1834) 638-.
^- , cause. HermbstSdtf S, F, Berl. Mm.

Ac. (1801) 97-.
— , — . MaUtre, X. dt, Bb. Un. 47

(1831) 17-.
, effects of heat and cold. Brande^ E.

QJ. So. 1 (1816) 299-.
in nature, law of multiple proportions for.

Collins, F. H. Nt. 62 (1896) 438.
, . Lovibondf J, W. Nt.

62 (1896) 647, 677.
. . CatteU, J. McK. Nt.62

(1896) 647.
new instrument for measurement. Foster,

H. Le N. I. & S. L J. (1888) (No, 1) 197-.
obtained with artificial illumination. Petru-

ievskij, T. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 17 (Ps,) (1886)

36-; J. de Ps. 6 (1886) 89-.
of opal. Haily, R* J. Par. S^. £c. Norm. 3

(1800) (A^.) 66-.

— opaque bodies. Delaval^ E, H. [1784]
Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 2 (1789) 147-.

organic, use in colour photography. Richard,
G.A. C. B. 122 (1896) 609-, 687.

of organised bodies. Mott, F, T. Nt. 42 (1890)
466-.

phenomena, new apparatus for. Nardrqff,
E. R. von. Ps. Bv. 3 (1896) 306-.

of pigments, affected by temperature. Nichols,

E. L„ d: Snow, B. W. Ph. Mg. 32 (1891)
401-.

reflected, measurement. Abney, {Capt.) — , <t

Festing,{Maj,'Oen,)—, [1888] Phil. Trans.

(A) 179 (1889) 647-.
relation to angle of incidence of rays. Rosen-
berg, V, L. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (Ps,) (1887)

477-; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 696.
and their relations. Ponton, M, QJ. Sc. 3

(1873) 74-.
relations to painting, decoration and printing.

Irvine, R. [1896] Sc. S. Arts T. 14 (1898)

22-.
simultaneous contrast. Chevreul, M, E. C. B.

47 (1868) 19^.
and spectra of flames. Herschel, {Sir) J. F, W,

Quetelet Cor. Mth. 6 (1829) 264.
spectral, mixtures of, intensities in relation to

those of their component colours. Bonders,

F. C. [1883] (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P.
(1883-84) {No. 4) 6-, {No. 6) 6.

of steam. Webster, T. Ph. Mg. 14 (1839)

184-.
jet. PhiUips,R. {tl Adds.) Ph. Mg.4

(1862| 126-.

— steel by tempering, and of heated iron.
Stein, S. Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb. (1889)
80-.

Of Waters 3850

surface-, of colourless liquid. Hertchel, {Sir)
' J. F, W. Phil. Trans. (1846) 148-, 147-.
terms used to denote. Colours of faded leaves.

Schvinch, E. [1881] lilanoh. Li. Ph. S. P.

21 (1882) 43-.
of transparent bodies. Jaekscn, J, R. Bb.

Un. 44 (1830) 11-.
. MUUer, {Dr.) J. Pogg. A. 79 (1860)

344-.
— , influence of thickness. Fabry , — .

As. Fr. G. B. (1891) (Pt. 1) 181.
for tri-chromatic photographic printing. Abney,

(Capt.) W. de W. Phot. J. 23 (1899) 192-,

288.
of turbid media. BrUcke, E. Wien SB. 9

(1862) 630-.

— — — , and so^alled colour-photography.
SchvUz-SeUack, C. A. Ps. C. 143 (1871)
449-.

OF WATERS.

Jordan, G. W. QJ. Sc. 6 (1818) 81-.
Beetz, W. Pogg. A. 116 (1862) 187-.
Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 11 (1884) 276-;

J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 427-.
Mancini, E. N. Antol. Sc. 92 (1887) 660-.
Fitzgerald, D., dt Foss, W. E. Franklin I. J.

138 (1894) 400-.
Kemna, A. Brux. S. Big. 01. BU. (1896) (Mm.)

241-.
blue colour. Spring, W. Brux. Ac. Bll. (1899)

72-.
lake. Forel, F. A. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 21

(1889) 270-.

— of Qeneva. Soret, J. L. Ph. Mg. 37 (1869)
346-.

, cause of colour. Hayes, A. A. Am.

J. Sc. 49 (1870) 186-.
— and Meoiterranean. Tyndall, J. Nt.

2 (1870) 488-.
, — transparency. Soret, J. L., d:

Sarann, E. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 11 (1884)

327-.

— at Eandersteg, blue colour. Forel, F. A.
[1896] Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 32 (1896) xu.

— of Neuch&tel. Kopp, C. Neuch. Bll. 3

(1863) 212.

— and river. Ackermarm, K. [1878] (xn)
Kassel Vr. Nt. B. (26 & 27) (1880) 16-.

— — sea. Spring, — . Brux. Ac. Bll. 12
(1886) 814-.

. Abegg, R. [1898] Nt. 69 (1898-

99) 80.
large lakes of northern Italy and of Lucerne,

and their transparency. Forel, F. A. [1889]

Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 26 (l891) ix.
Mediterranean. Qirard, J. Les Mondes 23

(1870) 99-.

— etc. Aitken, J. {of Darroch). Edinb. B.
S. P. 11 (1882) 472-.

natural. Spring, W. Brux. Ac. Bll. 6 (1883)

65-.
— , part played by convection currents caused

by heat. Spring, W. Brux. Ac. BU. 31

(1896) 94-.
Bhone. Davy, J. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 12 (1860)

214-.

392

3850

Selective Reflection and Absorption

3850

and scattering of light. TyndaU, J, [1871]

R. I. P. 6 (1872) 189-.
sea. Threlfall,R. Nt. 59 (1898-99) 461.
— . Aitken,J. Nt. 69 (1898-99) 609-.
r-» and transparency. Angelinit S, [1895]

Ven. I. At. (1895-96) 89-.
spectroscopic study. Rtecb, A. Spet. It. Mm.

5 (1876) 101- ; 8 (1879) 1-.

Conversion of light into heat. Botiford, Le B.

N. Bronsw. NH. S. Bll. 3 (1884) 3-.
Dichroic fluid, spectrum. Browning, J, Mcr.

S. T. 15 (1867) 71-.

— solutions, aniedysis of light by. SliiginoVf
N,P. Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. Bll. 3 (1893) (Prot.)
11.

DICHBOISM.

Biot, J, B, Par. S. Phlm. BU. (1819) 129-.
Brewster, {Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J. 3 (1820) 243-.
artificial. Seherr Thoss, M. von, A. Ps. C. 6

(1879) 270-.
~. Behrens, T. U, Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896)

30-.
— , in crystals. Lagorio, A. E. Vars. S. Nt,

Tr. (1895-96) (C7. R„ Ps. C.) No, 4, 1-;

[St m. Com. Gl. BU. 17 (1898) (Suppl,)]

106-.
of calcite, quartz and tourmaline for infra-red.

MerHtt, E. A. Ps. C. 55 (1895) 49-.
and dispersion of optic axes. Ketteler, E,

[1876] A. Ps. C. {Ergdnz.) 8 (1878) 444-.
of doubly refracting crystals. Brewster, (Sir)

D. [1818] Phil. Trans. (1819) 11-.

— iodine vapour. Andrews, (Prof.) T, B. A.
Rp. 41 (1871) (Sect.) 66.

by tension. Kundt, A. (vm) A. Ps. C. 151

(1874) 125-.
of tourmaline. Thompson, S. P, B. A. Bp.

(1881) 581-.

FRAUNHOFER LINES.

Fraunhofer, J. Miinch. D. (1814-15) 193-.
Chladni, E. F. F. Gilbert A. 61 (1819) 98-.
Ragona-Sciha, D. Zantedeschi A. Fis. (1849-
, 50) 217-.

Angstr'dm, A, J. Stockh. Ofv. 18 (1861) 365-;
„ Ph. Mg. 23 (1862) 1-.
Angstr'&m,A.J.,dtThdUn,R. [1865] Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. 5 (1866) (No. 9) 8 pp.
in artificial spectra. WuUner, A. A. Ps. C.

135 (1868) 174-.
determination. Quincke, O. (vm) A. Ps. G.

(JubelM.) (1874) 336-.
origin (supposed). Forbes, J. D. Phil. Trans.

(1836) 453-.
— , in relation to constitution of sun. Fievez,

C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 12 (1886) 25-.
on paper screen. MiUler, (Dr.) J. Pogg. A.

69 (1846) 93-.

(Miiller). Erman, A. Pogg. A. 69

(1846) 417-.
(Erman). MiUler, (Dr.) J. Pogg. A.

70 (1847) 115-.

theory. Hartshome, H. Franklin I. J. 75
(1878) 38-.

visible to naked eye. Brock, O. J, N. Mg.

Ntvd. 6 (1851) 50-; Pogg. A. (Erganz.) 3

(1853) 311-.
(Broch). Merz, L. Pogg. A. 85

(1852) 458-.
wave-lengths. Mendenhall, T. C. (xn) Tok.

Un. Mm. 8 (1881) 27 pp.

Gum, optical anomalies. Sehwendener, S.

Berl. Ak. Sb. (1890) 1131-.
Illumination in fog, theory. 'Rayleigh, (Lord),

L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 87-; Ph. Mg. 19 (1885)

443-.
Illustration by motion of body near points of

unstable equilibrium. TrouUm,F,T. [1888]

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6 (1888-90) 39-.
Isoehromatic photography by colour screens.

Lippmann, O, C. R. 108 (1889) 871-.

— screens in photography. Delaurier, — . C.
R. 108 (1889) 968.

KirchhofF's law, applicability. Paschen, F.

A. Ps. C. 51 (1894) 40-.
for emission and absorption of light,

extension. Rizzo^ O, B, Tor. Ac. Sc. At.

29 (1894) 424-.

— principle, mechanical illustration. HaUock,
W, Science 9 (1899) 210-.

— theorem applied to crystalline media. Sebuev,
G, N, Kazan S. Nt. (Ps.-Mth.) P. 5 (1887)
48-.

Lampblack, experiments. Stark, J. A. Ps.

C. 62 (1897) 353-.
Light filter, monochromatic (green). Ives, F, E.

Mcr. S. J. (1898) 495.

— filters. Buss, O, Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896)
368-.

. Townsend, C. F. Phot. J. 21 (1897)

193-.
. Grebe, — . Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

612-, 722-.
and colour screens. Stokes, A. C. Mcr.

S. J. (1897) 438.
^- — , liquid, for orthochromatic photography.

PopowiUky, A, Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

452-, 522-.
for orthochromatic photography. Eder,

J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896) 483-.
and sensitisers, studies. Hruza, O., dk

Hazura, K. Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 332-,

427-.

— transmitted by diamond and gold leaf.
MacCidlagh, J, [1837] Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1836-
40) 27.

glass plates. Jacques, W, W, Am

Ac. P. 10 (1875) 389-.
tourmaline, intensity. Kurz, A. A.

Ps. C. 141 (1870) 312-.
Metallic films obtained by disintegration of a

cathode. Mooser, J, A. Ps. C. 42 (1891) 639-.
, passage of light through. Hurion, — ,

(It Memieret, — . C. R. 110 (1890) 1187-.
, thin, properties. Voigt, W, G6tt. Nr.

(1885) 44-.

— lustre of artificial surfaces. Haidinger, W,
Haidhiger B. 2 (184e-47) 263-.

formed by crystalline films. Haidinger,

W, Pogg. A. 81 (1850) 572-.

393

3850

Selective Befleddon and Absorption

3850

Non-transpaiency of inoaadesoent iron and
platinum. Govt, G. C. B. 85 (1877) 699-.

Oj^ity acquired by gas in balloon, oause.
FanvUUe, W. de, C. B. 72 (1871) 800-.

— of carbon. Dufow, C. Laus. S. Vd. Bll.
81 (1895) 189-.

column of water, temperature at which

convection currents produce. Spring, W,

Bruz. Ac. Bll. 81 (1896) 256-.
tourmaline ciystals. T/tomp«ofi, 8, P,

L.P8. S. P. 4 (1881) 289-; Ph« Mg.l2 (1881) 112-.
yellow soda-flame to light of its own

colour. CrookeSf W, C. N. 8 (1861) 2-, 303.
Optical constants of metals. Drude, P. A.

Ps. C. 89 (1890) 481-.
sodium. Drude, P. A. Ps. G. 64

(1898) 159-.

— properties of flame. Him, Q. A, A. C. 30
(1873) 319-.

— theory, Ketteler's. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C.
19 (1883) 691-.

Oscillations of systems with one degree of
freedom (consonance and absorption) . Umov ,
I. N. Bs. S. Nt. Mm. {Mth,) 4 (*1883).

Pleoohroism, case. Staedel, — . D. Ni. Tbl.
(•1878) 77.

— in mineral sections. Sehroeder van der
Kolk, J. L. C. Z. Ws. Mkr. 7 (1890) 30-.

— and polychromism of tourmaline. Achiardi,
Q. d\ [1900] Hsa S. Tosc. At. (PV,) 12
(1899-1901) 33-.

Beflection of actinic rays. Chardannet, E. de,
C. B. 95 (1882) 449-.

— from coloured bodies. Botzenhart, — . Pogg.
A. 68 (1846) 291-.

— , coloured, by smooth surface. Hankel, W, O,

Leip. B. 8 (1856) 163-.
— , production of coloured light by. Behrens,

H. A. Ps. C. 150 (1873) 303-.

— and refraction by absorbent crystals. Drude,
P. A. Ps. C. 32 (1887) 584-.

— — — — layers of absorbing isotropic
material. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 35 (1888) 76-.

metal films, correction. Wernicke,

W. A. Ps. C. 26 (1885) 674-.

— by thin sheets of isotropic absorptive media,
general formultt for. Voigt, W. Gdtt. Nr.
(1886) 552-.

Befraction, anomalous. Bertelli, F, [1838]
Bologna N. Cm. 6 (1844) 3-.

— by metal prisms. Drude, P. A. Ps. C. 42

(1891) 666-.

. Lorentz, H. A. A. Ps. C. 46

(1892) 244-.

Befractive index of fuchsine, Christiansen, C.

A. Ps. C. 143 (1871)250-.
, solid. Waiter, B. A. Ps. C. 57

(1896) 394-.

— indices of metals. Kundt, A, Berl. Ak.
Sb. (1888) 255-.

SELECTIVE ABSOBPTION.

Tovey, J. Ph. Mg. 15 (1839) 460- ; 16 (1840)

181-.
WUUner, A. Pogg. A. 120 (1863) 158-.
Brasack, F. Halle Z. Nw. 25 (1865) 147-.
Glan, P. A. Ps. C. 141 (1870) 58-.

Aekroyd, W. Ph. Mg. 2 (1876) 428-; L. Ps. S.

P. 2 (1879) 110-.
and abflolute intensity of light. Handl, A,

Wien Sb. 65 (1872) (Ah, 2) 129-.
by air. WUd, H. Bern Mt. (1867) 221- ;

(1868) 113-.

— alum solution. OuiUaume, C, E. Nt. 44
(1891) 540^.

. BidweU, S. Nt. 44 (1891) 665.

. Porter, T. C. Nt. 45 (1892) 29.

analysis of spectrum by. Brewster, [Sir] D.

Ph. Mg. 30 ^847) 461- ; Pogg. A. 75 (ld48)

81-.
by anisotropic medium. Kettder, E, Berl.

Ak. Mb. (1879) 879-.
anomalous. Kamoiieky, A. N, Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 28 (Ps.) (1896) 227-.
and anomalous dispersion and chemical action

of solar spectrum, relations between. Vogel,

H. W, Berl. B. 7 (1874) 976-.
anomalous, by tourmaline. KamolicHj, A. N,

Bs. PB.-C. S. J. 23 (Ps.) (1891) 22&-.
application of Sellmeier theory. Kelvin, (Lord).

Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900) 623-.
by atmosphere. Hepperger, J. von. Wien Ak.

Sb. 105 (1896) (Ab. 2a) 173-.
bands, cluuigeaoleness. Claes, F. [1877] A.

Ps. C. 3 (1878) 389-.

— of coloured fluids. Dalton, J. C. Am. C.
6 (1875) 296-.

— — — liquids, intensity. Fievez, C, dt
Aubel, E. van. Brux. Ac. Bll. 17 (1889)
102- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1889) 57-.

— — colourless liquids. Lapraik, W., db
RusseU, W. J. Nt. 22 (1880) 368- ; C. S. J.
39 (1881) 168-.

hffimatin and oruorin. Gallatin, A. H.

N. Y. Lyceum P. 1 (1870-71) 173-.
— , periodicity in isotropic substances. Moreau^

G. C. B. 119 (1894) 422-.

— and phosphorescence of uranium com-
pounds, relation. Becquerel, H. C. B. 101
(1886) 1252-.

— , micro-spectroscopic measurement. Brown-
ing, J. M. Mcr. J. 3 (1870) 68-.

— , position, and sensitiveness of organic colour-
ing matters. Vogd, E. A. Ps. G. 43 (1891)
449-.

— , theory, and its bearing in photography and
chemistry. Amory, R. Am. Ac. P. 13
(1878) 216-.

by blue glass, and prismatic spectrum. O^Brien,
M. Ph. Mg. 26 (1845) 114-, 287-.

oils. Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1843)

(pt. 2) 8.

— bromine. Camichel, C. C. B. 117 (1893)
307-.

of chemical rays of sunlight, measurement.

Hankel, W. G. [1862] Leip. Ab. Mth. Ps.

6 (1863) 54-.
by chlorophyll solutions. Volkov, A. de.

[18761 Heidi. Nt. Md. Vh. 1 (1877) 204-.

— cloudy media. Lampa, A. Wien Ak. Sb.
100 (1891) (Ah. 2a) 730-.

coefficients. Wiedemann, E. E. G. A. Ps. C.
17 (1882) 349-.

— in ultra-violet. GUUzd, B. Ps. Z. 1 (1900)
285-.

394

3850 By Crystals

by coloured glass. BuZZ, 0. B. Christiania F.

(1899) No. 3, 18 pp.; Fschr. Ps. (1899) (Ah.

2) 81.
liquids (mixtures). Melde, F. A. Ps. C.

124 (1865) 91-.
. Melde, F, A. Ps. C. 126 (1865)

264-.
, apparatus for. Oibbs^ W, Am. J.

Sc. 50 (1870) 52-.
media. Henehd, (Sir) J. F. W. [1822-

33] Edinb. B. 8. T. 9 (1828) 445-; Ph. Mg.

3 (1833) 401-.
(Herschel). WheweU, W. B. A. Bp.

(1834) 550-.
— — transparent bodies. Oovit O. [1864]

Tor. Lay. So. Fis. Mt. (1869) 43-.
and colours of thin plates, connection.

Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil. Trans. (1837) 245-.

BY CRYSTALS.

Hagen, O. Pogg. A. 106 (1859) 33-.
Becquerel, H. C. B. 104 (1887) 165- ; Par. 8.

Ps. 86. (1887) 2&-; Fr. 8. Mn. BU. 10 (1887)

120- ; A. C. 14 (1888) 170-; Bv. Sc. 42 (1888)

706-.
Camichel, C. A. C. 5 (1895) 483-.
Carvallo, E. C. B. 120 (1895) 415- ; A. C. 7

(1896) 58-.
Agafanov, V. C. B. 125 (1897) 87-.
coefficients. Drude, P. A. Ps. G. 40 (1890)

665-.
coloured birefringent. Babinet, J. C. B. 7

(1838) 832-.
— , and lustre of their surfaces, connection.

Haidinger, W. Haidinger B. 4 (1848) 427-;

Wien SB. (1848) 84-.
doubly refracting, of infra-red rays. K'&nigt-

herger, J. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 687-.
electromagnetic theory. Bninhes, B. C. B.

120 (1895) 1041- ; Eclair. Elect. 4 (1895)

193-, 352-, 529-, 696-.
laws. Becquerel, H. G. B. 108 (1889) 891-.
of light and Bdntgen rays. Agafonov, V. G.

B. 124 (1897) 855-.
monoclmic. Drude, P, Z. Kr. 13 (1888)

567-.
of polarised light. Biot, J, B. Par. 8. Phlm.

Bll. (1819) 109-.
and theories of vibration in light waves. Car-
vallo, E. G. B. 114 (1892) 661-.
. Becquerel, H, G. B. 114

(1892) 664-.
theory. Voigt, W. G6tt. Nr. (1884) 337-.
of ultra-violet. Aga/onov, V, G. B. 123 (1896)

490-.
; and polychroism. Agafonov, V, Bs*

Ps..G. 8. J. 28 (P«.) (1896) 200- ; Aich. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 2 (1896) 349-.
uniaxial. M(yreau, G. G. B. 120 (1895)

602-.
— , of extraordinary ray. Stewart, 0. M. Ps.

Bv. 4 (1897) 433-.

Selective Absorption 3850

curious effect, r^ompfon, S. P. Ph. Mg. 4

(1877) 61-.

and density, relation. Olan, P. A. Ps. C. 8

(1878) 54-.

— dielectric constant. Trowbridge^ J. Am.
J. Sc. 38 (1889) 217-.

— dispersion, connection. KetteUr, E. A. Ps.
G. 160 (1877) 466-.

by doubly refracting bodies. Dove, H. W.

Pogg. A. 110 (I860) 279-.
of electric light by different bodies. Skrim-

shire, W. Nicholson J. 15 (1806) 281*- ; 16

(1807) 101-.
and emission by glass and quartz at different

temperatures. Bcuman, Z. P. Amst. Ak.

Vs. 5 (1897) 488-.
of light and heat, connection. Kirehhoff,

G. Berl. Mb. (1859) 783-.
, proportionality. Voigt, W. A. Ps. G.

67 (1899) 366-.
, simultaneous, of rays of same refrangi-

bility, discovered by Foucault and extended

by Kirehhoff. Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 19

(1860) 196-.
by epidote. Ramsay, W. Z. Kr. 13 (1888)

97-; 17 (1890) 645.

— the ether, question. DoVbear^ A, E. Science
21 (1893) 150.

— flame. Hankel, W. G. Leip. B. 23 (1871)
307-.

fluorescence, change due to. Burke, J. [1897]

Phil. Trans. (A) 191 (1898) 87-.
and fluorescence, theory. Lommel, E. C. J.

[1877] Erlang. Ps. Md. 8. Sb. 10 (1878)

20-.
by gases. Rdntgen, W. C. Giessen Oberh.

Os. B. 20 (1881) 52-.
, electromagnetic illustration. Lamb, H.

Gamb. Ph. 8. T. 18 (1900) 348-.

— glass. Barthe, E. Presse Sc. 1 (1860)
95.

— green animal and vegetable matter.
Becquerel, H. , d Brongniart, C, G. B. 118
(1894) 1299 -.

of heat and light. Bohn, C. A. Ps. G. 127

(1866) 382-.
inaependent of intensity of illumination. Peddie,

W. B. A. Bp. (1892) 661.
influence of temperature. Gibbs, W» Am. As.

P. (1850) 296-.
intensity of transmitted light when coefficient

of transmission varies with time. BottomUy,

J. Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. Mm. A P. 4 (1891)

152-.
by iodine and bromine vapoura, law. Erman,

A. Pogg. A. 63 (1844) 531- ; G. B. 19 (1844)

830-.

— isotropic and crystalline media. Moreau, G.
G. B. U9 (1894) 327-.

law, and its use m spectrum analysis. Govi,

G. G. B. 85 (1877) 1046-, 1100-.
by liquids. MtilUr, (Dr.) J. Pogg. A. 72

(1847) 7ft-.

. Lippich, F. Wien Az. 13 (1876) 93-.

. Schdnn, J. L. A. Ps. G. (ErgSinz.) 8

(1878) 670- ; A. Ps. G. 6 (1879) 267-.
metallic. Block, R. S, A. G. 12 (1897) 74-,

197- ; J. de Ps. 7 (1898) 69-.

395

3850 Selective Absorption

by non-ciystalline media. Bernard, F, A. G.
35 ^852) 385-.

— optical glass and calc-spar. Nichols, E, L.,
d Snow, B. W, Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 379-.

— oxygen. Jantsen, — . As. Fr. C. R. (1887)
{Pt. 1) 171.

(liquid). OUzewskij K., dt Witkowskij A.-

[1892] Krk. Ak. mt.-Prz.) Rz. 6 (1893)

127- ; Cro. Ac. Sc. BU. (1892) 340-.
phenomena, of diamond. Walter, B. Hamb.

Ws. Anst. Jb. 8 (1891) 291-.
— , hew class. Lockyer, J. N, R. S. P. 22

(1874) 378-.
by platinum at different temperatures. Rizzo,

O. B. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 28 (1893) 823-; N.

Gim. 35 (1894) 22-.
and pleochroism in epidote from Sulzbcushthal.

Ramtay, W, Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 13

(Afd, 2) (1888) No. \, 45 pp.
propagation of light through media, new ex-
planation. Sagnac, — . Par. S. Ps. S4.

(1900) 3*-.
and radiation. Hersehel, {Sir) J. F. W. Ph.

Mg. 22 (1861) 377-.
, e£fect of colour, etc. Tyndall, J, R. I.

P. 4 (1866) 487-.
of red light by coloured liquids. Beer, A,

Fogg. A. 86 (1852) 78-.
and reflection of solar rays by coloured bodies.

Leedom, E. C. Silliman J. 1 (1846) 28-.
in ultra-violet. Glatzel, B. [19001 Ps.

Z. 2 (1901) 173-.
and refraction by opaque metals. Wernicke^

W, Berl. Ak. Mb. (1874) 728-.
, relation. KetUler, E, A. Ps. G. 12

(1881) 481-.
by sea- water. Aitken,J, (of Darroch), Edinb.

R. S. P. 11 (1882) 637.

— silver. Wernicke, W. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1876)
128-.

of solar radiation by atmospheric carbon

dioxide. Lecher, E, [1880] Wien Ak. Sb.

82 (1881) {Ab. 2) 851-.
ozone. Hartley, W. N. [1880]

G. S. J. 39 (1881) 111-,
by solid refracting media. Bohn, C. D. Nf.

B. 39 (1864) 77-.
of specinc rays, in reference to wave theory.

Brewster, (Sir) D. Ph. Mg. 2 a833) 360-.
, (Brewstei). Atry, O. B,

Ph. Mg. 2 (1833) 419-.

SPECTRA.

Gladstone, J. H. [1857] R. I. P. 2 (1854-58)

336-.
Reynolds, J. E. [1866] Dubl. S. J. 5 (1870) 89-.
Landatier, J. Berl. B. 11 (1878) 1772- ; 14

(1881) 391-.
Vogel, H, W. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1878) 409-.
MacMunn, C. A. [1880] Birm. Ph. S. P. 2

(1881) 72-.
Franklin, W. S. [1884] Kan. Ac. Sc. T. 9

(1885) 98-.
air. Egorov, N. O. Rs. Ps.-G. S. J. 17 (Ps.)

(1885) 229; Fschr. Ps. (1885) {Ab. 3) 272.

— (liquid). Liveing, G. D., d: Dewar, J. G.
R. 121 (1895> 162- ; Ph. Mg. 40 (1895) 268-.

Spectm 3850

alcohol and water. Spring, W, Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 1 (1896) 434-.
alkaline chromates and chromic acid. Sabatier,

P. Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 1 (1887) D, 11 pp.
alkaloids. Hartley, W. N. PhU. Trans. 176

(1886) 471-.
ammonia, methylamine, hydroxylamine, ald-

oxime, and acetoxime. Hartley, W. N., db

DobbU, J. J. G. S. J. 77 (1900) (Pt. 1) 818-.
analysis. Hassdberg, B. [1878] St. P^t. Ac.

Sc. Mm. 26 (1879) No. 4, 40 pp.
anisotropic substances. Becquerd, H. G. B.

103 (1886) 198-.
atmosphere. Egoroff, N. G. R. 93 (1881)

788-; 95 (1882) 447-.
benzene. Hartley, W. N., dt Bobbie, J. J.

G. S. J. 73 (1898) (Pt. 2) 695-.

— vapour. Konic, J. 8. Fschr. Ps. (1886)
(Ab. 2) 96-.

blood-colouring matters. Gaenge, C. Berl. B.

9 (1876) 833-.
blue rock salt from Santiago. Relimpio, — , <t

Chaves, ^. Madrid S. H. Nt. A. 28 (1899)

(Act.) 231-.

— solutions. Pitcher, F. B. Am. J. Sc. 86
(1888) 332-.

bolometric investigation. Julius, W. H. [1892]

Amst. Ak. Vh. (Sect. I) 1 (1893) No. I,

49 pp.; Fschr. Ps. (1892) (Ab. 2) 374-.
bromine. Hassdberg, B. [1891] Stockh. Ak.

Hndl. 24 (1890-92) No. 3, 53 pp.
brucine. Yv<m, P. J. Phm. 28 (1878) 656-.
— , morphine, strychnine, veratrine, santonin,

in concentrated acids. Meyer, A. (xn)

Arch. Phm. 213 (1878) 413-.
oeU for. Bostwick, A. E. Am. J. Sc. 30

(1885) 452-.
and chemical constitution of saline solutions,

action of heat. Hartley, W. N. [1900]

Dubl. S. Sc. T. 7 (1902) 253-.
chlorine. Morren, A. G. R. 68 (1869) 376-.

— and iodine chloride. Gemez, D. C. R. 74
(1872) 660-.

chlorophyll. Hagenbach, E. A. Ps. G. 141

(1870) 245-.
— . Chautard, J. G. R. 75 (1872) 1836-.
— . Schann, L. A. Ps. G. 145 (1872) 166-.
— . MUlardet, A. G. ft. 76 (1873) 105-.
— . Chautard, J. C. R. 77 (1873)^596-; 78

(1874) 414- ; A. G. 3 (1874) 1-; Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1876) 31-.
— . RUcb, A. Spet It. Mm. 6 (1876) 116-.
— . Lapraik, W., dt Russell, W. J. C. S. J.

41 (1882) 334-.
— . Tschirch, A. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884) 370-.
— . Hansen, A. Wiirzb. Bt. I. Arb. 3 (1888)

289—
— . Hartley, W. N. G. S. J. 59 (1891) 106-.

— . Atard, A. G. R. 123 (1896) 824- ; 124

(1897) 1351-.
— . Marchlewski, L.,db Schunck, C. A. [1900]

Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Rz. 19 (1901) 56-; J.

Pr. C. 62 (1900) 247-.
— , classification of bands; accidental lines.

Chautard, J. G. R. 76 (1873) 1273-.
— , ; (Ghautard). PockUngton,

H. [1873] (n) Phm. J. 4 (1874) 61-.

396

3850

Selective Absorption, Spectra

3850

chlorophyll, influence of light of various coloora,

Chautard, J. C. R. 76 (1873) 1031-.
— t variations in spectrum according to solvent.

Chautard, J. C. R. 76 (1873) 1066-.
chromates. Sabatier, P. G. R. 103 (1886)

49-.
chromium compounds. Lapraikf W, J. Pr.

C. 47 (1893) 305-.
chromoxalates. Miignaninit G. , db Bentivoglio,

T. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 2 (1893) (Sm. 2)

17-.
chromyl chloride. Drecfuel, E,, db Oottsehalkf

F, Erdm. J. Pr. C. 89 (1863) 473-.
. Reynolds, J. E., dt Stoney, O. J, Ph.

Mg. 42 (1871) 41-; R, A. Rp. (1878) 434.
chrysochrome. Gaidukov, N. D. Rt. Gs. R.

18 (1900) 331-.
cobalt glass, change produced by heat. Conroy,

(Sir) J, L. Ps. 8. P. 11 (1892) 103- ; Ph.

Mg. 31 (1891) 317-.

— and iron compounds. Rtusellf W. J., dt
Ortman, W. J. {jun.) C. S. P. 5 (1889)
14—.

and colour of liquid oxygen. Olszewski , K,

Crc. Ac. Sc. RU. (1891) 44-.
coloured and colourless glass. Eder, J, M,, db

Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 61 (1894) 285-.

— liquids. Chautard, J. (xn) Rrux. S. Sc.
A. 3 (1879) (Pt. 1) 126-.

— minerals. Reltmpio, — , db Chaves ^ — .
Madrid S. H. Nt. A. 28 (1899) {Act,) 233-.

— substances and dyes. Hartley, W, N, C.
S. J. 61 (1887) 162-.

and colouring matter of beetroot. Fonndnek,

J. [1900] Prag Cesk^ Ak. Fr. Jos. Rz.

(THda 2) 9 (1900) Art. 33, 4 pp.; Prag

Fr. Jos. Ac. Sc. Rll. (Mth. Nt,) 6 (1901)

78-.
colouring matters. Girard, C, db Pahst, — .

C. R. 101 (1886) 167-.
, change in spectra. Vogel, H, W, Rerl.

R. 11 (1878) 622-.
, in different solvents. Lepel,

F, van. Rerl. R. 11 (1878) 1146-.
, organic. Stdhr, A, Wurzb. Nw. Z. 6

(1866-67) 21-.
, vegetable. Palmer, T, M. Mcr. J. 17

(1877) 226-.
compounds in gaseous and liquid states. Pauer,

J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 27 (1896) 120-.
crystals, analysis of bands. Becquerd, H. C.

R. 104 (1887) 166-.
— , birefringent. Tuttan, A. E. Nt. 38 (1888)

343-.
— , variations in spectra. Becquerel, H. A.

C. 14 (1888) 170-.
didymium. Bunsen, R. W, A. C. Phm. 131

(1864) 266-; A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 100-.
— . Crookes, W, Nt. 34 (1886) 266.
— . Bailey, G, H. R. A. Rp. (1887) 664-.
— . Thompson, C, M. C. N. 65 (1887) 227.
— . Bailey, G, H. R. A. Rp. (1890) 773.

— salts. Becquerel, H, C, R. 104 (1887) 777-,
1691- ; A. C. 14 (1888) 267-.

— and samarium. Forsling,S, [1892] Stockh.
Ak. Hndl. Rh. 18 (Afd, 1) (1893) No. 4, 32 pp. ;
Fschr. Ps. (1893) {Ab, 2) 64.

didymium and samarium, in ultra-violet. Fors-
ling, S. [1892] Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Rh. 18
(Afd. 1) (1893) No. 10, 23 pp.; Fschr. Ps.

(1893) (Ab. 2) 64.

— sulphate and neodymium-ammonium ni-
trate. Dimmer, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 106
(1897) (Ab. 2a) 1087-.

dissolved cobaltous chloride. Russell, W. J.

C. S. P. 1 (1885) 67-.
effects produced by heat. Rizzo, G, B. Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 26 (1891) 632-.
epidote. Becquerel, H. G. R. 108 (1889) 282-.
erbium. Bahr, J. F. A. G. Phm. 135 (1865)

376.
— , holmium and thulium. Forsling, S. [1898]

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Rh. 24 {Afd. 1) (1899)

No, 7, 36 pp.; Fschr. Ps. (1898) {Ab. 2)

58.

— nitrate. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. £. C.
R. 88 (1879) 1167-.

fluorescent substances and ethereal oils. Dcnath,

B. A. Ps. C. 58 (1896) 609-.

garnet. Brun, A. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt, 28 (1892)

410-.
gaseous mixtures. Baccei, P. N. Gim. 9

(1899) 241-.
gases. Baccei, P. N. Gim. 9 (1899) 177-.
graphic representation. Vierordt, K, von. A.

Ps. C. 151 (1874) 119-.
haamatin (reduced). Stokvis, B. J. (xn) Mbl.

Nt. 1 (1871) 167-.
hollow wedge in study of. Gladstone, J, H.

R. A. Rp. 38 (1868) {Sect.) 18.
hydrobilirubin. VUrordt, K. Z. Rl. 9 (1873)

160-.
identification of coloured inks by. Doremus,

C. A. Am. Ph. S. P. 35 (1896) 71-.
influence of solvent. Kwndt, A. Miinoh. Ak.

Sb. 7 (1877) 234-.
iodine. MiMer, {Dr.) J. Pogg. A. 70 (1847)

115-.
— . Conroy, (Sir) J, [1876] R. S. P. 25 (1877)

46-.
— . Ebert, H. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 21

(1890) 3-.

'. Rigollot, H. C. R. 112 (1891) 38-.

— and bromine above critical temperature.
Wood, R. W. Z. Ps. G. 19 (1896) 689-.

— dissolved in carbon disulphide. Abney,
(Capt.) W. de W., db Festing, {Col.) — .
R. S. P. 34 (1883) 480-.

— gas. ThaUn, R. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 8
(1869) (No, 3) 12 pp. ; A. Ps. C. 139 (1870)
503-.

. Morghen, A. Rm. R. Ac, Line. T.

8 (1884) 327-; Spet. It. Mm. 13 (1885)

127-.
, experiments. HasseVberg, B. St. P^t.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 36 (1889) J^o. 17, 60 pp.
laws. Stenger, F. A. Ps. G. 33 (1888) 677-.
lines and bands. Rizzo, G. B, N. Gim. 35

(1894) 132-.

liquids. Julius, W. H. Amst. Ak. Ye. M. 8

(1891) 205-.

— , mixed. Bostwick, A. E, Am. J. So. 37

(1889) 471-.
and magnetic properties of liquid oxygen.

Dewar,J. [1897] R. L P. 15 (1899) 555-.

397

3850

Selective Absorption, sp«etn

3850

manganese snperohloride (MngCly). Jjuck^ E,

Fiesenias Z. 8 (1869) 405.
and their . measurement. Hodgkinson, A,

Manoh. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. <&; P. 8 (1890) 223-.
metals volatilised by oxyhydrogen flame.

Eobert$'Au8ten, W, C, dt LoeJ^er, J, N.

R. S. P. 23 (1876) 344-.

— of yttrium and cerimn groups. Soret^ J. L.
C. B. 91 (1880) 378-.

new. Wolffs K, H. (zn) Bpm. Anal. C. 2

(1882) 55-.
nitrogen peroxide (liquid). Kimdi, A. A. Ps.

C. 141 (1870) 167-.
. Belh L, [1885] Am. C. J. 7 (1886-

86) 32-.

— — , changes due to increase of density.
WeUs, A, J. Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 153-.

nitrosyl chloride. Magnanini^ G. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1889) {Sem. 1) 908- ; Z. Ps.

C. 4 (1889) 427-.
nitrous anhydride and nitric peroxide. Moser,

J, A. Ps. C. 2 (1877) 189-.
organic substances. Phipson, T. L. C. S. J.

7 (1869) 324-.
. Hartley t W, N,, dt Huntington, A. K.

Phil. Trans. 170 (1879) 257-; B. S. P. 29

(1879) 290- ; 31 (1881) 1-.
oxygen (low temperature spectrum). Smyth,

C. P. [1880-81] Edinb. B. S. T. 30 (1883)

419-.
— . Egorov, N. G. C. B. 101 (1885) 1143- ;

Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 17 (Pi.) (1885) 332-.
— . Janssen, J. C. B. 102 (1886) 1352-.
— . Budde, E. Berl. Ps. Os. Yh. (1888) 89-.
— . Janssen, J, C. C. B. 106 (1888) 1118- ;

Par. S. Ps. 84. (1888) 207-.
— . LivHng, Af., <t Dewar, J. C. N. 58 (1888)

163-.
— . Janasen, J. C. As. Fr. C. B. (1890) (Pt. 1)

165.

— (liquid). Liveing, G, D., db Dewar, J.
Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 205-.

— (— ) and air (liquid). OUzewtki, K, Erk.
Ak. (Jft.-Prz.) Bz. 16 (1887) 226-; Wien
Ak. Sb. 95 (1887) (Ah, 2) 257-; Mh. C.
(1887) 73-.

— and compounds. Liveing, G.D.,dt Dewar,
J. B. S. P. 46 (1890) 222-.

— , large masses, lummous and ultra-violet
spectrum. Liveing, G, D,, db Dewar, J,
Ph. Mg. 26 (1888) 286-.

— and ozone. Dewar, J. B. I. P. 12 (1889)
468-.

ozone. Chappuis, J. G. B. 91 (1880) 985- ;

94 (1882) 858-.
— . Hartley, W. N. [1880] C. 8. J. 39 (1881)

57-.

— and pemitric anhydride. Chappuis, J, Par.
8. Ps. 8^. (1882) 130-.

permanent gases, and their liquefaction, appa-
ratus for. OUzewski, K, Grc. Ac. 8o. Bll.
(1889) No, 1, xxviii.

pemitric anhydride. Chappuis, J, C. B.
94 (1882) 946-.

photographic study. Miethe, A. Z. Angew.
C. (1900) 1199-.

photography. Abney, (Capt.) W, de W, L. Ps.
8. P. 3 (1880) 43-; Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 313-.

photometry, application to quantitative analysis.

Vierordt, K. Bv. Gours. Sc. 5 a878) 804-.
pigments. Slack, H, J. Intell. Obs. 8 (1866)

34&-.
projection. Bode, P. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1891-92) 31-.
rare earths. BaUey, G. H, B. A. Bp. (1887)

654.
. Kiesewetter, P., db KrUss, G, Berl. B.

21 (1888) 2310-.
. Exner, F. M, Wien Ak. 8b. 108 (1899)

(Ah, 2a) 1252-.
rays of high refrangibility. Huntington, A. JST.

B. A. Bp. (1880) 303-.
samarskite derivatives. Sor^, J. L, C. B.

88 (1879) 422-.
selenium, tellurium, etc. Gemez, D. G. B.

74 (1872) 1190-.
sodium and other metals. Secchi, A, Pa-
lermo Mm. Spet. It. 2 (1873) 67-.
— , simple method of exhibiting spectrum.

Kreusler, H, G. Ztg. 23 (1899) 37.

— sulpharsenate. Formdnek, J, Prag Sb.
(1888) {Mth. Nt,) 86-; Fschr. Ps. (1888)
(Ah. 2) 57.

and solar spectrum, photomicrography. Ccu-
tellamau,J.M.de. [1889] Mcr. 8. J. (1892)
424-.

solutions (very dilute). Knoblauch, 0. A. Ps.
G. 43 (1891) 738-.

— (aqueous) of copper salts. Ewan, T.
Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 317-.

— of cupric bromide. Sahatier, P. G. B. 118
(1894) 1042-, 1144-.

mdymium nitrate. Bood, O. N, 8illi-

man J. 34 (1862) 129-.
nitrogen peroxide, chlorine peroxide and

chlorous acid. Gemez, D, G. B. 74 (1872)

465-.
— (aqueous) of salts, variation with temperature

and concentration. Ma^Gregor, J, G. [1891]

Gn. B. 8. P. & T. 9 (1892) (Sect, 3) 27-.
same substance under difFerent conditions.

Vogel, H, W. Berl. B. 11 (1878) 913-, 1363-.
(Vogel). Moser, J. Berl. B. 11

(1878) 1416-.
(Moser). Vogel, H. W. Berl.

B. 11 (1878) 1562-.
sulphur vapour. SaUt,G. G. B. 74 ri872) 865-.
, and vapours of selenious acia andf hypo-
chlorous anhydride. Gemez, D, G. B.

74 (1872) 803-.
sun near norizon, influence of density and

thickness of oxygen layer in air. Janssen,

— . Leip. As. Gs. Yjschr. 24 (1889) 244.
thin metallic films. Dudley, W. L. Am. G.

J. 14 (1892) 185-.
ultramarines. Wunder, J. Berl. B. 9 (1876)

295-.
ultra-violet. Nichols, E, Ps. Bv. 2 (1895)

302-.
— , of liquids. Soret, J, L, Sch. Nf. Gs.

Vh. 60 (1876-77) 51-.
— , — nitric and nitrous ethers. Rilliet,

A. A„ db Soret, J. L. G. B. 89 (1879) 747-.
uranium salts, fluorescent and absorption

spectra. Bolton, H. C, db Morton, H. Am.

G. 3 (1873) 361-, 401- ; 4 (1874) 1-, 41-, 81-.

398

3850 Selective Absorption

ase of comparison prisms with. Ocienge, C

Jena. Sb. (1881) 3d-,
water. Soret, J, L., d^ Sarann, ]&. G. B.

98 (1884) 624-; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 29 (1884-

87) No, 11, 18-.

— vapour. Jansien, J. [P. J, C] C. R.
63 (1866) 289-; B. A. Bp. 39 (1869) (Sect.)
67-; A. C. 24 (1871) 216- ; C. B. 96 (1882)
886-.

. Balloon ascent of Croc^-Spinelli and

Sivel. Jansten, P, J, C, C. B. 78 (1874)
996-.

wave-length and intensity. Abney^ ICapt.) — , dt
Festing, (CoL) — . B. S. P. 38 (1886) 77-.

spectroscopic measurements. Vierordt, K,

A. Ps. C. 140 (1870) 172-.
strong, by metals. Qlan^ P. A. Ps. G. 69

(1896) 401-.
at different temperatures. FevMner^ W, Berl.

Mb. (1865) 144-.
theory. O'BHen, M. [1843] Camb. Ph. S.

T. 8 (1849) 27-.
— , mathematical. Skiha, E, W, [1873] (xn)

Krk. Ak. {MU-Prz,) Pam. 1 (1874) 106-.
— , Maxwell's. Grinirw, C. H. C. Amst.

Ak. Vs. M. 10 (1876) 371- ; Arch. N6eri. 12

(1877) 177-.

of great thicknesses of metallic and metalloidal
vapours. Lockyer, J. N. B. S. P. 22 (1874)
371-.

by tourmaline. Potter, A. G. B. 114 (1892)
874.

— transparent bodies, light vibrations. LamS,
Q. A. C. 67 (1834) 211-.

.so-called. KriUt.H, [1889] Hamb.

Nt. Vr. Ab. 11 (1891) (Heft 1, No, 3) 28 pp.
and translucent glass. Stort, T, Elekt-

tech. Z. 16 (1896) 600-.
transverse. Ackroyd, W. C. N. 36 (1877)

159-.
of ultra-violet. Soret, J, L, Arch. So. Ps.

Nt. 61 (1878) 322-; G. R 86 (1878) 708- ;

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 63 (1878) 89-; G. B. 86

(1878) 1062- ; Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 4 (1880)
261- ; C. B. 88 (1879) 1077- ; Arch. Sc. Ps.
Nt. 9 (1883) 613- ; 10 (1883) 429-; G. B.
88 (1879) 1012- ; 97 (1883) 314-, 672-, 642-,
1269-.

. Dewar, J,, db Liveing, Q, D. B. S. P.

35 (1883) 71-.
. Soret, J, L, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 18

(1887) 317-, 344-.
. Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 68 (1896) 131- ;

59 (1896) 166-.

— — by metals. Trowbridge, J., <t SaJnne,
W. C. Am. Ac. P. 23 (1888) 299-.

organic substances. Soret, J, L,, dt

Rilliet, A. A, G. B. 110 (1890) 137-.

— — — ozone. ComUf A. As. Fr. G. B.
(1884) (Pt. 1) 161.

— vapours and liquids. Pauer, J. A.

Ps. G. 61 (1897) 363-.
water and ice. SchSnn, J, L, Wien

Met. Z. 16 (1880) 67-.
and undulatory theory. Wrede, F, J, Stookh.

Ak. Hndl. (1834) 318- ; Pogg. A. 33 (1834)

363-.

By Waters 3850

and undulatory theory (Wrede). Powell, B,

B. A. Bp. (1837) (pt. 2) 16-.
. Osann, O. [1869] Wiirzb. Vh. 10

(1860) 1-.
by uranyl salts. Deussen, E. A. Ps. G. 66

(1898) 1128-.

BY WATERS.

Forel, F. A. G. B. 106 (1888) 1004-.
HU/ner, G., dt Albrecht, E. A. Ps. G. 42

(1891) 1-.
lake of Geneva. Forel, F. A. G. B. 84 (1877)

311- ; Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 69 (1877) 187-.
. Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 12

(1884) 168-.
. RiUiet,A. Sch. Nf . Gs. Vh. (1886-

86) 46-; Gen. S. Ps. Mm. 29 (1884-87)

No. 11, 26 pp.
. Forel, F. A. As. Fr. G. B. (1888)

(Pt. 2) 192-.
and Mediterranean Sea. Fol, H,, dt

Saraein, ± C. B. 99 (1884) 783-; 100

(1886) 991- ; 102 (1886) 1014- ; Gen. S. Ps.

Mm. 29 (1884-87) No. 13, 18 pp.
— — — , seasonal and local variations of

transparency. Forel, F. A. Arch. So. Ps.

Nt. 27 (1892) 666-.
sea. Seechi, (padre) A. N. Gim. 20 (*1864)

206-.
— . Cialdi, A.,db Seechi, A. G. B. 61 (1866)

100-.
— . Kny, C. I. L. Berl. Nf. Fr. Sb. (1877)

217-.
— . VerHll, A. E. Science 4 (1884) 8-.
— . Davie, W. M. Science 4 11884) 94.
— . Provetizali, F. S. Bm. N. Lino. At. 38

(1886) 9-.
— . Fol, H. As. (1891) 266-.
turbid. Saret, J. L., db Saratin, A. Gen. S.

Ps. Mm. 29 (1884-87) No. 11, 21-.

by zircon. Linnematm, E, Wien Ak. Sb. 92
(1886) (Ah. 2) 427-; Mh. G. (1886) 631-.

Shades of paint, comparing. (Tintometer.)
Dudley, C, B,, dt Pease, F. N, Am. Eng. &
Bailroad J. 70 (1896) 212-.

Spectral lines, broadening. Lommel, E. von.

A. Ps. G. 66 (1896) 741-.

of metallic vapour corresponding to black

lines in*solar spectrum. Brewster, (Sir) D.
[1867] Edinb. B. S. P. 6 (1869) 146-.

, reversal. Comu, A. G. B. 73

(1871) 332-.

, — . Dewar, J, , dt Liveing, O. D.

B. S. P. 27 (1878) 132-, 360-, 494-; 28
(1879) 362-, 367-. 471- ; 29 (1879) 402- ;
32 (1881) 402-.

nitrogen peroxide, dependence of dis-
tance apart on thickness of absorbing layer.
Weiss, A . J. Wien SB. 43 (Ab. 2) (1861) 208-.

, prismatic, produced by passage of light

through coloui«d vapours and gases, and
from coloured flames. Miller, W. A» Ph.
Mg. 27 (1846) 81-.

•^ — , reversal. Duhem, —, J. de Ps. 4 (1886)
221-.

399

3850 Transparency

Speotral lines, sodiom, reversal. Soret^ J, I^

Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 41 (1871) 64-.
, — , — , lecture ei^riment. Tumlirz, O,

Exner Bpm. 23 (1887) 404-.
» — » — in oxyhydrogen flame, apparatus

for. Pellin, — . As. Fr. C. R. (1889)

(Pt. 1) 259.
, solar, and those produced by atmosphere

and nitrous acid gas. Brewster, (Sir) D,

[1833] Edinb. R. S. T. 12 (1834) 519-.
, — and terrestrial, distinction between.

Comu, A. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887) 96-; Ph.

Mg. 22 (1886) 458-.
Spectrophotometric study of pigments. Nichols ,

E. i. Am. J. Sc. 28 (1884) 342-.
Spectroscopic examination of aniline dyes.

Schoop, P, Rpm. Anal. C. 6 (1886) 242-.
blood. Merugazzi, G. P. Ven. I. At.

(1892-93) 1660 -.
— . Letnn, L, Arch. Phm. 235

(1897) 245-.
Spectroscopy, modem. Schuster, A, [1881]

R. I. P. 9 (1882) 493-.

— of ozone. Chappuis, J., dt HauUfeuiUe,
P. C. R. 91 (1880) 228-; Par. S. C. Bll.
35 (1881) 2-.

. Chappuis, J. Par. Ec. Norm. A. 11

(1882) 137-.
Spectrum analysis, physiological. Vierardt,

K. von. Z. Bl. 10 (1874) 21-, 399-; 11

(1876) 187- ; 14 (1878) 422-.
— , solar, constitution and origin of group B.

ThoUon, L, J. de Ps. 3 (1884) 421-.
—I — , purple of. Koechlin, C. Mon. Sc. 28

(1886) 110^.
— , — , transmission of chemical rays through

different media. SomervUle, M, C. R. 3

(1836) 473-.
Sunlight colours. Ahney, {Capt.) W, de W,

[1887] R. I. P. 12 (1889) 61-.

— and Earth's atmosphere. Langley, S. P.
[1886] R. I. P. 11 (1887) 265-.

TRANSPARENCY.

of air. Ricer>,A. Spet. It. Mm. 5 (1876) (^l>p.)
37-.

— — , upper strata. SchtUtheiss, C. Karls-
ruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) (Ab.) 262-.

— coloured flames. Oouy, A, G. R. 86 (1878)
878-, 1078-.

— Foucault's mirrors, etc., for actinic rays.
Chardonnet, E, de, C. R. 93 (1881) 406- ;
94 (1882) 1171-, 1468-.

— glass for ultra-violet light. Schumann, V,
Wien Pht. Cor. 22 (1886) 28-, 69-, 188-.

— metals. Wien, W. A. Ps. C. 36 (1888) 48-.

— a-monobromnaphthalene for ultra-violet
light, and its high refractive power.
Walter, B. A. Ps. C. 42 (1891) 611-.

— opaque bodies for red and infra-red rays.
Le Bon, Q, C. R. 128 (1899) 297-; Rv. Sc.
11 (1899) 161-.

— platinum. Aubel, E. van. Brux. Ac. Bll.

11 (1886) 408-.

, and of electrolysed mirrors of iron, nickel,

and cobalt. Auhel, E, van, Brux. Ac. Bll.

12 (1886) 665-.

Heat Bays, Beflectioiiy etc. 3855

of solutions of colourless salts. Spring^ W.
Brux. Ac. BU. 31 (1896) 640-.

, influence of temperature. Nichols, E, L, ,

<& Spencer, M. C. Ps. Rv. 2 (1895) 344-.

for X-rays, relative, method for determi-
nation. Robb, W. L. Science 3 (1896)
544.

— thin laminae of silver, influence c^ tempe-
rature. Pettinelli, P. N. Cim. 2 (L895)
356-.

Transparent metallic films. Wernicke, W.

A. Ps. G. 30 (1887) 469-.

Turbid media, transmission of light in.
Compan, P. G. R. 128 (1899) 1226-.

— water, heating effects of light. Humphreys,
H. Silliman J. 49 (1845) 208-.

Ultra-violet rays. Schdnn, J. L, A. Ps. C. 9

(1880) 483-; 10 (1880) 143-.
(Schdnn). Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 4 (1880) 610-.

— — , protection of eye from. Schulek, V.
Mth. Termt. Ets. 17 (1899) 510- ; Mth. Nt.

B. Ung. 17 (1901) 341.

Undulatory theory of light, arguments against.

Jesstn, C. Berl. Nf. Fr. Sb. (1887) 108-.
Uranium glass, use in electric lighting.

Brachet, A, G. R. 72 (1871) 483.

— and iron glasses, use in electric lighting.
Brachet, A. G. R. 72 (1871) 509-.

Vibrations of the ether, and explanation of
dispersion and its anomalies. SeUmeier, W,
A. Ps. G. 145 (1872) 399-, 520- ; 147 (1872)
386-, 525-.

Vulcanite, properties. Mayer , A,M, Am. J.
Sc. 41 (1891) 54-.

3855 Heat Bays, Beflection, Be-
fraction and Absorption of.

KHes, F. Gehlen J. 7 (1808) 201-.
Poisson, S. D. J. Mines 36 (1814) 439-.
Fourier, J. B. J. A. G. 4 (1817) 128-.
Buff, H. Lieb. A. 32 (1839) 129-.
BeUavitis, Q, [1840] TortoHni A. 1 (1850)

362-.
MeUoni, M, G. R. 20 (1845) 675-.
Knoblauch, H, Berl. B. (1846) 365-.
Henry, J. Silliman J. 6 (1848) 113-.
Zantedeschi, F. Wien SB. 24 (1867) 43-.
Stewart, B. Edinb. R. S. T. 22 (1861) 59-.
Zantedeschi, F, Ven. At. 7 (1861-62) 366-.
La Provostaye, F, H. de. A. G. 67 (1863) 1-.
Tyndall, J. Phil. Trans. 154 (1864) 327-.
Ericsson, J. Nt. 7 (1873) 273-.

Wenstriym, J, Stockh. Ofv. 36 (1879) No. 4,

41-.
Absorbing and emissive powers, equality. La

Provostaye, F. H. de. G. R. 67 (1863) 517-.
— power of athermanous bodies. Desains, P.,

<Jt La Provostaye, F. de. G. R. 31 (1850)

770- ; A. G. 30 (1860) 431-.
bodies. Aymonnet, — . G. R. 83

(1876) 971-.
^- — , influence of roughness. MeUoni,

M. [1838] Nap. At. Ac. 5 (1843) 103-.

400

3855 Absorption

Absorbing power and ohemioal equivalents,

relations. Aymormett — . Par. S. C. BU.

26 (1876) 685-.
, demonstration of differences in. Ferrini,

R.E.D.T. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 6 (1874) 184*.
of lamp-black. Crova, — , dt Company — ,

C. B. 126 (1898) 707-.
, low, of metijB« Hblte, W, A. Pb. C.

20 (1888] 708-.

— — ox polished and striated metals,
differences. MeOoni^M. C. B. 12 (1841) 875-.

— ^ — solids for solar radiation, new
method for measuring. Barioli^ il., db
StracciaH, E. Catania Ac. Gioen. Bll.
28-24 (1892) 10-.

ABSOBPTION.

Prevoit, P. PhiL Trans. (1802) 408-.
Desairu, P. C. B. 65 (1867) 406-.

Angstr&m, K. Sk. Nf. F. (1898) 196.

by alum. Hutehins, C. C. Am. J. So. 48

(1892) 526.
atmospheric. Maiirer, J. Ziir. Vjschr. 84

(1889) 68-.
by carbon dioxide. Keeler, J, E, Am. J. So.

28(1884)190-. •
,01 long wave radiation. Kurlbaum, F.

A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 417-.
and chemical equivalent. Aymonnetj — .

Par. S. G. BU. 26 (1876) 585-.
by coloured glass vessel, evaporation of water

in. Baudrimont, A. C. B. 89 (1879) 41- ;

Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 8 (1880) 401-.

— crystals in infra-red. Merritt, E, Ps. Bv.
2 (1895) 424-.

— dry and moist air. WUd, H. Bern Mt.

(1866) 287-.

— — . Cieognani, E. (xn) Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 11 (1879) 884-.

and emission. Magntu, O, Berl. Mb. (1869)

482-.
and reflection. Magnus, O. Berl. Ab.

(1869) (Ps,) 201-.
by film of vapour. Magnut, O. A. Ps. G. 180

(1867) 207-.

(Magnus). TyndaU, J, Ph. Mg.

88 (1867) 425.

— gaseous bodies, of low radiant heat.
MacGregor, J. Q, [1882] Edinb. B. S. P.
12 (1884) 24-.

— gases. Heine, H. Giessen Oberh. Gs. B.
21 (1882) 17-.

, measurement. Tait, P. G. B. A. Bp.

(1882) 476.

— — and vapours, of obscure heat rays.
Lecher, £., c^ Pemter, J. M, [1880] Wien
Ak. Sb. 82 (1881) (^6. 2) 265-.

— glass. Sehneebelit H. Ziir. Vjschr. 29
(1884] 66-.

— ice in infra-red. Saunders, F, A, J. H.
Un. Gir. [18 (1898-99)] 58-.

— lamp-black and metals, constancy. MelXoni,
M. G. B. 11 (1840) 678- ; Nap. At. Ac. Sc.
5 (1843) 77-.

— liquids. Barrett, W, F. Ph. Mg. 86 (1868)
206-.

Diatbermancy 3855

l^ liquids. Laekowiez, B. Berl. B. 20 (1887)

785-, 1400 ; Erk. Ak. (Mt.'Prz.) Bz. 17 (1888)

69-.

. Friedel, C. A. Ps. C. 56 (1895) 453-.

. Ztigmondy, R. A. Ps. C. 57 (1896)

689-.
-» — and glass. Zngmondy, R, Dingier 289

(1898) 287-.
. — — — vapours. Detain* , P, C. B. *64

(1867) 1086-.
^ mica plates, dependence on temperature.

Edler, J. A. Ps. G. 40 (1890) 581-.
and radiation, experiments. Bache, A, D.

Silliman J. 28 (1885) 820^. ,
selective, by water. MMoni, M, A. C. 48

(1881) 885-.
by water vapour. Haga, H, [1876] A. Ps«

G. 160 (1877) 81-.
(^aga). Hoorweg, J. L. J. de Ps. 6

(1877) 163-.
and carbon dioxide. Lecher, E,

[1882] Wien Ak. Sb. 8a (1888) {Ab. 2) 52-.
— — — , experiments. Rdntgen, W. C,

Giessen Oberh. Gs. B. 28 (1884) 49-.

Action of gases and vapours on n^diant heat.

TyndaU,J. [1861] B. I. P. 8 (1868-62) 296-.
*— — intermittent beam of radiant heat on

gases. TyndaU,J. B. S. P. 81 (1881) 807- ,

478-.
Aqueous vapour, relation of radiant heat to.

Tyndall, J. [1862] PhU. Trans. (1868) 1-.
Golour and mechanieal state, effect on radiant

heat. TyndaU, J. Phil. Trans. 156 (1866)

8a-.

]>ecrea8e of radiant heat in proportion to
distance, law. MdUnU, M, Bb. Un. 18
(1888) 871-.

DIATHERMANCY.

Powell, B. Ph. Mg. 8 (1886) 186-.

MeU<mi,M. G. B. 9 (1889) 815-.

Aesculin solutions. Wesendonck, K, A. Ps.

G. 28 (1884) 548-.
Air and nydrogen. Buff, H. Berl. Ak. Mb.

(1876) 89 ; Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 401-.
(Buff). TyndaU, J. [1879] B.S.P.

80 (1880) 10-.
— , moist. Hoorweg, J, L, J. de Ps. 5 (1876) 97-.
— , — and dry. Magrvus, G. Berl. Mb.

(1868) 149-.
— , . TyndaU, J. (vra) Ph. Mg. 26

(1868) 44-.
— , — ; — hygroscopic properties of rock salt.

Magnus, O. Berl. Mb. (1861) 1128-.
— , — , Tyndall's and Magnus's experiments.

Hoorweg, J. L. A. Ps. G. 165 (1875) 886-.
Aqueous vapour. Magnus, O, A* Ps. G. 180

(1867) 207-.
(Magnus). Tyndall, J. Ph. Mg. 88

(1867) 425.
Bodies (various). MeUoni, M, Pogg. A. 28

(1888) 871-.
— , diathermancy to heat from different

sources. MeUoni, M, [1888-89] B. A. Bp.

(1888) 881- ; Nap. At. Ac. So. 5 (1848) 1-.

VOL. III.

401

CO

3855

Dlatbermancy

3855

Bodies, diathermftnoy to heat from different

soaices. (Thermoohromy.) Zanttdesehi, F.

Yen. At. 5 (1846) 26-.
— , . (Thermoohrosis, or

calorific coloration.) MeUonif M. Bb. Un.

Arch. 14 (1860) 177-, 257-.
Crystals. Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 85 (1852)

16»-; 93 (1854) 161-.
Ebonite. Almey, {Capt.) W, de W., dt Festing,

(Col.) — . L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 256- ; Ph. Mg.

11 (1881) 466-.

— . Artib, R. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 28 (1898)

746-.
— . Beequerel, H. C. B. 124 (1897) 984-.
— . Perrigot, — . C. B. 124 (1897) 1087-.
— . BianefU.E. N. Cim. 8 (1898) 285-.
Ferroas solations. ZHgmondy, R, A. Ps. G.

49 (1898) 581-, 760.
Flame. Wmiam, W. M. Nt. 6 (1872)

506-.
—. Erieu(m,J. Nt. 7 (1878) 149-.
Fluids. Volta, A. By. So.-Ind. 17 (1885)

212-.
Gaseous layers. SUmey, Q. J. [1877] Dubl.

S. So. T. 1 (1877-83) 13-.

— media, effect of pressure on diathermancy.
Carriffan, S. J, As. & Asps. 11 (1892) 1-,
108-.

Oases. TyndaU, J. [1859] Bb. Un. Arch. 5

(1859) 231- ; B. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 37-.
— . Magnus, O, Berl. Mb. (1861) 246-.
— . Brush, C. F. Am. As. P. (1897) 94-.
Glass. Ddaroche, F, J. de Ps. 75 (1812)

201- ; Nicholson J. 30 (1812) 192-.
— . Ritchie, W. Edinb. Ph. J. 11 (1824)

281- ; 12 (1825) 15-.
-^. PoweU, B. PhU. Trans. (1825) 187- ;

fl8261 372—

— (Bitchie). Powdl, B. Thomson A. Ph. 12
(1826) 13-.

— (Powell). RiUhie, W. Thomson A. Ph.

12 (1826) 122-.

— . Hudson, H, B. A. Bp. (1835) 163-,

{pt. 2) 9-.
— . PoweU, B. B. A. Bp. (1835) (pt, 2) 9.

— (Hudson and Powell). Melloni, M, A. C.
60 (1836) 410- ; Ph. Mg. 7 (1836) 476-.

— (Melloni). PoweU, B. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836)
23-.

— (Melloni and Powell). Hudson, H. Ph.
Mg. 8 (1836) 10&-.

— and mica, effect of temperature on diather-
mancy. PettineUi, P. N. Cim. 2 (1896)
156-.

— , opaque black. Melloni, M, LI. 1 (1833)
103-.

— at different temperatures. WUhelmy, L.
Pogg. A. 86 (1852) 217-.

Glasses. Zsigmandy, R. A. Ps. C. 49 (1893)

535-, 760.
—, coloured. MeUmi, M. L»I. 1 (1833) 61-.
Influence of condensation. Magnus, G, A.

Ps. C. 121 (1864) 186-.
mechanical texture of screens. Forbes,

J. D, [1839] Edinb. B. S. T. 16 (1844) 1-.
Lecture experiment. Lussana, S. N. Cim. 3

(1896) 300-.
Liquids. MeUaid, M. Bb. Un. 49 (1832) 337-.

Liquids, coloured. Franz, R. Pogg. ▲. 101

(1857) 46-.
— , — , and gases. Fra$u, R. Pogg. A. 94

(1855) 337-.
^, diathermancy for long wave radiation.

Rubens, H., dk Aschkinass, E, A. Ps. C.

64 (1898) 602-.

— andsoUds. MeUotti,M. A. C. 53 (1883) 5-;
55 (1833) 337-.

. Fodcr, F. (xn) Onr. Term. Ets.

6 (1881) {Term. Szak) 187-.
— , two superposed. DeipreU, C. Hon. Sc. 18

(1871) 254-.
Media, turbid, diathermancy for heat of various

wave-lengths. IngstrSm, K, Stookh. Ofv.

(1888) 385- ; A. Ps. C. 86 ^1889) 715-.
Metals and paper. Aymansiet, — . 0. B. 84

(1877) 259-.
Belation to electrolytio conductivity. BidweU,

S. B. A. Bp. (1886) 309-.
Bock salt. Harrison, J, R. Ph. Mg. 3 (1877)

424-.
under various conditions. Knohlaueh, H,

Pogg. A. 120 (1863) 177-.
and sylvine. Knoblauch, H. A. Pa. C.

139 (1870) 150-.
Soap-films. Marangom,C, (xn) Bv.Sc.-Lid.

12 (1880) 114-.
Substances, diathermancy for dark heat.

SchulU-SeUack, C. Berl. Mb. (1869) 745- ;

A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 182-.

— , diathermanous. Mellani, M. C. B. 36

(1853) 709-.
— , — (Melloni). Desains, P., dt La

Provostaye, F. de. C. B. 37 (1853) 669-.
Sylvine. Magnus, O. Berl. Mb. (1868) 307- ;

C. B. 66 (1868) 1302.
— . Knoblauch, H. A. Ps. C. 136 (1869) 66-.
Thin plate, diathermancy to various calorific

radiations. Melloni, M. C. B. 38 (1854) 429-.

— transparent screens. Ritchie, W. [1826]
Phil. Trans. (1827) 139-.

Transparent substances, diathermancy for
dark rays. PettineUi, P. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 27
(1895) 121-.

Water, thin films. Russdl, (Hon.) F. A. R.

B. A. Bp. (1880) 490.

Diathermanous bodies with polished or rough

surfaces and radiant heat. Knoblauch, H.

D. Nf. B. 40 (186^ 100-.
Diffusion. Knoblauch, H. A. Ps. C. 126

(1866) 1-.
— , and obliquity of diffusing layer. Oodard,

L. C. B. 101 (1886) 1260- ; A. C. 10 (1887)

354-.

— from plane surfaces. Angstrbm, K. Ups.

Irsk. (1886) (Mat. Nat.) 65 pp. ; A. Ps. C.
26 (1886) 263-.

— by rock salt under various conditions.
Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 120 (1863) 177-.

— from spherical surfaces. Angstr&m, K.
[1887] Stockh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 13 (Afd. 1)
(1888) No. 4, 12 pp.

Diffusive power of diathermanous substances.
Melloni, M. Bb. Un. 30 (1840) 194-.

402

3855

Heat, Beflection, Befraddon and Dispersion

3855

Dispersion and absorption of infra-red by rook
salt and sylvine. Rubem, H,, <t Trow-
bridge, A. A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 724-; 61
(1897) 224.

— , anomaloas, of long infra-red rays by quarts.
NichoU, E. F. Science 4 (1896) 847-; Berl.
Ak. Sb. (1896) 1183- ; A. Ps. C. 60 (1897)
401- ; Ps. Bv. 4 (1897) 297-.

— of heat generated oy gas burner. Briggi, R,
Am. Ph. S. P. 17 (1878) 809-.

— — infra-red. Rubent, H, Berl. Ps. Os.
Yh. (1891) 88- ; A. Ps. C. 45 (1892) 288-.

by fluorite. Rubem, H. A. Ps. C.

51 (1894) 381-.
. Patehen, F. A. Ps. C. 58

(1894) 801-.
rook salt. P€L9ehen, F. A. Ps. C,

53 (1894) 337-.
Experiments. Melloni, M. 0. B. 10 (1840)

537-, 826-.
—.apparatus for. MeOoni.M. L'I.8(1885)22-.
— , . Biot, J. B. [1836] Par. Ac. So.

Mm. 14 (1838) 433-.
Heating of various bodies by radiant heat.

Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 70 (1847) 230-.

— effect, influence of radiant heat. Ndggerath,
E. J. Giving. 10 (1864) 381-.

Law of radiation, transmiBsion and absorption

in relation to pressure and density of air.

Very, F. W. U. S. Weath. Bur. BU., G.

(1900) 134 pp.
Leslie's theory. Mayeock, J, D. Nicholson

J. 26 (1810) 76-, 106-.

. Ritchie, W. Edmb. J. Sc. 8 (1828) 136-.

Mathematical theory. Fourier, J. B. J. A.

G. 28 (1825) 337-.
Melloni's theoiy, criticism. FuHnieri, A. A.

Sc. Lomb. Yen. 11 (1841) 227-.

— ^, experiments on black diathermanons
substance to verify. Matthieuen, A, C.B.
16 (1843) 763-.

Properties of radiant heat. Fourier, J, B, </•

A. G. 27 (1824) 236-.
Badiation, effect of surrounding medium.

Smoluchowski de Smolan, — . G. B. 123

(1896) 230-.
— , invisible, refrangibility. Henehel, {Sir) TT.

Phil. Trans. (1800) 284-.
— , long wave, experiments. Rubens, H,, dt

NichoU, E. F. A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 418-.
— , , isolation by quartz prisms. Ruibene,

H,, dt ABchkinass, E, A. Ps. G. 67 (1899)

459- ; D. Ps. Os. Vh. (1899) 11-.
— , measurement, importance for astronomy

and meteorology. Buys Ballot, — . Utr.

Prv. On. Aant. (1884) 6-.
Beflection. MelloM, M. C. B. 1 (1835) 300-.
— . Knoblauch, H. Poffg. A. 109 (I860) 595-.

— by crystals. Knoblauch, H. (vi Adds,)
D. Nf. Vsm. B. 35 (I860) 118-.

— , diffuse. Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 71

(1847) 1-.
— , — , effect on radiant heat. Knoblauch, H.

Berl. B. (1845) 170-.
— , experiments. Tremery, J. L. J. Mines

34 (1813) 227-.

— by fluor-spar and other bodies. Magnut, 0«
Berl. Mb. (1869) 675-.

Beflection by fluor-spar and other bodies (Mag-
nus). Knoblauch, H. A. Ps. C. 139 (1870)
282-.

glass, intensity of heat. Forbes, J, D.

Edinb. B. 8. P. 2 (1851) 256-.

ice. Henry, J. [1849] Am. Ph. 8. P.

5 (*1854) 108.

metals. De$ain$, P,, dt La Provoetaye,

F. de. G. B. 28 (1849) 501- ; 31 (1850)
512- ; A. C. 30 (1850) 276-.

— of obscure heat. Pictet, M. A. Par. S.
Phhn. BU. 3 (18021 110.

by glass ana rook salt. i>eia»iw,P.,

dtLaProvoMtaye,F.de. G. B. 37 (1853) 168-.

— by polished surfaces. De$ain$, P, C. B.
74 (1872) 1102-, 1185-.

— , regular and irregular. Deeaina, P,, dt La
ProvoMtaye, F. de. G. B. 26 (1848) 212-.

— by surfaces of transparent ana diather-
manons media of light and heat rays.
Knoblauch, C. H. A. Ps. G. (Jubdbd.)
(1874) 280-.

— and transmission by metals. KnoibHauch,
[C] H. HaUe Sb. Nf . Os. (1856) 4 ; Pogg.
A. 101 (1857) 161- ; HaUe Nf . Os. B. (1876)
13- ; Ac. Nt. G. N. Acta 39 (1877) 341-.

Befraction. PoweU, B. B. A. up. (1841) {jpt. 2)

25.
— . DeMffw, P. G. B. 88 (1879) 1047- ; 89

(1879) 189-.
— , double. Knoblauch, H, Pogg. A. 74

(1849) 1-.

— and polarisation. Forbee, J, D. Edinb. B.
S. T. 13 (1836) 131-, 446-.

Befractive and calorific powers of certain gases,
comparison. Montigny, C. Brux. Ac. Bll.
20 (1865) 855-.

— index of fluorite in infra-red. Paschen, F.
A. Ps. G. 56 (1895) 762-.

, rook salt and sylvine for very long

wave-lengths. Rubens, H,, dt Snow, B. W.
A. Ps. G. 46 (1892) 529-.

Besidual rays of fluorites. Rvbens, H. A. Ps.

G. 69 (1899) 576-.

rock salt and sylvine. Rubens, H., dt

AschHnass, E. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 241-.

SPECTRA.

absorption, bolometrio experiments. Julius,
W. H. Amst. Ak. Yh. (Sect. 1) 1 (1893)
2^0. 1, 49 pp. ; Fschr. Ps. (1892) {Ab. 2) 374-.

and emission bands of heated gases mthout
combustion. Very, F. W. U. S. Weath.
Bur. Bll., O. (1900) 134 pp.

heat. Desains, P. G. B. 67 (1868) 297-,
1097- ; 70 (1870) 985- ; 84 (187*0 285-.

— absorption, of coloured substances. Oodard,
L. G. B. 106 (1888) 545-.

— , of sun and of Bourbouze platinum lamp.

Mautan, L. G. B. 89 (1879) 295-.
infra-red. Julius, W. H. [1893] Mbl. Nt.

(1893-94) 75-.

— absorption. Nichols, E. F. Am. As. P.
(1892) 83-; Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 1-.

, of carbon oompounds. PuccianH, L.

[1899-1900] Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 49- ; N. Dim. 11
(1900) 241-.

403

oo2

3860 GhexmcalConstitutioiiyKelation to Refraction, Dispen^ 3860

infra-red abeorption, of chlorine and hydro-

ohlorio aoid. AngstrSm, K.^ dt PdLmaer^ W.

Stookh. Ofy. (1893) 889-.

, — rook salt and sylvine. Rubent, H,

Berl. Pb. Ob. Vh. (1896) 108-.

— , of oxides of carbon. AngstrHnit K. Stockh.

Ofv. 46 (1889) 549- ; 47 (1890) 881-.
— , — water vapour and carbon dioxide,

absorption and emission. Rubens^ H,, dt

AschHnass, E. A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 684-.
periodic heat maxima by difFerent prisms.

Avmonnet, — . C. B. 114 (1892) 582-.
prismatic, heat intensity. MUUer, (Dr,) J.

(vi Adda.) D. Nf. Ysm. B. 84 (1858) 160.
— , — maximum. Serpieri, A, Mil. I. Ixmib.

Bd. 2 (1869) 596-.
— , infra-red rays. Beer, A, Pogg. A. 87

(1852) 118-.
solar, parathermic ray^. Her$chel, (Sir)

J. F, W. [1842] Phil. Trans. (1848) 1-.
— , visibility of certain infra-red rays. Cooper,

J. 8. B. S. P. 4 (1889) 146.
visible, heat distribution. Conroy, J. Ph. Mg.

8 (1879) 208- ; L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1880) 106-.
— , — raoiations. Aymonnet, — . G. B. 119

(1894) 50-, 151-.

Transmissibility of heat. Jamin, J,, dt
Ma$8on, — . C. B. 81 (1850) 14-.

Transmission through diathermanous bodies
as regards temperature of source of heat.
Knoblauch, H, Pogg. A. 70 (1847) 210-.

— of heat of difFerent kinds tnrough bodies.
Forbii, J. D. C. B. 10 (1840) 19-.

— — — — — — — gases. TyndaU, J.

[1859] B. 1. P. 8 (1858-62) 155-.

— through inclined diathermanous plates.
Knoblauch, H. D. Nf. Tbl. (*1868) 58;
(•1871) 99- ; A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 821-.

and transparent plates. Knob-
lauch, H. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 161-.

— , new empirical law. Weiss, T, Schldmilch
Z. 8 (1868) 111-.

— through rough dull diathermanous bodies.
Jungk, C. Q. A. Ps. C. 128 (1864) 148-.

Transmitted rays, suggested pnotocpraphy by.
Courtenay, R. Nt. 58 (1895-96) 579.

3860 Chemical Constitntioiiy Be-
lation of Befraction, Dispersion
and Absorption to. Optical Glass.

Absorption bands of cobalt salts, molecular

origin. J^tard, A. C. B. 120 (1895) 1057-.
didymium salts, and colour of solu-
tions. Liveing, G. D. [1898] Camb. Ph. S.
P. 10 (1900) 40-.

— by hflBmoglobin in ultra-violet. Gamgee, A,
B. S. P. 59 (1896) 276-.

— in infra-red, and constitution of organic
bodies. Abney, (Capt.) W. de W,, dt
Festing, (CoL) — PhU. Trans. 172 (1881)
887-.

Absorption of light, chemical relatione. Vogd,
H. W. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1875) 82-.

and molecular structure. Klobukow,

N, von, J. Pr. C. 82 (1885) 122-.

ABSORPTION SPECTRA.

and chemical constitution of organic sub-
stances. Brit, Ass. Comm. B. A. Bp.

(1899) 316- ; (1900) 151-.
salme solutions, action of heat.

Hartley, W, ^. [1900] Dubl. S. Be. T. 7

{1902J 258-.
chloropnyll in ultra-violet. Schunek, C. A.

B. 8. P. 68 (1898) 889-.
dosed chain carbon compounds in ultra-violet.

Hartley, W. N., dt Dobbie, J. J. C. S. J.

78 (1898) (Pt. 2) 698-.
and composition of organic colouring matters.

Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1887) 716-.
'" compounds, relations. KrUss, G.

Berl. B. 18 (1885) 1426 ; Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888)

812- ; 18 (1895) 559-.
, — . Althausse, M., dt KrUss, G.

Berl. B. 22 (1889) 2065-.
didymium and erbium salts. Liveing, G, D.

[1899] Camb. Ph. S. P. 10 (1900) 218- ;

Camb. Ph. S. T. 18 (1900) 298-.
dilute solutions. Ewan, T. B. S. P. 57 (1895)

117-.
isomeric cresols, dihydroxybenzenes, and

hydroxybenzoic acids. Hartley, W. N. C.

S. J. 58 (1888) 641-.
and molecular structure of carbon compounds,

relation. Hartley, W. N. [1880-85] C. 8.

J. 89 (1881) 158- ; 41 (1882) 45- ; 47 (1885)

685-.
— colourless organic compounds,

relation. Spring, W. Brux. Ac. Bll. 88

(1897) 165-.

Absorption of ultra-violet by compounds of
fatty series. Soret, J. L., dt RUHet, A.
Arch. 8c. Ps. Nt. 28 (1890) 5-.

Atomic composition of liquids containing
carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, influence on
transmission of light. Landolt, H. H. A.
Ps. C. 122 (1864) 545- ; 128 (1864) 595-.

Colour of bodies and their chemical character,
relations. Sabatier, P. Toul. Fac. So. A. 6
(1892) E, 88 pp.

di- and tri-phenyl methane dyes and

chemical constitution, relation. Rosenstiehl,
A. Mulhouse 8. In. Bll. 64 (1894) 181-.

fi ~ 1

Critical coefficient and formula -—i— , relations.

a

Nasini, R, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1898)

{Sem, 2) 127-.
Dispersion equivalent of sulphur. Sehrauf, A,

A. Ps. C. 27 (1886) 300-.
— equivalents. Dale, T. P., dt Gladstone,

J.H. B. A. Bp. 36 (1866) (Sect.) 10.
. Gladstone, J. H. B. 8. P. 42 (1887)

401-.
and constitutional formulas. Gladstone^

J.H. Nt. 86 (1887) 570.

iOi

3860 Optical Glass

Chemical Constitntion and Aefraction 3860

Dispersion of esters. Barbier, P., db Boux, L,
C. B. 112 (1891) 582-.

— formuliB, experimental proofs. BrilM,
J, W. Lieb. A. 236 (1886) 233- ; Berl. B.
19 (1886) 2821-.

^, molecular. QladtUmey J, H. Nt. 48
(1891) 198.

— of organic compounds. Barhier, P., dt
Rmix, L. C. R. Ill (1890) 180-, 235-.

(Barbier A Boax). Natini, R,

Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1890) {8em. 1) 211-.
Dispersive power of salts in solution. Walter,

B. Hamb. Ws. Anst. Jb. 9 {Pt, 1) (1891)

245-.
Gladstone's law. Hibbert, W. L. Ps. 8. P.

13 (1896) 670- ; Ph. Mg. 40 (1895) 321-.
-^ — , and variation of molecular index.

Dufet, H. Fr. S. Mn. BU. 8 (1885) 406- ;

J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 477-, 535-.
Eetteler*s dispersion formula, constants for

rock salt in. LangUy, S. P. Smiths. I.

Asps. Obs. A. 1 (1900) 261-.
Molecular force, laws. Sutherland, W. Aust.

As. Bp. (1888) 39- ; (1890) 368-.

— rotation and deviation. Ouye, P. A, C. B.
120 (1896) 876-.

OPTICAL GLASS.

(Bitchie's.) Simme, W. H. [1839] As. S.

Mm. 11 (1840) 165-.
Ootz, J. R. [1892] Mor. S. J. (1898) 255-.
Abbe's work. Doll, — . [1894] Karlsruhe

Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896) (Sb.) 267-.
clear, production in Siemens's furnace. Mach,

L, Wien Az. 37 (1900) 125-.
coloured and colourless, absorption spectra.

Eder, J,M.,& Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 61

(1894) 285-.
, transmission of light. Spring, W,

Brux. Ac. BU. (1900) 1014-.
composition. Kerckhoff, P. J, van. Arch.

N6erl. 6 (1871) 177- ; Amst. Vs. Ak.5 (1871)

{Ntk.) 181-.
and connection between chemical constitution

and optical properties (Haroourt's re-
searches). Stokee, O, O. B. A. Bp. 41

(1871) {Sect.) 38-.
crown- and fdnt-, composition. Kerckhoff,

P. J. van. [1871] Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl. 8

(1874) 117-.
, invention. Ovinand, A, As. Nr. 8

(1831) 341-.
dispersion. Merz, S. von, (xn) Z. Instk. 2

(1882) 176-.
effect of cooling; manufacture of compressed

lenses. SchoU,—,etalii. Z. Instk. 10 (1890)

41-.
heavy crystal- (of Dufourgerais) . [Prony, R, de,

Ouyton de Morveau, — , €^] Roehim, A.

Par. Bll. S. Encour. 8 (1809) 104-.
. [Delanibre, — , Charles, — , Burekhardt,

— , <^] Oay-Luesac, L. J, Gilbert A. 34

(1810) 460-.
for instruments. Bourne, A. Silllman J. 40

(1841) 207-.
Jena. Czapski, S, Z. Instk. 6 (1886) 293-,

335-.

Jena. Swift, J. Mor. S. J. (1888) 486.

— , list of varieties. Caplatgi, A, Mor. S. J.

(1890) 398-.
— , properties. Hdegh, E. von, Gztg. Opt. 8

(1887) 13-.
manufacture. Faraday, M. [1829] Phil.

Trans. (1830) 1-.
— . SimMs,W.H. As. S. M. Not. 9 (1848-49)

147-.
— , improvements. HoUey, G. W. [1881]

Franklin I. J. 118 (•1884) 132-.
— , — . Schneider, R. Giving. 34 (1888)

465-.
new. Eder, J, M, Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887)

— objectives. Anon, Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886) 316-.
and photographic objectives. Miethe, A,

Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 452-.
production in electric furnaces. Mach, L.

Wien Az. 37 (1900) 122-.
recent inventions. Foerster, F, Giving. 41

i[1895) 387-.
reflection and tiansmission of light by certain

kinds. Conroy,{Sir)J. [1888] Phil. Trans.

(A) 180 (1890) 245-.
rehactive indices of several kinds. Maseart, i,

A. G. 14 (1868) 144-.

Optical properties of bodies and their

characteristic equation. Janutchke, H,

Exner Bpm. 27 (1891) 731-.
phenyl thiocarbimide. Madan, H, O,

L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 262-.
phosphorus. OladsUme, J, R,, dt

DaU, T, P. [1858] Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 30-.

BEFBAGTION.

Eijkman, J. F. Beo. Tr. G. P.-Bas 12 (1898)

157-, 268- ; 13 (1894) 13- ; 14 (1895) 185- ;

15 (1896) 52-.
atomic, of antimony, lead and tin. Ohira, A,

Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 3 (1894) {Sem. I) 882-.
— , — boron. Ohira, A. Bm. B. Ao. Lino.

Bd. 2 (1893) {Sem. I) 31^.
— , calculation for sodium light. Conrady, E.

Z. Ps. G. 3 (1889) 210-.
— , of carbon. Naeini, R, Bm. B. Ao. Lino.

Bd. 1 (1885) 78-.
— , , hyorogen, oxygen and the halogens.

Traube, J. Berl. B. 30 (1897) 39-.
— , — elements for D line. Zeechini, F, Qt%,

G. It. 22 (1892) (Pt. 2) 592-.
— , — mercury. Qhira, A. Bm. B. Ao. Lino.

Bd. 3 (1894) {Sem, 1) 297-.
— , — nitrogen. Traube, J, Berl. B. 30

(1897) 43-.
^-, — oxygen. Anderlini, P. Gz. G. It. 25

(1895) {Pt. 2) 127-.
— , and relation between dispersion and

chemical constitution. BrUM, J, W. Z. Ps.

G. 7 (1891) 140-.
— , of selenium. ZoppeUari, I, Bm. B. Ao.

Lino. Bd. 3 (1894) {Sem. 2) 330-.
— , — sulphur. Aonnt, JR. Berl. B. 15

(1882) 2878- ; Bm. B. Ao. Lino. Bd. 1 (1885)

405

3860 Befraction. Bquivaients

and ohemioal oomposition of gases and
vapours. BrOM, J, W. Z. Ps. C. 7 (1891)

oonstitation. OladiUme, J. H. [1877]

B. I. P. 8 (1879) 351-.
— and density of organic substanoes.

BrUhl. J. W, D. Nf. Tbl. (•1879) 187- ;

Lieb. A. 200 (1880) 189- ; 203 (1880) 1-,

255-, 868-.
equivalent, relation between. Oladstonet

J.H. B. S. P. 60 (1897) 140-.

— density of gaseous elements and oompounds.
DaU, {Rev^ T. P. L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890)
189- ; Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 268-.

equations. Paglianit S, Bm. B. Ac. Lino.
Bd. 2 (1898) (8em. 2) 107-.

EQUIVALENTS.

Gladstone, J. H, B. S. P. 16 (1868) 489-;

B. I. P. 5 (1869) 371- ; C. S. J. 8 (1870)

101- ; As. Fr. C. B. 1 (1872) 361- ; Am. J.

Sc. 29 (1885) 55-.
Exner, F, Exner Bum. 21 (1885) 34^ ; Wien

Ak. Sb. 91 (1885) (Ah. 2) 850- ; lib. C.

(1885) 249-.
(CH, .) Landclt, H. Z. Ps. C. 4 (1889) 418-.
aromatic hydrocarbons, and Uieir derivatives.

GladsUme, J. H. C. S. J. 8 (1870) 147-.
carbon. QladsUme, J. H. B. A. Bp. 35 (1865)

(Sect.) 11.

— compounds. OladgUme, J, H. As. Fr. C.
B. 10 (1881) 380-.

and diamonds. Oladgtone, J, H. B. A.

Bp. (1880) 585-.
— , hydrogen and oxygen. Landolt, H. H.

Halle Z. Nw. 40 (1872) 303.
and chemical theory. Gladstone, J. H.

B. A. Bp. 38 (1868) (Sect.) 37-.
double bonds, influence of halogens. Carrara,

G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1898) (Sem. 1)

353-.
elements. Gladstone, J. H. [1869] Phil.

Trans. 160 (1870) 9-.
— . Hauke,A. Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) (J 6.

2a) 749-.

— in organic compounds. Gladstone, J. H.

B. S. P. 31 (1881) 327-.

organic compounds. Gladstone, J. H. C. S. J.

45 (1884) 241-.
. Nasini, R. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Mm. 19

(1884) 195-.
salts in solution. Gladstone, J. H. C. N. 16

(1867) 150.
ana volume equivalents. Kettder, E. Z. Ps.

C. 2 (1888) 905-.

formulas, Eetteler's, application. Nasini, R.

[1890] Oz. C. It. 21 (1891) {Pt. 1) 381-.
mixtures of alcohol and water. Dziewtdski, E,

[1881] (xn) Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prt,) Pam. 8

(1883) 113-.

Molecular Refraction 3860

MOLECULAR REFRACTION.

Wiedemann, E. E. G. A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 577-.
Sutherland, W. Aust. As. Bp. (1888) 42-;

Ph. Mg. 27 (1889) 141-.
brominated ettianes and ethylenes. Weegmann,

R. Z. Ps. C. 2 (1888) 218- , 257-.
oitraconic and mesaoonic esters. BriM, J. W,

Berl. B. 14 (1881) 2736-.
oompounds containing nitrogen. Loewenhen,

R. Z. Ps. C. 6 (1890) 552-.
constants of crystallised salts. Pope, W. J.

Z. Er. 28 (1897) 113-.
and critical constant, relation. Guye, P. A.

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1890) 17-.
dependence on chemical constitution. Schrdder,

H. Berl. B. 14 (1881) 2513- ; 15 (1882) 994-;

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 12 (1882) 57- ; A. Ps. G. 18

(1883) 148-.
dissolved salts. Doumer, E. C. B. 110 (1890)

957- ; Par. S. G. Bll. 3 (1890) 200-.
and acids. Gladstone, J. H.,dt Hibbert,

W. B. A. Bp. (1895) 637 ; G. S. J. 67 (1895)

831- ; 71 (1897) (Pt. 2) 822-.
hydrocarbons, supposed influence of multiple

linkages. Thomsen, J. Berl. B. 19 (1886)

2837-.
and molecular weight, change. Janovsky, J. V.

Wien Ak. Sb. 81 (1880) (Ah. 2) 539-; 82

(1881) {Ab. 2) 147-.
, — (Janovsky). Br^U, J. W. Berl.

B. 14 (1881) 1306-.
nitrates. Loewenherz, JR. Berl. B. 23 (1890)

2180-.
organic compounds fliquid). LandoU, H. H.

Berl. Ak. Sb. (1882) 64-.
(for infinitely long wave-lengths). Lan-
dolt, H., <& Jahn, H. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1892)

729-.
. Jahn, H., dt MSUer, G. Z. Ps. G. 13

(1894) 385-.

. BrUhl, J. W. Berl. B. 30 (1897) 158-.

of high dispersive power. Nasxni, R.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 (1887) (Sem. 1) 128-,

164-.

— cyanides and wocyanides. Costa, T. Bm.
B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1891) (Sem. 2) 308-.

— liquids of high dispersive power. BriSid,
J. W. Lieb. A. 235 (1886) 1- ; Berl. B. 19
(1886) 2746-.

— thiooyanates, Mothiocyanates and thiophen.
NaMni, R., db Seala, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line.
Bd. 2 {1886} (Sem. 1) 617-.

salts and their solutions. Gladstone, J. H.

As. Fr. G. B. (1893) (Pt. 1) 20(^; (1895)

(Pt. 2) 468-.
sohds in solution. Sehiltt, F. Z. Ps. C. 5

(1890) 349- ; 9 (1892) 349-.
ana specific refraction, new formula. Edwards,

W. F. Am. G. J. 16 (1894) 625-.
sulphur and carbon compounds. Nasini, R.,

dt Scala, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1886)

(Sem. 1) 623-.
Thomson's supposed explanation of the con-
ditions. BrUhl, J. W. Berl. B. 19 (1886)

3103-.

406

3860 Refraction and Dispersion

organic compounds, singular case. Natini, R» ,

dt Coita, T, Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1890)

{Sem. 2) 259-.
relation to density and atomic weight of bodies.

Schmidt, C. A, Z. Nw. 9 (1874) 283-.
and rotation of chemical compoands. Kanori'

nikov, L J. Pr. C. 49 (1894) 1S7-.
selenates of potassium, rubidium and cttsium.

Tutton, A,E. C. S. J. 71 (1897) (Pt. 2) 846-.
selenium and bromine, upper limit. Dale,

{Rev.) T. P. L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 17- ;

Ph. Big. 27 (1889) 60-.
specific, of elements and their compounds.

GladitoM, J. H. G. S. J. 8 (1865) 108-.
— , influence of double linkage. Naeinij R,

Bm. B. Ac. Lino. T. 8 (1884) 169-, xvi.
— , of liquids, new formula. Zeeehini, F.

Gz. C. It. 25 (1895) IPt. 2) 269-.
— , and molecular weignt, relation between.

Guye, P. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 23 (1890) 183-.
— , — the periodic law. OUidstcne, J. H,

B. A. Bp.^ (1895) 609-.

^, of solids, determination from their solu-
tions. Brit» Ast. Comm. B. A. Bp. (1881)
155-.

REFRACTION AND DISPERSION.

equivalents. OladsUme, J, H, Arch. So. Ps.

Nt. 16 (1886) 192-.
— , of chlorine, bromine and iodine. Glad-
stone, J, H. B. A. Bp. 36 (1866) {Sect.) 37.
of fluorbenzene and allied compounds.

Oladttone, J. H., db QladeUme, O. Ph. Mg.

31 (1891) 1-.
in isomorphous biaxial crystals. Perrot, F. L.

[1890-92] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 25 (1891) 26- ;

29 (1893) 28-, 121-.
molecular. Gladstone, J. H. C. S. J. 59

(1891) 290-.
— , of very dilute solutions. Dijken, D. Z.

Ps. C. 24 (1897) 81-.
— , recent determinations. Gladstone, J. H.

L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 153- ; Ph. Mg. 35

(1893) 204-.
— , of substances in solution. Gladstone,

J. H. C. 8. J. 59 (1891) 589-.
of various organic compounds. Perkin, W. H,

C. S. J. 69 (1896) 1025-, [1756] .
relations, anu chemical composition, con-
nection. Mitscherlich, E. Berl. B. (1846)
86.

and sensitiveness of liquids* Gladstone, J. H,,

dt DaU, T. P. Phil. Trans. (1863) 317-.
of silver iodide, bromide and chloride. Wet-

nicke, W. A. Ps. C. 142 (1871) 560-.
— — — , — — — (Wernicke). Sehvltz-

Sellack, C, A. Ps. C. 144 (1872) 331-.
specific. Gladstone, J. H, As. Fr. C. B.

(1885) (Pt. 2) 270-.
— , of alums. Gladstone, J. H. L. Ps. S. P.

7 (1886) 194- ; Ph. Mg. 20 (1885) 162-.
— , — isomeric bodies. Gladstone, J. H.

[1880] L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 94- ; Ph. Mg.

11 (1881) 54-.
— , — liquids. Gladstone, J. H, B. A. Bp.

(1881) 591.

Refractive indices 3860

Befractive and dispersive energy, specific, of
essential oils. Gladstone, J. H. G. S. J.
49 (1886) 609-.

— energies and combining proportions of
metals, relation. Gladstone, J. H. B. A.
Bp. 39 (1869) (Sect.) 22-.

— energy ana molecular volume of some
sodium salts. Dufet, if. Par. S. Ps. S^.
(1887) 117-.

, specific. Dale, T. P., dt Gladstone, — .

B. A. Bp. (1863) (pt. 2) 12-.

REFRACTIVE INDICES.

camphors and allied substances. BrUhl, J. W,

Berl. B. 32 (1899) 1222-.
compound ethers. Ddffs, W. Pogg. A. 81

(1850) 470-.
and density and boiling point of some organic

liquids. Ddffs, W. Lieb. A. 92 (1854)

277-.
, molecular weight and diathermancy, con-
nection between. Aymonnet, — . G. B. 113

(1891) 418-.
homologous compounds. Landolt, H, H,

Pogg. A. 117 (1862) 352- ; Bheinl. Westphal.

Sb. 19 (1862) 180-.
isomorphous biaxial crystals. Perrot, F. L.

[1892] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 29 (1893) 28-,

121-.

— mixtures. Dufet, H. G. B. 99 (1884) 990-.

— — , in relation to chemical composition.
Fock, A. (xn) Z. Kr. 4 (1880) 583-.

mixture of two fiuids, calculation. Hoek, M,
Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 347-.

normal salt solutions. Bender, C. A. Ps. G.
39 (1890) 89- ; A. Ps. 2 (1900) 186-.

and water. Bender, C. A. Ps. G. 68

(1899) 343- ; 69 (1899) 676-.

organic compounds, relation to chemical con-
stitution. Bemheimtr, 0., dt Nasini, R,
Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 7 (1883) 227- ; Bm. B.
Ac. Line. Mm. 18 (1883) 608-.

— substances. Kanonni1u)v, J. J. Pr. G. 32
(1885) 497-.

salt solutions. Walter, B. A. Ps. G. 38
PL889) 107- ; C. B. 110 (1890) 708-.

substitution products of carbonic ether.
Wiedemann, E, J. Pr. G. 114 (1873) 453-.

REFRACTIVE POWER.

anomalous, of phenylic bases. Zecchini, F.

Bm. B. Ac. Lina Bd. 2 (1893) (Sem. I)

491-.
benzenoid hydrocarbons. Perkin, W. H. G.

S. J. 77 (1900) (Pt. 1) 267-.
bodies. Marx, C. M. Schweigger J. 52

(= Jft. 22) (1828) 386-.
id

and calorific power, relation. MonHgny, C.

[1866] Brux. Mm. Gour. 8vo, 19 (1867)

(No. 2) 41 pp.
— chemical constitution, relation. Mohr, C. F.

D. G. Gs. B. 4 (1871) 149- ; Z. Mth. Ps. 16

(1871) 492-.
, — . Kanonnikov, I. J. (xn) Bs. Ps.-

G. S. J. 15 (Pt. 1) (1883) 434-; (x) Berl. B.

16 (1883) 3047-.

407

3860 Refractive Power

Electric Badiation, Absorption 3875

and chemical constitntion, relation. Nasinit R,

[1899] Yen. L At. (1899-1900) (Pt. 2)

211-.
, theory. Nasini^ R, Ghs. C. It. 20

(1891) 1-.
m^ta-oinnamene. Madan^ H. G. C. S. P. 1

(1885) 106-, m.
and composition, relations. Katioimikov, J.

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16 (C.) (1884) 119- ; Berl.
. B. 17 (1884) (Ref.) 167-.
, — . Flaviekij, F. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 16

(C.) (1884) 260-.
, — . Kanonnikov, I. I. Bs. Ps.-C. S.

J. 16 (C.) (1884) 448".
dompounds. Kanonnihw, I. J. Pr. C. 81

(1885) 321- ; 82 (1885) 497-.
— containing the carbonyl radicle. Nasini, R, i

db Anderlini, F. [1898] Ven. L At. (1893-

94) 307-.
^— , influence of simple and multiple union,

constitution of benzene and naphthalene

compounds. BrUhl, J. W. Berl. B. 20

(1887) 2288-.
constancy. Ketteler, E, A. Ps. C. 30 (1887)
. 286-.
and dispersive power of aromatic compounds,

relations. Costa, T, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm.

6(1889)246-.
silicon in its compounds. A bati , G.

Gz. C. It. 27 (1897) (Pt. 2) 437-.
gases. DuUmg, P. L. [1825] Par. Mm. Ac.

Sc. 7 (1827) 345-.
— , inactive. Ramsay, W, Arch. N^rl. 5

(1900) 356-.
— , mixtures. Ranuay, W,, db Traven, M. W.

B. A. Bp. (1897) 587- ; B. S. P. 62 (1898)

225-.
high, of some organic substances. Madan,

H. Q. L. Ps. S. P. 7 (1886) 364- ; Ph. Mg.

21 (1886) 245-.
influence of electrolytic dissociation and of

solvent. Le Blanc, M., d RohUind, P. Z.

Ps. C. 19 (1896) 261-.
Investigation of co-existing phases in mixtures

of acetone and ether by. Cunaus, E. H. J.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1900) 191-, 502 ; Amst.

Ak. P. 2 (1900) 101-, 408.
liquid mixtures. ZecchirU, F, Gz. C. It. 27

(1897) {Pt. 1) 368-.
liquids. Fahrt, R,, db Farini, L, Bologna

Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1884) 23-.
metallic carbonyls. Ferreira de SUva, A. J.

Par. S. C. bII. 16 (1896) 835-.
(Ferreira de Silva). Nanni, R, Yen. I.

At. (1896-97) 1087-.
mixtures. Perkin, W. H. C. 8. J. 77 (1900)

(Pt, 1) 267-.
organic compounds, influence of structure.

Kanonnikov, I. I. (xn) Kazan Un. Mm.

(1880) (Pt. 2) 179- ; (x) Berl. B. 14 (1881)

1697-.
in solutions. Kanonnikoff, J, J. Pr. C.

27 (1883) 362-.
organo-metallic compounds. Qhira, A, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 (1894) (Sem. 1) 391-.
phosphorus. Zecchini, F. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 1 (1892) {Sem. 2) 433-; 2 (1893)

{Sem, 1) 31-, {Sem. 2) 193-.

for ray of infinite wave-length. NaHid, R.
Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 2 (1893) {8em. 1)

161-.
solutions. Sundvik, E. E. Helsingf. Ofv.
39 (1897) 1-.

and specific inductive capacity. PagUani, S.

line. Bd. 4
48-.

Bm. B. Ac. Line.

2 (1893) {Sem. 2)

tellurium derivatives. PeiUni, O. , dt Menin, A .
. Gz. C. It. 30 (1900) (Pt. 2) 466-.
triethylsulphine derivatives. Nanni, R., dt

Costa, T. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 6 (1890)

{Sem. 2) 284-.

Befractometer, and experiments with solu-
tions. HaUiD€u:h$, W. Dresden Isis Sb.
(1898) {Ah.) 49-.

Tautomerism. BrUhl, J. W. J. Pr. C. 50
(1894) 119-.

3875 Beflection, Refraction and
Absorption of Mectric Badiation.

(Diffiaction.) Shvedov,T.N. (xn) Bs.C.Ps.
S. J. 7 (Ps.) (1875) UPt. 1)] 101- ; 8 (P«.)
(1876) [(Pt. 1)] 146- ; 9 {Ps.) (1877) [{Pt. 1)]
94-.

(Shvedov's theory.) KhvoVson, 0. D. (xn)
Bs. C. Ps. 8. J. 7 IPs.) (1875) [{Pt. 1)]
132- ; 8 IPs.) (1876) [{Pt. 1)] 428-.

(Beflection.) Shvedov, T. N. (xn) Bs. C.
Ps. 8. J. 8 {Ps.) (1876) [{Pt. 1)] 176-.

ABSOBPTION.

anomalous, and chemical constitution. Drude,

P. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 48 (1896) 431- ; A. Ps.

C. 60 (1897) 600-.
— , theory. Drude, P. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 49

(1897) 549-.
of electromagnetic waves. Right. A, Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) {Sem. 1) 214-.
and emission of waves oy resonance. Planck,

M. Berl. Ak. 8b. (1895) 289-.
of Bdntgen rays. Bugttet, A. G. B. 126 (1897)

898-.
— — — . Humphreys, W. J. Ph. Mg. 44

(1897) 401-.
by air. i^rowMdge, J., db Burhank,

J. E. Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 665.
aqueous salt solutions. Blythawood,

(Lard), db Marchant, E. W. B. 8. P. 65

(1900) 413-.
chemical compounds. Olddstone,

J. H., db Hibhert, W. C. N. 78 (1898)

199-.
gases and vanours, and electrifi-
cation of gases exposed to Bdntgen rays.

Rutherford, E. Ph. Mg. 43 (1897) 241-.

glass. Nannes, O. Stockh. Ofv.

(1896) 505-.
selective, of Bdntgen rays. APCleUand, J. A.

B. 8. P. 60 (1897) 146-.

408

3875 Electric Badiation, Befraction, etc.

of short waves by water. Drude, P. A. Ps. 0,

65 (1898) 499-.
Iransparency of bodies for Bontgen rays, law.

Benoist, L. C. B. 124 (1897) 146- ; Par. S.

Ps. 86. (1897) 21-.
of waves by liquids. BrarUy^ i. Par. S. Ps.

S6. (1900) 9-.
— non -metallic bodies. Branlyt ^.,

db Le Bon, G. G. B. 128 (1899) 879-.

Polarisation 4000

Physioal behaviour of substances containing

hydroxyl. GuiUaume, C, A, A. T61. 28
ri896-97) 880-.
Polarisation by doubly refracting crystals.
Bote, J, C. Beng. As. S. J. 64 (PU 2) (1896)
291-.

BEFLECTION.

OoldsUin, E. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1881) 775-.
diffuse, of Bdntgen rays. Pupin, M. I. Science

3 (1896) 588-.
— , . Thomson, J, J. Gamb. Ph. S.

P. 9 (1898) 398-.
of Bdntgen rays. Blythtwoodj {Lord). B. S.

P. 59 (1896) 330-.
. DweUhauvert'Deryt F. V. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 31 (1896) 482-.
(Blythswood) . Kelvin, (Lard). B. S.

P. 59 (1896) 382-.

. Lea, M. C, Science 4 (1896) 917.

. Malagoli, R., dt Bonadni, C, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem, 1) 827-.
from platinum. Rood, 0. N. Science

8 (1896) 468-.
, Bood's demonstration. Mayer,

A. M, Science 8 (1896) 705-.
polished metallic surfaces. Rood,

0. N, Am. J. Sc. 2 (1896) 178-.
total. Bote, J, C, B. S. P. 62 (1898) 800-.

BEFBAGTION.

Guirout, A. Lum. &leot. 4 (*1881) 880-.
Dispersion. Marx, B, A. Fs. C. 66 (1898)

411-, 597-.
— . Qraetz, L,, db Fomrn, L. A. Ps. G. 66

(1898) 1196-.
— , anomalous, of fluids. Drude, P. Leip.

Mth. Ps. Ab. 23 (1897) 1-.
— , — , theory. Drude, P, Leip. Mth. Ps. B.

49 (1897) 549-.

— in glasses, organic acids and esters. L&we,
K. F. A. Ps. G. 66 (1898) 390-, 682-.

Double refraction. Mack, K. A. Ps. G. 54
(1895) 342-.

— — (Mack). Bezold, W. von, A. Ps. G. 54
(1895) 752-.

. Right, A. A. Ps. G. 55 (1895) 889-.

. Lebedev, P. Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 27 (Ps.)

(1895) 218- ; A. Ps. G. 56 (1895) 1-.

. Mack, K, A. Ps. G. 56 (1895J 717-.

, dielectric. BUmdlot, R, J. de Ps. 7

(1888) 91-.

— — of wood for electromagnetic waves.
Mazzotto, D. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897)
[Sem, 2) 78-.

Befractive indices of glass. Bose, J. C. B. S.

P. 62 (1898) 298-.
— — — gypsum for electromagnetic waves.

Righi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897)

{Sem, 1) 824-.
liquids for waves, method of demon-
stration. Drude, P, Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 47

(1896) 829-.
for short waves. Lampa, A, Wien Ak.

Sb. 105 (1896) {Ab, 2a) 587-, 1049-.
of water. EUinger, H. 0, G. A. Ps. G.

46 (1892) 518-, 680.
and aqueous solutions. Drude, P,

Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 48 (1896) 315-.
— — for waves 2 metres to 25 centi-
metres in length. Mazzotto, D, Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896) {Sem, 2) 801-.
Bdntgen rays. Beaulard, F, G. B. 122 (1896)

782.
in prism. Hurion, — , dt Izam, — . G.

B. 122 (1896) 1195-.
, refraction and difiFraction. Gouy, — .

G. B. 122 (1896) 1197- ; 128 (1896) 48- ; J.
. de Ps. 5 (1896) 846-.
, reflection. Evans, W. P. [1896]

N. Z. I. T. 29 (1897) 578-.

POLARISATION.

(See aUo Mineralogy 400-440.)

4000 General. Instruments and

Methods.

Mayer, J. T. [1812] G6tt. Gm. 2 (1811-18)

48 pp.
Munche, G. W, GUbert A. 57 (1817) 208-.
Sehweigger, J. 8. C. Schweigger J. 21 (1817)

118-.
Biot, J. B, Par. S. Phhn. Bll. (1818) 148.
Muncke, G. W. QUbert A. 66 (1820) 412-.

Anon, (vx 607) Gleanings So. 2 (1880) 105-.
Arago, D, F, J.
151-.

Par. Bur. Long. An. (1881)

Delezenne, — . Lille Mm. 8. (1884) 288-,

594- ; (1885) 5-.
Spottitwoode, W. [1878-74] (xi) Nt. 9 (1874)

127-, 167-, 208-, 282-, 828-, 888-, 464-,

507- ; 10 (1874) 125-.
Depolarisation. Dove, H, W, Pogg. A. 71

(1847) 115-.
— . Kundt,A. A. Ps. G. 128 (1864) 885-.

— by various bodies. Brewster, {Sir) D. [1814]
PhU. Trans. (1815) 29-.

— in traversing crystal, apparent. Pichar-
dergne, — . [1859] (vm) Bordeaux Mm.
S. Sc. 4 {cah, 2) (1866) 102-.

Depolarised light, distinction from natural
. Ught. Poggendorff, J. C. Pogg. A. 85

(1835) 448-.
Experiment. Airy, {Sir) G. B. (vi Adds.)

Ph. Mg. 10 (1881) 141-.
— , Huygens*8, applications. Strowmbo, 8.

Les Mondes 84 (1874) 562-.

409

4000

Polarisation. InatnunentB and Methods

4000

Experiments. HaZdat du Lys, C, N, A, de,
Nancy Mm. S. Sc. (1837) 83-.

— (with quartz, etc.). Bainnetf J. C. B. 8
(1889) 762.

— , Rosenbach, — . Bresl. Sohl. Gs. Jbr.

(1898) {Ah, 2a) 17-.
~. Htntze, —, Bresl. Sohl. Gs. Jbr. (1898)

{Ah. 2a) 19-.
— , fundamental. Kdnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps.

Vr. Jbr. (1892-98) 2ft-.
Indicatrix, optical, and transmission of light

in crystals. FUteher, L. [1891] Mn. Mg.

9 (1892) 278-, [404].

INSTBUMENTS AND METHODS.

Apparatus. BruhiM^ O. Z. Vr. D. Zuddn.
49 (1899) {Th. 2) 452-.

— for crystals. Schneider, E, Oarl Bpm. 16
(1879) 744-.

— with 2 division lines in field of sight.
Fri6, Jo„ dt FriSf Ja. Z. Zuokin* Bdhm.
18 (1898-94) 622-.

— for elliptioally polarised light. Dove, H, W»

B. A. Bp. (1854) {pt, 2) 9.

— — experiments. SckuUe-Montanus, — .
Gilbert A. 56 (1817) 427-.

. Umov, — . Par. S. Ps. B6. (1899)

25*.

— with glass scale, new. Frie, Jo,, db Frie,
Ja. Z. Zuckin. B5hm. 28 (1898-99) 501-.

— , Heele's new. QunUiehf E, Z. Instk. 16

(1896) 269-, 852.
— , magnesium platino-cyanide. Lommelt E.C.J»

Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 18 (1881) 81-.
— , modified. Reusch, F, E. Pogg. A. 92

(1854) 886.
— , Ndrremberg's, modification. Sehinz, E,

Sch. Gs. Yh. (1846) 88-.
— , novelties in. Wicke, W. Mcr. S. J. (1898)

288-.

— for plane, elliptic and circular polarisation.
Dove, H, W. Pogg. A. 85 (1885) 696-.

— — polarised light, without Ic«luid spar.
Cheyney, J, S. Mcr. S. J. (1900) 719-.

— , simple form. Cook, J, Nt. 60 (1899) 8.
Axes of doubly refracting crystals, arrangement

for distinguishing. Sorly, H, C. M. Mcr.

J. 18 (1877) 209-.
Colorimeter, polarisation-. KrIUe, H, Z. Ps.

C. 10 (1892) 165-.

Ck>mpensation of optical difference of path.

Sirhs, J, L, A. Ps. C. 140 (1870) 621- ;

141 (1870) 398-.
Compensator, Babinet, construction. Schmidt,

K. E. F, Z. Instk. 11 (1891) 489-; 12

(1892) 80 ; A. Ps. C. 46 (1892) 877-.
— , — , theory. Schmidt, K. E, F. A. Ps. C.

85 (1888) 860-.

— for polarimetiy. WtUff, O. V. Bs. Ps.-C.
S. J. 20 {Ps.) (1888) 20- ; J. de Ps. 8 (1889)
535-.

Dichroiscope. Haidinger, W. Wien SB,

(1848) 70-.
— . Dove, H. W. Pogg. A, 110 (1860) 265-.
— , improvement. Cathrein, A. Z. Instk. 16

(1896) 225-.
— , Sorby's. Anon. Mor. S. J. 5 (1885) 121-.

Double-rotation apparatus, optical properties.

Biot, J. B. C. B. 21 (1845) 458-.
Elliptic polarisation of light reflected from

metals, instrument for measuring. Mae-

CuUagh, J. [1838] Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1836-40)

158-.
Gratings, polarising. Du BoU, H, E. J. O.

B. A. Bp. (1892) 660.
Lenses and systems of lenses for observation

of coloured rings in polarised light.

Reuich, F, E. (vi Add$.) D. Nf. Ysm. B.

34 (1858) 160-.
Leukoscope. Brodhun, E, A. Ps. 0. 84

(1888) 897-.
Microscope, arrangement to shew axial images

of doubly refracting bodies. Dtppei, X>.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 17 (1900) 145-.
— , rings of crystals. Stone, W, H.

L. Ps. S. P. 1 (1876) 34-; Ph. Big. 48 (1874)

188.
— , polarisation-, for axial angles. Schneider,

E, Carl Bpm. 16 (1879) 119-.
— , — , and determination of character of doable

refraction. Klein, C. BerL Ak. Sb. (1893)

221-.
— , — , Ndrremberg's. Bertin, A, A. C. 69

(1863) 87-.
— , — , — . Brezina, A. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866)

446-.
— , polarising apparatus for. Thon^^eon, 8, P.

Mcr. S. J. (1889) 617-.
Photometer and polarimeter, new. WUd, H,

Pogg. A. 99 (1856) 285- ; Bern Mt. (1859)

24- ; Sch. Gs. Yh. 46 (1862) 107-.
— , polarisation-, for technical purposes, ex-
amination of Wenham gas lamps. Wild,

H, [1887] St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm. {R$.)

68 (1890) {App. No. 1) 81 pp. ; St. P6t. Ac.

Sc. BU. 32 (1888) 193-.
— , — , — , simplification. Wild, H.

[1888] St. P^t. Ac. So. BU. 33 (1890) 5-.
Plate, Bravais, use. Cotton, A, A. C. 8

(1896) 433-.
Plates, amethyst, use. Brewtter, {Sir) D.

B. A. Bp. (1858) {pt. 2) 18.

— , quartz, method of determining whether
inclined to optic axis or not. SoleU, H,

C. B. 41 (1855) 669-.

— , — , (SoleU).

Senarmont, H, de. A. C. 46 (1856) 89-.
— t — » polished, method of testing. Dongier,

E. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1898) 104-.
— , — , testing parallelism. Brunhee, B,

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1893) 206-.

POLARIMETERS,

Brewster, {Sir) D. [1841-42] B. S. P. 4

(1841) 306- ; Ir. Ac. T. 19 (1843) 877-.
Righi, A. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1884)

599-.
Damien, B. C. BU. Sc. Nord 16 (1884-85)

169-.
Pickering, E. C. Am. Ac. P. 21 (1886) 294-.
Frii, Jo. Z. Zuckin. Bdhm. 17 (1892-98)

7-.
comparabiUty of measurements. Lippich^ F.

Z. Instk. 12 (1892) 888-.

410

4000 Polartmeten

comparison of forms. Damien^ B, C. (zn)

BU. Sc. Nord 16 (1883) 221-.
cover glasses for, method of examination.

FriCj Jo., db FrU, Ja. Z. Zuckin. Bohm.

16 (1891-92) 807-.
half-shadow. Lippich, F, (xn) Lotos 80

(1882) 45-.

— field in, by 2 inclined glass plates.
PoyrUing, J. H. B. A. Rp. (1899) 662-.

^•j improvement. Lippich, F. Z. Instk. 14

(1894) 826-, 420.
— , theory. Lippich, F. Wien Ak. Sb. 99

(1891) (Ab, 2a) 695-.
— , use of photography with. Chauvin, — ,

d^ Fabre, C. C. B. 118 (1891) 691-.
improvements. Frii, Jo., db FiH, Jcu Z.

Zuckin. B5hm. 17 (1892-98) 551-.
lighting arrangements for. Martem^ F. F,

Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 835-.
for ordinary light. Laurent, L. Far. S. Ps.

S6. (1882) 146- ; C. B. 94 (1882) 442-.
photopolarimeter. Comu, A. As. Fr. C. B.

11 (1882) 253-.
for TotatoTj polarising liquids. Steeg, — , dt

Reuter, ~. Z. Instk. 8 (1888) 427-.
scale, apparatus for lighting. Schneider, H,

Z. Zuckin. Bdhm. 14 (1889-90) 219-.
sodium light replaced- by light filter for polari-

metric work. Landolt, H, Phm. Z. Bussl.

33 (1894) 773-.
speotropolarimeter. Fleitehl, E. von. Exner

Bpm. 21 (1885) 823-.
tube. HanuM, F. Z. Zuckm. B5hm. 18

(1893-94) 14-.
tubes, porcelain. MiiUer, M. Z. Angew. C.

(1888) 251-.
twin prisms for. Thompson, 8, P» Ph. Mg.

24 (1887) 397-.
vertical. Schmidt, F., db Hdnsch, — . Z.

Instk. 5 (1885) 61-.
yellow light for polarimetric observations.

Dupont, F. A. C. Anal. 2 (1897) 267-.

POLARISCOPE.

Brooke, H. J. Silliman J. 15 (1829) 369-.
Amid, O. B. A. C. 12 (1844) 114-.
Brysan, A. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 48 (1850) 19-.
Senarmont, H. de, A. C. 28 (1850) 279-.
Bravais, A. [1851] C. B. 82 (1851) 112- ;

A. C. 43 (1855) 129-.
Adame, W. G. L. Ps. S. P. 1 (1876) 152- ;

Ph. Mg. 50 ri875) 13- ; B. A. Bp. (1878) 486.
acetylene as illuminant. WUey, H, W, Am.

C. S. J. 18 (1896) 179-.
adapted to sky observations. Bosanquet,

R. H. M. Ph. Mg. 2 (1876) 20-.
analyser. Airy, G. B, [1832] Gamb. Ph. S.

T. 4 (1833) 313-.

— and crystalline plate, apparatus to measure
planes of polarisation. Laurent, L, Par.
S. Ps. S^. (1881) 278-.

— , elliptic. Stoket, G. G. B. A. Bp. (1851)

(pt. 2) 14-.
— , half-shadow. Mac€ de Lfpinay, J. C. B.

131 (1900) 832-.
— , rotating. Mach, E. A. Ps. C. 156 (1875)

169-.

PHsms 4000

Arago's, modification. Pohl, J. J. Dingier

163 (1862) 483-.
for demonstration. Lasaulx, A, C, P. F. von,

N. Jb. Mn. (1878) 509-.
direct refiecting. Hall, T. P. Science 19

(1892) 823.
measuring. Adame, W, G. L. Ps. S. P. 3

(1880) 112- ; Ph. Mg. 8 (1879) 275-.
natural. Simmon, B. Cftin.) Silliman J. 47

(1844) 418.
objects. Spottiewoode, W. Nt. 15 (1877) 275-.
pocket, oleomargariscope. Taylor, T, Am.

S. Mcr. P. 10 (1888) 159-.
polariser. WheaUUme, (Sir) C. B. S. P. 19

(1871) 381-.
— . Glan, P. Oarl Bpm. 16 (1880) 570- ; 17

(1881) 195.

— . Thampt&n, S. P. Nt 44 (1891) 455.

— , Amici. Madan, H. G. Mcr. S. J. 6 (1886)

682-.
— , half -shadow, tripartite. Lippieh, F. Wien

Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) (J&. 2a) 817-.
— , Iceland spar. Foueault, L. C. B. 45

(1857) 238-.
— in spar of small thickness. Joubin, — .

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1897) 59»-.
polarisers, double refraction. Dove, H, W.

Sch. Nf. Os. Vh. 48 (1864) 49.
reflecting and direct acting, for arc light pro-
jector. Knipe, O. Science 22 (1898) 272.
revolving. SpotH»woode,W, Ph. Mg. 49 (1875)

472-.
simple. Baumgartner, A, von. Baumgartner

Z. 1 (1826) 33-.
table-, Spottiswoode's combination with. Tieley,

S. C. B. A. Bp. (1874) (Sect.) 26-.

Polarised light, compensations. Brewster,

(Sir) D. [1841-42] B. S. P. 4 (1841) 306- ;

Ir. Ac. T. 19 (1848) 377-.
, demonstration of properties, method.

Umov, N. Z. Ps. C. 30 (1899) 711- ; A. Ps.

2 (1900) 72-.

PRISMS.

analysing. Jdlett, J. H. NH. Bv. 7 (1860)

(P.) 503-.
Bertrand's idiocyolophanous spar-prism.

Madan, H. G. Nt. 42 (1890) 52-.
doubly refracting (as polariser). Senarmont,

H. de. A. C. 50 (1857) 480-.
, for determination of elliptic axes. Jan-

nettaz, 6. C. B. 78 (1874) 413-.

Polarising Prisms.

Dove, H. W. Berl. Mb. (1864) 42.
Hartnack, — , db Prazmowski, — • Carl Bpm.

1 (1866) 825- ; 2 (1867) 217-.
(Hartnack A Prazmowski 's.) DdeuU, — . C.

B. 62 (1866) 149-.
Jamin, J. G. B. 68 (1869) 221.
Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 849-.
Glazebrook, R. T. L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 204-

Ph. Mg. 15 (1888) 852-.
Ahrens, C. D. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884) 588-.
Feusmer, K. Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 41-.

411

4000 Polarisation

(Ahrens's.) Thompton, 8, P. B. A. Bp.

(1885) 912.

AhreuM, C. D. Mor. S. J. 6 (1886) 897-, 859.
(Ahrens's.) Sehrdder, H. Z. Instk. 6 (1886)

810-.
Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 21 (1886) 476-;

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1887) 100-.
Orosse, — . D. Nf. Vh. (1890) {Th. 2) 88-.
the cutting of. Thompson, a. P, B. A. Bp.

(1886) 520.

Dove's apparatas, modifioation. Kayser, E,

[1892] Danzig Sohr. 8 (1892-94) {HefU

3 <& 4) xxxiv-.
Foaoault*B and Ahrens's, modification. Madan,

H. O. Nt. 81 (1885) 871-.
Nicol. Nicol, W. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6 (1829)

83—
-.. Talbot, W. H. F. (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 4

(1834) 289-.
— . Spassky, M. Pogg. A. 44 (1838) 168-.
— . Nicol, W. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 27 (1839)

332-.
— . Talbot, W. H. F. [1871] Edinb. B. S.

P. 7 (1872) 46a-.
— . Olazebrook, R. T. Ph. Mg. 10 (1880)

247-.
— , of calcite and glass. Leiss, C. Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1897) 901-.
— , . Lommel, E, von, [1898]

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 28 (1899) 111-.
— , exact orientation of principal section.

Laurent, L. C. B. 86 (1878) 662-.
— and Foucault, manufacture. Laurent, L.

C. B. 102 (1886) 1012- ; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1886)

109-.
— , improvement. Radicke, O, Pogg. A. 50

(1840) 25-.
— , — . Hasert, B. Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 189-.
— , large. Ahrens, C. D. [1899] Nt. 61

(1899-1900) 31-.
— , modification giving wider angle of field.

Thompson, S. P. B. A. Bp. (1885) 912.
— , principle. Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 14 (1857)

452-.
— , use. M'Connd, J, C. L. Ps. S. P. 7

(1886) 22-; Ph. Mg. 19 (1885) 317-.
— , — m polarisation measurements. Comu,
• ^. (ixj Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 4 (1867) 5-.
silverea, for successive polarisation. Stephen-
son, J. W, M. Mcr. J. 7 (1872) 246-.
sulphur, for infra-red rays. Uljanin, V, Kazan

Un. Mm. (1899) (Pu, 1 & S) 185- ; Fschr.

Ps. (1899) {Ab. 2) 42.
with wide field and transverse faces. Bertrand,

E, C. B. 99 (1884) 538-.

Projection apparatus, Duboscq. Bertin, A,

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1874) 62-.
for examination of rock slices by polarised

light. PeUin,P. As. Pr. C. B. (1897) (P<. 1)

197-.
, Soleil's, modification. Lovering^J, Am.

As. P. (1853) 24-.
— , crystallographic, optical bench for. Qra^ta-

rola, O. Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 1-.
Befractive indices, determination by angle of

polarisation. P/aff, {Dr,) F, A. Ps. C. 127

(1866) 150-.

Sacctmrometers 4000

Befractive indices, determination by angle of
polarisation (Pfaff). Dee Cloizeaux, A.
A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 479-.

Befractor, differential, for polarised light.
Jamin, J. C. B. 67 (1868) 814-.

Besultant vibrations in polarised light, instru-
ment to illustrate. Snell, E. S, Silliman
J. 32 (1861) 376-.

Botatory polarisation experiments, apparatus
for measuring deviations. Soleil, — . G. B.
21 (•1845) 426-.

, , Soleil's. Biot, J. B.

C. B. 21 (1845) 428-.

, method of facilitating. Soleil, — .

C. B. 20 (1845) 1805-.

— — in liquids, apparatus. Powell, B. Ph.
Mg. 22 (1843) 241-.

— power, apparatus for measuring. Comu, A,
Par. BU. S. C. 14 (1870) 140-.

— — , — and methods for measuring. Biot,
J. B. C. B. 20 (1845) 1747-.

of liquids, apparatus for observing. Biot,

J. B, C. B. 11 (1840) 413-.
quartz, apparatus and method for

measuring. Broeh, O. J. A. 0. 84 (1852)

119-.

SA CCHAROMETERS.

Soleil,—. C. B. 24 (1847) 973-.
Hendry, W. J. Mcr. Sc. 8 (1860) 248-.
JelUtt,J.H. [1863] Jr. Ac. P. 8 (1864) 279-.
Laurent, L. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1874) 7-.
Trannin, H. As. Fr. C. B. (1885) {Pt. 1) 105.
analyser and measuring arrangement for.

Martens, F. F. Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 82-.
compensator for. Duboscq, J., dt Soleil, N.

C. B. 31 (1850) 248-.
fringe, for white light. Duboscq, T. , dt Duboscq,

A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1886) 64-.
Laurent. Laurent, L. G. B. 89 (1879) 665-.

— white-light. Dufet, H. J. de Ps. 1 (1882)
552-.

and means of rendering sodium flame abso-
lutely monochromatic. Laurent, L, G. B.

78 (1874) 349-.
Mitscherlioh's. Schwippel, C. Brfinn Vh. 2

(1863) 72-.
modification. PrazmcwsH, A. C. B. 76 (1878)

1212-.
or polarimeter, measurement of electric current.

Arsonval, — d\ Par. S. Ps. S^. (1890)

108-.
polaristrobometer. Wild, H. I. [1864-69]

Bern Mt. (1864) 27-; St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm.

(Rs.) 16 (*1870) 141-; St. P^t. Ac. So. BU.

14 (1870) 149-.
— , improvements. Wild, H. Zur. Vjschr.

43 (1898) 57-; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 6 (1898)

379-.

— and rotating Nicol,theoiy. Sande-Bakhuyzen,
H. O. van de. [1871] A. Ps. G. 146 (1872)
259-.

— with white light. Wild, H. I. St. P^t. Ac.
. Sc. Bll. 28 (1883) 407-.

; absolute measurements by polari-
strobometer. Wild, H. Zfir. Yjsohr. 44
(1899) 136-.

412

4000

PolariBation

4000

polaristrobometrio methods. Lippieh,F, Wien

Ak. Sb. 85 (1882) {Ah. 2) 268-.
^ — , half-snadow appmtuB. Lippieh, F.

Wien Ak. Sb. 91 (1885) {Ah. 2) 1059-.
for projeotion on screen. LauretU, L, C. B.

105 (1887) 409- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1887)

97-.
simple. Poynting, J. H. L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881)

17- ; Ph. Mg. 10 (1880) 18-.
Soleil's, degree of aoooracy. BoUthatuer, O. A,

Catania At. Ac. Gioen. 8 (1878) 208-.
spectrosaccharometer. Olan, P. Miinoh. Ak.

Sb. 20 (1891) 513-.
testing quartz plates for. Herzfddj A. Z. Vr.

D. Zuckin. 50 (1900) {Th. 2) 826-.
Ultzmann*s. Anon. Mcr. 8. J. 6 (1886)

687-.

Spectroscopic and polarising apparatus, com-
bination. Lang^ V. {Rittei^ von. (xn)
Z. Kr. 2 (1878) 492-.

Staurosoope. KobeU, F. von. Miinch. Gelehrte
Az. 40 (1855) (BU., No. 18-19) 145- ; 42
(1856) (Bll., No. 9-10) 78-; (▼! Adds.) D.
Nf. Vsm. B. 84 (1858) 68-.

— , von Kobell^s. Haidinger^ W. Wien Sb.
15 (1855) 851-.

~, — , modification. Brezina^ A. A. Ps. C.
128 (1866) 446-.

— , — , — (Brezina). KoheUt F. von. A. Ps.
C. 129 (1866) 478-.

— and stourosoopic methods. Laspeyret, E.
A. H. (zn) Z. Instk. 2 (1882) 14-, 54-.

— , use. Brezina, A. A. Ps. C. 180 (1867)

141-.
Staurosoopic anomalies. Lcu/peyres, E. A.H.

(xn) Z. Kr. 6 (1882) 488-.

— measurements. Sauher, W. Lieb. A. 124
(1862) 83-.

— observations. KobeUf F. von. Miinch.
Gelehrte Az. 41 (1855) (BIL, No. 7-10) 60- ;
43 (1856) {Bll., No. 1-5) 1-; 46 (1858) 254:-.

, yon Eobell's. Rood, 0. N. Silliman

J. 27 (1859) 888-.
^ and other optical experiments. Bood, 0. N.

Silliman J. 27 (1859) 891-.
Strobomicrometer for path difference between

polarised rays. Zenker, W. Z. Instk. 5

(1885) 1-.
Tourmaline pincette. Bertin, A. Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1880) 104-.
Wave-apparatus, for Fresnel*s polarised light

theory. Woodward, C. J. L. Ps. S. P. 4

(1881) 823- ; Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 145-.
Working Iceland spar ana quartz, method.

Laurent, — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1887) 177-.

Non-polarised light, constitution. Stefan, J.

[1864] Wien Sb. 50 (1865) {Ah. 2) 380-.
, — (Stefan). Verdet, i. Les Mondes 8

(1865) 252-.

OPTICAL PROPERTIES
OF PARTICULAR SUBSTANCES.

Caoutchouc, compressed. Lekmann, O. Z.

Kr. 12 (1887) 888.
Cherry gum. Ambronn, H. D. Bt. Gs. B.

7 (1889) 108-.
Crystals. Biot, J. B. Par. Mm. de PI. (1812)

1-, {PU. 2) 19-, 81-; Par. S. Phhn. BU.

(1814) 178-.
— , twin. Grailieh,W.J. Wien SB. 11 (1854)

817- ; 12 (1854) 280-.
Diamond, sodium chloride and calcium fluoride

(certain specimens). BretD8ter,{Sir)D. [1815]

Edinb. R. S. T. 8 (1818) 157-.
— , structure and properties. Brewiter, (Sir)

D. Edinb. Ph. J. 8 (1820) 98-.
Gutta percha, stretched. Zimmemutnn, A. D.

Bt. Gs. B. 9 (1891) 81-.
Peristome of mosses. Amann,<I. [1886] Laus.

S. Vd. Bll. 22(1887) 157-.
Quartz. Dove, H. W. Berl. B. (1887) 77-.
—. SpottUwoode, W. [1878] R. I. P. 8

(1879) 561-.
— threads, production, and behaviour of melted

quartz to polarised light. JtUiut, V. A.

Mbl. Nt. (1898-94) 98-.
Silk, birefringence. Panebianco, R. Rv. Mn.

Cr. 15 (1895) 57-.
Starch. Biot, J. B. C. R. 18 (1844) 795-.
— . Baily, W. Ph. Mg. 2 (1876) 128-.
«— and unannealed glass under polarisoope.

Baily, W. [1878] L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1880) 1-;

Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 89-.
Uncrystallisea films. Brew9ter,{S%r)D, Edinb.

R. S. T. 22 (1861) 607-.

Phenomena. Nohili, L. Bb. Un. 45 (1880)

289-.
— . Marx, C. M. Schweigger J. 62 (= Jb. 2)

(1831) 235-.
— . Fizeau, H. L. C. R. 52 (1861) 267-,

1221-.
— . Filachou, {Vabhi) —. Fr. g. So. 35

(1872) 182-.
PoWisation applied to photography. Acres, B.

Phot. J. 18 (1894) 208-.
— , causes. Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll.

(1816) 161-.
— , connection of chemical forces with. Mcuke-

lyne,N.S. [1851] R. I. P. 1 (1851-54) 45-.

— of groups of luminous or calorific rays, and
their origin and variety. Istaly, (Vahhi) — .
Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 5 (1895) 437-.

light of comets and corona of eclipses.

Liais, E. C. R. 48 (1859) 950-.
. emitted by incandescent solid and

liquid surfaces. MiUikan, R. A. N. Y. Ac.

T. 14 (1895) 155-.

— at margins of lenses. Rinne, F. Cb. Mn.
(1900) 88-.

— , plane, circular and elliptic. FUieh, J.
Grunert Arch. 4 (1844) 1-.

— — of diffracted lignt, position, theoiy.
Qlazchrook, R. T. Camb. Ph. S. P. 5 (1886)
254-.

413

4000 Polarised Light

9

Polarisation plane, signifioance. Ang»tr'6m^

A. J. Stookh. Ofv. 10 (1858) 125-.
, use of biqoarte in determination. Ward^

A.W. L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890) 171- ; Ph. Mg.

28 (1889) 184-.
and waye>length for different ooloors.

BolUmanUt L. (yn) Pogg. A. {Jvhelbd.)

(1874) 128-.

POLARISED LIGHT.

DiUchdner, L. [1867] Wien Sohr. 7 (1868)
845-..

Fievex,' C. [1880] Ciel et Terre 1 (*1881)

104-.
dififraotion. Lommd, E. Gmnert Aroh. 88

(1862) 209-.
— . Potter, A. C. B. 64 (1867) 960-.
— . Quincke, G. A. Ps. G. 149 (1878) 278- ;

47 (1892) 766-.
experiments. Simon, H. T. Frkf. a. M. Ps.

Vr. Jbr. (1899-1900) 78-.

— suggested to find whether polarised light
acts on magnetic field. Schanijee, H. Brax.
Ac. Bll. 19 (1890) 444- ; 20 (1890) 224-.

illumination of Uqaids by. LdUemand, A» C.

B. 69 (1869) 189-.

opaque bodies by. LaUemand, A. C. B.

78 (1874) 1272-.
transparent bodies by. LaUemand, A,

C. B. 69 (1869) 917-.

influence of water, 0° to 4° G. Biot, J. B, G.

B. 80 (1850) 281-.
for investigation of structure of solids. Loeeehe,

mr.) — . Dresden Sb. Nt. Heilk. (186&-69)

109-.
and non-polarised light, is glass surface more

heated by former than by latter? Erman,

P. (VI Add9.) Berl. Ab. (1818-19) (P«.)

404-.
in optical telegraphy, use. EUie^ R, Bordeaux

S. So. Mm. 4 (1888) 359-; 5 (1890) xci-.
plane, reflection, amplitude and phase. Grai-

lieh, W. J. Wien SB. 21 (1866) 427-.
— , — , . Beer, A. (vn) Wien Sb. 21

(1866) 428-.
— , refraction by glass, effect of moisture.

Glazebrook, R. T, [1884] Gamb. Ph. S. P. 5

(1886) 169-.
— , — at surface of uniaxial crystal. Glaze-
brook, R. T. [1881-82] Phil. Trans. 178

(1883) 596- ; B. S. P. 84 (1888) 898-.
rapidly rotating, phenomena. Dove, H. W.

Berl. B. (1847) 70-.
reflection. Cauchy, A, L. G. B. 81 (1850)

766.

— (geometrical researches). Comu, A, (ix)
Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 2 (1865) 88-, 49-, 65-.

— CrouUeboit, M. G. B. 84 (1877) 604-.
— , laws. Shebuev, G. N. (xn) Kazan Un.

Mm. (1879) {Pt. 1) 88-.

— and refraction. Jellett, J, H, Jr. Ac. P. 7
(1858) 116-.

. Comu, A. B. A. Bp. 86 (1866)

(Sect) 9-.
, theory, FresnePs. Rotti, S. Bm.

N. Line. Mm. 4 (1888) 185-.

Plane of Vihratlon 4000

reflection and refraction, theory, mathematical.

GruztnUev, A, P. (xn) Kharkov Mth. S.

Gom. (1880) 81-; Fsohr. Ps. (1884) Ub. 2)

85.
streams from different sources, composition and

resolution. Stokes, G. G. [1852] Gamb.

Ph. S. T. 9 (1866) 899-.

Polarising properties of groups of rays of any

kind. liioly, (Vabbi) •— . Bordeaux S. So.

Mm. 1 (1896} 861- ; 8 (1899) 1-.
Befraction and reflection at twin surfaces.

GraUieh, W, J. Wien D. 9 (1865) 67-;

Wien SB. 15 (1866) 811- ; 19 (1866) 226- ;

Wien D. 11 (1856) (Ah. 2)^41-.
Theory. Fretnel, A. J. Far. S. Phhn. BIL

(1824) 147-.
— . Challit, J. [1846] Gamb. Ph. S. T. 8

(1849) 871-.
— . Bmet,[F.] Dijon Ac. Mm. 1 (1861) 78-.
— . Plana, G, (vm) Tor. Mm. Ac. 18 (1869)

Ixii.
— . Kiap,L. Aroh. Mth. Ps. 48 (1868) 78-.
— , mathematical. Laurent, P. A. G. B. 19

(1844) 829-.
•», — . I$8aly, (Vabh^ — • Bordeaux 8. So.

Mm. 4 (1894) 166-.
— , mechanical. MacCuUagh, J, [1841] Ir.

Ac. P. 2 (1840-44) 189-.

VIBRATION PLANE OF POLARISED

LIGHT.

Bdbinet,J. G. B. 29 (1849) 514-.
Haidinger, W. Wien SB. 8(1862) 62-.
(Stokes.) Haidinger, W. Wien SB. 12 (1864)

685-.
Stokei, G. G. Wien SB. 12 (1854) 686-.
[Beer, A. non] Haidinger, W. Wien SB. 15

(1866) 6-.
Holtzmann, C.H.A. Pogg. A. 99 (1856) 446-.
Moigno, F. B. A. Bp. (1857) (pt. 2) 9-.
ChallU, J. Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 102-.
BartUtt, W. H. C. Silliman J. 80 (1860)

861-.
Lorenz, L. Sk. Nf. F. 8 (1860) 473-.
Briot, C. C. B. 52 (1861) 898-.
Quincke, G. Berl. Mb. (1862) 714-.
Landur, N. Presse Sc. 1 (1868) 418-.

Mascart, i. G. B. 68 (1866) 1006-.
Ketteler, E. A Ps. G. 1 (1877) 206-, 566-.
R6thy,M. [1880] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. j^tk.

(Mth.) 7 (1881) (No. 16) 17 pp.
Geigel, R. Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Vh. 23 (1890)

(29)-.
Wiener, 0. A. Ps. G. 40 (1890) 208-, 744.
(Wiener's experiment.) Drude, P. A. Ps. G.

41 (1890) 154- ; 48 (1898) 119-.

( .) Comu, A. C. B. 112 (1891) 186-.

( .) Poincari,H. G. B. 112 (1891) 825-.

( .) (Poincar6.) Berthelot, — . G. B. 112

(1891) 829-.
( .) (— .) Comu, A. G. B. 112 (1891)

865-.
( .) (— .) Potier, A. G. B. 112 (1891)

883-.

414

4005 Polarisation

CarvaUo, E. C. B. 112 (1891) 481-.
Drvde, P. A. Pb. C. 43 (1891) 177-.
(Wiener's experiment.) GUhert.P. By. Quest.

So. 80 (1891) 225-, 658-.
JLomifieZ, E, [1891] Mtinch. Ak. Sb. 21 (1892)

181- .
(Wiener's experiment.) Potier, A. J. de Pb.

10 (1891) 101-.
oonnection with difPraotion. Eisefdohr^ F,

Pogg. A. 104 (1858) 887-.

. Stoke$,G.G. Ph. Mg. 18 (1859) 426-.

determination by di£Fraotion. Larem,L. Pogg.

A. Ill (1860) 815-.

OUbert, P. C. B. 64 (1867) 161-.

dispersion in doably refracting orystals.

CarvaUo, E. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1890) 76-.
reflection and refraction. Lorenz^ W,

Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 288-.
in doably refractmg crystals. Ebner^ V. van.

Z. Ws. Mkr. 9 (1892) 289-.
2 hypotheses, probability. Haidingery W.

[1854] Wien SB. 15 (1855) 8&-.

Vibrations of light, theory. Biot, J. B. Par.
lim. de I'l. a812) {pU, 2) 1-.

— in non-polarised and partially polarised
light, natore. Lippichy F. Wien SB. 48
(1868) {Ah, 2) 146-.

— of plane polarised light. Bankine, W. J, M.
Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 441-.

— — — at right angles to plane of

polarisation. Cauchy.A.L, G.B. 29(1849)
645.

— , transverse, of crystalline disk. Sundberg,

E. Stockh. Ofv. (1885) (^b. 5) 77-; Fsohr.

Mth. (1885) 965.
— ,— , — Ught. Wright, L, Nt. 21 (1880) 870.
Wave surface, FresnePs, Hamilton's singalar

points on. Booth, W. [1896] Dubl. S. Sc.

P. 8 (1898-98) 381-.
, optical properties. Mannheim, A. C.

B. 81 (1875) 869-; As. Fr. C. B. (1875) 281- ;

C. B. 82 (1876) 368- ; 122 (1896) 708-.

— theory applied to polarisation. Osann, G.
[1857] Wurzb. Vh. 8 (1858) 158-.

Waves, plane, propagation in incompressible
medium, and double refraction. KoM, E.
Mh. Mth. Ps. 10 (1899) 848-.

— , — , system of molecules. Cauchy,

A.L, C. B. 7 (1838) 865-.

4005 Elliptic and Circular
Folarisatioii. (General.

CmCULAB POLABISATION.

Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 85 (1885) 579-.
Brexina, A. Wien Sb. 60 (1870) 891-.
of amethyst. Brewster, (Sir) D. [1819] Edinb.

B. S. T. 9 (1828) 189-.
— cinnabar. Desclaizeaux, A. C. B. 44 (1857)

876-, 909-.
circular polarisers, determination of sense of

circular vibration. Cotton, A. J. de Ps. 7

(1898) 81-.

Elliptic and Circular 4005

circularly polarised light, interference fringes

with. Billet, [F.] Dijon Ac. Mm. 2 (1852-

58) (pU. 2) 147-.
, phenomena, and new apparatus.

SoleU, H, C. B. 40 (1855) 1058-.
, — , (Soleil). [Bertin, A.

non] N»rremberg, — . A. C. 20 (1870) 214-.
ray of light, production of magnetic field

by. Righi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8

(1899) {Sem. 1) 825-.

— polarismg media, reflection from. Voigt,
W. A. Ps. C. 80 (1887) 190-.

— — — , — and refraction at boundary.
Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 522-, 712.

, theory. Clebsch, A, Crelle J. 57

(1860) 819-.

and double refraction, joint effect. Wiener, 0.
A. Ps. G. 85 (1888) 1-.

of heat by reflection. Forhe$, J, D, Ph. Mg.
8 (1836) 246-.

production by mica plates. Pfaf, I, B, A. F,
Miinch. Ak. Sb. 6 (1876) 211-.

related to symmetry of nomogeneous struc-
tures. Barlow, W. Ph. Mg. 48 (1897)
110-.

of sodium chlorate. Marbach, H. Bresl. Schl.

Gs. tjbs. (1854) 17-; Pogg. A. 91 (1854)
482-.

Circularly and elliptically polarised light, dis-
tinction of positive and negative uniaxial
crystals in. Dove, H, W, Pogg. A. 40
(1887) 457-, 482-.

polarising media, theory. KetteUr, E.

A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 86-.

Elliptic and circular and plane polarisation.
Fleeeh, J. Qrunert Aroh. 4 (1844) 1-.

polarisation in crystals. Kr^H, J.

Prag Sb. (1887) {Mth.'Nt.) 401-.

•

ELLIPTIC POLABISATION.

PoweU, B. [1888-44] Ashmol. S. P. 1 (1844)
No. 2, 8-; B. A. Bp. (1842) (pt. 2) 18;
Ashmol. S. P. 2 (1854) No. 21, 47-, 98-; B.

A. Bp. (1844) (pt. 2) 7-.

Dale, J. B. A. Bp. (184Q (pt. 2) 5.
Moutm, L. Par. S. Pb. S^. (1875) 82-.
SUnngh, R. Arch. N^ri. 20 (1886) 171-.
cause. Tovey, J. Ph. Mg. 12 (1888[ 10-.
oonnection of wave theory with. PoweU, B.

B. A. Bp. (1889) (pt. 21 2-.
determination of axes. Heeht, B, A. Ps. C.

20 (1888) 426-.

ellipsoid of polarisation relative to electro-
magnetic waves in selenite, and elliptic
polarisation of waves. Righi, A. Bm. B.
Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 1) 207-.

elliptic rays, analysis. CrouUeboie, M. C. B.
79 (1874) 470-.

, interference. CrouUehoii, M, C. B. 77

(1878) 1269- ; A. C. 4 (1875) 406-.

— vibrations in rotatory, doubly refracting
medium. Lefebvre, P. J. de Ps. 1 (1892)
121-.

geometrical representation. Lafay, A, J. de
Ps. 4 (189Q 178-.

415

4005 Polarisation

Production of Polarised Radiation 4010

of heat, by lefleotion from metals. Knoblauch,

C. H. D. Nf. B. (♦1877) 117 ; A. Pe. C. 10

(1880) 654-; HaUe Nf. Gs. Festsohr. (1879)

829-; A. Ps. C. 19 (1888) 852-; Ao. Nt. C.

N. Acta 50 (1887) 485-.
, — total reflection. Knoblauch, H, Ao.

Nt C. N. Acta 55 (1891) 281-.
intensity of light wnen vibration is elliptioal.

MacCuUagh, J. Edinb. J. So. 5 (1881) 86-.
measurement of elements. Me$lin, O, J. de

Ps. 9 (1890) 48&-.
(Mealin). Bouane, — . J. de Ps. 10

(1891) 61-.
in qaartz. Tovey, J. Ph. Mg. 14 (1839) 169-,

821—.

. ' Hecht, B. A. Ps. C. 80 (1887) 274-.

by reflection. PaweU, B, Phil. Trans. (1848)

85- ; Pogg. A. 72 lErgdm.) (1848) 285-.
(total). Quincke, O. A. Ps. C. 127

(1866) 199-.
(ordinary). Quincke, G. A. Ps. C. 128

(1866) 855-.

. KMg, W, A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 1016-.

from caicite. Schmidt, K, E, F. A. Ps.

G. 37 (1889) 858- ; 88 (1889) 676.
at crystalline surfaces. Schenck, E, A.

Ps. C. 15 (1882) 177-.
— — from metals. Biot, J, B, A. C. 94

(1815) 209-.
. Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil. Trans.

(1830) 287-.
. Neumann, F, E, Pogg. A. 26

(1832) 89-.

. Jamin, J. C. B. 21 (1845) 430-.

. PoweU, B. Phil. Trans. (1845)

269-.
Jamin, J. C. B. 22 (1846) 477- ;

23 (1846) 1103-.
. Quincke, Q. A. Ps. C. 128

(1866) 541-.
(polarisation of visible and ultra-
violet rays). Comu, A. C. B. 108 (1889)

917-, 1211-.
, dependent on thickness of metal.

Quincke, O. A. Ps. C. 129 (1866) 207-.

REFLECTION AT TRANSPARENT
MEDIA, ELUPTIC POLARISATION BY.

Potier, A. C. B. 75 (1872) 617-.

(Potier.) Quincke, O. A. Ps. G. 148 (1873)

311- ; 149(1878)571-.
(Quincke.) Potier, A, A. Ps. G. 148 (1878)

650-.
Comu, A. G. B. 86 (1878) 649-.
Ryn van Alkemade, A, C, van, A. Ps. G. 20

(1883) 22-.
Wernicke, W. A. Ps. G. 30 (1887) 452-.
(Wernicke.) Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 81 (1887)

326-.
(Voigt.) Wernicke, W. A. Ps. G. 31 (1887)

1028-.
(Wernicke.) Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 32 (1887)

526-.
Potier, A. C. B. 108 (1889) 599-.
(Polarisation of visible and ultra-violet rays.)

Comu, A, G. B. 108 (1889) 917-, 1211-.

Schmidt, K. E. F. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1893) 1041- ;

A. Ps. G. 51 (1894) 417- ; 52 (1894) 75-.
Drude, P. A. Ps. G. 53 (1894) 69-.
(Drude.) Schmidt, K. E. F, A. Ps. G. 53

(1894) 769-.
(Schmidt.) Drude, P, A. Ps. G. 54 (1895) 191-.
at incidence near polarising angle. Mathieu,

i. L. Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1881) 219-.

by refraction through metal. RoUnumn, W,

Pogg. A. 90 (1853) 188-.
relation to surface colour. Wiedemann, E»

Leip. B. 24 (1872) 263-.
, experiments. Merkel, J. A. Ps.

G. 19 (1888) 1-.
theory. Challis, J. Ph. Mff. 17 (1859) 285-.
by transmission through, and reflection from,

metallic films. Meslin, — . A. G. 20 (1890)

56-.
transparent metallic films. Meslin, G,

G. B. 106 (1888) 197-.

. 4010 Production of Polarised

Radiation.

Beam of light compounded of 4 polarised

beams. Almeida, C. A, M,de, [1877] Lisb.

J. Sc. Mth. 6 (1878) 34-.
Experiments, optical. Merz, L. Pogg. A. 63

(1844) 49-.
Lamellar polarisation. Biot, J, B, G. B. 12

(1841) 967-; 18 (1841) 391- ; Par. Ac. Sc.

Mm. 18 (1842) 539-.
so-called, df alum. Reusch, E, Berl.

Mb. (1867) 424-.
Pile of plates, intensity of light refiected from

or transmitted through. Stokes, G, G. B.

S. P. 11 (1860-62) 545-.
(glass), intensity of light transmitted.

Erhard, T. A. Ps. G. 12 (1881) 655-.
Plates, thin, light reflect and transmitted by.

Lloyd, H. [1859] (¥m) Ir. Ac. T. 24

(1871) 3-. ^

Polarisation of chemical ra^ of light by double

refraction, reflection, and repeated single

refraction. Sutherland, J, ^f h. Mg. 19 (1841)

52-. \
convergent light. QuesnetHUe, O. Mon.

Sc. 2 (1888) 225-. \

— by crystals. Biot, J. B. G. H, 13 (1841)

155-. \
diffraction. Exner, K, Wien^k. Sb.

99 (1891) (Ab. 2a) 761- ; 101 (1892) Mf. 2a)

190- ; A. Ps. G. 49 (1893) 387-.
. Poincar4, H. Acta Mth. 16 (II

93) 297-; 20 (1897) 313-.
emission. Violle, J, G. B. 105 (1887)

111-; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1888) 18^.

POLARISATION OF HEAT.

Birard, J, E. A. G. 85 (1813) 309-.
(alleged.) Powell, B. Edinb. J. Sc. 3 (1830)

297- ; 5 (1831) 20e-.
Forbes, J. D. Ph. Mg. 7 (1835) 349- ; C. B. 2

(1836) 156; 6 (1838) 705-.

416

4010

Production of Polarised Badiation

4010

Melioni, M. C. B. 8 (1886) 188- ; A. C. 61

(1886) 376-; 66 (1887) 6-; C. R. 6 (1887)

630-.
F<yrbe9, J. D. [1838] Edinb. B. S. T. 14

(1840) 176-.
(Forbes and Melloni.) MeUoni, M, A. C. 68

(1838) 107-.
Demins, P., db La Provo$taye, F, de, C. R. 29

(1849) 121- ; A. C. 27 (1849) 109- ; C. R. 29

(1849) 767- ; 88 (1861) 444- ; A. C. 84 (1862)

192-.
(and its passage throagh parallel plates.) Mtig-

nu$, O. Berl. Mb. (1866) 62- ; (1868) 168-,

249-.
Tyndail, J. Ph. Mg. 89 (1870) 280-.
Foster, Q, C. L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879) 148- ; Ph.

Mg. 8 (1877) 261-.
by doable refraction. Knohlauchf H. Pogg.

A. 74 (1849) 177-.

— progressive rotation. Biot, J.B.,dt MeUoni,
— . C. R. 2 (1836) 194-.

— reflection. Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 74
(1849) 161-.

— refraction. Forbes, J, D. [1886] Edinb.
R. 8. T. 13 (1836) 181-, 446-.

. Melloni, M. C. R. 2 (1836) 140-.

— simple refraction. Knoblauch, a. Pogg. A.
74 (1849) 170-.

. Desains, P,,dbLa Provostaye, F. de,

C. R. 31 (1860) 19-; A. C. 80 (1860) 169-.

~ tourmaline. MeUoni, M, C. R. 2 (1836)
96- ; (VI Adds.) Bb. Un. 60 (1886) 867-.

— ¥rire gratings. Du Bois, H. E, J. G,, dt
Rubens, H. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1892) 1129- ; A.
Ps. C. 49 (1893) 693-.

Polarisation by living animals. Ooddard, J. F,

(VI Adds,) Ph. Mg. 16 (1889) 162-.
oblique transmission. Breitster, (Sir) D.

Phil. Trans. (1814) 219-.
— of obliquely emitted rays. Uljanin, W. von,

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1896) 40-.
, and Lamoert's law. Uljanin,

W. von, A. Ps. C. 62 (1897) 628-.
, . Koldcek, F. A. Ps.

C. 64 (1898) 398-, 812.
• ^ — , . Uljanin, V, K^-^-ft"

Un. Mm. (1899) (Pts. 7 A 8) 186- ; Fschr.

Ps. (1899) (^6. 2) 42.

POLARISATION BY PARTICULAR
SUBSTANCES.

American oil of turpentin. Mahla, F, Silli-

man J. 32 (1861) 107-.
Aragonite. Dove, H. W, Pogg. A. 114 (1861)

169-.
Glacier ice. MUUer, Joh, Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh.

66 (1872) 268-; A. Ps. C. 147 (1872) 624-.
Iodine crystals. Conroy,{Sir)J. [1876] B. 8. P.

26 (1877) 61-.
Bfica. Forbes, J. D, B. A. Bp. (1839) [pt, 2)

6-.
— f gypsum, etc. Kobell, F, von, Pogg. A. 20

(1830) 342-, 412-.
Mother-of-pearl. Brewster, (Sir) D, Phil.

Trans. (1814) 397-.

Organic substances. Steeg, W, Pogg. A. Ill
(1860) 611-.

Qmninesalphato-periodide(herapathite). Hera-
path, W, B, Ph. Mg. 8 (1862) 161- ; 6 (1868)
346-; 7 (1864) 862-.

(— ). Hauers, JR. Z. C. 1 (1866) 481-.

Tesseral crystals, optical anomalies. Ben-
Saude, A, Porti^al Trab. Gl. Ck)m. 1
(♦1888-87) 16-.

Tourmaline. Biot, J, B, A. G. 94 (1816) 191-.

— . Breithaupt, A, Gilbert A. 64 (1820) 424-.

Polarisation by pressure. Biot, J, B. A. G. 3
(1816) 386- ; Par. 8. Phlm. Bll. (1816) 49-.

POLARISATION BY REFLECTION.

Malus, E. L. Par. Mm. de I'l. (1810) (pU. 2)

106- ; GUbert A. 37 (1811) 109-.
(Transparent bodies.) Brewster, (Sir) D. Phil.

Trans. (1816) 126-.
Brewster's law, geometric interpretation.

Grolaus, J, Par. 8. Phhn. Bll. 1 (1877)

146-.
Case. Quetelet, L.A.J. Quetelet Cor. Mth.

8 (1827) 30-.
Experiment. Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb. Ph.

J. 7 (1822) 146-.
Incomplete polarisation at bounding surface of

certain media by reflection of simple ray.

Cauchy, A. L. C. B. 9 (1839) 727-.
Media in which simple ray may be completely

polarised. Cauchy, A. L. G. B. 9 (1889)

726-.
Modifications of polarised light produced by

reflection. Fresnel, A, J. [1828] Par. 8.

Phhn. Bll. (1823) 29- ; Par. Mm. Ac. So. 11

(1832) 393-.
Partial polarisation, law. Brewster, (Sir) D,

PhU. Trans. (1830) 69-.
, — (Brewster). Brandes, H, W. Eastner

Aroh. Ntl. 24 (1882) 312-.
by total reflection. Oeigel, R, A. Ps. C.

68 (1899) 698-.
Polarisation by diffuse reflection. Oovi, O.

G. B. 61 (1860) 860- ; Pogg. A. Ill (1860)

849-.
. Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

48 (1873) 281- ; 60 (1874) 248-; C. B. 78

(1874) 1299- ; 79 (1874) 86-.
from turbid media. Hurum, A.

C, B. 114 (1892) 910- ; A. G. 7 (1896) 466-.
reflection at crystal surfaces. MacCuUagh,

J. Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 103-.
. Seebeck, A, Pogg. A. 88

(1836) 276-.
. Kelland,P, [1840] Edinb.

B. 8. T. 16 (1844) 87-.

— and reflection by cirstals, relations. Biot,
J, B, Par. Mm. de PI. (18111 136-.

— by reflection from doubly-retracting plates.
Babinet, J, C, B. 61 (1866) 706.

glass. Desains, i. G.B. 31(1860)

676-; A. G. 81 (1861) 286-.
hard rubber. Brutre, A, H. Ps.

Bv. 6 (1898) 140-.
Iceland spar. Brewster, (Sir) D,

Phil. Trans. (1819) 146-.

VOL. III.

417

DD

4020 Folarisationi Heasnrement Bings, Brushes and Colours 4030

Polarisation by reflection from Iceland spar.

Cmroy, (Sir) J. B. S. P. 40 (1886) 178-.
rough snriaces. De$ainSt P.,dt La

Provostaye, F, de, C. B. 38 (1861) 444-; A.

C. 84 (1852) 192-.
. Qouy,—. C. B.98(1884)

978—.
'- Lafay.A. C. B. 119 (1894)

154- ; A. C. 16 (1899) 503-.
— — ^- ana white surfaces. Brewiter^

iSir) D. B. A. Bp. (1844) (pt. 2) 11 ; Edinb.
%. S. T. 28 (1861) 205-.
surfaces of low refraotiye index.

Comu, A. As. Fr. C. B. 11 (1882) 221-.
repeated reflection. Dove, H, W, A. Ps.

C. 132 (1867) 474-.
Polarised condition of coloured reflected light.

Haidinger, W. Haidinger B. 1 (1847) 27-.
Polarising angle in calcspar. Seeheck, A.

Pogg. A. 21 (1831) 290- ; 22 (1831) 126-.
fuchsine. Olan, P. A. Ps. C. 7

(1879) 321-.
and refractive index, relation between.

Seeheek, A. Pogg. A. 20 (1830) 27-.
Transparent bodies, property of light reflected

by. Mains, j6, L, Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 1
(1808) 266-; ArcueU Mm. Ps. 2 (1809) 143-.

, (Mains). Tralles, J. Q,

GUbert A. 31 (1809) 294-.

Polarisation by reflection and refraction. McUus,

A L. Par. Mm. de PI. (1810) (pte, 2) 112-.
. Mo98om, 0, F, Amici G.

Tosc. 1 (1840) 330-.
: polarisation planes of incident

reflected and refracted rays. Comu, A. G.

B. 56 (1863) 87-.
or refraction at surface of separation

of 2 isophanous bodies. Cauchy, A, L, C.

B. 9 (1839) 676-.
refraction, laws. Brewster , (Sir) D. Phil.

Trans. (1830) 133-.
simple refraction. Bohn, C, Pogg. A.

117 (1862) 117-.
, laws. P/ajf, F. Pogg. A. 114

(1861) 173-.
— of imdiflracted light by grating. Du Bois,

H. E. J. G. A. Ps. G. 48 (1893) 546-.
Propagation and polarisation of light in crystals.

Sarrau, A G. B. 60 (1865) 1174- ; Liouv. J.

Mth. 12 (1867) 1-; 13 (1868) 59-.
Successive polarisation, expenments. Wheat-

sUme, (S^ C. B. S. P. 19 (1871) 381-.
, — (Wheatstone). SpoUtswoode, W. Ph.

Mg. 41 (1871) 398-.
in homogeneous liquids. Biot, J. B.

Par. S. Phlm. BU. (1815) 190-.

4020 Measurement of Polarised

Radiation.

Crystals, angle of extinction in, variation.

Ceshro, Q. Brux. Mm. Gour. 4"^, 54 (1896)

No, 3, 26 pp.
— , doubly refracting, application. WuLff, L,

Z. Instk. 17 (1897) 292-.

Degree of polarisation of light refracted through

4 parallel plates, table to determine. Adams,

W. G. As. S. M. Not. 31 (1871) 162-.
in reflected or transmitted light, deter-
mination. AdatM, W. G. Ph. Mg. 41 (1871)

205-.
Heat, polarimetry. Desains, P., dt La Pro-

vostaye, F. de. G. B. 32 (1851) 86-; A. G.

32 (1851) 112-.
Metals, optical properties. Quincke, G. Berl.

Mb. (1863) 115-.
Parallel polarised light, determination of optical

character in. Kjentlf, T. Ghristiania F.

(1885) No. 16, 4 pp.; Z. Kr. 15 (1889)

434.
Phase difference of components of polarised

beam, measurement. Bouasse, — . C. B.

Ill (1890) 100-.
Becognition of polarised light by naked eye,

and position of polarisation plane. (Haid-

inger's brushes.) Haidinger, W, Pogg. A.

63 (1844) 29-.
Botation for Fraunhofer lines, measurement.

Lommel, E. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 18 (1889) 321-r.
— , measurement WtUff, G. V. Bs. Ps.-G.

S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886) 123- ; Fschr. Ps. (1886)

(Ah. 2) 117.
Botatory dispersion, measurement. Seyffart,

J. [1889] A. Ps. G. 41 (1890) 113-.
, __. Landolt, H. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1894)

923-; Berl. B. 27 (1894) 2872-.
— — , — . Gase of anomalous dispersion.

Wyss, G. H. von, A. Ps. G. 33 (1888)

554-.
, — . (Wyss). Lippich, F.

A. Ps. G. 36 (1889) 767-.

4030 Bangs, Brushes and Colours
of Crystals, etc.

Golour of blue steel spring in polarised light.

WiUigen, V. S. M. van der. Amst. Vs. Ak.

9 (1859) 257-.
Colours, mterference. Arago, D. F. J. Par.

Mm. de VI. (1811) (pU. 1) 93-.

— due to polarisation. Mayer, J. T, Gdtt.
Gm. 3 (1814-15) 77-.

, influence of heat. Fresnel, A. J.

A. G. 4 (1817) 298-.

— of thin sdolotropic plates in parallel polarised
light. Viola, C. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4
(1888) (Sem. I) 19-.

plates in polarised light. Brewster,

(Sir) D. Phil. Trans. (1841) 43-.

. Lloyd, H. [1841] Ir.

Ac. P. 2 (1840-44) 266-.

GBYSTALS.

Brezina, A. Wien Sb. 60 (1870) 891-.

Aragonite and calcspar. Brewster, (Sir) D.
QJ. Sc. 4 (1818) 112-.

— ,epoptic figures without preliminary polarisa-
tion. Erman, P. Berl. Ab. (1832) 1-.

Augite, colours in polarised light. BlUschli, 0.
N. Jb. Mn. (1867) 700-.

418

4030 Biaxial Crystals Bings, BmsheB, Coloun of Crystals, etc. 4080

Axial cross from projeotion of isometrio axes.

Motes, A. J. Sob. Mines Q. N. T. 15 (1894)

214-.
— images. K'dnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr.

Jbr. (1892-98) 28-.
in oonvergent light, in alum, lead nitrate,

gelatin and quickly cooled glass. Klocke,

F. [1882] Freiburg B. 8 (*1885) 48-.
Belemnites, action on polarised light, c/amtn,

J. C. B. 18 (1844) 680-.
Beryl and other crystals in polarised light.

Salm-Horstmar, W. F. (FUr»t zu), Pogg. A.

84 (1851) 515-.

BIAXIAL CRYSTALS.

black cross in, solution of geometrical problem.

£., J, (VI Adds,) Ph. Mg. 19 (1841) 305-.
chromatic polarisation of brushes in. Mac6 de

L^pinay, J. J. de Ps. 6 (1877) 16-.
depolarisation of light near axes. CarvcUlo, E,

J. de Ps. 4 (1895) 312-.
elliptical ring system in mica. KoMmann, — .

(VI Adds.) Halle Jbr. NW. Vr. 6 (1852) 9-.
hyperbolic brushes. MiiUer, (Dr.) J. Pogg. A.

44 (1838) 273-.

. Kurz, A. Z. Mth. Ps. 15 (1870) 209-.

Ohm's ellipses produced by. McMaUt H. O.

Nt. 32 (1885) 414-.
phenomena in circularly polarised light. Dove,

H. W. Pogg. A. 40 (1837) 482-.
plates, interference phenomena in homogeneous

Crystalline plates, colours in polarised light.
Ahria, 0. Bordeaux Mm. S. So. 8 (1870)
59-.

, effect on ray of light. Maecart, — . C.

B. 105 (1887) 536-.

perpendicular to axis, interference pheno-
mena. KetteUr.E, A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 496-.

, phase differences produced by, and con-
struction of quarter wave and half wave
plates. Bighi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd.
1 (1892) {Sem. 1) 189-.

, rings in polarised light. Marbach, H,

Bresl. Schl. Gs. Ubs. (1845) 90-.
, thin, colours. Fresnel, A, J. A. C. 17

(1821) 102-, 167-, 312-.
, — , — . Biot, J. B. A. C. 17 (1821)

225-.
, — , — . DitscheineTf L, Wien Ak. Sb.

73 (1876) {Ab. 2) 180-.
Doubly refracting crystals, absorption of

pohirised light by. Brewster, [Sir] D. [1818]

PhU. Trans. (1819) 11-.
, chromatic polarisation in. Basso, G.

[1880] Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 34 (1883) 3-.
, curves of equal illumination in axial

images. Lommel, E. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 19

(1890) 317-.
, isogyral surfaces. Pitsch, H, Wien

Ak. Sb. 91 (1885) (Ab. 2) 527-.
, spectra formed by passage of polarised

light through. Deas, F, [1870] Edinb. B.

S. T. 26 (1872) 177-.

polarised light. Lommel, E, Pogg. A. 120 ^ (Deas).

(1863) 69-.
pleochroic, absorption brushes in. Voigt, W,

Gott. Nr. (1896) 252-.
ring system. Zech, P. Pogg. A. 97 (1856)

129- ; 102 (1857) 354-.
rings and brushes in cupric formate. MiUler,

(Dr) J. Pogg. A. 85 (1835) 472-.
, spectra produced by. Thomson,

(Sir) W. Camb. and Dubl. Mth. J. 1 (1846)

124-.

Borax. Talbot, W. H. F. C. B. 2 (1886) 472-.
— , rings. Herschel, (Sir) J. F. Jv, Quetelet

Ck)r. Mth. 7 (1832) 77-.
Calcspar and oeryl with cavities containing

fluid, optical properties. Brewster, (Sir) D,

Ph. Mg. 33 (1848) 489-.
— , rings caused by fine canals in. Schmidt,

K, E, F, A. Ps. C. 33 (1888) 534-.
— , — in fibrous specimens. Stoney, G, J.

It. Ac. T. 24 (1860) {pt. 1) 31-.
— , some specimens. Brewster, (Sir) D.

B. A. Bp. (1844) (pt. 2) 9.
Chromatic polarisation, phenomena. MaUard,

E. (xn) Fr. S. Mn. BU. 4 (1881) 66-.
Circularly polarised light, phenomena in.

Spottiiwoode, W. B. I. P. 6 (1872) 506-.
, rings in. Spottiswoode, W. B. S. P.

20 (1872) 333-.
Crystalline plates. Lommel, E. Z. Mth. Ps.

12 (1867) 514-.
, colours. Spottiswoode, W, B. I. P. 7

(1873) 134-.
, — in elliptically polarised light. Bertin,

A. A. C. 18 (1879) 495-.

MaxweU, J. C. Edinb. B. S. T. 26 (1872)

185-.
Equations in theory of polarisation. Oruzintsev,

A, P. (xn) Kharkov Mth. S. Com. (1882)

124-.
Gypsum, colours of thin plates in polarised

light. Jonquiire,A. Bern Mt. (1885) (H</i 1)

61-.
— , complementary colours in polarised light.

KobeU, W. F, X. (Bitter) von. Mtoch. Ak.

Sb. 6 (1876J 206-.
— , rings proauced by pressure, relation to co-
efficient of elasticity. Jannettcu, i, C. B.

82 (1876) 839-.
Hyposulphates, optical properties. Marx, C. Mm

Schweigger J. 47 (= J*. 17) (1826) 236-.
Ice, colours by polarised light. Fdrstemann,

W.A. GUbert A. 76 (1824) 76-.
Interference brushes. Bertin, A, A. C. 57

(1859) 257- ; C. B. 48 (1859) 458-.

— experiments with double-quartz of Soleil.
Stefan, J. Wien Sb. 53 (1866) (Ab. 2) 548- ;
66 (1872) (Ab. 2) 425-.

Isochromatic curves. Abria, 0. J. de Ps.

1 (1872) 273-, 326-.
in uni- and bi-axial crystals, form.

Marx, C. M, Schweigger J. 49 (=J&. 19)

(1827) 167-.

— surface: brushes of crystalline plates.
Bertin, A. A. C. 63 (1861) 57-; C. B. 52
(1861) 1213-.

Magnesium platinooyanide in polarised light.
Ixmmel, E, C. J. Erhing. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 12
(1880) 33-.

.419

DD 2

4030

Binga, Bmshes and Colours of CSrystals, etc

4030

Mioa combination. Reutchf E, Berl. Mb, cat at right angles to axis, carves of constant

(1869) 530-. intensity of polarised light in. Spurge, C.

•: , Beusch's, and polarised light. WiUigm, [1884] Camb. Ph. S. T. 14 (1889) 63-.

. V. S. M. van der, [1871] Ainst, Vs. Ak. 6 , isochromatic carves. Glaze^

(1872) 147-. brook, R- T. Camb. Ph. S. P. 4 (1883) 299-.
, — , — rotation of crystals. Sohneke, L. deviations in coloars from Newton's scale.

D. Nf . Tbl. (•1876) 62- ; A. Ps. C. (Ergdm,) 8

(1878) 16-.

— films, coloars in polarised light, artificial
imitation. Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phhn. Bll.
(1816) 176-.

f optical combinations. Wright, L. L.

Ps. S. P. 6 (1884) 186- ; Ph. Mg. 16 (1888)
801-.

— — and wedges for ase in polarisation.
WHght, L. Ph. lAg, 16 ^1883) 109-.

— and gypsum, optical comoinations. [Befrtin^
A, non] N&rremberg, — . A. C. 20 (1870)
216.

— , new figare in, and other phenomena of
polarised light. Page, C. G, Silliman J.
11 (1861) 89-.

Monochromatic light, application. (A noctame
in black and yellow.) Spottitwoode, W,
[1878] B. I. P. 8 (1879) 682-.

Optical angle. Lane, A. C. Science 20 (1892)
364-.

Photography, application. (Figares of thin
slices of crystals in polariscope.) Crookes,
W. [1863] Pht. S. J. 1 (1864) 70-.

— , — . (Gaase of occarrence of abnormal
figares in impressions of polarised rings.)
Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 6 (1863) 107-.

— of brashes. Ma$cart, — , dt Bouaaae, — .
C. B. Ill (1890) 83-.

Pleochroic crystals, brashes. Bertin, A, Par.

8. Ps. S^. (1879) 62-.
Pleochroism, artificial prodaction. Senarmont,

H, de, A. C. 41 (1864) 319- ; G. B. 38

(1864) 101-.
— , . (Senarmont's coloared crystals.)

Haidinger, W, Wien SB. 12 (1864) 400-.
Qaartz , measurement of dark rings. McConnel,

J,C. [1883] Camb. Ph. S. P. 6 (♦1886) 63-.
Bings. Jamin, J, C. B. 36 (1862) 14-; A. C.

36 (1862) 168-.

— and brashes. Niven, W. D. QJ. Mth. 13
(1876) 172-.

. Nelson, E. M. Mcr. S. J. (1892)

683-.
— , measurement of angle of optic axes by.

Grailich, W. J, Wien SB. 9 (1862) 934-.
~, sizes. MUttrieh, A. A. Ps. C. 121 (1864)

206-.
— , — , Mattrich's formula. Hockauf, J, Z.

Kr. 18 (1891) 70-.

— in twin crystids. Dove, H. W, Berl. Mb.
(1864) 239-.

Spiral figares illustrating relation of optic axes.
Wright, L. [1881] L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1884)
1-; Ph. Mg. 13 (1882) 20-.

UNIAXIAL CRYSTALS.

in convergent light, chromatic polarisation.
Willigen, V, S. M. van der, Amst. Vs. Ak.
7 (1873) 71- ; Harl. Arch. Ms. Teyl. 3 (1874)
241-, 388.

Herschel, (Sir) J. F. W, [1819-20] Phil.

~ u (1820) ~

21-.

Trans.

)) 46- ; Camb. Ph. S. T. 1 (1822)

interference of polarised light in, and isochro-
matic curves. Langherg, C, N. Mg. Ntvd. 2
(1840) 63-, 103- ; Pogg. A. (Erganz,) 61
(1842) 629-.

plates, explanation of rings in polarised light
with FresnePs parallelepiped. Pscheidl, W.
A. Ps. C. (Erg&m.) 8 (1878) 497-.

— , interference phenomena in. Ohm, G. S.
Miinch. Ab. 7 (1866) 41-, 266-.

— , polarisation colours. Bertin, — . A. C. 2
(1884) 486-.

— , projection of monochromatic brashes.
Bertin, A, Par. S. Ps. S6. (1883) 43-.

— , twin, interference phenomena. Pockels, F,
Gdtt. Nr. (1890) 269-.

transmission of polarised light tb rough . RusseU,
W, H, L, Nt. 2 (1870) 299-.

tufts and brushes. Bertrand, £, J. de Ps. 8
(1879) 227-.

Glass, appearance of black cross not caused by

sudden cooling. Splittgerber, D. C, Pogg.

A. 79 (1860) 297-.
— , compressed, chromatic polarisation by.

Wertheim, G. C. B. 32 (1861) 289-.
— I — » polarisation in. Brewster, (Sir) D.

[1816] Edinb. B. S. T. 8 (1818) 353-.
— , cooled, colour figures, ana conditions of

formation. Seebeek, T. J. Schweigger J. 7

(1813) 269-, 382- ; 12 (1814) 1-.
— , — , and gypsum, colours, etc. RoUmann, W^

Halle Z. Nw. 3 (1864) 96-.
— , decomposed, rings of polarised light in

specimens. Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp.

(1840) {pt. 2) 6-.
— , heated, effects on polarised light. Brewster y

{Sir) D. Phil. Trans. (1816) 46-.
— , — , (Brewster) • Schweigger,

J. S, C. Schweigger J. 18 (1816) 266-.
— , — , and unannealed drops, optical properties

and structure. Brewster, (Sir) D* [1814]

PhU. Trans. (1816) 1-.

— plates, vibrating, property. Biot, J. B^
Par. S. Phlm. Bll. (1819) 174-.

— , strained (lecture experiment). Mack, K.

A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 801-.
— , — , neutral axes as seen by polarised light,.

experiments. Nickerson, L. Franklin I. J.

66 (1873) 113- ; Am. S. CE. T. 3 (1876) 31-.
— , unannealed, polarisation. Brewster, (Sir) D,

[1814] Phil. Trans. (1814) 436-; (1816) 1-.
Interference experiments with polarised light.

Arago, D, F. J,, db Fresnel, — . A. C. 10^

(1819) 288-.

— — — — — , Fresnel-Arago, new form.
Mach, E., dt Rosicky, W. [1876] Wien
Ak. Sb. 72 (1876) (Ab, 2) 197-.

, , simple modification.

KoUiiek, F. Carl Bpm. 16 (1879) 672-.

420

4040

Rotatory

and Diapenion

4040

Metallic plates, compressed, phenomena. Catarit

L. A. So. Lomb. Yen. 8 (1888) 142-.
Optical torqae. Thampaon, 8. P. B. I. P. 12

(1889) 474-.
Organic substances, cross in polarised light.

Lang, F. von. A. Ps. C. 128 (1864) 140-.
Polarised light, singular property. Moigno, F,

C. B. 22 (1846) 161-.
Pressure on gelatin, polarisation due to. Brew-

iter, (Sir) D. PhU. Trans. (1815) 60-.
— , polarisation due to. Biot, J. B. A. 0. 8

(1816) 886-; Par. S. Phhn. Bll. (1816) 49-.
Strains, distribution, studied by polarised light.

Martton, A. Ps. By. 1 (1894) 127-.
— , — , . Crandall, C. L., dt

MartUm, A. Am. S. CE. T. 82 (1894) 99-.

4040 Botatory FolariBation and
Dispersion, Structural and
Magnetic. QeneraL

iSee abo 6650, 6655; Chemistry

7315.)

BOTATOBY DISPEBSION.

Gnmhert, L. J. Phm. 16 (1887) 296-, 845-.
Guye, P. A.f dt Jordan, C. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.

1 (1896) 476-, 681.
Absorption and dispersion of light by media

with rotatory power. Cotton, A, A. C. 8

(1896) 347-.
— of light by media with rotatory power*

Carvallo, E. C. B. 122 (1896) 985-.
— , unequal, of right- and left-handed circular

vibrations in rotating substances. Cotton, A,

C. B. 120 (1896) 989-.
Anomalous dispersion of absorbing substances.

Cotton, A. G. B. 120 (1895) 1044-.
, case. Wysi, G. H, von. A. Ps. C. 88

(1888)564-.
, — (Wyss). Lippieh, F. A. Ps. C. 86

(1889) 767-.
of crystals. Moreau,0. C. B. 120 (1895)

268-.
Chromatic polarisation, theory. Cauchy, A. L.

C. B. 18 (1844) 961- ; 25 (1847) 881-.
Colours developed in homogeneous liquids by

polarised light. Fremel,A.J. [1818] Par.

Mm. Ac. Sc. 20 (1849) 168-.
(memoir by Fresnel,

supposed to be lost). Btot, J. B. C. B. 22

(1846) 405-.
Compensation of dispersion due to unequal

rotatory power. Biot, J. B, C. B. 85 (1852)

613- ; A. C. 36 (1852) 405-.
Elements of natural bodies and optical effects,

new relation between. Biot, J, B. C. B. 2

(1836) 640-.
Examples. Ouye, P. A., dt Mdikian, P, A.

C. B. 123 (1896) 1291-.
Law. Lommel, E. C. J. A. Ps. C. 20 (1888)

578-.
Quartz, dispersion of infra-red rays. Desaim,

P. C. B. 62 (1866) 1277-.

Quarts, dispersion of infra-red rays. Dongier, 12,
C. B. 125 (1897) 228-.

— , light on rotation of plane of polarisa-
tion. 8u/an,J. [1864] Wien Sb. 50 (1865)
{Ab. 2) 8&-.

— plate cut at right angles to axis, deviations
from plane of polarisation of resultant colours
m. SoleU,H. C. B. 58 (1861) 640-.

Sugar solutions, dispersion of colours on rota-
tion of plane of polarisation. Stefan, J.
[1866] Wien Sb. 52 (1866) (Ah. 2) 486-.

BOTATOBY POLABISATION.

BaHnet,J. C. B. 4 (1887) 900-.
(Babinet.) Biot, J. B. C. B. 4 (1887) 917-.
Laurent, P. A. C. B. 18 (1844) 986-.
(Laurent.) Cauchy, A. L. C. B. 18 (1844)

940-.
(— .) MacCuUagh, J. B. A. Bp. (1844) (pt.

2) 7.
Briot, C. C. B. 50 (1860) 141-.
Glad$tone,J.H. [1860] C. S. J. 18 (1861) 254-.
(Briot.) Biai^ewiki, R. 0. [1878] (xn) Krk.

Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. A Sp. 1 (1874) xi-.
LancUdt, H. H. Lieb. A. 189 a877) 241-.
Anomalous rotation. Dutoit, P., dt Hdbel, W.

Aich. Sc. Ps. Nt. 8 (1899) 100.
Applications. Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S. P. 10

(1880) 478-.

— to aetermination of organic substances.
Otto, J. Aich. Mth. Ntvd. 12 (1888)
158-.

Asymmetry, molecular. Guye, P. A. C. B.

110 (1890) 714- ; 111 (1890) 745-; A. C. 25

(1892) 145-.
— , — , and rotatory power of organic com*

pounds. (Guye's theory of optical activity.)

PiutH, A. Nap. Bd. 88 (1894) 76-.
Bi- and mono-refractive suostances. Quune-

viUe, G. Mon. Sc. 2 (1888) 1074-.
Bi-refractive substances. Quincke, G. D. Nf.

B. (•1883) 64.
Bodies which rotate plane of polarisation.

Polli, G. Polli A. 17 (1858) 125-.
Case, new. Wulff, J. V. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 28

(P».) (1891) 436-; J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 405.
Castor oil. Popp, O. (xn) Arch. Phm. 195

(1871) 238-.
Colours of rotatory polarisation. Haidinger,

W, Moigno Cosmos 6 (1855) 454-.
Crystalline mixtures of isomorphous substances,

optical properties, and explanation of rotatoiy

polarisation. Mallard, E. A. Mines 19

(1881) 256-; C. B. 92 (1881) 1155-.

— reflection, internal, in crystal with rotatory
power. Brunhes, B. Arch. N^rl. 5 (1900)

Crystals, dextro- and laevo-rotating, separation.

Kreider, D. A. Am. J. Sc. 8 (1899) 188-.
— , rotatory, in state of powder, behaviour.

Landolt,H. Berl. B. 29 (1896) 2404-.
— , — , structure. Wyrouboff, G. J. de Ps. 5

(1886) 258-.
— , uni- and biaxial, hemihedial or hemi-

morphic forms, relation to phenomena of

rotatoiy polarisation. DeieUngeaux, A, B.

A. Bp. (1862) {pt. 2) 19-.

421

4040 Rotatory Folarisatioii and Dispersion 4040

Direction, indioation. Govt, G. G. B. 91 Sarcuin, ^,, db Soret^ J. L, Aroh. Sc. Pb. Nt.

(1880) 617-. 54 (1875) 253-; C. B. 81 (1875) 610- ; 83

— of rotation of optically active substances, (1876) 818- ; 84 (1877) 1362- ; 95 (1882)
change. Landalt, H. H. Berl. B. 13 (1880) 635-; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt 8 (1882) 5-, 97-,
2329-. 201-.

Energy transmission, application to rotatory Lang^ V, von. [1876] Wien Ak. Sb. 74 (1877)

polarisation. Broca.A. C.B. 125 (1897) 765-. (^6.2)209-.

Experimental model. Mauritius, — . Ezner CarvaUo, E, A. C. 26 (1892) 113-.

Bpm. 20 (1884) 556-. K&rUg, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1893-94)

Fresnel's works. Baumgartner,A,von, Banm- 26-.

gartner Z. 2 (1827) 1-. graphic table of coloration produced by, in

Gyrostatioallyloadedchain, vibrations, rotatory polarised light. D* Henry ^ L, Par. 8. Ps.

polarisation illustrated by. Larmor.J, [1890] 8^.(1884)68-.

L. Mth. 8. P. 21 (1891) 423-. optical properties and crystalline form, oonnec-
media, propagation of disturbances in, tion. Dove^ H, W, Pogg. A. 40 (1837)

and rotatory polarisation of light. Larmor, 607-.

J. [1891] L. Mth. 8. P. 23 (1892) 127-. quadruple refraction near axis. QuemeviUe,

Infra-red rays. TyndaU, J. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) O. Mon. Sc. 7 (1893) 521-.

101-. rotation of infra-red rays. Desains, P. C. B.

Isotropic media, polarisation in. Niven, C, 84 (1877) 1056-.

QJ. Mth. 9 (1868) 235-. Hu$seU, A. A. Ps. C. 43 (1891)

Liquids (various). Amdtsen, A, C. B. 47 498-.

(1858) 738-; A. C. 54 (1858) 403-. . CarvaUo, E. C. B. 114 (1892)

— which rotate |^ane of polarisation. Dove, 288-.

H. W, Berl. Mb. (I860) 292-. . Moreau, Q, A. C. 30 (1898)

— , rotatory polarisation, method of increasing. 433-.

Botzenhart, — HaidingerB. 2 (1846-47)173-. . Dongier, R, C. B. 126 (1898)

— , , phenomena. Pa$teur, L. J. Phm. 1627- ; A. C. 14 (1898) 331-.

13 (1848) 449-. rotatory power and structure. Soldi, — . C.

— , by transmission through. Leeson, B. 20 (1845) 435-.

H. B, [1843] C. 8. Mm. 2 (1843-45) 26-. in ultra-violet. CrouUebaU, M. C. B.

— , — power, laws of variation. Biot, J. B. 81 (1875) 666-.

C. B. 31 (1850) 101- ; A. C. 29 (1850) 430-. under stress, optical behaviour. Wiechmami,

—, sunilar action on polarised light, in motion F. G. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 20 (1899) 267-.

and at rest. Biot, J. B, C. B. 17 (1843)

1209-. Botation, new agent for increasing angle of.

Magnetic and rotatory polarisation. MoreoM, Walden, P. BerL B. 30 (1897) 2889-.

G. A. G. 1 (1894) 289-. *- of polarised light by certain substances.

— rotatory polarisation, influence of tempera- Biot, J. B. Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 2 (1817) 41-.
ture. Hirseh, E, A. Ps. G. 48 (1893) 446-. transparent bodies, dynamical

Mathematical analysis applied to pnysical illustrations. Thomson, {Sir) W, [1856] B.

phenomena. Cauchy, A.L. G. B. 15 (1842) 8. P. 8 (1856-57) 150-.

910-. Botatory polarisation and its applications.

Optically active substances, influence of in- [Friedrich, — , non] Friedreich, AT. Halle

active solvents. Oudemans, A, C, (jun.). Z. Nw. 1 (1870) 62-.

Amst. Vs. Ak. 6 (1872) 334-; Arch. N^l. — power, cause of change. Bremer, G, J. W,

8 (1873) 63-. Utr.Prv.Gn.Aant.(1882)6-; Mbl.Nt.(1881^
, . Baumgartner, G. Garl 84) 19-.

Bpm. 12 (1876) 80-. and chemical composition and crystalline

— , — — and concentration. form, relation. Pasteur, L. G. B. 26 (1848)

Hoarweg, J, L. [1872] (xn) Mbl. Nt. 3 535-.

(1873) 12-. , — (Pasteur). Biot,

Parallel light, rotatory polarisation in. Quesne- J. B. G. B. 27 (1848) 401-.

ville, G. Mon. Sc. 1 (1887) 695-, 1187-. ,— . Pasteur, L. A. G.

Passage of light through plate of rotatory 24 (1848) 442-; G. B. 28 (1849) 477-; A. G.

polarising material. Voigt, W. A. Ps. G. 31 (1851) 67-; G. B. 31 (1850) 480-.

22 (1884) 237-. , — (Pasteur). Biot,

Pressure, mfluence on various physical phe- J. B, G. B. 31 (1850) 601- ; Par. Ac. Sc.

nomena. BMtgen, W, C. A. Ps. G. 45 (1892) Mm. 23 (1853) 67-.

98-. ,— . Pasteur, L, G.B.

35 (1852) 176- ; A. G. 38 (1853) 437-.

QUARTZ. » relation. Oudemans, A. C.

IJ^n.)^ Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 1 (1885) 408- ;

Herschel, {Sir) J. F. W. [1820] Gamb. Ph. Delft Ec. Pol. A. 3 (1887) 91-.

8. T. 1 (182^ 43-. , double, new substance with. Wyrouboff,

Biot, J. B. C. B. 8 (1839) 683-; 21 (1845) G. Par. 8. Ps. 8^. (1894) 200-.

643-; 22 (1846) 93-; Par. Ac. 8c. Mm. 20 and double refraction. Monnary, — .

(1849) 221-. J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 277-.

422

4050 Botatory Powers of Substanoes 4050

Botatory power and doable refraction, combined Alkaloids, cinchona, optical properties of

effects. Gouy, — . C. B. 100 (1885) 100-, modifications. Howard, D. C. S. J. 11

200; J. de Ps. 4 (1886) 149-. (1878) 1177-.
— of quartz under pressure. — , — , specific rotatory power in free and

Monnory, — . C. B. 112 (1891) 428-, 504. combined states. Oudemans, A. C. {jun.)
, and in natural [1875] Amst. Ak. Vh. 16 (1876) 180 pp. ;

state. Beaulard, F. Mars. Fac. Sc. A. 8 Arch. N^rl. 10 (1875) 198-.

(1898) Fcue, 1, 155 pp. — , laws which regulate roecific rotatory power
, superposition. Dongier, R, A. under influence of acids. Oudemam, A. C,

C. 14 (1898) 510-. (jun.) (xn) Bee. Tr. C. P. -Baa 1 (1882)
electrolytic dissociation. Carrara, O. 18-.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893) {Sem, 2) 148-. Amygdalin. Bouehardat, A. C. B. 19 (1844)
— . Carrara, O,, A Germart, G. 1174-.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8 (1894) (Sem. 2) 325-. Amylic series. Riban, J. Par. Bll. S. 0. 15

— — , temperature variation. Guye, P. A, (1871) 3-.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 31 (1894) 98-. Apocinchonine and hydrochloroapocinchonine,
, . Le Bel, A. C. B. 118 (1894) specific rotatoiy power under influence of

916-. acids. Oudemam, A. C, {jun,) [1882]

, . Colton,A, C. B. 119 (1894) 65-. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 18 (1883) 178- ; Arch.

, (Colson). Le Bel, A. C. B. 119 N^rl. 17 (1882) 391-.

Q894) 226-. Asparagin and aspartic acid, in difFerent

Solids, molecular rotatory power. Biot, J. B. solvents. Becker, Arm, Berl. B. 14 (1881)

C. B. 29 (1849) 681- ; A. G. 28 (1850) 215-, 1028-.

351-. Benzile, crystals. Des CUmeaux, A, C. B. 68

Sources of error. Hiilzer, A. Berl. B. 15 (1869) 308-.

(1882) 1932-. Camphor and other bodies. Montgolfler, J. de.

Sugar solutions. Kihiig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Par. S. C. Bll. 22 (1874) 487-.

Vr. Jbr. (1893-94) 26-. — oil. B%oi, J. B. C. B. 9 (1889) 621-.

Theory. Lang, V, von. Pogg. A. 119 (1868) — , specific rotatory power. Landolt, H. H.

74-; Wien Ak. Sb. 75 (1877) (Ab. 2) 719-. Berl. B. 9 (1876) 914-.

— . Lommel, E. C. J. Mtinch. Ak. Sb. 11 Camphoric acid. Bouchardat, A. C. B. 28

(1881) 454-; 12 (1882) 56. (1849) 319-.

— . Soret, C. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 11 (1884) (Bouchardat). Biot, J, B. C, B. 28

330-, 412- ; 24 (1890) 591-. (1849) 321.

— . Wulgr, G, V, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (Ps.) Carbohydrates, rotatory power and crystalline

(1887) 13-; J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 272-. form, relation between. ScheUder, C. B. W.

^, kinetic. Beckenkamp, J. A. Ps. C. 67 Berl. B. 13 (1880) 2319-.

(1899) 474-. Chrysoberyl. Biot, J. B. A. C. 18 (1845)
— , mathematical. CarvaUo, E, C. B. 113 335-.

(1891)846-. Cnicin. Bouchardat, A. C.B. 18 (1844)298-;

Torque, optical. Thompson, S, P. B. I. P. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 32 (1844) 8&-.

12 (1889) 474-. Codeine, artificial. GHmaux, 6, C. B. 92

Torsion, rotatory polarisation due to. Ewell, (1881) 1228-.

A, W, Am. J. Sc. 8 (1899) 89-; J. H. Un. Crystals of cubic system. Biot, J, B. C. B.

Cir. [19 (1899-1900)] 64. 40 (1855) 793-; 45 (1857) 705-.

Velocity of polarised light in active media. — , rotatory power, and Beusch's mica oom-

Righi, A. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1884) bination. Sohncke, L, D. Nf. Tbl. (*1875)

169-. 52- ; A. Ps. C. {Erg&nz.) 8 (1878) 16-.

Glutanic and malic acids. Ritthausen, H.
Bonn SB. Niedr. Os. (1871) 115; J. Pr. C.

4050 Botatory Powers of Homologous series! bodies belonging to. Guye,

Substances. p. a. c. b. iie (1893) 1451-.

Hypoeulphates. Biehat, E. C. B. 77 (1873)

Narini, R. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm. 9 (1881) 1189-.

253-. Inulin. Bouchardat, A. C. B. 25 (1847),

Active bodies, molecular rotatory power. 274-.

Aignan, A, [1894-95] Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. Lactose, specific rotatory power. Meiwl, Em..

5 (1895) xxxii- ; C. B. 120 (1895) 723-. [1879] J. Pr. C. 22 (1880) 97-.

— — in solution, specific rotatory power. Leucine and cystine. Mauthner, J, J. Phm..
Aignan, A. [1892-94] Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 7 (1883) 402-.

3 (1893) 331- ; A. C. 1 (1894) 433-. Liquid mixtures of given rotatory power. Biot„

AlkaJoids. Bouchardat, A. A. C. 9 (1843) J. B. A. C. 18 (1846) 81-.

213-. — possessing opposite rotatory powers for rayp

— . Bouchardat, A., <& Boudet, F. J. Phm. at opposite ends of spectrum. Jdlett, J. H.

23 (1853) 288-. [1866] Ir. Ac. P. 9 (1867) 530-.

— , cinchona. Hette, O. Lieb. A. 182 (1876) Liquids, temperature variation. Aignan, — .

128-. [1898] Bordeaux S.Sc. Mm. 4 (lBai)xxvii-.

423

4050

Sotatory Powers of Substances

Sircar 4050

Liquids, temperature variation. Colson, A,

C. B. 116 (1898) 819-.
— , . Guye, P. A., dt AtUm, (Mile,) E,

C. B. 124 (1897) 194- ; 125 (1897) 819-.

— and their vapours. Gemez, D. C. B. 58
(1864) 1108- ; Par. Ec. Norm. A. 1 (1864) 1-.

Malic acid, anomalous rotatory dispersion.

NoMfiif R,, db Gennarii O, Yen. I. At.

(1894-95) 915-.
1 optical properties. BeU^L, [1885] Am.

C. J. 7 (1885-86) 120-.
, rotatory polarisation. Kann, L. Wien

Ak. Sb. 107 (1898) {Ah. 2a) 681-.
Mannite. Vignon, L G. B. 77 (1878) 1191- ;

Par. Bll. S. C. 20 (1878) 582-.

— derivatives. Bouchardatt O, G. B. 76
(1878) 1550-.

— and its derivatives. Bouchardatf O, G. B.
84 (1877) 84-.

. Loir, A. Lyon Ac. Mm. (Sc.) 22

(1876-77) 157-.
— , specific rotatory power. Bouchardat, O.

G. B. 80 (1875) 120-.
Molecular rotatory power. Wilhelmy,L, Pogg.

A. 81 (1850) 527-.
. Wyrouboff, O. Par. 8. Ps. 86.

(1892) 857-; A. G. 1 (1894) 5-.
Organic substances, rotatory dispersive power.

Nanni, R. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Mm. 18 (1882)

129-.
Phloridzin. Bouchardat, A, G. B. 18 (1844)

298- ; Erdm. J. Pr. G. 82 (1844) 86-.
Photosantonic acid. NaMni, R, Bm. B. Ac.

Line. T. 7 (1888) 260-.
Populin and salicin. Biot, J. B., dt Pasteur,

— . G. B. 84 (1852) 606-.
Quartz. Wtua^^ema, L, Helsingf. Ofv. 81

(1889) 167-.
— , rotatory dispersion and temperature co-
efficient. Gumlich, E, A. Ps. G. 64 (1898)

883-.
— , — polarisation, and its relation to wave-
length. PeddU, W. Edinb. B. S. P. 11

(1882) 815-.
— , — power, at low temperatures. Soret, C. , dt

Guye,C,E. [1892] G.B. 115 (1892) 1295- ;

116 (1898J 75 ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 29 (1893)

108, 242-.
^, for sodium light. Gumlich, E. Berl.

Ps. Beichsanst. Ab. 2 (1895) 201-.
— , , temperature variation. Lang, V,

van. Wien Ak. Sb. 71 (1875) (Ab. 2)

707-.
— , , . Gemez, D. Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1878) 210-.
— , , . Joubert, J. G. B. 87 (1878)

497-; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1878) 204-.
— , for various wave-lengths. QueeneviUe,

G. Mon. Sc. 1 (1887) 441-.
Quinamine. Hesse, O. Lieb. A. 199 (1879)

833-.
Quinine. Alluard, — , dt Vry, — de, G. B.

59 (1864) 201-.

— and cinchonine, specific rotatory power.
Bouchardat, G. Par. Bll. S. G. 20 (1878)
15-.

— solutions, temperature variation. Draper,
J. C. [1875] Am. J. Sc. 11 (1876) 42-.

Salicin and derivatives. Bouchardat, A, G.

B. 18 (1844) 298-; Erdm. J. Pr. G. 82 (1844)

86-; G. B. 20 (1845) 1685-.
Santonic, metasantonic and hydrosantonic

acids in various solvents. CannUzaro, S.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. At. 8 (1876) (Pte. 1) 118-.
Santonin, derivatives. CarneluUi, G., <£*

Nasini, R. Oz. G. It. 10 (1880) 518- ; Bm.

B. Ac. Line. T. 5 (1881) 288-.

SUk. Vignon, L. G. B. 118 (1891) 802- ;

Par. S. G. Bll. 7 (1892) 5-.
Silks, various. Vignon, L. G. B. 114 (1892)

129-.
Sodium chlorate. Guye, C. E. Arch. Sc. Ps.

Nt. 22 (1889) 180-.
, for various wave-lengths. Guye, C. E.

C. B. 108 (1889) 348-.

Solution, aqueous, substances in. Guye, P. A,

[1892] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 29 (1893) 97-.
Solutions. Wyrouhoff, G. G. B. 115 (1892)

882-.
— , molecular rotatory power. Pottevin, H.

J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 873-.
Strychnine sulphate. Descloizeaux, A. G. B.

44 (1857) 909-.
Styrolene. Berthelot, M. G. B. 82 (1876)

441- ; Par. S. G. BU. 25 (1876) 197- ; 81

(1879) 282-.

m-Styrolene. Berthelot, M. G. B. 85 (1877)

1191-.
Substance, new, with double rotatory power.

Wyrouboff, G. Par. S. Ps. 86. (1894) 200-.

SUGAR.

Biot, J. B. G. B. 2 (1886) 464-.
Fischer, E. D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 247-.
beet-root, inversion process. Wiechmann, F.

G. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 6 (1885) 257-.
cane. Mascart, E., db B€nard, H, A. C. 17

(1899) 125-.
— , action of certain inorganic salts. Fam-

steiner, E. Berl. B. 23 (1890) 3570-.
— and invert, specific rotatory power. AUen,

A. H. G. N. 42 (1880) 177, 269-.
, . Bayley, T. G. N. 42

(1880) 233.

— , rotation constants. Thomsen, T. Berl. B.
14 (1881) 1651-.

— , solutions, influence of pressure. Siertsema,
L. H. Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 305- ; 6
(1898) 24-; Arch. N6erl. 8 (1900) 79-.

— , specific rotatory power. Tollens, B. Berl.

B. 10 (1877) 1408- ; 11 (1878) 1800-.

— , . Schmitz, M. Berl. B. 10 (1877)

1414-.
— , . Tollens, B. Berl. B. 13 (1880)

2297-.
— , — , temperature variation. Wiech-
mann, F. G. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 21 (1900)

299-.
grape, pure, specific rotatory power. Hoppe-

Seyler, F. [1866] Md. G. Us. 1 (1866-71)

163-.
— , rotation constants. Hoppe-Seyler^ F,

Fresenius Z. 14 (1875) 303-.
— , specific rotatory power. Tollens, B, Berl.

B. 9 (1876) 487-, 615-, 1581-.

424

4200 Emission and Analysis of Badiation, etc. General 4200

grape, specific rotatory power. Oallt H, Mon.

Sc. 24 (1882) 1201-.
invert, crystalline magma. Wiechmann, F, G.

Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 18 (1892) 149-.
maltose, specific rotatory power. 0»tt H. C.

Ztg. 19 (1896) 1727-; 21 (1897) 618-.
saccharimetry. Schwippel^ C. Briinn Yh. 2

(1863) 15-.
— Stammer, K, A. G6n. Civ. 8 (1874) 427-.
specific rotation, temperature variation. Sck&n^

rock, 0. Z. Instk. 20 (1900) 97-.

Tartaric acid. Biot, J, B. C. R. 1 (1886) """^

467-; A. C. 28 (1860) 99-.
and malic acid, molybdo- and tungsto-

alkali salts, specific rotatoiy power. Roien-

heim. A., dt luig, H. Berl. B. 33 (1900)

707-.

— — , optical properties. Bell, L. [1886]
Am. G. J. 7 (1885-86) 120-.

— — , rotatory dispersion. Wendell, O. V.
A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 1149-.

, — power, change in mixed solutions.

PHbram, R. Berl. B. 22 (1889) 6-.
Tartrates, rotatory dispersion. KllmmeU, O.

A. Ps. G. 43 (1891) 609-.
Tartromethylic and tartrovinic acids. Biott

J, B. G. R. 2 (1836) 616-.
Turpentin, rotatory dispersion. Wendell, G.

V. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 1149-.

THE EMISSION AND ANALYSIS OF
RADIATION, PHOSPHORESCENCE,
RADIOACTIVITT, SPECTRA, ETC.

4200 General.

{See also 3010, 3850.)

Absorption and emission by gases. OladsUme,

J. H, B. A. Rp. (1861) (pt. 2) 79.
. Pringsheim, E. [1900] Sc.

Abs. 4 (1901) 489-.
, measurement. Gro$te, W, Z. Instk.

9 (1889) 1-.
by platinum black and lamp black,

variation with thickness of emitting layer.

Kurlbaum, F. A. Ps. G. 67 (1899) 846-.
, proportionality between. Voigt, W.

A. Ps. G. 67 (1899) 866-.
and reflection of quartz, mica and

glass. Rosenthal, H. A. Ps. G. 68 (1899)

783-.
— , simultaneous, of rays of same re-

frangibility discovered by Foucault and

extended by Kirchhoff. Stokee, O. O. Ph.

Mg. 19 (1860) 196-.
radiation. TyndaU, J, Ph. Mg. 22

(1861) 377-.
. Lecher, E, Wien Ak. Sb. 85 (1882)

{Ah. 2) 441-.
of heat by gaseous matter. TyndaU,

J. [1861-63] Phil. Trans. (1861) 1-; G.R.

52 (1861) 364-; Phil. Trans. (1862) 59-;

(1864) 201-.

Absorption and emission of heat by leaves.

Mayer, A. O. Am. J. Sc. 45 (1893) 340-.
Air-gun discharge, light caused in. OroUhus,

T. von. GUbert A. 33 (1809) 212-; Sch-

weigger J. 5 (1812) 215-.
, . Hart, J. QJ. So. 15 (1823)

64-.
Artificial light. Anon, (vi 305) Coimbra I.

5 (1857) 54-.
of the future, necessary conditions. Palaz ,

A. Rv. Sc. 48 (1891) 79-.
Atomic motions as cause of radiation. Hoppe-

Seyler, F. A. Ps. G. 147 (1872) 101-.

. Eddy, H. T. Science 2

(•1883) 76-, 123-.
. HAuitler, A. Exner Rpm.

24 (1888) 782-.
Bolometric measurements, sensitiveness. Ang-

strSm, K. Stockh. Of v. (1888) 379-; Fschr.

Pb. (1888) {Ah. 2) 376.
Colour of daylight and of artificial sources of

light. Memorsky, M. Wien Sb. 53 (1866)

{Ah. 2) 345-.
— , influence on heat and odours. Stark, J.

PhU. Trans. (1833) 285-.
— , (Stark). Powell, B. Edinb.

N. Ph. J. 17 (1834) 228-.
Disintegration of bodies by ultra-violet light.

Lenard, P., db Wolf, M. A. Ps. C. 37 (1889)

443-.
Emission of light, application of mechanical

principles. Clifton, R, B. [1865] Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 5 (1866) 24-.
from hot bodies, experiment. Braun,

F. A. Ps. C. 33 (1888) 413-.
— spectra, influence of frequency and damping

of molecules. Jaumann, O. Wien Ak. Sb.

103 (1894) (Ah. 2a) 317- ; A. Ps. G. 54 (1895)

178-.
Evolution of light in polishing of hard minerals.

Ndggerath, J. J. A. Ps. G. 150 (1873) 325-.
Force, new? Th(fre, J. Dax S. Borda Bll.

(1887) 51-, 83-. 117- ; (1888) 19-.
— , — (Thore). Crookes, W. [1887] Phil.

Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 451-.
— , — (— ). ShettU, R. C. Elect. 19 (1887)

319-, 360-, 443.
— , — (Crookes). Thore, J. Rv. So. 40 (1887)

117-.

ILLUMINATING POWER.

of benzene, toluene, ethylene and ether. Knuh-
lauch, O. Berl. B. 14 (1881) 240-.

— coal-gas. Anderson, A. Edinb. Ph. J. 12
(1825) 169-, 382-.

. Aikin, W. E. A. Am. As. P. (1858)

133-.
and oil. Fyfe, A. Edinb. Ph. J. 11

(1824) 367-.
and consumption of common sources of light.

Heim, C. Dingier 266 (1887) 37-.
of distillation-proiducts of lignite. Zineken,

[C. F. non] J. C. L. Dingier 155 (I860)

128-.

— gas, variation during passage through pipes.
Lehlanc,R. As. Fr. C. R. (1880) 389-.

425

4200 Emission of Radiation

of hydrocarbons and their mixtures, calcnla-
tion. Botanquet, R. H, M. Ph. Mg. 84
(1892) 120-, 855-.

— mixture of hydrogen with hydrocarbons.
Harcourt, A, O. V. B. A. Rp. (1879) 819-.

— different oils. Pagliani, S. , d- VicentitUt O,
N. Cim. 14 (•1888) 117-.

— olive and rape oils. Heeren, F,, dt Kar-
marsch, — . Dingier 80 (1841) 60-.

— wood-gas, with varying contents of carbon
dioxide and with various burners, compara-
tive experiments. Stammer ^ K. Dingier 155
(1860) 854-.

Incandescence, galvanic, dependence on nature
of surrounding gas. Clatuitu, R, Pogg. A.
87 (1852) 501-.

Incandescent platinum and vapour radiations.
Garibaldi, P.M. (ix) N. Cim. 8 (1870} 281-.

— solid and liquid surfaces, polarisation of
light emitted by. MiUikan, R. A, N. Y.
Ac. T. 14 (1895) 155-.

Eirchhoff*s law as to relation between emission

and absorption of light, extension. Rizzo,

O. B. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 29 (1894) 424-.
, validity. Pa$ehen, F. A. Ps. C. 51

(1894) 40-.
»- principle, mechanical illustration. HaUock,

W, Science 9 (1899) 210-.
— theorem applied to crystalline media. Sebuev,
. O. N. Kazan S. Nt. (Pi.-Mth.) P. 5 (1887)

48-.
Light, heat and electricity, causes and effects.

Seguin, — {aini). Cosmos 2 (1865) 781-.
— , , general theory, and Neef's ex-
periments. Moigno, F. Bv. Sc. 9 (1846)

158-.
— , and sound, relations. Orsted, H. C.

Ki5b. Ov. (1829-80) 24-.
^, — , etc., motion of light bodies due to.

Dumont, — . Nancy S. Sc. Bll. (1886) (Fate.

20) xxix-.
Luminosity of candle or gas flame, cause.

Burch, G. J. Nt. 81 (1885) 272- ; 85 (1887)

165.
— , mechanics of. Wiedemann, E, A. Ps. C.

87 (1889) 177-.

— and supposed phosphorescence of glaciers
and snow. Mercanton, P. L. Laus. S. Yd.
Bll. 84 (1898) 281-.

Microradiometer. Weber, H, F, Sch. Nf. Gs.

Vh. (1886-87) 47.
Particles, solid, in flame. Stokea, (Sir) G. G.

Edinb. B. S. P. 18 (1892) 268-.
Photodynamics. Chase, P,E, [1881-82] Am.

Ph. 8. P. 19 (1882) 203-, 262-, 854-, 446-,

567- ; 20 (1888) 287-, 406-, 566-.

PHOTOPHONE {RADIOPHONE).

BeU, A. G. [1880] Am. As. P. 29 (1881)

115-.
(Application to solar disturbances.) BeU, A . G.

C. B. 91 (1880) 726-.
(Use of selenium.) Bell, A. G. Nt. 22 (1880)

500-.
BidweU, S. [1880] Nt. 28 (1881) 58-.

Photophone (Radiophone) 4200

(Selenium receivers.) Breguet, A. A. C. 21

(1880) 560-.
Breguet, A, A. T^l. 7 (1880) 427-.
(Bell and Tainter's experiments.) Breguet, A.

C. B. 91 (1880) 595-.
(Light, mechanical actions.) Cro», C. C. B.

91 (1880) 622-.

(Bell's and Tainter's photophone.) Breguet, A.

C. B. 91 (1880) 662-.^
Du Moncel, T. Lum. Elect. 2 (•1880) 877-.
(Tests with spectra.) Mercadier, E. C. B. 91

(1880) 929-, 982; 92 (1881) 409-, 450-,
1224-, 1226-.

Preece, W, H. Tel. E. J. 9 (1880) 868-.
BeU, A. G. Am. J. Sc. 21 (1881) 468- ; G. B.

92 (1881) 1206-; Cn. Nt. 9 (1881) 897-.
(Spectrophone.) BeU, A. G. [1881] Smiths.

Misc. Col. 25 (1888) Art. 1, 148-. (Wash.

Ph. S. Bll. 4 (1881).)
(Modification of Wheatstone's microphone

applied to radiophonic researches.) BeU^

A, G. [1881] Smiths. Misc. Col. 25 (1883)

Art. 1, 188-. (Wash. Ph. S. BU. 4 (1881).)
(Use of selenium.) BidweU, S. [1881] B. I.

P. 9 (1882) 524-.
(Sonorescence, term expressing change of

radiant heat and light into sound.) Cookf

E. H. Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 877-.
Dufour, H. Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 17 (1881)

476-.
(Beirs spectrophone.) Dufourcet, E. (xn)

Dax S. Borda Bll. 6 (1881) 205-.
(Preece's investigations.) Giraldy, F. Lum.

filect. 8 (^1881) 297-.
(Useofseleniimi.) Jamie8(m,A. [1881] Olasg.

Ph. S. P. 18 (1882) 109-.
(Without battery.) Kalischer, S. Carl Bpm.

17 (1881) 568-.
(Photophony and radiophony.) Lucchi, G. de,

Ven. Aten. (1) (1881) 410-.
(Use of selenium.) Mercadier, E. C. B. 92

(1881) 705-.

(Influence of temperature on selenium receivers.)

Mercadier, E. C. B. 92 (1881) 1407-.
(Lamp-black instead of selenium.) Mercadier,

E. C. B. 98 (1881) ^7-.
Mercadier, E. Lum. Elect. 8 ('1881) 8-, 87-,

51-, 276-, 291-, 856-, 408- ; 4 (^1881) 276-,

847-; 5 (*1881) 105-, 119-.
(Indirect radiophony.) Mercadier, E. Lum.

Elect. 4 (•1881) 295-.
(Electric multiple autoreversible teleradio-
phone.) Mercadier, E. C. B. 98 (1881)

541- ; Lum. felect. 5 (^1881) 19-.
Munro, J. J. Sc. 8 (1881) 208-.
Preece, W. H. Tel. E. J. 10 (1881) 212-.
(Expansion of diaphragm.) Rayleigh, {Lord).

Nt. 28 (1881) 274-.
(Sounds due to intermittent radiation in ga^M

RMtgen, W. C. Giessen Oberh. Gs. B. 20

(1881) 19-.
(Construction.) Thompion, S. P, L. Ps. S.

P. 4 (1881) 184- ; Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 286-.
(Action of intermittent beam of radiant heat

on gases.) TyndaU, J. B. S. P. 81 (1881)

807-, 478-.
Preece, W. H. B. S. P. 81 (1881) 506-.

426

4200 Emission of

(Badiant heat, conversion by free moleooles
into sound.) Tyndall, J, [1881] Phil.
Trans. 173 (1888) 291-.

BartonUk, G, Termt. Kdzl. 16 (1884) 331-.

(Two new radiophones.) Mereadter, E. C. B.
101 (1885) 944-.

Hentsch, A. A. Ps. G. 29 (1886) 665-.

(Electrochemical radiophony.) Chaperon^ O,,
(Jt Mereadter, E. G. B. 106 (1888) 1595- ;
A. T^l. 15 (1888) 425-.

Mercadier, — , dt Chaperon, — . Par. 8. Ps.
84. (1890) 166-.

(Production of soond in microphone by inter-
mittent radiation.) Semmola, E, Nap. I.
Inc. At. 6 (1898) No. 5, 5 pp. ; G. B. 118
(1894) 525.

(Sound transmission by ultra-violet rays (se-
lenium).) Dussaud, — . G. B. 128 (1899)
171.

Phototropy, temporary changes due to light.

Marckwald, J. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 147-.
Platinum strip radiator (meldometer). Gray,

P. L. [18941 Birm. Ph. 8. P. 9 (1896)

78-.
Badiant energy. Golicyn, (Prince) B, Mosc.

Un. Mm. (Pi.-Mth,) 10 (1898) 84 pp. ; A. Ps.

G. 47 (1892) 479-; 48 (1898) 748.
(Golicyn). Sokolov, A. P„ db StoUtov,

A. G. Mosc. Un. Mm. (Ps.-Mth,) 11 (1894)
69 pp.; Fschr. Ps. (1898) {Ah. 2) 405-.

(— ). Schiller, N.N. Fschr. Ps. (1894)

{Ab. 2) 489-.
. GdU, H. [1895] Augsb. Nt. Vr. B.

(1896) 278-.
and kinetic theory. Bryan, G. H, Nt.

67 (1897-98) 586.

RADIATION.

TyndaU, J. [1865-88] Smiths. Bp. (1868)

292- ; B. I. P. 10 (1884) 253-.
Tail, P. G. Edinb. B. 8. P. 12 (1884) 681-.
Garhe, P. Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 1 (1887) P, 91 pp.
Smoluchowaki, M. Kosmos (Lw.) 25 (1900)

74-.
of bodies as affected by nature of surrounding

medium. Quintm-IcUiu$, G, von. D. Nf.

B. 40 (1865) 111 ; A. Ps. G. 127 (1866) 80-.
electromagnetic, measurement. Boys, C. V,,

Briscoe, A. E., db Watson, W. L. Ps. S. P.
11 (1892) 20- ; Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 44-.

Heat.

{For Reflection, Refraction and Absorp-
tion of Heat Rays see 3855.)

Poisson, S. D. A. G. 26 (1824) 225-, 442-.
Moreau de Jonnts, A. Quetelet Gor. Mth. 1

(1825) 160-.
Powea, B. B. A. Bp. (1881-82) 259-.
Talbot, W. H. F. Ph. Mg. 8 (1886) 189-.
MeUoni, M. Bb. It. 86 (1887) 190- ; 89 (1888)

107-.

Heat 4200

(Melloni's researches.) Pellet, — . Amiens

Mm. Ac. (1889) 207-.
PmoeU, B. B. A. Bp. (1840) 1- ; (1864) 887-.
Stewart, B. B. A. Bp. (1869) (pt. 2) 28.
TyndaU, J. Ph. Mg. 28 (1862) 262-; B. I. P.

4 T1868) 146-.
Magnus, G. Berl. Mb. (1864) 598-.

absolute measurement, method. Angstrdm, K.
Ups. 8. Sc. N. Acta 18 (1887) No. 8, 17 pp.
apparatus. Marbach, H. Bresl. Schl. Gs.

Ubs. (1862) 25-.
and chemical rays, analogies between. Draper,

J. W. Ph. Mg. 19 (1841) 196- ; 21 (1842)

458-.
conditions of sensitiveness in detectors. Pock-

lington, H. C. [1899] Gamb. Ph. 8. P. 10

(1900) 66-.
Earth's motion, possible effect. Fizeau, H. L,

Moigno Gosmos 1 (1852) 68^.
experiments. McClure, H. J, Franklin I. J.

64 (1872) 851-, 407-.
— . Fischer, K. T. Nt. 62 (1900) 108-.
isolation of long wave radiation by quartz

prisms. Rubens, H., db Asehkinass, E. A.

Ps. G. 67 (1899) 459-.
in different media. Seydler, A. Gasopis 2

(•1878) 158- ; Fschr. Mth. (♦1878) 592.
new nomenclature (proposed). MeUoni, M. G.

B. 18 (1841) 808- ; Nap. At. Ac. So. 6 (1848)

281—
(— ) (MeUoni). Luca, F. de. Nap. Bd.

1 (1842) 28-.
passage &om colder to hotter body, impossibility.

courier, C. Gen. 8. Ps. Mm. Suppl. (1891)

No. 5, 15 pp.
perception. Strehlke, F. Pogg. A. 68 (1848)

668.
quantitative determination, electric compensa-
tion method. Angstrdm, K. Ups. 8. Sc. N.

Acta 16 (1898) No. 6, 8 pp.
from rough and polished surfaces. Ma^us, G.

Berl. Mb. (1864) 671- ; A. Ps. G. 124 (1866)

476-.
surfaces. Magnus, G. Berl. Bfb. (1869)

718- ; A. Ps. G. 140 (1870) 387-.
separation from luminous and actinic rays.

Assehe, F. van. G. B. 97 (1883) 838-.
from solids, limiting wave length. Wien, W,

A. Ps. G. 49 (1893) 638-.
theory. Poisson, S. D. A. G. 28 (1826) 87-.
of the vacuum. Gay-Lussac, L. J. A. G.

18 (1820) 804-.
(Oay-Lussac). Prevost, P. A. G.

81 (1826) 429-.

Heat and Light.

Sehoultz, E. van. Odtheb. Hndl. 5 (1869) 81-.
TyndaU, J. Ph. Mg. 28 (1864) 829-.
Ward, R. J. So. 2 (1880) 680-.
Stewart, B. Nt. 82 (1886) 322-, 389, 894-,

413-, 422-, 660- ; 38 (1886) 36-, 261-, 869-.
analogies. PoweU, B. [1862] B. I. P. 1

(1861-64) 172-.
difference between. Moser, L. Pogg. A. 68

(1848) 106-.
energy. Crova, A. J. de Ps. 7 (1878) 867-.

427

4200 Heat and Light

from flame. Conroy, (Sir) J. B. S. P. 47 (1899)

65-.
identity. Preehtl, J. J, Gilbert A. 20 (1806)

306- ; 23(1806)474-.
— . Ermerins, J. G. Amst. Vs. Ak. 7 (1868)

81-.
— . Abria, O. Bordeaux Act. Ao. Sc. 27

(1866) 499-.
— . TyndaU, J. B. I. P. 6 (1872) 417-.

— of agents which produce, theory. MeUoni,
M. G. B. 1 (1836) 603-.

mathematical tneory. Colnet-d^Huart, — de.

Lux. I. Pb. 21 (1891) 126-, I-.
non-identity. BaudrimorU, A, Bordeaux Mm.

S. Sc. 3 leak. 2) (1866) 313-.

— (Baudrimont). Abriat O. Bordeaux Mm.
S. Sc. 4 {eah. l\ (1866) 77-.

of same refrangioility, identity. Studniika,

F. J. Wien SB. 44 (1861) {Ab, 2) 289-.
relationships. Martens, M, Li^ A. Ac.

(1819-20) 34 pp.
solar, separation. Hersehel, (Sir) W, Phil.

Trans. (1800) 266-.
— , — (Hersehel). Leslie, J. Nicholson J. 4

(1801) 344-, 416-.

— , — (Herschers researches, Leslie's criti-
cisms). Bemenberg, J, F. Gilbert A. 10

(1802) 366-.

— , — . Wilnsch, (Prof.) — . Berl. Gs. Nt. Pr.

Mg. 1 (1807) 186-.
— , — (Wiinsch). Bitter, J. W. Gehlen J.

6 (1808) 633-.
— , — (Hersehel). Goethe, J. W, von [with

remarks by i2itter,«7^.TF.1. Gehlen J. 6 (1808)

719-.
— , — (Wiinsch). HHnrich, P. Gehlen J. 6

(1808) 729-.
— , — (Hersehel). Reade, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

46 (1816) 422-.
from terrestrial sources. Powell, B. Thomson

A. Ph. 8 (1824) 81-; QJ. Sc. 19 (1826) 46-;
Thomson A. Ph. 9 (1826) 369-, 401-.

intensity measured by expansion of chlorine.

Richardson, A, L. Ps. S. P. 11 (1892) 186-;

Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 277-.
internal. Stokes, 6. G, [1861] B. S. P. 11

(1880-62) 637-.
invisible, combustion due to. TyndaU,J, [1866]

B. I. P. 4 (1866) 329-.

— , of electric arc. Tyndall, J, B. S. P. 14

(1865) 33-.
lignt, forms and sources. BrtignateUi, L. V.

Gilbert A. 4 (1800) 438-.
— , heat and chemical radiations, identity.

MeUoni, M, C. B. 16 (1842) 454-.
— , , — . Brasack, F. Halle Z. Nw.

25 (1865) 667-.
— due to heat and electricity, similarity.

Lacroix, — . Fr. Cg. Sc. 28 (1861) 479-.
— , production by heat. Draper, J, W, Ph.

Mg. 30 (1847) 346-.
— , — in theory and practice. Brande, W, T.

(VI Adds.) Bm. Cor. Sc. 2 (1863) 14.
— , theory. Soldner, J. Gilbert A. 39 (1811)

231-.
at low temperatures. Pictet, R. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 32 (1894) 233-, 466-, 661-.

Sources of Badiation 4202

prismatic, heat and light actions. MeUoni, M,

C. B. 31 (1850) 470-.
not a property of electricity. Roberts, M. J.

L. Electr. S. P. (1843) 34-.
solar, and geologic climate. Warring, C. B.

Science 1 (*1883) 396, 602-.
— , Le Conte, J. Science 1 (♦1883)

643.
to one sphere from another. Meisel, F. Z.

Mth. Ps. 27 (1882) {H.-lt. Ab.) 66-.
theory. Prevost, P. A. 0. 6 (1817) 412-.
— . Biot, J. B. C. B. 8 (1839) 269-; 9 (1839)

719-.

Scintillation of gas flames. Forel, F. A, C.

B. 89 (1879) 408-.

Spectroscope, use to distinguish feeble light in
stronger one. Seguin, J. M. G. B. 68
(1869) 1322-.

Spectrum analysis, quantitative. Janssen, J.

C. B. 71 (1870) 626-.

, — . Vierordt, K. [von], D. C. Gs. B. 4

(1871) 327-, 467, 619 ; 6 (1872) 34-.

— — , — (Janssen). Champion, P., PeUet, H.,
dt Grenier, M. C. B. 76 (1873) 707-.

— — , — (Champion, Pellet & Grenier).
Janssen, J. C. B. 76 (1873) 711-.

, — . Vierordt, K. von. A. Ps. C. 3

(1878) 357-.
, — , estimation of indigo by. Vierordt,

K. von. Fresenius Z. 17 (1878) 310-.
, — , and titration. Vierordt, K. von.

liieb. A. 177 (1876) 31-.
Temperature of sun, measuring. Gray, P. L.

Birm. Ph. S. P. 9 (1895) 103-.
Thermobar, instrument for testing if radiant

heat is subject to gravity. Sanctis, B. de.

Bb. Brit. 46 (1811) 23-.
Thermomultiplier, heat phenomena observed

with. MeUoni, M., db NobUi, — . A. C. 48

(1831) 198-.
Thermopile, method of using in comparing

radiations. Branly, k. C. B. 104 (1887)

1069-.
Thermoscopes, colour-. Rebenstorff, H. A.

Dresden Isis Sb. (1896) 31-.
— , electric. Holtz, — . N.-Vorp. Mt. 23

(1892) XI-.
Vibratory energy. Guillaume, C. E. [1893]

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 31 (1894) 121-.

4202 Sources: Lamps, Arcs,
Vacuum Tubes.

{See also 3010, 6080.)

ReiUinger, E. [1861] (vm) Wien Schr. 2

(1863) 45-.
Arc, electric, for study of radiation of vapours.

Dewar, J., db Liveing, G. D. [1882] B. S.

P. 34 (1883) 119-.
Artificial production. Lummer, 0. Smiths.

Bp. (1897) 273-.

428

4202 Sources : Incandescent Lighting

Lamps 4202

Artificial sources. Aht^ A, [1878] (zn)

Koloz8v4r Orv.-Term. T&rs. Ets. [3] (1879)

(Term. E»Ul,\ 31-.
Flames charged with powdered salts. Gcmy,

A. C. R. 85 (1877) 439-.
— , coloured, projection of bright lines. Dehray,

H. A. C. 65 (1862) 331-.
— , — , for use in spectrum analysis. Dufour,

H. Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 29 (1893) 309-.
— , flat, emission of rays by. Rozenherg, V, L.

Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 16 (Ps.) (1884) 255.
— , ozyhydrogen, production of spectra by.

Marvin, T. H. [1875] Ph. Mg. 1 (1876)

67-.
— , source of light in. FranJdand, E. [1868]

R. I. P. 5 (1869) 419-.
Gas-flame, electric and solar spectra, effects

on eye. Pickenng, W. H, Nt. 25 (1882)

340-.
Gas-jet giving white light from incandescent

magnesia. Clanumd, C. G. R. 98 (1884)

366-.
Homogeneous light of great intensity. Talbot^

W. H. F. Ph. Mg. 3 (1833^ 35.
, spectral apparatus for illumination with.

LeisB, C. Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 209-.

INCANDESCENT LIGHTING.

WiU, A. C. R. 121 (1895) 306-.
Denayrouze, L. Rv. Sc. 11 (1899) 769-.
Efficiency of lamps. Merritt, E. [1888] Am.

J. Sc. 37 (1889) 167-.
Gas light. Bunte, —. [1896] Karlsruhe Nt.

Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) {Sh.) 59-.
— — . Meyer, R. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr.

(11) (1899) 26-.
, Auer's. Karsten, G. [1893] Schl.-

Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 10 (1895) 70-.
, theory. Hohmann, C. S. C. In. J. 16

(1897) 789.
, _. Bunte, H. Z. Angew. C. (1898)

844-.
, Znatowicz's. Znatowicz, B, Eosmos

(Lw.) 20 (1895) 439-, 440.
Mantles. DemmUr, — . [1896] Liineb. Nt.

Vr. Jh. 14 (1898) xi-.
— . Binder, A. Z. Nw. 71 (1898) 435-.
— , radiation. Le Chatelier, H., d^ Boudouard,

0. C. R. 126 (1898) 1861-.
Relation between electric energy and radiation.

Abney, (Capt.) — , dt Festing, (Lt.-Col.) — .

R. S. P. 37 (1884) 157-.
Zirconia for ozyhydrogen light. Caron, H.

A. C. 14 (1868) 311- ; C. R. 66 (1868)

1040-.
. Draper, J. C. Am. J. Sc. 14

(1877) 208-.

. Wright, L. Nt. 35 (1887) 583.

. KochSf W. Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb.

(1890) 105-.

LAMPS.

acetylene, for military signalling. Mxtnby, A,

E. Nt. 56 (1897) 292.
aerostatic. Vieth, G. U, A. Gilbert A. 59

(1818) 37-.

ancient and modem. Aldini, G. Mod. Mm.

S. It. 19 (1823) 223-.
arc, Aron's, with amalgams. Gumlich, E. A.

Ps. C. 61 (1897) 401-.
Argand, mode of increasing light from. Her-

tchd, (Sir) J. F. W. Ph. Mg. 16 (1840)

194-.
— , . Holthouse, — . (vi Adds.)

Majocchi A. Fis. C. 1 (1841) 99-.
— , for spectral observations. Pringsheim, E.

A. Ps. C. 45 (1892) 426-.
Bunsen and monochromatic. Terqutm, A. G.

R. 90 (1880) 1484-.
gas, regenerative. Siemens, F, Dresden Isis

Festschr. (1885) 139-.
— , — , Siemens's. Anon. Nt. 40 (1889) 82-.

— table-lamp. Donovan, M, Ir. Ac. P. 4
(1850) 75-, 91-.

hydro-pneumatic. Smith, John T, [1839]

R. E. Pp. 6 (1842) 78-.
hydrostatic, Eeir's. Nicholson, W. Nicholson

J. 3 (1800) 467-.
depending on incandescence of platinum in

coal gas and air. Warren, H. N, C. N. 65

(1892) 289-.
fed with inferior kerosene, cause of diminish-
ing flame in. Nakamura, T. S. G. In. J.

2 (1883) 535-.
mercury arc. Arons, L. A. Ps. G. (Berl, Ps.

Gs. Vh. 1892) 47 (1892) 767-.
oil at constant height. Edelcrantz, A. N.

Nicholson J. 5 (1803) 93-.
oil-, solar, theory of construction. Lissenko, — .

Dingier 287 (1893) 280-.
petroleum, Welsbach. Munns, C. K. S« G.

In. J. 16 (1897) 658-.
sodium burner for laboratory use. Pulfrich, C.

Z. Instk. 18 (1898) 52.
— , for polarising apparatus. Landolt, — .

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1884) 49.
spectral. Beckmann, E. Z. Ps. G. 34 (1900)

693-; 35 (1900) 443-, 652-.
sub-marine, ted by oxygen without communi-
cating ¥rith exterior. Denoyel, — , dt LSaute,

— . G. R. 67 (1868) 40-.

Light in vacuo. Curtman, C. O. [1872] St.

Louis Ac. T. 3 (1878) Ixxv-.
Magnesium light, efficiency. Rogers, F. J.

Am. J. Sc. 43 (1892) 301-.

— — , portable and safe apparatus for pro-
ducing. GtiSbhard, A., <k Ranqtie, P. G.
R. 108 (1889) 514-.

Monochromatic light. Talbot, W. H. F. QJ.

Sc. 22 (1827) 374.
, apparatus with fixed slit. Straubd, R.

A. Ps. G. 66 (1898) 350-.

— — , convement production. Fleisehl von
Marxow, E. A. Ps. G. 38 (1889) 676-.

— — , lamps for. Laurent, L. C. R. 91
(1880) 112-.

, . iMspeyres, E, A. H, (xn) Z.

Instk. 2 (1882) 96-.
, production. Kirschmxinn, A. Ph. Stud.

6 (1891) 543-.
, sources. Fabry, C, dt Perot, A. G. R.

128 (1899) 1166- ; J. de Ps. 9 (1900)

369-.

429

4805

Spectra. Distrilmtion of Spectral lanes

4205

Spectra of gases, apparatus for examining.

Berthelot, —. G. B. 124 (1897) 526-.
— , new mode of observing. Talbot, W, H, F,

[1871] Edinb. R. S. P. 7 (1872) 466-.
• — , (simultaneous use of flame and

spark). Lockyer, J. N. [1879] B. S. P. 80

(1880) 22-.
Spectroscopy, accurate, source of light for.

Fabry, C, db Perot, A. C. R. 130 (1900)

406-.

VACUUM TUBES.

gas-, and blow-pipe flames, application of

end-on illumination in private spectroscopy.

Smyth, C, P. [1879] Sc. S. Arts T. 10

(1883) 226-.
Geissler, gas spectra in. WiUlner, A, A. Ps.

C. 135 (1868) 497-; 144 (1872) 481- ; 147

(1872) 321- ; 149 (1873) 103-.
— , . Secchi, A, C. R. 69 (1869)

1050-.
— , spectra in. SaUt, G, C. R. 82 (1876)

223-, 274-; J. de Ps. 5 (1876) 95-.
hydrogen-. Comu, A, Par. S. Ps. S^. (1885)

190-.

4205 Spectra. Distribution of
Spectral Lines.

Arc produced by Siemens's machine, spectral
phenomena observed in. Lockyer, J, N, R.
S. P. 28 (1879) 425-.

— spectra. Foley, A, L. Ps. Rv. 5 (1897)
129-.

, photographic study. Baldwin, C, W.

Ps. Rv. 3 (1896) 370-, 448-.
, photographs. Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ps.

Gs. Vh. (1889) 20.
Artificial light, spectra. Talbot, W, H. F, C.

N. 3 (1861) 261-.
Band and line spectra, origin. Kayser, H. A.

Ps. C. 42 (1891) 410-.

— spectra, faint, method of spectroscopy.
Deslandres, H, C. R. 112 (1891) 661-.

, graphic method of finding 2nd series.

ThUU, r. N, Kjitfb. Ov. (1899) 143- ;

Fschr. Ps. (1899) (Ab. 2) 51.
Blowpipe cone-spectrum. Draper, J, W. Nt.

20 (1879) 301.
Continuous spectra, theory. Ki^vesligethy, R,

[1885] Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Mth.) 12 (1886)

No. 11, 32 pp.; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 4 (1885-

86)9-.
Distribution of bands. Salet, G. G. B. 79

(1874) 1229- ; Par. S. C. Bll. 22 (1874)

543-.
Double spectra. Watts, W. M. QJ. Sc. 1

(1871) 1-.

. SaUt, G, J. de Ps. 4 (1875) 225-.

Electric discharge, spectrum. Grove, TV, R,

[1878] B. S. P. 28 (1879) 181-.

— light, long spectrum. Stokes, G. G. Phil.
Trans. (1862) 599-.

•^ — , mercurial, spectrum. GUidstone, J. if.
Ph. Mg. 20 (1860) 250-.

Electric light, photographic spectra. MiUer,
W.A. B. A. Bp. (1861) (Pt, 2) 87-.

— — , spectra, as modified by nature of
electrodes and media of discharge. Robin-
son, T, R. Phil. Trans. (1862) 939-.

— spark, constitution. Schuster, A., db Hem-
salech, G. [1899] PhU. Trans. (A) 193
(1900) 189-.

— spectrum. Willigen, V. S. M. van der.
Amst. Vs. Ak. 7 (1858) 209-, 266-, 362-;
8 (1858) 32-, 189-, 308- ; 9 (1859) 300-;,
Pogg. A. 106 (1859) 610- ; 107 (1859) 47S-.

Electrolytic experiments. Dewar, J, B. S. P.

30 (1880) 170-.
Explosion spectra, light as an analytic agent.

Dewar, J. [1887] B. I. P. 12 (1889) 83-.
Flame spectra. Fraunho/er, J. Miinch. D.

(1814-15) 193-.
. Brewster, (Sir) D, B. A. Bp. (1842)

(Pt. 2) 15-.

— — , Bessemer. Lielegg, A. Wien Sb. 55
(1867) (Ab. 2) 153- ; 56 (1867) {Ab. 2)
24-.

, _. Watts, W. M. Ph. Mg. 34 (1867)

437-; 45 (1873) 81-.
, — . Lichtenfels, A. voti. Dingier 191

(1869) 213-.

, — . Wedding, H. Z. Berg-H. Salw.

(Ab.) 17 (1869) 117-.
, — . Stdhr, T. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 18

(1870) 43-.

, — . Hartley, W. N. [1894] PhU.

Trans. (A) 185 (1895) 1041-.
, ^. LundstrUm, C. J. B. S. P. 59

(1896) 76-.
, — . Hartley, W. N. B. S. P. 59 (1896)

98-.
, — , examination with coloured glasses

and spectroscope. SiUiman, J. M. Am. As.

P. 19 (1870) 119-.
, — , . Parker, J. S.

C. N. 23 (1871) 25-.
, experiments. Smithells, A. B. A. Bp.

(1892) 645-.
Gaseous explosions, spectroscopic studies.

Liveing, G. D., dt Dewar, J. B. S. P.

36 (1884) 471-.
Genesis of spectra. Schuster, A. B. A. Bp.

(1882) 120-.
Harmonies in spectrum. Chase, P. E. Franklin

I. J. 74 (1877) 288; 75 (1878) 20-.
Homologous spectra. Hartley, W. N. C. S.

J. 43 (1883) 390-.

. Ames, J. S. Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 319-.

Infra-red spectrum. LangUy, S. P. B. A.

Bp. (1894) 465-.

— — , measurement, Langley's method.
Schmidt, K. Konigsb. Schr. 30 (1890)
(Sb,) 9.

, — of wave length. MouUm, L. Par.

S. Ps. S6. (1879) 199- ; C. B. 88 (1879) 107^-;

A. C. 18 (1879) 145-.
, Mouton's method, improvements. Car-

vaUo, E. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1893) 60-.
Interference of waves. Chase, P. E, [1877-

78] Am. Ph. S. P. 17 (1878) 294-.
Invisible radiation, spectroscopy. Zenger, C, V.

As. Fr. C. B. (1889) (Pt, 2) 339-.

430

4205

Spectra

Elements 4205

Law conneoting periods of moleoolar vibra-
tions. Schuster, A. [1896] Nt. 55 (1896-

97) 200-, 223.
. Hertcheh A. S. Nt. 55

(1896-97) 271.
Length of spectra and spectral regions.

Grosite, W, Z. Instk. 13 (1893) 6-.
Light of very small wave-length, photography.

Schumann, V. Z. Nw. 69 (1896) 240-.
— , various sources, spectral composition.

Kdttgen, E, A. Ps. C. 53 (1894) 793-.
Lightning spectra. Hagenhach, E, Soh. Gs.

Vh. 52 (1868) 58.
. Uerscheh J- [1868] R. S. P. 17

(1869) 61-.
. Vogely H. C. A. Ps. C. 143 (1871)

653-.

. Holden, E, Am. J. So. 4 (1872) 474-.

. Schuster, A. L. Ps. S. JP. 3 (1880)

46-; Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 316-.

— — , photography. Meyer, G. A. Ps. C.

51 (1894) 415-.

Line spectra. Rydherg, J, R, Stockh. 5fv.

(1893) 505-, 677-.
. Kayser, H., dt Runge^ C. A. Ps. C.

52 (1894) 114-.

— — , series of vibration frequencies in.
Riecke, E. [1899-1900] Ps. Z. 1 (1900)
10; A. Ps. 1 (1900) 399-; Ps. Z. 2 (1901)
107-.

Luminescence spectra. Muthmann, W,, dt

Baur, E. Berl. B. 33 (1900) 1748-.
Mapping of certain spectra, errors. Lecoq de

BoUbaudran, — . C. R. 124 (1897) 1288-,

1419-.
Monochromatic light, spectroscopic observa-
tions with. Zenger, K. V. C. R. 94 (1882)

155-.
Multiple spectra. SaUtt G. As. Fr. C. R.

(1875) 485-.
. Lockyer, J, N, Nt. 22 (1880) 4-,

309-, 562-.
Origin and identity of spectra. Dewar, J.

[1881] R. I. P. 9 (1882) 674-.
Oscillating discharges, spectra. Hemsalech,

G. A. C. R. 129 (1899) 285-; J. de Ps.

8 (1899) 652-; 9 (1900) 437-.
, — . Hasselherg, B. J. de Ps. 9 (1900)

153-.
Periodic maxima in spectra. Aymonnet, — .

C. R. 117 (1893) 304-, 402- ; 123 (1896)

645-.
Progress in work. Rowland, H. A, J. H.

Un. Cir. [10 (1890-91)] 41-.
Radiant matter spectroscopy. Crookes, W,

[1883] Phil. Trans. 174 (♦1884) 891-.

— spectrum. Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Rp.
37 (1867) (Sect.) 8-.

Reactions, spectral, sensitiveness. Emich, F,
Wien Ak. Sb. 109 (1900) (Ah. 2a) 411-.

Solar and electric spectra. Rohiquet, E, C. R.
49 (1859) 606- ; J. Phm. 36 (1859) 336-.

— spectrum, probable octaves. Fagge, C. H.
QJ. Sc. 2 (1865) 182-.

— — , properties of rays. Birard, J. E,
ArcueU Mm. 3 (1817) 1-.

Spark, induction-, spectra. Cazin, A, Par. S.
Phhn. Bll. 13 (1876) 39-, 63-.

Spark, indaotion-, spectra, and arc spectra.
Demar^y, E, C. R. 104 (1887) 678-.

— spectra. Alter, D. Silliman J. 18 (1854)
55-; 19 (1855) 213-.

. Mas»tm,A. C. R. 40 a855) 914-.

. Schenck, C, C. J. H. Un. Cir. [19

(1899-1900)] 63-.

— — , photographic effects. Miller ^ W. A,
[1862-63] PhU. Trans. (1862) 861- ; C. S.
J. 2 (1864) 59-.

, pnotography. Cazin, A. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 1 (1877) 6-, 94-.

SPECTRA OF ELEMENTS.

Huggins, W. [1863] PhU. Trans. 154 (1864)
139-.

Kirchhoff, G. A. G. 1 (1864) 396-.

Kayser, H., db Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab. (1888)
(Anh.) No. 3, 93 pp.; (1889) (Anh.) No. 1,
45 pp. ; (1890) (Anh.) 66 pp. ; (1891) (Anh.)
72 pp.; (1892) (Anh.) No. 1, 39 pp.. No. 3,
28 pp. ; (1893) (Anh.) No. 3, 20 pp. ; As. A
Asps. 12 (1893) 802-.

.Atmospheric elements, spectrum analysis.
Janssen, J. C. R. 101 (1885) 649-.

Chemical elements. Kirchhoff, G. Berl. Ab.
(1861) (Ps.) 63-; (1862) (Ps.) 227-.

— — , line spectra, ana periodic system.
Kayser, H. C. Ztg. 16 (1892) 533-.

— — , spectra, and solar spectrum. Roscoe,
H. E. Ph. Mg. 23 (1862) 63-.

Elements and compounds. Mitscherlich, A.

A. Ps. C. 121 (1864) 459-.
. Ciamtdan, G. L. [1877] Wien

Ak. Sb. 76 (1878) (Ah. 2) 499-.

— — — , wave-length tables. Brit. Ass.
Comm. B. A. Rp. (1884) 351- ; (1885) 288- ;
(1886)167-; (1890)224-; (1891)161-; (1892)
193- ; (1893) 387-; (1894) 248-; (1895) 273-;
(1896)273-; (1897) 7&-; (1898)313-; (1899)
257-; (1900) 19^-.

Emission spectra. Rydberg, J. R. [1890] C.

R. 110 (1890) 394-; Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 23

(1888-91i No. 11, 155 pp.
Gaseous elements. WUUner, A. C. R. 70

(1870) 125-.
Law. Runge, C. As. A Asps. 13 (1894| 128-.
Line spectra. Julius, V. A. Amst. Ajk.. Vh.

26 (1888) 125 pp.; Delft £c. Pol. A. 5

(1889) 1-.

. Runge, C. Nt. 45 (1892) 607-.

. Staney, G. J. Nt. 46 (1892) 29.

. Runge, C. Nt. 46 (1892) 100, 247.

. Stoney, G. J. Nt. 46 (1892) 126, 268-.

. Runge, C. Nt. 46 (1892) 200.

. Stoney, G. J. Nt. 46 (1892) 222.

. Runge, C. Nt. 52 (1895) 106-.

, compound nature. Loekyer, J. N. R.

S. P. 24 (1876) 352-.
Lines, dark, distribution. Hinrichs, G. Am.

J. Sc. 38 (1864) 31-.
^- of different elements, identity. Dewar, J.,

db Liveing, G. D. R. S. P. 32 (1881) 225-.
— , harmonic series. Runge, C. B. A. Rp.

(1888) 576-.
— , wave-lengths. Gibhs, W. [1867] Am. J.

Sc. 47 (1869) 194-.

431

4205 Qases

Spectra

Metmis 4205

Periodic lines in spectra. Deilandres, — .

C. R. 104 (1887) 972-.
Photographic spectra. Miller , W. A. B. I. P.

4 (1863) 42'.
Principal and subsidiary spectra, relation.

Schuster, A, [1896] Nt. 55 (1896-97) 180.
Spark spectra, photographs. Hartley, W, N.

[1881] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 1 (1883) 231-.
Spectra and composition. HtnrichSf G. Am.

J. Sc. 42 (1866) 350-.
physiological action, relation. Blake, J,

Par. S. BL Mm. 42 (1890) 55-.
Ultra-violet spark spectra. Exner, F., db

Haschek, E, Wien Ak. Sb. 104 (1895)

(Ah. 2a) 909- ; 105 (1896) (Ab, 2a) 389-,
>503-, 707-, 989-; 106 (1897) (Ab. 2a) 86-,

54-, 337-, 494-, 1127- ; 107 (1898) (Ab. 2a)

182-, 792-, 813-, 1335- ; 108 (1899) (Ab, 2a)

825-, 1071-, 1123- ; 109 (1900) (Ab, 2a)

103-.
— spectra. Dewar, J., dk Liveing, O. D. [1882]

B. S. P. 34 (1883) 122-.
. LivHng, O. D, [1883] B. I. P. 10

(1884) 245-.
of non-metallic elements. Deflandres^

— . A. C. 15 (1888) 5- ; Bv. Sc. 43 (1889)

627-.
, photographs. Hartley, W, N, C. S. J.

41 (1882) 84-.

SPECTRA OF GASES.

PHlcker,J. D. Nf. B. 39 (1864) 86.
Goldstein, E, Berl. Ak. Mb. (1874) 593-.
JGoldstein.) WUUner, F, H. A, A, Berl. Ak.

Mb. (1874) 755-; A. Ps. C. 154 (1875) 149-.
Lippich, F, [1880] Wien Ak. Sb. 82 (1881)

(Ab, 2) 15-.
(Air, band spectrum.) Goldstein, E, [1881]

Wien Ak. Sb. 84 (1882) (Ab, 2) 693-.
(Hydrogen and acetylene.) }Viillner,F.H,A,A,

A. Ps. C. 14 (1881) 355-.
' ( .) (WiiUner.) Hasselberg, B, A. Ps.

G. 15 (1882) 45-.
(Hasselberg and Goldstein.) WiUlner, F. H,

A, A, A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 587-.
Smyth, C. P, C. N. 60 (1889) 223-.
Cause of differences in spectra. WiUlner, A,

Halle Z. Nw. 40 (1872) 184-.
double lines, etc. Stoney, G. J, [1891]

Dubl. S. Sc. T. 4 (1888-92) 563-.
Compound gases, spcurk spectrum. Siguin, J, M,

C. B. 54 (1862) 933-.
, spectroscopy. Chappuis, J,, d' Haute-

feuiUe, P. C. R. 92 (1881) 80-.
Compressed gas, spark spectrum. Cazin, A,

C. B. 84 (1877) 1151-.
Flames. DihUu, H. C, A. Ps. C. 122 (1864)

497-.

— of carbon-containing gases. Lielegg, A,
Wien Sb. 57 (1868) (Ab, 2) 593-.

— — illuminating gas. Eder, J, M., <&
Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 67 (1899) 483-.

— and luminous gases. Bohn, C, Z. Ps. C.

18 (1895) 219-.

(Bohn). Eder, J, M. Z. Ps. C.

19 (1896) 20-.

Gases in Geissler tubes. WUUner, A, A. Ps.

G. 135 (1868) 497-; 144 (1872) 481- ; 147

(1872) 321- ; 149 (1873) 103-.
. Secchi, A. C. B. 69 (1869)

1050-.
, photography of spectra. Vogel,

H. W, Berl. Ak. Mb. (1879) 115-.

— under high pressure. WUUner, A., d
Bettendorff, A, Bonn Vh. NH. Vr. 26

(1869) 23-.

. Moberg, A, Helsingf. 6fv. 12

(1870) 14-.

— and liquids, spark spectra. Daniel, — .
C. B. 57 (1863) 98-.

— — stars and sun, spectrophotogranhs.

Gothard, J, [1891] Mag. Tud. Ak. £tk.
(Termt,) 21 (1892) No, 2, 31 pp. ; Mth. Nt.
B. Ung. 9 (1892) 67-.

vapours. PlUcker, J. Bheinl. Westphal.

Sb. 20 (1863) 39-.

— — — , constitution of electric spectra.
Pliicker, J. Pogg. A. 107 (1859) 497-, 638-.

— , ignited, spectra, with especial re-
ference to dififerent spectra of same ele-
mentary gaseous substance. Hittorf, J. W., dt
Pincker,J. [1864] Phil. Trans. 155 (1865)1-.

— , the more volatile, of air. Liveing, G, D,,
db Dewar, J, [1900] B. S. P. 67 (1901) 467-.

Harmonic ratios in spectra. Schuster, A , Nt.
20 (1879) 533 ; B. S. P. 31 (1881) 337-.

Interruptea spectra, cause. Stoney, G. J.
[1870-71] B. A. Bp. 40 (1870) (Sect.) 41-;
Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1873-74) 107-.

Measurement. Smyth, C. P, [1884] Edinb.

B. S. T. 32 (1887) 416-.

Mixed gases. Wiedemann, E. E, G. A. Ps. C.

5 (1878) 500-.
Mixtures of gases. Lengyel, B. [1878] (xn)

Mag. Tud. Ak. ttk. (Term.) 9 (1880) (No. 4)

24 pp.

Multiple spectra. Trowbridge, J., dt Richards,

T, W, Am. J. Sc. 3 (1897) 117-.
Barefied gas. Chautard, J. C. B. 59 (1864)

383-.
Simple gases. Dubrunfaut, ^. C. B. 70 (1870)

44)8-.

. Angstrdm, A, J. C. B. 73 (1871) 369-.

Spectra in vacuum tubes. Smyth, C, P. [1880]

Edinb. B. S. T. 30 (1883) 93-.
(Smyth). Herschel, A. S. [1880]

Edinb. B. S. T. 30 (1883) 150-.
Spectral lines, intensity. Capron, J, R, Ph.

Mg. 9 (1880) 329-.
Spectrum analysis. Chekhovich, K. A. (xn)

Bs. C. Ps. S. J. 8 (Ps,) (1876) [Pt. 1] 82-.

SPECTRA OF METALS,

Lecoq de Boisbaudran, — . C. B. 77 (1873)

1152-.
Effect of electro-negative elements. Diacon, E,

[1864] Mntp. Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 6 (1864-66)

129- .
Electrical spectra. Outerbridge, A, E. (jun.)

[1874] Am. Ph. S. P. 14 (1876) 162-.
Exhibition of spectra. Edelmann, T. A. Ps.

C. 149 (1873) 119-.

432

4205

Spectra of Metals and other Substances

4205

Flame spectra. Cochin, D. C. B. 116 (1898)

1065-.
FlameB, spectra at base. Oouy, A, C. B. 84

(1877) 231-.
Infra-red spectra. Lems, E.P,fdt Ferry, E. S.

J. H. Un. Cir. [13 (1893-94)] 74-.
Lines developed by exploding gases, Liveing,

G.D.,dt Dewar, J. Ph. Mg. 18 (1884) 161-.
Metals and compounds. Eder, J, M., db

Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 60 (1893) 467-.
as rarefied vapours. Wiedemann, E.,

dt Schmidt, O. C, Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb.

27 (1896) 127-.
— , easily volatile, observation of spectra, and

separation from those of alkalme eajths.

Hartley, W. N. C. S. J. 63 (1893) 138-.
New kind of spectra. Lecoq de Boisbaudran,

P. A, G. B. 100 (1885) 1487-, 1626.
Photography of spectra. Schumann, V, C. N.

62 (1890) 299.
Ultra-violet spark spectra. Brit, Ass, Comm,

(Hartley, W, N,) B. A. Bp. (1886) 276-.

— spectra, wave-lengths. Trowbridge, J., dt
Sabine, W, C, Am. Ac. P. 23 (1888) 288-.

Violet portion. Lohu, O. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1897)
179-.

Wave-lengths. WiUigen, V. S, M, van der.
[1873] (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P. (1873-74)
(No. 6) 2-.

— . Hutchins, C. C. Am. J. Sc. 37 (1889) 474-.

—, applicability of spark spectra to measure-
ment. Eder, J. M. Wien Ak. D. 60 (1898) 1-.

— , determination. Thalin, R, Ups. N. Acta
S. Sc. 6 (1868) 38 pp.

— of most refrangible radiations. Comu, A,
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 2 (1879) 119-.

SPECTRA OF PARTICULAR
SUBSTANCES.

(See also Chemistry 7320.)

Air, emission spectrum, separation of oxygen

and nitrogen lines. Neovius, 0. [1891]

Stookh. Ak. Hndl. Bh. 17 {Afd. 1) (1892)

No. 8, 69 pp. ; Fschr.Ps. (1891) {Ab, 2) 71.
— , solar spectrum, lines. Gladstone, J. H.

C. N. 6 (1862) 213.
— , , — , and gas spectra. Gladstone, J. H.

[1861] B. S. P. 11 (1860-62) 306-.
^, spark method. Brasack, F. [1866] (ix)

HaUe Nf. Gs. Ab. 10 (1868) 1-.
Alkali metals. Wolf, C, dt Diacon, E. [1862]

C. B. 66 (1862) 334-; Mntp. Ac. Sc. Mm. 5

(1861-63) 333-.
in fused salts. Gramont, A, de, C. B.

122 (1896) 1411- ; Par. S. C. BU. 17 (1897)

778-, 780-.
Alkalis. Kayser,H„dtRunge,C. Berl. Ak.Ab.

(1890) (Anh.) 66 pp.; A. Ps. C. 41 (1890) 302-.
— . Rummel, L. [1896] Vict. B. S. P. 9

(1897) 260-.

— and alkaline earths. Bunsen, R. W., db
Kirchhoff, G. Fresenius Z. 1 (1862) 1-.

. Runge, C, D. Nf. Vh. (1890)

(Th. 2) 42.
— , infra-red emission spectra. Snow, B. W,

A. Ps. C. 47 (1892) 208-.

Alkalis, infra-red emission spectra (Snow).

Kayser, H., db Runge, C. A. Ps. C. 48

(1893) 160-.
— , (Kayser & Bunge). Snow, B, W,

[1893] Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 221-.
— , spectra and atomic weights. Rummel, L.

Vict. B. S. P. 10 (1898) 76-.
— , spectrum analysis. Belohoubek, Ant, J.

Pr. C. 99 (1866) 236-.
Alumina. Hassdberg, B. Stookh. Ak. Hndl.

24 (1890-92) No, 16, 46 pp.
Aluminium, band spectrum. Hemsalech, G, A,

A. Ps. 2 (1900) 331-.

— , indium and thallium. Kayser, H., dt
Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab. (1892) (Anh.)
No. 3, 28 pp.

— , spark spectrum, new lines. Hemsaiech,
G, A. Ph. Mg. 44 (1897) 289-.

— , tellurium, selenium. Gramont, A. de, C.

B. 127 (1898) 866-.

— , wave-lengths in ultra-violet spectrum.

Runge, C. A. Ps. C. 66 (1896) 44-.
Ammonia. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P, A. C.

B. 101 (1886) 42-.
— . Eder, J. M. Wien Ak. D. 60 (1893) 1-.
— , emission spectrum. Magnanini, G. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1889) (Sem. 1) 900-.

— oxygen flame, emission spectrum. Eder,
J. M. Wien Aa. 28 (1891) 44-; Mh. C.
(1891) 86-.

Antimony. Kayser, H., dt Runge, C, Berl.

Ak. Ab. (1893) (Anh.) No. 8, 20 pp.
Argon. Crookes, W. [1896] PhU. Trans. (A)

186 (1896) 243-.
—. Eder, J. M., db VaXenta, E. [1896-96]

Wien Az. 32 (1896) 218- ; Mh. C. (1896)

893-; Wien Ak. Sb. 104 (1896) (Ab. 2a i

1171- ; Mh. C. (1896) 60-; Wien Ak. D. 64

(1897) 1-.
— . Newoll, H. F, B. S. P. 67 (1896) 346-.
— . Friedldnder, S. Z. Ps. C. 19 (1896) 667-.
— . Kayser, H. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1896) 661-.
— . Poleck, — . Breal. Schl. G^8. Jbr. (1897)

(Ab. 2a) 1-.
— . Trowbridge, J., db Richards, T. W. Am.

J. Sc. 3 (1897) 16-.
— , blue spectrum. Kayser, H. C. N. 72

(1896) 99-.

— compound with carbon, Crookes, W. C.
N. 72 (1896) 99.

— and helium in electric discharge. CoUie^
J. N„ db Ramsay, W, B. S. P. 69 (1896)
267-.

— , infra-red spectrum. Nasini, R,, Ander-

lini, F., db Salvadori, R. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 8 (1899) (Sem, 2) 269-.
— , red spectrum. Rydberg, J, R, Asps. J.

6 (1897) 388-.
— , f red end. Runge, C. Asps. J. 9

(1899) 281-.
— , spark spectrum in air. Hartley, W. N.

B. S. P. 67 (1896) 293-.
— , spectroscopic research. Rizzo, G. B, Tor.

Ac. Sc. At. 82 (1896) 670- or 830-.
Arsenic. Huntington, 0, W, [1881] Am. Ac.

P. 17 (1882) 36-.
— . Kayser, H., db Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab.

(1893) (Anh.) No. 8, 20 pp.

VOL. III.

433

EE

4205 Spectra of Substances

Aorora. Loekyer, J. N. B. 8. P. 43 (1888)

820-.
— , lines. Huggint, W. B. S. P. 45 (1889)

430-.
Bariam. Freeman, J. H, C. N. 18 (1868) 1-.
Berylliam. Hartley, W. N. C. S. J. 48 (1883)

316-.

— and boron, aro-spectra. Rowland, H.A., db
TatnaU, R. R. Asps. J. 1 (1895) 14-.

— , spark-spectrom. Gramont, A, de. Fr. 8.

Mn. BU. 21 (1898)109.
Bismath. Kayter, a„ db Runge, C. Berl. Ak.

Ab. (1898) (Anh.) No. 3, 20 pp.
— , spark-speotrum. Oramont, A. de, Fr. 8.

Mn. BU. 18 (1895) 217-.
Borio acid. Lecoq de BoUbaudran, — . G. B.

76 (1873) 833-.
Boron. HautefeuiUe, P., dt Troost, L, C. B.

73 (1871) 620-.
— , line spectrum. Hartley, W. N, B. 8. P.

85 (1883) 301-.
— , — — , oltra-yiolet. Eder, J. M., db

Valenta, E, Wien Ak. D. 60 (1893) 307-.
Bromine. Eder, J, M., db Valenta, E, Wien

Ak. D. 68 (1900) 523-.

— in fused aaXta. Oramont, A, de. A. C. 10

r7)225-.
um. OrUnwald, A. Wien Ak. Sb. 97

(1889) {Ab. 2a) 967-; Mb. C. (1888) 956-.

— at various temperatures. Eder, J. M., dt
Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 61 (1894) 347-.

— , ultra-violet spectrum. BeU, jL. Am. J.
Sc. 31 (1886) 426-.

— in vacuum tube. Hamy, M. C. B. 126
(1898) 231-.

— and zinc. Kirkland, J. B. Aust. As. Bp.

(1890) 395-.

— — — and haloid compounds, emission
spectra. Jonei, A. C. A. Ps. C. 62 (1897)
30-.

— , wave-lengths. Ame$, J. S. Ph. Mg.

30 (1890) 33-.
CflBsium. Allen, 0. D., db Johnson, S. W.

8imman J. 35 (1863) 94-.
Calcium. Blochmann, R. J. Pr. C. 112 (1871)

282-.

— fluoride. Liveing, G. D. [1877] Camb.
Ph. 8. P. 3 (1880) 96-.

— and lithium spark-spectra, expansion and
inversion phenomena. Eder, J. M., db Va-
lenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 67 (1899) 495-.

— , new lines. Lockyer, J. N. C. B. 82

(1876) 660-.
— , — — (Lockyer). Sainte- Claire DeviUe,

C. J. C. B. 82 (1876) 709-.
— , — — (^). Lecoq dU BoUbaudran, P. E.

C. B. 82 (1876) 1264-.
— , spark-spectrum. Gramont, A. de. Fr. 8.

Bin. Bll. 18 (1895) 223- ; 21 (1898) 105-.

Carbon.

Attfield, J. PhU. Trans. (1862) 221-.

WatU, W. M. Ph. Mg. 38 (1869) 249-; 40

(1870) 100- ; 41 (1871) 12-.
. HauUfeuille, P., db Troott, L. C. B. 73 (1871)

620-.
WatU, W. M. Ph. Big. 48 (1874) 369-, 456-.

Carbon 4205

AttfiM, J. Ph. BCg. 49 (1875) 106-.
Lockyer, J. N. B. 8. P. 30 (1880) 335-, 461-.
(Lockyer.) Dewar, J., db Liveing, O. D. B.

8. P. 30 (1880) 490-.
WatU,W.M. [1880] Nt. 23 (1881) 197-, 266,

361.
Dewar, J., db Liveing, O. D. B. 8. P. 33

(1882) 403-.
Fievez, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 14 (1887) 100-.
Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ak. 8b. (1888) 523-; Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1888) 53-.
Crew, H., db BatqtUn, O. H. Aspe. J. 2 (1895)

103-.
Gramont, A.de. C. B. 125 (1897) 172-, 842.
in the arc, relation to oometary and solar

spectra. Fievez, C. Brux. Mm. Coor. 4«,

47 (1886) No. 4, 6 pp.
band spectrum in the arc. Kayter, H., db

Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab. (1889) (Anh.)

No. 1, 45 pp.
(Eayser A Bunge). Deslandret,

H. J. de Ps. 10 aB91) 276-.
of carbon and carbon compounds. Her-

sehd, A. S. Nt. 22 (1880) 320.
. Dewar, J., db Liveing,

G. D. [1882] B. 8. P. 34 (1883) 123-.

— — , resolution of 3rd band into series.
ThieU, T. N. Asps. J. 8 (1898) 1-.

, ultra-violet. Deslandret, H. C. B. 106

(1888) 842-.
compounds. Wetendonek, K. Berl. Ak. Mb.

(1880) 791- ; A. Ps. C. 17 (1882) 427-.

— (Wesendonck). WUUner, F. H. A. A. A.
Ps. G. 14 (1881) 363-.

— with hydrogen and nitrogen. Dewar, J., db
Liveing, G. D. B. 8. P. 30 (1880) 152-,
494-.

— , wave-lengths. Thollon, L. C. B. 98 (1881)

260.
electrodes, variation in spectra. Hartley, W. N.

B. 8. P. 55 (1894) 344-.
emission spectrum. Edier, J.M.,db Valenta, E.

Wien Ak. D. 60 (1893) 241-.
in fused salts, line spectrum. Gramont, A. de.

G. B. 125 (1897) 238-; Par. 8. C. Bll. 19

(1898) 548-.
and hydrocarbon, in spectroscope. Smyth, C. P.

Ph. Mg. 49 (1875) 24-.
, . WatU,W.M. Ph. Mg. 49 (1875)

104-.
, . Smyth, C. P. Ph. Mg. 8 (1879)

107-.
incandescent at same temperature, 2 spectra

produced. Wattt, W. M. G. N. 22 (1870)

172-.
line spectrum. WodiU, J. D. van der. [1876]

(xn) Amst. Ak. P. (1876-77) (No. 4) 2-.

o

oxides, infra-red spectra. AngttrSm,K. 8tockh.

6fv. (1889) 549-; J. de Ps. 10^(1891} 141-.

— type. Konkoly, M. [1884] 0-Gyalla Aspe.
Obs. Beob. 6 (1884) 21- ; Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk.
(Mth.) 11 (1885) No. 8, 22 pp.

spark spectrum. Gramont, A. de. Fr. 8. Mn.

Bll. 21 (1898) 100-.
spectral analysis. VolpiceUi, P. Bm. At. 16

(1862-63) 670-.

434

4205

Spectra of Substances

4205

Carbon dioxide. Wesendonck, K, B. S. P. 82
(1881) S80-.

— — and water, wave-length of infra-red
bands. Pasehen^F. A. Ps. C. 63 (1894) 884-.

— monoxide. Hartley, W. N. R. 8. P. 61
(1897) 217-.

Chlorine. Eder, J» M., dt VaUnta, E. Wien

Ak. D. 68 (1900) 487-.
— , bromine and iodine, band spectra. Oold-

sUin, E, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 88-.

— and bromine, spectral reaction. Lecoq de
BoUbaudran, P. E, C. B. 91 (1880) 902-.

— in fused salts. Oramont, A. de, A. C. 10
(1897) 220-.

— group, bodies belonging to. Ditte, A. C.

B. 78 (1871) 788-.

Chromium, arc spectrum. Hcuselberg, B.

[1894] Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 26 (1894-95)

No. 5, 88 pp.
Cobalt, arc spectrum. UoMeiJberg^ B, Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. 28 (1895-96) No, 6, 44 pp.

— and nickel, ultra-violet spectra. Liveing,
O. D., dt Dewar, J. PhiL Trans. (A) X79
(1889) 281-.

Compounds. Berthelot, M., db Richard^ F,

C. B. 68 (1869) 1546-.

— . Moser, J. A. Ps. C. 160 (1877) 177-.
— . Chramont, A. de. Par. 8. C. Bll. 17 (1897)

774-.
Copper. Kay$er, H,^ d Runge, C, Berl. Ak.

Ab. (1892) (Anh,) No. 1, 89 pp.
— . Eder, J. 3f., dt Valenta, E, Wien Ak.

D. 68 (1896) 189-.

— , arc spectrum. Kayser, H. Asps. J. 1

(1895) 84-.
— , line spectrum, triplets in. Rydberg, J. R,

Asps. J. 6 (1897)239-.

— subchloride. Herschel, A. S. Nt. 41 (1890)
518-.

Cyanogen. Hartley , W. N. B. 8. P. 60 (1897)
216-.

— and carbon. Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ak. 8b.
(1888) 523-; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1888) 58-.

— , reversal of spectrum. Dewar, J., db

Liveing.G.D. [1881] B. 8. P. 83 (1882) 8-.
Didymium. Demar^y, E, C. B. 102 (1886)

1551- ; 105 (1887) 276-.
Dust, spectroscopic properties. Liveing, O. D.,

dt Dewar, J. B. 8. P. 48 (1891) 487-.
Erbia and other earths. Huggins, W. B. 8.

P. 18 (1870) 546-.
Erbium. Crookes, W. B. 8. P. 40 (1886) 77-;

C. B. 102 (1886) 506-.
— , emission spectrum. Lecoq de Boithaudran,

— . C. B. 76 (1878) 1080-.
Fire-fly. Young, C. A. Am. Nt. 8 (1870) 615.
Gadolinium. Demargay, E. C. B. 181 (1900)

995-.

— chloride. Lecoq de BoUbaudran, P. jt. C.

B. Ill (1890) 472-.

Gallium. Lecoq de Boisbandran, P, i, C. B.

82 (1876) 168.
— , chemical and spectroscopic characters.

Lecoq de Boiibaudran, P. i, C. B. 81
(1875) 493-.
— , spark spectra. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, — .

C. B. 114 (1892) 815-.

Gallium, wave-lengths of principal lines.

Hartley, W. N., dt Ramage, H. [1898]

Dubl. 8. 8c. T. 7 (1902) 1-.
Germanium. Kobb, G. A. Ps. C. 29 (1886)

670-.
— , arc spectrum. Rowland, H.A,,dt TatndU,

R. R. Asps. J. 1 (1895) 149-.
— , atomic weight and spectrum. Lecoq de

Boisbaudran, P. ± C. B. 102 (1886)

1291-.
Glow-worm. €onr<yy,{Sir)J. Nt. 26 (1882) 319.
Gold. Demarcay, E, C B. 106 (1888) 1228-.
— . Kayser, H,, dt Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab.

(1892) (Anh.) No. 1, 39 pp.
— . Eder, J. if., dt VdUnta, E. Wien Ak. D.

63 (1896) 189-.
Gun-cotton, flame-spectra. Schdttner, F. Carl

Bpm. 14 (1878) 55-.
Halogens in fused salts. Oramont, A. de. A,

C. 10 (1897) 214-.
Haloid salts, demonstration of spectrum.

Farmdnek, J. Prag 8b. (1888) (Mth.-Nt.)

86-; C. Ztg. 12 (1888) {Rpm.) 118.
Helium (gas from cleveite). Crookee, W. C.

8. J. 67 (1895) 1108-.
— . Crookee, W. C. N. 72 (1895) 87-.
— . Runge, C, dt Paechen, F. Berl. Ak. 8b.

(1895) 689-; Asps. J. 8 (1896) 4-, 161.
— , Crookes's spectrum. Runge, C, dt Patchen,

F. Nt. 58 (1895-96) 245.

— yellow line. Dunttan, A. St. C, dt Rice,
M. E. Kan. Un. Q. 8 (1899) 85-.

Hydrocarbon flame spectrum, origin. Dewar,
J., dt LivHng, G. D, [1882] B. 8. P. 84
(1883) 418-.

— gases. Konkcly,M. [1884] O-GyallaAfps.
Obs. Beob. 6 (1884) 21-; Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk.
(Mth.) 11 (1885) No. 8, 22 pp.

Hydrocarbons, emission spectra. Eder, J. M.

Wien Ak. D. 57 (1890) 531-.
— , wave-lengths of spectra. Swan, W. B. A.

Bp. 41 (1871) (Sect.) 48-.

Hydrogen.

Leclanchi, — . Par. 8. C. BU. (1868) 888-.

Schuster, A. Nt. 6 (1872) 358-.

Lockyer, J. N. [1879] B. 8. P. 80 (1880)

81-.
GrUnwald, A. Wien Az. 27 (1891) 70-; Mh.

C. (1890) 129- ; Wien Ak. 8b. 101 (1892)

(Ab. 2b) 121- ; Mh. C. (1892) 111-.
Deslandret, H. 8pet. It. Mm. 21 (1898) 98-.
Richards, T. W. Am. C. J. 21 (1899) 172-.
and aqueous vapour. Trowbridge, J. Am. J.

8c. 10 (1900) 222-.
flame. Muggins, W. B. 8. P. 80 (1880) 576-.
glowing. Wminer, A. Bonn 8b. Nieor. Gs.

(1866) 44-.
gradual development of spectrum. WUllner,

A. Berl. Ak. 8b. (1889) 1118-.
at high temperatures. Thomas, L.,dt Trified,

C. C. B. 109 (1889) 524-.
line spectrum, Pliicker's supposed detection in

oxyhydrogen flame. Liveing, G. D. Ph.

Mg. 34 (1892) 371-.
lines. Balmer, J. J. Basel Vh. 7 (1885) 548-,

750-.

435

SB 2

4205 Hydrogen

lines, Balmer*8 formula. Hagenbach-Bischof,

E. Basel Vh. 8 (1890) 242.
•^, «^ ~, application of general theory of wave

propagation. RayUigh, (Lard), Ph. Mg.

44 (1897) 356-.
— , photometrio intensity. Lagarde, H. C.

B. 95 (1882) 1850-.
— , reversal, outburst of hydrogen lines when

water is dropped into the arc. Dewar, J,, <t

LivHng, G. D. B. S. P. 35 (1883) 74-.
at low pressure. Seabroke, O. M, [1871] Ph.

Mg. 48 (1872) 155-.
and magnesium, irregnlarities in arc spec-
trum. FieveZf C. Bruz. Ac. BU. 7 (1884)

245-.
new series in spectrum. Rydberg, J. R.

Asps. J. 6 (1897) 233-.
and nitrogen. Amet, J. S, Ph. Mg. 30 (1890)

48-.
, oxygen and chlorine, emission spectra.

WUUner, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (•1869) 63.
, , (WiiUner). Faye, H. A.

A C. B. 70 (1870) 890-.
photometric researches. Lagarde^ H. A. C.

4 (1885) 248-; Bv. Sc. 36 (1885) 437-.

— — (Lagarde). Wiedemann^ E. A. C. 7
V (1886) 143-.

^ second spectrum. Hatidberg, B, St. P^t.
Ac. Sc. Mm. 30 (1882) No. 7, 24 pp. ; 31
(1883) No. 14, 30 pp.

. Huttm, R. S. Ph. Mg. 46 (1898)

338-.

— — beyond X 185 fifi* Schumann, V. Asps.
J. 11 (1900) 312-.

, and structure of atom. Grtinw<Ud, A.

Wien Az. 27 (1891) 196-.
in ultra-violet, pnotography. Schumann,

V. Wien Pht. Got. 23 (1886) 305-.
spectrum analysis. VolptceUi, P. Bm. At.

16 (1862-63) 670-.
. Hassdherg, B. [1880] St. P6t. Ac.

Sc. BU. 27 (1881) 97-.
ultra-violet spectrum. Comu, A. J. de Ps. 5

(1886) 341-.

Incandescent lime and electric spark, difference
between spectra. Draper, J. W, Ph. Mg.
27 (1845) 435-.

— BUDstances. Gr'dnberg, — . Biga Cor.-Bl.
27 (1884) 28.

Indium. Clayden, A. W., dt Hey cock, C. T.

Ph. Mg. 11 (1876) 387-.
— , blue line, wave-length. MiUler, Joh. A.

Ps. C. 124 (1865) 637-.
Iodine. Konen, H. [1897] A. Ps. C. 65

(1898) 256-.

— in fused salts. Gramont, A. de. A. C. 10
(1897) 229-.

— , primary spectrum. Salet, G, C. B. 75
(1872) 76-.

— vapour, light emitted by. Salet, G. C. B.
74 (1872) 1249.

Iron. Kayser, H,, dt Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab.

(1888) {Anh.) No. 3, 93 pp.
— , arc spectrum. ThaUn, R. Ups. S. Sc.

N. Acta 12 (1885) No. 14, 49 pp.
— , . Kayter, H. A. Ps. 3 (1900)

195-.

Spectra of Substances 4205

Iron, electrolytic, arc spectrum. Lockyer, J.
N. [1893] PhU. Trans. (A) 185 (1895) 983-.

— and other metals, egeetttk in voltaic arc.
Secehi, A. C. B. 77 (1873) 173-.

— meteorites, arc spectrum. Loekyer, J. N.
[1894] Phil. Trans. (A) 185 (1895) 1028-.

Kiypton. Ram$ay, W. [1898] Nt. 59 (1898-99)

53.
~. Runge, C. Asps. J. 10 (1899) 73-.
Jjanthanum, arc spectra. Rowland, H, A,, db

Harrison, C. N. Asps. J. 7 (1898) 37S-.
Lead. Kayser, H., dt Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab.

(1893) {Anh.) No. 3, 20 pp.
Lithium, blue band. Frankland, E. Ph. Mg.

22 (1861) 472-.
— , sodium and strontium, wave-lengths.

MliUer, {Dr.) J. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 641-.
Magnesium. Dewar, J., dt Liveing, G. D.

B. S. P. 32 (1881) 189-; 44 (1888) 241-.

— band at X 5007. Crew, H. , dt Basquin, O, H.
Asps. J. 2 (1895) 100-.

— and carbon, mathematical spectral analysis.
GranwaU, A. Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1888) {Ab.
2) 1154- ; Mh. C. (1887) 650-.

lithium. Dewar, J., dt Liveing, G. D.

B. S. P. 30 (1880) 98-.
Manganese, arc spectrum. Ha$uVberg,B. [1897] /^

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 30 (1897-98) No. 2,

20 pp.

— and its compounds and alloys. Hartley,
W. N. [1894] PhU. Trans. (A) 185 (1895)
1029-.

— , wave-length of fluting. Loekyer, J. N,

B. S. P. 46 (1890) 35-.
Mercury. Huff, W. B. J. H. Un. Cir. [19

(1899-1900)] 62; Asps. J. 12 (1900) 103-.

— arc. Arons, L. A. Ps. C. (Berl. Ps. Gs.
Vh. 1892) 47 (1892) 767-.

— , flame spectrum. Liveing, G. D. Camb.

Ph. S. P. 10 (1900) 38-.
— , haloid compounds, emission spectra.

PHrce, B. 0. A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 597-.

— at various temperatures. Eder, J. M., <t
Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 61 (1894) 401-.

Metallic compounds. Leeds, A. R. Franklin

I. J. 60 (1870) 194-.
, spectral lines. Miteeherlich, A, Par.

S. C. BU. (1862) 108-.

— halides. Diacon, E. (vi Adds.) Mntp.
Ac. Sc. Mm. 5 (1861-63) 449-.

Metalloids. Salet, G. A. G. 28 (1873) 5-.

— . Angstrdm, A. J., dt ThaUn, T. R. Ups.

S. Sc. N. Acta 9 (1875) {No. 9) 34 pp.
— . Schuster, A. Nt. 15 (1877) 447-; B. A.

Bp. (1880) 258-.
— , spectroscopy. Hasselberg, B. St. P^t. ,

Ac. Sc. BU. 27 (1881) 405-.
Metargon. Schuster, A. Nt 58 (1898) 199.
— . Ramsay, W,, Travers, M. n., dt Baly,

E. C. C. Nt. 58 (1898) 246-.
— . Schuster, A. Nt. 58 (1898) 269-.
— . Dewar, J. Nt. 58 (1898) 319.

— and interplanetary medium. Rydberg, J.
R. Nt. 58 (1898) 319.

Meteorites. Loekyer, J, N. [1887] B. S. P.
43 (1888) 117-.

436

4205

Spectra of Substances

4205

Minerals, anomalies in spectra and flame reac-
tions. Chapman, E, J. [1889] Cn. B. S.
P. A T. 7 (1890) (Sect. 8) 13-.

Nickel, arc spectrum. Hcuidberg, B. Stookh.
Ak. Hndl. 28 (1895-96) No. 6, 44 pp.

— and cobalt, oltra-yiolet spectra. LivHng^
O, D,, dO Dewar, J. Phil. Trans. (A) 179
(1889) 231-.

Nitrogen. Lecoq de BoUbaudrarit — . C. B.

70 (1870) 1090-.
— . SchusUr,A. Ph. Mg. 44 (1872) 536-.

— and alkaline metals in Geissler tubes.
SaUt, G. G. B. 82 (1876) 223-, 274-; J. de
Ps. 5 (1876) 95-.

— , band spectrum. WUllneff A. Arch. So.

Ps. Nt. 46 (1873) 144-.
— , — — , analysis. De$landre$, H, C. B.
\ 101 (1885) 1256- ; 103 (1886) 375-.

^ — , , experiments. Hcuselberg, B. St.

P^t. Ac. Sc. Mm. 32 (1885) No. 15, 50 pp.

— , , gradual transition into line spectrum.

WtiUner, F, H. A. A. Munch. Ak. Sb. 9

(1879) 171-.

^ v-^, — — , origin. Hcuselberg, B. Spet. It.
Mm. 16 (1887) 1-.

— group, bodies belonging to. DUte, A. C.

B. 73 (1871) 738-.

Nonconductors, spectrum analysis. Oramont,

A. de. C. B. 126 (1898) 1155-, 1234, 1513-;
Fr. S. Mn. BU. 21 (1898) 94-, 186; Par. S.

C. BU. 19 (1898) 742-.

Oxygen. PaaUow, C. A. Berl. Ak. Bfb.

(1878) 705-.
— . Schuster, A. [1878-79] Phil. Trans. 170

(1880) 37- ; A. Ps. C. 7 (1879) 670-.

— . Wullmr, F. H. A. A. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879)

253-.
— . PatUzow, C, A.,dk Vogel, H. W. A. Ps.

C. 13 (1881) 336-.
— . Janssen, J. B. A. Bp. (1888) 547-.
— , absorption lines, construction. Higg$, O.

B. S. P. 54 (1894) 200-.

— , line spectrum. Eisig, M. A. Ps. C. 51

(1894) 747-.
— , . Hoiselherg, B. A. Ps. C. 52 (1894)

758-.
— , nitrogen and air in liquid state, spectrum

of electric discharge. Liveing, G. D., €&

Detrar, J. Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 285-.
— , photographic observation of spectrum.

Vogel, H. W. Berl. B. 12 (1879) 832-;

Berl. Ps. Gs. Yh. (1887) 142.
— , 2 spectra. Jans$en, J, Leip. As. G^.

Vjschr. 25 (1890) 2-.
— , sulphur and selenium, series spectra.

Runge, C, db Pa$ehen, F. A. Ps. C. 61

(1897) 641- ; Asps. J. 8 (1898) 70-.
— , , (Bunge A Pasonen). Schm-

ter,A. Nt. 57 (1897-98) 320-.
— , — — — , spectra and atomic weights.

Rummel L. Vict. B. S. P. 12 (1900) 14-.

— and thallium, new Unes. Wilde, H. G. B.
125 (1897) 708-.

Oxy-hydrogen blowpipe. Hartley, W. N. [1893]
Phil. Trans. (A) 185 (1895) 161- ; J. de Ps.
2 (1893) 414-.

— flame. Liveing, G. D,, db Dewar, J. [1888]
Phil. Trans. (A) 179 (1889) 27-.

Oxy-hydrogen flame. Eder, J. M. Wien Ak.

D. 57 (1890) 531-.
Palladium, arc spectrum. Bowland, H. A., dt

Tatnall, R. R. Asps. J. 3 (1896) 286-.
Phosphorus. BeiUtein, F., dt Cnristofle, P.

C. B. 56 (1863) 399-.
— . Mulder, E. J. Pr. G. 91 (1864) 111-.

— compounds, solid. Gramont, A. de. Par.
S. G. Bll. 19 (1898) 58-.

— in fused salts. Chramont, A, de. G. B. 122
(1896) 1534- ; Par. S. G. Bll. 19 (1898) 57-.

— and silicon compounds. Salet, G. G. B.
73 (1871) 1056-.

sulphur. SSguin, J. M. G. B. 53 (1861)

1272-.
Platinum group, arc spectra. Kay$er,H. Berl.

Ak. Ab. (1897) (Anh.) No. 2, 44 pp.

— and osmium, arc spectra. Rowland, H.A.,
dt Tatnall, R. R. Asps. J. 2 (1895) 184-.

Potassium. Freeman, J. H. G. N. 18 (1868) 1-.

— at various temperatures. Eder, J. M., dt
Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 61 (1894) 347-.

Praseodymium. Forsling, 8. [1897] Stockh.
Ak. Hndl. Bh. 23 {Afd. 1) (1898) No. 5, 20 pp.

— and neodymium, emission spectra. Hat-
linger, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 100 (1891) {Ab. 2a)
914- ; Mh. G. (1891) 362-.

, spectrum analysis. Muthmann, W.,

dt StUUel, L. Berl. B. 32 (1899) 2653-.

Badium. Demar^y, E. C. B. 129 (1899)
716- ; 131 (1900) 258-.

— . Runge, C. A. Ps. 2 J1900) 742-.

— in barium chloride. Demargay, E. G. B.
127 (1898) 1218.

Bare earths. Crookee, W. B. S. P. 40 (1886)

236-, 502-.
, spectroscopic researches. Crookes, W.

G. S. J. 55 (1889) 255-.
Buthenium, arc spectrum. Rowland, H, A.,

dt TatnaU, R. R. Asps. J. 3 (1896) 286-.
Salts, fused. Gramont, A, de. 0. B. 122

(1896) 1534- ; 124 (1897) 192-.
— , — , dissociation spectra. Gramont, A. de,

C. B. 122 (1896) 1411- ; A. G. 10 (1897) 214- ;

Par. S. G. Bll. 17 (1897) 778-, 780-; 19

(1898) 54-, 548-, 551.
Samarium. Lecoq de Boithaudran, P. E. C.

B. 100 (1885) 607.
— . Demarcay, E. G. B. 102 (1886) 1551- ;

105 (1887) 276-.
— . Leeoq de Boiebaudran, — . G. B. 114

(1892) 575-.
— . Demargay, E. C. B. 131 (1900) 995-.
Scandium, ytterbium, erbium, thulium, brilliant

lines. ThaUn, T. B. G. B. 91 (1880) 45-,

326-, 376-.
Selenium. Mulder, E. J. Pr. G. 91 (1864)

111-.
— . DitU, A. G. B. 73 (1871) 622-.

— and selenides. Gramont, A, de. G. B.
120 (1895) 778-.

— , series spectra. Rvnge, C, dt Paeehen, F.

A. Ps. G. 61 (189*^ 641- ; Asps. J. 8 (1898)

70-.
— , (Bunge & Paschen). Schuiter, A.

Nt. 57 (1897-98) 320-.

— and tellurium. Salet, G. G. B. 78 (1871)
742-.

437

4205 Spectra of Substances

Silicon. HautefeuiUe, P. , (^ Troost, L. C. B.

78 (1871) 620-.
— . Loekyer, (Sir) N. [1900] B. S. P. 65

(1900) 449>; 67 (1901) 40&-.
^ oompounds. SaUt, G. G. B. 78 (1871)

1056-.
— , emission speotrum. Eder^ J. If., dt Va-

lenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 60 (1893) 241-.

— fluoride and silicon hydride. JVeMendoncht
K. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884) 427-.

— in fused salts. Qramont^ A, de. G. B.
124 (1897) 192- ; Par. S. G. BU. 19 (1898)
551.

— , line spectrum. Hartley, W, N, B. S. P.

85 (1888) 801-.
— , . Eder, J. M., dt Vdlenta, E, Wien

Ak. Sb. 107 (1898) (Ah. 2a) 41-.
Silver. Kay$er, H., db Runge, C. Berl. Ak.

Ab. (1892) {AnhA No. 1, 89 pp.
— . Eder, J.M.,<6 Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D.

68 (1896) 189-.
Sodium. Lockyer, J. N. B. S. P. 29 (1879)

140.
— . Ahney, (Capt.) W. de W. B. S. P. 82

(1881) 448-.
•^ burning in air, light emitted by. JFizeau,

H. L. C. B. 54 (1862) 498-; Pogg. A. 116

(1862) 492-, 562-.
— , magnesium and aluminium, double lines.

Juliiu. V. A. Amst. Ak. Yh. 26 (1888) 11 pp.;

Delft Ec. Pol. A. 5 (1889) 118-.

— and potassium. Dewar, J., dt Liveing, G.
D. B. S. P. 29 (1879) 898-.

— , spectrum analysis. SUmey, O. J. [1891]
Dubl. S. Sc. P. 7 (1891-92) 204-.

•» at various temperatures. Eder, J. M., dt
Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D. 61 (1894) 847-.

— vapour. Loehyer, J. N. G. B. 88 (1879)
1124.

in Bunsen flame. Hoitings, C. S. [1882]

Am. As. P. (1883) 218-.
Strontium, arc spectrum. Rollefton, C. J.

Ps. Bv. 11 (1900) 101-.
Sulphur. Mxdder, E. J. Pr. G. 91 (1864)

111-.
— . SaUt, G. G. B. 73 (1871) 559-.
— . Ditte, A. G. B. 73 (1871) 622-.
— . Hasselherg, B. As. & Asps. 12 (1893)

347-.
— . Eder, J. M., dt Valenta, E. Wien Ak. D.

67 (1899) 97-.

— in fusea salts. Gramont, A. de. G. B. 122

(1896) 1326-, 1448; Par. S. G. BU. 19 (1898)
54-.

— , line spectrum. Raneken, E. Fschr. Ps.

(1897) (Ah. 2) 49.

— , probable spectrum. AmeSj J. S. As. &

Asps. 12 (1893) 50-.
— , series spectra. Runge, C, db Paechen, F.

A. Ps. G. 61 (1897) 641- ; Asps. J. 8 (1898)

70-.
— , — — (Bunge & Paschen). Schuster , A,

Nt. 57 (1897-98) 320-.
Tellurium. DitU, A. G. B. 78 (1871) 622-.
ThaUium. Miller, W. A. B. S. P. 12 (1862-

63) 407-.
— . CrooUe, W. G. N. 9 (1864) 54.
— . NickUs,J. G. B. 58 (1864) 182.

Spectral Linesi Distribution 4205

Thallium, new lines. Wilde, H. G. B. 125

(1897) 708.

Tin. Kayser, H., dt Runge, C. Berl. Ak. Ab.

(1898) (Anh.) No. 8, 20 pp.

— and its compounds. Salet, G. C. B. 73
(1871) 862-.

Titanium. HautefewUe, P., dt Trooit, L. G.

B. 78 (1871) 620-.

— , arc spectrum. Haseelherg, B. [1895]

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 28 (1895-96) No. 1, 32 pp.
Vanadium, arc spectrum. Rowlaaid, H. A.^ dt

Harrieon, C. N. Asps. J. 7 (1898) 273-.
— , . Haeedberg, B. [1899] Stockh.

Ak. Hndl. 82 (1899-1900) No. 2, 88 pp.
Water. Dewar, J,, dt Liveing, G. D. B. S.

P. 30 (1880) 580- ; 38 (1882) 274-.
— , luminous spectrum. Huggiru, W, C. B.

90 (1880) 1455-.

— vapour. Lecoq de Boiehaudran, — . C. B.
74 (1872) 1050.

, hydn^gen and oxygen, relations of spectra.

GrUntpold, A. Wien As. 24 (1887) 285-; G.

N. 56 (1887) 186-, 201-, 223-, 232.
Ytterbium, spectral examination. Leeoq de

Boiahaudran, P. t. G. B. 88 (1879) 1342-.
Yttrium earths. Demar^y, E. G. B. 131

(1900) 387-.
— , erbium, didymium and lanthanum. Tha-

Un, R. Stockh. Ak. Hndl. 12 (1878) No. 4,

24 pp.

— group, earths. Soret, J, L. G. B. 89 (1879)
521-.

Zirconia and oxides of uranium, compounds.

Sorhy, H. C. B. S. P. 18 (1870) 197-.
Zirconium. HaxUe/euiUe, P., dt Trooet, L.

G. B. 73 (1871) 620-.
— , arc spectra. Rowland, H. A., dt Harrison,

C. N. Asps. J. 7 (1898) 873-.

SPEGTBAL LINES, DISTBIBUTION.

SaUt, G. G. B. 79 (1874) 1229- ; Par. S. G.

BU. 22 (1874) 543-.
correspondences between spectra, method of

investigating. Ramage, H. B. A. Bp. (1900)

628-.
formula for. Balmer, J. J. [1896-97] Basel

Vh. 11 (1897) 448-.
and intensity compared with those of hy-
drogen. Comu, A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1885)

182-.
notation. Diacon, E. [1867] Mntp. Bfm.

Ac. Sect. Sc. 7 (1867-71) 139-.
periodic series, stuay. Comu, A. G. B. 100

(1885) 1181-.
real ana accidental coincidences between lines

of various spectra, method of discriminating.

Love, E. F. J. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888) 94- ;

Ph. Mg. 25 (1888) 1-.

— — — — , . Runge, C.

Ph. Mg. 29 (1890) 462-.

relations between lines of various spectra.
Hartley, W. N. Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 359-.

— (harmonic) between different lines of sub-
stance. Soret, J, L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 42
(1871) 82-.

series. Lockyer, {Sir) N. Nt. 60 (1899) 868-,
392-.

438

4205 Spectral LineSi Distribution

series. Sedgwick, W. Nt. 60 (1899) 412.

— . Partridge, E, A, Fmnklin I. J. 149

(1900) 193-.
^, law. ThieU, T. N. Asps. J. 6 (1897)

65-.
solar speotrom and musioal scale, oompari-

son. PZtMcm, C. Santiago de Chile Un. A.

65 (1884) 195-.
wave lengtns, simple relation between. Norden-

skidld, A,E. G. B. 105 (1887) 988-; Stockh.

Ofv. (1887) 471-.

Spectral lines, origin on wave theory of light.

Fievez, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 16 (1888) 81-.
of solar and terrestrial origin, distinction

between. Comu, A. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

95-; Ph. I^. 22 (1886) 458-.

— phenomena. Wiedemann, E, D. Nf. Vh.
(1896) (Th, 2, HdlfU 1) 66.

Spectralia. MUUer, Joh. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866)
835-.

Spectro-electric tube. Delachanal, B., dt
Mermet, A. C. B. 81 (1875) 726-.

for spectra of metallic solutions. Dela-
chanal, B., dk Mermet, A. C. B. 79 (1874)
800-.

Spectroscope, simple, teachings. Loekyer,
{Sir) N. Nt. 59 (1898-99) 871-, 891-.

Spectroscopic analogies. Zantedewhi, F,
[1868] Yen. At. 14 (1868-69) 419-.

— determinations. MicheUont A. A. Ph. Mg.
81 (1891) 838-; 84 (1892) 280-.

, Michelson's. Stoney, O, J, Nt. 46

(1892) 513.

— experiments, quantitative. Dewar, J., db
Liveing, G. D. B. S. P. 29 (1879) 482-.

— investigations. Ciamician, O, L, Wien
Ak. Sb. 79 (1879) {Ab. 2) 8-.

. Dewar, J. [1879] B. I. P. 9 (1882)

204-.
. Ciamician, O, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 82

(1881) {Ab. 2) 425-.
at Swedish Academy. HoMdberg, B,

As. & Asps. 11 (1892)^ 793-.

— notes. Leach, J. H, Fruiklin I. J. 63 (1872)

4ia-.

— observations (chemical analysis by). Bun$en,
B.W„dt Kirchhoff, G. Pogg. A. 110 (I860)
160-; 113(1861)337-.

— — . Mousson, A, Ziir. Vjschr. 6 (1861)
213—

. ' Secchi, A. C. B. 76 (1873) 1052-.

, Bunsen and EirchhofF's. Roecoe, H. E.

[1861] B. I. P. 3 (1858-62) 323-.
, . Zantedeschi, F, Ven. At. 7

(1861-62) 257-.

— questions. Secchi, A. Bm. Bll. Met. 11
(1872) 53-.

^researches. Salet, O. Par. Bll. S. C. 16

(1871) 195-.
. SundeU, A. F. Helsingf. Acta 15

(1888) 197-.

— studies. Zenger, C, V, As. Fr. C. B.
(1886) (Pt. 2) 237-.

Spectroscopy, historic notes. Zantedeschi, F.
Bm. Bll. Met. 2 (1863) 59- ; Ven. At. 10 (1864-
65)1286-.

Spectrum Analysis 4205

Spectroscopy, mensurational. Smyth, C. P.

Nt. 22 (1880) 193-, 222-.
— , modem. Schuster, A. [1881] B. I. P. 9

(1882) 498-.

8PECTBUM ANALYSIS.

WaUmark, L. J. Stockh. Ofv. 10 (1853) 71-.
Morren, C. Moigno Cosmos 19 (1861) 557-.
VolpiceUi, P. Bm. At. 16 (1862-63) 91; C. B.

56 (1868) 493-; 57 (1863) 571-.
Brasack, F. [1863] (vn) HaUe Z. Nw. 23

(1864) 185-. ^

Zenger, C, W. Ziva 11 (1863) 45-, 154-.

Angstr'dm, A.J. C. B. 63 (1866) 647-.

(Ingstrdm.) Janssen, J. 0. B. 63 (1866) 728-.
Janssen, J. Cosmos 2 (1868) No. 1, 1-.
Lecoq de Baisbaudran, — . C. B. 69 (1869)

445-, 606-, 657-. 694-; 70 (1870) 144-, 974-;

73 (1871) 658-.
Tait, P. O. Edinb. B. S. P. 7 (1872) 455-.
Sstoczek, J. [1873] (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. Evk.

14 (1876) {No. 2) 41-.
CrouUebois, M. [1878] (xn) Doubs S. Mm. 8

(1879) 269-.
Auer von WeUbach, C. Wien Az. 21 (1884) 160-.
Huber, O. Bern Mt. (1891) 1-.
Freund, M, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1898-

99) 44-.
in connection with solar spectrum. Loekyer,

J. N. Phil. Trans. 164 (1874) 805-.
, hypothesis that so-called ele-
ments are compound bodies. Loekyer, J. N.

[1878] B. S. P. 28 (1879) 157- ; C. B. 88

(1879) 148-.
of electric discharge. Waitenhofen, A, von.

Dingier 177 (1865) 38-.
history. Forthomme, {Prof.) — . (vn) Nancy

Mm. Ac. Stanislas (1863) liv-.
— . Brewster, {Sir) D. C. B. 62 (1866) 17-.
— . Stokes, O. Q. Nt. 13 (1876) 188-.
— . Steu>art,B. [1879] Nt. 21 (1880)35-.
mathematical. K^esligethy, R. de. Bs. Ps.-

G. S. J. 20 (Ps.) (1888) 65-; J. de Ps. 8 (1889)

538.
—. GrM)erg, T. Biga Cor.-Bl. 82 (1889) 25-.
~. Kayser,H. C. Ztg. 13 (1889) 1655, 1687- ;

14 (1890) 510-.
2 parameter equations. Kiivesligethy, R. Mth.

Termt. Ets. 16 (1898) 437-; Mth. Nt. B.

Ung. 16 (1899) 1-.
phenomena. Zech,P. Wiirtb. Jh. 18 (1862) 59.
recent advances. Ames, J. S. Science 5 (1897)

319.
simplified. Laborde, {Vahbg) ~. C. B. 60

(1865) 53-.

use of steam. Trowbridge, J., dt SaMne, W. C.
Am. J. Sc. 37 (1889) 114-.

Spectrum photography. Draper, J. W. Nt. 10

(1874) 24a-.
Terminal spectra in vacuo. Brooks, E, E.

G. N. 64 (1891) 30-.
Ultra-violet absorption and emission spectra.

Eder, J. M. D. Nf. Vh. (1894) {Th. 2,

Hdlfte 1) 78.
Wehnelt-break, spectroscopic observations.

Hoppe, E. Elektteoh. Z. 21 (1900) 507-.

439

4206

Influence of Physical Conditions on Spectra

4206

4206 Influence of Pressure, Tem-
peraturci etc., on Spectra.

Flame spectra lines, especially sodium, method

of demonstrating reversal. Gilnther, C, A.

Ps. C. 2 (1877) 477-.
Gases, causes of different spectra. WUUner, A .

Halle Z. Nw. 40 (1872) 184-.
— , glowing, changeability of spectra. Schenk, 0.

Fresenius Z. 12 (1878) 886-.
— , transition between difiPerent forms of

spectra. WHUner, A. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1889)

798-.
Hydrogen tubes, illuminating power and energy

in, relation. Nehd.B, Exner Bpm. 21 (1885)

671-.

INFLUENCE OF DENSITY,

Broadening of D lines. Wanner^ H, A. Ps.

0. 68 (1899) 148-.
hydrogen lines. Fievez, C. Bruz. Ac.

Bll. 1 (1881) 324-; G. B. 92 (1881) 521-.

— . . Monchhoven^ D. van, C. R. 95

(1882) 878-.

lines. MicheUon, A. A, Asps. J. 2 (1895)

251-.

on increase of density and tempera-
ture, theory. GoZttztne, B, St. P4t. Ac. So.
BU. 2 (1896) 897-.

Mebiut, C, A. Stookh. Ofv. (1898) 485-;
Fsohr. Ps. (1898) (Ah, 2) 41.

in metallic spectra. Oouy^ — . C. B.

108 (1889) 1286-.

— and reversal of lines. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C.
68 (1899) 604-.

Calcium spectrum. Huggint^ (Sir) W,, <t
Huggint, M. L, (Lady). Asps. J. 6 (1897)
327.

— — , H and K lines, relative behaviour.
Huggint^ (Sir) TT., db Huggiru, M. L, (Lady),
B. S. P. 61 (1897) 488-.

Disappearance of some spectral lines. Varia-
tions of metallic spectra due to mixed vapours.
Dewaft J,, dt LivHng, O. D, B. S. P. 88
(1882J 428-.

Qas, innuence of impurities on spectra. Lewit,
P. A. Ps. G. 69 (1899) 898-; A. Ps. 2
(1900) 447-.

Gases, influence of density and temperature on
spectra. Z'dUner.F, Leip. B. 22 (1870) 288-.

— and vapours, influence of density and
temperature on spectra. (Hamiciant O, L.
[1878] Wien Ak. Sb. 78 (1879) (Ah. 2) 867-.

Metals, arc spectra, influence of atmospnere of

hydrogen. Crew.H. Asps. J. 12 a900) 167-.
Mixtures, gaseous, and discharge shells, spectra.

Goldstein, E, D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 110-.
—, spectra. RolUfion, C. J, Ps. Bv. 11 (1900)

101-.
Moist electrodes, length of spectral lines with.

Hartley, W. N, B. A. Bp. (1883) 127-.
, (Hartley). Wiedemann, E.

G. N. 49 (1884) 117.
, (Wiedemann). Hartley,

W.N, G. N. 49 (1884) 149.

INFLUENGE OF PBESSUBB.

Flames, spectra. Liveing, O, D., dt Dewar, J.

B. 8. P. 49 (1891) 217-.
(Hses under high pressures, spectra. WUUner,

A, A. Ps. G. 187 (1869) 887-.
, — . WUUner, A.,dt Bettendarff, A,

Bonn Vh. NH. Vr. 26 (1869) 28-.
— , mixed, at low pressures, spectra. Ferry,

E, S. Ps. Bv. 7 (1898) 296-.
— , spectra. Wiedemann, E, E, 0. A. Ps. G.

6 (1879) 298-.
— , — , influence of increased pressure. W&l-

ner, F, H, A. A. G. B. 85 (1877) 280-.
— , — , pressure on character. Lee, G. H, ,

dt Steam, C, H, B. S. P. 21 (1878) 282-.
— , — , and temperature. WUUner, A.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 40 (1871) 805-.
— , — , . Sehuiter, A. B. A.

Bp. 48 (1878) (Sect.) 89; (1880) 275-.

— and vapours, spectra, influence of pressure
and temperature. Ciamieian, G. L. Wien
Ak. Sb. 77 (1878) (Ah, 2) 889-.

Spectral lines. CaiUetet, L. G. B. 74 (1872)

1282-.
. Larmor, J. B. A. Bp. (1897) 555-.

— series. Ames, J. S., dt Humphreys, W. J.
J. H. Un. Gur. [16 (1896-97)] 41-.

Sun and stars, means of determining pressure

at surface. Wiedemann, E. E, G. L. Ps.

S. P. 4 (1881) 81-; Ph. Mg. 10 (1880) 128-.
Wave-lengths (arc spectra of dements).

Humphreys, W. J,, dt Mohler, J. F. Am.

As. P. (1895) 57-; Asps. J. 8 (1896) 114-.

— ( ). HaU,0,E, Asps. J. 8 (1896)

156-.

— . Mohler, J. F. Asps. J. 4 (1896) 175-,
874.

— (arc spectra of elements) . Hvmphreys, W. J,
Asps. J. 4 (1896) 249-.

— (emission spectra of elements). Humphreys,
W. J. J. H. Un. Gir. [16 (1896-97)] 48-;

B. A. Bp. (1897) 556- ; Asps. J. 6 (1897) 169-.
— . WiUing, J. Asps. J. 7 (1898) 817-.

— . Godfrey, C. Asps. J. 8 (1898) 114.

— of hydrogen lines. WUsing, J, Berl. Ak.
Sb. (1899) 750-.

INFLUENGE OF TEMPEBATUBB.

Absorption spectra. Volchonskij, E. D. Vars.

S. Nt. Tr. (1897) (Ps. C.) Ease. 2, Mem. 5.
Garbon, incandescent, 2 spectra prodnoed at

same temperature. WatU, W. M. C. N. 22

(1870) 172-.
Gases at low temperatures, spectra. Koch, K, R.

A. Ps. G. 88 (1889) 218-.
Metalloids, spectra. Monckhoven, D. vcui. G. B.

95 (1882) 520-.
Metals, spectrum. Roscoe, H, E., dt Clifton,

R. B, Manch. Ph. S. P. 2 (1860-^2) 227-.
Spectral lines. Fievez, C. Brux. Ac. BU. 7

(1884) 848-.
of low temperature. Salishury, (Marquis

of). Ph. Mg. 45 (1878) 241-.
~ reaction. Cappet, E. A. Ps. G. 189 (1870)

628-.

440

4207 Structure of Lines Inflaence of Magnetic Field 4208

spectral reaction. Fortter^ (P^of^ A. Bern

Mt (1870) xi-. 4208 Influence of Magnetic Field

Spectroscopic observations and measurementB. ,/»#»/»/* x

KrilM, G. Berl. B. 17 (1884) 2733-. On SpCCtra. (iS'ed aUo 6660.)

Wave-length, dependence on intensity. Ebert^H.

A. Ps. C. 82 (1887) 387-. Wartmann, E. [1846] Brux. Bll. Ac. 14 (1847)

187-.

T n * ^1-. i_ J V . i-i. « J' (Gas spectra.) TrlveAeaviu) A, Les Mondes

Influence of thickness and brightness of radi- ^ 22 (1870) 33- ' ^ '^ '

^"^Ft^^^^JTS^'^hS'i^^^^^^ ( •) <^^«<^^d.«^- C. R. 79 (1874) 1123-;

H, Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. [19] (18^) 23-. qq /^g^gj j^gj.. g^ ^jg^gj 75^. gg pg7e)

"7 7 7rr""^rn^k^M7 ' 272-; Par. S. Ps. S^. a876) 26-.

.1. A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 647-. J^«, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 9 (1886) 381-.

^®V^T a'?. o^Toi?m*)i!f ^'^* ^^*y^' Rydherg, J. R. [1890] Stocfc. Ak. Hndl. 23

XM : ir V V^^ r ^ r • • (1888-91) No. 11, 165 pp.

Metallic hnes, reversal. Dewar^ J., <& Ltveing, ^ / y irtr

G.D. [1882] B. A. Rp. (1882)496-; Camb. vwipmjn FFFFCT

Ph. S. P. 4 (1883) 26^. ZEEMAN EFFECT.

. — (Liveing A Dewar), Hartley, W. N. (Effect of magnetisation on light emitted by a

Nt. 28 (1883) 123-. substance.) Zeeman.P. [1896] Amst.Ak.Vs.
, — , as seen in overexposed photographs. 5 /X897) 181-, 242- ; Ph. Mg. 43 (1897) 226-.

Hartley, W. N. [1882] R. S. P. 34 (1883) ^Snig, W. A. Ps. C. 62 (1^7) 240-; Frkf. a.

8^- , . ,. , , , ,, M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1896-97) 31-.

— vapours, reversal of hnes. Loekyer, J. N. j^^^ei^ j. s., Earhart, R. F., dt Reese, H. M.

R. S. P. 29 (1879) 46-. Asps. J. 8 (1898) 48-; J. H. Un. Cir. [17
, spectra. Madan, H. G. Ph. Mg. (1897-98)] 53.

29(1865)338-. r t>u w on ^<^^' A. C. B. 126 (1898) 181-. 300- ;

""/i^cvTn/; ' ^^^' • ^' feclair. ilect. 14 (1898) 186-.

(1865) 3^. s ^ s^A (Comu.) Beequerel, H. C. R. 126 (1898) 187.

Oxygen and nitro^n, explanation of l^o-fold ^ecquerd, H., d Deelandres, H. C. R. 126

spectra. Baly, E. C, C, R. S. P. 67 (1896) (1898) 997-; 127 (1898) 18-.

Q.^' V 1 nr'1.1^ A A t>- PretUm,T. [1898-99] Nt. 68 (1898) 682 ; 69

n ^o /?o;,^®IS, • ^^^'^^^ ^' -^^ ""• (1898-99) 224-; Dubl. S. So. T. 7 (1902) 7-;

C. 142 (1871) 821-. Nt^ ei (1899-1900) 11-.

Spectra, different. ^J*°^e substenc^. P^ 22e«e. H.' M. J. H. Un. Cir. [18 (1898-99)]

J. Rheinl. Westphal. Sb. 20 (1863) 89-. 69 * [19 (1899-1900)1 61

Spectrin analysis, points in. and constitution p^i^, ± pg. z. 1^)19^) 478..

of mduction sparks. Lwog d« BoMftaurfron. jr^^^ jy^ ^^^ ^ j^ ^2 /19qqv ^g^^. ggience

— . C. R. 73 (1871) 948-. 12 (I9OO) 293-.

iZttti^e, C. . db Patchen, F. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 480-.
Absorption of light in magnetic field. Rigki, A .

4207 Structure of Spectral Lmee. ^^^^- ^- sb. (i898) ooo-. 893-; c. r. 127

Band spectra. Deelandres, H. Par. S. Ps. (£^eiii. 2) 41-, 333-.

S^. (1887) 107-. (Righi). rfcamp#on, 5. P.

Breadth of lines. Lippkh, F. A. Ps. G. 139 B. A. Rp. (1898) 789-.

(1870)465-. . Righi, A. Bologna Rd. 3

Constitution of sodium light. Fabry, C, dt (1899) 116- ; C. R. 128 (1899) 46-.

Perot, A. C. R. 130 (1900) 668-. Ai^mmetric change of specteal lines in mag-
Double lines, etc.. in gas spectra, cause. Stoney, netic .field (iron-lines). Zeeman, P. Amst.

G. J. [1891] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 4 (1888-92) Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 122- ; 8 (1900) 328-; Amst.

663-. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 98^; 2 (1900) 298-.
, spurious. Stoney, G. J. B. A. Rp. (1894) ~- — — . Voigt, W, A. Ps.

683-. 1 (1900) 376-.

Fluted spectra. Po%ncar6, H. C. R. 120 (1896) ^ . Zeeman, P. Arch.

767-. Nterl. 6 (1900) 237-.

. Schuiter, A. G. R. 120 (1896) 987-. Doublets and triplets. Zeeman, P. [1897]

Illusory resolutions of Imes. Stoney, G. J, C. R. 124 (1897) 1444- ; Amst. Ak. Vs. 6

Nt. 59 (1898-99) 294-. (1898) 13-. 99-. 260- ; Ph. Mg. 44 (1897)

Intensity of sodium lines, relation. Dietrich, 66-. 266-.

W. [1880] A. Ps. C. 12 (1881) 619-. Qas spectra. Aiibd, E, van. J. de Ps. 7

Line and band spectra, comparison. Dee- (1898) 408-.

landres, H. C. R. 110 (1890) 748-. Intensity relations. Voigt, W. A. Ps. C. 69

Physical characters of lines in spark spectra (1899) 290-.

of elements. Hartley, W. N. R. S. P. 49 Iron, etc., spectra in magnetic field. Preston,

(1891)448-. r. R. S. P. 63 (1898)2^.

Shading in solar and arc spectra, structure. Lecture experiments, i&nig, W, A. Ps. C.

Jewell, L. E. J. H. Un. Gir. [17 (1897-98)] 62. 63 (1897) 268-.

441

4210

Meroury speotrom, behaviour of chief lines in.

Blffthtwoodt (Lordj, db Marehantt -&• W.

Ph. Mg. 49 (1900) 884-, 508.
Method of study. CotUm, A. C. B. 125 (1897)

865-..
Photography. PruUm, T. [1897] Nt. 57

(1897-98) 178.
Qimrtet, resolution. Prestanf T. Nt. 59 (1898-

99) 867.
Sodium, spectral lines. Dtmstan, A. S., Rtee^

M.E,,dt Kraui, C, A. Am. J. Sc. 8 (1897)

472-; Elect. 89 (1897) 119; Kan. Un. Q.

6 (1896) 77-.

4210 Intensity and Distribution
of Energy. Temperature and
Radiation. Temperature Law
of Badiation. Badiation of
Black Bodies.

(See also Meteorology 0965, 0970.)

Actinic and illuminating powers of magneto-
electric light. Abney, (Capt.) W. de W. B.

A. Bp. (1875) (Sect.) 25.

Bolometric investigations. Lummer, 0., dt

Kurlbaum, F. A. Ps. C. 46 (1892) 204-.
Bolometry, experiments. ThompioUy S, P.

B. A. Bp. (1888) 401.

Cooling and contraction of homogeneous sphere.
Woodwardy R. S. A. Mth. 8 (1887) 129-.

— , free, of homogeneous sphere. Woodwardy
R. 8. A. Mth. 8 (1887) 75-.

— , Newton's laws, and determination of tem-
perature of Sun attributed to Newton. Chu-
toni, C. Spet. It. Mm. 29 (1901) 147-.

— power of gases. Rivxtre^ C, Par. Eo.
Norm. A. 1 (1884) 288-.

•

EMISSION.

and absorption of glass and quartz at different
temperatures. Bouman, Z, P. Amst. Ak.
Vs. 5 (1897) 438-.

— — — platinum black and lamp black,
variation with thickness of emitting layer.
Kurlhaum, F, A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 846-.

, (Kurl-

baum). VillaH,E. Nap. Bd. 89 (1900) 186-.
function, complete. Nutting^ P. G, Asps. J.

12 (1900) 208-.
— , photometric method of determining.

Patchen, P., & Wanner ^ H. Berl. Ak. Sb.

(1899) 5-.
from glowing platinum. Paschen, F. A. Ps.

C. 49 (1898) 50-.

— — — , cnaracter and intensity of rays.
NichoU, E. L. Am. J. Sc. 18 (1879) 446-.

of heat. PrevoBt, P. Bb. Un. 15 (1888)
850-.

— — from quartz in spectral region of its
metallic absorption. AschkinasSt E, Berl.
Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898) 101-.

rock salt. Abramczyk, M, A. Ps. C.

64 (1898) 625-.

I Emission

4210

of heat from various soils. Ahr^ J. Foraoh.

Ag.-Ps. 17 (1894) 897-.
— uneven surfaces. Chrutian9en^ C.

A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 864-.

from heat^ gases. P<i$ehent F, A. Ps. C. 50
(1898) 409-; 51 (1894) 1-; 52 (1894) 209-.

(Paschen). Pringiheimt E. A,. Ps.

C. 51 (1894) 441-.

(— ). AngttrUm, K. A. Ps. C. 52

(1894) 509-.

(iLngstr5m). Pa9chent F. A. Ps. G.

58 (1894) 287-.
of lignt from glowing bodies. Stenger, F, A.

Ps. C. 82 (1887) 271-.
, experiment. Brawn, F. G&tt.

Nr. (1887) 465-.

— — — — platinum. 8tdi$el, J. Z^.
Yjschr. 88 (1888) 808-.

heated tourmaline. Stewart, B, B.

S. P. 10 (1859-60) 50a-.
incandescent lime. Henchel, (Sir)

J, F. W, Edinb. J. Sc. 6 (1827) 176.
, and temperature. TereHn, S. Bs. Ps.-

C. S. J. 29 (Pi.) (1897) 169-, 277- ; Pschr.

Ps. (1897) {Ab. 2) 854-; Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 80

(Ps.) (1898) 15-.

— long neat waves from black body at different
temperatures. Rtibent, H., <t Kurlbaum, F,
Berl. Ak. Sb. (1900) 929-.

EMISSIVE POWER.

and absorptive power of bodies for light and
heat. Kirchhoff^G. Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 275-.

, equality. Kirchhoff, O. A. C. 68

(1868) 184-.

of flames for heat. RoBtetH, F. Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Mm. 4 (1879) 115- ; C. B. 89
(1879) 781-.

of black bodies. Lehnebaeh, A. [1872] A.
Ps. C. 151 (1874) 96-.

— bodies. MeUani, M. Nap. Bd. 4 (1845) 6-.
for heat, determination. Desaine, P., d

La Provottaye, F. de, C. B. 22 (1846) 825- ;

24 (1847) 967-; A. C. 16 (1846) 887-.
, supposed influence of roughness.

Melloni, M. Nap. Bd. 8 (1844) 409-.
light. Detains, P., db La Provoetaye,

F. de. C. B. 38 (1864) 977-.
, at high temperatures, and Auer's

lamp. St. John, C. E. A. Ps. C. 56 (1895)

488-.
, supposed influence of roughness or polish

of surfaces. MeWmi, M. C. B. 7 (1^^)

29S-.

— coloured flames. Gouy, A. C. B. 88 (1879)
418-.

— earth and plants, and internal temperature
of latter. Ra^ichetti, A. Bm. Uff. Centr.
Met. A. 8 {Pt. 1) (1889) 69-.

— glass. Graetz, L. A. Ps. G. 11 (1880) 913-.
at high temperatures. Desaint, P., dbLa Pro-

voitaye, F. de. G. B. 88 (1854) 440-.
of various substances at 100° G. ViUari, E.
[1877] Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 9 (1878) 145-.

— thin wires in air, for heat. Ayrton, W. E. ,
dt Kilgour, H. [1891] PhU. Trans. (A) 183
(1898) 871-.

442

4210 Constitution of Natural Radiation Emission ot Radiation 4210

Irreversible radiation phenomena (Planck).

BolUmann, L. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1897) 660-.
(Boltzmann). Planck, M, Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1897) 715-.
(Planck). Boltzmarm, L, Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1897) 101&-.
. Planck, M. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1897)

1122-.

— -^ — (Planck). Boltzmann, L, Berl. Ak.
Sb. (1898) 182-.

. Planck, M, Berl. Ak. Sb. (1898)

449-; (1899) 440-; A. Ps. 1 (1900) 69-.

Light, motions of waves, oomparea with in-
ternal motions of gases. Stoney, O, J. Ph.
Mg. 86 (1868) 182-.

•» of stars, physical interpretation as to
magnitade. K&vetligethy, R. Mth. Termt.

]^ts. 18 (1900) 118- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 18
(1903) 145- ; Asps. J. 11 (1900) 850-.

— from sun, gas, and Edison's lamp, com-
position compared by bacterial method.
Engdmann, T. W. [1882] (zn) Amst. Ak.
Wet. P. (1882-83) (No, 6) 4-; Bt. Cb. 18
(1883) 214-.

Lighting, theory, loss of energy. RayUigh,
(Lord). B. A. Bp. (1881) 526.

Lime-light. NichoU, E. L„ dt Crehore^ M. L.
Ps. Bv. 2 (1895) 161-.

Lmninosity of different bodies, is it equal
at same temperature? La Provoitaye, F,
H. de, C. B. 57 (1863) 637-; A. 0. 69
(1863) 492-; C. B. 57 (1863) 1022-.

, (La Provostaye).

Becquerel, E. A. C. 1 (1864) 120-.

— , heat as cause. Diz4, M, J, J, Gilbert A.
4 (1800) 410-.

— , . Bo9e,H. Pogg. A. 108 (1858)311-.

— , maximum, in solar spectrum. Mengarini,
G, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 (1887) (Sem. 1)
482-, 566-.

Photometric brightness, dependence on tem-
perature. Lummer, 0., db Kurlhaum, F.
D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 89-.

Photometry and heating power of lighting gas,
and gas mixed with acetylene. Dvfour, H,
Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 33 (1897) ix-.

Badiating and absorbing powers, equality be-
tween. mtchie,W. B. L J. 2 (1831) 305-.

— powers of bodies. CourUpie, L,, A Matton,
— . C. B. 25 (1847) 936-.

. Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 70

(1847) 337-.
— for dark heat. Stewart, B. Ph.

Mg. 20 (1860) 168-.

— — , calorimeter for. Hopkins, W, Phil.
Trans. (I860) 379-.

of films of shell-lac. HvU, E, Q, [1878]

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 2 (1880) 90-.

ENERGY.

curve, spectral, of black body, position of

maximum in. Very, F. W, Asps. J, 10

(1899) 208-.
curves, spectral, of Welsbach and other mantles,

from holographs. Langley, 8. P. Smiths.

I. Asps. Obs. A. 1 (1900) 240-.

Distribution in Spectnan.

Rayleigh, (Lord). Nt. 27 (1883) 559-.
Handl, A. [1886] Wien Ak. Sb. 94 (1887)

(Ab. 2) 935-.
Kdnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1897-98)

33-.
alteration with temperature. Kdnig, W. Frkf.

a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1897-98) 34-.
of Argand burner. Langley, 8. P. Science 1

(♦1883) 481-.

— black body. Wien, W. A. Ps. C. 58 (1896)
662-.

. Lummer, 0. , dt Pringsheim, E. [1898]

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 23-.
and of bright platinum. Lummer, 0.,

dt Pringsheim, E. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899)

215-.
at high temperatures. Paschen, F.

Berl. Ak. Sb. (1899) 959-.

— — low temperatures. Paschen, F.

Berl. Ak. Sb. (1899) 405-.

— gases. Liveing, G. D. Camb. Ph. S. P.
10 (1900) 38-.

— glow-lamp. Nichols, E. L. Am. As. P.
(1892) 83 ; Ps. Bv. 2 (1895) 260-.

normal spectrum, theory of law. Planck, 3f.

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 237-.
solar spectrum as determined by bacterial

method, and microspectral photometrr.

Engelmann, T. W. [1883] (xn) Amst. Ak.

Wet. P. (1883-84) (No. 5) 3-.
of solids. Michelson, V. A. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J.

19 (Ps.) (1887) 79-; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 467-.

emitted by molten platinum and silver, com-
parison. VioUe,J. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1888) 16-.

of flames. Helmholtz, R. von. Berl. Ps. Gs.
Vh. (1889) 51-.

— heat rays at white heat. Tumlirz, 0., dt
Krug, A. Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (Ab. 2a)
1523-.

— radiations, applications of Doppler's prin-
ciple. Guillaume, C. i. Par. S. Ps. S^.
(1894) 161-.

— sources of light. WiU,A. C. B. 112 (1891)
1506-.

spectrum of black body. MendenhaXl, C, E,,
A Saunders, F. A. J. H. Un. Cir. [16
(1896-97)] 47; [17 (1897-98)] 55.

. Saunders, F, A, J. H. Un. Cir.

[18 (1898-99)] 58.

Incandescence, theory. Klar, K. Cztg. Opt

8 (1887) 109-.
Irreversible radiation phenomena. Planck, M.

Berl. Ak. Sb. (1897) 57-.

RADLATION.

and absorption of gases. Stewart, B. (vnz)

Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 219-.
heat. Debus, H, Pop. Sc. Bv. 8

(1864) 351-, 498-.
— , measurement. Christiansen, C.

Ejdb. Ov. (1883) 20-; A. Ps. C. 19 (1888)

267-.

443

4210 Natural Radiation

atmospheric. HuUhint, C. C. Am. J. So. 43

(1892) 357-.
— , meteorological aspect. Ahbtt C. Am. J.

So. 48 (1892) 364-.
from bodies at low or ordinary temperatures,

wave-lengths. LangUy^ S. P. Am. As. P.

(1885) 55-; Am. J. Sc. 32 (1886) 83-; C. B.

102 (1886) 162-.

— yarious t)odies with certain range of tem-
perature. Knoblauch, H. Pogg. A. 70 (1847)
352-.

— bright and black incandescent surfaces.
Evaru, M. B. S. P. 40 (1886) 207-.

dull surfaces. BottonUey, J. T. B.

S. P. 42 (1887) 433-.

— cast iron, condensation tests. Baidwin,
W. J. Am. S. CE. T. 32 0894) 34-.

comparative, from metals. JFiedeburg, 0. A.

Ps. G. 66 (1898) 92-.
complete, at given temperature, character.

BayUigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 27 (1889) 460-.
— ,law. Bayleigh,(L&rd), Ph. Mg. 49 (1900)

539-.
constituting luminous sources, relative inten-
sities. Trannin, H, L, (xn) Lille S. Mm.

5 (1878) 1-.
diagram, form. Forbe$,'0, [1874] Edinb. B.

S. P. 8 (1875) 36ft-.
experimental investigations. Oarbef P. Toul.

Fac. Sc. A. 1 (1887) F, 91 pp.
from glowing solids. Weber, H. F, Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1887) 491-.

Heat.

MeikU, H. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 53 (1819) 860-.
HoUaM, T. C. [1820] Edinb. B. S. T. 9

(1823) 179-.
Deiaint, P,, dt La Provoitaye, F, de, C. B.

20 (1845) 1767- ; 24 (1847) 60-, 684-; 25

(1847) 106- ; A. G. 22 (1848) 358-.
in absolute measure. BotUmley, J. T^ [1887-

92] PhU. Trans. (A) 178 (1888) 429-; 184

(1894) 591-.

. BotUmdey, J. T., db Beattie, J. C.

B. S. P. 66 (1900) 269-.

dissipated by platinum surface at high tem-
perature. Petavel, J, E, Phil. Trans. (A)
191 (1898) 501-.

distribution in heated rooms. Meidinger, H.
Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 {1900) Ub.) 503-.

various spectra. Jacques, IV. W. Am.

Ac. P. 14 (1879) 142-.

spectrum. Draper, J. W, Am. J. Sc.

4 (1872) 161-.

in doubly refracting media, equilibrium. Lor-
entz, H. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 305- ;
Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ab. 2) 869.

emitted by different bodies at same tempera-
ture, quality. Daains, P.,dt La Pravostaye,
F. de. G. B. 34 (1852) 951.

exchange between metal and steam in cylinders
of engines. Dwelihauvers-Dery, V. Mul-
house S. In. BU. 58 (1888) 89-.

extreme infra-red. OuiUautne, C. i. Smiths.
Bp. (1898) 161-.

gaseous radiation. Evershed, J. Ph. Mg. 39

(1895) 460-.

Tbermai 4810

gaseous radiation. Very, F. W. U. S. Weath.

Bur. BU., G (1900) 184 pp.
at high temperatures. Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 1 (1878) 86-.
influence of colour. Baehe, A. D. Silliman

J. 30 (1836) 16-.
form of surface. ChritUaneen, C. Kj5b.

Ov. (1883) 139-.
law, mathematical. Fourier, J, B. J. A. C.

28 (1825) 337-.
— , — , Fourier's demonstration. Maurice, F.

Ph. 1%. 2 (1833) 103-.

— of square of distance, and cosine law. Zaa^
fiotti,M. (xi) Nap. I. Inc. At. 10 (1873) 61-.

— , Stefan's. Schleiermacher, — . [1898]
Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) {Sb.) 145-.

— , — , and electromagnetic theory of light.
Boltzmann, L. A. Ps. G. 22 (1884) 291-.

— , — , extent. GuUlaume, C. J&. Sc. Abs. 1

(1898)318.
laws. Desaitu, P., dt La Provoetaye, F. de,

G. B. 19 (1844) 410-.
— , apparatus to demonstrate. Lueeana, S.

Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 283-.

Melloni's apparatus. Oreted, H. C. Kidb.

Ov. (1848) 44-.
nature, and mode of communication. Rumford,

B. {Count]. PhiL Trans. (1804) 77-.
obscure, raoiation by metallic mass. Snow,

B. W. Am. As. P. (1894) 110.
phenomena. Prevoet, P. Gen. Mm. S. Ps. 2

(1824) {pU. 2) 161-.
— . Fox, R. W. Ph. Mg. 11 (1882) 84^.

— usually referred to. Hudeon, H, B. A. Bp.
(1835) 163-, {pt. 2) 9-.

propagation in gases. Magnue, G. Pogg. A.

112 (1861) 497-.
Bumford's experiments. FriedlSander^ — .

GUbert A. 17 (1804) 33-, 213-.
at different temperatures. BottomUyt J. T.

Nt. 33 (1886) 85-, 101.

of incandescent bodies. VioUe, J. Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1892) 263-.
— , and elementary colours of solar

spectrum. MelUmi, M. Nap. Bd. 6 (1847)

278—
platinum. VioUe, J. C. B. 88 (1879)

171-; 92 (1881) 866-.
. ijeuJ, H. F. Asps. J. 2 (1895)

160-.
instrument for measuring. Hutehine, C. C.

Am. J. Sc. 34 ^887) 466-.
internal, in uniaxial crystals. Stewart, B.

[1861] B. S. P. 11 (1860-62) 193-.

Law,

Violle, J. G. B. 92 (1881) 1204-.
Very, F. W. Asps. J. 4 (1896) 88-.
Glausius's thermodynamicaL SmoLuchomeki de

Smolan, — . J. de Ps. 5 ri896) 488-.
of distribution in space. Mi^Uer, W. Elekt-

tech. Z. 5 (1884) 370-, 405-; A. Ps. C. 24

(1885) 266-.
Draper's. Kdvealigethy, R, von. A. Ps. C. 82

(1887) 699-.

444

4210 Laws of Natural Radiation 4210

Eirohhoff '8, present statos. Cotton, A. AspB. at different temperatnies. Ericttm, J, Nt. 6

J. 9 (1899) 237-. (1872) 106-.

— , and radiation of gases. Pringsheim, E. terrestrial. TyndaU, J. R. S. P. 85 (1888)

A. Ps. C. 45 (1892) 428-. 21-.

— , (Pringsheim). Crew, H. As. — . Prytz, K. Ts. Ps. C. 25 (1886) 291-.

A Aspe. 11 (1892) 581-. — , on baUoon. Chruten, T. Fr. 8. M6t. An.

— , . PHng$heim, E. A. Ps. C. 46 (1898) 58-, 65-.

49 (1898) 847-. theory (Clansius's). BartoU, A. N. Cim. 6

— , (Pringsheim). BUry, 0. A. (1879) 265-.

Ps. C. 52 (1894) 205-. — (Fourier's). Dcjet, P. H. Amst. Ak. Vh.

Weber's. Graetz, L. A. Ps. 0. 86 (1889) (Sect. 1) 8 (1896) No. 4, 26 pp. ; Fschr. Ps.

857-. (1895) (Ab. 2) 488-.
— . Ferrel, W. Am. J. So. 89 (1890) 187-.

light and heat. M<yrey, S, Silliman J. 2 ^^"^ ^-^ Exchange.

(1820) 118-. Prevott, P. Berl. Mm. Ao. (1804) 8-.

. Stewart, B. QJ. So. 1 (1864) Martin, J. Nicholson J. 20 (1808) 841-.

^^- , ^ , _, , „ . , ,«. V (Prevost's.) Davenport, R. Thomson A. Ph.
, solar and terrestrial. Hertehd, {Str) 5 (1815) 888-

W. PhU. Trans. (1800) 29^. 487-. (_.,' Murray,' (Dr.) J. Thomson A. Ph. 7
from solid bodies. Gruner, P, Bern * (1816) 228-

^'^Kylieated bodies. Stewart,B. R. ^"T'^' J'i'^'l^l^^^^^^^

S. P. 10 (1859-60) 885-. Buecio, D, C. Brescia Cm. (1816-17) 55-.

of light at red heat. Deiaina, P. C. R. 61 «^<«^»'^. ^' ^- ^^' I- T. 1 (1880) 286-.

(1865) 24-. (Prevost's, extension.) Stewart, B, [1858-61]
. NichoU,E.L.,dtSnow,B.W. Edinb. R. S. T. 22 (1861) 1-; B. A. Bp.

Am. As. P. (1890) 92-. (1861) 97-.

at low temperatures. PicUt, R. C. R. 119 (— •) Hudson, H. Ph. Mg. 42 (1871) 841-.

(1894) 1202- ; Rv. Sc. 8 (1895) 104- ; Z. Ps. Hiines, C. F. Franklin I. J. 85 (1883) 307-.

C. 16 (1895) 417-.

lunar, heating effect. ZantedescM, F, C. R. use of bifilar rheometer in experiment.

69 (1869) 1070-. Desaim, P. C. R. 68 (1866) 678-.

from perfect radiator. Wilton, W, E, Asps. rock-salt in investigation of dark rays.

J. 10 (1899) 80-. Detains, P. G. R. 66 (1868) 1246-.

— platinum and black body. Lummer, 0., dt from vessels with bright metallic and blackened
Jahnke, E. A. Ps. 8 (1900) 288-. surfaces, shown by amount of steam con-

— — plate covered with sodium carbonate, densed. Fox, R, W, Edinb. J. Sc. 9 (1828)
increased radiation of heat. Salm Horttmar, 232-.

— . A. Ps. C. 128 (1864) 658-.

quantitative estimation, new method. KurU RADIATION OF BLACK BODIES.

baum, F. A. Ps. C. 51 (1894) 591- ; 65

(1898) 746-. (between 100° & 1800''.) Lummer, 0., dt

relations to temperature and wave-length. Pringtheim, E. A. Ps. C. 68 (1897) 895-;

Garhe, P. J. de Ps. 5 (1886) 245-. A. Ps. 8 (1900) 159-.

from rock-salt at different temperatures. Baur, Lummer, 0. [1900] So. Abs. 4 (1901) 481.

C. A. Ps. C. 19 (1883) 17-. in absolute measure, between 0° A 100°. KurU

and second law of thermodynamics. Eddy, baum, F. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 746-.

H.T, Science 2 (*1888) 798-; 8(1884)88, absolutely black bodies electrically heated.

171- ; 4(1884)8-. Lummer, 0., <t Kurlbaum, F, Berl. Ps.
. Boltzmann, L. A. Ps. C. 22 Gs. Vh. (1898) 106-.

(1884) 81-, 616. , method of testing law. Wien, W., dt

. Wood, De V. Science 8 (1884) Lummer, 0. A. Ps. C. 56 (1895) 451-.

82. law. Thieten, M. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900)
. FitzGerald, O. F. Science 8 65-.

(1884) 88, 586 ; Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885) 57-. for long waves. Lummer, 0., dt Pringtheim, E.
. Wien, W. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1898) D. Ps. (Js. Vh. (1900) 168-.

55-. photography with ** black rays." Chrittenten,
, theory. Lorentz, H. A. [1900] S. A. N. Ts. Fs. K. 1 (189^ 848-.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 9 (1901) 418- ; Amst. Ak. P. photometric measurement. Wanner, H, A.

3 (1901) 486-. Ps. 2 (1900) 141-.

from silver at moment of solidifying. VioUe, theory. Wien, W. A. Ps. 8 (1900) 580-.

«7. C. R. 96 (1883) 1038-. —(Wien). Planck, M. A. Ps. 8 (1900) 764-.

— stars. Maurer, J. Met. Z. 7 (1890) 18-.

— suHaces of different colours. Berthold, A. A,

Oken Isis (1836) 564-. Radio-micrometer. Boyt, C. V. [1887-88] R.

. Dufour,n. Laus. S. Vd. Bll. S. P. 42 (1887) 189- ; PhU. Trans. (A) 180

31 (1895) XX. (1890) 159-.

445

4210

Laws of Natural Radiation

4215

SPECTRA.

oontinnous, of sodium. Snow, B. W, [1893]

Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 296-.
— , theory. K'Ave$ligethy, R. [1885] Mag.

Tud. Ak. Etk. (Mth,\ 12 (1886) No. 11,

82 pp.; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 4 (1885-86) 9-.
^, — . MicheUon, V, A, Bs. Fs.-G. S. J. 21

(P«.) (1889) 87-; J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 584.
heat. AynumneU —• G. B. 82 (1876) 1153-.
— , cold bands in. Aynummt, — , dt Desaim,

P. C. B. 81 (1875) 42S-.
— , effect of prism and lamp. Aymormet, — ,

dt Maqumne, — . G. B. 87 (1878) 494-.
— , method of study. Aymonnet, — . C. B.

88 (1876) 1102-.
infra-red, and bolometer. Geendaele, J. van,

Bv. Quest. So. 40 (1896) 26-.
of solids, laws. Paschen, F, A. Ps. C. 58

(1896) 455-; 60 (1897) 662-.
, — , and determination of temperature of

Sun. Paschen, F. Gdtt. Nr. (1895) 294-;

Asps. J. 2 (1895) 202-.
, — , (Paschen). Very,

F. W, Asps. J. 2 (1895) 816-.
Wien's equation, improvement. Planck, M,

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 202-.

Stellar heat, Boys's measurement. Maurer, J,

Z. Instk. 11 (1891) 189-.
and Sun's corona, tasimeter for. Ediion,

T. A. [1878] Am. As. P. 27 (1879) 109- ;

G. N. 88 (1878) 56-.
Sunlight, measurement of illumination from.

Cohn, H. Cg. Int. Hyg. G. B. (1884) (1) 97-.

TEMPERATURE.

of arc, effect of gas pressure. WiUon, W, E.

B. S. P. 58 (1895) 174-.
, . Wilion, W. E., db Fitz

Oerald, G. F, B. S. P. 60 (1897) 377-.
^~ — and of the Sun. WiUon, W,E.,dt Oray,

P.L. B. S. P. 58 (1895) 24-.
condition of body enclosed in two non-concen-
tric spheres. Froteh, (Dr.) — . Z. Mth. Ps.

13 (1868) 497-; 17 (1872) 498-.
difference oetween inside and outside of radi-
ating body. Kurlbauniy F. A. Ps. 2 (1900)

546-.
and emissivity of wire with current through it.

Cardani, P. N. Cim. 27 (1890) 245-; 28

(1890) 10-; 30 (1891) 33-.
equilibrium in enclosure. Desains, P,, dt La

ProvoBtaye, F. de. G. B. 36 (1853) 84-.
— in which there is a body in visible

motion. Stewart, B. Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

P. 10 (1871) 32-.
of flames, and ultra-violet radiation. Ebert, H,

Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 21 (1890) 6-.

— incandescence and its oearing on solar
physics. Levison, W, O. N. Y. Ac. A. 3
(•1883-85) 221-.

— incandescent bodies determined by light
emitted. Becquerel, E. G. B. 55 (1862)
826-; A. G. 68 (1863) 49-.

influence on refrigerators. BeUoU, U. Parma

G. S. Md. Chir. 7 (1810) 81-.
measurement by radiations. Brit. Au. Comm.

B. A. Bp. 43 (1873) 461-.
and quali^ of radiation, experiment. Bezold,

W. von. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884) 175-.
of radiation of copper wire. TT^ba", H. F.

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 32 (1894)297.

— solar radiation. Ferrd, W. U. S. Sig.
Serv. Pp. No. 13 (1884) 34-.

— Sun, methods of measuring. Oray, P. L.
Birm. Ph. S. P. 9 (1895) 108-.

TEMPEBATUBE AND BADIATION.

SUfan, J. Wien Ak. Sb. 79 (1879) {Ah. 2) 891-.
Siemens, {Sir) C. W. B. S. P. 35 (1888) 166- ;

B. A. Bp. (1883) 425-.
Ettingshausen, A. von. Steierm. Mi. (1886)

Ixii-.
Ferrel, W. Am. J. Sc. 38 (1889) 8-.
Stevem, W. Le C. Am. J. Sc. 44 (1892) 481-.
Ki^ig, W. [1897] Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1897-98) 32-.
Larmor, J. B. A. Bp. (1900) 657-.
emission and resistance of electrically heated

wires. TunUirz^ 0., dt Krug, A. Wien Ak.

Sb. 96 (1888) {Ah. 2) 1007-.
and energy, relations between. Abney, (CapX^

W. deW.,db Feeting, {Col.) — . Ph. Mg. 16

(1883) 224-.

— Stef^'s law. Schleiermacher, A. A. Ps.
G. 26 (1885) 287-.

temperature and entropy of radiation. Wien,

W. A. Pd. G. 52 (1894) 132-.
. Planck, M. A. Ps. 1 (1900)

719-.

Visibility, minimum temperature. Oray, P.

L. L. Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 122- ; Ph. Ma. 87

(1894) 549-.
— , . PettineUi, P. Bm. B. Ac. Line

Bd. 4 (1895) {Sent. 1) 107-.
— , in metals. Emden, R. A. Ps. G.

36 (1889) 214-.

4215 BAdiatioii-Fressare.
iSee also 3405.)

Boltzmann, L. A. Ps. G. 31 (1887) 140.
Lehedev, P. Moso. S. Sc. Bll. 73 {No. 2) (1891)

1-; A. Ps. G. 45 (1892) 292-; Laus. 8. Yd.

Bll. 35 (1899) XXXV.
(Maxwell-Bartoli's.) Lehedev, P. Bs. Ps.-G.

S. J. 32 (Pt.) (1900) 211- ; Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)

485.
Attraction and repulsion, apparent, of light of

sun, moon and candles. Pfaff, C. H.

Schweigger J. 55 (= Jb. 25) (1829) 5^-.
of light and heat rays. Neesen, F.

A. Ps. G. 166 (1875] 144-.
Mechanical action of radiant heat or light.

Thornton, {Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 4 (1852) 256- ;

Edinb. B. S. P. 3 (1857) 108-.
Bepulsive power of heat. Tdlhot, W. H. F.

Ph. Mg. 8 (1836) 189-.

446

4220

Chemical Luninesceiioe

4220

4220 Chemical Luminescence.

{See also 6840.)

Wiedemann, E., dt Schmidt, O, C. A. Ps. C.
54 (1895) 604-.

Kiinig, W. Frkl. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1895-96)
88.

Arnold, W. A. Pb. C. 61 (1897) 818-.

**Albo.carbon light." Pattimon, J. [1882]
Newcastle C. S. T. 5 (1888) 185-.

Animal lominositj, natare. Lupi, A, Genoya
S. Lig. At. 4 (1898) 825-.

Arsenioas anhydride from hvdroohlorio aoid,
Imninescenoe produced by crystallising.
Bdttger, R, Pogg. A. 48 (1888) 655-.

Benzene, luminosity when oumt with non-
luminous combustible gases. Frankland,
£., dt TJwme, L. T. C. S. J. 88 (1878)
89-.

Chlorine, action on metals, light produced by.
Bmtger, R, Pogg. A. 48 (1888) 655-.

Coloration, peculiar, manifested oy bodies ex-
posed to chemical radiation. MeUoni, M,
Nap. Bd. 1 (1842) 11-; Mod. S. It. Bim. 28
(1844) {FU.) 97-.

Combustion, source of light in. Rumford, B,
(Count.) Schweigger J. 9 (1818) 240-.

Crystallisation, light. Amm, (vi 185) Bb. It.
88 (L886) 189-.

— , optical phenomena attending. Rote, H.
Berl. Ab. (1885) 821- ; Pogg. A. 52 (1841)
448-, 685-.

— , . Bandrowtki, E, Z. Ps. C. 15

(1894) 828-; Krk. Ak. {Mt.-PTZ,\ Bz. 10
(1896) 337-; 11 (1897) 1-; Z. Ps. C. 17

(1895) 234-; Crc. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1896) 199-.
Electric discharge and luminescence. Wiede-

mann, E. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 2 (1896) 516-,

641.
Pire-fly, photometric efficiency, cheapest form

of light. Langley, S. P., dt Very, F. W.

Am. J. Sc. 40 (1890) 97-.
Flame of hydrogen or alcohol containing tur-

pentin, light produced by. Hare, R. Silli-

man J. 2 (1820) 172.
Flames containing vaporised salts, luminosity.

SmitheUt, A., Dawson, H. M., dt WiUon^

H. A, [1899] Phil. Trans. (A) 193 (1900)

89-.
Gas, luminosity increased by carburation at

high temperatures. Paqueiin, (Dr,) — . As.

Fr. C. B. (1878) 882-.
Gases, electrically glowing, absorption of light

in. Cantor, M, A. Ps. 1 (1900) 462-.
— , , (Cantor). Pringtheim,

E. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 199-.
— , incandescent, light. Maeh, E. Z. Mth.

Ps. 9 (1864) 69-.
— , luminosity. SmitheUt, A. Ph. Mg. 87

(1894) 245-; 89 (1895) 122-.
Glass, electro- and^hoto-luminescence. Wie-

demann, E. A. Ps. C. 88 (1889) 488-.
— , luminescence due to cathode rays. Burhe^

J, [1894] L. Ps. S. P. 18 (1895) 287-; Ph.

Mg. 89 (1895) 11&-.

Glow-worm and fire-fly, phosphorescence.

Herapath, T. J, Chemist 8 (1656) 714-.
— , luminosity. Gothard, J, Wien rht. Cor.

24 (1887) 44a-.
— , — . Muraoka, H. [1896-97] T6k. CoU.

So. J. 9 (1895-98) 129-.
— , — . Muraoka, H„ dt Katuya, M, A. Ps.

C. 64 (1898) 186-.
— , phosphorescent substance from. Carut,

C. G. C. B. 59 (1864) 607-.
— , radiation. Henry, C. C. B. 128 (1896)

400-.
Heated lime and magnesia on charcoal, lumin-
osity. Brewtter, (Sir) D, Edinb. Ph. J. 8

(1820) 848-.
Hydrocarbons, oil, etc., variable light from.

Payen, A, Par. S. Phlm. N. Bll. (1826)

168- ; Par. Bll. S. Encour. 26 (1827) 22-.

IGNIS FATUUS.

Do4, — . GUbert A. 70 (1822) 225-.
Bitehof, G. Eastner Arch. Ntl. 5 (1825) 178-.
MitcheU, J, Silliman J. 16 (1829) 246-.
Wailet, G. E. Mg. 1 (1888) 850-.
Chambert, Rich, Big. NH. 1 (1887) 858-.
WhiU, W. H. Mg. NH. 1 (1887) 551-.
WeUtenbom, W. Mg. NH. 1 (1887) 552-.
Bettel, JP. W, Pogg. A. 44 (1838) 866-.
[Barilli, G, non] Barilli-FiU^nU, Q. (vi

Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis. C. 8 (1841) 86-.
GaUe, J, G, Pogg. A. 82 (1851) 598-.
Baer, — . HaUe Z. 2 (1858) 110-.
Kmyrr, E. Pogg. A. 89 (1858) 620-.
Looff, W. Pogg. A. 108 (1859) 656-.
Wachtmeitter, H. G. T. G6theb. N. Hndl. 5

(1859) 158-.
Meijhoom, C. [1870] (z) Batav. Ntk. Ts. 82

(1878) 265-.
Reimann, E. Wetter 18 (1896) 207-.
GeUermann, C, Wetter 18 (1896) 215-.

Insect luminosity. GUbert, P, Bv. Quest. Sc.

80 (1891) 225-, 558-.
. Garbatto, A. Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 46

(1896) 179-.
Light magnets (Lichtmagnete), Canton's phos-
phorus, decaying fish, etc. John, J, F,

Gilbert A. 55 (1817) 458-.
Luminous phials, Davy's. Jacquin, J. von.

Gilbert A. 81 (1809) 218-.
Magnesium light. NickUt, J. Nancy Mm.

Ac. Stanislas (1866) 242-.
Phosphorus, intermittent luminosity. Munch

afRotentchm, P. 8. Pogg. A. 82 (1884) 216-.
— , luminosity in connection with atmoroherio

conditions. Moffatt, W. [1862] Br. Met. S.

P. 1 (1868) 197-.
Platinum heated by hydrogen as a source of

light. Smiman, B. Ijun.) Silliman J. 12

(1851) 256-.
Pyrogallic acid. Lenard, P., dt WoUf, M, A.

Ps. C. 84 (1888) 918-.
Sodium light. NicJUit, J. Nancy Mm. Ac.

Stanislas (1866) 242-.
Solids and solid solutions. Wiedemann, E., dt

Schmidt, G. C. A. Ps. C. 56 (1895) 201-.

447

4225 Photochemistry

Tribolmnineseenoe Hight emitted by bodies

broken in darkness). SehioMif P, Bologna

N. Cm. 1 (1834) 1-.
— . Pope, W. J, Nt. 69 (189a-99) 618-.
— . Uenchd, A. 8. Nt. 60 (1899) 29.
— , oaloimn chloride. TomZtnjon, 6. Sturgeon

A. Electr. 1 (18d6-37) 212-.
— , flints. Doppler, C. Pogg. A. 49 (1840)

606-,
— , stones. Morozzo, C. L. [1798] Turin

Mm. Ao. 6 (1792-1800) 140-.
— , — and sugar. Bdttger, R, Pogg. A. 43

(1838) 665-.
— , sugar. MofUf J. B, van, Brux. Ao. Bll.

6 (1839) 164-.
— , — . Burke, J. C. N. 78 (1898) 166-.
Zinc oxide, incandescent, character of light

emitted by. Nichols, E. L,, dt Snow, B, W,

Ph. Mg. 33 (1892) 19-.

4225 Photochemistry and
Photography.

Majocchiy G, A, (vi Adds,) Majocchi A. Fis.

C. 18 (1846) 3-.
Vogeh fl. [1863] (vra) C. CB. 9 (1864) 946-.

ACTINOMETRY.

Hersehel, (Sir) J. F. W. Edinb. J. Sc. 3

(1826) 107.
Boscoe, H. E. [1866] R. I. P. 2 (1864-68)

223—
Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 14 (1867) 161-.
Draper, H, N. [1869] Pht. S. J. 6 (1860)

37—
Wills', A. W. [1869] Pht. S. J. 6 (1860)

62-.
Proctor, B, S. Pht. S. J. 6 (1860) 160-.
Bing, L. C. N. 18 (1868) 126-.

Actinometry 4225

Actinometer (dynaetinometer). Claudet, A.

B. A. Bp. (I860) {pt. 2) 12-.

— . Woods, T. Ph. Mg. 19 (I860) 89-.
— , chemical. Poey, A, Fr. S. Met. An. 11

(♦1863) PU 2, 90-.
— for determining time of exposure. Stefan^

owsJH, C. von. Wien Pht. Cor. 14 (1877)

207-.
— , electrochemical. Qouy, — , dt BigoUot, J5.

C. B. 106 (1888) 1470-.

— , — . RigoUot, H. Lyon Un. A. [29] (1897)

138 pp.
—, Hurter and Driffield. Eder, J. M . Wien

Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 896-.
Actinometry, electro-chemical. Marichalt C.

Eclair, l^lect. 6 (1896) 446-, 640-, 688-.
Bunsen-Boscoe law of intermittent lightingof

gelatino-bromide. Engliseh,E. D. Nf. Yh.

(1898) (Th, 2, Hia/U 1) 171-.
Energy, photographic, and atmospheric ab-
sorption, of most refrangible light rays.

Schumann, V. Wien Pht Cor. 26 (1889)

218-, 280-.
Forces, chemical, of sunlight, measurement.

Marehand, E. A. C. 80 (1878) 302- ; C. B.

76 (1873) 762-.

— , — , , — (Marehand). Becquerel, E,

A. C. 30 (1873) 672-.
Heliograph. Jordan, T. B. Cornwall Pol. S.

T. (1839) 116-.
Intensity, chemical, of sunlight, effect of

prism. Hessler, F. Baumgartner Z. 3

(1836) 336-.

— , — , — — , measurement. Roscoe, H. E.
[1860] B. I. P. 3 (1868-62) 210-.

— , — , , — . Phipson, T. L. C. N. 8

(1863) 136- ; C. B. 67 (1863) 601-.

— , — , , — . Roscoe, H, E. B. I. P. 4

(1863) 128-.

— , — , , — . Dewar, J, Edinb. B. S.

P. 7 (1872) 761-.

— , — , , — . Thorpe, T. E. [1874]

Glasg. Ph. S. P. 9 (1876) 108-.

Holetsch^k, J, Wien tht. Cor. 16 (1878) _, Z^L «, 1. ' AmiresJn, M. ' Wien Pht

177-.
Pemter, J. M. Wien Met. Z. 14 (1879) 264-,

401-.
Pizzighdli, G, Wien Pht. Cor. 18 (1881)

178- ; 19 (1882) 4-, 36-, 49-, 69-, 81-, 134-,

166-, 181-, 194-, 210-, 226-, 239-, 266-,

269-; 20 (1883) 66-, 73-, 92-, 131-, 169-,

173-, 190-, 238-, 263-, 269-, 299-.
Bartoli, A, Catania Ac. Oioen. Bll. 16 (1891)

12—.
Chvolson, 0. St. Pet. Ac. Sc. Mm. IRs.) 69

(1892] {App. No. 4) 246 pp.; WUd Bpm. Met.

16 (1892) No. 1, vm+166 pp.
Saveljev, R. N. Bs. P8.-C. S. J. 26 (Ps.)

(1893) 1-; A. C. 28 (1893) 394-; 29 (1893)

260-.
(Saveljev.) Wild, H. A. C. 29 (1893) 283-.
(— .) ChvoUon, 0. D. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 26

(Ps.) (1893) 172- ; A. C. 30 (1893) 141-.
Lemoine, G. C. B. 120 (1896) 441-.
Saveljev, R. A. C. 4 (1896) 424-.
Actinism, photographic. La Blanchire,H. de.

A. G^n. Civ. 2 (1863) 131-.

Cor. 36 (1898) 602-.

— of light at different angles. Claudet, A

B. A. Bp. (1861) (pt. 2) 46.

— , measurement for photographic ex

periments. Heeren, F. Pogg. A. 64 (1846)
309-.

, — purposes. Lipountz, A

Pogff. A. 61 (1844) 140- ; 68 (1844) 848-.

Movable plates. Haton de la GoupillHre, —

C. B. 100 (1886) 963-.
Photo-chemical researches. (Chemical action

of light, laws.)^ Roscoe, H. E., db Bunsen,
R. W. B. A. Bp. (1866) {pt. 2) 48-.

— — . Roscoe, H. E., d Bunsen, R. W.
Pogg. A. 96 (1866) 878-; B. A. Bp. (1866)
62-.

— — . (Chemical action of light, measare-
ment.) Roscoe, H. E., dt Bunsen, R, W.
[1866] PhU. Trans. (1867) 366-.

— — . (Photo-chemical induction.) Roscoe,
H.E.,<6 Bunsen, R. W. Phil. Trans. (1857)
381-.

448

4225 Sensitometry

Photo-chemical researches. (Photo-ohemioal

indaotion.) (Boscoe <& Bunsen.) Baeyer^A.

Lieb. A. 103 (1867) 178-.
. (Chemical rays, optical and chemical

extinction.) Boteoe^ H,E,^<A Butuen^ R, W,

Phil. Trans. (1857) 601-.
. ( — action of sunlight, daylight, solar

spectrum, measurement.) Roscoe^ H, E,, db

Bunsen, R, W. Phil. Trans. (1859) 879-.
. ( , ^, , — .) (Boscoe

A Bunsen.) Fonvidle, W. de, Fresse Sc.

(1861) 326-.
. ( , measurement.) Roscoe,

H, E., dt Bunten, R, W. [1862] Phil.

Trans. (1863) 139-.
Photographometer. Claudett A, (vi Addt.)

Ph. Mg. 33 (1848) 329-.
Photometer for determination of strength of

chemical rays. Vogel, H. [W,] A. Ps. C.

134 (1868) 146- ; (xn) Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 1

(1882) 59-.
— , grease spot, accuracy in measurement of

density of photographic plates. Abney,

(Capt,) W, de W, S. C. In. J. 9 (1890)

722-.
— , , (Abney).

Hurler, F,, <& Driffield, F. C. S. C. In. J. 9

(1890) 725.
— , , measures. Abney, (Capt.) W, de W.

S. C. In. J. 10 (1891) 1&-.
— , and sector, measures. Hurler, F,,

<& Driffield, V. C, 8. C. In. J. 10 (1891)

20-, 98-.
— , , — . Hurler, F. S. C. In. J.

10 (1891) 318.
— , van Monckhoven's. Eder, J. M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 16 (1879) 218-.

Sermlomelry .

Plener, J, Wien Pht. Cor. 20 (1883) 2-,

24-.
SchwarzschUd, K. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

398—
Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900) 23ft..
Papers. M'Daugall, A. [1864] C. S. J. 3

(1865) 183-.
— . WHghl, C, R. A. C. 8. J. 4 (1866)

33-.
Plates. Eder, J, M. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899)

(Ah, 2a) 1407- ; 109 (1900) {Ah, 2a) 1103-.
— , dry. Pickering, W, H, Am. Ac. P. 20

(1885) 169-.
— , — . Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898)

654-.
— , gelatin, testing with electric glow-lamp.

Stein, S. T. Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 215-.
— , orthochromatic, use of 8cheiner*s sensito-

meter. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 36

(1899) 648-.
— , sensitometry of, and photochemical in-
vestigations. Hurler, F,, dt Driffield, V, C.

8. C. In. J. 9 (1890) 455-.
—,— —, — — — (Hurter & Driffield).

Acworlh, J. J,, dt Acworlh, (Mrs,) M, W,

Phot. J. 19 (1895) 208-.
— , — — , (Dr. & Mrs. Aoworth).

Sterry,J. Phot. J. 19 (1895) 288-.

Applications of Ptiotognptty 4225

Plates, sensitometry of, and photochemical
investigations (Steny). Acworlh, J, J,, dt
Acworlh, (Mrs) M. W, Phot. J. 19 (1896)

— , — ' — , — (Dr. & Mrs. Acworth).

Sterry, J, Phot. J. 19 (1896) 371-.
— , , ( ). Hurler, F.,

db Driffield, V, C, Phot. J. 19 (1896)

372-.
— , , (Hurter & Driffield, &

Sterry). Acworlh, J, J,, db Acworlh, (Mrs.)

M. W, [1896] Phot. J. 20 (1896) 48-.
Sensitometer, new form. Donkin, W. F,

Phot. J. 12 (1888) 109-.
— , and photographic plates. Vogel, H, W,

C. Ztg. 21 (1897) 660.
— , universal. Scheiner, J, Z. Instk. 14 (1894)

201-.
Sensitometers and measuring densities of pho-
tographic deposit. Abney, (Capt.) W. de W,

Phot. J. 11 (1887) 38-.
Transparency, photographic, of various bodies.

MiUer, W, A, Phil. Trans. (1862) 861- ;

R. I. P. 4 (1863) 42-.

APPLICATIONS OF PHOTOGRAPHY,

Tortelli, M, N. Antol. Sc. 146 (1896) 342-,

734-.
Air wave photography. Mach, L, Wien Az.

30 (1893) 198-.
Alterations in sun's position at different times

of year, determination. JaffS, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 11 (1874) 153-.
Animal locomotion, study. Marey, E. J, As.

Fr. C. R. (1886) (Pt. 1) 53-.
Blood corpuscles, photography, error due to

images of source of light. St. Clair, G,

[1884] Birm. Ph. S. P. 4 (1883-85) 201-.
Cloud photography. Angol, A, U. S. Weath.

Bur. Bll. 11 (1894) 769-.
Discovery of forgeries. Dennsledl, M,, db

Schdpff, M, Hamb. Ws. Anst. Jb. 16

(1898) 1-.
Drops, splash, photography. Cole, R, S, Nt.

50 (1894) 222-.

— of water, photography. Lenard, P. Nt. 42
(1890) 148.

Electric detonators, flashes, photography. De
Grave, L, W. I. Mn. E. T. 16 (1898) 203- ;
16 (1899) 123-.

— spark, photography. Wood, (Sir) H, T.
Phot. J. 14 (1890) 212-.

, — , meteorological application. Trouve-

lot, E, L, As. (1889) 57-.
Explosives, photograpny in technology of.

Siersch,A, Fed. I. Mn. E. T. 11 (1896) 2-;

12 (1897) 574- ; 13 (1898) 289-.
Flying bullets, photography. Mach, — . Wien

Pht. Cor. 21 (1884) 287-.

,— . B<yys,C.V, Phot. J. 16 (1892) 199-.

, — by electric spark. Boys, C, V. Nt.

47 (1892-93) 415-, 440- ; Un. Serv. I. J. 37

(1893) 865-.

— — , — , Toepler's **Schlierenmethode.**
K&nig, W, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1892-
93)24-.

VOL. III.

449

PP

4225 Ligbtningf Photography of

Image on retina of insect's eye, photography.

Eder, J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 410-.
Infinitely great and infinitely small, study of.

Olivier, L. Bv. So. 8 (1882) 358-, 426-.

Lightning, Photography of.

Kay$er, H. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1884) 1119-.
Brahl, P. A. Ps. G. 26 (1885) 384-.
Cazet, — . Par. S. Ps. 86. (1885) 180.
KoMrausch, — . Wfirzb. Ps. Md. Sb. (1886) 28.
Volkmer, 0. Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1886) 897-.
Jesse, O. Met. Z. 5 (1888) 488-.
N., A. F, Science 12 (1888) 11-.
Pnm , W. Ciel et Terre 9 (1888-89) 837-, 525-.
Woods, C. R, [1888] S. Afr. Ph. S. T. 5

(1898) 298-, 308.
Adains, A, J. S. Elect. 23 (1889) 304-.
Piltschikoff, N, C. R. 121 (1896) 250-.
BlUmel, A, Berl. Ps. Gs. vh. (1896) 117-.
Olew, F. H. Nt. 58 (1898) 627.
Grundmann, G. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1900)

{Ab, 2a) 81.
and black sparks. Clayden, A,W, L. Ps. S.

P. 10 (1890) 180- ; Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 92-.
by daylight. Henry, A. J, U. 8. Mly.

Weath. Bv. 28 (1895) 879.
, application of wireless electric waves.

Qlew, F. H. Phot. J. 23 (1899) 179-.
with moving camera. Weber, L, Berl. Ak.

Sb. (1889) 781-.

Mines, photography in. Hughes, H. W, Fed.

I. Mn. E. T. 7 (1894) 164-, 858-; 8 (1895)

126.
Motion, photography. Olivier, L. Bv. Sc. 4

(1882) 802 -.
Opaque bodies, photography. Laforge, L,

Angers Ac. Sc. Mm. 8 (1894-95) 105-.
, — through, with petroleum lamp. Ar-

maignac, — . Bordeaux S. Md. Mm. (1896)

65-.
Optical apparatus, increase of magnification.

Seidel, L. Mdnch. Sb. 2 (1861) 290-.
Palimpsests, photographic reconstruction.

Pringsheim, E,, dt Gradenwitz, — . Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1894) 58-.
Papyrus-rolls and monuments, use of photo-
graphy for. Eisenlohr, A. Wien Pht. Cor.

21 (1884) 242-.
Photography from balloons. Dex, L, Bv.

Sc. 50 (1892) 296-.
— and railways. Candlze, E. Bruz.

Ac. Bll. 8 (1882) 468-.
— and coordmate surveying. Stanley, H. M,

[1891] Am. I. Mn. E. T. 20 (1892) 740-.
Plans, preparation, application to. Latusedat,

{le coL) A. As. Fr. C. B. (1892) (Pt. 2)

215-.
Bapidly moving bodies, photography by oscil-
lating sparks. Boys, C. V. L. Ps. S. P.

11 (1892) 1-; Ph. Mg. 30 (1890) 248-.
Boiling-curves, method of obtaming. Huet,

— . C. B. 80 (1875) 880-.
Science, application to. Highley, S. B. A.

Bp. (1854) {pt. 2) 69-.
_, . Meldola, R, Essex NtUst. 8 (1894)

39-.

Spectrum Photography 4225

Self-luminous objects, photography, especially

pyrotechnical. Levison, W, G, N. T. Ac.

T. 9 (1889-90) 99-.
Sound waves, photography. Stein, S. T.

[1876-77] Wien Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 183-.
, — . Boltznumn, L. Wien Az. 19 (1882)

242-.
, __. Lloyd, R. J. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P.

45 (1891) 189-.
, — . Sharpe, B, F. U. S. Mly. Weath.

Bv. 27 (1899) 205-.
, — (by •*Schlieren-Methode"). Wood,

R, W, Ph. Mg, 48 (1899) 218-.
, — . Wood, R. W, B. S. P. 66 (1900)

283-; Phot. J. 24 (1900) 250- ; Nt. 62 (1900)

842-.

Spectrum Photography.

Wheeler, T. R. Pht. S. J. 6 (1860) 256-.
Draper, J. W. Nt. 10 (1874) 248-.
Hitchcock, R. Am. As. P. (1889) 188- ; Science

19 (1892) 118-.
Arc spectra. Vogd, H. W, Berl. Ps. Ga, Vh.

(1889) 20.
. Baldwin, C. W. Ps. Bv. 8 (1896) 370-,

448-.
Electric light. Miller, W. A. B. A. Bp. (1861)

(Pt. 2) 87-.
Elements, ultra-violet spectra. Hartley, W, N.

C. S. J. 41 (1882) 84-.
Gases in Geissler tubes. Vogel, H. W, Berl.

Ak. Mb. (1879) 115-.
Hydrogen, second spectrum in ultra-violet.

Schumann, V, Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1886) 805-.
Infra-red spectrum, simple method of photo-

e

graphing. Angstr'&m, K. Ups. S. Sc. N.

Acta 17 (1898) No, 2, 4 pp.
Light of very small wave-leingth. Schumann, V.

Science 20 (1892) 216- ; Wien Az. 29 (1892)

280- ; Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1898) (Ab, 2a) 41&-,

625-; C. N. 71 (1895) 228; Wien Az. 82

(1895) 28-, 121- ; 37 (1900) 71-.
Lightning. Meyer, G, A. Ps. C. 51 (1894) 415-.
Metals. Schumann, V, C. N. 62 (1890) 299.
Oxygen. Vogel, H. W, Berl. B. 12 (1879)

332-; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 142.
Solar spectrum, red end. Waterhouse, (Lt,-

Col,) J, Beng. As. S. P. (1889) 154-.
Spark spectra. Cazin, A. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 1 (1877) 6-, 94-.
Spectrum photography in relation to analysis.

Hartley, W, N. Phil. Trans. 175 (1886) 49-,

825-.

Stereoscopic Bdntgen pictures. Elfstrdm, C, 0,

[1898] Sk. Nf . F. (1898) 380^ ; Ups. Lak.

F. 4 (1899) 69-.
Sub-marine photography. Regnard, — . Plar.

S. Bl. Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.) 628.
. Boutan, L, C, B. 117 (1898) 286-;

Nt. 58 (1898) 18.
, instantaneous. Boutan, L. C. B. 127

(1898) 731-.

Cameras, fixed focus, sharpness of pictures
obtained. PizzigheUi, (Hptm.) — . Wien
Pht. Cor. 28 (1886) 475-.

450

4225 Colour Pbotognphy

COLOUR PHOTOORAPHY.

{See aUo Chemistry 7350, 7400.)

Beequerel, E. G. B. 26 (1848) 181- ; A. G. 22

(1848) 451- ; 25 (1849) 447-.
Niifce de Saint- VicUyr, A. G. B. 82 (1851)

834-; 34 (1852) 215- ; 85 (1852) 694-.
Beeqverd, E, C. B. 39 (1854) 63-; A. G. 42

(1854) 81-.
Henderson, P. [1856] Pht. 8. J. 2 (1856) 122-.
Mercer, J, B. A. Bp. (1858) (pt. 2) 57.
NiSpce de Saint- Victor, A, C. B. 54 (1862)

281- ; 56 (1863) 90- ; 63 (1866) 567-.
Cros, C, Les Mondes 19 (1869) 303-.
Saint-Florent, — de. Brux. Bll. Pht. 13 (1874)

40-, 59-, 90-.
Ducot du Hauron, — . Braz. Bll. Pht. 13
(1874) 113-, 132-, 15e-; 14 (1875) 60-,
123-. 158-, 213- ; 15 (1876) 11-, 27-, 48-.
Cro8, C, C. B. 82 (1876) 1515 ; 83 (1876) 291-.
(Cros.) Becquerd, E, G. B. 83 (1876) 11.
Jaffe, M. Wien Pht. Gor. 15 (1878) 139-.
Schnauss, J. C, Lpldina. 14 (1878) 120-.
Carpentier, J., dt Cros, C. G. B. 92 (1881)

1504-.
Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Gor. 21 (1884) 121-, 191-,

234— 247—.
Vogel, H. W, A. Ps. G. 28 (1886) 130-.
Ives, F. E. Franklin I. J. 127 (1889) 54-.
Eder, J, M. Wien Pht. Gor. 27 (1890) 264-.
H&rtwig, — . Magdeb. Nt. Vr. Jbr. n. Ab.

(1890) 36-.
Schnauss, J, Lpldina. 26 (1890) 203-.
Vogel, H, W, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1890) 73-.
Hatzfeld, A. Bv. Sc. 47 (1891) 609-.
Ives, F, E. Franklin I. J. 131 (1891) 1-.
Vogel, H. W. Wien Pht. Gor. 28 (1891) 551-.
• Meslin, G. A. C. 27 (1892) 369-.
Valenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 432-;

30 (1893) 577-.
Pfaundler, L. Steierm. Mt. (1894) xliv-.
Wall, E. J. Cornwall Pol. S. Bp. (1894) 93-.
Wameke, L. [1894] Phot. J. 19 (1895) 80-.
Neuhauss, R. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1895) 17-.
Wiener, O, A. Ps. G. 65 (1895) 225-.
Glan, P. A. Ps. G. 58 (1896) 402-.
Joly, J. [1896] Dubl. S. Sc. T. 6 (1898)

127-.
Kirlms's, 0. Konigsb. Schr. 37 (1896) [3]-.
Kontg, W, Frkf . a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1895-96)

33—
WaU,'E. J. S. G. In. J. 16 (1896) 400-.
Freuchen, P. N. Ts. Fs. K. 2 (1897) 337-.
Niewenglowski, G. H, Smitns. Bp. (1898)

209-.
Shepherd, E. S, Phot. J. 23 (1899) 316-.
Drecker, J. [1900] Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 44-.
Eder, — . Z. Angew. G. (1900) 1273-.
K'anig, — . [1900] N.-Vorp. Mt. 32 (1901)

xiv-.
Kohl, F, G. Wien Pht. Gor. 37 (1900) 602-,

650.
Lucas, {le riv, pl^re) — . Brux. S. So. A. 24

(1900) (Pt. 1) 108-.
actino-polychrome pictures, probability of pro-
ducing. Ross, W. [1864] Pht. S. J. 2

(1856) 69-.

loterfereace Method 4225

application of colour vision theory. Ahney,

{Capt,) W. de W, [1898] B. I. P. 15 (1899)

802-.
diffraction-grating. Wood, R. W. Ph.

Mg. 47 (1899) 368-; Science 9 aB99) 859-;

Phot. J. 24 (1900) 256-.
grating films. Thorp, T. Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. Mm. & P. 44 (1900) No. 12, 8 pp.
colour printing and relief processes. Vidal, L,

A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 4 ?1892) 192-.
composite. Ives, F. E. S. G. In. J. 14 (1895)

987—.
direct. ' Delvalez, L. G. B. 127 (1898) 207-.
fixation of spectral colours. Geymet, {T,7).

Brux. Bll. Pht. 13 (1874) 164-.
Ives system. Wallieh, H. Wien Pht. Gor.

81 (1894) 308-.
Joly*s metnod. Du Bois-Reymond, C. Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1895) 73-.
. Sachse, J, F, Am. Ph. S. P. 35 (1896)

119-.
. Gibson, J, S. [1898] Sc. Abs. 2 (1899)

11-.
. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Gor. 36 (1899)

26-.
. Hinchley, J, W. S. G. In. J. 19 (1900)

5-.

Lippmann^s Interference Method.

Lippmann, G. [1891] G. B. 112 (1891) 274- ;

A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 4 (1892) 161-.
Beequerel, E. G. B. 112 (1891) 275-.
Berget, A, Bv. Sc. 48 (1891) 33-.

Ives, P. E. Franklin I. J. 132 (1891) 141-.
Labatut, — . [1891] G. B. 118 (1891) 126- ;

Isdre S. BU. 27 (1892) 357-.
Man4:ini, E. N. Antol. Sc. 115 (1891) 759-.
Marangoni, C. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 23 (1891) 195-.
Thwing, C. B, Am. J. Sc. 42 (1891) 388-.
Vogel, H. W, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1891) 33-.
Korda, D. Termt. E5zl. 24 (1892) 190-.
Krone, H. A. Ps. G. 46 (1892) 426-.
Lippmann, G. G. B. 114 (1892) 961- ; Bv. Sc.

50 (1892) 33-; G. B. 115 (1892) 575.
Krone, H. Wien Pht. Gor. 30 (1893) 226-.
Mareschal, G. Qin. Civ. 23 (1893) 125-.
Sire, — . [1893] Doubs S. Mm. 8 (1894)

• •

XU-.

Lumi^re, A., dt Lumi^re, L. [1894] Lyon S.

Ag. A. 2 (1895) xl-; Lyon Ac. Bim. 3 (1895)

137-.
Liger, A, [1894] Lyon Ac. Mm. 3 (1895)

211-.
Valenta, E. D. Nf. Vh. (1894) {Th. 2, HiUfU 1)

78-.
Bonacini, C. Spet. It. Mm. 23 (1895) 146 (&m)-.
Lumiire, A,, db Lumiire, L. [1896] G. B.

120 (1895) 875-; Lyon S. Ag. A. 3 (1896)

xlvi-.
Lippmann, G, [1896] B. I. P. 15 (1899) 151- ;

B. S. P. 60 (1897) 10-.

SchUtt, P. A. Ps. G. 57 (1896) 533-.

Giesel, P. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (10) (1897)

9-.
Lippmann, G. [1897] Phot. J. 22 (1898) 121-.
Vogel, H. W, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 176-.
Wiener, 0, A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 488-.

451

Ff2

4225

Colour Photography

4225

Lilppo-Cramer, — . Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

552-.
Busi, O. Wien Pht. Ck)r. 37 (1900) 677-, 761.
and Becquerers. Meldola.R. Nt. 54 (1896) 28.

. Bothamley, C. H. Nt. 54 (1896) 77.

. Abney, {Capt.) W, de W, Nt. 54 (1896)

125.
with light obliquely incident. Kelvin^ (Lord),

Nt. 54 (1896) 12-.
and Lumi^re's. Wameke, L. [1893] Phot.

J. 18 (1894) 52-.
. Ives, F. E, FrankUn I. J. 137 (1894)

16-.
and Valenta's. Ire», F, E, [1893] Phot.

J. 18 (1894) 124-.
theory. Lippnuinn, G. G. B. 118 (1894) 92-.
Zenker's films in. Neuhatus^ R. k, Ps. C. 65

(1898) 164- ; Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898) 94-.

Lumi^re's new photographs. Eder^ J, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 104-.
McDonough-Joly method. WardjH.S, [1900]

Phot. J. 25 (1902) 141-.
and measurement. CroSf C. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1879) 35-.
polychromatic impressions. Vidal, L, As.

Fr. C. R. (1891) {Pt. 1) 181- ; Phot. J. 15

(1891) 146-, 167-.
polychromy. Vidal, L, C. R. 77 (1873) 340- ;

(xi) Brux. Bll. Pht. 12 (1873) 173- ; 13 (1874)

24- ; 14 (1876) 38-.
printing. Gatty, J, A. [1866] Manch. Lt.

Ph. S. P. 6 (1867) 7-.
— . Humik, J, Wien Pht. Cor. 15 (1878) 1-.
and printing positives without silver salts,

method. Testud de Beauregard^ — . Pht.

S. J. 2 (1856) 195-.
process, new. Vogel^ H. W, A. Ps. C. {Berl,

Ps. Gs, Vh. 1892) 46 (1892) 521- ; Berl. Ps.

Gs. Vh. (1893) 1-.
processes. Herschel^ (Sir) J. F. W, B. A.

Rp. (1841) (^pt. 2) 40.
production of black. NUpce de Saint- Victor, A .

C. R. 61 (1865) 698-.
(Ni^pce de Saint- Victor). Chevreul,

M. E. C. R. 61 (1865) 701-.
coloured spectra by light. Abney, (Capt.)

W. de W. R. S. P. 29 (1879) 190.
and relation to theory of colours. Stein, S. T.

Wien Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 242-.
Sampolo-Brasseur method. Anon. Smiths.

Rp. (1900) 523-.
Sellers method. Neuhaus,—. [1896] Phot. J.

21 (1897) 93-.
, and tricolour prints. K'&nig, W, [1898]

Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1898-99) 30-.
silver sub-chloride, simultaneous action of light

and oxygenated salts. Poittviny L, A. C. R.

61 (1865) 1111-.
of solar spectrum. Becquerel, E. C. R. 26

(1848) 181- ; A. C. 22 (1848) 451- ; 25 (1849)

447-.
spectrum impressed on silver chloride, and its

bearing on silver printing in photography.

Abney, (Capt.) W. de W. C. N. 44 (1881)

184-.
and stationary light waves. Anon, Cztg. Opt.

12 (1891) 99-.

tricolour process. Cros, C. C. B. 88 (1879)

119-.
. Weissenberger, W. [1898] Phot. J. 18

(1894) 42-.
(Dansac-Chassagne). Wood, (Sir) H. T.

Nt. 55 (1896-97) 318.
( ). Abney, (Capt.) W. de W. Nt. 55

(1896-97) 318-.
( ). Wood, (Sir) H. T. Nt. 56 (1897)

223.
. Bertagna, — . Rv. Sc.-Ind. 32 (1900)

212-.
. Farmer, H. [1900] S. C. In. J. 20

(1901) 387-.
, colours for. Abney, (Capt.) W, de W,

Phot. J. 23 (1899) 192-, 288.
, use of coloured glasses. Delaurier, — .

Par. S. C. Bll. I (1889) 706-.
use of organic colours. Richard, G. A, C. B.

122 (1896) 609-, 687.

Dark room, brown light for. Sma, C. Wien

Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 5-.
, coloured media for. Pickering, W. H.

Am. Ac. P. 21 (1886) 244-.
illumination. Abney, (Capt,) W, de W,

Phot. J. 8 (1884) 88-. 110.
. Debenham, W, E, Phot. J. 8 (1884)

117-.
. Woods, C. R, Phot. J. 8 (1884)

138-.
. Abfney, (Capt.) W. de W, Phot. J.

15 (1891) 164-.
, suitable commercial fitbrlcs. Sawyer,

J, R. Phot. J. 8 (1884) 134-.
Destructive and continuing rays of light. Lere-

bours, — . C. B. 25 (1847) 763-.

EMULSION,

Carey-Lea, — . Brux. BU. Pht. 13 (1874) 71- ;

14 (1875) 162-, 193-, 216-.
azalin in. Mallmann, F., dt Scolik, C, Wien

Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 372-.
bromo-coUodion-, use of various soWents of

pyroxylin in production. Bardy, C, Wien

Pht. Cor. 16 (1879) 177-.
ohlorchromocitrate. Valenta, E. Wien Pht.

Cor. 34 (1897) 439-.
collodion-. Htibl, A. (Frhr.) von, Wien.Pht.

Cor. 29 (1892) 587-, 606-.
experiments. Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 21

(1884) 251-.
gelatin. Eder,J.M. Wien Pht. Cor. 17 (1880)

134-.
— . Schnauss, J. C. Lpldina. 18 (1882) 24-.
— . Eder, J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 20 (1883)

87-, 162-, 189- ; 21 (1884) 11-, 44-, 178- ;

22 (1885) 111-, 181-, 372-, 455-.
— , colour sensitiveness. Eder, J, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 21 (1884) 95-, 120-. 224-.
— , mixtures of aifferent. Schumann, V, Wien

Pht. Cor. 22 (1885) 232-.
— , washing of, and control. Eder, J, M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 18 (1881) 96-.
gelatino-bromide, preparation with silver am-
monium-citrate. Eder, J, M, Wien Pht.

Cor. 26 (1889) 169-.

452

4225 Emulsion

Fhotog^phy

Exposure 4225

gelatino-bromide, preparation in wet way, two
methods. Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 20

(1883) 118-.

— , sensitive, preparation. Edett J, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 160-.
preparation, and development of gelatino-bro-

mide plates and use of chrome alum. Burton^

W. K. Phot. J. 12 (1888) 116-.
process. Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 20 (1883)

180-, 265-, 367-.
— , improvements. Singer^ S, Brax. BIL

Pht. 16 (1876) 116-, 127-, 144-.
— , new. Hennig, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 21

(1884) 188-.

— , pyroxylin for. Chardon, A, Wien Pht.
Cor. 14 (1877) 189-.

"ripening." Liesegang, R, E, Wien Pht.
Cor. 33 (1896) 577-.

sensitisers. Schiendl, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 23
(1886) 553-.

silver bromide collodion-, commercial, com-
parative investigation. Eder^ J, M., db
T6th, V. [1879] Wien Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 9-.

, green, preparation. Eder, J. M,j (t

T6th, V, Wien Pht. Cor. 16 (1879) 209-.

, photography with. Eder, J. Af. Wien

Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 109-, 141-, 151-.

, preparation. Chardon, A, Wien Pht.

Cor. 14 (1877) 212-.

— chloride collodion-. Lainer, A. Wien Pht.
Cor. 33 (1896) 127-.

— , action of castor oil and glycerin.

Lainer, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 13-.
, photography with. Eder, J, M., dt

Pizzighelli, G. Wien Pht. Cor. 18 (1881) 79-,

103-, 122-, 153-, 215-.

— halogen, photochemical induction in. Abegg,
R. [1900] Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 24.

— phosphate, action of silver chromate. Fo-
lenta, £. Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900) 449-.

Enlargement of gelatiho-bromide negatives.
Willm, S. Bordeaux S. So. PV. (1896-97)
97-.

— in photography. Oerlachf J, Berl. MS.
(1861) 596-.

. Carpentier, J. C. R. 126 (1898)

893-.
. WaUon, E, A. Cons. Arts et Mdt.

1 (1899) 422-.
Experiments in photography. Sacehi.L, Poll!

A. 5 (1847) 290-.
. Babo, C, H, L. von. [1866] Freiburg

B. 1 (1868) 88-.

— on solarisation. Pringtheinit E, Berl. Ps.
Gs. Vh. (1890) 68-.

EXPOSURE.

Electromagnetic shutter. Stein, S. T. Wien

Pht. Cor. 16 (1879) 159-.
Exposure meter. WatHns, A. S. C. In. J. 9

(1890) 584.

— time, method for. Biervliet, — van. [1887]
Brux. S. Sc. A. 12 (1888) {Pt. 1) 72.

, shortening. Blanquart-^vrardf —-. C. B.

31 (1850) 864-.

Exposure time, shortening, effects from methods

employed. Fizeau, H. L. C. B. 16 (1843)

759-.
, — , in Bdntgen-ray photography. Levy,

M. D. Nf. Vh. (1897) {Th. 1) 174-.
Instantaneous exposure, absolute measurement

of shutter-speed. Levison, W. O. N. Y. Ao.

T. 7 (1887-88) 100-.
, apparatus for measuring time. CoUon,

{capit,) — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894) 102-.

— photographic arrangement. Maeh, E., dt
WenUel, J. Wien Az. 21 (1884) 121-.

— photography. Vicken, H. T. Dubl. B.
S. J. 2 (1858-59) 292-.

. Manhall, W. Humb. 6 (1887) 219-.

. Spiet, P, [1899] Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr.

Jbr. (1899-1900) 99-.
, apparatus for. Sigritte, O. C. B, 130

(1900) 82-.
by artificial light. Vogel, H. W. Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1887) 62-.
magnesium light. MaUiney, — .

[1892] Doubs S. Mm. 7 (1893) 440-.

— shutters. Mallock, A. Nt. 35 (1887) 324-.
. Stuart' Wartley, H. Nt. 35 (1887) 366.

— — , testing. Koch, K, R. Z. Instk. 15
(1895) 244-, 352.

, — . Nerrlich, R. Z. Instk. 20 (1900)

269-.

Over-exposure of distant objects in photography,
cause. Gudhkard, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1894)
(Pt, 1) 124-.

Bajige of light impinging on plate during ex-
posure. Burton, W. K. [1893] Phot. J. 18
(1894) 101-.

Theoretical considerations. SalomoM, (Sir)
D, L. Phot. J. 12 (1888) 136-.

Flash-light for photography. Schnauu, J.

Lpldina. 24 (1888) 148-.
, new. Taylor, T. [1890] Mor. S. J.

ri891) 263.
Gelatino-silver-bromide, action of intermittent

illumination. SchwarzschUd, K. Wien Pht.

Cor. 36 (1899) 171-.
Gradation, effect of wave-length. Jomb, C.

Phot. J. 24 (1900) 279-.
Halation, or halo of thick plates. Coma, A.

C. B. 110 (1890) 551-.
— , true cause and remedy. Marlow, G. [1861]

Pht. 8. J. 7 (1862) 160-, 210-.
Heliopiktor, apparatus for developing and fix-
ing astronomical photographs without dark

room. Stein, S. T, As. Nr. 83 (1874) 66-.
Invisible stars with photographic action. KOvet-

ligethy, R. von. Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888)

91-.
Irradiation, photographic. Lindsay, (Lord), dt

Ranyard, A. C. As. S. M. Not. 32 (1872)

313-.
— , — . Deicke, (Dr.) — . C. CB. 4 (1878J 381-.
— , — . Abney, (Capt.) W. de W. Ph. Mg. 60

(1876) 46-.
_, __. F€ry,C. C. B. 126 (1898) 333-, 890-.
— , — . C<ymu,A. C. B. 126 (1898) 892-.
^, ^, cause. Stokes, G. G. [1882] B. S.

P. 34 (1888) 63-.

453

4225 Moser* 8 Images. Thermography Photographic Negatives 4225

Neddm, H. M. C, zur. Dingier 154 (1859) 27&-,

MOSER'S IMAGES. THERMOGRAPHY. ,,?«5-; 155 (1860) 295-. ^ ^ ^ _ ^^^^^

NiSpce de Saint-Victor, A, C. B. 48 (1859)
(Images formed by objects on polished sarfaoes 1001-.

of bodies.) Moser, L. 0. B. 15 (1842) 11»*, Manckhoven, D. van, G. B. 54 (1862) 1281-.

448-, 855-, 1200-.
(Causes.) FUeau, H. L. C. B. 15 (1842)

896-; 16 (1843) 897-.
Bratehmann, N, [1842] St. P^t. Ac. So. Bll.

1 (1843) 118-.
(Images on silver.) Brewster, {Sir) D, B. A.

Bp. (1842) (p(. 2) 14.
(Certain spectral appearances and discovery of

latent light.) Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 21

(1842) 348-.
Hunt, R. Ph. Mg. 21 (1842) 462-.
(Invisible light.) Moter,L. Pogg. A. 56 (1842)

569—.
(Latent light.) Moser, L. Pogg. A. 57 (1842)

JTfMWT, E. [1842] Pogg. A. 58 (1843) 320- ;

St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 1 (1843) 261- ; (vm)

Bv. Sc. 13 (1843) 502-.
(Photographic images.) Regnault, V. Bb.

Un. 40 (1842) 371-.
(Action of light on all bodies, and invisible
light rays.) Moser, L. Berl. B. (1842) 298- ;

Bb. Un. 42 (1842) 176-.
(New process.) Bertot, —. Bb. Un. 45 (1848)

378—
Matteucci, C. Bb. Un. 46 (1843) 374-.
(Changes which bodies undergo in the dark.)

Hunt, R. Ph. Mg. 22 (1843) 270-.
Hunt, R. Ph. Mg. 23 (1843) 415-.
Knarr, E. C. B. 16 (1843) 691-.
(Formation.) Masson, A. C. B. 16 (1843)

1452-.
(Invisible light, photography, thermography,

electrography.) Liebig, J, von. Lieb. A.

48 (1843) 164-.
(Daguerreotype images, formation, and new kind

of image formed in complete absence of light.)

Moaer, L. A. C. 7 (1843) 229-.
Knorr, E. A. C. 7 (1843) 239-.
Daguerre, L. J. M. A. C. 7 (1843) 374-.
Moser, L. Pogg. A. 59 (1843) 155-.
(Moser*s invisible light, and theory of Daguerreo-
type process.) Waidele, E. Pogg. A. 59

(1843) 255-.
(Images on iodised silver plates.) (Fizeau and

Daguerre.) Moser, L. Pogg. A. 60 (1843)
40-.

Prater, — . Majocchi A. Fis. C. 11 (1843) 232-.

Ridolfi, L., Pacinotti, L., db Ruscni, R. Ma-
jocchi A. Fis. C. 12 (1843) 3-; 14 (1844)
248-.

(Thermographs and electrical pictures.) Knorr,
E. Pogg. A. 61 (1844) 569- ; 62 (1844) 464- ;
63 (1844) 506-.

(Images produced by fumes on surfaces of
bodies.) Majocchi, G. A. (vi Adds,) Ma-
jocchi A. Fis. C. 16 ri844) 181-.

( light, heat ana electricity.) Souplet, H,

St. Quent. A. 2 (1844) 296-.

(Impression on picture panel.) Rusehi, R, (vi
Adds.) II Cim. 4 (1846) 543-.

(Causes.) Minotti, N, G. Yen. At. 6 (1847)
65-.

Multiple photographs on one plate. Guibhard,
— . As. Fr. C. B. (1891) (Pt, 1) 181.

NEGATIVES.

autotype. Grebe, C, Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

241-, 299-.
central spot, cause. Hannot, {U eapit,) A.

Brux. Bll. Pht. 16 (1877) 108-.
collodion. Berry, G. R. B, A. Bp. (1854)

(pt. 2) 64-.
colouring matter. Liesegang, R. E, Wien

Pht. Cor. 33 (1896) 6-.
density. Abney, (Capt.) W. de W. Ph. Mg.

48 (1874) 161- ; Phot. J. 20 (1896) 294-.

— balance. Jones, C. [1898] Phot. J. 28
(1899) 99-.

— , control. Jones, C. Phot. J. 14 (1890) 40-.

— of intensified negatives. Abney, (Capt.) W.
de W. [1889] Phot. J. 14 (1890) 2-.

— measurement, apparatus for. Jones, C.
[1895] Phot. J. 20 (1896) 86-.

, causes of discrepancies in. Jones, C.

[1898] Phot. J. 23 (1899) 102-.

— — in photographic deposit, and sensito-
meters. Abney, {Capt.) W. de W. Phot. J.
11 (1887) 38-.

— ratios as affected by development. Jones, C
ri890] Phot. J. 15 (1891) 3-.

gelatin-emulsion, use for printing. PizztgheUi,
G. Wien Pht. Cor. 18 (1881) 133-.

gelatino-bromide. Liesegang, R, E. Wien
Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 70-.

glass. Gaudin, A. [1853] Pht. S. J. 1 (1854)
46-.

and their positives, relation. Hurter, F., db
DHffield, V, C. S. C. In. J. 10 (1891) lOO-.

printing quality, and estimation of photogra-
phic deposits. Spurge, J, B, Phot. J. 11
(1887) 64-.

silver, transformation, and action of potassium
ferricyanide on metallic silver. Eder, J. M.
Wien Pht. Cor. 13 (1876) 26-.

Odic light. Schnauss, J, Pht. Arch. 3 (1862)
197-.

, photographic action (Beiohenbach's re-
searches). Schnauss, J. (vm) Lpldina.
Heft 3 (1862) 111-.

, . Reichenbaeh, C, von, Lpldina.

Heft 4 (1864) 116-.

ORTHOCHROMAIIC PHOTOGRAPHY.

Schnauss, J. C. Ztg. 8 (1884) 1021.
Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 21 (1884) 290-, 818-.
Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1884) 28-.
MaUmann, — . Phot. J. 10 (1886) 122-, 126-,
142-.

454

4225 Orthochromatlc Photography

Schumann, V, Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 46-.
MaUwana, F., dt Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor.

23 (1886) 135-, 207-.
Bothamley, C. H. S. C. In. J. 6 (1887) 423-.
Bedford, W, Phot. J. 12 (1888) 126-.
Awm. Hon. So. 4 (1890) 1045-.
Acrti, B., et alii. Phot. J. 15 (1891) 178-.
Acworth, J. J, Phot. J. 16 (1892) 269-.
HUbl, A. (Frhr,) van. [1892] Wien Pht. Ck>r.

80 (1893) 1-.
Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895) 545-.
Vogel, H. W. B. A. Bp. (1895) 660-.
Collodion emalsion. Eder^ J. M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 25 (1888) 231-.
. Albert, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888)

251-.
, Albert's. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor.

26 (1889) 108-.

— — , — , experiments with. Eder, J, M,
Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 296-.

, silver bromide. Jonas , A. Wien Pht,

Cor. 28 (1891) 318-.

— process with silver bath. Eder, J. M. Wien
Pht Cor. 25 (1888) 234-.

Colour filters. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor.

33 (1896) 483-.
. Townsend, C. F. Phot. J. 21 (1897)

193-.
. Grebe, — . Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900)

612-, 722-.
, chromo-copper, and microphotography.

Zeltnow, E. Mai. S. J. (1889) 700.
, employment. Lippmann, O. 0. B. 108

(1889) 871-.
, — . Delaurier, —. C. B. 108 (1889)

968.
, liquid. PopowiUky, A. Wien Pht. Cor.

36 (1899) 452-, 52^.
and sensitisers. Hruza, O., d Hazura,

K. Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 332-, 427-.

— sensitometry. Abney, (Capt.) W, de W,
Phot. J. 19 (1895) 328-, 389.

— tone photography, oorreot. Ive$, F. E.
Franklin I. J. 122 (1886) 123-.

Colours, correct values. Qifford, J, W. Phot.

J. 19 (1895) 193-.
Electric light, use. Albert, E. Wien Pht.

Cor. 21 (1884) 184.
Erythrosin, history of photography with. Eder,

J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 455-.
Photomicrography, orthoohromatism applied

to. Monpillardt ^. [1893] Mcr. S. J.

(1894) 113-.
Plates. Schumann, V. Wien Pht. Cor. 23

(1886) 15-.
— , erytnrosin-ammonia bathed. MaUmanntF.,

dk Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 322-,

589-.
— , erythrosin-azalin-cyanin. MaUmann, F.,

db Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 373.
— , experiments with. Scolik, C. Wien Pht.

Cor. 22 (1885) 367-.
— , preparation. Tara$ov, K. F, Mosc. S.

8c. Bll. 93 (No. 1) (1897) 5 (W«)-.
Principles. Schultz-Hencke, D. Wien Pht.

Cor. 32 (1895) 325-.
Sensitisers. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 31

(1894) 457-.

Photochemistry 4225

Spectrum, influence of pigments on photo-
graphic image. StiUman, W. J, Nt. 11
(1875) 505-.

Theoretical aspect. Abney, (Capt.) W. de W.
Phot. J. 12 (1888) 105-.

Theory and practice. Albert, E. Wien Pht.
Cor. 21 (1884) 132-, 208.

Panoramic photography. Moestard, (comm.)
— . A. Cons. Arts et M^t. 4 (1892) 451-.

. CarpenHer, J. C. B. 120 (1895)

496-.

Photoohemigraphy. Sommer, 0. Wien Pht.
Cor. 22 (1885) 440-.

PHOTOCHEMISTBY.

Rumford, B. (Count). Scherer J. C. 2 (1799) 3-.
WoUaston, W. H. Nicholson J. 8 (1804)

293-.
Schweigger, J, S. C. Schweigger J. 5 (1812)

233-.
Birard, J. E. A. C. 85 (1813) 309-.
Orotthui, T. von. Gilbert A. 61 (1819) 50-.
Bitchof, O. Kastner Arch. Ntl. 1 (1824)

442-
Fischer, N. W. Earsten Arch. 9 (1826) 345-.
Bussy, A. J. Phm. 18 (1832) 117-.
Dulk, F. P. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 3 (1834) 225-.
Anon. (VI 201) Bb. It. 95 (1839) 358-.
Biot, J. B. C. B. 12 (1841) 170-.
FuHnieri, A. A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 11 (1841)

92-.
Macaire-PHnaep, J. Bb. Un. 31 (1841) 379-.
Anon. (VI 388) Erdm. J. Pr. C. 24 (1841)

91-.
Aacherson, F. M. Pogg. A. 55 (1842) 467-.
Biancani, G. B. (vi Add$.) Majoochi A. Fis.

C. 5 (1842) 213-.
batterer, J. D. Nf. Vsm. B. (1842) 76-.
Arago, D. F. J. C. B. 16 (1843) 402-.

Fischer, N. W. Bresl. Schl. Gs. tJbs. (1848)

30-.
Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 368-.
Slater, J. W. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 57 (1852)

239-.
Rautert, A, (vm) Beclam Kosmos 1 (1857)

67-.
Chevreul, M. E. C. B. 47 (1858) 1006-.
Baudnmant, A. Fr. Cg. Sc. 28 (1861) (pU. 2)

614-.
Krone, H. Dresden Sb. Isis (1865) 34-.
Chastaing, P. A. C. 11 (1877) 145-.
(Chastaing's theory.) Vogel, H. W. Berl. B.

10 (1877) 1638-.
Lemotne, G. C. B. 93 (1881) 514-.
Eder, J. M. Wien Ak. 8b. 92 (1886) (Ab. 2)

340- ; Mh. C. (1885)495-.
Vogel, H. W. D. Nf. Tbl. (1886) 410.
(E. BecquerePs researches.) Becquerel, H.

A. Cons. Arts et M4t. 4 (1892) 481-.
Hank6, V. Mtlu Termt ilts. 12 (1894)

149-.
Gibson', J. Z. Ps. C. 23 (1897) 849-.
Ciamician, G., dt Silber, P. Bologna Bd. 4

(1900) 107-, 145-.

455

4225 Photognphic Action

Action of light in discolouring organic sub-
stances. Bidet, A, Par. S. Ps. S6. (1894| 267.

Chemical and photographic action of light.
Lermantov, V, V, (xn) Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 11
IPt.) (1879) [(Pt. 1)] 8-, 81-.

Effect of shearing stress on sensitive salt.
Ahney, {Capt,) W. de W, Phot. J. 8 (1884) 80-.

Fluorescent surfaces, photographs on, and
mode of rendering ultea-violet chemical rajs
visible. Wilson, G, Pht. S. J. 3 (1867) 306-.

Incandescent light, Swan's, photographic ex-
periment with. Pntchard, H, B. [1881]
Nt. 25 (1882) 54-.

Invisible radiation , changes produced by. Hunt,
R. {Yi Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis. C. 28 (1847)
117-.

Photochemical action in solution. Roloff, M,
Z. Ps. C. 13 (1894) 327-.

— phenomena and undulatory theory of light.
Eder, J. Af. Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 516-.

Photographic action, electricity in connection
with. Friese-Grtene, W, Phot. J. 24 (1900)
187-.

— — , influence of electricity. Waterhoiue,
(Col.) J. [1891] Phot. J. 16 (1892) 47-.

of light. Ni4pce de Saint- Victor, A. C.

B. 45 (1857) 811- ; Erdm. J. Pr. C. 74 (1858)
233- ; C. R. 46 (1858) 448-, 489- ; 47 (1858)
86ft-, 1002- ; 48 (1859) 741-, 1001- ; 53 (1861)
33-; Dijon Ac. Mm. 9 (1861) IpU, 2) 50-.

printer's ink. Tucker, W. T. Nt. 68

(1898) 32.

— — at temperature of boiling liquid air.
Dewar, J, [1894-95] C. S. P. 10 (1896)
171 -; R. I. P. 14 (1896) 665-.

— actions, study. Bouasse, H, Toul. Fac.
Sc. A. 8 (1894) F, 52 pp.

— light of sulphur flame, etc. Riche, A,, dt
Bardy, C. C. R. 80 (1875) 238-.

Physical and chemical phenomena, light in.

Delarive, A, Cosmos 4 (1869) 147-, 173-.
Quantity of light and extent of photographic

action. Abney, (Capt,) W. de W, R. S. P.

54 (1894) 143-.
Sensitiveness to light of colouring substances.

Fntz, G, Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 243-.
different colours. Jafi, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 30-.
^ of photographic substances, limit. Bor-

linetto, L; (£ Zantedeschi, — . Wien SB.

22 (1856) 261-.
Silver germ theory. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht.

Cor. 36 (1899) 276-, 332-, 650-.
Solar light, action on photographic plates. Le

Paige, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 33 (1897) 429-.
, — (Le Paige). Heen, P, de,

Brux. Ac. BU. 33 (1897) 437-.
, . Le Paige, C. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 34 (1897) 16-.
, chemical intensity. Larsen, A. N. Ts.

Fs. K. 3 (1898) 401- ; C. Ztg. 23 (1899)

(Rpm.) 89.
, effects produced by. Becquerel, E, A.

C. 9 (1843) 257-.

— spectrum, chemical action of rays in pro-
ducing colours analogous to their own.
Herschel, (Sir) J. F. W. B. A. Rp. (1839)
(Pt. 2) 9-.

Specified Substances 4225

Spectrum, theory of absorption bands in, and
its bearing in photography and ohemisiry.
Amory, R, Am. Ac. P. 13 (1878) 216-.

Yellow and red rays, photo^phy, chemioai
action of light, and solarisation. Eder^ J,
M. Wien Pht. Cor. 16 (1879) 24-.

SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES.

Asphalt, sensitiveness to light. Perger, A.

von. Wien Sb. 35 (1859) 489-.
Asphalts, natural, photo-chemical properties.

Eder, J. Af. Wien Pht. Cor. 16 (1879)

168-.
Chemical compounds and elements, action of

solar light. Vogel, H. A. von. [1814] J.

de Ps. 80 (1815) 245-.
, physical action of light. Roloff, Af. Z.

Ps. C. 26 (1898) 337-.
Chlorine and hydrogen. Pringsheim,E. [1885-

86] Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1885) 64-; (1887) 23

(bis)-.
Gelatin and carbohydrates, behaviour to

chromates under influence of light. Eder,

J. Af. J. Pr. C. 19 (1879) 294-.
— , picrated, sensitiveness to light. Burton,

W.K. [1895] Phot. J. 20 (1896) 66-.
Glass. Schwarz-Senbom, W. (Frhr,) von. Wien

Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 65-.
Halogen acids, influence of light. Brit, Ass,

Comm. {Richardson, A.) B. A. Rp. (1889)

69-; (1890) 263-.
Iodine, phosphorus and nitric acid. Niipee de

Saint-Victor, A. C. R. 25 (1847) 679-.
Iron perchloride and tartaric acid, mixture.

Poitevin, A. C. R. 52 (1861) 94-.

— salts sensitive to light. Eder, J. Af • Wien
Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 219-, 230-.

Mercury salts. Namias, — . Wien Pht. Cor.

32 (1895) 341-.
Photochlorides. Probst, F. Wien Pht. Cor.

28 (1891) 161-.
Silver bromide, change by light, progress.

Englisch, E. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 47-.

— — and iodide, photograpnic properties
according to method of preparation. Ray-
naud, E. Pht. Aroh. 3 (1862) 50-.

— chloride. Guthne,F. Phot. J. 9 (1885) 139-.

— chlorides and iodides, difference of effect of
light and heat. Borlinetto, L. , <B Zantedeschi,
—. Wien SB. 21 (1856) 243-.

— citrate, photographic properties. Hardwich,
T. F. [1856] Pht. S. J. 3 (1857) 6-.

— halides, action of blue rays on, in producing
photographic image. Brookes, — . [1863]
(VI Adds.) Pht. S. J. 8 (1864) 293-.

, light on, and theory of photography.

Vogel, H. Pogg. A. 119 (1863) 497-.

— iodide, effect of light when exposed in V€u:uo
and in certain gases. Borlinetto, L., <t
Zantedeschi, — . [1856] Wien SB. 33 (1857)
7-.

— t— , potassium ferrocyanide on, pro-
ducing sensitive photographic preparation.
Hunt, R. B. A. Rp. (1841) (pt. 2) 47.

— pictures, change into those of otner metals
and compounds. GrUne, W. D. C. (H. B.
1 (1868) 54-.

456

4225 Photographic Agents

Silver salts, photographic effects with, new

theory of mode by which prodaoed. Skey^ W,

N. Z. I. T. 14 (1882) 403-.
, sensitiveness to speotnim. A bney , (Capt.)

W. de W, Phot. J. 20 (1896) 326.
, , measure. Abney, (Capt,) W,

de W, [1888] Phot. J. 13 (1889) 2-, 26-.

— sab-bromide in latent imaged and silver-germ
theory. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 36
(1899) 276-, 332-.

— 9ub-chloride, action of light and oxygenated
salts. Poitevin, L, A. C. B. 61 (1865)
1111-.

'Vermilion. Sherman, W, H, Wise. Ac. T. 1
(1872) 165-.

Photogenic and visoal rays of solar spectrum.
Claudet, A. B. S. P. 5 (1844) 513.

PHOTOGRAPHIC AGENTS.

Cellulose, solvents. Monckhoven, D. van. C.

B. 48 (1859) 645-.
Copper bromide. Renault, B. [1864] Mon.

8c. 7 (1865) 87-.

Developers.

Barhien, — Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894)

315-.
acetate. Jutt, E. A. [1885] Wien Pht. Cor.

23 (18861 41-.
* * adurol ' ' (monobromohydroquinone) . Bogisch,

A. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 426-.
— . Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

464-.
alkaline. Ahney, {Capt,) W. de W. Ph. Mg.

3 (1877) 46-.
— , amines as substitutes for alkalis. Lumttre,

— , ik Seyewetz, —. Phot. J. 23 (1899)

136-.
— , for dry plates, fatty amines as accelerators.

Water hauae, (Col.) J. Phot. J. 23 (1899)

117-.
— , modification for silver-bromide plates.

Lohse, O. Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 56-.
'* amidol*' (diamidophenol). Eder, J. M.

Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892) 278-.
— , isomers. Andresent M. Wien Pht. Cor.

31 (1894) 505-.
bromohydroquinone. Andresen^M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 36 (1899) 396-.
characteristic reactions. Andresen, M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 12-.
characteristics. Andresen, M, Wien Pht. Cor.

36 (1899) 635-.
chemicals used for. Schmid, J. F. Wien Pht.

Cor. 25 (1888) 15-, 53-.
comparative experiments with. Scolik, C, dt

Zwickl, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 21 (1884)

55-.
. Himly, E, Wien Pht. Cor. 26

(1889) 152-, 160-.
convection currents in development. Guibhard,

A, C. B. 126 (1898) 589-.
diffusion in. Gudbhard, A. C. B. 126 (1898)

1341-.

Developers 4225

' * diphenal ' ' (diamidooxydiphenyl) . Preeht, J,

Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897) 483-.
— . Andresen, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897)

587—
— . Precht, J. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 22-.
— . Andresen, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899)

208-.
effect of concentration. CoUon, R. C, B. 126

(1898) 470-.
water from different sources. Abney ,

(Capt,) W. de W, [1885] Phot. J. 10 (1886)

59-.
eikonogen. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor. 26

(1889) 519-.
— , action. Lainer, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 30

(1893) 326-.
eikronometer, Watkins's. Eder, J. M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 462-.
experiments. Scolik, C. [1884] Wien Pht.

Cor. 22 (1885) 7-.
ferrous oxalate. Abney, (Capt.) W. de W,

Wien Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 59-, 83-.

— — , adjustment to gelatin emulsion, and
regeneration after use. Eder, J. M. Wien
Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 27-.

— — , comparison with alkaline pyrogallate
developer. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 16
(1879) 223-, 243-.

— — , regeneration. Thiry, A, Wien Pht.
Cor. 24 (1887) 147-.

formic acid in. Claudet, H. C. B. 55 (1862)

375-.
gallic acid. Liippo-Cranur, — . Wien Pht.

Cor. 37 (1900) 161-.
and gelatin - emulsions, formaldehyde -sodium

bisulphite in. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor.

27 (1890) 105-.
glycin

(oxyphenylglycineC^H, J2h.ch,.C00h) *

Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 29 (1892)
493-.
guaiacol and allied compounds. Waterhaaee,
(Col,\ J. Phot. J. 17 (1893) 100-, 156-.

— for dry plates. Waterhouee, (Col.) J. Phot.
J. 14 (1890) 161.

heat-flow in development. Chiibhard, A, C.

B. 125 (1897) 814-.
hydramine (hydroquinone and paraphenylen-
, diamine). Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 86

(1899) 221-.
hydrazines. Voto6ek, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 35

(1898) 458-.
hydroquinone. HinUy, E, Wien Pht. Cor.

25 (1888) 94-.
— . Swan, J. W. Phot. J. 13 (1889) 52-, 66-,

71-.

— and eikonogen, iodine in. Lainer, A.
Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 12-.

— , experiments. Eder, J. M,,dt Lenhard, H.

Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 511-.
— , so-called permanent. Eder, J. M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 207-.
— , rapid. Lainer, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 28

(1891) 6-, 171-.
hydroxylamine. SpiUer, A. [1884] Phot. J.

9 (1885) 23-.

457

4225 Developers

Photoipraphy

Sensitisers 4225

hydroxy lamine. David, (Lu) L., db SeoUk, C,
Wien Pht. CJor. 22 (1885) 62-.

— Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887)
363-.

— . Gothardt E, von. Wien Pht. Cor. 24

(1887) 442-.
— . Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1888)

196-.
— . Konkoly, N. van, [1888-89] Wien Ak.

Sb. 97 (1889) (Ab. 2a) 184- ; O-Gyalla Asps.

Obs. Beob. 10 (1889) 1-.

— and hydroquinone. Hindy, E, Wien Pht
Cor. 25 (1888) 11-.

hydroxylamine-hydrochlorate. Lainer, A,

Wien Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 488-.
iron salts. SutUm, T, Pht. Arch. 2 (1861)

29-.

— sulphate (ferrotype). Hunt^ R, B. A. Bp.
(1844) ipU 2) 36.

. Conduchi, E. [1854] Pht. S. J. 2

(1856) 66-.
keeping qualities. Scolik, C, dt Zwicld, A,

Wien Pht. Cor. 21 (1884) 110-.
containing ketones or aldehydes instead of

alkali. Valenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 85

(1898) 125-.
and methods of development. Carey-Lea, — .

Brux. BU. Pht. 16 (1877) 79-, 89-, 117-,

188-.
<* metoP* (mono-methyl-para-amido-meta-kresol

sulphate). Eder, J, M, Wien Pht. Cor. 29

(1892) 274-; 30 (1893) 7-.

— and amidol Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor.
29 (1892) 334-.

. SpiUer, J. Phot. J. 17 (1893) 93-,

110.

— for positives. Jutt, E, A, Wien Pht. Cor.
29 (1892) 343-.

organic, chemistry. Andresen, M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 37 (1900) 185-.
oxalate- and pyro-developers, iodine in. Lainer,

A, Wien Pht. Cor. 27 (1890) 306-.
paramidophenol (for gelatino-bromide plates).

Eder, J, M., dt Valenta, E, Wien Pht. Cor.

28 (1891) 310-.

— , experiments. Knebel, F, Wien Pht. Cor.

29 (1892) 146-.

potash developer, normal. Eder, J, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 22 (1885) 26-.
potassium bromide as ** restrainer." Eder,

J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 281-.

— ferro-oxalate for silver bromiae plates. EdLer^
J. M, Dingier 235 (1880) 376-.

pyrocatechin. Eder^ J, M,, dk Valenta, E,

Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 517-.
— . Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898)

249-.

— and para-phenylenediamine. Eder, J, M,
Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 309-.

resorcinol. Eder, J, M., dt T6th, V,

Wien Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 191-.

pyro-developer, acid in. Lainer, A, Wien
Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 209-.

— with metabisulphite. Eder, J. M. Wien
Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 485-.

pyrogallol and sodium sulphite without alkali,
developing power as compared with amidol.
Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 118-.

pyrogallol, studies. Lieiegang, R, E, Wien

Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 343-.
rapid, experiments with. Lainer^ A. Wien

Pht. Cor. 34 (1897) 223-, 321.
segregation phenomena in turbid liquids on

standing. QuSbhard, A. Par. S. Ps. 8^.

(1897) 107-.
with sodium biterbonate. Just, E. A, Wien

Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 214-.

Fixer, anmionium sulphide as. Pohl, J, J,

Erdm. J. Pr. C. 56 (1852) 226-.
Fixing bath, acid. Lainer, A. Wien Pht.

Cor. 26 (1889) 171-.

— of photographs. Kobell, F, von, dt Steinheil,
— . Munch. Gelehrte Az. 9 (1839) 17-.

. Fizeau, H. L. (vi Adds,) C. R. 11

(1841) 237-.
Glass, red and yellow, employment. Gaudin,

A. [1853] Pht. S. J. 1 (1854) 123-.
Gold solution. Fardos, M, J., dt O&U, A,

C. R. 17 (1843) 629-.
Hydrogen peroxide. Andresen, If. Wien Pht.

Cor. 36 (1899) 260-.
Iron salts, action in production of photographic

positives. ZdUner, F, Pogg. A. 110 (1860)

153-.
Lead compounds, use. Schnauu, J, Pht.

Arch. 2 (1861) 26-, 45-.
Potassium bichromate. BoUnuxnn, F, Phi.

Mh. 1 (1862) 3-.
Pyroxylin, preparation. Hardwich, T, F.

[1857] Pht. S. J. 4 (1858) 17-, 36-.
— , — for collodion. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 24 (1887) 97-. 240-.

SenaitUert.

alizarin blue. WaterhoiLse, (Coi.) J. Phot. J.
13 (1889) 81-.

— — bisulphite for silver bromide plates,
Eberhard, G. Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895)
375-; 33(1896)373-.

bromine. Fizeau, H. L. Bb. Un. 34 (1841)

181-.
chlorine, bromine and compounds, application

to iodised silver plate. T., C. J. Sturgeon

A. Electr. 10 (1843) 131-.
chlorocyanine as sensitiser to red. EdLer, J. M.

Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1891) 313-.
coal-tar colours, action on gelatino-bromide

plates. VaUnta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 84

(1897) 129-, 185-.

— — , — — silver-bromide-collodion j^atee.
Valenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897)
34^.

for silver-bromide. Valenta, E, Wien

Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 336- ; 87 (1900) 99-.
colour-, Bengal red as. HUbl, A» {Frhr,) van,

Wien Pht. Cor. 30 (1893) 216-.
— , for gelatino-bromide plates. Ruh, P. Wien

Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 243-.
— , screening action. HUbl, A, (Frhr.) von,

Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1896) 549-.
cyanine-solutions for gelatine plates. Hinter-

berger, H, Wien Pht. Cor. 38 (1896) 131-.
dyes, action. Eder, J. M. Wien Pht. Cor.

23 (1886) 225-.

458

4225 Sensitisers

dyes, action on gelatino-bromide plates.

Bothamley, C. H. B. A. Bp. (1895) 661-.
— , . Eberhard, O, Wien Pht.

Cor. 33 (1896) 116-, 202; 86 (1899) 81-,

142-.
— , silver bromide, and their absorption.

Vagel, H. W. A. Ps. C. 26 (1886) 527-.

— etc. , action on silver haloids. Schiendl, C.
Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 263-.

— for orthoohromatio plates. Eder, — . Wien
Pht. Cor. 21 (1884) 280.

— , theory of increased sensitiveness. Sehiendl,
C. [1885] Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 1-.

for gelatino-bromide plates. Eder, J. Af., dt
Valenta, E, Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894) 227-.

glycyrrhizin in exciting bath. Hardtnchf T. F.
[1857] Pht. S. J. 4 (1858) 5-.

— — negative collodion. Hardwich, T, F.
Pht. S. J. 3 (1867) 296-.

iodides. Hunt, R, Ph. Mg. 17 (1840) 202-,

260-.
iodine and bromine, inflaence on gradations

of tone. Ham, W. Dingier 133 (1864)

429-.

— chloride. Heeren F. Pol. Mt. 2 (1846)
136-.

— , influence in rendering silver componnds

sensitive to light. Hunt, JR. Phil. Trans.

(1840) 326-.
^ salts. Bossardy F, A. Pht. Arch. 3 (1862)

29-, 62-.
oxamine-colooring substances. VaUnta, E.

Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 198, 314-.
pyroxylin and iodising salts, sensitiveness of

collodion with different amounts. Zettnow,

E, A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 485-.
saccharins for gelatino-bromide plates. VaUnta^

E. Wien Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 30-.
silver nitrate bath. Fenton, R, [1863] Pht.

S. J. 1 (1854) 133-.
spectrophotometric investigation. MeMterschmitt,

J. B. A. Ps. C. 25 (1886) 666-.

Thio-carbamide and electric currents, positives
obtained by. Waterhouse, (Col,) J. Beng.
As. S. P. (1891) 66-.

Uranium nitrate. Hagen, O. Berl. Mb. (1868)
290-.

— salts. Wortley, (Cot,) 8. B. A. Bp. 42
(1872) (Sect.) 46-.

Xylonite. Spill, D. Phm. J. 1 (1871) 666-.

Photographic efficiency of optical apparatus.

Seidel, L. Miinch. Sb. 2 (1861) 290-.
— extinction. OppoUer, E, von, Wien Ak.

Sb. 107 (1898) {Ab, 2a) 1477-.

PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGES,

[Maskelyne, — , Hadow, — ,] Hardwich, T. F„

[db Llewelyn, —], (yiAdd».) B.A.Bp. (1859)

103-.
Cunningham, {Lt,) A, (vn) B. E, Pp. 11

(1862) 169-.
Abney, (Capt,) W. de W. Phot. J. 9 (1886)

128-.

Photographic Images 4225

MMola, R. [1890] B. I. P. 13 (1893) 134-.
action of ammonium persulphate. LumXtre,
— , (t Seyewetz, — . Wien Pht. Cor. 86

(1898) 466-.

composition. Hardwich, T, F, [1866] Pht.

S. J. 3 (1867) 20-, 77-.
— . SpilUr, J, Ph. Mg. 19 (1860) 186-.
— . MaUme, T, A, [1862] Pht. 8. J. 8 (1864)

179-.
at focus of camera obscura, method of rendering

permanent. Talbot, W. H. F, Bb. It. 93

(1838) 132-.
formation. Angot, A. As. Fr. C. B. 6 (1877)

333-.
— . Lermantov, V, F. (xn) Bs. C. Ps. S. J.

9 (P«.) (1877) [Pt. 1] 296- ; (x) J. de Ps.

6 (1877) 376-.
—, theory. Oolfier-Besseyre, ^, C.B. 9(1839)

378-.
latent. Vogd, H. [IF. non] C, D. C. Gs. B. 4

(1871) 825-.
— , development. Hardwich, T, F. [1866]

Pht. S. J. 2 (1856) 211-.
— , — • Lea, M. C. Am. J. Sc. 14 (1877) 49- ;

19 (1880) 480-.
— , and development. Hurter, F,, db Driffield,

V. C. Phot. J. 22 (1898) 145-, 186-, 277-,

360-.
_, . Bothamley, C, H, Phot. J. 23

(1899) 123-.

— , — £der*s experiment. Luther, R, Wien

Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 684-.
— , of exposed plate, change in. Perrine,

C, D, As. S. Pac. Pb. 7 (1896) 76.
— , , . Hutiey, W, J. As. S.

Pac. Pb. 7 (1896) 102.
— , nature. Lea, M, C, Am. J. Sc. 40 (1866)

109-.
— , organic and inorganic, development before

and after fixing. Sterry, J, Phot. J. 22

(1898) 264-.
— , permanence on gelatino-bromide plates.

Bothamley, C. H, Phot. J. 18 (1894) 226-.
process for iodising plates. Lereboun, — .

C. B. 12 (1841) 1059-.
• Gaudin, A. 0, B. 12 (1841)

1187-.
pseudo-solarisation. Lieugang, R, E, Wien

Pht. Cor. 32 (1896) 666-.
reciprocity-law for gelatino-silver-bromide, de-
viations from. SchwarzschUd, K, Wien

Pht. Cor. 36 (1899) 109-.
reversal. Abney, {Capt,) W, de W, [1880-971

Ph. Mg. 10 (1880) 200- ; Nt. 67 (1897-98)

168.
reversed action of light. Sidebotham^ J,

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 6 (1867) 114-.
sizes and proportion. Claudet, A, [1861]

Pht. S. J. 7 (1862) 133-.
undeveloped, destruction. Abney, (Capt,) W.

de W, Ph. Mg. 6 (1878) 61-.
variability. Schnauet, J, C, Lpldina. 16 (1879)

87-.

459

4225 Photognphic Processes

PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES.

Enzmann, C, Erdm. J. Pr. C. 18 (1889) 179.
Hertchel, {Sir) J. F. W. Phil. Trana. (1840)

Otann, G. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 20 (1840) 369-.
Charming, W. F. Silliman J. 43 (1842) 73-.
Sella, V. G. N. Cim. 6 (1857) 333-.
M'Craw, W, B. A. Rp. (1858) {pt. 2) 18-.
Poitevin, A. B^p. C. Appl. 3 (1861) 114-.
Ahney, (Capt.) W. de W. Nt. 14 (1876) 239-,

255-.
Righi, A, N. Cim. 16 (1876) 84-.
HUbl, A, {Frhr.) von. Wien Pht. Cor. 27

(1890) 378-.
Albamen process on glass. MayaU, J, E,

[1855] Pht. S. J. 2 (1856) 104-.

— and tannin, surface parity of films, and
application in photography. Schultz-Seliack,
C. A. Ps. C. 143 (1871) 171-.

Amphitype. Henekd, (Sir) J. F, W, B. A.

Bp. (1844) {pt. 2) 12-.
— , instantaneous images. Talbot, W. H, F.

C. B. 33 (1851) 623-.
Aniline process. Weisienberger, W. Wien

Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 463-.
Asphalt process. Husmk, J, Wien Pht. Cor.

22 (1885) 123-.
Bromme, substitution for iodine. Her$chd,

(Sir) J, F, W. [1853] Pht. S. J. 1 (1854)

70.

Collodion.

albuminised. Ward, W. S. B. A. Bp. (1856)

{pt. 2) 68-.
dry. MayaU, J. E. [1855] Pht. S. J. 2

(1856) 162-.
— . Dupuia, — . Moigno Cosmos 9 (*1856)

566-.

— (Dupuis process). Brewster, {Sir) D. [1857]
Pht. S. J. 4 (1858) 88.

— . NeUon, A. Dubl. B. S. J. 2 (1858-59)

295-.
— . Aguiar, A. A. d\ Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 1

(1868) 271-.
— , equal in sensitiveness to wet. Boivin, E.

Brux. BU. Pht. 16 (1877) 59-.
— , different processes. Hannot, {le capit.) A,

Brux. BU. Pht. 18 (1879) 1-, 18-.
— , silver bromide, photographic action to rays of

solar light of different refrangibility. Amory,

R. [1877] Am. Ac. P. 13 (1878) 171-.
iodisation. Eder, J, if. Wien Pht. Cor. 13

(1876) 83-.
iodised, decomposition by keeping. Hardwich,

T. F. [1856] Pht. S. J. 3 (1857) 182-.
laws. Schnauss, J. Dingier 140 (1856) 45-.
manipulation of collodion plates to ensure

greatest sensitiveness. Schnatut, J. Pht.

Arch. 1 (1860) 5-, 18-, 60-.
and paper processes, chemical principles in.

Edwards, J. B. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 9

(1854-55) 16-.
photographs engraved by hydrofluoric acid gas.

Pooley, C. B. A. Bp. (1856) {pt. 2) 58.
quality and proportions of materials required.

Hadow, E. A. Pht. 8. J. 1 (1854) 178-, 190-.

Daguerreotype 4225

transformation (miorophotographic studies).

Girard^J. C. B. 82 (1876) 736-.
use. Bingham, J. C. B. 34 (1852) 725-.

— of potassium cyanide for direct positives on.
Gaudin, A. [1853] Pht. S. J. 1 (1854)
108-.

wet. Borlinetto, L., dt Zantedeschi, — . Wien

SB. 18 (1855) 365-.
— , for reproduction of plans, etc. Hannot,

{U capit.) A. Brux. BU. Pht. 16 (1877) 121-,

153- ; 17 (1878) 2-, 23-.

Daguerreotype.

(Fixing images of camera obscura.) Daguerre,

L. J. M. C. B. 8 (1839) 4-.
Arago, D. F. J. C. B. 9 (1839) 250-.
Biot, J. B. J. Sav. (1839) 173-, 198-.
Petzholdt, A. Erdm. J. Pr. C. 18 (1839)

111-.
Poggendor^, J. C. Pogg. A. 48 (1839) 193-.
RobUon, {Sir) J. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 27 (1889)

155-.
(Daguerre*s photogenic process.) Talbot,

W. H. F. B. A. Bp. (1839) {pt. 2) S-.
Amm. (VI 200) Bb. It. 95 (1839) 25e-.
Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 17 (^1840) 217-.
FySe, A. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 28 (1840) 205-.
HamA, J. St. P^t. Ac. Sc. BU. 6 (1840) 817-.
i/LeOoni, M. O. Arcad. 82 (1840) 1-.
Berres, — . Dingier 81 (1841) 149-.
Draper, J. W. Sturgeon A. Electr. 6 (1841)

503-.
(HeUography.) Pfau-Schellenberg, J. G. Sch.

Gs. Vh. (1842) 75-.
Knorr, E. Pogg. A. 65 (1845) 30-.
acceleration. Choiselat, C, dt Ratel, — . C.

B. 17 (1843) 173-.
applications. Goode, W. H. SiUiman J. 40

(1841) 137-.
without camera. Mascher, J. F. Franklin I.

J. 29 (1865) 344-, 369-.
correct focus for. Towson, J. T. Ph. Mg. 15

(1839) 381-.

— light and shade, method of obtaining. BeU
field-Lefhvre, — , d Foueault, L. A. C. 19
(1847) 125-.

by electric light. Goode, W. H., dt Silliman,

B. {jun.) SiUiman J. 43 (1842) 185-.
. Silliman, B. {jun.) SiUiman J. 11

(1851) 417-.
fixmg of microscopic pictures. Sigmund, C.

(vm) Bpm. Phm. 71 (1840) 124-.
images. Rovere, V. della. Bm. Cor. So. 2

(1853) 193-.
improvement. Barnard, F. A. P. SiUiman

J. 41 (1841) 352-.
— . Bingham, J. Ph. Mg. 29 (1846) 287-.
— . Barnard, F. A. P. SUUman J. 16 (1858)

348-.
landscape and miniature portraits, action of

Ught in. Davidson, T. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 30

(1841) 178-.
mercury vapour, precautions. Claudet, A, B.

A. Bp. (1851) {pt. 2) 44-; Pht. S. J. 1 (1854)

117-.
multiplication of pictures. Berres, — . Lieb.

A. 36 (1840) 337-.

460

4225 Daguemotype

multiplication of pictures by tithonotype.

Drajper, J. W. (vi Adds,) Ph. Mg. 22

(1843) 365-.
phenomena. Choiselat, C.^ <t Rately — . Par.

S. Phlm. PV. (1842) 111-; C. B. 16 (1843)

1436-.
— . Shaw, G, (VI Adds.) Ph. Mg. 26 (1844)

445-; (v) Majoochi A. Fis. C. 24 (1846)

239-.
— . Claudet, A, B. A. Bp. (1849) {pt, 2)

35-.
and photography. Balda, (^o/.) — . Ziva

(1854) 14-, 36-.
plates, action of iodine. Siguier ^ A. C. B.

10 (1840) 10-.
— , rays of solar spectrum. Herschel^

(Sir) J, F. W. Ph. Mg. 22 (1843) 120-.
— , red rays. Fizeau, H. L,,dt FoucatUt,

L. C. B. 23 (1846) 679-.
— , (Fizeau & Foucault). Bee-

querel, E. C. B. 23 (1846) 800-.
— , electrotypes from. Strehlke, F, Pogg. A.

60 (1843) 144-.
— , electrotyping. CoUen, H, [1841] L. Electr.

S. P. (1843) 49-.
— , etching. LetUom, W, Q. L. Electr. S. P.

(1843) 257-.

— , — , voltaic process. Grove, W. R, [1841]

L. Electr. S. P. (1843) 94-.
— , photometric properly. Pouilletf C, S, M.

C. B. 35 (1852) 373-.
— , sensitising. Belfield-Leftvre, — , dt Foucault,

L. A. C. 9 (1843) 607-.
— , — (Belfield-Lef ^vre & Foucault). Choiselat,

C, dt Rateh — . C. B. 17 (1843) 605-.
— , silver halide, action of red, orange and

yellow rays. Claudet, A. B. A. Bp. (1848)

{pt. 2) 50.
— , — , iodine film for. Ascherson, F, M,

Pogg. A. 48 (1839) 509-.
— , — , polishing for photography. Daguerre,

L, J. M. A. C. 7 (1843) 374-.
— , — , sensitive film. Choiselat, C, db Ratel,

— . C. B. 17 (1843) 1070-.
— , — , . Daguerre, L. J, M. A. C. 11

(1844) 188-.

portraits of large size, difficulty of obtaining.

Breton [de Champl P. C. B. 39 (1854) 1174-.
printing surface obtained from. Berres, — •

(VI Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis. C. 1 (1841)

106-.
production. Grilely C. A, Dingier 89 (1843)

423-.
rectilinear panoramic. Peuvion, — • Lille

Mm. S. (1850) 5-.
different stages. Donni, A. G. B. 9 (1839)

376-.
substitute for sodium hyposulphite in. Ber-

toncelli, G. (vi Adds,) Majocchi A. Fis. C.

3 (1841) 58-.
teachings. Waterhouset (Mo;. -Gen.) J. [1899]

Phot. J. 24 (1900) 60-.
theory, new. Ryan, — . Sturgeon A. Electr.

9 (1842) 53-.
and Voigtlander's camera obsoura. Reindl, J,

Dingier 86 (1842) 128-.

Photographic Processes 4225

Developing and reducing power. Bogiseh, A.

Wien Pht. Cor. 37 (1900) 89-, 272-.
Development. Schnauss, J, C, Lpldina. 12'

(1876) 47-, 62-.
— , physics and chemistiy of. Boku, T, Phot.

J. 19 (1895) 232-.
— , silver-gola printing by. Farmer, E, H,, dt

Tompkins, H, K, Phot. J. 12 (1888) 94-.
— , theory. Liesegang, R, E, Wien Pht.

Ck)r. 35 (1898) 291-.
— , — . Andresen, M, Wien Pht. Cor. 35

(1898) 445-.
Dormant pictures capable of development by

breath, production. Herschel, (Sir) J. F, W.

B. A. Bp. (1843) (pt, 2) 8.
Energiatype. Hunt, R, Chemist 5 (1844)

344-.
Gelatin. Poitevin, A, C. B. 30 (1850) 647-;

32 (1851) 927-.
— , brominated. Harmot, (le capit,) A, Bruz.

BU. Pht. 20 (1881) 45-.
— , silver bromide. Chardon, A, Wien Pht.

Cor. 16 (1879) 118-.
— , . Monckhoven, D. van, Wien Pht.

Cor. 16 (1879) 197-.
— , — — , errors. Eder, J, M. Wien Pht.

Cor. 17 (1880) 52-.
— , , preparation. Monckhoven, D, van,

Brux. Bll. Pht. 18 (1879) 102-.
— , , use of potassium bichromate. Eder,

J. M., d- Pizzighelli, G, Wien Pht. Cor. 18

(1881) 43-.
Gum-iron processes. Eder, J, M, Dingier 242

(1881) 222-.
Images on silver plate, new process. NUpce

de Saint-Victor, A, C. B. 31 (1850) 491-.
Intensification, experiments on new methods.

Scolik, C, Wien Pht. Cor. 21 (1884) 265-.
— , optical efifeots. Jones, C, Phot. J. 21

(1897) 233-.
Intensifying and colouring of carbon photo-
graphs. Stefanowski, C. (Ritter) von, Wien

Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 77-.
(Stefanowski). Eder, J. M,

Wien Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 115-.

— with lead. Wartha, V. Wien Pht. Cor.
14 (1877) 154-.

. Eder, J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 14

(1877) 172-.
, new method. Eder, J.M., db T6th,

V. Wien Pht. Cor. 13 (1876) 10-, 206-,

221-.
platinum chloride. Eder, J.M.^dt T6th,

V. Wien Pht. Cor. 12 (1875) 237-.
Metagelatin process. Lyte, F. M. Pht. S. J.

8 (•1857) 223-, 253-, 287-.
, Lyte»s. Fetherston, S, R. Pht. S. J. 8

(1857) 308-.
Photographing the invisible. Volkmer, 0, Wien

Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 137-.

— with monochromatic light. Abney, (Capt,)
W, de W. [1896] B. S. P. 60 (1897) 13-.

Phot<)graphy on enamel. Duchemin, 6, C. B.

68 (1869) 88-.
glass. NUpce de Saint-Victor, A, C.

B. 26 (1848) 637-.
. GroU, A. Wien SB. (1850) (Ab. 2)

347-.

461

4225 Photography on Paper

Photography on glass. NiSpce de Saint- Victor,

A. C. B. 30 (1850) 709- ; 81 (1850) 245-.
. Le Moyne, J. R. C. R. 38 (1851)

305-.

— — — , method for obtaining positives.
Martin, Ad. C. B. 85 (1852) 29-.

, use of starch paste. Martin, An,

Wien SB. (1850) (pt. 2) 221.

— of objects in relief and vice vena. Mouseard,

E. C. B. 123 (1896) 105.

Photography on Paper.

Blanquart-^vrard, ~. A. C. 20 (1847)

100-.
Saguez, G. C. B. 25 (1847) 632-.
MarHn, An. Wien SB. (1848) 55&-.
Blanquart-J&vrard, — . C. B. 29 (1849) 215- ;

30 (1850) 663-, 779.
Boutigues, F. C. B. 31 (1850) 726-.
Bayard, H. C. B. 32 (1851) 552-.
Blanquart'Evrard, — . C. B. 32 (1851) 555-,

639-.
Loo, D. J, S. van. Batav. Ntk. Ts. 28 (1865)

361-.
Preparation of negative paper. Legray, 0»

C. B. 33 (1851) 643-.
paper. Ponton, M, Edinb. N. Ph. J.

27 (1839) 169-.
Process for reproduction of engravings and

drawings. Becquerel, E. G. B. 10 (1840)

469-.
Taibotype (photogenic drawing). Talbot, W.

H. F. Ph. Mg. 14 (1839) 196- ; B. S. P. 4

(1839) 124-.
— . Btot, J. B. C. B. 10 (1840) 483-.

— (question of priority). Bayard, H, C. B.
12 (1841) 305-.

— . Talbot, W. H. F. Ph. Mg. 19 (1841)

88-.
^. CundeU, G. S. Ph. Mg. 24 (1844)

821-.
— , collodion. Rodger, T, Edinb. T. Sc. S.

Arts 4 (1856) 292-.
^, improvements. Lutze, O. Dingier 119

(1851) 434-.
— , positive. Brewster, {Sir) D. B. A. Bp.

(1845) {pt, 2) 10-.
— , sensitive paper. Biot, J, B. G. B. 8 (1839)

246-, 410-.
— , . Talbot, W, H, F. B. S. P. 4 (1839)

134.
— , , preparation. Talbot, W, H, F. G.

B. 12 (1841) 1056-.

— , simple method of manipulation. Gray,
J. J, Beng. J. As. S. 24 (1855) 287-.

— , sun pictures by. Kilbum, D, T. [1853]
V. Diem. B. S. Pp. 2 (1852-54) 446-.

Photo- lithographic process. Ramsay, A. C.

B. A. Bp. (1856) (pt, 2) 69-.
Positive photography. Nipher, F, E, St.

Louis Ac. T. 10 (1900) Ixiv-.

— — , especially for eclipse work. Nipher,

F, E. St. Louis Ac. T. 10 (1900) 209-.

Printing Processes 4225

Printing Processes.

Marti, A. de. (vm) Amhem Ntk. 7 (1851)

109-.
Oppenheim, A. Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 308-.
Reynolds, J. E, (vm) C. N. 4 (1861) 304.
Benecke, B. Kdnigsb. SB. 10 (1869) 4-.
Landois, H. Bonn Gor.-Bl. NH. Vr. (1871)

42-.
Angerer, C, Wien Pht. Gor. 22 (1885) 448-.
Bolas, T. Nt. 58 (1898) 204-.
Anthrakotype. PizzigheUi, G. Wien Pht.

Gor. 17 (1880) 236-, 251-.
Apparatus for measuring light reflected from

prints. Jones, C. [1896] Phot. J. 21 (1897)

70-.
Autotype. Sawyer, J, R, Brux. Bll. Pht. 14

(1875) 95-.
— . Schrank, L. Wien Pht. Gor. 26 (1889)

89-.
— , theory. Fruhwirth, A, Wien Pht. Cor.

36 (1899) 429-.
Garbon dia-positive. Stefanowski, C. (Ritter)

von, Wien Pht. Gor. 14 (1877) 128-.
Gatalysotype. Woods, T, Ir. Ac. P. 3 (1847)

89-.
Ghemistry of printing. Hardwich, T. F. [1854]

Pht. S. J. 2 (1856) 35-, 60-.
Ghromo-cyanotype. Hunt, R, Ph. Mg. 24

(1844) 435-.
Ghromotype. Hunt, R, B. A. Bp. (1843)

(pt. 2) 34-.
Glouds and artistic effects, introduction.

Vivian, E. B. A. Bp. (1856) (pt. 2) 18-.
Diazotype, photographic ayeing and printing.

Carbutt, J. Franklin I. J. 131 (1891) 484-.

— process. Andresen, M, Wien Pht. Cor. 82
(1895) 284-, 372.

Direct printing of glass negatives applied to

linear reproduction. Brcmd, H. Wien Pht.

Gor. 15 (1878) 8-.
Electrographic printing. Pinaud, A, C. B.

17 (1843) 761- ; Toul. Mm. Ac. 1 (1844) 146-.
Electrolysotype. Woods, T. B. A. Bp. (1844)

(pt, 2) 36-.
Fading of prints. Hardwich, T. F. [1855-^6]

Pht. S. J. 2 (1856) 268-, 304- ; 3 (1857) 12-.

39-.
Lea, M. C, Am. J. Sc. 37 (1864)

438-.

. Spiller, J, Phot. J. 8 (1884) 112-.

Gold salts, use. Hardwich, T, F. [1855] Pht.

S. J. 2 (1856) 145-.
Heliographic printing. Courtenay, R. H.

Cornwall Pol. S. Bp. 38 (1870) 69.
Heliography. [Discovery before 1827.] NiSpce,

J. N, Bv. Sc. 15 (1847) 18-.

— on marble and litnographic stone. NiSpce
de Saint-Victor, A. G. B. 43 (1856) 874-,
912-.

— , new processes. Gourdon, C, As. Fr. C.

B. 2 (1873) 302- ; G. B. 76 (1873) 1260-.

— on steel. Ni€pce de Saint-Victor, A, C. B.
36 (1853) 908- ; 40 (1855) 584-; 41 (1855)
549-.

— and glass. Niipce de Saint- Victor, A .

C, B. 39 (1854) 618-.

462

4225

Printing Processes

4225

Heliography on steel plate, varnish. Niipee de
Saint- Victor, A. C. R. 37 (1863) 867-.

Heliogravare. Mcuchek, R, Wien Pht. Cor.
27 (1890) 245-.

HeUotype. Pohl, J. J. Wien SB. 22 (1856)
291-.

Iron salts, use. Pizzighellit G, Wien Pht.
Cor. 18 (1881) 69-, 85-.

*' Light printing" (photographic press-repro-
duction). Albert, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 24
(1887) 69-.

. Beyersdarff, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 28

(1891) 410-.

Manganese salts, processes with. Lumi^re, A.,

dt Lumibre, L. Stockh. Ofv. (1892) 287-,

293-.
, (Lumi^re A Lumidre). Bayley, R,

C. [1893] Phot. J. 18 (1894) 130-.
Paper, albumen, and use of albumen in pho-
tography. Schnatus, J. C. Wien Pht. Cor.

11 (1874) 145-, 167-, 216-.
— , albumenised. P^jo, — . Moigno Cosmos

18 (1861) 69a-, 623-.
— , bromide, Eastman's. Lloyd, J, A. D.

[1887] Madras J. (1887-88) 146-.
— , improved preparation. Brooke, C. B. A.

Bp. (1849) (pt, 2) 34-.
^-, positive. Cro8, C, dt Vergeraud, A. Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1883) 37-.
— , — , preservation. Ldborde, (Vabb4) — .

Moigno Cosmos 13 (1858) 149-.
— , — , for reproduction of engravings.

Lassaigne, J, L, C. B. 8 (1839) 547.
— , pure, sensitiveness to light. Liesegang,

R. E, Wien Pht. Cor. 32 (1895) 333-; 83

(1896) 53-.
— , silver chloride collodion on. Eder, J, M,

Wien Pht. Cor. 26 (1889) 45-.
— , emulsion-, Just's. Helf, M, Wien

Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 2-.
Photo-callographic printing. Waterhause,

{Capt,) J. Beng. As. S. P. (1871) 239-.
Photo-engraving by etching and eleotrotyping.

Perger, A. von, Wien SB. 24 (1867) 76-.
— , galvanography. PreUch, P. [1866] Pht.

S. J. 3 (1857) 68-.
— , process. Fizeau, H. L, Arch, de PElectr.

6 (1844) 499-.

— processes in United States. Suverkrop, J. P.
[1883] Sc. S. Arts T. 11 (♦1887) 70-.

— on steel. Talbot, W, H. F, C. B. 36 (1853)
780-.

Photogenic drawing. SchafhSutl [PeUieov], C.
E. B. A. Bp. (1840) {pt. 2) 71-.

— images and bas-reliefs of electrotypes.
Passerini, C, (xn) Firenze Ac. Georg. At.
18 (1840) 171-.

Photographic drawings. Guarini, O, Nap.
Bd. 2 (1843) 423.

— reproduction by reflected light Boudet de
Pans, M. C. B. 102 (1886) 822-; Par. S.
Ps. S^. (1886) 118-.

Photogravure, use of gratings ruled in squares.

Firy, C. C. B. 120 (1896) 720-.
Photolithographic or photozinoographic prints.

Hannot, {le capit.) A. Brux. Bll. Pht. 17

(1878) 73-.

Photomechanical process, etc. Tischler, 0,

KOnigsb. Schr. 24 (1884) {Sb,) 27-.
, theory of screen in. DeviUe, E, Cn.

B. S. P. <S; T. 1 (1895) {Sect. S) 29-.

— reproduction, photolithograpny and helio-
gravure, methods. Volkmer, O. Wien Pht.
Cor. 21 (1884) 1-.

• * Phototype. ' ' A Ibert, A . Wien Pht Cor. 24

(1887) 59-.
Platinotype. WUlu, W. Phot. J. 15 (1891)

123-.
— , absorption of colouring matter by platinum.

Paekham, J. Phot J. 19 (1895) 157-, 356-.

— deposits. Abney, {Capt.) W. de W. Phot. J.
12 (1888) 165-.

— , improved. WUIU, W. Phot J. 12 (1888)

101-.
Platinum printing. Putz, M. Wien Pht. Cor.

27 (1890) 163-, 217-.
. Lainer, A. Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894)

518-, 666-.
. Uiibl, A. (Frhr.) von. Wien Pht

Cor. 31 (1894) 653-.
, direct. Pizzighelli, G. Wien Pht. Cor.

24 (1887) 409- ; 26 (1888) 1-.

— prmts, changes in. Jones, C. Phot. J. 19
(1896) 262-.

, mtensification. Wall, E, J, Phot. J.

18 (1894) 184-.
, — . Dollond, A. W. Phot. J. 18 (1894)

189-.
Positive prints (chemistry). Davanne, A., dt

Girard,A. [1855] Pht.S. J. 2(1856) 201-.
(formation). Girard, A.,db t>avanne. A,

C. B. 68 (1864) 634-, 699-.

, direct. Hannot, {le capit.) A. Brux.

Bll. Pht. 17 (1878) 60-.

with uranium oxide. P., E. t. Pht.

Arch. 1 (1860) 31-, 49-, 76-.

Prussian blue prmts. Biechoff, H. Laus. Bll.
S. Vd. 6 (1867) 403-.

Bed, green, violet and blue prints. Niipce de
Saint-Victor, A. C. B. 48 (1859) 740-.

Beproduction of engravings, etc., by photo-
graphy. Niipce de Saint-Victor, A. C. B*
36 (1863) 581.

Salting, sensitising, toning and fixing baths,
with specimen formulas. Burnett, C. J.
(VI Adds.) Pht. S. J. 6 (1869) 227-, 312-.

Siemens' s regenerative gas-burners, experi-
ments with. Volkmer, O. Wien Pht. Cor.
18 (1881) 5-.

Silver chloride prints, toning. Schnatus, J.
Pht. Arch. 2 (1861) 6-.

' prints. J>unmore,E. Phot. J. 8 (1884) 142-.

— salts, printing without. ZdUner, F. [1860]
Berl. Pol. Gs. Vh. 22 (1861) 44-.

, . Poitevin, L. A. A. C. 10 (1877)

625-.
Typographic reproduction of photographs.

Marey, i. J. C. B. 95 (1882) 583-.
Water colours, printing in. Htunik, J, Wien
Pht. Cor. 13 (1876) 278-.

Sodium and potassium nitroprussides, use.
Brackenridge, B, M. Dingier 168 (1860)
121-.

463

4225

Photography

4225

Theory. Monckhoven, D. van, [1868] Pht. S.

J. 8 (1864) 224-.
Wax-paper process used in photo-meteoro-

graphio registrations, Badcliffe Observatory.

Crooket, W, SUUman J. 22 (1856) 159-.
Wothly*s method. Marquart, L, C. Bheinl.

Westphal. Sb. 18 (1861) 102-.

Photographic revolver, form. Jansten, P. J, C,

C. B. 94 (1882) 909-.
Photographs. Sehwabe, H, Anhalt Yh. Nt.

Vr. 3 (1844) 9-.

— (supposed) by Boulton and Watt. Side-
hotham, J, Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 5 (1866)
160-.

^ of fluorescent substances. Oladstane, J. H,
B. A. Bp. (1859) {pt. 2) 69.

PHOTOGBAPHY.

Fyfe, A. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 27 (1839) 144-.
Herschel, (Sir) J. F. W, B. S. P. 4 (1839)

131-.
Grove, W, R. B. A. Bp. (1844) (pt. 2)

37—.
Martin, An, Wien SB. (1850) 11-.
Chevretd, Af. E. 0. B. 39 (1854) 391-.
Hlanwetz, H, Dingier 133 (1854) 118-.
Moigno, F. B. A. Bp. (1857) (pt, 2) 53-.
PreUch, P. [1858] Pht. S. J^ 5 (1859) 89-,

61-, 109-, 132-.
Davanne, A. Brux. BU. Pht. 14 (1875) 10-,

26-, 43-.
Angot, A. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1877) 101-.
bearings on chemical philosophy. Maskelifne,

N. S. B. A. Bp. (1847) {pt. 2) 56-.
development. Hdrtwig, — . Magdeb. Nt. Vr.

Jbr. u. Ab. (1890) 19-.

— and improvement. Gottheil, — . Kdnigsb.
Schr. 30 (1890) (Sb,) 42-.

and 'graphic arts, progress. Volkmer, 0, Wien

Pht. Cor. 25 (1888) 279-, 323-; 26 (1889)

357-, 405-.
historical and general account. Peebles, D. B.

Sc. S. Arts T. 11 (1887) 255-.
history. Talbot, W. H, F. Ph. Mg. 22 (1843)

94-.
— , processes and theory. Moigno, F. Bv. Sc.

14 (1847) 231-, 321- ; 15 (1847) 5-.
improvements. Talbot, W. H. F, B. S. P.

4 (1841) 312-.
— . Burinskij, E, St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 4

(1896) 315-.
invention. Chevrevl, M. E. J. Sav. (1873)

65-, 277-.
inventions and applications. Davanne, A. A.

Ck)ns. Arts et M^t. 4 (1892) 32-.
discoveries. Brewster, (Sir) D. Pht. S.

J. 7 (1862) 183.
lectures. Malone, T. A, [1856] Pht. S. J. 8

(1857) 136-, 158-, 203-.
phenomena. Brooke, C, B. A. Bp. (1847)

(pt. 2) 48.
physics in. Abney, (Capt,) W. de W. Nt. 18

(1878) 489-, 528-, 543-.
. Buguet, A. A. Cons. Arts et M^t 4

(1892) 495-.

progress. Hitchcock, JR. N. T. Ao. T. 1

(1881-82) 176-.
— . Burrows, S. Brighton NH. S. Bp. (1887)

23—.
— . Volkmer, 0. Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887)

817-, 860.
— . Ives, F. E. Franklin I. J. 125 (1888)

845-.

— (a year's). Schmidt, F. von. Wien Pht.
Cor. 29 (1892) 589-, 596-.

— . J„ C, Nt. 61 (1899-1900) 416-.

report on researches of Ni^pce de Saint-Victor.

Chevretd, M. E. C. B. 25 (1847) 785-.
Bussell's contributions. Meldola, JR. [1888]

Essex Ntlist. 8 (1889) 117-.
and technical reprcnduction, progress. Volkmer,

O. Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1886) 427-.
theory. Schnauss, J, Dingier 146 (1857)

189- .
— . Vogel, H. Pogg. A. 119 (1868) 496-.
— , electrical. Johnstone, — • [1863] Pht.

S. J. 8 (1864) 288-.

— and practice. Eder, J. M, Wien Pht. Cor.
23 (1886) 257-, 819-, 861-.

. Laussedat, (col,) A. A. Cons. Arts

et M^t. 4 (1892) 23-.

PLATES.

action of diffuse light during exposure. Him^
ley, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 606-.

gases and metals. Lengyel, B. Mth.

Termt. :^ts. 6 (1898) 365- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung.
16 (1899) 217-.

intense luminous sources. BaiUe, J, B.,

db Firy, C, As. Fr. C. B. (1890) (Pt. 1)
167- ; Lum. Elect. 36 (1890) 501-.

vapours. Muraoka, H,, d Kasuya, M.

A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 186-.

albuminised, images on paper obtained by.

Humbert de Molard, A, C. B. 81 (1850)

208-.
— , preparation. Blanquart-Evrard, — . C.

B. 31 (1850) 865-.

azalin. MaUmann, F,, db Scolik, C. Wien

Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 881-.
— , VogePs. Eder, —, Wien Pht. Cor. 21

(1884) 279-.
celluloia films as substitute for glass. Davis,

H. S, Science 8 (1898) 168.
cyanine-ammonia bathed. MaUmann, F., db

Scolik, C. Wien Pht. Cor. 28 (1886) 330-.
dry, development. Scolik, C, Wien Pht. Cor.

21 (1884) 93-.
effect of zinc and other metals. Thomson,

J, J. [1897] Camb. Ph. S. P. 9 (1898) 372.
erythrosin and azalin. Vogel, H, iF. Wien

Pht. Cor. 23 (1886) 898-.
erythrosin silver, with excess of silver. Zettnow,

E,, db Schumann, V, Wien Pht. Cor. 26

(1889) 316-, 387-. 428-, 468-, 524-.
films. Abney, (Capt,) W. de W, Phot. J. 22

(1898) 336-.
fogged, experiments with. Gu^b/iard, A. As.

Fr. C. B. (1898) (Pt, 1) 115- ; Laus. S. Vd.

Bll. 34 (1898) 68-.
— ; photograpny of so-called human emana-
tions. Gu€bhard, A. Bv. So. 8 (1897) 625-.

464

4225 Photographic Plates

fogged ; photography of so-oalled human
emanations (Gu^bhard). Baraduc^ H. Bv.
So. 8 (1897) 752-.

— ; . Qu^hhard, A. Nt 58

(1898) 207; Bv. Sc. 9 (1898) 75-.
gelatin, development. Schmidt J. F, Wien

Pht. Cor. 22 (1885) 274-.
— , — , phosphorescence during. Eder, J. M,

Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 154-.
— , dry, manufacture. England^ J. D, Phot.

J. 17 (1893) 222-.
^ emulsion-. Schnatus, J. C. Wien Pht.

Cor. 16 (1879) 78-.
, darkening. Schnautt, J. C, Wien Pht.

Cor. 16 (1879) 233-.
— , exposed, utilisation. GlUtenH, C. [1885]

Phot. J. 10 (1886) 52-.
— , formation of scars; addition of silver

chloride and iodide to gelatino-bromide.

Wilde, F, Wien Pht. Cor. 21 (1884)

176-.
— , practical suitability. Eder, J. M. Wien

Pht. Cor. 17 (1880) 189-.
gelatino-bromide, and Bunsen-Boscoe law.

Prteht, J. D. Nf. Vh. (1897) {Th, 2,

Hdlfte 1) 135.

— with chlorophyU. Ives, F, E. Franklin I. J.
126 (1888) 479-.

— and orthochromatic. Eder, — . Wien Pht.
Cor. 21 (1884) 311.

grain of. Stoney, E. D, [1898] Phot. J. 28

(1899) 58-.

, effect of strength of developer. Carlier,

E. W. [1897] 8c. Mcr. 8. P. <fe T. 2 (1900)

149-.
iodised, action of very weak electric light*

Rood, O. N. Am. J. Sc. 37 (1864) 207-.
preparation. Reisser, C. Lieb. A. 45 (1848)

359-.
printed matter, action on. JervU-Smith, F. J,

Nt. 58 (1898) 78.
, . SwinUm, A,A.C. Nt. 58 (1898)

125.
sensitive to colour, preparation. Ohemetter, E.

8. C. In. J. 8 (1889) 725.
red, with oyanine, coerulein and nigrosine.

Eckhardt, W. Wien Pht. Cor. 34 (1897)

124-.
ultra-violet light, new. Schumann, V.

Wien Az. 29 (1892) 230-.
, preparation. Schumann, V. Wien

Ak. Sb. 102 h893) (Ah. 2a) 994-.
sensitiveness ot asphalt, new method of in-
creasing. Valenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 28

(1891) 362-.
collodion plates, preservation. Crookes,

W., d Spiller, J. Ph. Mg. 11 (1856) 334-.
(albuminised), preservation. Ward,

W. S. B. A. Bp. (1857) (pU 2\ 61.
dry plates, change. Hough, 0, W. As.

A Asps. 13 (1894) 153.

— — — — for Bdntgen ray photographs,
methods of increasing. Eder, J, M,, dt
Valenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 83 (1896)
217-.

— — gelatin plates, increase by excess of
silver nitrate. Eder, J. M,, d T6th, V,
Wien Pht. Cor. 18 (1881) 137-.

Fluorescence 4230

sensitiveness shewn by photography by light-
ning flash. HousUmr E, J. Fruiklin I. J.
121 (1886) 221-.

and the spectrum. Shepherd, E. S. [1898]
Nt. 59 (1898-99) 83-.

standard, causes of apparent alterations in
rapidity. Sterry,J. Phot. J. 19 (1895) 118-.

substitute for glass. Balagny, — . Wien Pht.
Cor. 21 (1884) 161-.

zero plate. Nipher, F, E. St. Louis Ac. T.
10 (1900) Iviu-.

, method of obtaining. Nipher, F, E,

Nt. 62 (1900) 396.

Portrait photography, electric light in. BonzeUn,

J. van, Elekttech. Z. 5 (1884) 101-.
, . Schamweber, L, Elekttech^

Z. 6 (1885) 302-.
Siemens's unit lamp for photographic lights

Abney, (Capt.) W, de W. [1884] Phot. J.

9 (1885) 26-.

4230 Phosphorescence produced by
Impact of Radiation, Heat,
Electric Discharge, etc. Fluor-
escence.

(See also 6840 ; Chemistry 7305.)

FLUORESCENCE.

(Phenomenon of colour in fluor spar.) Brewster,

(Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1838) (pt, 2) 10-.
Doyhre, M. P. L. N. C. B. 15 (1842) 176-.
Dutrochet, H. C. B. 16 (1843) 610-.
(Epipolic dispersion.) Herschd, (Sir) J. F, W.

Phil. Trans. (1845) 143-, 147-.
Salm-Horstmar, W. F. (FUnt zu). Fogg. A.

88 (1853) 175-.
Midler, (Dr.) J. [1854] Freiburg B. 1 (1858)

49- 97-.
Osann, Q. Pogg. A. 94 (1855) 640-.
Challu, J. Ph. Mg. 12 (1856) 521-.
Osann, G. [1856] Wiirzb. Vh. 7 (1857) 12&-.
Salm-Horstmar, W. F. (FUrst zu). Pogg. A. 98

(1856) 343-.
Witzschel, B. von. Schldmilch Z. 1 (1856) 160-.
Orailich, W. J. Presburg Vh. 2 (1857) (Ab.)

11-.
Quillemin, C. M. C. B. 46 (1857) 773-.
Akin, C. K. B. A. Bp. (1863) 93-; Ph. Mg.

28 (1864) 554-.
PUko, F. J. A. Ps. C. 123 (1864) 167- ; 124

(1865) 471-.
Loughlin, J. E. [1866] Am. J. Sc. 43 (1867)

239—
Hagenhach, E. Sch. Nf . Gs. Vh. 51 (1867) 65 ;

53 (1869) 83-; 54 (1871) 71-.
Goppeltrdder, F. Fresenius Z. 9 (1870) 178-.
Du Moncel, T. [A. I..] Les Mondes 25 (1871)

199-.
Lommel, E. Erlong. Sb. Ps. Md. 8. 8 (1871) 39-.
Morton, H. Franklin I. J. 62 (1871) 140-.

VOL. III.

465

OG

4230

Fluorescence

4230

Obermann, J. A. Ps. C. 143 (1871) 660.
Hagenbach, E. A. Ps. G. 146 (1872) 65-, 232-,
375-, 508-.

Gripon, ±. J. de Ps. 2 (1873) 199-, 246-.
Hagenbach'Bischoff, E, A. Ps. C. (Jubelbd.)

(1874) 303-.
Lubartch, O. A. Ps. G. 153 (1874) 420-.
Ixmrnel, E. C. J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 8

(1876) 188-.
Brauner, B, Wien Az. 14 (1877) 178-.
Egyed, M. (zn) Kolozsv&r Orv.-Term. T&rs.

6ts. [2] (1877) [Term, Szak) 31-.
Lubartck, 0. A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 248-.
FitzGerald.Q.F. DubL S. Sc. P. 2 (1880) 609-.
Lommel, E, C. J, Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 12

(1880) 53-.

Lubarsch, 0. A. Ps. G. 11 (1880) 46-.
Lamaruky, S. A. Ps. G. 11 (1880) 908-.
(Lamansky.) Lubarseh, 0. A. Ps. G. 14

(1881) 575-.

Lommel, E. [1884] Miinoh. Ak. Sb. 14 (1885)

605-.
Stenger, F. A. Ps. G. 28 (1886) 201-.
Schmidt, O. C. A. Ps. G. 58 (1896) 103-.
Hemptinne, A. de, Brux. S. Sc. A. 24 (1900)

(Pt, 1) 60-.
and absorption, connection between. Sorby,

H, C. M. Mcr. J. 13 (1875) 161-.

— — , showing decomposition of molecular
groups in solutions. Walter, B. A. Ps. G.
36 (1889) 518-.

— after-glow phenomena in vacuum tubes con-
taining nitrogen. Lewit, P. Asps. J. 12
(1900) a-; A. Ps. 2 (1900) 459-.

— arrangement of molecules, relation between.
Walter, B, Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 473-.

— chemical constitution, relation. Meyer, R.
Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (11) (1899) 75-.

, — . Hewitt, J, T. Z. Ps. G. 34

(1900) 1-.
decomposition and dispersion of light within

bodies. Brewster, (Sir) D. [1846] Edinb.

R. S. T- 16 (1849) 111-,
dynamical illustrations. Everett, J, D, L.

Ps. S. P. 16 (1899) 129- ; Ph. Mg. 46 (1898)

227-.
effect of concentration. Walter, B, A. Ps. G.

34 (1888) 316- ; 36 (1889) 502-.
fluorescences with well-deflned spectra. Lecoq

de Boiibaudran, P, J&. G. R. 105 (1887)
258-, 301-, 343-, 784-.
fluorescent bodies, absorption of light by.

Guillaume, C, i. [1897] Nt. 57 (1897-98)
427.

— liquids. Pfta^i'^* H, Riga Gor.-Bl. 38
(1895) 88.

in Oeissler tubes. Sulhorst, O, A. Ps.

G. 137 (1869) 167-.

— screens, properties. ViUard, P. G. R. 126
(1898) 1414-.

^ — , use with Rdntgen rays. Bergi^, P.

N. Ts. Fs. K. 1 (1896) 347-; G. Ztg. 21

(1897) {Rpm,) 72.
, . Salvioni, E. [1896]

N. Gim. 5 (1897) 63-.
, . Trowbridge, C, C, [1896]

N. Y. Ac. A. 11 (1898) 39-.

fluorescent solutions. Knoblauch, O. [1893]

A. Ps. G. 54 (1895) 193-.
, colour. Morton, H. Am. J. Sc. 2

(1871) 198-, 355-.

— spectrum of argon. Berthelot, — . C. B.
120 (1895) 797-.

(Berthelot). Dom, E,, <t Erd-

marm, H, Lieb. A. 287 (1895) 230-.

electric light. MUMer, Joh, A. Ps.

. C. 130 (1867) 137-.

sodium. Wiedemann, E,, db Schmidt,

G, C. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 87-.

— substances. Gladstone, J, H, [1854] Edinb.
N. Ph. J. 1 (1855) 83-.

, action on cathode and X-rays. TumbuU,

W, R. . Elect. 39 (1897) 228.
, new. Pamell,, J. Ph. Mg. 38 (1869)

136-.
, two new. Lommel, E, C. J. Erlang.

Ps. Md. S. Sb. 10 (1878) 210-.

— — , recognition in mixtures. Pierre, V,
Prag Sb. (1862) (pU. 2) 66-.

— vapours. Wiedemann, E. A. Ps. C. 41
(1890) 299-.

fluorometer, Dennis. Anon. Am. Mcr. J. 18

(1897) 373-.
**nuoroscope'* for study of. Giordano, G.

Nap. Rd. 9 (1870) 21 1-.
glass free from fluorescence in electric light.

Salm-Horstmar, W. F. {FUrst zu), Fogg. A.

108 (1859) 648-.
heat radiation caused by. Pierre, V. Wien

Sb. 53 (1866) (Ab, 2) 339-.
history. Hoh, T, A. Ps. G. 131 (1867) 658-.
— . Emsmann, H. A. Ps. G. 133 (1868) 17&-.
— . Burckhardt, F, A. Ps. G. 133 (1868) 680-.
— . Berthold, G, (of Ronsdorf). A. Ps. C. 168

(1876) 620-.
intensity. Lommel, E, C,J. [1876-77] A.Fs.

G. 160 (1877) 75-.
— , influence of manganese salts. Lecoq de

Boisbaudran, P. i. Par. S. G. Bll. 47

(1887) 551.
intermittent. MliUer, {Dr.) J. Freiburg B. 1

(1858) 513- ; 2 (1862) 396-.
of first kind. Linhardt, E, Erlang. Ps. Md.

S. Sb. 14 (1882) 128-.
laws. Pierre, V. Wien Sb. 53 (1866) (Ab. 2)

704-.
negative. Akin, C. K, [1863] (vn) Ph. Mg.

29 (1865) 28-.
— . Tyndall, J. [1865] PhU. Trans. 156

(1866) 1-.

— . Emamann, H, A. Ps. G. 129 (1866) 862.

— (Emsmann). Akin, C, K, A. Ps. 0. 131

(1867) 561-.

— . Bohn, C, A. Ps. G. 133 (1868) 1«^.

— , history. TyndaU, J. [1864] Ph. 1^. 29

(1865) 44-.
— , — . Akin, C. K, Ph. Mg. 29 (1865) 186-.
— , — . TyndaU, J, Ph. Mg. 29 (1865) 218-.

— and positive. Emtmann, H. Pogg. A. 114
(1861) 651-.

. AHn,C,K, A.Ps.G.131(1867)664-.

oiganic compounds, emission of light by.
Wiedemann, E,, db Schmidt, G, C. A. Ps.
' G. 56 (1895) 18-.

466

4230 Stokes's Law

phenomena. Buckingham^ E. Z. Pa. C. 14

(1894) 129-.
and photoelectricity, relations. Schmidt, Q. C.

Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 29 (1898) 10-; A. Ps.

G. 64 (1898) 708-.
polarised. Schmidt, O, C, A. Ps. C. 60 (1897)

740- ; 68(1899)779-.
produced by heat. MiiUer, (Dr.) J, Freibnrg

B. 1 (1868) 610-.

. Dammer, 0, Pogg. A. 116 (1862)

668-.
molecular impact. Crooket, W, C. B.

88 (1879) 283-.
Bdntgen and Becquerel rays. Bary, P,

C. R. 130 (1900) 776-.

— — standing light waves. Drude, P., <i
Nerrut, W. G6tt. Nr. (1891) 346-.

uranium rays. Spies, P. Berl. Ps. Ots,

Vh. (1896J 101.
vernu pseudo-dichroism. Reade, J, B. [1870]

M. Mcr. J. 6 (1871) 1-.
relation between wave-length and refractive

power of solvents. Kehrmann, — , dt FlUr-

tcheim, — . Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 10 (1900) 84.
spectroscope for. Lamansky, S. J. de Ps. 8

(1879) 411-.

STOKES'S LAW.

Stokes, G. G. [1862-63] Phil. Trans. (1862)

463-; (1863) 386-; R. I. P. 1 (1861-54) 269-.
Moser, L. Pogg. A. 89 (1863) 165-.
Lommel, E. C. J. D. Nf. B.J»1877) 113-;

Erlang. Ps. Md. S. 8b. 9 (1877) 196-.
Hagenhach-Bischoff, E. A . Ps. C. 8 (1879) 369-.
Lamansky, S. C. R. 88 (1879) 1192-.
(Liamansky.) Becquerel, E. G. R. 88 (1879)

1237-.
(Becquerel.) Lamansky, S. G. R. 88 (1879)

1361-.
Lommel, E. C. J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 11

(1879) 183-.
(Lommel.) Lamansky, 5. A. Ps. G. 8 (1879)

624-.
Lubarsch, O. A. Ps. G. 9 (1880) 666-.
Hagenhach'Bischof, E. A. Ps. G. 18 (1883) 46-.
Salet, G. G. R. 116 (1892) 283-.

theory. Osann, G. Pogg. A. 97 (1866) 329-.
— . Lommel, E. [C, J.] [1862-77] Pogg. A.

117 (1862) 642-; Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 10

(1878) 120-.

— (Lommel). Wiillncr, F. H. A, A. A. Ps.
C. {Ergdm.) 8 (1878) 474-.

— . Lommel, E. A. Fs. G. 26 (1885) 643-.
visible by gas-light. Oppel, J. J. (zn) Frkf.
a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1863-64) 63-.

PARTICULAR SUBSTANCES.

aluminium and magnesium, fluorescence caused

by induction currents. Tommasina, T. G. R.

129 (1899) 957-.
amber. Leber t, H, Danzig Schr. 3 (1873)

(Heft 2) 4 pp.
barium platinocyanide screens, regeneration

by action of light. Villard, P. A8.Fr. G.B.

(1898) (Pt. 2) 177-.

Particular Substances 4230

bismuth. Lecoq de Boishaudran, P. A, G. R.
103 (1886) 1064- ; 104 (1887) 1680-; 105
(1887) 46-, 206-.

— compounds, under electric discharge in

vacuo. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. i. G. R*

103 (1886) 629-.
brazilins treated with lead peroxide. Ragen-

bach, E. Basel Vh. 4 (1867) 819-.
calcium tungstate fluorescent to Rdntgen raya.

Giazzi, F. N. Cim. 3 (1896) 235-.
calcspar. Lommel, E. [1883] Erlang. Ps.

Md. S. Sb. 16 ('1884) 13-.
carbon bisulphide flame. Babo, C. H, L. von,

d MUUer, (Dr.) J. Pogg. A. 97 (1866) 608-.
chlorophyll , fluorescence and absorption. Simm-

ler, R. T. Pogg. A. 116 (1862) 593-.
— , solution, red light from. Salm-Horstmar,

W. F. (FUrtt zu). Pogg. A. 94 (1865) 467-.
chromium and manganese, influence of state

of oxidation. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. E,

G. R. 106 (1887) 1228-, 1419; 106 (1888)

462-, 1781- ; 107 (1888) 311-, 468-, 490-, 636.
doubly refracting crystals. Schinca^lia, I. N.

Gim. 11 (1900) 299.
glass, false blue fluorescence. Hagenbach-

Bischoff, E. Carl Rpm. 16 (1880) 53-.
iodine-vapour. Lommel, E, C. J. Erlang. Ps.

Md. S. Sb. 16 (1883) 36-.
magnesium platmocyanide. Greiss, C. B,

Pogg. A. 106 (1869) 646-.
, dichroic fluorescence. Lommel, E. C. J.

[1879] Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 12 (1880) 27-;.
manganese. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. E.

G. R. 103 (1886) 1064- ; 104 (1887) 1680- ;

105 (1887) 46-, 206-.

— compounds, under electric discharge in

vacuo. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. i. G. R.

103 (1886) 468-.
naphthalene red. WeseTidanck, K. A. Ps. G,

26 (1886) 521-.
petroleum. Eccher DaXV Eco, A. de. (xn)

Rv. Sc.-Ind. 10 (1878) 28-.
platinocyanides. K'dnig, W. A. Ps. G. 19

(1883) 491-.
potassium platinocyanide. B'dttger, R. (n

Adds.) Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1854-^) 22-;

(i) Pogg. A. 97 (1866) 333-.
solution. Stokes, G. G, Ph. Mg. 10

(1866) 95.
quinine. Schmidt, G. C. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 466-.
rare earths. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. 6.

G. R. 101 (1886) 562-, 588-.
retina (living). Bezold, W, von, dt Engelhardt,

G. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 7 (1877) 226-.
sodium and potassium vapours, fluorescence,

and its meaning for astrophysics. Wiede-
mann, E., dt Schmidt, G. C. [1895-96]

Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 27 (1896) 104- ; A.

Ps. G. 67 (1896) 447-.
solids. Schincaglia, L N. Gim. 10 (1899) 212-.

spinelle. Lecoq de Boisbaudran, P. J^. G. R.

106 (1887) 261-.

uranium saJts, fluorescent and absorption spec-
tra. Bolton, H. C, dt Morton, H, Am. G.
3 (1873) 361-, 401- ; 4 (1874) 1-, 41-, 81-.

vegetable extracts. Greiss, C. B. Pogg. A.
114 (1861) 327-; 128 (1864) 171-.

467

QQ 2

4230

Phosphorescence

4230

FLUORESCENCE
AND PHOSPHORESCENCE.

Otatm, Q. WQrzb. Yh. 5 (1855) 894-.
Faraday, M. [1859] B. I. P. 8 (1858-62)

159-.
Etntmann, H. Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 651-.
Etting$hatuen, A. von, Steienn. Mt (1878)

Ivui-.
Lee$, W. [1878] Sc. 8. Arts T. 10 (1888)

118-.
Aht, A. (zn) Orv.-Term. tto. 6 (1880) (Nip.

EViad,) 65-.
Provenzali, F, S. [1880] Bm. N. Line. At.

34 (1881) 1-.
Wiedemann, E. [1887-88] Erlang. Ps. Md.

S. Sb. [19] (1888) 25- ; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 18

(1887) 565-; A. Ps. C. 84 (1888) 446-.
FtZlart, E. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 10 (1889)

697— or 829—
Ki^nig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1895-96)

87.
classification of fluorescent and phosphorescent

substances. LevUon, W, O. N. Y. Ac. A.

11 (1898) 496-.
of diamonds. OladsUme, J, H. B. A. Bp.

(1859) ipL 2) 69.

due to discharge in nitrogen. Lewis, P.

Asps. J. 12 (1900) 8- ; A. Ps. 2 (1900) 459-.
molecular vibrations and ether waves in.

Fav€, L. C. B. 86 (1878) 289-.
negative. Bohn, C. A. Ps. C. 180 (1867) 867-.
and spectrum, and corpuscular theory of light.

Cuadrado, G. A. Habana Ac. A. 88 (1896)

253-.
Talbot's law, validity. Wiedemann ,E.,d^ Messer-

tchmitt, J. B. A. Ps. C. 84 (1888) 463-.

PHOSPHOBESCENCE.

Hidme, N. PhU. Trans. (1800) 161- ; (1801)

403-.
ScMffer, J. U. G, [1808] Erlang. Ab. 1

(1810) 471.
DeMsaiffneSy J. P. J. de Ps. 68 (1809) 444-;

69 (1809) 5-.
Heinrich, P, J. de Ps. 74 (1812) 807-.
(especially of animals.) BrugnateUi, L, V.

Brugnatelli G. 7 (1814) 238-.
Becquerel, A. C. Bb. Un. 8 (1837) 134- ; O.

B. 8 (1839) 183, 216-.
Marth, (Sir) H. [1839] Jr. Ac. P. 1 (1841)

317-.
Maiteucci, C. C. B. 15 (1842) 288-.
Draper, J. W. Ph. Mg. 1 (1861) 81-.
Becquerel, E. C. B. 45 (1857) 816- ; 46 (1858)

969-; 47 (1868) 106- ; 49 (1869) 27-; 51

(1860) 921- ; A.C. 66 (1869) 5-; 66 (1859)
99-; 67 (1869) 40-; 62 (1861) 6-.

Foumet, J. Lyon S. Ag. A. 1 (1867) viii-.
Phipson, T. L. C. B. 60 (1860) 316-.
Kindt, G. C. A. Ps. C. 131 (1867) 160.
Areitio y Larrinaga, A. [1873] (ix) Madrid

S. H. Nt. A. 3 (1874) 106-.
SturU, B. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879) 628.
Lommel, E, [1886] Miinch. Ak. Sb. 16 (1887)

288-.

Knoblauch, 0. D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 200-.
JackMon, H. C. S. J. 65 (1894) 784-; Ph. Mg.

46 (1898) 402-.
KeferiUin, ~. [1898] Luneb. Nt. Tr. Jh. 15

(1901) viii.
after-glow in the electric egg. Wild, H. Fogg.

A. Ill (1860) 621-.
Oeissler tub^. Lengyel, B. [1879] (xn)

Mag. Tud. Ak. Etk. (Term.) 10 (1881) (No.

7) 12 pp.
behaviour of vapours under influence of Tesla

oscillations. Kauffmann, H. Z. Elektch.

(1899-1900) 87-; Z. Angew. C. (1900) 431.
in Crookes's and Geissler tubes. Campanile,

F., db Stromei, E. Nap. Bd. 85 (1896) 89-.
and uranium glass tubes. Campanile^

F., db Stromei, E. Nap. Bd. 36 (1897)

78-.
tubes. Hurmuzescu, — . [Bucarest S-

Sc. Bl. 6 (1897)] 826-.
crystalline structure developed by. Brewster,

(Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J. 2 (1820) 171-.
experiments. Bellani, A. Brugnatelli O. 7

(1814) 267-.
— . M.,A.M. Nt. 62 (1900) 599-.

— by Percy. Spiller, J, Phot. J. 14 (1890)
121-.

extinction, maxima and minima, by infra-red

radiations. Becquerel, H. C. B. 96 (1883)

1853-.
fluid of, conducting or non-conducting power

of bodies for. Dessaignes, J. P. J. de Ps.

69 (1809) 169-.
, power of points. Dessaignes, J. P. J.

de Ps. 70 (1810) 109-.
forms, various. Le Bon, G. Bv. Sc. 14 (1900)

289-. 327-.
in high vacua. StUrtz, B. Bonn Niedr. Os.

Sb. (1879) 329-.
historical notes. Chappuis, J. Par. S. C.

BU. 35 (1881) 419-.
hyperphosphorescence. Becquerel, H. C. B.

122 (1896) 420-, 501-, 559-.

— (accumulator of light energy). Henry, C.
C. B. 122 (1896) 662-.

— ( ) (Heniy). Becquerel, H. C. B.

122 (1896) 696.

— ( ) (Becquerel). Henry, C. C. B.

122 (1896) 790-.

— ( ) (Henry). Becquerel, H. C. B.

122 (1896) 791-.

— (Becquerel's experiments). Sagnac, G. J.
de Ps. 6 (1896) 193-.

— . Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 42 (1896) 103- ; —

B. A. Bp. (1896) 718.

— . Elster, J, Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (10)

(1897) 149-.
incapacity of metals (conductors) to acquire.

Provemali, F, S. Bm. N. Line. At. 48

fl890) 131-.
influence of heat. Fiebig, 0. Pogg. A. 114

(1861) 292-.
low temperature. Pictet, R. C. B. 119

(1894) 627-.
. PicUt, R., db AUschul, M. Z. Ps.

C. 16 (1894) 386-.

. Lumiire, A,, db LumUre, L, C.

B. 128 (1899) 549-.

468

4230 Phosphorescence

influence of magnetism. Hemptinne, A, de,

Brnz. Ab. BU. (1900) 856-.
temperature. BaderUcher^ O. A. Bern

Mt. (1889) 75-.
infra-red radiations studied by. Beequerelt H.

C. B. 96 (1883) 1215- ; A. C. 80 (18831 5-.
intensity, laws. Becquerelt H. C. B. 113

(1891) 618-, 672-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1891)

277-.
— , rate of decrease. Darwin, (Lt,) L, [1880]

L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 181- ; Ph. Mg. 11

(1881) 209-.
lecture experiment. Right, A. N. Cim. 16

(1876) 87-.
** light magnets*' (Liohtmagnete) ; Canton's

phosphorus, decaying fish, etc. John, J, F,

Gilbert A. 55 (1817) 458-.
loss by heating. Le Bm, G. C. B. 180 (1900)

891- ; Bv. Sc. 18 (1900) 449-.
(Le Bon). CurU, P. C. B. 180

(1900) 1072-.
(Curie). Le Ban, Q. C. B. 130

(1900) 1108.
natural, in minerals, animals and plants,

causes. Virey, J, J. J. Phm. 5 (1819)

26-.
and new light absorber. OroUhu$, T. von*

Schweigger J. 14 (1815) 183-.
observed when a vacuum bulb is broken.

Burke, J, B. A. Bp. (1894) 585.
in organic world. Heinrich, P. Schweigger

J. 18 (1815) 266-; 80 (1820) 218-.
and ozone. Dewar, J. [1888] B. I. P. 12

(1889) 567-.
phosphorescent bodies. Seelhont, O. Dingier

207 (1873) 220-.
. WcUkhoff, 0. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr.

(10) (1897) 241-.
, absorption and emission spectra. Bee-

querel, H. C. B. 102 (1886) 106-.
, effect of light on. Climandot, L, 0.

B. 92 (1881) 1107.
, temperature changes on. Cutack,

R. S, [1897] Ir. Ac. P. 4 (1896-98) 584-;

Nt. 56 (1897) 102.
at liquid air temperatures. Dewar, J,

[1894-95] C. S. P. 10 (1896) 171- ;B. I. P.

14 (1896) 665-.
. Trowbridge, C. C. [1899]

N. T. Ac. A. 12 (1899-1900) 658-; Science

10 (1899) 245-.

— — occurring naturally. Hayek, O, von,
[1868] Wien Schr. 8 (1869) 818-.

, preparation. Forster, (Prof,) A. Bern

Mt. (1867) 62-.

— emanations. Henry, J. Am. Ph. S. P.
8 (1843) 38-.

— plates. Dufour, H. [188Q] Laus. S. Yd.
Bll. 17 (1881) 7-.

— salts, preparation. Becquerel, E, C. B.
107 (1888) 892-.

PHOSPHORESCENT SPECTRA.

Becquerel, E, C. B. 101 (1885) 205-.
Crookes, W. B. S. P. 42 (1887) 111-,
alumina, line spectrum. Crookes, W, C. N.
56 (1887) 59-. 72-.

Spectra 4280

discontinuous, in high vacua. Crookee, W,

B. S. P. 82 (1881) 20^; C. B. 92 (1881)
1281-.

lanthana, line spectrum. Crookes, W, C. N.

56 (1887) 62-, 81-.
radiant matter spectroscopy. Crookes, W»

[1888-85] PhU. Trans. 174 (•1884) 891- ;

C. B. 100 (1885) 1880-.

, (samarium). Crookes, W. [1885]

Phil. Trans. 176 (1886) 691-.
victorium. Crookes, (Sir) W. B. S. P. 65

(1900) 287-.
yttria, line spectrum. Crookes, W. C. N. 56

(1887) 62-, 81-.
yttrium and samarium, mutual extinction of

spectra. Crookes, W, C. B. 100 (1885)

1495-.

phosphorescent sulphides. Lenard, — . D. Nf .

Tbl. (1889) 212.

. Kester, F. E. Ps. Bv. 9 (1899) 164-.

phosphoroeoope, simple and convenient form.

Levison, W. O. N. Y. Ac. A. 11 (1898)

401-.
— , spark-. Lenard, P. A. Ps. C. 46 (1892)

637-.
phosphoroscopic experiment, new. Ma>ch, E,

(xn) Lotos 28 (1878) 145-.

PRODUCTION OF PHOSPHORESCENCE.

Poggendarff, J. C. A. Ps. C. 186 (1869) 886.
by cathode rays, photometry. Henry, C, db
Seguy, O. C. B. 122 (1896) 1198-.

— collision. Dessaignes, J. P. J. de Ps. 74
(1812) 101-, 173-.

— compression. Dessaignes, J. P. J. de Ps.
78 (1811) 41-.

— crystallisation. Dobereiner, J. W. Schweig-
ger J. 41 {=zJb, 11) (1824) 221-.

during development of gelatin plates. Eder,
J, M. Wien Pht. Cor. 24 (1887) 154-.

by electric discharge. Skrimshiret W. Nichol-
son J. 19 (1808) 158-.

. PearsaU, T. J. B. I. J. 1 (1831)

267-.

. Becquerel, A, C, dt Biot, — . 0. B.

8 (1839) 228-.

. Becquerel, E. C. B. 8 (1889) 498- ;

A. C. 71 (1839) 86-.
. OoldsUin, E. [1879] Wien Ak. Sb.

80 (1880) Ub, 2) 151-.
Wiedemann, E. E, G. A. Ps. C.

9 (1880) 157-.

'. , effect of form of cathode. Goldstein,

E. [1880-81] WienAz. 18(1881)12-;Berl.
Ak. Mb. (1881) 781-.

— electrification. Trowbridge, J,, db BwrbamJt,
J. E. Am. J. Sc. 5 (1898) 55-.

— frictional electricity, phenomenon. Alver*
gniat, (Frhres), C. B. 78 (1871) 1215.

— heat. Heinrich, P. Schweigger J. 29 (1820)
450-.

. Forster, (Prof.) A. Bern Mt. (1871)

177-.
. Wyrouboff, G. Carl Bpm. 7 (1871)

112-.

469

4230 Production of Phosphorescence Particular Substances 4230

hj heat, cause. Schrdtter, A, D. Nf. Vsm.

B. (1852) 102- ; Wien SB. 9 (1852) 414-.

— ^, new cases. Phipson, T. L, B. A. Bp.
(1859) {pt, 2) 76-.

— insolation. Dessaignes, J. P. J. de Ps. 71
. (1810) 365-.

. Otann, G. Pogg. A. 33 (1834) 405-.

. Becquerel, E. C. B. 9 (1839) 561-,

711- ; A. G 9 (1843) 257-; 22 (1848) 244-;

82 (1851) 176-.

— -— , soaking in of sunlight. GroUhus, T,
v&n. Schweigger J. 15 (1815) 172-.

— light or heat, of minerals. Becquerd, H.

C. B. 112 (1891) 657-.

— mechanical means. Schneider, J, Pogg.
A. 96 (1855) 282-.

— radiation. Heinrich, P, Schweigger J. 29
(1820) 101-.

^- radium radiations. BecqiLerelt H, C. B.

129(1899)912-.
^- solar lignt, by electric spark and by flames

of phosphorus, potassium and sodium.

Matteucci, C. Bb. Un. 40 (1842) 159-.

— — ^ — — —.^ .— —

(Matteucci). Becquerel, E. Bb. Un. 41
(1842) 382-.

(Becquerel). Matteucci^ C. Bb. Un. 42
(1842) 393-.

radiations which excite. Biot, J. B, C. B. 8

(1839) 269-, 315-.
— , photography by. Zenger, C. V, C. B.

103 (1886) 464-.
refrangibility of active rays. Becquerel, E.

C. B. 69 (1869) 994-.
restored to bodies by electricity. Dessaignet,

J. P. J. de Ps. 71 (1810) 67-.
and spectroscope with pnosphorescent eye-
piece. Lommel, E. C, J, [1883] Miinch.

Ak. Sb. 13 (1884) 408-.
theoiy. Osann, G. Oken Isis 23 (1830)

613-.
— . Faltin, — . (vi Add$.) Halle Jbr. NW.

Vr. 5 (1862) 10-.
~. Lucas, F. Les Mondes 10 (1866) 117-.
— . RadzUzewski, B. Berl. B. 16 (1883)

597-.
— . Provenzali, F, S, Bm. N. Line. At. 37

(1884) 189-.

PARTICULAR SUBSTANCES.

** Bologna phosphorus/' in various gases.

MoTozzo, C. L, {Conte de), Verona S. It.

Mm. 3 (1786) 420-.
borax. Accum, F, Nicholson J. 2 (1799)

28.
calcined barium sulphate. Daguerre, L. J, M,

C. B. 8 (1839) 243-.
of Daguerre, experiments. Biot, J, B,

C. B. 8 (1839) 246.
calcium sulphide (violet phosphorescence).

Abney, (CapL) W, de W. L. Ps. S. P. 5

(1884) 36-; Ph. Mg. 13 (1882) 212,-.
r-. — . Vemeuil, A. C. B. 104 (1887) 601-.
. Becquerel, E. C. B. 104 (1887) 661-.

calcium sulphide, preparation to exhibit Tiolet

phosphorescence. Vemeuil, A. C B. 103

(1886) 600-.
chromium oxide and gadolinite, phosphorescence
. on heating. Rose, H. Berl. B. (1843) 167-.
copper, bismuth and manganese in alkaline

earth sulphides. Klatt, V., d Lenard, P.

A. Ps. C. 38 (1889) 90-.
coral. Fat, G. [1884] Padova S. Sc. At. 9

(1885) 132-.
decaying vegetable matter. Kortum, C. ron.

Voigt Mg. 2 (1800) 67-.
— wood. . D„J, S. (VI Adds.) W. Eng. J. 1

(1836) 167-.
in gases and liquids. Bdckmarm, C. W.

Scherer J. G. 5 (1800) 3-.
diamonds. P., L. (vi Adds,) J. de Ps. 65

(1802) 60-.
— . Riess, P. Pogg. A. 64 (1846) 334-.
fluorspar, etc. Davy, (Sir) H. Nicholaon J.

3 (1800) 516-.
— . Brewster, (Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J. 4 (1821)

180-.
— . Marx, C. M. Schweigger J. 61 (= J6. 21)

(1827) 239.
— . Sack, A. L. HalleJbr.NW.Vr.4(1851)12-.
— . Wyrouboff,—. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1899) 72»-.
— . ViUard, — . Par. 8. Ps. S6. (1899) 73*.
gases, compressed. Dessaignes, J, P. J. de

Ps. 77 (1813) 336-.
— , glow in. Burke, J. B. B. Elect. 45 (1900)

936.
— , phosphorescence by electricity. Becquerel,

E. G. B. 48 (1869) 404-.
— , rarefied. Morren, C. G. B. 53 (1861) 794-.
— , — . Morren, A. G. B. 68 (1869) 1260-.
•^ — , phosphorescence by compression.

Newall, H. F. [1897] Gamb. Ph. S. P. 9
• (1898) 295-.
— , — , electric discharge. Morren, A,

A. G. 4 (1866) 293- ; G. B. 68 (1869) 103a-.
— , — , — (Morren). Delarive, A.

G. B. 68 (1869) 1237-.
— , — , r. Sarasin, &. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 34 (1869) 243-.

— , — , (Sarasin). Delarive, A,

. A. G. 19 (1870) 191-.

gems and glasses. Berthelot, M. G. B. 106

(1888) 443-.
glass. Leduc, S. As. Fr. G. B. (1899) (Pt. 1)

219-.
. — , and emission of cathode rays in Crookes's

tubes. Sandrucci, A. N. Gim. 6 (1897)

322-.
hexagonal blende. Becquerel, E. G. B. 63
. (1866) 142-.
inorganic chemical preparations. Goldstein,

E. Berl. Ak. Sb. (IjWK)) 818-.
lapis-lazuli. Bergeron, G,. Par. S. Ol. BU.

17 <1869-60) 432-.
limestones from Utah and India. Lewis, H, C.

PhUad. Ac. Nt. Sc. P. (1884) 10-.
living matters, photobaoteria. Dubois, R,

J. de. Ps. 9 (1900) 589-.
luminous paint, Balmain's, radiation. Kann,

L. Ps. Bv. 8 (1899) 260-.
minerals. Brewster, {Sir) D. Edinb. Ph. J.

1 (1819) 383-.

470

4240

BSntgen and allied Badiations

4240

minerals under action of Rdntgen rays. Bur-
bank, J, E, Am. J. So. 5 (1898) 53-.

— phosphorescent by heat, influence of elec-
tricity. PearsaU, T. J. R. I. J. 1 (1881) 77-.

nitrogen, rarefied, phosphorescence after elec^c
discharge. Siguy.G, C. B. 121 (1895) 198-.

organic bodies, living and dead. Titdemann^ F,
Froriep Not. 2 (1837) 294-.

— compomids. JRadziaxewtkij B, G. B. 84
(1877) 305-.

(Badziszewski). Chevreul, M. E. G. B.

84 (1877) 823-.
(Ghevreul). EadzUzewski, B. G. B. 84

(1877) 856-.
. Badziszewtki, B. Berl. B. 10 (1877)

321-.
and organised bodies. RadzUzewski, B.

Lieb. A. 203 (1880) 305-.
porcelain. RtupirU, O. PoUi A. 20 (1855)

195-.
potassiom. Petrie, W, B. A. Bp. (1850) Ipt.

2) 69-. •
quinine sulphate and valerianate. Landerer,

X. Polli A. 28 (1859) 65.
rare earths, under cathode rays. SwinUm,

A, A. C. B. 8. P. 65 (1900) 115-.
sea-water. Bellani, A, Brescia Gm. (1834)

67-.
— , coloured. BouS, A, Wien Sb. 59 (1869)

{Ab, 2) 251-.
solid carbon dioxide. Kivnigt W. D. Nf. Vh.

(1897) (Th. 2, Hdlfte 1) 68.
strontium sulphide. Rodriguez MourelOt — .

Madrid S. H. Nt. A. 26 (1897) (Act,) 161- ;

28 (1899) (Act.) 144-.
several sub-resins. Bonastre, J. F, J. Phm.

10 (1824) 193-.
sugar. Steel, T. Nt. 59 (1898-99) 295-.
tabasheer. Briicke, E, (Ritter) von. [1888]

Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) {Ab. 1) 69-.
trees after thunder-storm. Jobard, E, As.

(1893) 316.
Tropaolum majus. Fusinieri, A. A. Sc.

Lomb. Ven. 14 (1846) 35-.
vitriolated tartar (crystallised potassium sul-
phate). Qiobert, G. A. Turin Mm. Ac. 4

(1788-89) 73-.
wollastonite. HiUebrand, W. F. Am. J. So.

1 (1896) 323.
zinc sulphide as photometric standard. Henry ^

C. G. B. 116 (1893) 98-.

4240 BSntgen and allied

Radiations.
{See also 6840, 6845, 6850.)

Grookes*s tube, photography inside. De Mete
[De Metzl G. G. G. B. 122 (1896) 880- ;
123 (1896) 364-; Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 28 (Pt.)

(1896) 81-; J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 605-.

, (De Metz). Poincari, H. G. B.

123 (1896) 356.
— tubes, electric properties. Sieglajev, V. Bs.

Ps.-G. S. J. 28 (Ps.) (1896) 175- ; Fschr. Ps.

(1897) (Ab. 2) 708-.

Electrography (ceraunography) , and penetration
of opaque bodies by lignt. Sous, — . Bor-
deaux S. Md. Mm. (1896) 92-.

Hittorf tube, electric images in field of.
Oumoff, N., db SamoUoff, A. Par. S. Ps. S^.
(1896) 177-.

Lenard-Bdntgen discoveries. Toepler, A.
Dresden Isis Sb. (1896) (Ab.) 38-.

RONTGEN RAYS.

Riintgen, W. C. Wurzb. Ps. Md. Sb. (1895)

132- ; (1896) 11-, 17-.
Battelli, A., d: Garbasso, A. N. Gim. 3 (1896)

40- ; G. B. 122 (1896) 603.
Saivioni, E. N. Gim. 3 (1896) 188-.
Jiartinotti, G. N. Gim. 3 (1896) 205-.
Campanile, F., db Stromet, E. N. Gim. 4

(1896) 5-.
Sufanini, A. N. Gim. 4 (1896) 18-.
Blasema, P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. 1^. 5 (1896)

(Sem. 1) 67-.
Sella, A., dt Majorana, Q. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem. 1) 116-.
Blondin, J. Eclair, ij&lect. 6 (1896) 289-.
Taudin-Chabot, J. J. Eclair, i^lect. 7 (1896)

67-.
Bottondey, J. T. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 27 (1896)

156-.
Blythswood, (Lord). Glasg. Ph. S. P. 27

(1896) 160-.
Macintyre, J. Glasg. Ph. S. P. 27 (1896)

161-.
Butt, G. Bm. N. Lino. At. 49 (1896) 97-.
Crespo y Martinez, G. M^x. Obs. Bl. (1896)

99-.
Ddpke, — . Kassel Vr. Nt Ab. u. B. 41 (1896)

xvi-. •

Du/our, H. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1896) 43-.
Eccher, A. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 28 (1896) 25-.
Ettingshausen, A. von. Steierm. Mt. (1896)

xlviii-.
Ferrini, R. MU. S. It. At. 36 (1896) 57-.
Grimaldi, G. P. Gatania Ac. Gioen. Bll. 42-43

(1896) 13-.
Jlenry, C. G. B. 122 (1896) 787-.
Houston, E. J., db KenneUy, A. E. Franklin

I. J. 141 (1896) 241-.
Hurmuzescu, D. [Bucarest S. So. Bl. 5 (1896)]

244-.
Klingenberg, G. Elekttech. Z. 17 (1896)

220-.
Koch, — . Wiirtb. Jh. 52 (1896) xci-.
K»nig, — . [1896] Z. Elektoh. (1896-97)

54-. .

Lucas, J. D. Bv. Quest. So. 39 (1896)

487-.
MUller, 0, A. Ps. G. 58 (1896) 771-.
MiUzd, K. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1896) (Ab.

2a) 18-.
Muram, 0. Brescia At. Gm. (1896) 108-.
Pupin, M. J. Science 3 (1896) 231-.
Lawrence, R. R. Science 3 (1896) 409.
Raveau, C. Mon. So. 10 (1896) 161-.
Rowland, H. A., Carmiehael, N. R., db Briggs,

L. J. Am. J. Sc. 1. (1896) 247-.
Schmidt, K. E. F. Z. Nw. 69 (1896) 61-.

471

4240

Schuster, A. Nt. 58 (1895-96) 268.
Bottomley, J, T. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 268-.
SvfinUm, A. A, C, Nt. 53 (1895-96) 276-.
Porter, A. W. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 316.
Saunders, W. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 316.
BlythstDood, (Lard). Nt. 53 (1895-96) 340.
Swintan, A. A. C. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 340.
Rowland, S, D. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 340.
Anon. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 377-.
SwinUm, A. A. C. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 388.
Turner, D, Nt. 53 (1895-96) 388.
Thonuon, J. J. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 891-.
Lodge, O. J. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 412-.
Gray, A. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 413.
Porter, A. W. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 413.
Hicks, W. M. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 413.
Oifford, J. W. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 413-.
Reid, E,W„db Kuenen, J. P. Nt. 53 (1895-

96) 419.
Thompson, S, P. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 437.
Cormack, J, D., db Ingle, H, Nt. 53 (1895-96)

437.
Anon.' Nt. 53 (1895-96) 449-.
Reid, F. J. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 460.
Gifford, J. W. Nt. 63 (1895-96) 460-.
Madntyre, J. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 461.
Gardiner, J. H. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 486.
Anon. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 522-.
(BOntgen rays and optically active sabstanoes.)

Franldand, P. F. Nt. 53 (1895-96)

556-.
Thomson, J. J. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 581-.
Anon. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 613-.
Gifford, J. W. Nt. 54 (1896) 53.
Rowland, — . Nt. 54 (1896) 65.
Anon. Nt. 54 (1896) 109-.
Thomson, J. J. Nt. 54 (1896) 302-.
Anon. Nt. 54 (1896) 354-.
Stokes, {Sirf G. G. [1896] Vict. I. J. 30

(1898) 13-.
Thomson, J. J. B. A. Rp. (1896) 699-.
Thomson, J. J., et alii. Elect. 36 (1896) 491,

et seq.; 37 (1896) 24, et seq.
Travers, W. T. L. [1896] N. Z. I. T. 29

(1897) 118-.
ViOaH, E. Nap. Rd. 35 (1896) 62-, 102-.
Wallon, E. G^n. Civ. 28 (1895-96) 229-, 254,

286.
Weber, L. [1896] Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr.

11 (1898J 9-.
Zakrzewiki, J. Eosmos (Lw.) 21 (1896)

265-.
Zickler, C. [1896] Bninn Vh. 35 (1897) {Sb.)

35—.
CoUon, R. A. T^l. 23 (1896-97) 97-.
Giesel, F. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (10) (1897)

78—
K»nig, W. Frki. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1896-97)

28-.
Mansell, T. [1897] Herts. NH. S. T. 9 (1898)

135-.
(so-called X rays in 1708.) Marangoni, C.

Rv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 258-.
Mooser, — . St. Gal. B. (1896-97) 70-.
PreobraiensHj, P. V. Mosc. S. Sc. Bll. 93

{No. 1) (1897) 17 (6m)-.
Rtnti, A. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 6 (1897)

[Sem. 1) 29-.

Rays

4240

Rosenthal, J. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 38

(1897) 125-.
Rr. Dmgler 303 (1897) 253-.
(lecture.) Thompson, 8. P. [1897] Fsohr.

Rdntgenstr. 1 (1897-98) 199-.
Spencer, R. Barrow FC. Rp. 12 (1898) 60-.
Vdlenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor. 35 (1898) 251-,

309-.
VUlaH, E. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1898)

{Sem. 1) 290-.
Malagoli, R., db Bonacini, C. Rm. B. Ac.

Line. Rd. 8 (1899) (Sem. 1) 29^-.
Lehmann, 0. Karlsmhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900)

(Ab.) 349-.
absence from sonlight. Lea, M. C. Am. J.

Sc. 1 (1896) 363-.
. Cajori, F. Am. J. Sc. 2 (1896)

289-.
absorption (cryptochroeis), etc. Rldti, A.

Rm. R. Ac. Line. Mm. 2 (1895) 131- ; Bm.

R. Ac. Line. Rd. 5 (1896) {Sem. 2) 158-.
— . Buguet, A. C. R. 125 (1897) 398-.
— . Humphreys, W. J. Ph. Nfe. 44 (1897)

401-.

— by air. Trowbridge, J., db Burbaank, J. E.
Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 665.

— — aqneons salt solutions. Blythswood,
{Lord), db Marchant, E. W. R. S. P. 65
(1900) 413-.

chemical compounds. Gladstone, J. JET.,

db Hibbert, W. C. N. 78 (1898) 199-.

glass. Nannes, G. Stockh. Otv. (1896)

505-.
— , selective. M'CleUand, J. A. B. S. P. 60

(1897) 146-.
actino-electric effect. GuggenheimieT, S. C.

B. 125 (1897) 19. 140.
action. Piltschikoff, — . C. B. 122 (1896) 723.
—. Villard, P. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1899)

18*-.
— , biological. Capranica, S. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Rd. 5 (1896) {Sem. 1) 416- ; 6 (1897)

{Sem. 1) 38-.
— , chemical. Zickler, K. Elekttech. Z. 17

(1896) 232.
— , — . Hemptinne, A. de. Brax. Mm. Coor.

Q^, 55 (1896-98) No. 2, 36 pp.
— , — . Villard, P. C. B. 128 (1899) 237-;

129 (1899) 882-.
— , — . Precht, J. Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 48.

— on cooling, question. Amerio, A. N. Cim.
10 (1899) 366-.

diamond. Buguet, A., db Gascard, A.

G. B. 122 (1896) 457.
— , electric. Borgman, L I., db Gerhm, A. L.

Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 28 {Ps.) (1896) 37-; J. de

Ps. 6 (1897) 604.
— , — . Dufour, H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 1

(1896) 513-.
^, — . Levi, G. Mod. S. Nt. At. 16 (1898)

66-.

— of electricity on air affected by. VUlari, E.
Nap. Bd. 38 (1899) 145-.

— , electrochemical , on silver bromide. StreinU ,
F. Wien Az. 33 (1896) 26-.

— on evaporation and cooling in air. Pet-
tineUi, P. N. Cim. 8 (1898) 299-.

472

4240 Roatgea Rays

action on evaporation, question. Pa$quim, E»

N. Cim. 11 (1900) 133-.
gaseous dieleotrios. BenoUt, L, C. B.

123 (1896) 1265-.

— — gems. Buguet, A.^ dt Oaseard, A. C.

B. 122 (1896) 726.

hands. R.,8,J. Nt. 54 (1896) 621.

— — luminescence of gases. HempHnnet A . de.

C. B. 125 (1897) 428-; Z. Ps. C. 26 (1898)
165-.

plants. Tolomeit O, Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 7 a898) (Sem, 1) S1-.
Bolid and liquid insulators. Thornton,

J.J, Nt. 55 (1896-97) 606.
temperature of animals. Leeerclei L,

C. B. 125 (1897) 234-.
activity, method of increasing. Oarrigou^ F,

G. B. 126 (1898) 1104-.
— , . Machado, V. C. B. 126 (1898)

1341.
and other agents, condensation nuclei pro-
duced in gases by. Wilson, C. T. R. [1898]

Phil. Trans. (A) 192 (1899) 403-.
as aid to scientinc investigation. Payne, E,

Brighton NH. S. Bp. (1899) 35-.
and alternating currents. WalteTf — • Fschr.

Bdntgenstr. 3 (1899-1900) 115.
. W. Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 3 (189^

1900) 192.
apparatus. Dettauer, F, Fschr. Bdntgenstr.

2 (1898-99) 150-.
— , localising. BSmy, — . Nt. 62 (1900) 180.

— and methods. Willyoung, E, G,, dt Sayen,
H. L, Franklin I. J. 143 (1897) 211-.

-^-, modifications. Macintyre, J. [1896] Nt.

55 (1896-97) 64-.
— , new form. Daviet, B. Nt. 54 (1896)

281-.
— , simple. Levy, M. Cztg. Opt. 19 (1898)

154-.
and atmospheric electricity, cause of production.

Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 31 (1896)

458-.

— Becquerel rays, action on eye. Himttedt,
F., dt Nageh W, A. [1899] Freiburg B. 11
(189^1901) 139-.

, energy. Rutherford, E., db MeClung,

R,K. [1900] PhU. Trans. (A) 196 (1901) 25-.

— — — , enlarging and diminishing with.
LilienOHn, — . Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 3 (1899-
1900) 190-.

, experiments. Himttedt, F. [1900]

Freiburg B. 11 (1899-1901) 126-.

in magnetic field. Strutt, (Hon,) R. J.

B. S. P. 66 (1900) 75-.

, thermoluminescence. Borgman, I. J.

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 29 (Pt.) (1897) 116- ; 0. B.

124 (1897) 895-.

behaviour of luminous screens. Precht, J, A.
Ps. 1 (1900) 420-.

_ — suostances at high temperatures towards.
Volta, A. N. Cim. 8 (1898) 241-; 10 (1899)
431-.

^ — sugar towards. Wiechmann, F. O,
Science 3 (1896) 729-.

calcium tungstate to show fluorescence, pre-
paration. Oiazzi, F. N. Cim. 3 (1896)
235-, 301-.

Dittraction 4240

cause. Thornton, E. Elect. 39 (1897) 317-.
— . WUkint, J. W. Elect. 39 (1897) 887.
charging of bodies by. Nannet, G. Stockh.

Qfv. (1896) 503-.
coin distortion by. Cajori, F., dt Strieby, W.

Science 3 (1896) 635.
complexly. Imbert, A,, dt Bertin-Sant, H.

C. B. 125 (1897) 99-.
conductivity of air under. Minehin, G, M,

Elect. 38 (1897) 789-.
. Thornton, J. J. Elect. 38 (1897)

838.
. Villari, E, Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 6 (1897) {Sem. 1) 343-.
. Camipetti, A. Bm. B. Ac. Lino.

Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 2) 43-.
convection currents and fall of potential pro-
duced by. Zeleny, J. [1898] Camb. Ph. S.

P. 10 (1900) 14-.
eonversion of cathode rays. Adam, G. Sc.

Abs. 1 (1898) 318.
demonstration. Macintyre, J, Glasg. Ph. S.

P. 28 (1897) 267-.
< * detector * * for research purposes. Trowbridge,

C. C. [1896] N. Y. Ac. T. 11 (1898) 29-.
developments of use. Ctermak, — . Innsb.

Nt. Md. B. 24 (1899) vn-.
diagraphy with. Brunner, M. Fschr. Bdnt-
genstr. 2 (189&-99) 178-.

Diffraction.

BungeUiano, — . iolsiT. l^lect. 7 (1896) 165-.
CalmetU, L., dt LhuiUier, G. T. C. B. 122

(1896) 877—.
wind, C. H. [1897-98] Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897)

44a-; 6 (1898) 79-; 7 (1899) 88-; Fschr.

Ps. (1897) (Ab. 2) 77-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899)

65-.
Haga, H., dt Wind, C. H. Amst. Ak. Vs. 7

(1899) 500- ; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899) 420-.
(Haga and Wind.) Sagnae, G, J. de Ps. 8

(1899) 333-, 714.
(Sagnao.) Haga, H., dt Wind, C. H. J. de

Ps. 8 (1899) 434-.
Haga, H., dt Wind, C. H. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)

884-.
Somm^feld, A. [1899] Ps. Z. 1 (1900)

105-.
Wind, C. H. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899) 896-; 69

(1899) 327.
Sommerfeld, A. [19001 Ps. Z. 2 (1901) 55-.
by new form of cathode discharge. Wood,

R. W. Science 5 (1897) 585.
phenomena. Wood, R. W. Nt. 55 (1896-97)

614.
— , Fresnel*s. KUmmeU, G. [1896] Halle Nf .

Gs. Ab. 21 (1896-98) [61]-.
and polarisation. Sagnae, G. C. B. 122

(1896) 783-.

pseudo-diffraction. Ercolini, G. N. Cim. 6

(1897) 297-.

and wave-length. Maier, M, A. Pb. C. 68

(1899) 903-.
(Maier). Haga, H„ dt Wind, C. H.

[1899] Ps. Z. 1 (1900) 91-.

473

4240

Rontgen Rays

4240

diffusion. Imbert, A.^ db Bertin-Sant^ H, C.

K. 122 (1896) 524-.
— . Malagolit i2., dt Bonacinit C, Bm. B.

Ao. Line. Bd. 7 (1898) {Sem, 1) 96-, 203-.

— in interior of bodies. Dufour, H. Aroh.
So. Ps. Nt. 8 (1899) 529-; Ps. Z. 1 (1900)
202-.

— and transformation. Dufour, H. Aroh.
So. Ps. Nt. 8 (1899) 370-.

elimination of discharging power by tubes.

ViUaH, E. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 7 (1898)

{Sem. 2) 261-.
direction. Buguet, A, C. B. 122 (1896) 608-.
discharge by. ViUari^ E. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem, 1) 419-.
. Righif A, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5

(1896) ISem. 1) 452-.
. Villarit E, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6

(1896) {Sem. 2) 281-.

— in Crookes's tubes, duration. Thomas, B. F,
Science 4 (1896) 347.

— by, effect of pressure and temperature.
Perrin, J. C. B. 123 (1896) 878-.

, metallic effect. Perrin, J, Par. S. Ps.

S6. (1897) 37-.

— ^, potential gradients in. Guggenheimert
S. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 272-.

and discharge in high vacua. Sestini, Q. N.

Cim. 3 (1896) 65-.
. Segalin, L. N. Cim. 3 (1896)

209-.
in vacuo, SmnUm, A, A, C. Glasg. Ph.

8. P. 80 (1899) 272-.
discharging power. Burke, J. Elect. 37

(1896) 373-.

dispersion, electric, produced by. Righi, A,

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896) {Sem. 1) 143-,

149-, 342-.
— , — , , influence of residual gas. Right, A ,

Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 5 (1895-96) 725-.
duration at each spark. Trouton, F. T. B. A.

Bp. (1896) 711-.
effect on cloudy condensation. WiUon, C. T, R,

B. S. P. 59 (1896) 338-.
conduction in air, paraffin, and glass.

Kelvin, (Lord), Beattie, J, C, d^ Smoltt-

chowski it Smolan, M, Edinb. B. 8. P. 21

(1897) 403-.

"« contact electricity. Murray, J, R, E.

B. 8. P. 59 (1896) 333-.

— of gas pressure. Strausz,!, Mth. Termt.
Ets. 14 (1896) 215- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 14

(1898) 69-.

— — luminescence of anticathode on radiation.
Arnold, W. Erlang. Ps. Md. 8. 8b. 30

(1899) 25-.

opaque tubes on. Villari, E, Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896) {Sem, 2) 35-, 93-;

Nap. Bd. 37 (1898) 178- ; Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 7 (1898) (Sem, 1) 225-.
ozoniser on gas affected by. Villari, E»

Bm. Bi Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem, 1) 17-,

48-.
tubes and metal discs on. Villari, E,

C. B. 123 (1896) 107- ; Nap. Bd. 35 (1896)
192-.

from electric arc.- Franklin, W, S, Science 3
(1896) 358-.

electric currents oaused by. Winkelmann, A,
[1897-98] Jena. Z. 31 (1898) 174- ; A. Ps.
G. 66 (1898) 1-.

— phenomena. Righi, A, Bologna Bd. (1895-
96)45-.

and electricity. Marangoni, C Bv. So. Ind.

29 (1897) 254-.
, nature. Sehrwald, — . [1898] Fschr.

Bontgenstr. 2 (1898-99) 1-.
, progress. Zegen, L, L. Santiago de

ChUe Un. A. 98 (1897) 881-.
electrification of air by. Kelvin, (Lord), Beattie,

J,C„db Smoluchowiki de Smolan, M. [1896]

Edinb. B. 8. P. 21 (1897) 393-.
electrodispersive and photographic activities,

ratio. Donati,L. Bologna Bd. (1895-96)96-.

Emistion,

Meslin, G, C. B. 122 (1896) 459-.

from anode. Heen, P. de, dt DeveUhauven, — .

C. B. 122 (1896) 383-, 856.
. Girard, C, db Bordat, F. C. B. 122

(1896) 604-.
. Goliqfn, (Prince) B.B,,db Kamoiicky,

A.N, C. B. 122 (1896) 717-.
duration. RHti, A, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5

(1896) (Sem, 1) 243-.
— . Morize, H. C. B. 127 (1898) 546-.
— . Brunhes, B, C. B. 130 (1900) 1007-.
emissive power of metals. Kaufmann, W,

Beri. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 116-.
intensity. Guillaume, C, £, 0. B. 123 (1896)

450-.
pin-hole camera. SwinUm, A. A, C Sc. Abe.

1 (1898) 693.
point. Golicyn, (Prince) B, B,, dt Kamozicm,

A, N. C. B. 122 (1896) 608.
— . Kamoiick^j, A. N., dt Golicyn, (Prince)

B, B. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 28 (P».) (1896) 88-;
J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 606.

— . PerHn, J. C, B. 122 (1896) 716-.
— . RHti, A, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896)
(Sem. 1) 185-.

— in focus-tube. MoUoy, (Rev,) G. [1896]
Dubl. 8. Sc. P. 8 (1893-98) 515-.

— , and mode of propagation. Gerard, L.

Brux. Ac. Bll. 31 (1896) 280-.
— , — polarisation. Golicyn, (Prince) B. B.,

dt Kamozickij, A. N, St. Pdt. Ac So. Bfm.

3 (1896) No, 6, 13 pp.

— in vacuum tubes. BatteUi, A, N. Cim. 3
(1896) 129-, 193-.

surface, new method to determine. SSerbakov,
S, V, C. B. 122 (1896) 1155; St. P^t. Ac
Sc. Bll. 4 (1896) 491-.

by tube containing fluorescent matter. PiU-
chikof, — . C. B. 122 (1896) 461.

endo-exploration by. Rimond, A, As. Fr. C. B.

(1898) [Pt. 1) 122.
energy. Moffat, (Rev.) A, [1899] Edinb. B.
. 8. P. 22 (1900) 430-.

— conditions necessary for. Trowbridge, J,
Am. Ac. P. 32 (1897) 253-.

epilation produced by. Broca, — . Par. S. Ps.
8^. (1896) 292.

474

4240

evidence that they are ordinary light. Stoney,

G. J, Ph. Mg. 45 (1898) 532- ; 46 (1898) 253-.
examination of coals with. Fischer^ F, Z.

Angew. C. (1899) 4-. 130-, 333-.
existence behind opaque screens. Villari, E»

G. B. 123 (1896) 418- ; Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

5 (1896) {Sem, 1) 445-.
. Buguet, A. C. B. 123 (1896)

689-.

— in sunlight. DoUey, C. S., dt Egbert, S.
Science 3 (1896) 357-.

— — — . Rautenfeld-Lindenruh, H. von.
Biga Gor.-Bl. 39 (1896) 75-.

ExperimentB,

Bordas, F. A. Hyg. Pbl. 35 (1896J 385-.
Cox, J., dt CaUendar, H, L. Cn. B. 8. P. A T.

2 (1896) {Sect. 3) 171-.
Eder, J. M„ db VaUnta, E. Wien Pht. Cor.

33 (1896) 84-, 126-, 317-, 381-.
Edwards, H, Phot. J. 20 (1896) 174-.
Frost, E. B. Science 3 (1896) 235-.
Gifford, J, W, Phot. J. 20 (1896) 193-.
Goodspeed, A, W. Science 3 (1896) 236-.
Frost, E, B. Science 3 (1896) 465-.
Hoorweg, J. L. Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 290- ;

Fschr. Ps. (1896) (^6. 2) 632-.
Imhert, A,, dt Bertin-Sans, H, Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 48 (1896) (C. R.) 167-.
Kiinig, W, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1895-96)

35.
Lodge, 0. J. Elect. 37 (1896) 169-.
MauHtius, R. A. Ps. C. 59 (1896) 346-.
Murani, O, [1896] Mil 1. Lomb. Mm. 18

(1896-1900) 1-.
Neesen, F. D. Nf. Vh. (1896) (Th. 2, HdlfU 1)

70-.
Nodon, A. C. B. 122 (1896) 237.
Porter, T. C, Nt. 54 (1896) 149-.
Sutton, J. W. [1896] Queensl. B. S. P. 12

(1897) 86-.
Thirion, (le riv, p^re) — . Bmx. S. Sc. A. 20

(1896) {Pt, 1) 69-.
Thompson, S. P. L. Ps. S. P. 14 (1896) 272-;

Ph. Mg. 42 (1896) 162-.
ThrelfaU, R., dt Pollock, J, A, L. Ps. 8. P.

15 (1897) 1-; Ph. Mg. 42 (1896) 453-.
Thurbum, A. Nt. 54 (1896) 248.
Vicentini, G., dt Packer, G. Ven. I. Mm. 25

(1894-96) No. 7, 18 pp.
roller, A. Hamb. Ws. Anst. Jb. 13 (1896) 79-.
Eder, J. M,, dt Valenta, E. Wien Pht. Cor.

34 (1897) 24-.
Porter, T. C. Nt. 56 (1897) 316-.
Richarz, E. N.-Vorp. Mt. 28 (1897) 106-.
roller. A., dt Walter, B. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897)

88-, 806.
Webster, W. [1897] Nt. 57 (1897-98) 80-.
Wnght, A. W. Science 5 (1897) 759-.
Dom, E. Halle Nf . Gs. Ab. 21 (1896-98) [73}-.
Guggenheimer, S. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 5 (1898)

222-.
Geissler tubes for. Neesen, F. Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1896) 80-.

Rbtttgen Rays 4240

explanation. Schuller, A. Mth. Termt. ^ts.
14 (1896) 145- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 14 (1898)
63-.

— of reported magnetic deviation. Stokes,
(Sir) G. G. C. B. 125 (1897) 216-.

— — certain shadow phenomena observed
with. Sagnac, G. C. B. 123 (1896) 880- ;

. l^clair. ±\eoi. 9 (1896) 408- ; Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1897) 9-.
and flame, diselectrification of solid dielectrics

by. Kelvin, (Lord), Beattie, J. C, dt Smolu-

ckawski de Smolan, M. Edinb. B. S. P. 21

(1897) 397-.
fluorescence due to. ArgyropotUos, T, C. B.

122 (1896) 1119.
^ of glass due to. CJiabaud, F. C. B. 122

(1896) 603-.
vitreous materials due to. Radiguet, — .

C. B. 124 (1897) 179-.
fluorescent and physiological effects. Tkomson,

E. Elect. 38 (1897) 302-.
. Thompson, S. P„ et alii. Elect.

38 (1897) 356-, et seq.
formation. Dufour, H. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 1

(1896) 111-,
gems distinguished by. Doelter^ — . Am. J.

Sc. 1 (1896) 319.
heat developed by, bolometrio measurement.

Sckoeps, K. Z. Nw. 72 (1899) 145-.
heating of anti-cathode. Ma^intyre, J. Nt. 60

(1899] 101.

— proauced by. Dom, E. A. Ps. C. 63

(1897) 160-.
and Hittorf tubes. Rbiti, A, Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem. 1) 156-.
with Hittorf tubes filled with rarefied hydrogen.

Arrib, R. Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 31 (1895) 418-

or 620-.
hypotheses. Lodge, 0. Elect. 36 (1896) 471- ;

37 (1896) 370-.
— . Anon, Elect. Bv. 39 (1896) 353-.
not identical with cathode rays. Anders, T.

Biga Cor.-Bl. 39 (1896) 81 ; 40 (1898) 85.
. Pftmm, H. Biga Cor.-Bl. 39

(1896) 81.
improvements. Gieseler, — . Bonn Niedr.

Gs. Sb. (1896) 133.
inactivity, chemical. Dixon, H. B., dt Baker,

H. B. C. S. J. 69 (1896) 1308-.
induction effects with. Foveau de Courindles,

— . C. B. 125 (1897) 97-; As. Fr. C. B.

(1897) (Pt.l) 200.
^ . Buguet, A. C. B. 125 (1897)

375-.
injurious effects. Gilchrist, 7. C. Nt. '55

(1896-97) 541.
intensity, estimation. Branson, F. W. S. C.

In. J. 15 (1896) 865.
invisibility, cause. Dariex, — , dt Rochas, —

de. C. B. 122 (1896) 458-.
— , — . Fr€dericq, L. Bv. Sc. 5 (1896)

314.
knowledge and application. Pfaundler, L,

Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) (Ab. 2a) 112-.
and Lenard rays. Lodge, 0. Elect. 36 (1896)

438-.

— light PfawfuOer, L. Steierm. Mt. (1896)
. xlvii-^

475

4240

Rontgea Rays

4240

and longitudinal eleotrio waves. Thomson^

J. J. [1896] Camb. Ph. S. P. 9 (1898) 4&-.
loss of discharging power etc., of air onder.

VillaH, E, Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 9 (1900)

(Sem. 1) 288-, (Sem. 2) 61-.
at low temperatures. Bleekrode^ L, Elect.

Bv. 88 (1896) 756-.
luminescence of solid bodies by. Arnold^ W,

Z. Elektch. (1895-96) 602-.
mechanism. CarvaXlo,E. C. B. 180 (1900) 130-.
mode of radiation. Wcudt^ J, D. van der.

Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896) 298-; Fschr. Ps.

(1896) [Ab. 2) 632-.

modification deviable by magnet. Lafay, A^
C. B. 122 (1896) 713-, 809-, 837-.

motion of foreign matter in body during
illumination. SiedeniopftH,^ db Geroulanos,
M. Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 1 (1897-98) 141-.

— produced by. Claveruid, — • Eclair. J&lect.
6 (1896) 443-.

myths. Thompson, S, P., et alii. Elect. 38

(1897) 161, et seq.

nature. C, J. McK. Science 3 (1896) 325.

— . Giford, J. W, Nt. 64 (1896) 172.

— . Ooldhammer, D. A. Kazan S. Ps.-Mth.

Bll. 6 (1896) 1-; A. Ps. C. 67 (1896) 636-.
— . Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 68 (1896) 410.
— . Stokes, (Sir) O. Q. [1896-97] Camb.

Ph. S. P. 9 (1898) 216- ; Manch. Lt. Ph. S.

Mm. & P. 41 (1897) No. 16, 28 pp. ; 44 (1900)

No. 3, 1 p.
— . BaylAgh, {Lord). Nt. 67 (1897-98) 607.
— . Thomson, J. J. Nt. 68 (1898) 8.

— TrowMdge, J. Nt. 68 (1898) 17.
— . Walter, B. A. Ps. C. 66 (1898) 74-.
new results. Koch, —. Wiirtb. Jh. 63 (1897)

xmi-.
non-refrangibility in potassium. Beaulard, F.

C. B. 123 (1896) 301-.
opacity of bone, muscle and fat to. Henley,

E. W. [1898] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 9 (1899-

1902) 31-.
certain liquids and solids to. Bleunard,

— , dt Labesse, —. C. B. 122 (1896) 723-.
minerals to. Ackroyd, W., dt Knowles,

H. B. S. Dyers Col. J. 12 (1896) 65-.
and ordinary rays, action of metals on. Glad-
stone, J. H., db Hibbert, W. C. N. 74 (1896)

236.
origin. Martinotti, G. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 28 (1896)

69.
— . Michelson, A, A., db Stratton, S. W,

Science 3 (1896) 694-.

— Himstedt, F. [1897] Freiburg B. 10 (1898)

— . Trowbridge, J., dt Burbank, J, E. Am.

J. So. 6 (1898) 129-.
passage through liquids. Bleunard, — , db

Labesse, — . C. B. 122 (1896) 627-.
penetrative power. Marangoni, C Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1896) {Sem. 2) 403-.
. Rhiti, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6

(1897) {Sem. 1) 364-.
, measurement by spintermeter. BicHre,

A. Sc. Abs. 3(1900)408.
of different penetrative values, production.

Swinton, A. A. C. B. S. P. 61 (1897) 222-.

permeability of elements to. WaddeU, J. C.

N. 74 (1896) 298-.
metals to. Radiguet, — . C. B. 125

(1897) 171-.
phenomena. Goodtpeed, A. W. Am. Ph. S.

P. 36 (1896) 17-; Science 3 (1896) 394-.
— . Houston, E. J. Am. Ph. S. P. 85 (1896)

24-.
— . Sachse, J. F. Am. Ph. S. P. 35 (1896)

28—.
— . kobb, —. Am. Ph. S. P. 86 (1896) 8»-.
— , theory. Benham, C, E. [1896] Phot. J.

21 (1897) 74-, 78.
phospnoresoent materials sensitive to. Gie$d,

F. Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (10) (1897)

99-.

— screens for, construction. Geer9da£U, (le
riv. pdre) J. van. Brux. S. So. A. 20 (1896)
(Pt. 1) 110-.

and photography of the invisible. TorteUi, Jf.

N. Antol. Sc. 146 (1896) 644-.
through opaque bodies. Bouty, E. Bv.

Sc. 6 (1896) 610-.
photographic action. Maurain, C. £clair.

£lect. 7 (1896) 649.
. Sandrucei, A. N. Cim. 3 (1896) 86S-.

— — , law. Vandevyver, L. N, J. de Pb. 6
(1897) 23-.

, mode. Colson, R. C. B. 122 (1896)

922-.

— candle power. Trouton, F. T. Elect. 88
(1897) 699.

— effects. Lumitre, A,, db LumUre, L, C. B.
122 (1896) 382-.

Zenger, C. V. C. B. 122 (1896) 466-.

Photography,

Bahier, E. GMn. Civ. 28 (1895-96) 222-.
BergoniS, ~. Bordeaux S. So. Pv. (1895-96)

29.
Broca, A. Bv. Sc. 5 (1896) 129-.
Carbutt, J. Am. Ph. S. P. 86 (1896) 38-.
Davis, G. £. S. C. In. J. 16 (1896) 82.
Gifford, J. W. Phot. J. 20 (1896) 127-, 174.
KHhiig, W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1896) 74-;

Frkf . a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1895-96) 64-.
Moreau, G. C. B. 122 (1896) 238-.
Londe, A. C. B. 122 (1896) 311-.
Zenger, C. V. C. B. 122 (1896) 316.
Londe, — . C. B. 122 (1896) 620-.
Girard, C, db Bordas, F. C. B. 122 (1896)

628-.
Morru, — . Am. Ph. S. P. 36 (1896) 87-.
Puluj, J. Wien Az. 33 (1896) 25-.
Rautenfeld'Lindenruh, H. von, Biga Cor.-BL

39 (1896) 72-.
Smith, F, J, Nt. 64 (1896) 694-.
Turner, D, [1896] Sc. S. Arts T. 14 (1898)

160-.
Wallon, E. Q6n. Civ. 29 (1896) 278-, 29&-,

312-.
Ward, E. Manch. Mcr. S. T. (1896) 72-.
Edwards, H. Phot. J. 21 (1897) 112-.
GarUl, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1897) {Pt, 1) 75-.
Levy, M. D. Nf. Vh. (1898) (Th. 2, HiOfU 1)

164-.

476

4240

Photography by Rontgen Rays

4240

MaXagcli, R,, dt Bonadni, C. N. Cim. 8 (1898)

97-.
Murani, 0. MU. I. Lomb. Bd. 81 (1898) 964-.
(or diagraphy). Oocht, H, Fschr. ^ntgenstr.

2 (1898-99) 138-.
Ziegler, W. [1899] Fsohr. Bontgenstr. 3

(1899-1900) 27-.
Meyer, 0. E, Bresl. Sohl. Os. Jbr. (1900)

(Ah, 2a) 21-.
of alloys. Heyeoeky C. T., dt Neville, F, H,

C. S. J. 73 (1898) (Pt. 2) 714-.

. Betti, M. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 81 (1899) 101-.

analysis of vegetable matter by. Jianwez, F,

C. B. 122 (1896) 841-.
of animal bones, technique. Lucas, J. D,

Brux. Mm. Cour. 4», 55 (1896-98) No. 2,

7 pp.
apparatus for. Webster, W. Nt. 66 (1896-97)

569.

. Londe, A. C. B. 128 (1899) 817-.

taking several photograpns successively.

Levy-Dom, — . Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 3 (1899-

1900) 107-.
and its applications. Londe, A, A. Ck)n8.

Arts et M^t. 1 (1899) 163-.
by camera. Nipher, F. E, Science 3 (1896)

783.
camera (pinhole) for. Czermak, P. A. Ps.

C. 60 (1897) 760-.
by Crookes's tubes. Rbiii, A. Bm. B. Ac.

Line. Bd. 6 (1896) (Sem, 1) 69.
defects due to screens. Londe, A, C. B. 126

(1898) 1642-.
distortion in. Schmidt, 0. L., <Jt Fuchs, W, C,

Sc. Abs. 1 (1898) 479.
by electric discharge. Vicentini, 0,, dk Packer,

G, Ven. I. At. (1895-96) 238-.
experiment of J. J. Thomson. Taudin-Otabot,

J. J. il&clair. :^lect. 6 (1896) 466-.
experiments. Miller, D. C, Science 3 (1896)

616-.
exposure time. Vandevyver, L, N. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 32 (1896) 467-.
, reduction. Meslin, O. C. B. 122 (1896)

719.
, — . BoHlewski, — . C. B. 122 (1896)

720.
, — . Imbert, A., dt Bertin-Sans, H, C.

B. 122 (1896) 720-.

, — . Chappuis, J. C. B. 122 (1896)

777-.
, — Rosenfeld, M, Wien Az. 33 (1896)

110-.
, — . Levy, M. D. Nf. Vh. (1897) (Th. 1)

174-.
, — , method. BatteUi, A., dt Oarbasso,

A. N. Cim. 3 (1896) 167-.
fogged appearance of negatives. Villard, P.

C. B. 125 (1897) 232-.

. Chabaud, V. C. B. 125 (1897)

496-.
of image on fluorescent screen. Porcher, C«

C. B. 126 (1897) 409-.
improvements. Giesel, F, Braunschw. Yr«

Nt. Jbr. (10) (1897) 113-.
instantaneous. Siguy, G. C. B. 126 (1897)

602.

of invisible bodies. Gerard, E, Bv. Un.

Mines 33 (1896) 162-.
Izambard process of printing by. Anon, Sc.

Abs. 2 (1899) 562.
, improvement. KoUe, F. 8,

Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 562-.
of medal in relief. Carpentier, J, C. B. 122

(1896) 526-.
method. Imbert, A,, dt Bertin-Sam, H, C.

B. 122 (1896) 606-.

— (Imbert & Bertin-Sans). Arsonval, — d\

C. B. 122 (1896) 607.

several photographs at once. Frentzd, J, C.

Ztg. 20 (1896) 161.
and photography by other rays. Villard, P.

A. Ck>ns. Arts et M^t. 1 (1899) 345-.
progress. Lodge, 0. Elect. 36 (189Q 783-.
radiographs by fluorescent screens. Jaleekrode,

L. Nt. 63 (1896-96) 667.
. Gifford, J. W, Nt. 53 (1896-96)

667.
and radioscopy. WaUon, E. Q^n. Civ. 38

(1898) 6-, 26-.

— Bdntgen's researches. Garid, — . J. Phm.
3 (1896) 184-.

sharpness of pictures with various tubes.

Hinterberger, H. Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896)

584-.
with statical machine. Leduc, S, Par. S. Ps.

S6. (1897) 62» ; As. Fr. C. B. (1898) (Pt. 1)

118-.
stereometer for. Marie, T,, dt RibaiU, H, C.

B. 130 (1900) 748-.

stereoscopic. Imbert, A,, dt Bertin-Sans, H,

C. B. 122 (1896) 786.

— . Mane, T., dt Ribaut, H. C. B. 124 (1897)
613-.

— pictures. Thomson, E, Elect. 36 (1896)
661- ; Franklin I. J. 141 (1896) 381-.

. Sauve, A, Bm. N. Line. At. 60 (1897)

69—
\ Elfstr'dm, C, O. [1898] Sk. Nf. F.

(1898) 330- ; Ups. Lak. F. 4 (1899) 69-.
. Boas, H. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900)

46-.
. Hildebrand, H, Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 3

(1899-1900) 171-.
stereoscopy. Chahaud, F. Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1898) 154-.

— . Roulliis, — . C. B. 128 (1899) 190.

— (priority of discovery). Bouchard, D, Bv.
Sc. 11 (1899) 183.

— (Boucnard). Roulli^s, — . Bv. Sc. 11

(1899) 280.

use of diaphragm. Imbert, A., dt Bertin-Sans,
H. C. B. 122 (1896) 384-; Bv. Sc. 5 (1896)
219-.

non-uniform magnetic fields. Meslin, G.

C. B. 122 (1896) 776-.

— — pinhole camera. Lawrence, R, R.
Science 3 (1896) 367.

triphase currents. DeUzinier, — . C.

B. 129 (1899) 1227- ; 130 (1900) 169-.
with Wehnelt interrupter. Albers-SchOnberg,

— . Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 3 (1899-1900) 140-.

photometer for. Meslin, G. J. de Ps. 5 (1896)
202-.

477

4240

Rbntgea Rays

4240

photometer for. Hubert ^ A,, dt Reynand^ O,

Par. S. C. Bll. 21 (1899) 392-.
physiological effect. Daniel^ J. Science 8

ri896) 562-.
polarisability. GraeU, L, A. Ps. C. 65 (1898)

453-.
polarisation. GoUcyn^ (Prince) B, B. St. P6t.

Ac. Sc. Bll. 4 (1896) Ixi-.

— by doubly refracting media impossible.
Mayer, A, M, Science 3 (1896) 478.

— photometer for measuring contrast-intensity.
Boas, H. D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1899) 242-.

practical notes. Wildt, A, [1899] Fschr.
Bdntgenstr. 3 (1899-1900) 17-.

— and physical notes. Walter, B. Fschr.
Bdntgenstr. 1 (1897-98) 29-, 82-, 142-,
188-, 238-; 2 (1898-99) 29-, 144-, 181- ;
3 (1899-1900) 66-.

problems. Kalischer, — . Elekttech. Z. 19

(1898) 383-, 421-, 436-, 468, 477-, 523-,

550-.
production. Lodge, O. J, [1896] Nt. 55 (1896-

97) 100.
— . Szymamki, P. Z. Instk. 16 (1896)

163-.
— . Zegertf L. L., db Sakusar, A. E, Chili S.

Sc. Act. 6 (1896) 21-.
— , action of spark gap. Winkelmann, A, A.

Ps. 2 (1900) 757-.

— by battery current. Trowbridge, J, Am.
J. Sc. 9 (1900) 439-.

— , best conditions for. Rosenthal, J. D. Nf.
Vh. (1897) (Th, 2, Hdlfte 1) 64-.

— in Crookes*s and Geissler tubes. Campanile,
F., d' Stromei, E. Nap. Bd. 35 (1896) 89-.

— tubes. Hurmuzescu, D. [Bucarest

S. Sc. Bl. 6 (1897)] 326-.

— by electrostatic machines. Thirion, {le riv.
phre) — . Brux. S. Sc. A. 22 (1898) (Pt. 1)
103-.

— , experiment. Knudsen, M. Ejf^. Ov. (1896)
150- ; C. Ztg. 26 (1896) (Rpm,) 215.

— by induction coil. Norton, C. L., dt
Lawrence, R. R. Science 5 (1897) 496-.

— of intense rays. Rosenthal, J. D. Nf . Vh.

(1896) (Th, 2, HalfU 1) 73-.

— , new arrangements for. Levy, M. D. Nf.
Vh. (1898) (Th. 2, HdlfU 1) 164-.

— and photographic action. Puluj, J. Wien
Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) (Ab. 2a) 228-, 243-.

— by Wimshurst machine. Porter, T. C.
[1896] Nt. 65 (1896-97) 30-, 79.

. Thirion, (le r6v, ptre) — . Brux.

S. Sc. A. 22 (1898) (Pt, 1) 46-.
progress in effects. Anon. Am. Mcr. J. 18

(1897) 350-.

propagation. Lussana, S., db Cinelli, M, N.
Cim. 3 (1896) 364-.

— of electricity in gases affected by. Righi, A.
[1896] Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1896-97)
231-. ,

— , experiments. Sagnac, G. Eclair. Elect.

13 (1897) 531-.
properties. Kdnig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr.

Jbr. (1895-96) 35-.
— . Leonard, C. L. Am. Ph. S. P. 35 (1896)

298-.

properties. Perrin, J. C. B. 122 (1896) 186-.

— . Dufour, H. C. B. 122 (1896) 460-.

— . Winkelmann, A., dt Straubet, R. Jena.

Z. 30 (1896) 555-; A. Ps. C. 59 (1896) 324-.
— . EUinger, H. O. G. N. Ts. Fs. K. 2 (1897)

170-.
— . R&ntgen, W. C. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1897)

576-.

— of gas traversed by. Sagnac, G. C. B. 125

(1897) 168-.

— , new. Benoist, L,, db Hurmuzescu, 2). C.

B. 122 (1896) 235-.
— , — . Kamoiickij, A.N.,db Golicyn, (Prtnc«)

B. B. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 28 (Ps.) (1896) 122;

J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 607-.
radiation from Crookes*s tubes analogous to.

Gossart, — , db ChevaUier, — . C. B. 122

(1896) 316-.
radiogoniometer, to measure incidence angle.

GtUlleminot, — . Sc. Abs. 3 (1900) 725.
reflection. Dwelshauvers-Dery, F, V. Bmx.

Ac. Bll. 31 (1896) 482-.
— . Lea, M, C. Science 4 (1896) 917.
— . Malagoli, R,, db Bonacini, C. Bm. B.

Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem. 1) 327-.
— , diffuse. Pupin, M. J. Science 3 (1896)

538-.
— , — . Thomson, J. J. Camb. Ph. S. P. 9

(1898) 393-.

— from platinum. Rood, 0. N. Science 3
(1896) 463-.

, Bood's demonstration. Mayer, A. M,

Science 3 (1896) 705-.
polished metallic surfaces. Rood, O. N,

Am. J. Sc. 2 (1896) 173-.
speculum-metal mirrors. Blythswood,

(Lord). B. S. P. 59 (1896) 330-.
(Blythswood). Kelvin, (Lord).

B. S. P. 59 (1896) 332-.
refraction. Beaulard, F. C. B. 122 (1896)

782.

— and diffraction. Gouy, — . C. R. 122
(1896) 1197- ; 123 (1896) 43-; J. de Ps. 5
(1896) 345-.

— in prism. Hurion, — , db Izam, — . C. B.
122 (1896) 1195-.

^ and reflection. Evans, W. P. [1896] N.

Z. I. T. 29 (1897) 573-.
in relation to chemistry. VoUer, — . Z.

Angew. C. (1897) 527-.
relationship to known phenomena. Miethe, A,

Wien Pht. Cor. 33 (1896) 145-.
scattering. Buguet, A. C. B. 125 (1897) 702-.
secondary rays. Tovmsend, J. S. [1899]

Camb. Ph. S. P. 10 (1900) 217-.

— — from bodies struck by. Strauss, A.
Mth. Termt. Ets. 15 (1897) 312- ; Mth. Nt.
B. Ung. 15 (1899) 8-.

— — , complex nature. Sagnac, G. 0. R.
128 (1899) 300-, 380.

— — , emission by air. Sagnac, G. C. R.
' 126 (1898) 521-.

, experiments. Dom, E, Arch. N^erl.

■ 5 (1900) 595-.

, formation by body and effect in photo-
graphs. GuiUoz, T. C. B. 130 (1900)
355-.

478

4240 Rontgen Rays

secondary rays, negative charge. Gurie^ P., d

Sagnac, O. C. B. 130 (1900) 1013-.
sensitiveness of retina to. Harriton, O. 0.

Nt. 56 (1897) 248.

. Bfttun, E, Nt. 56 (1897) 271.

shot in skull, localisation by. Canvp^ — dela.

[1898] Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 2 (1898-99) 12-.
smallest metallic masses visible in human

body. ForsUr.A. [1897] Fschr. Bdntgenstr.

1 (1897-98) 12-.
. Forster, A,, dt Hugi,

E, Fschr. Bontgenstr. 1 (1897-98) 170-.
technical points in using. Cowl^ W, Fschr.

Bontgenstr. 2 (189&-99) 104-.
theories concerning. Schenkel, H, Gztg. Opt.

21 (1900) 74-, 84-, 113-.
theory. Michelton, A. A. Am. J. Sc. 1 (1896)

812-.
— . Vosmaer, A., dt Ortt, F. L. Nt. 66 (1897)

316.
transformation. HurmuzescUf D. [1898] Far.

S. Ps. 86. (1898) 65-; Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 7

(1899) 609-.
— . Dvfour, H, Par. S. Ps. S6. (1900)

64'-.
— , behaviour of substances during. MaUigolit

R., dt B(macird, (7. N. Cim. 9 (1899) 279-.

— by different bodies. Hurmuzetcu^ D. As.
Fr. C. B. (1898) (PU 1) 119- ; C. B. 128
(1899) 422-.

,— . Sagnac, G. C. B. 128 (1899)

546- ; Eclair. Elect. 18 (1899) 64- ; 19 (1899)
201-.

matter. Sagnae, G. C. B. 126 (1898)

887-; Par. 8. Ps. Si. (1898) 115- ; Eclair.

illect. 14 (1898) 466-, 509-, 547- ; 18 (1899)

41-.
metals. Sagnac, G. C. B. 125 (1897)

230-, 942-.
transmission. S<ignaCt G. C. B. 126

(1898) 467-.
transmissibility. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 1

(1896) 467-.
transmission, improved vacuum tube. Pohrt,

N,, dt Anders, T, Biga Gor.-Bl. 40 (1898)

84-.

— through matter, theory. MalUzos, C, C.
B. 122 (1896) 1115-.

transparency to. Aubel, E, van, J. de Ps. 5

(1896) 611-.

. Zoth, 0. A. Ps. C. 58 (1896) 344-.

. Re^F. Sc. Abs. 1 (1898) 59e-.

, and chemical nature of bodies, relations.

Meslans, M, C. B. 122 (1896) 309-.

— of glass and porcelain to. RUcker, A, W.,
dt Watson, W. B. A. Bp. (1896) 710.

— to, law. Benoist, L. C. B. 124 (1897)
146- ; Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1897) 21-.

— of metals to. Chabaud, V, C. B. 122
(1896) 237-.

— , relative, of substances to. Fein, E. Z.

Elektch. (1895-96) 583.
— , — , , method of determining. Robb,

W. L. Science 3 (1896) 544.

— of vapours to. Aubel, E, van, J. de Ps. 6
(1897) 528-.

Tubes 4240

Tubes.

K&nig, W. Elekttech. Z. 17 (1896) 302-.
Righi, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896)

(Sem, 2) 47-.
iZMtt, A, N. Cim. 4 (1896) 162-.
SwinUm, A. A, C. Nt. 54 (1896) 125-.
Ward, H. S. Phot. J. 20 (1896) 196-.
Gifford, J. W. Phot. J. 20 (1896) 209.
Turner, D, Nt. 56 (1897) 54.
Wimshurst, J, Nt. 56 (1897) 364.
Davidson, J. M. Phot. J. 22 (1898) 251-.
adjustable. Swinton, A. A, C. Nt. 56 (1897)

79 ; Sc. Abs. 1 (1898) 692.
adjustment. Walter, B. Elekttech. Z. 18

(1897) 10.

— of focus, apparatus for. Machado, V,
[1898-1900] Lisb. J. Sc. Mth. 5 (1898)
259-; 6 (1902) 36-.

arrangement for. Dom, E, Elekttech. Z. 17

(1896) 706-.
behaviour of argon in. Callendar, H, L,, db

Evans, N. N, Nt. 56 (1897) 624-.
conductorless. Smith, F. J. Nt. 55 (1896-97)

294.
Crookes's, new form. Colardeau, E. Par. 8.

Ps. S6. (1896) 213-.
— , . Turner, D, Sc. 8. Arts T. 14

(1898) 330-.

design. Swinton, A. A. C. Elect. 39 (1897)

15-, 109.
"focus-tubes." Wood, R. W, Ph. Mg. 41

(1896) 382-.
— , adjustable. Sunnton, A, A. C. Elect. Bv.

40 (1897) 630-.
— , source of rays in. Swinton, A, A. C. B.

S. P. 63 (1898) 432-.
— , for use with alternate currents. Swinton,

A.A.C, Elect. 37 (1896) 37.
form. Chabaud, V., at Hurmuzescu, D. C.

B. 122 (1896) 995-, 1082; Par. 8. Ps. 86.

(1896) 206-.

heating of anodes in. Chamberlain, W. [1896]

Nt. 55 (1896-97) 198.
. Swinton, A. A. C. Nt. 55 (1896-

97) 225.
without heating of anticathode. Buguet, A..,

dt ChaJbaud, V. C. B. 129 (1899) 591-.
Hittorf, improved form. Eberhard, 0. C.

Ztg. 20 (1896) 460.
method of driving. Norton, C,L,,dt Lawrence,

R. R. Nt. 55 (1896-97) 460-.

— — increasing efficiency. Crump, T, G,
Nt. 54 (1896) 225.

new form. Boas, H, Z. Instk. 16 (1896)

117-.
. Chabaud, V. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1896)

283-.
. Guglielmo, G, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

6 (1897) {Sem. 2) 324-.
, with Pabst anticathode. Kurlbaum, F,

Elekttech. Z. 21 (1900) 237.
, suggestion for. Spencer, T, Elect. 38

(1897) 732-.

recent improvement. Sayen, H. L, Franklin
I. J. 145 (1898) 441-.

479

4240 Rbntgen Rays

showing red flaoresoenoe. Siguy, G., <t
Ounddag, i. C. B. 125 (1897) 602-.

with yaoamn regulator. Siemens^ — ,dtHaltke,
^. Cztg. Opt 18 (1697) 53-.

and ultra-violet light. Raveau, C. Eclair.

Elect. 6 (1896) 249- ; Par. S. Ps. B^. (1896)

42-.
, action on electric discharge. Sella,

A,, dt Majorana^ Q. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

5 (1896) {Sem. 1) S28-, 889-; Nt. 54 (1896)
58.

— — — , conductivity of air by. Kelvin^
(Lord), Beattie, J, C,, db Smoluehowiki de
Smolan, M. Edinb. B. S. P. 21 (1897)
406-.

»- and uranium, conductivity of gases

by. BeattU, J, C, dt Smoluehowsln de
Smolan, M, Ph. Mg. 48 (1897) 418-.

universal illumination screen. Kratzentteint
— . [1898] Fschr. Bdntgenstr. 2 (1898-99)
70.

use of artificial hexagonal prisms of phos-
phorescent blende. Trooet, — . C. B. 122
(1896) 564-.

— and effect of Holtz machine. Suhr, P.
[1896] Danzig Schr. 9 (1895-98) {Hefte 8

6 4) xiv.

— of fluorescent screens. Salvioni, E, [1896]
N. Cim. 5 (1897) 63-.

. Thompson, S, P. C. B. 122

(1896) 807-.

. Trowbridge, C. C. [1896] N. Y.

Ac. A. 11 (1898) 89-.

— — certain phosphorescent substances for
rendering visible. Jackson, H. C. S. P. 12

(1897) 57-.

^- — phosphorescent zinc sulphide. Henry, C.

C. B. 122 (1896) 312-.
screens. Henry, C. C. B. 123

(1896) 400-.

and their velocity. Sella, A,, d Majorana, Q.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem. I) 168-.
velocity of ions produced in gasies by (ratio).

Zeleny, J, Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 120-.
. Zeleny, J. [1900] Phil.

Trans. (A) 195 (1901) 193-.
— , measurement. Brunhes, B. C. B. 130

(1900) 127-.
vibration direction. Dom, E, Halle Nf. Gs.

Ab. 21 (1896-98) [53]-.
visibility. Brandes, O, Berl. Ak. Sb. (1896)

547-.
— . Brandes, 0„ dt Dom, E. A. Ps. C. 60

(1897) 478-.

— . Strauss, A. Mth. Termt. Ete. 15 (1897)

305- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 15 (1899) 1-.
— . Dom, E, A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 620-.

— to the blind. Hilgartner, H, L,, dk Nor-
thrup, E. F, Texas Ac. Sc. T. 2 (No. 1)

(1897) 29-.

colour blind. Dom, E. A. Ps. C. 66

(1898) 1171-.

wave-length. Fomm, L. Miinch. Ak. Sb. 26
(1897) 283-.

— (Fomm's experiments). Tiddens, P, O.
Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 408- ; Fschr. Ps.
(1897) (Ab. 2) 732.

and Cathode Rays 4240

wave-length, method of determining. Tiddens,

P. G. Amst. Ak. Vs. 5 (1897) 444- ; Fschr.

Ps. (1897) (Ah. 2) 732.
— ana variation of properties with. Dwels*

hauverS'Dery, F, V. Brux. Ac. Bll. 31

(1896) 688-.

RONTQEN RAYS AND CATHODE RAYS.

Battelli, A., dt Oarhasso, A. N. Cim. 8 (1896)

289-.
Oruner, P. Bern Mt. (1896) vi-.

QuiUaume, C. 6. Par. 8. Ps. S^. (1896)

105-.
Rieharz, — . [1896] N.-Vorp. Mt. 28 (1897)

X-, xvi.
(Electric shadows and luminescence.) Thomp-
son, S. P. [1896] B. I. P. 15 (1899) 191-.
Villari, E. [1896] Bologna Ac. So. Mm. 6

(1896-97) 117-.
PerHn, J. A. C. 11 (1897) 496-.
Poinear^, H. Par. Bur. Long. An. (1897) D.

35 pp. ; Bv. Sc. Ind. 29 (1897) 41-.
Precht, J. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897) 330-.
Swinum, A. A. C. [1898] B. L P. 15 (1899)

580-.
Zehndtr, L. [1898] Freiburg B. 11 (189&-

1901) 1-.
and analogous radiations. Perrin, J. Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1896) 121-.

— Becquerel rays, relations. Thompson, S. P.
B. A. Bp. (1896) 712.

existence of Kdntgen in cathode rays. I^ti, A.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 6 (1897) (Sem. 2) 123-.
and ** internal*' rays. Thofnpson, S. P., et

alii. Elect. 38 (1897) 356-, et seq.

— Lenard rays. Sutherland, W. Ph. Mg. 47
(1899) 269-.

(Sutherland). Thomson, J. J. Ph.

Mg. 47 (1899) 415-.
magnetic deviation. Metz, G. de. C. B. 125

(1897) 17-, 426-.

— — . Sandrucci, A. N. Cim. 7 (1898)
112-.

mechanical action. Graetz, L. A. Ps. 1 (1900)

648-.
physical difiference. Geitler, J. (Ritter) von.

Wien Ak. Sb. 107 (1898) (Ab. 2a) 526-.
relation. BatUUi, A. N. Cim. 5 (1897)

386-.
— , theory. Thomson, J. J. Ph. Mg. 45 (1898)

172-.
and size and density of atoms. Guglieltno, G.

Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Bd. 7 (1898) {Sem. 2) 189- ;

8 (1899) (5m. 1) 378-.
theories. Rollins, W. Am. J. Sc. 10 (1900)

382-.

Vacuum tubes in field of Buhmkorff's coil.

Borgman, I., db Petrovskij, A. Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 31 (Ps.) (1899) 137-.
, photographic action within and without.

BatteUi, A. N. Cim. 5 (1897) 169- ; Ph. Mg.

43 (1897) 133-.

480

4270 Various Badiations

4250 Electric Badiations.
General

Electric discharge rays. Wiedemann^—, [1896]

Z. Elektch. (1895-96) 159-.
" — , conductivity of gases exposed to,

Thomson, J, J. [1899] Camb. Ph. S. P.

10 (1900) 74-.
, relation to cathode and B6ntgen rays.

Hofmann, M, W, A. Ps. C. 60 (1897) 269-.
— radiation from sun. Wilting, J. , dt Scheiner,

J. A. Ps. C. 59 (1896) 782-.
Electrostatic and magnetic deflection of canal

rays. Wien,W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1898) 10-.
Bontgen rays, early analogous experiments.

HolU, W. A. Ps. C. 57 (1896) 462-.
, . Tomman, D, Rv. So. 7

(1897) 218.
Theory. SHba,E.W. [1873] (xn) Krk. Ak.

(Mt.-Prz.) Bz. A Sp. 1 (1874) 1-, v-.

Badioactivity 4275

Marcucei, S. Bv. So.-Ind. 28 (1896) 45-.

(Badiations by influence of light.) Le Bon, O,
C. B. 124 (1897) 755- ; Bv. Sc. 7 (1897) 362-.

Perrigot, — . C. B. 124 (1897) 867-; Wien
Pht. Ck)r. 34 (1897) 271-.

(Badiations by influence of light, electric pro-
perties.) Le Bon, O. C. B. 124 (1897) 892-;
Bv. Sc. 7 (1897) 558-.

(LeBon.) BecquerehH. C. B. 124 (1897) 984-.

(BecquereL) Le Bon, O. C. B. 124 (1897)
1148- ; Bv. Sc. 7 (1897) 689-.

(Invisible radiations succeeding phosphor-
escence.) Le Bon, G. C. B. 128 (1899) 174- ;
Bv. Sc. 11 (1899) 106-.

Le Bon, G, C. B. 130 (1900) 891- ; Bv. Sc. 13
(1900) 449-.

(Le Bon.) Cune, P. C. B. 130 (1900) 1072-.

(Curie.) Le Bon, G. C. B. 130 (1900) 1108.

4270 Various Badiations.

Gryptoluminescence of metals. BXfiti, A, Bm.

B. Ac. Line. Bd. 7 (1898) {Sem. 1) 87-.
Electric effluvium and Bontgen rays, chemical

action. Hemptinne, A. de, Brux, Mm. Cour.

8o, 55 (1896-98) No. 2, 36 pp.
Images produced by projection from metal at

high temperatures, and on a "fourth oondi*

tion of matter.'' Zantedesehi, F. Bm. Cor.

Sc. 1 (1848) 342-.
** Infra-electric" effluvium, photography of.

Hem, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll. 34 (1897) 252-.

— equilibrium. Heen, P. de, Brux. Ac. Bll. 32
(1896) 426-.

— radiation. Heen, P. de, Brux. Ac. Bll. 36

(1898) 368-, 784- ; 36 (1898) 55-.

— — (de Heen). Villari, E. Bm. B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 7 (1898) {Sem, 2) 272-.

(Villari). Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac. Bll.

(1899) 298-.
Infra- and ultra-electric radiation, manifesta-
tions in dielectrics. Heen, P. de. Brux. Ac
Bll. 35 (1898) 191-.

LE BON'S DARK LIGHT.

Le Bon, G. C. B. 122 (1896) 188-, 233-.
NiewenglowsH, G. H. C. B. 122 (1896) 232,

385-.
Le Bon, G. C. B. 122 (1896) 386-.
Brian^on, A. C. B. 122 (1896) 390; Bv. So.

5 (1896) 618-.
Le Bon, G. C. B. 122 (1896) 462-.
Lumitre, A., db Lumibre, L. C. B. 122 (1896)

463-.
Arsonval, A. d\ C. B. 122 (1896) 500-.
Le Bon, G, C. B. 122 a896) 622-.
(Forms of energy involved in photography.)

CoUon, R. C. B. 122 (1896) 598-.
(Condensation on metal.) Le Bon, G. C. B.

122 (1896) 1054-.
L., 0. Oestr. Z. Brgw. 44 (1896) 267-.

VOL. III. 481

Light, invisible. Seckendorf, (Prendent) — .
. Gdrl. Ab. 6 {Heft 1) (1851) 1-.
— , new action. Ni4pce de Saint^Victor, A.
C. B. 65 (1867) 505-.

MOSER*S IMAGES. THERMOGRAPHY,

See 4225.

Phosphorescent bodies, radiations of, passage
through opaque bodies. NiewenglowsH, G. H,
C. B. 122 (1896) 386-,

Photographic dnr plate, action of certain sub-
stances, in dark. Rutsell, W, J. [1898]
Phot J. 23 (1899) 91-,

— plate, action of various radiations. WilbeTt,
M. I. Franklin L J. 150 (1900) 388-.

— — , zinc and other metals. Thomion,

J. J. [1897] Camb. Ph. S. P. 9 (1898) 372.

Transformation of rays by different elements,
Sagnac, G. i^clair. ^lect. 18 (1899) 64-.

Unsuspected radiations. KropotHn, (Prince).
Smiths. Bp. (1900) 371-.

4275 Badioactivity (radium, etc.)*

Beequerel, H, C. B. 129 (1899) 1205-.
Actinium. Debieme, A. C. B. 129 (1899)

693- ; 130 (1900) 906-.
Barium. Lengyel, B. von. Mth. Termt. Ets.

18 (1900) 121- ; Berl. B. 33 (1900) 1237-.
— , artificial radio-active. Debierne, A, C. B.

131 (1900) 333-.
— and polonium. Gie$el, F, Berl. B. 33

(1900) 1665-.
Baryta and polonium. Gieeel, F. A. Ps. C.

69 (1899) 91-.
Beequerel rays and polonium. Curie, (Mme.) M,

C. N. 79 (1899) 77-.
, radio-activity induced by. Curie, P., it

Curie, (Mme.) M. C. B. 129 (1899) 714-.
Bismuth. ViUard,P. Par.S.Ps S6. (1900) 69».
Magnetic field, effect. Beaqtierd, H. C. B«

129 (1899) 996-.
Polonium. Curie, P., Curie, (Mme.) M,, <t

Bimont, O. C^ B. 127 (1898) 1216-.

HH

4275 Radioactivity

Badioaotive bodies. Haihit E, de. A. Ps. 0.

68 (1899) 903.

. Kbthner, P, Z. Nw. 72 (1899) 881-.

. Curie, (Mme.y M, Bv. So. 14 (1900)

65-.

. Qie$ehF. Berl. B. 88 (1900) 8569-.

• . SeUa, — . Bv. Sa-Ind. 82 (1900) 209.

, properties. BeequerA, H. C. B. 128

(1899) 771-.
, — . Curie, P., dt Curie, {Mme.) M.

Par. S. Pa. 8^. (1900) 10»-.
, different radiations. Curie, P., dt Curie,

(Mme.) M. Par. S. Ps. S«. (1900) 20*-.
, source of energy. Crookes, W. 0. B.

128 (1899) 176-.
, spectrum. Demargay, E, C. B. 127

(1898) 1218.

BADIUM BADUTI0N8.

Beequerel, H. C. B. 180 (1900) 206- ; Fkur. S.

Ps. S^. (1900) 28-.
Dam, E. C. B. 130 (1900) 1126.
ViUard, P. C. B. 130 (1900) 1178-.
absoiption. Meyer, 8,, dt Schweidler, E,

{Riiter) van. Wien Az. 86 (1899) 351-.
and Beequerel rays. Quincke, 0, [18991

Heidi. Nt. Md. Yh. 5 (1898-1901) 284-.
behaviour of radium at low temperature.

Behrendeen, 0. A. Ps. 2 (1900) 885-.
— in magnetic field. Meyer, S,, dt

Schweidler, E. (RiUer) van, Wien Az. 86

(1899) 823-.

charge of magnetically deviable. Curie, P,,

dt Curie, (Mme,) M. C. B. 130 (1900) 647-.
deviation in electric field. Beequerel, H.

C. B. 130 (1900) 809-.
diversion in magnetic field. Beequerel, H.
• C. B. 130 (1900) 372-.
passage through matter. Beequerel, H, G. B.

180 (1900) 979-.
and polonium radiation. Oiesel, F, [1899]

Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (12) (1902) 88.
. Meyer, S., dt Schweidler, E. (Bitter)

van. Wien Ak. Sb. 109 (1900) (Ah. 2a) 92-.
transparency of aluminium to. Beequerel, H.

C. B. 130 (1900) 1154-.
violet colouration of glass produced by. Le

Chatelier, H. Par. 8. Ps. 86. (1899) 73*.

Badium-barium salts and their rays. Oiesel, F.

D. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1900) 9-.
Thorium and its compounds, radiations from.

Schmidt, O. C. C. B. 126 (1898) 1264 ; A. Ps.

C. 65 (1898) 141-.
— compounds, radioactive substance emitted

from. Rutherfard, E. Ph. Mg. 49 (1900)

, and radioactivity produced in substances

by action of. Rutherford, E. Ph. Mg. 49
(1900) 161-.

^ radiation. Owens, R. B. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899)

* 360-.

Uranite rays. ViUan, E. Sc. Abs. 1 (1898)
892-.

Physiological Optics 4400

URANIUM.

compounds (phosphorescent), analysis of li^t

from. Beequerel, E. [1872] C. B. 75 (1872)

296- ; (n) Par. Ac. 8c. Mm. 40 (1876) No. 2.

40 pp.
^, diMhaige due to. ViUari, E, Nap. Bd.

36 (1897) 178-.
^-, and thorium compounds, radiations. Curie,

(Mme.) M. C. B. 126 (1898) 1101-.
electric inroperties. Kelvin, (Lcrd) , Bea$He,J. C,

dt Smoluchowski de Sm<^n, M, Edinb. B. S.

P. 21 (1897) 417-.
and insulateid metal, electric eqailibrinm.

Kelvin, (Lard), Beattie, J. C.,dt Smduehow'

sH de Smolan, M. [1897] Edinb. B. 8. P.

22 (1900) 131-.

— radium, and other metallic emanations.
Le Ban, O. Bv. 8c. 13 (1900) 548-.

rays. Beequerel, H, [1896-1900] C. B. 122

(1896) 1086- ; 130 (1900) 1588- ; 131 (1900)

137- : 8c. Abs. 4 (1901) 1025.
— . Croakes, (Sir) W. B. 8. P. 66 (1900) 409-.
— , discharge of conductors by. Beequerel, H.

C. B. 124 (1897) 488-.
— , effect on condensation of water vapour.

Wilson, C. T. R. [1897] Camb. Ph. 8. P. 9

(1898)833-.
— , and electric conduction produced by them.

Rutherfard, E. Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 109-.
— , electrification of air by. Beattie, J. C.

Edinb. B. 8. P. 21 (1897) 466-.

— emitted by radio-active barium chloride,

* experiments with. Maier, M. [1900] Ps. Z.
2 (1901) 33-.

— , fluorescence produced by. Spies, P. BerL

• Ps. Gs. Vh. (1896) 101.

— , and thorium rays. Rutherford, E., dt

Owens, R. B. On. B. 8. P. d^ T. 5 (1899)

(Sect. 3) 9-.
salts, and Crookes*s tube, differences between

radiations. Becquerel,H.C.13L.122 (1896) 762-.
— , invisible radiations. Beequerel, H. C. B.

122 (1896) 689-.
— , (Beequerel). Troost, L. C. B. 122

(1896) 694.
—, radiation. Beequerel, H. C.B. 128 (1896) 855-.
— , — , Becquerel's experiments. Sagnac, G.

J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 193-.
and thorium minerals, action on photographic

plate.. Afana^ev, ^. Bs. Ps.-C. 8. J. 82

(Ps.) (1900) 103- ; C. 8. J. 78 (1900) (Ahs.,

Pt.2) 702, [1080].

PHT8I0L06IGAL OPTICS.
(Su also Physiology.)

4400 General

Hartshome, H. [1876] Am. Ph. 8. P. 16

(1877) 218-.
Stevens, W. Le C. Am. J. 8a 28 (1882) 290-,

346- ; 24 (1882) 241-, 831-.
Backhouse, T. W. Am. J. 8c. 26 (1888) 305-.
(Backhouse.) Stevens, W. Le C. Am. J. Sc. 26

(1883) 399-.

482

4400 Physiological Optics

Adaptation of eye to nature of rays which

emanate from bodies. Stewart^ B. Vict. T.

Ph. S. 1 (1855) 95-.
Apperception, complexity and duration. Fried-
' rich, M. Ph. Stud. 1 CISSS) 89-.
Artificial lighting from hygienic point of view.

Gariel, C. M. Bv. Sc. 88 (1886) 78-; A. Hyg.

Pbl. 27 (1892) 268.
Images formed by vision, and reproduced by

photography. Zantedetchi^ F, Yen. At. 10

(1864-65) 918-.
Interferences observed on viewing one coarse

grating through another, and projection of

one piece of wire gauze by a parallel piece.

Banu, C, Science 12 (1900) 617-.
Inversion in telescopes. Marangoni, C. Bv.

Sc.-Ind. 17 (1885) 847-.
Laws. Scheffler, H, Halle Z. Nw. 27 (1866)

825-.
Light. Dwight, T. Conn. Mm. Ac. 1 (1810)

887-.
— . Bor, — . Amiens Ac. Mm. 88 (1891) 805-.
— . Volger, Q. H. 0. Emden Nf . Gs. Jbr.

(1890-91) xiv+177pp.
— , amount entering eye from luminous object.

SehtdUn, N, O. af {fU.). [1828] St. P6t.

Mm. Sav. &tr. 1 (1881) 89-.
— , colour, and form. Henrys C Bv. Sc. 46
(1890) 289-, 364-.

— perception. Stokes, (Sir) G. G. [1895]
Vict. I. J. 29 (1897) 11-.

— , properties of impressions produced by.
Plateau, J. A. F. Pogg. A. 20 (1880) 804-.

— sensation, curves. Exner, K, Wien Sb. 62
(1870) (^6. 2) 197-.

as function of quantity of light. BreUm^

P. [1885-87] Is^re S. BU. 25 (1887) 210,

218-, 223-.
, necessary conditions. Dolhearf A, E,

Science 2 (*1888) 214-.
Luminous appearance which some have seen

round the shadow of their head. Winter-

feld. A, van. Gilbert A. 18 (1804^ 57-.
Ocular pressure and tension, physical studies.

Gruber, R. Arch. Augenh. 88 (1896)

(Feitechr.) 69-; 85 (1897) 59-.
Optical experiment. La Bawne Pluvinel, A. de,

Les Mondes 7 (1884) 42-.
with crystals of copper sulphate. Stolba,

F. Prag Sb. (1878) 885.

lateral light from window. Feehner,

G. T. Leip. B. 18 (1861) 27-.

.Libri's. Beer,A, Pogg. A. 87 (1852)115-.

— experiments. Lipkene, — . Quetelet Ck>r.
. Mth. 4 (1828) 244-.

. Hyslop,J,H. Science 11 (1888) 217-.

— — (Hyslop). Le Conte, J, Science 11

(1888) 252. •

. Canettrini, E, Padova S. Sc. At. 11

(1889) 224-.

OPTICAL ILLUSIONS.

WiUocks, A. PhUad. Ac. Nt. Sc. P. (1858)

19-.
Landerer, J, Les Mondes 11 (1866) 9-«
Tupper, J, L. Ph. Mg. 39 (1870) 428-«

Illusions 4400

ThompBon, S. P. B. A. Bp. (1877) (Sect.) 82 ;

J. Sc. 1 (1879) 284-.
Merkelbach, ^. [1889] Kassel Vr. Nt. B. 86

& 87 (1891) 47.
FHU, G. Wien Pht. Ck)r. 28 (1891) 501-,

555-.
Bode, P. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1891-92)

82-.
Delbauf, J. Brux. Ac. BU. 24 (1892) 545>.
Bourdon, — . Bv. Sc. 51 (1898) 668.
Brunot, C. Bv. Sc. 52 (1898) 210-.
Sanford, E. C. Science 21 (1898) 92-.

Javal, i. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1895) 271-.
Franklin, (Mrs.) C. L. Science 8 (1896) 274-.
Baldufin, J. M. Science 4 (1896) 794-.
Meelin, G. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1897) 55-.

OuiOaume, C. ± Par. S. Ps. S6. (1899) 2*-.

Wycz6'tkaw9ka,A. [1899] Krk. Ak. (Aft..Pr2.)
Bz. 18 (1901) 160- ; Cro. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1900) 7-.

accompanying formation of penumbrft0, appli-
cation to X rays. Sagnac, G. Par. S. Ps.
S4. (1897) 9-.

in appearance of geometrical figures. Holtz , W.
A. Ps. C. 10 (1880) 158-.

gegmetrical. ThUry, A. Ph. Stud. 11 (1895)
807-, 608- ; 12 (1896) 67-.

- . Pierce, A, H. Science 8 (1898) 814-.

— Wvndt, W. Leip. Mth. Ps. Ab. 24 (1898)
58-.

— (Wundt). Heymane, G. Ph. Stud. 18
(1898) 618-.

— (Heymans). Wundt^ W. Ph. Stud. 18
(1898) 616-.

— . Keferstein,—. [1899] Luneb.Nt.Vr.Jh.

15 (1901) xxvii-.
increased distance of objects. Hueck, A.

MiiUer Arch. (1840) 76-.
intenQittent. Otth, G. Bern Mt. (1868) 70-.
laws. Preobr<den»kij, P. V, Moeo. S. So. Bll.

91 {No. 2) (1895) 46-.
Bfach's, explanation. Somtner, J, Gasopis 20

(1891) 101- ; Fschr. Ps. (1891) (Ah. 2) 195.
maxima and minima of apparent brightness

resulting from. Wind, C. H, [1898] Amst.

Ak. Vs. 7 (1899) 12-; Amst. Ak. P. 1 (1899)

7-.
of motion. Dove, H. W. Berl. Mb. (1865)

129-.
. Thompson, S. P. [1880] (xn) Brain

8 (1881) 289-.
produced oy curve-tracing top. Warring, C. B,

Science 4 (1896) 588-.

daddaleum. Homer, W, G. Ph. Mg« 4

. (1884) 86-.

— — drawing and painting. Soret, J. L,
Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 20 (1888) 868-.

electric fan. Kenyan, F, C. Science 8

(1898) 871-.
: light. Hefner-Alteneck, F. voum Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 72-.
observation of rotating spirals. Grilnbaum,

0. F. F. Nt. 57 (1897-98) 271.

— — Bitchie's horizontal artificial voltaic
magnet. Tomlinson, C. Sturgeon A. Electr.
1 (1886-87) 108-.

— — stroboscopic discs. Siampfer, S, Wien
Jb. Pol. I. 18 (1834) 287-.

483

HH 2

4400

Physiological Optics

Vision 4400

produced by stroboscopio discs. RoUmann, W.

Pogg. A. 89 (1853) 24e-.
Welsbaoh light. Loring, F. H. Nt. 54

(1896) 248.
pseudoficopic and optometric figure. JSuwmonn,

H. A. Ps. C. 141 (1870) 476-.
** third wheel." Bateau, A. [1892] G6n. Ciy.

22 (1892-98) 125-.
windmill. Pierce, A, H, Science 8 (1898) 479-.
— . Le CorUe, J. Science 8 (1898) 480-.

OPTICAL PHENOMENA.

Schrank, F, von P. von. Wet. Gs. N. A. 1

(1819) 147-.
Stokes, J. (yi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 6 (1829)

416-.
Plateau, J, A. F. Quetelet Cor. Mth. 7 (1832)

288- ; Brux. Ac. BU. 1 (1832-34) 195-.
Powell, B, [1833-34] Ashmol. S. P. 1 (1844)

No. 2, 3-, No, 4, 1-.
Acqua, A . dalV , dt Cataneo, F. Omodei A. Un.

72 (1834) 227-.
Kater, H. (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 5 (1834)

375-.
Crahay, J. Q. Brux. Ac. Bll. 2 (1835) 76-,
Brewster, (Sir) D. (vi Adds.) Majocchi A.

Fis. C. 16 (1844) 24-.
Marangoni, C. N. Cim. 27 (•1868) 22-.
MaUock, A. Nt. 14 (1876) 350-.
Airy, H. Nt. 14 (1876) 392, 525-.
Backhouse, T. W. Nt. 14 (1876) 474.
Bidm, H. B. Nt. 14 (1876) 525.
Biccl>, A. Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 17 (1877) 239-.
TrhJe, {capit.) A, B. S. C. B. 91 (1880) 893;

92 (1881) 522-.
S., F. J. Science 3 (1884) 275, 475.
Le Conte, J. Science 3 (1884) 404, 644.
Oliver, J. E. Science 3 (1884) 475, 563.
Hastings, C. S. Science 3 (1884) 501-.
Herschel, J. Science 3 (1884) 704.
Tchiriew, S. C. B. 119 (1894) 915-.
WarHng, C. B. Nt. 55 (1896-97) 232.
and the chiaroscuro. Maggi, P. G. Verona

Mm. Ac. Ag. 20 (1842) 53-.
after microscopic work. Leroy, C.J, A. C. B.

108 (1889) 1271-.
. Landerer, J. J. C. B. 109 (1889)

74-.
moving photographic figures. Claudet, A, F.J.

Ph. Mg. 30 (1865) 271-.
observed on railways. Parrot, G. F. [1839]

St. P6t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 6 (1840) 138-.
projection of shadows on fogs and volcanic

vapours. Omalius d^HaUoy, J. B. J, Par,

S. Phlm. BU. 2 (1810) 159-.
subjective. Oppel, J. J. Pogg. A. 118 (1863)

480-.
— . K'dnig, A. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1884) 40- ;

Arch. f. Oph. 30 (1884) {Ab. 3) 329-.
— . MiUar, W. J. Nt. 60 (1899) 391.
— , on gazing at contours. Mayerhausen, G.

Arch. f. Oph. 30 (1884) (Ah. 2) 191-, (Ab. 4)

311-.
— phenomena, analytic bibliography. PUUeau,

J. [1883] Brux. Ac. Mm. 45 ('1884) {No. 4)

20 pp.

Optics of ancient Greeks. Hirschberg, J, Z.

. Psychol. 16 (1898) 321-.

Panorama. Chevreul, M, E. C. B. 61 (1865)

670-.
Photometric standard. Nieati, — . As. Fr,

C. B. (1891) (Pt. 2) 310-.
Physics and aesthetics, inter-relationships.

Soret, J. L. Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh. (1885-8^ 1-.
Badiant spectrum. Tait,P.G. [1867] Edinb.

B. S. P. 6 (1869) 167.

Bapidly rotating disks, action ^f flashes of

light. Tomlinson, C. [1835] Thomson Be.

3 (1836) 41-.
, curved figures produced by. TomUn-

son, C. Thomson Be. 4 (1836) 135-.
mirror, curves produced by. Anderton, A.

Edinb. N. Ph. J. 40 (1846) 59-.
Betinal images and binocular vision. Judd,

C. H. Science 7 (1898) 425-.

, theory of formation. Gal, J. Ntm. 8.

Sc. Bll. (1893) Uii-.
Sensation of motion and its reversal. Franklin,

W. S. Science 9 (1899) 70-.
Talbot's law, theory. Marbe, K. Ph. Stud. 12

(1896) 279-.
Ultra-violet rays, protection of eye from.

SchuUk, V. Mth. Termt. ±\&. 17 (1899)
510- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 17 (1901) 341.
Visible direction, Brewster's supposed law.
Young, Q. P. Cn. J. 2 (1857) 268-.

VISION,

Walker, Ez. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 31 (1808) 126-.
Horn, A. Tilloch Ph. 1^. 48 (1816) 117-.
(Horn.) Pater, W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 48 (1816)

353-.
(Pater.) Horn, A, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 49 (1817)

26-.
Dunglison, R. Thomson A. Ph. 10 (1817)

432-.
Lehot, C. J. BrugnateUi G. 5 (1822) 161-.
Joslin, B. F. Am. J. Md. So. 8 (1831) 100-.
Aimi, G. Eure S. Ag. Bee. 5 (1834) 445-.
Sturm, J. C. F. 0. B. 20 (1845) 128a-.
BeuscMe, C. G. Wiirtb. Jh. 24 (1868) 51-.
Laugier, A. C. B. 97 (1883) 1516-.
(Laugier.) Chevreul, M. E. C. B. 97 (1883)

1518-.
and action of light on all bodies. Moser, L,

Pogg. A. 56 (1842) 177-.
amount of time necessary. Bood, O. N, Am.

J. Sc. 2 (1871) 159-.
indirect, and metallic lustre, Kirschmarui, A*

Ph. Stud. 11 (1895) 147-.
Umits. Hueck, A. M&Uer Arch. (1840) 82-.
molecular vibrationi and ether waves in. Favi,

L. C. B. 86 (1878) 441-.
with optical instruments. Kie$sUng,J. Hamb.

Mth. Gs. Mt. 2 (1890) (FesUchr., Tl. 2) 12&-.
theory. Schultes, J. A. Gehlen J. 8 (1809)

207-.
— . Reade, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 54 (1819) 48-.

— Lehot, C.J. Brugnatelli G. 7 (1824) 290-.
— . Anon, (vi 557) Geigonne A. Mth. 15
(1824r25) 364-.

484

4410

Gonstnictioii and Dioptrics of the Eye

4410

theory. Orimaldij O. [1829] Laooa At. Ao. 6

(1830) 69-.
— . Crahay, J, G. Brux. Ao. Bll. 12 (1845)

(pte. 2) 311-.
— . Sturm, J. C. F. C. R. 20 (1846) 664-,

761- ; Pogg. A. 66 (1846) 116-, 374-.
— . Trouessart, — . C. R. 35 (1852) 134- ; 36

(1853) 144-, 227.
— . Uribe Troncoso, M. Mdx. S. "Alzate**

Mm. 14 (1899) 146-.
— , mathematical. Lucas, F. Les Mondes 9

(1866) 546-.
ander water. Honburgh, J. Nicholson J. 16

(1806) 265-.
. Muncke, G, W. Pogg. A. 2 (1824)

257-.
. Dudgeon, R. E, Ph. Mg. 41 (1871)

350-.
, in dark, and at a distance. Anon, (yi

346) Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6 (1829) 61-.

Visual angle in decreasing light. Albertotti, O,
Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 10 (1894) 363-.

— perceptions, number of possible. Doppler, C,
Bdhm. Gs. Ab. 5 (1847) 391-.

Yolkmann's line of sight, and caase of indis-
tinctness oatside axis of eye. Stamm, W.
Pogg. A. 57 (1842) 346-.

4410 Construction and Dioptricfl

of the Eye.

(See also Physiology, 3711.)

CONSTRUCTION.

SchoeUr, ^. Arch. f. Oph. 30 (1884) (Ab. 3)

301-.
Blind spot, visibility. CharpeiUier, A. C. B.

126 (1898) 1634-.
Cornea, radius of ounrature. Chapman, H, C,

(t Brubaker, A. P. Philad. Ac. Nt. Sc. P.

(1893) 349-.
— , shape, and influence on vision. Sulzer, — .

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 26 (1891) 483-.
Direct distance of negative physiological scotoma

from fixed point and from Mariotte's spot.

Batevi, V. [1890] Arch. Augenh. 22 (1891)

1-.
Directions of sight and of rays. BarteU, C. M. N,

Oken Isis (1834) 698-.
Fundus, anterior limit of portion visible with

ophthalmoscope. Groenouw, A, Arch. f.

Oph. 35 (1889) lAb. 3) 29-.
Illumination of inner eye by heterooentrio glass

mirrors. Zehender, W, Arch. f. Oph. 2

(1856) (2 Ab.) 103-.
Images of human eye, the seven. Taehemingt

—. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1892) 288-.
Indirect vision, parallax, and pupil of cats.

KirBchmann, A. Ph. Stud. 9 (1894) 447-.
Insects' eyes. GrUel, C, A, Pogg. A. 119

(1863) 640-.

Insects* eyes, cornea. Gorham, J, J. Mcr.

Sc. 1 (1853) 76-.
, defining power. Mailock, A, R. S. P.

55 (1894) 85-.
, patn of rays through coaxial cylinders.

MatthieMen, L. Exner Rpm. 22 (1886) 333-.
Line of sight, position, and centration of re-
fractive surfaces. Ehmrooth, M, Pflug.

Arch. PI. 36 (1886) 390-.
Model of eye. Beetz,W. CarlRpm. 2 (1867)302-.
Ophthalmoscopic image, seat and character.

BasH, G. Rv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898) 143-.
Optometric notation. Schidtz, H, Arch.

Augenh. 16 (1886) 190- ; Arch. Oph. 15 (1886)

203-.
Permeability of iris and lens capsule to fluids.

Ulrich, — . Arch. Augenh. 36 (1898) 197-.
Retina, light-sensitive layer. KMxg, A,, dt

Zumft, J, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1894) 66.
— , number of visual elements in central portion.

Wertheim, T. Arch. 1 Oph. 33 (1887) (Ab, 2)

137—.
—, vision. GrijBMhi,M, Ph. Mg. 4 (1834)43-.
Retinal activity, law. Thompson, S, P, d, A.

Rp. (1879) 404-.

— points, identical, theory. Bezold, W, von,
Z. Bl. 1 (1865) 169-.

Schematic eye. Kurz, A, Exner Rpm. 26

(1889) 687-, 766-.
, periscopic, geometric form of theoretical

retina. MatthUiun, H, F, L, Arch, f . Oph.

26 (1879) (Ab. 4) 267-.
Yisuai axis. Heyl, A, G, Int. Md. Cg. T.

(1887) (Vol, 3) 738-.

— elements and least angle of vision. Du
BoU-Reymond, C. Arch. f. Oph. 32 (1886)
(Ab. 3) 1-.

Yellow spot, sensitiveness. Charpentier, A.
C, R. 126 (1898) 1711-.

DIOPTRICS.

Moser, L. Rpm. Ps. 6 (1844) 337-.
Dudgeon, R, E, [1870] Nt. 3 (1871) 124-.
Landolt, £., dt Nuffl, J. P. A. d'Ocul. 1 (1874)

30-.
Delahou$$e, 01 Arch. Q^n. Md. 27 (1876)

674-.
Landsberg, C, Cztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 241-, 263-,

277-.
Javal, '— . Int. Md. Cg. Vh. (1890) (Bd. 2,

Ab. 2) 67-.
Mulavtkij, N, A, Kazan S. Nt. (Pi,'Mth.) P.

8 (1890) 282-.
Mensbrugghe, G. van der, Brux. S. So. A. 16

(1892) (Pt, 2) 263-.
Ticheming, M, Z. Psychol. 3 (1892) 429-.
Ottwalt, F, Arch. f. Oph. 44 (1897) 666-.
Absorption of infra red by water and humours

of eye. Atehkinais, E, A. Ps. C. 66 (1896)

401-.
Accuracy of focus necessary for sensibly perfect

definition. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 20

(1885) 364-.
Cardinal points of eye of fox. Klingberg, A,

Meckl. Yr. Nt. Arch. (1892) 118-.
hare. Klingberg, A. Meckl.

Vr. Nt. Arch. (1898) 49-.

485

4410 Dioptrics of the Eye

Cardinal points of eye for light of different

colours. Einthoven, W. [1895] Ndl. Gast.

Oogl. Vs. 38 (1897) 203- ; Aroh. N6erl. 29

(1896) 346-.
of stag. Klinghergf A. Meckl. Vr.

Nt. Aroh. (1893) 35-.
Crystalline lens and oomea, refractive indices*

Axenfeld, T, Z. Psychol. 15 (1897) 71-.
, refractive index. Templeton, R. Ph.

Mg. 32 (1866) 425-.
, . Stadfeldt, A. J. PI. Pth, G^n.

1 (1899) 1149-.
, , caloolation. Matthiessen, H, F, L,

Arch. f. Oph. 22 (1876) {Ah. 3) 131-.
, , — . Berlin, E, Arch. f. Oph.

43 (1897) 287-.
, , law of increase in mammals and

fishes. Matthiestent L. Aroh. f. Oph. 31

(1885) {Ab, 2) 31-.
, — power. Matthie$$m, L, Meckl. Vr.

Nt. Arch. (1886) xii-.

— — , — — in vertebrates. Moermieh^ P.
Pfliig. Arch. PI. 40 (1887) 397-.

— — , stratified, differential equations.
Matthiesten, H. F. L. Pfiiig. Arch. PI. 19
(1879) 480- ; Z. Mth. Ps. 24 (1879) 304- ; 26
(1881) 179- ; 28 (1883) 211-.

— — , structure and optical phenomena*
Matthiessen, L. Meckl. Yr. Nt. Arch. (1888)
iv-.

Development of light in eye. Kcutner, K.W,0.

Kastner Arch. Ntl. 26 (1834) 290-^
Dispersion of human eye, exact determination.

Matthiessen, Ad. Bb. Un. Arch. 5 (1847) 221-.
Eye as camera obscura. Wihon^ O, [1855]

Edinb. B. S. T. 21 (1857) 327-.

— — optical instrument. CherriU, A, K,
Eastbourne NH. S. Pp. (1874-75) (May) 2 pp.

Field of vision. Leroy, C. J, A. C. B. 116

(1893) 377-.
, best form of schemata. Oroenouwy A.

Arch. Augenh. 31 (1895) {FetUchr.) 73-.

— — — , experimental determination. L«.
houeher, — . Caen Mm. S. L. 13 (1864)
No. 4, 26 pp.

and spectacles, definition of meridian

in estimating. Knappt H. Arch. Augenh.

16 (1886) 195- ; Arch. Oph. 15 (1886) 207-.
Horoptrics, theory. Studiatif C. N. Cim. 8

(1858) 382-.
Light waves, analysis by eye . Odller, A . Arch.

An. PI. [PL Ah.) (1888) 139-.
Liquids of eye, refractive indices. Cyon, E.

Arch, de PI. 2 (1869) 555-.
Meaning of dioptrics. GtUhtrandf A, [1899]

Arch. f. Oph. 49 (1900) 46-.
(Gullstrand). Ostwalt, F. Arch. f.

Oph. 49 (1900) 712-.
Media of eye, diathermancy. Franz ^ R. Pogg.

A. 115 (1862) 266-.
, dispersive power and achromatism.

PotceU, B. B. A. Rp. (1833) 374-.
, refractive indices. Kraute^ W, A.

C. 45 (1855) 501-.
Path of rays through eye. Aequa^ P. deW.

Omodei A. Un. 69 (1834) 524-.
Spectra of eye and seat of vision. OriJith$f M.

Ph. Mg. 5 (1834) 192-.

Hovements of the Eye 4420

Vision, lines of direction. Knoehenhauer, K. W,

Pogg. A. 46 (1839) 24&-.
Vitreous body and aqueous humour, refractive

indices. Cyon.E. WienSb.59 (1869) (ii&.2)

101-.

4420 Movements of the Eye.
AccommodatioiL

iSee also Physiology, 3715, 3740.)

MOVEMENTS OP THE EYE.

Baehr.Q.F.W. [1870] Amst. Vs. Ak. 5 (1871)
(Nik.) 273- ; Aroh. N^l. 5 (1870) 233- ; 6
(1871) 127-.

H<yppe, R. Arch. Mth. Ps. 61 (1877) 146-.

Apparent direction of eyes in a portrait.
WoUaston, W. H. Phil. Trans. (1824) 247-.

— — — — — — — . Raymond, G. M,

Chamb^ry Mm. Ac. Sav. 3 (1828) 109-.

Centre of motion of eye. MaxweU^ J. C.
[1875] Camb. Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 365-.

Fusion-movements of eyes in pnsm experi-
ments. Oraefe, A. Arch. f. Oph. 37 (1891)
(Ah. 1) 243-.

Iris movements, mechanics. Qruenhagen^ A.
[1892] Pfliig. Arch. PI. 53 (1893) 348-.

— theory, mathematical basis. RUppell, — .
Arch. f. Oph. 38 (1892) (Ah. 2) 174-.

Listing's law. Duane, A, Arch. Oph. 26

(1897) 497- ; Aroh. Augenh. 38 (1899) 185-.
, disputed points. Wetland, C. Arch.

Oph. 28 (1899) 191- ; Aroh. Augenh. 40

(1900) 359.
Movements and binocular perspective. Blitteher,

(Dr.)—. Arch. f. Oph. 12 (1866) (46. 2) 23-.

— conducive to binocular vision. SehntUer, — .
Arch. f. Oph. 38 (1892) (Ah. 1) 71-.

— of lateral deoentration of oiystalline lens.
Giraud-Teuion, — . G. B. 52 (1861) 383-.

Qcular muscles, axes of rotation. WiUon, H.

Arch. Oph. 29 (1900) 404-.
, simple tests. Randall, B. A, Am. Oph.

S. T. (1889) 362-.
Plane of vision, relative breadth of fusion on

raising and depressing. Sehmiedt, W. Arch.

f. Oph. 39 (1893) (ii&. 4) 233-.
Botation of eye, effect on projection of retinal
. images. HelmholU, H. [1864] Heidi. Vh.

Nt. Md. 3 (1865) 170-.

ACCOMMODATION.

Walker, Ez. TiUooh Ph. Mg. 29 (1807) 340- ;

35(1810)82-.
Simmoff, I. Zach. Cor. 11 (1824) 438-.
Retpighi, L. [1856] Bologna Mm. Ac. Sc. 8

(1857) 355-.
Laugier, P. A. E. C. B. 44 (1857) 841-.
Jones, T. W. B. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 380-.
Tscheming, M. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 581.
and age, relation, dioptric curve and formula.

Sous, — . Bordeaux S. Md. Mm. (1892) 36-.
apparent, in aphakic long eyes. Schoute, O. J.

Arch. f. Oph. 48 (1899) 438-.

486

4420 Accommodation

apparent, in aphakics, and yision in dispersion
circles. SaZzmann, M, [1899] Arch, f . Oph.
49 (1900) 16B-.

— proximity of lower of 2 distant double
images. Sacks, M. Arch. f. Oph. 86 (1890)
(Ab, 1) 19S-.

changes in eye. Tscheming, — . Arch, de PI.

4 (1892) 168- ; 7 (1895) 168-, 181- ; A. d'Ocul.

122 (1899) 211-.
and convergence in lateral vision. Koster, W.

Arch. f. Oph. 42 (1896) (Ah, 1) 140-.
, significance in perception of depth of visual

field. Arrer.M. Ph. Stnd. 13 (1898)116-, 222-.
defective, illnsions accompanymg. Sagnac, Q,

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1897) 14-.
displacements of lens in, measured subjectively

and objectively. Heine, L. Arch. f. Oph.

44 (1897) 299-.

with disturbance of binocular vision. Qraefe, A .

Arch. f. Oph. 35 (1889) (Ah, 1) 187-, (Ah. 4)

332-.
(Graefe). LandoU, E, Aroh.

f. Oph. 35 (1889) (Ah, 3) 265-.
effect on eye. Rilppell, — . Arch. f. Oph.

38 (1892) (Ah, 2) 193-.
experiment with 2 pins. Haldat du Lys,

C, N, A, de. Nancy Mm. S. Sc. (1847) 460-.
— . Delarive, A, Bb. Un. Axtsh. 10

(1849) 300-.
explanation. Forbes, J. D. [1844-45] Edinb.

R. S. T. 16 (1849) 1-.
— , Forbes*s. Haldat du Lys, C. N. A* de.

Nancy Mm. S. Sc. (1845) 51-; G. B. 20

(1845) 1561-.
external, from muscular compression. Sattler,

H, Arch. f. Oph. 40 1^894) (Ab, 3) 239-.
force and amplitude. Weiss, — . A. d'OouL

113 (1895) 232-.
and magnification. StreM, K. Cztg. Opt. 20

(1899) 21.
mechanism. Tscheming, If. A. d'Ocul. 112

(1894) 121- ; Arch, de PI. 6 (1894) 40-.
in optical instruments. Lallemand, A. Mntp.

Mm. Ac. Sect. Sc. 6 (1864-66) 382-.
and play of pupil. Weidlich, J, Aroh. Augenh.

15 (1885) 164-.
pressure phenomenon. Reddingius, R. A. Z.

Psychol. 16 (1898) 188-.
relative breadtn. Pereles, H. Arch. f. Oph.

35 (1889) (^6. 4) 84-.
— , and convergence. Howe, L. Am. Oph.

S. T. (1900) 92-.
and spectacle lenses. Steinheil, A, Z. Bl. 2

(1866) 366-.
subnormal, as cause of asthenopia. Theohaldf

S. Am. Oph. S. T. (1891) 127-.
theory. Hess, C, Arch. f. Oph. 42 (1896)

(Ah. 1) 288-, (Ab. 2) 80-; 43 (1897) 477-;

46 (1898) 440- ; 49 (1900) 241-.

— (Hess). Koster, W, [1898] Aroh. f. Oph.

45 (1898) 97-; 47 (1899) 242-.

— . Hess, C, dt Heine, L, Aroh. f. Oph. 46

(1898) 243-.
— , Tscheming's. Crzellitzer, A. Aroh. f.

Oph. 42 (1896) [Ah, 4) 36-.
unequal, in normal and anisometropio eyes.

Fick, A. E. [18881 Aroh. Augenh. 19

(1889) 123-, 196 ; Aroh. Oph. 18 (1889) 292-.

Defects of the Eye 4430

4430 Defects of the Eye and their
Correction. Short Sight, As-
tigmatism. Irradiation, etc.

Piywdl, B, B. A. Bp. (1852) (pt, 2) 11.
Howe, L. Am. S. Mcr. P. (1885) 91-.
KokemUller, D. Cztg. Opt. 7 (1886) 2-.
Aberration. Henry, C. C, B. 118 (1894)

1140-.
— , chromatic. Thompson, S, P, L. Ps. S.

P. 2 (1879) 157- ; Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 48-.
— , monochromatic. Tscheming, M, Z.Psychol.

6 (1894) 456-.
— , — , general theory, and results for oph-
- thalmology. Oullstrand, A, [1900] Ups. S.

Sc. N. Acta 20 (1904) No. 4, 204 pp.
^ and sensitiveness. Henry, C, C. B. 119

(1894) 794-, 872.
— , spherical. Meyer, M, H, Pogg. A. 89

(1853) 540- ; 96 (1855) 607-.
— , — . Leroy, C. J. A, C. B. 116 (1898)

636-.
— , — , correction. Tscheming, — . J. PI, Pth.

G^n. 1 (1899) 312-.
— , symmetrical (meridional astigmatism).

Jackson, E. Am. Oph. S. T. (1888) 141-.
Abnormal voluntary movements. Lechner, C, 8,

Arch. f. Oph. 44 (1897) 596-.
Achromatism. Powell, B, [1834] Ashmol.

S. T. 1 (1838) No, 1, 32 pp.
— . Provenzali, F, 8, Bm. N. Line. At. 84

(1881) 49-.
— , imperfect. Leroux, F. P. A. 0. 66 (1862)

173-.
Aphakic eyes, length, and correction glasses.

Percival, A, S, Aroh. Oph. 26 (1897) 1-;

Arch. Augenh. 37 (1898) 286-.
Astigmatic eye, form of retinal image. Kolleff

C. Am. Oph. S. T. (1892) 425-.
-^ penoUs of rays, infinitely slender, focal

lines, with oblique incidence of homooentrio

pencils of rays upon curved surface. Mat-

thiessen, L. Arch. f. Oph. 30 (1884) {Ah. 2)

141-.

ASTIGMATISM.

Kayser,E. [1883-84] Danzig Sohr. 6 (*1884-

87) (Heft I) xiv-. (Heft 2) xv.
Berlin, — . Meckl. Vr. Nt. Arch. (1893) xix-;

(1897) i-.
Broca, A, 0. B. 128 (1899) 450-.
correction. Heilhorn, F. Cztg. Opt 17 (1896)

61-.
~. Broca, A. As. Fr. C.B. (1899) (Pt. 2) 288-..
— by cylindrical lens^. Anderson, T, B. A.

Bp. (1894) 586.

. Roure, F. A. d»Ocul. 116 (1896)

. 99-.
pince-nez. Motais, — . Angers S. So.

Bll. fl885) 253-.
plano-cylindrioal lenses. Hay, O. Aroh.

Oph. Ot. 5 (1876) 497-.
^ — tore lenses. Goldzieher, V. [1898]

Termt. Kdzl. 26 (1894) 45 ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung.

11 (1894) 485.

487

4430 Irradiation

Defects of the Eye

Short Sight 4430

detection. Chauvelt J, Aroh. Md. Pbm. Mil.

7 (1886) 367-.

determination. Halle, G, D. Nf. Vh. (1897)

{Th, 2, H&lfU 1) 124-.
and keratometry. WeUand, C, Aroh. Oph.

22 (1898) 37-.
measurement. Stokes, O, O. B. A. Rp. (1849)

(pt. 2) 10-.
— . Bridge, J. Ph. Mg. 30 (1890) 427-.
non-perforating corneal lesions as cause. Lans,

L. J, Arch. f. Oph. 45 (1898) 117-.
normal irregular. Exner, S, Aroh. f. Oph.

34 (1888) (Ab, 1) U; Exner Bpm. 24 (1888)

495-.
progressive hyperopic. Jackson, E, Am. Oph.

S. T. (1890) 676-.
relation to test objects. Howe,L. [1885] Mcr.

S. J. 6 (1886) 147.
state of eye affected with. Airy, {Sir) O, B.

[1825-84] Camb. Ph. 8. T. 2 (1827) 267- ;

8 (1849) 361- ; Camb. Ph. S. P. (1866-67)
47-; Camb. Ph. S. T. 12 {pt. I) (1873) 392-;
Camb. Ph. S. P. 5 (1886) 132-.

subjective symptom. Freaericq,L, Li^geLb.

Fred. Tr. 3 (1890) 165-.
theory. GuUstrand, A. Aroh. Augenh. 23

(1891) {Ber, 1890) 90-.
— . Dimmer, F. Arch. f. Oph. 43 (1897) 613-.

Dioptric defects of eye, influence on astronomical

measurements. Seeliger, H, Miinch. Ak.

Ab. 15 (1886) 665-.
Duplication of object by one eye. Prevost, P.

A. C. 51 (1832) 210-.
Effects of gas-flame, electric and solar spectra.

PUkeHng, W, H, Nt. 25 (1882) 340-.
Field of vision, concentric limitation. Oroenouw,

— . Arch. f. Oph. 40 (1894) {Ab, 2) 172-.
, monocumr and binocular, in emme-

tropia. Asher,L. Arch. f. Oph. 48 (1899) 427-.
, radial extension, and allometropy in

indirect vision. Matthiessen, L, Arch. f.

Oph. 30 (1884) {Ab. 1) 91-.
Halo seen round all bodies. Griffiths, M,

Silliman J. 38 (1840) 22-.
Hemeralopia. Treitel, T. Arch. f. Oph. 31

(1885) {Ab. 1) 139-.
Hypermetropia. Metzger,E, Nt. 31 (1885) 506.
— , latent. Du Bots-Reymond, C. [1894] Z.

Psychol. 8 (1895) 34-.
— , theory, history. Sehirmer, R.

Oph. 30 (1884) {Ab. 2) 185-.
Images, double, under what conditions do they

appear at unequal distance from observer?

Fr'dhlich, R. Arch. f. Oph. 41 (1895) {Ab. 4)

134-.
— , retinal, equality in corrected axile ame-

tropy and in emmetropy. Lagrange, jP.

A. d'Ocul. Ill (1894) 81-, 279-, 400.
— , — , of squinting eye, extinction by bi-
nocular vision. Kugel, L. Arch. f. Oph.

86 (1890) {Ab. 2) 66-.

IRRADIATION.

Joslin, B. F. [1831] Am. Ph. S. T. 4 (1834)

340-.
RoHnsan, T. R. [1831] As. S. Mm. 5 (1833) 1-.

Plateau, J. A. F. [1837-39] Bmx. Ac Sc.

Mm. 11 (1838) 112 pp. ; Bmx. Ac. BU. 6

(1839) 501-, {PU. 2) 102- ; 0. B. 8 (1839)

883-.
Liebig, J. von. Lieb. A. 36 (1840) 124-.
Powell, B. [1849] Ashmol. S. P. 2 (1854)

No. 26, 240-; As. S. Mm. 18 (1850) 69-.
[Shortrede non] Shortreed, R. As. S* M. Not.

9 (1848-49) 146-.
Respigki, L. Bologna Mm. Ac. So. 0 (1858)

513-.
Ermenns, F. Z. Ndl. Arch. Ntk. 1 (1865) 49&-.
Moigno, F. Smiths. Rp. (1866) 2li-.
Leroux, F. P. C. R. 76 (1873) 960-.
Birkenmajer, L. (xn) Aosmos (Lw.) 2 (1877)

530-.
Plateau, J. A. F. Bmx. Ac. BU. 48 (1879)

KroutU, J. Casopis 16 (1887) 31-; Fschr. Ps.

(1886) {Ab. 2) 182-.
diffusion images, experiments. Bezold, W. van.

A. Ps. 0. 138 (1869) 554-.
of incandescent oodies. Becquerel, E, C. B.

57 (1863) 681-.
lines and images, and use in ophthalmometry

and photometiy. Prompt, — . Sperim. 63

(1889) 453-.
luminous. Mazzoli, A. N. A. So. Nt. 8 (1840)

5- ; 4 (1840) 34-.
solar. Casont, G. [1861] Bologna Mm. Ao.

1 (1862) 153-.
theory. Trouessart, — . Bb. Un. Arch. 90

(1852) 305-.

Lens, physiology and pathology. Heine, L.

Arch. f. Oph. 46 a898) 525-.
Magnification of rignt opthalmoscopic image in

ametropes. Vignes, — . A. d'Ocul. 113

(1895) 367-.
Optical glass for rendering near or long sight

clear, apparatus for determining. SehultSn,

N. G. af. [1855] (vra) Helsmgf. 6fv. 3

(1856) 61-.
Refraction anomalies, determination. Purves,

W. L. Arch. f. Oph. 19 (1873) 89-.
— changes, acquired. Schoen, W. Amh.

Augenh. 27 (1893) 268-.
in adolescent and adult eyes. FeUchenfeld,

W. Aroh. f. Oph. 35 (1889) {Ab. 1) 113-.
^^'^' '• , and asthenopia. Norris,

W. F. Am. Oph. S. T. (1886) 369-.
— , Guignet's method of examining. Weiss, G.

Par. S. Ps. S6. (1891) 169.
— , decrease from loss of lens. Salzmann, M.

Arch. Augenh. 34 (1897) 152-, 297.

SHORT SIGHT.

and constraction of eye. Sehmidt-Rimpler, H.

Aroh. f. Oph. 35 (1889) {Ab. 1) 200-.
correction of sight in highly myopic aphakics.
. Fukala, V. [1891] Aroh. Augenh. 24 (1892)

161-.
dependence on orbital struoturo, and relations

of conus to rofraction. Seggd, — . Aroh. f.

Oph. 36 (1890) {Ab. 2) 1-.

488

4430 Spectacles

Defects of the Eye

4430

examination of myopic eyes by means of in-
verted images. Demieheri, L. A. d*Ooul.
114 (1895) 109-.

increase. Itothmundt — von, Cztg. Opt. 10
(1889) 245-.

inflaence of concave glasses and axial con-
vergence on development. Fdrster^ — . Arch.
Augenh. 14 (1885) 295-; Arch. Oph. 15
(1886) 899-.

quantitative relations between narrowing of
pupil and dimination of short sight. Weid*
lick, J, Arch. Augenh. 15 (1885) 175- ; 16
(1886) 124.

treatment. Fi^steVt — . [1886] Arch. Augenh.
17 (1887) 91-.

— , and choice of glasses. Bravaiif — . Arch.
Augenh. 22 (1891) (B«r. 1890) 21-.

vision in myopics. Trupel^ H, Arch. f. Oph.
40 (1894) (Ah. 5) 50-; 41 (1895) (Ab. 3) 139-.

SPECTACLES.

Walker, Ez. Nicholson J. 10 (1805) 243-.
Zehendety — von, [1888] Arch. Augenh. 19

(1889) 483.
for double vision. Deirar, T. I. Nt. 49 (1898-

94) 433.

Len$ei,

Lazzerini, P, Inghirami Opusc. 2 (1821) 293-.
Breton \de Champ]^ P, C. B. 42 (1856) 542-,

740-.
bifocal. Atkinson, J, (vi Adds.) Manoh.

Ph. S. P. 3 (1862-63) 190-.
— . GoiM, O. M. Arch. Oph. 18 (1889) 432-.
— . Percival, A. Arch. Oph. 19 (1890) 255-.
bi-spherical, decentering. Trxepel, H. Arch.

f . Oph. 46 (1898) 384- ; 48 (1899) 432-.
contact-. Fick, A. E. Arch. Augenh. 18

(1888) 279-; Arch. Oph. 17 (1888) 215-.
— . Dor, H, [1892] Lyon S. Sc. Md. Mm.

32 (1893) 118-.
contrary, neutralisation by. Prentice, C F,

A. d'Ocul. 114 (1895) 378-.
for corneal curvature. Purtscher, O. Arch.

Augenh. 15 (1885) 68-; Arch. Oph. 15 (1886)

264-.
cylindrical, combination of two. Hay, G.

Am. Oph. S. T. (1886) 384-.
— , equivalent refraction of two. Wilson, H,

Arch. Oph. 27 (1898) 19-; Arch. Augenh.

38 (1899) 189-.
— , and special kind of dioptric images. KoUer^

C. Arch. f. Oph. 32 (1886) Uh. 3) 169-.
sphero-cylindrical, equivaience. Jackson^

E. Am. Oph. S. T. (1886) 268-.
— , testing. Imhert, A. A. d'Ocul. 93 (1885)

243-.
decentering, for accurate prismatic effects.

Jackson, E. Am. Oph. S. T. (1889) 417-.
decentred, calculation of prismatic effect. Im"

hert, A. A. d'Ocul. 95 (1886) 146-.
— , and prismospheres, action. Percival, A,

Arch. Oph. 20 (1891) 193-, 586.
dioptric power, rapid measurement. Bagneris,

E. A. d'Ocul. 115 (1896) 273-.

improvement. Wollaston, W. H. Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 17 (1803) 327-.
— (Wollaston). Jones, W. Nicholson J. 7

(1804) 192-.
measure of Geneva Optical Co. Smith, A. L.

Arch. Oph. 20 (1891) 131- ; Arch. Augenh.

25 (1892) 131-.
. Knapp, H. Arch. Oph. 20

(1891) 134- ; Arch. Augenh. 25 (1892) 134-.
numerical scale. Soleil,H. C.B. 45 (1857) 374-.
periscopic. Wollaston, W. H, Nicholson J.

7 (1804) 241-.
— . Walker, Ez. Nicholson J. 7 (1804) 291- .
— . Cauchois, — . J. de Ps. 78 (1814) 305-.
— . Ostwalt, F. Arch. f. Oph. 46 (1898)

475- ; 47 (1899) 248 ; 50 (1900) 44-.
— , Wollaston's. Jones, Jr. Nicholson J. 8

(1804) 38-.
— , — . Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phhn. Bll. 3

(1813) 358-.
prismatic. Edmunds, P. J, N. S. W. B. S. J.

23 (1889) 64-.
small, trial set. Jackson^ E. Am. Oph. S. T.

(1887) 595-.
sphero-cylindrical, f ocometer f or. PouUain, O.

As. Fr. C. B. (1889) (Pt. 1) 256-.
stenopflsic. Roth, A. Arch. Augenh. 27 (1893)

110-.
— , linear form. Hensen, — . Arch. f. Oph.

41 (1895) (Ab. 3) 258-.
testing. ColmH, — G. B. 64 (1867) 279-.
tilted and decentred, cylindrical and prismatic

equivalents. Holden, W, A. Arch. Oph.

20 (1891) 1-.
tipped, centrical refraction through. Green, J.

Am. Oph. S. T. (1890) 690-.

nose piece. Lueddeckens, F, Arch. Augenh.

23 (1891) 334-.
for refraction and visual acuity. Plehn, F.

Arch. Augenh. 15 (1885) 269-, 490; Arch.

Oph. 17 (1888) 74-.

Squint, anomalous visual direction in. Schlodt-

mann, W. Arch. f. Oph. 51 (1900) 256-.
^, theory. SchneUer, — . Arch. f. Oph. 36

(1890) {Ab. 3) 138-.
— , — (Sichneller). Hess, C, Arch. f. Oph.

37 (1891) {Ab. 1) 258-.
— , vision m. Bielschotosky, A. Arch. f. Oph.

50 (1900) 406-.
Tests, functional. Wolffberg, — . Arch. Augenh.

26 (1893) 158-.
— , inadequacy of present letters. Bellarminof,

L. Arch. Augenh. 16 (1886) 284-.
— .simplification. ChAiUery, — . Arch. Augenh.

23 (1891) 323-.
— , — (Guillery). Liebrecht, — . Arch. Augenh.

25 (1892) 37-.
—, — (Liebrecht). Quillery, — [1892] Arch.

Augenh. 26 (1893) 80-.
Uveal changes due to age. Kerschbaumer, R.

Arch. f. Oph. 34 (1888) {Ab. 4) 16-; 38

(1892) {Ab. 1) 127-.
Vision in dispersion circles. Sdlzmann, M,

Arch. f. Oph. 39 (1893) {Ab. 2) 83-; 40

(1894) {Ab. 5) 102-.

489

4440

Binocular Virion

4440

Vision, moltiple. BidwOl.S. Nt. 59 (1898-99)

569-.
— through mist. Walker, Ez. Tillooh Ph.

Big. 26 (1806) 29-.
small hole. MtBlin^ O, J. de Ps. 6

(1887) 841-.
Visoal appearanoe of lominous bodies at rest

and in motion. Poision, S, D, Par. Mm.

Ao. So. 19 (1845) S11-.

4440 Binocular Vision (Mag^-
tude and Distance of Olgects.
BeUef).

(See also 3090 ; Physiology 3745.)

Apparent diameter of distant objects. Ronott J.

Bv. So. 45 (1890) 92-.
— form of sky, determination. Drobisch, M, W,

hem. 6. (1854) 107r.
— incli]

lination of wooded slopes, over-estimation.
Nies,^. [1890] Wiirtb. Jh. 47 (1891) Ixvi-.

— motion of pattern in worsted. Taylor, H.
Ph. Mg. 83 (1848) 845-. .

— translucidit^. Mouxy de Lochet, {comte) F,
Chamb^ry Mm. Ao. Sav. 2 (1827) 252-.

Binocular combinations. Rogen^W^B. [1855]

Am. Ac. P. 8 (1852-57) 21*-.
upon disparate retinal points. Hytlop,

J. H. Science 11 (1888) 59-.

— convergence of vision. Stoeber, — . Nancy
S. Sc. Bll. (1888) 75-.

— effect of monocular stimulation. Titchener,
E. B. Ph. Stud. 8 (1893) 231-.

— factors in monocular vision. «7udd, C. H,
Science 7 (1898) 269-.

— metamorphopsia. Lippincott, J, A. Arch.
Oph. 18 (1889) 18-; Arch. Augenh. 23 (1891)
96—.

. Friedenwald, H, Arch. Oph. 21 (1892)

204-, 578.

BINOCULAB VISION.

Oherardi, S. Bologna N. Cm. 1 (1884) 349-.
Wheatstoney ^r) C. Phil. Trans. (1838) 371-.
Qazzaniga, C. L, A. Sc. Lomb. Yen. 9 (1839)

285-; 10 (1840) 205- ; 11 (1841) 101-, 171-,

212- ; 12 (1842)3-.
Jofuw, r. W. B. S. P. 4 (1840) 198-.
Wheautone, (Sir) C, Phil. Trans. (1852) 1-.
Bogert, W, B, SUliman J. 20 (1855) 86-, 204-,

318- ; 21 (1856) 80-, 173-.
Fruiani, P. Mil. Mm. I. Lomb. 7 (1859) 409-.
Prevott, A. P. Bb. Un. Arch. 4 (1859) 105-.

(Prevost.) Claparkte^ A. Bb. Un. Arch. 4

(1859) 112.
Feehner, G. T. [1860] Leip. Ab. Mth. Ps. 5

(1861) 337-.
Giraud-Teulon, — . 0. B. 51 (1860) 17-.
Rogers, W. B. Am. As. P. (1860) 187- ; B. A.

Bp. (1860) (pt. 2) 17-.
EUenlohr, F. Carlsruhe Vh. Nw. Yr. 2 (1866)

Claudet, A.F.J. B. S. P. 15 (1867) 424-.

Pietet, R. [1871] St. P6t. Ao. So. Mm. 17

(1872) {No. 11) 79 pp. ^^ ^,

(Pictet.) Le ConU, J. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 41

(1871) 394-. ^, ^^
(Le Conte.) PieUt, R. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 43

(1872) 61-. _^,
SuUer, — . [1895] Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 1 (1896)

81-.
abnormal effects. DavU, W. S, B. A. Rp.

43 (1873) (Sect.) 36-.
and binaural hearing. Dove, H. W. Ben. B.

(1841) 251-.
Bering's fall experiment. Oreeff, R. Z.

Psychol. 3 (1892) 21-.
illusions. Soret, J. L. Bb. Un. Arch. 80

(1855) 136-.
— . LeCotUe,J. Am. J. So. 34 (1887) 97-.
-^. Dieeard, A. Bv. Sc. 12 (1899) 257-.

298-.
measurement of advantages over monocular.

VaUHut, H. Brux. Ac. Bll. 34 (1872)

34-.
and micrography. Cattraeane degli Antel'

minelli, (eonte abaU) F. Bm. N. Line. At.

27 (1874) 265-.
vereus monocular. Hy$lop, J. H. Science 11

(1888) 71-.

. Le Conte, J. Science 11 (1888) 119.

, brightness. Thompson, S. P. B. A.

Bp. (1877) (Sect.) 32.
normal motions of eye in. Helmholtz, H. B.

S. P. 13 (1864) 186-.
in optical instruments. Qiraud-Teulon, — . C.

B. 52 (1861) 22-.
of prismatic colours. Dove, H, W» Berl. B.

(1850) 152-.
-^ , and new stereoscopic method. Dove,

H. W. Pogg. A. 80 (1850) 446-.
and retinal images. Jndd, C. H. Science 7

(1898) 425-.

— spectacles. (Hraud-TeuUm, — . C. B. 50
(1860) 382-.

— stereoscope. Wheatstone, (Sir) C. B. A.-
Bp. (1838) {pt. 2) 16-.

^ ^. TyndaU, J. [1856] Pht. S. J. 3

(1857) 96-, lift-, 167-.
. NewUm, J. Lane. T. Hist. S. 9 (1857)

272—,
. ' Claparlde, i. Bb. Un. Arch. 3 (1868)

138-.
. Donkin, W. F. Phot. J. 12 (1888)

45-.
.' Blath, L. Magdeb. Nt. Yr. Jbr. u. Ab.

(1894-96) 69-.
tests. LippincoU, J. A. Am. Oph. S. T.

(1890) 560-.
theory. Prevost, A. P. Bb. Un. 48 (1843)

155-.
— . W., C. J. (jun.) Franklin L J. 40 (1860)

325-.
— . Bezold, W. von. Miinch. Ak. Sb. (1864)

(2)372-; Z.Bl. 1(1865)237-; 2(1866)178-.

Chimenti pictures. Joy, C. A. Am. J. Sc.

38 (1864) 199-.
Converging sun-beams. Powell, B. B. A. Bp.

(1852) Qt. 2) 12.

490

4440 DistaiHGe

Bmocnlar Vision

Magnitude 4440

DISTANCE.

Wedgwood, T, QJ. So. 3 (1817) 1-.
Mes»er, H. A. Ps. C. 157 (1876) 172-.
Hirth, G, Cztg. Opt. 14 (1893) 219-.
Bouse, J. E. Kan. Un. Q. 5 (1896) 109-.
and angles, and illosions. Detbctuf, J. Brux.

Ac. BU. 19 (1865) 195-.
apparent, of the heavens. Fontana, O. Turin

Mm. Ac. (1802-03) 289-.
and binocular vision. Brewster, (Sir) D,

Edinb. R. S. T. 15 (1844) 663-; Ph. Mg.

30 (1847) 305-.
. Helmholtz, H. L, F, von. Arch.

An. PI. {PL Ab.) (1878) 322-.
dependence of relative estomations on concept

of absolute distance. Heine, L. Arch. f.

Oph. 61 (1900) 663-.
estimation. Bonders, F, C. [1871] (xn)

Amst. Ak. Wet. P. (1871-72) (No. 1) 4.
idea produced by stereoscope. Aeck, J. B. A.

Rp. (1869) Ipt. 2) 61.
illusions. Kundt, A. Pogg. A. 120 (1868)

118-.
of objects seen by reflection and refraction,

influence of binocular vision. Dove, H. W,

Berl. Mb. (1868) 312-.

— phantom images. Le Conte, J. Science 21
(1893)333-.

. Bostwick, A. E. Science 21 (1893)

345-.

Fechner's paradoxon. Bobinson, T, B, Am.

J. Psychol. 7 (1896) 9-.
(Robinson). Kirsehmarm, A, Am. J.

Psychol. 7 (1896) 28-.
Field of view with flat and solid objects, limits

of correspondence. Sch&ler, H. Aroh. f,

Oph. 19 (1873) 1-.

— — — , influence of one eye on other.
Oazzaniga, C. L. A. So. Lomb. Ven. 4
(1834) 266-, 302-.

Horopter. [ClaparMe, non] Clapeyron, E. C.
R. 47 (1868) 666.

— . Claparlde, A Bb. Un. Arch. 3 (1858)

138-, 226-; Reichert Aroh. (1859) 384-.
— . Helmholtz, H, A. Ps. C. 123 (1864) 168-;

Arch. f. Oph. 10 (1864) (^6. 1) 1-.
— . GellSrier, C. St. P4t. Ac. So. Mm. 17

(1872) {No. 11) 57-.
— . Schur, F. Dorpat Sb. 9 (1892) 162-.
— , determination. Helmholtz , H. [1862] (vi

Adds.) Heidi. Yh. Nt. Md. 3 (1862-63)51-,

122—
— , —. Hankel, H. A. Ps. C. 122 (1864)

575-.
— ,— . Franklin, {Mrs.) C. L. [1887] Am. J.

Psychol. 1 (1888) 99-.
Iconoscope. Javal, E. C. R. 63 (1866) 927-.
Iridescence of certain beetles. Oppel, J. J.

Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1858-69) 64-.
Isosoope. Donders, F. C. (xn) Amst. Ak.

Wet. P. (1874-76) {No. 10) 2-.
Limits of recognition of position differences.

Best, — . Arch. f. Oph. 51 (1900) 453-.
Listing's law, consequenoes. Tseherning, — .

A. d*Ocul. 100 (1888) 101-.

Luminous beams. PoweU, B. B. A. Bp.

(1862) {pt. 2) 11-.
Lustre. Haidinger, W. Wien SB. (1848) 439-.
— , apparatus for producing. Bood, 0. N.

Am. J. So. 89 (1866) 260.
—.cause. Wundt,W. Pogg. A. 116 (1862) 627-.
— , Dove's theory, experiments. Bood, 0. N,

Silliman J. 31 (1861) 389-.

— and irradiation, causes shown by chromatic
experiments with stereoscope. Dove, H, W,
Berl. B. (1861) 246-.

— , stereoscopic explanation. Oppd, J. J. (vi
. Adds.) Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1863-54) 52-;

(1864-56) 33-; (1856-67) 5ft-. .
— , . Helmholtz, H. Rheinl. Westphal.

Sb. 13 (1866) xxxviii-.
_, . 0^1^ J,. J, Pogg. A. 100 (1857)

462-.

MAGNITUDE.

apparent. [Luhimoff non] Lurimoff, N, C. R.
47 (1858) 24-. .

— Luhimoff, N. A. C. 64 (1858) 13-.

— , changes. Lehot, C. J. F^russac Bll. So.

Mth. 7 (1827) 246-.
— , — due to movement of eyes. Henry, C.

C. R. 119 (1894) 449-, 872.
—. of magnified objects. Brewer, W.H. [1882]

Am. As. P. 81 (1883) 139-.
— , in relation to retinal image. Martins, O.

Ph. Stud. 6 (1889) 601-.
cause of different apparent magnitudes of same

objects. Walker, Ez. TUloch Ph. Mg. 80

(1808) 163-.
determination. Bozenherg, V. L. Rs. Ps.-0.
. S. J. 29 {Ps.) (1897) 124- ; Fschr. Ps. (1897)

{Ab. 2) 138.
estimation of linear and angular. BartoU, A,

N. Cim. 16 (1876) 74-, 234-.

— m visual field. Fischer, B. Aroh. f . Oph.
87 (1891) {Ab. 1) 97-, {Ab. 8) 56-.

figures of unequal magnitude, coalescence in

stereoscope. Warden, J. Pht. S. J. 3 (1867)

226-.
illusions. Delbctuf, J. Brux. Ac. Bll. 20 (1865)

70-.
subjective, of monocular and binocuUr images

in lens. Delage, Y. Arch. Z. Exp. 1 (1898)

vi-.

Monocular vision, phenomenon with miorosoope.

FurUmge, W. H. [1872] Quek. Mor. CL J.

8 (1878) 89-.
Optics and painting. Helmholtz, H, L. F. von,

Rv. So. 11 (1876} 241-.
Perception of depth. Schubring, O. Halle Z.

Nw. 80 (1867) 263-.

in painting. Nicolai, C. [1896] Ndl.

, Gast. Oogl. Vs. 88 (1897) (Ndl. Ooghlk. Bijdr.

AJl. 2) 17-.
Perspective. Chevreul,M, E, [1859] Psjp.Ao.

So. Mm. 80 (*1860) 383-.
— . Stevens, W.LeC. Ph. Mc. 18 (1882) 809-.
— , apparent inversion with telescope. Forbes,

J. D. Ph. Mg. 16 (1840) 506-.

— appearance of aSrial light and shade.
Faraday, M. QJ. So. 22 (1827) 81-.

491

4440

Binocular Vision Stereoscopic Vision 4440

Perspective, binooalar. Stevens, W. Le C.

Nt. 26 (1882) 68-.
— , — , ana movements of eye. Bditcher, (Dr.)

— . Arch. f. Oph. 12 (1866) (.16. 2) 28-.
— , — , Wheatstone's and Brewster's theory.

Stevens, W. Le C. [1881] N. Y. Ac. T. 1

(1881-82) 9-.

— illusion. Bezold, W. von, A. Ps. C. 28
(1884) 851-.

. Lata»te,F. Chili S. Sc. Act. 3(1893)8-.

— — from Qse of myopic glasses. MacDougall,
i2. Science 9 (1899) 901-.

— , taught by luminous projection, QoHn, A*

Lyon S. Ag. A. 6 (1882) 116-.
Phantascope. Locke, J. Silliman J. 9 (1850)

163-.
— , passage in Lucretius. Plateau, J. A, F,

Bb. Un. Arch. 20 (1852) 300-.
Pseudoscopic deviation of parallel lines. Zdll-

ner, F, Pogg, A. 114 (1861) 587-.
(Zdllner). Jaetrow, J, Am. J.

Psychol. 4 (1892) 381-, 427.
( — ). Quye, A» A. Rv. Sc. 51

(1893) 593-.

— observations. Mokr, C, F, Pogg. A. Ill
(1860) 638-.

— phenomena. Bollmann, W. A. Ps. G. 134
(1868) 615-.

of motion. Sinsteden, — . Pogg. A. Ill

(1860) 336-.

and statics of retina. Scheffier, H. A.

Ps. C. 127 (1866) 105-.

— vision. Schrdder, if. Pogg. A. 87 (1862)
306- ; 105 (1858) 298-.

, illusion. Willigen, V. S, M, van der,

Amst. Vs. Ak. 2 (1854) 153-.
through prisms. Dancer, J, B, Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. P. 4 (1865) 157-.
Pseudosoopy. Zdllner, F. Pogg. A. 110 (1860)

600-.

— (Zdllner). Bacaloglo, E. Pogg. A. 113

(1861) 333-.

— , monocular and binocular. Dove, H, W,

Berl. Mb. (1857) 221-.
Belief, apparent, of hollow casts, apparatus to

produce. Mou$8ard,E, C. B. 124 (1897) 182-.
— , mechanism of production. Oiraud-Teulon,

— . C. B. 45 (1857) 566-.
— , (Giraud-Teulon). Studiati, C.

N. Gim. 8 (1858) 265-.

— phenomena. Burckhardt, F, A. Ps. G.
137 (1869) 471-.

— , stereoscopic perception, and by direct vision.
Douliot, E. N. Gim. 10 (1859) 342-.

Betinal impression, inability to determine
which retina is impressed. Rogers, W, B,
Am. As. P. (1860) 192-.

Simultaneous contrasts of brightness, metric
experiments on regularity. Hess, C, d^
PretoH, H. Arch. f. Oph. 40 (1894) (.16. 4) 1-.

Space perception. Jaesche, E, Dorpat Sb. 9
(1892) 166-.

. Wundt, W. Ph. Stud. 14 (1898) 1-.

, monocular indirect vision. MUUer, R,

Ph. Stud. 14 (1898) 402-.

, region, demonstration of contrast phe-
nomena. Loeh, J. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 60
(1895) 509-.

Steneographic projection. Simon, P. L» Gil-
bert A. 32 (1809) 57-.

Stereograms of surfaces, construction. Max-
well, J, C, [1868] L. Mth. S. P. 2 (1869) 57-.

Stereograph, pocket. Plucker, J, Brux. Ac.
BU. 30 (1870) 388-.

Stereographs produced by hand. Rood, O. N.
SUliman J. 31 (1861) 71-.

Stereoscopic detection of forgeries, etc. Dove,
H. W. Berl. Mb. (1859) 280-.

— images, anomahes. Claudet, A. [1856]
B. S. P. 8 (1856-57) 104-.

— methods, 2 new. RoUmann, W. Pogg. A.
90 (1853) 186-.

— photography, compound. EUie, R. As.
Fr. G. B. (1896) (P«. 1) 146.

— — giving exact perspective. Caze»t — .
Par. S. Ps. Sd. (1885) 115-.

— pictures. Stdnhauser, A. Garl Bpm. 12
(1876) 389-.

, angle. Claudet, A, B. A. Bp. (1853)

{pt. 2) 4.
, geometrical construction . Steinhauser, A .

Halle Z. Nw. 36 (1870) 66-.
, new form (anaglyphs). Oiltay, J, W.

[1895] Mbl. Nt. (1895-96) 1-, 18-.
. (— ). Watch, A. F. Franklin L

J. 140 (1895) 401-.
with ordmary camera. Barnard, F, A, P.

Silliman J. 16 (1853) 348-.
, preparation. Hessemer, J, M. Dingier

139 (1856) 111-.
with single camera. Clark, L. [1853]

Pht. S. J. 1 (1854) 57-.

— representation of bodies. Dove, H. W.
Berl. Mb. (1857) 291.

continuous gaseous spectra. Poieck, T,

Bresl. Jbr. Schl. Gs. 49 (1871) 34-.

type as seen with both eyes through

calc-spar. Dove, H, W. Berl. Mb. (1859)
278-.

— shadow figures. SzUi, A, [1894] Termi.
Kdzl. 27 (1895) 158; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 12
(1895) 426-.

— slide, new. Rogers, W, B, Am. Ac. P. 4
(1857-60) 360-.

STEREOSCOPIC VISION.

Toume, J, Guy's Hosp. Bp. 8 (1862) 70-, 81-.
Listing, J. B. G5tt. Nr. (1869) 431-.
Kohlrausch, F. Gdtt. Nr. (1870) 415- ; A. Ps.

G. 143 (1871) 144-.
Right, A. N. Gim. 14 (1875) 55-.
Helmholtz, H. L. F. von, L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881)

260- ; Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 507-.
Himes, C. F. N. Y. Ac. T. 1 (1881-82) 114-.
Hoppe, J. Pflug. Arch. PI. 40 (1887) 523-.
Stevens, W. Le C. Science 9 (1887) 14.
Anderson, W. W. Science 9 (1887) 56.
Jastrow, J. Science 7 (1898) 615-.
GrUtzner,—. [1899] Wiirtb. Jh. 56 (1900) Iv-.
accommodation in. Oppel, J. J. (xn) Frkf.

a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1860-61) 48-.
apparent relief in. Oppel, J. J. Frkf. Jhr.

Ps. Vr. (1858^9) 64-.
best aperture. Carpenter, W, B. (iz) Mcr. 8.

T. 15 (1867) 105-.

492

4440 Stereoscopic Vision

experiments, Roodt 0, N. Silliman J. 34

(1862) 1»9-.
with one eye. Mach, E, Wien Sb. 58 (1866)

(Ab. 2) 731-.
. Pratt, W. H. Science 8 (1886)

631-.
illasion. Monro, C. J. [1864] Ph. Mg. 29

(1865) 15-.
by optic divergence. Stevens, W, Le C, Am.

J. Sc. 22 (1881) 858-, 443-.
phenomena. Dove, H. W, B, A. Bp. (1854)

(pt. 2) 9-.
— . Cima, A. N. Cim. 6 (1857) 185- ; C. R.

45 (1857) 664.
— . August, F. Pogg. A. 110 (1860) 582-.
— . Meyer, 0. E. Bresl. Schl, Gs. Jbr. (1895)

(Ab, 2a) 4.
without stereoscope. Dufour, L. Laus. Bll.

S. Vd. 5 (1857) 263-.
. Lamy, C, A. [1861] (xn) Lille S,

Mm. 8 (1862) 447-.
strain on eyes in. Oppel, J. J. Frkf . Jbr. Ps.

Vr. (1858-59) 64-.

Stereoscopy. RoUmann, W. Pogg. A. 89 (1853)

350-.
— . Dove, H, W. Pogg. A. 110 (1860) 494-.
— . Danders, F, C. (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P.

(1872-73) {No. 7) 8-.
— . Hugel, T. Carl Bpm. 13 (1877) 268-.

— with exact relief. Ccuses, L. Par. S. Ps.
S^. a895) 124-.

— and photography, applications. Mach, E.
Wien Sb. 54 (1866) {Ab, 2) 123-.

— , radiographic. Chabaud, V, Par. S. Ps.

S6. (1898) 154-.
— , — . Lambertz, — . [1900] Fschr. R5nt-

genstr. 4 (1900^1) 1-.
Stereotrope. Shaw, W, T, [1861] R. S. P.

11 (1860-62) 70-.
Telestereoscopic vision, limits. WSchter, F,

Wien Ak. Sb. 105 (1896) (Ab, 2a) 856-.
Vision, disparate. Stevens, W, Le C, Science

11 (1888) 241.

— of lanascapes with normal and abnormal
adjustment of eyes. MUlUr, Alex, Pogg.
A. 86 (1852) 147-.

objects with converging lines, Inversion.

Hoppe, —, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 43 (1888)

295-.
— , single and double. Lathrop, S, P. Silli-
man J. 7 (1849) 343-.
— , — , and illusion as to distance.

Locke, J, Silliman J. 7 (1849) 68-.
— , , stereoscopic study. Wyld, R. S,

Edinb. R. S. P. 8 (1875) 505-.
— , solid, with or witnout stereoscope. MUUert

H. Cztg, Opt. 19 (1898) 201-.
Visual abearance of nigh monuments. Bimy,

A, Rv. Sc. 43 (1889) 668-.
. Bourdon, B, Rv. Sc. 43

(1889) 763-.
. Bozier, F, Rv. Sc. 44 (1889)

26-.
. B4my, A. Rv. Sc. 44 (1889)

237-.

Colour Vision 4450

Visual appearance of high monuments. Bozier^ F,

Rv. Sc. 44 (1889) 653-.
objects. Sorel,Q. Rv. Sc. 45 (1890)

564-.
— axes, inclination. Prevost, P, A. C. 14

(1820) 397-.

4450 Colour Vision. Subjective
Colours. Colour Blindness.

(See also Physiology, 3735.)

COLOUR VISION.

Prieur, C, A, A. C. 54 (1805) 5-.
MaxweU, J, C, Ph. Mg. 14 (1857) 40-.
Gladstone, J, H. B. A. Rp. (1860) (pt, 2) 12-.
Aitken, J. (ix) Sc. S. Arts T. 8 (1872) 375-.
Peirce, C, S, Am. J. Sc. 13 (1877) 247-.
Weinhold, A, F, A. Ps. C. 2 (1877) 631-. .
Hoh, T, (xn) Bamb. Nf. Gs. B. (12) (1882)

(No, 6) 4 pp.
Swan, J. W. Nt. 26 (1882) 246.
Droop, H, B. L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 217- ; Ph.

Mg. 15 (1888) 373-.
St, Clair, G. [1884] Birm. Ph. S. P. 4

(1883-85) 117-.
Vogel, H. W. A. Ps. C. 28 (1886) 130-.
Cooke, F, G, [1887] Eastbourne NH. S. T. 2

(1886-94) 35-.
Isaachsen, D. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 43 (1888) 289-.
Vogel, H. W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1888) 56-;

Humb. 7 (1888) 315- ; Lpldina. 24 (1888)

106-, 128-.
Whitmell, C, T. Card. Nt. S. T. 19 (1888) 67-.
Vogel, H, W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1890) 1-.
Boy, Soc, Comm, R. S. P. 51 (1892) 280-.
GuSbhard, A, As. Fr. C. R. (1894) (Pt. 1) 121.
Nicati, W. C. R. 119 (1894) 917-, 974.
Vogel, H, W, Berl. Ps. Gs." Vh. (1894) 97- ;

D. Nf. Vh. (1897) (Th, 2, HiUfte 1) 44-.
Stevens, W, Le C. Science 7 (1898) 513-, 677-.
Titchener, E, B. Science 7 (1898) 608-, 832-.
Franklin, (Mrs.) C. L. Science 7 (1898) 773- ;

8 (1898) 329-.
Whitman, F, P. Am. As. P. (1898) 83-.
Apparatus. Glan,P. [1880] Pfltig. Arch. PI.

24 (1881) 307-.
Apparent motion of figures of certain colours.

Loomis, E. Am. As. P. (1850) 293-; (1851)

7&-.
Bichromatic vision. Stephenson, J. W. M.

Mcr. J. 7 (1872) 215-.
Brightness of pigments by oblique vision.

Whitman, F, P. Science 9 (1899) 734>.
Chromatrope, new. Morton, H. A. Ps. C.

157 (1876) 150-.
ChromostroDoscopio experiments. Bictb, A,

Mod. S. Nt. An. 10 (1876) 31-.
Colorimeter. Houton de la BiUardHtre, J. J.

Rouen Tr. Ac. (1827) 73-.
'. Beek, A, van, Amst. N. Vh. 2 (1829)

217- ; Schweigger J. 62 ( ==</». 2) (1831) 246-.
—, MUUer, Alex, Erdm. J. Pr. C. 60 (1853)

474-.

493

4450

Colour Mixture

4450

Colorimeter. Iloivay.L, [1892] Termt.Edzl.

25 (1898) 158- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 11 (1894)

426.
— , complementary. MilUer, Alex, Erdm. J.

Pr. G. 66 (1855) 193- ; Fresenias Z. 2 (1868)

14J-.
— , detached, and colorimetry. MilU, E. J,

Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 487-.
— , portable. MUU, E. J. Glasg. Ph. S. P.

10 (1877) 810-.
Colour box, experiments with Lord Bayleigh's.

Schuster, A. [1890] B. S. P. 48 (1891) 140-.

— change apparatus. Hessd, J. F, C, Pogg«

A. 79 (185^ 442-.

— combinations by polarised light. SpottU-
woode, W. [1874] B. S. P. 22 (1874) 854- ;

B. I. P. 7 (1875) 291-.

— constants. Bood, 0. N, J. Sc. 6 (1876)
458-.

. and intensity of clouded light for chromo-

. metry. MiMer, Alex, D. C. Gs. 6. 4 (1871)
105-.

1— discrimination, formation of shadow and
perspective in. Einthoven, W, Brain 16
(1898) 191- ; Ndl. Gast. Oogl. Vs. 85 (1894)

• 14 pp.

— and distance, relation between perception.
Bood, 0, N. Silliman J. 82 (1861) 184-.

— . map, construction. Baily, W. [1892] L.
Ps. 8. P. 11 (1892) 828- ; 12 (1894) 1- ; Ph.
Mg. 88 (1892) 496-; 85 (1898) 46-.

COLOUR MIXTURE,

Challii, J, Ph. Mg. 12 (1856) 521-.
Baumeister, (Prof.) — . Carlsruhe Vh, Nw. Vr.

2 (1866) 8-.
Moutier, J, [1882-88] Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 7

(1888) 19-; Lum. i^lect. 8 (*1888) 22-.
Schehke, L. E, R, A. Ps. G. 16 (1882) 849-.
(Lecture experiment.) Vogel, H, W, Berl. Ps.

Gs. Vh. (1887) 28-.
apparatus. Ketteler, E, A. Ps. C. 141 (1870)

604-.
.— . Szildgyi, E, (xn) Orv.-Term. 6ts. 6

(1881) (Orv. Szak) 60-.
— . Hoffert, H, H, L. Ps. 8. P. 6 (1885)

200-; Ph. Mg. 18 (1884) 81-.
— . Aitken,J, Edinb. B. S. P. 18 (1886) 122-.
— , new Heimholtz. Schmidt, F,, db Haensch,
. — . Z. Instk. 13 (1898) 200-.
binocular. Bezold, W» von, (vn) Pogg. A.

(Jubelbd.) (1874) 585-.
.calculation. Lommel, E, Miinch. Ak. Ab. 17

(1892) 491-.
.by dissolved dyes. Klobukow, N, von. A. Ps.

C. 48 (1891) 488-.
Jiomogeneous colours. Heimholtz, H, B.A.Bp.

(1853) Ipt. 2) 5 ; Fechner Cb. 1 (1858) 8-.
. . Preyer, W, T. Bonn. Cor.-Bl. NH.

Vr. (1868) 67-.
interference and absorption colours. Dove,

H. W, Berl. Mb. (1857) 217-.
law. KMig, W, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1897-98) 85-.
— , Newton's. Bezold, W. von, Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1887) 55 (6m)-.

law, Newton's, ffering, E. Lotos 85 (1887)

177-.
— , >-. K»nig, A. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1887) 311-.
— , — . Trnrn, E, Z. Psychol. 7 (1894) 279-.
— , — , in green blindness. Brodnun^ E, Z.

Psychol. 5 (1898) 323-.
method. Bezold, W, von, Mdnoh. Ak. Sb. 6

(1876) 106-.
— . Hilhert, R. Humb. 3 (1884) 257-.
monocular. Szildgyi, E, (xn) Cb. Md. Wa.

19 (1881) 518-.
optical ana mechanical, differences. Petruiev-

$m, T, T, Bs. Ps..q. S. J. 25 (Pt,) (1893) 264.
theoiy. Gra$smann,H, Pogg. A. 89 (1858) 69-.
— . GraUich, W. J. Wien SB. 12 (1864)

788-; 18 (1854) 201-.
— , and colour vision. Bohn^ C, A. Pb. C.

125 (1865) 87-.

Colour patterns in natural productions. Higgins,
H. H. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 11 (1866-67)
133-.

— photometry in spectrum. Abney, (Ct^t.)
W, de W,, dt Festing, {Maj,'Gen,) B. R,
[1886] PhU. Trans. 177 (1887) 423-.

— of red or yellow objects viewed through red
or yellow .glass. Le Gentil, — . A. 0. 10
(1791) 225-.

— scale. Biot, J, B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll.
(1816) 144- ; (1818) 90-.

, Newtonian. Govt, G. C. B. 106 (1887)

733-.

— scheme, standard. PilUbury, J. H, [1892-
95] Science 19 (1892) 114; 21 (1893) 310-;
Nt. 52 (1895) 390- ; 53 (1895-96) 55.

— sensations, mathematical representation.
Feret, R. C. B. 102 (1886) 44-, 256-, 608-.

, persistence. Stein, W, J. Pr. C. 118

(1872) 328-.

— sense, determination by spectroeoope.
Bonders, F. C, (xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P.
(1880-81) {No, 8) 2-.

— — , intensity distribution in spectrum.
K&nig, A., db Dieteriei, C. BerL Ak. Sb.
(1886) 805- ; Z. Psychol. 4 (1893) 241-.

— systems. Bonders, F. C, [1880-84] Utr.
Oz. 6 (1881) 79-; 8 (1883) 1-; Aioh. f. Oph.
30 (1884) {Ah, 1) 15-.

. Rood, 0, N. [1891] Am. J. 8c. 44

(1892) 263-.
. Kries, J, von. Z. Psychol. 18 (1897)

241-, 473.
, dichromatic. Dcndtrs, F. C. [1878]

(xn) Amst. Ak. Wet. P. (1878-79) No. 6, 8-.
, — . K^ig, A. A. Ps. C. 22 ^884)

567-.
, shortest lines in. Hel/mhoUz, H, von^

Berl. Ak. Sb. (1891) 1071-.
, trichromatic. Kries, J. von. Z. Psychol.

19 (1899) 63-.

— top, cinephantic. Hunt, E. [18591 Glasg.
Ph. S. P. 4 (1860) 252-.

— triangles by mixtures of real colours. Bezold ,
W, von, [1885] Miinch. Ak. Sb. 16 (1886)
305-.

Coloured glasses, binocular vision through.
Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 101 (1857) 147- ;
Berl. Mb. (1861) 1054-.

494

4450 Complementary Colours Colotir Vision

Coloured glasses, optical observation with.

Marx, C. M. D. Nf. Ysm. 6. (1843) 235.

— light, action on retina, experiments. Pergeru,

i. I. Solvay Tr. 1 {Fa$c. 2) (1897) 38 pp.
• — surfaces, efficiency of eye in distinguishing

two. Broea, A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894) 119-.
, reflex action in artists' studios. Wiener ,

L. C. [1880] (xn) Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh.

8 (1881) 265- ; 9 (1888) 10-.

4450

COLOVRS.

analogy and harmony. Hargreavett T, Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 50 (1817) 128-.
(Hargreaves). Tilloch, A. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 50 (1817) 241-.
'angular distance. Roienstiehlf A, C. B. 93

(1881) 207- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1881) 166-.
brightness, experiments. Oruber, E. Ph.

Stud. 9 (1894) 429-.
brown, nature. Briicke, E, Pogg. A. 74 (1849)

461-.
changes with diminished light intensity.
• Albert, E, A. Ps. C. 16 (1882) 129-.
classification. Forster, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

42 (1813) 119-. 327-.
— . Doppler, C. B6hm. Gs. Ab. 5 (1847)

401—.
— . Farhet, J. D. Ph. Mg. 34 (1849) 161- ;

Edinb. R. S. P. 2 (1851) 214-.
— and definition. Mosenttiehl, A, As. Fr. C.

R. (1878) 303-.
'— in series. CarpeiUier, J, C. B. 100 (1885)

808-.
comparisons. DonderM, F, C. Utr. Oz. 8

(1883) 170- ; 9 (1884) 43-; Arch. An. PL

{PL Ab.) (1884) 518-.

Complementary Colours,

Breda, J. G. S. van. Gilbert A. 54 (1816)

32 1-.
OsanihQ. Pogg. A. 37 (1886) 287-; 42 (1837)

72-.
Maumeni, E, J, (vm) Beims S^. Ac. 11

(1850) 274-.
Meyer, M, H. Pogg. A. 95 (1855) 170-.
Xenssen, E, Lieb. A. 104 (1857) 177-.
Osann, G, Wiirzb. Nw. Z. 1 (1860) 61-.
.(Osann.) Fechner, G. T. Leip. B. 12 (1860)

146-.
BrUcke, E, Wien Sb. 51 (1865) (Ab. 2) 461-.
Murphy, J. J, Nt. 16 (1877) 208. . .
Roienstiehl, A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1883) 8-.
apparatus. MilUendorff, A. Lux. S. So. Mm.

10 (1869) 137-.
— . Petruievskij, T. T, Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 29

(P«.) (1897) 1-.
and decolorisation of yellow diamonds. Chatrian,

N., & Jacobs, — . C. B. 95 (1882) 759-.
decomposition of white light into. Behold, W,

von, A. Ps. C. 32 (1887) 165-.
determination of wave-lengths. K&nig, A.
. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1884) 37-.
fundamental law. Glan, P. Wien Ak. Sb.

92 (1886) (Ab. 2) 906- ; A. Ps. C. 48 (1893)

307-.

investigation with Briicke's schistoscope.

DiUchHner, L. Wien Sb. 63 (1871) (Ab. 2)

554-.
measurements. Kdnig, A. Berl. Ak. Sb. (1896)

945-.
phenomena. Suekow, G. Pogg, A. 39 (1836)
. 325-.
.problem. Miguel, A. N. A. Mth. 5 (1846)

235-.
and white, sensation. Rosenstiehl, A. C. B. 95

(1882) 1275-.

composition. Mascart, j6, E. N. [1874] Par.

S. Ps. S4. (1875) 7-.
— . De la Rive, L. Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 19

(1888) 391-.
— , theory. ChaUU, J. Ph. Mg. 12 (1856)

829-.
*— , — (ChaUis). Stokes, G. G, Ph. Mg. 12

(1856) 421-.
compound, theory. Helmholte, H. Mtiller
. Arch. (1852) 461-.
— , — (Helmholtz). Plateau, J, A. F. Pogg.

A. 88 (1853) 172-.
— , — , with reference to mixtures of blue and

yellow light. Maxwell, J, C, B. A. Bp.
(1856) (pt. 2) 12-.
— , — , and relations of colours of spectrum.
MaxweU, J. C. PhU. Trans. (1860) 57-;

B. S. P. 10 (1859-60) 484-.
of daylight and artificial light. Memorsky, M.

Wien Sb. 53 (1866) (Ab, 2) 345-.

differences by night and day. Nickt^, J, J.
Phm. 4 (1866) 270-.

— , smallest perceptible, alteration of wave-
length of light necessary to produce. Uhthoff,
W. [1888] Arch. An. PI. (PL Ab.) (1889)
171-.

of electric and gas light. Meyer, O.E, A. Ps.

C. Beibl. 4 (1880) ISO-,
examination, and appearances under artificial

lights. Paterson, D. S. Dyers Col. J. 12
. (1896) 191-.
.harmony. Aitken, J, [of Darrochl, Edinb.

Sc. S. Arts T. 9 (pt. 1) (1873) 85-.
— . Abert, (Col.) J. W. Cincin. S. NH. J. 7

(1884) 167-.
— . Vogel, H. W. Wien Pht. Cor. 31 (1894)
. 263-.
.— , theory. Unger, F, W. Pogg. A. 87 (1852)

121-.
— , — (Unger). PlaieaUf J. A, F. Pogg. A.

88 (1853) 172-.
juxtaposition, phenomena due to. Wheatstone,

(Sir) C. B. A Bp. (1844) {pL .2) 10.
— , . J., J. R. L. PoL Mg. 2 (1845)

171-.
.in light. Briicke, E. J. Pr. . C. 97 (1866)

447-.
lithium red and thallium green mixed, com-
parison with intermediate colours of spectrum.
. Bonders, F. C. Donders Ndl. Gast. Oogl. Vs.

24 (1883) 147-.

, sodium yellow. Don-

. ders, F. C. Amst. Ak. Wet. P. (1883-84)

No. 9, 9-.
.matching. Emmott, W., db Aekroyd, W, S.

Dyers CoL J. 3 (1887) 54-.

495

4450 Primary Colours Colonr Vision Spectral Colours 4450

matching. CrotiUyt H, S. Dyers Ck>l. J. S

(1887) 118.
— , improved artifioial light for. DufUm, A,,

dt Gardner, W. Jf, S. Dyers Ck)l. J. 16

(1900) 238-.
measurement, and determination of white

light. Doubt, T.E, Ph. Mg. 46 (1898) 216-,
and moonlight, experiments. Slack, H, J,

Intell. Obs. 4 (1863) 127.
moving, perception. Chevretd, M, E, [1878-

81] C. R. 86 (1878) 621-, 854-, 986-; 87

(1878) 676-, 707- ; 88 (1879) 929-; Par. Ac.

So. Mm. 41 (1879) No. 7, 229 pp. ; C. B. 96

(1882) 966-, 1086- ; 96 (1888) 18-; Par. Ac.

Sc. Mm. 42 (1888) No, 4, 378 pp.
mutual behaviour. Seebeck, T, J, Schweigger

J. 1 (1811) 4-,
natural, production, and law of colour mixture.

K'&nig, W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1897-98)

36-.
nervous centres for perception of separate

colours. Chauveau,A. C. B. 116 (1892) 908-.
— (Chauveau). Qiiihhard, A,

Par. S. Ps. S4. (1893) 129-.
nomenclature. Bredtdorff, J, H, Orsted Ts.

3 (1824) 182- ; Froriep Not. 8 (1824) 161-.
numerical registration. Abney, (Copt.) W, de W,

B. S. P. 49 (1891) 227-.
origin. Ro$enbach, — . Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr.

(1893) (Ab. 2a) 34-.
perimetry. Hegg, E. Arch. f. Oph. 38 (1892)

{Ab. 3) 146-.
phenomena on intermittent stimulation with

white light. Percival, A, £>. [1899] Durham

Un. Ph. S. P. 1 (1900) 219-.
— , new apparatus for studying. Nardroff^

E, R. von. Science 2 (1896) 362.
pigment-, analysis. Kolbe, B, Arch. f. Oph.

30 (1884) (Ab, 2) 1-, 288, (^6. 4) 313-.
polarity. Hindy, (Dr,) C. Oph. Bb. 1 (1802)

{pU. 2J 1-.
power of distinguishing, quantitative deter-
mination. Bonder §, F. C. Donders Ndl.

Oast. Oogl. Vs. 18 (1877) 77-; Arch. N6erl.

13 (1878) 91-.

Primary Colourt^

Brewster, (Sir) D. B. A. Bp. (1866) {pt. 2) 7-,
RoMenstuM, A, C. B. 92 (1881) 1286- ; Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1881) 166-.
Morton, Q. H. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 36 (1882)

249-.
WUser',^. Karlsruhe Nt. Vr, Vh. 10 (1888)

(Sb.) 176-.
and law of colour mixture. Bezold, W, von,

A. Ps. C. 160 (1873) 71-. 221-.

— . Bouty,E, C. N. 30 (1874) 162-.

number. Cooper, P. B. S. P. 3 (1834) 284-;

Thomson Be. 3 (1836) 68-, 94-; Sturgeon A.

Electr. 2 (1838) 464-.
— and nature. Anon, (vi 636) Oergonne A,

Mth. 10 (1819-20) 228-.
point of intersection of curves of intensity.

Kikiig, Ar, [1883] (xn) Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh,

2 (1884) 24-.
reduction of Newton's 7 to smaller number.

MoUweide, C. Gehlen J. 1 (1806) 661-,

succession and persistence of sensation. JHecb,
A, Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 16 (1876) 18-.

theory. Kearney, J. B. Phm. J. 3 (1862) 210-.

— . Preyer, W. Z. Psychol. 11 (1896) 405-.

white light composed of 4 colours. FusitUeri, J,
A. Sc. Lomb. Ven. 2 (1832) 837-; 12 (1843)
94-.

problem. Franklin, (Mrt,) C, L. Scienee 12

(1900) 408-.
production. Young, [DrA T, Phil. TranB.

-(1802) 387-.
purple obtained by recombination of 2 ooloors

of solar spectrum, Koechlin, C, C. B. lOS

(1886) 432-.
relations to painting, decoration and printing.

Irvine, R. [1896] Sc. S. Arts T. 14 (1898) 22-.
relative intensity. Ratenstiehl, A, Par. S.

Ps. 8^. (1882) 103- ; 0. B. 94 (1882) 1411-.

— — , effect of illumination. Dove, H, W,
Berl. B. (1862) 69-.

— — , — . Oppel, J, J, (vi Add$.)

Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1863-64) 44-.

reproduction and notation. StetnheU, — . C.B.

122 (1896) 1414-.
of sky light, sun light, cloud light and candle

light. Abney, (Capt.) W, de W, B. S. P.

64 (1894) 2-.
and sounds, association. Maggi, P, O. Verona

Mm. Ac. Ag. 23 (1849) 346-.
, — . Rocfuu, — de. Midi, Ntliat. 8

— (1886) 141.

, — . Oheyn, {U riv, pire) — ran dai.

Brux. S. So. A. 9 (1886) {PL 1) 69-.

, — . Qruber, i. Bv. So. 61 (1893) 394-.

, — . WaUian, S. S. Science 21 (1898)

360.
, — in the blind. PMUppe, J. Bv. Sc

1 (1894) 806-.

Spectral Colours,

Davies, J, A. [1861] Edinb. N. Ph. J. 15

(1862) 187-.
brightness. K&nig, A. A. Ps. C. (Berl, P$,

Gs, Vh. 1892) 46 (1892) 604-.
changes in tone from fatigue of retina by

homogeneous light. Hess, C. Arch. f. Oph«

36 (1890) {Ab, 1) 1-.
discrimination by normal eye. Uhtkof, W.

Arch. f. Oph. 34 (1888) {Ab. 4) 1-.
influence of threshola of visibility. Ebert, H.

A. Ps. C. 33 (1888) 136-.
mixture. Llidtcke, M. A, F. Gilbert A. 84

(1810) 1-, 229-, 362-.
— . Helmholtx, H. Fogg, A. 94 (1855) 1-.
— . Frey, M. von, db Kries, J, von. Arch,

An. PI. (PI. Ab.) (1881) 336-.
and their mixtures, apparatus for study of

luminous and chromatic intensities. Part-

naud, — . Par. S. Ps. S4. (1884) 20&-.
number and brightness. KSnig,A. Z, Psychol.

8 (1896) 376-.
and pigment-colours, comparison. Bezold, fT,

von. Munch. Ak. Sb. 6 (1876) 30-.
sensitiveness of eye to. Lamaneky, S. A. Ps,

C. 143 (1871) 633-.

496

4450

Colour Vision Rotating Discs and Tops 4450

sensitiyeness of eye to. Me$lin, O. [1899]

Untp. Ac. Mm. 2 (1900) 429-.
viBibility limits. Abney, {Capt.) W. de W,

B. S. P. 49 (1891) 50^.

stereoscopio oombination. Bood, 0. N. Am. J.

So. 89 (1865) 254-.
unequal visibility at twilight and unequal actinic

properties in full daylight. Keller ^ F, A, E.

C. B. 69 (1869) 278-.

1st visible, of incandescent iron. NobUy A,

Nt. 45 (1892) 484-.
, . Porter, T. C. Nt. 45 (1892)

658-.
yellow. Monro, C. J, Nt. 3 (1871) 246.

— (mixed red and green), and spectral yeUow,
comparisons. DonderB, F, C Donders Ndl.
Oast. Oogl. Vs. 2441883) 147-.

Development of colour perception in children.

Magnus, H. Humb. 3 (1884) 1-.
Efficiency of eye in photometry. Broea, A.

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1894) 119- ; l^clair. illect. 6

(1896) 23-.
Emissive power of incipient glow, Weber's expe-
riments. Knies,M. D. Nf. Tbl. (1889)217-.
Energy and vision. Langley, S. P, Wash.

Nat. Ac. Mm. 5 (1891) 7-.
Erythroscope and melanoscope. Lommel, E.

Erlang. Sb. Ps. Md. S. 3 (1871) 102- ; A. Ps.

C. 143 (1871) 483-.
Experiments. Rayleigh, (Lord), Nt. 3 (1871)

234-; 25(1882)64-.
— . Menu, P. iPh. Stud. 13 (1898) 481-.
— , and photo-voltaic theory of vision. Burton,

C. V. [1888] Camb. Ph. S. P. 6 (1889) 808-.
Fatigue phenomena, certain, incompatibiUty

with three-fibre theory. Hett, C, Arch. f.

Oph. 39 (1893) (Ah, 2) 45-.
Illusions. Oppel, J. J, (xn) Frkf. a. M. Ps.

Vr. Jbr. (1869-70) 96-.
Indirect vision. Fiek, A, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 47

(1890) 274-.
. Kirsckmann, A, Ph. Stud. 8 (1893)

592-.
. Hellpach, W, Ph. Stud. 15 (1900)

524-.
Invisibility of rays of wave-length greater

than red and less than violet of spectrum.

Czermak, J, N. (vi Adds,) Bohm. Gs. Ab.

9 (1867) (Sect, B,] 27-.
Leucoscope for testmg. K&nig, A, A. Ps. C.

17 (1882) 990-.
Light and colour in direct and indirect vision.

Charpentier, A., dt Landolt, E, C. B. 86

(1878) 496-.

— — — , measurement. Lovibond, J, W,
Mcr. S. J. (1893) 275-.

sensations, relation between intensity.

Henry, C. C. B. 115 (1892) 811-.
, theory. Kries, J, von, dt Brauneck,

— . Arch. An. PI. (PI, Ab.) (1885) 79-.
, — . Wundt, W, Ph. Stud. 4

(1888) 311-.

— — — — , — . Franklin, (Mrs,) C, L.
[1892-98] J. H. Un. Cir. [12 (1892-93)]
108- ; Science 22 (1893) 80- ; Nt.49 (1893-94)
394; Am. As. P. (1898) 473-.

Light and colour sensations, theory. Leehalas,

G, Bv. Quest. Sc. 45 (1899) 476-.
, unnoticed phenomena. Oilbert, L, W.

Gilbert A. 30 (1808) 242-.
shadow, nature. Beade, J, Ph. Mg. 5

(1829) 109-.
Mean colour of many-coloured surface, deter-
mination. PetrushevskH, T. T. (xn) Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 15 (Ps., Pt. 1) (1883) lia- ; J. de

Ps. 3 (1884) 460-.
Mutual action of both eyes. Gazzaniga, C, L,

Bb. It. 62 (1831) 349-.
Optics of trichromatic photography. Ives, F, E,

[1900] Phot. J. 25 (1902) 99-.
Phenomena. Charpentier, A, Nancy S. Sc.

BU. (1884) xxix-, xxxii-.
Quantity of light necessary. Charpentier, A,

C. B. 92 (1881) 92-.
Bed and grey lummosity. Lummer, 0. A. Ps.

C. 62 (1897) 14-.
Betardation in perception of different colours.

Charpentier, A. G. B. 114 (1892) 1423-.

BOTATING DISCS, EXPEBIMENT8,

Gorham, J. J. Mcr. Sc. 7 (1869) 69-.
Bood, O. N, Silliman J. 36 (1863) 367-.
Bosenstiehl, A. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1877) 120- ;

C. B, 84 (1877) 1133- ; 86 (1878) 343-.
Aitken, J, (of Darroch), [1878] Edinb. B. S.

P. 10 (1880) 40-.
Bosenstiehl, A. C. B. 92 (1881) 244-, 857-.
Black and white disc, application to tachymetry

and ophthalmology. Henry, C, C. B. 122

(1896) 406-.
Occasional distinct vision. SteveUy, J. B. A.

Bp. (1850) (pt. 2) 21-.
Production of white. LUdicke, M, A, F, Gil-
bert A. 6 (1800) 272-.

. Dove,H.W, Pogg. A. 71 (1847) 97-.

. Oppel, J, J, Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr.

(1868-59) 67-.
. Govi, G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 7

(1883) 164-.

Botating prism, production of white by. Du-
boscq, J. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1884) 65-.

SPECTBUM TOP,

Benham, C, E, [1894] Nt. 51 (1894-95) 113-.
(Benham.) Liveing, 0, D, [1894] Camb.

Ph. S. P. 8 (1895) 249-.
(Liveing.) Benham, C. E. [1894] Nt. 51

(1894-95) 200.
(Benham.) Liveing, G, D. [1894] Nt. 51

(1894-95) 200.
Abney, (Capt,)W, de W. Nt. 51 (1894-95) 292.
(Benham.) Finnegan, J, M,, dt Moore, B.

Nt. 61 (1894-95) 292-.
(Finnegan A Moore.) Benham, C, E, Nt. 51

(1894-96) 321.
Edridge- Green, F. W. Nt. 61 (1894-95) 821.
Hurst, C. H, Nt. 51 (1894-95) 510.
(Benham.) Snellen, — . [1895] A. d'Ocul.

115 (1896) 51-.
Turner, D. [1895] Sc. S. Arts T. 14 (1898) 50-.
(Benham.) Vogel, if. W, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1895) 45-.

VOL. III.

497

II

4450 Theory

Colour Viflioii SubjectiYe Coloun 4450

(Benhmm.) QnOltn^ H. Ndl. G«8i. Oogi. Vs.

37 (189e) (Ndl. Oo^ilk. Bijdr.) 35~.
BidwtU,S. [1897] B. I. P. 15 (1899) 354-.
(Benham <!^ BidwelL) HeM, — . [1899] Dan-

sig Schr. 10 (1899-1902) (HfU 2 <t 3) xxxW-.

Stereofloopy by dispanito ooloar difwrimination,
Einthoven, W. Aich. f. Oph. 31 (1885) {Ah.
3) 211- ; Ndl. Gast.Oogl. Vs. 27 (1886) 1-;
Aich. Nterl. 20 (1886) 361-.

THEORY.

Cmm, W. Mnlhoose S. In. BU. 4 (1831) 544-.
BoUenhart, — . Onrnert Arch. 8 (1846) 318-.
MMtr, J. J. Aich. f. Oph. 15 (1869) {Ab. 2)

208-.
Groite, W. Cztg. Opt. 9 (1888) 256-^.
PreobralenMk^, P. [1889] Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 21

IP$.) (1889) 249-; J. de Ps. 9 (1890) 538-;

ko60. S. Sc. Bll. 65 (No. 1) (1890) 17.
Ehbinghaui, H. [1892-93] Z. Psychol. 5

(1893) 145-.
Du/ton, A. [1893] S. Dyers Col. J. 10 (1894)

3-. 22-.
Koiter, W. Arch. f. Oph. 41 (1895) (Ab. 4) 1-.
JTrief, J, van. Z. Psychol. 19 (1899) 175-.
appUcation to colour photography. Abney,

(Capt.) W. de W. [1898] B. I. P. 15

(1899) 802-.
indnstries. Bouinihal^ I. Bv. So. 17

(1879) 316-.
Crnm's. Marx, C M. Schweigger J. 63

{=Jb. 3) (1831) 54-.
Goethe's. Anon, (ti 43) A. C. 79 (1811)

199-.
— . HanUich, C. A. (vn) Dresden Sb. Isis

(1862) 164-.
— . AderhoU,—. (vn) Dresden Sb. Isis (1862)

168-. 265-.
— . Hantzich, R. (yn) Dresden Sb. Isis

(1862) 244-.
— . TyndaU, J. [1880] R I. P. 9 (1882)

340-.
— , and colour of atmosphere. Wiener, C.

Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 13 (1900) {Ab.) 21^-.
Newton's, modification. Hdlwag, — . Kastner

Arch. C. 4 (1831) 51-.
^ysical. Darzent, G. C. B. 121 (1895) 133-.
Beiade's (anti-Newtonian). Biot, J. B. J. Sav.

(1817) 202-.
Sohopenhaaer's. Czermak, J. N. Wien Sb.

62 (1870) {Ab. 2) 393-.
Young's. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 9 (1875)

251-.

— and Bering's. Tennant, J. B. A. Bp.
(1886) 526.

— , modem developments. KSnig, A. B. A.

Bp. (1886) 431-.
Young-Helmholtz and Bering's. Hiibert, R,

(zn) Humb. 2 (1883) 289-.

Tint perception , testing instrument. GalUm, F.

[1889] Ap. I. J. 19 (1890) 27-.
Tiansparency of eye for actinic rays. Char-

dannet, E. de. G. B. 96 (1883) 441-, 509-.

— — dark ravs. AtchkincLss, E. Z.

Psychol. 11 (1896) 44-.

Timospareney of eye for dark raya. PeUineUit

P. Bt. Se.>Ind. 28 (1899 61-.
Triohromatie theozy of optic nerve. Duramd

{de Groe), J. P. C. B. 121 ^895) 1165-.
Ultra-violet rays, invisibility, experiments to

ascertain cause. Widimark, J. Stoekh. Ofv.

(1897) 287-; Fschr. Ps. (1809) {Ab. 2) 50-.

, visibility. Maeeart, 6. C. B. 68 (1809)

402-.
, 1-. SehOit, M. A. Ps. C. 140 (1872)

157-.
, — . Sauer, L. A. Ps. C. 155 (1875)

602-.

, — . Herichel, A. S. Nt 16 (1877) »-.

, — . Chardotmet, E. de. C. B. 90 (1883)

441-, 509-.
, — (Chardonnet). Mtueart, £, E. N.

C. B. 96 (1883) 571.*
Visual purple of human eye. K9nig, A . Berl.

Ps. Os. Vh. (1894) 82-.
White light from black pigments. LUdieke,

M.A.F. Gilbert A. 20 (180^ 299-.
— — , decomposition by moving refleetors.

Prevoti, B. Gen. lilm. S. Ps. 8 (laSO) {vU.

2) 121-.
, double grey of which it oonslstB. Pffuft

C. H. Schweigger J. 6 (1812) 205-.
, standard. Brit. A$». Ccmm. B. A. Bp.

(1880) 119.
, — . Abney, {Copt.) W. de W, B. A.

Bp. (1883) 422-.
Whiteness. Preooet, B. A. C. 37 (183Q 105-.

SUBJECTIVE COLOUBS.

Muncke, 6. W. Schweigger J. 30 (1890) 74-.
Plateau, J. A. F. A. C. 53 (1833) 880-.
Brewtter, {Sir) D. Ph. Mg. 4 (1834) 353-.
Gherardi, S. Bologna N. Cm. 1 (1834) S4S^.
Plateau, J. A. F. A. C. 58 (1835) 337-.
Tomlinson, C. Thomson Be. 2 (1835) 21-.
Cooper, P. Thomson Be. 4 (1836) 427-.
Plateau, J. A. F. Pogg. A. 38 (1836) 620- ;

Quetelet Cor. Mth. 9 (1837) 97-.
Fechner, G. T. Pogg. A. 44 (1838) 221-, 512^.
Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 45 (1838) 158-.
S., P. Q. (VI Adde.) Silliman J. 33 (1838)

258-
Minich, S. R. Ven. At. 1 (1850) 47—
Siguin, J. M. C. B. 33 (1851) 642- ; 34 (1852)

767-; A. C. 41 (1854) 413-.
Marianini, S. Mod. S. It. Mm. 25 (1855) 343-.
Ragona-Scimk, D. [1857] Paleimo At. 3 (1859)

8 pp.
S^guin, J. M. C. B. 47 (1858) 198-.
Ladame, H. Neuch. Bll. 7 (pt. 1) (1805) 84-.
Moigno, F. Smiths. Bp. (1866) 211-.
Oliver, C. A. Am. Ph. S. P. 23 (1880) 500-.
BidureU, S. Nt. 55 (1896-97) 367-; 56 (1897)

128
Allen, F. J. Nt. 56 (1897) 174.
apparatus. Schaffgotzch, F. wm, Pogg. A.

54 (1841) 193-.
— . GrUel, C. A. Pogg. A. 75 0848) 524-.
and binocular vision. Dove, H. fT. Berl. Mb.

(1861) 521-.

498

4450 Coloured Shadows. Contrast

COLOURED SHADOWS.

Rumfard, B. {Count). Mioholson J. 1 (1797)

101-. ,

HauenfraU, J. H. Par. Eo. Pol. J. !!• cah.

(1801) 272-.
PetHni, P. [1805] Mod. S. It. Mm. 18 (1807)

37-.
Muneke, G. W, Sohweigger J. 30 (1820) 74-.
Trechseh F, Bb. Un. 32 (1826) 3-.
Bourgeois, C, G. A, F^russac BU. So. Mth. 9

(1828) 179-.
Cooper, P. Thomson Re. 4 (1836) 427-.
Bizio, B. Ven. Mm. I. 7 (1867) 393-.
Foumet, J. C. R. 48 (1869) 1106- ; 49 (1869)

24— 121—.
Magrini, L. MU. At. I. Lomb. 2 (1860) 818-,

343-.
Audouard, P, Brest S. Ac. Bll. 20 (1896) 161-.
blae shadows. Schrank, F, von P. von, [1810]

Munch. D. (1811-12) 293-; (1813) 61-.
caused by white light. Oppel, J, J, Frkf . Jbr.

Ps. Vr. (1869-60) 65-.
lights. Nardo, O. D. Ven. At.

(1868-69) 5-.
and Newton*s ooloor theory. OrotthuM, T.

{Frhr.) von, Schweigger J. 8 (1811) 148-.
theory. Pohimann, C. Pogg. A. 37 (1836) 319-.

CONTRAST.

RoUett, A. Wien Sb. 66 (1867) (Ab, 2) 424-,

741-.
Henng, E. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 41 (1887) 29-, 397.
(Hering.) Kriet, J. von. Pfltig. Arch. PI. 41

(1887) 389-.
Rood, O. N. Sch. Mines Q. N. Y. 8 (1887)

307-.
(Kries.) Henng, E. Pfltig. Arch. PI. 42 (1888)

488-; 43 (1888) 264-, 329-.
Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 1 (1896) 38-.
Lane, W, B. [1897] Cn. I. T. 6 (1898) 225-.
KlemenHi, ~. Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 24 (1899) vi-.
in after-images. Burekhardt, F, A. Ps. C.

129 (1866) 629-.
change of colour due to. RoUett, A. Wien Sb.

66 (1867) {Ab. 2) 344-.
experiments with rotating discs. Sehmerler, B.

Ph. Stud. 1 (♦1883) 379-.
measurement of colour produced by. Abney,

{Capt.) W. de W. R. 8. P. 66 (1894) 221-.
optically produced colour contrast between

object and background. Rheinberg, J, Mor.

S. J. (1896) 373-.
phenomena, spectroscopic examination. Burch,

O. J. B. A. Rp. (1899) 624.
simultaneous. PlaUau, J. A. F. (vni) Brux.

Ac. Bll. 16 (1863) 139-.

— (Plateau). Chevreul, M. E. C. R. 67 (1863)
713-.

— (Chevreul). Plateau, J. A, F. C. R. 67
(1863) 1029-.

— (Plateau). Chevreul, M. E. C. B. 58 (1864)
100-.

— . Szildgyi, E. (xn) Cb. Md. Ws. 19 (1881)

849-.
— . Burch, a, J. B. A. Rp. (1900) 629-.

Colour Blindness 4450

simultaneous, Helmholtz*s theory. Hering, E.

Pflfig. Arch. PI. 40 (1887) 172- ; 41 (1887) 1-,

368-; 43 (1888) 1-.
— , metrical researches. Pretori, H., dt

SachM, M. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 60 (1896) 71-.
— , phenomena. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 46

(1893) 1-.
— , produced by reflection of moon in sea.

Martins, C. C. R. 43 (1866) 763-.
— , quantitative relations. Kirschmann, A,

Ph. Stud. 6 (1891) 417-.
successive, laws. VaUhonesta, J. [1892]

Barcel. Ac. Mm. 1 (1892-1900) 27-.

disc for production. Fechner, O. T. Pogg. A.

46 (1838) 227-.
. Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 71 (1847)

112- ; 75 (1848) 626-.
. Sinsteden, — . Pogg. A. 84 (1861)

46-.
in double images of coloured plates. Dove,

H. W. Berl. Mb. (1871) 161-.
due to sound. Berthold, E, [1883] Kdnigsb.

Sohr. 24 (*1884) {Sb.) 33-.
in electric light. Dove, H. W. Berl. Mb.

(1867) 80-.
experiments. RcUeit, A. Pfltig. Arch. PI. 49

(1891) 1-.
green colour of setting sun. Homstein, — .

Kassel Vr. Nt. B. 34 <ft 36 (1889) Ixii.
— ray, its pure subjectivity. ChUohard, — .

Par. S. Ps. S4. (1899) 41»-.
induction. Aars, K, Birch-Reichenwald, Chris-

tiania Skr. (Mth.-Nt. Kl.) (1896) No. 3, 16 pp.
and lustre. Paalzow, A. Berl. B. (1867)

390-.
method of producing. Splittgerber, D. C.

Pogg. A. 49 (1840) 687-.
mixture. Aars, K. Birch-Reichenwald. Chris-

tiania Skr. (Mth.-Nt. Kl.) (1897) No. 8, 34 pp.
produced by light traversing eyelids. Riceb, A.

Mod. S. Nt. At. {Rd.) 2 (1884) 70-.
theory. Gergonne, J. D. Qergonne A. Mth.

21 (1830-31) 284-.
— . Tomlinson, C. Thomson Re. 2 (1836)

283-; 4 (1836) 208-, 28&-.
— . Becker, J. C. A. Ps. C. (ISrpaiw.) 5 (1871)

306-.
of water. Haldat du Lys, C.N. A. de. Nancy

Mm. S. Sc. (1847) 461-.
white light, apparent coloration observed with

quick flashes. Charpentier, A. C. R. 113

(1891) 278-.
and coloured, effects of mixing. Rood,

O. N. Am. J. So. 20 (1880) 81-.

COLOUR BLINDNESS.

Dalton, J. [1794] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 6

(1798) 28-.
Prevost, P. Bb. Un. 36 (1827) 320-.
Herschel, (Sir) J. F. W. Edinb. J. So. 10

(1829) 163-.

Wartmann, i. [1840-48] Oen. Mm. S. Ps.

10 (1843) 273-; 12 (1849) 183-.
Henry, J. [1846] Smiths. Misc. Col. 30 (1887)

(1)233-.

499

II 2

4450 Colonr Blindness

MaxweU, J. C. [185&-56] Edinb. B. S. T.

21 (1857) 275-; Edinb. T. So. S. Arts 4

(1856) 894-.
TyndeM, J. Ph. Mg. 11 (1856) 329-.
HerBcha, (Sir) J. F. W. [1859] R. S. P. 10

(1859-60) 72-.
Oppel, J. J. (xn) Frkf. a. M. Pa. Vr. Jbr.

(1861-62) 43-.
Dove, H. W. Berl. Mb. (1864) 667-.
Moigno, F. Smiths. Bp. (1866) 211-.
Holmgren, A. F, [1880] B. S. P. 31 (1881) 302-.
K»nig, Ar, [1884] Arch. An. PI. {PI. Ah,)

(1885) 160-.
Kniee, M. [1887-88] Arch. Augenh. 17 (1887)

379- ; 18 (1888) 50- ; 19 (1889) 253-.
Breese, C. M. [1888] Kan. Ac. Sc. T. 11

(1889) 106-.

Barlow, W. B. Science 11 (1888) 57-.
Carter, R. B, [1890] B. I. P. 13 (1893) 116-.
Bayleigh, {Lord), B. A. Bp. (1890) 728-.
Carter, R. B. Un. Serv. I. J. 36 (1892) 983-.
PoU, W. Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 100-, 439- ; 35

(1893) 52-; 36 (1893) 188-.
Kirsehmann, A, Ph. Stud. 8 (1893) 173-, 407-.
I>eddie, W, [1895] Edinb. B. S. T. 38 (1897)

501-.
artificial production. Beck, A, Pflilg. Arch.

PI. 76 (1899) 634-.
colour blind, colour system in. Weijde, A, J,

van der. Utr. Oz. 7 (1882) 1-.
, distance between eyes. Holmgren, A, F.

Arch. f. Oph. 25 (1879) {Ab, 1) 135-.
, neutral point in spectrum. K&nig, Ar,

[1883] (xn) Berl. Ps. Gs. Yh. 2 (1884) 20-,

63-, 72-.
, system. Weijde, A, J, van der. Arch.

f. Oph. 28 (1882) (Ab. 2) 1-.
and colour weakness. Scripture, E. W, Science

9 (1899) 771-.
congenital. Kdnig, Ar. Z. Psychol. 7 (1894)

161-.
diagnosis. Hering, E, Arch. f. Oph. 36

(1890) (Ab. 1) 217-.

in French navy . Marichal, — . [1888] Arch.

Augenh. 20 (1889) 189.
hemi'lateral, of left eye. Hess, C. Arch. f.

Oph. 36 (1890) (Ab. 3) 24-.
of Indians. Blake, L. I., dt Franklin, W. S.

[1888] Kan. Ac. Sc. T. 11 (1889) 105-.
peripheral, hypotheses. Hering, E. Arch. f.

Oph. 35 (1889) (Ab. 4) 63- ; 36 (1890) (Ab. 1)

264.
sensitiveness of green blind and normal eye.

Brodkun, E. Z. Psychol. 2 (1892) 97-.
testing. Thomson, W. Am. As. P. (1884) 120-.
— . Oliver, C. A. Am. Oph. S. T. (1886)

250-; (1888) 86-.
— . Saehs, M. Arch. f. Oph. 39 (1893)

(Ab. 3) 108-.
— . WiUiams, C. H. Am. Oph. S. T. (1897)

227- ; (1899) 547-.
— by flicker photometer. Rood, 0, N, Am. J.

Sc. 8 (1899) 258-.
— , Holmgren's method. Nichols, E. L. [1884]

Kan. Ac. Sc. T. 9 (1885) 95-.
theory. Fick,A. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 64 (1896)313-.
total. Henng, E, Pflug. Arch. PI. 49 (1891)

563-.

Visoal Acnity 4455

total. Dufour, M. Cg. Bid. Int. At. (1894)

(Vol. 6, Oft.) 16-.
— , congenital. Uhthoff, W. Z. Psychol. 20

(1899) 326-.
— , — . Kdnig, Ar, Z. Psychol. 20 (1899) 425-.
unilateral, investigation by means of binoeolar

colour comparisons. Hering, E» Arch. f.

Oph. 36 (1890) (Ab, 3) 1-.
violet. K'&ntg,A. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 0.885) 65-.
and Young's Uieory of colours. RaetUmuum, E.

Arch. f. Oph. 19 (1873) (Ab. 3) 88-.

4455 Visual Acuity.

Bayleigh, (Lord), Nt. 31 (1885) 340, 458.

Capron, J, R, Nt. 31 (1885) 359-. *

Carter, R, B, Nt. 31 (1885) 38^.

Berry, G. A. Nt. 31 (1885) 387-.

Buckton, G. B. Nt. 31 (1885) 407-.

G., W. H. Nt. 31 (1885) 408.

Clark, J. W. Nt. 31 (1885) 438.

Tennant, J. F, Nt. 31 (1885) 467-.

Cunningham, A. Nt. 31 (1885) 458.

Ouypy, H. B, Nt. 31 (1885) 503-.

Roberts, C. Nt. 31 (1885) 552-.

Bordier, H. Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 4 (1894) 1-.

Stratum, G, M. [1900] Nt. 63 (19O0M)l) 12.

Percival, A, S. [1900] Nt. 63 (1900-01) 82-,

114.
Twyman, F. [1900] Nt. 63 (1900-Olj 157.
Intensity fluctuations of just perceptible optie

and acoustic impressions. Heinrieh, W.

[1898] Erk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bs. 16 (1899)

214- ; Grc. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1898) 363-.
Invisibility of small objects in bad li^t.

RayUigh, (Lord). Gamb. Ph. S. P. 4 (188S)

324.
** Lag " in microscopic vision. Ndson, E. M,

Mcr. S. J. (1900) 413-.
Legibility, comparative, of type, and sensitive-
ness to colour, experiments. Cattell, J. McK.

Ph. Stud. 3 (1886) 94-.
Light, minimum perceptible. Henry, C. C. B.

116 (1893) 96-.
— perception, influence of duration and in-
tensity of stimulus. Breguet, A.,dt Riehet, C.

G. B. 88 (1879) 239- ; Arch, de PL 7 (1880)

689-.
Limits. Charpentier, A. Nancy S. So. Bll. 4

(12* Ann.) (1879) 27-.
— . Anon, Mcr. S. J. (1887) 827-.
— . Henng, E, Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 51 (1899)

(Nw,) 16-.
Oscillations. Marbe, K. Ph. Stud. 8 (1893)

615-.
Bapidity of perception of feeble stars. Riecb, A,

Spet. It. Mm. 22 (1894) 206-.
Belation to electric light. Happe^ L. (xn)

Braunschw. Vr. Nt. Jbr. (1880-81) 78-.
intensity of illumination. Uhthoff, W.

Arch. An. PI. (PI, Ab,) (1885) 331- ; Arch.

f. Oph. 32 (1886) (Ab. 1) 171-.
. K»nig, A„ dt Uhthoff, W.

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1889) 9-.
. K'&nig, Ar, Berl. Pb. Gs. Vh.

(1897) 128.

500

4460

Phenomena within the Eye Atter^lmagea 4460

Belation to intensity of illamination and wave-
length of speotrum. Uhthoff, W. Arch. f.
Oph. 36 (1890) {Ab. 1) 88-.

refraction. Seggel^ — . Aroh. f. Oph.

80 (1884) (Ab, 2) 69-.

Scale. Nicati, W. C. B. 114 (1892) 1107-.

— , decimal, for measurement. Bordiert H,

As. Pr. C. R. (1897) (Pt. 2) 273-.

f, E. F, J.

Aost.

Sensitiveness of eye. Love^

As. Bp. (1893) 664-.
to changes of illamination. Char-

pentier. A, G. B. 91 (1880) 49-; Nancy S.

Sc. BU. 5 (13« Ann, 1880) (1881) 4-.
— coloured light. CharpenHery A,

C. B. 88 (1879) 299-.
light and colour. CharpenHer, A.

C. B. 91 (1880) 1076-.
. Abney, (Capt,) W, de W.

[1892] B. I. P. 13 (1893) 601-.
— , effect of successive flashes.

Henry, C. C. B. 120 (1896) 147-.
most refrangible rays. Helmholtz,

H. Pogg. A. 94 (1856) 205-.
— — small objects. Charpeniier^ A.

Nancy S. Sc. BU. 6 (13Mnn. 1880) (1881) 82-.
' sources of light. Charpentier, A .

G. B. 91 (1880) 240-.
, variations. CharpentieTt A, G. B.

91 (1880) 996-.
for wave-length differences. Kdnig,

Ar., db Dieterici, C. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1884)

7-, 16- ; A. Ps. G. 22 (1884) 679-.
Separating power of eye. Weistt G". Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1889) 96.
Sight of soloiers. Whitehead^ {Surg, -Maj,) H, R,

Un. Serv. I. J. 40 (1896) 135-.
Zulu Kaffirs. K&nig, A. Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1886) 16-.
Testing. Thomson, W, Am. As. P. (1884) 120-.
— . Carter, R,B, [1886] Ap. I. J. 16 (1886) 121-.
— . Roberts, C, [1886] Ap. I. J. 16 (1886) 127-.
Visual sensations and photometry, theoretical

and experimental study. Br oca, A. Par. S.

Ps. S6. (1894) 81-.
Weber's law, validity for light sensations.

Kraepelin, E. Ph. Stud. 2 (1886) 806-,

661-.
, . Lehmann, A, Ph. Stud.

8 (1886) 497-.
, . Neiglick, H. Ph. Stud.

4 (1888) 28-.
, • — (Neiglick). Wundt, W. Ph.

Stud. 4 (1888) 112-.

4460 Phenomena ¥nlthin the Eye.

Plateau, J, A, F. Brux. Ac. 61L 2 (1886) 84-.
Chevreul, M, E, G. B. 84 (1877) 896-.
Sa, Humb. 8 (1884) 306.

AFTER'IMAOES.

Fechner, O. T, Pogg. A. 60 (1840) 198-, 427-.
Knochenhauer, K, W, Pogg. A. 68 (1841) 846-.
Helmholtz, H, Bheinl. Westphal. Sb. 16 (1868)
xcviii-.

Young, C, A. Ph. Mg. 48 (1872) 848-.
Davis, A. S. Ph. Mg. 44 (1872) 626-.
NewaU, H. F. Nt. 82 (1886) 77-.
LauHn, W. M, Nt. 32 (1886) 197.
BidweU, S, B. S. P. 66 (1894) 132-.
Hess, C. Arch. f. Oph. 40 (1894) (Ab. 2) 269-.
F., R. A, Nt. 62 (1896) 608.
in binocular vision, and binocular colour-
phenomena in general. Ebbinghaus, H.

Pflug. Arch. PI. 46 (1890) 498-.
chessboard pattern on driving past row of trees.

Smeaton, T, D. Nt. 69 (1898-99) 487.
of coloured objects, influence of white light.

S4guin, J, M, Presse Sc. 1 (1868) 643-;

(xn) Isdre S. Bll. 7 (Livr, 8 <ft 4) (1867)

832-.
development. Marangoni, C. Mil. I. Lomb.

Bd. 3 (1870) 189- ; (x) N. Gim. 8 (1870)

182-.
of instantaneous flashes. CharpenHer, A.

G. B. 124 (1897) 412-.
and lightning. BidweU, 8, Nt. 82 (1886)

101-.
of moving objects. Zehfuss, O, A. Ps. G. 9

(1880) 672-.
. SzUi, A. Mth. Termt. Ets. 16

(1897) 186- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 16 (1899)

122-.
— white objects. Seguin, J, M. G. B. 70

(1870) 822-; (xn) Isdre S. Bll. 2 (1870)

206- ; (xi) A. G. 19 (1880) 460-.

B^uelin's phenomenon. (Bed coloration of

print, etc.) Szili, A. Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 4

(1886-86) 261-.
Cerebral light. Scripture, E, W, Science 6

(1897) 138-.
. Le CofUe, J. Science 6 (1897) 267-;

10 (1899) 68.

— — . Wheeler, E, B. Science 10 (1899)
163-.

Goloured rings seen round objects in certain
diseased conditions of eyes. WaUmark, L. J.

Stockh. Ofv. 6 (1849) 41-; Pogg. A. 82 (1861)

129-.
Contrast phenomena. HeimhoUz, H. Heidi.

Vh. Nt. Md. (1869-60) 82-.
GoronsB produced by peculiar structure of eye.

McConnel, J. C. Nt. 40 (1889) 342-.
Curves of apparent intersection of 2 lines

swinging rapidly about 2 fixed points.

Le Franks, (Prof.) — . Quetelet Cor. Mth.

6 (1829) 120-.
Diffraction phenomena. Meyer, M. H, Pogg.

A. 96 (1866) 603-.
Dispersion. MoUweide,C. GUbert A. 17 (1804)

328- ; 80 (1808) 220-.
— . Wolf, M, L Ps. C. 88 (1888) 648-.

— images on retina. Bezold, W, von, Aroh.
f. Oph. 14 (1868) {Ab. 2) 1-.

Double refraction and polarisation of light in
eye. SteUwag von Carion, C, [1861] Wien
Z. Gs. Aerzte 9 (1868) {Heft 2) 818-.

(Stellwag). Kunzek,A.

Wien SB. 8 (1862) 82-.

** Dust drift ** illusion. Pierce, A. H, Science
12 (1900) 208-.

501

4460 Haidinger's Brushes Entoptic FhenommS

4460

Galvanio experiments on the blind. Grave, — .

J. de Ps. 56 (1802) 159-.
— light-figures. Purkyni, J, E. Froriep. Not.

9 (1825) 273- ; Kastner Arch. Ntl. 5 (1825)

434-.

HAIDINGER'S BRUSHES.

(Direct recognition of polarised light by naked
eye, and position of polarisation plane.)
Haidinger, W, Pogg. A. 63 (1844) 29-.

Haidinger, W. Pogg. A. 67 (1846) 435-; 68

(1846) 73-, 305-.

SUhtrmann, J. T. C. R. 23 (1846) 629- ; 24

(1847) 114-.

Boizenhart, — . C. R. 24 (1847) 43-.
Jamin, J. C. R. 26 (1848) 197-.
Stokes, O. O. B. A. Rp. (1850) {pL 2) 20-.
Brewster, {Sir) D, Ph. Mg. 17 (1869) 323-;

C. R. 48 (1859) 614-.
Lang, V. von. A. Ps. C. 123 (1864) 140-.
cause. Haidinger,W. Wien SB. (1848) 485- ;

Pogg. A. 91 (1854) 591-.
colour. Haidinger, W. Wien SB. (1851)

(Ab. 2) 389-.
duration of impressions on retina. Haidinger,

W, Wien SB. 12 (1854) 678-.
nature. [Brewster, (Sir) D, non] Haidinger,

W. Wien SB. (1850) (.16. 2) 442-.
— . Haidinger, W. Wien SB. 12 (1854) 768-.
and reflection in interior of eye. Oeigel, R.

A. Ps. G. 34 (1888) 347-.

theories, various. Haidinger, W, Haidinger

B. 5 (1849) 42-.

theory. Power, J, [1857] (vni) Gamb. Ph.
S. P. 1 (1866) 179-.

Images, inverted. Lallemant, — . Rouen Tr.

Ac. (1856-57) 143-.
— , — , explanation. Bartels, C. M. N, Oken

Isis (1834) 685-.
— , modification. HcUdat du Lys, C, N. A. de,

Nancy Mm. S. Sc. (1850) 209-.
— , multiple, in one eye. Eval *d, T, T. (xn)

Rs. G. Ps. S. J. 8 [Ps.) (1876) [Pt. 1] 104-.
— , retinal, experiment showing rcklity. Rogers,

W. I. [1896] Nt. 63 (1895-96) 108.
— , — , primary, secondary, and tertiary, with

instantaneous light stimuli. Bosseha, H. P.

Arch. f. Oph. 40 (1894) {Ab, 1) 22-.
— , — , — , — , , (Bosseha).

Hess, C. Arch. f. Oph. 40 (1894) (Ab, 1)

337-.
— , spectral, of rotating vacuum tube. BidweU,

S. Nt. 32 (1886) 30-.
— , successive, physical theory. Warlomant, L.

A. d*Ocul. 1 (1869) 281-.
Internal fringes, produced by interference in

eye itself, hovering, J. Am. As. P. (1863)

23-.
Inversions on continued observation of perspec-
tive designs and transparent bodies. Dove,

H. W. Berl. Mb. (1867) 84-.
Light perception, duration. Charpentier, A.

G. R. 95 (1882) 96-.
— — in indirect vision. Kirsehmann, A.

Ph. Stud. 5 (1889) 447-.

Light phenomenon. WUligen, F. 8, M. mm

der. Pogg. A. 102 (1857) 175-.
. Zeeman, P. Amst. Ak. Vs. [1] (1898)

154- ; Z. Psychol. 6 (1894) 23d-.
— sensation, intensity. Henry, C, G. B. 122

(1896) 1139-, 1232.
Optical estimation of reflections from spectacle

glasses. Szili, A. Arch. f. Oph. 38 (1892)

{Ab, 4) 12-.
Penetrating power of eye, and size of retinal

elements. Meslin, G. J. de Ps. 1 (1892) 74-.
Perception, visual, objective and subjective,

phenomena. Dubrunfaui, — . C. B. 73

(1871) 752-.
— , — , pseudo-entoptic. Laqueur, L. Aroh.

f. Oph. 36 (1890) {Ab. 1) 62-.
Persistence of vision. MonUgny, C. Brox.

Mm. Gour. 4^ 24 (1860-51) 30 pp.
(Montigny). PUiteau,J.A,F. [1852]

Moigno Gosmos 2 (1852-53) 18-.

. Moigno, F, Smiths. Bp. (1866) 211-.

Tobin, T, W, Franklin I. J. 78

(1879) 330-.
. Charpentier, A. G. B. 114 (1892)

1180-.
. Berget, — . Par. S. Ps. S^. (1883)

283.
, experiments. Oariel, C. M, Par. 8.

Ps. S^. (1876) 201-.
, — . Marbe, K. Ph. Stud. 9 (1894)

384-.
, — with alternating current machine.

Ritter, W, Z. Psychol. 11 (1896) 310-.
, — , principle of thaumatrope. Jeffriit,

B, J, Am. Oph. S. T. 5 (1869) 98-.
in relation to rapid visual signalling.

Bruce, E, S. Un. Serv. I. J. 43 (1899) 264-.
for various wave-lengths. Auen, F.

Ps. Rv. 11 (1900) 257-.
Polarising structure of eye. Brewster, {Sir) D.

B. A. Rp. (I860) {pt, 2) 5-.
Prismatic colour-phenomena withont a prism.

MoUweide, C. GUbert A. 17 (1804) 328-.
Pupil, reaction time on stimulation of sym-
pathetic. Langendorff, — . Meokl. Vr. Nt.

Arch. (1896) xvi-.
Purkinje's phenomenon. Nieati, W., db Mad

de Lipinay, J. J. de Ps. 1 (1882) 33-.
. Uenng, E, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 60 (1895)

619-.
. Sherman, F, D. Ph. Stud. 18 (1898)

434-.
Quantity of light necessary to distinguish

several sources. Charpentier, A, Nancy S.

Sc. Bll. 6 (14« Ann, 1881) (1882) 5-.
produce light sensation. Char-
pentier, A. G. R. 88 (1879) 189-.
Radiant heat, power of eye to transmit. Cima,

A, Majocchi A. Fis. G. 3 (1850) 158- ; N.

Gim. 12 (1860) 339-.
Rays proceeding from light seen with half-
closed eyes. KHes, F, Yoigt Mg. 9 (1805)

97-; 10 (1805) 495-.
. Vieth, Q. U. A.

Gilbert A. 19 (1805) 187-, 371- ; 22 (1806)

102-.
. Sartoriuit O. C.

Yoigt Mg. 11 (1806) 529-.

502

4470 Instrnments connected with Physiological Optics 4470

Kays proceeding from light seen with half-
closed eyes. Meyer, M, H. Pogg. A. 89

(1853) 429-; 97 (1866) 233-.
. ThofMon, J. [1892]

R. S. P. 52 (1893) 70-.
Reflex vision. Holmes, {Dr,) — . Am. Ac. P.

4 (1857-60) 373-.
Refraction, phenomena. Claudetf A, F. J.

(vn) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863) 324-; C. R. 58

(1864) 89.
Retina, luminosity. HelmhoUz, H. von, Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1888) 85-.
—, property. Brewster, {Sir) D. [1866] Edinb.

R. S. T. 24 (1867) 327-.
— , — . Rood, O.N. Am. J. Sc. 13 (1877) 32-.
— , unequal ^tigue of central and peripheral

part. Erdmann, E. 0. Berl. Ps. Gs. Yh.

(1884) 11.
— , violet illumination, due to light waves.

Charpentier, A. C. R. 92 (1881) 355-.
Retinal impressions, mode of reviving dormant.

Grove, W. R. Ph. Mg. 3 (1852) 435-.
, time-lag. Mascart, M. C. R. 113 (1891)

180-.
— oscillations. Charpentier, A. C. R. 113

(1891) 217- ; 122 (1896) 87-.
, transverse. Charpentier, A. C. R. 122

(1896) 535-.
Skiascopy and luminosity of eye. PkuUs, J. D.

van der. Utr. Prv. Gn. Aant. (1899) 24-.
Spot in field of view, related to Mariotte*s spot.

Prevost, P. Bb. Un. 52 (1833) 337-.
Star rays. Le ConU, J. Science 9 (1887) 14.
and sun corona. Randolph, R. Science

8 (1886) 566.
. Stevens, W. Le C. Science 9

(1887) 34.
Stroboscopic experiments, simple method of

making visible to a number. Lammel, E.

C. J. Carl Rpm. 17 (1881) 463.
Vibration of eye-baU as remedy for overstrain

(illustration of electrical theoiy of vision).

Ohach, E. Nt. 50 (1894) 172, 199.
Visibility of luminous points. Charpentier, A.

C. R. 96 (1882) 148-.
Visual purple, ophthalmoscopy. Abelsdorff, G.

Z. Psychol. 14 (1897) 77-.

4470 Instruments connected with
Physiological Optics.

Aberroscope. Tscheming, M. [1894-1900] Par.

S. Ps. S^. (1894) 241- ; Sc. Abs. 4 (1901)

681.
Astigmometer, application and theoiy. Strau-

bel, R. A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 794-.
^, Stokes's lens as. Dennett, W, S, Am.

Oph. S. T. (1886) 106-.
Astigmometiy. Hintzy, C. Arch. Md. Phm.

Mil. 14 (1889) 201-.
Centering instrument. Smith, A. L. Arch.

Oph. 20 (1891) 266-.
. Bumstead, S. J. Arch. Oph. 23 (1894)

88-; Arch. Augenh. 30 (1895) 66-.
Ceratoscope. Berger, E. (xn) Z. Instk. 2

(1882) 389-.

Gontra-reflectors. Reich, — . [1885] Arch.

Augenh. 16 (1886) 437.
Com^ microscope. Naehet, — . Mcr. S. J.

6 (1886) 676.
. Scham, F. Arch. Augenh. 31 (1895)

265- ; Arch. Oph. 27 (1898) 634-.
, binocular. Czapski, S, Arch. f. Oph.

48 (1899) 229-.
, Schieck's. Anon. Mcr. S. J. 4 (1884)

954.
Diascope. Gorham, J. J. Mcr. Sc. 2 (1854)

218- ; 3 (1855) 1-; 4 (1856) 27-.
— , Gorham's, and vision through small aper-
tures. Oppel, J. J. (vi Adds.) Frkf. Jbr.

Ps. Vr. (1866-57) 37-.
Direct vision spectroscope, use in testing achro-
matism, etc. Zenger, C. V. G. R. 101 (1885)

1003-.
Focal length of eye, measurement. Hirsch-

herg, —. D. Nf. Tbl. (♦1874) 105.
Interior of eye seen by reflection in telescope.

H[ussey], A. M. (vi Adds.) Ph. Mg. 1

(1832) 318-.
Ophthaimo-leucoscope, simple. K&nig, Ar.

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1884) 41-.
Ophthalmological apparatus. Dimmer, F. [1896]

Arch. Augenh. 34 (1897) 1-; Arch. Oph. 28

(1899) 494-.

Opnthaimometer. Leroy, C. J. A., (t Dubois,

R. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1888) 203- ; Par. S. BL

Mm. 40 (1888) (C. R.) 429-.
— . Kayser, E. [1890] Danzig Schr. 7 (1888-

91) {Heft 4) xiii-.
— , construction and theory. K&nig, Ar. (xn)

Z. Instk. 3 (1883) 153-.
— , Helmholtz's. Meyerstein, M. Pogg. A.

Ill (I860] 416-.
— , — , graduation. Alhertotti, G. Tor. Ac.

Sc. At. 17 (1881) 596-.
— , Javal*s. Schneller, — . [1890] Danzig

Schr. 7 (1888-91) {Heft 4) xii-.
— , — . Speakman, H. D. Arch. Oph. 19

(1890) 76-.
— , — , modification. Weiland, C. Arch. Oph.

24 (1895) 340- ; Arch. Augenh. 32 (1896)

128-.
— , Kagenaar's. Holth, S. Arch. Augenh. 41

(1900) 175-.

— , portable. Reid, T. R. S. P. 53 (1893)

1-.
Ophthalmometry. Blix, M. G. [1881] (xn)

Ups. Lak. F. 17 (1882) 98-.
— . Javal, — . Wien Md. Wschr. 38 (1888)

1260-.
Ophthalmoscope. Meyerstein, M. Henle n.

Pfeufer Z. 4 (1854) 310-, 311-.
— . Schlaefke,^. Kassel Vr. Nt. B. 31 (1884)

39-.
— . Baas, J. H, Humb. 4 (1885) 180-.
— , binocular. Giraud-Teulon, — . C. R. 52

(1861) 646-.
— , electric. Schweigger, — . Arch. An. PI.

(PI. Ah.) (1889) 365-.
— , fixed. Thomer, W. Arch. An. PI. (PI.

Ah.) (1899) {Suppl.) 564-; Z. Psychol. 20

(1899) 294-.
— , Helmholtz-Wecker. Masselon, J, A.

d*Ocul. 98 (1887) 24-.

503

4470 Instruments connected with Physiological Optics

OphthAlmo8oop6,,miorometer for. Szildgyi, E,
Mih. Termt. :^ts. 4 (1886) 84-; Mth. Nt.

4470

B. Unff. 4 (1885-86) 62-.
— , modified fonn, with cylinders. Risley, S. D,
Am. Oph. S. T. (1887) 687-.

— optometer. Parent, JET. A. d'Ocal. 107
(1892) 195-.

— , refraction-. Berger, E, Z. Instk. 5 (1885)

77-.
— , — . Barthen, L. Int. Md. Cg. Yh. (1890)

(Bd. 4, Ab. 10) 66.
— , — , with cylindrical lenses. Burnett, S, M.

Am. Oph. S. T. (1887) 589-.
— , — , lens series for. Jackson, E. Am. Oph.

S. T. (1886) 361-.
—, stereoscopic. Thomer, W, [1900] Arch.

Aagenh. 42 (1901) 78-.
Ophthalmoscopy. Dimmer, F. Arch. f. Oph.

38 (1892) (Ah, 4) 19- ; 44 (1897) 1-.
— , binocular. Giraud-TeiUon, — . A. d'Ocol.

45 (1861) 233-.
Ophthalmotonometric studies. Ostwalt, F.

Arch. 1 Oph. 40 (1894) (Ah. 5) 22-.
Optical bench. Sandoz, A. Par. S. Ps. S6.

(1894) 228-.

— type. Alhertotti, O, Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm.
10 (1894) 449-.

Optometer. Hoh, T, (xn) Bamb. Nf. Gs. B.

(12) (1882) {No, 7) 2 pp.
— . Laurenty, K, St. Pet. Md. Wschr. 17

(1892) 191-.
— , direct-reading, precision in. Guihhard, — .

As. Pr. C. R. (1892) (Pt, 1) 178.

— with 2 glasses. KapuBiin, P. I, Mosc. S.
Sc. BU. 41 (No, 2) (1884) 56-.

— , shadow-. Douglas, J, C, Ph. Mg. 37 (1869)

340-.
— , — (Douglas). Templeton, R. Ph. Mg. 39

(1870)9-.
— , — (Templeton). Douglas, J. C. Ph. Mg.

40 (1870) 340-.
— , skiascope-. Sureau, H, G. B. 118 (1894)

1253-.
Optometry. Nimier, H, Arch. Md. Phm. Mil.

18 (1891) 47-.
— , keratoecopy or skiascopy. Berteli, — .

Arch. Md. Phm. MU. 23 (1894) 165-.
— , objective. Kramsztyk, Z, Par. T. Nauk

6c. Pam. 11 ('1879) Art, 2, 46 pp.
— , — . Parent,—, A.d'Ocul.ll3(1896) 321-.
— , practical application. Leonhardt,G. Lpldina.

18 (1882) 170-.
Perimeter. Dyer, E. Am. Oph. S. T. (1884)

686-.
— . Braunschweig, P. Z. Instk. 11 (1891)

58-.
— . Epstein, S. S, Z. Instk. 15 (1895) 400-.
Photography, use in eye disease. Cohn, H,

Bresl. Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1890) (Al, B.) 30.
Photometer, Weber's. Cohn, — . [1886] Arch.

Augenh. 17 (1887) 67-.
Photometry. Charpentier, A. Nancy S. Sc.

BU. 6 (16« Ann. 1883) (1884) xxvi-.
Photometric apparatus. Kirsehmann, A, Ph.

Stud. 6 (1889) 292-.
Prismometer, perfected. Prentice, C. F. Arch.

Oph. 20 (1891) 109-.

Prisms, numbering. Dennett, W. S, Am. Oph.

S. T. (1889) 422-.
— , — . Landolt, E, [1890] Arch. Aogenh.

22 (1891) 235-.; Arch. Oph. 19 (1890) 497-.
— , — . Duane, A. Arch. Oph. 90 (1891)

321-, 586.
— , — by degree of refractive power. Jackecm,

E„ Burnett, S, M„ dk Noyes, H. Z). Am.

Oph. S. T. (1888) 150-.
— , — and measuring. Prentice, C. F. A.

d'Ocul. 108 (1892) 5-.
— , by metric system. Prentice, C F,

Arch. Oph. 19 (1890) 64-, 128- ; Arch.

Augenh. 22 (1891) 215-.
— , refractive value, etc. Weiland, C. Arch.

Oph. 22 (1893) 435-; 23 (1894) 28-.
— , triple rotatory variable. Jackson, E. Areh.

Oph. 23 (1894) 116- ; Arch. Augenh. 80

(1895) 68-.

Projections for clinical teaching, simple mode
of procuring. Evershuseh, O, Arch. f. Oph.
50 (1900) 161-.

Pupillometry and photometry. Henry, C.

Lum. ikleot, 52 (1894) 451-, 510-, 614- ;

]6clair. :6lect. 1 (1894) 337-, 529-, 678-.
Befraction by crossed cylinders, models to

illustrate. Burnett, S, M. Am. Oph. S.

T. (1888) 112-.
Betina, observation by G«lileian telescope.

Lami, — . Bv. Sc.-Ind. 32 (1900) 212.
— , photography. Guinkoff, V, C. B. 122

(1896) 1017-.

Betinal telescope. Schanz, F, Arch. Aagenh.

31 (1896) 265-; Arch. Oph. 27 (1898) 684-.
. CzapsH, —, D. Nf. Vh. (1896) (Th. 2,

HiOfte 2) 196-.
Schematic apparatus for demonstration of

static refraction. Pedrazzoli, — . [18881

Arch. Augenh. 19 (1889) 482-.
Scotometer. AnUmeui, — . Arch. Aagenh.

27 (1893) (Ber. 1893, 11).
Sideroscope. Asmus^ E. Arch. f. Oph. 40

(1894) (Ah. 1) 280-.
— , Asmus's, modification. Bjerke, JT. Arch.

f. Oph. 61 (1900) 461-.
Sight testing apparatus. Oliver, C. A, Am.

Oph. S. T. (1886) 130-.
. Dennett, W. S, Am. Oph. 8. T.

(1886) 133- ; (1886) 245-.

. PUhn, F, Z. Instk. 5 (1885) 6*-.

. Carl, A, [1891] Arch. Au^nh. 24

(1892) 41-.
Stereopnotochromoscope. Harris, D, F, [1895-

96] Glasg. Ph. S. P. 27 (1896) 14-; J. An.

PI. 30 (1896) 118-.
Tachistoscopic measurements. Wtmdt, FT. Ph.

Stud. 16 (1900) 287-; 16 (1900) 61-.
Tonometer. Oradenigo, P, [1899] Ven. I. At.

(1899-1900) (Pt. 2) 203-.
Tonometry and manometry. Koster, W. Arch.

f. Oph. 41 (1896) (Ah. 2) lia-. (Ah. 4)

274-.
(Koster). Ostwalt, F. Arch. f. Oph.

41 (1896) (Ah. 3) 264-.
(— ). Ischreyt, Q. Arch. f. Oph. 48

(1899) 694-.

504

8990 Vibration and Sound

VIBRATION AND SOUND.
8990 General.

Girau de Buzareingues, C. Par. Mm. S. L. 6

(1827) 191-.
Bdber, A. Rpm. Pa. 3 (1889) 1-.
Seebeck, A. Rpm. Pa. 6 (1842) 1-; 8 (1849)

{pu, 2) 1-. ^ '

Dove, H, W, (VI Add$,) Berl. Pol. Ga. Vh.

15 (1854) 66-.
Gydry, S, [1868] 6vk. 9 (1860) No, 8, 1-.
VoVpicelli, P. Rm. At. 11 (1867-68) 168.
Strieker, W. A. Pa. C. 121 (1864) 886-.
Newall, H, F. [1876] Rogby NH. 8. Rp.

(1876) 88-. ^

Apparatua. Appun, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (»1872)

206.

— for lecturea. Maschke, H. A. Pa. C. 18

(1881) 204-.
Earthquakea, phenomena. Milne, J. [1887]

Jap. Seiam. S. T. 12 (1888) 68-, 107-.
Experimenta. Loesche, (Dr.) — . Dreaden Sb.

Nt. Heilk. (1868-69) 114^.
Inatrument. Uttini, O. [1806] Bologna Mm.

I. It. 2 (1808) 227-.
Modem problema. Wead,C,K, [1900] Waah.

Ph. S. BIl. 14 (1906) 129-.
Phenomena, explanation of certain. Rayleigh,

(Lord). [1878] R. I. P. 8 (1879) 586-.
Sound and light, analogy. Barrett, W. F.

QJ. So. 7 (1870) 1-.
, experimenta, etc. Yoimg, {Dr,) T.

Phn. Trana. (1800) 106- ; Nicholaon J. 5

(1802) 161-.
, vibrationa. Markiewicz, R. Krk.

Roczn. Uniwera. 14 (1831) 298-.
Souroea of aound. OUue, — . [1896] Liineb.

Nt. Vr. Jh. 14 (1898) vii-.
Vulcaniam. Arrhenius, S. Stockh. Gl. F5r.

F. 22 (1900) 896-,

KINEMATICS OF VIBRATIONS
AND WAVE-MOTIONS.

9000 General

Elaatic media, claaaifioation, and lawa of plane

wavea in them. HaughUm, 8. [1849] Jr.

Ac. T. 22 (1866) 97-.
Mechanical theory of aound. Orinwis, C. H, C.

Amst. Ak. Va. M. 8 (1874) 18a- ; Arch. Nderl.

10 (1876) 186-.
Motion of piaton and of air in cylinder. StokeM,

G. G. Camb. Mth. J. 4 (1846) 28-.
— , propagation in elaatic fluida. Pouion, S. D,

A. C. 22 (1828) 246-.
_, media. Challis, J. Ph. Mg. 7

(1880) 326-.
— , . Poiston, 8. D. [1880] Par.

Mm. Ac. Sc. 10 (1881) 549-.
— , . CdUrier, C, Gen. S. Pa.

Mm. 27 (1881) 12-.

Kinematics of Vibrations 9000

Motion, propagation in finid. Hugoniot, H,

C. R. 101 (1886) 1118-, 1229- ; Liouv. J.

Mth. 8 (1887) 477-; 4 (1888) 168-.
— f fHugoniot'aanaanalogoaatheorema.

Duhem, P. C. R. 181 (1900) 1171-.
— f Bolida and gaaea. Hugoniot, H,

C. R. 101 (1886) 794-; Par. 6c. Pol. J. 67

(1887) 8-; 68 (1889) 1-.
— » liqnida. Wertheim, Q, C. R.

29 (1849) 697- ; A. C. 81 (1861) 19-.

— of auperpoaed elaatic fluida. Poigwn, 8, D.
[1828] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 10 (1881) 817-.

Motiona, progreaaive, prodaced by vibrationa.
Pu$ehl,K. Wien SB. 9 (1862) 178-.

Point-, line-, and plane-aourcea of aound.
Bayleigh, {Lord). [1888] L. Mth. S. P. 19
(1889) 604-.

Running water, aound of, phyaical cauae.
Wintrich, (Prof,) — . ErUng. Sb. Pa. Md.
S. 4 (1872) 74-.

Vibrating ayatem, fundamental modea. Bay-
leigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 46 (1878) 484-.

— ayatema, elementary notiona. Armagnat, H.
Eclair. 6lect. 7 (1896) 896-, 446-.

Vibrationa under action of variable forcea.
8eebeck, A. Pogg. A. 62 (1844) 289-.

— of approximately aimple ayatema. Bayleigh,
{Lord). Ph. Mg. 46 (1878) 867-.

— in elaatic fluid, theory. Challii, J. Ph.
Mg. 24 (1862) 185-, 291-.

medium, lawa. Umov,N.A. (xn) Rec.

Mth. (Moacou) 6 (1870) (Pt. 1) 189-, 262-.
, amall, integration of equationa.

Popof, A. Moac. S. Nt. Bll. 26 (1868) 842-.
extended media. Bobin8on,8.W. Frank-
lin I. J. 81 (1881) 201-.
iaotropic medium. Clavenad, — . Lum.

6lect. 47 (1898) 272-.
— , theorema, general. Bayleigh, {Lord).

L. Mth. S. P. 4 (1871-78) 867-.
— , theory. M6nabr€a, L. F. [1858] Tor. Mm.

Ac. 16 (1866) 206-.
Wave motion in air when velocitiea of moleculea

are not very amall. Plana, O. Turin Mm.

Ac. (1811-12) 485-.
, theory. Blanchet, P. H. C. R. 18

(1841) 968-.

— propagation. 8toney,Q.J. [1869-60] B.A.
Rp. (1869) (pt. 2) 9- ; Ir. Ac. T. 24 (1871) 87-.

and compoaition of velocitiea. Baudri-

mont, A. Bordeaux Mm. S. Sc. 8 {eah. 1)
(1864) 158-.

along connected ayatema of aimilar bodiea.

BayUigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 44 (1897) 866-.

(longitudinal wavea), elementary treat-
ment. Macgregor, J. Q. [1888] N. Scotia
I. Sc. P. A T. 7 (1890) 89-.

, plane air wavea. Biemaim, B. [1868]

Oatt. Ab. 8 {Mth.) (1868-69) 48-.

— — , — — — . Tumlin, O. A. A. (xn)
Lotoa 29 (1880) 29-; Wien Ak. Sb. 96 (1887)
(Ah. 2) 867-.

, — wavea. Houghton, 8. Camb. and

Dubl. Mth. J. 8 (1868) 169- ; 9 (1864) 129-.

— theory of condenaational-rarefoctional wavea
in gaaea, liquida and aolida, etc., continuity
in. Kelvin, {Lord). B. A. Rp. (1898) 788^.

505

9010

and Synthesis of Periodic Motions

9010

Waves, elastic, in rooks, form. Rudzki, M. P,
[1897-99] Krk. Ak. {Mt.Prz,) Rz. 13 (1898)
877- ; 19 [20] (1902) 143- ; Btr. Geops. 3
(1898) 519- ; Crc. Ao. So. BU. (1899) 373-.

— in elastic tabes containing incompressible
liquids, theory. Weber, W, Leip. B. 18
(1866) 363-.

liquid. Mach, E, Molesohott

Us. 10 (1866) 71-.
— , explosion, of gunootton. Munroe, C. E,

Am. J. So. 86 (1888) 48-.

— of light and sound, differences. Cauehy,
A. L, C. B. 15 (1842) 813-.

— , molecules and atoms. Taylor, W. B, [1872]
(xi) Smiths. Misc. Col. 20 (1881) Art, 1. 66-.
(Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 1 (1874).)

9010 Analysis and Synthesis of
Periodic Motions.

Absolute pitch. Rayleigh, (Lord). [1877]

Nt. 17 (1878) 12-.
Composition and analysis of vibration. Slugi-

noVyN, EazanUn.Mm. (1891) (^|)p.); (1892)

(App.) ; (1893) (App,) ; (1894) (App.) 176 pp.
— , optical, of rectangular vibrations. Mer-

cadier, E. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1876) 67-.

— of rectangular vibrations. Barrett, W, F.
Ph. Mg. 36 (1868) 217-.

— — — — , apparatus for. Pfaundler, L.
Wien Sb. 68 (1873) (Ah, 2) 424-.

, . Stdhrer, E. {jun.). A. Ps.

C. 168 (1876) 615-.
, , modification of Lissajous's.

Izam, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1892) (Pt. 2) 242-.

— — vibrations. Johannsen, F. (xn) Ts.
Mth. 6 (1876) 137-.

— — — , with perpendicular translation.
Thompson, S, P. Ph. Mg. 9 (1880) 75.

— , and sounds of free reeds. Wolf, C.

L'l. 30 (1862) 393-.

Condensers, singing. Chavannes, R, [1879]
Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 16 (1880) 244-.

Curve, periodic, harmonic analysis by Her-
mann's method. WeUt, G. Par. S. Ps.
S^. (1897) 84-.

Curves, vibration-, graphic representation, ap-
paratus for. Mach, E, A. Ps. C. 129 (1866)
464-.

— , — , theory. Strzelecki, F. von, Wien Sb.
65 (1872) (Ab. 2) 189-.

Decomposition of vibratory motion into periodic
components. Topler, A. Wien Az. 9 (•1872)
64-.

Eilements of vibratory motion, determination.
Mercadier, E. C. B. 89 (1879) 736-, 1071-,
1110- ; J. de Ps. 9 (1880) 41-, 217-, 282-.

Equation, partial differential, of motion of sound
in space. Brooke, C. Crelle J. 13 (1836) 260-.

Experimental illustration of secular perturba-
tion. Parragh, Q. Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888)
(SuppL) 137- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 6 (1889)
410-.

simple vibrations. Bergmann, J.

N.-Vorp. Mt. 18 (1887) 1-; Bresl. Schl. Gs.
Jbr. (1889) 184-.

Interference of liquid waves. Liuajcus, J,

C. B. 67 (1868) 1187.
Kaleidophone. WheaUtone, (Sir) C. QJ. Se.

(1827) {Pt, 1} 844-.
— , universal (for exhibiting vibration carves).

Melde, F. Pogg. A. 115 (1862) 117- ; 141

(1870) 320.
— , — , Melde's. Hermekeler, A. van, [1876]

(xn) Mbl. Nt. 7 (1877) 60-.

LISSAJOUS'S FIGURES.

Lit$ajou$, J. C. B. 41 (1856) 93-, 814- ; 43

(1856) 973- ; Par. Bll. S. Enoour. 55 (1856)

699- ; A. C. 51 (1857) 147-.
TyndaU, J. [1857] B. I. P. 2 (1854-58)

441-.
Pickering, E, C, Franklin I. J. 57 (1869)

55-.
Airy, H, Nt. 4 (1871) 310-, 370-.
(Figures on large scale.) PfaundUr, L. D. Nf.

Tbl. (*1872) 109-.
P/aundler, L, [1872] Innsb. Nt. Md. B. 3

(1873) xliv-.

VUlan, E. Bologna Ac. So. Mm. 2 (1872)

295-.
Terquem, A. Par. Ec. Norm. A. 7 (1878)

349-.
Ekama, H, N. Arch. Wisk. 18 (1887) 184-;

Arch. Mth. Ps. 6 (1888) S9-.
Schmidt, T, S. Bresl. SchL Gs. Jbr. (1889)

133-.
Anticipation. Lovering, J. Am. Ac. P. 16

(1881) 292-.

Apparatiu,

Mo8, O. A. Ps. C. 121 (1864) 646-.
Hennekeler, A. van, (xn) Bfbl. Nt. 5 (1875)

110-.
Schuller, A, Carl Bpm. 11 (1875) 62-.
Terqtiem, A, Par. S. Ps. S6. (1876) 102-.
Dufour, H, [1880] Laus. S. Vd. Bll. 17 (1881)

79—.
Schdnemann, P, Z. Mth. Ps. 25 (1880) 410-.
Bazzi, E, N. Cim. 12 (1882) 275-.
Czermak, P. Cztg. Opt. 4 (•1883) 146-.
Luxemberg, M, Z. Mth. Ps. 28 (1883) 309-.
Oberbeck, A, N.-Vorp. Mt. 19 (1888) 77-.
HaU, T, P. Science 19 (1892) 213-.
Righi, A. Bologna Bd. 2 (1898) 119-.
Harmonograph. Donkin, A. E. B. A. Bp.

43 (1873) (Sect,) 45- ; B. S. P. 22 (1873-74)

196-.
— . Titley, S, C, B. A. Bp. 43 (1873) (Sect,)

48.
— , four-pendulum. Tisley, S. C. B. A. Bp.

(1874) (Sect.) 44-.

— , improved. Chandler, C, H. Wise. Ac. T.

10 (1895) 61-.
Pendulum exhibiting complex vibrations,

Herschel, A. S. B. A. Bp. 48 (1878) (Sect.)

48-.
— vibrations, transformation. Botanquet,

R. H, M, B. A. Bp. (1876) (Sect.) 45-.
Bohn's apparatus. Berget, A. Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1891) 156-.

506

9010 Periodic Motion

Sand pendulum, Lissajons's. Weinberg, M.
Briinn Vh. 19 (1881) (Ah.) 11-.

Graphic exhibition. Schdnemannt P. Z. Nw.

12 (1876) 288-.
Lecture experiment. Felicia R» N. Cim. 16

(1884) 160.
Mechanical delineation. Crova, A, J. de Ps.

10 (1881) 211-.
Method. Kunit, A, Ziir. Yjsohr. 14 (1869)

121-.
— . Frolich, O. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1889) 31-;

Elekttech. Z. 10 (1889) 345-, 369-.
Methods. Terquem, A. J. de Ps. 1 (1872)

256-.
— . Oosting, H. J, A. Ps. C. 83 (1888) 415-.
Microstroboscopic experiment. Mach^ E. (xn)

Lotos 28 (1873) 145-.
Projection. Terqtiem, A, J. de Ps. 6 (1877)

332-.
— . Mann, J. D. Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 17

(1878) 91-.
— , with phase-adjustment. Crava, A, As.

Fr. C. K. 10 (1881) 340-.

Methods of

9020

Maintenance of vibrations by forces of double
frequency. Rayleighf (Lord), Ph. Mg. 24
(1887) 145-.

Microphone measurements. Cauro, J. Eclair.

£lect. 19 (1899) 296-, 333-, 410-.

Periodic motions, very rapid, new method of
observing. Plateau, J,A.F. Brux. Ac. Bll.
3 (1836) 364-.

Phonic wheel for regulating synchronism of
motions. La Cour, P. C. R. 87 (1878)
499-; (xn) Sk. Nt. M6t. F. (1880) 138- ;
Tel. J. 21 (1887) 629.

Bectilinear vibration figures, analysis. Krigar-
Memel, 0. A. Ps. G. 49 (1893) 646-.

Resultant of large number of vibrations of same
pitch and of arbitrary phase. Rayleigh, (Lord) .
Ph. Mg. 10 (1880) 73-.

Spectroscopic examination of longitudinal vi-
brations of glass rod. Mach, E. D. Nf. Thl,
(*1871) 49, 169 ; A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 316-.

— and stroboscopic examination of vibrations.
Mach, E. Halle Z. Nw. 40 (1872) 402-,
460-.

Stroboscopic discs, principle, application.
Tdpler, A, A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 108-.

— and photographic investigation of vibra-
tions of strings and rods. Ooiting, H. J,
[1895] Mbl. Nt. (1895-96) 87-.

Tuning forks, determination of rate of vibration.

Clarke, (Lt.) G. 8., dt M'Leod, H. [1879]

Phil. Trans. 171 (1880) 1-.
, K6nig*s, and french ''diapason normal."

Ellis, A. J. Nt. 16 (1877) 85, 227 ; 17 (1878)

26.
, standard, vibrations. Kdnig, R. A. Ps.

G. 9 (1880) 394-.
Vi» viva of compound vibrations, resolution.

Saint Venant, Barre de.. C. B. 76 (1872)

1426-, 1667-.

9020 Methods of Maintaimiig,
Observing and Measuring Vi-
brations. (For Badiophone see
4200.)

Bifilar suspension, apparatus for demonstration.
Oberbeck, A. N.-Vorp. Mt. 19 (1888) 84-.

Ghange of pitch, gradual, apparatus for pro-
ducing. Stem, L. W. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.
(1897) 42-.

Ghronoscope, electric, with vibrating fork and
revolving cylinder. VaUrius, H. Brux.
Mm. Gour. &*, 17 (1866) (No. 2) 13 pp.

Experiment. Mack, E. (xn) Lotos 23 (1878)
145-.

Figures, acoustic, and forms assumed by groups
of particles upon vibrating surfaces. Fara-
day, M. Phil. Trans. (1831) 299-.

— exhibiting motion of vibrating bodies. Clarke^
(Lt.) G. S., db W^Leod, H. [1877] R. S. P.
26 (1878) 167-.

Flames in acoustics. Villari, E. (xi) N. Gim.
1 (1869) 852-.

. Waha,M.de. Lux. I. Pb. 16 (1876) 233-.

Hydrodiapasons. Decharme, C. [1882] (xn)
Amiens Ac. Mm. 9 (1883) 183- ; (n) G. B.
96 (1882) 697-.

Kirchhoff's principle, model to illustrate.
Hallock, W. [1899] N. Y. Ac. A. 12
(1899-1900) 620.

Manometer (maximum and minimum for pres-
sure changes in vibrating air columns).
Kundt, A. A. Ps. G. 134 (1868) 563-.

— (new form). Bartoniek, G. Termt. Kdzl.
20 (1888) (Suppl.) 140- ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung.
6 (1889) 401-.

— (Kundt's). Trueevvc.A.A. Vars. S. Nt. Tr.
(1897) (C. R., Ps. C.) Fasc. 3, M^m. 7, 4 pp.

— . Svedelius, G. E. N. Ts. Fs. E. 3 (1898)
15^; Fschr. Ps. (1898) (Ab. 1) 683-.

MANOMETRIC FLAMES.

Kdnig, R. A. Ps. G. 146 (1872) 161 -.
determination of pitch by. Doumer, E. G. B.

103 (1886) 340-.
direct. Kohn, J. A. Ps. G. 161 (1874) 821-.
photography. Hallock, W. Am. As. P. (1894)

112-.
— . Merritt, E. Ps. Bv. 1 (1894) 166-.
— . Marage, — . G. B. 124 (1897) 811-.
— . Nichols, E. L., dt Merrttt, E. Am. As.

P. (1897) 124 ; Ps. Bv. 7 (1898) 93-.
— . NichoU,E.L. Nt. 69 (1898-99) 320-.
— , study of hearing trumpet by. Marage, — .

Par. S. Ps. 86. (1897) 74-.
— , overtones by. Doumer, E. G. B. 105

(1887) 222-.
— , vowels by. Marage, — . Par. S. Pa.

86. (1897) 187-.
singing. Martini, T. (xn) Bv. 8c.-Ind. 11

(1879) 71-.
— , projection. VaUrius, H. Les Mondes 9

(1866) 14.

507

9020

Methods of Experiment Tnvelyan 's Appmntua 9020

eleotrioity applied to registration. Cooleif,

Le R. C. Fraiiidin I. J. 58 (1869) 841-.
study. Deeharme, C Lam. £leot.

15 (1885) 433- ; 16 (1885) 49-, 498-, 589-.
electromagnetio maintenanoe. Dove, H. W.

Pogg. A. 87 (1852) 189-.
exhibition, and application to bells. Melde, F.

Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 43-.
experiments. Ooiting, H, J, [1897] Mbl. Nt.

(1898) 29- ; J. de Ps. 8 (1899) 84.

Motorophone, new apparatus. Uartmannt E,

A. Ps. C. Beibl. 6 (1882) 191-.
"Moulinet k battements.'* Coffniard-Latourf

C. G. B. 32 (1851) 168-.
Periodic motions, rapid, demonstration and

measurement. Doppler, C. B6hm. Qs,

Ab. 3 (1843-44) 779-.
Phoneidoscope. Taylor^ S. Par. S. Ps. S^.

(1878) 177-.
Phoneiaosoopic use of interference rings.

GuSbhard, A. As. Fr. C. B. 8 (1879) 395- ;

C. B. 89 (1879) 1118-.
Phonoptometer. Listajous, J, C. B. 76 (1873)

878- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1874) 265-.
Badiophone. Bell, A, O. Am. J. Sc. 21 (1881)

463-; C. B. 92 J1881) 1206-.
^^ Scale of tones, continuous, apparatus for pro-
ducing. Bezold, F. [1896] Z. Psychol. 13

(1897) 161-.
_ Sound, photography. Stein, S. T. [1876-77]

Wien Pht. Cor. 14 (1877) 133-.

— producer, electrical, Graham's. M^Kendrick,
J, G. [1896] Edinb. B. S. P. 21 (1897) 46-.

Sounds from copper wire of electromagnetic

apparatus. Moss, O. von. Pogg. A. 113

(1861) 316-.
— produced in Clement's experiment. Savart, F,

A. G. 85 (1827) 53-.
by outrush of air. Sondhauss, C, Pogg.

A. 91 (1854) 126-, 214-.

— from wires of galvanic battery. Reitlinger,E.
Wien SB. 45 {Ab. 2) (1862) 453-.

Synchronism. Houston, E.J. [1884] Franklin
1. J. 119 (1885) 295-.

— of oscillating apparatus, theory. Comu, A.
As. Fr. C. B. 5 (1876) 131-.

— , phonic wheel for regulating. La Cour, P.
C. B. 87 (1878) 499- ; (xn) Sk. Nt. Mdt. F.
(1880) 133- ; Tel. J. 21 (1887) 529.

of heated metals. Schneider, J. Pogg. A. 117
(1862) 622- ; 120 (1868) 654- ; HaUe Z. Nw.
84 (1869) 105-.

HEATED METALS, VIBRATIONS:
TREVELYAirS APPARATUS.

Trevdyan, A. [1831] Edinb. B. S. T. 12

(1834) 137-.
Faraday, M. B. I. J. 2 (•1881) 119-.
Muncke, O. W. Pogg. A. 24 (1882) 468-.
Trevelyan, A. Edinb. J. Be. 6 (1882) 141-.
Forbes, J. D. [1833] Edmb. B. S. T. 12

(1834) 429-.
Trevdyan, A. Ph. Mg. 6 (1885) 85-.
Seebeck, A. Pogg. A. 51 (1840) 1-.
driven by galvanic current. Page, C. O. Silll-

man J. 9 (1850) 105-.
. RoUmann, W, Pogg. A. 106

(1858) 620-.
. Forbee, J. D. Edinb. N. Ph. J.

9 (1859) 266-.
. TyndaU, J. Ph. Mg. 17 (1859)

417-.
. Borlinetto, (Dr.) — . Lee Mondes

23 (1870) 183-.
tones due to temperature differences at Contacts.

TyndaU, J. PhU. Trans. (1854) 1-.

Vibration period, measurement. Kurz, A. —^ ^ • Sondhauss, C. Fogg.

Exner Bpm. 19 (1883) 566-.

A. 115 (1862) 71-.

— periods, long, ^measurement. E'dtvds, L. ^ • Davis, A. S. Ph. Mg.

Mag. Tud. Ak. fets. 1 (1890) 274 ; Mth. Nt. B. 45 (1873) 296-.

Ung. 8 (1891) 450-.

, stroboscopic comparison. Lippmann, O.

C. B. 104 (1887) 940- ; Par. S. Ps. S4. (1887)
109-.

VIBBATI0N8.

aerial, apparatus to study. Tufts, F, L, [1900]

Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 382.
— , method of measuring phases and wave-
lengths, etc. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 4

(1872) 387-.
apparatus for conducting to ear. Kdnig, R.

A. Ps. C. 122 (1864) 473-.
counting. Izrauev, A. A. [1883] (xn)

Bs. P8..C. S. J. 16 (Ps., Pt. 1) (1884) 1-;

J. de Ps. 4 (1885) 588-.
comparison. Mercadier, E, As. Fr. G. B.

(1877) 314.
counting. Sarti, — . [1796] St. Pet. Ac. Sc.

N. Acta 13 (1802) 30-.
— and producing. Melde^ F. A. Ps. G. 131

(1867) 435-.
of elastic rod, method of counting. Montigny,

C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 19 (1852) 227-.

of liquid film, projection without lens. Carhart,
H. S. [1880] Am. As. P. 29 (1881) 289-.

maintained. Rayleigh, [Lord), Ph. Mg. 15
(1883) 229-.

maintenance by forces of double frequency.
Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 24 (1887) 145-.

Melde's experiment (vibrations of cord attached

to tuning fork). QTipon,£. G. B. 78 (1874)
186-.

— — . Lowery, W, Am. J. Sc. 7 (1874)
493-.

. Sidgreaves, W. Nt. 41 (1890) 355-.

, form. Decharme, C, J. (xn) M.-et-L.

S. Ac. Mm. 36 (1881) 100-.
optical method of studying. Lovering, J,

[1867] Am. Ac. P. 7 (1868) 418-.
projection (mechanical). Crova,A. Mntp. Mm.

Ac. Sect. Sc. 6 (1864-66) 295-.
— . Lebedev, P. Bs. Ps.-G. 8. J. 26 (Ps.)

(1894) 290- ; J. de Ps. 4 (1895) 584.

— by revolving lantern. Carmichael, H. Am.
J. Sc. 19 (1880) 312-.

recording, method. Decharme, C. J. (xn)
M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 36 (1881) 95-.

508

9030 niustration of Wave-Motion

of solids, optical method of studying. Rood,
0. N. Am. J. So. 8 (1874) 126-.

— strings, apparatus for observing. EUasi^ A,
Z. Instk. 4 (1884) 333-, 418.

, instrument for counting. Schumacher,

C. A, von. Kidb. Ov. (1842) 65-.

Water-falls, sensitive. HoutUm.E.J, Franklin

I. J. 64 (1872) 274-.
— , sounds of. Heim, A, Sch. Nf. Gs. Vh.

56 (1873) 209-.
— , vibrating. LoomU, E, (vm) Am. J. So.

36 (1863) 352-.

9030 Methods of Exhibiting and
Illustrating the Phenomena of
Wave-Motion.

Lusajous, J, [1873] Par. S^. S. Ps. 1

(1873-74) 14.
Eustis.H.H, [1879] Am.Ac.P.15(1880|218-.
Cords, illustration by. Davis^ W. S, Ph. Mg.

48 (1874) 262- ; L. Ps. 8. P. 1 (1876) 22-.
Currents in liquids, produced by vibrating bodies.

Melde, F, Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 633-.
Experimental demonstration. Qiazzit F,

N. Cim. 8 (1898) 303-.
Glass, velocity of longitudinal waves in.

Mach, £., (£ Mach, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 98

(1890) (Ab, 2a) 1327-.
Graphic representation of undulation. Mala-

vasi, L, Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 19 (1879) 185-.
Harmonic curves, instrument for composition

of two. Donkin,A,E, B. A. Bp. 43 (1873)

(Sect.) 45- ; B. S. P. 22 (1873-74) 196-.

— — , — — — — several. Blake, E, W.
Am. J. Ot. 1 (1879) 81-.

Lecture demonstration. Baker, W, C, Ps.
Bv. 10 (1900) 175-.

— experiments. Toepler, A. A. Ps. C. 28
(1886) 447-.

Nodes in pipes, investigation by microphone.

Fossati, E. N. Cim. 17 (1885) 261-.
Optical phenomena produced by vibrating bodies.

Antoine, J, A. G. 27 (1849) 191-.
Periodic processes in physics, recording.

Franke, R. Elektteoh. Z. 20 (1899) 802-.
Polarisation and wave-motion represented by

two^rew motions. Oerling, C. L. Pogg. A.

105 (1858) 175-.
Projection, exhibition of wave- velocity dif-
ferences in gases by. MendenhaU, T, C

Am. As. P. (1876) (Pt, 1) 89-.

— , illustration by. Diacon, ^., dt Wolf, — .

[1865] Mntp. Mm. Ac. Sect. So. 6 (1864-66)

235-.
— , — of longitudinal and transverse waves by.

Weber, R. H, [1881] Neuch. S. So. BU.

13 (1883) 96-.
— , optical, of action of telephone. FrlHich, 0.

Elekttech. Z. 8 (1887) 210-.
— , — , — vibration curves, with application to

telephone, alternating machines, etc. Frd-

lich, 0. Elektteoh. Z. 10 (1889) 65-.

— of phenomena. Chavarum, A,, d RigoUot,
H. J. de Ps. 2 (1888) 553-.

Reflection of Waves 9040

Bailway carriages, undulations due to shock.

Reeal, H, A, C. B. 78 (1874) 521-.
Sound, methods of rendering visible. Wheat-

Btone, {Sir) C, Thomson A. Ph. 6 (1823)

81-.
Stratification of vibrating liquids. Stefan, J,

Wien Sb. 65 (1872) (Ab, 2) 424-.
Stroboscopic illustration of wave- theory . Miiller,

(Dr.) J, Pogg. A. 67 (1846) 271-.
Theoretical representation. Popoff, A. Erman

Arch. Bs. 19 (1860) 519-.

WA VE'APPARATUS.

Schulze, 0. Pogg. A. 100 (1857) 583-.
Lang, J. Briinn Vh. 6 (18^7) (Ab.) 153-.
Lyman, C. S. Am. As. P. 16 (1867) 33- ; Am.

J. Sc. 45 (1868) 384~.
(Early model.) Chekhovich, K. A. [1872-77]

(xn) Mosc. S. Sc. BU. 39 [No, 2] (1880)

275-; (XI) Cari Bpm. 13 (1877) 557-.
Pfaundler, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (1887) 82.
Smith, F. J. Nt. 40 (1889) 620.
Cheshire, F. Nt. 45 (1892) 347-.
to demonstrate mechanism of stationary waves.

Izam, — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1892) 172-.
modes of reflection of vibratory motion.

Violle, J. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1886| 229-.
superposition of waves (school apparatus).

Hdjier, A. Cari Bpm. 14 (1878) 529-.

— exhibit harmonic motion. Barus,C, Science
9 (1899) 385-.

— explain Chladni's figures. Melde, F, E. A.
Ps. C. (Jubelbd.) (1874) 101-.

FessePs. Plticker,J. Pogg. A. 78 (1849) 421-.
Fuchs's. Anon, . Humb. 8 (1889) 285-.
graphic. Heidner,G, Carl Bpm. 4 (1868) 225-.
to illustrate periodic motion. Trowbridge, J,

[1879] Am. Ac. P. 15 (1880) 232-.
for lecture. Woodtoard, C, J, L. Ps. S. P. 2

(1879) 21-; Ph. Mg. 1 (1876) 229-.
lecture experiment. Stoadard, J, T, Am. J.

Sc. 39 (1890) 218-.
longitudinal waves. Mach, E. A. Ps. C. 132

(1867) 174-.
mechanical. Moberg,A, (vm) Helsingf . Acta

6 (1861) 569-.
for projection. Weinhold, A, F, Carl Bpm.

15 (1879) 458-.

— sound and light waves. Roueeeau, E, Bruz.
Ac. Bll. 11 (1861) 507-.

water waves. Snell, E. S. Silliman

J. 49 (1845) 20-.
. Taylor, S, [1880] Camb. Ph.

S. P. 4 (1883) la-.

9040 Eeflection and Refraction

of Waves. iSee also 9220.)

BEFLECTION.

Savart, N. C. B. 7 (1838) 1068-.

(Stationary waves.) Savart, N, A. C. 14 (1845)

385-; C. B. 21 (1845) 18-.
( .) (Savart.) Seebeck, A, Pogg. A. 67

(1846) 145- ; 68 (1846) 465-.

509

9050 Interference and Diffraction of Waves Vibrations, General 9100

with and without change of phase, method of

exhibiting. ViolU, J. C. B. 103 (1886)

1265-.
at confines of 2 media between which transition

is gradual. Rayleigh, (Lord), L. Mth. S.

P. 11 (1879-80) 61-.
dispersion in heterogeneous medium. Keuterin,

N. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 80 (P«.) (1898) 61-;

Amst. Ak. Vs. 6 (1898) 460-, 582.
of longitudinal waves by a plane. Schidtz , O, E.

Ghristiania F. (1893) No. 15, 37 pp.
by paraboloid. Sharpen (Rev.) H. J. QJ. Mth.

15 (1878) 1-; Camb. Ph. S. P. 10 (1900)

101-.
of sound or light from corrugated surface.

RayUigh, {Lor4). B. A. Bp. (1893) 690-.

— transverse waves. Branny — . [1873] (ix)
Wiirzb. Ps. Md. Vh. 6 (1874) xv-.

(smallest) in liquids. Matthiestent L.

A. Ps. C. 134 (1868) 107-.

— waves in liquids excited by vibrating plates.
Kundt, A. Berl. Mb. (1868) 125-.

Beflection and refraction of elastic waves. Knott,

CO. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 567-.
. Qray^T. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899)

568-.
-» — — — plane and longitudinal waves,

theory. Sluginov^ N. P. Kazan S. Ps.-

Mth. Bll. 3 (1893) (Prot.) 20-.
— — transverse waves, theory. Slu-

ginov, N. P. Kazan S. Ps.-Mth. Bll. 3 (1893)

(Prot.) 24-.
waves at viscous media. Drude,

P. A. Ps. C. 41 (1890) 759-.
•^ , waves in medium having periodic dis-
continuity of structure. Lamb, H. Manch.

Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 42 (1898) No. 3, 20 pp.

analytical representation. Kcidiek, F. Pimg
Sb. (1894) (Mth.-Nt.) No. 19, 12 pp.

application to acoustical problems. JTooZ, C J.
Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 31 (1895) 128-.

and characteristics of partial differential equa-
tions. CouUm, J. C. B. 180 (1900) 1064-.

deduction of Descartes* laws from. PilHkov,
N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (Pi.) (1887) 27-;
J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 274-.

demonstration. Tedone, O. Bm. B. Ao. Line.
Bd. 5 (1896) (Sem. 1) 357-, 488.

in isotropic boaies. CarvaUo, E, C. B. 190
(1895) 88-.

modification. AldU, W. S. QJ. Mth. 15 (1878)
326-.

refutation. Kraevil, K. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19
(P».) (1887) 49-, 181-.

— (Kraevid). StoUtov, A. G, Ba. P8.-C. S.
J. 19 (Pb.) (1887) 180-.

— (— ). ScHller, N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 19 (P«.)
(1887) 184-.

residual integral. Hadamard, — . Par. S. Mth.
Bll. 28 (1900) 69-.

Interference phenomenon on dunes, Heligoland.

HaUier, E. Pogg. A. 114 (1861) 657-.
— of plane waves, apparatus to illustrate.

Woodward, C. J. L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879)

182- ; Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 184-.
sound rays in air surrounding vibrating

forks, etc. Weber, W. E, Schweigger J. 48

(=Jb. 18) (1826) 385-.
2 vibrating strings. PuZi^', J. Wien Ak.

Sb. 96 (1888) (Ab. 2) 947-.
waves on surface of liquid, projection.

Lommd, E. Erlang. Ps. Md. S. Sb. 17

(1885) 36-.
mercury. Decharme, C. (xn)

M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 32 (1875) 1-.

9050 Interference, Diffraction, and
Scatteringof Waves. Huygens's
Principle.

Aperture, circular, and ellipsoidal obstacles in

path of waves. Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg.

44 (1897) 28-.
Apertures in plane screens in path of waves,

etc. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 43 (1897)

269-.
Diffraction phenomenon. Franklin, W. S. Ps.

Bv. 2 (1895) 469-.
Disturbance by an element of plane wave of

sound or light. Basset, A. B. L. Mth. S.

P. 22 (1891) 317-.
— — spherical obstacle. Rayleigh, (Lord),

[1872] L. Mth. S. P. 4 (1871-73) 253-.

HUYGENS'S PBINCIPLE.

Vliet, P. P. van der. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 18 (Ps.)

(1886) 365.
Potier, A. C. B. 112 (1891) 220-.
VoUerra, V. N. Cim. 31 (1892) 244-; 32

(1892) 59-; 33 (1893) 32-, 71-.

VIBRATIONS.

9100 OeneraL
(See also Mechanics 3220.)

Neesen, F. A. Ps. C. 30 (1887) 432-. •
(Neesen.) Dvofdk,V. A. Ps. C. 31 (1887) 536-.
(Dvorak.) Neesen, F. A. Ps. C. 32 (1887) 310-.
Acoustic figure, liquid. PJiaum, H. Biga

Cor.-Bl. 41 (1898) 115-.
— figures due to aerial vibrations, various

methods. Melde, F. A. Ps. C. 139 (1870)

485-.
Elasticity of heterophonous bodies (vibrating

plates and rods). Baudrimont, A, A. C. 32

(1851) 28a-.
Emission of sound. OilbatUt, H. C. B. 118

(1894) 135-, 1037-, 1244-.
Experiments. Fuchs, F, A. Ps. C. 21 (1884^

513-.
— . Baur, C. A. Ps. C. 23 (1884) 160-.
Flames, impinging, tones. Noack, K, Gieaaen

Oberh. Gs. B. 22 (1883) 194-.

610

9100 Musical Sand ProducHon of Sound

Vibrations 9100

Iron, clang of. Bletaon^ L, Hermbstfidt Ms.

5 (1815) 286<.
Iso-periodio Bystems. Bayleigh^ [Lord), Ph.

Mg. 46 (1898) 567-.

MUSICAL SAND.

(Cabiil.) Bumes, A. Beng. As. S. J. 7 (1888)

324.
(Sinai.) Palmer, H. S. B. A. Bp. 41 (1871)

(Sect.) 188-.
(Hawaii.) FHnk, W. R. (a) Calif. Ao. P. 5

(1873-74) 338-.
(Microscopic examination.) Frink, W. R. M.

Mcr. J. 16 (1876) 96-.
Bolton, H. C, <£ Julien, A. A. [1883] Am. As.

P. 82 (1884) 251- ; Science 2 (*1883) 713.
Tarr, R. S. Science 2 (•1883) 764.
Bolton, H. C. [1884] N. Y. Ac. T. 3 (1885)

72-, 97-, 98-.
Bolton, H. C, dt Julien, A. A. Am. As. P.

(1884) 408-.
(Dorsetshire.) Carus-Wilsan, C. Nt. 38 (1888)

415.
Bolton, H. C, db Julien, A. A. Kt. 38 (1888)

515.
K. Nt. 38 (1888) 515.
Hunt, A. R. Nt. 38 (1888) 540.
Pidgeon, D. Nt. 38 (1888) 590.
(True cause.) Julien, A. A., db Bolton, H, C.

[1888] N. Y. Ac. T. 8 (1888-89) 9-.
Bolton, H. C. N. Y. Ac. T. 8 (1888-89)

182—
(Sinai.) Bolton, H. C. [1889] N. Y. Ao. T. 9

(1889-90) 21-, 123-.
Olliff, A. S. Nt. 39 (1889) 224.
(Hawaii and California.) BolUm, H. C. [1890]

N. Y. Ac. T. 10 (1890-91) 28-.
Caru8-Wil$on, C. Nt. 42 (1890) 568.
Bolton, H. C. Nt. 43 (1891) 30.
Carus-WiUon, C. Nt. 46 (1892) 316.
(Hawaii.) Woolman, L. Am. Mor. J. 18 (1897)

234-.

Musical stones (phonoliths from near Leipzig).

Sauer, O. A. [1882] Leip. Nf. Gs. Sb. 9

(1883) 2-.
. Mullen, B. H. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885)

432-.
. Mancini, E. N. Antol. Sc. 122 (1892)

533-.
Non-musical sand, production of musical notes

from. Carus-WiUon, C. Nt. 44 (1891) 322-.

PRODUCTION OF SOUND.

Blanc, — . Schweigger J. 28 (1820) 88-.
Kane, {Sir) R. J. [1840] Ir. Ac. P. 2 (1840-

44) 13-.
Fermond, C. C. B. 17 (1843) 800- ; 18 (1844)

171-.
(Vibrations producing sound.) Ward, W. S.

[1845] W. Yorks. P. Gl. S. 2 (184^-48)

230-.
BaudHmont, A. C. B. 33 (1851) 428-.
BUuertia, P. Palermo G. Sc. Nt. 2 (1866) 66-.
(Vibrations producing musical sounds.) Purser,

F. [1869] Dubl. S. J. 5 (1870) 429-.

by blowing into mercury. Decharme, C. J,
(zn) M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 32 (1875) 1-.

•^ bullroarers of Australian aborigines.
Mathews, R. H. Ap. I. J. 27 (1898) 52-.

— carbon (musical sounds). PMpson, T. L.
C. N. 8 (1863) 163.

— collision. Leconte, F, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt.
25 (1891) 295-.

— efflux of liquids. Martini, T. [1882-83] Ven.
I. At. 8 (1881-82) 961- ; (*1888-84) 109-.

water. Sondhauss, C. [1864] A. Ps.

C. 124 (1865) 1-, 235-.
electrical methods, and telephonic transmission.

KaUmarm, M. Exner Bpm. 25 (1889) 42&-.
by intermittent current, apparatus. Yvon, P.

Par. S. Ps. S4. (1878) 42-.

— — magnetisation. Delezenne, — . Lille
Mm. S. (1838) 49-.

. Matteueci, C. Aroh. de PEilectr. 5

(1845) 389-.
. Baehmeljev, P. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 17

(Ps.) (1885) 65-; Fschr. Ps. (1885) {Ab. 2)

743-; Exner Bpm. 26 (1890i 137-.
on railways. Oppel, J. J. (xn) Frkf. a. M.

Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1863-64) 66-.
by rotating bodies. Cagniard-Latour, C. Par.

S. Phhn. PV. (1842) 58-.

— silicic acid jelly. Wtigner, J, P. (xz) D.
Nf. Tbl. (1867) 35-.

sounding systems. Warburg, E. A. Ps. 0.

136 (1869) 89-.
by tapping. Chladni, E. F. F. Pogg. A. 8

(1826) 458-.
theory. Stem, S. Wien Ak. Sb. 69 (1874)

(Ab. 2) 15-.

Sonorous phenomenon on Etna (whistling sound

in atmosphere). Galvagni, O. A. Catania

At. Ac. Gioen. 12 (1837) 825-.
Sonorousness, cause. Haldat du Lys, CN.A.

Nancy Mm. S. So. (1848) 362-.
Theory of sound. Chladni, E. F. F. Berl.

Gs. Nt. Fr. N. Schr. 1 (1795) 102-.
(Chladni's work). Prony, R. de. J.

de Ps. 68 (1809) 311-.
. Oppel, J. J. Pogg. A. 94 (1856)

357-, 580-.

— — — and tone, Sayart's experiments.
Weber, W. E. Schweigger J. 44 (=Jb. 14)
(1825) 885-; 45 (=J6. 15) (1825) 257-; 51
(=J6. 21) (1827) 291-.

VIBBATIONS.

of air. Savart, F. A. C. 24 (1828) 56-; 29

(1825) 404-.
, nature. ChaUU, J. Ph. Mg. 33 (1848)

462-.
periodically heated. MarguUs, M. Wien

Ak. Sb. 99 (1891) (Ab. 2a) 204-.
communication, experiment. Klemeniii, I. D.

Nf. Vh. (1899) (r;i. 2, HdlfU 1) 57-.

— by liquids. Savart, F. A. C. 81 (1826) 283-.

— among solids. Savart, F. [1819] A. C.
14 (1820) 118-.

(Savart). Chladni, E. F. F. Gilbert

A. 68 (1821) 160-; A. 0. 20 (1822) 74-.

511

9100 Vibrations of Mecltanical Origin Acoustic AttractioD 9105

of solids (homogeneous and isotropio). IVdonc,
0. Tor. Ac. So. Mm. 47 (1897) 181-.

, efiFect of internal friotion. Hophmtan^

J. Mess. Mih. 5 (1871) 208-.

— — , — — various media on freqoencj.
Savart, F, A. G. 80 (1825) 264-.

in fluids. KoldUk, F. Wien Ak. 8b.

87 (1883) {Ab. 2) 1147-.

— — and liquids, forms. Deeharme, C. [JJ]
C. R. 86 (1878) 453-; 87 (1878) 251-, 864-,
551; 88 (1879) 553-; (xn) M.-et-L. S. Ac
Mm. 36 (1881) 1-, 275-.

sonorous, of air. Wertheim, G, G. B. 32 (1851)

14-; A. G. 31 (1851)385-.
of sonorous bodies. Poiuon, 8. D. A. C. 36

(1827) 86-.
, damping by air. Bourgett ^' C. B.

72 (1871) 560-.
sonorous, of liquids. Coffniard-LaUmr^ C»

[1833-39] A. C. 56 (1834) 25^-, 280- ; Par.

S. Phlm. PV. (1836) 46-; (1839) 95-.
— , — solids. Cagmard-LMUmr, C, Par. S«

Phlm. PV. (1839) 113-.
theory, simplinoation. CeUirier, C Arch.

So. Ps. Nt. 3 (1880) 549-.
transverse, in liquids. Dubois, P. C. B. 86

(1878) 295-.
— , of sounding liquids and gases. MatthUuen,

L, A. Ps. G. 141 (1870) 375-.
in water drops. Strehlke, F. Fogg. A. 40

(1837) 146-.
of water in tubes. Dvofdk, V, Wien Ak. Sb.

71 (1876) (Ab. 2) 315-.

communication from vibrating body to a gas.

Stokes, G, G. Phil. Trans. 158 (1868) 447-.
. BriUouin, Af. A. G. 2

(1894) 417-.
diunping in perfectly elastic media. Podlaski,

L. Prace Mt.-Fiz. 9 (1898) 46-.
due to condensation of vapour. Wanka, J,

Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1893) {Ab, 2a) 1105-.
effect on suspended disc. Rayleighf (Lord).

Gamb. Ph. S. P. 4 (1883) 18.
elastic. Miiller, J. J. Leip. B. 22 (1870) 1-.
of elastic fluid. ChaUU, J. Ph. Mg. 33 (1848)

360-.
electro-magnetic, of air, telephonic reproduction

of sounds by. Larroque, F. Lum. l&lect. 14

(1884) 259-.
elliptical, in fluids. Crimieu, V. G. B. 125

(1897) 935-.
of flame of Argand-burner. Reusch, E. A. Ps.

G. 139 (1870) 493-.
— fluids or solids, Savart's law, demonstration.

Cauchy, A. L. [1829] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 9

(1830) 117.
frequency of vibration of system in its gravest

mode, with example from hydrodynamics.

RayUigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 566-.
of gas within rigid spherical envelope. Ray-

leigh,(Lord). [1872] L. Mth. S. P. 4 (1871-

73) 93-.
heat accompanying certain. Leroux, F, P. C.

B. 50 (1860) 656-, 729-.
linear, tneory. Sang, E. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6

(1857) 259-; 7 (1858) 237-; 8 (1858) 41-,
193- ; 9 (1859) 82-.
at liquid surface. Lechat, F. H. G. B. 89

(1879) 299-; 90 (1880) 1545- ; A. G. 19

(1880) 289-.

in circular vessel, forms. Deeharme,

C. G. B. 92 (1881) 1500- ; A. G. 25 (1882)
112-.

rectangular vessel. Lechat, F, H.

Par. S. Ps. S^. (1880) 83-.
longitudinal. Savart, F. A. G. 65 (1837)

337-.
— . Burg, P. van der. Pogg. A. 103 (1858)

620-.
metal bridges, vibrations and fall. BeUet, D.

Bv. Sc. 52 (1893) 272-.
nature. Mayer, A. M. Nt. 18 (1878) 571-,

594-, 648-.
normal. Savart, F. A. G. 36 (1827) 187-.
phenomena explained by. Landur, N. Presse

Sc. 1 (1863) 157-.
of plates and other solids, air in organ pipes,

etc. Chladni, E. F. F. J. de Ps. 68 (1809)

246-.
produced by heat. Resti-Farrari, G. A. Sc.

Lomb. Ven. 4 (1834) 147-.
small, of gases, theory. ChaMU, J. [1829]

Camb. Ph. S. T. 3 (1830) 269-.
of solids. Savart, F. A. G. 25 (1824) 12-,

138-, 225-.
. Navier, C. L. M. H. Par. S. Phhn.

BU. (1825) 178-.
. Rdhr8,J.H. [1864] Gamb. Ph. S. T.

11 (1871) 324-.
. Guthrie, Fred. Ph. Mg. 9 (1880) 15-.

Water-pipes, singing. Croft, W. B. [1894]

Nt. 51 (1894-95) 107.
Waves of finite amplitude, plane and spherioaL

Burton, C. V. L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 161- ;

Ph. Mg. 35 (1893) 317-.
— , stationary (theory). Bezold, W. von.

Miinch. Ak. Sb. 7 (1877) 188-.
— , — , Bernoulli e£Fect. Davis, B. [1900]

N. Y. Ac. A. 13 (1900-01) 487-; Am. J.

Sc. 10 (1900) 231-.
— , — , wire-helix models. Bongiovamd, G.

Bv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898) 123-.

9105 Mechanical Action of Vibra-
tions (Acoustic Attraction).

Boehm, E.E.,<& ScheUbach, K. H. A. Ps. C.
7 (1879) 1-.

AGOUSTIG ATTBAGTION.

Guthrie, Fred. [1869] B. S. P. 18 (1870) 93-;

19 (1871) 35-.
Thomson, (Sir) W. Ph. Mg. 41 (1871) 428-.
caused by velocity, and resulting in vibration.

Smith, Herm. Nt. 8 (1873) 25-.
and repulsion. Guyot, J. [1834-61J L*I. 2

(*1834) 93 ; (vn) Gosmos 7 (1870) 145-.
. ScheUbach, C. H. A. Pa. C. 189 (1870)

670- ; 140 (1870) 325-, 495-.

512

9110

Vibrations of Strings

9110

and repalsion. Moutier^ J. Par. S. Phlm.

Bll. 11 (1874) 3ia-.
. Dvofdk, V. [1875] Wien Ak. Sb. 72

(1876) {Ab. 2) 213-.
. Martini, T, (xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 11

(1879) 806-.
. Provenzali, F, S, [1882] Rm. N.

Line. At. 36 (1883| 9-.
— — of bodies viorating in fluid media.

Ber»on, G. Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm. 5 (1893)

406-.
, and magnetic analogies. Stroh, A, Tel.

E. J. 11 (1882) 192-, 293-.

Acoustic repulsion. Dvofdk, V, A. Pe. G. 8

(1878) 328-.
(Dvof&k). Mayer, A, M, Am. J. So. 16

(1878) 27-.
. RayUigh, {Lard). Ph. Mg, 6 (1878)

270-.
Explosives, effect. Tail, — . Edinb. B. S. P.

14 (1888) 110-.
Hydrodynamic- acoustic researches. Kdnig, W,

A. Ps. C. 42 (1891) 353-, 549-; 43 (1891)

43-; 50 (1893) 639-.
Instrument for measuring intensity of aerial

vibrations. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 14

(1882) 186-.
Longitudinal aerial vibrations excited by trans-
versal. Stefan, J, Wien Sb. 61 (1870) (^1 6. 2)

491-.
Quartz fibres. Boys, C. V. Nt. 42 (1890) 604-.
Rotation, acoustic, continuous. Haberdttzl, A,

Wien Ak. Sb. 77 (1878) (Ab, 2) 641-.

— due to vibration. Savart, F, A. C. 86
(1827) 257-.

— — . Cagniard'Latour, C. Par. S,.

Phlm. PV. (1839) 87-.

Sound radiometer and sound waves. Dvofdk,
V. [1881] Wien Ak. Sb. 84 (1882) (Ab. 2)
702-.

Vibration and theory of action at a distance.

EdtvfUs, (bdrd) L. (xn) Mag. Tud. Ak. iia.
5 (No. 12) (1871) 207-.

9110 Vibrations of Strings and
Rods. Cnrved Bods.

STRINGS.

Young, {Dr.) T. Phil. Trans. (1800) 106-.
Thomson, W. (vi AdAs.) Gamb. Mth. J. 8

(1843) 257-.
Seebeck, A. Leip. Ab. Jablon. Gs. (1846) 129-.
Behrens, T. H. [1873] (xn) Schl..Hol8t. Nt.

Vr. Schr. 1 (1875) 153.
Krigar-Menzel, O., db Baps, A. Berl. Ak. Sb,

(1891) 613-.
iEolian harp. Strouhal, V. Wtosb. Ps. Md,

Vh. 12 (1878) 199-.
. Rayleigh, {L(yrd). Ph. Mg. 7 (1879)

161-.
. Kohlrauseh,W.F. A. Ps. C. 18 (1881)

545-.

after-strain effects. Sebuev, O. N. Kazan 8.

Nt. {Ps.'Mth.) P. 7 (1899) 874-.
apparatus for production of stationary waves

in. Lehnebach, A. A. Ps. G. 23 (1884)

157-.
— for studying. Schwedoff, T. Par. S. Ps,

H6. (1878) 144.
beats in. MalUzos, C. G. R. 129 (1899) 488-.
bowed. Mach, R. A. Ps. G. 134 (1868) 811-.
— . Neumann, Clem. Wien Sb. 61 (1870)

{Ab. 2) 89-.
— , harmonics. Melde, F. Pogg. A. 114 (1861)

609-.
— , theory. Voigt, W, G6tt. Nr. (1890) 502-.
carrying cursors. Duhamel, J. M. C. G. B.

11 (1840) 15-, 810- ; Par. 6o. Pol. J. 29*

cah. (1843) 1-.
circular vibrations. Neyreneuf, — . As. Fr. G.

R. (1895) {Pt. 2) 877-; Gaen Ac. Mm. (1896)

{Pt. 1) 26-.
compound harmonic vibrations. HaUock^ — .

[1899] N. Y. Ac. A. 12 (1899-1900) 665-.
elastic, with one end vibrating, motion. Mer-

cadier, E. G. R. 77 (1873) 639-, 671-,

1292-, 1366-.
— , , — (Mercadier). Valirius, H,

C. B. 77 (1873) 1184-.
— , hung at one end and cut, wave-motion in.

Niven, C. [1878] Mess. Mth. 8 (1879) 75-.
energy. Grinwis, C. H, C. As. Fr. G. B. 6

(1877) 317-.
equation, construction^ Monge, G. Par. £c.

Pol. J. 8 (1809) 118-.
experiment. Maeh, E. [1888] Humb.9(1890)

347.
experiments. Tyndall, J. B. I. P. 4 (1866)

685-.
— . Melde, F. A. Ps. G. 21 (1884) 452-; 24

(1885) 497-; 30 (1887) 161-.
— (Melde). Elsas,A. A. Ps. G. 25 (1885) 676^.
flexible and inextensible, integration of dif-
ferential equations. Maggi, G. A. Mil. I.

Lomb. Bd. 19 (1886) 682-.
— , motion. M. QJ. Mth. 4 (1861^ 178-.
formula for. Delezenne, — . Lille Mm. S.

(1850) 12-.
harmonics. Zantedesehi, F, Wien SB. 27

(1857) 271-.
heterogeneous. Bourget, J. C. B. 63 (1866)

328-; Par. 6c. Norm. A. 4 (1867) 87-; (n)

Par. Obs. A. 9 (1868) 151-.
— . SUfan,J. Wien Sb. 57 (1868) (i4 6. 2)517-.
india-rubber, longitudinal vibrations. Lang,

V. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 108 (1899) (Ab. 2a)

692-.
— , transverse vibrations. Lang, V. von. Wien

Ak. Sb. 107 (1898) (Ab. 2a) 1041-.
— , , frequency. Baker, T. J. L. Ps. S.

P. 17 (1901) 107- ; Ph. Big. 49 (1900) 847-.
influence of elasticity. Savart, N, A. G. 6

(1842) 5-; G. B. 14 (1842) 915-.
(Savart). Duhamel, J. M. C. C. B.

14 (1842) 958-.
law of tensions. WiUiams, H. G, Nt. 44

(1891) 591-.
vibrations, method of demonstrating.

Batzi, E. N. Ghn. 22 (1887) 155-.

VOL. III.

513

9110

Vibrations of Strings

Wins 9110

low tones. Maurat, — . C. R. 49 (1859) 612-.
machine for tracing curves described by points.

WilHatM-Ellis, (Rev,) J. C. [1872] (m) Camb.

Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 266->
Melde's experiment (vibrations of cord attached

to tuning fork). Gripan, i. G. B. 78 (1874)

186-.

. Lowery, W, Am. J. Sc. 7 (1874) 493-.

. Sidgreavet, W, Nt. 41 (1890) 356-.

, form. Decharme^ C. J, (xn) M.-et-L.

S. Ac. Mm. 36 (1881) 100-.
merochord. Kreht, 0, A. Ps. C. 134 (1868)

432-.
monochord. Fischer, E, O, Berl. Gs. Nt. Fr.

Mg. 4 (1810) 3-.
— . CotUier, — . Par. S. Ps. S6. (1874) 27-.
— , adjustment and use. Weber , W, E, Pogg.

A. 15 (1829) 1-.

— with spiral bridges for representation of all
intervals. Michalitschke, A, Lotos 42 (1894)
33-.

motion, under force with varying point of ap-
plication. Radakoviit M. Wien Ak. Sb.
108 (1899) (Ah. 2a) 577-.

moving, stationary wave in. Procter j H, R,
Nt. 5 (1872) 262-.

musicai. Southern, J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 40
(1812) 333-.

— . Power, J, (vi Adds.) Camb. Mth. J. 1
(1839) 241-.

periodically loaded, discontinuities connected
with propagation of wave-motion along.
Godfrey, C. Ph. Mg. 45 (1898) 356-.

plucked. Krigar-Menzd, 0., db Raps, A, Berl.
Ak. Sb. (1893) 509-.

— and bowed, vibratory forms. Lindemarm,
C. L. F. [1879] Freiburg B. 7 (1880) 600-.

problem. Morera, G, Tor. Ac. Sc. At. 23

(1887-88) 402-.
production of stationary waves in. Melde, F»

Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 193- ; 111 (1860) 613-.
projection of true form. Puluj, J. Wien Ak.

Sb. 95 (1887) {Ab. 2) 355-.
"rattling" notes (Chladni's " Klirrt6ne ").

[N'&rremberg non] Ndrrenberg, — . Pogg. A.

9 (1827) 488-.
(KlirrtSne). Seeheck, A. Pogg. A. 40

(1837) 539-.
and rods, elastic. Osorio, R. G. CJoimbra I.

8 (1865) 59-, 105- ; 5 (1857) 213-.
, longitudinal vibrations. Chladni, E, F.

F. Voigt Mg. 1 (1797) 7-.
, vibrations in resisting media. Gripon, 6.

[1872] (xn) Lille S. Mm. 10 (1873) 255-;

(vn) C. R. 75 (1872) 426-.
sonometer, electric. Blyth, J, [1880] Edinb.

B. S. P. 11 (1882) 28.
stiff, tones. Seebeck, A, Leip. B. 1 (1846-47)

366-.
stiffness, attachment and amplitude, effects.

Braun, F. A. Ps. C. 147 (1872) 64-.
— , effects. Hoppe, R. A. Ps. C. 140 (1870)

263-.
stretched. Fischer, E. G. [1822] Berl. Ab.

(1822-23) 187-.
— . PeUval, J. [1868] Wien D. 17 (1859) 91-.
— . Hamack, A, Mth. A. 29 (1887) 486-.

stretched, acoustic constant. Dunn, J. J., d
Grey, W. J. [1880] Nt. 23 (1881) 146-.

— , bow's action. Dilhamel, J. M. C. C. B.
9 (1839) 567- ; 10 (1840) 855- ; Par. BIm.

Sav. i:tr. 8 (1843) 131-.
— , motion. Skutsch, R. A. Ps. C. 61 (1897)

190-.
— , — , solution of problem. Verdam, G. J.

[1849] Amst. Ts. Ws. Nt. Wet. 3 (1860)

225-.
— , wave-motions. Barlow, W. B. A. Bp.

(1894) 593.

struck at |th of its length, harmonies. Hipkins,

A.J. B. S. P. 37 (1884) 363-; 38 (1885) 83-.

— , motion. Kaufmann, W» A. Ps. C. 54

(1895) 675-.

tension of which is a function of time.
Niemmer, F, Z. Mth. Ps. 25 (1880) 44-.

theory. Cagniard-Latour, C. C. R. 11 (1840)
608-, 1026- ; Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1840) 94-.
101-.

thin, elastic properties, and resistance of air,
applications of approximately sinusoidal os-
cillations of long period to. Bmuuse, H.
Toul. Fac. Sc. A. 11 (1897) F, 76 pp.

transverse vibrations. Gripon, ^. C. B. 73

(1871) 1213- ; Par. Ec. Norm. A. 2 (1878)

357-.
. Comu, A. C. B. 121 (1895) 281- ; As.

Fr. C. B. (1895) {Pt. I) 221-.

. Guilleviin, A. C. B. 127 (1898) 611-.

, circular, velocity of propagation. Bon-

giovanni, G. Bv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898) 36-.
, influence of elastic forces. Cardam, P.

Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 4 (1888) (8em. 1) 524-,

705-, 818-, (Sem. 2) 105-.
— - — , propagation, verification of formula.

Bongiovanni, G. Bv. Sc. [Ind.] 30 (1898)

20-.
of variable density. RadakovU, M. BCh. Mth.

Ps. 5 (1894) 193-.
velocity of vibrations. Abt, A. (xn) Biag>

Tud. Ak. fits. 11 (No. 9) (1877) 12^; (n)

A. Ps. C. 2 (1877) 422-.

vibrations due to tuning fork. Gripon, JS. C

B. 75 (1872) 201-.

violin-. Plassiard, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1874)

192-.
— , stretched. Wehmr, ?. Braunschw. Vr. Nt.

Jbr. (11) (1899) lOO-. v

WIRES.

analyses. Sang, E. Edinb. N. ptf- ^^ (^^)

308-.
elastic, motion under action of

Duhamel, J. M. C. C. R. 56 (1)
elasticity and change of volume.

Latour, C. Edinb. J. Sc. 8 (1828)
dectromagnetically excited, motion.

G. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 849-.
methods of exciting. Costing, H. J, Mbi

(1886) 33-.
platinum, traversed by intermittent current

Argyropoulos, T. C. R. Ill (1890) 525.
telegraph, sounds of. Delarive, A. ^'

Arch. 2 (1846) 394-.

514

9110

VibratioiiB of Bods Tunlng-Forks 9110

^'

telegraph, sounds of (Delarive). BelUini, A,

(VI Addi.) Majoochi A. Fis. C. 24 (1846)

271-.
— , . Du Mancel, T. Fr. 8. M^t. An. 4

(•1856) Pt. 2, 71-.
— , . Bemout — , (t Ceutelf — . Pr. Cg.

Sc. 27 (1860) 35d-.
— , . Kahl, E, Z. Mth. Ps. 10 (1866)

88, 336.
traversed by continuous current. Hurmtueseu,

D. C. R. 113 (1891) 126-.
vibrating in liquid, period. Laird, L, R, Ps.

Rv. 7 (1898) 102-.
— , period ana logarithmic decrement. Thomp'

son, J. 0. Ps. Rv. 8 (1899) 141-.
wire spiral spring, propagation of gradual

stretching in. De La Rive, L. Arch. Sc.

Ps. Nt. 6 (1898) 380- ; G. B. 128 (1899)

416-.

RODS.

Fmcault, L, [1861] (ix) A. C. 20 (1880)

666-.
bar, circular, longitudinal vibrations. Chree, C,

QJ. Mth. 21 (1886) 287-.
compound, longitudinal vibrations. Obermann,

J. Arch. Mth. Ps. 65 (1873) 22-.
core of electro-magnet, musical note from.

Walker, C. T. Walker Electr. Mg. 1 (1846)

627-.
cylinders. Riccati, O. Verona S. It. Mm. 1

(1782) 444-.

— in fluids. Auerhach, F. A. Ps. C. 17 (1882)
964-.

— and prisms, longitudinal vibrations. Peyri,
J. M, M. Seine-et-Oise Mnu (1836) 27-.

— , solid or hollow, longitudinal vibrations.

Chree, C, [1898] L. Ps. S. P. 16 (1899)

304- ; Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 333-.
elastic, fixed at one end, longitudinal blow on.

Huganiott — , dt Sihert, H, C. R. 96 (1882)

381-.
— , free and weighted, longitudinal vibrations.

Hugoniot, — , dt Sibert, H. C. R. 96 (1882)

776-.
— , longitudinal vibrations. Stefan, J, Wien

Sb. 56 (1867) {Ah. 2) 697-.
— , . Hugoniot, — , <^ Sehert, H. C. R.

96 (1882) 213-, 278-, 338-.
— , thin, equilibrium and motion. Kirchhoff,

G. Crelle J. 66 (1869) 286-.
— , transverse vibrations. Stefan, J. Wien

SB. 32 (1868) 207-.
— , (Stefan). Lang, V, von, Wien SB.

34 (1859) 63-.
— , . Mercadier, E. C. R. 98 (1884)

803-, 911- ; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1884) 163-.
— , , constants. Lang, V. von, Pogg. A.

103 (1858) 624-.
— , , nodes. StrefUke, F, Pogg. A. 27

(1833) 605- ; 28 (1833) 612-.
flexible, vibrating at right angles. Lippieh, F.

Prag Sb. (1864) 147-.
and forks, transversely vibrating, interruption

of sound rays in surrounding air. Weber,

W. E, Sohweigger J. 48 (^Jb, 18) (1826)

S86-.

glass threads, thin. ValSritu, H, Brux. Mm.

Cour. &>, 17 (1866) {No. 8) 23 pp.
heavy, transverse vibrations, theory. Zdppritz,

K. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 139-.
laws. Zantedeschi, F. G. R. 47 (1868) 796-;

Wien SB. 32 (1868) 290-, 301.
longitudinal vibrations. Burg, P. van der,

Pogg. A. 103 (1858) 620-.

— — . Chree, C. QJ. Mth. 23 (1889) 317-.
, lecture experiments. Campanile, F, N.

Gim. 36 (1894) 222-.
porous gypsum rods, saturated, transverse vibra-
tions. MlUler, C, {zu Marburg). A. Ps. G.

165 (1875) 481-.
prismatic, longitudinal vibrations. Terquem,

A. G. R. 46 (1868) 776-, 976-; A. G. 67

(•1869) 129-.
rectangular, coexistence of transverse and tor-
sional vibrations. Terquem, A. G. R. 66

(1862) 283-.
variously shaped, transversely vibrating, pitch.

Dechamui, C. G. R. 123 (1896) 46-; A. G.

9 (1896) 651-.
spring, uniform straight. Sang, E. [1867]

Edinb. R. S. P. 6 (1869) 150-.
square, torsional vibrations. Wertheim, O. G.

R. 28 (1849) 126-.
stretched and unstretched, transverse vibrations.

Seebeck, A, Leip. B. 1 (1846-47) 169- ; Leip.

Ab. Mth. Ps. 1 (1862) 131-.
and strings, elastic. Osorio, R. O, Goimbra

I. 3 (1865) 69-, 106- ; 6 (1857) 213-.
, longitudinal vibrations. Chladni, E, F, F.

Voigt Mg. 1 (1797) 7-.
, vibrations in resisting media. Chripon, E.

[1872] (xn) Lille S. Mm. 10 (1873) 266-;

(vn) G. R. 75 (1872) 426-.
temperature variation of elasticity, determined

by transverse vibrations. Mayer, A. M.

[1894] Am. J. Sc. 1 (1896) 81-. 250.
and tubes vibrating longitudinally, communi-
cation of sounds to air. Kundt, A, Berl.

Mb. (1866) 234-.

— — , — , motion of elastic bodies on.
Kundt, A, A. Ps. G. 126 (1866) 613-.

of variable cross-section, transverse vibrations.

Kirchhoff, G. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1879) 816-.
, , mathematical tneory. Meyer

zur CapeUen, F. A. Ps. G. 33 (1888) 661-.
velocity of sound in. Pochhammer, L, Grelle

J. Mth. 81 (1876) 324-.
weighted, transverse vibrations. Lippieh, F,
. [1861] Wien SB. 45 (Ab. 2) (1862) 91-.

GURVED RODS.

Lamb,H. [1888] L. Mth. S. P. 19 (1889) 866-.
Ring in its plane. Hoppe, R, [1870] Grelle J.
73 (1871) 158-.

TUNING-FORKS.
[See also 9460.)

amplitude of vibration, diminution. Jaeobion,

L. Arch. An. PI. {PI. Ab.) (1887) 476-.
analysis. Smith, Herm. Nt. 26 (1882) 198.
~. Stanley, W.F. Kt. 26 (1882) 248.

515

KK 2

9110 Tuning'Forks

application to time measurement, interrnpters,

etc. SchuUer, A. Mth. Termt. &ts. 12

(1894) 268-; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 12 (1896)

188.
and beats, antogiaphio records. CompUm^ A . Q,

Am. J. Sc. 27 (1884) 444-.
chronograph. Webb, W, L. Franklin I. J. 184

(1892) 219-.
construction. Loewenherz^ L. Z. Instk, 8

(1888) 261-.
decrement of dying forks. Barth, A, [1887]

Z. Ohrh. 18 (1888) 80- ; Arch. Ot. 17 (1888)

163-.
. Thiry, — . [1889] Z. Ohrh. 20

(1890) 72-; Arch. Ot. 19 (1890) 811-.
determination of gravitation constant by, lecture

experiment. Worthington, A, M, Nt. 46

(1892) 490.
electric. Mercadier, E, C. B. 76 (1878) 1198-,

1256-.
— Bomnquet, R. H, M. [1882] B. S. P. 84

(1888) 445-.
— . Lippmann, G. Par. S. Ps. 8^. (1885) 26-.
^. Thompson, S. P. L. Ps. S. P. 8 (1887)

72-; Ph. Mg. 22 (1886) 216-.
— . Gregoryy W. O. L. Ps. S. P. 10 (1890)

288-; Ph. Mg. 28 (1889) 490-.
— . Jones, J. V. Nt. 44 (1891) 455.
^, construction, and use as interrupter. Mer-

eadier, E. A. T61. 1 (1874) 51-; 8 (1876)

105-.
^, and excitement of vibrations in strings.

Levering, J, Am. As. P. 17 (1868) 108-.
— , K6nig*s. Neesen, F. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1884) 6.
— , for showing vibrations. Duboscq, A, Par,

S. Ps. S^. (1878) 145- ; Les Mondes 49 (1879)

77-.
— , of variable period: use as chronograph,

tonometer, or interrupter. Mercadier, E,

C. B. 79 (1874] 797-, 863-.
— , pitch. Neesen, F, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.

(1886) 115- ; (1887) 27; Elekttech. Z. 8

(1887) 188-.

— , and vibration law. Heerwagen, F. [1890]

Dorpat Sb. 9 (1892) 296-; Dorpat Schr. 6

(1890) 58 pp.
experiments. Qripon, E, J. de Ps. 8 (1874)

84-.
graphic representation of curves by pendulum.

Hagen, J. Z. Mth. Ps. 24 (1879) 285-.
imperfections. Earl Stanhope's alleged. Dono-
van, M, [1871] Ir. Ac. P. 1 (1870-74) 238-.
in incompressible fluid, pitch. Auerbach, F,

A. Ps. C. 3 (1878) 157-.
and interference, experiment. Wylie, J, Nt.

55 (1896-97) 508.
intermitting, tones of secondary noise. Ber-

thold, E. Arch. Ot. 8 (1879) 250-.
laws. Mercadier, E. C. B. 79 (1874) 1001-,

1069- ; 83 (1876) 800-, 822-.
— . SUfanini, A, N. Cim. 26 (1889) 157-,

193- ; 27 (1890) 5-, 97-.
methods of maintaining. OuUlet, A,, <A Guil'

let, V. C. B. 130 (1900) 1002-.
octave from. RayUigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 8

(1877) 460-.

Vibrations of Membranes 9120

overtones. Henrici, F. C, Pogg. A. 58 (1842)

266-.
pitch, variation due to magnetisation. Pier-

paoli, i{. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 3 (1894)

{Sem. 2) 86&-.
rotating, tones. Beetz, W. A. Ps. C. 128

(1866) 490- ; 130 (1867) 318-.
— , — (Beetz). Foster, G. C. Ph. Mg. 82

(1866) 589.
stroboscopic apparatus. Ettmgshausen, A, von.

A. Ps. C. 156 (1875) 837-.
and tuning fork experiments. Kiesselbaeh, — .

Arch. Ohrh. 82 (1891) 265-.
of variable pitch. Konig, R. A. Ps. C. 157

(1876) 621-.
vibration in magnetic field, variation. Maurain,

— . C. B. 121 (1896) 248- ; Eclair, filect. 4
(1895) 452-.

9120 Vibrations of Membranes
and Plates. Cnrved Plates.
Bells.

MEMBBANES.

Savart, F. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. (1822) 90-.
Bayleigh, (Lord), [1878] (xi) L. Mth. S. P.

5 (1873-74) 9-.

Neyreneuf, — . A. C. 18 (1888) 271-.
Circular membranes, vibratory motion. Bourget,

J, C. B. 59 (1864) 889-; Par. 6c. Norm.
A. 8 (1866) 55-.

— and square membranes, forced vibrations.
Elsas, A, Ad. Nt. C. N. Acta 45 (1884) 1-.

Conjugate functions, application. Routh, E, J.

L. Mth. S. P. 12 (1880-81) 78-.
Definition of the simple solution. Mathieu,

A, L, C. B. 86 (1878) 962-.
Effect of tension. Hartshorn, G, F, [1880]

Am. Ac. P. 16 (1881) 56-.
Elastic bodies, equilibrium and motion. Pots-

son, S. D. [1828] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 8 (1829)

857-, 623-.

— membranes. Bernard, F., dt Bourget, — .
C. B. 51 (1860) 322-.

, acoustic figures on. Savart, F. [1822]

A. C. 26 (1824) 5-.

— — , circular, vibratory motion. Pagam,
G, M. Quetelet Cor. Mth. 6 (1829) 227-;

6 (1830) 25-.

, vibratory motion. Bourget, J, [1870]

(ix) Par. S. Phlm. BU. 7 (1871) 118-.
Elliptic membranes and plates. Barthilemy,

A. Toul. Ac. Sc. Mm. 9 (1877) 176-.
, vibratory motion. Mathieu, E, Lionv.

J. Mth. 13 (1868) 137- ; C. B. 66 (1868) 530-.
Equation. Poincari, H. C. B. 118 (1894)

447-.
-:-, partial differential. Picard, i. 0. B. 117

(1893) 502-.
Kettledrums. Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Big. 7

(1879) 159-.
Liquid fihns. BarthSlemy, A. A. C. 1 (1874)

100-.

516

9120 Acoustic Figures Vibrations of Plates

Liquid films, figures produced by sonorous
vibrations. Taylor, S, R. 8. P. 27 (1878)
71-; Nt. 17 (1878) 426-.

— — , transverse vibrations. Melde^ F, E.
A. Ps. C. 159 (1876) 276-.

on vibrating Dody, ripples. Schneeheli, H,

Ziir. Vjsohr. 15 (1870) 324-.

— — , vibratory forms. Decharmet C [J,]
[1880-81] C. R. 91 (1880) 625-, 666- ; (xn)
Amiens Ao. Mm. 8 (1882) 117-.

Membrane consisting of 2 rectangular hetero-
geneous strips. Kozlowiki, M, Krk. Ak.

(ML-Prz.) Rz. 3 (1891) 187- ; Cro. Ac. So.

BU. (1891) 103-.
Membranes with principal tensions. Aulinger,

E. Wien Ak. Sb. 95 (1887) (Ah, 2) 170-.
Modes of division. Savart, F. A. C. 32 (1826)

384-.
(Savart). Weber ^ W. E, Schweigger

J. 60 (=Jh. 20) (1827) 176-.
Nodal systems, kizzi, O, Nap. Ao. At. 8

(1897) No. 6, 34 pp.
Phoneidoscope and vibrations of film. Baily,

W, L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 20- ; Ph. Mg. 10

(1880) 79-.
Problem. Le Roy, — . C. R. 123 (1896) 1268-.
Soap bubbles, vibration forms. Decharme, C, J»

[1879] (xn) M..et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 36 (1881)

139- ; (ix) C. R. 89 (1879) 570-.
Sound colour-figures. Taylor, S. Nt. 17 (1878)

426-.

9120

PLATES.

Hauy, R. J. J. de Ps. 86 (1817) 125- ; 88 (1819)

126-
K'dnig^R. C. R. 58 (1864) 562-.
Radau, R, Mon. Sc. 6 (1864) 540-.
Mathieu, E, Liouv. J. Mth. 14 (1869) 241-.

ACOUSTIC FIGURES.

Orsted, H. C. Bb. Brit. 30 (1805) 364- ; Gehlen
J. 3 (1807) 544- ; Kidb. Dn. Vd. Selsk. Skr.
5 (1807-08) (hft. 2) 31- ; Gehlen J. 8 (1809)
223-

Strehlke, F. Pogg. A. 4 (1825) 205-.

Chladni, E. F. F. Pogg. A. 5 (1826) 345-.

Faraday, M. Phil. Trans. (1831) 299-.

Burg, P. van der, Pogg. A. 103 (1858) 620-.

Strehlke, F. A. Ps. C. 146 (1872) 319-.

Antolik,K. [1890] Mag. Tud. Ak. i^tk. (Termt.)

20 (1891) No, 4, 31 pp. ; Mth. Nt. B. Ung. 8

(1891) 285-.
K&tiig, W, Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1891-92)

53-.
Chladni's. WheaUtone, (Sir) C. Phil. Trans.

(1833) 593-.
— . TomXinson, C. R. S. P. 38 (1886) 247-.

— , electrical aspect. Ortted, H, C, Yoigt Mg.

9 (1805) 31-.
— , (Oersted). Ritier, J, W, Voigt Mg.

9 (1805) 33-.
— , lantern demonstration. Cheyney, J, S»

Am. J. Sc. 46 (1868) 243-.

Chladni's, and patterns of liquids on vibrating
plates. Decharme, C. [J.] C. R. 88 (1879)
553-; (xn) M.-et-L. S. Ao. Mm. 36 (1881)
1-, 275-.

— , — Wheatstone*s method. MalavoM, L.
Mod. Ac. Sc. Mm. 6 (1888) 125- ; 8 (1892)
3-.

on square plate. Strehlke, F. Pogg. A. 18
(1830) 198-.

— — — of liquid. Matthiessen, H, F, L.
Z. Mth. Ps. 21 (1876) 38-.

Wheatstone's, theory. lOinig, R. A. Ps. G.

122 (1864) 238-.
— , — . Sckubring, G. Halle Z. Nw. 29 (1867)

118-, 205-.

Air, circular plate. Vierth, E, H, A. Ps. G.
138 (1869) 560-.

— plates. Kundt, A. Ziir. Vjschr. 13 (1868)
317- ; A. Ps. C. 137 (1869) 456-.

— , square plates. Kundt, A, A. Ps. G. 150

(1873) 176-, 337-.
Antinodes. Decharme, C, G. R. 100 (1885)

984-.
Gircular and elliptic plates. Cabot, F.E. [1879]

Am. Ac. P. 15 (1880) 219-.

— perforated plates. Cabot, F. E, [1879]
Am. Ac. P. 16 (1880) 222-.

— plates. Wertheim,G. C. R. 29 (1849) 361- ;
A. G. 31 (1851) 6-.

. Kirchhoff, G. G. R. 29 (1849) 753-.

. Resal, H, A. Mines 2 (1872) 226-;

G. R. 74 (1872) 171-.

. Zenneck, J. A. Ps. G. 66 (1898) 170-.

(nearly circular), free vibrations. Zenneek,

J, A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 165-.

— plates, laws of vibrations. Mercadier, E,
G. R. 100 (1885) 1290-, 1335- ; J. de Ps. 4
(1885) 541-.

— — , vibration, investigation of isotropism of
solids by. Mercadier, E, G. R. 105 (1887)
105-.

Goexistence of vibrations. Terquem, A, Les

Mondes 6 (1864) 81-.
Gommunication of vibrations among solids.

Savart, F, [1819] A. G. 14 (1820) 113-.
Grispations of fluid resting upon vibrating sup-
port. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 16 (1883)

50-.
Diaphragms etc., device to increase eflfect of

pulsations. Cooper, FT. B, Franklin I. J.

83 (1882) 469-.
Elastic plates. Paradisi, G. Bologna Mm. I.

It. 1 (pU. 2) (1806) 393-.
. Plana, G Par. Ec. Pol. J. IT cah.

(1815) 349-, 633-.

. Strehlke, F, Pogg. A. 95 (1865) 577-.

, circular. Kirchhoff, G. Pogg. A. 81

(1850) 258-.

— — , — , equilibrium and motion. Kirchhoff,
G. G. R. 27 (1848) 394- ; GreUe J. 40 (1850)
51-.

, clamped. LauriceUa, G. N. Gim. 4

(1896) 134-.
, — , equation of vibrations. LauriceUa,

G. Tor. Ac. Sc. Mm. 46 (1896) 66-.
, integral of equation of vibrations. Pom-

8on, S. D. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. (1818) 126-.

517

9120

Vibratioiu of Plates Curved Plates Bells 9120

Elastic plates, rectangular, transverse vibra-
tions. Zeissig, C. A. Ps. C. 64 (1898) 360-.

— — , transverse vibrations. Ltssajous, J,
C. B. 46 (1858) 846-.

— — , — — , laws. Mercadier, E, Lam.
Elect. 12 (1884) 81-.

Elliptic plates and membranes. Barthilemy, A .

Tool. Ac. Sc. Mm. 9 (1877) 175-.
Experiment. Stefan, J, Wien Sb. 58 (1866)

{Ah. 2) 69e-; 54 (1866) (Ah. 2) 597-.
Oongs, circular, measurement of sounds.

Strehlke, F. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1877) 259-.
Intensity of sound from vibrating plate varies

with position of plate. Vieth, G, U, A,

GUbert A. 17 (1804) 117-.
(Vieth).

HHlUir'&m, G. G. GUbert A. 25 (1807) 90-.
Metal plates, temperature of loss of sonorous

properties. Decharme, C. J. [1876] (xn)

M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 34 (1878) 106-.

— — , vibrations produced by scratching,
Galileo's experiment. Taylor, S, [1874]
Camb. Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 344-.

Microphone, measurements with. Cauro, J,

Eclair. £lect. 19 (1899) 295-, 333-, 410-.
Modes of division. Savart, F. A. G. 73 (1840)

225-.
Nodes in transversely vibrating plates. Lissa-

jous, J. A. C. 30 (1850) 385-.
Bectangular glass plates, vibrating, double

refraction of light in. Kundt, A, A. Ps. C.

128 (1864) 541-.

— plates. Chladni, E. F, F. Voigt Mg. 3
(1801) 520-.

Terquem, A. G. B. 60 (1865) 774-.

, transverse vibrations. Voigt, W, Gdtt.

Nr. (1893) 225-.
Beeds, free, sounds of, and composition of vibra-
tions. Wolf, C. L'l. 30 (1862) 393-.
Botation of which the system of vibrating parts

of certain bodies becomes the seat. Savart, F,

A. G. 36 (1827) 257-.
Square plates. Terquem, A, G. B. 63 (1866)

378-.

. Tanaka, S, A. Ps. G. 32 (1887) 670-.

, nodal lines. Bayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg.

46 (1873) 166-, 246-.
Structure of metals. Savart, F. A. G. 41

a829) 61-.
Telephone and microphone, use in acoustics.

Oberbeck, A. Gztg. Opt. 5 (1884) 205-.
sound vibrations. Dolbear, A, E. Am.

J. Ot. 1 (1879) 241-.

Theory. Mathieu, i. L. G. B. 92 (1881)

123-.
Thermophone. Wiesendanger, T, Tel. J. 6

(1878) 400-.
— . Braun, F. A. Ps. G. 65 (1898) 358-.
Thin plates, transverse vibrations. Gripon, J&.

C. B. 73 (1871) 1213- ; Par. Ec. Norm. A. 2
(1873) 357-.
Vibrations excited by stream of water. Baur, C.
Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 43-.

— observed by reflection. Kundt, A. A. Ps.
G. 128 (1866) 610-.

GUBVED PLATES.

Gylinder, transverse vibrations. Fenkntr^ H.

A. Ps. G. 8 (1879) 185-.
— , — — , fundamental and overtones. Fenk-

ner, H. A. Ps. G. 19 (1883) 932-.
Glass tube, vibration phenomenon. Weber, W.

Schweigger J. 53 (=</&. 23) (1828) 304-.
, . Stem, M. A. Schweigger J. 61

(1831) 264-.
Shells, cylindrical. JRayleigh, {Lord), B. 8.

P. 45 (1889) 443-.
— , — , deformation. Bayleigh, {Lord). L. Mfth.

S. P. 20 (1889) 372-.
— , elastic, deformation. Lamb, H, [1890]

L. Mth. S. P. 21 (1891) 119-.
— , spherical. Lamb, H. [1882] L. Mih. 8.

P. 14 (1882-83) 50-.
— , thin elastic, especially of cylindrical form.

Bayleigh, {Lord). [1888] B. S. P. 45 (1889)

105-.
— , , cylindrical and spherical, extension

and flexure. Bawet, A. B. [1889] Phil.

Trans. (A) 181 (1890) 433-.
— , , aeformation and small free vibra-
tions. Love, A. E. H. Phil. Trans. (A)

179 (1888) 491-.
— , , theory. Love, A, E. H. B. S. P.

49 (1891) 100-.
Surfaces of revolution, deformation. Bayleigh^

(Lord). [1881] L. Mth. S. P. 13 (1881-62) 4-.

BELLS.

Vigreux, L. A. G^n. Giv. 6 (1867) 601-.
Bell in, or containing, liquid. MovUigny, C.
Brux. Ac. Bll. 50 (1880) 15a-.

— ringing, improvements. Orated, H. C

Ki6b. Ov. (1826-27) 14-.
, — . Palmstedt, C. G5theb. Hndl. 6

(1859) 83-.
Bells and their tones. ScheU, — . Karlsruhe

Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896) (Ab.) 321-.
Gast iron bell, vibrations due to electro-magnet.

Cauderay, J. [1869] Laus. BU. S. Vd. 10

(1868-70) 141-.
Chime-bells, intonation. Nystrom, J. W.

Franklin L J. 83 (1882) 367-, 427-; 84 (1882)

28-.
Ghurch-bells, suspension. Schim, E. [1863]

(vra) Bern Mt. (1864) 33-.
Electro-magnetic bell . Guerre, — , dt Martin, — .

G. B. 112 (1891) 150a-.
Experiments. Nystrom, J. W. Franklin I. J.

31 (1856) 260-.
Glass, vibrating, containing liquid, figures

formed by splashing of drops from sides.

Melde, F. Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 147- .
Glasses, vibrations, movements on surface of

water produced by. Page, C. G. Silliman

J. 30 (1836) 192.
— , — shown oy contained liquid. Tomlinson,

C. Thomson Be. 1 (1835) 358-, 433-; 2

(1835) 124- ; 3 (1836) 194-, 364-; 4 (1836)

12-, 419-.
Gong and water-clock in India. Schlagintweit,

H. von. Miinch. Sb. (1871) 128-.

518

9130

Vibrations of Oases in Cavities

9130

Great bell, Metz Cathedral, mechanism for
support. Oliver y — . Par. Bll. S. Enoour.
27 (1828) 255-.

, Westminster. Deniton, E. B. [1857]

R. I. P. 2 (1854-58) 368-.

Afathematical theory of vibrations. Mathieu,

E, L. C. R. 93 (1881) 636-, 840- ; Par. Ee.

Pol. J. Cah, 51 (1882) 177-.
Motion. Veltmann, W. Dingier 220 (1876)

481-.
Nodal lines. Oahom, O. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 223.

. Taylor, R. L. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 272.

. WiUianu, H. O. Nt. 53 (1895-96) 367.

Revolving bell, beats in vibrations. BryaUy

G. H, [1890] B. A. Rp. (1890) 743 ; Camb.

Ph. B. P. 7 (1892) 101-.

, . Walker, J. , db HatUm, J. L. S,

• Ph. Mg. 32 (1891) 370-.

Steel bells, and their use in church towers.

Pahnstedt, C, [1851] Gdtheb. N. Hndl. 2

(1851) 1-; Par. Bll. S. Encour. 55 (1856)

98-; 56 (1857) 665-.
Symmetrical bell. Rayleighy (Lord), Ph. Mg.

3 (1877) 460.
Tones. Rayleigh, {Lord), B. A. Rp. (1889)

491- ; Ph. Mg. 29 (1890) 1-.

9130 Vibrations of Oases in Tnbes
and other Cavities. Effects of
Apertures.

Savart, F. A. C. 24 (1823) 56-.

HopHns, W. [1834] Camb. Ph. S. T. 6 (1835)

231-.
WerthHm, G. C. R. 32 (1851) 14-; A. C. 31

(1851) 385-.
Zamminer, F. C. R. 41 (1855) 951- ; Pogg. A.

97 (1856) 173-.
(Theory.) Kahl, E. SchlSmilch Z. 2 (1857)

229-, 376-.
SckaffgoUch, F. vm. Pogg. A. 101 (1857) 471-.
Zantedeschi, F, [1857] Wien SB. 28 (1858)

341-.
Janauschek, J. A. Ps. C. 147 (1872) 468-.

Qripon, i. C. R. 78 (1874) 1117-.

DvoMk, V. [1875] Wien Ak. Sb. 72 (1876)

(Ab. 2) 232-.
Ciamician, G. L. A. Ps. C. 2 (1877) 133-.
Tricht, V, van. J. de Ps. 6 (1877) 53-.
(Elementary theory.) Brillouin, if, J. de Ps.

6 (1887) 205-.
Neyreneuf, — . Caen Ac. Mm. (1895) {Pt, 1) 8-.
Acoustic figures (sand on india-rubber sheet).

Marx, C, M, Schweigger J. 65 {=Jb, 6)

(1832) 148-.
^~ — of aeolina (sand on india-rubber sheet).

Marx, C. M, Schweigger J. 66 (=Jh, 6)

(1832) 109-.
produced by fork in glass tube. Ecehety

A,de. (ix) N. Cim. 5 & 6 (1871) 304-, 353-.
Air columns. Sondhauss, C. Bresl. Schl. Gs.

tJbs. (1848) 41-.
, effect of sounding bodies near. Gripon,

A A. C. 3 (1874) 343-.

Air columns, effect of vibrating membranes on.

GHpon, A, C. R. 78 (1874) 1041-.
, sounding. Lang, V, von, [1878] Wien

Ak. Sb. 78 (1879) (Ah, 2) 988-.
, — , behaviour of membranes in. Kohl-

rausch, W, F. A. Ps. C. 8 (1879) 584-.
— — , — , comparison of 2, flame method.

Bresina, — . A. Ps. C. 155 (1875) 465-.
, — , heat conditions in. Sckneebeli, H,

A. Ps. C. 144 (1872) 335-.
, — , maximum and minimum manometer

for pressure changes in. Kundt^ A, A. Ps.

C. 134 (1868) 563-.
, — , optical method of analysing vibra-
tions. T'dpler, A,, db Boltzmann, L. A. Ps.

C. 141 (1870) 321-.
, — , phenomena. Neesen, — . Berl. Ps.

Gs. Vh. (1885) 64, 83-.
, — , tneory. Lukovius, K, F, S, Pogg.

A. 60 (1843) 484-.
Balloon ascents, musical sounds produced by

opening valve in. Fonvielle, W, de, C. R.

73 (1871) 1279.
, phenomena during. Fonvielle, W, de,

C. R. 73 (1871) 139'!-.
Bottle form, influence on pitch, and human

voice. Litkcvim^ K, F. S. Pogg. A. 58

(1843) 100- ; 60 (1843) 482-.
Combustion of explosives in closed space, un-

dulatory pressures due to. Vieille, P. C. R.

Ill (1890) 639-.
, , periodicity.

VieilU, P. C. R. Ill (1890) 734-.
Concentric spheres, vibrations of gas between.

Chree, C, Mess. Mth. 15 (1886) 20-.
Elastic fluids, specific heat, determination*

Dulong, P. L. [1828] Par. Mm. Ac. So.

10 (1831) 147-.
Envelope, bi-conical, vibrations of air in.

GHpon, 6, [1869] (xn) Lille S. Mm. 7

(1870) 135- ; (vn) C. R. 68 (1869) M9-.
— , spherical, rigid, vibrations in. RaylHgh,

{Lord), [1872J L. Mth. S. P. 4 (1871-73) 1>3-.
Equations, differential. Stoddikiewicz, A, o'.

Prace Mt.-Fiz. 5 (1894) 15-; Fschr. Mth.

(1893-94) 610-.
Experiments. SchaffgoUch, F, {Graf) von,

Bresl. Schl. Gs. Ubs. (1857) 20; Ph. Mg.

14 (1857) 541-.
Flow of air through apertures, sounds due to.

Masson, A, A. C. 41 (1854) 176-.
, — — — . Sondhausi, C.

Pogg. A. 91 (1854) 126-, 214-.
Flute-mouthed instruments, formation of sound

in. Lootens, F. C, Rv. Quest. Sc. 43 (1898)

453- ; 44 (1898) 83-.
Forms of vibration. Chree, C, Edinb. Mth.

S. P. 4 (1886) 65-.
Gas burner for intonation of large tubes.

Rewch, E. A. Ps. C. 127 (1866) 168-.

— columns, vibrating, method of determining
nodes. Gemez, D. C. R. 76 (1873) 771-.

Humming top, and law of vibrations in cubical
pipes. Sondhauii, C. Pogg. A. 81 (1850)
23^, 347-.

— — , sound production. Emtmann, H, Pogg.
A. 104 (1858) 490-.

519

/

9130 Kundt*8 Dust-Figures Pipes

Organ-Pipes 9130

KUNDTS DUST'FIGURES.

Kundt, A. A. Ps. C. 127 (1866) 497-.
Dvofdk, V. Wien Ak. Sb. 69 (1874) (Ab. 2)

627-.
Ootting, H, J, A. Ps. C. 24 (1885) S19-.
oross ripples in. Neesen, — . Berl. Ps. Gs.

Vh. (1884) 14-.
formation. Karrass, T. A. Ps. C. 140 (1870)

160-.
— . Dvofdk, V. Wien Sb. 68 (1873) {Ah. 2)

489—
— . KMg, W. Leip. Mth. Ps. B. 42 (1890)

46—.
mathematical theory. Bourget, J. G. B. 76

(1872) 126a-; Bordeaux Mm. S. So. 9 (1873)

329-.
in organ-pipes. Kundt, A. A. Ps. G. 128

(1866) 337-, 496.

Enndt's tubes, ciroolation of air in, and allied
acoustical problems, itoy^tft^^, (Lord). [1883]
PhU. Trans. 176 ('1886) 1-.

, flutings in. Cook, S. i?. Am. As. P.

(1899) 121-.

PIPES.
{See also 9410.)

Neyreneuf, — . A. G. 6 (1896J 418-.
antinodes, determination oy manometrio

flames. HuHon, A. J. de Ps. 1 (1882)

136-.
bent and branching, motion of sound in*

Seebeck, A. A. Ps. G. 149 (1873) 129-.
bifurcated. Neyreneuf, V. Gaen Ac. Mm.

(1886) {Pt. 1) 3-.
conical. BouUt, J, F. A. G. 21 (1870) 160-.
— . yeyreneuf, —. Gaen Ac. Mm. (1898)

(7't. 1) 16-.
- : and irregular. Neyreneuf, — . A. G. 16

(1899) 662-.
and contained air, simultaneous vibration.

ChaUu, J, B. A. Bp. (1836) (pi. 2) 12-.
cylindrical and conical, stopped, and German

flute, theory. Schafh&utl, C. E, Schweigger

J. 68 ( = J6. 8) (1833) 28-, 86-.
— , correction to give true wave-length in.

Blaikley, D, J. Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 339-.
— , filled with gas, or elastic thread, wave-
length in. Duhamel, J, M, C. G. B. 66

(1862) 263-.
— , 2 unmixed gases, sounds of. Biot,

J. B, A. G. 7 (1817) 299-.
— , longitudinal vibrations, and acoustic

figures of fluids in. Kundt, A.^ db Lehmann^

O. A. Ps. G. 163 (1874) 1-.
— , propagation of uniform disturbance in gas

in. Sebert, — , d^ Uugoniot, — . G. B. 98

(1884) 607-.
— , vibration of fluids in, laws. Popoff, A,

Erman Arch. Bs. 16 (1866) 42-.
deformation and damping of waves of air in.

Boussinesq, J. G. B. 112 (1891) 1337- ; J.

de Ps. 10 (1891) 301-.

deformation of head of air wave in. Boustinesq,

J. G. B. 117 (1893) 12-.
flow of air in, causes of sounds produced by.

Chauveau, A. G. B. 119 (1894) 20-, 194-,

809-.
variously formed, vibrations of gas in. Du-

hamel J. M. C. G. B. 8 (1839) 642- ; Liouv.

J. Mth. 14 (1849) 49-.
hydrogen gas current in, sound due to. Hig*

gins, B. Nicholson J. 1 (1802) 129-.
labial, influence of diameter on pitch. Lis-

koviut, K, F. S. Pogg. A. 68 (1843) 96-.
— , — (Liskovius). MUUer, —

(Prof, xu Marburg. Pogg. A. 63 (1844)

380-
— , vibrations in. Hensen, V. A. Ps. 2 (1900)

719-.
Lissajous's method applied to. Bourbouze^ — •

[1873] Par. S6. S. Ps. 1 (1873-74) 90-.
membranes, behaviour in vibrating air columns.

KoUrausch, W, F. A. Ps. G. 8 (1879) 684-.
membranous. Liskovius, K. F. S. Pogg. A.

67 (1842) 497-.
motion of ear of barley in glass tube. Fuchs, F.

Bonn NH. Vr. Vh. 43 (1886) 196-.
motions in. Neesen, F, D. Nf. Tbl. (1886)

176-.
nodes and antinodes, determination. Semmola,

E. Nap. Bd. 16 (1877) 160-.
, — by microphone. Serra-Carpi, O.

G. B. 94 (1882) 171-.
, exhibition. Kdnig, R. N. Gim. 16

(1862) 6-.
— , determination. Bourbouze, — . G. B. 77

(1873) 1099.

^, exhibition. Bourbouzef ^. Garl Bpm. 10

(1874) 214-.

— , investigation by microphone. Fossati, E,

N. Cim. 17 (1886) 261-.
open. HelmholU, if. Heidi. Vh. Nt. Md.

(1867-69) 202- ; GreJle J. 67 (1860) 1-.
— . Rijke, P. L. Ph. Mg. 17 (1859) 419-.

Organ-pipes,

Wertheim, G. G. B. 60 (;J860) 309-.
(theory.) Vigreux, L. A. G^n. Giv. 6 (1867)

677-. ^

(— .) Schneebeli, H. [187',3] (xi) Neuch. S.

Sc. BU. 10 (1876) (App.) 9 pp.
Philbert, C. C. B. 84 (187'^) 1164-.
BakhmeVev, P. (xn) Bs. P5b.-G. S. J. 16 (Ps,,

Pt, 1) (1883) 166- ; J. de Pip. 3 (1884) 464.
blast, effect of strength of. Bmsmann, H. A.

Ps. C. 132(1867)650-. f •
changes of density of air in , ex hibition . Ki^nig ,

R. A. Ps. G. 122 (1864) 242-, 660.
compensation in regard to iintensity of tone.

Weber, W. E, Pogg. A. 1^ (1828) 397-
experiments. Brockmann, W, A. Ps. G. 31

(1887) 78-.
flue-pipes (theory). T>uhamel\ J, M, C, Liouv.

J. Mth. 16 (1860) 197-.

. Gripon, A, CosmoEi 1 (1866) 275-.

flute pipes. Gerhardt, R, Ac. Nt. G. N. Acta

47 (1886) 1-; A. Ps. C. f^(1886) 281-.
labial, speech in. Schaik, ^. C, L. van. Bot.

N. Vh. 3 (1890) (St. 3) Ni\). 3, 84 pp.

520

\

\

9130 OrgBB'Plpes Vibrations of Oases

nodal yariability. SmiiK Herm, Nt. 9 (1874)

301-.
nodes, temperature variations. Svedeliui, G. E,

Stockh. 6fv. (1894) 158- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1894)

(Ab. 1) 682-.
open. Bosanquet, R. H. M. Ph. Mg. 4 (1877)

219-.
— , simple experiment. Kurz^ A, Carl Bpm.

1 (1866) 252-.

— and stopped. Femumd, C. C. B. 18 (1844)
1125-.

. Sonreck, F, W, A. Ps. C. 168

(1876) 129- ; 159 (1876) 666-.
(Sonreck). EUis, A. J. A. Ps. C.

169 (1876) 176, 664-.
, relation between notes. Basanqwtt

R, H, M, Ph. Mg. 6 (1878) 63-.
physical mouth action. Smith, Herm, Nt«

10 (1874) 161-.
pitch. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 3 (1877)

462-; 13 (1882) 340 -.

— and diameter. Pole, W, Nt. 20 (1879)
343-.

dimensions. CavaiUS-Coll, A, C. R«

60 (1860) 176-.
position of reed in relation to nodes. Aignan,

— , dt Chabot, P, [1893] Bordeaux S. So.

Mm. 6 (1895) xi-.
reed-. Willis, (Pro/,) R, [1828-29] Camb.

Ph. S. T. 3 (1830) 231-.
— . Neyreneuf, — . Caen Ac. Mm. (1897)

(Pt, 1) 3-.
— , action. Biot, J, B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll.

(1816) 106-.
— , laws, Weber's treatise. Chladni, E, F, F,

Eastner Arch. NU. 10 (1827) 443-.
— , theory. Aignan, A, C. B. 127 (1898)

26&-.
sounds in different gases. Chladni, E. F. F,

Voigt Mg. 1 (1798) (Hft, 3) 65-.

— with different gases. Biot, J. B, Par. S.
Phlm. BU. (1816) 192-.

. Farey, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 66

(1820) 412-.

, method of analysis. Hardy, E,

C. B. 117 (1893) 573- ; 121 (1896) 1116-.

at different pressures and tempera-
tures. Kerby, F., dt Merrick, A, Nicholson
J. 27 (1810) 269- ; 33 (1812) 161-.

— (Kerby A Merrick).

L. Mff.

Farey, J. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 37 (1811) 3-; 46

(1815) 26-.
stops, effect of motion of. Neyreneuf, — . A.

C. 12 (1897) 140-.
and telephone method of measuring depth of

water in river at a distance. Smith, F, J,

Nt. 46 (1892) 246.
vibrations of air in, illustration. Lovering, J,

Am. As. P. (1874) (Pt, 1) 113-.
, observation. Kdnig, R, A. Ps.

C. 13 (1881) 569-.
— and overtones in, optical method of observ-
ing. Raps, A, A. Ps. C. 60 (1893) 193-.

pure sounds in, effect of material, form, dia-
meter and thickness of sonorous orifices.
Boutet, — . A. C. 9 (1886) 406-.

Singing Flames 9130

[1866]

sound waves in. Holmgren^ K, A,

Stockh. Ofv. 22 (1866) 421>.
theory. Qwt, — . C. B. 39 (1864) 279-;

Liouv. J. Mth. 20 (1855) 1-.
— . Maatier, J, Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 12 (1876)

85-.
vibrating air in, nature of molecular motion.

Savart, N. C, B. 36 (1863) 1082-.
wave-length and velocity in. ZarUedeschi, F.

[1867] Wien SB. 28 (1858) 327-.
whistle, sounds due to flow of gas through

aperture. Kohlrauseh, W. F, A. Ps. C.

13 (1881) 645-.
whistles (hydrogen). OalUm, F, Nt. 27 (1883)

491- ; 28(1883)54.

— (Galton's). KlemenHi, J, [1900] Innsb.
Nt. Md. B. 26 (1901) vi-.

— ( — ), very high tones with, Edelmann, T,
A. Ps. 2 (1900) 469-.

— ( — ), notes sounded by. Shaw, W. N, Ap.
I. J. 17 (1888) 181-.

Pressure change in air, effect of sudden but
slight. Sehaffgotsch^ F, (Oraf) von. Fogg,
A. 100 (1857) 650-.

Beeds, control of supply pipes on. TrouUm,

Dubl. S. Sc. P. 6 (1888-90)

F, T.
132-.

[1888]

SINGING FLAMES,

Grailich, W, J,, db Weiss, E. Wien SB. 29

(1858) 271-.
Peterin, J., d: Weiss, E, Wien SB. 32 (1868)

68-.
Rogers, W. B. Silliman J. 26 (1868) 1-; Ph.

Mg. 15 (1858) 261-.
Reasch, E, D. Nf. B. 39 (1864) 129-.
Kundt, A, A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 614-.
PnscU, J, Steierm. Mt. 2 (Heft 2) (1870)

Ixxxxi.
Kastner, F, C. B. 76 (1873) 699-.
Lissajous, J, [1873] Par. S6. S. Ps. 1 (1873-

74) 14.
Herschel, A. S. Nt. 10 (1874) 233-.
Decharme, C, J. (xn) M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 32

(1875) 111-; (IX) C. B. 80 (1875) 1602- ; 81

il875i 339—
RaylHgh, (Lord), [1878] B. I. P. 8 (1879)

636-.
Neyreneuf, V, C. B. 91 (1880) 321-.
Gieseler, E. A. Ps. C. 30 (1887) 543-.
Bouty, E, J. de Ps. 5 (1896) 402-.
(Theory.) Gill, H, V, Am. J. Sc. 4 (1897) 177-.
Aymi, — . Rv. Sc. 9 (1898) 599.
Gill, H, V, Bv. Sc. 9 (1898) 729.

Chemical Harmonicon,

CMadni, E. F. F. Berl. Gs. Nt. Fr. N. Sohr.

1 (1796) 125-.
DelaHve, G, J. de Ps. 56 (1802) 166-.
Zenneek, L. H. Schweigger J. 14 (1815) 14-.
DelaHve, G. Bb. Un. 9 (1818) 111-.
Faraday, M, QJ. Sc. 5 (1818) 274-.
Gumty, G. Gill Tech. Bep. 4 (1823) 398-.

521

9130 Sounds from Heated Tubes Forced Vibrations Besonanoe 9140

Marteru, M. Bmz. Ao. BU. 6 (1889) (pU, 2)

442—.
Schmter, A. D. Nf. Vgm. B. (1848) 227-.
Schaffgotsch, F, (Oraf) van. Pogg. A. 102

(1857) 627-.
Schrbtter, A. Wien SB. 24 (1867) la-.
TyndaU, J, Ph. Nfg. 18 (1867) 478-.
Riess, P. Pogg. A. 108 (1869) 668-.
Sondhausi, C. Pogg. A. 109 (I860) 1-, 426-.
Rie»8, P. Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 146-.
Zoch, J. B. A. Ps. C. 127 (1866) 680-.
SchUbring, O. HaUe Z. Nw. 81 (1868) 69-.
Terquem, A, C. R. 66 (1868) 1087-.
Neyreneuf, V. Caen Ao. Mm. (1884) 87-; A.

C. 18 (1889) 861-.
air-vibrations in. Brenruif — . Carl Bpm. 18

(1882) 88-.
form. Bmger, R. Pogg. A. 94 (1855) 672-.
gas-chord-harmonica. GrUdt C, A. A. Ps.

C. 126 (1866) 688-.
influence of tone on flame. Schafgotseh, F.

(Graf) von, Pogg. A. 100 (1867) 862.
nse of coal gas for. Kastner, F. C. B. 79

(1874) 1807-.
vibroscopic study. Tdpler, A. A. Ps. C. 128

(1866) 126-.

interruption of sound. Beili, S, (xn) Bv.

So.-Ind. 9 (1877) 106-.
pure tones from. Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg.

7 (1879) 149-.
resolution. Smith, F. H, Am. J. Sc. 46

(1868) 421-.
tones of reciprocal flames. Ballo, Af. D. C.

Gs. B. 4 (1871) 906-.
from wicks. Rogers, W. B. Silliman J, 26

(1868) 240-.

SOUNDS FROM HEATED TUBES.

Pinaud, A. [1885-87] L'l. 8 (1886) 866-;

Toul. Mm. Ac. 6 (1887-89) 49-.
Marx, C. M, Erdm. J. Pr. C. 22 (1841) 129-.

Sondhauts, C, Bresl. Schl. Gs. Ubs. (1860)

20-.
Hofmann, (Dr.) — . Dresden Sb. Isis (1871)

10&-.
Pinaud's experiments, theory. Bourget, J.

C. B. 76 (1873) 428-; (ix) Par. S. Mth. Bll.

1 (1878) 87-.
and vibrations of air in closed pipes of unequal

width. Sondhauss, G. Pogg. A. 79 (1860) 1-.
pipes of various forms. Sond-

hait8s, C. A. Ps. C. 140 (1870) 63-, 219-.
(Sondnauss). Ray-

leigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 40 (1870) 211-.

Tones, conditions of production, and whistling

and sounding of organ pipes in compressed

air. Loewy, A. Arch. An. PI. (PL Ab.)

(1899) {Suppl.) 666-.
Velocity of sound in air in tubes. Kundt, A.

Berl. Mb. (1867) 868-; A. Ps. C. 136 (1868)

837-, 627-.
Waves in compressed gas. Fonseca Benevides,

F, da. [1872] (ix) Lisb. J. So. Mth. 4

(1878) 86-.

¥^istling. Cagniard'Latour, C. Biagendie

J. de PI. 10 (1880) 170-.
Wind instruments, theory, and motion of

gases. Masson, A. C. B. 86 (1868) 257-,

1004-; A. C. 40 (1864) 838-; 48 (1866) 5-.
— — , — , in pipes. PoUson, S. D,

[1818-19] Par. Ac. Sc. Mm. 2 (1819) 305-.

9135 Forced Vibrations.

Everett, J. D. Ph. Mg. 16 (1888) 78-.

Harmonic vibrations. Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph.
Mg. 21 (1886) 869-.

India-rubber, stretched, longitudinal and trans-
verse vibrations, phase differences. Oosting,
H. J. Amst. Ak. Vs. 8 (1896) 262-; Fschr.
Ps. (1896) (Ab. 1) 425.

^, — , stroDosoopic experiments on vibrations.
Oosting, H. J. Amst. Ak. Vs. 4 (1896)
152- ; Fschr. Ps. (1895) (Ab. 1) 425.

Membranes. EUas, A. [1882] Ac. Nt. C. N.
Acta 45 (*1884) 1-.

Plates. EUa$, A. A. Ps. C. 19 (1888) 474-;
20 (1883) 468-.

Strings, production of stationary waves in.
Mdde, F. Pogg. A. 109 (1860) 198- ; 111
(1860) 618-.

— , stretched. EUas, A. A. Ps. C. 28 (1884)
178-.

Synchronous vibrations, with very slight damp-
ing. Comxi, A. C. B. 104 (1887) 1656-.

, stability. Comu, A. C. B. 104 (1887)

1468-.

9140 Besonanoe. Sesonators.
Objeotive Combination-Tones.

(See also Physiology 3545.)

BESONANCE.

Gough, J. Nicholson J. 10 (1805) 65-.
Savart, F. A. C. 24 (1823) 56t-.
(Mathematical theory.) Pagani, G. M. Quete-

let Cor. Mth. 8 (1827) 145-.
Meister, — . Pogg. A. 102 (1857) 479-.
Zantedeschi, F. Wien SB. 25 (1867) 165-.
(Theory.) Rayleigh, (Lord). [1870] Phil.

Trans. 161 (1871) 77-.
\—.) Stent, S. Wien Sb. 68 (1871) (Ab. 2)

286-.
Mayer, A. M. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 266-, 871-,

446-. 613- ; Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 241- ; 9

(1875) 267-; 12 (1876) 329-; 47 (1894) 1-,

184.
Rowland, H. A. Franklin I. J. 69 (1875)

419-.
Ettingshausen, A. von. Wien Ak. Sb. 79 (1879)

(Ab. 2) 215-.
(Theory.) Kolddek, F. A. Ps. C. 12 (1881)

853-.
Oilbault, H. C. B. 119 (1894) 68-.
(Theory.) Johannesson, P. A. Ps. C. 59

(1896) 180-.

522

9140 Besonanoe

Kdnig, W, [1897] Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr.

(1897-98) 31-.
Neyreneuf, — . Caen Ac. Mm. (1899) (Pt. 1)

3-.
of air columns. WfieaUUme, (Sir) C, QJ. Sc.

(1828) (Pt, 1) 175-.
in open spaces. Stem, S. Wien Sb. 61

(1870) (^6. 2) 339-.

— aperiodic systems. Christiani, A, Arch.
An. PI. (PI. Ab.) (1879) 363-; (1880)
166-.

apparatus for studying. GuiUaume, C. i. Par.

S. Ps. 86. (1895) 5-.
of bodies in unison. Gripon, i, J. de Ps. 8

(1874) 273-.
and brightness of colours of spectrum. Seebeck,

A. Pogg. A. 62 (1844) 671-.
case. Mom, R. Ph. Mg. 43 (1872) 99-.
— . McMurtrie, K. Nt. 61 (1899-1900) 445.
of cavities. Wand, T. A. Ps. C. 4 (1878)

107-.
. Ledue, S. As. Fr. C. R. (1899) (Pt. 1)

220-.
, theory. Stem, S. Wien Sb. 65 (1872)

Ub. 2) 313-.
and change of phase accompanying reflection.

Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 43 (1872) 201-.
effect of internal friction. Hopkinson, J. Ph.

Mg. 45 (1873) 176-.
. Auerbach, — . D. Nf. Tbl.

(*1878) 40-.
resonance box and electromagnetic opera-
tion on vibrations of timing forks. Pierpaoli,

N. Bm. K. Ac. Line. Bd. 2 (1893) (Sem. 1)

337-.
of elastic bodies nearly in unison. Krebs, G,

A. Ps. C. 19 (1883) 935-.
experiment. Puluj, J. Carl Bpm. 14 (1878)
. 183-.

~ (lecture-). Durrant, R. G. Nt. 46 (1892)
^ 415.
of jets. Bell, C. A. [1886] Phil. Trans. 177

(1887) 383-.

— liquids. Cagntard-Latour, C. [1833] A.
C. 56 (1834) 252-.

— membranes. Wintrich, — . Erlang. Sb.
Ps. Md. S. 5 (1873) 1-.

multiple. Duhamel, J. M. C. C. B. 27 (1848)

456-.
— . Antoine, J. A. C. 27 (1849) 191-.
of musical instruments, experiments. PerroUe,

t. Turin Mm. Ac. (1790-91) 195-.

-, — (Perrolle). Nicholson, W. Nichol-
son J. 1 (1797) 416-.

with 2 pendulums, apparatus for demonstrating.
Oberbeck, A. N.-Vorp. Mt. 19 (1888) 77-.

phenomenon. Gripon, 6, C. B. 92 (1881)
294-.

phonopore (acoustic telegraph). Collette, A,
. {jun.) J. T61. 14 (1890) 73-.

phonoporic telegraphy (application by syn-
chronous tuning forks). Clark, L. J. T61.
11 (1887) 62-.

and similar actions, illustration. Rowland,
H, A. Franklin I. J. 64 (1872) 275-.

sympathetic, of tuning forks. Spice, R. Am.
J. Sc. 12 (1876) 411-.

BesonatorB 9140

and synchronism, connection between theories*

Comu, A. C. B. 118 (1894) 318r-.
, phenomena, apparatus for demonstrating.

Guillaume, C. 6. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1900) 44*.

BESONATOBS.

Wertheim, G. C. B. 32 (1851) 14-; A. C. 31

(1851)385-.
(theory.) Grinvds, C. H, C. Arch. N6erl. 8

(1873) 417- ; Amst. Vs. Ak. 7 (1873) 217-.
(— .) Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 47 (1874)

419-.
Rayleigh, (Ijyrd). Ph. Mg. 17 (1884) 188-.
absorption of sound by. Chri$tiam, A. (xn)

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. 1 (1882) 104-.
and other acoustic apparatus. Schubring, G.

Halle Z. Nw. 31 (1868) 130-.
action of waves. Lebedew, P. A. Ps. C. 62

(1897) 158-.
apparatus for interference of sound. Quincke,

G. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 177-.
producing change of piteh. Stem, L. W.

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1897) 42-.
brass wind instruments as. BlaikUy, D. J.

L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879) 261- ; Ph. Mg. 6 (1878)

119-.
damping. Leiberg, P. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 28

(P».) (1896) 93-; Fschr. Ps. (1896) (Ab. 1)

468-.
— . Pochettino, A. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 8

(1899) (Sent. 1) 260-.
electromagnetic (monotelephone). Martini, T.

Bv. Sc.-Ind. 19 (1887) 235-.
humming top and vibration law of cubical

pipes. Sondhauss, C. Pogg. A. 81 (1860)

235-, 347-.
liquid jets as, theory. Kirchhoff, G. Crelle J.

Mth. 70 (1869) 289-.
motion of air in, exhibition. Dvordk, V. Nt.

48 (1893) 13.
pendulum in air, waves and resonance due to.

Ketteler, E. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899) 74-.
and siren, use in marine signalling. Genglaire,

— . Bv. Mar. et Col. 94 (1887) 346-.
telephonic trumpet, Herz's. Magneville, — de.

Lum. 6lect. 6 ('1882) 379-.
tuning fork. Edison, T. A, Am. J. Sc. 18

(1879) 395-.
unsymmetrical divergence of sound in air.

Bosanquet, R. H. M. Ph. Mg. 4 (1877)

125-.
vibrations of air in open pipes. Helmholtz, H.

Heidi. Vh. Nt. Md. (1867-59) 202- ; Crelle

J. 57 (1860) 1-.
pipes of various forms, and tones

from heated tubes. Sondhauss, C. A. Ps.

C. 140 (1870) 53-, 219-.

COMBINATION-TONES.

(Coalescence of musical sounds.) Young, (Br.) T.

Phil. Trans. (1800) 130-.
(Theory of compound sounds.) (Young.) Gough,

J. Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 5 (1802) 663-.
( .) (Gough.) Young, (Dr.) T.

Nicholson J. 2 (1802) 264-.

523

9140 Combination-Tones

(Theory of compound sounds.) (Toung.)

Oough, J, Nicholson J. 3 (1802) 89-.
(Phenomena of sound.) (Oough.) Young ^

(Dr.) T. Nicholson J. 3 (1802) 146-.
(Grave harmonics.) (Young.) Gaugh.J. Nichol-
son J. 4 (1803) 1-.
( .) (Gough.) Young, (Dr.) T, Nicholson

J. 4 (1803) 72-.
(Nature of musical sounds.) (Toung.) Gough,

J. Nicholson J. 4 (1803) 139-.
(Young t7fr»tM Gough.) Vieth,O.U,A. Gilbert

A. 21 (1805) 265-.
HdlUtr&m, G. O. Fogg. A. 24 (1832) 438-.
Ohm, O. S. Pogg. A. 47 (1839) 463-.
WUligen, V. S, M. van der, Amst. Vs. Ak. 3

(1855) 116-.
Helmholtz, H. Pogg. A. 99 (1856) 497-.
(Theory.) Zantedetchi, F, Wien SB. 25 (1857)

145-.
Fabri, R, [1859] Rm. At. 13 (1859-60) 61-.
Badau, R. Lea Mondes 11 (1866) 529-.
Kiinig, R. A. Ps. C. 157 (1876) 177-.
Bauer, K, L. A. Ps. C. 4 (1878) 516-.
Preyer, W, T. Jena. Sb. (1878) Ixxiv-.
Amiel, A, [1879] (xn) B^ziers S. Sc. Bll. 4

(1880) 200-.
Nicotra, L. J. de Ps. 10 (1881) 33-.
(Theory.) DeUaulx, (U phre) J. [1883] (xn)

Brux. S. 8c. A. 8 (1884) (Pt. 1) 52-, (Pt. 2)

25-.
HelmholtZt H. von, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886)

69-.
Preyer, W, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1889) 15-.
Voigi, W. Gott. Nr. (1890) 159-.
(Theory.) Hermann, L. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 49

(1891) 499-.
Melde, F, Pflug. Arch. PI. 60 (1895) 623-.
Everett, J, D, L. Ps. S. P. 14 (1896) 93-;

Ph. Mg. 41 (1896) 199-.
Meyer, M. Z. Psychol. 11 (1896) 177-.
Meinong, A., (t Witasek, S. Z. Psychol. 15

(1897) 189-.
Meyer, M. Z. Psychol. 20 (1899) 13-.
Apparatus. Stumpf, C. Z. Psychol. 6 (1894)

33-.

Beat tones, production from 2 vibrating bodies
of high frequency which are separately in-
audible. Mayer, A. M, B. A. Bp. (1894)
573.

Beats of consonances of form h:l. Bosanquet,
R. H. M. L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 221- ; Ph.
Mg. 11 (1881) 420-, 492-.

imperfect harmonies. Thomsonf {Sir) W,

Edinb. R. S. P. 9 (1878) 602-.

— , variation of pitch in. Taylor, S, Ph. Mg.
44 (1872) 56-.

Difference tones. Meyer, M, Z. Psychol. 16

(1898) 1-.

(Meyer). EbHnghaus, H. Z. Psychol.

16 (1898) 152-.
(£bbinghaus). Meyer, M. Z. Psychol.

16 (1898) 196-.
Fusion of tones. Faist, A, Z. Psychol. 15

(1897) 102-.
. Stumpf, C. Z. Psychol. 15 (1897)

280-, 354.
. Lippg, T, Z. Psychol. 19 (1899)

Propagation of Sonnd, General 9200

Fusion of tones and consonance. Meyer, M.

Z. Psychol. 17 (1898) 401- ; 18 (1898) 274-.
(Meyer). Stumpf, C. Z.Psychol.

18 (1898) 294-.
— with the unmusical. Stumpf, C. Z.

Psychol. 17 (1898) 422-.
Intensity of components. Meyer, M, Z. Psychol.

17 (1898) 1-.
Intermittent tones, physical conditions. Zwaar-

demaker, H. Arch. An. PI. {PI. Ab,) (1900)

(Suppl,) 60-.
Interrupted tones, blending, apparatus showing.

Mayer, A. M. Am. J. So. 47 (1894J 283-.
Kirchhoff's principle, model to illustrate.

Hallock, W, [1899] N. Y. Ac. A. 12 (1899-

1900) 620.
Objective demonstration. Burton, C. V. L.

Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 436-; Ph. Mg. 39 (1895)

452-.

— existence of tones. BUcker, A.W. B. A.
Rp. (1895) 626-.

. BUcker, A, W., dt Edser, E. L.

Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 412- ; Ph. Mg. 39 (1895)

341-.
, photographic evidence. Forsyth,

B.W.,d; Sowter, B. J. R. S. P. 63 (1898)

396-.
Obliteration of sensation of one sound by

simultaneous action on ear of another more

intense and lower sound. Mayer, A. M.

Am. J. Sc. 12 (1876) 329-.
Origin and perception. Dennert, H. [1886]

Arch. Ohrh. 24 (1887) 171-.
Perception of tones, with special reference to

phase-dlfiferences. Hermann, L. Pfliig. Arch.

PI. 56 (1894) 467-.
Siren and organ-pipe. Barus, C. Am. J. So.

5 (1898) 88-.
Solution of problem by law of interference.

Poggendorf, J, C. Pogg. A. 32 (1834) 520-.
Subjective combination-tones in light of r^

sonance theory of hearing. Schaefer, K. L.

Pfliig. Arch. PI. 78 (1899) 505-.

— — — — — — — — — (Schaefer).

Meyer, M, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 81 (1900) 49-.

— — — — — — — — — (Meyer).

Schaefer, K, L. [1900] Pflug. Arch. PL 83
(1901) 73-.

Summation and combination-tones. Appunn,

A. A. Ps. C. 42 (1891) 338-.
Timbre. Kdnig, B. A. Ps. C. 14 (1881) 369-.
Variation tones. Dvordk, V. Wien Ak. Sb.

70 (1874) (Ab, 2) 645-.
(Dvor&k). Haberditzl, A. Wien Ak. 8b.

77 (1878) (Ab. 2) 204-.

PROPAGATION OF SOUND.

9200 General.

Biot, J. B. Par. S. Phlm. Bll. 3 (1802) 116-.
Gilbert, L. W. Gilbert A. 21 (1805) 437-.
Hassenfratz, J. H. A. C. 53 (l805) 64-.
Haldat du Lys, C. N. A. de. Nancy Tr. S. Sc.

(1813-15) 15-.
Frdhlich, C. W. Gilbert A. 58 (1818) 401-.

524

9200 Propagation of Sound

Armi, G. dalV. G. Arcad. 12 (1821) 164-,

321- ; 13 (1822) 48-, 221-.
Laurent, P. A, C. B. 22 (1846) 80-.

Strantz, F. von. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Uba. (1862)

24-.
OHnwU, C. H. C, [1874] Amst. Ak. Vs. M.

9 (1876) 75-; Arch. N^erl. 10 (1875) 161-.
Rayleigh, (Lord). Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) 456-; 7

(1879) 149- ; 9 (1880) 278- ; 13 (1882) 340-.
Rink, H, J, Arch. N6erl. 12 (1877) 262-.
Decharme, C. C. R. 88 (1879) 1082-.
WaalSy J. D, van der, [1879] (xn) Amst. Ak.

Wet. P. (1879-80) No. 6, 8- ; (xi) A. Ps. C.

Beibl. 4 (1880) 531-.

AUard, 6. C. R. 95 (1882) 1062-.

Acoustic reversibility. Tyndall, J. R. S. P.

23 (1875) 159-.
Action of accelerating force. Alencar Silva,

0. d\ G. Teix. J. Sc. 14 (1900) 17-, 97-.
Agency of sound. Shandy — . B. A. Rp.

(1840) Ipt. 2) 52-; Sturgeon A. Electr. 6

(1841) 245-.

Anomalous propagation. Gouyy — . C. R. Ill

(1890) 910-.
. Ventom, V. [1898] Giel et Terre 19

(1898-99) 1-.
Apparatus to show non-propagation of sound

in vacuum (bell-machine) . Ca8tell,H, [1838]

Sturgeon A. Electr. 3 (1838-39) 66-.
. Gellio, G. Rv. Sc-

Ind. [24 (1892)] 106-.
Barometer, effect of sound on. Englefield,

H. C. R. I. J. 1 (1802) 157-.
— , . Bemenberg, J, F. Gilbert

A. 39 (1811) 129-.
Bell, electromagnetic, application to experi-
ments. WiUon, G. [1846] Edinb. T. Sc. S.

Arts 3 (1851) 120-.
Bells, sounds in different gases (Chladni's ex*

periments on sounds of organ-pipe in different

gases). [Perrolle non] PerolU, &. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 4 (1799) 283-.
Density of atmospnere, effect of small variation

on amplitude of sound-waves. Holmes^ R.

Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. Mm. & P. 1 (1888) 18-.
^ , varying, propagation in. Holmes, R.

Manch. Lt. Ph. S. Mm. & P. 2 (1889)

221-.
Direction of sound, experiments in judging.

Ikenberry, L. D., dt Shutt, C. E. [1897]

Kan. Un. Q. 7 (1898) 9-.
, and the topophone. Johnson, A. B.

Smiths. Misc. Col. 33 (1888) Art. 3, 12-.

(Wash. Ph. S. BU. 8 (1885).)
Discontinuities in propagation of explosive

phenomena. VieUle, P. C. R. 129 (1899)

1228- ; 131 (1900) 413-.
phenomena. Vieille, — . Par. S. Ps,

S6. (1900) 61-.
Distance of sound, experiments in judging.

Shutt, C. E. [1897] Kan. Un. Q, 7 (1898)

1-.
— travelled rectilinearly by sound. Leroux,

F. P. A. C. 12 (1867) 406-.
Distant cannonade. Sinclair, W. F, Nt. 56

(1897) 223.
. Mostyn, C. Nt. 56 (1897) 248.

Molecuiar Theory 9200

Distant cannonade. Davison, C. Nt. 62 (1900)

377-.
. MalUt, J. W. Nt. 62 (1900) 623.

— explosions, feeling and hearing. Davtson,
C. [1899] Nt. 61 (1899-1900) 91-.

Ear trumpet for use in war. Prdtorius, CF.A,
GUbert A. 39 (1811) 150-.

— trumpets and stethoscopes, efficiency. Geigel,
R. Viroh. Arch. 140 (1895) 165-, 635.

— — , theory. Gough, J. Nicholson J. 18
(1807) 310-.

Equations, general, of small motions of mole-
cules of gases, application. Duhamel, J. M, C,
C. R. 55 (1862) 223-.

' — , integration. Parseval, M. A. [1801] Par.
Mm. Sav. 6tr. 1 (1806) 379-.

— , — . Liouville, J. C. R. 7 (1838) 247-.

— , — . Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 46 (1873) 122-.

Experiments. PerrolU, i. Turin Mm. Ac,
(1790-91) 195-.

— (Perrolle). Nicholson, W. Nicholson J. 1
(1797) 416-.

— during siege of Paris. LtuMs, F. C. R. 76
(1872) 204-.

Explosions. Sebert, (le col.) — . Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1888) 35-.
— . Wolff, W. A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 329-.
Influence of light. Paroletti, M. [1806]

Turin Mm. Ac. (1805-08) 141-.

— — unequal temperature distribution.
- Gromeka, I. S. Rec. Mth. (Mosoou) 14

(1890) 28^; Fschr. Ps. (1889) (Ah. 1) 563-.
*'The invisible lady.*' Pfaff, C. H. Gilbert

A. 28 (1808) 244-.
. Schmidt, — {Apoth. in Sonderburg).

GUbert A. 29 (1808) 470-.

KINETIC THEORY.

(Physics of media composed of free and

Perfectly elastic molecules.) [With intro-
uction by Lord Rayleigh.] Waterston, J. J,

[1846] Phil, Trans. (A) 183 ('1893) 1-.
Hoorweg, J. L. Arch. N6erl. 11 (1876) 131-.
Preston, S, T. Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) 441- ; 4 (1877)

77 ; Nt. 18 (1878) 253-.
LorenU, H. A. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 15 (1880)

350- ; Arch. N^erl. 16 (1881) 1-.
Mees,R.A. Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 15 (1880) 394-;

A. Ps. C. Beibl. 5 (1881) 244-.
WaUon, (Rev.) H. W. [1884] Birm. Ph. S. P.

4 (1883-85) 242-.
Him,G.A. Brux. Ac, Bll. 11 (1886) 131 (6m)-.
Kruseman, J. Nieuwenhuijzen. Haarl. Ms.

Teyl. Arch. 5 (1898) 207-.

Meteorite, falling, phenomenon. Mach, E., dt

Doss, B. Wien Ak. Sb. 102 (1893) (Ab. 2a)

248-.
Motions of atmosphere. Helmholtz, — von.

D. Nf. Tbl. (1889) 199.
Petroleum wells, sound propagation at bottom.

Ishiwara, — . Tok. Gl. S. J. 5 (1898) [266]-.

[Jap.]
Phenomenon of Monte Tomatioo, near Feltre.

Haidinger, W. Wien Gl. Jb. 4 (1863) 669-.

525

9200

Propagation of Sound

9200

Pitch of sound, alteration by conduction through

different media. Ringer ^ S, B. S. P. 10

(1859-60) 276-.
Potential with 4 variables, application to theory

of sound ; proof of Poisson's formula. Bom-

nnesq, J. C. B. 94 (1882) 1465-.
Pressures of air during propagation. ClatiHiUt

R. G. B. 55 (1862) 367-.
Production and propagation. WUlianu, C. J. B.

Ph. Mg. 6 (1885) 25-.
. Mackenzie, (Sir) O. S. Edinb. N.

Ph. J. 42 (1847) 197-.
•^ of sound of great intensity. Tait, P, O,

Edinb. B. S. P. 9 (1878) 737-.
Projectiles, rapid. Durand-GrSuille, E. Bv.

Sc. 41 (1888) 494-.
— , — , phenomenon. Reveille, (le It,) V. Bv.

Mar. et Ck>l. 123 (1894) 241- ; 126 (1895)

243-.
Propagation in long pipes. Biot, J. B. Par.

8. Phlm. BU. 1 (1808) 269-.
pipes. Neyreneuf, V. C. B. 95 (1882)

218-.
. ViolUf — , <J^ VautieTt — . C. B.

102 (1886) 103- ; 110 (1890) 230- ; A. C. 19

(1890) 306-.
. Neyreneuf, V, C. B. Ill (1890)

28-; A. C. 22 (1891) 368-.
. VioUe, «/., d^ Vautier, T. C. B. 120

(1895) 1402- ; 121 (1895) 51-.
— to great distance. Schale^ — . Z.

Berg- H.-Salw. 45 (1897) (Ah.) 271-.

PROPAGATION OF SOUND IN
PARTICULAR MEDIA.

The Earth. Jannettaz, ^. Par. S. Gl. Bll. 1

(1873) 117-.

. Forel, F, A. Nt. 31 (1885) 483-.

Elastic media. Blake, E. W. Silliman J. 5

(1848) 373-.
Gases. Chladni, E. F. F. J. de Ps. 69 (1809)

138-.
— . Kerby, F., db Merrick, A. Nicholson J.

27 (1810) 269-; 33 (1812) 161-.
— . Terquetn.A. [1873] A. Ps. C. 151 (1874)

620-.
— . Dvofdk, V. Wien Ak. Sb. 69 (1874) (Ah.

2) 151-.
— . Neyreneuf, V, C. B. 96 (1883) 1312- ; A.

C. 2 (1894) 251-.
— , integral of fundamental equation for pro-
pagation in. Poisson, S. D. [1807-19] Par.

6c. Pol. J. 14< cah. (1808) 319- ; Par. Mm.

Ac. Sc. 3 (1818) 121-.
— , (Poisson). Liouvillet

J. C. B. 42 (1856) 465-.
— , mixed. Brtlloutn, M. A. C. 18 (1899)

433-.
— , propagation of condensation impulses in.

Curry, C. E, A. Ps. C. 51 (1894) 460-.
Heterogeneous medium. Bertrand, J. G. B.

22 (1846) 1136-.
— — of lamellar structure. Kaaterin, N,

Arch. Nderl. 5 (1900) 506-.
Homogeneous unlimited medium in equilibrium.

Dieu, T. Liouv. J. Mth. 14 (1849) 845-.

Liquids. EUU, F. Nicholson J. 25 (1810)

188-.
Moving air. Jdger, G. Wien Ak. Sb. 106

(1896) (Ah. 2a) 1040-.
Solids. Chladni, JB. F. F. Voigt Mg. 1 (1797)

7-.
— . La Place, P. S. (marquis) de. Par. 8.

Phlm. BU. (1816) 190-.
— . Gezechtu [Hesehus], N. A, Bs. Ps.-C. 8.

J. 26 (Ps,) (1894) 322-; J. de Ps. 4 (1895)

586-.
— and liquids. Amim, L, A, von, Gilbert A.

4 (1800) 112-.
Water. Nollet, —, Gilbert A. 44 (1813) 346-.
— . Muncke, O, W, Gilbert A. 48 (1814) 66-.
— . Colladcfn, D. G. B. 13 (1841) 439-.
— , sound shadows in. Le Conte, (Prof,) J.

[1881] Am. J. Sc. 23 (1882) 27-.
Wires, etc., transmission of musical sounds by.

Wheatstone, (Sir) C. B. I. J. 2 (1831) 225-.
— , transmission by; and simple microphone

receivers. Millar, W, J, [1879] Glasg. Ph.

8. P. 12 (1880) 20-.
— , — of speech by. Weinhold, A. Carl Bpm.

6 (1870) 168-.
— , , etc. by. Millar, W, J, L. Ps. 8.

P. 2 (1879) 292-; Ph. Mg. 6 (1878) 115-.
Wood. Walker, Ez, Nicholson J. 4 (1803) 69-.

Beciprocity, principle of, applied to acoostics.

RayUigh, (Lord). [1876] B. 8. P. 25 (1877)

118-.
Bectilinear diffusion of sound. Kaliseher, S.

Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1890) 111-.

— transmission of sound and light. Challis,
J, Ph. Mg. 11 (1881)249-.

Signals, anomalies. Welling, J. C. [1881]
Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 5 (1883) 39-.

— and audibility. AUard, A. A. Pon. Ghauss.
5 (1883) 567-.

— , cannon-. Delauney, — . Bv. Mar. et Col.

81 (1884) 229-.
— , Lacoine's system. Guarienii, A, [1899]

Bv. Mar. et Col. 146 (1900) 604-.
— , marine danger-. Brodie, J, [1866] Edinb.

Sc. S. Arts P. 7 (1868) 102-.
— , — , use of siren ana resonators as. Qen-

glaire, — . Bv. Mar. et Col. 94 (1887)

346--.
— , submarine. Brillouin, — . C. B. 104 (1887)

1821-.
— , — . Hardy, E. C. B. 126 (1898) 1496-.
— , — (acoustic triangulation). Baxter, S.

Nt. 62 (1900) 422-.
Siren fog-horn, electric, Trudeau's. Keeley^

D. H. Sc. Abs. 2 (1899) 638.
Soundless zones, Duane's. Tyndall, J. [1882]

B. S. P. 34 (1883) 18-.
Speaking trumpets. Hcusenfratz, J. H. [1804]

Par. Mm. Sav. 6tr. 2 (1811) 101-.

and bells of wind instruments. Neyreneuf,

— . Caen Ac. Mm. (1891) (Pt. 1) 8-.

ear trumpets, theory. Daguin, P. A.

Toul. Mm. Ac. 2 (1864) 410-.

, mathematical theoiy. Gough,J. Nichol-
son J. 10 (1805) 160-.

526

9210

Velocity of Sound Doppier's Principle 9210

Speaking trampets, theory. Riboldi, A, Mil.
At. S. It. 14 (1871) 82-.

— tube. Jobard, — . Fr. Cg. Sc. (1836) 60-.
Telephone **buzz'* and weather conditions.

Struck, — . Wetter 8 (1891) 96.

— and telegraph wires as weather prophets.
Eydam, — . Wetter 17 (1900) 19-.

Theory. Biot, J. B. J. de Ps. 66 (1802) 178-.
— . FUcher, E, G. Berl. Ab. (1824) 76-.
— . Cooper, P. R. S. P. 8 (1836) 342.
— . Popov, A, T. (xn) Kazan Un. Mm. (1848)

(Bk. 4) 16-; (IV) Liouv. J. Mth. 15 (I860)

78-.
— . Stokes, G, G. Ph. Mg. 34 (1849) 62-.
— . Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 37 (1869) 189-.
— . Roiti, A. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Mm. 1 (1877)

762-.
— , Newton's, Laplace's, etc. Winter, R.

TiUoch Ph. Mg. 43 (1814) 201-.
— , — and modem. Plana, G. [1867] Tor.

Mm. Ac. 18 (1869) 319-.

— of sound, and motion of fluids. Trembley, J.
Berl. Mm. Ac. (1801) 33-.

Tuning fork, application. Montigny, C. Brux.

Ac. Bll. 60 (1880) 300-.
, intensity in different directions. Chladni,

E. F. F. Kastner Arch. Ntl. 7 (1826) 92-.
, . Chladni, E. F. F., db

S'&mmerring, W. Kastner Arch. Ntl. 8 (1826)

91-.
Wave boundary. Blanchet, P. H. [1841] C.

R. 13 (1841) 339-; Liouv. J. Mth. 7 (1842)

13-.

— in compressible fluid under gravity. Holmes,
R, Mess. Mth. 18 (1889) 108-.

— propagation, theorem. Stoney, G. J. Ph.
Mg. 43 (1897) 273-.

— surfaces, forms, and the topophone. Mayer,
A, M, Am. J. Ot. 1 (1879) 282-.

— theory of gases. Bdcklund, A. V, Stockh.

Ofv. (1886) 3-, 327-; (1887) 116-, 361-,
649-; (1888) 103-, 305- ; Mth. A. 34 (1889)
371-.
Waves (nature). Russell, J, S. B. A. Rp.
(1844) (pt. 2) 11.

— Laurent, P. A. C. R. 22 (1846) 261-.

— , cylindrical. Grinwis, C. H. C. [1876]

Amst. Ak. Vs. M. 9 (1876) 229-; Arch.

N^erl. 11 (1876) 468-.
— , — and spherical. Tumlirz, O. [1880]

Wien Ak. Sb. 82 (1881) {Ah. 2) 779-.
— , deformation. * VieilU, P, C. R. 128 (1899)

1437-.

— of finite longitudinal disturbance, thermo-
dynamic theory. Rankine, W. J. M, [1869]
Phil. Trans. 160 (1870) 277-.

'—, successive. Blanchet, P. H, Liouv. J.
Mth. 9 (1844) 73-.

9210 Velooity of Sound.

Young, {Dr.) T. R. I. J. 1 (1802) 214-.
(Lecture by Olbers.) Benzenherg, J, F. Gilbert

A. 49 (181 6)164-.
Poisson, S, D. A. C. 23 (1823) 6-; Con. des

Temps (1826) 267-.

Farey, J. TiUoch Ph. Mg. 64 (1824) 178-.
Ivory, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 66 (1826) 3-.
Galbraith, W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 66 (1826) 109- ;

68 (1826) 214- ; Ph. Mg. 4 (1828) 179-.
(Ivory.) MeikU, H. QJ. Sc. (1828) (Pt. 2)

124-.
Moll, G, Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6 (1828) 164-.
(Meikle.) Ivory, J. Ph. Mg. 6 (1829) 104-.
MeikU, H. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6 (1829) 26-.
Riccati, G. O. Arcad. 48 (1830) 16-.
MilUr, W. H. 9h. Mg. 16 (1839) 1.
Sadebeck, M. Bresl. Schl. Os. tJbs. (1844)

171-.
Mossotti, 0. F. (VI Adds.) II Cim. 4 (1846) 97-.
Bravais, A. A. C. 34 (1862) 82-.
Barri de Saint-Venant, — . L'l. 24 (1866)

212—
Duhaniel, J. M. C. C. R. 66 (1862) 6-.
(Duhamel's formula.) Clausing, R. G. R. 66

(1862) 204-.
KM, H. W. Schroeder van der. A. Ps. C.

124 (1866) 463-; Ph. Mg. 30 (1866) 391-.
Kurz, A. Z. Mth. Ps. 14 (1869) 440-.
(Historical review.) Cherbuliez, — . Bern Mt.

(1870) 141- ; (1871) 1-.
Luca, G. de. (xn) Rv. Sc.-Ind. 9 (1877) 186-.
(Work of KraeviC.) Avenarius, M. P. [1886]

Kiev S. Nt. Mm. 8 (2) (1887) v-.
Violle, J., it Vautier, T. C. R. 106 (1888)

1003-.
Goodenow, {Rev.) S. Sid. Mess. 8 (1889) 307-,

382-
Sluginov, N. P. Kazan S. Nt. {Ps.-Mth.) P. 7

(1889) 360-.
Gezechus [Hesehus], N. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 27

{Ps.) (1896) 269-; Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ab. 1)

466-.
Violle, J. C. R. 127 (1898) 904-.
Leduc, A. C. R. 127 (1898) 1201-.
Analytical considerations. ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg.

33 (1848) 98-.
Calculation of experiments. Moll, G. Hall

Bij. 2 (1826) 876-.
Circular waves. CaXigny, A, de. (ix) Par. 8.

Phlm. Bll. 4 (1867) 98-.
Dalton's theory, and velocity of sound. Benzen-

berg, J. F. Gilbert A. 42 (1812) 166- ; Bb.

Brit. 62 (1813) 388-.
Depth of wells by velocity of sound. Muncke,

G. W. Gilbert A. 42 (1812) 387-.

DOPPLER'S PRINCIPLE.

(Theory of coloured light of double stars.)
Doppler, C. B5hm. Gs. Ab. 2 (1841-42)
466-.

(Deviation of rays of light and sound by rota-
tion of medium of propagation.) Doppler, C
[1843] Bohm. Gs. Ab. 3 (1843-44) 417-.

(Acoustic experiments on railways, and Doppler's
theory.) Buys-Ballot, C. H. D, Pogg. A. 66
(1846) 321-.

(Motion of sounding body producing change of
note.) Fizeau, H. L. [1848] Par. S. Phlm.

- PV. (1848) 81- ; (vn) A. C. 19 (1870) 211-.

RusseU, J. S. B. A. Rp. (1848) (pt. 2) 87-.

(Influence of motion on intensity of sounds.)
Doppler, C. Wien Sb. (1861) {Ab. 2) 162-.

527

9210 Doppler's Principle

(Alteration of tone and colour by motion.)

Maeh, E. Wien SB. 41 (1860) 543-.
Butz, W. A. Ps. C. 130 (1867) 687-.
Volpicelli, P. Bm. At. N. Line. 23 (1869) 232-.
Mayer, A. M, Am. J. So. 3 (1872) 267-; 4

(1872) 264-; C. R. 74 (1872) 747-.
Radau, R. Carl Bpm. 8 (1872) 46-.
(Radau.) Mayer, A, M. Am. J. So. 4 (1872)

198—.
SchUngel, — . A. Ps. C. 160 (1878) 366-.
[Edtv'ds non] Edtr&s, (Baron) R, A. Ps. C. 152

(1874) 513-.
Hoorweg, J. L. Arch. N6erl. 9 (1874) 1-.
(Edtv&s.) KetUler, E, A. Ps. C. 164 (1876)

260-.
(Ketteler.) EUv'ds, (hdrd) L. (xn) Mag. Tud.

Ak. Ets. 9 (No. 9) (1876) 157-.
(Bailway-whistles, variation of pitch on trains

meeting.) Pole, W. Nt. 11 (1876) 232-.
Vogel, H, C. A. Ps. C. 168 (1876) 287-.
Bichat, E, Nancy S. Sc. Bil. 4 (11« Atm.)

(1878) 5-.
Ihifour, C, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 24 (1890) 242-.
Wyatt, G. H. Nt. 42 (1890) 7-.
Perman, E. P. Nt. 42 (1890) 64.
Everett, J. D. Nt. 42 (1890) 81.
Stewart, R. W. [1890] Nt. 43 (1891) 80.
(Displacement of sonorous bodies.) Galopin, C,

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 30 (1893) 320-.
Walter, A. Mh. Mth. Ps. 6 (1894) 161-.
Michehon, V. A. Rs. Ps.-C. S. J. 31 (Pt.)

(1899) 119- ; Fsohr. Ps. (1899) (Ab. 1) 662.
Echo and moving sound-source, difference of

pitch. Richarz, F, N.-Vorp. Mt. 31 (1900)

206-.

Earth vraves. Abbot, H. L, Am. J. Sc. 16

(1878) 178-.
Equilibrium, general law, and motion of solid

and liquid bodies. Wertheim, G. Wien SB.

6 (1850) (Ab, 2) 19-.

EXPERIMENTS.

(Solids.) Biot,'J. B. [1808] Arcueil Mm. Ps.

2 (1809) 405-.
Benzetiberg, J. F. Gilbert A. 36 (1810) 383-;

37 (1811) 221-.
Gilbert, L. W. (vi Adds.) Gilbert A. 44 (1813)

177-.
(French Academy.) Benzenberg, J. F. Gilbert

A. 46 (1814) 32^.
Bauza, F., <& Espinosa, J. A. C. 7 (1817) 93-.
Arago, D. F. J. A. C. 20 (1822) 210-.
Goldingham, J. Phil. Trans. (1823) 96-.
Gregory, O. [1823] Camb. Ph. S. T. 2 (1827)

119-.
Buk, A, van, db MoU, G. Phil. Trans. (1824)

424-.
MoU, G. Thomson A. Ph. 10 (1826) 268-;

Hall Bij. 1 (1826) 191-.
Stampfer, S. Wien Jb. Pol. I. 7 (1825) 2S-.
FotUr, H., db Parry, W. E. Ph. Mg. 1 (1827)

12-.
(Observations of Bauza and Espinosa.) 02t-

manns, J. Crelle J. 2 (1827) 307-.
(Foster and Parry.) MoU, G. Phil. Trans.

(1828) 97-.

Velocity of Sound 9210

(Van Beek and Moll.) Sinumt, G. Phil. Trans.

(1830) 209- ; Amst. N. Yh. 3 (1831) 95-.
Bravais, A., db Martins, — . C. R. 19 (1844)

1164- ; A. C. 13(1845)5-.
Stone, E.J. [1871] Phil. Trans. 162 (1872) 1-.
Blaikley, D. J. L. Ps. S. P. 5 (1884) 319- ;

Ph. Mg. 16 (1883) 447-; L. Ps. S. P. 6 (1885)

228-; Ph. Mg. 18 (1884) 328-.
lecture-. Riicker, A. W. L. Ps. S. P. 9 (1888)

259-.
— . Aignan, — , db Chabot, — , J. de Ps. 4

(1896) 321-.

Explosion waves. Mach, E, Wien As. 13

(1876) 193-.
. Mach, E,, db Sommer, J. Wien Ak.

Sb. 75 (1877) (Ab. 2) 101-.
. FoMeca Benevides, F. da. Lisb. J. Sc.

Mth. 7 (1880) 166-.
. Berthelot, M. C. R. 93 (1881) 18- ; 94

(1882) 149- ; 96 (1883) 672-.
~- — , effect of co-volumes of gases on.

Vieille, — . C. R. 112 (1891) 43-.
in solids and liquids. Berthelot, M. C.

R. 100 (1886) 314- ; A. C. 6 (1886) 556-; 23

(1891) 485-; Par. S. C. Bll. 5 (1891) 558-.
Formula. Moutier, J. C. R. 71 (1870) 84ft-.

Guns. Strantz, F. von. Bresl. Schl. Gs. Ube.

(1839) 54-.
— . JoumSe, —. C. R. 106 (1888) 244-.
— . Labouret, — de. C. R. 106 (1888) 934-;

107 (1888) 86-.
Heat, mechanical theory applied to velocity of

sound. DuprS, A. C. R. 64 (1867) 350-.

— radiation, effect on velocity of sound. Stokes,
G. G. Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 305-.

Intensity, effect on velocity. T., M. F. QJ.

Sc. (1828) (Pt. 1) 216-.
— , . Kayser, H. A. Ps. C. 6 (1879)

465-.
Longitudinal and transverse waves, velocity

calculated by rate of transfer of energy.

Poynting, J. H. [1883] Birm. Ph. S. P. 4

(1886) 56-.
Loud sounds. Jacques, W. W. Am. J. Sc. 17

(1879) 116-.
Media at rest. VieilU, P. C. R. 126 (1898)

31-.

— — — , propagation of discontinuities in.
Vieille, P. C. R. 127 (1898) 41-.

Modulus of elasticity of air, and velocity of

sound. Tredgold, T. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 52

(1818) 214-.
rod from musical note. Bell, A.

Camb. and Dubl. Mth. J. 3 (1848) 63-.
Molecular velocity of gases and velocity of

sound. Roiti, A, [1876] Rm. R. Ac. Lino.

Mm. 1 (1877) 39-.
(Roiti). BrMsotti, F.

Mil. I. Lomb. Rd. 10 (1877) 209-.
(Brusotti). RoiH, A.

Rm. R. Ac. Line. T. 1 (1877) 171-.
Percussion. Mach, E. Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889)

(Ab. 2a) 1045- ; 98 (1890) (Ab. 2a) 1267-.
— . Oektnghaus, E. Wien Ak. Sb. 106 (1896)

(Ab. 2a) 437-.

528

9210 Velocity of Sound

Plane air waves of finite velocity. Riemann, B.
Gdtt. Ab. 8 (Mih.) (1858-^9) 43-.

— and spherical waves of finite amplitude.
BurUm, C. V, L. Ps. S. P. 12 (1894) 161- ;
Ph. Mg. 36 (1893) 317-.

Bankine*8 investigation. Everett, J, D. [1888]

Nt. 39 (1889) 31.
(Everett). Lodge, O. J. [1888] Nt. 39

(1889) 79-.
Simple dedaction. Weyrauch, J. J, A. Ps. G.

23 ami) 147-.
Soona ana other vibrations. Tillmann, S. D.

Les Mondes 8 (1865) 256-.
Temperature effects, and Bianconi's experiments

(1740). Govi,G. Bm. B. Ac. Line. T. 7 (1883)

91-.

— and pressure, variation effects. Herapath, J,
Gleanings Sc. 2 (1830) 307-.

— table ( - 10° to + 30° B). Benzenberg, J, F.
Gilbert A. 39 (1811) 136-.

— , variation effects. Ivory, J, Ph. Mg. 1

(1827) 249-.
Temperatures, high, velocity at. Benzenberg,

J, F, GUbert A. 42 (1812) 1-, 12-, 30-.

THEORY.

(Is heat set free in sound?) Wrede, E, F,

Gilbert A. 18 (1804) 401-.
(Theory and experiment compared.) Prechtl,

J. J. GUbert A. 21 (1805) 449-.
PoM»on, S. D. [1807] Par. Ec. Pol. J. 14*

cah, (1808) 319-.
Araldi, M, Bologna Mm. I. It. 2 (1808) 311-,

431-.
(Ck)rrection.) La Place, P, S. (marquis) de.

A. C. 3 (1816) 238-.
(Theory and experiment compared.) FiacheTf

E. G. Berl. Ab. (1816-17) (Ps.) 63-.
(La Place's theorem.) Tralles, J, G. Gilbert

A. 65 (1820) 43-.
(Application of theory of elastic fluids.) La

Place, P. S. (marquis) de. Par. S. Phlm.

BU. (1821) 161-.
La Place, P. S. (marquis) de, A. C. 20 (1822)

266-.
(Specific heat of elastic fluids.) DuUmg, P, L.

[1828] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 10 (1831) 147-.
( .) (Dulong.) Simons, G, Phil.

Trans. (1830) 209- ; Amst. N. Vh. 3 (1831)

95-.
(Theory and experiment compared.) Ritchie,

W, B. S. P. 3 (1837) 458.
Joule, J. P. Ph. Mg. 31 (1847) 114-.
Chains, J, Ph. Mg. 32 (1848) 276-.
(Challis.) Airy, G. B, Ph. Ma. 82 (1848)

339—.
(Airy.)' Challis, J. Ph. Mg. 32 (1848) 494-.
(Challis.) Moon, R. [1848] (vm) Camb.

Ph. S. P. 1 (1866) 75.
Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 33 (1848) 849-.
Challis, J. Ph. Mg. 34 (1849) 88-.
(Challis.) Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 84 (1849)

203-.
(Stokes.) Challis, J. Ph. Mg. 34 (1849) 284-.
(Challis.) Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 34 (1849)

348-.

VOL. III. 529

in Tubes 9210

Airy, G. B. Ph. Mg. 34 (1849) 401-.
(Stokes.) ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg. 84 (1849)

449-.
(Challis.) Stokes, G. G. Ph. Mg. 84 (1849)

501-.
(Solution of problem founded on atomic consti-
tution of fluids.) Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 1

(1851) 101-.
(La Place's theory.) RanHne, W. J. M, Ph.

Mg. 1 (1851) 225-.
( .) (Bankine.) Potter, R. Ph. Mg. I

(•1851) 317-.
(Potter.) Haughton, S.* Ph. Mg. 1 (1851)

332—
ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 405-.
(Poisson's investigation, Potter's criticism.)

Ra7ikine, W. J. M. Ph. Mg. 1 (1851)

410-.
(La Place's theory.) Waterston, J. J. Ph. Mg.

16 (1858) 481-.
(Mathematical theory.) Eamshaw, S. [1858-

59] B. A. Bp. (1858) (pt. 2) 34-; Phil.

Trans. (1860) 133-.
Eamshaw, S. Ph. Mg. 19 (1860) 449-; 20

(1860) 186-.
(La Place's correction.) Le Conte, (Prof.) J.

[1861] (vm) Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 1-.
( .) TyndaU,J. (vm) Ph. Mg. 26 (1863)

384-' 27 (1864) 41.
ChaUis] J. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864) 92-.
(La Place's correction.) (Le Conte.) Eam-
shaw, S. Ph. Mg. 27 (im4) 98-.
( .) (— .) Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 27 (1864)

104-.
Bosanquet, R. H. M. Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) 271-,

343-, 418- ; 4 (1877) 25-, 125-, 216-.

Thunder. Eamshaw, S. B. A. Bp. (1860)

(pt. 2) 58.
— . Montigny, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 9 (1860)

36-.
— , intensity and velocity. Laurent, Albert,

Moigno Cosmos 17 (1860) 7-.

VELOCITY OF SOUND IN AIR
IN TUBES,

Kundt, A. Berl. Mb. (1867) 858-; A. Ps. C.

135 (1868) 337-, 527-.
Schneebeli, H. A. Ps. C. 136 (1869) 296-.
Seebeck, A. A. Ps. C. 139 (1870) 104-.
Bourget, J. C. B. 78 (1871) 1203-.
Tumlirz, O. [1879] Wien Ak. Sb. 80 (1880)

(Ab, 2) 439-.
BaiUe, J. B. As. Fr. C. B. (1885) (Pt. 1)

104- ; J. de Ps. 6 (1887) 493-.
Cylindrical tubes. Leroux, F, P, G. B. 56

(1862) 662-; 64 (1867) 892-; A. 0. 12 (1867)

345-.
. VioUe, — . As. Ft. C. B. (1890) (Pt.

1) 169-.
, bend, acoustic value. Leroux, F, P.

A. C. 12 (1867) 409-.
Elastic tubes. Korteweg, D. J. A. Ps. 0. 6

(1878) 525-.

LL

9210 Velooities of Sound

Elastio tubes. Lamb, H. Manch. Lt. Ph. S«
Mm. A P. 42 (1898) No. 9, 16 pp.

Narrow tubes. BlaikUy, D, J. Ph. Mg. 7
(1879) 339-.

VELOCITY OF SOUND IN
VARIOUS MEDIA.

Air, compressed. Witkowaki, A, W. [1899]

Krk. Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Rz. 19 [20] (1902) 1-;

Cro. Ac. Sc. BU. (1899) 138-.
— , gases and vapoursi for pure notes of diiSerent

pitch. Low, J, W. Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 249-.
— , rarefied, in tubes. Stoletov, A, G, Bs.

Ps.-G. S. J. 18 (Ps.) (1886) 65-; J. de Ps. 6

(1887) 203.
Alloys. Gerosa, G. G, Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd.

4 (1888) (Sem. 1) 127-.
Bar, prismatic, elastic. Saint Venant, Barr€

de. C. B. 64 (1867) 1192-.
Chlorine. Martini, T. Ven. L At. 7 (1880-81)

491- 639—.
Ebonite. Campanile, F. Nap. Bd. 33 (1894)

68-.
Oases. SUfan, J. Pogg. A. 118 (1863) 494-.
— . Regnault, V. C. K. 66 (1868) 209- ; Par.

Ac. Sc. Mm. 37 (1868) 3-.
-^ (Begnault). Breton, P. Les Mondes 16

(1868) 351-.

— (— ). Radau, R. Cari Bpm. 4 (1868) 133-.

— (— ). Rink, H. J. [1872] Arch. N^rl. 8
(1873) 25-.

— . MarHni, T. Ph. Mg. 39 (1895) 142-.
— , differences of velocity in, illustration.

Gibbes, L. R. Am. As. P. (1850) 115-.
— , hot, velocity of waves of compression in«

Le ChaUlier, H. C. B. 131 (1900) 30-.

— and metals. Pazienti, A. Yen. Mm. L 12
(1864) 447-.

— , mixed. Dvordk, V. (nc) Wien Az. 10
(1873) 186-.

— and solids, difference of velocity in, experi-
ment. Oriveaux, F. J. de Ps. 2 (1883)
228-.

and liquids. Masson, A, C. B. 44

(1857) 464-; A. C. 53 (1858) 257-.
— , velocity of sound and molecular motion in.

Mulder, E. A. Ps. C. 140 (1870) 288-.
— , in, and their molecular weight,

relations. Bender, Carl. D. G. Gs. B. 6

(1873) 665-.
Hydrogen gas. Leslie, John. [1821] Camb.

Ph. S. T. 1 (1822) 267-.
Iron. Breguet, L., dt Wertheim, — . C. B. 32

(1851) 293-.
Liquid and solid bodies of limited dimensions.

Rankine, W. J. M. Camb. and Dubl. Mth.

J. 6 (1851) 238-.
Liquids. Wertheim, G. C. B. 27 (1848) 150- ;

A. C. 23 (1848) 434-.
— . Potter, R. Ph. Mg. 1 (1851) 319-.
— . Martini, T. Ven. I. At. (1885-86) App.

87 pp.
Metals, specific heat and sound velocity.

PouUen, V. N. Ts. Fs. K. 2 (1897) 374-;

C. Ztg. 21 (1897) (Rpm.) 305.
Bods. Wertheim, G. A. C. 31 (1851) 36-.

Beflection of Sound 9220

Solids (lecture experiments). Gezeehu$ [H«-
sehuM], N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 17 (Pm.) (1885)
326- ; Exner Bpm. 23 (1887) 242-.

Vapours. Neyreneuf, V. A. C. 9 (1886) 535-.

— . Gerosa, G. G., dt Mai, E. Bm. B. Ac.
Line. Bd. 4 (1888) (Sem. 1) 728-, 800-.

Water. Langlois, M. C. B. 102 (1886) 1451-.

— in pipes. AndrS, F, C. B. 70 (1870) 568-.

. Dvofdk,V. Wien Ak. Sb. 70 (1874)

{Ab. 2) 522-.

— , sea, velocity of vibrations of large amplitude
in. Threlfall, R., dt Adair, J. F. B. S. P.
46 (1890) 496-.

Wires, stretched, velocity of mechanical im-
pulse in. Meyer, S. Wien Ak. Sb. 105
(1896) (Ab. 2a) 1015-.

Wood, kayter, H. Am. J. So. 23 (1882)
415-.

9220 Keflection and Kefraction
of Sonnd. (See aUo 9040.)

(Motion of 2 elastic superposed fluids.) Poinon,

S. D. [1823] Par. Mm. Ac. Sc. 10 (1831)

317—
Green, G. [1837] Camb. Ph. S. T. 6 (1838)

40a-.
Fischer, A., dt Mach, E. Wien Sb. 67 (1873)

{Ab. 2) 81-.
(Beflection and refraction by heated gas.)

Cottrell, J. B. S. P. 22 (1874) 190-.

BEFLECTION.

VUmnois, — C. B. 60 (1865) 458.
Sharpe, H. J. Mess. Mth. 2 (1873) 159-.
Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) 45S-.
and absorption by porous and pervious

materials. Tufts, F. L. [1899] N. Y. Ac.

A. 12 (1899-1900) 621.

— diffraction. Seebeck, A. Pogg. A. 59 (1843)
177-.

echo in church, Oirgenti. Actis, {Vabb^ — .

Turin Mm. Ac. 4 (1788-89) 43-.
— , depth of sea determined by. Bonnycastle,

C. Franklin I. J. 24 (1839) 351-.

— and moving sound source, difference of
pitch. • Richarz, F. N.-Vorp. Mt. 31 (1900)
205-.

— at Muiderberg. Buys, J. [dt Dijk, P. W. L.
van\ Haarl. Vh. 6 (1812) 123-.

— — — , Marvm, M. van. Haarl. Vh. 6
(1812) 154-.

— and thunder roll. Reis, Paul, (xn) Humb.
2 (1883) 215-.

echoes, mountain, and Kent bugle. Scoresby,

{Rev.) W. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 6 (1829) 371-.
by flames and heated gases. Mayer, A. M.

Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 362-.
harmonic overtones produced by. Oppel, J. J.

(xn) Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1863-64)

70-.
method of studying. Rood, 0. N. Am. J. So.

19 (1880) 133-.

530

9220 Reflection and Refraction of Sound Interference of Sound 9230

of motion of elastic fluids in pipes, and theoxy
of wind instruments. Poisson, S, D. [1818--
19] Par. Ao. So. Nfm. 2 (1819) 305-.

multiple. Fabri, E. Bm. At 13 (1859-60)
293-.

— , tone due to. Baumgarten,A» [1876] Innsb.
Nt. Md. B. 7 (1877) {Heft 1) 116-.

phenomenon. Oppel, J, J. Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr.
(1858-59) 39-.

— . French, A. Nt. 12 (1875) 46-.

— . Hbgyes, E. Termt. K6zl. 18 (1886) 179-.

— in church at Box. Dufour, C, Laus. S.
Vd. BU. 15 (1878) 333-.

pitch alteration in. OppeZ, J, J, (vi Add$.)

Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1853-54) 40-. .
by a plane. Aht, A, Exner Bpm. 21 (1885)

503-.
polarisation by. WheaUtone^ (Sir) C. Thom-
son A. Ph. 6 (1823) 87-.
. Kamtz, L. F. Schweigger J. 42 (= J6.

12) (1824) 197-.
. Weber, W, E. Schweigger J. 46 (= J6.

16) (1826) 108-.
. Robinson, 8. W. Franklin I. J. 81

(1881) 201-.
, analogous to optical polarisation. Maei

de Upinay, J. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1888)

327-.
reflection tones. Oppel, J. J. Pogg. A. 101

(1857) 103-; 147 (1872) 369-.
. ReuUaux, H. Bonn NH. Vr. Vh. 41

(1884) 278-.
, and tuning fork test. Oppel^ J. J. (xa)

Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1862-63) 14-.
, use in estimating dimensions. Oppel,

J.J. (xa) Frkf . a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1860-61)

53-.
reverberant mountains, Thuringia. Jacobs, — .

Zach M. Cor. 27 (1813) 418>.
sound shadow. Lungo, C. del. Bv. Sc. Ind.

29 (1897) 268.
, visibUity. Boys, C. F, Nt. 56 (1897)

173-.

— velocity by Fizeau's method for light.
Nardroff, E. R. von. [1900] N. Y. Ac. A.
13 (1900-01) 494-.

sounding-board in Atterclifle Church. Black*

bum, J. Phil. Trans. (1828) 361-.
in tubes. Hdlsch, F. [1886] Wien Ak. Sb.

94 (1887) (Ab. 2) 763-.
velocity of sound produced by percussion.

Mach, E. Wien Ak. Sb. 97 (1889) (Ab. 2a)

1045- ; 98 (1890) (Ab. 2a) 1257-.

BEFBACTION.

Sondhauss, C. Bresl. Schl. Gs. t}bs. (1851)

27-; Pogg. A. 85 (1852) 378-.
Hajech, C. Mil. G. I. Lomb. 8 (1856) 406- ;

Mil. At. I. Lomb. 1 (1858) 448-.
Taylor, W. B. Smiths. Bp. (1875) 205-.
Boehm^ E.E.,db Schellbach, K. H. A. Ps. C.

8 (1879) 645-.
Reis, Paul, (xn) Humb. 2 (1883) 138-.
Neyreneu/t — . As. Fr. C. B. (1894) (Pt. 2)

352-.
by air-strata of unequal temperature. Fueau,

H. C. B. 104 (1887) 1347-.

atmospheric. Reynolds, 0. B. S. P. 22

(1874) 295-, 531-.
— . Schuster, A. [1875] Nt. 13 (1876) 67.
— . Reynolds, 0. [1876] Phil. Trans. 166

(1877) 315-.
— . Kneser, A. A. Ps. C. 11 (1880) 516-.
— , and total reflection, theory ; and importance

for navigation. MaXthiessen, L. Ac. Nt. G.

N. Acta 74 (1899) 457-.
audibility of sounds, and wind-refraction. Reis,

Paul, (xn) Humb. 2 (1883) 53-.
deflection. Fuchs, — '. Humb. 9 (1890) 63-.
dispersion in heterogeneous medium. Kasterin,

N. Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 30 (Ps.) (1898) 61-;

Amst. Ak. Vs. 6 (1898) 460-, 532.
experiments. Perrot, F. L., dt Dussaud, F,

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 34 (1895) 57-.
formula for. Young, (Dr.) T. Bb. Brit. 18

(1801) 354-.
method of showing and measuring. Doppler^

C. Wien SB. (1849) 322-.
optics of mirage similar to. Everett, J. D.

Ph. Mg. 45 (1873) 161-, 248-.
rainbow, acoustic. Strehlke, F. Pogg. A. 18

(1830) 475-.
by sensitive flames. Qezechus \Hesehus'\, N. A.

Bs. Ps.-C. S. J. 17 (Ps.) (1885) 332.
and velocity of sound in sound-transparent

bodies. Gezechus [Hesehus], N. Bs. Ps.-C.

S. J. 22 (Ps.) (1890) 233-; Exner Bpm. 27

(1891) 471-.
by wind. Delaroche,F. [1813] A. C. 1(1816)

176-.
. Haldat du Lys, C.N. A. de. J. de Ps.

79 (1814) 285-.
. Rees^ R. van. Quetelet Cor. Mth. 2

(1826) 22-.
. Stokes, G. G. B. A. Bp. (1857) (pt. 2)

22-.
. Vargiu, G. I. Les Mondes 9 (1866)

95—.
. Barton, E. H. [1900] L. Ps. S. P.

17 (1901) 534-.

9230 Interference and Diffraction
of Sound. Beats.

INTEBFEBENCE.

Addams, R. B. A. Bp. (1834) {pt. 2) 557.
Kane, (Sir) R. J. B. A. Bp. (1835) (pt. 2) 13-.
Dove, H. W. Pogg. A. 44 (1838) 272; Berl.

Mb. (1857) 291-.
Fabn, R. Bm. At. 12 (1858-59) 297-.
Denehe, F. [1864] Danzig Sohr. 1 (Heft 2)

(1865) 4 pp.
Kahl, E. Z. Mth. Ps. 11 (1866) 170-.
Mees, R. A. (xn) Mbl. Nt. 4 (1874) 77-.
Mach, E., dt Mach, L. Wien Ak. Sb. 98

(1890) (Ab. 2a) 1333-.
apparatus. Lissajous, J. C. B. 40 (1855)

133-.
— . Quincke, G. A. Ps. C. 128 (1866) 177-.
— . Stefan, J. Wien Sb. 56 (1867) {Ab. 2)

561-.

531

LL 2

9230 Interference of Sound

appatatns. Barrett, W, F, L. Ps. S. P. 1

(1876) 61-; Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 189-.
^. Rtghi, A. Bologna Ac. Sc. Mm. 2 (1891)

261-.
— . Slotte.K.F. Helsingf. Ofv.88(1896)86-,
application of law to combination - tones.

Poggendorff, J. C. Pogg. A. 32 (1834) 520-.
and consonance and absorption in sound and

light, pendulum experiments. Isenkrahe, C.

Carl Bpm. 16 (1880) 99-, 51&-.
disturbance by an element of plane wave of

sound or light. Basset, A, B, L. Mth. S.

P. 22 (1891) 317-.
of electric explosions. Waha, M, de. Lux. I.

Pb. 16 (1877) 49-.
experiment, lecture-. Terquem, A, J. de Ps.

6 (1877) 316-.
experiments. Villari, E. Bologna Ac. So.

Mm. 1 (1890) 673-.
^- with sensitive flames. Oezechus [Hesehus],

N. Bs. P8..C. S. J. 24 {Ps.) (1892) 166- ; J.

de Ps. 2 (1893) 628.

— — vowels. Sauberschwarz f E, Pfliig.
Arch. PI. 61 (1896) 1-.

of longitudinal waves, construction for. Matthes,

C. J. Arch. Mth. Ps. 49 (1869) 486-.
observed with membrane. Weber, W, E,

Schweigger J. 60 {=Jb. 20) (1827) 247-.
phenomena due to concurrence of 2 sounds.

Badau, R. Mon. Sc. 18 (1876) 323-.
secondary tones made audible by. Dove, H, W,

Berl. Mb. (1862) 97-.
by telephone. Cook, C. S, Science 1 (*1883)

167.
tubes, Ndrremberg's. Muller, {Dr.) J. [1864]

Freiburg B. 1 (1868) 43-.
of tuning fork (intensity in different directions).

Chladni, E. F. F. Eastner Arch. Ntl. 7

(1826) 92-.
( ). CMadni, E, F. F., ds

S'&mmerring, W. Eastner Arch. NtL 8 (1826)

91-.
. Addams, R. (vi Adds,) W. Eng.

J. 1 (1836) 60-.
. Kiessling, H. A. Ps. C. 130 (1867) 177-.

— 2 tuning forks. GrUel, C. A. Pogg. A.
104 (1868) 494-.

near wall from which sound is reflected.

Rayleigh, {Lord). Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 160-.
** wandering tones." Reuleaux, H. Bonn NH.

Vr. Vh. 37 (1880) 161- ; Bonn Niedr. Gs. Sb.

(1881) 116-.
wave-length of sound by grating method.

Nardroff, E. R. voti. [1900] N. Y. Ac. A.

13 (1900-01) 51 1-.

BEATS.

Ohm, G. S. Pogg. A. 47 (1839) 463-.
Fabri, R. Bm. At. N. Line. 17 (1864) 236-.
beat tone apparatus for lectures. KUnig, R, A.

Ps. C. 12 (1881) 360-.
and beat tones of one body. K&nig, R. A. Ps.

G. 39 (1890) 396-.
beat tones, cerebral origin. Schaefer, K, L.

Z. Psychol. 4 (1893) 348- ; 6 (1893) 397-.
, . Scrijpture, E. W. Ph. Stud. 8

(1893) 638-.

Beats 9230

and beat tones due to harmonic intervals. KHmg,

R. A. Ps. 0. 12 (1881) 885-.
beat tones of very nigh frequency, and dnst

figures produced by them. KUnig, R. A.

Ps. C. 69 (1899) 626-, 721-.

— — from 2 vibrating bodies which are
separately inaudible because of their hig^
frequency. Mayer, A, M, B. A. Bp. (1894)
673.

and combination tones, and Tartini's tones.

Crotti, P. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 12 (1880)

401-, 470-.
, theory. Radau, R. Les Mondes 8

(1866) 9-. 62-.
of congonances of form h : 1. Bosanquet,

R. H. M. L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 221- ;

Ph. Mg. 11 (1881) 420-, 492-.
and difference tones, appreciation. Scripture^

E, W. Ph. Stud. 7 (1892J 630-.
1 , perception and localisation. Schaefer,

K. L. Z. Psychol. 1 (1890) 81-.
of Hawkes's douzeave. B.,J. Tilloch Ph. Mg.

37 (1811) 128-.

— imperfect consonances. De Morgan, A,
[1867] Camb. Ph. S. T. 10 (1864) 12^.

Thomson, {Sir) W. Edinb. R. S. P.

9 (1878) 602-.
. Bosanquet, R. H, M, Ph. Mg. 12

(1881) 434- ; 13 (1882) 181.
. Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 13 (1882)

68-.
, history of theory. Bosanquet, R. H. M.

Ph. Mg. 12 (1881) 270-.
Koenig's superior. Sidgreaves, W. [1890] Nt.

43 (1891) 9-.
method of producing. Athanasiades, G. A.

Ps. 3 (1900) 763.
musical. PoU, W. Nt. 13 (1876) 2I2-,

232—
— . EUU, A.J. B. S. P. 30 (1880) 620-.
Scheibler's investigations. Richer, A. Pogg.

A. 32 (1834) ^33-, 492-.
Tartini's tones. Purkyni, J. E. Kastner

Arch. Ntl. 7 (1826) 39-.
. Weber, W. E. Pogg. A. 15 (1829)

216-.
' . HelmhoUz, H. Bheinl. WestphaL 8b.

13 (1866) Ixxv-.
, mathematical theory. Hopkinson, J,

Mess. Mth. 2 (1873) 24-.
, objective existence. Dove, H, W, Pogg.

A. 107 (1859) 662-.
theory. Terquem, A., dt Boussinesq, V. J,

As. Fr. C. B. (1874) 220-.
— . Buztolini, G. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind. 12

(1880J 493-.
— , and application to tuning of organs, etc.

Vincent, A. J. H. A. C. 26 (1849) 37-.
— , Kdnig's. MolUyy, G. Nt. 42 (1890) 246.
of 2 tones, each heard by one ear only, central

origin. Ewald, J. R. Pfliig. Arch. PL 57

(1894) 80-.
tuning forks. ViUari, E. Bologna Ac

Sc. Mm. 2 (1872) 309-.
, and method of tuning to unison.

Spice, R. Am. J. Sc. 11 (1876) 372.
, microphone observations. Tumo,

J. Wien Ak. Sb. 98 (1890) (Ab. 2a) 1028-.

532

9240 Damping of Sound- Waves

yariation of pitch. Taylor^ 8, Ph. Mg. 44
. (1872) 6e-.

visual exhibition. MMe, F, Pogg. A. 108
(1859) 508-.

DIFFRACTION.

Serrano y Fatigati, E, Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 49

(1874) 161-.
Jacques, W, W, Am. Ac. P. 11 (1876) 269-.
Twnlirz, 0. A. A, (xn) Lotos 80 (1882) 35-.
Bayleigh, {Lord). [1888] R. I. P. 12 (1889)

187-.
Stevens, W. Le C, Franklin I. J. 127 (1889)

445-; N. Y. Ac. T. 8 (1888-89^ 180-.
acoustic shadow of circular disK. Bayleigh,
, {Lord), Ph. Mg. 9 (1880) 281-.
and other phenomena. Cauchy, A, L, G. R.

15 (1842) 759-.

9240 Damping of Sound- Waves
by Viscosity and Heat-Conduc-
tion.

Duff, A. W, Ps. Rv. 11 (1900) 65-.
Audibility and dispersion of sound in air.

Krass, — . [1897] Westf. Vr. Jbr. (1897-

98) 149-.

— of sound, balloon experiments. Bacon,
(Rev.) J, M. Nt. 60 (1899) 484.

Cooling of air by radiation and conduction;

and propagation of sound. RayUigh, (Lord),

Ph. Mg. 47 (1899) 808-.
Damping, atmospheric. Vierordt, K, von, Z.

Bl. 18 |l882) 383-.
— , — , due to internal friction. Stefan, J,

Wien Sb. 53 (1866) {Ah. 2) 529-.

— with distance. Schaefer, K. L, A. Ps. C.
67 (1896) 786-.

— in numan body. Vierordt, K. von. Z. Bl.
19 (1883) 101-.

soft bodies. Warburg, E. A. Ps. C. 136

(1869) 286-.
solid bodies, due to internal resistance.

Warburg, E. Berl. Mb. (1869) 638-; A. Ps.

C. 139 (1870) 89-.

— of sound, and air radiation constant. Buff,

A. W. Ps. Rv. 6 (1898) 129- ; Am. As. P.
(1899) 125-.

, — thermal conductivity. Brunhes,

B. J. de Ps. 6 (1897) 289-.

— in telephony. Vierordt, K. von. A. Ps. C.
19 (1883) 207-.

Decrease of intensity of shrill sounds with
time, rate. Duff, A. W. B. A.Rp. (1897) 583.

Diminution of velocity of sound in narrow
tubes. Schneebeli, H. A. Ps. C. 136 (1869)
296-.

. Seebeck, A. A. Ps. 0.

139 (1870) 104-.

Earthquakes, and wave propagation in absor-
bent media. Kohl, E. Mh. Mth. Ps. 9
(1898) 358-.

Acoustic Transparency 9250

Extinction of sound, causes. Haldat du Lys,

C. N. A. de. Nancy Mm. S. Sc. (1840) 88- ;

(1848) 362-.
by fog. Reynolds, 0. [1873] Manch.

Lt. Ph. 8. P. 13 (1873-74) 43-.
heterogeneous liquids. Baudri-

mont, E. J. Phm. 31 (1857) 363-.
Heat conduction, effect on sound in gas.

Kirchhoff, G. A. Ps. C. 134 (1868) 177-.
— production by sound. Warburg, E, A. Ps.

C. 137 (1869) 632-.
Ratio of specific heats in argon. Rayleigh,

{Lord), dt Ramsay, W. [1895] PhU. Trans.

(A) 186 (1896) 187-.
mercury vapour. Kundt, A.,

dt Warburg, E. Berl. Ak. Mb. (1875) 160-.
Sound source, effect of medium on vibrations.

Friesach, K. Wien Sb. 66 (1867) {Ab. 2)

316-.
, . KoldSek, F. A. Ps. C.

7 (1879) 23-.
Telegraph wires, dampers to stop noise from.

Bardonnaut, — . J. T61. 9 (1885) 50-.

9250 Acoustic Transparency.

Tyndall, J. R. S. P. 22 a874) 58- ; Phil.

Trans. 164 (1874) 183- ; R. S. P. 22 (1874)

359.
(Tyndall.) Fonvielle, W. de. C. R. 78 (1874)

299-.
(— .) BaudHmont, A. C. R. 78 (1874) 1224-.
Acoustic reversibility. Tyndall, J. R. S. P.

23 (1875) 169-.
Application of principle of reciprocity to

acoustics. Rayleigh, (Lord). [1876] R.

S. P. 25 (1877) 118-.
Fog, extinction of sound by. Reynolds, 0.

[1873] Manch. Lt. Ph. S. P. 13 (1873-74)

43-.
— , recognition of sound source in. Serpette,

{U It.) A. Rv. Mar. et Col. 94 (1887) 183-.
— , (Serpette). Clou4, (vice-

amiral) G. Rv. Mar. et Col. 94 (1887)

199-.

FOG SIGNALS.

Robinson, T. R. B. A. Rp. (1863) 105-.
Henry, J. [1872-77] (x) Smiths. Misc. Col.

20 (1881) Art. 2 (45)- (Wash. Ph. S. BU. 2

(1876-80)) ; Smiths. Rp. (1878) 455-.
Collinson, (Vice-Adml.) R. [1876] Un. Serv.

I. J. 19 (1876) 466-.
Henry, J. [1877] Wash. Ph. S. BU. 2 (1875-

80) 162-.
anomalies of sound from. Johnson, A. B,

[1881] Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 5 (1883) 23-.
apparatus, and lightship ** Wandelaar.*' Boul-

vin, J. Brux. A. Tr. Pbl. 41 (1884) 415-.
audibility. Johnson, A. B. [1893] Science 23

(1894) 3-.
— . White, C. A. Science 23 (1894) 69-.
— . FoioU, F. E. [1896] Nt. 63 (1896-96) 6.
— . Hajsen, H. A. Am. Met. J. 12 (1895-96)

269-.

533

9250 Acoustic Transparency Methods of Observing Air- Waves 9310

Barefied momitain air, sound inteDsity in.

Martins, C. Par. 8. Phlm. PV. (1849) 25-.
Reflecting and transmilting powers of varioiis

sabstances. Mayer, A. M, [1872] Am. J.

8o. 5 (1873) 44-. 12d>.
Sound condnctivity and capacity. Oezeehtu

[Hesehus], N. A, Bs. Ps.-G. S. J. 25 (Ps.)

(1893) 335- ; J. de Ps. 3 (1894) 572-.

and beacon lights. Douglastt (Sir) J, N, B.

1. P. 12 (1889) 425-.
cannon as. Fontaneau, — . By. Mar. et Ck>l.

45 (1875) 444-.
coast. Steveruorit D. A, [1881] Sc. S. Arts

T. 10 (1883) 490-.
direction, method of determining. Hardy, E,

C. B. 123 (1896) 220-.

— , . Lodge, 0. J, Nt. 56 (1897) 154.

experiments. Tyndall, J, B. S. P. 27 (1878)

245-.
explosive, tests. Anon. A. der Hydrog. 7

(1879) 378-.
and fog. Mohn, H. Christiania F. (1893)

(Ov.) 39; Met. S. QJ. 19 (1893) 61.
Helmholtz resonators, use with. Hertz, A.

A. der Hydrog. 5 ('1877) 356-.

for light-ships and headlands. Adie, R. [1866]

Edinb. Sc. S. Arts P. 7 (1868) 91-.
and meteorology. Hazen, H. A . [1895] Am.

Met. J. 12 (1896-96) 179-.
— night signals, to indicate route of ships.

Fitte, (le It,) P. Bv. Mar. et Col. 118 (1893)

547-.
at sea. Hennesty, H. B. A. Bp. (1861)

173-.
. Wigham, J, R. [1877] Dubl. S. J. 7

(1878) 277-.
. Banari, (Capt,) A. Bv. Mar. et Col.

97 (1888) 177-, 385- ; 99 (1888) 177-, 369-.
. Titi, A. Bv. Mar. et Col. 136 (1898)

72-.
sound-reflector for (holophone). Steventon, T,

iC. E.) [1866] Edinb. Sc. S. Arts T. 7

(1868) 204-.
theory. Mohn, H. A. der Hydrog. 20 (1892)

85-, 117- ; 21 (1893) 249-; 28 (1895) 185-,

226-, 264-, 362-.
uniform system for. Cuningham, A, [1866]

Edinb. Sc. S. Arts T. 7 (1868) 174-.
wind's effect. Taylor, W. B, Am. J. Sc. 11

(1876) 30-, 94-.

Fog and vapour, effect on sound intensity.

ChaUis, J. Ph. Mg. 47 (1874) 277-.
Gases, sound intensity in. Neyreneuf, — . C.

B. 98 (1884) 1264-.

— , — transmission in, distance. Neyreneuf,

— . C. B. 98 (1884) 980-.
Intensity of sound increased at night. Hum-
boldt, F, H. A. von. A. C. 13 (1820) 162-.
. BertJiold, A. A, Oken Isis

(1836) 677-.
. Kef er stein, A, Oken Isis

(1838) 111-.
re meteorology. Voigt, J. H. Voigt

Mg. 1 (1799) {Heft 4) 75-.
Liquids, neterogeneous, extinction of sound in.

BaudHmont, E. J. Phm. 31 (1857) 363-.
Modification of sound by distance. Chdllis, J,

Ph. Mg. 35 (1849) 241-.
Porous bodies and sound. Rayleigh, (Lord),

Ph. Mg. 16 (1883) 181-.
. Neyreneuf, — . J. de Ps. 3 (1884)

209-.
— — . Gezechus [Hesehus"], N, Bs.

Ps.-C. S. J. 22 {Ps.) (1890) 233-; Exner

Bpm. 27 (1891) 471-.

9255 Acoustics of

Menzel, C. A. Dingier 56 (1835) 190-.
Russell, J. S, B. A. Bp. (1843) {pt. 2) 96-.
Smith, T. R. [1860] Br. Aroht. I. Pp. (1861)

73™
Burrows, H. W. Br. Archt. J. 2 (1895) 353-,

423-.
Auditorium, effect of motion of air on acoostio

properties. Jacques, W. W. Franklin I. J.

76 (1878) 390-.
Buildings for music. Upham, J. B. Silliman

J. 15 (1853) 215-, 348- ; 16 (1853) 21-.
Churches, etc. Orth, A. Z. Bauw. 22 (1872)

189-.
Echoes in rooms, modes of dealing with.

Stoney, G. J. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885) 5»-.
Prisons. Amst, Akad. Comm. Amst. Ak. Vs.

6 (1898) 103-.
Public buildings. Reid, D. B. B. A. Bp.

(1835) (pt. 2) 14-.

. henry, J. Am. As. P. (1856) 119-.

. Shadwell, (Rev.) F. Br. Archt. J. 6

(1899) 134-.
Theatres, etc. Fitis, F. Brux. Ac. Bll. 16

(1849) ipte. 2) 617-.
~, — . Ross, B. Hann. Archt. -Vr. Z. 42 (1896)

19-.

METHODS OF ANALYSIS AND
MEASUREMENT.

9300 General

Acoustic laboratory and research, suggestions

for. Bosanquet, R. H. M. Ph. Mg. 8 (1879)

290-.
Calculating rule, use in acoustics. OuirouU,

O. C. B. 74 (1872) 1403-.
Influence of motion on intensity of sound.

Segnitz, E. Pogff. A. 85 (1852) 384-.
Periodic curves, analysis by Hermann's mould

(Schablonen) method. Samqjlov,A,F. Moec.

S. Sc. BU. 96 {No. 2) (1901) 1-.

9310 Methods of ninstrating and
Observing Air- Waves.

Columns, liquid, affected by sound, structure.
Ridout, R. H. Nt. 18 (1878) 604-.

Consonantal curves by phonograph and photo-
graph. Hermann, L., dt Matthias, F. Pflng.
Arch. PI. 58 (1894) 255-.

534

9310 Sensitive Flames

Measurement of Sound- Waves 9320

Cylindrioal fluid sorfaoes, instability. Rayleigh,

(Lord). Ph. Mg. 34 (1892) 177-.
Diffraction of soond. Rayleighy (Lord), [1888]

R. I. P. 12 (1889) 187-.
Hydraulic experiments. Magnus, O. Pogg. A.

95 (1856) 1- ; 106 (1869) 1-.
Jets, air, sympathetic vibration. Bellf C. A»

[1886] Phil. Trans. 177 (1887) 383-.
— , gas. Govi, G. Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 5 (1869-70)

476-.
— , instability. Rayleigh, (Lord), [1878] L.

Mth. 8. P. 10 (1878-79) 4-.
— , liquid. Savart, F. A. C. 53 (1833) 337-.
— , — . Rayleigh, (Lord). R. S. P. 34 (1883)

130-.
— , — and gaseous, action of sound vibrations

on. Tyndall, J. Ph. Mg. 33 (1867) 376-.
— , — , recent theories. Plateau, J. A, F»

Brux. Ac. BU. 23 (1856) 737-.
Optical aids to acoustic research. Toepler, A.

Dresden Isis Sb. (1885) 47-.
Phonophotographic investigations. Hermann,

L. Pfltig. Arch. PI. 45 (1889) 682-; 47

(1890) 44-, 347-; 53 (1893) 1-; 68 (1894)

264-; 59 (1896) 104.
Phonoscope. (Apparatus with sensitive flame.)

Forehhammer, J. G. Sk. Nf. F. (1886) 62-;

Ts. Ps. 0. 26 (1887) 97- ; Fschr. Ps. (1888)

(Ah, I) 466-.
— , Forcnhammer's. Reis, — . Humb. 7 (1888)

44-.
Photographic and graphic illustration of sound

waves. Blake, C. J, Am. J. Ot. 1 (1879)

3—, 89—.
Photography of air waves. Mach, L, Wien

Az. 30 (1893) 198-.
— , applications. Rayleigh, (Lord). [1891]

R. I. P. 13 (1893) 261-.

— and measurement of sound, advance in.
Sharpe, B. F. U. S. Mly. Weath. Rv. 27
(1899) 205-.

— of sound waves. BolUmann, L, Wien Az.
19 (1882) 242-.

. Lloyd, R. J. Lpool. Lt. Ph. S.

P. 46 (1891) 139-.
(by *« Schlieren-Methode "). Wood,

R, W. Ph. Mg. 48 (1899) 218-.
. Wood, R, W, R. S. P. 66 (1900)

283- ; Phot. J. 24 (1900) 260- ; Nt. 62 (1900)

342-.

SENSITIVE FLAMES.

Le ConU, (Prof.) J. Silliman J. 25 (1868)

62-.
Barrett, W. F, Ph. Mg. 33 (1867) 216-, 287-.
Weinhold, A. A. Ps. G. 136 (1869) 333-.
Planeth, H. A. Ps. C. 144 (1872) 639-.
Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 163- ; 18

(1882) 345-.
Neyreneuf, V, J. de Ps. 9 (1880) 280-.
Rayleigh, (Lord), Ph. Ug. 17 (1884) 188-.
Stevens, W. Le C, Am. J. Sc. 37 (1889)

267-.
Merkelbach, — . [1893] Eassel Yr. Nt. B. 89

(1894) 31.
Bouty, E. C, R. 120 (1896) 1260- ; Par. S. Ps.

S^. (1896) 166- ; 0. R. 122 (1896) 372-.

JiPKendrick, J, G. [1896] Edinb. R. 8. P. 21

(1897) 46.
Schmidt, N, D. Ps. Gte. Vh. (1900) 22-.
and acoustic lenses. Bouty, E. Toul. Fac.

8c. A. 10 (1896) H, 18 pp.
apparatus for ordinary gas pressure. Ridout,

R. H. [1876] Nt. 16 (1877) 119.
arrangement for. Govi, G. Tor. At. Ac. 8c.

6 (1869-70) 396-.
. Rayleigh, (Lord). [1880] Camb. Ph.

8. P. 4 (1883) 17-.
, simple. Fuchs, F. Z. Instk. 4 (1884)

317.
effect of inaudible vibrations. Barrett, W. F.
' Nt. 16 (1877) 12.

new. Warner, G. J. C. N. 27 (1873) 232.
— . Neyreneuf, F, V, (xn) Caen Ac. Mm.

(1882) 30-. p

singing. Geyer, W. E, Am. J. Sc. 3 (1872)

340-.
and singing flames. Tyndall, J. Ph. Mg. 33

(1867) 92-.
. Barrett, W, F, C. N. 17 (1868)

220- ; Dubl. 8. J. 6 (1870) 266-.
. Herschel, A, S. [1874] Nt. 11

(1876) 6-, 45-, 88.
vibrating transversely. Hervert, J, A. Ps. C.

147 (1872) 590-.

Sound mill, simple. Dolhear, A, E, Science

13 (1889) 204.
— mills. Thompson, S. P. Nt. 29 (1884) 363-.
Tones produced by flow of air. Sondhauss, C

Pogg. A. 91 (1854) 126-, 214-.
Wave of translation as carrier wave of sound.

RusseU, J. S, R. 8. P. 32 (1881) 382-.

9320 Measurement of the Velocity,
Amplitndey Energy and Fre-
quency of Sound- Waves.

AMPLITUDE.

Rayleigh, (Lord), [1877] R. 8. P. 26 (1878)

248-.
of aerial waves which are just audible. Ray^

leigh, (Lord), Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 366-.

ENERGY.

Applications of principle of phonodynamograph.

Cooper, W. B, Franklin I. J. 84 (1882) 49-.
Energy used by organ pipes. Wead, C. K, Am.

As. P. (1884) 133- ; Am. J. Sc. 42 (1891) 21-.
Explosion waves, collision. Jones, R. H., dt

Bower, J. Manch. Lt. Ph. 8. Mm. &V.42

(1898) No. 1,1 pp.

INTENSITY.

Sluginov, N. P, Kazan 8. Nt. (Ps.-Mth,) P. 8
(1890) 279-; Fschr. Ps. (1890) (Ah, 1) 607.

apparatus for studying. Jastrow, J. Science
3 (1896) 644-.

535

9320 Measurement of Energy and Frequency of Sonnd-Waves 9320

apparent, and energy, relation for different

pitches. Bosanquet, R. H. M, Ph. Mg. 44

(1872) 881- ; 45 (1878) 178-.
— , — pitch, relation. Charpentier^ A. Par.

a Bl. Mm. 88 (1886) (C.J2.) 248-.
dependence on distance. Oezechus [HeBekui],

N. Rs. Ps-C. S. J. 18 (P«.) (1886) 268-;

J. de Ps. 7 (1888) 227-; Rs. Ps-C. S. J. 28

(P«.) (1896) 195- ; Fschr. Ps. (1896) {Ah. 1)

466-.
estimation of differences in. Renz, T., dt Wolf^

A. Pogg. A. 98 (1856) 595-.
intensification of sound by transmission throogh
. water. Aliton, 8. S, R. S. P. 9 (1857-59)

649-.
law of inverse squares in sound, experimental

proof. JacqueSf W, W. Am. Ac. P. 11

(1876) 26^.

Meamrement,

Heller, A. A. Ps. C. 141 (1870) 566-.
feller J Seeheck.A, A. Ps. G. 142 (1871) 474-.
Moon, R. Ph. Mg. 44 (1872) 304- ; 45 (1873)

38-, 361-.
Hudson, H. Ph. Mg. 45. (1873) 160.
Bosanquet, R. H. M, Ph. Mg. 45 (1878) 215-.
Vierordt, K. von. Z. BI. 14 (1878) 300- ; 17

(1881) 361-.
Botanquet, R, H. M. Ph, Mg. 9 (1880) 174-.
Oberbeck, A. Halle Nf. Gs. B. (1880) 94-;

(1881) 17; A. Ps. C. 13 (1881) 222-.
Tischer, E. Ph. Stud. 1 (•1883) 548-.
Vierordt, K. von. A. Ps. C. 18 (1883) 471-.
Wead, C. K. Am. J. Sc. 26 (1883) 177-.
Wundt, W. A. Ps. C. 18 (1883) 695-.
Vierardt, K. A. Ps. C. 21 (1884) 509-.
Starke, P. Ph. Stud. 8 (1886) 264-.
SUfanini, A. N. Cim. 22 (1887) .97-.
Orinuehl, E. A. Ps. C. 34 (1888) 1028- ; Cztg.

Opt. 9 (1888) 217-, 229-.
Starke, P. Ph. Stud. 5 (1889) 167-.
Merkel, J. Ph. Stud. 6 (1889) 499-.
Stefanini, A. N. Cim. 26 (1889) 157-, 193- ;

27 (1890) 5-, 97-.
Wien, M. A. Ps. C. 36 (1889) 834-.
(Stefanini.) Wead, C. K. Am. J. Sc. 41 (1891)

232-.
Cauro, J. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1899) 115-.
Henry, C. Rv. Sc.-Ind. 31 (1899) 156.
apparatus. Dvofdk, V. (zn) Z. Instk. 8

(1883) 127-.
— . double. Sharpe, B. F. Science 9 (1899)

808-.
and Fechner's law. Ntyrr, C. Z. Bl, 15 (1879)

297-.

instrument for. Webster , A. G., dt Sharpe, ^ — i — , unreliability. Appunn, A.

. B. F. B. A. Rp. (1897) 584.

by microphone. Stem, O. A. Ps. C. 42 (1891)

622-.
— phonometer. Schafhdutl [Pellisov], C. E.

Munch. Ab. 7 (1855) 499-; Miinch. Gelehrte

Az. 50 (1860) 65-.
phonometers an'd unison. Liesegang, R. E,

Cztg. Opt. 12 (1891) 51-.
of relative intensities of sound. Mayer, A, M,

[1872-79] Am. J. Sc. 5 (1873) 44-, 123- ;

Am. J. Ot. 1 (1879) 87-.

of relative intensities of sound, and of its direc-
tion. Mayer, A. M. Am. J. Sc. 11 (1876)
824-.

and Weber-Fechner law. Merkel, J. Ph.
Stud. 4 (1888) 117-, 251-.

of musical note-, effects o£ periodic variation.

Brown, A. C, d' Tait, P. G. Edinb. B. S.

P. 9 (1878) 736-.
objective representation. Raps, A. A. Ps. C.

86 (1889) 278-.
of sound produced in spaces filled with vapour.

Biot,J.B. [1807] ArcueU Mm. Ps. 2 (1809)

94-.

FREQUENCY.

Mayer, A. M. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 266-, 871-,
445-, 513- ; Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 241- ; 9
(1875) 267-; 12 (1876) 329-; 47 (1894) 1-,
134.

Chordometer and tonometer. Luca, P. A. de.
[1827] Mod. S. It. Mm. 20 (1828) (Mat.) 468-.

Graphic methods for counting beats and vibra-
tions of microphonic capsule. Campanile,
F. Nap. Ac. At. 7 (1895) No. 4, 8 pp.

Isochronism of sonorous vibrations, experi-
mental proof. Niaudet'Breguet, A. Les
Mondes 13 (1867) 656-.

Low pitch, limit of audition for. (Toothed
wheel.) Savart, F. A. C. 47 (1831) 69-.

MEASUREMENT.

Bourcart, R. Mulhouse S. In. BU. 58 (1888)

726.
of high frequencies. Melde, F. A. Ps. C. 51

(1894) 661- ; 52 (1894) 238-.
. Stumpf, C, d^ Meyer, M. A. Ps. C.

61 (1897) 760-.
(Stumpf & Meyer). Appunn, A. A.

Ps. C. 64 (1898) 409-.
(Appunn). Stumpf, C, db Meyer, M.

A. Ps. C. 65 (1898) 641-.
(— ). Melde, F. A. Ps. C. 65 (1898)

645-.

-. Melde, F. A. Ps. C. 67 (1899) 781-.

. Schulze, F. A. A. Ps. C. 68 (1899)

9-.

- in Appunn's pipes, optical and acoust-
ical ^thods. Schulze, F. A. A. Ps. C. 68

(1899? ^

, — method. Appunn, A.

A. Ps. C.^ (1899) 217-.

by c|tf[©rence tones. Stumpf, C. A.

Ps. C. 68 (1^) 105-.

A. Ps. C. 67 (ip9) 222-.

— notes of whist^ of adjustable pitch. Shaw,
W. N., d' Turper^ F. M. [1887] Camb.
Ph. S. P. 6 (18fe) 90-.

— tuning fork pi|oh. Barker, G. F. [1878]
Am. As. P. 27 (f 879) 118-.

, chroJoscopic method. Lung, V.

von. Wien Ak.lSb. 93 (1886) (Ab. 2) 424-.

Sensibility of ear. (U'oothed wheel.) Savart, F.
A. C. 44 (1830) 3f 7-.

536

9820 Siren. Heasurement of Velocity Analysis of Sonnd-Waves 9340

SIREN.

Cagniard-LaUmr, C, A. G. 12 (1819) 167- ;

18 (1821) 438-.
Seebeck, A. Pogg. A. 60 (1848) 449-.
Donaldson, J. (Prof, Mus,) [1850] Dingier

119 (1851) 192-.
Pellat, H. Par. S. Ps. S6. (1895) 12-.
alteration of quality of sounds from. Cagniard-

Latour, C. Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1837) 120-.
electric. Weber, R. Neuoh. S. Sc. BlL 14

(1884) 34-.
with electromagnetic regulator. Bourbouze, — .

G. B. 88 (1879) 858.
giying several notes simultaneously. Dove,

H. W, Pogg. A. 82 (1851) 59ft-.
history. Ramch, — . [1892] Giessen Oberh.

Gs. B. 29 (1893) 138.
production of air waves of given period by.

Tdpler, A, J. I. A. Ps. C. (Jubelbd.) (1874)

498-.
Bine. Fuchs, Fr. (xn) Z. Instk. 3 (1883) 270-.

Tones of pitch from 4096 to 90000. Koenig, R,

A. Ps. C. 69 (1899) 626-. 721-.
Tonometer, Appunn*s. Stump/, C. Z. Psychol.

6 (1894) 33-.
— , — , Scneibler's, and Terquem*s. Sehvbring,

G. Z. Nw. 11 (1875) 240-.

MEASUBEMENT OF VELOCITY.

MHkU, H. Edinb. N. Ph. J. 4 (1828) 100-.
Stevelly, J. B. A. Bp. 34 (1864) (Sect.) 20-.
SchUngd, — . A. Ps. C. 150 (1873) 356-.
Bichat, E. J. de Ps. 7 (1878) 330-.
BarUmiek, G, Mth. Termt. fits. 4 (1886) 153-;

Termt. Kdzl. 20 (1888) 203; Mth. Nt. B.

Ung. 6 (1889) 436-.
Oberbeck, — . N.-Vorp. Mt. 25 (1894) xxiv-.
(Lecture experiment.) Aignan, — , ^ Chabot,

— . J. de Ps. 4 (1895) 321-.
Frot, — . C. B. 127 (1898) 609-.
Violle, J. [1900] Sc. Abs. 4 (1901) 595.
adiabatic relations of ether. Perman, E. P.,

Ramsay, W,, (£ Rose-Innes, J, [1896] Phil.

Trans. (A) 189 (1897) 167-.
apparatus. Konig, R. G. B. 55 (1862) 603-.
— . Neumann, E, C. 0. A. Ps. G. 128 (1866)

307-.
in enclosed space. Bosscha, J, Pogg. A. 92

(1854) 485-.
of explosion waves, chronographic measure-
ments. Smith, F, J. B. S. P. 45 (1889)

451-.
in gases. Zoch, L B. A. Ps. G. 128 (1866)

497-.
. Martini, T, Ven. I. At. (1892-93)

1113-.
, apparatus for. Wertheim, G. A. G. 31

(1851) 432-.
, and method of measuring wave-lengths.

Mayer, A, 3f. Am. J. Sc. 4 (1872) 425-.
solids by dust figures. Kundt, A.

A. Ps. G. 127 (1866) 497-.

— india-rubber by chronoscope. Stefan, J.
Wien Sb. 65 (1872) {Ab. 2) 419-.

— ivory. Ciccone, L.,<t Campanile, F. Nap.
Bd. 30 (1891) 187-.

in liquids, by longitudinal vibrations. Toscani,

C. N. Gim. 15 (1876) 233-.
7— membranous bodies. Melde, F, A. Ps. G.

45 (1892) 568-, 729-.
by method of coincidences. Bache, A, D. (vn)

Am. As. P. 5 (1851) 75-.
. Bosscha, J. Moigno Gosmos 21

(1862) 533-.
. Faye, H. A, E. G. B. 55 (1862)

521-.
. Kahl, E. Z. Mth. Ps. 9 (1864)

65-.
. Szathmdri,A. A. Ps. G. 2 (1877)

418-.
used by Fizeau for light. Nardroff, E. R,

van. [1900] N. Y. Ac. A. 13 (1900-01) 494-.

of Kundt. Szathmdry, A. (xn) Eolozs-

v4r Orv.-Term. T&rs. fits. [1] (1876) {Term.

Szak) [8]-.
. Schleiermacher, — . Karlsruhe

Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) (Sb.) 169-.
polyphonic echo. Basso, G. [1870]

Tor. At. Ac. Sc. 6 (1870-71) 52-.

— principles of hydrodynamics. Challis, J,
Ph. Mg. 34 (1849) 353-.

— reed pipes. Aignan, — , dt Chabot, — .
. [1893] Bordeaux S. Sc. Mm. 5 (1895) vii-.
of sounds of different pitch in gases and vapours.

Low, J. W. A. Ps. G. 52 (1894) 641-.
in steam. Neyreneuf, V. J. de Ps. 4 (1885)

550-.
by vibrations of compound bars. Stefan, J»

Wien Sb. 57 (1868) (Ab. 2) 697-.
of waves in elastic media. Emtage, W. T. A,

Ph. Mg. 31 (1891) 464-.
in wood. Ihlseng, M. C. [1877] Am. J. So.

17 (1879) 125-.

9340 Analysis of Compound
Soond-Waves.

MagHni, L. Mil. At. I. Lomb. 2 (1860) 322-.
Daguin, P. A. Toul. Mm. Ac. 3 (1865) 389-.
SehuUe, R. Ph. Stud. 14 (1898) 471-.
Air-columns, optical analysis of vibrations.

Tfipler, A., db Boltzmann, L. A. Ps. G. 141

(1870) 321-.
Analyser, acoustic. VaUrius, H. Brux. Ac.

Bll. 22 (1866) 221-.
Apparatus, Konig's. MiiUer, Joh. Freiburg

B. 5 (1870) {Heft 1) 126-.
Articulate vibrations, photographic records.

Blake, E; W. Am. J. Sc. 16 (1878) 54-.
Harmonic tones. Zantedeschi, F. Wien SB.

27 (1857) 284-.
Instrument, new. Daguin, P. A. Toul. Mm.

Ac. 5 (1867) 302-.
Musical notes, graphics. GelU, — . Par. S.

Bl. Mm. 50 (1898] {C.R,) 983-.
Objective analysis, aelicate. Lummer, O, Berl.

Ps. Gs. Vh. (1886) 66-.
Phonautograph (automatic registration of

sounds). Scott, E. L. G. B. 53 (1861) 108-.
— (Scott's). Lippich, F. Wien Sb. 50 (1865)

(Ab. 2) 397-.
— . Morey, C. A. Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 130-.

537

9400 Physical Basis of Music

Phonaatograph, experiments. Sehneebeli, H,
[1878] Neuch. 8. 8c. BU. 11 (1879) 802-.

— , — . PringshHm, E. Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh.
(1889) 43-.

— , new. Thompson, S, P. [1880] (xn)
Bristol Nt. 8. P. 8 (1882) 114-.

— , Osenbriiok's. Penaky, B, Z. Instk. 14
(1894) 404-.

Stroboscopio analysis. TUpler, A, A. Ps. 0.
128 (1866) 108-.

Yooal carves, analysis into harmonic partial-
vibrations. Hermann, L. [1900] Pfltig.
Arch. PI. 83 (1901) 33-.

— siren. Eiehhom, A, A. Ps. G. 39 (1890)
148-.

Wave siren. Kih^ig, R. A. Ps. G. 57 (1896)
339-.

THE PHYSICAL BASIS OF MQSIC
AND THE SENSATION OF SOUND.

9400 Oeneral.

Koch, A, J, Wien 8b. 61 (1865) {Ah, 2) 889-.
Mcuih, E. Z. Mth. Ps. 10 (1865) 425-.
Mayer, A. M. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 266-, 371-,

445-, 618- ; Am. J. 8o. 8 (1874) 241- ; 9

(1875) 267-; 12 (1876) 329-; 47 (1894) 1-,

134.
IzraUev, A. A, Mosc. 8. 8c. Bll. 41 (No. 2)

(1884) 58-.
Melde, F, Humb. 6 (1886) 289-, 449-.
Love, J. K. Glasg. Ph. 8. P. 20 (1889) 196-.
Gonsonants and musical instruments, analogy

between. Rouse, M. L. [1886] Gn. I. P. 4

(1887) 92-.
Delezenne's experiments. Meerens, C, [1869]

(xn) Lille 8. Mm. 7 (1870) 321-.
Fundamental law of acoustics, and contri-
butions to theory of acoustic instruments.

Schafhdutl IPellisov], C. E, Schweigger

J. 67 {=Jb. 7) (1833i 169-, 227-.
— laws of acoustics, ana definition of 8chall,

Ton and Knall. SchafMutl [PeUisov] , C. E.

8chweigger J. 69 (= J6. 9) (1833) 289-.
History. Mercadier,E. J. de Ps. 1 (1872) 109-.
Metronome, normal period for, as basis of

harmony. Saint- Saens, — . G. B. 102 (1886)

1630-.

MUSIC.

Qrati(tn, J. F. Batav. Gn. Vh. 6 (1792) 1-.
and colour, analogy. Oppel, J. J. (vi Adds,)
Frkf. Jbr. Ps. Vr. (1854-55) 47-.

, — . Durand, A. Les Mondes 6 (1864)

562- ; 7 (1866) 508- ; 8 (1865) 632-.

Barrett, W. F. Nt. 1 (1870) 286-.

Beas, F. Nt. 1 (1870) 384-.

Stuart, J. Nt. 1 (1870) 406.

Taylor, S. Nt. 1 (1870) 430-.

Okeley, W. S. Nt. 1 (1870) 657-.

Murphy, J. J. Nt. 1 (1870) 651-.

Preyer, W. T. Jena. Z. 6 (1870)

Musical Instroments 9410

and colour, analogy. Plisson, C. Santiago de

Ghile Un. A. 65 (1884) 195-.
-, comparative value. Bay, — . [1897]

I. Egypt. Bll. 8 (1898) 161-.
of colour and motion. Perry, J., dt AyrUm^

W. E. [1878] L. Ps. 8. P. 8 (1880) 18- ;

Ph. Mg. 7 (1879) 117-.
fundamental principles. Deleeerme, — . Lille

Mm. 8. (1848) 39-.
music a science of numbers. Chappell, W,

[1877] Nt. 17 (1878) 32-.
physical basis. Raymond, G. M. Gergonne

A. Mth. 1 (1810-11) 65-.
. Wemeburg, J, F, C. Kastner Arch.

Ntl. 3 (1824) 129-.

. Helmholtz,H. Mon. 8c. 7 (1865) 193-.

, Koenig's researches. Thompson, S. P.

[1890] Nt. 43 (1891) 199-, 224-, 249-;

R. I. P. 13 (1898) 206-.
teaching, new basis for. Ricard, — . 0. B.

109 (1889) 298-.
theory. Baudrimont, A. Bordeaux Mm. 8.

8c. 6 (1868) 279-.
— , disputed points. Stecker, K. Prag Sb.

(1889) (Mth.-Nt.) 216-.
— , mathematical. Olio, O, dall\ Mod. 8.

It. Mm. 9 (1802) 609-.
— , — . Safford, T. H. Gamb. (M.) Mth. M.

1 (1859) 308-.
— , — . Prevost, A. P. Bb. Un. Arch. 18

(1862) 281-.
— , philosophical and physical. Schubring, O.

HaUe Z. Nw. 30 (1867) 186-.

s.

876-.

Tones and sounds, nature. Botta, C. [1801]
Turin Mm. Ac. (1802-03) 191-.

9410 Musical Instruments.

Bell-mouthed instruments, theory. Larroque^

F. G. R. 129 (1899) 95-.
Glavicylinder and euphonium. Chladni, E.

F. F. Voigt Mg. 2 (1800) 150- ; J. de Ps. 68
(1809) 246-; Gilbert A. 69 (1821) 51-.

Euphonium, etc. Chladni, E. F. F. Tillooh
Ph. Mg. 2 (1798) 391- ; GUbert A. 76 (1823)
69-.

Glass harmonica, history. Schnyder von Mar-
tensee, X. Frkf. Ps. Vr. Jb. (1831) 174-.

Harmonium, double key-board. Gu^roiUt, G.

G. R. 74 (1872) 1188-.

— in just intonation. Planck, M. Berl. Ps.
Os. Vh. (1893) 8-.

— with mathematically exact scale. Blasema,
P. Rm. R. Ac. Line. Rd. 5 (1889) (Sem. 2)
342-.

— reeds, temperature efifect on pitch. Ellis,
A.J. R. 8. P. 31 (1881) 413-.

Harp, -Eolian. Young, M. [1784] Nichol-
son J. 3 (1800) 310-.

— , — . Langguth, C. A. Gilbert A. 15 (1803)
306-.

— , —. Prudlo, — Oken Isis (1834) 612-.

— , — , Basle. Chladni, E. F. F, Pogg. A. 8
(1825) 471-.

538

9410 Musical Instrnments

Harp, iBolian, theory. SchafhduU [PellUov],

C. E, Pogg. A. 19 (1880) 237-.
— , improvements. Olio^A, dalV. Mod. S. It.

Mm. 16 (1813) 159-.
— , telephone-. Gower, F. A, Tel. E. J. 7

(1878) 25^.
Keyed instrument for just intonation. PoUt W,

Nt. 44 (1891) 446-.
Keys of musical instruments, new oonstruotion

and arrangement. TrotUr, J. Nicholson

J. 33 (1812) 215-.
Lute, scholar's, Chinese. Lay, O, T. B. 8.

P. 4 (1841) 297-.
Lyre, organised. Ledhuy, A, Nicholson J.

19 (1808) 371-.

MECHANISM FOR PLAYING MUSICAL
INSTRUMENTS AND FOR RECORDING
MOTION OF KEYS.

Du Moneel, T. A, L. Lum. Elect. 3 (♦1881)

337-.
Binet, A., db Courtier, J, Par. S. Bl. Mm. 47

(1895) (C.R,) 212 ; Bv. Sc. 4 (1895) 5-.
Imha, J. A. Ck>n8. Arts et M4t. 9 (1897) 71-.
Electric musical apparatus. Magrini, L. Mil.

I. Lomb. Bd. 4 (1867) 349-.
. Monti, M, M. (xn) Bv. Sc.-Ind.

5 (1878) 134-.
Electricity applied to musical instruments.

Du Moncel, T. [A. L.] Cherb. Mm. S. So. 1

(1852) 243-.
Melograph (repeating). Carpentier, J. Lum.

&ect. 5 (*1881) 202- ; Par. S. Ps. S4. (1882)
161-.

— (Boncalli's). Kern, 0. Lum. Elect. 6
(•1882) 307-.

— . Carpentier, J. C. B. 104 (1887) 1502-.

— and melotrope (Carpentier). Dieudonn^, E,

Lum. :^lect. 26 (1887) 651-.
Melotrope. Carpentier, J. C. B. 104 (1887)
1604-.

Orchestra, automatic. Oregorio,A.de, Palermo

Ac. At. 3 (1895) {Sc. Nt.) 87-.
Organ (panharmonicon). Mdlzel, — . Gilbert

A. 26 (1807) 214-.
— , enharmonic, Listen's. Farey, J. Tilloch

Ph. Mg. 37 (1811) 278-; 39 (1812) 873-,

419-.
— t string. (Application of wind to string

instruments.) Hamilton, J. B. B. I. P. 7

(1876) 488-.
— , — , Hamilton's, mathematical theory.

Bosanquet, R. if. M. Ph. Mg. 49 (1875)

98-.
— , — , — , . Rayleigh, {Lord). Nt. 11

(1875) 808-.
— , — , — , sounds. Smith, Herm, Nt. 11

(1875) 425-.
Organs, construction. Ferroni, P. Mod. S.

It. Mm. 11 (1804) 383-.

— and pianos, Hawkes's, table of beats. Farey,
J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 37 (1811) 321-.

, keyboard, new system to facilitate

fingering. Olio,G.dalV. [1806] Mod. S. It.
' Mm. 13 (1807) 374-.

Pipes 9410

Piano, acoustic study. Kayser, E, Danzig

Schr. 8 (1875) {Heft 4) 17 pp.
— , iron rods to prevent warping of strings.

Presgrave, D. Beng. J. As. S. 4 (1885) 643-.

— and organ, possibility of combining advant-
ages. Stoney, G. J. Dubl. S. So. P. 4

(1885) 147-.

— , pedal for, Zacharia's. Schubring, G. Halle

Z. Nw. 42 (1878) 468-.
— , time of contact between hammer and string,

measurement. Wead, C. K. Am. J. Sc. 82

(1886) 866-.

PIPES.
{See also 9130.)

organ-, construction. Ekelund, A. W, Sk«

Nf. F. 5 (1847) 326-.
— , double metallic reeds for. Imbert, A. C.

B. 112 (1891) 488-.
— , stopped, and humming tops, etc. Smith,

Herm. Nt. 12 (1875) 145-.
— , tone making in. Smith, Herm. Nt. 10

(1874) 481-.

— , "Gamba" pipe. Smith, Herm.

Nt. 11 (1875) 325-.
pitch-pipes and flageolets, ancient Mexican

terra-cotta. Cresson, H. T. Am. Ntlist. 18

(1884) 498-.
having propulsive mode of action. Smith,

Herm. Nt. 13 (1876) 51 1-.
reed-. Neyreneuf, — . Caen Ac. Mm. (1897)

{Pt. 1) 8-.
— , construction and use. Weber, W. E. Pogg.

A. 16 (1829) 198-.
— , experiments. Weber, W, E. Pogg. A. 16

(1829) 415-.
— , theory. Weber, W. E. Pogg. A. 17 (1829)

198-.
— , — ." Helmholtz, H. Pogg. A. 114 (1861)

321-.

Polyphone, 2igang's. Ledeboer, P. H. Lum.

l&lect. 83 (1889) 122-.
String, musical, place of sound. Gough, J,

Nicholson J. 80 (1812) 821-.
Stringed instruments, bowed (Savart's treatise).

Biot, J. B. A. C. 12 (1819) 225-.
, — , faulty notes. Dien, A. C. B. 80

(1875) 429-.

— — , — , strings of. DeUzenne, — . Lille
Mm. S. (1858) 91-.

, communication of sound to air. Moon,

R. Ph. Mg. 48 (1872) 489-.
, harmonics. Svanberg, A. F, Stockh.

Ofv. 5 (1848) 29-.

, use of aluminium as sounding-board.

Springer, A. Am. As. P. (1891) 182.

— and wind instruments, theory. Weber, W.
E. Pogg. A. 28 (1883) 1-.

Telephone and microphone as musical instru-
ments. Mocenigo, {conte) G. (xn) Bv.
Sc.-Ind. 11 (1879) 121-.

Thermoharmonica. Marx, C. M. Schweigger
J. 49 {=Jb. 19) (1827) 132.

Tom-toms and cymbals, manufacture. Dareet,
J. P. J. A. C. 54 (1888) 331-.

539

9420 The Voice

Tom-toms and cymbals, manafaotore. Cham-
pirn, P., dt Eiche, A. C. R. 70 (1870) 85-.

Violin, aJmninium. Springer^ — . Nt. 50
(1894) 485.

— , — , segmental vibrations, increase. Springer ^
A. B. A. Bp. (1897) 564.

— bows, action. DunameU J' M. C. C. B.
8 (1836) 646-.

, — (Duhamel). Cauehy, A. L. C. B.

10 (1840) 855-.
— , harmonics. Grilelt C. A, A. Ps. G. 147

(1872) 627-.
— , sound-post. Howsotij R. Nt. 28 (1883)

269-, 300.
— , — , and proportional thickness of strings.

Huggins, W. B. S. P. 35 (1883) 241-.

— strings, motion. Helmholtz, H. [1860]
Glasg. Ph. S. P. 5 (1860-64) 17-.

^, unglazed porcelain. Kosmann, — . Bresl.

Schl. Os. Jbr. (1888) 21-.
Wind instruments, air pressure in human

lungs during performance on. Stone , IF. H,

L. Ps. 8. P. 1 (1876) 13- ; Ph. Mg. 48 (1874)

113-.
, bells of. Neyren^uft — . Caen Ac. Mm.

(1891) {Pt. 1\ 3-.
, Bernoulli's theory, proof. WheatstoM,

(Sir) C. B. A. Bp. (1831-82) 556.

9420 The Voice. Speaking
Machines.

Alphabet, Italian phonographic. Fautrier, P.

Ven. Aten. 1 (1878) 205-.
Articulate sounos, wave forms. Ewing, J. A.,

d' Jenkin, F, Edinb. B. S. P. 9 (1878) 582-,

714-.
Artificial production of deep tones analogous to

those of human voice*. Cagniard-Latour^ C,

C. B. 11 (1840) 703-.
Consonants. Hermann^ L. [1900] Pfliig.

Arch. PI. 83 (1901) 1-.
— . Lloyd, R. J. Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900)

219-.
— , curves. Hermann, L., db Matthias, F,

Pflug. Arch. PI. 58 (1894) 255-.
— , natural arrangement. Wedgwood, H, Ph.

Mg. 18 (1841) 363-.
— , phonographic study. Sutherland, A. [1878]

Vict. B. S. T. 15 (1879) 37-.
— , place in scale of tones. Bezold, — . Z.

Ohrh. 30 (1897) 114- ; Arch. Ot. 26 (1897)

383-.
— , spirate fricative. Lloyd, R. J. B. A. Bp.

(1898) 777-.
^— and the telephone. Blake, C. J. Am. J.

Ot. 1 (1879) 181-.
Harmonics in vocal tones, experiments on

intensity. DweUhauvers, F. V, Li^ge S.
- 8c. Mm. 16 a890) No. 6, 10 pp.
Music and declamation. Burja, — . Berl.

Mm. Ac. (1803) 13-, 32-.
Phonographic museums and archives. Azoulay,

L. Rv. Sc. 13 (1900) 712-.
Phonophotographic experiments. Hermann, L.

Pfliig. Arch. PI. 47 (1890) 347-.

Speaking Machines 9420

SPEAKING MACHINES.

(Faber's.) GarUl, C. M. J. de Ps. 8 (1879)

274-.
( — .) Bogoroditskil, V, A, (xn) Kazan 8. Nt.

{Pa.-Mth.) P. 1 (1883) {No, 7) 21-.
Gramophone. Houston, E, J. Franklin I. J.

125 (1888) 44-.
— . Berliner, E. Franklin I. J. 125 (1888)

425-; 140(1895)419-.

— (Berliner's). Karsten, G, [1891] Sohl.-
Holst. Nt. Vr. Schr. 9 (1892) 155-.

— and telephone records, methods of prepara-
tion. Houston, E. J. Am. Ph. 8. P. 25

(1888) 144-.

Graphophone. Chandos, R, Bv. Sc. 44 (1889)

—. Meidinger, — . D. N^ Tbl. (1889) 216.
— . Richard, G. Lum. Elect. 32 (1889) 858-.
— , improvements. Riley, C, V. C. B. 108

(1889) 1230- ; 109 (1889) 47.

— , Tainter's. Mereadier,E. A. T^l. 16 (1889)

61-.
Microphonograph. Dussaud, F. Arch. So. Pa.

Nt. 6 (1898) 362-; Par. S. Ps. S6. (1898)

79*-.

PHONOGRAPH.

Blake, C, J, Nt. 18 (1878) 249.

Swing, J. A., db Jenkin, F. Edinb. B. S. P. 9

(1878) 579-.
Preece, W. H. Tel. E. J. 7 (1878) 68-.
Forchhammer, G, Ts. Ps. C. 28 (1889) 289-.
Richard, G. Lum. ]&lect. 32 (1889) 306- ; 87

(1890) 509-, 557- ; 40 (1891) 51»-.
Johnstone, C. R, [1890] Sc. S. Arts T. 12

(1891) 355-.

STKendrick, J. G. Edinb. B. S. T. 88 (1897)

765-.
construction. Amans, — . As. Fr. C. B. (1899)

{Pt. 2) 268-.
— , types of gravers. Amans, — . As. Fr. C.

B. (1899) {Pt. 2) 271-.
cylinders, manufacture of material Amaru,

P. As. Fr. C. B. (1900) (Pt. 2) 434-.
Edison's. Fautrier, P. Yen. Aten. 1 (1878)

205-.

— Mayer, A. M. Nt. 17 (1878) 469-.

— . Cariati, G. Bv. Sc.-Ind. 20 (1888) 278-.
— . Anon. [1888] Nt. 39 (1889) 107-.
— . Janssen, J. C. B. 108 (1889) 883-.
— . Gouraud, — . C. B. 108 (1889) 841-.
— . Pacinotti, A. N. Cim. 26 (1889) 249-.
— . Pemet, J, Berl. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1889) 77-.
— . Wangemann, — . D. Nf. Tbl. (1889)

141-.
— , and similar apparatus. Hermann, — .

Kdnigsb. Schr. 33 (1892) [14]-.
form. Saint-Loup, L. Par. S. Ps. S^. (1879)

172-.
and gramophone. P. Elekttech. Z. 9 (1888)

58-.

— graphophone. Meidinger, — . [1888] Karls-
ruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896) (Sft.) 18-.

improvements. Dussaud, — . C. B. 128 (1899)
552-.

540

9420

The Voice and

Machines

9420

Lorenz's. Weinhold, ~. [1879] Chemnitz

B. (•1878-80) 82-.
load-speaking, Lioret's. CaiUetetf L, Par. S.

Ps. S^. (1897) 20»-.
mechanical writing with. Roig-TorreMf R,

As. Fr. C. B. (1879) 416-.
methods. Duaaud^ — . Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 8

(1899) 589-.
modifications. Amans, P. As. Fr. C. B. (1900)

{Pt. 2) 439-.
new. Amans, — . Chili S. So. Act. 6 (1896)

xcviii-.
physiological applications. Brit, Au. Camm*

B. A. Bp. (1896) 669-.

records, analysis of vowels from. Bevier^ L,

ijun,) Ps. Bv. 10 (1900) 193-.
— , microscopic observations. Frazer^ P, (jun,)

Am. Ph. S. P. 17 (1878) 531- ; Franklin I.

J. 75 (1878) 348-.
— , . Boeke, J. D. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 50

(1891) 297-; Edinb. B. S. P. 22 (1900) 88-;

Pflftg. Arch. PI. 76 (1899) 497-.
sound and speech waves. M^Kendrickj J. G.

[1896] Olasg. Ph. S. P. 28 (1897) 201-.
as standard source of sound. Lichtwitz^ — .

C. B. 109 (1889) 473-.

study of voice reproduced by. Marage, — . C.

B. 126 (1898) 1202.
tension diaphragm, new arrangement. Amantf

P.
tone

PI. 29 (1895) 583-.
and vowel theories. Swing, J. A.^ dt Jenkin,

F. Nt. 18 (1878) 167-.
— vowels. Swing f J. A,, dt Jenkin^ F. Nt.

18 (1878) 340-, 394-, 454-.

Beoording and reproducing phenomena of audi-
tion. Crot, C. C. B. 85 (1877) 1082-.

sounds. Mauro, P, Franklin I. J.

150 (1900) 35-.

Speech imitation, mechanical. WheaUUme,
(Sir) C. 6. A. Bp. (1835) 14.

, — . Froriep, L. F, von, Froriep Not.

5 (1838) 65-, 81-.

>. As. Fr. C. B. (1900) (Pt. 2) 43*2-.

e and curves. M^Kendrick, J. G, J. An.

Speech recorder, electric. Boudet de Pari$, M,

C. B. 88 (1879) 847-.
, — , Oentilli's. Crueroutf A, Lum. Elect.

3 (•1881) 359-.

, glossograph. GentiUi, A, Ztir. Vjschr.

38 (1893) 371-.
, logograph. Barlow, W. H, Pop. Sc.

Bv. 13 (1874) 278-; Par. S. Ps. S^. (1878)

172-.
, stenograph. Blake^ C, J. Am. J. Ot.

4 (1882) 190-.

Telegraphone. PouUen, V. C. B. 130 (1900)
1754- ; A. Ps. 3 (1900) 754-.

— or telephonograph, Poulsen's. Simony H, T,
Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1899-1900) 79-.

Telephone, acoustics of. ArmeUini, T, Bm.

N. Line. At. 31 (1878) 367-.
— , . Blake, C, J. Tel. E. J. 7 (1878)

247-.

— and phonograph. BouiUaud, C. C. B. 87
(1878) 473-.

Telephone and phonograph. Jamm, J, C,

Bv. Sc. 18 (1880) 790-.
— , shrill sounds on. Hagenbach-Bitchoff, S,

Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 1 (1878) 41-.
Telephonic transmission of speech. Loeht-

Lahye, L. de. Lum. illect. 15 (1885) 503-.

THE VOICE.

Liukoviui, K, F. S, Meckel Arch. 1 (1826)

116- ; 2 (1827) 175-.
Cagniard-Latour, C. Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1836)

81- ; (1838) 21-, 105-.
(Garcia's treatise.) Dutrochet, H, Froriep

Not. 18 (1841) 97-.
Cagniard-Latour, C, Par. S. Phlm. PV, (1842)

72-; (1846)29-.
Garcia, M, B. S. P. 7 (1854-65) 399- ; 0. B.

52 (1861) 654-.
Analysis by capillary electrometer. Bureh,

G. J, Nt. 50 (1894) 464.

— with photographic record. Muckey, F, 8,,
<Jt Hallock, W. Science 2 (1895) 352.

Apparatus for graphic record. Hensen, — . Z.

Bl. 23 (1887) 291-.
, Hensen's. WendeUr, P, Z. Bl.

23 (1887) 303-.
Audition of words, difficulties studied with

microphonograph. GelU, — . Par. S. Bl.

{Vol. JuHl,) (1899) 296-.
Difference in voices, physical cause. Stratico,

S, Mil. Mm. I. Lomb. Ven. 2 (1814-15)

171-.
Photography of wave-forms. Hermann, — .

Konigsb. Schr. 30 (1890) {Sb.) 32.
Pitch, limits. Stevens, W, he C, [1895] Ps.

Bv. 3 (1896) 230-.

— of speech. Paulsen, S, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 74
(1899) 570-.

Theory. Listing, J. B, D. Nf. Vsm. B. (1841)

149-.
— . Liskovitu, K. F. S. Pogg. A. 58 (1843)

100- ; 60 (1843)482-.
Ventriloquism. Gough,J, [1801-03] Manch.

Ph. 8. Mm. 5 (1802) 622-; Nicholson J. 5

(1803) 247-.
^ (Gough). Gilbert, L. W, GUbert A. 38

(1811) 110-.

VOWELS.

Danders, F, C. Bonders Arch. 1 (1858) 157-.
HelmholU, H. Bonders Arch. 1 (1858) 354-.
Grassmann, H. G. A. Ps. C. 1 (1877) 606-.
Auerbach, F, A. Ps. C. (Ergdru,) 8 (1878)

177-.
Charpentier, A, Nancy S. Sc. Bll. 6 (14* Ann,

1881) (1882) 5-.
Lloyd, R, J, Lpool. Lt. Ph. S. P. 44 (1890)

243-.
Hermann, L, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 48 (1891) 181- ;

61 (1895) 169-.
Hensen, V, [1896] Schl.-Holst. Nt. Vr. Sohr.

11 (1898) 11-.
Samojlov, A, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 78 (1899) 1-,

27-.
analysis. Loesche, — . Dresden Sb. Nt. Heilk.

(1868-69) 116-.

541

9420 Vowets Limits of Audition 9430

analysis of Frenoh. Monoyert — . G. B. 126

— , harmonic. ' Ewing, J, A., dt JenHn, F. 9430 Limits Of Auditioil aS Dd-

[1878] Edinb. R. s T 28 (1879) 745- pendent on Intensity and Pitch.

— , — . Lloyd, R. J. Edinb. R. S. P. 22 -^ -^

(1900) 97-. (See also 9500: Physiology 3533.)

— , Helmholtz'8. Herschel, A, S. Glasg. Ph. 'J OJ

8. P. 7 (1871) 417-. Mantigny, C. Brux. Ac. Bll. 15 (1848) {pU. 2)

— by photography. Merritt, E, Am. As. P. 878-.

(1892) 82-. Kfwrr, E, Pogg. A. 113 (1861) 320-.

— of very sharp. Doumer, E, G. B. 105 Love, J. K, Glasg. Md. J, 30 (1888) 137-,
(1887) 1247-. 218-.

curves, testing by Eonig's wave siren. Her- Eollettt A, Steierm. Mt. (1893) xlix-.

mann, L, Pfliig. Arch. PI. 48 (1891) 574-. Zwaardemaker, H. Utr. Prv. Gn. Aant. (1898)

English, instrumental production and musical 7- ; Z. Psychol. 7 (1894) 10-.

sequence. Potter, R, [1873] Gamb. Ph. RaylHgh, (Lord), [1897] B. I. P. 15 (1899)

S. P. 2 (1876) 306-. 417-.

graphic records. GellS, — . Par. S. Bl. Mm. Amplitude of just audible aerial waves. Ray-

62 (1900) {C.R,) 847-, 965-. leigh, [Lord), Ph. Mg. 38 (1894) 366-.
. Samqjlov, A. [1900] Pliste. Bs. 2 sound waves. Rayleigh, (Lord), [18771

(1900-02) 62-. B. 8. P. 26 (1878) 248-.

investigation by Edison's phonograph. Her- Binaural audition. Thompson, 8. P. Ph. Mg.

marm, L. Pflug. Arch. PI. 47 (1890) 42-. 4 (1877) 274- ; 6 (1878) 383- ; 12 (1881) 361-.

and natural tuning-fork. Kr'&nig, A, A. Ps. Gonstancy of perception of pure tones at limits

G. 167 (1876) 339-. of audition. Heinrich, W. [1900] Krk.

notes characteristic of. K»nig, R, G. B. 70 Ak. (Mt.-Prz.) Bz. 19 (1901) 41-; Grc. Ac.

(1870) 931-. 8c. Bll. (1900) 37-.

overtones. Lindeldf, L. L. Helsingf. Ofv. 12 Ear, sensibility. Savart, F. A. G. 44 (1830)

(1870) 162-. 337-.

production in singing. Lefort, J. Par. 8. Ps. — , — . KoMrausek, W. F, A, Ps. G. 7 (1879)

84. (1893) 8-. 336-.
whi^r. Lefort, J, G. B. 96 (1883) — , — to high and low musical tones. Fetsel,

1224-. F. Pogg. A. Ill (1860) 189-. 610-.

quality. Helmholtz, H, Miinch. (}elehrte Az. — , . Brunner, G. Z.

48 (1869) 637-. Ohrh. 13 (1884) 263-; Arch. Ot. 13 (1884)

— . Danders, F. C. Donders Arch. 3 (1863) 266-.

446-. Estimation by electric method. Jaeobson, L,

and reed organ.pipes. Willu,{Prof,)R. [1828- Arch. An. PI. (Pi. ilfr.) (1888) 189-.

29] Gamb. Ph. 8. T. 3 (1830) 231-. Inaudible sounds (by certam ears). WoUatUm,

synthesis. Preece, W. H., dt Stroh, A, B. 8. W, H. Phil. Trans. (1820) 306-.

P. 28 (1879) 368-. . Drew, S. Intel!. Obs. 7 (1866) 413-.

— . Marage, — . G. B. 130 (1900) 746-. Intensity of air motion near limits of audition,

theories. BeU, A, O. Am. J. Ot. 1 (1879) Tfipler, A,, dt BolUmann, L. A. Ps. C. 141

163-. (1870) 349-.

— . M'Kendrick, J, O. Edinb. B. 8. P. 22 — i comparative. Charpentier, A, Arch, de

(1900) 71-. PI. 2 (1890) 496-.

theory. Bourseul, — . J. de Ps. 7 (1878) 377-. — » measurement. Wien, M. A. Ps. G. 36

— . Pipping, H, Z. Bl. 31 (1895) 624-; (1889) 834-.

Helsingf. Acta 20 (1896) No. 11, 66 pp. — t variations and perception. Tischer, E,

— of formation. Marage, R. Par. 8. Ps. 86. Ph. 8tud. 1 (•1883) 495-.

(1900) 109-. Least number of vibrations for recognition of

— , Grassmann's. Auerbach, F. A. Ps. G. 4 pitch. Pfaundler, L. [1877] Wien Ak. Sb.

(1878) 608-. 76 (1878) (Ab. 2) 661-.

— . — . Lahr, J, A. Ps. G. 27 (1886) 94-. . Dolbear, A, E. Am.

— , Hehnholtz's. Qvanten, E, von, 8tockh. J. Ot. 2 (1880) 1-.

Ofv. 31 (1874) No, 6, 47-; A. Ps. G. 164 • <^ro»s, C, R. Am.

(1876) 272-, 622-. As. P. (1884) 114-.

— , — , phonograph experiments. Cross, C. R,, — — — — • Cross, C, JR., rf

d Wendell, G, V. Am. Ac. P. 27 (1893) Maltby, M, E. Am. Ac. P. 27 (1893) 222-.

271-. Limit for direct and reflected sound. Henry,

transmission by telephone and microphone. *^* Am. As. P. (1861) 42-.

Hermann, L, Pfliig. Arch. PL 48 (1891) duration of sound. Marangoni, C, <^

543-. ' "« ^ f VillaH, E, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd. 2 (1869)

wave forms. (Grum Brown's apparatus.) 719- ; (x) N. Gim. 1 (1869) 382-.

Ewing, J, A,, dt Jenkin, F, Edinb. B. 8. • ^«'^» — • ^^' S. Bl. Mm.

P. 9 (1878) 723-. 88 (1886) (C.R.) 38-.

. Jacobson, L. [1886] Arch.

Ohrh. 24 (1887) 39-.

542

9430 Limits of Audition

Limit for energy. Stefanini, A, N. Cinu 24

(1888) 218-.
intensity. Oppel, J, J, (xn) Frkf. a.

M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1879-80) 80-.
. Scripture t E, w. Am. J. Psychol.

4 (1892) 680.
. Toulouse, E,, d Va$ehide, N, C.

B. 130 (1900) 529-.
, lower, based on telephonic determina«

tions. Kovdes^L.^dt Kertitz^J, (xn) Orv.-

Term. Ets. 5 (1880) (Orv, Szak) 125-, 169-.

pitch (low). Savart,F. A. 0.47(1831) 69-.

. DeapreU, C. C. R. 20 (1845) 1214-.

. Auerbach.F. A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 591-.

(high). Blake, C, J. Am. J. Ot. 1

(1879) 267-.
(— ). Pauchon, E. [1883] Mntp.

Ac. Mm. 10 (1880-84) 481- ; G. B. 96 (1883)
1041-.

— — — (low). Schalk, W. C. L. van. Arch.
N^rl. 29 (1896) 87-.

(— ). Schaefer, K, L, Z. Psychol. 21

(1899) 161-.
(high). Schwendt, A, Gg. Int. Md.

G. B. (1900) {Vol. 13, OtoL) 135- ; Arch.

Ohrh. 49 (1900) 1-.
(— ), effect of intensity. Zwaarde-

maker, H. Z. Ohrh. 24 (1893) 303-.
(low), and musical application. Ap-

punn, A. Wet. Gs. Nt. B. (1887-89) 37-.
Limits of musical sounds, etc. Zantedezchi, F,

Wien SB. 25 (1867) 172-.
sounds of reeds and pipes. Zantedeschi,

F, Wien SB. 27 (1857) 257-
Phonometiy. Schafhdutl [PellUov], C, E,

Manch. Ab. 7 (1855) 499-.
Bange and acuity of audition. Oradenigo, G.

[1894] Z. Ohrh. 26 (1895) 163-.
Tones, high experimental and inaudible, rela-
tion to insect tones. Landois, — . D. Nf.

Tbl. (^1873) 57.
— , highest audible, estimation of wave-length

and number of vibrations. Schwendt, A.

Pfliig. Arch. PI. 75 (1899) 346-; 76 (1899)

189- ; Gg. Int. Nfd. C. B. (1900) {Vol 18,

Otol.\ 136-.

— produced by a limited number of impulses.
KoMrausch, W. F. [1879] A. Ps. 0. 10

(1880) 1-.
— , Tartini's, evidence that they are not sub-
jective but objective. Dove, H, W. Pogg.
A. 107 (1859) 652-.

Whistles (hydrogen). Galton,F, Nt. 27 (1883)

491- ; 28(1883)54.
— , Galton's. Klemeniii, J, [1900] Innsb.

Nt. Md. B. 26 (1901) vi-.
— , — , notes sounaed by. Shaw, W. N. Ap.

L J. 17 (1888) 181-.
— , — , very high tones with. Edelmann, T,

A. Ps. 2 (1900) 469-.

Quality of Muaical Tones 9450

9450 Quality of Musical Tones.
Consonance and Dissonance.
Chords. Physical Explanation
of Harmony.

(See also Physiology 3540-3555.)

9440 Modification of Vibrations
in Transit through the Ear.

Pitch, subjective lowering. Burton, C. V. L.
Ps. S. P. 13 (1895) 430- ; Ph. Mg. 39 (1895)
447-.

Mayer, A, M. Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 266-, 371-,

445-, 513- ; Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 241- ; 9

(1875) 267-; 12 (1876) 329-; 47 (1894) 1-.

134.
Analysis of tones. Kikiig, W, Frkf. a. M. Ps.

Vr. Jbr. (1894-95) 26.
Beats of consonances of form h:l, Bosanquet,

R. H. M. L. Ps. S. P. 4 (1881) 221- ; Ph.

Mg. 11 (1881) 420-, 492-.
Brass wind instruments as resonators. BlaikUy,

D. J. L. Ps. S. P. 2 (1879) 261- ; Ph. Mg.

6 (1878) 119-.
Chordometer and tonometer. Luca, P. A. de,

[1827] Mod. S. It. Mm. 20 (1828) (Mat.)

468-.
Chords, constitution and relations. EUU, A. J.

B. S. P. 13 (1864) 392-.
Consonance and dissonance, combination tones,

etc., experiments. Krueger, F. Ph. Stud.

16 (1900) 307-. 568-.
fusion of tones. Meyer, M. Z. Psychol.

17 (1898) 401- ; 18 (1898) 274-.
— (Meyer). Stump/, C. Z.

Psychol. 18 (1898) 294-.
musical quality. K'&nig, R, D. Nf. Tbl.

(1889) 199-.
— , theory. Preyer, W. T. Jena. Sb. (1878)

livii-.
— , — , Helmholtz's. Cross, C. R.,d Goodwin,

H. M. Am. Ac. P. 27 (1893) 1-.
— , — , — , Tyndall*s exposition. Taylor, S.

Nt. 1 (1870) 457-.
Consonant intervals, purity. Stump/, C, dt

Meyer, M. Z. Psychol. 18 (1898) 321-.
Cuckoo's cry considered acoustically. Oppel,

J. J. A. Ps. C. 144 (1872) 307 -.
Definition of tone. Ohm, G. S. Pogg. A. 62

(1844) 1-.

. Seebeck,A. Pogg. A. 63 (1844) 353-.

and production of tones by separate

impressions. Seebeck, A. Pogg. A. 63 (1844)

368-.
, — theory of siren. Ohm, G. S. Pogg.

A. 59 (1843) 513-.
Dissonance, theory. Barea, A. Padova Mm.

Ac. (1809) 184-.
Harmonic causation and harmonic echoes.

Smith, Herm. Nt. 8 (1873) 383-.

— division and consonating trichord. SchneU,
— . Arch. Mth. Ps. 68 (1882) 219-.

— effects, table, etc. Loquin, A, Bordeaux
Mm. S. Sc. 9 (1873) 297-.

— numbers (2*, 3^, 5^), role in physics. Piar-

ron de Monditir, A. S. Par. Ing. Civ. Bim.
(1881) (1) 276-.
Harmonics. Duhamel, J. M, C, C. B. 10
(1840) 12-.

543 •

9450 Musical Intervais

Harmonios. Mersenne^ P. N. A. Mth. 18

(1854) 482-.
— . Stumpf, C. A. Ps. C. 67 (1896) 660- ; 68

(1896) 208.
—y explanation. Jones, W, C, Nt. 29 (1884)

6-.

— and fundamental, Bimoltaneoas perception.
Greiss, C. B. A. Ps. C. 188 (1869) 688-.

— produced by reflection. Oppel, J. J. (xn)
Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1868-64) 70-;
(1886-87) 29-.

— vibrations of fundamental. K^ig,

R, A. Pa. C. 11 (1880) 867-.
Harmonies, natural. DtUUt, O, Bv. Sc. 6

(1883) 611.
Harmony, cause. Fcm de Bruno, F, Les

Mondes 9 (1866) 816-.
— , chromatic. BosHt G. Mil. Mm. I. Lomb.

Yen. 2 (1814-15) 277-.

— and discord, physical cause. Helmholtz, H,
(VI Adds,) D. Nf. Vsm. B. 84 (1868) 157-.

— , psycho-physical laws. Vigna, C, Ven. I.
At. (1888-89) 1278-.

— , psychophysiology. BonruU, G. Bv. Sc.
11 (1899) 660-.

— , quantitative applications of laws to funda-
mental facts. Mayer, A. M, Ph. Mg. 49
(1875) 864-.

— system, natural. Appunn, A, Wet. Gs.
Nt. B. (1889-92) 47-.

— of tones. Lehmann, — . [1898] £Larlsruhe
Nt. Vr. Vh. 18 (1900) (55.) 146-.

— — vocal tones. Henseti, V, Z. Bl. 28
(1891) 89-, 227-.

Intensity of sound, measurement. Wien, M.

A. Ps. C. 86 (1889) 834-.
Interrupted tones. Schae/er, K.L.,<tA braham,

0. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 83 (1901) 207-.
Minor keys, point in theory. Steiner, ( Oberlieut,)

J, Wien Az. 25 (1889) 177.
Music, dualism in acoustic basis. Schell, W.

[1887] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 10 (1888) (Ab.)

192-.
— , Helmholtz*s theory, and apparatus bearing

on. Appunn, G. (xn) Wet. Gs. Nt. B. (1863-

67) 73-.
Musical flow of water. WaUing, H. F. Am.

As. P. 22 (1878) 45.

MUSICAL INTERVALS.

Camu, A.,(S: Mercadier, — . C. B. 68 (1869)
801-, 424-; 73 (1871) 178- ; 74 (1872) 321-.

Quality of

Tones 9450

and harmonic intervals. GuSroult, G. C. B.

70 (1870) 1087-.
. Comu, A,,dt Mercadier, — . C. B.

70 (1870) 1168-.
Japanese. Veeder, (Rev,) P, V, Jap. As. S.

T. 7 (1879) 76-.
measurement. Radau, R, Mon. Sc. 9 (1867)

646-.
— Mercadier, E, As. Fr. C. B. 1 (1872)

801-.
— . Comu, A., dt Mercadier, — . C. B. 76

(1878) 481-.
nomenclature. Farey, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 49

(1817) 862-.
and vibration numbers, relation. GuirouU, G,

C. B. 74 (1872) 1830-.

Musical ratios and harmony. PooU, H, W.

Am. J. Sc. 46 (1868) 289-.
— system, prime seventh as an essential

element in. Poole, H. W, Camb. (M.) Mth.

M. 2 (1860) 10-.
Qualities, comparative, of metals, wood and

stone. Decharme, C. J, [1876-78] (xn)

M.-et-L. S. Ac. Mm. 84 (1878) 41-, 126-.

QUALITY OF MUSICAL TONES.

Haldat du Lys, C, N. A, de, Nancy Mm. S.

Sc. (1851) 76-.
Helmholtz, H, Heidi. Vh. Nt. Md. (1859-60)

57.
Brandt, J, F, Pogg. A. 112 (1861) 826-.
Squire, W, S. QJ. So. 2 (1865) 591-.
DiUcheiner, L, [1868] Wien Schr. 8 (1869)

837—.
Hoh, T. (xn) Bamb. Nf. Gs. B. (8) (1868)

16-.
Terquem, A, Bv. CJours Sc. 6 (1869) 722-.
KGfdg, R, A. Ps. C. 14 (1881) 369-.
Stevens, W, Le C, N. Y. Ac. T. 7 (1887-88)

238—
Bonnier, P, Par. S. Bl. Mm. 62 (1900) (C,R.)

300-.
Alteration of quality of sounds of siren. Ca^-

niard-Latour, C. Par. S. Phlm. PV. (1837)

120-.
Amplitude of sound waves. Rayleigh, (Lord),

[1877] B. S. P. 26 (1878) 248-.
Frequency required to produce a tone. Auer-

bach, F, A. Ps. C. 6 (1879) 591-.

Elliott, E, B. [1878] Smiths. Misc. Col. 20 , and audibility of single

(1881) Art. 2, 199-. (Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 2

(1880).)
analysis, diagram for. Eraser, A. Y. Edinb.

Mth. S. P. 6 (1888) 24-.
calculation (de Prenyls work). Delezenne, — .

Lille Mm. S. (1833) 65-.
— . Drobisch, M. W, Leip. Ab. Jablon. Gh9.

(1846) 87-.
— , erroneous (Bemetzrieder's). Farey, J.

TUloch Ph. Mg. 85 (1810) 176-.
expression, and Fisher's douzeave. Farey, J»

Silliman J. 2 (1820) 66-.
graphic representation. Pole, W. [1876] Nt.

18 (1876) 116. .

sound waves. Herroun, E. F.,db Yeo, G, F,

B. S. P. 50 (1892) 318-.
Helinholtz's principle. Ferraris, G, Tor. Ac.

Sc. At. 13 (1877) 287-.
— researches. Heidenhain, R. [1868] Bresl.

Schl. Gs. Jbr. (1859) 26-.
Influence of phase. K'dnig, R. A. Ps. C. 67

(1896) 655-.
. Hermann, L, A. Ps. C. 68 (1896)

391-.
Mongers principle. Resal, H, A. C. B. 79

(1874) 821-.
Phases and qualiW of tone ; beats and intensity.

Cross, C. JR. Am. As. P. (1884) 118-.

544

9460

AbBolnte PitoL Staadards Tuning-Forks 9460

Telephone and qualiiy of tone. Helmholtz^

H. L. F. vm, BerL Ak. Mb. (1878) 488-.
Tone production, conditions. Suheck^ A,

Pogg. A. 63 (1841) 417-.
Tones produced oy disoontinuoos impulses and

by siren. Terquem, A, Par. £o. Norm. A.

7 (1870) 269-; C. R. 73 (1871) 166-.
Vowels. Schneeheli, H. [1878] Neuch. S.

Sc. BU. 11 (1879) 357-.
— , sung. Pipping, H. Z. Bl. 27 (1890) 1-,

433-.

Beflection-tones, 2 cases. Oppely J, J. [1871]

A. Ps. C. 147 (1872) 369-.
Bhythm, general theory, and experimental in-
vestigation. Meumann, E. Ph. Stud. 10

(1894) 249-, 393-.
Sensations of melody. A brahamy 0. , dt Schfufer,

K. L. Z. Psychol. 20 (1899) 408-.
pitch, fading. Abraham^ 0, Z. Psychol.

20 (1899) 417-.
Sounos with dissimilar waves. Khnig, R, A.

Ps. C. 39 (1890) 403-.
Synthesis of tones and theory of vowels. KSrUg,

W. Frkf. a. M. Ps. Vr. Jbr. (1894-95)

27-.
Theory of tones and sounds. Barth, A. Z.

Ohrh. 17 (1887) 81-.
Variations of frequency of musical notes in

different harmonies. MUltzer, — . C. B.

112 (1891) 386-.

9460 Absolute Pitch. Standards

of Pitch.

ABSOLUTE PITCH.

Bayleigh, (Lord). [1877] Nt. 17 (1878) 12-.
Causes determining pitch. Savart, F, A. C.

75 (1840) 205-.
Determination, ancient. Oavi, O. Nap. Bd.

25 (1886) 106-.

— by harmonium. Rayleigh, (Lord), Nt. 19
(1879) 275-.

— , history. Schubring, — . Z. Nw. 58 (1885)
292-.

— for note sung. Hensen, V, von. Arch. An.
PI. {PI. Ab.) (1879) 155-.

— , stroboscopic. Mach, E. Wien Sb. 66

(1872) (Ab. 2) 267-.
— , — , by electromotor. Obermayer, A, von.

Wien Sb. 63 (1871) (Ab. 2) 249-.

— by vibroscope. Terquem, A. C. B. 78
(1874) 125-.

Experiments, Scheibler's. Muncke, O. W,

Pogg. A. 29 (1833) 381-.
Frequency, absolute, of tone, and dependence

of pitch on amplitude. Po$ke, F. A. Ps.

C. 152 (1874) 448-.
— , — , , measurement. Svanberg, A. F.

Stockh. Ofv. 6 (1849) 99-; Pogg. A. 82 (1851)

127-.
— , determination, optical, and a standard of

pitch. Chladni, E. F. F. GUbert A. 6

(1800) 1-.
History. EUis, A. J. Nt. 21 (1880) 550-.

Insects* velocity of flight, acoustic estimation.

Oppel, J. J. (xn) Frkf. a. M. Ps, Vr. Jbr.

(1860-61) 51-.
Metals and alloys, various, comparative pitch.

Decharme, C. J. de Ps. 6 (1877) 50-.
Organs, ancient pitch. Ellt$t A. J. [1878]

Nt. 19 (1879) 171-.

— and orcnestras. Delezenne, — . Lille Mm.
S. (1854) 1-.

Philharmonic pitch. Hipkins, A, J. Nt. 60

(1899) 421-.
Bise of pitch from Louis XIV to present day ;

necessity for adopting a standard. Liuajom^

J. Par. Bll. S. Encour. 54 (1855)293-.
Skating, pitch of note. TWr, A. W. Nt. 39

(1889) 326.
Timing-fork test. Dennert, H, Arch. Ohrh.

43 (1897) 276-.

STANDABDS OP PITCH.

National standard. Loudon, J. [1889] Cn.

B. S. P. A T. 7 (1890) (Sect. 3) 11-.
Pitch in Boston, U.S.A. Cross, C. R.,dt Miller,

W. T. Am. J. Ot. 2 (1880) 249-.
Vienna conference for uniform pitch. Blasema,

P. Bm. B. Ac. Line. Bd. 1 (1885) 795- ; 2

(1886) (Sem. 1) 71-, 307-, 421- ; 3 (1887)

(Sem. 2) 109-.
. Grassi-Landif B. Bm, N.

Line. Mm. 2 (1887) 69-.

TUmNQ-FORKS.

(See also 9110.)

Meerens, C. [1876] Gen. I. Nt. Bll, 22 (1877 )

187-.
Soret, J. L. Arch. Sc. Ps. Nt. 13 (1885) 47-.
adjustment of pitch. Reichel, C. (xn) Z.

Instk. 3 (1883) 47-.
comparison and standardising. Orashof, — .

[1889] Karlsruhe Nt. Vr. Vh. 11 (1896)

{Sb.) 34-.
French ''diapason normal '* and Kdnig's forks.

EllU, A. J. Nt. 16 (1877) 85, 227 ; 17 a878)

26.
(Ellis). K»nig,R. [1877] Am.

Ph. S. P. 17 (1878) 80-.
, Scheibler*8 forks, etc. CavailU-CoU,

A. Nt. 18 (1878) 381-.
, , — (Cavaill^-Coll). Ellu, A. J.

Nt. 18 (1878) 381-.
frequency determination, Clarke, G. 5., dt

McLeod,H. [1879] PhU, Trans. 171 (1880)

1-.
. Michelson, A. A. Am. J. Sc. 25 (1883)

61-.
. Ellis, A. J. Nt. 33 (1886) 54-.

— — , absolute. Oppolzer, T. (RitUr) von,
Wien Az. 23 (1886J 82-.

, — , ancient. Govt, G. C. B. 51 (1860)

450-.
, — , by Hipp's chronoscope. Lang, V,

von. [1885] Wien Az. 22 (1885) 221- ;

Exner Bpm. 22 (1886) 129-.

— — , — , and simple chronoscope. Mayer,
A. M. Wash. Nat. Ac. Mm. 3 (Pt. 1) (1885)
45-, (Pt. 2) (1886) 167-.

VOL. III.

545

MM

9470

Scales. Temperament

9470

frequency, temperature efifect. Clarke, G. S.,

d McLeod, H. [1879] Phil. Tranfli 171

(1880) 11-.
— , . Kayser, H, A. Pb. C. 8 (1879)

444-.
— , . Mercadier, E. C. R. 90 (1880)

980-.
— , . Pierpaolif N. Rm. B. Ac. Line.

Bd. 4 (1888) (Sem. 1) 714- ; 5 (1889) (Sem. 2)

265-.
— , , and effect of electric driving. Shearer ,

J. S, Ps. Rv. 1 (1894) 291-.
.KOnig's, and electric register. Cooley, Le R, C,

Franklin I. J. 74 (1877) 199-.
standard. K&nig, R, A. Ps. C. 9 (1880) 394-.
— , frequency. Rayleigh, (Lord), dt Siagwick,

E. M. (Mrt, H.) [1882] Phil. Trans. 174

(1884) 316-.
— , — , absolute determination. Leman, A,

Bed. Ps. Gs. Vh. (1890) 9-. 67-.
— , Italian. PierpooZt, if. Bm. B. Ac. Line.

Mm. 7 (1891) 200-.
— , — , temperature coefficient for. Pierpaoli,

N. Bm. B. Ac. Lino. Mm. 3 (1899) 178-.
— , at Physik.-Techn. Beichsanstalt, and abso-
lute determination of frequency. Leman, — .

Z. bistk. 10 (1890) 77-, 170-, 197-.
—, Russian, frequency. Wild,H. [1885] St.

P^t. Ac. Sc. Bll. 30 (1886) 132-.
tuning-plate as substitute for, at high pitches.

Melde, F. A. Ps. G. 66 (1898) 767-.

9470 Scales. Temperament.

SCALES.

Munek of Roientchdld, P. S. Stockh. Ofv. 5

(1848) 207-.
DeUzenne, — . LUle Mm. S. (1855) 180-.
Herichel, (Sir) J. F. W. QJ. Sc. 6 (1868) 388-.
P/aundler, L. Steierm. Mt. (1895) xlvi-.
accidentals of given. Lefebvre, P, C. B. 114

(1892) 538-.
anharmonic. Polignac, E, de. G. B. 118

(1894) 1412.
Arabian. Wead, C. K, Am. As. P. (1899)

96.
and chords, origin. D., J, Bv. Sc. 11 (1899)

694-.
, theory. Vincent, A, J, H, G. B. 41

(1855) 808-, 1116-, 120&-.
continuous series of tones. Bezold, F. [1893]

Z. Ohrh. 25 (1894) 66-.
diatonic. Wildt, F. C, D. Oken Isis (1833)

559-.
— , analysis. W., C. J. {jun.) Franklin I. J.

43 (1862) 175-, 232-.
— , double, and enharmonic keyboard. Poole,

H. W. Am. J. Sc. 44 (1867) 1-.
-— , genesis, etc. BotUroux, L, Bv. Sc. 13

(1900) 289-, 326-, 359-.
— , theory. Beltrami, E, Mil. I. Lomb. Bd.

15 (1882) 61-.
enharmonic. Bertha, A.de, G. B. 118 (1894)

1137- ; 119 1894)56.

enharmonic, Greek. Olio, G. daW. Mod. S.

It. Mm. 10 (1803) 634-.
— , Listen's. Farey, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 49

(1817) 442-.
evolution. D., J. Bv. Sc. 13 (1900) 571.
the gekkin (Ghinese musical instrument). Du

Boi8, F. Jap. As. S. T. 19 (1891) 369-.
genesis. Faa de Bruno, F. Les Mondes 9

(1866) 583-.
geometrical analogies. Magrini, L. A. So.

Lomb. Yen. 10 (1840) 119-.
Bitter, E, Oen. I. Nt. Mm. 8 (1861-62)

43 pp.
graphical representation, used in teaching.

Michalitschke, A. Lotos 40 (1892) 11-.
Greek music. Milnchow, K, D, von, Kastner

Arch. Ntl. 3 (1824) 142-.
and harmony, mathematical theory. PiUaut,

L. Bv. Sc. 35 (1885^ 5-.
, psychophysiological origin. Bonnal, O,

Bv. Sc. 11 (1899) 560-.
Hindoo. Botanquet, R, H, M. B. S. P. 25

(1877) 540- ; 26 (1878) 372-.
history. Libert, J. Finist. S. Sc. BIL 9 (1887)

22—
— . Wead, C. K. Smiths. Bp. (1900) (U. S.

Ms. Bp.) 417-.
— , and mediaeval organ pipes. Wead, C K*

Am. As. P. (1899) 96-.
Hungarian, acoustically considered. Mohndr,

O. Mth. Termt. ilts. 18 (1900) 87-.
Japanese. Knott, C. O. Jap. As. S. T. 19

(1891) 373-.
modem. Goodwin, H. [1867] Gamb.Ph. 8.

P. 2 (1876) 64-.
musical moaes, number. Delezetme, — . LiUe

Tr. (1826-27) 57-.

— notation. Loquin, A. Bordeaux Mm. S.
Sc. 8 (1870) htviii-.

, new. Patterson, R, [1788] Am. Ph.

S. T. 3 (1793) 139-.
, — . Baudrimont, A. Bordeaux Mm.

S. Sc 8 (1870) xciv-.
, — . Tillmann, S. D, Am. As. P. 19

(1870) 70-.
natural laws of music. Ettingthatuen, A, von.

Wien SB. 12 (1854) 464-.

— and tempered, comparison. Loeb, M. Am.
As. P. (1894) 111.

new, Antolik's. Kaadh, P. Orv.-Termt. its.

(Termt. Szak) (1894) 284-.
non-harmonic, tonometry. EUis, A. J., dt

Hipkint, A. J. B. S. P. 37 (1884) 36a-.

NUMERICAL EVALUATION.

Delezenne, — . Lille Tr. (1826-27) 1-.
Chamousset, — . (vi Adds.) Majocchi A. Fis.

C. 24 (1846) 106- ; (i) At. Sc. It. (1847)

264-.
Gyory, S. (in) Mag. Ak. Ats. (1853) 203-.
Berthaud, — . [1867] (xn) Doubs S. Mm. 3

(1868) 41-.
Matzka, W. Prag Ab. 11 (1882) (Mth.) (No. 7)

31 pp.
Thomson, J. H. Dubl. S. Sc. P. 4 (1885) 152-.
calculation. Gy'dry, S. (xn) Mag. Ak. ilts.

(1856) 217- ; (1857) 28-.

546

9470

Scales. Temperament

9470

ealoaUtion. Sehuhring, O. Halle Z. Nw. 27

(1866) 485- ; Z. Mth. Ps. 18 (1868) (Siqtpl.)

105-.
— . MaUka, W. Png Ab. 2 (1888) 2^o. 6,

19 pp.
— . BerdelU, C. As. Pr. 0. R. (1897) (Pt. 2)

198-.

— of ohromatio scale. Delbontf, J. Brox. Ac.
. Bll. 21 (1866) 3S9-.

by dividing fundamental bj 8 and 9. Hirzel,

H. Am. As. P. (1850) 876-.
intervals, ohromatio (as song). BidatUt^ — .

C. R. 80 (1875) 1599-.
— , diatonic, and consonances. Schlegel, V,

Z. Mth. Ps. 18 (1878) 208-.
— , logarithmic. Munck of RoienschUldf P. S,

Lund Phys. Sallsk. Ts. 1 (1887) 19-.
sharps and flats, rule for values. Girault, — .

Rouen Tr. Ao. (1850-51) 69-.

origin. WaUasehek, R. Wien Ak. Sb. 108

(1899) {Ah, 2a) 905-.
pentatonio, etc., in Scottish music. Neaves,

— . [1871] Bdinb. R. S. P. 7 (1872) 882-.
perfect, on fixed-tone instruments. Ellii,A,J,

R. S. P. 13 (1864) 98-.
and prismatic spectrum. Huston, D, Thom-
son A. Ph. 4 (1814) 254-.
Pythagorean Comma. Zocht J. B, Carl Rpm.

18 (1882) 748-.
R6. . DeUzenne, — . Lille Nfm. 8. (1851) 1-.
— . HerUn, T. (xn) LiUe S. Mm. 5 (1868)

885-.
fuid teaching of physics. MathicUf — . Toul.

Ao. So. BU. 1 (1898) 254-.
tempered, chemical analogies. DooHttUt M. H.

Smiths. Misc. Col. 88 (1888) Art, 2, 27-.

(Wash. Ph. S. Bll. 7 (1885).)
theoretical. Chicandard, O. As. Fr. C. R.

(1891) (Pt. 2) 801-.

— deduction. Chieandard,.0, As. Fr. C. R.
. (1897) (Pt. 2) 248-.

theory. Vincent, A.J.H. Par. S. Phlm. PV.
(1888) 89-, 101-.

— . Bitter, ±IU, Arch. So. Ps. Nt. 26 (1866)

— . Bozi, C. Les Mondes 10 (1866) 705-.
— . Bohin, P.. Par. S. Ps. S4. (1886) 15-.

— and calculation. SehuMng, G. Halle Z.
Nw. 82 (1868) 65-, 415-.

— , geometric. Michel, C. Les Mondes 10

(1866) 564-; 11 (1866) 54-.
tone system, new. Munck af BoaenschUld, P. S.

Stockh. Ak. Hndl. (1847) 1-.
transposing dial. Henry, L. d\ [1861] (xn)

Lille S. Mm. 9 (1868) 188-.
transposition of music. DeUzenne, — . Lille

Mm. S. (1858) 24-.

TEMPERAMENT.

Fisher, A, M. Silliman J. 1 (1818) 9-, 176-.
Hansteen, C. Mg. Ntvd. 8 (1828) 45-.
BdmholU, H. Heidi. Vh. Nt. Md. (1859-60)

73-.
Derfel, J. A. Ps. C. 184 (1868) 298-.
Basanquet, B. H. M. Ph. Big. 48 ^1874) 507- ;

50 (1875) 164-.

Equal temperament. Farep, J. Tilloch Ph.

Mg. 28 (1807) 65-; 49 (1817) 860-.

. Clarke, C. B. Nt. 27 (1883) 240.

. Cross, C.B, Am. Ac. P. 21 (1886) 499-.

. , and effect of key. Stoney, G, J. Dubl.

S. So. P. 4 (1885) 59-.
, major and minor modes in. Bicard, P.

C. R. 90 (1880) 1547-.
Instrument for control of tuning other than

equitempered. Bosanquet, JR. H. M. R. S.
. P. 21 (1878) 131-.

Instruments with fixed tones. EUiSf A. J.
. R. S. P. 13 (1864) 404-.
~, keyed. Hawkes, W. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 28

(1807) 304-.
Intonation, improvements. EUis, A. J, Nt.

15 (1877) 475-.
— , just. Bosanquet^ B. H, M, R. S. P. 21

(1878) 181-.
— , — . Clarke, (Col.) A. B, Nt. 15 (1877)

159-, 253, 353-.
— , — , etc. ChappeU, W. Nt 15 (1877) 196-,

291-, 480.
— , — . Poole, H. W. Am. J. 8c. 15 (1878)

859-.
— , — , in instruments vrith fixed tones. ' EUis,

A. J. [1874] R. S. P. 23 (1875) 8-.
^, perfect. Poole, H,W, Silliman J. 9 (1850)

68-. 199-.

— and temperament. Holton, J, F, N. T. A.
Lyceum 4 (1840) 505-.

— , true, illustrated by voice - harmonium.
Brown, C. B. A. Rp. (1876) (Sect,) 46-.

Monochord with spiral bridges for representa-
tion of all intervals. Michalitschke, A.
Lotos 42 (1894) 33-.

Musical intervals, measurement on spiral pro-
jection. Tillmann, S, D. Am. As. P. 16
(1867) 27-.

Piano system of constant harmony. Ldborde,
— . Par. BU. S. Enoour. 50 (1851) 146-.

Pitch determination and temperament. Dro-
Useh, M, W, [1852] Leip. Ab. Mth. Ps. 2
(1856) 1-; 8(1857)1-.

— and temperament. Sehubriny, G. Halle
Z. Nw. 38 (1871) 258-.

. Drohisch, Af. W, Leip. Mth. Ps. B.

29 (1877) 1-.
Scientific determination. Drobisch, M. W,
. Pogg. A. 90 (1858) 358-.
Sonometer, equable, experiments with. Astolfi,

(Prof.) 0. Rm. At. N. Lino. 24 (1871) 287-.
— , organ pipe. Stevens, W, he C. Franklin

I. J. 84 (1882) 84-.

— for tuning instruments with fixed tones.
MagHni, L. Mil. At. I. Lomb. 1 (1858)
386-.

Systems. Bosanquet, JR. ff. M, [1874] R. S.

P. 23 (1876) 390-.
Tagliavini's doctrine. Schiassi, P. Bologna

N. Cm. 2 (1836) 20-.
Theorems. Farey, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 86

(1810) 39-, 374-; 88 (1811) 434-.
Tonometry, new system. Luca, P. A, de.

[1842] Nap. At. Ac. 5 (1843) {pU. 2) 323-.
Tuning, Armellino's method. Qyiry, S, (xn)

Mag. Ak. Ets. (1859) {Suppl,, Mth. Term.)

186-.

547

MM 2

9500 Physiological Acoustics, General 9500

Toning, experiment, explanation. Merriekf A, Fluids, acoustic phenomena in. Kayter, 22.
Tilloch Ph. Mg. 37 (1811) 868-. [1899-1900] Z. Ohrh. 87 (1900) 217-.

— gaitar without nse of ear. Bary, E, L'l. Fusion of sounds. BoUon^ T, JL. Am. J.
3 (1835) 167-. Psychol. 5 (1893) 294-.

— instruments with fixed tones. Stanhope^ C, Intensity, recognition of differences in. AngeU,
(Earl of), TUloch Ph. Mg. 25 (1806) 291-. F, Ph. Stud. 7 (1892) 414-.

. Farey^J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. Perception of direction of sound source. Qcugh^

26 (1806) 171-. J. [1801] Manch. Ph. S. Mm. 5 (1802) 622-.
(Stanhope). Farey, J. Tilloch . Purkyni, J, E. (vin) D.

Ph. Mg. 27 (1807) 191- ; 28 (1807) 140-. Nf. B. 37 (1862) 222-.
. Farey, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. . Bayleigh, (Lord). Nt. 14

27 (1807) 313-. (1876) 32-; Ph. Mg. 3 (1877) 466-.
(Farey). Stanhope, C. {Earl of). . Gray, A. A. Edinb. B.

TUloch Ph. Mg. 28 (1807) 143-. S. P. 21 (1897) 443-.

. Farey, J. Tilloch Ph. Mg. sounds. Dowden, R. NH. Rv. 2 (1855)

29 (1807) 345-; 30 (1808) a-. (P.) 29-.

(Callcott*s pamphlet) (Farey). . Brileke, E. [1884] Wien Ak. Sb,

Stanhope, C, (Earl of)s Tilloch Ph. Mg. 30 90 (1885) (Ab. 3) 199-.

(1808) 34-. . Hemen, V, Arch. Ohrh. 23 (1886)

(Stanhope). Farey, J. Tilloch 69-.

Ph. Mg. 33 (1809) 292-. . Kessel, — . D. Nf . Tbl. (1887) 830.

— , Eimberger's and isotonic systems, table of . Le Conte, J*. Science 10 (1887)

beats in. Smyth, C. J, Tilloch Ph. Mg. 35 312.

(1810)448-; 36(1810)435-. (theory). Hermann, — . Kdnigsb.

— , , (Smyth). Merrick, Schr. 35 (1895) [3}-.

A. Tilloch Ph. Mg. 37 (1811) 111-. . Dennert, H. Arch. Ohrh. 41 (1896)

109-.

(very short). Abraham, 0., d BrUhl,

L. J, Z. Psychol. 18 (1898) 177-.

PHT8I0L06IGAL ACOUSTICS. of least intensity, peculiarity. . Ur-

(5e. aiw Physiology 2763, 4141. (^6^625?: ^' '""' ^^' ^^' ^*'' ^^

3500-3590.) Physics and esthetics, inter-relationshipe.

Soret, J, L. Sch. Nf. Os. Vh. (1885-86) 1-.

9500 General ^'tk!^^^!?!^^^^

(See also 9430.) (1897) (C R.) 652-.

— , . Bonnier, P, Par. S. Bl. Mm.

Mayer, A. M, Ph. Mg. 48 (1874) 266-, 371-, 49 (1897) (C. R,) 678-.

445-, 513- ; Am. J. Sc. 8 (1874) 241- ; 9 — , variation, least perceptible. Scripture^

(1875) 267-; 12 (1876) 329-; 47 (1894)1-, 134. E. W. Am. J. Psychol. 4 (1892) 579-.

Audition, experiments. WheattUme, (Sir) C. — , — , perception. Stem, L. W, Z. PsychoL

QJ. Sc. (1827) (Pt. 2) 67-. 11 (1896) 1- ; 21 (1899) 360-; 22 (1900) 1-.

Auditory acuity. Levy, —. D. Nf. Vh. (1893) — , — , sensibility to. Luft, E. Ph. Stud. 4

(Th, 2, H&lfU 2) 251-. (1888) 511-.
. OelU, — . Par. S. Bl. Mm. 46 (1894) — , — , small. Meyer, M. Z. Psychol.

(C. R.) 70-. 16 (1898) 352-.
, instruments to test. Bezold, — . [1890] Sensation of musical intervals. Schiwhmdnow,

Z. Ohrh. 21 (1891) 121-. I. Ph. Stud. 5 (1889) 55^-.

— — , measurement. Knapp, — . D. Nf. . Stumpf^ C, Z. Psychol. 1 (1890)

Tbl. (1885) 311-. 419- ; 2 (1891) 266-, 426, 438-.

, — (Knapp). Bezold, — . D. Nf. Tbl. . Engel, G. Z. Psychol. 2 (1891)

(1885) 312-. 361-.
, testing. Thomson, W. Am. As. P. . Lorenz, C. Ph. Stud. 6 (1891)

(1884) 120-. 26-.
, tuning fork tests. Barth, A. Z. Ohrh. (Stumpf). Wundt, W. Ph. Stud.

17 (1887) 106- ; Arch. Ot. 16 (1887) 248-. 6 (1891) 605- ; 7 (1892) 298-, 638-.
, . Schmiegelow, E, Arch. Ohrh, Sensations of tone. Miiller, J, J. Leip. Arb.

47 (1899) 164-. PI. Anst. (1871) 1-.
, (Schmiegelow). Bezold, — , dt , analysis. Mach, E, Wien Ak. Sb.

Edelmann, — . Arch. Ohrh. 49 (1900) 8-. 92 (1886) (Ab. 2) 1288-.
, (Bezold A Edelmann). Schmie-- — — — , fusion. Buch, E, Ph. Stud. 15

gelow, E. Arch. Ohrh. 50 (1900) 32-. (1900) 1-, 183-.
Constant blast for acoustic purposes. Scripture, * Helmholtz*s theory. Moot, S. Viroh.

E. W. Am. J. Psychol. 4 (1892) 582-. Arch. 31 (1864) 125-.

Development of physiological acoustics. Hoh, Similar simultaneous note on various instru-

T. (zn) Bamb. Nf. Os. B. (11) (1876) ments, intensity of sensation. Kool, C. J.

(Pt. 2, No. 1) 109 pp. Laus. S. Yd. Bll. 31 (1895) xxiii-.

548

9510 Action of the Vocal Orgrans

Telephone, aomnetrio use. Preyer, W, T*

Jena. Sb. (1879) 45-.
Train in motion, effect of speed on sonnd pro-

duced within it. Cauderay, H, Laos. BU.

S. Yd. 8 (1864-65) 849-.
, (Cauderay).

Dufour, L, [1865] Laos. BU. S. Yd. 9

(1866-68) 98.
Timing fork, apparatus to record vibrations,

and to measure hearing. Bezoldt F,, dt

Edelmann, — . Arch. Ohrh. 45 (1898) 109- ;

Z. Ohrh. 38 (1898) 174-.

9510 Arrangement and Action of
the VoccJ Cretans.

(See 9420.)

Articulation and the logograph. Barlow, W, H,

[1878] Dubl. S. Sc. P. 2 (1880) 153-.
— , measurement. Lloyd, R. J. Lpool. Lt.

Ph. S. P. 45 (1891) 139-.
Glottis, superior lips, rdle in voice emission.

Cagniard-LaUmr, C. Par. S. Phlm. PY.

(1837) 86-.
Lajynz, mechanism. Willi$, {Prof,) R, [1829]

Camb. Ph. S. T. 4 (1833) 323-.
Membranes, vibrating, and vocal organs.

MiOler, C. Marb. Schr. 11 {Ab. 2) (1877)

99-.
Mouth-cavity, resonance. Auerbach, F. A.

Ps. C. 3 (1878) 152-.
Phonetic transcription, Briicke's method.

Preyer, W, T. (vm) Oestr. Wschr. 2

(1863) 193-.
Phonetics. Latham, JR. Q. Ph. Mg. 18 (1841)

124-.
— . Lenz, R, Santiago de Chile Un. A. 81

(1892) 901- ; 82 (1892) 837-; 85 (1893)

231-.
— , Briicke's system. Kudelka, J, Wien SB.

28 (1858) 3-.
_, (Kudelka). BrUcke, E. Wien SB.

28 (1858) 63-.
Photography of human organs of speech.

Beregszdazy, J, Wien Pht. Cor. 23 (1886)

364-.
. Stein, S. T. Wien Pht.

Cor. 23 (1886) 461-.
Trachea, air pressure in. Cagniard-Latour, C.

C. R. 4 (1837) 201-.
Yoice, mecnanism. Savart, F, A. C. 30

(1825) 64-.
— , — . Cagniard-Latour, C, Par. S. Phlm.

PY. (1836) 12-.
— , — , influence of pitch of tuning fork.

Biihop, J, Ph. Mg. 28 (1864) 349-.
— , pneumatic action produced by. Barlow^

W. H, R. S. P. 22 (1874) 277-.

— production. Chladni, E. F, F. Gilbert
A. 76 (1824) 187-.

— , — of musical sounds by. Purser, F,
[1873] Dubl. S. J. 6 (187^ 483-.

— — and photographs of vocal chords in
action. Muckey, F. 8,, dt HaUock, W,
Science 2 (1895) 352.

Action of the Ear 9520

Yowels and hearing. Hermann^ — . Kdnigsb.

Schr. 31 (1891) (56.) 27-; 32 (1891) {Sb.)

15-.
— , method of production. Qvanten, E, von,

Helsingf. Ofv. 33 (1891) 1-; Fschr. Ps. (1891)
{Ab. 1) 408-.
— , theory of formation. Marage, R. Par. S.
Ps. S^. (1900) 109-.

9520 Arrangement and Action
of the Ear.

Audibility of single sound waves. Herroun,

E. F., dt Yeo, G. F. R. S. P. 50 (1892) 318-.

A UDITION.

binaural. Newton, J, Lpool. Md. Chir. J. 2

(1858) 54-.
— . Le Roux, F. P. C. R. 80 (1875) 1073-.
— . Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 4 (1877) 274-;

6 (1878) 383- ; 12 (1881) 351- ; As. Fr. C. R.

(1878) 328-.
— (theory). Steinhauser, A. Ph. Mg. 7 (1879)

181-, 261-.
— . BeU, A. G. Am. J. Ot. 2 (1880) 169-.
~. Bloch,E. Z. Ohrh.24(1893)25-; Aich.

Ot. 24 (1895) 166-.
— , and bmocidar vision. Dove, H. W. Berl.

B. (1841) 251-.
— , — direction of sound. Pinto, L. [1881]

(xn) Nap. Ac. Pont. At. 15 (1883) (Pt. 1) 1-.
mechanism. Larroque, F. C. R. 130 (1900)

119-, 359-.
in pigeons deprived of ear labyrinth. Wundt,

W. Ph. Stud. 9 (1894) 496-.
. Bernstein, J. Pfliig. Arch.

PI. 61 (1895) 113-.
. Wundt, W. PflOg. Arch.

PI. 61 (1895) 339-.
. Kuttner, A. Pflug. Arch.

PI. 64 (1896) 249-.
theories, criticism. Bonnier, P. Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 48 (1896) (C. R.) 704-.
theory (and vibrations of membranes). Laroque,

F. Toul. Mm. Ac. 2 (1864) 444-.

— . Beckmann,—. Arch. Ohrh. 45 (1898) 112-.
— . KuiU, E. ter. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 79 (1900)

146-, 484-.
— , Helmholtz's. Bonnier, P. Par. S. Bl.

Mm. 52 (1900) (C. R.) 302-.
— , — , refutation. Bonnier, P. Bll. Sc. Fr.

Big. 25 (1893) 367-.
— , ter Kuile's. Meyer, M. Pfliig. Arch. PI.

81 (1900) 61-.
— , new. Rutherford, W. J. An. PI. 21 (1887)

166-.
— , — . Hurst, C. R. [1894] Lpool. Bl. S.

P. A T. 9 (1895) 321-.
—, — . Ewald, J. R. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 76

(1899) 147-.
— , — , Ewald's, physical fundamental principles.

Meyer, M. Pfliig. Arch. PI. 78 (1899) 346-.
uniaural. GeU4, ~. Par. S. Bl. Mm. 34

(•1882) (C. R.) 667-.

549

9520

Action of fhe Ear

9520

Anditbiy nerve, direct excitability by sound.
Wundt, W. Ph. Stud. 8 (1893) 641-.

— perception, theory. Exner^ S, Pfltig. Arch.
PI. 18 (1876) 228-.

Colours and sounds^ sight and hearing. Maggie
P. O, Verona Mm. Ac. Ag. 28 (1849) 845-.

Electric excitation of ear. Wreden, — . D.
Nf. Tbl. (*1873) 173-.

Functions of ear. Meyer, M, Berl. Ps. Gs.
Vh. (1896) 49-.

in music. FStU, F. Bruz. Ac. BU.

16 (1849) 896-.

Intensity fluctuations of just perceptible optic
and acoustic impressions. Heinrich, W,
[1898] Erk. Ak. {Mt..Prz.) Bz. 16 (1899)
214- ; Ore. Ac. Sc. Bll. (1898) 363-.

Perception of compound tones. Larroque, F,
G. B. 131 (1900) 33-.

— — musical tone. McKendrick, J, O,
[1874-99] Edinb. B. S. P. 8 (1875) 842-;
Nt. 60 (1899) 163-.

sound, fatigue of accommodation. OelU,

— . Par. S. Bl. Mm. 88 (1886) (C. R.)
52-.

Perception of sound, and j^ysiological state of

ear. Tetean, — de. Par. 8. Phhn. PV.

(1849) 34-.
— , and structure of ear. Moon, R. Ph.

Mg. 38 (1869) 118-, 869-; 39 (1870) 24^-.
, — vowels. Hermann, — , Kdnigsb.

Schr.31 (1891) (56.) 27-; 82 (1891) {8b.) 15-.
Physical investigation of ear. Lueae, A,

[1867] Berl. Vh. Md. Gs. (1871) 1-.
Pseudophone. Thompson, S. P. Ph. Mg. 8

(1879) 385-.
*• Singing" in ears, tone. Oppel, J. J. A. Ps.

C. 144 (1872) 476-.
Sound conducting apparatus in human ear,

microphonic studies. Mader, L. Wien Ak.

Sb. 109 (1900) {Ah. 3) 37-; Cg. Int. Md. C.

B. (1900) (Vol. 18, Otol.) 25-.
Theory of ear. Mach, E. Wien SB. 48 {Ab.

2) (1863) 283-.
Tympanum, effect of exhaustion and inflation

in deadening sound. Moon, R. [1871]

Camb. Ph. S. P. 2 (1876) 217-.
— and external ear, use. Savart, F. [1822]

A. C. 26 (1824) 5-.

gillV. O^ MJCHI0AI<#

MAR 13 1918

«

550

INDEX

Aberration 806

of light 356
Absolute pitch 545

temperature 246
Absorbing powers 374
Absorption and adsorption of
gases 51

atmospheric 352

of electric radiation 408

of heat rays 401

selective 394

spectra 396

spectra and chemical con-
stitution 404
Acceleration, measurement 121
Accommodation of eye 486
Achromatic telescopes 308
Achromatism 306

in interference 362
Acoustic attraction 512

transparency 538
Acoustics of buildings 534
Actinometry (photographic)

448
Action at a distance 79
Addresses 30
After-images 501
Air thermometers 155
Air-waves, illustrating and ob-
serving 534
Allotropic transformations 220
Alloys, elastic constants 137
Amplitude of sound waves 535
Analysis of compound sound
waves 537

and synthesis of periodic
motions 506
Angles, measurement 99
Annealing 168
Anomalous dispersion 389
Aperture of microscope ob-
jectives 323
Apparatus 38

for photomicrography 833

for projection 339

for spectrum analysis, gene-
ral 342
Applications of photography

449
Areas, measurement 98
Astigmatism of eye 487
Astronomical refraction 847
Atmosphere, optics, general

846
Atmospheric absorption 352
« rgf Faction 347

Atomic heat 187
Atoms 79
Audition 549
limits 542
Available energy 242

Balance 117

Bands of interference 363

Beats 582

Bells 518

Biaxial crystals, refraction in

381
Bibliographies 30
Binocular microscopes 319

vision 490
Biography 18
Black Dodies, radiation 445

bulb thermometers 160
Boilers 253
Boiling points 196
Boyle's (or Mariotte's) law 174
Brightness 275
British Association Addresses

31
Brownian movement 53
Brushes of crystals 418
Bubbles 54 *

Buildings, acoustics 534
Bunsen's photometer 281

Calorimeters 181
Calorimetric methods 181
Calorimetry 181
Camera lucida 335

lucida for microscope 811
Camphor on water 60
Caoutchouc, elastic constants

133
Capillarity 52

theory 64
Capillary constants 55

motions 60
Carbon, spectra 434
Cardinal points 298
Camot cycle 242
Cathode rays and BOntgen

rays 480
Catoptrics and dioptrics 285
Caustics 296
Change of state 190

of temperature accompany-
ing change of volume 175
Gharaoteiistic equation, ex-
pansion of gases 175

equations, continuity of
state 209

Chemical constitution and ab-
sorption spectra 404

constitution and refraction
405

harmonioon 521

luminescence 447

processes, thermodynamics
252

substances, refraction and
dispersion 407

substances, refractive in-
dices 407

substances, refractive power
407
Chronographs 101
Chronometers 101
Chronoscopes 103
Circular polarisation 415
Clocks 104

electric 105
Coast lighting 336
Cohesion 56
Collodion process (photo*

graphic) 460
Colloids 76
Colorimeter 493
Colour blindness 499

box 494

mixture 494

photography 861, 451

of sky 351

vision 493

vision, theory 498
Coloured shadows 499
Colours 495

complementary 495

of interference 361

objective 391

polarisation, of crystals 418

polarisation, of glass 420

primary 496

spectral 496

subjective 498

of waters 892
Combination-tones 528
Comparison of thermometers

162
Compensation pendulum 104
Complementary colours 495
Compound locomotives 266

steam engines 259
Compressibility of gases 176

of liquids 143

of solids 184

of water 144
Concave gratings 845

Index

Ck)nden8ers for miorosoope 813
Condaction of heat 223
Congresses, reports 29
Conical refraction 382
Conservation of energy 238

of solar energy 353
Consonance and dissonance 543
Constant temperatures, pro-

daotion 151
Constitution of matter, theo-
ries 79
Continuity of state 210

of state : characteristic
equations 209
Contrast colours 499
Convection of heat 232
Cooling, laws 233
Cornish steam engines 260
Corresponding states 213
Critical constants 210

point 210

state 211

temperatures 211
Crystalline media, refraction
in 381

reflection, theory 377
Crystals, dispersion in 382

molecular theories 76

refractive indices 386

rings, brushes and colours
418

selective absorption 395
Curvatures, measurement 94
Curved plates, vibrations 518

Daguerreotype 460
Damping of sound-waves 533
Dark light, Le Bon*s 481
Definition of optical instru-
ments 372
Density of gases, measurement
110
influence on refractive in-
dices 380
influence on spectra 440
of liquids, measurement 111
measurement 110
numerical values 144
of solids and liquids,

measurement 115
of solids, measurement 114
of vapours 205
of vapours, measurement
115
Determination of elastic con-
stants 133
of mechanical equivalent

of heat 240
of refractive indices 289
Developers (photographic) 457
Dialvsis 66
Diatnermancy 401
Dlchroism 393

Differential thermometers 160
Diffraction 367

of Bontgen rays 473
by small particles 371

Diffraction of sound 538

spectra 371
Diffusion 68

of gases 69

of liquids 70

of solids 72
Dioptrics of eye 485
Direct vision spectroscopes 343
Dispersion 292

anomalous 389

in crystals 382

of heat rays 403

rotatory 421

theory 375
Dissecting microscopes 319
Dissipation of energy 243
Dissociation 220
Dissolution, heats of 190
Distance of visible objects 491
Distribution of energy in spec-
trum 443
of spectral lines 438
Divining rod 5
Doppler's principle 357, 527
Double refraction 383

refraction in strained media
387

refraction, theory 884
Drops 57

Dulong and Petit law 188
Dust figures 232

figures, Eundt's 520
Dynamical and mechanical
quantities, measure-
ment 86

theory of reflection and
refraction 375
Dynamctneters 122

Ear 549
Ebullition 206
Echelon spectroscope 346
Economics 36

Efiiciency of steam engines 260
Effusion of gases 72
Elastic constants, alloys 137
constants, caoutchouc 133
constants, determination

133
constants, determination,
methods and apparatus
138
constants, glass 134
constants, ice 135
constants, iron 135
constants, metals 137
constants, steel 136
constants, threads and

fibres 141
moduli 140
Electric clocks 105
light photometry 280
radiation, reflection, re-
fraction and absorption
408
radiations 481
tuning-forks 516

Electrical thermometry 157
Electricity, history 6
Electrochemical processes,

thermodynamics 252
Elements, spectra 431
Elliptic polarisation 415

polansation by metallic
reflection 388

polarisation by refleotion
416
Emission and analysis of ra-
diation, general 425

of heat 444

of radiation 442

of radiation, law 444

of Bdntgen rays 474
Emissive power 442
Emulsion (in photography) 452
Endosmosis and exosmosis 66
Energy 443

dissipation 243

distribution in spectrum 443

of sound-waves 535

of sun-light 353

of visible motion, measure-
ment 122
Engines 256

gas 257

heat 257

hot air 258

marine 261

steam 258
Entropy 243
EquUibrium in coexistent

Jihases 213
ents, refraction- 406
Ether 82
Evaporation 197
Exchanges, theory 445
Expansion of gases by heat
174, 177

by heat 164

of liquids by heat 170

of solids by heat 165

thermometry 154

of unsaturated vapours by
heat 179
Exposure (in photography) 452
Eye, accommodation 486

astigmatism 487

construction 485

defects 487

dioptrics 485

irradiation 488

movements 486

phenomena within 501
Eye-pieces 329

Field glasses 311
Fine adjustment for micro-
scope 316
Flame spectra 430
Flames, sensitive 535

singing 521
Fluid pressure, measurement
129, 131
velocity, measurement 182

II

Index

Flnoresoenoe 465

of partioolar sabstanoes 467

and phosphoresoenoe 468
Fog signals 633
Force, measurement 122
Forced vibrations 522
Forces 2

Fraonhofer lines 893
Freezing 192

mixtures 150

point 192

point of solutions and liquid
mixtures 217
Frequency of sound-waves 536
Fusion, heats of 188

and solidification 191

or solidification, volume
change 195

Galileo's telescope 309
Gas engines 257

lighting 276
Gases, absorption and adsorp-
tion 51

compressibility 176

diffusion 69

effusion 72

expansion by heat 174, 177

and gaseous mixtures,
liquefaction 207

heat conductance 231

kinetic theory 43

and liquids, molecular
theory 41

measurement of density
110

specific heats 186

spectra 432

transpiration 72

vibrations in tubes 519

viscosity 73

viscosity of specified 74
General molecular physics 39
Geometrical optics, general 274
Glass, elastic constants 134

polarisation colours 420
Gratings 371

concave 345

for spectrum analysis 345
Gravitation 85

theories 84

Haidinger*s brushes 502

Halos 349

Harmonic analysis 86

Harmonicon, chemical 521

Heat (general) 146

and cold, sources, general

147
conductance of gases 231
conductance of liquids 230
conductance of solids 226
conductance of specified

sohds 227
conduction 223
convection 232
emission 444

Heat engines 257
engines, theory 253
and light, radiation 427
mechajQioal or dynamical

theory 235
mechanical equivalent 239
of moistening 58, 147, 191
nature 235
polarisation 416
radiation 427
rays, absorption 401
rays, dispersion 403
rays, reflection 403
rays, refraction 403
rays, spectra 403
rays, transmission 404
supposed production in

solids by cooling 227
units 180

Heated tubes, sounds from 522

Heats of dissolution 190
of fusion 188
of transformation 190
of vaporisation 189

Heterogeneous media, trans-
mission of light 342

High temperatures, produc-
tion 147

History 4

of steam engines 261

Hot air engines 258

Huygens's principle 360, 510

Hydrogen, spectra 435

Hydrometers 111

Hygrometers 215

Hygrometry 214

Hygroscopy 214

Ice 193

elastic constants 135
Iceland spar, refraction in 385
Ignis fatuus 447
Illuminating apparatus for
lighthouses 336
power 275, 425
Illumination 276

for microscope 316
Illuminators for microscope

312
Illusions, optical 483
Images, photographic 459

theory 300
Immersion objectives for mi-
croscope 325
Incandescent lighting 429
Indicators, steam engine 265
Infra-red rays, measurement
of wave-length 359
spectrum 430
Institutions, museums, collec-
tions 35
reports 29
Instruments 38

and methods for polarisa-
tion 410
musical 538
for physiological optics 508

Intensity of light 278

of sound waves 535
Interference 362

achromatism in 362

bands 363

colours 361

and diffraction, general 860

of sound 531
Interferential refractometers

365
Iron, elastic constants 135
Irregular reflection 374
Irreversible phenomena 244
Isothermal surfaces 225

Kaleidoscope 338
Kinematics of vibrations and

wave-motions 505
Kinetic theory of gases 43

theory of sound 525
Kundt's dust-figures 520

Lamps 429

for microscope 314
Law of emission of radiation

444
Laws of cooling 233
Le Bon's dark light 481
Lecture apparatus and experi-
ments 33
Lectures 30
Length, standards 89
Lengths, measurement 94
Lenses 301

photographic 381

spectacle 489

systems 302
Light 354

aberration 356

filters 398

intensity 278

and invisible radiation,
general 273

mechanical equivalent 855

nature 273

polarised 414

sources 428

units 284

velocity, measurement 355
Lighthouses 337

illuminating apparatus 386
Lightning, photography of 450

spectra 431
Limits of audition 542
Lippmann*s interference me-
thod of colour photo-
graphy 861, 451
Liquefaction of gases and

gaseous mixtures 207
Liquid films 59

mixtures, vapour pressure
219

surfaces 59
Liquids, compressibility 148

compressibility, measure-
ment 143

density, measurement 111

III

Index

Liquids, diffasion 70
expansion by heat 170
heat conduotanoe 280
specific heats 183
transpiration 72
viscosity 74

Lissajous's figures 506

Locomotives 266
compound 266

Low temperatures, production
149

Luminescence, chemical 447

Luminous spectrum, measure-
ment of wave-length of
rays 358

Magic mirrors 304
Magnetic field, influence on

spectra 441
Magnifying power of micro-
scopes 818

power of telescopes 309
Magnitude of visible objects 491
Maintaining vibrations 507
Manometers 129, 179
Manometric flames 507
Biarine engines 261
Mariotte*s law 174
Mass, measurement 109

standards 92
Matter 80

theories of constitution 79
Bfaximum density of liquids,
temperature 173

and minimum thermome-
ters 160
Measurement of acceleration
121

of angles 99

of areas 98

of curvatures 94

of density 110

of density of gases 110

of density of liquids 111

of density of solids 114

of density of solids and
liquids 115

of dynamical and mechani-
cal quantities, general
86

of energy of visible motion
122

of fluid pressure 129, 131

of fluid velocity 182

of force 122

of lengths 94

of mass 109

of polarised radiation 418

of rotation velocity 120

of ship's velocity 120

of temperature 152, 157

of time 100

of vapour densities 115

of velocity 119

of velocity of light 355

of viscosity 73

ol volumes 99

Measurement of wave-length
of infra-red rays 359

of wave-length of rays in
luminous spectrum 358

of wave-length of ultra-
violet rays 360
Measuring vibrations 507
Mechanical or dynamical
theory of heat 235

equivalent of heat 239

equivalent of heat, deter-
mination 240

equivalent of light 355

stages of microscopes 326
Media, moving 357
Melting points 194
Membranes, vibrations 516
Metallic reflection 388

reflection, elliptic polarisa-
tion 388
Metals, elastic constants 137

spectra 432
Methods of research 38
Metre 90

Micrometer eye-piece 329
Micrometers and micrometry

314
Microscope accessories 811

condensers 313

history 9

illumination 316

illuminators 312

lamps 314

objectives 323

stages 326

stands 327

test objects 328

testing 327
Microscopes 311

binocular 819

dissecting 319

of various kinds 318

portable 321

for projection 321
Microscopic vision 378
Microseismometry 125
Microspectroscope 323
Minimum deviation of prism

286
Mirage 346
Mirrors 308

and lenses 300
Mixtures, thermodynamics 251
Moduli of elasticity 140
Molecular magnitudes 40

refraction 406

theories of crystals 76

theories of solids 76
Moser's images 454
Motors 268

Movements of eye 486
Moving media 357
Music 538
Musical instruments 538

intervals 544

sand 511

tones, quality 544

Nature of heat 235

of light 273
Newton's rings 366
Niool's prism 412
Nobert's tests for microBOopes

327
Nomenclature 37

Objective colours 391
Objectives 303

for microscope 323

telescopic 309
Observing vibrations 507
Optical apparatus 335

glass 405

illusions 483

instruments, definition 372

phenomena 484

properties of particular
substances 413

pyrometry 161

systems 299

telegraphy 338
Optics of the atmosphere,
general 346

history 10
Organ-pipes 520
Orthocnromatic photography

454
Osmosis 66
Osmotic pressure 67

Partition of energy 46

Pedagogy 33

Pedesis 53

Pendulum, compensation 104

Pendulums, seismometric 125

Periodic motions, analysis 506

motions, synthesis 506
Permanent deformation and
thermal hysteresis 168
Persistence of vision 502
Phase rule (general) 213
Phenomena within eye 501
Philosophy 1
Phonograph 540
Phosphorescence 468

of particular substances 470

production 469
Phosphorescent spectra 469
Photochemistry 455

of specified substances 456
Photographic agents 457

images 459

lenses 331

lenses and systems 330

plates 464

printing processes 462

processes 460
Photography 464

applications 449

of lightning 450

orthochromatic 454

on paper 462

of Bdntgen rays 476

of spectrum 450
Photometers 281

IV

Index

Photometiy 279
Photomicrography 332
Photophone 426
Phototheodolite 335
Physios, history 11
Physiological acoustics, gene-
ral 648

optics, general 482

optics, instraments 503
Pipes (musical) 539

vibrations in 520
Pitch, absolute 545

standards 545
Plates, vibrations 517
Polarimeters 410
Polarisation, circular 415

elliptic 415

general 409

of heat 416

instruments and methods
410

by particular substances 417

by reflection 377, 417

rotatory 421

of sky 352
Polarisoope 411
Polarised light 414

radiation, measurement 418

radiation, production 416
Polarising prisms 411
Portable microscopes 321
Pouillet's phenomenon 58,

147, 191
Pressure of fluids, measure-
ment 129, 131

influence on spectra 440

of radiation 355, 446

temperature relation for
saturated vapours 201

thermometry 154

of vapours 200
Primary colours 496
Printing processes (photo-
graphic) 462
Prism 286

minimum deviation 286
Prisms for polarisation 411

for spectrum analysis 344
Projection apparatus 339

microscopes 321
Propagation of sound 524

of sound in particular
media 526
Pyrometers, electric 158
I^rometry, optical 161

Quality of musical tones 544
Quartz, rotatory polarisation
422

Badlation of black bodies 445
emission 442
of heat 427
of heat and light 427
law of emission 444
and temperature 446
thermometry 161

Radiation, velocity, wave-
length, etc., general 353
Radiation-pressure 355, 446
Radiations, electric 481

various 481
Radioactivity 481
Radiometer 48
Radio-micrometer 445
Radiophone 426
Radium radiations 482
Rainbow, theory 350
Rainbows 350
Rays, geneial theory 295
Recalescence 169, 190
Recording thermometers 161
Reflecting powers 374

telescopes 310
Reflection of electric radiation
409

elliptic polarisation by 416

of heat rays 403

irregular 374

of light 287

metallic 388

polarisation by 417

refraction and absorption
of radiation, general
373

and refraction, dynamical
theory 375

and refraction, theory 377

of sound 530

theory 376

total 380

of waves 509
Refracting telescopes 310
Refraction, astronomical 347

atmospheric 347

in biaxial crystals 381
* and chemical constitution
405

conical 382

in crystalline media 381

and dispersion 294

and dispersion of chemical
substances 407

double 383

of electric radiation 409

equivalents 406

of heat rays 403

in Iceland spar 385

influence of temperature
379

of light 288

molecular 406

of sound 531

in strained media 387

terrestrial 348

theory 378

of waves 510
Refractive indices 289, 294

indices of chemical sub-
stances 407

indices of crystals 386

indices, determination 289

indices, influence of density
880

Refractive indices, influence of
temperature 380
indices of various sub-
stances 290
power of chemical sub-
stances 407

Refractometers 291
interferential 365

Refrigeration 150

Refrigerators 272

Resonance 522

Resonators 523

Rings of crystals 418

Rods, vibrations 515

Rdntgen ray tubes 479
rays 471

rays and cathode rays 480
rays, dififraction 473
rays, emission 474
rays, experiments 475
rays, nature 476
rays, photography 476
rays, production 478
rays, properties 478
rays, reflection and refrac-
tion 478

Rotary steam engines 262

Rotating discs, experiments
497

Rotation velocity, measure-
ment 120

Rotatory dispersion 421
polarisation 421
powers of substances 423

Rupert's drops 169

Saccharometers 412
Safety valves 269
Saturated vapours 196, 204

vapours, pressure tempera-
ture relations 201
Scales (musical) 546
Scintillation 349
Seismic apparatus 124
Seismographs 126
Seismometers 127
Seismometric pendulums 125
Seismoscopes 128
Selective absorption 394

absorption by crystals 395

absorption by waters 399
Sensitisers (photographic) 458
Sensitive flames 535
Sensitometry (photographic)

449
Sextant 340
Ships* velocity, measurement

120
Short sight 488
Singing flames 521
Siren 537
Sky, colour 351

polarisation 352
Slide valves 269
Societies, reports 29
Solar energy, conservation 353
heat as motive power 269

Index

Solids, compressibility 184

density, measoremont 114

diffusion 72

expansion by heat 165

heat condaotance 226

and liquids, density, mea-
surement 115

molecular theories 76

specific heats 184

vapoiisation 217
Solutions and liquid mixtures
217

and liquid mixtures, freez-
ing point 217

supersaturated 221

thermal properties 220

thermodynamics 251

vapour pressure 219
Sound 505

diffraction 533

interference 531

kinetic theory 525

production 511

propagation 524

propagation in particular
media 526

reflection 530

refraction 531

velocity 527

velocity in air in tubes 529

velocity in various media
530

velocity, theory 529
Sound-waves, amplitude 535

analysis of compound 537

damping 533

energy 535

frequency 536

intensity 535

measurement of velocity 537
Sounds from heated tubes 522
Sources of light 428
Speaking machines 540
Special spectroscopic apparatus
345

thermodynamic relations
246
Specific heats 182

heats of gases and vapours
185

heats of liquids 183

heats of solids 184
Spectacles 489
Spectra 430, 446

absorption 396

of carbon 434

diffraction 371

of elements 431

of flames 430

formed by diffraction and
gratings 371

of gases 432

of heat rays 403

of hydrogen 435

influence of density, pres-
sure, and temperature
440

Spectra, influence of magnetic
field 441

of metals 432

of particular substances 433
SpectnJ colours 496

lines, distribution 438

lines, structure 441
Spectrometers 295
Spectrometry 295
Spectrophotometry 283
Spectroscopes 343, 346

direct vision 343
Spectroscopic apparatus, spe-
cial 345
Spectrum 295

analysis 439

analysis, apparatus, general
342

analysis, history 12

analysis, quantitative 428

photography 450

top 497
Spheroidal state 202
Spring balance 128
Stages of microscopes 326
Standards of length 89

of mass 92

of measurement 88

of pitch 545

of volume 93

of weights and measures 93
Stands for microscopes 327
Steam 204, 270

engine indicators 265

engines 258

engines, compound 259

engines, Cornish 260

engines, efficiency 260

engines, history 261

engines, rotary 262

engines, theoiy 263

expansive working 270

generation 207

turbines 272
Steel, elastic constants 136
Stellar scintillation 349
Stereoscope 340
Stereoscopic vision 492
Stokes* s law of fluorescence

467
Strained media, refraction in

387
Strings, vibrations 513
Structure of spectral lines 441
Subjective colours 498
Sublimation 217
Sugar, rotatory power 424
Sun-light, energy 353
Superfusion 221
Superheated steam in engines

263
Superheating 221
Supersaturated solutions 221
Supersaturation 221
Surface layers, action 61

tension 62
Surfaces, isothermal 225

Systems with external and
capillary forces, thermo-
dynamics 252
of lenses 302

Tables 30
Talbot's bands 367
Telegraphy, optical 338
Telemeters 341
Telephotographic lenses 832
Telescope objectives 309
Telescopes 308

magnifying power 309

reflecting 310

refracting 810
Temperament 547
Temperature, absolute 246

influence on refraction 379

influence on refractive in-
dices 380

of maximum density 173

measurement 152, 157

and radiation 446

of radiation 446

thermoelectric measure-
ment 157
Terrestrial refraction 348
Test objects for microscope 328
Testing machines 140

of microscopes 327
Theories of constitution of
matter 79

of the ether 82

of gravitation 84
Theory of capillarity 64

of colour vision 498

of crystalline reflection 377

of dispersion 375

of double refraction 384

dynamical, of reflection
and refraction 375

of exchanges 445

general, of rays 295

of heat engines 253

of images 300

of reflection 376

of reflection and refraction
877

of refraction 878

of steam engines 263

undulatory 273

of velocity of sound 529
Thermal conduction and con-
vection, general 228

conduction, mathematical
analysis and applica-
tions 224

properties of solutions 220
Thermodynamic potentials 245

relations, special 246

surfaces 249
Thermodynamics of chemical
processes 252

of electro-chemical pro-
cesses 252

first law 238

general 234

VI

Index

Thermodynamics, aeoond law
244

of single substances 249

of solutions and mixtures
250

of systems with external

and capillary forces 252

Thermoelectric measurement

of temperature 157
Thermography 454
Thermometers 153, 154

black bulb ICM)

comparison 162

differential 160

electric 158

history 12

maximum and minimum
160

recording 161

special 159
Thermometric scales 163
Thermometry, general 152

physical 158

radiation- 161
Thermostats 151
Threads and fibres, elastic

constants 141
Time, measurement 100
Torsion 142

balance 128
Total reflection 380
Transformation, heats of 190
Transmission of heat rays 404

of light through hetero-
geneous media 342
Transparency 400
Transpiration 72

of gases 72

of liquids 72
Treatises, general 29
Trevelyan's apparatus 508
Triboluminescence 448
Tuning-forks 515, 545
Turbines, steam 272

Ultra-violet rays, measure-
ment of wave-length 360
Undulatoiy theory 273

Units and dimensions 87

of heat 180

of light 284
Unsaturated vapours, expan-
sion by heat 179
Uranium radiations 482

Vacuum tubes 430
Vaporisation, heats of 189

of solids 217
Vapour densities 205

densities, measurement 115

pressure 200

pressure of liquid mixtures
219

pressure of solutions 219
Vapours, specific heats 187
Velocity of fluids, measure-
ment 132

of light, measurement 355

measurement 119

of rotation, measurement
120

of ships, measurement 120

of sound 527

of sound in air in tubes
529

of sound in various media
530

of sound, theory 529

of sound-waves, measure-
ment 537

wave-length, etc. of radia-
tion, general 353
Vibration plane of polarised
light 414

and sound 505
Vibrations, forced 522

of gases in tubes 519

general 510

of heated metals 508

kinematics 505

maintaining, observing and
measuring 507

of membranes 516

in pipes 520

of plates 517

of rods 515

Vibrations of strings 513

of wires 514
Virial 50
Viscosimeters 73
Viscosity 73

of gases 73

of liquids 74

measurement 73

of specified gases 74

of specified liquids 75
Vision 484

binocular 490

stereoscopic 492
Visual acuity 500
Vocal organs 549
Voice 541

Volume change on fusion or
solidification 195

standards 93
Volumes, measurement 99
Vortex theories 81
Vowels 541

Warming of buildings 148
Water, compressibility 144
Waters, colours 392

selective absorption 399
Wave motion, illustration 509
motions, kinematics 505
theory 379
Wave-length of infra-red rays,
measurement 359
of rays in luminous spec-
trum, measurement 358
of ultra-violet rays,
measurement 360
Waves, diffraction 510
interference 510
reflection and refraction
509
Weights and measures, stan-
dards 93
Wires, torsion 142
vibrations 514

Zeeman effect 441
Zero change in thermometers
156

CAMBBZDOB: PBIVTED BT JOHN CLAT, M.A. AT THE UNIVEBSITT PBESS.

•I

.

I

0030
0090

0062
0070
0090